《Arifureta Shokugyou de Sekai Saikyou》
Book 1 Prologue
Book 1 Prologue
In the darkness, the only source of light was shrinking at a rapid pace. He involuntarily stretched his hand upwards, yet he wasn¡¯t able to grasp anything. The dreadful feeling of falling into an endless abyss caused hisher region to tighten. Nagumo Hajime¡¯s expression twisted due to fear as he gazed at the light that gradually faded away.
Currently, Hajime is falling into a bottomless abyss. The only source of visible light came from the surface. While exploring thebyrinth, Hajime fell into a huge rift valley, he kept falling, until he fell into a ce where the light could not reach. While surrounded by darkness, Hajime could hear the sound of the wind. At the same time, he could also see a revolvingntern rotating. ?1?
As a Japanese person, if he was to convey his delusion and hope sinceing to this world, the inequality he experienced since then, and the inequality he is currently experiencing now, is a little too much to take in.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
Monday, that is the beginning of the most mncholy day of the week. Most people would sigh upon thinking about the beginning of a new week, while recalling the paradise that is yesterday.
Nagumo Hajime was not an exception either. However, Hajime¡¯s situation was not as simple, it was because the school was a bad ce that caused his mood to sullen. Just as usual, when the bell was about to ring, Hajime dragged his tired body to the ssroom door and pushed it open.
At that moment, most of the male students in the ssroom clicked their tongues, and red at him with a scornful look. The female students also didn¡¯t expose any friendly expressions. It was fine even if they acted cold and detached towards him, but some were clearly looking at him with contempt.
Hajime tried to ignore them, and walked towards his own seat. However, there would always be a meddlesome and talkative guy beside him.
¡°Yo, nasty otaku! Did you stay up all night to y games again? Was it an erotic game?¡±
¡°Ew, soo gross~ ying erotic game for the whole night is really so disgusting~¡±
What did they find so funny for them to burst into a loudughter? The one who started ridiculing him was Hiyama Daisuke, he was the one who started harassing Hajime everyday as if it was his homework. The three idiotsughing next to him were Saito Yoshiki, Kondo Reiichi, and Nakano Shinji. Overall, it was these four people who frequently harassed Hajime.
As Hiyama had said, Hajime was an otaku. Even though he was called nasty, it doesn¡¯t mean his actions and appearance were terrible to behold. His short hair was neatly trimmed, there was not a hint of bed hair. He also didn¡¯t have any mental problem, even though he didn¡¯t actively participate inmunity campaign, his honest appearance does not give rise to the feeling of disgust. He was merely fond of things like figures, mangas, novels, movies, and games.
The criticism otakus received from the average people was indeed very strong, but it was only to the degree of mockery, it won¡¯t give rise to any hostility. In any case, why were the male students in the entire ss despised him? That was because of her.
¡°Good morning, Nagumo-kun! Almostte as usual, you shoulde earlier next time.¡±
One female student smiled happily as she walked beside Hajime. In this ss, no, in this entire school, those who were on friendly term with Hajime was only a few minority, and they were the root cause that gave rise to the situation a moment ago.
This girl was called Shirasaki Kaori, she was one of the two goddesses in the school. Regardless of male and female, she was extremely popr due to her beauty. Her gorgeous ck hair reached up to her waist, her big droopy eyes revealed a hint of gentleness, and her tiny nose aligned perfectly with her pink-colored lips.
She always wear a big smile and share a strong sense of responsibility, she knows how to take care of other people. She was always relied on by her ssmates, she didn¡¯t abhor anyone, and treated everyone with equal sincerity. She possessed a maturity unlike that of a high school student.
So, why would someone like Kaori always cared about Hajime?
Due to the influence of pulling an all-night, Hajime frequently dozed off in ss. Because of this, he was thought of as an irresponsible student (Even though his grade was average). Kaori who naturally liked to take care of other people always minded about him.
In that case, if only Hajime were to pay attention in ss, or if he was a handsome guy, then they would have been able to tolerate Kaori caring about him. But unfortunately, Hajime¡¯s appearance was only average, and with his motto of ¡°hobbyes first¡±, it was hard to picture him improve for the better.
For a person such as Hajime to be able to get close to Kaori, most of the male students were unable to ept it, and kept wondering why only that guy! It was more simple for the female students, it was because he was wasting Kaori¡¯s efforts. They were only unhappy that he did not try to change his attitude towards the sses.
¡°Ah, good morning Shirasaki-san.¡±
Eh¡ª What¡¯s with this murderous aura?! Under the silent gaze of everyone, Hajime could only smile bitterly as he replied Shirasaki.
Following that, Kaori wore a very joyful expression. Why did she reveal that kind of expression?! Even more piercing gazes were directed at Hajime, which caused him to break out in cold sweat. Hajime always felt this was impossible, why would the most beautiful girl in the school care so much about him? Hajime already knew, for Kaori to treat him so well, other than her nature, there must be some other reason.
However, Hajime had never thought that she possesses any romantic feeling for him. Hajime had this kind of mindset; for the purpose of his hobby, he was willing to give up a lot of things. Appearance, achievement, and sports, he was mediocre in all aspect. On the other hand, she was always surrounded by so many good-looking guys, thus, her action was very inconceivable.
In short, he had to pay attention not to nurture the storm of murderous gaze! In his heart, he already knew, the moment he opened his mouth to speak, he will not be able to avoid the forcedbor in the gym.
As if everything was just as nned, when their conversation came to an end, three people approached them. The ¡¸good-looking guys¡¹ mentioned just a moment ago were also included among them.
¡°Nagumo-kun, good morning, isn¡¯t this hard on you everyday?¡±
¡°Kaori, looking after him again? Seriously, Kaori is too kind.¡±
¡°That unenthusiastic guy, it¡¯s useless no matter what you say to him.¡±
The only one who greeted him among the three was a girl called Yaegashi Shizuku, she was Kaori¡¯s best friend. The long ck hair tied in a ponytail was her trademark. Her slit and delicate eyes were sharp, but gentleness also leaked out from within. Thus, rather than ice-cold, it would be better to say that she was elegant. Her height was around 172 cm, she could be considered tall among the girls. Her body posture and imposing temperament automatically made people associate her with samurai.
In fact, her parents owned the Yaegashi Fencing Dojo. Shizuku herself had been undefeatable in any kendo convention since elementary school. She once epted a magazine interview as the modern day beautiful swordswoman. She was also frequently followed by diehard fans. The younger schoolgirl would use passionate eyes to gaze at her, and call her ¡°onee-sama¡±. Shizuku couldn¡¯t help but twitch her lips after hearing their way of addressing her every time, this was a scene that could be seen frequently.
Next, the one who spoke to Kaori with a somewhat self-important line was called Amanogawa Kouki. Living up to his heroic name, he was handsome, had outstanding grades, and a superhuman who was good in all kind of sports. He had a fluffy dark brown hair and gentle eyes, his height was close to 180 cm, and his body was slender yet toned. Kouki was kind to everyone, and had a strong sense of justice (He gets hot-headed easily). He was the student of Yaegashi Fencing Dojo since elementary school, and was a national level athlete like Shizuku, they were childhood friend. There were at least a few dozen of girls who had fallen for him, but since he was always together with Shizuku and Kaori, a lot of girls were unable to bring themselves to confess to him.
Despite all that, he still gets a confession at least more than twice per month. He was only able to be popr thanks to all his hard work.
Thest one who spoke with a ridiculing tone was a male student called Sakagami Ryutaro, Kouki¡¯s best friend. Under his trimmed hair was a pair of keen and cheerful eyes, he was about 190 cm tall, and had a bear-like physique. He doesn¡¯t seem to pay much attention to details, even his brain seemed like it was made out of muscles.
Ryutaro was a hardworking, determined, and hot-blooded person, that¡¯s why he dislike someone like Hajime who came to school to sleep and his unmotivated appearance. After shooting a nce at Hajime, he just snorted with his nose, andpletely ignored him.
¡°Good morning, Yaegashi-san, Amanogawa-kun, Sakagami-kun. Haha, meh, this can be considered you reap what you sow, it can¡¯t be helped.¡±
Hajimeughed bitterly as he returned their greetings. ¡®Who gave you the right to speak with Yaegashi-san, huh?!¡¯ After the greetings, he could clearly feel many line of sights pricking at him. Shizuku also possessed a poprity not losing to that of Kaori.
¡°Since you understand your own conduct, why not try to fix it? Until when are you going to stop taking advantage of Kaori¡¯s kindness. Kaori can¡¯t take care of you forever.¡±
Kouki gave Hajime a word of advice. From Kouki¡¯s perspective, Kaori¡¯s kind-intention was wasted on a dishonorable student like Hajime.
Hajime really wanted to retort, ¡°I didn¡¯t act like a spoiled child! I¡¯d rather her leave me alone!¡± But if he did, he might get into trouble with her fan clubter. Kouki gets hot-headed easily, it was useless to retort when the person himself firmly believed he was in the right. This was the reason Hajime didn¡¯t say anything.
Moreover, even if people asked him to ¡°change¡±, Hajime still didn¡¯t hesitate to center his life around his hobby. That was because his father was a game creator, and his mother was a shoujo mangaka, he had ns to go get part-time job at his father¡¯spany or his mother¡¯s workshop.
He already obtained the appropriate skills, it perfectly aligned with his hobby. This is Hajime¡¯s standard of life, so no matter what anyone else says, he didn¡¯t feel the need to change his way of life. If only Kaori did not concern herself with him, he would have lived a peaceful and ordinary student life.
¡°No way~ Ahaha¡¡¡±
Therefore, Hajime tried to shrug it off with augh. However, just as usual, our goddess dropped a bomb without even being aware of the situation.
¡°Kouki-kun, What are you saying? I¡ I was just talking with Nagumo-kun?¡±
The ssroom became very noisy, the male students gnashed their teeth, and stared at Hajime with malicious intent. Hiyama and the other three even discussed where they should take Hajime for a beating during lunch break.
¡°Sigh¡ Seriously, Kaori is too kind.¡±
Clearly, Kouki had misunderstood Kaori¡¯s intention. A perfect superhuman, it was due to this reason that he hadn¡¯t the slightest doubt of his own shoring, this is really so troublesome~ Hajime wanted to escape reality and turned his attention to the blue sky outside of the ssroom.
¡°¡¡Sorry about that, but those two don¡¯t have any bad intention¡¡¡±
Shizuku who had theplete grasp of the situation secretly apologized to Hajime. On the other hand, Hajime just shrugged as if there¡¯s nothing he can do about it, and forced a smile.
Just as they were talking about this, the bell that signaled the first ss had resounded, as the teacher entered the ssroom.
Perhaps the teacher was already used to the atmosphere in the ss, she didn¡¯t say anything and immediately took the morning attendance.
After that, the ss started like usual, and as it should be, Hajime also set out on a journey towards the dream world.
Kaori looked at that kind of Hajime with a smile, Shizuku exposed a bitter smile while thinking he was also a big-shot in a sense, the male students clicked their tongues, the female students looked at him with disgust.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
Sensing the mor in the ssroom, Hajime¡¯s consciousness gradually returned. Since he often dozed off in ss, his body remembered the time to get up. Judging from his feeling, it seemed to be lunch break already.
Hajime raised his face from the desk, and took around ten seconds to take out his daily item ¡ª the lunchbox. After surveying his surroundings, since some of the students had darted to the canteen to buy their lunch, the number of people in the ssroom decreased a lot. Even so, majority of the students had a lunchbox like Hajime, so there were still two-third of the students remaining in the ssroom. Moreover, the fourth period just ended a moment ago, so their social studies teacher, Hatakeyama Aiko (25 Year Old), was still at her desk discussing something with a few students.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ªGobble! Gobble! Gobble! ?2?
Amazingly, Hajime finished his lunch in merely ten seconds. After replenishing his empty stomach, Hajime decided to lie on his desk and sleep for a while. However, our goddess (to Hajime, she seemed more like a demon) didn¡¯t let him do as such. She giggled and sat beside Hajime.
Hajime inwardly moaned, ¡°How terrible¡±. He would asionally feel muddle-headed on Monday, if it was any other day, he would go to some unnoticeable ce to take a nap before Kaori had a chance to talk to him. However, two consecutive sleepless night made him feel very sleepy.
¡°Nagumo-kun, how rare is it to see you in ss. Having your lunch? Why note and eat with us?¡±
A dangerous aura flooded the ssroom once more, Hajime keptining in his heart. This is so troublesome, can¡¯t you just leave me alone?
He couldn¡¯t understand her intentions.
Hajime tried to refuse, ¡°Ah~ Thank you for the invitation, Shirasaki-san. But I already finish eating, why don¡¯t you go have your lunch with Amanogawa and the others?¡±
As he said so, Hajime lightly fluttered the stic bag that was used to wrap the lunch, it was like a mummy that had its interior drained. If he refused, he would also receive ridicule from other people, they would think, ¡°Who do you think you are to reject Shirasaki¡¯s invitation!¡± The lunch break would probably be very unbearable. However, this degree of refusal was meaningless to the goddess who immediately pressed on.
¡°Eh! Only that much for lunch? You need to have a proper meal! I will share some with you!¡±
(Please spare me! For my sake! Please pay attention to the surrounding atmosphere!)
The pressure from the surrounding and the cold sweat at his back increased over time, just at this time, his savior arrived, it was Kouki and his group.
¡°Kaori, let¡¯s go eat together, Nagumo doesn¡¯t seem like he had enough sleep. Do you think I will allow a sleepyhead like him to eat Kaori¡¯s delicious homemade food?¡±
Kouki revealed a bright smile while spitting out some nauseating line, but the handsome guy¡¯s smile and nauseating line didn¡¯t seem to have any effect on Kaori who was naturally airhead.
¡°Eh? Why do I need to get Kouki¡¯s permission?¡±
¡°Pfft¡¡± Hearing Kaori¡¯s words, Shizuku couldn¡¯t help but restrain herself fromughing. Kouki forced a smile, and tried to y it off. As a result, four of the most popr students gathered around Hajime¡¯s seat. This was a fact that cannot be changed, the pressure from the gazes was also very unlikely to weaken.
Hajime heaved a sigh andined in his heart.
(Enough already, why can¡¯t these four people be summoned to another world? No matter how you look at this group of four, they seemed like someone who would be involved in this kind of event¡¡ The god, the witch, or whoever from an alternate world, please summon them away~~)
In order to escape from reality, Hajime indulged himself in his delusions of another world, he forced a smile like usual and prepared to get away from here, but just when he got up¡¡ he was unable to move.
In front of Hajime, a pure white circle withplex design appeared just under Kouki¡¯s foot. Very soon, all the students around also noticed this abnormal situation. Everyone¡¯s attention was attracted by those brilliant patterns, they gazed at the thing that looked like a magic circle.
At the same time the magic circle was getting brighter, it instantly expanded to the size of an entire ssroom. The abnormal situation gradually expanded under his own foot. The students let out a wail after their stiff body gradually rxed. Aiko-sensei who had been staying in the ssroom until now immediately shouted, ¡°Everyone! Leave the ssroom!¡± However, just at the same time, the magic circle¡¯s light flickered as if it was about to explode.
After a few seconds or perhaps a few minutes, when that ssroom which was enveloped by the snow white radiance returned to its original state, nobody was left in the ssroom anymore. The chairs that fell on the ground, the lunchbox that was left open with half of the food remaining, the messy chopsticks and stic bottles, all the ssroom utensils were there, but not a single soul could be seen. This event ¡ª High School Students Spirited Away During the Daytime ¡ª caused huge uproar all over the world, but that is a story for another time.
References
1. Idiom: Seeing your entire life sh in you mind like seeing a revolvingntern rotating.
2.TLN: The sound of eating is so loud¡¡
Book 1. Chapter 1
Book 1. Chapter 1
Chapter 1 ¨C Summoned to Another World
Hajime stood there with his hands protecting the face and had both eyes closed, but when he heard the rustling noise, he slowly opened his eyes
Hajime surveyed his surroundings dumbfoundedly. The first thing that came into sight was the giant mural. The mural was about ten meter in width, depicting an androgynous person with long golden hair and a faint smile, in front of an aureole. The background portrayed the grassy ins,kes and mountains, and the person had both hands extended out, as if embracing them all. It was a beautiful mural, an amazing mural. But, for some reason Hajime felt a sense of coldness from the person in the drawing.
After carefully surveying his surrounding, he found that they seemed to be in a huge hall. He assumed the hall was made out of marble. The whole building was emitting a beautiful luster. The building that was constructed byying glossy white stones on top of one another, was supported by huge pirs with delicate designs, and the ceiling was in a dome shape. The whole ce naturally looked like a cathedral and had a very solemn atmosphere.
It seemed like Hajime and the others were located in the deepest part of the building, on top of a pedestal that was higher than the surrounding area. Hajime looked around, he could only see his ssmates with the same dumbfounded expression as him. Apparently, all the students that were present in the ssroom at that time was caught in this situation.
Hajime turned around to watch, and as expected, Kaori¡¯s confused figure was there. She did not seem to be injured, so Hajime felt relieved.
After that, perhaps looking for an exnation, everyone gradually shifted their attention to the people around the pedestal. That¡¯s right, Hajime and his ssmates were not the only ones in this hall. There were at least thirty people that had both hands crossed in front of their chest, and kneeled as if they were praying. All of them wore a white robe that was embroidered with gold, and they had a staff right next to them. The tip of the staves spread out like a fan, and in ce of the ring, several pieces of circr disks hung on top of it.
Among them, an old man around the age of 70 stepped forward, his attire was extremely luxurious even among the white-robed group. He wore a 30 cm tall and delicate thing that looked like an original wizard hat. However, that old man had a domineering aura around him, looking at the wrinkles on his face, as well as his sophisticated eyes, even if people say he was only 50 years old, none would doubt it.
At the same time the staff in his hand was making a ¡°Shing! Shing!¡± sound, the old man spoke to them with a clear and calming voice that was fitting of his appearance.
¡°Wee to Tortus, Hero-sama and hispanion. We were expecting you. I am the currently appointed Pope of the Saint¡¯s Church, you may address me as Ishtar Lombard. Let¡¯s get along from now on, no need to exchange conventional greetings.¡±
After he introduced himself, the old man called Ishtar revealed a smile that was often associated with nice elderly people.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
Right now, the ce that Hajime and the rest had moved to, had a few ten meter long dining tables lined up side by side. Several great halls they passed by before also had the same kind of dining tables. This hall was just as gorgeous as with the rest, even an amateur could understand; the furnitures, the decorative paintings, the murals, and everything here were the artisan¡¯s supreme masterpiece. Perhaps, this ce was used to take a meal or hold a meeting. In the seats of honor were Hatakeyama Aiko-sensei and Kouki¡¯s group of four. After that, the other students took their seats in sequence, Hajime sat at thest spot.
Nobody caused much disturbance as they were guided until here, perhaps their minds were still unable to keep up with reality. Ishtar started to exin the situation, perhaps it was due to the existence of the charismatic Kouki that everyone was able to remain calm. Being surrounded by the students who looked more like the teacher, Aiko-sensei was getting teary-eyed.
When everyone was seated, with amazing timing, the maids entered with pushing carts. That¡¯s right, real maids! These were the genuine maids in every man¡¯s dream, the bishoujo maids! Under this kind of circumstances, the male students were spurred on by their burning desires, most of them fixed their gaze on the maids. However, the girls were sending cold res at them.
Hajime also couldn¡¯t help but look at the maid that came to serve him¡ but for some reason he felt a chill down his spine, Hajime promptly set his line of sight straight ahead. At the direction the icy gaze wasing from, Kaori was fixing her gaze on Hajime with a smile from ear to ear for some reason. But of course, Hajime did not notice this.
Ishtar started his exnation after confirming that everyone had received their drinks.
¡°That¡ I¡¯m sure you are all confused. I will exin the situation first, I ask of everyone to listen to everything I had to say until the end.¡±
The words that came out of Ishtar after that were really too fantasy-like, none had any idea of what he was talking about. To put it briefly, first, this world was called Tortus. After that, Tortus was more or less divided into three major races. Humans, Demons, and Demi-humans. The Humans ruled over the northern area. The Demons ruled over the southern area. The Demi-humans lived quietly in the wilderness to the east.
Among these, the war between the Humans and Demons have been ongoing for several centuries. The Demons were inferior in numberspared to the Humans, but each individual Demons possessed formidable strength, only because of that were they able to contend against therge quantity of Humans. Both sides have not been engaged in arge-scale war over the past few decades, but something abnormal had been taking ce in recently. It was the deployment of Magic Beasts by the Demons.
Magic Beasts, they were believed to be existences that transformed from wild animals after absorbing magic power into their body. It was unknown whether they could be ssified as a living creature or not. However, each and every one of them could use powerful unique magic, these vermin are strong and ferocious.
Until now, they were always relying on their instinct, the people that can actually tame them are almost nonexistent. Even if they could be tamed, the tamer could only control one or two at most. And thismon sense waspletely overthrown by the Demons. This signify that the Humans no longer held the advantage in numbers. In other words, the Human race was now facing a crisis.
¡°The one who has summoned you here was ¡®Ehit-sama¡¯. He is the Protector God that we Humans worship, the one and only god in the Saint¡¯s Church. He is the Supreme God that created this world. Perhaps Ehit-sama had already noticed. If this continues, the Humans will face extinction. You had been summoned to prevent this oue. The world youe from is ranked higher than ours, every one of you here should possess exceptional power in this world without a doubt. Before the summon took ce, Ehit-sama passed down an oracle; You are the ¡°salvation¡± that he sent to us. You must bring out your innate powers, by the will of Ehit-sama, overthrow the Demons, and save us mankind!¡±
Ishtar currently had an absent-minded expression, perhaps he was recalling the time when he heard the oracle. Just as Ishtar had said, more than 90% of the Humans are the followers of the Saint¡¯s Church. Every time, those who heard the oracle was without a doubt someone with huge influence in the Saint¡¯s Church.
He didn¡¯t doubt the ¡°Will of God¡±, far more than that, he was unable to contain his joy. Hajime felt this world was unreasonably twisted and the sense of crisis that couldn¡¯t be described with words. Suddenly, the person who stood up to protest appeared.
It was Aiko-sensei.
¡°Please don¡¯t joke around! In the end, all you want is for these children to participate in a war! That kind of thing is absolutely out of question! En, as a teacher, I will absolutely not allow such a thing! Let us go back immediately! Surely, their families must be worried! What you are doing now is merely kidnapping!¡±
Aiko-sensei who was panting in anger was only 25 years old. She was a very popr social studies teacher. Her petite body was approximately 1.5 meter tall, she had a baby face, and her hair was done in a bob cut. The students couldn¡¯t refrain from smiling recalling the figure of Aiko-sensei who was rushing about all over the ce for their sake. Many students wished to protect her after seeing the work hard she did for her students, even though the majority of her efforts were in vain. The students often called her Ai-chan, but if they called her as such in front of the person herself, she would get angry.
This time too, she was angered by the unreasonable summoning, and stood up against it. ¡°Ahh~ Ai-chan is trying her best again¡¡¡± There were students who were looking at Aiko-sensei talk back to Ishtar with a fuzzy feeling. However, the following words from Ishtar froze them.
¡°I understand how you¡¯re feeling. However¡¡ It is impossible for you to return now.¡±
Silence filled the halls. It was as if there was an ice-cold pressure pressing down on them. Everyone gazed at Ishtar with a questioning expression.
¡°I-impossible¡¡ W-what did you just say? If you can summon us, you should be able to send us back!?¡±
Aiko-sensei cry out loud.
¡°As I said earlier, it was Ehit-sama that summoned you. We humans do not have the ability to use magic that interferes with another world. Therefore, whether or not you can return is up to Ehit-sama to decide.¡±
¡°T-that is¡¡¡±
Aiko-sensei lost her strength and slumped down on the chair. The students in the surrounding also started to make a ruckus.
¡°No way!? We really cannot go back anymore?¡±
¡°No! Anything but this, let me return!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t even joke about the war! What the hell!¡±
¡°Why, why, why¡¡¡±
The students started to panic. On the other hand, Hajime was prettyposed, only because he was an Otaku, he had read about many situations like this before. He had anticipated a few patterns, but this was not the worst thing that could happen, thus he was a lot calmer than the other students. Incidentally, one of the worst pattern was being summoned as a ve.
When everyone was in a difficult situation, Ishtar didn¡¯t have the intention to open his mouth to calm the masses, he only watched the calmly. No, Hajime could feel there was a hint of contempt behind that calm expression. Ishtar was probably thinking why would they be unhappy to be selected by Ehit-sama.
When everyone was still panicking, Kouki stood up and mmed the table with a bang. At the same time the students were astonished by the sound, they fixed their gaze on Kouki. When he confirmed that he had everyone¡¯s attention, Kouki began to talk.
¡°Everyone, it is meaningless to make so much ruckus in front of Ishtar-san. He also had no other choice¡¡ W-what I mean is, let¡¯s fight. It is a fact that the humans of this world are facing a crisis. Ignoring their pleas for help after knowing all this, I cannot do it. Moreover, since we were summoned here to save the mankind, we may be able to return after this is all over¡¡ Ishtar-san, isn¡¯t that right?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. Ehit-sama will definitely answer the wishes of the Saviors.¡±
¡°We all have special powers right? I¡¯ve indeed felt an unfathomable power surging up within me sinceing to this world.¡±
¡°En, that¡¯s right. Roughly, each of you should possess powers that are several times to a few dozen times more powerful than the people of this world.¡±
¡°En, in that case, I¡¯ll fight. I¡¯ll save the people, and then we can all go home. Regardless of the world or everyone here, I will save them all!¡±
Kouki clenched his fist tightly as he made this kind of deration, while pointlessly exposing shiny teeth. However, just at this moment, his charismatic leadership finally took effect. The students who had given up all hope earlier, gradually regained their calmness and vigor. They were looking at Kouki with sparkling eyes, that was the expression one would reveal when they found hope in despair. Half of the female students sent feverish nces at him.
¡°Ah damn, once you put it like that. It would be worrisome to let you go alone¡¡ I¡¯ll also fight.¡±
¡°Ryutaro¡¡¡±
¡°You are not the only one here¡¡ I can¡¯t watch this any longer¡¡ I¡¯ll fight too.¡±
¡°Shizuku¡¡¡±
¡°Eh, u-um, if Shizuku is going, I¡¯ll also try my best!¡±
¡°Kaori¡¡¡±
The usual group of four were in favor with Kouki. After that, the rest of the ssmates also expressed their approval and went with the flow. Aiko-sensei shouted ¡°Noo~¡± with teary eyes, but her tears was powerless in the face of the mood set by Kouki.
As a result, the entire student body will be participating in the war. Perhaps the students did not truly understand what it meant to go to war. Perhaps it was a means to escape reality and prevent their minds from breaking apart. While thinking these kind of things, Hajime secretly observed Ishtar, and saw him expose a very satisfied expression on his face.
Hajime noticed how Ishtar was secretly observing Kouki while exining the circumstances. He predicted what kind of action that he would take. When he talked about the tragedy that befalls mankind, it was easy to understand Kouki¡¯s reaction due to his strong sense of justice. After that, he specifically emphasized the cruelty of the Demons. Perhaps Ishtar had already seen through everything, he could tell who had the most influence in this group.
This should onlye as natural for the elder of the world¡¯srgest religion, they are people one should be careful with. Hajime added Ishtar as someone to be careful of in his head.
Book 1. Chapter 2
Book 1. Chapter 2
Chapter 2 : Status te
It¡¯s exnation time.
* * *
Since they all agreed to participate in the war, the students would have to learn how to fight. Even if they had a lot of extra power and potential, they were all just regr Japanese high school students that were used to peace. Suddenly fighting monsters and devils would not go well.
However, the church and parties involved had already predicted this circumstance, Ishtar said, this church is located on ¡°God¡¯s Mountain¡± and at the foot is the ¡°Hairihi Kingdom¡± have arrange for this. The kingdom had a very close rtionship with the Church, the god that they worshipped, was the God of Creation Eht and this country was founded by the family of Charm Byrne. The rtionship was strong because the church supported this country.
The students went out the front gate of the church. They were going to descend the mountain and visit the Hairihi Kingdom. The church was located at the summit of ¡°God¡¯s Mountain¡±. When the majestic church gates opened, there was a sea of clouds there to greet them. Even if it was very high, they did not feel the effects of the high altitude. Maybe it was because the magic made it a morefortable living environment. They were fascinated with the grand scene of the blue sky, the sparkling sun, and the sea of clouds.
Ishtar urged them to proceed, while boasting about something. Eventually a circr white pedestal surround by fences came into their view. The beautiful corridor was made of the same material as seen in the cathedral they approached the pedestal and rode on it.
On the pedestal, there were huge magic formations carved into it. Because there was a sea of clouds on the other side of the fence, the students gathered in the center restlessly.
Ishtar started to chant.
¡°The road that leads, opens for the faithful, ¡°Tendou¡±.¡±
As soon as he said that, the magic formation started to shine. The pedestal started to move smoothly like it was on a ropeway, it moved diagonally towards the ground. Apparently, the ¡°chant¡± empowered the magic formation engraved into the pedestal. The pedestal was most likely a ropeway. For the students, seeing magic the first time made them excited. When the pedestal broke into the clouds, it caused an uproar.
Eventually, it passed through the clouds and the ground could be seen. They could see a big town underneath. A huge castle was built into the mountain and the castle town spread from the castle. This was the Hairihi Kingdom. The pedestal lead them to the roof of a very expensive tower that was connected to the royal pce.
Hajime cynicallyughed at the production value at disy. To descend from the heavens through the sea of clouds, they were being presented as the Chosen of God. They just didn¡¯t present the students in a good light, but also the members of the church.
Hajime remembered the pre-war Japan days. At that time religion and politics were closely tied together. There was a likelihood that it would lead to troubleter on. However, this world may be even more strained. After all, this world had the power to touch other worlds, all the while following the ¡°Will of God¡±.
The possibility of them returning, all relied on saving the world on the feelings of their god. While looking over the Capital city and its view bing clearer, Hajime suppressed the uneasiness he felt in his heart. Anyway, he was going to do what he can.
* * *
When they arrived at the Royal Pce, they were ushered into the throne room straight away. They walked through the corridors and could not help but notice the beauty of the decorations. Along the way, they saw someone dressed up like a knight. they also passed by some maids, everyone was fully uniformed. They looked at the students with awe. The students seemed to be popr or known already.
Hajime seemed ufortable so he stuck around at the end of the group. They arrived in front of a set of huge double doors that was designed beautifully, two Soldiers stood at attention on both sides of the door when Ishtar and the party came. Without waiting for a reply, they opened the door.
Ishtar just leisurely entered like it was the natural thing to do. Students filed in feeling a little uneasy, with the exception of Kouki.
At that point I entered the doorway too. There was a red carpet that led from the entrance all the way to a luxurious throne. On the throne sat a middle aged man that conveyed ambition and dignity. They all stood before the throne and waited. There was a woman next to the throne, that seemed to be the queen. Next to her was a 10 year old boy with blonde hair and blue eyes. A 15-16 year old Bishoujo was next to him, and there was a small 7-8 year old girl that apanied her. There were people that looked like civil officers on the right side of the carpet, on the left were what looked like to be military officers.
Arriving in front of the throne, Hajime¡¯s group stopped, while Ishtar proceeded next to the King. The King lightly kissed the Pope¡¯s hand as a sign of respect. Apparently, the Pope was the top dog here. This just confirmed Hajime¡¯s theory that the country was run by ¡°God¡±, he sighed inwardly at that.
From there, they introduced themselves. The King¡¯s name was Erihido S. B. Hairihi. Luruaria the Queen, Randell the prince, 1st princess Liliana, and 2nd princess Maribelle. After, the prime minister, Knightmander, and other high status people introduced themselves. It seemed that Kaori¡¯s charm was universal because the young prince was gazing admiringly at her.
A banquet was held after and they were able to enjoy this world¡¯s cuisine. The appearance of this kingdom was very simr to olden Europeans of Earth. The drink they served was pink in color but glistened like a rainbow, it was very delicious.
The prince seemed to take a liking to Kaori because he was often talking to Kaori, and this got a lot of the ss boys fretting. Hajime did not expect much chance for the prince because he was just 10 years old.
In the royal pce, they were introduced to the instructors that would train them. They also would provided shelter, food, and clothing for all of them. The instructors were handpicked from the Knights, Imperial Court Mages, and much more. This would allow them to develop friendships for the forting war.
After they were finished with the dinner, each person was lead to their own room. Hajime was not the only one to be amazed by the bed that had a canopy over it. Hajime was ufortable in such a luxurious room. Still the room allowed for all the strain and stress they got today to melt away. Heid on the bed and he slowly drifted off to sleep.
* * *
Training and lectures began the very next day.
First, each of the students were introduced to a silver te (12cm x 7 cm). The students looked at the tes curiously. Knight Commander Meld Loggins started to exin.
He thought it was good to have a constant attendance for training, he did not seem to be able to leave it to the students to clear up their mess. Besides Meld, there was the Deputy Leader, who justughed and said it was going to be alright. Well the Deputy leader may be alright.
¡°Yoshi, did everyone get one? These tes are called Status tes. Literally, these tes will show your stats and status. The te also serves as an identification card. As long as you have this, you cannot get lost, so don¡¯t lose it.¡±
Meld had a very carefree way of speaking. He had an open-hearted character, since they were going to berades was he going to speak formally to them. He advised that they talk to each other in a normal manner. They asked them to feel at ease. The students did not feelfortable addressing their elders in such a nonchnt way.
¡°There are magic cravings on the te. I will make a small wound with a needle on your finger, just drip a drop of your blood onto that magic formation. Then the owner of that te will be registered. If you say ¡°Status Open¡±, the te will disy you your stats. Ah, have you never heard of such a thing? I didn¡¯t know that. This is a kind of artifact from ancient times. ¡±
¡°Artifact?¡±
Kouki asked the question because he was not familiar with the word.
¡°The artifact is a powerful tool that cannot be reproduced with modern means. It is said that they were created when God and his family still roamed thisnd. The status te is one of the artifacts he left behind that cannot be reproduced. It is usually would be called a national treasure rather than an artifact, but it is distributed in the generally public. Because it was a very convenient ID card. ¡±
I see, so the student¡¯s poked their fingers for their blood and smeared their blood onto the tes to activate the innate magic. The magic formation shined red for an instant. Hajime did the same with his blood and te.
Name
Nagumo Hajime
Age
17 Years Old
Gender
Male
Level
1
ss
Transmutation Artist (Synergist)
Strength
10
Vitality
10
Resistance
10
Agility
10
Magic
10
Magic Resistance
10
Skills
- Transmutation
- Language Comprehension
To see the stats disyed, he couldn¡¯t help but feel like he was a character in a game. The other students were looking over their status seriously. The stats were than exined to them by Meld.
¡°Did everyone see? Let me exin. First, let go over ¡°level¡±. The level will increase if you get an increase in stats. The max level for a human was 100. In other words, the level shows the base and potential that a human can reach. When you reach level 100, then you have achieved the potential of humans. It is very rare for someone to reach that though.¡±
Unlike games, leveling up does not mean getting extra stats in our case.
¡°Your stats can be raised by training, magic, or magical tools. Also, someone with a high magic stat allows other stats to increase faster. Although we don¡¯t know the whole detail, it is believe that magical power somehow assists the physical body to improve.
Afterwards, look forward to the gear we selected for you. After all, you are the heroes. The national treasury is being used to supply you!¡±
From what Meld said, just because you kill a demon or monster does not guarantee your stats will go up. The stats will improve steadily with practice and experience.
¡°Next we are going to cover ¡°ss¡±. Simply this is the talent you have. The skills you have at the end of your status is directly linked to the ss you have. People who have a ss are rare. The sses can be divided into two category:bat sses and nonbat sses. Abat ss only shows up in 1 out of 1000 people with sses. Nonbat ss only shows up in 1 out of 100 people. Out of those nonbat jobs there are about 1 out of 10 that have an extraordinary ss. Most of the people in nonbat sses have manufacturing sses.¡±
Hajime took a look at his stats. Surely his ss was ¡°Synergist¡±. He was gifted the ability to ¡°synergize¡±. Well, they were from a stronger world, so naturally he should have higher specs than a normal person from Tortus. Hajime just slightly smirked at that thought. After all he was d to have talent. However his joy was short lived because Meld started to exin more about the stats.
¡°So¡let¡¯s see everyone¡¯s stats. For example, the average person has stats of around 10 at level 1. Well you guys should have several times higher than that. So enviable! Please give reports on what your status te says. This is so we can develop a training regimen that fits each of you.¡±
The average person at level 1 has stats around 10. Hajime¡¯s stats lined up perfectly to disy 10s on all of them. Hajime tilt his head and scratched at it as he broke out in an unpleasant sweat.
(Are? No matter how you look at it, I¡¯m so average¡so absolutely average. Not a cheat. I¡¯m not ¡°TUEEEE¡±(?) What about everyone else? Maybe it was like this in the beginning.)
Hajime clings to that hope as he looks around at the others. Everyone else had a bright face, nothing like how Hajime¡¯s face was like.
Immediately responding to Meld¡¯s request, Kouki steps forward to report his status.
Name
Amanokawa Kouki
Age
17 Years Old
Gender
Male
Level
1
ss
Hero
Strength
100
Vitality
100
Resistance
100
Agility
100
Magic
100
Magic Resistance
100
Skills- Aptitude All Attribute
- Resist All Elements
- Resist Physical
- Complex Magic
- Swordy
- Herculean Strength
- Quick Movement
- Foresight
- High-speed Magic Recovery
- Sign Perception
- Magic Perception
- Limit Break
- Language Comprehension
The definition of a Cheat.
¡°Ho, truly a hero. To be at the same stats as me at level 1¡I¡¯m a little depressed. Usually a person only has 2 to 3 skills¡unbelievable. Very reliable.¡±
¡°Iya~, Ahaha¡¡±
Kouki scratches his head in embarrassment at Meld¡¯s praise. By the way, Meld is level 62. His stats average at around 200, and this is considered top-level in the world for a human. However, Kouki is already at half his stats at only level 1. At this growth rate, he will overpass him quickly.
By the way, Skill can equate to talent and that is something that cannot be changed. The only exception is ¡°Derivation Skill.¡± This derives from polishing ones skill for many years, this skill is acquired when the person can ¡°break through the wall¡± to acquire it. It sounds easy, but it has not been done before, it would mean to get a boost in skill level in just one day.
It was thought that only Kouki was special, but the others had superior stats, although not as good as Kouki, they can still be considered cheats. A lot of the ssmates hadbat sses too. Hajime just looked at his ss name. When trying to imagine his ss, it was not possible to see this ss in battle. Also, he only had two skills. One of them was the defaultnguageprehension too. Truthfully, he only had one real skill then. Hajime just gave a dry smile at that. Because he had to report to him, Hajime handed his te to Meld.
Until now, Meld had a great expression from seeing all those special status tes. To be able to have so many strongrades was a joy. Meld¡¯s expression retained its smile as he stated ¡°Huh?¡± He beat the te Hajime handed to him to see if it was malfunctioning, and held it up to the light. After staring at it, he returned the te to Hajime with an unremarkable expression.
¡°Ah, this is. If you think about Synergists, it was a crafting ss. It¡¯s useful if you want to be a cksmith¡¡±
Meld described the ss to Hajime with as much artiction as he could. The boys who did not like Hajime, would jump at opportunity to make fun of Hajime. The ss was clearly a nonbat ss. All his ssmates hadbat sses, Hajime would not be helpful in the future battles because of this.
While grinning, Hiyama Daisuke screamed out.
¡°Oi Oi, Nagumo. It can¡¯t possibly be, but did you get a nonbat ss? How can a crafting ss fight? Meld-san, is this ss rare?¡±
¡°¡Iya, 1 out of every 10 crafting ss is one. All the countries employ a lot of them.¡±
¡°Oi oi, Nagumo~, are you going to fight like that?¡±
Hiyama throws an arm around Hajime¡¯s shoulder, this just annoys Hajime. If you look around at the students, the boys in particr were grinning at his misfortune.
¡°Sa~, I won¡¯t know if I don¡¯t try it out.¡±
¡°Jyaa, let us see your stats. The ss isn¡¯t that great, but you do have great stats, right?¡±
He could already guess the stats from the expression Meld had earlier, he just wanted to bully Hajime even more. He really is a bastard. His threeckeys also joined in on the fun. It was the typical behavior, theckeys joined in with their leader while he picked on someone. The fact was though, Kaori and Shizuku had very unpleasant expression at the bullying.
If Daisuke liked Kaori, how was he not able to read her disdain for this kind of treatment? Hajime just handed the te like it was nothing.
When he looked at Hajime¡¯s te, Hiyamaughed at it. He passed the te to the others and his followers also joined in on theughter.
¡°Fu~Hahahaha, what is this? All of it is so average.¡±
¡°Kya~hahah, all of it is 10. He is probably weaker than the kids around the block.
¡°Hi~hahahah, I can¡¯t take it! He is going to die! He can¡¯t even be a meat shield!¡±
Kaori started to approach the students that wereughing with an angry expression. However, before she got there, someone let out a voice filled with anger. It was Aiko-sensei.
¡°Kora-! What are you guysughing at? Laughing at your fellow ssmate is something I will not allow! I will absolutely not allow it! Return Nagumo-kun¡¯s te!¡±
Aiko-sensei tried to express her anger as well as she could have with her tiny body. The te was reluctantly returned to Hajime after that.
Aiko-sensei tried to cheer Hajime up by tapping his shoulders.
¡°Nagumo-kun, don¡¯t mind it at all. I¡¯m also a nonbat ss. Just like my ss, my stats are average. You¡¯re not alone, Nagumo-kun.¡±
At that, Hajime was handed Aiko-sensei¡¯s te.
Name
Hatayama Aiko
Age
25 Years Old
Gender
Female
Level
1
ss
Farmer
Strength
5
Vitality
10
Resistance
10
Agility
5
Magic
100
Magic Resistance
10
Skills- Soil Management,
- Soil Restoration,
- Range Cultivation,
- Growth Stimtion,
- Selective Breeding,
- nt Appraisal,
- Fertilizer Production,
- Mixture Development,
- Auto Harvest,
- Fermentation Operation,
- Range Temperature Adjustment,
- Farm Barrier,
- Abundant Rain,
- Language Comprehension
Hajime look at the te with dead-fish eyes.
¡°Are, what¡¯s the matter? Nagumo-kun!¡± Aiko-sensei started to shake Hajime. Yeah, her stats overall was average, her ss was also nonbat, but if onlyparing magic it was hero level. She also had quite a number of skills. Resources were a big problem in wars. Unlike Hajime¡¯s ss, this was a very good alternative. Aiko-sensei was good enough to be considered a cheat.
This damaged him even more because he thought he was not alone.
¡°Ara Ara, Ai-chan stop sparkling¡¡±
¡°Na-Nagumo-kun! Are you okay?¡±
Hajime was no longer responding, Shizuku just smiled wryly at it. Kaori runs up anxiously. Aiko just tilts her head in confusion. As usual, Aiko-sensei was somewhat of an airhead.
Although it did stop the bullying Hajime was going through, but it seemed that the future was going to be hard for Hajime.
* * *
Setting is haphazard.
Possibility of modification is high.
Book 1. Chapter 3
Book 1. Chapter 3
Chapter 3 : Bullying the Weakest
Two weeks had passed since the fact that Hajime was the weakest was made known to everyone.
Currently, Hajime was using his break time from training to check out the Royal Library. On his hand was arge handbook titled ¡°Illustrated Handbook of Northern Continent¡¯s Magic Beasts¡±. The reason why Hajime was reading this book, was because after these two weeks of training, he had realized that he was even more useless than he had imagined himself to be. However, he could utilize knowledge and wisdom topensate for hisck of strength. Thus, he had decided to utilize his break time from training to increase his knowledge.
¡°Haiii~¡± Hajime let out a sigh after reading the handbook for quite some time, then he threw it onto the table. ¡°Bang! Boom!¡± The sound startled a librarian who just happened to pass by, causing the librarian to re at Hajime.
Hajime was also surprised as he hurriedly apologized to the librarian. ¡°Be careful next time!¡± the librarian continued to re at Hajime. Hajime could not help butment in his heart ¡°What the heck am I doing?¡± and yet again letting out another deep sigh.
Hajime slowly took out his Status te as he rested his cheek on the palm and nced at it.Nagumo Hajime17 Year oldMaless:SynergistLevel:2Strength:12Vitality:12Resistance:12Agility:12Magic Power:12Magic Resistance:12Skills:Transmutation ? Language Comprehension This was the result of Hajime¡¯s hard training for the past two weeks. Ridiculous! Naturally, he was ridiculing his own results. By the way, let¡¯s take a look at Kouki¡¯s stats. Amanogawa Kouki17 Year oldMaless:HeroLevel:10Strength:200Vitality:200Resistance:200Agility:200Magic Power:200Magic Resistance:200Skills:All Elemental Aptitude ? All Elemental Resistance ? Physical Resistance ? Complex Magic ? Swordy ? Herculean Strength ? Ground Shrink ? Foresight ? High Speed Magic Recovery ? Presence Perception ? Magic Perception ? Limit Break ? Language Comprehension
His growth rate was about five times of Hajime¡¯s. Moreover, Hajime had also realized that he did not have aptitude for magic. What¡¯s the deal with having no magic affinity? Let¡¯s start by exining the concept of magic in this world.
The process of utilizing magic in Tortus was by channeling magic power from one¡¯s body into a magic circle by means of an incantation, which would then activate the magic spells. There was no way to directly activate the spells with magic power, one must construct the corresponding magic circles to cast the respective spells.
Also, the magic power that was channeled into the magic circle would increase in proportion to the incantation time. The scale of the magic circle would magnify in ordance to theplexity of the spell, which will inevitably lead the magic circle itself to berger.
For example, the ¡¾Fireball¡¿ attack which was a signature magic spell in RPG would require a 20 cm wide magic circle. Basic techniques such as attribute, power, range, scope, and magic absorption (The method to channel the magic power in one¡¯s body) were required. Other things such as inductivity and sustained duration were also required for the spells, which would end up increasing the scale of the magic circle.
On the other hand, there are exceptions to these concepts. That is one¡¯s aptitude. Basically aptitude means that some people with unique body constitution could leave out some forms when using magic spells. For example, a person with the fire-type aptitude will not require to write the attribute section of the magic form. Instead, one can rely on imagination to make-up for this omission. Instead of writing the attribute section, one can just imagine the fire while chanting the incantation, which will then bring out the fire attribute in the spell.
Most people will have some sort of aptitude, and the aforementioned 20 cm diameter of magic circle is an estimate for an average person. In Hajime¡¯s case, he does not have any aptitude. Other than the five basic techniques, he still had to add in the speed, trajectory, diffusion rate, control rate, and such meticulous techniques. Thus, Hajime required a magic circle close to 2 meter wide tounch a ¡¾Fireball¡¿ spell. This would not be practical in a realbat scenario.
There are two ways to engrave the magic circle; By using a special kind of paper which can only be used one time and metal engravings which can be used multiple times. The former has a wide versatility, but can only be used once and its strength will also decrease. Thetter can be used several times and still retain its strength, but its magic spell cannot be changed and it is bulky. The priests and Ishtar all wields staffs which contains the metal engravings.
Well, in short, it was not practical for closebat, especially if the person did not have an aptitude. For the ¡°Synergist¡± ss, it could only separate or createpounds, other than manufacturing purpose, it was useless. There was also no divine artifact that was helpful for transmutation. Hajime only received a pair of gloves with transmutation magic circle carved on it. Well, was there any point in making pitfalls and traps? Even if Hajime could do it on the ground, the scale would be a little too big¡¡ He would be an easy target inbat.
During these two weeks, Hajime¡¯s ssmates hadbelled him as worthless. There was nothing he could do about it, except umting knowledge¡¡ His future was bleak and the only thing that increased recently was his unceasing sighs.
¡°Bah, might as well just go out and travel.¡± While thinking like this, Hajime peered through the library¡¯s window, and gazed at the blue sky outside. In the end, he began to give his future a serious thought, recollecting all of the knowledge he had painstakingly gathered in the past two weeks. Hajime sunk into a deep thought.
(That¡¯s it, I should go to the demi-human¡¯s country. A mystical world without kemonomimi is simply out of question¡¡ However they were located deep in the ¡°Sea of Trees¡±~. Because of the discriminatory attitude towards the demi-humans, the only ones outside of the forest were the ves.)
ording to Hajime¡¯s knowledge, the demi-humans were discriminated and holed up deep in the ¡¾Hartzena Sea of Trees¡¿ that spread across the North and South on the East side of the continent. Why were they being discriminated? It was because they did not possess any magic power.
ording to the legends, during the age of Gods, this world was created by God Eht and his apostles using ancient magic. The magic that was used in this age was a degraded version of the ancient magic. Therefore, magic was admired by everybody as it was a gift from the Gods. Of course, these were all teachings from the Saint¡¯s Church.
Because of this notion, the demi-human which could not use any magic was viewed by humans as an evil race abandoned by the Gods. Then, what about the magic beasts? It is said that magic beasts are a race that brings about disaster and does not have the blessings from the God. They are just a vermin. Hajime was aghast at this kind of over-generalised perception the humans had.
Other than that, even though the demons worshipped a different God from the ¡°Eht-sama¡± which the Saint¡¯s Church worshipped, their view of demi-humans was the same as the humans¡¯. In addition, every demons have high magic aptitude, they require a much shorter incantations than the humans, and a tiny magic circle possesses enormous firepower.
Humans ¡ª Because of the difference in the Gods they worshipped ¡ª affirmed the demons as their enemies (Saint¡¯s Church¡¯s teachings) and discriminated the demi-humans who were not loved by Gods. Demons are the same as the humans. Not much is known about the demi-human race, but they probably should feel the same way? All the races are really exclusive.
(If getting to the ¡°Sea of Trees¡± is impossible, then maybe I should go to the West Sea? Indeed, there should be a maritime city called Elisen. If I can¡¯t see a kemonomimi then I want to see mermaids. Mermaids are a man¡¯s romance. And I also want to eat the seafood there.)
¡¾The Maritime City Elisen¡¿ is located at the coast of the West Sea and known as the seafaring demi-human¡¯s city. This was the only tribe of the demi-humans that received the protection of the kingdom. The reason was because this city supplied 80% of the seafood and marine-rted materials to the Northern Continent¡¯s markets. There were no other reasons. What happened to the self-righteous discrimination? Hajime was disgusted at this kind of reasoning.
After passing through the Western Sea, one will reach the ¡¾Guryuu-en Great Desert¡¿. In this desert, there is the trading transit, which also served as an important oasis, the ¡¾Dukedom of Ancadi¡¿, there was also the ¡¾Guryuu-en Great Volcano¡¿. This ¡¾Guryuu-en Great Volcano¡¿ is one of the Seven Great Dungeons.
The Seven Great Dungeons were few of the most dangerous zones in this world. There was one dungeon located at the Southwest of the Hairihi kingdom, and ¡¾Orcus Great Dungeon¡¿ which was located at the center of Guryuu-en Great Desert. In addition, the previously mentioned ¡¾Hartzena Sea of Trees¡¿ was another one of the Seven Great Dungeons. They mentioned Seven Great Dungeons, and yet only three were mentioned, that was because the other dungeons were only briefly mentioned in the Ancient Recordings, their exact locations had not been confirmed yet.
Tentatively, there were spections of the Great Dungeons in certain ces. Such as the ¡¾Raisen Great Canyon¡¿ which cuts across the North to South of the continent, and the ¡¾Shune Snowfield¡¿ in the snowy Southern region of the continent.
(Desert is still impossible after all¡ If that is the case, I can only look at the ves in the Empire¡ I still don¡¯t have the confidence that I will be able to maintain my calm while looking at kemomimi who were treated as ves.)
Empire refers to the Herrlicht Empire. This nation was founded by a group of mercenaries during arge-scale war against the demons 300 years ago. This is a military nation which employs numerous powerful mercenaries and adventurers. This nation is ruled by the supremacy of strength, which is quite a dark nation.
The people of this nation do not care so much about the affairs of the demi-humans or other matters, they will just use anything that is of use to them. That is why there are so many ve-traders who deal with demi-human ves.
The empire is located between the Hairihi Kingdom and the ¡¾Neutral Commercial City of Fhuren¡¿. As the name implies, ¡¾Fhuren¡¿ was an independent trading city which remained neutral. This country was managed properly, by utilizing its economic power to the limit, it was able to maintain its neutrality. One can get anything they want in this city, it was not known as themerce center for nothing.
(Sigh~ In the end, I cannot run away if I want to return home. Ah, shoot, it¡¯s time for training!)
In the end, the only way to escape from reality is to shake one¡¯s head. Realizing it was almost time for training, Hajime ran out of the library in a hurry. The road to the Royal Pce was just a short distance, however, it was flooded with cheers and bustle from the Royal Capital. The sound of merchants touting their wares, the sound children ying around, and the sound of elders reprimanding their overexcited child, it was a very peaceful day.
(Seems like I really can¡¯t return home without participating in the war~)
Faced with the uing depressing period, Hajime escaped reality by indulging himself in unrealistic dream.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
When Hajime reached the training ground, there were already students there chatting happily while doing some independent training. It seemed like Hajime had arrived earlier than expected. Hajime retrieved a western-style sword which was given to him and also started his own free practice.
Suddenly, Hajime felt an attack from his back and hurriedly took a step forward. When he saw the unsheathed sword that just swept past, he broke into cold sweat. He frowned as he saw the face he was expecting to see, he couldn¡¯t help but show an annoyed expression. As expected, it was Hiyama Daisuke and his gang the Bastards Four (the nickname Hajime had for them). Every time, they would try to create trouble for Hajime during the period before the trainingmenced. They were half of the reason why Hajime was so depressed during training. (The other half was because of his ipetence)
¡°Yo, Nagumo, what are you doing? There is no meaning with you carrying that sword, you are so useless after all~¡±
¡°Hey, Hiyama that was overboard! Even if that is the truth, you don¡¯t have to say it out~ Wehehehehe¡±
¡°Why do youe for every training! If it was me, I would have been too ashamed of myself! Heh-heh-heh¡±
¡°Ah, Daisuke, since that fellow is so pitiful, why don¡¯t let him train with us?¡±
Hiyama and the rest wereughing like madman, was there any meaning to this?
¡°Ah? Hey hey, Shinji, aren¡¯t you being too nice? Oh, actually I am also a nice guy, let¡¯s train together~¡±
¡°Oh oh, good idea. We are super nice. We are willing to spend our precious time to help this ipetent fellow~. Nagumo~ you must be grateful, right?¡±
After saying their piece, Hiyama and gang was all smiles as they brought Hajime to a secluded ce shoulder to shoulder. Moreover, the ssmates who noticed this scene also turned a blind eye to it.
¡°No, I am alright being alone, you can leave me by my lonesome self.¡±
As such, Hajime tried to reject tactfully.
¡°Ha? We are going out of the way to train the useless you, and yet you were saying this to us? You are being unreasonable. You just need to remain silent, and say ¡®thank you¡¯ afterwards. Just that sentence will be enough!¡±
As Hiyama said that, he hit Hajime in the side. ¡°Urgh!¡± Hajime let out a groan as his face distorted in pain. Hajime did not remember that they were those type of people who would easily resort to violence. However when adolescence boys were suddenly granted such huge power, it was only natural for them to be deeply engrossed. As thus, they were unable to restrain themselves from targeting Hajime. Hajime who had no power to resist, could only clench his teeth and bear with it.
Not longter, they arrived at an isted corner of the training ground. Hiyama sent Hajime flying with a violent punch.
¡°Hey, get up quickly. Isn¡¯t this a happy training period?¡±
Hiyama, Nakano, Saito, and Kondo then surrounded Hajime. Hajime gritted his teeth and stood up unwillingly.
¡°Gua!?¡±
At that moment, Kondo used his sheathed sword to hit Hajime on his back. Hajime let out a scream as he fell forward, and even more attacks were added on.
¡°Hey, why are you sleeping? It¡¯s going to burn~ Burn my target, ¡¾Fireball¡¿¡±
Nakanounched a fireball. Hajime who was unable to get up from the floor due to the pain on his back desperately rolled around to avoid the spell. However, as if it was already nned, Saito casted another spell.
¡°Slice my target, ¡¾Windball¡¿¡±
Hajime who just stood up was hit by the windball in the stomach, and was sent flying by the wind. Hajime let out a ¡°Bleeegh¡± sound as he throw up some gastric fluid while squatting. The magic itself was just a simple 10 cm wide magic. Even if that was the case, it still had the power of a professional boxer¡¯s punch. The main reason for such power was due to their high aptitude, the other reason was because the medium they used were the Divine Artifacts given by the Kingdom. Otherwise, their attacks would be even weaker than the fire used in cooking or a cool breeze.
¡°Hey, you are too weak. Nagumo-chan~ can¡¯t you put in some effort?¡±
With that, Hiyama kicked Hajime who was still crouching in the stomach. Hajime did his best to prevent himself from puking. The lynching which was disguised as training also continued for a period of time. Hajime clenched his teeth to bear the pain while hemented why was he the only one who was so weak. Even if he was no match for them, he could at least counter-attack. However, since young, Hajime was never good at dealing with conflicts. Whenever there was a conflict between Hajime and the others, only he would get hurt. He believed that if he took a step back, the conflict would eventuallye to end, which was much better than quarreling.
Some people said such actions of Hajime was very kind while others said Hajime was just a coward. Hajime himself also didn¡¯t know which was he ssified as. When the pain was getting unbearable, an angry girl¡¯s voice suddenly rang out.
¡°What are you all doing!?¡±
When the ******* Four heard that voice, their faces revealed a dreaded expression. It was only natural. That girl was Hiyama¡¯s crush, Kaori. However, it was not just Kaori, even Shizuku, Kouki, and Ryutaro came too.
¡° No, please do not misunderstand. We were just helping Nagumo with his special training¡¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun!¡±
Kaori ignored Hiyama¡¯s exnation as she ran beside Hajime who was still squatting and coughing non-stop. The moment she saw Hajime, everything else did not matter to her.
¡°Special training? Then this was a really one-sided training.¡±
¡°No, this is¡¡±
¡°I don¡¯t care about your excuses. Among the ssmates, Nagumo-kun is not suited forbat. This kind of incident should not happen again.¡±
¡°If you have so much free time, you should use it to train yourself and get stronger.¡±
Seeing the situation, Hiyama and the others let out an awkwardughter as they left in a hurry. Under Kaori¡¯s healing magic, Hajime¡¯s injuries were gradually recovering.
¡°T-thank you Shirasaki-san. I¡¯m saved.¡±
Looking at Hajime¡¯s bitter smile, Kaori shook her head as she teared up.
¡°Has this been always happening? If that¡¯s the case, I¡¡±
For some reason, Kaori was ring at the direction which Hiyama and his gang left in, Hajime hurriedly tried to stop her.
¡°No, it is not always like this! It¡¯s alright, I am fine!¡±
¡°But¡¡±
Even so, Kaori looked like she was still unable to ept it, Hajime reassured her with another smile. Finally, Kaori relented.
¡°Nagumo-kun, if there is anything just feel free to tell me. If not, you can also talk to Kaori.¡±
Shizuku forced a smile as she cast a sidelong nce at Kaori who had an agonized expression, and Hajime also expressed his thanks to her. However, pouring cold water here was also the Hero¡¯s ?1? talent.
¡°But, Nagumo should work harder too. Excuses will not help you be stronger. I have heard that during the break time, you are always in the library. I suppose that should stop now. If I was you, I will spend every moment of my free time training to be stronger. Nagumo, you should also be more serious, otherwise, Hiyama and his gang might bully you again.¡±
How could Hajime exin his way out? Hajime stood there half-dazed as he listened. Ah~ ah~ seriously, Amanogawa was a person who believed in the good of others, so he thought that everybody would act out of kindness. This was why he gave such an advice to Hajime. Hajime couldn¡¯t help but force a smile. In Amanogawa¡¯s line of thoughts, there is no evil in humanity. He thought that those people had a reason behind their actions. It was surely not because of the other person involved! He had this kind of thought process.
Furthermore, Kouki did not have any malice behind his words, he was seriously advising Hajime to be more serious. Hajime was already exhausted and did not have any energy to resolve the misunderstanding. He thought it would be useless to correct Kouki who had such a strong sense of justice.
Shizuku who understood the situation covered her face and heaved a sigh, she apologised to Hajime in a low voice.
¡°I¡¯m sorry, Kouki did not have any ill intentions.¡±
¡°Ahaha¡ En, I know, so it¡¯s fine.¡±
Hajime replied with a smile as he got up and dusted off his dirty clothes.
¡°Look, training has already started. Let¡¯s go?¡±
Under Hajime¡¯s urging, everybody returned to the training grounds. Kaori was still concerned about Hajime, but Hajime kept feigning ignorance. As expected, as a man, he did not want to reveal his weak side to a fellow female ssmate.
On the way back to the training ground, Hajime kept sighing. His future looked bleak.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
Usually after the training ended, they would have free time till dinner time. However this time, Commander Meld held everybody back for an announcement. The students were wondering what was going on as Commander Meld used a deep voice to announce.
¡°From tomorrow onward, we will be conducting our practical training in Orcus Great Dungeon. All the necessary equipment will be prepared by us, I want to use the Magic Beasts outside the capital as practice target. More importantly, get your spirits up! Have a good rest tonight! Dismiss!¡±
He quickly conveyed the important announcement like this. Amongst the hustling and bustling of the students, Hajime sat at the end as he looked up at the sky.
(¡My future looks really bleak.)
Book 1. Chapter 4
Book 1. Chapter 4
Chapter 4 : A Chat Under the Moonlight
¡¾Orcus Great Dungeon¡¿
This was a hugebyrinth that consisted of hundred floors. As one of the Seven Great Dungeons, the lower you go, the stronger the Magic Beasts be. Even so, this dungeon was a very popr ce for mercenaries and adventurers. It was also a great training ground for new recruits; That was because it was easy to judge the strength of the Magic Beasts in ordance to the dungeon floor. Moreover, the Magic Beasts in the dungeons also possessed higher quality Magic Stone in their bodypared to the Magic Beasts in the wilderness.
The Magic Stone is the core that provides power to the Magic Beast. The stronger the Magic Beast, the higher quality the core is. These Magic Stones are used as raw materials to make the magic circles. The magic circle could be activated as long as it waspleted, but the effect was only one-third whenparing the magic circle drawn by oneself to the magic circle drawn by using Magic Stone Powder.
In brief, using Magic Stones could effectively improve the efficiency of magic. In addition, the magic tools used in everyday life were also powered by Magic Stones. There was a very high demand for these Magic Stones; It was essential for both the armies and everyday life.
By the way, powerful Magic Beasts with high quality Magic Stone can use inherent magic. Inherent Magic does not require incantation and magic circles. It is the only spell the Magic Beast can use, the same species of Magic Beast will not be able to use all sort of spells even if they possesses magic power. But in ce of that, the Magic Beast doesn¡¯t require incantation and magic circles to perform the spell. This is the biggest reason one cannot be negligent when confronting the Magic Beast.
Commander Meld led a group of knights, and brought the students to their temporary lodging at small town of ¡¾Holward¡¿. The adventurers who wished to challenge ¡¾Orcus Great Dungeon¡¿ would stay here. Tonight, they were going to stay at an inn managed by the Kingdom, which was exclusive for the new recruits.
Hajime, who had not seen a normal room in a long time, lie down on the bed and let out a breath, ¡°Whew~¡±. All the rooms were designed for two people, but only Hajime got a room to himself. ¡°Well, at least I can rx this way.¡± Hajime did not let that bother him and muttered as such. He wasn¡¯t lonely and what not, not at all¡¡
Tomorrow is the day they will challenge the dungeon. It seems like they will only challenge up to the twentieth floors. This way, even someone as weak as Hajime will be useful. This is what themander said with his own mouth.
As for Hajime, other than feeling sorry for being a burden, he really had nothing else to say. Rather, it was definitely the better choice to just leave him at the capital city¡¡ The timid Hajime also did not say anything after reading the atmosphere around him.
Hajime took a moment to read the Magic Beasts illustrated handbook he borrowed. However, in order to let his tired body rest for a while, he decided to sleep earlier. The sleeping skill he perfected in his school life disyed its full potential in another world.
However, when Hajime was about to doze off, he heard someone knock on his door. For Hajime who frequently pulled all nighters in Japan, it was still early, but it was already veryte for Tortus. The dubious person that would pay visit at this time of the night, could it be Hiyama?! Hajime was a little worried when he thought about it.
However, he eased up after hearing the voice.
¡°Nagumo-kun, are you still awake? It¡¯s me, Shirasaki. Can I bother you for a moment?¡±
Seriously? Hajime froze for a moment and hastily proceeded towards the door. After fetching the key and opening the door, Kaori stood there with a snow-white negligee on. She was wearing an unbuttoned sweater over the negligee.
¡°¡¡Why is this happening?¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
When presented with such a scene, Hajime unexpectedly switched to Kansai dialect and performed a Tsukkomi. ?1? Kaori was puzzled since she couldn¡¯t understand. Hajime quickly pulled himself together, he tried not to stare at Kaori too much, and only hear what she had to say. Although he didn¡¯t have too much interest in the 3D world, he was still an adolescent boy. The current appearance of Kaori was slightly too stimting.
¡°Ah~ No, it¡¯s nothing. En, what¡¯s the matter? Did you have something to tell me?¡±
¡°No. I just¡¡ wanted to talk with Hajime-kun. Am I bothering you after all?¡±
¡°¡¡¡¡Come in.¡±
He anticipated the most probable question, but it was quickly shot down by Kaori¡¯s provocative nature. Moreover, Kaori¡¯s upturned eyes was so explosive. It¡¯s super effective! By the time he noticed, he already opened the door and invited her into the room.
¡°En!¡±
Kaori entered the room happily without any precaution.
She sat on the chair near the window. Hajime unconsciously prepared the tea while still being slightly confused. Though it was really just putting something like a tea bag into the cup. Something simr to ck tea was made using this kind of stuff. He prepared enough for both of them and handed a cup to Kaori. After that, Hajime sat on the chair directly in front of her.
¡°Thank you.¡±
Kaori happily epted the ck tea imitation and took a sip. The moonlight that shone through the window illuminated her. It seemed like there was a halo around her glossy ck hair, she looked like an angel. Without any lustful desires, Hajime was fascinated by Kaori¡¯s purity. He recovered himself when he heard Kaori ce down her cup. Hajime drank the ck tea imitation in one breath. He choked a little as he drank too fast. How embarrassing¡
Seeing Hajime like that, Kaori giggled. Hajime quickly struck a conversation to hide his embarrassment.
¡°So, are you here to discuss about the n for tomorrow?¡±
To Hajime¡¯s question, Kaori nodded her head. Her smile earlier was like a lie as it changed into a heavy expression.
¡°About the trip to the dungeon tomorrow¡¡ I wish Nagumo-kun can stay in the town. I will persuade the instructors and ssmates. So, please!¡±
She leaned over as she pleaded Hajime. Hajime was perplexed. Even if Hajime was a burden, wasn¡¯t this a little too much?
¡°En¡¡ You are right, I know I am a burden¡¡ I should really stay here. Even if you don¡¯t say it, I¡¡¡±
¡°You¡¯re wrong! It¡¯s not because you¡¯re a burden!¡±
Kaori tried to clear up the misunderstanding. Maybe she was being too hasty. She put her hand on her chest and took a deep breath. After she calmed down, ¡°It was too sudden, I¡¯m sorry¡± she apologized like this.
¡°I just had a very bad feeling. When I fell asleep earlier¡¡ I had a dream¡¡ it was about Nagumo-kun¡¡ When I called out to you, you didn¡¯t even notice¡¡ Even when I run, I couldn¡¯t catch up¡¡ In the end¡¡¡±
She seemed afraid to speak the rest. Wanting to hear the rest, Hajime urged her to continue.
¡°What happened in the end?¡±
Kaori bit her lips, she had a teary expression on her face.
¡°¡¡Disappeared¡¡¡±
¡°¡¡I see.¡±
They sat in silence for a while. Hajime looked at Kaori, who was still hanging her head. It was a really ominous dream, but it was just a dream. With just that, they wouldn¡¯t permit him to stay. If such a thing was allowed, the criticism he received from the ssmates will surely intensify. If such a thing happened, he really would not be weed anymore. He had no choice but to go.
To reassure Kaori, Hajime started to speak as gently as possible.
¡°A dream is just a dream, Shirasaki-san. This time, we have Commander Meld and his veteran knights apanying us. There are also a lot of strong people like Koukiing with us. Rather, our whole ss is amazing. I actually feel sorry for our enemies. I am very weak, in more ways than one, isn¡¯t that why you have such a dream?¡±
While listening to Hajime, Kaori looked at him with an anxious expression.
¡°I-if you¡¯re still worried, then¡¡¡±
¡°¡¡Then?¡±
Hajime was a little embarrassed, but he still stood perfectly straight and looked into Kaori¡¯s eyes.
¡°Will you protect me?¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
As a man, saying something as embarrassing as this still affected his pride. His face already became red due to shame. The room was illuminated by the moonlight, he could see Kaori¡¯s appearance very clearly.
¡°Shirasaki-san is a healer right? Healer was a ss that had an innate talent for healing magic. No matter what happened¡¡ As long as Shirasaki-san is around, you can heal me even if I get heavily wounded. Will you protect me with this power? If so, I believe I¡¯ll be fine.¡±
He fixed his gaze on Kaori and said these, the current situation does not permit him to break eye contact. Hajime desperately endured the shame and prevented his body from writhing.
The biggest cause of a person¡¯s insecurity was the unknown, Hajime had heard of these kind of thing before. Kaori was probably worried about what could possibly attack Hajime. In that case, perhaps he could ease her mind by convincing her that they could handle all the unknown dangers that were thrown at them.
¡°You never change, Najumo-kun.¡±
¡°?¡±
Hajime made a doubtful expression as Kaori said that. Kaori giggled after seeing that expression.
¡°Nagumo-kun, you probably thought we first met in high school right? But, I knew you since the second year of middle school.¡±
This revtion caused Hajime to widen his eyes in shock. He quickly searched through his memories, but he couldn¡¯t recall the meeting. Hajime groaned as he thought of this, and it caused Kaori to giggle again.
¡°It was a one-sided meeting. The first time I saw you, you were prostrating. I didn¡¯t dare believe what I saw.¡±
¡°P-prostrating?¡±
To be seen in such an embarrassing state! His body writhed again but for a different reason this time. Where and when did she see him in such a position? Just where? He frantically searched his memories. Facing Hajime who was making all kind of expressions, Kaori continued to speak.
¡°En, you were surrounded by shady-looking people. Even when they spit at you, poured their drinks on you, or stepped on you¡ you did not stop kneeling. Before long, they left appalled.¡±
¡°T-that is, I showed such an unsightly sight¡¡¡±
Hajime felt like dying a little. She saw a scene that was just as bad as his dark history of Chuunibyou. ?2? Only a humorless smile emerged. It was the same humorless smile that emerged when he discovered his mother had found the hidden stash of Ero Doujinshi ?3? and ced them neatly on his bookshelf.
However, Kaori just gave him a gentle look. One that was free from contempt and ridicule.
¡°No, it wasn¡¯t unsightly. Rather, when I saw you like that, I thought you were a very strong and kind person.¡±
¡°¡¡Ha?¡±
Hajime couldn¡¯t believe what he heard.
(That¡¯s not the kind of impression someone would get. Could it be, Shirasaki had a special fetish for that?!)
Hajime thought of something very rude.
¡°I mean, Nagumo-kun, you did it for the sake of a granny and her grandson.¡±
When she said that, Hajime finally remembered something. Indeed, there was such an incident during his middle school years.
It started when the little boy idently bumped into the delinquents and dirtied their clothes with his Takoyaki. ?4? The little boy started to cry while the delinquents angrily shouted at the granny. The granny cowered in fear. They were in a very difficult situation.
Originally, Hajime who was just passing through by chance wanted to ignore it. He saw the granny took out a few notes ¡ª¡ª perhaps it was the price to quell the quarrel. After receiving those, the delinquent demanded for more in a threatening manner. In the end, Hajime¡¯s body moved on its own after they took the purse by force.
He had never fought in his life before. The Chuunibyou¡¯s certain kill techniques could only be used at home. It couldn¡¯t be helped, his only choice was to use the eye-catching prostration technique. Prostrating in the public, it was very embarrassing for both parties involved. It would be better to say just staying around them would be unbearable. It went just as nned, the delinquents had left.
¡°Strong people would have solved it easily with violence. If Kouki was involved, he would surely knock down the opponent¡¡ But I don¡¯t think there are many people who would help others even when they were not strong; Especially someone that would prostrate themselves for the sake of others¡¡ In fact, I was really scared at that time¡¡ I just used the excuse that I was not as strong as Shizuku. I didn¡¯t do anything and hoped someone would stand up for them.¡±
¡°Shirasaki-san¡¡¡±
¡°Therefore, Hajime-kun is the strongest person in my heart. After entering high school, I was really so happy to see you¡¡ I wanted to be like you, and get to know many things about you. But Hajime-kun was always sleeping¡¡¡±
¡°Ahaha, Sorry about that.¡±
He finally figured out the reason why Kaori cared about him so much, Hajime was a little embarrassed to be evaluated so highly by Kaori. He just bashfully forced a somewhat awkward smile.
¡°Therefore, to ease my worries, I¡¯ll make sure Hajime-kun don¡¯t do anything crazy in the dungeon like when you faced the delinquents¡¡But, en¡±
Kaori looked at Hajime with determination.
¡°I will protect you, Nagumo-kun.¡±
Hajime epted her determination. He looked straight at her, and nodded.
¡°Thank you.¡±
Immediately after, Hajime smiled wryly. The role of the man and woman was totally reversed. Without a doubt, Kaori was ying the hero while Hajime was ying the damsel in distress. As a man, he found it hard to ept, but he could only force a smile.
They chatted for a while, then Kaori returned to her room. While Hajime wasying on the bed, he thought over many things. No matter what, he must find a way to clear his bad reputation. It did not sit so well with him to be protected by the female lead. Hajime fell asleep with renewed determination.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
Veryte at night, when Kaori left Hajime¡¯s room and headed back to her room, nobody noticed someone was silently staring at Kaori¡¯s back. That person had a really twisted expression, nobody knew of this matter either.
Book 1. Chapter 5
Book 1. Chapter 5
Right now, Hajime and the rest of his ss gathered in front of the entrance to the ¡¾Orcus Great Dungeon¡¿.
Hajime had imagined a dark gloomy entrance, but instead he found something that looked like museum. It even had a reception desk at the side of the entrance. A uniformed big sister with beautiful smile was inspecting the people who entered and left the dungeon. In brief, their work here was to inspect the Status te, and record the number of people who entered and left the dungeon to urately pinpoint the death toll. With the war nearing, this was the method they adopted to avoid more casualties than necessary.
On the za near the entrance, there were many stalls lined up. All the shop owners were trying to promote their own goods. It was like a festival. This ce was a popr area to earn money because people would naturally gather here. There were many foolish people who challenged the dungeon haughtily, which ended with them losing their life. The dungeon¡¯s back alleys also seemed to attract criminal activities. However, with the waring, they didn¡¯t want to have any internal conflicts, so the Adventurer Guild and Kingdom worked together with amon goal in mind. The venue beside the entrance was a ce where the materials were traded. The treasures obtained by the adventurers would be exchanged for money there.
While the ss was looking around like country bumpkins, they followed behind Commander Meld like ducklings following their mother.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
The inside of the Dungeon was totally different to the bustling of the outside. There was nomp at the five meter wide passage, yet it was emitting a dim light, it was possible to see to some extent even without any illumination magic or torches. It seemed like a lot of special green stones were buried in the walls, one could excavate a huge vein of these green stones from ¡¾Orcus Great Dungeon¡¿.
The party organized into ranks and pressed forward. For a while, nothing of interest happened until they advanced into a certain hall. This hall was dome shaped and the ceiling looked to be around 7-8 meter high. Then, in front of the party that seemed to be looking for treasures in the circr hall, gray fluffy balls gushed out from the crevices in the wall.
¡°Okay, Kouki¡¯s group, step forward. Everyone else fall back! Follow the instructions you received before setting off! Get ready! These Magic Beasts are called Ratmen. Their movement is quick, but they are not very strong. Just stay calm.¡±
Just like he said, the Ratmen ran over with considerable speed. Their scarlet eyes shone eerily from their gray matted heads. Their name suited them. The Ratman was a very fitting name, their outward appearance looked very simr to a rat¡¡ They were bipedal Magic Beasts and had a muscr upper body. As if to show off their six packs and chest muscle, those parts were not covered by hair.
The front-line wasprised of Kouki and his party. When Shizuku, who was in his party, saw the enemy, her face stiffened up. The Ratman gave off a creepy feeling. Kouki, Shizuku, and Ryutaro intercepted the charging Ratman. Meanwhile, two girls that were close to Kaori started to chant. The girls were Nakamura Eri, a sses-wearing girl, and her friend Taniguchi Suzu the energetic loli. They were preparing to invoke their magic, staying in the formation like they were taught.
Kouki wielded his cross-shaped sword with unfathomable speed. He quickly made short work of the few enemies. His sword was one of the divine artifacts that was given to him by Hairihi Kingdom, the ¡¾Holy Sword¡¿. The sword had a light attribute. Any enemies caught in the light that the sword produced would be weakened, and it also automatically strengthened its wielder. Even if it was called a ¡°Holy¡± sword, it certainly had some troublesome abilities.
Ryutaro¡¯s ss was a ¡°Fist Fighter¡±, so he used gauntlets and shin guards as his equipment. These were also divine artifacts, they could produce shock-waves, and the power was definitely notcking in any way. Ryutaro took an imposing stance and did not let any enemy get past him with beautiful kicks and punches. Though he was unarmed, he yed the role of a heavy armored tank.
Shizuku, like the Samurai girl she was, her ss was ¡°Swordswoman¡±. She took a battojutsu ?1? stance and drew her sword that looked like a Shamshir. ?2? All the enemies were cut in an instant. That agile movement caused the knights to sighs in admiration.
While Hajime and other students were fascinated by the battle, a chant resounded.
¡±Swirling Dark mes, Incinerate My Enemies, Return them to the Earth as Ashes, ¡¾Spiral me¡¿.¡±
Three people simultaneouslyunched the spiraling mes which engulfed the Ratmen. The Ratmen let out a death cry as the mes turned them to ashes.
By the time they noticed, all the Ratmen in the hall were wiped out. The other students didn¡¯t get a turn. It seemed like the enemies on the first level were too weak for Kouki¡¯s party.
¡°Ahhh~ good job! Next time you guys give it a try, but don¡¯t lower your guard!¡±
While facing the outstanding students, Commander Meld smiled bitterly as he warned the group not to let up. However, after sessfully subduing Magic Beasts for the first time, it was unavoidable for them to feel excited. The student¡¯s faces broke out into smiles. Commander Meld just shrugged his shoulders and said, ¡°It can¡¯t be helped.¡±
¡°Anyway, good job on your performance this time, don¡¯t forget to retrieve the Magic Stone. But still, wasn¡¯t that a bit overkill just now?¡±
Commander Meld was clearly admonishing the rear-support, the girls in Kaori¡¯s group knew they overdid it and began to blush.
There were no particr problems from there onwards, they took turns in battles, and made their way to the lower levels smoothly. Eventually, they arrived at the 20th floor, which is the mark of a first-ss adventurer. The highest level explored was the 65th floor, but this achievement was aplished by adventurers over 100 years ago. Getting to the 40th level now is considered the work of an Elite Adventurer. Any who passed the 20th level were considered first-ss. Since all the students were cheats, they easily broke through to the 20th level, even if they did not have much battle experience.
However, traps were the scariest feature of a dungeon. In some instances, the traps were lethal. Fair Scope was the best countermeasure against traps. This is a gadget that detected traps by perceiving the flow of magic. As most traps in the dungeons use magic, the Fair Scope can detect more than 80% of the traps. However, the detecting range was somewhat narrow, so in order to progress smoothly, experience or information was needed.
As they quickly breezed through the floors, the Knights could only focus on guiding them. However, Commander Meld strongly admonished them; They were not to move about randomly in ces that haven¡¯t been confirmed for traps.
¡°Alright, you guys. From this point on, not only will there be other types of Magic Beasts, but they will work together to attack us. Do not get careless just because it had been easy so far! The training for today will end after we clear the 20th floor! Get fired up!¡±
Commander Meld¡¯s voice was very low but it resounded clearly. Up to this point, Hajime had not done anything in particr. Once, he practiced on a Magic Beast that the knights had weakened. He created a pitfall on the ground, and skewered the dog-like Magic Beast that fell into the trap. That was all he did. Basically, there was no chance for him to get involved in the group battle, he just stood behind the cover provided by the knights. It was pretty pathetic. Even so, his magic power still improved by repeatedly using his ¡°Synergy¡± skill inbat, therefore it was not meaningless. His magic power was raised by two points, so actualbat was still very beneficial.
(But still, I¡¯m totally a parasite yer, sigh¡¡)
Again, a weakened Magic Beast was thrown to Hajime by the Knights. When it approached, Hajime transmuted the ground and let out a sigh. Its abdomen was skewered by the sharp sword in the pothole, it doesn¡¯t seem like it will be able anymore.
(Well, it seems like my precision with transmutation has gone up¡¡ Let¡¯s do it one step at a time¡¡)
Hajime consumed a magic replenishing pill as he wiped the sweat off his brow. Hajime had not noticed, but there were several knights that were impressed with him.
To be honest, the knights did not expect anything from him in the beginning. However, since the battle was well-off, they paid a little attention to Hajime who had nothing to do at the back, and pushed a few Magic Beasts to him. Of course, the Magic Beasts were weakened beforehand.
The knights had assumed Hajime would fight with his sword, despite not knowing how to swing a sword. Instead, Hajime effectively sealed off the opponent¡¯s movements with transmutation, and stabbed them to death in the end. He brought down the Magic Beasts with a strategy that the Knights had never seen before. ¡°Synergist¡± was considered a crafting ss, that was amon knowledge. Therefore, they had never thought of using the transmutation skill like that inbat.
Since he did not have anything else, Hajime¡¯s only weapon was his transmutation skill. He figured that if he could manipte minerals, why couldn¡¯t he manipte the ground too? He came up with this strategy while thinking about such a thing. Since he was surrounded by so many strong people, he felt his all-out effort was useless. This was the first public exhibition of his tactic. After making a fool of himself in thebat training at the outskirts of the capital, he came up with this tactic.
They stopped for a short rest. Hajime who looked forward asionally and made eye contact with Kaori. She looked towards Hajime and smiled at him. Kaori seemed to be keeping an eye on him afterst night¡¯s deration to ¡°protect¡± him. This caused Hajime to be embarrassed and broke the eye contact. Her expression sulked slightly at that. Shizuku who had been observing what was going on wore a wry smile on her face, then she asked in a quiet voice.
¡°Kaori, why are you two constantly looking at each other? Thinking about a romanticedy in the dungeon, are you?¡±
Kaori blushed at the teasing and refuted Shizuku angrily.
¡°Mou-! Shizuku-chan! Don¡¯t say strange things! I was just wondering if Nagumo-kun was alright. That¡¯s all!¡±
The romanticedy was already in full swing with that remark, because Kaori began to sulk for real. Shizuku kept her mouth shut, but theughter in her eyes indicated that it was a fact. After seeing that, Kaori puffed her cheeks and muttered in a low voice, ¡°Seriously!¡±
Hajime kept casting sidelong nces at them, but he suddenly felt a gaze that made him straighten his backbone. The unpleasant gaze was filled with negative emotions. To date, Hajime had felt simr stares in the ssroom, but this feeling he get from this gaze was iparably deep and heavy.
It was not the first time today that he felt that gaze. Since the morning he had felt someone staring. When he tried to locate the stare, this feeling would disappear. This had happened repeatedly since the morning, Hajime was already getting tired of it.
(I wonder what it is¡¡ did I do something? ¡¡I was trying hard despite being an ipetence¡¡ Could that be the reason? Don¡¯t joke around! Who¡¯s the scoundrel? ¡¡Sigh~)
Hajime let out a deep sigh. He started getting the bad premonition Kaori had mentioned.
The party continued to explore the 20th floor. Each level of the dungeon was several kilometer square. It would normally take dozens of people up to one month to map out all the unknown areas. Currently, up to forty seven levels have been mapped properly, so it was not that easy to get lost. There was also little concern that they would get caught in traps.
The innermost room of the 20th level had a veryplicated geographical feature. The walls were protruding like a stctite cave and icicle-like rocks formed around the room. The stairs to the 21st floor were just ahead of this room. If they reached that point, the training would be done for the day. In ancient times, they were able to wield teleportation magic, but in this current age, such means were impossible. They had to head back the old fashion way. The party rxed slightly, since the walls were protruding they couldn¡¯t spread out and had to advance in a column.
At this time, Kouki¡¯s party and Commander Meld whom were at the front stopped. The surprised ssmates also got into their fighting stance with confused look. Clearly, they encountered some Magic Beasts.
¡°They¡¯re camouged! Make sure to pay attention to your surroundings!¡±
Commander Meld advised them. After that, the wall suddenly rose and discolored. The body that was camouged was now dark brown, and the creature that appeared stood on two legs. It raised its chest and started to pound on it like a drum. It seemed like a Gori-type Magic Beast with chameleon¡¯s camouge ability.
¡°They¡¯re Rockmounts! Be careful of their arms, they are strong!¡±
Commander Meld¡¯s voice reverberated in the cave-like room. The Rockmount beside Kouki¡¯s party threw itself at them. Ryutaro¡¯s fist was able to reflect the powerful arm of the Rockmount. Kouki and Shizuku tried to surround the beast, but they could not get into position due to the influence of the terrain.
When the Rockmount felt that it could not get past Ryutaro, it bent its body downward and inhaled a deep breath. After that¡
¡°GuGaGaGaaaaa¡ª¡ª!!¡±
It let out an intense roar like this, which caused the whole room to shake.
¡°Gu!?¡±
¡°Uwa!?¡±
¡°Kya!?¡±
A shock ran through their bodies, it did not damage them, but paralyzed them instead. This was the Rockmount¡¯s unique magic¡¾Intimidating Roar¡¿. The roar carried a magic that caused temporary paralysis.
Kouki and vanguards took the roar almost point-nk, causing them to freeze momentarily. The Rockmount took this chance to slip to the side. It lifted a boulder and threw it at the rear guards with a beautiful shot-put throw! The rock flew over the vanguards, towards Kaori and the rest.
Kaori and her teammates readied the magic staves in their hands to intercept the boulder. There was not enough room to dodge. However, the moment they were going to activate their magic, they froze when they noticed what was thrown them.
The boulder that was thrown at them was in fact another Rockmount. As it neared Kaori¡¯s group, it did a stunning rotation and spread its arms out. It almost seemed to be calling out to Kaori as it performed a Lupin Dive.?3? Strangely, its eyes were bloodshot and its breathing was rough. Kaori, Eri, and Suzu unintentionally screamed and stopped their magic.
¡°Hey! What are you doing? This is a battle!¡±
In a hurry, Commander Meld leapt out to intercept the Rockmount that was swooping down fast. ¡°S-sorry.¡± The girls apologized like this, but the negative feeling was still there. Their face had turned pale.
There was a youngster who got mad at such a situation. It was our hero, Amanogawa Kouki.
¡°*******¡¡ You dare treat them like that¡¡ I won¡¯t forgive you!¡±
Kouki seemed to have misunderstood the girls¡¯ disgust as fear for their impending death. ¡®You dare to frighten the girls like that!¡¯ Kouki got a little angry due to his misunderstanding. His Holy Sword seemed to shine in response to his feelings.
¡°Myriad of Soaring Wings, Reach the Heavens, ¡¾Soaring sh¡¿!¡±
¡°Ah, you idiot, stop it now!¡±
Ignoring Commander Meld¡¯s voice, Kouki brandished his sword over his head and swung it down in one motion. His chant had made the sword emit an intense light, and the sh released a de of light. Drawing a curve, the light bisected the Rockmount without encountering any resistance. The de of light continued on until it destroyed the wall beyond.
Debris lightly fell from the damaged wall. Kouki exhaled and gave the girls a sparkling smile. He had defeated the monster that scared them. It¡¯s alright now! Commander Meld approached him with a smile and smacked him.
¡°Ow!?¡±
¡°You fool. I understand how you feel, but you shouldn¡¯t use a skill like that in such a narrow ce! If the tunnel copsed, what are you going to do?¡±
Facing Commander Meld¡¯s vehement rebuke, Kouki could only lower his head. The girls approached him with a wry smile and tried tofort him. At that moment, the copsed wall caught Kaori¡¯s attention.
¡°¡¡Eh? What is that? It¡¯s sparkling¡¡?¡±
Hearing this, everyone looked at the wall Kaori was pointing at. Blooming on the wall were minerals that radiated pale light. It was like a crystal covered in indicolite. The girls were enchanted by the beautiful sight of the crystals.
¡°Hoh~ That¡¯s Grantz Crystal. One this big in size is rare.¡±
When talking about Grantz Crystal, it was an ore that looked like a jewel. The crystal did not have any special effects, but its gorgeous and sparkling appearance was popr among thedyship. Rings, earrings, pendants, and other jewelries processed from these crystal are very well received. It was one of the top three choices as proposal rings.
¡°Lovely¡¡¡±
Hearing Commander Meld¡¯s simple exnation, Kaori¡¯s cheeks blushed. She took a nce at Hajime without anyone noticing. However, Shizuku was the only ones who noticed this.
¡°If that¡¯s the case, we should retrieve it!¡±
The one who said that and abruptly moved toward it was Hiyama. He approached the wall that was embedded with Grantz Crystal, and climbed up with sounds of tiny rocks falling. Commander Meld shouted in panic.
¡°Hey-! Don¡¯t just do what you want! We haven¡¯t confirmed if it¡¯s safe!¡±
However, Hiyama pretended not to hear and finally arrived in front of the crystal. Commander Meld chased after Hiyama to stop him. At that moment, one of the knight finished his analysis with the Fair Scope. And then his face turned pale.
¡°Commander! It¡¯s a trap!¡±
¡°Tsu!?¡±
However their warnings came a little toote. The moment Hiyama touched the Grantz Crystal, magic circle started to spread from the crystal. The trap was set for people who became so fascinated with the crystal that they would touch it carelessly. Beautiful mushroom tend to be poisonous. It¡¯s the way of the world.
In a blink of an eye, the magic circle spread throughout the whole room, and it gradually became brighter. It was like a replication of the magic that summoned them.
¡°Withdraw! Get out of the room this instant!¡±
At Commander Meld¡¯smand, everyone started to run towards the exit¡¡ but they weren¡¯t fast enough. When the light filled the room, everyone momentary felt a floating sensation. Following that, they were mmed onto the ground with a thud.
Everyone let out a groan due to their sore butt, Hajime looked at the surrounding, most of his ssmates were stroking their butt like him. Commander Meld, the knights, Kouki, and the vanguards quickly stood up and observed their surroundings. Seems like the magic earlier was a teleportation magic. A magic that the modern day mage couldn¡¯t even use was casted with ease, the magic from the Age of God was truly worthy to be called a cheat.
They were all transferred onto a huge bridge made of stone. It was about hundred meter in length. The ceiling looked to be about twenty meter tall. There was no river underneath the bridge, there was only a bottomless abyss. If they fell, it would probably feel like falling into hell.
The width of the bridge was about ten meter, but let¡¯s not say the handrails, even the edge was rounded. If you slipped there would be nothing to grab on to, and you would fall head-first. The group was right in the middle of the bridge. On both sides of the bridge, they could see a stairway that led to the upper level. After confirming it, Commander Meld issued the orders with a grim expression.
¡°You guys, get up immediately! Go towards the stairs. Hurry!¡±
Hearing the thunderous orders from Commander Meld, the students who were on the ground got up immediately. However, the dungeon¡¯s trap was not only at this level, it wouldn¡¯t let them escape so easily. Magic Beasts emerged from the magic circles that appeared on both sides of the bridge. A huge Magic Beast appeared on one side of the passage. The other passage had arge amount of monsters.
At this time, Commander Meld stared at the huge Magic Beast with nk expression, his mumbles was transmitted loud and clear.
¡°This couldn¡¯t be¡¡ a Behemoth¡¡?¡±
Book 1. Chapter 6
Book 1. Chapter 6
Chapter 6 ¨C Behemoth
A magic circle emitting crimson light suddenly emerged on both ends of the bridge. On one side of the path, the magic circle was about ten meter wide. The magic circles on the path to the stairs at the other side were only about one meter wide, but there were several of them.
Within the numerous small magic circles, a horde of sword wielding skeleton army emerged. Their empty eye sockets were emitting crimson light simr to that of the magic circle, and the eyeballs-like radiance looked all around. Their numbers already increased to the hundreds, and they are still increasing.
However,pared with the hundreds of skeleton army, the one at the other side of the bridge felt worst, Hajime had this kind of feeling. What came out from the ten meter wide magic circle was a ten meter tall four-legged beast, it was wearing something that looked like a helmet, this kind of magic beast appeared. Ifpared to any animal Hajime knew of, the closest would be a Triceratops. However, it had many other additional factors, such as the eyes that gave off crimson light, the sharp ws, the fangs that sounded like ng of metals when they collided, and the zing horn that extended from the helmet¡¡
When Commander Meld muttered ¡°Behemoth¡± to himself, that Behemoth took a deep breath and let out a deafening roar.
¡°Gurua~a~a~aaaaa!!¡±
¡°¡ª¡ª!?¡±
The roar caused Commander Meld to return to his senses, he quickly started to issuemands to everyone.
¡°n! Lead the students to the stair and break through those Skeleton Soldiers! Kyle, Ivan, Gale! I need you guys to make a barrier as big as you can! We need to stop that monster here! Kouki, hurry and get to the stairs with the others!¡±
¡°Wait a moment, Meld-san! We¡¯ll fight too! Isn¡¯t that dinosaur-like monster the most dangerous? We¡¯ll also¡¡¡±
¡°Fool! If that¡¯s really a Behemoth, you guys won¡¯t stand a chance at your current state! That monster is a magic beast from 65th floor. A long time ago, even the adventurer that was once known as the ¡°strongest¡± was unable to defeat this monster! Just make a run for it! I can¡¯t let you guys die!¡±
Although Kouki faltered for a moment after seeing Commander Meld¡¯s grave expression, he still stood his ground with, ¡°I can¡¯t just abandon you guys!¡± When Kouki was about to say, ¡°Let¡¯s think of a way to let everyone escape safely¡±, the Behemoth let out a roar and started to charge at them.
At this rate, the students who were retreating would get trampled to death. But the Hairihi Kingdom¡¯s strongest military force summoned a multiyered barrier to prevent this from happening.
¡°Repel all Malice and Enmity, Absolute Providence from the Son of God, Herein a Sanctuary, The Enemy of God Shall Not Pass, ¡¾Absolute Virtue¡¿¡±
The magical circle for this spell was drew on a two meter square paper of the highest quality, and the incantation was made up of four phrases. In addition to that, three people were required to cast it. The barrier could only provide absolute defense for one minute. The pure white semi-spherical barrier stopped the Behemoth¡¯s charge!
The moment the Behemoth shed with the barrier, a terrifying shockwave erupted from between them. Everything under the Behemoth¡¯s feet were pulverized, and despite how the entire bridge was made out of stones, it was shaking violently. The retreating students let out a scream and tumbled in session.
The Skeleton Soldiers were magic beasts that showed up on the 38th floor. They were clearly different from the magic beasts they had encountered so far. In front of them was the skeleton army that made one¡¯s blood run cold, and behind them was that terrifying aura that pressed in constantly. The students were in a state of panic.
Ignoring the formation, they recklessly rushed towards the stairs. A member of the knight, n, tried to calm them down desperately, but no one listened due to the imminent terror. One of the female students was pushed from behind and fell down. She groaned as she lifted her head, just to see a Skeleton Soldier who had lifted the sword over its head.
¡°Ah!¡±
At the same time she let out a scream, the sword was swung down towards her head. She thought she was going to die at that moment, but the ground under the Skeleton Solider¡¯s feet suddenly swelled up. Losing its bnce, the trajectory of the de missed the girl and struck the ground instead. Following that, the upheaval continued like a wave towards the end of the bridge, tripping up many Skeleton Soldiers along the way. This caused some of the soldiers to fall into the abyss.
Two meter off the edge of the bridge was the silhouette of Hajime who exhaled heavily. He continuously used transmutation on the ground. He used the logic of a slide to throw the magic beasts off the bridge. Unaware, his proficiency in transmuting got better because he constantly used it on the whole journey. The range of his transmuting also seemed to have increased.
While chewing the Magic Recovery Pill, Hajime quickly approached the female student that fell down. He helped the girl up with the hand that was equipped with the transmutation glove. Hajime spoke to the still stunned girl with a smile.
¡°Hurry, keep going. It¡¯s alright, if you calm down these skeletons are nothing. Because except for me, everyone else is a cheat!¡± The female student was unable to take her eyes off Hajime who pounded his chest full confidence, the next moment she replied with an energetic ¡°Thank you¡± and dashed off.
Hajime had ruined the surrounding Skeleton Soldiers¡¯ footing and had them detained, he took that moment to survey the battlefield. Everyone was in a state of panic, they brandished their weapons carelessly, and even the magics were in disorder. At this rate, it was highly likely that someone would die. Although Knight n was desperately trying to bring them under control, it was not going well. During this time, more reinforcements came for the Skeleton Soldiers through the new magic circles.
¡°What do we do now¡¡ We need a powerful leader¡¡ someone with the power to open the path¡¡ Amanogawa-kun!¡±
Hajime started to sprint towards the direction of Kouki¡¯s party.
Behemoth was still repeatedly charging at the barrier. A powerful shockwave was produced every time it collided with the barrier, the stone bridge creaked due to the pressure. There were already cracks on the barrier, it was only a matter of time before it gave in. Commander Meld also joined to reinforce the barrier, but it was like a cup of water on a burning cart of firewood.
¡°Ah, crap! It won¡¯t hold for much longer! Kouki, hurry and retreat! You guys go too!¡±
¡°No! I will not abandon Commander Meld and the knights! We must all return alive!¡±
¡°Ku, to be so egotistical at this moment¡¡±
Commander Meld¡¯s expression was as if he just ate a bitter worm. In such a narrow space, it would be very difficult to avoid the Behemoth¡¯s rush. Therefore, the best option was to run away before the barrier became ineffective. But such a subtle opportunity could only be grasped by someone experienced, it was highly unlike for Kouki and his party to have such an insight.
While exining the situation as briefly as possible, Commander Meld urged them to retreat. But Kouki did not take his advice and refused to ¡°abandon¡± them. Besides, from the look in Kouki¡¯s eyes, he wanted to challenge the Behemoth. He believed if it was him, he might be able to overpower the Behemoth.
It couldn¡¯t be helped, he was still too young. He was overestimating himself a little too much. Commander Meld had showered them with so much praise to maintain their confidence, but it seemed to have produced the opposite of the desired result.
¡°Kouki! Let¡¯s retreat as Commander Meld said!¡±
Shizuku, who understood the situation, quickly admonished Kouki and grabbed his arm.
¡°Sigh~ This is not the first time Kouki is being unreasonable! I¡¯ll back you up!¡±
¡°Ryutaro¡¡ Thank you.¡±
Ryutaro¡¯s statement just fueled Kouki¡¯s enthusiasm even more. Shizuku clicked her tongue at that.
¡°Are you drunk?! Try to understand the situation! You big idiot!¡±
¡°Shizuku-chan¡¡¡±
As Shizuku was getting impatient, Kaori got more anxious. At this time, a boy jumped in front of Kouki.
¡°Amanogaka-kun!¡±
¡°Huh? Nagumo!?¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun!?¡±
As everyone was surprised, Hajime was doing his best to exin the situation by waving his hands.
¡°Hurry up and retreat! Everyone can¡¯t make it without you! Hurry!¡±
¡°What are you saying all of a sudden? What are you even doing in a ce like this? This is not a ce you should be! Just leave this to us, Nagumo you¡¡±
¡°This is not the time to be saying that kind of thing!¡±
It was a fact that he couldn¡¯t be regarded as part of the fighting force, Kouki urged Hajime to retreat but he was interrupted by Hajime who never showed any kind of retaliation before. Kouki¡¯s impression of Hajime was a honest guy who always forced a bitter smile at everything that was said to him. There was too much discrepancy that made him unable to move.
¡°Can you not see what is going on?! Everyone is in a panic! Just because the team leader is missing!¡±
Hajime grabbed Kouki¡¯s shirt with one hand and pointed over there with his other hand. In the direction he pointed at, his ssmates were surrounded by Skeleton Soldiers and running all over the ce. It seemed like they had never been trained before and fought haphazardly. Since they were so inefficient they were being overwhelmed by the reinforcements. As a result, they were still unable to break through until now. Although they were able to preserve their life due to their out of norm stats, it was only a matter of time.
¡°A power that can break through them is necessary! A power that can erase the fear in everyone¡¯s hearts is also necessary! And the only one who can do it is our team leader, Amanogawa-kun! Don¡¯t just look in front of you, look at what¡¯s going on behind you too!¡±
Kouki was dumbstruck as he saw his ssmates in such a chaotic situation, after shaking his head in admonition, he nodded towards Hajime.
¡°Ahh, I understand. I¡¯ll go over there immediately! Commander Meld! I¡¯m sorry!?¡±
¡°Goooo-!¡±
¡°Sorry, I¡¯ll retreat first.¡± The moment Kouki turned around and said this to Commander Meld, the barrier finally fell along with Commander Meld¡¯s howl. The raging shockwave assaulted Hajime and the others directly. Hajime quickly stepped forward and transmuted a wall, but it was easily blown away. However, he was able to weaken the shock wave. The whirling dust was blown away by Behemoth¡¯s roar.
On the ground was the groaning Commander Meld and three knights. Their body was unable to move due to the after-effect of the shockwave. Behind Commander Meld and the knights, Kouki and his party had also fallen to the ground, but they got up quickly. Looks like Hajime¡¯s wall was effective.
¡°Ku¡¡ Ryutaro, Shizuku, can you buy me some time?¡±
As Kouki asked them, he walked towards the two who still seemed like they were in pain. Since Commander Meld had been disabled, it was up to them to do something.
¡°I guess we don¡¯t have a choice!¡±
¡°¡¡I¡¯ll try to think of something!¡±
Both of them suddenly assaulted the Behemoth.
¡°Kaori, start healing Commander Meld and his men!¡±
¡°En!¡±
Kaori moved ording to Kouki¡¯s instruction. Hajime already got beside Commander Meld. In order to not get caught up in the aftermath of the battle, he quickly conjured a stone wall. Although it seemed nothing more than paper wall to the Behemoth, it was still better than nothing. Kouki began to chant in order to unleash his big skill.
¡°Divine will! Perish everything that is evil with your light! The breath of God! Blow away the ominous clouds and purify this world! The mercy of God! Forgive all my sins with this strike! ¡¾Heaven¡¯s Might¡¿!¡±
An aurora gushed out from the Holy Sword after the chant. The skill was simr to the ¡¾Soaring sh¡¿, but it¡¯s power was on apletely different level. The aurora gouged the bridge as it shot towards the Behemoth, shaking the bridge with its might. After the chant, Ryutaro and Shizuku had already cleared out. However, the two were extremely exhausted. They suffered a considerable amount of damage in such a short period of time.
The bombardment of light hit the Behemoth directly. Light had painted that area white. The intense vibration caused cracks to appear on the bridge.
¡°With this¡¡ Haa~ Haa~¡±
¡°Hmph! As expected, shouldn¡¯t we have done this earlier?¡±
¡°Hu¡ It¡¯s just that¡¡¡±
Ryutaro and Shizuku returned to Kouki¡¯s side. Kouki breathed heavily after using such an enormous amount of magic power. That skill earlier was Kouki¡¯s trump card. His remaining magic power were almost used up. Behind them, Commander Meld and the fallen knights stood up after they got patched up.
Not longter, when the light and the dust settled down, in that ce¡¡ was an unscathed Behemoth. The beast sent a death re at Kouki and growled. After that, it raised its head, the horn on its head began to glow red-hot and emitted a high-pitched sound like that of fingernails scraping the ss. Following that, the helmet ignited like ava.
¡°Don¡¯t just stand there! Move!¡±
Commander Meld¡¯s voice helped Kouki¡¯s party to regain their senses. The Behemoth soon began to dash forward, and then it jumped towards Kouki. The red-hot helmet fell towards them like a meteor.
Even though they jumped sideways immediately, the shock-wave caused by the impact still blew them away. They rolled on the ground with rumbling sound, when they finally stopped, they had wounds all over their body. Commander Meld, who finally regained his movement, rushed over. The other knights were still being treated by Kaori. The Behemoth¡¯s horns were stuck on the bridge. After bracing its leg, the Behemoth pulled it out.
¡°All of you, get up!¡±
All he got in response were groans. They were probably paralyzed by the same shock-wave that the Commander and the knights received earlier. It seemed like they received considerable damage to the internal organs. Commander Meld turned his head around to call out to Kaori. What got into his line of sight instead was Hajime¡¯s figure.
¡°Boy! Carry Kouki and retreat with Kaori!¡±
Themander gave Hajime such instructions. Kouki, only take Kouki along with him. That instruction indicated that it would be great even if only Kouki was able to get away, it was probably that kind of wish. Commander Meld clenched his teeth and prepared his shield. He nned to put his life on the line to hold back the beast.
Hajime looked at themander who were prepared for certain death, and proposed a n. This may be the only way to save everyone from this situation. However, it was too silly, the chances seeding was also very low. It would put Hajime in the most dangerous position. Commander Meld hesitated, but the Behemoth already got into battle mode. Its helmet started to sizzle red-hot again. They had no time.
¡°¡¡Can you do it?¡±
¡°I can definitely do it.¡±
Hajime looked at Commander Meld with resolute gaze. Seeing Hajime like this, a smile emerged on Commander Meld¡¯s face.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect we would entrust our lives up to you, I ask of you to save everyone. Therefore¡¡ We¡¯ll leave the rest to you!¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
Commander Meld walked towards the Behemoth after saying these. He released a simple spell to provoke it. Looking at how the Behemoth was targeting Kouki earlier, it seemed to have a habit of baring its teeth at those attacking it.
Commander Meld firmly fixed his gaze on the Behemoth. After that, it pointed its red-hot helmet at Commander Meld, it suddenly charged and took a leap. Commander Meld intended to provoke it till thest moment, he stood there confidently. At that moment, a small incantation could be heard.
¡°Disperse, ¡¾Wind Wall¡¿¡±
He jumped backward and chanted simultaneously. Following closely, the Behemothnded at the area where Commander Meld was previously stationed at. The ¡¾Wind Wall¡¿ was able to deflect the shock-wave and debris from the impact. Since the Behemoth¡¯s attack pattern was simple, it was still possible to avoid it. But if he was to dodge while protecting Kouki¡¯s party at the same time, they might bepletely annihted.
Again, the Behemoth¡¯s horns were stuck on the bridge. Hajime quickly threw himself into the fray. The remnants of the zing heat burned his skin, but Hajime endured the pain and began to chant. He only had to chant the name, it was the most simple and only spell in his possession.
¡°¡¾Transmutation¡¿!¡±
The Behemoth¡¯s movement to pull its head out from the stone was stopped. Even if it smashed the stone in the surrounding, Hajime would continue to transmute new stone. Bracing its legs, the Behemoth was going to forcefully pull its head out, but Hajime transmuted around the foot this time. While it was struggling, the head sunk another one meter into the ground due to transmutation. The Behemoth¡¯s power was so terrifying, cracks would appear the moment he let up for a brief second. It wanted to escape, but it was stopped by Hajime¡¯s transmutation every time. In the end, the Behemoth¡¯s entire head was buried underground, it was quite a silly figure.
In the meantime, Kaori and the recovered knights gathered everyone together, they attempted to carry Kouki¡¯s party back. At the skeleton soldier¡¯s side, it seemed like some students had regained theirposure and started to cooperate with each other. The reason for the recovery was because of the girl Hajime saved earlier. It was an inconspicuous contribution from Hajime.
¡°Wait! Nagumo-kun is still over there!¡±
Facing Commander Meld who urged them to retreat, Kaori protested fiercely.
¡°That is the boy¡¯s battle! We are going to break through the Skeleton Soldiers and unfold an all-out magic attack after we secured a safety zone! Of course, the boy will retreat during that time! We will hold up the Behemoth with magics until the boy get back, then we will retreat to the upper level.¡±
¡°Then, I¡¯ll stay and help!¡±
¡°That¡¯s out of the question! ¡®Let Kaori retreat and heal Kouki¡¯ That¡¯s what he said!¡±
¡°But!¡±
Kaori who still wanted to say something came to a pause after receiving Commander Meld¡¯s sermon.
¡°Don¡¯t let the boy¡¯s effort be in vain!!!¡±
¡°¡ª¡ª!?¡±
Including Commander Meld, the one with the highest firepower was without a doubt Kouki. If she did not use her healing magic to recover him, they may not have sufficient firepower to stop the Behemoth when the timees. That is why it is necessary for her to heal Kouki while retreating. By the time Hajime exhausted his magic power and couldn¡¯t use transmutation anymore, the Behemoth will start to move.
¡°Breath of Heaven, Fill to the brim, Purify and Heal, ¡¾Heaven¡¯s Blessing¡¿¡±
Kaori was crying, but even so she continued to chant. A pale light engulfed Kouki, this is a magic that heal physical wounds and recover magic power at the same time. Commander Meld ced a hand on Kaori¡¯s shoulder and nodded. Kaori also nodded in response, then she turned her head again to look at Hajime who continued to cast ¡¾Transmutation¡¿ desperately. After that, Commander Meld carried Kouki onto his shoulder and retreated. Shizuku and Ryutaro were carried by the knights.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
The numbers of Skeleton Soldier was still increasing, the quantity already exceeded two hundred. The side that led to the stairs was crammed with Skeleton Soldiers. However, in a sense it might be a good thing. If there was a gap, the students would try to push through and get themselves surrounded. As a matter of fact, when there were only a hundred of them, the students were caught up in a dangerous situation.
Despite that, there was no casualty, it was all thanks to the knights. It was not an exaggeration to say that they were desperately protecting the students with their own lives. As a result, they are now covered all over with cuts and bruises.
The increasing numbers of the Magic Beasts led to great panic, the students even forgot to use their magic, they only waved their spears and swords recklessly. Under this kind of circumstances, if they lost the knights¡¯ support, they would fall apart in matter of minutes.
Despair struck the students who came to realize it. The girl that Hajime saved earlier appealed to them, the minority of the students fought bravely in a group, but they were almost at their limits, they have an expression that looked like they were about to cry. Just when everyone thought it was already toote¡¡
¡°¡¾Soaring sh¡¿!¡±
A pure-white sh cuts right through the ranks of the Skeleton Soldiers, and then it exploded. The Skeleton Soldiers that were pushed to the side edges of the bridge fell into the abyss. After the sh, the Skeleton Soldiers fell like an avnche. The students saw the path that led to the upper level. That was their only salvation, the only thing that drives them to brandish their swords!
¡°Everyone! Don¡¯t give up, I¡¯ll open up a path!¡±
He spewed those lines as ¡¾Soaring sh¡¿ tore through the enemies. The charisma disyed Kouki raised the students¡¯ morale.
¡°Guys! What have you been doing this whole time? Remember the training! Organize into groups at once! You fools!¡±
The appearance of themander that everyone relied on and the skill that knocked down the enemies, the unparalleled ¡¾Soaring sh¡¿. As well as that normally reliable voice, when all of these came together, the declining morale resurrected immediately. Their body were no longer feeling numb and their mind cleared up. But in reality, it was the effects of Kaori¡¯s magic, the Calm Mind magic. To a certain extend, when the rxation magic wasbined with Kouki¡¯s performance, it was super effective!
Everyone with high aptitude for healing magic began to treat the wounded. Those with high aptitude for magic began the chants for powerful magic at the rear. Those with high defensive power served as vanguards. Instead of attacking, they focused more on defending.
The knights who recovered also join the fray, then the signal for their counterattack was ignited. Theyunched their cheat-like magic and martial arts which descended upon the enemies like a surging wave. The enemies were wiped out at an astonishing rate, they had finally passed the spawning rate of the Magic Beasts.
Soon, the path to the stairs opened up.
¡°Everyone advance! We must secure the open space in front of the stairs!¡±
Kouki started to run as soon as he shouted. The fully recovered Ryutaro and Shizuku followed closely behind. They cut through the encircling Skeleton Soldier like a hot knife through butter. Finally, they broke through the besiegement. Behind them, the Skeleton Soldiers wanted to enclose the path to the stairs again, but they were scattered by Kouki¡¯s magic.
The ssmates revealed an astonished expression, it was only natural. The stairs was just before their eyes, it was only to be expected that they wanted to get to a safety zone at once.
¡°Everyone, wait! We must help Nagumo-kun! He has been suppressing that monster by himself all this time!¡±
Hearing Kaori¡¯s words, the ssmates exposed a doubtful expression. They thought it was impossible, after all, Hajime was tagged as an ¡°ipetence¡±. However, when the perplexed ssmates looked over at the bridge, Hajime was really there.
¡°What the, what is going on there?¡±
¡°That demon¡¯s¡ upper body was buried?¡±
Facing the students who were filled with doubts, Commander Meld issued the orders.
¡°That¡¯s right! That boy suppressed the monster by himself to let us retreat! Vanguards! You guys deal with the Skeleton Soldiers! Rear guards! Prepare your long-range magic! The boy¡¯s magic power will exhaust any time soon, attack simultaneously the moment he starts to run! We must stop the Behemoth!¡±
The students braced themselves when the voice resounded, but there were nock of people among them who looked at the direction of the stairs reluctantly. You can¡¯t me them, they just had a near death experience. Even one second was fine, they wanted to get to safety as soon as possible, that was only natural. However, when Commander Meld shouted to hurry up, they no longer hesitated and returned to the battlefield. Among them was Hiyama Daisuke. Since all of this was caused by him, Hiyama was really terrified, he wanted to get away from this ce as soon as possible.
However, the scene from that day suddenly shed in his mind. It was the day before they entered the dungeon, the event that urred when they were staying in Holward. He was tossing and turning restlessly in the bed due to anxiety, so Hiyama went out to get some fresh air after going to the toilet. After he calmed down by feeling cool and refreshing breeze, he was going to return to his room. However, he saw Kaori in her negligee along the way. This was the first time he had seen Kaori in such a state, so he instinctively hid and held his breath. Kaori passed by without noticing him.
Hiyama was interested and followed her, until she stopped in front of a certain room and knocked. The one appeared on the other side of the door was¡¡ Hajime. Hiyama nked out. He liked Kaori, but he thought that he was not good enough for her. Whenparing himself to Kouki, he felt like he was way out of his league, so he gave up.
However, Hajime was different a different story. He was inferior to him, at least Hiyama thought so. So it was ridiculous to find Hajime always in the presence of Kaori. ¡®If that¡¯s the case, aren¡¯t I good enough?¡¯ Hiyama was wondering if he had gone crazy while thinking of something like that. But Hiyama seriously thought like that, his resentment towards Hajime continued to umte, it was already to the point of hatred. He probably wanted to win over Kaori by using the Grantz Crystal, that¡¯s why he was getting impatient.
Hiyama remembered all that, and looked at Hajime who was suppressing the Behemoth all by himself. At the same time, the figure of Kaori praying for him entered his line of sight¡¡ a dark smile gradually bloomed on his face.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
Just at this time, Hajime felt his magic power running out, and he had ran out of recovery pills. He quickly shot a nce backward and noticed that everyone had already retreated. They already got into formation and preparing to chant. The Behemoth was still struggling, if he stopped transmuting like this, it would probably struggle for a few more seconds. During this time, he had to pull some distance. The bead of sweat from his forehead entered his eye. He was extremely nervous, the thumping sound from his heart had never stopped until now. Hajime was trying to find the perfect opportunity to retreat.
At the same time when dozens of cracks appeared, Hajime used thest of his ¡¾Transmutation¡¿ to restrain the Behemoth. After that, Hajime started to sprint.
Five seconds after Hajime started to run, the ground splits open. The Behemoth crushed the ground and let out a roar as it stood up. That angry look in its eyes was unlikely to be mistaken. It began to scan the surrounding for the enemy that humiliated it ¡ª¡ª Hajime entered its vision. Again, the Behemoth let out a roar, even louder than before. In order to catch up to Hajime, it began to store up power in its four limbs.
However, in the next moment, every kind of magic attacks arrived in session. It was like shooting stars in the night sky, multi-colored magics bombarded the Behemoth. Although they were unable to deal any damage, they were able to stop it from advancing.
I can do it! Hajime was convinced, he lowered his head and dashed while taking care not to fall. Honestly speaking, it doesn¡¯t feel that good with all those lethal spells passing over his head. However, he believed those cheats wouldn¡¯t make that kind of low-level mistake. He continued to run, he should have pulled thirty meter apart from the Behemoth. Hajime instinctively loosened his cheek. However, just at this time, his expression froze.
Among the endless stream of spells, one fireball bent slightly¡¡ It was shot towards Hajime¡¯s direction. This was clearly aimed at him.
(Why!?)
Doubt, bewilderment, and astonishment all ran through his brain, Hajime was stunned. Even though he stopped and slid on the ground immediately, that fireball still struck the ground right in front of him. He was blown back the way he came from by the shock-wave. Although he avoided a direct hit and didn¡¯t suffer from any internal injuries, his semicircr canal was damaged. His sense of bnce was thrown into disorder.
He stood up and took a few steps unsteadily, but¡¡ it was impossible for the Behemoth to be suppressed by the shots forever. After Hajime got up ¡ª¡ª the roar reverberated from behind ¡ª¡ª Hajime couldn¡¯t help but turn his head around to look. For the third time its horns started to glow red-hot, the Behemoth firmly fixed its gaze on Hajime. After that, it raised its shield-like red-hot head, and charged towards Hajime.
The unsteady head, hazy vision, and looming Behemoth; His ssmates in the distance had anxious expressions, they let out a sad call and furious roar.
Hajime mustered thest ounce of his strength to jump away. After that, the furious waves of attacknded on the bridge. Behemoth¡¯s attack shook the entire bridge. With this point as the epicenter, terrifying cracks began to spread. The bridge let out a crunching sound.
And finally¡¡ the bridge copsed.
After bearing that kind of powerful attacks repeatedly, the bridge finally gave in.
¡°Guaaa!?¡±
The Behemoth let out a cry, and desperately used its w to scratch the nted rock bridge. However, the ce it was clinging to also copsed. In the end, the Behemoth fell into the bottomless abyss. The Behemoth¡¯s death throes was still resounding.
Hajime crawled on the ground and wanted to escape somehow, but every ce that he could reach fell one after another.
(Ah, this is bad¡¡)
While thinking like that, he turned his gaze towards his ssmates at the opposite side. Hajime saw it ¡ª¡ª Kaori was being held back by Kouki and Shizuku. As for the other ssmates, some had pale face, while others were covering eyes or mouth. Meld and the Knights also had a mortifying expression.
And then, the scaffold that held Hajime finally crumbled. Hajime fell into the abyss while looking upwards. He stretched his hand towards the light that gradually became dimmer¡¡
Book 1. Chapter 7
Book 1. Chapter 7
Chapter 7 : Wretched Malice
The death throes that the Behemoth echoed soon ceased. The stone bridge made a huge rattling noise as it crumbled. Hajime disappeared into the abyss along with the rubble. That sight, yed for Kaori in slow motion and it filled her with despair.
In her head,st night¡¯s event repeatedly yed in her mind. In the room illuminated by the moonlight, she sat here chatting with Hajime while they drank the fake ck tea. That was the first time they had talked so in depth with each other. Being driven by her nightmares, she paid a sudden visit to Hajime. Even if he was surprised, he had talked to her truthfully. After a bit, she noticed that talking to him had erased her uneasiness.
She returned to her room in a jubnt mood. When she arrived back at her room, she noticed how boldly she was dress and she writhe in shame. Kaori felt depressed because Hajime had not even reacted, in her eyes, to her looks. She felt she had no appeal. When Kaori saw Shizuku caught her making funny facial expression, she wanted to pretend it never happened.
On that night, the most important urrence was the promise she made to ¡°protect Hajime¡±. The promise that Hajime mentioned to relieve Kaori of her anxiety. Hajime disappeared into the abyss, as she stared at him. She kept recalling that memory over and over again.
Somewhere in the distance, a scream can be heard. When Kaori noticed that the voice belonged to her, she grimaced as she was quickly brought back to reality.
¡°Let me go! If I don¡¯t go to Nagumo-kun! I promised! I will¡I said I will protect him! Let me go!¡±
Shizuku and Kouki had to restrain her, because Kaori looked like she would just jump after him. Kaori disyed such extraordinary power that they wondered where she got such power and how could she disy such an amount with her slender body. Unlucky for them, she used that power to break free from them.
If she kept struggling like this, she might damage her body. Nevertheless, they could absolutely couldn¡¯t let her go. If they released her, she would jump off the cliff. She did not have her usual calmness, not even a shadow of it, now she had such a frantic expression. No, it might be heartbreaking to say.
¡°Kaori! You can¡¯t! Kaori!¡±
Because Shizuku could understand Kaori¡¯s feelings, she could not find the right words to say. All she could do was call out her name desperately.
¡°Kaori! Are you also trying to die? It¡¯s toote for Nagumo! Calm Down! You¡¯ll hurt yourself!¡±
Kouki tried to best to convey how worried he was of her. To the confused Kaori that was here and now, these were not the words to say to her.
¡°What do you mean ¡°toote¡±? Nagumo-kun is not dead yet! If I don¡¯t go, he is surely asking for assistance!¡±
Nagumo Hajime was not savable, at least this is what everyone else thought. He fell from the cliff into that dark abyss. Theposure to ept that reality, the present Kaori did not have it. If anyone was to word it though, she would just deny it over and over again. Ryutaro and the other students did not what to do, so they stood there flustered.
At that moment, Meld approached them and struck Kaori in the back of her neck without saying anything. She jerked for a moment, then unconsciousness imed her. Kouki held the now limp Kaori, and red at Meld. When he was about to startining, Shizuku preemptively bowed her head and said.
¡°I¡¯m Sorry. Thank you.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t¡Don¡¯t thank me. I can¡¯t let another person die. We will wholeheartedly leave this Dungeon. I¡¯ll leave her to you.¡±
¡°You don¡¯t even need to ask.¡±
She watched him leave, she headed for Kouki and got him to hand Kaori to her. Kouki still had a disappointed expression on his face from being interrupted.
¡°Since we couldn¡¯t stop her, Meld had to. You understand, right? We don¡¯t have any time. Before her cries can start to affect everyone¡¯s spirit, we had to stop her before she broke down. Hey, you have to lead the way. So we can all get out of this. This is what Nagumo-kun would have said.¡±
At her words, Kouki nodded.
¡°You are right, let¡¯s hurry.¡±
They saw one of their ssmate die in front of their eyes. This event had caused a lot of damage to be engraved into the students¡¯ spirit. Everyone was looked at where the bridge used to be in a stupefied expression . There was a girl that said ¡°No more!¡± and sat down. Just like Hajime had eximed, the group needed a leader right now.
Kouki raised his voice towards his ssmates
¡°Everyone! Right now, just think about surviving. We have to withdraw!¡±
The students moved sluggishly in response to his words. The magical circles that spawned the Traum Soldier was still active. Their numbers increased one by one. At their current mental status fighting would be reckless, also it was not necessary to fight. Kouki shouted at his ssmates to urge them to escape. Meld and his knights also tried to encourage the students.
Eventually, everyone escaped by the stairs.
The stairs to the upper level was long. It climbed so high that they could see nothing else but the stairs in the darkness. They felt like they had ascended 30 or more levels at that point. Even if their bodies were enhanced by magic, they would start feeling the fatigue soon. Wounds from their earlier battle was still present. It didn¡¯t help that the stairs were long and dimly light, making the students even more gloomy. At this moment, Meld considered having a small rest, but refrained when he saw a huge wall that had a magical formation drawn on it.
Students¡¯ faces started to regain their vitality. Meld quickly approached the wall and started to investigate it. They did not forget to use the Fair Scope. From their investigation, the chance of it being a trap is very unlikely. The carved magical form¡¯s purpose was to move the wall in front of them. Meld started to chant to pour magic into the magical form. Just like a hidden door used by Ninjas, the door rotated to open the way and showed the room behind it.
The revealed room was a room they had visited in the 20th floor.
¡°We returned?¡±
¡°We made it back!¡±
¡°We did it¡we got back¡¡±
One after another a sigh of relief escaped from the ssmates. There were a few students that burst into tears and others who just fell on their ass. Even Kouki and his party that were leaning on the wall, wanted to sit down. They were still in a Dungeon though. Even if it was a low number level, they did not when a monster could appear. They had to escape the Dungeon before they could actually rx.
Meld had to suppress his longing to rest. He had to harden his heart as he shouted for the students to get up.
¡°You guys! Don¡¯t sit! If you get exhausted here, you won¡¯t be able to return! To avoidbat with any monsters we have to escape as quickly as possible. Hey, just endure it for a little more!¡±
For the students who wanted to rest more, they just stared in silent protest at him. The student reluctantly stood up while a bit dizzy. Kouki hide his fatigue and took point. On their way out, the knights concentrated on fighting as little amount of enemies as possible. They raced towards the entrance in one stretch.
Finally, they reached the 1st floor and saw the nostalgic entrance. They had not even stayed in the dungeon for a single day, many people felt it was such a long time since they had seen it.
This time the students really looked relieved after they exited the Dungeon. There were even students sprawled out in front of the gate square. All of them were pleased to have survived. Some of the students did not feel this way. Shizuku, who was still carrying the unconscious Karoi, Kouki, Ryutaro, Eri, Suzu, and the girl Hajime saved had a dark look.
Meld went to make a report at the reception area while minding the students with a side nce. There was a new dangerous trap on the 20th level. Since the bridge had copsed, there was no way of knowing the purpose of the trap, but he still needed to report it. He couldn¡¯t help but report Hajime¡¯s death. Meld was having a hard time not showing his depression on his face. A sigh couldn¡¯t help but escape from him.
* * *
When the group returned to Horald, they returned to their rooms without much spirit. There were a few students that discussed with each other, but most of the students had already fallen asleep on their bed.
And then there was Hiyama Daisuke. Outside of the inn and located at a corner in the town he sat there. He choose an inconspicuous ce to sit with his hands hugging his knees. Buried between his knees was his face that was very still. If his fellow ss saw him, it would look like he was depressed that one of his ssmates had passed. However¡
¡°Hi, Hihihi. I-It was his fault! For a small fry¡h-he got carried away¡i-it was divine punishment. I¡¯m not wrong¡it was for Shirasaki¡¯s sake¡that small fry¡is not longer a concern¡I¡¯m not wrong¡hihihi¡±
With his dark smile and dull eyes, he tried to justify himself.
The fireball that veered off course and hit Hajime was casted by Hiyama. The escape to the stairs and rescuing of Hajime, the sight of Hajime and Kaori¡¯s night rendezvous, Hiyama heard a devil whisper to him. If I killed him now, no one will notice? At that moment he sold his soul to the devil.
To not be discovered, Hiyama timed his shot very carefully and lead his fireball to Hajime. In that chaotic barrage it would be very difficult to work out who casted what. He chose the fireball because his aptitude was wind. There would be no evidence or any suspicion. Hiyama told all of this to himself as gave off a darkugh.
Someone at that moment called out to him.
¡°Heh, it really was you. The first murder from another world is a fellow ssmate¡you did quite well!¡±
¡°W-Who?¡±
Hiyama backed away in a panic. The one who hailed him was a ssmate he knew.
¡°Y-You, what are you doing here?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry about such a thing. Rather than that¡Murder-san? How do you feel right now? How does it feel to kill off a love rival in midst of the confusion? ¡±
That personughed a little. Like he had just seen aedy. Hiyama said to himself, one ssmate did die, yet this person did not care. All the other ssmates were shocked and looked miserable, but this person had no such expression on his face, not even a speck.
¡°Is this your true nature?¡±
The stunned Hiyama muttered out. A condescending scoff could be heard from the person.
¡°Nature? It¡¯s not anythingplicated like that. Isn¡¯t itmon to have a few secrets? More important that that¡what would happen if I spread this to everyone? Especially¡if she heard it.¡±
¡°S-Such a thing¡No one would believe¡and the evidence?¡±
¡°None, but they would believe my words. At that moment, do you think your words would be good enough?¡±
Hiyama was cornered. The words was used to teased the already weakened mouse. No one would have imagined that this fellow could be like this. Daisuke still couldn¡¯t believe that this person had a split personality. The person looked down at Daisuke with a sadistic expression that sent chills throughout his body.
¡°What do you want?¡±
¡°Regrettable. It would seem like I¡¯m threatening you, isn¡¯t it? Fufu. It¡¯s not like I want something from you right now. For now, all you have to do is be my hands and feet. ¡±
¡°Such a thing¡¡±
It was something like a ve deration. Naturally, Hiyama hesitated at that. He wanted to refuse, but if he did then this person would mercilessly spread the rumor about his deeds. The conflicted Hiyama thought, ¡°Still working with this person is better than imprisonment.¡± This character foresaw Hiyama¡¯s conflict and decided to tempt him.
¡°Don¡¯t you want Shirasaki Kaori?¡±
¡°W-What did you say?¡±
Hiyama¡¯s gloomy thoughts were blown away in an instant and just stared at the person. This individual smirked at Hiyama¡¯s stunned visage, and continued with the temptation.
¡°If you follow me¡someday you will obtain her. I was going to approach Nagumo-kun with this offer, but you killed him. You may be more suited for what I have in store, so I guess it all worked out in the end. ¡±
¡°¡What¡¯s your objective? What do you want to aplish?¡±
In this situation he was ignorant of, he unknowingly raised his voice.
¡°Fufu, it has nothing to do with you. I¡¯m searching for something, that¡¯s all I¡¯ll say¡So, your answer?¡±
Hiyama did not want to disturb him and just filed away the person attitude of treating him like an idiot into his memory. Daisuke was very afraid of this transformation of character, he did not have much choice so he just nodded his head.
¡°¡I¡¯ll obey.¡±
¡°Ahahaha, that¡¯s good. Having to prosecute my own ssmate would be painful. Well, let¡¯s get along, Murder-san! Ahahaha¡±
Hiyama just watched the person return in the direction of the inn while theyughed happily, a small ¡°damn¡± escaped from his lips.
Even if he wants to forget, just being in denial will not erase it, this scene would stick to him. The expression Kaori had when Hajime fell into the abyss. What kind of words would articte her feelings?
Right now, while all those dead tired students slept likes logs. Hajime¡¯s death at the abyss helped discern Kaori¡¯s feelings. Kaori never took care of Hajime just for good will. When looking at the exhausted Kaori, this would apply awareness to the cause. Hiyama jeopardized himself by performing such a careless act.
He must conduct himself well. In order to secure one¡¯s ce. Hiyama had already crossed the line. It wasn¡¯t possible to stop now. ording to that individual, There was a possibility of him disappearing and a possibility that he would get Kaori.
¡°Fufu, It will be alright. Everything will go well. I¡¯m not wrong¡¡±
Hiyama returned to his previous position and started to mumble again. This time not a single person bothered him.
Book 1. Chapter 8
Book 1. Chapter 8
Chapter 8 : Abyss
Gore Warning.
* * *
Zaa-the sound of running water. A cool breeze brushed against his cheeks and caused him to tremble. There was a solid sensation in contact with his face and a chill pierced his lower half of his body. Hajime raised a groan as he work up.
Absentmindedly, he put forth effort to sit upright while his whole body scowl as it throbbed with pain.
¡°Ow, This is¡For sure I¡¡±
Holding his unsteady head with one hand, he studied the vicinity whilst he recalled his memories. Even though the surrounding was dim, thanks to the emission from the green light stones, it was not like he was blinded by the darkness. In front of Hajime was a river about 5 m in width, and it was in this that his lower body was submerged in. Hajime¡¯s upper body seems to have been caught and stranded by protruding rocks located at the side of the river.
¡°Yeah¡I fell down the broken bridge¡thereupon¡¡±
His head that had a fog clouding his mind finally started to turns its gears again. Hajime must have survived the drop by sheer luck. In the middle of his fall he encountered area where the cliff had a puncture, from this leak water sprouted out like a flood. There were numberless waterfalls here, and these waterfalls blew away Hajime time after time until gradually he was thrust to the wall. At the very end he was pushed out of a tunnel that was like a waterslide. It was an unbelievable miracle. When he was flying out of the tunnel Hajime hit his head and lost consciousness. Personally, Hajime did not know how such a miracle took ce.
¡°Anyway, I was saved¡Achoo! I-It¡¯s cold.¡±
He was submerged in the cold underground water this whole time, because of this his whole body waspletely cold. At this rate there was a possibility that he could catch hypothermia, Hajime quickly picked himself up. Trembling and shivering he took off his clothes and wringed them.
Using his transmutation he created a single sheet of paper. On the hard stone floor he started to engrave a transmutation circle.
¡°It¡¯s too cold to concentrate¡¡±
He wanted a ¡°Spark¡± magic. This was a simple magic that even children could perform with a 10 cm magic formation. At this moment, there was no magic stones to increase the efficiency of the magic because Hajime needed it with his zero aptitude for magic. Hajime would have to make aplicated form that would be 1 m in diameter to cast that ¡°Spark¡±. After 10 minutes he was able to finished the magic formation and started his chanting to activate it.
¡°I seek fire,The power of light, Manifest, ¡°Spark¡±¡Why is there such an exaggerated chant just to create an ordinary me? So embarrassing¡Ha-a.¡±
The sighing seems to have be a habit recently. Still he invoked the fist-sized me and bathed in its warmth. He set his clothes side by side near the mes to dry it.
¡°I wonder where this is¡I think I fell a considerable height¡can I return?¡±
Warming himself with the me, he could feel himself calm. Gradually anxiety started to fill his heart. Hajime really wanted to cry, tears even started to umte in his eyes , but he bore with it because if he cried now he would fall apart. He wiped away the tears that had collected and pped his own cheeks.
¡°Got no other choice, I have to find a way back. It¡¯s fine, I¡¯m sure it will be fine.¡±
Hajime¡¯s face developed into a determined one after he muttered encouragements to himself, all while staring at the mes.
After about 20 minutes the clothes were dry and warm, so Hajime set off. Hajime was not sure which level he was in but for sure he was still in the Dungeon. It wouldn¡¯t be strange to have monsters lurking. He carefully proceeded to walk down into a huge passage that lead into the depths.
The passage that Hajime continued on felt like a cave. Rather than a low-rise square passage, the passage had rocks and walls protruding in many ces and it winds aroundplicatedly. It was simr to thest room on the 20th floor, the only difference was the size. Theplicated passage full of obstacles was 20 m in diameter. Even the more narrow ces was still 10 m in diameter. Although it was not an easy path to treat, there were a lot of ces to hide and Hajime advanced stealthily from hiding area to hiding area.
He wondered how much he walked. Hajime started to feel tired, until he finally reached a fork for the first time. A huge crossroad was presented to him. Behind the boulder was Hajime hiding, he wondered which path he should take.
A moment was taken to think over it. He thought he saw something at the edge of his vision and he quickly hid behind a rock. Quietly he stuck his head out and waited to see. From the passage straight ahead, a white fur ball hopped into view. It had long ears, and it looked like a rabbit. However, it was about the size of a mid-sized dog and its hind legs were heavily muscled. The ¡°rabbit¡± also had several dark red lines running along its body like blood vessels, the lines also pulsated like a heart. That was very creepy.
Clearly, it was a dangerous demon. Hajime decided to avoid by going left or right instead of going straight. It looked like he wouldn¡¯t be able to proceed to the right because the ¡°rabbit¡± was near it. Hajime held his breath and waited for the time to move. At that moment, the rabbit turned around and started to sniff the ground. Right now! He tried to move at that.
The rabbit seemed to react to that and it quickly straighten its back to stand up. It¡¯s vignt ears rustled.
(Crap! D-Did it find me? I-I¡¯m fine?)
He clung his body to the boulder to hide himself, and he tried to gain control of his thumping heart. Those keen ear felt like they could pick up his throbbing heart, he broke out into a cold sweat at that thought.
Luckily, it was a different reason the rabbit was alert.
¡°Guru~ua!¡±
A wolf-like demon with white hair jumped out and growled at the rabbit. The white wolf had two tails and was about the size of arge dog. Just like the rabbit, the wolf had the same palpitating dark red lines all over its body. After that wolf jump out, two more wolves jumped out from behind different stones to join it.
Hajime peeked his head out and observed the situation. No matter how you look at it, the wolves were going to prey on the rabbit-chan (though it wasn¡¯t cute enough to attach chan). With the cover of confusion Hajime half rose his feet. However¡
¡°Kyu!¡±
A cute cry leaked from it and jumped into the air with a rotation. The rabbit gave a roundhouse kick with its massive legs and smacked the first wolf.
Dopan
The kick generated a sound that wasn¡¯t thought possible. Rabbit-chan¡¯s got a clean kick to the wolf¡¯s head.
Gogya
There was a resounding echo and Hajime could see that the wolf¡¯s neck had been bent into the wrong direction.
Hajime went rigid at that disy. Using the centrifugal force from the roundhouse kick, the rabbit rotated in the air until it was in an upside-down state. The rabbit stomped the air and fell towards the ground like a meteor. Just beforending, it rotated itself perpendicr to it and gave a powerful heel drop to the wolf close to thending point.
Begya
Without even getting the chance to give off a death throe, both the wolves heads were pulverized. Another two wolves appeared to jump at the rabbit when itnded. Hajime thought it was this moment that the rabbit would lose. The rabbit was able to do a handstand while rotating his legs, just like a break dancer. Both of the wolves were flung towards and mmed against it because of the tornado like rotating kicks. Blood sshed against the walls and their corpse trailed down.
Thest wolf ruffled its tail as it growled. Soon the tails started to discharge electricity. It was trying to cast a Special Magic.
¡°Guru-ua!¡±
Lightning fly at the rabbit with a howl. As the high-speed lightning approached, the rabbit avoided it splendidly by performing zigzagging steps. When the lightning dissipated the rabbit drove a somersault kick into the wolf¡¯s jaw in one go. The kick blew the wolf away and itnded on the ground backwards and bent. It seemed like its neck broke from the force.
¡°Kyu!¡±
A victory cry? The rabbit raised its forelimbs and brushed off its ears.
¡°Mommy, tell me it¡¯s a lie.¡±
Hajime who was still stiff can only give a dry smile. Isn¡¯t this dangerous? The Traum Soldier that the students had trouble with looked like toyspared to this bunny. This rabbit may be stronger than the Behemoth, who could only do simple monotonous attacks.
He knew that if he was caught it would be certain death, this fretting caused him to unconsciously step back. That was an error.
Karan [Tap]
That noise echoed throughout the whole cave. Hajime had kicked a pebble near his feet that fell and created that racket. Such a clich¨¦ grave mistake. Arge amount of cold sweat streamed down his face. The rabbit turns its head like a machine that wasn¡¯t oiled to the sound.
Hajime was definitely seen.
It¡¯s ruby red eyes narrow as it caught sight of Hajime. He froze like a frog hypnotized by a snake. rms bells started to go off in his head and his soul told him to run for his life, but his body did not listen to him.
Finally, the rabbit that had only been looking back at Hajime with his head, orientated its whole body towards him. It started to pour energy into its legs.
¡°It¡¯sing!¡±
He instinctively knew that. Rabbit demon exploded towards him, it dashed at him at an absurd speed that left afterimages behind it.
When he noticed it, he jumped aside with all his might.
The ce where he was just at exploded like a cannonball had just struck it. It gouged out the ground as it detonated. Hajime rolled while the earth rumbled, and stopped with his backside on the floor. He retreated from the epicenter with a pale face.
Slowly the rabbit stood up with a ck attitude, after it continued its assault. Hajime quickly constructed a stone wall with his transmutation. Stone wall met the rabbit¡¯s kick and easily the kick pierced through it. By pure reflex he brought up his left arm to block. Good thing his face was not crushed, but the impactunched him to the ground. Pain coursed through his left arm when he gathered himself.
¡°Augh¡±
When he looked at his left forearm, it was broken and bent in a funny angle. Looks like it was totally crushed. Crouching in pain, he desperately sought out the rabbit. What he found was the rabbit walking in a rxed manner, a total inverse of its earlier attitude. It must have been his imagination, but its eyes were staring at him in a condescending. Looks like it was having fun messing with him.
Since he was on his backside, he couldn¡¯t even retreat that well. There standing in front of Hajime was the rabbit. It looked down on him, like he was some worm crawling on the earth. The rabbit brandished its foot to show it off.
(¡I wonder if this is the end¡)
Despair assailed Hajime. He adopted a dazed looked and gave up as he stared at the rabbit¡¯s feet. Eventually the kick of instant death was swung.
Hajime shut his eyes, horrified at the impending doom.
¡
No matter how much time passed, the expected blow never came. He fearfully opened his eyes and in front of his face was the rabbit¡¯s foot. The kick was stopped just before it made impact. It can¡¯t be, was it still ying with him and trying to instill even more anguish in him? Hajime noticed something though, when he looked closely the rabbit was trembling.
(W-What? Why is it trembling¡it seems scared¡)
No, not ¡°seem¡±, it really was afraid. Hajime tried to run for the right passage, but he caught sight of a new demon.
Huge, was a word that could describe it. The beast was 2 m tall and its whole frame covered in white fur. Like all the other monsters he met here, this beast also had pulsating dark red lines wrapping its body. If he couldpare it to another animal then a bear came to mind. One differences were that its arm extended all the way down to its feet, and these arms had 3 ws protruding out almost 30 cm.
Before he knew it that bear was nearby, while it red at its prey. Silence surrounded the area. Both Hajime and the rabbit was frozen and could not move. No, would not move. Just like how Hajime was earlier. The bear¡¯s stare had stopped them.
¡°¡Gururu.¡±
Tired of the situation, the bear started to growl.
¡°Tsu!¡±
This caused the rabbit to return to reality. It quickly turned tail and instantly retreated at top speed. All that speed it used to crush its enemies was now being used to escape. Too bad it was all for naught.
Using speed that didn¡¯t suit its size, the bear aimed it¡¯s sharp ws at the rabbit. The rabbit used its agility to twist his body to dodge the blow. Hajime was certain the bear¡¯s ws had missed their target, and he saw the rabbit finish dodging.
When itnded, blood started to gush from its body as multiple cut wounds emerged on its body. More and more blood poured out of its wound until Hajime noticed that its body wasn¡¯t whole anymore. Piece by piece sections of the rabbit slipped off in different direction and a fountain of blood sprayed when thergest section was set free.
The gore show disgusted Hajime. A rabbit demon that powerful was taken down so easily without it being able to do anything. Now he knew why it was so scared. That bear demon was extraordinary. This guy would destroy any person Hajime knew of.
Lumbering its huge body, the bear approached the fresh corpse. Sounds of gorging could be heard from the bear.
Hajime could not move. Still consumed by fear, the beast eyes pin down Hajime with its eyes.
Nothing was left of the rabbit after the bear took 3 mouthful of it. It turned around and growled at Hajime. The beast¡¯s eyes said it all, ¡°You are next.¡±
Presented with the eyes of a predator all he could do was despair.
¡°Uwaaa-¡± [Ah!]
Hajime ran the opposite direction of the bear while screaming madly and forgetting about his broken arm.
If something like that rabbit couldn¡¯t escape then it did not look good for Hajime. The wind howl and from his left he felt pain explode in his body as he was flung against the wall.
¡°Gah!¡±
The blow had knocked all the air out of his lungs. He trailed down the wall as he copsed into a fit of coughs. Hajime was swaying from the impact but he kept his eyes on the bear. Then he noticed the bear was chewing on something.
What the hell was it chewing on? The rabbit was already consumed. Somehow the arm it was eating was very familiar. Hajime was confused at the event, because he felt lighter on his left side. To be precise, his left arm¡
¡°A-Are?¡± [What]
Hajime¡¯s face stiffened. Why is there no arm? Why was blood spurting out? He tilt his head. Hajime could not make sense of what happened. The reality of the situation finally hit him. Pain was the reminder that this was no dream.
¡°Ahhhhhhh!!!!¡±
His shriek echoed in the passage. Everything below his left elbow had disappeared.
The beast still had its Special Magic. His three ws were able to create des of wind that could extend up to 30 cm. If you thought about it losing just one arm was fortunate. The bear was ying with Hajime and it begged the question if Hajime was lucky. Considering that the rabbit earlier had been dealt with so quickly.
After he was finished with his meal, the bear advanced towards Hajime. His eyes was not condescending like the rabbit¡¯s. The beast just looked at Hajime as food.
The beast extended its forelimbs toward Hajime. It looked like it was going to eat Hajime alive.
¡°A, A, Guu, Re ¡°Rensei¡±!¡± [Transmute]
While tears and mucus flowed, drool escaped from his mouth, he transmuted the wall with his only arm. It was an unconscious action. The only power that was avable to the Hajime that had such low specs. Using magic that is usually only used to process weapons. This ss was without a doubt a crafting ss. Thought of as useless inbat, but another worlder showed the knights a new application for its skill. A skill that saved the lives of his ssmate. On the brink of death, he choose to rely on that skill, and it answered him with a means of escape.
A hole 50 cm in height, 120 c in width, and 2m in depth formed in the wall. Hajime rolled into the hole and narrowly escaped the bears paws reaching towards him.
It was overwhelmed with anger from losing a prey.
¡°Guruaa!!¡±
The beast casted its Special Magic while it roared. It aimed its magic towards the hole Hajime made. A terrible destruction followed as the wall was shaved off my the powerful ws.
¡°Ahhhh¨C! ¡°Rensei¡±! ¡°Rensei¡±! ¡°Rensei¡±!¡±
Pancing from the monster that was gradually getting closer, Hajime started to continuously cast his transmuting and delved deeper into the wall. He did not even bother to look back. Recklessly he repeated the magic, and advanced with a crawl. All his pains or any other thoughts were put in the backseat. Mana was consumed over and over again as his survival instinct had control over him.
How much did he progress? Hajime did not know, but he couldn¡¯t hear the terrible sounds. In reality, he did not progress that much. Each cast of his ¡°Rensei¡± allowed him to advance 2 m (This was twice as strong as his earlier days). The main problem was his bleeding, he would not be able to move soon.
His awareness was already gone from the excessive bleeding. Still his body pushed forward.
¡°¡±Rensei¡±¡ ¡°Rensei¡±¡ ¡°Rensei¡±¡ ¡°Rensei¡±¡¡±
No matter how many times he chanted, the wall did not change. His magic ran out before his body gave out. Exhausted, his hands fell from the wall.
Hajime fell on his back and hisst strand of consciousness was going out. He just aimlessly started to the heavens, but all he saw was darkness.
Hajime at this time recalled some past memories. It was like a Revolving Lantern(*). His life shed before his eyes. His nursery and elementary school, middle school, and high school days. Various memories flooded his mind until hisst memory. In that bedroom illuminated by the moonlight. The chat he had with a goddess and the promise they made. Her smiling face.
[* Revolving Lantern is a show where antern has some cutouts done in them and in the center a candle or light source is ced. The shadow casted by the light and cutouts could provide a show. Usually the light is directed to one direction so a story could be told.]
After remembering that beautiful sight, the darkness engulfed him. Just before sleep imed him, he felt a drop of water on his cheek. Like someone had shed a tear for him.
Book 1. Chapter 9
Book 1. Chapter 9
Chapter 9 : Complete Change
Drip¡Drip¡
Hajime felt his consciousness return gradually as the drips of water hit his cheeks and entered his mouth. Wondering what was the cause, he slowly opened his eyes.
(¡I¡¯m alive?¡I¡¯m saved?¡)
Attempting to get up, he was stopped when his forehead hit the low ceiling of the hole.
¡°Aku!?¡±
He totally forgot about the hole he constructed that was only 50 cm high. Hajime extended his hand to the ceiling to transmute a higher ceiling. Only one arm came into view. He remembered he lost his left arm, and felt phantom limb pains. At that he kept his left arm down, or what remained of it. There was swelling around the wound but it had closed.
¡°H-How?¡There is so much blood¡¡±
He couldn¡¯t see in the darkness, but if he had some light he would be able to see the pool of blood. The amount of blood he lost would have normally killed someone. To survey the surrounding he felt around with his hand and felt something slimy. His blood was still there and it had yet to dry. After All, it seemed he had bled, and it seemed not much time had passed since he fainted.
While he was wondering about his wound, another drop of water hit his cheeks. The moment it entered his mouth, he felt his body reenergize.
¡°¡No way¡was it this?¡±
Using his hand he performed a transmutation on the area where the droplet came from, while he ignored his phantom limb pains. Progressing further and further in as he transmuted a little lightheaded. Mysteriously when he drank the liquid his mana returned and no matter how much transmuting he performed his mana did not run out. Hajime repeatedly transfigured to find the water source.
Eventually the amount of mysterious liquid increased and more trickling could be heard. Hajime finally reached the source.
¡°This¡is¡¡±
An ore the size of a basketball emitting a light existed there. This ore was buried and assimted with the surrounding rocks, and it dripped the liquid. A beautiful and mysterious stone. The ore was emitting darker blue than aquamarine, at least that was the best representation he could think of. His phantom limb pain was left forgotten.
Fascinated with the stone, Hajime reached out to touch it with his mouth. The dull pain and haze that his body and mind felt was cleared, and the fatigue disappeared. Seems like the liquid from this stone had saved him. The liquid seemed to hold restorative powers. Phantom limb pains still urred, but the other injuries or negative effects were healed.
Hajime didn¡¯t know, but this stone was the highest grade treasure called ¡°God¡¯s Crystal¡±. The crystal is a legendary relic thought to have been just a story. Formation of such a crystal is a miracle, because it was the crystallization of magical pools that collect by chance and needed 1000 years to form. Looking over it, the crystal was about 30-40 cm in diameter. After it has crystallized, it takes several hundred more years to saturate it to cause overflowing. That overflowing liquid is called ¡°Sacred Water¡±, and when drank it could cure any injury or disease. Though it doesn¡¯t have the power to regenerate parts, and it is considered a fountain of youth if continuously taken. A story of Eht healing people with this sacred water in ancient time is often recited.
He noticed that he returned from the brink of death. Hajime who was leaning on the wall sagged down. Bring up both knees, he ced his head between them while shivering from his close brush with death. He had no energy to even try to escape, his heart was broken.
Hajime might confront hostility and malice. Any rescue would be appreciated, and he might be able to stand up again. However, that bear¡¯s eyes scared him. He did not want to encounter the eyes of a predator that wanted to devour him. Eyes that he had no experience with because he was used to being the topw of the jungle. Those eyes were responsible for why his arm was eaten and this broke his heart.
¡°Some¡help me¡¡±
In this abyss, his voice did not reach anyone¡
* * *
What did he do?
Hajime wasying on his side curled up into a fetus position.
Four days have passed since his copse. All this time he had not moved much and the sacred water had sustained him. The sacred water could keep a person alive except for extreme circumstances, and it did not ease any hunger pangs. He wasn¡¯t going to die, but he was suffering from phantom limb pains and starving sensation.
(How did I end up like this?)
A question he asked himself over and over again. His mind had recovered from drinking the sacred water, even if he suffered from pain and hunger. Unfortunately, because he had a clear mind, all the suffering was clearly felt.
One day Hajime stopped drinking the sacred water.
(If this anguish continues for so long¡I rather¡)
After he muttered that, he fell unconscious.
Three days passed. The hunger that calmed had returned. His phantom limb pains did not subside.
(Still¡I¡¯m not dead¡I don¡¯t want to die¡)
Although he wished for death, a part of him still wanted to live. Conflicting thoughts alternated within his mind. He could no longer form any normal thoughts. His murmurs became incoherent and delirious.
Three more days psed. The sacred water was losing its efficiency, at this rate two more days and he would most likely be dead. He had not taken in fluids, let alone food.
Abnormalities started to appear in Hajime¡¯s mind recently.
(Why do I have to suffer¡What did I do¡)
(Why did this happen¡What¡¯s the cause¡)
(God unreasonably abducted me¡)
(A ssmate betrayed me¡)
(The rabbit looked down on me¡)
(That guy ate me¡)
Gradually his thoughts became darker. Who was wrong? Who forced their unreasonableness onto him? Who harmed him? Pain gradually turned into rage, rage led to hatred, he seeked an enemy. Everything had worked into corrupt his spirit. The severe pain and starvation that wrecked his body, and the events that led him here into this endless darkness.
(Nobody hase to rescue me¡)
(If nobody is going to help me, what should I do?)
(How do I rid myself of this pain?)
Day 9. Hajime thoughts had made a breakthrough about his current situation. With a heart that wanted release from its torment, he needed to first expel the unnecessary hatred and anger. Because the suffering did not end when his heart turned ck¡
(What¡am I wishing for?)
(I wish for ¡°life¡±.)
(What type of people impedes me?)
(My enemies)
(Then what should I do?)
(I-I¡)
Day ten. His heart was now free of hatred and anger. The outrageous God, back-stabbing ssmate, hostile demons, the smiling person desiring to protect him, all of them mattered naught. To live, to earn the privilege to survive, everything else was trivialities. Hajime had arrived at an answer for his question.
That is¡
( KILL )
Not for malice, animosity, or hate. In order to live, he will kill with pure intent.
All those who threaten his survival are enemies, and to my enemies¡
(KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL, KILL.)
To escape this feeling of starvation,
( Kill and Devour! )
At this moment, the mild and gentle, apologizing with a bitter smile at any sign of conflict, the Hajime that Kaori thought was strong, utterly fell from grace.
A new Nagumo Hajime came into existence. A Nagumo Hajime that would ruthlessly eliminate any who stood in his way of survival. His broken heart broke again. This new heart however was not a weak heart that was roughly patched up. No, his new tough heart was re-forged by the fires of agony, despair and darkness.
Hajime starts to move hispletely weakened body. For the past few days he had slurped on the umted sacred water like a dog given a drinking bowl. The hunger or phantom limb pain did not disappear, but it revitalized his body.
His eyes shined ringly, his watery mouth needed to be wiped and his face broke out into a fearless grin. The canines in his warped mouth gained a glint. Certainly his expression had a sudden change just like his thoughts. Hajime arose to proim a transmutation and he muttered again¡
¡°KILL¡±
* * *
In thebyrinth there was a pack of two-tailed wolves. A pack of wolves usually consisted of 4-6 members. Because they were the weakest demon on this level, theypensated by cooperating in a group. The group Hajime saw was no exception, they totaled four in number.
Cautiously, he observed his surroundings from his hiding spot near the wall and waited for the best hunting ground. The most fundamental hunting method was setting up an ambush. He let the wolves wander for a while until the perfect ambush site was discovered, this site had rocks covering the four corners. Now he waited for the prey toe. The moment one of them showed up, it was going to get butchered by being sandwiched by a rock and the wall. Hajime was practically salivating at the thought of his prey, until he felt something was off.
Since their most important survival tool is their cooperation, they had an almost telepathic link with each other. Packmates would not be able to directlymunicate with each other, but they would somehow know where each were and what they were doing. However, something was something wrong. They were gathered into a group of four but somehow the leader could only sense three left among them. One of the wolves¡¯ signature that was at the opposite side of the wall disappeared.
It harbored doubts, when he put in the effort to raise from his prone position, it heard one of its packmate scream. Restlessness was conveyed from one wolf that was near thepanion that disappeared. Therade was caught and stuck between something and could not slip out. Two wolves on the opposite side rushed up to rescue him. However, the sign of that struggling animal disappeared.
Confused, it quickly went to the wall and checked the area, but nothing was there. The remaining two puzzled wolves used their noses to sniff around the area the two other wolves disappeared from to get a hint.
At that moment, the ground depressed, and the walls protruded out to cover them. When they were about to jump aside, the depressed floor suddenly reverted back to its original state. This would make escaping the trap an easy task for the wolves. If it had not been confused with encountering such a new experience, they would not have been caught so easily. The assant had already nned for their confusion and that single moment of hesitation. That was a good enough opportunity to catch them.
¡°Guru-ua!?¡±
The two wolves screamed as the walls swallowed them¡then nothing was left.
Hajime was the one to catch all four of those wolves. Fighting back with determination, he was able to oppress his hunger and phantom limb pains. The sacred water had sustained him so far, it was a good thing he trained earnestly repeatedly his transmuting and mana capacity.
His transmuting was more quick, more urate and more extensive now. If he went out right now, he might die. He had umted training when he was in the room with the God¡¯s Crystal. Hajime wanted to polish his weapon even if slightly, and of course his weapon is transmutation.
Even if it was possible for him to endure the pains, they still assaulted him. These pains were probably what made Hajime concentrate to such an extreme manner.This allowed him to perform several times faster than normal, and his transmuting range was three meters now. Of course he did not have an earth attribute magic that could be used offensively.
He had a small container filled with sacred water and started to look for his enemies. Using his transmuting he was able to find the four wolves. Hajime decided to tail them. Many times he was almost found out, but he was able to lose their trail by hiding in spots he constructed with his transmuting. That was when he sprang his trap and using his transmuting he dragged them into the wall.
¡°Now what? My transmutation has no direct killing power. Both the speed and power of my transmuting did not seem to be enough to kill the demons.¡±
Hajime looked through a tiny peep hole with his glistening eyes. The motionless pack growled while they were in the wall.
Looked like he was right, the wolves had not died. Previously, he had attacked them with the splintering stone but it seemed that there was not enough power and speed to harm them. This was probably because of the earth here. His magic was only used to process minerals, so using such a power to kill seemed to be out of reach. Thus, restraining them was the best he could do.
¡°I wonder if I should suffocate them¡but I can¡¯t wait for that.¡±
Hajime¡¯s eyes started to grin as it gained a predatorial glint. He press his right arm against the wall and casted his magic. A piece of stone was cut off and slowly he transfigured it while he concentrated on an image. When it was done the stone had been turned into a thin spiral spear. Furthermore, it had other parts added on to it, like a handle.
¡°Now then, to dig!¡±
The spear was stabbed towards the ground where the wolves resided. Hard fur and skin made contact with the tip of the spear.
¡°After all I can¡¯t stab you. That confirms my hypothesis.¡±
Why didn¡¯t he use a sword or knife? Because it is widely known that the stronger the demon the harder it bes. There were a few exceptions to it. Hajime had studied a lot to ovee his uselessness and from what he had gathered a normal sword or knife would be useless against these guys.
Thus, Hajime started to rotate the handle on the spear. The spear spiraled to match Hajime¡¯s actions. He was using this spear as a drill to pierce through the demon¡¯s hard skin.
Applying his weight to turn it, and eventually it started to slowly dig into the beast¡¯s skin.
¡°Guru-aa!!¡±
The wolf screamed.
¡°Does it hurt? I won¡¯t apologize. I¡¯m doing this to live. Don¡¯t you guys eat me too? We both feel the same.¡±
While talking, he had constantly been rotating the drill. The wolf tried to struggle desperately, but it was impossible because it had not a single gap to work against.
Finally, the drill had broken through its tough skinyer. The drill mercilessly destroyed the wolf¡¯s innards. A death cry escaped from its mouth. It screamed for a bit but soon it twitched for a bit and finally stopped moving.
¡°Alright, let¡¯s secure the food first.¡±
Laughing gleefully, he butchered the other three in the same manner. When he was done, the carcasses was recovered using transmutation. The fur on them was removed with some trouble, he only had one hand.
His hunger stimted his desire to consume.
Book 1. Chapter 10
Book 1. Chapter 10
In the darkness, the green light stone dimly illuminated the surroundings.
The light reflected a slight shadow, it was that of a beast, crouching and desperately chewing on something.
¡°Eww~ Blegh, this is damn nasty!¡±
Hajime cursed as he ate the meat of the twin-tailed wolf. Shredding the meat which consist of mostly tough muscles with his teeth, he desperately swallowed while dripping blood. It has been approximately two weeks since hisst meal, and being suddenly thrown meat, his stomach protested violently, assaulting him with a gripping pain. However, Hajime simply treated it as a usual urrence and continued to gulp down the meat.
The appearance matched that of a savagepletely, and any modern human would find his current state extremely disgusting. Though the repulsive smell and terrible taste brought tears to his eyes, he was intoxicated in the feeling of his hunger being satisfied. Hajime had never ever thought that such a simple act of eating could bring him such happiness, as he continued to eat ecstatically.
Treating sacred water as a drink to wash down all the meat that he has had (if the Saint¡¯s Church¡¯s followers got wind of this, they would surely faint at this extravagance), his stomach began to swell and his body experienced abnormal changes.
¡°Ah? ¡!? Guaaaaaa!!!¡±
His entire body was suddenly struck with severe pain, it was an extremely unpleasant feeling as if he was being eroded from the inside of his body. The pain only intensified as time passed.
¡°Guaaaaaa! What, What¡¯s this¡. Guuuuuu!¡±
Unbearable pain eating away at his body. Hajime thrashed around on the ground, it was a pain so severe that it even blew away the phantom pain.
Retrieving a test tube shaped container made from stone out of his bosom with a trembling hand, he chewed through one end and drank all its contents. The sacred water¡¯s effects activated and lessened the pain, but it didn¡¯t take long before the intense pain struck again.
¡°Ahhhh!! Why is it¡ not working, ahhhhhh!¡±
Hajime¡¯s body began to convulse in sync with the pain. Ba-thump, Ba-thump, his entire body was pulsating, giving off audible popping sounds everywhere. But in the very next instant, the sacred water in his body took effect and cured the abnormality. After recovery, intense pain struck once more, but was healed again. The sacred water¡¯s effects were amazing but its tremendous healing abilities appeared to be useless.
Due to the effects of the sacred water, fainting was impossible, its tremendous healing abilities backfired.
Hajime writhed about on the ground while screaming, hitting his head against the wall multiple times. With no end in sight, he continued to experience the taste of hell. Thinking that he would rather be killed, obviously there wasn¡¯t anyone around to fulfill his wish and he had no other choice, but to endure.
Changes began to appear on Hajime¡¯s body. First, his hair lost its colour, it might have been because of the pain exceeding his limits, or some other reason, but his characteristic Japanese ck hair rapidly turned white. Next, his muscles and skeleton grew thicker, with several thin reddish ck lines appearing within his body.
There is a phenomenon called supepensation. It is a phenomenon in which torn muscles due to training or other activities, when recovered, will experience slight hypertrophy. Simrly for broken bones, their strength is increased after recovering. Currently, what is happening to Hajime¡¯s body is exactly that strange phenomenon.
The meat of magic beasts is a deadly poison for humans. They possess a special organ within their bodies called the magic stone, which produces magic power that directly circtes their bodies, allowing magic beasts to exhibit astounding physical abilities. The flesh and bones of the magic beasts, soaked in the magic power circting their body, turned strong and sturdy.
Such an ¡®alteration magic¡¯ does not require chants or magic circles, and is considered an inherent-born magic with unclear details. In any case, this alteration magic is lethal to humans as it corrodes the human body from the inside, destroying the cells from within. In the past, anybody and everybody who had eaten magic beast¡¯s meat, without exception, have had their bodies crumbled and died. As a matter of fact, Hajime knew of this, but he was so preupied with his hunger that he had overlooked it.
If all Hajime had eaten was magic beast¡¯s meat, his body would probably have copse and died already, but he had a secret medicine that prevented this. Sacred water. Destroyed parts were instantly restored, as a result, his body strengthened at an amazing rate.
Destroy, recover, destroy, recover. His body pulsated as it changed, as though undergoing reincarnation. It was a metamorphosis in which he discarded his fragile human body and was reborn. Completing the ritual, Hajime cried out like a newborn.
The pulsations finally ceased as Hajime copsed onto the floor,pletely exhausted. His hair was dyedpletely white, and now, under his clothes, several reddish ck lines could be seen running across his body. It looked exactly like those on the Kicking Rabbit, Twin-tailed Wolf, and the Talon Bear.
Hajime¡¯s right hand twitched, slightly opening his tightly shut eyes, his wavering focusnded on his right hand. Clenching his fist, scratching sounds was produced as his fingers scraped against the ground. He is still alive. He released and clenched his fist several times to ensure that he was in control of his hand¡¯s movements before he slowly got up.
¡°¡That reminds me, magic beasts mustn¡¯t be eaten¡ I¡¯m such a fool¡ oh well, even if that¡¯s so, I have already eaten it¡¡±
With an exhausted expression, Hajime gave a self-depreciatingugh. His hunger has subsided and even the phantom pain has been blown aways by that intense pain, it had been a long time since he had not felt any pain. Or rather, his body was strangely light and he felt his entire body brimming in power.
¡°What happened to my body? What a strange feeling¡¡±
The change was not limited to his body¡¯s appearance, as Hajime felt a sense of difort from within. Both hot and cold alike, couldn¡¯t be used to describe that queer sensation. Concentrating on his arm, thin reddish ck lines emerged.
¡°Uwah, dis-, disgusting, it¡¯s totally giving off the feeling of some magic beast¡ what a joke. Oh yeah, my status te¡¡±
Havingpletely forgotten of the status te¡¯s existence, Hajime searched his pockets. It seems like somehow or the other, he didn¡¯t identally lose it. Hajime checked his current status, thinking that maybe he could learn something regarding his body¡¯s abnormality.Nagumo Hajime17 Year oldMaless:SynergistLevel:8Strength:100Vitality:300Resistance:100Agility:200Magic Power:300Magic Resistance:300Skills:Transmutation ? Magic Maniption ? Iron Stomach ? Lightning d ? Language Comprehension¡°¡Why is that so.¡± ?1?Hajime was so shocked that he instinctively retorted in Kansai dialect. Across the board, all his status had surged, with his skills increasing by three, and yet, he was still only level 8. If levels are considered a representation of a person¡¯s growth, it appears that Hajime¡¯s growth limits had increased as well.
¡°Magic Maniption?¡±
Judging by its literal meaning, it probably allowed one to control magic. ¡°By any chance, was the strange feeling I experienced earlier, magic power?¡± Specting that, just like before, Hajime concentrated and attempted ¡¾Magic Maniption¡¿. As soon as Hajime began to concentrate, the thin reddish ck lines emerged again.
Envisioning an image where all his feelings were gathered within his right hand, then once again experiencing the strange sensation, the magic began to move, slowly and awkwardly.
¡°Whoa, whoa, oh~?¡±
While trying it out, Hajime raised an unintentional cry due to the indescribable feeling. The gathered magic power within his right hand began to enter the transmutation magic circle engraved on his glove. While still surprised, Hajime attempted transmutation, causing the ground to rise readily.
¡°Are you serious. There¡¯s no need to chant? In principle, it is impossible to directly manipte magic, except for magic beasts¡ Did eating magic beast¡¯s meat give me that special characteristic?¡±
Spot on. Hajime had indeed obtained the magic beast¡¯s unique characteristic. Next, Hajime wanted to try out ¡¾Lightning d¡¿ as well.
¡°Well¡ how should I go about doing this? ¡¾Lightning d¡¿ is about electricity right? It¡¯s that? From the Twin-tailed Wolf¡¯s tails¡¡±
There was no changes no matter how he tried. Unlike magic power which could be felt, without any clues, he had no idea how to use it. ¡°Uuu!¡± With a groan, he recalled the importance of having a clear mental image when he wants to transmute. Since there weren¡¯t many forms written into the magic circle, he needed to transmit an even more precise mental image to the processed object during transmutation.
Hajime imagined the crackling of static electricity. Then, sparks of red electricity was released from the fingertips of his right hand.
¡°Oo~, it came out¡ I see, imagination is important for the magic beasts¡¯ inherent magic.¡±
After that, electricity was repeatedly discharged. However, he wasn¡¯t able to release electric attacks like the Twin-tailed Wolf. Probably like its name suggests, ¡¾Lightning d¡¿ could only be worn around the body and was not to the extent that it could be transmitted. Adjusting the current and voltage would still require practice.
Thest ¡¾Iron Stomach¡¿ could just be taken literally. Eating magic beasts¡¯ meat would cause a severe pain that would make anyone beg for forgiveness. However, it¡¯s unlikely that the dungeon would have any other food, between hunger and pain, one must be chosen. Faced with such extreme choices, Hajime hoped that perhaps this new skill, could help resolve this problem.
After stripping the meat from the Twin-tailed Wolf, Lightning d was used to cook it. As expected, after satiating his hunger, there was no longer any need to specially eat raw food. While enduring the intense stench, the meat was well-cooked.
Then, he made up his mind and ate it. Ten seconds¡ one minute¡ ten minutes¡ nothing happened. Hajime cooked and ate the meat in session, but the severe pain did not strike. Hajime didn¡¯t know if it was due to the effects of Iron Stomach, or due to his own resistance, either way, he was delighted. The taste of hell that came each time he ate was finally gone.
After eating to his heart¡¯s content with the meat, Hajime prepared to temporarily return to his base. To raise his chances of victory over the Talon Bear, he would have to make an effort in honing his new powers for quite awhile.
Cutting up the meat from the rest of the twin-tailed wolves, was aparatively easierpared to the first time he did it. Storing the meat into stone-made containers, Hajime cautiously returned to location of the God Crystal.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
It had been a few days since Hajime returned to his base and began training on his transmutation and other skills. All his skills had been growing nicely. Among them, there was a change to transmutation, it had gained a derivation skill. That was ¡¾Mineral Appraisal¡¿. In the Royal Capital, even among the Synergists under the Kingdom, only those of the highest rank possessed this skill. Typically, appraisal-type magic required more magic forms aspared to attack-type magic, inevitably, it could only be performed by restricted facilities withrge enough magic circles. However, for a person who possessed this skill, as long as they were touching the mineral, they could analyse any mineral with just a simple chant and magic circle. It was not atent skill, but a unique derivation skill that could only be obtained through mastering the use of transmutation over many years.
Hajime immediately examined his surrounding minerals thoroughly. For example, using ¡¾Mineral Appraisal¡¿ on the green light stone causes words to appear on his status te.Green Light Stone
A crystal with magic absorbing properties. After amassing magic power, a faint green light will be released. If it¡¯s broken in its amassed state, all the umted light will be instantly released.
It was an extremely simple exnation, but he fully appreciated the information. Hajime broke into a broad grin as he thought intriguingly. After wandering about, looking for a useful mineral, Hajime finally discovered an indispensable mineral for creating his weapon. The weapon which would not only be his partner, but also his trump card.Combustion Stone A mmable ore. After ignition, it will continue to burn with itself as fuel. It will gradually be smaller as it continues to burn before it eventually burns out. If arge amount of Combustion Stones were ignited all at once in a sealed space, there is a possibility of an explosionparable to a highest ranked fire-attribute magic.The moment Hajime saw the exnation, he felt a jolt of electricity ran through his mind. Doesn¡¯t the Combustion Stone y the same role as what is called gunpowder on Earth? If that¡¯s the case, then he had discovered how to maximize his attack power without using transmutation! Hajime was excited. It would probably require much effort and trial and error in order to produce it, nheless, being able to use the transmutation which had saved him on countless asions to finally obtain a means of attack, made him unbearably happy.
Thus, earnestly devoting all his time on nothing but transmutation, even forgetting to eat or sleep, and as a result of over a thousand failures, Hajime finally sessfully crafted that thing.
Flying through the shortest distance at a speed exceeding that of sound, a modern weapon which used its overwhelming power to crush its targets.
Spanning approximately thirty-five centimeter, made using the hardest ore in the area, the Taur Stone with a six-round revolving cartridge. It had a rectangr barrel. The bullets were also made from Taur Stone with powdered Combustion Stonepacted within. In other words, it¡¯s arge revolver-type handgun. Moreover, the bullets not only has the explosive power of the Combustion Stone, it is further electromaically elerated by Hajime¡¯s unique magic ¡¾Lightning d¡¿ into a mini railgun. Its maximum power was ten times that of an anti-material rifle. Its name was Donner. Somehow Hajime felt the need to give his partner a name.
¡°¡If that¡¯s the case, even that monster¡ even escaping¡ is possible!¡±
Besides Donner, looking at the array of weapons made in reference to modern weaponry in front of his eyes, Hajime lightlyughed.
Usually, for amon job ss such as ¡°Synergist¡± with their ¡°Transmutation¡± skill, they could no more than craft swords and armors skillfully, but now was the moment of the birth of a conventional weapon in the world of sword and magic.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«Taur Stone A hard ck rock. Hardness 8 (out of a 10 grades rating, with 10 being the hardest). Resistant against impacts and heat. Weak against cold. It will be brittle when cooled. Heating it will cause it to bind again.
Book 2. Chapter 1
Book 2. Chapter 1
¡°Munch, Munch¡ Rabbit meat is just as nasty¡¡±
Currently, Hajime was in his base hungrily munching on rabbit meat. Yes, it was the meat of the Kicking Rabbit. The master of kicking techniques which once scoffed and looked down on him, has now be nothing but food. Hajime was expecting the rabbit meat to taste somewhat better, but it was magic beast¡¯s meat after all. It was unappetizing as usual.
Nheless, the entire beast waspletely eaten up. After obtaining ¡¾Iron Stomach¡¿, Hajime felt that he was able to eat as much as he likes. Especially since using unique magic increases his hunger by arge extent, and having used it when he was killing the Kicking Rabbit, it was considered an equivalent exchange. He probably wouldn¡¯t die since there was the sacred water, but if used excessively, the sense of hunger would strike again, making it important to think carefully before using.
By the way, the Kicking Rabbit was defeated byying a trap. Starting by drawing water from the stream and then leading the Kicking Rabbit to the scattered water, the moment it was on the water, a burst of electric shock from the maximum output of ¡¾Lightning d¡¿ struck. With its whole body blowing out fumes, it charged as usual. Weakened from the lightning attack, it was directly shot down by Donner.
As expected, it was impossible to avoid the electromaically elerated bullets travelling at 3.2 kilometer per second, its life ended with its head blown into smithereens.
¡°Well, first time eating the meat of the Kicking Rabbit¡ My status¡¡±Nagumo Hajime17 Year oldMaless:SynergistLevel:12Strength:200Vitality:300Resistance:200Agility:400Magic Power:350Magic Resistance:350Skills:Transmutation [+Mineral Appraisal] [+Precise Transmutation] [+Mineral Investigation] ? Magic Maniption ? Iron Stomach ? Lightning d ? Divine Step [+Aerodynamic] [+Ground Shrink] ? Language ComprehensionAs before, eating the meat of magic beasts will cause his status to rise. Considering how eating Twin-tailed Wolves now practically doesn¡¯t increase his status, it will probably have a huge increase if he ate a magic beast that he has never eaten before.He immediately checked out what ¡¾Divine Step¡¿ does. First picturing an image of the Kicking Rabbit kicking off the ground, focusing on a speed so fast, its body appeared blurred. Alongside Divine Step was the skill [+Ground Shrink] that was together with it. Speaking of Ground Shrink, it is a famous high speed movement on Earth.
Imagining an explosion under his feet, Hajime kicked off all at once. His body¡¯s magic instantly gathered under his feet, causing a depression where his feet had stepped¡ Hajime flew out, diving face-first into the wall.
¡°Ouch¡ª¡ª!? A-Adjusting this is hard¡¡±
Nheless, a sess was a sess. If he continued to train after this, it seems he will be able to move like the Kicking Rabbit. Combined with his gun techniques, making it an even stronger weapon.
Next was [+Aerodynamic]. However, it wasn¡¯t readily invoked. With only its name, it was difficult to understand what kind of skill it was. While testing around, Hajime recalled how the Kicking Rabbit was able to create footholds in the air. Hajime immediately imagined stepping onto an invisible shield in the air and then, he jumped forward, diving face-first into the ground.
¡°Guoooo!?¡±
He writhed in pain while pressing his hand into his face. After writhing for awhile, his pain subsided and he drank sacred water with a disappointed expression.
¡°¡Well, it more or less seeded¡¡±
The reason he fell head-first in his forward leap was due to the half-baked foothold. In short, he stumbled and fell. [+Aerodynamic] is undoubtedly an unique magic which creates footholds in the air.
With unique magic Divine Step and its derivation skills, it somehow felt like he had gained two unique magic at one go. Hajime began training in that special mood. His target was the Talon Bear. A long distance shot could probably work, but just in case, he trained. The possibility of an unexpected monster even stronger than that magic beast appearing couldn¡¯t be denied. In the dungeon, optimists would be the first to die. Defeat the Talon Bear and search for this level¡¯s exit.
Hajime renewed his fighting spirit.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
In the dungeon passage was the figure of a blurred shadow moving at high speeds.
It¡¯s Hajime. Hajime haspletely mastered Divine Step, running on the ground and walls with Ground Shrink, asionally making footholds with Aerodynamic, he repeatedly searched for his nemesis, the Talon Bear, using high speed movements. Originally, priority should be given towards looking for an exit, but Hajime wanted the Talon Bear dead at all cost. With his once broken spirit recovered, he couldn¡¯t help but want to try if he was still able to battle precisely before that monster¡¯s very eyes.
¡°Guruua!¡±
On the way, he encountered a pack of Twin-tailed Wolves, and one of them lunged at him. Hajime was calm, he somersaulted on the spot while pulling out Donner which was secured to his right thigh with transmuted wire and fired.
Bang!
Boom!
The sound of drybustible powder exploding rang out, the bullet electromaically elerated by ¡¾Lightning d¡¿, urately pulverizing the head of the first wolf. Leaping again using ¡¾Aerodynamic¡¿ while still in the air, he fired consecutive shots at the charging wolves. Though not all the shots hit, he somehow managed to kill all of them before the bullets ran out.
Holding Donner under the armpit of his missing left arm, Hajime quickly reloaded and without even taking a look at the corpses of the fallen wolves, he once again broke into a run.
After a while of instant kills whenever he encountered the Kicking Rabbit and Twin-tailed Wolves, he finally discovered the shadow of his nemesis. The Talon Bear appears to be having a meal, chewing on what seems like a Kicking Rabbit. Confirming that figure, with a broad grin and a fearlessugh, Hajime leisurely walked out.
The Talon Bear is the strongest species on this level and could be called a Lord. There were many Twin-tailed Wolves and Kicking Rabbits living here, but only this one Talon Bear. Therefore, the Talon Bear was this level¡¯s unrivalled strongest. Understanding that, the other magic beasts paid careful attention not to encounter the Talon Bear, even if they really met the Talon Bear, they would escape at full speed without even resisting. Much less an impossible task like voluntarily going towards it.
But now, that impossible thing has happened.
¡°Yo, Talon Bear. It has been a while. Was my arm delicious?¡±
The Talon Bear narrowed its sharp glint. What is this creature before me? Why is it not showing its back before me? Why is its body not cowering in fear, its eyes not reflecting despair? Faced with a situation it has never encountered before, even the Talon Bear was somewhat baffled.
¡°It¡¯s a revenge match. First, I¡¯ll have you understand that I¡¯m your enemy and not your prey.¡±
Saying that, Hajime pulled out Donner and pointed the muzzle directly at the Talon Bear. While in that stance, he questioned his heart. ¡°Is it scary?¡± The answer is no. His eyes did not be dark with despair, neither was he trembling in fear. There was only, the pure desire to survive and to kill the enemy.
The ends of Hajime¡¯s lips naturally lifted, making a ferocious smile.
¡°Kill and Devour.¡±
Simultaneously with that deration, Hajime fired Donner. Bang! An explosive sound resounded as the Taur Stone bullet travelling at a super speed of 3.2 kilometer per second approached the Talon Bear.
¡°Guuu!?¡±
The Talon Bear immediately threw itself on the ground to evade. It didn¡¯t dodge after sighting the bullet, the evading measures was even slightly before the gun discharge, perhaps a natural reaction in response to Hajime¡¯s bloodlust. As expected from this level¡¯s strongest Lord. That reaction speed didn¡¯t match its huge body of over two meter. However, it wasn¡¯t able to dodgepletely and a portion of its shoulder was gouged out, staining its white fur with blood.
Anger dwelled in the Talon Bear¡¯s eyes, it seemed like it had recognized Hajime as an ¡®enemy¡¯.
¡°Gaaaa!!¡±
Raising a roar as it charged at a staggering speed, even the earth trembled as it extended a thick, long paw from that huge two meter body. Its approaching figure gave off an overwhelming intensity.
¡°Haha! That¡¯s right! I¡¯m an enemy! Not an ordinary prey you can simply hunt!¡±
Despite being in the midst of that immense pressure exerted by the Talon Bear, yet, Hajime¡¯s fearless smile didn¡¯t even falter. Here is the turning point. Hajime¡¯s left arm was eaten, his spirit broken, his change of heart, he was going to eliminate the magic beast which was the cause of all this. This is an essential ritual in order for him to move on after this. Hajime was convinced that if he didn¡¯t do this now, his heart would surely ¡°give in¡±.
Hajime fired again towards the charging Talon Bear. Just as the super speed bullet aimed between the Talon Bear¡¯s brows was about to hit, the charging Talon Bear dodged aside. No matter how he looked at it, that reaction and itsrge size still didn¡¯t match.
The Talon Bear timed its attack and swung its paw by making use of the power from the rush. It seemed to have invoked inherent magic as its three ws appeared to be slightly distorted. In Hajime¡¯s mind, the memory of the Kicking Rabbit being bisected despite having already dodged those ws resurfaced. Hajime barely avoided by stepping back with his full power.
Instantly, ws coupled with a strong gust passed through where Hajime was at just moments ago, though it didn¡¯t connect, three deep w marks were engraved on the ground. The Talon Bear irritated at its prey escaping, roared. But at that moment, ¡°Cling! Cling! Cling!¡±, it was sound of something rolling over to the Talon Bear¡¯s feet. Lured by the sound, the Talon Bear turned its gazed towards its feet and found a rolling dark green ball-shaped object about five centimeter in diameter. The moment the Talon Bear became aware of it, that object red up, releasing intense light.
That was a ¡¾sh Grenade¡¿ Hajime made. The principle was simple, pouring magic into the Green Light Stone until it was just short of its limits, then applying a thin surface coating in order to prevent the light from escaping. Furthermore,pacting and inserting thebustible powder from the crushed Combustion Stone at the center part, thebustible powder connects the inside to the surface like a fuse. Then igniting thebustible powder that was sticking out on the surface using ¡¾Lightning d¡¿, thepressed powder will slowly catch fire until it arrives at the center and explodes. As the light had already been umted to its limits, after breaking the Green Light Stone, it will emit intense brilliance. By the way, the time from ignition to explosion had been adjusted to three seconds through considerable hardships, and was his prided gem.
Of course, the Talon Bear did not know of such a weapon and looked into the sh, temporarily losing its vision. Recklessly swinging its two paws as it impatiently roared. It appeared to be in panic from that strange condition of not being able to see anything.
Hajime didn¡¯t miss this chance, immediately aiming and firing Donner again. The tremendous power of the electromaically elerated bullet hit the left shoulder raging Talon Bear¡¯s, blowing the entire arm off.
¡°Guruaaaaa!!!¡±
That immense pain which it had never once experienced before in its lifetime, the w Bear let out a dreadful shriek. Arge amount of blood spouted out from its shoulder like a water fountain. The left arm which had been blown off spun round and round as if dancing in the air, before finally losing its momentum and falling to the ground.
¡°Even though it¡¯s coincidence, but this is just too good.¡±
It was not Hajime¡¯s n to aim at that left arm. He still hasn¡¯t mastered gun handling to that extent yet. After fighting against the straightforward charging Twin-tailed Wolves over and over again, he was unfamiliar with the movements of a recklessly raging target, making pinpoint shooting even harder. Therefore, it waspletely by chance that Hajime has taken away the very same left arm that was once taken from him and eaten.
Hajime once again fired at the rampaging Talon Bear whose sight had not recovered and was in pain. Even when confused, the Talon Bear¡¯s feral instincts reacted to the killing intent as it evaded to the side. Using ¡¾Ground Shrink¡¿ to pass by the Talon Bear, Hajime moved back where the left arm has fallen. Then, the Talon Bear which had slightly recovered stared at Hajime, who was raising and disying its left arm, with eyes filled with immense fury.
Then, he deliberately bit into it. Like a feeding magic beast, blindly using his strong and powerful jaws to shred and chew the meat. Just like how the Talon Bear once did, the nightmare where your own arm being eaten right before your very eyes was reproduced.
¡°Ahhm, munch, the meat tastes as nasty as ever¡ but I wonder why does it feel tastier than other meat?¡±
While saying that, Hajime became cautious of the crouching Talon Bear which was ring over. The Talon Bear didn¡¯t move. Its eyes were not clouded with fear despite in a situation where a part of its body was being eaten, it seemed like it would not make any careless movements before it regained its vision.
Regardless of the situation, Hajime continued his meal. Before long, an abnormal change urred. Just like the first time he ever ate magic beast meat, a fierce pain began to pulsate.
¡°Ugh¡ª¡ª!¡±
Hajime hurriedly drank sacred water. Though the pain was not as severe as that time, he still found himself down on one knee, his face distorted from the intense pain. It appears that the Talon Bear was special aspared to the Twin-tailed Wolf or Kicking Rabbit, that pain was generated as a result of taking in arge amount of power.
However, the Talon Bear couldn¡¯t care less about such circumstances. Seeing an opportunity, it roared and rushed. The crouching Hajime didn¡¯t move. Just as history was about to repeat itself, with the Talon Bear trampling over him, Hajime¡¯s mouth broke into a smile.
Pressing his right hand straight onto the ground as he wrapped his hand in lightning, he released a maximum output ¡¾Lightning d¡¿. It travelled through the liquid on the ground surface to where the Talon Bear was, mercilessly striking it.
The liquid on the surface of the ground was the blood of the Talon Bear. Like a water fountain, it had scattered a sea of blood. After picking up the Talon Bear¡¯s left paw, Hajime had violently disyed it in order to scatter the spilling blood, connecting their respective locations with a pool of blood. Eating during a fight was nothing more than a show he had put on on a whim. Having that pain assault him after eating the Talon Bear was unexpected, but his original intention was toy down a trap. Deliberately eating before its eyes was in order to fuel its anger, causing it to charge over. Of course, this n was somewhat crazy, but as long as he achieved the desired result, all was fine.
The moment it stepped into its own pool of blood, an intense current and voltage instantly overran its body. Nerves were destroyed, flesh was burnt. As for maximum output, the unique magic that Hajime obtained was iparable to the original. He was unable to release lightning attacks like the Twin-tailed Wolf, and his output was only half that of the wolf. However, it was still more than enough to cause temporary paralysis. Incidentally, if this power is directed towards humans, it wouldn¡¯t be strange for their blood to boil.
¡°Groooowl¡±
The Talon Bear let out a low growl as it copsed into its blood pool, causing a tremor to run through the ground. It glowered at Hajime, with eyes still full of sharp killing intent.
Hajime returned a straight stare as he endured the pain and slowly stood up. Then, pulling Donner out from its holster to put an end to all this, he pushed the muzzle against the Talon Bear¡¯s head.
¡°Be my food.¡±
Those words were apanied by the pulling of the trigger. The shot bullets executed their master¡¯s will faithfully, pulverizing the Talon Bear¡¯s head.
The gunshot echoed within the dungeon. The Talon Bear did not avert its eyes up till the very end, neither did Hajime.
It wasn¡¯t as refreshing as he imagined. But, neither was it futile. It was simply something that must be done. For the sake of survival, in order to earn the rights to live in this area.
Hajime simply closed his eyes and faced his inner-self once again. Then, he reaffirmed his determination for survival. I dislike fighting. I want to avoid pain. I want to eat till I¡¯m full. And¡ I want to live. Shatter the unreasonable, no mercy for anything hostile, everything is for the sake of survival.
Continuing to live like this¡ then¡ I want to go home. The inner depths of his heart appealed.
¡°Right¡ I want¡ to go back. The others can do as they like. I will go back using my own methods. Fulfilling my wish. Whoever hinders me, no matter what kind of existence¡¡±
Eyes widened, Hajime¡¯s mouth lifted into a fearless smile.
¡°KILL!¡±
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«Nagumo Hajime17 Year oldMaless:SynergistLevel:17Strength:300Vitality:400Resistance:300Agility:450Magic Power:400Magic Resistance:400Skills:Transmutation [+Mineral Appraisal] [+Precise Transmutation] [+Mineral Investigation] [+Mineral Separation] [+Mineral Fusion] ? Magic Maniption ? Iron Stomach ? Lightning d ? Divine Step [+Aerodynamic] [+Ground Shrink] ? Air w ? Language Comprehension
Book 2. Chapter 2
Book 2. Chapter 2
Chapter 2 : Despair and Decisions (ssmate Side 1)
A little back in time.
Hairihi Royal Pce, in a room given to the summoned, Yaegashi Shizuku was staring at her best friend sleep in the dark.
5 days have passed since they had a taste of battle and loss in the Dungeon. When they exited the Dungeon, they stayed overnight at Horald. The party came back to the capital on a high-speed carriage early in the morning. There was no one in the mood to continue thebat exercises in the Dungeon. Ipetence was the cause of death for a brave man. Both the king and church would need to hear the report. They were not allowed to break in this ce. Before something worse happened, they needed to care for the party of heroes.
Shizuku remembered when they returned to the kingdom. She wanted to wake Kaori up in the morning, so she went to sleep early. When they returned the news of Hajime death was reported. Everyone was astonished, but they breathed a sigh of relief when it was the ¡°useless¡± Hajime that passed. Even the king and Ishtar was the same. There wasn¡¯t any of the strong heroes to die in the Dungeon. If they could not return alive from just exploring the dungeon, how would they fight the Devils? The chosen heroes of God must be unrivaled.
The king and Ishtar had discretion. There had been among them that had ndered and abused Hajime. It was not spoken to the public, but it was a talked about in secret in the noble society. They thought it was good that the ipetent one died. An apostle of God that was useless; naturally they would die. Now they were speaking ill as one pleased. Shizuku really wanted to go berserk and kill those people many times.
Kouki and his strong sense of justice did not stand up against such mistreatment; she thought something was weird. Did he think that if he protested against the king and church, it would leave a bad impression. People who cursed Hajime seemed to be penalized¡rumors were spread that Kouki was an anxious brave hero who pondered his ipetence. Hajime¡¯s reputation was not going to change just because a few people said so.
At that time, it was undeniable who saved them. Hajime was the one that kept the Behemoth in check to allow them to escape. To think that he died because of a stray shot from a ssmate¡though that is what he said.
She did not talk her ssmates about her thoughts of the attempted friendly fire at that time. They should have a grasp of their magic, when she tried to approach the suspect it unmentionable because of the countless magic casted at that time. Because it would prove he was a murderer.
To escape reality, she wondered what Hajime did to cause such a thing. Dead man tell no tales. Rather than look for the culprit recklessly, if she left it alone than it would be done. The ssmates opinion was in harmony and they did notmunicate it.
To rify the details at the time, Meld thought it was necessary to interview the students. Just like the students he choose to escape from reality, even if it was hard to regard as a mistake. Even if it was negligence he carried it out for the benefit of the students. To leave such a thing unsettled would only bring troubleter on. Above all, Meld wanted to make clear. Meld failed his promise to save Hajime and his heart ached at that.
Meld action did note true. Ishtar had banned any scrutiny of the students. Meld clung to it, but even the king forbid it.
¡°If you knew, you will get angry.¡±
Kaori had not woken up since that day. There was no abnormalities discovered by the doctor¡¯s diagnosis. The body, probably because of mental shock, went into a deep sleep as a defense mechanism. Time will pass normally if they sobered up.
Shizuku held Kaori¡¯s hands. She prayed to not let her best friend hurt anymore.
Kaori¡¯s hand twitched at that.
¡°Kaori! Can you hear me!? Kaori!¡±
Shizuku desperately called out. Kaori¡¯s closed eyelids started to shiver. Further, Shizuku called out for her friend. In response to that call Kaori gripped her friend¡¯s hand, then she slowly awoke.
¡°Kaori!¡±
¡°¡Shizuku-chan?¡±
Learning on the bed, Kaori saw Shizuku overlooking her with tears in her eyes. Kaori just blindly looked over her surrounding. Shizuku looked at her and waited until Kaori gathered herself more before calling her.
¡°Yeah, its me. Kaori. how is your body? No difort?¡±
¡°I¡¯m fine. Just weary because I was sleeping¡¡±
¡°Well, you have been sleeping for 5 days¡¡±
Shizuku forced a smile and tried to assist Kaori in standing up, who was trying to ask Shizuku how much she slept. Kaori reacted at that.
¡°5 days? Why¡I¡I went to the Dungeon¡and then¡¡±
Her eyes gradually came into focus. Shizuku tried to change the topic when she had a bad feeling. However, Kaori recalled her memories too fast.
¡°And then¡Nagumo-kun¡¡±
¡°¡That is.¡±
Shizuku¡¯s face morphed into a painful expression when wondering what she should tell her. Kaori realized the tragedy in her memories when she saw the state Shizuku was in. However, it wasn¡¯t easy for her to ept such a reality.
¡°¡Lies. Isn¡¯t it? Shizuku-chan. When I fainted, you guys saved Nagumo-kun, right? Right? Isn¡¯t it? This is the castle room. Everyone came back, right? I wonder if Nagumo-kun is training. In the training center. I¡¯ll head over for a moment. I have to thank Nagumo-kun. Say something, Shizuku-chan¡¡±
Kaori who wanted to escape from the harsh reality spun her words over and over again; while she mention about searching for Hajime. Shizuku caught her arm and didn¡¯t let go. She had a sorrowful expression, but still she stared at Kaori.
¡°¡Kaori, you understand, right?¡He¡¯s not here.¡±
¡°Stop¡¡±
¡°Kaori, remember.¡±
¡°Please, stop¡¡±
¡°He, Nagumo-kun¡¡±
¡°No, stop¡please, stop!¡±
¡°Kaori! He¡¯s dead!¡±
¡°Wrong! He can¡¯t die! He absolutely can¡¯t have! How can you say such a horrible thing? Even if it¡¯s Shizuku-chan, I will not forgive!¡±
Kaori shaked her and started to escape from Shizuku¡¯s grasp. Shizuku did not let her go and embraced her. She was trying to nurse Kaori through her hug.
¡°Let me go! Let me go! If I don¡¯t search for Nagumo-kun! I beg you¡he is absolutely alive..let me go~¡±
Kaori dropped her face into Shizuku¡¯s chest while shouting ¡°Let me go!¡± and sobbed. Clinging to each other, she started to shout louder. Shizuku just continued to hug her. Hoping it would soften just a little of her pain.
How long did they stay like that? The sky was dyed red by the setting sun. Kaori was motionless in Shizuku¡¯s arms while she sniffed. Shizuku asked in worry.
¡°Kaori¡¡±
¡°¡Shizuku-chan¡Nagumo-kun¡He fell¡He isn¡¯t here¡¡±
Kaori whispered in a voice so quiet it sounded like it would disappear. Shizuku did not want to sugar coat it, it would only be a temporaryfort. The lie coulde back and hurt more than it was softened. She did not want to see her friend in pain.
¡°That¡¯s right.
¡°That time, whose magic hit Nagumo-kun? Who?
¡°I don¡¯t know. No one wants to mention that moment. Its scary. What if it was me¡¡±
¡°That so.¡±
¡°Do you have a grudge?¡±
¡°¡I¡¯m not sure. If someone knew¡I will surely me them. But¡no one knows¡I think this is better. For sure, I wouldn¡¯t be able to stand it¡¡±
¡°I see¡¡±
Kaori looked downcast as she talks. She wiped her face and eyes and faced Shizuku, and dered resolutely.
¡°Shizuku-chan. I, I don¡¯t believe it. Nagumo-kun is alive. I don¡¯t believe he is dead.¡±
¡°Kaori, that is¡¡±
Shizuku had another sorrowful expression trying to persuade Kaori. Kaori sped Shizuku¡¯s cheeks with both hands, and said with a smile.
¡°I now. I know its weird to think that someone could survive that. ¡But its not like we checked. The possibility is less than 1%. If we did not check, its not 0%. I¡¯m going to believe.¡±
¡°Kaori¡¡±
¡°I¡¯ll be stronger. I¡¯ll be strong enough to prevent an event like that from happening. I will make sure with my own eyes. Nagumo-kun¡¯s fate¡Shizuku-chan.¡±
¡°What?¡±
¡°Please help me.¡±
¡°¡¡±
They both stared at each other. Kaori¡¯s eyes did not show any signs of insanity. She will not give up until she genuinely find out. This kind of Kaori will not be moved. Kaori is known for being stubborn when she gets going.
Usually, you wouldn¡¯t take what Kaori said seriously and let it go. Believing that someone could a fall into that abyss was just crazy. Everyone would try to correct her. That¡¯s why¡
¡°Of course, I¡¯ll agree. Until you are satisfied I¡¯ll tag along.¡±
¡°Shizuku-chan!¡±
Kaori hugged and thanked her. Shizuku said ¡°No need more thanks. What are friends for?¡± The title of Samurai Girl wasn¡¯t just for show.
At that time the door opened.
¡°Shizuku! Kaori woke up¡¡±
¡°Oh, How are you, Kaori?¡±
It was Kouki and Ryutaro. They hade to check on her. Training had just finished and they choose toe here afterwards. From ¡°that¡± day, they concentrated even more in training. Wonder what they thought of Hajime¡¯s death. They reluctantly withdrew and wanted revenge. Hajime was the one that saved them from a crisis. Never will they be that useless again.
Two more people entered that caused them to stiffen. Shizuku was doubtful.
¡°You guys, how did¡¡±
¡°S-Sorry.¡±
¡°W-We got in the way.¡±
They quickly left the room and didn¡¯t answer her question. She finally became aware of what they saw. Kaor was staring at them nkly. Shizuku noticed the cause.
Currently, Kaori sat on Shizuku¡¯s knee, while she had both hands on her cheeks. It looked like they were about to kiss. Shizuku was supporting Kaori but it looked like she was embracing her.
This scene looked like a Yuri scene and it was splendidly done. If this was the manga world there would be flowers blooming in the background.
Shizuku sighed deeply. She couldn¡¯t bare the situation so she yelled.
¡°Hurry up and get back here! You freaking fools!
Book 2. Chapter 3
Book 2. Chapter 3
Chapter 3 : Path of Escape
¡°Damn it, why isn¡¯t it there¡¡¡±
It has been three days since he killed the Talon Bear. Hajime had been searching for the route leading to the upper floors and had already finished exploring eighty percent of this level. Eating the Talon Bear caused his status to jump again, and there was no longer anything that exists on this level which could threaten Hajime now. This allowed him to hasten his search of the vast area in a quick pace, but despite that, nothing was found.
No, it is wrong to say that nothing was found. More precisely, it is the path ¡°upstairs¡±, the path ¡°downstairs¡± had been discovered two days ago. The Dungeon¡¯s structure which consists of many floors will definitely have a path leading up, but no matter what he did, it simply couldn¡¯t be found.
Furthermore, ignoring the strange dungeon, the method of directly creating a path upstairs through transmutation had already been tried. In the end, no matter it was upwards or downwards, he found out that after advancing a certain extent, somehow the walls be unresponsive to transmutation. There were no limits as to how much he transmuted within the level, but it might be covered in some sort of protection in regards to upwards and downwards. This ¡¾Orcus Great Dungeon¡¿ is a dungeon created since ancient times, and full of mysteries. It is hardly surprising.
That¡¯s why, he could only honestly search for a path up, but a decision has to be made should the path not be found. That was, to dive even deeper into the Great Dungeon.
¡°¡¡ Dead end huh. The branches have all been searched. What the heck is this. Sigh~¡±
Hajime let out a deep sigh while resigning himself that a path up couldn¡¯t be found. Then, he headed towards the room where he discovered the stairs leading down two days ago.
That staircase was extremely poorly constructed. It might be more urate to call it an uneven hill road rather than a staircase. From that point on, there were no longer any Green Light Stones, plunging the area ahead inplete darkness and oozing an ominous aura. It was like looking into the mouth of an enormous monster. The feeling of ¡°It¡¯s impossible to leave once you¡¯ve entered¡¯ naturally arose.
¡°Ha~! Bring it on! Whatever it is, if it hinders me, Kill and Devour.¡±
Hajime snorted at himself for thinking as such, the corners of his lips curving into a fearless smile. Then, he stepped into the darkness without any hesitation.
This level was very dark. It¡¯s natural for an underground dungeon, but all the levels that he had been to so far had Green Light Stones, and though those levels were dim, it was not so much that he couldn¡¯t even see ahead. However, it seemed like this level did not have any Green Light Stones. Stopping for a little while, Hajime was expecting his eyes to somewhat get used to seeing in the dark, but no matter how long passed, there were no differences. As ast resort, he took out the Green Light Stone to serve as amp from the improvised backpack he made with transmuted wires from the Talon Bear¡¯s fur.
Bluntly speaking, possessing a light source in the darkness is equivalent to suicide if there were magic beasts around. However, since he wasn¡¯t able to even move on without this, Hajime could only take the plunge. As such, he couldn¡¯t advance with his right hand upied, thus attaching the stone to his left elbow which was missing its forearm.
After progressing for a while, noticing something shining within the passageway, Hajime raised his awareness to the maximum. Advancing while staying hidden under the shadows as much as possible, he suddenly felt an unpleasant presence from his left. He instantly jumped back and pointed the Green Light Stone towards the presence. There was a gray lizard approximately two meter in length stuck to the wall, ring at Hajime with its golden eyes.
Those golden eyes shed momentarily and in the next instant¡
¡°¡ª¡ª!?¡±
Along with a cracking sound, Hajime¡¯s left arm began to petrify. The petrification immediately spread to the Green Light Stone as well and within seconds, there was a creaking noise as itpletely shattered. With the light source gone, darkness set upon the area once again. The petrification of his arm was already encroaching his shoulder.
Hajime clicked his tongue and took out a bottle of sacred water from his holster; which was made from wires of magic beast fur, and drank it in one gulp. As expected, the petrification came to halt, and the petrified part returned to normal in the blink of an eye.
¡°How dare you do this!¡± While cursing inwardly, he took out a ¡¾sh Grenade¡¿ from his waist pack and tossed it towards the golden-eyed lizard. At the same time, over in the darkness, those golden eyes started to shine once again. Hajime didn¡¯t appear to care as he instantly retreated from the area by using ¡¾Ground Shrink¡¿.
Then changes appeared on the boulder behind where Hajime originally stood, and subsequently, it crumbled as if it has been weathered. It seems to possess considerably powerful Evil Eyes of Petrification! In RPG terms, this is probably a Basilisk.
While thinking of such things, Hajime pulled out Donner and held it up before his eyes, shielding his closed eyes. And ¡°Bang!¡± The surroundings was bathed in an intense light, painting their vision with light.
¡°Ku-ua!?¡±
Perhaps it had never experienced such an intense light up till date, the figure of a disoriented Basilisk emerged in the darkness. Hajime fired without hesitation. The tremendous power hidden within the bullet without aiming, bore into the Basilisk¡¯s head and pulverized its skull,pletely ravaging the insides. The bullet pierced through the head left a deep hole on the wall and ¡°Shuuu~¡±, leaving behind the sound of burning rocks.
As a result of the electromaic eleration, the location that was struck was emitting high temperatures. This is probably the power of the Tauru Ore which strengthens when heated.
Hajime while still keeping a lookout on his surroundings, approached the Basilisk, quickly tore off its flesh and retreated from that location. As expected, it is impossible to leisurely eat when faced with such a situation where he was practically blind. For now, Hajime chose to continue exploring.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
Hajime kept walking in the darkness. Despite feeling as if he had continuously searched for several tens of hours, yet the staircase leading down was still nowhere in sight. Along the way, he has defeated many magic beasts and collected many ores and it was gradually bing an inconvenience to carry. Thus, Hajime decided to construct a base.
After finding a suitable spot, he ce his hand on the wall and began transmuting. There wasn¡¯t any particr problems opening up a hole in the wall, and he went even deeper into the passage. Hajime continued to transmute and a six tatami space was formed. ?1? Then, taking out a bluish-white crystal the size of a basketball from his backpack, he attached it to a dent in the wall. What was taken out, was the God Crystal. He also set up a container below it to collect the droplets of water.
By the way. Hajime named the God Crystal as ¡¾Potion Stone¡¿, and the Sacred Water as ¡¾Potion¡¿. It is indeed a representation of restorative medicine in games, but due to the vast differences in effects, it is rather pathetic for it to be simply called a potion.
¡°Well, then, time to eat.¡±
Hajime took out the meat from the container (made with transmutation) in his backpack. Using ¡¾Lightning d¡¿, he cooked it evenly. Today¡¯s menu included: Whole Roast Basilisk, Whole Roast Owl; which fires its feathers like a shotgun, and Whole Roast six-legged Cat. With no seasoning.
¡°Itadakimasu~¡± ?2?
While eating with munching sounds, pain began to gradually course through his body. That is to say, his body has been strengthened. If that was the case, it means that the magic beasts here possess strength equal or higher than that of the Talon Bear. Thebination of the dark environment and unique magic will definitely prove to be a problem. But Hajime¡¯s true feelings were that, as long as a shot from Donner hits, everything will be smashed into smithereens.
Hajime continued to eat while ignoring the pain and drinking Sacred Water. The continuous pain starting from the phantom pain had made Hajime extremely resistant to pain.
¡°Chomp, Fu~u. I¡¯m done. Now then, my status¡¡¡±
While saying that, Hajime took out his status te. Hajime¡¯s current status is¡¡Nagumo Hajime17 Year oldMaless: Synergist Level: 23 Strength: 450 Vitality: 550 Resistance: 350 Agility: 550 Magic Power: 500 Magic Resistance: 500 Skills: Transmutation [+Mineral Appraisal] [+Precise Transmutation] [+Mineral Investigation] [+Mineral Separation] [+Mineral Fusion] ? Magic Maniption ? Iron Stomach ? Lightning d ? Divine Step [+Aerodynamic] [+Ground Shrink] ? Air w ? Night Vision ? Presence Perception ? Petrification Resistance ? Language Comprehension
There was a substantial rise just as expected. Even the number of skills in the skills column increased by three. Looking around carefully, he could certainly see further into the surroundings aspared to before. It appears to be the effects of ¡¾Night Vision¡¿.Since the magic beasts of the abyss had faint presences, it is incredibly advantageous in this level. ?3?
Lastly, was the literal skill. Regrettably, Basilisk¡¯s unique ability was ¡¾Resistance¡¿ and not ¡¾Petrify¡¿. ¡°Evil Eyes of Petrification! Sounds kind of cool¡¡¡± Hajime was slightly disappointed.
Then, Hajime began transmuting to replenish his consumables. Creating even a single bullet required immense concentration. At any rate, it is an ultra precise product. The rifling carved on Donner was meaningless if the size was not a perfect match. The amount ofpressed explosives permit no room for errors. Therefore, producing a single bullet took nearly thirty minutes. Even he himself considered it a job well done and was amazed by the disy of extraordinary strength by humans facing death.
Although it was time-consuming, its power was undisputed and since he could also greatly increase his proficiency of transmutation at the same time, there was nothing toin about. Thanks to his skills, removing the impurities within the minerals has be an easy task, and conversely, even fusion could be easily done. In reality, Hajime¡¯s transmutation skills now isparable to the top Synergists of the Kingdom.
Hajime kept on transmuting silently. Besides, he has only descended one level. It was impossible to estimate how much deeper this abyss stretches. He nned to set out to search immediately after finishing transmuting for the sake of returning home even a little bit earlier. There was no point in lingering around. In the lonely abyss, the God Crystal¡¯s pale light illuminated Hajime¡¯s resolute expression, who is just beginning his Dungeon capturing journey.
Other than using transmutation at his base to replenish his consumables at times, Hajime was constantly on the move. Taking a short rest during his search of the vast dungeon, he have no idea how long had passed. With help from ¡¾Night Vision¡¿, he no longer had to worry about the darkness and with ¡¾Presence Perception¡¿, he was able to sense any magic beasts within a ten meter radius. Hajime advanced his search quickly.
Then, the stairs leading to the lower floor was finally discovered, which Hajime unhesitantly descended.
On this level, the ground was entirely covered in tar like a sticky swamp. Since it stuck to the legs, it was dreadfully hard to move. Hajime frowned as he used the protruding rocks or ¡¾Aerodynamic¡¿as footholds and began his search.
While using the ¡¾Mineral Investigation¡¿skill to examine the surrounding minerals while advancing, he discovered a very interesting mineral en route.me OreA ck shiny ore. It bes tarry when heated. Its melting point is at 50 Degree Celsius, incidentally, its tar form ignites at 100 Degree Celsius, reaching up to temperatures of 3000 Degree Celsius. The burning duration depends on the amount of tar present.
¡°¡¡No way¡±
Hajime¡¯s expression stiffened into a smile as he slowly lifted his legs. Then having stepped several times on the tarry substance that covered the entire level just now, the semi-liquid dripped from Hajime¡¯s shoes with a wet sloppy sound.
¡°Fi-Firearms are out¡¡¡±
Considering its ignition temperature at one hundred degrees, it probably wouldn¡¯t catch fire that easily. If it ignites, the chain reaction will cause the entire level to be engulfed in high temperatures of three thousand Degree Celsius. In that case, he wasn¡¯t confident that he could survive even with his stockpile of Sacred Water.
¡°Both railgun and ¡¾Lightning d¡¿can¡¯t be used¡¡¡±
Donner is a powerful weapon. Even without electromaic eleration, just the explosive made from the Combustion Stone alone, disyed more than enough power. However, that was the case for ordinary magic beasts only. For example, against the Skeleton Soldier, it will be enough without electromaic eleration and even towards Behemoth, it is expected to deal decent damage, but the magic beasts of this abyss are abnormal. The magic beasts upstairs doesn¡¯t appear to be only at the level of an ordinary monster. Therefore, would the magic beasts of this level be taken down simply with the power of explosives¡..?
Putting aside that sort of anxiety, the corners of Hajime¡¯s lips lifted.
¡°Come, it doesn¡¯t change what I¡¯m going to do anyway. Kill and Devour.¡±
With both his railgun and ¡¾Lightning d¡¿ in a sealed state, Hajime restarted his exploration.
Advancing for a while, he reached a three-forked road. Following the theory of leaving a mark on the nearby wall, he stepped forward nning to explore the left passage.
At that instant, Gachin!
¡°¡ª¡ª!?¡±
With rows of countless sharp teeth lining its opened huge jaws, a shark-like magic beast jumped out from within the tar. Aimed at Hajime¡¯s head, the jaws snapped shut as a resounding sound of teeth striking each other was produced. Although Hajime managed to dodge by bending his body at once, he shuddered.
(¡¾Presence Perception¡¿ didn¡¯t react!)
Well, ever since he obtained the ¡¾Presence Perception¡¿ skill, he had kept it continuously active. He should have been able to detect any living thing within a ten meter radius without fail. Despite that, hepletely couldn¡¯t sense the shark from a moment ago until just before it attacked.
Missing its bite on Hajime, the shark dived into the tar with a Plop and disappeared once more.
(Damn, as expected, its presence can¡¯t be grasped!)
Hajime gnashed his teeth at the iprehensible situation. At any rate, to prevent any damage, Hajime resumed his movements using ¡¾Aerodynamic¡¿. ?4?
Almost as if waiting for that instant, the shark jumped out once again.
¡°Don¡¯t look down on me!¡±
Hajime somersaulted in the air, and fired towards the shark which was passing overhead in his inverted field of vision. The bullet released from Donner which was meant to tear apart its foes cut through the air and uratelynded on the back of the shark with exquisite timing.
However,
¡°****! It was repelled!¡±
The moment the bullet hit was as if striking rubber, the shark¡¯s skin depressed and easily reflected the bullet. It seems like the shark¡¯s skin has the property of Physical Impact Mitigation.
¡°Grr!¡±
Thinking that it was natural for it to dive back into the tar after passing through, the shark made an astounding movement. Landing for a single instant, the shark turned around and leapt towards Hajime again. ?5? Hajime somehow managed to dodge by twisting his body, but his side has been lightly gouged. The impact causing Hajime to fall into the tar. Despite having his entire body dyed pitched ck, he hurriedly got up and skipped into the air once more. Immediately following that, the shark¡¯s jaws materialized directly below where Hajime stepped out from, and with a loud Bakun!, snapped shut.
Cold sweat began to flow from Hajime who was skipping in the air using ¡¾Aerodynamic¡¿. Nevertheless, despite being driven to a corner, his lips had his usual fearless smile.
¡°Bring it on!¡±
Using ¡¾Aerodynamic¡¿ again, Hajime bounded in the air, never stopping at any location while waiting for the attacking moment. Fully demonstrating his concentration during his transmutation training, the surroundingndscape gradually faded out of sight. (¡¡It¡¯s not a problem to be unable to detect its presence. I didn¡¯t have this skill initially either. Even if I can¡¯t sense its presence, it will definitely be there at that instant it attacks)
Hajime was so focused on his thoughts while jumping that he identally lost his bnce. The shark didn¡¯t miss this opportunity and instantly leapt from a blind spot at the back.
¡°Saved by your simplicity!¡±
Hajime who was supposed to have lost his bnce immediately righted himself and fended off the attacking shark with a mid-air side flip while swinging Donner which was in his right hand.
In the next moment, the shark was spraying blood from a deep cut on its side as it fell into the tar. The shark sshed about in the tar as it struggled in agony.
Hajime¡¯s deliberate act of losing his bnce and exposing his back was to provide the time, ce and opportunity and incite an attack. Then, wrapping Donner in the Talon Bear¡¯s unique magic ¡¾Air w¡¿, he tore it apart.
Hajime approached the squirming shark and swung Donner down at its head. ¡¾Air w¡¿ cleanly bisected the shark¡¯s head. Though he wasn¡¯t able to form three Air ws like the Talon Bear, its sharpness has far surpassed that of famous swords. It is a truly reliable unique magic for close quarters.
¡°Now then, let¡¯s confirm the reason why its presence can¡¯t be detected?¡±
Hajime said that while licking his lips.
After that, the shark meat was removed and stored before continuing with the exploration, and finally, the staircase leading down was discovered.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«Nagumo Hajime17 Year oldMaless: Synergist Level: 24 Strength: 450 Vitality: 550 Resistance: 400 Agility: 550 Magic Power: 500 Magic Resistance: 500 Skills: Transmutation [+Mineral Appraisal] [+Precise Transmutation] [+Mineral Investigation] [+Mineral Separation] [+Mineral Fusion] ? Magic Maniption ? Iron Stomach ? Lightning d ? Divine Step [+Aerodynamic] [+Ground Shrink] ? Air w ? Night Vision ? Presence Perception ? Hide Presence ? Petrification Resistance ? Language Comprehension
- CX: 6 tatami ¡Ö 2.73 m ¡Á 3.64 m
- CX: If you don¡¯t understand this, god help you.
- CX: ÄÎÂä¤ÎħÎï¤Ë¤·¤Æ¤Ï¥·¥ç¥Ü¥¤šÝ¤â¤¹¤ë¤¬¡¢¤³¤ÎëAŒÓ¤Ë¤ª¤¤¤Æ¤Ï¤È¤ó¤Ç¤â¤Ê¤¤¥¢¥É¥Ð¥ó¥Æ©`¥¸¤À¡£áá¤Ï¡¢ÎÄ×Öͨ¤ê¤Î¼¼ÄܤÀ¤í¤¦¡£ I¡¯m not too sure about the correct trantion for this part, but I¡¯m going with my gut here..
- CX: ¥Ï¥¸¥á¤ÏÀí½â²»ÄܤÊ×´›r¤Ëšn‡y¤ß¤·¤Ê¤¬¤é¡¢¤È¤Ë¤«¤¯Ö¹¤Þ¤Ã¤Æ¤¤¤Æ¤Ï¤ä¤é¤ì¤ë¤È¡°¿ÕÁ¦¡±¤òʹ¤¤ÒƄӤòÔÙé_¤¹¤ë¡£ A bit different from my interpretation
- CX: ͨ¤êß^¤®¥¿©`¥ë¤Ëïw¤ÓÞz¤ó¤À„ݤ¤¤½¤Î¤Þ¤Þ¤Ë¡¢¥µ¥á¤¬ó@®�µÄ¤ÊÉí¤Î¤³¤Ê¤·¤Ç·´Üž¤·¡¢ÔÙ¶È¡¢Öæ·µ¤ê¤«¤é×ŵؤ·¤¿Ë²ég¤Î¥Ï¥¸¥á¤ò¾Ñ¤Ã¤Æïw¤Ó¤«¤«¤ë¡£ I¡¯m interpreting the first line differently¡
Book 2. Chapter 4
Book 2. Chapter 4
Chapter 4 : The Sealed Room in the Abyss
Hajime¡¯s walkthrough of the Dungeon continues.
Since the tar level, he had advanced 50 levels deeper. Because Hajime did not have a sense of time there, he did not know how much time had passed. But the progress he was making was being done in an astonishing speed.
During that time, he was in a desperate struggle. Countless times he had encountered stronger demons and battled for his life.
For example, one level had a thin poisonous fog covering the whole floor. There was a 2m frog (Rainbow colored) that spit poisoned sputum at him, and a moth that spread scales that caused paralysis. If he didn¡¯t drink his ¡°Potion¡±, he would have died just from being on that level.
The iridescent frog¡¯s poison was an agent that targeted the nerves and lit it up with pain. His experience with the pain wasparable to the pain from his first taste of demon flesh. He would have died if he didn¡¯t consume the ¡°Potion¡± in his mr. Hajime had ced a small chewable container behind his mrs that contained ¡°Potion¡±. He was happy he prepared just in case of emergencies.
Naturally, he had consumed two of them. There was friction when he ate the moth, because of the supepensation pain, he resolved it by consuming the ¡°Potion¡±. Vexed at the fact that the moth tasted better than the frog.
There was also a floor that looked like a dense forest, how it came to be in an undergroundbyrinth puzzled Hajime. Hajime thought this was the most unpleasant ce so far because its extremely hot temperature and dense humidity. The demons of this level were a huge centipede and sentient trees.
When he was traversing the jungle, a huge centipede suddenly fell from atop the trees. Hajime felt sick at the sight of it, and developed goose bumps on his whole body. Each time a section it was hit, it would separate. Fight one of these centipede was like fighting 30 monsters*. Donner was zing from use, but there were too many for it to deal with. Reloading was taking too long, so he switched to his ¡°Air ws¡±. He even started to throw inexperienced kicks because of how desperate he was. After this encounter, Hajime was determined to develop his speed loading and kicks. This was decided while he was washed away the purple fluids from the centipede.
[T/N: *There was a description with this sentence but I did not know how to trante it. The literal trantion was a monster like G ck kitchen. I thought it was maybe referencing something from monster hunter because of the G, but I did not know what to make of the ck kitchen.]
The tree demons were like Treants from RPG games. Its underground roots would thrust out from the ground and vines acted as whips for them. However, the biggest feature of the treants were not these trivial attacks. When they were in a pinch, they would hurl the red fruits that littered their heads. There was not any offensive ability to it, but Hajime though to try it out. He was rigid for a few dozen minutes. It was not a poison. The fruit was insanely delicious. Sweet and fresh the red fruit wasparable to a watermelon. Not an apple.
The unpleasantness he felt on this level was blown away. Every thought vanished from his head temporarily. After many dozen days he had eaten something other than meat. Hajime¡¯s eyes werepletely of a hunter, his prey were these treants. After he was satisfied he continued his journey, though the treant-like demons almost went extinct.
With that feeling he advanced through 50 levels. There is still no sign of an end. Hajime¡¯s current status¡
Name
Nagumo Hajime
Age
17 Years Old
Gender
Male
Level
49
ss
Transmutation Artist (Synergist)
Strength
880
Vitality
970
Resistance
860
Agility
1040
Magic
760
Magic Resistance
760
Skills- Transmutation
- Mineral Appraisal
- Precision Transmutation
- Mineral Enquiry
- Mineral Separation
- Mineral Fusion
- Replica Transmutation
- Magic Maniption
- Iron Stomach
- Lightning d
- Divine Step
- Air Walk
- Flicker
- Grand Legs
- Air ws
- Night Vision
- Far Vision
- Perception
- Magic Perception
- Hide Presence
- Poison Resist
- Paralysis Resist
- Petrification Resistance
- Language Comprehension
Hajime was inside the base he created for this 50th level. He was stacking up his training for his transmutation, firearm technology, and kicks. Even though he had discovered the next stairs, he did not take them. Because he had discovered a foreign area on this level.
The space around the area was eerie. At the end of this side area was a solemn majestic double door about 3m in height. On the nks of the doors were two one-eyed giants sculptures enshrined into the walls; only their upper bodies were sculpted it seemed.
Chills ran down his whole body the moment he set foot there. Temporarily he had a dangerous feeling about this. He did not have the intention to avoid this and prepared his equipment. Eventually a ¡°change¡± appeared. Do not go and check it.
Hajime was feeling expectation and unpleasantness at the same time. If he opened the door, he was sure that a disaster was waiting to meet him. However, a new wind blew into this Dungeon.
¡°As if it was a Pandora¡¯s box¡I wonder what aspiration it contained.¡±
His current possessed weapons, martial arts, and skills. One by one he checked and prepared them to make sure they were in perfect condition. When he finished this task, Hajime unholstered Donner. He closed his eyes gently. Already he had decided to be resolute. It wasn¡¯t bad to repeat his resolution. Hajime looked into himself and took an oath.
¡°I am going to survive and return home. To Japan, to home¡I¡¯ll return. Those who are obstacles are enemies. To enemies¡kill!¡±
Hajime opened his eyes and daring smile graced his face.
Vigntly, Hajime came to the rooms with the door and advanced. Without incident he arrived at the door. More and more wonderful decorations could be seen on the door as he neared. At the center, two magic formations were drawn in the recesses.
¡°I don¡¯t understand. I¡¯ve studied a lot, but I have never seen these forms.¡±
When he was called ipetent, Hajime hadid emphasis on knowledge to make up for his low physical abilities. He didn¡¯t finish learning all he could, but it was weird that he had never seen any magical forms like the ones presented to him.
¡°Is it an old system?¡±
While guessing, Hajime examined the door, but he was not able to understand anything new. Because it was very important, he was alert for any traps. Hajime was not going to be able to decipher any of this with his current degree of knowledge.
¡°Can¡¯t be helped. Let¡¯s go with the usual transmuting.¡±
He tried to pull and push the door to no avail. As usual, he tried to force a way in with his transmuting. Hajime put his right hand on the door and started to transmute.
However, immediately¡
Crackle!
¡°Uwa!?¡±
A red electric discharge runs through the door and into Hajime¡¯s hand. Smoke bursted out from his hand. Swearing, he quickly swallowed some ¡°Potion¡±. Immediately an ident urred.
Oooooooooh!!
Suddenly, a deep voice cry echoed throughout the room. Hajime gained some distance from the door by backstepping. He ced his hand on his waist holster to prepare to use Donner at anytime.
The cries continued to echo, and the identity of the voice began to move.
¡°Well, that was a cliche of a cliche.¡±
While Hajime was muttering and smiling to himself. The sculptures of the two giants that nked the door started to crumble. Gray skin that was assimted with the wall soon turned dark green.
The one-eyed giant looked exactly like a fantasy cyclops. A 4mrge sword appeared in its hands, though he didn¡¯t know where it came from. It turned its eyes towards Hajime and was freeing its buried lower body to eliminate the intruder.
At that moment,
Dopan!
A bullet made of Tauru ore, which was elerated through a railgun, pierced the cyclops only eye. It stirred around its brain for a bit before it bursted out of its head, and pulverized the back wall. The left cyclops nkly stared at what happened to the dead cyclops. After it was shot, the cyclops body was still convulsing, while it lean forward and fell. The shock created from the impact shook the whole room, and thick dust danced around the room.
¡°Sorry, I¡¯m not the type of bad guy to sense the mood or wait around.¡±
Exactly like a devil. No, given the carnage Hajime experienced it was just a natural reflex. Still¡pity for the cyclops (right).
Probably, it was a guardian for the door that is sealing something. Furthermore it was in a ce at the bottom of the abyss, there wasn¡¯t many visitors. When it finally answered the call of duty. Maybe it was filled with joy. Without even seeing much of the other party, its head was blown apart. If you can¡¯t call this pity, what would you call it?
An expression of horror was on the cyclops¡¯ (left) face as it gazed at Hajime. Its eyes seemed like it was conveying ¡°What the heck did this guy do?¡± Hajime was ring at the unmoving cyclops. The cyclops did not know what guns were so it stayed vignt and lowered its waist to prepare to move at any time. Soon a roar escaped from its lips, as the cyclops lost its temper at the unmoving Hajime.
Shortly after, its face dived to the ground.
The moment it stepped forward it lost strength in its leg and fell forward. Confused, the cyclops tried to violently stand up and to move, but he couldn¡¯t gather any strength.
Hajime slowly approached the growling cyclops. The steady footsteps were like a countdown. Taking the gun he ced the muzzle onto the cyclops head. Click, the trigger was pulled without hesitation.
Dopan!
A gunshot resounded through the whole room. However, an unexpected event happened. The cyclops body illuminated for just a moment, and in that moment its skin cause the bullet to repel.
¡°Mu.¡±
Hajime guessed that it used Special Magic. Its inherent magic was increasing its defense significantly.
His mouth contorted at the fallen cyclops that he thought was foolish. Hajime took the muzzle away from the cyclops and drove a kick into its head. ¡°Grand Kick¡±. The kick he delivered was just as beautiful as the kick from the rabbit. It forced the cyclops to face up on its back. Again, the muzzle was pressed against its exposed eye.
Hajime felt like the cyclops was saying ¡°Wait a moment¡± but he ignored it and pulled the trigger. As expected, the bullet prated through its head; guess it wasn¡¯t able to strengthen its eye.
¡°Hmm, Approximately 20 seconds. A little slow¡because of the size?¡±
Hajime watched the cyclops to analyze the experimental result. Why did the cyclops suddenly fell over and was unable to move? Because of the ¡°paralysis grenade¡±. The grenade was made by gathering the scales from the moth and cing it in a grenade. It is then released from the grenade with a small-scale st; the results could be seen on the cyclops. When the cyclops (left) started at the other cyclops was the time Hajime released his grenade.
¡°Well, its okay. I¡¯ll harvest the meatter¡¡±
Hajime considered ncing at the door. Using ¡°Air ws¡±, Hajime took the magic stone out of the cyclops body. Without minding the blood, he craved both cyclops for their magic stone and approached the door topare these fist-sized stones to the two recesses. They were a perfect fit.
Instantly, red magic sprouted from the stone and poured into the magic square. The light settled after a moment and an opening sound could be heard. Simultaneously, the magic speared into the surrounding walls and emitted light; like Hajime had not seen in a long time.
Hajime¡¯s eyes twinkled a little, he cautiously and quietly opened the door.
There was not a single source of light behind and door. Darkness spread in the big space the room had. With the help of his ¡°Night Vision¡± and the new lights, Hajime was able to make out the room little by little. Two columns of pirs lined up all the way into the depths. The room was made from finely crafted marbles and it looked simr to the Church room they were first summoned into. In the center of the room was a huge cube of stone that reflected the iing light and lustered.
Hajime was staring at the cube, when he noticed that something was growing in the front center of the cube.
Trying to confirm what he saw, Hajime pushed open the door and checked the vicinity. Like a horror film, the door would m closed when you were in trouble.
However, before Hajime could fix the open door, it moved.
¡°¡Who?¡±
A husky voice belonging to a frail girl. Hajime stared at the center of the room in surprise. The early ¡°growing¡± was now moving. With the light finally piercing the darkness, the identity of it was exposed.
¡°Its¡a human?¡±
The ¡°growing¡± was a person. Only the face could be seen, every other part was buried in the cube. Long blond hair hung down around the woman, like a ghost from a certain horror film. Pupils of red was peeping from the gaps of hair, just like a low-altitude moon. From her looks, she looked around 12-13 years old. The dangled hair looked haggard, but it still had a beautiful appearance.
Hajime unexpected stiffen, her red eyes was staring at him. Hajime took a deep breath and with a determined expression said:
¡°I¡¯m sorry. I was wrong.¡±
Book 2. Chapter 5
Book 2. Chapter 5
Chapter 5 : Cheater rather than a Hero
¡°I¡¯m sorry. I was wrong.¡±
As he said it, Hajime tried to quietly close the door. The blond hair red eyes girl panicked and tried to stop him. Her voice that had not been used for years got blurred into a mutter; though her desperation was conveyed.
¡°W-Wait! Please! Save me¡¡±
¡°Nope.¡±
Hajime said that and continued to close the door. Is a devil.
¡°W-Why? I will do anything.¡±
The girl was desperate. Only the head was seen, but her face was enough to transmit her feelings. Hajime responded in a gloomy manner.
¡°Hey, this is the bottom of the abyss. I cannot possibly release someone that has been sealed in here. It would be absolutely dangerous. With the exception of the seal, nothing else is here¡there isn¡¯t anything to help you escape. For that reason¡¡±
His argument was sound. He wasn¡¯t a normal person that would respond to the pleading voice of a captured girl and release her without any hesitation. Original-gentle Hajime would have surely helped her.
Being so coldly refused, the desperate girl raised her voice as she was on the edge of tears.
¡°No! Cough¡I¡¯m not bad!¡Wait! I¡¯m¡±
Hajime kept closing the door unaltered. A little time before it waspletely closed, Hajime started to grind his teeth. If he had had only closed it faster, he would have heard¡
¡°I was just betrayed.¡±
The closing door that only had a small crack, stopped when the girl¡¯s cry reached it. Only a little light got through the crack into the dark room. 10 second, then 20 seconds pass. Finally the door started to open again. Hajime stood at the doorway with a sour face like he had been bitten by 100 bugs and chewed up one.
He did not have any intention to help her. There must have been a suitable reason to be sealed in here. There was no evidence to prove that there wasn¡¯t any danger. Being deceived by a wicked being was a highly likely possibility. It was appropriate to forsake her.
¡°I wonder what I¡¯m doing.¡±
Hajime sighed inwardly. His heart had shaken when she said ¡°betrayed¡±. The past should have been behind him. In this ce, trying to fulfill his wish to ¡°live¡± was extremely difficult. Grudges were unnecessary distraction. If her words could affect him this much, there was probably a part of him that had not moved on. Parts of Hajime¡¯s consciences probably still existed if he could sympathize with the girl that had the same circumstance as him.
Hajime scratched his head while he walked up to the girl. Of course, he wouldn¡¯t lower his guard.
¡°You said betrayed? I don¡¯t believe that is the reason you were sealed. If what you said was true, why did the betrayer seal you in here?¡±
The girl was stunned when Hajime came back. Through her abundant dirty blond hair, her red eyes stared at Hajime. Hajime got irritated with herck of response. ¡°Hey. Are you listening? If you are not going to talk, I¡¯m leaving.¡± As he said that he turned heel. Surprised, she gathered herself and begun telling the reason for her sealing.
¡°I¡¯m an atavistic vampire¡I was granted great power¡because of it I worked hard for my country. But¡one day¡all my retainers¡told me I was not needed anymore. Uncle¡became my king¡I was fine with that¡However, I was dangerous because of my powers¡they couldn¡¯t kill me¡so they sealed me¡in here.¡±
She talked desperately and bit by bit it became dried. Hajime groaned while he heard the story. Seems like the circumstances was full of drama. There were a few things that bothered her. He inquired as he suppressed his boiling emotions.
¡°You, what royal family are you from?¡±
¡°¡(Hypnotized)¡±
¡°What do you mean can¡¯t be killed?¡±
¡°¡Automatic regeneration. Injuries heal immediately. Even if decapitated.¡±
¡°¡T-That¡¯s amazing¡is that your great power?¡±
¡°Not just that¡Magic, direct maniption¡also don¡¯t need formation.¡±
Hajime understood that. Magic maniption came to him after he ate the demons. Incantations and magical formations were useless to him for strengthening his body. He did not need incantations for his transmutation or other skills. In Hajime¡¯s case, it did not changed his dependence on hugh magical formations to use regr magic, because of his zero aptitude. His direct magic maniption did not help in that regards and this made using regr magic for him impractical. If she had any magical aptitude, she could use some very powerful magic and she would be able of foul y. While other people would be preparing their chants and magical formations, she could justunch a spell at them without them expecting it. Honestly, it wouldn¡¯t be a contest. Also, immortality. It probably was not absolute, but it still was a cheat better than a hero.
¡°¡Help me¡¡±
While Hajime was thinking to himself, the girl pleaded with him.
¡°¡¡±
Hajime motionlessly watched the girl, and she returned it. How long did they stare at each other¡He sighed and scratched his head, and put his hand on the cube that sealed the girl.
¡°Ah.¡±
The girl noticed the meaning and opened her eyes wide. Hajime ignored her reaction as he concentrated on his transmutation.
Crimson colored magic discharged from him. His magic had changed after he ate the demons. However, the cube was resisting Hajime¡¯s transmutation. It was exactly like the bedrock at the top and bottom of a level. The cube was notpletely immune to it. Little by little, Hajime¡¯s magic started to erode areas around the cube.
¡°Ku, resistance is strong¡but, the present me!¡±
Hajime started to spend more magic. The equivalent to a six phrase incantation. Finally, the magic prated the cube¡¯s defense. As for the surroundings, it was bathed in crimson light of Hajime¡¯s magic.
Hajime needed more magic. He poured 7 phrase¡8 phrase¡The stone around her seal started to tremble.
¡°Still more!¡±
He fired himself up as he poured 9 phrase worth. If it was an attribute magic, it would already be a grand level spell. No, the amount of magic maybe was even more. The crimson light continued to rapidly grow brighter. Vampiress kept her eyes opened as she stared at the brightness and Hajime.
Sweat started to drip from his body, this was Hajime¡¯s first time using such arge-scale magic. If his control slipped for just a moment then his power would go on a rampage. Even with all this power the cube did not deform. Hajime was desperate; he had released all his magic.
Hajime did not understand why he would do all this are a girl he just met. He couldn¡¯t help it because he didn¡¯t want to leave her alone. Already, Hajime had decided to dedicate his life to eliminating all his enemies and getting home but¡he asked himself ¡°What are you doing¡± inwardly. He wanted to treat everything with a clear solution. He became serious.
His body started to emit a red light. Genuinely, he was going to release all his magic. All of his magic was poured into his transmuting to fulfill its goal!
The cube around the girl started to melt and little by little, she was getting being released from her shackles. Soon, more and more parts of her got free. Her swollen chest came to bare, then her waist, arms, and thighs. Under those cubes, she was wearing nothing. Even though her body was emaciated, she still had a mystique beauty to her. She dropped into a childish seat after all her body was set free. Her body seemed tock the energy to stand up.
Hajime also sat down. His shoulders and breath huffed and puffed. A heavy sense of fatigue hit him when he felt his empty magical reserves. With his wild breath and shivering hands he reached for his ¡°potion¡±, but the girl clenched his hand. A hand thatcked any power; small and trembling. When Hajime nced at her, she was staring at him. Her face was in an expressionless state, but her eyes told the real story.
With a small and trembling voice, she clearly said.
¡°¡Thank you.¡±
What sentiment was he to give to her thanks? Deep within his supposedly ckened heart, there was a small light that did not disappear.
Holding each others hands tightly. How much time passed? From Hajime¡¯s knowledge, vampires died out several hundreds of years ago. He remembered reading about it when he was studying the history of this world.
Even while she talked her expression did not change. In other words, she had long forgotten how to talk and express herself with other people. She had spent a long time in this darkness all by herself. Betrayed by the people she trusted. The girl did well in not going insane. Maybe it was because of her automatic regeneration. However, it could be considered a torture with it. Because it did not allow her to go mad, she had to experience everything and remember it.
Being able to drink the ¡°potion¡±, a wry smile showed on his face afterwards. He returned to grasping her weak hands. She responded back with her own grip.
¡°¡What¡¯s your name?¡±
The girl asked Hajime with a whisper. Hajime finally noticed that they had not introduced themselves.
¡°Hajime. Nagumo Hajime. Yours?¡±
She muttered ¡°Hajime¡± repeatedly. Like she was etching it into her mind as something important. To the asked question, she answered it with a question.
¡°¡Name, grant me.¡±
¡°Eh? What do you mean grant you? Don¡¯t tell me you forgot your name.¡±
Hajime asked her if it was because of the long imprisonment, but she just shakes her head.
¡°I don¡¯t need my previous name anymore. The name Hajime grants me is good.¡±
¡°¡Ha, even if you say that.¡±
Most likely she was dealing with the same thing as when Hajime changed. Throw away your previous self; live a new life with new values. Hajime was changed due to pain, hunger, and hatred. She wanted to change out of her own free will. The first step was to get a new name.
Her eyes was shining with anticipation. Hajime scratched his head while thinking there was no helping it. He told her the new name.
¡°How is ¡°Yue¡±? I don¡¯t really have a sense for naming, if you want a different one¡¡±
¡°Yue?¡Yue¡Yue¡±
¡°Ah, I didn¡¯t mean Yue [romanji]. From my hometown the name means ¡°Moon¡±. When I first entered the room, I thought those eyes that shined through your blonde hair looked like the moon floating in the night¡how is it?¡±
The girl was surprised by the response he gave and just blinked her eyes. As expected, her face remained expressionless but her eyes shined with joy.
¡°Yeah, from now on I¡¯m Yue. Thank you.¡±
¡°Oh, for the time being¡¡±
¡°!?¡±
Yue undid their sped hands and looked at Hajime. He started to take off his overcoat and gave it to her.
¡°Wear this. You can¡¯t stay naked forever.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Yue reflexively took the offered overcoat while she looked at her state. She was really stark naked. All of her important parts werepletely exposed. Hajime¡¯s overcoat was quickly wrapped around her, while she turned bright red. Yue looked up at Hajime and murmured.
¡°Hajime¡¯s a pervert.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Hajime choose to stay silent, because saying anything would just make it worse. The overcoat was cheerfully put on by Yue. She was only 140 cm tall, so the overcoat was oversized for her. Her hands held the hems of the coat with a pleasant expression on her face.
During that moment, Hajime was drinking his ¡°potion¡±. His vitality restored and his brain active again. Using ¡°perception¡±¡he froze. There was a sense of a terrible demon in the immediate area.
The location¡right above!
When Hajime had noticed its presence, that was the moment it dropped from the ceiling. With every ounce of effort he picked up Yue and used ¡°Flicker¡±. After executing his movement, he looked back at where he was. A thud came from the area he came from and saw what it was.
The monster¡¯s body was 5m in length. It had 4 huge-long-shear-like arms and 8 legs rustling around. A sharp needle was present on its two tails. Scorpions would be the bestparison to them. As for the two tails, it would be wise to assume it is poisonous. Hajime felt thatpared to all the other demons he had faced so far, this one was clearly a strong warrior.
Sweat streamed down his forehead. When he had entered the room earlier, his full powered ¡°Perception¡± did not pick up anything; now it was going crazy. This meant that this scorpion-like demon was released after he released Yue¡¯s seal. Thest resort to prevent her escape. If he had left Yue by herself, he could most likely escape.
He set his nce to the girl in his arm. She was earnestly watching Hajime, and not minding the scorpion. Her eyes were like a calm water surface; resolving herself. The eyes that conveyed her feelings with eloquence. Yue had entrusted her fate to Hajime.
The moment their eyes met, the corners of his mouth rose, and his usual fearless smile came into being. Hajime, who did not care about others, felt sympathy for Yue. Light stilled remained in his mostly broken heart. For this betrayed girl, he wouldmit himself. If he couldn¡¯t reply to her pleas, he wasn¡¯t a man.
¡°Bring it on! Try to kill me if you can!¡±
Hajime quickly took his ¡°potion¡± out from his pouch, he embraced her and fed some of it to Yue; who was perched on his shoulders.
¡°Umu!¡±
The sacred water flowed into her body from the test tube-shaped container. Her eyes watered at being force fed an alien substance, but was surprised when her vitality was being restored.
Hajime moved Yue from his shoulder to his back with his hand. Her feet were still weak, but it would recover soon. He did not want to fight while having to protect her.
¡°Hold on tight! Yue!¡±
Her body was far from recovered, but she used the power that returned to hold on tight to Hajime¡¯s body with her limbs.
The scorpion started to make noise as it advanced towards them. Feeling Yue¡¯s grip on his back, he dered with his bold smile.
¡°If you¡¯re going to get in my way¡I¡¯m going to kill then devour you!¡±
Book 2. Chapter 6
Book 2. Chapter 6
Chapter 6 : Demon of the Sealed Room
A purple liquid jetted from the needle on the scorpion¡¯s tail. Hajime jumped aside at once. The floor started to dissolve when the purple liquid sshed onto it. Seemed it was an acid.
After he looked around and confirmed his surroundings, Hajime discharged Donner.
Dopan! (Bang)
Donner was shot with maximum power. A bullet going 3.9km per second smashed into the scorpion¡¯s head and exploded. The passenger on his back was shocked. She had never seen such a weapon; a weapon that could attack at a sh. There wasn¡¯t even any sign of magic. Some static could be felt around his right hand but there was no incantation or magic form. Yue noticed that Hajime was the same as her. He was able to directly manipte magic. The same as her and somehow he was in this abyss. She wasn¡¯t sure if that was the case, but she had tuned out the scorpion and Hajime.
Hajime was continuously moving around with his ¡°Air Walk¡±. On his face was a grim expression he never had before. Using his ¡°Perception¡± and ¡°Magic Perception¡±, he noticed the scorpion wasn¡¯t moving.
To prove to him, the needle on one of the tail aimed towards Hajime. The tail erged for just an instant and the needle was shot with a tremendous speed. When Hajime was about to dodge, the needle exploded in mid air and turned into a buckshot.
¡°Ku!¡±
Hajime groaned out while he emptied Donner, swept with his ¡°Grand Kick¡± and chopped with his ¡°Air ws¡±. Even with the pressure he was able to get a shot off from Donner. He threw Donner into the air after firing it and hurled a grenade from his pouch.
Once again, the scorpion endured the shot from Donner. It was preparing to unleash its acid and buckshot again. Before it was ready, a grenade approximately 8 cm in diameter rolled near it and popped. The grenade scattered burning tar onto the scorpion.
Hajime called it an ¡°incendiary grenade¡±. The reagent used to cause the scorching was the Fulham ore Hajime had found on the tar level. With its ability to burn at 3000 degree celsius and its easy ignition, it was the perfect choice.
The ¡°incendiary grenade¡± was almost extinguished as it had burned through the tar. Smokes wereing off the scorpion and it appeared to be damaged, but it had also made it angry.
¡°Kishaaaa!!¡±
Using its 8 legs, it rushed forwards fiercely while it screamed. The four arms it possessed elongated like a cannon shot and sped towards Hajime.One of the arms he shook off with ¡°Flicker¡± and another he leapt away from using ¡°Air Walk¡±. The third arm was smacked away with ¡°Grand Kick, his posture was thrown off bnce and the fourth arm was about to hit him. Donner was suddenly shot, and using the force from the shot he was able to twist his body to dodge the attack. All those move put a lot of pressure on Yue, but she was able to tolerate it and held on.
While in the air, he leapt onto the scorpion¡¯s back. Hajime was able to bnce himself on the raging scorpions back and fired his Donner at point-nk.
Zugan!
A terrible explosive sound ripped through the area, and the monster that had taken that explosive attack mmed into the ground. However, only the crust was scratched and no real damage was done to it. Grinding his teeth, he prepared his ¡°Air ws¡± with Donner. When his ability shed with the scorpion¡¯s armor it only made a clink; no damage was seen on it.
Fed up, the scorpion aimed its tail and shot its needle.
Hajime immediately jumped aside with a twist. He fired at the point where the needle wasunched. The bullet hit its target at the tail and caused the tail to flick, but still there was no damage because of the outer shell. He wascking offensive power.
The beast¡¯s four arms started to attack the aerial Hajime like a storm. In desperation, Hajime quickly leap backwards as he threw an ¡°incendiary grenade¡± at the scorpion¡¯s back. Once again the tar scattered over the scorpion, but this was only going to work as a dy.
When he was thinking about what to do at this point, an unprecedented scream came from the scorpion.
¡°Kyiiii!!¡±
Chills ran through his body and immediately he tried to retreat with ¡°Flicker¡±; it was toote. The surrounding terrain started to waver and countless splinters ejected from the ground.
¡°Damnit!¡±
This was aplete surprise. Hajime was going to desperately escape into the air, but he twisted his body to protect Yue from an approaching splinter. This action caused his bnce to be broken. He was able to dodge using Donner and ¡°Grand Kick¡±. When he was dodging at the edge of his vision he saw the scorpion preparing its acid and buck shot.
Hajime¡¯s face drew stiff. With its preparation done, the scorpion fired its attacks. He steeled himself. In this situation, dodging both of them was impossible. Hajime clenched his teeth. Using ¡°Air Walk¡±, he was able to dodge the acid. Quickly after he started to protect his body. His left arm went to his heart and his right arm to his face. Hajime used his magic to strengthen his body to the limit. Then dozens of needles pierced into this body.
¡°Gaaa!!¡±
Any fatals injury were avoided while he screamed. Since Yue was on his back, he decided to take the needles and stop them with his body. Hajime was blown away from the impact, and rolled onto the ground; while intense pain wrecked his body. Yue was flung away from his back by the shock.
While dozens of needles were pieced into his body, Hajime took out a ¡°sh grenade¡¯ and lobbed it towards the scorpion. The grenade drew a parab, and shed right in front of the scorpion¡¯s eyes.
¡°Kyishaaa!!¡±
Blinded by the sudden sh of light, the scorpion instinctively stepped back. It had been tracking Hajime¡¯s movement from the beginning. The beast had judged which step to take and it didn¡¯t make a mistake.
Hajime pulled out the needles stabbing his body and consumed the ¡°potion¡± pill near his mr.
¡°Guu!¡±
A groan leaks between his gritted teeth. Hajime looked for Yue while pulling his needles, but Yue found him first and came towards him.
¡°Hajime!¡±
Yue ran up to Hajime anxiously. Her expressionless was gone; she was ready to burst into tears.
¡°I¡¯m fine. His armor is too hard. I can¡¯t think of a strategy¡his four arms also cover his mouth and eyes¡kamikaze?¡±
Despite Yue¡¯s worries, Hajime continued to mull over the scorpion. Looking at Hajime, she started to cry.
¡°¡Why?¡±
¡°Ah?¡±
¡°Why don¡¯t you just run?¡±
If he left her, he might escape. Yue brung up the topic because she knew it was possible. However, Hajime had an amazing gaze.
¡°What are you saying now? Just because a slightly strong enemy showed up, don¡¯t give up.¡±
In order to survive, Hajime was willing to do anything: bluffing, lying, surprise attacks, foul y, and whatever is needed to win. His fight with the bear was the only exception, he basically thought you could take ¡°fair y¡± and shove it up your ass. This was not the ce for such a naive thought. There is not guilt here. You have to live this way.
But he wasn¡¯t going to allow himself to be heartless. He still knew right from wrong, humanity and justice. The reason he remember these and regained them was because of Yue. That was why, he had no choice but to save her. She had entrusted herself to him. The moment he epted that he could not be heartless.
Yue nodded at him as she understood more than what he said, and she embraced him.
¡°H-Hey, what¡¯s wrong?¡±
This situation is not time for such a thing, what is she doing? The scorpion was going to recover soon. His wounds had healed. Preparations were needed to get himbat ready. Yue didn¡¯t care about that and ced her hand on his neck.
¡°Hajime, please believe.¡±
Yue kissed Hajime¡¯s nape after she said that.
¡°Tsu!?¡±
No, not a kiss. He was bit. Hajime felt pain at his neck. There was a diforting feeling as he felt power being extracted from him. At that feeling, he tried to shake free, but he remember that Yue introduced herself as a vampire. She was sucking his blood. Saying ¡°please believe¡± while said vampire sucked your blood was scary, even if he did not like it he couldn¡¯t just run away andin about it.
Hajime just gave a wry smile and supported Yue by embracing her. For a moment, Yue trembled but soon she buried her face into his nape and hugged back more tightly. Maybe it was just his imagination but he thought she was delighted.
¡°Kyishaa!!¡±
The roar of the scorpion echoed. It had recovered from the ¡°sh grenade¡±. Ground waves formed again; it seemed to know where they were. Probably this was its Special Magic, the ability to manipte surrounding terrain.
¡°But that¡¯s my forte.¡±
Hajime put his right hand on the ground and transmuted. A stone wall 3 m tall formed around Yue and Hajime.
The conical splinters struck at Hajime from all around but his defensive wall stopped them. Each time the splinters hit the wall was broken, but soon Hajime would make a new wall to rece it. As far as scale and strength, the scorpion was better than Hajime. However, Hajime was faster than the scorpion. It seemed that 3m was the limit of his range, the thorns were not able to fly, so it acted as Hajime¡¯s defense.
Hajime was concentrating on defending with his transmutation, and Yue finally released her mouth from his neck. She licked her lips with a delirious expression. He felt fascinated though she had a childish figure. Her skin that was previously haggardpletely disappeared and now her skin was glossy like white porcin. Colored returned to her cheeks, and it looked dreamy rose red. Crimson eyes emitted a warm light. Her thin-small hands caressed Hajime¡¯s cheeks.
¡°¡Gochisousama.¡±
She slowly rose her hand towards the scorpion.
One word was muttered.
¡°¡±Azure Sky¡±¡±
A pir of bluish-white me 6-7 m in diameter formed overhead of the scorpion.
Just from being around it the scorpion screamed as it was being burned and retreated. However, this Vampire Princess of the Abyss wouldn¡¯t allow it. A beautiful finger extended gracefully like a baton. The pir of me carried out its conductor¡¯s instruction without fail. It pursued the escaping scorpion then¡a direct hit.
¡°Gu-ugyiyiaaaa!¡±
A never heard before scream escaped from the scorpion. Agony filled the scream. The pir exploded into a sh of light and everything was blinded by it. Hajime just looked at the sublime magic in utter amazement while he protected his eyes with his arms.
Soon, the mes disappeared and the magic was finished. There in the center was the figure of the scorpion in an anguish pose with its outer shell melted from the mes. The outer shell that didn¡¯t even melt at 3000 degree celsius, the same shell that didn¡¯t crack when fired upon by a rail gun. Should he praised Yue, who had defeated such a monster so easily? Or should he praise the durability of the scorpion who took such an attack and was still intact? He was in a dilemma.
Hajime heard a sound that pulled him away from the astounding sight. Yue was sitting down while breathing heavily. She seemed to have depleted her magic reserve.
¡°Yue, are you alright?¡±
¡°¡Supetive¡Tiring.¡±
¡°Haha, you could do it! You saved us. I¡¯ll take care of the rest. Take a break.¡±
¡°Go for it.¡±
Hajime shook his hand and used ¡°Flicker¡± to shorten the distance. The scorpion was still alive. While the outer shell was melted, it roared with anger, and aimed a buckshot at the approaching Hajime.
A ¡°sh grenade¡± was quickly thrown by Hajime. He fired a shot from Donner before the needle could be fired. The ¡°sh grenade¡± is shot through by the bullet, which wasn¡¯t elerated by electromaism, and exploded. Familiar with the experience, the scorpion gloomily searched for Hajime in the area painted with light.
No matter how much it look, it couldn¡¯t find Hajime. The scorpion was perplexed at losing Hajime¡¯s sign. Then Hajimended on its back.
¡°Kishua?¡±
An astonished voice raised out of the scorpion. It was wondering how a sign that disappear suddenly appear on its back. When the ¡°sh grenade¡± went off, Hajime had used his ¡°Hide Presence¡± to cut off his sign and arrive at the scorpion¡¯s back.
Hajime was burnt a little as the outer shell of the scorpion was still red hot. He didn¡¯t care about that. Donner was pressed against any thin area on the shell and emptied its chambers. The armor¡¯s original durability had already been lost. In response to the zero distance shooting from a railgun, that absolute shield crumbled.
The scorpionshed out its two tails without any care if it hit itself, but Hajime moved faster than it.
¡°I¡¯ll still eat you.¡±
Hajime took out grenades from his pouch and forced them down the holes he had created with Donner. Sticking his arm into these holes he left the beast a party gift. Doing this caused his arm to be burnt but he didn¡¯t care.
Before he could be attacked by the scorpion, he evacuated with ¡°Flicker¡±. The scorpion turned towards Hajime to attack again.
However, its time was up.
Goba!
A muffled sound of an explosion coursed through the area and at the same time the scorpion trembled. Hajime and scorpion was facing each without each moving, and the silence between them continued.
Slowly, the scorpion started to slope. It flopped onto the ground with a thud.
Hajime approached the unmoving scorpion. He ced Donner into the beast mouth and fire it 3 times to make sure;when he was satisfied he nodded to himself. For sure its dead. This is the policy he came up with these days.
Looking back, there was Yue sitting there staring at Hajime with an expressionless face but her eyes was somehow joyful. He did not know when his journey through the dungeon will end, but he seemed to have acquired a reliable partner.
Pandora¡¯s box was said to have contained disaster and a handful of hope. Apparently, this metaphor he made before he entered the room, had hit the mark. Hajime walked to Yue while he thought of this.
Book 2. Chapter 7
Book 2. Chapter 7
Chapter 7 : Chat at Ease
Hajime had brought back materials and meat from the scorpion and cyclops back to his base. He was struggling with the bulk. When the exhausted Yue got to taste blood again, she revived in a sh and her body disyed a splendid strengthening as she got back her superhuman strength. The two were able to bring the items back.
They could have used the sealed room, but when it was proposed Yue adamantly refused. No wonder. It was natural to hate the ce you were sealed up into for so long. When he replenished his supplies they would not be able to move, so the sooner they left the better for her mental health. At the moment, they were talking each other while they resupplied.
¡°So¡in conclusion Yue is at least 300 years old?¡±
¡°¡Breach of etiquette.¡±
Yue watched Hajime with reproachful eyes full of criticism. A talk of age seems to be a taboo for any woman in any world.
From his memories, Hajime remembered that the vampire tribe perished after a massive war 300 year ago. Yue probably did not know her real age because there was no sense of time in the dark room. It wouldn¡¯t be surprising if she didn¡¯t know how much time has passed because of the sealing. She was sealed when she was 20 years old, this would make her a little over 300 years old.
¡°Do all vampires live long?¡±
¡°I¡¯m special. ¡°Regeneration¡± prevent my aging.¡±
At the age of 12, her direct magic maniption and ¡°Auto Regeneration¡± woke up and stopped her aging. Becausemon vampire tribes consumed blood, they lived longer than other races. Still 200 years was the limit. Humans lived on average for about 70 years. Devils around 120 years. For demi-humans it depended on the tribe. Elves could live for several hundred years.
Yue was considered one of the strongest in only a few years after she awoke her atavistic powers. At age 17 she suited to the throne. The magic that had melted the scorpion¡¯s shell was shot in no time. She also had an almost immortal body. To the point she would be called ¡°God¡± or ¡°Monster¡±. Yue said that it was thetter. Her uncle who was blinded with greed, spread rumors around to view her as a monster. They tried to kill her for a ¡°just¡± cause, but her ¡°Auto Regen¡± didn¡¯t allow her to die. That was when they choose to seal her instead. She was shocked with the sudden betrayal. Too confused, she did not resist and they ced the seals on her. She regained herself when she was in the sealed room. That is why she did not know about the sealing method, scorpion, or location of her sealing. Hajime thought he found someway home. He was disappointed.
They talked how Yue¡¯s powers. She seemed to have an aptitude to all the attributes. Hajime was amazed with her cheat, but she mentioned she was weak in closebat. All she could by herself is run around with her strengthened body while she rapidly fired off spells. Because she had such power magic, it wasn¡¯t that big of a handicap.
She was able to use magic without any incantation, but she mentioned the names from habit. There were a lot of people that used speech and behavior to rify the image needed to supplement their magic. Yue was not an exception.
Her ¡°Auto Regen¡± can be ssified as a Special Magic. If her magic remained, she would not die unless they could disintegrate her into dust in an instant. Conversely, any injuries she suffered while her magic was depleted could not be healed. Her magic had been drained after all those years of being sealed. Yue would have died if the scorpion had hit her.
¡°So¡it is a crucial discussion, do you know anything about this ce? Any escape routes to the ground.¡±
¡°¡I don¡¯t know. But¡¡±
She also seemed to not know anything about thisbyrinth. While apologetic, she continued her story with what she knew.
¡°¡It is said that one of the traitors made thisbyrinth.¡±
¡°Traitors?¡±
Hajime stopped his transmutation work at the unustomed word, and nced at Yue. She was watching him work and when he stopped she looked up at him. He nodded to her to continue with her story.
¡°Traitors¡they were the followers of God that challenged him in ancient times¡they created it to destroy the world.¡±
Since Yue was an expressionless girl who didn¡¯t talk much, her exnations took time. Hajime still needed more time to resupply. He realized he needed to develop new weapons tobat his weak offensive ability that was evident in the fight against the scorpion. While working carefully, he was poised to listen to her.
Yue continued with her story. 8 of them existed. 8 of them rebelled against God to destroy the world. However, when they failed they fled to the ends of the world. The ces they fled to were the current 8 Great Dungeons. One of them was ¡°Orcus Dungeon¡±, the current Dungeon they were in. It is said that in the deepest part of the abyss was where one of the traitor lived.
¡°¡If it is there, there will be a road out¡¡±
¡°I see. I did not think that this abyss was created with such great effort. If it is a magician from the age of gods, it wouldn¡¯t be surprising that they had some transportation magic to lead them out.¡±
Hajime loosen his cheeks when the possibility was present. He returned his eyes back to his hand and continued his work. Yue¡¯s eyes returned to his hand too, and stared.
¡°¡Is it that interesting?¡±
Yue just nodded at that question. The image of her wearing that oversized coat and having her small hands hold her knees was charming. Her unbelievably well-featured appearancebined with her cuddle-ability made her really cute.
(But she is 300 years old. As expected of another world. Loli-baba is real¡)
Even if his personality had changed, he still had his Otaku knowledge. As he unintentionally thought that unpleasant thought, Yue reacted to it.
¡°¡Hajime, you just thought of something strange.¡±
¡°Nope, nothing.¡±
Pretending ignorance was toote, he started to sweat because of her sharp woman intuition. He tried to deceive her by working quietly. Yue left that when she wanted to ask a question.
¡°Hajime, why are you here?¡±
It was a natural question. Here in this abyss. Unless you were a demon, this wasn¡¯t a ce to live in. Yue wanted to ask about so much. Why can he manipte magic directly? Why can he use magic that are like Special Magic? How can he eat demon flesh and be okay? What happened to his left arm? Is he human? What weapon is he using?
Bit by bit, Hajime answered the questions dutifully. He might have been craving for a conversation after all this time alone. The conversation went on and Hajime did not even look troubled at her questions. Yue was probably someone Hajime wanted to be sweet on. Maybe she was thest resort to prevent hisplete fall into heartlessness. He felt that about her unconsciously.
Hajime started with when his ss was summoned to this world. How he was called ipetent by everyone. Next was his battle with the Behemoth and the betrayal of his ssmate that caused him to fall into this abyss. Eating various types and amounts of demons. The desire to fight the bear. What the potion could do. He talked about how he developed the weapons by basing them on weapons he seen at his homeworld. Sniffles could be heard from Yue gradually. What? When he looked at her, she was weeping. Startled, Hajime instinctively reached out and wiped off her tears.
¡°What happened suddenly?¡±
¡°¡Kusu¡Hajime¡painful¡just like me¡¡±
Apparently, she was crying for Hajime. He started to stroke her head with a bitter smile after he got over his shock.
¡°Forget about it. The business with my ssmate is inconsequential. Don¡¯t worry about the small stuff. After getting my revenge, then what would I do? Rather than that, I want to put all my energy in surviving and finding a way home.¡±
While a snort sounded, Yue who looked like a pleased cat at the caressing Hajime was doing, she reacted to his words of returning home.
¡°¡Going home?¡±
¡°Yeah? To my original world? Of course. I want to return¡I changed a lot but¡home¡I want to return home.¡±
¡°¡I see.¡±
Yue looked down with a sunken expression. Then muttered to herself.
¡°¡I don¡¯t have a ce¡to return¡¡±
¡°¡¡±
Hajime started to scratch his head with his retracted hand that was brushing Yue¡¯s head. He wasn¡¯t that dense. Yue was looking for a new ce to belong, is what he felt. That was the reason she wanted a new name. If Hajime left this world, Yue would be alone again.
Hajime thought to himself: ¡°Even after I decided to only reach my goals, I guess I¡¯m still soft,¡± while he stroke Yue¡¯s head.
¡°If thats so, want toe with me?¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
Yue opened her eyes wide in surprise at Hajime¡¯s words. He couldn¡¯t came down after he saw the red eyes wet with tears. This caused him to speak rapidly.
¡°No, I mean, to my homeworld. A world with only average humans, though it would be tight without a family registration¡also with my state. I¡¯m not sure what will happen¡but if Yue wishes for it.¡±
Yue was stunned for a while, but eventually her mind caught up. She timidly asked ¡°is that okay?¡± Her eyes couldn¡¯t hide the expectations dwelling in them. The eyes were sparkling and Hajime nodded. Like until now her expressionless was a lie, a smile bloomed on her face. Hajime was mesmerized. When he noticed himself he panicked and shook his head.
Unable to look at Yue, Hajime devoted himself to his work. Yue took great interest in his work. The amount of distance between them shortened. Hajime persuaded himself to not mind it.
¡°¡What is this?¡±
Little by little Hajime was finishing different parts with transmutation. On the side there was a 1 m long cylindrical pipe, a red bullet about 12 cm in length, and others parts scattered around.
This was the weapon Hajime started to develop as his new trump card, since Donner wascking in necessary power.
¡°This is¡An Anti-matter rifle: Railgun version. You saw my gun, right? This is a more powerful version. The bullet is specially made.¡±
When all the parts were assembled, the rifle¡¯s full length was 1 m 50 cm. Hajime was considering what he could do to increase the firepower of his guns. Electromaic eleration andbustion charge was the limit for Donner. Donner couldn¡¯t be improved by much anymore because of its design. So he had to make a new gun.
Naturally the answer to increase the power was a bigger caliber, and also lengthen the barrel for eleration. He arrived at an Anti-matter rifle. It could only load one shot but its theoretical power is enormous. Donner already has a destructive power 10 times of that a regr gun. A monster gun that would crush a normal persons body if they shot it.
The gun¡¯s name: Scgen. In theory, it was 10 times more powerful than Donner¡theoretically. Scorpion shell was the material used to make it. When he had analyzed the shell with ¡°Mineral Appraisal¡± it said this¡
Stall Ore
High magic affinity. A special ore where its hardness is increased by the amount of magic power used.
This ore was probably how the scorpion had such a hard shell. It probably had an enormous reserve of magic to fuel his armor.
If it was ore, then Hajime could process it. When he tested his transmutation on it was simple. With his transmutation it was possible to breakthrough it. He remembered how hard it was to deal with when he fought the beast.
Hajime had his hands on a lot of good materials to work with, so he guess it worked out. Using these materials he started his development of Scgen¡¯s barrel. Since he had be a lot more skilled than when he made Donner, the work progressed smoothly.
He obsessed over the bullet. The bullet that was made out of Tauru ore was coated with Stall ore. It could be called a full metal jacket-like. In each cartridge a suitable amount of ratio andpression ofbustion powder was installed. In one stretch, with [Replica Transmutation], he was able to mass-produce the bullets with ease.
Hajime talked with Yue while he carefully worked, then Scgen was finished. The gun had a very powerful and brutal form. He was satisfied with himself and the gun. After he finished the gun, he noticed that he was hungry now. They decided to have grilled scorpion and cyclops meat for a meal.
¡°Yue, meals ready¡is it bad? Would eating this meat cause any pain¡are vampires fine with it?¡±
Demon meat had be the daily meal. Hajime invited Yue to eat with him, but was wondering if it was alright for her to eat it.
Yue shook her head to say: ¡°I don¡¯t need the meal¡± to Hajime.
¡°Well you have been sealed for 300 years without eating and lived¡Don¡¯t you feel hungry?¡±
¡°I feel it¡but I¡¯m okay.¡±
¡°Fine? Did you eat something?¡±
Hajime looked at her belly with a questioning gaze. Yue pointed to Hajime.
¡°Hajime¡¯s blood.¡±
¡°Ah, my blood. That would mean that a vampire¡¯s whole meal is blood?¡±
¡°¡We can also eat¡but drinking blood is more effective.¡±
Seems that as long as they drank some blood, vampires were okay with it. She had sucked Hajime blood earlier and was satisfied. When he was convinced with the answer he looked at Yue. For some reason Yue was licking her lips.
¡°¡Why are you licking your lips?¡±
¡°¡Hajime¡delicious¡¡±
¡°D-Delicious you say. I thought that I would taste bad considering I¡¯ve eaten so much demon flesh.¡±
¡°¡Mature taste¡¡±
¡°¡¡±
From Yue description, his blood had a heavy, deep taste simr to a soup. His soup was a dense one filled with many kinds of vegetables and meat. The first time he had his blood sucked, she fell into a trance. This wasn¡¯t his imagination. Any dish would be the finest after starving for so long.
Hajime wanted to stop her bewitching lip licking. He realized Yue was older. However, that did not calm him when he saw that childish figure disying such an immoral act, such a supremebination.
¡°¡Delicacy.¡±
¡°¡Please pardon me.¡±
His partner might be a little dangerous in many ways. Hajime broke out a cold sweat.
* * *
Name
Nagumo Hajime
Age
17 Years Old
Gender
Male
Level
51
ss
Transmutation Artist (Synergist)
Strength
980
Vitality
1090
Resistance
970
Agility
1260
Magic
980
Magic Resistance
980
Skills- Transmutation
- Mineral Appraisal
- Precision Transmutation
- Mineral Enquiry
- Mineral Separation
- Mineral Fusion
- Replica Transmutation
- Magic Maniption
- Magic Emission
- Magic Compression
- Iron Stomach
- Lightning d
- Divine Step
- Air Walk
- Flicker
- Grand Legs
- Air ws
- Night Vision
- Far Vision
- Perception
- Magic Perception
- Hide Presence
- Poison Resist
- Paralysis Resist
- Petrification Resistance
- Varja
- Magic Pration
- Language Comprehension
* * *
Omake (No rtions to the main story)
¡°¡Tsk.¡±
¡°K-Kaori? You clicked your tongue¡¡±
¡°Eh? What¡¯s the matter Shizuku-chan?¡±
¡°N-No. Nothing¡¡±
¡°¡Thieving Cat.¡±
¡°Kaori!?¡±
¡°Fufu, its all right, Shizuku-chan. I felt like someone was threatening my position.¡±
Book 2. Chapter 8
Book 2. Chapter 8
The day Hajime and Yue met, and survived their life or death struggle with the scorpion.
Kouki and the rest of the heroes once again arrived at the ¡¾Orcus Great Dungeon¡¿. However, those who came were only Kouki¡¯s Hero group, a small group of rogues, and another group consisting of five boys and girls led by a bulky judo guy called Nagayama Jugo.
The reason was simple. Even if they didn¡¯t bring up the topic, Hajime¡¯s death had casted a deep, heavy shadow over their hearts. If they couldn¡¯t face the reality of ¡°death in battle¡±, they wouldn¡¯t be able to fight properly. This was a type of psychological trauma.
Of course, the officials from the Saint¡¯s Church wasn¡¯t sympathetic. Thinking that as long as the students experience actualbat incessantly, they should be able to fight again after some time, they continued to urge them to return to the battlefield everyday. However, there was a vehement protester. It was Aiko-sensei.
Aiko did not participate in the expedition at that time. Due to the fact that her job was the special and extremely rare Agriculturalist, rather thanbat training, the church hoped she would put her effort towards agricultural cultivation instead. As long as Aiko-sensei was around, there¡¯s a high possibility that their provisions problem would be solved.
When Aiko learnt of Hajime¡¯s death, she was so shocked that she was left bedridden. Faced with the fact that one of her students died while she was just leisurely spending time within the safety zone, and the fact that it was no longer possible to bring everyone back to Japan. Aiko, who had a strong sense of responsibility, suffered a powerful impact.
That¡¯s why, she absolutely wouldn¡¯t permit for students who couldn¡¯t fight anymore to be sent to the battlefield. Aiko¡¯s ss ? 1?was an extremely rare one which had the possibility of bringing about aplete change to the world¡¯s food issue. And that Aiko-sensei was protesting with unwavering determination against the students¡¯ forcedbat training. The church, which wanted to avoid worsening their rtionship, epted Aiko¡¯s objection.
In the end, only the Heroes, the rogues, and Nagayama Jugo¡¯s party willingly continued with thebat training. After training for some time, they decided to challenge the ¡¾Orcus Great Dungeon¡¿ once again. This time, they were also apanied by Commander Meld and several knights.
Today was the sixth day of their dungeon exploration. They were currently on the sixtieth level. It was just five levels before reaching the highest confirmed level. However, Kouki¡¯s party was currently stuck. No, rather than being unable to advance, it was an involuntary recollection of the nightmare from that time that brought them to a standstill.
Yes, despite being clearly different from that time, simr steep cliffs spreaded before their eyes. They must cross a suspension bridge in order to get to the next level. This isn¡¯t much of a problem per se, but as expected, they couldn¡¯t help but recall that event. Especially Kaori, as she stood there motionlessly, staring over the cliff into the darkness of the endless abyss.
¡±Kaori¡¡¡±
As Shizuku anxiously called out, Kaori who was looking down with a strong gaze, slowly shook her head and smiled towards Shizuku.
¡°It¡¯s alright, Shizuku-chan.¡±
¡°I see¡¡ You are not forcing yourself right? You don¡¯t have to hold back because of me.¡±
¡°Eheh-heh, thank you, Shizuku-chan.¡±
Shizuku also smiled at her close friend. Kaori¡¯s eyes were giving off a strong radiance, without any despair or escapism within. With her excellent insight and sensitivity to people¡¯s subtleties, Shizuku realized that Kaori saying ¡°It¡¯s alright¡±, was from her true feelings.
(As expected, Kaori is strong.)
Hajime¡¯s death was almost a certainty. It¡¯s hopeless to even half-heartedly say he survived. Nevertheless, Kaori chose to neither escape nor deny, but advance to reach her own understanding. Shizuku was proud of her close friend.
However, being unable to read the mood is one of the hero¡¯s quality. In Kouki¡¯s eyes, reflected the appearance of Kaori grieving at the thought of Hajime¡¯s death while staring below. He concluded that the kind Kaori is currently suffering over a ssmate¡¯s death. Consequently, under the filter of his assumption, Kaori¡¯s smiling figure appeared to be forced as well.
Then, without the slightest consideration that Kaori thought specially of Hajime and still believed in the possibility of his survival, Kouki repeatedly gave Kaori misced constion.
¡°Kaori¡¡ I like that kind side of yours. However, you can¡¯t let yourself be trapped by our ssmate¡¯s death forever! You have to move on. Surely, that¡¯s what Nagumo would have wanted.¡±
¡°Hey, Kouki¡¡¡±
¡°Shizuku, be silent for a while! Even if it¡¯s harsh, as her childhood friend, I have to say this¡¡ Kaori, it¡¯s alright. I will stay by your side. I wouldn¡¯t die. I wouldn¡¯t let anyone die anymore. I promise I would never make Kaori sad.¡±
¡°Haa~, reckless as always¡¡ Kaori¡¡¡±
¡°Haha, it¡¯s okay, Shizuku-chan¡¡ Well, I know what Kouki-kun was trying to say, so it¡¯s okay.¡±
¡°Oh, you understood!¡±
Kaori could only smile bitterly at Kouki¡¯spletely misdirected words. It seems that even if Kaori were to honestly talk about her feelings now, it probably wouldn¡¯t be transmitted to Kouki. For Kouki, it is already a fact that Hajime is dead. Thus, it is unthinkable that the reason why Kaori is zealously training and exploring the dungeon is due to her belief in Hajime¡¯s survival. It is in his nature to persist in his beliefs without any doubts, he could only seem to interpret Kaori¡¯s feelings as a psychological illness stemming from escapism. From their long association, Kaori somewhat understood Kouki¡¯s thought patterns, which was why she didn¡¯t say anything.
By the way, the nuance which appeared to be nothing butpletely wooing her was said by the person himself without any ulterior motives, it only showed Kouki¡¯s extreme earnestness. Shizuku and Kaori, who were already used to Kouki¡¯s words and actions let it slide as usual, but if the other girls heard that, they would probably all fall together into sugary expressions at the sweet atmosphere.
Generally, a handsome guy with good character, proficient in both sports and studies would cause any female childhood friend to fall in love. However, influenced by her strict father, Shizuku had been in contact with and was raised by the adults under her house¡¯s dojo from young. Coupled with her natural insight, she was aware that his sense of justice could be said as Kouki¡¯s w, and he had disyed it numerous times, making her unable to harbour any feelings more than a childhood friend towards him. Although, for the others, the more important thing hasn¡¯t changed.
Kaori was naturally insensitive about love and hearing about various things from Shizuku, her heart was unable to throb over Kouki¡¯s words or actions. He is considered a good-natured person and thought caringly of as a childhood friend, but would never lead to any romantic feelings.
¡°Kaori-chan, I am rooting for you, if there¡¯s anything I can do to help, please say.¡±
¡°Yeah~, Suzu will always be at on Kaorin¡¯s side!¡±? 2?
Joining the conversation were Nakamura Eri and Taniguchi Suzu who were listening to Kouki¡¯s chat nearby. Both of them are Kaori¡¯s close friends since entering high school and they have an excellent rtionship. They are also capable people who were added into the Hero party led by Kouki.
Nakamura Eri is a bespectacled beauty with ck Natural Bob hair. Personality-wise, she is mild and meek, and basically makes everybody want to keep an eye out for her. She loves books and gives off the feel of a stereotypical librarian. As a matter of fact, she was in the librarymittee.
Taniguchi Suzu, she is a chibi whose height was only around 142 centimeters. However, it was unimaginable where her inexhaustible liveliness could be hidden within that small body. She always jumps about happily with her drooping braids bouncing along. That heart-warming sight secured her role as the ss mascot.
When the two of them saw Kaori¡¯s diposure the day Hajime fell into the abyss, they understood her feelings and approved of Kaori¡¯s goal.
¡±Nn, Eri-chan, Suzu-chan, thank you.¡±
Kaori smiled happily at the two close friends made in high school.
¡°Oooh~ Kaorin got her spirit back~ That Nagumo-kun! How dare he make Suzu¡¯s Kaori-chan so sad! If he died, Suzu will kill him!¡±
¡°S-Suzu? If he died, how are you going to k-kill him?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t mind the details! Oh yeah, if he really died, Eririn can just use necromancy to make him serve Kaorin!¡±
¡°S-Suzu, watch what you¡¯re saying! Kaori-chan sincerely believes that Nagumo-kun is still alive! Moreover, my necromancy is¡¡±
Eri remonstrated the reckless Suzu. That is the default. Looking at the usual boisterous scene between the two, Kaori and Shizuku disyed pleasant expressions. By the way, Kouki and the rest who were a short distance away didn¡¯t hear the conversation just now. Of course, it was Kouki¡¯s natural skill to miss the most important part of the conversation like this.
¡°Eri-chan, I don¡¯t mind, so it¡¯s ok?¡±
¡°Suzu too, you should stop it. Eri seems troubled no?¡±
¡°Mu~¡± Suzu puffed her cheeks upon hearing Kaori and Shizuku¡¯s words, which were mixed with bitter smiles. Eri, who had turned paled at the mention of ¡°necromancy¡± just now, finally rxed her expression after noticing that Kaori seriously did not mind Suzu¡¯s words.
¡°Eririn, are you still having trouble with necromancy? Even though it is such a rare ss¡¡±
¡°¡Nn, sorry. It will be very useful, if only I can control it properly¡¡±
¡°Eri, everyone have their strengths and weaknesses. Besides, your magic aptitude is high, so don¡¯t worry about it alright?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right, Eri-chan. though it is your ss, having talent in that field is different from liking or disliking it. Hasn¡¯t Eri-chan¡¯s urate and precise magic helped everyone?¡±
¡°Nn, but even so, I still need to do my best to ovee this. Because¡ I want to be of more help to everyone!¡±
Eri clenched her small fists tightly to show her determination. Seeing Eri like this, Suzu said, ¡°That¡¯s the spirit, Eririn!¡± and glomped her, while Kaori and Shizuku¡¯s cheeks loosened into smiles at their friend¡¯s tenacity.
Eri¡¯s ss was ¡¾Necromancer¡¿. Dark magic was a type of Systematic Magic that affected the spirit and consciousness. It was basically recognized as a magic that inflicts abnormal statuses to the target in actualbat. And necromancy was one of the super-high difficulty dark magic. It was a magic that could gather the residual thoughts of the dead. In the Saint¡¯s Church, there were also a few necromancy users among the priests. They draw the residual thoughts of the deceased and pass on to their bereaved family members, using necromancy in a way befitting of clergymen.
However, the true essence of this magic lies elsewhere. The proper way to use this magic was to wrap the residual thoughts of the body with magic and granting realization ability?3?, make it possess the corpse and be a puppet. In other words, the necromancers would be able to control the dead, although their skills and true strength would be inferiorpared to when they were still alive. Furthermore, even living humans could be possessed and trace the dead soul¡¯s techniques and abilities to a certain extent.
Although the dead could be controlled to a certain degree, they had pale skin and were devoid of life, like that of a ghost. And because Eri herself felt that it was ethically wrong to use the dead people like this, she was unable to use this magic ability efficiently.
Behind the four girls, someone was staring, more specifically, someone was gazing at Kaori with dull eyes That person was Hiyama Daisuke. That day, after some time had passed upon returning to the capital, and after everyone had regained theirposure, sure enough, severe criticism was awaiting Hiyama for bringing about that predicament.
Hiyama had already expected this to happen, so he earnestly plead for forgiveness while kowtowing on the ground. He knew that refuting at times like this would do nothing but only make things worse. The time and ce for apology was also especially important.
Hiyama¡¯s aim was to prostrate himself before Kouki¡¯s eyes. He predicted that if it was Kouki, he would certainly be forgiven with his apology, and would even help to mediate among his ssmates. His expectations came true as Kouki forgave Hiyama and settled the criticism against him. Kaori was kind to the core, and did not especially rebuke Hiyama who was apologizing in tears. It was as he calcted. However, Shizuku vaguely notice Hiyama¡¯s scheme, and appeared to harbour disgust at the fact that her childhood friend was used.
And THAT ? 4? person¡¯s orders made him go silent. It was an exceedingly terriblemand. Or rather, it was amand which made him shudder in fear. He felt an intense sense of repulsion, but Hiyama could no longer stop, for he had long went past that line. However, that person who could integrate so naturally with the ss while kneading such terrifying ns behind the scenes, made Hiyama fear while embracing joyful thoughts.
(That person is mad¡¡ if I follow that person, Kaori will be mine¡¡)
Upon hearing that as long as he obeys, he would be able to get his hands on Kaori, his suppressed joy involuntarily formed a smile on his face.
¡°Hey, Daisuke? What¡¯s wrong?¡±
Kondo, Nakano, and Saito were all looking suspiciously at Hiyama¡¯s odd expression. The three of them were still hanging out with Hiyama. From the start, the four could be said to be the same kind of people. Although there was a period of awkwardness, Hiyama¡¯sudable attitude recovered their friendship. However, it is extremely doubtful whether this could even be called friendship in the truest sense¡¡
¡°Eh, no, it¡¯s nothing. I am just happy thinking that we have cleared sixty levels.¡±
¡°Ah~, that¡¯s true. We are just five levels away from the previously highest recorded level~¡±
¡°We have all be considerably strong. Good grief, the stay-behind team is too weak-willed.¡±
¡°Well, don¡¯t put it like that. It looks like we are special.¡±
The three of them synced with Hiyama¡¯s deception without any doubts. Bing enthusiastic thinking of themselves who continued fighting as special, seems like small-time viins will always remain as small-time viins. They had a huge ? 5? attitude towards the stay-behind group back in the royal pce. Their haughty attitudes often lead to manyints. However, breaking through to the sixtieth level also speaks of their definite abilities, proving that they are not all words.
Naturally, they are not at the Heroes¡¯ party level, so they are docile around Kouki and the others. This seems to be the modus operandi of small fries.
The group did not particrly encounter any problems, and finally they arrived at the previously highest recorded sixty-fifth level.
¡°Concentrate! The map here is iplete. I don¡¯t know what will happen!¡±
The voice of the apanying Commander Meld resounded. Kouki and the others tightened their expressions and stepped into the unknown territory.
After a short while, they entered arge hall. Somehow or other, everyone present felt an unpleasant premonition. That hunch was right on the mark. At the same time they entered the hall, a magic circle emerged in the center of the room. It was a dark red pulsating magic circle of about ten meters in diameter. That was, a very familiar magic circle.
¡°D-Don¡¯t tell me¡¡ it¡¯s that!?¡±
Cold sweat formed on Kouki¡¯s forehead as he shouted. The other members¡¯ expression were distinctly nervous.
¡°Seriously, it¡¯s dead, isn¡¯t it!¡±
Ryutaro eximed, visibly shocked. Responding to that, with a grim expression but a calm voice, was Commander Meld.
¡°We have yet to elucidate the reason behind the formation of magic beasts in dungeons. It is normal to encounter magic beasts that have been defeated before many times again. Brace your spirits! Don¡¯t forget to secure the retreat path!¡±
In case it was needed, to ensure that they could safely get away, Commander Meld gave instructions to prioritise securing the escape route. His subordinates obeyed immediately. However, it left a bad taste in Kouki¡¯s mouth, as he retorted.
¡°Meld-san. We are no longer the us from back then. We are many times stronger now! There¡¯s no way we will lose now! We will definitely win!¡±
¡°Heh, that¡¯s right. We can¡¯t keep thinking that we will lose forever. It¡¯s time for our revenge match!¡±
Ryutaro also responded with a fearless smile. Commander Meld shrugged his shoulders while letting out a ¡°Dear me¡±. As he was thinking that it will probably be alright with Kouki¡¯s and the other¡¯s current strength, he let out the same daring smile.
And finally with an explosion of brilliance, the former nightmare once again appeared before Kouki and the others.
¡°Guugaaaa~!!!¡±
A strange figure raised a roar and stomped the ground. Behemoth red at Kouki and the others with a fierce intent to kill dwelling in its eyes. Just as everyone was about to run from their nervousness, a single girl was indifferent and with a resolute expression, returned the look.
It¡¯s Kaori. Kaori dered not with an audible voice, but with strength dwelling in her indomitable will.
¡°No one would be taken away anymore. I will defeat you and go to him.¡±
Now, the battle to ovee the past has begun.
¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«¡«
Additional: Amanogawa Kouki¡¯s current status?6?Amanogawa Kouki17 Year oldMaless: Hero Level: 46 Strength: 560 Vitality: 560 Resistance: 560 Agility: 560 Magic Power: 560 Magic Resistance: 560 Skills: All Elemental Aptitude ? All Elemental Resistance ? Physical Resistance ? Composite Magic ? Swordy ? Herculean Strength ? Ground Shrink ? Foresight ? High Speed Magic Recovery ? Presence Perception ? Magic Perception ? Limit Break ? Language Comprehension
Book 2. Chapter 9
Book 2. Chapter 9
Chapter 9 : Beyond the Past (ssmate Side 2 Part II)
Kouki made the first move.
¡°Myriad of Soaring Wings, Reach the Heavens, ¡°Soaring sh¡±¡±
The curved sh of light struck the Behemoth with a roar. Before he wasn¡¯t even able to injury the Behemoth with his strongest skill ¡°Might of Heaven¡±. However, he wanted to show that he wasn¡¯t the same as back then, and it was proven.
¡°Guurugaa!!¡±
A diagonal sword line ran appeared on the Behemoth¡¯s chest. It scraped the ground and screamed as its dark red blood dripped onto the ground.
¡°We can do it! We are certainly stronger! Nagayama left side, Hiyama take the rear, Meld take the right side! Rear guard ready magic! High grade magic!¡±
Kouki gave out instructions rapidly. The results of Meld¡¯s officer training.
¡°Oh, he gave good instruction without hesitation. Did you hear? All hands, follow Kouki¡¯smand!¡±
Meld shouted and ran to wrap the right side of the Behemoth with his knights. Everyone started to move at that moment and encircle the Behemoth.
The vanguard quickly devised a line of defense that was desperate in preventing the raging Behemoth from reaching the rear guard.
¡°Guruuaa!¡±
With the roar the Behemoth stepped into the ground and pulverized it as it charged.
¡°Like I¡¯ll let you!¡±
¡°I won¡¯t allow it!¡±
Ryutaro and Jugo, the two biggest members of the ss, quickly huddled the Behemoth and started to wrestle with it.
¡°¡±The power to break the earth! ¡°Herculean Strength¡±!¡±¡±
Using their physical strength, strengthened by magic, they took the Behemoth¡¯s rush while they feet slide on the ground.
¡°Gaaa!¡±
¡°Raaaa!¡±
¡°Oooooh!!¡±
Each of the three gave out a yell and strained their muscles. The smaller humans was not able topletely stop the Behemoth but it was enough to kill its momentum. It stomped on the ground in anger at that.
The other members did not miss the chance this brought.
¡°Supreme sh that cuts all, ¡°Absolute Sever¡±!¡±
Shizuku¡¯s battojutsu hit the Behemoth in the horn. Even with a sword artifact that added to the sharpness of the magic, it stopped midway and couldn¡¯tplete the sever.
[T/N: Battojutsu: The art of the draw. Closely rted to Iaido. This is the act of drawing the sword from the sheath and using that motion to elerate the de. Himura Kenshin from Kenshin is famous for this, so much that he is called the Battosai. If you want to see some examples of it then watch his fights.]
¡°As hard as ever.¡±
¡°Leave it to me! Grind, Crush, st, ¡°Grand Hammer¡±!¡±
Meld jumped and flung his own sword at Shizuku¡¯s sword that was stuck in the middle. The sharp, heavy blow enhanced by magic helped strengthen Shizuku¡¯s sword and pushes it forward.
With that one of the Behemoth¡¯s horn is severed.
¡°Gaaaa!?¡±
The Behemoth goes on a wild rampage with all its might after the cut. This rampage blew the four people away.
¡°The gentle light that embraces all, ¡°Halo¡±!¡±
An innumerable amount ofs made of light sprang forth and wrapped the four gently, after they had struck the floor and lost their breath. What Kaori used was a shape-shifting defensive light magic that killed the shock.
In a sh, Kaori started to chant a healing spell.
¡°Heaven¡¯s Blessing, heal universally, ¡°Restore Heaven¡±!¡±
Even though all four did not experience at the same time, they were all being healed. The spell was a ranged recovery spell that was at an intermediate level. It could heal multiple people at the same time. ¡°Restore Heaven¡± was a higher rank version of the ¡°Heaven¡¯s Blessing¡± she used before.
Kouki took a thrusting stance and rushed straight for the rioting Behemoth. He stabbed his sword into the previous wound as he finished an aria.
¡°¡±Light Burst!¡±¡±
The enormous magic stored in the Holy Sword flowed into the wound and caused an explosion.
¡°Gaaa!!¡±
Arge quantity of blood gouged out of the wound. The Behemoth brandish its sharp ws at Kouki during the slight pause after he executed the skill.
¡°Kuuu!¡±
Kouki raised a groan and was blown away. The St. Armour he worse reflected the ws, but the impact still passed through and caused a coughing fit for him. The pains was just a moment. Kaori quickly followed up with a heal.
¡°Heaven¡¯s Blessing, restore his strength, ¡°Restless Heaven¡±!¡±
This spell has lost the efficiency of healing multiple people, but it increased its power for single targets. Kouki recovered instantly the light enveloped him.
The Behemoth was blown other members away when Kouki was knocked back. Without minding its injury it started to glow red hot.
¡°¡Even if its horn is gone, it can use the spell. Here ites!¡±
Shizuku¡¯s warning and the Behemoth leap came at the same time. Everyone had already experienced the Behemoth¡¯s Special Magic. However, the jump distance of this Behemoth was unexpected. The beast easily leap over the vanguard and advanced to the rear guard. It never jumped like that on the bridge and they didn¡¯t even dream it could jump that much. Vanguard members showed an impatient expression.
One of the rear guard stop their chant and stepped forward. It was Taniguchi Suzu.
¡°Herein a Sanctuary, enemies of god shall not pass, ¡°Absolute Virtue¡±!¡±
The dome of light appeared just as the Behemothnded like a meteor. A terrible sonicboom and shockwave spread from the area and the surrounding floor broke into cobwebs.
However, the absolute defense Suzu made took the force of the Behemoths blow. But her version was the 2 verse version of the shield, not the 4 verse, so it didn¡¯t have its original power.
The shield already had cracks in it. If Suzu¡¯s ss wasn¡¯t ¡°Barrier Master¡± it wouldn¡¯t have even formed. Suzu grit her teeth as she poured 2 verse worth of magic into a spell that usually didn¡¯t use that amount. She continued to picture the spell¡¯s image in her mind as she raised both hands desperately. The barrier that showed cracks disappeared. She believed her defense was absolute.
¡°Uuu! I won¡¯t lose!¡±
From the Behemoth, eyes full of murderous intent pierced the barrier andnded on Suzu. Her body was struck with fear and her hands shaked. She shouted desperately to convey her limit. The Behemoth continued its attack and she wouldn¡¯t be able to hold for more than 10 seconds.
Its going to break! When Suzu thought that in her heart.
¡°Heaven¡¯s Blessing, a mystery here, ¡°Yielding Heaven¡±!¡±
Suzu¡¯s body was wrapped in light, and with it the amount of magic poured into her spell increased. This was Kaori¡¯s spell to recover magic. Originally, it was a spell to restore others magic, moves ording to the magic directed in its form, inflow can be made to amplify to original amount. That how this spell works. Kaori could only use it because of her ¡°Healer¡± ss.
¡°If its this! I love you Kaorin!¡±
Suzu poured the original 4 verse worth of magic into the shield and it was restored perfectly. All the cracks were repaired in an instant. Frustrated that it couldn¡¯t break through the barrier, it gave an angry scowl at the impertinent caster. She didn¡¯t budge at the stare and returned one instead.
Finally, the horn started to lose its red hot effect. The Behemoth loses its momentum and falls to the ground. Suzu¡¯s barrier ceased to exist at the same time.
Behemoth tried to aim at the breathing Suzu, but the vanguard was already on top of it.
¡°Rear guard retreat!¡±
The back group fell back at Kouki¡¯s direction, and the advance guard enclosed upon the monster. A hit and evade strategy was used on the Behemoth, until the rear guard finished their chant.
¡°Step Back!¡±
Eri, the rear guard representative, signaled. Kouki and the others at that signal distanced themselves from the Behemoth.
After they retreated, an advanced fire based magic spell went off.
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±Scorching Sun¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
Five people performed this advanced spell. High-temperature mes gathered into a sphere, and burned the surrounding area like the sun. The ¡°Scorching Sun¡± was made directly above the Behemoth and was 8 m in diameter; immediately after it swelled it was dropped onto the beast.
A tremendous amount of heat attacks the Behemoth. The magnitude of the power was too much that an ally might have gotten damaged. So, they quickly put up a barrier. ¡°Scorching Sun¡± did not give any spare time for the Behemoth to escape, and soon its strong outer crust started to melt.
¡°Guuruagaaa!!¡±
The Behemoth¡¯s death throes filled the hall. A familiar scream from that day. Its cries were earsplitting, but soon it was exhausted like it was burnt away by the mes.
In the center of the cken area, all that remained of the beast were ruins.
¡°D-Did we win?¡±
¡°I think we won¡¡±
¡°We won¡¡±
¡°Seriously?¡±
¡°Serious?¡±
Everyone was looking stunned at the area the Behemoth was. Bit by bit mutters of victory spread throughout. Kouki was stunned, and when he regained himself; he hoisted his Holy Sword above his head and straightened his back.
¡°That¡¯s right! It¡¯s our victory!¡±
The sword seemed to respond to his feelings as it started to sparkle. At his victory cry, the others came to the same realization and cheers arose. Guys were patting each other shoulders, while the girls hugged each other. Meld and the knights were impressed.
Shizuku called out to Kaori, who was still staring at the ce the Behemoth upied.
¡°Kaori? What¡¯s the matter?¡±
¡°Eh, Ahh, Shizuku-chan¡Yeah, it¡¯s nothing. I was just thinking how far we came.¡±
Kaori answered Shizuku with a wry smile. She was immersed in her emotions after defeating her previous nightmare and confirming she was stronger now.
¡°That¡¯s right. We did get stronger.¡±
¡°Yeah¡Shizuku-chan. Further ahead is Nagumo-kun¡¡±
¡°You are going to check, right? It was for that reason you tried your best.¡±
¡°Ehehe, that¡¯s right.¡±
To move forward. To ascertain Hajime¡¯s state, because of possible specifics. Scared that there would be no answer, she became faint-hearted. Shizuku sympathized, and held Kaori¡¯s hand.
Kaori showed a smile at her forceful grip.
Kouki started to gather around the two.
¡°Are you two safe? Kaori, your heals were the best. If you are here, I fear nothing!¡±
A refreshing smile dawned on his face as he thanked the two.
¡°Eh, I¡¯m fine. Are you fine too, Kouki?¡±
¡°Yeah, no problems. Kouki-kun, I was d to have been helpful to everyone.¡±
The two also gave a smile in return. However, Kouki¡¯s words casted a small shadow over their hearts.
¡°With this, Nagumo-kun can rest in peace. Because the ssmates he defended was able to defeat the beast that killed him.¡±
¡°¡±¡¡±¡±
Kouki did not notice the expression Kaori and Shizuku had, as he was immersed with his emotions. In Kouki¡¯s mind, the only reason Hajime fell into the abyss was the Behemoth. There was no mistake. The direct cause of the bridge copsing was the shock from the Behemoth¡¯s attacks. However, the magic that hit Hajime was the real reason.
Right now there was an unspoken agreement to not talk about what happened, but the fact does not change. Kouki seemed to just forget or was unaware about this fact, and thought that defeating the Behemoth would allow Hajime to rest in peace. For he unconditionally believed in the good will of people. Those that were negligent would not be med forever. Besides, he would never dream that someone had done it intentionally.
However, even if she didn¡¯t mind it, she won¡¯t forget about it. Since she did not know ¡°who¡±, she just tolerated. She would certainly torture severely(*) if she knew. That is why she is shocked at how Kouki forgot that fact.
Shizuku dropped a sigh. She wanted toin reflexively, but Kouki did not mean anything bad with it. Rather, his speech was his best at thinking about Hajime and Kaori. In a sense, that is why standing up to him would be bad. In addition, the ssmates were celebrating. Shizuku was woman who could read the atmosphere, so talking about this out loud was not the time.
An energetic girl flew in this delicate atmosphere.
¡°Kaorin!¡±
Suzu embraced Kaori after calling her out with such a weird way.
¡°Fuwa!?¡±
¡°Ehehe, Kaorin, I super love you. If Kaorin didn¡¯t support me, I would have been ttened.¡±
¡°M-Mou, Suzu-chan. Where are you touching!¡±
¡°Gehehe, is this ce okay? I guess this ce is no good?¡±(*)
She was embarrassed by what Suzu was saying, Suzu got carried away and started to fondle Kaori¡¯s body like an old pervert. In response, Shizuku gave a chop. An intense tsukkomi smashed into Suzu¡¯s head.
¡°Stop it. Who is Suzu¡¯s?¡Kaori is mine.¡±
¡°Shizuku-chan!?¡±
¡°Fu, I won¡¯t allow it~. Only Suzu will get to do those things with Kaorin.¡±
¡°S-Suzu-chan!? What are you thinking of!?¡±
Kaori was stuck between Shizuku and Suzu, so she quickly did a tsukkomi. The delicate atmosphere was gone.
From this point on, they would be entering unexplored territory. They had shaken off their past and advanced.
Book 2. Chapter 10
Book 2. Chapter 10
Chapter 10 : A Partner¡¯s Abilities
¡°Da-a, damn!¡±
¡°¡Hajime, Fight¡¡±
¡°You¡¯re too carefree!¡±
Currently, they were traversing through savage grass with Yue on his shoulder. These grass grew up to 160 cm and goes up to his shoulders. If Yue was to walk in this, her figure would disappear. Then came the reason for their escaping through this grass.
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±Shaa!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
There were nearly 200 demons chasing them.
After Hajime had finished resupplying, they had advanced 10 levels. Hajime¡¯s equipment and skills were useful in their journey, and Yue¡¯s magic was also a big factor in their progress.
Yue could use any magic and Hajime supported her with his skills. Her barrier and recovery magic was not that great. Since she had ¡°Auto Regen¡±, she may have thought it was unnecessary. There was no problem because Hajime had his ¡°potion¡±.
That is how they advanced to this present level. The floor had an appearance of a forest, an extensive forest. Lush and dense trees over 10 m tall lined the forest, and the atmosphere was damp. Good thing it was not hot like the tropical forest level he encountered.
When Hajime and Yue were searching for the stairs to the lower floor, a rumbling of the ground urred. A demon the reminded Hajime of a huge reptile appeared in front of them. It like a tyrannosaurus rex, but there was a flower on its head. Sharps tusk thirsting for blood surged from the powerful beast, and the sunflower-like flower fluttered on top. It was a surreal experience.
Tyrannosaurus rex gave out a roar and rushed at them.
Hajime calmly took out Donner¡before that Yue raised her hand.
¡°¡±Scarlet Spear¡±¡±
A me appeared at Yue¡¯s hand that spiralled into a spear form. The spear shot pierced through the T-Rex mouth and prated out the back. Its life ended as the surroundings melted. A rumble sounded as the T-Rex fell sideways onto the ground, and the flower on its head plopped onto the ground.
¡°¡¡±
Hajime stayed silent for a bit. Yue seemed to be iparably intense these days. In the beginning, she would devote herself to covering Hajime. On their journey she started to instantly kill any monsters that opposed Hajime. He started to feel depressed at being useless. Is it because he dragged his feet and it was over before he could do anything? His mind was seized with anxiety. If such a thing was true, he was going to have a blow to his confidence.
He address Yue with a forced smile as he kept Donner in his hands.
¡°Ah, Yue? It is good to be enthusiastic¡Recently, I felt like, I haven¡¯t done much¡¡±
Yue turned to look at Hajime, and Hajime could see a slight proud look in her expressionless face.
¡°¡I want to be useful¡because I¡¯m your partner¡¡±
Seems, she wasn¡¯t content with just covering Hajime. He did think that since they were going to travel together from now on, as partner they should rely on each other. At that time, Yue copsed after using up all her magic. Hajime had said it tofort her after she released¡it seems to have remained deep in her mind. She wanted to show her worth as his partner.
¡°Haha, no. You already helped me so much. Yue¡¯s magic is very powerful, so please take the rear; closebat isn¡¯t your strong suit. The frontlines is for me.¡±
¡°¡Hajime¡okay¡¡±
Yue fell silent at Hajime¡¯s advice. He smiled at Yue, who was trying too much to be helpful to Hajime. To show he didn¡¯t dislike her, he stroke her soft hair. Yue¡¯s expression returned to her usual mood. Hajime couldn¡¯t say anything.
Because he didn¡¯t want to be dependent, he had to be cautious¡While he thought that, he inadvertently spoiled himself. Hajime was amazed at that.
In a sense, these two were flirting, but Hajime caught a demon signature on his ¡°Perception¡±. Approximately 10 of them wereing towards them. From the movements of the leader, it seemed to be a two-tailed wolf? He wanted to check it out, and urged Yue to move. Hajime wanted to move into an advantageous ce because of their numbers.
When the beasts were trying to encircle him, Hajime rushed at one of them. Before he could finish a 2 m reptile dropped from the overgrowth in the trees. The reptile¡¯s appearance was simr to a raptor. There was a tulip blooming on its head.
¡°¡Cute¡¡±
¡°¡Is it fashion?¡±
Yue muttered unintentionally as she felt unwinded. Hajime turned his eyes towards the demon and murmured an impossible guess.
The raptor and T-rex both had these unknown flowers! It seems to scatter bloodlust as it growls. War preparation. The flower sways and flutters¡
¡°Shaaa!!¡±
Looking at Hajime who was upied with its flower, the Raptor pounced. There were 20 cm talons attached to its tough legs. A heinous light glint off of those talons. Hajime and Yue stepped back, but parted left and right. Hajime went overhead the raptor with his ¡°Air Walk¡±. He then shot at the tulip to test it.
All parts of the flower scattered with the sound of gunfire. The raptor seemed to twitch for a moment, it rolled as it failed itsnding. It somersaulted into a tree and stopped moving. Silence filled the scene. Yuees near Hajime as she looks at the raptor and the scattered tulip.
¡°¡Dead?¡±
¡°No, it seems alive¡¡±
Just as Hajime said, the body started to twitch. The raptor got up and looked around. It saw its
fallen tulip on the ground and stomped it. Not giving a care to its enemies.
¡°Eh, that reaction, What does it mean?¡±
¡°¡Prank.¡±
¡°¡No, its not a schoolchild that put a paper on its back.¡±
When it was satisfied, it looked to the heavens like it was saying: ¡°Phew, Good job!¡± A cry was raised. The raptor faced Hajime and was startled.
¡°Did you notice it? It was in a trance.¡±
¡°¡Bullying afterall.¡±
Hajime tsukkomi¡¯d, and Yue looked at it with sympathy. The raptor stiffened for a while. Eventually it took a low posture, fangs exposed and leapt. Hajime shot Donner at the raptor¡¯s open mouth.
The bullet pierced through the raptor mouth then exited out of its back head, and disappeared into the forest behind.
With the momentum of its jump, the raptor slide on the ground. Hajime and Yue looked at the corpse of the raptor without saying anything.
¡°Really, what on earth?¡±
¡°¡It was bullied. To be beaten¡pity.¡±
¡°No, it wasn¡¯t bullying, definitely wasn¡¯t.¡±
Hajime stopped trying to figure it out because he did not understand how the demons think. They started to move to an advantageous ce because the encircling monsters were getting closer.
Countless thick 5m in diameter trees stretched on and on in the new area they were in. Neighboring trees¡¯ branches were intertwined with each other. Hajime used his ¡°Air Walk¡± and Yue used wind magic to jump overhead the branches. LIke an air corridor. Hajime was going to exterminate the demons by sniping at them from overhead.
Less than 5 minutester, raptors began to appear under them. Hajime intended to throw an incendiary grenade, however, he froze. Yue had also hardened with her hand ready to unleash her magic. Because¡
¡°Why do all these guys have flowers?¡±
¡°Flower garden¡¡±
There were more than 10 raptors and all of them had flowers on their heads. A variety of flowers too.
Hajime¡¯s unintentionally Tsukkomi had attracted the attention of all the raptors. The raptors then took stances to leap into attack. Hajime¡¯s strategy was to stay out of their range then snipe them with Donner and drops a incendiary grenade to start off. Shots are fired in session, a white sh precedes each death, one by one raptors die with their heads blown off. Yue was using her ¡°Scarlet Spear¡± to kill the surrounding raptors.
Three secondster, the incendiary grenade explodes in the middle of the raptor group. Tar zing at 3000 degree centigrade sttered onto the raptors. Hajime heaves a sigh of relief after he saw that his weapons worked on the monsters of this level. Seems like that scorpion was special.
Less than 10 secondster, all the enemies had been cleared. However, Hajime had a dull look. Yue noticed this and tilted her head as she walked towards him.
¡°¡Hajime?¡±
¡°¡Yue, Isn¡¯t it weird?¡±
¡°?¡±
¡°They were too weak.¡±
Yue took noticed after his words. That was true, the T-rex and raptor was easily exterminated because they made such easy movements and normal attacks. Their unnatural movement was almost mechanical and even their blood lust. After watching the scene where the raptor trampled the flower in anger, he felt that the flowers were not suppose to be on them.
The moment when Hajime was going to tell Yue to advance carefully, his ¡°Perception¡± caught more approaching demons. A vast amount of demons were gathering from all directions. His ¡°Perception¡± range was at a 20 m radius, and all the demons he sensed wasing straight for them.
¡°Yue, this is bad. I¡¯m picking up 30, no, 40 or more monstersing our way. Someone seems to be ordering them to surround us in all directions.¡±
¡°¡Do we run?¡±
¡°¡No, we can¡¯t with this many. Better to exterminate them from on top of the tallest tree.¡±
¡°Hn¡let¡¯s go oversized.¡±
¡°Oh, I¡¯ll bite.¡±
Moving at high speed, they quickly went to find the highest tree in the area. They destroyed the branches that could help the demons climbed upwards.
Hajime waits calmly while holding Donner. Yue understood and gently grabbed the hem of his clothes. His hand was upied so he used his body as substitute a hold. Her grip became a little stronger.
Then the first batch arrived. Not just raptors, but also T-rexes. The T-rexes were ramming the tree, and the raptors were using their talons to climb the tree.
Hajime pulled the trigger on Donner. He shot towards the earth to hit the climbing raptors. When Donner¡¯s chambers were exhausted, Hajime exposed the cylinder. With a rotation he uses the ejector rod to clear the chambers and loads the gun positioned within his left armpit. During this 5 seconds. The incendiary grenade he dropped before the shooting, explodes onto the monsters. mes scatter the area. Donner zes again after it was reloaded. 15 of the monsters already fell, but that was not enough.
Soon, an additional 30 raptors and 4 T-rexes have gathered under their eyes. They were attempting to smash the tree Hajime was on, or climb up to attack him.
¡°Hajime?¡±
¡°Not yet¡A little more.¡±
Hajime answered Yue, while he was shooting down at the raptors. She continued to concentrate on her magic barrage, as she believed in him.
Finally, more than 50 monsters gathered below them. This was just a guess because it was hard to distinguish now. He sent a signal to Yue to say that the monsters he sensed with ¡°Perception¡± were ounted for.
¡°Yue!¡±
¡°Okay! ¡°Freezing Hell¡±!¡±
When Yue triggered her magic, underneath them an area was frozen and it was spreading. The area was being covered in blue ice. When the ice touched the demons, the ice covered them like a coffin. There was not even a moment to resist. Monsters lost the light in their eyes after they were encased in ice. An area of 50 m square was frozen from the spell. It was worthy of being call ¡°Extermination Magic¡±.
¡°Haa¡Haa..¡±
¡°Good job. Indeed a ¡°Vampire Princess¡±.¡±
¡°¡Kufufu¡¡±
Hajime gives Yue praise at the spectacle before them. Just like the spell¡¯s name, it truly looked like a frozen hell in the surrounding area. Yue ran out of magic after using that supetive magic. She gasped for breath. Probably, she is having a case of fatigue.
He sat down beside her and ced a hand on her hips to support her, and presented his nape. To allow her to recover by drinking his blood. Although she does recover from the ¡°potion¡±, but it takes a long time for a vampire to recover with it. Blood seemed the best.
Yue was embarrassed, inspite of her deadpan look, at Hajime¡¯s praise and justughed. She blushed as she ced her mouth against his neck.
But Hajime stands up with a grim expression. He was sensing more than 100 demons.
¡°Yue, there are several times more.¡±
¡°!?¡±
¡°If it is this many, there is something going on. We just eliminated them all right now. Yet, another suicide attack¡like they werepelled to¡that flower¡maybe.¡±
¡°¡Parasite.¡±
¡°Yue thinks so too?¡±
She nodded to affirm his guess.
¡°¡There should be a main body.¡±
¡°Seems, that as long as those flowers are on them, they are puppets. We are up against all the monsters on this floor.¡±
Before Hajime is crushed by the amount, he should look for the main body. Looking for the lower floor would be hard if they didn¡¯t take care of them. Though they could find it along the way.
There wasn¡¯t time to let Yue suck his blood, so he tried to pass her the sacred water. however, Yue refused it. She stretched both her hands out towards the confused Hajime and says¡
¡°Hajime¡Carry¡¡±
¡°How old are you? Are you trying to suck my blood while we move?¡±
Hajime was correct. Yue nodded her head to answer him. Magical power recovery was slow for Yue with the sacred water, and they should keep a contingency n for recovery. When he is desperately busying himself, he eventually feels a few resistance. But, necessity knows nows.
He consented to carrying her¡Because it would get in the way. He gave her a piggyback ride, as he started his search for the main body.
And this is how we end up with the current situation.
They were being chased by close to 200 demons. The thicket was troublesome. Yue had already finished her meal but she didn¡¯t get off his back.
From the demons behind.
Dodododododododododo
Monsters approach them while making that noise. Raptors travels side by side while hiding in the tall grass, and pouncing from all directions. Hajime ran towards the ce he considered most suspicious, while he counterattacked. Yue did not allow the siege to overwhelm them by using her magic.
Kapu, Chu
The two red at the exit of the forest ahead. On the other side was the wall of thebyrinth. It looked like a cave with crack spreading from the center. Why, was this ce the objective? The attacking demons had a constant habit in their movements. Hajime countered while they advanced. Their movements be violent when they attempted to escape in a certain direction. As if, they were trying to lead them away from there. They decided to rush in that direction because the demons were increasing in number and they couldn¡¯t stay in this situation.
Apparently, hiding in the grass had already made it fail. Hajime jumps ahead with ¡°Air Walk¡± and ¡°Flicker¡±.
Kapu, Chu [sound of blood sucking]
¡°Yue-san!? Can you stop the blood sucking that has been going on?¡±
¡°¡Inevitable.¡±
¡°Lies! You aren¡¯t exhausted anymore.¡±
¡°¡Those guys¡¯ flower¡I¡¯m also¡Ku.¡±
¡°What are you groaning unnaturally? Don¡¯t try to shift the me, Baka! I can¡¯t afford it, hey!¡±
Inspite of the situation, Yue was obsessed with Hajime¡¯s blood. It was not odd that a former royalty couldn¡¯t control their guts. Although he was ying, he properly countered. Hajime jumped into the cracks, as he took along 200 monsters.
The cave¡¯s cracks were narrow for two average adults standing side by side. Of course, the T-rex couldn¡¯t fit through it, and the raptors could only enter one by one. One of the raptors that entered teared to tear Hajime with its extended ws. Before it could attack, Hajime shot it with Donner. He used his transmutation to block the crack.
¡°Phew, We¡¯ll be okay for a bit with this.¡±
¡°¡Good job.¡±
¡°If you feel so, get down.¡±
¡°¡Mu¡no choice.¡±
Yue reluctantly descends with Hajime¡¯s words. His back seemed to be veryfortable.
¡°So then, those guys were very desperate. Is this ce, bingo? Do not rx your guard.¡±
¡°Okay.¡±
Since the entrance was closed with transmutation, the two continued deeper into the cave.
They arrived into a big hall after traveling for a while. Cracks were even continuing into the depths of the halls. Perhaps it was the stairs to the lower level. Hajime feels the area. He did not sense anything but he kept his guard up because of an unpleasant feeling. There were a lot of demons in this dungeon that could hide from his senses.
When they arrived at the center of the room, then it happened. From all direction, an innumerable amount of green ping pong balls few in. Yue and Hajime was instantly back to back, and intercepting the flying balls. Hajime decided to create a stone wall because of the number that exceeded 100. The wall was strong enough to prevent the balls from piercing it. Seems like the balls didn¡¯t have that much power. Yue was able to intercept the balls with her wind magic, with its excellent speed, without a problem.
¡°Yue, it¡¯s probably an attack from the main body. Do you know where it is?¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°Yue?¡±
Hajime asked her if she knew of its location. Yue did not have a searching skill like ¡°perception¡±, but as a vampire she had sharper senses than Hajime. However, she didn¡¯t answer his question. Suspicious, Hajime called out to her, but his answer¡
¡°¡Run¡Hajime!¡±
Before anyone knew it, her hand faced Hajime. Wind converged onto her hand. Instinct warned violently, and Hajime jumped aside with full power. A de of strong wind passes the ce where Hajime used to be and bisects the cliff in the back.
¡°Yue!?¡±
Hajime wanted to raise his voice at the surprise attack, but he understood when he saw what was on her head. There was a blooming flower on Yue¡¯s head. Did it match Yue? It was a crimson rose that matched her well.
¡°Shit, was it those green balls!?¡±
He wanted to beat himself for his carelessness. Hajime continued to avoid the wind attacks from Yue.
¡°Hajime¡Uhh¡¡±
Yue broke her deadpan expression for a sorrowful one. When he shot the raptor¡¯s flower, it stomped on the flower. That would mean that the victim¡¯s consciousness is still there while being manipted. Only deprived the body of its freedom.
But then he already knew of how to free her. Hajime tried to draw the trigger as he aimed at the flower. However, the controller knew of Hajime¡¯s firearm that shot down the previous flower. Yue¡¯s body moved to cover the flower. She was moving around alot that there was a chance the shot would blow her face away. Hajime closed in to cut it, but Yue hit her own head.
¡°¡You got some nerves¡¡±
It was warning Hajime to stay away, Yue would be the target of the magic if he didn¡¯t. Yue surely was almost immortal. However, he couldn¡¯t deny that she might have a spell that could disintegrate her and prevent her regen. Yue would be able to fire it at an instant too. He wanted to avoid the gamble of a suicide attack.
The monster appeared from the dark cracks as it understood Hajime¡¯s hesitation.
A demon that was the mix of a woman and a nt came out. It was simr to a dryad or aruraune in RPGs. The demon appeared before Hajime. There is a legend that dryads brings good luck, if not hostile, and they were beautiful woman. But the one in front of him did not give that impression. Indeed, it looked like a human woman, but it had an ugly face like its inner ugliness was overflowing. It also had countless vines waving around, and it felt creepy. ¡°Her¡± mouth wasughing and grinning at something.
Hajime pointed his gun at it at once. However, Yue entered his line of fire.
¡°Hajime¡Sorry¡¡±
Yue grits her teeth with a mortified expression. Being unable to control herself was probably intolerable. She should still be resisting it desperately. Blood dripped from her lips as she moved her mouth to apologizes. Her sharp fangs were probably the cause. Was she frustrated with herself, or the curse, or both?
The aruraune fires a green ball into Hajime while using Yue as a shield. Hajime brushes it off with Donner. It was destroyed, though not visible, and probably scattered spores around. There was no sign of a flower blooming on Hajime. Laughter stoppeding from the demon and it looked confused. Spores did not seem to work on Hajime.
(Most likely, it is because of all my resistances.)
Just as Hajime guessed, the spores were a kind of neurotoxin. His ¡°Poison Resist¡± allowed him to resist it. It was sheer luck for Hajime, Yue can¡¯t be med for anything. She shouldn¡¯t feel heartbreak.
Realizing that the spores were useless against Hajime, the demon grumply ordered Yue to cast her spell. Again a de of wind was formed. Hajime thought it wasn¡¯t able to demonstrate the full capability of the victims. The raptors movements were evidence of this.
(That¡¯s a blessing in disguise)
If he tried to avoid the de of wind, the aruraune would just threaten to hurt Yue. He used ¡°Vajra¡±, obtained from cyclops, to endure the des. This skill solidify and expands magic to cover the whole body. A very reliable skill that demonstrates defensive power equivalent to its name. Because he was still inexperienced with it, Hajime could only disy 1/10 of its original power. The des had no power even if it was sharp, so he was able to endure it.
(There is a method to settle this immediately once¡afterwards would be scary¡or throw an incendiary grenade?)
As Hajime was pondering the situation, Yue raised a sorrowful cry.
¡°Hajime!¡I¡¯ll be fine¡just shoot!¡±
Yue had prepared herself for this. If she couldn¡¯t control herself then she would rather have Hajime shoot her. She put that kind of will into her eyes that watched Hajime.
There was no way he could do that. For sure he would save her. Such a hot line would usually jump out at this scene, to bond with the heroine. The previous Hajime would do it. But the current Hajime would disappoint such expectations.
¡°Eh, is that okay? That¡¯ll save me.¡±
Bang!
Gunfire echoes in the hall. When he heard Yue¡¯s words, he pulled the trigger without hesitation. The hall was filled with a cold air and silence. Rose petals were dancing in the air and fell onto the ground.
Yue was blinking her eyes with surprise. Aruraune was linking its eyes with surprise. To confirm it was gone, Yue ced both her hands on her head. There was blond hair that had frizzled or were torn off. Aruraune also understood the situation. It stared at Hajime with using eyes.
¡°No, don¡¯t make such eyes.¡±
Bang!
He discharged his gun with his Tsukkomi. The aruraune¡¯s head exploded into green liquids. It fell down to the ground while convulsing.
¡°So, Yue, are you fine? No difort?¡±
Hajime confirms Yue¡¯s safety with aid-back feeling. However, Yue is ring at Hajime while stroking her head.
¡°¡You shot.¡±
¡°Ah? Well you did say shoot.¡±
¡°¡You didn¡¯t hesitate¡¡±
¡°That, I finally decided to shoot. I had confidence in my aim. As expected, Yue was to stomach it without any question. From now on I¡¯ll put that into consideration.¡±
¡°¡My scalp was shaved a little¡maybe¡¡±
¡°Well, if its that much you¡¯ll regen it? No problem.¡±
¡°Uhh~¡¡±
Yue started to hit Hajime¡¯s stomach repeatedly with a face that said ¡°That is certainly true, but¡¡± Indeed, she told him to shoot, and she had prepared herself. But Yue is a woman. She had seen some dreams. He should have at least hesitated a little. At such a light response, she wanted toin.
Hajime did not worry for Yue after he found out that a manipted Yue wouldn¡¯t be able to use high-level magic. There were few spells that could ovee her immortality. It was unpleasant to shoot without hesitation. Even if it was the biggest taboo to hesitate inbat. He tilted his head in wonder at what she was dissatisfied with. She was losing to such a Hajime, and just turned away from him with a pout.
Hajime sighed inwardly, how was he going to fix the mood. This would be harder than beating the Aruraune.
Book 3. Chapter 1
Book 3. Chapter 1
Although there was no question that the Aruraune was dead, Yue was still hurt. After that event, she sucked Hajime¡¯s blood until he fainted. That was sessful enough to put her back into a good mood, so they continued their journey.
Their journey continued until they had descended 100 levels from where Hajime first started. Before each level, he would check his equipment and supplies. As always, whenever Hajime would work, Yue would stare at him. She was really watching Hajime rather than the work. Even now she was watching him work from his right side while rxing. Her expression did not suit the atmosphere of the dungeon.
They lost track of how many days had passed since they met, because there was no sense of time underground. Recently, Yue was disying a morefortable expression. She was even acting a little spoiled.
Whenever they were resting at the base, she would especially get glued to him. If heid down, she would cling to his arm while they slept near each other. Yue would embrace him from the back when he sat down. When she fed on his blood, she would cuddle him from the front. She would stay there even after she was done with the feeding. With a content expression, she would rub her face on his chest.
Hajime is a man. Yue with her 12 years old appearance was charming and should not easily invoke lust, but she was older than that. Since Hajime was the one being bewitched from that glimpse, it was troublesome. Still, they were in the dungeon, the tension in there helped him bear with it. When they returned to the surface, he didn¡¯t have much confidence in resisting her advances with her adult mode. There may not be the meaning to impart¡
¡°Hajime¡as careful as usual¡¡±
¡°Hmm? Ah, because it¡¯s the 100th floor next. I thought there might be something there. The upper dungeon is believed to have 100 floors¡ just in case.¡±
When Hajime passed the 80th floor of this ce, he thought there was a possibility that the ce they were in was no longer the usual ¡°Orcus Dungeon¡±. He had the same feeling as when he fell into the abyss. Judging from what he sensed as he traversed this level, this was certainly a basement a way off from the usualbyrinth.
Firearms, martial arts, special magic, weapons, and transmutation. After polishing these skills, Hajime had confidence in himself. He wouldn¡¯t be taken down easily. However, this ce was scary enough to kill him even with his abilities.
That is why he prepared as much as possible. Hajime¡¯s current status¡Nagumo Hajime17 Year oldMaless:SynergistLevel:76Strength:1,980Vitality:2,090Resistance:2,070Agility:2,450Magic Power:1,780Magic Resistance:1,780Skills:Transmutation ? Mineral Appraisal ? Precision Transmutation ? Mineral Enquiry ? Mineral Separation ? Mineral Fusion ? Replica Transmutation ? Magic Maniption ? Magic Emission ? Magic Compression ? Remote Control ? Iron Stomach ? Lightning d ? Divine Step ? Air Walk ? Flicker ? Grand Legs ? Air ws ? Night Vision ? Far VisionPerception ? Magic Perception ? Heat Perception ? Hide Presence ? Poison Resist ? Paralysis Resist ? Petrification Resistance ? Varja ? Magic Pration ? Coercion ? Telepathic Communication ? Language Comprehension
His status has continuously climbed after consuming his first demon meat, though he had not received much Special Magic. The stats did not increase anymore from normal monsters, but the boss or high-level monsters still did. Just like the other demons that didn¡¯t get Special magic from eating other demons, and his stats were getting harder to raise in his state.
When Hajime and Yue finished all their preparations, they went to the staircase that led them down.
The level they stumbled upon, was a veryrge space supported by a vast number of pirs. Each of the pirs was 5m in diameter, and each had spiral designs and vine patterns engraved onto them. The arrangement of each row of pirs was very uniform, and was even spaced out evenly. There was about 30m to the ceiling. Unlike the usual rough ground in the dungeon, this ce had beautiful t ground, and the room gave off a solemn atmosphere.
They stepped into the room while they admired it. All the pirs started to shine faintly then. This got them to regain their caution. Pirs lit up sequentially towards the back of the room.
Hajime was vignt for a while, but they decided to advance because nothing was happening. They advanced while making full use of their senses and perception skills. After they progressed 200m, they found a dead end ahead. No, not a dead end, but a huge door. The double door was 10m tall and had extravagant sculptures engraved onto it. Particrly, some of the patterns drawn were the same as the ones on top of the octagon system.
¡°¡This looks amazing. By any chance¡¡±
¡°Abode of Traitors?¡±
He had a feeling this was the room with thest boss. Hajime¡¯s instincts were sending him warnings, while there was no reaction from his perception skills. The fight ahead would definitely be a troublesome one. Yue seemed to feel it too because there was sweat on her forehead.
¡°Isn¡¯t this the greatest? We finally reached our goal.¡±
Hajime disregarded his instinct and put his bold smile on. He had no choice but to keep going, no matter what was behind there.
Yue eyed the door with an expression that told him she was prepared for it.
The two finally walked past thest of pirs and advanced towards the door.
At that moment, a huge magic formation nearly 30 meters wide appeared between them and the door. Crimson light emitted from the magic, and it pulsated.
Hajime recognized this magic. He couldn¡¯t forget it, since it was the same magic that triggered because of the trap that day and caused him to fall into the abyss. But the magic formation for the Behemoth a measly 10m in diameter. Compared to the magic formation fromst time, this was 3 timesrger than that, a lot moreplex and detailed.
¡°Hey hey, what¡¯s with this size? Is it really thest boss?¡±
¡°¡It¡¯s fine¡We won¡¯t lose¡¡±
As expected, Hajime smiled. Yue tugged on one of his arms tightly with a determined expression on her face.
Hajime nodded at Yue¡¯s words, and red at the magic formation. Seems like they wouldn¡¯t be able to advance if they didn¡¯t defeat the monster that came out of that magic formation.
The formation shone more and more until it finally burst. Hajime and Yue both held up their arms to prevent the light from blinding them. When the light disappeared, the boss awaited them.
A monster over 30m in length, 6 heads with long necks, sharp fangs, and dark red eyes. Comparable to the Hydra of the myths.
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±Kuruuaan!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
Those six pair of eyes stared at Hajime as it gave off a strange roar. It seemed to want to bring judgment upon the intruders who didn¡¯t know their ce. A fierce thirst for blood, that would have stopped an ordinary man¡¯s heart, was flung at Hajime. One of the heads with a Red Crest on it opened its mouth as mes emitted from it. The mes were already on the scale of a massive wall.
Hajime and Yue jumped to the right and left to start their counterattack. Hajime fired Donner at the Red Head, and the bullet sent it flying.
When Hajime pumped his fist in the air at his victory, one head with a white pattern shouted. White light wrapped around the crimson head and restored it fully, like time had been reversed. The white head appeared to be able to use healing magic.
Yue hadunched an ice shard at a Green Head and blew it away. However, the result was the same as the Red one, the white head cast its spell and healed it.
Hajime started to speak with Yue through the ¡°Telepathic Communication¡±, while he tsked.
(¡°Yue! Aim for that white head! Or it¡¯s endless!¡±)
(¡°Okay!¡±)
The head with a blue pattern shot out a gravel of ice from its mouth. Hajime and Yue were aiming for the white head while they avoided the shot.
Bang!
¡°Scarlet Spear!¡±
A sh of light and a zing spear shot towards the white head. However, the moment when it was about to hit, the yellow head quickly went into the line of fire and bloated. The head shone yellow and took both of the attacks head-ons. After the attack settled, there was an unscathed yellow head ring at them.
¡°Tsk! A shield. That head shields the healing head, a nice bnce.¡±
Hajime threw an incendiary grenade over the heads. At the same time, he fired Donner at the White Head with full power. Yue helped by firing off her ¡°Scarlet Spear¡± in rapid session. Her ¡°Azure Sky¡± may have surpassed the yellow head and hit the white head, but she would be easy prey after using such a strong spell that would exhaust her. She may be able to recover fast if she drank blood, but the heads were probably not going to allow the chance. Unless the number of heads could be halved, she couldn¡¯t use her best spells.
The yellow head was tanking all their attacks. But soon it was showing signs of damage in its previously wless head.
¡°Kuruan!¡±
The white head took to healing the yellow head at once. The head performed its healer role perfectly. However, at that moment the incendiary grenade exploded over the white head. Tar at 3000 degree centigrade was scattered around. When it poured onto the white head, it screamed in pain.
Don¡¯t miss this chance! Hajime sent this message telepathically. They nned for a simultaneous attack, but before they could execute it, a scream sounded. Yue¡¯s scream.
¡°Noooo!!¡±
¡°!? Yue!¡±
He quickly tried to rush over to her, but was intercepted by wind des and fireballs fired by the green head and red head respectively. Yue was still screaming, Hajime wondered what was going on with his teeth clenched. The ck head, he realized it had done nothing this whole time.
No that¡¯s wrong, it had already done something.
Hajime fired Donner at the ck head, while he dodged around with ¡°Flicker¡± and ¡°Air Walk¡±. With the sound of his firearm, the ck head that was staring at Yue was blown away. Yue copsed at the same time. He could see that her face was pale even from a distance. The blue head opened its big mouth and stretched its head towards Yue to swallow her.
¡°Like I¡¯ll let you!!¡±
Hajime prepared himself to get damaged in the storm of wind des and fireballs as he used his ¡°Flicker¡±. A potentially fatal attack was avoided with the use of Donner and ¡°Air ws¡±. At thest moment, Hajime arrived between the blue head and Yue. But there was no time to counter, so he quickly triggered ¡°Vajra¡±. Hajime could not use this skill while moving. That¡¯s why he stood before Yue to block that attack. The magic covered his body at the same time the head bit him.
¡°Kururu!¡±
¡°Guu!¡±
While raising a low growl, the blue head swallowed Hajime whole. When it tried to close its jaws, Hajime leaned forward and braced his legs to prevent it from closing. He pushed Donner against the head¡¯s upper jaw and pulled the trigger.
The blue head erupted from the st and bits of its brain flew off. Hajime used his ¡°Grand Kick¡± on the motionless head. Then he threw a sh grenade and sonic grenade at the Hydra.
¡°Sonic Grenade¡± was developed from a demon that could emit ultrasonic waves that they met on the 80th level. The demon had a special organ inside its body that generated these sounds to attack. Hajime didn¡¯t get any special magic for defeating this monster, but he was able to use its special organ as materials for his new grenade.
Those two grenades covered the Hydra in intense light and ultrasonic waves. Hajime carried Yue and hid behind the pirs with the chance those grenades provided.
¡°Hey! Yue! Get it together!¡±
¡°¡¡±
She didn¡¯t react to his words with her paling expression and trembling body. What the heck did the ck head do to her? While he cursed, he pped Yue¡¯s cheeks. Hajime called out for her telepathically and gave her some sacred water. After a while, light began to dwell in her hollow eyes.
¡°Yue!¡±
¡°¡Hajime¡±
¡°Yeah, it¡¯s me. Are you alright? What happened?¡±
Yue confirmed Hajime¡¯s existence with blinking eyes. She extends out her small hands and touched his face. A relieved sigh escaped her lips as she realized that Hajime was really in front of her, and tears began to collect at the edge of her eyes.
¡°¡What a relief¡ I thought I was abandoned¡ alone in the dark again¡¡±
¡°Ah? What are you talking about?¡±
Hajime was perplexed at her state. Yue said she saw a scene y out where Hajime had abandoned her and resealed her. When she saw that, a strong sense of insecurity struck her. She became bound by fear then it paralyzed her body and mind.
¡°Tsk! A debuff spell? Seems like the ck head can induce panic into its opponent. Damn, that monster has a good bnce of skills!¡±
¡°¡Hajime.¡±
Yue watched Hajime curse at the troublesome enemy with her anxious eyes. It was a frightening scene, being abandoned by Hajime. He was the person to risk his own life at unsealing her after 300 years. He, who didn¡¯t treat her differently after she told him she was a vampire, and allow her to feed off of him day-by-day. It was unavoidable that her heart yielded.
The only ce for Yue was beside Hajime. How nice it was when they promised to return to Hajime¡¯s hometown together. She didn¡¯t even want to imagine being alone again. Therefore the nted nightmare was stuck in her head and ate her up. Hajime stands up at the sign of the Hydra recovering from the confusion. Yue detained him involuntarily when she grabbed his clothes.
¡°¡I¡¡±
She was shaking with an uneasy expression that was close to crying. Hajime finally understood what nightmare she saw and what she was currently thinking. In his usual manner, he was able to perceive her feelings. Either way, he had promised to take her to Japan. There was no reason to pretend not to know.
He would probably be able tofort her with words, but there was no time for that. If he said some half-hearted words, she would still fall prey to the ck head¡¯s magic. There was a possibility that Hajime would mess up, but at that time he would follow Yue. While he thought of that excuse, Hajime scratched his head and squatted in front of Yue to meet her eyes.
And then¡
¡°?¡!?¡±
Hajime inclined his head and kissed Yue.
Their lips only touched a bit, but Yue had a dramatic reaction. She just seriously stared at Hajime.
He averted his eyes bashfully and led her to stand with his hand.
¡°We will kill that beast and survive. Then, we will reach the surface and return home¡ together.¡±
Yue stared at Hajime in utter amazement, then her usual deadpan expression broke down to gently disy a beautiful smile.
¡°Yes!¡±
Hajime cleared his throat to gather himself and informed Yue of the strategy.
¡°Yue, I¡¯m going to use Scgen. It can¡¯t fire continuously, so please cover me.¡±
¡°¡Leave it to me!¡±
Yue was suddenly full of motivation. Her quiet mutters were gone, and in ce was a voice full of ambition. All the anxiety before vanishedpletely.
It seems like there had been a breakthrough in various ways. Hajime recalled his usualck of independence, and when he thought about the future, maybe he acted rashly. However, the Hydra performed an explosion. The beast roared as it pelleted the area Hajime and Yue were at with fireballs, wind des, and ice shards.
The two jumped out of the shadow of the pir and started their counterattack.
¡°Scarlet Spear! Imperial Cannon! Frozen Rain!¡±
The trigger for the magic was activated rapidly, and the magic built up at an impossible speed. An ice tornado apanied a spiraling spear, with vacuum des whirling around it, and a sharp needle pelted the Hydra all at once. She had aimed for the gap when they attacked andunched it towards the red, green, and blue head to force the yellow head to act. But the yellow head didn¡¯t move as it noticed Hajime aiming for the white head and raised a roar.
¡°Kuruuan!¡±
Then a nearby pir waved and it transformed into an impromptu shield. This yellow head seems to be able to use a skill simr to the scorpion¡¯s, though the scale was smaller.
Yue¡¯s magic hit the stone walls, sting through the vanguard of walls. The magic directly hit three of the heads.
¡°¡±¡±Guruuuu!!¡±¡±¡±
Three of the heads screamed and wriggled. When the ck head¡¯s eyes caught Yue¡¯s it started to use its debuff magic.
Uneasiness welled up in Yue again. However, Yue remembered her kiss with Hajime before she was crushed by the uneasiness. Then, her body got a passionate feeling and it washed away her anxiety.
¡°¡It doesn¡¯t work anymore!¡±
In order to cover Hajime, Yue was casting spells rapidly and was emphasizing the number of spells rather than the power. While the red head received healing, blue head and green head resumed their attacks, and Yue contended with them by herself. They tried to counter each other.
While the three heads were upied with Yue, Hajime approached the beast with a dash. He was going for a single killing blow, because it would be troublesome if the beast had emergency measures it had yet to use. When the ck head realized its magic didn¡¯t work on Yue, it looked for Hajime. The pain, hunger, and anxiety of his time in the abyss rose inside his chest. But¡
¡°So what?¡±
It was past the time that he endured long ago. Feelings from those days were not a big deal now. Hajime blew away the ck head with Donner.
The white head tried to recover the head in a split second, but before it could Hajime jumped into the air using his skills and aimed his Scgen.
Just as he had assumed, the yellow head stood in the way of the shot for the white head.
¡°Then break together!¡±
Hajime formted a spark in the Scgen with his ¡°Lightning d¡±. The bullet was a full metal jacket, the Taur Stone being covered by the Shtar ore from the scorpion. Shtar ore had a high affinity to magic and it suited ¡°Lightning d¡± well. All thepressedbustion powder was ignited with the spark.
Bang!!
The red bullet was electromaically elerated through the 1.5m barrel with a tremendous explosive sound. This gun was 10 times more powerful than Donner¡¯s maximum output. With his simple calction, this rifle was 100 times more powerful than a normal anti-matter rifle. This was a monster weapon that was not possible without this world¡¯s special ore and magic.
When it was fired, the bullet made a red trail like it was a thickser. Once, they thought Kouki¡¯s spell that was shot at the Behemoth was the trump card, but this made that look like child¡¯s y. Yellow head met the bullet directly as it burned through the air.
Although the yellow head had a defense like ¡°Vajra¡±¡ but the bullet reached the white head like there was nothing there. The bullet prated through everything like nothing as it sted through the wall in the rear. Vibrations violently wracked the whole level as if an earthquake had happened.
What was left were two necks that looked like they never had a head to begin with. The open wound had been cauterized by the heat and made it seem like it never had those two heads. Debris was littered everywhere, and no one knew how long that bullet kept going, only that it left a huge hole in the wall.
The other heads did not think that almost half of its heads could be extinguished in a single moment. Even Yue was staring at Hajime in utter amazement and had forgotten her enemy. When Hajimended t on the ground, there was smoke rising out of Scgen¡¯s barrel as the round was ejected. When the shell fell to the floor, the three heads regained its senses. All three pairs of eyes red at Hajime, but their previous opponent was not someone to lightly take their eyes off of.
¡°Scorching Heaven!¡±
Once the Vampire Princess ¡ªan existence which caused her own people to fear her due to her talents and ultimately sealed her¡ª poured her power into the spell, it was like turning Heaven¡¯s vengeance against the hydra.
Immediately after, electric discharge started to gather around the 3 heads and soon, 6 lightning spheres surrounded the heads. The discharge soon lengthened and connected all the spheres together, forming a huge lightning globe in the center.
Zing!!
When the globe burst, it rained down lightning of great power within the confines of the 6 smaller spheres. The three heads tried to run, but the surrounding lightning spheres were acting like walls. As the wrath of God poured down from the sky, shes and thunder filled the room.
Helpless, the three heads screamed in agony as they were charcoaled and erased by the supetive magic thatsted more than 10 seconds.
Like always, Yue copsed into a sitting position after using that strong of a spell. She was breathing heavily as her magic power was exhausted and on her expressionless face was the eyes that conveyed satisfaction; she gave Hajime a thumbs up to show her satisfaction. Hajime returned the gesture with his own thumbs up and smiled. He began to walk while he carried the rifle on his shoulder. What remained of the Hydra were left behind him as he made his way to Yue.
Just after that.
¡°Hajime!¡±
Yue¡¯s desperate voice sounded out. As he wondered what was up, he followed her line of sight. From the Hydra¡¯s remains rose a seventh head that red at him. Hajime stiffened unintentionally.
However, the seventh silver head shifted its gaze to Yue and it let loose an aurora without any preparations. Like the Scgen shot, the aurora shot towards Yue in an instant. She couldn¡¯t move because of magic exhaustion.
The moment the silver head turned to Yue, Hajime had jumped out as his body was attacked by chills.
Just like with the blue head earlier, Hajime was able to jump into the line of fire to save Yue. This time the results were different. The aurora was swallowing Hajime whole. Yue¡¯s body was blown away by the aftereffects of the hit, even if it wasn¡¯t a direct hit.
Soon the aurora calmed down, and Yue sat herself up as her whole body was in pain. She searched for the figure of Hajime, as he had been swallowed by the aurora after he forced his way through to take the attack.
Hajime had not moved from the ce he blocked the attack. He was in an imposing stance as smoke blew from his whole body. On the floor was the wreckage of the melted Scgen.
¡°H-Hajime?¡±
¡°¡¡±
He was unresponsive. His body just shook and fell forward.
¡°Hajime!¡±
Yue quickly rushed over to him, ignoring her aching body as she was driven by uneasiness. Because of her magic drain, she couldn¡¯t gather any strength and fell. With a suppressed impatient feeling, she took out her sacred water and drank. Her vitality returned slowly and she rushed to Hajime this time.
Blood gradually began to puddle under Hajime¡¯s stomach. The attack had prated Hajime¡¯s Vajra and did a lot of damage. If he had not used the Scgen as a shield, he most likely would have died. Luckily, his Scgen was a weapon made from the shell of the scorpion that endured Yue¡¯s ¡°Azure Sky¡±.
When she turned him on his back, Hajime¡¯s condition was severe. His fingers, shoulder, and nk were burned and festering. Some of the parts even had bone exposed. The right side of his face was burned and his right eye was bleeding. There wasn¡¯t much damage to his legs, it was a blessing in disguise.
Yue was going to give him sacred water, but the Hydra wasn¡¯t going to allow that. The beast was shooting innumerable balls of light, 10cm in diameter this time. Its intensity could beparable to a gatling gun.
She quickly held Hajime and exerted all her strength to hide behind the pirs. Balls of light were shot one after another at the pirs, and caused the pirs to be shaved down. They had less than a minute left. Each of the light balls was loaded with terrifying energy.
Yue quickly dropped the sacred water onto Hajime¡¯s wound, and tried to get him to drink another one. However, Hajime didn¡¯t have the power to swallow it, so he choked on it and spit some out. To get Hajime to drink it, Yue ced it in her mouth and kissed him. She forcibly made him drink it.
But the sacred water was not able to restore the wounds. Usually, the restoration began immediately, it seemed like something was inhibiting it.
¡°Why!?¡±
Yue took out all the sacred water on hand as she began to panic.
The factor that was inhibiting the restoration was the poison in hydra¡¯s aurora; the poison melted his flesh. It usually would have melted a being without resistance. However, the sacred water¡¯s restoration was faster than the dissolution speed of the poison. The speed was slow, but with Hajime¡¯s enhanced body it would just take time to heal, but the right eye had evaporated with the aurora light. He would not be able to get it back because the sacred water could only restore, not regenerate.
Soon the pir will be crushed, and it did not seem Hajime will be able to move until then. Yue stared at Hajime with a determined expression as she kissed him. She took Donner and stood up.
¡°¡This time, I¡¯ll save you¡¡±
After her words of determination, she jumped out from behind the pir. She only had a little magic and the sacred water was used up. With the body of a vampire that relied on body strengthening, she could only use Donner and her unreliable ¡°Auto Regen¡±.
The silver head red at Yue. who had jumped out of the pir it was bombarding. Since her magic reserve was low, she employed a hit and run strategy rather than fighting it with magic. That was because she couldn¡¯t fire Donner as skillfully as Hajime. Yue was originally not good with close quarterbat, so she was instantly driven into a corner.
Finally, one of the balls hit Yue on the shoulder.
¡°Agh!¡±
Groaning in pain, she endured it and resumed running after regaining her momentum. The moment she stopped because of the pain would be the time she copsed. Her ¡°Auto Regen¡± began, but it was slower than usual. The poison seemed to be effective against her regen. The vampiress¡¯ magic reverse was cut again. In this situation, the magical power used to enforce her body would disappear soon.
Yue tried to approach the Hydra but the density of the barrage prevented her from going forward. She wouldn¡¯t be able to shoot Donner if she couldn¡¯t get closer. A n was needed to close the distance between her and the beast. However, the barrage was merciless and it finally cornered her.
In desperation, she pulled Donner¡¯s trigger to try to break the situation. Yue used a lightning spell to substitute the need for ¡°Lightning d¡± eleration. Count it as beginner¡¯s luck, but the bullet went through the gaps of the barrage and hit the silver head¡¯s temple.
However¡
¡°Eh?¡±
Her voice leaked unintentionally. The blow should have some power even if she didn¡¯t have sufficient eleration, but the silver head did not suffer much damage. Shadows of despair fell over her expression, but her defeat meant Hajime¡¯s death. She gritted her teeth and prepared to evade again.
However, such a pattern couldn¡¯t continue on forever. The silver head¡¯s eyes shined and another aurora was shot that jarred the surrounding space. Yue¡¯s evasion route was limited by the light ball barrage so she chose to get blown away by jumping into the light bullets. This allowed her to avoid the aurora.
The price for that was a light bullet to the abdomen and a m into the ground.
¡°Uu¡Uu¡¡±
Her body couldn¡¯t move, but if she didn¡¯t move, she would be hit by a barrage of light bullets. Yue knew this and struggled desperately, but her body didn¡¯t listen. Her regeneration was too slow. She started to shed tears, unaware. It was mortifying, so unbelievably mortifying. Can she not protect Hajime by herself?
After the head had confirmed its victory over Yue, it roared and shot a barrage of light bullets.
The bullets of light approached Yue, but she did not close her eyes. To show that at least it hadn¡¯t defeated her heart, she red at the head. Soon, her whole vision was being taken by the sh of the bullet. If it hit directly, death was a certainty. She tried to apologize to Hajime for failing to protect him, as she said that she would go first.
For an instant¡ a gust of wind blew.
¡°Eh?¡±
Yue realized that she was in someone¡¯s arms and the bullet struck to the side. When she looked at the person, she couldn¡¯t believe her sight. It was unmistakably Hajime. He was breathing heavily from his wounds and one of his eyes were shut, but he gave Yue a tight hug.
¡°Don¡¯t cry, Yue. It¡¯s your win.¡±
¡°Hajime!¡±
She embraced Hajime filled with emotions. Most of his injuries had not healed. He was standing with pure willpower.
Hajime gazed at the silver head. The head red back while making a bullet of light float in the surrounding. It threw the bullet so there would be no more discussion about who escaped death.
¡°So slow¡¡±
Hajime did not move until thest moment, he fell down and evaded the bullet.
The head narrowed its eyes and started to attack with numerous light balls.
¡°Hajime, run away!¡±
Yue told Hajime with a desperate expression, but Hajime was indifferent. He even embraced and danced in rotations with Yue. They unsteady fell and avoided the bullets of light. When a light ball avoided Hajime, she seemed to have misunderstood.
Her eyes widened.
¡°Yue, suck my blood.¡±
His silent eye and quiet voice urged her. She normally would have hesitated to take his blood when he¡¯s in a critical situation. Hajime embraced Yue and exposed his nape while dodging the light bullets.
¡°Your magic is thest resort¡ Do it, Yue. We will win.¡±
¡°¡Okay!¡±
His strong words dwell within her, and she nodded. She believed in him and buried her face into his nape with her fangs. Yue¡¯s body was rapidly healing when Hajime¡¯s blood flowed into her. The two of them were dancing around and avoiding the storm of light bullets while in each other¡¯s embrace.
Now, the world grew dull in color from his view. In the monochrome world, all things moved slowly. Only Hajime was moving as usual.
Hajime looked. The scene of Yue fighting by herself while his wavering consciousness tried to hold on. She was fighting desperately with his gun in one of her hands. When she fell on the ground and the beast started to emit the aurora to finish her off.
Fierce anger filled Hajime. What does he have to do? Would he be satisfied just sleeping here? To permit such unreasonableness to take his partner in such a ce? Was he going to yield to such a beast?
Nay! Absolutely not! Anyone who threatened his, no, their survival, was an enemy,
¡°Kill!¡±
At that moment, Hajime felt a spark run through his head and awakened one of his skills. The final derivation of ¡°Divine Step¡±, [Light Speed]. By expanding the cognitive functions, it increased the efficiency of all the skills associated with ¡°Divine Step¡± dramatically. Hajime had once again, ¡°exceeded the wall¡±.
Hajime arrived next to Yue in an instant with this skill and gently dodged the bullets of light.
Eventually, Yue finished sucking his blood andpletely regained her powers.
¡°Yue, when I give the signal, cast ¡°Azure Sky¡±. Until then, put your heart and soul into evading.
¡°Okay¡ and Hajime?¡±
¡°Me? Spadework.¡±
Hajime dropped Yue off behind the pirs and ran towards the silver head.
He dodged the iing barrage of light and fired off Donner while using ¡°Flicker¡±. The beast wasn¡¯t able to stomach being hit again by the bullet so it dodged them. Bullets from Donner ended up making holes in the ceiling.
Hajime kept changing the area he shot at, but all the bullets only made holes in the surroundings. A taunting glint was apparent in the silver head¡¯s eyes. Yue was bing uneasy but she believed in him. She waited for the signal to cast her spell.
He jumped into the air with ¡°Air Walk¡± and fired off Donner. His delicate steps which had not been possible before was now possible after awakening ¡°Light Speed¡±. Hajime jumped around in the air near the ceiling, dodging the barrage.
Irritated, the silver head gave off an aurora attack carelessly. Naturally, Hajime dodged it easily with a grin. Hajime got ready to y his cards. The head became stiff while it did its aurora attack. Then he reloaded Donner and shot at 6 different ces. An intense explosion and shock urred on the ceiling. After an instant of silence, it began to copse in one go. The debris was 10 m in diameter and weighed dozens of tons. Thatrge mass crushed into the silver head.
Hajime opened a hole in the ceiling with Donner, and prepared a grenade while he evaded. He made parts of the ceiling fragile with his transmutation. Then he shot at the 6 ces and caused them to explode.
His attack did not disappoint. If just simple debris could defeat this monster, he wouldn¡¯t have that much trouble. Hajime approached the trapped and crushed silver head with ¡°Flicker¡±. Using his transmutation, Hajime quickly changed the debris into restraints. At the same time, he created an impromptu st furnace around the Hydra. He threw pouches containing incendiary grenades into the furnace and shouted.
¡°Yue!¡±
¡°Okay! ¡°Azure Sky¡±!¡±
A pale sun appeared in the st furnace and melted the silver head that was restrained. There was a chain explosion inside, and the power broke through its defense. The damage the silver head had suffered was not negligible.
¡°Guuruaaa!!¡±
The silver head let out a death throes. It tried to violently run away and shot off light bullets randomly. Walls started to break but Hajime was there to repair them to prevent its escape. The Hydra tried to use its aurora attack but the silver head melted in the high heat and was unable to shoot it.
Hajime¡¯s perception could no longer sense the hydra, as it disappeared from his senses. This time he was convinced of its death and copsed backward.
¡°Hajime!¡±
Yue crawled to him as her body had lost all its energy.
¡°Indeed¡ I¡¯m spent¡¡±
Hajime let consciousness slowly fade away as he felt Yue embracing him.
Book 3. Chapter 2
Book 3. Chapter 2
Chapter 2 : Abode of Traitors
Hajime felt his whole body being wrapped by something warm and soft. It was a very nostalgic feeling. This is the feeling of a bed. A cushion was gently catching his head and back. The softness of feathers wrapped his body. His dozing consciousness was thrown into confusion.
(What is this? This is supposed to be the dungeon¡Why is a bed¡)
He was fumbling around as his consciousness was not fully awake yet. However, he couldn¡¯t move his right hand. It was wrapped in a soft feeling that was different from the bed. His palm was also wedged into something warm and soft.
(What¡¯s this?)
Hajime moves his hand while he was still nk. He felt a certain sticity between his hands and it was squishy when he touched it. Just keen on the feel somehow and it bes a habit to keep touching¡
¡°¡Ahn..¡±
(!?)
For some reason a seductive gasp could be heard. At that moment, the first visage of his consciousness came back to him.
Hajime noticed as he raised himself in panic, that he really was in a bed. The bed had a pure-white sheet and it felt luxurious and it even had a canopy. It seems the bed was on a stone pavement in a terrace atrium. A refreshing breeze blew by Hajime¡¯s cheeks and the canopy. His perimeter was surrounded by pirs and a thin curtain. Can you imagine a bed in the center of a Parthenon shrine? The whole space was filled with a warm light that he hasn¡¯t seen in a long time.
He was confused, just a while ago he was in a desperate struggle fighting against the Hydra in the dungeon.
(Where is this? This ce¡don¡¯t tell me its the afterworld¡)
In this ce that felt so solemn, an ominous thought crossed his mind. Hajime thoughts were interrupted by an amorous voice next to him.
¡°¡Hn¡Hajime¡Au¡¡±
¡°!?¡±
When Hajime was confused, he turned over the sheet. While not wearing a single thread of clothing, Yue clinged onto Hajime¡¯s right hand and sleptpletely naked. He finally noticed that even he was naked.
¡°Indeed¡is this the morning chirp¡that¡¯s not right!¡±
The confused Hajime did a Tsukkomi on himself for his stupid thoughts. Yue started to wake up a little.
¡°Yue, wake up. Yue.¡±
¡°Hn~¡¡±
When he tried to wake her up, she curled up and shook her head to fret. His right hands were between Yue¡¯s thighs and it was approaching a dangerous ce.
¡°Ku¡Don¡¯t tell me this is really the afterworld¡is it Heaven?¡±
Hajime he was saying those stupid things, he tried to free his right hand, but everytime¡
¡°¡Hn¡Hn¡¡±
Yue panted seductively.
¡°Ku, calm down me. No matter how old she is, her appearance is still of a child. Impossible for me to get excited! I am absolutely not a lolicon!¡±
Hajime tried to persuade himself of this, while his expression was on the brink of looking like a pervert. He gave up trying to free his right hand, and instead tried to wake up the cause but no luck.
Gradually, he started to get irritated. Hajime could not swallow the situation and confusion, and he had a blue vein popping out on his forehead at her leisurely sleeping there.
His irritation culminated¡
¡°That¡¯s enough, get up! This natural erotic vampire princess!¡±
He invoked his ¡°Lightning d¡±. Electric discharge started to gather in his right hand.
¡°!? Ababababababa¡±
Yue was shocked by the discharge. She released Hajime¡¯s arm and finally opened her eyes, while she twitched a little.
¡°¡Hajime?¡±
¡°Yeah. It¡¯s Hajime-san. Sleepyhead, wake up¡¡±
¡°Hajime!¡±
¡°!?¡±
She woke up and widened her eyes when she saw Hajime. The next moment, she jumped towards Hajime. In the nude. Hajime trembled.
Yue buried her face into Hajime¡¯s scruff. and he noticed she was sniffing. He decided there was no helping it, and just stroke her head with a smile.
¡°My bad, seems like I worried you a lot.¡±
¡°Yeah¡I was worried¡¡±
It seems she didn¡¯t want to stop clinging for a while. He let her do it until she was satisfied because she did take care of him. Hajime continued to stroke her head gently.
When Yue calmed down after a few minutes, Hajime asked about what happened. By the way, he made Yue cover herself with the sheet.
¡°So, what happened since then? Where is this?¡±
¡°¡After that¡¡±
She said that after the battle, she felt dizzy from her magic depletion and snuggle right next to the copsed Hajime. Then the double doors in the room automatically opened. Reinforcements? Yue stayed vignt but nothing ever came. When she started to recover bit by bit, she decided to enter the door.
The sacred water was healing Hajime little by little. Still, he was in a dangerous state with all his serious injuries. His tough body had escaped death, but she didn¡¯t know when the sacred water would lose to the poison. Both of them would be finished if a new monster appeared. Therefore, she had to check it out.
And in the depths of the door,
¡°¡Abode of the Traitors.¡±
Inside was a vast space with a good looking house in the center. Then, she confirmed it wasn¡¯t dangerous. Yue confirmed there was a bedroom and took the unconscious Hajime to it and nursed him. Recently, the God¡¯s Crystal extract was decreasing considerably. Hajime had kept drinking the sacred water.
The sacred water finally beat out the toxins, and it was able to disy its usual restorative prowess. Yue became exhausted eventually.
¡°¡I see, you took care of me. Thanks, Yue.¡±
¡°Hn!¡±
When Hajime conveyed his words of thanks, Yue¡¯s eyes brighten up joyfully from the bottom of her heart. She was expressionless but her eyes said all.
¡°By the way¡why am I naked?¡±
He was curious. The morning chirp he wanted to break from. Hajime didn¡¯t dislike Yue¡he just wanted to prepare his heart. Inwardly, he just muttered to himself.
¡°¡You were dirty¡I cleaned you¡¡±
¡°¡Why did you lick your lips?¡±
Yue had a bewitching smile, like when she sucked his blood, and licked her lips. For some reason his body shivered.
¡°Why was Yue sleeping next to me? Also¡naked¡¡±
¡°¡Fufu¡¡±
¡°Wait, what are youughing at? Did you do something? Don¡¯t lick your lips!¡±
While Hajime was questioning her intensely, Yue did not answered and just stared at Hajime with a voluptuous look.
Hajime questioned for a while, but she had a happy expression as she remained quiet. He decided to give up on the questioning and explore the abode. Yue handed him some high-quality clothes she found. It was men¡¯s clothing. Most likely it was the traitor¡¯s. Hajime confirmed his good health then dressed himself with the clothes, and prepared his equipment. There might be some traps or tricks, so he prepared himself just in case.
When his preparation was alsoplete, he looked back and found Yue dressed. Yue was,
¡she was in a one piece cutter shirt.
¡°Yue..what are you aiming for?¡±
¡°?¡Size doesn¡¯t fit.¡±
Oh, men¡¯s size would surely not fit Yue¡¯s height of only 140 cm. However, her appropriate sized breasts and pure white legs were on disy. Her image was so sensational, contrary to her childish appearance, because of the way Yue held herself and acted. Hajime was troubled on where to keep his eyes.
¡°¡If its natural, then its quite frightening¡¡±
He wasn¡¯t sure if she was aiming for that or it just came natural. Hajime just knew she was terrifying in a variety of ways.
Leaving the bedroom, he was amazed at the sights around him.
First, sunlight had entered his eye. It wasn¡¯t real because they were underground. There was a globe that had its cone-shaped body connected to the ceiling, and it was floating there shining. He felt slightly warm because it didn¡¯t feel artificial like a fluorescent lights. Hajime unintentionally called it ¡°Sun¡±.
¡°¡It bes like a moon when its night.¡±
¡°Seriously¡¡±
Next, the pleasing sounds of water entered his ears. To the back of the room was a door that lead to a small sized stadium. In the back wall of this room was a waterfall. Arge quantity of water ran down that wall from the ceiling and joined the river to flow into the back cave. The cool wind full of negative ions that blew from the waterfall provided a good feeling. When he took a closer look at the water, there were fish swimming there. Possible the fish flowed in from a terrestrial river.
Some distance from the river, there was a big field. Nothing seems to be nted there right now¡it spread throughout the surrounding. It could be an animal pen. There was no sign of animals, but there was resources here to be self sufficient. Lots of varieties of nts grew around here too.
Hajime was on the opposite side of the river and field. He was encouraged to walk towards the adjacent building to the bedroom. The construction felt like processed rocked and it wasn¡¯t for dwelling.
¡°¡I checked around a bit, there were many rooms that didn¡¯t open..¡±
¡°I see¡Yue, don¡¯t let your guard down.¡±
¡°Okay¡¡±
The stone house was white and it texture was like lime; All of it felt so clean. In the entrance, there was a light sphere that was at the tip of a pedestal projecting from the ceiling. Hajime was dazzled with it because he had been in the dark for so long. There seemed to be 3 stories, and there seemed to be an atrium at the top.
First, they wanted to look at the ground floor. They discovered a firece, soft carpet, living area with a sofa, a kitchen, and restroom. No signs pointed to the idea that these items had been neglected for years. There was no sign of life¡but it had the feeling of return home after a trip. Hajime thought it had an air that told him it hadn¡¯t been used in a while. People did not live here, but it was still being maintained¡
Hajime and Yue continued their exploration with caution. When they went into the interior they were outdoors again. There was a hole in this huge ce, and a sculpture of a lion was enshrined in deep water there. Next to the sculpture was a magic formation. When he poured magic into the formation, warm water jumped out of the lion¡¯s open mouth. The lion seemed to be able to arrange water from anywhere in the world.
¡°A bath. This is good. How many months has it been since I had a bath?¡±
He loosens his cheeks instinctively. The first time around, Hajime did not care about the dirt that was on his body. Since he was worried about itching, he gave in. Water was gathered using a huge magic formation he craved and he wiped his body with the water.
However, Hajime was Japanese. He was no exception to the addiction for a bath. After he secured the area, he couldn¡¯t help himself from smiling.
Watching that Hajime, Yue said¡
¡°¡Enter? Together¡¡±
¡°¡Let me take it easy alone.¡±
¡°Mu¡¡±
Yue kicked the warm water with her barefeet. Hajime refused because if they entered together he wouldn¡¯t be able to rx. Her face showed how dissatisfied she was.
Both of them soon discovered a study room and workshop on the second floor. However, there seemed to be seals that prevent the opening of the doors in those rooms. With no other choice, they continued their search.
The two headed to the third floor¡¯s back room. There was only one room on the third floor. When they opened the door into the interior, there was a 7-8 m wide exquisite and delicate magic formation engraved on the floor in the center of the room; the design was something they had never seen before. A rather splendid geometrical patterned formation and it looked like art.
However, something else was more noteworthy. On the other side of the magic formation was a figure sitting in a regal chair. The figure was a corpse. It was already been skeletonized and there was a stunning ck robe embroidered with gold on its body. There was not a single stain on it and it seemed to be an object from a haunted house.
The corpse hung its head, while leaning on the chair. It had been decayed in that posture. What did this person think of in this room with only a magic formation? Why did it choose this ce, instead of the bedroom or living room?
¡°¡Suspicious¡What do you want to do?¡±
Yue was also wondering about the corpse. This person was probably one of the traitors. No signs of suffering could be seen on the figure that rested on the chair. It seemed like the figure was waiting for someone.
¡°Well, if we want to reach the surface, I think this room is the key. The seals in the library and studio resisted my transmutation¡so we have to investigate. Yue wait here, and if anything happens I¡¯ll leave it to you.¡±
¡°Okay¡Be careful.¡±
Hajime stepped forward towards the magic formation. The moment he stepped into the center of the magic formation, a snow-white light shes suddenly and the room is dyed with the light.
Due to the intensity, Hajime closed his eye. Something invaded into his head immediately after, and he went through the time he fell into the abyss like a revolvingntern.
The light soon settled and Hajime opened his eyes; in front of his eyes¡was a young man in ck clothing.
Book 3. Chapter 3
Book 3. Chapter 3
Chapter 3 : True History
The magic formation shines faintly and fills the room with a mysterious light.
A young man was standing in front of Hajime, and if they looked closely the man was wearing the same robe as the corpse on the chair.
¡°You have arrived here after oveing the trials. My name is Oscar Orcus. The person who created this dungeon. If I said one of the Traitors, would you understand?¡±
Seems like the person speaking was Oscar Orcus. The creator of the ¡°Orcus Dungeon¡±. Hajime was surprised but kept listening.
¡°Ah, please don¡¯t ask questions. This is just a recording, unfortunately, it wouldn¡¯t be able to answer your questions. For the person to reach this ce, I will impart the truth of the world and what we fought for¡this is the leftover message. I took this shape. Please I want you to listen¡We are traitors but we are also not.¡±
Then Orcus started his story. This story was much different from the known history that the church taught and what Yue exined to him; it shocked him.
A tale of the battle between the Mad God and his descendants.
During the first years after the Age of Gods, the world was filled with strife. Humans, Devils, and Demi-Humans were constantly at war with each other. The reason for their wars varies. Territorial expansion, ethnic values, greed, and much others. The biggest reason was ¡°Enemy of God¡±. During that time the races and countries were finely divided. Each of the race and country would worship their own god. For their god¡¯s oracle, they continued to wage their war.
After hundreds of years of countless battles, but there came people who wanted to end this war. The group was called ¡°Liberators¡± during those days.
They all had amon connection. All of them were direct descendants of the gods that were followed in the Age of Gods. The leader of the ¡°Liberators¡± had, by chance, found out the real intentions of the gods. The gods had urged the wars with the intention of having the people be the pieces in their war game. When he found this out, the leader set out on a mission. He gathered like minded people who would not stand for the gods manipting the people and driving them to war for their games.
They located the ce where the gods resided, ¡°World of God¡±. There were 8 of them that had the strength of ancestral times in ¡°Liberators¡±, and with their powerful strength challenged the gods.
However, the n fails before the fighting began. The gods were the puppet masters of the people, and they had gotten people to recognize the ¡°Liberators¡± as the enemy of god that wanted to bring destruction to the world. People were made to be their enemies. There wereplications in the process, after all, they couldn¡¯t wield their power against the people they were trying to protect. When the ¡°Liberators¡± were defeated they werebeled as ¡°Traitors¡±, the traitors who forgot the grace of god and wanted to destroy the world.
At the end, their group had been dwindled to the 8 strongest. They were now the world¡¯s enemies and they judged that they were not strong enough to strike down the gods. Each of them scattered around the continent and created the 8 Great Dungeon to hide in. The dungeon was a trial to find a worthy person to hand over their powers, and with it aplish what they could not.
Orcus smiles gently after he finished that long story.
¡°I don¡¯t know who you are or what reason you arrived here for. I will not coerce you into killing God. However, I wanted you to know. What we stood for.
¡To you, I grant my powers. You are free to use it as you will.
Please do not use this power to satisfy the evil in your heart.
Our conversation is at an end. Thank you for listening. Now your free will won¡¯t be under supervision.¡±
After he finished what he said, the recorded image of Orcus disappeared. Something invaded Hajime¡¯s mind at the same time. His mind ached with a throb, but endured it quietly because it imprinted knowledge of a certain magic.
Soon, both the pain and magic formation settled. Hajime slowly exhaled.
¡°Hajime¡are you okay?¡±
¡°Ah, I¡¯m fine¡kind of. I just heard something immense.¡±
¡°¡Okay¡What do you want to do?¡±
Yue asked what he wanted to do, after he heard Orcus¡¯ story.
¡°Yeah? Nothing in particr? Being summoned without permission and asking them to fight a war was bothersome. I don¡¯t even know what¡¯s going on with this world. Looking for a way to the surface and going home. That¡¯s my only goal¡Are you bothered by it, Yue?¡±
The previous Hajime would probably do something. However, his values had changed and it allowed him to ignore Orcus¡¯ plight. This world should have its own people deal with their problems, but Yue was as resident of this world. Since he couldn¡¯t leave her alone, he had to consider what she wanted. He couldn¡¯t cut off Yue like he did Orcus because their rtionship was a lot closer. Hajime asked her for her thought, but after a slight hesitation she shook her head.
¡°My ce is here¡others I don¡¯t care.¡±
She snuggled up to Hajime and took his hand. Yue tried to convey her true feelings as she grasped his hand. In the past, she devoted everything for her country. Betrayed by those she trusted and not a single person saved her. For Yue after her long imprisonment, this world was just a prison to her.
Hajime was the one to save her from her prison. That is why being beside Hajime was her everything.
¡°¡Is that so.¡±
Hajime was slightly embarrassed. He cleared his throat to disguise it, and tells the shocking truth without hesitation.
¡°Ah, I also learned some new magic¡Age of Gods magic it seems.¡±
¡°¡Really?¡±
Yue had an expression that said she didn¡¯t believe him, but it was expected. The magic used in the Age of Gods were lost to the modern world. It was transition magic that summoned him and the others here, and that was an Age of Gods magic.
¡°This magic formation on the floor can fiddle with your brain and teach you to use it. It seems like.¡±
¡°¡Are you okay?¡±
¡°Yeah, no problem. This magic¡seems like its the magic for me.¡±
¡°¡What kind of magic?¡±
¡°Well, I think its called Creation Magic. You can add magic into minerals with it, and the added magic can give special properties to the minerals.¡±
Yue jaw-dropped at Hajime¡¯s exnation.
¡°¡You can make artifacts.¡±
¡°Ah, I can do that.¡±
Creation Magic was used to create artifacts during the Age of Gods. Like this magic was made for ¡°Transmutation Master¡±. The truth was Orcus¡¯ ss was ¡°Transmutation Master¡±.
¡°Why don¡¯t you learn, Yue? Entering this magic square and it will explore your memories. Orcus said something about a trial and you may learn it if it judges that you passed the trial.¡±
¡°¡I don¡¯t use transmutation¡¡±
¡°Mah, that¡¯s true but¡its magic from ancient times? It wouldn¡¯t hurt to learn it?¡±
¡°¡Okay¡if Hajime says so.¡±
Yue walks to the center of the magic formation just like Hajime advised. The magic formation shines as it searches through Yue¡¯s memories. Now the moment of truth of its verdict¡
¡°You have arrived here after oveing the trials. My name is Oscar¡¡±
Orcus appeared again. There was a spoiled feeling. Hajime and Yue ignored Orcus¡¯ story and kept talking to each other.
¡°Did you learn it?¡±
¡°Yeah. But¡artifact is difficult.¡±
¡°Yeah, it seems that Ancient Magic might have affinities and suitability.¡±
While the two were talking with each other, near them was Orcus talking and smiling to nothing. It was very surreal. Hajime thought he saw the corpse look sad, but wrote it off as his imagination.
¡°Ah, for the time being, this ce is ours now, do you want to tidy up the corpse.¡±
Hajime did not have anypassion.
¡°Un¡fertilize the field¡¡±
Yue also did not have anypassion.
Even though there was no wind, Orcus¡¯ body hung its head.
Orcus¡¯ body was buried at the end of the field, and a gravestone was erected there. As expected, treating him like fertilizer was too pitiful.
When they finished with the burial, Hajime and Yue went to the sealed rooms. They had received a ring that Orcus had worn. Don¡¯t call them grave robbers. On the ring was an engraved pattern that was crosswise in the circle, and the pattern was the same as the seals in the library and studio.
First, they headed to the study.
Their first purpose was to search for a way to the surface. Hajime and Yue unlocked the seal on the bookshelf and checked it for anything notable. They discovered the designs for the whole dwelling. Although it wasn¡¯t to the degree of a blueprint, where what went, it was a memo of where certain buildings would be ced.
¡°Bingo! It has it, Yue!¡±
¡°Un¡±
A voice of delight escapes from Hajime. Yue is also joyful. ording to the n, the magic formation on the third floor was also connected somehow to a formation on the surface. The magic would not activate without Orcus¡¯ ring. Stea¡epting that ring was a good idea.
When they examined the n more, there was an independent golem in the studio that maintained this dwelling periodically. The light from the globes on the ceiling had the same property as natural sunlight. This meant that crops and other things that rely on sunlight could be grown. It seems the reason this ce felt so clean, even when no life was here, was because of the golem.
The studio acted as a storage for all the artifacts and materials Orcus had made during his lifetime. These items were stole¡transferred to them. There were quite a lot of devices.
¡°Hajime¡this.¡±
¡°Yeah?¡±
Yue had been investigating the other documents while Hajime checked the ns, and brought him one of the books. The book was Orcus¡¯ memoir. Inside the memoirs were the written the daily lives of formerrades, especially about the 8 core members of the ¡°Liberators¡±.
Within the passages, one of them was rted with the Dungeons the other 7 made.
¡°¡In other words, its that? If we conquer the other dungeons, we would obtain the creator¡¯s Ancient magic?¡±
¡°¡Maybe.¡±
ording to the memoirs, just like Orcus, the other 7 ¡°Liberators¡± were prepared to teach their Ancient Magic to those that conquer their dungeon and reach the final floor. Unfortunately the types of magic was not written¡
¡°¡Maybe we found a way home.¡±
Just as Yue said, there was a possibility. The transition magic that summoned beings from other world was an Ancient Magic.
¡°Looks like we have a guideline from now on. To conquer the 8 Great Dungeons when we return to the surface.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡±
Hajime loosen his cheeks as he got the guideline. He instinctively patted Yue¡¯s head, and her eyes squinted joyfully.
They were looking for more information, but they weren¡¯t able to find any data that showed the exact locations of the dungeon. Currently, the confirmed dungeons were ¡°Mountain of Great mes¡± around the Guruyuen Desert, and ¡°Hartzena Sea of Trees¡±. The rumored dungeons were ¡°Raisen Great Canyon¡± and ¡°Schnee Snowfield¡±. They had no choice but to investigate all of them.
Satisfied with their search of the study, the two moved to the studio.
There were a lot of small rooms in the studio and they could open them all with Orcus¡¯ ring. Inside them were various never seen before ores and work tools. Theory books crowded the area and it could be mistaken as a paradise for Transmutation Masters.
Hajime folded his arms and pondered as he looked over the studio. When Yue saw him in that state, she looked puzzled and voiced it.
¡°¡What¡¯s up?¡±
After being lost in thought for a while, Hajime proposed to Yue.
¡°Umm, that is Yue. Can we stay here for a bit? I want to quickly get to the surface but¡there are many things to learn and this is the best base. When thinking about conquering the other Dungeon, I want to prepare as much as possible here. How about it?¡±
Yue had been sealed underground for 300 years and she did not want to lose a second in getting to the surface. However, after bing speechless at Hajime¡¯s proposal; she immediately approved. Strangely, it was Hajime who thought that¡
¡°¡Anywhere is fine if Hajime is there.¡±
That¡¯s how it is. Hajime tried to hide his embarrassment at Yue¡¯s surprise deration.
Both of them decided to train and equip themselves as much as possible here.
* * *
Omake
Evening of that day, the sun in the ceiling had changed into a moon and gave off a pale light. Hajime let his whole body rx as he soaked in the bath. After falling into the abyss, this was the first time he had loosened up. A bath was often said to cleanse the mind.
¡°Phew, this is the best.¡±
A voice that was unthinkable for the current Hajime¡¯s nature came out. When he loosened his whole body, he suddenly heard footsteps. Thepletely off-guard Hajime shivered. Although he said he would enter alone!
Of course, the one to make the sounds and enter the bath was¡
¡°¡Ah¡feels so good¡¡±
Yue immediately sat down near Hajime, stark naked.
¡°¡Yue-san, didn¡¯t I say I¡¯ll enter alone?¡±
¡°¡I refused.¡±
¡°Wait a minute! I know that material!¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°¡At least cover your front. There are plenty of towels.¡±
¡°Rather look.¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°¡Eh.¡±
¡°¡Ah, I¡¯ve been hit.¡±
¡°¡No you haven¡¯t.¡±
¡°Why do you know that material? Fine, I¡¯ll go!¡±
¡°I wont¡¯ let you go!¡±
¡°Wa-Wait! Ah, Ahhhhh!!!¡±
I will leave the rest to your imagination.
* * *
Omake II
Kaori¡¯s side.
¡°What¡¯s this? Suddenly there is Killing Intent¡¡±
¡°Kaori!? There is a Hannya behind you!¡±
Book 3. Chapter 4
Book 3. Chapter 4
Chapter 4 : Departure
Two months have passed since Yue showed Hajime the dignity of a senior, and various breakthroughs were made from that night. As for Hajime, who continued enhancing his body and heart against the crazy monsters in the abyss, lost to Yue¡¯s onught. He decided to take it seriously and ept it.
Hajime was aware of Yue¡¯s feelings, on top of that he did promise to take her with him. His reason for withstanding her approach was his stance on not allowing something take his attention until he achieved his objectives. Now he had conquered the dungeon and established a secure base. His goal was partially achieved when he discovered information and a n to return home, and now his mind was allow to think about other things. His fragile reason couldn¡¯t oppose Yue¡¯s approach. Moreover, his reason didn¡¯t exist anymore.
The two of them made full use of the base. If anyone saw from the side they would likely yell: ¡°Riajuu should explode!!¡± everyday. Far away, a Hannya mask floated around a female student. Her best friend had been frequently frightened by the situation, but that¡¯s another story. These were the preparation for the bloodshed in the near future.
¡°¡Hajime, does it feel good?¡±
¡°Yeah, feels good.¡±
¡°Fufu¡Then, here?¡±
¡°Ah, that¡¯s good too.¡±
¡°Better¡I¡¯ll make it feel even better.¡±
Currently, Yue was giving Hajime a massage. They weren¡¯t doing anything erotic. Why were they doing a massage? Because of Hajime¡¯s left arm. The massage was given on a regr basis to help his body get familiar with the prosthetic attached to his left arm.
His prosthetic arm is an artifact, and it could make like a real arm with the direct maniption of magic. The arm had a pseudo neural mechanism, it allowed the touch sensation by using magic to send signals to the brain to perceive it. For its appearance, the arm had a silver luster with ck lines running along it. In certain parts of the arm, there were magic formations and patterns engraved in it.
The arm was fitted with arge number of gimmicks. He had designed it simr to the items in the studio that were Orcus¡¯ works, but Hajime added some of his original elements into it. A lot of special ores made with Creation Magic was used. If it was out in the world, this artifact would no doubt be an article of rare beauty that would be a national treasure. Of course, ordinary people couldn¡¯t use it because you needed direct magic maniption to operate it.
In two months their abilities and equipment were enhanced; they weren¡¯t anything like their previous selves. Hajime¡¯s current status.
Name
Nagumo Hajime
Age
17 Years Old
Gender
Male
Level
???
ss
Transmutation Artist (Synergist)
Strength
10,950
Vitality
13,190
Resistance
10,670
Agility
13,450
Magic
14,780
Magic Resistance
14,780
Skills- Transmutation
- Mineral Appraisal
- Precision Transmutation
- Mineral Enquiry
- Mineral Separation
- Mineral Fusion
- Replica Transmutation
- Compression Transmutation
- Magic Maniption
- Magic Emission
- Magic Compression
- Remote Control
- Iron Stomach
- Lightning d
- Divine Step
- Air Walk
- Flicker
- Grand Legs
- Light Speed
- Air ws
- Night Vision
- Far Vision
- Perception
- Magic Perception
- Heat Perception
- Hide Presence
- Poison Resistance
- Paralysis Resistance
- Petrification Resistance
- Panic Resistance
- All Elemental Resistance
- Foresight
- Varja
- Grand Arm
- Coercion
- Telepathic Communication
- High-Speed Magic Recovery
- Magic Conversion
- Limit Break
- Generation Magic
- Language Comprehension
Levels showed the current degree of growth and the limit was 100 for a person. However, did his body change so much after eating too much demon flesh? The level stopped changing but his stats kept going up. Finally, it disyed those ??? for his level.
Hajime¡¯s growth after he consumed demon flesh was a very abnormal, if you think about his initial values and his growth rate. When his body went into its alteration it seems his growth limit also increased; just like his stats increased. He guessed that the Status te was no longer able to measure his limits.
By the way, the limit of Kouki¡¯s Hero ss was 1500 for all stats. He could temporarily triple his stats with ¡°Limit Break¡±, but it still was ? of Hajime¡¯s stats. Moreover, Hajime could quintuple his stats with his skill and magic maniption. You can understand how he is a cheat now.
Forparison, the normal humans of this world had stat limits of 100-200. If they had a ss then it could be 300-400. The Devils and Demi-humans, depending on the tribe traits, could range from 300-600 as their limit. If a Hero was cheat, then Hajime was more or less a monster. This wasn¡¯t really a mistake because his body and mind had changed¡
Let¡¯s introduce the new equipment.
First, Hajime obtained a useful device known as ¡°Treasure Box¡±.
This was a ring type artifact that Oscar kept. There was a 1 cm red jewelry attached to the ring, and this jewel could make a space where it could store items. In short, it was like a hero¡¯s tool bag. Hajime did not know the exact size of the space, but it was a considerable size. There seemed to be free space still after putting in all the equipment, tools, and materials. Anything can be deposited or withdrawn by just pouring magic into the formation on the ring. Withdrawn items can be ced anywhere within a 1 m radius.
It is an extremely convenient artifact, especially useful for the one armed Hajime. If the ring could transport anything to any ce than Hajime thought he could use it to reload. When the tested it, it was half a sess. As expected, it did not have the precision to directly transfer the bullet into the magazine. The limit was the transfer had a certain range it could align the bullet¡¯s orientation. He might be able to use it when he became more skilled with the transmission.
Hajime decided to train to load a magazine with this transferring skill in the air. The important note is he was reloading in the air. Donner was a revolver that had a cylinder that swung out. Naturally, because the exposure of the cylinder was less than that of a top break revolver, it would require a superhuman technique to reload in the air. He wanted to use it in actualbat, not as a street performance, so it became more difficult. Hajime thought about remodeling it to a top break style but decided against it because it weakened the intensity in the trial.
After intense training for one month, Hajime had mastered this aerial reloading. Why was he able to master such a superhuman technique with just one month training? His secret was ¡°Light Speed¡±. This Special Magic had the ability to raise the user¡¯s cognitive functions. With this, he was able to slow the world down in his mind and aerial reloading became possible. There was arge burden to his body when he used it, so he couldn¡¯t use it for very long. However, it was perfectly fine to use it for his fast reloading.
Next, Hajime manufactured ¡°Magic 2-Wheel Drive and 4-Wheel Drive¡±.
Literally, these were 2 and 4 wheels driven by magic. The two-wheel was an American type, and the four-wheel was designed like a military vehicle Hummer type. He used the tar shark resilience for the wheels because of its excellent sticity. Tauru ore was the basis for all the parts. In the studio storage was Azantium Ore, at least that¡¯s what Oscar¡¯s book called it. Surfaces of the parts were coated with this ore, known as the world¡¯s hardest ore. Even Donner¡¯s maximum output probably wouldn¡¯t be able to pierce through that durability. There was noplex structures like engines. The vehicle was driven by Hajime¡¯s own magic or the magic stored in the fragment of God¡¯s Crystal. Speed was proportional to the amount of magic.
In addition, there were devices fitted to the bottom of these two vehicles. When magic is poured into these devices, it will start to level the ground with transmutation magic. This would allow them to travel off-road in most ces. Also, the vehicles were fully loaded like some spy car. Hajime was a boy. He was passionate about anything rted to military. When he was too absorbed in it, Yue would pout. But her mood would improve when he spoiled her in various ways.
¡°Devil Eye¡± was another tool he developed.
Hajime lost his right eye when he fought the Hydra. His whole eye was evaporated by the heat of the Aurora attack, and he couldn¡¯t get it back with sacred potion because he had lost it before he drank it. Yue was worried about it, so she devised and made ¡°Devil Eye¡±.
Even with Creation Magic, it was not possible to make a normal ¡°eyeball¡±. However, using Creation Magic, she was able to apply ¡°Magic Perception¡± and ¡°Foresight¡± to the God¡¯s Crystal. The Devil Eye was sessfully created and it gave a very unusual but special sight.
Using the same pseudo nerves used in the artificial arm, the Devil Eye could send images to the brain to perceive. Devil eye did not grant normal vision. Instead, it could recognize the flow, strength and attribute of magic by color. He could see the core of the invoked magic.
What is the magic core? It is the thing that maintains and operates invoked magic¡it seems. After invoking the magic, the magic is operated by the magic formation; he knew that. However, he had never thought about how the form was linked with distant magic. None of the books and instructors had even mentioned anything about it. Probably it is a new discovery. Even Yue the magic expert didn¡¯t know anything about it.
The normal ¡°Magic Perception¡± was the same as ¡°Perception¡±. It was only able to perceive a vague sense of number and location. Monsters that could hide their senses affected the effectiveness of the skills. With Devil Eye, he would be able to know what magic and how strong the magic the opponent is using. Hajime could even destroy the magic if he pierce the core of the magic. However, shooting it would be like putting a bullet through a pinhole; it would require a lot of uracy.
God¡¯s crystal was used because it could retain these magic better than other materials. Hajime supposed that the reason was its ability to contain a vast amount of magic. Since he was still inexperienced with Creation Magic, he wasn¡¯t able to grant three or more magic. With the God¡¯s Crystal potential, they may be able to install many more magic into it when he is skilled enough; Hajime hoped.
Because they used the God¡¯s Crystal for the Devil Eye, it constantly gave off a pale light. Hajime¡¯s right eye constantly shined. There was no way to stop the glowing, so Hajime reluctantly put on a ck eyepatch made of thin cloth.
White hair, artificial arm and an eyepatch. Hajime hadpletely became a Chuuni character. Calm down left arm! His figure seemed to say. When he saw himself in the mirror he despaired and entered an ORZ state. He stayed in bed for a whole day, and Yue tried tofort him by various means¡everyone didn¡¯t want to talk about it.
About new weapons, Scgen was revived after its destruction by the Hydra. The gun was strengthened using Azantium ore. Since he no longer had to worry about carrying it, he lengthened the barrel to 3 m. A scope was created with ¡°Far Sight¡± installed and attached to the gun. This increased its maximum effective range to 10 km.
Hajime remembered the struggle he had when he was chased by the horde of raptors. He developed a gatling railgun: Metsurai. Fires 30 mm caliber rounds at 12,000 rounds per minute through its 6 barrels. The barrels were created from special ores that had cooling effects installed by creation magic, but it still couldn¡¯t be used for more than 5 minutes continuously. If it overheats, it needs a 10 minute cooling period.
For surface supremacy, Hajime developed a rocket and missileuncher: Orca; purely because it was his interest. In the back was a 12-round rotary magazine for continuous fire, and it had an elongated barrel. He also had various kinds of rockets.
He even created another revolver to pair it with Donner: Scg. Hajime could use both now that he had his artificial left arm. Using both at the same time, Hajime would be able to use Gun Kata as his basic tactics. With Yue as the typical rear guard, he considered closebat to efficiently cooperate with Yue. However, Hajime could be an all-rounder if he was properly equipped.
Other various equipment and tools were developed. However, contrary to being fully equipped, the God¡¯s Crystal was finally depleted of its sacred water. Only 12 tube containers were left of the sacred water. They tried to pour magic into the God¡¯s Crystal, but wasn¡¯t able to extract sacred water. Maybe after many years of concentration it would flow again.
Throwing away the God¡¯s Crystal would be a waste. It had saved his life¡his lucky stone. Good luck piled up with good luck, he would be dead if he didn¡¯t arrive at this crystal. Hajime was extraordinarily attached to it because of that. Loneliness was unbearable to a survivor and painted a visage on his belonging. It was about the same as giving it a name and admiring it.
Hajime used the crystal¡¯s ability to contain enormous amount of magic; to make ne, earrings, rings and other essories with transmutation. He gave them to Yue. She was able to use very powerful magic. Her most powerful spells consumed a lot of magic, and just one shot would leave her depleted. If she was able to stock up her magic in a battery, she could use those supetive magic in rapid session and not get magically exhausted.
He named the essories set ¡°Magic Crystal Series¡± and gave it to Yue. Her reaction at that time¡
¡°¡Proposal.¡±
¡°Say What?¡±
Yue jumped at the first time hearing Hajime unintentionally using Kansai dialect with his Tsukkomi.
¡°It prevents magic exhaustion. I thought this would surely protect Yue from now on.¡±
¡°¡It is a proposal.¡±
¡°No, that¡¯s wrong. Just new equipment.¡±
¡°¡Hajime, so shy.¡±
¡°¡Recently, you¡¯re not listening to people.¡±
¡°¡Even shy in bed.¡±
¡°Will you stop!? Seriously, such a thing!¡±
¡°Hajime..¡±
¡°Ah, What is it?¡±
¡°Thanks¡I love it.¡±
¡°Oh.¡±
Please, really explode already! These two were creating their own atmosphere. They were ready for everything in a lot of ways.
Ten days after that, Hajime and Yue were setting off for the surface.
While they were activating the magic on the third floor, Hajime told Yue in a quiet voice.
¡°Yue¡My weapons, and our powers are heresy on the surface. The church and countries will not remain silent.¡±
¡°Nn¡¡±
¡°They will demand our weapons and artifacts. There is a high possibility they will coerce us into participating in their war.¡±
¡°Nn¡¡±
¡°This may be a dangerous trip that turns the world against us. No matter how many lives you have, it might be insufficient.¡±
¡°At thiste of time¡¡±
Hajime wryly smiled at her words. He gently stroke her fluffy hair, as she stared straight at him.
Yue squinted her eyes from the pleasant feeling. He took a moments pause, and stared back at the sparkling red eyes. Hajime put his wish and resolution into words, as he inscribed it into his soul.
¡°I will protect Yue, Yue will protect me. So we are the strongest. All will be mowed down, and we will cross worlds.¡±
At his words, Yue grasped both hands in front of the chest tightly; almost like a hug. Her expressionless face vanished to reveal a blooming smile. And answered like always,
¡°N~!¡±
Book 3. Chapter 5
Book 3. Chapter 5
Chapter 5 : The Empire and the Heroes (ssmate Side 3 Part I)
We go back in time a little¡
Around the time when Hajime defeated the Hydra in mortalbat, the party of heroes had temporarily aborted their dungeon clearing and returned to the Kingdom of Hairihi.
The clearing speed had fallen due to ack of theprehensive intelligence they had on the floors up till now, and also due to the strength and trickiness of the monsters. As such, intense member fatigue had resulted ¨C the conclusion was to take a break and rest.
But though the rest town of Horuado would have been good for recuperation, someone was sent to meet them: they had to return to the pce. An envoy of the Hoelscher Empire hade wanting to meet with the heroes.
What was with this timing?
By nature, almost no time had passed between the arrival of the God Ehit¡¯s oracle and the summoning of Kouki andpany. For this reason, the empire ¨Cwhich was an ally and did not itself conduct the hero summoning¨C would not be able to meet the heroes right after they were summoned.
However, it had been thought that the empire had not moved even after knowing of the heroes¡¯ summoning. This was because the empire had been founded 300 years ago by famous mercenaries, bing a ¡®holynd¡¯ for adventures and sell-swords with its meritocratic system.
For them, talk of a group of heroes suddenly appearing and leading humanity was unconvincing. The Church was also in Hoelscher, and as such it was not an exception to having believers, but they were less devout than those in Hairihi. Most of its people were either mercenaries or were involved in the business, and as such there were more who valued profits over faith. If anything, this was just a story; it would hardly make earnest believers out of them.
Based on that, it was possible that they had made light of meeting up with Kouki and the rest just after their summoning. Of course, they were not against openly showing an obeisant attitude towards God in front of the church. While Haihiri would have been happy to patronize such a meeting, the empire ¨Cparticrly His Imperial Majesty¨C had not been interested, and as such had not been involved.
However, the fact that this raid on the [Orcus Dungeon] had seeded in breaking through the 65th floor, beating out the previous record, piqued the interest of the empire. So they sent word that they would like to meet, and both the church and Hairihi were quick to agree.
After this news was meticulously rted to Kouki andpany on the carriage, they arrived at the pce.
The carriage entered the pce, and upon their descent from it they saw a figure of a boying towards them. He was around ten, and had blonde hair and blue eyes. The atmosphere around him was simr to Kouki¡¯s, but which much more mischief in it. This was Randell S. B. Hairihi, Prince of the Kingdom. His air could be likened to that of a dog with flopping ears and wagging tail as he rushed up to them calling in a loud voice:
¡°Kaori! You made it back! I¡¯ve been waiting!¡±
Of course, Kaori was not the only one there, for the returning expedition was present in full force. To them, it was easy to imagine what Randell¡¯s feelings were just by looking at his attitude ¨C apart from Kaori he saw no one else.
In fact, Prince Randell had been making aggressive approaches towards Kaori since the day after they had been summoned. That said, he was only ten. In her view he could only be recognized as an emotionally attached child, and there was no sign of her feelings ripening beyond that. For a person as innately kind as her, he would be like a cute younger brother.
¡°It¡¯s been a while, Your Highness.¡±
(TN: She says ¡®Randell-dono¡¯, but I¡¯m the kind of trantor who gets into hissy fits about putting random Japanese into my sentence when the English equivalent serves perfectly fine.)
The imaginary tail wagged furiously up and down at her small smile, as Randell instantly turned red. Despite that, he managed to make a masculine expression before making another ¡®approach¡¯ toward Kaori.
¡°Ah, it¡¯s been a long time indeed. When you said you were going to the dungeon, I felt as though I had died. Were you hurt? If I was stronger, I would never let you do such a thing¡¡±
Randell bit his lip in annoyance. Even though Kaori refused to only be protected, the heartwarming feelings of the boy still caused her cheeks to soften.
¡°Thank you for your concern. But I¡¯m alright, you know? I wish to do this.¡±
¡°No, Kaori isn¡¯t suited for fighting. Th, there should, you know, be safer things you can do.¡±
¡°Safer things?¡±
Kaori inclined her head at his words, and at this he turned an even deeper shade of red. Observing this amusing exchange from the side, Shizuku could only smile wryly as she considered the young man¡¯s valiant ¡®approach¡¯.
¡°Mmhmm. For example, how about being a maid? You can work exclusively for me, starting today.¡±
¡°As a maid? I¡¯m sorry, but I¡¯m a healer¡¡±
¡°T-then, going to the Medical Institute is fine too. There¡¯s no need to go to dangerous ces like the dungeons or the frontlines right?¡±
The Institute was a state-run hospital, situated right beside the royal pce. In short, Randell hated being apart from Kaori. However, the feelings of the young boy would not move Kaori¡¯s obstinacy.
¡°No, I won¡¯t be able to heal them immediately if I¡¯m not on the frontlines. Thank you for worrying about me.¡±
¡°Uu¡¡± Randell groaned softly, realizing that he could not move Kaori¡¯s determination.
¡°Your Highness, Kaori is my precious childhood friend. As long as I am around, I will definitely continue to protect her!¡±
From Kouki¡¯s viewpoint, he was being one-hundred-percent-beneficent inforting a younger boy, but those were not the right words for that moment. In the eyes of the lovestruck Randell, this was tranted as such:
¡°I won¡¯t let my woman leave me. I definitely won¡¯t hand Kaori over to anybody!¡± (TN: The first bit is a bit dodgy, since my ability to recognize that variant on the kanji for ¡®hand¡¯ is currently failing me.)
The hero and the healer snuggling up intimately ¨C that was a likely picture in his mind. His expression twisted in annoyance, Randell levelled a ¡®you are my mortal enemy¡¯ re at Kouki. To him, they looked like lovers.
¡°What are you saying? You think nothing of sending Kaori into dangerous ces. I won¡¯t lose to you! Kaori being with me is the better decision.¡±
[T/N: Chauvinist pig, he uses the word kimatteiru, which indicates a decision without the target (Kaori¡¯s) individual input. i.e. ¡°it has been decided¡± versus ¡°I/you have decided¡±]
¡°Umm, well.¡±
At the hostile words that Randell spoke, Kaori was at a loss and just smiled weakly, while Kouki was speechless. Shizuku, seeing Kouki like this, could only sigh.
Before Kouki could say anything more to aggravate the already growling, angered prince, a cool but authoritative voice rang out.
¡°Randell. Behave yourself. Can¡¯t you see Kaori is troubled?¡±
¡°B, big sister! ¡B, But!¡±
¡°No buts. Even though everyone is tired ¨C to detain them in this ce¡who is it who isn¡¯t thinking about others?¡±
¡°Ugh¡B, but!¡±
¡°Randell?¡± (TN: I imagine she is projecting some kind of dark aura at him right about now.)
¡°E..errand! I remember, I had an errand to run! Excuse me!¡±
Refusing to admit his error, Randell turned on his heel and fled. Seeing his back fade from view, Princess Liliana spoke with a sigh.
¡°Kaori, Kouki-san, I¡¯m sorry about my brother. My apologies on his behalf.¡±
Liliana lowered her head as she said that, causing her beautiful, straight blonde hair to flow downward.
¡°Mm, don¡¯t worry about it, Lili. Prince Randell was just concerned.¡±
¡°I agree. Still, I don¡¯t understand why he got angry¡I didn¡¯t say anything rude that I had to apologize for.¡±
Kaori and Kouki said this as Liliana smiled thinly. Understanding well the sibling love between an older sister and her younger brother, Kaori sympathized with Liliana to some extent for having a brotherpletely ignorant of her feelings. Above all, it was important that the ¡®mortal enemy¡¯ knew that she was separate from this matter.
By the way, the meetings between Randell and his ¡®mortal enemy¡¯ would cause a big stir¡but that¡¯s another story.
Liliana was a talenteddy of fourteen years. Golden haired and blued eyed, she was both beautiful and popr amongst the people. Earnest, but not too obstinate, and good at reading the mood, she was even able to interact openly with the servants.
She, as a princess and as a person, had been quite anxious as to the state of Kouki and the other summoned students. This was due to a sense of guilt about dragging them into problems of her world, which should have been their concern.
For that reason, she took the initiative to get to know the students, and it had not been long before they became well acquainted. She got along especially well with Shizuku and Kaori who were around the same age as her, by this point they had dropped all honorifics, electing to speak casually with one other and even giving each other nicknames.
¡°No, Kouki-san. There is no need to worry about Randell. He just tends to be a bit reckless. More importantly¡Once again, wee back, everyone. I am heartily d that you all returned safely.¡±
Saying this, Liliana smiled gently. Even those ssmates who were standing close to beauties like Kaori and Shizuku all blushed when they saw her smile. There was a refined elegance of royalty in her that the two of them did not have, something that most young women could notpete with using beauty alone.
In fact, Nagayama¡¯s group and the delinquent group were also crimson from having their hearts stolen; even female members were slightly dyed in the cheek. For ordinary modern day students, the aura of a bona fide Otherworldly Princess was too much. Those who could bear it, like Kaori and those already close to the princess, were abnormal in this regard.
¡°Thank you, Lili. Your smile has blown my fatigue away. I too am d to see you,¡± Kouki said such affected lines with a refreshing smile. Though it has been repeated often, Kouki did not have any ulterior motive in saying this. He was truly d to be alive, and to meet a friend once again ¨C he was just pathologically unaware of the effects his words and actions had.
¡°R, re, really? U, um¡¡±
As a princess, Liliana was used to thepliments and ttery paid by the gentry, imperial envoys and the people of the cities and towns. As such, she had trained herself to be adept at looking past these masks and discerning their true intentions. Thus she could see that there was no such thing in Kouki¡¯s words. Unused to such experiences outside of her family, Liliana¡¯s cheeks too went red, and she became flustered and unable to respond.
Kouki, as usual, just continuedughing and smiling, not realizing at all the effects his behavior had. And as expected, this caused Shizuku to sigh deeply. Someone worrisome had taken the stage, and yet the person himself would resolutely fail to notice it.
¡°Um, anyway, thank you all for your hard work. Preparations for the meal and baths have already beenpleted, so please make yourselves at home. The imperial envoys will take a few more days to arrive, so you needn¡¯t worry about that.¡±
Having recovered her bnce, Liliana urged them thus.
While Kouki and the others were unwinding the fatigue umted in the dungeon, the groups who had stayed behind heard of Behemoth¡¯s defeat, and jubnt shouts went out amongst them. After this, the number of people who returned to the frontline increased. Aiko-sensei¡¯s title of ¡°Goddess of Fertility¡± also became a topic at this point, which caused her to writhe quite a lot.
Kouki and the others slowly rested their bodies, which had been exhausted from the raid.
But inwardly Kaori was restless; she desired to return to the dungeon.
Book 3. Chapter 6
Book 3. Chapter 6
Chapter 6 : The Empire and the Heroes (ssmate Side 3 Part II)
Continuing from the previous¡
3 dayster, the imperial envoys finally arrived.
Currently, Kouki, the dungeon clearing members, leaders of the kingdom, and a delegation of priests led by Ishtar were out in full force to receive the five envoys, who were standing in the middle of the red carpet opposite King Erihid (TN: is this his name?)
¡°It was good of you toe, sir envoys. Do well, therefore, to make certain of our heroes¡¯ surpassing valour.¡±
¡°Your majesty, you have our thanks indeed for epting this sudden request for an audience. That said¡may we know the identity of the Hero?¡±
¡°Mm. We will introduce him first. Sir Kouki, would you step forward?¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
The unveiling of Kouki and the others followed immediately after the formal salutations between the king and the messengers, with the King calling him to appear before them. Despite the fact that not even two months had passed, his look was utterly fearless, quite unlike when first summoned.
While they were not here, if the pce maids, nobledies and Kouki¡¯s fans in the stay-behind group saw him now they would without a doubt start going red in the face and releasing heated sighs of fascination. Those who had made advances on Kouki already numbered in the double digits¡but due to his extreme denseness, their approaches were just those of ¡°warm and friendly people¡± to him. A naturally dense hero was walking the earth.
(TN: This is one of the things I think the author absolutely has to fix if this webnovel bes an LN ¨C these asides that are basically like ¡®wut, what, where?¡¯ moments in terms of plot. I know he¡¯s trying to funny, but still¡)
After this the heroes were introduced, starting from Kouki.
¡°Oh, so you are the heroes. Quite young, I must say. Pardon my rudeness, but did you truly break through the 65th floor? If memory serves, a monster known as the Behemoth appears there¡¡±
While scrutinizing Kouki, the messenger also took in Ishtar¡¯s open manner, and cast a suspicious gaze upon him. One of the envoy¡¯s bodyguards also looked the Hero up and down in an appraising manner.
Being difited by their gazes, Kouki answered them.
¡°Well, may I speak? As to whether we defeated it¡ah, would you like to look at a map of the 66th floor?¡±
Kouki proposed various proofs, but the envoy shook his head and allowed a smile to drift onto his face.
¡°No, thank you. There is a quicker method than that. Would you have a mock battle with one of my guards? That way, I would be able to see your strength immediately, Sir Hero.¡±
¡°Well, I don¡¯t mind, but¡¡±
Kouki looked back at the king, slightly puzzled. Having caught that look, the king himself turned to Ishtar for his approval. He nodded. With Ehit¡¯s authority behind him, it would have been an easy matter to convince the empire to ept Kouki as humanity¡¯s leader, but a real battle was the quickest way to make the meritocratic empire truly recognize him as such.
¡°Very well. Sir Kouki, show them your strength as you desire.¡±
¡°It¡¯s decided then. Well, we will impose upon you to prepare a location.¡±
So it was in this abrupt manner that the mock battle between the hero and the envoy¡¯s bodyguard was decided.
Kouki¡¯s opponent could not be a more ordinary person. He was neither particrly tall nor short, bereft of any notable features, and had a face one could easily lose sight of in a crowd. At first blush, there was nothing ¡°strong¡± about him at all.
He held hisrge edgeless sword downward casually ¨C a stance that may as well not have been one at all.
Kouki was a little angered by this. He would give this person a taste of his spirit with the first blow, and make him devote himself seriously as well.
¡°Here Ie!¡±
Kouki came in like the wind. His swift ¡°High Speed Movement¡± narrowed the space between them at once as he swung his bamboo sword down with a powerful whipping sound. If this was an ordinary warrior, he would have had trouble even perceiving it. Of course, Kouki intended to stop just before hitting. But there was no point worrying about that. Rather, it was Kouki who was going to get a taste of ¡®proof¡¯ from the oue.
CRACK!
¡°Guh!¡±
The one blown away was Kouki. The bodyguard readied his sword after that swing, ring at him. At the instant where he had stopped his simted attack and rxed, his opponent had casually knocked his sword upward, causing him to be pushed back.
¡°Haaa¡Hey, hey, hero, is that all you¡¯ve got? Everything? What happened to your motivation?¡±
Rude words that ill-befit an ordinary face came from the bodyguard as his expression showed first astonishment, and then gave way to rising disappointment.
Indeed, Kouki had made such a casual thrust from the front because he had judged the bodyguard based on his appearance, and he had clearly been repulsed in his present state. Havinge to a realization about himself due to this experience with his opponent, he was once again angry ¨C but this time the anger was self-directed.
(TN: Not sure about this paragraph, because the author uses the term position¡¯ for some reason that my lousy Japanese won¡¯t let me perceive; I rece it therefore with ¡®state¡¯, which I can see fitting into the English)
¡°I¡¯m sorry. Please take care of me once more.¡±
This time Kouki¡¯s eyes were serious, even as he apologized for his poor manners. Seeing him like this, the bodyguard made a displeased face and said,
¡°There are no ¡®next times¡¯ on the battlefield.¡±
Nheless, he resumed his natural stance, indicating that he would continue.
Letting out a battle cry, Kouki charged.
Enhanced by ¡°High Speed Movement¡±, the bamboo de swung diagonally down, upwards, and then forwards in a thrust. The swiftness was such that wavering afterimages were left behind in Kouki¡¯s wake.
But even against such a storm of sword-blows, the guard seemed to dodge using only the bare minimum of movements, looking for a chance to counterattack. Even when he lost track of Kouki¡¯s movements and was attacked in his blind spot, he could still fend the hero off.
The guard¡¯s movements caused Kouki to remember something ¨C Knight Captain Meld. There were already considerable differences in their specs, but so far he had been unable to surpass him in a mock battle. The reason for this was an overwhelming difference inbat experience.
Most likely, the guard was the same, having stood on many battlefields before this one, and hisbat experience could fill up the gap in their specs. In short, this person was on the same level as or even above Meld.
¡°Hmm. I guess at this level of physical ability an ordinary man wouldn¡¯t be your match. Still, there¡¯s something missing. You didn¡¯t have any affinity for battle originally, right?¡±
¡°Huh? Um, yes, that¡¯s true. I was a mere student at first.¡±
¡°And now you¡¯re the ¡®Apostle of God¡¯, huh.¡±
Ishtar and his associates from the church snorted in displeasure at the guard.
¡°Hey, hero. Prepare yourself, I¡¯ll be going at you from here on out. Don¡¯t go easy on me, or you might get killed.¡±
So dering, he charged. This charge was a not high speed movement on Kouki¡¯s level. Instead, it felt almost slow¡and yet,
¡°Tch?!¡±
As the guard approached his de seemed to leap upwards from below, causing Kouki to retreat in rm. But like an attracted ma, the de maintained the distance between them, moving in like a whip as it struck.
The sword¡¯s trajectory was irregr and the movements hard to perceive, and while the use of ¡°Foresight¡± allowed him to momentarily put some distance between them, he was unable to fully break away. Even when he tried to used ¡°High-Speed Movement¡± to break off in one go, his opponent would foresee it, andunch pre-emptive strikes such that he could not activate it. Gradually, impatience began to show on Kouki¡¯s face.
¡°Pierce, Wind Strike.¡±
At the murmured aria a cluster of wind formed, and struck him squarely in the leg.
¡°Uwah?!¡±
Caught in mid-step, Kouki¡¯s leg swung outward and his bnce was broken. In that instant, a fierce bloodlust pierced him. The guard¡¯s cold gaze met his, and he swung his de downward with an unbelievable pressure.
He¡¯s going to kill me, Kouki suddenly realized. (TN: Well, we¡¯re slow aren¡¯t we?)
Indeed, the guard could not help but think this way. If Kouki could not keep up with his attacks, his intent was to kill him rather than allow a boy who knew nothing of killing to be humanity¡¯s leader. This would certainly invite censure from the likes of the church, but to put ipetent allies on the battlefield was much harder to stomach. As such, this might be the better choice, or so he felt.
(TN: Another paragraph that I sucked at tranting. I pray this is at least 50% urate.)
But the swing would never happen.
BOOOOM
¡°Guh!?¡±
The exact same scenario urred as it did previously, but this time it was the guard getting blown away. Bounding away several times with both hands to negate the momentum, the guard looked at Kouki. His whole body was emitting a pure white aura, and he swung his sword to face his opponent while taking up a stance.
At the moment when the guard let fall his de, Kouki¡¯s survival instincts had kicked in and activated his ¡°Limit Break¡±. This technique caused all his parameters to multiply three times ¨C a ¡®technique for a pinch¡¯ unique to a protagonist.
However, his face was hardlyposed. Desperately repressed fear from being so close to death was in his expression as he held his sword.
Seeing this, the guard¡¯s fearless grin resurfaced.
¡°Hey, that¡¯s a slightly better face. Compared to that wimpy one from before, that is.¡±
¡°Wimpy face? I¡¯m frightened. Were you trying to kill me just now? Wasn¡¯t this a mock battle?¡±
¡°So what? Did you think that in a real battle, we¡¯d just go ¡°okay, it¡¯s over¡±? You¡¯d end up dead like that. You¡¯re supposed to stand above us humans and lead us ¨C are you even aware of that?¡±
¡°I¡¯m aware¡of course I will save everyone!¡±
¡°What can a kid who¡¯s afraid of getting hurt do? Someone who doesn¡¯t even have bloodlust in his sword shouldn¡¯t talk big. Well then, are you ready? I said it at the start¡that you¡¯ll die if you go easy on me!¡±
Once again, the guard advanced, an abnormal feeling of bloodlusting off him, putting pressure on Kouki, who gathered strength in his legs, his face twisting painfully as he did so.
But he did not charge. A barrier of light had fallen between him and Kouki.
¡°This much will do. At this rate, it¡¯ll stop being a mock battle and be a killing duel instead. You have overstepped yourself with this joke, Lord Gahard.¡±
¡°Tch, I¡¯ve been found out. As shrewd as ever, old man.¡±
Ishtar, having erected that shimmering barrier, proceeded to pour a wet nket on ¡°Lord Gahard¡± the guard, who cursed inaudibly in response, sheathed his sword in his shoulder-mounted scabbard, and took off his right earring.
The air around the guard turned a misty white, and when it finally cleared again, there appeared a totally different person.
It was a man who looked to be in his forties. His silver hair was cropped short, and his blue eyes were reminiscent of a wild wolf. His figure was slender but highly muscled, his clothes wrapping tightly around them almost to the point of bursting.
On seeing him, amotion broke out.
¡°Lord Gahard!¡±
¡°Your Imperial Highness!¡±
Indeed, this man was Gahard D. Hoelscher, present Emperor of the Hoelscher Empire, in disguise. Seeing this, King Erihid furrowed his brows and asked:
¡°Just what were you intending, Emperor Gahard?¡±
¡°There, there, King Erihid. I apologize for not introducing myself. However, a little y-fighting was the quickest way for me to make sure. This is of great importance to our future battles. Please excuse my rudeness.¡±
Though Gahard excused himself this way, his expression was hardly apologetic. ¡°Well, fine¡±, Erihid seemed to indicate with a sigh.
Kouki was totally stunned. Somehow, this emperor was kind of flighty, and his ¡®surprises¡¯ seemed to be treated as the norm too.
With that, the mock battle ended, and at the dinner that was arranged the empire gave their official words of recognition to the hero. For the time being, it seemed like the objectives of their visit had been met.
But that night, when a subordinate asked him about his real intentions in a room, the king gave a bothersome answer.
¡°Meh, he¡¯s no use. Just a kid. A mouth that believes unswervingly in stuff like ideals and justice. His rash strength and charisma are a badbination, and he¡¯s the type who would get killed for his ideals. But we can¡¯t neglect him since he¡¯s the ¡°Apostle of God¡±. All in all, he isn¡¯t good.¡±
(TN: Take this paragraph with a healthy pinch of salt. My trantion of these sentences is definitely iffy due to an overabundance of katana in colloquial use ¨C which I am failing to grasp even with the dictionary.)
¡°So, you intended to kill him during that match?¡±
¡°What? No. I just thought I might fix his cowardly attitude with a beating. I wouldn¡¯t have killed him even if the Pope hadn¡¯t intervened.¡±
It seemed like the Emperor did not regard Kouki and the rest of the heroes to be worth his attention. This was not unreasonable. Up till a few months ago they had been mere students; in peaceful Japan no less. They did not have the readiness on the battlefield that a seasoned warrior would recognize.
¡°Well, the war with the demons may pick up the pace soon. We¡¯ll see about it then. For now, let¡¯s prioritize tactfully keeping ourselves from being involved with that kid¡and to watch out for the Pope.¡±
¡°As you will.¡±
He had no intention to reveal his real estimation, however, and the very next day Kouki and the other heroes would see him off when he returned to his country; with his business finished, there was no reason to stay any longer. Indeed, he seemed a very flighty Emperor.
By the way, there was an incident in which the emperor came across Shizuku during her morning training, and being pleased with her he requested rather earnestly that she be his lover. Upon her polite refusal, he just gave his usual pluckyugh and a ¡°well, I¡¯m not in a hurry¡± as his reply, indicating that this matter wasn¡¯t of great importance to him. At that moment, he caught side of Kouki andughed through his nose at him. Kouki for his part got the feeling that they would never get along, and was momentarily displeased by this.
It also goes without saying that Shizuku¡¯s sighs increased.
Book 3. Chapter 7
Book 3. Chapter 7
Their view was filled by the light from the magic circle; the air definitely felt different, although nothing could be seen. It was clearly different from the air at the depths of hell. Sensing a breeze, Hajime¡¯s cheeks began to loosen.
The sight that came into view after the light settled was¡
A cave.
¡°Wait, what?¡±
Without any further thought, Hajime, who believed that the other side of the magic circle was the surface, unintentionally inserted a tsukkomi at the sight that wasn¡¯t any better. Honestly, he was extremely disappointed.
After feeling a tug on his shirt, he turned his head towards Yue and sheforted him with reassuring words.
¡°¡ It¡¯s a secret passage¡ it¡¯s not umon for it to be hidden¡± (Yue)
¡°A- ah, is that so? It certainly is. There is no way that the entrance to the Abode of Traitors wouldn¡¯t be hidden, right?¡± (Hajime)
Hajime felt considerably ashamed to not realize something so simple. He pulled himself together while scratching his head. Without the aid of the Green Light Stone, Hajime and Yue advanced through the pitch-ck cave without any problems.
On the way, although there were many doors with seals and traps, the Orcus Ring would react at every instance, canceling their activation altogether. The two of them were cautious at first as they continued but soon lost interest as nothing happened. Their uneventful advance continued until they finally saw the light at the end of the tunnel. It was the sun; the light which Hajime, for the past few months, and Yue, for the past three hundred years, had sought after.
Hajime and Yue came to a stop; they grinned. Exchanging nces, they simultaneously ran towards the light that they yearned for.
As they approached the light that was gradually growingrger, they could feel and breathe the air from the surface. It was different from the stagnant air of hell, being cool and refreshing. Hajime never knew how delicious fresh air could be until this moment.
Feeling renewed and gratified, Hajime and Yue both jumped into the light and reached the long-awaited surface.
To the humans who lived above the ground, the ce that Hajime and Yue entered was hell on Tortus: an execution ground. An unknown number of powerful and brutal monsters lived there. As if that weren¡¯t enough, magic could hardly be used where they were standing. An average of 1-2 kilometers deep, 900 meters wide, while spanning 8 kilometers from the [Gruen Great Desert] in the west to the [Haltina Sea of Trees] in the east, the great scar that divides the north and south of the continent, the people named;
The [Raisen Great Canyon]
Hajime and Yue were currently outside of the cave at the bottom of the Raisen Grand Canyon. Although they were at the bottom of the canyon; bright, warm light poured down from above. The fragrance of the earth mixed with the wind tickled their noses.
Compared to the kind of ce it could have been, this ce was surely the paradise known as the surface. While they were in a daze looking at the sun above their heads, Hajime and Yue¡¯s facial expressions of shock and awe gradually turned into a smile. Even Yue, who was expressionless by default, could be seen smiling in broad daylight.
¡°We¡ made it back¡¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡Nn¡± (Yue)
After a moment of silence, the two were finally hit by the euphoric realization that they no longer stood in hell. They turned away from the sun, nced at each other. With all their might, they embraced each other.
¡°Alriiight~~!! We¡¯re ooouuuut~!¡±
¡°Oouuut~~!!¡±
While hugging, Hajime spun Yue around. In that brief moment, an unsuitableugh could be heard resounding from the ce the people called hell. In their joy, they even stumbled on even ground, which they felt excessively humorous, as both of them continued rejoicing andughing.
Atst, when the two¡¯sughter settled down, they found themselves ¡ ¡ surrounded by monsters.
¡°Haa~ these guys are really dense, aren¡¯t they?¡ ¡ If I remember correctly, we can¡¯t use magic here, right?¡±
Hajime leisurely rolled out his shoulders while pulling out Donner and Scgen from their respective holsters. Hajime, who had made an effort to study before his fall into hell, knew that if this ce really was the [Raisen Great Canyon], then magic could not be used.
¡°¡ I know. It¡¯s no problem though if I just use more power.¡± (Yue)
The reason magic could not be used inside the [Raisen Great Canyon] was because the magic power used to formte magic would be dispersed by the canyon. Even Yue¡¯s magic was not an exception. But Yue, who was once a Vampire Princess and still holds considerable magic power, also possessed an external magic tank: a part of the Magic Crystal Series. In other words, Yue is saying that she can just annihte them all before her magic gets dispersed.
¡°With sheer power¡ How high is the efficiency?¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡Around 10 percent.¡±
It seemed that in order to use elementary magic, high-ss magic power is needed. The casting range would also be shortened significantly in response.
¡°Ah~¡ Then I will do it. Yue, just focus on defending yourself.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Ahh¡ ¡but-¡±
¡°It¡¯s okay. The right person for the right job. This ce makes it hard for magic users to fight, right? Just leave it to me.¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡okay.¡±
Yue reluctantly withdrew. Even though they had finally reached the long-awaited surface, it was hard for her to ept that she was excluded from the first battle. Her pride seemed to have been damaged. She curled her lip in displeasure.
Looking at Yue¡¯s sulking appearance, Hajime prepared to fire Donner and Scgen while making a wry smile. Without looking up, Hajime pointed the gun muzzles at the gulping monsters and spontaneously pulled their triggers.
Without realizing the sudden attack, two of the surrounding monsters¡¯ heads burst open and left scattered remains, resulting in death without resistance. The guns¡¯ reverberating sound echoed in the canyon. The monsters froze in ce unable to understand what exactly happened. Since magic disyed 10% of its effect here, even ¡°Lightning d¡± could be used, allowing the rail gun to be fired without any trouble.
To the dumbfounded monsters, Hajime revealed a bold smile.
¡°Now then, I wonder how the monsters from hellpare with you guys ¡ ¡Let¡¯s find out.¡± (Hajime)
Quickly assuming his Gun Kata stance, killing intent filled Hajime¡¯s eyes. When the surrounding monsters saw those eyes, they unconsciously retreated one step back. Even if they didn¡¯t notice it, their instinct surely felt it; that they had made a ¡°monster¡± their enemy.(1) An ordinary person would faint just from standing in the pressure of Hajime¡¯s killing intent.
Atst, one monster couldn¡¯t hold the tension anymore, letting out a roar whileshing out.
¡°Graaaaa!!¡±
DOPANn!!
As the gunshot resounded, the bullet cut a straight line through the air. The monster didn¡¯t even have the time to respond before its head was flying in the air.
What happened next couldn¡¯t even be called a fight. It was a ughter-fest. The monsters couldn¡¯t even take one step in any direction before their head got blown off. The monsters¡¯ corpses littered the view for as far as the eye could see. Only five minutes had passed.
Putting Donner and Scgen back into their holsters, Hajime looked at the mountain of corpses in the surrounding while tilting his head down, his expression unseen.
Yue approached Hajime from behind with small steps.
¡°¡What¡¯s wrong?¡±
¡°No, it¡¯s just a little disappointing¡ The monsters at [Raisen Great Canyon] are famous for their brutality. I almost thought that this was a whole different ce.¡±
¡°¡Hajime is a ¡®monster¡¯ after all.¡±
¡°Cruel aren¡¯t you? Well, it just means that the monsters in hell were just too strong.¡±
Hajime said while shrugging his shoulder, and averting his eyes from the monsters¡¯ carcasses as he had lost interest in them.
¡°Now then, I think we can climb this cliff but¡ ¡should we? Speaking of the [Raisen Great Canyon], there should be one of the Seven Great Dungeons around here, right? After all this trouble, why don¡¯t we head toward the [Haltina Sea of Trees] and search for it along the way?¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡Why the [Haltina Sea of Trees]?¡±
¡°Well, after getting out of the canyon, you don¡¯t want to cross the desert, right? If we¡¯re by the [Haltina Sea of Trees], there should be a vige nearby.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡Nn.¡±
Yue nodded to Hajime¡¯s proposal. If they used Hajime¡¯s skill ¡°Air Walk¡± or Yue¡¯s Wind Magic, they could easily climb the cliff. However, there was a need to investigate the Raisen Grand Canyon. Looking at how weak the monsters were, it seemed like the canyon itself couldn¡¯t be counted as a dungeon. If that was the case, there should be an entrance to a dungeon somewhere nearby.
Hajime poured magic into the [Treasure Warehouse] on his middle finger, and took out a Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive from it. Yue, straddling the vehicle dashingly, clung to Hajime¡¯s waist. Aside from not being powered by gasoline, like on Earth, the vehicle required magic maniption to directly move the parts that were connected to the wheels, so the engine was silent, like an electric automobile. Below the vehicle frame, a mechanism was installed to level the road with transmutation as they advanced, making it truly afortable ride. Hajime thought that the sound of a roaring engine would have felt more romantic, but he didn¡¯t have the knowledge required to reproduce the sound. The speed was dependent on how much magic power was poured in, however the magic power efficiency inside the [Raisen Great Canyon] was terrible, so it could not be used for a prolonged amount of time.
The [Raisen Great Canyon]prised of, in a sense, two cliffs that extend straight from the east to the west of the continent. There were hardly any bypasses, therefore by advancing along one of the cliffsides, it would eventually lead them to the [Haltina Sea of Trees] without getting lost. Because Hajime and Yue didn¡¯t have to worry about losing their way, they carefully searched for the entrance of the dungeon, while casually traveling on the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive. In the meantime, Hajime¡¯s hands had continued to move, though seemingly never releasing the steering wheel, killing the crowd of monsters that were trying to attack them.
A while after beginning to drive the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive, a monster roar could be heard not far from where they were. It seemed considerably powerful. It was at least on a danger level higherpared to the monsters they had first encountered. Based on the sound of the roar, it seemed like they would have to confront it within another 30 seconds.
Driving the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive around the protruding rocks on the cliff face, arge monster appeared. It was a tyrannical monster with two heads: a ¡°Two-Headed Tyrannosaurus¡±-like monster.
But the one they paid attention to wasn¡¯t the ¡°terrifying¡± monster, but a girl with rabbit ears running away from it with a half-crying face.
Hajime stopped the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive to get a good look at the suspicious-looking, ¡°about to get eaten¡± rabbit-eared girl.
¡°¡ What is that?¡±
¡°¡ a member of the Rabbitman Tribe?¡±
¡°Why are they in this ce? Does the Rabbitman Tribe inhabit this ce?¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°Then, what is it? Was she dropped here as a criminal? Isn¡¯t this ce also used as an execution ground?¡±
¡°¡Bad rabbit?¡±
Hajime and Yue inclined their heads while carefreely talking about the rabbit-eared girl. They seemed to have no intention of helping her, particrly because they knew the [Raisen Great Canyon] was used as an execution method. Rather than helping a stranger, they thought that it would be bothersome and so didn¡¯t have any real interest in doing it.
The aftereffects of Hajime¡¯s change in mentality were disyed brutally. The circumstances were differentpared with Yue. He felt no sympathy towards the rabbit-eared girl, her situation didn¡¯t even move Hajime¡¯s heart. If he extended a hand to help now, there would be no end to it. The present Hajime had already deserted the world to its fate.
However, it seemed that the rabbit-eared girl had detected the carefree Hajime and Yue. After being blown away by the Two-Headed Tyrant and falling into the shade of a boulder, she hurriedly stood back up to run away, all while staring at Hajime.
Once again, the Two-Headed Tyrant swung it¡¯s w at the rock where she was hiding, blowing it up. Grumbling while rolling across the ground, she escaped from the fierce killing attack while using that momentum to roll¡ towards Hajime.
Though there was some distance between them, the desperate shout from the rabbit-eared girl echoed through the canyon and reached Hajime¡¯s ears.
¡°Heelph me~e! Hiiiiii~~? I¡¯m dying! I¡¯m dyiiing! Help mee~, pleasee~!¡±
She ran desperately while floods of tears flowed down her face. Right behind her was the approaching Two-Headed Tyrant that wanted to eat the rabbit-eared girl. At the current rate, the rabbit-eared girl would be eaten even before she could reach Hajime.
As one would expect, even after being directly asked for help, Hajime responded-
¡°I refuse!¡±
¡°¡It¡¯s bothersome.¡±
As expected, they refused to help. They didn¡¯t even feel disturbed refusing someone¡¯s desperate screams- no, pleas. Instead, they felt it was extremely bothersome. Seeing Hajime avert his eyes from her pleading gaze, she sensed that Hajime didn¡¯t want to help her, and from her eyes, even more tears overflowed. Just from where did those tearse from?
¡°Waiiit~, don¡¯t leabe me behi~ind! Pleasee~!!¡±
The rabbit-eared girl raised her voice even more.
Even so, Hajime still didn¡¯t feel any incentive to help her at all. The rabbit-eared girl would get eaten without fail¡ right? Only if the Two-Headed Tyrant didn¡¯t ignore the rabbit-eared girl and direct his killing intent at Hajime and Yue.
¡°Gruuaaaaaaa!!¡± (Monster)
Hajime keenly reacted to its killing intent.
¡°Aaaah?¡± (Hajime)
Just now, his path forward was denied. An obstacle stood in his way- the enemy stood in HIS way! Hajime¡¯s body reacted to the Two-Headed Tyrant¡¯s killing intent, to the enemy who dares stand in his way!
When the Two-Headed Tyrant caught up with the rabbit-eared girl, one of the heads opened its jaw. The rabbit-eared girl looked behind her, and upon seeing countless sharp fangs before her eyes, the words, ¡°Ah, it¡¯s the end¡ ¡¡± could be seen in her eyes.
However at that moment,
DOPANn!!
The sound of a dry explosion that she had never heard before resounded within the canyon. A line could be seen passing through the two rabbit ears standing up due to fear. One of the approaching heads was pierced and pulverized right before her eyes.
The Two-Headed Tyrant¡¯s body crashed to the ground following the loss of its head, sliding across the ground, causing a miniature earthquake.
The rabbit-eared girl once again got blown away from the impact of the Two-Headed Tyrant¡¯s body. The ce she was headed towards was Hajime.
¡°Kyaaaaaa~! He-help, please~e!¡± (???)
While falling toward Hajime who was before her, the rabbit-eared girl¡¯s hands were stretched out towards him. Her clothes were in tatters, leaving her body very exposed. With her awful crying face, it was like a film scene where the man would catch her without fail.
¡°Are you stupid?¡± (Hajime)
However, the man was Hajime. In an instant, he poured magic to the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive to magnificently evade the rabbit-eared girl.
¡°Eeh~!?¡± (???)
The rabbit-eared girl¡¯s shocked shriek could be heard until she fell before Hajime¡¯s eyes. She twitched while lying face down with both arms and legs extended out. She didn¡¯t pass out, but it seemed like she couldn¡¯t move while enduring the pain.
¡°¡Amusing.¡± (Yue)
Yue looked at the shameful sight of the rabbit-eared girl over Hajime¡¯s shoulder, holding a slightly cruel expression. Meanwhile, the living head of the Two-Headed Tyrant ate the remains of its dead head. Then regaining its bnce, now appeared like a normal Tyrannosaurus Rex from the side.
The now ¡°normal¡± Tyrannosaurus Rex let out a roar with fury and anger in its eyes. The rabbit-eared girl jumped at the sound, unexpectedly able to do so. Desperately trying to stand back up, the rabbit-eared girl, once again teary-eyed, unexpectedly hid behind Hajime.
She seemed motivated to rely on Hajime until the bitter end. Well, she would die on her own, and seeing that Hajime had knocked down one of the heads on his own, her reliance on Hajime seemed natural.
¡°Oi, kora! You rabbit-eared gag-like existence! Why the hell did you make us your meat shield without permission?! Don¡¯t drag us into it; be a man and defend yourself!¡± (Hajime)
The rabbit-eared girl desperately clung to the hem of Hajime¡¯s coat. Hajime red at her with annoyed eyes from the bottom of his heart. Yue, who was sitting on the back seat, kicked the rabbit-eared girl in irritation.
¡°N-no way! You will abandon me if I release it, right!?¡± (???)
¡°Isn¡¯t that natural? Why should I help an unfamiliar annoying rabbit?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Kuuu! Which part of it is natural! Even you should have a good heart right! Don¡¯t you feel guilty inside for abandoning a helpless, beautiful girl?!¡± (???)
¡°I left my feelings of guilt behind in the depths of that hell! Furthermore, who calls themselves a beautiful girl!¡± (Hajime)
¡°Th-then if you help me¡ ¡I- I will listen to one request from you! Anything!¡± (???)
The rabbit-eared girl leaned closer while blushing with upturned eyes. Cunning. A truly cunning action. If her face wasn¡¯t sullied by her tears and dripping nose, it would surely be charming. Actually, if you looked at her closer, her appearance was indeed fairly good; a pretty girl with white hair and blue eyes. If it was any normal man, they would swoon over her even in this appearance.
But the one in front of her was no ordinary man.
¡°I don¡¯t need that. Other than that, move your filthy face further away. It¡¯s dirty.¡± (Hajime)
Brutal as always.
¡°Fi-filthy!? You say I¡¯m filthy! That¡¯s too much! I firmly oppose that! I-¡± (???)
¡°Gwugaaa!¡± (Monster)
¡°Hii~! Help~!¡± (???)
The moment she raised her voice to oppose Hajime¡¯s words, the Tyrannosaurus Rex let out an infuriated roar, as though demanding the attention of Hajime, and bent its body in preparation to charge.
The rabbit-eared girl raised a miserable shriek while trying to get in between Yue and Hajime. Annoyed, Yue continued kicking the rabbit-eared girl as she desperately clung to Hajime¡¯s coat, getting herself covered in shoe marks.
As if feeling ridiculed by that scene, the Tyrannosaurus Rex red at Hajime and the others with fury in its eyes, and finally, charged.
Immediately, Hajime raised his hand and locked Donner onto the Tyrannosaurus Rex¡¯s forehead. In less than 0.1 seconds, the processes of aiming and firing werepleted. With one gunshot, a straight line pierced the between the Tyrant¡¯s eyes.
After convulsing a bit, the Tyrannosaurus Rex slowly fell sideways, making tremors as its body hit the ground.
The rabbit-eared girl reflexively let out ¡°Hue?¡± sound like an idiot, and timidly shoved her face between Hajime¡¯s armpit to see what became of the Tyrannosaurus Rex¡¯s fate.
¡°It¡¯s dead¡ that Daihedoa, with two blows¡¡± (???)
The rabbit-eared girl opened her eyes wide with surprise. It seemed like that Two-Headed Tyrant was called a ¡°Daihedoa¡±.
The dumbfounded rabbit-eared girl stared stiffly at the remains of the Daihedoa, all the while being abused by Yue and clinging to Hajime¡¯s coat. Since a while ago, the long rabbit ears were brushing against Hajime¡¯s face. With a seriously fouled mood, Hajime elbowed her on the head to drop her down.
¡°Enough!¡± (Hajime)
¡°Hebuu!! ¡ My head~ my heaaad~¡± (???)
Letting out a groaning sound, the rabbit-eared girl used both her hands to hold her head while writhing on the ground. After looking down with a cold nce, Hajime poured magic power into the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive as though nothing had happened.
Sensing the beginnings of their departure, the rabbit-eared girl who was rolling on the floor suddenly jumped up with frightful vigor.
¡°I won¡¯t let you get away~!¡± (???)
She clung to Hajime¡¯s waist. As she had proved before, she was considerably resilient.
¡°Thank you so much for helping me! I am from the Haulia Rabbitman Tribe. My name is Shia! Please save my tribe!¡± (Shia)
And, considerably shameless.
Hajime nced to the side at the rabbit-eared girl named Shia Haulia. It was in this manner, right after getting out of that hell, Hajime found himself with another troublesome matter. He let out a deep, profound sigh.(2)
References- Editor¡¯s Note: Haha, get it?
- Editor¡¯s note: This is where Chapters get really rough. More time in-between edits.
Book 3. Chapter 8
Book 3. Chapter 8
Chapter 8 ¨C Shia Haulia¡¯s Circumstances
¡°Please help my tribe!¡± (Shia)
Rabbit-eared girl Shia Haulia¡¯s voice echoed in the canyon. Apparently, this rabbit wasn¡¯t alone and her tribe was also in a simr predicament. She was very desperate, and though Yue kept increasing the strength of her kicks, she showed no sign of letting go despite the shoe marks on her cheek.
Because she was so desperate, Hajime couldn¡¯t help but use¡ ¡ his [Lightning d].
¡°ABABABABABABABABABABAABABABA!?¡± (Shia)
Although he adjusted the voltage and current to be non-lethal, he believed that she probably wouldn¡¯t be able to move for a while. Shia¡¯s rabbit ears straightened out and her hair produced smoke. When Lightning-d stopped, she fell over in convulsions.
¡°Geez, what a shameless rabbit. Shall we go, Yue?¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ Nn¡± (Yue)
Hajime started pouring magic power into the bike.
But before he could leave-
¡°I, I won¡¯t let go~¡± (Shia)
Shia got up like a zombie and clung onto Hajime¡¯s leg. Surprised, Hajime immediately stopped injecting magic power into the bike.
¡°You¡¯re just like a zombie. Although it was non-lethal, how did you manage to get up? You scared me for a moment.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ Creepy¡± (Yue)
¡°Uu~what did you say! I also have something to say, you know! Kicking and then electrocuting me, that was so cruel! I¡¯ll sue you, you know! As an apology, please help my tribe!¡± (Shia)
In her anger, Shia demanded their aid with unexpectedposure. Though Hajime thought about dragging her on the ground as he drove onwards, when he thought that she wouldn¡¯t let go anytime soon, the image of a blood-stained rabbit-eared girl who continued to cling to his leg gave him the chills.
¡°Geez, what is it? I¡¯ll hear you out, for now, so let go. Hey, don¡¯t casually wipe your filthy face with my coat!¡± (Hajime)
When he said that he¡¯ll hear her out, Shia¡¯s face started to brighten with a smile and she casually began wiping her dirty face with Hajime¡¯s coat. What good etiquette. Irritated, Hajime hit her once again and she let out a cry while crouching.
¡°Hyun! I-I was hit again! Even father has never hit me before! Look at me well, I¡¯m a beauty! And with these proportions, ¡ wait ¡ can it be that you¡¯re into guys?! So that¡¯s why you¡¯re not affected by my beauty! Guuhuu!?¡± (Shia)
Because he heard an improper remark, Hajime gave her a heel-drop to the head. Veins could be seen popping out of his forehead.
¡°Who¡¯s homo, you annoying rabbit! Now that you mention it, how do you know about that? Yue and you, where the heck did you learn that from? Well, let¡¯s put that aside for now. Though I don¡¯t know where that seduction gag came from, the reason I refused your invitation is that there is a higher level bishoujo beside me. Look at Yue¡¯s dignified form and tell me how you could seduce me!¡± (Hajime)
While saying that Hajime stole a nce at Yue. Upon hearing his words, Yue covered her blushing face with her hands while shaking in excitement. Her hair that reflected the sunlight shone with starlight. Her bisque doll-like skin now dyed in faint red was capable of charming anyone without exception.
She wore a pure white dress shirt and ck mini-skirt decorated with frills, and a long, light gray coat with an azure blue ribbon tie adorning her head with short boots and knee socks. All of it was made from Oscar¡¯s clothing collection and demonic beast materials gathered by Yue herself. Considering the beasts were from hell, it also provided high defense for the wearer.
Hajime wore simr clothingposed of a ck coat lined with red, ck pants and a white dress shirt. This was also made by Yue. At first, Yue made him white clothes to give themselves a pair-look, which of course looked quite embarrassing because of his white hair made him all-white. Hajime felt it was unpleasant, and so settled with his current style.
Shia could only flinch and groan when she saw Yue¡¯s beauty. But there was one thing that needed to be corrected: this was his subjective view that removed body proportion from the picture. In that sense, Shia wouldn¡¯t lose in terms of being a bishoujo.
With long and straight snow-white hair tinted with a blue highlight and clear-blue eyes, white eyebrows and eyshes, and her white, supple skin made her figure feel alluring. Her legs were also slender and long. Her rabbit ears and tail that asionally twitched added to her cuteness. If furry-lovers (kemona) saw her, they would surely unconsciously shed a tear of joy.
Above all, there is one thing that Shia had that Yuecked: her big boobs. Her ragtag clothes emphasized her profound weapons. They were truly a weapon that couldn¡¯t keep silent. They would shake violently every time she moved. They shook violently, not just bounce, for confirmation.
In short, her confidence in her figure and beauty was not strange at all. It could be said that Hajime was the strange one; before, he would surely jump on the chance to meet a rabbit-eared beauty.
Even so, Shia¡¯s pride was damaged. And in her ignorance, the forbidden words were said-
¡°Bu-but! If it¡¯s aparison of size, it¡¯s my win! Don¡¯t you see that girl is t-chested!¡± (Shia)
Her shout echoed in the valley. Yue, who was trembling in embarrassment suddenly got off of the bike with her expression hidden behind her bangs.
Hajime could only mutter a few words in prayer while looking at the sky and silently gesture a prayer to the heavens. Shia, rest in peace¡.
At that time, a slope steeper than the [Raisen Great Canyon] could be seen peering above Shia.
Yue¡¯s whisper-like voice can be heard by the trembling Shia¡¯s ear.
¡±¡ Have you said your prayers?¡± (Yue)
¡±¡ I¡¯m sorry¡¡± (Shia)
¡±¡ ¡¡ Just die!¡± ¡®Storm Emperor¡¯¡± (Yue)
¡°Aaaaaaa¡ª-!!¡± (Shia)
Suddenly, a tornado appeared and swallow up Shia,unching her high into the atmosphere. Her scream echoed in the canyon on the way up. After 10 seconds, Gusha!1 She fell in front of Hajime and Yue.
Her body convulsed although her head buried in the ground. It waspletely gag-like. Though her figure was extraordinary, she could only be described as a failure. Having only worn tattered clothes, she could only be called garbage. With her body stuck in the ground, her clothes hung towards the ground, revealing what would cause all mankind to die from a nosebleed.
Yue seemed to express a feeling of a ¡°job well done¡± while walking back to Hajime. With him sitting on the bike, she pensively looked up at him.
¡°¡. Do you like them big?¡± (Yue)
It truly a problematic question. If Hajime said ¡°yes¡± then he would suffer the same fate as that regrettable rabbit that was still convulsing. But if he didn¡¯t, he would be lying to Yue. Both must be avoided.
¡°¡. Yue, it¡¯s not about the size. Who the partner is, is the most important.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡.¡± (Yue)
For now, instead of decisive ¡°yes¡± or ¡°no¡±, Hajime answered vaguely. Yue narrowed her eyes in consent, then proceeded to silently sit on the back seat.
In secret, Hajime broke out in cold sweat trying to find some topic to break the silence, but nothing came to mind. Hajime¡¯s brain was truly useless.
However, his eyes nced at Shia who was currently trying to free her head from the ground while her body trembled as both hands gripped the earth. Having failed to break the silence, he tried to make this their topic.
¡°She¡¯s moving¡ truly a zombie. Her endurance is truly unnatural¡¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡¡¡¡Nn¡± (Yue)
After a long silence, she answered, and that relieved him. At the same time, Shia pulled out her mud-covered head with a ¡°pop¡±.
¡°Uu~ Those cruel eyes. Even though I didn¡¯t want to be seen like this¡¡± (Shia)
With tear-filled eyes, Shia patted her tattered clothes and muttered some unknown words while crawling closer to Hajime. It was truly like a horror film.
¡°Haa~, how high is your endurance? It¡¯s not normal you know¡. What are you?¡± (Hajime)
With Hajime¡¯s suspicions, Shia sat up and finally told her tale. She made a serious expression while sitting in front of Hajime and Yue who were on the bike. It waste, but-.
¡°Let me reintroduce myself. I am Shia Haulia from Haulia Rabbitman Tribe. The truth is¡.¡±
Finally, Shia began her story.
Shia and her tribe, the Haulia Rabbitman tribe, one of the hundred Rabbitman tribes, used to live quietly in the [Haltzena Sea of Trees]. Members of the Rabbitman tribe have excellent hearing and stealth skills, but their stats are lowpared to other demi-human tribes, and because of that, they are ranked lowerpared to other demi-human tribes. They are gentle and dislike fighting, and treat the entire tribe as one family. In addition, rabbit-eared women generally had excellent figures, different from an elf¡¯s beauty. Because they are cute, they are often caught by the empire to be enved, as they are in demand.
One day in the Haulia tribe, one of Rabbitman tribes, a girl was born with an abnormality. Even though Rabbitmen normally have dark blue hair, that child¡¯s hair was white with a blue hue. Moreover, she had magic powers that demi-humans shouldn¡¯t have: the ability to directly manipte magic and a peculiar skill.
Of course, the tribe was greatly puzzled. Here was a child that couldn¡¯t be born to the Rabbitman tribe, no, that any demi-human tribe. The baby had powers simr to a demonic beast, and so would be discriminated against in any tribe normally. However, she was born into the Rabbitman tribe that shared a deep connection as a n of a hundred. So the Haulia tribe decided to raise the girl.
However, if her existence were to be found by the demi-human country of Faea Belgaen, she would be executed for sure. That is how much they despise demonic beasts. Thew of this nation was that as soon as a demonic beast is found, it must be annihted; any citizen seen allowing a demonic beast escape would be exiled. In addition, any demi-human capable of using magic would be discriminated against by humans and demi-humans alike. If a tribe was capable of wielding magic, they would¡¯ve been eradicated by both demihumans and humans alike.
Therefore, the Haulia tribe hid the girl and raised her in secret for sixteen years. However, her existence was exposed. Because of that, the Haulia tribe escaped out of the [Haltina Sea of Trees] before getting caught by Faea Belgaen.
The n was to go to the northern mountain area for the time being because they could produce products from the mountains for a living. Although it was uncivilized, it was better than being caught by the empire or a ve trader.
However, their attempt to flee was crushed by the empire. Even though they escaped the [Haltina Sea of Trees], they were immediately found by the empire¡¯s soldiers. It was unknown why the soldiers were there, but after encountering one squadron, the Haulia tribe had no choice but to run away to the south.
Though the men tried to obstruct the soldiers to buy the women and children time to run, the difference in battle potential between the trained empire soldiers, who could use magic, and the gentle, peaceful Rabbitman tribe was too great. By the time they noticed, half the tribe was already captured.
The rest kept desperately running away to avoid annihtion and arrived at the [Raisen Great Canyon], and entered as it was their only path to avoid envement. Indeed, the empire¡¯s army didn¡¯t enter. The tribe decided to wait here until the army retreated. The tribe was hoping that the empire¡¯s soldiers would withdraw before the monsters attacked.
However, the empire¡¯s soldiers didn¡¯t try to withdraw at all. They decided to wait at the canyon entrance, positioning themselves by the staircase down into the canyon. They waited for the Rabbitman tribe toe out when they were tired of being attacked by demonic beasts.
And that was what happened, the demonic beasts attacked them. After being attacked, they couldn¡¯t wait for the empire to retreat anymore. Between escaping the canyon or fleeing from the demonic beasts, the Haulia tribe decided to escape further into the canyon. That was why they jumped into the depths of hell¡
¡°¡. Of the 60 people that entered the canyon, only 40 are left. My tribe will be annihted if this keeps up. Please help us!¡± (Shia)
From the start, Shia tried to appeal to Yue and Hajime with regret and bitterness. Shia was the same as Yue and Hajime, an exception to this world¡¯s norm. She was atavistic, like Yue.
After finished listening to her story, Hajime answered frankly without any change in his expression.
¡°I refuse.¡± (Hajime)
Book 3. Chapter 9
Book 3. Chapter 9
Chapter 9 : Contract Completed
¡°I refuse.¡± (Hajime)
Hajime¡¯s frank response resulted in silence. With an expression as though she couldn¡¯tprehend what was said, Shia¡¯s mouth gaped open with a stupid expression as she puzzledly looked at Hajime. Ignoring her, Hajime started to pour magic power into the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive and a loud shout of protest could be heard.
¡°Wa- wa-wait! Why?! No matter how you think about it, your response should have been like, ¡®How pitiful! Don¡¯t worry!! I¡¯ll do something about it!!¡¯ with a reliable smile, you know! You had a sudden encounter with a bishoujo and you just ignore it! Eh, ah, don¡¯t ignore me and keep going! I won¡¯t let you go, you know~!!¡± (Shia)
Ignored, Shia jumped to cling onto Hajime¡¯s leg again. From the serious and pitiful atmosphere from a while ago, her shameless rabbit mode was back in action.
ring at Shia, who didn¡¯t show any sign of releasing his leg, Hajime released a sigh.
¡°You know¡. What merit is there for me if I help you out?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Me-merit?¡± (Shia)
¡°Having been chased out of Faea Belgaen and pursued by the empire, you¡¯re nothing but a heap of trouble, aren¡¯t you? Assuming you and your tribe escape from the canyon, what¡¯s next? Won¡¯t you just get caught by the empire again, or will you flee to the mountain from there? Rely on me again, right? First, it¡¯s to escape the canyon, next it¡¯s to protect you and your tribe from the empire¡¯s soldiers, and then it would be to escape from there to the northern mountain range, right? See, nothing but trouble.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Uuuu! Tha-that is true¡. ¡ bu- but!¡± (Shia)
¡°The two of us have a goal right now. We don¡¯t have the time for something so cumbering andbor intensive.¡± (Hajime)
¡°That can¡¯t be!! ¡. ¡ But, even you should be able to see the reason to help us!¡± (Shia)
¡°¡. That, you keep saying that, don¡¯t you?¡ Is it rted to your peculiar skill that you sought us out?¡±
Hajime was unable to understand the part of Shia¡¯s tear filled story. Why did Shia stray away from her tribe? Hajime asked whether there was a connection between their encounter and her skill.
¡°Eh? Ah, yes. It¡¯s called ¡®irvoyance¡¯. While I¡¯m using it, I can predict what will happen in the future based upon the actions I take, to a certain extent. Also, it will automatically activate right before danger strikes. But, the future that I see isn¡¯t absolute¡! Tha-that¡¯s right! I am useful, you know! With ¡®irvoyance¡¯, we¡¯ll know if there is any danger! I used it a while ago! I could see you helping us! In fact, that¡¯s how I met you!¡± (Shia)
In summary, Shia¡¯s ¡®irvoyance¡¯ can predict a future based upon her choice of action at that moment. Not only does it require arge amount of magic power to activate, but she will be exhausted after one try. In addition, there are times when it¡¯ll automatically activated, whether she wanted it to or not, when the situation is dangerous for Shia. Although this automatic function also consumes arge amount of magic power, it seems that it only consumes 1/3 the magic power of its manual usage.
Apparently, Shia left her tribe in order to find Hajime. She found a future where Hajime would protect her and her tribe. After that, she left her tribe behind in order to find Hajime. She was too excited at the prospect of finding Hajime that she carelessly ran alone into this dangerous ce.
¡°If you have such amazing skill, how did the empire find you and your tribe? If you could predict when danger would strike, heck, you shouldn¡¯t have been found out in Faea Belgaen, right?¡± (Hajime)
When this point was brought up by Hajime, Shia averted her eyes with a pained groan.
¡°Hii~!!! It was unusable at that time¡¡± (Shia)
¡°That means you already used it before they found you¡ What the heck did you use it for?¡± (Hajime)
¡°That¡ I was anxious about my best friend¡¯s love life¡¡± (Shia)
¡°Isn¡¯t that the same as peeping! Why the heck did you use such a precious skill for something so trivial?!¡± (Hajime)
¡°Uu~! I will seriously reflect on that from now on, okay?¡± (Shia)
¡°As expected, it¡¯s useless. If you ask why I won¡¯t help, it¡¯s because YOU are useless. What a failure of a rabbit¡¡± (Hajime)
Hajime looked away in astonishment while Shia, who was crying, kept clinging to him. As Hajime prepared to leave Shia in the dust, an unexpected hero came to Shia¡¯s rescue.
¡°¡. Hajime, take her along.¡± (Yue)
¡°Yue?¡± (Hajime)
¡°!? I knew you were a nicedy from the start! I¡¯m so sorry for calling you t-che- Guuufuuuu!¡± (Shia)
Hajime was dumbfounded when he heard Yue advocate for Shia, while Shia looked up at Yue with a thankful yet tearful expression. She happened to begin saying those forbidden words once again, only to receive divine punishment once again.
¡°¡. Just as a guide around the [Hartzena Sea of Trees].¡± (Yue)
¡°Aa~. I see.¡± (Hajime)
It is said that only demi-humans won¡¯t get lost on the path to the [Hartzena Sea of Trees], and if the Rabbitman tribe would guide them through, then that would be reassuring. Though there were some measures that Hajime could think of to resolve the situation when he got lost, it could be said that these measures weren¡¯t foolproof. At worst, he nned to kidnap some demi-humans to guide them along the path, but if some demi-humans willingly decided to guide them through, that would be for the best. However, Hajime hesitated to agree because Shia had only a bundle of trouble so far.
Yue broke his hesitation.
¡°¡. It¡¯s okay; we are the strongest.¡± (Yue)
That¡¯s exactly what Hajime had said in that hell. They had decided to not hold back their strength for this world. When they covered each other¡¯s backs, they were the strongest. Hajime could only give a wry smile in response to Yue.
With help from Rabbitman tribe, it would surely be easier to search around the [Hartzena Sea of Trees]. Avoiding the empire¡¯s soldiers and nation of Faea Belgaen would be for the best, but it¡¯s not like they were busybodies. If the encounter was unavoidable, Hajime decided to ¡°kill¡± these obstructions to his path.
¡°Oi, be grateful, you trash rabbit. I¡¯ll make you our guide through the [Hartzena Sea of Trees]. Your reward will be your life .¡± (Hajime)
Without a doubt, Hajime had surely roleyed as a yakuza. However, despite his word choice, Shia rejoiced that Hajime, who could easily kill the beasts of the [Raisen Great Canyon], promised to escort her tribe out of danger.
¡°Tha-Thank you very much! Uu~! What a relief~. Seriously, what a relief~¡¡± (Shia)
Shia cried with joy. However, she immediately stood up because there was no time to lose.
¡°Uummu, I look forward to working with you! Wh-what should I call you¡?¡± (Shia)
¡°Hm? Now that you mention it¡ I am Hajime. Nagumo Hajime¡± (Hajime
¡°¡. Yue.¡± (Yue)
¡°I see, Hajime-san and Yue-chan. Hajime-san and Yue-chan¡ Hajime-san and Yue-chan¡ Hajime-san and Yue-chan¡¡± (Shia)
Shia said their names several times to remember it. But, Yue, in dissatisfaction, interrupted her.
¡°¡ Failure rabbit.¡± (Yue)
¡°Fue!?¡± (Shia)
Shia was puzzled by Yue¡¯s informal speech, because she thought Yue was younger than her due to her appearance. When she heard that Yue was a vampire and much older, she immediately apologized by prostrating before Yue. For Yue, it wasn¡¯t like she hated her. Though for some unknown reason, Yue could be seen hatefully staring daggers at a certain asset of Shia¡¯s!
Please visit Re:Library to show the trantors your appreciation and stop supporting the content thief!
¡°¡For now, the failure rabbit can sit on the back.¡± (Hajime) 1
Hajime, used to Yue¡¯s ability to read his mind, irritately instructed Shia to hop on, resulting in Shia¡¯s confusion. It couldn¡¯t be helped, however, because there were no two wheeled vehicles that moved by using magic power in this world. However, because Shia understood it was some kind of vehicle, Shia slowly sat behind Yue in the end.
Although the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive only had tandem seats that were made using a certain demonic beast¡¯s leather, Yue and Shia were able to sit together because Yue only took up a small amount of space. Shia was surprised by the softness of the seat and started leaning forward onto Yue, pressing upon Yue her weapon.
Yue, who felt ufortable by Shia¡¯s sudden action, slipped away by moving to Hajime¡¯sp. Her petite figure fit perfectly between Hajime¡¯s arms. Yue couldn¡¯t stand the feeling of Shia¡¯s weapon upon her back. Hajime revealed a wry smile after guessing the reason why Yue switched seats while Yue wore a bitter expression.
¡°Eh?¡± (Shia)
Shia, confused about what had just happened, clung to Hajime¡¯s waist with a happy expression. Hajime acted as though nothing had happened and just drove along. But it¡¯s not like he had no reaction at all. He¡¯d be lying if he didn¡¯t.
Without noticing the conflict in Hajime and Yue¡¯s mind, Shia asked Hajime a question over his shoulder.
¡°Uummu, even though travelling faster is better, what kind of vehicle is this? Moreover, Hajime-san and Yue-san are both magic-users, right? Even though magic shouldn¡¯t be able to be used here¡¡± (Shia)
¡°¡ I¡¯ll exin.¡± (Hajime)
While saying so, Hajime increased his magic power output and elerated the bike. The vehicle moved smoothly, and over Hajime¡¯s shoulder, Shia¡¯s thrilled scream could be heard. The ground and cliff face seemed to blur as they elerated.
¡°Kyaaa~!¡± (Shia)
At the bottom of the canyon, Shia clung tightly onto Hajime while closing her eyes due to the wind. After getting ustomed to the speed, Shia gradually became more and more excited. When Hajime suddenly curved around a boulder, Shia squealed excitedly.
On the way, Hajime started to exin why they could use magic, how the bike operated, and how Hajime¡¯s left arm and bike were simr to an artifact. Shia opened her eyes wide in astonishment.
¡°Eh?? Then both of you are able to directly manipte magic and also capable of using unique magic¡¡± (Shia)
¡°¡ Something like that.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ Nn.¡± (Yue)
For a while, Shia¡¯s mind was nk from surprise. Suddenly, she buried her face into Hajime¡¯s shoulder, starting to sob.
¡°¡ What is it now? You went from being an annoying rabbit to a depressed bunny, and now you¡¯re a sobbing mess¡ You¡¯re truly a failure rabbit.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ Failure rabbit.¡± (Yue)
¡°What do you mean? I¡¯m not a failure! ¡ It¡¯s just that, when I think I¡¯m not alone anymore, it somehow makes me happy¡¡± (Shia)
¡± ¡°¡¡± ¡± (Yue)(Hajime)
It seemed that because her ability was simr to the demonic beast¡¯s, she always thought she was the only one in this world with this ability. Her family raised her for 16 years and called her a family member. Although protecting her ultimately brought danger upon them, causing them to flee Faea Belgaen for her sake, they still loved her. Despite their love¡ no, because of their unique love for her, she felt isted and alone; she was different from everyone else.
Hearing Shia¡¯s words, Yue silently began to think. It seemed like her expressionless face was turning pale. Hajime was somehow able to understand Yue¡¯s feelings. In all likelihood, Yue¡¯s circumstances early on were probably almost the same as Shia¡¯s. Both of them were capable of magic maniption and using unique magic and skills, without being able to call anyone ¡°kin¡±.
But there was a definite difference between them. While Yue did not have a family that loved and epted her, Shia did. That gave Yue a ratherplex feeling mixed with envy. From Shia¡¯s perspective though, Yue was ¡°kin¡±, someone she could finally say was truly like her. It was aplicated matter.
Hajime decided to pat then stroked Yue¡¯s head in an effort tofort her. Hajime, who was raised in a rich country like Japan with affectionate parents, only to be forsaken in an alternate world by his friends and teacher alike, still felt that his solitude couldn¡¯t bepared to that of the Vampire Princess, Yue. Thus, he couldn¡¯t say anything that could ease her pain. He could only show her that ¡°now¡±, she is not alone.
Even though Hajime hadpletely changed from the boy he was when he first arrived in Tortus, he still had enough of him left to look out for those he cared about. Rather, if he hadn¡¯t met Yue, that part of him would have also disappeared. Yue stopped Hajime from falling into the depths of depravity and hatred. Because Yue appeared, Hajime could retain his humanity. As proof of that, Hajime decided to keep their promise to Shia: to protect the Haulia tribe from empire¡¯s soldiers. Of course, Hajime didn¡¯t forget that thepensation was that they¡¯d guide him and Yue through the [Hartzena Sea of Trees] to Faea Belgaen.
Whether or not Hajime¡¯s feelings were fully expressed in his action, Yue loosened up and leaned against Hajime¡¯s chest, as though she wanted to be spoiled.
¡°Ummu~? Did you forget about me? Didn¡¯t I tell a sob story? I even revealed my poor broken heart to you, you know!? I also want to beforted, you know? To be spoiled, you know? Even so, even though I did all that, why did you guys suddenly go into your own world! Even I¡¯m lonely! Don¡¯t leave me out! Even though, you two-¡± (Shia)
¡± ¡°Silence, failure rabbit!¡± ¡± (Yue)(Hajime)
¡°Huuuuu~¡¡¡± (Shia)
Hajime and Yue instinctively rebuked the whimpering Shia, who suddenly made an enormous ruckus. However, for Hajime and Yue to create their own pink space and leave a girl crying alone could be called cruel. Adding in that she got yelled at, Shia was truly pitiful. But, her endurance was her strong point. In her mind, she thought, first I must make them call me by name~. After all they are the ¡°kin¡± that I have finally found. I won¡¯t let them go~!
Meanwhile, Yue and Hajime¡¯s yell echoed in the canyon. They then heard several demonic beasts¡¯ roars in the distance. Apparently there were several demonic beasts in front of them.
¡°!!! Hajime-san! We will arrive soon! Those demonic beasts¡¯ roars are close; close to father and my tribe¡¯s hiding ce!¡± (Shia)
¡°Gaawd~! Don¡¯t shout right next to my ear! Hang on tight, because I¡¯m going to increase our speed!¡± (Hajime)
Hajime poured in even more magic power, and the bike started to elerate even further. The scenery truly blurred into a mirage.
After 2 minutes, they saw dozens of Rabbitmen under attack by flying monsters.
Book 3. Chapter 10
Book 3. Chapter 10
Chapter 10 ¨C Haulia Tribe and Encounter
Screams echoed inside the [Raisen Great Canyon].
The figures of desperate Rabbitmen fleeing to hide behind rocks could be seen. Looking around, Hajime could see 20 Rabbitmen hiding behind rocks. Ifbined with those still fleeing, there would be around 40 people.
In the sky, flying demonic beasts, that were rare even inside that hell, were ring at the frightened Rabbitman tribe. The flying demonic beast¡¯s appearance was simr to what gamers would call a wyvern. Their wingspan was around 3-5 meters with sharp ws and fangs, equipped with a sharp thorn at the swelling end of their long tail, simr to mace.
¡°Hy-hyveria¡.¡± (Shia)
Over Hajime¡¯s shoulder, Shia¡¯s trembling voice could be heard. It seemed that those Wyvern-like creatures were called ¡°Hyveria¡±. There were six of them circling in the sky, waiting for a chance to catch the cowering Rabbitmen.
Finally, one Hyveria took action. After adjusting its position in the sky, the Hyveria dove towards one of therge rocks where some Rabbitmen were hiding and struck the rock with its swinging tail. A deafening sound resounded, and the remains of the pulverized rock flung the screaming Rabbitmen in all directions.
Looking upon its helpless prey, the Hyveria heavilynded where the rock was before and roared at the frightened Rabbitmen in its presence. A Rabbitman could be seen shielding a child from the fangs of the Hyveria that encroached upon them.
Seeing this scene, only despair could be seen on the other Rabbitmen¡¯s faces. No one knew which of their family members would be the Hyveria¡¯s next meal. But that concern was unnecessary.
DOPANn!! DOPANn!!
Two shes were seen, and the ovepping echoes of gunshots could be heard in the canyon. One of the shots was aimed at the back of the attacking Hyveria¡¯s head. With a hole ripped through its brain, the Hyveria stopped mid-roar and fell on its side before the shielded child.
At the same time, the whistling sound of an object falling caused the Rabbitmen to look up. Without any time to be surprised, the Rabbitmen saw one of the Hyverias without its arm, blood bursting from its shoulder while it writhed in pain. The Hyveria tumbled to the ground, skidding across the earth, causing the Rabbitmen to copse onto their knees from the collision.
¡°Wh-what is¡.¡± (Rabbitman 1)
The man who tried to cover the child could only mutter simple words in confusion while looking at the iprehensible scene that took ce before him.
When he heard the unfamiliar sound of a distinct explosion, he could only see a sh pass by. Suddenly, the Hyveria copsed, causing the earth to tremor. When he finally came to after the miniature earthquake, it was dead already.
Seeing onerade dead and the other copsed on the ground, the other Hyveria roared in unparalleled rage. The cowering Rabbitmen covered their ears in response to the frightful roar. Forparison, the quality of sound resembled that of a jet engine. However, in the distance, a voice could be heard, and they turned their eyes to the source. What they saw was a ck vehicle traveling in their direction, with 3 figures riding it at high speed.
Of the three, one of them was someone they knew all too well. In the morning, she had suddenly disappeared. She was the reason they were in this mess in the first ce, as they went out to find her. The girl felt that it was her fault that the tribe is in the state they are now. She tried to conceal her feelings with outward cheerfulness, but her expression showed her inward anguish. Then, she suddenly disappears. So the Haulia tribe had no choice but to carefully search for the girl, even if the tribe would be annihted before finding her.
That was the girl waving at them from the back of the ck vehicle. Cheerfulness could be seen on her face. The Rabbitmen looked at her with disbelief.
¡°Everyone~, I have called for help~!¡± (Shia)
When they heard her voice, they had no choice but to believe it was real.
¡± ¡± ¡°Shia?!¡± ¡± ¡± (Haulia Tribe)
Hajime made an irritated expression while driving the magic bike at high speed. When Shia saw her family in the distance, she immediately stood up and started waving her hands wildly. Even though standing on the bike was fine, Shia had leaned her body onto Hajime, and with her lethal weapons bouncing up and down, they continuously hit his head. Because of that, his aim shifted and the second Hyveria didn¡¯t die.
Hajime gripped Shia¡¯s arm in anger, who was still jumping up and down. Shia noticed his actions and tried to question him. Even if she couldn¡¯t see Hajime¡¯s face, she had an ominous premonition, so she timidly asked.
¡°Uummu, Hajime-san? What happened? Why are you grabbing my arm?¡± (Shia)
¡°¡ Because you¡¯re so energetic, I thought I¡¯d give you a job.¡± (Hajime)
¡°J-job¡? W-what should I do?¡± (Shia)
¡°It¡¯s easy. Just distract those starving demonic beasts. Easy, right?¡± (Hajime)
¡°!? Wha-what are you-! Ah, don¡¯t lift me~! Don¡¯t swiii-nnnn-gggg meeeeeeee~!!!¡± (Shia)
Shia, who¡¯s smile was twitching, was easily lifted by Hajime, who had more than 10.000 in his strength stat.
Hajime, who was driving the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive with one hand, started drifting to the side, threw Shia into the sky with a devilish grin.
¡°Go! Failure Rabbit!¡± (Hajime)
¡°Iya-aaa~~!!¡± (Shia)
The rabbit-eared girl flew in the sky with high speed. Shia¡¯s scream echoed in the canyon. The Rabbitmen screamed, ¡°Shia!¡± while looking upon this unbelievable spectacle with their eyes nearly popping out of their sockets. The Hyveria also roared, trying to catch the prey that came right for them, but Shia just flew passed them, right before their eyes.
Because Shia had caused a distraction, Hajime wouldn¡¯t miss this opening. Those flying Hyveria had be ¡°sitting ducks¡±. Four gunshots could be heard simultaneously, prating through the four Hyverias¡¯ jaws in the same instant.
Unable to react, the Hyveria carcasses fell to the ground. Even though the Hyveria are known to be dangerous and troublesome demonic beasts with hard to resist attacks and stronger than the Daihedoa that attacked Shia, they dropped to the ground like flies. Looking into the dead eyes of the Hyveria that fell before them, the Haulia tribe stiffened.
Gradually, they heard a girl¡¯s scream bing increasingly closer and clearer.
¡°A-aaaaah~! Help me~, Hajime-sa-~n!¡± (Shia)
Hajime, who drove through the Rabbitmen tribe that started to frantically run around in an attempt to catch her, and splendidly caught the falling Shia while drifting to a stop. After that, he dropped Shia onto the ground with a-
¡°Failure rabbit.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Uu~! Be gentle with me~! I want you to treat me like Yue-san~!¡± (Shia)
Shia protested while pouting. It wasn¡¯t like Shia loved Hajime, though. It¡¯s just that, when she was in a time of desperation and istion, Hajime appeared like a beacon of hope to her, creating a mysterious sense of trust in him. Even though he was without mercy, he hadn¡¯t betrayed his promise to her. She felt secure around Hajime, and seeing that Hajime cherished Yue, hoped that she too could be treated well.
Having been tossed around so much and harassed by Yue¡¯s kicks on the way here, Shia¡¯s miserable scraps for clothes made her appear very pitiful. When Hajime saw Shia¡¯s appearance, he reluctantly pulled a coat out of his [Treasure Warehouse] and draped it over Shia¡¯s head, not wanting to be held responsible for her appearance. After doing so, he felt absolutely no responsibility whatsoever for his treatment towards Shia.
However, Hajime¡¯s sudden action made Shia happy. Something was suddenly ced over her head, and when she saw it was a coat, she started tough. She immediately put it on. It was a simr white coat that Yue wore; the coat that Yue had originally made for Hajime to form a pair-look.
¡°Mou~! Hajime-san is just not honest at all, huh~? You gave me clothes simr to Yue¡¯s¡! Could it be because of my ¡°womanly appeal¡±? That¡¯s bad, you know~? I¡¯m not that~ cheap! Please treat me more affectionately~!¡± (Shia)
Shia teasingly said while looking at Hajime with a seductive gaze. Irritated once again, Hajime silently pulled out Donner, aimed at Shia, and fired.
¡°Hakyun!¡± (Shia)
The bullet that was fired was a non-lethal bullet covered with a rubber-like substance from a demonic beast. But because of the firepower behind the bullet, Shia was still shot back and fell to the ground rolling back and forth in pain. Sheined, ¡°My head~¡ My head~¡¡±, but as expected, her unnatural endurance kicked in and she immediately got up. The Rabbitman tribe immediately started to gather around her in worry.
¡°Shia! Are you okay!?¡± (???)
¡°Father!¡± (Shia)
The one who called out to her was a middle-aged, rabbit-eared man with short, dark blue hair. It was clear who the rabbit-eared man was. This spectacle gave him a surreal feeling, especially after seeing how the Hyverias were taken down. After calming down, Shia immediately began to exin to the Rabbitman tribe what happened while she was gone and the promise Hajime had made to her. Knowing that they had been saved, the entire tribe looked towards Hajime.
¡°Shall I call you Hajime-dono? I am Kam Haulia, Shia¡¯s father and also the chief of the Haulia tribe. I cannot thank you enough for helping Shia and our tribe escape this precarious predicament. To even go as far as helping us flee from the empire, as a father and chief of my tribe, I wish to express my humble gratitude.¡± (Kam)
Kam, who introduced himself as the chief of the Haulia tribe, immediately bowed down to him. Behind him, the other Haulia tribe members mirrored his gesture.
¡°Please, raise your head. Don¡¯t forget: after escaping the empire, you¡¯ll be our guides into the [Haltina Sea of Trees]¡ Also, how can you trust us so easily? Demi-humans and humans don¡¯t have good rtions with each other, after all¡¡± (Hajime)
Forget about Shia, in this world, demi-humans were discriminated against worldwide. In fact, it was a human empire that had cornered the Haulia tribe. Despite that, they had bowed down toward Hajime, who was clearly a human and even epted Hajime¡¯s help. Even though this was their only choice for survival, hadn¡¯t they made this decision too quickly? Hajime started to doubt them whilst concealing his concerns.
In response, Kam answered with a wry smile.
¡°Shia trusts you, and so by extension, we trust you as well; because we are a family¡¡± (Kam)
Hearing his answer, Hajime was astonished, admiring their naive solidarity. For a tribe to leave their nation for the sake of a single girl, then trust a human they knew nothing about, they must be a foolhardy group that threw caution to the wind; they were kind to a fault.
¡°Ehehe, it¡¯s okay, father. Even though Hajime is unmerciful towards women, unconcerned with others, cruel enough to use others as bait, he will surely keep his promise! He is not like those scum that tramples over other¡¯s hopes! He will protect us for sure!¡± (Shia)
¡°Hahaha, is that so? So he¡¯s a shy one, isn¡¯t he? If that¡¯s so, I will believe in him.¡± (Kam)
Hearing Shia and Kam, the other tribe members murmured in agreement while looking at Hajime with warmth in their eyes.
Hajime, irritated enough to pop of blood vessel, started to pull out Donner when he was suddenly ambushed.
¡°¡ Nn, Hajime is a shy one¡ even in bed¡¡± (Yue)
¡°Yue!?¡± (Hajime)
Their dialogue had given the demonic beasts enough time to begin gathering around their current camp, and so it would be troublesome if they continued to linger any longer.
Thus, they began their march towards the exit of the [Raisen Great Canyon].
Book 4. Chapter 1
Book 4. Chapter 1
Hajime, Yue, and the Haulia tribe advanced within the [Raisen Great Canyon].
Several demonic beasts tried to attack them but to no avail. Those that tried to assault the Rabbitman tribe had their heads blown off with a sh without exception.
Every sh was apanied by a gunshot. The Rabbitman tribe looked around dumbfoundedly, as the demonic beasts¡¯ corpses littered the ground like flowers in a flower field. Awestruck by his power, the Rabbitman turned their gazes upon Hajime.
Especially one child in particr. They were looking at Hajime as though he was a hero from legend.
¡°Fufufu~, Hajime-san. The little ones are watching, you know~? Why don¡¯t you wave at them?¡± (Shia)
Shia immediately tried to tease Hajime, who was already in a bad mood due to that child¡¯s innocent gaze.
A vein popped out of his head, and Hajime silently fired his gun.
DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn!
¡°Awawwawawawawagh!?¡± (Shia)
With Hajime aiming at her feet, Shia frantically jumped around to evade them, making it look like she was tap dancing. Shia¡¯s father, Kam, revealed a wry smile at this spectacle while Yue looked at her with expressionless marvel.
¡°Haha, so Shia and Hajime-dono are already that close. It looks like Shia has already hit that age, huh? Father will feel a bit lonely, but if it is Hajime-dono, then I can be relieved.¡± (Kam)
Even though his daughter was still being shot at, Kam celebrated this asion as though it was Shia¡¯s marriage day, a tear forming in the corner of his eye. The other tribe members also looked at her with a warm gaze, although she was screaming ¡°Help me~!¡± all the while.
¡°Wait, all of you. How did youe to that conclusion looking at this situation?¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡. Unbelievable.¡± (Yue)
It was as Yue said. It seemed that the Haulia tribe was rathercking in themon sense department. However, who was to say it didn¡¯t apply to all the Rabbitman tribes¡
After walking for a long time, their group finally arrived at the entrance of the [Raisen Great Canyon]. There was a finely built staircase for as far as Hajime could see, even with [Far Sight]. The stairs were built by cutting alongside the cliff face, zigzagging every 50 meters. The [Haltina Sea of Trees] was around half a day¡¯s walk after exiting the [Raisen Great Canyon].
When Hajime gazed up towards the rim of the canyon, Shia uneasily asked.
¡°Do you see any of the empire¡¯s soldiers?¡± (Shia)
¡°Hm? What can I say¡ there¡¯s the possibility that they¡¯ve been annihted already¡¡± (Hajime)
¡°Th-that is¡ suppose that the empire¡¯s soldiers are around, Hajime-san¡, what will you do then?¡± (Shia)
¡°¡? What do you mean by that?¡± (Hajime)
Hajime tilted his head because he couldn¡¯t understand what Shia was trying to ask. The ears of the Haulia tribe here perked up because of her question.
¡°Unlike demonic beasts, the enemy this time will be the empire¡¯s soldiers, the human race, you know? A human like Hajime-san¡¡ are you sure you will be able to fight them?¡± (Shia)
¡°Failure rabbit, haven¡¯t you already seen the future?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Yes, I have. Hajime-san was confronting the empire¡¯s soldiers¡¡± (Shia)
¡°Then what¡¯s the problem?¡± (Shia)
¡°I wanted to confirm your resolve. In order to protect us, the Haulia tribe, from the empire¡¯s soldiers, you have to confront other humans. Are you truly okay with that, with fighting against other humans¡?¡± (Shia)
Having heard Shia¡¯s words, the surrounding Rabbitmen nervously looked at Hajime. The children couldn¡¯t understand the significance of what was happening, but they could guess from the serious atmosphere something drastic could happen.
However, despite such a serious atmosphere, Hajime casually replied.
¡°What¡¯s wrong with that?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Eh?¡± (Shia)
Hajime continued to talk, ignoring Shia¡¯s confusion.
¡°Like I just said. I have no problem with fighting other humans.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Th-that¡! You¡¯re from the same race, you know?!¡± (Shia)
¡°Didn¡¯t your tribe also get chased out by the same race?¡± (Hajime)
¡°That is¡ well if you put it that way¡¡± (Shia)
¡°¡ You¡¯re wrong about my intentions, however.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Intentions?¡± (Shia)
Shia tilted her head while the surrounding Rabbitmen looked confused.
¡°Listen, I am employing your tribe to be my guide through the [Haltina Sea of Trees], so I¡¯ll be troubled if any of you die. It¡¯s not like I sympathize with any of you, or have the kindness to do that. Moreover, I won¡¯t be protecting you guys forever. Did you forget that?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Ugh¡ I remember¡¡± (Shia)
¡°That so? I¡¯ll protect you until my business in the [Haltina Sea of Trees] is over. I only act in my self-interest. It doesn¡¯t matter if it¡¯s demonic beasts or humans, if they try to obstruct my path, they will be eliminated. Simple as that.¡± (Hajime)
¡°I- I see¡¡± (Shia)
Shia could only reply in a disappointed fashion towards Hajime¡¯s remark. Even if she saw Hajime confronting the empire with [irvoyance], that future wasn¡¯t absolute. Other futures seemed more probable to her, one of them where they became ves under the empire, living a life worse than death. Shia med herself for the possibility of those futures, even if she knew everyone else wouldn¡¯t me her for not preventing them. Thus, she had resolved to ascertain the most likely future that would take ce.
¡°Haha, it is good to clear any misconceptions. Please leave it to us to guide you through the [Haltina Sea of Trees].¡± (Kam)
Kamughed cheerfully. Rather than acting under a naive sense of justice, Hajime treated this as a give and take situation, giving him a renewed sense of security. His face said it all.
Their party had gradually reached the stairs. Hajime went ahead of them to scout the situation. When they had escaped from the empire¡¯s soldiers before, the Haulia tribe hadn¡¯t gotten the chance to eat or drink anything. Unexpectedly though, the Haulia tribe remained on their toes, as though they were still in pristine condition. The rumor that demi-humans, who were unable to use magic, had higher physical strength and endurance seemed true.
At longst, Hajime¡¯s group had escaped from the execution ground, the [Raisen Great Canyon].
When they peered over the cliff-
¡°Oi, oi, seriously? There are survivors! Even though I was reluctant to stay here on themander¡¯s orders, it turns out I can bring back a good souvenir~.¡± (Random Soldier)
There were around 30 imperial soldiers. Behind them, there were many carriages and tents set up. All of the soldiers were dressed in Khaki-like uniforms and equipped with either a sword and shield or with a spear. They turned towards Hajime¡¯s group in surprise.
However, that onlysted for an instant. Their eyes immediately shone with delight when they saw the Rabbitman tribe.
¡°toon leader! The pale-haired Rabbitman is also there! Isn¡¯t she the one that themander wanted?¡± (Random Soldier)
¡°Oh ho! It looks like we hit the jackpot. Your orders are to kill everyone but the pale-haired Rabbitman!¡± (toon Leader)
¡°toon leader~, there are some women in that group. Can¡¯t we have a taste of them? We¡¯ve waited here for 3 days! Please overlook it~¡¡± (Random Soldier)
¡°Geez. Just don¡¯t keep all of them. If it¡¯s only two or three, then it¡¯s okay.¡± (toon Leader)
¡°As expected of toon leader! You really do look out for us!¡± (Random Soldier)
For the empire¡¯s soldiers, the Rabbitman tribe wasn¡¯t a threat in their eyes, they only focused on which of the women in the group they wanted to toy withter while they advanced. Seeing those soldiers, the Rabbitman tribe could do nothing but tremble in fright.
Among those moring soldiers, the man called the toon leader finally notice Hajime¡¯s presence.
¡°Ah? Who are you? It looks like¡ you¡¯re not a Rabbitman.¡± (toon Leader)
Hajime, deeming it impossible to just avoid this confrontation altogether, simply responded-
¡°Aa. I¡¯m human alright.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Haa~? Why is a human together with Rabbitmen? You even came from the canyon. Oh, are you a ve merchant? How did you hear about these Rabbitmen? What a great business spirit you have to evene out here yourself. However, these Rabbitman belong to the empire, so please move aside.¡± (toon Leader)
The toon leader made the most obvious assumption about Hajime¡¯s circumstances, thus believing that he had the authority to order Hajime around.
Of course, there was no need for Hajime to listen to him, as that toon leader¡¯s assumption was way off the mark.
¡°I refuse.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ Did you just say something?¡± (toon Leader)
¡°Are you deaf? I said I refuse. These guys are mine now. I won¡¯t give you even one. I rmend you to pack up and go back home now.¡±(Hajime)
He thought what he heard was a mistake, but that man was defying an imperial order. The toon leader grimaced in fury.
¡°¡ boy, mind your words now. Is there something wrong with your head to not recognize who we are?¡± (toon Leader)
¡°I know who you are. Is YOUR head on right?¡± (Hajime)
The toon leader red at Hajime. The other Soldiers also red at Hajime, creating a tense atmosphere. As the toon leader scorned Hajime, he suddenly noticed a petite figure behind Hajime¡¯s back. Even inside that tense atmosphere, Yue¡¯s beauty shone just as brightly, immediately enchanting the toon leader. He smirked lustfully.
¡°Ah~, I see. I finally understand now. You¡¯re nothing but a naive, ******, little boy! Let me teach you the horrors of this world. That young miss over there, now isn¡¯t she a little beauty? After I chop your limbs off, I¡¯ll y with her in front of your eyes until I¡¯m satisfied, then sell her over to the ve merchants after I finish you off!¡±
Hajime creased his brows in utter wrath. Even the expressionless Yue couldn¡¯t help but express extreme disgust that anyone could tell. Yue extended her right hand, prepared to eliminate the trash that dared vite her presence.
However, she was stopped by Hajime. Dumbfounded, Yue could only hear Hajime say-
¡°In conclusion, you are my enemy, right?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Ah?! Do you still not understand your situation! You ******* should be trembling on the ground seeking forgive-!?¡± (toon Leader)
DOPANn!!
The irritated toon leader was unable to finish his sentence. Reason being that his brain was no longer operational. With a big hole in the middle of his forehead, his brain leaked out from behind his head, and he copsed just like that.
The other soldiers could only stare dumbfoundedly at the toon leader¡¯s corpse.
DOPANn!
One gunshot was heard, but six of the empire¡¯s soldiers copsed. In actuality, Hajime had shot at six soldiers scattered across the field, but due to his insane stats, abilities, and weapons, the six gunshots resounded as one.
Naturally, after seeing their leader andrades copse, the soldiers panicked and turned their weapons towards Hajime. Even though they didn¡¯t understand how they died, they understood who had killed them. Their personality aside, as expected of the empire¡¯s soldiers, their capabilities on the battlefield was the real deal.
The soldiers immediately charged forward while the mages in the rear started to chant. However, something had rolled into the backline while they charged. It was a ck, cylindrical object. What could it be? Though they were puzzled, they never stopped chanting, when suddenly-
DOGANn!!
The ¡°grenade¡± had exploded. Moreover, shrapnel had consumed the backline. Compared to the ones on Earth, it¡¯s power was undoubtedly far stronger. It was only able to be created due to this world¡¯s unique ores.
In one move, 10 soldiers had died. Their hands and feet had been blown off their bodies, their organs sttered everywhere. Seven audible voices could be heard screaming in pain.
Hearing the explosion behind them, the seven soldiers who had acted as the vanguard immediately stopped their charge. While turning back in confusion, the vanguard was suddenly left with one man. Blood sprayed all around him. In shock, he fell to his knees. He looked to the sky in disbelief. It was no wonder. In only an instant, hispanions were annihted. These were elite warriors. Elite warriors who hadined about being stationed in the middle of nowhere. He looked around only to find himself feeling alone in a living nightmare of disassembled bodies.
He suddenly heard an aloof voiceing from behind him.
¡°¡ As expected, there¡¯s no need to use [Lightning d]. The usual bullet and firing mechanism was enough. The [Combustion Stone] is REALLY convenient though.¡±
That soldier turned towards Hajime in fright. Hajime tapped Donner on his shoulder as he slowly approached the lone vanguard. His figure with his fluttering ck coat made him look like a grim reaper.
¡°Hiii! Do-don¡¯te any closer! I don¡¯t want to die! So-someone, help me!¡± (Random Soldier)
That soldier pleaded for his life. His face distorted in fear and piss leaked from his crotch. Hajime looked at him coldly, then slowly open fired in session.
¡°Hii!¡± (Random Soldier)
That soldier prepared for a death that had yet toe. Hajime had shot the soldiers who had been severely injured by the grenades. When he noticed he had yet to die, thest surviving soldier timidly surveyed the battlefield, only to find he was truly alone in this disastrous scene of annihtion.
The gun¡¯s muzzle finally aimed at the stiffened soldier. His body shook, and with an unbing expression, he once again begged for salvation.
¡°I-I implore you! Please don¡¯t kill me! I-I¡¯ll do anything! Anything!¡± (Soldier)
¡°Is that so? Then, please, tell me what happened to the other Rabbitmen. Even though there should be a lot of them here¡ have they been transported to the empire?¡± (Hajime)
Hajime, as self-centered as always, only asked about the circumstances of the other Rabbitmen because it would be bothersome to go out of his way to rescue them.
¡°Wi-will you spare me if I tell you?¡± (Soldier)
¡°You, do you think you are in any position to demand anything of me? It¡¯s not like I need this information. Would you like to die this instant?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Ple-please wait! I¡¯ll tell you! I¡¯ll tell you! They¡¯ve probably been transported because we already reached the quota¡¡± (Soldier)
A quota was fulfilled. In other words, after having captured enough able-bodied Rabbitmen, the others must have been killed. After hearing that, bitterness painted the Rabbitmen¡¯s faces. Hajime took a peek at their expression. He immediately looked back at the soldier, killing intent manifesting in his eyes.
¡°Wait! Please wait! I¡¯ll tell you anything! The empire¡¯s secrets, anything you want! So please!¡± (Soldier)
Having noticed Hajime¡¯s killing intent, the soldier desperately pleaded for his life. The answer to his desperate plea was¡
DOPANn!
One bullet.
The Rabbitmen all sucked in a breath. Due to Hajime¡¯spletely unforgiving behavior, fear of Hajime had awoken in them. Who knew if Shia also felt the same, but she timidly asked Hajime all the same.
¡°Wo-wouldn¡¯t it have been okay to just overlook that one person¡?¡± (Shia)
Hajime nced at her with such astonishment that Shia could only feel as though she had said something inappropriate. It looked like the Rabbitman tribe could even forgive the people responsible for the envement and genocide of their tribe. When Hajime was about to speak, Yue immediately said-
¡°¡ Once they¡¯ve drawn their weapons, even if the opponent wasn¡¯t strong, they¡¯ll be an inconvenience sooner orter¡¡± (Yue)
¡°Th-that is¡¡± (Shia)
¡°¡ How dare you shame Hajime when he protected you and your tribe¡¡± (Yue)
¡°¡¡± (Shia)
Yue was furious. Even though they were currently protecting them, she wouldn¡¯t forgive anyone who harbored negative feelings towards Hajime. Even though they hadn¡¯t intended to disgrace their savior, the Haulia tribe felt ashamed.
¡°Fumu, Hajime-dono, I sincerely apologize on behalf of my tribe. We do not me you for your actions, it is just that we are not ustomed to such a sight¡¡± (Kam)
¡°Hajime-san, I am sorry.¡± (Shia)
Having heard Shia and Kam apologize to him on behalf of their tribe, Hajime could only wave his hands to tell them he paid it no attention.
After that, Hajime went to where the empire¡¯s horses and carriages were and told the Haulia tribe to hop on. Even though it would only take them half a day to walk to the [Haltina Sea of Trees], since they could use horses and carriages, they should use them. He took out the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive from his [Treasure Warehouse] and linked it to the line of carriages. And so, the party continued their trek towards the [Haltina Sea of Trees].
Yue had used wind magic to drop the empire¡¯s soldiers¡¯ corpses into the canyon before they left. What remained of the battlefield was nothing but a field stained with blood.
Book 4. Chapter 2
Book 4. Chapter 2
Chapter 2 : Shia¡¯s Feelings and Haltina, Sea of Trees
One of 7 Great Dungeons, the [Haltina Sea of Trees], was located within the country of demi-humans, Faea Belgaen. Thanks to the Magic Powered 2-Wheeled Drive pulling the tworge carriages along with dozens of horses, Hajime and his party were now able to advance at a rather fast pace.
On the bike, Yue sat in Hajime¡¯sp while Shia sat behind him. At first, Shia was told to ride on one of the carriages, but she insisted on riding on the bike. Even though Yue kept harassing her, Shia kept clinging onto the bike like a zombie, so Yue finally gave up. Shia had finally met two people that were the ¡°same¡± as her, so she wanted to talk about various things. However, much to Yue¡¯s displeasure, Shia was hugging Hajime. Yue believed Shia had intentions of getting her hands on Hajime by using her shameful, lethal weapons.
Hajime, who was sandwiched between the ill-humored Yue and good-humored Shia, absentmindedly drove on.
In that state, Hajime heard Yue¡¯s voice.
¡°¡ Hajime, why did you fight them by yourself?¡± (Yue)
¡°Hm?¡± (Hajime)
Yue was talking about the fight with the empire¡¯s soldiers. At that time, Hajime fought them alone after stopping Yue from utilizing magic. Even though there would¡¯ve been almost no difference if Hajime had just let Yue ¡°insta-kill¡± the soldiers, Hajime had fought alone, and that made Yue anxious.
¡°Well, I just wanted to confirm¡¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ Confirm?¡± (Yue)
Yue asked him with a doubtful face. Shia, intrigued, rested her head on his shoulder.
In summary, Hajime had two reasons for fighting solo. One, Hajime had stopped Yue because he wanted to use this fight as an experiment. Even though it looked like he head-shot all of the soldiers, he had also shot at their armor. He thought that it¡¯d be overkill to use rail guns all the time. It¡¯d be too dangerous for him to use them in town because of their prating power. Though he had no problem turning thugs into dust, the bullets would also prate any nearby residential housing and possibly kill whoever was inside! Hajime didn¡¯t want to be someone who indiscriminately killed unrted people. Thus, it was necessary to understand how to control his power output, which he fine-tuned throughout this fight.
The other reason was to confirm whether he¡¯d hesitate to kill humans. Even though he had been reborn in that hell, he had yet to experience killing a human. Therefore, he wanted to see how he would react after killing humans. The result was that he felt nothing. As expected, he had no qualms with removing anyone that obstructed his path.
¡°Even though I felt nothing when I killed those soldiers, when I think about how drastically I¡¯ve changed, it makes me feel somewhat sentimental¡¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ Are you okay?¡± (Yue)
¡°Ah, there¡¯s no problem now. This is the current me. I¡¯m just d that I¡¯ll be able to fight properly from now on.¡± (Hajime)
Having heard Hajime¡¯s story, Shia was surprised that this was the first time he had killed a human. At the same time, she admired Yue who was able to notice the slight change in Hajime¡¯s mood. Once again, she felt lonely due to herck of familiarity with Hajime and Yue.
¡°Un, about that! Can I hear more about Hajime-san and Yue-san?¡± (Shia)
¡°¡ Aren¡¯t we talking about that right now?¡± (Hajime)
¡°I don¡¯t want to know about what abilities you two have, but like why were you inside the Abyss? What are your objectives? What have you done until now? I want to know more about you two, you know?¡± (Shia)
¡°¡. After you hear that, what then?¡± (Yue)
¡°Even if you ask me that, I just want to know¡ I, because of my circumstances, have brought a lot of trouble to my family. I hated myself so much when I was a child, but of course, everyone told me to cheer up and now I don¡¯t mind it as much. Even so, I still feel like an oddball in this world. That¡¯s why I was so happy when I met the two of you. To find people who were simr to me, it was an overwhelming feeling. Although it is selfish of me, I wa- want to be yourpanion¡ so can¡¯t you tell me more about the two of you¡?¡± (Shia)
It seemed Shia was embarrassed by her own words, as her voice became smaller and smaller, hiding her face behind Hajime¡¯s back. When Hajime and Yue thought back to when they met Shia, they remembered how incredibly happy she was. When they left to save the Haulia tribe from the Hyverias, Shia had found out that they were capable of using magic maniption. Shia must have been feeling anxious since then.
In this world, those who were capable of magic maniption like demonic beasts would never be epted. As such, it¡¯s only natural to think that those who have been rejected and isted from society would bond together. Despite that being said, for Hajime and Yue, they felt no sense of camaraderie with Shia. But, because it would help pass the time, Hajime and Yue started to tell their story.
The result is¡.
¡°Huuuuu~! Cruel, how cruel~! Hajime-san and Yue-san had it hard~! Compared to that, I was blessed¡ Uu~, I didn¡¯tck anything at all~¡¡± (Shia)
She cried. As she continued sobbing about her misconceptions, she continued to wipe her face using the overcoat Hajime had lent her. She had thought her that her circumstances were worsepared to Hajime and Yue¡¯s circumstances, which led to self-admonishment in her shame.
After crying for a while, Shia suddenly sped her hand into a fist and dered with a resolute expression¡ª
¡°Hajime-san! Yue-san! I have decided! I will join you in your travels! From now on, under this sun, Shia Haulia has promised to help the two of you! There is no need to be reserved. The three of us are nowrades. Let us ovee our hardship and find hope together!¡±
Hajime and Yue could only give her a cold look as she made her deration.
¡°What did this weak and pathetic rabbit just say? You¡¯d only be a hindrance.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡. Casually changing ¡®I want to be arade¡¯ into ¡®I am arade¡¯, what a shameless rabbit.¡± (Yue)
¡°Wh-why the cold look? Aren¡¯t you moved? ¡ And please call me properly by name!¡± (Shia)
The mood froze as Shia trembled in their cold gaze. Hajime continued¡ª
¡°You, don¡¯t you simply want someone to be your travelpanion?¡± (Hajime)
¡°!?¡± (Shia)
Shia was stunned.
¡°Once your tribe is in safe hands, you wanted to leave them, right? And along we came, people who were the ¡®same¡¯ as you, so you decided to go with us? A Rabbitman with such an unusual hair color would surely find it difficult if they traveled alone, after all.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ even if you say that¡ I, I only wanted to¡¡± (Shia)
Maybe because he had hit the bullseye, Shia sputtered out a few words in denial. The truth was that she was determined to leave her tribe once gaining Hajime¡¯s agreement. As long as she remained with her tribe, they would never truly be out of harm¡¯s way. Their current trip was an exemry example. Who knew what trouble would find them next if Shia stayed. She felt that she should no longer endanger her tribe, despite if her tribe judged this as an act of betrayal.
At worst, she had resolved to go alone, but she knew that would make her tribe even more worried. On the other hand, if she said it was to repay Hajime and Yue for their services, it would be easier to convince her tribe to let her leave as she would be in safe hands. Shia despaired that her intentions were so easily read.
Of course, Shia was still interested in Hajime and Yue. Despite what Hajime and Yue felt about her, she felt a strong sense of camaraderie with them. In fact, Shia believed her encounter with Hajime and Yue was due to fate.
¡°But it¡¯s not like I can me you for thinking so. However, our objectives are the [Seven Great Dungeons]. The dungeon¡¯s interior will be infested with monsters simr to those in the Abyss. You would probably die the instant you stepped foot into the dungeon. It is for that very reason I can¡¯t allow you to go with us.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡¡± (Shia)
Hajime¡¯s relentless remarks made Shia fall silent. Hajime and Yue, unconcerned about Shia¡¯s feelings, continued to berate her with the reality of her situation.
From then on, Shia quietly sat on the bike with an unreadable expression.
After several hours, their party finally arrived at the border of the [Haltina Sea of Trees]. From the outside, not only could they see a dense forest, they could see a ghostly foging from the woods, seemingly ready to devour them.
¡°Well then, Hajime-dono, Yue-dono. Please do not leave our side from here on out. Even though it may be possible for you to advance by yourself, it would be a problem if you get lost in there. Our destination is within the depth of this forest, under the [Great Tree], is that correct?¡± (Kam)
¡°I have only read about it. The entrance to a real dungeon seems to be located there.¡± (Hajime)
Kam wanted to confirm their destination for thest time before they departed into the [Haltina Sea of Trees]. What Kam called the [Great Tree] was located within the depths of the [Haltina Sea of Trees]. Also known as the [Great Tree Ua Alt] by demi-humans, the area had be a sacred ce that no one dared to approach. Kam had exined the significance of the [Great Tree Ua Alt] to them when they had been traveling in the [Raisen Great Canyon].
At first, Hajime had thought that the [Haltina Sea of Trees] was one enormous dungeon. However, if that were true, then the wandering demonic beasts they had seen should have been as strong as the ones inside the Abyss, making it impossible for demi-humans to live there. The [Seven Great Dungeons] all had unclear entrances, including the [Orcus Great Dungeon]. So when he heard about the [Great Tree] from Kam, Hajime had a new suspicion.
Kam nodded at Hajime¡¯s response, then signaled to the other tribe members to build a formation with Hajime at the center.
¡°Hajime-dono, if it is possible, please erase your presence. The [Great Tree] is a sacred ce, so I believe it unlikely to happen upon anyone. However, if we happen to encounter someone from Faea Belgaen, arge problem would arise.¡± (Kam)
¡°I see. I¡¯ll do that then. Yue and I can do that to some degree.¡± (Hajime)
Hajime used the skill [Hide Presence] while Yue thinned her presence using the method she developed in the Abyss.
¡°!? That is¡ Hajime-dono, if possible, could you adjust your presence to match that of Yue-dono?¡± (Kam)
¡°Hm? ¡ Is this alright?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Yes, that is enough. If you hid as much as you had, even we would have lost sight of you! As expected of such a capable man!¡± (Kam)
Although their specs were low on many fronts, the Rabbitman tribe prided themselves in their stealth ability and eyesight. However, Yue¡¯s method for hiding her presence rivaled their own. Hajime¡¯s skill, [Hide Presence], had even exceeded their capabilities. If it were anywhere else, they might have been able to maintain sight of him. But inside the ominous fog that always filled the [Haltina Sea of Trees], they would surely lose him, even with their Rabbitman tribe¡¯s prided ability.
Having his tribe¡¯s prized ability surpassed by a human, Kam could only smile wryly. Yue puffed out her chest, priding herself in Hajime¡¯s ability. Shia was in turmoil.
¡°Shall we head out?¡± (Kam)
Under Kam¡¯smand, their party advanced. Kam and Shia headed into the fog towards the heart of the [Haltina Sea of Trees],plex feelings arising in their hearts.
After a while, the road forward vanished, the fog thickening as they continued. However, Kam maintained his pace. It was as though he knew their precise location in this fog, clear on which way was the path forward. For whatever reason, only demi-humans were capable of navigating the path through the [Haltina Sea of Trees].
Suddenly, Kam gave the order to stop. They carefully observed their surroundings. Demonic beasts had enclosed on them. Naturally, Hajime and Yue also noticed them. The Haulia tribe drew their knives that Hajime had given them when they entered. Normally, during such encounters, they would just escape. But how could acting as Hajime and Yue¡¯s guide through the [Haltina Sea of Trees] be considered a normal situation? Tension filled the air.
Hajime nonchntly waved his left hand across his body. The faint sound of objects flying rang out.
DOSAa! DOSAa! DOSAa!
¡± ¡± ¡± KIiiii!?¡± ¡± ¡± (Monsters)
Screams rang as three bodies hit the ground. Three panicked monkey-like creatures around 60 cm tall with four arms, each with sharp ws, agilely rose from the ground and charged at them.
Yue held up her hand, aiming at the one furthest forward, muttered-
¡°[Wind de].¡± (Yue)
A de of wind appeared and rushed forward, slicing the creature in two without resistance. Quietly, the creature fell to the ground.
The other two split up. One of them approached a child while the other aimed its four ws at Shia. Shia and the child froze in ce. The nearby adults cried out in fear, but their worries were for naught.
Hajime once again aimed his left arm and flickering whispers sounded as the creatures copsed with countless numbers of 10 cm long needles extending from their heads.
What Hajime just used was a Needle Gun equipped on his artificial left arm. He felt inspired by the scorpion-esque creature he had fought in that hell, and so created the Needle Gun. To fire, it required [Lightning d]. Though it was not on the level of Donner and Scgen in terms of firepower, it was still lethal, as the needles carried poison. It only had an effective range of 10 m, but the Needle Gun was silent and hidden: a secret weapon. Because they were inside the [Haltina Sea of Trees], Hajime decided they couldn¡¯t afford the attention Donner and Scgen would have brought.
¡°Th-thank you, Hajime-san.¡± (Shia)
¡°Onii-chan, thank you!¡± (Child)
Shia and the child thanked him. Hajime gestured them not to worry about it. The boy looked at him with sparkling eyes, but Shia suddenly dropped her shoulders when she recalled how pathetic she had acted.
Kam wryly smiled at her. They continued on after being urged by Hajime.
Afterward, all the demonic beasts were quietly handled by Hajime and Yue. The troublesome demonic beasts of the [Haltina Sea of Trees] proved no problem for them.
However, after several hours had passed since they entered the [Haltina Sea of Trees], their travel was interrupted by an innumerable number of presences that quickly surrounded them. The killing intent they felt was iparable to that of demonic beasts, leading Kam to restlessly confirm their location.
¡°You are¡ why have you brought in humans?! Tell us what tribe you¡¯re from!¡± (???)
The Haulia tribe appeared to have lost all hope as that voice resounded. Shia¡¯s face paled.
When Hajime and Yue discovered who it was, they immediately felt that their situation had be troublesome.
A muscr demi-human with tiger ears and tail had appeared.
Book 4. Chapter 3
Book 4. Chapter 3
Chapter 3 : Haulia was Shameless as Expected
Humans and demi-humans were walking together inside the [Haltina Sea of Trees].
Having seen that, the tiger-tailed demi-humans red at Kam and his tribe as though they were traitors. They readied their double-edged sword and took a threatening stance. Tens of demi-humans surrounded them, filling the air with dense killing intent.
¡°W-we are¡¡± (Kam)
Kam, drenched in cold-sweat, looked for an excuse. But before he could finish his thought, the tiger-tailed demi-humans caught sight of Shia.
¡°Isn¡¯t that, that white-haired Rabbitman? ¡ Bastards, so you¡¯re the Haulia tribe! A disgrace to the entire demi-human race! For years, you¡¯ve deceived us to raise a taboo existence, and now you have brought humans here! Treason! I won¡¯t hear any more excuses! Everyone will be executed on the spot! Everyone, advan-!?¡±
DOPANn!!
When the tiger-tailed demi-humanmanded an attack, Hajime¡¯s arm flickered. A gunshot resonated as a sh grazed his cheek, devastating the trees behind him as the sh disappeared into the distance.
The tiger-like demi-human that was grazed froze in ce, unable to understand what had injured him. If his ears were located at the side of his head like a human¡¯s, it surely would have been blown off by that shot. The tiger-tailed demi-humans were stunned by the explosive sound and attack so fast that they are unable to react.
¡°¡ I can fire that attack tens of times in session. I also know the exact location of all your fighters. You¡¯ve already entered my kill-zone.¡± (Hajime)
Hajime¡¯s voice covered the grounds as an extraordinary pressure descended. It was a result of Hajime¡¯s skill called [Pressure], which applied physical pressure on the enemy.
¡°Wh,what¡? No chant¡¡± (???)
The tiger-tailed demi-human stuttered unintentionally after being shot by an invisible attack that required no chant as Hajime threatened the safety of hisrades. As he had threatened, Hajime easily drew Scgen and aimed into the forest. He paled, as he knew that his subordinates were hiding in that precise direction. A sense of unease entered his mind.
¡°I won¡¯t show any mercy to anyone who obstructs my way. Until the Haulia tribe has fulfilled their promise to me, their lives are under my protection. Don¡¯t even think that you cany your hands on even one of them.¡± (Hajime)
Aside from his [Pressure] skill, Hajime began to emit his killing intent. The tiger-tailed demi-humans, who were known as thick-headed warmongers, were drenched in cold sweat. They started to panic while their leader desperately tried to keep his calm.
This must be a joke! Ho- how could a human be this strong! He must be a monster!
As the tiger-tailed demi-human leader tried to regain hisposure, Hajime continued as he reloaded Donner and Scgen.
¡°If you retreat now, I won¡¯t give chase. If you¡¯re willing to remove yourself from my path, I have no reason to eliminate you. Now choose. Will you pointlessly be my enemy and be annihted, or will you quietly go home?¡± (Hajime)
Themander of the tiger-tailed demi-humans was convinced that the moment he antagonized Hajime, that sh would be aimed at their heads instead. If that happened, there would be no chance for them to survive.
The tiger-tailed demi-human was Faea Belgaen¡¯s Second Guardsman¡¯s captain. His duty was to guard Faea Belgaen, and it was his pride to protect his brethren from intruders and demonic beasts. Therefore, the decision between retreating from this confrontation orying his and his subordinates¡¯ lives down weighed upon his shoulders.
¡°¡ Before I decide, I want to know one thing.¡± (???)
The tiger-tailed demi-human desperately remarked. Hajime urged him to speak.
¡°¡ What is your purpose here?¡± (???)
A straightforward question. However, depending on Hajime¡¯s answer, he would determine whether or not the consequences of opposing Hajime outweighed the consequences of their retreat. For the tiger-tailed demi-human, it was impossible for him to allow anyone who would try to hurt the citizens of Faea Belgaen. He red at Hajime with unyielding eyes.
¡°The depth of the [Haltina Sea of Trees]. I want to go beneath the [Great Tree].¡± (Hajime)
¡°Underneath the [Great Tree], you say? For what purpose?¡± (???)
The tiger-tailed demi-human thought that his purpose was to enve demi-humans, but when he heard his purpose was the sacred [Great Tree], he was perplexed. The [Great Tree] for humans should¡¯ve been just one of many ces inside the [Haltina Sea of Trees].
¡°Under the [Great Tree] might be where the true entrance to one of the [Seven Great Dungeons] resides. I am traveling with Yue to conquer the [Seven Great Dungeons]. That is why we employed the Haulia as our guide towards the [Great Tree].¡± (Hajime)
¡°The real dungeon? Just what are you trying to say? The [Haltina Sea of Trees] is one of the [Seven Great Dungeons]. A dungeon where no one except demi-humans can advance without getting lost.¡± (???)
¡°Well, that would be strange.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ Why?¡± (???)
The tiger-like demi-humans dubiously asked Hajime.
¡°For one of the [Great Dungeons], the demonic beasts here are too weak.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Weak?!¡± (???)
¡°That¡¯s right. For a [Great Dungeon]¡¯s demonic beasts to be so weak would be tantamount to sphemy. At the very least, the demonic beasts should be on the level of the [Orcus Great Dungeon]¡¯s Abyss. Also¡¡± (Hajime)
¡°What is it?¡± (???)
¡°The [Great Dungeons] are a ce of trial that the Liberators left behind. A dungeon where only demi-humans can progress, you say? That can¡¯t be called a trial. That¡¯s why it¡¯s weird for the [Haltina Sea of Trees] to be a [Great Dungeon].¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡¡± (???)
The tiger-tailed demi-human was unable to hide his confusion after hearing Hajime¡¯s response. The [Haltina Sea of Trees]¡¯ demonic beasts¡¯ were too weak? The [Orcus Great Dungeon] has an Abyss? The Liberators created the dungeons as trials? These were all unknown to him. If it was anyone else, he would have called ¡°nonsense¡± on them.
But, Hajime had made these ims in this situation. Capable ofpletely overwhelming them, Hajime had no reason to lie in his eyes. Plus, his words were strangely convincing. If his true objective truly was the [Great Tree] and not the envement of demi-humans or Faea Belgaen, rather than meaninglessly throwing away his subordinates¡¯ life, it would be better to allow Hajime to visit the [Great Tree].
The tiger-tailed demi-human had decided. But, he couldn¡¯t just allow Hajime to wander around freely. This matter was in his hands, so he proposed to Hajime-
¡°¡ If you are not nning to harm my country and brethren, I can allow you to pass. There is no meaning in fighting you when your aim isn¡¯t to endanger my people after all.¡± (???)
Having heard his words, amotion broke out in the surrounding demi-humans. He had decided to overlook the human intruder!
¡°However, I need to consult the First Guardsman¡¯s captain. I also must report to my superiors. The Elders might know something about your story. Until I receive word to allow your safe passage, I must have you stay here.¡± (???)
Drenched in cold-sweat after his demands, the tiger-tailed demi-human stared at Hajime. Hajime was considering his next move.
This was probably the limit for the tiger-tailed demi-human. Hajime had heard that the demi-humans would punish any intruder that dared step foot within their territory. Even now, they must want to punish Hajime and his party for their intrusion. However, the tiger-tailed demi-human knew that his subordinates¡¯ lives would be lost in all certainty if he engaged Hajime. To avoid that fate, he had made that proposal so that he would be able to monitor Hajime while allowing his superiors to make the decision.
Hajime was a little impressed by his rational judgment under pressure. After considering his options of advancing after antagonizing the nation of Faea Belgaen or wait for safe passage, Hajime chose thetter option. If the [Great Tree] wasn¡¯t the entrance to a [Great Dungeon], Hajime would need to continue searching for it. If they needed to continue searching for the true entrance after arriving at the [Great Tree], it would be more convenient to have permission from Faea Belgaen to do so. The risk of Faea Belgaen bing hostile while he searched would always be present, but Hajime could ept such a risk. It would just be troublesome to search for the entrance while eliminating his pursuers.
¡°¡I ept. But, you must make a report without changing even a single word, okay?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Of course. Zam! You heard it! Report his words to the elders!¡± (???)
¡°Yes, sir!¡± (Zam)
Under the tiger-tailed demi-human¡¯smand, one of the shadows disappeared. After confirming Zam¡¯s departure, Hajime returned Donner and Scgen to their holsters while releasing [Pressure]. The atmosphere lightened. The tiger-like demi-humans, who previously looked at Hajime with fear, started to rx. Some of them even entertained the thought of attacking now that Hajime was unarmed. Hajime noticed, and fearlesslyughed.
¡°Between your attack and mine, whose do you think will hit first?¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ Well, don¡¯t make any sudden movements. We can¡¯t help but be sensitive to your movements.¡± (???)
¡°I know~.¡± (Hajime)
Even though they were still surrounded, Kam and his tribe were finally able to sigh in relief. However, they could feel a severe and evil gaze directed at Hajime from behind them.
Yue had tried to take care of Hajime after the tension relieved. Shia, seeing Yue acting intimate with Hajime, was unable to endure their pink atmosphere. Shia jumped towards Hajime crying ¡°Me too~!¡±, to which Hajime could only reveal a forced smile. Inside enemy territory, they had suddenly begun to flirt. Hajime could feel the mens¡¯ envious res piercing him.
After an hour, Yue was head-locking Shia while Shia gasped, ¡°Give! I give~!¡±, when footsteps were heard, gradually bing clearer.
Tension began to build again. Shia was crouching over in pain, pouting.
From the fog, several new figures appeared. An elderly man that was standing in the middle of the crowd drew their attention. His beautifully flowing blonde hairplimented his blue eyes that shone with great wisdom. His body was thin, as though a slight breeze was all it took to make him fall over. Wrinkles lined his dignified appearance, but his age only entuated his beauty. Above all, his ears were long and pointy. He was from the Forest tribe, a so-called Elf.
Hajime was able to instantly guess that the man standing before him was an Elder.
¡°Fumu, are you that human? What is your name?¡± (Elder)
¡°Hajime. Nagumo Hajime. And you?¡± (Hajime)
The surrounding demi-humans frowned upon hearing Hajime¡¯s informality with their Elder, resentment brewing in their hearts. With one hand, the Elder calmed them and introduced himself.
¡°I am Ulfric Heipyst. One of the Elders of Faea Belgaen. I have heard your request; however, before that, I must ask you a favor. Where did find out about the [Liberators]?¡± (Ulfric)
¡°Hm? From the Abyss in the [Orcus Great Dungeon]. It was one of the [Liberators]¡¯ hideout, Oscar Orcus¡¯ to be exact¡±
Without any hesitation, Hajime answered Ulfric who was intrigued by the topic of the [Liberators]. Ulfric was secretly astonished by Hajime¡¯s response. The reason was that the title of [Liberator] and Oscar Orcus¡¯ name was only known by a handful of the Elders.
¡°Fumu, from the Abyss¡ I haven¡¯t heard Oscar Orcus¡¯ name for a long time. Can you prove what you have said?¡± (Ulfric)
Ulfric asked Hajime that question because there was a possibility that the information was leaked by the upper echelons of Faea Belgaen. Hajime revealed a difficult expression. If he proved that he knew of this information based upon his level of strength, that would be too unbelievable. Yue, tilting her head, gave Hajime a suggestion.
¡°¡ Hajime, what about a magic stone from Orcus¡¯ Abode?¡± (Yue)
¡°Ah! That¡¯s right! If it¡¯s that¡¡± (Hajime)
He sped his hand, and a magic stone with quality unobtainable on the surface emerged from the [Treasure Warehouse]. He then passed it to Ulfric.
¡°Th-this is¡! A magic stone with such purity, never before have I seen such an object!¡± (???)
Even though Ulfric hid his surprise, the demi-human next to him unintentionally remarked his surprise.
¡°Now look at this. It was once a ring that Orcus used.¡± (Hajime)
As he was talking, he showed him Orcus¡¯ ring. Seeing the carved symbol on the ring, Ulfric eyes flew wide opened. He slowed his breath to control his flying emotions.
¡°Indeed, you have certainly reached Oscar Orcus¡¯ hideout. Although I now have many more questions pertaining to your tale, I shall permit you safe passage within Faea Belgaen¡¯snds. The Haulia as well.¡± (Ulfric)
The surrounding demi-humans were surprised at Ulfric¡¯s words, including the Haulia tribe. Led by the tiger-tailed demi-humans, the guardsmen began protesting. It was only natural, however, for the demi-humans to protest. A human had been invited into Faea Belgaen after all.
¡°They must be treated as guests. They are qualified for such treatment. You have heard your Elder¡¯s words, now perform your duties.¡± (Ulfric)
Ulfric calmed the surroundings with a stern look. However, Hajime was the one who began to protest now.
¡°Wait one moment. Why the hell have you decided on my agenda? My goal is the [Great Tree], I have no interest in Faea Belgaen. If you have no other questions, then I¡¯ll be making my way to the Great Tree now.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ That is impossible currently.¡± (Ulfric)
¡°What did you say?¡± (Hajime)
Hajime believed that Ulfric was going to interfere, however, he immediately continued-
¡°The fog around the [Great Tree] is especially thick at this time, even demi-humans would get lost on their way. However, the fog follows a cycle, bing thinner during certain times. The next chance will be in 10 days. I had believed that all demi-humans would know of this cycle¡¡± (Ulfric)
Ulfric looked at Hajime as though he was an idiot. However, Hajime felt Ulfric¡¯s gaze directed to someone behind him. Hajime finally understood what had been said and now red at Kam. Speaking of Kam-
¡°¡ Ah!¡± (Kam)
Hajime appeared gargantuan as he red at Kam.
¡°¡ Kam, do you have something to say¡ ?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Ah! We-well, what can I say? ¡ Lo-look, a lot has happened, right? I just forgot about it¡ I¡¯ve only been there once when I was a child, so I was not aware of the cycle¡!¡± (Kam)
Kam, flustered, began searching for an excuse. Unable to take Hajime and Yue¡¯s intimidating gaze, he found a scapegoat.
¡°¡ Shia! The others too! Why didn¡¯t you tell me?! You know about the cycle, right?!¡± (Kam)
¡°What?! Father, you¡¯ve misced your anger! I was¡ because father was so confident, I thought that time must have been near, you know¡? ¡ In other words, it¡¯s father¡¯s fault~!¡± (Shia)
¡°Th-that¡¯s right! Even we thought, ¡®Huh? Isn¡¯t that weird?¡¯ But Chief seemed so confident about it. We thought that we were wrong¡¡± (Rabbitman 1)
¡°Chief, it was because you were so excited about such a random thing¡¡± (Rabbitman 2)
Kam, looking to drag his tribe down with him, watched as his tribe averted his gaze, casually pushing the responsibility onto him.
¡°Yo- you lot! Is this how a family acts! Th-th-th-that¡¯s it! Joint responsibility! We were all responsible for this! Hajime-dono, please punish all of us for our mistake!¡± (Kam)
¡°Ah! How dirty! Father is dirty~! Because it¡¯s scary being punished alone, you dragged us into it~!¡± (Shia)
¡°Chief! Please don¡¯t involve us!¡± (Rabbitman 2)
¡°Idiot! You¡¯ve seen how Hajime-dono is. I will not be punished alone!¡± (Kam)
¡°Yo-you! How can you call yourself a chief!¡± (Rabbitman 3)
The Rabbitman tribe was known to have the greatest affection for each other among demi-humans, but just where did that affection go? As expected of Shia¡¯s family, they were all shameless rabbits.
Hajime, about to burst a blood vessel, muttered a word.
¡°¡ ¡ Yue.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Nn.¡± (Yue)
Yue stepped forward with her right hand raised, expression hidden. Noticing Yue¡¯s menacing figure, the Haulia tribe¡¯s expression cramped.
¡°Wa! Please wait, Yue-san! If you want to punish someone, just give it to father!¡± (Shia)
¡°Hahaha! We¡¯ll always be together!¡± (Kam)
¡°The hell with together!¡± (Rabbitman 4)
¡°Yue-dono, please only hit the chief!¡± (Rabbitman 5)
¡°It¡¯s not my fault, it¡¯s not my fault, the one at fault was the chief!¡± (Rabbitman 1)
As chaos overtook the Haulia tribe, Yue only muttered.
¡°¡[Storm Emperor]!¡± (Yue)
¡° ¡° ¡°Aaaaaaaagh~!!!¡± ¡° ¡° (Haulia tribe)
As those rabbit-ears flew into the sky, their screams permeated throughout the [Haltina Sea of Trees]. Even though their brethren were attacked, Ulfric and the surrounding demi-humans weren¡¯t mad at all. In fact, they looked at the sky with amusement. From their expressions, it seemed the Haulia tribe¡¯s shamelessness was widely known.
Book 4. Chapter 4
Book 4. Chapter 4
They advanced in the dense fog guided by Gil, the tiger-tailed demi-human.
Their destination was Faea Belgaen. Hajime, Yue, the Haulia tribe, and Ulfric had been traveling while surrounded by the other demi-humans. Zam had gone ahead using [Instantaneous Movement].
After walking for a while, they suddenly arrived at a clearing. Although it wasn¡¯t as though all of the fog had cleared up, the fog arched above the path, forming a tunnel through the fog. Crystals the size of fists were buried along the sides of the road, emitting a soft blue light that appeared to have the ability to ward off the fog.
Ulfric, noticing that Hajime had focused on the blue crystals, exined-
¡°Those crystals are known as Faedraean crystals. Although we know not the reason, fog and demonic beasts will avoid the area surrounding these crystals. They are also used to surround Faea Belgaen and within. These crystals are also used by the demonic beasts.¡± (Ulfric)
¡°I see. It would be depressing to live inside the fog all the time. I would at least want to live in a clear space with the thickness of this fog.¡± (Hajime)
It seemed there wouldn¡¯t be any fog in Faea Belgaen. That was good news because they had to wait for ten days inside the Faea Belgaen before they could explore the [Great Tree]. Yue, who felt that the fog was depressing, seemed rather happy after overhearing their conversation.
In the meantime, a huge gate appeared before their eyes. It was made of thick trees intertwining to form an arch, while a pair of massive wooden doors spanned the 10 meter gap. A natural wall of trees extended from either end of the arch, never dipping below a height of 30 meters. Simply the entrance had given Faea Belgaen credit for being the only demi-human country in Tortus.
Gil gave the signal to the gatekeepers to open the gate, and the doors creaked as the path appeared. From the tops of the surrounding trees, piercing gazes were directed at the iing party. Their agitation at the sight of a human was tantly obvious. Had Ulfric not apanied Hajime, the gatekeepers would surely have believed that Hajime was a threat. Perhaps the Elder came out himself because he had predicted such tension might appear.
After passing through the gate, it was a whole new world. The huge trees had trunks tens of meters in diameter. The trees had been hollowed out as dwelling space, and the windows of these tree-dwellings were overflowing with the light ofmps. Dozens of people were walking through the winding corridors that were cut into the trees as well as on the branches that formed bridges between the trees. Utilizing the thick vines strung around the tree, moving tforms brought people from the bases of the trees to their peaks. Arge wooden aqueduct had been built along each of the tree-dwellings, enabling easy transportation of water.
Hajime and Yue were mesmerized, mouth gaping open. As they were fascinated by the beautiful cityscape, a sudden cough brought them back to reality.
¡°You seem to have taken a liking to our home, Faea Belgaen.¡± (Ulfric)
Ulfric¡¯s expression loosened in joy. The surrounding demi-humans looked on with pride. Seeing their pride, Hajime praised the city.
¡°¡ It¡¯s my first time seeing such a beautiful town. The atmosphere is good, and splendidly harmonizes civilization and nature.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Nn¡ it¡¯s beautiful.¡± (Yue)
The demi-humans were surprised at Hajime¡¯s unembellished words. They tried to hide their obvious joy at Hajime¡¯s words, but their ears and tails gave them away.
The residents of Faea Belgaen watched Hajime¡¯s party advance through the town, some with curiosity, others disgust.
¡°¡ I understand now. A trial to gain the [Age of Gods Magic], the Gods¡¯ game involving civilizations¡¡± (Ulfric)
Currently, Hajime and Yue were talking to Ulfric on the topics of the [Liberators] and the [Age of Gods Magic], and how he was from a different world. He exined that his goal was toplete the [Seven Great Dungeons] to acquire all the [Age of Gods Magic]s to return home.
Ulfric¡¯s expression didn¡¯t change after hearing about the plot of the gods. Hajime, curious as to his indifference towards the gods, received the answer that demi-humans would¡¯ve been treated the same regardless of the gods¡¯ movements. Faea Belgaen held no regard for the gods, only an appreciation of nature.
After Hajime¡¯s stories were finished, Ulfric detailed the functions of the Elders in Faea Belgaen. There was an oral tradition that if someone came bearing the crest of the [Seven Great Dungeons] that they were to treat them hospitably, and if they were approved by the Elders, could be taken to the [Great Tree Ua Alt].
The creator of the [Haltina Sea of Trees] Dungeon was called Lyutilis Haltina. She had passed the knowledge of the [Liberators] respective names and country name Faea Belgaen to the next generation orally, forming a tradition that has continued since time immemorial. She had warned them to treat the one bearing the crest of the [Great Dungeons] with care because she knew what level of strength was required to pass one of their dungeons.
Ulfric had reacted to the crest on Orcus¡¯ ring because before the [Great Tree] stood a stone monument in which seven crests were carved, one of which being Orcus¡¯.
¡°That would mean I have the qualifications to see the [Great Tree]¡¡±
From Ulfric¡¯s exnation, the reason why he had invited Hajime into their nation was clear. However, not all demi-humans knew of this tale, so it would be necessary to tell them all soon.
When Hajime and Ulfric had ended their talk, an argument sounded from the floor beneath them. Hajime, Yue, and Ulfric were currently on the top floor, while Shia and the Haulia tribe were downstairs. Hajime and Ulfric looked at each other, then stood up at the same time.
Downstairs, a muscr bear-bodied demi-human, tiger-tailed demi-human, fox-featured demi-human, winged demi-human, and a hairy dwarf-statured demi-human were ring at the Haulia tribe. In the corner of the room, Kam was desperately covering Shia. A fight had obviously broken out, as Shia and Kam¡¯s cheeks were swollen.
Hajime and Yue, catching sight of this spectacleing downstairs, sent a sharp gaze towards all of them. The bear-bodied demi-human began to speak with an anger-shaken voice.
¡°Ulfric¡ you *******! What is the meaning of this?! Why did you invite a human? The Rabbitman tribe as well. To have allowed the taboo child toe back¡ Depending on your answer, I may strip you of your title as an Elder!¡± (???)
He barely restrained his fury. His sped fists were trembling. Ulfric, after all, had allowed their nemesis to walk amongst them. Moreover, he had given safe passage to the Haulia tribe, who had sheltered a taboo existence. Not only was the bear-bodied demi-human staring at Ulfric, but the other demi-humans as well.
However, Ulfric only thought of their words as passing wind.
¡°I only acted upon what tradition has taught us. All of you are also Elders of Faea Belgaen, so you should understand the importance of our visitors.¡± (Ulfric)
¡°To hell with tradition! Aren¡¯t those tales just lies? Even after Faea Belgaen was founded, bearers of the [Great Dungeon]¡¯s crests have not appeared even once!¡± (???)
¡°Then this time is the first. That is all. If you im to be Elders, then follow tradition. Thew requires such diligence. As Elders, we must set an example for our people to follow.¡± (Ulfric)
¡°So you are saying that this human youngster is qualified?! Someone so strong that we shouldn¡¯t antagonize them?!¡± (???)
¡°That is so.¡± (Ulfric)
Ulfric answered matter of factly. The bear-bodied demi-humans couldn¡¯t believe Ulfric¡¯s words, ring at Hajime.
The people currently gathered were Faea Belgaen¡¯s Elders. In Faea Belgaen, those who became Elders all had high capabilities in some field. It seemed the Elders controlled all aspects of Faea Belgaen¡¯s government.
Although Ulfric believed in the importance of tradition, the other Elders thought otherwise. Ulfric was from the Elven tribe, which even amongst demi-humans, had long lifespans. ording to Hajime¡¯s memory, their average lifespan was around 200 years, whereas other demi-humans averaged 100 years. Given their difference in lifespan, Ulfric and the other Elders surely had a difference in ideology.
¡°¡ Then allow me to test you!¡± (???)
As he finished, the bear-bodied demi-human rushed towards Hajime. The others were startled by his sudden movement. Ulfric, simrly stunned by the charge, widened his eyes in terror.
In an instant, the man was within striking distance. Two and a half meters of pure muscle swung at Hajime.
Even amongst demi-humans, the Bearman tribe was superior in their physique and physical endurance. But even amongst his tribe, the Bearman representative had strength a cut above the rest, capable of splitting the surrounding trees in two with his bare fists. Aside from the Haulia tribe and Yue, the other Elders all envisioned that Hajime would soon be nothing but a lump of flesh.
However, reality failed to meet their expectations.
DONn¡
Hajime casually grabbed the Bearman¡¯s fist, as though he was immovable.
¡°¡ That¡¯s it? But since you came with the intent to kill, you¡¯re prepared, right?¡± (Hajime)
Hajime used magic to reinforce his grip. Earsplitting fractures sounded as the Bearman¡¯s fist deformed unnaturally. As danger loomed upon him, the bear-bodied demi-human desperately tried to distance himself.
¡°Guuu! Let go!¡± (???)
Although he was desperately trying to pull back, Hajime remained unmoved. Hajime had transmuted the metal te in his shoes into a spike that drilled into the floor, securing his position. But the bear-bodied demi-human could only tell that Hajime was as solid as the earth itself.
Hajime silently poured in more magic power, his grip suddenly strengthening.
BAKI!
¡°Gh?!¡± (???)
The arm snapped. Even so, the Elder refused to scream. Hajime didn¡¯t miss the moment that the man had stiffened in pain and astonishment.
His free arm thrust out with a palm, causing the Bearman to stumble. Hajime immediately dashed into the bear-bodied demi-human¡¯s bosom.
¡°Fly.¡± (Hajime)
DOPANn!
His left arm swung, and upon impact, an explosion boosted its eleration. The fist that was already plenty strong burst with explosive power.
The fist generated a shock wave, blowing the Bearman off his feet. The Bearman¡¯s body bowed, and without even a chance to scream, burst through the wall. After a moment, a distant scream could be heard.
Hajime had used the recoil from the shotgun built into his left arm to generate his shocking explosive strength. In battle, he could also use this function to fire towards enemies behind him, using the recoil from Scgen to bnce his shotgun..
While everyone was at a loss for words, Hajime¡¯s arm readjusted its form with whirring sounds, turning towards the other Elders with killing intent.
¡°Well? Who¡¯s next?¡± (Hajime)
No one could reply.
Ulfric was somehow able to remedy the situation, saving the rest of the Elders from Hajime¡¯s wrath. The bear-bodied demi-human¡¯s internal organs were ruptured, his bones almostpletely fractured, but his life had been saved by using their most expensive recovery medicine. However, his life as a warrior was finished.
Currently, the Elders: Zel of the Tigerman tribe, Mao of the Wingedman tribe, Lua of the Foxman tribe, Guze of the Dwarven tribe, and Ulfric of the Elven tribe were seated opposite of Hajime. Yue and Kam were seated beside Hajime, and Shia was seated along the other Haulia tribe members, who clustered behind him.
The Elders, except Ulfric, were stiff with tension. Their best fighter, the bear-bodied demi-human Elder called Jin, had been easily incapacitated after all. Having lost function in his limbs temporarily, Jin could not attend this conference.
¡°Well? What will you do now? Regardless, I will go to the [Great Tree], and if you don¡¯t interfere, then I will leave you alone. You may be troubled as a nation antagonizing people whose intentions you have yet to judge. However, I am not the type of person who¡¯d differentiate between the innocent and my enemies when I unleash a massacre.¡± (Hajime)
The Elders were stunned. Hajime¡¯s words had indicated that he¡¯d have no problem going to war with the demi-humans..
¡°For our incapacitatedpanion¡¯s sake, is it possible for us to leave this encounter in the past?¡± (Guze)
Guze muttered with a groan, bitterness oveing his face.
¡°Huh? What did you say? Wasn¡¯t it that bear that came with killing intent? I only paid him back. The fault for having his limbs broken into such a state is his own.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Y-you! Jin was- Jin was only thinking of his country!¡± (Guze)
¡°And that¡¯s why it¡¯s okay to kill someone he had yet to speak to?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Th-that was¡! But-¡± (Guze)
¡°Don¡¯t you have our roles reversed? I am the victim while that bear is the assant. Aren¡¯t Elders supposed to remain impartial while judging crime? Isn¡¯t that Elder of yours the one who assaulted me first?¡± (Hajime)
Guze probably got along well with Jin. Therefore, although he understood in his head that Hajime was right, he was unable to ept it. However, Hajime wouldn¡¯t consider his feelings in this matter.
¡°Guze, although I understand how you feel, we must leave it at that. He makes a sound argument.¡± (Ulfric)
Guze, who had stood up in fury, could only sit down with a distorted expression at Ulfric¡¯s admonishment.
¡°This boy certainly has one of the crests, and his ability redits him with the aplishment ofpleting a [Great Dungeon]. I have to admit that he has the qualifications as noted in our traditionalw.¡± (Lua)
The Foxman Elder looked at Hajime with his slit eyes, then looked towards the other Elders for their opinions.
Mao of the Wingedman tribe and Zel of the Tigerman tribe, even though they had yet to express their opinion on the matter, gave their consent. On behalf of the other, Ulfric told Hajime-
¡°Nagumo Hajime, we of the Elders¡¯ Council admit that you have the qualifications as specified in our traditionalw. Therefore, our consensus is to not oppose you¡ however, our decision may not be enough¡¡± (Ulfric)
¡°So it¡¯s not absolute, huh?¡± (Hajime)
¡°It is as you say. As you know, we don¡¯t think well of humans. There is the possibility that someone will disregard the notice from Elders¡¯ conference. Especially the Bearman tribe, whose anger is not easily suppressed¡¡± (Ulfric)
¡°So?¡± (Hajime)
Hajime¡¯s expression didn¡¯t change even after hearing Ulfric¡¯s words. Hajime¡¯s resolute gaze spoke of his determination to abide by his creed. Ulfric, understanding that, gazed back with the authority of an Elder.
¡°I want you spare those who attack you.¡± (Ulfric)
¡°¡ You are asking me to spare those whoe at me with killing intent?¡± (Hajime)
¡°That is correct. Is that not possible with your level of power?¡± (Ulfric)
¡°If it¡¯s someone around the level of that bear, I can¡¯t say for sure. However, I will not spare anyone whoes at me with the intent to kill. Although I understand your feelings, I couldn¡¯t care less about what you think. If you don¡¯t want your brethren to die, then stop them seriously.¡±
The world of the Abyss had been ingrained in Hajime¡¯s mind. He couldn¡¯t predict what would happen if someone truly came at him, because he knew if he took it easy, a cornered mouse could still mortally wound the cat. Therefore, Hajime couldn¡¯t ept Ulfric¡¯s request.
However, Zel of the Tigerman tribe intervened.
¡°Then we refuse to guide you to the [Great Tree]. Even though it is written in traditionalw, there is no need to guide someone we don¡¯t like.¡± (Zel)
Hajime was dumbfounded. From the beginning, he had left it to the Haulia tribe to guide him. He had no intention of seeking help from anyone in Faea Belgaen. However, Zel¡¯s next words rified his intention.
¡°I don¡¯t think the Haulia tribe will be able to guide you. They are criminals. They will be judged under Faea Belgaen¡¯sws. Although we don¡¯t know what happened, you will be separated here. Their crime for harboring a demonic child exposed Faea Belgaen to danger. Their execution has already decided in another Elders¡¯ Conference.¡± (Zel)
Shia trembled in tears having heard Zel¡¯s words, while Kam and his tribe were thoroughly resigned. Even now, no one med Shia for their imminent death. That was just how deep their affection for each other was.
If you are not reading this, that means this content is stolen. Please support us by visiting our site.
¡°Honored Elders! Somehow, please let my tribe go! Please!¡± (Shia)
¡°Shia! Stop it! We are already prepared. It is not your fault. No one here wants to stay alive so much that they would rather sell out a family member. We have already discussed this many times in the Haulia tribe. There is nothing for you to worry about.¡± (Kam)
¡°But Father!¡± (Shia)
Even though Shia desperately begged while prostrating, no help came from Zel.
¡°It has been decided. All of the Haulia tribe will be executed. Even if they gave you up, the Haulia tribe would still be banished for harboring the taboo child.¡±
Shia was crying while Kam and othersforted her. The decision that had been decided in the Elders¡¯ Conference was the truth. The other Elders had remained silent. Their crime was too heavy, as they had endangered the entirety of Faea Belgaen by protecting Shia. Their strong familial ties only worsened the situation, as they had decided on the genocide of their tribe for their family member.
¡°And that is that. With this, your method to go to the [Great Tree] is gone. What will you do? Will you leave it up to luck now?¡± (Zel)
Zel threatened. The other Elders of council didn¡¯t raise any objections. However, Hajime, showing not one ounce of bitterness in his expression, naturally responded.
¡°¡ Are you an idiot?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Wh-what!¡± (Zel)
Zel raised his eyes. Shia and her tribe also looked at Hajime reflexively. Yue, understanding what Hajime was thinking, kept an empty expression.
¡°As I said, I couldn¡¯t care less about what you think. If you want to take them away from me, then you are trying to obstruct me.¡± (Hajime)
Hajime, ring at the Elders, reached out his hand and put it on the crying Shia¡¯s head. Surprised, Shia looked up at Hajime.
¡°If you want to take them away from me, I hope you¡¯re prepared to bear the consequences.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Hajime-san¡¡± (Shia)
Hajime would not allow anyone or anything to obstruct his way. He would not hesitate to wage war against Faea Belgaen, the stronghold of demi-humans, for the Haulia tribe. That resolution pierced into Shia¡¯s heart, which had already sunk into the depths of despair.
¡°You are serious, right?¡± (Ulfric)
Ulfric red at Hajime with a sharp gaze, permitting no deceit.
¡°Obviously.¡± (Hajime)
Hajime wasn¡¯t shaken at all. His unyielding resolve could be seen. He had no respect for this world nor its inhabitants. Those who obstructed his way would have no mercy. This was the decision he had made in the Abyss.
¡°Even if I say there will be a guide provided by Faea Belgaen?¡± (Ulfric)
The execution of the Haulia tribe had been established in a prior Elders¡¯ Conference, and if they decided to overturn this decision due to Hajime¡¯s threat, the Elders would lose their prestige. Therefore, Ulfric had to remind Hajime of the guide Faea Belgaen had prepared in order to seek a result where neither confrontation nor the loss of prestige ured. However, Hajime made it clear that there was no room for negotiation.
¡°I¡¯ll say it for thest time. My guide is the Haulia tribe.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Tell me your reasoning as to why the Haulia must guide you. If you want to reach the [Great Tree], anyone here could be your guide.¡± (Ulfric)
Shia peered upwards, looking at Hajime¡¯s face. Shia kept staring at Hajime, and their eyes met only for a moment. She felt her heart slightly throbbed, her pulse rising.
¡°I promised them that I¡¯d protect them in exchange for their services.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ A promise. Have you not already fulfilled your promise? Have you not protected them from the demonic beasts of the canyon and the empire¡¯s soldiers? It is the Haulia who have yet to fulfill their promise. However, there should not be any problems if Faea Belgaenpletes this promise in their stead.¡± (Ulfric)
¡°You¡¯ve been mistaken. I¡¯ve promised to ensure their safety while they guide me. Just because something better is on the way doesn¡¯t mean I can just toss them aside. That would be¡¡± (Hajime)
Hajime looked at Yue. Yue also looked at Hajime, then slightly smiled.
¡°¡ uncool, right?¡± (Hajime)
Ulfric could only shrug his shoulders in defeat.
Sneak attacks, surprise attacks, deceptive attacks, cowardice, despicable lies, bluffs, etc. were all eptable on the battlefield. In order to survive, sometimes it would be necessary to use foul y.
However, he had to protect his honor as a man. If he couldn¡¯t do that, then he¡¯d be nothing more than scum. For the girl he met in the Abyss, he wanted to draw that line.
Ulfric could only let out a deep sigh. The other Elders¡¯ faces looked around hopelessly. Silence enveloped the room. Before long, the exhausted Ulfric made a proposal.
¡°We shall make the Haulia tribe your ves. Under Faea Belgaen¡¯sw, those who have gone outside the [Haltina Sea of Trees] and did note back, including those made ves, were assumed to have died. Though there is a good chance we can win inside the Sea of Trees with the fog as our cover, there are people outside the forest who can use magic, so we hardly stand a chance. Therefore, we assume them to be dead so nobody will go after them and escte the damage¡ it is impossible to execute those who are already considered dead after all!¡± (Ulfric)
¡°Ulfric! That¡¯s!¡±
It was aplete sophism. Naturally, the other Elders¡¯ expression turned into that of a shock. Zel unintentionally leaned over and raised his protest.
¡°Zel. You should understand. The amount of power that boy has shown. If you execute the Haulia tribe then he¡¯ll be our enemy. In that case, how many innocent people would be sacrificed¡¡ as the Elders, we must avoid that kind of danger.¡± (Ulfric)
¡°However, what about our reputation!? If the rumor that we yield to power and let loose an extremely powerful child got out, then the Elders Conference¡¯s prestige would surely fall!¡± (Zel)
¡°However¡¡±
As more Elders joined the discussion between Zel and Ulfric, the ce became full ofmotion. As expected, having reviewed the pros and cons of the situation, deciding to punish Hajimes group became a double-edged de no matter which way they turned it. With the establishment of this bad precedence, the Elders Conference¡¯s prestige would take a fall and there¡¯d be various spection such as approval with ulterior motives.
During this though, Hajime disregarded the mood and remarked,
¡°Aah~ even though it¡¯s bad to say it now, isn¡¯t it toote to realize that you¡¯re not only overlooking Shia?¡± (Hajime)
Having heard Hajime¡¯s words, the Elder¡¯s discussion stopped, and their gazes¡¯ fell upon Hajime.
¡°What do you mean by that?¡± (Ulfric)
Hajime slowly turned over his right arm¡¯s sleeve then he did direct magic maniption. As he did, his red-lined tattoo began to spread out across his arm. In addition, a spark came off from his right hand due to using [Lightning-d].
The Elders¡¯ eyes were opened wide. Invoking magic without a chant or magic circle was supposed to be impossible. They only thought that he was able to defeat Jin because his artificial arm was an artifact.
¡°I¡¯m the same as Shia, being able to directly manipte magic and use unique spells. Next is Yue. She is the one whom you¡¯d call a monster. However, don¡¯t your traditions state that, ¡°Whoever the person may be, don¡¯t be hostile to them¡±? ording to yourw, you must overlook mypanions. Well, it¡¯s already toote for Shia though.¡± (Hajime)
Say no to aggregator site!
Although the Elders were stunned for a while, before long they began to whisper to each other. As they came to a conclusion, represented by Ulfric, he began to report the result of Elders Conference with a big sigh.
¡°Haa~¡ Haulia tribe¡¯s taboo child, Shia Haulia, is now regarded as a rtive to Nagumo Hajime, who is also a taboo child. Therefore, because Nagumo Hajime has passed the qualifications, we won¡¯t be hostile to them, but they are forbidden from entering Faea Belgaen and its surrounding viges. In addition, if one were toy their hand on Nagumo Hajime¡¯s family, then everything would be their own responsibility. Is there anything else?¡± (Ulfric)
¡°Well, whatever. As long as I can reach the Great Tree I don¡¯t mind. These guys are my guides, so there are no problems.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ I see. Then, hurry and leave. Although it pains our hearts to be unable to wee someone who has passed the qualifications¡ ¡± (Ulfric)
¡°Don¡¯t worry about it. There¡¯s no need to say everything since I¡¯m sure there are things that I don¡¯t want to hear. Even so, to have such rational judgment, I can only be thankful about it.¡± (Hajime)
In response to Hajime¡¯s words, Ulfric could only give him a wry smile. The other Elders had bitter and tired expressions. Rather than threatening them or holding grudges, ¡®Quickly go away!¡¯ was all they said. Having seen that, Hajime shrugged his shoulders and urged Yue, Shia, and her tribe to stand up.
Even though Yue¡¯s expression remained unchanged throughout the entire conversation, having heard their talk, she didn¡¯t say anything and only stood up to match Hajime.
However, Shia and her tribe still didn¡¯t believe it was real, and there was no sign of them standing up in their stunned state. Up until a while ago they were prepared to be executed, and the sudden change left them wondering whether or not it was ok to let them live.
¡°Oi, when will you stop daydreaming? We¡¯ve got to leave.¡± (Hajime)
Having heard Hajime¡¯s words, they started to regain their senses. They hurried after Hajime, who had already made his way outside. Ulfric and the other Elders sent them off till the gate.
Shia asked Hajime in a flustered state.
¡°U-um, is it okay¡ for us to stay alive?¡± (Shia)
¡°? Didn¡¯t you hear the talk a while ago?¡±(Hajime)
¡°W-well, even though I heard it¡¡ somehow it doesn¡¯t seem real to be able to go out of that kind of predicament suddenly¡¡ it makes me feel like it was all an illusion¡¡± (Shia)
Her perplexed expression was spread to the rest of her tribe¡¯s members. That was because, for demi-humans, the decision of the Elder¡¯s Conference is absolute. Yue continued to console Shia, who had steaming out of her ears.
¡°¡¡ it¡¯s okay to honestly rejoice about it.¡± (Yue)
¡°Yue-san?¡± (Shia)
¡°¡¡ Hajime saved you. That¡¯s the truth. It¡¯s okay to just ept and rejoice.¡± (Yue)
¡°¡¡¡± (Shia)
Having heard Yue¡¯s words, Shia nced at Hajime, who was quietly walking next to her. Hajime then shrugged while facing forward.
¡°Well, I did promise you guys.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Uh¡¡¡± (Shia)
Shia¡¯s shoulders were trembling. In exchange to guide them inside the [Haltina Sea of Trees], Shia and her tribe were protected. It was the promise that Shia had desperately attached to Hajime. Originally, by using [Foresight], she saw a future where Hajime protected her family. However, that future wasn¡¯t absolute. Depending on Shia¡¯s choice of actions, it was subject to drastically change. Because of that, Shia was desperately trying to obtain Hajime¡¯s cooperation. They were pursued by humans who discriminated against demi-humans, and Shia didn¡¯t have any fortune to offer. Her negotiation materials were only herself as a woman and a ¡®special ability¡¯. Even so, when it was easily discarded, she almost cried without knowing what else to do.
However, she was somehow able to get Hajime to promise, and after talking with him, she had a gut feeling that he would keep his promise. That may be because even though she was a demi-human, she didn¡¯t feel any discriminating nce from him. He had promised to protect her tribe, regardless of the race of their enemies. In fact, when he fought those empire¡¯s soldiers without any hesitation, her anxiousness had all but disappeared.
For a while, her heart had been beating fast. Her face was hot, and a mysterious impulse kept jumping up and down as if something was stuck in her throat. Was it joy for her family¡¯s safety or¡
Shia tried to follow Yue¡¯s advice to honestly be happy and left her current feeling behind. She then entrusted everything to her impulse to make the best of it, which consisted of her throwing herself onto Hajime.
¡°Hajime-sa~n! Thank you very much~!¡± (Shia)
¡°Uwaa!? What is it all of a sudden!?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Hmph¡¡± (Yue)
¡®I absolutely won¡¯t be separated even if the bruise will make me cry!¡¯ Her expression began to loosen and her cheeks were dyed in pink.
Yue watched while groaning in a bad mood. When she thought about doing something, she only held Hajime¡¯s hand, and nothing special was done.
Having seen Shia explode with joy into Hajime, the Haulia tribe finally understood that they escaped with their lives, then started to share their joy with each other.
The Elders could only watch them withplex expressions. Many averted their gaze due to hate or difort.
While Hajime thought about everything that had happened, he gave a wry smile and kept moving forward.
Book 4. Chapter 5
Book 4. Chapter 5
¡°Well then, I think you all need somebat training¡± (Hajime)
Hajime and his group¡¯s ban from the Faea Belgaen had them residing in a temporary base near the Great Tree when he thought of this. Even though it was called a base, it was actually only a barrier made of Faedraean crystals that¡ Hajime nonchntly stole. Located inside were a bunch of dazed expressions apanied by rabbit ears.
¡°Th-that¡ Hajime-san. Bybat training¡ you mean¡¡± (Shia)
Shia asked him on behalf of her perplexed n.
¡°Just like I said, what else? Anyway, we can¡¯t reach the Great Tree before ten days pass, right? Then it¡¯s better to effectively use that time, I¡¯m thinking of turning sore losers like you with weak and fragile mentality into a tribe who excels inbat.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Wh-why did you think that¡¡± (Shia)
The rabbit-ears were trembling from the intimidating aura that could be felt from Hajime¡¯s eyes and whole body. Shia naturally doubted Hajime¡¯s abrupt deration.
¡°Why? Did you ask why? Shameless rabbit.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Au, you are still not calling me by name¡¡± (Shia)
Hajime¡¯s skeptical eyes exined to the depressed Shia.
¡°Listen well. The promise that I had with you guys was only to protect you until you done guiding me. Then, what will you do after guiding me, have you thought about it at all?¡± (Hajime)
The Haulia tribe¡¯s members looked at each other then shook their heads. Kam also had a hard expression. Even though they vaguely felt the uneasiness, it seems that since they were in upheaval after upheaval, that thought was thrown into the corner of their minds, or, it was possible that they didn¡¯t think about it at all.
¡°Well, it looks like you didn¡¯t think about it at all. No one told me you¡¯ve thought about it after all. You¡¯re weak, so you can only run and hide in front of malice and possibility of injury. For reference, the home you called Faea Belgaen was lost. In other words, when my protection is gone, you¡¯ll be in danger again.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡¡¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
Since that was the truth, everyone of the Haulia tribe looked down with dark expressions. Meanwhile, Hajime continued.
¡°You didn¡¯t have any way out. There¡¯s no protection and no ce to hide. However, demonic beasts and humans will aim at the weak, specifically you, without mercy. If this goes on, there will only be the path of annihtion¡ are you okay with that? Are you okay with weakness as the reason of your ruin? Is it okay for the lives that you luckily got back to be uselessly wasted? What do you think?¡± (Hajime)
No one uttered any words and a gloomy atmosphere filled their vicinity. Until someone suddenly said,
¡°There¡¯s no way I can ept that.¡±(Shia)
Haulia tribe began to look up having been touched by those words. Shia was already looking resolute.
¡°That¡¯s right. That can¡¯t be epted. Then, what should you do? The answer is easy. Just be strong. Just tackle all the trouble thates your way and destroy it, you can only acquire your rights with your very own hands.¡± (Hajime)
¡°¡ What can we do as the Haulia tribe though? We don¡¯t have a strong body, such as Tigerman tribe and Bearman tribe, neither special skills like Wingedman tribe and Dwarven tribe¡ ¡ We¡¯re totally useless¡¡± (???)
Everybody knew that the Haulia was the weakest of all tribes in Faea Belgaen, so Hajime¡¯s words only gave birth to negative feelings. Due to their nature of being weak, they had zero fighting capabilities. No matter how much they would struggle to get strong, they thought they would stay at the bottom.
Seeing this, Hajimeughed through his nose.
¡°Did you know I was called [ipetent] by my formerpanions?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Eh?¡± (???)
¡°[Ipetent] you hear, [ipetent]. My status and skill were as ordinary as the average person. I was the weakest among mypanions; nothing more than a burden inbat. Therefore, I was called [ipetent] by my formerpanions.¡± (Hajime)
All of the Haulia tribe members were surprised by Hajime¡¯s confession. They couldn¡¯t believe that Hajime, who was able to easily defeat Raisen Grand Canyon¡¯s brutal demonic beasts, and the Elder of Bearman tribe who excelled inbat, was someone [ipetent] and [weakest].
¡°However, I, who fell to the bottom of the Abyss, made an effort to be strong. I didn¡¯t care if something was possible to do or not, I just did it. If I didn¡¯t do anything then I¡¯d die, so I gave my all to be strong¡¡ Before I realized it, I have be like this.¡± (Hajime)
Hajime talked about it indifferently, however, all of the Haulia tribe members could feel a chill running through their whole body after listening to the story. His status used to be the same as an ordinary person, which were even weaker than the Haulia. Even despite this, he was able to defeat the horrors in the Raisen Grand Canyon that not even they could match. His abilities, apanied with the fact that he used to be the weakest, made the Haulia tremble in fear at how strong he was able to be. If they were in Hajime¡¯s boots, they knew that their will would¡¯ve long been shattered and simply epted their fate. Just like how they epted the decision from the Elders Conference.
¡°Your situation is simr to how mine was. Now that you¡¯ve sworn to yourself, let¡¯s break that despair into pieces. I don¡¯t even care whether or not you think it¡¯s possible, because only annihtion awaits you in the next battle. After all, I won¡¯t be there to help you after my goal is achieved. Are you fine with spending the rest of your lives licking each other¡¯s wounds and getting killed?¡± (Hajime)
Hajime¡¯s eyes bore ¡®What will you do?¡¯ within them. There was no immediate answer from the Haulia tribe. They understood that there was no other road to survival except to be strong. It¡¯s not like Hajime protected them out of a sense of justice. They knew that he would leave as soon as their agreement was fulfilled, but their innate nature was peaceful and gentle, more so than any other tribe. It was difficult for them to change their way of life unless they fell into a spitting image of Hajime¡¯s situation.
The Haulia tribe fell into silence and looked at each other. However, Shia had been listening with a resolute expression the whole time before standing up.
¡°I¡¯ll do it. Please teach me how to fight! I don¡¯t want to stay weak anymore!¡± (Shia)
Her shout echoed all over the Sea of Trees. A deration to say that there was no need to think more than this. Shia despised fighting, since it was violent and painful, and she didn¡¯t like to wound enemies or feel pain. However, she was the cause of her family¡¯s banishment, and therefore, she absolutely couldn¡¯t let her tribe perish. Her desire to be stronger burned, even though it wasn¡¯t in her nature.
Shia¡¯s eyes were unyielding as she stared at Hajime. The Haulia tribe was dumbfounded by Shia¡¯s determination, until they also realized the reality of the situation, and stood up. In the end, not just the men, but the women and children of Haulia tribe all stood up as well, and Kam stepped forward as the representative.
¡°Hajime-dono¡ please teach us.¡± (Kam)
His words were few. However, there was a will inside of it. The will to fight against any injustice that woulde to attack them.
¡°Okay. Are you prepared? How much stronger you be will be up to your determination. I¡¯m only here to help you grow to that limit. Also, I won¡¯t be gentle to those who decide to drop out on the way, we only have 10 days until I leave, after all. Lastly¡ Be prepared for death. You¡¯ll only be weaker if you aren¡¯t.
Having heard Hajime¡¯s words, all of the Haulia tribe members nodded with determination.
Before he started to train Haulia tribe, Hajime took out the equipment that he would use to train them.
Hajime took a weapon out of his [Treasure Box] and handed it to them. It was the single-edged knife that was simr to a type of Japanese sword called a Kodachi1 that he passed to them before. Hajime made the des perfectly, so that they were both strong and durable, despite the ultra-thin de.
After he gave them those weapons, he began with teaching them basic evasion. Of course, Hajime didn¡¯t have any knowledge in martial arts, but it wasn¡¯t something he got from manga or game. The things he taught were only ¡®logical movements¡¯ that he gained and polished, by fighting the demonic beasts in the Abyss. While doing so, he piled up realbat experience against all types of demonic beasts. The Haulia tribes strong points were stealth and searching. He concluded that it was better for their group strategies to specialize in cooperation and surprise attacks.
In the meantime, Shia was being specially trained by Yue. She had the gift to use direct magic maniption just like Yue and Hajime, so she would be able to use magic without chanting or magic circles, so long as she obtained the knowledge for it. asionally, Shia¡¯s screams would be heard from the other side of the fog, but it seemed that the training was going well.
However, something happened on the second day of training. Hajime looked irritated, he was literally shaking as he supervised the Haulia. The Haulia tribe members were taking their training seriously, since they managed to defeat a few demonic beasts without receiving many wounds.
However¡
Slice!
One of the demonic beasts was dead, pierced by Hajime¡¯s specialized kodachi.
¡°Ah, please forgive the sinful me~¡± (???)
The one that said that while clinging to the demonic beast was a man of Haulia tribe. It¡¯s as if he was killing his best friend whom he knew for a long time.
Foosh!
Another demonic beast was defeated with a sh.
¡°I am sorry! I am sorry! Even so, I must do it~¡± (???)
A woman holding a kodachi with both hands cut off the neck, trembling while she did it. It was like the result of a mad love, and she had just killed her loved one.
Bakikh!
The dying demonic beast threw a final attack at Kam with its body. Kam was hit by the body blow and was muttering in self-ridicule while flying through the air.
¡°Oof, this is the punishment for deciding to wield a sword¡¡ it was against our nature after all¡¡± (Kam)
Having heard those words, the surrounding Haulia tribe started to tear up, then they shouted at Kam with bitter expressions.
¡°Chief! Please don¡¯t say that! The sinful ones are all of us!¡± (???)
¡°That¡¯s right! Even if judgmentse, that¡¯s not right now! Please stand up! Chief!¡± (???)
¡°We don¡¯t have any road to return any more. That¡¯s why Chief, let¡¯s advance together until death.¡± (???)
¡°Y-you guys¡¡ that¡¯s right. I can¡¯t fall down in a ce like this. For the sake of our lives, we will advance through this hell!¡± (Kam)
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±Chief!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
A good atmosphere surrounded Kam and his tribe. Hajime couldn¡¯t endure it anymore and cut in.
¡°Aghhh¡ª! It¡¯s so noisy! Why the heck are you exaggerating every time you kill one demonic beast! What for? Seriously, what was that for? What¡¯s with that dramatic feeling? Just kill it in silence! Just kill it instantly! Don¡¯t call a demonic beast ¡®he¡¯! That¡¯s gross!¡± (Hajime)
Even though Hajime knew the tribe was working hard, due to their nature, they would repent for every beast they killed. This was the second day, and having seen this spectacle many times, he ran out of patience.
Hajime was pissed. Due to the number of times they said ¡®I¡¯m sorry¡¯ or ¡®forgive me¡¯, he was slowly losing it as he listened to them.
One boy from Haulia tribe couldn¡¯t stand it anymore, he tried to approach and calm Hajime. This boy was the one who Hajime saved from the Hyveria in Raisen Grand Canyon and seemed especially attached to him.
However, when the boy advanced to say something to Hajime, he suddenly jumped back.
Hajime was dumbfounded by it and asked the boy,
¡°What happened?¡± (Hajime)
The boy answered Hajime as he crawled towards him.
¡°Ah, yes. I almost stepped on Flower-san¡ thank goodness. If I didn¡¯t notice it, it¡¯d be crushed. Because it was so beautiful, it would¡¯ve been a waste to crush it.¡± (Boy)
Hajime¡¯s cheeks were convulsing.
¡°F- flower-san?¡± (Hajime)
¡°Un! Hajime Nii-san! I really like Flower-san! Since there are so many pretty flowers around here, I wouldn¡¯t want to crush them!¡± (Boy)
The rabbit-eared boy smiled happily. The surrounding Haulia tribe members were warm at this sight.
Hajime¡¯s face slowly fell until he was looking at the ground. Hajime¡¯s gray hair fell down and concealed his expression. Then, he slowly whispered;
¡°¡¡ sometimes, when you were moving, you would jump in the wrong ces¡ Is it because of those flowers?¡± (Hajime)
As Hajime said, during the training, the Haulia tribe sometimes changed their pace ording to where they were, so the movement was always out of ce. He thought it was in his mind because it connected with their next action, so it looked like they tried to find easier positions for them to kill in his eyes.
¡°No no, that can¡¯t be. There is no such thing.¡± (Hajime)
¡°Haha, I¡¯m not wrong, am I?¡± (Hajime)
Hajime started to chuckle as he listened to his words, however¡
¡°Yes, not just the flowers, we also take notice of insects! When we have to suddenly move, we pay attention and manage to avoid them somehow.¡± (Kam)
Having heard Kam¡¯s words, Hajime¡¯s expression started to fall. He began to sway as if he was a ghost, while the Haulia tribe members started to wonder what they did wrong. Hajime slowly approached the smiling boy. He gave him a big smile as he crushed the flower and slowly ground it between his foot and the earth.
The boy who saw it was dumbfounded. Finally, Hajime removed his foot, and what was left were the remains of ¡°Flower-san¡± thaty tragically after such cruelty.
¡°F- flower-sa~n!¡± (Boy)
The boy¡¯s sorrowful voice echoed inside the Sea of Trees.
¡°What are you doing!¡± (Boy)
¡°Aah, I finally understand. I finally fi~nally understand. I was too soft. It was my responsibility. It was my mistake to have hope for your tribe. Haha, I can¡¯t believe even in life and death situations, you still pay attention to ¡°Flower-san¡± and ¡°Insects¡±¡¡bat skills or realbat experiences are not your main problem. I should have noticed it faster. I¡¯m angry at my inexperience¡¡Huahaha¡ HAHAHAHAHA!!¡± (Hajime)
¡°Ha- Hajime-dono?¡± (Kam)
After Hajime began to ominouslyugh, Kam timidly asked him. And his answer was¡
DOPANn!
He fired Donner at Kam, who was blown onto his back, face-up. Soon after, the non-lethal rubber bullet that was used to attack dropped to the ground from Kam¡¯s forehead.
In their vicinity wind blew, while silence ruled the area. Hajime then approached Kam who fainted with his eyes turned white, while this time he aimed the shot at Kam¡¯s belly.
¡°Hauu!¡±
Kam woke up with a scream along with a fit of coughing and looked at Hajime with tearful eyes. Despite the surreal spectacle of seeing the teary-eyed, bearded rabbit-eared old man sitting in woman-like position, Hajime dered;
¡°Listen up, you little ?????. From this moment onwards, you dumbasses have to kill those demonic beasts as if your life depends on it! In the future, don¡¯t even take note of the flowers or insects! Or else I am going to ???? you up! If you understand, hunt those demonic beasts now! You ????????????!¡±
The Haulia tribe grew stiff from Hajime¡¯s vulgar speech. Right after, Hajime fired without mercy.
DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn! DOPANn!
Haulia tribe scattered into the Sea of Trees just like rats while screaming. The boy desperately clung to Hajime while trembling.
¡°Hajime Nii-san! What happened?! Why did you do this?!¡±
Hajime red at the boy who stared at him with sparkling eyes, then looked at the surrounding and confirmed that flowers were blooming here and there. Until finally, he fired again.
One after another, the flowers got demolished, until there were none left.
¡°Why! Just why?! Please stop Hajime Nii-san!¡±
¡°Shut up, ?????? brat. Don¡¯t you know? Every time you speak nonsense I will keep destroying the surrounding flowers. If you pay attention to the flowers, they¡¯ll be destroyed. Even if you¡¯re not doing anything, I¡¯ll destroy them. If you don¡¯t want that, go and kill a whole lot of demonic beasts!¡±
Having said so, Hajime started to shoot the flowers again. The boy¡¯s cries then disappeared into the Sea of Trees.
After that, inside the Sea of Trees, Hajime¡¯s curses would continue to be heard, while the Haulia members¡¯ screams resounded throughout the area.
It was the training method to alter the character of Haulia tribe who were awful atbat by nature. Even the Haulia tribes¡¯ nature would soon be altered by Hajime¡¯s ruthless training.
Book 4. Chapter 6
Book 4. Chapter 6
Chapter 6 : Shia, Grand Battle of One¡¯s Lifetime
ZUGANn! DOGHA! BAKI BAKI BAKI! DOGUSHA!
Tremendous sounds of destruction could be heard inside the Sea of Trees. Some trees could be witnessed, broken in two. There were craters scattered here and there that can be seen on the surface as if meteors fell into it. Furthermore some trees are burning while some are frozen.
The cause of such devastation against nature are two girls. Even now, the destruction is still ongoing.
¡°Deeyaaaa(Take this)!!¡±
A tree with a diameter of one meter was shot out along with the ear-splitting yell. It broke in the middle and flew into the target with great speed. With definite mass and speed. A brutal power of destruction was given to the rather mundane tree, carrying devastation across its wake.
¡°¡ ¡ ¡°Scarlet Spear¡±¡±
It was a spear of me that burns its target and everything in front of it into ash. Even objects with huge mass will be burned if touched by it. It countered the log that moves like a cannonball and turned it into ashes fluttering in the air.
¡°Not yet!¡±
The shockwave created by the collision between the thrown ¡°Scarlet Spear¡± and log, dispersed the fog, and on the other side of the fog, a running silhouette could be seen. Immediately, a log falls from the sky like a meteor and pierces the ground with a sound of thunder. Backstepping, its target escapes from the range of the shock wave then once again the spear of me was released.
However, the silhouette rushed out from the fog in high speed and then a strong flying kick attacked the log that pierced the ground. It¡¯s unknown where the power came from but the log that received the kick was explosively smashed, and from it came splinters that shot at the target.
¡°kh! ¡°Fire Castle¡±¡±
Suddenly a wall of me that can be called a rampart came out to block the improvised shots thate flying, not even one shot was able to reach its target.
However¡
¡°Got youu!¡±
¡°Kh!¡±
At that time the silhouette already moved behind her. After shooting the improvised shots that acted as a splendid distraction, she once again slips into the fog. Her hand grasped the hammer that could be called ultraweight ss, immediately, a powerful wind descended.
¡°¡±Wind Wall¡±¡±
A fierce impact from the Sledge Hammer struck the ground and crushed it. From the impact, stones were shot out and scattered in every direction. However, her target was able to block that terrific attack, and scattered it using the blowing winding from the wind barrier, because it immediately retreated into the safe area. In addition, after activating this skill, the target fired another magic without mercy at the other party that is a goner, because of post-skill rigidity.
¡°¡±Frozen Coffin¡±¡±
¡°Fue! W-wa-!¡±
When she noticed her target¡¯s magic, she desperately cried out for it to stop, but there is no need to hear that, because thew of no-talking-is-necessary was in ce. The attacker tried to get away from her location but the ice magic instantly started to freeze her feet¡ ¡ and resulted in her whole body turning into a chunk of ice, except the head.
¡°Co-cold~, please hurry release it~, Yue-sa~n¡±
¡°¡ ¡ My victory¡±
That¡¯s right, the two who kept fighting without any discussion were Yue and Shia. Today was the start of their tenth day¡¯s training, a mockbat as the final test. The rule was that it¡¯ll be Shia¡¯s victory if she was able to damage Yue even a little. The result¡
¡°Uu~, that is~, eh, that! Yue-san¡¯s cheek! There is a scratch! A scratch! My attack hit! Ahaha~, I did it! It¡¯s my win!¡±
Certainly, there is a small scratch on Yue¡¯s cheek. Probably it came from a piece of rocky debris that broke through Yue¡¯s defense. Even though it was a really small scratch, a wound is a wound. It was Shia¡¯s victory. After pointing that out, Shia¡¯s face looked overjoyed by it. She revealed a big smile, although her body was cold and her nose was running. Her rabbit ears twitched happily. No wonder, there is an important promise she made with Yue in this training graduation¡¯s battle after all.
Also, for Yue, that promise is not something amusing. Therefore,
¡°¡ ¡ there is no wound¡±
It was a good thing that the wound disappeared immediately because of ¡°Auto Regen¡±. She sulkily turn her head with a hmpf.
¡°W-wa-!? It¡¯s unfair! Certainly the scratch¡ ¡ no, even though there is nothing now! There certainly was! It¡¯s cruel to cheat! Now that I said it, please remove the magic already~. It¡¯s been cold since a while ago¡ ¡ huh, somehow I¡¯m bing sleepy¡¡±
From the cold and runny nose, Shia begins to doze off. You¡¯ll die if you sleep! That¡¯s her current situation. Yue, who was peeking at that appearance let out a deep sigh while thinking it must not be continued in her heart, removed her magic.
¡°Pikchi-! Pikchi! Auu, it¡¯s co~ld. I almost became a rabbit that can¡¯t return (to life)¡±
After a lovely sneeze, she covers her nose with a nearby leaf. Shia then looked at Yue with seriousness in her eyes. Yue made an unpleasant expression because of her gaze. Her expressionlessness copsed because of that unpleasant expression.
¡°Yue-san. I¡¯ve won.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Nn.¡±
¡°It is a promise, right?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Nn.¡±
¡°If, I can win at least once in the ten days¡ ¡ I¡¯ll be taken along on Hajime-san and Yue-san¡¯s travels, right?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Nn.¡±
¡°At the very least, you¡¯ll help to convince Hajime-san, right?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Today¡¯s breakfast, what is it?¡±
¡°Waiiit! What¡¯s with sudden change of topic! Moreover, it was light! Yue-san, aren¡¯t you okay as long as there is Hajime-san¡¯s blood! What¡¯s with you asking about breakfast! Please be my ally already! If I have Yue-san as an ally, it¡¯s already 90% OK¡±
Shia makes gya- gya- noises, Yue looked at that expression that came from the bottom of her heart.
As Shia said, Yue had promised her. That is, Yue said to Shia, only if she was able to damage her in the mockbat even with a small injury within ten days. If she did it, Yue must acknowledge and allow Shia to travel along with her and Hajime. Also, Yue must help Shia persuade Hajime when she asks him.
Shia seriously wanted toe along with Hajime and Yue. Half of it because she didn¡¯t want to be a burden to her family, while the other half simply because she wanted to be together with Hajime and Yue, and to get along with the two.
However, her wish was refused coldly. Even now that can be seen from Hajime and Yue¡¯s attitude. At that time, what Shia thought of was the promise from before.
In Shia¡¯s eyes, Hajime somehow pampered Yue by fulfilling her expectations. Above all, Shia is a woman. She understood Yue¡¯s feelings toward Hajime. Naturally it was because she also has the same feelings. So, the reverse is also true. Yue also understood Shia¡¯s feelings. That¡¯s why, first of all it was necessary to make Yue acknowledge Shia Haulia¡¯s existence.
It¡¯s not like Shia wanted to take Hajime from Yue. She didn¡¯t think about that at all. What she wanted from Hajime was to acknowledge her existence just like Yue, even a little. That was probably because of the world¡¯s influence that made them the ¡°same¡±. In other words, she only wanted to be ¡°friends¡± with them. So that there¡¯ll be someone she love and a friend who also love that person by her side. That¡¯s the kind of future that Shia dreamt of.
On the other hand, about why Yue exchanged that promise to Shia, even though there were no merits in it for Yue. 20% of it was because she felt sympathy to her. When she heard Shia¡¯s story for the first time inside the Raisen Grand Canyon, even though she developedplex feelings because her circumstances wereparatively better than her own, somewhere in her heart she can¡¯t deny the feeling that they are the ¡°same¡± that sprung up. Because she thinks of her as arade even if a little, she ¡°pampered¡± Shia.
The other 80% was¡ ¡ woman¡¯s obstinacy. Yue was able to grasp Shia¡¯s promise. That is,
¡°Please see it for yourself if I¡¯ll just be a burden. Even if it¡¯s impossible, please notice that I¡¯m able to be beside Hajime¡±.
It was a challenge to fight over the man she loves. She didn¡¯t think such a woman could exist near her. However, when she thought Shia who was the ¡°same¡± as her as an opponent, along with Shia¡¯s enthusiastic appearance and terrific concentration, in the depths of her heart she thought it was impossible to keep silent.
As a result, the match of promise was won by Shia.
¡°¡ ¡ haa. I understand. I¡¯ll defend the promise¡¡±
¡°Really!? As expected, the~re is no need to stop~! Please defend it well!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡Nn¡±
¡°Somehow, I think there was a strange pause¡ Will you really take care of it?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ persistent¡±
Reluctantly, tru~ly with reluctant feelings, Yue admitted Shia¡¯s victory. Shia was a little uneasy about Yue¡¯s answer but left it behind and continued with expressions of relief and joy, because she knew that Yue was the same as Hajime in the fact that she won¡¯t abandon her promises.
Slowly, the training of Haulia tribe by Hajime came to an end. The gloomy Yue and cheerful Shia were returning to Hajime and the others.
* * *
When Yue and Shia arrived at the ce Hajime was at, Hajime had his eyes closed, and arms crossed while leaning on the nearby tree.
Maybe because he noticed the two¡¯s presence, Hajime slowly opened his eyes and turned to them. While dubiously looking at the two withpletely opposite moods, he raised one hand and called out to them.
¡°Yo, both of you. Did the match end?¡±
Hajime had heard there was a bet between the two for the match. Hajime was the one who prepared Shia¡¯s ultraweight Sledgehammer. The Shia who, with an eager expression wanted to defeat Yue, and asked him for a new weapon still fresh in his memory, because Yue herself didn¡¯t object to it. Although the contents of the bet weren¡¯t known and they wouldn¡¯t tell him anyway, also because it wouldn¡¯t be a disadvantage for Yue, he made it.
Actually, Hajime thought, if Yue and Shia fought 8-9 out of 10 cases would end up with Yue¡¯s victory. He already understood Yue¡¯s ability in the Abyss. No matter if Shia was able to directly use magic, she who was immersed in peace until now is different from them.
However, from their expressions, Hajime was internally surprised that his expectations were overthrown. Shia cheerfully talked to Hajime.
¡°Hajime-san! Hajime-san! Please hear me out! I, was finally able to win against Yue! It¡¯s a big victory! Well~, I want to show it to Hajime-san~, my magnificent fight! The time when Yue-san admits def-hebu!?¡±
Shia tried to exin how their match settled with gestures. But because she got too into it, Yue¡¯s jumping p came and with a ¡°dosha¡± she was blown away, and crashed into the ground while spinning. It was so strong that she could only twitch without any signs of getting up.
Yue turned around with hmpf in a bad mood, then Hajime asked her in a wry smile.
¡°Well? What happened?¡±
Rather than the match¡¯s result, Hajime was asking about the content. Honestly, the fact that Yue was defeated is not something he can believe easily. No matter who looked at Yue and Shia, without knowing what had happened, would only think that it was a lie.
Yue who exude the aura that she doesn¡¯t want to talk about it didn¡¯t want to hide it, reluctantly she answered Hajime¡¯s question.
¡°¡ ¡ her magic aptitude is steady like Hajime¡±
¡°That¡¯s good, or else it¡¯ll be waste of a treasure¡ ¡ then? That¡¯s not all, right? To be pestered by a Sledgehammer of that level¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡ nn, she specializes in body strengthening. Honestly, it was at level of a monster¡±
¡°¡ ¡ hee. Is thatpared to us?¡±
Hajime narrowed his eyes to Yue¡¯s evaluation. Honestly, the high evaluation was more than he imagined. Strangely, her expressionlessness was destroyed changing into bitterness while talking about it, these were the things he noticed. Yue could be seen thinking of how to answer Hajime¡¯s question, and then she replied while looking into his eyes.
¡°¡ ¡pared to normal Hajime¡ ¡ around 60%¡±
¡°Seriously¡ ¡ is that the maximum?¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡ but, there are rooms for improvement, probably¡±
¡°Ooo. That¡¯s certainly at the level of a monster¡±
Hajime was secretly surprised at having heard Yue talk about Shia¡¯s monster-like power, then he looked at Shia without saying anything. If it¡¯s said around 60% of Hajime without any strengthening, Shia¡¯s strengthened status should be around 6000. It was around twice as much as a truly strengthened hero. Truly a power worthy of being considered ¡°monster level¡±. It can be said she was capable of reaching Yue. It really was something unimaginable from her usual sobbing and whimpering appearance.
Shia noticed Hajime¡¯s half-astonished half-amazed gaze. She cheerfully stood up, then walked up to Hajime with a serious expression while desperately controlling her hurried mind. Straightening her posture, her gray hair with a blue hue was fluttering and her rabbit ear stood up straight. From now on she¡¯ll express her once in a lifetime request. Well¡ ¡ it can also be called a confession. Her body trembled in nervousness, even though her expression stiffened, there is an unyielding spirit in her eyes, step by step, she advanced. Finally, she firmly matched her gaze with Hajime¡¯s, then spoke her wish.
¡°Hajime-san. Please take me along on your travels. Please!¡±
¡°I refuse¡±
¡°An immediate answer!?¡±
Shia who didn¡¯t think she¡¯d be refused because of the mood right now, opened her eyes wide with a look of astonishment. ¡°What is she saying all of a sudden?¡± was the thing that could be seen from Hajime¡¯s eyes while he watched Shia as if watching a shameless person.
Shia was indignant. It¡¯s okay to struggle some more! Something like that.
¡°Ho-how cruel, Hajime-san. Even though I was seriously asking that, to easily¡¡±
¡°Well, though I don¡¯t want to know even if you said it. First of all, what about Kam and the others? Don¡¯t tell me, you aren¡¯t trying to take them along, right?¡±
¡°Th-that¡¯s wrong! It was my own story just now! I already talked before to father and the others. Even though it¡¯s not like they think I was a burden¡ ¡ that¡¯s¡ ¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s? What is it?¡±
Somehow Shia started to be bashful. While upwardly peeking at Hajime and ying around with the tip of her fingers. A sly, cunning gesture. Hajime was suspiciously looking at Shia.
At their side, Yue looked irritated while staring at Shia.
¡°That¡¯s¡ ¡ I, I just wanted to follow what I thought of¡¡±
¡°Haa? What are you trying to follow? If it¡¯s now, you won¡¯t be burden to your tribe, right? If you have that power then generally, there shouldn¡¯t be anyone you can¡¯t beat¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
Shia who bashfully tried to answer made Hajime reach his limit of patience, he then pulled out Donner. It wasn¡¯t known whether she noticed that but Shia yelled ¡°Woman¡¯s courage!¡± in her mind then voiced out her desire.
¡°I want to stay beside Hajime-san! I love you!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Ha?¡±
I¡¯ve said it, now I only need to bite it! Was what Shia thought while panicking, in front of her, Hajime looked dumbfounded as if he was a pigeon that ate a toy bullet. Exactly the appearance of someone who didn¡¯t understand what happened. However, after a while, as if the meaning finally transmitted into his brain, he instinctively blurted out a remark (or tsukkomi).
¡°Nonono, isn¡¯t that weird? Where the hell did I raise the g? Even though I can¡¯t say for myself, I thought I treated you harshly¡ ¡ don¡¯t tell me, did you get off from that?¡±
Shia never thought he would think of her like that and started to back away one step with regret from Hajime. Then Shia fiercely protested.
¡°Who¡¯s a pervert! I don¡¯t have that kind of hobby! Rather, if you noticed that I was treated harshly, why don¡¯t you be a little nicer¡¡±
¡°Well, there is no need for me to be nicer to you¡ ¡ first of all, are you seriously in love with me? Aren¡¯t you just tempted by the circumstances?¡±
The reason for Hajime not believing Shia¡¯s goodwill is because he thought it was just a suspension bridge effect. It wasn¡¯t a surprise because everyone could see Hajime¡¯s attitude toward Shia was harsh in every aspect. However, Shia who had her feelings doubted was very ill-humored.
¡°It was not rted to the circumstance at all. No matter how many times you saved me from predicament, my constitution won¡¯t change¡ ¡ even though I was d at that time when you protected your promise in front of the Elders¡ ¡ that may have affected me, but this feeling¡¯s already born so how can I do anything about this. Even I sometimes think about it. Something like ¡°why it was this person¡±. Hajime-san even now never calls me by my name, somehow it suddenly hit me and it hurts, just like a demon, answering only what¡¯s needed, always throwing himself into a crowd of demonic beasts, has no mercy, just like a demon, is never nice to me, only favoring Yue-san, just like a demon¡ ¡ huh? Really, why am I in with love you? Huh~?¡±
While speaking, Shia began to doubt her own feelings. Shia inclines her neck and Hajime has veins popping out of his head, while barely being able to resist pulling out Donner unintentionally by mistake, while hearing her answer.
¡°A-anyway. I can¡¯t let youe along no matter what you feel¡±
¡°That¡¯s! That was a joke just now? I truly love you so please take me along!¡±
¡°You know, your feelings are¡ ¡ well, even if they are real, don¡¯t you understand that I already have Yue? Rather, to be able to say that confession in front of her¡ ¡ even I thought about it a while ago, your number one weapon was your body strengthening, but that¡¯s not it, right? I think it was your heart that¡¯spletely made of Azanthium¡±
¡°Who¡¯s the one with the heart made from the ore with the greatest hardness! Uu~, it¡¯s be like this as expected¡ ¡ ee, I understand. Everything about Hajime-san. It was as tricky as I thought¡±
Suddenly, Shia ¡°fufufu¡±ughed suspiciously while turning toward Hajime.
¡°Because I thought this might happen! I¡¯ve gained an ally while risking my life! Now, Yue-sensei! Please help me!¡±
¡°Ha? Yue?¡±
Hajime blinked his eyes having heard an unexpected name. Gotcha!, that¡¯s the smug expression of Shia, then she nced at Yue by their side.
Yue¡¯s expression was so bitter as if she bit 100 insects at once, then genuinely unwillingly told Hajime.
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Hajime, let¡¯s take her along¡±
¡°Nonono, what¡¯s with that interval. You obviously hate it¡ ¡ don¡¯t tell me it was the winning bet¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Regrettably¡±
Hajime roughly understood the circumstance from Yue who dropped her shoulders, he no longer felt anger but amazement. Surely, Shia was thinking, for Hajime to hear out her wish, her power truly isn¡¯t enough. Once again, she remembered how Hajime took Yue¡¯s words as a priority in decision making. Therefore, she needed a method to make Yue her ally. It was not an exaggeration to call it ¡°a life risking¡± method, because she understood it¡¯d otherwise be impossible considering she somewhat knew how Yue feels. In these ten days, it can be said she was literally dying to find out Yue¡¯s habits (in trainingbat). In other words, that¡¯s just how serious Shia thought about it.
Hajime was scratching his head. Even if he saw how Yue was reluctantly admitting her, there¡¯s no reason for him to take Shia along. In the end, it was a matter of Hajime¡¯s feelings.
Yue was shrugging her shoulder as if saying that it can¡¯t be helped. It was because in these ten days she, more than anyone had watched how Shia worked hard and how she destroyed the trouble that imposed her, so Yue allowed her to be a travelpanion. In the beginning, she never felt hatred toward Shia or her feelings toward Hajime.
On the other side, Shia who asked Yue for help with a triumphant expression started to feel unease but she steeled herself. It was because Shia already tried everything she could, so she could only wait for her fate to y out.
Hajime inhaled and exhaled deeply once and looked straight into Shia¡¯s eyes, then he spun the words of confirmation one by one. Shia quietly regained her power when he heard his words.
¡°To go with us, don¡¯t you already know the answer?¡±
¡°Didn¡¯t you know? Isn¡¯t the future not an absolute thing?¡±
Shia said that because she was able to catch a glimpse of the future. She believes that the future can be changed by actions and resolution.
¡°It¡¯s a journey full of danger¡±
¡°I¡¯m d I am a monster. Thanks to that I can go with you.¡±
That was the derogatory term from the Elders. However, she takes pride in it now. After all, she learned that there are things she wouldn¡¯t be capable of unless she was a monster.
¡°My wish is to get back to my hometown (original world). You¡¯ll likely never meet your family again, you know?¡±
¡°I have talked about that. ¡°Nevertheless¡±. Father and the others understand¡±
They are family that always protected her until now. There is no word that can express her gratitude. A family that¡¯s always together no matter where they are, when she told them her feelings, they will surely smile without any need of words.
¡°My hometown isn¡¯t somewhere you can easily live in¡±
¡°I¡¯ll say it no matter what. ¡°Nevertheless¡±¡±
Shia has shown her feelings. It won¡¯t stop with just that ¡°word¡±. It can¡¯t be stopped. That¡¯s the kind of feeling this was.
¡°¡ ¡¡±
¡°Fufu, is that the end? Then, it¡¯s my victory, right?¡±
¡°What victory¡¡±
¡°It was my feelings that won. ¡ ¡ Hajime-san¡±
¡°¡ ¡ What¡±
Once more, clearly. Shia Haulia¡¯s wish.
¡°¡ ¡ please take me with you¡±
Hajime and Shia looked at each other. Hajime looked into her azure eyes to confirm her intentions.
Then¡ ¡
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Haa~, do whatever you like. Curious one¡±
Maybe because he saw something in her eyes, before long Hajime gave out a sigh then told her he gave up.
Inside the Sea of Trees, one shout of joy and a sound of disgruntled noise echoed. Having seen that, Hajime could only give out a wry smile with a lot of implications that there¡¯ll be a lot of trouble from now on.
Book 4. Chapter 7
Book 4. Chapter 7
Chapter 7 : Haulia¡¯s Sudden Change
¡°Ehehe, uhehehe, kufufufu~¡±
Having been allowed to apany them, Shia was happy. With both hands on her cheeks, a loose expression on her face, and that strangeughter she started letting out while twisting her body, it was a shameless appearance. So shameless that her previous seriousness, when confronting Hajime seemed like a lie.
¡°¡ ¡ Gross¡±
Is what Yue muttered because she couldn¡¯t stand it anymore. Shia¡¯s excellent rabbit ears caught that mutter.
¡°¡ ¡ Wa-, who is gross! Why would you call me gross? It¡¯s just that I was so happy that it can¡¯t be helped. After all, isn¡¯t this my first time seeing Hajime¡¯s dere side? Didn¡¯t you also see it? His previous expression. Suddenly my chest became ¡®kyun''(tightened)~. with this the time when he bes hopelessly in love with me isn¡¯t that far off~¡±
Shia was ted and became more caught up in it. Having seen that Shia, Hajime and Yue muttered together in disgust.
¡°¡±¡ ¡ Annoying rabbit¡±¡±
¡°W-wa-!? What¡¯s with that, calling me annoying rabbit! Please call me by my name already~, we are travelpanions~. Don¡¯t tell me, it¡¯s not like you¡¯re unwilling want to call me by name from the very beginning, right? Right?¡±
¡°¡±¡ ¡¡±¡±
¡°Why did you be silent? Wait, please don¡¯t look away~. Come on, it¡¯s Shia, Shi-a. Repeat after me, Shi-a¡±
While Shia desperately tried to make them call her by name, Hajime and Yue only narrowed their eyes and started to discuss their future ns. Then Shia clung to them with teary eyes and said, ¡°Don¡¯t ignore me~, I don¡¯t want to be left out~¡±. Even after bing a travelpanion, they treated her just as harshly as before.
While someone was making a racket (Shia), several Haulia tribe members appeared from the fog, they returned after clearing Hajime¡¯s challenge; to subdue demonic beasts and return with proof in their hands. When you look closely, one of them was Kam.
Shia was smiling wide, this being the first time she¡¯d seen her family in days. Thest time she¡¯d seen them was when she was exining her feelings to them, before her training started. Even though it was only ten days, every day, it was deadly training. Extraordinary concentrated training at that. Because of that, for Shia, it felt like they hadn¡¯t met each other for months.
Immediately, Shia started talking to her father, Kam. There was a lot to tell. However, right before she said anything, Shia swallowed her words. She noticed a strange atmosphere surrounding Kam and the others.
Kam who saw Shia only revealed a slight smile, immediately his gaze returned to Hajime. And¡
¡°Boss. About the demonic beasts, have we hunted them on time?¡±
¡°Bo-boss? Fa-father? Somehow your tone¡ ¡ rather, your atmosphere was¡¡±
Because of her father¡¯s speech and behaviour, Shia¡¯s puzzled voice could be heard. However, she was ignored while , rustling, Kam and the others pulled out ws of the demonic beasts that could be considered high ranked in the Sea of Trees.
¡°¡ ¡ I thought I said one was enough¡¡±
The training graduation challenge by Hajime was to hunt a high ranking demonic beast for each team. However, there were enough parts her for ten demonic beasts. Against Hajime¡¯s question, Kam and the others answered with fearless smiles.
¡°Yes, that¡¯s what you¡¯ve ordered, right? While we were doing that, itspanions came out¡ ¡ because they impudently turned their killing intent towards us, we just politely weed it. Right? Everyone?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right, Boss. Those guys were too impudent for demonic beasts¡±
¡°Wepletely defeated them. Without missing even one, right?¡±
¡°Even though they were noisy¡ ¡ their barking voices were good, fufu¡±
¡°Well it was good to serve as a warning¡¡±
¡°Well, we already chopped them to pieces, wasn¡¯t that enough?¡±
It was a parade of disturbing remarks. All of them, there was no trace of their original peaceful and gentle RabbitMan tribe demeanor. They reported the results of their dangerousbat to Hajime with fearless smiles and ring eyes.
Stunned, the Shia watching this could only utter a single word,
¡°¡ ¡ Who?¡±
* * *
¡°Wh-what happened!? Hajime-san! What on earth happened to father and the others!?¡±
¡°C-calm down! N-nothing happened¡ ¡ it was the result of training¡¡±
¡°Nono, what happened to make them like this!? Aren¡¯t theypletely different people?! Wait, please don¡¯t look away! Look at me!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ it¡¯s not like there are any big differences, right?¡±
¡°Are your eyes knotholes (ornaments)! Please look at them. A while ago they were charmed just by staring at their knives! Ah, just now, someone called their knife Julia! Normally, isn¡¯t that scary?¡±
Shia¡¯s angry voice filled with frustration echoed in the Sea of Trees. What on earth had happened? That was what Kam and the others thought while exchanging nces between Hajime and Shia, with confused expressions. They exchanged nces for a while until the other members of the Haulia tribe came back, all of them were¡ ¡ that is to say¡ ¡ they look wild. Not only the adult males but also the females, children and even the elderly.
Shia pointed at her family thatpletely changed, while approaching Hajime with tremendous momentum to urge him for an exnation. Hajime awkwardly averted his gaze while being interrogated by Shia.
Maybe she judged she wouldn¡¯t be able to make any progress, so Shia changed her target to Kam and the others.
¡°Father! Everyone! What on earth has happened!? It¡¯s as if you¡¯re different people!? From before, you¡¯ve only been saying frightening things¡ ¡ pleasee back to your senses!¡±
Kam who was clung onto by Shia, started to loosen his ring expression and reverted to his gentle expression. That made Shia a little relieved.
However¡
¡°What are you saying, Shia? We are sane/okay. It¡¯s just that we have awoken to the truth of this world. It¡¯s all thanks to Boss¡±
¡°T-the truth? What was that?¡±
Having a bad feeling about it, Shia asked while her cheeks twitched, and Kam smiled while confidently dering.
¡°90% of this world¡¯s problems can be solved with violence¡±
¡°It was a different person after all?! My gentle father was already dead~, uwaa~n¡±
Because of the shock, Shia ran and disappeared into the Sea of Trees while crying. However, before she got into the fog, a small shadow immediately appeared before her and she fell on her butt while ¡°hauu¡± letting out a miserable voice.
That small shadow was able to keep its bnce without falling, then it stretched out its hand towards Shia.
¡°Th-thank you very much¡±
¡°Well, think nothing of it, Shia big sis(anego). It was the natural thing for a man¡±
¡°B-big sis (A-anego)?¡±
What appeared from the fog was a boy from the Haulia tribe that could still be called a child. On his shoulder was a big crossbow while two knives and a slingshot-like weapon were attached to his waist. It was a boy who often disys a nihilistic smile. Shia who was never called ¡°anego¡± until now looked up, in front of her was the boy that usually called her ¡°Shia-oneechan¡± so she was puzzled by it.
With Shia staring at him with a skeptical gaze, the boy pit-pat walked up in front of Hajime then he gloriously saluted him.
¡°Boss! I am sorry toe back empty-handed! There is something that I must report! Permission to speak!¡±
¡°O-ou? What is it?¡±
At boy¡¯s veteran soldier-like atmosphere, even though it¡¯s toote, Hajime thought Shia was right, and that it was a little too much. And then he stuttered a little. The boy continued his report without a care.
¡°Affirmative! Problem found while pursuing demonic beasts, I discovered a group of fully-armed Bearman tribe. The ce was on the route to the Great Tree. Perhaps they thought to ambush us!¡±
¡°A~, they¡¯vee as expected. Although I thought they¡¯de immediately¡ ¡ I see, they wanted to crush us in front of our goal huh. It was a somewhat good demeanor. ¡ ¡ then?¡±
¡°Affirmative! If it¡¯s okay, how about leaving those guys to us, Haulia!¡±
¡°We~ll. How about it, Kam? Do you have anything to say?¡±
Having heard that, Kam was shaken, and since it was something he wished for he began to grin with a fearless smile then nodded.
¡°By all means, leave it to us. Our power, we wanted to know¡ ¡ how far our power hase,pared to them. Wha~t, it¡¯s not like we will show anything disgraceful.¡±
Having heard their chief¡¯s words, the surrounding Haulia tribe, all of them, showed belligerent expressions. The number of people who called their weapons by name with increasing admiration could be felt. Shia¡¯s expression was dyed with despair.
¡°¡ ¡ Can you do it?¡±
¡°Affirmative!¡±
The one who cheerfully answered Hajime¡¯sst confirmation was the boy. Hajime once again closed his eyes then breathed deeply and ¡®Ka¡¯ opened his eyes wide.
¡°Hear me! Everyone from Haulia tribe! Every one of you brave and resolute warriors! Today, you¡¯re graduated from being shitty maggots! You are no longer the worthless existence to be weeded out! Crush unjustness with power, hold down those hostilities with wisdom! O strongest warriors! Teach those bears ¡°bleep¡± for inciting our resentment by bringing us to our current situation! Those guys are nothing but redundant stepping stones! They are only ¡°bleep¡±! Build mountains with their corpses, and rivers with their blood, as proof! The proof of your rebirth! The proof to everyone in the Sea of Trees, to show that the Haulia tribe is reborn!¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡± Sir, yes, Sir!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
¡°Answer me! Everyone! The greatest and strongest warriors! What is it that you wish for!¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡± Kill them!! Kill them! Kill them!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
¡°What is your specialty!¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡± Kill!! Kill!! Kill!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
¡°If there are enemies what will you do!¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡± Kill them all!! Kill them all!! Kill them all!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
¡°That¡¯s right! Kill them all! You can do it! Take the right to live with your own hands!¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡± Aye, aye, Sir!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
¡°That¡¯s the spirit! Everyone of the Haulia tribe! I only have one order! Search & destroy! Go!!¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡± YAHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
¡°Uwaa~n, all the members of my family are dead after all~¡±
Under Hajime¡¯smand, the Haulia tribe members¡¯ fierceness returned and they disappeared into the fog. The tribe which was once gentle, peaceful, and above all weak at fighting¡ ¡ where have they gone? That was the only thing she could say. Having seen her familypletely change once more, while copsing Shia¡¯s vain cry echoed in the Sea of Trees. As expected, because she couldn¡¯t stand it anymore, Yue patted and stroked Shia¡¯s head tofort her.
When the boy beside Shia, who ¡®hic¡±hic¡¯ ¡®sob¡±sob¡¯ cried, tried to go, he was called to a stop by Shia.
¡°Pal-kun! Please wait! L-look, don¡¯t you see a beautiful flower-san over here? Even if you don¡¯t go¡ ¡ how about you wait here with onee-chan? Okay? How about it?
Apparently, she seems to be trying to at least bring this little boy back to his former self. She pointed at the beautifully blossoming flowers while desperately trying to persuade him. The reason she used a flower was because this boy loved flowers so much that he even said ¡°Flower-sa~n¡± before.
The flower boy named Pal who was called out to stop by Shia, only ¡®yare yare daze¡¯ shook his head and shrugged his shoulders while sighing ¡°Fuu~¡±. It looked like the overreactions used by the Europeans and Americans.
¡°Anego, please don¡¯t open up my old wound. I¡¯ve already gotten rid of my past. The weak mind that enjoyed the beauty of flowers is no more¡±
By the way, this boy called Pal is 11 years old this year.
¡°O-old wound? Get rid of your past? Wait, I don¡¯t understand, but do you mean you don¡¯t like flowers anymore?¡±
¡°Yes, I have thrown away those feelings along with my past¡±
¡°That, even though you loved them so much¡¡±
¡°Fuh, it was just a mistake of youth¡±
I repeat, Pal-kun is 11 years old this year.
¡°More importantly, anego¡±
¡°W-what is it?¡±
Having seen the changes in the boy who had sometimes picked flowers and dearly called out ¡°Shia-oneechan! Shia-oneechan!¡±, Shia¡¯s consciousness started to escape reality. She was barely able to reply to Pal¡¯s words. However, it became the signal for her to further her pursuit (of escapism).
¡°I¡¯ve also thrown away my weak name along with the past. Now my name is Baltoferd. From now on please call me ¡°Baltoferd of Certain Death¡±¡±
¡°Who was that!? Where did that Baltoferde from!? Rather, what¡¯s with certain death!?¡±
¡°Oh, sorry. Myrades are waiting so it¡¯s my time to go. Well then!¡±
¡°A, hey! What do you mean by ¡°well then!¡±! Even now, our talk is still eh, fast! Wait! Please wait~¡±
Just like a woman that was left behind by her lover, Shia copsed while her hand tried to reach the other side of the fog. No one answered her, this girl¡¯s family, all of them fiercely went to the battlefield. Shia who was gakkuri drooped, once again hic hic cried. The family that this girl once knew was no more. It was truly a pitiful sight.
Shia¡¯s appearance was seen by Yue who wore a subtle expression because she couldn¡¯t say anything to her. Hajime who felt it was somewhat awkward let his gaze wander. Yue¡¯s gaze turned to Hajime then bluntly muttered.
¡°¡ ¡ as expected of Hajime, to be able to calmly aplish something no one can¡±
¡°Well, like I said before where did you get that material¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡ to be able to use that dark magic, brainwash¡ ¡ amazing¡±
¡°¡ ¡ honestly, I think it was a little too much. Even though there¡¯s neither reflection nor regret¡±
For a while, in the ce left behind by the Haulia tribe, Shia¡¯s crying voice and subtle atmosphere hung in the air.
Book 4. Chapter 8
Book 4. Chapter 8
Chapter 8 : Hajime¡¯s Failure
Regin Banton was a strong man, rumored to be the next Chief of the Banton tribe; one of the Bearman tribes. He idolized one of the current Elders; Jin Banton, and became his right hand.
Not only Regin, it could be said Jin was popr in the Banton tribe as a whole, especially the younger ones. The reasons for that being Jin¡¯s character was broad minded, containing deep patriotism, and above all, his strength, which allowed him to be considered as one of the highest ss among the demi-human race.
That¡¯s why, when the Bearman tribe heard the news, they thought it was a bad joke. They couldn¡¯t believe their beloved Elder had been incapacitated by a human. However, the merciless reality was proven. Jin, who was lying powerless in medical facility showed them the truth .
Regin was dumbfounded having seen Jin¡¯s current appearance. Next, his anger and hatred surfaced. While bearing these feelings inside his heart, he pressed to determine the circumstances from the Elders. As the result, Regin who had learned everything, disregarded the Elders and told the Bearman tribe everything. And thus they embarked for revenge.
Because of the persuasion from the Elders and other tribes, not all of the Bearman tribe followed him, only the youngsters from Banton tribe who admired Jin had left to defeat that hated human. They numbered around 50 people. Regin and the others who knew their enemy¡¯s objective thought it best to attack when their enemy was in front of the Great Tree as revenge. They thought, ¡°To perish right before the goal is the best (revenge)¡±.
After all, their enemies only consists of humans and the RabbitMan tribe. Even though Jin was defeated, they thought it was because something cowardly, like a surprise attack. They thought there was nothing to fear of humans who would go mad without a sense of direction deep inside the Sea of Trees¡¯ fog, even more so for the weak RabbitMan tribe. Regin was an outstanding person. Normally, he wouldn¡¯t interpret the situation like that. However, currently his eyes were clouded by anger.
However, no matter what, even if his eyes were clouded¡
¡°This is wrong!?¡±
Regin screamed in disbelief. The reason; before his very eyes an impossible spectacle was disyed. The RabbitMan tribe, which was ced at the bottom among other demi-humans, was cornering the Bearman tribe, which was known as one of the strongest inbat.
¡°Come one one on! Show your fighting spirit! Or else, I will cut you!¡±
¡°AHAHAHAHAHA, scream like the pig you are!¡±
¡°It¡¯s time to clean this filth! HYAHAHAHAHA HA!¡±
While the Haulia tribe swung countless fatal, murderous attacks, their loudughter resounded. There was no appearance of the RabbitMan tribe which was gentle, peaceful, and above all, weak inbat. Screams came from the Bearman tribe that desperately try to fight back.
¡°Shit! The heck is this! Just who the hell are you!!¡±
¡°They must not be the RabbitMan tribe!¡±
¡°Uwaaaa! Stay away! Stay awaaaay!¡±
They were ambushed by the enemies they wanted to ambush, the RabbitMan tribe thatid in ambush showed unbelievable power, even among other demi-human races. Arrows and stones that fly urately out of nowhere, added to their excellent teamwork. The glee with which they swung their des, wearing lunatic expressions, andughing loudly all the while! All of it gave birth to violentmotion. In that situation, their specs even exceed the Bearman tribe.
Actually, the RabbitMan tribe wouldn¡¯t be able topete in a one on one fight against the Bearman tribe. However, in these past ten days, the Haulia tribe was able to make up the difference, thanks to the hell-like training.
Originally, the RabbitMan tribe¡¯s specs were lower than the other demi-human races. However, to survive and avoid battle, they had polished their stealth ability and danger perception. After all, they could only survive that way.
As a result, they were able to promptly perceive their enemies¡¯ presences to the point they could ambush their enemies. It could be said that they are a race with abilities suited for assassination. However, their innate nature had crushed these advantages.
It could be said, Hajime¡¯s training woke theirbat instincts. He single-handedly abused and cornered them by letting them swing weapons, cut their enemies, and letting them experience how to evade, without rest. By remembering the speech from senior sergeant Hart**n, as a result of ten days of severe training, their mindspletely becamebat oriented. Although he did feel like it was too much¡
They, who had acquired the aggressiveness to attack without any hesitation, demonstrated promisingbat prowess. Because they thought of the whole tribe as members of one family, their level of teamwork was high from the get go. With their skillful adjustment of presence, it demonstrated tremendous effect, along with their teamwork.
In addition, one of the reasons for the Haulia tribe¡¯s highbat prowess was the weapons made by Hajime, which increased their ipetent attack power.
Each of them wielded two Kodachis, produced with a precise and practiced process, such that their ultra-thin des were able to split a grass just by touching it. They were made of Taur ore, so they were durable. The Haulia tribe also carried disposable throwing knives.
There were also the powerful Slingshots and Crossbows that were made using string with great sticity gathered from spider-like demonic beasts in the Abyss. They were made for the children of the Haulia tribe, since close range battles were still too hard for them. Even children are able to shoot enemies from the other side of fog, using their search ability while they instinctively looked up to Hajime.
Even Pal¡ ¡ Baltoferd of Certain Death, waspletely charmed when shooting his Crossbow, while showing a sniper-like nature.
¡°One shot of certain death! ¡®DO¡¯ your was head blown off. In the name of ¡°Certain Death¡±¡±
Pal¡ .. Baltoferd of Certain Death recently gained the habit of saying such things. By the way, he called himself ¡°Certain Death¡±. His first habitual saying was ¡°Aim and Shoot!¡± but it was stopped by Hajime. He looked so displeased.
Back on topic, the Bearman tribe who fell into a panic were easily defeated without much resistance by the current Haulia tribe and their numbers fell in no time. Currently half of them had been killed in the vicinity.
¡°Regin-dono! If this keeps up-¡±
¡°Retreat!¡±
¡°Let me take care of the re-KUPE!?¡±
¡°Tontoo!?¡±
Having heard his subordinate advise him to retreat, Regin was hesitating because of anger from the incapacitated Jin and his killed subordinates. That hesitation wasn¡¯t missed by the Haulia¡¯s sniper. To the subordinate called Tonto that tried to advise his lord to retreat once again, an arrow urately prated his temple.
Because of this Regin and his subordinates were shaken and fell into disorder. Kam and the others who thought it was a chance, attacked at once.
Arrows came flying from the fog and urately aimed at their ankles. While distracted by that, a sharp attack came to reap the head. With an exquisite timing, the person who wanted to kill the one that shot arrows from the back ran into protruding spikes.
However, perhaps it was because that was their favorite move, a presence suddenly came from behind, and brought with it a fatal blow. Haulia tribe utilized their presence and teamwork to make fun of Regin and his subordinates. Regin and his subordinates shuddered at this. They thought, ¡°Are they really that hetare and weak RabbitMan tribe!?¡±
The battle dragged on for a while, Regin and his subordinates were finally able to recover from their confusion while covered in wounds. They were somehow able to stand using their weapons as support. When the waves of attacks using the exquisite covering fire and teamwork subsided, all of them were panting. Regin and his subordinates were surrounded by Kam and the others, after being cornered with a gigantic tree to their backs.
¡°What happened, you ¡°bleep¡±?! Is that all?! Wuss!¡±
¡°I heard you were the strongest tribe! You ¡°bleep¡±! Even so you were ¡°bleep¡±!
¡°Poise your weapons quickly! Are you ¡°bleep¡±¡®s already weak in the knees?!¡±
They thought it was not the RabbitMan tribe, with how they bombarded the other tribe with insults. The Bearman tribe which trembled in fear could only think, ¡°What had happened to these guys!?¡± With broken spirits, some of them trembled while holding their heads. A big hairy man said, ¡°Can you let us go?¡± with teary eyes¡ ¡ truly a surreal spectacle.
¡°KU KU KU, did you have anything else to say? O strongest tribe?¡±
Kam let out that sarcasm with a truly evil expression. They who had awoken to their fighting spirit seemed to have thought about their circumstances when they were looked down upon. It was a speech that couldn¡¯t be heard from the Kam of the past.
¡°Nuguu¡¡±
Having heard Kam¡¯s objection, Regin¡¯s expression distorted in regret. He somehow recovered from the confusion and reasoning came back to his eyes. Even though he had been doused with cold water by Haulia tribe¡¯s strong assault, because of the incapacitated Jin, the me of anger still burnt inside of him. But, because he felt a sense of responsibility to bring his surviving subordinates back alive, he regained his mind. He consciously knew it was his fault that they fell into such a predicament because he was the one that spurred them on.
¡°¡ ¡ you can do anything to me. Boil me or burn me, just do whatever you like. However, I was the one who forcibly brought my subordinates. I want you to let them go¡±
¡°Wh-, Regin-dono!?¡±
¡°Regin-dono! That was¡¡±
Having heard Regin¡¯s words, his subordinates started to make amotion. It was because he tried to save his subordinates in exchange for his own life. To these subordinates, Regin scolded.
¡°Silence! ¡ ¡ it was my responsibility because of the blood that surged to my head clouded my eyes. RabbitMan¡ ¡ no, Chief of Haulia tribe. I know it is selfish of me. However, I want to save their lives! That¡¯s all.¡±
Regin released his weapon then started to kneel while bowing his head. His subordinates knew of Regin¡¯s great pride as a warrior, so they understood how much resolution he had to bow his head to the enemy. That¡¯s why they couldn¡¯t obey his order to stay silent.
Kam¡¯s answer to Regin who was still bowing was¡
¡°I refuse¡±
While throwing his knife.
¡°Uo!?¡±
Regin was able to dodge by a hairs-breadth. However, starting with Kam¡¯s attack, Regin and his subordinates were attacked from the surrounding with arrows and stones fired at high velocity, at once. Using their big axes as shields, Regin and subordinates desperately tried to defend themselves, and then from the Haulia tribe cameughter from the bottom of their heart,pleting their attacks.
¡°Why!?¡±
Regin squeezed a voice as he groaned to ask them for the reason they attacked.
¡°Why? Aren¡¯t you our enemies? Are other reasons necessary to kill you?¡±
Kam¡¯s answer was a simple fact.
¡°Guh, but!¡±
¡°Above all¡ .. it¡¯s enjoyable to crush and make fun of your arrogance! HA HA HA!¡±
¡°W-Wh-!? Bastards! To these guys-!¡±
Just as Kam said, Haulia tribe looked like they truly enjoyed it. Using Slingshots and Crossbows, they made fun of them by shooting from a safe area. Their appearances were those of people drunk on power. It looks like their heart¡¯s didn¡¯t mind killing people for the first time, even if it was their demi-human brethren. In short, they¡¯ve bepletely berserk.
With increasing severity in their attacks, Regin and his subordinates who had stayed close together, and desperately tried to defend were¡ ¡ finally reaching their limit. Although they avoided fatal attacks, they were covered in wounds. They won¡¯t be able to endure the next volley.
Kam, with a warped grin, ¡®sutto¡¯ raise his hand. Haulia tribe with frenzied eyes start to aim with arrows and stones at the ready. Regin who thought this wasn¡¯t an appropriate ce to die, gathered his power, and inside his mind he apologized to his subordinates.
Kam¡¯s hand, like a death god¡¯s scythe that hunted the lives of Regin and his subordinates, was lowered. Arrows and stones immediately shot. In slow motion, Regin continued to watch this without looking away, until¡
¡°Stop it already!!!¡±
Zudooooon!!
A spectacle where a white hammer blew everything away could be seen.
¡°Ha?¡±
Regin who was dumbfounded by it unintentionally let out that voice. However, that can¡¯t be helped. Immediately after they epted their death, a rabbit-eared girl with pallid hair along with a giant hammer fell from the sky, then the hammer struck the ground. It resulted in the shockwave that blew away all the iing arrows and stones. When they saw that, the surrounding Bearman tribe could only give a nk stare.
Shaking anger! That was the feeling that could be felt, of course it came from Shia. The Sledgehammer made using thepression method had extraordinary mass. As if she didn¡¯t feel the weight, it was brandished with a ¡®Buonn¡¯ then generated a gust. ¡®Bishi¡¯ it was pointed toward Kam.
¡°Aghh! Seriously arghh! Father and everyone, pleasee to your sense already!¡±
Looking at Shia, Kam and the others who were initially stunned in astonishment, with ¡®ha¡¯ regained themselves while look toward her ming.
¡°Shia, though I don¡¯t know why you did this, but please move from there. Or else we won¡¯t be able to kill the ones behind you, you know?¡±
¡°No, I won¡¯t move. I won¡¯t allow anymore than this!¡±
Having heard Shia¡¯s words, Kam and the others narrowed their eyes.
¡°Won¡¯t allow? Shia, don¡¯t tell me you wanted to be together with our enemy? ording to your answer¡¡±
¡°No, I don¡¯t care if these guys died¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡± Is that okay!? ¡°¡±¡±¡±
The Bearman tribe that thought she came to stop her tribe, unintentionally let out a remark to Shia.
¡°Of course. If I took it easy against enemies that came with killing intent, I wouldn¡¯t be able to endure Yue-san¡¯s training. Even I don¡¯t have that naive thought anymore¡±
¡°Fumu, then why did you stop us¡±
Kam asked her. Haulia tribe also have inquiring expressions.
¡°Isn¡¯t that obvious! Father and the others will be broken at this rate! And be more degenerated!¡±
¡°Broken? Degenerate?¡±
Having heard Shia¡¯s word, Kam and the others can only put ¡®I don¡¯t understand¡± expressions.
¡°That¡¯s right! Please remember it. Hajime-san was merciless against enemies, no talking was necessary, even more merciless, he enjoyed killing demonic beasts and people (¡) things like that! Even during training, if you were told to kill the enemies, you shouldn¡¯t have enjoyed it!¡±
¡°W-well, it¡¯s not like we enjoy¡¡±
¡°Just now, did father and the others know what kind of faces you made?
¡°Face? Well, even if you said that¡¡±
Having heard Shia¡¯s words, the Haulia tribe started to look at each others faces. Shia let out a calm breath, however, her voice clearly informed them.
¡°¡ ¡ it was just like those Empire¡¯s Soldiers that attacked us¡±
¡°Kh!?¡±
It shocked them, enough to blow off their frenzy. Their mood was as if they were doused with cold water. To have the same expressions as those who scorned their family with pleasure and caught them¡ ¡ having actually witnessed that they understood the ugliness of their action. To be the same as those who snacthed their family away¡ ¡ was an unbearable fact.
¡°Sh-Shia¡ I was¡¡±
¡°Fuu, it looks like you have calmed down. Thank god. At worst, I thought I might have to beat you all down¡±
With ¡®furifuri¡¯, Shia swung the Sledgehammer around. Having heard Shia point that out, immediately Haulia tribe was trembling in front of the Sledgehammer while Shia loosened her cheeks a little.
¡°Well, it was your first battle, if you realized that now then it¡¯ll be okay! It was Hajime-san¡¯s fault after all! Although I understand the importance of fighting spirit, that was too much! Rather than fighting spirit, it was more like you became berserkers!¡±
This time, Shia was ¡®puripuri¡¯ angry at Hajime. A small voice of Shia muttering can be heard, ¡°Just why did I fall for that kind of person¡±.
And at that time, a gunshot can be heard.
From Shia¡¯s back, ¡°Guwa!?¡± a groan could be heard, along with sound of something copsing. Now that they think about it, while in a panic Shia and the others remember the existences that they¡¯d forgotten about, then looked behind their back, thereid Regin who writhed in pain while holding his forehead.
¡°Why the heck are you trying to run away while their attention was diverted? Until their talk is over sit in seiza now!¡±
Hajime apanied by Yue appeared from inside the fog. It seems while Shia and the others were immersed in their talk, Regin and his subordinates tried to run away, only to get shot. However, it wasn¡¯t known why he used the non-lethal rubber bullet.
Although they heard Hajime¡¯s words, the Bearman tribe tried to vigntly examine their surroundings to keep running away, but Hajime silenced them with ¡°Pressure¡±. While casting nces at them, Hajime and Yue looked at Shia and the others.
When Hajime saw Kam and the others, some of them felt awkward and looked the other way. However, immediately after words of apology came to Kam and the others.
¡°A, well, what to say, sorry. Because I was fine with it, I¡¯dpletely forgotten the shock of murder. It was my mistake. Un, I am sorry¡±
Shia and the others can only ¡®pokan¡¯ nkly stare at him with opened mouths. That was because they heard an unexpected but honest apology.
¡°Bo-boss!? Are you okay!? Did you hit your head!?¡±
¡°Medic! Medic! There is a person with serious injury here!¡±
¡°Boss! Please steady yourself!¡±
That¡¯s why it became such reactions. With veins popping on his head, his mouth twitched.
This time, Hajime himself truly thought it was his mistake. Because he didn¡¯t feel anything when he kills, he didn¡¯t consider the shock that was supposed to ur with it. No matter how much stronger he had be, he didn¡¯t have any experience in teaching, as a result, he almost broke the Haulia tribe¡¯s minds. Indeed, he thought it was dangerous, that¡¯s why he said those words of apology¡ ¡ but their reaction was to doubt his sanity. Hajime thought, ¡°Should I be angry?¡±, he was hesitating while getting back into his usual attitude.
Hajime put this matter aside for now, approached Regin then put Donner¡¯s muzzle at his forehead.
¡°Well then, will it be a brave death or to survive and live in shame, which will it be?¡±
Having heard Hajime¡¯s words, the Bearman and Haulia tribe looked at him with surprised eyes. By his speech just now, they heard that he¡¯d overlook the Bearman tribe depending on the situation. It was a serious proposal from Hajime who had no mercy and was unreserved against his enemies. Kam and the others looked at Hajime in sorrow while thinking, ¡°As expected his head was¡¡±. Even though more veins popped on Hajime¡¯s head, but because there¡¯d be no progress otherwise, he let it through(go) temporarily.
Regin looked at Hajime with a surprised expression. It was the man who had brought about theplete change in the Haulia tribe, he thought this man wouldn¡¯t show any mercy.
¡°¡ what does it mean, do you want to let us go?¡±
¡°Aa, you can return if you want, you know?¡±
¡°Conditions?¡±
To easily say that they could return, aside from Regin, the others were inmotion. From behind it could be heard, ¡°If I hit his head now maybe it can help¡¡±, was what Shia said with serious expression while alternating her gaze between her Sledgehammer and Hajime¡¯s head. Voices of agreement could be heard from Kam and the others.
It was about the time that Hajime seriously thought of punishing them while more veins popped out. However, he worked harder to let that through(go).
¡°Aa, condition huh. When you reached Faea Belgaen I want you to say something to the Elders¡±
¡°¡ ¡ A message?¡±
While he nervously thought about what kind of conditions he might demand, it turned out he only needed to be a messenger, and that took him aback. However, he was frozen when the content was spoken.
¡°¡±You owe me one¡±¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Kh!? That¡¯s!¡±
¡°Well? What will you do? Will you ept it?¡±
Because he knew what that meant, Regin unintentionally let out a shout. Hajime was, with wind blowing from somewhere, waiting for Regin¡¯s choice. ¡°You owe me one¡± means, by letting the attacker return alive, there will be a time they must pay back their debt.
With the loss of one of the Elders, as well as how they agonized over ignoring the decision made by the Elders Conference to not intervene with him, if this message was passed on then they must unconditionally answer Hajime¡¯s request.
If everything were to be seen objectively, in Jin¡¯s situation and in Regin¡¯s situation, where he one-sidedly tried to take revenge, coupled with the fact that they were allowed to live, the Elders Conference¡¯s prestige will surely take a fall. They were ouws because they disregarded the Elders. And can¡¯t be said Hajime won¡¯t one day turn his fang towards the Elders.
In other words, for Regin and his subordinates to survive meant that they¡¯d brought back a weakness to their home country. Even after disregarding the decision from Elders Conference, they carried back a debt on their shoulders. Moreover, to return with half of their members dead after boasting about themselves as the strongest tribe¡ ¡ just as Hajime had said they¡¯d lived in shame.
Hajime choose to further his attack against Regin who wore a distorted expression.
¡°Add to that, you must remember that your subordinates¡¯ deaths were your own responsibility, along with your crushing defeat against the Haulia¡±
¡°Guu¡±
There was a reason for Hajime to make such a condition. Of course it wasn¡¯t out of benevolence. It was because there are details of the Seven Great Dungeons that he doesn¡¯t know yet, so even though Faea Belgaen was an isted country, there might be something else he must do in this country. There was also the tradition inherited from its founder after all. Hajime thought there might be little failures that wille along the way, for that sake, he thought that insurance was necessary.
To the worrying Regin, Hajime was ¡®Gorik¡¯ further pressing the muzzle.
¡°Decide it in five seconds. Once that¡¯s over I¡¯ll kill you one by one. ¡°Quick judgement¡±. Isn¡¯t that the basics (of a leader)?¡±
After that, Hajime began to count o~ne, two~ and Regin was panicking, however nothinges to his mind.
¡°I, I understand. I wish for us to return!¡±
¡°I see. Then, go quickly. Don¡¯t forget the message. If when the timees for me to call for that and discover that you tried to fool me¡¡±
A strong killing intent overflowed from Hajime¡¯s whole body, apanied with physical pressure. ¡®Gulp¡¯ the sound of gulp-ing resounded clearly.
¡°That day will be the end of Faea Belgaen¡±
No matter who looked at him, he had the touch of a bad debt collector, no, it¡¯s more like a terrorist in this case. From behind, he could hear, ¡°Thank goodness. It was the usual Hajime-san¡± and ¡°Boss finally regained his mind!¡±, that kind of strange talk mixed with a relieved tone, well for now he¡¯ll let it through(slide). He didn¡¯t want to break the atmosphere that he made with so much effort. However, harsh punishment will follow.
With their pride broken by Haulia tribe and having heard how Regin desperately begged for his subordinates¡¯ lives, they didn¡¯t have the strength to protest and started to return home dejectedly. It might be because they are centered around a young one, they obediently epted their defeat. But, for Regin, his influence in Faea Belgaen would likely disappear. There is also the possibility of being treated as fugitive. However, it was a mild punishment, after all he¡¯d tried to take someone else¡¯s life unjustly.
The Bearman tribe disappeared into the other side of the fog. After confirming that, Hajime turned around toward Shia and the others. At first, they were unable to see his expression because he looked down, then somehow the atmosphere became strange. Kam and the others who felt dishonored to have fallen into such frenzy and madness, started to be engrossed in speaking to Hajime about a lot of things, while not noticing the atmosphere. Only Shia , ¡°Huh? Isn¡¯t this bad?¡±, said that while drenched in cold sweat.
Hajime started to look up while swaying. There was a big smile on his face. However, his narrowed eyes weren¡¯t smiling at all. Finally, because he thought Hajime¡¯s appearance was strange, Kam timidly asked him.
¡°Bo-Boss?¡±
¡°Yes, isn¡¯t it a serious thing? I thought this time, it was my fault. To say you¡¯ve reached the standard just like this, I must have thought of it as a brake¡±
¡°N-no, even if you say that¡ ¡ it was because of our own immaturity¡¡±
¡°Nono, it¡¯s okay, you know? I admit it myself after all. That¡¯s why, that¡¯s why I thought to honestly apologize¡ ¡ but you had quite the reaction, didn¡¯t you? Well, I understand. After all my usual attitude was like that¡ ¡ however, however¡ ¡ this out of ce feeling I have, I must let it out¡ ¡ you understand what that means, right?¡±
¡°N-no. We were a little¡¡±
Kam also thought, ¡°Ah, this is bad. He is angry now¡±, with cold sweat rapidly pouring out of him, step by step he tried to retreat. Maybe because some of the Haulia remember the training, they suddenly stood still while crying and whimpering.
And at that time, ¡°Now is my chance!¡±, was what Shia thought then she instantly started to turn her feet to escape. She didn¡¯t forget to make a man nearby as a shield.
However¡
DOPANn!!
One bullet passed through between that man¡¯s leg, hit the ground and ricocheted when it struck a tree¡¯s root finally hitting Shia in the butt.
¡°Hakyun!¡±
It was one of Hajime¡¯s gun skills ¡°Polygonal Shot¡±. That¡¯s how he aimed his shot at Shia¡¯s butt. It was a useless gun skill, that could be thought as not that useless, that he¡¯d uselessly practiced. Because of the impact from the bullet Shia raised a scream and ¡®pyon¡¯ jumped, only to copse on the ground with her butt in the air. ¡®Shuu-¡® Smoke rose from her butt. Shia was twitching in pain.
Having seen Shia convulsing and Hajime¡¯s gun skill, Kam and the others were trembling in fear. The man who had a bullet pass between his leg covered his groin with both hands while teary eyed. He patted his groin, because when the bullet passed, it caught the shockwave from the bullet.
Without doing anything else, Hajime put back Donner into its holster, then his hanya-like smile returned. Finally, he yelled out with angry tone.
¡°For now, everyone will be hit once!¡±
Waaaaaa¡ª!!
All of Haulia members immediately scattered trying to escape just like newborn spiders. For a while, screams and an angry roar could be heard resounding inside the Sea of Trees.
The only one who remained in her ce was Shia with smoke rising from her butt, and
¡°¡ ¡ when will we go to the Great Tree?¡±
The mutters from Yue who wasn¡¯t involved with all themotion.
Book 4. Chapter 9
Book 4. Chapter 9
Chapter 9 : The Great Tree¡¯s Secret
Deep inside the fog, Hajime and his party advanced toward the Great Tree. They left the fighting to Kam, while the other Haulia members scattered into their surroundings, looking for enemies as part of their training. Because the fact that unpreparedness is one¡¯s greatest foe already is carved into their flesh, all members wore serious expressions. Most of all, the blue bruises on their bodies made it so it couldn¡¯t be helped¡
¡°Uu~, it¡¯s still tingling~¡±
Shia was whining while rubbing her butt. Since before, she looked at Hajime with resentful eyes.
¡°Stop looking at me like that, it¡¯s annoying.¡±
¡°To say that it¡¯s annoying was too much. It¡¯s notmon sense to shoot at a girl¡¯s butt. Moreover, using that useless high skill-¡±
¡°That can also be said to you. You seriously thought to hit my head and use another person as a shield to run away¡ ¡ that was not something a normal person would do.¡±
Near them, a man from the Haulia tribe nodded his head.
¡°Uu, it was the result of education by Yue-san¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I was the one that raised Shia.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I can¡¯tment on that.¡±
While boasting that, Yue looked at Hajime as if saying ¡°Praise me.¡± Hajime was averting his gaze making good use of ¡°Let it through skill¡±.
After they advanced for 15 minutes while chatting harmoniously, their party finally arrived at the Great Tree.
Hajime¡¯s first opinion when he looked at the Great Tree was,
¡°¡ ¡ the heck this is¡±
, while half-surprised and half-doubting. Yue also wore the slight expression of someone who had her expectations crumbling. The two of them were imagining it using the scale and arger version of the trees in Faea Belgaen.
However, the real Great Tree was¡ ¡ splendidly withered.
Its size was not that far off from their imagination. Its diameter alone could be estimated around 50 meters. There is also the bizarre difference from the surrounding trees. While the surrounding trees had the ever expanding green leaves, only the Great Tree was withered.
¡°The Great Tree was already withered even before the founding of Faea Belgaen. However, it didn¡¯t rot. Ever the never changing withered tree. With the surrounding fog¡¯s nature and the forever-withered-without-rotting Great Tree, this ce became a sacred ce. Well, even with that said, although it could be called a tourist spot¡¡±
Kam exined to Hajime and Yue making inquiring faces. While hearing the exnation, Hajime looked around the Great Tree¡¯s roots. Just as Alfrerick had said, there was a lithograph built.
¡°This is¡ ¡ just like Orcus¡¯ door¡¯s¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, the same crest¡±
On the lithograph there were seven system-like squares with seven crests engraved on top of it. It waspletely the same as the one on Orcus¡¯ room¡¯s door. To prove it, Hajime took out Orcus¡¯ ring. The pattern on the ring waspletely the same as one of the patterns on the Lithograph after all.
¡°It was the entrance to the Great Dungeon after all¡ but¡ ¡ what should we do about this?¡±
Hajime approached the Great Tree and started to ¡®thud thud¡¯ hit it and of course there was no change, when he tried to ask Kam and the others if they know something about this tree, they only had No as an answer. Although he already heard all of the traditions from Alfrerick, there wasn¡¯t any concerning the entrance. There was a possibility that he hid it so Hajime started to think, ¡°Should I collect the debt?¡±,
At that time, Yue who was observing the lithograph raised her voice.
¡°Hajime¡ ¡ look at this.¡±
¡°Nn? Is something there?¡±
What Yue noticed was on the other side of the lithograph. There were empty dents that corresponded with the seven crests on the other side.
¡°This is¡¡±
Hajime put the Orcus ring in his hand to the dent that he saw corresponded to Orcus¡¯ crest.
Then¡ ¡ the lithograph began to faintly shine.
Wondering what happened, the surrounding Haulia tribe that were on lookout began to gather. For a while, they looked at the shining lithograph which lights gradually faded and somehow characters appeared in its ce. Something was written there.
Four proofs.
Power of Rebirth.
Guidepost of Spun Bond.
A new trial will be opened to the one who has those proof.
¡°¡ ¡ What does it mean?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Rhe four proofs¡ ¡ maybe, wasn¡¯t it referring to the other Dungeons¡¯ proofs?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Then, what does the Power of Rebirth and Guidepost of Spun Bond mean?¡±
Shia answered to Hajime who puzzled over it.
¡°U~n, Guidepost of Spun Bond, wasn¡¯t that it? Whether you got demi-human race as guides or not. Only demi-humans are able to move around easily in the Sea of Trees, and to gain the demi-humans as guides in the Sea of Tree was an exception among exception¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I see. It was something like that¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Next was regeneration¡ ¡ Me?¡±
Yue pointed at herself who owns the special magic, ¡°Auto Regeneration¡±. To test it, she thinly gave a cut to her finger to activate ¡°Auto Regeneration¡± while moving to touch the Great Tree¡ ¡ but there was no change at all.
¡°Muu¡ ¡ it looks like that was wrong.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ nn~, to the withered tree¡ ¡ Power of Rebirth¡ ¡ along with four proofs¡ ¡ it¡¯s possible that the four proofs meant we have to conquer half of the Seven Great Dungeons, then we might obtain the age of gods magic concerning rebirth, was it something like that?¡±
Hajime was wondering whether they must use that to restore the withered tree. Yue also gave a consenting face.
¡°Haa~, damn. So it was impossible to conquer it right now¡ ¡ even though it was troublesome, there is nothing else we can do but to go to the other dungeons¡¡±
¡°Nn¡¡±
Hajime could only grind his teeth havinge this far. Yue also regretted it. However, because they couldn¡¯t enter the Great Dungeon now, although it worried them, it couldn¡¯t be helped. They switched their target to obtaining three more proofs for now.
Hajime then gathered the Haulia tribe.
¡°As you¡¯ve heard, we are aiming to conquer the other Great Dungeons now. The promise that you kept to guide us to the Great Tree is over now. If it¡¯s the current you, even without Faea Belgaen¡¯s protection, you¡¯ll be able to survive inside the Sea of Trees. That means, this is good bye¡±
Then, he took a peek at Shia. His eyes asked her if she wanted to leave behind some words, and Shia understood perfectly that now was the time to voice her intentions. Even though she¡¯ll be back, conquering three of the Great Dungeons would take much time. She wouldn¡¯t be able to meet her family during that time.
Shia nodded, then took a step forward to talk to Kam and the others¡±
¡°Fath- ¡°Boss! I have something to say!¡± ¡ ¡ huuh, father? This is my turn¡¡±Kam took a step forward while ignoring Shia. ¡®Bishi¡¯, then stood at attention. On his side, ¡°Father? Wait, father?¡±, Shia¡¯s words could be heard and as if he was a British guardsman he just looked ahead while standing upright.
¡°A~, what is it?¡±
For the time being Shia called out, father? father?, but was ignored, while Hajime asked Kam. Kam, while not looking at Shia and ignoring her, started to tell the consensus from the Haulia tribe.
¡°Boss, please take us along!¡±
¡°Eh! Everyone also wanted to go with Hajime-san!?¡±
Shia was surprised at Kam¡¯s words. In the discussion ten days ago, what happened with that mood when you were sending me off!?, were the words she said.
¡°We are Haulia but at the same time not Haulia! We are Boss¡¯s subordinates! By all means, take us along! This is our tribe¡¯s consensus!¡±
¡°Wait a sec, father! I¡¯ve never heard of that! Rather, for what purpose did I have to go through those hardships¡¡±
¡°I admit, we are jealous of Shia!¡±
¡°He admits that! He really said that! Really, what happened in those ten days!¡±
While Kam said the tribe¡¯s consensus, he ignored Shia¡¯s remark. What is this situation?, was what Hajime thought then frankly answered.
¡°I refuse.¡±
¡°Why!?¡±
Kam tried to ask the reason for Hajime¡¯s quick reply. The other Haulia tribe members also approached Hajime in impatience.
¡°Of course it¡¯s because you will only be hindrances, you idiot-¡±
¡°But!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t get caught up in the moment. For our journey, even 180 days is too fast!¡±
¡°Is that true!?¡±
In addition to Kam and the others holding on to him, they started to think, ¡°Even if it was not permitted, we will follow!¡± It seems because of the General Hartman-like( ¡ )¡¯s training, a strange sense of trust and reverence was born. If this keeps up, they¡¯ll really follow Hajime into town. Because he didn¡¯t want any to riot, he reluctantly gave them a condition.
¡°Then, that is. I want you to stay here to keep training. The next time Ie to the Sea of Trees, if I can use you then I¡¯ll make you my subordinates¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Is there any falsehood in those words?¡±
¡°None at all.¡±
¡°If you lied, we¡¯ll continue to call Boss¡¯ name in the humans¡¯ towns, as if we are creating a new religion, okay?¡±
¡°Y-you have quite the bad sense¡¡±
¡°Well, that is because we have pride as Boss¡¯ subordinates.¡±
What a bold subordinate that made Hajime¡¯s cheeks twitch. Yue was ¡®pon pom¡¯ patting Hajime¡¯s arm tofort him. Hajime let out a sigh, next he looked up at the sky thinking the next time he came to the Sea of Trees will be troublesome.
¡°Sob, no one looked at me¡ ¡ even though it¡¯s the day I set off¡¡±
Shia who was thrown to the side wrote the character ? on the ground, while no one minded her as expected.
* * *
Hajime, Yue, and Shia were escorted by Kam and the others to the boundary of the Sea of Trees, and once again they got on the magic-driven two-wheeler and dashed into the in. The order of seating was Yue, Hajime, then Shia. Since he noticed Shia¡¯s degree of clingy-ness had increased from the time in the Raisen Grand Canyon, Hajime tried ignoring that. Although, his reaction was immediately discovered by Yue who sat in front of him.
On his shoulder, Shia asked a question.
¡°Hajime-san. Now that I remember I¡¯ve never heard about it, where was our next destination?¡±
¡°Ah? I never said it?¡±
¡°I never heard anything.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I already knew¡±
To the ted Yue, Shia let out a groan in protest.
¡°I-I am yourrade now, so please tell me something like that! Communication is important!¡±
¡°My bad. Our next destination is Raisen Grand Canyon¡±
¡°Raisen Grand Canyon?¡±
Having heard Hajime¡¯s words, Shia put on a questioning expression. Currently, the Seven Great Dungeons that are already confirmed, excluding ¡°Haltina Sea of Trees¡±, were ¡°Guryuen Great Desert¡¯s Volcanic Mountain¡± and ¡°Shune Snowfield¡¯s Ice Cave¡±. Because it was certainly there, doesn¡¯t that make it the best destination?, was what she thought. Maybe because he guessed her question, Hajime started to say his intent.
¡°For now, I don¡¯t even know if there was a Great Dungeon in Raisen Grand Canyon. Shune Snowfield is in the demon¡¯s country so it¡¯d be troublesome. Although it¡¯s better to go to the Big Volcanic Mountain for now, if we go while passing Raisen that spreads from east to west, we¡¯ll get there anyway. Maybe we¡¯ll find a dungeon along the way, right?¡±
¡°T-to cross over the Raisen Grand Canyon¡¡±
Instinctively, Shia¡¯s cheeks twitched. Raisen Grand Canyon was popr as an execution ground. Recently, it was also the ce where her family was almost annihted. To have thought of that ce as a highway shook her mind.
Hajime, who knew Shia was shaken because she was glued to him, revealed an amazed expression.
¡°You know, believe in your own power a little. For the current you, the demonic beasts inside the canyon aren¡¯t that different from the demonic beasts in the boundary. Didn¡¯t you know we can¡¯t use magic inside Raisen? For you who specialized in body strengthening, it¡¯s possible to move around without any hindrance. Rather, it¡¯d be the stage for you¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I am ashamed as your master¡±
¡°Uu~, I am ashamed~¡±
Yue looked at Shia with amazed eyes. Shia tried to change the topic.
¡°Th-then, because we are going to Raisen Grand Canyon, are we going to camp today? Or, are we going to the nearest vige or town?¡±
¡°If possible, I wanted to arrange some seasoning for food, for the sake of the future it¡¯d be great to get some material from the town. ording to the map I¡¯ve seen, there will be a town somewhere along here¡±
For extra measure, Hajime wanted to eat real food << .. >>. Also, in the future, he needed money to buy things in town. He wanted to exchange the materials he had with money before it rotted. One more thing, he wanted to try to settle in a ce before setting off to the Raisen Grand Canyon.
¡°Haa~ is that so¡ ¡ thank god¡±
Having heard Hajime¡¯s words, Shia somehow showed a relieved expression. Hajime who was dumbfounded by it, ¡°What is it¡±, asked her.
¡°Well~, from Hajime-san¡¯s story, I thought you¡¯d be satisfied by eating Raisen Grand Canyon¡¯s demonic beasts¡¯ meat¡ ¡ Yue-san only needs Hajime-san¡¯s blood so she wouldn¡¯t have any problem¡ ¡ I was thinking how I should persuade you for my personal food~, I am d it was just my imagination. So Hajime-san also eats normal food!¡±
¡°Of course! Who likes to eat demonic beasts! ¡ you, what did you think I am¡¡±
¡°A new kind of demonic beast called Predator?¡±
¡°OK, you, I¡¯ll tie you up until we reach the town¡±
¡°Wa-, stop, from where did you pull that out, that cor! Really, stop~ don¡¯t put that on me~, Yue-san don¡¯t just look, help me!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ you reap what you sow¡±
In a sense, the three who advanced on the in made amotion that showed their good rtionship.
After driving for several hours, finally the day grew dark and the town was finally seen in front of them. Hajime was d, ever since he saw the sky after getting out of the Abyss, he finally got the feeling that ¡°I am back¡±. Yue also looked somewhat excited. Yue turned her head slightly then their eyes met, and smiles floated on their faces.
¡°Umm~, although it was such a good atmosphere, this cor, can you release it? For some reason I couldn¡¯t remove it¡ ¡ umm, did you hear? Hajime-san? Yue-san? Wait, please don¡¯t ignore me~ I am going to cry now! I am going to cry so hard that you¡¯ll be depressed by it!¡±
Hajime and Yue only replied with their smiles.
Book 4. Chapter 10
Book 4. Chapter 10
Chapter 10 : In Brook Town I
They can see a town in the distance. It was a small town enclosed with a surrounding moat and hedges. There was a gate facing the highway, with a hut by its side. It might be the guards¡¯ post. Even though it was a small town, there was the arrangement for guards. Because of that, Hajime who thought they¡¯d be able to do quality shopping, loosened his cheeks.
¡°¡ ¡ If you are in a good mood, can you take off the cor already?¡±
Shia with a disappointed expression earnestly asked Hajime who smiled while looking at the town. Fixed on Shia¡¯s neck was a cor with a ck body embedded with a small inconspicuous crystal. It was something sturdy that Hajime used as punishment for Shia¡¯s verbal slip. Because for some reason she couldn¡¯t take it off, Shia asked Hajime to remove it only to have her words pass through Hajime¡¯s ears.
Slowly, Hajime and his party could clearly see the town, so he put the magic-driven two-wheeler into the ¡°Treasure Box¡±, and switched to walking on foot. It was because it¡¯d cause amotion to arrive with a jet ck bike, after all.
Along the way, Shia kept ¡® ¡¯ining. As expected, that just went through his ears and they finally arrived at the town¡¯s gate. As he thought, the hut beside the gate was a guard¡¯s post, with an armed maning out of it. He was equipped with leather armor and a long sword on his waist, rather than a soldier he looked more like an adventurer. That adventurer-like man called Hajime and his party to stop.
¡°Please halt. Show your status te. Also, what are your objectivesing to this town?¡±
It might be something like a regtion, because he somehow looked unmotivated. Hajime pulled out his status te while answering the guard¡¯s question.
¡°Our main objective is to secure rations. They¡¯re to be used for our journey¡±
An indifferent voice, ¡®Hu~m¡¯, can be heard from the guard while he checked Hajime¡¯s status te. After that, he blinked his eyes, held the te a little farther, then rubbed his eyes. Having seen the guardsman done that, Hajime with cold sweat thought, ¡°Ah, this is bad, I forgot to hide that¡±.
Inside status te, there is a function to hide the numerical value and skills¡¯ column. Even for adventurer and mercenary, the leak ofbat ability proved to be fatal. Hajime immediately tried to deceive the guard by telling him a lie.
¡°A while before, I was attacked by demonic beasts. It looks like it broke at that time¡±
¡°I-it broke? That was, well¡¡±
The guard was perplexed. It was no wonder. After all, Hajime¡¯s status te didn¡¯t disy the level, and the numerical value of his stats, as well as his skills column were all over the ce. Even though he sometimes heard of people losing the status te, for it to be broken (in sense of it being bugged) was something he had never heard of. Normally he would justugh it off, but something unbelievable was disyed after all, so he didn¡¯t understand how to judge it.
To further his attack, Hajime shrugged his shoulders with a manner of someone totally bothered by it.
¡°If it wasn¡¯t broken, isn¡¯t that disy too strange? It¡¯s as if I am a monster. Mr. Guard, do I look like a monster that could destroy a town with just the tip of my finger?¡±?
To Hajime who used a joking gesture by opening both of his hand, the guard only gave out a wry smile. If what the status te disyed was correct, then he would be a monster that easily surpassed even the demon kings and heroes. Even without hearing that exnation, he already considered the te to be broken.
If he know he was truly a monster, surely, this guard would have fainted. Hajime who boldly told that lie, looked at Shia and Yue who had amazed expressions.
¡°Haha, well, of course I don¡¯t see that. Even though I have never heard of any bug in the disy, well, there is always a first for everything¡ ¡ and those two¡¡±
Turning his gaze to Yue and Shia, the guard asked to see their status te. Only to be stunned. With his face dyed red, he looked alternately at Yue and Shia with a nk and unfocused look. Even though it was said before, Yue is a beautiful girl with a bisque doll-like appearance. Shia, while quiet, was also a beautiful girl that gave off a mysterious feeling. In other words, the guardsman was truly charmed by them.
Hajime unnaturally cleared his throat, then ¡®Hah¡¯, the guard turned his gaze to Hajime in panic.
¡°While we were attacked by the demonic beasts, this girl lost her te. About this Rabbitman¡ ¡ you understand, right?¡±
Maybe because he epted that, the guard nodded in consent then gave back Hajime¡¯s status te.
¡°Even so, just where did you get your hands on such a beauty. Aren¡¯t gray-haired members of the Rabbitman tribe rare? Are you actually a rich person?¡±
The guard asked Hajime with envy and jealousy mixed into his voice, while continuously taking peeks at the two. Hajime only shrugged his shoulders without giving any answer.
¡°Well whatever. You may pass.¡±
¡°Aa, thanks. Oops, wait a sec. Where can I sell raw materials?¡±
¡°Ang? If it¡¯s that, there is the adventurer guild if you go straight through the central road. If you want to personally bring it to the store, just ask the guild. They will give you a simple map of this town.¡±
¡°Ooh, you¡¯ve been so kind to us. Thanks¡±
After receiving the information from the guard, Hajime and his party passed through the gate and entered the town. From the gate it seems that this town¡¯s name was Brook. Inside the town was a lively atmosphere. Even though it wasn¡¯t at the level of Hol-ad town which he¡¯d seen at the outskirts of Orcus, there are quite a lot of stalls along with voices advertising their wares, and sounds of people haggling could be heard.
With such liveliness, it somehow lifted one¡¯s feeling. Not just Hajime, Yue¡¯s eyes began to look happy. However, since before, Shia was trembling and staring at Hajime with teary eyes.
Without saying anything, she only stared at him with teary eyes and because it made him anxious he let out a sigh. ¡°To interrupt my happy mood¡± , was what Hajimeined in his mind while giving a nce at Shia.
¡°What is it? Even though we¡¯re finally inside a town, for you to make a face simr to a gori demonic beast that desperately tried to block a massive rock that fell from above¡±
¡°Who¡¯s a gori! Rather, how do you know what kind of defeated form that is! If it¡¯s Hajime-san, then it¡¯d be blown in one move! It¡¯s somehow pitiful just by imagining it!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ that¡¯s something like poking your side with teary eyes¡±
¡°Is that a follow-up attack!? That¡¯s too cruel! Uh, that isn¡¯t it!¡±
Shia was busily rebutting while angry. She tried to appeal, ¡°I am unhappy!¡±, with her whole body while iling her hands. By the way, the episode with the gori-like demonic beast was a story from the time he experimented to polish the masspression method. By no means did he not enjoy the bullying. Yue was happily poking at that time. Also, this demonic beast was the one who owned the ¡°Great Arm¡± special magic.
¡°It¡¯s this! This cor! Because of this I was misunderstood as a ve! Hajime-san, if you understand then remove it! Uu, it¡¯s cruel~, aren¡¯t wepanions~¡±
It seems that was what Shia was angry about. Even though they are travelpanions, she was shocked to have received the same treatment as a ve. Naturally, the cor that Hajime put on her wasn¡¯t a ve¡¯s cor, and it didn¡¯t have the power to restrain Shia. Even Shia understood that. But, whatever is said, a shock is a shock.
Having seen that Shia, Hajime scratched his head then looked into Shia¡¯s eyes.
¡°You know, for a non-ve demi-human, moreover a popr and high-in-demand rabbitman wouldn¡¯t be able to walk freely inside a town, right? Added to that, a gray-haired one like you would attract attention along with your outstanding figure and style. If you dered that you weren¡¯t someone¡¯s ve, you¡¯d be instantly marked down when we entered the town. After that, there would be a storm of kidnappersing. It¡¯ll be trouble-¡ ¡ why are you being giddy for?¡±
While exining things, Hajime suddenly red at Shia, who became embarrassed with blushing cheeks when she heard the exnation. Yue also coldly looked at Shia.
¡°Mo-mou, Hajime-san. To start saying something like that in front of everyone. To say, I have an outstanding figure and style, the cutest in the world and charming, mou! It was embarras¨Cbugera!?¡±
Yue¡¯s golden right straight found its way into the cheek of Shia who was caught up in the moment. With a love filled mind, Shia raised a scream then copsed. Without using body strengthening, she got up while rubbing her cheek that was reddened in a different way from before.
¡°¡ ¡ Don¡¯t get carried away¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I¡¯b sobby, Yue-zan¡±
Having heard Yue¡¯s cold words, Shia¡¯s body trembled. While amazed by their appearance, Hajime continued his exnation.
¡°A~ I will say the conclusion. Inside human territory, I am protecting you by saying you¡¯re a ve. If I didn¡¯t do it, there¡¯d be a lot of troubles and it¡¯ll be all because of you¡±
¡°That is¡ ¡ although I understand it¡¡±
She understood the reason and merit. But, Shia had an unhappy expression, felt it hard to ept that after all. Because she had a strong yearning to be called theirpanion, she was unable to simply ept it. This time it was Yue who told Shia.
¡°¡ ¡ Don¡¯t care what the small fries think of you¡±
¡°Yue-san?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ The most important thing is it was enough if the ones important to you understand you. ¡ ¡ isn¡¯t it?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Th-that¡¯s right. That¡¯s right.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, even though I am reluctant¡ ¡ Shia is someone I recognize as apanion¡ ¡ Don¡¯t mind the small things¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Yue-san¡ ¡ ehehe. Thank you very much¡±
She was a vampire princess who wielded her power and listened to the masses. Even though she was betrayed, she found a new answer that even little words were able to carry a massive weight. That¡¯s why, her words were able to break the stone inside Shia¡¯s heart. All members of the Haulia tribe, even Hajime and Yue, understood that Shia has be important to Hajime and Yue. It was unnecessary to go through the trouble of getting 1,000 people to understand it. Of course, even if they could do it, there was no need to do that¡
Having heard Yue¡¯s words, Shia shyly smiled while taking a peek at Hajime. She was expecting him to say something.
Hajime who felt it can¡¯t be helped, reluctantly started to spin his words.
¡°Well, I won¡¯t abandon you if you were attacked because they found out you¡¯re not a ve¡±
¡°Even if it will make everyone in this town your enemies?¡±
¡°You know, didn¡¯t I already do that with the Empire¡¯s soldiers?¡±
¡°Then, you¡¯ll do it even if the enemy was a country! Fufu!¡±
¡°What did you say? No matter even if it was the world or the gods it won¡¯t change anything. If it was an enemy, no matter who it is, I will fight¡±
¡°Kufufu, did you hear that? Yue-san. Did you hear what Hajime-san just said? We are important to him, right?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime¡¯s only important person is me¡±
¡°Wa-, please read the mood! At this time, you should honestly say the usual ¡°¡ ¡ Nn¡±!¡±
Shia was happy and enjoying it, despite herints. Hearing that, when the timees, he will even fight against the world. As expected it is something that¡¯d make a woman happy. Especially if the other person was the one you¡¯re in love with.
Hajime who narrowed his eyes looked at the two ying with each other (or so it looks like to him), started to exin Shia¡¯s cor.
¡°One more thing, because that cor incorporates telepathy ore and a special ore, use it if you deem it necessary. It¡¯s able to be used by directly pouring magic into it¡±
¡°Telepathy ore and a special ore?¡±
Telepathy ore is a mineral that¡¯s able to transfer thoughts. It was an ore created by Creation magic that gave the user the skill ¡°Telepathy¡±, the amount of magic usage is proportional to the distance. Most of all, currently in this age there was nothing like telepathy or the telephone, so everyone who has the same ore within the range will be able to hear the secret talk.
The special ore itself was created using Creation magic to give the user the skill ¡°Presence Perception¡±+ Specific Perception¡±¡±. When Specific Perception was used, it is possible to catch only a specific presence among a crowd, and identify a presence among many. When it was used, it¡¯d take the role as a beacon by pouring magic into it. The strength of the beacon is proportional to the amount of magic used.
Having heard Hajime¡¯s exnation, Shia raised a praising voice.
¡°By the way, that cor can be removed by giving it a certain amount of magic, you know?¡±
¡°I see~, in other words¡ ¡ because you wanted to always hear my voice, and know my whereabouts, is that what Hajime-san felt? Mou, do you like me that much? As expected, it was a little too-, rather, ah, it¡¯s not like I hate i-Bbaberun!?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Don¡¯t get carried away¡±
¡°¡®Sob¡¯, I¡¯b sobby¡±
With a beautiful picturesque curve, Yue¡¯s kick came flying into the back of Shia¡¯s head, who copsed after yelling a strange scream. A cold voice could be heard from Yue. Even though she was weak at closebat¡ ¡ Yue delivered a splendid high kick, then Shia apologized with tears in her eyes. Even if she recognized her as a journeypanion, it seems she won¡¯t forgive her if Shia tried to approach Hajime. Most of all, it was questionable whether Shia¡¯s behaviour and speech could be called an approach.
With such a happy(?) mood, they continued walking on the main street until they discovered a signboard with arge sword drawn on it. It was the same signboard as the one seen in Hol-ad town¡¯s adventurer guild, although the scale was two sizes smaller than the one in Hol-ad.
After confirming the signboard, Hajime stepped inside by opening the door withposure.
Book 5. Chapter 1
Book 5. Chapter 1
Chapter 1 : In Brook Town II
Because guilds have the image of a ce where rough people gather, Hajime thought it¡¯d be a dirty ce, but it was unexpectedly clean. There was a counter in front of the entrance, and a restaurant to the left. There were some people that seemed to be adventurers, eating and chatting. Judging from how no one ordered sake, it might be because they didn¡¯t serve it. For those who wanted to drink, they had to go to a bar.
When Hajime and his party entered the guild, naturally the adventurers turned their gazes toward them. At first, because it was just three unknown people they only paid a little attention to them, but when their gazes turned toward Yue and Shia, the curiosity in their eyes increased. There were those who, ¡°Hou¡±, raised voices of admiration, there were those who stared nkly in admiration just like the guard, and then there were those that were beaten by their girlfriends. It was just like adventurers to not stop at a p.
It was a favorable temte, even though there were some people that tried to mess with them, it seemed that they logically held back and simply observed. Because there was no need to keep standing still, Hajime happily went toward the counter.
In the counter was a charming¡ ¡ smiling auntie. Her build was good. Her width about twice Yue¡¯s. Apparently a beautiful woman as a receptionist was just a fantasy. It was like how the real and professional maids on Earth were aunties. No matter which world you¡¯re in the harsh reality is the same. By the way, Hajime was just normal, he didn¡¯t expect to see a beautiful woman as the receptionist. If he said he didn¡¯t then he didn¡¯t. That¡¯s why, Hajime wanted Yue and Shia to stop their icy res. From a little while ago, their res had been pierced into him.
Maybe because she knew what was going on in the mind of Hajime and his party, the auntie kept giving them a charming.
¡°Even though you have a flower in both hands, is that still insufficient? It is regrettable that I am not a beautiful receptionist¡±
¡ ¡ The auntie probably didn¡¯t use special magic for mindreading. Hajime, with twitching cheeks was somehow able to give an answer.
¡°No, I have never thought about that¡±
¡°Ahahahaha, are you underestimating a woman¡¯s intuition? I am simply able to understand a man¡¯s simplicity. Don¡¯t try to avert your eyes too much, it¡¯ll reduce your credibility, you know?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I am deeply impressed¡±
Hajime¡¯s answer was, ¡°Oh my, to be old and suddenly giving out a sermon, because it was our first meeting, can you forgive me?¡±, an unapology-like apology to the auntie, after all it¡¯s not like he hated her. The adventurers who were eating, took a peek at Hajime while saying, ¡°Ah~ he also got preached to by the auntie~¡±. It seemed the adventurers were behaving because of this auntie.
¡°Well then, once more, wee to adventurer guild, Brook¡¯s branch. What is your business?¡±
¡°Aa, I want to know where to sell raw materials¡±
¡°Selling raw materials it is. Then, can you show me your status te first?¡±
¡°Nn? Is it necessary to show your status te for purchasing something?¡±
To Hajime¡¯s question, the auntie was, ¡°Oh my?¡±, showing that kind of expression.
¡°Aren¡¯t you an adventurer? Certainly, the status te isn¡¯t necessary to purchase something, but if you are confirmed as an adventurer there will be a 10% increase in the price of the things you sell¡±
¡°I see¡±
Just as auntie said, there were various privileges as an adventurer. It was because the adventurers were the ones that collected raw materials such as magic stones and recovery medicine that¡¯s necessary for everyday lives. Also, it wasn¡¯t known when the town would be attacked by demonic beasts, so no amateur tried to collect those raw materials. It was natural to give out privileges corresponding to the dangers.
¡°There are other benefits, such as 10-20% discount for hotels and shops associated with the guild, and it¡¯s possible to freely use carriages for people with a high rank. What will you do? Do you want to register? The fee is 1,000 ruta.¡±
Ruta is this world¡¯smon currency that¡¯s used in the northern continent, Tortoise. Zagaruta ore is the special ore used to make this currency, the difference in colours are made by mixing it with different minerals using a special method along with the carved seal. Blue, red, yellow, purple, green, white, ck, silver, and gold were the colours, from the left the values are 1, 5, 10, 50,100, 500, 1.000, 5.000, and 10.000 ruta respectively. Surprisingly, its value was the same as Japan¡¯s.
¡°U~n, I see. Even though it was exined with great effort, I can¡¯t register now. I am sorry, I don¡¯t have any money at all. Is it possible for me to sell it first? Of course, the first sale value is good as it is.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t say that in front of these two cuties. I will help, it¡¯s not like it¡¯ll inconvenience me, you know?¡±
Auntie was so cool. Hajime decided to ept her goodwill, and showed his status te.
He made sure to conceal it this time, it only disyed name, age, sex and job. Although auntie also asked for Yue and Shia¡¯s, but was cut off. Although these two didn¡¯t have tes to begin with, it was possible to ask for it. However, their status¡¯s numerical value and skills column would be seen by auntie.
Although Hajime wanted to see their statuses, he thought their special magic would be described on the skills column for sure. If these three existences were publicized it¡¯d only be troublesome, so they decided to put it on hold.
New information was written on the returned status te. There was an upation column beside the job column, what was written there was ¡°adventurer¡± along with a blue mark at its side.
This blue mark was the adventurer¡¯s rank. It continued with red, yellow, purple, green, white, ck, silver, and gold. ¡ you might have noticed it. That¡¯s right, adventurer ranks are the same as currency. In other words, blue ranked adventurers were, ¡°Your value is only 1 ruta, ptchoe¡±, or something along that line. It was painful. Surely, the previous guild master who thought of this system was someone twisted.
By the way, the limitations for someone with a nonbat profession was ck. It seems because the ck rank barely reached four digits, you¡¯d be apuded to make it that far. Someone who reached gold rank would be the object of admiration, you should be able to understand how the colours stand for adventurers now.
¡°If you¡¯re a man, then work hard to reach ck, okay? Don¡¯t show any uncool sides to these girls.¡±
¡°Aa, I¡¯ll do that. Then, is it okay to sell them now?¡±
¡°No problem. I have the qualifications for appraisal, so show it to me.¡±
It seemed auntie was not only a receptionist but also able to appraise sold items. She was an excellent auntie. Hajime already took out the raw materials from the ¡°Treasure Box¡± and ced it in a bag beforehand. Those items were demonic beasts¡¯ furs, nails, fangs and magic stones. When the container was put on the counter and the raw materials were seen, auntie disyed an astonished expression.
¡°Th-these are-!¡±
She timidly took it, then ascertained the items inside-out. After holding her breath in nervousness, auntie finally looked up, then she gave out a sigh and looked at Hajime.
¡°You¡¯ve brought something unexpected. Aren¡¯t these¡ ¡ from the Sea of Trees¡¯ demonic beasts?¡±
¡°Aa, that¡¯s right.¡±
Hajime also wanted to remove the temte here, that was why the raw materials from Abyss¡¯s demonic beasts couldn¡¯t be taken out here. If unknown materials were taken out, it¡¯d immediately cause a bigmotion. Even though he was hesitating because the raw materials from the Sea of Trees¡¯ demonic beasts were also unusual, he didn¡¯t have any other raw materials, so he sold that. Having seen auntie¡¯s reaction, it was unusual after all.
If he took out raw materials from the Abyss, it¡¯d be like, the Guild head appeared! Sudden raise in rank! The Receptionistdy¡¯s eyes became hearts!, it¡¯d be that kind of temte¡ ¡ it was a good thing he didn¡¯t do that. That¡¯s why, Hajime wanted Yue and Shia to stop looking at him with icy res, because it made his body tremble.
¡°¡ ¡ You are also unexpected¡± Auntie looked at Hajime in amazement.
¡°I don¡¯t understand what you mean.¡±
Even though he had changed, his otaku soul couldn¡¯t be erased¡ ¡ somehow it became like this. Hajime who pretend to not know anything, looked away from reality.
¡°Because there are a lot of good quality raw materials from the Sea of Trees, thanks for selling them.¡±
Auntie, even though she didn¡¯t know anything, continued to speak. It seemed she was capable of reading the mood. She truly was a pleasant and excellent auntie.
¡°Are these unusual after all?¡±
¡°You know. A human¡¯s sense of direction would be driven out of control inside the Sea of Trees, because once you get lost there would be no second time. It¡¯s a ce with high risk. That¡¯s why no one tries to go there. Although it¡¯s possible to buy demi-human ves to enter it, it¡¯s more profitable to sell them at central. They will sell at a high price, and it¡¯ll make it easier to raise one¡¯s name.¡±
Auntie took a peek at Shia. She probably guessed that they received Shia¡¯s help to go around the Sea of Trees. It seems, thanks to Shia, she didn¡¯t be suspicious of the raw materials from the Sea of Trees.
After auntie assessed all of the raw materials, she presented the money. The value of the sold items were 487,000 ruta. It was an excellent amount.
¡°Is this much okay? I think it¡¯ll sell for more at central.¡±
¡°Well, I don¡¯t mind this much.¡±
Hajime received 51 pieces of the Ruta currency. This money, maybe because of an ore characteristic was strangely light, that¡¯s why it wasn¡¯t bothersome to carry more than 50 pieces ruta currency. After all, if it was a bother, Hajime could just put it inside the ¡°Treasure Box.¡±
¡°By the way, I heard from the guardsman that I can get a simple map of this town¡¡±
¡°Aa, please wait a moment¡ ¡ here, this is it. Please refer to it because the rmended inn and stores are written there.¡±
On the given map, there was borate useful information and descriptions written with simplicity that made it a wonderful item. He felt it was rather unbelievable for this to be free of charge.
¡°Oi oi, is this okay? For such a splendid map to be free of charge. I thought it¡¯d need some money to make something of this level¡¡±
¡°I don¡¯t mind, I only do it as a hobby. For those that have the job to make it, that¡¯s just like a scribble.¡±
Auntie truly an excellent person. Just why did this person be the receptionist of the guild?, was the the level he wanted to rebut. Surely, there might be a sublime drama behind it.
¡°I see. Well, it helps.¡±
¡°That¡¯s a good word. Moreover, because you have money, please just stay here for a while. Although this town¡¯s public order isn¡¯t bad, there might be some reckless men out there, because of these two.¡±
Auntie who paid attention until thest minute, truly was a good person. Hajime answered, ¡°I¡¯ll do that¡±, while grinning, then turned his feet toward the entrance. Yue and Shia followed suit after bowing their head. Some adventurers in the restaurant were sneakily whispering, while their eyes were glued to Yue and Shia to the end.
¡°Fumu, in a lot of ways, they are interesting people¡¡±
Auntie happily muttered toward their backs.
* * *
Hajime and his party, more than a map calling it a guidebook, then decided on an inn called ¡°Masaka Inn.¡± ording to the description, it served delicious food with good security, it also had a bath. Thest description was what decided it. Although the price was rather expensive, there were no problems because they had the money for it. Slightly, they thought what followed was that ¡°Masaka¡±¡
On the inn¡¯s first floor, there was a dining room filled with some people having their meal. When Hajime and his party entered, gazes were focused on Yue and Shia as promised. They ignored that, when they arrived at the counter-like ce, what appeared was a girl around 15 that cheerfully greeted them.
¡°Wee-, wee to ¡°Masaka Inn¡±! Today, are you here for lodging? Or are you only here to eat?¡±
¡°Lodging. Although I¡¯ve seen in the guidebook, is this ce as good as described?¡±
The girl nodded when Hajime showed auntie¡¯s special map.
¡°Aa, it¡¯s the introduction from Catherine-san. Yes, it was as written. How many nights do you wish to stay?¡±
Although the girl tried to promptly continue the staying procedure, Hajime was thinking of something else. Hajime was shocked that the auntie¡¯s name was Catherine. The girl called out to him with, ¡°Umm~ mr. costumer?¡±
¡°Ah, aa, sorry. Only for one night. The one with meals and bath.¡±
¡°Yes. The bath will be 100 ruta per 15 minutes. Currently, it¡¯s empty at this time¡±
The girl showed him the time table. Because he wanted to enjoy it, he wanted to book the men¡¯s and women¡¯s side for two hours. When he said that, ¡°Eh, for two hours!?¡±, the girl was surprised just like that. It couldn¡¯t be helped, Hajime was Japanese after all.
¡°Then, um~, what about the rooms? Although there are double and triple rooms¡¡±
The girl looked at Hajime and his party with curiosity. She was in her puberty after all. However, Hajime could feel the other customers who were eating their meals perk their ears up. Although he knew Yue and Shia were beautiful, it looked like they stood out more than he expected. Because there are lots of people they don¡¯t know here, Hajime was slightly paralyzed.
¡°Aa, the triple room please.¡±
Hajime said that without any hesitation. Their surroundings became noisy, and the girls¡¯ cheeks were blushing in slight red. However, there was a person who objected Hajime¡¯s words.
¡°¡ ¡ It¡¯s no good. Two double rooms¡±
It was Yue. The surrounding customers, especially the males looking toward Hajime with expressions that said, ¡°Serves you right!¡±. They interpreted Yue¡¯s words as to divide them between men and women. However, Yue¡¯s next words put them in despair.
¡°¡ ¡ One for me and Hajime. Shia in the other room.¡±
¡°Wa-, what¡¯s with that! I don¡¯t want to be left out! The triple room is better, you know!¡±
To the fiercely protesting Shia, Yue only said one thing.
¡°¡ ¡ It¡¯ll be distracting if Shia was there¡±
¡°Distracting¡ ¡ what do you mean¡±
¡°¡ ¡ What is¡ ¡ What?¡±
¡°Bu!? Wa-, don¡¯t say that in this ce! That¡¯s vulgar!¡±
Having heard Yue¡¯s words, the men who fell into despair begin to turn their eyes filled with mes of envy toward Hajime. The inn¡¯s girl, with a reddened face looked alternatively between Hajime and Yue. Hajime who thought it¡¯d make him ashamed if this keeps up, tried to stop it but his n was a little too slow.
¡°Th-then, Yue-san please stay in the other room! Hajime-san and I will stay in the same room!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Hou, then?¡±
Yue¡¯s cold and piercing gaze turned toward Shia who pointed her finger. Because of its power, Shia who remembered her training days trembled, ¡°Eei, woman¡¯s courage¡±, said that, then returned to the gaze while loudly dering.
¡°Th-then, I¡¯ll give my virginity to Hajime-san!¡±
Silence came. No one, not even one word was said, not even noise was heard. Now, everyone in the inn were focused on Hajime and his party, and stared at them. From the kitchen, the girl¡¯s parent were, ¡°Ara ara, maa maa¡± and ¡°Youth is good¡±, said something along those lines.
Yue was swaying with eyes of absolute zero.
¡°¡ ¡ Today is your death anniversary¡±
¡°Uh, I, I won¡¯t lose! I will defeat Yue-san and be the main heroine from now on!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I¡¯ll show you, no disciples were stronger than their master.¡±
¡°I¡¯ll usurp it!¡±
An abnormal pressure gushed out from Yue, and Shia who was trembling shouldered her Sledgehammer. It was truly pandemonium, everyone was nervous and gulped in this critical atmosphere.
Then¡
GOCHINn! GOCHINn!
¡°Hiu!?¡±
¡°Hakyu!?¡±
The sound of fists hitting the girls came followed by their screams. Yue and Shia, with teary eyes, crouched while covering their heads with both hands. The one who hit the two¡¯s heads were of course Hajime.
¡°Geez, you¡¯re troubling everyone, and above all it shamed me.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Uu, Hajime¡¯s love is painful¡¡±
¡°J-just a little more, just a little more time then¡ ¡ with body strengthening the pain would be¡¡±
¡°You reap what you sow, idiot-¡±
Hajime turned his cold gaze toward the two, then returned to face the girl. The girl corrected her posture when Hajime looked at her.
¡°I am sorry for themotion. Triple room, please¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Tr-triple room with this situation¡ ¡ i-in other words, three person? A-amazing¡ ¡ hah, don¡¯t tell me booking the bath for two hours is also for that!? Washing each others¡¯ body! Then¡ ¡ d-doing this and that¡ ¡ how abnormal!¡±
The girl¡¯s mind had gone for a trip. Thendy who couldn¡¯t stand it any longer dragged the girl into the interior. The man who seemed to be her parent continued to finish the procedure. When he gave the key he apologized, ¡°I am sorry about my girl¡±, and in his eyes were, ¡°You¡¯re a man after all, right? I know how you feel¡±, that kind of unweed misunderstanding. Surely, he was the type that would say, ¡°Did you enjoy the night?¡±, when tomorrow arrived.
Because no matter what he says it would be misunderstood, along with the other customers who nkly sent skeptical gazes, with Yue and Shia who were still crouched on the floor shoulder to shoulder, Hajime ran away straight to the third floor where his room was located. After a while, the stopped time moved and it became noisy again downstairs, and Hajime who felt strangely tired decided to ignore that. When Yue and Shia entered the room, they moved their bed, while Hajime who had dived into the bed already shut down his consciousness.
After sleeping for several hours, Hajime was woken up by Yue when it was time for supper, then the three went down to the dining room. Somehow, the customers who were there when they checked in were still there.
For a moment, Hajime felt his cheeks twitch, then he assumed his calm and sat down on the seat. Immediately, the inn girl from before came as the waitress and said with a reddened face, ¡°I am sorry for before¡± Although she apologized, she couldn¡¯t hide the curiosity in her eyes. The food he ordered was delicious and it was the normal food he finally got to eat after a long time, so he wanted to slowly eat it, but he couldn¡¯t help but to secretly sigh.
Inside the bath, although the time for male and female were different, Yue and Shia trespassed, then once again pandemonium was raised only to be punished by Hajime with hits on the head, and the silhouette of the inn girl could be seen moving around sneakily, when it was found out she was peeping by thendy, she got spanked on the butt¡
Even at the time for sleep, Yue and Shia naturally came into Hajime¡¯s bed, while his right arm was clung to, Shia who clung on to his left arm cried because of the coldness of the artificial arm. He could feel Shia through the pseudo-nerves, especially the direct feeling of that lethal weapon, and it disturbed his mind. When that was discovered, Yue stared closely at him with dead-like eyes, it continued for all night long¡
The next morning, Hajime vowed. Next time he would just order a double room for Yue and him without anymore questioning. It didn¡¯t matter if Shia sulked because of it. After all, Yue¡¯s silence was not very good for his mental health.
After eating breakfast, Hajime handed some money to Yue and Shia, to ask them to help buy the necessary items for travel. There¡¯s some time until the time for checking out came. So, while Yue and Shia does the errand, he¡¯ll finish his tasks inside the room.
¡°What tasks?¡±
Shia honestly questioned him. However, Hajime was,
¡°There is something I wanted to make. Because it was already nned, I am sure it only needs a few hours to finish. Although I seriously thought to finish itst night¡ ¡ somehow I was strangely feeling tired yesterday¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Th-that¡¯s so. Yue-san. I-is it okay for me to look for clothes?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, no problem. I wanted to look around the stalls¡±
¡°Ah, that¡¯s good! Yesterday we only saw it for a moment, after we¡¯re done shopping let¡¯s go eat¡±
While averting their gazes, Yue and Shia began to noisily talk about shopping. Although they knew they were the cause, they didn¡¯t want to admit it, so they changed the topic calmly.
¡°¡ ¡ You guys, in truth you¡¯re getting along well.¡±
Hajime¡¯s mutters only go through their ears.
Book 5. Chapter 2
Book 5. Chapter 2
Chapter 2 : In Brook Town III
Currently, Yue and Shia had gone out to town. Because it was only several hours before noon, they must move as nned. Their objectives were food(groceries) and clothes for Shia, as well as some medicine. Weapons and armor were unnecessary because they have Hajime.
The town was already wrapped up in it¡¯s day to day hustle and bustle. The stall keepers vigorously called out to customers, there are housewives and adventurers haggling intensively. There are also food stalls that made you think, ¡®Isn¡¯t it too crowded in the morning?¡¯, while the smell of burning meat and sauce drifted around.
Because tool shops and groceries would be too crowded at this time, these two decided to look for Shia¡¯s clothes first.
From auntie; Catherine-san¡¯s map, it mentioned the stores for everyday wear, specialty stores for high-ss dresses, and the rmended stores for adventurers and travelers. As expected, au¡ ¡ Catherine-san was someone with good abilities. She could aplish anything as long as she wished for it.
These two immediately visited a certain shop for adventurers. They decided to buy everyday clothes for when they went back.
Inside the shop, as expected of something Catherine-san rmended, there were a lot of items. The quality was good, they were practical and functional, it was a store that wouldn¡¯t betray your expectations.
However, inside was¡
¡°Oh my~, wee ? What lovely girls. To have youing here, it makes onee-san happy~, I will sure~ly give a go~od service ? ¡±
There was a monster. With a height of 2 meters, dded with armor made of muscles, face thick with make-up, on top of its bald head, ¡®chokon¡¯, long hair grew in only one ce, and that was made into a three-knit braid and tied with a pink ribbon. When it moved, its muscles were twitching and ¡®gishimishi¡¯ sound could be heard from it, with both hands on its cheeks, it twisted its body. Its clothes were¡ ¡ no, it couldn¡¯t be said as that. At the very least, ¡®gon¡¯ thick limbs, with a garment that made its stomach musclespletely visible.
Yue and Shia stiffened. Shia already passed out, while Yue steeled herself, having seen a monster that surpassed the Abyss¡¯ demonic beasts.
¡°My oh my~? What happened to the two of you? Cute girls shou~ldn¡¯t make that face. Come on, smile smile?¡±
¡°No matter what, everything was your fault, it was your fault that I couldn¡¯t smile!¡± The grand rebuttal that Yue and Shia were somehow able to resist making. Even though these two have the level of highest potential out of all of humanity, they didn¡¯t think they could win against this monster.
However, because the monster approached them with a big smile, Yue could not to bear it and inadvertently muttered.
¡°¡ ¡ Human?¡±
At that moment, the monster raised an angered voice.
¡°Who~ could make a legendary ss demonic beast run away? As you can see, credibility behind that is zero, or rather it¡¯s minus. How could you call me a monster!!¡±
¡°I-I am sorry¡¡±
Yue trembled with teary eyes. Shia, had long since¡ ¡ been chilled in her lower body. After Yue apologized, the monster smiled(?) once again and continued its service.
¡°It¡¯s o~kay. Then? For today, what kind of item do you want to bu~y?¡±
Shia stayed still even now, while Yue steeled herself to look for Shia¡¯s clothes. Maybe it was because she already wanted to go home, Shia gripped Yue¡¯s skirt and shook both the skirt and her head. However when, smilingly, the monster said, ¡°Leave it to me~¡±, it carried Shia on its shoulder into the store. At that time, Yue looking at Shia¡¯s eyes the expression of saw a pig that got sold for meat.
In conclusion, the monster that was called manager Crystabel-san could be considered a splendid manager. Shia who was taken inside the store also realized it, that¡¯s why when it offered her the dressing room, she was undeniably grateful.
Yue and Shia expressed their gratitude to manager Crystabel. When they did that, they could feel the charm from the manager¡¯s smile, it was a woman¡¯s(?) virtue.
¡°Well~, at first I wondered what might happened to me, but it was an unexpectedly good person. That manager-san¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡ we can¡¯t judge people from their appearances¡±
¡°Right~¡±
While chatting that way, they wandered around as their destination was the tool shop. However, these two stood out. On their way, when they noticed it, they were already surrounded by ten men. Most of them looked like adventurers, but among them there was also someone with an apron from the shop from somewhere.
One of the men came forward. Although Yue didn¡¯t remember it, this man was one of the adventurers inside the guild when Hajime and his party talked to Catherine.
¡°Your names are Yue-chan and Shia-chan, right?¡±
¡°? ¡ ¡ that¡¯s right¡±
Yue who didn¡¯t know what he wanted squinted her eyes. Shia, because she was a demi-human, was surprised to be called by ¡°chan¡±.
The man who heard Yue answer, looked back at the other men behind him and nodded, Yue could see they steeled their minds. The other men also moved forward to the front of Yue or Shia.
Then¡
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡± Yue-chan, please go out with me!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡± Shia-chan! Be my ve!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
In other words, well, something like that. The pick-up lines for Yue and Shia were different because Shia was a demi-human. Even though they needed the master¡¯s permission to transfer the rights of a ve, they must already know how intimate the rtionship between Hajime and his party was from their talk at the inn yesterday. So to persuade Hajime they must get Shia first¡ ¡ or so they thought.
By the way, maybe because the impact from the talk at the inn was too strong, they fact that the ve pact made it so that the ve was unable to oppose its master, somehow escaped their minds. If not so, they should have discovered that Shia wasn¡¯t a ve. Although the strength of the pact could be lowered, no one actually did that.
Well, Yue and Shia who got confessed to were¡
¡°¡ ¡ Shia, the tool shop is over here¡±
¡°Ah, yes. It¡¯s good if we can buy everything at once¡±
They continued their walk as if nothing had happened.
¡°Wa-, please wait! Your answer!? Tell us your ans- ¡°¡±I refuse¡±¡± ¡ ¡ guu¡¡±
Because their attitude seemed to think nothing about it, the man let out a groan, some men bent their knees and crumbled on the spot (orz). However, there were also some that didn¡¯t give up. That just goes to show how far above normal Yue and Shia¡¯s level of beauty was. As a result, it couldn¡¯t be helped if they became reckless because of it.
¡°Then, I¡¯ll make you mine by force!¡±
The reckless man shouted that, then ¡®ginn¡¯ light came from the other men¡¯s eyes. They surrounded the two so they could catch them, then impatiently drew near them.
Finally, the man who talked to them first, jumped out to catch Yue. When the Japanese see that they¡¯d surely shout, ¡°Ah, Lupi* Dive¡±, something like that.
Yue coldly muttered one thing.
¡°¡±Ice Coffin¡±¡±
Immediately, the man was confined inside a coffin of ice except his head, pulled by gravity and fell. ¡°Gupe!?¡±, was the miserable scream the man who did the Lu**n Dive raised when he reached the ground.
The other men knew that Ice Coffin was ssified as advanced water system magic and were shocked that Yue invoked it just by saying its name. They interpreted it on their own and in their whispers, ¡°She said the incantation beforehand¡± and ¡°The magic circle must be hidden inside her clothes¡±, or something along those lines could be heard.
Yue was, walking up determined to the man who was wrapped in ice. Although surrounding them was a shocked air, having seen Yue¡¯s prowess, there was already the second **pin!, among them. That¡¯s why, Yue showed them a warning.
Yue melted the ice that wrapped the man little by little. The man was d because he might get out of it. In addition, he watched Yue with feverish eyes.
¡°Y-Yue-chan. I am sorry to do it suddenly! But, I truly think of you as¡¡±
Even though the man wrapped in ice tried to get his feelings across, his words stopped. If you ask why, it was because he noticed the small ce where the ice melted. It was¡
¡°U-umm, Yue-chan? Why, umm, why¡ ¡ is it only the part between my groin?¡±
That¡¯s right, Yue only melted the ice between the man¡¯s groin. The man was still perfectly restrained. Because he felt something bad would happen, the man with cold sweat said, ¡°Surely, that can¡¯t be, right? Right? Right?¡±, when he saw Yue¡¯s expression.
Yue curved her mouth slightly to the man.
¡°¡ ¡ Aim and shoot¡±
Then, volleys of gravel continuously hit the man¡¯sher region.
¡ª¡ª Agh ¡ª¡ª!! ¡ª¡ª Stop already- ¡ª¡ª moth~er!
The man¡¯s scream resounded in the morning street. The sound of Mao collecting coins could be heard (To refresh your memory of the sound, please imagine the old **rio) from the man¡¯s groin that was continuously aimed at. Surely the inside was like something that received a boxer¡¯s Demey Roll.
The surrounding men, not only the one that surrounded them, but also the unrted onlookers, and stall keepers nearby, all crumbled while covering their groin with both hands.
The barrage that seemed to continue for eternity, finally stopped in consideration of the man who already lost his consciousness. Even though it was impossible to lose consciousness with only one blow, it could be done by umted damage along with wind magic. As if it was a miracle, Yue who ¡®fuu¡¯ blew her forefinger, left her words as a parting gift.
¡°¡ ¡ Good, you¡¯ve be a otomen ? Maiden ?¡±
On this day, a man died, and became the second Crystabel, and Mariabel-chan was born. This person, under training from manager Crystabel, became the manager of the branch store, and although it was able to increase its fame¡ ¡ that¡¯s a story for another time.
Yue got her second name, ¡°Crotch Smasher¡±, that name caused uproars in the adventurer guild and even reached the capital, it was capable of making male adventurers shudder, but this was also a story for another time.
Yue and Shia ignored the frightened gazes of men and continued their shopping. On their way, they could hear girls say, ¡°Yue-oneesama¡¡±, but ignored that and continued their shopping.
When Yue and Shia went back to the inn, Hajime already finished his work.
¡°Good work, somehow, there seems to be a fuss inside town, did something happen?¡±
It seemed he noticed theirmotion.
¡°¡ ¡ There is no problem.¡±
¡°A~, un, that¡¯s right. There¡¯s no problem at all.¡±
To see a monster as the dress store manager, and had heaven call for a man, the two said it was nothing. Although Hajime felt a little suspicious of them, he shrugged his shoulders and let it go.
¡°Did you buy all the necessary things?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, don¡¯t worry.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. There¡¯s also a lot of food, but it was okay. It truly is convenient to have Treasure Box.¡±
For shopping, Hajime entrusted the ¡°Treasure Box¡± to them. Having seen Shia look at the ring enviously, Hajime could only reveal a wry smile. With his current proficiency, he was still unable to make ¡°Treasure Box¡±. It surely would be convenient, when he is capable of crafting it, he would definitely give it to them.
¡°Well then, Shia. This is yours¡±
While saying that, Hajime passed Shia a cylindrical object with 40 cm in diameter and 50 cm in length. A silver cylindrical object with a handle installed on its side.
Shia who received the gift from Hajime, was immediately confused when she felt the weight and activated her body strengthening.
¡°Wh-what is this? It¡¯s really heavy¡¡±
¡°Well, it¡¯s because that¡¯s your new Sledgehammer. It is good for it to be heavy¡±
¡°Heh, this¡ ¡ is?¡±
Shia¡¯s doubt was justifiable. The cylindrical object did not look like a hammer at all, and the handle was also too short. No matter what was said, it was unbnced.
¡°Aa, that¡¯s the standby state. For now, try to pour some magic into it¡±
¡°Umm, like this? kh!?¡±
As he said, she poured magic into the hammer-like thing, ¡®kashun! kasun!¡¯, sounds of machinery emitted from the hammer and the handle extended, it became the right length for a swing mallet.
This Sledgehammer was an artifact : Doryukken (named by Hajime). It was equipped with some gimmicks that could be used by Shia. It operates by transforming the parts of the weapon that have magic poured into.
What Hajime wanted to finish was this weapon. When Yue and Shia went shopping in the morning, he was making Shia¡¯s new weapon.
¡°This is the limit of the current me, I¡¯ll revise it again when my ability improves, because we don¡¯t know what will happen from now on. Although you received Yue¡¯s training, it was only for ten days. It¡¯s still dangerous for you. That¡¯s why that weapon was made while thinking of how to make use of your power to the maximum. Please master it, okay? Because you have be ourpanion, don¡¯t die without my permission, understand?¡±
¡°Hajime-san¡ ¡ fufu, your speech is all over the ce~. It¡¯s okay. Although I am still not strong enough, I¡¯ll follow you anywhere!¡±
Shia was so happy while embracing Doryukken. Because she was so happy, Yue who felt a little ill-humored by it, thought to herself that it couldn¡¯t be helped, and shrugged her shoulders. Hajime only showed a wry smile. Although he didn¡¯t say it, to witnessed a scene where a beautiful girl was happy because she got a Sledgehammer as a present, he felt it was surreal.
With the joyous Shia in theirpany, they finished checking out from the inn. Even now, they ignored the inn girl who looked at them with blushing cheeks.
When they got outside, the sun was already at its zenith, and its brilliant shine fell on and warmed them. With his arms spread, Hajime took a deep breath. When he turned around, Hajime could see Yue and Shia were also smiling.
Hajime nodded to the two, and started to advance, followed by Yue and Shia.
It was time to travel again.
Book 5. Chapter 3
Book 5. Chapter 3
Chapter 3 : Great Dungeon of Raisen?
A heap of corpses.
Those words fit the current spectacle inside the Raisen Grand Canyon¡¯s ravine. Some demonic beasts had their heads smashed, along with the ground. While some demonic beasts had theirs pulverized, furthermore some demonic beasts had their body carbonized, although there were various killing methods, all of them died in one attack.
Naturally, inside this hell, the ce that was feared as an execution ground by people, there were¡
¡°One hit certain kill~!¡±
ZUGANn!!
¡°¡ ¡ Hindrance¡±
GOBANn!!
¡°Shut up¡±
DOPANn!!
It was the trio of Hajime, Yue, and Shia. After Hajime and his party got out from the town of Brook (with Yue and Shia¡¯s fans seeing them off), using the magic-driven two-wheeler, they passed through the entrance of ¡°Raisen Grand Canyon¡±. Currently, after advancing further and camping along the way, they had already passed through the cave concealing the path to ¡°Orcus Great Dungeon¡±, furthermore two days had passed since then.
Inside ¡°Raisen Grand Canyon¡±, the demonic beasts kept attacking them just as usual.
Shia¡¯s Sledgehammer, swung with immense force smashed demonic beasts, it was literally a one hit certain kill. The demonic beasts were crushed to death with a normal attack that far exceed their defense. Even the mochi pounding moon rabbit¡¯s destructive power paled inparison to this.
Yue closed in on the demonic beasts, then ughtered them with magic that she instantly invoked with magical power from her equipment. Although Yue herself has enormous magical power, equipped with magical power stored inside the essories called magic crystallization stone series, it became even more enormous. Her attack could bepared to endless bombing. Even if magical power was disintegrated in the ravine, thus the time to invoke magic became longer and the distance became shorter, she invoked ultra high temperature mes in no time and demonic beasts were killed while being carbonized without exception.
Hajime, needless to say, was sniping the heads with Donner while driving the magic-driven two-wheeler. Although it was consuming his magic to use ¡°Lightning-d¡± and driving the magic-driven two-wheeler at the same time, there is no sign of magic depletion.
The hell beasts that dominate the ravine werepletely treated as small fish. The annihtion was treated as a side job while they searched for a sign of the Great Dungeon. The demonic beasts¡¯ corpses overflowed on their way.
¡°Haa~, even though it should be somewhere inside the Raisen, it was too vast after all¡±
They moved while examining if there were caves. Even though they made thorough observations, not even one was found. Hajime could only inadvertentlyin.
¡°Well, because no matter what happens we¡¯ll reach the Big Volcanic Mountain, it¡¯s okay to not find it at all. There might be some clues in the Big Volcanic Mountain after all¡±
¡°Well, even if that¡¯s so¡¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡ but, those demonic beasts made it gloomy¡±
¡°A~, Yue-san also dislikes this ce~¡±
Whileining and being disgusted by the demonic beasts that keeping, they had kept traveling for three days. There are no results today and the dark had already set in. The beautiful shine of the crescent moon could be seen if you looked up, therefore Hajime and his party started to prepare their camp. After taking out the tent, they prepared dinner with ingredients and seasoning bought in the town. The tent and cooking utensils were artifacts Hajime made.
The tent was created using Creation magic, with ¡°heating stone¡± and ¡°cooling stone¡± installed, it¡¯s always kept at afortable temperature. It¡¯s also equipped with ¡°refrigerator¡± and ¡°freezer¡± made with cooling stone. Furthermore, the metal frame was imbued with ¡°sign interception¡± from the ¡°mind-severing stone¡± so that it wouldn¡¯t be found easily by enemies.
For cooking utensils, there was a frying pan and kettle with an adjustable me that was proportionate with the amount of magic used, and a kitchen knife endowed with ¡°wind w¡± in its sharp edge that could be activated by pouring in magic. There was also a steam cleaner-like thing. They were Hajime¡¯s beloved children that help provide the meals on their travel. Moreover, because it could only be used using direct magic maniption, it could be said that there was a crime prevention system.
¡°Age of gods magic is truly a convenient one¡±
Those were the words that Hajime said when he made the cooking utensil artifacts and the tent installed with a heating and cooling system. It¡¯s just like a useless technology, that wasn¡¯t that useless, that he uselessly refined.
By the way, today¡¯s dinner was kururu chicken simmered in tomato. Kururu chicken was a chicken that was capable of flying in the sky. Its meat¡¯s quality and taste was just like chicken, a popr type of chicken meat of this world. It was a dish where the meat was cut into bite size pieces and floured. after that it was saut¨¦d, then boiled along with various vegetables in a tomato soup. It has the right vor of butter and meat juice inside the meat, you could feel the tomato¡¯s sourness permeate in your nose when you smell it, when you put it into your mouth, the vors will spread through. The meat will ¡®horohoro¡¯, crumble inside your mouth, ¡®hokuhoku¡¯ the potato(fake) that¡¯spletely soaked inside the tomato soup, while carrot(fake)¡¯s and onion(fake)¡¯s sweetness transmitted to your tongue. To have bread melt and soften after dipping it inside the delicious soup truly made it more delicious.
Dinner was finished with full satisfaction. and while immersed in the lingering taste, Hajime and his party chatted just like they always do. Inside the tent, they could leisurely chat because the mind-severing stone was activate, which made it so that demonic beasts do not approach them. Although sometimes there were demonic beasts that came near, Hajime only needed to stick his hand out the window that installed, and shoot it. Moreover, when time for sleep, the three rotated the lookout duty until morning came.
Today, it was about time for Yue and Shia to start preparing to sleep. The first on look out was Hajime. Because there were fluffy futons inside the tent, they could sleepfortably despite it being a camp. Also, Shia went outside the tent before getting into the futon.
To Hajime who was dubious of what happened, Shia said with a calm face.
¡°For a while, I wanted to pick flowers¡±
¡°There are no flowers inside the ravine, you know?¡±
¡°Ha-ji-me-sa~n!¡±
Hajime¡¯s words thatcked delicacy destroyed Shia¡¯s calm face, she angrily stared at him. Hajime who obviously knew what those words meant said, ¡°My bad my bad¡±, with a wryly smiling face that didn¡¯t show any remorse. Shia hurriedly went to the tent¡¯s side in anger, after a while¡
¡°Ha-Hajime-sa~n! Yue-sa~n! It¡¯s an emergency! Pleasee he~re!¡±
Was what Shia shouted out, forgetting the possibility of demonic beasts hearing it. Wondering what happened, Hajime and Yue, who came from the tent, looked at each other then dashed out at the same time.
When they arrived at the origin of Shia¡¯s voice, they saw that there was a huge monolith that leaned on the ravine¡¯s wall after it fell, and a space was revealed between the monolith and the wall. Shia was inside that space seeing something unbelievable! Being colored in excitement all the while.
¡°Here, over here! I found it!¡±
¡°I understand, for the time being get out of there. It looks like you used full body strengthening. Aren¡¯t you too excited?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ annoying¡±
The frolicking Shia was pulled out by Hajime and Yue¡¯s hands, when Hajime pulled her he got a feel, while Yue gloomily frowned because of that. Guided by Shia into the crevice between the rocks, when they entered the wall¡¯s side had a hollow interior, and it was wider than expected. Having entered that space, Shia silently, with a proud expression ¡®bishi¡¯, pointed her finger at the wall.
Hajime and Yue looked at the ce pointed by that finger, then they inadvertently let out ¡°Ha?¡±, while blinking their eyes in surprise.
In front of the two, in that ce, there was a splendid rectangr signboard that was made with cuts in the wall, and strangely woman-like characters were carved there.
¡°Pleasee in! Into Miledi Raisen¡¯s thrilling Great Dungeon?¡±
The mark ¡°!¡± and ¡°?¡± felt strangely irritating.
¡°¡ ¡ the heck is this¡±
¡°¡ ¡ what is this¡±
Hajime and Yue¡¯s voice came out in session. ¡°I am seeing something unbelievable right now!¡±, were the exact presentations of their expressions. The two of them, nkly looked at the signboard inside the hellish ravine.
¡°To ask what, it is the entrance! Great Dungeon¡¯s! It was found by chance when I went to-¡ ¡cough, to pick flowers. Well~, it was real, there is a Great Dungeon inside Raisen Grand Canyon¡±
While Shia¡¯s phappy voice resounded, maybe because Hajime and Yue was finally able to get out of their surprise, they wore indescribable expressions, then looked at each other in perplexion.
¡°¡ ¡ Yue. Do you think it¡¯s real?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Nn¡±
¡°That¡¯s a long pause there. Your basis?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Miledi( ¡)¡±
¡°It was that after all¡¡±
¡°Miledi¡±, it was the first name of Raisen that appeared on Oscar¡¯s memorandum. Although the name Raisen was conveyed and known by the world, the first name was unknown. Therefore, the chance that a ce with its name signed in was the Great Dungeon of Raisen is very high.
But, no matter what, what they were honestly unable to believe was¡
¡°Why must it be this character¡¡±
There was a reason for saying that. Hajime was considering the desperate fights that happened inside the Orcus Great Dungeon, and surely the other dungeons would also be along that line, that¡¯s why the light-heartedness of this made him lose his strength. Yue also understood well the severity of a Great Dungeon, that¡¯s why, her expression said that she still thought maybe it was someone¡¯s prank.
¡°But, the entrance-like ce couldn¡¯t be seen, right? The interior was a dead end¡¡±
Not noticing what happened in Hajime and Yue¡¯s minds, Shia thought, I wonder where the entrance is? And was looking around the surrounding, then she¡®peshipeshi¡¯, hit the hollow part of the wall.
¡°Oi, Shia. Don¡¯t¡¡±
GAKONn!
¡°Fukya!?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t carelessly move around,¡± were the words Hajime was unable to finish when part of the wall that Shia touched ¡®GURUNn¡¯, suddenly rotated, and Shia disappeared to the other side of the wall. It was like a door mechanism inside a ninja¡¯s house.
¡°¡±¡ ¡¡±¡±
The credibility of that signboard miraculously increased with the finding of the entrance of the Great Dungeon. The Great Dungeon of Raisen was here after all. Even though they had a mountain ofints such as, ¡°Is this really okay for a Great Dungeon?¡± and ¡°Give me my seriousness from Orcus back¡±, something like that after seeing that amusement-like invitation. Hajime and Yue who saw Shia silently disappear behind the rotating door, once more, looked at each other then let out sighs, and put their hands onto the rotating door just like Shia.
Having activated the door, Hajime and Yue were sent to the other side just like Shia. The inside was pitch ck, and the door was ¡®gururi¡¯, rotated back to its former position. And, at that time,
Hyu Hyu Hyu!
Sounds of somethinging flying at them resounded, while they couldn¡¯t see anything inside the darkness. Hajime immediately used ¡°Night Vision¡± and discovered what they were. They were arrows. Countless arrows painted jet ck so as to not reflect light, and they came flying to remove any intruders that entered.
Hajime, with Donner in his right hand, used his left hand to beat down those flying jet ck arrows. ¡®Kan Kan Kan¡¯, the sound of metal knocking metal came out, without missing even one arrow.
When counted, there were 20 arrows. Jet ck arrows made of metal and didn¡¯t reflect any light scattered on the ground, when thest arrow was knocked down, silence returned.
At the same time, the surrounding walls began to shine. The area Hajime and his party were in was a room with a length of 10 meters in every direction, and straight ahead, a passage into the interior appeared. In addition, there was a lithograph inside the room with words with the same characters as the signboard carved on it.
¡°Did you get scared? Hey, did this scare you? Then you¡¯re a kid, Niya Niya¡±
¡°Or, were you injured? Or did someone die? ¡ ¡ bufu¡ª¡±
¡°¡± ¡ ¡¡±¡±
Hajime and Yue couldn¡¯t think of anything but one thing. That was ¡°How annoying~¡±. Also, the ¡°Niya Niya¡± and ¡°bufu-¡± part that were carved with emphasis as if to provoke them, made them even more irritated. Especially, if someone in their party truly died, then surely the survivor would curse the heaven.
Hajime and Yue were so irritated that many veins popped out on their heads. Then, suddenly, Yue muttered something she just remembered.
¡°¡ ¡ Shia?¡±
¡°Ah.¡±
Having heard Yue¡¯s mutter, Hajime finally remembered, then looked back at the rotating door in panic. Because the door only did one rotation at a time, for her to not be here means the possibility that she got out at the same time Hajime and Yue entered were high. It made him feel something unpleasant because even though a lot of time had passed she didn¡¯t enter, so Hajime immediately activated the rotating door.
Shia was¡ ¡ there as expected. Her form sewn on the rotating door.
¡°Uu, sob, Hajime-san¡ ¡ please don¡¯t look~, but, I want you to take these out. Hic, please do it without looking at me~¡±
It truly was a pitiful appearance. Shia, although unable to see the arrows that came flying, she probably used her natural search ability to somehow manage to dodge them from the sound. However it seemed it was trulyst second, with her clothes pierced here and there, she made a pictogram simr to those that were drawn on emergency exits. Her rabbit ears bent into something simr to a lightning bolt to avoid the arrows, because she knew that she had done something impossible, her body still twitched even now. Most of all, Shia didn¡¯t cry out of fear of death. The cause was¡ ¡ her feet were magnificently wet.
¡°Now that I remember, you are going to pick some flowers¡ ¡ well, what to say. You only did the necessary¡¡±
¡°Wrong! Uu~, just why didn¡¯t you finish that, the past me~!!¡±
It was an appearance that you¡¯d never want to show as a woman, even more so for Shia who cried because she had shown it to the man she fell for. Her rabbit earspletely hung down. First of all, even if it was a chance to encounter love after 100 years, Hajime thought it was already toote. That¡¯s why, without looking away he stared at her in amazement. And, that hollowed Shia¡¯s heart even more.
¡°¡ ¡ Don¡¯t move¡±
Maybe because she was also a woman, Yue¡¯s expressionlessness contained sympathy and she released Shia from the crucifixion.
¡°¡ ¡ I¡¯ll do something about it. You¡¯re still a novice¡±
¡°I am ashamed~. Sob¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime, change of clothes¡±
¡°Here¡±
Shia¡¯s change of clothes were pulled out from the ¡°Treasure Box¡±, then she did a quick change while blushing.
Finally, Shia¡¯s preparations are finished, ¡°It¡¯s time to conquer the Dungeon!¡±, was the enthusiastic shout that she let out, only to notice the lithograph.
She looked down and her hair concealed her expression. Shia was silent for a while, then she slowly took out Doryukken, and struck the lithograph with all of her might. ¡®Gogya¡¯, was the sound that resounded apanied with the destruction of the lithograph.
Maybe because she was unable to endure it anymore, she magnificently swung Doryukken many many times as if attacking the enemy of her parents.
Then, in the ce of the broken lithograph, characters were carved on the ground, it said¡
¡°Sorr~y? This lithograph will automatically be repaired after some time~ Pu-kusukusu!!¡±
¡°Mukii¡ª ¡ª!!¡±
Shia was truly enraged and started to swing Doryukken more intensely. The small room was shaken as if a small earthquake happened, the sound of extraordinary impacts were resounding many times.
Watching Shia with a skeptical gaze, Hajime frankly muttered.
¡°Miledi Raisen, rather than a member of the ¡°Liberators,¡± she is unquestionably the enemy of humanity¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I absolutely agree on that¡±
Apparently, the Great Dungeon of Raisen would be a difficult ce in a different way than the Orcus Great Dungeon.
Book 5. Chapter 4
Book 5. Chapter 4
Chapter 4 : Miledi Raisen I
Raisen¡¯s Great Dungeon was a lot more troublesome than they expected.
First, magic couldn¡¯t be used at all. It was because the strength of magic disintegration was far stronger than inside the ravine. For Yue who specialized in magic, this ce puts a heavy burden on her. She was unable to use high-ranked magic and her magic¡¯s range of the magic she could use were shortened to their limits here. The farthest she could use them was only five meters. Somehow, the current level of magic she used was enough forbat. However, right now she was incapable of using magic strong enough to deliver a one-hit kill.
In addition, although the amount of magic stored inside the magic crystallization series didn¡¯t decrease much, it couldn¡¯t be used. The consumption rate was too severe after all. Yue was only able to use middle-ranked magic because she was a genius, most people would be unable to do anything.
Even Hajime was greatly affected by it. Special magic that worked by emitting magic outside of the body such as ¡°Aerodynamic¡± and ¡°Wind w¡± couldn¡¯t be used, Even the output of ¡°Lightning d¡± is greatly decreased. Donner-Scg¡¯s power also fell below half of the usual, while Scgen¡¯s maximum power was at the usual level of Donner-Scg.
Therefore, body strengthening became the most important magic in this Great Dungeon. In Hajime¡¯s party, Shia had be the main star in this stage.
So, the reliable rabbit ears of Hajime¡¯s party¡
¡°I¡¯ll do it, you know¡ ¡absolutely, when I reach the dwelling I¡¯ll mess it up so much it¡¯ll be as if a storm had gone through¡±
With Doryukken on her shoulder, she examined her surroundings as if she was trying to find her prey. Her anger was obvious. It was a deep deep anger. Even her words¡¯ intonation had be strange. The cause was, you could imagine it came from Miledi Raisen¡¯s mischievousness.
Because they understood Shia¡¯s feelings well, Hajime and Yue couldn¡¯t say anything about it. It was because if there was someone who was seriously agitated, by her side there would be someone calm in reverse of her. It was the current psychological state of Hajime and Yue. Currently, while Hajime and his party continued their advance, they had encountered various traps and annoying carved words. That¡¯s why, with Shia who was truly enraged by it, Hajime and Yue also felt irritated.
Finally, ¡°Fuhihi¡±, strangeughter came from Shia¡¯s side, and Hajime recalled the extremely malicious things they encountered to get here.
* * *
After Shia destroyed the annoying lithograph, Hajime and his party continued their advance into the passage, and came into a certain vast space.
Inside, there were staircases and passages, the passageway that continued from the entrance was a mess without any regrity, it was as if this ce was made by casuallybining lego blocks. The staircase from the first floor was connected to a passage on the third floor, and the passage on the third floor gradually became a slope that connected to the first floor¡¯s passageway. While the staircase that was erected on the second floor was connected to nothing but wall, it was truly a mess.
¡°Once again, in a way it was truly a dungeon-like ce.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, it is confusing.¡±
¡°Fun, as expected of a dungeon made by a rotten person. This mess is an expression of her mind¡¯s contents.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ because we understand what you feel, it¡¯s about time for you to calm down.¡±
Shia was enraged even now. Hajime, half-sympathized and half-amazed, said, ¡°Well then, how should we advance now¡±, while thinking about it.
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime. Even if you think about it, there¡¯s no other method.¡±
¡°Nn~, well, you¡¯re right. For now, let¡¯s advance while marking and mapping the way.¡±
¡°Nn¡¡±
Hajime nodded at Yue¡¯s words. Mapping was the basic thing for exploring a dungeon. However, Hajime unconsciously frowned when he thought how troublesome it¡¯d be to urately map out aplex dungeon like this.
Also, what Hajime meant by ¡°marking¡± was using a special magic called ¡°Tracking.¡± This special magic operated by leaving a ¡°mark¡± made of magical power on the ces that he touched. When the ¡°mark¡± was used on living things, Hajime was able to track where they moved. In case of this ce, Hajime put his ¡°mark¡± on the wall. Because the ¡°mark¡± could be made visible, Yue and Shia were able to understand it. Maybe because the magic power was applied directly, the disintegration didn¡¯t seem to take effect.
Hajime immediately put a ¡°mark¡± on side of the passageway on the nearest ce to the entrance and continued to advance.
The passageway was two meters wide, and made from countless blocks that looked like bricks. Because the walls emitted a faint light, there was no problem with their vision. Maybe it was made of a different material from the green-light stone because it gave off bluish lights.
When Hajime tried to see it using ¡°Mineral Appraisal,¡± he found that it was called ¡°phosphorous ore.¡± Apparently it gave off light when it came in contact air. The first room didn¡¯t give off light probably because it was the first room. The image that came out of the cave waspu** where the levit
*** stone appeared. There was an old man¡¯s voice that came out of the stone. After all, the phosphorous ore would keep radiating light as long as it was in contact with air.
It was the masterpiece anime of Japan that Hajime unintentionally thought of while advancing in the long passageway. Suddenly,
GAKONn
The sound came out of one of the blocks that Hajime stepped on. That block sunk into the floor due to Hajime¡¯s weight. Hajime and his party instinctively let out, ¡°Eh?¡±, and looked at their feet.
At that moment,
Shaaaaa!!
The sound of gliding des resounded, and in the space between blocks on the wall, giant saw-toothed dese out rotated in high speed while vibrating. The des approached them with height of the neck from the right, the one from the left wall at the height of the waist.
¡°Evade it!¡±
Hajime immediately shouted, and evaded it by leaning his back just like the protagonist from the matr**, while the two behind him also tried to evade. Yue was small in the first ce so she only needed to squat down to evade. Shia also seemed to be able to evade it. From his back, ¡°Hawawa, hawawawa¡±, a shaken voice could be heard. Because there was no pain in her voice, Hajime guessed she must be unharmed. Although it was truly at a hair¡¯s breadth that the tip of the fur of her rabbit ear was cut¡ ¡ it was not a problem at all.
The two des that were filled with murderous intent and malice were unable do anything to Hajime and his party, and disappeared into the walls. Being vignt of a possible second wave, for a while Hajime watched his surroundings carefully. However, apparently that was the end. Having felt relieved, Hajime let out a sigh then looked at his back only to feel a chill.
He dashed out instinctively, to retreat and using the momentum recovered Yue and Shia. Immediately, countless des fell onto the ce where Hajime and his party were in just like a guillotine, and cut the ground as if it was made of butter. As expected, it was rotating in high speed and vibrating just like the des from before.
Hajime looked at the des that dropped just a few centimeters ahead with cold sweat. Yue and Shia also stiffened because of it.
¡°¡ ¡ it was apletely physical trap. I couldn¡¯t sense it with my Magic Eye.¡±
Until now, Hajime was able to avoid traps perfectly because they were magic traps. Of all the traps in the Great Dungeon that he had seen, all of them contained magic. That¡¯s why, if it was a magic trap, Hajime¡¯s Magic Eye was able to see through it. Therefore, he had the preconception that it was okay as long as the Magic Eye didn¡¯t react to something. In short, he overestimated his power.
¡°Hau~, I-I thought I was dead~. Rather, Hajime-san! Please stop it if it was just that much! Isn¡¯t that why you have the artificial arm?!¡±
¡°Well, don¡¯t you think those des were sharp? Even if it won¡¯t be able to cut it, there might be scratches. After all, I can¡¯t use Vajra now.¡±
¡°S-scratches¡ ¡ between equipment and me, which is more important!?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ well, you¡¯re safe after all. Isn¡¯t that good.¡±
¡°Wa-, what¡¯s with that topic evasion! That was a lie, right? I am the one that¡¯s more important, right? Right?¡±
Shia tried to ask Hajime, who yed her for a fool, and Yue added verbal abuse to the current Shia.
¡°¡ ¡Keaking rabbit. You¡¯re dying because of your own inexperience.¡±
¡°Le-leaking, please take that back, Yue-san! No matter what, that was a disgrace for me!¡±
A new disgraceful title added to Shia¡¯s ¡±
*** rabbit¡± series, while Shia endured it with protest. Having entered this dungeon, although she almost died twice in short session Shia was unexpectedly energetic. As expected, Shia¡¯s forte was taking hits. Even though the person herself won¡¯t admit it.
It was as Shiained, there were other choices to evade the surprise attack, after all Hajime should be able to stop those des from a while ago with his artificial arm. His coat¡¯s also made from the leather of a demonic beast that boasted defense, and there were protectors underneath to guard the vital points, that¡¯s right he wouldn¡¯t have died from something like that.
However, the trap just now was nothing but overkill if it was against normal humans. If it were a normal protector, it¡¯d be easily cut in two. After all, if you didn¡¯t have the equipment that Hajime made from the materials that he¡¯d gotten from the Abyss, there was no other way to survive than to avoid it.
¡°Well, there is no problem if it was that much¡±
While watching Yue and Shia¡¯s quarrel with skeptical eyes, Hajime told that to himself. No matter how powerful, if it was just physical traps then it wouldn¡¯t be able to kill Hajime. Yue also had her ¡°Auto Regeneration.¡± She wouldn¡¯t die over a trap. In other words¡ ¡Shia was the only one in danger. Even though he didn¡¯t know if Shia had noticed that, it was probably because Shia¡¯s stress level had reached the heavens.
¡°Huh? Hajime-san, what¡¯s with those pitying eyes¡¡±
¡°Please live strongly, Shia¡¡±
¡°Eh, ee? What are you suddenly saying? Although I could felt something very unpleasant from it¡¡±
* * *
Hajime and his party advanced while being wary of traps.
Even now, they hadn¡¯t seen even one demonic beast. Although they considered the possibility that this dungeon didn¡¯t have demonic beasts in it, that was just optimism. It wouldn¡¯t be strange if they suddenly appeared, because that¡¯s also a form of a trap.
Hajime and his party reached an open space after exiting the passageway. The roads were split into three inside the room. For now, Hajime put down the ¡°mark¡±, then Hajime and his party chose the leftmost passage that lead to a staircase that went down.
¡°Uu~. somehow I got a bad feeling about this. Look, my rabbit ears restlessly move from left to right.¡±
Having advanced a few step on the stairs, suddenly, Shia blurted that out. Just as she said, Shia¡¯s rabbit ears stood upright, then began to move left and right.
¡°You, don¡¯t raise any strange gs now. If you say something like that, usually, something will immediately ¡°GAKON¡°¡ see!
¡°I-It¡¯s not my fault!?¡±
¡°¡ ¡g rabbit!¡±
While Hajime and Shia talked, an unpleasant sound resounded, and suddenly the stair¡¯s steps disappeared. It was a considerably inclined staircase, and with the disappearance of the steps it became a slope. Moreover, tar-like slippery liquid began to overflow from the countless small holes on the surface.
¡°Kuh, this¡ª!¡±
When the steps became a slope, Hajime immediately transmutated the minerals on the bottom of his shoes into spikes, his artificial arm¡¯s fingers were also made into spikes so that he wouldn¡¯t slip down. Yue immediately jumped to Hajime before she started to slip. Hajime who read that also braced himself. As expected, they were harmonized even in this ce.
However, there was still one more person who was unable to do that kind of cooperation. It goes without saying that it was Shia.
¡°Ukyaaa!?¡±
When it became a slope, Shia raised a scream then the back of her head hit the surface hard. ¡°Nuuaa!¡±, as she writhed in pain, then slipped along while covered in that liquid. In that state, with her legs opened in a M character, she collided with Hajime¡¯s face.
¡°Bu!?¡±
The spikes on his artificial arm came off because of the impact, Hajime was overturned backward with his left arm holding Yue. Then the spikes on his feet also came off, he slipped down the slope headfirst. Shia was on top of Hajime with a reversed position.
¡°You! Clumsy rabbit! Move now!¡±
¡± I am sorry, but to move-~¡±
While slipping, their speed became faster. Hajime desperately tried to stab the spikes on his artificial arm and shoes on the ground, but they were too fast, so it didn¡¯t go well. Then, he tried to transmute the staircase but with the strong disintegration inside the dungeon, it also didn¡¯t turn out well.
Shia, while struggling was somehow able to get up. Now, it was as if she was riding Hajime.
¡°Use Doryukken¡¯s stake!¡±
Hajime gave an instruction to Shia. The Sledgehammer Doryukken that Shia carried had a few gimmicks prepared inside, one of them was to form a stake on the head part of the hammer. It was a mechanism to raise the prative power by focusing on one spot. If that was stabbed on the surface they should be able to stop.
¡°Y-yes, leave it to me!? Hajime-san! The road¡ª!¡±
Shia tried to remove Doryukken from its fastening/holding device on her back. Then, Shia who looked forward immediately raised an uneasy voice.
Hajime was able to realize what had happened. When Shia slipped before, it was likely dropped.
¡°Kh! Yue!¡±
¡°Nn!¡±
Hajime immediately called out Yue¡¯s name. Even with only that Yue was able to read Hajime¡¯s intentions.
¡°Shia, hold on tight!¡±
¡°Y-yes!¡±
While still riding Hajime, Shia tightly clung to him.
Finally, they reached the end of the slope and they were thrown in the air. One moment of weightlessness/floating. At that chance, Yue invoked her magic.
¡°¡±Soar¡±!¡±
It was an elementary-ranked magic of wind system. It magic created a strong vertical updraft, and it¡¯d increased one¡¯s jumping power. An expert would be able to make pseudo-flight using this magic. However, in this ce magical power was hard to maintain. That¡¯s why, Yue¡¯s magic onlysted for a few seconds and its effect only made Hajime and his party float.
¡°It¡¯s enough.¡±
Hajime¡¯s voice that was mixed with praise resounded. That¡¯s right, for Hajime, it was enough if he got the time to confirm their surroundings. Yuepletely and splendidly answered his expectations.
Hajime, with Yue on his left arm, and Shia clinging to his neck, hung his artificial arm toward the ceiling. Then, he poured his magic power¡
PASHU!
A sounde out along with a thin wire with an anchor installed on it and shot out from his artificial arm, it pierced the ceiling¡¯s wall. Then, because of the anchor they were fixed to their ce.
Hajime and his party were currently hanging with one wire that hung on the ceiling, they felt relieved after confirming the anchor did note off.
Then, they felt regret when they saw what was under them.
Kasakasakasa, washawashawasha, kiikii, kasakasakasa.
Those sounds came from a lot of scorpions wriggling around. Its length around 10 cm. Although it didn¡¯t give off the same feeling as that scorpion-look-alike, it gave them the psychological feeling of disgust. If they didn¡¯t halt their fall with the anchor, they would dive into a sea of scorpions, and it gave them goosebumps all over their bodies when they thought that.
¡°¡±¡± ¡ ¡¡±¡±¡±
The trio fell into silence. Because they didn¡¯t want to look below, they looked at the ceiling. Then, somehow they noticed lights emitting into some characters. It was already toote, Hajime and his party inadvertently read it.
¡°These guys doesn¡¯t have lethal poison.¡±
¡°But, you¡¯ll be paralyzed.¡±
¡°Please be satisfied by lying with these cute children, pugya¡ª!!¡±
Maybe she purposely set up these phosphorus ores there, those characters were standing out in the dim space. Those who fell here would surely, with scorpions wriggling around their body, desperately try to move, and try to reach out to heaven (ceiling). Then, they¡¯d discover it. Those yful words.
¡°¡±¡± ¡ ¡¡±¡±¡±
Once again, Hajime and his party fell into silence but because of something else. ¡°Ignore it, ignore it¡±,was what they told to themselves, and somehow they were able to observe their surroundings.
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime, over there.¡±
¡°Nn?¡±
Because Yue noticed something, she pointed her finger to a certain ce below. There was an empty tunnel.
¡°A tunnel¡ ¡ what should we do? Are we going to climb up to our previous location or are we going over there?¡±
¡°I-I will follow Hajime-san¡¯s decision. I have been nothing but a burden after all¡¡±
¡°No need, the punishment wille from the dungeon, so don¡¯t mind it.¡±
¡°That only makes me even more anxious! Isn¡¯t it better to just say ¡°don¡¯t mind it¡±~¡±
¡°¡ ¡Impudent. The punishment will be twice.¡±
¡°Wh-wha, Yue-san also joined him!? Uu, even if the dungeon is conquered, the future looks dark.¡±
Hajime and Yue forgave Shia whomented.
¡°Haa, no matter, what would be useful is if we could use your ¡°chosen future¡±~¡±
¡°Uu, that was still. Although I¡¯ve been practicing¡¡±
¡°Chosen future¡± was Shia¡¯s special magic. It was able to catch a glimpse of the future under some assumptions. However, it can only be used once a day, it was impractical because this special magic requiredrge amounts of magic power to use. Even though Shia specialized in body strengthening, if her magic power drained she¡¯d only be a shameless rabbit. Although the amount of consumption was decreasing because of daily training¡ ¡ it was still a long way from mastering it.
¡°Well, it can¡¯t be helped if we can¡¯t use it. Rather than returning, it feels better to advance, so let¡¯s go to the tunnel.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
Hajime shot out another anchor then moved just like tarzan until they safely reached the tunnel.
Hajime and his party advanced in the passageway that was lit by phosphorus ores while being vignt about any unpleasant traps that might appear.
Book 5. Chapter 5
Book 5. Chapter 5
Chapter 5 : Miledi Raisen II
At the doorway of a certain passage. You¡¯d noticed that somehow there were only walls in the passage. Normally, one would see it as a dead end. However, some parts of the walls were actually connected to a room from several minutes ago.
Silence lingered in the air, immediately, sparks started to appear from the dead end-like wall, and a hole where people could pass through in a half-crouching position appeared. Creeping out of it were¡
¡°Zehah zehah, hu-hurry it up.¡±
¡°¡ ¡Nn, it¡¯d be troublesome to be crushed by this.¡±
¡°Well, I don¡¯t think that was at a level where you¡¯ll only feel troubled, right? Wouldn¡¯t you normally die from it?¡±
It was the trio of Hajime, Yue, and Shia. Hajime and his party were wandering around after escaping via the tunnel inside the scorpions¡¯ room. Then, they arrived at a room that had a standard trap where the ceiling dropped down and crushed them.
They were unable to escape the room because the range was too vast. Immediately, Hajime and Shia used their backbones to support the ceiling, and with that chance he used transmutation to make a hole in the ceiling.
Most of all, transmutation was bing harder to use because of strong magic disintegration in this ce, the speed of transmutation became a quarter of the usual, and the range only one meter, while the amount of magic consumption became tenfold the usual. That¡¯s why, Hajime only managed to transmute a small space just enough to hold three people, and they moved toward the exit.
¡°Damn, even ¡°High-speed magic recovery¡± was useless. The amount of recovered was too small¡±
¡°¡ ¡ for now, do you want to drink¡ ¡ recovery potion?¡±
¡°Now now, please drink your full~¡±
¡°You guys, somehow you have too muchposure¡¡±
Hajime who felt a little tired, sat while leaning on the wall, Yue held the gesture of feeding someone chocte, while Shia got the magic-recovery potion from her pouch. Although it was possible to use the magic crystallization stone to replenish his magic, while it was convenient to get magic power from it, he wanted to preserve it. Furthermore in this situation it was more appropriate to use a magic-recovery potion.
Hajime who felt that he was in a y, as a sry-man with Yue and Shia, and thought, ¡°I can¡¯t make any rebuttal on it¡±, while he received the recovery potion and drink it in a sh. It tasted almost the same as Li**vitan D. Hajime felt the differences in speed and amount of recovery from magic crystallization stone was significantpared to this, but he could feel that his vitality had recovered a lot. ¡°Ush!¡±, was how he psyched himself up and stood up.
Once again, they discovered those annoying sentences.
¡°Pupu¡ª, in a hurry~?, how uncou~th¡±
Apparently these annoying sentences were a set along with the traps. Miledi Raisen¡ ¡ was a person who put in a lot of effort to harass someone.
¡°W-we aren¡¯t in a hurry! Absolutely not! We aren¡¯t that uncouth!¡±
Having traced Hajime¡¯s gaze, Shia who found those annoying sentences let out, ¡°GRR!¡±, while protesting toward those characters. It seemed Shia¡¯s hostility toward Miledi already reached the heavens. She reacted every time she found those annoying sentences. Probably, if Miledi was still alive she would have said, ¡°Good prey havee!¡±, while grinning.
¡°Ignore that, let¡¯s go. You don¡¯t need to mind that every time.¡±
¡°¡ ¡What you thought is important.¡±
¡°Uu, okay.¡±
Afterwards, they advanced on the passage, and they reached rooms with other traps waiting. Suddenly, poisoned arrows came from every direction, sulfuric acid-like liquid which melted anything that entered the pitfall, there was also a room where the floor turned into something like an Antlion Nest, with a worm-like demonic beasts in the center of the room, also the annoying sentences. The stress level of Hajime and his party increased at mach speed.
Even so, they passed through all of the traps, and arrived at the biggest passage they had gone through in this dungeon. Its width around 6-7 meters. It gradually became a slope that bent to the right. It was probably a passage that descended in a spiral shape.
Hajime and his party kept vignt. There was no way that a passage like this didn¡¯t had any traps in it.
After a while, their thoughts proved to be right. An unpleasant sound, ¡°GAKONn!¡±, of a mechanism could be heard. Immediately, they realized that they hadn¡¯t stepped on or pushed any switches. Then, you didn¡¯t need to use switches before!, was the grand rebuttal that Hajime thought, surely Miledi Raisen would have been happy to hear that as he let out a ¡°Guh.¡±
What kind of trap is it now?, was what Hajime and his party thought while examining their surroundings vigntly. Then they heard something.
GOROGOROGOROGOROGOROGOROGOROGORO
It was the sound of something heavy rolling down.
¡°¡±¡± ¡ ¡¡±¡±¡±
The trio went silent and looked at each others, then they looked overhead at the same time. They couldn¡¯t see anything because the slope was curved. The strange noise became louder, then¡ ¡ a giant boulder as big as the passage rolled down from the curve. The rock was in the form of a big ball. It was apletely standard trap. Surely, after they desperately ran away, those annoying sentences would be there.
Yue and Shia already turned their heels to run away as fast as they could. However, they were immediately stopped. It was because Hajime didn¡¯t move away.
¡°¡ ¡Nn, Hajime?¡±
¡°Hajime-san!? Let¡¯s hurry or else we will be crushed!¡±
The duo called out to him, however Hajime didn¡¯t answer back, then kneeled down while extending his right hand straight forward. His palm hung towards the big ball. Finally, he drew out his left arm with ¡®Ghgh¡¯, to the limit, and ¡°Kiiiii!!¡±, the sound of an activated mechanism resounded.
Hajime watched the approaching, roaring big ball, and his lips transformed into a fierce smile.
¡°Every time, I won¡¯t always do what you expect! It doesn¡¯t fit my nature!¡±
From his artificial arm, ¡°Kiiiiii!!¡±, sound of mechanism became louder along with Hajime¡¯s word.
Then¡
GOGAaAAN!!!
A loud sound of something being destroyed emerged when Hajime¡¯s artificial arm met the big ball. The big ball¡¯s force only pushed Hajime back a little, thanks to his spikes, while Hajime¡¯s attacked crushed the big ball at the center when they collided, and it was cracked all over. The big ball¡¯s force disappearing could be seen.
¡°RAaAAA!!¡±
Hajime shook his left fist along with the roar. Because the big ball¡¯s durability was barely exceeded by the power of Hajime¡¯s fist, it crumbled, and Hajime¡¯s fist was the victor. A thundering sound could be heard when the big ball crumbled and scattered into tiny pieces.
Hajime draw back his fist while shaking it, then ¡°Fuh¡±, he stood up. The sound of mechanisms couldn¡¯t be heard anymore from his artificial arm. Hajime observed his artificial left arm to check for any abnormalities while sping and opening the hand. Then he turned to Yue and Shia.
His expression was truly refreshing. ¡°I did it!¡±, was the feeling it emitted. It seemed Hajime also couldn¡¯t take it anymore, because he had umted too much stress from the traps that he couldn¡¯t detect followed by those annoying words.
What Hajime used this time was the same attack that defeat one of Faea Belgaen¡¯s Elders, abination of a bullet¡¯s explosive power and ¡°Great Arm,¡± in addition, he used his artificial arm to invoke vibration magic to crush the boulder, in other words an oscition fracture. Because of the huge burden, it was only to be used once, normally it was hisst resort¡ ¡ but he couldn¡¯t endure it so that happened.
Hajime, with a satisfied expression, turned around and he was greeted by Yue and Shia who were excited.
¡°Hajime-sa~n! Just as expected of you! That was so cool! That was so neat!¡±
¡°¡ ¡Nn, neat.¡±
¡°Hahaha, of course, of course. With this, the path¡¡±
Hajime wanted to answer to their praise. However, his words were interrupted.
GOROGOROGOROGOROGOROGOROGOROGORO
They could hear that sound. Hajime¡¯s smile stiffened. Shia also stiffened her smile and the expressionless Yue twitched her cheeks. Hajime turned around with ¡®GIGIGI,¡¯ as if he was a machine that was forgot to be oiled and what greeted him was¡
¡ª ¡ª ¡ª ¡ª ¡ª a big metallic ball that shone with a ck luster.
¡°Lies¡±
Hajime inadvertently muttered that while having a stiff smile.
¡°U-umm, Hajime-san. Maybe it was just my imagination, but, somehow that thing also scatters a strange liquid¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡It melts.¡±
That¡¯s right, the big metallic ball approached them while scattering liquid around that came from small holes on its surface, and ces that got sttered with the liquid melted, with a ¡®Shuwa¡ª,¡¯ that kind of dangerous sound.
Hajime, after confirming that, ¡°Fuu~¡±, let out a breath, then faced Yue and Shia with a smile. After that, while smiling he shouted, ¡°Let¡¯s run! Damn it!¡±, and immediately he splendidly started running to descend the slope, just like a sprinter.
Yue and Shia also looked at each other for a while then, ¡®kururi,¡¯ chased after Hajime in a dash.
At their backs, the sound of metal touching the ground along with the dissolution liquid approached them with its speed that gradually increased.
¡°NOoOOO!! I absolutely don¡¯t want to be melted~!¡±
¡°¡ ¡Nn, let¡¯s run for now.¡±
Shia¡¯sment echoed inside the passage.
¡°Rather, Hajime-sa~n! Its cruel to run ahead of us! Cold-hearted! Demon!¡±
Shia protested to Hajime who ran ahead of them.
¡°Noisy! It¡¯s a calction error, a calction error! Just shut up and run!¡±
¡°What¡¯s with that excuse! You don¡¯t care if anything happens to me, right!? Uwaa~n, I¡¯lle to haunt you if I die!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Shia, surprisingly calm?¡±
Even while desperately running away, Shia was able to firmlyin, Yue was amazed by it.
They finally saw the end of the passage. He confirmed it with ¡°Far-sight,¡± apparently it was quite a big and wide space. However, what he saw was a little strange. He couldn¡¯t see the floor of the room even after a long time. Perhaps, the exit of the passage that Hajime and his party were on was on top of the room¡¯s ceiling.
¡°It¡¯ll be a descent!¡±
¡°Nn.¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
Hajime and his party were sliding when they passed through the passage to the room, they descended on the exit.
Then,
¡°Geh!?¡±
¡°Nnh!?¡±
¡°Hinh!?¡±
Three different groans were raised. Right under the exit was a pool filled with an obviously dangerous liquid.
¡°That bastard!¡±
Hajime immediately shot out knives from his artificial arm, then used his artificial arm¡¯s anchor, while his right arm caught Yue to prevent her from falling.
At the same time, the metallic ball that scattered around dissoluting liquids dashed out overhead, and fell into the pool before their eyes. It sunk with ¡®blub blub,¡¯ sounds, while smoke rose.
¡°¡±Wind Wall¡±¡±
Yue used her magic to disperse the scattered corrosive liquid. For a while, they carefully examined their surroundings and nothing else happened, finally Hajime let his tension leave his shoulders.
¡°Sob, hic, why only me¡ ¡ only me¡ ¡ uu, sob¡±
Somehow at her side, Shia¡¯s crying voice could be heard, if you look carefully she was stuck onto the wall by having several knives pierce her clothing, pinning her to the wall..
¡± ? Why did you suddenly cry?¡±
¡°¡ ¡Emotionally unstable?¡±
¡°If you see my current state you should understand. Why was only Yue-san held gently, while I was crucified. Hajime-sa~n, please, can you just be even a little dere to me?¡±
¡°Well, didn¡¯t I save you?¡±
¡°That¡¯s wrong. I want to be saved in the state that more girl-like¡ ¡ you understand right!? I wanted to be saved while being held just like Yue-san!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Shia¡±
¡°Sob, what is it, Yue-san?¡±
¡°¡ ¡Look at the reality¡±
¡°What does that mean!?¡±
¡°You see, Shia. You¡¯re only ourpanion, and that¡¯s how I¡¯ll treat you¡ ¡ Yue is the one I love after all, that¡¯s why it can¡¯t be helped that my body moved on reflex, right?¡±
¡°Uu~¡±
After the justifiableint and those justifiable words were said, while ¡®pura~n,¡¯ crucified, tears floated on the edge of Shia¡¯s eyes and groaning could be heard. When he said, ¡°the one I love¡±, Yue¡¯s cheeks were blushing, and while being held by Hajime she rubbed her cheek against Hajime¡¯s chest.
¡°Absolu~tely, I will make you fall for me and save me by holding me!¡±
¡°What a spirited fellow~¡±
¡°¡ ¡You have the spirit¡ ¡ I will pay attention to it.¡±
Under them was the pool of corrosive liquid, while hanging, Hajime and his party still did the loveedy antic. They were quiteposed as expected.
Hajime and his party moved like a pendulum using the anchor, thennded to the ground after jumping over the pool of dissolution liquid.
It was arge rectangr room. On the both side of the walls, there were sets of two meter tall knight armor equipped withrge swords and shields. Furthest from the room was a staircase, before that was an altar and there was a door that gave out solemn aura. On the altar was a diamond shaped yellow crystal.
Hajime who looked at that surroundings frowned slightly.
¡°That was quite a door. Is it Miledi¡¯s hobby? If that¡¯s so then I¡¯ll cheer¡ ¡ is it only me or aren¡¯t those suits of knight armor giving off a bad feeling?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ it¡¯s okay, it¡¯ll be just like promised.¡±
¡°Are they going to attack us? It won¡¯t be absolutely okay after all?¡±
Hajime and his party advanced toward the center of the room while saying that, surely it was as promised.
The sound that was familiar to them came out.
GAKON!
Hajime and his party immediately halt. They thought, ¡°As expected~¡±, while looking around at their surroundings, and from the eye slits in the knight¡¯s helmets, ¡®GINn¡¯, it shone. Then, ¡®gashagasha,¡¯ sounds of metal rubbing each other came when those knights moved from their spot. They numbered 50.
Those knights, raised their shields while wielding theirrge swords in a piercing stance with their waist slightly lowered. Then, theypleted the encirclement.
¡°Haha, it really is as promised. Although it was okay to destroy them before they moved. Well, there is no need to say¡ ¡ Yue, Shia, shall we?¡±
¡°Nnh¡±
¡°A-aren¡¯t they are too many? Well, I¡¯ll do it anyway¡¡±
Hajime pulled out Donner-Scg. Although Metherai¡¯s machine gun was more effective against such numbers, he didn¡¯t know how many traps were set in this room. The barrage of bullets that shot out indiscriminately would trigger all of them. Therefore, he chose the two railguns.
Yue answered Hajime¡¯s words with a yell filled with fighting spirit. She understood that she had the least fire-power inside this dungeon. However, she would not be a burden. As Hajime¡¯s partner, she won¡¯t lose to something like this. Even more so from now, there would be existences acting as her rivals in love, so she must not show any weaknesses.
On Shia¡¯s side, she lowered her waist a little. This party member was the lowest in terms of influence, but not her power. She knew her battle experience was still considerably insufficient. First of all the battle against demonic beasts in the ravine merelysted for five days. Even if the mock battle against Yue was included, it was only a little over two weeks of battle experience. Because she also came from the Haulia tribe renowned for their gentleness, it was impossible for her to have a resolute attitude in battle. Rather, it could be said she showed great guts just to hold Doryukken while confronting her enemies.
¡°Shia.¡±
¡°Y-yes! Wh-what is it, Hajime-san¡±
Shia answered with a nervous voice when she heard Hajime¡¯s voice calling her. His voice was more tender than usual¡ ¡ or maybe it was just Shia¡¯s imagination.
¡°You are strong. We guarantee it. You won¡¯t lose against these golems. That¡¯s why, don¡¯t ever think you¡¯re weak. If it bes dangerous I¡¯lle to help for sure.¡±
¡°¡ ¡Nn, it¡¯s my job to take care of my apprentice¡¯s problems.¡±
Having heard Hajime and Yue¡¯s words, Shia inadvertently became teary eyed. She was simply happy. Although she was treated harshly, when she thought it was because she was a burden, it made her feel uneasy¡ ¡ it was a needless anxiety. A novice should only do what a novice can do, as best she could. Shia activated whole body strengthening, then she powerfully and firmly stomped on the ground.
¡°Fufu, Hajime-san is a little dere now. I¡¯m full of motivation now! Yue-san, the day for me to surpass you must be close.¡±
¡°¡± ¡ ¡Don¡¯t get carried away.¡±¡±
Although Hajime and Yue said that with amazed looks, Shia who had her tension maxed didn¡¯t hear that. She faced straight ahead and red at the knights.
¡°Here I! Come!¡±
¡°No, like I¡¯ve said before, how did you get that material¡ ¡ ah, she¡¯s already gone.¡±
¡°¡ ¡Daa~¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I won¡¯t refute that. I absolutely won¡¯t refute that¡±
With 50 Golem Knights in front of him, Hajime carried a tired expression even before the fight began. As if they understood Hajime¡¯s state¡ ¡ the Golem Knights started to attack the intruders all at once.
Book 5. Chapter 6
Book 5. Chapter 6
Chapter 6 : Miledi Raisen III
The Golem knights¡¯ movements were agile, despite theirrge build. ¡®Gashah gashah¡¯, was the noise that appeared while they rapidly approached, they gave off intense force along with their glinting weapons. It was as if walls were closing in from all directions.
And Hajime aimed at those golem knights. Even though the two railguns he grasped in his hands were only able to put out power less than half the usual, their power that was still several times that of a real rifle, and was shot at the golem knights.
DOPAN! DOPAN!
Two shes of light targeted and shot two golem knights¡¯ heads urately, at the eyes¡¯ parts. The knights fell on their backs from the impact to their heads. When the next set of knights drew near, Hajime lightly jumped. Then he shot them in rapid session, and the lethal encirclement was thrown into disarray.
Having endured Hajime¡¯s storm-like gunfire using shields,rge swords, and the bodies of theirpanions, several knights finally drew near Hajime and his party.
However, that was the gray hair with a blue hue Shia Haulia¡¯s killzone, who had set up her superheavy Sledgehammer in the air. Without any need to talk, with her physical ability strengthened to the limit, she let out a blow that cleared away everything.
¡°Deeyaaa!!¡±
DOoGAAAA!!
There was a yell. She brought down her Sledgehammer, Doryukken, with a tremendous impacting sound one of the golem knights was ttened. Although the knight set up its shield beforehand, it defense was still crushed.
There were cracks and a dent on the ground caused by Doryukken. The attack was released with all her might, maybe after it confirmed the dead body, a knight was able to set up its shield and endure the impact, while trying to cut Shia in two with itsrge sword.
Shia firmly confirmed that with a side nce. Twisting the handle, she adjusted the angle of Doryukken¡¯s head, then pulled the trigger.
DOGANn!!
Such an explosive sound came from Doryukken that was on the ground and it jumped. At Shia¡¯s side a shotshell fluttered after rejecting from its case. While riding on Doryukken¡¯s momentum, Shia rotated in her ce and delivered a blow carrying great centrifugal force. The knight that tried to bring down itsrge sword was hit in its nk.
¡°Rhaaa!!¡±
She let out a shout filled with vigor. The knight that received the direct hit had its body bent, as if it was run over by a speeding truck, it magnificently rolled to the back and hit the other approaching knights. The knight¡¯s body, because it was unable to stop itself, was squashed and did not gave any sign of movement.
Hyun Hyun
That sound of wind entered Shia¡¯s rabbit ears. When she took a peek at it, it was arge sword that the golem knights had raised, it was rotating mid-air after having parted from the knight. Shia jumped and grabbed therge sword, and then with all her might, she threw it at the oing golem knight.
Therge sword flew with great velocity, and when it collided with the shield that the golem knight had set, the shield was flipped. Not missing that chance, Shia swung Doryukken from below. The golem knight which had arge build received the impact in its abdomen and floated in the air. Although it tried to swing therge sword in desperation, Shia raised Doryukken then using the centrifugal force, shed with therge sword, and this time Doryukken attacked the floating knight from a lower angle.
Just like the previous golem knight, was blown away like a cannonball and flew at the nearby golem knights, swallowing them with itsrge build andid on the ground.
A smile floated on Shia¡¯s lips. It was not like she felt the pleasure of fighting. She was only happy that she could fight properly. She felt that she could continue traveling with Hajime and Yue now. At that moment, she was a little distracted.
On the battlefield, such a thing is fatal. When she¡¯d noticed, a lot of knights¡¯ shields had already drawn near. Somehow, the golem knights decided to throw their shields toward Shia. As expected of golems, they flew with extraordinary power, although it wouldn¡¯t be fatal against Shia¡¯s strengthened body, they have enough power to cause a concussion. If that happens, it¡¯s easy to imagine what¡¯ll happen next.
How careless! Though there was no time to think that, she at least tried to steel herself to endure the iing attacks. Then, aser-like water current attacked the shields right before they collided with Shia, and it bent their trajectories. The shields passed by the sides of Shia¡¯s head, then crashed into the golem knights behind her.
¡°¡ ¡Unpreparedness is one¡¯s greatest enemy. Punishment will be thrice the usual.¡±
¡°Fue!? Just now, was that from Yue-san? I-I am sorry, also thank you very much! Wait, punishment will be thrice!?¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡ don¡¯t daydream.¡±
¡°Uh, yes! I will try my best!¡±
With a ¡°Meh!¡± ¡ªlike feeling Yue scolded her, Shia was also conscious of her small carelessness. She braced herself while reflecting on it. Once more, she tried to defeat the approaching golem knights. With help from watersers that flew from behind her back, the golem knight that tried to perform a sneak attack from behind of Shia was confirmed to be cleanly bi-sected.
Shia felt a warm feeling inside her knowing that Yue will protect her back. To not show any disgrace in front of her master, she raised her fighting spirit.
Afterwards, the same water current flew at the knight who tried to go into the rampaging Shia¡¯s blind spot, and cut it just with sharpness keener than des. What Yue used was middle-ranked magic from water system called ¡°Rupture.¡± It was a water cutter that fired the moisture in the air at ultra high-pressure.
In Yue¡¯s hands were big metallic water bottles. There were also two other water bottles on her shoulder strap. These were something taken out by Hajime from ¡°Treasure Box.¡± Every time Yue muttered the magic¡¯s name, water cutter would fly out from the water bottles that she held.
Although Yue was able to use the moisture in the air, she thought it would consume too much magic power to pressurize it from scratch. Moreover, utilizing the exit of the water bottle to aim, the water cutter that came out didn¡¯t contain magic itself, so it wouldn¡¯t affected by the disintegration and disappear.
Shia¡¯s explosive area attack, was supported by Yue¡¯s water de that covered her blind spots. The knights were incapable of breaking the duo¡¯sbination, and one by one they were destroyed as if being yed with.
Hajime who took a side nce to look at Yue and Shia¡¯s splendid cooperation floated a wry smile.
¡°Oioi, you can do it after all. I wonder if I would also be capable of disying something good?¡±
While joking to himself, Hajime started to enter closebat with Donner-Scg (¡).
He warded off a descendingrge sword of a knight with Scg¡¯s barrel, and shot its helmet at zero distance with Donner in his right hand. Without looking at that knight who flew backwards, he warded off an attack from behind with Scg, and shot the knight behind him without turning around, then he squatted down while rotating to dodgerge swords that were swung horizontally, the knights¡¯ hands were intersected and he shot their sides.
A shot that didn¡¯t use ¡°Lightning-d¡± ricocheted from the knight¡¯s shield and hit a nearby knight¡¯s knee joint, destroying its bnce. And then he jumped up and while reversing his view, he destroyed the knight and another nearby knight at the same time from overhead. He parriedrge swords aimed at him with the back of his hands, then fired to his side while mid-air and four knights¡¯ heads were shot and crushed at the same time. As hended, he took the bullets from ¡°Treasure Box,¡± and reloaded the guns by spinning them, and he resumed shooting while spinning. The surrounding knights were blown away radially.
Doing that, without leaving a chance to be scratched, they ughtered those golem knights one by one.
However¡
¡°¡ ¡?¡±
While counterattacking the golem knights, Hajime raised his eyebrows in doubt. The reason being that, although a lot of the golem knights were destroyed, there was no change of density that approaching.
It seems, Yue and Shia were also having that doubt. Finally, when they carefully observed the battlefield, the golem knights that they had defeated could not be seen.
¡°¡ ¡Replication?¡±
¡°Looks like it.¡±
¡°That can¡¯t be!? Then, it won¡¯t end at all!¡±
That¡¯s right, after the golem knights were destroyed and lost the glint in their eyes, more knights with the same glint and body as those knights were reproduced in no time and rejoined the rank.
Shia raised a panicked voice while mowing down the approaching knights. It was reasonable to say that, after all no matter how many she defeated there was no meaning to it. However, Hajime and Yue were calm, there was no impatience in their expressions as they kicked around the golem knights. This might be what is called a difference in experiences. They had experienced something like this many times in the depths of the Abyss. Naturally, they were stronger now.
¡°¡ ¡Hajime, if it¡¯s a golem then there must be a core¡±
Just as Yue had said, it was normal for golem to have a core inside its body, and that core was the source of its power. The core was made using demonic beasts¡¯ magic stones. It was written down on blueprint of Oscar¡¯s cleaning golem. What Yue said was to destroy that core.
However, Hajime floated a bitter expression having known Yue¡¯s proposal.
¡°What can I say, these guys didn¡¯t have a core at all.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Really?¡±
¡°Aa, I have confirmed it using magic eye, there is no mistake about it. Although I was able to find some suspicious magic power from the golem¡¡±
¡°I-it ended with that after all! It¡¯ll be bad if this keeps up!¡±
Shia raised her voice filled with impatience. Hajime only let Shia¡¯s shout pass through his ears, then used ¡°Mineral Appraisal.¡± For golems that operated without core, he wondered, ¡°Are they made using special ore?¡±
His thoughts were right on the money.
Induction Ore
An ore that naturally induces magic. It was able to establish a connection of magic power between two or more induction ores, using one ore, other ores with an established connection of magic power can be remotely controlled.
These golem knights made using induction stone must have something that acted as a remote control. Although Hajime and his party thought it was replication, it was actually rearrangement by manipting the ore, they only needed to add to the parts that were insufficient. It¡¯s actually more like reconstructing rather than replicating.
If you looked carefully, you¡¯d notice that the floor was also made using the induction ore, and parts that that appeared to be cut away could be seen. Those were probably used to replenish the parts of the golems. Without defeating the controller, it¡¯d be truly endless.
¡°Yue, Shia. There must be something that¡¯s controlling them. Because it¡¯s seriously endless, let¡¯s breakthrough them!¡±
¡°Nnh.¡±
¡°B-breakthrough? Affirmative!¡±
Under Hajime¡¯s signal, Yue and Shia immediately dashed out toward the altar. Hajime advanced using Donner-Scg¡¯s rapid-fire against the knights and as they scattered a path was created, two grenades were thrown toward the knights that approached from behind. With a big explosion in the back, the golems knights were felled one after another by the st and the shockwave.
Shia advanced through the space that Hajime made, while rotating Doryukken, mowing down golem knights all the while. The golem knights were skillfully throwing their shields andrge swords at Shia only to have Yue¡¯s ¡°Rupture¡±e and split them.
Hajime whose duty was to guard the rear, fired his railguns in rapid session at the golem knights approaching from behind. Using the opportunity, Shia passed through the encirclement and arrived in front of the altar. Next was Yue who arrived in front of the door after jumping over the altar.
¡°Yue-san! The door-!?¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡It was sealed after all.¡±
¡°Au, as expected!¡±
In front of their eyes were the suspicious altar and door. They had guessed it¡¯d be sealed. That¡¯s why, they originally thought it¡¯d be troublesome and decided to ughter the knights instead. While they resolved to release the seal on the door. Shiained as usual, which resulted in knights flying in from the stairs.
¡°I¡¯ll leave the seal to Yue. It¡¯d take too much time to breakthrough it using transmutation.¡±
Hajime stood beside Shia to look out for her back. Just as Hajime said, to forcibly use transmutation to breakthrough the door, although it might be possible, it¡¯d consumerge amounts of magic power in this area, and it¡¯d also take a lot of time. That¡¯s why, having reached the altar with the yellow crystal with so much effort, it was faster to release the seal normally. Hajime who thought so, left the duty to Yue who had bad magic consumption.
¡°Nn¡ ¡ leave it to me.¡±
Yue readily acknowledged that and immediately took the yellow crystal from the altar. That crystal was in a square made of pyramids shape, if you looked carefully it was made frombinations of solid blocks.
Yue looked back at the door behind her. There were three indentations there. Yue thought for a while, then started to disassemble the square of pyramids. She reassembled those blocks to make new cubes that fit the indentations.
While assembling those, Yue observed the indentations in the door. Then, only by carefully observing it she noticed small characters that were carved there. They said¡
¡°I wonder if can you solve it~, I wonder~¡±
¡°You¡¯ll die if you don¡¯t do it fast, you know~¡±
¡°Well, it can¡¯t be helped if you can¡¯t solve it! You¡¯re just an ordinary human unlike me after all!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry! Even if your head is bad you can liv-¡ ¡ you can¡¯t live! How regre~ttable! Pugyaa¡ª!¡±
They were the annoying sentences as usual. Yue was truly irritated by it. With her usual expressionlessness, she concentrated to solve the puzzle although she wanted to punch the door.
Somehow, Hajime and Shia could feel her anger from her back, and could only curse in their minds while concentrating on destroying golem knights.
¡°Hajime-sa~n. Please useDOPAhjust like before~¡±
Like a certain ck thing from the kitchen, the golem knights swarmed disgustingly, that¡¯s why Shia begged Hajime to use a grenade.
¡°Idiot. That must be thrown where it was sure no trap was installed. If it was thrown near the stairs, you must know what might happen.¡±
¡°You said it now even after itid waste to the golems before?¡±
¡°Well, it was something Miledi Raisen made. Isn¡¯t it possible that it won¡¯t react only against golem?¡±
¡°Uu, I can¡¯t refute that¡¡±
In certain ways, Hajime and Shia only yed around with the golem knights so they could make idle talk. In the beginning, Shia was truly impatient about it, but when she saw how calm Hajime and Yue were, she calmed down.
¡°But, it made me somewhat happy.¡±
¡°Aa?¡±
Once more, while smashing a golem knight then making it fly with a kick, Shia blurted that out.
¡°Just a little while ago, I, who was only capable of running away, was able to fight together with Hajime-san¡ ¡ it made me so happy.¡±
¡°¡ ¡You are truly a curious one.¡±
¡°Ehehe, I, finally able to flirt with Hajime-san after we capture dungeon ! Yay.¡±
¡°Oi, you. How did you connect to that, it¡¯s the same as raising a death g. To be a tragic heroine will be too much for you, so stop that. Also, I just can¡¯t rebutted it, but you know this material, right?¡±
¡°It was, ¡°I absolutely won¡¯t let you die, my honey?¡±, something like that? Hajime-san, mouh!¡±
¡°You twisted it too much! Recently, although I was scared of your positivity¡ ¡ I don¡¯t have any appropriate remarks for it¡¡±
They kept chatting for several minutes while repelling those knights. In a way, in the space between the two who kept flirting, ¡°nuu~,¡± a shadow appeared. It was Yue.
¡°¡ ¡Flirting is forbidden.¡±
¡°Well, we didn¡¯t do anything like that.¡±
¡°Nufufu, is that what it looks like? How embarrassing~¡±
¡°It¡¯s better for you to shut up¡¡±
Somewhat, after Hajime look with a side nce at Shia with a tired expression, he turned to Yue who looked a little displeased. However, without re-thinking about this situation, this time she showed a little proud look having done a great achievement.
¡°¡ ¡It¡¯s open.¡±
¡°How fast, just as expected of Yue. Shia, fall back!¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
Hajime took a peek behind him, and as Yue said, the seal had released and the door was open. There seemed to be nothing unusual inside the room. Hajime told Shia to withdraw, then he retreated toward the room. The golem knights wouldn¡¯t able to chase after them if they closed the sealed door. Yue was the first to retreat, next was Shia who jumped beyond the door, and because it was a double door they were on standby at both sides to close it.
Hajime threw several grenades as farewell gifts, and dived into the room. Although the golem knights rushed after their escape, they were scattered by the strong impact that came from the grenades. Their bnce were destroyed. Without missing that chance, Yue and Shia closed the door.
Inside the room, using farsight it was confirmed that there was nothing at all. Surely, even if it was not Miledi Raisen¡¯s room, there must be some clue leading to it, right?, and that was what they thought while losing their momentum.
¡°This, isn¡¯t it that? Even though there was a conspicuous seal, there was actually nothing inside, is it that kind of punchline?¡±
¡°¡ ¡That can¡¯t be¡±
¡°Uu, Miledi. How much do you want to take us for a fool!¡±
The trio were dropped because of that most possible possibility, suddenly, they heard the familiar unpleasant sound.
GAKON!
¡°¡±¡± !?¡±¡±¡±
Along with the sound of mechanisms beginning to operate, the room trembled. Then, G came from the side of Hajime and his party.
¡°Kh!? What happen!? Did the room just move!?¡±
¡°¡ ¡Looks like i¡ª!?¡±
¡°Ukya!?¡±
At the same time Hajime said that, this time the G came from above. Because of the radical change, Yue may have bitten her tongue as she covered her mouth with teary eyes while trembling. Shia fell from the ceiling in a frog-like pose.
The room continued to change its direction several more times, it was stopped after approximately 40 seconds of ignoring thew of inertia. Hajime was able to endure the impact of a sudden stop by fixing his location using spikes driven into the ground, while Shia who unable to endure it, was rolling around, flying, and hit the back of her head hard against the wall. She rolled over here, she rolled over there, and raised a scream every it changed direction, that¡¯s why herplexion was bad. It was as if she was drunk. She waspletely down like a drunk with sharp pain in the back of her head. By the way, since the start Yue was clinging to Hajime¡¯s body so she had no problems at all.
¡°Fuu~, finally stopped¡ ¡ Yue, are you okay?¡±
¡°¡ ¡Nn, no problem.¡±
Hajime retracted the spikes and stood up. There was no change at all when he observed the surroundings. Considering the movement, the door they entered from should connect to a different ce.
¡°Ha-Hajime-san. Why are there no words for me?¡±
Shia who cover her mouth with blue face, stared at Hajime. It seems she was displeased because he only asked Yue.
¡°Well, if I ask the current you it¡¯ll reverse the momentum¡ ¡ and then you¡¯ll throw-up and get vomiting rabbit as a new title, you don¡¯t want that, right?¡±
¡°Of course! Even so, I wanted to be asked because that was a maide¡ª uppu.¡±
¡°See, it¡¯s better for you to rest a little now¡±
¡°Uu. Uppu.¡±
Leaving alone Shia who was on all fours that seemed to vomit at any moment, Hajime and Yue confirmed the surrounding. Finally, there was nothing after all and they faced the door.
¡°Well then, what shall we do?¡±
¡°¡ ¡Is the one that controlled it there?¡±
¡°There is that possibility. Miledi should have died¡ ¡ then who on earth moved those golem knights.¡±
¡°¡ ¡No matter who appears, it¡¯s all right. Hajime will be protected by me¡ ¡ subsequently, Shia too.¡±
¡°I can¡¯t hear you~ uppu.¡±
Hajime smiled, having heard Yue¡¯s typical words. Gently, with one hand he rubbed Yue¡¯s head. Yue who wanted to be spoiled came closer while pleasantly narrowing her eyes.
¡°¡ ¡Even though I remembered saying this before, could you stop suddenly entering into a world of just the two of you? What can I say, to be alienated makes me feel so lonely, uppu.¡±
While enduring the nausea, ¡°I don¡¯t want to be left out!¡±, was what Shia expressed while crawling on all fours.
¡°¡ ¡Even though I had also said it before, it stilles out, so could you stop that horror flick-like movement? What can I say, it¡¯d be scary if it appeared in my dreams.¡±
¡°T-that¡¯s good. To be beside you even just a little is a maiden¡¯s heart-, uppu. I also wanted to be patted just like Yue-san. Please embrace me and pat me! Ue, uppu.¡±
¡°To say that with a face of someone who will vomit at any moment¡ ¡ moreover to casually add your own demands.¡±
¡°¡ ¡It is still too early for Shia to be patted by Hajime.¡±
With her willpower, Shia came to Hajime and Yue¡¯s side, she looked at Hajime with expectant eyes and a pale face. Hajime quietly averted his gaze to face the door. Behind him, ¡°Why! Ueppu¡±, was the noise that could be heard, but he just let it pass through his ears.
On the other side of the door, will it be Miledi¡¯s dwelling, golem¡¯s controller, or just another trap¡ ¡ Hajime thought, ¡°Come whatever it is¡±, while he opened the door with a fearless smile.
There was¡
¡°¡ ¡Have I seen it before? This room.¡±
¡°¡ ¡Certainly. Especially that lithograph.¡±
Ahead of the opened door was another room. There was a lithograph and passage at the left side of the room. They should have memories of this room. Because, this room was¡
¡°It looks like¡ ¡ the first room, right?¡±
Shia thought that even though she said it, she didn¡¯t want to think it was so. However, certainly, just as Shia said there was the lithograph with the annoying sentences carved, just like the first room. But there was a difference from that room. The proof was, after several seconds the door opened, characters floated up from the original room¡¯s floor.
¡°Nee, right now, how do you feel?¡±
¡°Even though you had advanced after much hardships, only to arrive at the starting point, how do you feel?¡±
¡°Nee, nee, how do you feel? What kind of feeling do you have? Nee, nee.¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡ ¡¡±¡±¡±
The expressions of Hajime and his party¡®suton,¡¯fell from their faces. Their expressions perfectly fit the words ¡®Noh mask¡¯. The trio watched as the characters silently and smoothly moved. Then, additional characters started to appear.
¡°Ah, there is something I forgot to say, this dungeon will be altered at regr intervals.¡±
¡°As usual, it was Miledi-chan¡¯s thoughtfulness to make you enjoy the dungeon with a fresh feeling.¡±
¡°Are you happy? You are happy, right? There is no need to reward me! I only do it because I like it after all!¡±
¡°By the way, because it always changes, mapping it was useless.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t tell me, did you make it? With so much hardship? But, sorry! Pugyaa¡ª¡±
¡°Ha, hahaha.¡±
¡°FUFUFUFU.¡±
¡°FUHI, FUHIHIHI.¡±
The trio let out three different types of brokenughter. Afterwards, needless to say screams were echoed through the entirety of the dungeon. After getting through the first passage, it was just as Miledi said, the stairs were greatly altered along with the differing position of the corridor ahead of them. It goes without saying that they let out resentful voices again because of the structure.
Somehow they manage to regain their spirits, Hajime and his party once again tried to conquer the dungeon. However, it wasn¡¯t a smooth sailing as expected, especially Shia who always triggered the traps (gold basin, bird lime, shots of liquids with strange smell, etc), ¡°weren¡¯t those psychologically dangerous?¡±, that is to say she became totally enraged, well troublesome things are troublesome after all.
Then, they connected back to the starting scene.
Book 5. Chapter 7
Book 5. Chapter 7
Chapter 7 : The Person Inside the Golem
Inside a certain room, pale light was faintly emitted by the walls, and the shadows of three people close to the wall were cast. It was Hajime, Yue, and Shia.
Yue was on Hajime¡¯s right side, while Shia was on his left, and they sat while leaning against his shoulders. Although silence filled the room, if one focused their ears¡®suu- suu-,¡¯sounds could be heard. It was Yue and Shia¡¯s breathing. They were both embracing one of Hajime¡¯s arms and slept using his shoulders as a substitute for a pillow.
Today marks one week since Hajime and his party entered the dungeon of Raisen. During that time, a lot of traps and annoying sentences continued to exhaust their bodies and minds. They had been returned to the starting point seven times, attacked by lethal traps 48 times, and other meaningless traps for 169 times. Even though at first their hearts were filled with anger toward Miledi Raisen, after four days had passed it looked like their mental states became, ¡°No matter what appears next, it doesn¡¯t matter~¡±
They had an abundance of rations, and their bodies¡¯ specs made it so that they wouldn¡¯t easily die were the fortune within their misfortune . Now, they were resting after advancing, searching for clues all the while. As a result, they understood the pattern of the structure alteration. Using ¡°mark,¡± they were able to confirm where those blocks were repositioned.
There might be additional progress from now on. While he thought that, Hajime turned toward the girls that slept on his sides.
¡°They sleep sofortably¡ ¡ isn¡¯t this a Great Dungeon?¡±
Hajime¡¯s murmur mixed with a wry smile resounded. He had stayed up for a long time as the lookout. Hajime quietly released his arm that somehow got embraced, and stroked Yue¡¯s hair. A slight smile could be seen. Hajime¡¯s eyes also slightly reverted to their former state.
Next, he changed his nce to Shia on the other side. She splendidly drooled on Hajime¡¯s shoulder while ¡°munya munya,¡± she moved her mouth, and it truly was a ckened sleeping expression. He remembered that she also wanted her head patted, so he quietly stroked Shia¡¯s hair. Immediately, he felt the rabbit ears¡¯ fluffiness. It was followed by her showing a loosened expression that she doesn¡¯t show even under normal circumstances. It was a truly relieved expression. For the most part, it only urs when Hajime was on lookout, well, it could be said that she¡¯d feel relieved when Hajime was by her side.
Hajime who gently stroked the blue-hued gray hair, as well as the rabbit ears, showed aplex expression.
¡°Geez, just what¡¯s good about someone like me¡ ¡ that you would follow me, even here¡¡±
He looked at Shia with tender eyes while throwing abusive words at himself. The thing that Shia sought could bepared to the feelings that Yue had. Even so, Shia¡¯s positive attitude, cheerfulness, and how she cried but never gave up¡ ¡ greatly attracted Hajime¡¯s fancy. As a result, his strokes became even gentler. And, at that time, Shia who ¡°munya munya,¡± started to talk in her sleep.
¡°Munya¡ ¡ Au¡ ¡ Hajime-san, how bold~, to do it outside~, ¡ ¡ everyone will be able to see~¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
Hajime who looked at her with gentle eyes immediately erased his smile. He gently used both hands, and quietly moved them, to pinch Shia¡¯s nose and close her mouth. Shia¡¯s calm expression gradually changed to a painful one, but he didn¡¯t mind it and kept doing it.
¡°Nn~, nn? Nnh~!? Nnn¨C!! Nn¨C!! Puhah! Haa, haa, wh-what are you doing!? Even though it was an attack while I sleep, it has the wrong meaning!¡±
Shia who ¡°zeha zeha,¡± panted, woke up then fiercely protested, Hajime turned toward her with cold eyes.
¡°Well? Inside your mind, what kind of a pervert am I? What will you do outside? Nn?¡±
¡°Eh? ¡ ¡ hah, that was a dream!? Why~, even though Hajime-san finally became dere, it was impossible to suppress the pathos that gushed out, and the bashfulness of me that writhes in agony because of those words, finally decided in publi- hebuh!?¡±
Without listening to anymore of it, Hajime used strengthening to flick her forehead. Shia became face up because of the big impact, and the back of her head hit the wall behind her, hard; which result in her squatting with teary eyes. As expected, her shameless character always slips out.
While rubbing the back of her head, Shia muttered, ¡°Somehow I felt something happy happened, but is it just my imagination?¡± Probably, she unconsciously felt Hajime patting her. However, because he had known she would get carried away if he told her the truth, Hajime decided to ignore her.
Because Shia woke up (although by force), Hajime gently shook Yue to wake her up. Yue ¡°¡ ¡Nn u¡ ¡Au?¡±, let out that lovely voice while slowly opening her eyes. Then, with a nk expression she looked upward and confirmed Hajime was there, once again, she rubbed her mouth on Hajime¡¯s shoulder, then she quietly parted from Hajime and straightened her appearance.
¡°Uu, Yue-san is so cute¡ ¡ this is how a girl wakes up~,pared to her I was¡¡±
Shia began bing depressed this time, and Yue looked at her in wonder, only to let out an exnation, ¡°because it was Shia after all.¡±
¡°Look, from the beginning you understood the overwhelming difference in battle power (girl power), right? Rather than being depressed, start doing some soul searching.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ What gentleness, you didn¡¯t drop it somewhere?¡±
¡°¡ ¡? Hajime didn¡¯t drop anything like that.¡±
¡°Gusuh, only to Yue-san. Damn.¡±
Shia stood up after some soul searching. Yue and Hajime were also ready. This time, they prayed that they wouldn¡¯t be returned to the starting point, and so the trio resumed their dungeon conquest.
Once again, because there will be a lot of unpleasant traps and annoying sentences, they cleared their mind and soul.
Then, Hajime and his party reached a room that they had only visited once, even after a week. It was the room with golem knights that made them remember how mad they were when they got returned to the starting point the first time. However, this time the sealed door was opened from the start, and inside was not a room but a passage.
¡°This is¡ ¡ it¡¯d be troublesome if they encircle us again. Let¡¯s rush to the open door at once!¡±
¡°Nnh!¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
Hajime and his party broke into the golem knights¡¯ room at once. When they approached the center of the room, as expected, ¡®gashan gashan,¡¯ the sound of golem knights rushing out from the recesses on both sides of the walls resounded. From the start, they ran forward while kicking and shooting those golem knights; which bought them some time, while Hajime and his party ran faster still, to reach the altar before being caught by the golem knights¡¯ encirclement. Although the golem knights rushed after them, they were unable to catch up to Hajime and his party that had already passed the door. Having sessfully escaped, Hajime was grinning.
However, Hajime¡¯s smile vanished in the next moment. This time the golem knights also passed through the door, chasing after them. Also¡
¡°Wha-!? They can run on the ceiling!?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Surprising¡±
¡°Gravity-san please do your work~!¡±
That¡¯s right, the golem knights that chased them, as if ignoring gravity, were running on the walls and ceiling, giving off¡®gashan gashan,¡¯sounds of moving heavy armor. Because of this, even Hajime and his party were surprised by it. Hajime immediately looked at the passage then used ¡°Mineral Appraisal,¡± but all materials were already known. He didn¡¯t detect any minerals that could neutralize gravity, or any with adhesive nature.
¡°How did they do that?¡±
Those were the unintentional mutterings that leaked out from his mouth. And once more he took a peek at the golem knights behind him, bing even more surprised as he turned around.
One of the golem knights on the ceiling was running while¡®pyon,¡¯jumping, and like a cannonball it advanced with tremendous momentum toward them while jumping in mid-air.
¡°W-wha-!? Shitty bastard!¡±
Hajime let out a surprised voice then fired Donner rapidly. The bullets fired apanied by shes, and the golem knight¡¯s helmet and shoulders were destroyed. The golem knight¡¯s headpiece separated from the body, and therge sword and shield were also dropped. However, without falling to the ground, it advanced toward Hajime and his party as is.
¡°Evade!¡±
¡°Nnh.¡±
¡°Wakya!¡±
They avoided the golem knight¡¯s head, body,rge sword, and shield that came fast and furiously by jumping and bending their bodies. The wreckage of the golem knight passed Hajime and his party, flew towards the walls and ceiling without reducing its momentum, and then crashed and rolled around on the floor.
¡°Oioi, isn¡¯t that¡¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡ it looks like it ¡°fell¡±.¡±
¡°Gravity-san is at work, I understand.¡±
It was just as represented by Yue¡¯s and Shia¡¯s words. Apparently, those golem knights were able to control gravity. Although no one understood why they didn¡¯t use itst time, probably because previously it was a room, they might be only able to use it after the room changed into a passage.
While making that hypothesis, Hajime and his party were interrupted by golem knights that ¡°fell.¡± Some of them approached while spinning theirrge swords as if they were pinwheels in a veteran-like manner. Hajime and his party used gunfire and ¡°Rupture¡± for ranged attacks, while Shia struck those that drew near, and they advanced without stopping.
After a while, Hajime and his party felt a different presence from those knights.
¡°Muu¡ ¡ Hajime.¡±
¡°Aa, I know. Because this dungeon can reconstruct itself, it must be something like that.¡±
¡°W-we are surrounded.¡±
After falling golem knights, next was the reconstruction toe down. Hajime and his party decided to wait for the toon toe. The knights came with shields raised and moved ganty, as if they had be a wall. The golem knights created a two-row formation, where the knight in the back supported the defending knight in front. Perhaps they had learned that with only a single row they¡¯d be crushed with sheer power.
¡°Tch, how troublesome.¡±
While clicking his tongue, Hajime put Donner-Scg back into their holsters. After that, he took out one weapon from ¡°Treasure Box.¡±
In his hands was a weapon with rectangr shape and 12 rotating barrels, the Rocket & Missile Launcher : Orkan. The rockets themselves were 30 cm in length, each of them had more destructive power than the usual grenade. Using Creation magic, the warheads were installed with stones that could generate ¡°Lightning-d,¡± because these stones constantly generate static electricity, they were cobbled together withbustion powder that¡¯d be ignited by the warhead upon contact.
Hajime was grinning while he fixed Orkan to his side.
¡°Yue, Shia! Cover your ears! I¡¯ll blow them up!¡±
¡°Nn.¡±
¡°Ee~ what was that!?¡±
Shia who saw Orkan¡¯s bizarreness for the first time could only open her eyes wide. Yue was the first to thrust her index fingers into her ears.
Shia¡¯s rabbit ears¡®pinh,¡¯stood upright; unconcerned, Hajime pulled Orkan¡¯s trigger.
PASHUUU!
Along with that sound, the rocket wasunched, leaving trails of sparks behind. It was aimed at the toon of golem knights thatid in wait, then it hit.
In the next moment a roaring sound came along with arge explosion. The pressure that came from igniting arge amount ofpressedbustion powder greatly shook the passage. The golem knights that were in the line of fire and received a direct hit, were violently thrown against the walls on both sides, as well as the ceiling. They were destroyed to the point that they didn¡¯t even resemble their original forms. It¡¯d take a fair bit of time for them to be reconstructed.
Hajime and his party jumped over the wreckage of the fallen golem knights at once.
¡°Rabbit ears were-~, my rabbit ears were-~!!¡±
While Hajime and his party ran, Shia folded her rabbit ears and held them with both hands in agony with teary eyes. The Rabbitman tribe had¡ ¡ the most excellent hearing among the demi-human race after all.
¡°That¡¯s why I said to close your ears.¡±
¡°Ee? What is it? I can¡¯t hear you.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ truly, a shameless rabbit¡¡±
Although Hajime and Yue looked at Shia with amazed expressions, Shia who was in agony couldn¡¯t noticed it.
After dealing with golem knights that hade falling once again, they ran through the passage for five minutes. Finally, they saw the end. Ahead of the passage was a huge and broad room. The road itself was broken, and they could see a square scaffold 10 meters ahead.
¡°Yue, Shia! Jump!¡±
Hearing Hajime¡¯s shout, Yue and Shia (who somehow recovered) nodded. At their backs, the golem knights kepting down. While they tried to intercept, Hajime and his party that kept avoiding them reached the end of the passage and jumped.
The jumping power of Hajime and his party who used body strengthening far outstripped olympic athletes. Hajime and his party easily broke the world record and jumped to the square before them.
But, it was a characteristic of this Great Dungeon that nothinges out as expected. Somehow, in front of Hajime and his party that jumped, drawing a parabolic arc,¡®shii-,¡¯the square block began to move.
¡°Whaat!?¡±
Hajime raised the shout that he had let out many times in this dungeon. Because the distance they judge was altered, they will fall at this rate. They took a peek below and saw that it was quite deep. When he prepared to shoot out the anchor, Yue¡¯s voice immediately rang out.
¡°¡±Soar¡±!¡±
Using the updraft from wind magic, Hajime and his party¡¯s jump distance extended. Even though it was only for a moment, it was enough. He somehow seeded catching the edge of the block that was still moving even now. Using the spikes on his artificial arm to secure him in ce, Hajime was hanging with Yue and Shia clinging to him.
¡°N-nice, Yue.¡±
¡°As expected of Yue-san!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Praise me more.¡±
While unconsciously smiling because they had avoided the fall, Hajime and Shia praised Yue. Yue who had consumed arge amount of magic power was a little tired, but showed a triumphant mood.
However, that peaceful atmosphere was disrupted by the golem knights that came flying. That¡¯s right, the golem knights were flying in the air. They probably controlled gravity so that they wouldn¡¯t fall. They approached Hajime and his party who were currently hanging, with tremendous momentum.
¡°kh!? Yue, Shia climb me!¡±
While issuing that order Hajime took out Donner and rapidly shot at the approaching golem knights. Yue and Shia climbed up Hajime¡¯s body which was still moving along with the block. Then Hajime raised his strength to pull himself onto the block using only one arm. Immediately after, the ce where Hajime was previously hanging was pierced withrge swords that came hurtling with tremendous velocity. Afterwards, Hajime shoots from overhead the golem knights that were stiffened due to post-skilltency.
¡°Shit, these guys, I don¡¯t know if it was caused by the gravity control, but their movements and tactics became better.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Perhaps, the cause is here?¡±
¡°Ahaha, what¡¯s withmon sense. Isn¡¯t everything floating (¡)?¡±
Just as Shia said, everything in their vicinity was floating.
The ce that Hajime and his party had entered was a gigantic spherical room. The diameter itself was more than two kilometers. Inside the room, blocks with all kind of shapes and sizes were floating and¡®shii-,¡¯moved irregrly. It was a space thatpletely ignored gravity. However, for some reason Hajime and his party still felt gravity. Perhaps, only specific materials in this room were not restricted to gravity.
Inside this room, golem knights were able to fly around freely. Their falling directions were controlled after all, as they rapidly turned around. If they were living beings, it wouldn¡¯t be weird for them to die due to the tremendous G-force. When he thought how their movements and tactics became better as they approached this space, perhaps¡
¡°The one who controls the golems might be here, in this room, I think?¡±
Hearing Hajime¡¯s guess, Yue and Shia also agreed and then stiffened their expressions. No one knew why, but the surrounding golem knights did not attack them. For now, because nothing happened, they observed their surroundings. They didn¡¯t know if it was thest destination or if it continued after. However, this room was definitely close to the innermost room, proven by how the golem knights¡¯ abilities were improved, and the uniqueness of this room.
Hajime used ¡°Farsight¡± to investigate the gigantic, spherical space with his eyes. And, in the next moment, Shia¡¯s unease filled voice rang out.
¡°Ruun!¡± ¡°¡±!?¡±¡±
Hajime and Yue, without asking what it was, instantly jumped when they heard Shia¡¯s warning. Fortunately a block just passed by several meters ahead of them, allowing them to leave the block they were previously standing on.
Immediately,
ZUuGAGAGAN!!
A meteorite-like illusion came and it crashed into the block that Hajime and his party were on just a moment ago, sting it into fine pieces. Meteorite wasn¡¯t necessarily the wrong term for it. After all something gigantic made a scorching fall, and with its momentum it destroyed the block, and passed through.
Cold sweat flowed on Hajime¡¯s cheeks. He would have received a direct hit from that without Shia¡¯s warning. With him being unable to use ¡°Vajra,¡± it would be an instant death. He was also unable to sense iting. But immediately after Shia¡¯s warning, he certainly felt the presence. However, with its falling speed it would be impossible to avoid it when he sensed iting.
¡°Shia, you saved us. Thanks.¡± ¡°¡ ¡ nn, a big achievement.¡± ¡°Ehehe, it was good that ¡°Foresight¡± was activated. Although all of my magic was taken instead¡¡±
Apparently, Shia¡¯s special magic, ¡°Foresight,¡± activated faster than Hajime¡¯s perception was able to sense it. ¡°Foresight¡± was able to see the future as a result of Shia¡¯s assumed choice if she activated it manually, also, it could activate automatically. Just like this time, it saw through the big danger apanied with death that affected her directly or indirectly.
In other words, if they received a direct hit, at least Shia would have died from it. With a new feeling of horror, Hajime looked at the meteor-like thing that had passed them. He peeped below from the edge of the block. And, when he thought something moved below, it suddenly flew up with tremendous momentum. It went above them in no time, and while remaining in ce, ¡®ginh,¡¯ its eyes shone while ring at Hajime and his party.
¡°Oioi, seriously.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ So¡ ¡ big.¡±
¡°It¡¯s got the feeling of the big boss.¡±
Hajime and his party muttered three different impressions of it. Although Yue¡¯s remark was a little dangerous, it was still at the limit of tolerance¡ ¡ It should be.
What appeared in front of Hajime and his party was a super big golem knight that floated in mid-air. Although the armor was the same, its length should be around 20 meters. Its right hand was burning as if it was a heat knuckle, and it might be what caused the block from before to be sted to pieces. In its left hand was a chain that made¡®jhara jhara,¡¯sounds, equipped with a il-type Morningstar.
Hajime and his party took their stances as they saw the gigantic golem, and they could hear¡®hyun hyun,¡¯sounds from the surrounding golem knights that came flying until finally Hajime and his party were surrounded. The golem knights who stood in line, raised theirrge swords in front of their chests. It was as if they were saluting their king.
Hajime and his party werepletely encircled and could feel their tension raised. Silence filled their surroundings, it was as if it was a critical situation. The moment they move, the game that bet their lives (ughter) would begin. What destroyed the strained mood that was caused by such a premonition was¡
¡ ¡ Was the joke-like greeting from the gigantic golem.
¡°Yaho~, nice to meet you~, Miledi Raisen that¡¯s loved by everyone is here~¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡ ¡ Ha?¡±¡±¡±
Book 5. Chapter 8
Book 5. Chapter 8
Chapter 8 : Raisen Great Dungeon and The Last Trial
¡°Yaho~, nice to meet you~, Miledi Raisen that¡¯s loved by everyone is here~¡±
From the gigantic golem equipped with brutal equipment and full body armor and a helmet, whose sharp glint was able to make people freeze, was a random and light greeting. The words that it had said couldn¡¯t be understood, even by Hajime. His mind was somehow trying to escape the reality in front of him. Even Shia and Yue forgot that they were encircled and could only stare nkly with their mouths opened.
Because the trio stiffened, the gigantic golem let out a sullen voice. It was a woman¡¯s voice.
¡°You know~, because I already gave out a greeting, reply with something already. That¡¯s proper manners, you know? Geez, that¡¯s why youngsters of this generation¡ ¡ should have moremon sense.¡±
They were words filled with real irritation. Moreover, the gigantic golem was raising its burning right hand and its left hand that held on the thorned iron ball at shoulder height. It was a random and human-like gesture as if it said, ¡°Yare yare daze¡±, while shrugging its shoulders and shaking its head. But, Hajime and his party were the ones that were truly irritated by it. It was as if they were seeing those annoying sentences again. Although the one that called itself ¡°Miledi Raisen¡± might be the one behind those words, that woman should have been dead, she was a human after all.
For the time being, Hajime observed his surroundings.
¡°I am sorry about that. But, Miledi Raisen should be a human and already dead, right? Moreover, I have never heard of a golem with an ego¡ ¡ that¡¯s why we are surprised, so please forgive us. After that, please exin who you are. Make it brief.¡±
¡°Aree~, this person, even under this situation you¡¯re so conceited.¡±
There was no need to observe anything at all. Rather, he let out a super straight ball. As expected, because of his unexpected reaction, the gigantic golem that called itself Miledi showed a perplexed expression. However, it immediately recovered, it replied to Hajime and his party with a voice that could simply make one imagine it as someone grinning, if it were human.
¡°Nn~? Miledi-san is a golem-san from the start you know~ To say I was human¡¡±
¡°I have read a little about you from Oscar¡¯s notes. It¡¯s perfectly written that you¡¯re a human woman, you know? Rather, I don¡¯t want to hear any foolish talk. I already said to make it brief before. Even if you try to obstruct us, what we need to do is still the same. I will turn you into scrap and move on. That¡¯s why, before you can¡¯t make any more¡®gata gata¡¯sounds, tell us everything.¡±
¡°O, oou, because it was my first conversation after a long time, no matter what you say it makes me dance with joy inside. Rather, did you just say Oscar? Don¡¯t tell me, you¡¯ve conquered O-chan¡¯s dungeon?¡±
¡°Aa, if it was Oscar Orcus¡¯s dungeon we already conquered it. Rather, it was us who¡¯s supposed to do the asking. If you won¡¯t talk then we¡¯ll fight, you know? Well, it¡¯s not like we need to know anything. Our only objective is the age of Gods magic after all.¡±
Hajime turned Donner toward the gigantic golem. Although Yue showed a rifying face, Shia said ¡°Uwa~, he didn¡¯t shake at all~¡±, in half-surprise and half-amazement while looking at Hajime.
¡°¡ ¡ Age of Gods magic you say, then as expected, is that for god ying? Is it to ughter and destroy those shitty bastards? If you have captured O-chan¡¯s dungeon, then you know the situation, right?¡±
¡°I already said that it was us who¡¯s supposed to do the asking. What we want is the answer, so answer our inquiry from before.¡±
¡°This fellow~ is truly conceited~, well, that¡¯s okay~, umm what was it¡ ¡ Aa, my identity. Uu~n¡±
¡°Make it brief. I don¡¯t need a long exnation like Oscar¡¯s.¡±
¡°Ahaha, certainly, O-chan¡¯s speech was long~, and there was too much theory~¡±
The gigantic golem looked up at the ceiling into a far distance, filled with nostalgia. It was truly a golem with human-like movements. Yue gazed at the gigantic golem with her usual expressionlessness, while Shia was restless because of the surrounding golem knights.
¡°Un, I will say it briefly as you want. I am certainly Miledi Raisen. All the golem¡¯s wonders can be exined with age of Gods magic! If you want to know more, then magnificently try to defeat me! Well something along those lines.¡±
¡°In the end, there is no exnation¡¡±
¡°Hahaha, that was, before youplete the conquest, you won¡¯t receive any information, right? Without that there would be no meaning behind the dungeons, you know?¡±
This time, the gigantic golem, Miledi Golem, used her finger as if saying, tsk tsk tsk! Although they didn¡¯t know for sure if Miledi Raisen was inside of it, if they excluded the character then the golem had its own charm. Yue boldly muttered, ¡°¡ ¡ its only problem is the inside¡±, having the same impression as Hajime.
Finally, about that inside, they still didn¡¯t understand anything in the end. If it was truly Miledi herself, Hajime guessed it must be some kind of residual thought. Hajime hazily remembered from his memory that his ssmate, Nakamura Eri, was a necromancer; a job that handles residual thoughts. However, with her necromancy a residual thought that carried a clear intent like this couldn¡¯t be formed. In other words, it was still in the boundary to assume that the established intent of the deceased inside the golem was made by age of Gods magic.
Anyway, it was not a magic that could be used to move to other worlds that he was looking for. So Hajime who was a little disappointed asked a question to the gigantic golem, no Miledi Golem.
¡°Your age of Gods magic, is it something rted to residual thoughts? If that¡¯s so, there is no reason for me to be here.¡±
¡°Nn~? That look, do you have other purposes to get age of Gods magic? By the way, my age of god magic is not that one~, I was helped by Ra-kun to establish my soul in this body~¡±
Hajime¡¯s objective is only to go back to his own world. Because he doesn¡¯t understand anything about souls and thoughts, obtaining an age of the Gods magic that maniptes something like that would be pointless. That said, after he asked about that, Miledi¡¯s reply didn¡¯t match up to his predictions. Even though he didn¡¯t know who Ra-kun was, it was probably one of the ¡°Liberators.¡± That person gave Miledi Golem Miledi¡¯s soul before she died and established it inside the golem.
¡°Then, what is your age of Gods magic? Depending on your answer, we¡¯ll return as we are¡¡±
¡°Nn~ Nn~, do you want to know? Do you really want to know?¡±
Once again, Miledi asked with a grinning-like voice, and Hajime who was waiting for her reply was irritated by it.
¡°If you want to know~, answer my question first,¡±
Only on thest few words in her voice changed. Her frivolous atmosphere up till now vanished, and she carried seriousness instead. Hajime and his party were a little surprised by the change. Hajime asked back without showing that on his expression.
¡°What is it?¡±
¡°What¡¯s your objective? What do you need age of Gods magic for?¡±
I won¡¯t forgive any falsehoodwas what her tone implied, even her joking atmosphere totally disappeared when Miledi asked that. That was probably this woman¡¯s true nature. If you think about it, she even challenged the Gods for the sake of the people. That was why she didn¡¯t want to entrust her magic to someone with an unknown purpose. It was different from the will in Orcus¡¯s image recording. No matter if hundreds of years pass by, she intended to keep waiting deep in the dungeon to ascertain the challengers¡¯ purpose. In a way it could be called torture for her. Even her frivolous attitude was a bluff, the real her is someone who has great patience and will, it could be said that she had a sense of responsibility.
Maybe because Yue also thought of her like that, she had been looking at Miledi Golem with a different expression since a while ago. Yue understood well the suffering of someone who was alone in the depths of darkness. That¡¯s why, for Miledi who was determined to leave her soul behind in order to stay in the depths of the darkness, she seemed to feel something more than sympathy.
Hajime looked straight at Miledi Golem¡¯s glinting eyes and replied without any falsehood.
¡°My objective is to return to my hometown. I was forced into this world by the ones you call mad Gods. I am looking for age of Gods magic that¡¯s capable of transferring people between worlds¡ ¡ I have no intention of defeating the Gods in your stead. I don¡¯t even have the slightest inclination to risk my life for this world.¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
For a while Miledi Golem quietly stared at Hajime, then maybe because she reached something she gave a little nod. Afterwards, she only muttered ¡°I see¡±. And, in the next moment, her serious atmosphere disappeared as if it was an illusion and her frivolity returned.
¡°Nn~, I see I see. So that¡¯s it~, you¡¯re from a different world~. Un un. That is problematic for you~ Okay, then it¡¯s time for battle! Splendidly defeat me and you will obtain the age of Gods magic!¡±
¡°Although your chain of reasoning was so odd that I lost the meaning of it¡ ¡ just what¡¯s with ¡°then it¡¯s time¡±. Rather, didn¡¯t you hear my words? If your magic isn¡¯t transition magic there will be no meaning, you know? Or are you saying it is transition magic?¡±
Miledi only, ¡°Nnfufu~¡±, let out an unpleasantugh, then, ¡°That is¡ ¡¡±, answered with a voice filled with too much emphasis as she prolonged her answer. Her appearance resembled Mino**n that tried to inform the Final Answer.
Finally, with his irritation reaching its limit, and because it¡¯d be a battle from now on, Hajime took out Orkan and Miledi shouted the answer she forestalled.
¡°No~t telling!¡±
¡°Die.¡±
Without asking any more questions, Hajime fired the rockets from Orkan. Leaving trails of sparks, the storm of destruction flew toward Miledi Golem and hit.
ZUGAaAAAN!!
The violent sound of explosions resounded and shook the room. Smoke rose from that explosion.
¡°Did we do it!?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Shia, that was a g.¡±
Shia who let out ¡°first strike for victory!¡±, with a joyful look was tsukkomi¡¯ed by Yue. The result: it was just as Yue said. From inside the smoke the burning right hand appeared with a ¡®bobah,¡¯ sound and dispersed the smoke.
When the smoke cleared up Miledi Golem appeared, with some parts of both of her forearms broken. Miledi Golem picked up the floating blocks that had drawn near, and they were dposed to be materials for the parts of her arms that were broken.
¡°Fufu, what a fast preemptive strike~,e, my age of Gods magic might be what you seek after all~, but because I am strong~, work hard so you won¡¯t die~¡±
Whileughing joyfully, Miledi Golem shot out the il-type Morningstar in her left hand toward Hajime and his party. It wasn¡¯t thrown. The Morningstar just suddenly flew with tremendous velocity without any starting movement. Perhaps, the gravitational force¡¯s direction was adjusted and made it ¡°fall¡± just like the other golems.
Hajime and his party avoided the Morningstar by jumping onto a nearby floating block. The Morningstar turned the block that Hajime and his party were previously standing on into minute pieces. Then it turned around and returned to Miledi Golem¡¯s hand.
¡°Let¡¯s do it! Yue, Shia. Let¡¯s destroy Miledi!¡±
¡°Nnh!¡±
¡°Affirmative!¡±
Along with Hajime¡¯s shout, inside one of the Seven Great Dungeons; Raisen Great Dungeon, thest fight began.
The golem knights who raised theirrge swords in a standby state began to move as if signalled by Hajime¡¯s shout. Just like inside the passage before, they turned toward Hajime and his party and rushed out.
Yue took out a water bottle that was nking with the other bottles and used it to horizontally mow down her enemies. The water that was pressurized to the limit, rather than water cutter it cut apart the golem knights more like aser.
¡°Ahaha, you can do it after all~, but, the enemies are 50 infinitely regenerating knights and me, I wonder if you can handle all of us at the same time~¡±
While saying that with a sarcastic tone, Miledi fired the Morningstar again. Shia made a big jump, and jumped onto the moving pyramid block¡¯s upper part. Hajime didn¡¯t move from his spot and turned Donner toward the Morningstar and fired rapidly.
DOPAaaNh!
There was only one gunshot sound. However, the bullets that fired numbered six. The attacks were apanied with a sh aimed only at the approaching Morningstar, striking it with tremendous velocity. It was indeed a metal ball with huge mass, there was not much change even after it was hit by the railgun six times at the same time, but its trajectory deviated away from Hajime by arge margin.
At the same time, Shia jumped from the upper part of the block to Miledi¡¯s overhead, she brought down Doryukken as she fell.
¡°I already saw that~¡±
Along with those words, Miledi Golem suddenly moved to the side at a great velocity. She must be ¡°falling¡± to the side.
¡°Kuh, you¡ª!¡±
With her aim off, Shia gritted her teeth and pulled Doryukken¡¯s trigger, then an explosion came out. With the cartridge ejecting from the side, her trajectory was corrected. After spinning three times, a blow that carried significant centrifugal force hit Miledi Golem.
ZUuGAGAN!!
Miledi Golem immediately used her left arm to guard. A tremendous sound of impact came from the left hand. However, as if nothing happened Miledi Golem swiped her left hand horizontally.
¡°Kyaaaa!!¡±
¡°Shia!¡±
Shia who was hit let out a scream. Somehow she managed to pull Doryukken¡¯s trigger and corrected her pose using its explosive power; additionally, using the recoil she made an emergencynding on the nearby block.
¡°Hah, you can do it after all. Oi, Yue. Just what kind of training did you make her do?
¡°¡ ¡ I only drove her into a corner.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I see, it was something like polishing her ability to survive to the maximum.¡±
Hajime used Farsight to confirm Shia who ¡®pyon pyon,¡¯ bounced on the blocks toe back, with admiration in his mind. And, on the block Hajime and Yue were on, the golem knights that rushed them was finally could not be held back by Yue alone.
Hajime took out Metherai the Gatling gun from ¡°Treasure Box.¡± Then, with his back turned to Yue, he unleashed the monster capable of scattering 12,000 deaths per minute.
DOuRURURURURU!!
Its six barrels began rotating as he fired it. While letting out sounds particr to this weapon, a lot of shes flew straight freely all over the room; while the enemies who met the bullets mid-air were turned into scrap and fell to the bottom. Those that sneaked around to the other side to evade and attack from the blind spot, by aser of water, were perfectly cut.
More than 40 golem knights fell to the bottom of the room in tragic states in no time. After some time, they would likely finish reconstructing and return to the frontline, but it was good that they won¡¯t be hindrances for a while. That¡¯s right, until the time their boss, Miledi Golem is destroyed.
¡°Wh-, what was that!? I have never seen nor heard of anything like that!¡±
Having heard Miledi Golem¡¯s astonished shout, Hajime put Metherai back into ¡°Treasure Box,¡± then once again he pulled out Donner, and let out a voice that could be heard even by Shia who was at a distance..
¡°Miledi¡¯s core is at the same ce as the heart! Destroy that!¡±
¡°W-wh-! How did you know that!?¡±
Once more, Miledi let out an astonished voice. Surely she didn¡¯t know that Hajime has a magic eye that¡¯s capable of seeing the flow of magic power. Because the position of the core that could be used to defeat the golem was confirmed, Yue and Shia¡¯s eyes became sharp with a glint.
Currently, there were around ten golem knights that still floated. The trio released waves of attacks aimed to hit Miledi¡¯s heart.
Hajime immediately tried to get closer to Miledi Golem by jumping using the floating blocks as footholds. With the current output of the Railgun, it¡¯d be hard to pierce Miledi Golem¡¯s gigantic body and hit the core. That¡¯s why, he decided to shoot at zero distance to destroy the armor, then pull out a grenade.
However, it was not that easy.
When he noticed Miledi Golem¡¯s eyes shine for a moment, blocks were floating from her overhead toward Hajime with tremendous speed.
¡°!?¡±
¡°I never said I can only control the knights~¡±
Ignoring Miledi¡¯s grinning voice, Hajime immediately ¡®gashun,¡¯ operated his artificial arm¡¯s gimmick.
DOGANh!!
With a sound that could affect the insides of your stomach, an explosive sound rang out and pressure was generated from the back of the artificial arm that was aimed forward. More specifically, it was the discharge of the powerful shotgun. Although eleration using electromaism couldn¡¯t be done, thepression ratio ofbustion powder was much higher than in Donner. The recoil was also severe because of it. The trajectory of Hajime¡¯s body changed mid-air, while the blocks that came flying were dodged. Afterward, he somehow managed to put his feet on the targeted block.
Naturally, Miledi Golem tried to ¡°drop¡± Hajime¡¯s foothold, but before she was aware, Shia already approached her from behind and she jumped to deliver a strong hit on Miledi Golem¡¯s head. First of all, she wanted to destroy the eyes¡¯ part on the head that gave off suspicious light.
Miledi Golem who noticed Shia was approaching, made the golem knights target Shia that was in the middle of her jump. Shia waspletely defenseless mid-air. At the moment that she was almost cut by therge swords.
¡°¡ ¡ I won¡¯t let you.¡±
This time, it was Yue that had moved before she was aware of it, using ¡°Rupture¡± she cut the golem knights that tried to attack Shia.
¡°As expected of Yue-san!¡±
While saying that, with the trouble gone, Shia continued to advance in the air, and she delivered the attack that was made by strengthening her physical ability to the limit.
¡°Golem won¡¯t lose in terms of power~¡±
Miledi Golem proved her own words, while turning around she immediately swung her burning right hand toward Shia.
DOoGAGAGAN!!
A tremendous roar resounded when Shia¡¯s Doryukken and Miledi Golem¡¯s heat knuckle collided. The surrounding floating blocks were blown away radially by the ensuing shockwave.
¡°Damn you!¡±
Shia who was unable to prate Miledi Golem¡¯s fist let out a shout to pull out more of her power. However, just as expected of a golem¡¯s physical strength, Shia was shaken off and blown away by the fist.
¡°Kyaaa!!¡±
Shia let out a scream. There was no floating block in the direction she was in. Because she thought Shia would fall at this rate, Yue dashed out from the side and embraced Shia. Using ¡°Soar¡± for just a moment, they corrected their trajectory andnded on the floating block in front of them.
¡°Quite abination you have there~¡±
With aposed voice, Miledi Golem looked up while Yue and Shia looked down at her. An unexpected voice came out from nearby.
¡°Right?¡±
¡°!?¡±
Letting out a panicked and surprised voice, Miledi Golem changed the direction of her nce. Before she was aware of him, he had slipped onto her bosom while fixing his location using the anchor and putting his foot into the cracks on the armor, he aimed therge weapon : Scgen to the heart¡¯s part. A bright red spark gushed out from Scgen.
¡°S-since whe¡ª!?¡±
DOoGAN!!!
Miledi¡¯s surprised words were cut off by the roar that came from Scgen. Having fired a mass of killing intent from zero distance, it blew Miledi Golem away and her chest armor was shattered into tiny fragments. Even if ¡°Lightning-d¡± couldn¡¯t be used with enough output, the current Scgen¡¯s firepower was the same as Donner¡¯s maximum power. Even so, that was enough firepower to destroy metallic armor. Even golem knights¡¯ armor could easily be blown apart by the current Donner, so Miledi Golem¡¯s armor that¡¯s made from the same materials even if it was a little thicker, could be destroyed using Scgen.
Blown backwards, smoke came from Miledi Golem¡¯s chest. Hajime also flew backwards. By shooting the anchor, he turned around mid-air, and with the momentum hended on a nearby floating block. Then, he observed Miledi Golem¡¯s condition.
Yue and Shia also jumped to the floating block near Hajime.
¡°¡ ¡ Did we do it?¡±
¡°Although there was a response¡¡±
¡°With this, I want it to end.¡±
Having heard Yue¡¯s response, Shia said her wishful thinking. Hajime¡¯s expression was subtle. Although Miledi Golem¡¯s chest armor was destroyed, without knowing what had happened, nearby floating blocks started to move, and Hajime and his party could hear a voice that was filled with admiration.
¡°Wow~ you¡¯re the real deal, that was a close call. If there was no magic power disintegration, that artifact¡¯s real power would be very dangerous you know~, yes, having made this dungeon with great effort, Miledi-chan is a genius!!¡±
Miledi Golem praised herself. However, her words didn¡¯t enter Hajime¡¯s ears. Hajime¡¯s expression was sharp. That¡¯s because there was jet ck armor beneath the wrecked chest armor, and he noticed one thing from that. Hajime remembered that armor¡¯s material.
¡°Nnu~, did this interest you~¡±
Miledi Golem noticed Hajime¡¯s gaze, and with a grinning voice she pointed at the jet ck armor. With the tone of someone important, ¡°This is you know~¡±, she tried to exin the armor¡¯s identity, but Hajime continued that with a mutter followed by a vulgar word.
¡°¡ ¡ Azanthium huh, bastard.¡±
Azanthium ore is an ore boasting the trait as the world¡¯s hardest ore that even Hajime use in some of his equipment. A thin coating of this ore is even able to endure Donner¡¯s maximum power. That¡¯s why Scgen¡¯s attack was unable to scratch it. Hajime drew wrinkles on his forehead because it would be hard to destroy that Azanthium armor.
¡°Oh my? You knew of this~, rather that¡¯s a given. You have conquered O-kun¡¯s dungeon after all, so it was impossible for you to not know how to use Creation magic~, nowe, because you had understood your limit and feel hopelessness, let¡¯s move on to the second round!¡±
Miledi snatched the materials from the smashed floating blocks, when the surface armor was reconstructed, she started to fiercely charge while firing the Morningstar.
¡°W-what should we do!? Hajime-san!¡±
¡°There is still a way. By any means, seal off her movement!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, affirmative¡±
With the condition where they didn¡¯t have enough firepower, Shia who was shaken asked Hajime. Hajime still had hisst resort, to use it he issued an order to seal off Miledi Golem¡¯s movement. On the other hand, Yue and Shia let out somewhat relieved expressions and they tried to evade the iing Morningstar by jumping to the nearby floating blocks. However,
¡°I won¡¯t let you~¡±
Along with Miledi Golem¡¯s voice, the floating blocks that became their footholds started rotating in high speed. With their footholds rotating all of a sudden, Hajime and his party lost their bnce. Then, the Morningstar crashed into Hajime and his party with its immense power. Hajime and his party abandoned their footholds that had be fine dust. Hajime was clinging to the chain that passed with ¡®jhara jhara¡¯ sounds. Yue used the fragments of the smashed floating blocks along with ¡°Soar¡±, while Shia was using the recoil from Doryukken¡¯s explosion to somehow manage to make an emergencynding on the floating block before her eyes.
Maybe because that was Miledi Golem¡¯s aim, she thrusted her heat knuckle towards them.
¡°Kuu!!¡±
¡°Nnh!!¡±
They avoided the direct hit but were affected by the force of it passing by. Groans of anguish were let out from Yue and Shia¡¯s mouth. Even so, as if that were something else, Yue aimed at Miledi Golem¡¯s hand and invoked ¡°Rupture¡±, while Shia used Doryukken¡¯s gimmick to let out a stake, and with a strike, pierced Miledi Golem¡¯s armor, and clung to it.
¡°Rupture¡± was able to cut off part of Miledi Golem¡¯s right hand, but it couldn¡¯tpletely sever it, and Yuended on another floating block with a mortified expression.
On the other hand, Shia who clung to Miledi Golem¡¯s left shoulder made a full swing of Doryukken and aimed at Miledi¡¯s head. However, Miledi Golem¡¯s sudden use of ¡°fall¡± made Shia lose her bnce and she was thrown out in the air.
¡°Kyaa!¡±
Shia let out a scream. Over there, Hajime who clung on to the Morningstar¡¯s chain swung himself and using the centrifugal force, he jumped and caught Shia in the air.
¡°Hajime-san!¡±
Shia called out Hajime¡¯s name with a voice full of joy. It was the rescue by embracing that she yearned for. Although she was aware of the situation they were in, she immediately felt ted. However, there was Hajime¡¯s quality. Shia was thrown to the crowd of demonic beasts in front of them.
¡°H-Hajime-san!?¡±
¡°Let¡¯s go one more time!¡±
With a¡®gashun,¡¯he reloaded a shotshell into his artificial arm and then fired it. Using the recoil, Hajime rotated and threw Shia toward Miledi Golem assisted by the centrifugal force.
¡°Damn ittt¡ª!¡±
When she thought her desire had been fulfilled, the next moment she was in a situation where she was suicide attacking the enemy. Letting out a roar of desperation she prepared Doryukken.
Even Miledi felt that Hajime¡¯s actions were cold. However, she was still ready to intercept that, she drew back the heat knuckle behind while clenching its fist. And, in the next moment, suddenly a big explosion came from the chain that connected to the Morningstar.
¡°Wawawah, what-!?¡±
Miledi let out a surprised voice. The cause of the explosion was arge amount of grenades that Hajime attached to the chain. With tremendous explosive power, the chain was blown from the middle section, while the left arm that was wrapped by it was greatly damaged. Because of the impact, Miledi Golem¡¯s stance was broken.
Shia reached her while swinging Doryukken.
¡°Rhaaaaa!!¡±
Along with that shout, she pulled the trigger on the handle and the shotshell inside burst out. Doryukken approached Miledi Golem using the momentum created by the eleration from the impact that was even able to crush air.
Miledi Golem was still upied by the severe damage on her left arm. Immediately, Doryukken hit her left hand. Without mercy, Doryukken pulverized the brittle left arm up to the shoulder.
With the momentum used to swing Doryukken, Shia floated in mid-air. Miledi Golem wanted to at least take revenge for her left arm, and she released her heat knuckle at Shia.
However, during the time Miledi was concentrating on Shia, aser of water came forth from her lower side, and it precisely cut the part that was previously only partially cut. Afterwards, with the wound opened up and being cut further, Miledi Golem¡¯s right hand was finally cut off.
¡°¡ ¡ I did it.¡±
The one who said that with a smile, was of course Yue.
¡°Kh, you¡ª! Don¡¯t get carried away!¡±
Miledi raised a voice filled with irritation. In that moment, Hajime fired the anchor at the floating block overhead and moved in the air like a pendulum, catching Shia who had fallen. However, it was not a hug, but rather, holding her armpit.
¡°Hajime-sa~n, aren¡¯t you going to give me a hug as a reward? Please read the mood~¡±
¡°Don¡¯t say it as if I was a KY. You who tries to fulfill your desire in such a situation is the one that should read the mood¡±
The moment theynded on the nearby floating block, Shia let out a displeased voice while pouting, then Hajime tsukkomi¡¯d while amazed by that. Miledi who lost both arms somehow didn¡¯t summon the surrounding blocks to reconstruct her arms, she only looked at the ceiling while her eyes shone strongly.
Because of a totally bad premonition, Hajime¡¯s expression stiffened. It was also supported by Shia¡¯s pale expression.
¡°Hajime-san, Yue-san! Dodge! It¡¯ll rain (¡ ¡)!¡±
Hajime guessed Shia¡¯s special magic had perhaps triggered. That means, somehow a dangerous situation that could kill someone rted to, or Shia herself would ur. He confirmed Yue¡¯s location, a little ways behind him, with a cursory nce, then Hajime took a stance to respond to anything that might happen
Immediately, it happened.
The entirety of the room rumbled. The low rumbling of earth resounded, fragments fell from the ceiling. No, they were not fragments. It was the ceiling itself that¡¯s falling.
¡°Kh!? That bastard!¡±
¡°Fufufu, it¡¯s payback. Although I am incapable of controlling multiple things except the knights, if it¡¯s only to make them ¡°fall,¡± then even I can cause hundreds of them to do so~, show me how you surpass this~¡±
Although there was irritation in Miledi¡¯s easygoing words, there was no time to notice it. Because the room¡¯s walls were made from numerous blocks, that means the ceiling is also made from numerous blocks. One by one, each of those blocks were gigantic with weight surpassing ten tons. Those things were falling like rain. Cold sweat flowed from Hajime¡¯s forehead.
¡°Ha-Hajime-san!¡±
¡°Let¡¯s join with Yue!¡±
Shia let out a trembling voice while being carried, and using the anchor with a pendulum-like movement, they jumped toward Yue¡¯s direction. Yue also jumped using the floating blocks as footholds toward them. During that time, Miledi Golem kept looking at the ceiling. Perhaps, just as she said, unlike the golem knights she was only able to control one or two things. Therefore, in order to make them fall, she must concentrate to remove hundreds of those gigantic stones from the ceiling.
Somehow, when Hajime and his party rejoined, hundreds of gigantic stones simultaneously poured down from the sky.
GOGOGOGOGOGOGOGOh!!! GOBAh!!
Blocks wereing from the ceiling, groups of gigantic stones were falling, letting out devastating roars while the room¡¯s tremor was stopped. Moreover, she might even be able to adjust the trajectories because they were specifically aimed at the ce where Hajime and his party were. Even Miledi Golem wouldn¡¯tmit a double suicide, so it¡¯d be safe to go under her and after he took a nce at that, he dashed out with a tremendous speed along the wall. But, even if he started now, they wouldn¡¯t make it.
¡°Yue! Shia! Hold on tight! Absolutely don¡¯t let go!¡±
¡°Nnh!¡±
¡°Yess!¡±
As soon as Hajime heard Yue and Shia, he once again took out Orkan from ¡°Treasure Box.¡± Then, he rapidly fired 12 rockets at the oing gigantic stones. While leaving trails of sparks, they flew towards the death that wasing overhead, and one by one the rockets that came flying at the gigantic stones causedrge explosions.
Their vision was shrouded, the groups of gigantic stones couldn¡¯t be seen, and they let out a little smile because of Orkan¡¯s attacks. Finally they were able to see some of the ceiling. Hajime put Orkan away then set up Donner-Scg and fired them at the ceiling. He tried to spread the little path of safety they were in, so he continued to precisely break the fragments from the gigantic stones.
However, Hajime¡¯s interception could only go so far. Finally, groups of gigantic stones that fell with great velocity reached Hajime and his party. Hajime confirmed that Yue and Shia were tightly holding onto him, then moved using his special magic. It was ¡°Light Speed.¡± Hajime¡¯s world immediately lost its color, he was able to recognize the falling fragments of death one by one.
He passed by the barrage of gigantic stone fragments using the minimum necessary movement. At the same time, he spun the guns in his hands and reloaded them, he used concentrated shots at the unavoidable fragments, changing their trajectories. He couldn¡¯t waste even ama. Just like the fight with the Guardian of Orcus Great Dungeon, where even with the level of perception expansion from ¡°Light Speed¡± that he just awoke to, it still wasn¡¯t enough. It was necessary to exceed the limit of concentration!
Hajime further used another special magic. It was ¡°Limit Break.¡± Hajime¡¯s body was immediately wrapped in red light. But, that immediately disappeared. If it was normal, Hajime¡¯s physical abilities should have raised by three times, but that special magic was nullified by the dungeon¡¯s magic power disintegration. ¡°Limit Break¡± itself was simr to wearing a reinforced exoskeleton made by magic. It was different for physical ability strengthening which was applied internally. In other words, even with the cancetion of body strengthening, his strengthened and expanded perception effectiveness was not canceled.
Also, to ¡°break¡± the ¡°limit¡± wasn¡¯t something gained for free. The load on his body wasn¡¯t something normal. Furthermore, Hajime already strengthened his perception to the limit using ¡°Light Speed.¡± His body would already have been broken if not for the demonic beasts¡¯ meat that he ate. Actually, because he was still unable to endure it, the capiries in Hajime¡¯s eyeballs showed, while he let out a little nosebleed.
Yue and Shia were swaying unsteadily when he moved, while clinging to Hajime who was evading the death that rained with only small movements. He bnced himself on the footholds that swayed and were violently crushed, sometimes he made the falling fragments as his foothold. He sharpened his mind, and now he was able to perceive the cracks on the falling rocks one by one. Having passed the limit, he used the area that normally could not be used by humans to find a way to escape death!
Miledi who observed Hajime and his party from the wall¡¯s side, saw that they were immediately swallowed by the groups of gigantic stones. Although they struggled, they weren¡¯t able to surpass thoserge masses as expected, then she deactivated ¡°fall¡± with a little disappointment.
With their fall stopped, the clusters of gigantic stones were floating along with the blocks, then the scattered ceiling¡¯s wreckage rose.
¡°U~n, as expected, it was impossible~, but if they couldn¡¯t do this much, they wouldn¡¯t be able to win against those shitty bastards~¡±
Miledi muttered that while searching for the corpses of Hajime and his party. And, at that time,
¡°I have no interest in those shitty bastards.¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
She heard a familiar voice. The insolent boy that moved at his own pace, gray haired with an eyepatch and used artifacts she¡¯s never seen before. That¡¯s right, it was Hajime¡¯s voice. Miledi turned her head to the back while letting out a shocked voice tinged with a little joy.
There was, surely, Hajime who stood safe and sound on the floating block with rough breathing, and blood flowing from his eye and nose while ring at Miledi.
¡°H-how¡¡±
Because she saw Hajime swallowed by the group of gigantic stones in front of her eyes, Miledi could only unintentionally let out a doubting voice in front of him. Having seen that, Hajime¡¯s mouth formed a smile.
¡°Although it¡¯s okay to answer that¡ ¡ is it okay to only focus on me?¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
Miledi raised the same doubting voice as before. But, that doubt was immediately answered by hits of magic.
¡°¡±Rupture¡±¡±
Yue¡¯s dignified chant resounded, thensers of water rushed out from behind Miledi Golem and hit her back, feet, head, and shoulders. The water cutter tore apart the surface armor of each part.
¡°No matter how many times you do it, it wont be any different~, I¡¯ll just defeat you after reconstructing my arms.¡±
¡°Well, we won¡¯t let you have the time for that.¡±
To the Miledi Golem that still calmly turned around after receiving Yue¡¯s magic, Hajime used the anchor to approach her in a sh. In his other hand was Scgen.
¡°Ahaha, this again? Well, it¡¯s impossible to break my Azanthium armor~¡±
Miledi was stillposed. She thought Hajime who clung to her was trying to shoot the chest part having aimed Scgen there. She didn¡¯t even try to obstruct him using the floating blocks in the surroundings. Well, that was only natural. After all, Hajime¡¯s weapon was proven to be unable to stand against Miledi Golem¡¯s armor. Therefore, because it already reached this stage, he still chose that kind of attack. Miledi determined that he was just putting up useless resistance without any more ns behind it.
However, herposure proved to be fatal.
¡°I already know that!¡±
Sparks came from Scgen along with Hajime¡¯s words, he fired the full-metal jacket-like thing that was elerated by electromaism towards Miledi Golem¡¯s chest at zero distance. A great roar and impact were generated while Miledi Golem was blown backward.
However, Hajime didn¡¯t withdraw likest time. He kept clinging using the anchor, his artificial arm pushed into the Miledi Golem¡¯s chest that was broken, once it was inside he fired the shotshells until they were exhausted. The tremendous impact blew Miledi Golem even further, and she was thrown into the floating block behind her.
¡°E-even after this, eventually¡¡±
¡°Yue!¡±
Ignoring Miledi¡¯s words, Hajime called out Yue¡¯s name. Following that, Yue jumped and released her magic.
¡°Be frozen! ¡°Ice Coffin¡±!¡±
Just as she wished, she pulled the trigger to activate the magic that¡¯s originally used to confine objects inside a coffin of ice. However, this ice magic was a high-ranked water magic. Middle-ranked and above magic should be unusable in this area. Even so, this magic was necessary to restrain Miledi Golem.
The ceiling blocks that she threw along with the back of Miledi Golem were frozen immediately, then the floating block was at a stand still.
¡°Wh-!? How did high-ranked magic¡ª!?¡±
Miledi raised a shocked voice. It was a simple story on how Yue was able to use high-ranked ice magic. Just like ¡°Rupture,¡± by preparing the water beforehand she was able to reduce the consumption of magic power. That¡¯s why beforehand, water was scattered on the blocks that Miledi was thrown to. Also, water was also scattered on the back of theposed Miledi Golem. That was the objective of the previous ¡°Rupture.¡±
Even so, it still consumed enormous magic power, Yue used up all of the magic power that she stocked inside the magic crystallization stone. Yue evacuated on the nearby floating block while panting.
¡°You did it, Yue!¡±
Standing on Miledi Golem¡¯s chest, Hajime took out hisst resort from ¡°Treasure Box.¡± What appeared from the void was arge elongated cylinder with a length of two and a half meters. A lot of mechanisms were installed outside, while inside a jet ck stake with a diameter of 20 centimeters was loaded. On the lower side, four sturdy arms were installed, and it began to synchronize with the mechanisms inside Hajime¡¯s artificial arm.
Just like that, Hajime inserted the arms right above the unmoving Miledi Golem, and fired the anchors that were installed on it¡¯s outer casing. Six arms deeply pierced the surface and firmly fixed therge cylinder in ce. At the same time, Hajime poured his magic power into it. Then, therge cylinder let out red sparks, the jet ck stake that was loaded inside began to strongly rotate.
KIiIIIII!!!
The melodying from the high-speed rotation echoed. Hajime was grinning, if not for having a golem¡¯s body, Miledi¡¯s expression would surely seem cramped. This atrocious form was the artificial arm¡¯s attachable weapon called ¡°Pile Bunker.¡± Using ¡°Compression Transmutation,¡± four tons werepressed into a stake with a diameter of 20 centimeters and length of 1.2 meters, and its surface was coated with Azanthium ore. It was the heaviest and hardest stake in this world. It was shot out using arge amount ofbustion powder that waspressed and electromaic eleration that was set on the upper part of therge cylinder.
¡°Take it with all your might and die.¡±
Apanied by those words, as if driving a stake into a vampire, the jet ck stake struck Miledi Golem¡¯s core.
GOoGAGAGAN!!!
The pile bunker activated apanied with a terrific impacting sound, the jet ck stake pierced through Miledi Golem¡¯s absolute defense. The Azanthium armor on the chest was immediately cracked, and the stake buried itself into it without mercy. Because of the impact, Miledi Golem¡¯s body sank and created a radial crack on the floating block. The floating block immediately descended. From Miledi Golem, white smoke was rising from the chest part because of the friction from high-speed rotation.
¡ ¡ however, the light didn¡¯t disappear from Miledi Golem¡¯s eyes.
¡°Ha, hah. Apparently its power is still insufficient. But, well isn¡¯t it the real deal? I wonder, did it pierce 3/4 of the armor?¡±
Somewhat, her voice was stiff, but Miledi still kept herposure. She secretly drenched in cold sweat. Although the pile bunker was a certain kill weapon, because of insufficient electromaic eleration, its real power couldn¡¯t be shown. Therefore, it was disappointingly unable to fully prate the defense.
However, Hajime¡¯s eyes didn¡¯t show any resignation. It was as if he already took it into ount.
¡°Do it! Shia!¡±
Hajime put everything away into ¡°Treasure Box¡± except the stake, then he quickly jumped away from Miledi Golem¡¯s chest.
What appeared instead of him was Shia with rabbit ears blown by the wind and Doryukken in an upper stance, while she fell from far above.
¡°Kh!?¡±
Miledi had probably guessed what Shia tried to do. This time, Miledi Golem tried to hurriedly get away. When she realized, with Shia¡¯s current speed, even if she moved the floating block now, she wouldn¡¯t make it in time¡ ¡ she gave up and stopped moving.
Shia, using the force from the shotshell, brought down a blow with all of her might into the stake.
DOGOoOO!!!
The stake sank further apanied with a great roar. However, it was still unable to fully prate the armor. Shia decided to attack using all of the remaining shotshells, then she pulled the trigger.
DOGONh! DOGONh! DOGONh! DOGONh! DOGONh! DOGONh!
¡°AaAAAAA!!¡±
Shia¡¯s shout rang out. She decided to show all of her will and pour it into the Sledgehammer that was her partner. With all of her might and will, she let out all of her power. Together with the attack, the floating block was greatly pushed downwards by the impact.
Finally, with a roar the floating block crashed onto the ground. The jet ck stake prated the absolute defense of Azanthium with thest attack, and reached Miledi Golem¡¯s core. Although it was just the tip, but ¡®bishih,¡¯ the core was cracked along with that sound.
When it crashed into the ground, Shia used Doryukken as the starting point, and with one hand, she somersaulted. Then, with all of the body strengthening power directed to her leg, the kick that carried enough centrifugal force was used to drive in the stake.
Having received Shia¡¯s kick, the stake was immediately pushed deeper into the core and expanded the cracks¡ ¡ until finally it waspletely crushed.
The light in Miledi Golem¡¯s eyes disappeared. Having confirmed that, Shia gradually loosened her power, and let out a sigh of relief. Immediately, Shia heardnding sounds behind her. There was Hajime and Yue as expected. Shia turned toward the two with a smile that sums up everything. Hajime and Yue also let out smiles that sums up everything.
One of Seven Great Dungeons; Raisen Great Dungeon¡¯sst trial was certainly over.
Book 5. Chapter 9
Book 5. Chapter 9
Chapter 9 : You did well
Dust drifted in their vicinity, and numerous cracks were carved on the ground. On the floating block that had crashed was arge crater, and on top of thatid a gigantic golem with a jet-ck stake sprouting from its chest area.
On top of Miledi Golem, Shia let out, ¡°zehaa zehaa,¡± gasping breaths while being supported by Doryukken. Hajime narrowed his eyes in admiration, while Yue looked at her with gentle eyes.
¡°You did it Shia. The ending was filled with great vigor. It made me think better of you, right?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, you¡¯ve worked hard.¡±
¡°Ehehe, thank you very much. But, Hajime-san, it¡¯s okay if you put ¡°I¡¯ve fallen for you¡± instead, you know?¡±
¡°From the beginning, I would never fall for you.¡±
Even with her exhausted appearance, Hajime and Yue¡¯s praise made Shia feel shy. Actually, until just recently she didn¡¯t think anything about battle. She only single-mindedly wanted to stand on the same stage as Hajime and Yue and to always be together with them. Those were Shia¡¯s wishes. With those deep and strong wishes, Shia faced one of the Seven Great Dungeons¡¯ trial with her potential, and it resulted in her delivering the finishing blow.
Even for Hajime, thest scene where Shia delivered the finishing blow was something he had predicted. Because he expected the pile bunker¡¯s power to be insufficient, he already had other means to drive it in. However, although the Rabbitman tribe was gentle and not good inbat, Shia never whined, saying ¡°I want to go back¡±, while she fought, but surely she must have felt anxious and scared entering the depths of a Great Dungeon. That¡¯s why he thought to leave the finishing blow to Shia.
The result was magnificent. She delivered thest attack with great vigor, it was so splendidly done that it even made Hajime praise her. Shia¡¯s desire to be strong surely reached him. Even so, Hajime¡¯s feelings did not reach the level Shia wished for. But, her perseverance and will-power certainly made him feel their bonds. That¡¯s why Hajime gazed at Shia with gentle eyes.
¡°Fue? So-somehow¡ ¡ Hajime-san is looking at me with such gentle eyes¡ ¡ I-is it a dream?¡±
¡°You know¡ ¡ No, well, although it can¡¯t be helped when I think about how you were usually treated¡¡±
Because the way Hajime gazed at her was unbelievable, Shia pinched her own cheek. Although Hajime wanted toin about her reaction, once he thought of how she was treated until now, he could only think it was the natural reaction.
Yue tokotoko, approached Shia who was still pinching her cheek. Then, Shia¡¯s clothes were pulled to make her bend down and her head was patted slowly. Her disordered hair was fixed, slowly and gently.
¡°U-umm, Yue-san?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Because Hajime won¡¯t pat you, although it¡¯s regrettable, I¡¯ll do it instead. You did well.¡±
¡°Y-Yue-sa~n. Uu, huh, I wonder why? Somehow I can¡¯t stop crying, fueee.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Good girl, good girl.¡±
At first, Shia was confused by Yue¡¯s sudden actions, but when she understood she was being praised, as if the string of tension was cut, Shia began to weep and immediately hugged Yue. As expected, she was trying to endure herself with her first journey suddenly bing against the Seven Great Dungeons. That¡¯s because she was determined to go together with Hajime and Yue. To be praised and acknowledged, she couldn¡¯t stop her tears because of the relief.
By the way, Hajime surely wouldn¡¯t pat her, as Yue said. Shia was the type that easily got carried away, if Hajime awkwardly patted her it would result in troublesome things like Shia misunderstanding his feelings as love. This time, although Shia would be treatedparatively better by Hajime, there was no reason for multiple people to have the same feelings as Yue. That was her ¡°special feeling.¡± More or less, Hajime never considered how Yue would be saddened by that.
Moreover, ¡°Fueee~n¡±, there was a happy cry from Yue¡¯s chest. It was Shia crying out of relief while being spoiled. That¡¯s why, when Yue who patting and looking at her with gentle eyes was seen¡ ¡ well, somehow the future could be predicted.
Yue was spoiling Shia while embracing her, and Hajime watched this with an indescribable expression. While that happened to the trio, suddenly, a voice rang out.
¡°Ummm~, although it¡¯s such a good atmosphere~, it¡¯s about to get dangerous for me, so can I have some of your time~?¡±
It was a truly familiar voice. Hajime and his party let out ¡°Hah,¡± then looked at Miledi Golem, unbeknownst to them, the light in her eyes that was previously gone has returned. Immediately, Hajime and his party jumped back to put their distance. Because they were certain that her core was destroyed, they could only take stances with wariness in their minds.
¡°Wait, wait a sec, it¡¯s okay~. The trial was cleared! It¡¯s your victory! Because there is some power left inside the core¡¯s fragments, I wanted some time to talk~, it¡¯ll only take a few minutes.¡±
As if to prove those words, Miledi Golem waspletely unmoving, while the lights in her eyes parts were repeatedly blinking. It seemed to disappear at any moment. That¡¯s why, it must¡¯ve been true when she said she only needed a few minutes.
Hajime rxed his mind and continued to talk to Miledi Golem.
¡°So? What is it? Undead? To be incapable of reading the mood even after death¡ ¡ Although it¡¯s regrettable for the future ¡°Liberators,¡± maybe I should help you pass on.¡±
¡°Wa-, stop it~, what¡¯s with that obvious harassment. That waspletely unpleasant.¡±
¡°Well? I won¡¯t hear anything about killing ¡°those shitty bastards,¡± you know?¡±
Toward Hajime¡¯s authoritative speech, Miledi somehow gave out an atmosphere as if she wryly smiled.
¡°I won¡¯t say that. That¡¯s not necessary after all. What I want to talk about¡ ¡ is more like advice. Even if there is no age of gods magic that you¡¯re looking for in the dungeons you visit, try to obtain all of the age of gods magics¡ ¡ because they are necessary for your wish¡¡±
Maybe because Miledi¡¯s power was almost exhausted, her words gradually became blurred and more intermittent. But, without worrying about that, Hajime told her his problem.
¡°All of them huh¡ ¡ then tell us the locations of the other dungeons. Because they were lost in legend, I truly don¡¯t know anymore of it.¡±
¡°Aa, there is that¡ ¡ I see, the other dungeons¡¯ locations are unknown¡ ¡ it¡¯s been a long time after all¡ ¡ Un, the locations¡ ¡ the locations are¡¡±
Gradually, Miledi Golem started to lose the power in her voice. Toward her voice that somehow contained sentimentality, Yue and Shia wore serious expressions. After a long time, for her duty, rather for the sake of her wish. To have put her soul inside a vessel was an act that made them stare at her with respect.
Miledi slowly talked about the whereabouts of the remaining Seven Great Dungeons. Inside her words was a ce that seemed to surprise them.
¡°That¡¯s all¡ ¡ Good luck.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ You¡¯ve bepletely modest. What happened to those annoying lines and that infuriating tone?¡±
Just as Hajime said, the current Miledi gave out an atmosphere as if she had no rtion to the Miledi that prepared those annoying sentences inside this dungeon, with apletely different tone, filled with sincerity and seriousness. She had also disyed it before the fight when she wanted to hear Hajime¡¯s objectives. This was probably her real self. It was as if there was no more need to hide it before shepletely disappeared.
¡°Ahaha, I am sorry~. But¡ ¡ those shitty bastards¡ ¡ were truly unpleasant fellows¡ ¡ they only say unpleasant things¡ ¡ that¡¯s why, even just a little¡ ¡ I want you to get ustomed to it¡¡±
¡°Oi, you. I already said I won¡¯t defeat the Gods. That¡¯s why, don¡¯t say it as if I¡¯ll fight against those guys.¡±
Toward Hajime¡¯s unpleased voice, Miledi replied with unexpected conviction and seriousness.
¡°¡ ¡ You¡¯ll surely fight them. As long as you are you¡ ¡ For sure¡ ¡ You¡¯ll, kill those gods.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I don¡¯t understand what you mean. Well, if they try to obstruct my path then it can¡¯t be helped¡¡±
Hajime was somewhat perplexed. Miledi who had seen his appearance let out a joyfulugh.
¡°Fufu¡ ¡ that¡¯s good¡ ¡ it¡¯s okay as long as you live like that¡ ¡ your choice¡ ¡ will surely¡ ¡ be the best¡ ¡ for this world¡¡±
Afterwards, Miledi Golem¡¯s body was wrapped in a pale light and glowed. As if it became fireflies, the light separated into smaller lights and ascended towards heaven. It was simr to how a dead soul ascends to heaven. A very, very mysterious scene.
During that time, Yue slowly approached Miledi Golem. Then, she stared at those lights.
¡°What is it?¡±
Came Miledi¡¯s whispery voice. Simrly, Yue whispered words, a present for a great ¡°Liberator¡± that was about to disappear.
¡°¡ ¡ Thanks for your hard work. You did well.¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
Those were words of appreciation. For her alone, a great existence that kept waiting for hope at the bottom of darkness, a small present from the one still alive. Normally, they might be improper words that came from a younger person. But, as expected, those unexpected words were the only ones that came to Yue¡¯s mind.
Those words might also be unexpected for Miledi. Without saying anything, her nk surprise could be felt. Before long, Miledi muttered in a soft voice.
¡°¡ ¡ Thanks.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn.¡±
By the way, behind Yue and Miledi who were exchanging words, Hajime spoke with an irritated tone, ¡°That¡¯s enough already, so quickly disappear.¡±, while Shia who heard that said, ¡°Who¡¯s the one incapable of reading the mood now!? Please just be quiet for now!¡±, and covered his mouth. Fortunately, the other two didn¡¯t notice, so their solemn atmosphere was preserved.
¡°¡ ¡ Well then,¡ ¡ it¡¯s time¡ ¡ from now on¡ ¡ you should freely¡ ¡ do what you want¡¡±
Those words that were simr to Oscar¡¯s were presented to Hajime and his party, one of the ¡°Liberators,¡± Miledi, became fleeting lights and disappeared into heaven.
Silence wrapped their vicinity, Yue and Shia followed the trail of lights as it went to heaven while soaked in reverberation.
¡°¡ ¡ In the beginning, I thought she was someone with the worst character. But, it was just her trying her best.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn.¡±
Yue and Shia exchanged those words in the quiet atmosphere. However, there was a man that didn¡¯t think of Miledi like they did, Hajime talked to the two with a fed up expression.
¡°Haa, isn¡¯t it enough? It¡¯s about time we moved on. Also, did you really think that fellow¡¯s mischievousness a lie? That kind of mischievousness isn¡¯t at the level of an act.¡±
¡°Wait, Hajime-san. To say that about the dead. That¡¯s cruel. Hajime-san truly can¡¯t read the mood.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime, KY?¡±
¡°Yue, even for you¡ ¡ haa, well, that¡¯s okay. But for your information, it¡¯s not like I can¡¯t read the mood. I just don¡¯t want to.¡±
While they were talking, Hajime and his party didn¡¯t notice a light shoot out from a corner of the wall. When they noticed, they moved toward it. They jumped onto the floating block on the upper part of the wall, so the trio jumped onto the same block. Then, when theynded, the floating block that served as their foothold shii¡ª, started to move, it carried Hajime and his party toward the shining wall.
¡°¡ ¡¡±
¡°Wawah, this thing suddenly moved. How convenient¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Service?¡±
Because the floating block suddenly transported Hajime and his party, Shia was surprised while Yue tilted her head in doubt. Somehow Hajime wore an unpleased expression. They advanced toward the shining wall in ten seconds andpletely stopped five meters in front of it. Following that, the shining wall, as if waiting for that timing, started to lose its radiance. With a suh- sound the part of the wall that was still shining started to split. In its ce, a passage with glossy white walls appeared.
The floating block Hajime and his party were on advanced into the passage. Apparently, they were going into Miledi Raisen¡¯s dwelling. After advancing for a while, just like the door leading to Oscar¡¯s dwelling inside Orcus Great Dungeon, there was a wall with the same seven distinct patterns engraved on them. Hajime and his party approached the door and, as if the wall was waiting for that exact timing, the wall slid to the sides and they advanced towards the interior. The floating block was advancing without stopping towards the wall on the other side.
Slipping through from the wall on the other side was¡
¡°Yahhoo, short time no see! It¡¯s Miledi-chan!¡±
A small Miledi Golem.
¡°¡±¡ ¡¡±¡±
¡°Come on, look. I already knew this might happen.¡±
Yue and Shia were speechless. Hajime who already expected this showed a fed up expression. Hajime was able to expect this because he saw through that both the frivolous Miledi and the serious Miledi were the real her. Those annoying sentences and unpleasant traps were not at a level a truly serious person could conceive. Also, Miledi chose to leave her own soul to test the challengers herself. That¡¯s why it was impossible for her to pass on after being defeated just once by a challenger. If that truly happened, thest trial would be gone after just one clearing.
Because of that, Hajime expected that Miledi herself wouldn¡¯t disappear even after Miledi Golem was destroyed. His expectations became conviction when the floating block started to move to guide Hajime and his party. After all, Miledi was the only one that could move the floating block.
Toward Yue and Shia who were looking down silently, Miledi talked to them with a very casual tone.
¡°Aree? Aree? Isn¡¯t the tension too low~? It¡¯s okay to be more surprised, you know~? Ah, is it that you are so surprised that you can¡¯t say anything? If that¡¯s so, then my surprise is a bi~g sess ?¡±
The small Miledi Golem was designed to be more human-likepared to the gigantic one. It had a slender body d in a milk-white, long robe while wearing a white mask. Its Niko-chan mark was slightly irritating. Along with Miledi¡¯s words that ended with kira!, a twinkling star, she came in front of Hajime and his party. Even now, Yue and Shia looked down, their expressions hidden behind their bangs. Because he could read the development that might happen next, Hajime took a step back.
It wasn¡¯t known if it came from Yue or Shia, but a question was muttered.
¡°¡ ¡ Before?¡±
¡°Nn~? A while ago? Aa, did you really think I was gone? No way, no~ way! That¡¯s impossible~!¡±
¡°But, didn¡¯t you disappear into the light?¡±
¡°Fufufu, isn¡¯t that well prepared? That ¡°production (of y)¡±! Oh my, Miledi-chan truly has talent as an actress! What a frightening woman!¡±
Mini Miledi¡¯s tension rolled up. It shot up in proportion with their annoyance. In front of that Mini Miledi, Yue thrust out her hand while Shia prepared Doryukken. As expected Mini Miledi stopped moving while thinking, ¡°Are? Did I overdo it?¡±
¡°U-u~mm¡¡±
Towards Yue and Shia who were swaying as they approached her, Mini Miledi moved her head kakukaku, in hesitation then said the words she had decided in her mind.
¡°Tehe, pero?¡±
[T/N: Head bonk with tongue sticking out to the side, really annoying Japanese gesture.]
¡°¡ ¡ Die.¡±
¡°Please die.¡±
¡°Wa-wait! Please wait! This body is weak! It¡¯ll be truly bad if you destroy it! Please calm down! I will apologize!¡±
For a while, dotabata, dokanbakih, sounds of destruction and ¡°Iyaa¡ª¡±, a scream could be heard, Hajime who ignored those sounds was observing the room. The room was white all-over, there was nothing except a magic circle that was carved on the floor in the center of the room. The other one was a door-like thing on one part of the wall, Hajime guessed that Miledi¡¯s dwelling was on the other side of it.
Hajime slowly approached the magic circle then arbitrarily examined it. Mini Miledi saw that and panicked while drawing near Hajime. From behind her, the expressionless vampire princess and rabbit-ears approached while making dodododoh, sound effects.
¡°You~ it¡¯s not good to examine it without permission. Rather, they are yourpanions! Please don¡¯t just ignore them, stop them!¡±
While saying thoseints, Mini Miledi hid behind Hajime and made him into a shield against the devil duo.
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime, please move aside, I won¡¯t kill her.¡±
¡°Please stand back Hajime-san. I will kill her. Here and now.¡±
¡°Surely, I never thought of hearing those materials at this timing. Rather, stop ying around and do it already.¡±
Hajime gave his advice with a somewhat amazed expression at Shia and Yue¡¯s softness. Behind him, Mini Miledi said, ¡°That¡¯s right, that¡¯s right, do it seriously!,¡± only to get iron wed by his artificial arm. He ignored the Niko-chan mark that was distorted into a bitter expression. Just as it is, he put more power and mekimeki, sounds of something cracking came from Mini Miledi¡¯s head.
¡°It would be an unpleasant design if this keeps up, so hand over the age of gods magic already.¡±
¡°Ummm~, did you notice your speech and behavior are viin-lik- [Meki meki meki] Affirmative! I¡¯ll immediately hand it over! That¡¯s why, stop! I truly will break if this keeps up!¡±
Maybe because their bitterness had decreased having seen Mini Miledi being capable of little more than iling around, Yue and Shia regained theirposure. Mini Miledi who understood that she truly would be destroyed if she kept joking around, finally began to activate the magic circle.
Hajime and his party entered the magic circle. This time, because Miledi herself knew they cleared the trial, there was no need to search their memories like that time in the Orcus Great Dungeon, and the information and how to use the age of gods magic were directly carved into their brains. Although Hajime and Yue who already experienced this didn¡¯t show any reaction, Shia who experienced this for the first time bikunh, jumped.
The carving ended after a few seconds, Hajime and his party easily obtained Miledi Raisen¡¯s age of gods magic.
¡°This is¡ ¡ magic to manipte gravity as expected.¡±
¡°That¡¯s ri~ght. Miledi-chan¡¯s magic is gravity magic. Use it well¡ ¡ is what I wanted to say, but you and that Usagi-chan don¡¯t have the aptitude~ it was at a level that even I was surprised by it!¡±
¡°How noisy. I have understood that much.¡±
Just as Mini Miledi said, Hajime and Shia who had the information of gravity magic carved into their brain were unable to fully use it. It¡¯s the same case as how Yue is only able to use a little of Creation magic, it was a matter of aptitude.
¡°Well, Usagi-chan should be able to use it if it¡¯s only to adjust weight. For you¡ ¡ because you can use Creation magic, just do something about it yourself. Blonde-chan alone has the aptitude. With training, you can master how to use it.¡±
Having heard Mini Miledi¡¯s somewhat serious exnation, Hajime could only shrug his shoulders, while Yue was nodding, and Shia was brokenhearted. It was because she was judged to have no aptitude for the age of gods magic that she had finally obtained. She could only use it to adjust her weight. She was truly disappointed. Moreover, it was out of question to make herself heavier, but there was also a problem to make herself lighter. If she was negligent, it would only make her figure bad. Rather, burdened by the demerits¡ ¡ Shia could only feel depressed.
Having cast a skeptical gaze toward the depressed Shia, Hajime immediately made further demands. There was no need to be reserved at all.
¡°Oi, Miledi. Pass us the proof already. Then, give me all of your convenient artifacts and all of the unusual materials you have such as the Induction stone.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ You, aren¡¯t your linespletely the same as a robber¡¯s? Are you aware of it?.¡±
From the distorted Niko-chan mark mask, a re could be felt, but Hajime ignored that. Mini Miledi pulled out a ring after rustling her chest pocket, then threw it toward Hajime. Hajime received it with a pashih, sound. Raisen¡¯s ring had a design of upper and lower ellipses with a stake piercing them.
Mini Miledi immediately made arge amount of ores appear from empty space. She probably had a ¡°Treasure Box.¡± The ores that were taken out was kept inside of it. Having seen that she obediently took them out, she probably had already decided to hand them over beforehand. That¡¯s because Miledi was convinced Hajime would fight those mad gods, that¡¯s why she wouldn¡¯t mind cooperation of this level.
However, to not be satisfied by this much was Hajime¡¯s quality. After putting away all of the minerals inside his own ¡°Treasure Box,¡± Hajime turned cold eyes toward Mini Miledi.
¡°Oi, isn¡¯t that ¡°Treasure Box¡±? If so, hand that over too. There are probably some artifacts inside.¡±
¡°O-oi you~. I won¡¯t hand over anymore than this. The ¡°Treasure Box¡± and the other artifacts are necessary to maintain the dungeon.¡±
¡°As if I care. Hand them over.¡±
¡°Ah, oi, I said no!¡±
Because Hajime truly tried to snatch it away, Mini Miledi retreated with an impatient expression. All of the artifacts that she owns were things necessary for the dungeon. Rather, they were only useful for that, so they were no use for Hajime to have them. Having heard that exnation, Hajime, ¡°Hou hou, I see. Then, hand those over.¡±, said that demand without any mercy. No matter how it was seen, it was a robbery.
¡°Ee~i, I already said I won¡¯t hand them! Mou, go back already!¡±
Currently, toward Hajime that impatiently approached, Mini Miledi turned on her heel with all of her might and ran toward the wall, then elevating the floating block, she moved into the ceiling.
¡°Don¡¯t escape. For me, I just want to get the rewards for conquering the dungeon. That¡¯s a legitimate demand from me.¡±
¡°Having the nerve to say that, please do something about your sense of value! Uu, to make me say something that O-chan usually said¡¡±
¡°By the way, my sense of value was cultivated inside that O-chan¡¯s dungeon.¡±
¡°O-chaa¡ªn!!¡±
While she continued looking at Hajime with a shocked expression, Yue and Shia who still held a grudge after being toyed with entered the fray, they narrowly encircled Miledi. Although half of it was because she reaped what she had sown, Miledi felt the other half was her formerrades¡¯ fault for making this dungeon.
¡°Haa~, to have these abnormals as my first challengers¡ ¡ mou, no more. I will send you outside by force! Don¡¯te again!¡±
In front of Hajime and his party who seemed to jump out at any time, Mini Miledi grasped the string that unbeknownst to them hung down from the ceiling, then gui, pulled it.
¡°¡±¡±?¡±¡±¡±
For a moment, Hajime and his party let out expressions wondering what she was doing. But, an unpleasant sound they¡¯ve already heard before could be heard by their ears.
GAKON!!
¡°¡±¡±!?¡±¡±¡±
That¡¯s right, it was the sound of an activated trap. At the moment the sound rang out, apanied with a roar, water gushed out of the four walls with tremendous velocity. Arge amount of water gushed out like a sh flood, not from the front but diagonally above, and the room was filled in no time with a rapid current. At the same time, the magic circle in the center of the room sunk like an antlion¡¯s nest, there was a hole in the center of it. The rapid current rushed toward the hole.
¡°You! This is¡ª!¡±
Hajime who had noticed something stiffened for a moment, he instantly wore a distorted expression filled with humiliation.
A white room with a hole in the middle of it, also arge amount of water whirled and flowed into it¡ ¡ That¡¯s right, this was just like a ¡°toilet¡±!
¡°Unpleasant things should be flushed?¡±
Mini Miledi gave out a wink. Yue immediately tried using magic to jump up. Because there was an age of gods magic circle, there was no magic power disintegration. That¡¯s why, even with only a little amount of magic power left, Yue could use magic to help everyone escape the rapid current.
¡°So-¡±
¡°I won¡¯t let you~!¡±
However, the moment before Yue said ¡°Soar¡± to activate the magic, Mini Miledi thrust out her right hand, at the same time an extraordinary pressure attacked Hajime and his party. They sunk inside the rapid current as if being pressed by something gigantic. She was probably using gravity magic to multiply the gravity several times.
¡°See ya~, good luck on conquering the other dungeons~.¡±
¡°Gopoh¡ ¡ you, did you think we are filth!? Someday, I¡¯ll surely destroy you!¡±
¡°Kehoh¡ ¡ Unforgivable.¡±
¡°Now you¡¯ve done it! Fugah.¡±
Hajime and his party let out sharp parting remarks, then were swept by the rapid current into the hole. A moment before they entered the hole, only Hajime tried to retaliate by throwing something. Along with Hajime and his party that were flushed into the hole, the water flowed out at the same speed, then the floor returned and the room regained its former form.
¡°Fuu~, what strong fellows~. Even so, a synergist master just like O-chan huh. Fufu, somehow it feels like destiny. Keep struggling for your wish¡ ¡ well then, I¡¯ll be busy for a while to repair the dungeon and the golems¡ ¡ nn? What was, that.¡±
Even without the ability to sweat, Mini Miledi made a gesture of wiping her forehead. After that, she discovered an object that she was not used to seeing at the edge of her field of vision. A knife was pierced into the wall and a ck object hanging from it. ¡°What is it?¡±, as she approached, having recalled it she finally realized.
¡°Heh!? This is, don¡¯t tell me¡ª!?¡±
A ck object, it was Hajime¡¯s handmade grenade. It was the only form of retaliation that he could have done; throwing a knife with a grenade attached, just before being flushed into the hole. Because he had used it many times inside the dungeon, Miledi already judged that it was an explosive, she immediately floated to take refuge in a hurry. Actually, the current Mini Miledi had bad magic power consumption when using gravity magic, she already spent most of it bringing them down. That¡¯s why she was unable to hold down the explosion.
Although Mini Miledi watawata, turned her heels, it was too slow. At the moment Mini Miledi turned her heels, the white room was kah, filled with a sh, and followed by an intense impact.
Inside the dungeon, ¡°Hinyaaa¡ª!!¡±, a woman¡¯s scream resounded. Afterwards, there was a small golem that was seriously in need of repair, weeping, or there wasn¡¯t, was there¡
On the other side, Hajime and his party that got flushed like filth were swept into the tunnel-like ce by the rapid current at tremendous speed. It wasn¡¯t a ce where you could breathe either, so they could only advance while submerged in the water. Somehow, although unskillfully, they desperately tried to control their bodies so they wouldn¡¯t crash into the wall and lose consciousness.
Then, at that time, in the view of Hajime and his party, many shadows passed them by. Those were fishes. It seemed the ce they were swept into was an underground vein that connected to rivers andkes. However, unlike Hajime and his party who were washed away, the fishes were boldly swimming inside the rapid current and came to pass them by.
Unbeknownst to them, one of the fishes swam beside Shia¡¯s face who had stopped her desperation to breathe. Somehow, that fish looked toward Shia.
There were eyes.
The fish. No, the human-faced fish had oldman-like eyes. Because it probably didn¡¯t know how to speak, it didn¡¯t say anything. In conclusion, Shia met the eyes of the human-faced fish. The old man-like face of the human-faced fish disyed impudence and lethargic feelings, it was reminiscent of the nostalgic Shi-ma**.
Shia who was surprised, opened her eyes wide. She panickly tried to cover her mouth with her hands after unintentionally letting out her breath. However, she was so surprised she didn¡¯t avert her gaze. Shia and the old man (fish) continued to advance inside the rapid current while staring at each other.
And, the flow of time that seemed to continue forever between Shia and the old man (fish) was abruptly ended. A voice resounded inside Shia¡¯s head.
¡ª- Just what are you looking at.
That was added with a click of the tongue. This time Shia was unable to endure any longer. Inside the water ¡°Bufoa!¡±, she grandly exhaled. Certainly, the old man (fish) might be a kind of demonic beast. It probably had the special magic simr to ¡°Telepathy.¡± But, without being able to confirm it, the old man (fish) started to swim through the rapid current and went ahead with surprising agility.
What it left behind was a rabbit-eared girl who lost her power while disying the whites of her eyes.
* * *
From town to town, a carriage and several horses advanced peacefully on the highway that connected viges with pakka pakka, rhythmical footsteps. Certainly, there were people riding on the horses. There were three men and a woman who were dressed as adventurers. On the carriage, sitting on the coach seat was a 15-16 year old girl and a monster¡ ¡ a giant shemale.
¡°Souna-chaa~n, because we¡¯ll reach a spring soon, let¡¯s rest a little there~.¡±
¡°Affirmative, Crystabel-san.¡±
The shemale called Crystabel was the manager of a dress store in Brook town who Yue and Shia were indebted to. Also, the girl that sat beside Crystabel was the inn girl of ¡°Masaka Inn¡±; Souna Masaka. Although for some reason her name is always able to surprise anyone, she is only a normal girl who has a lot of curiosity and too much pink elements in her brain.
These two were currently returning to Brook town from a neighboring town escorted by adventurers. Because it could be understood that Crystabel was as strong as an oni, it harvests a lot of clothing materials by itself. To get all of the materials at the same time, it left the town. Souna was taking advantage of it hearing that a rtive in the neighboring town was injured, she represented her parents who were unable to leave the inn to deliver a get-well gift. The adventurers originally came from Brook town, having finished their job, they incidentally became their escorts.
There was only one day of travelling left until they returned to Brook town. Crystabel and the others decided to rest at the spring on the side of the highway, at noon.
Crystabel and the others who had arrived at the spring were preparing to have lunch on the spring¡¯s levee after letting the horses drink the water. Souna who wanted to get some water approached the side of the spring. Then, the moment she scooped the water by dipping the container in the spring,
GOPOh! GOPOGOPOh GOPANh!!
Those sounds suddenly rang out, then bubbles suddenly started spouting from the center of the spring.
¡°Kyaa!¡±
¡°Souna-chan!¡±
Souna raised a scream and fell on her butt, Crystabel immediately carried her in one arm and returned to where the adventurers were. Even at that time, the bubbles that spouted out became more intense, until finally a water column with a height more than ten meters appeared.
This spring wasmonly known as a resting ce along the highway, and this kind of phenomenon had never once been reported. Therefore, Crystabel, Souna, and the adventurers could only open their mouths in surprise while nkly staring at that, without being affected by the rain-like drops of water, they only looked at the huge water column.
Following that,
¡°Douwaaaaa¨C!!¡±
¡°Nnh¡ª-!!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡¡±
From the water that spouted out without losing momentum, three people¡ ¡ the screams of two people could be heard as they came out. Spontaneously ¡°What the-!¡±, said Crystabel and the others with their eyes popping out. The trio of humans that came out were blown off ten meters above while screaming, and just as it is, they were thrown to the opposite side of Crystabel and the others and DOBONh!, fell while making that sound.
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡ ¡¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
¡°Wh-what on earth happen-¡¡±
The adventurers and Crystabel were speechless. Souna¡¯s mutters represented everyone¡¯s feelings.
* * *
¡°Gehoh, gahoh, ~~kh, that was awful. I will surely destroy that guy next time. Yue, Shia. Are you okay?¡±
¡°Kehoh kehoh¡ ¡ nn, I am okay¡±
Having somehow managed to get into the water¡¯s surface, Hajime confirmed Yue¡¯s and Shia¡¯s safety after cursing. However, only Yue replied to him.
¡°Shia? Oi, Shia! Answer me!¡± ¡°Shia¡ ¡ where are you?¡±
Even as they called out to her, there was no sign of her in the surroundings. Hajime hurriedly dived underwater to search for her. Then, as he thought, Shia had sunk to the bottom. Having lost her consciousness, she was unable to float because of Doryukken¡¯s weight.
Hajime took out apressed super-heavy mineral from ¡°Treasure Box¡± and used it as a weight recement to immediately dive, then he carried Shia up.
He went to shore while dragging Shia. Shia wasid upside down, her face was pale with the whites of her eyes showing, while her breathing and pulse stopped. Maybe because she saw something unpleasant, she had lost consciousness with her face looking like it had a cramp.
¡°Yue, do CPR!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ C-¡ what?¡±
¡°A~, like I said, secure her breathing¡¡±
¡°???¡±
Having seen Shia¡¯s condition, he told Yue to do CPR, but Yue only had ¡°?¡± floating overhead. In this world, there was probably no such thing as CPR. Because there was no wound, drinking the Holy Water wouldn¡¯t help, and would just hydrate her even more. Yue was weak at healing magic, she couldn¡¯t possibly know any magic that was capable of making Shia let out water or to pinpoint massage her heart.
Although the exact moment when she lost her consciousness wasn¡¯t known, there was no time to argue. Hajime, with grim determination performed CPR to the unconscious Shia.
And naturally, well, there was mouth to mouth, Yue who saw that immediately became displeased, but because she understood that was the only way to save Shia, she could only quietly watch. That¡¯s right, she only jii and ji-, stared at him.
Hajime tried to ignore Yue¡¯s inorganic gaze with all his might and repeatedly performed CPR.
¡®Geez, when I think back, to be dying right after everything is over¡ ¡ you¡¯re truly a regrettable fellow.¡¯
In his mind, he let out those abusive words, and after doing artificial respiration for who knows how many times, Shia finally vomited water. Hajime turned her sideways so the water wouldn¡¯t block the trachea. It was a situation where hepletely covered her body.
¡°Kehoh kehoh¡ ¡ Hajime-san?¡±
¡°Ou, it is Hajime-san. Geez, don¡¯t die because of somethi-!?¡±
While continuing to disy an amazed expression near Shia who wasid down and choking, Hajime showed a somewhat relieved expression. Shia who could only nkly look at Hajime, suddenly, gabacho!, kissed him as she embraced him. It was an unexpected action, so Hajime who was close to her failed to avoid it.
¡°Nnh!? Nn-!!¡±
¡°Amuh, nchu¡±
Shia held Hajime¡¯s head with both her hands, wrapping her legs on Hajime¡¯s waist to keep a hold on him and without any reservation her tongue invaded his mouth. Hajime was unable to shake off Shia who used her herculean strength to hold him.
To tell the truth, during the many repeated artificial respirations, Shia somehow knew she was kissed by Hajime. Although she was unable to move her body, her consciousness had already returned. It was probably a situation brought by her using body strengthening the moment she drowned.
Having kissed many times, Shia¡¯s feeling-o-meter was blown off. To not let him escape, shepletely held Hajime¡¯s body then losing herself, she returned Hajime¡¯s kiss.
On the other side, Yue who saw such a spectacle¡ ¡ was perplexed and displeased. Although she was displeased by it, she didn¡¯t try to stop it. She whispered, ¡°Only this time, as a reward¡¡±, in small mutters. Apparently, she took Shia¡¯s feelings into consideration and seemed to allow it as her reward for working hard inside the dungeon.
¡°Wah wah, what!? What¡¯s with this situation!? A-amazingly¡ ¡ wet, while entangled with each other¡ ¡ so, so intense¡ ¡ even though it¡¯s outside! H-how abnormal!¡±
That was the conclusion that came from the excessive delusions of Souna-chan; the inn girl. Following that, ¡°Ara? Certainly you are¡¡±, Crystabel tried to remember Yue and Shia while wriggling its body. Then, with mes of envy inside their eyes, the male adventurers desperately tried to control themselves from drawing their swords, while the female adventurer looked at them with cold eyes.
Now, with Shia stuck to him, Hajime lift his body up. Then, he intensely grasped Shia¡¯s plump butt.
¡°Anh!¡±
Shia unintentionally let out a gasp. In the next moment, without loosening his grasp, Hajime PEIH!, pulled and peeled Shia off then threw her into the spring just like that.
¡°Ukyaaaa!¡±
DOPANh!
Looking at Shia being dropped into the spring while screaming with a skeptical gaze, Hajime fixed his hair while breathing roughly.
¡°Th-there is no time to be careless at all. Attacking right after resuscitation¡ ¡ even I can¡¯t read that move.¡±
Towards Shia who was immediately crawling out from the spring like Sadako, Hajime disyed an expression as if he was shivering.
[T/N: Sadako is Japan¡¯s female ghost equivalent of the grudge.]
¡°Uu~ that was cruel~ even though Hajime-san also did that~.¡±
¡°Haa? That was just a life-saving action¡ ¡ rather, you, were you already conscious that time?¡±
¡°U~n, although I could only feel it¡ ¡ I somehow knew what happened. For me to be kissed by Hajime-san, uhehe.¡±
¡°Stop thatugh¡ ¡ listen, in the end that was a life-saving action, there is no other meaning, you know? Don¡¯t expect anything weird, okay?¡±
¡°Is that so? But, a kiss is a kiss. The time for dere wille faster if this keeps up.¡±
¡°Never. Rather, Yue. Help me stop her.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Only this time¡ ¡ but, because Shia had worked hard¡ ¡ No, but¡¡±
¡°Yue~? Yue-san Ya~y¡±
Toward Yue who kept looking at an empty space while continuing her murmurs, Hajime was only able to let out a sigh while thinking, ¡°This one is also hopeless.¡± Then, he looked toward Crystabel and the others that hade near to check on Hajime and his party.
His gaze moved from the adventurers, it stopped for a moment toward Souna. Then when he saw Crystabel, he returned his gaze toward Souna. It seemed he preferred to not see that.
Having been gazed at by Hajime, Souna¡¯s body twitched then shook, and her face immediately blushed.
¡°So-sorry for the interruption! P-please don¡¯t worry about us and continue!¡±
Crystabel picked Souna up by the scruff of her neck, who tried to turn her heels after saying those words. Then, they came straight toward Hajime and his party as it is. Because of the monster approaching them, Hajime tried to pull out Donner, but Shia next to him said, ¡°Ah, manager-san¡±, with a tone as if they were acquaintances and they continued talking.
As a result, their current location turned out to be one day away from Brook town, Hajime and his party decided to revisit the town. Taking advantage of Crystabel¡¯s carriage, they were spoiled by it. Their wet clothes were changed on the way. While talking about various things, they advanced under the warm sunlight with the horse¡¯s footsteps as the BGM.
Together with a newpanion, Hajime conquered the second dungeon. Whileying down inside the wagon and watching the sun shining brilliantly, Hajime thought about what might happen on his journey from now on and a smile floated on his face.
Book 5. Chapter 10
Book 5. Chapter 10
Chapter 10 : Ai-chan¡¯s Bodyguards
Hatayama Aiko, 25 years old. Social studies teacher.
As a teacher she taught specialized knowledge to the students, she also tried to improve their academic performance. She wasn¡¯t someone who only gave guidance, but someone exemry. Surely, those were serious matter for her, even more so, were her ¡°allies¡±; those who thought of her as the most important person. To put it concretely, she was the adult that the kids could depend on outside of their families.
This was influenced by a big event in her student days, but let¡¯s leave it at that. Anyway, as the ally of the students outside of their houses, Aiko¡¯s pride as a teacher became the pir of support that helped her call herself a teacher.
Therefore, Aiko was extremely dissatisfied by their current situation. Suddenly, while she was stunned after being summoned to another world and arbitrarily forced into a fantastic situation. The student with the greatest charisma in ss continued the talks instead of her. And then when she noticed her precious students were preparing for a war.
No matter how she tried to persuade them, the decided ¡°flow¡± easily swept away her opinion, she was unable to stop her students at all.
¡°That¡¯s why, I will at least protect my students!¡±. Is what she was determined to do, but with her rare abilities, she was told to settle with being useful with the duties outside ofbat (farnd improvement and development). Although she desperately tried to oppose it, she was persuaded by her students. Aiko herself was unable to object to the point of view of the right person in the right ce.
She spent every day anxiously thinking about the students who were fighting beyond her reach. Guarded by temple knights of the Church of the Saints and imperial guards of the Herrlicht kingdom, she visited every farm vige and undeveloped area, but when she finallypleted that work and returned to the royal pce, what awaited her was a certain student¡¯s death.
At that time, Aiko med herself over and over for being unable to force herself to stay with them. ¡°After all, aren¡¯t I just being carried away after thinking myself an ideal teacher!?¡± Something like that. Certainly, Aiko was perplexed because she couldn¡¯t even be certain if something might have changed with her being there. But, this incidentgasun, struck Hatayama Aiko¡¯s head as a teacher, in other words it awakened her.
Toward the students who were unable to stand up because of the overwhelming fear of ¡°death,¡± the church and the kingdom still wished for them to resume their war preparations. Aiko thought, ¡°As if I would let it happen for a second time!¡±, stood to oppose the church and the nobles of the kingdom. Using her position and abilities as her shield, she shouted out, ¡°Don¡¯te near my students,¡± to corner them.
As a result, she somehow managed to gain victory. There were no students who refused to fight. But their hearts wavered because of Aiko¡¯s persistence. In addition, her already high poprity was grew further. Although she wouldn¡¯t do anything like war, the ironic result was that, at the very least some of the encouraged students appeared to escort Aiko in her duties running all over the ce.
¡°There¡¯s no need for you to fight¡± and ¡°Because the knights are escorting me, I¡¯ll be okay¡±, was how she persuaded them to give up, but some of the students stood up and said ¡°We¡¯ll protect Ai-chan¡±, filled to the brim with determination. Following that, she was eventually overwhelmed, afterward they followed her around the farnds, and ¡°I was swept around again. I am such a bad teacher¡¡±, while on all fours was still fresh in her mind.
By the way, this time, although the dedicated knights escorting Aiko assisted in persuading the students, somehow it became a situation where the students stubbornly refused to back down. If they asked why they opposed the bodyguards, as a consensus of all the students, they blocked everything with the words:
¡°As if we can leave Ai-chan to someone we don¡¯t know!¡±
The students¡¯ sense of crisis was directed at not thieves and demonic beasts on the road ahead, but rather it was turned towards Aiko¡¯s dedicated knights. Their reason was that all of the members were good-looking guys. This was the upper echelons¡¯ strategy to tie Aiko¡¯s talent to the kingdom and church. In short, it was a honeytrap-thing. One of the students who noticed it informed the other students and ¡°Protect Ai-chan from the good-looking military men corps¡± was formed.
However, there was a miscalction made by the students. The so-called hunter bing the hunted scenario. To prove it, these were the persuasive words that the knights gave the students.
Commander of the temple knights and the bodyguard, David:
¡°There is no need to worry. I¡¯ll protect Aiko. I won¡¯t let her get even a scratch. Aiko is¡ ¡ my everything¡±
Vicemander of the temple knights, Chase:
¡°For her sake, I will even throw away my beliefs. I am determined to dedicate everything for Aiko. Don¡¯t you feel relieved even by this much?¡±
Imperial knight Chris:
¡°It¡¯s my destiny to meet Aiko-chan. Did you think I¡¯ll let my destined person die?¡±
Imperial knight Jade:
¡°¡ ¡ I swore to risk my life. Not as an imperial knight. But, as a man¡±
This time, the students thought, ¡°Just what on earth happened!? They all had a change of heart!¡±, something like that. In other words, at first they thought it was Aiko who would fall into the honey-trap, but after hearing those words they shout, ¡°We won¡¯t hand Ai-chan to unknown people!¡±, as if they were her parents, they didn¡¯t want to part from Aiko¡¯s side.
It should be noted, what happened between Aiko and them¡ ¡ because it¡¯s a long story it¡¯ll be omitted, but Aiko¡¯s idleness and inborn diligence made a gap. Coupled with her sincerity which permeated her surroundings, they had already be Aiko¡¯s believer ¡®when they noticed,¡¯ well something along those lines. When told, it could be an entirely new story¡ ¡ so a lot happened. A lot of things.
With that said, currently, the students were divided into Kouki¡¯s hero group, which continued to train inside the ¡°Orcus Great Dungeon¡±, the stay behind group, and Aiko¡¯s bodyguard group.
After that, two months after the messengers of the empire visited Herrlicht kingdom, Aiko and her party that improved and developed farnd were currently using the carriage to go develop a new farnd. Their destination was thekeside town, Ul.
¡°Aiko, aren¡¯t you tired? There¡¯s no need to hold back if you¡¯re tired, you know? We¡¯ll immediately take a break, okay?¡±
¡°No, I am okay. David-san. Rather, didn¡¯t we just take a break a while ago? I am not weak after all¡±
Inside the spacious andrge carriage, themander of Aiko¡¯s bodyguards¡¯; David, worriedly talked to Aiko. Aiko¡¯s reply was mixed with a wry smile.
¡°Fufu,mander just can¡¯t stop worrying about Aiko-san. Because a while ago you were exhausted after just a day of travel¡ ¡ that¡¯s why I am also worried. Make sure to not hold yourself back, okay?¡±
¡°I apologize for the inconvenience that time. That was the first time I had traveled by carriage¡ ¡ but, I am really okay because I¡¯ve be ustomed to it. Thank you very much for your concern. Chase-san¡±
At first, Aiko disyed disgraceful behavior because she had yet to experience how a carriage moved, she blushed because she was reminded of her past, and thanked the vicemander of the bodyguards; Chase. Towards the blushing Aiko, Chase covered his mouth with his hand in agony, and tried to casually take Aiko¡¯s hand¡ ¡ ¡°Gohonh!¡±, his hand was stopped by a cough and a sharp gaze. The one who stopped him was a schoolgirl, Sonobe Yuka, who sat diagonally in front of Aiko. She was a member of ¡°Protect Ai-chan from good-looking military men corps.¡± Because they wouldn¡¯t know what might happen if there were only Aiko and good-looking military men inside the carriage, several members also came to board it.
By the way, there were eight people inside the carriage. Outside were knights on the scale of a toon, they tried to hold back because it was already toote to tsukkomi about how only themander and vicemander were allowed to ride the carriage. These good-looking guys had also tried to give some reason or another to ride the carriage. They seemed to not want to be separated from Aiko.
¡°Oya, oya, I¡¯ve been stared at. To have gathered so many wrinkles on your forehead, wouldn¡¯t it spoil your cute face?¡±
Chase said that apanied with an ikemen-smile. It was an attractive smile that could make an ordinary woman inadvertently blush. But, Yuka¡¯s reaction was, ¡°Peh!¡±, an expression of someone who wanted to spit on him even now.
¡°Not only Ai-chan sensei, do you also call other women ¡°cute¡±? Ai-chan-sensei, this person is surely a bad phnderer. Please be careful, okay?¡±
Yuka believed a guy that¡¯s capable of saying another woman is ¡°cute¡± in front of his beloved, wasn¡¯t a good guy. These guys also had realize they were used by their employers to honeytrap Aiko. They knew that their appearances were capable to making women¡¯s hearts flutter. Because she knew that, Yuka was irritated by Chase who was able to smile daringly, and she made a small counter.
¡°S-Sonobe-san. Don¡¯t be that belligerent. Even though you finally called me ¡°sensei,¡± you still called me ¡°Ai-chan¡±¡ ¡ isn¡¯t it okay to just use Aiko-sensei?¡±
¡°That won¡¯t do. Ai-chan-sensei is ¡°Ai-chan,¡± that¡¯s why nothing else will do except Ai-chan-sensei. That¡¯s the consensus of the students¡±
¡°Wh-what¡¯s with that, I don¡¯t understand it. Moreover, is it the students¡¯mon view? Is that the way this generation thinks? Work hard me, this is a trial for my dignity and reliability as a teacher! I must understand how my students think at any cost!¡±
Toward Ai-chan-sensei who said to herself, ¡°Fight-!¡±, Yuka and Chase¡¯s awkward interactions, and simr atmosphere became warm and fuzzy. That¡¯s the reason why Aiko¡¯s called ¡°Ai-chan,¡± but she didn¡¯t notice. Her road to be a dignified teacher was a long one.
Even so, for the reliability part, the students were truly depending on Aiko. Even when seen from an outsider¡¯s point of view, she was the most familiar adult the students had, after all. Her recognition became stronger when she stood up to oppose the leaders of the kingdom and church. Especially toward the students that were brokenhearted because of Hajime¡¯s death, Aiko became their mental support.
As a matter of fact, even for the students who requested to be Aiko¡¯s guards, the desire to simply be near Aiko was half of their reason for doing so. It should be noted that, the members of the Ai-chan¡¯s bodyguards, other than Sonobe Yuka were Sugawara Taeko, Miyazaki Nana, Aikawa Noboru, Kawahara Akira, Tamai Atsushi, and Shimizu Yukitoshi, a total of seven students.
From there, they traveled on carriage for four days.
Good-looking military men tried to approach Aiko, but Aiko, who thought everything they said was for the sake of their employers, just let it pass through her ears. Aiko didn¡¯t notice that they had truly fallen for her. Added with the effect of students ring at them when they tried to seduce her more than necessary, a heavy mood often came about. But it soon changed into a warm and fuzzy one because of Aiko¡¯s speech and behavior¡ ¡ and that repeated until the group finally arrived at thekeside town, Ul.
After recovering from their travel fatigue, they began to survey Ul¡¯s outskirts¡¯ farnds and made their n of improvement. Although there were a lot of loveedies with Aiko at the center during those times¡ ¡ that was also a story for another time.
Finally, they began to reform the farnds, and recently she got ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest¡± as her second name that started to spread from Ul town, then once again, a new incident urred and squeezed Aiko¡¯s mind.
One of her students disappeared.
Aiko worked the best she could. All for the sake of her precious students. In the end, what awaited her was an impactful reunion that would end in an undesirable oue.
Book 6. Chapter 1
Book 6. Chapter 1
Chapter 1 : Once Again, In Brook Town
¡°Fufuh, your silliness, thoroughly show me how you sticky you get today!¡±
The crescent moon sometimes hidden by clouds illuminated the dark night. Even now, the face that possessed radiance peeped from above the clouds that was moved by the wind. That light began to illuminate a certain building on the ground. More urately, a rope hanging from the roof of that building, and what was illuminated was a girl that disyed excellent rappelling skills, just like a special forces from somewhere.
Surusuru, as she descended to the corner of a window in a certain room on the third floor, she turned around. While being upside down. her face peered in from the upper part of the window.
¡°For today¡¯s sake, I had Crystabel-san teach me her Climbing technique! I never thought of using it at this ce, kukuku. Now, what kind of abnormal ys will you do, I will absolutely confirm it!¡±
¡°Haa haa,¡± rough breathing came from the excited girl as she focused on peeping into the room before her. Concealing herself, this girl was none other than Souna-chan; the inn girl of Brook Town¡¯s ¡°Masaka Inn¡±. Bright and energetic, able to talk without hesitation, and working hard all over the ce. Even though she couldn¡¯t be called beautiful, the inn girl was simply lovely just like a blooming flower on a in. There was a considerable amount of single men targeting her in this town.
That girl was currently using all the techniques she knew to ¡°peep¡± on certain guests with all her might. If her expression was seen by the men who fell for her would make them instantly feel as if they¡¯d been disillusioned¡ ¡ It was as if she was a perverted old man.
¡°Kuh, it is dark after all. I can¡¯t see anything. If only the angle shifted a little more¡¡±
¡°Like this?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right, if it¡¯s from this angle¡ ¡ Even so, isn¡¯t it too quiet? Even I thought I¡¯d hear more moaning¡¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t it possible to use magic to intercept the sound?¡±
¡°Hah!? There is also that move! Kuu, how crafty! But, I won¡¯t give up! Even if it¡¯s only their silliness, I¡¯ll burn it into my eyes¡¡±
Just saying this once more, here was outside the window on the third floor. Even if Souna was an idiot to the limits, she couldn¡¯t believe she¡¯d hear a voice from nearby. Souna instantly sweated like a waterfall, andgigigi, turned around with an awkward movement just like a machine that was forgotten to be oiled. There was¡
Hajime standing in the sky like a Niou statue, with a cold smile stered across his face.
¡°I-ich not what you think, you know? Dear customer. This is, that¡¯s, umm, right! A regr inn maintenance!¡±
¡°Hou~, in the middle of the night?¡±
¡°Th-that¡¯s right~. Look, if I don¡¯t do it some time in the middle of the night, such as during the day, the repair work will end up being seen. Because it¡¯s an inn, there will be some bacsh, right?¡±
¡°I see, isn¡¯t reputation an important thing?¡±
¡°Th-that¡¯s right! Reputation is important!¡±
¡°By the way, apparently there is a peeping tom in this inn. Do you know something about it?¡±
¡°Th-that¡¯s a serious situation! T-to peep, th-that¡¯s unforgivable, right?¡±
¡°Aa, just as you said. Isn¡¯t peeping unforgivable?¡±
¡°E, ee, it is unforgivable I think¡¡±
Hajime and Souna looked at each others¡¯ faces and ¡°Hahaha¡±, ¡°Fufufu¡±,ughed together. However, Hajime¡¯s eyes weren¡¯tughing, and even though Souna wasughing, she was trembling a little while sweat continued to drop.
¡°Die.¡±
¡°Hii¡ª, I am sor~ry.¡±
Hajime suddenly reverted to his serious look and iron wed Souna¡¯s face.Merimeri, sounds came from Hajime¡¯s fingers. Souna who could only il around in the air, let out a scream and desperately asked for forgiveness. Souna is an ordinary girl. That¡¯s why Hajime adjusted his power to a level that wouldn¡¯t overdo the punishment. If this was her first offense, then he would¡¯ve be more lenient. But the day after he returned from the Raisen Great Dungeon, and every night since they checked into the inn, she kept trying to peep using various methods. That¡¯s why his leniency was fading. By the way, the reason they were still staying at this inn was because the food was delicious.
Hajime could only let out a sigh and carry Souna, who was now only capable of twitching, in his arm. Souna was finally able to let out a relieved sigh when her face was released. But, when she looked down¡ ¡ there were devils. Even though there were smiles on their faces, they were her parents that looked like devils whose eyes didn¡¯t smile, just like Hajime¡¯s.
¡°Hii!!¡±
They noticed that Souna had seen them. She was slowly descending while her parents raised their hands to receive her. It was just like an invitation to hell.
¡°This time, it¡¯ll probably be forgiven only after a hundred spankings.¡±
¡°Iyaaaa¡ª!¡±
Towards Hajime¡¯s words, Souna remembered her punishments up to now, and was screaming. Surely, at breakfast the next day, he¡¯ll see Souna rubbing her swelling butt with teary eyes. Every night and every morning, Hajime could only sigh at such spectacles.
* * *
Having handed Souna over to her parents, Hajime returned to his room and copsed onto his bed.
¡°¡ ¡ Thanks for your hard work.¡±
¡°Wee home.¡±
The ones who greeted Hajime were of course Yue and Shia. The room was illuminated by moonlight shining in through the windows, and the pair fleeting figures could be seen. The girls sitting on the opposite bed were Yue and also Shia who sat shamelessly. Only wearing negligees, their appearances were somewhatscivious. Coupled with their beautiful faces, if they were drawn on a painting, it¡¯d be described as a masterpiece even by a second-ss writer.
¡°Ou. Even so, what on earth drives that child¡ ¡ to even climb down from the roof, that¡¯s not normal, right? As expected, no matter how delicious the food, we should search for another inn.¡±
Hajime spoke with an amazed tone. Standing up, Shiaughed and sat on Hajime¡¯s bed. Yue also steadily stood up and moved to Hajime¡¯s bed, then she put her knees below Hajime¡¯s head. As the result, they becamep pillows.
¡°Surely, our rtionship has ignited the mes inside that Souna-chan¡¯s girly mind. It can¡¯t be helped for her to be curious about us. Isn¡¯t that cute.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ but, for her to be more and more skillful¡ ¡ it worries me.¡±
¡°Yesterday, she used a handmade snorkel tube to hide at the bottom of the bathtub¡ ¡ When I saw her ring and sparkling eyes, it made me shiver.¡±
¡°U~n, certainly, that¡¯s bad manners for an inn¡¯s daughter¡ ¡ For now, it¡¯s only towards us but¡¡±
While they chatted about Souna¡¯s entric behaviors, Shia quietly drew her body near Hajime. She naturally extended her hand, then guided Hajime¡¯s hand towards her breast. Shia¡¯s face turned crimson, and she was nervous at what might happen from this situation.
Hajime gently grasped Shia¡¯s hand back. Kyuh, he put in more power that made Shia¡¯s body respond with a twitch. Because she was happy, she also put her power into her grasp. Hajime continued to put more strength into his grasp.
Kyuh¡ PIKUNh, Gyuh¡ BIKUNh, GIRIh¡ BIKUBIKU, MISHIh¡ GAKUBURU
¡°Wa-! Hajime-san! It will be crushed! My hand will be crushed!¡±
MEKyah!
¡°Hii¡ª! I am sorry, I am really sorry! I just got a little carried away! That¡¯s why release it! It¡¯ll break! I¡¯m going to break if you do anymore than this!¡±
¡°What are you trying to do by casually making a good mood? To begin with, your room is next door. So why are you here?¡±
Towards her hand that was gripped by Hajime, Shia tried to somehow release it while trembling, but she couldn¡¯t release it because of the vise-like grasp.
¡°Th-that¡¯s, I was just wondering~ if I can get into the same bed ?, something like that. Rather, our rtionship is already at the stage where we kiss. It¡¯s okay if it¡¯s only that much.¡±
¡°As if. Even though I have said it was a life-saving action.¡±
¡°Well, from my intuition, Hajime-san has started to be dere! Compared to the beginning, you¡¯ve be very gentle! Because that is a fact, then¡ ¡ Guhehe¡°MEKHOBAKIh¡±Doon¡¯t¡ª! It¡¯s going to break¡ª!¡±
Unable to endure hearing Shia¡¯s rude ns, Hajime inadvertently put more power into his grip. Shia whose hand was released, trembled at the edge of the bed while crouching and holding her hand to endure the pain. Ignoring Shia, Hajime turned his nce toward Yue. Yue immediately looked straight at Hajime.
¡°Rather, Yue. Recently, aren¡¯t you too lenient? Did you have a change of heart?¡±
Yue tilted her head and thought about Hajime¡¯s questions. Just as Hajime said, having returned from Raisen¡¯s Great Dungeon, Yue¡¯s attitude towards Shia be more lenient. Before, when Shia tried to stick to Hajime she¡¯d immediately blow her away without arguing, but recently she didn¡¯t say anything about Shia¡¯s skinship. Even so, if it was something excessive¡ ¡ for example when Shia tried to kiss him, she¡¯d immediately be displeased¡
¡°¡ ¡ Shia did her best. She¡¯ll continue doing that from now on. Because she likes Hajime and me.¡±
¡°Nn? Well, that¡¯s so¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I also¡ ¡ don¡¯t hate her.¡±
¡°No matter what, you¡¯re actually getting along well. I can understand that just by watching. Nn~¡±
The main point that Hajime guessed from Yue¡¯s few words, Yue was pleased by Shia, but not at the level of thinking of her as someone important.
That was the truth. Inside Raisen¡¯s Great Dungeon was magic power disintegration that was even stronger than in the ravine, so Yue was unable to disy her full power. It was the same with Hajime. They could guess how much hardship they¡¯d have experienced if it were just the two of them. Surely, Hajime alone would be able to clear it, in exchange, the probability of him using one or two Holy Waters was high. To be able to conquer it without consuming them could be considered as thanks to Shia.
Just a little while ago, Shia was an existence that had no connection to fighting. Rather than being unrted, it was more like she disliked it. This girl was surely frightened and uneasy, but she kept following Hajime and Yue withoutining. They went into the hell-like Great Dungeon, and while grinding her teeth, she was finally able to beat it with a splendid result.
She was single-mindedly doing that for the sake of her love towards Hajime, and her friendship toward Yue. Because she wanted to be together with them, Shia had changed herself and advanced ahead with all her might.
Yue of course held jealousy and a desire to monopolize him. Therefore, Shia¡¯s feelings towards Hajime were not easily acknowledged. That¡¯s why, at first, although it was hard to support it¡ ¡ towards Shia who¡¯s able to jump straight even after being treated cruelly, friendship was spread after so many times, following that it was further proven by how they conquered the Great Dungeon¡ ¡ that became the tangible proof.
If she thought about it, Yue had no memory of anyone she could call her friend. Before she was sealed, she was busy with studying politics. There was no one who could be her friend on equal footing. In other words, she was alone. That¡¯s why, toward Shia who said, ¡°We arerades~!¡±, straight without being two faced, excluding the parts about Hajime, from the beginning she was unable to hate her.
Because of that, regarding Hajime recently, ¡°Well, if it is Shia then just a little¡¡±, she showed her generosity.
¡°¡ ¡ Even so.¡±
¡°Nn?¡±
Yue looked up at Hajime while continuing her words. Her eyes were bewitching and filled with sincerity, confidence, and resolution. Added to Yue¡¯s gleaming smile that also reflected all of the above, she was so lovely, so charming, and made Hajime instinctively hold his breath. As if she was possessing gravity, Hajime was unable to move his nce and could only look at her in admiration. Hajime once again returned the look at Yue.
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime¡¯s heart is already mine.¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
No matter who else loves Hajime, no matter who else came to be attached to him, the number one, the most important is¡ ¡ me. There was such a deration. Yue¡¯s deration of war. A deration of war toward those they had, and would meet from now on.
Hajime was speechless. He was sucked in by the radiance of her eyes, Yue once again as if entwined by him, caught Hajime¡¯s nce. Following that, Hajime¡¯s hand touched Yue¡¯s cheek, while Yue put her hand over his. The moonlight reflected their shadows on the wall, their shadows slowly became closer. Then, at the moment they almost met¡
¡°Gusuh, umm, can you at least please stop forgetting my existence? It feels so empty and lonely¡ ¡gusuh.¡±
Shia was sitting while holding her knees on the corner of the bed; while crying and wiping her tears she watched Hajime and Yue create a world for two people.
It was a truly pitiful appearance, Hajime felt somewhat bad, and Yue was telling her toe closer. ¡°Yue-zaa~n¡±, while shouting that, Shia dived into Yue¡¯s bosom and sniffled. Shia¡¯s head was gently stroked, and because it felt pleasant she closed her eyes, then started to sleep just like that.
Hajime who saw their appearance could only wryly smile and say,
¡°Rather than a friend, aren¡¯t you more like a mother?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I prefer Hajime¡¯s child.¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Won¡¯t you be gentler to Shia?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ About that, I¡¯ll do my best.¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡ I love you¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Ou¡±
In the end, with Shia on his left side and Yue on his right side, the three of them fell asleep. After this day, Shia who was allowed to be in the same room would dance in ecstasy, and get carried away by repeatedly trying to attack Hajime every night, only to be severely punished by him.
By the way, at the time Shia screamed when her hand was grasped, Souna who heard that further intensified her misunderstanding, curiosity, and her delusions. Then she became an inn girl that possessed high infiltration skills¡ ¡ but this was another story.
* * *
KARAN, KARAN
Apanied by the sound of bells, the door of the adventurer¡¯s guild: Brook¡¯s branch opened. Three silhouettes entered, they were Hajime, Yue, and Shia who hadpletely be celebrities after several days. Inside the guild¡¯s cafe, several adventurers spend their time freely just like usual, but there were some who greeted Hajime and his party by raising a hand when they noticed them. As for the men, they looked at Yue and Shia as usual, then turned their nces filled with envy toward Hajime, but there were no malicious ones here.
They had stayed at Brook town for a week, there were several people who didn¡¯t learn and caused amotion by challenging him to a duel to obtain Yue or Shia during that time. In the past, they were unable to persuade Yue who was known as ¡°Crotch Smasher¡± because they were frightened by her, as such they tried to capture Hajime and bury him outside the moat.
Of course, Hajime wouldn¡¯t do something as troublesome as that. Finally, ¡°Duel me!¡±, when the line was only on ¡°Duel,¡± he already fired the gun. What shot out was a non-lethal rubber bullet that exploded as it hit the pitiful challenger¡¯s head, and made him spin three times, then kiss the ground.
Because of that, in the town, Yue the ¡°Crotch Smasher¡± and her loved person, the one who was capable of killing his enemy in a blink before the duel even started, Hajime the ¡°Duel Smasher¡±bination became famous people to be reckoned. Even though they didn¡¯t apply a party name to the guild, the name ¡°Smasher Lovers¡± already spread, and Hajime who discovered their nickname could only look off into the distance for a while, because of this new memory.
By the way, as a side note, Shia who felt her existence be thinner could only shed tears.
¡°Oya, the three of you are together today?¡±
Hajime and his party approached the counter, just as usual, aunt¡ ¡ Catherine was there, and she was the one that greeted them just now. Catherine¡¯s voice was filled with surprise because in this one week the ones who came to guild were usually either Hajime alone or Shia and Yue as a pair.
¡°Aa. We¡¯ll leave the town tomorrow, and because we are indebted to you, we came to greet you. Furthermore, we thought of epting it if you have anymissions rted to our destination¡±
What he meant by indebted, was how Hajime had borrowed a guild¡¯s room for free. Because he finally gained Gravity magic, he wanted to experiment:bining it with Creation magic, that¡¯s why he needed a spacious room. Catherine who happened to hear about it offered the use of a guild room for free.
It should be noted that Yue and Shia trained to use gravity magic on the town¡¯s outskirts.
¡°I see. So you¡¯re going to leave. That¡¯ll make me lonely. It¡¯s been lively since you came back here after all~¡±
¡°Please give me a break. There is a pervert in the inn, there is also a pervert in the dress store, there are also those perverts who start to prostate when Yue and Shia walk in town and stalker perverts who call them ¡°Onee-sama,¡± there were also idiots who challenged me to duels¡ ¡ there were no decent fellows at all. Of all the guys I met, 70% are perverts and 20% are idiots¡ ¡ just what¡¯s wrong with this town¡±
All of theints that Hajime said while scowling were the truth. Let alone Souna, everytime Hajime met Crystabel, she always licked her lips while looking at him like a carnivore, he already forgot how many times he felt chills.
Moreover, there were three major factions created inside Brook town, they tried topete with each other every day. One was the ¡°We want to be stepped on by Yue-chan corps¡±, the other was the ¡°We want to be Shia-chan¡¯s ves corps,¡± and thest one was the ¡°We want to be onee-sama¡¯s siblings corps¡±. Respectively, they literally hold those as their wishes, and it seems theypeted on which side would be the majority.
Hajime and his party could only spurt out their drinks because those names were the opinion of the masses. Suddenly there were people inside the town prostrating to Yue saying ¡°Please step on us!¡± It made her shiver. It was not known how extreme their thought processes were to be like that for Shia. The demi-human race should have been under discrimination, so the way they wanted to be her ves was a full chance for tsukkomi, but she immediately refused them because it was unpleasant to think deeply about it. Thest was a group of only women, maybe because they saw him as an obstruction to Yue and Shia, they mainly tried to eliminate Hajime. Once, ¡°The harmful and parasitic pest to Onee-sama! I¡¯ll remove his ballssss¡ª!!¡±, a girl screamed that while thrusting a knife toward him in one hand.
Because it¡¯d be troublesome to kill a girl inside town after all, Hajime only left that girl naked in a tortoise shell-like bondage (because he had no knowledge about it) situation, after hanging her on the highest building, and leaving after sticking on a piece of paper that read, ¡°I¡¯ll kill you next time.¡± Because of the indifferent content in the paper he left behind, the girls¡¯ extreme actions became more hidden, and that¡¯s a good thing.
Hajime who recalled those events could only frown, while Catherine let out a bitter smile.
¡°Now, now, the lively part is the truth.¡±
¡°Right, it sure is.¡±
¡°Then, where are you going?¡±
¡°Fhuren¡±
Even though they talked in that manner, Catherine was working diligently. Immediately, she started searching whether there was a request rted to Fhuren.
Fhuren was a neutralmercial city. Hajime and his party¡¯s next destination was ¡°Guryuen Great Desert¡±, where one of the Seven Great Dungeons; ¡°Guryu-en Volcanic Mountain¡±, resided. Therefore, they must go toward the west of the continent, and on the way was the ¡°Neutral Commercial City Fhuren¡±, so they wanted to drop by the continent¡¯s number onemercial city. It should be noted that after ¡°Guryu-en Volcanic Mountain¡±, their next destination was further west of the Great Desert, the Great Dungeon that had sunk into the seabed; ¡°Meljine Seabed Ruin¡±.
¡°U~n, oh my. I found something good. A request to escort a merchantpany. There¡¯s a vacancy for one person¡ ¡ How is it? Are you going to ept?¡±
Hajime confirmed the contents of themission he received from Catherine. Certainly, the content was a request to escort a merchantpany. It was a medium-scale merchantpany, and it seemed to request 15 people as the escorts. Because Yue and Shia were not adventurers, it was perfect for Hajime.
¡°Is it OK to take mypanions along?¡±
¡°Aa, no problem. Although there would beints if there are too many people, but there are people hired to carry the luggage, and there are also adventurers who brought their ves along. Furthermore, Yue-chan and Shia-chan are also influential people. To have another two excellent adventurers in addition when hiring a person. There¡¯s no reason to refuse.¡±
¡°I see, nn~, what should we do?¡±
Hajime who was a little hesitant, looked back at Yue and Shia to ask for their opinions. Truthfully, he thought of epting the request if it had something to do with delivering packages. If it had been only Hajime and his party, they could have used the Magic-Driven vehicle and arrived at Fhuren much sooner than if they had to use a carriage. It would be too troublesome to match the pace of the others in an escort mission.
¡°¡ ¡ No need to travel in a rush.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right~, sometimes it may be good to go with other adventurers. We might be able to learn the know-how from the veteran adventurers, right?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ That¡¯s true. Since we aren¡¯t in a hurry, sometimes it might be good¡¡±
Having heard their opinions, Hajime was, ¡°Fumu¡±, and told Catherine that he epted the request. It was just as Yue had said, it would take a lot of time to conquer the Seven Great Dungeons. There¡¯s no telling what kind of mistake they might make if they tried to rush it. That¡¯s why the know-how peculiar to adventurers would likely be useful in their future travels, as Shia had said.
¡°Here you go. I¡¯ll notify the client, so please go to the front gate tomorrow, first thing in the morning.¡±
¡°Roger.¡±
After she confirmed that Hajime received the application form, Catherine turned her eyes toward Yue and Shia who were behind him.
¡°You must keep yourself healthy, okay? Whenever this child makes you cry, pleasee back here. I¡¯ll beat him for you.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, we are indebted to you. Thanks.¡±
¡°Yes, Catherine-san. Thank you very much for taking care of us!¡±
Catherine¡¯s kind-filled words made Yue and Shia smile. Shia was especially happy. She seemed to have forgotten that she was of the demi-human race, ever since she arrived at this town. Of course, there were different strokes for different blokes. Not all of them were friendly in regards to Shia, but with Catherine at the top, there were Souna, Crystabel, and some people like her fans, who didn¡¯t discriminate against her, even though she was a demi-human. It was not known whether that was because of the locality or the people¡¯s nature or the flow of this town, but for Shia, this was a warm ce, almost like her hometown in the Sea of Trees.
¡°You too, don¡¯t you let these good girls cry, okay? I¡¯ll punish you if you don¡¯t value them as the most important, alright?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Geez, what a meddlesome person. I¡¯ll do that even without you telling me.¡±
Hajime replied to Catherine¡¯s words with a wry smile. Catherine held out a letter towards Hajime. With a doubtful expression, Hajime received the letter.
¡°This is?¡±
¡°You¡¯re carrying various problems in your arms after all. It is an apology for all the trouble caused by the people of this town. When you arrive at another town¡¯s guild and get into trouble, show this letter to the person in-charge. It might prove to be useful.¡±
Catherine perfectly added a wink, and Hajime¡¯s cheeks inadvertently cramped. ¡°For a letter to be able to influence the person in-charge, just who on earth are you?¡±, his doubt could be seen in his expression.
¡°Oh my, is there a need to investigate me? A good woman is someone that holds secrets, after all.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Haa, un¡¯stood. I will dly take it.¡±
¡°It¡¯s good to be obedient! Although a lot of things might happen, please don¡¯t die.¡±
Catherine was a staff of the guild in a remote countryside town, and held a lot of mysteries. She sent Hajime and his party off with a charming smile that contained attractiveness.
Afterwards, Hajime and his party drew near Crystabel¡¯s ce. Although Hajime refused toe along, he could only reluctantlye because of Yue and Shia¡ ¡ but, the moment it heard that they wanted to leave town, Crystabel became a huge monster, and tried to attack Hajime, since this was her (Crystabel¡¯s)st chance. Hajime, who was so scared, used the oscition fracture to bury it. Although Yue and Shia were able to desperately stop the traumatic event¡ ¡ The details will be omitted.
When she heard it was theirst night, Souna finally managed to trespass into the bathroom with a dignified demeanor. That action was followed by her charging into their room, then her parents, who werepletely angered by her, tied her with genuine tortoise shell bondage all night long. The event where she was hung in front of the inn would be omitted. The reason why her parents knew how to tie the tortoise shell bondage will also be omitted.
The next morning.
With pleasant memories of Brook¡¯s townspeople, Hajime and his party arrived at the front of the gate, moved towards the merchantpany¡¯s facilitator and other adventurers who epted the escort request. Apparently they were thest ones to arrive. When the facilitator-like person and the 14 adventurers looked at the iing Hajime and his party, they caused amotion at once.
¡°O-Oi, don¡¯t tell me the remaining three are the ¡°Sma-Love¡±!?
¡°It¡¯s true! Although it makes me happy and frightened at the same time!¡±
¡°Look at my hands. They haven¡¯t stopped trembling since a while ago, you know?¡±
¡°Wait, isn¡¯t it because you¡¯re drunk?¡±
There were those who were happy with Yue and Shia¡¯s appearance, some hid their groin with both hands while teary-eyed, and one with trembling hands who got tsukkomi¡¯ed by hispanion, various reactions. Hajime approached them with a very displeased expression, then the facilitator-like person called out to him.
¡°Are you thest escorts?¡±
¡°Aa, this is the application.¡±
Hajime showed the application that he took out of his chest pocket. After confirming it, the male facilitator nodded in consent and began to introduce himself.
¡°My name is Mottou Junker. I am the leader of this merchantpany. Although your rank is still blue, I heard you¡¯re excellent adventurers from Catherine-san. I expect you to escort us along the way.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Motto(more) Yunker ? ¡ ¡ It must be difficult to be the leader of a merchantpany¡ ¡¡±
[T/N: Yunker is a Japanese formted energy and health supplement.]
It was a name that reminded him of a certain health tonic from Japan, and Hajime¡¯s eyes were filled with sympathy. Mottou, who was unable to understand why Hajime looked at him with such eyes, only inclined his neck and replied with, ¡°Well, it was difficult but I¡¯ve be ustomed to it,¡± as if he was wryly smiling..
¡°Well, I won¡¯t betray your expectations. I am Hajime. Here are Yue and Shia.¡±
¡°That¡¯s reassuring¡ ¡ By the way, this person from the Rabbitman tribe¡ ¡ Won¡¯t you sell her? I can only pay a moderate price though.¡±
Mottou nced at Shia while appraising her. She was a beautiful girl of the Rabbitman tribe who wasn¡¯t blue-haired like the normal Rabbitman tribe member, but possessed gray hair instead. As a merchant¡¯s nature, he couldn¡¯t help buty his hands on such a raremodity. He judged her as a ve from her cor, then immediately proposed negotiation to Hajime; the owner. Surely he must be an excellent merchant.
Having received the nce, Shia, ¡°Ugh,¡± groaned unpleasantly and hid behind Hajime. Yue looked at Mottou with a severe look. The popr perception of a Rabbitman tribe outside the Sea of Trees was a ve, that¡¯s why it was natural to offer trade negotiations for such an unusual ve. There was no reason to me Mottou.
¡°Hoo, she seems fairly attached¡ ¡ somehow, she also seems to be cherished. Then, I will give you some discounts, how about it?¡±
¡°Well, since you seem to be an excellent merchant¡ ¡ shouldn¡¯t you already know the answer?¡±
Although Mottou, who had seen Shia¡¯s appearance, was interested and offered a more appealing proposal, Hajime¡¯s reply was simple. Nevertheless, Mottou felt he should not let go of this chance to negotiate with Hajime, since it will surely bring forthrge profit that will only increase thanks to Shia¡¯s charm. That¡¯s why, he tried to give out more bargaining chips to lengthen their conversation.
However, Hajime had read his intentions. Though they were simple words, he voiced them to Mottou with an unwavering will.
¡°Even if it was god who wanted her, I still wouldn¡¯t let her go¡ ¡ Won¡¯t you understand with this much?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Ee, I understand. It can¡¯t be helped. I¡¯ll withdraw here. However, if you ever change your mind, by all means please visit my Junkerpany. Well then, it¡¯s almost time to depart. For the details on escorting, please ask the leader over there.¡±
Hajime¡¯s words were actually dangerous ones. If it was done unskillfully, his words would have branded him as a heretic by the Church of the Saints. As a side note, the demon race believes in a different god, they worshipped different gods than the strongest god in history; ¡°Ehito¡±, but they didn¡¯t directly try to fight the Church of the Saints. Since Hajime didn¡¯t drastically alter his words, therefore, Mottou understood that Hajime, from the bottom of his heart, refused to let Shia go.
Hajime watched as Mottou dejectedly returned to his merchantpany, then he noticed the surroundings be noisy again.
¡°Wow¡ ¡ For the sake of a woman, to even say that much¡ ¡ It numbed me!¡±
¡°As expected of Duel Smasher. He won¡¯t forgive anyone who puts their hands on his woman¡ ¡ fuh, what a man.¡±
¡°That¡¯s nice~, I also wanted someone to say something like that to me at least once.¡±
¡°Wait, you, aren¡¯t you a man? Who would, say someth¡ª, sorry, I am sorry, so sto¡ª Ah¡ª¡ª!!¡±
Having heard the happy conversations of his amused escortpanions, Hajime could only hold his head in his hands due to the headache. All of the fellows from Brook town were idiots as expected. While he thought that,¡®Munyuu¡¯, he could feel something soft on his back, furthermore Hajime was embraced closely by the arms that came from behind him.
Hajime turned his head over his shoulder, and saw a close-up of Shia¡¯s face as she rested her chin on his shoulder. Her facepletely dyed red, and because she was truly happy, her expression loosened.
¡°¡ ¡ Listen, there was no special meaning to it, so don¡¯t misunderstand, okay?¡±
¡°Ufufufu, I know~, ufufufu~¡±
Although Hajime exined that, in the end it was akin to not abandoning a rtive, and not because ¡°she is his woman¡±, like the surrounding people noisily described. His exnation was not transmitted to Shia. It was because the man she fell for had dered that ¡°Even if it¡¯s god, I won¡¯t let her go.¡± No matter what his real intentions were by dering that, a pleasant thing is pleasant.
Even though those words were to quickly break off the negotiation, in a lot of ways it was ¡°overkill,¡± and Hajime could only feel regret. Yuetokotoko, went to Hajime¡¯s side, thenkuikui, she pulled Hajime¡¯s sleeve.
¡°? What is it, Yue?¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡ Don¡¯t worry about it, because that was cool.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Thanks for the constion.¡±
Having sympathized with Hajime¡¯s feelings, Yue tried tofort him, and Hajime gently stroked her cheeks while letting out words of gratitude. Yue closed her eyes as if she was pleased by it.
In front of the front gate early in the morning, inside a crowd of people, with a beautiful rabbit-eared girl that looked so happy attached to his back, and another beautiful blonde girl with crimson eyes in his right hand, was Nagumo Hajime.
Thedies of the merchantpany looked at them with lukewarm expressions, while the men looked at the spectacle with dead-fish eyes. Toward these annoying gazes and words that pierced Hajime, surely he just reaped what he had sown.
Book 6. Chapter 2
Book 6. Chapter 2
Chapter 2 : Adventurer-like Work
Using carriages, the distance between Brook Town and the Neutral Commercial City; Fhuren, was six days of travel.
They moved before sunrise and prepared to camp before sunset. This has already repeated for three days. Hajime and his party were three days away from Fhuren. Only half the travel distance remained. So far no incidents had urred during their journey. Even though Hajime and his party were in charge of the rear, it was truly peaceful.
Even today, nothing special happened as they prepared to camp. Regarding meals, the adventurers were eating by themselves. They had to eat while minding their surroundings, that¡¯s why, as escorts they couldn¡¯t settle down when eating together. It also seemed to be the rule to eat on their own. Additionally, when on a mission, the adventurers only eat cruel, simple meals. In a way, preparing tasty meals would only increase their luggage, and would disturb them in emergency situations. Because of that, it became a theory that after they¡¯ve arrived at a town they would eat tasty meals until their stomachs were full, as their reward.
That story was something Hajime and his party heard from the adventurers when they ate meals on the second day. Hajime and his party had prepared warm bread soaked in luxurious mock stew to eat.
¡°Gah¡ª, good! It is truly delicious~, just as expected of Shia-chan! Mou, I don¡¯t care if you¡¯re a demi-human anymore, so will you be my wife?¡±
¡°Gluck gluck, gulp, puhah, bastard, don¡¯t just run your mouth! Shia-chan is my wife!¡±
¡°Hah, just what is a small dirty pig-like man like you trying to say? Know your ce. By the way Shia-chan, how about a meal with me after we arrive at the town? Of course, it¡¯ll be my treat.¡±
¡°Th-Then, I¡¯ll take Yue-chan! Yue-chan, have a meal with me!¡±
¡°Yue-chan¡¯s spoon¡ ¡ Haa, haa.¡±
The adventurers kept eating the mock stew made by Shia, saying it was delicious. On the first day, these guys were eating dried meat with things simr to camping goods when, Hajime and his party started to cook next to them, using ingredients and tableware taken out from ¡°Treasure Box¡±, just as usual. The adventurers were attracted by the delicious drifting aromas. Looking around, they saw Hajime and his party eating the hot meal while blowing on it, nearby. It became a situation where all of the other adventurers stared at them with blood-shot eyes and drooling mouths. Shia who felt that they were truly pitiful proposed to share their meals, resulting in the current situation.
In the beginning, even in front of these starving dogs, Hajime continued to calmly eat his meal. Naturally, he didn¡¯t intend to share at all. However, because Shia took over the job of preparing the meals when they camp, he had to rely on her to make delicious meals. It was not like Hajime and Yue were incapable of cooking anything, but the taste would be t. Hajime was only capable of making manly dishes while Yue was inexperienced, being a former noble. That¡¯s why, it was not an easy thing for Hajime to refuse Shia¡¯s, who was able to cook delicious meals, proposal to share.
From then on, although at first the adventurers that crowded like hyena during meals were grateful, they started to get carried away and jokingly tried to persuade Shia and Yue.
Toward the adventurers who made such a ruckus, Hajime silently used ¡°Pressure¡±. Although their bodies should have been warmed up by the hot mock stew, the adventurers immediately felt the chill and could only stand still with pale expressions. Hajime swallowed the meat inside his mouth and nced at the mock stew while slowly letting out a whisper. Even so his voice could be clearly heard by everyone.
¡°So? Having filled your belly, who¡¯s the guy that wants to be thrown?¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±I am sorry for getting carried away.¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
The adventurers apologized while prostrating in splendid harmony and synchronization. Although these guys were senior and veteran adventurerspared to Hajime, they had no dignity at all. Even though there was also the ¡°Pressure¡± that Hajime used, it wasn¡¯t like they would go against Hajime, because they knew what happened in Brook town.
¡°Mou, Hajime-san. Since it¡¯s finally time for a meal, a little ruckus is fine. A-Also, no matter what they say, I-I am Hajime-san¡¯s, you know?¡±
¡°I never cared about that.¡±
¡°Hau!?¡±
Although Shia tried to casually appeal to Hajime while feeling shy, Hajime cut off her words with a single phrase.
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime.¡±
¡°Nn?¡ ¡ What is it, Yue?¡±
Because of Yue¡¯s criticizing nce, Hajime flinched a little. Yue pointed her forefinger and said, ¡°¡ ¡ bad!¡±. In short, it was about his promise from before to be nicer to Shia. Hajime, who didn¡¯t harbor love for Shia even now, thought it was enough to treat her as a rtive¡ ¡ however it seemed that was an out for Yue.
¡°Hajime-san! If you keep that attitude, I won¡¯t give you the ¡°well-done¡± skewered meat!¡±
Following that, recently Shia was not as easily discouraged. She didn¡¯t even twitch at Hajime¡¯s tsun-remark. Even if she received the shock, she immediately revived and repeated her strong and positive approach.
¡°¡ ¡ Like I said, how did you know that mate-¡ ¡ no, it¡¯s nothing. I understand, so quickly hand over the meat.¡±
¡°Fufu, do you want to eat it? Th-Then, a~n¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
While blushing, Shia presented the well-done skewered meat in front of Hajime¡¯s mouth. He seemed to really want to eat it. That¡¯s why Hajime took a peek at Yue. Yue readily stood by his side with skewered meat at hand. Probably, she would follow after Shia¡¯s ¡°A~n¡±.
While feeling the adventurers¡¯ gazes, Hajime let out a sigh then opened his mouth toward Shia. Shia¡¯s expression was dyed in happiness.
¡°A~n.¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
Hajime bit then chewed the presented meat in silence. Shia¡¯s expression was in pure bliss while she looked at Hajime. Then, this time another skewered meat was presented from his other side.
¡°¡ ¡ A~n.¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
He once again took a bite. Silently chewed it. Again, he took a bite when Shia from his other side, ¡°A~n¡±. He bit again when Yue said ¡°A~n¡±.
Their subjectivity aside, the voices of the men¡¯s hearts who had objectively seen this spectacle were splendidly unified. In their minds, ¡°We beseech you, please just explode already!!¡±. They could only use formal words in their minds because they were clearly shown that they couldn¡¯t do anything in face of Hajime¡¯s power .
Two days had passed since then. The distance was only one more day of travel, finally someone appeared to inelegantly obstruct their travel and to assault them.
Shia was the first to notice it. Her rabbit ears, piko piko, moved while pointing toward the forest beside the highway, her unconcerned expression suddenly tightened and she warned the others.
¡°Iing enemies! They number more than 100! They¡¯lle from the forest!¡±
When they heard her warning, the tension between the adventurers immediately increased. The highway that they were currently advanced on was not known for the danger from the adjacent forest. After all, it was the only route to the one Neutral Commercial City in the continent. The highway was safe, was what was guaranteed. That¡¯s why, although there were stories of encountering demonic beasts, they were only 20, at most. Even if there were a lot of them, 40 was the limit.
¡°Shit, more than 100 you say? Recently, I haven¡¯t heard stories of assault. are they saving up their power for this time¡¯s sake? Damn, even though I had investigated about idents along the highway!¡±
The leader of the escorts, Galitima, was cursing with a bitter expression. The escorts of the merchantpany numbered 15. If Yue and Shia were included, they became 17 people. Considering the number of people, it¡¯d be difficult to wlessly defend the merchantpany. It was simply because they were overwhelmed in number.
By the way, for them to calcte Shia as abat potential despite knowing the Rabbitman tribe¡¯s gentle nature was because there was a time when Shia lost her temper by the extreme actions of the ¡°We want to be Shia-chan¡¯s ves corps¡±. She blew off those perverts at once, that became well-known to adventurers and made them awe.
The moment Galitima started thinking of letting the majority of the escorts stay and at least making the merchantpany escape, a proposal¡¯s voice rang out and interrupted his thinking.
¡°If you¡¯re perplexed, should we kill them?¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
It was said with a light-hearted tone, as if he was just going to go for a little shopping. The unbelievable proposal came from none other than Hajime. Galitima was able to grasp the significance of Hajime¡¯s proposal, then spontaneously asked back with a stupid voice.
¡°Like I said, shall we annihte them?¡±
¡°W-Well, that¡¯s certainly, because it¡¯ll be difficult to wlessly defend the merchantpany if this keeps up¡ ¡ umm, can you do it? Although there are no strong demonic beasts around here, their numbers are¡¡±
¡°There is no problem with the numbers. It¡¯ll end soon. With Yue, that is.¡±
Hajime said that and immediately put his hand on Yue¡¯s shoulder who moved beside him. Yue looked particrly eager, and as if it would be very easy work for her, she replied with ¡°Nn¡¡±.
Galitima hesitated a little. At least he had heard the rumors that Yue was a user of rare magic. For argument¡¯s sake, even if she couldn¡¯tpletely annihte them, from the attitude of Hajime and his party they should be able to cut down a reasonable number. That¡¯s why, rather than letting the merchantpany escape ahead using their variousbat potential, he steadily thought of another strategy.
¡°I understand. I¡¯ll entrust the first strike to Yue. Even if you can¡¯tpletely annihte them, it¡¯ll be no problem as long as their numbers considerably decrease. Then, we only need to decrease them further with our magic, and beat thest of them directly. Everyone, you understand!?¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±Affirmative!¡±¡±¡±¡±
The other adventurers replied to Galitima¡¯s decision with voices filled with spirit. Apparently, it seemed they couldn¡¯t believe Yue was able to annihte them alone. Hajime thought in his mind, ¡°There is no need to worry that much~¡±, but because it was notmon sense for magic-users to be capable of annihting more than a hundred of demonic beasts, he felt their judgement couldn¡¯t be helped as he shrugged his shoulders.
The adventurers took a united line in front of the merchantpany. Although tension hung in the air, their faces were resolute. There was no remaining joking atmosphere, like the one during meal time. On the way, even though they had heard various stories from the veteran adventurers, only by seeing their current appearance, indeed, they were able to nod and acknowledge them as veterans. The people of the merchantpany were frightened when they heard therge number of demonic beasts, now their faces peeped in from the shadows of the carriages.
Hajime and his party were on the roof of the merchantpany¡¯s carriage.
¡°Yue, for now, start chanting. If not, it¡¯ll be troublesome.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Chant¡ ¡ chant¡ ¡?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Did you not know any?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Don¡¯t worry, there¡¯s no problem.¡±
¡°Well, that material¡ ¡ It¡¯s nothing.¡±
¡°Contact in 10 seconds~¡±
Because it¡¯d be troublesome if others inquired about it, Hajime told Yue to use chants, but Yue who originally had no need to chant was only able to float ¡°?¡± above her head. Even so, it would be good as long as she made them assume she was chanting by whispering, although there shouldn¡¯t be any big problems, her reply somehow made Hajime anxious.
While he thought of that, Shia¡¯s report rang out. Yue, suh, turned and hung her right hand toward the forest, then her chanting voice began to permeate.
¡°You are the one who brought bright red light into this perpetual darkness, crush the prison of old, the one who met face on as an equal, using the power of the strongest fragment, together with him, be the light capable of swallowing heaven, ¡°Thunder Dragon¡±¡±
With the end of Yue¡¯s chant, she pulled the magic¡¯s trigger. At that moment, a dragon made of thunder appeared from the dark cloud just like in her chant. Its appearance was reminiscent of a snake just like an oriental dragon.
¡°Wh-What¡¯s that¡¡±
It wasn¡¯t known who muttered that. Even with the crowd of demonic beasts in front of their eyes, everyone¡¯s gazes were fixated at the sky towards the bizarre thunder dragon that let out blue electrical discharge. Even those who were well-versed in magic in the rear, could only open and close their mouths towards the magic they¡¯ve never seen nor heard before.
Then, as if it was no one¡¯s ally. The demonic beasts that hade with killing intent for their prey from the forest, came to a halt between the merchantpany and the forest, having been red at by the huge thunder dragon, it was as if they were frogs that were stiffened by a snake¡¯s re.
Following that, as if it was heaven¡¯s judgement, Yue flicked her slender and beautiful fingers, causing the thunder dragon opened its jaws that were even able to swallow heaven and attacked the demonic beasts.
GOoGAaAAA!!!
¡°Uwah!?¡±
¡°Dowaaa!?¡±
¡°Kyaaaaa!?¡±
The thunder dragon let out a tremendous roar from its huge opened mouth, and some demonic beasts were voluntarily jumping into the opened jaws. Then, they were eliminated by the jaws of thunder and disappeared without any resistance.
Furthermore, as Yuemanded, the thunder dragon coiled around the demonic beasts to encircle them. The demonic beasts that were in the middle of escaping prated that wall of thunder and turned into dust before their eyes. Once again, above the demonic beasts that had lost their escape route, the thunder dragon opened its jaws with a thundering roar, and the demonic beasts jumped into it as if they chose to die. Without any time to suffer the pain, their flesh turning into dust coupled with the majestic appearance of the dragon gave off a solemn atmosphere. Having swallowed all of the demonic beasts, the thunder dragon let out a thundering roar for thest time then disappeared.
Every one of the adventurers that were in formation and the merchantpany, because of the shes along with thundering sounds, and followed by a severe earthquake were inadvertently screaming and crouching. Finally, the fear of a life-threatening attack and the impact left them, and when they opened their eyes slightly to see what happened ahead¡ ¡ there was nothing at all. There was only the ground, scorched in a coil-shape, it was proof that the unreal spectacle just now had truly urred.
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, I overdid it¡±
¡°Oioi, that magic, even I know nothing about it¡¡±
¡°It is a Yue-san original, right? It seems to be abination of magic that¡¯s used in the stories of dragons from Hajime-san as a reference.¡±
¡°To have made something like this when I shut myself inside the guild¡ ¡ Rather, Yue, the chant just now¡¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡ A song of meeting and the future.¡±
Yue looked at Hajime with expressionlessness that gave off an, ¡°How about that!¡±, atmosphere. She was probably proud of it because it was something she made herself. Hajime quietly used his hand to stroke Yue¡¯s hair gently while letting out a wry smile. Having allowed her to finish the chant to avoid trouble, although it waspletely meaningless, his caution disappeared once he saw Yue boasting about herself.
That was Yue¡¯s original magic; ¡°Thunder Dragon¡±. It¡¯s apound magic using the high-ranked magic; ¡°Thunder Hammer¡± that creates a dark cloud then drops a huge amount of lightning, and Gravity magic. The lightning that originally just falls down was arbitrarily controlled using Gravity magic. To purposely make it form like a dragon from Hajime¡¯s story was something made by magic using Yue¡¯s sense. This thunder dragon was filled with gravity magic in the mouth¡¯s parts, that¡¯s why objects would be pulled toward it when its jaws were opened. This is why the demonic beasts looked like they voluntarily jumped toward it. Comparing its magic power, it was at the highest level even among high-ranked magic, that¡¯s why just by looking at Yue¡¯s expression one could see that was the gem of her pride.
And, the adventurers who looked dumbfoundedly at the scorched ground began to regain their senses. Following that, they vigorously turned around to look at Hajime and his party, then started to make amotion.
¡°Oioioioioi, what was that? What was, THAT!¡±
¡°A-A strange beast was¡ ¡ from the sky¡ ¡ from the sky¡ ¡ ah, it¡¯s a dream.¡±
¡°Hehe, I, once we arrive at the town, I am going to marry.¡±
¡°I know how shaken you¡¯re, but calm down. Remember that you don¡¯t have a lover, not even a girlfriend.¡±
¡°It can be made by magic! It¡¯s not even strange to make a strange beast like that! That¡¯s why I am not wrong!¡±
¡°Well, there is no magic rted with the life and death cycle, you know? That¡¯s why this situation is abnormal, okay?¡±
¡°What!? Bastard, are you saying Yue-chan is abnormal!? Aan!?¡±
¡°Everyone, calm down! Listen, Yue-chan is a goddess, that¡¯ll exin everything!¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±Indeed!¡±¡±¡±¡±
Maybe because Yue¡¯s magic left too much of an impact, the adventurers became a little broken. That couldn¡¯t be helped. After all, there was no existing magic that could take the shape of living things. Furthermore, that was even impossible to be used by the magic-users that were employed by the country. It could be said the thunder dropping magic; ¡°Thunder Hammer¡±, was only usable by ultra first-ss magic-users.
Inside the broken adventurers that shouted, ¡°All hail Yue-sama!¡±, something along that line was the sole sane person; the leader Galitima, who could only sigh after looking at hisrades and approached Hajime and his party.
¡°Haa, first of all, thanks. Thanks to Yue-chan, we were able to get through with zero damage.¡±
¡°We are co-workers now. There¡¯s no need to thank us. Right?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, I am only doing my job.¡±
¡°Haha, I see¡ ¡ so, that is. What was that just now?¡±
Galitima asked without being able to hide his bewilderment.
¡°¡ ¡ Original.¡±
¡°O-Original? Do you mean a magic you created yourself? High-ranked magic, no, is that a highest-ranked magic?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I didn¡¯t create it. It is apound magic.¡±
¡°Compound magic? But, what on earthbines to make that¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡ That¡¯s a secret¡±
¡°Kh¡ ¡ That¡¯s, well, it should be. No adventurers will simply reveal their trump card after all¡¡±
Apanied with a profound sigh, Galitima gave up the pursuit. He seemed to be sensitive to the tacit rule of veteran adventurers. While he shrugged his shoulders, he turned his attention to the brokenrades. ¡°They would give birth to a new religion called the ¡°Yue faith¡± if this keeps up, that¡¯s why Galitima must work hard¡±, that¡¯s what Hajime thought as a man.
While receiving gazes from everyone in the merchantpany that were mixed with awe and respect, their group resumed their travels.
* * *
Since the time Yue removed the guts of every merchantpany¡¯s people and adventurers, she didn¡¯t have anything to do at all, and their group finally arrived at the Neutral Commercial City; Fhuren.
There were six reception desks in Fhuren¡¯s eastern gate, the goods that were brought would be checked there. Hajime and his party were queueing in one of the rows. It would take a while until their turn.
On the carriage¡¯s roof, Mottou approached as Hajimeid down and rest his head on Yue¡¯sp pillow, while being attended by Shia. It seemed there was something he wanted to say. Mottou looked toward Hajime with a somewhat amazed look, then Hajime lightly nodded and jumped down from the roof.
¡°Geez, you¡¯re so bold. Don¡¯t you notice the surroundings¡¯ eyes?¡±
Just as Mottou said, the surrounding eyes were the usual and familiar eyes that contained jealousy and envy toward Hajime, followed by eyes that are filled with wonder and hate toward Yue and Shia. In addition, currently the gazes that appraised Shia were increasing. As expected of a big city¡¯s entrance gate. In the ce where various men gathered, there were not only those who simply looked at Yue and Shia with dirty-minds but also those who looked at them as profit.
¡°Well, although they¡¯re annoying, I can¡¯t do anything about it. So, it¡¯s useless to worry about it¡±
Hajime said that while shrugging his shoulders and Mottou could only put on a wry smile.
¡°There¡¯ll be more trouble once you enter Fhuren. As expected, to sell her¡¡±
Although Mottou tried to casually offer a trade for Shia, ¡°Didn¡¯t that conversation already end?¡±, was what was expressed by Hajime¡¯s silence, and he could only raise a hand as a pose for giving up.
¡°You aren¡¯t calling me for such talk, right? What business do you want?¡±
¡°Well, it is something like that. I¡¯m offering a trade negotiation. It is about the artifacts that you carry. Will you sell those? When we arrive at mypany, under the notary witness, I¡¯ll pay the amount that can make someone live his whole life without working. Your artifacts, especially ¡°Treasure Box¡± are something that merchants will desperately try to obtain after all.¡±
Along with the word ¡°desperately,¡± Mottou¡¯s unsmiling eyes were perfectly expressing ¡°even if I have to kill.¡± It was because ¡°Treasure Box¡± would be able to solve the problem of cheaply and securely mass transportation goods, that always became a concern in merchants¡¯ heads. That¡¯s why it was understandable.
When he saw various things taken out from the ¡°Treasure Box¡± while camping, Mottou¡¯s expression was as if someone who had wandered around for tens of days in the desert finally found an oasis while on the verge of dying. Because he persistently tried to negotiate, Hajime gave out slight bloodthirst and maybe because of his intuition as a merchant told him a warning, he withdrew dejectedly.
However, he was unable to give up after all. In front of Donner-Scg, he was somehow able to approach Hajime and proposed another negotiation.
¡°I¡¯ll say it again and again, I won¡¯t sell any of it. Just give up.¡±
¡°But, those artifacts are too useful for an individual to carry. Isn¡¯t it more reasonable for them to be used by someone who knows their value? If not, it¡¯ll be much more troublesome¡ ¡ for example, those girls wil¡ª!?¡±
Mottou, for a little, took a peek toward Shia and Yue on the roof with a mad and threatening look and at that moment,gochih, something cold and hard was pressed on his forehead. That was apanied with a sublime bloodthirst. No one in their surroundings noticed it. One of the reasons was because they were in the shadow of the carriage and also because Hajime had pinpointed his bloodthirst toward him.
¡°That, can I think of that as a deration of war?¡±
That was said in a quiet voice. However, that voice that was as cold as ice made Mottou stiffen and the eyes of Hajime that peered into his eyes were just like thick darkness. Mottou¡¯s whole body was drenched in cold sweat and he desperately let out his voice.
¡°Th-that¡¯s wrong. Somehow¡ ¡ because, guh¡ ¡ I wouldn¡¯t¡ ¡ be able to hide about you¡ ¡ that¡¯s why, I said those¡ ¡ words. That was all¡ ¡ uh¡±
Just as Mottou said, Hajime didn¡¯t intend to seriously hide his artifacts and their ability. Because he had considered it a little to avoid troublesome things, there was the case of Yue¡¯s chant, but if it was reversed, if it was more than ¡°a little,¡± he didn¡¯t intend to hide it. Hajime had decided ¡°to not hold back¡± against this world. He would mow all of his enemies down. He had the resolution to do that.
¡°I see, let¡¯s just leave it at that.¡±
Having said that, Hajime put away Donner and dispersed his bloodthirst. Mottou crumbled on the spot. While drenched in sweat, he panted.
¡°Well, it¡¯s up to you on what you want to do. For example, even if you spread that to others, and those people took action, then I wouldn¡¯t care about it. However, if you became an enemy that tried to obstruct me¡ ¡ Do you think you can survive? I don¡¯t care if it involves the country or even the world. I¡¯ll just sink everything into a sea of blood.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Haa haa, indeed. It will be an unprofitable business¡¡±
Although he was still pale-faced, Mottou who was capable of firmly replying, was an excellent merchant. Even from the interactions with the other merchantpany members, he seemed to be quite adored. Normally, it would be impossible for him to take such a firm posture even now. The things that charmed and drove him mad were Hajime¡¯s artifacts.
¡°Well, this time I¡¯ll overlook it. But, there won¡¯t be a next time, okay?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ For the love of god. It is me who has be senile. For me to kick the butt of a dragon in front of my eyes¡¡±
¡°Kick the butt of a dragon¡± is a proverb of this world, it referred to the Ryuujin race and dragons. They boasted their defensive power as an impregnable defense because of their whole body covered by scales, excluding their eyes and mouth, the butt hole that wasn¡¯t covered by scales was their only weak point. Because of their high defense, as they were deep-sleepers, they wouldn¡¯t awaken once they fell asleep, but they would wake up at once, once their butt that was their weak point received stimulus, and became enraged like raging fires. A long time ago, it was not known why that was done, but the fool waspletely crushed. From that, it became the meaning of someone who is foolish enough to purposely disturb someone that was harmless as long as they weren¡¯t disturbed.
By the way, the Ryuujin race was assumed to have perished more than 500 years ago. Although the reason was uncertain, these guys own a characteristic magic called ¡°Dragon Form¡± that made them between the boundary of a person and demonic beast, there are various opinions such as they were turned into exclusion because of discrimination and they were weeded out by the gods as an iplete race.
¡°Now that you mention it, Yue¡¯s magic from back then was imitating the dragon. Although I will apologize if that was truly a dragon, but it¡¯s good that no one knows anything about it. After all I also never heard anything about the Ryuujin race. Well, I think it¡¯ll be okay because it looks more like a snake than a dragon.¡±
Mottou who somehow recovered, managed to stand up and he advised Hajime while tidying his clothes. He was a somewhat bold person. Although he was going to be killed just now, to be able to casually talk to Hajime meant his nerve wasn¡¯t average.
¡°Is that so?¡±
¡°Ee, they are iplete beings between people and demonic beasts. Nevertheless, they are frighteningly strong. In addition, they are infidels who don¡¯t believe in any gods. That¡¯s why, I can only nod that they are an odd existence for the church¡¯s authoritarian.¡±
¡°I see. Rather, you¡¯repletely okay with it. Are you also one of those infidels?¡±
¡°I have a god I believe in, the one where the power is not held by ¡°people¡±. People are ¡°customers¡± after all.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Somehow, I can rte with what you just said. Must be a born merchant, you that is. Having seen it, I can only nod at your recklessness.¡±
Having said that, towards Hajime that fiddled with the ring on his hand, Mottou showed a mixed expression of apology and pride, truly aplex expression. His merchant-like attitude from just now could no longer be seen. Hajime¡¯s bloodthirst was like having bathed in cold water for him.
¡°Although I havemitted a blunder, if you have a demand, pleasee to mypany. You¡¯re different from the usual adventurers after all. Because I want connections with such a peculiar person like you, I¡¯ll give you some discount.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Really, what a firm business spirit.¡±
While being looked at by Hajime with an amazed nce, after saying, ¡°Well then, please excuse me¡±, Mottou turned his heels and returned to the front.
Yue and Shia, even now, no, gathered even stronger gazes. If you chased Mottou¡¯s back, immediately there were merchant-like people who were talking while pointing at Yue and Shia. Although it was supposed to be a rxing trip toward Fhuren, Hajime could only think that more troubles were waiting ahead.
Book 6. Chapter 3
Book 6. Chapter 3
Chapter 3 : Adventurers Guild, Fhuren Branch
Neutral Commercial City Fhuren
20 meters in height, the wall enclosed one of the continent¡¯s Neutral Commercial Cities with a length of 200 kilometers. All kinds of businesses and keenpetitions happened in this city every day, there were people who sessfully realized their dreams, and there were also a lot of people who became penniless and left dejectedly. It could be said it was the number one city in the continent with the amount of people that came to sightsee, and those who came for business.
Because it was so huge, Fhuren was divided into four areas. The Central Ward where the facilities rted to various procedures in the city gathered, Sightseeing Ward where amusement facilities were concentrated, Craftsman Ward where weapons and armor, also various furnitures were sold directly, and Commercial Ward where all kinds of stores and businesses lined up. There was a main street that stretched to the east, west, south, and north from the Central Ward, it seemed to bemon sense to have numerous stores the closer ones to the middle part. The ces that were far from the main street and central ward were ces for ck dealings, in other words, there were a lot of ck market-like shops. In those areas, sometimes there were unexpected things appearing, and those who were ustomed to rough stuff like adventurers and mercenaries visit this ce.
That story was something Hajime and his party heard while they were eating light meals in the cafe inside the adventurer¡¯s guild : Fhuren¡¯s branch. The one who told them was a woman whose job was a guide. Because this city was huge, there was a lot of demand for guides, so it became a special upation with a social standing. Although there were a lot of guide stores, they all got high ratings because they improved their services to gain more customers every day.
Hajime and his party came to the adventurer¡¯s guild with the application form that had received the seal of proof after separating from Mottou¡¯s merchantpany. Following that, because they didn¡¯t know the location of the inns and shops, they tried to get the guidebook from the adventurer¡¯s guild, that¡¯s how they came to know about the guide¡¯s existence.
Currently, after they paid the woman guide who introduced herself as Rishee, they were hearing the basic information of this city while having light meals.
¡°That¡¯s why, it is rmended to search for an inn in Sightseeing Ward. Although there are inns in Central Ward, it has be a tendency for the workers to nap there, that¡¯s why there are less servicespared to Sightseeing ward.¡±
¡°I see, then we will obediently look for an inn in Sightseeing Ward. Where¡¯s the rmendation?¡±
¡°It depends on what Mr. Customer demands. There are various kinds of inns, after all.¡±
¡°That¡¯s true. Okay, I won¡¯tin as long as the meals are delicious and they have a bath. There is no need to consider the location. Also, a ce with a clear ountability should be good.¡±
Rishee heard Hajime¡¯s requests with a smile. Toward the first two requests she nodded with ¡°Un un¡±, she seemed to have immediately listed all of the rmended inns inside of her mind. However, towards Hajime¡¯s next words, she could only let out ¡°Nn?¡±, while inclining her neck.
¡°Umm~, an ountable ce?¡±
¡°Aa, for example, assume I was pulled into a fight where I was the obvious victim, so I don¡¯t want to take responsibility of the damage inside the inn. I want to stay at a good inn, and I have a lot of equipment, so it¡¯ll be a hassle topensate that.¡±
¡°Uu~m, I think you won¡¯t be involved that often, but¡¡±
Hajime could only smile wryly toward the perplexed Rishee.
¡°Well, if it were ordinary people it¡¯ll be like that, but we stand out, after all. It seems a lot of loose guys will be at Sightseeing Ward, and merchants with firm spirits that will force their ways will likely appear. Well, in the end it¡¯s only ¡°if possible¡±. If that¡¯s too hard then there¡¯s no need to consider it.¡±
Because of Hajime¡¯s words, Rishee looked at Yue and Shia who sat at Hajime¡¯s sides while focusing on eating their light meals. Then, she nodded in consent. Certainly, these two beautiful girls stood out. Even now, they gathered considerable gazes from the surroundings. Especially Shia who came from the Rabbitman tribe. Although it¡¯s a crime to put a hand on other¡¯s ves, it couldn¡¯t be said there would be no merchants that tried to persistently negotiate nor loose and reckless guys.
¡°Then, how about an inn with strict guards? There are lots of inns like that, and I can introduce you to a good one¡¡±
¡°Aa, that¡¯s okay. However, the guys that are blinded by desires will sometimes appear. So, it should be considered first that I am going to physically persuade them because guards are not absolute.¡±
¡°Ph-Physical persuasion¡ ¡ I see, that¡¯s why you asked for ountability.¡±
Risheepletely understood Hajime¡¯s intent, so the words ¡°if possible¡± Hajime said seemed to hurt her soul as a guide, then she epted his requests and said, ¡°Please leave it to me¡±, with a motivated expression. Following that, she turned her gaze toward Yue and Shia, then asked for their demands. It was a point where she tried to answer every customers¡¯ needs as much as possible, surely this came from the guide store she belongs to.
¡°¡ ¡ A big bath is good, however for a mixed bath, reservations are essential.¡±
¡°Umm, I want one with a huge bed.¡±
After thinking for a sec, Yue and Shia said each of their requests. Even though they were called requests, if Yue¡¯s term wasbined with Shia¡¯s, she could see clearly their intentions. Having guessed that, Rishee said ¡°I ept it, so please leave it to me¡±, with an acknowledging and rifying face, but her cheeks slightly reddened. Immediately, she alternated her nces between Hajime, Yue, and Shia and that resulted in her cheeks blushing further.
By the way, the men who hung around in the nearby tables were staring at Hajime as if saying ¡°If only a person can be killed by a stare!¡±, but because he was already ustomed to it, Hajime just let it go through his head as usual.
From there, they heard the stories of the other wards, then Hajime and his party felt an unexpected strong gaze. It was especially aimed at Shia and Yue, it was the rudest of all, a sticky gaze that stuck to them. Because it was toote for Yue and Shia to mind that gaze, they could only knit their eyebrows because of the unpleasant stare.
Hajime tried to take a peek toward the source of the gaze and¡ ¡ there was a pig. With a fat body that easily surpassed 100 kilograms, an oily face, along with a pig snout and sticky blond-hair attached on its head. If it were only its appearance, it could be seen wearing good clothing even from a distance. That pigman was the one who stared at Yue and Shia with eyespletely mudded with desire.
While Hajime thought, ¡°It¡¯ll be a hassle¡±, the pigman moved his body heavily and while shaking he quickly approached Hajime and his party. Apparently, there was no time for them to escape. Hajime never thought of running away, though.
Maybe because Rishee also noticed his unrest, or maybe because that pigman stood out, when the pigman arrived with an arrogant attitude, she forgot to smile and ¡°Geh!¡±, raised an indescribable voice in bad taste.
The pigman soon arrived at the side of the table Hajime and his party were, then looked at Yue and Shia with a smile in his eyes, and when he saw Shia¡¯s cor he narrowed his eyes unpleasantly. Following that, he finally looked at Hajime, who he never looked at until now, and as if he finally noticed him, he showed a gesture and let out a one-sided demand with an arrogant attitude.
¡°O-Oi, brat. I-I¡¯ll give you a million ruta. H-Hand over that rabbit. That blonde too, I¡¯ll make her my concubine. C-Come with me.¡±
Having said those words while slightly stuttering and coupled with kii kii sounds, the pigman tried to touch Yue. It seemed Yue was already his inside his mind. At that moment, a violent killing intent poured down. The faces of people in the surrounding tables turned pale as they fell from their chairs, and they began to desperately back away from Hajime.
Well, the pigman who received the killing intent directly was¡ ¡ ¡°Hii!?¡±, let out a pathetic scream and fell on his butt, then he retreated while the ce between his groins began to wet.
If Hajime let out his true killing intent, he might instantly lose consciousness, and because that¡¯d be meaningless he put enough consideration into it.
¡°Yue, Shia, let¡¯s go. Let¡¯s change the location.¡±
Because a dirty liquid leaked, Hajime stood from his seat then called Yue and Shia. Honestly, he actually wanted to immediately shoot him dead, but it¡¯d raise amotion if he killed him after all, and that¡¯d make Hajime the assant. The town¡¯s guards were not that naive to let go of a murder. Basically, as long as it¡¯s at the limit of a legitimate self-defense, Hajime thought of just half-killing him inside this city.
Rishee could only say, ¡°Eh? Eh?¡±, while blinking her eyes in confusion because Hajime and his party stood up from their seats. Rishee was fine even though she was inside the range of Hajime¡¯s killing intent because he had simply excluded her from ¡°Pressure¡¯s¡± targets. It was the reverse version of the pinpointed ¡°Pressure¡± that he had used on Mottou to not let anyone notice him. It was the result of his training. It was natural for Rishee to be confused, that¡¯s because when she thought the pigman was being selfish, he suddenly fell on his bottom and began to leak from in between his groins.
By the way, the ¡°Pressure¡± that affected the surroundings was done on purpose. His reason was to make the surrounding guys who gave him depressing looksprehend him. ¡°Don¡¯t try to touch them, okay?¡±, something like that. Judging from the surrounding guys¡¯ pale expressions, it seemed there was no need to give out more warnings.
But, immediately after he dispersed the ¡°Pressure¡± and tried to leave the guild, a big man came to block Hajime and his party¡¯s route and stood like a Niou statue. He had a huge body with around 100 kilograms of weight in different ways than the pigman. His whole body was full of muscle with a longsword hanging on his waist, his appearance was like an experienced soldier¡¯s.
Maybe because he saw that huge figure, the pigman once again let out a shout coupled withkii kiisounds.
¡°Th-That¡¯s right, Leganid! Kill that shitty brat! H-He tried to kill me! Kill him slowly!¡±
¡°Young master, to kill him will be troublesome. Let¡¯s just half-kill him.¡±
¡°Do it! I-I don¡¯t care, just do it! B-But, don¡¯t hurt the girls! Th-They¡¯re mine!¡±
¡°Roger. So, please splurge on my reward.¡±
¡°I-I¡¯ll give you any number you want! Just do it already!¡±
Apparently, the giant called Leganid was hired by the pigman as his bodyguard. He was talking to the pigman without looking away from Hajime, then he floated a satisfied smile when he heard about the promised reward. He thought nothing of Yue and Shia which was unusual. He didn¡¯t look at them and only grinned at the word reward.
¡°Ou, boy. Sorry. I¡¯ll half-kill you for the sake of my money. What, it¡¯s not like I¡¯ll kill you. Well, about those little misses¡ ¡ just give up on them.¡±
Having said that, Leganid prepared his fists. He didn¡¯t use the longsword because this was indeed a ce where it shouldn¡¯t be used. Amotion appeared in the surroundings when they heard Leganid¡¯s name.
¡°O-Oi, by Leganid, you mean that ¡°ck¡± Leganid?¡±
¡°¡±ck Wind¡± Leganid!? Just why did he be such a fellow¡¯s bodyguard¡¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t it for money? He is ¡°Money Lover¡± Leganid, you know?¡±
Hajime was able to guess the identity of the huge man in front of him from the surrounding whispers. Although his ss was not known, he was a ¡°ck¡±-ranked adventurer, the third rank from above, so he was quite the big-wheel.
Fighting spirit emitted from Leganid. Hajime thought it wouldn¡¯t be a problem to half-kill him because it was legitimate self-defense, and the moment he began to swing his fist, a voice came to restrain him from an unusual spot.
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime, wait.¡± ¡± ? What is it, Yue?¡±
Before she answered Hajime¡¯s question, Yue, while dragging the nearby Shia, came between Hajime and Leganid. While Hajime and Leganid were dumbfounded by it, Yue replied as she looked ahead.
¡°¡ ¡ Let us take care of him¡± ¡°Eh? Yue-san, am I included?¡±
Yue ignored Shia¡¯s question. Having heard Yue¡¯s words, before Hajime could reply, Leganid bursted intoughter.
¡°Gah hahahaha, are you little misses my opponent? That¡¯s quiteughable. What? I¡¯ll forgive you if you be my opponent at nig- ¡°¡ ¡ Shut up, thrash¡± kh!?¡±
Before Leganid could finish his indecent words, Yue cut his words and quickly use wind de to attack and cut his cheek.Pusyu, a small sound was made, his blood came and dripped as is. It seemed to be a fairly deep cut. Leganid fell silent just as Yuemanded. Because Yue¡¯s magic was too fast, hepletely couldn¡¯t react to it. In his mind, ¡°Just when did she chant? Where is the magic circle?¡±, as he desperately tried to analyze her while letting out cold sweat.
Hajime who didn¡¯t know what Yue meant was currently looking at Shia who also didn¡¯t understand Yue¡¯s intention and the talk continued.
¡°¡ ¡ We¡¯ll show them that we¡¯re not princesses that can only be protected.¡±
¡°Aa, I see. We are showing them we can make a painful retaliation.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ That¡¯s right. Because we finally came here, I¡¯ll use that.¡±
Having said that, Yue looked at Leganid with a more severe gaze and pointed at him.
¡°Well, I understand what you are trying to say. Certainly, if the princesses that they got are in truth fierce beasts, that should wake them up. Fortunately, there are a lot of witnesses¡ ¡ Unn, isn¡¯t that good?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Fierce beasts is too cruel.¡±
Hajime agreed with Yue¡¯s words and backed away with a wry smile. After Yue confirmed that Hajime had backed away, she sent an eye signal to Shia at her side. Having read the signal, Shia reached for Doryukken that was hung on her back, then as if not feeling the weight, she rotated it once in her hand.
¡°Oioi, just what can the miss from the Rabbitman tribe do? Because there is my employer¡¯s request, will you just keep quiet?¡±
Without looking away from Yue, Leganid said that to Shia. However, Shia ignored Leganid¡¯s words and advised him back.
¡°The longsword on your waist. Shouldn¡¯t you draw it? Although I¡¯m going to take it easy, won¡¯t it be dangerous to be bare-handed?¡±
¡°Hah, big words from Usagi-chan. Young master! Sorry, but forgive me for one or two scratches!¡±
Leganid didn¡¯t pay much attention to Shia and focused on Yue, while the pigman who was still nearby didn¡¯t give out any objections. Surely, he must¡¯ve judged it¡¯d be difficult to subdue Yue without hurting her. However, Leganid should have noticed it. If he thought usingmon sense, he should feel the ipatibility of the cherished ve and the strength of the Rabbitman tribe that held the warhammer, he should¡¯ve recognized the significance of them leaving him to her after he caught a glimpse of Hajime and Yue¡¯s ability himself.
Without anymore talk, Shia held Doryukken near her waist¡ ¡ and immediately dashed out. Then, she appeared in front of Leganid.
¡°Kh!?¡± ¡°Yaa¡±
While letting out an adorable voice, she changed into an overpowering manner and swung the super-heavy Sledgehammer, and it approached Leganid¡¯s chest whose expression was dyed with astonishment. Immediately before getting a direct hit, Leganid was barely able to cross his arms to defend, but¡
(Isn¡¯t it too heavy!?)
He couldn¡¯t do anything even though he had braced himself, so he jumped back to soften the impact, but her swing was too fast and made his action meaningless. As a result,
GUSHA!
Along with that sound, Leganid was blown away and his back crashed into the guild¡¯s wall. Along with a roaring sound, Leganid vomited all the air in his lungs and inside his shaking point of view, he could see Shia¡¯s appearance as she lost her interest. Apparently, she thought he would be able to resist some more.
For a ¡°ck¡±-ranked adventurer like himself, to be easily beaten by a girl of the Rabbitman tribe and the fact that she even lost her interest, Leganid could do nothing butugh at himself. He revealed a smile that looked like a frown because of pain and tried to use his hands to stand up, but because of a sharp pain he copsed as is. When he looked at the source of the sharp pain, he could see his crushed arm.
Fortunately, the one that was crushed was only his right hand, so he managed to stand up using the other arm while enduring the pain. Although his vision was still swaying, he somehow managed to firmly step on the floor. Even if it was meaningless, if he hadn¡¯t immediately jumped back, he probably wouldn¡¯t be able to stand up.
However, it wasn¡¯t a good thing for him to stand up. Although Leganid managed to stand up partly because of his willpower, when he saw Yue¡¯s appearance which looked at him with cold ice-like eyes while her right hand was thrust out, he could only grumble inside his mind.
(Young master, I am sorry, it¡¯ll be too unprofitable¡)
Immediately, for the first time in Leganid¡¯s life, he gained a valuable and worst experience of ¡°dancing in the air¡±.
¡°Having been embraced by the wind, dance and scatter like a flower and be smashed ¡°Wind Flower¡±¡±
It was Yue¡¯s original number two, apound magic using Gravity magic and the bullet of ¡°Wind Burst¡±, a magic that shot a cannonball of wind. By freely manipting several cannonballs of wind, the cannonballs would always surround and ¡°continue to fall¡± to crucify their target using the gravitational field. Following that, it was an unsophisticated magic where the target became a sandbag in the air as is when they wereunched at the same time. By the way, what happened was just like the chant described.
When the dance with an one-sided lead was over, Leganid, gusha, fell on the floor with an unpleasant sound and didn¡¯t even twitch. Actually, he already lost consciousness after several attacks, but although she knew that, Yue kept attacking him without mercy, she especially concentrated her aim at his crotch and that made the surrounding men cover their crotches. Toward the brutal and severe attacks, Hajime in the back could only say ¡°Ow¡±, with a shivering voice filled with pathos.
The two consecutive spectacles were over. They were followed by a silence that wrapped the guild¡¯s interior. Not even one person tried to move, they could only stare at Hajime and his party. If one looked carefully, the people who seemed to be guild staff had tried to stop the fight, but after they arrived at the cafe, they were stunned when they tried to stretch their hands towards Hajime and his party. It seemed that spectacle even shocked them who had seen various kinds of adventurers.
While everyone was stunned, slowly the silence was broken. Hajimetsuka tsuka, began to walk. All gazes inside the guild focused on Hajime. Hajime¡¯s destination was¡ ¡ The pigman.
¡°Hii! S-Stay awaay! J-Just who do you think I am! I am Poom Ming! You¡¯re defying Baron Ming!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Apologize to all of that character¡¯s fans on Earth, you pig¡±
A character from Earth floated in Hajime¡¯s mind when he heard the pigman¡¯s name, that¡¯s why he deeply frowned and he grandly trampled the pigman¡¯s face that had fallen on his butt.
¡°Pugya!?¡±
He let out a pig-like scream as his face was sandwiched between the shoe sole and the floor, thenmishimishi, his skull let out that sound that made him scream again out of fear. After that, because his voice was annoying, the more he screamed, the more the pressure increased. His face became uglier, his eyes and nose were hidden by his cheeks¡¯s flesh. Before long, maybe because he noticed that the pain increased as he screamed, he began to keep quiet. Well, there was also the possibility that he merely lost the strength to scream.
¡°Oi, piggy. Don¡¯t youe into my sight again. Regardless if you are involved directly or indirectly¡ ¡ There won¡¯t be a next time.¡±
Even though Poom was still being trampled by Hajime¡¯s shoe sole, he tried to nod desperately while trembling. Finally, he had lost the power to bluff. His heart waspletely broken. However, Hajime was not that naive to let him go if it was only to this extent. To not let it be ¡°You forget the heat once it passes your throat,¡± temporary fear was not enough. Because killing him was not a choice, instead, he was going to carve a fear that would be remembered forever.
Because of that, he raised his foot a little, then Hajime transmuted the sole into spikes and mightily trampled again.
¡°Gyaaaaaaaa!!¡±
The spikes pierced Poom¡¯s face and made numerous holes. In addition, one of his eyes were pierced and began to sprout arge amount of blood. Poom himself immediately fainted because of the pain. When Hajime moved his foot, what he saw was a tragic¡ ¡ No, his original face was tragic in the first ce so there wasn¡¯t much change, for now, Poom¡¯s blood-stained face was released.
Hajime, with a somehow refreshed expression, went toward Yue and Shia. Yue and Shia greeted Hajime with beautiful smiles. Following that, Hajime came to the side the guide; Rishee who was dumbfounded while smiling.
¡°Well then, Guide-san. Please take us to the ce.¡±
¡°Hahih! W-Well, that¡¯s, I, what can I say¡¡±
Maybe because she felt the fear from Hajime¡¯s smile, Rishee was flustered. Her expression was obviously saying she didn¡¯t want to be involved with them. At least, that was because Hajime and his party were abnormals. Hajime, who had somehow guessed that, thought finding a new guide after such amotion would be a hassle, so he wouldn¡¯t let Rishee go. Having realized Hajime¡¯s intent, Yue and Shia stood at Rishee¡¯s sides. ¡°Hiiin!¡±, was the miserable scream that Rishee let out.
And, her saviours came, although it was toote, the guild staff came.
¡°Umm, I am sorry, but please cooperate to be questioned over there.¡±
A male staff member informed Hajime, and three members of the staff were approaching to surround Hajime and his party. However, they seemed rather stiff. Several others were going to see the condition of Poom and Leganid.
¡°Even if you ask me, that piggy was trying to snatch mypanions, then losing his temper he tried to attack us when I refused him so I only returned that back to him. That¡¯s all, there¡¯s nothing more to exin. That guide and the surrounding guys and merchants are the witnesses. Especially, those guys on the nearby tables that seemed to have attentively listened to us, right?¡±
While Hajime said that, he red at the surrounding men, his eyes were saying, ¡°You know what will happen to your neck if you lie to them, right?¡± and that made the men nod intensely many times.
¡°Although we know that, it is a problem that happened inside the guild, so we¡¯ll judge it fairly by hearing theints from both concerned parties¡ ¡ it is the rule that needs to be followed by adventurers¡¡±
¡°Both concerned parties¡ ¡ Huh¡±
Hajime took a nce towards Poom and Leganid. It seemed they wouldn¡¯t wake up anytime soon. Although the staff members had called healers, they would only likely awaken after two, three days.
¡°Until they wake up, are you saying we¡¯ll wait for that? Aren¡¯t we the victims here? ¡ ¡ should I just carry him outside of this city and kill him?¡±
Hajime gave a ming look toward the guild staff. Toward the typical imer-like words, the male staff said, ¡°Please don¡¯t re at us like that, it is our job so we can¡¯t help it¡±, with an expression that gave off a desperate feeling. Following that, when they heard thest line that Hajime whispered, they tried to stop him in a panic.
Hajime, although reluctant, approached Poom and Leganid to wake them up with a sharp pain only to be stopped by the staff and they argued, then suddenly, a dignified voice came out.
¡°What is it? Just what on earth happened here?¡±
When you looked at the source, there was a slender, sses wearing man who let out an intellectual atmosphere looking at Hajime and his party with strict eyes.
¡°Head of secretary Datt! You arrived at the right time! What happened was¡¡±
The staff thought it was a fortunate event and called out toward the man called the head of secretary Datt. When Datt finished hearing the story from the staff, he turned a sharp gaze toward Hajime and his party.
Apparently, they still couldn¡¯t be freed.
Book 6. Chapter 4
Book 6. Chapter 4
Chapter 4 : Branch Head¡¯s Request
The head of secretary; Datt, pushed his sses up with his middle finger, and talked to Hajime with aposed tone.
¡°I¡¯ve roughly heard the story. It looks like it isn¡¯t a lie that there are many witnesses. Although I think you¡¯re overdoing it¡ ¡ well, let¡¯s just say it¡¯s within a permissible range because they didn¡¯t die. For now, before they wake up and give their side of the story, I assume you¡¯ll be staying in Fhuren. So, I want to verify your identities and your contact address¡ ¡ you won¡¯t object if it¡¯s just that, right?¡±
What¡¯s implied was, ¡®I won¡¯t concede more than this, you know?¡¯, so Hajime replied to the head of secretary Datt while shrugging his shoulders.
¡°Aa, I don¡¯t care. If that pig still tries toin, then it¡¯s me who wants to be called. I¡¯ll try a more polite method of persuasion at that time.¡±
Hajime didn¡¯t refuse him, then he presented his status te to the still amazed Datt.
¡°Our contact address, well we still haven¡¯t decided where to stay¡ ¡ You can just ask that guide. We are going to stay at the inn she rmends after all.¡±
Because Hajime turned his gaze towards her, Rishee twitched then dropped her shoulders with a resigned look because she¡¯d still be their guide.
¡°Fumu, that¡¯s okay¡ ¡ ¡°Blue¡± huh. Even though the guy that lies there is ¡°ck¡±¡ ¡ how about the status tes of the ones over there?¡±
Even a little, Datt was surprised when he saw Hajime¡¯s status te disying the lowest rank of an adventurer; blue. However, because he heard it was the two women that defeated Leganid, he thought the girls were the stronger ones and asked Yue and Shia to submit their status tes.
¡°Well, Yue and Shia¡ ¡ these girls lost their status tes and we still didn¡¯t ask for a reissue. Look, isn¡¯t that expensive?¡±
Hajime casually said that lie. Although there¡¯d be no problem to let them see the pair¡¯s abnormal strength, if possible he wanted to avoid the details being known.
¡°But, even if I can¡¯t rify their identities, it¡¯ll be preserved in the record, so if you frequently cause trouble inside the guild, you¡¯ll be cklisted regardless of who¡¯s the culprit and victim. If possible, can you pay the guild for a recement?¡±
From Datt¡¯s tone, it seemed it was necessary to verify their identities by all means. But, if they got the status tes, then the two¡¯s peculiar magic would surely be disyed in the skill column before they could conceal it. That, along with the magic from the Age of the Gods that¡¯d surely be disyed. It would definitely cause a ruckus. Although it¡¯s possible for Hajime and his party to just mow down everyone who tries to harm them during the ruckus, they wouldn¡¯t be able to stay here any longer. Hajime thought about a lot of troubles that would somehowe. Having read his thoughts, Yue talked to Hajime.
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime, letter.¡±
¡± ? Aa. That letter huh¡¡±
Because of Yue¡¯s words, Hajime remembered that he had received a letter from Catherine of the Brook branch when they were about to leave Brook town. She said to show it to the one who managed the guild when they got into trouble in the guild, because it could help them. A mysterious letter.
If the letter was useless, ording to the circumstances, Hajime considered to immediately leaving the city. Then he fished out the letter from his chest pocket and handed it to Datt. Because he only heard half of what Catherine had said, he didn¡¯t know the contents. That¡¯s why Hajime immediately regretted not checking the contents first.
¡°Although I don¡¯t know if it¡¯ll act as a substitute for our identification, I was told to hand this over to the one who manages the guild by an acquaintanced member of the guild staff when we got into trouble.¡±
¡± ? An acquaintance in guild staff? ¡ ¡ Let me see.¡±
From the quality of Hajime and his party¡¯s clothes, they didn¡¯t seem to have any problems with money, that¡¯s why Datt felt doubtful about his attitude that refused to rece the status te, but they passed him a letter instead. When he opened it, he earnestly read it and floated a fish-like expression.
Following that, he turned to look at the face of Hajime and his party and the letter many times while he repeatedly reading the letter¡¯s contents. From his figure that read the letter with wide opened eyes, he was trying to determine if the letter was genuine. Before long, Datt folded the letter again and carefully put it again inside the letter¡¯s envelope, then he turned his gaze towards Hajime and his party.
¡°If the letter is real it¡¯ll certainly serve as your identification¡ ¡I cannot decide by myself if the sender is real. I¡¯ll confirm it with the branch head, so will you wait in another room? It won¡¯t take much time. I¡¯ll be back in ten, no, fifteen minutes.¡±
Because Datt¡¯s response exceeded his expectations, ¡°Seriously, who on Earth is Catherine?¡±, Hajime and his party were slightly taken aback
¡°Well, I don¡¯t mind if it¡¯s that much. I understand. We¡¯ll wait.¡±
¡°Let the staff guide you. Well then,ter.¡±
Datt called the staff at the side and left a message to guide them to another room, then he immediately disappeared into the guild, taking the letter with him. The designated staff asked Hajime and his party to relocate. Hajime and his party began to walk ordingly while being perplexed, but with a voice filled with anticipation rang out.
¡°Umm~, what should I do?¡±
It was Rishee¡¯s. ¡®If you still have to talk with the guild, can you excuse me?¡¯, was what her eyes said. She obviously wanted to quickly separate from a seed of troubles, like Hajime and his party.
Hajime, with an expression as if it was natural, nodded and frankly replied.
¡°Wait for us¡ ¡ don¡¯t run away, kay? Aren¡¯t you a pro?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Yes.¡±
Rishee dropped her shoulders and moved towards a seat inside the cafe. Her back said that although it was unpleasant work, she already epted it, and the atmosphere of an upstanding member of society¡¯s pathos drifted in the air.
After Hajime and his party were guided into the reception room, exactly after ten minutes, a knock came from the door. Hajime only answered with a word, then the door was opened. What appeared were a sharp eyed male in thetter half of his thirties, with blonde hair that was made into a swept back hairstyle, and Datt, from before.
¡°Nice to meet you, I am Ilwa Chang, the head of the Adventurer¡¯s Guild ¡ª Fhuren branch. Hajime-kun, Yue-kun, and Shia-kun¡ ¡ is it okay to call you that?¡±
After a simple introduction, the branch head; Ilwa confirmed the names of Hajime and his party and requested a handshake. Hajime returned the handshake while replying to him.
¡°Aa, we don¡¯t mind. Our names, is it from the letter?¡±
¡°Just as you said. It was written in sensei¡¯s letter. She seems to favor¡ ¡ paid you a lot of attention. Your future is promising, but because you have a predisposition for trouble, if possible she wants us to take care of you, is the letter¡¯s content.¡±
¡°Predisposition for trouble¡ ¡ Huh. Trouble certainly continued to happen in Brook. Well, that¡¯s okay. So, essentially will that serve as our identification? Or are there other questions?¡±
¡°Aa, Sensei already wrote everything here so there¡¯s no need to question you further. She certainly has the eyes to discern people¡¯s characters. She even purposely wrote this letter, so I¡¯ll let this letter be your identification.¡±
Apparently, Catherine¡¯s letter was really useful and let them meet the one who managed the guild. He seems to have close ties with Catherine, to have even called her ¡°sensei¡±. Shia, who sat next to Hajime, had been especially helped by Catherine, so she was interested in the story and timidly talk to Ilwa.
¡°That¡¯s~, who is Catherine-san actually?¡±
¡°Nn? Didn¡¯t you hear from the person herself? She was the Guild Master¡¯s head of secretary in the guild¡¯s headquarters located in the Imperial Capital. Afterwards, she became the one in charge of training everyone rted to guild management. Currently, of the 5 branch heads sent to each town, 60% are her pupils. I am also one of them, so I can¡¯t go against her. Because of her beauty and pleasant character, at the time, she was a madonna-like existence to us, in certain ways she was also an adored big-sister-like existence. Afterwards, she married and transferred to the guild branch of Brook town. She said she wanted to raise her children in the country. Her marriage announcement was like a bolt from the blue. It became stormy after that. If you ask where, the guild in the Imperial Capital that is.¡±
¡°Haa~ she really is an amazing person~¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Catherine¡¯s amazing.¡±
¡°Although I had thought she wasn¡¯t an ordinary person¡ ¡ I never thought she was such a central figure. Rather, even though she was so popr¡ ¡ Currently¡ ¡ No, it¡¯s better if I stop here.¡±
Hajime and his party came to admire her when they learned of Catherine¡¯s true colors. It seemed they had always imagined her as an important person. Moreover, Hajime was somewhat looking at the distance, remembering the cruelty of time.
¡°Well, that¡¯s that, if there are no more questions, is it okay for us to go?¡±
Originally, they came here only to verify their identity, so Hajime tried to confirm with Ilwa if it was over because staying any longer would be meaningless. However, Ilwa¡¯s eyes shone and said, ¡°Can you wait for a little longer?¡±, as he tried to stop Hajime and his party. It somehow gave them a bad premonition.
Ilwa urged Datt that stood next to him and an application form was presented in front of Hajime and his party.
¡°Actually, I¡¯ve expectations for your help, I want you to ept one request.¡±
¡°I refuse.¡±
The moment Ilwa requested something of them, Hajime tried to decline as he stood up from his seat. Although Yue and Shia also followed after him, they stopped their feet when Ilwa spoke his next lines.
¡°Fumu, isn¡¯t it fine to at least hear the story for now? If you listen, I think I¡¯ll turn a blind eye to this affair¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
What was implied was, ¡°If you won¡¯t hear me out, I¡¯ll make you go through the troublesome procedures for this affair, you know?¡±, something like that. Using the testimonies from the surrounding people, even though Hajime and his party weren¡¯t guilty of what was done to Poom and Leganid, what they have done was excessive self-defense. So ording to the regr procedures, the guild would judge them fairly by hearing both concerned parties and this procedure would take quite some time. As a result, even if Hajime and his party weren¡¯t in the wrong, on the other hand, they would spend time like fools until the necessary procedures were finished and the decision came. Also, if they escaped from these procedures, they¡¯d likely be ck-listed. In the future, that¡¯d be troublesome because they wouldn¡¯t be able to use the town¡¯s guild facilities.
Hajime stared at Ilwa for a while, then he didn¡¯t say ¡°I¡¯ll ept the request¡±, but ¡°I¡¯ll hear the story¡±, because he thought it¡¯d be okay to at least hear him out to avoid the trouble, then he sat on the seat.
¡°It looks like you¡¯ll listen to it. Thank you.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ as expected of a big city¡¯s guild branch head. You¡¯ve a good character.¡±
¡°Not as good as you though. Well then, the contents of the request is written here, to search for a missing person. A party of adventurers that epted a request to investigate the northern mountain range area have not returned, so the family of one of the adventurers put up a missing person search request, something along those lines.¡±
Ilwa¡¯s story if summarized, went something like this.
Recently, there were sightings of groups of demonic beasts in the northern mountain range area, which is why the guild made the investigation request. The northern mountain range area is a mountain that, once crossed, would lead you to an uncivilized area. Although not as strong as the demonic beasts inside the Great Dungeons, there are strong demonic beasts that only high-ranked adventurers could handle. It just that, besides the original members of the party that epted the request, there was another member that tried to forcefully apany them. By some happenstance, he eventually became a temporary member of the party.
This person was the third son of Count Kudeta; Will Kudeta. Count Kudeta always secretly made someone follow his son that had a tendency to rush out as an adventurer, just like a runaway. But because of this investigation request, the contact with his employer was lost, as it was unusual he was perplexed and put up a search request.
¡°Although the count had already tried to use his family¡¯s power to form a search party, too many problems kept popping up, which is why he put up the search request to the guild. Well, it was just put up yesterday. Because the missing party was considerably skilled, if they couldn¡¯t handle this, it¡¯d just result in another disaster if epted by regr Adventurers. That¡¯s why the big-guns should be the one to ept it. But unfortunately, such adventurers are all out on missions. Therefore, for you toe here with such timing, I want you to ept this request.¡±
¡°From your statement, we don¡¯t have the required strength, so wouldn¡¯t that be useless? Unfortunately, I am a ¡°Blue¡±-rank, you know?¡±
What Hajime implied was they wouldn¡¯t ept it because they didn¡¯t have the required strength.
¡°Didn¡¯t you instant-kill a ¡°ck¡± called Leganid? Also¡ ¡ for someone who easily searched around inside the Raisen Grand Canyon, do I need to say more ?¡±
¡± ! How did¡ ¡ the letter? But, I didn¡¯t say anything¡¡±
No one had heard the story of Hajime and his party searching around the Raisen Grand Canyon. Therefore, unless it was from the letter, there was no way for Ilwa to know about that. But, he was doubtful about how Catherine learn of this. While Hajime puzzled it over in his head, Shia timidly raised her hand.
Hajime turned towards Shia with a suspicious look.
¡°What is it, Shia?¡±
¡°U~mm, I inadvertently told her when we talked¡ ¡ Teehee?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I¡¯ll punish youter.¡±
¡± !? Y-Yue-san said it too!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Shia, you traitor.¡±
¡°I¡¯ll punish both of youter.¡±
Apparently, the culprits were Yue and Shia. Hajime dered to punish them, and the two were passively drenched in cold sweat. Looking at their appearances with a wry smile, Ilwa continued his talk.
¡°Although the probability of them being alive is low, it¡¯s not zero. Because the Count is my friend, I want you to begin as soon as possible. What do you think? There¡¯s no one but you here. Will you ept it?¡±
Ilwa¡¯s attitude was as if he was begging him, the guild was simply responsible for themission, but he included more emotion in this. For him to be a friend of the Count, it¡¯s possible he¡¯s acquainted with the missing Will. So he personally felt anxious for his safety.
¡°Even if you say that, we already have a destination for our journey. We are only here because it¡¯s along the way. We won¡¯t go to the northern mountain range area. So, allow me to refuse.¡±
Hajime, even though it¡¯s a matter of the life and death for a noble¡¯s third son, unhesitantly refused him. However, maybe he foresaw that, Ilwa immediately proposed a reward faster than Hajime could stand up from his seat.
¡°I can increase the reward, you know? Although the reward listed in the application is in the form of cash, let me add more appeal to you.. I¡¯ll promote your guild rank. If it¡¯s your abilities then bing ¡°ck¡± is okay.¡±
¡°Well, I don¡¯t care about money and rank, that¡¯s why¡¡±
¡°Then, in the future, when you have some trouble rted to the guild, I can be your support, how is that? To have the guild head of Fhuren branch¡¯s support, you¡¯ll have influence inside the guild you can brag about, you know? You and trouble are pretty close after all. So, isn¡¯t it good as a reward?¡±
¡°That¡¯s a big treat for me. Aren¡¯t you putting in too much effort for a friend¡¯s son?¡±
Toward Hajime¡¯s words, Ilwa¡¯s expression crumbled. It became an expression full of regret.
¡°He¡ ¡ Will epted the request after I rmended it. I was also the one who passed the talk about the investigation request to the party. Even if you said there¡¯d be an ident in the investigation, I thought there¡¯d be no problem if he was with a party that had the required strength. I meant no harm. Will was not suited to be a noble, and he had yearned to be an adventurer for the longest time¡ ¡ but, he didn¡¯t have the disposition. Therefore, if he were with strong adventurers, then he could go to dangerous ces. I only wanted him to realize that it was impossible for him to be an adventurer. He was already attached to me at a young age¡. ¡ that¡¯s why, even though I wanted him to give up after this request¡¡±
While he heard Ilwa¡¯s monologue, Hajime thought about it slightly. It seemed there was a thicker rtionship between Ilwa and Will than Hajime thought. Although he had said that with a rifying face, internally, Ilwa must be clinging to thest straw of hope. Will¡¯s odds of survival would be closer to zero as time passed. Having proposed such unreasonable rewards showed that Ilwa was in a hurry.
Hajime was also fed up with making excuses for Yue and Shia¡¯s identification every time they came near a town. That¡¯s why it¡¯d be convenient to use this person¡¯s name in order to ess a town¡¯s facilities from now on. Moreover, he had zero intention of catering to the Church of Saints or the Kingdom, and someday he might bebelled as a heretic. If that happens, it¡¯d be extremely difficult for them to stay inside a town. That¡¯s why it was a nice thing to have a personal connection that could clear that hurdle.
So, Hajime thought that if he wanted the support of a big city guild¡¯s branch head, in this case, they must tell him their circumstances and forbid him to speak of it, so they could use him in times of inconvenience. Because he seemed extremely intimate with that Will person, if they brought him back alive, Ilwa couldn¡¯t be ungrateful to them.
¡°Although there¡¯s no need to think about it because you already said that much¡ ¡ I have conditions.¡±
¡°Conditions?¡±
¡°Aa, they are not something difficult. I want you to give status tes to Yue and Shia. After that, promise me you won¡¯t tell anyone about what¡¯s written there. Furthermore, even if it isn¡¯t rted to the guild, I will use all of your connections, for our convenience. These two.¡±
¡°That¡¯s too¡¡±
¡°If you can¡¯t, then pretend we never talked about this. We are going.¡±
Because of Hajime who tried to stand up from his seat, Ilwa and Datt disyed expressions filled with impatience and agony. Although the first condition was not a problem, his second condition essentially meant that he wanted the Fhuren guild branch¡¯s head to be the limbs of a single adventurer. Because he had his own responsibilities, he couldn¡¯t immediately ept it.
¡°Can I ask why you demand that?¡±
¡°There¡¯s no need to be that negative. They aren¡¯t unreasonable demands, you know? It¡¯s just that our existences are peculiar, that¡¯s why when marked by the church¡ ¡ No, from now on, I am sure we¡¯ll be marked, so at that time I only want to use you to make it easier for us. It¡¯s also good if you just be our allies in times of trouble. For example, not refusing us to use the facilities when we be wanted¡¡±
¡°Is it certain you¡¯ll be wanted people? Fumu, personally, your secrets make me anxious. Although Catherine-sensei said you¡¯re not bad people¡ ¡ now that you mention it, Shia-kun over there has marvelous physical strength, and although I didn¡¯t see it, from the report Yue-kun has conjured a never before seen magic spell¡ ¡ your secrets must be along those lines¡ ¡ following that, you said that you¡¯ll sooner orter be marked by the church¡ ¡ you also didn¡¯t try to hide it, and it looks like you are already prepared for that¡ ¡ it¡¯ll surely be hard to move into towns when that happens¡ ¡ that¡¯s why to make it easier for you¡¡±
As expected of a big city¡¯s guild branch head. He quickly thought inside his head. Ilwa thought about it for a while, then he matched his gaze to Hajime¡¯s having decided what to do.
¡°I absolutely can¡¯t support you when you ask for help for doing a crime because of ethics. So, I¡¯ll hear the details of your request first, only then I¡¯ll judge what to do. But, I promise I¡¯ll at least be your ally¡ ¡ I can¡¯t concede more than this. What do you think?¡±
¡°Well, if it¡¯s like¡ ¡ I¡¯ll ept it. Also, it¡¯s okay for the reward to be given after the request is finished. I¡¯ll bring back the young master dead or alive, is that okay?¡±
For Hajime, it was his first priority to obtain the status tes for Yue and Shia. It¡¯s unnatural for them to not have status tes because it¡¯s somehow always being requested to be shown, this was his first reason, and ultimately to make an excuse every time they came to a town was troublesome.
The only problem was that the person who prepared the status tes at the beginning would make amotion, so he wanted to avoid it, but Ilwa¡¯s existence solved this problem. However, even if he made a verbal promise as the condition, there are still doubts. Sooner orter, the peculiarity of Hajime and his party mighte to light, so it was not preferable because he might change sides immediately. That¡¯s why Hajime said to give the status tes as a reward after the request waspleted. Whatever Will¡¯s shape was, Hajime would gain the answer from his afflicted heart, and he could calcte if Ilwa was good or not.
Ilwa was also able to guess Hajime¡¯s intentions. With a bitter smile, he felt relieved finding someone who could ept the search request.
¡°Truthfully, although your secrets make me anxious¡ ¡ that¡¯s, I¡¯ll wait for you to finish the request. Just as Hajime-kun said, no matter what shape he is in, I want you to find traces of Will and the other¡ ¡ Hajime-kun, Yue-kun, and Shia-kun¡ ¡ Please take care of it.¡±
Lastly, Ilwa looked at Hajime and his party with earnest eyes, then bowed his head. A big city guild branch¡¯s head bowing his head to adventurers. It wasn¡¯t something usual. It was because he was Catherine¡¯s pupil that his goodness as a person oozed out.
Having seen Ilwa¡¯s appearance, Hajime and his party stood up and without any eagerness, they lightly answered him.
¡°Kay.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn.¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
Afterwards, they were given the downpayment, and a letter of introduction for thekeside town at the foot of the mountain range area. They also received information about the investigation request that was given to the adventurers, and finally Hajime and his party left the room.Batan, the door was closed with a m. Ilwa stared at the door for a while, then, ¡°Fuu~¡±, let out a big sigh. Inside the room, no one spoke a word, then Datt anxiously spoke to Ilwa.
¡°Branch head¡ ¡ Is that okay? Such rewards are¡¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Will¡¯s life hangs in their hands. I can¡¯t ask anyone besides them. So, it can¡¯t be helped. Furthermore, they already agreed that I can judge first whether to lend them my power or not. There¡¯ll be no problem. Also, their secrets¡¡±
¡°What¡¯s disyed in the status tes will be an ¡°inconvenience¡±, is it¡¡±
¡°Fumu, Datt-kun. Did you know? Herrlich kingdom¡¯s Hero party, it seems all of them have unexpected statuses, you know?¡±
Datt opened his narrowed eyes wide because of Ilwa¡¯s sudden story.
¡± ! Branch head, the summoned ones¡ ¡ you mean one of them is ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡±? But, from their tone it seems they are opposing the church, isn¡¯t the Hero¡¯s party managed by the Church of Saints?¡±
¡°Aa, it¡¯s just as you said. But¡ ¡ around four months ago, it seems one of them died inside the Orcus dungeon. He fell into the Abyss along with a demonic beast.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ don¡¯t tell me, that person¡¯s still alive? If you said four months ago, isn¡¯t the Hero¡¯s party still full of novices? Although I don¡¯t know what it¡¯s like at the bottom of Orcus, to survive that¡¡±
Datt couldn¡¯t believe it as he shook his head, and denied Ilwa¡¯s guess. However, Ilwa who somehow gave out an interested expression and once again nced at the door from which Hajime and his party had left.
¡°That is true. But, if that¡¯s so¡ ¡ there must be a reason why he didn¡¯t rejoin with hispanions and even went on a journey, right? Just what did he see in the bottom of the darkness, just what did he obtain?¡±
¡°Just what¡ ¡ that is huh¡¡±
¡°Aa, no matter what it is, surely, it¡¯s something worth making him decide to oppose the church. To put it frankly, he¡¯s determined to even oppose the world.¡±
¡°The world¡¡±
¡°For me, I want to make connections with such a peculiar man by all means. For example, even if they are chased by the church and the kingdom, right. Rather, Sensei might have guessed that, that¡¯s why she purposely gave them this letter.¡±
¡°Branch head¡ ¡ please be sure to know when to quit, okay?¡±
¡°Of course I will.¡±
Towards the story on such arge scale, Datt became dizzy, even so, as Ilwa¡¯s head of secretary, he didn¡¯t forget to advise him. However, Ilwa was deeply in thought when he heard Datt¡¯s advice only replied in half absent-mindedness.
Book 6. Chapter 5
Book 6. Chapter 5
Chapter 5 : Reunion at Lakeside Town
In the middle of the vast in was a highway stretching far to the North. Although it was called a highway, it was actually just ground without weeds since it had been treaded on so many times, thus it naturally became a road. Since there¡¯s no such thing as a suspension in carriages of this world, the carriage crew would surely have sore butts by the time they reached their destination.
Suddenly, a shadow ran through the uneven road at an unbelievable speed. On its ck body were two wheels advancing forward on the uneven road, carrying silhouettes of three people.
They are Hajime, Yue, and Shia. They moved on the highway at a speed iparable to the time when they were at the bottom of the Raisen Grand Canyon. It might be more than 80km/h. Because there was nothing to obstruct his magic, the magic-driven two-wheeler¡¯s original specs could be disyed. Their seating order was just as usual: Yue between Hajime¡¯s arms, and Shia at his back. Shia¡¯s rabbit ears were pata pata, fluttering in the wind.
Warm sunlight poured down because of the good weather, and with Yue using her magic to adjust the wind pressure, it could be said it was good weather for touring. In fact, Yue and Shia were feeling the warm sunlight andfortable wind with their entire bodies, closing their eyes because it felt pleasant.
¡°Hau~, it¡¯s niice~, Yue-saa~n. We should exchange ces when we retuurn~¡±
¡°¡ ¡ That won¡¯t do. This is my spot.¡±
¡°Eh~, don¡¯t say that, let us change our ces~, it¡¯s nice in the back~¡±
Shia demanded to Yue that they exchange their seats with a ckened and stretched tone. With an unpleasant face, Hajime looked at Shia¡¯s rxed face over his shoulder and answered in Yue¡¯s stead.
¡°You know, you can¡¯t sit in front, right? Also, you¡¯ll only obstruct me. Especially those rabbit ears. They¡¯ll hit my eyes when the wind blows.¡±
¡°Ah~, that¡¯s riight~¡±
¡°¡ ¡ It¡¯s not good, she¡¯s almost asleep.¡±
Apparently, Shia was half-asleep because of howfortable it was. Sheid her head on Hajime¡¯s shoulder with all of her weight. She was also half-asleep when she was talking to Yue before.
¡°Well, with this pace we only need one day. I¡¯ll go non-stop, so let¡¯s rest when it¡¯s time to rest.¡±
Just as Hajime had said, Hajime and his party were going to a town only one day away; the town closest to the northern mountain range area where Will¡¯s party undertook the investigation request. They had advanced as is without taking a break, so they would probably arrive at sunset and start searching after a night¡¯s stay in town. The reason they were in a hurry was, of course, the fact that as more time passed, Will¡¯s party¡¯s odds of survival decreased. But because Hajime was being proactive for another person¡¯s sake, Yue was ncing upward with doubt on her face.
Hajime let out a wry smile when he saw Yue adorably incline her neck in between his arms.
¡°¡ ¡ Proactive?¡±
¡°Aa, it¡¯s better if he¡¯s alive. If it¡¯s like that, he will truly be grateful. After all, problems from the Kingdom and Church are waiting ahead of us. So, isn¡¯t it better to have more support? I don¡¯t want to take care of them one by one, after all.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ I see.¡±
In fact, he didn¡¯t know what could possibly be done with Ilwa¡¯s support. If anything, the possibility of him being a type of useless support was bigger. But, if it could be acquired with little work, then the work might not be regrettable.
¡°I have also heard that our destination, thekeside town, has plenty of rivers. That¡¯s why the town¡¯s outskirts are the continent¡¯s number one rice-producing area.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Rice farm?¡±
¡°Ou, in other words it¡¯s the rice. Rice. It¡¯s the staple food of my hometown, Japan. I haven¡¯t eaten it even once since I came here. So, although I don¡¯t know if it is the same thing or not, I want to hurry to eat it.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn, I also want to eat it¡ ¡ The town¡¯s name?¡±
Hajime looked far into the distance while remembering rice dishes. Looking at the Hajime with a content expression stered across his face, Yue hadn¡¯t yet actually heard of the town¡¯s name and asked him. ¡°Hah¡±, Hajime was startled, he even was a little embarrassed when he noticed Yue¡¯s gaze. He then replied with a somewhat loud voice to hide his embarrassment.
¡°It¡¯s the Lakeside Town called Ul.¡±
* * *
¡°Haa, there¡¯s no clue today, too¡ Shimizu-kun, where on earth did you go¡¡±
With her shoulders dropping dejectedly, the person who was walking through Ul¡¯s main street was one of the summoned ones; the teacher, Hatayama Aiko. Her usual cheerfulness was gone. Currently, she was tortured with anxiety and worry, while a gloomy atmosphere hung around her. Somehow the main street¡¯s color, and even the streetlights were dimmer than usual.
¡°Aiko, don¡¯t be so disappointed. We still don¡¯t know anything. It¡¯s enough to just think he is safe. What can you do if you don¡¯t even believe.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, Ai-chan-sensei. Shimizu-kun¡¯s room didn¡¯t seem to be attacked. So isn¡¯t the probability of him going out on his own be higher? Please stop thinking of just bad things.¡±
Because Aiko was low-spirited, themander of Aiko¡¯s exclusive bodyguards; David, and her student; Yuka, called out to her. In her surroundings were the familiar Knights and students. They were also severely worried about Aiko and tried to talk to her.
One of the ssmates, Shimizu Yukitoshi had disappeared for a little over two weeks. Aiko and the others had tried to search for him, leaving no stone unturned. However, his whereabouts were still unknown. There had been no sightings in this town, so they had sent messengers to the other towns and viges in the vicinity, but in the end their efforts were still in vain.
Although, at first they thought he was involved in an ident, Shimizu¡¯s room was clean. Shimizu himself was a ¡°Dark Magician,¡± a ss that possessed high aptitude toward dark magic. He also had high aptitude in other magic systems, that was why he couldn¡¯t be done in by the neighborhood thugs. A lot of them thought he left voluntarily.
Moreover, Shimizu was an obedient indoor type who had low sociability. Even among the ssmates he didn¡¯t have an especially close friend. It was also surprising that he wanted to be Ai-chan¡¯s bodyguard. Because of that, other than Aiko, the students were sure of his safety. They were more concerned about Aiko, who became more low-spirited as the days passed. There was no need to say how worried her bodyguard Knights were.
Incidentally, they had reported it to the Kingdom and Church, and it seemed like a search party they had organized wasing. Shimizu was a summoned one with talent in magic, unlike the episode with Hajime in which the top management didn¡¯t even take an optimistic view. The search party would arrive in another two to three days.
Because words of concern came one after another, Aiko mentally hit herself. Whether he was involved in an incident or voluntarily disappeared, didn¡¯t matter, it didn¡¯t change the fact that it worried her. However, she must put it aside for now. Now her duty was to cheer up the other students at her side. That¡¯s why, ¡°I am these children¡¯s teacher!¡±. Aiko took a deep breath then pped her cheeks with her hands to recover her spirit.
¡°Everyone, I am sorry for worrying you. It¡¯s just as you said. Nothing would be solved by brooding over it. Shimizu is an excellent magic-user. He¡¯ll surely be okay. Now, let us believe he is safe. Now, for today¡¯s dinner! Let¡¯s eat our fill and prepare for tomorrow!¡±
Although they knew she was overdoing it, the students obediently replied to her with a shout ¡°Ye~s¡±, as they cheered up. The Knights were also pleased with her appearance.
KARANh KARANh
When that sound rang out, the door of the inn Aiko and the others were staying at opened. It was the number one inn in Ul. Its name was ¡°Water Fairy Inn¡±. A long time ago, a pair of husband and wife fairies stayed in Uldeia Lake, and that was the origin of its name. Uldeia Lake was theke boasted as thergest in the continent, and located on the outskirts of Ul town. Its size was about four times that of Lake Biwa in Japan.
The first floor of ¡°Water Fairy Inn¡± was a restaurant. It served dishes that were also Ul¡¯s specialty products. The interior was calming, there were tables and bar counter that gave out a dignified atmosphere. Their ornaments were made with detail in mind, but did not stand out. Moreover, there was a modest chandelier on the ceiling, and flowers were arranged to add onto the calm atmosphere. It made one remembered the words ¡°well-established¡±, an inn where one could feel its history.
In the beginning, Aiko and her students weren¡¯t able to calm down because the inn was too high-ss. It was impossible for Aiko and her student to stay at an ordinary inn because of their reputation, since people began to called them ¡°God¡¯s Apostles¡± and ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest¡±. After some persuasion from the Knights, they agreed to stay at this ce while they were in Ul.
In fact, they had spent time in one of the luxurious rooms of the Royal Pce, so Aiko and her students had gradually be ustomed to it. Now the inn had became a ce where they could truly rx. For Aiko and the others who came back exhausted from farnd improvement and in search of Shimizu, this inn¡¯s dishes were their only daily enjoyment.
All of them were seated in VIP seats in the innermost section of the inn, as they enjoyed today¡¯s dinner.
¡°Aa, it¡¯s always delicious~ I never thought I¡¯d be able to eat curry in this other world.¡±
¡°Well, it looks like stew though¡ ¡ No, is it white curry?¡±
¡°No, there is also the bowl of rice topped with tempura, remember? Even the sauce is superb, right? Won¡¯t Japan lose?¡±
¡°That, isn¡¯t it because Tamai-kun only eats the premade ones? It¡¯s not good topare it with Hokaben¡¯s.¡±
¡°Well, I¡¯ll choose the fried rice-like things. So, let¡¯s stop this.¡±
The student¡¯s tension was raised every night because of the dishes closely resembled those from Earth. Although there were slight differences in appearance and taste, the concept itself closely resembled their counterparts on earth. The abundance of ingredient was one of the reasons that increased the quality of Ul town¡¯s dishes. Other than the rice, there were fishes from Uldeia Lake, in addition to herbs and spices from the mountain range area.
While Aiko and the others ate the delicious dishes happily, a splendidly mustachioed male of around 60 years of age, approached them with a smile.
¡°Everyone, what do you think of today¡¯s meal? If there is something you want to say, please tell us without any reserve.¡±
¡°Ah, Owner-san.¡±
The one who talked to Aiko and the others was the owner of the ¡°Water Fairy Inn¡±; Foss Selo. He straightened his back, his eyes were gently narrowed, and gray hairs were mixed on his swept-back hair. He was a man who suited the calm atmosphere of the inn.
¡°No, today is also delicious. It heals us everyday.¡±
When Aiko replied with smile, Foss dly said, ¡°Thanks for thepliment¡±, and smiled. But, in the next moment, his expression was clouded as though he wanted to apologize. It was an expression unbing of Foss who always smiled gently. Wondering what had happened, everyone stopped eating and focused on Foss.
¡°Actually, although it¡¯s regrettable¡ I can only serve this much for the dishes that uses spices today.¡±
¡°Eh!? You mean, we can¡¯t eat Nilshisseer (the version of curry in this other world.)?¡±
Sonobe Yuka, who favored the curry, was shocked and tried to ask again.
¡°Yes, I am sorry. Anyway, no matter how many ingredients were used¡ it would be enough if it were the usual¡ However, there¡¯s an unrest in the northern mountain range this month, so the number of people going to harvest the ingredients have sharply declined. Even a few days ago, a party of Adventurers who came to investigate the situation had gone missing. Thus, even more people don¡¯t want to go there. It became a situation where this store doesn¡¯t know when the goods will arrive.¡±
¡°Umm¡ What do you mean by unrest?¡±
¡°Something like the sightings of groups of demonic beasts¡ It¡¯s aparatively safe ce as long as you don¡¯t go into the mountains of the northern mountain range. Although there seems to be strong demonic beasts inside the mountain, they nevere near on purpose. However, there were sightings of groups of demonic beasts in the mountain where there shouldn¡¯t have been any.¡±
¡°That¡¯s truly worrisome¡¡±
Aiko frowned. The others were somewhat depressed and mutually looked at each other. Foss said with an apologetic expression, ¡°It isn¡¯t the right topic to talk while eating, huh?¡±, then he continued to speak with a bright tone to recover the atmosphere.
¡°However, that disaster should be solved soon.¡±
¡°What do you mean?¡±
¡°Actually, today there were new customers who just arrived before the sunset. It seems they are going to the northern mountain range in order to search for the Adventurers who had gone missing. They were appointed by the Branch Head of Fhuren guild, so it looks like they are some serious big-guns. They might be able to determine the cause of this disaster.¡±
Although Aiko and her students were still seated, the bodyguard Knightsmanded by David and currently eating with them let out ¡°Hou¡±, with a half admiration-filled and half-interested tone. Even among the guild¡¯s staff members, the Head of Fhuren branch was considered first ss. For someone to be appointed to ept a request from that Branch Head meant that they were capable of clearing something only powerful people could aplish. Their curiosity was aroused because they wanted to fight in the same battle as such people. Inside the Knights¡¯ heads, they were listed the famous ¡°Gold¡± ss Adventurers.
Aiko and her students were looking at the unusual chatter of David and the Knights, then they began to hear voices from the stair connected to second floor. They were the voices of a boy and two girls. It seemed like one of the girls wasining to the boy. It was Foss who reacted to those voices.
¡°Oya, speak of the devils. It is them, Mr. Knights. If you want to talk to them, please do it now because they are going to leave tomorrow morning.¡±
¡°I see, I understand. But, those are fairly young voices. Are there any ¡°Gold¡± ss that young?¡±
David and the Knights had already memorized the famous ¡°Gold¡± ss in their minds, but because there was no one with such young voices. Some of them looked at each other with perplexed expressions.
While they were in a state of confusion, the trio were approaching while talking.
The seats where Aiko and the others sat were the innermost seats enclosed by walls on three sides. It was a ce where they could look anywhere inside the restaurant. For now, it was made into a private room with the use of the curtain. Needless to say, inside was the conspicuous Aiko¡¯s party, was Aiko; the one hailed as the ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest¡±, which made them even more conspicuous. It was why they often used the curtain whenever they ate their meals. Even today, they closed the curtain so they wouldn¡¯t be seen.
From the other side of the curtain, they could hear the conversation of a boy and two girls.
¡°Mou, how many times I must say it until you understand. Please stop leaving me alone and create a world with just the two of you in it. It makes me feel really, really lonely. Did you hear me? ¡°Hajime¡±-san.¡±
¡°I heard, I heard you. Just stay in another room if you don¡¯t want to see it.¡±
¡°Nmah! Did you hear what he just said, Yue-san? ¡°Hajime¡±-san just said something coldhearted.¡±
¡°¡¡±Hajime¡± ¡Bad!¡±
¡°Yes, yes.¡±
Within their conversation, the name the girls said instantly rattled Aiko¡¯s heart. What did the girls just say? What was the boy called? This boy¡¯s voice¡ isn¡¯t it simr to ¡°that boy¡±?, were the question that immediately floated into Aiko¡¯s mind. She stiffened as though something had tied her down, so she could only stare at the curtain.
The same thing happened to Sonobe Yuka and other students by her side. In their minds, thoughts of a certain boy who had disappeared into the abyss four months ago resurfaced. He was a boy who the ssmates strongly believed to have ¡°died in this other world¡±. A boy they wanted to forget, a boy who stood out for better or for worse.
Because of the abnormal expression on Aiko¡¯s and her students¡¯ faces, Foss and the Knights tried calling out to them with dumbfounded gazes, but no one reacted. The Knights were wondering what on earth had happened as they looked at their faces. Then, Aiko blurted out a name.
¡°¡Nagumo-kun?¡±
Because of the word she unconsciously let out, her body which had stiffened because of the unbelievable situation had regained its freedom. Aiko immediately stood up and her chair fell to the ground. She then pulled the curtain opened, so hard it might tear.
SHAAAA!!
Because of the unexpected loud sound that came from when the curtain was pulled, boy and two girls trio were only able to look with stupefied expressions.
Aiko shouted without confirming who the other person was. It was the name of her important student.
¡°Nagumo-kun!¡±
¡°Ah? ¡¡¡ Sensei?¡±
In front of her, with his eye wide open in surprise, was an eyepatched, white-haired boy. He lookedpletely different from the Nagumo Hajime in her memory. Not only his appearance, his atmosphere was alsopletely different. Nagumo Hajime Aiko knew was a boy who always daydreaming, gentle, and quiet. Actually, Aiko admitted that a wry smile fit him, but it was her secret. However, the boy in front of her eyes had sharp eyes, d with an unapproachable atmosphere. He was too different from her memory. If she passed by him inside the town, she was sure she wouldn¡¯t recognized the boy in front of her as Nagumo Hajime.
But if she looked carefully, his voice and face were the same as the one inside her memory. Above all¡ it was how the boy in front of her called her. That¡¯s right, it was ¡°sensei¡±. Aiko was convinced. Although his look and atmosphere had greatly changed, the boy in front of her was certainly her own student, ¡°Nagumo Hajime¡±!
¡°Nagumo-kun¡ You¡¯re Nagumo-kun, right? You¡¯re alive¡ You really are alive¡¡±
¡°No, you got wrong person. Bye.¡±
¡°He?¡±
To meet the student who was thought to be dead, was a miracle. Being deeply moved, her tear nds loosened, and Aiko eyes became teary. ¡°Where was he until now? What on earth happened? I am truly d that you were safe.¡± Were only some of the many things she wanted to say, but couldn¡¯t. Even so, the reply to her desperate words was apletely unexpected answer.
She unconsciously let out a stupid voice, and Aiko¡¯s tears were also withdrawn. She could only nkly stare at Hajime who had begun to suta suta, walk towards the exit. ¡®HAH¡¯, she returned to her senses, and panicky ran after him while gripping onto his wrist.
¡°Please wait a second? Aren¡¯t you Nagumo-kun? Didn¡¯t you just call sensei sensei? Just how is that the wrong person.¡±
¡°No, you heard it wrong. That was¡ Right, it was a dialect meaning ¡°small¡±. Un.¡±
¡°Even so, that¡¯s extremely rude! Rather, there is no way such dialect exists. Why are you trying to deceive me? That appearance too¡ Did something happen? What are you doing in this ce? Why, why didn¡¯t you immediatelye back to everyone? Nagumo-kun! Please answer! Sensei won¡¯t let you deceive her!¡±
Aiko¡¯s angry voice resounded inside the restaurant. Several people and guests looked at the rumored ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest¡± as she caught and shouted at a man. ¡°Suwah, is he Goddess¡¯s man!?¡±, as they misunderstood, their eyes sparkled with curiosity. The students and the bodyguard Knights were also came out from the interior.
The students who had seen Hajime¡¯s appearance had shocked expressions as they couldn¡¯t believe what was in front of them. Half of it was because he was alive, while the other half was because of the drastic change to his appearance and atmosphere. However, they didn¡¯t know what should they do, so they could only nkly looked at Aiko and Hajime.
On the other side, although Hajime looked calm, his mind was attacked by petit panic. In the town he came to, after epting the request from the guild¡¯s Branch Head he got acquaintanced by chance, he never thought there was a chance he would meet Aiko and his ssmates again.
Because it was such a sudden event, he inadvertently muttered ¡°sensei¡±, he even thought, ¡°That can¡¯t be~¡±, as he tried to deceived himself. His lifecards after Aiko¡¯s angry barrage of questions were to ¡°run away¡±, ¡°continue with the mistaken person act¡±, ¡°became a suspicious foreigner¡±, and ¡°let¡¯s just kidnap Ai-chan¡±, were all the cards that came to his mind. He especially didn¡¯t know how thest one came up.
Then, Hajime was saved by his reliable partner. Of course it was not the regrettable rabbit ears character, but the Vampire Princess. Yue, came in between Hajime and Aiko, then she forcibly shook off Aiko¡¯s hand which was gripping Hajime¡¯s arm. On their side, the bodyguard Knights were letting out slight bloodthirst.
¡°¡ Let go, Hajime is troubled.¡±
¡°Wh-What are you? Currently, sensei have an important talk with Nagumo-kun¡¡±
¡°¡ Then, calm down a little.¡±
Because the beatiful girl stared at her with cool eyes, Aiko slightly flinched. There wasn¡¯t much of a height difference between the two. Normally, it would bebeled as a fight between kids. However, Aiko was actually younger by age, and Yue wore a bewitching atmosphere despite her appearance. No matter who saw it, they looked like an adult (Yue) and an angry child (Aiko). Aiko was wary of Yue, so she quietly back away from Hajime with blushing cheeks because of her own words and the way she got mad at him. As she straightened her back to show her dignity as an adult, although it was toote, Aiko was¡ just like a child doing a stretch.
¡°I am sorry, I was distracted. Let¡¯s return from the beginning, you are Nagumo-kun, right?¡±
This time, Aiko said it quietly, but her voice was filled with conviction as she tried to ask Hajime, and matched her nce with him. Having seen such Aiko, Hajime was convinced no matter how he tried to deceive her, she wouldn¡¯t change her conviction and she would chase after him no matter where he go. Thus, scratched his head and replied with a profound sigh.
¡°Ah. Long time no see, sensei.¡±
¡°As expected, you¡¯re Nagumo-kun after all¡ You¡¯re alive¡¡±
Aiko¡¯s eyes became teary again, but Hajime didn¡¯t think anything about it as he shrugged his shoulders.
¡°Something like that. After a lot happened, I¡¯m somehow still alive.¡±
¡°I am d. I truly am d.¡±
After he took a nce at Aiko who was unable to say more than those words, Hajime went to the nearest table and sat down. Having seen him, Yue and Shia also sat. Shia was somewhat perplexed. Aiko and the others were astonished by Hajime¡¯s sudden action. Hajime had regained hisposure and he ignored the surroundings, only to beckon towards Foss who had watched how the situation progressed while he stood behind the students.
¡°Umm, Hajime-san. Is that okay? Aren¡¯t you acquaintances? Although it was just my guess¡ the other world¡¯s¡¡±
¡°That thing doesn¡¯t matter at all. I was just surprised when they suddenly appeared, well, that¡¯s all. We are originally came for dinner, so let¡¯s order now. I have been truly expecting this. Don¡¯t you know? This curry¡ Ah, you didn¡¯t know it. The spicy dish was called Nilshisseer. I am happy just by imagining the taste¡¡±
¡°¡ Then, I¡¯ll order that, too. I want to know what taste Hajime like.¡±
¡°Ah, to casually appealed him¡ just a expected of Yue-san. Then, me too. Clerk-saa~n, we want to order~¡±
In the beginning, Shia was timidly sneaking nces at Aiko and the others, but changed her mind after Hajime said those words. Then Foss came by to take their order with a troubled smile.
However, naturally, there was no time for them to wait. Aiko, who was dumbfounded again by how Hajime seated himself at a nearby table and began to order, returned her to her senses and she approached Hajime¡¯s table. She said, ¡°Sensei is angry!¡±, with a truly angered expression as she pishi, hit the table.
¡°Nagumo-kun, our talk isn¡¯t over. Just how can you start to order as if it were the most natural thing in the world. In the first ce, just who are these girls?¡±
What Aiko had said represented the feelings of everyone around them. The Knights who guessed Hajime was Aiko¡¯s student, who they heard had died four months ago, the students who waited behind Aiko, and everyone else were, ¡°Un un.¡±, nodding and they waited for Hajime¡¯s answer.
Hajime frowned because of it would be an annoyance. Because he thought he couldn¡¯t have a calm meal thanks to Aiko, who would keep waiting until he answers her questions even as they ate, he reluctantly turned his nce toward Aiko.
¡°I havee here in just a single day, without stopping, because of a request. That¡¯s why I am hungry, so just let me eat my meal. Also, these are¡¡±
Hajime turned his nce towards Yue and Shia. And these two, before Hajime could say it, began an impactful introduction towards Aiko and the others.
¡°¡Yue.¡±
¡°I am Shia.¡±
¡°¡± I am Hajime(-san)¡¯s woman.¡±¡±
¡°Wo-woman?¡±
Aiko somewhat stammered said, ¡°Eh? Eh?¡±, as she alternately looked between Hajime and the two beautiful girls. It seemed she couldn¡¯t processed the information. The students behind her were also perplexed. Well, the male students¡¯ expressions said, ¡°That can¡¯t be!¡±, as they restlessly looked between Yue and Shia. Gradually, their face reddened as they were charmed by their beauty.
¡°Oi, setting Yue aside. Shia, aren¡¯t you different?¡±
¡°That! Hajime-san so cruel. Even though you stole my first kiss!¡±
¡°No, just how long you want to drag that thing. That was lif¡ª¡±Nagumo-kun?¡±¡What is it, sensei?¡±
Because of the remark that he ¡°stole Shia¡¯s first kiss¡±, it seemed her thought process had finally caught up. Then, Aiko¡¯s voice dropped an octave. Inside Aiko¡¯s head, it seemed she imagined the scene where Hajime wasughing loudly while being attended by the two beauties in each arm. Her expression said everything.
Blushing, Aiko interrupted Hajime¡¯s words. Her face was filled with determination to return her misconducting student into the right path. Following that, arge thunder called ¡°Sensei¡¯s anger¡± fell into Ul town¡¯s number one and first ss inn.
¡°To steal a woman¡¯s first kiss, and even t-two-timing! So, you didn¡¯t immediately return because you wanted to y around! If so¡ that¡¯s unforgivable! Ee, sense will absolutely not forgive it! It¡¯s time for scolding! Just wait there, Nagumo-kun!¡±
Hajime looked at Aiko with a skeptical gaze, who yelled¡°kyan kyan,¡±as he let out a deep, deep sigh thinking it was going to be troublesome.
Book 6. Chapter 6
Book 6. Chapter 6
Chapter 6 : Aiko¡¯s Worries
Because of Aiko¡¯s roar, Hajime and his party were guided to a VIP seat, away from the eyes of the other guests. Then, Aiko, Sonobe Yuka, and other students bombarded him with questions. However, Hajime was focused on the Nilshisseer (other world¡¯s version of curry) in front of his eyes. He answered them in a daze.
Q : You fell from that bridge, what happened afterwards?
A : I did my best.
Q : Why did your hair turn white?
A : The result of me doing my best.
Q : What happened to your eye?
A : The result of me doing my ultra best.
Q : Why didn¡¯t you immediately return?
A : No reason to do so.
After hearing that much, Aiko yelled angrily with her cheeks puffed, ¡°Please answer us seriously!¡± Indeed, her being unable to show any intensity in that action was a sad thing. As usual, Hajime looked like a willow when the wind blew. Without matching her gaze, he deliciously enjoyed the Nilshiseer, while sometimes listening to Yue and Shia¡¯s quarrel. His face was full of satisfaction.
Angered by his appearance, was themander of Aiko¡¯s bodyguards, David. He couldn¡¯t endure the woman he fell for being ignored. That¡¯s why he threw his fist onto the table and a loud sound rang out.
¡°Oi, you! You¡¯re being asked by Aiko! Answer her seriously!¡±
Hajime took a nce at David, then ¡°Haa¡±, let out a sigh.
¡°Aren¡¯t we eating now? Behave yourself.¡±
His protest waspletely ignored. However, David has great pride because, as a Temple Knight, he was entrusted as themander of an important person¡¯s bodyguard, so he couldn¡¯t endure it and his face turned red. Following that, because Hajime wouldn¡¯t give him a clear answer, he changed his target as he turned to look at Shia.
¡°Hmm, did you say behave? That word, I return it back at you. To have a dirty animal share the same table as humans, you are the one who has no manners. Won¡¯t you at least chop off those ugly ears? She will look more human like that.¡±
Shia¡¯s body trembled as she was stared at with eyes full of disdain. In Brook town, from her impression of the inn, having been close to Catherine, added to Hajime¡¯s existence, it was full of amiable people. Although there were lots of discriminating eyes in Fhuren, and even though they recognized her as a ve, no one made fun of her by directly saying that.
In other words, since the beginning of her journey with Hajime, this was the first time she had directly received discriminating words as a demi-human. Although she wanted to think nothing of it, she was slightly surprised by the attack, even after she had got ustomed to the outside world, she could still feel the damage.Shun, Shia looked down depressedly.
If she looked carefully, she could see that it wasn¡¯t limited to just David. Chase and the other Knights also looked at Shia with the same eyes. No matter how intimate they were with Aiko and her students, they were Temple and Imperial Knights. They were men from the Church of Saints and the Kingdom, so their discrimination towards the demi-human race was strong. After all, the source of discrimination were the Church of Saints and the Kingdom. Even though David and the Knights were influenced by Aiko and could think for themselves, they wouldn¡¯t have changed after only a few months because this sense of value was not so shallow-rooted.
Because it was something unreasonable, Aiko instinctively tried to protest. But before that, Yue who grasped the downcast Shia¡¯s hand, directed a re as cold as absolute zero at David. A cold gaze that seemed to be able to freeze one¡¯s body came from the highest ss, bisque doll-like beautiful girl. David flinched for a moment, but became enraged when he saw that the pressure wasing from a girl with the appearance of a child. Usually, he wouldn¡¯t easily lose his temper, but the words he¡¯d just spoke, and looking at his dear Aiko, he had lost it.
¡°What, what¡¯s with those eyes? That¡¯s rude! Even though you aren¡¯t a God¡¯s apostle, you are trying to oppose a Temple Knight!¡±
David spontaneously stood up. Although the vicemander Chase tried to stop him, faster than that, Yue¡¯s words clearly rang out in that uproar.
¡°¡A small man.¡±
Those were words of ridicule. Words that ridiculed how small his vessel was, to shout just because of a difference in race, and lose his temper when red at by a girl. David was already lost in anger. As a man, being called small in front of Aiko drove him over the edge.
¡°¡ You pagan. I¡¯ll send you to hell along with that animal.¡±
As he quietly muttered that without any expression, David reached for the sword by his side. Because the carnage appeared all too sudden, the students were flustered, while Aiko, Chase, and the Knights were all trying to stop him. However, as though he didn¡¯t hear the surrounding voices, David finally slightly pulled the sword from its sheath.
At the same time,
DOPANh!!
A dry, explosive sound echoed inside ¡°Water Fairy Inn¡±. At the same time, David, who was about to pounce at any time, was hit in the head and got blown away. As it were, the back of David¡¯s head hit the wall behind him, hard, and a terrific sound resounded. His eyes turned white as he copsed. The sword was released from David¡¯s hand andgashan!, it fell to the floor.
No one was able toprehend what had happened just now, and were all stunned. Their gazes turned to David who copsed with the whites of his eyes showing. Then someone was curious as to what had happened to emit such arge and explosive sound, it was Foss, who pulled the curtain. Following that, he became wide-eyed as he was stunned by the disastrous scene in front of him.
On the other side, Aiko and the others were finally able to regain their senses when Foss entered. Their gazes which were then directed toward David, were naturally drawn to the source of the explosive sound.
In that ce was something Aiko and her students had knowledge of, but had never actually seen. It was something from the other world, somethingpletely unknown to the Knights. There was the figure of Hajime holding a ¡°gun¡± while seated. White smoke came out of Donner. At least the bullet he shot was a non-lethal rubber bullet.
Although they didn¡¯t know the details, the Knights had guessed it was Hajime¡¯s attack, so they simultaneously put their hands on their swords while letting out killing intent. However, what immediately followed, was by a violent killing intent iparable to the Knights¡¯. It was as though they were attacked by a hammer that fell from heaven, as the Knights who began to stand were forced to sit back down into their seats.
Although they weren¡¯t submerged in the killing intent, having felt the pressure Hajime emitted, Aiko and the others turned pale as they trembled.
Hajime put Donner on the table andgotoh, it made an unnatural noise. Its purpose was to threaten them. Following that, he clearly dered his standing and asked where Aiko and the others would choose to stand.
¡°I have no interest in you lot. I have never thought of wanting a rtionship with you guys. Moreover, I won¡¯t say anything about what had happened to me or what I want to do. I am only here for work, so I¡¯ll resume my journey once it¡¯s over. That¡¯s where we say good bye. Also, let¡¯s not intervene with each other. No matter what kind of selfish things you want to do, just don¡¯t obstruct me. Just like now, if you be hostile¡ I¡¯ll likely kill you.¡±
Understand? Was what Hajime¡¯s eyes asked, but no one said anything. Immediately, he turned his gaze towards Chase and the Knights, who desperately endured the Pressure, and all they could do was slightly nod.
Next, Hajime turned his gaze towards Aiko and her students. Aiko didn¡¯t say anything. No, more like she couldn¡¯t. It was not only because of the pressuring feelings that gushed out, but also because of Hajime¡¯s words, and how her student change without her knowing. Those were not something Aiko¡¯s pride could allow.
Hajime sighed as he shrugged his shoulders and canceled the ¡°Pressure.¡± Although there was no answer from Aiko, Hajime could somehow sympathize with her feelings, so he didn¡¯t force her for an answer. The other students were obviously frightened, so he guessed they wouldn¡¯t dare challenge him.
With the tremendous feeling of oppression vanished, the Knights copsed and let out deep sighs. Aiko and her students were also exhausted and sat deeply on the chairs. As though nothing had happened, Hajime resumed his meal, and talked to the depressed Shia.
¡°Oi, Shia. That¡¯s something normal ¡°outside.¡± There is no need to take it seriously, okay?¡±
¡°Yes, that¡¯s right¡ Although I understand that,¡ as expected, for humans, these ears are disgusting.¡±
With self-derision, Shia patted her ears with her hands and let out a bitter smile. To such a Shia, Yue whispered words tofort her with honest eyes.
¡°¡Shia¡¯s ears are lovely.¡±
¡°Yue-san¡ Is that so?¡±
Even so, Shia was still unconvinced about it, so this time Hajime followed up with a somewhat amazed expression. Because Yue often said ¡°Bad!¡± to him, Hajime¡¯s attitude towards Shia had softened little by little, and he tried tofort her with the utmost of his ability.
¡°You know, their education was practically brainwashing from the Church and nobles of the Kingdom, so it¡¯s just their feelings of aversion. Don¡¯t you know that the Rabbitman tribe are the number one most popr pet ves? In other words, no one thinks of you as disgusting in general.¡±
¡°Th¡ª¡ that¡¯s so¡ ¡U-umm, by the way Hajime-san,¡ Umm¡ what do you think¡ about my ears?¡±
Having guessed that those words were Hajime¡¯s own way offorting her, Shia felt slightly happy. Then she asked him with an upward gaze with blushing cheeks. As if saying, ¡°I want to know, but at the same time don¡¯t want to,¡± her rabbit earspletely drooped, and sometimes they twitched towards Hajime.
¡°¡ I don¡¯t think anything about them¡¡±
Stealing a nce at the rabbit ears, Hajime returned his gaze towards his meal as he tried to deceive her, and replied snappishly. The rabbit ears drooped even more as though they regretted asking. However, with the next line from Yue, they immediately regained their energy as they stood up;hyupa!.
¡°¡ They are Hajime¡¯s favorite. He cuddles them when Shia¡¯s sleeping.¡±
¡°Yue!? Didn¡¯t you promise not to tell her that!?¡±
¡°Ha-Hajime-san¡ you like my rabbit ears¡ Ehehe.¡±
With her cheeks dyed red, Shia tried to suppress her grin with both hands, and as if saying ¡°Wa~i!¡±, her rabbit ears above were moving, expressing her delight.
The awkward and strained atmosphere of massacre that floated in the air until now had dissipated as if it were an illusion. The atmosphere had mysteriously turned pink-colored, so Aiko and her students, even the Knights were blinking in amazement. For a while, they watched Hajime¡¯s loveedy interaction, then one of the male students; Aikawa Noboru muttered.
¡°Huh? How strange. Although until just now Nagumo was truly scary, now it isn¡¯t killing intent that¡¯s gushing out¡¡±
¡°You too, huh. Rather, those two, although they are dangerously cute,¡ although they¡¯re totally in my strike-zone,¡ but, to flirt in front of my eyes is torture for me¡¡±
¡°¡ It¡¯s just as Nagumo said, those things don¡¯t matter at all. But, having the skill to get along with girls from another world¡ I want to ask him how!¡ Noboru! Akira!¡±
¡°¡±Heh, we are going to hell together, Atsushi!¡±¡±
With their eyes boiling with envy, they stared at the Hajime who made them shudder until just now; it was the unison of three males from Ai-chan¡¯s bodyguards. The serious atmosphere waspletely blown away. The female students began to regain their original demeanor, and they looked at the male students with terribly cold eyes.
Chase, having realized the atmosphere had calmed down, started to heal David. At the same time, with his caution and hostility were subdued, he asked Hajime with a smile. Apart from Hajime¡¯s circumstances, there was something he had to hear by all means.
¡°Is it okay to call you Nagumo-kun? About before, mymander had been rude. No matter what, we are Aiko-san¡¯s bodyguards after all, so we be oversensitive if it concerns Aiko-san. Somehow, I would like for you to forgive us.¡±
Although Hajime wanted to interrupt him and say, ¡°How can oversensitivity turn into murder?¡±, but the word ¡®murder¡¯ itself made him unable to say anything. That¡¯s why he just silently waved his hand to tell him to stop that. Because of this perfunctory attitude, Chase¡¯s eyebrows slightly twitched, but his poker face-like smile didn¡¯t crumble. Following that, with quick thinking, because he couldn¡¯t just leave it at that, he cut to the case about Hajime¡¯s artifact-like thing in front of him.
¡°I assume¡ that¡¯s an artifact. Although I can¡¯t be sure with my limited knowledge, I can see that it¡¯s quite a powerful one. It¡¯s much faster than a bow, it also didn¡¯t need chanting or a magic circle. Just where on Earth did you get it?¡±
Although he was smiling, Chase¡¯s eyes weren¡¯t. Judging from his words, since there wasn¡¯t the presence of magic being used, he thought it had a bow-like pure physical mechanism and could be mass-produced. If so, it¡¯d be a great help for the sake of dominating against enemies before war breaks out. However the Knights weren¡¯t a match for Hajime, so he at least wanted to get information out of him.
Hajime stole a nce at Chase. Following that, before he could say anything, he was interrupted by an excited voice. It was a male ssmate; Tamai Atsushi.
¡°Th-That¡¯s right, Nagumo. Isn¡¯t that a gun!? Just, how did you get ahold of that!?¡±
Chase reacted to Tamai¡¯s shout.
¡°Gun? Tamai, do you know anything about that?¡±
¡°Eh? Ah, that¡¯s right, I know of it. It¡¯s a weapon from our world.¡±
Chase¡¯s eyes shone because of Tamai¡¯s words. But afterwards, he stared at Hajime.
¡°Hou, in other words, it isn¡¯t an artifact from this world¡ If that¡¯s so, it must be made by someone from a different world¡ and of course the maker is¡¡±
¡°It is me.¡±
Hajime easily answered that he made it. Chase, because he held the impression of Hajime as a secretive person, was surprised by how easily he admitted it.
¡°You admit it so easily. Nagumo-kun, do you know what it means to hold that weapon? That¡¡±
¡°It couldpletely change the situation of the war in this world,¡ right? That¡¯s if you can mass-produce it. Mostly, you want me to return with you and teach you how to make it, or something like that? Naturally, I reject it all. Just give up.¡±
Hajime¡¯s words had left himpletely helpless. Those words seemed to be prepared beforehand. But, Chase didn¡¯t give up. That¡¯s how attractive the gun was.
¡°But, the Soldiers with low levels can have high offense if it could be mass produced. When that happens, we can make use of a lot of people in the uing war, and our chances of victory will also greatly increase. If you cooperate, doesn¡¯t it mean you also help your teacher and friends? If so¡¡±
¡°No matter what you want to say, I won¡¯t cooperate. If you try to take it, then it means you¡¯re my enemy. At that time¡ be prepared to be annihted even before the war breaks out.¡±
Hajime¡¯s quiet words sent a chill toward Chase¡¯s whole body and he shut his mouth. Then, Aiko managed to intervene there.
¡°Chase-san. Nagumo-kun has his own intentions. Please don¡¯t force my student. Nagumo-kun too, please stop saying such extreme things. Be more peaceful¡ Nagumo-kun, are you seriously noting back?¡±
¡°Ah, I don¡¯t want to return with you. Tomorrow morning, after Iplete the request, I¡¯ll leave as is.¡±
¡°Why¡¡±
Aiko looked at Hajime with a pained expression, she wanted to know his reason, but Hajime rose from his seat before she could ask. Unbeknownst to them, Yue and Shia had also finished their meals. Although Aiko tried to stop him, Hajime ignored her and climbed the stairs to the second floor, apanied by Yue and Shia.
At the time Aiko and the others were left behind, a subtle and indescribable atmosphere was in the air. They were d the ssmate they thought was dead was actually alive. But, for the person himself, they seemed to have not even registered in his eyes. Moreover, he had be strong to the point, that it was impossible topare him to his past self. He was not the same as the one who was once called ¡°ipetent¡± in contempt as they looked at him from above.
Moreover, about the contempt, they had pretended not to notice Hiyama and his friends bullying him. Followed by that ¡°friendly fire¡± incident, they could only feel more indebted because of Hajime¡¯s ambiguous attitude. As a result, no one could proactively reach out to Hajime.
Aiko herself was greatly shaken by her student¡¯s change and angered by the current development in her mind, so she was unable to stop Hajime.
Chase, while he looked at the currently recovering David at the side, seemed to think of something.
With their mealspletely cooled, their appetites also disappeared. Without looking at the food in front of them, all of them began to deeply think about how ¡°Hajime survived¡± after he left them.
Just what on Earth couldpletely change a person like that, what did Hajime think at that time when the ¡°friendly-fire¡± incident happened, what the current Hajime thought of them¡ Most likely, he held a grudge against them. With those thoughts making revolutions in their minds, all of them became depressed, and the day was over.
* * *
In the middle of the night. Surrounded by the night, they werepletely exhausted. Both physically and mentally, thanks to the unexpected development. All of them fell asleep, but Aiko wasn¡¯t able to sleep even now. Aiko¡¯s room was a single room, so it was not arge one. A table set and bed with carved wooden feet, a small firece, and a leather sofa in front of it. In the winter, the me would surely brightened the room, and the inn guests would be warmed just by seeing it.
Aiko was thinking about what happened earlier today, she watched the unlit firece while deeply entrusting her body to the sofa. The insides of Aiko¡¯s head was like an unarranged bookshelf, with all of that information in disorder.
Even if she couldn¡¯t think about it, she wanted to think. And from then on, her head that ran round and around in circles didn¡¯t give out any constructive opinions at all. She recalled smiling when she found out her student was alive, then she could only knit her eyebrows because of his unamicable attitude.
She had seen a glimpse of Hajime¡¯s power through David¡¯s speech and conduct, she thought he wouldn¡¯t have been able to survive if he didn¡¯t change, and how much hardship Hajime must have experienced. At that point she could only let out a sigh because she couldn¡¯t help him at all. However, she recalled his interactions with the two girls, she thought he must have foundpanions he could trust, and she smiled again.
And, suddenly, a voice rang out inside the room where there should be no one but her inside.
¡°Why do you keep changing your expression, sensei?¡±
¡°Kh!?¡±
Aiko turned around to the source of the voice while wide-eyed. There was Hajime who stood at the entrance door with his arms folded. Aiko was so surprised that she became tongue-tied, but somehow managed to speak.
¡°Na-Nagumo-kun? Wh-Why are you here, how¡¡±
¡°Even if you ask how, I just came through the door, no more no less.¡±
¡°Eh, but the lock¡¡±
¡°My ss is transmutation master, you know? Unlike the locks on earth, I can open this kind of lock mechanism.¡±
Hajime lightly answered, which stunned Aiko for a while. Her heart loudly throbbed in surprise and that somehow managed to calm her down. She frowned, then criticized him.
¡°At such a time, moreover it¡¯s rude to suddenly barge into a woman¡¯s room without even a knock. To purposely open the lock¡ just what do you want?¡±
For a moment, the word yobai came into Aiko¡¯s mind but she immediately erased the thought. She slightly shook her head as she recalled the fact that the other person was her student. Hajime only warded off Aiko¡¯s scolding like a willow blown by the wind, and he told her the reason for this thoughtless visit.
¡°Well, I am sorry about that. I just didn¡¯t want anyone to know about this visit. I wanted to talk to sensei, but before, there were the fellows from the Church and the Kingdom, so I couldn¡¯t do it. After all, the contents of this talk might have angered those guys.¡±
¡°A talk? Nagumo-kun, it was okay to talk to sensei and the others¡¡±
By chance, she thought he wanted to return with them, and Aiko¡¯s eyes shined in expectation. If it was a consultation from her student, then it was as though the room was a teacher¡¯s office. But her expectations were immediately denied by Hajime.
¡°No, I don¡¯t want to return, you know? So stop looking at me with those eyes filled with expectation¡ What I want to talk about now is something I thought sensei would be the most calm to listen to it. After this talk, I¡¯ll leave what you want to do to your own.¡±
Having said that, Hajime began to talk about the story of ¡°Liberators¡± and the Mad Gods he heard from Oscar.
Hajime obviously had his own reasons for telling Aiko this story. ording to the Gods¡¯ intentions, the heroes; Kouki and the others, were made to dance in their game, and the Gods never intended to return them to their own world. To save the human race from the demon race, in other words to win the uing war, is the result of the Gods pulling the strings behind the stage in the first ce. The heroes themselves were only interesting pieces they had gathered without any real reason. Rather, they only thought it was more appropriate to start a new game using the heroes.
However, for Hajime, there was no reason to pointedly exin this to Kouki and the other students. He wasn¡¯t interested with what his ssmates wanted to do, and it would also only be a hassle for him. Even if he told him, that man who believed that justice alwaysid with the majority wouldn¡¯t believe him.
Because he was alone, between the words of a boy who had changed drastically and words that requested to save the majority, he didn¡¯t even need to think about who they would trust. Rather, because many people believe and worship ¡°Ehito-sama,¡± he¡¯d only be mocked and criticized. Because of that, Hajime didn¡¯t want to be rted to Kouki in the least.
However, by coincidence upon coincidence, it resulted in him meeting Aiko. Hajime himself knew Aiko¡¯s main principles always centered around her students. In other words, regardless of the circumstances of this other world, she would calmly make a decision for the sake of her students. Following that, judging from the attitudes of his ssmates today, and how they yearned for Japan, if it was Aiko, surely her words would be able to influence them. Those were Hajime¡¯s thoughts.
Although, he didn¡¯t know how her influence would change their actions. With this information, if the movement of Kouki and the others became different from what the Gods intended, they¡¯d surely put much more attention towards Kouki and the others. Hajime already knew that his existence would stand out like a sore thumb when he journeyed to conquer the Great Dungeons, and there was the possibility of receiving interference from the Gods. That¡¯s why, by indirectly passing the information using someone they trust, he could rearrange the actions of Kouki and the others. Thus, he could dy being noticed by the Gods. His only objective was to draw attention away from himself.
In addition, without relying on the Gods, Hajime¡¯s aim was to search for different ways for them to return. Furthermore, just like the ¡°Liberators,¡± he wanted to show Kouki and the others how their original allies became manipted enemies, it¡¯s his intention to nt the wedge of distrust towards those Gods.
In the first ce, he was only able to think of this idea because of the coincidental meeting with Aiko, so Hajime never expected anything out of it. For Hajime, there was no grudge nor hatred towards his ssmates. He was just indifferent towards them. If they could be used, then he¡¯d used them, and he¡¯d leave them alone if they didn¡¯t seem useful. That¡¯s why he didn¡¯t disclose this information only by chance.
Having heard the truth of this world from Hajime, Aiko was dumbfounded. It was not known if she truly understood it. Processing this information, no matter what kind of ideas she got, it still took her more time.
¡°Well, that¡¯s all. That¡¯s what I came to know from the depths of the Abyss. I¡¯ll leave what to do after knowing this to sensei. It¡¯s okay to think of it as just nonsense, and it¡¯s also okay to move into action if you think it¡¯s the truth. Just do as you want to.¡±
¡°Na-Nagumo-kun, don¡¯t tell me, to deal with those ¡°Mad Gods¡±¡ you began your journey?¡±
¡°Hah, that can¡¯t be. I feel from the bottom of my heart that it doesn¡¯t matter what happens to this world. I am only searching for a method to return. That¡¯s why I went on a journey. The reason I¡¯m telling you this is because it seems like it¡¯d be convenient to do so, that¡¯s all.¡±
Aiko wore an indescribably subtle expression because he snorted at her question. Although she was relieved he didn¡¯t rashly poke his head into danger, she couldn¡¯t help but frown as a teacher because of how easily he said he could cast the others away. But, she herself also made her students her first priority in this world, so she couldn¡¯t say anything back. As a result, she tried to change the topic with a subtle expression.
¡°Do you believe in that?¡±
¡°That¡¯s so. The Great Dungeons are the keys. It¡¯s okay if you search for it if they interest you. Once you exceed the 100th level of Orcus, you¡¯ll happily find the real Great Dungeon. First of all, by looking at your appearances today, you¡¯ll immediately die when you go there. It¡¯s out of the question if you can¡¯t ignore ¡°Pressure¡± of that level.¡±
Aiko was reminded of the pressure that gushed out from Hajime at dinner time. Following that, she opened her eyes filled withplex feelings of sympathy, admiration, and other various feelings when she thought again about the harsh conditions he must have lived through.
For a while, their silence continued. The room was filled with silence. Hajime was certain the information was received after looking at Aiko¡¯s appearance. And because he had no more business, he immediately turned his heels and walked towards the door. Behind him, Aiko told him about a certain student she remembered when they talked about the Orcus dungeon.
¡°Shirasaki-san still hasn¡¯t given up on you.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Hajime stopped walking because of the unexpected words from Aiko. Then, Aiko spoke softly with Hajime¡¯s back in front of her.
¡°Although everyone believed you were dead, she is the only one who didn¡¯t give up on you. Before she confirms it with her own eyes, she believes you are still alive. Even now, she¡¯s still fighting in the Orcus Great Dungeon. Even though Amanokawa-kun and the others are only going to the dungeon for training, her only purpose is to search for you.¡±
¡°¡ Is Shirasaki okay?¡±
After a long silence, Hajime asked Aiko. Hajime who took an indifferent attitude towards them, began to ask about another with words of concern. Aiko, who discovered that the original Hajime still existed, disyed a joyful expression.
¡°Y-Yes. Although the Orcus Great Dungeon is a dangerous ce, her ability has developed well, and she continues to conquer the dungeon. Sometimes letterse from her. Are you curious about her? Nagumo-kun and Shirasaki-san got along after all.¡±
Aiko talked with a bright smile, but Hajime only expressionlessly looked back over his shoulder without denying or affirming anything.
¡°Although I didn¡¯t mean it like that¡ it¡¯s good if you tell her this when you exchange letters. What she should be cautious of is not the demonic beasts in the dungeon. It¡¯s herpanions.¡±
¡°Eh? What do you¡¡±
¡°Sensei, I can already guess the situation from the attitude of Tamai and the others today. The cause of me falling in battle against the Behemoth, you think it was just an ident ? ¡ ?, right?¡±
¡°Th-That¡¯s¡ Yes. Some magic went out of control and resulted in idental friendly-fire¡ Nagumo-kun still holds a grudge against everyone after all¡¡±
¡°I don¡¯t think of anything like that. The thing I want to say is this. Friendly fire? That¡¯s wrong. That was a magic bullet clearly specifically cast with me as target.¡±
¡°Eh? Specifically cast? Targeted, you say?¡±
Aiko¡¯s expression said she couldn¡¯t understand what he meant. But, Hajime left words that mercilessly pushed Aiko¡¯s worry further.
¡°It means, a ssmate was trying to kill me.¡±
¡°Kh!?¡±
Aiko was stunned and her face paled, ¡°I only know that the culprit is someone rted to Shirasaki, it¡¯s someone who¡¯s able to kill another person out of envy. Because she is still okay, it¡¯s good to advise Shirasaki to be careful of an attack from behind.¡± After leaving this message, Hajime went out of the room.
Shin, there was an illusion of cold wind blowing inside the room, and Aiko embraced her own body with both arms. There was a possibility that one of her precious students tried to kill apanion. Furthermore, they used a cowardly method by aiming at his back when he was at the brink of death. For Aiko, who treasured her students, it was something she couldn¡¯t ept easily. But, she couldn¡¯t deny Hajime¡¯s words without any evidence. Her mind that wanted to believe her students shed with each other.
With her worries deepening, Aiko¡¯s sleepless night increased.
Book 6. Chapter 7
Book 6. Chapter 7
Chapter 7 : Northern Mountain Range Area
Daybreak.
With the waning moonlight, the eastern sky began to lit up. Hajime, Yue, and Shia, these three peoplepleted their travel preparations, and soon they would leave the ¡°Water Fairy Inn.¡± In their hands were packaged riceballs that could be eaten as they move. Even though it was still early in the morning, no one wore unpleasant faces as Foss prepared their breakfast. It was just as expected of a high-ss inn. Its management was admired even by Hajime and his party, as they thanked him without reserve once they received the breakfast.
Within the morning mist, Hajime and his party faced towards Ul¡¯s northern gate. There was a highway that stretched from this ce to the northern mountain range area. It would take at least a full day by horse, but they would arrive in three to four hours using the magic-driven two-wheeler.
It was the fifth day since they had lost contact with Will Kudeta and his party, who had gone to investigate northern mountain range area. Survival was hopeless. Hajime also thought Will and his party¡¯s odds of survival were low, but there was still a chance. Ilwa¡¯s image of Hajime would climb to a pinnacle if he brought him back alive, which was why he began searching as soon as possible. Fortunately, the weather was good. An ideal day to search for someone.
With sounds of activity beginning to resound inside the buildings, they advanced towards the northern gate, and could finally see the gate. He narrowed his eyes because he could sense signs of people near the northern gate. They didn¡¯t move or anything, but only hung around the gate.
What he saw through the morning mist¡ ¡ were Aiko and the six students.
¡°¡ ¡ Although I can guess what you want, let me hear it anyway¡ ¡ What are you doing?¡±
Hajime and his party looked at Aiko and the students with half-opened eyes. For a moment, Aiko twitched from the pressure in the atmosphere, but she still faced Hajime with a firm attitude. After having a discussion, the students; Sonobe Yuka, Sugawara Taeko, Miyazaki Nana, Tamai Atsushi, Aikawa Noboru, and Kawahara Akira, drew near Aiko.
¡°We are also going. You¡¯re searching for missing people, right? It¡¯s better to have more people.¡±
¡°No. I am okay with you going. But, I refuse to go together.¡±
¡°Wh-Why?¡±
¡°Simply because our pace is different. I don¡¯t want to match your slow speed.¡±
If one were to look closely, they would notice that there were several horses readied behind Aiko and the others. For a moment they thought, ¡°Was it because he cannot ride horses?¡±, as they doubted Hajime. Since it was trivial, he just let it go through their heads. No matter whether he could ride it or not, its speed couldn¡¯tpare to the magic-driven two-wheeler, after all. However, the virtual leader of Ai-chan¡¯s royal guard who loved her; Sonobe Yuka, snapped at Hajime¡¯s objection. Apparently, she had forgotten her debt and intimidation from Hajime yesterday because of the strength of her love towards Ai-chan.
¡°Wait, how could you say that? Even if Nagumo doesn¡¯t think well of us, there¡¯s no need to involve Ai-chan sensei.¡±
Because of the incredibly irrelevant objection, Hajime let out, ¡°Haa?¡±, with an amazed expression. Hajime thought it¡¯d be a hassle to exin, so he silently took out the magic-driven two-wheeler from ¡°Treasure Box¡±.
Suddenly, a big bike appeared from the void, Aiko and the students could only let out stupefied looks.
¡°Do you understand now? Yesterday I said that I absolutely don¡¯t care about whatever you guys want to do. That¡¯s why there¡¯s no need to snarl at me. It¡¯s just like I said before, our speed is different.¡±
The magic-driven two-wheeler¡¯s profound form, and maybe because it was an existence that didn¡¯t belong in this different world, made Aiko and the onlooking students speechless. There, the bike-lover in the ss; Aikawa asked Hajime while somewhat excited.
¡°D-Did Nagumo make this just like the gun from yesterday?¡±
¡°Something like that. We are going now, so move aside.¡±
Hajime answered him perfunctorily as he was about to embark, but Aiko kept standing still. Aiko wanted to tag along with Hajime and his party no matter what it took. She had two reasons. One was to search for the truth about what Hajime saidst night. Aiko couldn¡¯t just overlook the words, ¡°A ssmate was trying to kill him¡±, so she wanted find out if it was the truth or just Hajime¡¯s misunderstanding. If it was the truth she wanted to know what Hajime was going to do. She wanted to hear more details from Hajime for the sake of avoiding any idents that might happen in the future. Once the search ended, she didn¡¯t know when she¡¯d be able to meet Hajime and his party again, so she mustn¡¯t miss this chance.
The other reason was, because Shimizu Yukitoshi was currently still missing. Although they had tried to find any scrap of information without leaving even a stone unturned, there were no sightings of him in any of the nearby towns and viges. However, because there was no one living in the northern mountain range area in the first ce, she remembered there was no information gathered there. Even if it was on his own ord or by ident, she naturally never thought he¡¯d enter the northern mountain range area. But with the thought he¡¯d left on his own, she thought of searching for Shimizu¡¯s trail while Hajime and his party looked for the missing people.
By the way, it was partly a coincidence that Sonobe and the other students were here. Aiko had wanted to go to the gate earlier than Hajime, in order to ambush him, so she tried to leave the inn before dawn, only to be seen by Sonobe Yuka who was going to the toilet. Because Aiko equipped herself with travelling gear and tried to leave at such an unreasonable time, Sonobe Yuka of Ai-chan¡¯s bodyguards questioned her without letting her tell a lie. As the result, because they couldn¡¯t just leave Ai-chan to the changed Hajime. Sonobe woke up all of the students and tried to join the search mission. It should be noted that they had left a letter to the Knights, telling them to watch the house, since it seemed like they would only strike up more trouble if they went with Hajime and his party. Though it wasn¡¯t known how they¡¯d react¡
Aiko drew near Hajime and whispered her decision to him. Hajime moved his face close to Aiko¡¯s because he didn¡¯t want the contents and only the contents to be heard by others, but when he looked carefully he noticed she used thick makeup to conceal dark shadows. Surely, she was hardly able to sleep having heard Hajime¡¯s story.
¡°Nagumo-kun, because sensei is a teacher, it¡¯s necessary to hear the details from Nagumo-kun. That¡¯s why, I won¡¯t let you go until you tell me everything, I¡¯ll chase you if you try to run away. For Nagumo-kun, won¡¯t that be troublesome? I don¡¯t care if you tell me while we are travelling or when we are searching, so will you spare some time? If you do that, then it¡¯ll be as Nagumo-kun said, it¡¯ll be good bye after this town¡ ¡ for the time being.¡±
Hajime could see the light of determination in Aiko¡¯s eyes, and he slightly regretted hisst words fromst night resulted in this failure. He understood Aiko¡¯s ability to take action (Although she¡¯s often idle). If he tried to deceive her or run away, she¡¯d likely use the Guard Knights to search for him.
He averted his gaze from Aiko and looked up at the sky, which was bing more and more bright. Without throwing away the possibility of Will¡¯s survival, he regretted time had passed while they argued. Hajime let out a deep sigh. He admitted that he¡¯d just reaped what he¡¯d sown, and faced Aiko again.
¡°Okay. I¡¯ll let you go with us. Even though I say that, I don¡¯t have time to speak with you¡¡±
¡°I don¡¯t care. I only want to hear it from Nagumo-kun¡¯s mouth.¡±
¡°Haa, geez, sensei won¡¯t give up at all. Whatever and wherever, always a teacher, huh.¡±
¡°Of course!¡±
Aiko, ¡°Munh!¡±, stuck out her chest with a joyful look when Hajime gave up. Because it seemed the negotiations had gone well, the students showed relieved looks.
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime, are you going to bring them?¡±
¡°Aa, this person is a ¡°teacher¡± even here. She will notpromise anything regarding her students. If I just leave her, it¡¯ll absolutely be troublesome in the future.¡±
¡°Ho~, she is a good teacher who thinks of her students~¡±
Because Hajime had given up, Yue and Shia were surprised and asked him. Following that, having heard Hajime¡¯s words apanied with a bitter smile, the eyes with which they looked at Aiko, had changed slightly. They were filled with some respect. Even Hajime thought Aiko¡¯s attitude as their ¡°teacher¡±, which couldn¡¯t be shaken at all was not a bad thing. For example, she didn¡¯t find any value in categorizing the ssmates and students, so he thought of her as an adult who should be respected.
¡°But, this bike can only hold three people, right? What should we do?¡±
What Sonobe pointed out was the truth. It was out of the question in regards to time, to match the horses¡¯ speed, and it was impossible to leave Yue or Shia behind to bring Aiko instead. Reluctantly, Hajime put the magic-driven two-wheeler into ¡°Treasure Box¡±, and pulled out the magic-driven four-wheeler in its stead.
Pinpon, Hajime made it vanish and at the same time a big object appeared, probably because they knew he¡¯d used an artifact, Aiko and the students were not surprised at all. Having seen the current Hajime, who on Earth could imagine he was once called ¡°ipetent.¡± Sonobe and the students received the message ¡°Those who are unable to get on will be in the carrier¡±, looked at Hajime who quickly got on the driver¡¯s seat withplicated expressions.
* * *
They moved forward on the road expanding straight into the northern mountain range area using the hummer-like magic-driven four-wheeler. Even though the highway was a bad road, thanks to the suspension and ground transmutation feature it shared with the two-wheeler, most of the impact was nulled. Naturally, the male students, aboard the hard metal luggage carrier attached to the back didn¡¯t seem to be in difort.
By the way, although there was the ¡°Treasure Box¡±, the reason he specifically installed the carrier was because it was a set with the gatling that¡¯d be used while driving, it was his aspiration. A smallmitment from Hajime.
For the seating inside the vehicle, Hajime naturally sat in the driver¡¯s seat, while Aiko sat at his side and Yue was next to her. Aiko sat beside Hajime for the sake of hearing his story. Although Aiko seemed to not have told it to the other students, she wanted to hear about it sooner.
Originally, the seat next to Hajime belonged to Yue, but Yue already knew the contents of the story Hajime would tell, so reluctantly, she gave her seat to Aiko. But, Aiko and Yue were small, so there was still a considerable amount of space in the seat.
In contrast, Shia who was seated in the back seat looked slightly cramped. Shia aside, Sonobe and Sugawara had voluptous bodies, so they took up a lot of space. The slender Miyazaki looked so ufortable.
But, the one who felt the most ufortable was Shia. She had been ced between Sonobe and Sugawara for a while now, and they interrogated her about her rtionship with Hajime. Love between different races in another world was something female high schoolers wouldn¡¯t miss hearing. They were so curious that they repeatedly asked Shia, and the flustered Shia tried her best to answer their questions.
On the other side, Hajime and Aiko¡¯s conversation also reached its climax.
Having heard the situation in detail about that time from Hajime, while she knew the possibility of magic being fired intentionally was high, Aiko was still unable to believe it and was troubled by it. When he heard her, Hajime only snorted as his reply.
For now, he already guessed it was someone like Hiyama, and although Hajime¡¯s guess was closest to the right answer, he only said this was one of the possibilities. After all, Aiko wouldn¡¯t be able to arrive at such a conclusion, and even if the culprit could be specified, how could she restore the mind of someone who attempted murder? How could onepensate for that? She was troubled, with those thoughts on her mind.
She groaned because she was troubled by this, but due to the soft seat and vibrating vehicle inviting her to sleep Aiko started off on her journey to the world of dreams before she was aware of it,zuruzuru, her body slipped until she fell onto Hajime¡¯sp.
Normally, he¡¯d send her flying because it¡¯s a hindrance, but because he felt it awkward to act rude toward Aiko, he hesitated over what to do, then he decided to leave her as is. After all, Hajime¡¯s information was the main cause of Aiko¡¯s sleep deprivation. So if it¡¯s just this, he felt that it couldn¡¯t be helped, as he disyed unusual generosity.
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime is gentle to Aiko.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Well, it is someone I¡¯m indebted to, so something like this is okay.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Fu~n.¡±
¡°Yue?¡±
¡°¡ ¡¡±
¡°Yue-san, please don¡¯t ignore me.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Next, I will also use thep pillow.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Okay.¡±
Even though Aiko was stillp pillowed, Hajime and Yue were able to enter a world of their own. In the back seat, the female high schoolers watched them while going ¡°kya kya,¡± followed by a sulking rabbit-eared girl. From now on, they were entering a dangerous zone where unknown idents might ur but no one thought about it as they made such a noise.
* * *
The northern mountain range area.
Several mountains extended with altitudes ranging from 1000 to 8000 meters. nts and trees were somehow able to grow there. It was a mysterious ce with a scattered environment. The colour would make one remember the mountains of Japan in autumn, and the other area was filled with trees with fresh green leaves, just like in mid-summer, but there were also ces with withered trees in contrast.
Moreover, even if one could see past the mountain range, another mountain range stretched out beyond it. There were more and more of them to the north. Currently four such mountain ranges were confirmed, and beyond that was apletely unknown area. As to how far it went, a certain adventurer aimed to cross the fifth mountain range, however, demonic beasts got stronger and stronger with every passing mountain range, and in the end, there was no sign of sess.
Incidentally, the highest mountain was the ¡°God Mountain¡±. Currently, the ce Hajime and the others had first arrived in when they came into this world was 1,600 kilometers east of the God Mountain. The vivid colors of red and yellow of the fresh leaves on the trees made them easy on the eyes. If a knowledgeable person were to look carefully, he would find spices and edible nts in the area. They were what enriched Ul town, a truly bountiful mountain.
Hajime and the others stopped the four-wheeler at the foot of the mountain, and were charmed by the artistic disy of nature¡¯s magnificent colors for a while. One of the girls let out a ¡°Ho~¡±. Some time ago, Aiko was apologizing while blushing, after making the blunder of sleeping in a student¡¯sp. But having seen the fresh scenery, she seeded in cing the ¡®ck history¡¯ into the far recesses of her mind.
Hajime also wanted to slowly appreciate this, so he put the four-wheeler back into the ¡°Treasure Box¡±, and pulled out certain things in its stead.
Those were, imitation models of birds which spanned 30 cm each, and a ring with a small crystal embedded on it. Each of the models had a gray crystal buried in a part of their heads.
Hajime put on the ring, took out four identical models, and slowly threw them into the air. With that, one would assume they¡¯d fall due to gravity. However, these fake birds were floating in ce. Aiko and the students let out an ¡°Ah¡±.
The four mechanical birds began to turn around on their spots and flew towards the mountain.
¡°Umm, those are¡.¡±
Having seen the model birds flying away without any sound, Aiko represented the other students and inquired something of him.
Hajime answered her with ¡°Unmanned Reconnaissance nes¡±, and just like the vehicles and gun, they were items that were out of ce in this different world..
The imitation model of birds called ¡°Unmanned Reconnaissance nes¡±, were something Hajime made in reference to the remotely operated Golem Knights from Raisen¡¯s Great Dungeon. They were also produced using the materials he got there. Using Creation magic, he granted minerals Gravity magic because he didn¡¯t have the aptitude for using the magic himself, and they became minerals capable of neutralizing gravity as they floated. And thus, gravity stones were created. Furthermore, the induction stones which used to control the Golem Knights were used. In addition, Farsight crystals were also installed in each part of their heads. The mineral used in the eyes of Golem Knights were Farsight stones. Simr to induction stones, it was a mineral capable of reflecting scenes witnessed by other fragments of the crystal, regardless of distance, so long as the same type of magical power was supplied to them. It seemed this was what Miledi used to determine the detailed position of Hajime and his party. Hajime installed the farsight crystal inside his magic eye, and he became capable of seeing scenery the ¡°Unmanned Reconnaissance nes¡± could see.
In the first ce, there¡¯s a limit to the processing performance of a human¡¯s brain, using four simultaneously was the limit, allowing them to move around in the sky. It¡¯s aplete mystery as to how Miledi was able to operate 50 Golems at once.
Tentatively, His brain¡¯s processing performance had been boosted when he awakened the¡±Light Speed¡±, if he only had to control one ne, he could do precise movements. Moreover, when he uses ¡°Light Speed¡±, he could make seven nes do precise movements within a certain time limit.
This time, he took out the Unmanned Reconnaissance nes because being able to search from the air is useful, since the scope of search was too vast. Having watched the Unmanned Reconnaissance nes fly far away, Aiko and the students tried to stop being surprised by Hajime¡¯s actions, however, it was a vow that might never be fulfilled.
Hajime and the others advanced into the mountain using the same path used by the adventurers. The sighting information of demonic beasts were just slightly beyond the other side of mountain path. It¡¯s in the vicinity of the sixth and seventh mountain. Because of that, Will¡¯s party of adventurers should be investigating around those parts. Having thought of this, they quickly advanced through the mountain path at a high pace, after Hajime released the Unmanned Reconnaissance nes in that area.
Hajime and the others reached the sixth mountain in almost an hour, and stopped. The reason was because it was necessary to search for any traces around the area¡
¡°Haa haa, i-is it a break¡ ¡ kehoh, haa haa.¡±
¡°Zee¡ª zee¡ª Are you okay¡ ¡ Ai-chan sensei, zee¡ª zee¡ª¡±
¡°Ueppu, is it okay to rest now? Haa haa, it¡¯s okay, right? I¡¯ll take a break now, kay?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Hyuu¡ª Hyuu.¡±
¡°Geho geho, Nagumo-kun and his party are monsters¡.¡±
Aiko and her students had less physical strength than what he had expected, so it was necessary to take a break. Naturally, Aiko and her students¡¯ statuses were originally several times higher than the average people of this world, so they didn¡¯t get exhausted until they climbed the sixth mountain. It¡¯s just that the movement speed of Hajime and his party was just too fast, that¡¯s why they climbed the mountain using all their might, and when they noticed it, their physical strength was exhausted and their legs became wobbly.
Aiko and her students desperately gasped for breath on all fours, and Hajime nced at them with a somewhat troubled look. In any case, he had decided it was necessary to search the surroundings, as they went to the nearby river to let them rest. He was able to determine the location because of the information from the Unmanned Reconnaissance nes. After stating the location to Aiko and her students, who were still breathing roughly, he and his party advanced towards the river. The probability of Will¡¯s party having rested there was also high.
With Yue and Shia in the lead, they strayed from the mountain path and onto the mountain. Rustle, rustle. The sound of fallen leaves was enjoyable as they continued to walk between the trees, and before long they could hear the sound of a river. It was a sound pleasing to the ears. Shia¡¯s ears swayed happily.
Finally Hajime and his party reached the river. It was at a bigger scalepared to a small river. Shia, who held the highest search ability, observed the surroundings while Hajime once again used the Unmanned Reconnaissance nes to search for any presences, and there was no sign of demonic beasts nearby. They rxed for now. Hajime and the others were sitting on the rock in the riverbank, then they talked about their search ns. Yue took off her shoes and put her feet into the river after saying ¡°Just a little¡±. It was her selfishness to enjoy the moment. Hajime overlooked it because Aiko and her students still hadn¡¯t caught up to them. He¡¯s a man who spoiled Yue. Shia also took this chance.
Having thought of a possibility, they moved upstream along the riverbank. Hajime moved the Unmanned Reconnaissance nes upstream while he looked at Yue, pasha pasha, ying with the river water with her bare feet. Although Shia was also barefooted, she only put them in the water. The feeling of the river flowing seemed to tickle her.
Aiko and her students, who finally regained their breaths, arrived. They stayed in ce as they stared at Hajime and his party. However, the three male students shouted ¡°Is this Heaven?¡±, with sparkling eyes as they saw the barefooted Yue and Shia, while the female students returned to look at them with cold eyes. It made the male students shudder. When they noticed the gazes from Tamai and the others, Yue and Shia got out of the river.
Aiko and her students were diligently replenishing their moisture in the riverbank. Because of the displeasing gazes from Tamai and the male students a while ago, Yue and Shia returned slight res, and the male students trembled as they averted their gazes. Having seen such a spectacle, Aiko and the female students looked at Hajime with warm eyes. Especially Sonobe and the female students. Since they had heard various things from Shia, they wore very annoying expressions.
¡°Fufu, Nagumo-kun truly treasures Yue-san and Shia-san.¡±
Aiko said such things while smiling. Hajime wanted to say something, but stopped and just shrugged his shoulders when he saw the depressed Sonobe and the other male students. Yue was the one who took action in his stead. As if it were the most natural thing in the world, she suddenly sat on Hajime¡¯sp.
¡°¡ Nn.¡±
She was so pleased that she entrusted all of her weight to Hajime. It could also be called her proof of trust. Seeing that, Shia, who looked lonely, embraced Hajime from behind. Aiko¡¯s cheeks immediately blushed because a pink-colored space was generated. Sonobe and the female students were shouting, ¡°Kya¡ª kya¡ª¡±, in excitement. Tamai and the male students ground their teeth.
Hajime being Hajime, without shaking the two off, just averted his gaze. He seemed to be slightly embarrassed. However, Hajime¡¯s expression suddenly sharpened in the next moment.
¡°¡ ¡ That is.¡±
¡°Nn¡ ¡ did you find something?¡±
Having heard Hajime¡¯s muttering while he was looking far into the distance, Yue asked him. Because of his appearance, Aiko and the others blinked their eyes wondering what happened.
¡°On the river¡¯s upstream¡ ¡ is that a shield? Also, there are bags¡ ¡ it looks like they¡¯re still new. It might be a hit. Yue, Shia, let¡¯s go.¡±
¡°Nn¡.¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
Hajime and his party harmoniously stood up and began to prepare for departure. Aiko and the students actually still wanted to rest, and although they knew they were overdoing it, they couldn¡¯t just stand still once they saw that Hajime had found some clues. Theyborously raised their still exhausted waists and once again desperately tried to follow Hajime and his party, who were advancing upstream with blistering speed.
At the location Hajime and his party arrived at, just as he confirmed with the Unmanned Reconnaissance nes, small round shields made of metal and bags were scattered around. However, there were dents on the round shields, and the bags were torn up in the middle with their strings pulled out.
Hajime and his party carefully examined their surroundings. Then they found some nearby trees with their barks peeled off of them They were roughly at the two meters of height. It was apparent that the bark was in such state because something had scratched it off, and at that height, it clearly wasn¡¯t the work of humans. Hajime instructed Shia to use her search ability to the fullest, while also using his own perception skill as they approached the barkless trees.
Advancing ahead, they found signs ofbat one after another. There were trees and branches that were broken in half. There were also nts that had been trampled, and furthermore, there were fragments of des and blood scattered around. Everytime they found such traces, the expressions on Aiko and the students¡¯ faces stiffened. For a while, they chased after the signs ofbat, and Shia suddenly found something shining.
¡°Hajime-san, this, isn¡¯t this a pendant?¡±
¡°Nn? Aa¡ ¡ it¡¯s probably something they left behind. Let me confirm it.¡±
After he washed off the dirt from the pendant he had received from Shia, he noticed it was not just a pendant but also a locket. He removed the sp and saw what was inside, it was a woman¡¯s photograph. Perhaps, she was someone¡¯s lover or wife. Even though it was not a significant clue, it was not an old one but a recent one¡ ¡ it could belong to someone from the adventurers¡¯ party. That¡¯s why it¡¯d be kept for now.
Afterwards, they found more articles of the deceased or so they called them, but they only collected items that would allow one to identify their owners. Having searched around for a while, eventually day turned into night, and the time for them to set up camp was approaching.
Even now, there were no signs of life aside from the wild animals. Although they were cautious because of how Will and his party encountered and were attacked by demonic beasts, there were no sign of demonic beasts in their immediate surroundings. Their current location was between the eighth and ninth mountain. From what was said about crossing the mountains, usually, they would encounter one or two demonic beasts, so Hajime and the others could feel the eeriness of this situation.
After a while, the Unmanned Reconnaissance nes once again found a location with abnormalities. There were leftovers of great destruction 300 meters to the east. Hajime urged everyone to rush to that location.
There was a big river. A small waterfall could be seen upstream, and the volume of water was immense, with a violent current. Originally, it was likely to flow straight towards the foot of the mountain, but currently, there was arge and small river branching along the way. It was as though it was gouged by aser or something, from the nk.
The reason they had such impressions was because the gouged part was a straight line, while the surrounding trees and ground were scorched. Furthermore, as if they had received a big impact, a lot of trees were partly broken and thrown tens of meters to the side. On the riverside, there were big footprints measuring more than 30 centimeters.
¡°It seems the realbat happened here¡ ¡ These footprints were ofrge bipedal demonic beasts¡ ¡ Surely, there were demonic beast called Brutal beyond the second mountain after this. But, the way the ground was gouged¡.¡±
What Hajime described as Brutals were something simr to the Orcs and Ogres in RPG. Although they didn¡¯t have high intelligence, they took action as group. Because they had a weaker version of the peculiar magic; ¡°Vajra¡±, called ¡°Strong Wall,¡± they were recognized as quite powerful enemies. They usually descend into the second mountain of the mountain range, but these demonic beasts never came into towns. In addition, they didn¡¯t have any attacks that could make such river tributaries.
Hajime thought of the Brutal as he observed the footprints, he hesitated whether to go upstream or downstream. Although Will¡¯s party had likely to escaped upstream, he thought it would be hard for them to run upstream after suchbat. He doubted that they would physically and mentally run further from town.
Hajime decided to direct the Unmanned Reconnaissance nes upstream while they head downstream. Even though the Brutals¡¯ footprints were on the riverside, the possibility of Will and his party jumping into the river was high. If so, he thought they¡¯d likely be swept away because of physical exhaustion.
The others also agreed with Hajime¡¯s spections, and descended towards downstream on the riverside.
Afterwards, they encountered a much more splendid waterfallpared to the one from before. Hajime and the others nimbly descended from the cliff on the side of the waterfall andnded on the vicinity of the basin. The refreshing wind peculiar to a waterfall healed their minds and bodies which were exhausted from a day of searching. Then, Hajime felt a reaction from his ¡°Sign Perception.¡±
¡± ! This is¡.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Hajime?¡±
Yue immediately reacted and asked him. For a while, Hajime concentrated while closing his eyes. Following that, while slowly opening his eyes, he let out a surprised voice.
¡°Oi oi, seriously. The Sign Perception picked up something. From the feeling, I can say it¡¯s a human. The location is¡ ¡ in the interior of waterfall¡¯s basin.¡±
¡°You mean there are survivors!¡±
Hajime nodded towards Shia¡¯s words of confirmation. He answered, ¡°Only one person¡±, when Yue asked for the number of people. Aiko and her students were also surprised. It was something natural. Although the odds of survival were not zero, they actually didn¡¯t expect any at all. It was the fifth day since Will¡¯s party had gone missing. It was a miracle for even one of them to remain alive.
¡°Yue, please.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn¡±
While watching the waterfall basin, Hajime called Yue. Yue was able to guess Hajime¡¯s intentions from just those few words, and she shook her right hand as the magic¡¯s trigger.
¡°¡±Wave Castle,¡± ¡°Wind Wall¡±.¡±
Then, the water in the waterfall and its basin began to split in two just like the Red Sea in Moses¡¯ legend. Moreover, the scattered water was perfectly brushed off by the wall of wind. It was the result of water magic making a high-pressure wall of water called ¡°Wave Castle,¡± and wind magic called ¡°Wind Wall.¡±
Without chanting, magic of two different attributes were activated at the same time. Having seen how they were used, Aiko and her students, although they didn¡¯t remember how many times they had done it, dropped their jaws in astonishment. Surely, the Hebrew people also disyed such expressions.
Because her magic power was not infinite, Hajime urged Aiko and the others on, as he led them into the interior of the waterfall basin¡¯s cave. The cave they entered immediately curved upward, and they arrived at quite arge cavity. Water and light poured down from the ceiling, and the fallen water flowed into the water pool below. The reason it didn¡¯t overflow was surely because they continued flowing inside.
They discovered a man lying down in the innermost part of the cave. When they arrived at the man¡¯s side, they confirmed that he was a young man, around 20 years of age. Although he looked like a noble, he currently looked pale and disyed theplexion of a dead person. However, there was norge injury, and because there was food remaining inside his bag, he was simply sleeping. His badplexion was surely rted to how he was the only one here.
Having seen the anxious Aiko, and because Hajime wanted to immediately identify the young man¡¯s identity, he used his artificial arm, while restraining his power to the limit, to flick the sleeping young man¡¯s forehead.
BACHIKONh!!
¡°Guwah!!¡±
He screamed as he woke up, the young man writhed while covering his forehead with both hands. Aiko and her students shuddered because of the powerful and merciless forehead flick. Hajime ignored Aiko and the students, and approached the young man with teary eyes to ask his name.
¡°You, are you Will Kudeta? The third son of Count Kudeta.¡±
¡°Ah, eh, you are, just how on earth did you guys get here¡¡±
Because the young man only blinked as he couldn¡¯t grasp the situation, Hajime once again made a stance to flick his forehead and slowly aimed at it.
¡°Answer my question. I¡¯ll increase the power by 20 percent every time you say something other than the answer.¡±
¡°Eh, eh!?¡±
¡°You, are you Will Kudeta?¡±
¡°Umm, uwah, yes! That¡¯s right! I am Will Kudeta! Yes!¡±
For a moment, when the young man hesitated in answering, Hajime¡¯s eyes gave off a dangerous light, and he immediately thrust out his left hand. The panicked young man immediately announced his name. Apparently, he was truly the person in question. He seemed to have miraculously survived.
¡°I see. I am Hajime. Nagumo Hajime. I havee here on the request of the head of Fhuren¡¯s branch guild, Ilwa Chang. (For my convenience) It¡¯s good that you¡¯re alive.¡±
¡°Ilwa-san!? Is that so. Once again¡ ¡ I am indebted to that person¡ ¡Umm, I am thankful to you. You must be a remarkable person to receive a request directly from Ilwa-san.¡±
Will voiced gratitude with respectful eyes. It seemed he didn¡¯t mind the forehead flick with unbelievable power from a little while ago. If so, he might be an unexpectedly good person. A great difference than a pig from somewhere. After that, having introduced everyone, they heard the story of what happened to Will.
This was the summary.
Five days ago, Will¡¯s party came to the vicinity of the upper part of fifth mountain using the mountain path just like Hajime and the others. Suddenly, they encountered ten Brutals. As expected, they couldn¡¯t win against the number of Brutals they encountered, so Will¡¯s party tried to withdraw. But, the number of attacking Brutals kept increasing, and they were by the river of the sixth mountain when they noticed it. Then, the Brutals encircled them, so for the sake of escaping from the encirclement. Two people; trifling and unimportant soldiers, were sacrificed After that, when they arrived at a big river, despair appeared.
It appeared to be a jet-ck Dragon. As soon as Will¡¯s party came along the river bank, the ck Dragon let out breath, and Will was blown off into the river by the attack. From what he saw while being swept away, one person vanished because of the breath, while the other two were attacked from both sides, by Brutals from the back and the Dragon from the front.
Will fell into the basin of the waterfall after he was swept away as is, he went into the cave he had found by chance, and he seemed to have been hiding here ever since.
Somehow, it sort of resembled what may or may not have happened to a certain someone.
Will, as he told them that, was feeling proud of it, and then suddenly started to sob. It was not something unreasonable, the senior adventurers taught him the know-how for adventurers and took care of him even though one of them wore a displeased face. Without confirming their safety, the pathetic him was only able to tremble in fear and wait for help toe, the him who felt relieved because his rescue came while hispanions were dead, various feelings continuously emerged and his tears overflowed.
¡°I-I am d wost. Wuu, aljo evyone ish ded, I din¡¯t ju anyching. Hikk, fer me chu be d cole curvibor¡ oso, sniff¡ chu fil relif¡ I¡ª!¡±
(I am the worst. Wuu, although everyone is dead, I didn¡¯t do anything. Hikk, for me to be the sole survivor¡ Also, sniff¡ to feel relieved¡ I¡ª!)
Will¡¯s wails echoed inside the cave. No one could say anything to him. Toward the Will who med himself with tears flowing down his face, they didn¡¯t know which words would be good for him. The students looked at Will with sorrowful expressions, while Aiko gently patted Will¡¯s back. Yue was expressionless as usual, while Shia looked troubled.
But, at the moment Will found himself at a loss for words, an unexpected person moved. It was Hajime. Hajime, approached Will and gripped Will¡¯s cor. He used his inhuman strength to hang him mid-air. Following that, towards the Will who was in pain because he couldn¡¯t breathe, Hajime spoke with an unexpectedly permeating voice.
¡°What is wrong with wanting to live? What is wrong with being d because you¡¯re alive? That wish and feeling are something natural and inevitable. Even more so because you¡¯re a human.¡±
¡°B-but¡ ¡ I was¡.¡±
¡°Even so, if you¡¯re worried about those who died¡ ¡ then continue to live. From now on keep living as you struggle, and struggle as if you¡¯re going to die. If you do that, someday¡ ¡ there mighte a day when you understand the reason why you survived today.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Keep living.¡±
Even while crying, Will repeated Hajime¡¯s words in nk surprise. Hajime violently threw Will down, he tsukkomi¡¯ed himself with, ¡°What have I done,¡± his words just now, more than half of them were directed towards himself. Will¡¯s situation was a little simr to his, and for him to belittle his own life was like saying, ¡°It¡¯s wrong for you to survive,¡± towards Hajime, so he was inadvertently angered.
Of course it was just his persecutionplex. More than half of it was said on an outburst of anger, so it wasn¡¯t different from a child¡¯s tantrum. Even though he had seen through various things, Hajime was still a 17 year old boy, and there was still more for him to learn. Hajime knew he had fallen into slight self-loathing. Having seen such a Hajime, Yue came to his side and grasped Hajime¡¯s hand tightly.
¡°¡ ¡ It¡¯s okay, Hajime isn¡¯t wrong.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Yue.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Live to your best. Keep living on. Together with me, right?¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Haha, ah of course. I¡¯ll keep on living no matter what might happen¡ ¡ so, don¡¯t leave me alone.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ Nn.¡±
They left Will who was still talking to himself, then Hajime and Yue created a world with just the two of them. He couldn¡¯t match Yue, and Hajime gently stroked Yue¡¯s cheek, while Yue was also being spoiled and let his hand stroke her cheek. Not understanding what happened to cause such a development, Aiko and her students could only blink, while Shia watched Hajime and Yue with half-opened eyes.
The chaotic situation continued for a while (thanks to Hajime¡¯s recklessness), and somehow everyone managed to regain their senses. The party then decided to immediately descend the mountain. There was still more than an hour before sunset, so if they hurried, they would likely reach the foot of the mountain by the time the sun set.
Although they were concerned about the Brutals and the jet-ck Dragon, those were outside Hajime and his party¡¯s mission. It was unthinkable to continue the investigation while having to protect those with lowbat potential. Will also understood that he would just be a hindrance, so he understood that they must withdraw. Although the students insisted on continuing the investigation because of their slight sense of justice that came from the troubled townspeople, Aiko stubbornly refused to investigate because of the great danger the ck Dragon and Brutals posed. In the end, they descended the mountain.
However, nothing proceeds smoothly. Once again, they were passionately weed when the party got out of the waterfall basin with Yue¡¯s magic.
¡°GUuRURURURU.¡±
Letting out a low groan, with its whole body covered in jet-ck scales, its golden eyes red at them in mid-air while fluttering its wings¡ ¡ it was the ¡°Dragon.¡±
Book 6. Chapter 8
Book 6. Chapter 8
Chapter 8 : ck Dragon Subjugation?
The dragon¡¯s length was at least seven meters. With its whole body covered in jet-ck scales, there were five sharp ws on each of its long forelegs. Big wings grew from its back which were slightly shining as they were d with magic power. Every time it pped the wings an unbelievable gust of wind appeared, even after taking the size of it¡¯s wings into ount. However, its most impressive feature was its golden eyes that floated in the night like moons. Its eyes that closed vertically like a reptile¡¯s, were dangerously narrowed as they released beautiful light.
The golden eyes were ring at Hajime and the others from the air. A low groan was leaked from the ck Dragon¡¯s throat. Its overwhelming power couldn¡¯t bepared to the Hyveria he saw at the bottom of Raisen Grand Canyon¡¯s ravine. Although Hyverias themselves were generally recognized as troublesome, high level demonic beasts, whenpared to the ck Dragon before them, it was as if they were small birds. Its majestic appearance made it suited as the king of the sky.
Just like a frog being stared at by a snake, Aiko and the others stiffened. Will was especially pale faced andgatagata, trembled as if he would copse at any moment. Inside his mind, he might be having shback from when he was attacked.
Hajime had already seen the w marks from the ck Dragon¡¯s attack that created branches off the river. He thought it must be a very strong demonic beast, but feeling the magic power and pressure from the ck Dragon in front of his eyes, he revised that it was three times of what he had imagine. Remembering the demonic beasts in the Abyss, it was not as strong as the Hydra, but he could feel that it had the same power as ss of demonic beasts from 90th floor.
The ck Dragon confirmed Will¡¯s appearance and girori, sharpened its re. Following that, in front of the stiffened humans, it slowly lifted its head and concentrated its magic inside the opened jaws where sharp fangs lined up.
KYUuWAaAAA!!
A mysterious timbre began to dye the sunset and reverberated throughout the mountains. Inside Hajime¡¯s mind, he remembered the Breath attack that erased the adventurers on the river.
¡°Kh! Evacuate!¡±
Having issued the warning, Hajime immediately leaped away from his location to evacuate. Yue and Shia followed after him. However, some people were unable to react to his warning, no, in this case it could be said most of them.
Aiko, the students, and even Will were stiffened and didn¡¯t move from their spots. Aiko and the students¡¯ bodies were unable to keep up with such a sudden event, while Will was bound by fear that made him unable to even avert his gaze.
¡°Tch!!¡±
¡°Hajime!¡±
¡°Hajime-san!¡±
Hajime issued an order to Yue and Shia using ¡°Telepathy,¡± then he suddenly returned to his previous location using ¡°Ground Shrinker¡± and stood between Aiko¡¯s party and the dragon. Normally, he¡¯d just leave. He didn¡¯t feel bad about abandoning Aiko, rather, he didn¡¯t understand why she came here to search for Will who miraculously survived. But, his ¡°job¡± was to bring him back if he was alive. That¡¯s why Hajime couldn¡¯t abandon him.
Hajime took out a two meters, coffin-like,rge shield from the ¡°Treasure Box¡± into the empty space, he thrust his left arm and linked it to the shield. As he poured his magic power, on the lower part of the shield gashun!, a stake appeared. Following that, it mightily pierced the ground.
Immediately, a straight, ck,ser-like Breath fired from the dragon. The Breath didn¡¯t let out any sound and immediately reached Hajime¡¯srge shield. The impact apanied by a tremendous roar and the heatwave released melted the ground around therge shield.
¡°Guu! Ooooo!!¡±
Hajime let out a roar filled with spirit as he resisted the Breath¡¯s pressure. Before one was aware, Hajime¡¯s body and therge shield let out bright red light. It came from Hajime¡¯s ¡°Vajra.¡± However, the Breath seemed to carry greater power, so after he resisted it for a while, his defense was prated as therge shield received a direct hit.
Even so, therge shield still endured the Breath. Power that prated Hajime¡¯s ¡°Vajra¡± and heat gradually melted its surface, and it¡¯d fall apart at any time, but Hajime used ¡°Transmutation¡± to restore it. He wouldn¡¯t let any more breakthrough than this.
The stake that prated the ground to fix his location was defeated by the pressure, as he gradually pushed back. Hajime transmuted his soles into spikes, and once again, Hajime used Vajra to resist the Breath. Therge shield was connected to his outstretched left arm, and he also affixed his right arm to it.
Therge shield Hajime took out was using Taur ore as its main material while Star ore was ced in-between and the exterior was coated with Azanthium. Because Hajime was a Transmutation Master, even with an attack that exceed Azanthium¡¯s durability, it¡¯s possible to restore it if it could endure even for a few seconds. Even if that was prated, the Star ore in the secondyer had a nature to strengthened if supplied with magic power, and Hajime¡¯s magic power wouldn¡¯t allow anymore pration.
That¡¯s why, the Breath that could exceed Azanthium wouldn¡¯t be able to destroy therge shield. However, it couldn¡¯t be said that power wouldn¡¯t be able to blown therge shield¡¯s user away. In fact, Hajime who possessed inhuman power was gradually pushed back. On the ground were the gouged out marks from therge shield¡¯s stake that pierced it and Hajime¡¯s feet.
If this keep up, Hajime who equipped withrge shield and ¡°Vajra,¡± along with his inhuman endurance wouldn¡¯t receive considerable damage. But if Hajime lost the shield, Aiko and the others would fall prey to the breath, and disappear from this world without even leaving a speck of dust behind.
When Hajime became somewhat impatient, an unexpectedly soft feeling was transmitted to his back. As he stole a nce over his shoulder, somehow, Aiko had jumped towards his back and supported him desperately. Apparently, while Hajime was resisting the Breath, she regained her senses and jumped to support Hajime who was gradually being pushed back. Having seen that, the students and Will also jumped to support Hajime, in panic.
The Breath continued even now. The surrounding water in the river was evaporated by the heatwave, the soil and stones on the riverbank were blown away by the impact and in awful state. From the time he received the direct hit from the Breath, a little time had passed. Hajime felt it had happen for an eternity, but actually no longer than ten seconds had passed. While he grit his teeth and thought about it, finally, he heard the long-awaited voice.
¡°¡±Cursed Sky¡±.¡±
At the moment the magic¡¯s name was announced, a ck, swirling orb of four meters in diameter appeared above the ck Dragon. The deep darkness that could suck in anyone who saw it, immediately fell and crushed the ck Dragon into the ground.
¡°GuuRUaAAA!?¡±
A roar came as the ck Dragon sprawled on the ground, and its Breath was interrupted when it raised a scream from the impact. However, the swirling orb, as if saying that¡¯s not enough, didn¡¯t disappear and exerted extreme pressure on the ck Dragon, sinking it into the ground.
¡°Cursed Sky¡±
It was Yue¡¯s Gravity magic. By creating a swirling gravity ball, it crushed its target using supergravity that was proportional to the amount of consumed magic power. It was a convenient magic that could change its direction using the gravitational force.
The Gravity magic didn¡¯t consume much magic power if targeted towards the caster itself. However, if the gravity ball was used to attack things, space, and other people, just like what happened just now, it consumed huge amount of magic power and Yue at the least need ten seconds to prepare it. Because Yue herself still hadn¡¯tpletely master this magic, the invocation time and magic consumption could still be much more efficient by training.
The sky king was crucified on the ground, it painfully braced its limbs to somehow escape from the pressuring attack. But, immediately following that were the rabbit ears that came fluttering from the sky and Shia was shouting, ¡°Stop~!¡±, as she fell together with Doryukken. Holding the sledgehammer which was further elerated by outburst, she used the high-stance aimed at the ck Dragon¡¯s head.
DOoGAaAAA!!!
The impact was iparable to any impact that had happened before. At the moment of impact, the ground burst and flew radially, apanied by a thundering sound, it created a crater that looked like a result of a bombing. That was thanks to Doryukken¡¯s remodelling by Hajime. Gravity magic was granted to thepressed Azhantium that was the main material. However, it was not the one that ¡°neutralized¡± like the ones in the unmanned reconnaissance nes, but the opposite where the ore could ¡°increase its weight.¡± The weight increased ording to the amount of magic power supplied. The current Doryukken was just like *****ton Hammer!, just like the one inside the manga.
Furthermore, those who received the ultra-heavy blow wouldn¡¯t be able to escape from serious damage. That¡¯s right, if it was directly hit¡.
¡°Guruaaa!!¡±
Together with the ck Dragon¡¯s roar, a me bullet approached Yue at tremendous speed from inside the dust that scattered by Doryukken. Yue immediately did an emergency evasion by ¡°falling¡± to the right. However, the gravity ball magic was canceled instead.
The dust was cleared up as the after-effect of the previous me bullet, and there was the ck Dragon who managed to evade Doryukken which sunk to the ground by a paper-thin margin. At the moment of impact, it seemed to somehow evade using the peculiar strength of a dragon. Having its restraints removed, the ck Dragon did one rotation in high-speed as if trying to dispel its grudge and itsrge mass of a tail hit Shia who was just pulling out Doryukken.
¡°Agh!!¡±
By a hair¡¯s breadth, Shia used Doryukken as a shield and jumped back to kill the impact, because she was greatly blown away at the same time, she disappeared into the trees.
The ck Dragon used the momentum from the rotation and recovered its posture, and its golden eyes were ring at Hajime¡ ¡ not, just passed towards Will behind him. Hajime immediately put therge shield back into ¡°Treasure Box,¡± then pulled out Donner-Scg and fired them. Many roars resounded, apanied by shes that cut through the sky and attacked the ck Dragon. Without being able to evade, the ck Dragon received direct hits from the storm of destruction, blown away from its spot, and thrown into the river with a tremor, creating a magnificent sprays.
Because Hajime thought it¡¯d be bad for Will to be in its line of fire, he charged at the ck Dragon. Using gunspin in mid-air to reload Donner-Scg in his hands, he repeatedly fired in session just like before. However, the ck Dragon got up apanied with roar that scattered the river¡¯s water, somehow, it ignored Hajime and fired a me bullet that was aimed at Will.
¡°Kh!¡±
Because it aimed at Willl, Hajime dared to approach it and tried to attack furiously to gain its attention. But, the ck Dragon acted as if it didn¡¯t even care if Hajime was there, continue to target Will.
¡°Yue!¡±
¡°Nh ¡°Wave Castle¡±.¡±
¡°Hih!¡±, was the miserable scream that came from the cowering Will, and in front of him was high-density wall of water. The me bullet was obstructed by the rampart-like wall of water created by Yue and disappeared. And, at that time, the students finally regained their senses from this raging development and began to chant their magic. They were trying to support the party. Quickly, fire bullets and wind des rushed towards the ck Dragon as they created archs.
However¡.
¡°GOoAAA!!¡±
The impact from the dragon¡¯s roar dispersed the attacks. Moreover, having heard the tremendous roar and stared by the golden eyes, Will let out simr ¡°Hih,¡± scream as he backed away and fell on his butt, reaching the female students¡¯ spot.
Hajime, whopletely judged her to be outside of thebat assets, shouted at Aiko to escape. Aiko was hesitating. Hajime was also Aiko¡¯s student after all, so to left him in front of this powerful demonic beast made her hesitate as a teacher.
At that time, the ck Dragon began to p its wings and flew into the sky while blowing the surroundings river water away. In addition, it rapidly shot me bullets at Will.
Although Hajime had fired the railguns in quick session, he couldn¡¯t get its attention at all. The ck Dragon¡¯s scales, simr to scorpion-like thing that boasted its hardness in the past, was only slightly scratched even after receiving direct hits from the railguns.
The ck Dragon stubbornly targeted Will. It was as if it was being manipted by something. It faithfully obeyed the order like a robot. It kept trying to kill Will even after being restrained by gravity before, it seemed to think nothing of those who tried to obstruct it.
Although Hajime didn¡¯t understand why it obstinately targeted Will, it was a convenient thing, since its target was already decided, so he gave out an instruction to Yue.
¡°Yue! Protect Will! I¡¯ll defeat this guy!¡±
¡°Nh, leave it to me!¡±
Hearing Hajime¡¯s instruction, Yue immediately ¡°fell¡± towards Will, and stood in front of him. When she snuck a look at her back, irritation surfaced when she saw Aiko and the students who couldn¡¯t move well in this situation and she muttered in displeasure.
¡°¡ ¡ If you don¡¯t want to die, hide behind me.¡±
The students were trivials, but regarding Aiko, Hajime was at least concerned about her, so she let out those words to not let her die. Incidentally, she had already forgotten how Aiko became a hindrance to them.
The students moved closer to Yue without particrly reacting to Yue¡¯s cold words. They realized by Yue¡¯s side was the safest ce, thanks to the rampart of ice that chantlessly constructed using the surrounding moisture.
Normally, they¡¯d have the ability to fight some more. But, no matter even if they knew Hajime was alive, the day they were almost killed by the Behemoth and Traum Soldiers as well as how Hajime fell to his ¡°death¡± into the abyss still traumatized their minds. They followed Aiko because even if they couldn¡¯t join the hero group in the dungeon, they couldn¡¯t just half ass things.Even so, their magic was ineffective against the ck Dragon, coupled with the roar filled with killing intent, made their heartpletely withered. Their mental state waspletely unsuited forbat.
Because Yue was there, Hajime was assured of Will¡¯s safety, and concentrated on attacking. The flying ck Dragon was concentrating on destroying Yue¡¯s defensive wall, as it targeting Will on the other side of the wall, even now. However, me bullets were incapable of prating the wall, then it raised its head in an arch again as it realized it. It began to focus magic power inside its mouth.
¡°Hah, it¡¯s the first time I¡¯ve been ignored this far¡ ¡ that¡¯s why, I¡¯ll do anything to make you not ignoring me!¡±
As Hajime put back Donner into its holster, he took out Scgen from the ¡°Treasure Box.¡± Immediately after he activated ¡°Lightning-d,¡± the three meters weapon with an atrocious form let out bright red sparks. As expected, the ck Dragon realized Hajime¡¯s next move was a dangerous one, and it turned its mouth, aiming at Hajime. It was just like Hajime had predicted: it couldn¡¯t ignore him.
At the same time the ck Dragon fired the death spreading Breath, Hajime¡¯s Scgen finished the loading and fired.
They let out the same extreme sh. They became a storm of death. ck and red aurora were shing against each other. At the moment of collision, a terrific shock wave was generated and the surrounding trees were blown away. Just by power alone, they were probably equal. However, the two auroras clearly divided between the victor and the loser from their nature. Although the Breath continued to let out an excellent aurora, Scgen was specialized in prating through a single point. Therefore, the Breath was inevitably broken through, and that power reached the ck Dragon.
The head of the ck Dragon which fired the Breath suddenly curved upward. The full-metal jacket made out of star ore prated the Breath and hit the dragon¡¯s opened mouth. However, the wound was far from a mortal one. With the bending of the Breath¡¯s trajectory and power, several of its sharp fangs evaporated and as it nearly passed through the side of its head, it stopped before one of its wings on its back was blown off.
¡°GURUaAAA!!¡±
The ck Dragon fell as it spun towards the ground and let out a pained scream. Hajime was fortunately able to evade the Breath using ¡°Aerodynamic,¡± and while he was upside down in mid-air he used ¡°Aerodynamic¡±¡®s ¡°Ground Shrinker.¡± As he dived at high-speed, he used ¡°Grand Leg¡± to attack the ck Dragon¡¯s abdomen.
ZUDONh!The lower abdomen let out a roaring sound from the impact, and the ck Dragon¡¯s body folded. The ground was radially cracked by the impact. It couldn¡¯t be said that the damage was considerable even though the ck Dragon let out a scream. Its armor was capable of enduring the Railguns after all. However, having assumed that, Hajime attacked further as he greatly held out the artificial left arm.KIiIIIII!!!Machine-like sounds came from the artificial arm. The ¡°Oscition Smash¡± he used before fell down.
It was Hajime¡¯s fist of destruction that was thrust in high speed and was capable of pulverizing arge boulder in a single blow, and it mercilessly attacked the ck Dragon¡¯s abdomen.
DOoGUuUU!!
Along with the muffled sound, the scales on the abdomen were cracked. With the purpose of transmitting the impact, its insides received considerable damage from this attack, and the ck Dragon raised a pained voice again as it vomitedrge amounts of blood from its mouth. Maybe because it thought it¡¯d be dangerous if this kept up, the ck Dragon poured its magic power in one of its wings and a windstorm appeared, then it tried to forcefully regain its posture. Once again, Hajime used ¡°Aerodynamic¡± to evade. He didn¡¯t forget to leave a parting gift.
At the moment the ck Dragon turned its golden eyes towards Hajime who escaped into the air, a big explosion urred under its abdomen. The dragon¡¯s gigantic figure flew two meters from the surface from the impact. Hajime¡¯s parting gift was a ¡°Grenade.¡±
¡°KUuWAaAA!!¡±
Receiving an impact at the same ce as before, it couldn¡¯t be helped that it was unable to raise a scream and only let out a muffled groan. With its head drooped to endure it, blood was flowing from the ck Dragon¡¯s mouth. Somehow, its groan weakened.
Maybe because the ck Dragon recognized Hajime as a threat, it looked away from Will towards Hajime and rapid-fired me bullets from its mouth. The me bullets flew through the air as if they were anti-aircraft fire. However, none of the fire hit Hajime. Hajime was using ¡°Aerodynamic¡± and ¡°Ground Shrinker¡± simultaneously to freely run in the sky, leaving after-images, Hajime knocked down the ck Dragon using Hit & Away tactic.
He fired Donner-Scg from medium range at nasty ces such as the ws, gums, eyes, tail¡¯s base, and butt. In the next moment, he drew closer and used thebo of ¡°Oscition Smash¡± from the shotshell outburst + ¡°Grand Arm¡± to hit the head and nk.
¡°KURUu, GUWANN!¡±
Somewhat, no, the ck Dragon certainly began to give out a weeping voice. With its scales cracked all over the ce, arge amount of blood dripped from its mouth.
¡°Incredible¡.¡±
Having watched Hajime¡¯s fight, Tamai Atsushi spontaneously muttered that from the safety area behind Yue. Without having to say it, the other students and Aiko were silently agreeing as they nodded, and they were unable to look away from the overwhelming fight. As for Will, he intensely watched Hajime with sparkling eyes as if he didn¡¯t remember he was trembling in front of the ck Dragon before.
By the way, unbeknownst to them Shia had returned and tried to enterbat, only to be stopped by Yue who had guessed Hajime¡¯s intentions. Currently, she watched him together with Yue by her side. Having been blown away at the beginning, she actually felt somewhat depressed.
Hajime didn¡¯t immediately pull out Scgen, Orkan, and the others because he thought it was a good chance to show off his fighting prowess to Aiko and the students. Although the ck Dragon was certainly sturdy and the power of one of its attacks was to be feared, it¡¯s easier to attack its huge body if one fought calmly, and its attacks were monotonous. So, it was possible for him to put into practice ¡°no matter what, it won¡¯t hit,¡± after all it was an opponent Hajime could go easy on. Because he¡¯d separate from Aiko and the students, to put a hard-line so the Church and Kingdom wouldn¡¯t be rxed when the heroes received the information from Aiko, he thought of showing off his true power to them.
Because of that, although Hajimepletely knocked down the pitiful ck Dragon, he held gratitude towards it in his mind. Even though there were cracks all over the ce, none of the scales werepletely crushed in the least. Truly significant durability. Because he remembered the scorpion-like thing, to be sure of it, he used ¡°Mineral Appraisal¡± on the scales and because there was no reaction, it seemed it was a mineral that couldn¡¯t be transmutated.
Slowly, because he thought it was enough to make them understand his true strength, it was about time for the finishing blow. He slipped onto the ck Dragon¡¯s chest in an instant, and kicked with ¡°Grand Leg¡± to roll him back towards its abdomen. Following that, he pulled out the Pile Bunker from the ¡°Treasure Box¡± on the ck Dragon¡¯s abdomen.
From the direction of Will and the others, he could hear a mor but decided to ignore it. The anchors fired, and the arms fixed its location on the ck Dragon. Following that, he released ¡°Lightning-d.¡± The reason he chose the Pile Bunker was because he couldn¡¯t pull out all of its power inside the Raisen Great Dungeon, so he wanted to do an actualbat test.
The stake which coated in Azanthium started to rotate intensely inside, and the Pile Bunker let out bright red sparks. If this kept up, the four ton stake would mercilessly end the ck Dragon¡¯s life.
However, just like the proverb ¡°a cornered rat will bite the cat,¡± a wounded beast was something one should be cautious of. It was the same as the ck Dragon.
¡°GUuGAaAAAA!!!¡±
Along with the ck Dragon¡¯s roar, a violent st was generated towards all directions. It was an explosion made of pure magic power. In addition, using a moment to strengthen its body to the limit and the explosive power from its muscles, the anchors that pierced the ground to fix the Pile Bunker were raised and at the same time it pried open the arms with its muscles. Following that, it turned around in an instant to shake Hajime off.
¡°Uoh!?¡±
Hajime instinctively stepped back. The heavy Pile Bunker was, the Pile Bunker that was on the verge of firing was turned to target the sky, and the stake that was elerated to its maxunched into the sky. A straight line that made ones narrow their eyes ascended through the sky, and Hajime who put the Pile Bunker into the ¡°Treasure Box¡± confirmed the ck Dragon used itsst struggle to move towards Will.
¡°Tch, Shia!¡± ¡°Y-Yes¡±
As he clicked his tongue towards this blunder, Hajime called Shia. Shia, having realized his intentions, jumped towards the sky using the rampart of ice, and let out a yell so she wouldn¡¯t be blown away this time. With the free fall and the outburst from the shotshell, she fell towards the ck Dragon just like a meteor.
If it was the normal ck Dragon, it¡¯d be able to avoid it, but the ck Dragon that was literally in itsst struggle didn¡¯t have room for that, it was unable to avoid the hammer. Shia, who held the ultra-heavy Doryukken in a high-stance, further poured her magic power to explosively increase its weight. Subsequently, it directly hit the crown of the ck Dragon¡¯s head without missing an inch as it let out a thundering sound.
The ck Dragon¡¯s head sank to the ground, and its lower body floated as it stood on its hands because it was in the middle of a charge. After a moment of stillness, it finally fell down and made the earth tremor.
Shia, who pulled out Doryukken from the ck Dragon¡¯s head that was on the ground, was surprised by what she saw. It was something natural. Although the ck Dragon¡¯s head was smashed and considerably cracked, it wasn¡¯tpletely broken. It was truly dreadful durability.
Hajime came towards the ck Dragon from behind. Also, the stakeunched from the Pile Bunker pierced the ground between Hajime and the ck Dragon. Hajime knew the sprawled dragon wasn¡¯t dead by percepting its presence, next, he suddenly recalled the talk with Mottou about the Ryujin race from before. The one about ¡°kicking a dragon¡¯s ass.¡±
Hajime pulled out the stake that pierced the ground using ¡°Grand Arm¡± and carried it on his shoulder as he positioned himself before the base of the ck Dragon¡¯s tail. Following that, he made a stance just like a javelin thrower. Naturally, in his hand was the Pile Bunker¡¯s stake.
Everyone there was able to guess what Hajime was going to do, and their cheeks convulsed. Even though the scales were troublesome, it shouldn¡¯t be a good thing to thrust it there(¡¤¡¤). Even though Yue, Shia, and the others floated expressions of horror towards Hajime¡¯s mercilessness, Hajime only thought of that as blowing wind.
And finally, Hajime¡¯s Pile Bunker mightily pierced the ck Dragon¡¯s ¡°bleep¡± and zuburi sound resounded. At that moment,
¡°Ah¡ª ¡ª ¡ª nanojyaaaaa ¡ª ¡ª ¡ª !!!¡±
With its eyes immediately opened wide, the ck Dragon let out a heartbreaking scream as it woke up. In truth, having thrust half of the stake and using his fist to make it pierce further, as expected, even Hajime was surprised by the scream that obviously came from the ck Dragon, and he inadvertently removed his sped fist.
¡°Ass is~, this one¡¯s ass is~¡±
Because of the ck Dragon¡¯s grieving, painful, and somewhat excited tone, everyone let out a ¡°What the heck is this!?¡± in amazement as they stared at the ck Dragon while stunned.
Apparently, it didn¡¯t end as just a normal dragon subjugation.
Book 6. Chapter 9
Book 6. Chapter 9
Chapter 9 : Tio rce
¡°I-it¡¯s pulling~, it¡¯s pulling out this one¡¯s ass~¡±
On the mountain side of the northern mountain range, where trees were mowed down and the dried up river was in ruins, a truly miserable voice rang out. It was a woman¡¯s voice. A voice that was not spoken, but rang out just like a wide area version of telepathy. Because a dragon¡¯s vocal chords and mouth were incapable of speaking human words, it definitely used a method to transmit words through air vibrations.
However, it was impossible for demonic beasts to speak in human words in the first ce. Currently, the only confirmed case was the human-faced fish from somewhere. Even among the general poption, there shouldn¡¯t be an existence such as a demonic beast capable of understanding humannguage. Furthermore, the existence of the ck Dragon right before their eyes was strange in and of itself. It was the first thing to ever endure so many shots of Hajime¡¯s railguns excluding the ones in Great Dungeons. Moreover, although there were powerful demonic beasts that could fire such Breath, they shouldn¡¯t exist around this ce. If they lived here, then the danger should already be widely known.
Therefore, he deduced two possibilities as to why it¡¯s here. First: it was possible this ck Dragon came from further than the fifth mountain range, apletely unknown demonic beast. Following that, the other one was¡.
¡°You¡ ¡ don¡¯t tell me, are you from the Ryuujin race?¡±
¡°Mu? Indeed. This one came from the prideful Ryuujin race. Isn¡¯t that great? Isn¡¯t that amazing? That¡¯s why, although this one wants to pull it out of this one¡¯s ass¡ ¡ this one¡¯s magic power is about to be cut off. If this one returns to original form in this situation¡ ¡ it¡¯ll be awful¡ ¡ this one¡¯s ass will.¡±
Hajime thought it couldn¡¯t be possible, but the ck Dragon replied, saying he was correct. Hajime was surprised in the ¡°edge¡± of his mind. Just how many times since heing to this world did he meet ¡°rare existences.¡± Yue was from the Vampire race that should have been annihted in the wars 300 years ago. Shia was the current generation¡¯s atavism, and right before his eyes was the ck Dragon who came from the Ryuujin race, which was believed to have been annihted more than 500 years ago.
¡°¡ ¡ Why are you in this ce?¡±
While Hajime was still surprised, Yue continued to ask the ck Dragon. The Ryuujin race was a legend even for Yue. She was interested in whether or not it was the only living one of its race, just like her. The light of curiosity dwelled in her eyes.
¡°Well, more importantly, the ass¡ ¡ the amount of magic power remaining is about¡ ¡ eh, ah, please stop! Poking it is not good! The stimtion¡ª! The stimtion¡ª~!¡±
Because the ck Dragon ignored Yue¡¯s question, speaking with a delinquent-like attitude, Hajime said, ¡°You dare to ignore Yue¡¯s question, Aa?,¡± while using his fist to drive in the stake sprouting from the ck Dragon¡¯s butt. With the shock directly spreading inside its body, the ck Dragon let out a scream as it writhed. Its dignified appearance as if it was a death god when they first met was just like an illusion because not even a bit of that remained.
¡°Just why would the should be perished Ryuujin race be here, attacking mere adventurers¡ ¡ I also want to hear about that. Normally, I¡¯d just pierce your ass as is, but I¡¯ll dy that to hear your story. Well then, tell me briefly.¡±
Hajime thought the actions of this legendary Ryuujin race were too unnatural. Normally he¡¯d be merciless, but he slightly dyed that as he urged it to speak. And he continued to grind the stake with his hand.
¡°Ah, kuh, stop grinding it~ nanojya~. I-I¡¯ll tell you!¡±
Hajime¡¯s action astonished the surrounding others, but Hajime didn¡¯t mind them. Because it couldn¡¯t talk if he kept it up, Hajime stopped the grinding. However, his hand was still affixed to the stake. The ck Dragon was relieved when the grinding stopped as it let out a sigh. Following that, it began to talk about its circumstances in a somewhat hurried tone. The captivated tone must be just their imagination.
¡°This one was being manipted by someone. This one didn¡¯t have any intention to attack thou. The temporary master ordered this one to find the young man over there and hispanion and kill them.¡±
The ck Dragon turned its gaze towards Will. Will was twitching for a moment and his body trembled, then he firmly returned the ck Dragon¡¯s gaze. Having seen Hajime¡¯s fight, he must have settled something.
¡°What do you mean?¡±
¡°Umu, this one will talk in order. This one¡.¡±
When the ck Dragon¡¯s talk was summarized, it became something like this.
It seemed this ck Dragon went out of the Ryuujin race¡¯s hidden town for a certain purpose. Its purpose was to investigate the visitors from another world. Although the details were omitted, there was a person with high magic perception inside the Ryuujin race, and it seemed that person perceived a huge magic discharge and some things arrived to this world several months ago.
Although the Ryuujin race had aw which prevented from involving themselves on the surface stage, but just as expected, to leave the the matter of unknown visitors as an unknown was something that¡¯d be dangerous, even for them. After some discussion, they decided to start the investigation.
The ck Dragon before them left the hidden town with the purpose of investigation. Normally, it¡¯d turn into human form after passing the mountain range, then it¡¯d work hard in secretly gathering information, but it thought to rest a little before that, and it seemed to have taken a rest in the vicinity of first and second mountain range. Naturally, it used the Ryuujin race¡¯s peculiar magic; ¡°Dragon Form¡± and turned into the ck Dragon because there were demonic beasts in the surroundings.
And then a manpletely covered in ck robe from head to toe appeared in front of the sleeping ck Dragon. That man gradually gnawed on the thoughts and mind of the sleeping ck Dragon using the using a variety of brainwashing and suggestion magic from the dark magic system.
Naturally, if that happened it¡¯d usually counterattack. But the Ryuujin race had a bad habit. That¡¯s right, it was the one that became the origin of that proverb. Ryuujin race that entered deep sleep in dragon form wouldn¡¯t be easily awaken. However, it was as long as no one kicked its ass. Even so, Ryuujin race boasted the toughness of their willpower, so it shouldn¡¯t be easy to manipte it.
Then, for how it was able to be perfectly manipted. That was¡.
¡°That man is frightening. His aptitude in dark magic can be called the level of a genius. That man continuously used magic for one full day. So no matter how strong this one is, this one couldn¡¯t endured it after all¡.¡±
It¡¯s the greatest mistake of this one¡¯s life!, was the feeling that came from the ck Dragon¡¯s sorrowful voice. However, Hajime just tsukkomi¡¯ed that with cold eyes.
¡°In other words, havinge here to investigate, how can you not notice magic being used for a full day, just because you¡¯re fast asleep?¡±
Everyone¡¯s eyes look somewhat foolish. The ck Dragon turned its gaze towards the day after tomorrow, and it continued its story as if nothing happened. By the way, the reason it knew it took a full day was because it was still conscious even after thepletion of brainwashing, and heard the culprit grumbling, ¡°For it to take one full day¡.¡±.
Afterwards, obeying the robed man, it helped brainwash the demonic beasts in the second mountain range. Then, on a certain day, the Brutal army was moved to the first mountain range, and they encountered Will¡¯s party who were undertaking the investigation request. Having received the order to kill any witnesses, it chased after them. This one alone reported to the robed man. For some reason, it seemed it¡¯d be bad if the fact he had brainwashed a lot of demonic beasts was revealed, so he ordered the ck Dragon to do aplete search.
Then, by the time it¡¯d noticed it, it was already knocked down by Hajime, and panicked because she¡¯d be dead if this kept up. That¡¯s why it exploded its magic power.
Following that, at the time it was going to do suicide attack ording to instructions ingrained in its brainwashed brain. Its consciousness was blown away after Shia¡¯s attack. In the next moment, its mind immediately woke up from an indescribable stimtion and impact to its ass. It didn¡¯t know whether it was the blow to its head or its ass that made it regain its senses.
¡°¡ ¡ Stop ying around.¡±
Towards the ck Dragon who finished its story came a shaking voice that was desperately trying to suppress its fury. Everyone turned their nces towards that person. With his fists clenched, Will¡¯s aimed his anger filled eyes towards the ck Dragon.
¡°¡ ¡ Just because you were manipted¡ ¡ Gale-san was¡ª, Navarre-san was¡ª, Lento-san was¡ª, Waslee-san was¡ª, Kurt-san was¡ª! Killed but that couldn¡¯t be helped you say!¡±
Apparently, he was angry because he understood why the adventurers were killed. He raised a voice filled with fury towards the ck Dragon.
¡°¡ ¡¡±
The confronted ck Dragon didn¡¯t raise any rebuttal. It just received all of Will¡¯s words with calm eyes as it gazed at him. He was unable to stomach that attitude.
¡°In the first ce, your story can¡¯t be proven to be true! You most likely made it up because you didn¡¯t want to die!¡±
¡°¡ ¡ What was spoken just now is the truth. For the Ryuujin race¡¯s pride doesn¡¯t allow this one to lie.¡±
Now, Will tried to argued vehemently. But, Yue intervened.
¡°¡ ¡ Surely, it didn¡¯t lie.¡± ¡°Kh, what¡¯s your basis for saying that¡.¡±
Having nced at the snapped Will, Yue began to talk as she looked at the ck Dragon.
¡°¡ ¡ The Ryuujin race is noble and honest. I¡¯ve lived much longer from everyone here. That¡¯s why I am more familiar with the legend of the Ryuujin race. This one said ¡°For its pride.¡± That¡¯s why, it is surely not a lie. Furthermore¡ ¡ I know if someone has the eyes of a liar.¡±
Yue slightly moved her gaze away from the ck Dragon as she looked at the distance sky. Surely, she was reminded of the event 300 years ago. For the aloof princess, her surroundings had set her up and remembering the result, surely there were a lot of lies involved. Even the most familiar person to her could be called ¡°liars.¡± The result of her constantly looking away from that fact was the ¡°betrayal.¡± Therefore, for Yue, who had experienced the bitterness called the ¡°study of life,¡± her eyes were sensitive to ¡°liars.¡± Although the reason she entrusted herself when she first met Hajime was because there was no other way, and although Hajime never lied to her, when she was reminded of that time, her sensitivity to liars might have been the biggest contributing factor after all.
¡°Fumu, for someone to still know of the Ryuujin race¡¯s ideals¡ ¡ No, didn¡¯t thou say a long time ago?¡±
For someone to still know the ideals of the existence called the Ryuujin race, the ck Dragon¡¯s tone was somewhat joyous.
¡°¡ ¡Nn. I am a survivor of the Vampire race. 300 years ago, I was heard the Ryuujin race was the ideal example of nobility.¡±
¡°Wow, Vampire race¡¯s¡ ¡ Moreover 300 years ago¡ ¡ Indeed, although this one heard they were dead, thou are the Vampire princess. Surely thy name is¡.¡±
Apparently, the ck Dragon was alive for more or less the same amount of time as Yue. Moreover, its words implied that it knew of what had happened in the world. Even now, they might still hide their identities and are investigating the world. But, the ck Dragon seemed surprised that the Vampire Princess had survived. The surrounding, Will, Aiko, and the students were also looked at Yue with eyes of astonishment.
¡°Yue¡ ¡ that¡¯s my name. It¡¯s the name I got from my most important person. So, I¡¯d like you to call me that.¡±
Yue gestured as though she were embracing something closely with both hands as her cheecks blushed faintly. For Yue, the Ryuujin race was an existence that should be taken as an example. So, the edge of her spoken words were filled with respect. That feeling must also have been involved in how she stopped Will¡¯s disparagement.
In Yue¡¯s surroundings, an aura of happiness somehow drifted around. Because of the abrupt love talk, the female students wore expressions as though they had eaten something sweet, while the male students were blushing because of Yue¡¯s charm as they looked at her. Even Will seemed to have lost some of his vigor.
However, he continued to speak because he still regretted what had happened to the senior adventurers.
¡°¡ ¡ Even so, that doesn¡¯t change the fact that it killed them,¡ ¡ but even I don¡¯t know what should be done¡ ¡ Even so¡ª! Gale-san was going to propose when this job ended¡ ¡ their regrets¡¡±
He knew in his head that the ck Dragon¡¯s words weren¡¯t a lie. However, he couldn¡¯t help but me it. His heart just couldn¡¯t ept it. Inside Hajime¡¯s mind, ¡°Once again, a splendid g was raised huh,¡± with weird admiration. Then he recalled the locket pendant they had picked up on the way.
¡°Will, is this that Gale¡¯s belonging?¡±
As he said that, he threw the locket pendant to Will. Will received it, he looked at it then he smiled as if he was truly happy.
¡°This, this is my locket pendant! I thought I had lost it, but you picked it up. Thank you very much!¡±
¡°Huh? It¡¯s yours?¡±
¡°Yes, it¡¯s not a mistake because there¡¯s mama¡¯s photograph!¡±
¡°Ma-Mama?¡±
His expectation came off splendidly, and the answer even made Hajime¡¯s cheeks cramp inadvertently.
Because the woman in the photograph should be in the first half of her twenties, he was doubtful but he heard, ¡°After all, the photograph of mama in her youth is the best.¡± as Will answered as if it was some kind of divine revtion. Everyone there realized, ¡°Aa, mama-con huh,¡± as they wore subtle expressions. The females looked more and more subtle¡.
By the way, Gale¡¯s other party seemed to be a ¡°man.¡± Following that, Gale¡¯s fullname was Gale Homoluca. It was just as the say that the name influenced the body.
Maybe because he regained his mother¡¯s photograph, Will considerably calmed down. It¡¯s effectiveness was truly an unknown. But, even if he was calmed down, his grudge and pain didn¡¯t disappear. Will, calmly, insisted to kill the ck Dragon. Moreover, even though it said it was brainwashed, he reasoned that it waspletely faking it. His main reason should be revenge.
Then, as if to repent, the ck Dragon spun its words that contained guilt in its voice.
¡°Even if this one was manipted, it is true that this one is guilty for plucking the precious life of people. To make up for it, this one will obediently received the judgement. However, this one want you to dyed that for a while. At the very least, until that dangerous man is stopped.That man is trying to make an army of demonic beasts. Although Ryuujin race¡¯sw doesn¡¯t allow any interference against the continent¡¯s fate, this one was responsible. This one can¡¯t just leave it¡ ¡ This one know it is just this one¡¯s selfishness. But, please somehow overlook that.¡±
Hearing the ck Dragon words, everyone in that ce were surprised when they heard about the army of demonic beasts. Naturally, everyone¡¯s gazes focused on Hajime. These members were naturally looked at their leader. Actually, because Hajime was the one who stopped piercing the ck Dragon, they naturally entrusted the decision to him.
Hajime¡¯s answer was,
¡°Well, I don¡¯t really know about your circumstance. But, it¡¯ll be a troublesome so I¡¯ll ignore it. Die as an apology.¡±
He swung the fist of his artificial arm as he said that.
¡°Wait¡ª! Th-Thou, with the flow of the talk, thou shouldn¡¯t have done the finishing blow as if no discussion is necessary! Please! This one will apologize without fail! This one don¡¯t mind whatever thou do when that matter is over! That¡¯s why dy it for now! The afterlife will¡ª!¡±
Hajime continue to swung his fist as he ignored the ck Dragon¡¯s words with cold eyes. However, he couldn¡¯t finished that. At the moment he swung it, Yue clung on to Hajime¡¯s neck. Surprising him, Yue whispered to Hajime¡¯s ears as she instinctively held him.
¡°¡ ¡ Are you going to kill?¡±
¡°Eh? Well, we were trying to kill each other¡.¡±
¡°¡ ¡ But, it¡¯s not an enemy. Killing intent and malice were never turned towards us. It was deprived of it¡¯s will.¡±
Apparently, Yue didn¡¯t wanted the ck Dragon to die. For Yue, Ryuujin race was something she yearned for, so she respected it.
Moreover, even though he said they were trying to kill each other, from the beginning, the ck Dragon never turned its killing intent and malice towards Hajime and the others. They understood the reason now. With it¡¯s will literally deprived, it only did as ordered just like a machine. Even so, there was no change with how they tried to kill each other. However, in the first ce, Will was the only one in the ck Dragon¡¯s eyes, and the reason it battled Hajime was because the ck Dragon confronted Hajime¡¯s intent to kill.
Further saying, Hajime would be inconvenienced if Will was dead, so certainly it was an enemy because it aimed at Will, but the one behind the ck Dragon was the robed man. Then, if he were to talk about who the enemy was, it¡¯d be more likely to be that man.
Also, there was a reason for her to stop him.
Yue knew Hajime¡¯s stance. But, in Yue¡¯s eyes, ¡°enemy¡± that should be killed and the ck Dragon weren¡¯t the same thing. Because she was the ruler of the Vampire race, having experienced such things, her eyes wouldn¡¯t be mistaken about a person. In Yue¡¯s eyes, there were no essence of ¡°enemy¡± inside the ck Dragon¡¯s mind. For Yue, she at least didn¡¯t want Hajime to kill things other than the ¡°enemy,¡±
After all,
¡°¡ ¡ If onepromised on the important rule imposed to themselves, one would be broken. Wouldn¡¯t your rule changed if you kill the ck Dragon?¡±
She was worried that Hajime would be ¡°broken¡± if he killed things beside the ¡°enemy.¡±
Having received Yue¡¯s words, Hajime could guess her mind, and he thought more and more carefully if the ck Dragon was the ¡°enemy¡± as he slightly inclined his neck. Even if it was manipted, Hajime was not so naive to considered that in a fight to death. He would have most likely killed it without mercy.
However, after it regained its mind and the brainwashing was dissolved, to purposely execute it with ¡°enemies will be killed,¡± he thought,isn¡¯t that a deviation?
As she clung on Hajime¡¯s neck, Yue was watching him closely and looked like they¡¯d kiss at any moment, and having thought of that, unexpectedly, it spoke with a quiet desperate tone.
¡°This one is sorry to intrude on such good atmosphere, but even if thou feel lost, at the very least could thou pull out the stake from this one¡¯s ass? If this keep up, this one will be dead no matter what will happened.¡±
¡°Nn? What do you mean?¡±
¡°Having received the external thing while in dragon form, at the time this one returned to original form, it¡¯d influence the body as is. Try imagining it. The scene of this stake piercing a woman¡¯s ass¡ ¡ Do you think this one will survive that?¡±
Everyone in the area imagined the scene that the ck Dragon said, then ¡°Uwa~,¡± their expressions cramped. Especially the females, they hold their butts as they turned pale.
¡°Well, although the dragon form could be maintained using magic power, this one¡¯s magic power almost exhausted. In a minute¡ ¡ although it isn¡¯t bad to go to a new world, please pardon this one from that kind of death. The afterlife without it unplugged¡ª¡±
Somewhat, its words seemed anxious, and its tone weakened as if its limit was truly close, and apparently Hajime didn¡¯t have more time to think.
Hajime embraced Yue with his right arm, and decided rather than hesitating, he¡¯d go along with his partner words as is. For people, they wouldn¡¯t be able to understand their own selves. That¡¯s why, it wouldn¡¯t be a mistake to choose the direction where his trusted partner wouldn¡¯t feel uneasy.
Having thought that, Hajime carefully put his hand on the stake which was stucked in the ck Dragon¡¯s ass. Following that, he used his strength to pull it out.
¡°Haaan! P-Please do it slowly. This one still inex- afuuun. Yah, how intense! If this¡ª Aanh! Comingg, something ising~¡± Because it stuck hard inside, he twisted it for so many times, and he put considerable power while twisting it to pull it out, but somehow the ck Dragon began to let out a captivated voice as it panted. Hajime ignored that voice and pulled it out without any mercy.
ZUBOh!!
¡°Ahiii¡ª ¡ª ¡ª!! A-amazing¡ ¡ Even though this one said to do it gently, to be treated without any mercy¡ ¡ This is the first time¡.¡±
As the ck Dragon muttered unknown things, immediately, its bodypletely wrapped with cocoon-like, jet-ck magic power, and its big size began to decreased. Following that, after it reached the size of a human, the magic power immediately disappeared.
In the ce of the ck-colored magic power was something copsed on its feet, and while using one hand to support its body, the other hand was holding its butt. With blushing cheeks, it was a ck-haired, golden-eyed beautiful girl. Her glossy, straight, ck hair reached her waist and her cheeks dyed bright red, Haa haa, she breathed roughly as if she was in a trance.
Her appearance was in the first half of her twenties, and her height might be around 170 cm. With a splendid proportion one could be proud of. Every time she breathed, a pair of hills were intensely shook as they peeped from inside the clothes¡¯ cor that became disordered as it hanged on her, and it looked like they¡¯d came out at any moment. If Shia was melon, the ck Dragon was watermelon¡.
The ck Dragon¡¯s real form was a captivating beauty and the males were especially reacted grandly to that. The three male students in adolescent were somewhat slouching. If this keeps up they¡¯d likely go on all fours. The female students were looking at them with eyes as if they were no different from cockroaches.
¡°Haa haa, umuu, this one still alive¡ ¡ Although there is still a sense of difort on the ass¡ ¡ this one¡¯s whole body is hurting in all ces¡ ¡ Haa haa¡ ¡ for pain to be this sweet¡.¡±
The ck Dragon wore a dangerous expression and let out a dangerous words for some reason, then she pulled herself together as she immediately straightened her sitting position and began to introduce herself in such cold atmosphere. Still, she sometimes panted,haa haa, and messed various things, but¡.
¡°This one have troubled thou. With all of this one¡¯s might, this one apologize. This one¡¯s name is Tio rce. A person that came from thest tribe of Ryuujin race, rce tribe.¡±
The ck Dragon introduced herself as Tio rce, next, she talked on how the ck robed man was going to attack the town with an army of brainwashed demonic beasts. Their number had reached around 3,000 to 4,000. Also, from the second mountain range, the leaders of groups of demonic beasts were already brainwashed, so he could use the groups more efficiently as his subordinates.
When she said about controlling demonic beasts, it reminded Hajime and the others about the new power of the one called Demon Race in this world. Maybe because Aiko and the students also thought of that, they guessed the ck robed man was actually from Demon race.
However, their guess was easily refuted by Tio. After all, the ck robed man was ck-haired, ck-eyed human, and still at the age of a boy. Moreover, from the mouth of the ck Dragon called Tio, who was made as a subordinate to him came the settling words, ¡°That person introduced himself as a hero,¡± with a tone filled with considerably grudge against the so called hero.
A ck-haired, ck-eyed human boy, moreover he was someone with genius-like talent on dark magic. With this much hints, a certain person came to their minds. Aiko and the students muttered, ¡°That, can¡¯t be¡,¡± at the same time as they showed mixed andplexed expressions.Though it didn¡¯t limited to pure ck, they said as they didn¡¯t wanted to believed it.
And, Hajime suddenly leaked a mutter, ¡°Ooh, this is¡,¡± as he looked at the distance. If ones asked, having heard Tio¡¯s story, he seemed to have looked for the groups of demonic beasts and the ck robed man using the unmanned probes.
Following that, the unmanned probes finally discovered a certain ce where the demonic beasts army was. They numbered¡.
¡°That¡¯s, not at the level of 3,000 to 4,000, you know? It¡¯s at the level which one more digit should be added.¡±
Everyone opened their eyes wide after they heard Hajime¡¯s report. Moreover, the army had started their march. The direction was surely towards Ul town. As they were, they¡¯d came out of the mountain in a half day, and they¡¯d likely reached the town in a day.
¡°W-We must quickly inform the town¡ª! Tell them to take shelter, called the rescue from Imperial capital,¡ ¡ then, then¡.¡±
Because it was a serious situation, Aiko desperately tried to arranged her words in confusion. No matter if the enemies were tens of thousand demonic beasts, even with their cheat-like specs, the students carried a trauma. Aiko didn¡¯t have anybat experience, while Will, who inspired to be an adventurer, and Tio who exhausted her magic power wouldn¡¯t even became an obstacle for the enemies. That¡¯s why, just as Aiko had said, they must quickly inform the town of the emergency, then it¡¯d be the best to run away until the rescue from the Imperial capital came.
And, among everyone who was shaken, Will suddenly muttered.
¡°Umm, if it¡¯s Hajime-dono something can be¡.¡±
With those words, everyone looked at Hajime. Their eyes were dyed in expectation of the possibility. Having stared at like that, Hajime shook her hand gloomily, and replied with a feeling of abandonment.
¡°Don¡¯t look at me with such eyes. My work is only to take Will back to Fhuren. As if I will take the object of protection into a war. That¡¯s why you should stop that and immediately return to the town to report.¡±
The students and Will could feel the antipathy from Hajime¡¯s unmotivated attitude. Among them, Aiko asked a question with an expression as if she remembered something.
¡°Nagumo-kun, did you find the ck robed man?¡±
¡°Nn? Well, although I am checking the groups since a while ago, I didn¡¯t see any human¡¯s shadow.¡±
Having heard Hajime¡¯s words, Aiko looked down again. Following that,potsuri, she said she wanted to remained here to confirmed if the ck robed man was Shimizu Yukitoshi who currently missing or not. It was because Aiko always thought of her student. She¡¯d likely unable to do anything if the current situation was caused by her own student, after all.
However, they couldn¡¯t leave Aiko at the ce where several ten thousands of demonic beast were, so Sonobe and the students desperately tried to persuade Aiko. But, Aiko still hesitated. Among them,then how if Nagumo also goes¡ ¡ they began to think like that. Already, Hajime thought the talk about returning and not returning as they stopped in this ce as a hassle, so he turned a cold look towards Aiko.
¡°Remain here if you want. We are going to take Will along to the town.¡±
As he said that, he gripped Will¡¯s cor and dragged him as he began to descended the mountain. Will, Aiko, and the students tried to object in a panic. Their reason, they couldn¡¯t leave the army of demonic beasts as is, they wanted to confirmed who the ck robed man was, and the army could be defeated by Hajime¡.
Hajime let out a sigh and looked back Aiko and the others with somewhat irritated look.
¡°Didn¡¯t I already said it, my job is to protect Will. Taking along the protection target into battle against that army is something I won¡¯t do.. For example, even if I have to do it, the obstacle would be too big and it¡¯d be a battle of annihtion for me alone. By no means would I want to suffer like that. Furthermore, if you go to confirm the ck robed man¡¯s identity, then who will report this matter to the town? If by chance we are annihted, the town will be devoured by a surprise attack, you know? By the way, the magic-driven two-wheeler can only be moved by me, so it¡¯d be impossible for the others to return earlier if I fight, kay?¡±
Having heard the logical counter to their demands, Aiko and the others were speechless as he pointed how futile their demands were.
¡°Well, just as Mas¡ª¡ ¡ Kohonh, just as he said. Because this one has exhausted her magic power, this one can do nothing. So, the top priority is to inform the town about the emergency. If this one rests for one day, this one will recover considerably.¡±
Because everyone kept silent, Tio spoke to back him up. Just a little, she called Hajime in a strange way¡ ¡ but it must have been their imagination. Aiko also knew that it¡¯d be the best to temporary stopped worrying about Shimizu, and she decided to give priority to secure the safety of the students by her side.
Tio was unable to moved due to magic power exhaustion, so Hajime dragged her by her neck root. Actually, the male students said someone should carried Tio on their backs as they grandly scattered sparks among themselves, but that was rejected by the female students. And because Tio herself have wished it, she was somehow carried by Hajime.
However, rather than on his back, it was Hajime¡¯s characteristic to not hold her. As he frowned because it was a hassle, he suddenly gripped Tio¡¯s foot and began to dragged her.
Because of the protests from Aiko and the others, he reluctantly changed it to gripping her neck root, and dragged her just like before. No matter what Hajime did, it resulted in Tio, who somehow floated an ecstatic expression that made the surroundings shuddered, and they descended the mountain as is.
The party, with dark cloud and an army behind them, rushed to return to the Ul town
Book 6. Chapter 10
Book 6. Chapter 10
Chapter 10 : Sensei¡¯s Talk
The magic-driven four-wheeler dashed out at faster speed than when they¡¯d departed, but thend-leveling function couldn¡¯t keep up, so Tio, who was crucified on the ceiling, received the impact. The male students in the carrier received a mixer-like shaking.
Then, at that time, he discovered the fully-armed bodyguard Knights who fiercely drove their horses in the area between the town of Ul and northern mountain range. Hajime¡¯s ¡°Farsight¡± could see David in the lead wearing an oni-like expression while Chase who was beside him couldn¡¯t hide his frustration as they swiftly rode.
Having ran for a while, they discovered a ck object that created a mor as it moved. It was natural for them to think what they saw was a demonic beast. With their weapons drawn, they changed their formation. Their response speed was fast, and indeed, it was clear how they were praised as the VIP¡¯s bodyguards.
In particr, even if he was going to be attacked, Hajime didn¡¯t have any problem to just charge past them, but Aiko didn¡¯t know that because she thought it¡¯d be a serious matter if Tio, who raised a bewitching and charming scream, and the pale male students were exposed to such attacks. She showed her face through the sunroof and desperately waved her hands as she shouted at David to notice her.
As they drew near, David tried to invoke his magic. He narrowed his eyes as he could see a human-like figure suddenly spring up above the ck object that came in high speed. Normally, he¡¯d do a preemptive strike as there was nothing to argue about, but something inside him told him to stop. It could be said that it was his sixth sense exclusive to Aiko, the so-called high-sensitivity Aiko sensor.
With his hand held out, he sent his subordinates the signal to stop their attacks. Although the subordinates were suspicious about it, they became wide-eyed as they heard the familiar voice from the human-like thing that grew out of the top of the ck object as it approached them. David had already disyed an expression as if he couldn¡¯t believe it and muttered, ¡°Aiko?¡±
For a moment,don¡¯t tell me Aiko¡¯s lower half was eaten by that demonic beast!?, as David and the others became pale, but Aiko waved her hands energetically and said, ¡°David-sa~n, it¡¯s me! Please don¡¯t attack us~!¡±, with a voice full of life.
They understood that they had misunderstood the situation, and they let out joyful expressions at this reunion because the one on the ck object was undoubtedly the person they held dear. As if he was drunk on the situation, David greatly spread his arms with an expression that said ¡°Come! Jump into my arms!¡± Chase and the others at his sides also spread their arms as if saying, ¡°Jump to me¡ª!¡±
Seeing the Knights¡¯ appearances with their hands spread, Hajime looked displeased. Although Aiko and the students thought Hajime would obviously stop before David and the Knights¡ Hajime suddenly poured more magic power, and they elerated.
Because they were at a distance where deceleration was absolutely necessary, the Knights became stupefied when the ck object elerated further, and moved away in panic.
Hajime¡¯s magic-driven four-wheeler just passed David and the Knights who spread their hands in smiles. Aiko could only shout, ¡°Why?,¡± that became smaller because of the Doppler effect, while David and the Knights just hardened and smiled as is. After that, in the next moment they screamed, ¡°Aikoo~!,¡± just like those separated from their lovers, and began to fiercely run after the four-wheeler.
¡°Nagumo-kun! Why, why did you do such a dangerous thing!?¡±
Aiko became angry, getting back into the vehicle and fiercely protested against Hajime.
¡°There¡¯s no reason to stop, Sensei. If we stop, they¡¯d likely ask about the situation. Do we have such time? We¡¯ll exin the situation in town after all, so there¡¯s no need to do it twice, right?¡±
¡°Uh, th-that¡¯s true¡¡±
She was somewhat convinced, the things about them slipping out without permission and Hajime¡¯s four-wheeler would certainly take too much time, so Aiko shut her mouth. Yue, who got back into her seat, drew her face to Hajime¡¯s ear and asked him.
¡°¡ Real intention?¡±
¡°Those smiling Knights made me feel unpleasant.¡±
¡°¡ Nn, same here.¡±
By the way, right behind the Aiko poking her face out of the sunroof, was Tio tied up on the vehicle. An expression of ecstasy floated across her face because her damaged body continued to be stimted by the vibration of vehicle¡¯s frame, but it seemed the Knights and Aiko didn¡¯t see her.
In addition, when they arrived at the town, Yue who knew of Tio¡¯s disgraceful behavior said ¡°¡ is this, the Ryuujin race?,¡± as she raised a slightly shocked expression. Since the first time Tio released her Dragon Form at the Northern Mountain range, she was in a subtle mental state and seemed to ¡°feel¡± the pain, that¡¯s why Yue finally broke free from her illusion-like respect and yearning towards the Ryuujin race.
* * *
Arriving at the town of Ul, Hajime and his party calmly walked, while Aiko and the others were running towards the town headman¡¯s ce. Hajime thought of parting with Aiko and the students here and quickly taking Will back to Fhuren, but he reluctantly followed them because Will had started running before Aiko and the students.
The town was full of liveliness. The dishes came in wide varieties and abundantly, and the town was near ake. It was the location where people and nature gathered. No one would ever dream that this town would be trampled by an army of demonic beasts in a day. Hajime and his party were looking at such a town, remembering they didn¡¯t have any meals since yesterday, so they advanced towards the town hall as they enjoyed skewers from a stall.
Hajime and his party finally arrived at the town hall, and the ce was already in amotion. The branch head of Ul¡¯s town guild, town executives, and the priests from the church were gathered and in a state of uproar. All of their expressions showed they couldn¡¯t believe and didn¡¯t want to believe the information brought by Aiko, the students, and Will as they closely questioned them.
Normally, they¡¯d just put it off as nonsense from a madman if they heard tomorrow the town would be annihted, but they were words that came from Aiko the ¡°God¡¯s Apostle,¡± and also known as the ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest.¡± That was followed by the recent fact that the Demon race was capable of manipting demonic beasts, so they couldn¡¯t just ignore this information.
By the way, from the discussion inside the vehicle, Aiko and the students had agreed to hide Tio¡¯s true form and there was a possibility of Shimizu Yukitoshi being the mastermind behind this. It¡¯s undesirable for the Ryuujin race¡¯s existence to be exposed, so Tio asked them to stay silent about this, and the mastermind¡¯s identity was just a possibility, so Aiko didn¡¯t want to carelessly convey it.
Aiko somehow or another agreed to conceal the information about the existence of the Ryuujin race because the race is something half-taboo for the Church of Saints, and it¡¯d only cause chaos followed by the formation of a subjugation unit.
Within suchmotion, Hajime came towards Will. He only thought of the surrounding chaos as blowing wind.
¡°Oi, Will. Don¡¯t just run all of a sudden. Remember that you¡¯re under my protection. If you¡¯re done reporting, let¡¯s quickly go back to Fhuren.¡±
With Hajime¡¯s words, Will, Aiko and the others were surprised as they looked at Hajime. The others, the town leaders seemed to feel displeased as they looked at Hajime interrupting the emergency discussion, as if saying ¡°Who the hell is this?¡±
¡°Wh-What are you saying? Hajime-dono. It¡¯s a time of emergency now, right? Don¡¯t tell me, you¡¯re going to desert the town¡¡±
Will started arguing with Hajime with an expression as if he couldn¡¯t believe what he¡¯d just said, and Hajime replied with an expression as if he expected this hassle.
¡°Deserting or whatever it is, in the end, aren¡¯t you also going to abandon the town, take shelter, and wait for rescue toe? I¡¯m already aware of this town¡¯s defenses from sightseeing¡ if you want to take shelter, it¡¯d be okay to go to Fhuren. For a while now you¡¯ve only talked about quickly evacuating the people.¡±
¡°Th-That¡¯s¡ right¡ but, I can¡¯t just run away by myself in such a serious situation! Even I should have something I can help with. Even Hajime-dono¡¡±
¡°Hajime-dono, please cooperate too,¡± was the continuation of Will¡¯s words, but his words were interrupted as he was frozen by Hajime¡¯s cold eyes.
¡°¡ Do I need to speak more clearly to make you understand? My job is to take you back to Fhuren. I don¡¯t have anything to do with this town. Listen, I won¡¯t hear your opinion. If you still don¡¯t want to go¡ I¡¯ll just crush your limbs and drag you back.¡±
¡°Wh¡ª, th-that¡¯s¡¡±
From Hajime¡¯s atmosphere, Will guessed those words were serious as he turned pale. His expression said he couldn¡¯t believe it. Hajime, who could overwhelm the dragon that easily annihted veteran adventurers like Gale¡¯s party, looked a little like a hero to Will. That¡¯s why even if he was merciless, Will unconditionally believed Hajime would somehow help the townspeople under such an emergency. That¡¯s why Will felt betrayed by the cold words thrown out by Hajime..
As he was at a loss for words, Will unconsciously distanced himself from Hajime, but Hajime decided to approach him. Because of such a strange atmosphere, the surrounding people could only alternate looks between Hajime and Will without moving. Then someone suddenly moved and blocked Hajime.
It was Aiko. She immediately looked up straight at Hajime with a resolute expression.
¡°Nagumo-kun. If it¡¯s you¡ can¡¯t you do something about the army of demonic beasts? No¡ you can do it, right?¡±
Aiko¡¯s voice carried conviction,he can do something if it¡¯s Hajime. In other words, she dered he would be able to save the town. With those words, the surrounding town leaders started to make noise.
If they were to believe the reported threat from Aiko and the others, the enemies were tens of thousands of demonic beasts. Furthermore, they gathered from several mountain range areas. That meant it was on the scale of a war. Consequently, an individual wouldn¡¯t be able to influence the war. That¡¯smon sense. To overturn suchmon sense, there was a special existence even among the ones summoned from another world, that¡¯s a Hero. But, it didn¡¯t really mean he could win alone against an army. What it meant was leading the human race and together with hispanions, simply using quantity. That¡¯s why they couldn¡¯t believe the boy in front of them who wasn¡¯t even a Hero could do something, even if those words came from Aiko. Even if they were words from the ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest¡±
Towards Aiko¡¯s powerful gaze, Hajime waved his hands gloomily as he tried to deceive her by denying it.
¡°No no, Sensei. Isn¡¯t that impossible? Aren¡¯t there more than 40,000 of them? It¡¯ll be very, very¡ª¡¡±
¡°But, at that time in the mountain, you didn¡¯t say it was ¡°impossible¡± when Will-san asked if Nagumo-kun could do something about it. Also, didn¡¯t you say ¡°the obstacle would be too big and it¡¯d be a fight till thest one standing for me alone¡±? To put it inly, there¡¯s a possibility it¡¯d be a fight till thest one standing, right? Did I hear it wrong?¡±
¡°¡ What good memory¡±
Because of Aiko¡¯s good memory, Hajime¡¯s face distorted as he awkwardly said that. He didn¡¯t regret what he¡¯d said. Aiko requested with a more serious expression to Hajime who averted his face.
¡°Nagumo-kun. Can¡¯t you somehow lend us your power? If this keeps up, not only will this beautiful town be destroyed, a lot of lives will surely be lost.¡±
¡°¡ How unexpected. I thought you held students as your top priority. Even all the things you¡¯ve done were inevitably because there¡¯s the possibility it¡¯d be able to return you even a bit earlier, right? Nevertheless, for the sake of unfamiliar people, you are trying to send a student to his death? You don¡¯t have the intention, but it¡¯s as though you¡¯re just like those guys from the church who tried to spur us to war, you know?¡±
Hajime¡¯s words were full of ridicule, but Aiko was still the same. Her expression was not the worried expression from just a minute ago, it was a resolute and ¡°teacher¡±-like expression. There were priests from the church who listened to Hajime and Aiko¡¯s conversation nearby. They frowned and watched him with narrowed eyes because Hajime¡¯s words were full of disdain towards the church. That¡¯s why Aiko didn¡¯t move from her spot as she straightened her gaze and posture.
¡°¡ If there¡¯s a method to return to our original world, I¡¯d quickly return the students, and my feelings haven¡¯t changed even now. But, if that¡¯s impossible¡ then, we are living in this world now, the words we exchanged and the people who smiled at us, at the very least I don¡¯t want to abandon the people within my reach. Thinking like this is natural as a human. Of course because sensei is a teacher, my priority will not change even under such an emergency¡¡±
Aiko spun her words of confirmation one by one.
¡°Nagumo-kun, you¡¯re calm even now, that¡¯s why I think you¡¯ve experienced something beyond our imagination, to be like this. That¡¯s why I feel that you have theposure to think about other people. The words of a teacher who couldn¡¯t be by your side when you were most hurt¡ might be too light for you. But, please hear me out, somehow.¡±
Hajime kept quiet as is, and he returned Aiko¡¯s gaze, urging her to continue.
¡°Nagumo-kun. Last night, didn¡¯t you say you¡¯ll absolutely return to Japan? Then, Nagumo-kun. Are you going to return to Japan with everyone important to you except the ones who obstruct you? Are you going to leave everyone who bes a hindrance to you? Will you be able to live like that in Japan? When you return to Japan, will you change your way of life? The reason sensei didn¡¯t want the students to actively fight is because I am concerned if they would be able to return to their old lives when they returned to Japan. Killing is¡ , I don¡¯t want you to be ustomed to that.¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun, you have your own sense of values, your choice for the future is your own. In addition, you don¡¯t have the obligation to hear the words from sensei¡¯s mouth. But sensei thinks that no matter what kind of future you choose, the way of living which casts others away, other than those important to you¡ is a truly ¡°lonely¡± one. Surely, that way of living will not make you and the ones important to you happy. If you wish for happiness, at least for those within your reach¡ please don¡¯t forget how to sympathize with them. From the very beginning, that¡¯s the important and priceless thing you once had¡ so don¡¯t throw it away.¡±
One by one, Aiko spun words filled with her feelings, and she tried to convey all of them in front of Hajime. The leaders of the town and even the students heard Aiko¡¯s words in silence. Especially the students. They looked down as if they were scolded as they felt bad they got carried away by their power. At the same time, because Aiko was serious about bringing them back even now, and even thought about how they¡¯d live afterwards. With newfound feelings, they could be seen smiling happily as if something tickled them.
For Hajime, even if he crossed the worlds, no matter what the situation would be and even if the students hadpletely changed. Aiko who didn¡¯t even deviate from a ¡°teacher¡± made him smile wryly inside. It wasn¡¯t out of contempt, but admiration. Aiko was treated special because of her rare value. She didn¡¯t experience Hajime¡¯s hardships, so he¡¯d easily refute her with ¡°Even though you don¡¯t know anything!,¡± or ¡°Don¡¯t spout things as if you know them!¡± In a way it¡¯s just like what Aiko had said, her words were ¡°light.¡±
But, Hajime couldn¡¯t do that. Even now the ¡°teacher¡± was looking straight at him, so to refute them as ¡°light¡± words would be too unsightly. Moreover, Aiko hadn¡¯t even once pressured him about the ¡°right¡± thing to do. All of her words were only for the sake of wishing for Hajime¡¯s future and happiness.
Hajime immediately turned his gaze towards Yue at Aiko¡¯s side. Yue somehow looked at Aiko as if feeling nostalgic. However, when she noticed Hajime¡¯s gaze, she immediately matched him straight with a serene gaze. Her eyes said that she¡¯d adhere to whatever answer Hajime gave.
Inside the Abyss, she was his precious person who held his humanity right before he ¡°fell,¡± that¡¯s why Hajime certainly wished for her happiness. He thought it¡¯d be okay if he did it by himself, but if he were to believe Aiko¡¯s words, Hajime¡¯s way of life wouldn¡¯t be able to make Yue happy.
When he changed his gaze further, he found the rabbit-eared girl who looked at him worriedly. Towards his world which narrowed to only Yue and him, she was the girl who brought liveliness. No matter how many times Hajime treated her unkindly, she desperately chased after him curiously, and now she was just like Yue, someone he loved as a friend andpanion. For Hajime to ept Shia, didn¡¯t it bring happiness to Yue?
For Hajime, this world was like a prison. A cage that obstructed him from returning to his hometown. Therefore, it was extremely difficult for him to ept the people and everything in this world. Inside the Abyss, he discarded everything for the sake of returning, it wouldn¡¯t be an easy thing to change the sense of values carved in his mind which wouldn¡¯t forgive those who obstructed him. But even if it was difficult to ¡°sympathize with other people,¡± he could do it. As a result, his precious things¡ if that¡¯d bring happiness to Yue and Shia, he wouldn¡¯t be that stingy to pitch in and help.
Hajime didn¡¯t agree to all of Aiko¡¯s words. Even so, it was a serious ¡°scolding¡± from ¡°his teacher.¡± To disregard it as nonsense would be too childish. WIth this time¡¯s rampage, the possibility of the trouble of Hajime¡¯s existence being published would suddenly be bigger, but it¡¯d be okay to work hard as just ¡°Aiko-sensei¡±¡®s student. Whatever he chose, he already knew he¡¯d be marked sooner orter. He had prepared to strike all of the troublesome things, he decided not to respect this world. That¡¯s why it wouldn¡¯t be bad to shily show off his power.
With that, he thought a while for an excuse, then Hajime looked at Aiko again.
¡°¡ Sensei, no matter what happens after this, are you still my teacher?¡±
What Hajime implied was if she¡¯d be his ally.
¡°Of course.¡±
Towards that, Aiko replied without hesitating.
¡°¡ Whatever my decision? That¡¯s, even if the result isn¡¯t what sensei hoped?¡±
¡°That doesn¡¯t have to be said. Sensei¡¯s role isn¡¯t to decide the students¡¯ future. I¡¯ll just help to make a better decision. Nagumo-kun has heard sensei¡¯s talk, so I won¡¯t refute your decision¡±
Hajime watched Aiko for a while to confirm whether there was a lie in her words. For him to intentionally have suchmitment was because Hajime himself didn¡¯t want to be hostile towards Aiko. After he confirmed there¡¯s neither lie nor deception in Aiko¡¯s eyes, Hajime turned towards the entrance. Yue and Shia immediately followed after him.
¡°Na-Nagumo-kun?¡±
Seeing such a Hajime, Aiko panickedly called him. Hajime looked back, he shrugged his shoulders and replied, having been beaten by Aiko¡¯s ¡°teacher style.¡±
¡°As expected, to take on a huge crowd of tens of thousands as opponents, I¡¯ll need some time to prepare. Continue your discussion without me.¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun!¡±
Aiko¡¯s face shone because of Hajime¡¯s reply. Hajime could only smile wryly at such an Aiko.
¡°It is advice from the best ¡°teacher¡± I¡¯ve ever known. Moreover, if it¡¯s connected to these girls¡¯ happiness¡ I only need to consider it a bit. Anyway, I¡¯ll just kick those guys around for now.¡±
As he said that, he patted Yue and Shia¡¯s shoulder, then once again he turned his heels and went out of the room. Yue and Shia raised a truly joyful atmosphere, and began to run after Hajime in small steps.
Patan, the sound of the door being closed, the leaders of the town who shut their mouth after being drowned by the atmosphere between Aiko and Hajime, and immediately asked about the situation from Aiko.
Aiko, whose shoulders were shaken, stared at the door which Hajime went out of. Her face didn¡¯t transmit any joy towards Hajime. What she said to Hajime were Aiko¡¯s true feelings, that his way of life was a sad one.
But, in the end, there¡¯s no denying that she made an important student confront an army of demonic beasts. While she said she didn¡¯t want them to grow ustomed to using their power, she was conscious of the contradiction she¡¯d made by sending him off to fight. She thought she wanted Hajime to rethink his way of life, but she also thought of wanting to help the townspeople of Ul. As a result, both of them seemed to be fulfilled¡ but she wanted to search for better ways. Aiko secretly let her shoulders droop because of her helplessness as a teacher.
She prayed, for all of her students to not lose their hearts, and to return to their homes¡ but, Aiko¡¯s wish couldn¡¯t be fulfilled. After hearing Hajime¡¯s storyst night, Aiko herself felt that her wishes were already just an illusion. However, she couldn¡¯t stop wishing for it.
Surrounded by the leaders who raised a ruckus and the students who looked at her in respect and affection, Aiko didn¡¯t realize she let out a sigh.
By the way, Tio who hade to the town hall with Hajime and his party muttered, ¡°Although this one is an important witness¡ i-is this neglect y¡ as expected of Mas¡ª¡±, with a flushed expression, and she was naturally ignored.
Book 7. Chapter 1
Book 7. Chapter 1
Chapter 1 : Goddess Advent?
Ul town. The mountain range area in the North and Uldeiake in the West brought abundant resources to the town. Currently, the town was encircled by an ¡°outer wall¡± that didn¡¯t existst night as the town was wrapped in a strange atmosphere.
This ¡°outer wall¡± was something Hajime instantly built. Using the magic-driven two-wheeler, he ran around the town¡¯s outer circumference and transmuted the ¡°outer wall¡± without leveling thend. First of all, the wall¡¯s height was only four meters tall because it was the range limit of Hajime¡¯s transmutation, it was not a really tall one. If it was a big-sized demonic beast, it would easily be able to climb over the wall. Tentatively, there¡¯s no problem because it made the people feel better in such an emergency. To begin with, Hajime wouldn¡¯t depend on such a wall.
The thing about the approaching army of tens of thousands of demonic beasts was already known to the townspeople. Considering the demonic beasts¡¯ movement speed, the vanguard would arrive right before evening. Naturally, the townspeople panicked. People began to insult the town leaders including the mayor; others cried and copsed on where they were, people closely embraced the person next to them, some scrambled to escape even amongpanions, and there were those who started to me each other. Tomorrow, this town would be destroyed and they knew they¡¯d lose their lives if they stayed here, so they didn¡¯t have the luxury to remain calm. The way they were acting couldn¡¯t be helped.
But there was someone who made them regain theirposure. It was Aiko. Finally arriving at the town, the guard Knights received the briefing and they shouted ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest.¡± With her dignified appearance showing she didn¡¯t fear anything, coupled with her originally high poprity made the people regain theirposure for now. Hatayama Aiko, in a certain way, was more hero-like than a hero.
The people who regained theirposure divided into two groups. Those who wouldn¡¯t throw away their hometown and would share the same fate as this town; the stay-behind group. The other one was as nned in the beginning, escaping to safety until rescue came; the shelter group. Even among the stay-behind group, a lot of women and children were put into the shelter. They believed Aiko¡¯s words that the demonic beasts would be repulsed, and they wondered if they could help somehow and the stay-behind men decided to help while the wives and children would stay inside the shelter in case of an emergency. Although it passed midnight, the appearance of people embracing each others for separation in tears could be seen everywhere.
The shelter group went out of the town while carrying their luggages before dawn. The sun had raised high now, the people were divided between those who prepared for the battle and those who took a nap. Most of the stay-behind group believed in the ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest¡±¡®s party, even so,we will protect our town ourselves!, we¡¯ll do what we can!, they were filled with such strong spirits.
Even if the people had decreased, there was more liveliness than usual so Hajime sat on the instant rampart behind the town, it was unknown where he was looking as he looked at the distance. Naturally, by his sides were Yue and Shia. They sat beside Hajime, they thought of something, then the two quietly drew closer to him.
Them, Aiko, the students, Tio, Will, David, and several guard Knights arrived there. Even though he noticed Aiko and the others approaching, he didn¡¯t turn around and made David and the Knights frown, but Aiko called on him earlier than them.
¡°Nagumo-kun, how are your preparations? Did you need something else?¡± ¡°No, there¡¯s no problem, sensei.¡±
Of course Hajime simply answered so without turning around. Unable to endure his attitude, David snapped on him.
¡°Oi, you. What¡¯s with your attitude towards Aiko¡ towards your honored teacher. Normally, I wouldn¡¯t overlook the details about the artifact you carry and the details about your method of repulsing the army of demonic beasts, but I didn¡¯t do that because Aiko had asked me earnestly, you know? At least¡¡±
¡°David-san. Can you keep quiet for now?¡±
¡°Uh¡ affirmative¡¡±
However, when Aiko told him to ¡°shut up¡± he dejectedly shut his mouth. His appearance was just like a dog. Even though he wasn¡¯t a demi-human, one could see dog-ears and a tail. Now, those things seemed to hang down dejectedly because the owner was angry.
¡°Nagumo-kun. About the ck-robed man¡¡±
Apparently, that¡¯s the subject. Anguish oozed out from Aiko¡¯s words.
¡°Are you going to confirm his identity? Even if I find him, you¡¯re telling me to not kill him, right?¡±
¡°¡ Yes. It¡¯s necessary to confirm his identity. That¡¯s¡ if it¡¯s an unreasonable thing for Nagumo-kun¡¡±
¡°For the time being, I¡¯ll just bring him here.¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
¡°I¡¯ll bring the ck robe to sensei. Sensei is thinking as a teacher¡ so I¡¯ll do just that.¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun¡ thank you very much.¡±
Aiko was a little surprised because of the unexpected cooperation from Hajime. Hajime didn¡¯t even turn around even now, and thinking Hajime had a lot to think about, she decided to receive his goodwill. She muttered I am powerless as she sighed secretly, then Aiko said her gratitude with a bitter smile.
It looked like Aiko¡¯s talk was over, and this time Tio moved forward and called Hajime.
¡°Fumu, I wonder if it¡¯s okay. This one mas-¡ gohonh! matter to talk¡ is a request, will you hear it?¡±
¡°? ¡ Tio huh¡±
¡°Th-Thou, don¡¯t tell me that this one¡¯s existence was forgotten¡ haa haa, there¡¯s also something like this¡¡±
Because it was an unfamiliar voice, Hajime inadvertently looked over his shoulder, and there was ck clothes with golden embroidery which resembled a kimono and splendidly slipped down, white and smooth shoulders together with an enchanting valley, followed by the beautiful leg which peeped from the cut from the knee; a ck-haired, golden-eyed beautiful woman. For a moment, his eyes seemed dubious and he remembered with ¡°Aa, now that you mention¡± then called her name. Obviously, Tio whose existence was forgotten was far from getting angry, she was blushing and her breathing became rough. Her ¡°something like this¡± was unknown, but it¡¯d be better to not asked her about it.
¡°Nnh, nnh! That¡¯s, after this battle end and thou sent Will back, art thou going to continue to travel?¡±
¡°Aa, that¡¯s so.¡±
¡°Fumu, this one¡¯s request is that¡ this one want to apany thou¡¡±
¡°I refuse.¡±
¡°¡ Haa haa. I-Immediate answer just as expected. As expected of mas-¡kohonh! Of course it¡¯s not for free! I¡¯ll call thou ¡°Master¡± from now own, and dedicated all of this one to thee! Body and mind, all of them! How is it?¡±
¡°Just return, rather just return into the ground.¡±
While spreading her arms, Tio dered to be Hajime ve with an expression of ecstasy, and Hajime, who looked at her as if looking at a filth, immediately casted her away. Tio¡¯s body shook again. Her cheek became rose-colored. No matter who saw her, they¡¯d thought of her as a pervert. Even the surrounding people were taken aback. Especially Yue who had strong yearning and respect towards Ryuujin tribe, her noh mask-like expression crumbled with all of her feelings.
¡°That¡¯s¡ cruel¡ Master was the one who turned this one¡¯s body into this¡ this one want thou to take the responsibility!¡±
Everyone became ¡°Eh!?¡± as they looked at Hajime. As expected, he couldn¡¯t just leave that ridiculous and false usation alone, Hajime immediately looked at Tio¡¯s direction and he red at her with veins popped. His re asked what she meant by that.
¡°Au, to be seen as filth by those eyes again¡ haa haa¡ gulp¡ that¡¯s, look, isn¡¯t this one strong?¡±
Her body shuddered again because of Hajime¡¯s re, then Tio began to exin her thought process that reached extraordinary conception to dered herself as Hajime¡¯s ve.
¡°Even in my hometown, this one only have one, two fights, and this one¡¯s particr endurance surpassed them. That¡¯s why, to be held down by other and even to felt pain-like pain never happened until now and only until now.¡±
Because the guard Knights nearby didn¡¯t know Tio came from Ryuujin tribe, Tio¡¯s words trickle down with some omission.
¡°That¡¯s why, when this one fought Master, it¡¯s the first time this one was knocked down, being held down, and tasted the pain and defeat for the first time. That¡¯s right, that fist which resonated with this body¡¯s core! The impacts that always aimed at unpleasant points! The pain that could felt throughout this one¡¯s body¡ haa haa¡±
Although Tio said that herself, the Knights who didn¡¯t know she was from Ryuujin race turned their gaze towards Hajime as if they looked at a criminal. If ones heard it objectively, it was apletely like a woman assaulting case. ¡°How could you assaulted such beautiful woman!,¡± was the noise raised by the Knights. They didn¡¯t inly med him because they felt pity on the victim; Tio. Rather, the Knights with strong sense of justice were perplexed because she look so happy.
¡°¡ In other words, Hajime opened a new door for you?¡±
¡°That¡¯s it! This one¡¯s body is already useless without Master!¡±
¡°¡ Gross¡±
Yue¡¯s expression was distorted as if she saw something unpleasant, her tone no longer carried respect when Tio said her agreement. Spontantly, Hajime revealed his feeling. He waspletely taken aback.
¡°Furthermore¡¡±
Tio¡¯s perverted look suddenly changed as she began fidgeting while she held her hip with her hands in embarrassment.
¡°¡ This one¡¯s first time was stolen already.¡±
With those words, everyone¡¯s faces showed their surprise as they looked at Hajime. Hajime said ¡°There¡¯s no such thing,¡± as he shook his neck while his cheeks were convulsing.
¡°This one had decided to only admit stronger man than this one aspanion¡ but, there¡¯s no such person in this one¡¯s hometown¡ To be defeated, and to be held down like that¡ was the first time¡ to suddenly used this one¡¯s ass¡ Moreover, such intensity¡ that¡¯s why thou art this one¡¯s Master. This one want thou to take responsibility.¡±
Tio¡¯s eyes were moistened as she looked at Hajime while holding her butt. The Knights¡¯ eyes said, ¡°This guy just a criminal after all!,¡± and continued with ¡°To suddenly attacked the ass-,¡± as they talked and floated shuddering expressions. Even Aiko and the others who knew the truth red at Hajime with ming eyes. Even Yue and Shia¡¯s expressions by his side said, ¡°That¡¯s a little-,¡± as they averted their gazes. Even before the approaching of the army, Hajime was dragged into a situation where he was surrounded by enemies on all sides.
¡°Y-You, didn¡¯t you have things to do? That¡¯s why you went out from your hometown.¡±
Because Yue and the others averted their gazes, Hajime replied desperately about ¡°Ryuujin race¡¯s investigation.¡±
¡°Umu. There¡¯s no problem. It absolutely will be more efficient if this one is beside Master. It¡¯s just like hitting two birds with one stone¡ look, aren¡¯t there various things happened in travel? It¡¯s okay to let out the frustration on this one, okay? It¡¯s also okay to do it stronger. Isn¡¯t that a good thing for Master?¡±
¡°There¡¯s only demerit with a pervert by my side.¡±
Tio clung to him, but Hajime just cast her away. It followed by the guard Knights¡¯ resentment, female students who saw Hajime as a maggot, male students who felt aplex about women from different world as they looked at Hajime with envy, Aiko who started to preach about illicit sexual rtionship, and Will who somehow looked at Hajime with eyes of respect. Inside such chaotic situation, the army kept approaching them, and when Hajime started to became tired of it, they finally came.
¡± ! ¡ They¡¯ve arrive huh.¡±
Hajime suddenly turned his gaze towards the mountain range area in the north. He disyed his narrowed eyes as he looked at the distance. Even though they weren¡¯t in location that could be seen by naked eyes, Hajime could clearly saw it from the image from Unmanned Reconnaissance nes which disyed on his ¡°Magic Eye Crystal.¡±
There was a crowd of demonic beasts whopletely wrapped the ground. Beside human-type demonic beasts like Brutal, there were three-four meter big and ck wolf-like demonic beasts, and there were also lizard-like demonic beasts with six legs, phyton-like demonic beasts with needles protruded from their backs, mantis-like demonic beasts with four scythes, huge spider-like demonic beasts with numerous tentacles grown all over their bodies, and there were pure white, two headed snakes. It truly a rich variation of demonic beasts and their march made the ground trembled as cloud of dust was scattered by their tremendous force. Their number seemed to have increased further since the time he confirmed it at the mountain. It was arge army of around 50,000-60,000.
In addition, there were also flying-type demonic beasts above therge crowd. They could bepared to the Pteranodon. One of the tens of pteranodon-fakers was especially big, and a person shadow could slightly be seen on it. It was probably the ck robed man. Although Aiko¡¯s manner showed she didn¡¯t want to believe it, it was Shimizu Yukitoshi 8 or 9 out of ten cases.
¡°¡ Hajime.¡± ¡°Hajime-san.¡±
Yue and Shia noticed something approached them from the change in Hajime¡¯s atmosphere. They called out to Hajime. Hajime turned his gaze towards the two and he nodded once, following that he turned his nce towards Aiko and the others whose faces filled with tension behind him.
¡°They¡¯vee. Although it¡¯s considerably earlier than the schedule, it¡¯ll be 30 minutes until their arrival. The number are more than 50,000. They are mix of more than two kind of demonic beasts.¡±
Hearing the number of demonic beasts had increased further, Aiko and the others turned paler. Towards Aiko and the others who looked uneasy, Hajime jumped above the wall and he disyed a fearless smile over his shoulder.
¡°Don¡¯t make that face, sensei. There¡¯ll be no problem because there¡¯s only addition of several tens of thousand. Just as nned, those who can fight should stand by the ¡°wall side¡± in case of emergency. Well, there¡¯ll be no turn for them though.¡±
Without any fighting mood, Hajime told them to leave it to him, and Aiko narrowed her eyes as they slightly sparkling.
¡°I understand¡ though I don¡¯t know what I can do just by standing here just as you¡¯ve said¡ somehow please be safe¡¡±
As Aiko said that, the guard Knights said, ¡°I wonder if it¡¯s okay to leave it to Hajime¡± and ¡°Even though it¡¯s toote, we should go to the shelter,¡± as they ran while carrying the information towards the town. Even the students looked at Hajime withplexed eyes once, then ran after Aiko. Beside Hajime and his party, the remaining were only Will and Tio.
Will was talking about something to Tio, then he ran after Aiko and the others after he bowed to Hajime. Tio answered Hajime¡¯s questioning face with a wry smile.
¡°Because this one will use all of this one¡¯s power to ovee this incident, then at the very least this ones wanted Will-boy to forgive this one about the adventurers, that kind of talk¡ that¡¯s why this one will help thee. What, even if this one¡¯s magic power isn¡¯t recovered enough for Dragon Form, this one¡¯s me and wind are quite the real deal, kay?¡±
Ryuujin race was called odd existence by the church, and although they could be considered as demi-human race, they could directly manipted magic power just like demonic beasts. Therefore, even though she wasn¡¯t an all attribute, chantless, no magic circle genius like Yue, there were attributes she excelled at, and she seemed to be capable to do it chantless just like Yue.
Tio self-imed that as she vehemently stuck out her chest to deliberately emphasized it, but Hajime just silently throw a ring made of magic-crystallization stone. Although Tio showed a questioning look, she opened her eyes wide when she understood it was a magic power tank made of God Crystal, then she looked at Hajime with moistened eyes and speak with a shaking voice.
¡°Master¡ to propose right before a fight¡ this one, of course, this one¡¯s answer is¡¡±
¡°As if. I am only lending it to you because you have the duty as the battery, no more, no less. Rather, did you just tried to be the fool like a certain someone just now?¡±
¡°¡ I see, that ck history.¡±
Yue dropped her shoulders with unpleasant expression because her thought pattern was somewhat simr to this pervert. Hajime¡¯s objection waspletely ignored as Tio put the ring on her finger and gazed at it with a grin while she was also being ignored by him, and finally therge group of demonic beasts could be seen by naked eyes. People with bows and magic arrays in their hands gathered on the ¡°outer wall.¡± The ground began to tremor, and demonic beasts¡¯ roars could be heard together with dust storm in the distance. Some people started to pray to the god and some people wore expressions as if they¡¯d be dead at any time.
Having seen that, Hajime came forward. Using transmutation, he created the speech stand by piling up the ground. He didn¡¯t thought of easing people¡¯s anxiety because it¡¯d simply turned into panic if friendly fire happened.
Something suddenly climbed on the foundation outside the wall, and the people who thought it was one of the approaching demonic beasts were ring at it, but they were bewildered because where their gazes gathered was a white-haired, eye-patched boy.
After he confirmed everyone¡¯s gazes were turned to him, Hajime inhaled then speak with a voice that could reached the heaven.
¡°Listen! O brave people of Ul town! Our victory is nothing but confirmed!¡±
Wondering what was suddenly said, the townspeople looked at each other. Hajime looked at their confusion with narrowed eyes and continued his words.
¡°If you ask for the reason, it is because the Goddess has taken side with us! That¡¯s right, it¡¯s the ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest¡± everyone know; Aiko-sama!¡±
Hearing those words, everyone began to raised noises with,Aiko-sama? Goddess of Good Harvest?. Aiko whose apanied by the guard Knights behind and had been helped guiding the people became stupefied.
¡°As long as Aiko-sama is beside us, we are unbeatable! Aiko-sama is the living god send by the heaven as an ally to humanity, and brought to us ¡°Good Harvest¡± and ¡°Victory¡±! I am Aiko-sama¡¯s sword and also her shield, I am here to answer her desire to protect everyone! Look! This is my power which guided by Aiko-sama!¡±
As he said that, Hajime pull out Scgen from the void and anchors from its barrel pierced the ground to fixed its position. Following that, he crouched and the townspeople observed him as he aligned his sight towards the vanguard of demonic beasts, the pteranodon-fakers¡ and he pulled the trigger.
A bright red spark released from Scgen and apanied with killing intent, a blinding light ran through the sky in an instant. It crushed one of the pteranodon-fakes which was several kilometers away, and several others on the surrounding descended into the ground because their wings were pulverized by the after-effect. As is, Hajime continued to fired for the second and third times, and the demonic beasts in the sky were exterminated. Then, he purposely altered his aim and the rather huge pteranodon-fake started to fall as it was confused by what happened, moreover the ck robed man who rode on it was blown by the after-effect. The ck robe blown into the air and he tried to resist the fall.
He didn¡¯t have the time to bring the ck robe to Aiko until all of the demonic beasts were dealt with, so he choose to defeat the fastest ones to escape for now. Although Aiko would be angry if she heard he shot him down, he didn¡¯t care at the least if that person was hurt after all. At least Aiko might not noticed it because he shot it down while they were still far away.
Hajime finished exterminating the demonic beasts in the sky and he calmly turned around. There were the appearances of the townspeople who became dumbfounded and ck-jawed.
¡°All hail Aiko-sama!¡±
Hajime raised words of praise for Aiko as hisst duty. Then, in the next moment¡
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±All hail Aiko-sama! Long live Aiko-sama! Cheers for Aiko-sama! All hail Aiko-sama!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡± ¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±All hail Goddess! Long live Goddess! Cheers for Goddess! All hail Goddess!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
Inside Ul town, it was no longer just her nickname, a true goddess was bornt. Apparently, their anxiety had blown away as everyone in the town raise shouts of praise as their shining eyes looked towards Aiko, the goddess; their hope. In the distance, Aiko¡¯s face turned crimson as she trembled. Her eyes immediately turned towards Hajime and her small mouth moved as it said, ¡°What.Do.You.Mean.By.This!¡±.
Hajime turned towards therge crowd of demonic beasts again. Hajime pushed such fa?ade to Aiko because he had his own reason. First, Hajime¡¯s activity would surely make the Church and the Kingdom move in the future, and because Aiko would confronted them if they tried to harm Hajime, it¡¯d be better for her words as ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest¡± carried power at that time. If they could ovee the town¡¯s emergency with Aiko-sama(¡)¡¯s power, then the townspeople would started their own rumour and the name ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest¡± would surely grabbed people¡¯s hearts further. At that time, she wasn¡¯t only a useful talent for the kingdom but also the goddess that people supported, so the Church and the Kingdom couldn¡¯t easily put their hands on her as her words carried more power.
The second reason was simply because the townspeople would only be frightened and hostile if they were shown a big power. That¡¯s why even if they showed their power, the townspeople¡¯s wonder and fear would be relieved when they remembered it came from the goddess who supported them, and the hostility could be changed to goodwill. Even if they were chased by the Church, there¡¯d be people who cooperated with them¡ and that¡¯s a good thing.
The third reason was simply to dere that he¡¯d took the full brunt of everything aimed towards ¡°Nagumo Hajime¡¯s teacher.¡±
His number one reason was so that the townspeople would not panicked and did something wrong, and he immediately thought to do that. Afterwards Aiko would told him various things, but there were also merits for Aiko and she should overlook it because it was the result of her decision¡ it¡¯d be okay to just escape once everything¡¯s over.
With townspeople¡¯s shouts that they wouldn¡¯t be defeated by demonic beasts because of Aiko on his back, along with Aiko¡¯s piercing nce, and the guard Knights floated smiles as they muttered ¡°Just what, that guys understood well what we meant¡± and looked at him, Hajime took out two Metherai¡¯s ammunition belt from ¡°Treasure Box¡± and put them on his shoulders as he advanced ahead.
On her right was Yue as always, on his left was Shia with Orkan on her shoulder which Hajime loaned to her, and beside him was also Tio who absent-mindedly staring at the ring of magic crystallization stone. On the horizon, the pteranodon-fakers who fell to the ground as if they weren¡¯t rted to all of this and demonic beasts who marched single-mindedly filled their view.
Hajime looked at Yue. Yue returned Hajime¡¯s gaze and silently nodded. Hajime looked at Shia. Shia with her rabbit ears stood straight nodded full of confidence. Tio on his side¡ he just put her aside.
Hajime returned his gaze towards therge crowd and floated a smile, and he mutter without any eagerness.
¡°Then, let¡¯s do it.¡±
Book 7. Chapter 2
Book 7. Chapter 2
(What¡¯s with this¡ what the heck THIS IS!!)
Therge crowd of tens of thousand demonic beasts came to attack Ul town from the rear side. The instantly built moat, and the boy, Shimizu Yukitoshi, who desperately shrunk his trembling body as he hysterically invoked barrier, could only pped his mouth as he couldn¡¯t believed the disastrous scene in front of him. An unbelievable spectacle, and the reality he didn¡¯t want to believe, he repeatedly cursed with words that wouldn¡¯te out.
That¡¯s right, the one behind therge crowd of demonic beasts was unmistakably Aiko¡¯s missing student, Shimizu Yukitoshi. By the contract he exchanged with a certain man, he nned to frame Aiko and the others for Ul¡¯s annihtion. However, the townspeople whom he thought would be easily twisted and crushed were still unharmed by thepletely unforeseen and threatening ambush. Rather, the current progress brought forth was just like a painting of hell for Shimizu¡¯s side.
DOuRURURURURURURURURU!!!
DOuRURURURURURURURURU!!!
As such peculiar sounds resounded in the battlefield, numerous shes filled with enough killing intent speeded along the sky. The shes reached their target without giving any time to wink. No matter how strong the several species of demonic beasts who roared and made the earth rumbled were, they were changed into lump of meat in a moment without any chance to resist. The 12,000 death per minute became a merciless ¡°wall¡± as they approached and they pierced their targets without such lukewarm words of ¡°one bullet one body¡± as they went through several tens of more demonic beasts in the back.
The pierced demonic beasts, ignoring thew of inertia, were burst and copsed on the spots in general. The demonic beasts immediately spreaded out to left and right to escape the trail of deaths. But the shooter, Hajime, naturally wouldn¡¯t let them escape as he fired the second round from Metherai just like a folding fan. The ¡°barrage¡± released and it approached all of the demonic beasts just like a rampart. In the blink of time, the mountain of corpses and river of blood were built.
In addition, on Hajime¡¯s left side was Shia with Orkan on her shoulders and shouted, ¡°Fly however you want~,¡± as she pulled the trigger. Pashu rang out in session as the rocketuncher fired.
On the contrary of those stupid sounds, the warheads passed into the middle of demonic beasts as they leave trails of sparks and caused huge explosions which blown the demonic beasts within ten meters. The demonic beasts¡¯ bodies near the ground zero were turned into pieces while the intense shock waves damaged the bones and internal organs of the ones farther. Furthermore, the demonic beasts that were incapable of even standing up were treaded and crushed to death.
Even though she exhausted all of the ammo, Shia reloaded it with the piles of warheads on her side from Hajime and fired them sessively. The fired rockets exploded overhead the demonic beast just like grenades, and numerous brightly burning mes were scattered below. Just like incendiary grenade, the liquid tars which kept burning at 3,000 oC were extracted from me Crystal and poured down just like a great rain towards the demonic beasts whose bodies were burnt to ashes. They screamed and struggled as the me which carried scorching destruction spreaded and swallowed the surroundings demonic beasts. Comparing the number of demonic beasts that exploded and the ones turned to ashes, in the area Shia was in charge of¡ were two against one.
Tio was positioned at Shia¡¯s right side. Her outstretched hands were releasing ck aurora which scorched the surrounding air since a while ago. It was the Breath from her dragon form. Apparently, she was capable of shooting it even in human form. The ck me which was capable to press on Hajime¡¯s full power, defense flew and instantly prated therge crowds in the rear into annihtion. As is, Tio moved her arms horizontally and the ck bombardment moved ording to her arms and annihted everything.
After the bombardment was stopped, nothing remained except the gouged ground. In exchange, it should be considerably exhausting. Tio¡¯s shoulders were dropped as her body trembled. However, she immediately straightened her posture after she kissed the ring in her finger. She was taking out magic power¡¯s stock inside the ring of magic crystallization she stone received from Hajime. Because of Breath attack, the vanguard demonic beasts around the area she was in charge of were annihted, and Tio who could take it easy used magic withparatively smaller consumption rate.
¡°Wind which blowing wildly, the torrent which burn in crimson, ¡°Worldly me Tempest¡±.¡±
For the sake of suppressing magic power consumption rate, she chanted and heightened her concentration. Following that, me tornado magic was released. Its scale was the same as F4 ss tornado on earth. The swirling me of ten meters in diameter advanced towards the group of demonic beasts and the surrounding demonic beasts were blown up. The demonic beasts thrown up into the air didn¡¯t have any way to struggle and they jumped into the me as is. Following that, what was thrown out from the crimson tornado were ashes scattered like gray snow. The tornado which turned everything into ashes was trampling the battlefield without reserve.
Yue¡¯s annihtion power on Hajime¡¯s right side surpassed them. Even though Hajime and the others started the attack, Yue stood still and had her eyes closed. The demonic beasts, who realized the attack from the right side was thinner, gathered there to escape the storm of destruction and invaded from the right-wing. The marching demonic beasts were crowding and came charging. At the moment, their distance was about 500 meters. Yue opened her eyes and slowly raised her right hand, and with two whispered words, she recited the name of the powerful magic as if dering it to the world.
¡°¡±Threat Destroyer¡±¡±
It was the trigger to invoke the Age of God¡¯s magic. It was the magic granted by Miledi Raisen which interfere with onew of the world, ¡°gravity movement.¡± For the vampire princess who held the natural talent for magic, she needed a ¡°long time¡± to control her magic power and to fix the image because it was a difficult magic she couldn¡¯t invoke immediately, yet.
Along with Yue¡¯s chant, the same swirling, dark orb just like the one when they fought the ck dragon appeared above the approaching demonic beasts. However, there were differences as the orb shape was changed. The orb became thinner and thinner until its length reached 500 meters squarely above the demonic beasts. Following that, the dark ceiling which blocked the sunlight immediately fell before the demonic beasts.
In the next moment, it could be said ¡°the demonic beasts were annihted from the world.¡± In truth, the Ul¡¯s townspeople behind the wall could only dumbfoundedly watch what Hajime and his party did as a trampling y; there¡¯s no other way to look at it.
The truth they seen made it looked like a simple thing. The dark ceiling fell into the the group of demonic beast, the demonic beast sunk into the ground as is, and a 10 meter crater with length of 500 meters was created. The demonic beasts that crowding and charging didn¡¯t have the time to understand what happened as all of their bodies were crushed and became stains at the bottom of the ground. In an aspect, it became just like the dump for demonic beasts¡¯ corpses. With only an attack from Yue, nearly 2,000 demonic beasts were killed in an instant, they were unfortunate as the demonic beasts¡¯ bodies were turned into pieces with their entrails scattered with this above the borderline technique.
The following demonic beasts fell one by one into the huge hole where the ground suddenly disappeared. Unable to null their charging momentum, they were pushed from the back. In the blink of time, several thousands of demonic beasts fell into the huge hole, then Yue once again interfere with gravity using magic power which taken out from magic crystallization stone. Demonic beasts¡¯ corpses were piled on top of demonic beasts¡¯ corpses.
The blowing wind carried the smell of the trampled demonic beasts¡¯ blood towards the town. Such strong smell made the townspeople one by one unable to suppressed their nausea, even so the townspeople raised an uproar because of the unreal ¡°overwhelming power¡± and ¡°trampling y.¡± WAaAAA¡ª¡ª, shout of joy raised all over the town.
The town leaders and the guard Knights remained dumbfounded as they saw Hajime and his party¡¯s power for the first time. The students who once again witnessed that power could strongly feel the ¡°differences¡± between them as they showed expressions with mixed feelings. Originally, they were going protect the people from such demonic beasts, at leasts they first objected to defending from the same location as the townspeople where they could only see the back of a ssmate that was looked down as an ¡°ipetent.¡± That¡¯s why their mind becameplexed.
Aiko was only praying single-mindedly. For the safety of Hajime and his party. At the same time, her expression was distorted because the things about her had became toote to repair. With such gruesome battlefield in front of her, the contradiction with her sweetness strike on people¡¯s hearts.
Before long, the number of demonic beasts were remarkably decreased and the northern ground which was hidden by therge crowd could be seen, and Tio finally fell. Having exhausted the magic power from magic crystallization stone, she couldn¡¯t move because of magic power exhaustion.
¡°Muu, this one will stop here¡ already, no fireball can be made¡ sorry.¡±
While she copsed in prostration, only her face looked at Hajime which filled with apologizes and Tio¡¯splexion had passed from blue as it turned white. Literally, the consumption of magic power she did could brought about her death.
¡°¡ It¡¯s enough. Looks like you aren¡¯t just a pervert. Leave the rest to me and sleep as is.¡±
¡°¡ For Master to be gentle¡ though I thought I¡¯d be insulted¡ No, about the whipping after this over¡ can I expect it?¡±
¡°Just die as is.¡±
With her face looked like the dead whose blood was extracted, Tio¡¯s body began to trembling by Hajime¡¯s words. Her expression was one of a satisfaction. Hajime looked at her as if he saw something disgusting and clicked his tongue, then he returned his gaze towards the group of demonic beasts.
Now, their number with scale of 10,000 had been reduced by 8,000 to 9,000. If remembering therge crowd in the beginning, the damages could be stated as a total annihtion. However, the demonic beasts were still made reckless charges. To be urate, it seemed some of the demonic beasts were giving themmands. The ordinary demonic beastspletely obeyed them, following themands from the leader of various species, and they charging in perplexion. Hajime was able to noticed that because their number had fallen.
Assuming Shimizu Yukitoshi as the culprit behind this incident, even if he carried some cheats, in truth, Hajime felt suspicious about it as he thought if he really could brainwashed suchrge crowd just like Tio. But, not all of the tens of thousands demonic beasts were brainwashed, by brainwashing the leaders of various species, he made the subordinates followed those leaders. It was quite efficient. However, there was still the doubt on how he gathered such number in a short time¡
For now, he¡¯d put that doubt aside. Because the leaders movements were monotonous and slow, even though there were some flexibilities along with theposition of demonic beasts who obeyed the repeated recklessmands, it¡¯d be better for him to quickly kill those leaders. If he did that, the demonic beasts that faithful to their instinct would run away into the northern mountain because the difference of force from Hajime and his party was already carved into their body.
Hajime stared at the extermination weapon, Metherai, in his hands. Two smokes were raised and it seemed the cooling wouldn¡¯t make it in time. If he continued to attack more than this, it¡¯d fell apart somewhere. Of course there was the possibility to restore it, but he couldn¡¯t do it instantly because it was a delicate objects. It was necessary to took some time to work precisely on it. That¡¯s why, because it¡¯d be a hassle, he switched to more appropriate method of attack.
¡°Yue, your remaining magic power?¡±
¡°¡ Nn, only two of magic crystallization stones left¡ the consumption rate of that gravity magic was more than expected. Training is needed.¡±
¡°No no, didn¡¯t you just kill more than 20.000 alone? That¡¯s enough. I¡¯ll just pinpoint attack the leftover. Please cover me.¡±
¡°Nnh.¡±
Even though Hajime¡¯s words were few, Yue immediately nodded in acknowledgement and carried it out. They were in harmony. Satisfied by that, Hajime talked to Shia.
¡°Shia, did you understand the difference in the demonic beasts?¡±
¡°Yes, The manipted demonic beasts just like Tio at that time and the weak-kneed demonic beasts, right?¡±
¡°Weak-kneed¡ yup, well, that¡¯s right. Probably, those demonic beasts that look like Tio¡¯s are the leaders of the groups. The others will run away if they are killed.¡±
¡°I see, because I don¡¯t have any ammo left, it¡¯s direct killing!¡±
¡°¡ Ah, aa. What can I say, you¡¯ve be sturdier¡¡±
¡°Of course. It is for the sake of being by the side of you two.¡±
Towards the smiling Shia, Hajime returned a wry smile which somehow feel like a gentle smile. However, he tightened his expression as he put Metherai inside the ¡°Treasure Box¡± and took out Donner-Scg. At the same time, Shia also put Orkan away and her hand reached Doryukken on her back.
The leaders of demonic beasts numbered around 100. Perhaps, because of the suicide assault, they began to lost their leadership on the subordinate demonic beasts as majority of them fall back.
The attacks from Metherai and Orkan, followed by Tio¡¯s magic might made them thought they had lost their chance, and the demonic beasts began to march back.
To cover Hajime and Shia¡¯ attack, Yue invoked her magic.
¡°¡±Thunder Dragon¡±¡±
Immediately a dragon of thunder that created violent sparks and raised roars of thunderbolts appeared from the heaven which shrouded by dark cloud, and it infringed the frontline from the right to the left. The golden dragon opened its huge mouth, and seeing the group of demonic beasts annihted as they voluntarily jumped, the following demonic beasts once again flinching. At that chance, Hajime and Shia charge at the crowd at once.
DOPANh! DOPANh! DOPANh! DOPANh! DOPANh! DOPANh!
Hajime used ¡°Ground Shrinker¡± as he dashed on the ground and sessively fired Donner-Scg. His eyes grasped the appearances from the small gap on the crowd, he fired the shes of death and they reached the targets through the small gap as they hit right at the vital points without mercy.
Without even ncing at the demonic beasts in the frontline, somehow only the leaders in the back were mysteriously burst open one after another which made the surrounding demonic beasts halted. Then, a shadow suddenly appeared above one of the demonic beasts. Immediately, the demonic beasts looked up at the sky and there was a girl with fluttering rabbit ears and carrying a gigantic warhammer literally fell from the sky and jumped into the scene.
That girl was Shia, she stepped on the demonic beasts¡¯ heads and hopping just like a rabbit above the crowd. Thest demonic beast¡¯s head she stepped on was crushed as she jumped grandly and she flew at once into the sky using Gravity magic to lightened her weight.
Following that, she turned around as she passed the zenith, she increased her weight several times at once and fall with tremendous power. Her targeted point was of course the location where several leaders were stiffened. Her free fall speed was elerated further as the reaction from the outburst when she pulled Doryukken¡¯s trigger, and she used body strengthening to the limit to put the highest power into her attack. Then, the hammer that could be called the destruction incarnated fall down without even losing its momentum.
¡°RYAaAAAA!!!¡±
DOoGAaAAAA!!!
The attack which apanied with lovely shout was just like a meteorite. The Brutal-type leader who received the direct hit was crushed to death as its head immediately reached the ground while flesh and blood were scattered by the violent impact. The flesh and blood slipped into the ground and stones which blown by the impact and returned to the ground as fertilizer. Following that, the same fate visited the crowding demonic beasts in the surroundings. Doryukken¡¯s overwhelming impact made the ground and stones flew just like bullets and scattered the fleshes which also returned into the ground just like before.
Shia was in the bottom of the crater she made herself and she used the reaction from the outburst to pull Doryukken which buried on the ground and at the same time she used the high-speed movement to move towards the demonic beasts and once again attacked each group¡¯s leader.
As expected, she didn¡¯t have the heart to just naively let the demonic beasts that did whatever they please away, and Shia crushed the surrounding meat wall to death. Shia used Doryukken¡¯s designed gimmick to further extended the handle by more than one meter and used the outburst to do high-speed revolution just like a spinning top. Following that, Doryukken which carried enough centrifugal force blown away the approaching mixed wall of meat.
Countless Brutals fluttered as they were blown away radially. The girl with delicate appearance easily blown away the many times bigger demonic beasts as if they were pingpong ball. The spectacle was just like a joke. Shia restored her body pose from the flow of gyration and she became depressed when she saw the targeted leaders were crushed from the gap of the blown away Brutals.
Then, in that moment, her rabbit ears caught a sound of something new approaching in high speed from the right rear. Without panicking, Shia timingly rotated her body and used Doryukken to intercept the ambush. But, the neers, demonic beasts with ck-fur, four ruby-like eyes, and looked like wolves, were already expecting that as they immediately decelerated and splendidly avoid Shia¡¯s attack.
If they were normal demonic beasts, in theory they¡¯d continued the attack and became corpses by the swung weapon. Actually, Shia also had thought of that as she concentrated her body strengthening on her legs, and she¡¯d won by immediately jumping overhead the raid.
However, Shia¡¯s expectation was betrayed. Somehow the four-eyed wolves weren¡¯t jumped at Shia but Doryukken with their strong jaws as they used all of their might to pushed the ground to seal it. Of course such demonic beasts couldn¡¯t beat Shia¡¯s body strengthening. But, because she was surprised by the unexpected, her movement was sealed for a moment.
Thus the ck, four-eyed wolves had enough time. The same kind of demonic beast was approaching as it opened its mouth filled with sharp fangs from Shia¡¯s back with a perfect timing. Shia opened her eyes wide and immediately released the body strengthening which concentrated on her legs towards her whole body. That because she was preparing to received the attacks.
At the moment those sharp fangs almost drenched by Shia¡¯s blood, something interrupted between Shia and the four-eyed wolf. With length of 60 cm and width of 40 cm, it was a metallic cross which middle part was just like a round shield. That cross prevented the demonic beast¡¯s mouth from biting Shia.
Gari gari sound resounded and the demonic beast desperately tried to crunch the foreign object that jumped out all of a sudden, but the cross that emitted weak red light wasn¡¯t daunted at all. In the next moment, the demonic beast¡¯s lower jaw was blown off apanied with roaring sound.
¡°GUuRUaAA!!!¡±
The cross soundlessly moved overhead the screaming and writhing demonic beast and a bullet pulverized the demonic beast¡¯s head apanied with another roaring sound. In addition,
ZUDONh!!
Hearing the firing sound, Shia lightened her grip on Doryukken. Shia looked back at the four-eyed wolves who temporary closed off her path and their abdomens and heads were also shot through as they crumbled by another two crosses which floating mid-air.
¡°¡±Shia, don¡¯t rx your guard. Among the demonic beasts, there were some whose movement are obviously different. There¡¯s not only brainwashed ones and the subordinates of demonic beasts. Take three of the Cross Bits with you. Annihte the 27 on the right. The frontline will hold for five minutes for Yue.¡±¡±
Shia finally caught up that she had escaped from the pinch and he received the ¡°Telepathy¡± from Hajime. Hah, Shia who regained her senses was straightening herself and answered through the telepathy stone on her choker (Shia never thought of it as a cor).
¡°Roger! Also, I am saved. Thank you very much!¡±
¡°Ou, be careful.¡±
¡°¡ Fufu, recently, Hajime-san¡¯s attitude bing more and more softened. It is just one step away from it to be an aplished fact!¡±
Having confirmed themunication was cut, Shia muttered that to herself as she smiled because the floating ¡°Cross Bits¡± in the surroundings were as if they were protecting her. Following that, she psyched up and readied Doryukken, then she set out to annihte the cautious leader which had different fur color from the demonic beasts from a while ago.
¡°Fuu, just as usual, she always got into some trouble, this girl¡¡±
Muttering that, Hajime exterminated the demonic beasts with overwhelming force. There were four cross floating around Hajime.
¡°Cross Bit¡± was how Hajime called the floating crosses, they moved by the same principle as the Unmanned Reconnaissance nes and their type specialized in attacking. Inside were loaded with gun and rifle bullet, they were operated using the bracelet where seven induction stones were installed. Moreover, the surface was covered with mineral which endowed with ¡°Vajra¡± using Creation magic, so they could be strong shields as they reacted on the magic power from induction stone.
Hajime, who used Gun=Kata as he pleased while manipting the Cross Bits at the same time, unfolded a storm of attacks without any room of escape. Already, 40 of the demonic beasts¡¯ leaders were killed and there were demonic beasts who began to escape from the full-powered ¡°Pressure.¡±
Then, a human¡¯s shadow who screaming something towards the escaping demonic beasts in the distance was seen by Hajime at the edge of his view. Because it only put out its head from the ground, for a moment he thought it was someone¡¯s severed head, but Hajime used ¡°Farsight¡± and he certainly saw it move. That head was covered with ck robe.
The ck robed man, Shimizu was throwing a tantrum just like a child as he shouted at the escaping demonic beasts, then he began to recite something as he held up the artifact staff received in Imperial Pce. Of course, because there was no obligation to wait for the chantpletion, Hajime fired Donner in his spare time and the staff was blown off in the middle. As the after effect, Shimizu was knocked and copsed into the hole on the ground.
Thus although he didn¡¯t know what Shimizu was trying to do, the ck, four-eyed, wolf-type demonic beasts who were hidden inside the crowd and patiently waiting for the decisive gap around Hajime jumped at once. As expected, they had the potential of coordination ability that couldn¡¯t bepared to the surrounding demonic beasts. It made him remembered the two-tailed wolf from before.
Actually, Hajime feel they could be a good match if they fight against the two-tailed wolf. Although they didn¡¯t have peculiar magic to manipte thunder and simply had inferior offensive powerpared to the two-tailed wolf, sometime, they evaded the location Hajime attacked as if they knew about it, so their peculiar magic must be something along ¡°Prediction¡± system. Following that, their coordination would make them the same level as the two-tailed wolf¡ in other words, it wasn¡¯t strange for the demonic beasts to be in the so-called lowyer of the Abyss.
Why such demonic beasts here?, though there was such a doubt, he undertaking attacks, so it was just unnecessary thought for now. Hajime temporarily averted his thought from eliminating the leaders of the demonic beasts and concentrated on defeating the 12 ck, four-eyed wolves.
Front, back, left, and right, furthermore there were ck, four-eyed wolves who began to attack from above, so he rotated his body like a top and sessively fired Donner-Scg. They used ¡°Prediction¡± to evaded from their spots, and Hajime also used ¡°Prediction¡± to attack their next location. Even so, he was surprised that there were some that still capable to evade. Simr to the two-tailed wolf, they must have a method ofmunication like telepathy among theirpanions, and there might be some who looked over the battlefield.
Avoiding Hajime¡¯s shots, the four-eyed wolf leaped from the back because of the small gap when he reloaded mid-air, and one of the Cross Bits expanded just like flower petal and blown it away. Using that demonic beasts as stepping stone was another four-eyed wolf as it jumped, and the Cross Bit immediately became a shield to obstructed it, then he shoot out the Shotgun from the elbow of his artificial left arm.
Inside the rain of flesh and blood, two Cross Bits concentrated barrage at one corner towards the encircling four-eyed wolves. When the encirclement opened by force, he slipped through using ¡°Ground Shrinker¡± and shot to death the four-eyed wolves from the back which followed by Donner-Scg further ughtering another two because they had finished reloading.
Then, there was one that thrown away its body since the start and hurled its attacked body as it jumped towards Hajime. Hajime evaded by jumping sideway, shot the lower part of the demonic beast that came flying and blown off the four-eyed wolf that charging from its back. Taking a passive approach, Hajime immediately stood up and the four-eyed wolves opened their big mouths as if they had waited for this moment, then they tried to crunch Hajime with their fangs. It was a perfect timing. If seen from the side, it unmistakably could be seen that the four-eyed wolves¡¯ mouths had settled on Hajime¡¯s body.
However, at that time Hajime¡¯s appearance started to sway and the four-eyed wolves¡¯ mouths only gachin!, let out such sounds as they bit the empty space. Unbeknownst to them, Hajime¡¯s body had advanced one step. Hajime shot through the abdomens of the four-eyed wolves he just passed through.
Furthermore, another four-eyed wolves leaped at Hajime, but it became the same as before, the ce they attacked was wrong by a step. In each case, Hajime shot and blown them away as they passed each other.
The ck, four-eyed wolves were as if they mistaken their eyes measurement and the chain of eventpletely became like that. It was the skill derived from Hajime¡¯s ¡°Sign Interception¡± called ¡°+Phantom Step¡±. The effect was at the time he intercepted his presence and he¡¯d leave his presence in the spot before he intercepted it for a few seconds. Because the real body¡¯s presence was intercepted, it¡¯d be mistaken that he was still on his former location. Of course, because he merely shifted his presence, it wasparatively easier to notice if ones carefully observed him. But, in a fight which fewma of seconds could decided between victory and defeat, it was difficult for them to not be puzzled. The validity increased if the enemies were particrly sensitive towards presence.
Naturally, Hajime used ¡°Light Speed¡± to control the Cross Bits, so no matter even if the ck, four-eyed wolves were demonic beasts with Abyss-ss power, they naturally weren¡¯t enemies for him. In the end, although the four-eyed wolves were probably Shimizu¡¯s trump card, they couldn¡¯t even grazed Hajime and annihted in two minutes.
Hajime scattered the Cross Bits which killed the leaders with raging force. From the information the Cross Bits he put beside Shia in separated location, only several left before it ended in the other side. Even the demonic beasts that tried to charge towards the town werepletely disallowed to drew near by Yue¡¯s thunder dragon.
After about two minutes, Hajime confirmed that they seeded in eliminating the brainwashed demonic beasts. Then, having confirmed that, suu¡ª he greatly inhaled and roared which coupled with ¡°Magic Power Emission.¡±
¡°KAaAAAAAAAAAAA!!!¡±
The huge roar and the surge of magic power ran through the battlefield. The overwhelming pressure attacked and shocked the demonic beasts¡¯ minds and they feel huge instinctive fear. Following that, they noticed their groups¡¯ leaders were already non-existence. After a moment of stiffening, they began to turn on their heels and desperately escaping towards the north while making a detour around Hajime.
The groups of demonic beasts which like a water current was as if parted by a rock on the river which was Hajime. Hajime confirmed his appearance with a sharp gaze, when he discovered Shimizu who seemed trying to escape using thest four-eyed wolf in the moment of confusion.
Hajime kneeled and firmly set Donner with both hands and sessively pulled the trigger. The bullets ran through the air with miraculous timeg, the four-eyed wolf sneak a nce towards the sign of turbulence felt by ¡°Prediction¡± and avoid the first attack, but it copsed as the second attack shot through its big thigh. The impact made Shimizu blown away. Because his body¡¯s specs were high, he immediately got up even though his body was struck hard. He rushed and shouted something towards the four-eyed wolf then he started to kick its head.
He probably shouted something about it should quickly stand up. He was obviously hysteric. After a while, maybe he was hinted by something to force the wolf to move, he began to chant as he put his hand on the ck, four-eyed wolf¡¯s head.
Hajime saw that, fired the railgun without the need to discuss, and pierced where the ck, four-eyed wolf was stopped. Shimizu who once again blown away because of the after effect was moving his limbs in panic, and this time he escaping by himself as he began to run towards the north just like the demonic beasts.
Hajime took out magic-driven two-wheeler, elerated at once and caught up to Shimizu in the blink of the time. Shimizu looked back towards the KIiIII! sound behind him and he frantically moved his limbs to escape as he became stupefied by the bike which shouldn¡¯t be existed in this different world.
¡°What! What the hell! That¡¯s impossible! If it¡¯s true, the same hero as I- GUPEh!?¡±
The back of the head of Shimizu who frantically running while cursing was struck by Hajime¡¯s artificial arm with two-wheeler¡¯s momentum as is. Shimizu¡¯s face dived into the ground and slipped on the ground for several meters with killer whale-like posture before he stopped.
¡°Well then, what should I say to sensei? About this guy¡ and ording to the situation, mine will¡¡±
Hajime said that to himself as he tied up Shimizu using the wire from his artificial arm and return towards the town as is. The appearance of Shimizu who was dragged by the two-wheeler as he was painted by the scattered blood and fleshes of demonic beasts while creating a dust storm on the ruined ground¡ could be correctly said as a defeated soldier.
Book 7. Chapter 3
Book 7. Chapter 3
Chapter 3 : Undesired Result
For Shimizu Yukitoshi, to be summoned to a different world was the dream he yearned for. Because he knew that was impossible, every day he was dreaming by a reading book in his hand or web novels. In his dream, he saved a lot of worlds, though he didn¡¯t know if he went towards the Happy End with the heroines. Inside Shimizu¡¯s room, the walls couldn¡¯t be seen as they were buried by posters of beautiful girls, and inside the ss rack at one of the walls were his favorite beautiful girl figures with improper poses lined up in such a cramped ce. His bookshelf was filled with manga, light novels, thin books, and eroges, while the ones that couldn¡¯t be put there were all over the room as they made towers.
That¡¯s right, Shimizu Yukitoshi was a genuine otaku. However, there¡¯s no one among the ssmates who knew that fact. That¡¯s because Shimizu himself thoroughly hid it. There was no need to talk about his reasons. He had seen the ssmates¡¯ attitude towards Hajime, that¡¯s why there was no way he could be an open otaku.
Inside ss, it could be said he was just a mob character by those who knew him well. There was no one he was especially close to, and he always quietly read a book in his seat. If he was talked to, he would give the minimum answer in a small mutter. To begin with, he kept the quiet attitude because he was bullied in junior high school. Maybe because it was the natural flow, he became a truant and stayed inside his own room every day, and he inevitable tried to create books and games to kill time. Even though his parents always worried about him, he brought otaku goods into his room every day which made his big and little brother annoyed. They even showed that in their attitudes and words, which made Shimizu feel that theforting house became worse, the so-called losing his ce to stay. With such a gloomy environment, Shimizu thought of doing devious things to others inside his mind without letting it out on the surface. Thus he became more and more devoted into delusions and book creation.
Because he was like that, when he understood the summoning to a different world was the truth, his mind¡¯s state was as if shouting, ¡°Here ite¨C!!¡±. Even at the time Aiko protested fiercely against Ishtar, or when Kouki passionately decided to help humanity win and return to their original world, inside Shimizu¡¯s head were only the delusions of the real him doing spectacr things in this different world. He was ted because the delusions he thought as impossible had be truth, and the pattern of being summoned to a different world where the protagonist was being unreasonably demanded was driven away from his mind.
Thus it actually became just as he expected, there was a conflict in this different world life for real. First, Shimizu certainly kept a certain cheat-like spec as a secret, but that was the same thing for the other ssmates. Furthermore, Kouki was the ¡°hero,¡± not him and maybe because of that the women only kepting near Kouki, and it became the saying that ¡°he was just one of the many additional people.¡± With this, nothing changed from the time he was in Japan. Though his wish was fulfilled, the reality that didn¡¯t be just like he hoped for made Shimizu increase his deviousness, and his dissatisfaction was increasing in his mind.
Just why am I not the hero? Just why do the women only surround and desire Kouki? Just why is it not I, but Kouki who always gets treated as special? Even though I can do better if I am the hero. Then, the girls will ept me if I approach them¡ this, this satisfying condition is everyone¡¯s fault, I am the only special one,that¡¯s the egoistic idea which gnawed on Shimizu¡¯s mind.
At that time. Thebat practice held in the ? Orcus Great Dungeon ?. Shimizu thought of it as his chance.I won¡¯t mind about anyone else. It was the same even if they are here or not. Those ssmates that treated me as background will surely notice my skill,Shimizu tried to use this opportunity¡ however, there was something he noticed.
He wasn¡¯t a special existence at all, there was no opportunity-like development, and he certainly would be a ¡°dead¡± person in the next moment. As he was about to be killed by the Traum Soldier, he saw the ¡°hero¡± who fought with a more brutal monster in the distance, and his fantasy about a different world crumbled as it made a rattling sound.
Then he witnessed the ssmate who fell to ¡°death¡± into the abyss, and his heart was broken. He only interpreted things on his own convenience and his mind always kept seeing others inferior than him, so naturally his heart was not strong.
When he returned to the royal pce, Shimizu once again shut himself in his own room. However, the literacies that could cheer him up just like in his room in Japan were not here. That¡¯s why Shimizu naturally spent his time reading books around the skills and magic concerning his ss, ¡°Dark Magic-user.¡±
Dark magic system was a magic system which acted on the others¡¯ minds and senses, it was recognized as magic that basically give bad statuses to the target in battle. Shimizu¡¯s aptitude were such as altering the others¡¯ recognition, showing illusions, interfering with the image of thepleted magic to disrupt the invocation, and with further mastering, he could make disorder in one¡¯s body control.
Thus the depression in his heart waspletely blown away as he read the books, and Shimizu immediately recalled something.Can I brainwash someone if I master dark magic?, something like that. Shimizu was excited. If his assumption was correct, he could do whatever he wants to anyone. That¡¯s right, whatever he wants. The stagnating darkness spread in Shimizu¡¯s mind. Since that day, he zealously trained with undivided attention.
However, it didn¡¯t easily go his way. First, for something with strong ego like a human, he needed to continuously apply the spell for several hours or else he could not do the brainwashing. Naturally, that was if there was no resistance. As expected, there¡¯s no one who wouldn¡¯t react if he put the spell. It was necessary for him to put the target in a sleep-like state. If the target was a human, it would be too hard for him to hide and control brainwashing, circumstance-wise and time-wise. As he thought of what happened when he was found out, Shimizu couldn¡¯t help but abandoning this because of the high risk.
Shimizu drooped his shoulders, but he immediately recalled about the reason he was summoned, the demon race could control demonic beasts. He wondered if he could brainwash the demonic beasts who moved by instinct and have small egospared to humans. To confirm it, Shimizu went outside the Imperial Capital and repeatedly experimented on small fry demonic beasts. As the result, he proved that it was far easier to brainwash thempared to humans. To begin with, he could only do it because Shimizu was one of the cheaters and had an extremely high talent in dark magic. Previously, Ishtar had said that even if the people of this spent much time, they could only control 1-2 things.
Shimizu who had finished the experiments in the Imperial Capital¡¯s outskirts thought it¡¯d be good if he could control strong demonic beasts. However, he felt intimidated to go towards the dungeon frontline just like Kouki¡¯s party. Then at the time he was at lost of what to do, he heard the talk about Aiko¡¯s bodyguards. If he joined them, he¡¯d be able to encountered a good demonic beast or so he thought.
In the end, Aiko¡¯s party came to Ul town, then he heard about the demonic beasts in the mountain ranges area in the north and he was lost in greed when he thought to make them his subordinates. In their next meeting, everyone would be in awe and respect towards his great achievement, and he¡¯d be treated as special or so his delusion went.
Normally, for the short amount of time of around two weeks, no matter if Shimizu was a genius in dark magic, and he used the efficient method by only brainwashing the leader of the groups, 1,000 was the limit. Moreover, it would only be those in Brutal¡¯s level in the second mountain range.
However, he was helped by a certain existence, and he was able to control Tio, who gave her power to Shimizu to efficiently brainwash even the demonic beasts in the fourth mountain range by chance. And at the same time, that certain existence promised him to reinforce him with troops of demonic beasts every day, and Shimizu¡¯s bound of reasoningpletely came off. Finally, as he was soaked in joy that he was indeed special, therge crowd in his full control was turned towards the town.
Thus as the result¡
He was turned into such misery for those who saw him, and he was made to kneel in front of Aiko and the others. By the way, the reason why he looked like a defeated soldier was because Hajime dragged him using magic-driven two-wheeler on the ground which covered with demonic beasts¡¯ flesh and blood coupled with the fluttering cloud of dust. Shimizu was unconscious with the white of his eyes disyed, and when they saw he was brought to the town with his head repeatedly hitting the ground, Aiko and the others¡¯ expressions were cramped.
By the way, their current location was in the outskirts and in this location were only Aiko, the students, several people from the bodyguard Knights and town leaders, Will, and Hajime¡¯s party. As expected, if the mastermind behind the attack was brought to the town, themotions would be bigger and it¡¯d be difficult to hold a conversation or so their reason. The town leaders which remained inside the town were currently busy with post treatment.
Aiko had stepped up towards Shimizu who was copsed with the white of his eyes shown. His appearance which wearing a ck robe, following by the fact he was dragged back directly from the battlefield became unassable proofs that he was the culprit behind the attack. It was a fact she didn¡¯t want to believe as Aiko¡¯s expression warped in sadness, and she shook Shimizu to woke him up.
David and the others told her to stop it because it was dangerous, but she shook her head to refuse them. The same thing happened with the restraint. It was released because she wouldn¡¯t be able to hold a good talk with Shimizu with that on. In the end, Aiko was only wanted to talk as a teacher and a student.
Before long, Shimizu¡¯s consciousness begin to return from Aiko¡¯s call. He looked at the surrounding with a nk look, and maybe because he understood his situation, Hah, he raised his upper body. He immediately tried to distance himself, but maybe because the damage on the back of his head, he staggered and fell on his butt, then backed away as is. With caution and abjection, he had a mixed expression with irritation excluded, and he looked around.
¡°Shimizu-kun, please calm down. There is no one here that will harm you¡ sensei only want to talk with Shimizu-kun. Just why did you do that¡ I don¡¯t mind if we talk about something else. Will you, let sensei hear Shimizu-kun¡¯s feelings?¡±
Because Aiko matched her gaze to Shimizu, he stopped looking around. Following that, he averted his eyes and looked down then spoke with voice that couldn¡¯t be heard easily¡ rather he started cursing.
¡°Why? You still don¡¯t understand that. That¡¯s why this guys and that guys are so ipetent. Treating me like an idiot¡ the hero, that hero is annoying. Even though I could do better if it¡¯s me¡ unnoticed, and treated like a mob character¡ honestly, there are only idiots¡ that¡¯s why I thought of showing my worth¡¡±
¡°You¡ know your ce! You almost destroy the town!¡±
¡°That¡¯s right! If you are talking about idiot, it is you!¡±
¡°Think how much you made Ai-chan-sensei worried!¡±
Far from reflecting, Shimizu was cursing out his dissatisfaction to the surrounding, so Tamai, Sonobe, and the other students were angry and said their objection one after another. Maybe because he was pressured by their momentum, Shimizu looked more and more down and assumed silence.
Because Aiko couldn¡¯t stand Shimizu looked like that, she tried to held down the further heating up students, and questioned Shimizu with a voice which carried as much warm as possible.
¡°I see, you have a lot of dissatisfaction¡ however, Shimizu-kun. If it¡¯s about triumphing over everyone, that made sensei don¡¯t understand it even more. Why, did you tried to attack the town? If you attacked the town as is¡ a lot of people will be dead¡ aside on how you subdued a lot of demonic beasts, that cannot show your ¡°worth.¡±¡±
Aiko¡¯s justifiable question made Shimizu slightly looked up and his dreary, dark eyes turned towards Aiko from the gaps of his dirtied forelock which hanged down, then he floated a faint smile.
¡°¡ I can show it¡ if it¡¯s to the Demon race.¡±
¡°Wh-!?¡±
Those unexpected words which came out from Shimizu¡¯s mouth made not only Aiko, excluding Hajime and his party, everyone in that ce were shocked. Shimizu raised a satisfied expression when he saw their appearances, and though it was the same as before, he began to talk with a voice that stronger than the previous pressure which made him shut up.
¡°To capture the demonic beast, I went to the mountain range area in the north alone. At that time, I met a person from demon race. At the beginning, of course I was cautious¡ but that Demon race wanted to talk to me. Then, we came to an understanding. That guy know my true worth. That¡¯s why I came to that guy¡ demon race¡¯s side and made a contract.¡±
¡°A contract¡ you say? What do you mean?¡±
Aiko was shaken by the fact he was connected to the Demon race, their enemy in war, but she was sure that the Demon race must have coaxed her student and she asked that while restraining her anger.
Looking at Aiko, Shimizu was grinning as if he saw something amusing, then he said the impactful words.
¡°¡ Hatanaka-sensei¡ it is to kill you.¡±
¡°¡ Eh?¡±
For a moment, Aiko didn¡¯t understand what he had said as she spontaneously let out that silly voice. The same thing happened to everyone there, they became stupefied for a moment, they understood the meaning earlier than Aiko, and stared at Shimizu with fury in their eyes.
Shimizu ducked for a moment from the piercing res which filled with strong anger from the students and the guard Knights, but he stopped mid-way and continued his words as if to shake off their res.
¡°What¡¯s with that expression. Did you think I was used by the demon race? In certain ways, you¡¯re a more troublesome existence than the hero¡ ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest¡±¡ if I make it looked like you killed the townspeople, I will be weed to demon race¡¯s side as a ¡°hero.¡± It¡¯s that kind of contract. My ability is amazing after all. They said it¡¯d be too wasteful for me to be under that hero. As expected, the one who understands it will understand. Actually, they also lent me strong demonic beasts, and I was able to create an army that exceeded my imagination¡ that¡¯s why, that¡¯s why I thought can absolutely kill you! What¡¯s with that! What the heck was that! Why an army of 60,000 was defeated! Why those weapons existed in this different world! You, just what on earth are you!¡±
Because of the ridicule at the beginning, Aiko could only stare nkly at Shimizu, her student when he said the word ¡°kill,¡± and maybe because he was agitated as he spoke, he began to shout when he looked at Hajime. Inside his eyes were something more than mncholy and abjection, the irritation because nothing went ording to his desire, the hatred towards Hajime who obstructed him, following that, the envy towards that power were mixed, mixed and created his madness.
Apparently, Shimizu didn¡¯t notice the gray-haired, eye-patched boy before him was Nagumo Hajime, his ssmate. To begin with, it could be said it couldn¡¯t be helped because he never talk to him¡
Shimizu kept ring and cursing at Hajime as if he would attack him at any moment, and Hajime who suddenly became the target could hear Shimizu cursing as ¡°Even though you¡¯re just a chuuni character,¡± and actually he got a considerably deep damage as he looked at the distance to escape the reality. His attitude could be seen as, ¡°I don¡¯t think anything of you,¡± so it caused Shimizu to agitated further.
Having guessed Hajime¡¯s feeling, his back was patted by Yue and her kindness made him want to cry again.
Maybe thanks to Hajime ignoring the serious mood and entering his own world(?), Aiko was given the time to regain her sense from the impact, she took one deep breath and even without any courage to confront his rage, she didn¡¯t move from her spot then grasped Shimizu¡¯s hand, and talked quietly.
¡°Shimizu-kun. Please calm down.¡±
¡°Wh-What¡¯s with you! Let go!¡±
He was surprised by the sudden touch and Shimizu immediately tried to shake her off, but Aiko said she wouldn¡¯t let go and further increased the power of her grip. Maybe because Shimizu couldn¡¯t look back at Aiko¡¯s serious gaze, he gradually calmed down as he looked down again, and his expression was hidden by his forelock.
¡°Shimizu-kun¡ I have understood your feelings. You want to be ¡°special.¡± Your feelings aren¡¯t mistaken. It was a natural wish for a human. Following that, you surely can be ¡°special.¡± After all, although your method was mistaken, it is the truth that you can do that much¡ however, don¡¯t go to the demon race¡¯s side. Having heard your story, that demon race was just trying to use your desire. Sensei, can¡¯t entrust her important student to that kind of person at all¡ Shimizu-kun. Let¡¯s do it over, okay? I don¡¯t want anyone to fight, but if Shimizu-kun wish for it, sensei will support you. If it is you, you definitely can fight as equal with Amanogawa-kun and the others. Then, some day, let¡¯s return together when we found the method to return to Japan, okay?¡±
Shimizu heard Aiko speaking in silence, and before one knew it his shoulders trembled. Even the students and the guard Knights thought Shimizu was shaken by Aiko¡¯s words and began to cry. Actually, Sonobe Yuka, who famous to be easily moved to tears in the ss, was already crying when she saw Aiko and Shimizu.
However, it wasn¡¯t something sweet as it wouldn¡¯t simply went her way. Aiko patted the trembling Shimizu¡¯s head with gentle expression, but Shimizu suddenly gripped the outstretched hand in return and pulled her, then he turned her over and coiled his arm around Aiko¡¯s neck. Aiko unintentionally groaned because her arm was bound behind her and he took out a 10 cm long needle from god-knows where, then he pointed it at back of her neck.
¡°Don¡¯t move! Or I will pierce it!¡±
Shimizu shouted hysterically. His expression was twitching in convulsion, in his eyes had the same madness when he was cursing Hajime. His previously trembling shoulders was apparently fromughter.
Aiko looked in pain because she was unable pull apart Shimizu¡¯s arm which coiled on her throat. The surrounding people desperately stopped their movement after they received Shimizu¡¯s warning. From Shimizu¡¯s appearance, they understood he would seriously do that for real. Everyone worriedly called Aiko¡¯s name with regretting tone, and Shimizu continued to ridicule them.
Incidentally, Hajime finally returned to reality at this time. Because he was on the trip to escape the reality up until now, his face said, ¡°Oya? Since when¡,¡± because of the sudden development.
¡°Listen, this is a poisonous needle I got from a demonic beast in the northern mountain range! She¡¯ll only suffer for a few minute before she die if I pierce it! If you understand, then everyone must throw away their weapons and raise your hands!¡±
With the words from the maddened Shimizu, the surrounding people turned pale. Shimizu was grinning at the students and guard Knights whopletely couldn¡¯t move, and he turned his nce towards Hajime.
¡°Oi, you, chuuni bastard, you! Not on your back! I am talking about you! Don¡¯t take me for a fool, you bastard! If you keep joking around, I¡¯ll really kill her! If you understand, give me your gun! The other arms too!¡±
Because the way Shimizu called him was too cruel, he inadvertently looked back appealing, ¡°It¡¯s not me,¡± which ended as futile, and Hajime face looked so unpleased. In spite of the tense situation, his attitude didn¡¯t change as he was calm, and Shimizu lost his temper because he thought he was taken for a fool again. Thus hysterically, he demanded Hajime to hand over his firearms.
Hajime returned to look at Shimizu with extremely cold eyes when he heard that.
¡°Well, you, to say you won¡¯t kill her¡ to begin with, you can¡¯t go to the demon race¡¯s side if you don¡¯t kill sensei, so you¡¯re going to kill her anyway, right? That¡¯s why I won¡¯t hand them over.¡±
¡°Shut up, shut up, shut up! Just be quiet and hand them over! An idiot like you should just do what I said! Th-That¡¯s right, hehe, oi, give me your ve too. Let her carry the firearms!¡±
With his calm returning, Shimizu shouted some more. Because he was too cornered, he couldn¡¯t do a normal judgement anymore. Shia, who marked down by Shimizu, was trembling and her expression disyed her disgust.
¡°Even if I fired three times in session to shut you up, you¡¯ll only be more creepy¡ rather, Shia, even if you¡¯re disgusted don¡¯t hide behind me. He isn¡¯t that dreadful.¡±
¡°But, he is really disgusting¡ it can be said my mind can¡¯t ept it¡ just look, those pimples. It¡¯s impossible to not feel disgust.¡±
¡°Well, though he wish to be a hero, his lines were the same as the thief that was killed easily by the protagonist in the very beginning after all.¡±
Though the person in question couldn¡¯t hear because they lowered their volumes, everyone could hear them because as her disgusted eyes and their volumes were bing louder. Shimizu could only pped his mouth and hisplexion gradually dyed in red, then it changed to blue, and in the end it turned white. It was an example of the change inplexion because of the anger which became too high.
Shimizu began to mutter, ¡°I am a hero, I am special, this guys and that guys are just idiots, everything are those guys¡¯ fault, there¡¯s no problem, everything will go as I wished, I am a hero after all, I am special,¡± with hollow eyes, following that, he suddenly let out a high-pitchedugh as if he was shaken free of something.
¡°¡ Shi-Shimizu-kun¡ let us talk¡ after all¡ everything is okay¡¡±
Even though Aiko was in pain as she was exposed to Shimizu¡¯s crazed antique, she let out those words, and at the moment he heard that, Shimizupletely stopped hisugh and strangled Aiko further.
¡°¡ How annoying. Stop trying to be a good person, you hypocrite. Just shut up and be a tool for me to escape from here.¡±
Shimizu muttered that with a dark tone and he looked at Hajime again. Without any agitation or other expressions, he looked at Hajime with eyes filled with negative feelings, next he saw the gun in the holster on his thigh. What he wanted was transmitted without the need for words. If he falter here, he could just disregard his life and death and, no, his good future would be only a dream if he didn¡¯t harm Aiko.
Hajime leaked a sigh, he thought to fire the wire when he passed the gun and used ¡°Lightning-d¡± even if Aiko got involved, but he slowly reached Donner-Scg so as to not stimted Shimizu. Because Aiko body was small, she couldn¡¯t be a shield, and it was possible for Hajime to hit Shimizu before he realize with his drawing speed, he thought it¡¯d be okay to be looked by Aiko with slightly hurt eyes.
But, at the moment Hajime started to drop his hand, the situation suddenly changed.
¡°Kh!? Don¡¯t! Avoid it!¡±
As she shouted that, Shia strengthened her body to the best of her ability and momentarily achieved a high-speed movement on Ground Shrinker level, and she jumped towards Aiko.
Because of the abruptness, Shimizu immediately tried to pierce the needle into Aiko. Shia was doing the impossible by pulling Aiko and twisted her body to protect her from something, then a blue colored water current prated through Shimizu¡¯s chest and thatser-like thing passed over the ce in which Aiko¡¯s head where a while ago almost simultaneously.
Hajime, who was inside the trajectory, used Donner to defend against theser of water that probably the offensive magic called ¡°Break¡± from water system. Then about Shia, she vigorously charged as she embraced Aiko closely, as is, she slipped and dived into the ground with her shoulder. She raised a dust storm, and Shia who finally stopped, ¡°Uguh,¡± raised a pained groan and remained lying.
¡°Shia!¡±
Among everyone who was stiffened by the sudden development, Yue ran with all of her might as she called Shia¡¯s name. Following that, she took a position to protect Shia and the woman she embraced, Aiko from another attack.
Hajime didn¡¯t say anything and only thanked and praised Yue in his mind because she moved just as he hoped for, then he held Donner with both hand while he used ¡°Farsight¡± to trace the trajectory of that ¡°Break.¡± Immediately, he saw a ck clothed man with pointed ears and swept-back hair who rode on a huge bird-like demonic beast in the distance.
DOPANh! DOPANh! DOPANh! DOPANh! DOPANh! DOPANh!
In a sh, Hajime sessively fired the railgun towards the flying demonic beast and the silhouette. The man with swept-back hair, as if he had anticipated the attack, made the bird-like demonic beast desperately evade by doing barrel roll as he confirmed Hajime¡¯s location. It was quite an agile demonic beasts, but it couldn¡¯t evaded everything and one of the bird-like demonic beast¡¯s leg was blown off, the swept-back man¡¯s shoulder was also blown off. Even so, rather than falling, its speed didn¡¯t slowed and it aimed to escape at full speed. It could only said the way it escape from the series of attacks as nothing but splendid.
Hajime guessed that the man probably the person from Demon race from Shimizu¡¯s talk. The man already detoured to the town in low altitude as if he was making the town as a shield, then vanished. From the method he used to escape from Hajime¡¯s bullets, it seemed the information about Hajime and his party were already known by the Demon race which made Hajime raised a bitter expression. Because he escaped towards Uldeiake, it¡¯d be too difficult to pursuit him using unmanned reconnaissance ne if he escaped through the forest. Above all, that¡¯s not his current priority.
¡°Hajime!¡±
Maybe because Yue had also guessed the enemy escaped, she called Hajime with a voice which contained impatience unlike the usual.
Hajime put Donner back into the holster, and ran up to Shia without even looking at the copsed Shimizu. Shia was faced-up as she was rested on Yue¡¯sps and her expression warped in pain. Aiko beside her also showed simr expression as she was embraced by Yue.
¡°Ha-Hajime-san¡ ukh¡ I¡ am¡ okay¡ p-please, sensei-san was¡ grazed by the poisonous needle¡¡±
There was a hole with three centimeters in diameter in Shia¡¯s nk. Even though the bleeding was suppressed by body strengthening, it could be understood that she was in considerable pain from the amount of sweat flowed in her face. However, she floated a forced smile and told to give priority to Aiko with a shaking voice.
When he saw Aiko, herplexion waspletely paled, and her limbs began to convulse. Maybe because she heard Shia and Hajime¡¯s conversation, Aiko desperately shook her neck, appealing to let Shia treated first. She couldn¡¯t let out any word because the poison had already spreaded. If Shimizu¡¯s words were correct, she only had several minutes, no, it¡¯d be less than a minute looking from Aiko¡¯s appearance. She didn¡¯t want to make more trouble as it was already toote.
Hajime averted his gaze away from Aiko and unhesitatingly nodded at Shia, then he let out a vial from ¡°Treasure Box.¡± At that time, the surrounding people finally ran up towards Hajime and the others with uneasy expressions as they let out cries from their mouths. The students, David, and the Knights were particrly shaken, they were half in panic. They were asking Hajime about her safety, stepped back when they saw her appearance, and tried to cast recovery magic which was ineffective¡ towards such people, Hajime¡¯s one word, ¡°Silence,¡± with killing pressure made them stepped back and keep silent.
Even Hajime was slightly surprised by what he had said. His anger because Shia¡¯s injury was more than he expected. Apparently, without him noticing it, he had recognized her as an importantpanion deep in his heart. Therefore, he was unbearably angry towards the Demon race that came in contact with Shimizu and himself who had forgotten the possibility of him still nearby.
If he do something to Aiko and the others when Hajime¡¯s party went to the frontline, the possibility it be a chaos was high. However, because he actually didn¡¯t do anything, he was convinced that he didn¡¯t want to do it directly, without any basis to it.
As a matter of fact, that demon race person have thought to assassinate Aiko when Shimizu was on rampage, but he lost the chance because he was stupefied by Hajime¡¯s party which was out of the normal. Afterwards, as he was looking for a chance, the talk between Shimizu and Aiko started. Thus he thought to leave killing Aiko to Shimizu as he looked from the distance, but he guessed that Aiko would be recaptured in thest moment by the unstandard Hajime, so he cast a magic which specialized in pration to pierce Shimizu and Aiko.
However, even though the Demon race was quick to see that opportunity, there was one miscalction. That was, if thing went well the trajectory would make it hit Hajime and the others, erasing those risk factors at the same time, but Shia¡¯s peculiar magic was activated. That was ¡°Foresight.¡± Shia who was behind Hajime naturally would be hit by the trajectory along with Shimizu, Aiko, and Hajime, so she dashed out to ¡°break¡± the future she saw.
Thanks to that, the future where the attack went through Aiko¡¯s head and she immediately died was avoided. Shia had put her body in the line to change that future. Even though he was doubtful on why she put her life for Aiko who wasn¡¯t not intimate with her, Hajime would not treat an importantpanion who had worked her best coldly. Therefore, he unhesitatingly used the scarce ¡°Holy Water¡± for Aiko. Because there was no time, it was the most certain thing to use.
Hajime held Aiko who was supported by Yue, put the vial in her mouth and poured the holy water little by little. Aiko looked at Hajime who didn¡¯t take Shia as the top priority with criticizing re, but ignored by Hajime. Currently, he prioritized Shia¡¯s will than Aiko¡¯s or his own intention. That¡¯s why he just poured the holy water as discussion wasn¡¯t necessary. However, Aikos¡¯ whole body began to convulse and couldn¡¯t be moved as she desired, so she couldn¡¯t swallow the water. Rather, it was possible to enter the lungs and made her vomit.
Hajime judged it was impossible for Aiko to swallow the holy water by herself, he put the remaining holy water inside his mouth, and he unhesitatingly poured it directly into Aiko¡¯s mouth.
¡°Kh!?¡±
Aiko opened her eyes wide. Next, screams and angry voices raised by everyone in Hajime¡¯s surrounding. However, Hajime ignored all of those and he twined his tongue that invaded Aiko¡¯s mouth, then he forcefully poured the holy water. Hajime¡¯s expression didn¡¯t contain any shame or guilt, there was only seriousness about doing what had to be done.
Before long, Aiko¡¯s throat moved as to swallow and the holy water flowed inside her body. Following that, the pain which attacking her body and the cold feeling as her life was going to be washed away were blown away as if a fire was lighted in her core and started to spread around. Aiko remembered the feeling of being soaked inside the hot spring in the cold winter, and her body shook. It was just as expected of the holy water. It was a miraculous water that prevent his body broken from eating the flesh and blood of demonic beasts. The effect was preeminent.
Not long after, the mouth to mouth ended just in the blink of time, and Hajime separated his mouth from Aiko¡¯s. Silver colored string appeared between the two. Hajime observed Aiko. His purpose was to ascertain that she had escaped from the crisis. On the other side, Aiko was still looking at Hajime nkly as her eyes were unfocused.
¡°Sensei.¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°Sensei?¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°Oi! Sensei!¡±
¡°Fue!?¡±
Hajime called Aiko to ask her condition, but Aiko keep nkly looked at him and unmoving. Hajime was irritated, so he lightly pped her cheek and raised his volume, then she raised an indescribably lovely voice and regained her senses.
¡°How¡¯s your body? Are there any sense of ipatibility?¡±
¡°Heh? A, um, that¡¯s, I am o-o-o-okay. There is no abnormality, rather I feel good¡ wait, th-that¡¯s wrong! By no mean that, th-that thing feel good, what I mean was the medicine¡¯s effect-¡±
¡°I see. Then, that¡¯s good.¡±
Hajime looked as if he¡¯d lose his temper, and answered simply towards Aiko who said there was no abnormality in her physical condition, then he simply removed the hand which supported Aiko and moved towards Shia.
Although she was stupefied by Hajime¡¯s attitude, Aiko didn¡¯t stay in that spot and she had run towards Shia before she aware of it.
Hajime took out another holy water and poured half of it directly into Shia¡¯s wound, and the other half was brought close to Shia¡¯s mouth to let her drink it. The injured parts make a small shuu- sound and recovered rapidly, but somehow Shia didn¡¯t want to drink the holy water and shook her head.
¡°Ha-Hajime-san¡¡±
¡°Shia, wha-¡¡±
¡°Me too¡ it¡¯ll be better¡ guh¡ to do it mouth to mouth¡¡±
¡°Y-you are always like this¡¡±
As she was drenched in sweat because of the pain, Shia leaked out her desire.Even if I am rolled around, I won¡¯t get up until you do that!, she said those kind of demand, and even Hajime was amazed by this. As expected, there¡¯s no need to purposely do mouth to mouth because it was unnecessary, so he ignored the silentint from Yue who was nice to Shia recently and thrust the vial into Shia¡¯s mouth.
¡°Muguh!? ¡gulp gulp¡ puhah¡ Uu~, Hajime-san is unfair¡ I am jealous of sensei-san¡¡±
¡°Hajime¡ bad.¡±
¡°Fue!? Sh-Shia-san, you¡¯re wrong! That¡¯s a lifesaving action! It is different from what Shia-san want! I am a teacher after all!¡±
She received sulky gaze and words from Shia and scolding from Yue to read the mood, but Aiko whose face redden purposely made excuses, and Hajime could only let out, ¡°Haa~¡±, a profound sigh which contained both relief and amazement.
Following that, the outfielders who had guessed thing had settled began to make noise again because, everyone probably recalled the pitiful existence which had been forgotten. It was particrly important for Aiko. So Aiko probably didn¡¯t forget him and just didn¡¯t understand what had happened all of a sudden.
Hajime called out to a guard Knight who was nearest to Shimizu.
¡°¡ You, is Shimizu still alive?¡±
With those words, everyone went ¡°Ah,¡± with expressions as if they just remembered about him and they looked at the copsed Shimizu. Only Aiko disyed a perplexed look and said, ¡°Eh? Eh?,¡± as she looked around, she might¡¯ve recalled the situation when Shia snatched her. With mixedplexion, she panicky run towards Shimizu.
¡°Shimizu-kun! Aa, this is¡ so cruel.¡±
In Shimizu¡¯s chest was a hole simr to Shia¡¯s. The bleeding was intense, and there was a big pool of blood¡ he probably only had a few minutes left.
¡°I-I don¡¯t want to die¡ h-help¡ if it¡¯s like this¡ no¡ I can¡¯t believe it¡¡±
Shimizu spoke to Aiko who held his hand by his side, it was just monologue of words which couldn¡¯t be understood in a muttering whisper. Aiko looked at the surrounding for help, but all of them averted their eyes. It was already hopeless. Moreover, the expressions of not wanting to help vividly appeared on them.
Aiko clinged to thest straw as she looked back and shouted to the Hajime who was there.
¡°Nagumo-kun! That medicine from before! If it is now-! Please!¡±
Hajime had expected Aiko¡¯s words and muttered, ¡°It really came to this¡,¡± along with a sigh, then he moved towards Aiko and Shimizu. Following that, he questioned Aiko even though he know what the answer would be.
¡°Do you want to help him, sensei? He was going to kill you, you know? I think it had crossed the limit no matter how much a ¡°teacher¡± you are.¡±
He was someone who tried to kill her, but she protected him just because he was her student, just how many people could became a ¡°teacher¡± like her in such desperation. She might already be at an abnormal level for a ¡°teacher.¡± Aiko urately read the meaning behind his question, her eyes shaken for a moment, then she answered in a firm expression.
¡°Certainly, it might be as you had said. No, it is surely as you had said. However, I just want to be that (¡) kind of teacher. I will be the students¡¯ ally no matter what happen, I have vowed to be that kind of teacher. Therefore, Nagumo-kun-¡¡±
Hajime became ill-humored as he scratched his head because the answer just as he expected, and he sighed in reluctance because that¡¯s just how Aiko-sensei was. Following that, he looked at the sky as he thought of something for a while, he took one deep breath and went towards Shimizu¡¯s side with a resolute expression.
¡°Shimizu. Can you hear me? I have something that can save you.¡±
¡°!¡±
¡°However, there¡¯s something I want to ask first.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Hearing the words he could be saved, Shimizu responded by stopping his mutters and his wandering eyes were staring at Hajime. In a beat, Hajime asked a simple question.
¡°¡ Are you¡ an enemy?¡±
Shimizu immediately shook his head without any hesitation. Following that, he floated a smile of abjection and began to plead for his life.
¡°I-I am not your enemy¡ I-I won¡¯t do¡ anything¡ I will do whatever you want¡ so help me, I-I¡¯ll even give you an army¡ and even¡ brainwash the women¡ I-I swear¡ I swear to be loyal¡ I¡¯ll do anything¡ so help me¡¡±
With those words, Hajime became expressionless. Following that, he could be seen looking into Shimizu¡¯s eyes quietly as if trying to confirm his real intention. Shimizu who thought he was seeing the depth of his heart immediately looked away. However, Hajime was able to confirm it. There¡¯s darkness and impurity more than before inside Shimizu¡¯s eyes. They were saturated by hatred, anger, envy, desire, and other negative feelings, they were just like the deep sea where the light did not reach.
Hajime was convinced. Aiko¡¯s words didn¡¯t even reach Shimizu¡¯s mind. Therefore Shimizu would surely be their enemy. He had determined that. For a moment, his gaze matched Aiko¡¯s. Aiko was also looking at Hajime and their gaze met. Following that, Aiko was immediately able to guess what Hajime was going to do. Her expression changed and she jumped out to stop Hajime.
¡°DON¡¯T!¡±
However, Hajime was much faster.
DOPANh! DOPANh!
¡°Kh!?¡±
The sound where a breath was taken away. It wasn¡¯t known who let that out. One in the head and one in the heart. The bullets which urately shot made Shimizu¡¯s body jumped for a moment, and they awarded him with death.
Inside the lingering gunshot, no one let out a word, and they could only watch Hajime silently looking at the corpse with a gun in one hand that raised white smoke, in nk surprise. Silence ruled their vicinity, within those who could not move, a mutter was leaked.
¡°¡ Why?¡±
It was Aiko. In a nk surprise, she watched the remains of Shimizu who had began his travel to the death, and she raised that question. Hajime looked away from Shimizu and he looked at Aiko. At the same time, Aiko matched Hajime¡¯s gaze again. Inside her eyes, anger, sadness, distrust and others feelings were raised and disappeared, then they raised and disappeared once again.
¡°He is an enemy after all.¡±
Hajime¡¯s answer towards Aiko¡¯s question was truly simple.
¡°That! Shimizu-kun is-¡¡±
¡°Reforming? Sorry to burst your bubble, I am not so good natured to believe that, above all my eyes aren¡¯t clouded at all.¡±
When he asked thest question, Shimizu¡¯s eyes was telling him that he had ¡°fall.¡± Before death, his mind still moved towards killing Aiko, Hajime thought Shimizu could slightly change his way of life because just like the time when Hajime almost fell, there¡¯s Yue¡¯s existence that was capable of holding and retaining him, so¡ he questioned Shimizu with that thought in mind. If that was so, he had consider to give Shimizu a chance by putting into him a cor and letting Aiko take custody of him. However, even before death, Shimizu¡¯s eyes didn¡¯t even show such sign.
Aiko should also feel that. However, Aiko was the ¡°teacher,¡± by no means could she abandon him. She just couldn¡¯t do that.
¡°Therefore, rather than killing him-! If he is kept inside the royal pce, and returned together with us to Japan, possibly¡ there¡¯s the possibility-!¡±
¡°¡ Even if I tried to give you a reason, I know sensei won¡¯t agree to it at all. I have killed sensei¡¯s important student. It¡¯s okay for sensei to decide whatever you want to do about me.¡±
¡°¡ Such a thing is-¡±
¡°¡®A lonely way of life.¡¯ I¡¯ve thought of various things because of sensei¡¯s words. However, in this world where a person¡¯s life is cruelly light, I thought of not showing any mercy towards my enemy¡ and I won¡¯t change that. I don¡¯t think I want to change that. I have no time for that.¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun¡¡±
¡°I¡¯ll do the same thing from now on. At the times I think it is necessary¡ I¡¯ll pull the trigger no matter how many times it¡¯ll be. If you thought I was mistaken¡ sensei only has to do what you want¡ however, I want you to remember one thing. Even if it¡¯s sensei or the other ssmates¡ I¡¯ll pull the trigger if you be my enemy¡¡±
Aiko looked down as she bit her lip. It was no one but Aiko who said, ¡°Having heard my talk, I won¡¯t refute whatever your decision is.¡± No more wording out. Hajime looked at such Aiko and he turned his feet because the things needed to be done here had finished. Yue and Shia quietly nestled close to him. Apanied with Pressure, Hajime looked at Will, Aiko, and the other¡¯s appearances, and because there¡¯s also the matter of post treatment, they silently followed Hajime in painful reluctance.
The town leaders and Knights¡¯ had a purpose to detain Hajime and his artifacts, but because of the overflowing ¡°Pressure¡± and remembering the previous monster-like fight, they withdrew their hands and swords.
¡°Nagumo-kun!¡ Sensei is¡ sensei is¡¡±
Even if her words weren¡¯t continued, he called out Hajime¡¯s name because of her pride as a ¡°teacher.¡± Hajime stopped for a while and spoke to Aiko over his shoulder.
¡°¡ Sensei¡¯s ideal is already a fantasy. However, we are d that sensei remains as our teacher even if the world had changed¡ if possible, please don¡¯t give up.¡±
Following that, this time he didn¡¯t stop and came off from the surrounding circle, he took out magic-driven four-wheeler and escaped from there when everyone had boarded it.
Afterwards, what remained was the mor from the town that was joyed for their survival and the the indescribably subtle mood.
Book 7. Chapter 4
Book 7. Chapter 4
Chapter 4 : Inside the Returning Vehicle
The magic-driven four-wheeler dashed onto the highway while raising a storm of dust, with the Northern Mountain Ranges at its back. Because it was a road treaded by many people over the span of many years, it was in far better conditionpared to the road from UI town to the Northern Mountain Ranges area. Thanks to the suspensions he installed, the vibrations were dulled and the four-wheeler advanced smoothly towards Fhuren.
Shia was seated in the front seat and her rabbit ears were pping in the wind thanks to the fully opened windows. She looked somewhat displeased since she liked the two-wheeler more than the four-wheeler. After all, she liked the feeling of her rabbit ears cutting through the wind and embracing Hajime while resting her face on his shoulder.
Naturally, Hajime was the driver. The seat beside him was, of course, Yue¡¯s. Will was seated in the back seat.
Will anxiously asked Hajime, while slightly leaning his body forward, ¡°Excuse me~, was it really okay to leave them like that? If you only spoke a little more about it¡ especially towards Aiko-dono¡¡±
Without turning his head, Hajime answered indifferently, ¡°Nn~? Not really, everything is okay. After all, there would be only more trouble if I stay there¡ Sensei can also make good decisions even if I am not there.¡±
¡°¡ It¡¯s probably as you said, but¡¡±
¡°You¡ setting aside whether or not you¡¯re a good person¡ aren¡¯t you too concerned about others?¡±
Even though he heard Hajime¡¯s words, Will still wore an anxious expression, which made Hajime smile wryly. To truly be in pain and crying for the dead adventurers, not to mention remaining in an unrted town about to be attacked by arge crowd of demonic beasts which was normally thought of as suicidal. To forgive Tio, who was the object his grudge, and now he was worried about the rtionship between the one who half-threatened him; Hajime and Aiko and the others. He was a noble from the Kingdom, and he was extremely entric, as he was aiming to be an adventurer. However, even more than that, he was a good-natured person who cares about everything.
¡°¡ A good person.¡±
¡°A good person~.¡±
¡°Umu, a good fellow.¡±
Will showed aplex expression towards those words said simultaneously. Although he was praised, it was an indescribably subtle evaluation for women to think of a man as ¡°a good person.¡±
¡°P-Please stop talking about me¡ I only wanted to ask you for a full exnation of your reasoning¡¡±
¡°¡ Reasoning?¡±
With no more than a subtle expression while he scratched his cheeks, Will continued to talk. However, Hajime¡¯s eyebrows twitched in reaction to Will¡¯s words.
¡°That¡¯s right. About Aiko-dono, who was probably left with ill-feelings and about why the boy called Shimizu was killed¡ The reason for your actions.¡±
¡°¡Didn¡¯t I exin it already? He was an enemy¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s the reason you ¡°killed¡± him and not the reason why you ¡°can¡¯t save¡± him, right? After all, he had already received a mortal wound at that time, and he would be dead in a few minutes if you just left him¡ There should be a reason as to why you purposely killed him, right?¡±
¡°¡ You unexpectedly observed the situation rather well.¡±
What Will pointed out hit the bullseye. He was a ssmate, so the impact when Hajime killed him while Aiko pleaded for help was too strong. Thus, the fact that it wasn¡¯t necessary for Hajime to kill him was well hidden. Will, who noticed that fact, could be said to carry the ¡°eyes¡± of a noble. Hajime¡¯s tone carried admiration towards Will who wasn¡¯t deceived.
Even Shia, who had her face out the window to enjoy the wind said, ¡°Now that you mentioned it, I also noticed that,¡± and she turned to look at Hajime, who was driving, with a knowing look. Hajime hesitated a little on how to answer the question, but Yue answered them before he could say anything.
¡°¡ Hajime is a tsundere.¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°¡±¡±Tsundere?¡±¡±¡±
Maybe because Yue hit the nail on the head, Hajime kept a poker face and continued his silence. The other members could only parrot her.
¡°¡ Repaying Aiko? In other words, you were just worried about her?¡±
¡°¡ That¡¯s just a coincidence.¡±
From how Hajime curtly answered and looked the other way, it seemed like Yue¡¯s guess was right on the mark, so Shia and the others asked for an exnation.
Because Hajime didn¡¯t want to answer them, Yue answered in his stead. In short, he tried to avert Aiko¡¯s mind from feeling responsible for Shimizu¡¯s death.
Shimizu had said it before. The purpose of meeting the demonic race was to kill ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest,¡± Aiko. In other words, Shimizu was used to kill Aiko. Even thest attack went through Shimizu¡¯s body to kill Aiko.
Of course, Aiko wasn¡¯t responsible for Shimizu¡¯s death. Shimizu sold his soul to the demon race on his own will, which resulted in his death. Because it was the result of his own decision, Shimizu himself was responsible for it. Even if he wasn¡¯t responsible for it, it was the responsibility of the one from demon race who mortally wounded Shimizu.
However, would Aiko agree to it? After all, thest attack was aimed at Aiko. That was the reason why she felt strongly responsible. Aiko always thought of her students first.Shimizu died because she involved him. In effect, wasn¡¯t it her fault Shimizu was dead?, she might think in such a way. Thus he thought,can Aiko¡¯s mind endure it?; Hajime felt a slight fear.
Even Aiko should feel unease and fear as human who was summoned to a different world. Although she didn¡¯tment as she cowered and trembled in fear, the reason she could work so hard was because she had her pride as a ¡°teacher.¡± In addition, there were ¡°students¡± who upied Aiko¡¯s mind as a ¡°teacher.¡±
And a student had died because of her. The impact was greater than when she had heard Hajime had died, or the time when Hajime said the cause was the backstabbing of a ssmate. It would be a much stronger de to damage Aiko¡¯s heart. It might even break her.
Hajime calctions would be affected if Aiko was broken, but he was definitely worried about her. Hajime had felt that Aiko¡¯s words were an impossible ideal, because they gave birth to a lot of contradictions.
Even so, the words said by Aiko made him think it was definitely be necessary for Yue and Shia¡¯s future happiness. That¡¯s why even if the world had changed, and even if Hajime had changed, the ¡°preaching¡± of Hajime¡¯s ¡°teacher¡± made him feel indebted to her.
Therefore Hajime killed Shimizu even though he would die soon enough even if he was left alone. Making a strong impression, emphasizing that Shimizu was an ¡°enemy¡±. This was followed by making an impression of Hajime being the one who killed Shimizu. Aiko¡¯s heart shouldn¡¯t break down. He thought it was his duty so his ¡°teacher¡± wouldn¡¯t change.
¡°So that¡¯s what happened¡ Fufu, what a tsundere Hajime-san is.¡±
¡°So that¡¯s what happened¡¡±
¡°Indeed~, Master is unexpectedly cute.¡±
Yue finished her exnation to the other members, and their eyes carried warmth as they looked at Hajime, but Hajime kept looking the other way.
¡°¡ But, I think Aiko noticed it.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Hajime silently turned his gaze to Yue. Yue returned Hajime¡¯s nce with gentle eyes.
¡°¡ Aiko is Hajime¡¯s teacher. A person whose words remained in Hajime¡¯s heart. That¡¯s why there¡¯s no way she didn¡¯t notice¡¡±
¡°¡ Yue.¡±
¡°¡ It¡¯s okay, Aiko is strong. The situation will definitely end how Hajime desired it.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Apparently Yue trusted Aiko because Aiko could at least have Hajime focus on himself. Something she couldn¡¯t do. Towards Yue who watched him with an upward gaze, Hajime responded by gently narrowing his eyes. Because of Yue¡¯s words, his worries about Aiko and future developments which clouded his mind cleared.
¡°Haa~, to create the world where only the two of you existed¡ no matter how much time passes, I will also create such atmosphere¡¡±
¡°Th-This, what can I say¡ I somehow feel something sweet in my mouth¡¡±
¡°Muu~ this one wants thee to abuse this one, but¡ even this kind of situation isn¡¯t bad¡¡±
Will and the others felt ufortable because of Hajime and Yue¡¯s sweet atmosphere. Shia in particr was puffing her cheeks and pouting in distaste.
Yue noticed Shia and shifted her gaze towards her, and once again matched Hajime¡¯s gaze to silently appeal to him. The content was none other than ¡°Shia¡¯s reward.¡± Without Shia¡¯s peculiar magic; ¡°Foresight¡± and her desperate action, Aiko would have be someone who couldn¡¯t return because of a hole in her head. Shia had saved Hajime¡¯s teacher.
Because he understood, Hajime let out an ¡°Uh,¡± moved his gaze away from Yue, looked at Shia and said, ¡°¡ Shia. That¡¯s, well, you saved us. Though it¡¯s bted,¡ thank you.¡±
¡°¡ Who?¡±
The result of him saying his gratitude while enduring his embarrassment were those words along with astonished expression. Though veins popped on Hajime¡¯s forehead, he endured it because it was the consequence of his deeds.
¡°¡ Well, I think it couldn¡¯t be helped for you to take such attitude¡ Even so, I am seriously expressing my gratitude, you know?¡±
Hajime matched his gaze with Shia, who was looking at him firmly expressing his gratitude with a ¡°Thank you.¡± Because of Hajime straightforward words, Shia¡¯s body trembled as though an electric shock ran through her whole body, and she became restless. Her gaze excitedly wandered around while her cheeks were dyed in deep red. Her rabbit ears were swaying here and there.
¡°Th-that¡¯s, well, i-it¡¯s not like I¡¯ve done something amazing, and it¡¯s okay if you don¡¯t say thank¡ª A-agh! What¡¯s with this suddenness. Somehow, it feels really embarrassing¡ ehehe.¡±
Hajime smiled wryly while looking at Shia¡¯s embarrassed state, and he asked of the doubts he had.
¡°Shia. Though I was just a little curious about it,¡ why did you unhesitatingly jump out at that time? You had never talked about anything important with sensei, right? I also can¡¯t remember a timewhen you got along with her¡¡±
¡°That is¡ because she is someone Hajime-san worried about.¡±
¡°¡ That¡¯s all, huh.¡±
¡°?¡ Yes, I think that¡¯s all?¡±
¡°¡ I see.¡±
Because of Shia¡¯s astonished expression, Hajime expression ascertained that he couldn¡¯t say anything more. Certainly, Aiko was Hajime¡¯s teacher. His ssmates would be impacted if she was gone.
He was honestly d she didn¡¯t die. However, he remembered he didn¡¯t show it through his speech and behavior. Nevertheless, Yue and Shia seemed to be able to read what was in Hajime¡¯s heart; they were people who always knew his heartfelt emotions. Though he only thought of it now, they had crossed the boundaries of beingpanions. Such understanding had crossed his mind.
Thus, even if Yue didn¡¯t say anything, he thought to repay Shia with something. And so, Hajime who was still embarrassed spoke to her.
¡°Shia. Is there something you want?¡±
¡°Heh? Something¡ I want?¡±
¡°Ah. You can say it¡¯s a thanks or a reward¡ Well, something like that. Of course it¡¯s only something within my ability, okay?¡±
Shia was a little perplexed because of the sudden words. Since she thought what she had done was a natural thing to do forpanions, she thought it was a little exaggerated. ¡°U-U~n,¡± she groaned and when she casually saw Yue at his side.
Yue was watching Shia with a gentle expression, and then she nodded. Her gaze told her was it was okay for Shia to honestly receive Hajime¡¯s gratitude, Yue was urging her. Shia, who urately read the situation, let out a forcedugh. After thinking about a little, and she turned her gaze from Yue who revealed a smile while nodding towards Hajime.
¡°Then, please take my first¡ª¡±
¡°Rejected¡±
¡°¡ Why? No matter how much I think, finally the dere time has COMEEE!!! It is that kind of time, right? Right? Please read the mood!¡±
¡°I said, ¡®within my ability¡¯.¡±
¡°That¡¯s quite within your ability! Even though you always casually keep me away, you did it with Yue-san! I know it happened! My heart felt empty whenever I found out about your liaison! Woo, when we arrive at Fhuren, I¡¯ll once again go on errand alone, and you will make love during that time, right?SobAgain, I alone¡ Killing time alone,¡ then I¡¯ll pretend to not see Yue-san beaming¡ damn it¡¡±
¡°No, pl¡ª, there¡¯s nothing to cry about¡ I am in love with Yue, and about you, well, I think of you as an importantpanion, but it¡¯s not love¡ For me to embrace someone else is¡¡±
¡°¡Sob¡ Hajime-san, you good for nothing!¡±
¡°¡ Oi.¡±
¡°A wuss! A bastard who tricks a maiden¡¯s heart! A good for nothing! You perverted voyeur!¡±
The time hase!, and she was about to say her wish with joyful expression, but Shia became indignant because she was rejected even before she finished voicing request. She let out all of her dissatisfaction up until now as she curses Hajime while weeping.
From the back seat, ¡°Pfft¡ The man who annihted several tens of thousands of demonic beasts is¡ a good for nothing¡ Pfft.¡±
¡°Unexpectedly, Master has a pure heart, if thou still haven¡¯t been in that kind of rtionship¡ it means this one whose ass¡¯s first time was deprived has a step in the lead¡¡±
Those words were heard although it said in whisper. Hajime seriously thought,should I throw them out of this car?, for a moment. However, Yue who was sitting by his side was somehow looking at him with a criticizing gaze, and he let out a ¡°Guh¡±.
Following that, he spoke to Shia again with cramped cramped cheeks. In addition, he swore in his heart to punish Willter. About the other voice¡ he would leave her as is because he didn¡¯t want to be herpanion.
¡°Shia. Please lower the hurdle. If it¡¯s another thing¡¡±
¡°¡ Hajime, you can¡¯t?¡±
For some reason, Yue hugged Shia. Shia said with a miserable voice as she clung to Yue, ¡°Yue-saa~n¡±.
Obviously, Yue seemed to allow Hajime to embrace Shia. Recently, Yue has been truly spoiling Shia. Hajime had thought it was because of a deep friendship, but somehow it became simr to a big sister helping her troubled little sister. Moreover, the elder one was a sis-con.
His beloved woman was asking him to embrace another woman. Seriously, Hajime who didn¡¯t know what this situation meant could only hold his head with both hands. However, Hajime also had something he wanted to say.
¡°¡ I, what my heart wants is Yue, only you. I don¡¯t hate Shia, I think of her as an importantpanion, but¡ I can¡¯t treat her the same as Yue. You know, I carry the desire to monopolize Yue. No matter what reason it is, I won¡¯t allow her to be beside another man. You can think of it as being a narrow-minded or selfish, but¡ I want Yue to think the same as me, it¡¯s something I desire. That¡¯s why, even if it was Shia, could you pardon me from starting a rtion with another woman?¡±
¡°¡ Hajime.¡±
With Shia clinging to her arm, Yue¡¯s cheeks blushed and she looked straight at Hajime with moistened eyes. Hajime once again gently stroke Yue¡¯s cheek with his hand as he returned her gaze, and the two formed a sweet atmosphere anew. Even the air¡¯s color seemed to have turned pink.
The two watched each other faces as they gradually drew closer, then¡
¡°¡ It seems I¡ have beenpletely forgotten¡ even though it was the talk about my reward¡¡±
Shia was scowling with a dangerous tone as she stared at Hajime and Yue who almost reached the climax. Then the two finally noticed their surroundings and hurriedly distanced themselves. Yue, who still felt embarrassed, was timidly twirling her beautiful hair to calm down.
Hajime, who confessed his feelings, had his heart thrown out of order because of the surprise attack. His expressionlessness crumbled, and his mouth naturally stammered for an excuse. The words of him wanting to monopolize her and to be monopolized, were heavy responsibility for a person, but Yue was extremely happy. Her heart shivered and she inadvertently forgot about everything except Hajime.
¡°¡ I see, I somehow understand the rtionship between the three of you¡ Shia-dono has it hard.¡±
¡°Annoyed¡ The bond with Yue is deep¡ though that¡¯ll be a hindrance to this one¡ Well, as long as this one will be abused, then it¡¯s¡¡±
Will¡¯s expression looked as if he would vomit sugars as he tried to guess the rtionship between the three. They didn¡¯t want to know of the existence of the pervert who started panting as she imagined something.
¡°¡ Hajime, I am sorry. But, Shia is also important¡ I want to repay her. So, please go out with her for a day inside the town¡ Can you?¡±
¡°Yue-saa~n.¡±
Now, Yue was asking Hajime for Shia¡¯s sake. Shia, whose heart was broken had her head patted, and was now spoiledly pressing and rubbing her face against Yue. Hajime who saw their appearance answered with a wry smile.
¡°That¡¯s okay, I don¡¯t mind if it¡¯s just that much. It¡¯s not because Yue asked for Shia, okay? Even if Shia was the one who asked for it, I¡¯ll at least go out with her.¡±
¡°Hajime-san¡ no, there¡¯s no need to be concerned about it, it¡¯s okay as long as it can be an established fact!¡±
¡°¡ Seriously, you are¡¡±
¡°Well, because that¡¯s still impossible, I¡¯ll endure it for now by increasing the favorability through the date. Once we arrive at Fhuren, please take me to the Sightseeing Ward, okay?¡±
¡°Ah, ah, okay.¡±
Because of that idea, Hajime thought to once again remind her that Yue was the only special one for him. However, Shia probably already knew, but she didn¡¯t get discouraged. With aplex expression, Hajime thought,Well, it¡¯s okay to let Shia do what she wants,as he acknowledged their date. There was no change to the fact that Shia was already an important existence for Hajime, and he could not be reluctant about it because it was something Yue asked of him. Thus, he confirmed he wanted to reward her for her hard work.
¡°What¡¯s with this feeling of being an outsider. It¡¯s the same feeling of slipping into another family¡¯s get-together.¡±
¡°Hmm. This kind of ¡®Ignoring y¡¯ doesn¡¯t make this one feel happy at all¡ Only lonely¡ Rather, isn¡¯t it about the time someone responds to this one? Is it really okay for this one to be here?¡±
Will, who was sitting behind the front seat where the flirting and heartwarming scene had urred, looked so ufortable. In addition, although no one talked to her, Tio whom participated in the previous conversation, unbeknownst to them, had boarded the carrier as she ced her head on the window where the carrier was connected to the vehicle.
Before the fight, she had asked permission to follow Hajime. In the end, she was left behind because her existence was forgotten, so she jumped into the carrier of the magic-driven four-wheeler in a panic. The look of her panting because of her cruel treatment, while peeping into the vehicle via the window, took everyone inside the vehicle aback, and decided to treat it as though there was nothing there.
At first, he tried to shake her off by doing reckless movements with a wild-like speed just like the one in the movies, but she used magic to her advantage to stick to them. Moreover, because she became more and more excited with ecstasy, they decided to just ignore her. The pervert: the more one reacts to her, the more pleased she became.
Because of the situation where no one responded to her, Tio was excited because she thought of it as some kind of y to ignore her. However, she began to feel the emptiness from the interaction of Hajime and the others, and finallyined to them. Even so no one respond to her, so Tio creeped into the vehicle from the window connecting the vehicle and the carrier. With her ck and long hair hanging down, her appearance who slowly creeping inside was just like Sada**-san from a certain movie called ¡®The Ring¡¯.
As expected, Will couldn¡¯t ignore the eeriness as he shouted, ¡°Uwah!,¡± and retreated to the side window. Reacting to his voice, Hajime and his party looked at the back seat.
¡°Ah? Ahh~, th-this one is stuck. The breasts have be hindrances¡ Can¡¯t get in. Sorry, Will-boy, but can thou pull this one in?¡±
Her breasts, which were far bigger than Shia¡¯s, were resisting the pull as they continued to change shapes because of the window frame. Tio asked, ¡°Please pull this one, okay?,¡± as she stretched her hands towards Will. Hajime, who saw the situation, silently pulled Scg from his left holster. His hand moved over his shoulder and shot without any hesitation.
DOPANh!
¡°HMMmm!?¡±
The gunshot and the projectile flew outside, hitting the Tio¡¯s forehead, and the force of impact blew her back into the carrier. A moring and mming sound resounded from the carrier.
¡°Wh-What have thou done. To suddenly do that¡ wouldn¡¯t it make this one excited?¡±
With flushed cheeks, she rubbed her forehead with a somewhat happy expression. Sheined¡ not. Tio, from the Ryuujin tribe, said no more than a perverted remark. Maybe because she wanted to enter with her legs first, she thrusted them into the vehicle window. However, this time, her plump butt was stuck on the window frame, and her fascinating buttock somehow managed to get inside after some struggling.
Hajime silently fired Scg in session. And although he wanted to blow Tio¡¯s ass out of the vehicle, she was considerably stuck and thus didn¡¯t blown away thanks to the plump meat of her buttocks cushioning the impact. However, because she let out R18 moaning every time a bullet shot was into her butt such as ¡°Ah, an!¡±, ¡°How intense!¡±, or ¡°Masterr~¡±. With cramped cheeks, Hajime reluctantly stopped shooting. As expected, it was better to not be an acquainted to a pervert.
Yue, who idolized the Ryuujin race, felt that the image she had of them was nothing but a fantasy, and had pushed them to the back of her head, and was now covering her eyes in shock.
Tio who guessed the gunfire had stopped, somehow held her butt and breasts, letting out a sigh ¡°Fuu~,¡± as she finally got inside the vehicle.
¡°Haa, haa, geez¡ how indiscriminating. A Master who can¡¯t be helped. But don¡¯t worry, this one will receive any kind of love. That¡¯s why¡ it¡¯s okay to do more of it, you know? Even more intense is okay, too, you know?¡±
¡°Shut up, pervert. Don¡¯t lean forward and do note here. If possible, open the door and jump outside now.¡±
¡°Kh!? Haa haa¡ for Master to know what¡¯s best for this one¡ but, this one refuses. This one has already decided to follow Master. There¡¯s also the duty as Ryuujin race, and the thing about taking responsibility, there¡¯s no reason to separate. No matter what Master will say, this one will follow thee. This one definitely won¡¯t go away.¡±
Tio who finally entered the vehicle spewed perverted words one after another, and when Hajime coldly answered her, Tio¡¯s expression looked like she was further charmed by him. However, she firmly insisted to remain. Though it was spoiled by her own expression.
¡°Stop joking. What responsibility. It¡¯s nothing but the continuation of a fight to the death. Just be d you weren¡¯t killed. Besides, your duty as Ryuujin race is about that Hero. The guy is the center of this summoning, so go to him.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t want to. Definitely don¡¯t want to. Though this one doesn¡¯t know what kind of person that Hero is, this one thinks he wouldn¡¯t be able to ruthlessly and mercilessly punish this one just like Master! Beside, don¡¯t belittle this one! This one has decided whom this one would call ¡°Master.¡± This one not so frivolous to be able to change the feelings towards this one¡¯s master.¡±
With her eyes fully open, Tio insisted while clenching her fists. Though it was said in a good manner, she eventually made a perverted deration that she was happy to be treated mercilessly by Hajime.
¡°This one would chase thee even if thou art runs away, okay? When this one goes all over towns with the story about this one¡¯s first being snatched away. About this one¡¯s body that could no longer live without Master, doing different this and that kinds of things, it will be told along with Master¡¯s description as this one walks, okay?¡±
¡°¡ You are~¡±
With veins popped, Hajime dangerously narrowed his eyes as he thought of her as a seriously annoying fellow. Though he thought to just kill her, she wasn¡¯t an enemy and Yue would stop him, so he thought to just keep hitting her until she lost her memory. Nevertheless, she had an authentic sturdiness, and it got nowhere because she would just feel happy rather than being blown away along with her memory.
As the result, he could do nothing but re at her with a disgusted expression from the bottom of his heart. However, his gaze only made Tio¡¯s body convulsed even more. Her condition was already irrecoverable.
¡°Please don¡¯t make such disgusted face, Master. This one will surely be useful. Though Master¡¯s party are outside of the norm, didn¡¯t this one has shown the proof during that fight? Even if this one doesn¡¯t know Master¡¯s objective, please let this one apany Master. Please, Master.¡±
¡°That¡¯s physiologically impossible.¡±
¡°Ah!!!? Haa, Haa¡ Nnh! nnh!¡±
Towards Hajime¡¯s words thatpletely stopped the flow of conversation, Tio was embracing herself with both arms as though she was enduring something while she was fidgeting. Seeing Tio in such a manner, not only Hajime but everyone inside the vehicle disyed disgusted faces. After a while, Hajime let out a deep sigh and his expression looked somewhat exhausted.
¡°¡ Although I want to say something, but it¡¯ll be useless no matter what I say, right? Just do whatever you want as long as you don¡¯t be a hindrance to us. I have no more energy to think about what to do with you¡¡±
¡°Oh? Oo~, that¡¯s so, that¡¯s so! Hmm, then please take care of this one from now on, Master, Yue, and Shia. Just call this one Tio! Fufufu, it looks like it¡¯ll be a fun journey¡¡±
¡°¡ Argh.¡±
¡°P-Please take care of me too¡¡±
Hajime sighed again when he looked at a happy Tio with his narrowed eyes. Yue groaned in dissatisfaction, and the perplexed Shia returned her greeting.
A newpanion. A pervert from Ryuujin race; Tio, had joined them. And the party advances towards Neutral Commercial City of Fhuren.
Book 7. Chapter 5
Book 7. Chapter 5
Chapter 5 : Aiko Gone Mad
Three days had passed since Hajime and his party left Ul.
Although there were vexing problems; such as how to dispose of the corpses of the demonic beasts, and how to repair the roughened ground, the townspeople were unhurt. A result that could only be considered nothing but a miracle. The good news was immediately spread to the people who took shelter, peripheral towns, and even the Imperial Capital. The returning townspeople met their lovers and families. Some were hugging their close friends, and the joy of their safeties wrapped Ul in a festival-like mor.
The protective wall Hajime left behind was surrounded the town as is, and the people who were talking about the details of the fight were gesturing how it exceed themon sense simr to how storytellers talked about a myth as they looked at the roughened ground outside of the protective wall.
The people who took shelter, especially the children, had sparkling eyes when they heard the story. Without losing this opportunity, the merchants were already calcting on how to make money by turning Hajime¡¯s protective wall into the town¡¯s new specialty.
Thus, the townspeople who didn¡¯t know anything about Hajime and Aiko believed Hajime and his party were dispatched by the ¡°Goddess of Good Harvest,¡± and Hajime¡¯s wall was named ¡°Goddess¡¯s Shield¡± to honor it. Furthermore, the white-haired, eye-patched boy; Hajime, was called ¡°Goddess¡¯s Sword¡± and ¡°Goddess¡¯s Knight¡± in respect. However, it was a different story when David and the other Knights, or rather the real bodyguard Knights, recalled what was said about Aiko and Hajime. They would rampage while shouting, ¡°As expected, I hate that guy!!!¡± In the future, Hajime would writhe in agony whenever he hears his name, but that¡¯s another story.
It was somewhat a miscalction that resulted in earning himself some embarrassing nicknames, but just as Hajime thought, Aiko¡¯s fame and poprity were through the roof. When she walked into town, all the people would turn around and focus their gazes on her. Among them, there were also some who began to worship her while saying things such as ¡°Bless us~.¡± In this town Aiko, who saved the people, was certainly seen as nothing less than a ¡°Goddess.¡± The rumor had also already spread to the surrounding towns. At the very least, it might be correct to say that Aiko¡¯s words carried more weight than the Church of Saints¡¯ bishop, in the town of Ul.
The rumored Aiko was¡ safely supporting the town leaders in the town¡¯s reconstruction, but although she acted cheerful around people close to her, her mind wasn¡¯t there. The cause was the various impacts of the shocking truths Hajime had revealed before the fight. But above all, it was how Hajime killed Shimizu. The scene of that moment consumed her mind and gnawed at her heart.
Even today, after they finished their day duty and it was time for dinner, the students and bodyguard Knights were dining at ¡°Water Fairy Inn,¡± Aiko just mechanically carried the food into her mouth and nkly looked some ce else without registering the conversation of the others in her mind, only answering with the same reply.
¡°Ai-chan sensei¡ Ai-chan sensei¡¯s magic is amazing after all! Even those roughened ground recovered quickly¡ Looks like it¡¯ll return to normal in just a week!¡±
¡°¡ I see¡ that¡¯s good.¡±
Sonobe Yuka, who noticed Aiko¡¯s mind was somewhere else, intentionally talked to her cheerfully. She tried to somehow encourage Aiko, since she knew the source of her abnormal state. However, even Sonobe¡¯s cheerful words only received an indifferent answer in return, like pre-typed-like words. Sonobe drooped her shoulders as she said ¡°Still won¡¯t do, huh~.¡±
¡°Aiko¡ did the mayor or the bishop said anything today? If you¡¯re really troubled by it, I won¡¯t forgive them for troubling Aiko, even if it¡¯s the bishop. I am Aiko¡¯s Knight after all. No matter when, only I will be Aiko¡¯s ally.¡±
¡°¡ I see¡ that¡¯s good.¡±
It was unknown whether David said those words to encourage Aiko or to seduce her. The remark on how he was willing to go up against the bishop was considerably dangerous as a Temr Knight, although it might not be important to David; the warrior of love. The ¡°I¡± part was emphasized. In regards to going against anyone¡ it was also considered by the surrounding Knights, as they agreed with him while they directed sharp res at theirmander who casually made his advance.
However David¡¯s casual appeal was easily tossed aside like the wordsing from a certain long running TV program during daytime. It was doubtful as to whether or not she heard him. The expression on the student¡¯s faces were saying ¡°Serves you right~¡± to David who drooped his shoulders. The same expression was on the other Knights¡¯ faces.
Without taking any notice of the students and the Knights, Aiko indifferently continued to eat without responding.
(¡If, if only I had talked to Shimizu-kun more¡ If only I had noticed his feelings earlier¡ If I did, then something like that wouldn¡¯t have happened¡ If, if he relied on his ssmates¡ If, if I didn¡¯t get taken as a hostage¡ If only¡ I died¡ then he wouldn¡¯t have found it necessary to kill Shimizu-kun¡
Why did he kill him¡ Even though they were ssmates¡ Was it simply because he was an enemy?¡ Could killing someone be so simple because of such a reason? Was it so simple to kill a person?¡ How could it be done so naturally?¡
That¡¯s strange¡ Humans aren¡¯t demonic beasts. To be able to kill without any hesitation¡ He,¡ was he someone who could easily kill a human?¡ If I left him alone, would he have been a danger to the other children?¡ Will the other children be safe since he¡¯s gone?¡ As long as he¡¯s not¡ Kh?!? What did I just think of!?¡ Stop. It¡¯s not good to think about this any further!)
Presently, regret and self-condemnation repeated themselves in Aiko¡¯s mind¡ Thus, if she thought of it unconsciously, the buds of fear and grudges towards Hajime would appear, she would deny them in a panic, and she would once again return to her first thoughts, repeating the process. There was too much she wanted to think about, and there were also a lot things she didn¡¯t want to think of. Aiko¡¯s mind was simr to a library where the bookshelves had crumbled and unorganized information were scattered around in a chaotic manner.
Suddenly, a calm and warmth voice reached Aiko. ¡°Aiko-sama. About today¡¯s dish, is it not up to your taste?¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
It was Foss Selo, the owner of ¡°Water Fairy Inn.¡± His voice was far from loud, it was actually said in a rather small voice. However, there was no one inside the inn who missed Foss¡¯s words. His calm and deep voice would reach anyone without fail. Even now, Aiko whose mind was caught in whirpool of thought easily heard his words, and it made her senses return to reality.
When she noticed she had cried out in a rather strange and loud voice, Aiko¡¯s cheeks flushed slightly as she turned towards the smiling Foss.
¡°U-Umm, what was it? I¡¯m sorry, I was daydreaming for a moment.¡±
¡°No, no, don¡¯t worry about it. I just thought the dish was not to your taste because you didn¡¯t raise your face. If so, I thought of sending out another dish¡¡±
¡°N-No need! The food is really delicious. I was just thinking about something¡¡±
Although Aiko said the food was very delicious, she herself couldn¡¯t remember what it tasted like. When she looked at her surroundings, her students and the Knights were looking at her with a somewhat anxious expression. She noticed what was on their minds, and she thought she mustn¡¯t continue the way she has been acting as she pulled herself together and continued on with her meal. However, she coughed in a panic when food entered her lungs.
Because Aiko was coughing with teary eyes, the students and the Knights were panicked. Seeing the situation, Foss casually prepared napkin and water.
¡°I-I am sorry. To trouble yo-¡¡± ¡°It is not a trouble at all.¡±
Although Foss saw Aiko¡¯s blunder, he kept a calm smile which made Aiko feel grateful and relieved. Seeing Aiko¡¯s current state, Foss narrowed his eyes and thought of something. He spoke with a small and still calm voice.
¡°Umm. Aiko-sama. Though it might be presumptuous, may I ask one thing?¡±
¡°Eh? Ah, yes. What is it?¡±
¡°Why can¡¯t Aiko-sama believe what you want to believe?¡±
¡°Heh?¡±
Unable to understand Foss¡¯s words, Aiko tilted her head as a question mark floated above her head. Because of that, Foss continued with a wry smile, ¡°Looks like those words were toocking.¡±
¡°Apparently, Aiko-sama¡¯s mind is currently in serious confusion. There are too many things you want to think about, there are also things you don¡¯t want to think of, and you don¡¯t know what should you do. What¡¯s best is to do what you want, even if you¡¯re not sure of what you want yet. There are many things you don¡¯t understand, which only increases your impatience, and be the impetus towards the vicious circle of confusion. Am I wrong?¡±
¡°H-How¡¡±
Because he had correctly guessed what she was thinking of, Aiko instantly became speechless. Seeing her reaction, Foss calmly exined with a smile, ¡°I¡¯ve seen a lot of guests, after all.¡±
¡°During such times, it¡¯s better to just ¡®believe in what you want to believe in¡¯ for now. But then again, people will overlook things if they only want to believe what they want, those words also came with such warning. That saying is correct. However, in my opinion, people only act in what they believe in. That¡¯s why, I feel that during times when one ¡®can¡¯t move on,¡¯ it isn¡¯t a bad thing to ¡®believe in what you want to believe in¡¯.¡±
¡°¡ To believe in what I want to believe in.¡±
Aiko contemted in Foss¡¯s words. Aiko¡¯s mind was currently filled with regret and guilt which became a bud of doubt in Hajime as the hatred swirled around. Hajime was certainly Aiko¡¯s important student, but Shimizu who was also a simrly an important student to her was murdered. The moment she understood he was an existence who, ording to situation, would deprive the other students of their lives. She recognized Hajime as a threat who would deprive her of her important people. Even so, Hajime was also her student, she couldn¡¯t simply cast him away. It was the same reason why she couldn¡¯t just abandon Shimizu, who tried tomit mass murder. That¡¯s why she was confused since because didn¡¯t know what to do. Though Aiko herself thought she had a difficult personality, she couldn¡¯t help it. Hatayama Aiko was a ¡®teacher,¡¯ after all.
Foss didn¡¯t know what happened to Aiko. He didn¡¯t know she was, in a certain sense, believing too much in what she wanted to believe in. Even so, he could see she hadmitted arge blunder since she couldn¡¯t move on after what she believed in had copsed.
While he was lost in thought, Aiko¡¯s hands had stopped from partaking of her meal and began to get absorbed in her thoughts.
(To believe in what I want to believe in. I wonder¡ what is it that I want to believe in? One of the things is that I want all of the students to return to Japan. However, it¡¯s something that can no longer be fulfilled. Now what I want to believe in is for it to be possible to return home without any more losses¡
His story. His story where a ssmate tried to kill him. I do not want to believe it¡ he even said he will kill us if we were to be a hindrance to him. Towards a human who unhesitatingly murdered a person¡ Towards the enemy who threatened the students¡
Even so, I do not want to believe it. Nevertheless, he actually killed him¡ killed Shimizu-kun without any hint of hesitation. That¡¯s why he¡¯s already¡ no, I must believe in what I want to believe in.)
Aiko closed her eyes as she tried to hold down the resurfaced dark feelings. The surrounding people were anxiously looking at her as she moved slightly while thinking of something.
(¡®Because he¡¯s an enemy¡¯ is what he said, and ¡®I have no time for that¡¯. He also feared Shimizu-kun will once again attack him and his important people if he let him live. That was something anyone would have thought of.
In reality, Yue-san and Shia-san wouldn¡¯t put so much trust in him if he was a cruel man. He only wanted to cut off the source of anxiety for the future of those children¡ It was why he couldn¡¯t let him live. In other words, he thought I wouldn¡¯t be able to do anything about Shimizu-kun¡
To let Shimizu-kun live would mean I should have at least showed him I could reform Shimizu-kun, in which I didn¡¯t¡ In the end, I was powerless¡ Shimizu-kun was¡ Even so, to be killed in that manner¡ It meant Shimizu-kun was already weakene¡ª¡ Kh.)
There was a clear reason why Hajime shot Shimizu dead. He was not a broken human who would think nothing of murder. He was not a monster who couldn¡¯t be understood. He wasn¡¯t an enemy who blindly harm the students. Aiko decided to believe in him because he was a ¡®student¡¯, and her words could still reach him. With such thinking process, she recalled the shocking scene where a student shot another student to death, and she tried to search for the reason behind it.
(That¡¯s right. I had forgotten it until now. To begin with, I was the one who asked him to help the dying Shimizu-kun, and that was the result. Shimizu-kun would have died even if he didn¡¯t do anything. It waspletely unnecessary for him to purposely shoot him! So why?! Why did he do that?! To make sure he dies? No, there¡¯s no need for him to do such a thing. That child only had a few minutes left to live, it was why I asked him for his help, but there¡¯s nothing more left to be done. After all, there was nothing I could do¡ Shimizu-kun was shot because of me¡ª Kh!?)
Aiko opened her eyes widel She was aghast by the truth she had just noticed.
(¡ That¡¯s right. Shimizu-kun received the wound from the attack aimed at me. If nothing was done during that time, I would have surely died. It was my fault he had to die! But everyone was convinced Shimizu-kun was killed by him! He was the one who convinced us of it!)
It was her fault, it was her who killed her own student. Just like Hajime feared, Aiko finally realized the truth and paled in an instant. The existence of her students were Aiko¡¯s supporting pirs. The fact that she was the cause of one of her student¡¯s death broke Aiko¡¯s mind. The impact of the fact made her mind unintentionally turn on its defensive mechanism, and Aiko¡¯s mind nked out. With her outlook wrapped in darkness, she thought of giving herself to the darkness. However, the words Hajime left behind revived her mind.
¡°If possible, please don¡¯t get demoralized.¡±
At that time, her mind didn¡¯t understand it because of consecutive impacts. Even though it was troublesome to think well of the meaning behind those words, they were simple words if she thought hard enough.
(If, if he said those words because he had predicted my situation¡ Wasn¡¯t he worrying about me?¡ I, he noticed I would break down because I realized I was the cause of Shimizu-kun¡¯s death. That was the reason why¡ he unnecessarily shot him¡ to convince us it was he who killed him¡ so I wouldn¡¯t be crushed by guilt¡ to keep being a teacher¡)
Aiko understood Hajime¡¯s sense of values. Therefore, she didn¡¯t think it was done entirely for her sake. Even so, there¡¯s no denying Hajime had rushed into action because he thought of Aiko. The closing of the door in Aiko¡¯s mind was immediately stopped right before itpletely shut, and it began to slowly open once again. Her narrowed view once again broadened. Though there was still the cold feeling like one of the coldest season inside her mind, but at the same time, there certainly was a small fire present.
(Looks like I was being protected by him¡ No, not only him, but a lot of people have protected me. The children by my side are protecting me even now. I only thought of protecting him, but I didn¡¯t realize I was also being protected¡ How immature of me. That¡¯s now¡¯s not the right time for me to keep trying to be independent¡)
Aiko wore a resolute expression. However, her thoughts involving Shimizu-kun and the fact that she was the reason he was killed wouldn¡¯t disappear for the rest of her life. Even so, she couldn¡¯t just stand still because there were students who adored and relied on her as their teacher; she didn¡¯t want to. Aiko renewed her vow to do the things she could do as a ¡®teacher¡¯, even if the world had changed. In addition, she also engraved in her mind to not let her current ideals be shaken. There is already, without a doubt, fear or grudge against Hajime.
(He¡¯s a clumsy one¡ He understood I might hold a grudge against him, or I might even be his enemy¡ Now that I think about it, he received my words and it looked like he thought it over seriously¡ Could this possibly be his way of returning a favor?
When I think back, I¡¯ve only been saved by him. He told me the truth, and in the end, he even saved this town. Moreover, during the battle, he fulfilled his promise and brought Shimizu-kun back. If I reconsidered those things, I¡¯ve only been unreasonable. I only talked of my ideals¡ and I¡¯ve pressured him with that¡ How truly immature of me. Even so, he saved us¡ even though his way of thinking is cold¡ Looks like parts of his previous self still remained¡ No, at the very least, he regained some of them, right? Could it be because of those girls?)
Once again, Aiko smiled wryly as she thought of bing indebted to him. Even though her immaturity was shameful as teacher, she smiled as remembered the Hajime who had sluggish status in the beginning, transforming into a truly dependable man. Thus, even though Hajime hadpletely changed, she felt happy when she caught a glimpse of his previous self.
But at the moment, she guessed the reasons were Yue and Shia, the girls who were always close to Hajime¡¯s side. Aiko somehow felt a pain in her heart. Aiko inclined her neck, but she immediately thought of it as nothing but her imagination.
(Incidentally, I still haven¡¯t said my thanks to Shia-san who protected me. Even though she is someone I owe my life to¡ Next time, I must properly make sure to thank her¡ In addition, I also owe my life to him¡)
About the poison and the raging development, Aiko reflected. She had not thanked Shia, and the other benefactor of her life, Hajime. It was only now that she recalled something sealed in the corner of her memory, and she blushed as though fire came out of her face.
(Th-That¡¯s just an artificial respiration! A lifesaving measure! There¡¯s absolutely nothing more than that! I-It¡¯s not like such an intense thing was my first time. I never thought of it as pleasant! Yup, I absolutely never thought of it like that!)
When she thought of the reason behind her flushed face, Aiko suddenly began to beat the table. She repeated her excuse to no one in particr.
In addition, even though Aiko was an adult, she didn¡¯t have any experience in love. Even so, it was true that with her lovely looks, speech, and behavior changed, bing like someone who was seriously in love. After all, in Japan, there were only ¡®gentlemen,¡¯ who treated her seriously because of her teenage-like appearance. Aiko knew there were a lot of men who thought of her appearance as good, but most of them ended up as good friends because none of them wanted to experience shame in beingbeled as something beginning with ¡®Lo¡¯.
Since it was not unusual for people in their earlier teens to marry in this world, no one was bothered by Aiko¡¯s short height and childish face; the so-called a little girl¡¯s appearance. So even though David and the other Knights were serious,¡ her small experience in love and her small stature made her believe no man would be interested in her, since she didn¡¯t even notice the love call clearly sent by men from this different world.
Thus, the mouth to mouth life-saving measure Hajime had quite the impact on Aiko. She calmed her mind, and once again recalled the things that wouldn¡¯t get out of her head.
(¡ To begin with, he already has girlfriends named Yue and Shia¡ There were already two, so it doesn¡¯t matter if it increases by one. Just what I am saying?! I am a teacher! He¡¯s a student! Wait, that¡¯s not the problem! It¡¯s not like he thinks of me like that! Besides, he somehow managed to casually two-time! Illicit sexual rtionships are forbidden! That¡¯s insincere! Love should only be one way!¡ To have two at the same time¡ Kh, how shameless! I won¡¯t allow such immoral rtionships! Hmph, I won¡¯t allow it!)
The sound of her beating the table became louder.
(¡ But his feelings towards Yue-san is quite special. Though her style isn¡¯t so different from me¡ Could it be that h-he likes child-like women? F-For example, like me? No, no, no, what am I thinking! So what if I know his tastes! To begin with, he is eight years younger¡ Now that I think about it, aren¡¯t people from the Vampire race like Yue-san have a long lifespan? In other words, he likes child-like older woman? Wait, so what if I knew that! Return to your senses, Hatayama Aiko! You are a teacher! He is a student! You are disqualified as a teacher if a little kiss makes you confused!)
Maybe because she was done beating the table, she held her face with both hands, began shaking her head while saying¡®No, no¡¯, once again she beat the table, continued with another¡®No, no¡¯, and finally she shouted ¡°I am a teacher¡ª!!,¡± as she began to pound the table with her forehead.
As expected, even the students and bodyguard Knights; the group who loves Aiko, was taken aback by her entric behavior. When Foss noticed Aiko, who started a one-man show, he said, ¡°Oh my, looks like you¡¯ve cheered up,¡± with his unchanging calm smile. What a big person.
Afterwards, Aiko was able toe to terms with her feelings towards Hajime about this and that, and self-concluded that was only a temporary hesitation caused by unstable emotion. Thus, there¡¯s no change, Hajime was her student. While it was necessary to deliver information about Hajime to the top management in Church of the Saint and the Kingdom, she also needed to be prepared to protect Hajime from them in case of emergency, since she was determined to return to the Kingdom.
Aiko didn¡¯t notice it. The thing about Hajime wasn¡¯t concluded, it was just put on hold. While she called the students in her mind as ¡°that child,¡± only Hajime was called ¡°he.¡±
Thus the feeling began to bud. The time when Aiko finally took notice of it would be a little bit more in the future¡
Book 7. Chapter 6
Book 7. Chapter 6
Chapter 6 : Once Again in Fhuren
There was no change in liveliness of Neutral Commercial City, Fhuren.
From the other side of the tall and gigantic wall, the town¡¯s mor reached considerable distance, all the way to outskirts. There was also no change with the long lines on the gates. From tourists to merchants who were visiting because of business, and there were also all kinds of listless people because of the torment of waiting for their turns.
There was a man who gave off a gaudy feeling standing at the end of the line of people by the entrance where the inspection was taking ce. He was apanied by two shy women, one on each side, who were also listless as they waited for their turn in dissatisfaction while sweating. For the time being, would it be better to ask them what happened or just watch them? ¡ª they gave off such a mood. Then, they talked about silly things such as how to improve their waiting condition to reach their turn faster when suddenly; the gaudy man heard an unfamiliar sound to his ears.
SCREECH!!!
In the beginning, the gaudy man ignored it as he tried to lift the mood of the two women by his side. However, when the merchants and two women beside him became pop-eyed while looking behind him, coupled by the sound getting gradually louder, he turned towards the highway and said, ¡°What!¡±
Thus he also became pop-eyed as he saw the scene of a ck box running on the highway as it created raging storm of dust. The people quickly raised a ruckus. Though there were those who tried to run away as they shouted¡®Demonic beast!¡¯, the speed of the box-like object was more than they could imagine, and it immediately reached them before they noticed it.
The gaudy man stiffened. The people in the line thought: It is hopeless already!, with despair reflecting in their eyes.
At the time, when it almost collided into them, the box-like object,creak, creak, creak, half rotating as its rear part shook, and it immediately stopped while raising a dust storm.
People were staring at the stationary object, the magic-driven four-wheeler. Within the confusion of what had happened, the four-wheeler¡¯s doors opened. The ones who got off while ignoring and not thinking anything of the surprised people, were of course Hajime and his party. Yue, Shia, and even Tio were ignoring the gazes of the people. Only Will was saying,Sorry for themotion!, as he bowed.
However, the people couldn¡¯t even hear Will¡¯s apology. It could be said they didn¡¯t even care about the fact that people wereing out from the never before seen object. Their eyes were glued to the beautiful girls and a woman who ¡°U~n¡±, stretched before them. When Yue, Shia, and Tio moved, ¡°Hou,¡± sighs of admiration of the people entranced by them could be heard.
Hajime was sitting on the four-wheeler¡¯s bo and said,The distance from here to the entrance, it looks like we need to wait for around an hour, huh~, as he narrowed his eyes. His muscle had stiffened because of the long time spent inside the car, so he went outside in a carefree way when they reached the gate. Because magic-driven four-wheeler was mobile with the use of Hajime¡¯s direct magic maniption, it was possible to move it without sitting on the driver seat, though the control difficulty was higher.
Hajime released the stiffness in his shoulders as his neck made cracking sounds. Yue got on the bo just like Hajime, went behind him, and began to rub his shoulders. Apparently she wanted to massage him. Hajime rxed his body while smiling.
Maybe because Shia became lonely, she also sat down and drew closer to Hajime¡¯s side. When Tio saw them, she said, ¡°Muh, this one will also participate!,¡± as she emphasized her huge breasts and tried to cling onto Hajime¡¯s arm but¡ she was pped by Hajime and she fell down. However, there should be no problem as she disyed a very happy expression under Hajime¡¯s feet.
¡°Hajime-san. Is it really okay to drive the four-wheeler until here? At the very least, I think we should hide it¡¡±
¡°Nn? Honestly, isn¡¯t it already toote? We have already rampaged so shily. In a week, it will spread to even remote regions. Besides, I already had a thought that such a day would eventuallye¡ It¡¯s just earlier than what I had predicted.¡±
¡°¡ Nn, there is no more need for such prudence.¡±
Hajime answered Shia¡¯s question as he shrugged his shoulders. Even though he nned to put a little effort, so that it will allow them to avoid any trouble, the battle in the Ul town should be spread quickly. So whatever his n was, it should be useless now. That¡¯s why, it was just as Yue had said, he stopped trying to not disy his artifacts as much as possible, and decided to no more going about with such cautiousness.
¡°U~n, so that¡¯s it. Well, because there will surely be actions by the Church and the Kingdom, it certainly is toote, huh. Though it¡¯ll be better if we can get support from Aiko-san or Ilwa-san¡¡±
¡°Well, in the end, those are just insurances. It is at the degree where it will be good if they demonstrate a good effect. To begin with, I have resolved myself to fight anything that might show up no matter what they are. Regardless what happens, I will just mow them down and move forward. That¡¯s why it¡¯s okay for you, Shia, to no longer act as a ve, you know? Do you want me to remove that cor?¡±
He thought the troublesome preparations made against the Church and the Kingdom rted to Ilwa and Aiko would be something good if they would take effect in the end. Hajime didn¡¯t think much about it. As the topic quickly came to a close, he said it was okay for Shia to stop acting as a ve while poking her cor. Outstretching his hand, he implicitly said it was no longer necessary to hold back to avoid troublesome things.
However Shia who quietly stroked and touched the cor, shook her head to refuse with somewhat blushing cheeks.
¡°No, it is okay to stay as is. After all, it was the first thing I got from Hajime-san¡ Besides, it is the proof I am Hajime-san¡¯s¡ and I recently took a liking to it¡ That¡¯s why, it is okay to stay as is.¡±
Shia said such things. Her rabbit ears moved about from embarrassment. Her appearance of when she was looking down, coupled with her being shy was truly cute. The men in the edge of Hajime¡¯s view were pressing their nose as to suppress the dripping blood.
While Shia was still looking down, Hajime held her chin and made her look up. Because of his actions, Shia¡¯s face became a deeper shade of red. That followed by the ground under the men¡¯s feet also being dyed in red. Hajime took out a crystal with a beautiful hue from the ¡°Treasure Box,¡± and ced it on Shia¡¯s cor. To be more precise he used ¡°transmutation¡± on the crystal.
Shia¡¯s cor was to disy that she was Hajime¡¯s ve so it was of a boorish fashion. The telepathy stone and the other stones were installed without regards to any design as it was made in unostentatious manner. To begin with, it was made as temporary thing to not attract any trouble inside the town, so he disregarded the design.
However, if Shia liked it and wanted to keep wearing it, just a little, it could be said it was too boorish. Also,pared to the time he gave her the cor, Hajime¡¯s feelings towards Shia had be gentler. That¡¯s why Hajime thought to make the cor to suit Shia.
As the result, white and blue ornaments were geometrically installed on the ck material and, the fragment of God¡¯s Crystal was processed into a small cross that radiated blue light, installed on the front side which resulted in a mysterious-like cor¡ A choker even more fashionable than the ones sold on earth. There¡¯s already no impression left of a dog cor used to restrain.
Hajime showed a satisfied expression towards his workmanship. Shia, who was entranced because of the feeling from Hajime¡¯s fingers that sometimes brushed her neck, was startled when Hajime passed a mirror to her. Following that, she readily confirmed the choker on her neck with the mirror. There was certainly a choker with mysteriously beautiful ornaments. The cross made out of God Crystal was indeed beautiful and suited Shia¡¯s eyes.
Shia was poking the cross with her finger and her mouth loosened in a wide smile. Afterwards, she embraced Hajime¡¯s arm as a truly happy smile floated across her face while rubbing her forehead on his arm, and continued with her thanks. Incidentally, her rabbit ears were also nestled on Hajime.
While Shia on his shoulder raised an expression of happiness, Yue on his back smiled slightly and stroked Shia¡¯s rabbit ears nestled on him. Tio who crept up once again received a p.
Because of the pink-colored space that appeared out of nowhere, the people who returned from the impact of the unknown object and the appearances of the super beautiful girls, women began to pay attention to Hajime and his party with various feelings. The majority of the women didn¡¯t even envy Yue and the others¡¯ beauty as they let out warm sighs. On the other side, the men divided into those captivated by Yue and the others, those looking at Hajime with envy and killing intent, and those who licked their lips as they found out themodity value on Hajime¡¯s artifacts and the girls.
However, no one faced Hajime and his party directly even now. The merchants seemed to restrain each other as they looked for a right timing to speak. Amongst them, was the gaudy man from earlier; he disyed a mortified expression as hepared the two women beside him with Yue and the others, and clicked his tongue. Thus he recklessly approached Hajime and his party.
¡°Yo,dies. If it¡¯s okay, can¡ª ¡±
¡°Who do you think you are trying to touch without permission? Huh?¡±
¡°Hii!¡±
The gaudy man casually called out to Yue and the others while ignoring Hajime. If it was only calling them, Hajime¡¯s ¡°pressure¡± wouldn¡¯t end up guiding him to fainting course. But, of all things, the gaudy man was trying to touch Shia¡¯s cheek.
Just from one look, the gaudy man was quite a good looking one. Therefore, he must have thought any women would fall for him if he touched and seduced them. However, Shia¡¯s gaze was cold and though she thought to deal with him before he touched her, Hajime¡¯s arm grabbed the gaudy man¡¯s head ahead of her. Moreover it was coupled with a thick killing intent.
The gaudy man immediately ducked his body and leaked a miserable scream. Hajime just ignored the gaudy man¡¯s appearance and threw him off towards the highway. The gaudy man reached the ground in tremendous speed 30 meters away. With his face shaving the ground, he ended up in a pose just like Nagoya¡¯s Shachihoko. And after advancing for ten meters more with only his head, he fell and waspletely unmoving.
Within cloud of sand, the gaudy manid on the earth without even twitching. The people who saw were dumbfounded because they just saw a person flew in an impossible orbit, and they turned their gazes to Hajime who created the spectacle. The two women who attended the gaudy man were timidly looking at Hajime, who red at the surrounding with absolute zero eyes which made them shudder, and they disappeared somewhere while screaming.
The merchants who tried to restrain each other while saying, ¡°You guys, I won¡¯t let you go ahead,¡± from a while ago were now saying, ¡°Please go ahead,¡± as they mutuallypromised with each other. Hajime said clearly,Who¡¯s next?, while ring.
Because no one came forward, Hajime smiled in satisfaction, and he looked away from the surrounding people as he lost interest.
¡°Whoa, Hajime-san was angry for me~ Is this how he expresses his desire to monopolize me? Just one more step until that thing happens, right!¡±
¡°¡ Shia, do your best.¡±
¡°Yue-saa~n. Okay. I will work hard~!¡±
¡°Hmph, it is of no matter how much thou art is valued~ Master. Isn¡¯t it okay to value this one, too? Please throw this one just like that man, please?¡±
Because Hajime was angry towards the one who tried to touch her, happiness spread through Shia¡¯s whole body. Actually, Hajime just couldn¡¯t forgive him for trying to touch Shia as though she was his thing. There was no desire to monopolize her, but it was toote to correct her, though it was true that his action was because he thought Shia as someone important to him.
Incidentally, because Tio who looked at the blown away gaudy man with envying eyes tried to nestle close to him, Hajime still responded with a p. ¡°Aan!,¡± Tio who copsed happily after saying with a captivating voice was red at by Hajime with a truly cold gaze. However, she became even happier as she ¡°Haa, haa,¡± got excited. Hajime let out a deep sigh and said, ¡°This fellow can¡¯t be helped anymore,¡± as he gave up thinking about her condition.
Hajime and his party were flirting with such feelings, Will who was outside of this got on and sat inside the vehicle while looking at the far distance to sort out his feelings. The line from before became noisy again. Hajime turned his gaze and apparently there were guardsing running. They probably saw the quarrel from a while ago. Rather, they might be trying to confirm what had happened because the gaudy man who was nted on the ground was still unmoving.
The three men who rode on horses while wearing simple armor approached Hajime and his party after asking the situation from the nearby merchants. One of the merchant pointed at Hajime¡¯s party, then he pointed at the gaudy man. One of the men ordered one of hispanions to go towards the gaudy man. The remaining two men approached Hajime¡¯s party who were rxing (flirting) on the four-wheeler¡¯s bo. The two men¡¯s eyes somewhat sharpened. Not because of duty¡ but because they envied him.
¡°Oi, you! What¡¯s with thismotion! Beside, what¡¯s that ck box? Exin yourself!¡±
Though the man spoke oppressively to Hajime, there¡¯s no force at all because he kept sneaking a look towards Yue and the girls. Hajime already expected this development as he looked at the guard and briefly answered.
¡°This is my artifact. I threw that man away because he tried to put his hand on her. Can you believe it? How can he suddenly try to hug her? Look, she is frightened by that¡ Mister Guards, don¡¯t tell me you¡¯re going to ally with that sex offender? If so, we won¡¯t go to Fhuren ever again¡ how can I be treated as a criminal while you defend the offender¡ right?¡±
h, h, Hajime spoke in such manner about vague things as if they were the facts. Shia stuck to Hajime simply because she wanted to be spoiled, and she didn¡¯t look frightened if one looked at her objectively.It was a tragedy!, Hajime warped his expression to sincerely appeal. Will on the vehicle said, ¡°What a smooth talker,¡± as he stared at him but got ignored. The surrounding merchants who became the straight men said, ¡°Rather than trying to embrace, he was thrown before he finished speaking,¡± or ¡°Far from being frightened, it¡¯s more like you¡¯re flirting,¡± with small voices which were also ignored.
However, it was needless to say what their answer was, as it was obvious which one to believe between the words of a gaudy man and the side of beautiful girls and women. ¡°That guy is the worst,¡± they easily believed him without examining it further.
Then at that time, one of the guards inclined his head when he saw Hajime¡¯s party then he said, ¡°Ah,¡± as if he recalled something then he whispered to the other guard to confirm it. Unknown to what was said, the other guard said in a simr manner, ¡°Now that you mention it,¡± as he thoroughly examined at Hajime¡¯s party.
¡°¡ You, are you Hajime, Yue, and Shia?¡±
¡°Nn? Ah, that¡¯s certainly so¡¡±
¡°I see. Then, are you returning from the guild¡¯s branch head¡¯s request?¡±
¡°Ah, though it is so¡ did a notificatione from by the branch head?¡±
The guard nodded in consent towards Hajime¡¯s expectations. The guard immediately told them to pass the gate without waiting for their turn. They moved using four-wheeler and followed by the guards. The people in the lines were curious about what happened as they narrowed their eyes to watch them move, and Hajime¡¯s party once again set their feet in Fhuren.
* * *
Hajime¡¯s party were currently inside the reception room of the adventurer guild.
They were served with high-grade teas along with the cakes, and they unreservedly drank it while they waited for five minutes. The one who kicked the door open and jumped inside was Ilwa Chang who requested Hajime¡¯s party to rescue Will.
¡°Will! Are you safe!? Do you have any injury!?¡±
Casting aside his calm atmosphere from the past meeting, he didn¡¯t even greet them as Ilwa was confirming Will¡¯s safety when he saw him. It might be because he was very worried about him.
¡°Ilwa-san¡ I am sorry. It was because I said something unreasonable that you were troubled ¡¡±
¡°¡ What are you saying¡ It was me who introduced you to a dangerousmission¡ You really are safe¡ I can¡¯t face Greille and Sarria if something happened to Will¡ They are also quite worried about you. It¡¯ll be better if you quickly show your face to relieve them. I have reported to them about your safety. That information came to Fhuren several days ago¡¡±
¡°Father and Mama are¡ I understand. I will immediately go to meet them.¡±
Ilwa told Will where his parent stayed and nodded, telling him to go. Will once again expressed his gratitude to Ilwa as he bowed, then he formally greeted Hajime¡¯s party before he, as promised, went outside the room. For Hajime, he was d it went well, but he seemed dissatisfied because he didn¡¯t make proper thanks.
After Will went outside, Ilwa formally looked at Hajime. Ilwa was smiling with a calm expression, then he deeply bowed to Hajime.
¡°Hajime-kun, thank you very much for this. I never thought you¡¯d really bring Will back alive. I can¡¯t express my gratitude with words.¡±
¡°Well, Will survived because he has good luck.¡±
¡°Fufu, is that so? There is certainly that¡ but isn¡¯t it the truth that you protected him from tens of thousands of demonic beasts? Goddess¡¯s Sword-sama?¡±
While he smiled radiantly, Ilwa called Hajime with his nickname from the previous battle against therge crowd of demonic beasts. Hajime¡¯s cheeks cramped. Apparently, the guild¡¯s branch head owned the method to transmit the information faster than Hajime¡¯s movement.
¡°¡ That information spread quite fast, huh.¡±
¡°It is because of the guild executives. There¡¯s also the artifact for long-distance report. And I also have my subordinate to follow you. Though I said that, he seemed to have been always left behind to wander around because of those unexpected movement type artifacts¡ It was the first time I heard himining. After all, he held the greatest ability to gather information.¡±
Ilwa said as he smiled wryly. It seemed he hired an observer since the beginning. It was a natural measure as a guild¡¯s branch head, so Hajime wasn¡¯t angry. Rather, he quite sympathized with the branch head¡¯s direct subordinate when he thought of him always rushing around because of him.
¡°Even so, the situation was truly a serious one. I never thought the ident in the Northern Mountain Ranges area to be a sign for such great disaster¡ It was truly a good thing I asked you for that request. I¡¯m also interested in the power that could annihte tens of thousands of demonic beasts¡ Can you let me hear it? Just what on earth had happened?¡±
¡°Ah, I don¡¯t mind. But, before that I ask you for Yue and Shia¡¯s status tes¡ and about Tio¡ª¡±
¡°Hmm, if those two get one, then please this one too.¡±
¡°¡ Is what she said.¡±
¡°Hmm, certainly, and the credibility will increase if I can see what¡¯s in the te¡ okay.¡±
After saying so, Ilwa called the staff and three brand new status tes were brought in.
As the result, Yue and the girls¡¯ statuses were as followed.
Name
Yue
Age
323 Years Old
Gender
Female
Level
75
ss
Sorceress (Miko)
Strength
120
Vitality
300
Resistance
60
Agility
120
Magic
6,908
Magic Resistance
7,120
Skills- Automatic Regeneration
- All Elements Aptitude
- Compound Magic
- Magic Maniption
- Magic Emission
- Magic Compression
- Remote Control
- Efficiency Rise
- Magic Absorption
- Composition by Imagination
- Rise in Ability to Imagine
- Simultaneous Compound of More than Two Magic
- Dyed Invocation
- Blood Conversion
- Body Strengthening
- Magic Conversion
- Vitality Conversion
- Magic Strengthening
- Blood Pact
- High Speed Magic Recovery
- Creation Magic
- Gravity Magic
Name
Shia Haulia
Age
16 Years Old
Gender
Female
Level
40
ss
Diviner
Strength
60 ¨C Max: 6,100
Vitality
80 ¨C Max: 6,120
Resistance
60 ¨C Max: 6,120
Agility
85 ¨C Max: 6,125
Magic
3,020
Magic Resistance
3,180
Skills- Foresight
- Automatic Invocation
- Assumption of Future
- Magic Maniption
- Body Strengthening
- Part Strengthening
- Rise in Conversion Efficiency 2
- Concentrated Strengthening
- Gravity Magic
Name
Tio rce
Age
563 Years Old
Gender
Female
Level
89
ss
Guardian
Strength
770 ¨C Dragon Form: 4,620
Vitality
1,100 ¨C Dragon Form: 6,600
Resistance
1,100 ¨C Dragon Form: 6,600
Agility
580 ¨C Dragon Form: 3,480
Magic
4,590
Magic Resistance
4,220
Skills- Dragon Form
- Dragon Scales Hardening
- Rise in Magic Efficiency
- Rise in Physical Strength
- Roar
- Wind d
- Pain Conversion
- Magic Maniption
- Magic Emission
- Magic Compression
- Fire Element Aptitude
- Decrease in Magic Consumption
- Effect Raised
- Duration Raised
- Wind Element Aptitude
- Decrease in Magic Consumption
- Effect Raised
- Duration Raised
- Compound Magic
Though their statuses didn¡¯t reach Hajime, theirs were at the level where not even a few of the summoned cheat group could be. It was at the level that couldn¡¯t even be reached by the Hero when he uses Limit Break.
As expected, Ilwa was speechless as he became ck-jawed. It couldn¡¯t be helped. Yue and Tio owned the skills such as ¡°Blood Conversion¡± and ¡°Dragon Form¡± which were peculiar skill for the races assumed to have been perished, and their statuses were too abnormal. Shia alsopletely ignored her tribe¡¯smon sense. It was strange to not be surprised by them.
¡°My, my¡ I had thought there must be something, but something like these are¡¡±
Drenched in cold sweat, Ilwa¡¯s usual smile cramped when he saw the statuses, and Hajime uncaringly said in agreement. He listened to it normally, even if the silly contents seemed to be fixed through their lives, he could not help believing it because the numerical values and skills he just seen were proven by the status tes. When Ilwa finished hearing all of his stories, he sat deeply on the sofa with a weary look that made him seemed like he suddenly aged for at least ten years.
¡°¡ Indeed, you were able to catch Catherine-sensei¡¯s attention. Though I had expected Hajime-kun alone was someone from different world¡ the actual things are far more oblique, huh¡¡±
¡°¡ Then, branch head-san. What will you do? Are you going to hand us over to the church as dangerous elements?¡±
Ilwa corrected his seating as he looked at Hajime as if criticizing his question.
¡°That joke is too cruel. You think I can do that? To be your enemy is an impossible choice as an executive of the guild¡ Also, I don¡¯t want you to take lightly of me. You are my benefactors. It is not something I can forget for the rest of my life.¡±
¡°¡ I see. Then that¡¯s good.¡± Hajime shrugged his shoulders and used his gaze to express his sorry and gratitude.
¡°I have even thought, at the very least, to be your support just as promised, as guild executive and as my own self. Well, at least I will show you that now. For now, I don¡¯t think the people from above will do anything to you as their discussion becameplicated. At least I will make all of you ¡°Gold¡±-rank adventurers to make it easier to support you. Normally there would be various troublesome procedures to be ¡°Gold¡±¡ I will somehow do itter. After all, there are Catherine-sensei and my rmendation along with your fame as ¡°Goddess¡¯s Sword¡±.¡±
Ilwa shown avish hospitality as he prepared a letter with his family crest, so they could use the VIP room of the inn directly operated by the guild while they were in Fhuren. If anything, though there was his gratitude for the recent event, he seemed to also want to create a friendly rtionship with Hajime¡¯s party. He spoke of everything in seriousness without having any reason to hide anything.
Afterwards, when they separated from Ilwa, Hajime¡¯s party went to rx in the VIP room at the hotel directly managed by the guild in Fhuren¡¯s Central Ward. On their way, they met Will¡¯s parents, Count Greille Greta and Saria Greta, who came to greet them apanied by Will. They were different from the nobles he had saw in the Royal Pce, since they seemed to be fairly logical people. He was convinced that Will¡¯s goodness came from his parents.
Count Greille wanted to thank them by inviting them to his house by giving them money and goods, but he left with a message saying he¡¯d help them if they were in trouble because Hajime firmly refused the rewards.
A wide living room: there were four other rooms beside the room, and all of them were equipped with canopied beds overseeing the Sightseeing Ward from the terrace. Hajime was lying down on the super big sofa in the living room as he sighed in rxation.
Yue lifted Hajime¡¯s head and rested it on herp as usual. Shia was sitting at his feet, while Tio was looking around the room in curiosity.
¡°Let¡¯s rest for today. We will do things such as shopping and buying the food tomorrow.¡±
Hajime narrowed his eyes as he felt pleasant from Yue¡¯s hand that was brushing his hair, and he said the schedule for tomorrow. Shia was waiting for it. She timidly shook Hajime¡¯s reclining body.
¡°That¡¯s~, Hajime-san. The promise¡¡±
¡°¡ I remember. Shall I take you to the Sightseeing Ward¡¡±
As the reward for Shia¡¯s hard work, Hajime promised to go on a date with her for a day. Shia was looking at Hajime with expectant eyes. Hajime was hesitating because it was necessary to procure the food, but Yue concluded his hesitation. Her soft hands were ced on Hajime¡¯s cheeks and she narrowed her eyes gently.
¡°¡ Tio and I will be the one shopping. So go with Shia, okay?¡±
¡°¡ Is it okay?¡±
¡°Nn¡ in exchange¡¡±
¡°In exchange?¡±
Yue looked at Hajime and her best friend Shia, who was truly expecting the promise, with a gentle gaze as she exuded a big-sister-like atmosphere, and she urged Hajime. Hajime tried to confirm the continuation of her words with a somewhatplex look, and Yue¡¯s gentle expression changed into bewitching one as she licked her lip. She followed it by drawing her face closer to Hajime¡¯s ear and¡
¡°¡ I want you to love me a lot tonight.¡± She said.
Hajime covered his face with his hand and said, ¡°¡ Nn,¡± a Yue-like answer. That¡¯s all they needed. Though he was confident of being able to win against the guardian in the depth of the dungeon, perhaps for his whole life he wouldn¡¯t be able to defeat Yue or so Hajime thought.
¡°¡ Before I notice, they naturally began to make the world of their own¡ not surprising from Yue-san.¡±
¡°Hmm, even so, this one feel the undiscouraged Shia is considerably strong. Well, this one has no problem because this one is satisfied as long as Master bullies this one¡ Shia has quite the obstacle~¡±
While Shia directed a, ¡°As expected of Master,¡± gaze towards Yue with respectful eyes, and Tio sent an interested gaze towards Shia and Yue¡¯s rtionship where no envy could be felt. Afterwards, when Hajime managed to regain his senses that flew outside because of Yue¡¯s surprise attack, the four of them chatted, and the day grew into the night.
* * *
Extra
Midnight that day.
As the moon approached the zenith¡ two shadows stealthily moved to the terrace in the top floor of the inn directly managed by adventurer guild. The two dressed in ck just like assassins, slowly killed their presences as they approached a certain room¡¯s window, and they silently look inside.
The things inside that room were¡
¡°Fuwah! Please look at that, Tio-san! That intense¡ Yue-san will break you know.¡±
¡°WHOOAA! Master is so intense! H-However, Shia. Yue¡¯s expression¡ is certainly bad! Even though this one is also a woman, this one can feel something strange¡¡±
¡°Ack, it is definitely an enchanting expression that cannot be resisted! She looks so happy~, I¡¯m so jealous~.¡±
¡°Mmm~, though this one is satisfied as long as Master bully this one¡ that kind of thing isn¡¯t bad, too~.¡±
¡ After this, Hajime who noticed their presences, needless to say, gave the two peeping toms a harsh punishment.
* * *
Some information about the statuses: Blood Pact ¡ª Drastic increase in status of the person whom is chosen to suck blood from.
Composition by Imagination ¡ª Magic array can bepletely made just by imagining it.
Rise in Conversion Efficiency 3 ¡ª 1 unit of magic will be converted into 3 unit of physical strength.
Dragon Scales Hardening ¡ª Dragon scales can be further hardened using magic. It is possible to further increase the basic status using Dragon Form.
Author¡¯s Note: The statuses are still tentative. There¡¯s possibility of adjustment depending on the future development.
Book 7. Chapter 7
Book 7. Chapter 7
Chapter 7 : Hajime bes a Papa I
¡°Fufufufu~n, fufufu~n! What a fine weather~ It¡¯s a splendid weather for a date~.¡±
In Fhuren¡¯s main street, the rabbit eared girl, Shia, was cheerfully walking while skipping. Her clothing was different from her usual durable adventurer style clothes ¡ª it was a lovely milk-white one-piece dress. With narrowed cor, there was a big opening in the cleavage and Shia¡¯s rich breasts wereboing, boing!, swaying as she walked. A slender, ck belt was attached on her waist. Her rich hip-line and the indescribably enchanting curve were clearly disyed. Slender, tight, and beautiful legs were extended from the skirt 15 cm above her knees, and the gazes of men were gathered on the pair of bouncing hills.
But the most attractive thing about her was her atmosphere and her smile. With blushing cheeks,I am happy, so it cannot be helped!, was overflowing from her without any effort to conceal it. About her being a demi-human or how she wore a ve¡¯s cor-like thing, could be said as something trivial as the surrounding people fell for her. There were also elderlies who smiled as if they saw something pleasant.
Behind the ecstatic Shia, was Hajime who walked on with a wry smile. Maybe because she was so ted, Shia repeatedly walked a little ahead, and then turned around with a smile as she waited for Hajime to catch up. Just like the surrounding people, Hajime inadvertently smiled.
¡°Your spirit is too high, Shia. You will fall down if you don¡¯t look in front, you know?¡±
¡°Fufufu, I won¡¯t make such blunder~, after all I have been trained by Yue-sa¡ª!?¡±
Because of Hajime¡¯s warning, Shia turned around again as she replied to him, she almost fell down. Hajime promptly held her waist to support her. Though there wouldn¡¯t be any problem considering Shia¡¯s physical strength, she wore a short skirt today. He would not let the men who pant as they looked at Shia to be lucky perverts.
¡°I-I am sorry.¡±
¡°See, now that you understand, walk right beside me.¡±
As she shrunk her body because of the embarrassment from being held by the waist, Shia demurely tugged Hajime¡¯s sleeve, and this time she began to walk in slower pace next to him. Because of how lovely she looked with blushing cheeks, most of the surrounding men seemed to have been knocked out. Some of them were because of the fists from the lovers by their side.
Hajime and Shia kept collecting the surrounding gazes, and they finally entered the Sightseeing Ward. There were various facilities inside the Sightseeing Ward. For example were theatres and street performers avenue, circus, music halls, aquarium, arena, game studio, observatory, colorful flower garden along with huge maze of flowers, and even beautiful buildings along with the zas.
¡°Hajime-san, Hajime-san! Let¡¯s go to Meerstat first! I have never seen a marine creature before!¡±
With a guide book in hand, Shia¡¯s rabbit ears moved as though to express, ¡°Let¡¯s go! Let¡¯s go!¡± She seemed to have never seen any marine creature because she lived in ?Haltina Sea of Trees?, so she wanted to go to Meerstat, a famous aquarium in Fhuren¡¯s Sightseeing Ward.
Incidentally, she was used to seeing freshwater fishes because there werekes and rivers in the Sea of Trees. However, she felt they weren¡¯t the same even though the marine creatures were shaped simr to those fishes. Though Hajime thought them as only fish¡ he didn¡¯t say anything since he read the mood. Hajime was going to be nice to Shia today.
¡°Hee~, for marine creatures to be ind¡ that¡¯s the point. Though the management, maintenance, and transportation must be troublesome¡¡±
Though Hajime wasn¡¯t interested at all, he didn¡¯t reject it since he didn¡¯t have any reason to refuse her. Furthermore, Shia was happily smiling as she pulled Hajime¡¯s hand.
On the way in street performers avenue, their eyes were caught by people who did acrobatic as they challenged the human¡¯s limit, when they finally reached the big facility of Meerstat. Maybe as to represent the sea, the whole building was painted in blue and there were crowds of people in there.
The interior was extremely simr to the aquarium in the Earth. However, maybe because they didn¡¯t have the technology to make transparent water tanks that could endure the water pressure like the ones on Earth, bulky ss tiles were buried in the fence made of crystal-like metal, and it only somewhat visible.
However, Shia didn¡¯t mind it. Her eyes sparkled from seeing the marine creatures for the first time, and she spoke to Hajime while pointing her finger. Right next to them, was a little girl with her family who also pointing with sparkling eyes. Unexpectedly, his gaze met the father-like person¡¯s gaze and because Hajime noticed he looked at him with warm gaze. Hajime, who felt awkward, took Shia¡¯s hand and moved elsewhere. Shia was surprised by Hajime¡¯s action but she was happy he took her hand, and needless to say she returned his grasp while blushing.
After this and that, they enjoyed the aquarium for one hour, when Shia suddenly became wide-eyed when she looked at a certain water tank again, and began to stare at it.
Inside was¡ a Seaman. It was human-faced fish very simr to the one from the game Hajime knew.
¡°¡ Wh-why is he here¡¡±
Shia backed away and trembled. Maybe because the Seaman noticed Shia, it turned to watch her with the samezy expression from inside the water tank. The tension raised for some unknown reason. Because of two people, Hajime looked at the exnation ced beside the water tank.
ording to it, this Seaman was an aquatic demonic beast, and it capable of using peculiar magic called ¡°Telepathy.¡± It seemed to be able to speak fluently though it rarely spoke, and he confirmed from the description that it was famous as a demonic beast one could converse with.
However, even if it was possible to talk to, it would only answer with an unmotivated voice as though the talk was very troublesome for it. Also, caution was necessary because the person it spoke to would be depressed as a side effect. It like alcohol and bes talkative as it drinks. However, it wouldn¡¯t be called a conversation as a person would one-sidedly continued to preach to the conversation partner¡ Incidentally, it was named Lehman.
Since Hajime didn¡¯t know whether Shia was simply staring or if she was having at argument with it. However, when sweat lines started to appear on her face and she didn¡¯t reply to him, or when he talked to it in the normal way, he used ¡°Telepathy¡± instead.
¡°You, can you really use telepathy? Can you really converse? Can you understand my words?¡±
Because of the sudden telepathy, Lehman¡¯s eyes twitched for a moment in response. It followed by shifting its gaze from Shia to slowly looking at Hajime. Shia whose expression expressed,Somehow I won!, was ignored.
¡°¡ Tch, this should be our first meeting. First, introduce yourself. That is how you show your manner. Good grief, this is why the young people these days¡¡±
He was taught about manners by the fish with a face of an old man. He regretted his mistake. With cramped cheeks, Hajime tried to talk again.
¡°¡ My bad. I am Hajime. Looks like you really can converse. Just what is Lehman?¡±
¡°¡ You know. Just what is human? How can you answer that? That¡¯s why, how would I know the answer. Well, I only can say I am me. No more no less. Also, call me by my name or whatever you like.¡±
Hajime had thought, ¡°Just how does it think¡¡± But somehow it spoke aboutmon sense, moreover it was rather cool. That waspletely unexpected.Wasn¡¯t it written that it was unmotivated?, he wanted toint to the aquarium¡¯s staff. Hajime was slightly looking at the distance in escapism, but this time a question came from the Lehman.
¡°I also want to ask one thing. You, why can you use telepathy? There¡¯s no sign of the use of human¡¯s magic¡ It was as if you are the same as me.¡±
It was nothing but a natural question. After all, a human was using the peculiar magic, ¡°Telepathy.¡± It was curious as to why he was able to casually use just like it. It might be the cause of why the rarely talkative Lehman was responding to Hajime¡¯s conversation. Hajime exined he was able to use it by eating the demonic beast that was capable of using telepathy.
¡°¡ That¡¯s a lot of hardships for someone so young. Okay, ask me anything you want. This old man will answer anything in my knowledge.¡±
He was sympathized. Apparently, it thought he was so poor that there was no choice other than eating the demonic beast. When it saw his current appearance and he was wearing good clothing, it said as it sniffled, ¡°Looks like you¡¯ve worked so hard, good boy! It make me want to cry.¡±
Hajime didn¡¯t correct it because it was the true he had some hard times. However, for him to be sympathized by a fish¡ it was somewhat depressing. He somehow managed to set it aside and asked Lehman various things. For examples,Does a demonic beast have a clear will?,How were the demonic beasts born?,Are there any other demonic beasts people canmunicate with?, ¡ Lehman answered that most demonic beasts didn¡¯t have clear will. It didn¡¯t know any other demonic beasts that could understand humannguage other than its species. Moreover, it didn¡¯t know how the demonic beasts were born.
Moderate amount of time had passed as he asked a lot of things, and they began to gather attention because it was a surreal spectacle for the onlookers to see a young man and a fish with a face of an old man staring at each other. Shia, who began to feel restless, was tugging Hajime¡¯s sleeve, so Hajime rounded up the conversation.
Even though his conversation with Lehman was somewhat interesting, today was decided for him to go out and spend it with Shia. He would not neglect his promise. Lehman also said, ¡°Oops, looks like I have obstructed your date,¡± as it rounded up the conversation by reading the mood. By the way, they got along so well that they called each other with ¡°Leh-san¡± and ¡°Ha-boy.¡± Hajime could see the ¡°nobleness¡± inside the Lehman.
In the end, Hajime asked why Lehman was in such a ce. The answer was¡
¡°Nn? Just as I said before, I was traveling freely¡ but the underground water which I was swimming through suddenly sprouted outside and I was thrown away¡ Before I knew, I was in a grassy ce beside a spring. Though I won¡¯t die even without water, I cannot move without it. When I tried to ask for help using telepathy¡ Well, I was brought here.¡±
Immediately, a line of sweat flowed from Hajime¡¯s forehead. It was obviously the time when they got out from the Great Dungeon of Raisen. Apparently, Lehman was involved and wasunched together with them at that spring. Though the real culprit was the idiot Miledi, there was no change that they got it involved.
Hajime,ahem, cleared his throat, then asked the Lehman.
¡°Ah~, Leh-san. That is, what can I say. Do you want to get out of here?¡±
¡°? That¡¯s, of course. For I am more suited for traveling freely. It is the best for a living thing to live the natural way. Rather than inside such a cage, I prefer to die in the ocean.¡±
Lehman used lot of connotations in those words. Therefore, Hajime who liked the Lehman decided to help it because he was also at fault.
¡°Leh-san. If so, I will bring you to a nearby river. Apparently, your situation was caused by my party. Since I will bring you out in few minutes, please believe in me and I will quietly transport you.¡±
¡°Ha-boy¡ Heh, though you are young, to have such way of thinking¡ I don¡¯t know what will you do, but no one should be able to match your power. I will believe in Ha-boy and wait.¡±
Hajime and Lehman exchanged manly smiles. As if understanding the their expressions, Shia¡¯s cheeks cramped as she said, ¡°Huh? Don¡¯t tell me another rival?¡± Hajime pulled Shia¡¯s hand as he turned on his heel from the ce. Although the reason was unknown, the Lehman used ¡°Telepathy¡± to Shia who followed Hajime.
¡°Little miss, I am sorry to surprise you back then. Don¡¯t let go of the hand tied to Ha-boy¡¯s.¡±
¡°Heh? Heh? Umm, well, there is no need to worry about that! I have my first kiss with Hajime-san thanks to that! Also, I definitely won¡¯t let it go!¡±
Though she didn¡¯t understand, Shia firmly answered. Lehman disyed a satisfied smile as it looked at Shia. ¡°How meddlesome,¡± Hajime prayed for his new friend¡¯s good luck from now on as he left the Meerstat aquarium with a wry smile.
After a few minutes, a w crane broke through into the lower part of the aquarium. It crushed Lehman¡¯s water tank, used the arm to catch the Lehman that came out along the water splendidly, defeated the staff members who were after them (there were no injury). Furthermore, it destroyed a wall to get out and disappeared far into the sky; these kinds of things happened. There weremotions about whether it was a new kind of demonic beast or the Lehman¡¯s hidden ability¡ but that was something trivial.
* * *
At that time, on the other side¡
Yue and Tio were shopping inside the Commercial Ward. Even so, because there were already arge amount of necessary thing inside Hajime¡¯s ¡°Treasure Box,¡± they could only replenish a small amount of the things they consume in their travel. Therefore, rather than shopping for food, the two were just indifferently wandering around the various shops in the Commercial Ward.
¡°Hmm. Even so, Yue. Art thou really okay about that?¡± ¡± ? ¡ About Shia?¡±
¡°Mm-hmm. It is possible that various things had progressed right now, thou know? Have thou thought of that?¡±
Tio was questioning Yue, who was judging the things exhibited in the boutique. Her tone was filled with some curiosity.Is it okay to be this calm? Isn¡¯t it possible she passed thou?Tio was interested in the mysterious rtionship of the three. Because they would be travelingpanions from now on, she wanted to converse without reserve for once.
On the other hand, Yue wasn¡¯t was shaken. She simply shrugged her shoulders and looked at Tio. There was no sense of crisis at all.
¡°¡ I am happy if it happens.¡±
¡°Happy? Though the man thou love bes intimate with another woman?¡±
¡°¡ It is not another woman. It¡¯s Shia.¡±
When Tio inclined her head, Yue continued to talk as she walked around the shop.
¡°¡ In the beginning, when she tried to get close to Hajime¡ I was annoyed because she clearly had another intent¡ However, I understand now.¡±
¡°Understand?¡±
¡°¡ Nn, that girl always did her best. Always used her utmost effort. All for the sake of her important things and the things she loves. She is straightforward for the better or worse.¡±
¡°Hmm. This one understands just by seeing her¡ Is that why thou have such a bond?¡±
Tio smiled when Shia, someone she was associated with only for a short time, floated in her head. She naturally smile as she thought of the moodmaker girl, whose smile didn¡¯t disappear even with the hardship she has experienced for being a demi-human. Moreover, although there were a lot of disappointing things about her because she was still young, Tio liked Shia. However, she thought it was a weak reason to allow her to go on a date with Yue¡¯s lover. In the end, she wanted to confirm another reason than Yue just liking Shia.
¡°¡ The other is.¡±
¡°Other? What doest thou mean by other?¡±
Because of Tio¡¯s questioning face, Yue began to smile as she answered.
¡°¡ Shia also likes me. At least as much as Hajime. They are the same even though they have different meaning¡ Isn¡¯t that cute?¡±
¡°¡ Indeed¡ Master and Yue, ye both are necessary for that child¡ There are only few people who could be fond of the one who treated them unkindly. That might be her virtue. Hmm, this one thought this one understood what Yue thinks of Shia¡ But what about Master? Have thou thought Master might be captivated by her? Don¡¯t thou understand that child¡¯s charm?¡±
Yue shrugged her shoulders as if those things were ridiculous, and this time she disyed a bewitching smile. Eyes narrowed, cheeks blushed, she licked her lips. Her seductiveness overflowed from her body though she was small just like a little girl. Men and women who were walking around them stopped to look at her. In the following moments, idents appeared here and there; pedestrians collided because they walked while their eyes were still nailed on Yue. Overflowing sensuality came from Tio¡¯s voluptuous body, but beside her was blurred. Tio recalled the time when she peeped at Yuest night and she became charmed by her.
¡°¡ I want to increase Hajime¡¯s ¡°important ones.¡± However,¡ only I am ¡°special¡±¡ if you think you can take him, then try it. No matter the time, the ce, or who it is¡ I will be the winner.¡±
¡°Can you do it?¡±, Yue implied the deration with a smile, and Tio backed away from the force she felting from the gap of Yue¡¯s usual expressionlessness. Because she backed away unconsciously, Tio revealed a surprised expression and she raised both hands to show she gave up with a bitter smile.
¡°Well¡ this one never thinks of starting a fight. This one feel it is enough as long as Master abuse this one.¡±
¡°¡ A pervert.¡±
Yue looked at Tio with an amazed expression while the person in question onlyughed cheerfully. Thus, Yue, who had guessed Tio was trying to find a way to rte with them when she purposely began such talk, could only sighed because the Ryuujin race she longed for turned out to be a pervert. However, she smiled wryly as they seemed to be able to get along.
As such, the distance between Yue and Tio slightly shortened as they went out of the boutique and,
BOOM!!
¡°Guwa!!¡± ¡°Ahhh!!¡±
The wall of a nearby building was immediately destroyed, and the screams of two men could be heard from there as they appeared with their faces nted on the ground. In addition, several men were also blown away from the window of the same building just like pinballs as they screamed. Sounds of destruction resounded from inside the building, and with that, the wall cracked and copsed as though the building received a severe earthquake.
With several tens of men convulsing with their limbs bent in strange directions as they lined up on the street. The building that could no longer endure the damage finally copsed with a tremendous roar.
Among the onlooker who had scattered in a distance, Yue and Tio perceived familiar voices and presences. Thus, they stayed in their ces and they looked inside the scattered dust with amazed expressions.
¡°Ah, ah, these are the two¡¯s presences, as expected¡¡±
¡°Huh? Aren¡¯t those Yue-san and Tio-san? Why are you here?¡±
¡°¡ That¡¯s our line¡ You are overdoing it for a date.¡±
¡°Seriously~, well? Oh Master, just what kind of trouble hath art thou gotten involved in this time?¡±
Just as Yue and Tio perceived, what appeared from the scattered dust were Hajime and Shia. The two should be on a date now, but they approached Yue and Tio with familiar weapons on their arms. She was wearing adorable clothing, so the appearance of Shia who shouldered a brutal weapon was truly a surreal one.
¡°Ahaha, even I never thought it will turn into such a date¡ It just that the development¡ we destroyed a facility rted to an organization that trades people¡¡±
¡°¡ What kind of development resulted in fighting an underground organization?¡±
Yue disyed an amazed expression as Shia let out dryugh. Tio was looking at Hajime asking for an exnation.
¡°Well, we are rather short handed for now. So can you help me after I exin the situation?¡±
As he put Donner into the holster, Hajime threw away the men who tumbled on the ground like pebbles as they obstructed his way. While looking at the piled up men with a leer, Hajime began to exin the situation to Yue and Tio.
Book 7. Chapter 8
Book 7. Chapter 8
Chapter 8 : Hajime bes a Papa II
After they left the Meerstat aquarium and ate their lunches, Hajime and Shia strolled around the maze of flower beds and street performers¡¯ avenue. In Shia¡¯s arm, there were many wrappers of food item bought from various stalls, and she was currently upied with the vani-like ice cream.
¡°You ate a lot¡ Were they that good?¡±
¡°Nom¡ Yes! They are really delicious. As expected of Fhuren, even the level of their food stalls are high.¡±
¡°¡You¡¯ll grow fat if you eat too much.¡±
¡°¡Hajime-san, those are words that shouldn¡¯t be said to a woman.¡±
Because of Hajime¡¯s words, the hand she was using to eat stopped for a moment as she made excuses under her breath, ¡°I will exerciseter¡ I will also eat less tomorrow¡,¡± and Shia continued to enjoy the sweets from the stalls. While Hajime walked beside Shia with a wry smile, his expression changed suddenly to a dubious one. He turned around and looked down.
Shia noticed him and asked while inclining her head, ¡°Nn? Is something wrong, Hajime-san?¡±
¡°Nn¡ª? The sign perception perceived a worrying presence¡¡±
¡°Did you use the sign perception?¡±
¡°I always activate it as precaution.¡±
¡°U~n? But, are you that worried? And even if you say a presence¡¡±
Shia looked at the surrounding, she tilted her head and said, ¡°There are a lot of people around, you know?¡±
¡°No, that¡¯s not what I mean¡ What I perceived was from below?¡±
¡°Below?¡ you mean the drainage? Umm, wouldn¡¯t it be the maintenance staff?¡±
¡°If so, then I wouldn¡¯t be worried about it. It¡¯s a small and weak presence¡ Maybe it¡¯s a child? Moreover, a weakened one.¡±
¡°Eh!? Th-That¡¯s bad! I-It is possible the child fell into a hole and drowned! Hajime-san! Let¡¯s chase after it! Show me the way!¡±
The moment Shia heard Hajime¡¯s exnation, she immediately ran. Although Aiko¡¯s words about his ¡°lonely way of life¡± had been etched in his heart, but the truth was that Shia moved faster than him, which made him smile wryly. Shia¡¯s brightness and straightforwardness seems to have been a good influence on Hajime.
Shia and Hajime chased after the moving presence underground with a moderate speed. From the town¡¯s structure, they expected the drainage to flow along the street. When they immediately passed by the presence, he pressed his hand on the ground to transmute it. Red sparks kindled, and a hole connected to the underground immediately opened.
Hajime and Shia unhesitatingly jumped into the hole. He then used ¡°Aerodynamic,¡± held onto Shia right before they fell into the drainage that released the bad smell, and theynded on the passage on both side of the waterways.
¡°Hajime-san, I can also feel the presence. I will jump and pull it!¡±
¡°No, it is okay.¡±
Hajime stopped Shia, who tried to jump without minding that her clothing would be dirtied, by holding her neck root. He then once again pressed his hand on the ground and used transmutation. Attice was created along with red sparks in the waterway. Because thettice was set diagonally up, the child being swept away moved towards them and stopped when caught by thettice. Hajime operated the gimmick in his left arm. His arm extended to catch the child, and he pulled it to the passage.
¡°This child¡¡±
¡°Well, this child is still breathing¡ Let¡¯s get out of here for now, the smell is very bad here.¡±
Seeing child they saved, Shia widened her eyes in surprise. Hajime also had knowledge of the child¡¯s appearance, so he was surprised in his mind. However, their current location wasn¡¯t good physically and mentally, so they moved to another location.
Somehow, since it didn¡¯t seem to be an ident where a child fell into the waterways and drowned, Hajime who was hesitating to return to the street from the hole he created earlier, used transmutation close to the hole and opened another hole in the drainage passage after recalling the arrangement of the buildings on the surface. Thus, while holding the small child wrapped in a nket he took out from the ¡°Treasure Box,¡± they began to move.
Red sparks suddenly appeared in a certain back alley, and a hole opened on the ground. The ones who jumped out from there were Shia and Hajime carrying a small child with him. Hajime used transmutation to close the hole and he shifted his gaze back towards the child he was holding.
From the child¡¯s stature, he or she should be around 3 or 4 years old. With long emerald green hair, and though the child was dirty, it didn¡¯t change her lovely features. The child should be a girl. However, the most eye catching thing were her ears. Unlike humans, her ears were fan-like fins. In addition, what peeked out from inside the nket were maple-like small hand, and a folded thin film attached in between her fingers.
¡°Looks like this child came from Sea-dweller tribe¡ Just why is she in such a ce¡¡±
¡°Well, I am certain it wasn¡¯t for a good reason.¡±
The Sea-dweller tribe was a tribe with considerably special position even among the demi-human races. They lived in ?Seaside Town of Elisen?, located offshore of the sea right beside ?Great Dessert Guryuu-en? in the west of the continent. Using their special characteristic, the tribe caught 80% of the marine products that appeared in the market in this continent. It was the reason why they were publicly protected by Herrlicht Kingdom even though they are demi-human race. In the end, it was all about the money, since they were protected because they could be used even while the discrimination continued.
That was why it was unbelievable for a person of the Sea-dweller¡¯s tribe, who were being protected, to be washed away in the drainage of an ind¡¯s big city, even more so when it was a child. The smell of crime was intense.
As they were thinking of the girl from the Sea-dweller¡¯s tribe, her nose twitched, her eyes opened and blinked. Then, the big, circle pupils, began to stare at Hajime. Hajime, whose gaze somehow met hers, didn¡¯t look away and stared back. With the unknown tension floating around, Shia, who seem to know something, approached her with an amazed expression. Suddenly, the stomach of the girl from the Sea-dweller¡¯s tribe let out a cute growling sound. With her nose twitching again, she moved her gaze from Hajime and her eyes locked on the wrappers Shia bought from the stalls.
¡®These?¡¯Shia thought as she tilted her head and moved the wrappings with skewered meats inside from right to left. Just like ma, the girl¡¯s gaze followed. Apparently, she was quite hungry. Shia tried to take out the skewered meats from the wrapping while Hajime began talking to the girl while transmuting.
¡°Okay, what¡¯s your name?¡±
The girl whose eyes were captivated by the skewered meats Shia was holding was surprised and ducked her body when bright sparks suddenly appeared from the ground followed by a floating square box. Hajime asked her name once more, and after her gazed wandered around for a while, she said her name in small whisper.
¡°¡ Myuu.¡±
¡°I see. I am Hajime, and this is Shia. Then, Myuu, if you want to eat the skewered meat, first wash off the dirt from your body.¡±
Hajime took out clean water he saved inside the ¡°Treasure Box,¡± and filled the bathtub he just transmuted. In addition, he adjusted the water temperature using a me ore and the improvised bath waspleted. It is very dangerous eat a meal with a body dirtied by drainage. Because she seemed to have drank the drainage water, it was necessary to take detoxifying and bactericidal medicines (marketedmodities).
Not long afterwards, Myuu responded by taking off the nket along with her clothes dirtied by the drainage, and entered the bathtub. ¡°Ekk!,¡± though her body was cringed as though she was frightened, she then narrowed her eyes when her body gradually got warmed up. Hajime handed the medicines and towel to Shia, passed the soap to Myuu, and he went out to the back alley to buy Myuu some clothing.
When Hajime returned from the back alley after purchasing Myuu¡¯s clothing, Myuu had already gotten out of the bathtub and was currently being held by Shia, wrapped in a new nket. While Shia was holding on to Myuu, she said ¡°Ahh,¡± as she peeled off pieces of meat and fed it to Myuu¡¯s small mouth ¡ª chewing to the utmost. Her dirtied hair regained its emerald green shine, and the reflected light created a halo around her head.
¡°Ah, Hajime-san. Wee back. Although it¡¯s amateur judgement, there¡¯s no problem with Myuu-chan.¡±
When Shia noticed Hajime¡¯s return, she reported while continuously stroking Myuu¡¯s moist hair. Maybe because she also noticed Hajime¡¯s presence, she began to stare at him again while still chewing. She might be judging whether he was a good or bad person.
Hajime responded to Shia¡¯s words by nodding, and took out the clothes he bought. It was a milk-white, feminine one piece dress, one that looked simr to the one Shia was wearing. In addition, there was a diator sandal-like footwear, and underwear. Because the items were for children, he was worried about the shop clerk¡¯s eyes when he bought them.
Hajime walked towards Myuu, took off the nket, and put on the one piece dress over her head, quickly followed by the underwear. He knelt before Myuu and put the sandals on each foot. In addition, he took out an artifact that lets out warm air ¡ª in other words, a blow dryer ¡ª from the ¡°Treasure Box,¡± and dried Myuu¡¯s moist hair. Myuu stoodpletely still but although she continued to stare at Hajime, she gradually narrowed her eyes when pleasant warm air blew.
¡°¡ What can I say. Looks like Hajime-san is good at taking care of others.¡±
¡°What are you saying out of the blue¡¡±
Although Hajime frowned at Shia¡¯s words while he was still drying Myuu¡¯s hair, his appearance was the evidence he was good at taking care of others, so Shia¡¯s cheeks loosened with a smile. Hajime somehow felt embarrassed and averted the topic.
¡°Well, about what to do¡¡±
¡°About what we should do with Myuu-chan, right¡¡±
Because she understood the two were talking about her, Myuu alternately looked up between Shia and Hajime.
For now, Hajime and Shia decided to hear Myuu¡¯s situation.
As a result, the content Myuu spoke of with her faltering voice was almost exactly what Hajime had expected. On a certain day, she got lost while she was swimming with her mother in a nearby coastline, and while she was wandering around, she was suddenly captured by a man from the human race.
After many harsh days had passed, she was transported quite a distance to Fhuren, and was then put in a dim, prison-like ce. Inside the ce, there were a lot of children of the human race. After she spent who knows how many days inside, several children who were with her were taken out on a daily basis but never returned. A slightly older boy said they were going to be disyed to guests and priced.
When it was finally Myuu¡¯s turn, there was by chance a drainage maintenance that day, so the hole leading to the underground waterway was open. Myuu, who heard the nostalgic sound of the water, immediately jumped inside. Usually, there was nothing a 3 or 4 year old could do because the hurdle was too high, but fortunately, she wasn¡¯t handcuffed. Myuu swam with all her might while enduring the unpleasantness of the filthy sewage. Though she was young, she was a child of the Sea-dweller¡¯s tribe. The men could do nothing but run on the passageway to try and catch her, but failed to do so while she rode the current.
However, because she wasn¡¯t ustomed to long travels, coupled by the stress of getting kidnapped, the unptable food, and the bad environment where she was soaked inside the drainage for a long time, Myuu finally lost her consciousness when she reached both her physical and mental limits. Her consciousness faintly returned thanks to being wrapped in a warm back, and she noticed she was being held by Hajime.
¡°The guests set the¡ price. An auction, huh. For children ranging from the human race and Sea-dweller¡¯s tribe to be there, it should be an underground auction.¡±
¡°¡ Hajime-san, what should we do?¡±
Shia, who looked distressed, embraced Myuu closely. Her eyes were clearing expressing she wanted to do something about it. It was normal for the demi-human race to be captured and turned into ves. Shia who was deprived of her family because of it, understood the fear and pain.
However, Hajime shook his head.
¡°It should be better to entrust her to the security office.¡±
¡°That¡¯s¡ you¡¯re going to abandon this child and the other children¡¡±
When Shia heard Hajime¡¯s words, she gritted her teeth. She closely embraced Myuu as she received the shock and looked at Hajime. What Hajime meant as security office was an organization simr to the police force on Earth. By entrusting her to the government-like facility, Myuu could be separated from them. Although it wasn¡¯t an abandonment but a regr procedure of finding lost children, Shia didn¡¯t think so.
Hajime tried to exin it to Shia in an easy-to-understand manner.
¡°You know, Shia. It is the natural thing to send the lost children you find to the security office. Even more so when Myuu is a child of the Sea-dweller tribe. She will surely be protected by them. In addition, to auction someone from Sea-dweller tribe is a great problem. They will investigate it and the other children will be saved. Isn¡¯t that enough? Though I¡¯m just guessing, this is probably the dark side of this big city. When Myuu was caught, she would surely ced in a location where the public officials couldn¡¯t get their hands there. In other words, this is Fhuren¡¯s problem. That¡¯s why, isn¡¯t it necessary to report it?¡ Considering your circumstance, I understand your feelings of wanting to do something, but¡¡±
¡°Th-That¡ that is true¡ But, at the very least can we be the one who take this child? After all, we are going to the sea in the west¡¡±
¡°Haa~, listen. We are going to the Great Volcano first. Don¡¯t tell me, are you going to take her along to the dungeon? Or, are you going to tell her to wait in the desert alone? In the first ce, we will be considered as the kidnapper¡¯srade if we take the kidnapped child of Sea-dweller tribe without permission. So, don¡¯t say anything unreasonable like this.¡±
¡°¡ Uuh, I understand¡¡±
Apparently, in just a short time, Shia hade to adore Myuu. Maybe because she read the mood regarding her situation, Myuu clung onto Shia tightly. Myuu seemed to like Shia as well, and felt the need to resist parting from her.
However, what Hajime had suggested was the right thing, so Shia could only nod and droop her shoulders. Hajime bowed to match Myuu¡¯s gaze, and began to exin in a way Myuu could understand him.
¡°Listen, Myuu, we are going to bring you to people who will protect you. Though it might take time, you will surely be returned to the sea in the west.¡±
¡°¡What about Onii-chan and Onee-chan?¡± Myuu asked what the two were going to do with an uneasy tone.
¡°I am sorry but, it will be a goodbye.¡±
¡°No!¡±
¡°Wait, it shouldn¡¯t be¡ª¡±
¡°No!¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°Myuu is okay with Onii-chan and Onee-chan! Myuu want to be together!¡±
Hajime flinched because of the strong rejection. Myuu began to il around on Shia¡¯sp, just like a spoiled child. Until now, they thought of her as a quiet child, but that apparently was because she was still trying to ascertain Hajime¡¯s and Shia¡¯s character. Maybe because she judged them to be people she could trust, she acted spoiled. However, she might still be an originally quiet and a bright child.
Hajime didn¡¯t feel bad to be trusted by her, but it was necessary to report the situation to the official, and they could not take Myuu along as they were going to conquer one of the Great Dungeons, ?Great Volcano? on their way. Even so, ¡°No¡ª ¡ª!!,¡± Myuu rejected with all her might, so he gave up on persuading her, and just took her in his arms to bring her to the security office.
Because Myuu didn¡¯t want to separate from the people she met miraculously and could actually trust, she strongly pulled Hajime¡¯s hair, eye-patch, and scratched his cheeks on the way to the security office as a form of resistance. If not for Shia smiling courtesy beside him, Hajime would have likely been reported as a kidnapper. With his hair in a mess, one eye shut because his eye-patch was removed, and the scratches on his cheeks, Hajime arrived at the security office and exined the circumstances to the pop-eyed security personnel.
The expression of the security member who heard the circumstances steepened, and promised to protect Myuu inside the security office, together with the investigation and procedure to bring Myuu back to her home. Just as Hajime had expected, it was a big problem, and he wanted to excuse himself since the reinforcement should arrive immediately from their headquarters. However¡
¡°Does Onii-chan hate Myuu?¡± Said by the little girl with moistened eyes together with an upward gaze, no sane person would be able to endure it, including Hajime. ¡°Uh.¡± He groaned. Although he perseveringly exined she would be able to return home if she was with the security uncle, Myuu¡¯s sorrowful expression didn¡¯t let up in the slightest.
The security member couldn¡¯t endure it any longer, somewhat forcefully separated Myuu from Hajime¡¯s party while he was trying to calm her, and Myuu pulled the man¡¯s hair while letting out a sad voice. Hajime and Shia had finally left the security office, but naturally, they didn¡¯t feel like continuing their date. Shia¡¯s eyebrows were wrinkling in worry while she kept looking back at the security office.
Before long, the security office was no longer in sight, and Hajime wanted to say something to make the depress Shia feel better in a ce considerably far away from the office. But at that time¡
BooOOooMm!!!!!
An explosion urred behind them, and ck smoke could be seen. The location was,
¡°Ha-Hajime-san. Over there is¡¡±
¡°Tch, the security office!¡±
That¡¯s right. The ce the ck smoke wasing from was the security office where they were before. The two nodded at each other, and ran back towards the security office. The worse thing that could happen with such timing entered their minds. The organization which kidnapped Myuu sted the security office along with Myuu to prevent information leakage.
Suppressing their impatience, they reached the security office. What entered their view were the spectacle of windows¡¯ sses along with the door of the office blown and scattered into the street. However, the building itself didn¡¯t that damaged, so there¡¯s no worry of it copsing. Hajime and Shia entered the building and they discovered the uncle from security copsed under a cover.
The security officer had both his arms broken, and was unconscious. Simr thing happened to the other security members. Fortunately, there was no life-threatening injury. While Hajime was looking at the security members, Shia went to investigate other ces, and returned with a hurried look.
¡°Hajime-san! I can¡¯t find Myuu-chan! Beside th-this!¡± What Shia handed over was a sheet of paper with something written on it.
¡°If you don¡¯t want the child of Sea-dweller tribe to die,e to ___ ___ with the white-haired girl from Rabbit-man tribe.¡±
¡°Hajime-san, this is¡¡±
¡°Looks like these guys are greedy ones¡¡±
Hajime crumpled the paper in his hand and revealed a savage smile. Those guys probably heard the conversation between Myuu and Hajime¡¯s party¡¯s in the security office by some means. Afterwards, they judged Myuu was useful as a hostage, and they didn¡¯t kill her to silence her because of the thought of obtaining a rare Rabbit-man.
Beside Hajime, was Shia who wore a resolute expression.
¡°Hajime-san! I-!¡±
¡°Say no more. I know it now. These guys are my enemies¡ No more tedious talk, we will crush them all and take Myuu back.¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
Truthfully, Hajime thought it would be better to quickly separate from Myuu because he didn¡¯t want her to have to apany them to such a dangerous journey. After all, Myuu would only have painful times if they unskillfully gave affection to a mentally cornered child. However, he could not leave her when she has been kidnapped for the second time. There was time, and there was something he could do. So to leave such a small child while she¡¯s in a predicament would surely be ¡°a lonely way of life.¡± In addition, if he decided to abandon her with the reason of her being unrted to them, Shia would surely grieved about it.
Furthermore, the other party was also trying to get their hands on Shia. To want to covet Hajime¡¯s ¡°important¡± person, they are considered as ¡°enemies.¡± There was no need to pardon them or hold back. These guys had crossed the line not meant to be crossed.
Hajime and Shia readied their arms, and the monsters quickly ran towards the location of the fools who had woken them up.
* * *
¡°And that¡¯s happened. When we arrived at the specified location, there were a crowd of armed thugs, but Myuu herself wasn¡¯t there. From the very beginning, they probably thought of killing me and take Shia. For the time being, we massacred everyone except several of them since we wanted to ask Myuu¡¯s whereabouts¡ but they didn¡¯t know anything. I tortured the others to find where their hideout is¡ and the same thing happened.¡±
¡°Not only me, they were also nning to kidnap Yue-san and Tio-san. That¡¯s why this time, we decided to give them a warning by crushing all of the things rted to their organization¡¡±
Yue and Tio, who heard Hajime and Shia¡¯s exnation as they moved. With an amazed expressions towards their constitution towards trouble, wondered how the normal date could have turned into something involving the underground organization of this big city.
¡°¡ So, we just need to look for a child called Myuu?¡±
¡°Yep. What I found from the questioning, was they are a considerablyrge organization¡ so there are a lot of facilities rted to them. Will you help us?¡±
¡°Nn¡ leave it to me.¡±
¡°Hmm. This one will certainly do it if it¡¯s something asked by Master.¡±
Yue and Tio unhesitatingly answered. Hajime told them what he found out in regards to the whereabouts of the underground organization¡¯s hideouts. They then proceeded to search for Myuu and crush the organization in groups of two consisting Hajime-Yue and Shia-Tio. Hajime and Shia went separate ways because they thought it would be better to have someone acquainted to Myuu when they find her.
* * *
Nearby the outer wall of Commercial Ward, there was a ce separated from Sightseeing and Craftsman Wards. It was a ce where the government¡¯s eyes couldn¡¯t reach; aplete underworld, the dark side of this big city. It was dim despite it being daytime, and the people walked with gloomy atmosphere.
In the corner of the ce, there was a seven story building. Although it was an employment agency on the surface, it was actually the headquarters of the biggest underground organization specializing in ¡°people¡± trafficking, ¡°Flithof.¡± Normally, the headquarters has an eerily and quiet atmosphere, but now, it was noisy with people wandering around. The expressions of the thug-like subordinates who served as messengers were perplexed and irritated, which then warped into fear.
Among tens of people that were always going in and out, two people d in robes from head to toe slipped in during the confusion, and infiltrated Flithof¡¯s headquarters without much difficulty. They advanced while avoiding people who were running around, and finally arriving before a conspicuous room at the highest floor. A man¡¯s hoarse yell reverberated into the corridor through the door. Hearing him, the robed people quietly removed their hoods and moved stealthily.
¡°Stop fucking around around! Ah!? Say it again, you bastard!¡±
¡°Hii! L-like I reported before, the number of destroyed hideouts has exceeded 50. The attackers were two groups of a pair.¡±
¡°Then, what¡¯s wrong with that? Are you saying Flithof will be destroyed by four shitty bastards? Aa?¡±
¡°Th-that¡¯s not i¡ª hmph!?¡±
Inside the room, when they thinking the yell had stopped, something let outthud!sound and silence ruled for a moment. Apparently, the man who was reporting was knocked down by the yelling man.
¡°You guys, no matter how you do it, bring back those shitty bastards before me, alive. I don¡¯t care what state they are in as long as they are alive. If this keeps up, Flithof¡¯s reputation will be ruined. That¡¯s why I am going to let those bastards see hell while they are alive. It is necessary to show a warning to the others. I will reward the guy who can bring them here with five million Ruta! Five millions each! Tell this to all of the members of the organization!¡±
Because of the instructions of the man, the room became hectic. Just like what the man had instructed, all the members inside the room left to deliver the message to all of the members in the organization. The two eavesdroppers put their hoods on, looked at each other, nodded once. One of them took out a war-hammer on her back and took a pose.
The moment the person inside ced his hand on the door knob, the super-heavy war-hammer was swung with considerably centrifugal and gravitational force.
BaaaANNgG!!!
With a thunderous sound, the door was crushed into pieces. The man who was holding onto the doorknob had his right half crushed. In addition, the people behind him had their whole bodies pierced by the splinters, and were instantly had wounds them they were blown to the other side of the wall.
¡°There¡¯s no need to inform your employees. The people in question havee.¡±
¡°Hmmm, this one will be responsible for people on the outside. Shia, finish this quickly, okay?¡±
¡°Thank you very much, Tio-san.¡±
The people who cultivated the tragedy and casually entered the room were Shia and Tio. Realizing the door had suddenly burst into pieces, and how his subordinates were blown away to the wall across the room; both done so effortlessly, the head of Flithof, Hansen, stiffened and stared wide-eyed. He regained his senses when he heard Shia¡¯s and Tio¡¯s voices. He then quickly took out his weapon and spoke like a Yakuza.
¡°¡Ya bastards are the assants, huh¡ That figures¡ Tch, ain¡¯t ya da ones from da list. Shia and Tio was it? Da other one is the lil¡¯ one, Yue¡ Indeed y¡¯all¡¯s appearances are first rate. Oi, y¡¯all¡¯s lives will be saved if ya surrender now, y¡¯know? Don¡¯t tell me, ya think ya can return alive after putting ur hands on Flithof¡¯s headquart¡ª!?¡±Swiiiish¡°UGYAAAA!!!¡±
Hansen, who began to speak while looking at Shia and Tio with lust, was coldly cut off by Shia, who fired the shotgun, since there was no need for discussion. The numerous iron balls blew off Hansen¡¯s right arm, which spun and crashed into the wall behind, while guy himself screamed and crouched.
Though the organization members who heard themotion came running, Tio used fire magic to burn the stairs and they could only stand still because they lost the only way up. Furthermore, she used the scaled-down version of ¡°Breath,¡± casually mowing them down, and everything on seventh floor turnedpletely charred except Hansen¡¯s room. With that, there was an unobstructed view of the Flithof¡¯s headquarters. Tio fired Wind des and Fire Bullets, just like a machine gun, towards the organization members who could do nothing but vacantly look up at the upper floor. Because of the merciless attacks, the organization members tried to disperse and scattered about in escape¡ but only few survived.
While Tio handled the people outside, Shia shouldered Doryukken, approached the screaming and writhing Hansen, and pushed Doryukken to his abdomen. ¡°Guwaa,¡± he let out sounds of agony as he tried to move the sledgehammer away, but his right hand was useless against the super heavy Doryukken. The only thing Hansen could do was ungracefully pleaded for his life.
¡°P-Please. Spare me! You can take as much money as you like! I don¡¯t want to be involved with you anymore! That is wh¡ª Gekk!?¡±
¡°Please don¡¯t speak without permission. You only have to answer my question, understand? If you don¡¯t, the weight will increase every second¡ so I rmend you answer everything before your organs burst.¡±
¡°¡ Shia. Thou art Master¡¯spanion after all¡ Thy speech and behavior are the same.¡±
Tio, who retorted from behind, was ignored, and Shia asked Hansen about Myuu. When she mentioned Myuu, Hansen showed a dumbfounded expression for a moment. But when she asked about a child from the Sea-dweller tribe, he frantically answered with an anguished expression because Doryukken getting heavier by the second. Apparently, she had been transported to the basement of a hall where the underground auction would ur this evening.
Hansen¡¯s subordinates, who probably heard the conversation between Shia¡¯s party and Myuu, were the ones who nned on kidnapping Shia. They probably thought that by kidnapping her, they could raise their position inside the organization since she was already in the organization¡¯s list to be kidnapped.
Shia touched the telepathy stone on her choker, activated it, and contacted Hajime.
¡°Hajime-san, Hajime-san. Can you hear me? It¡¯s me, Shia.¡±
¡°¡Shia. Yes, I can hear you. What¡¯s wrong?¡±
¡°I just got the information on Myuu-chan¡¯s whereabouts. Hajime-san is currently in Sightseeing Ward, right? Please go ahead because it¡¯s around there.¡±
¡°Roger.¡±
Shia told Hajime the exact location using telepathy. Because of Doryukken¡¯s weight, Hansen¡¯splexion had turned blue due to being unable to breathe. Shia deactivated the gravity magic in Doryukken, pulled the normal weighted Doryukken from Hansen and shouldered it. Though he was released from Doryukken¡¯s weight, Hansen¡¯s consciousness began to faint because of hemorrhage, and desperately asked for Shia¡¯s help.
¡°H-Help me¡ Take me to the doctor¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s too convenient for you to use children¡¯s lives as food source¡ In addition, Hajime-san and Yue-san will be angry at me if I let a human like you escape. That¡¯s why, goodbye.¡±
¡°S-Stop!¡±
Stter!
Shia shook Doryukken that was swung mightily, to brush off the blood stuck on it, put it on her back, and faced Tio.
¡°Tio-san. Let¡¯s quickly crush this ce and meet with Hajime-san and Yue-san!¡±
¡°Whoa¡ Shia is also merciless, huh¡ It made this one throbbed slightly¡¡±
¡°?¡ Did you just say something?¡±
¡°N-Nothing at all.¡±
The words Tio said in a whisper somehow made Shia feel a chill. Although when she asked Tio, there was nothing but her strange feverish expression, so Shia tilted her head as they continued to diligently destroy the Flithof¡¯s headquarters.
When Shia and Tio left, what remained was numerous corpses and a mountain of rubble. ¡°Flithof¡± in Fhuren was one of the three biggest underground organizations, and today, it was easily a annihted.
Book 7. Chapter 9
Book 7. Chapter 9
Chapter 9 : Hajime bes a Papa III
After receiving the telepathy from Shia, Hajime and Yue rushed towards the informed location. Being sent to the auction, there was no need to worry about Myuu¡¯s life, but she must have quite the mental burden. Either way, they must rescue her quickly.
When they arrived at their destination, two huge men dressed in ck was standing at the entrance. Thinking Myuu would be transported somewhere else if he made amotion, Hajime moved to a back alley and used transmutation to infiltrate from the basement.
Apanied by Yue, they moved quickly while using sign interception. It was truly a shame that there was no cardboard. As long as they have it, there would be no need to use sign interception skill¡
Before long, numerous cages could be seen deep inside the basement. The only person who guarded the entrance was sleeping. They passed by the guard, and found around ten of human children inside who were cowering from the cold stone floor. Nine out of ten of these children were to be auctioned today.
In truth, because most humans were believer of Church of the Saints, it was forbidden to sell or turn humans into ves. Even so, criminals among human race could be trade goods. It was okay to sell or enve those who betrayed God. However, the trembling children before their eyes couldn¡¯t have possibly fall into such circumstances where they turned into criminals. To begin with, human who turned into ves with regr procedures would not be sent to an auction. As such, they have been captured and to be sold illegally.
Hajime went over to the cage and met the gazes of the the children who were frightened by the silhouette that appeared all of a sudden. He then asked them in a calm voice.
¡°Was there a child from Sea-dweller tribe here?¡±
The frightened children must have thought it was their turn to be sold, so they looked at each other, puzzled by the unexpected question. Myuu¡¯s figure was not inside the cage, that¡¯s why Hajime he asked the children. He wondered whether there was another jail or she had already been taken out.
The children stayed silent for a while, but when Yue squatted down beside Hajime, looked at them with gentle eyes, and muttered, ¡°¡ It¡¯s okay.¡±
They looked slightly at ease, and one of boy with age of around seven to eight years old timidly answered Hajime¡¯s question.
¡°That¡¯s, the child from Sea-dweller tribe was taken a while ago¡ Onii-san, Onee-san, who are you?¡±
It was as he expected, she had already been taken out. Hajime inwardly clicked his tongue and answered the uneasy boy simply.
¡°We¡¯vee to rescue you.¡±
¡°Eh!? You are going to rescue us!?¡±
Hajime¡¯s words made the boy inadvertently shout, and raised an astonished and joyed look. His voice resounded well inside the dim basement jail. Although the boy panickedly covered his mouth, the guard heard him, shouted, ¡°What¡¯s with themotion!?¡± as he woke up and trotted into the basement jail.
Thus, he found Hajime¡¯s party and stiffened for a moment before shouting, ¡°Who are you bastards!?,¡± pulled a dagger and attacked them. The children screamed as they imagine visions of Hajime and Yue copsing after being stabbed.
However, it was something impossible for it to happen. Hajime casually gripped the thrusted dagger with his left hand, put his strength into it, and crushed the de. Hajime opened his palm and dropped the de¡¯s fragments. The guard could not register what happened, he was dumbfounded for a moment, and cast his gaze down to the dagger on his hand, but he could only see the handle. Finally understanding what happened, the man turned pale and backed away while uttering, ¡°Wh-Wh-.¡±
Hajime immediately grabbed the man¡¯s head and threw him into the ground.
SQUIIIISH!
The man immediately died, apanied with a raw sound.
¡°A guard should first ring the rm.¡±
Saying such a thing with an amazed expression, Hajime who instantly killed the guard made the children pop-eyed in surprise. Without minding their gazes, Hajime used transmutation to disassemble the iron bars. In the children¡¯s eyes, they saw the iron bars disappeared in an instant which made them stiffened, and their mouths were wide open with surprise.
¡°Sorry, Yue, but can I entrust them to you? Looks like I can¡¯t do anything but rampage now.¡±
¡°Nn¡ leave them to me.¡±
¡°The security officers should arrives soon, too, so it¡¯s okay to leave the children to them. The branch head, Ilwa will help us, too¡ Let¡¯s leave the details to him.¡±
Yue was watching from a distance with a somewhat sympathized look. It was directed to the Guild Branch¡¯s Head. Actually, before they came here, they had caught a suitable Adventurer to deliver the telepathy stone to Ilwa, since they thought to exin the situation to him. Status te with ¡°Gold¡±-rank was useful in such a time. Because after seeing Hajime¡¯s color, the Adventurer stiffened for a moment and his attitude turned into a formal one¡ It was simr to how the Japanese greeted a Hollywood Star who came to the town. He even saluted as he agreed to listen to his request.
Incidentally, because telepathy stone could not be activated from Ilwa¡¯s side, he was made to hear the report one-sidedly; about how they got in a fight against a huge underground organization, and that Hajime left the post-treatment to him which made his face turned white in his office.
Hajime once again transmuted a passage from the oubliette to the surface, entrusted the children to Yue, and quickly went towards the auction hall. At the same time, the boy from before called Hajime to a stop.
¡°Nii-chan! Thank you for helping us! You can definitely save that girl too! She was truly frightened. Even I couldn¡¯t do anything¡¡±
Apparently, this boy didn¡¯t care Myuu was a demi-human, and seemed to have tried to encourage her. He was quite the spirited boy, though he himself was caught. Hajime patted the head of the boy who felt bitter from his powerlessness.
¡°Wah, wh-what is it?¡±
¡°Well, if you feel it was mortifying, then you only have to be stronger. Rather, there¡¯s nothing but to do that. This time is my turn, but next time it¡¯s your turn if somethinges up.¡±
After saying so, Hajime quickly turned his heels and went out of the oubliette. The boy held his patted head in nk surprise, had sparkling eyes in next moment, and clenched his fists with a slightly manly face. Yue gazed at the boy with pleased gaze and took the children to the surface.
* * *
The auction hall was wrapped in its own bizarre atmosphere.
The guests in the hall were around 100 people. All of them were wearing queer masks, and no one was making any noise. They only quietly raised cards with numbers when the merchandise they want was up for auction. They hesitated to speak because they didn¡¯t want to be identified.
Even those guest who were carefully trying not to let any sound out, involuntarily raised their voices when ¡°that¡± merchandise came out.
What appeared was a little girl from Sea-dweller tribe inside a square water tank with a distance of two meters in all directions. She was stripped off her clothes, naked, and she shrunk her body as she held onto her knees in the corner of the water tank. Sea-dweller tribe could breathe inside water. It was the reason why she was put inside the water tank, to prove she was a genuine Sea-dweller. And maybe because she had escaped once, metallic shackles were put on her limbs. It was such a cruel sight for such small limbs.
The numerous gazes that frightened Myuu narrowed and began topete. Her price went up at a ferocious pace. It was a one time thing, so they probably thought they would be able to buy and hid the Sea-dweller. It was possibly because they had yet to know themotions that urred in the daytime.
The noisy hall made Myuu shrink more and more, while clenching her hand that held a ck cloth. It was Hajime¡¯s eyepatch. When they tried to separate from Myuu, they were too busy trying to calm Myuu down and it was forgotten. Hajime remembered itter, and he wore a spare eyepatch.
Hajime¡¯s eyepatch had became Myuu¡¯s small support. Being separated from her mother, forced to go through harsh travel, being put inside dark cage, soaked in the sewage, and she desperately ran away. When she thought it was the end, she was wrapped by something warm. She woke up due to a nice smell, and before her was a white-haired boy that wore the ck cloth in one of his eyes. She quietly watched him in surprise, and when she tried to look away, he somehow turned to watch her. Myuu also became somewhat obstinate and returned his gaze, when a delicious smell she missed tickled her nose.
Afterwards, she answered when he asked her for her name, and when she saw beautiful red lights being emitted, she was put inside a warm bath. Then, a rabbit eared big sister with simr hair color as the boy ¡ª though there were some blue hues ¡ª washed her body. Unbeknownst to her, she called the big sister who introduced herself as Shia with ¡°Onee-chan,¡± due to the pleasant feeling from the warm bath and gentle washing.
Being held, sitting on herp, while being able to eat the delicious meats, Myuu would surely not forget this throughout her life. She was absorbed in being fed, and unbeknownst to her, the boy called Hajime had returned. Although she became slightly cautious, her cautiousnesspletely dissipated when he took out a lovely clothing, politely dressed her, and blowed her hair dry with warm andfortable wind.
That¡¯s why she was very sad when she heard they would be separated because it was necessary to entrust her to the security office. After being separated from her mother while enduring the solitude and fear for a long time, Myuu didn¡¯t want to be separated from the gentle Onii-chan and Onee-chan she met in this faraway ce. She wouldn¡¯t be able to endure being alone again.
Therefore, Myuu protested with all of her might. She pulled Hajime¡¯s hair, scratched his cheeks for so many times, and took the ck cloth attached to his eye. She repeatedly said,Myuu wants to stay together!However, the Onii-chan and Onee-chan could not stay with Myuu and as the result, Myuu was left behind.
Myuu thought as her body shrunk more while thinking.As expected, am I left behind because I will be a pain? Are they mad because I took off this ck cloth? Am I hated by Onii-chan and Onee-chan?She was very sad, and tears fell from her eyes.If I can meet them once again, I want to apologize for being a pain. I will return this ck cloth, and this time¡ I want us to somehow stay together.
¡°Onii-chan¡ Onee-chan¡¡± Myuu muttered when suddenly, the water tank let out a loud sound because of an impact.
¡°Eeek!,¡± Myuu became frightened, looked at the surrounding, and she frowned. There was a masked-man in tuxedo nearby, and she noticed him shouting something as he repeatedly kicked the water tank. Apparently, he wanted to let the guests see her swim to further increase her price, and he kicked the water tank because he thought the unmoving Myuu was sleeping.
However, Myuu became even more frightened, further shrunk her body and didn¡¯t move at all. Shrinking her body while strongly clenching onto Hajime¡¯s eyepatch as she endured the impact sound and the shaking water tank.
The man who was the host of the underground auction and member of Flithof feared the unmoving Myuu was sick, which would drop her price, so he told a man to bring a rod. It was to be directly thrusted at her to forced her to move. He unintentionally cursed, and became impatient due to the noises made by the guests.
¡°Good grief, what an irritating brat. Don¡¯t you trouble a human like me. You dimwitted blockhead!¡± The host climbed the stedder, and tried to thrust the rod at Myuu. Myuu shut her eyes tightly and prepared for the impact.
However, instead of the impact¡ what reached her was the voice of a person she wanted to hear the most.
¡°I will return those words back at you, okay? You shitty bastard.¡±
In the next moment, a shadow fell, fluttered from the ceiling, and trampled the host¡¯s head who was crushed along with the stedder when it fell because of the momentum.Ssh!Blood sttered from the host as though he had exploded. He was literally crushed to death.
The shadow, Hajime, who appeared with such an impact, didn¡¯t even nce at the copsed man, and hit the water tank with his artificial arm.Smash!The water tank was destroyed, apanied with sound of something being crushed.
¡°Eeep!¡± Myuu was thrown outside along with the flowing water, and she screamed unintentionally.
Myuu was immediately caught by something warm, and she timidly opened her eyes. There was the person she wanted to meet, the one she helplessly expected toe when she heard his voice¡ He was certainly here. She was held by him. Myuu blinked and quietly watched Hajime just like the first time they met.
¡°Hey, Myuu. You, why are you always sopping wet when we meet?¡±
Hajime said jokingly, and quietly watched Myuu. She then asked him in a whisper.
¡°¡ Onii-chan?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know who is this Onii-chan is, but Hajime-san whose hair you pulled, cheeks you scratched, and eyepatch you took is certainly me.¡±
Hajime answered with a wry smile, and Myuu¡¯s round pupil moistened. Following that¡
¡°Onii-chan!!!¡±
She clung onto Hajime¡¯s neck tightly and began to sob. Hajime had a troubled expression, and patted Myuu¡¯s back. Afterwards, he agilely wrapped her in nket.
And the two, Hajime and Myuu, who reunited once again near the water, were surrounded by men in ck clothing who hurriedly rushed in. On the guests¡¯ seats, there was amotion and they wondered why Hajime didn¡¯t immediately run away. However, even now, he didn¡¯t look like he want to run away.
¡°Brat, looks like you aren¡¯t that bright toy your hands against Flithof. Leave that merchandise and I will give you a nice death, kay?¡±
Being surrounded by 20 strong looking men, Myuu raised her face from Hajime¡¯s neck and looked up at him with uneasiness. Hajime draw his face closer to Myuu¡¯s ear and whispered,It¡¯ll be troublesome so close your ears and shut your eyes, and he ced Myuu¡¯s small hand to close her ear. Even though Myuu wondered why, she nodded, and she felt at ease because Hajime had a calm attitude without any impatience or anxiety. She obediently used her hands to cover her ears, closed her eyes, and she buried her face in Hajime¡¯s chest.
Veins popped on the forehead of the men in ck when they werepletely ignored, and shouted loudly,Don¡¯t hurt the merchandise! And kill the brat!At the same time,
BOooOOoM!!!
With a dry explosive sound, the head of the leader of the men in ck burst. Everyone let out an ¡°Eh?,¡± and became pop-eyed without being able to understand anything. They could only watch the man in ck copse with his brain matter scattered from the back of his head. Using that chance, Hajime further fired in session. While everyone was stiffened due to not knowing what had happened, the sound of rapid-fire rang out, and when they regained their senses, the number of the corpse who had their head burst totaled to 12.
At that time, they finally noticed the boy before them was nothing ordinary, and the ck-clothed men backed away while the guests began to flood the exits, screaming.
¡°Y-You, what are you! What, how¡ this¡ª!¡±
Confused and trying to fight his fear, one of the men in ck frantically acted brave by raising his voice. Ten more people came from the interior and flinched when they saw the disastrous scene in the hall.
Seeing them, Hajime snorted.
¡°Why you ask? Don¡¯t you understand just by seeing me? Ie here to take back the thing you took from me. Next¡ is only a warning from me. This will happen to those who takes something from me. That¡¯s why, shall I make the ending a shy one?¡±
Hajime said so and used ¡°Aerodynamic¡± to go up to the ceiling of the hall and unbeknownst to others, he jumped outside from the hole and reached the roof.
¡°Yue. Myuu was safely secured. How¡¯s the thing on your end?¡±
¡°¡ Nn, they have reached the shelter. The final will be after all the guests came out.¡±
¡°I see, then let¡¯s make the Finale a shy one.¡±
¡°Nn!¡±
Hajime used ¡°Aerodynamic,¡± jumping further into the sky. Then, he spoke to Myuu who faithfully closed her ears and buried her face into Hajime¡¯s chest. She blinked and looked at the surrounding when Hajime said, ¡°It is okay now, Myuu,¡± and¡ ¡°Fuwah!?,¡± she said with a surprised voice.
It couldn¡¯t be helped because when she opened her eyes, she was in the sky where she could see every part of the town. On the other side, the setting sun that seemed to be zing, dying the evening sky in red. Above the ground were the man-made lights glittering, creating a beautiful illumination. Myuu¡¯s eyes sparkled seeing the magnificent spectacle for the first time and she held Hajime¡¯s chest while saying,Kyaa.
¡°Onii-chan is amazing! Onii-chan can fly in the sky!¡±
¡°Not fly, I just jump¡ª¡ well whatever. More importantly, I will let Myuu watch some shy fireworks now, okay?¡±
¡°Fireworks?¡±
¡°Fireworks is¡ something like explosion.¡±
¡°Explosion?¡±
Though he could not give a good exnation, Hajime didn¡¯t mind it since the thing he need to do was still the same. While he holding Myuu with his right arm, he used ¡°Aerodynamic¡± to stay in the sky, and took out a ring from ¡°Treasure Box.¡± It was a remote detonator of the bomb made with ¡°Induction Stone.¡± In fact, he had scattered the bombs into suitable locations while looking for Myuu.
¡°Well then, time to start. Ta~ma~ya~.¡±
¡°Ta~ma~ya~?¡±
The moment Hajime and Myuu¡¯s voice resounded in the evening sky, tremendous roars rang the entirety of Fhuren and horrendous impact ran through buildings rted to Flithof. Even the museum used as the underground auction hall where,Historical building? Work of arts? Are those delicious?, was said to be crushed to bits. mes burst out into the sky along with the tremendous explosions. The surrounding buildings and the sky were dyed in red by something other than the evening sun.
¡°Eeeeh!?¡±
¡°What do you think, Myuu? Were you surprised?¡±
¡°Fireworks, scary.¡±
Myuu trembled because of the grand explosions, and frantically clung to Hajime.When it came down to the final blow, dark clouds suddenly began to shroud the sky slightly away from them. Following that, four ¡°Thunder Dragons¡± appeared apanied with thundering howls. The number had increased though their sizes were half from when there was only one.
The four ¡°Thunder Dragons¡± Yue created scattered into different directions of the zing red evening sky. Almost all of the people in Fhuren witnessed their majestic forms. The four Thunder Dragons let our thundering roars and ¡°fell¡± at the same time onto four of Flithof¡¯s important bases that were left behind. Their lightnings dyed the surrounding sky, and the roaring sound of copsing building resounded within Fhuren. With bursting mes and the scattered dust, the sunset in Fhuren in addition to being dyed in red by mes was just like a town in a war-time after an air raid.
Incidentally, themon people unrted to this event were unharmed. He had confirmed there was no one around unrted to Flithof by using Unmanned Reconnaissance nes into the rted facilities and the buildings¡¯ circumferences. The people who were blown off and turned to cinders were only those rted to Flithof. Their identities, however, were unidentifiable.
¡°Hajime-san! Is Myuu-chan okay!?¡±
¡°Wa-wait Shia. Eh, that¡¯s too fast!¡±
While he and Myuu was looking at the raising mes and smokes, a telepathy came from Shia. Since Hajime didn¡¯t let Shia in on the details of what he was going to do, she was surprised by the explosions and the ¡°Thunder Dragon¡±s, so she asked while panicking.
¡°It¡¯s okay. She is safe. Looks like¡ those bastards¡¯ bases are all destroyed. Perhaps we should meet at the branch head, Ilwa¡¯s ce though he might be screaming right now.¡±
¡°Ha~, thank god~. Branch head¡¯s ce, is it? Roger. I will immediately go there so pleasee quickly with Myuu-chan, okay?¡±
¡°Ah, okay. Then, see you there.¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
Because Hajime was suddenly looking at the distance in silent, Myuu looked at him in wonder. When Hajime said, ¡°We will meet with Onee-chan soon, okay?,¡± Myuu smiled happily while saying, ¡°Onee-chan!¡±.
Hajime, who descended to the surface, met up with Yue who had entrusted the children to the securities. She quietly watched Myuu who was held by Hajime. Myuu restlessly looking around, and then looked up at Hajime. Her eyes were saying, ¡°Who is this person?¡±
¡°Myuu, she is Yue. My lover?¡±
¡°Eh? Lover? ¡ Then, Shia-oneechan?¡±
¡°Mypanion.¡±
¡°Not a lover?¡±
¡°Of course not.¡±
¡°¡ No matter what?¡±
¡°I will say it again and again¡ my lover is Yue.¡±
¡°Hmm~¡±
After being introduced to Yue, Myuu looking at Yue with a somewhat dissatisfied expression. Yue was still watching Myuu quietly. As if to ascertain something, Myuu returned Yue¡¯s gaze. The two were staring at each other for a while, but the bnce unexpectedly broken. Yue was trotting closer to them.
¡°Uhh,¡± Myuu was cautious. However, Yue didn¡¯t mind Myuu¡¯s cautiousness and took her away from Hajime. Yue made aKyaa~sound as she tightly embraced Myuu. ¡°Ugh~¡± Although Myuu groaned and tried to resist, Yue didn¡¯t let her go. After that, she said,
¡°¡ So cute.¡±
Apparently, she hade to like Myuu very much.HahMyuu, who finally caught her breath, raised her face, and she and Yue were looking at each other in a close range.
¡°¡ Myuu. I am Yue. You¡¯ve tried your best alone. Truly admirable.¡±
Yue¡¯s eyes gently soften, and patted Myuu¡¯s head while still embracing her saying,¡°Good girl, good girl.¡±With her gentle hand and warm atmosphere, Myuu rxed and tears began to flow. Then, she began to cry loudly,Waa¡ªWhen she met Hajime again, she still felt the tension that¡¯s why she could not cry. However, at this moment, she rxed and could let out all of her feelingspletely.
With a wry smile, Hajime said,¡°As expected of Yue,¡±and they waited until Myuu finished crying before heading towards Adventurer Guild¡¯s Branch Headquarters.
* * *
¡°Copsed buildings, numbered twenty-two. Partially destroyed ones, numbered forty-four. Completely annihted buildings, numbered five. Death of 95 members of Flithof confirmed. Disabled, numbered forty-four. Serious injuries, numbered twenty-eight, and 119 people are missing¡ Well? Do you have anything to say?¡±
¡°It went ording to the n. There¡¯s neither regret nor a thing to reflect on.¡±
¡°Haa~~~¡±
Inside the Adventurer Guild¡¯s reception room, Ilwa was ring at Hajime with a written report in hand. However, from hearing words without any hint of remorse to the figure of a little girl from the Sea-dweller tribe who was eating the tea cake while hitting on hisps made Ilwa feltpletely exhausted.
¡°Although I thought it couldn¡¯t be¡ I heard Lehman escaped from Meerstat by destroying the water tank and walls, then flew to the sky¡ It wasn¡¯t not your doing, right?¡±
¡°¡ Myuu, this is delicious, too, you know? Try eating it.¡±
¡°Ah~n.¡±
Although Hajime calmly fed Myuu the cake, Ilwa didn¡¯t missed Shia, who was sitting beside him, wavering for a moment. Thus, he once again let out a very , very deep sigh. He rubbed his stomach with a hand, and the head secretary, Datt, casually handed him some stomach medication.
¡°Well, I won¡¯t deny that I felt you overdid it, however, we are also troubled by the underground organization¡ So I can honestly say you helped us in this matter. They always cleared any evidence, with their outward appearance being a legitimatepany, and they could just cut off arrested the ones like a lizard¡¯s tail¡ Frankly, their extermination was a dream for us¡ But with the bnce of the underground world copsing¡ Haa, it will need serious cooperation between the Security Bureau and the Adventurers.¡±
¡°Well, that originally should¡¯ve been managed by Fhuren¡¯s Administrators. This matter only involved us because by some chance, someone wanted to put their hands on us so we counterattacked¡¡±
¡°For a counterattack, how did it became annihting one of three biggest underground organizations based in Fhuren in just half a day? Seriously, I can¡¯t even joke about it.¡±
Ilwa smiled bitterly and somehow looked like he aged for at least ten more years. Because Hajime felt he was pitiful, he make a proposal to Ilwa.
¡°We gave those criminal groups such a grand warning, making them think twice of ever trying to meddle with us again. Also, it¡¯s okay for Branch Head to use our names, you know? After all, if it¡¯s known that the Branch Head was the one who hired ¡°Gold¡± ranks¡ It¡¯ll be a good deterrent, right?¡±
¡°Oya, is it really okay? It will surely be a big help¡ but aren¡¯t you the type who dislikes being used?
Ilwa¡¯s expression says he wasn¡¯t expecting Hajime¡¯s words. However, his eyes clearly said, ¡°Eh? Seriously? Of course I will!¡± Hajime shrugged his shoulders and smiled wryly.
¡°Well, it is a give-and-take. We have troubled you, that¡¯s why I don¡¯t mind it if it¡¯s just that much. I also know you, the Branch Head, will use it with caution. Besides, Fhuren will be involved in a war between underground organizations because of us, and I feel bad to involve the ordinary people.¡±
¡°¡ Hmm. Hajime-kun, aren¡¯t you changing slightly? When I first met you, I had a feeling you had no consideration for anyone beside yourpanions¡ Did something good happened in Ul?¡±
¡°¡ Well, at least it was not only bad things that happened there.¡±
As expected of this big city¡¯s Guild Branch Head, he could clearly judged people. He was able to notice the slight change in Hajime. Since this change was also desirable for Ilwa, he gratefully epted Hajime¡¯s proposal
Later on, although the two organizations nned on raising their influences by taking advantage of Flithof¡¯s annihtion, it didn¡¯t be just a big when thanks you Ilwa¡¯s effective use of the names of Hajime¡¯s party simr to how adults would scare children by saying ¡°Namahage wille~¡± But because of this, Hajime gained various nicknames such as ¡°Right-hand man of Fhuren¡¯s Branch Head,¡± ¡°White-haired, eye-patch, zing me-user,¡± and ¡°Little girl-killer¡±¡ However, Hajime didn¡¯t know of it, and it¡¯s no big deal if he had no knowledge of it.
[T/N: Namahage is a demon-like being, portrayed by men wearing hefty orge masks and traditional straw capes during a New Year¡¯s ritual.]
In regards to dealing with Hajime¡¯s party who caused such a grand rampage, thanks to Ilwa¡¯s effort, connections, and the unexpected help from the Security Bureau who defends the public peace, it became a legitimate case of self-defence. Thus, there was no problem at all. Apparently, even for the Security Bureau, the case where a child they were entrusted with was kidnapped, along with the bombing of one of their office, had be quite a hit on the head.
In addition, they could not tolerate the underground organization which kept doing illegal acts while making a mockery of them. The bureau director came to greet Hajime¡¯s party with truly manly smile to conclude all things, and when he left, somehow his steps were light as though it was humming, ¡°La dida dida.¡±
¡°Next, about Myuu-kun¡¡±
Ilwa turned his gaze towards Myuu who was munching a cookie she held with both hands like a squirrel. Myuu twitched because of his gaze, uneasily looking up at Hajime, Yue, and Shia due to not wanting to be separated again. The reason she didn¡¯t look at Tio was¡ it was the elders¡¯ role to prevent a child from seeing something harmful.
¡°She could be entrusted to us and be sent to Elisen ording to the legal procedures, or she could be entrusted you to be returned in a form of amission¡ Those two are the only ways. What will you choose?¡±
Hajime inclined his head and wondered if it was okay not to entrust the kidnapped child of Sea-dweller tribe to the officials. ording to Ilwa¡¯s exnation, it would be okay to leave her to them because from the beginning, the ¡°Gold¡±s¡¯ rampage was to protect her, Myuu.
¡°Hajime-san¡ I, will, absolutely protect this child. That¡¯s why, let here with us¡ please.¡±
Shia bowed her head to Hajime. By all means she wanted to be together with Myuu until she was safely returned. Yue and Tio was watching Hajime in silence, leaving the decision up to Hajime.
¡°Onii-chan¡ stay together¡ please?¡±
It was foul y to say, ¡°Please?,¡± while sending an upward gaze from his ownp. More importantly, when he got Myuu back, he had already considered to take her along if she wished for it, so his decision had been made.
¡°Well, it would have been be a big help in beginning¡ But now, I hold her dear so I can¡¯t just say something like goodbye.¡±
¡°Hajime-san!¡±
¡°Onii-chan!¡±
Shia and Myuu were ted and smiled widely. Although it was necessary to conquer the Great Dungeon in ?Great Volcano? before they travel to ?Seaside town, Elisen?, Hajime decided to allow Myuu to apany and determined in his mind, ¡°Well, we¡¯ll manage somehow.¡±
¡°However, Myuu. Can you stop calling me Onii-chan? It¡¯s okay to just call me Hajime. What can I say, the way you call me make me itch.¡±
Because Myuu was hugging him in joy, Hajime said his demand while feeling half embarrassed. For an otaku to be called ¡°Onii-chan¡±¡ various things might happen.
Hajime¡¯s demand made Myuu puzzled for a moment, but before long she nodded as though she understood it¡ and she answered with somethingpletely different from what everyone had expected.
¡°¡ Papa.¡±
¡°¡ Wh-What? Sorry, Myuu. I seems I didn¡¯t hear it correctly. Please say it again.¡±
¡°Papa.¡±
¡°¡ I-it must be that, right? A word that means ¡°Onii-chan¡± or ¡°Hajime¡± in Sea-dweller tribe¡¯snguage, right?¡±
¡°Ah-uh. Papa is papa.¡±
¡°Um, wait a sec.¡±
Hajime used his hand to massage his forehead and Shia timidly asked Myuu why she used the word ¡°Papa¡± to call Hajime. Then¡
¡°You know, Myuu doesn¡¯t have a Papa¡ He had gone to where the God is before Myuu was born¡ Ki-chan, Lu-chan, and Mi-chan have theirs but only Myuu doesn¡¯t¡ That¡¯s why Onii-chan is Papa.¡±
¡°I somehow understand, but I want to tsukkomi your ¡°that¡¯s why,¡± Myuu. Please anything but Papa. I¡¯m still only 17 years old, you know.¡±
¡°No, it¡¯s Papa!¡±
¡°Okay. Then Onii-chan is okay! I don¡¯t want such an extravagance title, so stop with Papa!¡±
¡°Nooo!! Papa is Myuu¡¯s Papa¡ª!¡±
Afterwards, he tried various things to get Myuu to stop calling him ¡°Papa,¡± but Myuu disyed unexpected stubbornness, even more than the time she called him Onii-chan, and as the result, it was not revoked. As such, he could do nothing but made her mother persuade her when they arrived in Elisen. Hajime¡¯s expression looked like he was suffering his greatest damage since the time he came out of the Abyss.
The the discussion with Ilwa was over, they returned to the inn, and a dispute broke out in regards to whom would be called ¡°Mama¡± by Myuu, and for the time being, Tio who would be a bad influence to Myuum was rolling on the floor because Hajime had tied her. Naturally, she was excited by it¡
In the end, she didn¡¯t want to call anyone ¡°Mama¡± except her real Mama, so Yue, Shia, and even Tio settled with ¡°Onee-chan.¡±
Then at the night, everyone slept together in a kawa-no-ji style because Myuu wished for it. Once again problem urred on who would sleep beside Myuu and across Hajime. However, the exhausted Hajime made Myuu sleep in between him and Yue. Shia was dissatisfied by this and threw a tantrum, but somehow she was able to sleep after she finished saying all of herints.
That day, the 17 years old Hajime became a Papa¡ and now the journey together with a child began!
* * *
Extra
Yue : ¡°¡ Hajime.¡±
Hajime : ¡°Nn? What is it, Yue?¡±
Yue : ¡°¡ I want a child.¡±
Hajime : ¡°¡ (Sweat drips).¡±
Yue : ¡°¡ Jiii¡ª (Silently appealing with her eyes).¡±
Hajime : ¡°¡ Someday.¡±
Yue : ¡°Nn!¡±
Shia : ¡°That¡¯s~, Hajime san¡ me, too (Fidget, fidget).¡±
Hajime : ¡°¡ I won¡¯t.¡±
Tio : ¡°Master, this o¡ª ¡±
Hajime: ¡°Only those existing can joke around¡±
Tio : ¡°¡ Haa, haa. Only this one got an immediate reply¡ Moreover, a merciless one¡ Haa, haa¡ I can¡¯t hold it anymore!¡±
Book 7. Chapter 10
Book 7. Chapter 10
Chapter 10 : An Abnormal Situation
Intense weapons shing, and explosion sounds rang out inside the dim underground dungeon, with only a faint green light to rely upon.
It was so intense that it could be described as severe, and even the far distant wall shook from time to time. Numerous silver-colored sword trails were beautifully drawn in the empty space. me bullets, me spears, wind des, and watersers flew about like a barrage. Sound of something hitting tough flesh, angry roars for theirpanions, and war cries filled the should be silent space suddenly turning into a battlefield.
¡°O light cutting through all creation, wind bring forth destruction, scatters and dances around like a whirlpool, and be the storm of light that cut my enemies!Soaring Severation!¡±
The Holy Sword he had in his hand, along with his wrist blurring as they elerated, and numerous swords of light released with him, Kouki, as the core. The attacking bat-like demonic beast with the length of about 50 centimeters was instantly cut into ten pieces, and fell into the ground without being able to sessfully attack as its blood sttered.
¡°Vanguard! Counting, ten¡ª!¡± ¡°¡±¡±Roger!¡±¡±¡±
Ant-like demonic beasts that moved their jaws, bat-like flying demonic beasts, and sea anemone-like demonic beasts with numerous wriggling tentacles; hey wriggled and moved around inside the 30 meters in diameter round shaped room. The demonic beasts wereing from the eight tunnels all around the room.
This ce was ?Orcus Great Dungeon? 89th floor. The vanguards, Kouki, Ryuutarou, Shizuku, Nagayama, Hiyama, and Kondou, were matching the countdown timing of the rear guard¡¯s all out magic attack. The demonic beasts, which managed to attack the rear guards, were repelled and defeated by Kouki and the vanguards as they wait for the countdown.
The troublesome bat-like flying demonic beasts rushed to attack the rear guards using the space between the vanguards¡¯ defense, but were stopped thanks to rampart made by the reliable ¡°Barrier-user.¡±
¡°O¡¯ ephemeral storm, O¡¯ invisible shield; rage, blow, swirl, and stop everything, ¡°Wall of Furious Tempest¡±!¡±
Taniguchi Suzu activated the offensive defense magic. The chanted spell went right before the rearguards, and breeze could be felt by their outstretched hands. No change could be seen with naked eyes. Even the bat-like demonic beasts didn¡¯t notice its presence, and were not rmed by their instinct. They kept trying to attack the rear-guards who were about to activaterge-scale attack magic spells.
However, before they reached, what met the charging demonic beasts was a wall of air that looked like a huge distortion of space appearing all of a sudden. Tens of those bat-like demonic beasts collided against the wall one after another, but the wall of air only bent without letting even one through.
When all of the charging bat-like demonic beasts had collided, the distorted space exploded, causing great impact as if it had reached its limit. The generated impact was tremendous, and the fleshes crushed by it immediately sttered on the dungeon¡¯s walls with sound of raw and death.Stter!
¡°Hmph! I won¡¯t let you pass that easily!¡±
The voice of the ss¡¯s mood-maker, Suzu, rang in the middle of the intense sound of battle. At the same time, the rear guards simultaneously fired their best attacks. It was an attack where it was necessary for them to be at a distance, since it would defeat the enemies, and struck all those who are close to it.
¡°Retreat!¡± With Kouki¡¯s order, the vanguards immediately backed away from the demonic beasts.
In the next moment, the magic attacks of six people arrived with such perfect timing.
A huge fireball crashed and simultaneously caused a huge explosion. Meanwhile, a tornado trampled the battlefield, bringing forth vacuum des which sucked the demonic beasts and cut them up. On the ground, stone spears shot off with tremendous speed and pierced the demonic beasts¡¯ lower parts. At the same time, the icicles falling from above created holes in the demonic beasts¡¯ upper bodies.
There was no way a living thing would be able to survive inside the sublime space that looked like it was receiving the wrath of nature. The attacks onlyst for tens of seconds. However, more than 90% of the demonic beasts were dead while the rest were on verge of dying due to grave injuries.
¡°Alright! This is good! Let¡¯s finish the leftover ones quickly!¡±
With Kouki¡¯s shout, the vanguards once again went forwards, and the demonic beasts on the brink of death, couldn¡¯t even fight back thanks to the all-out magic attacks, were finished one by one. Not even five minutes had passed when all of the demonic beasts were annihted.
The battle ended, but Kouki¡¯s party didn¡¯t rx their guards and searched their surroundings to see if there were more enemies.
¡°Phew, next is the 90th floor, huh¡ We were able to defeat the demonic beasts in this floor without much difficulty¡ and it looks like the end of thebat training inside this dungeon is near.¡±
¡°That¡¯s why; don¡¯t let your guard down. After all, we don¡¯t know what kind of demonic beasts and traps are ahead.¡±
¡°Aren¡¯t you worrying too much about it, Shizuku? Didn¡¯t we just an easy battle in a floor no one ever reached? No matter what maye, I will defeat them! Even if it¡¯s the Demon race!¡±
Shizuku cautioned Kouki, who muttered so in deep thought, and the muscle headed Ryuutarou replied with a heartyugh. Nevertheless, Kouki made fist-to-fist greeting with Ryuutarou, and revealed a fearless smile. Seeing them, Shizuku sighed while rubbing her creased forehead. She came and had followed the extremeness of the two, which ascended her to a stage of a wordly-wise man.My wrinkle hasn¡¯t increased again, right?, was her worry as the number of times Shizuku looked in a mirror had sublimely increased. Even so, she didn¡¯t restrict the two as she followed them; truly a good natured person.
* * *
¡°Hiyama-kun, Kondou-kun, I think you must have recovered by now. But¡ how are you?¡±
While the others were discussing the earlier battle, Kaori was doing her duty; to heal the injured people from previous battle, since she was a ¡°Healer.¡± It should be noted that there was another girl with ¡°Healer¡± ss within the 15 people who had undergonebat training by conquering the dungeon, and the duty to heal was divided between the two.
¡°¡ Aah, there¡¯s no problem now. Thank you, Shirasaki.¡±
¡°O-Oh, it¡¯s okay now. Thanks.¡±
Himaya, who was healed by Kaori, was daydreaming due to the close proximity of Kaori¡¯s face, and answered absentmindedly. It was obvious he was charmed by her. Even Kondou was saying his gratitude with his reddened ears. Because they were the vanguards, Hiyama and Kondou were frequently in care of Kaori¡¯s healing, and yet they still could not get used toing in contact with Kaori. Although Kondou¡¯s attitude was just like a child in puberty¡ there was darkness inside Hiyama¡¯s eyes when he looked at Kaori. The darkness became thicker as days go by¡ but almost no one noticed it.
Hearing their gratitude, Kaori said, ¡°You¡¯re wee,¡± with a smile. Then, she stood and turned around. When she confirmed no one else was in need of healing, she secretly sighed, and she began to look at the dim passage ahead with eyes filled with anxiety.
¡°¡¡±
Noticing Kaori¡¯s state, Shizuku understood what her best friend felt. Kaori¡¯s mind was filled with worries. There were ten more floors until the lowest floor (the general opinion), yet they didn¡¯t find any sign of Hajime at all.
Although it meant there was hope, the despair was far stronger. Even if she decided to not believe Hajime was dead until she saw it herself, another floor was conquered, and the negative thoughts that surged when nothing was found, could not be easily put aside. Furthermore, four months had passed since the day Hajime fell into the abyss. Even if her determination was strong, it was enough time for negative thoughts to begin invading her mind.
Seeing Kaori¡¯s appearance while she embraced her artifact, a white staff, tightly, Shizuku called out to her since she could no longer endure it. And, before Shizuku moved, the small mood-maker said,As if I will let Kaori keep worrying like that!, and ran towards her.Bounce, she jumped and embraced Kaori from behind.
¡°KA-O-RI~N!! There¡¯s no need to heal those guys, just heal Suzu a, lot~! Heal me with this and that~¡±
¡°Hya! Suzu-chan! Where are you touching! Rather, Suzu-chan should not have any injury!¡±
¡°There is! Suzu¡¯s ss-like heart is injured! That¡¯s why, spoil me! To put it concretely, use Kaorin¡¯s big breasts!¡±
¡°B-Brea¡ª¡ I said stop! Ah, hey! Yanh! Shizuku-chan, help!¡±
¡°Haa, Haa, is this good? How about over here? Youngdy, you are quite th-puuutt!?¡±
¡°¡ Haa, stop it already, Suzu. I know you don¡¯t mind the boys¡¯ gaze¡ But, you should¡¡±
Suzu had transformed into a perverted old man and was groping Kaori¡¯s breasts with an expression so sloppy that it couldn¡¯t be shown to other human. It was the reason why she received a head chop from Shizuku, and copsed. Incidentally, some of the guys who watched Suzu and Kaori¡¯s yuri scene had also copsed. Suzu was convulsing with lump on her head, and was looked after by Nakamura Eri with a wry smile.
¡°Uu~, thank you, Shizuku-chan. That was embarrassing¡¡±
¡°Alright, alright. It is okay now. I have exterminated the pervert, okay?¡±
Kaori, who clung to her with teary eyes, was gently patted by Shizuku. It was scene that could often be seen recently. Shizuku took a look at Kaori¡¯splexion while she gently stroked Kaori¡¯s silky hair. Kaori was looking at Eri who was looking after Suzu with troubled but somewhat happy expression, and her anxiety from before was no longer there. Apparently, her feeling had changed even if it was a temporary thing. One way or another, Shizuku felt admiration in her mind as she thought,As expected of the ss¡¯s moodmaker, Suzu (Oldman version).
¡°There are only ten floors left¡ Let¡¯s do our best, Kaori.¡±
Shizuku put her hands on Kaori¡¯s shoulders, and then put some strength into them as she looked straight at Kaori. It was her way to encourage her best friend, so she would not break. Seeing Shizuku, Kaori noticed she had be slightly more timid, so she pped both of her cheeks and returned Shizuku¡¯s gaze with a powerful gaze.
¡°Un. Thank you, Shizuku-chan.¡±
Shizuku¡¯s worry made Kaori realized again how much Shizuku would support her, and Kaori conveyed her gratitude as her gaze softened as she smiled. Shizuku quietly nodded, and her gaze also softened¡ Lily flowers were blooming on their sides, but they didn¡¯t notice it. Kouki and others who were looking around awkwardly were also unnoticed by Shizuku and Kaori. They were already in their own world after all.
¡°If it is now¡ can I protect him?¡±
¡°I see¡ I am sure you can. We are different from that time¡ Even our levels have surpassed Meld-san and the other Knights¡ However, hehe, isn¡¯t it possible that he has also became stronger? Even that time, he was the one who helped us in the end.¡±
¡°Haha, jeez¡ Shizuku-chan¡¡±
Kaori believed in Hajime¡¯s survival, but she was looking down on her current self, wondering if she could protect him this time, and that¡¯s why Shizuku was poking fun at her as a joke. Actually, they would be dumbfounded for various reasons when they found their target¡ But that is something for the near future.
Incidentally, the ones here were Kouki, Ryuutarou, Shizuku, Kaori, Suzu, Eri, five people including Nagayama Juugo, and Hiyama¡¯s gang of four; a total of 15 people, while Meld and the Knights were standing by at 70th floor. Actually, they were able to start from the 70th floor, since a teleport magic circle that connected 30th and 70th floor was discovered. Though it became easier to move to the lower floor, 70th floor was the limit for Meld and the Knights. To begin with, there were only Meld and few others who could keep up while apanied by Kouki¡¯s party when they were around the 60th floor. Thus, they had only be a hindrance to Kouki¡¯s party when they reached 70th floor.
Even Meld was conscious of that. He taught Kouki¡¯s party of all the know-how about the dungeon. That¡¯s why, he and the Knights decided to try their best to secure a safety zone around the teleportation circle, and only Kouki¡¯s party were to move on.
Meld wanted to show a bitter smile due to being exceeded in only four months. But even so, after associating with Kouki¡¯s party, he and the Knights were satisfied if their abilities could safely secure a safety zone in 70th floor.
Kouki¡¯s party current statuses were something like the following:
Name
Amanogawa Kouki
Age
17 Years Old
Gender
Male
Level
72
ss
Hero
Strength
880
Vitality
880
Resistance
880
Agility
880
Magic
880
Magic Resistance
880
Skills- All Elements Aptitude
- Rise in Light Element¡¯s Effectiveness
- Activation Speed Increase
- All Elements Resistance
- Rise in Light Element¡¯s Effectiveness
- Physical Resistance
- Recovery Rate Increase
- Mitigation of Impact
- Composite Magic
- Swordsmanship
- Herculean Strength
- Ground Shrinker
- Prediction
- High Speed Magic Power Recovery
- Sign Perception
- Magic Perception
- Limit Break
- Language Comprehension
Name
Sakagami Ryuutarou
Age
17 Years Old
Gender
Male
Level
72
ss
Fist Fighter
Strength
820
Vitality
820
Resistance
680
Agility
550
Magic
280
Magic Resistance
280
Skills- Hand-to-Hand Fighting Techniques
- Body Strengthening
- Part Strengthening
- Concentrated Strengthening
- Prate and Destroy
- Ground Shrinker
- Physical Resistance
- All Element Resistance
- Language Comprehension
Name
Yaegashi Shizuku
Age
17 Years Old
Gender
Female
Level
72
ss
Swordswoman
Strength
450
Vitality
560
Resistance
320
Agility
1,110
Magic
380
Magic Resistance
380
Skills- Swordsmanship
- Rise in shing Speed
- Rise in Sword Drawing Speed
- Ground Shrinker
- Great Ground Shrinker
- Quivering Legs
- No Beat
- Prediction
- Sign Perception
- Stealth
- Language Comprehension
Name
Shirasaki Kaori
Age
17 Years Old
Gender
Female
Level
72
ss
Healer
Strength
280
Vitality
460
Resistance
360
Agility
380
Magic
1,380
Magic Resistance
1,380
Skills- Healing Magic
- Increase in Effectiveness
- Increase Healing Rate
- Increase Imaginative Ability
- Permeation Detection
- Increase Effective Range
- Increase in Effectiveness of Distance Healing
- Increase in Effectiveness of Abnormal State Recovery
- Decrease in Magic Consumption
- Increase in Magic Power Efficiency
- Continuous Activation
- Simultaneous Activation
- Dyed Activation
- Additional Activation
- Light Element Aptitude
- Increase in Activation Speed
- Increase Effectiveness
- Increase Duration
- Continuous Activation
- Simultaneous Activation
- Dyed Activation
- High Speed Magic Power Recovery
- Language Comprehension
Kaori¡¯s Healing Magic and Light Element Aptitude skills were at the extreme. Her healing magic in particr was in the highest rank possible. Just judging by the amount of skills, Kaori¡¯s was at least amounted to four people. Furthermore, her current number of skills even exceeded the Hero, Kouki. With tit for tat, everything was definitely for her promise. Believing in his survival, this time, she would be the one to protect him. It was the result of her single-mindedly repeated the things she could do while spared little time for sleep.
¡°I think it¡¯s about the time to leave¡ Is it okay now?¡±
Kouki timidly called out to Kaori and Shizuku, who were still looking at each other. Before, he had witnessed Kaori and Shizuku embracing each other in Kaori¡¯s room, so sometimes Kouki¡¯s attitude became suspicious, which had taken Kaori aback, but Shizuku knew what was in his mind and only quietly watched him. Her eyes were truly expressing, ¡°Until when are you going to keep this strange misunderstanding, you fool.¡±
Pretending he didn¡¯t notice Shizuku¡¯s gaze, Kouki ordered the other members. They had explored 90% of the 89th floor, and the route they were to go now was thest ce to explore. Thinking about the structure of the floors up until now, it was about time for them to see the stairs.
The prediction turned out right, and the party discovered the stairs 10 minutes after they moved out. They descended the dim, spiral staircase while confirming the existence of trap. After they descended for around 10 meters, Kouki¡¯s party arrived at the 90th floor.
For now, Kouki¡¯s party were looking in vignce for anything that might happen since it was the starting point. However, just by its external appearance, nothing had changed from 80th-ish floors they had just finished exploring. They immediately began their exploration while mapping. Even if the structure was the same, but they could not let their guard down because the demonic beasts that would appear might be strong ones.
In vignce, Kouki¡¯s party explored the passages and rooms with the same structure as before. The exploration progressed easily. Or so it should be, because before long, one by one they made doubtful expressions.
¡°¡What¡¯s with this?¡±
By the time the party reached a deep inside broad space, the iprehensible feeling reached its peak, and Kouki leaked a questioning voice with a perplexed expression. The other members were also perplexed just like him, so they halted when Kouki asked the question.
¡°¡ Even though we have explored it so much, why we didn¡¯t encounter even one demonic beast?¡±
Their exploration had reached thetter half part, excluding the unneeded passages. Up until now, they would not have been able to advance this easily since they were furiously attacked by strong demonic beasts. Normally, they needed two days to reach thetter half of a floor. However, not even three hours had passed since Kouki¡¯s party started exploring the 90th floor. The reason for this progress was simple. They didn¡¯t encounter even one demonic beast in this floor.
In the beginning, they thought the demonic beasts were observing Kouki¡¯s party from the shadows, but nothing popped up even when they used their perception skills and magic spells. It was strange for them not even feel the presence of a single demonic beast. It was obviously an abnormal situation.
¡°¡How to say it, it feels eerie. Was nothing here since the beginning?¡±
Simr to Ryuutarou, the other members also talked about the other possibilities which remain unsolved. Their confusion only deepened.
¡°¡ Kouki, shouldn¡¯t we return for now? Somehow I feel an ominous premonition. Meld and Knights might know something about this situation.¡±
Shizuku suggested to Kouki while she strengthened her vignce. Kouki considered Shizuku¡¯s suggestion because he also had a bad feeling about it, but they must keep advancing no matter what happens, and he thought they would be fine because they could take it easy in the 89th floor, so he hesitated on answering.
While Kouki was hesitating, the party members who explored the nearby surroundings unexpectedly raised their voice when they found something.
¡°This is¡ blood¡, right?¡±
¡°It is hard to discern since the blood assimte with the color of dim wall¡ They are all over the wall.¡±
¡°Oi, oi¡ this¡ this is quite the amount.¡±
Nagayama advanced from within the paled party members, and he touched the liquid they thought as blood with his finger. Afterwards, he confirmed the details by looking and smelling the blood stuck on his finger.
¡°Amanogawa¡ we should follow Yaegashi¡¯s suggestion¡ This is demonic beast¡¯s blood. Furthermore, it still fresh.¡±
¡°Well, if that is demonic beast¡¯s blood, it means the demonic beasts around her have all been killed. Not only that, it also means there¡¯s strong one who did it¡ But, won¡¯t we be unable to advance unless we defeat it?¡±
Nagayama shook his head towards Kouki¡¯s rebuttal. Even though Nagayama was the second biggest after Ryuutarou, he had a very prudent character unlike the other one. Nagayama watched the surrounding carefully while being prepared for battle, and told Kouki what he thought about the situation.
¡°Amanogawa¡ the demonic beast is likely not to go out of this room alone. We also haven¡¯t even encountered one in the passages and rooms up until now. In addition, it is the first time we discovered traces. In other words¡¡±
¡°¡ Something must have hidden the traces of the attacked demonic beasts, right?¡±
Nagayama nodded at Shizuku¡¯s words. Even Kouki¡¯s expression showed he realized something because of those words. Then, just like Nagayama, he raised his vignce to the maximum with a stern expression.
¡°There¡¯s also the possibility of demonic beasts bing more intelligent¡ But, it was natural to think someone was here¡ In addition, for only traces in this room not to be hidden, either it means it didn¡¯t have the time to do it, or¡¡±
¡°Here is thest stop.¡±
What seeded Kouki¡¯s words was a never heard before voice of a woman suddenly ringing out. It was a man-like husky voice. Kouki¡¯s party became pop-eyed, and they immediately entered battle state. They turned their gazes towards the source of the voice.
Sound of footsteps resounded, but what appeared from deep within the darkness of the spacious hall was a young woman with zing red hair. The woman¡¯s ears were slightly pointed, and her skin was darkish.
Kouki¡¯s party opened their eyes wide in astonishment. The woman¡¯s features were something they know very well. Though they have never seen it before, it was a race¡¯s characteristics that always appeared inside the lecture from Ishtal and the others ¡ª the enemy of the Church of Saints¡¯ God, and also the arch-enemy of human race. It was¡
¡°¡Demon race.¡±
Someone muttered, and the woman from Demon race revealed a faint, cold smile.
Book 8. Chapter 1
Book 8. Chapter 1
Versus Demon race I
The red-haired woman of the Demon race who appeared before Kouki¡¯s party revealed a cold smile as she looked at Kouki¡¯s party who had widened eyes with surprise.
Simr to her hair, the color of her eyes were also red, and she wore a dull-ck rider suit-like clothing. Its design was fitting to her body, so her splendid curves could be seen well even in the dim dungeon. Moreover, there was the opening on the chest area, where the splendid twin hills seemed like it was going to spill out at any time. Furthermore, her flowing hair behind her, and her characteristically slightly pointed ears was truly captivating. Most of the male students were blushing even though they know it wasn¡¯t the right time.
¡°You are the hero, right? Yes, you, the one wearing a stupidly sparkling armor.¡±
¡°St-Stupid¡ sh-shut up! I won¡¯t ept being called stupid by someone from Demon race! Besides, why would a person from the Demon race be in a ce like this!?¡±
Kouki spoke without thinking, and used his slight anger to recover from his surprise, questioning the purpose of the woman of the Demon race.
However, the Demon race woman thought of Kouki¡¯s question as annoying and ignored it. Then, she very reluctantly continued saying.
¡°Haa~ Even though this is absolutely unneeded¡ Well, this is an order after all¡ You, I mean the overly sparkling one. Won¡¯t youe to our side?¡±
¡°Wh-What did you say? Come to your¡ what do you mean!?¡±
¡°Looks like yourprehensive ability is rather low. The meaning is exactly as I said. An invitation for Mr. Hero. I want you toe to our side. There are various preferential treatments, too, you know?¡±
Time was needed for Kouki¡¯s party topletely understand the unexpected words. Then, the ssmates looked at Kouki, who red at the woman from Demon race with strained and disgusted expression. It was then when they understood what she meant.
¡°I refuse! How dare you¡ asking me to betray¡ Human race¡ myrades and the people of this Kingdom! It¡¯s exactly as I heard; the Demon race is an evil existence! You purposely came her to invite me, but for you toe alone is too foolish! We have the numbers. So, surrender now!¡±
Kouki¡¯s words made the other ssmates felt at ease. They thought Kouki would definitely refuse it, but they could not deny that they were slightly worried about it. However, his childhood friends, Ryuutarou and Shizuku, didn¡¯t even worry about it.
On the other side, the woman of the Demon race didn¡¯t even pay any attention to the immediate refusal, and she muttered, ¡°I see.¡± In fact, when Kouki¡¯s shouted his reply, it annoyed her.
¡°Well, my superior also said it was okay for yourrades toe with you, you know? So how about it?¡±
¡°My answer is still the same! No matter what you say, I absolutely won¡¯t betray Human race!¡±
Without discussing with hisrades, the representative, Kouki, immediately answered as such. And as though implying the invitation was something unpleasant, Kouki activated the Holy Sword, which then became dded in light.There¡¯s no more need for discussion, and I will use force if you don¡¯t surrender!
Behind him, Nagayama and Shizuku clicked their tongues in secret as they took maximum precaution to their surroundings over the Demon race woman. Considering their situation, the two contemted to change the location even if they must lie to the Demon race woman. However, Kouki had already answered in anger before they could bring up their idea. Since it could not be helped now, they prepared for anything unexpected to happen.
But if they thought about it, normally, no matter how adept the Demon race were in using magic, they would note to such a ce alone. It was even more unbelievable that she wlessly manage to annihte the demonic beasts in the current floor, in addition to not leaving a single trace. If the Demon race was so strong, and she was able to achieve all that, then they would have already trampled the Human race by now.
Besides, the Demon race woman didn¡¯t even break a sweat when she reached this floor ahead of the 15 humans. Thinking of how she concealed the signs ofbat, it made one fear thinking somethingid in wait since they step into the floor, and one would think she had the geographical advantage. It would not be strange if something happen.
The crisis the two had sensed was immediately proven to be correct.
¡°I see. Then, I won¡¯t ask any more. Also let me say this¡ to invite you is not my main priority, so don¡¯t even think of something naive like I won¡¯t kill you. Lutos, Havell, Enki. It¡¯s time to eat!¡±
The Demon race woman called out three names and,CRAAASH!Sound of something crushed echoed along with Shizuku and Nagayama¡¯s anguished voices when they were blown away at the same time.
¡°Guh!?¡± ¡°Gah!?¡±
It was not known what blew the two away. With the order of the woman of the Demon race, they sensed the left and right spaces of Kouki¡¯s party suddenly blurred. There were ¡°existences¡± approaching them with speedparable to ¡°Ground Shrinker,¡± and attacked the unprepared ssmates who were watching the conversation between Kouki and the woman of the Demon race.
Even with Shizuku and Nagayama¡¯s maximum precaution from the very beginning, they were barely able to notice the surprise attack, and they stood to protect the students who were suddenly the aim of their invisible enemy.
Shizuku was a speedfighter, so her defense is low. Therefore, she drew her swords into a cross towards the blurring space, and tried to jump back to dull the force when she received the impact. However, the enemy¡¯s attack power was far greater than she had imagined, so her defense was broken, and she was thrown to the ground, sucking all the air in her lungs. There was even shallow cut on her abdomen.
Nagayama was a ¡°Great Martial Artist,¡± which owned special aptitude towards defense even among hand-to-hand fighter ss. He had acquired the skill derived from ¡°Body Strengthening¡± called ¡°Body Hardening,¡± which was simr to ¡°Vajra,¡± and both skills had great credibility as they were far stronger than a steel shield. Coupled by his huge figure, his hard to break through defend made him suitable to be called a human fortress.
However, even Nagayama had his defense broken through by that ¡°existence,¡± and was blown away while sttering blood from his deeply wounded arms. He barely escaped the additional damage of crashing into the ground by chance, andnded on Hiyama¡¯s gang who was in the rear.
The ss cracking-like crushed sounds came from the barrier magic Suzu had chanted beforehand; simr to how Shizuku took maximum caution. It was something she did immediately when she instinctively sensed the crisis. The location was at the rear side of the party. She didn¡¯t feel the ¡°existences¡± there, but she somehow used the barrier to not only envelop Shizuku and Nagayama, but also everyone on the rear. It was something she did instinctively which could also be said that it was due to her experience. Her action was extremely correct. Without Suzu¡¯s barrier, the third blurred space would mercilessly cut up Nagayama and other party members.
However, Suzu was immediately blown backward aspensation of splendidly protecting her allies because she directly received the impact from the crushed barrier. Fortunately, Eri was right behind her and she sessfully caught Suzu, but the crisis had not ended yet, when the third blurring space immediately began to move in pursuit just like the other two blurring spaces, wounding Shizuku and Nagayama.
Because of the suddenness, those ssmates who could not react towards the three approaching blurred spaces¡ at that moment,
¡°Give the grace and divine protection of light to us! ¡°Heavenly Time,¡± ¡°Heavenly Perimeter,¡± ¡°Heaven Interruption!¡±.¡±
Kaori activated three light magic at the same time with almost no chanting; she was able to omit some of her chants.
The first magic spell was a mid-rank recovery magic, which immediately healed Shizuku and Nagayama, who were wounded, blown away, andnded on the ground. It was a magic spell capable of healing more than two people remotely away from her. Faint white lights poured on the two people who somehow managed to stand up while groaning because of the pain; their wound recovery rate was abnormal.
The second spell was used to allow Suzu and the others to be unnoticable by the three blurred spaces. Simr faint white light poured into them. The light buoyantly expanded, and an area of light appeared at where they were at.
¡°Heavenly Perimeter¡± was a mid-ranked recovery magic, and it was the so called auto-regen. Although the duration was long, the amount recovered was little at a time. It had the feature of wrapping the surrounding with light made of magic power while the magic was activated. Kaori was using that feature, and the recovered amount was set to the lowest to indirectly reveal the appearances of the unknown enemies.
What appeared inside the white light were strange demonic beasts with lion head, dragon-like limbs, sharp ws, snake as the tails, and eagle-like wings on their backs ¡ª the so called Chimera. They must have peculiar magic for camouging. It was a quite troublesome ability, since not only were their appearances camouged, their presences as well. However, the fact that they could not exhibit their full power in that state, and thus the blurred spaces, was a blessing in the midst of misfortunes.
After all, even Shizuku and Nagayama who held the bestbat prowess among the ssmates were incapacitated with only a blow. They were enemies to be feared. Their powers werepletely far above the demonic beasts the students had met on the previous floors, and obviously even stronger than the demonic beasts in this floor.
The three Chimeras readied their ws and fangs in pursuit as though they knew the location even inside the light. Their targets were Shizuku, Nagayama, and Suzu, these three. However, their fangs and ws could not reach the three, since three shields of light appeared before each of them and the attacks were averted in a hair¡¯s breadth, and the angle slightly moved while the shields were crushed by the Chimeras¡¯ attacks.
They were the mid-ranked defense spell, ¡°Heaven¡¯s Interruption.¡± It was the higher ranking version of the beginner-ranked light defensive magic, ¡°Light¡¯s Interruption,¡± where more than two shields produced at the same time. Even the ¡°Barrier-user,¡± Suzu was using this magic, and by replenishing the destroyed edges of the shield in high-speed, it was possible to stall time though it¡¯d soon to be destroyed when weakened. In this respect, Kaori could not reached Suzu whose specialty was barrier, since she could not use it like such as even when her aptitude towards light element is high. At best, she could only do minute adjustments to the shield.
However, the shields were helpful. At the moment Suzu¡¯s strong barrier was destroyed in a blow, Kaori realized her barrier would be useless, so she chose a method to avert the attack. To begin with, she didn¡¯t expect the iing attacks would be the same as before, so it was more like a sink or swim situation. She was lucky it went well.
The three Chimeras whose attacks were averted, became irritated and moved to attack again. The time she gained was only a moment. It was as though the Chimeras didn¡¯t find it troublesome. However, there was no change that the most expensive thing to buy was time, even if it was just a moment. Kouki and the others didn¡¯t miss that moment.
¡°Get away from Shizukuuuu!!¡±
So, is it okay to attack Nagayama?, No one said just a sentence. Perhaps because of anger, Kouki roared and used ¡°Ground Shrinker¡± to immediately reached the Chimera near Shizuku. Kouki¡¯s movement speed was so fast that he left after images. He swung his Holy Sword towards the Chimera¡¯s neck, and the sword became shinier.
At the same time, Ryuutarou took on the Chimera that went to attack Nagayama with his thrusted fist in a karate stance. Rather than a direct attack, he thought it¡¯d be faster to attack using the gauntlet-type artifact¡¯s ability, shock wave. A war cry came from Ryuutarou and magic power was supplied to the gauntlet.
Furthermore, Eri, who caught the blown away Suzu, thrusted her hand out, began to chant when she felt the same crisis as Suzu, and powerful fire magic was activated. It was a mid-ranked magic called ¡°Sea of me,¡± and just like the name, it was a ranged magic that manipted tidal waves of me. Even agile enemy would not be able to easily avoid it.
With sublime power and speed, Kouki swung the Holy Sword down from an upper stance. While Ryuutarou¡¯s thrusted fist drew out a form that couldn¡¯t even be more splendid and resulted in a violent shock wave that went forward just like a cannonball. Eri¡¯s deathbringer, crimson tidal wave surged to swallow its target, turning it into ashes and dusts.
However¡
¡°¡±ROOOAAAR!!¡±¡± ¡°GuUURar!!¡±
Unbeknownst to them, some things had hidden themselves. Three shadows roared and attacked Kouki¡¯s party right before their attacks would directly hit their targets.
¡°¡±Hmmmph!?¡±¡±
The suddenness of this situation made Kouki and Ryuutarou felt chills running down their spines. Two of the shadow rushed towards Kouki and Ryuutarou with tremendous power, and the metal maces in their hands were swung with great speed.
Kouki immediately used the sword¡¯s centrifugal force to twist his body while Ryuutarou raised his left hand towards the iing mace instead of his thrusted out right hand. With his bnce broken, Kouki rolled on the ground, and Ryuutarou was blown away by the enemy¡¯s second attack, a punch, after he defended against the mace.
What attacked Kouki and Ryuutarou were demonic beasts with appearances simr to Brutal, with a height of 2.5 meters. However, even though they were simr to monsters in RPGs such as Orc and Ogre, the Brutals were like pigs while these demonic beasts were considerably smart. Furthermore, their Brutal-like bodies were strengthened to their limits. In fact, the strength and speed from the previous surprise attack could not bepared to Brutals.
On the other side, even though Eri didn¡¯t receive any direct attack, the psychological impact she received was greater than Kouki and Ryuutarou¡¯s. Reason being, the shadow that suddenly appeared opened its mouth and begun to inhale the surging tidal waves at once.WoOOOoosh!The expansive me gathered at a single point and disappeared. The shadow inhaled all of the me in only tens of seconds.
What appeared in the space where the me and heat disappeared was turtle-like demonic beast with six feet. The shell on its back was dyed in crimson, just like the rampaging me that earlier changed its target to ashes.
In the next moment, the turtle with six feet finished absorbing the me and once again opened its mouth wide. At the same time, the shell on its back shined intensely and red light appeared inside its opened mouth. It was just like how energy was collected before aser beam was fired.
Seeing that, an impatient expression appeared on Eri¡¯s face; she had no room to spare since she had just fired her magic. However, her impatient was blown off by the usual cheerful voice of her best friend in her arms.
¡°Don¡¯t underestimate me! Come in session o¡¯ light of protection and be revived as long as I have the will, ¡°Heaven¡¯s Interruption¡±!¡±
In a moment, ten light shields appeared in session before Suzu and Eri. All of the shields were set up diagonally at 45 degree angle. The super-high temperature beam was fired by the six-legged turtle at the same time the shields appeared, and parried upward through where the shields were crushed.
Even so, the power of the beam was greatly above the attack from the previous demonic beasts, since it only needed a moment to pulverize a shield. Suzu was gritting her teeth and chanted in session to construct new shields one after another. It could be said it was as expected of a ¡°Barrier-user,¡± the shield¡¯s construction speed rivaled the speed of the shield¡¯s destruction and seeded in parrying the six-legged turtle¡¯s beam, barely.
The parried beam hit the dungeon¡¯s ceiling apanied with great tremor, pulverizing its surroundings, and the scattered scorching minerals fell down like a rain.
¡°Damn it! What¡¯s just happened!?¡±
¡°Just what are those demonic beasts!?¡±
¡°Shit, let¡¯s defeat them now!¡±
Only until the situation progressed this much did Hiyama¡¯s gang and Nagayama¡¯s party slipped out of their confusion and prepared to fight. The wounded Shizuku and Nagayama were also healedpletely, and they began to respectively attack the Chimeras.
Shizuku entered the super-high-speed world, and not even her after image could be seen.Voom!Her figure disappeared with a sound of exploded air, appearing right behind the Chimera in the next moment, and she used the sword drawing technique to unsheathe her swords that had returned to their sheaths before anyone noticed.
¡°No Beat,¡± it was a skill that enable movement without preliminary action. Rather than simply moving with speed without leaving any after images, one just could not catch up with her movement, which rapidly quicken and slowed. In addition, her sword drawing and shing speed were further increased by the skills derived from Swordsmanship. The speed of the naked des was even faster than what an ordinary living being would recognize as a swift sh.
To return the blow she received a while ago, she used one of the Yaegashi-style secret techniques, ¡°Void Severing.¡± It cut even the space just like its name; at one moment one could see the silver-colored trajectory of the sword, and the Chimera¡¯s snake tail was severed into two in the next moment.
¡°GURAaaaaWR!!¡±
Raising roar of anger, the Chimera turned around and swung its sharp ws. However, its attack only cut through the air; Shizuku had already moved to the other side. She swung her two swords, and cut the Chimera¡¯s nk.
¡°Kuh!¡±
Shizuku used her speed to steadily damage the Chimera. However, Shizuku¡¯s expression didn¡¯t clear up, inadvertently leaking a sound as though she had been bitten a bitter bug. It was because her calction had been wrong. In reality, Shizuku had wanted to cut the Chimera¡¯s body apart with the first strike, but she could not do that, and the snake tail entered her shing range instead. Even the second sh that supposed to cut the Chimera¡¯s body in even halves were stopped when it quickly bent its body right before the shes reached it.
The Chimera could not keep up with Shizuku¡¯s speed. However, it was not like it could not respond to her. It could not see her figure, so it was barely able to respond to Shizuku¡¯s extreme speed using its reflex speed; a truly troublesome opponent. It was something more than troublesome for Shizuku who wanted to finish the fight quickly and rescue the others.
Afterwards, she swung her swords for the third and fourth times, and though there were numerous wounds on the Chimera¡¯s body, they were too shallow to be a mortal wound. In addition, the Chimera began to be ustomed to Shizuku¡¯s speed. An impatient expression appeared on Shizuku¡¯s face.
The bad things continued for Shizuku, no for all of them.
¡°CAAAWWWW!!¡±
When she heard a shriek suddenly resounding around the room, dark red light wrapped the severed tail and wings before her, and the Chimera¡¯s wounds immediately healed. Kaori¡¯s ¡°Heavenly Perimeter¡±¡®s effect had been significantly lowered, and thus, wounds were not supposed to be healed easily no matter how shallow they were. Shizuku opened her eyes wide and looked at the source of the shriek, while she kept caution towards the healed Chimera.
Thus, unbeknownst to her, the Demon race woman who was standing idly like an unconcerned spectator had a double-headed white crow riding on her shoulder, with one head turned towards Shizuku. More urately, it was facing the Chimera before Shizuku.
¡°There¡¯s even a healer!?¡±
She thought she finally wounded the difficult enemy, but it was immediately healed. Even at the best of times, lots of time would have passed before she could attain the victory. However, now, there was an excellent healer in stand by for the Chimera. Such a situation made Shizuku screamed instinctively.
Not only Shizuku, herrades at the other ces simrly raised bitter screams.
Kouki, who fought the Brutal-look-alike while receiving support, had almost finished after he deeply cut the Brutal-like body from shoulder to the waist, but the crow¡¯s other head was looking at the wound, and when it shrieked, it was healed as though time had rewinded.
The same thing happened to Ryuutarou and Nagayama. The second Brutal-look-alike Ryuutarou was fighting had its abdomen hollowed out as though it had exploded, and one of its arm was broken. However, it was immediately healed when the head that was looking at the Chimera Shizuku was fighting against, turned towards it and shrieked. Even the Chimera Nagayama had battled against that had parts of its body caved in was immediately healed.
¡°Looks like you have quite the hard time. What will you do? Will youe to our side now? If it is now, I will let you think for a while, you know?¡±
Seeing Kouki¡¯s party having a hard fight, the woman of the Demon race pped her hands withposed attitude and once again spoke to invite them. To begin with, she asked the question knowing what the answer will be, and her expression remained cold. Her expectation turned to be right.
¡°Don¡¯t joke around! We won¡¯t yield to your threat! We won¡¯t be defeated! And I will give you the proof! Here I go, ¡°Limit Break¡±!¡±
The words of the woman of the Demon race made Kouki raised an expression of indignation. He used the Holy Sword to counter the Brutal-look-alike¡¯s swung down mace, and used the chance to activate ¡°Limit Break¡±.
dded in divine light, Kouki shoutedthis would be the end, and charged towards the woman of the Demon race.
Book 8. Chapter 2
Book 8. Chapter 2
Versus Demon Race II
¡°Limit Break,¡± a skill that temporarily triples ones basic stats using magic power, however, it is literally breaking one¡¯s limit; so, it cannot be used for a long period and the user will be weakened proportionally to the time it was use afterwards. That is because of the severe fatigue and results in the inability to use even half of one¡¯s original power. Therefore, the time and ce to use thisst-resort skill should be thought out carefully.
Because of the demonic beast¡¯s strength and recovery, Kouki judged that the morale of hispanions would plummet if this kept up, so he used ¡°Limit Break¡± to immediately defeat the White Crow and the Demon race woman.
With Kouki¡¯s deration of ¡°Limit Break,¡± pure white light wrapped around his body. At the same time, the Brutal-look-alike, whose mace attack was counter attacked again, didn¡¯t notice the change in Kouki.
¡°O¡¯ de-like will, bear the light and tear my enemy, ¡°Light Sword¡±!¡±
Kouki bent his body forward to dodge the Brutal-look-alike¡¯s mace. He then immediately shed from below using the Holy Sword which was extended by the de of light.
He had shed the enemy before by using ¡°Light Sword,¡± and although it received a severe wound, it wasn¡¯t life-threatening. However, this time he was using ¡°Limit Break,¡± which tripled his stats, and with the effect of ¡°Light Sword,¡± the Brutal-look-alike was diagonally cut in two, as though it was made of butter.
One beatter, the Brutal-look-alike¡¯s body shifted diagonally andboom!, it crumbled with a raw sound. Kouki put strength into his legs and immediately elerated fiercely towards the Demon race woman.
Nothing obstructed the space between Kouki and the Demon race woman. Although it was said that the Demon race was a superior race in terms of magic, but it was toote for her to do anything. With this, she would be shed along with the white crow, the end. Everyone thought so.
At that moment,
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±GUUURAAAAAARRRRRWW!!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
¡°Wha¡ª!?¡±
There were six blurred spaces, and they attacked Kouki while roaring loudly. Because the Chimeras were attacking simultaneously from all sides, Kouki instinctively raised an astonished voice and his eyes opened wide.
He immediately mmed the brake, dodging the attack from the front, and used Holy Sword to sh the Chimera attacking from his right. Next, he believed in the performance of the Holy Armor and endured the deadly attack he received on his back.
However, those were the only things he could do. The ws of the Chimera on his left hit his shoulder. He flew outside of the encirclement when thest Chimera suddenly jumped, dug its foreleg ws on Kouki¡¯s shoulders, and pinned him.
¡°Ack!!¡± A cry slipped through his grit his teeth.
He was barely able to stop the Chimera that was about to pierce its fangs in the scruff of his neck with Holy Sword. With ws digging into his shoulders, the power to block the jaws was reduced. Kouki who had already broken his limit was gradually cornered, and he could not bring forth enough power.
¡°O¡¯ light of grace, bring your healing and warning to this ce, ¡°Heavenly Burn¡±! ¡°Binding Seal¡±!¡±
Seeing Kouki in such a pinch, Kaori promptly activated recovery magic spells. ¡°Heavenly Burn¡± was a mid-ranked healing magic with a single target. Its effect was higher than the recovery magic, ¡°Heavenly Time,¡± she used earlier to heal several people. However, the Chimera¡¯s ws were digging in Kouki¡¯s shoulders, so it wouldn¡¯t be healed the way things were going.
Therefore, she activated mid-ranked restraining magic of the light element, ¡°Binding Seal,¡± at the same time she activated the healing magic. ¡°Binding Seal¡± was a magic that produced a cage of light centering on the confined object ¡ª Kaori used that magic on Kouki. The cage of light instantaneously expanded around Kouki and pushed the Chimera away.
With the wsing out of his shoulders, ¡°Heavenly Burn¡± demonstrated its effect and Kouki¡¯s wounds were instantly healed.
At the same time, some people from the rear, such as Suzu and the rear guard group who were fighting against the Chimera and the six-legged turtle, released attack magics towards the Chimeras attacking Kouki. However the distance was too far and they could not get a good aim, even when they had had the effects of Kaori¡¯s ¡°Heavenly Perimeter,¡± they were still unable to deal great damages to the Chimeras.
Even so, they were able to buy time for Kouki to regain his bnce. Next, he readied his Holy Sword, chanted, and charged to counter attack when he was fully healed.
¡°¡±Soaring Four Wing des¡±¡±
He swung the Holy Sword which drew a curve in the air, and four shes of light appeared from the space where he swung at. The targeted Chimeras sensed the crisis beheld by Kouki¡¯s action strengthened by ¡°Limit Break,¡± and immediately jumped away to evade.
However,
¡°Capture them, ¡°Restrain¡±!¡±
With a chantless-like short chant, Kaori activated mid-ranked restraining magic of the light element, ¡°Restrain.¡± Numerous chains of light jumped out from the evading Chimeras¡¯ feet and twined around their neck and feet. Though it was not difficult to get out of it with the strength the Chimeras possessed, they were stopped for a moment and could not evade.
As a result, the four Chimeras were directly hit by Kouki¡¯s ¡°Soaring de¡±s and died as their blood sttered around.
Kouki red and pointed his Holy Sword towards the Demon race woman.
¡°How regrettable; yourst resort was ineffective against us. Now there¡¯s nothing else to protect you!¡±
Upon hearing Kouki¡¯s words, the Demon race woman looked dubiously, no, looked at Kouki with amazement. In her mind, she thought, ¡°Why was it necessary for him to dere that now? Wouldn¡¯t it be better for him to immediately sh me?¡±
Even though the Demon race woman should have been cornered, herposed attitude irritated Kouki. First she let out Chimeras, next Brutal-look-alikes, and now Chimeras again. Those surprise attacks were also the source of his irritation. ¡°You only used surprise attacks and didn¡¯t fight fairly. Moreover, you¡¯re just spectating. What a coward!¡± Kouki shouted.
¡°¡ Well, that¡¯s not myst resort.¡±
¡°What a bluff!¡±
¡°Anyway, forget about whether or not it¡¯s a bluff, but what will you do after you repel those? I have confirmed your power as the ¡°Heretic Apostles,¡± so I have no more business with you.¡±
¡°What ar¡ª¡± ¡°KYAAA!¡±
¡°¡ª Kh!?¡±
The Demon race woman said while going through the trouble of flipping her hair, when a scream rang out from behind him the same time Kouki was questioning her.
Kouki reflexively looked back, and what greeted his eyes were five Brutal-look-alikes and Chimeras. Furthermore, there was a ck, four-eyed wolf he had never seen before who was ridden by a 60 centimeter ck cat with four tentacles. They simultaneously attacked hisrades and Kouki could see the spectacle where the ck cat¡¯s tentacle pierced through the nk of one of his best friends in Nagayama¡¯s party, Nomura Kentarou. The one who screamed was Yoshino Mao, also from Nagayama¡¯s party.
¡°Kentarou! Damn you, don¡¯t you get carried away!¡±
¡°Mao, calm down! I will heal him!¡±
A member from their party, Endou Kousuke, shed the tentacle that pierced Nomura and he red at the ck cat with eyes zing in anger.
Nomura fell and raised an anguished voice, which made Yoshino dumbfounded, but only to be scolded by Tsuji Ayako who immediately activated healing magic. It was a blessing that shepleted her chantpleted before the tentacle cut by Endou healed up.
¡°Wh¡ª, there are still more¡ª!¡±
As he looked back, Kouki made a surprised sound because there were new reinforcements that appeared unbeknownst to him.
¡°The effect of Chimera¡¯s peculiar magic, ¡°Camouge,¡± activates on whoever it touched. Or have you not thought of such a thing? Looks, there¡¯s more of them.¡±
¡°Kh!?¡±
Therge amount of demonic beasts that suddenly appeared had reversed the situation, and Kouki and hisrades were now the ones who were inferior in terms of numbers. Seeing that, Kouki hurriedly turned back. To Kouki, the Demon race woman gave away the secret of the Chimera¡¯s ¡°Camouge¡± effect and further revealed more demonic beasts. Ten four-eyed wolves and ck cats appeared from behind her and rushed towards Kouki.
¡°Kuh¡ª oOO!¡±
The ck cats¡¯ tentacles extended at extraordinary speed and attacked Kouki from all directions. Kouki made a pinwheel rotation to cut the iing tentacles using the Holy Sword, but one of the ck cats had gotten close to his side and tried to hit him. It was aiming at Kouki¡¯s face, so the jumping ck cat shouldn¡¯t have been able avoid his attack mid-air. Kouki said, ¡°One down!,¡± when he was convinced of the demonic beast¡¯s death.
However, his conviction was easily overturned in the next moment. Somehow, the ck cat did a somersault in mid-air and avoided Kouki¡¯s attack. Next, sharp ws that didn¡¯t suit the cat¡¯s physique targeted Kouki¡¯s neck.
Kouki was barely able to move his head and avoided the attack, but he was unable to respond to a four-eyed wolf¡¯s attack that came from behind him, due to the copse of his bnce. It didn¡¯t result in a serious injury thanks to his defense of his armor and the strength from exceeding his limit. He then mightily jumped away and returned to hisrades.
With that, the obviously abnormally strong demonic beasts surrounded Kouki¡¯s party. Everyone tried to fight back desperately, but what was even more troublesome was that the enemies had suddenly increased in numbers and were cooperating. In addition, the white crow would immediately heal the demonic beasts if they didn¡¯t die in one hit.
Although the frontline somehow managed to avoid copsing, thanks to the continuous healing of Kaori and the other ¡°Healer,¡± Tsuji Ayako, they still could not do anything to break the situation.
Kouki dealt damage to the enemies using the power he gained from ¡°Limit Break,¡± but it had be impossible for him to attack the demonic beasts with ¡°hit and run¡± tactic while cooperating with the others.
With high-speed movementparable to Shizuku¡¯s ¡°No Beat,¡± the ck cat and the four-eyed wolf that possessed a skill called ¡°Prediction,¡± had excellent teamwork which resulted in the evasion of what should have been a mortal wound.
They desperately fought back, but shadows of despair gradually began to loom over the expression of the ssmates. That feeling grewrger thanks to the participation of the Demon race woman in the battle.
¡°The golden eyed lizard sleeping in the depth of the ground, the magic-eyed king born in this world, the one who brought the curse of darkness within his view. What I seek is the eternal and evesting prison of darkness. Neither terror, nor despair, nor sorrow, to lock out my enemies with those eyes, and what remains would be demise, only cold sanction sculptures. Crush everything and return them to the ground! ¡°Final Prison¡±!¡±
Immediately after the chant was finished, a gray orb appeared from the woman of the Demon race¡¯s outstretched hand and flew towards Kouki¡¯s party drawing a parab. Although it could not be called fast, there¡¯s no one currently in Kouki¡¯s party who could not evade it. At a nce, it was truly not a marvelous magic, but the one whose abdomen pierced by the tentacle, Nomura Kentarou, was already pale faced because of the blood loss, and became paler. He shouted,
¡°Kh!? Fuck! Taniguchi¡ª!! Stop that thing! Use your barrier!¡±
¡°Eh!? R-Roger! Bring a sanctuary that won¡¯t let the God¡¯s enemy pass here! ¡°Holy Interruption¡±!¡±
Nomura, who was at his wit¡¯s end ordered, and Suzu used shortened chants to invoke high-ranked defense magic of the light element. The shining barrier created a dome-like state and surrounded Kouki¡¯s party. Because ¡°Holy Interruption¡± didn¡¯t have a function to detect friend or foe, there were lots of demonic beasts wrapped inside the dome-like barrier. Not only was it a strong magic, it also had high magic power consumption rate. It was the reason why it was often not used in meaningless fights. However, Nomura¡¯s shout told her the danger of the magic activated by the Demon race woman, so at the very least, she wanted to use a strong barrier magic and immediately chose ¡°Holy Interruption.¡±
The gray-colored swirling orb immediately collided with the barrier right after Suzu expanded the ¡°Holy Interruption.¡± The gray orb had tremendous pressure and strength belied by its appearance to break through the barrier. To not let it break through, Suzu gritted her teeth and desperately endured the feeling of her magic power being consumed.
Then, as if they received an order from the Demon race woman, the demonic beasts¡¯ movements changed. Several all of them began to aim at Suzu simultaneously.
¡°Suzu!¡±
¡°Protect Taniguchi!¡±
Eri fired her magic to obstruct the approaching Brutal-look-alike as she called Suzu¡¯s name. With Suzu in the center, there was Eri with Saitou Yoshiki and Kondou Reiichi fighting against a Chimera, and a four-eyed wolf in opposite of her. Nomura came to Suzu¡¯s side.
However, a ck cat suddenly appeared from the crack of their defense towards the unmoving Suzu who could not move while maintaining ¡°Holy Interruption.¡± Nomura immediately activated ¡°Stone Spear¡± and skew it to the ground. However, the ck cat was zigzagging mid-air, bent its body to avoid the stone spear, and thrust out all of its tentacles.
¡°Taniguchii!¡±
¡°Agh!?¡±
Nomura called Suzu¡¯s name to warn her, but it was toote. The tentacles had instantly pierced the Suzu¡¯s stomach, thigh, and right arm while she tried to dodge. Her small body was caught and was thrown to the side with a strong force.
With sttered blood, Suzu¡¯s back struck the ground and her breath hung. Then, she screamed due to the incapability to endure the severe pain the same time she regained her breath.
¡°AaAaAUGH!!¡±
¡°Suzu-chan!¡±
¡°Suzu!¡±
Hearing her agonized voice, Kaori and Eri instantly screamed Suzu¡¯s name. Although Kaori tried to focus her mind to activate healing magic, but the shining barrier Suzu made had disappeared first.
¡°Everyone, get away from that orb!¡±
Nomura warned the others with a voice filled with frustration. However, up till now, no magic could rival Suzu¡¯s impregnable defense, ¡°Holy Interruption.¡± That was why his warning came too slow.
With the disappearance of the barrier, the swirling grey orb flew mightily, crashed into the ground and exploded soundlessly, and scattered grey smoke to the surroundings tremendously.
Saitou, Kondou, and Nomura, ran towards Suzu who had copsed in agony nearby. The grey smoke immediately wrapped around them. There were no shadows of demonic beasts. All of them had simultaneously distanced themselves at once.
The grey smoke continued to extend and tried to engulfed Kouki and the others.
¡°Come, O¡¯ wind! ¡°Wind Bomb¡±!¡±
Kouki immediately used wind magic to create a squall, which pushed the grey smoke outside the room.
Maybe because it was created with magic, the smoke didn¡¯t easily get blown out of the room unlike ordinary smoke, but because Kouki¡¯s magic was strengthened thanks to the ¡°Limit Break,¡± he sessfully blew the smoke away after some struggle, into the dungeon passageway.
However, what was left by the smoke was¡
¡°That can¡¯t be, Suzu!¡±
¡°Nomura-kun¡±
¡°Saitou! Kondou!¡±
Saitou and Kondou hadpletely petrified and became unable to speak, while Suzu had her lower half of her body petrified, and Nomura who covered Suzu had the left side of his body petrified.
Saitou and Kondou were petrified with dumbfounded expressions because they didn¡¯t understand what had happened. Suzu whose lower half petrified, coupled with severe pain, had lost her consciousness with a truly pained expression.
On the other hand, the one who protected Suzu, Nomura, had the most negligible damage, but he still let out a pained groan while gritting his teeth looking like he seemed to be enduring an acute pain. Nomura¡¯s damage was slight because he was an ¡°Earth Magic-user.¡± Carrying the highest aptitude to earth attribute, it was natural he had high resistance against magic from Earth element.
In addition, Nomura instantaneously saw through the Demon race woman¡¯s magic because it was of the Earth element, which he had studied ¡ª high-ranked offensive magic, ¡°Final Prison.¡± It was a troublesome magic scattering petrifying grey smoke. Even if it was only a slight touch, the magic would gradually invade the body until one waspletely petrified, and the only action to prevent it was to create barrier that¡¯d hold up until the effect has worn off, or use strong magic to blow the smoke away. Moreover, the barrier would also be petrified unless it was a high-ranked one, and the smoke could also only be blown away using a high-ranked magic.
¡°Bastard! How dare you!¡±
Kouki raised an enraged expression because of the disaster that fell upon hisrades. Kouki, who was wrapped in a shining light due to the effect of ¡°Limit Break,¡± began to shine in a brighter dazzling light. He looked like he would charge towards the Demon race woman at any moment.
However, Shizuku acted as a stopper to Kouki when she yelled with an admonishing voice, followed by telling him to withdraw with all of their might.
¡°Stop! Kouki! Let¡¯s withdraw! The path of retreat is clear now!¡±
¡°Wh¡ª!? After what had happened, how can I run away?!¡±
However, with his fury from seeing hisrades getting hurt, Kouki red and objected to Shizuku¡¯s n of retreating. The pressure Kouki released rushed towards Shizuku, but she received it as though it was nothing, and pressured him instead with a stern expression.
¡°Listen! Kaori will surely cure them. However, it¡¯ll take time. There¡¯s also the possibility of it being toote if we are too slow to treat them. So it is necessary to withdraw now and recover! Besides, weck three people now, so if you rush out, everyone won¡¯t be able to endure the next attack! We¡¯ll truly be annihted!¡±
¡°Ugh, but¡¡±
¡°In addition, isn¡¯t it about time your ¡°Limit Break¡± reached dangerous time? In this situation, it¡¯ll be truly the end if Kouki is weakened! Please calm down! Everyone also feels the same as you!¡±
Hearing the logical words of his childhood friend, Kouki hesitated as he bit his lip when he noticed the bleeding at the edge of Shizuku¡¯s lips, and he felt his boiling head go cold. Shizuku was also mortified. Before she knew it, she had cut her lip. Her importantrades had been done in, and if possible she wanted to immediately beat up her enemy.
¡°Okay! Everyone, time to retreat! Shizuku, Ryuutarou! Please endure it for a little longer!¡±
¡°Leave it to me!¡±
¡°Right on!¡±
Kouki thrusted up the Holy Sword and began a long chant. Until now, he didn¡¯t use any long chant because it would not have defused their earlier situation. However, it was now the perfect magic to clear a path for their retreat. But, it became necessary for him to entrust his defense to Shizuku and Ryuutarou because he waspletely defenseless when he¡¯s chanting. In other words, they must face the demonic beasts aiming for Kouki. Naturally, even if Shizuku and Ryuutarou could not cope with it, they would still desperately fight back with considerable vigor even with injuries.
¡°Do you think I¡¯ll let you escape?¡± When she said this, the Demon race woman ordered the demonic beasts to block the passage behind Kouki¡¯s party. Then, she began to chant magic, with the chanting Kouki as her target.
However, that¡¯s when something abnormal began to happen to the Demon race woman.
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±ROOOOAR!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
¡°Kh!? Why!¡±
Somehow, five of the Chimeras that should be her allies were attacking the woman. While being surprised with widely opened eyes, she immediately resumed and used a shortened chant to activate her magic. High density of dust clouds became swirling des with the woman in the center, cutting two of the attacking Chimeras. The attacks from the remaining Chimeras were somehow avoided by blowing herself away using the dust clouds.
The Demon race woman yelled, ¡°Why am I being attacked!?¡± She was agitated while staring at the Chimeras that attacked her. Then, she noticed something ¡ª all of the Chimeras had parts of their bodies destroyed. There¡¯s one that was headless, and one with a deep scar in its body which still had blood dripping from it even now.
¡°These¡¡±
Just as the Demon race woman noticed, the five Chimeras that attacked her were the ones defeated by Kouki. The should-be-dead Chimeras stood up and attacked her. The situation was unreal until the Demon race woman recalled a certain magic and muttered, ¡°Don¡¯t tell me¡¡±
¡°I won¡¯t let you disturb Kouki-kun!¡±
As she shouted so, Eri swung her hand like a baton and made the corpses of the Chimeras surround the Demon race woman.
¡°Tch! Necromancer, huh! I didn¡¯t get such information!¡±
The Demon race woman had prior investigations before she waited in ambush for Kouki¡¯s party. From the information, there¡¯s no mention of someone capable using super difficult magic such as Necromancy, so this situation waspletely unexpected. That was because, even though Eri had ¡°Necromancer¡± as her ss, she was bad at it and never use Necromancy in actualbat, but now this fact worked in their favor.
Even if I am bad at it, I¡¯ll just ovee it!Eri thought while she red at the Demon race woman with a powerful gaze, and skillfully manipted the Chimeras as though it wasn¡¯t her first time doing it in actualbat. However, she was just going to buy time rather than defeating the Demon race woman.
In the meantime, Kaori used ¡°Focus¡± and ¡°Ten Thousand Heavens¡± on Suzu. Among the party members, Suzu was the one in the direst situation, which was why she decided on focusing healing Suzu first. ¡°Ten Thousand Heavens¡± was a mid-ranked healing magic of the light element capable of curing abnormal statuses. However, the petrification magic was a considerably strong magic, and she couldn¡¯t cured it all. Though the holes in her abdomen and arm were immediately recovered, she had lost a considerable amount of blood. She was in such a critical situation where needed immediate rest. It was also necessary to heal the hole in her leg the moment her petrification is undone.
Nomura, with a petrified left side of his body, had been diligently worked on to be released from his abnormal state by Tsuji Ayako. Tsuji Ayako had a high aptitude for healing magic, but the fact that Nomura had high resistance against earth magic, made his recovery rate considerably faster. His petrified leg had already been cured.
However, even with that, Tsuji Ayako could only grit her teeth when she sneaked a peek at Kaori swinging her white wand. Although their ss was the same, ¡°Healer,¡± Kaori was obviously above her in terms of capability. Kaori was using magic to simultaneously heal Suzu who had far more serious injuries than Nomura. In addition, she sometimes used healing magic on Shizuku and Ryuutarou who were in battle to defend Kouki. It was a feat impossible to be mimicked by Ayako. She was mortified and felt miserable because she couldn¡¯t heal all of her allies while being in a dire situation.
Although Nomura seemed to want to say something to Ayako in regards to what she was feeling, he thought it was not the right time, so he bore the pain and muttered an incantation.
With their fighting force deceased and Kouki out of the fight, Hiyama and Nakano were covered in wounds as they confronted many demonic beasts. On the other side, Nagayama¡¯s party and Eri, who were protecting the two healers, noticed they had almost reached their limits. With the current flow, it would only be several minutes before theypletely exhaust themselves.
Light gathered in Kouki¡¯s Holy Sword, but Nakano, who was about to cry at any moment, panicked when she thought of this as a suicidal action. The party members anxiously waited for the time¡ which finally came.
¡°Here I go! ¡°Heavenly Downpour¡±!¡±
One shing line fired from the thrusted up Holy Sword. The light exploded and scattered before the ceiling, pouring down towards the surrounding demonic beasts like meteors.
This ¡°Heavenly Downpour¡± was an attack magic from light element where it flew above enemies, could pinpoint several enemies, and attacked them simultaneously. Its power wasn¡¯t that high since its power was distributed among the scattered lights, and was originally used to clean up a lot of small fries. But in ¡°Limit Break¡± state, this bombing-like magic was enough to clean up demonic beasts in 50th floor.
However, the abnormally strong demonic beasts brought by the demon race woman didn¡¯t receive that much damage as expected, and at most, it only blew them away from hisrades as far as possible. But it was enough for Kouki. By creating a gap, hisrades would be able to retreat while the demon race woman was still upied by the Chimera controlled by Eri.
Having confirmed so, Kouki demonstrated the characteristic of the magic which had a stupidly long chanting.
¡°¡±Converge¡±!¡±
As it pour down from the heaven, the rain of light that made the demonic beasts retreat temporarily, once again converged into the Holy Sword. The spectacle where the meteors converged as they left trails was quite a fantastic scene. Kouki thrusted the Holy Sword straight, and it shone as it dded in light towards the demonic beasts that positioned themselves before the passage the retreat path of him and hisrades. With a war cry, he pulled thest trigger from the a series of magic.
¡°¡±Heavenly ws Downpour¡±!¡±
Immediately, numerous meteors shot like a bombardment when his thrusted the Holy Sword forward. Even though it looked the same as previous attack, it had far stronger power since Kouki used his trump card, ¡°Heaven Might,¡± and naturally it swept away the demonic beasts that closed their retreat path.
Normally, even if he wanted to use ¡°Heaven Might,¡± the chant was long and he didn¡¯t want Shizuku and Ryuutarou to protect him any longer than needed.
Even so, ¡°Heavenly ws Downpour¡± was the best technique he had in the current situation. The meteor-like torrent of lights went straight towards the demonic beasts blocking their retreat path, and caused numerous explosions simultaneously at the moment of impact. The bombardment that consisted of numerous light bullets exploded like the cluster bomb. The consecutive impacts resulted in the broken bnce of the demonic beasts as they were being blown away.
¡°¡±¡±ROOOOAR!!¡±¡±¡±
The demonic beasts screamed as they closed their eyes. ¡°Heavenly ws Downpour¡± had an additional effect, blindness, caused by looking at the sh. The strong light generated in close proximity burnt their sights. Rubbing their eyes with their backhands, the demonic beasts blindly rampaged.
These demonic beasts were already out of Kouki¡¯s party¡¯s path of retreat. A way had opened straight to the passage.
¡°Now! Let¡¯s retreat!¡±
With Kouki¡¯s order, everyone simultaneously moved. Nagayama had carried the petrified Kondou and Saitou on his shoulders while Endou shouldered the fainted Suzu. Even though his left arm was still petrified, Nomura stood up by himself, endured the acute pain, and began to run towards the passage.
¡°Tch! Don¡¯t let them escape! Capture them!¡±
While fighting thest two Chimeras, the demon race woman ordered the unharmed demonic beasts. The demonic beasts moved as instructed and began their pursuit at once. Chimeras, four-eyed wolves, and ck cats, they were all swift-footed demonic beasts, and the distance between them and Kouki¡¯s party was shortened in less than no time.
It was at that time Nomura turned around. With pained face, he thrusted out his right hand and revealed a fearless smile.
¡°Don¡¯t ever think I¡¯ll be defeated in earth magic! It¡¯s my payback! ¡°Final Prison¡±!¡±
The same swirling grey orb just like the demon race woman¡¯s magic shot out from Nomura¡¯s hand. The magic orb transmitting petrification smoke collided with the iing demonic beasts. When the demon race woman activated ¡°Final Prison¡± a while ago, even without her saying anything, the demonic beasts immediately distanced themselves. That¡¯s why Nomura the demonic beasts could sense the danger that lies within the spell, and chanted it in preparation to use on the pursuer as he was retreating.
What Nomura concluded turned out to be true. The moment the grey orb shot out, the charging demonic beasts immediately mmed on their brakes and began to jumped back to distance themselves and return to their previous location. At the same time, the smoke became a smokescreen concealing the appearances of Kouki and hisrade as they were retreating.
In addition, Endou used magic to erase the remains of magic power and traces of their smells. Endou¡¯s ss was an ¡°Assassin,¡± so he had natural talent in covert magic, and the demonic beasts were likely unable to pursue them.
The entrance of the previous room already looked smaller behind them, and maybe it was just their imagination, but mortified howls of demonic beasts seemed like it was resounding.
Kouki¡¯s party felt mortified because of their ragged bodies and theirrades who could not open their eyes. However, they also feel d they survived, and continued to run away without saying anything.
Book 8. Chapter 3
Book 8. Chapter 3
Even a Mob-character Has Things It Can Do
Their current location was the deepest room in the 89th floor.
Currently, there were four entrances within the huge octagonal room, but there was actually one more passage that leads to a hidden room between two entrances. The size of the entrance to this closed room was about 10 tatami, and its entrance was splendidly camouged.
Inside the room was Kouki¡¯s party, who were resting inplete relief. However, their expressions were uniformly gloomy. There were only those who cast their gaze down in deep frustration. Everyone was covered in wounds, so a lot of them had expressions distorted by pain.
Normally, Kouki would use his charisma to encourage everyone, but now, his whole body was attacked by severe exhaustion due to the recoil from ¡°Limit Break,¡± and he leaned his body in towards the wall, shutting his mouth in silent.
In addition, at such a time, the ss moodmaker who could not read the mood in a good way had a pale face due to the loss blood, and was sleeping with rough breathing as she frowned in pain. This fact was also one of the reasons which made everyone depressed.
Suzu¡¯s lower half was still petrified from the knees down, and so Kaori was still continuing the treatment. Her pierced thigh had already been healed. What was left was to undo her petrification. However, Suzu had lost arge amount of blood from the attacks of the tentacles. There was the possibility that her vital blood vessels were damaged. But it could also be said that Kaori made it in time for the healing because she was Kaori.
To begin with, even Kaori was incapable of replenishing Suzu¡¯s lost blood. Thus, she was limited to making Suzu drink the blood-increasing medicine from this world. It was the reason why Suzu¡¯s physical condition would not return to normal immediately. It was necessary for her to rest.
Kaori had spent all of her time on Suzu, so the others didn¡¯t receive her healing. Naturally, Saitou and Kondou who were petrified into object-like things were kept as they were. After Suzu¡¯s treatment ended, next were the petrified two, and the other party members who understood there were still a long wait before it was their turn, didn¡¯tin, except for a small portion of them. It was simply because they did not have energy to do it.
Inside the dim room where the gloomy atmosphere drifted about, Shizuku wrinkled her forehead and was puzzled on how to encourage the others. Naturally, the taciturn Shizuku could not skillfully change the atmosphere, unlike Suzu. However, there was no one else to do so since Kouki was also weakened due to the effect of ¡°Limit Break¡± and his defeat, so she thought she must somehow do something. She was thinking in such manner because she naturally cared about others. A true worldly-wise person.
Shizuku herself was nearing her limit both physically and mentally, and she was gradually troubled by thinking of what to do. Thus, she decided to make an unable-to-read-the-mood-style gag with the resolution of dying a honorable death. However, when she considered again, she felt as though she felt herself breaking. Then, Nomura and Tsuji Ayako appeared from the improvised passage and they conversed.
¡°Fuu, I think it somehow turned into a good camoution. But as expected, I am exhausted after using such a delicate magic¡ I¡¯m already at my limit.¡±
¡°It¡¯s not in your field of expertise to be able to transform it into wall without any sense of ipatibility¡ But you even used only one magic array to do that, so it can¡¯t be helped. Cheers for your hard work.¡±
¡°You also worked hard topletely undo my petrification, right? Thanks.¡±
From the conversation of these two people, the one who made this room and camouged the entrance into the surrounding wall was the ¡°Earth Magic-user,¡± Nomura Kentarou.
¡°Earth Magic-user¡± held high aptitude towards Earth-Element magic which directly maniptes the ground, but it could not do delicate work such as manufacturing and forming such as ¡°Transmutation.¡± For example, it could create a bulge in the ground, make rocks fly up from the ground, harden the ground to create a stone spear, or controlling clouds of sand. In addition, for someone high-ranked, they could use petrification spells and create Golems pletely non-independent doll). However, an Earth Magic user could not produce things by separating or mixing various minerals.
That¡¯s why, though it was possible to roughly create a hole on the wall using magic array at hand, to be able to ¡°form¡± a wall simr to the surrounding walls, Nomura could do nothing but constructed it using only one magic array.
It should be noted that Tsuji Ayako had treated Nomura after he had undid his petrification.
¡°Thanks for your hard work, Nomura-kun. We should be able to gain some time with this.¡±
¡°¡ I hope so. Well, with this I can do nothing but pray we won¡¯t be found until everyone has recovered. About Kousuke¡ we can only pray, too, huh.¡±
¡°¡ Kousuke should be okay. He won¡¯t lose to anyone in term of the thinness of his shadow.¡±
¡°No, Juugo. Don¡¯t say that, I feel bad just by hearing it¡¡±
The talk about the increasing safety of their hiding ce made the depressed atmosphere slightly rxed, and Shizuku smiled as she treated Nomura kindly due to the cancetion of creating a ck history of her.
On the other hand, Nomura had a bitter smile as he prayed and looked into the distance towards one of his bestfriends who was not here now.
That¡¯s right, currently one of theirpanions was not here. He was Endou Kousuke. With ¡°Assassin¡± as his ss, he was Nagayama Juugo and Nomura Kentarou¡¯s best friend. He was neither gloomy nor a poor talker, but his existence was a forgettable one. He was a normal high school boy who could speak casually with anyone, but somehow ¡°his shadow is thin.¡± His figure would be gone before anyone noticed it while saying, ¡°Huh? Where is he?,¡± as they looked at the surrounding only to be surprised that he was right beside them. He demonstrated elusiveness without any intention of doing it at all. And, of course, it was also the same story when they were still in Japan.
Though the person himself was extremely unwilling, his ability was currently the most useful. Endou alone separated from the party and went to exin the situation to Meld and the Knights. Normally, no matter how much of a cheat the summoned person was, it was suicidal to run through the level 80ish floors alone. Even Kouki¡¯s party had little room to spare in conquering the floors, only because there were 15 people cooperating.
But, if it was Endou, a man who could puff up his chest while saying, ¡°The world¡¯s thinnest shadow!,¡± he could take full advantages of his stealth skills and possibly be capable of reaching the 70th floor where Meld and the Knights were without being found by any demonic beast. Thinking so, Kouki¡¯s party sent Endou off.
When he left, Endou was slightly teary eyed¡ surely, he felt something by leaving alone to retreat from hispanions. It could not be from hispanions¡¯ persuasion words, such as: ¡°If it¡¯s you with your thin shadow, even keen demonic beasts won¡¯t notice you! Only you have a thin shadow that won¡¯t lose to anyone, so you must be able to break through the demonic beasts without being noticed.¡±
Truthfully, Kouki¡¯s party wanted to immediately withdraw from the upper floors. However, to their regrets, they didn¡¯t have any reserve strength left to do so. Within the party members who were covered in wounds, three of them were in no condition for battle while Kouki was in a weakened state, so they didn¡¯t think they would be able to break through the 80¡¯s floors.
Of course, they also didn¡¯t think Meld and the Knights woulde to rescue them. Including Meld, only six people were capable of building their base on the 70th floor. In the party¡¯s minds, even by gaining help from other Knight members and the guild¡¯s high-ranked adventurers, whose strength came close to Meld, it should be within the safety margin for Meld and the others to reached thetter half of 70¡¯s floors, more than that was asking for the impossible.
Even with that, it would not have any meaning if Kouki¡¯s party didn¡¯t break through the 80ish floors by themselves. In other words, rather than to call for rescue, the purpose for Endo to go alone was to inform them about their situation and the Demon Race woman who lead the demonic beasts.
Kouki¡¯s party had certainly heard from Ishtal and the others from the Church of the Saints that the Demon Race was amassing demonic beasts, not by brainwashing, but envement, since the beasts still carried their own wills. But, they never heard of such strong demonic beasts. And the astounding thing about the demonic beasts should be the ¡°number¡± not their individual strength.
In fact, the demonic beasts the Demon Race woman lead had easily cleared the human untrodden 90th floor of ?Orcus Great Dungeon? and overwhelmed Kouki¡¯s party even with the cheats they carried. Such things made it strange if the human race was not destroyed sooner.
In other words, Ishtal¡¯s information was not mistaken and the conclusion was still that the demonic beasts the Demon Race controlled ¡°had became stronger.¡± Not only their ¡°number¡± but also their individual strength was astounding. Kouki¡¯s party judged this information should be conveyed by all means.
¡°Shirasaki-san. Please take care of Kondou-kun and Saito-kun¡¯s de-petrification. It¡¯ll take too much time if it is me. But, leave the healing of the others to me.¡±
¡°Un, okay. Don¡¯t push yourself too hard, Tsuji-san.¡±
¡°I will be okay. Rather, that¡¯s my line¡ sorry. If only I was stronger, Shirasaki-san¡¯s responsibility would be decreased¡¡±
On the side of the conversing with Nomura and the others, Ayako was drinking the potion for recovering magic power and she said to Kaori who was still continuing Suzu¡¯s treatment. Though both were ¡°healers,¡± Ayako¡¯s abilities was far inferiorpared to Kaori¡¯s, and even though she didn¡¯t show it, Ayako felt herself pathetic and full of apologies, since she could only add more responsibility to Kaori.
¡°There is no such thing,¡± Kaori replied so with a wry smile, then Ayako turned to heal theirpanions. Even if it¡¯s slight, darkness disappeared from theirpanions¡¯ faces when they recovered by Ayako¡¯s healing. Nomura was watching Ayako with a face as though he wanted to say something, but he could not raise a voice since he felt he¡¯d only disturbing her work.
¡°¡ In such a situation. Just speak if there¡¯s something you want to say.¡±
¡°¡ Shut up.¡±
Nagayama said to Nomura with an expression as if he finds something amusing, but Nomura turned his face away as if sulking.
After that, several tens of hours passed. Kouki¡¯s party¡¯s bodies and minds were gradually recovered and they took turns to sleep.
* * *
On the other side, one person, Endou Kousuke was retreating with the entrusted information about the Demon Race. He walked steadily aiming for 70th floor, where Meld and the Knights were, without entering even one battle.
In the 80th floors, if he was noticed by the demonic beasts, one on one would work out somehow but multiple on one was an out for him. That¡¯s why, while hurrying up as much as possible, he advanced with prudent thoughts. Thanks to that, he was able to pass right before demonic beasts unnoticed, even now.
After the demonic beasts were out his sight, Endou got off of the ceiling where he stuck himself. The figure which waspletely d in ck to make the best use of ¡°Invisibility,¡± made him look just like an ¡°Assassin.¡± Surely, even the demonic beasts he had just passed by earlier would receive huge damage if they were to receive a surprise attack from the ceiling. In his mind, he didn¡¯t think, ¡°¡ At least feel a little of my presence¡¡± There was no glittering at the edge of his eyes when he saw the demonic beasts pass through without noticing him at all. Absolutely not.
¡°I must hurry¡¡±
Endo understood the mission imposed on him. He had guessed Kouki and the others had sent him off to transmit the information which also meant he must survive. Nagayama and Nomura said, ¡°Do not return here,¡± but their wish was transmitted without the need for words.
However, after he fulfilled his duty, Endou was going to return to where Kouki and the others were. No matter what was said, he would not feel good if he was the only one who retreated to safety.
He felt somewhat empty because the demonic beasts didn¡¯t notice him, but it was the best weapon for the current Endou as he traced the returning route memorized in his head, and finally he reached 70th floor.
While suppressing his impatience, he went towards the room with the teleport circle where Meld and the others set their base. After a while, Endo¡¯s Sign Perception perceived the presence of six people. There¡¯s no mistake they were Meld and the Knights. With this distance, the others should¡¯ve noticed him since he had deactivated ¡°Invisibility.¡±
Endo turned at thest corner and arrived at teleportation room where Meld and the Knights were. However, even though his figure couldpletely be seen, Meld and the Knights didn¡¯t notice him at all. Endo then approached Meld with eyes of a dead fish, and called him.
¡°Commander! It¡¯s me! Please notice me! It¡¯s an emergency!¡±
¡°Uoh!? What!? Is it enemy¡¯s attack!?¡±
At the moment Endou raised his voice, Meld yelled, drew his sword, jumped back, and looked at the surrounding with vignce. Even the other Knights were surprised and shaken for a moment, then they entered battle stance.
¡°Like I said, it¡¯s ME! Seriously, please don¡¯t give such reactions!¡±
¡°Eh? Wait, it¡¯s Kousuke, huh. Don¡¯t surprise me like that. Rather, what happened to the others? Besides, aren¡¯t you somewhat ragged?¡±
¡°I said it before, there¡¯s an emergency!¡±
When Meld and the Knights understood it was Endou, they rxed their shoulders because they knew how thin Endou¡¯s shadow was. However, Endou returned earlier than scheduled, and it was only him. Furthermore, Endou was ragged and covered in wounds, that¡¯s why their expressions became stern and guessed something must¡¯ve happened.
As he was hurting because of the fact even the Kingdom¡¯s elite Knights were incapable of noticing him unless he called out to them. However, Endou thought it was not the time for that and he began to talk about the situation rapidly.
At first, Meld and the Knights put on dubious expressions, but their expression tightened as Endo advanced in his story. Then, maybe because his heart was shaken when his story reached to where he retreated alone, Endou was drown in tears and his head was patted.
¡°Don¡¯t cry, Kousuke. You are doing something only you can do. Do you think any of them can run through 20 floors in such a short time without even a fight? You¡¯ve done well. I¡¯ve certainly received your words.¡±
¡°Commander¡ I, I¡¯ll return to them now. Even though they¡¯d be able to return here by themselves¡ even if this time they said they won¡¯t lose¡ Amanogawa was unable to defeat the enemies even with ¡°Limit Break.¡± All we could do was to run away. Everyone is considerably exhausted, so even if their injuries heal¡ if they are attacked¡ we still don¡¯t understand everything about those bastard demonic beasts¡ that¡¯s why, please return to the surface and convey this information.¡±
So ashamed that he was crying, Endou rubbed his eyes with his sleeve, and said with a resolute expression.
Meld bit his lip in regret, and handed over the tool bag filled with all of the highest grade healing potions and everything else inside. The other Knights copied Meld¡¯s actions, and entrusted their tool bags to Endo, feeling mortified.
¡°I can only apologize, Kousuke. Although we want to rescue them together¡ we will just be a hindrance to you¡¡±
¡°Ah, no, please don¡¯t worry about that. There¡¯s a considerable decrease in the number of our potions, so it will surely help us.¡±
Saying that, Endou shook the tool bags where various potions were kept with a wry smile, but Meld¡¯s frown only deepened. It was not only because he was mortified with his incapability of helping them, but also due to the bitterness.
¡°¡ Kousuke. Now, I will say the worst thing I can say. I don¡¯t care if you scorn me because it¡¯s natural. However, I want you to hear it.¡±
¡°Eh? What¡¯s with this all of a sudden¡¡±
¡°¡ No matter what happens, please take only ¡°Kouki¡± back.¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
Meld¡¯s words made Endou dumbfounded.
¡°Kousuke. If the demonic beasts are so strong and capable of putting the current you into such a predicament¡ the Human Race won¡¯t have any future if we lose Kouki. Of course, I believe all of you can go through this and meet again with us, and I wish for that¡ However, I must say this as the Commander of Herrlicht Kingdom¡¯s Knights. If by some chance ites to that, please let ¡°Kouki¡± live.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Endou finally guessed what Meld meant and was dumbfounded. It was to sacrifice anyone to keep the more important one alive, a ¡°choice¡± that must be done for someone with duty. It was something Endou never thought of. Therefore, Endou¡¯s expression had be awfully bitter.
¡°¡ We, are we just extras added to Amanogawa?¡±
¡°Of course not. For it is true I wish and desire for everyone¡¯s survival. No, such words don¡¯t have any persuasiveness after I said that¡ Kousuke, at the very least I want you to convey those words to Shizuku and Ryuutarou.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Meld¡¯s words made Endou¡¯s feelings darken. Meld, Endou, and the others had spent much time together. He was always by their sides ever since their beginner days in this world, and they had fought together for a long time. Meld was a big brother-like existence for the students who went to the front lines, and someone they trusted more than anyone in this world. That¡¯s why, Endou felt betrayed by Meld who said to cast them away.
Still, he understood the necessity of what Meld said in the corner of his mind, so he could not curse him. With a dark expression, Endo only nodded and turned on his heels.
However, at that moment¡
¡°Kousuke!?¡± ¡°Eh!?¡±
Meld suddenly pushed Kousuke aside andcliiiiing!!, the sound of metal grinding against metal rang out, it came from the drawn sword swung in an arc. Following that, he rotated once and sent a splendid kick towards the blurred space.
BooOOOm!
With such a sound, the blurred space was blown backward. Next, numerous w marks appeared on the ground five meter from where they were. The ws were probably used to deelerate.
Seeing that, Endou, who fell on his butt, turned pale and muttered.
¡°I-Impossible. For them to catch up now¡¡±
As though using those words as a signal, demonic beasts that had tracked Endo and the Knights, appeared one by one. Endou remained sitting on the ground, shaken to be caught this fast. Until he arrived here, he had used ¡°Assassin¡± skills to erase his presence, smell, and magic trace while moving. The Demon Race woman was moving while searching for Kouki and the others, so it shouldn¡¯t be possible to catch up with Endou who ran straight to the 70th floor.
Endou¡¯s doubt was erased by the nightmare-like woman who appeared next.
¡°Tch. Only one, huh¡ I thought they had escape here where the teleport circle was¡ Looking at this, looks like they are hiding somewhere.¡±
Twirling her hair in irritation, the Demon Race woman who appeared riding on a four-eyed wolf¡¯s back, made Meld and the Knights enter battle mode. From her words, the woman thought Kouki¡¯s party would run towards the teleportation circle, and that¡¯s why she came straight to this floor. With her guess off, she seemed to be irritated because she now needed to search around to look for Kouki and the others.
At the same time, it could be said Kouki and the others were still safe. Endou, Meld, and the Knights looked relieved, and smiled faintly. The demon race woman noticed them and snorted towards Endou and the Knights.
¡°Whatever, I also have a duty here¡ Let¡¯s quickly kill them and begin our search.¡±
Immediately, all of the demonic beasts came attacking. The Chimeras charged and made the space blur, while the ck cats covered the distance like a gale. The Brutal-look-alikes were approaching with maces in their hands, and the four-eyed wolves were looking for a chance from behind.
¡°Make a circle! Defend the teleport circle to the end! Kousuke! How long are you going to show that disgraceful attitude! Stand up and¡ run away! To the surface!¡±
¡°Eh!?¡±
As expected of the Kingdom¡¯s elites of the elites. Meld and the Knights promptly made such a formation and cooperated against the iing demonic beasts. From hearing Endou¡¯s story about the demonic beasts a little while ago, they clearly knew they were obviously inferior in terms of offense, that¡¯s why they chose to only defend and parry.
Endou slipped a surprised voice when Meld said, ¡°Escape to the surface.¡±If it¡¯s escaping, it would be better if all of us go together.When Meld said for him to get away from this ce, Endou felt that rather than going to the surface, he had a responsibility to return to where Kouki and the others were.
¡°Stop daydreaming! Tell the surface about the Demon Race!
¡°B-But, Commander Meld and the Knights¡¡±
¡°We are¡ going to made this ce our graves! Kousuke! Destroy the teleport circle once you get to the other side! It¡¯ll at least buy you some time!¡±
¡°Th-That¡¯s¡¡±
Meld¡¯s intention was clear. Even if they went to the surface, the demonic beasts would immediately teleport, too, if no one bought them even a little bit of time. If that happened, they¡¯d lose the method to lose the pursuers, and they were likely to be killed when the pursuers catches up. Therefore, the best choice was for only one to escape while the rest buys him some time. If the time could be bought, the other teleportation circle on 30th floor could be destroyed, and he¡¯d lose the pursuers. The teleportation circle was the type carved on the ground, so it could be restored using ¡°transmutation.¡± After one had escaped and told the stationed force on the surface about this, they only have to restore the circle, and it could be used again by Kouki and the others.
The one chosen to escape was Endou, but because Meld previously said to cast away anyone other than Kouki, Endou was puzzled because this time he was told to escape at the expense of the Knights. It was the reason why he could not move immediately.
Toward such an Endou, Meld roared his deepest wish as the intense battle unfolded.
¡°I am sorry for being powerless! I am sorry I could not help you! I am sorry you weren¡¯t the chosen one! Kousuke! This is thest wish of the worthless me! So please hear it!¡±
Toward the puzzled Endou, the big bro-like man¡¯sst wish was conveyed.
¡°Don¡¯t die!¡±
Those words made Endou understand everything. Meld, in reality, never wanted to let anyone die. If someone must be sacrificed to let the others survive, it would rather be the Knights. Meld and the Knights wished for not only Kouki, but all of the students to survive. For him to be ¡°chosen¡± made Endou full of bitterness.
Endou bit his lip and used all of his might to turn on his heel towards the teleport circle. It was because he felt he would not be a man if he didn¡¯t answer the wish and resolution of Meld here.
¡°Don¡¯t think you can!¡±
The Demon Race woman raised her hand towards a ck cat while activating her own magic. The ck cat shot out the tentacles on its back with a great velocity. In addition, stone spears also flew in the air riding on her killing intent.
Endou somehow managed to cut the tentacles with his shortsword, and bent his body to the side. It looked like he wouldn¡¯t be able to evade the following stone spears. The reason for the his incapability of evading was because of the positioning of the tentacles, and the wonderful timing of the spears that came in session. Endou gritted his teeth and prepared to receive the impact. Even if he was to receive the attack, he was determined to keep running and jump into the teleport circle.
However, the expected impact didn¡¯te. One of the Knight had jumped out of the formation and used his body to shield Endou.
¡°A-n-san!¡±
¡°Guh¡ don¡¯t worry, and go!¡±
With the stone spear piercing his abdomen, the Knight named n swung his sword to parry the attack of the iing demonic beasts, and said to Endou with a truly manly smile. Endou strongly bit his lip as though he was biting it off, and ran towards the teleport circle.
¡°Tch! What persistent small fries! Aim for that boy!¡± The Demon Race woman sent out new order in a little haste¡ but it was toote.
¡°Hah, this is our victory! Don¡¯t you look down on Herrlicht Kingdom¡¯s Knights!¡±
Meld revealed a fearless smile as he shouted. At the same time, Endou activated the teleportation circle and disappeared. The Demon Race woman ignored Meld¡¯s words and thrust her hand towards the demonic beast. The demonic beast could directly manipte magic power, so the teleportation circle could be activated without the need for troublesome chanting. Thus, she thought she could still make it in time, if she was quick enough.
However,
¡°I told you not to look down on us!¡±
Meld and the Knights had skillful techniques and teamwork Kouki¡¯s party didn¡¯t have. Using their experiences, they obstructed the iing demonic beasts¡¯ movements. They were outnumbered, but their defense skill and ability were praiseworthy.
To begin with, it was abnormal for Meld and the Knights to confront these many powerful demonic beasts, no matter how much of a desperate effort they put forth. n, whose abdomen pierced by stone spear, was finally exhausted and the bnce was destroyed when he fell on his knees, and could not persist against the demonic beasts anymore. With that opening, one of the Chimeras breached their defense line and reached the teleport circle.
The Chimera disappeared the same time the glow of the magic circle was lost.
¡°Kuh, one, passed, huh¡ Kousuke¡ don¡¯t die.¡±
Meld¡¯s mutters was erased by the demonic beasts¡¯ roars. Unable to stomach that she let Endou escape, the Demon Race woman sent the demonic beasts simultaneously towards Meld and the Knights.
¡°Fuh, we have decided our grave would be here, so let¡¯s rampage to the end. Guys, show them the spirit of Herrlicht Kingdom¡¯s Knights.¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±Ou!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
With Meld¡¯s instruction, his subordinate Knights answered with a high-spirited shout. The spirit put into their shouts, even though it was just for a moment, made the surrounding demonic beasts flinch.
¡ Ten minutes passed
Silence once again returned to the room with teleportation circle on the 70th floor.
* * *
¡°Uwaaaaa¡ª!!¡±
With a shout mixed in between scream and war cry, Endou jumped out from the teleportation circle in ?Orcus Great Dungeon?¡¯s 30th floor, immediately wielded his shortsword, and tried to destroy the magic circle before him.
¡°Wh-What!? Eh, you! What are you doing!?¡±
¡°Stop him.¡±
¡°Catch him.¡±
A ck-clothed boy appeared from the teleportation circle, suddenly raised a shout and began to destroy the magic circle with the sword in his hand. This made the surrounding people, dressed as Knights, stand in nk surprise for a moment then they raised angry roars and jumped at Endou to obstruct his destructive action.
These guys were Meld¡¯s subordinates who was responsible of protecting the teleportation circle on the 30th floor. Because of the force deficiency, there were people who were at their limit just by guarding the 30th floor. Unable to destroy the magic circle with a blow, Endou struck for the second time, for the third time, and when he only need one more swing to destroy the circle, he was barely stopped from destroying the magic circle.
¡°L-Let go! If it¡¯s not destroyed, quickly! Those bastards will-! Let go!¡±
¡°Wh-, aren¡¯t you from the Hero¡¯s party!? Why are you¡¡±
After seeing him closely, the Knights knew the person acting like a madman was one of the hero¡¯spanions, and the Knights spontaneously loosened their holds as they whispered voices of surprise. With that chance, Endou once again swung his shortsword and destroyed a part of the magic circle, but he was one step too slow.
The magic circle once again glowed and activated. Thus, in the next moment, a blurred space attacked Endou and the Knights.
¡°Damn it!¡±
¡°What¡¯s¡ª! Guuaaa!!¡±
Endou immediately jumped back and was barely able to evade the Chimera¡¯s attack. However, the Knights who didn¡¯t know the situation and should have been able to evade, defenselessly received the Chimera¡¯s w attack, and died with deeply torn armor.
One of theirrades who suddenly sprayed blood, made the other Knights panic. Endou frantically shouted towards the Knights with a voice filled with impatience.
¡°It¡¯s an enemy! Be careful of the blurring space! More wille if we don¡¯t destroy the magic circle!¡±
Endou¡¯s scream-like voice made the Knights regain their senses. However, at the same time, one more person was shed and blown away. There were seven people guarding the teleportation circle on the 30th floor. And now two had been killed.
Endou grit his teeth towards the fact and used an ¡°Assassin¡± skill called ¡°Wallrun,¡± to run on the ceiling and aimed to destroy the magic circle from above. However, the Chimera noticed him and tried to intercept him by jumping.
Although they still didn¡¯t understand what had happened, the Knights guessed it was necessary and jumped towards the Chimera that was trying to attack Endou. However, the Knights could only see the Chimera as a blurred space, so naturally they didn¡¯t understand what kind of attack it had; they understood nothing about it. That¡¯s why, the Knight who jumped behind the Chimera had his neck bitten by the tail-snake, while the Knights right beside its nk was beaten by its wings and thrown to the ground.
Nevertheless, it was not meaningless. The Chimera somewhat lost its bnce and Endou was able to evade its dangerous ws and fangs. It was not aplete evasion since his shoulder and nk were gouged, but the snake tail was shed, and the Chimera fell into the ground when they passed each other.
The Chimera pped its wings to regain its bnce tond on the ground slightly away from them, while Endou immediately stood up after he fell on his shoulder and simultaneously swung his short sword in his hand towards the previously damaged teleportation circle.
At the same time itnded, the Chimera turned around and once again rushed to kill Endou. However, at that time, Endou¡¯s shortsword was already pierced the magic circle with all of his might.BAM!, a clear sound effect rang out. It was the evidence the magic circle had been destroyed. The trace of magic when the teleportation magic circle was used had disappeared.
¡°With this¡ª¡ kh¡ gaa, AaAAAAAH!!!¡±
Seeded in destroying the teleportation circle, Endou inadvertently leaked a relieved sigh because no more pursuers woulde. However, the Chimera¡¯s fangs bored into his right arm in the next moment, and he screamed due to the sharp pain. The strong jaws tried to bite off Endou¡¯s right arm.
The Knights charged towards it and used all of their might to attack the Chimera in order to disturb it. The Chimera whose side were pierced by strengthened short spears, inadvertently loosened the force on its jaws. Endou pulled out his right arm, slipped out the concealed knife from his left sleeve, and shed the Chimera¡¯s eye.
The rampaging Chimera shed two more Knights to death when they approached it to give it the finishing blows. Endou threw the knife in his hand, but the Chimera, with a shed eye, evaded by instinct.
Immediately, one of the Knights suddenly raised a scream. He inadvertently looked towards the source and saw the Knight who previously had his neck bitten by the snake, was beaten to the ground. The Knight¡¯s lips turned purple, writhed in pain, and died in no time.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Seeing that, thest Knight ran out to kill the snake, but it was a fatal mistake. The Chimera whose back was turned to the Knight noticed the iing enemy and immediately attacked. Covered in wounds, Endou squeezed out all of his remaining strength, and activated his certain kill attack towards the neck of Chimera that attacked the Knight.
¡°DieeEEEEE!!¡±
Being separated from hispanions, forced to desert Meld and the Knights, for the Knights he knew to be killed, and various grudges mixed into his shout, he struck a fatal blow demonstrating all of his power. He tore the Chimera¡¯s neck from the nape, and it died in a moment.
Due to the inertia, Endou who sprang from the Chimera¡¯s nk, crossed it, and rolled tremendously once he reached the ground. Enduring the pain in his shoulder, right arm, and nk, Endou lifted his upper body with his left arm to confirm, and burn the Chimera¡¯s death into his eyes.
The Chimeraid quietly looking to bepletely dead due to the partly torn up neck. However, Endou¡¯s expression was weak as though he was going to cry rather than feeling joy, and he couldn¡¯t help but whisper, ¡°Damn it!¡±
Before his gaze was the figure of thest Knight who rushed out. He was falling prone. With sword gripped in his right hand, his face had turned purple. Beside him, was the torn up snake. Perhaps, right before the Chimera attacked, he shed the snake that sprung to him and his face might be bathed by the toxin inside its body. Resultantly, all of the Knights who were guarding 30th floor had been annihted.
Because he could not save even one person, Endou cried as he shouted, ¡°Damn it!,¡± many times. He shouted the same words for a while, and Endou, who thought he had died due to blood loss, took out the highest grade ointments and recovery potions from the tool bags he got from Meld and the Knights. After his wounds were treated by the emergency set, he silently lined the Knights¡¯ corpses in a corner of the room where the teleportation circle was.
For a little while, Endou watched the Knights¡¯ figures, and slowly turned around to advanced a step toward the surface. His face was as pale as a ghost, and his eyes were hollow without any ambition. Thinking ¡°Once again only I survived,¡± Endou¡¯s heart was tightened by a heavy, cold chain. The current him moved his body just like a machine that only had to fulfill the role he was entrusted with, and he single-mindedly aimed towards the surface.
Book 8. Chapter 4
Book 8. Chapter 4
¡°Hyahha¡ª! Yeah!¡± As if such a sound could be heard, a dense, enormous, and fierce pressure mercilessly attacked the Adventurers aiming at Hajime¡¯s party. The bloodlust that was previouslying from the Adventurers seemed nothing but a childish tantrumpared to this. As if also carrying physical force, the immature Adventurers immediately lost their consciousness while all of the standing Adventurers were re-seated without even having the time to tremble.
With Raisen Grand Canyon to their left, and a magnificent meadow to their right, the magic driven two and four-wheelers advanced towards the west with the sun at their backs. Raising a cloud of dust on the highway as it advanced by the four-wheeler¡¯s side, the two-wheeler went back and forth between the barren ground and the meadow by the canyon side as it roared noisily, merrily even.
¡°¡ Seems like Shia is in a good mood. She even shouted just like those guys from the end of the century.¡±
¡°¡ Hmm. I also want to try it.¡±
In the four-wheeler¡¯s driver seat, Hajime muttered with an amazed expression with one hand steering the vehicle, while the elbow of his other hand was on the window frame. Just as Hajime said, Shia was not riding on the four-wheeler. She was driving the two-wheeler alone.
To begin with, Shia truly liked the feeling of cutting through the wind as the two-wheeler advanced, but the number of people had increased recently and their main transportation method changed to that of the four-wheeler, which made her dissatisfied. Though she could feel the wind if she put her head out the window, she could not be satisfied with that and she could not stick to Hajime like when they used the two-wheeler because the seat next to him was reserved for Yue. Thus, she asked Hajime to teach her how to drive the two-wheeler.
The magic-driven two-wheeler could be operated easily as long as one could use direct magic power maniption. Depending on the circumstances, direct magic power maniption could also be used to control the steering without the need to grip it. Thus, this was not that difficult for Shia, and she quickly learned how to drive it. Following that, she became enamoured with the two-wheeler.
Even now, she moved left and right while squeaking, she even drifted and popped a wheelie. Furthermore, she also did jackknife and backride techniques which would not lose to a professional extreme motorcycle stunt artist. The eleration and braking could be done by manipting her magic power, so it was far easier to operate than the one on Earth¡ Still, she kept up with Hajime¡¯s pace. Shia¡¯s rabbit ears even said, ¡°Hey, hey, what do you think about my technique?¡± as they sometimes turned towards Hajime with a somewhat cheeky expression, which was simply irritating.
asionally, there were those whose character would change when they drive, and Shia might be one of them. Seeing Shia, Yue by Hajime¡¯s side also wanted to try driving it herself. Yue even said, ¡°Hyahha¡ª!¡± but Hajime decided to absolutely stop her as he felt the mood would be awful. Also, beside Hajime was the three or four year-old Myuu putting her head out of the window at Yue¡¯s side, as she steadily climbed from Yue¡¯sp with sparkling eyes. Pointing her hand towards Shia, who began to stand while steering with one hand, Myuu began pleading to Hajime.
¡°Papa! Papa! Myuu also wants to do that!¡±
¡°I already said you can¡¯t.¡±
Sitting on Yue¡¯sp, Myuu, whose wish was denied began to whine and said, ¡°No! Myuu wants to!¡± to Hajime. So as to not let the whining Myuu fall from the seat, Yue hugged her from behind and scolded her with, ¡°¡don¡¯t whine!¡± ¡°Uu~¡± Myuu raised a cute groan and Hajime showed a face as though to say it couldn¡¯t be helped towards the depressed Myuu.
¡°Myuu. I¡¯ll drive it with youter, so be patient.¡±
¡°Ehh~? Really?¡±
¡°Mhm. I won¡¯t permit you to board it with Shia¡ but it¡¯s okay if it is with me.¡±
¡°So, Myuu can¡¯t drive it with Shia-oneechan?¡±
¡°Mhm, absolutely. Just look at her. This time she¡¯s making a strange pose while steering. Though somethinge to my mind¡ I absolutely won¡¯t let you get on the vehicle with someone who drives dangerously.¡±
Standing above the steer, Shia raised an American-likeughter while making a strange pose where her right hand¡¯s fingers spreaded and hid her face while her left arm hung down with the shoulder slightly raised. As he stared at Shia who made Joke-like pose, Hajime pointed at Myuu.¡®Don¡¯t copy Shia, okay?¡¯, he said.
¡°To begin with, I don¡¯t want you to get on the two-wheeler because it¡¯ll be dangerous¡ should I make a child seat? The materials will be¡mumble, mumble.¡±
¡°Yue-oneechan. Papa is mumbling. How strange.¡±
¡°¡ Hajime papa is just worried about Myuu¡ unexpectedly overprotective.¡±
¡°Fufu, does it mean Master is an unexpectedly indulgent person? Hmm, this gap somehow¡ haa, haa.¡±
¡°Yue-oneechan. Tio-oneechan is panting.¡±
¡°¡ It is an incurable disease so just ignore her.¡±
Serving as Myuu¡¯s conversation partner, Yue patted Myuu¡¯s head, who was gazing up at her.
Only a little time had passed since they started traveling with Myuu, but Hajime had already given up about Myuu calling him, ¡°Papa.¡± At first, he used every possible means to change the way she called him, but Myuu began to tear up every time, and her trembling eyes silently appealed, ¡°Is it bad? Does Papa hate Myuu?¡± Even Hajime, who was capable of beating the demonic beasts in the abyss to a pulp could not win against Myuu, just like how he could not go against Yue. Resultantly, he could not change it and it was established that he would be called ¡°Papa.¡±
As he allowed (he gave up) her to call him ¡°Papa,¡± Hajime began to worry about Myuu. Even now, it could be said he was being overprotective.Shia is a shameless rabbit while Tio is a pervert, so I must protect Myuu until she returns to her mother!or so he thought. During the time when he begins to be too meddlesome, Yue was the one who became the stopper, as well as the one in charge of teaching Myuu aboutmon sense, and that¡¯s the currentposition of Hajime¡¯s party.
Because Myuu was glued to Hajime, Yue couldn¡¯t flirt with him, and she became somewhat dissatisfied, but she felt it could not be helped since she had alsoe to adore the cute Myuu.
While silently firing her magic towards Tio, who was panting and concentrating on her delusion in the back seat to silence her, Yue was covering Myuu¡¯s ears since it would be bad for her education. Thus, with Hajime who was still mumbling about making the seat for Myuu, and Shia on the two-wheeler with only the rear wheel touching the ground,I must keep calm!Yue made an empty resolve.
* * *
Hajime¡¯s party were currently at the Post Town, Hd.
Normally they would just pass through here, but because of a request from the head of Fhuren branch Adventurer Guild, Ilwa, they must stop on their way here. Even so, it didn¡¯t take too much time as they passed here along their way to ?Guryuu-en Great Desert?.
Hajime walked towards Hd branch guild along the main street with nostalgic gaze. Riding on Hajime¡¯s shoulders, Myuu noticed his state and used her small hand to tap on Hajime in curiosity.
¡°Papa? Did something happened?¡±
¡°Nn? Ah~, well, I¡¯vee here before¡ though it¡¯s only been four months, it feels like years to me¡¡±
¡°¡ Hajime, are you okay?¡±
Yue, whose hands were affixed on Hajime¡¯s arm, had aplex expression while looking at him anxiously. Hajime shrugged and his atmosphere returned to the usual in the next moment.
¡°Ah, there¡¯s no problem. It¡¯s just that, I was absorbed in my emotions because it¡¯s been such a long time. I remember that everything started here¡ After a night spent in tension, fear, and even desperation, I went to the dungeon on the next day¡ and then I fell.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Hajime felt that in a way, that day could be called a fateful day. His monologue made Yue and the girls listen to him in a serious mood. Yue was silently looking at Hajime. And Tio asked Hajime questions out of curiosity.
¡°Hmm. Dost Master want to return to that day? After all, there¡¯s the case of Master¡¯spanions, too, right? Though Master hast his own circumstances¡ After all, thither¡¯s not only those whom hast hurteth master, right? Was thither not someone master got along with?¡±
Because Tio¡¯s rtionship with Hajime¡¯s party was still shallow, she would sometimes frankly ask about things she should be careful about even though she knew what was going through Hajime¡¯s mind. It was because she didn¡¯t want to only be a travelpanion, so Tio put forth great effort to truly be arade in Hajime¡¯s party. Although she was a pervert, in a way she favored Hajime.
That¡¯s why Hajime listened to Tio¡¯s question without being bothered by it. Thus, he exhaled and recalled the midnight tea party under the moonlight. With the unptable tea, there was the white negligee and ck hair which reflected the moonlight, whose owner swore to protect him, and at thest moment, she stretched her hand out towards him with a bitter expression as herpanions pinioned her¡
Unexpectedly, he felt a trembling hand on his arm which made him regain his senses. When he looked at the source, Yue was looking straight at him with strong, resolute gaze, and her trembling hand tightly grasped Hajime¡¯s sleeve.
Hajime matched Yue¡¯s gaze and returned to silently gazing at her with a soft and gentle gaze.
¡°Certainly, there was someone¡ However, even if I could return to those days, I will still tread on this path of mine.¡±
¡°Heh~, why?¡±
Although she knew the answer from Hajime¡¯s expression, Tio still asked with a slightly amused expression. Without averting his gaze from Yue, Hajime used his other hand to gently grasp Yue¡¯s hand which was grasping his sleeve. Yue had a faintly smiling expression, and her cheeks were slightly dyed in red.
¡°Of course¡ it¡¯s because I want to meet Yue.¡±
¡°¡ Hajime.¡±
In the town of Hd, ?Orcus Great Dungeon? made it possible to raise level quickly while selling the magic stones within the safety margin. Thus, Adventurers, Mercenaries, and Kingdom Soldiers gathered, together with a lot of merchants as their partner in business. The town disyed serious hustle and bustle. Naturally, the main street of such a town would have increased bustle.
Within the main street where a lot of people were doing their activities, Hajime and Yue suddenly halted and were looking at each other. They created their own world without minding their surroundings. They reached out to each other¡¯s cheeks, and their atmosphere looked like they were about to kiss at any moment. Though they had somewhat gathered a crowd around them, and they were showered by gazes filled with curiosity and jealousy, Hajime and Yue didn¡¯t notice them at all. They could only see each other.
¡°Tio-san, did you hear that? It isn¡¯t ¡°you¡± that Hajime-san wants to meet, is it? It¡¯s only Yue-san. Once again, they created their own world. They don¡¯t even care about their location and situation. And we can only watch them from the side, can¡¯t we?
I feel it is about the time that such an atmosphere should be created between me and Hajime-san. Even though I¡¯m always prepared to receive such treatment, it always passed me by, and to be treated as a regrettable character¡ No, I understand, you know? I know Yue-san is special. I yearn for a rtionship just like those two, that¡¯s why I want to stay together with them.
What I mean is, it¡¯s natural Yue-san is special and I feel it¡¯s a good thing. Rather, Hajime-san who neglects Yue-san is not Hajime-san. If that happens and Yue-san bes sad because of it, I¡¯ll be the one who beat Hajime-san to a pulp.
However, it is a however, kay? Recently, Hajime-san has be slightly dere~ I wonder if it¡¯s about time I climb the stairs to adulthood~ I expected that, but it didn¡¯te true. No matter how special Yue-san is, wouldn¡¯t it okay for Hajime-san to look at me a little more? It is shameful for a man to refuse a woman¡¯s offer.
Even though it was easily understood that I weed him, he sloppily answered with aposed face to ignore it, this dimwit!, I thought so, but I never thought ofining. I just want to flirt! Then, doing this and that on the bed! Even the hardcore y he did with Yue-san! I thought of those! So, what does Tio-san, the representative of all perverts, think!?¡±
¡°Sh-Shia. This one knows thou hast saved up thy resentment, but calm down. Rather, the one who shouted while not paying attention to the location is art thou. Also, to casually speak ill of this one in the end¡ To be treated as a pervert in such a public ce, haa, haa, made everyone look at this one with cold gazes¡ Haa, haa, ngh, ngh.¡±
In the middle of the main street, the rabbit-eared girl shouted she wanted to do erotic things while speaking ill of the perverted beautiful woman whom began panting due to the atmosphere. The people who had gathered due to their curiosity were taken aback and they backed away.
¡°Papa~, Shia-oneechan and Tio-oneechan are¡¡±
¡°Myuu. Don¡¯t look at them. Just act as if we don¡¯t know them.¡±
¡°¡Shia¡ next time, I will tie Hajime and together with Shia¡¡±
Shia¡¯s shout was noticed by Hajime and Yue, and they returned to their senses. However, for now, they acted as though they didn¡¯t know either Shia or Tio, and not looked at them because Myuu had be dumbfounded.
Although Yue whispered something frightening, Hajime decided he didn¡¯t hear anything. But if he was worried about it, he would think of the possibility of the trap the next time he is with Yue. But he wanted to be pardoned from doing that.If it is Yue, such a thing¡ would not¡ happen, right? Surely, probably¡ it¡¯ll be safe even though there¡¯s a previous offense!Hajime tried to persuade himself.
Because from the distance,What¡¯s with thismotion!, the town guards could be seen everywhere, Hajime reluctantly dragged Shia and Tio by the scruff of their necks to get out of this ce. Every time they went to the town, gazes filled with envy and jealousy pierced Hajime who was surrounded by beautiful girls and beautiful woman¡ However, he didn¡¯t know why only this time he felt there were a lot of sympathetic gazes. Surely it¡¯s only his imagination.
* * *
Ignoring the gazes of the people, Hajime¡¯s party finally arrived at Hd branch Adventurer Guild. With Myuu on his shoulders just like before, Hajime opened the guild¡¯s door. Unlike the one in the other towns, the Hd branch¡¯s door was made of metal. The heavy sound became a signal that someone was entering the building.
It was the first time he came here, since thest time he was in town, he neither had business here nor did he had the time to go to the adventurer guild. The atmosphere inside Hd branch was just like an adventurer guild Hajime had expected from the beginning.
There were broken parts of the walls and floor which were roughly patched up. Mud and stains from something were here and there, giving an insanitary impression. The interior was just like the other branches where the counter was near the entrance with a restaurant on the left. However, unlike the other branches, alcohol was served here, and there were old men hanging around to drink during the daytime. There was also the second floor where Adventurer-like people were looking down by the handrails. The people in the second floor gave off the atmosphere of a strong group. He didn¡¯t know if it was an unspoken rule, but high-ranked Adventurers seemed to be on the second floor.
The atmosphere around the Adventurers was also different from the other towns. Everyone was ring at them, and there was none of the heartwarming atmospherepared to the one in Brook town. It could be said to be natural, because the Adventurers and Mercenaries were filled with spirit since these experts in battle and fighting demonic beasts would voluntarily enter the dungeon.
However, there was a tense atmosphere inside the guild and something seemed unusual. Something had obviously urred since the Adventurers had serious expressions.
At the moment Hajime¡¯s party entered the guild, the Adventurers turned their gazes towards them simultaneously. Their gazes were so sharp, that it felt like it would be able to prate through them which made Myuu, who was still riding on Hajime¡¯s shoulders, to shout, ¡°Eeek!,¡± and she quickly clung to Hajime¡¯s head. Because Hajime appeared with a little girl on his shoulders while being surrounded by pretty girls and a beautiful woman, the Adventurers began to let out their bloodlust which contained various meaning. Myuu trembled even more. She was put down from Hajime¡¯s shoulders, and was now held with his right hand. Myuu buried her head on Hajime¡¯s chest topletely shut herself out of the surroundings.
With a youthful vigor, rather the Adventurers were just intoxicated by their own vigor, some of them began to stand from their seats. ¡°Let¡¯s beat up this brat,¡± was what their gazes implied, with an outburst of anger to release their resentment came from guild wrapped in bizarre atmosphere, and it was obvious they disliked Hajime¡¯s party.
There was a possibility Hajime¡¯s party were clients¡ but these Adventurers seemed to have never thought of that. The talk would be after they beat him up or something like that, and those who thought so, stepped forward towards Hajime.
However, Hajime, who recently became Papa, was an overprotective one. Even though it was temporary, he could not remain silent if someone frightened his daughter. Veins had already popped up on Hajime¡¯s forehead and, contrary to his hand which was gently calming Myuu, his gaze was fierce.
Thus¡
BaaaANG!!
As if that sound could be heard, a dense, enormous, and fierce pressure mercilessly attacked the Adventurers aiming at Hajime¡¯s party. The bloodlust that previously came from the Adventurers was a childish tantrumpared to this. As if carrying physical force, too, the immature Adventurers immediately lost their consciousness while all of the standing Adventurers were re-seated without being given the time to tremble.
Even those who didn¡¯t lose their consciousness from Hajime¡¯s pressure, ¡°Pressure¡± and ¡°Magic Power Emission,¡± were desperately supporting their body and consciousness while most were trembling with pale faces, and with cold sweat.
After a moment that felt like an eternity, the pressure weakened. The Adventurers used that chance to frantically take a breath. Though there were those who identally pissed and vomited on themselves¡ Hajime was smirking to them while he spoke.
¡°Oi, to those aiming at us.¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡± !¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
The Adventurers were surprised and shaken by Hajime¡¯s voice. The gazes that timidly looked at Hajime had fear stuck in them as if they were looking at a monster. However, without caring about such a thing, Hajime demanded¡ ordered them.
¡°Laugh.¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±Eh?¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
The Adventurers were puzzled due to the situation, ignoring order. So, Hajime continued his words.
¡°Did you not hear me? I said,ugh. Smile. Appeal to her that there¡¯s nothing to be afraid of. Waves your hands, too. This child is frightened because of you. What will you do if she gets traumatized by it? Ah? Ah? So, amend for it.¡±
Then, don¡¯t bring such a young child here!, was what the Adventurers wanted to retort, but they could not since the other party was a monster. Because Hajime¡¯s sharp gaze pierced the puzzled them, they frantically tried to force a smile even though their cheeks were extremely stiff. Along with that, they began to wave their hands, too.
The appearance of the the fierce looking men with good body builds floating smile with cramped cheeks while lightly waving their hands, was truly surreal. However, without worrying about such things, Hajime nodded and whispered to Myuu whose face was buried in Hajime¡¯s chest.
Because of what he said, Myuu timidly raised her face, and her moistened eyes looked up to Hajime. Next, she slowly turned around while being urged by Hajime¡¯s gaze. Naturally, there were the fierce and trained people desperately trying to look friendly.
¡°Eeek!¡±
As expected, Myuu was still frightened and returned to Hajime¡¯s chest. Hajime frowned. With more piercing re at the Adventurers that said, ¡°Bastard, what¡¯s with this!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be unreasonable!,¡± was what the Adventurers rebutted in their minds, and they finally turned their gazes towards Yue and the others by Hajime¡¯s side to plead for help.
Receiving their gazes, ¡°Haa~,¡± Yue sighed deeply, approached Myuu, and whispered something to her ear simr to what Hajime had done earlier. Thus, Myuu once again timidly raised her face and looked at the Adventurers. The Adventurers panickedly tried to look friendly.
For a while, Myuu silently watched the Adventurers and, as if she understood something, she smiled and waved her small hand back. Because her smile and gesture were so lovely, the trained men inadvertently calmed down while forgetting the situation. Hajime was also satisfied, and once again carried Myuu on his shoulders. Then, he walked towards the counter as though he didn¡¯t have any more interest in the Adventurers.
The moment Hajime¡¯s party arrived before the counter, ignoring the crumbling sounds that rang out here and there, they told their purpose to the receptionist.
By the way, the receptionist, a girl, was a lovely one. A cheerful girl who was at least as old as Hajime. It seemed the usual temte was here. But most noticeable was the tension and big confusion that appeared on the attractive receptionist¡¯s expression.
¡°Is the branch head here? I have a letter from Fhuren branch head¡ but he said to personally hand it over.¡±
As he said so, Hajime presented his status te to the receptionist. Although she seemed to be filled with tension, the receptionist sat up and received the status te just like a pro.
¡°Th-Thank you. You can entrust it to me. E-excuse me, just what kind of request did the Fhuren¡¯s¡ branch head had?¡±
Normally, no mere adventurer would receive any request from a branch head, so the receptionist disyed a slightly dubious expression. However, her eyes opened wide when she saw the information disyed by Hajime¡¯s status te.
¡°G-¡°Gold¡± rank!?¡±
Among Adventurers, not even 10% of them were ¡°Gold¡± ranked. Thus, all of the guild personnel were told about the ¡°Gold¡± rank ones so they would be able to recognize them. Naturally, this receptionist also knew of all the ¡°Gold¡± ranked Adventurers. However, she unintentionally leaked a surprised voice because she didn¡¯t know about Hajime.
Her voice made the Adventurers, guild staff members, and everyone inside the guild building opened their eyes wide in surprise. And just like the receptionist, they stared at Hajime. The building interior became noisy.
The receptionist turned pale as she realized she just exposed an individual¡¯s information loudly. Thus, she began to bow at tremendous pace.
¡°I-I am sorry! I truly am sorry about it!¡±
¡°Ah~, no need for that. It¡¯s not like I mind it. So, can you convey this to the branch head now?¡±
¡°Y-Yes! Please wait for a moment!¡±
The receptionist who seemed as though she would continue to apologize if he didn¡¯t say anything made Hajime smile wryly. After the small battle in UI and the great rampage that annihted an underground organization in Fhuren, he thought it¡¯d already be toote to try to hide his identity.
The ¡°Gold¡± ranked adventurer boy who brought along a child and a harem of pretty girls as well as a beautiful woman made him gather attention inside the guild building. Nevertheless, Hajime¡¯s party gave off a clear attitude that it was the usual as they waited for the receptionist. Unustomed to being in the center of attention, Myuu felt ufortable, only to beforted by everyone in Hajime¡¯s party. Because the way Tioforted her was bad for Myuu¡¯s education, a p visited her cheek. Thus, it raised furthermotion, but was ignored as expected.
Before long, rather not even five minutes had passed, someone ran from inside the interior with loud footsteps. Hajime¡¯s party paid attention to the sound and wondered what happened. A boy d in ck jumped out from the passage behind the counter and skidded on the floor due to the momentum. As though he was looking for someone, the boy began to look around.
Hajime remembered the person. He was dumbfounded since he never thought he would meet him again in such a ce, and thus he muttered inadvertently.
¡°¡ Endou?¡±
Book 8. Chapter 5
Book 8. Chapter 5
To Aplish One¡¯s Obligation
¡°¡ Endou?¡±
Hajime¡¯s mutter made the ck-clothed boy, Endou Kousuke, respond with ¡°!,¡± a response simr to a certain cardboard-loving mercenary when an enemy appeared in a game. He kept looking around and began to shout as if he was irritated, because he could not find the one he was looking for.
¡°Nagumoo! Are you here!? Is it really you!? Where are you!? Nagumoo! Come out if you¡¯re alive! Nagumo Hajimee¡ª!¡±
Because his shout was too loud, one by one people began to shut their ears with their fingers. His voice was filled with desperation since he wanted to ascertain whether the should be dead ssmate of his had survived.
Yue and the girls turned their gazes towards Hajime. With an expression as if he didn¡¯t want to be involved in this, Hajime scratched his cheek and spoke towards Endou who repeatedly shouted his name out loud.
¡°Ah~, Endou? I can hear you just fine so stop repeatedly shouting my name.¡±
¡°!? Nagumo! Where are you!?¡±
Endou turned his face towards Hajime, reacting to Hajime¡¯s voice. Hajime was inadvertently taken aback because Endou looked so desperate.
For a moment, Endou¡¯s gaze met Hajime¡¯s, but he immediately averted his gaze and began to look around again.
¡°Damn it! I can¡¯t see him even though I can hear his voice! Is he a ghost now? As expected, he returned as a ghost!? So that¡¯s why I cannot see him!?¡±
¡°No, I am right in front of you, you big idiot. Rather, calm down already. You whose thinness shadow ranked the best in the whole world.¡±
¡°!? Again, his voice!? Wait, whose shadow did you say was so thin that even the convenience store¡¯s automatic door didn¡¯t react to it and disappears from time to time! The automatic door opened at least one of three tries!¡±
¡°So, it didn¡¯t open two times in three tries¡ as expected of you.¡±
After conversing that much, Endou finally noticed the source was the white-haired, eye-patched boy before him and he began to carefully observe Hajime¡¯s face. Towards Hajime, who averted his face since he felt unpleasant due to not having a hobby where he¡¯d be pleased from being watched by a man, Endou spoke as if he could not believe what he perceived.
¡°Y-You¡ are you¡ Nagumo?¡±
¡°Haa¡ yeah, that¡¯s right. Though I look like this now, I am Nagumo Hajime.¡±
As he carefully observed Hajime from head to toe, Endou became dubious because Hajime was quite different from the one in his memory, but he finally believed Hajime after looking at his features and how he knew about the thinness of his shadow.
¡°So¡ you are alive.¡±
¡°Of course, after all I am right before you now.¡±
¡°Somehow, no you havepletely changed¡ Your looks, atmosphere, and tone¡¡±
¡°I crawled up from that abyss with my own power, you know? So, of course, I¡¯ve changed.¡±
¡°I-Is that so? No, but, I see¡ You really are alive¡¡±
Although Endou was perplexed by Hajime¡¯s blunt attitude, his gaze softened as he was relieved that the ssmate he thought to be dead was alive. No matter how he envied him like the other boys because Kaori paid attention to Hajime, and how he pretended to not see Hiyama¡¯s gang bullying Hajime, nothing was more frightening than thinking Hajime had died. Hajime¡¯s death had such a great impact. That¡¯s why Endou was purely d his ssmate was alive.
¡°Rather¡ when did you be an Adventurer? Moreover, a ¡°Gold¡±¡¡±
¡°Nn~, well it just happened.¡±
After Hajime replied, Endou¡¯s expressionpletely changed. The relieved expression he had because his ssmate was alive, had changed into an expression as if he was in a pinch. Hajime looked at Endou again and he noticed Endou was in ragtag state. He tilted his head, wondering what had happened.
¡°¡ In other words, you came back alive from the depths of the dungeon by yourself, and became strong enough to gain the Adventurers¡¯ highest rank? That¡¯s rather unbelievable¡¡±
¡°Well, that¡¯s true though.¡±
After Hajime confirmed what Endou said with a serious expression as the truth, Endou sprang up towards Hajime and gripped his shoulders, and in a voice filled with more desperation than before, he began to speak in sorrow.
¡°Then, please! Please enter the dungeon with me! We must hurry or else everyone will be dead! We need someone with battle potential even if it is just one person! There¡¯s also the possibility that Kentarou and Kondou have died! That¡¯s why please help us, Nagumo!¡±
¡°W-Wait a sec. What¡¯s with you all of a sudden!? I don¡¯t know the situation, you know? So what¡¯s with the dead thing? And can¡¯t Amanogawa somehow do something about it? There¡¯s also Commander Meld, so there¡¯s no need to worry about another failure like when we faced the Behemoth¡¡±
Hajime perplexedly asked back because even though he usually didn¡¯t stand, out Endou wore an expression as if he was truly at his wits¡¯ end. And at the moment Endou heard Commander Meld name, he fell to his knees with a truly dark expression. Next, he muttered with a low, subdued voice.
¡°¡ ¨Cad.¡±
¡°Hah? I can¡¯t hear you. So, what did you say?¡±
¡°¡ I said they are dead! Commander Meld, n-san, and the other Knights are dead! All of the Knights who entered the dungeon are dead! They died to let me escape! Because of me! They are dead! They died!¡±
¡°¡ I see.¡±
¡°They died,¡± Endou said repeatedly like a child throwing a tantrum, and Hajime only replied with two words.
Hajime¡¯s ss was not a fighting one, so he didn¡¯t have much encounter with Commander Meld. However, he remembered that Commander Meld was a good person, and he recalled that Commander Meld believed the ¡°ipetent¡± him before Hajime fell into the abyss. If it was Hajime who just got out of the abyss and heard of Meld¡¯s death, he would have probably just said, ¡°So what?¡± However, the current him thought it was little regrettable. At the very least, he prayed for their happiness in the next world in his mind.
¡°So, what happened?¡±
¡°That¡¯s¡¡±
Still on his knees, Endou tried to exin the situation to answer Hajime¡¯s question, while he hung his head. However, a hoarse voice interrupted him.
¡°Please continue your conversation inside. After all, you are my guests.¡±
The owner of the voice was a powerful man with a good body build, and had arge scar on his left eye who was around 60 years of age. It was obvious his eye had the ability to perceive the situation, polished for years, and ambition was overflowing from his body.
With the previous receptionist by the man¡¯s side, Hajime guessed the man must be the head of this guild branch. And because Endou¡¯s wails and shouts made the guild atmosphere returned to one of high tension simr to the time Hajime¡¯s party entered the hall, he thought this was not an appropriate ce to have such a talk, and obediently followed the man.
Endou had probably already made such amotion earlier, and exposed that something had happened to the Hero¡¯s group and the Knights. And that was the cause of the strange atmosphere when Hajime¡¯s party entered the guild.
The man Hajime thought of as the branch head grab Endou¡¯s arm to force him to stand up and lead them to the guild interior without saying anything. Endou was considerably emotionally unstable, and currently had lost all of his strength.
Because the content would not be something pleasant, Hajime¡¯s party moved after the man while expecting the unpleasant.
* * *
¡°¡ Demon¡ race, huh.¡±
Hajime¡¯s mutter rang out inside the reception room of Hd branch Adventurer guild. Seated on the sofa before him were the Hd branch¡¯s head, Lorr Vauabith, and Endou Kousuke, and seated beside Hajime were Yue, Shia with Tio at Shia¡¯s side. Myuu was sitting on Hajime¡¯sp.
Hajime¡¯s first response after hearing the situation from Endou was something Endou had said during his exnation. The talk of how the Hero¡¯s party was attacked by the demon race and was in pinch, made Endou and Lorr¡¯s put on serious expressions, and the room was filled with an oppressive atmosphere.
¡Or so it should be, but the little girl sitting on Hajime¡¯sp was munching on the snacks, and it made her cheeks swell up like a squirrel, so she didn¡¯t even notice the serious atmosphere. The conversation between Hajime and the others was slightly difficult for Myuu, and she could feel the uneasy atmosphere. However, Hajime gave her a snack so to divert her attention from being uneasy.
¡°More importantly! What¡¯s with that!? Who¡¯s that child!? Why is she eating the cake!? Doesn¡¯t she understand the situation!? Everyone might have be dead, you know!¡±
¡°Eeek!? Papa!¡±
Unable to endure Myuu¡¯s existence, who destroyed the mood in the room, Endou stood up and said with an angry voice while pointing at her. Surprised, Myuu raised a small scream and clung to Hajime.
Naturally, bloodlust far above an ordinary person could emit, overflowed from Hajime. Papa would not forgive his daughter¡¯s enemy.
¡°Bastard¡ Who are you to snarl at Myuu, ah? AH? Should I kill you?¡±
¡°Eeek!?¡±
Screaming just like Myuu, Endou dropped into the sofa. Because of what Hajime said, ¡°¡Really, Hajime ispletely a Papa now,¡± or ¡°Before, Hajime-san casually said ¡°our child¡±, right~,¡± or ¡°In the end, this one wonders whether Master will be able to separate from this child once we arrive at Elizen~,¡± could be heard only to be ignored by him. It was more important for him to calm the frightened Myuu.
While Hajime calming Myuu down, he leered at trembling Endou trembling after he had copsed into the sofa. Lorr entered the conversation with an amazed expression.
¡°How then, Hajime. I have roughly understood your situation from Ilwa¡¯s letter. You¡¯ve quite the rampage, haven¡¯t you?¡±
¡°Well, all of them were just the course of events.¡±
Although they were not situations that normally appeared as the course of events, Hajime who shrugged his shoulders as though nothing big had happened, made Lorr curve the edge of his lips, finding it amusing.
¡°From the letter, with the eptance of you as ¡°Gold¡± rank, it was written that you want to be amodated in the best possible way. I¡¯ve roughly understood the situation¡ but to annihte around 60,000 demonic beasts with just a handful of people, and decimate the underground organization based in Fhuren in just half a day¡ that is something unbelievable. But for Ilwa to purposely tell me this through a letter¡ I won¡¯t think it is strange if someone said you are actually one of the Demon Lords now.¡±
Lorr¡¯s words made Endou opened his eyes wide to show how surprised he was. Even though he thought Hajime must¡¯ve gotten stronger since he had escaped from the depths of ?Orcus Great Dungeon?, he thought Hajime was still weaker than himself.
After all, Hajime¡¯s ss was ¡°Transmutation Master,¡± which was a non-fighting ss, and he was also called as ¡°ipetent.¡± Even if someone said he was ¡°Gold¡± rank, it was just the standard of being an Adventurer in this different world, and couldn¡¯t bepared to those summoned here. That¡¯s why he thought, at the very least, Hajime should be able to repair the destroyed teleportation circle and be his support in battle.
To begin with, Endou came to the Adventurers¡¯ guild to ask high ranked Adventurers to help him in rescuing Kouki¡¯s party. Surely even if he could not take them to the dungeon depth, they would at least be able to protect the area around the teleportation circle. And though there were also stationed knights, they would not do anything before they reported this to the Kingdom, and their level was so low that at most they could do was protect the teleportation circle on 30th floor. He needed Adventurers with at least ¡°Silver¡± rank to protect the 70th floor¡¯s teleportation circle.
He entered the Adventurer guild with such thoughts and grandly exposed the current situation to those in second floor. He thought he could ask for the Adventurers¡¯ cooperation, for heroes, who were the humanity¡¯s hope, fell into such a predicament along with the annihtion of the Elite Knights. However, in addition to the unexpected request to protect 70th floor¡¯s teleportation circle, made everyone avert their gazes and at the same time, uneasiness about what would happen to the humanity spreaded.
Noticing themotion, Loor grabbed Endou by the scruff of his neck and dragged him inside to question him, when the receptionist ran inside with Hajime¡¯s status te.
As such, Endou noticed he had underestimated Hajime¡¯s ability and the possibility that Hajime was even more powerful than him made, Endou astonished when hepared the current and past Hajime.
Even though Endou was stiffened due to the shock, Lorr and Hajime¡¯s talk kept advancing.
¡°Please don¡¯t say such a stupid thing¡ How could you think we are as weak as the Demon Lords?¡±
¡°Hmm, so even Demon Lords are small fries, huh? What confidence¡ But, if that¡¯s the truth, I want you to receive amission with Hd branch Adventurer guild¡¯s head as the referral.¡±
¡°¡ Rescuing the heroes, right?¡±
Endou returned to his senses when he heard the word rescue. Next, he leaned forward and spoke to Hajime.
¡°Th-That¡¯s it! Nagumo! Come with me and help them! If you are that strong, we can surely save everyone!¡±
¡°¡¡±
Although Endou¡¯s eyes shined because he could see the hope, but Hajime¡¯s reaction was an unfavorable one. He was looking at the distance as though he was thinking of something. Endou naturally had thought Hajime would surely help him to rescue the others, so he was perplexed because there was no prompt answer.
¡°What¡¯s with you!? Even now, they might be dying, you know! Don¡¯t hesitate! Aren¡¯t werades!?¡±
¡°¡ Comrades?¡±
Hajime, who averted his gaze earlier while thinking of something, was once again looking back at the heated up Endou with a cold expression. Endou instinctively backed away due to the coldness in Hajime¡¯s eyes. He hesitated after recalling Hajime¡¯s earlier bloodlust, but he obstinately answered because Hajime was a valuable force that could not be missed.
¡°Y-Yeah. We arerades! So it¡¯s natural to he¡ª¡¡±
¡°Don¡¯t selfishly make me yourrade. Frankly, I only recognize you as nothing but a human ¡®from the same world,¡¯ no more, no less. You are no different than the others.¡±
¡°Wh¡ª!? Why¡ why did you say that¡¡±
Hajime¡¯s unexpectedly cold words and leer made Endou confused. Hajime resumed thinking, in other words, he thought of the demerits from rescuing Kouki¡¯s party.
Just as Hajime said, he recognized the ssmates as nothing more than acquaintances. Until now, he neither thought of using his power to return to the way he was in the past, nor revenge. He was truly disinterested and thought them as trivial things.
However, he could not just bluntly answer with a ¡°NO.¡± As for the reason, he connected that answer to the words Aiko said, ¡°lonely way of life.¡±
Furthermore, Hajime recalled the conversation under the moonlight. Having been called ¡°ipetent¡± and ¡°weakest¡± in this different world, there was the girl who said to Hajime, ¡°I will protect Nagumo-kun.¡± In the end, Hajime was reckless and disappeared as he fell into the abyss, just like what the girl was uneasy about. She had promised ¡°to protect him¡± to remove her uneasiness, but that promise could not be aplished. And somehow, Hajime had frequently recalled the time he was about to fall into the abyss and the girl who outstretched her hand with bitter expression after returning to this town.
¡°Shirasaki¡ is she safe?¡±
Hajime muttered and asked the confused Endou. Letting out, ¡°Eh?,¡± a dubious voice because of the sudden question, Endou panickedly began to speak about Kaori since he thought Hajime would not cooperate if he didn¡¯t say anything.
¡°Y-Yeah. Shirasaki-san is safe. Rather, we would not have survived if not for her. Jyuugo and Yaegashi-san were dying from the first attack¡ but Shirasaki-san was truly amazing. Her healing magic was unbelievable, rather¡ she turned ghastly since the day you fell, you know? She trained so hard, so much that we wanted to stop her¡ and her aura also changed? She somehow looked mature as though she was always thinking of something, and the fluffy atmosphere around her had disappeared¡¡±
¡°¡ I see.¡±
Hajime only replied as such to the Endou who frantically talked even about the unnecessary things. Thus, Hajime looked at his precious partner who watched him as he scratched his head.
¡°¡ If it¡¯s something Hajime wants to do, I¡¯ll follow you to wherever it is.¡±
¡°¡ Yue.¡±
With affectionate gaze, Yue said so and quietly grasped Hajime¡¯s hand. Hajime returned her grasp, watched her gently, and thanked her.
¡°M-Me too! I¡¯ll follow Hajime-san to wherever it is! Hajime-san!¡±
¡°Hmph, of course this one will, too. Master.¡± ¡°Umm, umm, that¡¯s, Myuu, too!¡±
Because Hajime and Yue began to create their own world, Shia and Tio panicky asserted. Although she didn¡¯t understand it well, Myuu clung and insisted so because she didn¡¯t want to be left behind.
Before them, Endou said, ¡°Eh? What¡¯s with this harem¡,¡± with an amazed expression to which Hajime responded with a leer, while telling hisrades what he wanted to do.
¡°Everyone, thank you. Although I don¡¯t want to purposely make connection between us and the God chosen Heroes¡ I have someone I¡¯m indebted to. That¡¯s why, I thought to at least help. Well, if it¡¯s them then they might be able to do something themselves.¡±
Hajime¡¯s real intention was not to help Kouki¡¯s party. He didn¡¯t want to purposely approach either the Heroes or the Mad God who chose them.
However, he thought to at least show his face to Kaori who pushed herself to find him. In addition, he¡¯d help her if she was truly in a pinch. In other words, he had an obligation to Kaori who wanted to protect him and still believed his survival even now.
He didn¡¯t even worry about the risk involved. He had fought the four-eyed wolf in Endou¡¯s story, and the Chimeras¡¯ strength should be below tenth floor of Abyss dungeon, so there was no problem at all.
¡°E-Excuse me, so, will you go with him?¡±
¡°Ah, branch head Lorr. For now, I also want to request something from you¡¡±
¡°You don¡¯t want to be seen unconditionally helping them by the ones above, right?¡±
¡°Yes. There¡¯s one more thing. I want you lend me a room for Myuu until we return.¡±
¡°Ah, I don¡¯t mind.¡±
Resultantly, Endou who breathed a sigh of relief because Hajime woulde with him, was ignored while Hajime continued his conversation with Lorr.
As expected, he could not just take a child into the depth of the dungeon, so he entrusted Myuu to the guild. Although Myuu fiercely resisted, somehow everyone was able to calm her down, and Tio was entrusted with baby-sitting and guarding her. Finally, Hajime¡¯s party were able to depart with Endou as their guide.
¡°Oi, guide us quickly, Endou.¡±
¡°Uwah, don¡¯t kick my butt! Rather, you are changing too much!¡±
¡°How noisy. As for the time, a day¡ No, let¡¯s end this in half a day. Though reluctant, we left Myuu behind, so we need to return quickly. I¡¯m also worried because she¡¯s with that pervert.¡±
¡°¡You, so you really are her father¡ To create a harem of beautiful girls¡ just what has happened to turn that Nagumo into this¡¡±
While dashing towards the depth of the dungeon, Endou muttered, trying toprehend something from Hajime¡¯s attitude and the surroundings. With such powerful help, Endou¡¯s mind regained someposure. If he had the time to talk, he wanted to use it to run faster since he had confidence in his high agility, but it had been smashed to pieces. In addition, Endou was praying for his best friends¡¯ safety.
Book 8. Chapter 6
Book 8. Chapter 6
The Hero¡¯s Defeat
¡°Uh¡¡±
¡°Suzu-chan!¡±
¡°Suzu!¡±
With Suzu raising a groan and slowly opening her eyes, Kaori and Eri who were always beside her, called Suzu¡¯s name with anxious voices mixed with relief. Suzu spaced out for a while with only her gaze moving around, and finally opened her mouth.
¡°I-I don¡¯t know this ceiling~.¡±
¡°Suzu, I know you like acting, but wouldn¡¯t it be better if you didn¡¯t say something like that at time like this?¡±
She should be thirsty. However, Suzu desperately said so with hoarse voice, which made Shizuku retorted in a half-amazed, half-praising tone when she heard her. Afterwards, Suzu moistened her throat using the water from the leather sk by her side.
With lovely sound of gulping, Suzu, who sated her thirst, said, ¡°I¡¯m revived! Literally!,¡± words that couldn¡¯t be taken as a joke, and she tried her best to stand up with Kaori and Eri supporting her. The ss¡¯s moodmaker who regained her consciousness from a critical condition, radiated a cheerful atmosphere which made the ssmates who had been depressed until now show smiles.
However, the bright atmosphere was very contrary to Suzu¡¯splexion. She was exhausted and suffered blood loss. With a pale face and thin lines below her eyes just like a bear¡¯s, her smile looked miserable. Some parts of her body were pierced, but it was unmistakably her ¡°strength¡± to be able to smile as soon as she got up. Shizuku and Kaori watched her with respect.
¡°Suzu-chan. It¡¯s okay for you to rest some more. After all, your blood shouldn¡¯t have been replenished yet, even if your wounds have recovered¡¡±
¡°U~n, so that¡¯s why I feel dizzy~. That bastard~, to pierce the beautiful Suzu¡ even though, ¡°Can I prate you now?,¡± is better to be said in bed!¡±
¡°Suzu! That¡¯s vulgar! Be more prudent!¡±
Suzu said while hatefully gazing at empty space, and Eri scolded Suzu with flushed cheeks. Some of the male students inadvertently, ¡°Bff!?,¡± but averted their gazes due to Shizuku¡¯s re.
¡°Suzu, thank God you woke up. We were worried, you know?¡±
¡°Yo, are you really okay? Isn¡¯t your facepletely pale?¡±
Because Suzu suddenly caused amotion after she woke up, Kouki and Ryuutarou approached her. While being weakened for a period of time as an effect from using ¡°Limit Break,¡± Kouki became depressed because they were severely beaten. However, he seemed to have recovered somehow since a moderate amount of time had passed after they had retreated and hid where they currently were.
¡°Morning~, Kouki-kun, Ryuutarou-kun! Looks like we somehow got away, huh? Umm, is everyone saf¡ª¡ Wait, one is missing¡¡±
¡°Yeah, it¡¯s Endou. He retreated ahead alone. We think he should be able to break through the floors alone by hiding himself¡¡±
After greeting Kouki and Ryuutarou with a smile, Suzu noticed one person was missing from the surrounding ssmates. Suzu had lost her consciousness in the midst of battle, so Kouki and the others answered her doubt while they exined the current situation.
Incidentally, Kondou and Saitou had been de-petrified, woke up earlier than Suzu, and had already been debriefed of the situation.
¡°I see, looks like a lot of time had passed since Suzu fainted¡ Ah, that¡¯s right. Kaorin, thanks! Kaorin has be Suzu¡¯s life benefactor!¡±
¡°Suzu-chan, it¡¯s my duty to heal everyone. So don¡¯t exaggerate it by calling me your life benefactor because it was a natural thing for me to do.¡±
¡°Heh~, even stoic Kaorin is wonderful! Shall we get married?¡±
¡°Suzu¡ it¡¯s eerie if you say that with pale face. For now, shouldn¡¯t you rest some more?¡±
Suzu was scolded by Eri while she was clinging to Kaori. If she over did it, Shizuku would physically stop her. It was the usual way of things. Even the ssmates who wondered whether they¡¯d be able to survive and return to surface again, gradually regained theirposure thanks to Suzu and the girls¡¯ conversation that didn¡¯t mind their defeat.
However, the atmosphere which was starting to turn bright was douse with water by a person who always ruin the ambience.
¡°¡What are you grinning about? We almost died, you know? Moreover, our situation hasn¡¯t changed even now! Think of how we can get out of here if you have time to joke around!¡±
The one who shouted while ring at Suzu was Kondou Reiichi. And though he didn¡¯t express it, Saitou Yoshiki by his side also watched her with criticizing gaze.
¡°Oi, Kondou. Can you not say such a thing? Suzu only did this to change the moo¡ª¡¡±
¡°Shut up! It¡¯s not like you can say anything to me! After all, you lost! I almost died! Shit! What a Hero you are!¡±
Although Kouki tried to admonish Kondou due to his remark, Kondou suddenly burst like fire that got poured with oil and began to criticize Kouki.
¡°Bastard¡ Thanks to whom do you think we could retreat, huh? We could do that because Kouki opened a path for us!¡±
¡°To begin with, there¡¯s no need for us to retreat if he wins! More importantly, we obviously had our chance. It would have been all right for us to receive the invitation from Demon Race and defeat themter! But, you selfishly started the fight! Everything is your fault! This is your responsibility!¡±
This time, Ryuutarou began to admonish such a Kondou. Kondou stood up and confronted Ryuurarou. Sympathizing with Kondou, Saitou and Nakano also stood up and faced Ryuutarou.
¡°Ryuutarou, I am okay¡ I¡¯ll ept my responsibility, Kondou. We won¡¯t lose this time! We already understood the characteristics of the demonic beasts, and we won¡¯t get attacked by surprise again. So, we will absolutely win this time!¡±
Although Kouki made a gesture where he sped his clenched fist, Saitou muttered with darkened eyes.
¡°¡ But, you could not win even with ¡°Limit Break.¡±
¡°Th-That¡¯s¡ i-it¡¯ll be okay now!¡±
¡°Why?¡±
¡°I¡¯ll use ¡°Divine Might¡± and attack the Demon Race woman from the beginning. That¡¯s why, if everyone could cover me¡¡±
¡°But, won¡¯t she know a troublesome attack ising with such a long chant? Even our enemies will have their own ns, right? Besides, we don¡¯t know if those were all of the demonic beasts she has.¡±
Even if Kouki said it¡¯d be okay, Kondou and gangined while beginning to doubt Kouki¡¯s ability, and were looking at him with doubtful eyes. With this, even though Kouki could not help but take responsibility to make sure they win. They would not calm down because of the fact that they had almost died as a result of the enemies¡¯ unbelievable strength and number.
The main cause for them to heat up were because Ryuutarou had a low angry point while Kondou and gang were being belligerent by objecting constantly. Gradually, Ayako, Yoshino, and Nomura tried to stop their quarrel, but a dangerous mood began to drift around.
As such, Ryuutarou began to ready his fists while Kondou readied his spear. Tension immediately filled their location. Kouki shouted,Ryuutarou!, and grip his shoulder to stop him. However, Ryuutarou could not be stopped and veins popped on his head while ring at Kondou. Even Kondou and gang were partly obstinate about it.
¡°Everyone, please calm down! No matter what you say, we can only bet on Kouki to survive! We must defeat the Demon Race woman even if Kouki was at the time limit of his ¡°Limit Break.¡± We can only do that since she won¡¯t let us escape. You understand that, right?¡±
Shizuku entered between them and frantically tried to persuade them to calm down, but it didn¡¯t work either. Swaying while standing, Suzu seemed to not want to hear what Kondou said even if he apologized. Finally, Kaori thought she needed to restrain everyone and began to prepare her restraining magic¡ when they heard something.
¡°Grrrrr¡¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡± !?¡±¡±¡±¡±
A growl. A growl so familiar, so low that came from the bottom of abdomen. The appearances of Chimeras and the four-red-eyed wolves crossed their minds. The dangerous mood immediately dissipated and everyone stiffened. Even the smallest breathing seemed to resound, and their breathing became smaller. Their gazes turned towards the passage camouged as a wall before them.
Whoosh! Fwiiish, Whooosh! Fwuuush!
Sounds of scratching and rough nasal breathing could be heard from the wall. Someone was gulping. Even trace of their smells should¡¯ve been erased by Endou, so the demonic beasts shouldn¡¯t be able to perceive that Kouki¡¯s party were inside no matter how strong they were. Even though they thought so, they were tensed and unpleasant sweats flowed.
Some time was still needed before theypletely recovered. Suzu was not in condition to fight, Kaori and Ayako had used too much magic to heal the others and had hardly recovered. The vanguard group were almost fully recovered, but the magic users in the rear group only had recovered half of their magic power. The healing potions they had also been exhausted, so they still need to wait for sometimes to recover at the earliest.
They could not overlook the holes in terms of roles created by Kaori and Ayako as the healers and the barrier user, Suzu. That¡¯s why Kouki¡¯s party were hoping they would not be found out now as they watched the wall separating the outside and the hidden room.
The demonic beasts wandered outside for a while, but their presences gradually began to fade before long. Thus, silence returned once again. Even so, everyone was standing still for a while, and breathed great sighs of relief when they knew the demonic beasts hadpletely disappeared; some of them crumpled on the spot. The extreme tension made their sweats overflow like a flood.
¡°¡We¡¯ll be found out if we keep making amotion. That¡¯s why, please just calm down and recover for now.¡±
¡°Y-Yeah¡¡±
¡°Y-You are right¡¡±
Shizuku wiped the sweat off her cheek which fell and created weirddrippingsound. Kondou and the others replied while stammering and withdrew their arms. It was as though they got doused by cold water.
Having thought the crisis was through, everyone rxed¡ and at that moment,
¡°ROOOOOOARRRRR!!!¡±
BOOOM!!!
The wall separating the hidden room and the outside was crushed to pieces along with a tremendous roar.
¡°Uwah!?¡±
¡°Kyaaaa!!¡±
The wall¡¯s fragments were blown like bullets due to the impact into the hidden room, and hit Kondou and Yoshino who were in its trajectory. The two spontaneously fell t on their butts as they raised screams.
In the next moment, before the dumbfounded Kouki¡¯s party were the iing blurred spaces whom they still didn¡¯t want to meet.
¡°Prepare to fight!¡±
¡°Damn it! How did they find us!¡±
While ordering so, Kouki immediately drew and shed the Chimeras with the Holy Sword. They didn¡¯t move because they would lose sight of the enemies if they distanced themselves from them. As he cursed, Ryuutarou positioned himself before the passage connected to the outside, and tried to prevent the demonic beasts from invading any more than this.
However,
¡°RooOOoAR!!¡± ¡°GROooWL!!¡±
A Brutal-look-alike immediately hurled its steel-like body like a cannonball into the room. Thus, it grappled into Ryuutarou with tremendous momentum and pushed him down.
Using that chance, tens of ck cats dashed into the room and immediately fired tens of tentacles. Fired like a barrage, they mercilessly attacked Kondou and the others who remained on their spots. And though Kondou and the others immediately readied their weapons, the tentacles were too much in number and would skewer them as-is. ?????????? ??
¡°¡ª¡ª¡±Heaven Interruption¡±!¡± ¡°¡ª¡ª¡±Heaven Interruption¡±!¡±
15 shields of light ntly appeared in the space before Kondou and the others and managed to deviate the trajectories of the attacks. To be capable of activating the shields even with such short chants would make anyone marveled. Ten of the shields were Suzu¡¯s, while the other five were Kaori¡¯s.
However, even though they immediately cast them, Suzu¡¯s physical condition was still in a bad shape while Kaori¡¯s magic power was still exhausted. Those facts affected the strenght of the shields.
Whiiiish! Fwooosh! Whiiiish! Fwooosh! Whiiiish! Fwooosh!
They should¡¯ve been able to change the trajectories and endure the impact, but vigorous attacks from the tentacles broke the shields one after another. Thus, several of the tentacles¡¯ trajectories could not be changed by the crushed shields and attacked Nakano and Saitou. The two immediately bend their bodies. Since both were in the rear group, their physical strength weren¡¯t that high. Because of that, even though they avoided mortal wound, Nakano shoulder and Saitou¡¯s thigh were gouged, and they raised screams as they were thrown to the ground.
¡°Shinji! Yoshiki! Shit! Daisuke, help them!¡±
¡°¡ Ah, of course.¡±
Always brooding over something since they escaped into the hidden room, Hiyama did not pay much attention to what Kondou said. However, the situation didn¡¯t let him say anything otherwise, so he dragged the wounded Nakano and Saitou towards Suzu¡¯s side. Even though her physical condition was not good, the area around Suzu, whose magic power still had a lot remaining, was the safest. Besides, they would be easily healed by Kaori at Suzu¡¯s side.
¡°Kuh, Kouki! Use ¡°Limit Break¡± and get outside! We will do something about these guys inside this room!¡±
¡°But, Suzu and the others cannot move¡¡±
¡°We will face them as-is! Please! Break through them and kill the Demon Race woman!¡±
¡°Kouki! Leave this ce to us! I absolutely won¡¯t let them die!¡±
¡°¡Okay! I will leave this ce to you! ¡°Limit Break¡±!¡±
After thinking about Shizuku and Ryuutarou¡¯s words for a moment, he thought it was certainly the only way to break through this situation. With a resolute expression, Kouki activated ¡°Limit Break¡± for the second time today. The reason ¡°Limit Break¡± must not be used for more than once a day was because it put considerable burden into the body. That¡¯s why, ¡°Limit Break¡± which usually had an eight minute limit, but it might be shorter now. Expecting that, Kouki would ignore the others and only concentrate on defeating the Demon Race woman, he went out of the hidden room.
Going out of the room into the huge octagonal room, before Kouki¡¯s eyes were arge amount of demonic beasts. And within the stationary demonic beasts stood the Demon Race woman looking at him with cold eyes, and a white crow on her shoulder. The inside of Kouki¡¯s mind was boiling with a sense of mission to save hisrades and anger that they were put into such a predicament. Thus, he red straight at the Demon Race woman.
¡°Hmph, you made me waste too much time. I also have other missions too¡¡±
¡°Shut up! I will surely defeat you! Prepare yourself!¡±
Dering so, Kouki used short chant, and magic power was immediately sent into the Holy Sword. ¡°Divine Might¡± would normally reach the Demon Race woman, but even so, he used the chant omission version of ¡°Divine Might¡± since he believed it would be able to open a path for him.
However, the Demon Race woman showed a smile before the Holy Sword, whose radiance increased, and she ordered the Brutal-look-alike standing by near her to drag something from the back.
Kouki put a dubious expression at first which then turned into an aghast expression when he saw that ¡°something.¡± He instinctively lowered the Holy Sword with eyes wide opened and called his name with a trembling voice.
¡°¡ M-Meld-san?¡±
That¡¯s right, there was the dying Meld whose limbs were crushed and whole body drenched in blood being dragged by the Brutal-look-alike by the scruff of his neck. With a nce, his whole body was limp and seemed to have died, but sometimes small groans arose and demonstrated that he was alive.
¡°Y-You! Let go of Meld-san¡ª!?¡±
Kouki was enraged because of Meld¡¯s state, and in a split moment, he tried to rush towards the Demon Race woman, losing himself. Suddenly, a huge shadow shrouded over Kouki as though it had been waiting for such exquisite timing.Hah, before Kouki noticed it and turned his gaze, there was the spectacle¡¯s wall-like fist approaching him with tremendous momentum that made even the air exploded.
BaAAaaM!!!
Although Kouki spontaneously used his left arm to guard, the fist swung with tremendous force easily crushed his guard, and Kouki¡¯s left arm and body received a powerful impact. Kouki flew towards a wall and crashed into it with tremendous speed iparable to being run over by a dump truck. The wall behind him was crushed radically by the impact.
¡°GaaAH!¡±
Because of the impact he had taken, Kouki air was released from his lungs, and he slipped down from the wall, in all fours. Kouki desperately tried to support his body using his healthy right arm, but a lot of blood flowed from his mouth. The earlier attack had most likely damaged his organs. He might have died instantly if it wasn¡¯t for the skill derived from ¡°Physical Resistance,¡± ¡°Mitigation of Impact.¡±
In addition, because of a concussion to his head, he desperately tried to understand the situation even with an unfocused gaze. Then, he saw it. A three meter, huge demonic beast was in the location where Kouki was before, with its fist thrusted.
It had a horse-like head where fangs grew, four thick heavy arms growing from its muscr body, and its lower half was that of a monstrous gori. ring at Kouki with bloodshot eyes, steam gushed out from the long horse-like mouth every time it breathed. Its atmosphere was obviously different from the demonic beasts he had faced until now.
The horsehead withdrew its fist and immediately rushed out while firing a dense bloodlust to the still unable-to-stand Kouki mercilessly. Jumping only a little away from the ce where Kouki was crouching, it swung its fist down with tremendous momentum towards Kouki. Because of the warning from his instincts, Koukiid on the ground and rolled over, desperately getting out of his location.
KABOOOM!!!
Immediately, the horsehead¡¯s fist pierced the ground and at the same time, a reddish ck ripple extended on the ground along with a roar. The destruction was just like an explosion. This was the horsehead¡¯s peculiar magic, ¡°Magic Shock Wave.¡± It was an ability to convert magic power into a shockwave. However, as simple as it might be, it was an immensely powerful peculiar magic.
Due to the skill derived from ¡°Physical Resistance,¡± ¡°Recovery Rate Increased,¡± Kouki somehow recovered from his head concussion. He desperately stood up and readied the Holy Sword. At that time, the horsehead had already approached before him and swung its fist once again.
With a crushed left arm, Kouki used Holy Sword as a shield and the impact received by his right arm blew him away again. Afterwards, even though Kouki managed to avoid a mortal wound, the four arms sent out ¡°Magic Shock Wave¡± with all of their might, and he, whose movement had slowed down due to the damage from the first impact, couldn¡¯t counter attack at all.
¡°Kuuu! What¡¯s with this thing¡¯s strength! Even though I should be strengthened by ¡°Limit Break¡±!¡±
¡°RUUUUAAAA!!¡±
With pained expression, Kouki was frustrated because the horsehead demonic beast could overpower him who was under ¡°Limit Break,¡± and he went for a counterattack, prepared for damages while thinking he couldn¡¯t let it continue.
However¡
THUD!
¡°Kh!?¡±
Right before he began, the limit of Kouki¡¯s ¡°Limit Break¡± had arrived, and power suddenly left him. Because he used it twice in such a short time, he was attacked by powerlessness iparable to what he felt earlier, and he fell on his knee with no power entering his legs.
The horsehead didn¡¯t miss that chance. With him suddenly losing his power and bnce, Kouki was in a hopeless situation as the horsehead¡¯s fist,bam!, hit his abdomen with a sound of impact.
¡°GAaAH!¡±
Splurting blood, Kouki¡¯s body was made into ? shape, blown away, and crashed into the wall once again. Being weakened thanks to the side effect of ¡°Limit Break,¡± Kouki¡¯s consciousness was drifting away. Being mortally injured, he fell down without even twitching. Rather, it was strange for him not to die instantly in his current state. Perhaps the horsehead was taking it easy so he wouldn¡¯t.
The horsehead approached Kouki and lifted him by grabbing the back of his neck. The unconscious andpletely powerless Kouki was hung by the horsehead to show his state to the Demon Race woman. The Demon Race woman nodded in satisfaction and ordered the demonic beasts that rushed into the hidden room to withdraw.
After a while, Shizuku and the others went out with full caution.Their expressions were dyed in despair when they saw the powerless Kouki being lifted by the huge horse-headed demonic beast they had never seen before.
Book 8. Chapter 7
Book 8. Chapter 7
Apanied By A Red Thunder
¡°It¡¯s a lie¡ right? How can Kouki¡ lose?¡±
¡°N-No way¡¡±
¡°N-No¡ w-why¡¡±
Coming out from the hidden room, Kouki¡¯srades were bewildered in seeing him being hung, and they uttered incoherent words. Even Shizuku, Kaori, and Suzu were speechless. Towards the ssmates who had lost their fighting spirit, the Demon Race woman spoke with a cold attitude.
¡°Hmm, it looks like I¡¯ll be able to catch you guys easily. I¡ have underestimated you brats, but it looks like it¡¯ll work out just fine.¡±
With a pale expression, Shizuku asked the Demon Race woman with courageous tone.
¡°¡ What did you do?¡±
¡°Nn? It¡¯s this, you know this.¡±
After replying to the question, the Demon Race woman turned her gaze towards Commander Meld who was gripped by a Brutal-look-alike even now. Following her gaze, Shizuku came to understand the moment she saw the dying Commander Meld. Commander Meld was used to divert Kouki¡¯s attention. If his acquaintance was caught and was dying, Kouki would surely react to it. Furthermore, he would¡¯ve considerably lost hisposure.
The Demon Race woman had most likely to understood Kouki¡¯s straight forward character from their previous fight. Thus, using Chimera¡¯s peculiar ability, she hid a strong demonic beast who aimed at the moment Kouki jumped in anger.
¡°¡ So? What do you want from us? You must want something since you¡¯re purposely letting us live and started to converse with us, right?¡±
¡°Ah, as expected, you¡¯re the one who can understand situation the best. What, it¡¯s not such a special conversation. When I saw you guys earlier, I thought to once again invite you guys. Look, before, it was this Hero-kun who selfishly decided everything, right? And, there are also excellent people among you, so I want ask you again. So? What do you think?¡±
Some people reacted to the Demon Race woman¡¯s words. Because of that, Shizuku narrowed her eyes and questioned the woman again.
¡°¡ What about Kouki?¡±
¡°Fufu, what a fast learner¡ Sorry, but I can¡¯t let Hero-kun alive. He didn¡¯t want toe to our side, so it¡¯s impossible to persuade him, right? After all, he is the self-contained type. That¡¯s why I don¡¯t have any reason to keep such a dangerous creature alive.¡±
¡°¡ Isn¡¯t that the same with us?¡±
¡°Of course; why did you think I let you live even though I know it¡¯ll only make me anxious of my back?¡±
¡°Haven¡¯t you thought that we might joined now and betray youter?¡±
¡°Naturally, I have thought that. That¡¯s why I¡¯ll make you wear cors. Ah, there¡¯s no need to worry, it¡¯s only make you unable to rebel against us. No one will be deprived of their freedoms.¡±
¡°That¡¯s just like ves with high degree of freedom. What you mean is we will keep our free will, but we won¡¯t be able to harm you.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. It helps me that you¡¯re quick to understand. Also, it¡¯s good that this conversation is going somewhere until the one with Hero-kun.¡±
Although the ssmates were silently listening to the conversation between Shizuku and the Demon Race, they were also looking at each other with fear-stricken eyes and full of worries. If they did not ept the invitation from Demon Race, then nine out of ten they would be killed by the demonic beasts that were even difficult for Kouki to defeat, but they would not be able to fight against Demon Race again if they sided with Demon Race and wore the cor.
In other words, they would no longer be ¡°God¡¯s Apostles.¡± If it turned to that, would Church of the Saints whom they had been summoned to protect became useless¡ and, would it be possible for them to return to their original world¡
No matter what option they chose, they could not see a bright future. However¡
¡°I-I think we should ept that person¡¯s invitation!¡±
Among the silent crowd, Eri unexpectedly desperately spoke while trembling. Thus, the ssmates opened their eyes wide in surprise, and carefully paid attention to her. To such an Eri, Ryuutarou shouted back with face red in anger.
¡°Eri, you! So, you are going to abandon Kouki!¡±
¡°Hih!?¡±
¡°Ryuutarou, please calm down! Eri, why do you think so?¡±
Ryuutarou¡¯s attitude made Eri frightened, and she stepped back as a result. However, Shizuku admonished Ryuutarou and was somehow able to stop him. Thus, Eri took a deep breath and spoke her mind with tightly clenched fists.
¡°I-I just¡ don¡¯t want everyone to die¡ Even I don¡¯t know¡ what to do with Kouki-kun¡ugh, gulp¡¡±
Eri spun her words with all of her might with tearing streaming down her eyes. Seeing her, the other party members¡¯ hearts were shaken. Thus, one person who agreed with Eri appeared.
¡°I also agree with Nakamura. Our lost has already been decided; between annihtion and survival, there¡¯s no need to hesitate, right?¡±
¡°Hiyama¡ you mean, you don¡¯t care what happen to Kouki, huh? Huh?¡±
¡°Then, Sakagami, are you trying to do double suicide with Kouki who could not fight anymore? And with all of us involved?¡±
¡°That¡¯s not it! As if I¡¯d do that!¡±
¡°Then please shut your mouth if you don¡¯t have any alternative. Right now, it should take precedence on how to survive by ourselves.¡±
With Hiyama¡¯s remark, the atmosphere turned into one where it looked like it was necessary for them to ept the invitation. And just like what Hiyama said, they only had one choice if they wanted to survive.
However, they could not just choose that since they felt guilty, thinking,¡®Is it really okay for us to survive while Kouki gets killed?It was as though they were boldly sacrificing Kouki for their survival.
To their dilemma, the Demon Race woman made another proposal with such perfect timing.
¡°Hmmm, if you guys are that worried about Hero-kun¡ shall I keep him alive? Naturally, a cor with stronger effect than yours will be put on him. But, I want all of you to side with Demon Race first.¡±
Shizuku secretly clicked her tongue when she heard the proposal. It was because she had guessed since the beginning that the Demon Race woman would propose it. It was strange for Kouki to be kept alive if she had already decided to kill him. The woman only had to kill him if there was no need for discussion after all.
That¡¯s why by not killing him and keeping him alive were all for this moment. The Demon Race woman had likely acknowledged that Kouki and the others were useful after thest fight. However, she was convinced she could not make Kouki waver even through talking. But the others didn¡¯t know of that. So, she nned to draw in the others aside from Kouki.
First, she did not kill Kouki to not raise the animosity of the others. Second, she told them to make a choice while she cornered them between choice of death or survival. Third, she guided them to think ¡°if we do that,¡± and she chose that time to erase the problem from their thought.
Actually, by making the best use of Kouki, the atmosphere changed to one where they thought it¡¯d be okay to side with Demon Race if they survive. Though in reality, they didn¡¯t have any guarantee Kouki would be kept alive. Even if they regretted if he was killed after this, they could no longer act against the Demon Race.
Shizuku noticed that, but she kept silent as she told herself they currently could do nothing but to side with Demon Race if they want to survive. There should be a way to save Kouki as long as they were alive.
There were huge merits for the Demon Race woman if she got her hand on Shizuku and the others. First, needless to say, it¡¯ll give an impact to the human¡¯s side. After all, the ¡°God¡¯s Apostles¡± who were humanity¡¯s hope are siding with Demon Race. That impact¡ no, it was much more like despair will be a huge advantage to the Demon Race.
Second, she would get new battle force. Havinge to ?Orcus Great Dungeon?, the Demon Race woman¡¯s real purpose was to conquer the dungeon and bring back the power inside. Though up until now, it was at the level where she could easily sweep the floor with the demonic beasts she had on hand, but it couldn¡¯t be said that she¡¯d be able to keep it up. It would be a good thing to obtain Shizuku and the others as fighting force to replenish the demonic beasts killed by Kouki¡¯s party.
If this keeps up, she would obtain Shizuku and the others. The Demon Race woman floated a faint smile as she realized the mood.
However, her smile was immediately erased by the pained voice that suddenly rang out.
¡°E-Everyone¡ this is bad¡ please run away¡¡±
¡°Kouki!¡±
¡°Kouki-kun!¡±
¡°Amanogawa!¡±
The voice¡¯s source was the hanged Kouki. All of hisrades¡¯ gazes turned to him.
¡°¡ Don¡¯t believe her¡ she killed¡ n-san and the other knights¡ don¡¯t¡ be fooled¡ you¡¯ll be used as ves¡ to fight humans¡ so run away¡ I am¡ okay¡ just¡ escape by yourself¡¡±
With feeble breathing, Kouki told the danger of the deal and insisted for them to leave him and bet on running away, which once again shook the hearts of the ssmates.
¡°¡In this situation, just how many do you think will survive? Just look at the reality already! We already lost! Even the knights¡ were killed! So there¡¯s no other choice! We can do nothing but epting the invitation if we want to survive!¡±
Hiyama¡¯s angry voice rang out. He angrily looked at Kouki who still didn¡¯te to terms with the situation. Hiyama certainly wanted to survive. At worst, he would make sure Kaori and himself survive even if the others didn¡¯t. However, the possibility of doing that if he bet on escaping would be too low.
If he went to the Demon Race side, there¡¯s enough possibility of being promoted o an important position if he disyed his usefulness, and he¡¯d be able to obtain Kaori. Naturally, he¡¯d limit her freedom using the cor. Hiyama did not care whether she had free will or not. He¡¯d be satisfied as long as he made Kaori his.
Because of Hiyama¡¯s angry voice, the others were charmed by the more certain and nearer future.
At that moment, a pained but powerful voice rang inside the room. Even though it was a small voice, it resounded well to others. It was a voice that had encouraged them many times in the battlefields. The person calmly judged any kind of situations, said words without any hesitation, and a model for them who also had a reliable back. For everyone, he was like a big brother and even a father they were fond of. Meld¡¯s voice rang out.
¡°Guh¡ you guys¡ you only need to think on how to survive! ¡ Advance on the path you believed in! ¡ I am sorry involving you¡ to our war¡ Even though the time I spent with you isn¡¯t that long¡ I¡¯ve regretted involving you¡ That¡¯s why, live and return to your world¡ no need to worry about human race¡ In the first ce¡ this war should be fought by the human in this world!¡±
Meld¡¯s words weren¡¯t words of a Herrlicht Kingdom¡¯s Commanding Knight. They were words of a man, Meld Loginz, his true feelings as he cast aside his position. He exposed his feelings because he realized here would be the end for him.
Kouki and the others had their eyes wide opened while muttering Meld¡¯s name and Meld shook off the Brutal-look-alike while a light shone from his whole body. Then, he immediately grappled the Demon Race woman.
¡°You demon¡ let¡¯s die together!¡±
¡°¡ That is¡ hee~, self-destruction? How brave. I can say I don¡¯t hate it.¡±
¡°Shut it!¡±
The light wrapping Meld was simr to Kouki¡¯s ¡°Limit Break¡± in a nce while magic power gushed out of his body. However, it was actually not from his body but the crystal hanging on his neck.
Seeing that, the Demon Race woman instantly saw through his personality and satisfyingly praised him.
The crystal¡¯s name was ¡°Last Loyalty,¡± an evil tool to self-destruct just like the Demon Race woman said. Someone with high position in the Kingdom and Church of the Saints naturally carried important information with him. And because there¡¯s magic capable of reading one¡¯s memory in dark attributed magic, that person would be forced to carry the crystal when he went to the frontline. It would be used in time of emergence so the memory could not be read, along with the intention of involving the enemy with the self-destruction.
Meld¡¯sst attack that risked his life made Kouki¡¯s party screamed out his name. However, unlike them, the Demon Race woman was still calm even though she¡¯d be swallowed by the explosion and die.
Thus the ¡°Last Loyalty¡± Meld carried increased its shine further, and one sentence was muttered right before it activated.
¡°Devour it, Absod.¡±
Immediately, after the Demon Race woman¡¯s voice rang out, the ¡°Last Loyalty¡± on its limit let out tremendous lights, and lost its shine.
¡°Wh-!? What¡¯s happen!¡±
If one looked carefully, the overflowing lights were flowing into a certain direction. Meld frantically moved only his gaze towards that direction while still pinning the Demon Race woman, and there was the six-legged turtle shaped demonic beast whose opened mouth was inhaling the lights wrapping Meld.
The six-legged turtle demonic beast was called Absod. Its peculiar magic was ¡°Magic Storage.¡± It was a skill to freely take and stock magic inside its body. On the other hand, it could not use the stored magic if more than one magic if it took different elements. It only had the ability of letting out the magic again bypressing it from its mouth. However, the storage could even store high-ranked magic. It was a natural enemy for people who fight using magic.
The light wrapping Meld from ¡°Last Loyalty¡± rapidly lost, and it exhausted all its powers and became a normal crystal. Suddenly, an impact from an attack hit Meld who was bbergasted because hisst struggle had been obstructed in an unexpected way, but the impact wasn¡¯t that strong.What is it?, Meld looked down towards his abdomen where the impact came from.
A reddish brown de could be seen. urately, a de of sand had pierced through Meld¡¯s abdomen from his back. The de piercing him from behind had blood dripping at the tip.
¡°¡ Meld-san!¡±
Kouki shouted Meld¡¯s name without minding his vomited blood. Meld reacted to his call and the gaze on his abdomen shifted to Kouki. He then frowned he moved his mouth to say, ¡°Sorry,¡± while revealing a mortified smile.
Immediately, the sand de swung horizontally and Meld was blown away. Just like a powerless doll,thud!, he was thrown to the ground. The pool of blood spread little by little. Anyone see it would think of it as a mortal wound. It was already a miracle he was capable of moving while covered in wounds, but everyone knew that this time it was the true end.
Even though she understood she would not make it in time, Kaori immediately used ranged recovery magic on Meld. Although the amount of bleeding had slightly decreased, Kaori could not block Meld¡¯s wound since she herself hardly have any magic power.
¡°Uu, please! Be healed!¡±
Even as she fell to her knee due to the severe exhaustion from magic power depletion, Kaori desperately continued using healing magic.
¡°I never thought he¡¯d be able to stand up and pinned me with such wounds. As expected of the Kingdom¡¯s Knight Leader. He¡¯s worthy of praise. However, this is the end¡ this¡¯ll be yourst. So, what do you think?¡±
The Demon Race woman red at Kouki and the others as she swung the sand de dyed in red. Seeing someone close to them dying once again, everyone, except some, were trembling. Even if they didn¡¯t want to admit it, they¡¯d be the next to die if they did not ept the Demon Race woman¡¯s proposal.
Representing the others, Hiyama was about to say they ept the proposal. However, at that time,
¡°¡ ¨Cme.¡±
Kouki, who powerlessly tried to escape from being hung by the horsehead, muttered something with a small voice. Even though he shouldn¡¯t be able to create any miracle since he covered in wounds, Hiyama swallowed his words. He somehow could not ignore the pressureing from Kouki.
¡°Ha? What did you say? So, you want to die.¡±
The Demon Race woman heard Kouki¡¯s mutter, she snorted, and asked him thinking it was just another rave. Kouki raised his cast down gaze, and his straight re pierced the Demon Race woman.
The Demon Race woman instinctively held her breath when she saw Kouki¡¯s re. After all, the color of his irises had changed to silvery white as it shone. Instinctively backing away due to an unknown pressure, she ordered the horsehead ording to the warning her instinct was telling her. She instinctively realized it was not the time to think about the advantage and disadvantage of gaining Shizuku and the others.
¡°Ahatd! Kill him!¡±
¡°RoOoOoAaR!!¡±
The horsehead nameded Ahatd faithfully executed the Demon Race woman¡¯s order. It tried to crush the suspended Kouki¡¯s sides using two fists equipped with ¡°Magic Shock Wave.¡±
However, at that moment,
CLiiIIInnNG!!
Tremendous light overflowed from Kouki. It became a torrent and rose into the ceiling just like a tornado. Next, Kouki swung his right fist towards Ahatd¡¯s arm that was grabbing onto him,SNaaaAAAAP!, and the arm was easily crushed.
¡°ROooOOAR!!¡±
With a roar different from a while ago, Ahatd inadvertently dropped Kouki, and Kouki moved to make a roundhouse kick as though he could not feel his injury.
ThUuUumpP!!
Cannon-like impact sound rang when the kick hit, Ahatd¡¯s huge body was bent into < and was blown towards the wall behind with an extraordinary momentum. Ahatd, who was crushed into the wall apanied with a thunderous roar, could not move well its body thanks to the impact, desperately trying to slip out of the wall but resulted in nothing.
With a swaying body, Kouki picked up the dropped Holy Sword and red at the Demon Race woman with a piercing gaze that could almost kill. At the same time, simr torrent that of a tonado rose and began to envelope Kouki¡¯s body.
A skill derived from ¡°Limit Break,¡± ¡°Supreme Break.¡± If the normal ¡°Limit Break¡± increased the basic states by three times within the time limit, ¡°Supreme Break¡± was higher skill, and basic stats were multiplied by five. However, he had to use limit break to now forcibly dragged out his power. That¡¯s why the current Kouki only had 30 seconds until the limit. The effective time had been cut greatly because of the side effect.
However, without minding that, Kouki rushed towards the Demon Race woman in anger. The only thing in his mind was to beat Meld¡¯s enemy. Only revenge.
The Demon Race woman raised a panicked expression and ordered the surrounding demonic beasts to attack Kouki. Chimeras were sneaked attacking, the ck cats were firing their tentacles, and the Brutal-look-alike swung their maces. However, Kouki ignored those demonic beasts. Without swinging Holy Sword, he kept advancing, and raised angry cry towards where the Demon Race woman was.
¡°Bitch-! How dare you do that to Meld-san-!!¡±
¡°Tch!¡±
Kouki unhesitatingly swung down the Holy Sword that was held in upper stance. The Demon Race woman clicked her tongue and she immediately densified the sand into a shield¡ but dded in torrent of light, the Holy Sword easily cut through the shield and shed the Demon Race woman behind it.
Although she was not cut in two; she backed away and created the sand shield, the Demon Race woman had a deeply cut diagonally on her body, and blown backward, spraying blood.
Her back crashed into the wall behind, the Demon Race woman skidded down from the crushed wall, and Kouki approached her as he shook of the blood off the Holy Sword.
¡°What luck¡ to have the situation reversed just like this¡ It¡¯s as if I am looking at a cheap drama.¡±
Having the table reversed thanks to him awakening his hidden power due to him being in a pinch, made the Demon Race woman say sarcastic words while her wandering gaze was looking at the approaching Kouki in resignation.
Even though the white crow on her side activated its peculiar magic, her wound was too deep that it could not be healed immediately, and Kouki won¡¯t give her such a time either. It was a true checkmate, and the Demon Race woman endured the severe pain, moved her right hand, and took out a locket pendant from her breast pocket.
Seeing that, Kouki sharpened his expression, thinking it was the same self-destruction tool simr to the one Meld used, and he suddenly dashed out. Regardless of the Demon Race woman¡¯s death, he could not let the explosion swallow hisrades.That¡¯s why, I will defeat her before it activates!He attacked to stop her.
However¡
¡°I am sorry¡ I am going to die before you¡ I love you, Mikhail¡¡±
Looking at the locket pendant in her hand dearly, the Demon Race woman muttered, which made Kouki inadvertently stopped the Holy Sword. Due to the attack not being delivered, the Demon Race woman dubiously raised her face and she noticed the Holy Sword had stopped just a few millimeters overhead.
Kouki expression was aghast as he looked down at the Demon Race woman with wide-open eyes. His eyes expressed, but when he noticed something, it generated fear and hesitation. Seeing his eyes, the Demon Race woman realized the thing that made him stopped his sword and watched him with a condemning gaze. Her gaze made Kouki shaken further.
¡°¡ I am amazed¡ Did you notice it only now? That you are going to kill a ¡®person.¡¯?¡±
¡°Kh!?¡±
That¡¯s right, for Kouki, the Demon Race was a cruel and cowardly higher ranked demonic beasts. It also meant they were recognized as existences evolved from demonic beasts, that was what the Ishtar had taught him about the Demon Race. Actually, they were recognized as such because they were apanied by the demonic beasts, their ves. However, just like a normal human, they love and loved, desperately tried to survive for the sake of something. But Kouki never thought he was going to fight ¡°people.¡± In a way, it could be said he unconsciously did not want to think so¡
The recognition was overturned when the Demon Race woman dearly called the name of her loved person. Whether he liked it or not, the one he was fighting was not a demonic beast. He noticed she was in truth a ¡°person¡± just like him. He recognized what he was trying to do was ¡°murder.¡±
¡°Surely, you did not admit us as ¡°people¡±¡ What arrogance.¡±
¡°N-No¡ I, I didn¡¯t know¡¡±
¡°Hah, isn¡¯t it you ¡°did not try to know¡±?¡±
¡°I, I¡¡±
¡°See? So, what¡¯s wrong? After all, what you¡¯re doing is not fighting but ¡°hunting,¡± right? There¡¯s one animal before you here, you know? Even though you have thought like that until now¡¡±
¡°¡ L-let¡¯s just talk¡ surely if we talk¡¡±
Kouki said as he lowered Holy Sword. Demon Race woman looked at him with pure scorn, and she shouted an order instead of answering him.
¡°Ahatd! Aim at the swordswoman! The others, attack!¡±
Having recovered from the impact, Ahatd approached Shizuku with tremendous momentum, exactly what the Demon Race woman had ordered. Within Kouki¡¯s party, although her charisma to lead people could not bepared to him, to excel in making calm judgement of the situation made her the most troublesome enemy, so Shizuku was the first to be targeted.
The others demonic beasts also began attacking the other party members. Rather than the merits gained by making them betray their allies with attached cors, she judged, because of hisst attack, it was necessary to kill Kouki. The Demon Race woman felt Kouki¡¯stest attack was a threat.
¡°Wh-, why!¡±
¡°You¡¯re a boy without any self-awareness¡ we are at ¡°war!¡± You who possessed huge power with immature mind is too dangerous! You are going to die here no matter what! Look, yourrades will be annihted if you don¡¯t help them!¡±
Kouki shouted at the Demon Race woman who ignored his suggestion, but the woman didn¡¯t care at all.
Next, Kouki turned around because of the woman¡¯s words, and at the same time, Shizuku was blown away and she crashed into the ground. Ahatd was already a monster that had already far surpassed the strong demonic beasts. It overpowered Kouki who was using ¡°Limit Break¡± even if it was just a surprise attack. So, Shizuku should not be able to fight it by herself.
Kouki turned pale and used the power from ¡°Supreme Break¡± to instantly move between Ahatd and Shizuku, and caught the ¡°Magic Shock Wave¡± attack. Next, he counter-attacked by swinging Holy Sword which cut off its arms.
However, by the time he was before its bosom to finish it off with a stab, just like before, he fell to his knees, lost his strength, and fell forward.
¡°Supreme Limit¡± had reached its time limit. It was the worst case scenario. Not only was weakened because of the after effect he had umted one impossible plight after another, he also could not move his body as though he was paralyzed.
¡°A-At Such a time!¡±
¡°Kouki!¡±
Covering Kouki, Shizuku shed towards the wound Ahatd had on its arm that was cut off. Unable to calm down after its wound was shed, Ahatd screamed and retreated. At that moment, Shizuku grabbed and threw Kouki to where theirrades were.
With Kouki incapable of moving, hisrades could only defend against the encircling demonic beasts.Then¡ I must do something!Shizuku aimed at the Demon Race woman. Her gaze unmistakably carried killing intent.
¡°¡Heh~. You seem be conscious about the murder. Rather, aren¡¯t you the one most suitable to be called as Hero?¡±
¡°¡ I don¡¯t care. It is our fault Kouki did not realize it. That¡¯s why I will pay for that debt!¡±
Completely healed by the white crow¡¯s peculiar magic, the Demon Race woman stood up steadily andmented on Shizuku actions.
Shizuku should have known Kouki¡¯s straightforward character, and how deeply he sets his heart on something. She gritted her teeth because she felt responsible that it was only until now that Kouki realized they were killing people, and how he didn¡¯t realize their true enemies during this war.
Shizuku had no experience of murder, and she felt she did not want to experience it either. However, she was prepared such a day woulde if she was going into a war. By learning swordsmanship, the ¡°heaviness¡± of hurting people was driven into her.
However, now that the time hase, her resolution was easily shaken because of fear neither from the shame nor honour, but because she wanted to cry due to the thing she was going to do. Even so, she bit her lip and gritted her teeth to desperately suppress her fear.
Thus, she took a stance as she activated ¡°No Beat¡± to kill the Demon Race woman using the Godspeed from the sword drawing technique. However in that moment, a chill ran along her spine because her instinct warned her to imminent danger. Immediately, from the side of the location where she jumped back from, a ck cat¡¯s tentacles was fired.
¡°I never told the other demonic beasts to not aim at you. Do you think you can kill me with Ahatd and other demonic beasts as your enemies.¡±
¡°Kuh.¡±
Saying, ¡°Of course I am also going to kill you,¡± the Demon Race woman began to chant. Shizuku somehow managed to break through the waves of attacks from the demonic beasts using eleration and deceleration without preliminary action of ¡°No Beat,¡± but her expression was gradually dyed in despair when she tried to move before the Demon Race woman through an opening.
The most difficult was that Ahatd had speed simr to Shizuku. The sturdy and gigantic figure was certainly seen by Shizuku, so even if she used the chance to jump towards the Demon Race woman, its swung fist give an explosion-like impact that would immediately reach Shizuku.
Shizuku was a swordsman who specialized in speed, so her defense was extremely brittle. Evasion and parry were the basic of her defense. Besides, damages would umted little by little from ¡°Magic Shock Wave¡±¡®s after effect. Also, she could neitherpletely evade nor parry.
Following that, Shizuku¡¯s movement had slightly be duller because of the umted damages. And that was fatal in a fight to death such as this.
WHHAAAAAM!!
¡°Aghh!!¡±
Although she immediately used the sword and sheath as shields, Ahatd¡¯s fist crushed Shizuku¡¯s partner and hit her shoulder. Having blown parallel to the ground, forcefully crashing, and continued skidding on the ground, Shizukuid down helplessly. The arm on her right shoulder was bent into an impossible angle. It waspletely crushed. And because the impact was passed into her body, she sometimes coughed up blood.
¡°Shizuku-chan!¡±
Kaori called Shizuku with tone overflowed with uneasiness, but Shizuku could not move at all even as she gripped the handle of her broken sword while crouching.
At that time, the things about herrades, formation, and her exhausted magic power, there was be no meaning for her toe to Shizuku¡¯s side, but other logical reasons hadpletely disappeared from her mind. Kaori¡¯s only thought was she ¡°must go to her important best friend¡¯s side.¡±
Kaori dashed out due to impulse. Her body was swaying and her feet weren¡¯t steady because she hardly had any magic power. Although there were voices behind that tried to stop her, they did not reach Kaori¡¯s ears. She was only trying her best to recklessly rush towards Shizuku. Naturally, the demonic beasts did not overlook the defenseless Kaori, and merciless attacks poured towards her.
However, all of those attacks were received by shining shields. Moreover, the numerous shields were standing just like a passage between Kaori and Shizuku.
¡°Ehehe. As expected, being alone is unpleasant.¡±
Suzu said with a pale expression. She held out her right hand straight towards Shizuku, and used all of her shields to make a beeline between Kaori and Shizuku. A faint smile floated on her face.
Suzu had realized it herself. Realized they could not survive at all. That¡¯s why, she thought of using her magic to allow her to be together with the best friends she loved even in thest moment. Naturally, the defense on the otherrades had be thinner as the effect¡ so Suzu, ¡°I am sorry,¡± apologized in her mind, and continued to put up her shields for Kaori and Shizuku.
With Suzu¡¯s shields, Kaori reached Shizuku with only few wounds. Then, she embraced Shizuku¡¯s body tightly.
¡°K-Kaori¡ what are you doing¡ Get back, hurry. It¡¯s dangerous here.¡±
¡°Uun. It is the same anywhere. That¡¯s why, it¡¯s okay for me to be by Shizuku-chan¡¯s side.¡±
¡°¡ I am sorry. I can¡¯t win.¡±
¡°Me, too, I am sorry I can¡¯t really do anything. I have hardly any magic power.¡±
Supporting Shizuku, Kaori was frowning while smiling while using her magic to lessen Shizuku¡¯s pain. Shizuku on the other hand, used her solid right arm to grasp the hand Kaori was using to support her, and sported a troubled smile.
A shadow appeared before the two. It was Ahatd. With bloodshot eyes, it approached and looked down at Kaori and Shizuku. ¡°RoOoOaR!!,¡± it raised its characteristic roar and swung its thick arm.
Unbeknownst to them, Suzu¡¯s shields had been put between Ahatd, and Kaori and Shizuku to interrupt it froming any closer. However, it just ignore such barriers. It was probably because it was convinced that its swung fist would easily destroy the shields just like papers and use the shockwave to crush Kaori and Shizuku.
Currently, with the iron hammer of death swinging before them, various scenes passed through Kaori¡¯s mind. ¡°Ah, I wonder is this the revolvingntern?,¡± and she strangely calmed down, but Kaori who was flooded with memories had her heart shaken by thetest scene that appeared.
It was the tea party under the moonlight. The memories of the two conversing. The night when she said a vow. The disappeared him who made a troubled smile. How she began to realize her ¡°love¡± once he disappeared. How she chased after him, believing in his survival.
However, those would also end here. ¡°In the end, I was once again unable to hold up my promise,¡± thinking so, tears flowed on Kaori¡¯s cheeks before she was aware of it.
First, I want to call out to him if we ever meet again, Kaori thought so.With such a wish, at the very least, I will call his name at the end¡and she naturally said.
¡°¡ Hajime-kun.¡±
At that moment.
KABOoOoOM!!
The ceiling above Ahatd fell with a roaring sound, and at the same time, a huge, jet-ck stake flew out with an extreme power dded in red thunder.
Raising sparks, the jet-ck stake pierced through Ahatd as though it was a tofu, and it then pierced and was stuck on the ground.
With length around 120 centimeters, the huge stake buried itself into the ground while releasing red sparks. Flesh and blood scattered from the center where Ahatd¡¯s remains were with its original form nowhere to be seen. The spectacle made Kaori, Shizuku, and of course Kouki¡¯s party, the demonic beasts attacking them, and the Demon Race woman stiffened.
A silent unbing of a battlefield ruled the room. No one, not even a thing understood what had happened as they stood in bewilderment. Suddenly, a shadow jumped down from the opened ceiling. The personnded and lightly trampled down on the Ahatd¡¯s remains with his back before Kaori and Shizuku, and when he got off it, the person red at the surroundings.
When he looked over his shoulder, he saw Kaori and Shizuku who were embracing each other.
The moment the person turned around, their eyes met, and a lightning ran through Kaori¡¯s body. Her heart had been cold apanied by sorrow, no, probably it was freezing since the day her important person disappeared, but a sudden fire lighted it and heated it upThu-thump, thu-thump.Her heart began to throb intensely.
¡°¡Your rtionship is good as usual, you two.¡±
The person said with a wry smile, and Kaori¡¯s mind was filled with delight even before she could think about it.
The hair color was different, the aura was different, the tone was different, and the appearance was different. However, she knew. It is him. It is he whose survival she believed in while she looked for him.
That¡¯s right,
¡°Hajime-kun!¡±
Book 8. Chapter 8
Book 8. Chapter 8
The Peerless Ipetent
¡°Eh? Hajime-kun? Wait, Nagumo-kun? Eh? What? What do you mean?¡±
Kaori¡¯s ecstatic shout made Shizuku, who was by her side, confused and looked alternately between Kaori and Hajime. Apparently, Kaori was able to see through the white haired, eye-patched, ck-coated person before her as Hajime with just a single nce, but Shizuku was still unable to recognize him.
However, when she saw the boy¡¯s face who was looking back over his shoulder with a wry smile, it immediately ovepped with Nagumo Hajime in her memory, and Shizuku, with widened eyes, raised a surprised voice.
¡°Eh? Eh? Really? Is he really Nagumo-kun? Eh? What? What¡¯s really happening here?¡±
¡°Well, just calm down, Yaegashi. Aren¡¯t calm, cool, and collected your main selling point?¡±
The chain of events happened after she, Shizuku, just like Kaori, was prepared to die which made her perplexed and she forgot her pain. Admonishing her as he said Shizuku¡¯s name, Hajime suddenly looked overhead, feeling their presences. Thus, the falling blond-haired girl, Yue, was caught by him in princess carry style and he carefully let her down, next he received the rabbit-eared girl, Shia, who jumped down the same way.
Thest to jump down was a boy dressed in ck, Endou Kousuke.
¡°Na-Nagumoo! You-! I was blown away by that! Wait, what was that just now!? It suddenly pierced the dungeon¡¯s floors¡¡±
Endou looked at the surrounding, startedining. Then, he saw his best friends and the others together with a group of demonic beasts. After noticing that he was being watched by his stiffened ssmates, ¡°Nuoh!,¡± and released a strange shout. To Endou, they voices were half-filled with joy because of their reunion, and anger because he came back.
¡°¡±Kousuke!¡±¡±
¡°Jyuugo! Kentarou! I¡¯vee with help!¡±
Reacting to ¡°I¡¯vee with help,¡± Kouki¡¯s party and the demon race woman finally returned to their sense. Then, they once again stared at Hajime and the two girls. However, not minding the gazes of those in his surroundings, Hajime quickly ordered Yue and Shia with a slightly irritated expression.
¡°Yue, sorry but please protect those people gathered there. Shia, please look at the condition of the fallen man in Knight¡¯s armor there.¡±
¡°Nn¡ leave it to me.¡±
¡°Roger~!¡±
Yue calmly walked without caring about the surrounding demonic beasts, while Shia used her marvelous jumping power to jump overhead the group of demonic beasts andnded beside the copsed Meld.
¡°Ha-Hajime-kun¡¡±
Kaori once again called Hajime¡¯s name with a shaking voice. Her tone was probably filled with joy due to the reunion, yet there was also sorrow. It was because she thought Hajime had came here to die. Although Kaori didn¡¯t know the details, her expression was telling him to immediately get away from the ce.
Shrugging his shoulders, he returned Kaori¡¯s gaze. Hajime briefly said, ¡°It¡¯s okay now, so just wait there.¡± After saying that, he activated ¡°Light Speed¡± which greatly improved his perception. Then, he took out three Cross Bits from ¡°Treasure Box¡± which surrounded Kaori and Shizuku like shields.
The floating cross-like objects that suddenly appeared from empty space surprised Kaori and Shizuku. With his back before the two, Hajime made a proposal towards the demon race woman whose appearance could be seen as nothing but arrogance. It was his mercy since the demon race woman was still not his enemy.
¡°The red-haired woman over there. I won¡¯t do anything if you leave immediately. Just disappeared quickly from here if you don¡¯t want to die.¡±
¡°¡What did you say?¡±
It was not a remark that could be said by an ordinary human while being surrounded by demonic beasts. It was the reason why the demon race woman inadvertently asked back. As a response, Hajime repeated himself with an amazed expression.
¡°Prompt decisions are needed in battlefields. That¡¯s why I said, just disappear from here quickly if you don¡¯t want to die. Understand now?¡±
Knowing she did not hear it wrong, the demon race woman erased her expression and ordered the demonic beasts while pointing at Hajime, ¡°Kill him.¡±
This time, the too abrupt situation¡ª¡ª especially the dead of her treasured Ahatd due to an unknown attack made the demon race woman lose her calm and make a fatal mistake.
Even if Hajime had his own objection, the woman was too enraged by Hajime who by the course of events treaded on Ahatd, a demonic beast she didn¡¯t want to lose since it was given to her by her revered superior. In addition, there was the confusion due to the unbelievable situation where the dungeon¡¯s ceiling had been destroyed just because he wanted to go downstairs. In any case, she would have been able to make a more careful judgement if it was the usual her. However, the glove had been thrown out.
¡°I see¡ So, I take it that you¡¯re an ¡°enemy¡±, right?¡±
Hajime muttered at the same time the Chimera attacked him. Behind Hajime, ¡°Hajime-kun!¡± and ¡°Nagumo-kun!¡± warning voices filled with urgency could be heard. However, Hajime casually wed the Chimera attacking from his left with his artificial arm and lifted it without any difficulty.
The Chimera was surprised and struggled to escape which made the space blurred intensely. Looking at it, Hajime looked at it with scorn.
¡°Oi, oi, what is this? This half-assed peculiar magic. Are you a street performer?¡±
Because there¡¯s no meaning if one¡¯s presence and figure disappears when spaces blurs when it moves. Hajime inadvertently retorted. Even in the abyss, there were demonic beasts that could conceal their presences and figuring out what each of them has was extremely troublesome. Comparing it to them, Hajime thought it was too childish that the concealment exposed when it moved.
Standing still while he raised a Chimera with huge body weighing several hundreds kilograms as it struggling mid air, Hajime made the demon race woman, Kaori, and the others dumbfounded.
Hajime leered at them and used ¡°Great Arm¡± to throw the Chimera on the ground as though he had lost his interest in it.
BoOoOoOmM!!
BaAaAaANNNG
With a raw sound ringing out, the Chimera had its head crushed and made a crater on the ground. Next, having drawn out Donner, Hajime turned the railgun towards the space that seemed to be empty at a nce and fired it in session.
BAAANG BAAAAANNNG!!
Dry, explosive sounds rang out and two shes cut through the air, mercilessly piercing respective targets. The space blurred for a moment, then a Chimera with a sted head and a Brutal-look-alike whose heart had been shot through appeared. They stood still for a second, swayed, and crumbled to ground.
Not moving but could not conceal the wind flow, the shaking of the air and ground, their gazes, killing intent, flow of magic, and temperature made them nothing but unmoving targets for Hajime.
Without even looking at the demonic beasts he instantly killed, Hajime took a step forward into the battlefield, no, the execution ground. What started could not even be called deathmatch. It was a one-sided execution by the monster who shouldn¡¯t be made into an enemy.
The demon race woman was shocked seeing the demonic beasts were killed casually and easily while the ssmates stood still feeling the chill from the weapon that shouldn¡¯t exist in this world. Leaving aside those stiffened people, the demonic beasts were attacking Hajime one after another, faithfully executing the demon race woman¡¯s order.
A ck cat creeped behind him and fired its tentacles, but Hajime didn¡¯t turn around and only turned the wrist of his lowered arm where Donner was and fired behind. The bullet exceeding the speed of sound easily gouged through the ck cat¡¯s forehead.
Without stopping to look at theirpanion, four-eyed wolves rushed towards him from left and right at the same time. However, Scg, unknown as to when it was drawn, blew the enemy on his left while Donner blown off the one on the right.
At that moment, the ck cats hidden behind the annihted four-eyed wolves shot their tentacles in cooperation with the Chimeras that were approaching Hajime¡¯s back. However, Hajime had jumped several meters above, flipped mid-air, and while hanging upside down, the floating ck cats and the two Chimera, who lost sight of their target, became preys for the railgun.
Within the scattered flesh and blood that looked like flower storm, two Brutal-look-alikes came and swung their maces, aiming for the moment Hajimended. However, such an easily predicted future wouldn¡¯t work on a monster such as Hajime, and he jumped further using ¡°Aerodynamic¡± mid-air. He then fired Donner-Scg to his left and right in session while spinning like a top.
The released wind of killing intent not only moved towards the two Brutal-look-alikes that were waiting for him, but it also pierced and burst to pieces the heads of the Chimeras and four-eyed wolves that were approaching from behind. While each of the demonic beasts sprayed and scattered blood, Hajime descend as though to follow thew of inertia and dulled the momentum right before hended.
Landing soundlessly in the center of the corpses and a ground dyed with blood, Hajime took out ammo from an empty space and use gunspin to reload them.
And at that time, ¡°KuWAaAA!,¡± a strange sound rang out all of a sudden. Hajime turned toward the source and there was the six-legged turtle-like demonic beasts, Absod, whose wide opened mouth was turned towards Hajime. Inside its mouth was apression of tremendous power shining a pure white light.
It was the previously stored huge magic power from Commander Meld¡¯s ¡°Last Loyalty.¡± The ¡°Last Loyalty¡±¡®s range was only few meters but its power was more than enough to decimate a person.
The magic power waspressed to the limit and in the next moment it wasunched like aser towards its target, Hajime. The death light approached as it gouged out the ground on its track. However, Hajime calmly took out arge, coffin-like shield from an empty space, equipped it on his left arm, and activated ¡°Vajra¡± the same time he held up the shield. Just like a huge tree whose roots were firmly rooted on the ground, there was no impatience in Hajime¡¯s eyes which showed his firm will.
A tremendous roar resounded the moment theser-like magic power hit, and the trembling air expressed how strong it was. However, Hajime, who received the direct hit, didn¡¯t even move a step away, but rather, he sported a mischievous smile, and began to nt the shield to parry the attack. The destination of where the attack was averted to was¡
¡°Kh!? Damn it!¡±
It was the demon race woman. Since the time Hajime began to easily kill the demonic beasts, she sensed the crisis and began to chant powerful magic with an exaggerated chant, but Hajime noticed it and redirect Absod¡¯s attack towards the demon race woman to obstruct her.
The unexpected situation made the demon race woman take an evasive action in a panic, but Hajime only adjusted the angle of his shield for the attack to reach her. The torrent of light approached her and destroyed the wall, made the demon race woman frantically ran on the side of the wall. Her expression was one where there was not the slightest hint ofposure remained.
However, the attack gradually drew near her back, and when she thought she would be mowed down by the attack she had ordered to be released, the magic power stored by Absod had reached the bottom and the attack ended.
¡°Tch¡¡±
Without any room to react to Hajime who clicked his tongue, the demon race woman breathed a sigh of relief only to be frozen in the next moment.
BaAaAaANNNG!!
An explosive sound roared along with the feeling of heat passing right beside her right cheek, and something white sttered.
That something was the remains of the white crow which was previously stood on the demon race woman¡¯s shoulder. Although things had not been going the way he expected, Hajime countered by firing Donner aiming at Absod while Scg was aimed at the white crow.
Even if Absod tried to evade only to endure the bullet so even with its tremendous velocity, it would only leave a small sound, but it could not even sense the bullet which ended up piercing through its opened mouth and its consciousness fell into darkness for eternity.
Even the white crow had its body burst open and had died in an instant, scattering white feathers along with its flesh and blood. Receiving the after effect of the railgun, the demon race woman lost her bnce, fell on her butt, and absentmindedly patted her own cheek. What stuck there were the white crow¡¯s flesh and blood, and at the same time she felt the heat from the severe burn.
If it shifted just by a few centimeters¡The demon race woman was trembling when she thought of what might have happened. In other words, Hajime whose matchless strength allowed him to yfully kill the army of demonic beasts as though he was killing bugs before her eyes, and could have also killed her at any time. Even now, her life was in the palm of his hands.
The demon race woman had a strong pride as a warrior, but she could not stop her trembling body before the monster-like existence.What was that? Why did such a thing exist? How can I survive from that monster!?Such thoughts filled the demon race woman¡¯s mind, and it continued to circle round and round inside her.
Kouki and the others felt the same as her. They could not immediately see through the white haired, eyepatched boy as Hajime. They could not understand who was the unknown person who easily annihted the demonic beasts that had put them into such predicament.
¡°What was that¡? Just who in this world is he!?¡±
Kouki muttered while his unmoving body wasid on the ground. Everyone around him also had the same questions forming in their minds. The one who answered was the person they asked to retreat only to return here by his own will, Endou.
¡°Haha, I know it is unbelievable¡ but he is Nagumo.¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±Hah?¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
Endou¡¯s words made Kouki and the others leaked those words at the same time. Seeing Endou, they though, ¡°Is this guy¡¯s head okay?,¡± and made some gesture with their hands. Thinking,it can¡¯t be helped, huh~, Endou could only shrugged his shoulders because he was only stating the truth.
¡°Like I said, he is Nagumo, Nagumo Hajime. The Nagumo who fell from the bridge at that day. He survived in the depth of the dungeon and climbed up with his own power. Whening here, he treated the demonic beasts as if they are just small fries. It¡¯s seriously unbelievable!, I thought so, too¡ but it is the truth.¡±
¡°Nagumo, eh? You mean Nagumo is alive!?¡±
Kouki said with a surprised voice. Thus, the others also simultaneously tried to look at the boy with monstrous strength who was advancing the annihtion progress¡ but as expected they tried to deny it while thinking, ¡°Just how is he Nagumo?¡± Endou understood their feelings and with a gesture he said, ¡°Well, it¡¯s true. Although he haspletely changed, I¡¯ve seen his status te,¡± Endou told them again that the boy was Nagumo Hajime while sporting a dry smile.
Everyone felt it was unbelievable as they vacantly looked at Hajime¡¯s peerlessness, and a person who was awfully flustered said,
¡°L-Lies. Nagumo is dead. Wasn¡¯t that the case? Everyone also saw it. There¡¯s no way he is alive! We have already agreed on that!¡±
¡°Uwah, what¡¯s with you! I have seen his status te so there¡¯s no mistake it is him.¡±
¡°Lies! There¡¯s must be some trick! He must be in disguise and trying to trick us!¡±
¡°No, just what are you saying? There¡¯s no reason for him to do that.¡±
The one who was saying unreasonable things and grabbed Endou¡¯s cor was Hiyama. He was denying Hajime¡¯s survival with an abnormally paledplexion. Kondou and the others around him were somewhat taken aback by Hiyama¡¯s appearance.
The agitated Hiyama was doused by cold water, literally. Arge amount of water suddenly appeared above Hiyama and poured down on him like a small waterfall. Hiyama somewhat drowned because it matched the timing when he inhaled. After being doused with water, he had a coughing fit.What on earth!?Hiyama was confused only to be told by a cold voice far colder than the cold water.
¡°¡ Be quiet. It¡¯s irritating.¡±
Although Hiyama seemed to getting more agitated and tried to object, he instinctively swallowed his words when he turned his gaze towards the source of the voice. After all, the source of the voice, Yue, was looking at Hiyama with a very cold gaze as though she was looking at an insect. At the same time, not only a few would forget their situation after they were captivated by the ideal girl whose beauty was just like the highest grade bisque doll.
Same could be said for Kouki¡¯s party. Their gazes were naturally attracted to the beautiful looking girl whether they were female or male. Even Suzu was obviously captivated and said, ¡°Whooaa~,¡± with a strange voice. It wasn¡¯t simply because of her beauty, she was also dded in a bewitching atmosphere contrary to her young appearance which made Kouki¡¯s party captivated.
And at that time, maybe because of the demon race woman¡¯s instruction, several demonic beasts came to attack Kouki¡¯s party. She probably thought of turning them into hostages just like how she had used Meld. It was a normal measure since she couldn¡¯t even imagine of capturing Hajime with a fair challenge.
Suzu immediately thought of creating shields. Having activated magic one after another, her exhausted body was screaming. She bit her lips to prevent herself from cking out¡ but Yue gently stopped Suzu with her hand. Having Yue quietly patting her head, ¡°Ehh?,¡± Suzu inadvertently said with a rxed voice and stopped her chant.
¡°¡ Don¡¯t worry.¡±
Yue muttered, and Suzu said, ¡°Ah, it¡¯s already safe now,¡± without any basis for it nor any power left her body. Even she herself didn¡¯t know why she could simply epted Yue¡¯s words, but she felt she was being defended by a reliable big sister.
Yue looked away from Suzu and red at the demonic beasts that readied their fangs, ws, tentacles, and maces. Then, with one sentence she pulled her magic¡¯s trigger.
¡°¡±Blue Dragon.¡±¡±
In the next moment, a bluish-white sphere with one meter in diameter appeared above Yue and the others. Those who used me attribute magic knew it was one of the highest level magic, a blue me magic capable of decimating anything it approached, ¡°Blue Imperial.¡± It was abnormal to be able to activate it without any chant and in no time. Especially the rear group; they knew what happened and could only looked up at the blue ze in nk surprise.
However, this was just the start of what would make them truly surprised. The blue me burning radiantly suddenly changed its shape to one of a snake, attacked the iing maces swinging Brutal-look-alikes and the others by swallowing them. They were instantly killed, and not even an ash remained.
Before long, the shape of the blue me changed and swam in the air. It was a zing blue dragon, with length of around 30 meters. With Yue in the center, the blue dragon protected Kouki and the others by coiling around them. Then, it raised its head, and opened its jaws towards the demonic beasts which were standing still because they could not approach the the blue hellfire that would perish everything.
RoOoOAAAAR!!!
It roared. And immediately, the bodies of the demonic beasts flew. As though they were attracted by gravity, they jumped into the blue dragon¡¯s mouth one after another. Although the others understood it was not suicide since the demonic beasts desperately tried to escape in mid-air in panic due to the abrupt situation. Seeing the demonic beast throwing their bodies in queue towards the annihtion that didn¡¯t even leave an ash, made them think it as nothing but a bad joke.
¡°What is this magic¡¡±
Someone muttered. The unknown magic had one-sidedly burnt the demonic beasts to annihtion by pulling them, which made Kouki¡¯s party unable to close their wide opened mouths. But it couldn¡¯t be helped. After all, this magic was the same as ¡°Thunder Dragon,¡± an original magic of Yue¡¯s, formed bybining the highest fire magic element, ¡°Blue Imperial,¡± and one of the Age of Gods¡¯ magic, gravity magic.
Incidentally, the reason she used ¡°Blue Dragon¡± and not ¡°Thunder Dragon¡± was simply because Yue was training herself. Thunder Dragon was abination between gravity magic and high-ranked wind attribute, thunder, so ¡°Blue Dragon¡± had higher difficulty and power. Because she was just recently capable ofbining highest level magic, she wanted to make its debut.
Naturally, Kouki¡¯s party who didn¡¯t know of the circumstances shifted their gazes from the ¡°Blue Dragon¡± to Yue, about to ask for an exnation. However, calmly straightening its back, the Blue Dragon stopped and its me shone brighter. Together with Yue¡¯s sublime figure, it made Kouki¡¯s party hold their breath, and they were unable to say the words to ask for an exnation. Several people quickly had their hearts stolen by Yue¡ especially Suzu; she was letting out an exmation of joy like a small old man.
On the other side, when the demon race woman saw the bizarre ¡°Blue Dragon¡± from the distance, she cursed in her mind,¡°There¡¯s only monsters here, huh!¡±Frustrated due to the demonic beasts being exterminated one after another, she changed her aim to the RabbitMan girl beside the mortally wounded Meld, and the two girls close to each other who were separated from the others.
However, the demon race woman was further exposed to the arbitrary.
The Brutal-look-alike which came to attack Shia had its head blown away like a pinball with a swing from Doryukken. She then rotated her body using the momentum from her first attack towards the four-eyed wolfing advancing from behind her and it died easily with its head crushed by an attack carrying enough centrifugal force.
Once again, Chimeras and ck cats were about to attack Kaori and Shizuku. Shizuku gritted her teeth, and readied her broken sword towards the iing; the scattered demonic beasts filled with killing intent. However, as if to stop them, the cross bits floating in her surrounding came in between Shizuku and the Chimeras.
Shizuku was somewhat shaken by the mysterious crosses were moving as though to protect her. Suddenly, the longer point of the crosses turned towards the Chimera and a roaring sounds rang out.¡°Seriously, what are those!?¡±Shizuku was shouting inside her mind, when something spinningly flew almost grazing her cheek and fell to the ground with a metallic sound. The same roaring sound rang out beside Kaori, and the same sound of metal resounded, too, as expected.
Although confused, Kaori and Shizuku returned their attentions towards the iing demonic beasts, and there were only the figures of demonic beasts with heads blown to pieces¡ They were speechless and turned their gazes towards the source of the metallic sounds and confirmed its identity.
¡°Isn¡¯t that¡ cartridge?¡±
¡°Cartridge¡ a gun¡¯s?¡±
Kaori and Shizuku faced each other as they said the unfamiliar term out loud. They were convinced once they saw Hajime¡¯s figure rampaging with guns in both hand. The crosses floating to defend them were simr to an all-range weapon from somewhere.
¡°A-Amazing¡ Hajime-kun can use Funnel.¡±
¡°Just, since when did he be a NewType¡¡±
Kaori and Shizuku regained a lot of theirposure after the surrounding demonic beasts were instantly exterminated. They let out unbing retorts which were actually transmitted to Hajime through the Cross Bits. And on the contrary, Hajime wanted to retort back in regards to how the two knew such references. However, Hajime did not worry about it thanks to the skill he honed by being in thepany of Yue and the girls, ¡°Let it be¡±.
¡°Seriously¡ what¡¯s with this.¡±
The demon race woman muttered powerlessly. No matter what she tried, everything was held down and crushed by sheer power. Such irrational things allowed her mind to be invaded by feeling of throwing in the towel. There were hardly any demonic beasts remaining, and it was obvious to anyone who was the victor and loser.
Myst hope!The demon race woman fired magic towards Hajime for the sake of escaping and ran towards one of the four exits with all of her might. The magic fired towards Hajime was ¡°Final Prison.¡± It exploded right beside Hajime, and the petrifying smoke wrapped around him. Kouki¡¯s party held their breaths while Kaori and Shizuku screamed Hajime¡¯s name.
Leering at the shaken Kouki¡¯s party, the demon race woman finally reached one of the exits.
However¡
¡°Haha¡ I¡¯ve been checkmated, huh.¡±
¡°It is certainly as you say.¡±
Before the demon race woman was the floating cross with its dark muzzle pointed at her from inside the passage. With a dryughter, only now did she realize she had been checkmated long since before she attacked Hajime, and the demon race woman inadvertently leaked a dryughter. The hateful calm voice came from behind.
This time, the demon race woman looked back in resignation and she saw Hajime walking closer from inside the petrifying smoke as if nothing happened. Next, he scattered the petrifying smoke to the other passage by sweeping it away using the red wave of ¡°Magic Emission.¡±
¡°¡ You monster. To take a high-ranked magic as something insignificant¡ You, are you really human?¡±
¡°Actually, even I¡¯ve doubting that. But, it isn¡¯t so bad to be a monster, you know?¡±
Hajime and the demon race woman said in a joking manner with only a slight distance between them. When the demon race woman took a look at the room, the demonic beasts had truly been annihted before she was aware of it. Once again she cursed in a small voice, ¡°You monster.¡±
Ignoring her, Hajime aimed Donner¡¯s muzzle towards the woman. The weapon of death pointed right before her eyes made the demon race woman realize it was time for her to die, and she looked back.
¡°Well then,¡°Do you have anything left to say?¡±Is what is usually said in these kinds of situation¡ Unfortunately, I don¡¯t have any interest in hearing yourst will. More importantly, about why a person of the demon race hade here¡ and where you obtained those demonic beasts¡ Shall I have you spit it out?¡±
¡°Do you think I will speak? It might be an advantage for human race, right? As if I am that stupid.¡±
The demon race woman snorted scornfully, which made Hajime look at her with cold gaze. Thus, without hesitation, he fired Donner to both of the demon race woman¡¯s legs.
¡°AgaaAH!!¡±
The demon race woman screamed and copsed. The scream resounded inside the silent room where the demonic beasts had ceased to breathe. Hajime knew the ssmates behind him were gulping because of his merciless action. However, not worrying about such things, Hajime asked again with Donner aimed at the woman.
¡°Whether it¡¯s human race or demon race, I don¡¯t care about your world¡¯s circumstance. I am asking you not as someone from human race. I am only asking because I want to know it. So, answer it now.¡±
¡°¡¡±
The demon race woman was ring at Hajime while gritting her teeth from the pain. Seeing her eyes, Hajime realized she was not likely to speak, so he began to speak instead.
¡°Well, I have roughly guessed it. You came here to conquer the ¡°True Great Dungeon,¡± right?¡±
The demon race woman¡¯s brows twitched from Hajime¡¯s words. Hajime continued speaking while carefully observing the woman¡¯s reaction.
¡°Those demonic beasts were the product of an Age of Gods magic¡ looks like I hit the bull¡¯s eye. I see, so the change in demon race side was because they conquered a Great Dungeon and obtained the Age of Gods magic which could enve demonic beasts, huh¡ Resultantly, the human race side moved to conquer the Great Dungeon by investigating and then inviting the heroes¡¡±
¡°How¡ it can¡¯t be¡¡±
Hajime had stated his theories which was right on the mark, and it rattled the demon race woman. With the mortified expression, she questioned how he knew when a possibility came to mind. Seeing her expression, Hajime noticed the demon race woman had guessed Hajime was also another dungeon conqueror. With his nce, he responded, ¡°Correct.¡±
¡°I see, if you are the same as that person¡ then I can understand your monster-like power¡ Ah, isn¡¯t that enough? Just kill me. After all, I have no intention of being a captive¡¡±
¡°As that person¡ right. You must be referring to the conqueror whom you received the demonic beasts from, huh¡¡±
The expression of the demon race woman¡¯s face told him she would rathermit suicide rather than to be taken as a captive. Thus, she wanted to at least die in battle. The information about another dungeon conqueror was enough for Hajime, so with thoughts of ending it, killing intent appeared in his eyes.
As revenge for dying in the middle of her path, and unwillingness to admit defeat, the demon race woman muttered towards Hajime.
¡°Someday, my lover will kill you.¡±
Her words made Hajime¡¯s lips curved and floated a fearless smile.
¡°I will kill my enemy, even if it is God. And if that person is someone who dances inside the palm of God¡¯s, then he wouldn¡¯t be able to reach me.¡±
There¡¯s nothing left to talk about, so the two closed their mouths. Hajime turned Donner¡¯s muzzle towards the demon race woman¡¯s head.
However, the moment he was about to pull the trigger, a loud voice stopped him.
¡°Wait! Just wait, Nagumo! She can no longer fight! So, it¡¯s not necessary to kill her!¡±
¡°¡¡±
With his finger still on Donner¡¯s trigger, ¡°What is this guy saying?,¡± Hajime looked over his shoulder with a dubious expression. Kouki managed to unsteadily stand up after he had slightly recovered and further raised his voice.
¡°Capture, right, just make her a captive. It¡¯s absolutely unforgivable to kill someone who cannot resist. I am the hero. And Nagumo is myrade, so please back away in consideration of me.¡±
Excuses that rendered too much retort was something Hajime thought there was no value in hearing it and swiftly discarded them. Silently,¡ he pulled the trigger.
BaAaAaANNNG!
The dry explosive sound echoed inside the room. Killing intent was aimed and a shot was fired through the demon race woman¡¯s forehead where she instantly died.
Silence engulfed their surrounding. The ssmates finally understood and could only hold their bated breaths, puzzled to the spectacle where one of their ssmate killed a person without hesitation. Amongst all of them, Kaori was most shocked by it.
It was not about him killing a person. After all, Kaori herself had been prepared for it. It was a natural thing since they had entered the fight in this world. After all, fighting the demonic beast inside the dungeon was onlybat exercise.
That¡¯s why, a day where killing one another would surelye, for she must kill hostile people, and she was prepared to do it. She was a healer who stand by the rear, but thinking of Shizuku, Kouki, and the others who were in the front lines ¡ª the time when her the hands of her friends will be dirtied by blood, even if it was just a little, made her heart resolved to not averting from such situations even just for a moment.
What shocked Kaori was because she could not sense any aversion, disgust, and hesitation towards murder from Hajime. He killed a person as though it was natural as breathing. The Hajime Kaori knew was someone who even though he couldn¡¯t go against the others, he was a gentle and strong person capable of being able to jump into a whirlpool for the sake of others.
That form of being ¡°strong¡± was not a power that came from violence. It was a strength due to ¡°thinking about others¡± no matter what time or situation he was in. That¡¯s why, Hajime who could kill an enemy who had lost her spirit and would not resist with neither hesitation nor had any deep emotion, had be someonepletely different from Hajime she knew, and it shocked her.
Shizuku was her best friend, so she understood Kaori had received a powerful shock. However, she was able to guess what shocked Kaori from the scattered talk they usually had about Hajime when they were in Japan.
Shizuku looked at Hajime with a cool expression and she thought he had certainly changed, but she knew it was wrong for her, who knew nothing, toin about it. That¡¯s why, as the result, she could do nothing but to stop being nestled close to Kaori.
However, naturally, the lump of justice called hero wouldn¡¯t be able to stay silent about it. Kouki¡¯s voice rang out as if to subdue the space filled with silence.
¡°Why, why did you kill her. Was there any necessary to kill her¡¡±
Hajime was walking towards Shia¡¯s side and caught Kouki staring at him with a prating re at the edge of his view. He hesitated for a moment thinking how he should answer, but in the next moment,to begin with, there¡¯s no need to answer!, he thought and decided to ignore Kouki.
However, whether the other party would allow Hajime¡¯s attitude was another problem¡
Book 8. Chapter 9
Book 8. Chapter 9
The This and That After the Reunion
While the sound of Kouki¡¯s desperate voice subduing the silence, the person whom the words were directed to pretended as though he didn¡¯t hear anything and walked towards Shia¡¯s side, beside the copsed Meld.
Thinking there was no longer a need to protect Kouki¡¯s party, Yue also walked towards Hajime and Shia. ¡°Ahh, One-sama!,¡± Suzu¡¯s shout, whose heart was just like a small old man, came from behind her.
¡°Shia, how¡¯s Meld¡¯s condition?¡±
¡°It was almost toote. He would not survive if we were even a little slower¡ I used ¡°Holy Water¡± as instructed, but¡ was it really okay to do that?¡±
¡°Ah, I was indebted to this person. Besides, the hole Meld left would be too big in a lot of ways. It¡¯ll be especially problematic if someone weird took over the training of the Hero¡¯s party. Well, seeing their current state, it looks like Meld was unable to finish their training properly¡ but it isn¡¯t a mistake that he is a man of character. He is a person who will cause regret in various meanings if he died.¡±
Kouki was currently ring at Hajime. Supported by Ryuutarou, he walked towards Hajime apanied by the other ssmates. Shia was asking him for the reason of using Holy Water on Meld. Incidentally, what he meant by ¡°someone weird¡± was the person from Church of the Saints such as Ishtal.
¡°¡ Hajime.¡±
¡°Yue. Thank you for listening to my request.¡±
¡°Nh.¡±
Yue had arrived at the time he was still speaking to Shia. While gently patting Yue¡¯s cheek who was looking up at him as she called his name, Hajime conveyed his gratitude. Yue¡¯s gaze expressed, ¡°Don¡¯t mind,¡± while delightedly narrowing her eyes. Naturally, Hajime¡¯s gaze softened and the two were watching each other.
¡°¡ You two, please read the mood¡ Come on, return to your senses! Everyone are almost gathered here!¡±
Hajime and Yue began to create their own world which could already be called a disease for them. Thus, Shia pped her hands and retorted to make them return to their senses.
Apparently, the resing from Kouki with different meaning had increased and Hajime noticed it. Especially a reing from different direction than Kouki and the others. It made him feel a chill running down on his spine.
¡°Oi, Nagumo. Why did you kill¡ª¡¡±
¡°Hajime-kun¡ even though there¡¯s much I want to ask, how¡¯s Meld-san¡¯s condition? From what I see, the injuries had been closed and his breathing is also steady. But, he should¡¯ve been mortally wounded¡¡±
Kouki¡¯s words to press a question onto Hajime was interrupted by Kaori, who came and knelt by Meld¡¯s side with a serious expression and asked Hajime the details of Meld¡¯s condition.
For a moment, Hajime felt the chill in his guts from Kaori¡¯s gaze, but thinking it was just his imagination, he decided to answer Kaori¡¯s question.
¡°Yeah, that¡¯s because¡ I used a rather special medicine. The liquid type that will instantly heal a personpletely even if the person was dying.¡±
¡°S-Such a medicine, howe I¡¯ve never heard of it?¡±
¡°That is because it was once only a legend¡ and no one would be able to obtain it, normally. That¡¯s why, Yaegashi, you need to be healed by magic. And here is the potion to recover magic power.¡±
¡°Eh, yes¡ Thank you.¡±
Being called by Hajime, Shizuku received the potion and slightly stammered while she said her gratitude due to the gap between the current Hajime and the Hajime in her memory. Hajime didn¡¯t especially mind Shizuku¡¯s reaction and he gave another magic power recovery potion to Kaori. Kaori caught the potion bottle and drunk the content after she said her gratitude to Hajime. With the Lipovitan-like taste spreading inside her mouth, her energy gradually recovered. The ssmates should be immediately healed as long as Kaori recovers.
For now, Kaori and the others breathed sighs of relief because they understood there was nothing to worry about in regards to Meld. Then, Kouki once again opened his mouth.
¡°Oi, Nagumo, I am grateful about Meld-san¡¯s matter, but why did y¡ª¡¡±
¡°Hajime-kun. Thank you for saving Meld-san. Also, thank you¡ for saving us.¡±
Thus, he was once again interrupted by Kaori. Kouki now wore a truly subtle expression. However, Kaoripletely not noticing Kouki¡¯s expression since she was looking straight at Hajime. Even though she received a severe shock from Hajime¡¯s changes, there were things she wanted to say. She walked up until she was right before Hajime to say her gratitude about Meld¡¯s matter and how he saved them.
Afterwards, while grasping her skirt with both hands,guh, the things she wanted to say were on the tip of her tongue, but she couldn¡¯t say anything and her tears began to fall. Although she was sobbing, she didn¡¯t look away from Hajime as though to confirm the him before her was not an illusion. Hajime silently returned Kaori¡¯s gaze.
¡°Hajime-gun¡ dank God, gusuh, dat you¡¯r alive. Dat time, I am sorry¡ hic¡ dat I couldn¡¯t protect you¡ waaa.¡±
Amongst the ssmates, the girls held warm gazes because they could guess Kaori¡¯s feelings. Some of the boys also had warm gazes, but Kondou and some others had bitter expressions, while Kouki and Ryuutarou were dumbfounded since they could not understand Kaori. The most dense protagonist on earth, Kouki, and the muscle for a brain, Ryuutarou, made it hard for Shizuku and it could be seen in her eyes.
With troubled expression, Shia said, ¡°Uh, by any chance, is she a new rival?,¡± while Yue was looking at Kaori with the usual silent and expressionlessness.
The Kaori before him was crying which messed her face, and Hajime wore an indescribable expression when he realized Kaori had been worrying about him since the day he fell just as Endou had said.
The truth was, he had told Yue once about his circumstance along with the story about Kaori, but that was when they were still in the abyss, and he hadpletely forgotten about Kaori until he met Aiko and the others in Ul. That¡¯s why, he was gradually feeling guilty because she thought of him this strongly.
After sporting a troubled and at lost expression, Hajime answered Kaori¡¯s words with a bitter smile.
¡°¡What to say, looks like I¡¯ve made you worried. I am sorry for not immediately telling you about it. Well, just as you see, I am alive¡ so there¡¯s no need to apologize¡ Also, umm, please don¡¯t cry.¡±
Hajime said while looking at Kaori with the same gentle gaze when he was worrying about Kaori and said, ¡°Please protect me.¡± Upon seeing his gaze, Kaori felt her chest being filled with the memory of the night when they exchanged the promise. Inadvertently,Waahh, she cried and jumped into Hajime¡¯s chest.
At a loss of what to do about Kaori who was crying while clinging on his chest, Hajime held up both of his hands. If it was another ssmate, he would have mercilessly threw the person away since he would feel irritated and use yakuza kick to make the person unconscious. However, the pure and never changing goodwill which was the same even before he fell into the abyss made him incapable of treating her coldly.
But with Yue by his side, he couldn¡¯t embrace another woman and could only hold up his hands as though someone had pointed gun¡¯s muzzle at him, bing a half assed respond since he just let Kaori cry. It was truly not Hajime-like.
¡°My best friend is crying! So, hug her!,¡± was what Shizuku¡¯s gaze who was beside him was saying, but it was hard to move because Yue was also watching him in silence. Being helpless, he lightly pat Kaori¡¯s head to stop her after a while. Really, Hajime had became a good for nothing.
¡°¡Fuu, Kaori is really gentle. She even cry in joy from her ssmate¡¯s survival¡ However, Nagumo killed a non-resisting person. We need to talk. That¡¯s why, that¡¯s enough and you should get away from Nagumo.¡±
¡°You, read the mood!,¡± was what some of the ssmates criticized Kouki with their gazes. Even in such time, this boy was still unable to be considerate to Kaori¡¯s feeling. While ring at Hajime mixed with condemn, he tried to pull Kaori away from Hajime. Maybe it was simply because he didn¡¯t want others to touch Kaori or because the caution he held from being beside a murderer¡ or maybe both.
¡°Wait, Kouki! Isn¡¯t Nagumo-kun the one who saved us? How can you said such things?¡±
¡°But, Shizuku. That woman already lost her spirit to fight. There¡¯s no need to kill her. So what Nagumo did is something I can¡¯t allow.¡±
¡°See here, Kouki, can you cut it out already? To begin with¡¡±
Kouki¡¯s objection was rebutted by Shizuku. The other ssmates were flustered since they didn¡¯t know what to do, but Hiyama¡¯s gang who never liked Hajime began to support Kouki.
Gradually, it became a discussion about Hajime¡¯s action. Kaori had already separated from Hajime¡¯s chest and wiped her tears, but there was still the shock she received from a while ago, so she fell silent with a difficult expression while she was thinking of something.
Suddenly, a voice came to douse them with cold water.
¡°¡What foolish people. Hajime, can we leave now?¡±
¡°Ah~, yup, let¡¯s go.¡±
The one calling Kouki and the others ¡°foolish¡± with tone so cold as if it was in absolute zero was Yue. Although the voice was spoken in small mutter, it clearly resounded even inside themotion of Kouki and the others. For a moment, silence wrapped their location, then Kouki and the others moved their gazes towards Yue.
To begin with, the reason Hajime came here after hearing Endou¡¯s story was his obligation to Kaori, and it had been aplished. Thus, he went out of the room following Yue who pulled his hand. Shia followed after them without minding the others.
As such, the action of Hajime¡¯s party made Kouki and the others stop.
¡°Please stop. Our talk here isn¡¯t over yet. I won¡¯t take Nagumo as myrade if he doesn¡¯t tell me his real intention. Besides, just who do you think you are? Although I am grateful for your help, to call us foolish at our first meeting¡ isn¡¯t that rude? Just what is foolish about us?¡±
¡°¡¡±
Kouki once again talk about something out of topic. Although what he said was correct in such situations,paring their circumstances made Yue wanted to say, ¡°Try to think while putting your hand on your chest.¡± To even go this far, it wouldn¡¯t be strange to say Kouki was cursed by something.
Maybe because Yue had forsaken Kouki already; she didn¡¯t look at him, expressing there¡¯s no value in looking at him. Kouki was slightly irritated and frowned being of Yue¡¯s attitude, but he immediately floated a gentle smile again, thinking she was just an ordinary girl, and he tried to talk to Yue.
Because this wouldn¡¯t end with the way it was going and he felt Yue¡¯s difort, Hajime decided to answer a little and sighed with an expression as though saying it was a hassle.
¡°Amanogawa. I have neither care nor obligation to answer everything to you whose existence is a joke in more ways than one. But, I¡¯ll point it out to you a little because you are being persistent about it.¡±
¡°Point it out, you say? Are you saying I am wrong? I, I only say something obvious as a person.¡±
Because,It¡¯s troublesome, truly!, was what Hajime expression turned to. Kouki irritatedly objected Hajime¡¯s words which was then ignored, and Hajime continued his words.
¡°You can¡¯t fool me.¡±
¡°What¡¯s with that¡¡±
¡°You, you are not angry because I killed that woman. You are only feeling unpleasant to see a person¡¯s death. However, you knew you are mistaken to me me to kill the woman who murdered the Knights and tried to kill you. That¡¯s why you¡¯re using ¡°killing a non-resisting person¡± as your main point, right? Being made to see something you didn¡¯t want to see and for someone to easily do things you couldn¡¯t¡ those are the cause of your anger. However, you tried to cover it under the name of justice. What worse is you yourself aren¡¯t conscious of it. You never change, huh. You interpret things at your own convenience as natural as breathing.¡±
¡°Y-You are wrong! Don¡¯t say something for your own convenience! It is the true you killed a non-resisting person!¡±
¡°I killed my enemy, what¡¯s wrong with that?¡±
¡°Wh-!? What are you saying? It¡¯s murder! Of course it is wrong!¡±
¡°Haa, I don¡¯t want to discuss with you, so can we end it now? ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª I, I won¡¯t give any mercy to my enemy. If someone opposed me, as long as I don¡¯t have any other need for it, I will absolutely kill that person. I don¡¯t care whether they are good or evil, resisting or not. Hatefully, I knew I¡¯d be dead if I show even a moment of weakness. This is my sense of value cultivated inside the abyss, and I won¡¯t force it to other. But, if someone doesn¡¯t like it and tried to block me¡¡±
Hajime instantly closed the distance and pressed the muzzle against Kouki¡¯s forehead. At the same time, Hajime¡¯s ¡°Pressure¡± activated and the dense killing intent fell into the surrounding like arge, powerful waterfall. Kouki¡¯s party held their breaths. Even Kouki, who was able to chase after Shizuku whose movement was the fastest among hisrades, could not even perceive Hajime¡¯s earlier movement and he trembled in fear.
¡°I will kill them, even if that person is a former ssmate of mine.¡±
¡°Y-You¡¡±
¡°Don¡¯t misunderstand, okay? I never thought of returning to you. Also, I am not yourrade. I only came here to pay my obligation to Shirasaki. It¡¯s a goodbye after we get out of here. I have my own path to take.¡±
After saying so, he red at Kouki who couldn¡¯t say anything and was holding his breath. Hajime returned Donner to its holster, and with ¡°Pressure¡± deactivation, the ssmates exhaled greatly while looking at Hajime withplexed gazes. However, Kouki still could not ept it and tried to argue some more. But it was prevented by Yue¡¯s harsh words while she wore a disgusted expression.
¡°¡The one who fought was Hajime. The loser who ran away after being defeated in fear has no qualification to criticize him.¡±
¡°Wh¡ª, you say I ran away¡¡±
Actually it was not a coincidence Hajime¡¯s party could pinpointed their location. The truth was, Hajime guessed the explosive torrent of magic power he felt to being from Kouki¡¯s party when he was still in upper floor. Then, he used full advantage of his perception type skills to search for people presences downstairs and used transmutation along with pile bunker to pierce through the floors.
The torrent of magic power he felt at that time was Kouki¡¯s ¡°Supreme Break.¡± Feeling the huge power, Hajime¡¯s party understood that Kouki would be able to defeat the demon race woman in that condition. That¡¯s why they could see through that Kouki hesitated to kill and invited their predicament aftering to their location. It was why Yue said, ¡°he ran away after being defeated in fear.¡±
Kouki tried to refute Yue, but a deep voice interrupted him.
¡°Stop it, Kouki.¡±
¡°Meld-san!¡±
Meld¡¯s consciousness had returned a while ago and he heard the conversation between Kouki and the others. Still somewhat in a daze, he stood up and shook his head to clear his mind. Next, he saw his abdomen which surely had been injured, and so he tilt his head in confusion.
Kaori exined to Meld in details about what had happened. Knowing he was miraculously helped with a valuable medicine and hearing the owner was Hajime, Meld was happy from the depth of his heart that Hajime was alive. Moreover, he thanked Hajime for saving him. He grandly prostrated for being unable to save him at that time which made Hajime felt ufortable to receive his apology.
Rather than not minding it, Hajime hadpletely forgotten when Meld said, ¡°I will absolutely save you,¡± ¡ but he read the mood when Meld was before him, apologizing while bowing deeply.
When his conversation with Hajime ended, Meld turned towards Kouki and apologized just like what he did to Hajime.
¡°M-Meld-san? Why, why are you apologizing?¡±
¡°Of course. I am your trainer¡ but, I forgot to teach you an important thing during a fight. It¡¯s the resolution to kill a person. When the timees, I¡¯ve thought of making you experience killing people by setting them up as thieves while making it look like a coincidence¡ After all, that experience is something necessary if you participate in war against the demon race¡ However, I¡¯ve spent a lot of time conversing with you which made me think if it was really okay to let you experience that¡ Thus, I¡¯ve hesitated. If I am thinking of my position as themander of the Knights, I would have taught you even earlier, but¡ a little longer, just a little longer, until we cleared this. Things dragged on in this manner and reached this situation¡ I am just being half-assed. It¡¯s my mistake as your trainer. That¡¯s why, to make you face death¡ I apologize.¡±
Saying so, Meld once again bowed which made the ssmates try andfort him in hurry. Apparently, Meld had been considerably worried about Kouki¡¯s party. He was likely being pulled apart by his mission as themander and him as a person.
Meld is a citizen of the Kingdom and a believer of Church of the Saints. Therefore, it wasn¡¯t weird that he felt it was natural and an honor for Kouki and the others, the ¡°God¡¯s Apostles,¡± to fight the demon race. However, he doubted as he fought along with Kouki¡¯s party which meant he was a good or maybe a gentle person, and at the level of a man of character just as Hajime said.
Hearing what was in Meld¡¯s mind, Kouki fell silent. After knowing that he must kill people in due time, he recalled his fear when he was about to kill the demon race woman. At the same time, he received shock from Meld¡¯s words saying they would kill people masked as thieves for the sake of training.If it¡¯s thieves, then we have power to overwhelm them. But to purposely killed them¡he thought.
On the other side, Kaori was also silent. But it was not because she heard Meld¡¯s words. For a long time, she had been thinking about Hajime¡¯s words.
The sense of value cultivated inside the abyss where enemy would be killed without hesitation even if it was his ssmate¡ were impossible wordsing from Hajime of the past. However, he proved he was serious with the previous killing intent. The Hajime who was gentle and acted by putting the sake of others before him had unhesitatingly turned his killing intent towards them. Kaori was perplexed and shaken by the differences between Hajime she knew and Hajime before her. Thinking of the Hajime who was worried about her from a little ago was an illusion, Kaori was uneasy.
While she was thinking, Kaori suddenly felt someone¡¯s gaze. Before Kaori was the blond-haired, red-eyed beautiful girl. A beautiful girl that made even Kaori instinctively charmed. She was quietly observing Kaori with eyes where no feeling could be felt.
Kaori recalled the girl had been fairly intimate with Hajime which made Kaori interested and turned to look at Yue. For a while, the two watched each other.
¡°¡Fu.¡±
¡°Kh¡¡±
However, Yue was the first to avert her gaze while sneering.
Kaori inadvertently held her breath. It was because she noticed the meaning behind her sneer. It was, ¡°If you are shaken by this, just forget about Hajime,¡± something like that.
Yue had of course guessed how Kaori feels about Hajime from her attitude. Thus, hearing she believed of Hajime¡¯s survival even though he fell into the abyss,a strong rival in love might show up, I must stand tall!, was what she thought.
However, when she saw Kaoriparing the past and current Hajime, and it resulted in her being shaken and perplexed while being taken aback by the differences. Although that reaction was as natural as possible for a person¡ it made Yue see her as insignificant.
You can¡¯t even be an enemy. From now on, Hajime is only mine. Hajime¡¯s ¡°special¡± person is me!The implied deration made Kaori¡¯s face red; red from shame and anger. However, Kaori could not refute since she had lost sight of the human called Hajime. The first encounter between Yue and Kaori resulted in Yue as the victor.
Leering at Kouki and the others whose mood became subtle, Hajime took Yue and Shia along, collected the pile bunker¡¯s stake, and tried to go through the opened hole. Noticing what he was doing, Kouki and the others began to follow Hajime¡¯s party. Endou had proposed for everyone to take advantage of Hajime¡¯s party until they reached the surface, and Meld was being carried by Hajime after they pleaded him.
On the way to the surface, the demonic beasts that tried to obstruct them were instantly killed by Hajime which made them once again amazed by his strength. The ssmates wore various expressions thinking whether he was the same person who was once called ¡°ipetent.¡±
Hiyama was ring at Hajime with paledplexion, Kondou¡¯s gang were sending him begrudging gazes, and Nagayama¡¯s party were looking at him admiringly as they woreplex expressions due to Hajime clearly saying he was not theirrade.
Even though Kondou¡¯s gang had closely seen Hajime¡¯s prowess and shrunk before it, they still thought Hajime was the same as the previous him. On the other side, Nagayama¡¯s party knew what kind of treatment Hajime received from Hiyama and his gang and pretend to not see it, so now they felt guilty about it. They thought it could not be helped that Hajime didn¡¯t think of them as hisrades¡
Receiving various gazes from Kouki and the others behind him, Hajime just ignored them and advanced on his own road.
On the way, Suzu¡¯s inner oldman causedmotion as she tried to talk to Yue about various things. She also barraged Hajime with questions about what happened, then she turned her aim towards Shia¡¯s huge breasts and rabbit-ears. When she realized the two just ignored her, she was then physically stopped by Shizuku. Kondou¡¯s gang tried to talk to Yue and Shia fully loaded with desire, but werepletely ignored, even so they kept being persistent. They tried to touch Shia¡¯s rabbit-ears without permission which awarded them with Hajime¡¯s rubber bullets. They vomited after receiving yakuza kicks, and fear was driven into them when they received a slight killing intent leaking from Hajime ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª various things happened, and finally the group reached the surface.
Kaori was still looking down, worrying. Shizuku was also worriedly watching Kaori and drew closer to her. However, a situation where an impact blew away all of Kaori¡¯s worries had happened. It was a situation she couldn¡¯t overlook as a woman whose heart was set on Hajime.
It happened when they arrived at the entrance of ?Orcus Great Dungeon?.
¡°Ah! Papaa~!¡±
¡°Uh! Myuu, huh.¡±
It was the appearance of a little girl calling Hajime papa.
Book 8. Chapter 10
Book 8. Chapter 10
Deration of War
¡°Papaa~!! Wee back~!!¡±
A cheerful little girl¡¯s voice rang out inside the za of ?Orcus Great Dungeon?¡¯s entrance gate.
Adventurers and mercenaries, who were going to dive into the dungeon, were noisily negotiating with the merchants who were also advertising themselves in various crowded stalls. However, Myuu¡¯s raised voice, which rivaled their own, made the experts of battle look at her and smile as their gazes softened.
Tap, tap, tap, tap, tap¡ª!Myuu ran straight towards Hajime while making such lovely footsteps, and then jumped into Hajime. Hajime failed to receive her since he hadn¡¯t even dreamed she would do that.
In a normal situation, the little girl¡¯s head would have thrust into his stomach like a rocket and made him writhe in pain. But fortunately, Hajime¡¯s body was not that weak. Moreover, hepletely warded off the impact so he would not injure Myuu, and firmly caught her.
¡°Myuu, you came to wee us? Where¡¯s Tio?¡±
¡°Un. Tio-oneechan thought it was about time for Papa toe back. That¡¯s why we came here. Tio-oneechan is¡¡±
¡°This one is here.¡±
Separating the crowd, a beautiful, ck-haired, golden-eyed, young woman appeared. Needless to say, it was Tio. Since she was within the crowd where it wasn¡¯t odd for one to get lost made, Hajime began toin about her being separated from Myuu.
¡°Oi oi, Tio. Don¡¯t separate from Myuu in such a ce.¡±
¡°This one kept her along her sight. It just that there were some rude fellows. And this one doth not want to let Myuu see a ghastly spectacle.¡±
¡°I see. Then it couldn¡¯t be helped¡ So, where are the suicide candidates?¡±
¡°Well, Master. This one haspletely settled it down.¡±
¡°¡ Tch, well whatever.¡±
¡°¡ Doth Master truly believe thee will return her again?¡±
Apparently, there were some idiots who tried to kidnap Myuu. Because Myuu was a child from the Sea-dweller tribe, she put on a hood so she wouldn¡¯t stand out in such a public location. As such, not knowing she was a child from Sea-dweller tribe protected by the Kingdom, there were people thinking of insolence. One of the reasons might be because under the hood, she had the face of a young child with lovely features. It was unknown whether their objective was ransom or not though.
Hajime asked for the criminals¡¯ whereabout with a dark smile and the obviousness that he¡¯d kill them, made Tio admonish him in half-amazement. In the beginning, Hajime disliked being called Papa from the bottom of his heart, but now he had be her Papa.When we arrive at Elisen, can Master separate from her¡Hajime was more worrisome than Myuu.
Hearing the conversation between Hajime and Tio, Kouki¡¯s party stood in nk surprise. Though they understood Hajime had be strong in the past four months because he experienced various things they couldn¡¯t even imagine, ¡°How can he be a father!¡± Everyone was dumbfounded by this thought. The male students thought, ¡°Just what kind of experiences has he piled up!?¡± and they moved their gazes to Yue and Shia, and next they looked at the ck-haired, big-breasted, beautiful woman who suddenly appeared, and they clearly thought of something rude. This surprise might even be greater than the time Hajime disyed his peerlessness inside the dungeon.
If they calmly thought about it, it¡¯s unbelievable for him to make a child after being missing for just four months, but the various impacts in session, along with them just returning from life and death battle made them lost theirposure and splendidly make such a misunderstanding.
Following that, one person unsteadily moved within Kouki¡¯s party. With a smile stered on her face which didn¡¯t reach the eyes¡ it was Kaori. Kaori unsteadily approached him and suddenly,re, her eyes opened wide then she caught Hajime.
¡°Hajime-kun! What does this mean!? Is she really Hajime-kun¡¯s daughter!? Who¡¯s the mother!? Yue-san!? Shia-san!? Or, is it that ck-haired person!? Don¡¯t tell me, there are others!? Just how many did you make pregnant!? Answer me! Hajime-kun!¡±
Gripping Hajime¡¯s cor, Kaori shook Hajime in confusion. Although Hajime tried to say it was a misunderstanding and get away from her, he couldn¡¯t get away because Kaori gripped him with such ridiculous strength he had no idea she had. From behind Kaori, ¡°Kaori, please calm down! There¡¯s no way she is his daughter, you know!¡± Shizuku admonished and pinioned her, but it seemed like Kaori did not hear her.
On the other hand, they could hear whispers and rumoursing from the surroundings.
¡°What¡¯s this? A scene of carnage?¡±
¡°It looks like, he got another woman pregnant while he has another woman?¡±
¡°And not only one or two.¡±
¡°Doesn¡¯t it seem like he got five pregnant at the same time?¡±
¡°Well, I heard he created a harem and made tens of women pregnant, I think?¡±
¡°But, he seemed to have hidden it from the wife.¡±
¡°I see¡ so today he got found out huh.¡±
¡°To create a harem¡ how enviable.¡±
¡°What an honorable man¡ he is better off dead though.¡±
Apparently, it turned out that Hajime was a married brute who hid the fact that he was the master of a harem and made tens of women pregnant while keeping it a secret from his wife. Hajime, who was currently being shaken by Kaori, was looking at the ceiling with half-closed eyes, and then he leaked a deep sigh while patting Myuu, who wondered what happened and tilted her head.
* * *
The appearance of Kaori, whose head was buried in Shizuku¡¯s chest with a crimson face, looked as though she wanted to bury herself in a hole. Regaining herposure, she noticed she had shouted something unbelievable, and her embarrassment came in at mach-speed. ¡°It¡¯s okay~, it¡¯s okay,¡± the appearance of Shizukuforting her was just like a mother¡ no, let¡¯s stop here.
Hajime and the others had moved away from the entrance gate and arrived at the za in the town¡¯s entrance. After his honor, which had gone up made a sharp fall in the public eyes, he reported to the branch head, Lorr, about the aplishment of the request. And after two or three conversations, he decided to leave the town quickly to escape the variousmotions. To begin with, he had onlye here to deliver the letter from Ilwa to Lorr, so there was neither a need to resupply nor problem if they left immediately.
Kouki¡¯s party came back one by one after the leaving Hajime¡¯s party due to following Kaori. Kaori, still writhing in embarrassment, was desperately thinking about what she should do. She had to decide whether she would separate from Hajime as she was or follow him. Her feelings were more inclined to follow him. She didn¡¯t want to separate after they were finally reunited.
However, she could not make a clear decision because of her her guilt from leaving Kouki¡¯s party and how she was shaken by Hajime¡¯s changes. Moreover, there was the effect from her shaking being seen through and sneered at.
Kaori, just like what Yue did to her, had guessed how strong Yue¡¯s feelings were towards Hajime. Following that, more than anything, how Hajime thought of Yue as someone important to him became a thorn that pierced and stuck onto her heart. The two thought of each other. Then, the one-sidedly ridicule, ¡°So that¡¯s the extent of your feelings¡± doubted the strength of Kaori¡¯s shaken feelings.
She was wondering whether her feelings would lose to Yue¡¯s, and now, whether her feelings should be set aside so it would not be a nuisance. But more importantly, was she really looking at the current Hajime beside her? Or was she only thinking of the past Hajime? That, coupled with Yue¡¯s extraordinarily high abilities as his partner and how dignified she was made Kaori¡ overwhelmed. In short, she had lost her confidence in herself as a woman, as a magic-user, and even her feelings towards Hajime.
Finally, it was the time for Hajime¡¯s party to leave, and for some reason the atmosphere was full of unrest. Noticing that and raising her face, Kaori saw around ten of men blocking their way.
¡°Oi oi, just where do you think you are going? You made ourrades into such rag-tags, do you think you can go without an apology? Ah? Ah!?¡±
The dirty looking armed man smiled inappropriately as he looked at Tio and said. Apparently, they were therades of the fellows who previously tried to kidnap Myuu. They came to take revenge on Tio. But, those vulgar gazes were obviously not looking for retribution but something else.
In this town, adventurers should know of themotion inside the guild and would not go looking for a fight against Hajime. That¡¯s why, these men were probably stray mercenaries.
Hajime and some others were gritting their teeth while being amazed at the temte-like situationing from these scum. However, mistaking that as shaking in fear, the failed excuses for mercenaries began to get carried away.
Their gazes moved towards Yue and Shia, too. The gazes that seemed to licking them made Yue and Shia feel disturbed from the bottom of their hearts and hid behind Hajime. Misunderstanding their actions as being frightened, they began to threaten Hajime who was surrounded by Yue and the girls.
¡°BRAT! You understand right? Leave the women and quickly disappear if you don¡¯t want to die! Whaa~t, I¡¯ll return them if you properly apologize!¡±
¡°Well, they¡¯ll already be broken by that time though.¡±
Thinking it was amusing,GYAHAHA¡ª, the menughed. One of them was even lusting after the frightened Myuu, while another was lusting after the Rabbitman, a race usually used as an outlet for human sexual desire. And their fate had been decided now.
Just like the usual, the pressure came attacked the mercenary-like men like a giant waterfall that even made creaks in the air. However, being enraged and could not endure the men¡¯s speeches, Kouki moved out only to get wrapped inside the pressure and trembled. Then, he saw Hajime, not caring about him, walked towards the men from the corner of his view.
Though it was toote, the men tried to apologize because they noticed they had picked a fight against someone they must not. But, on all-fours due from the pressure, they could not even open their mouths, so they could not apologize.
Hajime also didn¡¯t want to hear their words anymore. There was already enough reason for Hajime to be mad because they were thinking of making Shia an outlet for their lust, but their malice also had frightened Myuu, so that led to a decision of making them live a life more painful than death.
Hajime loosened the pressure a little and lined up the men who were on their knees, then he unhesitatingly and devilishly shot the symbol of a man starting from the one at the edge. Furthermore, one by one the screaming, groin-holding men were kicked away and piled up in the corner of the za with their smashed pelvises. With this, they wouldn¡¯t be able to make child or even walk. It was up to each person whether they¡¯d work hard in the future to stay alive or not.
The overly excessive and merciless counterattack made Kouki¡¯s party back away. The male students were especially affected and turned pale as they covered theirher regions.
Leering at Kouki¡¯s party, Hajime returned to where Yue and the girls were.
¡°Once again, a merciless one, huh~. As expected of Master. Even though those art women¡¯s enemy, doesth not a little sympathy spring up?¡±
¡°Usually Hajime-san would not be angry right~. As expected, is it because of Myuu-chan? Looks like the overprotectiveness keeps rising.¡±
¡°¡ Nh, though there¡¯s that¡ Hajime was also angry for Shia.¡±
¡°Eh!? Angry for my sake? Ehehe, Hajime-san¡ thank you very much~.¡±
¡°¡ Yue can immediately seen through me.¡±
¡°Nh¡ of course. It is because I am always looking at Hajime.¡±
¡°Yue¡¡±
¡°Hajime¡¡±
In the end, Hajime and Yue began to create their own world, which Shia retorted, then Myuu jumped to Hajime to be spoiled, andstly Tio let out perverted remarks that ended in her panting from Hajime¡¯s coldness. These spectacles were connected with Hajime as the core.
Kaori was silently watching Hajime who carried Myuu while being surrounded by Yue and the girls. With the previous spectacle, she understood that Hajime would not hesitate to use violence. It was something vastly differentpared to the previous Hajime, and just by seeing it, it became a denial of Hajime¡¯s kindness.
However, she wondered about the reason for Hajime¡¯s anger, which made him resort to violence. It was for the sake of the girls that were close to him, so they could enjoy themselves andugh happily.Really, just how can a person who lost his kindness be surrounded by such smiles. Just how can such a young child yearn for him as a father.
Following that, the disturbance in her mind due to Hajime¡¯s changes had dissipated. To begin with, Hajime had returned to the dungeon for the sake of relieving Kaori by informing her his survival. And just like his words, he had returned to the dungeon only for Kaori, but he didn¡¯t cast the others away. He saved Meld who received mortal wounds and told hispanion to protect Kouki¡¯s party.
Kaori noticed it. The reason Hajime unhesitatingly disyed such violence and mercilessness towards his enemy was for the sake of protecting his important people. Of course Kaori herself might also be included inside, but it was a fact that Hajime was thinking for the others¡¯ sake. The proof was the smiles from the girls surrounding Hajime.
Kaori guessed it. Hajime had lost his hair color, right eye and left arm, surely because of the severe environment he had lived through. He certainly almost broken down mentally and physically many times. No, it was possible¡ it was possible that he had already broken which resulted in his changes. Even so, Hajime walked on his path surrounded by those smiles.
That fact made the fog inside Kaori¡¯s mind disperse. She could hear the sound of puzzle pieces being rightfully ced.Just what I was hesitating about.There¡¯s ¡°Hajime¡± before her. There¡¯s the boy that her heart always thought of. The one who was called ¡°ipetent,¡± but crawled from the abyss, gained enormous power, and came to save her.
There were parts that had changed, but there was also unchanged parts. However, that¡¯s something natural. After all, people would always change with time, experiences, and meetings. That¡¯s why, there was no need for her to feel fear. There¡¯s no need for her to lose her confidence. There¡¯s no need for her to back away from him.
If there¡¯s something I don¡¯t know, then it¡¯ll okay if Ie to know it while being by his side. Up until now, just like the time we were inside the ss. There¡¯s no way the strength of my feelings will lose! There¡¯s nothing wrong with me joining the circle that surrounds Hajime! I won¡¯t let anyoneugh at my feelings anymore!
Resolution and determination were born inside Kaori¡¯s eyes. Shizuku, by her side, was smiling at her best friend¡¯s change. Following that, she silently pushed Kaori¡¯s back. Kaori , with eyes radiating more ¡°strength¡± than before, nodded to thank Shizuku and moved towards her next battlefield. That¡¯s right, toward her fight as a woman!
Hajime¡¯s party noticed that Kaori was walking towards them. Hajime thought she came to see them off, while Yue by his side, ¡°Muh?,¡± became wary as she frowned. ¡°Arara?,¡± Shia was looking at Kaori as her interest deepened, and Tio murmured, ¡°Looks like it¡¯ll be a bloodbath huh~.¡± Because she was apparently noting to see them off, Hajime was looking at Kaori, frowning due at the ominous feeling.
¡°Hajime-kun, can Ie with you, too? ¡ No, that¡¯s not it, I will absolutelye with you, so please take care of me, okay?¡±
¡°¡ Hah?¡±
From the first words spoken, with neither preface nor wish-washing, it became a development where everything was decided and made Hajime¡¯s eyes turn into dots. Inadvertently, he leaked such a stupefied voice. In ce of Hajime, who could not immediately regain hisposure due to being dumbfounded, Yue moved out.
¡°¡ You are not qualified for that.¡±
¡°What qualification? Is it to always think of Hajime? Then, I won¡¯t lose to anyone, you know?¡±
Kaori calmly replied Yue¡¯s words. Yue, ¡°Mmhmp,¡± made her mouth into ^.
Kaori matched her gaze to Yue¡¯s, then she abruptly moved her unshakable gaze towards Hajime. Following that, she united her hand before her chest with blushing cheeks, took a deep breath, then with desperate and trembling voice, she spoke to him¡ thus she conveyed it.
¡°I love you.¡±
¡°¡ Shirasaki.¡±
Kaori¡¯s expression was mix of embarrassment, worrying while she was expecting Hajime¡¯s answer, and happinessing from being able to convey her feelings to him. Thus, with those mixed feeling, she didn¡¯t back away, disying her determination.
That gaze, filled with determination and sincerity made Hajime answered her with serious eyes.
¡°I have a woman I am in love with. So I can¡¯t answer Shirasaki¡¯s feelings. Therefore, I can¡¯t take you with me.¡±
Hajime¡¯s clear answer made Kaori immediately bite her lip as if she wanted to cry, but in the next moment, power was born inside the eyes that were about to spill tears and she raised her face. Thus she nodded to tell him she understood. Behind Kaori, Kouki and the others were in nk surprise, agape, and in a pandemonium-like situation, but not minding them, Kaori spun her desired words.
¡°¡ Un, I know. It¡¯s Yue-san, right?¡±
¡°Yeah, that¡¯s why¡¡±
¡°But, I don¡¯t think that can be a reason for me not to be at Hajime-kun¡¯s side.¡±
¡°What?¡±
¡°Because, Shia-san and the slightly strange Tio-san are also in love with Hajime-kun, right? Especially Shia-san, I feel she is pretty serious about it.¡±
¡°¡ That¡¯s¡¡±
¡°Even though Hajime-kun, with you already having your own special person, she still doesn¡¯t give up and wants to be at Hajime-kun¡¯s side, and also, Hajime-kun lets her be so. That¡¯s why, it wouldn¡¯t be a problem if I am there too, right? After all, my feelings for Hajime-kun¡ won¡¯t lose to anyone.¡±
Saying so, Kaori turned her zing, strong gaze towards Yue. What was expressed was,My feelings won¡¯t lose to you! I won¡¯t let youugh at them!, and Yue could see Kaori¡¯s strong will. That was definitely a deration of war. It was a deration that she¡¯d steal the one and only ¡°special seat¡± from Yue.
Receiving Kaori¡¯s piercing gaze from the front, Yue, unusually, turned her lips in a smile that could be understood by anyone as fearless.
¡°¡ I see, thene with us. And there I will teach you. Our differences, that is.¡±
¡°Not you, it¡¯s Kaori.¡±
¡°¡ Then, just call me Yue. I ept Kaori¡¯s change.¡±
¡°Fufu, Yue. Don¡¯t cry if you lose, kay?¡±
¡°¡ Fu, fufufufufu.¡±
¡°Aha, ahahahahaha.¡±
Yue and Kaori created a world of their own with a different meaning than the time Yue did it with Hajime. Even though Hajime was the one confessed to, he was being put aside before he was aware of it, and, in such a manner, in the end it was decided Kaori would enter his party making Hajime look into the far distance. Seeing Yue and Kaori who wereughing together, Shia and Myuu by his side were hugging him, trembling.
¡°Ha-Hajime-san! Is something wrong with my eyes? I can see dark clouds and draconic lightning behind Yue-san!¡±
¡°¡ Isn¡¯t that normal? Even I can see a katana holding Hanya behind Shirasaki.¡±
¡°Papaa~! Those Onee-chan are scaryy.¡±
¡°Haa haa, thee are somehow¡ if you turn your gazes to this one¡ ngh, can¡¯t hold it.¡±
With Satan? appearing behind each of them, Yue and Kaoriughed with daunting pose.Were you those kinds of characters?, Hajime wanted to retort with that, but he decided to wait for them to stop while soothing Myuu, who was clinging to him, because those words would be a boomerang back at him. He is now the so called good-for-nothing.
But, there was someone who objected towards Kaori¡¯s will¡ and of course it was the ¡°Hero¡±, Amanokawa Kouki.
¡°Wa-Wait! Please wait a sec! I don¡¯t understand this. Kaori likes Nagumo? She wants to follow him? Eh? What does this mean? How, how did it suddenlye to this? Nagumo! You, just what have you done to Kaori.¡±
¡°¡ the heck is with this one.¡±
Apparently, Kouki could not admit the reality of Kaori falling for Hajime. It was not something that came out of the blue as Kouki was the only one who didn¡¯t notice it, but in Kouki¡¯s eyes, he only saw it as Kaori suddenly doing something strange and the cause being Hajime. Really, Kouki¡¯s mind that only saw things in the way that would be convenient for him made Hajime retort instinctively.
Beingpletely convinced that Hajime did something to Kaori, Kouki indignantly moved with partly drawn Holy Sword in hand which made Shizuku admonish him, with a gesture was as though she was enduring a headache.
¡°Kouki. Can¡¯t you see Nagumo-kun didn¡¯t do anything? Please think about it calmly. Though it looks like you didn¡¯t notice it, Kaori has thought of him in that way since long ago. I mean, since the time we were still in Japan. Just try to think about what Kaori always talked about.¡±
¡°Shizuku¡ what are you saying¡ that¡¯s, that¡¯s because Kaori is kind, so she feels sorry for Hajime who was always alone, right? There¡¯s neither connection nor motive, so there¡¯s no way Kaori would like an otaku like Hajime.¡±
Hearing Kouki and Shizuku¡¯s conversation, Hajime unexpectedly became agitated as that was said straight to his face, his cheek twitching.
Noticing themotion from Kouki and the others, Kaori spoke towards Kouki and the ssmates behind him to make herself clear.
¡°Kouki-kun, everyone, I am sorry. I know it is selfish of me¡ but I, I want to go with Hajime-kun by any means. That¡¯s why, I will leave your party. Truly, I am sorry.¡±
Kaori said so as she bowed deeply, making Suzu, Eri, Ayako, and Mao, the female circle, yellKyaa¡ª Kyaa¡ª. Nagayama, Endou, and Nomura, the three who had guessed Kaori¡¯s feelings were waving their hands to tell her not to worry about it with wry smiles.
However, Kouki, of course, could not ept Kaori¡¯s words.
¡°It¡¯s a lie, right? After all, that¡¯s weird. Kaori has always been by my side¡ so shouldn¡¯t it be the same from now on too? Kaori is my childhood friend¡ that¡¯s why¡ it¡¯s natural for her to be by my side. Isn¡¯t that so, Kaori?¡±
¡°Umm¡ Kouki-kun. It is true that we are childhood friends¡ but, it doesn¡¯t mean we will be always together, you know? I think this is the natural way¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s right, Kouki. It¡¯s not like Kaori is yours, and it¡¯s Kaori herself that will choose what she does. So, drop it already.¡±
Being told so by his two childhood friends, Kouki was dumbfounded. His gaze immediately moved towards Hajime. Hajime was looking in the distance, expressing that this had nothing to do with him. Beside Hajime were a beautiful woman and beautiful girls in attendance. Seeing that spectacle, Kouki¡¯s eyes began to gradually looking up. Inside him, he was thinking abouthisKaori, and dark feeling he never felt before sprang up. Thus following his impulse, he fully interpreted things at his own convenience.
¡°Kaori. You must not go with him. I am saying this for your sake. Just look at that Nagumo. He is attended by several girls, even a small child like that¡ moreover, he even made a girl from the Rabbitman tribe wear a ve cor. Even that ck-haired woman called Hajime ¡°Master¡± before. Surely, she waspelled to call him that. I am sure Nagumo is collecting women or something along those lines. He is the worst. He easily killed a person and he didn¡¯t want to cooperate with us, hisrades, even though he has those powerful weapons. Kaori, you¡¯ll only be unhappy if you go along with him. That¡¯s why, it is better if you stay here. No, just stay here. Even if you are going to hate me, I am going to stop you for your sake. I will absolutely not let you go with him!¡±
Kouki¡¯s overly erratic objection made Kaori and the others dumbfounded. However, the heated up Kouki couldn¡¯t be stopped. His gaze which was looking at Kaori to persuade her turned towards Yue and the girls by Hajime¡¯s side as if he thought of something.
¡°You girls, too. There¡¯s no more need for you to be by that man¡¯s side. Come with me! I wee people with abilities like you. Let¡¯s save people together. Shia, was it? There¡¯s no need to worry, I will immediately release you from very if youe with me. Tio too, it¡¯s okay for you to not call him Master.¡±
Saying so with a refreshing smile, Kouki outstretched his hand towards Yue and the girls. Shizuku was facepalming and looking at the sky while Kaori was covering her opened mouth.
Yue and the girls who received the invitation along with Kouki¡¯s smile were¡
¡°¡±¡± ¡¡±¡±¡±
They were speechless. They averted their gazes from Kouki and rubbed both of their own arms. If one looked carefully, Yue and the girls were having goosebumps. In a way, they received considerable damage. Even Tio said, ¡°Somehow, this feels wrong¡,¡± as she frowned at the cold feeling she felt.
Seeing their appearances, Kouki who outstretched his hand had his smile cramped. Far from looking at him, the girls were hurriedly hiding behind Hajime while looking disgustedly at him which shocked Kouki.
Then, that shock changed into anger which disyed in his action. He rashly drew the Holy Sword, aiming at Hajime. Kouki could no longer be stopped by words, he thrust the Holy Sword into the ground and pointed his finger at Hajime as he dered,
¡°Nagumo Hajime! Duel me! Throw away your weapon and fight me barehanded! If I win, don¡¯t evere close to Kaori again! Also, you must release those girls!¡±
¡°¡ Ouch, ouch, ouch. This is bad. It¡¯s a more painful hero than I expected. It looks like he couldn¡¯t see that he is being a pain though.¡±
¡°What are you mumbling about! Are you scared?!¡±
Stabbing the Holy Sword into the ground and dering a bare-handed duel after drawing the sword was surely because he felt that he¡¯d lose to Hajime if they used weapons. Though it was actually unknown whether he did it intentionally or not¡ Yue, Shia, Myuu, Tio, Kaori and the others were indeed taken aback by Kouki¡¯s speech and behavior.
However, Kouki firmly believed that he was in the right and got worked up on saving his childhood friend and the unhappy girls from Hajime which made him unable to notice the surrounding atmosphere. To begin with, the strong conviction that made him doing such a reckless thing was the ¡°envy¡± he that he felt for the first time, and he waspletely out of control.
Without hearing Hajime¡¯s approval, Kouki dashed out. Sighing, Hajime took two, three steps back. Seeing that, Kouki thought Hajime was frightened from fighting without a weapon and put more power into his dash. Just several steps before his fist reached Hajime, Hajime lowered his hands, not reacting to anything in particr. Kouki thought Hajime couldn¡¯t react to him and was convinced of his victory.
At that moment,
THUUUMP!
¡°Kh!?¡±
Kouki disappeared.
More urately, at the moment he put maximum power to hisst step to put more power into his fist, he fell. He fell into a pitfall. At the beginning, the reason Hajime moved back two, three steps was to create transmutation magic array using his shoes to create a hole with a four meter depth under the surface.
The pitfall was immediately returned into stone pavement after it swallowed Kouki. Next, explosions could be heard from under the surface. At the moment Hajime transmuted the pitfall, he used that opportunity to transfer sh grenade, shock grenade, paralyze grenade, and tear grenade from ¡°Treasure Box¡± into the hole.
While he was underground, the impact from explosions attacked Kouki who tried to escape, then his vision went dark with the sh, his eyes and nose flooded from the tear grenade, andstly his body was in agony and stiffening because of the paralysis.
Hajime silently used transmutation again and hardened the ground around Kouki as hard as the two-tailed wolf. And now, because he¡¯d likely to die due to being deprived of fresh air, he created a small hole for venttion.
During that time, to the onlookers, it looked like Hajime didn¡¯t do anything but stood only to take Kouki¡¯s resentment, and then Kouki rushed forward, alone which ended with him disappearing down the hole alone; it made him looked terribly¡ silly.
¡°Ah~, Yaegashi. He is still alive, so dig him outter.¡±
¡°¡ I have a lot of things I want to ask¡ but, roger that.¡±
Leave the troublesome Kouki to Yaegashi Shizuku!, it was a tacit understanding since the time they were in Japan. Hajime pushing the troublesome thing onto her made Shizuku leak a sigh while covering one of her eyes. Finally, the nuisance was gone.
¡ Was what he thought, but this time Hiyama¡¯s gang made amotion. As for the reason, the hole left by Kaori was just too great. There was also the previous incident with the demon race woman, and they¡¯d likely to die in the future if Kaori left them. That¡¯s why they repeatedly tried to persuade Kaori to remain with them. Especially Hiyama, he intensely objected. His appearance¡ was in a panic, as though the thing he desired for so long which was about toe into his possession was disappearing.
Hiyama¡¯s gang of four realized it was difficult to persuade or change Kaori¡¯s decision, and this time they began to persuade Hajime to remain with them.We apologize about the past, so let¡¯s get along from now on, such and so forth was said unabashedly.
They didn¡¯t actually mean what they said, but they made friendly smiles as they snuck peeks at Hajime¡¯s mood, but not only Hajime, but Shizuku and the others were also disgusted by them. Within that situation, Hajime, for the first time looked at Hiyama¡¯s eyes from a close distance since their reunion. Inside those eyes, maybe due to the effect of Kaori leaving, Hajime could see madness.
Shizuku and the others admonished Hiyama¡¯s gang and once again it turned into amotion, but because there was such an opportunity, Hajime decided to talk to Hiyama to confirm the truth about that day and to resolve the current situation.
¡°Naa, Hiyama. Has your fire magic skill increased?¡±
¡°¡Eh?¡±
The sudden question made Hiyama dumbfounded. However, hisplexion gradually turned pale as he noticed the meaning behind it.
¡°Wh-What are you saying. I am the vanguard¡ and my element with the highest aptitude is Wind.¡±
¡°Hee, I thought you were surely had a fire element.¡±
¡°A-Aren¡¯t you mistaken? Just what are you trying to say all of a sudden¡¡±
¡°Then, you must have liked fire element magic. Especially something like fireball. I wonder if you would unintentionally use it?¡±
¡°¡¡±
Now, the color of Hiyama¡¯s face had changed from blue to white. Seeing that reaction, Hajime was convinced. Next, Hajime guessed his motive from his panicked attitude from Kaori separating from them. Well,as for why Hajime hadn¡¯t attacked Hiyama up till now was because he was sneaking looks at Kaori.
Hajime himself, currently, had not even a shred of feeling burning with revenge. Though he¡¯d be merciless if one was hostile to him, he nned to leave Hiyama as he was. If he retaliated here, it would be troublesome as there was no value in being burdened by a dispute against Kouki¡¯s party just because of Hiyama. For Hajime, the existences of Hiyama and his gang were truly worthless just like the pebbles by the roadside.
Hajime moved away from the silent Hiyama and mercilessly informed Hiyama¡¯s gang, with Kondou and the others included.
¡°There¡¯s no need for you to apologize as I don¡¯t mind the past. For me, you guys are worthless. Thus I don¡¯t want to know what you are going to say. If you understand, scram now! You¡¯re so irritating!¡±
Although Kondou and the others were angered by Hajime¡¯s words, ¡°Hiyamaaa. You should understand, right?,¡± Hajime said so with full smile, and then Hiyama¡¯s body shook and he silently nodded, followed by him telling Kondou and the others to stop. Hiyama once again came to know that Hajime had noticed something about him, including what Hajime didn¡¯t express, and he matched him.
Kondou and the others were dubious due at the sudden change in Hiyama¡¯s attitude, but Hiyama¡¯s abnormal attitude, as if he was killing his emotions, made them reluctantly give up on persuading Hajime.
Finally, truly finally, the nuisances who disturbed the departure of Hajime¡¯s party had gone. Kaori went back to the inn to get her luggage (Hajime used his ¡°Pressure¡± to stop Hiyama¡¯s gang from following her). Leering at Ryuutarou and the others trying to dig Kouki up, Hajime now was talking with Shizuku.
¡°What can I say¡ I am sorry for everything. Also, let me thank you again. Thank you, for saving us, for surviving, and foring here to meet with Kaori¡¡±
Shizuku, who apologized about the trouble and thanked him for rescuing them and returning to Kaori, made Hajimeugh, inadvertently. Shizuku showed a dubious expression due to Hajime sudden burst ofughter. Her gaze was asking, ¡°What is it?¡±
¡°No, sorry. What can I say, I thought you are worldly-wise as usual, so I inadvertentlyughed. Even while we were in Japan, you were the one who quietly did the apologizing and thanking. It¡¯s still the same, even in this different world¡ but keep it in moderation or your wrinkle will increase, you know?¡±
¡°¡ You¡¯ve been a big help. Also, you have considerably changed. To have that many girls to wait upon you, along with a daughter¡ I couldn¡¯t imagine this from you while we were still in Japan¡¡±
¡°I only love one person though¡¡±
¡°¡ I don¡¯t have the obligation to say anything and I also understand that it is not my ce to say it¡ but at least I want you to take care of Kaori. I implore you.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Hajime didn¡¯t answer. More than that he didn¡¯t want to answer Kaori¡¯s feelings, honestly, he never thought of letting here along. But in the end, he let Yue have her way¡ but he wondered why the woman he fell for permitted one woman after another¡Why did ite to this?, Hajime was looking into the far distance as he thought that he was spoiling Yue too much.
Towards Hajime, whose attitude said he didn¡¯t hear anything, Shizuku¡¯s spirit as a best friend raised a growl.
¡°¡ If you don¡¯t take care of her¡ it¡¯ll be serious matter.¡±
¡± ? Serious matter? What do you¡¡±
¡°Have you heard ¡°White-haired, eye-patched Punisher¡±?¡±
¡°¡What?¡±
¡°Or maybe, written as ¡°Round of Destruction¡± and read as ¡°Outbreak,¡± how about it?¡±
¡°Wait a sec, you, just what are you¡¡±
¡°There are also others such as ¡°Jet-ck Tyrant¡± or ¡°Transmutation Master of Red Thunder,¡± you know?¡±
¡°Y-Yo-You, don¡¯t tell me¡¡±
Shizuku suddenly began to enumerate unknown names, which made Hajime look dubious at the beginning. But, noticing Shizuku joyfully looking at Hajime from head to toe, he turned pale as he understood what she meant.
¡°Fufufu, right now I am a ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡± and a member of the Hero¡¯s party. What I said will surely spread. It is equal to thework of neighboring housewives. Well then, Nagumo-kun, what kind of nickname do you want¡ I will make one that fairly describes your appearance and grandly make it known, okay?¡±
¡°Wait, just, wait! Why, how did you know such a damaging thing!?¡±
¡°It is because I studied about it with Kaori. That girl wanted to talk with Nagumo-kun, so she studied otaku culture like manga and anime so they could be a topic of conversation. I went along with her every time¡ that¡¯s why I¡¯ve gathered quite the knowledge about it. Certainly, people like the current Nagumo-kun are called ¡°chuuni¡¡±¡±
¡°Stoop-! Please stop that¡±
¡°O-Oh my, it is more effective than what I imagined¡ looks like you are aware of it yourself.¡±
¡°Th-This devil¡¡±
Hajime had already fallen to his knees. The ck history that truly happened in his middle school years was revived. The memory that had been sealed deep inside him, ¡°You rang?¡± said thus as it peeked out its face.
¡°Fufu, so, take care of Kaori, okay?¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°Fuu, Requiem of Ruin (Shotgun of Chaos), Revived Disaster (Reverse Cmity)¡¡±
¡°Okay! I will do it, so please don¡¯t make such painful nicknames.¡±
¡°Take care of Kaori, okay?¡±
¡°¡ At the very least, I promise that I won¡¯t treat her unkindly.¡±
¡°Eeh, that¡¯s enough for me. After all, it seems you¡¯ll be mad at me if I go any further than this¡ if you break the promise, be prepared for a novel with you as the main character published in this world and Japan too, okay?¡±
¡°You, aren¡¯t you actually thest boss here? You are, right?¡±
Hajime held his head as he was on the verge of going mad from embarrassment. Yue, the girls, and the other ssmates that were looking at Hajime from a slight distance were shuddering at how Shizuku used only words to make the overwhelmingly powerful Hajime fall to his knees.
While Hajime was fighting against his dark history due to this and that from his appearance, Kaori came back, running. Next, she became pop-eyed when she saw Hajime hanging his head before Shizuku.
Worried about Shizuku, Kaori asked the details from Yue and they exchanged information. Finishing their conversation, Yue, ¡°Muu~,¡± groaned at Shizuku who defeated Hajime with only words. Kaori had also remembered that the two often talked with each other quietly¡ and she looked alternately between Hajime and Shizuku. Following that, the two reached a conclusion.Don¡¯t tell me, is she thest boss of this fight as a woman?, something like that.
Yue wore an indescribable expression and Kaori was worrying. Then, it was finally time for Hajime¡¯s party to leave. Shizuku, Suzu, the other female students, and Nagayama¡¯s party, along with Meld who finished reporting, were gathered at Hol-ad¡¯s entrance to see them off. Following that, when Hajime took out the magic-driven four-wheeler, all of them were once again surprised.
While Shizuku and Kaori mutually struggling to separate their hands in regret, Hajime took out a sword with a ck sheath from ¡°Treasure Box¡± and handed it to Shizuku.
¡°This is?¡±
¡°Yaegashi, you are losing the one who can spoil you, right? Then, just take it. Even if you are worldly-wise, you can¡¯t be ¡°healed (mentally)¡± from being separated from Shirasaki. Maa, there¡¯s also the various things I am indebted to you for from Japan.¡±
Shizuku epted the sword from Hajime and slowly drew it from its sheath, and a jet-ck sword that seemed to absorb even light appeared. There was no de crest, it had a slight curve and became double edged around the tip. It resembled the sword called Shoukarasuma. Though Hajime only knew a little about Japanese swords, it was created simrly using transmutation just like the short swords he handed over to the Haulia.
¡°I can guarantee its strength because it was made from thepressed, hardest ore in this world, and its sharpness is at the level where even an amateur can cut steel by swinging it. About the maintenance¡ there¡¯s no need to say it to Yaegashi, but please take care of it.¡±
¡°¡ Such an amazing thing¡ as expected of a Transmutation Master. Thank you. I won¡¯t hold back and will ept it.¡±
After one swing, two swings, the bnce as it cut through the wind made Shizuku respond with admiration, and she honestly thanked him as she smiled. Truthfully, because Shizuku¡¯s swordsmanship was Yaegashi-styled, naturally it required a Japanese sword, and she felt disoriented every time she used her techniques using her previous sword. That¡¯s why she was truly happy to obtain a Katana which made her float a natural, lovely smile.
¡°¡ Last Boss?¡±
¡°¡ Shizuku-chan.¡±
¡°Eh? What? You two, why are you looking at me with such eyes?¡±
Yue¡¯s gaze, full of caution, and Kaori¡¯s gaze, full of worry, made Shizuku flustered as she didn¡¯t know the meaning behind them. Leaving behind that indescribable atmosphere, Shizuku and the others saw Hajime¡¯s party out of Hol-ad.
The weather was good. Their destination was one of the Seven Great Dungeons ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? in ?Guryuu-en Great Desert?. With increasing liveliness from acquiring a newpanion, Hajime continued his journey.
Book 9. Chapter 1
Book 9. Chapter 1
Madness and Jealousy
¡°Shit! Shit! What¡¯s with this! What kind of joke is this!¡±
It was midnight. Inside a park located on the outskirts of the post town, Hol-ad, one boy was cursing in a hushed voice, punching one of the trees repeatedly. It was Hiyama Daisuke. Hiyama¡¯s eyes were shaking intensely in hatred, agitation, and impatience. Those were truly ugly and impure eyes, from which it was not an exaggeration to they were full of madness.
¡°As I thought, you really did lose your temper¡ well, I know it can¡¯t be helped though. After all, your precious, precious princess Kaori was snatched by another man before your eyes, right?¡±
A voice filled with scorn and slight sympathy rang out from behind such a Hiyama. Fwip, Hiyama immediately turned around. Next, he momentarily raised an expression of relief when he recognized the other person was the one he meeting in secret, and, following that, with his fists clenched, he replied with a voice that was just like a beast¡¯s howl.
¡°Shut up! Shit! This¡ this shouldn¡¯t have happened! Why, why is that bastard alive!? Just why did he did that¡¡±
¡°Don¡¯t be distracted by yourself, I want to have a talk, you know? Also, it will be a serious matter if someone sees us meeting in secret.¡±
¡°¡ I, I don¡¯t have anymore reasons to go along with you¡ my Kaori is already¡¡±
In between the trees¡¯ shadows created by the moonlight was a person¡¯s silhouette, to whom Hiyama bitterly spoke as he pummeled his fists on the tree.
Hiyama cooperating with this person was only because he heard that he would be able to make Kaori his own. That¡¯s why, with Kaori leaving, he had lost his reason to cooperate, and it was toote to threaten him with exposing his attempt to kill Hajime as the victim could have said it himself.
However, the person in the darkness smiled as its mouth turned curved into a crescent at such a Hiyama, and it once again tempted him just like the devil.
¡°If she is snatched then just snatch her back. Is it wrong? Fortunately, we have good bait here.¡±
¡°¡Bait?¡±
Not knowing what it meant, Hiyama dubiously tilted his head which made that person grinned and nodded.
¡°That¡¯s right, bait. Even if she puts priority on her feelings and parts from thoserades of hers¡ her best friends that were always by her side, her childhood friends¡ do you think she can just leave them be? Especially if she knows they are in a predicament.¡±
¡°You¡¡±
¡°It is easy to call her back. So, there¡¯s no need to be pessimistic about it. Especially in this case, even I got a chill¡ but I am d that it resulted in something convenient for me. Yup, it could be said as a godsend. Shall we finish everything once we return to the Imperial Capital? Then¡ you will surely obtain what you desire, you know?¡±
¡°¡¡±
Though knowing it was useless, Hiyama red at his aplice that stayed in the shadow. Even receiving his gaze, the person before Hiyamaughed normally.
Though he didn¡¯t know all of this person¡¯s n, from their previous words, Hiyama could have guessed that it¡¯d involve injuring the other ssmates. For their own objective, they could easily betrayed theirrades, with whom they shared joy and sorrow with. Following that, a chill ran down in his spine as he couldn¡¯t feel any guilt from that person.
(A nasty person as always¡ but, I also cannot back down anymore¡ I must do it to getmyKaori back¡ that¡¯s all. There¡¯s nothing to hesitate about. This is for Kaori. I am the justice here.)
Hiyama only thought of himself and his confusion had already been disappeared. Because of his aplice, he was made to look away from the thing he must see, believing that his action was justified, while it all stemmed from his desire for Kaori.
The silhouette turned silent as it understood Hiyama¡¯s feelings. Smiling, it waited for Hiyama¡¯s answer.
¡°¡ Okay. Just like before, I will lend you a hand. However¡¡±
¡°Aah, I understand. I will obtain what I desired, and you will obtain yours. Give and take, isn¡¯t that a nice word? From now on is crucial. The case in the Imperial Capital too, can I leave that to you?¡±
Without minding Hiyama¡¯s distorted expression, that person turned on their heels and disappeared, as if merging with the space between the trees. Afterwards, what was left was the fallen boy whose eyes were filled with darkness.
* * *
On the other hand, at the time the suspicious meeting happened in the outskirts of the town, another boy and girl were also standing under the moonlight.
They weren¡¯t in the location where the secret meeting happened, they were on a small, arched bridge, above one of the waterways that passed through between the shops and back alleys of the town. A lot of waterways were built for therge number of restaurants and service buildings, and the boy on the bridge was looking down on the flowing water¡¯s surface as it reflected the moon above it, under the moonlight.
More urately, he wasn¡¯t looking but ¡°drooping his head¡±, moreover, his expression was dark, far from its usual shine. The boy¡¯s appearance was just like that a person whosepany bankrupted, incurredrge amount of debt, and was now despairing about his future as he looked far into the distance, into the twilight. It was our hero, Amanogawa Kouki.
¡°¡ Do you not want to talk?¡±
A voice called out to Kouki who didn¡¯t look away from the moon reflected on the water surface. It was his childhood friend for ten years, the pair of the girl that went away, Yaegashi Shizuku.
Unlike Kouki, Shizuku was entrusting her back to the bridge¡¯s railing, looking up at the moon in the sky. Towards the railing, her trademark ponytail was swaying, ying in the wind. Without looking at his childhood friend, and Shizuku who also not looking at him, Kouki replied as he continued to look at the moon.
¡°Is there something you want to say?¡±
¡°¡¡±
There was no answer, no, Kouki just could not answer her. Even though he was looking at the moon reflected on the water¡¯s surface, what was in his mind was the spectacle of Kaori speaking her feelings. Within her anxiety and rejoice, as if praying, she spoke her feelings without any hint of a lie, which even convinced Kouki, whose denseness was at the level of a chronic disease.
Kouki and Kaori were friends for around ten years, but he was hurt when he saw her beautiful strength, he had never seen Kaori made such expressions. It was just like a bolt out of the blue for him.
Every time he recalled her expression, an unspeakable feeling sprang up in his mind. It was dark and heavy, a truly murky feeling. Unconditionally, without any basis, he believed his thought was a natural one. That was that, his childhood friend, Kaori, would always be by his side, without any change. It could be said he thought of Kaori as his. In other words, he was jealous.
That jealousy, Kouki himself didn¡¯t know as to whether it came from love or just his desire to monopolize her, but the feeling that she was ¡°snatched¡± from him was swirling in his mind, intensely.
However, it was Kaori herself that decided to go along with the one who ¡°snatched¡± her away, Hajime (though he would surely object to it). Moreover, he didn¡¯t want to believe and tried to deny the existence called Hajime by challenging him to a duel where he was defeated. His misery, resentment towards Hajime, doubts about Kaori¡¯s feelings, and a lot of other feelings were mixed together, making Kouki¡¯s mind a mess, just like the inside of kicked trash can.
Thus he kept looking at the water and unbeknownst to him, his other childhood friend was already standing beside him without saying anything¡ his reply from before was also truly not like him. Unable to find his next word, Kouki turned silent.
Sneaking a nce at such a Kouki, Shizuku frowned her brows and with an atmosphere that expressed ¡°It can¡¯t be helped,¡± she moved her mouth.
¡°¡ Right now, Kouki, you are being a pain.¡±
¡°¡ A pain?¡±
Shizuku¡¯s unexpected reply made Kouki inadvertently parrot her. Shizuku moved her gaze from the moon towards Kouki, and continued her words.
¡°That¡¯s right. About Kaori, from the beginning she isn¡¯t yours, you know?¡±
¡°¡ That¡¯s¡ then, are you saying she is Nagumo¡¯s?¡±
Prick, Kouki¡¯s eyes were shaking as he guessed that, he desperately tried to object that as if cursing it. Hearing that, Shizuku answered with a strong forehead flick. ¡°It hurt-!?,¡± Kouki instinctively covered his forehead, and leering at him, Shizuku scolded him with a cold voice.
¡°Idiot. Kaori is her own. Whatever she chooses, wherever she goes, it is up to Kaori to decide that. Of course, even who she wants to be with¡ is up to her own decision.¡±
¡°¡ Since when? Shizuku, you must have known that, right?¡±
Without asking ¡°what do you mean,¡± Shizuku nodded.
¡°You know¡ Kaori met Nagumo-kun in middle school¡ Well, he must have forgotten about it¡ Rather I also don¡¯t know in what kind of situation they met.¡±
¡°¡What¡¯s with that. Just what are you trying to say?¡±
¡°That is for you to ask Kaori yourself. After all, it is bad for me to say it without her permission.¡±
¡°Then, the reason Kaori was always talking to Nagumo in ss was truly¡ that is¡ because she loves¡ him?¡±
¡°Hmm, that¡¯s right.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Shizuku easily told him the truth he didn¡¯t want to hear, which made Kouki make a reproachful gaze. However, Shizuku only thought of it as a passing wind. Angered by her attitude, just like a child throwing a tantrum, Kouki began to spit out what was in his mind.
¡°¡ Why, why is it Nagumo. When we were still in Japan, he was an otaku, unmotivated, and he nothing special in terms of sports or studies either¡ always forcing hisugh, and being out of ce¡ He took a nomittal attitude whenever Kaori talked to him¡ he was an otaku¡ if it was me, I wouldn¡¯t treat Kaori coldly. I¡¯d always think of her as important, and I would do my best for Kaori¡¯s sake¡ Besides, Nagumo was waited upon by those girls in such a manner, isn¡¯t he the lowest to treat them like that? Not only that, he is a murderer! He killed a non-resisting woman. So, do you think I was wrong!? That¡¯s right, it is strange for Kaori to like such a bastard after all. He surely must have¡°SWISh!¡±Guhah!?¡±
Heating up as he spoke, Kouki began to badmouth Hajime with fabricated truths which once again awarded him a forehead flick (No Beat ver.) from Shizuku.What are you doing!?, was conveyed by Kouki¡¯s re which was ignored by Shizuku who was wearing an amazed expression.
¡°Again, your bad habit ising out, you know? I¡¯ve kept saying until now that you should stop interpreting things at your own convenience.
¡°Interpreting things to my convenience¡ there¡¯s no way¡ª¡±
¡°Haven¡¯t you noticed it yet? Kouki, you don¡¯t know anything about Nagumo-kun, right? You don¡¯t know anything about the time we were still in Japan or in this world¡ and those girls looked happy, no, they really were happy, you see? But you ignored that fact and said something selfish¡ The current Kouki is only trying to make Hajime out to be a bad person who is unsuitable for Kaori. If that isn¡¯t called as interpreting things at your own convenience, then what is?¡±
¡°B-But¡ it is the true he killed a person.¡±
¡°¡ At that time, even I was about to kill her. However, I couldn¡¯t muster my strength. Even in the future¡ if a simr thing happens, then I will surely swing my sword to kill, for the sake of surviving, for the sake of the people important to me. Though I don¡¯t know whether I can do it, since I will only know when the timees¡ For now, the thing I did was only attempted murder¡ but, are you going to despise me if I be a murderer?¡±
Shizuku¡¯s confession made Kouki speechless. His childhood friend, Shizuku, held a stronger sense of responsibility and justice than others, so he suddenly felt like she was a distant existence after hearing she was truly going to kill. However, Kouki shook his head when he noticed the shadow of anxiety and the fear of injuring a person in Shizuku¡¯s bitter smile.
Seeing Kouki¡¯s reaction, Shizuku continued her words which could be called a soliloquy.
¡°Certainly, his transformation is surprising¡ and thinking about his character when we were still in Japan, it¡¯s not an exaggeration to say he¡¯s a different person¡ Well, even so, it looks like Kaori still thought of him as ¡°Nagumo Hajime,¡± and it looks like not all of him has changed¡ but one thing you must not forget, he fought that woman to save us and killed her in our stead.¡±
¡°¡ Are you saying it is right to kill.¡±
¡°I¡ I don¡¯t think it is right. A murder is a murder after all¡ I can neither justify it nor do I want to.¡±
¡°Then¡¡±
¡°Even so, we aren¡¯t qualified to criticize Nagumo-kun. It was no one¡¯s fault, but our own weakness¡¡±
In short, he should solve it himself if he has a problem with it. It was simply that he was not strong enough, so he couldn¡¯t reach the result he hoped for. It was a mistake toin about the result to the person he left everything with.
Noticing the unexpressed words, Kouki recalled that he could only crawl at the time Hajime disyed his peerlessness. Unable to object, he fell into sullen silence. His dissatisfied expression was obviously saying, ¡°But, it is the truth that he killed a person!¡±
Towards Kouki¡¯s obstinacy, with an admonishing tone, Shizuku tacitly warned him about what had happened thus far, along with what she felt aftering to this world.
¡°I don¡¯t hate Kouki¡¯s straightforward sense of justice.¡±
¡°¡ Shizuku.¡±
¡°However. I think it¡¯s about time for you to start doubting whether you are actually in the right.¡±
¡°Doubting my justice?¡±
¡°Certainly, a strong feeling is necessary to get things done. But, a distortion will surely appear if you don¡¯t doubt it and just keep moving on, blindly believing on it. That¡¯s why when that happens, I want you to react to it by wondering if you are really in the right, or whether you still need to do it ¡°even¡± if you know it is wrong¡ it isn¡¯t bad if you continue to think like that, okay? ¡ truthfully, it is difficult to keep on living rightfully. Havinge to this world, I cut lives even though they were demonic beasts¡ I¡¯vee to think so.¡±
Totally ignorant that Shizuku was thinking thus every time she killed a demonic beast, Kouki became pop-eyed.
¡°Kouki. You are not always the correct one and even if you are in the right. You should know that your rightfulness can be a lethal weapon. Well, the way you interpreted things at your convenience this time was noting from your conviction of ¡°justice,¡± it wasing from your jealousy.¡±
¡°N-no, for me to feel jealous¡¡±
¡°It is uncool to make an excuse to deceive me here, you know?¡±
¡°¡¡±
Kouki once again cast his gaze down, looking at the moon on the water surface. However, the dark mood from a while ago had weakened, and he seemed to be thinking deeply about something. Anyway, he had avoided rushing into a spiral of negativity, and Shizuku leaked out a relieved sigh, knowing that.
Thus, thinking it was necessary to leave him alone for now, Shizuku stopped leaning on the railing and tried to quietly leave the ce. Then, Kouki¡¯s mutter came from behind Shizuku, who had already turned on her heels.
¡°Shizuku¡ you won¡¯t go anywhere, right?¡±
¡°¡ What¡¯s with this all of a sudden?¡±
¡°¡ Please don¡¯t go, Shizuku.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Kouki¡¯s words were as if he was petitioning her. It was a line that would made the female students in Japan and the girls of the Kingdom that fell for him gokya kya, but unfortunately, Shizuku only disyed an ¡°amazed¡± expression. He might be weakened by the feeling of loss because Kaori had gone¡ Shizuku looked over her shoulder, towards the blurring moon. It was the moon that was on water surface which Kouki had been looking at previously.
¡°At the very least I am not like the ¡°moon¡±¡ I won¡¯t just leave a man that is depending on me.¡±
Saying thus, Shizuku left the ce. Left behind, Kouki watched the alley where Shizuku disappeared for a while, then once again, he looked at the moon reflected on the water surface. Next, he noticed the meaning behind her words.
¡°¡ I see¡ the moon reflected on the water¡¯s surface.¡±
Flowers reflected on a mirror and the moon reflected on the water¡¯s surface. Those were words speaking about a thing that could be seen but not be reached, visible but with no substance, just like a reflection. He unconsciously looked at the reflected moon as Kaori, and certainly it was not something he could reach. Especially after seeing Kaori¡¯s expression at the time she confessed her feelings to Hajime.
Shizuki said she was not ¡°the moon reflected on the water¡¯s surface¡±. So, it¡¯s possible for him to reach her. However, her next words were severe. Kouki inadvertently made a wry smile. He thought about what he had just said to his childhood friend.
Kouki stopped looking at the reflected moon, he looked up at the sky. He had unconditionally believed that he could reach ¡°it¡± if he just stretched out his hand, but he realized ¡°it¡± was awfully quite far. Letting out a deep sigh, Kouki began to think about the wordsing from his strict and gentle childhood friend.
To change or not to change¡ it was up to Kouki.
Book 9. Chapter 2
Book 9. Chapter 2
Aiko¡¯s Disappearance
Prologue of fourth arc.
The event happened sometimeter.
Three weeks had passed since the time Kouki¡¯s party had received shock from the reunion and theplex feelings because of to the separation in ?Post Town, Hol-ad?.
Currently, there was one thing Kouki¡¯s party must immediately deal with: to kill people. They wouldn¡¯t be able to fight anymore as long as it was not dealt with, so they returned to the Imperial Capital. It was necessary for them to experience ¡°murder¡± if they wanted to participate in the war against the Demon race. They would only be liabilities in the war if they could not ovee it.
To begin with, they wouldn¡¯t be able to think about it properly since not much time remained. The event that urred in Ul had already reached their ears. It was obvious the Demon race¡¯s movement had became more active since they themselves had also been attacked, and everyone could guess the war was drawing near. Therefore, as quickly as possible, Kouki¡¯s party wanted to ovee this problem by all means.
Currently, Kouki¡¯s party were doing battle practice against the Knightsmanded by Meld. Ryuutarou, Kondou¡¯s party, and Hiyama¡¯s gang; those who were already prepared for it actually repeatedly asked themselves if they could really do it after seeing Hajime shoot the Demon race woman¡¯s head. There wasn¡¯t much time left, but they would be broken if they were forced to murder, so Meld and the Knights were also looking for a solution.
Towards the gloomy them, a small, good news had arrived.
It was the return of Aiko¡¯s party. Normally, Kouki¡¯s charisma would be able to pull the ssmates together. However, the hero was depressed, which made everyone depressed, too. The reason for them not to be broken from the severe defeat and the current problem was thanks to Suzu¡¯s mood making which followed by the prudent people such as Shizuku and Nagayama. Even so, their minds swallowed by uneasiness forced themselves to look more than weing to the adult they were familiar with and trusted. Everyone truly wanted to meet the teacher who always did her best for her students.
Hearing Aiko had returned, Shizuku made the first move. Shizuku wanted to consult AIko about various things, so she rounded up her training. She also wanted to hear the impression of the ssmates who met Hajime much earlier than her, and she wanted to exchange information objectively with Aiko who neither assume nor prejudices.
Wearing the jet-ck sheath she received from Hajime and belt for another jet-ck, double-edged sword, Shizuku walked through the passage in royal pce. Her appearance somehow made more nobledies and maids blushparable to other men. It was a problem that haunted Shizuku even in this different world. She really wanted to be spared from being called ¡°Onee-sama¡± by the women who were older than her.
Having heard the things Hajime did in Ul, Shizuku wanted to directly asked Aiko as to what she thought of Hajime. Depending on Aiko¡¯s impression of Hajime, Kouki¡¯s currently bnced mind would possibly leaned towards undesirable point. It was Shizuku¡¯s nature that burdened her with hardship wherever she goes.
¡°Surely, there was also a mess when they were in Ul¡ but he also gave me this katana-like sword¡ Seriously, what¡¯s with ¡°sturdy and able to cut anything nicely.¡± Isn¡¯t it an artifact at a level of a national treasure.¡±
Talking to herself, Shizuku silently moved her hand onto the Katana hanging on her waist. Walking towards Aiko¡¯s room, Shizuku recalled the time she visited the Kingdom¡¯s smithy for the sake of her katana¡¯s maintenance.
Shizuku called her katana simply as a ck katana and shown it to the Kingdom¡¯s best cksmith. At first, the cksmith were formal before her as one of ¡°God¡¯s Apostles.¡± However, his attitudepletely changed as soon as he examined the ck katana with appraisal magic, and he asked Shizuku while grabbing her shoulders. Thus, as if his previous attitude was just a lie, he barraged her with questions, no he interrogated her with words, such as where did she obtained it and who was the creator.
Although she was dumbfounded, Shizuku somehow managed to regain her calm and asked what happened. The cksmith said that even within the Kingdom¡¯s treasury, this sword should be more or less at the same as Holy Sword. Although its output and capacity for receiving magic power didn¡¯t reach Holy Sword, it¡¯s functionality and minute details as a weapon were above Holy Sword.
Next, detailed examination found that if it was supplied with magic power, the de would be extended by 60 centimeters in form of wind de. Furthermore, two more des would form beside the extended part, and they could be fired.
Then, the sheath was examined. It was understood that the sheath would be dded in thunder if it was supplied with magic power and there was a switch-like part on the sheath¡¯s mouth that would shoot needles with tremendous force.
The de part was made of azanthium so it wouldn¡¯t be chipped and there was almost no need to undergo maintenance. The maintenance was only to replenish the needle if it was used.
However, there was a problem, it didn¡¯t have magic array to supply it with magic power. It was a natural thing. Hajime was capable of directly manipting magic power and he was originally never thought of giving it to anyone. So, it wasn¡¯t a mistake when he said ¡°sturdy and able to cut things nicely¡± if it was used by Shizuku.
Those were the only functions installed, and the mysterious ck sword (or so the cksmiths had seen it as) could only be used by manipting magic powerdirectly, made the Kingdom¡¯s cksmiths burn with fighting spirit.
¡®Even though we can¡¯t make a weapon with such minute details and functionality, we will make this sword usable!¡¯was what they thought. In short, they would somehow make the user¡¯s magic power supply into the sword by any means. Resultantly, after three days and nights, the cksmiths, with the best one as the core, set aside all of their other works and somehow seeded in creating the magic array.
As such, Shizuku would be able to pull the ck katana¡¯s abilities without using a chant. Afterwards, the cksmiths whose magic power was dried up were slept for several days with truly happy expressions.
Shizuku was looking in the distance as she recalled the terrific craftsmanship spirit, then she arrived at her destination, Aiko¡¯s room. She knocked, but there was no response. She heard Aiko was going to report to the King and the other officials, so Shizuku thought she must have not return. Leaning against the wall, Shizuku decided to wait for Aiko¡¯s return.
Thirty minutes had passed until Aiko returned. Her footsteps could be heard from the inner corridor which somehow sounded depressed. Aiko was walking without looking ahead, and her serious expression made Shizuku understandd Aiko was desperately thinking about something in her head.
Thus, Aiko didn¡¯t even notice her room with Shizuku right beside its door and passed them. While wondering what had happened, Shizuku called Aiko to stop.
¡°Sensei¡ Sensei!¡±
¡°Hoeh!?¡±
Raising a silly voice, her body twitched in surprise. Aiko looked around and finally noticed Shizuku. Afterwards, Aiko sighed in relief seeing Shizuku¡¯s healthy look, then she smiled in joy.
¡°Yaegashi-san! Long time no see. Have you been healthy? Are you unhurt? Are the others safe?¡±
Even though she had been depressed up until now, the things she said were only her worries about her students. Towards the unchanging Ai-chan sensei, joy also entered Shizuku¡¯s gaze as she smiled, and sense of security filled her mind. For a while, the two were happy for each other¡¯s safety and their reunion, then they entered Aiko¡¯s room for consultation and exchanging information.
* * *
¡°So that¡¯s what happened¡ Shimizu-kun was¡¡±
Shizuku and Aiko were alone in the room, and they mutually exchanged information as they drank the tea inside the tea cups with cute, cat-like legs. Hearing the things happened in Ul, those words were Shizuku¡¯s response.
Inside the room, an awkward mood hung in the air. Aiko dejectedly drooped her shoulders; she was obviously depressed about Shimizu. Thinking about Aiko¡¯s personality and sense of responsibility, Shizuku could not help worry no matter what the circumstance was, but she could not find the words needed to be said.
However, although Shizuku was reluctant to let Aiko continue being depress, so as cheerful as possible, she rejoiced about Aiko¡¯s safety.
¡°I feel bad about Shimizu-kun¡ however, I truly am d that Sensei is alive. I really want to thank Nagumo-kun.¡±
Towards the smiling Shizuku, Aiko was reflecting because she once again made her student worry about her, then she returned a smile.
¡°I see. At our reunion, he didn¡¯t have any interest in us and this world¡ but he came to save Yaegashi-san and the others. Furthermore, he even protected a small child¡ Fufu, it is possible that some part of the past him hade back. Or should I say he is growing up as he change¡ he has be reliable.¡±
Saying so as she looked at the far distance, somehow Aiko¡¯s cheeks were¡ slightly dyed in red. Shizuku was confused while thinking,Isn¡¯t that a strange reaction for just remembering one of her student?She watched as she Aiko sometimesughed while reminiscing, ¡°Fufu.¡±
Noticing Shizuku¡¯s gaze,Cough!, Aiko cleared her throat. However, she was unable to smooth things over, her cheeks convulsed, and she gained a bad premonition. Shizuku decided to press on. While half persuading herself that it couldn¡¯t be possible, Shizuku said,
¡°¡ Sensei? From our talk, Sensei said he saved you from a dangerous situation, can you tell me the details?¡±
¡°Eh!?¡±
¡°Well, it was said Sensei might have died, so I want to hear how did you recovered from that¡¡±
¡°A-About that¡¡±
Shizuku recalled the special medicine that quickly healed the near-dead Meld, she thought it must be that, so she yed the fool and asked Aiko. Aiko¡¯s cheeks began to turn redder than before. Aiko¡¯s gaze was swam around and hesitatingly, she muttered her words¡ it was indeed suspicious.
Like a swordsman she was, Shizuku cut to the case.
¡°¡ Sensei. Did something happened between you and¡ Nagumo-kun?¡±
¡± !? Th-There¡¯s no way anything happened, you know? J-Just what are you trying to say? It was just the usual me as a teacher and him as a student!¡±
¡°Sensei. Please calm down. Your expression had turned strange.¡±
¡°!¡±
Aiko was truly shaken. Frantically, Aiko muttered, ¡°I am a teacher, I am a teacher¡¡± Aiko must have thought she was muttering in her mind, but she wasn¡¯t. Thus, Shizuku was convinced. Although Shizuku didn¡¯t understand in what stage it was, Aiko began to hold a special feeling towards Hajime different from the other students!
¡°Nagumo-kun! As a person! What did you do to Ai-chan!?¡±
Already, anyone could see Shizuku¡¯s cheek was convulsing while she was thinking so. Hajime had already became a g raiser whose level couldn¡¯t even bepared to Kouki. Though unlike Kouki, Hajime wasn¡¯t dense towards affections from others and he had answered to it clearly¡ and he must had told that to Aiko, too.
Her best friend¡¯s rival appearing in an unexpected ce made Shizuku looked at the ceiling with her hand covering her convulsing cheek. Regardless of gender, Shizuku hade to hate that side of Hajime, and a dangerous idea of seriously spreading a painful nickname had crossed her mind¡ which she managed to give up.
Aiko and Shizuku tried to smooth things over by repeatedly clearing their throats, then they continued their previous conversation as if nothing had happened.
¡°Then, Sensei. Did something happen when you reported to the king? After all, it seemed to have been a serious talk.¡±
Shizuku¡¯s question made Aiko recall something and she made a bitter expression where anger and distrust mixed.
¡°¡ Officially, Nagumo-kun is branded as a heretic.¡±
¡°!? That¡¯s¡ª!¡ What do you mean? No, I somehow can guess it¡ but isn¡¯t that decision a hasty one?¡±
Hajime was powerful. With only several people, he repulsed more than 60,000 demonic beasts while using mysterious artifacts. Hajime¡¯srades also possessed unbelievable power. However, his stance was he would not cooperate with Church of the Saints and would even oppose them depending on the situation. It was true Hajime was a truly dangerous existence for the Kingdom and the Church of the Saints.
However, it was truly too hasty to brand him as a heretic so quickly. The brand of a heretic was given to those who disobeyed the teaching from Church of the Saints and became the God¡¯s enemy, and such branding would make it legal for anyone to subjugate Hajime any time, any where. And ording to the situation, even the Temple Knights and Kingdom¡¯s army might move out.
Following that, by attacking Hajime because he was a heretic, they would receive the treatment of an enemy from Hajime, his merciless and severe attack. There was no way the King and Church people didn¡¯t know the danger. However, Aiko said they decided it right away. There was no way Shizuku would not be surprised by that.
Shizuku had guessed up until that point, which made Aiko nod in admiration towards the unchanging fast-learner.
¡°It ispletely as Yaegashi-san said. Moreover, no matter if he has tremendous power and not following the church, he ended up saving Ul, but they ignored my protests. Nagumo-kun had expected this situation, so he bolstered by title ¡°Goddess of Bountiful Harvest.¡± Also, I heard from the bodyguards that the name ¡°Goddess of Bountiful Harvest¡± and ¡°Goddess Sword¡± had spread further into the other towns. So, by branding him as heretic, it is also means the church is denying ¡°Goddess of Bountiful Harvest¡± who saved the people. Thus, they shouldn¡¯t be able to easily ignore my protest, or so it should be. But those people forced the decision. They were obviously being odd¡ also, I recalled that other than Ishtal and church¡¯s people, the king and other royalties¡¯ appearances were strange¡¡±
¡°¡ That¡¯s troubling. Just what are they thinking¡ But the thing they couldn¡¯t help and think of now is ¡°who¡± they should send to the powerful Nagumo-kun, right? And that¡¯s the point here.¡±
¡°¡ It is so. Perhaps¡¡±
¡°Eeh. There¡¯s only us¡ but I will absolutely refuse that, you know? I don¡¯t want to die. If I be Nagumo-kun¡¯s enemy¡ I don¡¯t even want to imagine it.¡±
Shizuku shivered, and Aiko made a wry smile understanding what Shizuku felt.
Thus, before the Kingdom and Church told Kouki and the others to fight Hajime, Aiko decided to tell them about the things Hajime told her. About the Mad Gods and his purpose during his travels. She held no proof, so she didn¡¯t know whether Kouki and the others would believe it. Furthermore, up until now they did their best because they believed the God would return them to their original world as long as they won the war against Demon race.
In truth, the God takes delight in people¡¯s reaction to His doing, and the possibility of returning is extremely low. So let¡¯s look for the dwelling of those who rebelled against the gods in the old times and look for a way to return ourselves!No one would believe it if those words were said all of a sudden. After Kouki and the others heard what she told them, whether they would see it as nonsense and continued to fight like before, or believed her and looked for another way¡ That was not something Aiko could predict. However, she must nail it to them not to blindly believing the Church. Aiko convinced herself to do that now.
¡°Yaegashi-san. Nagumo-kun knows his information is an unbelievable one and will be antagonized by Amanokawa and the others, so he said this only to me.¡±
¡°Information¡ is it?¡±
¡°Yes. It is about the God worshipped by the church and the objective of Nagumo and the girls¡¯ travel. He didn¡¯t give any proof about it¡ but it is a truly important information, so tonight¡ no, this evening, I want to tell this to everyone.¡±
¡°That¡¯s¡ no, I understand. Then, should I call everyone now?¡±
¡°No, it is an information I don¡¯t want to be known by the church¡¯s side, so I want to tell it at a time when everyone has gathered naturally; at dinner. And we should be able to talk among ourselves if I said I want to spend time with the students I haven¡¯t seen for a long time without any outsiders.¡±
¡°Indeed¡ I understood. Then, at dinner it is.¡±
Afterwards, a good amount of time had passed while Shizuku and Aiko chatted. However, they couldn¡¯t have known that the promise for the dinner could note to pass¡
* * *
The time was evening.
While the sun was setting, it gave a parting gift of vivid orange color, and Aiko was walking along the empty corridor. The evening sunlight entered the corridor from the windows and drew an obvious contrast on the wall and floor at the other sides.
Aiko went towards the dining room while her gaze was captivated by the evening sun, but she immediately stopped after she felt someone¡¯s presence. When she looked forward, she saw a woman-like figure inside the shadow. The woman walked in the middle of the corridor, and gracefully stopped her feet with a straight stature. Her clothing was the nun¡¯s habit of Church of the Saints.
The woman was beautiful, however she spoke to Aiko with a somewhat mechanical and cold voice.
¡°Nice to meet you, Hatayama Aiko. I¡¯vee for you.¡±
Aiko felt a chill ran down her spine when she heard her voice, but she feigned her calmness as to not be impolite to someone she met for the first time.
¡°Umm, nice to meet you, too. Coming for me¡ you mean the dinner with the students?¡±
¡°No, your destination is the main church.¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
The sentence which didn¡¯t give her a chance to answer, made Aiko inadvertently ask her again. At that time, the woman moved out from the shadow into a ce lighted by the evening sun. Seeing the woman, Aiko held her breath. Even Aiko, who was the same gender as her, was instinctively charmed by the woman¡¯s beauty.
Her silver hair was sparkling while it was being reflected by the evening sunlight. With big, long and narrow blue eyes, and her mysterious and wonderful features that seemed to be both of an adult woman and a young girl; all of her parts were perfectly positioned. Her height was tall for a woman, around 170 centimeters, which forced Aiko to look up at her. Her white skin was as smooth as a white porcin, her hands and feets were slender. Her breasts neither big nor small, it was a truly exquisite size if one was thinking about the bnce of her entirety.
However, she was regrettably had no expression. Rather than expressionless, it was as if she wore a Noh mask. No one would doubt if it was said she was a statue ¡ª the best masterpiece by a famous sculptor. The woman possessed an inhumanely artistic beauty.
Towards Aiko, who held her breath, the woman smiled and indifferently continued her words.
¡°We feel the thing you are going to tell them will inconvenient us. After all, what your students will be doing now looks ¡°interesting¡± to us. That¡¯s why, until the timee, you will temporarily leave the stage.¡±
¡°Wh-What are you¡¡±
The beautiful nun slowly approached Aiko without even making a footstep, and Aiko instinctively backed. Then, Aiko saw the nun¡¯s blue eyes shone. Aiko felt her mind grow hazy. Immediately, she concentrated as though she was going to invoke magic, and her haziness dispersed in a snap.
¡°¡ I see. As expected, I can only disregard that you are calling yourself a ¡°God.¡± For you are capable of resisting my ¡°charm¡±. There¡¯s no other way. I will just take you by force.¡±
¡°D-Don¡¯te! Wh-What I want¡ª¡ ugh!?¡±
The pressure from the woman¡¯s true character made Aiko immediately tried to activate her magic. However, faster than her finishing the chant, the nun momentarily shortened their distance and drove her fist into Aiko¡¯s stomach. Aiko copsed, and at the time she felt her consciousness about to be swallowed by darkness, she heard the nun¡¯s mutter.
¡°Don¡¯t worry. I won¡¯t kill you. You are an excellent piece, and you might be useful against that irregr.¡±
The white-haired, eye-patched boy floated inside Aiko¡¯s mind. Following that, while knowing it wouldn¡¯t reach him, she shouted his name in her mind right before her consciousnesspletely disappeared.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª Nagumo-kun!
* * *
¡°?¡±
The nun easily shouldered Aiko as though she was weightless, then she looked around the corridor as if she had sensed someone. For a while, the nun silently searched for something. Then, she slowly opened the guest room¡¯s door along the corridor.
Following that, she entered the room, looked around, approached the closet without any sound of a footstep, and she forcefully opened the door. However, there was nothing inside, so the nun tilted her head and looked around once again, looking here and there. Before long, after not finding anything, she shouldered Aiko again and went outside of the room.
With silence returning into the room, a trembling murmur could be heard.
¡°¡ I must tell this¡ someone¡ª¡±
No one was inside the room. However, retreating footsteps could be heard, and before long, the roompletely regained its silence.
Book 9. Chapter 3
Book 9. Chapter 3
Immediate Trouble in the Great Desert
A brown world.
?Guryuu-en Great Desert? was a ce those words expressed, perfectly. The sand was brown, formed by millions of miniscule grains. The wind that was blowing constantly threw up the sand and dyed the air brown, and in a 360 degree radius, there was only one color as far as one¡¯s eye could reach.
Moreover, there were numerous sand dunes, big and small, whose surfaces were always stirred by the wind. Moment by moment, the surface¡¯s pattern of the dune was constantly changing, as if expressing ¡°I am alive.¡± The zing sun and its unreserved heat made the temperature of the sand on the ground shoot up quickly. It easily exceeded 40 degrees celsius. Coupled with the fluttering sand, it was the worst environment to travel in.
However, it was only for ¡°ordinary¡± travelers.
Currently, inside such a severe environment, a ck, box-shaped vehicle, a magic-driven four-wheeler in fact, was advancing casually while raising a dust storm. Though there was neither road or pathway, it was solved by thepass installed inside the vehicle.
¡°¡ The outside is amazing¡ I am really d that this is not a normal carriage.¡±
¡°This one agrees. This one doth not know how it became such an environment¡ but indeed it isn¡¯t a ce this one wants to be actively moving in.¡±
Sitting on the rear seat while watching the sand battering the window and observing the brown-colored world, Shia and Tio muttered so, wholeheartedly. No matter how much of an M Tio was, this environment only depressed her.
¡°It¡¯spletely different from when Myuu came here before! Here¡¯s very cool, and Myuu¡¯s eyes aren¡¯t hurting! Papa is amazing!¡±
¡°That¡¯s right~. Hajime-papa is amazing, right~. Myuu-chan, do you want to drink cold water?¡±
¡°Want to~. Kaori-oneechan, thank you~.¡±
Sitting on thep of Kaori, who was seated on the window side of the front seat, Myuu was excited because it was different from the time that she was here when she was kidnapped before. Myuu was looking at Hajime, who created such afortable space, with sparkling eyes.
That was natural. It would have been terribly severe for Myuu, who was a member of sea-dweller tribe, to cross the desert. For a young child around four years old like her, it would not be strange for her to have died due in her weakened state. Having endured such an environment made Myuu¡¯s surprise further increase at the gap between that time and now. After all, this four-wheeler was equipped with air conditioning.
Following that, the one who agreed with Myuu, took out cold water which normally didn¡¯t exist in the desert even if one hoped with all their might, was the one who made an impactful confession to Hajime and deration of war to Yue in Hol-ad, and, before he knew it, she had be one of hispanions. She was Kaori. Incidentally, the water was taken out of the refrigerator installed in the car.
¡°You know, Shirasa-¡ Kaori. Please stop saying Hajime-papa. It is somehow made me felt terribly itchy over here.¡±
¡°? But, isn¡¯t Myuu said that as if it was the norm?¡±
¡°Well, I don¡¯t mind Myuu. However, for a ssmate to call me papa is really¡¡±
Due to her personality which liked to look after others, Kaori somehow became the one who took care of Myuu and she mostly called Hajime as Hajime-papa when she was by Myuu¡¯s side. And for a ssmate, and a girl at that, to call him papa, Hajime felt a different sense of resistance from when Myuu called him that, and he wore a truly subtle expression.
Incidentally, for Hajime to call her as ¡°Kaori¡± was a result of her petition. Her reason was,Hajime-kun calls everyone by their own given name, so it is unfair for me to be called by my family name!, something like that.
¡°Is that so? Then I won¡¯t¡ but, someday when I also have a child¡ at that time¡¡±
Kaori said so with her cheeks dyed crimson, while sneaking a peek at Hajime. Thus a strange atmosphere wrapped everyone inside the vehicle, except for Myuu. Then Yue answered Kaori in ce of Hajime who pretended not to hear anything.
¡°¡Unfortunately, I have made that appointment already. Hajime promised it to me.¡±
¡°!? ¡ Hajime-kun, what does she mean?¡±
¡°¡ I don¡¯t think it is something that strange. After all, it is something still in the far future.¡±
¡°¡ fufu, Hajime already promised to introduce me to his parents.¡±
¡± !?¡±
¡°¡He¡¯s thoroughly made a bright family n.¡±
¡± !?¡±
¡°¡Even the dates in Hajime¡¯s hometown.¡±
¡± !?¡±
Yue¡¯s vigorous attacks couldn¡¯t be stopped! Those words, one by one, became stakes, driven into Kaori¡¯s chest. However, Kaori wasn¡¯t a woman that would be done so easily. She believed in Hajime¡¯s survival even in such a despairing situation and she held the courage to challenge Yue, who obviously owned a special bond with Hajime. In the moment Yue¡¯s words were stopped, she began her counterattack!
¡°I, I know a lot of things about Hajime-kun that Yue doesn¡¯t know! For example, Hajime¡¯s dream for the future, his hobbies, even his favorite genre! Does Yue know the anime and manga that Hajime-kun likes?¡±
¡°Hmph¡ that¡¯s¡ but, those aren¡¯t rted to the current us. There are no such things here. Hajime can just teach me once we arrive in Japan¡¡±
¡°How naive. Just look at the current Hajime-kun. Doesn¡¯t he looked like an anime character?¡±
¡°Geh!?¡±
It should¡¯ve been a fight between Kaori and Yue but somehow Hajime received the damage.
¡°White-haired with an eyepatch, moreover his magic eyes¡ those are certainly the things Hajime-kun¡¯s favorite characters have¡ even his weapon, that Cross Bit is modeled from funnel¡ ah, but the one Hajime-kun likes is 00, so is it GN Bit? Whatever it is, the current Hajime-kun is still quite the otaku.¡±
¡°GAH!? K-Kaori¡¡±
¡°Mu, muu¡ for Hajime¡¯s weapon to be derived from that.¡±
¡°Yue, can you say it is your victory if you don¡¯t know the things the one you love likes?¡±
¡°¡ Kaori¡ that¡¯s some courage¡ then, let me teach you myself. About the things that Hajime likes on¡the bed.¡±
¡± !? ¡ W-, w-, w-, on bed, uu~, as I thought¡¡±
¡°Fufufu¡ it is good that you now know the difference between us.¡±
During their travel, Yue and Kaori had already made so many sparks against each other that the other party members already came to ignore them. In the beginning, Shia watched them anxiously, but in the end, it didn¡¯t be a serious problem, so she stopped getting herself involved with them.
In a way, it was Hajime who received most of the damage. Hajime was the source of the two¡¯s quarrel, so the content of their fights made him want to writhe. Even now, he received mental damage because the things he worried about the most were being pointed at.
Now Yue boldly told them about the ¡°night¡± activities which made Kaori close her ears, not wanting to hear it. Hajime himself didn¡¯t want Myuu to be exposed to that, so he tried to stop Yue.
However, faster than Hajime, Myuu unexpectedly came to stop the two¡¯s quarrel.
¡°¡ u~, Yue-oneechan and Kaori-oneechan always quarrelling! Myuu hates it if big sisters don¡¯t get along!¡±
Saying so, Myuu moved from Kaori¡¯sps towards Shia¡¯sp in the back seat. Moreover, Yue and Kaori became flustered. It was because the four year-old girl said she would hate them.
¡°Geez, you two are unbing in front of Myuu-chan. Rather, that was bad for her education. I also understand how much you two think of Hajime-san, but please be more prudent.¡±
¡°! ¡What a failure. To be scolded by Shia¡¡±
¡°I-I am sorry, Myuu-chan, Shia.¡±
To be admonished by Shia made the two droop their shoulders.
For Yue, Shia was akin to a friend and younger sister, and although Shia also held affection towards Hajime, Shia also thought simrly towards Yue which made Yue didn¡¯t think of her as a love rival. As for Tio, she was just a pervert. That¡¯s why, Kaori, who made a full-frontal deration of war towards Yue, was the first love rival she ever had.
Yue was convinced that there was an absolute bond between her and Hajime. She held an unwavering confidence that she was Hajime¡¯s ¡°special person.¡± That¡¯s why she was confident that she would be able to easily defeat the challenger, Kaori, when the confession and deration of war happened.
However, although her confidence didn¡¯t change, Kaori sometimes made the flowers bloom between her and Hajime when they were reminiscencing about Japan, which was unknown to Yue and the others. Towards Kaori, who knew the past Hajime that she didn¡¯t know of, Yue¡¯s sense of rivalry budded before long.
As a result, just like children boasting about their collections, their quarrel turned from a serious one into such a situation and today, Myuu and Shia finally got angry at them.
Normally, Hajime was the one who should be stopping Yue, but he was the one who received most of the damage from the two¡¯ quarrels. And now, he could only look far into the distance, as if it didn¡¯t have anything to do with him, to heal his wounded heart.
¡°Nn? What is that? Master, there seems to be amotion in the direction at three o¡¯clock.¡±
Yue and Kaori were desperately appealing that they were getting along to mend Myuu¡¯s mood and Shia was also calming Myuu with a wry smile. Hajime muttered, ¡°I am not a chuuni¡± with hollow eyes. While those happened, unexpectedly, Tio who watched them in interest called out to Hajime. She seemed to have discovered something outside the window.
Hajime looked towards the ce Tio mentioned, a big dune at his right. There, numerous worm-like demonic beasts, sandworms to be precise, had gathered. Their numerous heads could be seen at the top of the dune.
Those sandworms were 20 meters on average,rge-scale demonic beasts while thergest ones were around 100 meters in length. They lived in this ?Guryuu-en Great Desert? and would usually submerge themselves underground and attack prey in their vicinity by opening their big, fangs filled mouths from below. They specialized in surprise attacks due to being hard to detect and were feared by people who crossed therge desert as the gods of death.
Fortunately, the sandworms themselves weren¡¯t very perceptive, so as long as one wasn¡¯t so unfortunate as toe near them by ident, they would neither notice nor aim at anyone who was far away. As such, it could be said that there was someone who was not that fortunate at that dune, but¡
¡°? Why are they just squirming around?¡±
That¡¯s right, Tio would have not made a doubtful face and asked Hajime if there were just sandworms appearing. With Hajime¡¯s perception skills, he would have noticed any of the sandworms¡¯ surprise attacks, and they¡¯d be able to get out of the sandworm¡¯s range with four-wheeler¡¯s speed. What was abnormal was that if the sandworms were attacking someone, rather than attacking, the sandworms were squirming around in their surroundings.
¡°It¡¯s as if, they art confused as to eat or not, right?¡±
¡°Well, from what I see, isn¡¯t that so?¡±
¡°This one hath no knowledge of this ce. But those art all-eaters, they shouldn¡¯t be hesitating to eat anything¡¡±
Although Tio was a masochist pervert, she had lived far longer than Yue and unlike the imprisoned Yue, her knowledge was pretty vast. That was why she owned reliable information about demonic beasts. For her to be looking doubtful must mean that something extraordinary is happening.
However, they didn¡¯t have any reason to be involved with it. Hajime decided to get as far away as possible without confirming or getting involved in it.
And at that time,
¡°Kh!? Everyone, brace yourselves!¡±
Hajime shouted so and immediately elerated the four-wheeler. Morrow, from behind the four-wheeler, starting with a small part of its body surfacing, a gigantic figure with the same color as the desert jumped out. With its mouth open, it was a sandworm. Apparently, Hajime¡¯s party were also unfortunate ones.
Hajime further steered to the left and right, advancing through the sand at high speed. Under the four-wheeler that drew an ¡°S¡± letter, a second and third sandworm jumped out.
¡°Kyaaaa!¡±
¡°Hiu!¡±
¡°Wawawa!¡±
In order of screams, there was Kaori, Myuu, and Shia. Met with a strong centrifugal force, Kaori turned behind, worrying about Myuu in the back seat. But her bnce crumbled and she fell into Hajime¡¯sp with her hip on Yue¡¯sp.
Blinking her eyes, Kaori¡¯s cheeks were flushed, and as she was, she clung tightly to Hajime¡¯s waist. Her position was actually pretty bad. It made Hajime¡¯s cheek cramp. Incidentally, the other half of Kaori¡¯s body was crushing on Yue.
¡°Oi, Shira-¡ Kaori! What are you doing in such a situation!¡±
¡°It¡¯s a dangerous! A dangerous situation! So, I¡¯m just clinging to Hajime-kun!¡±
¡°¡Damn you, Kaori. To pin me under, is it¡ a surprise attack?¡±
While receiving an ambush from the sandworms, Kaori used this chance to hug Hajime. Yue was pping Kaori¡¯s butt even now, but the blushing Kaori was still clinging to Hajime¡¯s waist, not moving at all.
While they were like that, the three appearing sandworms, with their upper bodies out of the ground, were ring at the four-wheeler that evaded all of their ambushes. This time, those gigantic figures came forward to attack from overhead.
If it was a normal carriage, everything would¡¯ve ended with that attack. However, it was an artifact created with a portion of Hajime¡¯s otaku soul. It wasn¡¯t even daunted at being made out as prey.
Besides¡
¡°Ah, this is the first time I am using THIS!¡±
Saying so, Hajime turned around the four-wheeler with a drift, advancing backwards, he poured his magic and activated the installed function.
CLANK! KA-THUNK! KA-THUNK!
At the same time the mechanical sound effect rang out, a part of the four-wheeler¡¯s bo slided open and an arm with a set of four rockets came out. The arm moved as if looking for its¡¯ prey and when it turned towards the iing sandworms,wooosh!, such an sfx rang out apanied by the deadly warheads scattering their sparks.
Shining in an orange color, the rockets entered right into the sandworms¡¯ opened mouths and after a moment, they created great explosions as they destroyed the sandworms from the inside. The sandworms¡¯ crimson blood and flesh poured down like a shower and some stuck on the windshield of the currently back running four-wheeler.
¡°Uhee¡ Shia, don¡¯t let Myuu see it.¡±
¡°I did that already~. Anh! Myuu-chan, was it painful? But please hold on for a while.¡±
Hajime asked Shia to do so at the time the rockets were fired into the iing sandworms because the stimtion might be too strong for Myuu. Like that, in synchronization with Hajime, Shia was already embracing Myuu closely to her chest so as she would not see it. However, maybe because she could not breath from her face being buried in Shia¡¯s breasts, Myuu tried to sip out and inadvertently touched a part of Shia¡¯s body. Inadvertently, Shia moaned. Hajime decided that he did not hear anything.
Currently, although Kaori was clinging onto Hajime¡¯s waist, Yue was finally able to fix her seatbelt. Indeed it was not a situation where he could be defeated by his own impulse, even though his ears were dyed in red with his face cramped.
¡°E-Excuse me, Hajime-kun. I am sorry. That, that I impulsively¡ there¡¯s no perverted meaning to it. That is, for a bit, I just wanted to hug¡¡±
¡°¡ then if things go well, are you going to satisfy Hajime like that?¡±
¡°Un, that is so¡ wait, no! Yue, don¡¯t put such strange things into my mouth. I am not as lewd as Yue.¡±
¡°¡You said I am lewd¡ certainly, I can¡¯t refute that when I am alone with Hajime.¡±
¡°¡Girls, please shut it already. Also, Yue, please don¡¯t talk about night activities because it¡¯s embarrassing.¡±
With the three sandworms crushed by the rockets installed in the four-wheeler, Hajime sharpened his gaze because the sandworms on the dune before could be seen moving due to perceiving the explosive sound and impact.
However, on his side, Kaori and Yue were conversing just as usual which reduced his tension. Inadvertently, he admonished them due to him being embarrassed.
To begin with, in his mind, the ¡°night¡± Yue was certainly a lewd one and, when he was alone with her, he thought of her as pretty erotic. Kaori who seemed to have seen through him was teary eyed. Yue, with a bewitching smile, was looking at Hajime while licking her lip. Kaori, who saw that, raised a cute groan. Unconsciously, her fighting spirit zed further.
From the back seat, Shia said, ¡°I understand your feelings, Kaori-san. We arerades here,¡± while patting Kaori¡¯s shoulder with sympathetic eyes.
Hajime ignored them and the moved four-wheeler above another dune. He could see the group of sandworms on the lower side of the ground with their lower parts still underground. They didn¡¯t hide anything as they slightly raised the sand. They might have guessed that they had been noticed by Hajime¡¯s party, so they chose speed over another surprise attack.
Hajime put the rocketuncher away and activated another piece of weaponry in its stead. The center of the bo slid apart and a rectangr machine appeared from inside. Following that, the rectangr box extended its barrel with kashun! sound effect, and it became a rifle was simr to Scgen.
Next, bright red sparks gushed out from the four-wheeler¡¯s Scgen. With its arm adjusting the angle,DUuuoo!!, came a roaring, firing sound as a line shing line tore through the brown world.
The bullet, which was fired at a high-velocity, advanced as it raised the sand on the ground upon impact and grandly raised a dust storm. On the sand column that was raised just like an eruption was, of course, a lot of sand colored meat and red blood.
The Scgen installed on four-wheeler continued to fire bright red shes, one after another. The sandworms that were hunting their prey exploded on the ground and became small bits of nourishment for the barren ground.
¡°Hajime-kun! Look at that!¡±
¡°¡A white person?¡±
When four-wheeler¡¯s Scgen, which was trailing white smoke, was stored back, Kaori let out a surprised voice and pointed her finger. In the ce Kaori pointed at, just as Yue muttered, was a copsed person who was wrapped in white clothing. It was probably the one the previous sandworms were looking at. However, from their distance, it was unknown as to why it wasn¡¯t eaten.
¡°Please, Hajime-kun. Let¡¯s go there¡ I am a ¡°healer¡± after all.¡±
Kaori looked at Hajime, petitioning. Even Hajime was interested as to why that person was not attacked by the demonic beasts of the desert in such a situation, so he epted Kaori¡¯s request. It was possible that the person carried a method or item capable of keeping demonic beasts away. And in actuality, there was a mineral called the Faeadren crystal that carried such an effect in the sea of trees. The crystal only made it difficult for demonic beasts to approach, but there¡¯s a possibility that even stronger items exist.
As such, the four-wheeler came near the copsed person. The person wore clothing that was simr to gbeya (egyptian clothing), and it wore a hood that wasrge enough to hide its¡¯ face. Its¡¯ face couldn¡¯t be seen. Falling prone, the hood hid it.
Getting off the four-wheeler, Kaori ran with short steps towards the fallen person.
¡°!¡ This is¡¡±
When the hood was taken off, a man¡¯s face could be seen, a young one that was still in the middle of his 20s. However, what surprised Kaori was not that but the young man¡¯s state. With a pained expression, he was drenched in sweat, his breathing was rough, and his pulse was fast. He generated an intense heat from all over his body that could be felt even through his clothing. Moreover, blood vessels could be seen as if they were being pressed from the inside of his body, and he was bleeding from his eyes and nose. It was obviously an abnormal situation. It was neither a sun stroke nor cold.
Hajime became cautious towards the virus-carrier like young man, but he decided to keep quiet and watch as the healing specialist was examining him. Kaori activated ¡°Infiltrate and Examine.¡± Using magic power to infiltrate the other¡¯s body, she could examine one¡¯s state and the result could be seen on her status te.
With one hand ced on the young man¡¯s chest, Kaori¡¯s other hand was holding her status te where the result of the examination was disyed. The result was¡
¡°¡Rampaging magic power? Does it mean the magic power inside his body is out of control because of poison?¡±
¡°Kaori? Do you understood anything now?¡±
¡°Y-Yeah, but this is¡¡±
Saying so, Kaori shown what was disyed on her status te,
ConditionExcessive release of magic power, unable to release it outside.
SymptomFever, hazy consciousness, pain in whole body, rupturing of blood vessels and hemorrhage
CauseAbnormality in bodily fluid.
¡°It is just my guess, but he must have drunk something which resulted in his magic power going out of control¡ moreover, because he can¡¯t release it outside, his magic power was pressuring from inside his body and his body couldn¡¯t endure it¡ if this keeps up, his internal organs and blood vessels will explode. It is also possible that he will be weakened to death due to arge amount of hemorrhaging¡ I am requesting a blessing unto this location, ¡°Ten Thousand Heavens.¡±
Concluding so, Kaori chanted her healing magic. ¡°Ten Thousand Heavens¡± was what she activated. It was onne of the middle-ranked healing magics with the effect of curing abnormal conditions. It was the magic used to undo Suzu¡¯s petrification.
However¡
¡°¡There¡¯s almost no change¡ why? For it to be incapable of curing it¡ does it means too much time has passed?¡±
Apparently, ¡°Ten Thousand Heavens¡± could not cure the man, it could only dy the progression. Next, maybe because of the pressure from inside his body, the young man groaned in pain. His bleeding didn¡¯t stop. At the moment, because she didn¡¯t have any clear treatment method, Kaori ground her teeth and decided to use her emergency measure.
¡°Here I dered the light of grace, here is my realm, my sanctuary, which crushes all evils just as I intended to, ¡°Holy Ground.¡±¡±
High-ranked light attributed healing magic, ¡°Holy Ground.¡± It was a magic that transfers peoples¡¯ magic power to the others within the area. Basically, by transferring one¡¯s magic power to one¡¯spanion, that person would temporarily escaped from magic power exhaustion. It was a magic that aimed to supplement another if s/he didn¡¯t have a sufficient amount of magic power to shoot a strong magic.
Moreover, it wasn¡¯t limited to the user¡¯s magic power, so it could forcefully transfer someone else¡¯s magic power to another within the area. It held the same principle as magic drain. However, it needed a lot more time to extract the magic power from another person and it was impossible to extract a lot of it at once. This was the reason it is only a ¡°High-ranked magic.¡±
To begin with, it only became practical because Kaori was capable of activating magic which originally needed ten notes with only three notes of chanting. It showed how capable Kaori was.
The reason she used this magic on the suffering young man was of course to release the rampaging magic power that was building pressure inside his body towards the outside. It was disyed on the status te that the young man was in state where he ¡°cannot release magic power to outside of the body,¡± so she decided to try ¡°if¡± it could be solved by forcefully draining it using high-ranked magic.
The pure-white light expanded from the center of the young man¡¯s body, and firefly-like, fleeting lights sprang about. It was a mysterious sight. With her eyes shut, the appearance of Kaori, who ced her hand on the young man¡¯s chest as she concentrated and was wrapped by the fleeting light, was divine.
Kaori, who easily activated high-ranked magic, made the ones well versed in magic, Yue and Tio, inadvertently leak ¡°Hou¡,¡± voices of admiration. While being held by Shia, Myuu watched Kaori in an entranced expression and muttered, ¡°Beautiful¡¡±
Without noticing that her newrades in the surroundings were raising voices of admiration, Kaori put the magic power extracted from the young man into the bracelet made of God Crystal that she received from Hajime. Apparently, the forced drain from the high-ranked magic was effective.
Incidentally, the reason it was not a ring was because Hajime didn¡¯t want to repeat the past misunderstanding.
Gradually, the young man¡¯s breathing became steady. The redness of his body also disappeared as it seemed the bleeding was also stopped. After deactivating ¡°Holy Ground,¡± Kaori activate beginner-ranked healing magic, ¡°Blessing,¡± which healed the young man¡¯s blood vessels.
¡°For the time being¡ I don¡¯t think it will have an immediate effect as I don¡¯t see any real solution for it. There¡¯s also the possibility of a slow death from over magic power extraction, so I only extracted it until the level where the pressure inside his body is decreased. If this keeps up, I think the possibility of a slow death from either pressure from inside his body or fatigue is¡ high. I also have no memory of such a symptom from the things I studied¡ Do Yue and Tio know anything about it?¡±
With the young man out of the crisis, Kaori was somewhat relieved but anxious as she could not heal himpletely. Thus she asked Yue and Tio whose knowledge was deep. The two¡¯s gazes wandered around as they searched about it inside their memory, but there was none. In the end, it became a situation where they could not even say that it was a disease of an unknown cause.
¡°Kaori, just to be safe, try to examine us too. After all, there¡¯s also the possibility that it is an unknown disease that is spread by aerial infection too. Well, there¡¯s no need to worry about it if it is just a rampaging of magic power.¡±
¡°Un, you are right.¡±
Nodding at Hajime¡¯s words, Kaori examined everyone and didn¡¯t find any abnormalities. Therefore, because it seemed not to infect anyone from respiration, Hajime¡¯s party patted their chests in relief.
When they did that, the young man raised a groan and his eyelids trembled. Thus, he woke up. Slowly opening his eyes and then looking at his surrounding, the young man saw the nearby Kaori was watching him in worry and he said, ¡°Goddess? I see, so this that world¡¡±
Following that, the young man began to heat up for different reason and tried to reach out towards Kaori only to have his stomach trampled by Hajime, who didn¡¯t conceal his irritation from the already annoying heat and sand.
¡°Ufffph!?¡±
¡°H-Hajime-kun!?¡±
Leering at the groaning young man, whose body bent into <, and Kaori, who raised a surprised voice, Hajime began to question him.
Hajime knew that the garaveya-like clothing and overcoat worn by the young man was a specialty of the ?Dukedom of Ancadi? that was located in the biggest oasis of ?Guryuu-en Great Desert?. He studied it as way of escaping reality at the time he was called ¡°ipetent.¡± If the young man says that a kind of disease was spreading in Ancadi then they would change their next destination due to the current one being a danger zone. Thus he asked the young man.
Regaining his senses after being trampled by Hajime, the young man didn¡¯t even look at Hajime¡¯s party surrounding him and stared at the ck object, blinking in confusion. After hearing the rough circumstances from Kaori,and understanding that Hajime¡¯s party were his life benefactors, he bowed his head, said his thanks, and began his story.
Hearing the young man¡¯s story,is it those Gods ying tricks on us?, Hajime was looking at the sky doubtfully because trouble always followed them wherever they went.
Book 9. Chapter 4
Book 9. Chapter 4
Dukedom of Ancadi
Because of his peculiar condition before, the young man, though he regained consciousness, could not stand straight. Furthermore, because of the danger of dehydration due to the desert¡¯s temperature and his considerably sweating, the young man was invited into the vehicle and allowed to drink some water inside.
The young man was forced to acknowledge that the four-wheeler was some sort of carriage, and he feels giddiness from thefortability inside it. However, when he recalled that he could not finish his mission if he stopped mid-way, he pulled himself together as there was no time to enjoy such luxury. Then, he introduced himself to Hajime¡¯s party who saved him.
¡°First, let me say my appreciation for your help. Thank you very much. When I thought I was going to die in this state¡ Ancadi would be finished. My name is Viz Fuad Zengain. Son of the Dukedom of Ancadi¡¯s ruler, Randzi Fuad Zengain.¡±
Surprisingly, the young man called Viz was an important person. Ancadi itself is the key point in transporting marine products so the freshness would not drop by much from Elisen, where 80% of marine products were produced in that northern part of the continent. In other words, by being the main supplier of the food from the northern part of the continent, Ancadi held the monopoly. Ancadi¡¯s ruler himself was not only a distinguished noble but a great noble who was trusted by Herrlicht Kingdom.
Hearing Kaori¡¯s identity of being one of the ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡± and someone summoned from different world, as well as how Hajime¡¯s party was made up of Gold-ranked adventurers, Viz was so astonished that his eyes popped out. Thus, he thought,Is this amand from God!? Even a Goddess is sent to us!, and he suddenly prayed to the heavens. In this case, the Goddess, Kaori, was dumbfounded by him. Hajime urged him to tell them the situation while leaking a slight Pressure, making Viz clear his throat and begin to talk while drenched in cold sweat.
What Viz told them was,
Four days ago, people copsing with a high fever of an unknown cause began appearing one after another in Ancadi. It was really a sudden, with 3,000 people out of 270,000 falling unconscious in the first day, and those with simr symptoms reached 20,000 people. The medical center filled instantly, and it continued to fill up themunal center. The medical personnels were treating the patients while looking for the cause of the disease, but, just like Kaori, they could only dy it without curing any.
While it happened, the number of patients kept increasing one after another. Before long, infected medical personnels began to appear. The number overwhelmed the magic users capable of dying the disease, and under such chaos, dead finally appeared among those who didn¡¯t receive the treatment. Despair shrouded the people due to the fact that people died only after the second day they were infected.
Within those, one pharmacist identally used ¡°Liquid Judging¡± on the drinking water. Resultantly, it was known that the water contained poison, which resulted in rampaging of magic power. At once, survey team was formed. They examined Ancadi¡¯s oasis while assuming the worst situation in their mind, and as they thought, the oasis had been polluted.
Naturally, the oasis is a lifeline for a country located in the middle of the desert, so the guarding and maintenance were strictly managed by the one in charge. Thinking about it normally, it was not an exaggeration that it was impossible to take out the guards of Ancadi and poisoned the oasis even with all prepared measures.
From where, how, who¡The survey team could only tilted their heads, but more importantly, because the stock of water from two days ago were not plenty, they didn¡¯t have any more water to use. Thus, it resulted with them having no other ways to save those infected from drinking the polluted water.
However, it wasn¡¯t like there wasn¡¯t any other method ¡ª there was a method to heal those infected. The method needed a mineral called ¡°Serene Stone.¡± This ¡°Serene Stone¡± is a special mineral hat carried an effect to calm the magic power¡¯s activity and a small amount of this valuable mineral could be harvested in the northern rock zone near ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?. If the ¡°Serene Stone¡± was made into powder and drunk, it would be able to calm the rampaging magic power inside the bodies of the infected.
Even so, the northern rock zone was too far that it needed at least one month of travel using carriage. Moreover, Ancadi¡¯s adventurers, especially those capable of entering ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?¡¯s dungeon, harvesting ¡°Serene Stone,¡± and returning, had already fallen to the disease. Half-assed adventurers could not even able to go through the desert storm wrapping ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?. Besides, even if there were people with power to do so, they also did not have any stock of water safe to use, so it was necessary to ask for help from the Kingdom.
The requested help asked for water that could temporarily relieved 270,000 people in the Dukedom of Ancadi, in addition to powerful people capable of going to the dungeon of ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?. However, it was not easy to arrange powerful people capable of doing that. Even though the request from the Dukedom could not be disregarded, the Kingdom would rather choose to investigate Ancadi¡¯s current condition first. Furthermore, the Kingdom would also deliberately make the procedures as a slow one.
That¡¯s why, Zengain, the one in power, thought it was necessary for Viz to be the representative and directly asking for reinforcement.
¡°Father, mother, and my little sister were infected, too, and although they managed to recover using the stock of Serene Stone in Ancadi, they were in a truly weakened state that they are incapable of going to the nearby city much less to the Kingdom. That¡¯s why I am the one to ask for the help and left Ancadi yesterday along with bodyguards. At that time, I didn¡¯t have any symptom¡ but I might have been infected. The appearance of the disease likely differs depending on the individual. I was agitated by this situation¡ my family falling sick, the duchy fell into disorder, and how we were argued on who was to immediately ask for rescue. It is also necessary to procure Serene Stone. And even right now, the lives of Ancadi¡¯s people are perishing¡ but I am in such a miserable condition!¡±
Even though he could not put strength into his body, Viz put strength into his fist and hit his thigh. He seemed to have a strong sense of responsibility towards the people as the next Lord of Ancadi. He might also be mortified by how his bodyguards were annihted when the Sandworms attacked.
However, it was fortunately the Sandworms hesitated to eat him due to sensing the disease. Though he was exhausted due to the disease, it was also what caused the Sandworms not to attack him and resultantly, he met Hajime¡¯s party. Life is where one is unable to know what would happen next.
¡°¡ I want you, no, I request you as the formal representative of the Lord of Ancadi Dukedom. Please lend me your strength.¡±
Saying so, Viz bowed his head. Silence filled the vehicle for a while. The sound of sand carried by the wind and hitting the windows greatly resounded. Viz himself knew that as the Lord¡¯s representative, he should not easily bow his head to someone else, but he was so desperate not to let go of such good fortune.
All gazes moved to Hajime. Though they left the decision to Hajime, everyone¡¯s gazes, except Yue and Tio¡¯s, were obviously telling him they wanted to help. Especially Kaori; she could not disregard such a situation as a ¡°Healer.¡± Her gaze was petitioning him. However, Myuu was more direct.
¡°Papa~. Won¡¯t Papa help him?¡±
She said while looking at him with a truly pure gaze. She seemed to believe Hajime could solve whatever the problem was, unconditionally. For Myuu, Hajime was her one and only hero. Towards Myuu, and Kaori¡¯s expectant gaze, ¡°It can¡¯t be helped,¡± Hajime shrugged his shoulders with wry feeling.
¡°Fufu,¡± Shia and Tio chuckled at Hajime. Hajime immediately looked over his shoulder towards Yue, and Yue was¡ just the same as always. No matter what Hajime¡¯s decision was, she will lend him all of her might. Even without words, Yue¡¯s feelings were clearly transmitted to him. Hajime stroked Yue¡¯s cheek, and Viz his agreement to undertake the request.
To begin with, he had nned to go to ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, and he thought of entrusting Myuu to Ancadi at that time. After all, it wasn¡¯t right to bring along a four year old child into a Great Dungeon. As such, they didn¡¯t have any problem of procuring ¡°Serene Stone¡± while conquering the dungeon, and there was no danger for Myuu, a child from demi-human race, since the source of the rampaging magic power disease was known. In the end, it was a problem Hajime could solve whilepleting his own agenda.
¡°With Hajime-dono¡¯s ss being ¡°Gold,¡± I wanted you to gather ¡°Serene Stone¡± from the Great Volcano first, but it is necessary to go to Imperial Capital first to secure our water. Can this movement type artifact be used by someone else other than Hajime-dono?¡±
¡°Well, except Kaori and Myuu, everyone can use it, but¡ there¡¯s no need to go all the way to the Imperial Capital. I will somehow secure the water, so I want to go to Ancadi first, what do you think?¡±
¡°Hajime-dono can somehow secure it? What does it mean?¡±
The words that Hajime was capable of securing the water for several hundred thousand people made Viz dubious, and it was natural to doubt it. However, even without transporting it, Hajime had a method to obtain water. It was to collect the moisture in the atmosphere using water element magic.
Of course it might be impossible for an ordinary magic-user, but by his side was the rare magic genius, Yue. Moreover, Yue had many means of instantly recovering her magic power. Also, Viz or Randzi would still have enough time to go to the Kingdom to ask for help again if they regained their physical condition and took the remaining Serene Stone in Ancadi along.
After briefly exined those, Viz could not believe it at first. After all the chance was so small for him to make it into the Kingdom in his current condition, but he agreed to return to Ancadi after being persuaded by Kaori, a ¡°God¡¯s Apostle.¡±
While being surprised once again from how four-wheeler moved in high-speed as if it was sliding in the desert, Viz wondered why a ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡± like Kaori was alone apanied by the adventurers, why a child of Sea-dweller tribe called Hajime, a human, Papa, why they got along with someone from Rabbitman tribe, why a ck-haired blooming woman made a disgusting smile though she being abused, but his chest was heated by the hope that came into his view.
* * *
Within the fluttering brown sand, the Ancadi they arrived at, just like Neutral Commercial City of Fhuren, was surrounded by wall and a milk-white one in this case. The outer wall and buildings were milky white in color, which created a beautiful contrast with the brown-colored outside world.
However, what differed from Fhuren were the pirs of lighting from the enclosing, irregr-shaped wall, which climbed towards the heavens. The pirs of light joined together in the sky, forming a gigantic dome, covering the entirety of Ancadi. At times, it was as if the surface of water had something thrown into it; ripples were appearing, creating a mysterious and beautiful spectacle.
Apparently, this dome was preventing sand from entering the city. And althoughrge sand storm sometimes appearing in time of full moon, the dome made none of the sand entered Ancadi and it was only looked like a cloudy weather from inside.
Hajime¡¯s party entered Ancadi from the shining, huge gate. Even a magic barrier was erected on the gate to not let sand entered. The gate guards, though surprised by seeing magic-driven four-wheeler, they didn¡¯t have energy to question it because of the gloomy atmosphere surrounding Ancadi; they seemed to have given up. However, when they noticed the next Lord sitting on the back seat of four-wheeler, they stood in attention, seeming to regain their energy as soldiers.
Ancadi¡¯s entrance gate was located in higher elevation. It seemed to be built in consideration of letting visitors to enjoy Ancadi¡¯s beauty.
Hajime¡¯s party were certainly admiring its beauty. The oasis in the east was glittering while being reflected by the sunlight, and a lot of lush green vegetations growing, surrounding it. The water from the oasis was flowing within the town like rivers and there were small boats moored here and there even though it was in the middle of desert. Lush green zas were set up around the town which made one understood how spacious the city is.
On the north was the farnd. To prove the story of Ancadi¡¯s abundance of fruit production, Hajime could see numerous amounts of fruits growing as far as his ¡°Farsight¡± could see. To the west side was a big, pce-like building with pure white color unlike the other buildings which were milky white. The impressiveness and scale made one understood that this is the dwelling of the Lord. Boorish looking buildings were lined up around the pce in order which was likely to be the government ward.
While it was a desert nation, it was also just like a capital of water¡ that¡¯s how Dukedom of Ancadi is.
Normally, this ce would be actively doing business for fruits since it was the ry point from Elisen. Moreover, it was a popr ce for sightseeing and should¡¯ve been filled by vigor and mor. But now, it was covered in a gloomy atmosphere. There were only few people on the street and no store was in business. All of the doors were firmly shut, as if they were quietly waiting for the storm to pass, crouching. The silence ruled the town.
¡°¡ I wanted to show our country filled with vigor to Miss Apostle and Hajime-dono. Unfortunately, we aren¡¯t in time for that. So, let me guide you around myself once everything is solved. For the time being, let¡¯s go to my father. He is in the pce.¡±
The party nodded at Viz¡¯s words, and they advanced with the oasis as the background.
* * *
¡°Father!¡±
¡°Viz! You, wh¡ª¡ No, wait, what¡¯s with you!?¡±
Entering the ce using Viz¡¯s face as a pass, Hajime¡¯s party entered the Lord¡¯s, Randzi¡¯s, office. They heard the Lord was pretty weakened, but apparently he had used a lot of healing magic and medicine, and now was working in vigor.
Randzi was surprised that his son, who departed to the Imperial Capital to ask for help, had returned. Just like the workers inside the pce, Randzi was pop-eyed seeing his son¡¯s state.
It wasn¡¯t strange. After all, Viz was floating mid-air at the moment.
More urately, he was in a falling prone state while being carried by a Cross Bit in mid-air. Viz was severely weakened, and although Kaori¡¯s healing magic managed to help him keeping his consciousness, he could not walk by himself. When Kaori couldn¡¯t bear with it any longer and tried to help, ¡°Ah, Apostle-sama, for me¡,¡± Viz blushed and began to watch Kaori with moistened eyes. Thus, Hajime forcefully made the Cross Bit carried him.
Incidentally, it made it seemed Hajime was jealous. Thinking so, Kaori¡¯s cheeks were reddened and she took a peek at Hajime, but it was simply because Hajime didn¡¯t want to create another Kouki or Hiyama.
Even though he was in such a miserable appearance, clinging to the Cross Bitt, Viz quickly finished exining to his father. As the talk advanced, a butler-like person came bringing in a powdered form of Serene Stone which Viz drank, who was still receiving Kaori¡¯s healing magic. Thus, he was cured as if there was no obstacle to prevent him from being cured.
Even so, it was only a feeling; the toxin itself was still inside his body¡¯s liquid. It was simply the effect of Serene Stone doing its work. The toxin was merged with his body¡¯s liquid, so there was possibility of it being excreted, and there was nothing more that could be done.
¡°Well then, we should get going. Kaori, you go with Shia to the medical center where the patients are. Bring along Magic-Crystallization Stones. The rest will be securing the water. Lord, is there a broad space around 200 meters on all sides at the lowest?¡±
¡°Hmm? Um, though there¡¯s one in the farming area¡¡±
¡°Then, other than Kaori and Shia, we will go there. Shia, you must go to Yue if the Magic-Crystallization stones are full.¡±
Hajime issued instruction to all of the members. What Hajime¡¯s party needed to do was simple. Just like Viz¡¯s case, Kaori will use ¡°Holy Ground¡± to extract magic power from the patients little by little and dyed the disease¡¯s progression using ¡°Ten Thousand Heaven.¡± The extracted magic power will be stocked inside Magic-Crystallization stones. Then, it will be carried to and used by Yue to create water once they were filled.
After he helped Yue create a reservoir, Hajime will go towards the Oasis. He was going to investigate the cause. He will solve it if he find the cause, but if not, he will just go to ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?. It was such a n.
Everyone nodded vigorously towards Hajime¡¯s instruction.
* * *
Currently, the Lord, Randzi, the guards, and his attendants went to a corner of the farnd area in northern part of Ancadi, followed by Hajime, Yue, Tio, and Myuu. The in was almost three times of the 200 meters on four sides. Normally, it was the ce where a certain crop was grown, but it was now in its resting period.
Currently, the dubious Randzi was staring dagger into Hajime¡¯s party expressing that if not for the emergency situation, they would receive capital punishment. Although he truly wanted to secure water,mon sense told him Hajime¡¯s n was an impossible one thus it couldn¡¯t be helped that Randzi was ring at him.
However, his doubting gaze was instantly turned into an astonished after Yue used her magic.
¡°¡±Threat Destroyer.¡±¡±
A ck, swirling orb immediately appeared above the farnd where her right hand was outstretched to. That orb changed its shape above the farnd, into a thin square which spread horizontally and the square was already around 200 meters in length. Thus, after a moment of stagnation, it fell to the ground without making a sound and casually crushed the ground.
The ground sunk due to the terrific pressure, and the earth tremored. It was as if the ground itself was screaming. After a moment, the 200 meters on all side of the farm that had received the supergravity pressure formed a huge reservoir with five meters in depth.
Hajime sneaked a look at Randzi and his subordinates, and every single one of them had their jaws dropped far that their jaws might have dislocated. Their eyes widened and seemed to pop. The impact was too strong that they turned speechless, all of them were shouting, ¡°Huwwhuuattt¡ª!?¡±, in their minds.
Having activated Age of Gods magic with half of its output, ¡°Fuu,¡± Yue exhaled. Although her magic power was exhausted by suddenly consuming arge amount of magic, her expression did not change since she felt only a slight tiredness. Though it would be okay if she took the magic stored inside Magic-Crystallization stone just like the battle in Ul, she thought of keeping the magic power inside the Magic-Crystallization stone as much as possible because they were going to challenge ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? after this. Moreover, because they were not in a battle, Hajime used Yue¡¯s other method of replenishing her magic power.
Yue¡¯s body was swaying as if she was about to fall, but she disyed she didn¡¯t need to be supported. It was something she wanted to do, so she didn¡¯t want to fall because of this. Eventually, with athud, Yue¡¯s body leaned on Hajime¡¯s arm.
From behind her, Hajime embraced Yue a little, and lifted her. This time he was embracing her from the front. Yue was smiling in joy, and answered his embrace by wrapping her arms on Hajime¡¯s neck.
Following that, ¡°¡Thank you for the treat.¡± Then, she bit Hajime¡¯s neck.
BITE!~ CHU~,
Blood flowed from Hajime¡¯s body. Yue, absent-mindedly with moistened eyes, was licking Hajime¡¯s neck multiple times. Yue¡¯s amorousness despite her appearance was further increased when she sucked Hajime¡¯s blood. It made one think pheromones was discharged from all over her body, turning the atmosphere into one of a bewitchment.
Nh, ah, chu chu, fuu
The appearance of the beautiful little girl using her tongue to lick the scruff of Hajime¡¯s neck while making small, lewd, gasping sounds made everyone forgot to question Yue¡¯s race, when thinking normally, was actually the hateful, bloodsucker. The surrounding men were slouching. Only the Lord, as expected of a Lord, had recovered from his astonishment and stared daggers at Hajime¡¯s party. A lot of things were swirling inside his head. He thought they were being a little too arrogant, he thought of things seriously and his eyes became bloodshot.
Incidentally, though Tio also wanted to exhibit her pervertedness, she waspletely blindfolding Myuu from behind because it was too early for Myuu, while being aroused herself. ¡°Myuu can¡¯t see~,¡± Myuuined only to be hugged from behind and could not resist since her head was wrapped by breasts far bigger than Shia¡¯s.
Converting Hajime¡¯s blood into magic power using ¡°Blood Conversion,¡± Yue quietly separated from Hajime¡¯s neck after she licked it for once more. Then, she kissed Hajime¡¯s lips. Hajime and Yue were looking at each other with burning gazes andAhem!, it ended with coughs. They came from Randzi, the Lord, and the slouching men. Thinking they overdid it, Hajime and Yue made wry smiles¡ then they turned around and began to kiss again.
¡°No, no, no, you should do it where we can¡¯t see¡ I also have various guesses about that thing, the bloodsucker, but for the time being, I want you to do the thing that should be done¡ Rather, shouldn¡¯t you be the one who understands it the most!?¡±
The Lord¡¯s rebuttal made Hajime and Yue shrugged their shoulders in reluctance, leering at Randzi and the others who were irritated by their gestures, they began their work.
Hajime went into the reservoir, and took out the four-wheeler from ¡°Treasure Box.¡± Usingnd-leveling function installed in four-wheeler, he used ¡°Mineral Separation¡± and coated the surface of the reservoir with metal so water couldn¡¯t be absorbed. After Hajime returned when he finished the coating, Yue thrust out her arm and used water element magic against the instant-reservoir.
¡°¡±Fissuring Wave.¡±¡±
It was one of the high-ranked, Water element magic which created a huge wave to crush the enemies. For an ordinary magic-user, though it was called a huge wave, it would only be a tsunami around ten to twenty meters, squarely. However, the number changed once Yue used it. A tsunami with width of 150 meters and height of 100 meters was created, immediately flowing into the reservoir. In the middle of it, she sucked Hajime¡¯s blood so many times to replenish her magic power, and thus, as much as half of her magic power was saved. However, there was also a limit on how much blood Hajime had.
Any further, he would be anaemic due to loss of blood, but Shia came at this time. In her hands were the Magic-Crystallization stones from Kaori. Although it was drained little by little, the magic power was drained from several thousands of patients. Thus, arge amount had been saved up. Not even two hours had passed since Kaori came to the medical center, but in such a short time, Kaori was able to treat arge number of patients. She certainly was also a cheat-like character.
Shia returned to help Kaori again and at the same time, Yue activated ¡°Fissuring Wave¡± in rapid session. Before long, the forty thousand square meters reservoir was filled with fresh, unpolluted water.
¡°¡Such a thing¡¡±
Dumbfounded, Randzi was staring at the surface of water before him, reflecting by the sunlight and glittering just like an oasis. He was speechless.
¡°It is enough for now. Next, I am going to examine the oasis¡ if I don¡¯te to understand anything, then it is okay for you to ask for water from the Kingdom at that time.¡±
¡°Ah, yeah. Well, I have a lot I want to ask¡ but thank you. You have my gratitude. With this, my people won¡¯t die from dehydration. Also, let me guide you to the oasis.¡±
Although Randzi was still recovering from the shock, he knew what should be done, so his attitudepletely changed and he sincerely said his gratitude to Hajime¡¯s party.
Hajime and the others moved straight to the oasis.
Unchanging, the oasis was beautifully glittering, reflecting the sunlight, and it did not seem to contain any poison.
However¡
¡°¡Nn?¡± ¡°¡Hajime?¡±
Frowning, Hajime stared at a spot inside the oasis. Noticing his change, Yue tilted her head and asked Hajime with a doubtful expression.
¡°Well, that, my Magic Eye was reacting to something just now¡ Lord, to what length has the survey team examined it?¡±
¡°¡ I am certain it was the substances inside the oasis and the river flowing from it. They also investigated the substance in various wells and the underground river. The water¡¯s substance was just as you heard from my son, but no abnormality was found in the underground river. Moreover, the range of examination was only several tens of meters from the oasis. The bottom of the oasis itself hadn¡¯t been examined.¡±
¡°Had an artifact sunk into the oasis?¡±
¡°? No, I don¡¯t think so. Although the guards and the management of the oasis used an artifact, it was set up above the ground¡ It is a barrier-type artifact, so it shouldn¡¯t be able to pollute the oasis. As for the proof, the oasis had never been polluted before.¡±
The artifact Randzi spoke about was called ¡°Cutter of What Intended,¡± and it was actually the dome of light protecting Ancadi. It was a useful barrier that prevented sand from entering while allowing the necessity such as air and moisture to pass through, but the things capable of passing could also be decided by the setter. In addition, it was not just a simple barrier since it also had detecting function, and what was detected could also be set. By setting it in default, it was possible to detect whether one¡¯s soul was affected by a magic of dark element.
In other words, if it was set to ¡°those who have malicious intent towards the oasis,¡± the person who set it, Randzi, would know if the ¡°Cutter of What Intended¡± was reacting to something. However, the Lord himself didn¡¯t know whether there was a hidden requirement. Incidentally, up until now, a lot of people had been going in and out during the examination while the guards had been off-duty due to the oasis being polluted already.
¡°¡Hee~. Then, I wonder what¡¯s with that.¡±
Having the oasis of Dukedom of Ancadi polluted, the appearance of Randzi clenching his fists in bitterness made one think he was indeed Viz¡¯s father. Looking at Randzi with narrowed eyes, Hajimeughed while understanding Randzi had misunderstood his words. Hajime¡¯s Magic Eye was certainly seen ¡°something¡± releasing magic power in the bottom of the center of the oasis.
The thing that shouldn¡¯t be there made Randzi and the others agitated. Coming near the oasis, Hajime took out a 500ml pet bottle-shaped metal object from ¡°Treasure Box¡± and supplied it with magic power. Next, he casually threw it into the oasis.
Trotting, Hajime moved away from the oasis and stood next to Yue. Though everyone wore doubtful expressions, Hajime didn¡¯t say anything. Following that, Randzi finally came to ask Hajime. And at that moment,
BAAAANNNGGGG!!!
A huge explosive sound rang out apanied by the oasis spouting a huge column of water. Randzi and his subordinates were once again ckjawed and pop-eyed.
¡°Tch, was it evaded? ¡No, it must be because it has high defense, huh?¡±
Saying so, Hajime took out ten of the same thing and thrown them into the oasis. Following that, after several seconds, huge explosions and huge columns of water appeared all over the oasis.
What Hajime threw were the so called torpedo. Because the next Seven Great Dungeon over the Elisen, ?Meljeenae¡¯s Seabed Ruin?, was located at the bottom of the sea (ording to the information from Miledi), Hajime made prototypes of weapons that could be used in the sea, the torpedo. He threw them because he now had the time and a ce to experiment them. The result was, although it had a good amount of power, its homing and speed was not that good. Improvements were necessary.
The torpedoes were equipped with crystal created by Creation magic which was capable of ¡°Specific Perception¡± and ¡°Pursuit.¡± They would run after the enemy, and once the enemy was locked, it would explode upon contact. What it meant was, something was inside the water, and he used the experimental weapons to chase after it.
¡°Oy, oy, oy! Hajime-dono! What in the world are you doing!? Ahh! The pier is blown off! The fishes are dead! The oasis is dyed in red!¡±
¡°Tch, it still couldn¡¯t be caught, huh. Well then, next will be 50¡¡±
Randzi was screaming because of the scenery of the oasis was gradually turning worse, but Hajime muttered without a care and moved out. Randzi, along with his subordinates clung to Hajime, desperately trying to stop him.
From Randzi¡¯s view who didn¡¯t know about the ¡°something¡± seen by Hajime¡¯s Magic Eye, Hajime had suddenly threw out unknown objects which sted the oasis one after another along with the pier and the fishes. It was a confusing situation since the barrier didn¡¯t see it as an evil, destructive action. Randzi couldn¡¯t conceal his confusion, however, he still desperately tried to protect the oasis.
Irritated by Randzi and the others clinging to him, Hajime tried to shake them off as he advanced. However,
WOOOOSH!
Numerous tentacles came out of the water cutting the wind, and it attacked Hajime and the others. Immediately, Hajime intercepted it some using Donner-Scg and the tentaclesing out of the water were blown off. Yue froze them while Tio used fire to evaporate the tentacles.
As Randzi and his subordinates looked at the oasis, wondering what happened, but they were once again astonished by the spectacle of something appearing from the oasis. They thought the surface of the water raised because of anger from Hajime¡¯s bombing. It kept rising up and became a little mountain with the height of around ten meters.
¡°What is¡ that¡¡±
Randzi muttered with a nk expression, but his words were resounded clearly.
Book 9. Chapter 5
Book 9. Chapter 5
The Thing Lurking in the Oasis
The thing appearing in the oasis was 10 meters in length, it has numerous tentacles wriggling around, and a magic stone shining in red was inside of it. A slime¡ it was the most suitable word to describe it.
However, its size was abnormal. Slime-type demonic beasts were normally one meter in length, at best. Moreover, there should be none with power to manipte the surrounding water. It should only capable of manipting tentacles that were part of its own body.
¡°What the¡ what¡¯s with that demonic beast? Is it¡ a Vachram?¡±
Randzi muttered in nk surprise. Vachram itself was a slime-type demonic beast of this world.
¡°Well, I don¡¯t care whatever it is. In the end, isn¡¯t this the thing polluting the oasis? So, it is most likely to have a peculiar magic that excreted the poison.¡±
¡°¡ What you¡¯re thinking should be right. But, can Hajime-dono defeat it?¡±
While Hajime and Randzi were conversing, the Oasis-Vachram was still attacking in anger by using its tentacles. Yue and Tio were dealing with those tentacles with ice magic and fire magic respectively. Hajime was also intercepting while talking using Donner-Scg, and though he aimed at the core-like red magic stone, he could not easily hit it since the magic stone moved around the body, as if it had its own will.
Seeing Hajime¡¯s artifacts and magic from Yue and Tio, Randzi had given up being surprised and decided to just ignore them which resulted in him being capable of calmly ask Hajime that question.
¡°Nn~¡ yeah, there¡¯s no need to worry. I¡¯ve caught it now.¡±
Replying casually to Randzi¡¯s question, Hajime quietly put Scg back into its holster and used both hands to ready Donner while narrowing his eyes, following the track of the moving magic stone. His right arm thrusted straight forward and left arm¡¯s elbow slightly bent. His feet, one positioned forward and one backward. It was the shooting posture called Weaver Stance, the pose to urately fire Donner.
Hajime¡¯s eyes sharply narrowed just like those of a hawk¡¯s,pletely capturing the movement of that magic stone. Then¡
KABOOM!!
With a dry explosive sound, a line of sh cut through the air as though they were pulled by a maic force. The moving magic stone, while ignoring thew of inertia, was shot through by the sh, and it could be said the magic stone was being voluntarily being hit.
The impact and heat from the railgun instantly annihted the magic stone, and at the same time, Oasis-Vachram lost its power and the water it manipted returned into normal water.WoOoOoOSH~!Arge amount of water poured down. Randzi and his subordinates were watching the generated rough waves.
¡°¡ Is it over?¡±
¡°Ah, there¡¯s no more magic power reaction from the oasis now. I don¡¯t know whether annihting the cause is equal to purifying it though.¡±
With Hajime¡¯s words indicating he easily repulsed the cause of Ancadi¡¯s desperate situation only made Randzi and his subordinates puzzled. Even so, because the cause was certainly annihted before their own eyes, one of Randzi¡¯s subordinate came to examine the water¡¯s substance in a panic.
¡°¡ How is it?¡± ¡°¡ No, it is still polluted.¡±
Randzi asked with an expectant tone, but his subordinate was shaking his head in disappointment. They knew the people were infected by the water drawn from the oasis, but they could not conceal their disappointment after finding out that it was still polluted even though Oasis-Vachram was no longer there.
¡°Well, there¡¯s no need for thee to be disappointed. With the cause gone, the pollution won¡¯t advance. And the water from the oasises from the fresh water in the underground water pulse, so the oasis will be able to return to its normal state if the polluted water is exhausted.¡±
Tio told Randzi and his subordinates tofort them, thus Randzi and his subordinates began to pull themselves together, disying their wills. Their appearances, with Randzi, ruler of Ancadi, in the center showed how much they loved this country. It was a country that existed in a severe environment, so the patriotism was high.
¡°¡ But, I wonder just why that Vachram-like demonic beast is doing in the desert¡ Was it a new kind of demonic beast that came from underground water pulse?¡±
Having pulled himself together, Randzi tilted his head while looking at oasis. And Hajime was the one who answered him.
¡°It is just my guess, but¡ it was probably the work of Demon race, right?¡±
¡°!? Demon race? Hajime-dono, you must know something to be able to say that, right?¡±
Randzi was surprised by Hajime¡¯s words, but he instantly regained hisposure and urged Hajime to exin. Randzi was looking at Hajime, the one who secured the water and annihted the cause of pollution, with respect and trust. There¡¯s no more trace suspicion that he had in the beginning.
Hajime guessed the Oasis-Vachram was a new demonic beast created by Age of Gods magic Demon race had. There¡¯s the peculiarity of Oasis-Vachram, coupled with the fact the Demon race was also aiming at Aiko in Ul and the Heroes in Orcus.
It was probably one of Demon race¡¯s scheme, using demonic beast. The Demon race was investigating and erasing dangerous, unknown element and the key point in northern of the continent before the war. The proofs were how they aimed at Aiko, an existence that could affect food supply, and the Heroes from another world the Church of the Saints summoned to fight against Demon race.
As for Ancadi, it was the key point of food supply since it was the ry point of marine products from Elisen and it also producedrge amount of fruits and other food ingredients. Moreover, if Ancadi was attacked, it was hard to call for help because it is located in the middle of the Great Desert. So, it wouldn¡¯t be odd for Demon race to aim for Ancadi.
Being told so, Randzi raised a low groan with a bitter expression.
¡°I¡¯ve heard about the demonic beast. We also did our own investigation about it but¡ I¡¯ve never expected they could create such a thing¡ how naive of me.¡±
¡°Well, it isn¡¯t something you can help, right? After all, even the Imperial Capital didn¡¯t get information about new kinds of demonic beasts. Furthermore, the case where the Hero¡¯s party was attacked was only recently. And that must have createdmotions everywhere right now.¡±
¡°Maybe it is about time for them to move make a move, huh¡ Hajime-dono¡ although you introduced yourself as an adventurer¡ those artifacts and power, as expected, you are the same as Kaori-dono¡¡±
Without saying anything, Hajime shrugged his shoulders, thus Randzi stopped asking, thinking Hajime must have his own circumstance. No matter what the circumstance was, it didn¡¯t change the fact that Hajime¡¯s party saved Ancadi. There¡¯s no need to make any useless inquiry to their benefactors.
¡°¡ Hajime-dono, Yue-dono, Tio-dono. Let this Lord of Ancadi, Randzi Fuad Zengain, show his gratitude on behalf of this country. You have saved this country.¡±
Saying so, Randzi and his subordinates bowed their heads. It wasn¡¯t an easy thing for the Lord himself to bow his head, but regardless whether Hajime is one of the ¡°God¡¯s Apostles,¡± Randzi would still bow his head. And although only a short time had passed, Hajime understood Randzi held an extraordinary patriotism. This was also the reason why his subordinates didn¡¯t stop Randzi from bowing his head to someone who introduced himself as a mere adventurer, and they also bowed their heads. Such personality was also passed onto his son, Viz. Their gesture, speech, and behavior were alike.
Towards them, Hajime was smiling broadly while saying,
¡°Ah, you have expressed your gratitudes. Also, please don¡¯t forget about this huge favor.¡±
He expected them to return this favor. Well, it was not something new. Hajime said, ¡°No, please don¡¯t worry about that. This is something natural to do as a person,¡± clearly and humbly, thus Randzi was inadvertently dumbfounded thinking Hajime had casually said he wanted something. Randzi himself actually didn¡¯t mind giving him anything as his thank towards the country¡¯s saviors, but he didn¡¯t expect it to be said straight to his face.
Hajime had thought there¡¯s no need for gratitude since it was necessary for him to make Ancadi secure because he needed to entrust them with Myuu, and there¡¯s Kaori¡¯s request, too.
However, because they made their way to express their gratitude, it wouldn¡¯t be bad to have more people as allies in a time of emergency, so he clearly told them it was a favor. Hajime thought Randzi would sincerely correspond to it, but he was also a politician, so Hajime needed to make sure of it.
¡°Ah, ahh. Of course. It will be remembered forever¡ But, there are still many people suffering in Ancadi, can I ask your help in their behalf?¡±
It was something Randzi was used to, as a politician and as a noble, but Randzi was a little perplexed due to the too straight forward words said by Hajime. Before long, as if he hade to an agreement, Randzi nodded with a wry smile. Afterwards, he requested Hajime to procure ¡°Serene Stone¡± for the sake of saving those infected.
¡°My original objective was ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?. Thus, there¡¯s no problem in getting it at all. However, just how much should I gather?¡±
With Hajime easily epting his request, Randzi patted his chest in relief, next he told Hajime the current number of patients and the amount needed to be gathered. Although it was a considerable amount, it was not a problem because Hajime possessed ¡°Treasure Box.¡± Normal adventurers might not be able to save all of the infected, so Randzi was thanking God to have met Hajime¡¯s party.
* * *
Apanied by Shia inside the medical center, Kaori disyed storm-like activities. She simultaneously extracted magic power from the more urgent patients and filled the Magic-crystallization stones. She also dyed the progress of disease for the patients gathered within radius of ten meters from her and used healing magic at the same time to recover the patients from their weakened state.
Shia was using her herculean strength to move the immobilized patients at once. She wasn¡¯t moving using the wagon, but she lifted the wagon filled with the patients and jumped above the buildings, going back and forth the medical facilities. It was because it was more efficient to gather the more urgent patients around Kaori than her going around each of the facilities.
This method created an unbelievable spectacle starring the should be ipetent rabbit-eared girl, made a lot of patients begin to think their disease had gotten worsen, and thus created such illusion. Despair poured into the medical facilities, creating unnecessary chaos.
The medical staff themselves had used high-ranked magic in session, and they became astonished when they saw Kaori used several healing magic simultaneously as if it was a natural thing. Once their astonishment passed, they now held deep respect towards Kaori, and treated the patients ording to Kaori¡¯s instructions.
Hajime and the others arrived at the group gathered around Kaori. Afterwards, Randzi spoke out loud about the water being secured and how the cause had been annihted which resulted with everyone shouting out of joy at the same time. Smiles began to return to the people who were despairing from the amount of death and how they could not secure safe water in the middle of the desert.
The information was immediately conveyed to the other facilities. The infected people regained up their energies because they only needed to endure a little while and they would be saved.
¡°Kaori, we are going to challenge ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?. So, how long can you hold on?¡±
¡°Hajime-kun¡¡±
Inside the medical facilities filled with shouts of joy, Hajime walked up to Kaori, who didn¡¯t stop treating the patients, and asked.
Kaori was so d once she seen Hajime¡¯s figure, but she immediately made a serious expression, watching an empty space. Next, she finished her calction, turned to look at Hajime and answered with, ¡°Two days.¡± She might have judged that was the very limit regarding both her magic power and the patients¡¯ endurance.
¡°Hajime-kun. I, I will stay here and treat the patients. Please gather the Serene Stone. It seems to be a valuable mineral¡ but no one except Hajime can do it because arge amount is needed. I am sorry¡ even though I know Hajime-kun doesn¡¯t concern himself with this world¡¡±
¡°If it¡¯s just that much, then I can just gather them while entering deeper into the volcano. It doesn¡¯t matter if I need to search on the surface¡ In short, I only need to conquer the dungeon faster. Also, there¡¯s no need for you to apologize. After all, it is something I decided myself¡ Besides, I couldn¡¯t just leave Myuu in a ce where people copsed and died, right?¡±
¡°Fufu¡ I see. Then, good luck, and leave Myuu-chan to me.¡±
Kaori had heard about the Mad Gods and the purpose of Hajime¡¯s travel on their way to Ancadi. She also heard Hajime would return to their original world even if it means to abandon this world. He also told her to return to Kouki and the others if she couldn¡¯t agree to his way. Having heard all of those, Kaori¡¯s will didn¡¯t waver; she wanted to continue following Hajime.
Even in this current case, if Hajime decided to abandon Ancadi, and although she would try to persuade him, she would just give up if there¡¯s no effect.
However, it was the truth that she wanted to be the strength for the people of Ancadi, if she could. She was inadvertently looking at Hajime with petitioning gaze at that time when Hajime was thinking about his decision. She wasn¡¯t conceited that her desire would be the same as Hajime¡¯s decision, but Kaori¡¯s gaze must have influenced Hajime¡¯s decision since he shrugged his shoulders a little with a wry smile when he received her gaze.
That¡¯s why, the way it seemed that Hajime was going along with her selfish desire made Kaori hold aplex feeling.
However, Hajime only indifferently shook his hand towards the apologizing Kaori. Having seen through Kaori¡¯s feeling, he told her not to mind since it was something he decided on. Kaori smiled at Hajime, who was worried about her although he said so in a blunt manner, and who casually showed a father-like attitude. She looked at him with a gaze filled with trust and affection.
¡°I will also do my best¡ so pleasee back safely. I will be waiting¡¡±
¡°¡O-okay.¡±
Kaori, who narrowed her eyes dearly and exuding an aura of a wife who sends off her husband to the battlefield, made Hajime stammer inadvertently.
Since before, Kaori had been a straightforward person. Even when they were in Japan, Kaori mercilessly cut down Kouki¡¯s misunderstanding, dropping bomb onto Hajime which resulted in the ssroom to suffer the storm of jealousy¡ those had be their daily life. And she was being even more frank since the day she confessed to him.
Hajime somehow managed to avert his gaze, but the ce he averted to was¡ where Yue was. He saw it; Yue was watching Hajime in silence with dead, inorganic eyes. It was really terrible. He instinctively changed his gaze other way, and Kaori was there smiling with affection¡
But seeing Kaori¡¯s atmosphere, our idol, Myuu dropped a bomb.
¡°Kaori-oneechan, Kaori-oneechan looks just like Yue-oneechan from before. Is Kaori-oneechan going to kiss Papa~?¡±
¡°Oya? So thou saw it, Myu?¡±
¡°Uh~? Myuu saw it from the gap between the fingers. Yue-oneechan looked so lovely~. Myuu also wants to kiss Papa~.¡±
¡°U~m. Even this one hath not done that, thou know? So, Myuu need to wait until Myuu is bigger.¡±
¡°Uu~.¡±
Myuu¡¯s innocent words made Hajime say, ¡°This good for nothing!¡± an unjust anger towards Tio. As expected, with ¡°Those eyes! Those eyess! Tres Bien!¡± Tio began to be aroused, but it was something trivial this time.
As for the reason, a katana-shouldering Hanya appeared right beside Hajime. Of course, it was Kaori.
¡°¡What does that mean, ah? Wasn¡¯t Hajime-kun going there to work on something? So, why did you kiss Yue? Tell me, how did ite to that? Was there any need to do that? While I was desperately treating the patients, the two of you were enjoying yourselves, ah? Did you even forget about me? Rather, did we separate just so you could be alone?¡±
Eyes without light, Kaori was looking at Hajime with a Hanya behind her. Cold sweats ran along Hajime¡¯s cheeks. Hajime wanted to say it was because of the bloodsucking act; he and Yue wouldn¡¯t be separated unless they kiss. But faster than him, Yue advanced.
Hajime had expected her to solve the misunderstanding, but he was a fool to expect that from Yue in this kind of situation.
Yue and Kaori looked at each other, and Yue puffed her chest in a dignified manner. Smiling after sayingfu,
¡°¡ It was delicious.¡± She informed Kaori.
¡°Aha, ahahahahaha.¡±
¡°Fufu, fufufufufufu.¡±
Eerieughtering from the two beautiful girls was echoing inside the medical center. Up until now, the staff of medical center and patients thought of Kaori as a saint, but now they were taken aback and turned their faces away so their eyes would not meet hers.
It was something they couldn¡¯t help. No one would think a person with katana-swinging Hanya behind then was a saint. Moreover, the one confronting her had a dragon d in ck clouds and thunders. They couldn¡¯t help but wanting to look away.
Towards Kaori and Yue, who were staring at each other whileughing, Hajime sighed and quickly decided to approach them to deliver forehead flicks.Shwip!An unbelievable sound rang out from the impact of the flicks. Yue and Kaori spontaneously groaned and squatted. With teary eyes, they looked up, expressing, ¡°What are you doing,¡± which made Hajime raised an amazed expression.
¡°Kaori. It¡¯s not like I and Yue had wanted to do such an act. You understand it, right? Besides, Yue is my lover. We don¡¯t need your permission to do such a thing.¡±
¡°Uh¡ that is so¡ but I don¡¯t think it is the real reason¡¡±
Angered by that, Kaori objected to Hajime. Hajime sighed again and said, ¡°Yue, too, there¡¯s no need to always bicker like that.¡± However,hmph!, Yue turned her face and refused to listen to him, ¡°This is a woman¡¯s fight¡ there¡¯s no need for Hajime to interfere.¡±
Randzi and the others could only stand in ce by the suddenly generated carnage. Shia reflected, ¡°I noticed that recently my presence had been thinned.¡± Tio was still panting hard, while Myuu turned into angry mode because Yue and Kaori were quarrelling again.
Hajime gave up on controlling the situation and decided to go to ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? as fast as possible. Kaori was not the only one being busy in the medical center, since although Hajime had told Randzi beforehand, he once again told Randzi to take care of Myuu. Smiling wryly at the rtionship between Hajime and his party, Randzi readily agreed to take care of Myuu.
Myuu had been persuaded beforehand, but as soon as she guessed Hajime was going to leave, Myuu looked down with a lonely expression. Hajime kneeled to match Myuu¡¯s eye-level and patted her head.
¡°Myuu, I am going. Be a good girl and wait for me, okay?¡±
¡°Uh, Myuu will be a good girl. Soe back quickly, Papa.¡±
¡°Ah, I will return as fast as possible.¡±
Grasping the end of her clothes tightly with both hands, Myuu was enduring her tears. And the appearance of Hajime gently patting Myuu, even if they weren¡¯t rted by blood, made everyone see them as nothing but a father and his child. The cold, post-carnage atmosphere has turned warm. Hajime pushed Myuu¡¯s back towards Kaori¡¯s side. Yue, Shia, and Tio moved out in order.
Hajime was about to turn on his heel, when Kaori called out to him.
¡°Ah, Hajime-kun¡ that¡¯s, have a safe journey.¡±
¡°Ou, please take care of Myuu.¡±
¡°Un¡ also, that is¡ can I ask for a, kiss? Like¡ a kiss to pray for a safe trip.¡±
¡°¡ Of course you can¡¯t. Rather, what¡¯s with that?¡±
¡°On cheek is okay, too, you know? Still no?¡±
Although she was fidgeting with flushed cheeks, Kaori¡¯s tone was unexpectedly a strong one. Apparently her rivalry with Yue made her think she must not back out at such a time. Hajime recalled that he noticed Kaori was rather proactive at the time they were still in Japan, but the Kaori after confessing to him was even more proactive.
Hajime ignored the rabbit-ear who said, ¡°Ah, then me, too!,¡± from behind him and decided to tly refuse Kaori, but he was attacked by an unexpected enemy.
¡°Myuu, too~. Myuu wants to kiss Papa, too!¡±
Kaori took an advantage of Myuu, who innocently reached out to Hajime. Hajime wanted to say a lot of things and evade her (Myuu isn¡¯t that strong after all), but finally,
¡°Papa, Papa hates Myuu?¡±
Saying so with teary eyes, Myuu endured herself from crying.
In the end, Kaori, Myuu, and somehow Shia were kissed on their cheek. And this time, in a ce where a lot of patients were lying down, they were watched with warm gazes although they didn¡¯t know why. Afterwards, Hajime, as if running away, went towards ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?.
By the way, although Tio also wanted a kiss, Hajime rashly insult her because she was being too cocky which resulted in her being even more excited. Let just say it turned into something disgusting.
Book 9. Chapter 6
Book 9. Chapter 6
Guryuu-en Great Volcano
?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?
It is situated 800 kilometers towards the north of the Dukedom of Ancadi. From what could be seen, it was a huge mountain five kilometers in diameter and 3,000 meters in altitude. It didn¡¯t have cone-like appearance simr to those of normal active volcanos. It has dome-like, t top made ofva, and it would be more appropriate to call it a gigantic hill than a mountain. However, the altitude and scale were just abnormal.
The ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? wasmonly known as one of the Seven Great Dungeons. However, unlike ?Orcus Great Dungeon?, it wasn¡¯t much visited by adventurers. It was because of the danger inside and how troublesome it was. In addition, unlike the ?Orcus Great Dungeon?, demonic beasts from whom the magic stones were gathered from were scarce¡ those were the basic reasons, but the foremost was actually because only few people were capable of reaching the entrance.
The reason was,
¡°¡ It looks just like Laputa.¡±
¡°¡ Laputa?¡±
Hajime unconsciously muttered while recalling the scene of that masterpiece anime, which made Yue and the other girls look at him with questioning nces. Hajime only shrugged his shoulders and watched the gigantic swirling sandstorm from inside the four-wheeler.
That¡¯s right, just like how the floating castle was wrapped by cumulonimbus cloud, the ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? was wrapped by gigantic, swirling sandstorm. The storm¡¯s scale was so huge that itpletely hid the ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, and the tornados of the sandstorm were just like a flowing wall.
Moreover, arge amount of demonic beasts such as Sandworms were lurking inside the sandstorm, and they would mercilessly make surprise attacks within the ce that had limited range of view. Thus, Hajime could only nod at the tale where people with average ability wouldn¡¯t be able to pass through the sandstorm, and into ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?.
¡°I am d we aren¡¯t walking here.¡±
¡°Indeed, even I doth not wanteth to enter it with mine own body.¡±
Looking at the giant sandstorm from the window just like Hajime, Shia and Tio were grateful to the four-wheeler. Smiling wryly, Hajime said, ¡°Then, let¡¯s go.¡± and the four-wheeler dashed out. For this case, they didn¡¯te to conquer it leisurely. There wasn¡¯t that much Serene Stone on the surface, so it was necessary to go into the untouched depth of the dungeon to obtain the amount needed. And if they go into the deepest part, there should be a shortcut simr to what they have experienced until now. As such, they would be able to immediately return to Ancadi.
Hajime, himself, wasn¡¯t interested in the safety of Ancadi¡¯s people, but he didn¡¯t mind helping them. By doing so, he would at least not to feel guilty towards hispanion, Kaori, nor would he let Myuu see a spectacle that would bring great shock to her.
While thinking this, Hajime regained his spirit and charged into the gigantic sandstorm.
Inside the sandstorm was a world painted in brown. Just like in the fog of?Halteena Sea of Trees?, it was hard to see ahead. It was also capable of influencing one¡¯s physical condition, so it might be more troublesome than that fog. Thus, even using magic, breaking through this ce filled with hidden demonic beasts was indeed virtually impossible.
Lighting from the headlight made out of Green Light stone cut through the dim ce where the sunlight could not reach. Their speed was 30 kmph. If the information they got before was urate, they would break through the sandstorm within five minutes.
And at that time, Shia¡¯s rabbit ears stood straight and Hajime also reacted, one beat after her. ¡°Brace yourself!,¡± Hajime raised his voice, and grandly turned the steering wheel.
Three sandworms with their big mouths opened and jumped out from below. Evading the ambush, the four-wheeler created S-letter on the ground, and Hajime kept running away without a care. With four-wheeler¡¯s speed, it would be better to quickly get out of the sandstorm than fighting each time something appeared.
Two more sandworms came to attack from both sides of four-wheeler while it was dashing out and ignored the previous three sandworms. Their timing was so good that the four-wheeler¡¯s body would receive body blows. However, it would hit without damaging the four-wheeler at all, and the four-wheeler would only be turned sideways. That¡¯s why, once Hajime grasped the surprise attacks using ¡°Sign Perception,¡± he immediately tried to drift to evade. However, Yue and Tio stopped him.
¡°¡Nn, leave it to me.¡±
¡± Just leaveth it to this one, Master.¡±
Hearing the two, Hajime unhesitatingly kept the steering wheel straight as it was. Then, the gigantic worms dashed out of the brown colored world.
However, the attacksing from the sandworms from left and right side couldn¡¯t even touch four-wheeler.
¡°¡±¡±Wind de.¡±¡±¡±
Seeing the sandworm on the left, Yue muttered and a de of wind was instantly produced outside the four-wheeler and fired, drawing a trajectory using the sand on the air. Thus the sandworm that jumped out before them was horizontally shed, and blood scattered from the divided sandworm.
That spectacle was simr to what happened on the right side, which Tio had taken care of.
¡°Hmm, as expected of thee, thee fired a good wind.¡±
¡°¡ There¡¯s no way I won¡¯t use the wind from the sandstorm. Tio, too, as expected of you.¡±
Simrly, they instantly chose to use wind element magic, ¡°Wind de,¡± and though it was a beginner-ranked magic, the ¡°Wind des¡± previously fired were as strong as mid-ranked magic. The reason was because they used the raging wind outside. Simply, the strength of magic wasn¡¯t only affected by magic power, thus the best magic used was selected ording to the condition and environment of the location. However, even though saying it was simple, it was difficult to actually do it. For Yue and Tio to be capable of doing it, it was indeed as expected of theirpetency.
Behind them, the three sandworms from before were still following. They had considerable speed as they advanced under the ground. Irritated by them, Hajime activated four-wheeler¡¯s gimmick.Briiing!Such a sound came from back part of four-wheeler and one of its rear part opened. Several ck, round objects rolled down from there.
The moment some met up with the sandworms pursuing the four-wheeler, they created huge explosions. The impact blew away the ground, and the sandworms advancing underground came out of the ground while scattering flesh and blood. Towards the sandworms, more ck object, grenades, rolled and caused more explosions that blew away half of each of the sandworms. Their upper-bodies were blown off, fluttered mid-air, and disappeared inside the sandstorm.
¡°Uhya~, amazing. Hajime-san, just how many functions are installed in this four-wheeler?¡±
Shia asked Hajime while looking at sandworms that were shily blown away from the back window. Hajime was wearing a mischievous smile.
¡°It is capable of transforming into human-shaped weapon, a gigantic golem.¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡¡±¡±¡±
Although they wanted to say it was impossible, they knew Hajime could do it, thus not only Shia, Tio and Yue were also began to silently look around inside the vehicle. Smiling wryly, Hajime said, ¡°It was a joke. As expected, I can¡¯t make such function¡ I want to though.¡± However, Yue and the girls were convinced that Hajime would someday capable of creating that.
Afterwards, theposed Hajime¡¯s party were also attacked by brown-colored, gigantic spider, and ant-like demonic beasts. However, all of them were crushed by four-wheeler¡¯s armament and magic from Yue and Tio without aplishing anything, not even halting the party¡¯s advance.
Ignoring Shia who said, ¡°I am useless here,¡± from the back seat, Hajime¡¯s party easily broke through the gigantic sandstorm that had obstructed a lot of adventurers.
Buuahh!Hajime¡¯s party came out of the sandstorm and arrived at a rocky mountain several times bigger than Ayers Rock. It was a silent ce surrounded by the wall-like sandstorm where the blue sky could be seen up above ¡ª the eye of the storm.
The entrance into ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? was at the top, so they continued to travel up on the slope using four-wheeler. The exposed rocky surface was reddish red in color, and steams gushed from here and there. Though it was an active volcano, the point where it never erupted was a Great Dungeon-like wonder.
Before long, the angle became more difficult for four-wheeler to advance, so Hajime¡¯s party got out of the four wheeler and went towards the top of the mountain on foot.
¡°Uwau¡ i-it¡¯s hot.¡±
¡°Nn~¡¡±
¡°Indeed. ¡ the heat is in a different scalepared to the heat of desert¡¯s dry weather¡ Even without the time limit, it would be better to quickly conquer the dungeon, huh.¡±
¡°Hmm, though this one feelsfortable here¡ this one can¡¯t wait¡ to feel so hot that this body would writhes in agony.¡±
¡°¡ I will drop you into the magmater.¡±
Attacked by the heat as soon as they got out of the four-wheeler, other than Tio, all of them made dissatisfied expressions. Due to them being in air-conditioned ce before, they felt even hotter. As adventurers in another world and travelers, for them to have withdrawal symptom simr to shut-in was¡ just reaping what they sowed.
They didn¡¯t have much time, so whileining about the heat, they quickly went towards the mountain top, climbed the rocky ce quickly as if they didn¡¯t feel any weight. As a result, Hajime¡¯s party reached the top of the mountain in less than one hour.
They arrived at the top, aplex ce buried by rocks of various sizes. There were rocks with pointed surface and also those with slippery, smooth surface. It was just like an exhibition of strange objects. Also, they could feel the top of the sandstorm nearby.
There was an exceptionally huge rock, and a group of strange-shaped rocks. It was an arch-shaped rock with the length of ten meters.
Hajime¡¯s party went there and found huge staircase that continued on into ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? under the arch-shaped rock. Hajime stood before the staircase and looked over his shoulder towards Yue, Shia, and Tio¡¯s faces in order. With a confident expression, he said a word to challenge the Great Dungeon.
¡°Let¡¯s do it!¡±
¡°Nn!¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
¡°Umh!¡±
* * *
The inside of ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? was even more unexpected than ?Orcus Great Dungeon? and ?Raisen Great Dungeon?.
Rather than the difficulty, it was the interior¡¯s structure that was unexpected.
First, magma was flowing mid-air. Not flowing like the waterway in dem-ihuman country, Faea Belgaen, but the magma was in the mid-air and flowing like rivers. The streaming, scorching red magma in mid-air was just like huge, jumping dragons.
Thus, the magma flowing around the passage and broad space made not only the dungeon challenger be cautious about the magma on the ground, but also above them.
Moreover,
¡°Ukya!¡± ¡°Woops, are you okay?¡±
¡°Ha~, Hajime-san, thank you. It was impossible for me to perceive that¡ the magma would suddenly spout from the ground.¡±
Exactly what Shia said, the magmas abruptly spouted from all around the walls. It was really abrupt that it was difficult to perceive any prior sign of it. It was simr to that of a booby trap. Fortunately, Hajime has ¡°Heat Perception.¡± Without it, their conquering speed would¡¯ve fallen due to the need to be cautious.
Following that, the thing that made it truly difficult was the boiling heat ¡ª extreme heat. It was naturally hot due to magma streaming all around the passage and broad space which made the party feel like being inside a sauna, or to be more urate, above a heated frying pan. The heat was the most troublesome thing about ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?.
While sweating, Hajime¡¯s party continued to advance while evading the drops of and the spouting magma. And in a certain broad space, they found the ce has artificial cut all over the ce. The ce was worn down by cuts that seemed toe from something like a pickaxe, but there was a small, faint pink-colored crystal peeping from one part of the wall.
¡°Oh? That thing. Serene Stone¡ right?¡±
¡°Hmm, twas indeed that, Master.¡±
Hajime¡¯s questioning-like words were confirmed by Tio whose knowledge was broad. Apparently, this seemed to be the ce the adventurers, who passed through the sandstorm and entered ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, mined the stone.
¡°¡ So small.¡±
¡°The ones at others¡¯ ces were also in a size of small stones¡¡±
Just as Yue said, the remaining Serene Stone was only almost as big as little finger. Though those could be taken out and carried, but the size was indeed too small. As expected, it was too inefficient to gather the ones on the surface, so it was necessary for them to go into the depth to be able to obtain a lot of it in a dash.
For now, Hajime used ¡°Mineral Enquiry¡± to search around for Serene Stone. After he stored those that could be gathered easily, he urged Yue and the girls to move ahead, quickly.
While being disgusted by the heat, they descended into the seventh floor. It was the highest floor recorded to be reached by the adventurers. None of those who moved farther than this hade back alive. So, bracing themselves, Hajime¡¯s party descended into the eighth floor.
At that moment,
GRuuOoOOOO!!!
When they felt fanned by a strong hot wind, a huge zing me came to attack Hajime¡¯s party from right ahead of them. It advanced as it drew a spiral on the orange-colored wall.
¡°¡±Absolute Cmity.¡±¡±
Yue¡¯s magic activated against the zing me. A ck, swirling orb appeared before Hajime¡¯s party. It was a gravity magic. However, it was not used to crush the object on the ground.
The me that could easily burn a person to ash was pulled by the sphere which was only 60 centimeters in diameter and disappeared without a trace. The me swallowed by the sphere was actually nullified. The ck, swirling sphere, the gravity magic called ¡°Absolute Cmity,¡± was generating its own gravity, pulled thoseing near it, and swallowed them into the inside of it, like a ck hole.
When all of the zing me was swallowed by Yue¡¯s swirling supergravity, the party could see the identity of their attacker.
It was a bull. It stood in the middle of the magna, and its whole body was also dded in magma. It had two sharp curved horns on its head, and me wasing out of its mouth from time to time. The heat-proofness of this demonic beast made Hajime instinctively wanted to retort on it.
Maybe because the Magma Bull was angry that its peculiar magic, the zing me attack, was easily nullified, sounds ofthud! Thud!could be heard from its legs and it turned into a charging stance.
To the Magma Bull, the swirling supergravity Yue created immediately moved as if being pulled toward the Magma Bull. At that moment, Magma Bull also attacked usingpressed me. Theser-like,pressed attack from the Magma Bull carried several times the power of normal me attack.
Even now, the Magma Bull was still charging head-on. However, Yue literally received and returned the fired attack.
KABOOOOM!!
The space vibrated apanied by an explosive sound, and the Magma Bull that stood on the magma was blown away by the attack. Blown backward by the impact, the Magma Bull struck the wall. However, ¡°GRAAAAH!!,¡± it only raised an angry shout and instantly stood up. This time, it began to once again charge with all of its might to repel the intruders.
¡°Hah¡ as expected, me attack isn¡¯t effective on it.¡±
¡°Well, it is dded in magma¡ so it can¡¯t be helped.¡±
Yue, who deflected the zing me shot back, raised a grunt. Laughing wryly, Hajime tried to take Donner, but Shia raised a hand.
¡°Hajime-san, please leave it to me!¡±
Although Hajime doubted Shia who already held Doryukken in her hands, she snorted in full spirit. His doubt turned into trust, and he expressed his acknowledgement with a wave of his hand. It was after he had guessed Shia wanted to test the new features installed in Doryukken when his magic eye saw Shia was supplying her magic power into Doryukken.
¡°Alright~! I am going to do it!,¡± Shia raised a yell, and after few light steps, she jumped towards the Magma Bull who had moved several meters towards the party.
Rotating once in the mid-air and riding on the momentum, she swung down Doryukken towards the Magma Bull on the ground with such a perfect timing. Her aiming wasn¡¯t off, the Doryukken swung down directly hitting the Magma Bull¡¯s head. At that moment, ripples of faint blue-colored magic power spread around the center of the ce where it struck, followed by tremendous impact. The Magma Bull¡¯s head popped, exploded.
Using the nailed down Doryukken as a fulcrum, Shia rotated again. She jumped over the sliding Magma Bull¡¯s body and splendidlynded on the other side.
¡°O-Ohh Hajime-san, I, the person who used it, now know that this new feature generated an amazing amount of force.¡±
¡°Ah, looks like it¡ I¡¯ve thought what kind of thing is this ¡°Conversion : Impact,¡± but this is good¡¡±
Not only Hajime, Yue and Tio immediately raised words of praise towards the blow that Shia did with considerable force. It was thanks to the peculiar magic Hajime said, ¡°Conversion : Impact.¡±
This ¡°Conversion : Impact¡± was a new peculiar magic Hajime acquired, a derivation from ¡°Magic Power Conversion.¡± The effect was just as the words expressed, it converted magic power into impact.
It was the ability of the horshead Hajime instantly turned into minced meat several days ago in?Orcus Great Dungeon?. He had actually collected the meat in secret, and when he recovered the stake, he ate it.
If it was an average demonic beasts, neither the stats nor Hajime¡¯s the skill would increase, but he ate it since he thought it might have an effect because the horsehead was able to hold on against Kouki¡¯s party along with the Kouki in limit break¡ But as he thought, his stats didn¡¯t change at all; he only gained the horsehead¡¯s peculiar magic.
Then, he used Creation magic to add ¡°Conversion : Impact¡± to an ore and installed it into the newly built Doryukken.
Hajime watched the Magma Bull¡¯s head sted in interest, but he was urged by Yue to hurry.
Afterwards, the demonic beast variations increased as they descended the floors. There were bat-like demonic beasts that scattered magma from their wings, scorching red moray-like demonic beasts that jumped out from the wall it melted, hedgehog-like demonic beasts that shot out numerous needles of me, chameleon-like demonic beasts that only produced its face from within the magma and attacked using its magma-covered tongues like a whip while swimming on the gravity-defying magma river overhead, and there were even zing serpents¡
It was indeed troublesome since the demonic beasts¡¯ bodies were d in magma or aze which nullified any half-assed magic, and some were using surprise attacks from the flowing magma rivers where they hid their body. The demonic beasts not only would try to inflict fatal wound by using body blow, a lot of them were also using the surrounding magma to attack; a situation where they have infinite weapon. Besides, they would run into the magma to ensure their safety.
It was indeed true that even if the adventurers were capable of breaking through the sandstorm, they wouldn¡¯t be able to descend further than seventh floor and return. Moreover, even if the demonic beasts could be defeated, the size and quality of the magic stones were the same as the demonic beasts in forties floors of ?Orcus Great Dungeon? and the existence of Serene Stone, a valuable mineral, didn¡¯t affect the ie much. So, it was understandable that no one want to challenge this dungeon.
Following that, the most troublesome thing was the heat gradually increasing.
¡°Haa, haa¡ it¡¯s hot.¡±
¡°¡ Shia, you feel hot because you think it is. Those flowing thing is just water¡ See, it¡¯s cool now, fufu.¡±
¡°Ah, Master! Yue is starting to break! The eyes hath became hollow!¡±
Other than Tio, Hajime¡¯s party were downed by the strong heat. For now, he took out air-conditioning type of artifacts¡ but it just like sprinkling water over dry soil. Their sweat flowed like an unstoppable waterfall. Seeing Yue and Shia whose consciousness began to be hazy, Hajime thought it was necessary for them to take a little rest while he wiped off the sweat on his chin.
When they reached a broad space, Hajime used ¡°Transmutation¡± on a wall away from the magma and created a tunnel. He urged Yue and the others inside, and shut the entrance to the limit so the heat from magma would not reach them directly. Furthermore, he used ¡°Mineral Separation¡± and ¡°Compressed Transmutation¡± to coat the surface of the room¡¯s wall with solid material so they wouldn¡¯t be attacked by any moray-like or magma spout.
¡°Fuu¡ Yue, please create a block of ice. We will rest here for a while. If not, it would not be odd if we make a fatal mistaketer.¡±
¡°Nn¡ okay.¡±
Although her eyes were hollow, Yue conjured ice magic and a huge block of ice appeared in the middle of the room. Though Tio didn¡¯t mind the heat, she made the wind blow with the block of ice as the core. Thanks to the wind created by Tio, the cold air from the block of ice instantly cooled down the room¡¯s temperature.
¡°Whaa~~, it¡¯s coool~, I can live on noww~.¡±
¡°¡ Hmmmm~.¡±
Copsing in a girl¡¯s sitting pose, Yue and Shia narrowed their eyes in delight. The birth of squishy-Yue and squishy-Shia.
While thinking the two were moe, Hajime took out towels from ¡°Treasure Box¡± and handed them over to everyone.
¡°Yue, Shia, it is good that you¡¯re enjoying yourselves, but wipe your sweat. Your movement will be duller if you get too cold.¡±
¡°¡ Nn~.¡±
¡°Roger~.¡±
With elongated words, Yue and Shia slowly took the towel. Seeing them, Tio spoke to Hajime.
¡°Master, doth not rxed thy guard yet, okay?¡±
¡°You, too. This heat is indeed dangerous. I must create better air-conditioning type artifact¡¡±
¡°Hmm, for it to be capable of defeating master¡ This is probably this Great Dungeon¡¯s concept.¡±
Rather than defeat, hot is hot, and Tio, who also wiping her sweat with towel, made Hajime doubtful with what she said.
¡°Concept?¡±
¡°Mhm. This one hath heard many things from Master, but there is the thing called trial, right? If this was to challenge the God¡ then, there should be various concepts it based on, or so this one thought. For example, the ?Orcus Great Dungeon? that this one heard from Master hath a lot of demonic beasts, so various battle experiences would be gained as one advanced through. ?Raisen Great Dungeon? nullified strong power called magic, polishing one¡¯s flexibility against any kind of attacks. This ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? probably uses the heat to obstruct one¡¯s concentration and how one would react against the surprise attacks under this situation, right?¡±
¡°¡ Indeed¡ I never thought of it because in the end, I only needed to conquer it¡ but the trials are used by the Liberators to ¡°teach¡± us, huh.¡±
¡°I see,¡± Hajime nodded at Tio¡¯s conjecture. She has deep knowledge even though she¡¯s aplete masochist, and the prudent Tio was normally could be thought as a beautiful, ck-haired woman who exuded sensual and amorousness¡ so Hajime looked at her with a truly pitying gaze.
However, seeing Tio¡¯s sweat flowing from the scruff of her neck disappearing into the valley of her bountiful breasts, Hajime averted his gaze. His gaze turned towards the clothes of Yue and Shia sticky from all the sweat. Noticing the disappearance and appearance of their bare skin, his gaze was pulled towards Yue.
Probably because she was wiping her sweat, arge amount of her skin was peeping from her pure-white dress. Her skin had a tinge of red due to heat. Her bare skin glossy from the sweat and her rougher-than-normal breathing was truly erotic.
Unconsciously, Hajime even forgot to look away and continued watching her, but his gaze suddenly met Yue¡¯s raised gaze. Having forgotten the situation due to being charmed¡ and getting somewhat aroused, Hajime tried to look away in guilt.
However, just before he looked away, Yue who caught Hajime¡¯s gaze revealed a bewitching smile. With the still disarrayed clothes, arching her back like a cat, she slowly got down to all fours and approached Hajime. Her hazy eyes that wouldn¡¯t let Hajime¡¯s gaze escape, flushing cheeks because of heat, and showing a tint of breasts every time she moved¡
Yue, who immediately approached Hajime in all fours, sat on Hajime¡¯s cross-legged legs, sending him an upward gaze, and with a spoiled, sweet tone¡
¡°¡ Hajime, wipe me?¡±
Hajime unconsciously received the towel from her, and his gaze remained fixed on Yue¡¯s eyes. In his mind, ¡°Ah, crap. I can¡¯t win against Yue in this situation,¡± he thought with a wry smile. Quietly, he tried to glide his hand on the scruff of Yue¡¯s neck¡ but was stopped by Shia¡¯s protest.
¡°Y-O-U T-W-O! Please mind the time, ce, and asion a little! We are in a hurry and this is a Great Dungeon! Geez! Seriously, geez!¡±
¡°No, well, umm. It¡¯s not like I could help it, right? Yue is too erotic. So, I couldn¡¯t ignore her.¡±
¡°¡ Hajime who was quietly staring was cute.¡±
¡°Can¡¯t you two at least reflect a little? To begin with, why didn¡¯t Hajime-san look at me? Even though I was right beside Yue-san and in such condition, too¡ Gosh, my confident plummeted~. Hey, Tio-san should say something, too.¡±
¡°Well, the two art infatuated with each other. So methinks it can¡¯t be helped, right? This one also wants Master to abuse one without minding the ce¡ however, well, Master reacted a little to this one¡¯s breasts~. This one will be satisfied with just that this time. Kufufu.¡±
It was the usual perverted remarks of Tio. However, Hajime was found out that he felt the sweat that flowed into Tio¡¯s breasts made her looked sexy. Hearing that, ¡°I am not even looked at!,¡± Shia was angry. Shia forgot about the TPO (time, ce, and asion) she said a little while ago and began to strip before Hajime.Then, this one will strip too, but Hajime fired rubber bullets to silence them because it would turn bothersome otherwise.
Hajime continued to wipe off Yue¡¯s sweat before the writhing Shia whose breasts waspletely bare and the writhing Tio with her disgusting smile. Hajime sighed while secretly relieved that Kaori wasn¡¯t there.
Book 9. Chapter 7
Book 9. Chapter 7
The Last Trial is Easy?
?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?probablyhas fifty floors.
Since it was the current floor Hajime¡¯s party was in. The ¡°probably¡± part was because the floor¡¯s situation was a little special. Frankly, they didn¡¯t understand anything about the current floor.
But more urately, Hajime¡¯s party were currently on board a brown colored boulder, like a small boat, on the magma that was flowing like a big river, mid-air.
¡°It feels like Indiana-san in hard mode eh¡¡± Hajime muttered while recalling the Earth¡¯s most famous and too aggressive Archeologist.
As for the reason why they were in this situation¡ truthfully, it was Hajime¡¯s mistake. Hajime¡¯s party had noticed the magma that continued to scorch them, was sometimes making unnatural movement while they were searching for the Serene stone right before theypleted the floor.
More urately, the flow of the magma greatly changed even though there was nothing obstructing it before, or the current suddenly slowed, or there was only a part of magma flowing in the air, and it overflowed, thus the magma dripped below.
However, those happened on the magma away from the passage, so they didn¡¯t worry about it because it would not disturb them from conquering the floor. However, Hajime by chance used ¡°Mineral Enquiry¡± to the surrounding and found out that the cause of the magma¡¯s unnatural movement was ¡°Serene Stone.¡± It seemed the magic power inside the magma was calmed by ¡°Serene Stone,¡± simr to obstructing the magma flow.
Hajime¡¯s party then thought that the ce where the magma¡¯s movement was strongly obstructed would have arge amount of ¡°Serene Stone.¡± Thus they searched for it and they indeed discovered arge amount of ¡°Serene Stone¡± buried in that ce. While noting the magma¡¯s movement, Hajime¡¯s party collected a considerable amount of ¡°Serene Stone.¡± Afterwards, they came to a certain location while thinking there would be much stone in reserve.
It was a ce enclosed by the magma flowing in mid-air like a huge wall. Hajime transmuted a stair to approach it and came to know that arge amount of ¡°Serene Stone¡± was buried there when he used ¡°Mineral Enquiry.¡±
Immediately, Hajime used ¡°Mineral Separation¡± to only collect ¡°Serene Stone,¡± but he was careless because he kept collecting ¡°Serene Stone¡± due tock of concentration from the heat. He didn¡¯t put much attention to the surrounding wall of magma.
Hajime noticed this mistake when he stored the ¡°Serene stone¡± into ¡°Treasure Box.¡± It was because magma spouted with tremendous momentum from the wall the moment the effect of ¡°Serene Stone¡± had disappeared.
Hajime immediately jumped back, but the magma was spouting with tremendous power just like water gushing out from the cracked and thus copsed dam. The hole from where it spouted expanded and more rushed out.
The overly tremendous momentum of the magma made the surrounding immediately filled with magma. Hajime used transmutation to create a small boat before Yue¡¯s barrier was broken, and the party boarded it. The small boat was immediately heated up by the magma, but there was no problem since Hajime had strengthened the boat using ¡°Strength Endowment¡± derived from ¡°Vajra.¡±
Following that, they continued to drift along the flow of the magma and was flowing mid-air before they were aware of it. They flowed into the depth of ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? using different route from the stairs. Flowing as they felt the scorching heat from the streaming magma, and ended up where they were currently at.
By the way, normally they would¡¯ve stopped on the riverbed when they were about to ride on the magma¡¯s sky road, but Shia used ¡°Effect Endowment¡± of gravity magic to reduce the boat¡¯s weight, and thus they were able to get on the magma. ¡°Effect Endowment¡± made it possible to adjust the weight of the thing Shia touched as if it were her own.
¡°Ah, Hajime-san. There¡¯s another tunnel.¡±
¡°We art almost at the level of the foot of this mountain. Be prepared, okay?¡±
Seeing the direction Shia pointed at, Hajime¡¯s party was would indeed continue to flow into a big hole on the wall along with the magma. They understood the magma was continuing to flow downward. Until now, they¡¯ve entered a tunnel every time they descent a floor, it might be a shortcut ifpared to normally using the stair.
While nodding at Tio¡¯s advice, Hajime¡¯s party drifted into the tunnel. The magma¡¯s sky road was continuing in the middle of the big tunnel like a snake. After the magma¡¯s sky road was going lower, it suddenly cut off right after a curve. No, more urately, it was a sudden downward slope simr to a waterfall.
¡°Again¡ everyone, don¡¯t get shaken off!¡±
Yue and the girls nodded at Hajime¡¯s words and they either clung to the edge of the small boat or Hajime¡¯s waist. After feeling the anxiousness simr to when the climbing jet coaster about to go down from the first falling point, Hajime¡¯s party¡¯s boat finally fell.
Fwiish Swiish
Sound of wind entered their ears. Shia used gravity magic to shift the weight while Tio controlled the wind as they descend on the rapid magma. The magma¡¯s speed increased by times as if it didn¡¯t have any viscosity.
Transmuting spikes on his shoes to fix his posture, Hajime cautiously watched over the surroundings. After all, usually at such time¡
¡°Tch, theye after all.¡±
Clicking his tongue, he pulled out Donner at the same time, and Hajime unhesitatingly pulled the trigger. Explosive sound resounded. It rang out three times apanied with three shes that cut through the air without deviating and destroyed the targets. The ones that came attacking Hajime¡¯s party were the bat-type monsters that scattered magma from their wings.
These Magma Bats were not much of a threat alone. They only have considerable speed and capable of scattering magma like me bullets. They were only small fries to Hajime¡¯s party.
However, the troublesome point about Magma Bats was they attacked in group. Thirty more could be found if one was seen, just like ck G demonic beasts, appearing from the crack of the boulder wall.
Even now, although Hajime instant-killed three Magma Bats, as expected, they could hear sound of arge amount of fluttering wings amidst the winding from the rapid descent.
¡°¡ Hajime, leave the left and behind to me.¡±
¡°Ah, I will leave it to you. Shia, Tio, you control the boat.¡±
¡°Roger!¡±
¡°Mhm, leave it to this one. How about ass spanking as a reward?¡±
Ignoring Tio¡¯s perverted remark that could neither be taken as joke nor real, Hajime and Yue were back to back diagonally on the boat. Then, crowd of Magma Bats could be seen.
It was not an exaggeration to call them as one living creature. The numerous Magma Bats were moving as one big mass, like a group perfectly ordered birds. Their appearance was just like a dragon if seen from the side. It might be more urate to call it a fire dragon because each of its wings was dded in zing magma.
The mass of Magma Bats approaching Hajime¡¯s party divided into two on their way, creating pincer attack from the front and behind. No matter how weak they were alone, the numerous them were moving as one huge creature and normally would overwhelm anyone with their number.
However, the party here were a group of cheat-like individuals. The demonic beasts that became fertilizer on the ground near the town of Ul were the proof the party wouldn¡¯t be so weak being overwhelmed by just number.
Hajime took out Metzelei from ¡°Treasure Box,¡± set it beside his waist and pulled the monster¡¯s trigger.
BAAANNNG
With the ringing of the peculiar shooting sound, the storm of death exhibited its undoubtable might and one rapid fire pierced through various targets. The bullets crushed the wall of the cave in the distance while the Magma Bats were killed and fell into the ground without being able to resist.
Furthermore, Hajime took out Orkan using the other free hand, ced it on his shoulder, and mercilessly fired it. Spark created, and the rockets flew and pierced into the middle of Magma Bats who were grouping due to Metzelei¡¯s barrage, scattering violent impacts along with roaring sounds.
The result was clear. The crowd of Magma Bats were crushed and falling just like a short squall.
Simr thing happened to the Magma Bats attacking from the rear.
¡°¡±Storm Dragon.¡±¡±
Yue¡¯s right hand thrust straight, and the moment she muttered that, a green sphere of wind was created. Following that, the sphere transformed, forming a dragon in less than no time. The wind dragon, who was aption of green-colored wind and called ¡°Storm Dragon,¡± red at the crowd of Magma Bats once, and it opened its jaws, moving to devour its preys.
Naturally, the Magma Bats shot me bullets towards ¡°Storm Dragon,¡± then they divided into two again to dodge the dragon. However, all of Yue¡¯s ¡°dragons¡± were apound of gravity magic and other element. Naturally, ¡°Storm Dragon¡± was not justposed of normal wind; it wasposed of wind des that were pulled by gravity to create a dragon. Once it moved, it would be difficult for the prey to escape.
Magma Bats, just like the other demonic beasts that became the food of ¡°Thunder Dragon¡± and ¡°Azure Dragon,¡± couldn¡¯t resist from being pulled towards ¡°Storm Dragon.¡± Thus the body dded by wind des cut the demonic beasts¡¯ bodies to pieces, scattering flesh and blood. It should be noted that the reasons Yue didn¡¯t use ¡°Thunder Dragon¡± or ¡°Azure Dragon¡± was because the Magma Bats were strong against heat and Yue judged it was enough to just cut their wings.
In the end, ¡°Storm Dragon¡± came within the crowd and released the million wind des formed its body in all direction,pletely annihting the Magma Bats.
¡°Um~, Master and Yue¡¯s annihting force art fearful no matter how many times I has¡¯t seen i.¡±
¡°Indeed~.¡±
While controlling the boat on the rapid current, Tio and Shia were praising them with awkward feeling. Shrugging his shoulders as he put out Metzelei and Orkan into ¡°Treasure Box,¡± Hajime lightly touched the Yue¡¯s cheek with his chest then returned to look at the front. Yue, after narrowing her eyes in happiness from being touched, returned to look at the surrounding with caution.
Hajme and Yue who casually took the chance to flirt made Shia exuded aura that expressed,Shia is lonely! Hold me!, which Tio took advantage of. Making slightly troubled expression after thinking it couldn¡¯t be helped, Hajime lightly stroked Shia¡¯s rabbit ear then pinched Tio¡¯s cheek. Hajime was troubled such things could make the two raised joyed expressions.
Hajime¡¯s party were considerablyposed even though they were attacked by demonic beasts as they descended the rapid, magma¡¯s sky road. However, as if to take down theirposure, the descending magma up until now suddenly began to ascend.
After climbing several tens of meters with tremendous speed, they could see light ahead of them. It was the exit of the tunnel. However, the problematic thing was the magma was cut off for real this time.
¡°Hold on tight!¡±
With Hajime¡¯smand, Yue and the girls once again clung to the small boat. Having ridden on the magma rapid¡¯s speed, the small boat was thrown outside with tremendous momentum.
While having his dantian attacked by the feeling of being in mid-air, Hajime quickly confirmed the condition of the surrounding. The space Hajime¡¯s party falling into was simr to the room where thest trial of ?Raisen Great Dungeon? took ce; a vast space.
However, it wasn¡¯t spherical like the room in ?Raisen Great Dungeon?. It has distorted shape which made it impossible topletely understand how vast the space was, but it was at least more than three kilometers. Almost all part of the ground was filled with magma, but the boulders appeared in some ces and created footholds. On the surrounding walls were protruding ces and conversely, there were also shaved off ces. In the air was as expected, numerous rivers of intersecting magmas, and disappearing below, into the ocean of magma.
re-like pirs of fire spouted from the boiling, scorching ocean. If there was something called boiler of hell, it must be looked like this. That was the impression Hajime¡¯s party got.
However, the most noticeable thing was the small ind in the center of the ocean of magma. The ind was raised around 10 meters above the magma¡¯s surface, an ind or rock. If it was only that, then it would just be a foothold big enough for them, but the ind was covered by dome of magma. The spherical magma was just like a small version of sun, but the thing in the middle of the ind was enough to catch the attention of Hajime¡¯s party.
¡°¡±O¡¯ wind.¡±¡±
The small boat turned over by the momentum was fixed by Tio in the air, then each of them returned to their own duty as they once again boarded the small boat. Yue used ¡°Soar¡± to adjust the boat¡¯s falling speed. The boat softlynded on the ocean of magma, and the party maximized their vignce because this ce was obviously different from the ones they had seen.
¡°¡ Is that the dwelling?¡±
Yue muttered as she took a look at the middle of the magma-domed ind.
¡°From the depth, I think it is okay to think so¡ but, if it really is¡¡±
¡°There should be thest guardian of some sort¡ right, Master?¡±
¡°We used something simr to shortcut, so is it too farfetched to say we have passed the test, Hajime-san?¡±
Hajime¡¯s thought was confirmed by Tio, who was looking at the surrounding with sharp gaze, made her not to be thought as a perverted masochist if some small idents were overlooked. Even seeing their tightened expression, Shia muttered optimist words while looking at a certain direction.
Tracing Shia¡¯s gaze, Hajime could see a staircase beyond therge foothold. The staircase continued into the wall made him think that perhaps they would¡¯vee from that staircase if they used the proper route.
Even so, no matter how impossible it was for someone to use magma¡¯s sky road, it was too much of an optimist to think the shortcut even passed through thest trial room.It¡¯d be nice if it really is~, Shia said, but her cautious look expressed that even she couldn¡¯t believe that.
It was correct for them to be cautious because immediately, bullet-like magma shot out from the magma flowing in the air.
¡°Hmph, leave it to this one!¡±
Tio shouted as she activated her magic, thus masses of me shot out from the ocean of magma, countering magma approaching from above.
However, that attack was only the beginning signal. Immediately after Tio countered the iing zing masses and scattered them, more zing masses were shot out from the ocean of magma like a machinegun.
¡°Tch, scatter!¡±
Judging they would only be a target on their current ce, the small boat, Hajime told the other to scatter as he jumped towards the nearby foothold, abandoning the small boat. The numerous zing masses crushed the small boat where Hajime¡¯s party were before, thus it sunk into the ocean of magma.
With each of them in different foothold, Hajime¡¯s party intercepted the iing zing masses. Though they easily intercepted those, Hajime¡¯s party were irritated because it didn¡¯t seem to ever end. They were also irritated the heating from the ocean of magma that the distorted air.
To break from this situation, at the same time Hajime finished reloading Donner-Scg using gunspin, and aimed Scg muzzle over his shoulder without turning around. Thus the elbow of his artificial arm was faced forward and fired to intercept the masses of magma in front, while Scg rapid-fired to shoot down the masses of magma approaching Yue behind him.
His intention waspletely read by Yue without a word. She immediately activated gravity magic using this chance.
¡°¡±Absolute Cmity.¡±¡±
At the same time the name rang out, a ck, swirling sphere appeared in the middle of Hajime¡¯s party, pulling the iing masses of magma one after another. The ck, small star swallowed everything and used its supergravity topress them.
With the room between the barrage of magma masses by Yue¡¯s magic, Hajime used ¡°Aerodynamic¡± to jump into the air, trying to reach the magma-domed middle ind.
The most troublesome thing about the barrage that attacked Hajime¡¯s party was the endlessness. This ce was obviously thest trial of ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, but because there¡¯s no visible enemy unlike the other dungeons he had been in, he didn¡¯t know what to do to clear it. As such, Hajime thought of getting on the suspicious ind.
While running in the air towards the middle ind, Hajime used ¡°Telepathy.¡±
¡°I am going to look around the middle ind. Cover me.¡±
¡°Roger.¡±
The masses of magma outside of the range of Yue¡¯s ¡°Absolute Cmity¡± came to attack Hajime, but Tio intercepted those using numerous me bullets from the ocean of magma. Shia didn¡¯t expand Doryukken and used its shotgun mode to intercept. Yue, while maintaining ¡°Absolute Cmity,¡± also intercept using numerous me bullets from ocean of magma just like Tio.
With covering from Yue and the girls, Hajime approached straight towards the middle ind, and he was about to do thest jump using ¡°Aerodynamic.¡±
However, at that moment,
¡°ROOOOOOOOOOAAAAAR!!!¡±
¡°Kh!?¡±
Hearing the bellowing, majestic roar, a gigantic serpent came to attack from right under Hajime who was in mid-air with its opened mouth.
Maybe because its whole body was d in magma, neither heat perception nor sign perception noticed it in this ce filled with magma. Moreover, the ocean magma itself was filled with magic power so magic power perception also didn¡¯t notice it, so the gigantic Magma Serpent was able topletely make a surprise attack.
However, Hajime twisted his body using his superhuman reflex and was barely able to evade the mouth.
In the ce Hajime was before,crunch, the Magma Serpent chomped and passed through. Hajime flipped his body in mid-air just like a cat, aimed the muzzles at the passing Magma Serpent¡¯s head and fired. The sh with certain killing destructiveness didn¡¯t miss its mark and hit the Magma Serpent¡¯s head, blowing it away.
¡°What !?¡±
However, the raised voice was not the Magma Serpent¡¯s death throes, but Hajime¡¯s astonished voice.
Naturally, the cause was the Magma Serpent. After all, the Magma Serpent¡¯s head was certainly hit and burst, but the thing scattered was only magma, none of the inside matter. He had seen demonic beasts dded in magma in ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, but they were only wearing the magma, and had their own flesh. None wasposed of only magma.
Hajime immediately recovered and tried to shoot the other parts of the creature to experiment. Numerous shes mercilessly prated the Magma Serpent¡¯s body, but as he thought, there¡¯s no flesh at all. This Magma Serpent seemed to beposed of only Magma.
Though surprised, Hajime had immobilized the Magma Serpent for now by blowing all over of its body, so he once again jumped towards the middle ind using ¡°Aerodynamic¡±, passing by the serpent¡¯s side.
However, the Magma Serpent¡¯s attack hasn¡¯t ended yet. At the moment Hajime passed through its side, it suddenly hurled its body towards Hajime even though it had lost its head and parts of its body.
Hajime made the shotshell in his artificial arm burst and barely seeded to evade using its recoil. And at this time, a chill ran down Hajime¡¯s spine. Following his instinct, Hajime burst out the shotshells in session immediately and used ¡°Aerodynamic¡± to withdraw from there in high speed.
One attack after another, the Magma Serpents came out of the ocean of magma, chasing after Hajime¡¯s track. Those huge mouthscrunch, crunch, chomped.
Retreating while rotating in the air, Hajimended on a nearby foothold. Yue and the girls came to his side. The barrage of zing masses temporarily stopped.
¡°¡ Hajime, are you unhurt?¡±
¡°Ah, no problem. More importantly, the real things finally appear.¡±
Yue, who was worried about his safety, touched his arm. Hajime returned her touch, and answered without looking away from the front.FwuushWith each sound, Magma Serpents appeared one after another before Hajime.
¡°As expected, that middle ind is thest stop. Well thee seemth to say defeat us if thou want to pass.¡±
¡°But, the one Hajime-san shot before regenerated, you know? Are they beatable?¡±
Around 20 Magma Serpents appeared, ring at Hajime¡¯s party. Even the Magma Serpent that received gunfires from Hajime before had already restored to its former appearance as if nothing had happened.
Shia was frowning as she pointed that out. At Raisen Great Dungeon, she was confused by the regenerating knights, but now she was calmly thinking on how to pass this. It was shown by how her rabbit ears were restlessly moving about. Wryly smiling at Shia who became quite courageous, Hajime told them his guess.
¡°It might be simr to the Vachram from before, having a core, a magic stone, to form the magma body. Though my magic eye cannot specify the location because the obstruction from the magma¡ there¡¯s nothing else but to destroy the core.¡±
Everyone nodded at Hajime¡¯s words and they simultaneously attacked the 20 Magma Serpents.
The Magma Serpents rose like the sr re shot out masses of me from their mouth as they tensed. The twenty attacked from all direction. Normally, one would be swallowed by the numerous masses of magma without being able to escape.
¡°It hath been a long time since this one used this attack! So, taste all of it!¡±
A huge amount of ck magic power appeared before Tio¡¯s thrust her hands out. It thenpressed in less than no time, and fired in the next moment. It was the Ryuujin tribe¡¯s Breath.
Thus the ck sh, whose dreadful power forced Hajime to defend with all of his might, eliminated all of the Magma Serpents in front of Tio without any trace left. Furthermore, she swung it as if it was a ck colored sh de and annihted other Magma Serpents.
Immediately, eight Magma Serpents were annihted, thus Hajime¡¯s party dashed out from the hole of the encirclement.
As expected, by annihting them without leaving a trace, the magic stone would also be annihted no matter where the location was, but it was the Great Dungeon¡¯s quality to not make it that easy.
The 12 remaining Magma Serpents instantly crushed the foothold where Hajime¡¯s party were before, falling into the ocean of magma and disappeared, but their numbers went back up to 20 the next time they re-appeared.
¡°Oi oi, I¡¯ve confirmed the disappearance of the magic stones, you know? Was defeating it not the condition to clear this trial?¡±
Hajime¡¯s expression distorted from the doubt. Hajime had activated ¡°Light Speed¡± at the time Tio¡¯s breath was about to reach the Magma Serpent and he confirmed the moment when the magic stone inside Magma Serpent was annihted by the Breath using his increased kic vision.
Hajime came to doubt the condition for conquering this dungeon, and Shia raised her voice while pointing at the middle ind.
¡°Hajime-san! Look at that! The wall is shining!¡±
¡°What?¡±
When he looked at the middle ind, it was indeed as Shia said. A part of the rockwall shot light as big as a fist. He didn¡¯t notice it up until now, but the orange-colored light wasing from some kind of crystal buried under the wall of rock.
Hajime used ¡°Farsight¡± to confirm it, but although it was difficult to confirm due to camouge, he understood arge amount of simr crystals were buried on the rockwall of the middle ind in orderly fashion. The middle ind was cylindrical, so considering the interval between crystals and the ind¡¯s surface area, around 100 crystals were buried. And the crystals that currently shooting out light were eight¡ the same number of Magma Serpents Tio annihted before.
¡°I see¡ so we need to defeat a hundred of these Magma Serpents to clear it, huh.¡± ¡°¡ In this heat, fighting a hundred of them¡ it matched the dungeon¡¯s concept.¡±
Needless to say, having suffered from the heat and surprise attacks, the challengers were driven into the situation where they needed to concentrate the most in the very end; nastiness suitable for a Great Dungeon.
Indeed, even Hajime¡¯s party were quite exhausted, mentally. However, their expressions didn¡¯t show any exhaustion, they were wearing fearless smile because they had found out the method to conquer the dungeon.
They regained their spirit when they came to understand what they must do, and they once again attacked the Magma Serpents. Along with the downpouring masses of magma, the Magma Serpents made irregr movements to catch and burn their prey.
Hajime¡¯s party spread out again and respectively began to counterattack.
With dragon wings grown out of her back, Tio floated using the wind she regenerated and used tornado along with vacuum des to attack, bombarding the serpent. It was a wind element, mid-ranked offensive magic, ¡°Imperial Cannon.¡±
¡°This is the ninth! Presently, this one is leading, Master! If this one defeated the most of them then this one wants a lot of rewards (punishments)! Of course, only two of us at night!¡±
Tio shouted while shing the ninth Magma Serpents to pieces. Hajime tried to refuse with an amazed expression, but Shia interrupted him.
¡°Wha-! It¡¯s unfair if it¡¯s only Tio-san! I am also entering this challenge! Hajime-san, one night with me if I win!¡±
After shouting, Shia jumped above a Magma Serpent and swung down Doryukken onto its head from upper-stance. At the moment of impact, ripple of light blue colored magic power spread, next a violent impact was generated. The serpent immediately exploded from the head part until the ocean of magma. Sparkling minerals fluttered from the remains of Magma Serpent. It was the magic stone crushed by the impact from ¡°Magic Shockwave¡±.
Masses of magma were approaching Shia, who was still mid-air from killing one of Magma Serpent, from behind. Shia used the recoil from Doryukken¡¯s outburst and evaded. However, as if it was aiming for this, a Magma Serpents with its mouth openede attacking to where Shia would fall.
However, Shia wasn¡¯t that worried about it, she threw a disk taken out from the holster on her back into the air. It was a disk with diameter of 30 centimeters, and it didn¡¯t fall but floated slightly lower ce than Shia. Shia put her foot on it weightlessly and once again danced in the air.
The disk used the same principle as Cross Bit to float in the air, bing foothold, and moving ording Shia¡¯s will by using induction stone. This, coupled with Shia¡¯s weight adjustment, made it possible to do abat like ¡°dancing in the air¡±.
With its calctioning off, the Magma Snake passed through the empty space under Shia. Transforming Doryukken, Shia aimed the muzzle towards the serpent and pulled the trigger. What shot out wasn¡¯t the usual bullet but a slug bullet.
However, it wasn¡¯t a normal slug bullet. It was a bullet created from special ore that Hajime endowed with characteristic of ¡°Magic Shockwave,¡± thus it would generate shock wave from the supplied magic power at the same time it hit the target. By force alone, it far surpassed the grenade bullet.
Along with the roar of Doryukken, the fired slug bullet didn¡¯t miss its target while hitting the Magma Serpent from back of its head, thus from its head to its body, the Magma Serpent was swallowed by the regenerated explosion. That impact once again crushed the magic stone which now fluttered as it sparkled in the air.
¡°Oi, girls. You, don¡¯t just selfishly¡¡±
¡°¡ Then, I want one day of date for the two of us.¡±
Hajime opened his mouth to retort on Tio and Shia¡¯s one-sidedpetition, but he was interrupted by Yue who also wanted to participate in thepetition of annihtion. Putting aside the things at night, the increasing number ofpanions decreased their time alone, so Yue seemed to want a one full day of just the two.
Exuding aura of having fun, however, the magic Yue activated was a brutal one. It was hertest favorite, ¡°Thunder Dragon.¡±
However, due to her being more and more skillful on using it, the ¡°Thunder Dragon¡± that appeared was numbered seven. At almost the same time, they moved toward their respective targets. Thundering roars rang out. The Magma Serpents who were trying to devour Yue was conversely devoured one after another by the group of Thunder Dragons without even leaving a mass of magma behind, so their magic stone inside their body had also broken.
Seeing that spectacle, Shia said, ¡°As I thought, the most powerful enemy is Yue-san~!¡± Tio said, ¡°Yue is bugged! Twas absolutely odd!¡± Both of them made hasty expressions while cursing. They pull out more severe attacks, adding the number of things they annihted.
¡°¡ It¡¯s not like I care. But, they seem to having fun.¡±
Shrugging his shoulders towards the three enthusiastic girls that made him as the prize of thepetition, Hajime somewhat given up. Then, without turning around, he rapidly fired Scg over his shoulder towards the iing Magma Serpent behind him.
The bullets were fired evenly on the Magma Serpent¡¯s body and the impacts blown the serpent¡¯s body. At the same time, the impacts made the magic stone fluttered in the air. Repelling the masses of magma that flew from the previous half body, Hajime pinpoint shot through the falling magic stone right before it fell into the ocean of magma.
The bullet Hajime fired from Scg was the simr exploding bullet like Shia¡¯s. However, because it would be problematic if the bullets were too big, their power didn¡¯t reach slug bullet¡¯s. Of course if he used Scgen, then it would be possible to bring out that much of a destructive power. However, it was the first time the bullets were used, simr to an experiment, so he only used the two guns.
The normal sized bullet didn¡¯t have the power to blow away the Magma Serpent along with its magic stone, so Hajime now used around 2 shots to blown off the magma armor and sniped the exposed magic stone using Donner¡¯s pinpoint attack. Naturally, the Scgen was capable of ignoring the magma armor and prate through the magic stone, but it had too much prative power added that it wasn¡¯t easy to locate the magic stone thus wasn¡¯t suitable for aiming at the magic stone.
Now, another two Magma Serpents were attacking Hajime from his right and left, but he withdrew in high speed using ¡°Aerodynamic¡± and ¡°Ground Shrinker.¡± He flipped mid-air and fired Scg in inverted pose.
BOOOOM!
One explosive sound rang out. However, the fired masses of killing intent were four. The Magma Serpents, who were attacking from right and left with tremendous momentum didn¡¯t have any chance to be confused from the suddenly disappearing prey. They were attacked by the impacting from above thus had its magma bodies dispersed, exposing the core, the magic stone.
At the same time, two shes of light were fired from Donner and shot through the two magic stone without even one millimeter of error.
If one looked, the crystals regrly buried on the outer circumference of the rockwall of the middle ind mostly emitted light, only eight haven¡¯t. That was done even though not that much time passed since the real fight begun.
If Hajime¡¯s party¡¯s guess, where ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?¡¯s concept was for a prolonged battle while having one¡¯s concentration down due to nasty environment, was right, then the expectation of the creator of this trial could be said aspletely off the mark because they were Hajime and his party.
Tio¡¯s Breath destroyed more Magma Serpents
¡ª Six left.
Shia used a blow from Doryukken and at the same time fired the slug bullet into another Magma Serpent, sting them.
¡ª Four left.
Two Magma Serpent were trying to do a pincer attack on Yue, ambushing from below where the ocean of magma. However, above them was ¡°Thunder Dragon¡± coiling around Yue, obstructing them thus it became a standstill. Following that, the two Magma Serpents were now attacked by four ¡°Thunder Dragons¡± from both of their sides, and were devoured.
¡ª Two left.
A Magma Serpent was rapidly charging at Hajime while scattering bullet-like masses of magma. However, Hajime was swaying like a dancing falling leaf and avoided the masses of magma. When he was about to be devoured by the Magma Serpent, he fired Scg and they passed through each other. The serpent blown away while the inertia made the magic stone jumped out which then sniped by Donner and Hajime didn¡¯t even need to look at it.
Finally, thest Magma Serpent was surprise attacking from the ocean of magma below. Hajime flew up using ¡°Aerodynamic¡± and fired Scg, towards the interior of the opened mouth of Magma Serpenting from below.
At the moment of impact, red shockwave scattered the magma. The gap created slightly revealed the magic stone. Hajime poised the Donner in his right hand. When he was about to fire thest attack, he watched Yue and the girl¡¯s satisfied looks.
¡°This is the end.¡±
Looking at it in the edge of his vision, Hajime fired thest attack for the sake of conquering ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?.
¡ª And at that moment.
FUUUUWIIIIIISHHHHH
A beam poured down from above.
The light looked like divine punishment shot from the heaven, was the light that mortally injured Hajime before. No, it might be far stronger than that. The attack even made the air screamed was fired, aiming at the time of battle where Hajime most wide opened ¡ª swallowing Hajime along with thest Magma Serpent.
Book 9. Chapter 8
Book 9. Chapter 8
The User of Age of Gods Magic
Without any warning, the white beam suddenly shot down from the heavens.
The light attacked Hajime with a perfect timing; when he was about to finish thest Magma Serpent. Thus, Hajime was swallowed by a destructive storm carrying fierce heat and impact.
¡°Ha-Hajimee!!!¡±
Yue¡¯s scream rang out. Slightly away from Hajime, Shia and Tio could only watched Hajime being swallowed by the beam absentmindedly, only to regain their senses when they heard Yue¡¯s sorrowful scream they never heard even once ever since they met.
Pouring down from right above Hajime, the beam also swallowed thest Magma Serpent and reached the scorching sea, grandly blowing away the surrounding away, and temporarily disclosing the bottom of the magma sea. The beam kept piercing the sea of magma for a while, but gradually became thinner and thinner before finally disappearing as if merging with the air.
Yue, who frantically jumped to where Hajime was, Hajime appeared from the disappearing light and was floating in the air, even though he had be tattered. However, having crossed his arms to protect his chest and face, Hajime immediately lost his bnce and began to fall towards the rampaging sea of magma because of the beam¡¯s impact.
¡°Kh! ¡°Soar¡±!¡±
Thinking Hajime had lost his consciousness; Yue used magic to stop Hajime from falling on his back. Using this chance, she hugged Hajime and theynded in the nearby foothold.
¡°Kh! Hajime! Hajime!¡±
Maximum uneasiness could be seen on Yue¡¯s face while she made Hajime drink the holy water she took out. Hajime¡¯s condition was quite miserable. His right arm was burnt so badly that even the bone could be seen, while his artificial arm half melted. His eyepatch was blown off and blood kept flowing from the deep wound on his cheek. Furthermore, his abdomen was burnt ck, carbonized. Even so, as a proof of his growth, his internal organs weren¡¯t damaged.
At that time, in the moment the beam was about to swallow Hajime, he twisted his body to face the beam by a hair-breadth and used ¡°Concentrated Strengthening¡± and ¡°Strength Endowment,¡± derivations from ¡°Vajra.¡± Thanks to that, his head was defended by the reinforced artificial arm while his heart and lungs were protected by his right arm and Donner. The clothing around his belly, made from a special demonic beast¡¯s leather, had its defense raised further by ¡°Strength Endowment,¡± Hajime himself had an abnormal magic resistance, so there was no danger to his life but¡
¡°Nh¡ recovery is too slow!¡±
Apparent with Yue irritated mutter, the recovery using holy water didn¡¯t advanced much. Thus, Yue gritted her teeth.
Previously, Hajime had been burnt and copsed after receiving the beam attack to protect Yue during the fight against the hydra in ?Orcus Great Dungeon?¡¯sst trial. Thus, Yue didn¡¯t want to see it again, and she vowed to never let Hajime experienced such a thing again. However, the spectacle of Hajime being swallowed by the beam and copsed powerlessly was just like the reproduction of that time. It made Yue¡¯s normally expressionless face warped from regret.
And at that moment,
¡°Fools! Above thee!!¡±
Tio warned and at the same time, numerous shes poured down. These were small version of the beam. Each had the power and scale of a tenth of the previous beam, but each of light of death could surely destroy one¡¯s body.
However, Yue hadn¡¯t notice the iing shes above because she was upied with making Hajime drink the second vial of holy water. It was a situation where Yue¡¯s magic wouldn¡¯t make it in time since she had only looked up now because of the warning. In another three seconds, no, one second¡ between the time it felt like it erged, Yue desperately constructed a defense magic in her head.
¡°Won¡¯t let thee! ¡°Tempest Void¡±!¡±
Tio let Yue earned another few seconds. ¡°Tempest Void,¡± was a mid-ranked defense magic of wind element. The wall ofpressed air received the rain of death. The barrier of wind bent greatly at the moment of impact. Normally, the attack would bounce back, but there was no chance to do that. The mini-beams hitting one after another made the air shrieked. The time it could be intercepted was truly only a few seconds.
However, that was enough.
¡°¡±Divine Interruption¡±!¡±
Yue¡¯s defense magic activated. Normally, she would use ¡°Absolute Cmity,¡± but the time shortened to activate it wasn¡¯t much even though she had be more skilled in using it. It was because the time to construct and activate gravity magic couldn¡¯t bepared to magic of other attributes. Thus she decided to use ¡°Divine Interruption,¡± the best defense magic she could immediately activate.
Barrier of light that shone brilliantly appeared before Yue¡¯s thrust out hand, covering Yue and the unconscious Hajime in semi-sphere. In addition, the ¡°Tempest Void¡± activated by Tio was finally unable to endure the storm of mini-beams, and copsed apanied by sound of air being ripped. At the same time, the non-declining torrent of destruction poured into the barrier of light below it.
WOOOOOOSSSHHHH!!!
The huge waterfall-like pressure didn¡¯t annihte Hajime and Yue, but it continued to attack them. Yue¡¯s ¡°Divine Interruption¡± cracked. Judging it would be bad after receiving more force than she imagined, Yue transformed the all-covering barrier into a shield that only covered overhead in the middle of its activation. The strength increased conversely to the range it covered.
The surroundings were destroyed by the mini-beams and parts of the foothold other than where Yue and Hajime were, already sunk into the sea of magma.
These mini-beams stubbornly aimed at Hajime, they didn¡¯t even pouring at the nearby footholds where Shia and Tio were to halt them. However, Shia and Tio were forced to stay where they were because the power and density of barrage from the mini-beams were that abnormal.
¡°Hajime-san! Hajime-saan!¡±
¡°Calm down, Shia! Thou willth die if thoue out of this one¡¯s protection!¡±
¡°But! Hajime-san is-!¡±
Tio frantically admonished Shia, who tried to dash into the downpour of mini-beams with tearful look while she moved the shield of swirling wind.
Tio was also worried about Hajime. She understood how painful it was for Shia. However, they mustn¡¯t defenselessly charge into the minimized version of the attack that had severely injured Hajime, and had an effect of weakening the recovery rate of holy water. Gripping Shia by the scruff of her neck, Tio desperately averted the threatening lights.
After ten seconds or maybe one minute¡ the storm of beams that seemed to continue through the eternity, poured down particrly intense, and the end finally could be seen. The surroundings were in miserable condition, and white smokes were rising here and there.
Yue and Tio had used up their magic power. Panting, they refilled their magic power using the magic power stocked inside Magic-Crystallization stones.
And at the same time, a man¡¯s voice that was half-amazed and half-admiring descended from the sky.
¡°¡ A force that cannot be overlooked; indeed it was the right thing to ambush here. You are all too dangerous. Especially, that man¡¡±
Yue and the girls looked up towards the ceiling where the voice came from. Following that, their eyes opened wide in astonishment. As for the reason, several dragons and a pure white, gigantic dragon that couldn¡¯t bepared to the rest were flying, and there was a red-haired, ck-skinned, slightly pointed ear, a man from Demon race on the white dragon¡¯s back.
¡°For the Breath of my white dragon to be incapable of killing him¡ and in addition, he had strong unknown weapons not written in the report¡ these women, too. It is truly unbelievable for you to not be finished with a barrage of 50 Ash Dragons. You, just what are you? Just how many Age of Gods magic do you have?¡±
The man was ring from the sky with his dangerously narrowed golden eyes, simr to Tio¡¯s. He asked that question while being cautious of Yue and the others who red back at him. He thought Yue and the girls¡¯ power came from Age of Gods magic from the Great Dungeons.
¡°Before questioning, how about you introduce yourself first? Does the Demon race have no manners?¡±
The one who answered the Demon race man was the previously unconscious Hajime. The Demon race man frowned. However, Yue and the girls¡¯ voice rang out before the man even opened his mouth.
¡°Hajime!¡±
¡°Hajime-san!¡±
¡°Art thou okay!? Master!?¡±
Hajime somehow managed to raise his upper body, but he once again fell because his injury was indeed severe. Yue promptly supported him while Shia and Tio jumped from the nearby foothold to where Hajime was, worried.
Hajime smiled to tell Yue and the girls, who were worriedly looking at him, that he was alright, and stood up by himself. However, he wasn¡¯t in a condition where he would be able to immediately fight. This was disyed by his forehead drenched in sweat due to sharp pains he felt. Even so, Hajime moved his gaze from Yue and the girls towards the Demon race in the sky, and was showing a fearless smile.
¡°¡ There¡¯s no need to introduce myself to those who will die soon.¡±
¡°Same here. I am asking just because it was normal to ask. I am not interested either, so don¡¯t mind it. By the way, how¡¯s your friend¡¯s arm?¡±
Hajime asked as if to ridicule to stall for time for his recovery. The Demon race man had said ¡°report¡± and ¡°ambush,¡± so Hajime recalled the Demon race who was behind the scene inside the town of Ul, whose arm blown off and got away with his life. Thus, his information might havee from there.
With his eyebrow twitching for an instant, the Demon race man answered with tone somewhat lowered than before.
¡°I change my mind. Bury this name of mine into your flesh and bones. My name is Freed Baghuar. A God¡¯s Apostle who will give divine punishment to the heretics.¡±
¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡ I see. How exaggerated. Were you allowed to introduce yourself as that because you obtain the Age of Gods magic? It wasn¡¯t the kind of magic that control the demonic beasts, right? ¡Although the demonic beasts fired the beams, they seemed to do it at their own discretion. So, it must be a magic that created demonic beast, right? Of course, those who can create a matchless army can introduce themselves as God¡¯s Apostle, heh.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. For ¡°Alv-sama,¡± who had obtained God¡¯s powers, told to me directly, ¡°My apostle.¡± Therefore, all of my being is devoted to realize my master¡¯s wish. Thus, I will use my all to deny you, whose existences will only be an obstacle.¡±
Closely resembling Ishtal of Church of the Saints, the Demon race man, Freed Baghuar, was denying the existences of Hajime¡¯s party up front. However, Hajime fearlesslyughed with fierce denial. Though his recovery rate was slow, Hajime had used ¡°Recovery¡± derived from ¡°Magic Conversion¡± to change his magic power into recovery, and his bleeding had stopped. Though he could not use his left arm, it was possible for him to use his unbroken right arm even if the bone could be seen. Hajime psyched, ¡°I can still fight!¡±
¡°That¡¯s my line. Those who obstruct me are enemies. And I will¡ kill my enemies!¡±
After shouting so, Hajime endured the sharp pain to aim Donner at Freed and pulled the trigger. He held down his screaming right arm and body due to recoil, and used killing intent aimed at his enemies. Furthermore, he activated ¡°Light Speed¡± and took out Cross Bits to attack. At the same time, Yue¡¯s ¡°Thunder Dragon¡±, Tio¡¯s Breath, and Shia¡¯s exploding-slug bullet fired.
However, when several of the 3-4 meters long Ash Dragons entered the attack trajectories, numerous piled up, triangr, reddish ck barriers immediately appeared and received all of the attacks from Hajime¡¯s party.
The barrier that received the force of Hajime¡¯s party¡¯s attack and didn¡¯t even held on for a few seconds before it cracked, but more Ash Dragons came from behind and piled up another simr barriers, and thus it wasn¡¯t possible to break through. When they looked carefully, there were turtle-shaped demonic beasts on the dragons¡¯ back. Their shells were shining in reddish ck, so these turtle-shaped demonic beasts were most likely the ones that activated the barriers.
¡°Did you think I only brought along these dragon-type demonic beasts? You wouldn¡¯t be able to easily break through their defense, you know. Well then, I will show you. I will show the other power I had obtained ¡ª the power of Gods!¡±
Freed began to focus and recited the chant in mutter. On his hand, there was arge fabric whereplex and bizarre magic array was drawn. ording to what he said, it was another power of Gods. He probably meant the Age of Gods magic he obtained in this ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?. Knowing the great effect of an Age of Gods magic, Hajime¡¯s party began to attack furiously, to not let him finished his chant.
However, once they broke through the barrier of the Ash Dragons, a new barrier would immediately activated behind the previous one, thus their attacks could not reach Freed. Normally, Hajime would¡¯ve asked Yue and the other two to cover him and go forward using ¡°Aerodynamic,¡± but he still haven¡¯tpletely healed, so it would be difficult for him to beat the group of Ash Dragons. Thinking so, Hajime grinded his teeth.
Hajime put away Donner, and fired all ammos of Orkan whose recoil was small, but they only blew away several of the Ash Dragons¡¯ barriers, that¡¯s all. They weren¡¯t able to reach Freed. Even the Cross Bits that had quite the power couldn¡¯tpletely destroy all of the barriers.
And the time was up. Freed finished his chant.
¡°¡±Boundary Piercer.¡±¡±
¡°Kh! Behind you! Hajime-san!¡±
At the same time as thest letter of the magic¡¯s name was said, Freed and the white dragon disappeared. More urately, shining membrane-like thing appeared and they jumped inside. The time Freed said the magic¡¯s name and Shia¡¯s warning were the same, so Hajime¡¯s party, without having time to be wide eyed from astonishment, turned their heads around.
There was¡ right before Hajime a white dragon¡¯s whitely opened mouth and Freed on top of it, aiming at Hajime. Inside the dragon¡¯s mouth were extreme heat and magic power which concentrated andpressed until the limit. Hajime immediately used Orkan as a shield and at the same time, the beam was fired from zero distance.
BOoOoOoOoOOOM
¡°Ghh!! AaAAAH!!¡±
Apanied by a roaring sound, the held up Orkan was hit by the beam and Hajime was blown away. The severe impact and the damage made his flesh screamed, and Hajime raised an agonized groan from his clenched mouth.
¡°Hajime!¡±
Wanting to help Hajime who was blown away by the beam, Yue and the girls immediately tried to attack the white dragon, but the Ash Dragons attacked in a barrage as if they knew what the girls would do.
While he didn¡¯t receive a direct hit from the beam, the impact from being blown away made Hajime¡¯s wound reopened, and his blood sprayed. Hajime was desperately holding Orkan with his wounded right arm and braced himself using ¡°Aerodynamic.¡± Then, thinking he would be dropped into the boiling sea if this keeps up, Hajime activated ¡°Limit Break.¡±
It was a dangerous bet to activate ¡°Limit Break¡± with a wounded body. Normally, he would only be exhausted after using ¡°Limit Break,¡± but with his current condition, he would likely to be paralyzed afterward. Even so, Hajime judged that using it was indeed necessary to break through this situation.
Hajime¡¯s body wrapped inside a torrent shining brightly red, his power swelled up explosively.
¡°RAaAAA!!¡±
Roaring, he nted Orkan to forcibly avert the beam up. Even so, he could notpletely avert it, and he was blown away while spouting blood because of the beam.
The white dragon continued attacking by firing numerous light bullets which was the same as Hydra¡¯s. However, the dragon¡¯s beam was far tougher than the hydra, so the light bullets also couldn¡¯t be underestimated. Furthermore, itsbination with a user of Age of Gods magic made it extremely troublesome.
¡°Cross Bitt!¡±
With the iing light bullets, Hajime concentrated to his limit, entering the slowed down world and was evading like a swaying fallen leaf. Following that, he put away Orkan that had be useless because it had melted, and fired Donner, while also making the Cross Bit fly to assault Freed at the same time.
¡°How tenacious! To dodge a decisive blow by a hair-breadth-!¡±
Covered again by the barrier of the turtle-shaped demonic beast, Freed was grinding his teeth as he watched the seriously wounded Hajime¡¯s tenacity in wonder. Then, he once again begin to recite the chant while the white dragon flew at high speed.
¡°This one won¡¯t let you!¡±
Towards Freed and the white dragon who endured the fierce attack from the Cross Bits while firing the light bullets and backing away from Hajime to regain time to finish the chant, a mysterious voice suddenly resounded in the entire space. At the same time, they were attacked by a terrific impact from the nk.
Blown away, Freed stopped his chant and instinctively clung to the white dragon. He then looked at the one who blew away the ten meters long white dragon. He opened his eyes wide in astonishment.
¡°ck dragon!?¡±
¡°It seemth thou hath forgotten thy ce and got carried away! This one won¡¯t let you hurt Master anymore!¡±
The one who blew Freed and the white dragon away was the ¡°Dragonformed¡± Tio. Having epted the risk that the Demon race would know about the Ryuujin race, Tio demonstrated her appearance. And even though she was one size smaller than the white dragon, her pressure far surpassed the white dragon.
The reason Tio decided to join Hajime¡¯s party on their journey was because she came to like Hajime, but also to observe the people who came from another world, and to find what her future move would be. With that, she wanted to conceal that she came from Ryuujin tribe. It was also her race¡¯sw, so she naturally would do that. After all, no matter how strong her race was, they wouldn¡¯t be able to fight against number. It was something that permeated inside their people from the persecution 500 years ago.
However, Hajime, who she was convinced to be invincible and could not be injured, had sustained severe injuries. Thus, when she saw Hajime had powerlessly copsed because of the beam pouring down from the above, Tio¡¯s mind was attacked by fierce agitation.
She thought she had misunderstood something. Hajime is a human. If wounded in a moment of carelessness, it was possible for him to easily die. Tio gradually recalled this, and her, who had forgottenmon sense due to her long life, was now clearly conscious of her feeling thank to her devotion towards Hajime. He was an object of her interest, but not as her Master. She understood now that Hajime was a ¡°man¡± that she, as a woman, did not want to lose.
Therefore, she decided to ¡°Dragonform¡± in front of others. She wouldn¡¯t be able to puff her chest and call themrades if she was unwilling to do it in this crisis. Above all, the pride of Tio rce of Ryuujin race would not allow her to choose thew above her important person¡¯s life, neither could she do that.
¡°Young one! Remember this! This is the ¡°Dragon¡±¡®s Breath!¡±
ROooOOOOooOaaaAAR
Apanied with a roaring sound, a ck sh immediately came to swallow the white dragon along with Freed. The white dragon twisted its body and fired its Breath beam towards the iing Breath. ck and white shes collided, scattering violent shock wave. The ocean of magma right below, centered on the colliding point, was rampaging and generating gigantic tsunamis of magma.
At first, Tio and the white dragon¡¯s Breaths were equal, but Tio¡¯s Breath began to gradually push the white dragon¡¯s.
¡°Kuh, for me to meet a survivor of Ryuujin race here¡ there¡¯s no other way. Although it is risky, I will use magic to make the space¡¡±
¡°Do you think I will let you?!¡±
¡°Kh!?¡±
Maybe because he didn¡¯t have any report about the Ryuujin race, Freed was truly surprised. Seeing this situation, he gritted his teeth, took out another fabric from his pocket, and tried to chant the Age of Gods magic again.
However, he was interrupted by the impact followed a voice behind him.
It was Hajime who arrived behind Freed, unbeknownst to him, and fired Donner in session while blood was spouted from his wounds. Six bullets were fired with one firing sound. All of the bullets, without deviating even a millimeter, were hitting the same ce.
The turtle-shaped demonic beast by Freed¡¯s side had activated the barrier faster than Freed could react, but once impacted in almost zero distance by the shes; the barrier shining in reddish ck was easily smashed. Following that, Hajime slipped into the bosom of Freed who disyed his irritation and panicked.
Activating ¡°Wind w¡± on Donner, Hajime swung it at once.
¡°Guaah!?¡±
By a hair¡¯s breadth, Freed escaped from being cut in two by falling behind. However, a horizontally shed wound was carved on his chest. Hajime didn¡¯t stop his attack, rotating using the momentum from shing Freed, he activated ¡°Magic Shockwave¡± from ¡°Magic Power Conversion¡± and back kicked Freed.
BAAAM!
¡°GAaAHH!!¡±
Freed barely guarded using his left arm, but he could not kill the momentum, and thus his left arm was crushed and his organs were damaged. Freed was horizontally blown away from the white dragon.
Noticing his master¡¯s disappearance, the white dragon lost its concentration and the ck Breath approached it in a dash. Immediately after Hajime jumped off the white dragon, Tio¡¯s Breath grandly blew off the beam along with the white dragon.
¡°Roarrrr!!¡±
Screaming as it was being blown away, the white dragon somehow managed to regain its bnce mid-air even after its belly received the attack from Tio¡¯s Breath, and it immediately flew towards the ceiling. Once again, Freed was on the back of an Ash Dragon with Freed. Reunited in the air, Freed once again boarded the white dragon.
Hajime tried to pursue using ¡°Aerodynamic,¡± however¡
¡°Gh!? Gahakh!!¡±
The bright red light enveloping Hajime was disappearing rapidly, and not only from his wounds, but he also vomited arge amount of blood. His ¡°Limit Break¡± had reached the time limit. In his wounded condition, the damage was further deepened from breaking his limit, and thus the time limit came earlier. Hajime was falling into the ocean of magma because his ¡°Aerodynamic¡± was deactivated.
¡°Master! Hold on!¡±
¡°Guh, Ti-Tio¡¡±
Tio flew to put the falling Hajime on her back. Hajime, whose damage deepened from ¡°Limit Break¡±¡®s after effect and should have copsed, managed to somehow get into kneeling position and his eyes shone as he red at Freed above.
From what he saw, even the Ash Dragons that were attacking Yue and the girls had gathered by Freed¡¯s side.
¡°Hajime!¡±
¡°Hajime-san!¡±
Shouting Hajime¡¯s name, Yue and Shia came running. Tionded in the nearby foothold. She did it because the possibility of the current Hajime not being able to endure Tio¡¯s battling movement and fall was high. Having jumped onto the same foothold, Yue and Shia immediately came to Hajime¡¯s side and supported his body.
¡°¡ What a dreadful force. Those women are also not normal. A Ryuujin race that should have been annihted, no-chant no-array using magic-user, and a Rabbitman tribe with unexpected power and ability to see the future¡ They are also possibly users of Age of Gods magic. And to have cornered me now¡ it would have been my side that would have gotten beaten if I didn¡¯t first attack, huh¡¡±
Squeezing his words, Freed was exchanging gaze with Hajime, creating sparks. Panting, Freed touch the wound carved on his chest with his unhurt right hand.
¡°Why are you assuming this is the end? I can still fight.¡±
Hajime¡¯s expression turned ugly because of Freed¡¯s words. But even with his tattered body, Hajime¡¯s eyes were shining with killing intent while he dered the battle to continue.
¡°¡ Of course. The torrent of killing intent overflowing from you expressed you would not give up no matter how wounded you are. Not only do you have dreadful powers, you also have killing intent that could devour your enemy¡ No, was it the attachment to survive¡¡±
Guessing once, then Freed made a resolute expression and red at Hajime again.
¡°I don¡¯t want to use this method¡ but it is necessary to use it if it can kill powerful enemies like you.¡±
¡°What did you say?¡±
Not answering Hajime¡¯s question, Freed said something to the small bird-shaped demonic beast, unknown as to when itnded on his shoulder.
Then,
RUMBLE, RUMBLE, RUMBLE, RUMBLE, RUMBLE, RUMBLE, RUMBLE, RUMBLE, RUMBLE!
SPLASH!
KABOOM!
Great tremor shook the entire space, no, the entire ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, and the ocean of magma began to rampaging, apanied with a terrific, roaring sound.
¡°Uoh!?¡±
¡°Nnah!?¡±
¡°Kyaa!?¡±
¡°Nuoh!?¡±
Suffering from the sudden shockwave from below, Hajime¡¯s party got on all fours and screamed, while desperately trying to bnce themselves. The great tremor was gradually bing even more intense, and could be said to reach seven in the richter scale. From the ocean of magma, numerous fire pirs, no, magma pirs began to spout.
¡°Hajime-san! The magma level-!¡±
With Shia¡¯s words, the magma surrounding the foothold, where Hajime¡¯s party were, was indeed rising in level.
¡°What did he do?¡±
Hajime squeezed his words and asked the obvious culprit behind this situation, Freed. Having moved to the ceiling above the middle ind, Freed answered the question.
¡°I only destroyed the keystone.¡±
¡°Key¡ stone?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. Didn¡¯t you think it was strange when you saw the magma? ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? is obviously an active volcano. However, there¡¯s no record of it erupting until now. What I mean, is there must be something controlling the activity of the underground magma reservoir.¡±
¡°That¡¯s the ¡°keystone,¡± huh¡ Don¡¯t tell me!?¡±
¡°It is. I have destroyed the gigantic keystone that calmed down the magma reservoir. Thus, this Great Dungeon will soon be destroyed. And although I deeply regret that I can¡¯t give my kins the Age of Gods magic of this dungeon¡ it isn¡¯t that regrettable if it means I can kill you here. Be destroyed along with this Great Dungeon.¡±
Coldly looking down at Hajime¡¯s party, Freed held a pendant on his neck towards the ceiling. Then, the crack on the ceiling began to be open. Along with the circr hole on the ceiling, several doors above it also opened.
Apparently, Freed had opened the shortcut to the outside using the proof of having conquered ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?. For thest time, Freed red at Hajime¡¯s party then turned on his heel along with the white dragon, disappearing into the passage on the ceiling.
With the surrounding magma rampaged like the sea influenced by a hurricane, the number of spouted magma pirs kept increasing. The magma began to swallow the edges of the foothold where Hajime¡¯s party were. It was a spectacle worthy to be called the end of world.
In a short while, Hajime closed his eyes and was thinking of something. Having decided on something, he stood up despite his injury. Immediately, the Ash Dragons left behind by Freed and the white dragon began to simultaneously fire small beams. They seem to want to kill Hajime¡¯s party here by all means.
While Yue was intercepting the small beam attacks using ¡°Absolute Cmity,¡± Hajime put his hand on the ¡°Treasure Box.¡± Then, he put his hand on the hard dragon scale covering Tio¡¯s cheeck, who was firing Breath towards the Ash Dragons overhead, to make her face him.
¡°Tio, listen. Take this and you alone must escape from that ceiling to the outside.¡±
For a moment, Tio was blinking, not understanding what was said. Then, she realized it in the next moment and raised a voice which mixed with sadness and anger. Hajime¡¯s words were as if telling her to let herself survived, casting him and the other two away.
¡°Master, is this one, is this one not worth spending thest time with thee? Art thou discarding this one? This one¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s not it, Tio. I will say it just once because there¡¯s not much time left. I am not giving up anything at all. I will get the Age of Gods magic and I will someday beat that bastard. Also, I am going to fulfil my promise to bring back the ¡°Serene stone.¡± However, it is impossible to do it alone. That¡¯s why I want you to lend me your power. If it is not you, it is impossible to break through everything and return to Ancadi¡ Please, Tio.¡±
Hajime looked at the dragonformed Tio with a serious gaze he had never looked at her with before. With his pride and arrogance, Hajime had said he would be able to do anything by himself, but he relied on her. Expressing he needed Tio¡¯s cooperation to aplish his wishes, and to ovee all of the difficulties. He said he needed Tio¡¯s power. There was neither trace of him giving up, trying to sacrifice himself, nor was he excluding Tio at all.
The sadness and anger in Tio¡¯s heart changed radically into one of joy as she trembled. She was ¡°entrusted¡± with something important by the man she liked, no, the one she wanted to be her partner in this life and death situation. She would not be a woman if she didn¡¯t answer him.
Therefore, Tio only answered with one sentence.
¡°Leave it to this one!¡±
Hajime put ¡°Treasure Box¡± in the inner part of Tio¡¯s scale. Doing so, he was directly touching the Tio¡¯s body while she was in her dragon form.
Confirming the ¡°Treasure Box¡± with her skin, Tio quietly rubbed her head against Hajime. It was the best expression of love she could do now. Hajime also gently stroked Tio once before he parted. Tio turned her gaze to Yue and Shia. Then, she nodded powerfully having felt that the two also haven¡¯t given up.
¡°Tio, deliver this message to Kaori and Myuu. ¡°I will meet youter.¡± Okay.¡±
¡°Fufu, acknowledged.¡±
The too nonchnt message Hajime gave made Tiough inadvertently, and after a beat, she flew at once while dded by a powerful wind. Using barrelroll to evade the iing small beams, Tio immediately tried to pierce through the group of Ash Dragons. The Ash Dragons, sensing the crisis from the ck dragon¡¯s movement, concentrated their attacks on Tio.
The rushing small beams were counterbnced by Tio¡¯s Breath, but it wasn¡¯t easy because the beams keeping one after another. However, the moment the bnce about to copse, a beam gushed out from below and blew several Ash Dragons that were attacking Tio.
It was the small beamspressed and fired by Yue¡¯s ¡°Absolute Cmity.¡± In addition, exploding-slug bullets were fired and the shock wave blew the Ash Dragons away.
Suddenly, maybe because Freed and the white dragon had reached outside, the doors on the ceiling began to close. Realizing she didn¡¯t have much time, Tio focused on elerating with resolution of receiving the bombardment. Tio¡¯s flight speed was further increased, but the fired off small beams began to break Tio¡¯s dragon scale.
¡°Hmph, a pain only of this degree, it feels good! Bring it on~!¡±
Just as she said, Tio¡¯s mood brightened along with the increment of her speed whenever the attack from the Ash Dragons damaged her body. It was the effect of ¡°Pain Conversion¡± in ¡°Dragonform.¡± The more pain she felt, the more her tension increased along with temporary boost of her ability, an awful skill derivation. Incidentally, it was something she obtained when she met Hajime after living for several hundreds of years. So, rather than ¡°breaking through the wall (as in the wall before the skill derived),¡± it was more like ¡°the door had opened.¡±
With the Ash Dragons somewhat taken aback, Tio passed through the storm of small beams and passed through the door right before it closed. Looking above, a small, nostalgic light could be seen. It was the light of the outside. There were still several doors that had begun to close one by one.
Without thinking about the consequence, Tio used her magic, except some that would be used to maintain ¡°Dragonform,¡± to the limit and manipted the wind. Recalling the long life she had, it was a speed she had never use before. She literally flew, turning into a gale.
She passed through one door, two doors, three doors, and she finally arrived at thest door; a thick door connected to the outside. Tio was going forward while surrounded by ck wind like a cannonball. And light bullets attacked her from above.
Apparently, Freed and the white dragon had noticed Tio, and thus they stopped to attack her. Now, more than half of the door had been closed. Rotating while evading, Tio didn¡¯t lower her speed even if she could not evade the bombardment, and the white dragon fired off the beam.
Exhausted of its magic power, the beam didn¡¯t have the force it had in the beginning. It was only half of its usual power at best. However, the damage, if Tio was hit by it, would still surpass the one she received from the small beams. Furthermore, her speed would fall if she evade or intercept it. If so, she might not make it in time before the door closed.
Tio steeled herself, and she further raised her speed using ¡°Pain Conversion¡± right after the bombardment of the light bullets.
And at that time, several shadows passed through Tio¡¯s side, appearing in between Tio and the iing beam.
They were things Tio knew just by seeing. The floating crosses, all-ranged weapons, Hajime¡¯s Cross Bits. They had followed right behind Tio.
The three Cross Bits that came out were d in bright red light, tried to change the angle of the beam, and averted it to the side. Although they were destroyed one after another by the force of the beam, they had interrupted the beam and protected Tio. Furthermore, another four Cross Bits flew to Tio¡¯s side to protect her.
¡°Nuhaa~, can¡¯t hold it! Masterrr, this one love you~!¡±
Even though he might get ovee by the torrent of magma, Hajime had still controlled all of the Cross Bits from the ground to protect Tio. Thus, Tio roared towards the world, shouting her love. Being especially strong even amongst the Ryuujin tribe, Tio had never been protected by a man up until now. It was always her who did the protection. That¡¯s why, the fact that she was protected during such an extremely difficult situation made her exploded in joy from the sensation she had never felt.
¡°Guuroarrr!!!¡±
With a dragon¡¯s roar, she passed through thest door. Having turned into a mass of ck wind, Tio flew out vertically, dancing under the sunlight that poured down surrounded by the gigantic sandstorm.
¡°For the situation to turn out like this¡-! What a monster! But that ck dragon is covered in wounds. I will kil-!?¡±
Tio who flew overhead made Freed on the white dragon astonished, but he immediately sharpened his gaze and tried to attack. However, his n and words were interrupted. The four Cross Bits had surrounded Freed and the white dragon from all directions before they were aware of them.
Freed made the turtle-shaped demonic beast he took during his escape to promptly put up a barrier. After all, it had been proven that the Cross Bit¡¯s offensive power could not destroy the barrier. And although the result might have been different if they were loaded with explosive bullets, the exploding-slug bullets in Shia¡¯s ranged attack were scarce, and Hajime had given priority to the bullets on Donner-Scg, thus he had no time to implement it on the Cross Bits.
However, the Cross Bits have one more powerful attack method. This method made Freed¡¯sposed expression freeze, proven by how he was blown away along with the white dragon after receiving a huge damage.
KABOOOOOOM!
When thinking it was odd the Cross Bits didn¡¯t shoot and abruptly shined red, but in the next moment, they exploded.
The four Cross Bits had been positioned in all sides to not let their targets escaped from the impact. The grand, powerful impact and the bullets that scattered like a storm easily destroyed the barrier, attacking Freed and the white dragon.
¡°GAaAAH!!¡±
¡°RUaAAAAn!!¡±
The master and servant were mutually screaming as they were blown away.
In addition, Tio attacked with tornado, pushing Freed and the white dragon into the sandstorm. Tio had wanted to shoot out Breath to kill them for sure, but she could not because she didn¡¯t have much strength left.
Tio watched the ce where Freed and the white dragon had disappeared for a while, then she moved her gaze after she to confirm there¡¯s no change at all. She quietly watched the ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? before her without even a trace of her perverted tension remaining. Next, nodding as if expressing ¡°This one will believe in thee,¡± she turned around and flew towards Ancadi.
After several tens of minutes, a great earthquake with ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? as the epicentre, with sounds surpassing roaring sounds, a great explosion urred that even cracked the atmosphere, and temporarily blew off the sandstorm. ck, ck smoke rose from ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? while scorching rocks went flying, and sparks scattered from the volcano.
It was a great eruption of ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? that was recorded to have never erupted in history. In a way, it was a historical moment. After a few minutes, the volcano was once again wrapped with a veil of gigantic sandstorm, concealing its bizarreness.
Even so, the roaring sound that seemed to be the scream of the world along with the spouted ck smoke was certainly seen by the people of Ancadi. Their uneasiness grew stronger. It was also felt by the girl and little girl who were waiting for their important people to return.
Book 9. Chapter 9
Book 9. Chapter 9
Inside the Scorching Heat
¡°¡ Self-destruction is a man¡¯s romance.¡±
¡°? ¡ Hajime?¡±
¡°Hajime-san?¡±
Hajime who suddenly muttered with a grin while the small beams poured from above, made Yue and Shia looked at him with dubious expressions. Shaking his head to tell them it was nothing, Hajime was supported by the two and somehow managed to jump and arrived at the edge of the middle ind.
The surrounding magma had be more and more rampaging since the time Tio flew away, and there was no other foothold except the middle ind. The middle ind would also be swallowed in less than five minutes.
Yue swallowed the pouring down small beams using ¡°Absolute Cmity¡± while Shia swung down Doryukken at the Ash Dragons, who became impatient and came to directly attack them, making them fell into the magma. Already ten of Ash Dragons were defeated.
The magma dome they saw in the beginning above the middle ind had already disappeared, and they could see a jet-ck building in exchange. Nearby the building was a disk floating a few centimeters above the ground. It might be the thing normally used to get out from the shortcut that allowed the ceiling to open earlier.
Leering at the Ash Dragons desperately trying to dodge the magma pirs gushing out and attacking them, Hajime¡¯s party approached the jet-ck building.
At a nce, it only looked like a tall building without any door, but a part of the wall had the same crests of the Seven Great Dungeons carved in. Standing before that part of wall, the wall soundlessly slid and the party entered the building. The party entered the building at the same time the magma flowed, swallowing the middle ind. Once again, the door closed soundlessly and halted the magma from flowing inside within a hair¡¯s breadth.
After watching the door for a while and seeing the door didn¡¯t melt nor were there any magma flowing inside, Hajime¡¯s party breathe sighs of relief. They had expected the dwelling to be built here and have prepared for such a case. Thus, the result was a relief.
¡°We are safe for the time being¡ Even so, for this room to even intercepted the vibration¡¡±
¡°Nn¡ Hajime, over there.¡±
¡°A magic circle.¡±
As soon as he entered the room, Hajime was surprised from not feeling the major tremor. Responding to his mutter, Yue, who was by his side, pointed her finger. The thing she pointed at was aplex and exquisite magic formation. The magic array for Age of Gods Magic. The party nodded at each other and came into the formation.
Just like the time in ?Orcus Great Dungeon?, their memories flowed out without permission, tracking how they conquered the dungeon. Thus, after it was confirmed that they conquered it from subjugating all of the Magma Serpents, the Age of Gods magic was directly carved into their brains.
¡°¡ I see, this is Spatial Magic.¡±
¡°¡ The seed for instant movement.¡±
¡°Ahh, just like that guy who suddenly appeared from behind, right.¡±
Apparently, the Age of Gods Magic resided in ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? was ¡°Spatial Magic.¡± Another magic that could interfere with an unexpected thing. As usual, the magic at the Age of Gods was far from being normal.
Yue was referring to Freed¡¯s surprise attack. The very first surprise attack was likely to appear from above using the Spatial magic. Although she didn¡¯t understand whether he teleported or just distorted the space to hide, it didn¡¯t change the fact that it was troublesome. Even his second surprise attack would have hit Hajime if not for Shia¡¯s ¡°Decided Future,¡± derived from ¡°Foresight.¡± A fine y.
At the same time Hajime¡¯s party mastered the Spatial magic, the light from magic formation dimmed andshiiiing, a part of the wall opened and shining letters began to appear on the wall before them.
¡°I sincerely wish for the free will of the people in the future.¡± ¨C Naiz Guryuu-en
¡°¡ How simple.¡±
Upong seeing the message, that was the impression Hajime had. Seeing the surroundings, he noticed that the dwelling of the founder of ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? was quite dreary. The feeling where someone lived here just like in the dwelling of Orcus couldn¡¯t be felt. It was truly a ce with nothing but the magic formation.
¡°¡ It seems to be his own arrangement.¡±
¡°Looks like Naiz-san didn¡¯t leave anything except the magic.¡±
¡°Now that I remember it, that Naiz appeared in Oscar¡¯s note. He seemed to be a truly taciturn person.¡±
With Shia supporting Hajime¡¯s left nk, Yue walked to the wall with fist size opening and took out the pendant from inside. It was simr to the proofs of conquering other dungeons, but the circr pendant had different designs. Yue quietly put in on Hajime¡¯s neck.
¡°¡ Now that we have obtained both the magic and proof. Next is how we get out of here.¡±
¡°¡ Does Hajime have any idea?¡±
¡°Hajime-san must have an idea, right? The outside is probably had beenpletely filled with magma, you know?¡±
Although they told their worries, not a trace of uneasiness could be felt from Yue and Shia. While feeling d from the two¡¯s trust, Hajime told them his escape n.
¡°Of course, we are going to swim inside the magma.¡±
¡°¡ Nn?¡±
¡°¡ Come again?¡±
The far too insufficient information was too difficult to understand, making Yue and Shia think, ¡°Was his head severely damaged after all?¡± The two asked again with expressions worrying about Hajime¡¯s head.
¡°I will exin it properly so please don¡¯t look at me like that. Hmm, actually, I have prepared a submarine that can be used immediately after we get out of this building. It is something I created because I thought it was necessary for the ?Meljeene, Bottom of the Sea Ruin?. Honestly, I was a little worried whether it could endure the magma, but that small boat was okay after being dded with Vajra, so I tried it myself. And as expected, it looks like it will be okay.¡±
¡°Ju-just when in the world did you make that¡¡± Shia spoke in amazement, and amazement could also be seen in Yue¡¯s eyes.
Actually, at the time Freed said he destroyed the keystone, Hajime had directly transferred the submarine from ¡°Treasure Box¡± into the magma. He had thought of forcibly breaking through the ceiling along with Tio if it melted. But since it didn¡¯t melt (using induction stone), he knew they would be able to escape even if the space was filled with magma.
However, because the scale of the tremor of the ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? was obviously a dangerous one, along with the things copsing all over the ce, they would likely to be incapable of escaping smoothly. Thus, with the time limit approaching for them to return to Ancadi, they didn¡¯t have the time to leisurely looking for the escape route. As such, he decided to let Tio escaped before them. It was so that the ¡°Serene Stone¡± would be brought back within the time limit.
¡°The escape route is of course the shortcut on the ceiling. Yue, I leave the barrier to you until we get into the boarding gate of the submarine. You can do it, right?¡±
¡°Nh¡ leave it to me.¡±
Nodding at Hajime¡¯s words, Yue concentrated and created tripleyers of ¡°Divine Interruption.¡± The shining barrier covered Hajime¡¯s group of three. The three nodded at each other and stood before the door. Afterwards, the door connected to the outside filled with boiling magma, opened.
Bang!A sound immediately rang out and the scorching torrent of magma flowed into the room. And although ¡°Divine Interruption¡± indeed protected Hajime¡¯s party from the magma, their views were instantly dyed in crimson. With unbelievable spectacle of seeing magma while being submerged, even though they were prepared, Hajime¡¯s party still found themselves at a loss for words. And although there was a saying ¡°the world is wide,¡± there probably have been no one but Hajime¡¯s party who have experience such a spectacle.
¡°It is right outside. Let¡¯s go!¡±
¡°Nh.¡±
¡°Y-Yes!¡±
With Hajime¡¯s instructions, the three slowly went outside. And although it was a closed room they didn¡¯t know anything about, just like what Hajime said, upon reaching it with ¡°Divine Interruption,¡± they immediately stood before a ce they understood was the gate. While Yue adjusted the barrier, they arrived right in front of the hatch, and the three were finally able to board on the submarine. And instinctively, Hajime¡¯s party were rxed.
And at that moment,
DOOORUUUUUUNNNG!!!
A tremor far greater from the ones before now attacked the entire space. The magma suddenly began to flow into one direction with a tremendous momentum. The submarine was swept by the swift current. Inside it, Hajime¡¯s party were as if they were inside a mixer as they keep spinning in all of directions.
¡°Guwah!?¡±
¡°Nnya!?¡±
¡°Hau!? It hurts!¡±
Each of them had their bodies thrown all over the wall and screamed. Yue immediately activated ¡°Absolute Cmity,¡± used the small, ck, swirling orb to pull them, and they somehow managed to get out of the shaker-like situation.
¡°P-Phew. Thank you, Yue.¡±
¡°Thank you very much, Yue-san.¡±
¡°Nn¡ more importantly.¡±
Yue moved the ¡°Absolute Cmity¡± and carried Hajime to the ce that seemed to be the control seat. Hajime supplied his magic power and tried to control the submarine inside the viscous and intensely flowing magma, but as he thought, the rudder could not be controlled.
¡°Tch, if it is an eruption then being thrown outside is a lucky thing.¡±
¡°¡ Is there something else?¡±
Hajime¡¯s bitter expression made Yue tilted her head.
¡°Ah. I have installed a certain stone just like the one in Cross Bits to lose sight of directions inside the magma. I know the location of the shortcut in the ceiling from the Cross Bits going outside of the dungeon before they exploded, but¡ this flow is moving away from the exit.¡±
¡°Eh? Does it mean we are diving underground?¡±
¡°Yeah, well, rather than diving underground, it is more like it¡¯s moving diagonally¡ Now then, I wonder where it¡¯s connected to¡ Yue, Shia. We can¡¯t return immediately after all. There¡¯s nothing we can do except to go with the flow.¡±
Hajime¡¯s resolute expression made Yue and Shia only rxed their gaze and quietly drew close to him.
¡°¡ I will be by your side until the end. I don¡¯t have anyin as long as that is fulfilled.¡±
¡°Fufu¡ Literally, even if it is inside the fire and the water, eh. Me, too, I will go ¡°anywhere¡± as long as I can be together with the two of you!¡±
¡°¡ I see. I am the same.¡±
Hajime rxed and returned a smile towards the two.
Hajime¡¯s group of three were drawing close to each other inside the submarine while they were swept by the scorching torrent.
* * *
At the time Hajime¡¯s party were swept by the magma underground into the unknown after being unable to escape from ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, a shadow was flying unsteadily above the brown, raging sand of ?Guryuu-en Great Desert?.
Needless to say, it was the ¡°Dragonformed¡± Tio.
¡°Ugh¡ this is rather bad¡ for the love of, that was a nasty Breath¡ there¡¯s no other way. Master, sorry about this.¡±
Having forcibly broken through, Tio was basked in arge amount of beam whose toxin ended up aggravating her wounds. As such, judging she would be copsed before she arrived at Ancadi, Tio apologized to Hajime for taking out from ¡°Treasure Box¡± and crunched the vial of the special potion, the Holy Water, without permission.
Although she had consumed arge amount of magic power from firing Breaths in session, surpassing her body¡¯s limit, and reinforcing her flight ability, she had now considerably recovered. Moreover, even though her wounds didn¡¯t instantaneously healed, the toxin had been suppressed.
Afterwards, she flew for several hours and she could finally see Ancadi in her view. If she kept flying any more than this, the people on the watchtower would be able to see Tio¡¯s current appearance. For a moment, Tio wondered whether or not to release her dragon form. However, thinking it would surely be necessary for her to be in her dragonformed while she travels with Hajime, since the Demon race man named Freed was likely to still be alive, she decided toe clean about it.
Also, her hidden town wasn¡¯t something that could easily be found. Even if it was found by chance, the Ryuujin race would not go downed that easily. Besides, if it turned into the nightmare (persecution) just like five hundred years ago, Hajime would surely lend Tio his power if she asked for his help. After all, Hajime was sweet to hispanion.
While thinking so, she was finally only several kilometers away from Ancadi. From what she could see, the watchtower was in amotion. Thus, because it would be a hassle to be attacked due to a misunderstanding, Tio made a detour towards the entrance gate andnded slightly away from it.
ZIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIP!
Ancadi¡¯s Soldiers moved towards Tio, whonded and created sand dust, with row formation. If one looked above the walls, many Soldiers were standing by with bow or magic array-carved staff in hand.
The sand dust was clearing away. The Soldiers could be heard gulping from nervousness. However, what appeared from the sand was a beautiful, gold-eyed, ck-haired woman who looked extremely exhausted, making the soldiers looked at each other in bewilderment.
From among the confused Soldiers, a girl came out. It was a girl whose hair was ck like Tio¡¯s, Kaori. Behind her, the Soldiers and the Lord¡¯s son, Viz, were telling her it was dangerous, but Kaoripletely ignored them and she fiercely running towards the kneeling, panting Tio.
Having heard the report from the watchtower and knowing Tio was from Ryuujin race, Kaori had guessed Hajime was returning and ran in a hurry.
¡°Tio! Are you okay!?¡± ¡°Huh, Kaori¡ ugh, this one is rather okay. This one is just a little tired.¡±
Kaori¡¯s expression changed when she saw Tio¡¯s body covered in wounds, and looking very exhausted. She immediately knelt nearby Tio¡¯s side, and hurriedly examined her condition. When she came to know there was an unknown toxin in Tio¡¯s body, she instantly began to activate detoxification and recovery magic at the same time.
¡°How¡ for it to not be detoxified¡¡±
However, even the Holy Water needed time to detoxify the beam¡¯s toxin. Thus, Kaori¡¯s magic was unable to immediately detoxify it. However, although Kaori¡¯s face was distorted, Tio had considerably recovered thanks to the effect of the previously taken Holy Water, and Kaori¡¯s extraordinary recovery magic. She said to Kaori, ¡°There¡¯s no need to worry, it will be detoxified soon,¡± with a smile as she patted Kaori¡¯s head.
Guessing there was indeed nothing to worry about judging by Tio¡¯s expression, Kaori rxed and smiled in relief. Following that, she looked around the surrounding and her expression gradually turned into one of unease.
¡°Tio¡ um, what about Hajime-kun and the other two? Is it only you? Also, what was¡ that eruption¡¡±
¡°Calm down, Kaori. This one will exin everything. But first, tell the soldiers behind thou to calm down and take this one to a ce where we can have a talk.¡±
¡°Ah, nn, I will.¡±
Only now did Kaori noticed the confused Soldiers behind her, and thus she nodded powerfully even though her expression was one of unease. Tio¡¯s expression that didn¡¯t contain any grievance was also a factor that helped Kaori to calm down.
Kaori ran back towards Viz, the Soldiers, and Randzi who hade, too. Exining the circumstance, she took Tio to a ce where they could talk in peace.
* * *
¡°So, about Hajime-kun and the other two¡¡±
¡°Hmm, they will surely return soon. After all, Master didn¡¯t think of giving up. And although this one didn¡¯t hear anything due to not having time for that, Master certainly had a n to escape.¡±
Having heard what happened in ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, Kaori turned pale while clenching her fists tightly. The uneasiness she felt since the time she and the people of Ancadi saw the gigantic eruption swelt up.
Towards Kaori who clenched her fists and seemed like she would copse at any time, Tio quietly put her own hands on top of Kaori¡¯s. Afterwards, she watched Kaori with a powerful gaze.
¡°Kaori. This one hath a message from Master.¡±
¡°From Hajime-kun?¡±
¡°Mhm. Actually it is for both Kaori and Myuu¡ ¡°I will meet youter,¡± Master said.¡±
Kaori had thought it would be something like ¡°I will surely return¡± or ¡°Don¡¯t worry¡± kind of words to reassure Kaori and Myuu. However, the too nonchnt words as if he was saying ¡°I am going to a convenience store now, so let¡¯s meetter,¡± made Kaori openmoutedly dumbfounded.
Crossing her mind was Hajime¡¯s figure who raised a fearless smile and said, ¡°Such a thing is nothing if I be serious, you know?¡± It was a reassuring figure that would break through any kind of difficulty while smiling. While she was naturally imagining his figure, Kaori was smiling wryly because it was the most reassuring message rather than some kind of unskillful, tough words.
¡°I see, then it will be okay, huh.¡±
¡°Mhm, no matter how desperate the situation looks like, Master will surely return like nothing¡¯s happened. It is something this one believes¡¡±
¡°Un¡ Hajime will be okay. That¡¯s why, I must do the things I can here.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. This one will, of course, help thou.¡±
Recalling how Hajime had missing in the Great Dungeon, Kaori thought Hajime would surely be okay, and like Tio, she believed in him while clenching her fists tightly. Kaori stood up, and she had a resolute look in her eyes to heal the weakened people, who had distributed with the powder from therge amount of ¡°Serene Stone¡± that was passed on to Randzi¡¯s group earlier.
Afterwards, they exined the situation to Myuu who was entrusted to the Lord¡¯s daughter, Airi (14 y.o), in the pce. And although Myuu was going to cry because her Hajime papa didn¡¯t return, Tio told her that Hajime¡¯s daughter must not cry easily, so she endured it with puffed cheeks.
Although Myuu was someone from the Sea-dweller tribe, knowing she was apanion of a ¡°God¡¯s apostle¡±, Kaori, and after looking after her for a while, the people of the pce were knocked out by Myuu¡¯s cuteness. Airi, who was prohibited from going out due to her still weakened state, was especially fond of Myuu.
Although there was still the situation about Tio being from the Ryuujin race, Randzie and the other didn¡¯t make a bigmotion about it because although they were still in doubt, it didn¡¯t change the fact that she was the dukedom¡¯s benefactor, risking her life to bring them the ¡°Serene Stone.¡±
Kaori and the others healed the patients one after another, but Hajime¡¯s group still haven¡¯t returned even after two days passed, thus their expressions gradually darkened. Tio had searched for any trace of Hajime¡¯s group along the route to ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? several times, but she was at a loss from not finding anything.
Then, after three days had passed since Tio¡¯s return, Kaori made a suggestion to Myuu and Tio.
¡°I think there¡¯s no more patient that needs treatment from me now. They only need to rest after this, so it won¡¯t be a problem to leave it to the medical center¡¯s staff members. That¡¯s why¡ let¡¯s go to look for Hajime-kun¡¯s group.¡±
¡°Papa? We are going to meet papa?¡±
¡°Hmm, thou art right. This one hath also thought it was about the time to make a move.¡±
Myuu dly leaned her body to Kaori¡¯s words while Tio was agreeing with eager expression.
¡°But, I think we can¡¯t take Myuu along to ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, after all.¡±
¡°Thou art correct. If not, there will be no meaning for Master to entrust Myuu to this ce. Besides, the eruption from before made it hard to search for them safely.¡±
¡°Yeah. I think so, too. That¡¯s why I thought of going to Elisen first to return Myuu-chan to her mama.¡±
¡°Fumu, it is indeed a good idea¡ Yup. Then, it will be better for thee to ride on this one¡¯s back. If it is only until Elisen, this one doesth not even need a day. We will arrive at the evening if we move out in the morning.¡±
The advancing conversation made arge amount of flowers of ¡°?¡± bloomed above Myuu¡¯s head. After Kaori exined to Myuu in an easily understandable manner, Myuu made a sad expression because they were not going to meet Hajime. However, she also wanted to meet her mother. After the two told her they were going to wait for Hajime papa with her, Myuu somehow consented although in reluctance. How Myuu was bncing her real mother with her papa made Kaori and Tio could not help but making wry smiles.
The next day, while watched by the Lord who seemed to want to restrain them, and Viz with his feverish gaze, Kaori and Myuu got on dragonformed Tio¡¯s back and flew to the west. From behind, the voice of gratitude and Kaori¡¯s name were grandly resounding from the people.
Thinking about her dear person who was once again missing, Kaori vowed to find him again for sure, and she looked straight ahead.
Afterwards, they never thought they would too easily be reunited with him¡
Book 9. Chapter 10
Book 9. Chapter 10
A Girl Fell From the Sky, the MC¡¯s Daughter in this Case
Blue as far as one could see.
A clear sky stretched into the horizon, and the sunlight poured down brilliantly. However, it wasn¡¯t that hot, and the climate made it easy to spend the time here. The gentle breeze blowing time after time felt good. Only, there wasn¡¯t a single ¡°thing¡± no matter how much one looked at the surrounding which made one feels a little lonely.
To begin with, that feeling wasn¡¯t something that could be helped with. It was in the middle of ocean after all.
At the very center of the ocean, was a ship swaying, drifting about the waves. Well, it wasn¡¯t known whether it was okay to call it a ship. After all, the people of this world wouldn¡¯t be able to recognize this as a ¡°ship¡±.
As for the reason, the ship¡¯s body was a ck, lustrous streamline shaped, without a ce for passenger to board it unlike normal ships. Normally, the body would also have two small wing-like thingy on both side creating V shape and a screw-like rudder attached behind it¡ but the only thing that could be seen was the devastated remain of them. If it was smoothed out, the original slightly t orca-like shape could be seen.
However, surely the people of this world would agree to call it a new kind of demonic beast rather than a ship. The orca-shaped ship was a submarine. Needless to say, it was Hajime¡¯s artefact, allowing its passengers to narrowly escape from death after being thrown inside the magma in ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?. In return, it was broken to the level of bring majorly damaged.
Lying above the floating submarine while it was being swept by the waves, with both hands at the back of his head was Hajime sporting an extremely satisfied look. His artificial left arm that was melt after being attacked by the beam and unable to move properly had been fixed using the material from the submarine and returned to its original form. However, the gimmicks installed couldn¡¯t be used.
¡°¡ Hajime, how¡¯s your condition?¡±
While dozing off cradled by the warm sunlight and the rocking wave, the hatch behind him suddenly opened. Yue popped her head out and asked his about his condition worriedly. It was because Hajime had received huge damage from the beam, and because of the beam¡¯s toxin, the wound doesn¡¯t easily recover.
¡°There¡¯s no problem at all. All the wounds are already closed. But I feel it will need at least another day for aplete recovery¡ More importantly, how¡¯s the thing on Yue¡¯s side? You are considerably exhausted, right?
¡°Nn¡ I am okay. Shia gave me her blood after all.¡±
Hajime¡¯s words of worries were joyfully answered by Yue who got out from the hatch and came Hajime¡¯s side, who was lying down, in all fours. Thus, with an extremely natural movement, sheid on top of Hajime. Her soft butt was pressing up against Hajime and stimted him in a really bad ce.
¡°¡ Yue-san, why did you get on top of me?¡±
¡°¡ Because Hajime is there.¡±
Although the answer was just like a certain mountaineer, Yue¡¯s gaze was serious. Next, Hajime was attacked with a muttered, ¡°¡ stay like that,¡± concealed with bewitchment as she flop her body. She licked Hajime¡¯s neck, bit him, and licked the blood that flowed out.
¡°¡ Nn, almost all of the toxin has disappeared. It seems like there¡¯s no need to worry.¡±
Apparently, she licked the Hajime¡¯s blood to confirm how much the beam¡¯s toxin remained.
¡°Didn¡¯t I say there¡¯s no problem at all?¡±
¡°¡ Nn. But, I can¡¯t help but worry. Our current location is also problem¡ But I am d Hajime can rest easy.¡±
¡°Well yeah. It was a truly rapid development. I don¡¯t know whether we are lucky or unlucky¡¡±
Hajime, who was smiling wryly, made Yue frowned with furrowed eyebrows, troubled. The two recalled how they got swallowed by the magma in ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, drifting until they got to where they were at now, in the vast ocean. They had suffered a lot of misfortune that could bemented on along the way, but it was a happy and lucky thing that they survived. A kind of delicate mindset.
After they were thrown into the magma and drifted underground, Hajime¡¯s party were exposed to the swift current for one full day. Because they couldn¡¯t always use the attracting force of Yue¡¯s ¡°Absolute Cmity¡± to control the position of their bodies, Hajime somehow managed to create gravity stone using Creation magic, producing floating seat after much trial and error inside the stormy submarine. So, although the submarine kept producing sound just like a toy crashing into walls, the floating seat somehow managed to keep them away from a shaker-like situation.
Following that, with Yue and Shia clinging on his right and left, he spent the sleepless time lighted by the faint light of Green Light stone.
¡®Could it be we are going straight into the¡¯s mantle?¡¯Hajime began to question apanied with cold sweat. However, their underground travel onto the unknown finally ended. Hajime¡¯s party was attacked by the biggest impact they had felt until now. The tremendous impact broke through the defense of ¡°Vajra¡± and damaged the submarine. Along with the impact, the submarine was blown away with tremendous speed.
Hurriedly reactivating ¡°Vajra¡± after the intense impact, Hajime questioned what happened and used the remote camera function from ¡°Farsight stone¡± installed even in the Cross Bit to confirm the surrounding. Following that, the spectacle that entered his view was not the red world filled by magma, but magma writhing like a snake and greatly boiling the rampaging ¡°sea.¡±
Apparently, Hajime¡¯s party was blown away by the so called phreatomagmatic explosion when they spouted from a submerged volcano. The impact damaged the hull, but fortunately the water didn¡¯t flood in, or maybe it should be said as expected of Hajime¡¯s artifact.
Narrowly escaping from death, Hajime¡¯s party was relieved to be able to return to the surface, but their suffering continued.
After being dumbfounded from turning round and round by the eruption, and then thrown out into the sea, the party immediately regained the control of the submarine and began their sailing. Both wings and stern were seriously damaged, but it was possible to sail by supplying the submarine with magic power. There was no problem other than the fuel consumption rate was overwhelmingly worsepared to when the screw, wings, and stern could be used.
Because it wouldn¡¯t be able to endure another eruption, Hajime¡¯s party hurriedly moved away, but a gigantic shadow followed the orca-shaped submarine. It was a gigantic squid-like creature. With length reaching 30 meters, and with more than 30 wriggling tentacles, its appearance was simr to a sea monster, the Kraken.
The monster mercilessly attacked the submarine. Twined by tentacles, the submarine was about to be crunched by sharp fangs that in the middle of its mouth. However, the monster was repelled by the submarine¡¯s weapon (torpedo) and Yue¡¯s magic.
Nevertheless, it didn¡¯t end even after they repelled the Kraken-like monster. This time, they were attacked by a flock of sharks. The sharks were a kind of demonic beast, annoying enemies that cooperated while shooting out water tornados.
In the end, the ammunition inside the submarine was depleted and they could only rely on Yue¡¯s magic. It was a situation where Yue used the magic power stocked inside Magic-crystallization stone and sucked Shia¡¯s blood, since Hajime had already loss arge amount of blood. They somehow managed to get away while repelling the sharks, but they fought in ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? before so Hajime¡¯s party had indeed exhausted all of their energy. Although Shia didn¡¯t really do anything, she copsed from anemia due to offering her blood to Yue because it was ¡°the least¡± she could do.
Letting Yue and Shia rest, Hajime moved the submarine to the surface. They were in a location where there was only the sea and blue sky as far as the eye could reach, so they advanced towards the continent. Then, after sailing for half a day, due to calm climate and wave, Hajime halted the sub and rested, basking in the sunlight outside the sub.
The development from conquering ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? until the present time was truly a rapid one. No matter what, it could be said that other people except Hajime¡¯s party wouldn¡¯t have any possibility of surviving at all. It was alright for Hajime to unconsciously want to shout ¡°What a bad luck!¡± like a certain user of gender-equal punch.
¡°How¡¯s Shia?¡±
Although he was looking at the distance, Hajime asked Yue who¡¯s currently seated on top of him.
¡°¡ She is still sleeping. I drank a lot¡ so she probably won¡¯t wake up for a while.¡±
Yue¡¯s reason was that the amount converted to magic power wasn¡¯t as efficientpared to when she sucked Hajime¡¯s blood. It was because the amount converted was several times more from Hajime, her partner of ¡°Blood Pact,¡± than Shia who wasn¡¯t. After picking the partner for ¡°Blood Pact,¡± the effect of ¡°Blood Conversion¡± from other people lowered while the effect became several times bigger if it was her contracted partner.
¡°I see. Well, it¡¯s better for her to rest now. Anyway, we don¡¯t know our current location much less about the time needed to reach the continent. We also don¡¯t know what will happen so it is better to take our time to recover.¡±
¡°¡Nn.¡±
The sea was at the west of the continent, so they only needed to head for the east to reach the continent. There was no problem because they could create water from magic and catch fish for meals. Things like fishes wouldn¡¯t be able to escape from the submarine and magic, so even though they were in the middle of the vast ocean, it wasn¡¯t a situation to be panicked about. Also, as long as they can confirm their location using the star at night, they could determine the course towards the continent. As such, they rested when they should.
The warm sunlight and breeze made Hajime rxed. Watching Hajime with narrowed eyes, Yue¡
¡°¡ Yue-san. What are you doing?¡±
¡°¡ Making Hajime energetic.¡±
Before he was aware of it, Yue exuded a bewitching aura and moved slowly. She seemed to want to energize him. But although she didn¡¯t say which part, when Hajime saw Yue¡¯s blurred eyes, he didn¡¯t even think of resisting.
¡°Ngh¡ fufu, Hajime has be energetic.¡±
¡°¡ Wait, to do it in the middle of the ocean¡ Well, if it was me from half a year ago, I wouldn¡¯t even imagine it.¡±
In the ce they felt safe about while they were d to be alive, Hajime and Yue showed each other¡¯s body. For a while, the submarine was shaken by something other than the small waves.
* * *
¡°Seems you¡¯ve been enjoying yourselves¡¡±
After being refreshed from various ways, they returned inside the submarine and were stared at by Shia.
¡°Ng? You are awake, eh. How¡¯s your condition?¡±
¡°Acting as if nothing happened, but I am thankful for the worry. My drowsiness was blown away thanks to the intense shaking, the very entranced voices, and those fresh sounds. My physical condition is excellent from energy converted from emptiness and loneliness. Yeah, with this, I will be attacked, too, or so I thought.¡±
¡°I see, then that¡¯s good.¡±
Hajime was truly d that Shia recovered, but since he didn¡¯t show any feelings of guilt, it made Shia, ¡°Uu~,¡± groaned with teary eyes. Her appearance made Hajime thought he ignored her too much. Smiling wryly, he told her to make space and sat beside her.
Waking up without anyone inboard and hearing the sounds of Hajime and Yue making love from the opened hatch, made Shia truly lonely, and thus she hugged Hajime who sat beside her, tightly. Yue also sat by Shia¡¯s side, not Hajime¡¯s, and patted Shia¡¯s head tofort her.
While the two wereforting Shia, Hajime supplied his magic power to start the submarine, advancing to the east. From time to time, they were attacked by demonic beasts, but were repulsed by Yue¡¯s magic, and they advanced for one full day. Having advanced through under the starry sky, Hajime finally caught the sight ofnd when the morning sunshine brightened the world.
ording to the position of the stars they sawst night, the party was currently located in the north of Elisen. As such, as long as they moved towards the left side over thend, they would surelye to see the harbor along with Elisen and ?Guryuu-en Great Desert?.
Relieved from seeingnd, they advanced south for two days.
When the sun reached the zenith on the second day, the party stopped the submarine to take a break, and had lunch above the submarine while being swayed by the wave. The menu was of course the fishes they caught in the sea. Using ¡°Lightning-d¡± to roast the food, made him recalled the time he was in the abyss. The party didn¡¯t have any cooking utensil or any seasoning because the ¡°Treasure Box¡± was entrusted to Tio.
Even so, the fish the three happily ate while absentmindedly watching the horizon was quite the delish. The location and atmosphere werepensating for the seasoning. Those who lived in the sea, or opened a stall during a festival, all of them were uses this kind ofpensation.
And when Shia was enjoying the roasted unknown fish, her rabbit-ears suddenly stood straight then began to move restlessly. Following that, ¡°Nn?,¡± Hajime also noticed a presence of something. Filling his mouth with a fish of about 60 centimeters in length, he moved his gaze.
Surrounding the submarine,zoom!, several people appeared from inside the sea and thrust their tridents. There were about 20 people. All of them have emerald green hair and ears that looked like fan-shaped fin. By their looks, they were a group of Sea-dweller tribe. Their eyes were overflowed with caution and dangerously narrowed.
Among them, a man faced Hajime with thrust spear and asked him.
¡°Who are you? Why are you here? And what¡¯s the thing you are riding on?¡±
Hajime was busy chewing the fish that filled his mouth to the point of his cheeks swelling. He didn¡¯t n on opposing them, so he wanted to answer quickly, but unfortunately the fish he was currently eating was chewy andrge. It took time before he could swallow it.
Hajime took a serious pose, but considering how he calmly ate his meal even though spears were pointed at him while being surrounded, made others see him as nothing but an impudent fellow.
Veins appeared on the forehead of the man who asked him. Anyhow, even if they had their doubts, it was too much for them to be this menacing after finding humans in the sea. Shia thought of breaking the vtile situation by answering in the ce of Hajime.
¡°Ah, umm, please calm down. We are¡¡±
¡°Silent! A Rabbitman tribe like you should not open your mouth!¡±
The Rabbitman tribe¡¯s position was low even among Demi-human race outside of the Sea of Trees. How they were strangely agitated and how they stubbornly wanted Hajime, who was looking down on them (from their POV), to answer them might also be a factor. Changing the target of his spear, the man grandly thrust the spear at Shia.
The attack of a Sea-dweller tribe would not pass through Shia¡¯s defense with her strengthened body; the thrust spear would only shallowly cut Shia¡¯s cheek even if she didn¡¯t dodge it. The man probably wanted to slightly hurt her to give Hajime a warning. As expected, the party felt it was abnormal. After all, the Sea-dweller tribe wasn¡¯t this fierce.
However, that was a bad move no matter what their circumstances were. No matter, if it was for a warning, Hajime would not let go those who tried to hurt Shia.
In a moment, huge killing intent and pressure poured down like a huge cataract, spreading on the sea¡¯s surface like a ripple, causing rough waves.
BOOOOM!!!
With his eyes opened wide, the man who was staring at Hajime¡¯s sudden change was, blown away from his spot, apanied by a loud sound. He bounced several times on the surface of the sea, flew while spinning, and finally sank into the sea.
With dumbfounded expressions, the remaining Sea-dweller tribe¡¯s members moved their gaze from the blown man to Hajime who somehow was gripping the tail of arge, roasted fish with a pose of someone having done a full golf¡¯s swing.
The sshing sea water was sparkling as it reflected the sunlight. Even the eyes of the dead fish were somehow shining.
¡°Wh-, wh-.¡±
The Sea-dweller tribe¡¯s members were flustered.
Shouldering the somewhat eaten fish, Hajime red at the man beside the blown away man. Needless to say, having received a pressure he never felt before, the man of Sea-dweller tribe thrust his spear while shouting as he panicked from being red by Hajime.
¡°ZeeAAh!!¡±
Even in all of the man¡¯s life until now, it was an attack that satisfied him the most. Having premonition of death, he instinctively did a sure-kill attack. However, the sure-kill attack pierced into the mouth of the white eyed fish and was easily stopped.
¡°Eh? What? H-How¡¡±
When Hajime swung the fish, the man was dumbfounded after seeing the unbelievable spectacle, and thus the spear was easily snatched. The swinging momentum made the spear fly out from the fish¡¯s mouth, directly hitting the face of another person of Sea-dweller tribe. Leering at the person from Sea-dweller tribe who groaned as the blood gushed out from his bleeding nose, Hajime once again swung fish.
The man whose spear was taken and thrown away had cramped cheeks because of the nonsensical scene of the white-eyed fish approaching his face with its opened mouth and somehow shining in bright red.
Then,
BAM!!!
¡°Hmmm?!¡±
He was blown away just like the man earlier.
¡°Munch, munch¡ gulp¡Now then, I actually don¡¯t want to fight against the Sea-dweller tribe. As such, why don¡¯t we calm down and have a talk here? However, indeed I can¡¯t stay silent if someone tries to hurt mypanion¡ Ah, the people blown away wouldn¡¯t die because I held back, okay?¡±
With the limp fish in one hand, which lost its shine, Hajime proposed after deactivating his ¡°Pressure.¡± Hajime himself didn¡¯t really want to fight the Sea-dweller tribe¡¯s people who were of the same tribe as Myuu. Although the other side tried to kill him, he actually didn¡¯t even see them as a neighbourhood uncle (totally ignoring them).
However, the Sea-dweller tribe didn¡¯t seem to ept his proposal. It was because their pride seemed to have been damaged by Hajime who looked down at them expressing ¡°you are not even my match¡± even though humans were at a disadvantageous position in the sea, and he had blown away theirrades even though he said they didn¡¯t die.
Moreover, because of their abnormally high alert against the human race, they could not trust Hajime¡¯s words at all.We must not let our guards down!They took distance from Hajime¡¯s party, and took a stance ready to throw the short harpoons on their backs.
¡°I see. It¡¯s not enough to kidnapping that child, huh? That¡¯s why youe here again to kidnap other children of ours?¡±
¡°We won¡¯t give you the time to cast any magic! The sea is our territory, don¡¯t think you can return unhurt!¡±
¡°We will make you spit that child¡¯s location even if we need to chop your limbs!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry. We will keep you alive until we hand you over to the Kingdom. Your safety isn¡¯t guaranteed though.¡±
It seemed to be an abnormal situation. Rather than being cautious, strong grudge could be seen lodged in their eyes. Hajime somehow understood the cause of their agitation from the words ¡°kidnap other children.¡± These people were likely to have misunderstood him as the one who kidnapped Myuu. Riding on unknown transportation and taking along a ve from Rabbitman tribe while wandering around the territory of Sea-dweller tribe¡ It wasn¡¯t so strange for a human like him to be misunderstood.
The Demi-human race held a very strong unity and affection towards their race. It was certainly so for their own race, but it was even stronger among their own tribe. Haulia tribe went out of the Sea of Trees just for Shia, while the Bearman tribe ignored the decision of the Chiefs¡¯ conference to take revenge on the one who injured their chief. Even the Sea-dweller tribe wasn¡¯t any different. Any children of their tribe are important, even they weren¡¯t their own.
Secretly, Hajime was sulking a little as heined, ¡°Even if she doesn¡¯t go her way to treat me as her father, she has these people treat her like their daughter, eh.¡± The mutter mixed with a wry smile was aimed at Myuu who wasn¡¯t here. Following that, Hajime tried to say Myuu¡¯s name to solve the misunderstanding.
¡°Ah~, you know, about that kidna-¡¡±
¡°Get ¡¯em!!¡±
However, faster than his words, the Sea-dweller tribe began to throw the harpoons one after another. Even though the lower half of their bodies was underwater, treading on it, the harpoons were flying with a considerable speed and indeed they were aimed at the shoulders or feet, and not to kill them. In thoroughness, they were also stabbing the submarine which shook it intensely.
If it was a normal human, he would have his bnce broken and would either be pierced by the harpoons from being unable of taking evasive maneuver or fall into the sea and suppressed by the Sea-dweller tribe. Well, if it was a normal human.
¡°¡±Wave Castle.¡±¡±
With Yue¡¯s mutter, the sea waterpressed as it surged, obstructing the harpoonsing from all directions. Following that, while the Sea-dweller tribe were still astonished by the non-chanted magic, Yue made around 20 thunder balls floating around her.
At the same time the sound of upsurge seawater had literally became a rampart, returned to normal. The people of Sea-dweller tribe witnessed the floating and sparkling thunderballs around Yue.
¡°Kh!? R-Retreaaatt!!¡±
A scream of order rang out. The paled tribe members panicky turned on their heels to run away. However, they were too slow.
Fwoosh!! Bzz! BZzz! BzZZzz!!
Each of the thunder balls flew towards a different direction, not letting even one of the Sea-dweller tribe away¡ mildly electric shocked them. ¡°ABABABABABABABAh,¡± such a scream could be heard from them. After a while, the 21 people of Sea-dweller tribe were floating on the surface.
¡°Yue, cheers for the good work.¡±
¡°Nn¡ Hajime, about the thing these people were saying.¡±
¡°Well, it must be about Myuu.¡±
¡°A lot of things happened even when we were going to Elisen. As expected of Hajime-san. Not even having the time spent in a town, a problem had already appeared¡¡±
¡°Please stop, Shia. I am actually a little worried about that, too¡ damnit. There should¡¯ve been no problem here if Myuu was here¡¡±
Hajime was sighing while he worried about it. Then, for the time being, he moved to gather the people of Sea-dweller tribe¡¯s drowned bodies.
* * *
After he instantly remodelled the sub by making a carrier where he put the afro-haired, white-eyed people of Sea-dweller tribe, the party continued their voyage.
Yue effectively weakened one of the thunders, which made the person immediately awake. That person guided the party into the harbor after they exined the situation to him.
At first, because Hajime knew Myuu¡¯s name and characteristics the man said,¡®So you are the culprit after all!¡¯, as he raged. However, Hajime was already irritated, so he expressionlessly pped him until the man calmed down, and the man heard the party¡¯s story after being disciplined.
Following that, when the party told him Myuu was currently in Ancadi and will immediately returned to Elisen. The man asked the party to allow him to tag along with them to Ancadi. For the man, he could not just swallowed Hajime¡¯s party¡¯s story without any proof, so he wanted to go along with the party to Ancadi to at least find a clue about Myuu.
Beside the young man before them who was guiding them, the people who previously were bellowing at Hajime were those who directly knew Myuu. Myuu¡¯s mother was also injured when Myuu was kidnapped, thus these people were bing emotional. And, because he would feel awkward when he reunites with Myuu after having beaten up her acquaintances, Hajime reluctantly epted the young man¡¯s request.
Following that, after advancing on the sea for a few hours,
¡°Ah, Hajime-san! It hase into view! The town is! Finally, a ce with people!¡±
¡°Nn? Ohh, it really is in the middle of the sea, eh.¡±
Shia was pointing at ?Elisen? with sparkling eyes and said to Hajime. Moving his gaze, indeed a big town floating above the sea hade into his view.
Hajime moved the submarine towards the ce with a lot of protruding piers. After leering at the Sea-dweller tribe, human tourists and merchants who became pop-eyed after seeing Hajime riding on an unknown vessel, the party moored at a vacant spot.
The people of the Sea-dweller tribe came before the party, witnessed the tens of unconscious people of Sea-dweller tribe on the submarine¡¯s carrier, and raised amotion. However, Hajime thought it would be okay because he had exined the situation to the young man, so for the time being, he and the young man unloaded the fainted people onto the pier.
After they did that, fully-armed people of Sea-dweller tribe and human soldiers had already crowded in. The young man took a step forward to exin the situation and began to talk like a big shot. Hajime had wanted to quickly return to Ancadi and meet Kaori¡¯s group so when he watched the young man, he became irritated and said inwardly, ¡°Just decide who will travel with us already!¡±
Hajime wanted this to end peacefully, but it indeed couldn¡¯t be that smooth. Pushing aside the young man who was confused, the soldiers rushed to the party. Hajime¡¯s party were surrounded without a ce to escape on the small pier.
¡°Be obedient. Let us restrain you until we can rify the truth.¡±
¡°Oi, oi, didn¡¯t you hear the story?¡±
¡°Of course. And it is better if we are the one who go to confirm it. There¡¯s no need for you to go.¡±
Words without any chance of refusal. Hajime became even more irritated, but he controlled himself because here was Myuu¡¯s hometown.
¡°Listen here. Ourpanions are waiting for us there. But, even though we want to immediately head to Ancadi, didn¡¯t wee all the way here to return those who mistakenly attacked us?¡±
¡°Regardless if it was a misunderstanding or not¡ even if the kidnapped child is indeed in Ancadi, you¡¯re suspicious because you wandered around Elisen¡¯s territory on an unidentified vessel. There¡¯s no saying you won¡¯t run away on our way to Ancadi, right?¡±
¡°What¡¯s with this situation this time? If we want to run away, we can just annihte these people and escape right after that.¡±
¡°There¡¯s also that point. But, it didn¡¯t change that you entered our jurisdiction without permission. Furthermore, you attacked the vignte corps that discovered you, there¡¯s no way we can release you that easily.¡±
¡°It was them who didn¡¯t listen to us and attacked due to their agitation. Even so, you think we would obediently let you restrain us? ¡ just cut it out already.¡±
Hajime¡¯s eyes narrowed dangerously. The man who seemed to be the leader of the soldiers before him was frowning from the heavy aura overflowing from Hajime.
On the leader¡¯s chest was the badge with Herrlicht Kingdom¡¯s crest, surmising that he was themander of the regiment sent under pretext of the Kingdom¡¯s protection. Among the Sea-dweller tribe, there were people who might be from the vignte corps, and they didn¡¯t back away even though they were taken aback by Hajime¡¯s aura.
For Hajime, this ce was Myuu¡¯s hometown and he didn¡¯t want any problem in Elisen since he thought it was likely to be the party¡¯s base because they would surely take time to search ?Meljeene Bottom Sea Ruin?, whose location was unknown. It was the truth that Myuu was in Ancadi, and he understood the suspicion could be solved. However, Hajime¡¯s hostility to the injustice in this world could be called a conditioned reflex. As such, he wouldn¡¯t easily ept this.
It was a truly explosive situation.
Within the raised tension, Hajime thought that he must not rampaging in Myuu¡¯s hometown, and by the time he wanted to concede,
¡°Nn? Just now¡¡±
With her rabbit-ears moving about, Shia began to look around the sky. Hajime didn¡¯t look away from themander and asked, ¡°What is it?¡± However, before Shia could answer him, Hajime also felt a small presence and voice.
¡°¡ª!¡±
¡°Ah? What?¡±
¡°¡ªpa¡ª !¡±
¡°Oy, it can¡¯t be!?¡±
¡°¡ªPapaa~!¡±
Hajime hurriedly looked up and somehow a small shadow was falling from the empty sky!
With arms spread, the shadow that was free falling full of smile was¡
¡°Myuu-!?¡±
That¡¯s right, it was Myuu. Myuu was skydiving. Without parachute. Looking carefully, behind her was the ck dragonform of Tio, who was hurriedly descending, and riding on her back was Kaori who was also in a panic.
As soon as he recognized the falling shadow was Myuu, Hajime activated ¡°Aerodynamic¡± and ¡°Ground Shrinker.¡± He immediately jumped from his spot, ignoring the pier that was blown by the impact and the soldiers screaming as they fell into the sea.
Hajime that had instantly jumped for more than 100 meters in height thanks to ¡°Aerodynamic,¡± to jump towards the ce Myuu was going to fall through, and activated ¡°Light Speed.¡± Inside the slowed down world, he made sure Myuu was in his arms, and he fell with a regted, miracle-like speed, perfectly nulled any kind of shock.
With Myuu in his embrace, Hajime used ¡°Aerodynamic¡± to hop and bounced until he reached the ground. Inwardly, the cold sweat was flowing like a waterfall.
¡°Papa-!¡±
Without even knowing a shred of what Hajime was thinking, Myuu rubbed her face on Hajime¡¯s chest with a smiling face. Perhaps, it was Tio who told her Hajime was right under them.
Thus, although he didn¡¯t know whether it was idental or perhaps deliberated, she fell towards Hajime. Seeing how she was smiling as she fell, there¡¯s no mistake she believed Hajime would surely catch her.
Even so, it took an extraordinary courage to do a free-fall with a full smiling face.Restrain yourself!Hajime retorted at the four year old child in his mind. Hajime was frowning as he thought of scolding her. But when they got to the ground, he patted Myuu.
Book 10. Chapter 1
Book 10. Chapter 1
Mother and Daughter¡¯s Reunion
¡°Hic, sob, hic.¡±
A sobbing sound of a young girl resounding nearby the pier that had turned into wreckage. The onlookers and soldiers were crowding there, but there was not even a mor, and the ce was strangely quiet.
It was because of the should be kidnapped girl of Sea-dweller tribe who flew down from the sky, the human boy who jumped into the sky and caught her, and there was the ck dragon with a girl riding on its back in the sky. However, the biggest reason was how the boy greatly scolded the girl from Sea-dweller tribe. Well, actually, it was how the young girl called the boy who scolded her.
¡°Sob, Papa, sorry¡¡±
¡°Promise me you won¡¯t do anything that dangerous again, okay?¡±
¡°Un, Myuu will.¡±
¡°Okay, that¡¯s good. Come here.¡±
¡°Papaa~!¡±
The figures of Hajime, who was on one knee as he scolded the young child, and Myuu, who obediently reflected as she scolded by him though she cried then and jumped into Hajime¡¯s chest when she was forgiven¡ were as normal as that of a father and his child. It was also shown by how Myuu repeatedly called him ¡°Papa.¡±
The situation where the should¡¯ve been kidnapped child of Sea-dweller tribe ¡°adoring¡± a human boy enough to treat him as her father, and how Hajime treated Myuu as his own daughter made everyone dumbfounded, not understanding what had happened. Their minds were asking the same thing. Which was, ¡°How did ite to this?¡±
Hajime lifted Myuu with his arm and patted her back to calm her, and finally, the surrounding people returned to their senses and began to cause a greatmotion.
As he leered at the moring, perplexed people, Hajime patted Myuu¡¯s back and someone hugged him from behind¡ when he looked over his shoulder, there was Kaori¡¯s figure whose head was on his shoulder, slightly trembling.
¡°I¡¯m d¡ I am really d~, hic, hic.¡±
This time, Kaori had begun to cry. Even though she acted firm, inside, she was worried Hajime might be dead. She believed in Hajime¡¯s survival, but there was no way she didn¡¯t feel worried about him. That added to how he went missing for the second time shortly after they finally met again, enduring it was impossible for her
¡°I am sorry to make you worry. But as you can see, I am full of life here. That¡¯s why, please don¡¯t cry¡ if Kaori cry¡ I will be imensely troubled.¡±
¡°Uh, hic, th-then, let me stay like this for a little more¡¡±
Troubled, Hajime patted Kaori¡¯s head whose hands were wrapped around his arm. However, maybe because she couldn¡¯t stop crying, Kaori buried her face more and more into Hajime¡¯s shoulder. Both of her hands were now tightly embracing around Hajime¡¯s stomach from behind.
¡°Oi, you, exin what are yo-gah!?¡±
¡°Muh? Sorry.¡±
The above was themander-like person who was dripping wet due to being blown away into the seas as the consequence of Hajime¡¯s jump. He didn¡¯t read the mood and tried to question Hajime. However, he was knocked by Tio (deactivated her Dragonform when shended) who was running in short steps towards Hajime, thus the man once again fell into the sea.
Not minding the man that much, Tio came beside Hajime, held his head and pressed it into her cleavage.
¡°What the¡ª!? Oi, Tio.¡±
¡°This one believes, thou know? This one believes¡ even so, Master¡ too much time hath passed until this reunion.¡±
When Hajime quietly looked at Tio¡¯s face from her cleavage, her expression was one of ascerting her important one inside her arms with tears umted on the edges of her eyes. This time, Hajime felt it couldn¡¯t be helped and let her do as she pleases because he had relied on her to do something unreasonable.
While that happened, Myuu said, ¡°Myuu will hug Papa too~,¡± and she clung to Hajime¡¯s nape. Shia, who was beside Yue, who was beside Hajime, began to hug his free arm.
The surrounding gazes couldn¡¯t even see Hajime, as his whole body was covered by a beautiful little girl, beautiful girls, and a beautiful woman. The surrounding gazes were gradually changing from one of perplexion to one of looking at them warmly. Even the agitated vignte corps and soldiers had lowered their arms, dumbfounded.
¡°You people¡ not only once, but twice¡ I will arrest you for obstructing the Kingdom¡¯s soldiers¡¯ work.¡±
Once again crawled up onto the pier, themander-like person was angrily ring at Hajime¡¯s party. With weapon in hand, he seemed to be ready to attack at any moment. Though Hajime couldn¡¯t be thought of as the kidnapper from how the kidnapped Myuu was abnormally too attached him, there were too many unknown things about him, so of course the man wanted to question him.
Ever Hajime since the beginning had wanted to exin that he was entrusted by the head of Fhu-ren¡¯s guild branch, Ilwa, to escort Myuu. However, he was troubled as he had nothing to prove that, but now it was at hand.
With ¡°Treasure Box¡± returned by Tio, Hajime took out his status te and the request form from Ilwa, then he presented them to themander.
¡°¡ Let me see¡ a ¡°Gold¡± rank!? Moreover, a direct request from the head of Fhuren¡¯s branch!?¡±
Other than the request form, there was also the letter from Ilwa where the details were written. It was addressed to the Elisen¡¯s mayor and the top brass of the soldiers who resided in this town, the man before the party. After reading the letter intently, themander spated a big sigh and after he hesitated a little, he gave up as he drooped his shoulder then saluted.
¡°¡ The request has beenpleted. Nagumo-dono.¡±
¡°It is good that all doubts have been cleared. You must have things that you want to ask, but we are in a hurry. So I want you to not ask anything because¡ I want to let this child meet her mother right now. It¡¯s okay, right?¡±
¡°Of course it is. However, as a soldier of this Kingdom¡ I can¡¯t overlook about the dragon, you jumping, and the ship-like thing from before.¡±
Radically changing from the previous oppressive manner, themander¡¯s attitude became one which paid Hajime with respect. Even so, he appealed with his strong gaze to Hajime that it was impossible to overlook those.
¡°About that, can we just talk about it in another time? I am going to stay in this Elisen for a while, after all. I also think there¡¯s no need to report about it to the kingdom because they probably already know about it¡¡±
¡°Mm, I see. Anyway, it¡¯s good as long as we can have a chance to talk. Now please return that child to her mother¡ does she know of her mother¡¯s condition?¡±
¡°No, she doesn¡¯t. But it¡¯s okay. After all, we have the best medicine and healer here.¡±
¡°I see. Then let me question you once things are settled.¡±
Themanderstly introduced himself as Saluz, then he went to control the crowd by dispersing the onlookers. A dutiful person.
The people who know Myuu seemed to want to call out to her, but Hajime used his gaze to stop them because much time would pass before she returns to her mother if they did that.
¡°Papa, Papa. We are returning to home. Mama is waiting! Myuu wants to meet Mama.¡±
¡°Of course¡ so let¡¯s hurry and meet her.¡±
Pulling Hajime¡¯s hand, Myuu urged on with ¡°Hurry, hurry!¡± It had been around two months since thest time she returned to her house and mother. So it couldn¡¯t be helped. Though she was usuallyughing as she was taken care of by Hajime¡¯s party on their way, at night when the time to sleep came, she wanted to be spoiled because she indeed missed her mother.
On their way to Myuu¡¯s house, with Myuu as their guide, Kaori came close to him and asked him with a small, uneased voice.
¡°Hajime-kun. About what the soldier from before said¡¡±
¡°Well, it doesn¡¯t seem to be life threatening. It¡¯s just that her wound is rather severe and it¡¯s also the physiological one¡ well there¡¯s no need to worry about thetter with Myuu being here. So please check her injury.¡±
¡°Un. Leave it to me.¡±
While having that kind of conversation, they heard amotion from the road ahead. It was the voice of a young woman and several voices of men and women.
¡°Lemia, calm down! It¡¯s impossible with the condition of your legs!¡±
¡°That¡¯s right, Lemia-chan. Myuu-chan will surelye back!¡±
¡°I don¡¯t want to! Didn¡¯t you say Myuu havee back!? Then, I must go to see her! I need to wee her!¡±
Apparently, the woman tried to get out of the house, and she was stopped by several men and women. It was likely because an acquaintance had told Myuu¡¯s mother of her return.
With the resounding of the frantic voice of the woman called Lemia, Myuu¡¯s face bloomed and shone. Then, as loud as she could, she called out to the woman in her mid twenties, who had copsed at the entrance door, while running.
¡°Mama~~!!¡±
¡°¡ª!? Myuu!? Myuu!¡±
Running with all her might and with an expression full of smile Myuu jumped into the bosom of the woman ¡ª her mother, Lemia, who tried to steady her legs before the front door.
Seeing the figures of a mother closely and tightly embracing her daughter, expressing she didn¡¯t want to be separated again from her child made the surrounding people look at them warmly.
For so many, many times Lemia repeatedly said, ¡°I am sorry,¡± to Myuu. It was either because she had lost sight of Myuu or her incapability toe looking for her or may both.
Tears fell as Lemia both feel relieved from her daughter¡¯s safety and also the grief from being incapable of protecting hear. Looking at Lemia with anxious eyes, Myuu gently patted her mother¡¯s head.
¡°It¡¯s okay. Mama, Myuu is here. So there¡¯s nothing to worry.¡±
¡°Myuu¡¡±
Never did she thought she would beforted by her four year old daughter, so Lemia¡¯s teary eyes unconsciously wide opened and she watched Myuu.
Myuu was also looking straight at Lemia and there¡¯s indeed worry about Lemia lodged inside her eyes. Myuu was a mama¡¯s girl and couldn¡¯t stand being alone before she was kidnapped, and although she also had painful times herself, she was more brokenhearted about her mother than herself in this reunion.
Surprised by that, Lemia was unconsciously watching Myuu in seriousness which made Myuu smiled, and this time she was the one who hugged Lemia tightly. Lemia wasn¡¯t that badly injured both in body and mind, but she was suffering from the sleepless night, overly worrying about Myuu, but it seemed her daughter had returned all grown up more than before.
This fact made Lemia inadvertently raised a wry smile. With her shoulders rxed and her tears stopped, Lemia was looking at her daughter with eyes filled with love.
Myuu and Lemia once again hugged each other, but suddenly, Myuu raised a scream-like voice.
¡°Mama! Your legs! What happened!? Are you injured!? Is it hurt!?¡±
Apparently, Myuu noticed the state of Lemia¡¯s legs from over Lemia¡¯s shoulder. Both of her feet peeking from Lemia¡¯s long skirt were bandaged all over, they were in a miserable state.
This was the thing Saluz talked about, and it was what Hajime¡¯s party heard from the young man on their way to Elisen. The thing that made the Sea-dweller tribe agitated was not only was Myuu kidnapped, but also how her mother was seriously injured that it became impossible for her to walk.
Though Myuu said she was kidnapped when she was separated from Lemia, the Sea-dweller tribe wouldn¡¯t be able to say it was a kidnapping unless there¡¯s an eyewitness. They were able to dere so because it seemed Lemia had actually encountered the kidnappers.
Lemia had discovered suspicious men erasing their footprints in the sand near the coast when she was looking for Myuu when she got separated from her. Though she felt a bad premonition, she approached the men to ask whether they know her daughter¡ the men¡¯s faces were expressing ¡°Oh shit¡± and began to chant all of a sudden.
Convinced the men had a part on Myuu¡¯s disappearance, Lemia tried to somehow get Myuu back, running along the footprints.
However, one of the men fought back by firing me bullets. Fortunately, she avoided being hit on her upper body but her legs were hit instead, then she was blown into the sea by the impact. Lemia lost her consciousness from both the pain and impact. When she woke up, she was being helped by the people from vignte corps who went looking for her because she have not returned.
Her life was saved, but as the time passed, Lemia still couldn¡¯t feel her legs, thus she became unable to walk nor to swim. Naturally, Lemia tried to search for her daughter, but she couldn¡¯t due to her legs. In the end, she could do nothing but to leave it to the vignte corps and the Kingdom.
Lemia was in a state where she couldn¡¯t even stand properly now.
Lemia smiled to try not to make her daughter worry more than this, so she tried telling Myuu, ¡°It¡¯s okay.¡± However, faster than her, Myuu asked for help from her ¡°Papa¡± whom she depended on the most in this world.
¡°Papaa! Please help Mama! Mama¡¯s legs are injured!¡±
¡°Eh!? M-Myuu? Just now¡¡±
¡°Papa! Hurryy!¡±
¡°Ara? Arara? You said Papa? Myuu, who is this Papa?¡±
Confused, lot of ¡°?¡±s floated above Lemia¡¯s head. The surrounding people were also moring. A lot of absurd remarks were flying from here and there such as:
¡°Lemia¡ has remarried? No¡ NO WAY.¡±
¡°Finally, Lemia-chan¡¯s spring has arrived again! Congrattion!¡±
¡°It¡¯s lie, right? Someone, please tell me it is a lie¡ My Lemia-san¡¡±
¡°Papa¡ Myuu said Papa!? Isn¡¯t it me!?¡±
¡°I am sure it is someone with stage name like Ku***ngpapa, yup, it must be it.¡±
¡°Oi, time for an emergency conference! All members of ¡°Watching Lemia-san and Myuu-chan warmly¡± gather now! Storm ising!¡±
Apparently, Lemia and Myuu, this mother and daughter were popr here. Lemia was still young, in the mid of her twenties. Although she was considerably emaciated now, she had a well-sculpted looks simr to Myuu¡¯s. It was easy to imagine how attention grabbing her beauty would be once she was recovered, so it was understandable for her to be popr.
With themotion that kept growing, Hajime¡¯s expression cramped expressing, ¡°I don¡¯t want to go there now.¡± Though he thought these people would understand once he exined the details about how Myuu came to call Hajime papa, he was just a ¡°substitute (though inwardly they didn¡¯t think so)¡± of her Papa, and he wasn¡¯t aiming to marry Lemia, but the current misunderstanding were growing at an uncontroble pace.
However, Hajime thought it was a godsend. After all, Hajime and his party wouldn¡¯t be able to continue their journey unless they left Myuu to her mother. It will be a goodbye once his party conquered ?Meljeene Bottom Sea Ruin?. Hajime thought Myuu hade close to Hajime¡¯s party because she was in a ce away from her hometown and been forcibly separated from mother, so once she returned to her mother her desire to be by Hajime¡¯s party¡¯s side would surely weakened as time passed, though she would be saddened at first. The surrounding people were strongly concerned about Lemia and her daughter, so they would surely helped them.
¡°Papaa! Hurrry! Please help Mama!¡±
Myuu¡¯s gaze was firmly looking at where Hajime was, thus Lemia and the surrounding people noticed Hajime once they traced Myuu¡¯s gaze. Hajime gave up and walked to where the mother and daughter were.
¡°Papa, Mama is¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s okay Myuu¡ I will surely heal her. So please don¡¯t make such a tearful look.¡±
¡°Okay¡¡±
Hajime rustled Myuu¡¯s hair who was looking at him with tearful expression, then he moved his gaze to Lemia. Lemia was watching Hajime, dumbfounded. While thinking it couldn¡¯t be helped for her to do that, Hajime decided to carry her into the house to heal her because his appearance had made themotion grow we more.
¡°I am sorry, but excuse me for a moment, okay?¡±
¡°Eh? ¡ª!? Arara?¡±
Hajime lifted Lemia in princess carry while looking like he didn¡¯t feel her weight at all. Then, he carried Lemia into the house guided by Myuu. With Hajime carrying Lemia, screams and roars were raised behind them, which he ignored. Lemia herself could only blinking from being suddenly lifted and carried by Hajime.
Having entered the house, he found a sofa in the living room, so Hajime slowly lowered Lemia there. Following that, while watching the blinking Lemia who was sitting on the sofa before him, Hajime called out to Kaori.
¡°Kaori, how is she?¡±
¡°Let me look at her¡ Lemia-san, I will touch your foot. Please say if it hurts.¡±
¡°Y-Yes? Umm, what¡¯s with this situation?¡±
When she thought her kidnapped daughter had suddenly returned, a man whom her daughter adored and called Papa appeared. Furthermore, unknown beautiful girls and a beautiful woman gathered in her house. Such a situation made Lemia eyebrows frowned, troubled.
While that happened, Kaori¡¯s examination ended and she told Lamia that her damaged legs¡¯ nerves would be able to be recovered with her healing magic.
¡°However, it will take some time. The damaged nerves were in delicate ces, so I will need around three days for there not to have any side effects to ur. Also, I think it will be better for them to heal little by little. Although it will be inconvenient, please hang on until then because I will surely heal you.¡±
¡°Ara ara, maa maa. I had thought I wouldn¡¯t be able to walk anymore¡ how can I repay you¡¡±
¡°Fufu, don¡¯t worry about it. You are Myuu-chan¡¯s mother after all.¡±
¡°Umm,e to think of it, what is everyone¡¯s rtion to Myuu¡ furthermore, umm¡ why did Myuu call that person ¡°Papa¡±¡¡±
While Kaori immediately begin to treat Lemia¡¯s legs, Hajime¡¯s party decided to exin Lemia the details about things. About how they met Myuu in Fhuren, the riot, and how did Hajime came to be called Papa. Having heard everything while being treated by Kaori, Lemia deeply bowed her head in ce, then repeatedly thanked them in tears.
¡°Truly, how can repay you for this¡ It is thanks to you that I was able to reunite with my daughter. I will surely repay this kindness of yours even with my life. As long as it is something I can do, whatever it is¡¡±
Although Hajime¡¯s party told her to not mind it, Lemia couldn¡¯t consent not to repay the benefactors of her daughter¡¯s life. In the mean time, the treatment from Kaori ended for today. When they told Lemia they were looking for an inn, Lemia thought it was a godsend and asked them to just use her house.
¡°Please at least let me do this much. Fortunately, this house is big, so there¡¯s room for everyone. Please don¡¯t hold back and use this house while you are staying in Elisen. Besides, Myuu will be happy with this. Right, Myuu? You are happy that Hajime-san and the others stay in our house, right?¡±
¡°? Papa is going somewhere?¡±
Hearing Lemia¡¯s words, Myuu who was resting her head on Lemia¡¯sp woke up, blinking, she was dumbfounded. Apparently, she seemed to think it was a natural thing for Hajime to stay in her house. Her expression said she didn¡¯t understand why Lemia asked her that question.
¡°I thought of putting a little distance once she returned to her own mother¡¡±
¡°Ara ara, ufufu. It isn¡¯t good for Papa to take a distance from her daughter, you know?¡±
¡°No, didn¡¯t I exined it before? We are¡¡±
¡°I know that you will continue your travel sooner orter. However, that¡¯s why please keep being her ¡°Papa¡± until that dayes. If you take a distance know, then it would be a sudden goodbye¡ right?¡±
¡°¡ Well, if you say so¡¡±
¡°Ufufu, it is okay too for you to always be her ¡°Papa¡±, you know? After all, I have said ¡°with my life¡± before¡¡±
Saying so, ¡°Ufufu ♡¡±, Lemiaughed with one hand on her slightly blushing cheek. Such a calming and beautiful smile would normally calmed anyone¡ but a blizzard generated around Hajime.
¡°Please don¡¯t joke like that¡ the atmosphere turned cold now¡¡±
¡°Ara ara, how popr. However, it is almost five years since I lost my husband¡ Myuu also want a Papa, right?¡±
¡°Fue? Isn¡¯t Papa Papa?¡±
¡°Ufufu, she said it, so Papa?¡±
The blizzard became much more intense. Though he didn¡¯t know whether Lemia actually notice the cold atmosphere, her calm aura made her words neither be taken as a joke nor a serious one. ¡°That¡¯s a good courage, you!,¡± was what Yue and the girls¡¯ gazes said, which was easily warded off by Lemia with a smile along with, ¡°Ara ara, ufufu.¡± She might be an unexpectedly great person.
In the end, the party decided to stay in Lemia¡¯s house. When time to allocate the rooms, Lemia said, ¡°Shouldn¡¯t the husband and wife be together?¡± which responded with silent reply from Yue and the girls. Then, Myuu said, ¡°Myuu will sleep with Papa and Mama,¡± which turned the ce into a chaos, but at least it calmed down for now.
The party were going to conquer the next Great Dungeon from tomorrow onwards, so they needed to resupply and mend the broken and lost fixtures while it was also necessary for them to train on the newly acquired Age of Gods magic. However, while thinking he couldn¡¯t neglect his few remaining time with Myuu, Hajime dozed off on the bed.
* * *
Three days after that.
How strangely short distance between Lemia and Hajime made the bloodshot res of envy from men of Sea-dweller tribe stabbed Hajime. The neighbourhood aunties were also gossiping about Hajime and Lemia. In addition, Yue and the girls¡¯ approach became even more intense as they became ill-humored. Yue at night was also bing more lovely. Even so, Hajimepleted the party¡¯s preparation and about to begin to search for ?Meljeene Bottom Sea Ruin?.
When the timee for them to part, Myuu wore a truly lonely expression. She greatly pulled Hajime¡¯s back hair, but he somehow managed shake her off on the pier and board the fixed submarine. Waving her hands, Myuu firmly shouted, ¡°Papa, have a safe trip!¡± Following that, with an atmosphere that could neither be taken as a joking nor a serious one, Lemia waved her hand saying, ¡°Have a safe trip, D-A-R-L-I-N-G ♡.¡±
From the side, they could be seen as wife and daughter who were sending the husband off to work. Sharp res wereing from Yue and the girls behind him and the surrounding Sea-dweller tribe. It made Hajime slightly hesitant to return here after conquering the next dungeon.
Book 10. Chapter 2
Book 10. Chapter 2
Meljeene Bottom Sea Ruin
Northwest, 300 kilometers away from?Sea Town, Elisen?.
It was the location of one of the Seven Great Dungeon, ?Meljeene Bottom Sea Ruin?, that the party once heard from Miledi Raisen.
However, the party didn¡¯t have much time to listen to Miledi at that time, so she only told them that the ¡°moon¡± must be apanied by ¡°Guryuu-en¡¯s proof¡± without the detailed location.
And so, Hajime¡¯s party only advanced through the vast ocean in ordance to the direction and distance they were told. However, they didn¡¯t find anything when they searched the pointed location in the bottom of the sea during daytime. The party had thought they¡¯d be able to find some kind of trace because it was a bottom sea ruin, but it seemed they were too naive.
The pointed location was rather shallowpared to the other ce in circumference of 100 kilometers, so it must be the correct ce¡ that was what Hajime thought.
Reluctantly, the party decided to stop the search and wait until night, when the moon hase out, as Miledi had told them. The current time was sunset. The sun was shining in red with half of itself hidden beyond the horizon, brightening the world for thest time today. The sky and sea were dyed in orange while a straight road was produced by the reflection of the sun on the sea from over the horizon.
A beautiful spectacle of nature no matter whichever world it was. Hajime was watching the setting sun on the deck of the moored submarine. Abruptly, he thought of something unbelievable, which was whether it was possible to return to Japan if he advances on the road of light leading towards the sun. He smiled wryly as he was thinking about something.
¡°Did something happen?¡±
Noticing the change in Hajime, Kaori called out to him.
Because she was taking a shower inboard a while ago, her hair was damp. No, not only Kaori. Yue, Shia, and Tio had gone up to deck before he was aware of it. Everyone had taken the shower inside the sub that Hajime took pride in. Their flushed cheeks, the damp hair stuck on their cheeks, and nape, made their figures truly captivating. The water from the shower room was set to rain right from the ceiling, so it wasn¡¯t a problem for the four of them to shower all at once.
Incidentally, the reason why Hajime was on the deck, looking at the sunset was because of the possibility of taken into the shower room if he was careless.
When the girls were about to take the shower, Tio invited Hajime which gained approval from Kaori, Shia, and of course, Yue. Then, the four cut off the escape routes of Hajime¡¯s refusal. Hajime, who will not embrace any other woman except Yue, had clearly said he won¡¯t have a naked skin ship with other woman.
However, the girls ignored Hajime as they smiled. Leering at Yue who was blushing while making a flirtatious smile, Kaori and Tio who were pinning Hajime from the sides, and while Shia tried to put Hajime unconscious using Doryukken from behind. Feeling the impending danger of his body, Hajime seriously ran away and went to the deck¡ but, isn¡¯t it a shame for a man to deny the ced meal before him?
Hajime thought that was a foolish question and shook his head, then he replied to Kaori.
¡°I am just recalling a little about Japan. After all, the scene here isn¡¯t that much different from there.¡±
¡°¡ I see. Yeah, it really is. It is just like the evening sun I have seen in the sea before¡ somehow it makes me feel nostalgic. Though not even half a year had passed, eh.¡±
¡°That¡¯s because the everyday here is too eventful.¡±
Having seated beside Hajime, Kaori was agreeing Hajime¡¯s words while looking at the distance. She must be recalling the days she went through in Japan.
Maybe because she felt the loneliness from the conversation of the two, Yue trotted her still flushing body towards Hajime and sat on hisp. She entrusted her back to Hajime¡¯s chest even though she must be feeling hot. Then, she began to watch Hajime right under his face.
Her eyes were obviously expressing she wanted them to let her join their conversation. Yue was feeling lonely, and at the same time she wanted to hear about Hajime¡¯s hometown. Hajime, while inwardly knocked out by Yue¡¯s cuteness, stretched Kaori¡¯s cheek, who was sitting beside him, to scold her because a Hanya had appeared.
With only that, her mood became better which made Hajime feltplicated. Hajime thought,¡®Why would she do this much for someone who won¡¯t ept her feelings¡¡¯Though he thought of that, he won¡¯t say it out loud. After all, it would be rude to her feelings if he did.
While he was stretching Kaori¡¯s cheek, and at this time, Shia drew closer to him from opposite Kaori with sparkling eyes. She was obviously signaling she wanted to be cared, too. With his empty other hand, he stroked Shia¡¯s rabbit ear. ¡°Ehehe~,¡± Shia made a rxed smile.
His back was leaned to by Tio. She didn¡¯t demand anything in particr, just quietly sitting back to back against him. However, he understood Tio was rxed, and she entrusted her weight to him. It was slightly unexpected, since Hajime¡¯s only thought was to throw her into the sea if she makes a perverted demand.
Then, maybe because she felt something from Hajime¡¯s aura, Tio¡¯s body shuddered and trembled for a moment while her breathing turned rough¡
Hajime¡¯s party cuddled close to each other above the vast sea. It would take a while until night time came, and the moon will begin to shine. So to kill time, Hajime began to speak a little about his hometown.
Hajime¡¯s story fascinated Yue and the other two while Kaori was supplementing him with a radiant smile. Time passed swiftly as they enjoyed the peaceful atmosphere and the sun hadpletely gone down to the other side of the horizon, and the moon had began to shine in its ce.
Thinking it was about the time, Hajime took out the pendant which was the proof of having conquered ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? from his breast pocket. The design of the pendant was of a woman hanging antern and there was a hole on thentern, bing hollow.
Even while staying at Elisen, Hajime had taken out the pendant and held it towards the moon, and also supplied it with magic power, but there was no change in particr.
¡®Just what should be done to the moon and pendant?¡¯, was what he thought while tilting his head. For now, Hajime tried to hold the pendant towards the moon. The moon could be seen from hole of thentern design.
He waited for a while, but there was no change. Hajime, not understanding what to do, sighed and began to try another method.
But at that time, change appeared in the pendant.
¡°Waah, the light is gathering in thentern. It¡¯s beautiful~.¡±
¡°It is¡ a mysterious sight. Even though thentern part is actually hollow¡¡±
Shia was admiring the sight and Kaori, with shining eyes, agreed with her.
Just as the two said, thentern part was absorbing the moonlight and light began to umte inside it. In ordance to that, the hollow part was filled by the light. Also bing interested in it, Yue and Tio watched the pendant Hajime held up.
¡°Even though I¡¯ve also tried itst night¡¡±
¡°Hmm, Master. It might be because it won¡¯t do if it isn¡¯t here, right?¡±
It might be just as Tio guessed. Before long, thentern finished umting the light and the pendant was now d in light. At the same time, a light shot straight from thentern, pointing to a certain location on the sea¡¯s surface.
¡°¡ What an exquisite production. Truly different from Miledi¡¯s.¡±
¡°It is. It really is fantasy-like, even I¡¯m rather impressed by it.¡±
¡°Guided by the moonlight,¡± it was such a romance-like thing which made not only Hajime, but also Yue and the rest raised voices of admiration. The impression gained by Shia, just like Hajime and Yue, was strong as someone who had entered Miledi¡¯s ?Miledi Great Dungeon?.
The party didn¡¯t know how long the light would be released from the pendant¡¯sntern, so the submarine immediately sailed, lead by the light.
The sea at night was dark. Or maybe it would be better to say that everything was ck. And even though the surface of the was still bright because of the moonlight, they were lead into the waters and thus everything instantly turned dark. The light released by the submarine and the pendant was the only thing cutting through the dark sea.
The light, passing through the ss made from front crystal (a type of sturdy and transparent ore) in front of the submarine, was pointing at the bottom of the sea.
The location pointed was the rock wall zone of the bottom of the sea. Numerous distorted rock walls were joined to form a mountain range. It was a ce the party had searched during the daytime but it resulted in nothing¡ but when the submarine approached the rock pointed by the pendant¡¯s light, a tremor began to generated along with a strong rumbling sound.
The sound and tremor was caused by the rock wall that began to move. One of the rock¡¯s part was split in two, opening to the right and left like a door. The dark road lead inside was as though it was inviting one to theherworld.
¡°I see¡ so that¡¯s why we can¡¯t find it no matter how much we tried. How foolish of me to think we will be able to find it if we were lucky.¡±
¡°¡ There¡¯s no helping it, but it was fun.¡±
¡°Yue is right. Don¡¯t you think it was an amazing experience to sightsee the bottom of the sea of this different world?¡±
Hajime¡¯s shoulders drooped as he understood the search they did during daytime was in vain, but it seemed Yue and Kaori quite enjoyed it.
Hajime moved the submarine and the party entered the crack. The pendant¡¯sntern still had around half of its umted light, but it had stopped releasing the light. Only the submarine¡¯s light was shining inside the dark sea now.
¡°Umm~, this one had thought this since hearing about the bottom sea ruin, but wouldn¡¯t it be impossible for ordinary people to enter thisbyrinth without this ¡°submarine¡± thing?¡±
¡°¡ It¡¯s impossible unless one using a strong barrier.¡±
¡°It will also be impossible if they can¡¯t control the air, light, and water current at the same time, eh.¡±
¡°But, it is necessary to conquer ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano? toe here, so I think people who are capable of conquering the Great Dungeon are able to enter.
¡°Maybe we are supposed to use Spatial magic.¡±
Entering deeper on the underwater road, Hajime¡¯s party were considering other ways to conquer this dungeon without a submarine. They were impressed by the fantastic entrance, but indeed, once they thought about it normally, unless there were several top ss magic users, it was impossible to enter the dungeon. A troublesome point simr to the other Great Dungeons.
With caution, Hajime¡¯s party watched the bottom sea through the front crystal.
And at that time,
FOOOOooooosh~!!
¡°Uwoh!?¡±
¡°Nh!¡±
¡°Wawah!¡±
¡°Kyah!¡±
¡°What the¡ª!?¡±
The side of the submarine suddenly received an impact and immediately, the submarine was thrown towards a direction. Just like the time they were thrown into the magma¡¯s swift current, the submarine was turned around and around, but the party had already came up with a countermeasure for it. Using the gravity stone installed at the bottom of the submarine to increase the weight, the party stabilized the it.
¡°Uh, I don¡¯t want to taste this twirling again~.¡±
Shia¡¯s face paled as she recalled the time they got swept underground of ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?, and shook her head to stop recalling it.
¡°Didn¡¯t we recover immediately? I already said it¡¯ll be okay from now on. But more importantly, just where does this current led to¡¡±
While smiling wryly at such a Shia, Hajime observed the outside through front crystal. The Green Light stone¡¯s light was circting around the dark cave, letting him pictured the surrounding. From what he could see, the party seemed to have been swept by the current into a huge round cave.
While operating the submarine, Hajime¡¯s party advanced by following the current. After a while, the ¡°Farsight stone¡± installed in the stern caught innumerable objects shining in reddish ck.
¡°They seem to be approaching us¡ Well, they are most likely demonic beasts d in reddish ck magic power, huh.¡±
¡°¡ Shall we?¡±
When Hajime muttered, Yue, who was sitting by his side, was gathering magic power in her hand, and said in gangster-like tone, but she still looked cute.
¡°No, let¡¯s use weapon here. I also want to confirm their effectiveness.¡±
Hajime operated the gimmick on the back of the submarine. Then, numerous pet-bottle sized torpedoes that had dyed Ancadi¡¯s Oasis in red, wasunched. Hajime thoroughly painted them so they looked like smiling mischievously sharks.
Because they were inside the swift current, the torpedoes¡¯ propulsion could only move them to a small degree, and it resulted with them scattering like sea mines.
The submarine advanced ahead ,and before long, the numerous demonic beasts d in reddish ck magic power with appearance of flying fish entered the cluster of torpedoes.
BOOoOOoooOOoom!!!
Grand explosions generated in session from behind the submarine and arge amount of bubbles wrapped the group of flying fish-lookalike. Afterwards, the bodies of flying fish-lookalike were tore apart by the impact and the flesh and blood were scattered from inside the appearing bubbles, looking like seaweed thrown into a swift current.
¡°Yup, it has more power than before. The improvement is a sess.¡±
¡°Uwaah~, Hajime-san. Just now, there was something with eyes of a fish being swept outside.¡±
¡°Shia, those art actually dead fishes.¡±
¡°Once again it makes me think the artifacts Hajime-kun made are a foul.¡±
From then on, Hajime¡¯s party advanced while easily beating the flying fish-lookalike they frequently encountered.
They advanced without knowing how long it would be.
At that time they began to notice the sense of ipatibility of the unchanging scenery. Hajime¡¯s party arrived at a ce where the surrounding walls had been randomly destroyed. When they looked carefully, torn heads of flying fish-lookalike were ced between the rock walls with their hollow eyes looking at the sea.
¡°¡ Hmm, isn¡¯t this the ce we passed before?¡±
¡°¡ Seems so. Are we going in circles?¡±
Apparently, Hajime¡¯s party were going in circles in an annulus ring cave. They had thought the Great Dungeon was ahead of them so they advanced, but Hajime was doubtful that he had mistaken a road here, as if it was a normal bottom sea cave. Resultantly, the party now didn¡¯t advance ording to theid road, and carefully searched the surrounding for any clues.
As a result,
¡°Ah, Hajime-kun. There¡¯s one there too!¡±
¡°With this, it is the fifth ce¡¡±
The party discovered several ce inside the cave that were carved with fifty centimeters long crest of Meljeene. The carved crest of Meljeene was of pentagram with lines connected to each five points and the center was carved with crescent moon-like design. It was simr to the five ces in this annulus ring cave.
For a thorough examination, Hajime¡¯s party approached the crest they first discovered. Because they were exposed to the swift current, Hajime took care in controlling the submarine.
¡°Well, there are five ces with pentagram, so if the remaining light inside the pendant is used¡¡±
Muttering, Hajime took out the pendant he wore on his neck and held it before the front crystal. Then, the pendant reacted and light was released straight from thentern. Following that, the light touched the crest and the crest shone.
¡°It will be disastrous for people whoe here using magic¡ if they didn¡¯t notice this immediately, their magic power would be depleted.¡±
Just as Kaori said, this RPG-like method would be too cruel for people who somehow survived only by maintaining their magic. It might be because the objective was to make them reach their limit in a different sense than ?Guryuu-en Great Volcano?.
Afterwards, three more crest in their own location was poured with light from thentern, and the party arrived before thest crest. The light collected inside thentern decreased when it was released to light up the crest, and the remaining light had enough for only one more usage.
Hajime held up the pendant and poured thest crest with the light, finally, a way to advance from this annulus ring cave opened. With a rumbling sound, the wall of the cave split in two.
Not much happened as the party advanced into the interior, but the water was descending right to below. Then, the submarine was wrapped with floating feeling as it was falling down.
¡°Ohh?¡±
¡°Nh.¡±
¡°Hyah!?¡±
¡°Nuoh.¡±
¡°Hauu!¡±
Respectively the five of them raised different scream. Hajime was enduring the floating feeling between his groin. Then, the submarine hit the hard ground with a roaring sound. The severe impact was transmitted into the interior, and Kaori whose body wasn¡¯t that strong raised a groan.
¡°Kh¡ Kaori, are you okay?¡±
¡°Uhh, I-I¡¯m okay. More importantly, here is?¡±
While frowning, Kaori looked at the outside through the front crystal, and unlike a while ago, the outside was not sea water but a cavity. Because there was no sign of demonic beast, Hajime¡¯s party went outside.
Outside the submarine was a huge hemispherical space. When they looked above, there was arge hole, but they didn¡¯t know what kind of principle caused the water¡¯s surface to sway to and fro. Without any drop of water, it was swaying to and fro, and it was the ce where Hajime¡¯s party fallen to.
¡°Looks like here is the real thing. Rather than a bottom sea ruin, it is a cave though.¡±
¡°¡ It¡¯s good that there isn¡¯t water everywhere.¡±
Returning the submarine into ¡°Treasure Box,¡± Hajime urged Yue and the others to advance into the passage they could be seen inside the cave¡ but he called out to Yue before the party moved.
¡°Yue.¡±
¡°Nn.¡±
With just that, Yue immediately created a barrier around them.
Momentarily,ser-like water current attacked them like meteors from above. Theser made ofpressed water was simr to ¡°Rupture¡± Yue used in ?Raisen Great Dungeon?. If one gets hit by it, a hole would be easily created in their body.
However, Yue¡¯s barrier was extremely strong even if it was put cast in a hurry. As a proof, it easily blocked the iing attack from above. Because Hajime promptly perceived the rise in magic power and killing intent, Yue who promptly answered him, the surprise attack was no longer a surprising one. Naturally, the moment Hajime called out to Yue, Shia and Tio had guessed the attack and was undisturbed by it.
However, Kaori didn¡¯t react the same way as them.
¡°Kyaa!?¡±
The too sudden, and the intense attacks made her instinctively raised a scream. She immediately clung on Hajime who was beside her.
¡°I-I am sorry.¡±
¡°No, don¡¯t mind it.¡±
Sneaking a nce at Hajime whom she parted from, Kaori would usually blushing here, but Kaori¡¯splexion didn¡¯t look good. She seem to be a little depressed from exposing her disgraceful behavior when she clinged onto Hajime.
Also, she was once again shocked by Yue¡¯s proficiency in magic.
When she was still with Kouki¡¯s party, Kaori also used defense magic to assist Suzu. She trained hard, and her activation speed was not inferior to a ¡°Barrier Master¡± like Suzu. Even so, whenpared it to Yue, her defensive magic was child¡¯s y.
She had felt ¡°that¡± when Hajime¡¯s party rescued them from ?Orcus Great Dungeon?, she understood, but she pushed her ¡°inferiorityplex¡± into the bottom of her mind because only when she could do that would she be able to stay by Hajime¡¯s side. However, the question whether she would only be a burden crossed her mind again.
¡°Are you alright?¡±
¡°Eh? Ah, nothing. There¡¯s nothing wrong.¡±
¡°¡ I see.¡±
Kaori immediately tried to deceive him by making a forced smile. Although Hajime slightly narrowed his eyes towards her action, he didn¡¯t say anything.
His action made Kaori feel a little lonely, but relieved at the same time. Then, she noticed Yue, who continued to block the rain of dread, staring at her. Her eyes seem to see through Kaori¡¯s heart, which made Kaori put strength in her eyes and stared back at Yue.
Kaori would not let her feelings beughed at like that time. After all, if that happens, the pretty girl before her who received Hajime¡¯s love would stop to recognize her as a threat.
That¡ was something she wouldn¡¯t be able to endure.
Receiving Kaori¡¯s powerful gaze, Yue smiled a little and once again looked above. At the same time, Tio fired her me to burn the ceiling. With that, the culprit of the attack fell in a tatter.
It was a barnacle-like demonic beast. A lot of them were sticking on the ceiling, shooting ¡°Rupture¡± from the hole above. A physiological disgust-inviting spectacle.
Maybe because it was still an underwater creature, it was weak to mes and was immediately burnt by Tio¡¯s me magic, ¡°Spiral me.¡±
After defeating those barnacle-lookalike, Hajime¡¯s party walked into the passage. They went lower than the previous room, and even the seawater reached their thighs.
¡°Ah~, it¡¯s hard to walk¡¡±
¡°¡ Should I get off?¡±
With sshing sound as they advance through the seawater, Hajime started toin. And so, Yue, who was sitting on his shoulder, asked. Yue was carried by Hajime because with her height, she would be soaked faster than anyone else.
Hajime returned a gaze saying there¡¯s no problem while he ignoring Kaori¡¯s and Shia¡¯s envying gaz. Then, he put his hand on Yue¡¯s thigh so she would not fall, firmly fixing her in ce. Yue was also wrapping her hand around Hajime¡¯s neck.
Kaori and Shia were sending even more and more envying gazes, but they were now focusing on another problem; an attack from demonic beasts.
The appearing demonic beasts looked like shurikens. They moved in a straight line towards their target while rotating in high-speed, but sometimes they also curved on the fly. Hajime smoothly pulled Donner and unhesitatingly fired, shooting down everything in the air. Although some died with their bodies still intact, the dead demonic beasts which floated on the surface of water had a shape of a starfish.
In addition, having perceived sea snake-like demonic beasts swimming fast in the water below them, Yue skewered them using spear of ice.
¡°¡ Aren¡¯t they too weak?¡±
Except Kaori, all of the party members agreed with Hajime¡¯s mutter.
Enemies inside a Great Dungeon were theoretically strong individually and became troublesome if more than one appeared. However, the starfishes and sea snakes were simr to the demonic beasts who attacked them in the sea once they got out of the sea volcano, or at least that weak. Truly unbefitting of a Great Dungeon¡¯s demonic beast.
Excluding Kaori who didn¡¯t know much about Great Dungeon, everyone was tilting their heads, but their answer would be shown inside the huge space on the other end of the passage.
¡°¡The heck?¡±
As soon as Hajime¡¯s party entered the space, translucent jelly-like body blocked the entrance to the passage.
¡°Let me do it! Uryaaah!!¡±
Immediately, Shia, who was at the rear, swung Doryukken to break the wall. However, the surface only scattered, but the jelly-like wall didn¡¯t break. Following that, the scattered remains stuck on Shia¡¯s breasts.
¡°Hyaa! What¡¯s with this thing!?¡±
Shia raised a voice of confusion and shock. When Hajime¡¯s party turned around, the clothing around Shia¡¯s breasts was melting. The jelly thing wrapped around her clothing and undergarment, and Shia¡¯s voluptuous twin hills began to be more and more exposed.
¡°Shia, don¡¯t move!¡±
Immediately, Tio perfectly burnt the sprayed jelly-thingy. A little part of Shia¡¯s breasts where the jelly was attached to was swollen red. It looked like the jelly blocking the entrance had a rather strong acidity.
¡°Kh! There¡¯s moreing!¡±
Hajime warned, and right after they moved away from the wall of jelly, numerous tentacles attacked from above. They looked sharp like spears, but their appearance was simr to the jelly that was blocking the entrance.
¡°Honestly, thebination of Yue as defense and Tio as offence feels like a foul y.¡±
An impregnable defense and at the same time a one-sided offense. That¡¯s why Hajime could do nothing but mutter so. Seeing it as a chance, Shia was slowly approaching Hajime¡¯s side while empathizing her exposed cleavage. Truly sly, as she began to pleading with upward nce while blushing.
¡°Excuse me, Hajime-san. It¡¯s burnt, so can Hajime-san rub it with medicine?¡±
¡°¡ Sigh, don¡¯t you see our situation?¡±
¡°Well, I think it¡¯ll be okay because Yue-san and Tio-san are unbeatable¡ Also, if I don¡¯t do some appeal in this situation, I will be overshadowed by Kaori-san too¡¡±
Shia said while approaching Hajime to show off the burn on her cleavage.
Then,
¡°Bring the holy ground and healing unto this ce ¡®Heaven¡¯s Blessing.''¡±
Kaori healed Shia¡¯s injury while smiling nicely. ¡°Ahh~, even though it was a chance to get my breasts touched!,¡± Shia grieved while everyone was looked at her coldly.
¡°Hm? ¡Hajime, these jelly seems to melt magic, too.¡±
While he was giving the grieving Shia a cold look, Yue said to him. When he looked at it, he could see parts of Yue¡¯s barrier melting.
¡°Mhm, this one thought so. This one felt it was strange that the previous me lost its force. It seems it even melt the magic power inside the me.¡±
If what Tio said was right, then these jelly was capable of melting magic power. It was a strong and troublesome ability. Suitable for a Great Dungeon¡¯s demonic beast.
Though it must haven¡¯t heard what Hajime thought of it in his mind, finally, a figure of a demonic beast that was manipting the jelly had appeared.
The thing appeared as it was permeating through the small cracks in the ceiling, halted in mid-air, and began to reshape. A translucent humanoid with fin-like limbs, and its whole body carried innumerable specks sparkling in red with two feelers-like thing growing on its head. The figure that was swimming mid-air with its fin-like limbs was just like a Clione. Well, a ten meters tall Clione was nothing but a monster, after all.
Without any preliminary movement, tentacles were shot out from the Clione¡¯s huge body. At the same time, jelly was spraying from its head just like a shower.
¡°Yue, attack it, too! Leave the defense to me! ¡°Divine Interruption¡±!¡±
Using the derived skill, ¡°Dyed Activation¡±, Kaori activated the ¡°Divine Interruption¡± she chanted beforehand. Nodding at Kaori, Yue went to Tio, and together they fired me towards the huge Clione. Shia also changed Doryukken to firing mode and shot it.
The Clione was hit by all of their attacks, and its body exploded and scattered in all directions.One hit kill!, Yue and the other two raised a satisfied expression, but Hajime let out a warning to them.
¡°Not yet! Its presence is still here. Kaori, maintain the barrier¡ What¡¯s with this, the demonic beast¡¯s presence is all over the room¡¡±
Hajime¡¯s perception abilities caught the presence of the demonic beast all over the room. Moreover, everywhere his Magic Eye see was dyed in reddish ck color, as if the demonic beast was the room itself. It was a situation he had never encountered before, so naturally Hajime¡¯s eyes sharpened.
Right after, as if to sense his anxiety, the Clione that was scattered in all directions was regenerated in no time. Moreover, on its belly were the starfish-lookalike and sea snakes they encountered and defeated. They melted while raising sizzling sound.
¡°Hmm, it seems the demonic beasts this one thought as weak were truly ordinary demonic beasts, and they seem to be this guy¡¯s meal¡ Master. It doesn¡¯t matter if it keeps regenerating. But where is its magic stone?¡±
¡°Now that Tio-san mentioned it, why can¡¯t I see the magic stone although it is transparent?¡±
Agreeing to Tio¡¯s assumption, Shia was now looking at Hajime, but Hajime had a troubled expression while he looked for the location of magic stone of the huge Clione.
¡°¡ Hajime?¡± When Yue called him, Hajime scratched his head and reported what he saw.
¡°¡ None. That guy doesn¡¯t have magic stone.¡±
His words made everyone dumbfounded.
¡°H-Hajime-kun? For it to not have magic stone¡ Then, does it mean it isn¡¯t a demonic beast?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know. However, if I must say, that jelly¡¯s body, all of them are magic stone. My Magic Eye saw that guy¡¯s whole body is dyed in reddish ck color. Also, be careful since this whole room is also dyed in the same color. Or maybe we are already inside that guy¡¯s stomach.¡±
The same time Hajime told them about the shocking fact, the huge Clione began to attack them again. This time, not only did the tentacles attack while the jelly rained down, but its feet entered the sea water and some parts of its body were fired like a torpedo.
Hajime took out a ck,rge rifle from the ¡°Treasure Box.¡± Therge rifle had a gas cylinder thing installed where the magazine should be loaded, and also an unbelievablyrge caliber.
That was natural. After all, it wasn¡¯t a rifle¡
FWOOOOSH!!
It was a methrower. The me ore in tar form made the methrower sprayed me of 3,000 ¡ãC. It was not aimed at the huge Clione, and neither at the tentacles nor the sprayed jelly. It was aiming at the ¡°wall¡± that was giving reddish ck reaction. The Clione was left to Yue and the other two.
Maybe because the huge Clione had a mimetic ability, the wall seemed to be not out of ordinary, but the me released by Hajime burnt it and peel it off from the wall just like a wallpaper. Hajime was slightly relieved the one on the wall was not another huge Clione.
However, the transparent jelly kept appearing from the cracks on the wall no matter how much he burnt it, and finally it even appeared from under his feet. His shoe soles generated sizzling sound.
The attack on the real body by Yue and the other two was also increasing in intensity, and even the huge Clione seem to have finally gotten serious as jelly sprung up from the entire wall with a tremendous momentum. Moreover, the water level had raised before the party were aware of it. At first, it was around the thigh level, but now it has risen to around the waist. As for Yue, her chest area was already soaked by the water.
Yue and the other two had defeated the huge Clione so many times, but the surrounding jelly immediately gathered, and the end of the fight was nowhere in sight.
It was a terrible situation if they didn¡¯t find a way to defeat it, and they would die by drowning. While their fighting power was being reduced, they wouldn¡¯t be able to keep besieging the huge Clione. Even if they cast barrier magic and entered the submarine, it would melt unless they find the way to defeat it.
As such, Hajime decided to withdraw. However, all of the passages had been blocked by the jelly. Hajime frantically looked around. Then, he discovered a crack on the ground which generated a whirl.
¡°I will at least recover us from this situation. There¡¯s also a ce under the ground. Well, I don¡¯t know where it is connected to, so brace yourselves!¡±
¡°Nh.¡±
¡°Yes~.¡±
¡°Understood.¡±
¡°Okay!¡±
Receiving everyone¡¯s answer, Hajime, while turning the methrower around to burn the iing jelly, used ¡°Transmutation¡± towards the crack. The crack was forced to expand and gradually, a deep hole was opened.
While still underwater, Hajime took out a cylinder with length of 15 cm and diameter of 3 cm. In the middle was the mouthpiece part of a snorkel tube. It was small oxygen cylinder. It was created using the ore imbued with Spatial magic using Creation magic. Thus, the space inside where the oxygen was put into, expanded just like ¡°Treasure Box.¡±
However, while he was making preparation in Elisen, Hajime had prioritized the broken and lost equipment. In addition, it was hard for him to use Spatial magic so the space created was much narrowerpared to ¡°Treasure Box.¡± Because of that, these small oxygen cylinder can only hold out for around 30 minutes.
Setting the time limitation in the corner of his mind, Hajime repeatedly ¡°transmuted¡± the water, and before long, Hajime took out pile bunker from ¡°Treasure Box¡± once there was no more reaction on the ground. After fixing the anchor under the water, it charged.
Screeech~!!!
Following that, he pulled the trigger to break the floor.
KABOooOOOOoom~!!!
Inside the water, a muffled thundering sound generated and spread with vibration.
In the next moment, water flowed into the prated hole with tremendous momentum. The seawater that had reached around the waist began to flow mightily all of a sudden, which resulted in Yue and the other three to be swept and thrown into the hole.
Inside the swift current, Hajime desperately braced against the current and took out a gigantic boulder and numerous incendiary grenades from ¡°Treasure Box.¡± Then, he threw them at the same time he was swept into the space below alongside with Yue and the other three.
Behind him, muffled roaring sounds rang out. However, he was unable to confirm whether he was sessful in gaining even a little time against the huge Clione¡¯s pursuit.
Book 10. Chapter 3
Book 10. Chapter 3
Inferiority Complex
¡°Cough, cough, ugh.¡±
¡°Huff huff, are you okay, Kaori?¡±
¡°Y-Yeah, somehow¡ Everyone is¡¡±
In front of Kaori, who was coughing from drinking arge amount of seawater, were Hajime, whose hand was coiled on her waist, and a pure-white sand beach. There was nothing else beside those around her, but she could densely see packed mangrove-like trees in the distance, and the surface of the waving sea high in the sky. The seawater was like a barrier, preventing any intruder. It was a vast space.
¡°Looks like we are getting separated¡ Well, I gave everyone a smaller version of ¡°Treasure Box,¡± so they should be able to do something by themselves.¡±
¡°¡ Nn.¡±
Hajime lightly said after letting go of Kaori, and fixed his hair. However, Kaori¡¯s mind seems to be somewhere else.
While watching Hajime stand up and began to change his clothing, Kaori recalled what happened a while ago.
Hajime¡¯s party attempted a strategic retreat from the huge Clione.
The ce they fell into was a gigantic, spherical space with tens of tunnels, where there were spouting seawater with tremendous force. Or maybe it could be said that they were flowing from there; a ce with storm-like and messy current.
Swept by the swift current, Hajime¡¯s party somehow managed to stick close together, but next the current mercilessly separated the party. Yue tried to control the current with magic, but it didn¡¯t work well because the current was too random. Shia controlled the weight of Doryukken in cooperation with Tio; a fine y.
Hajime had actually wanted to take out the submarine and ride it, but it was impossible inside the swift current. Clenching his teeth, Hajime took out ultra-heavy,pression ore, and tried to use the weight to ovee the current just like Shia.
At that time, by luck, he saw Yue getting swept towards him, and Yue would meet up with Hajime thanks to the current. Shia and Tio had already disappeared into a tunnel somewhere, and their figures could no longer be seen inside the space.
Hajime tried to reach out to Yue so she wouldn¡¯t get separated from him, but Kaori¡¯s figure was being swept to the lower side had entered his view. The pained gaze of Kaori¡¯s met Hajime¡¯s. He previously reached out to Yue before him, but his and Kaori¡¯s gaze had indeed met.
There were two choices.
If he catches Yue, Kaori would be swept alone into a tunnel. The same thing would happen to Yue if he was to catch Kaori. The current Hajime could only choose one of them. Within that moment, it felt like eternity. Hajime exchanged gazes with Yue, and he made a decision.
Using the weight from the ultra heavypressed ore he took out from ¡°Treasure Box,¡± Hajime rushed below, and then he caught Kaori. Kaori¡¯s eyes were wide in surprise, but the two were immediately exposed to an even stronger swift current. Together, the two were thrown into a tunnel.
While being swept away, Hajime activated ¡°Vajra¡± to protect Kaori in his arms, enduring it even when he was thrown at a rock wall. Then, he was able to see lighting from above once the current weakened and went up.
And there was the pure white sandy beach spreaded across the coastline.
¡°¡ Nee, Hajime-kun. Why¡ why did you save me?¡±
¡°Hah?¡±
Kaori questioned Hajime whose back was turned towards her. Hajime only tilted his head, thinking ¡°what kind of question was that?¡±
¡°Why did you save me and not Yue?¡±
¡°Well, Kaori seemed to be dying and Yue can do something by herself. Yue¡¯s eyes also told me to save Kaori.¡±
¡°¡ You really trust her, eh.¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t that natural? We are partners, you know?¡±
¡°¡¡±
The already depressed Kaori was even more depressed after hearing the answer. Suddenly, a shadow stretched over the downcast Kaori.
Puzzled, Kaori looked up and there was Hajime¡¯s face very close to her own. His eyes and nose were right before her. A distance that would conclude in a kiss if he move even a little closer. Kaori felt as if she was sucked by Hajime¡¯s eyes, and suddenly, her cheeks were pulled.
¡°Ift huwt! Waft au uing!¡± Kaori protested with teary eyes.
However, Hajime ignored Kaori¡¯s protest and yed with her soft cheeks without reserve for a while. After finally being released, Kaori looked up with a reproachful gaze while rubbing her red cheeks, but Hajime only snorted with ¡°Hmph¡±.
¡°If you have time to be depressed, then it¡¯s better to use and move. We¡¯re inside a Great Dungeon, you know? Just until when will you stay wet like this? Or, are you trying to gain my sympathy?¡±
Hajime¡¯s sharp words made Kaori¡¯s face instantly reddened. It was of shame. She noticed what he unexpressed said,isn¡¯t this the wrong ce for that?
¡°Th-There¡¯s no such a thing! I was just daydreaming. I-I will change my clothes soon. Sorry.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Kaori hurriedly stood up and began to take off her clothes after taking out substitute clothes from mini-¡°Treasure Box¡± (around the size of a house¡¯s storage) that was given to her before the party left Elisen. Hajime nonchntly turned his back towards her. The normal Kaori would do an approach by saying, ¡°It¡¯s okay to watch,¡± though embarrassed, but the current Kaori hurriedly finished changing her clothes without saying anything.
¡°I-I am done¡ So, what should we do?¡±
¡°Let¡¯s see¡ Even if we go to seabed again, we still don¡¯t know where the others are¡ but there¡¯s nothing we can do other than keep searching. Those girls would probably do so as well.¡±
After looking at the jungle nearby, Hajime turned around. Kaori nodded at him while smiling; a smile hiding her depressed heart. Hajime slightly narrowed his eyes at Kaori¡¯s smile, but he didn¡¯t say anything in the end and started to walk.
Advancing along the pure-white sandy beach, creating sounds as they walked, the two entered the jungle. The dense trees and bushes were cut by Hajime. Kaori was only following him from behind.
Then, Hajime suddenly halted and turned towards Kaori, put his hand on the back of Kaori¡¯s head as if to embrace her.
¡°Fue? Ah, umm, Hajime-kun? Wh-What¡¯s with this sudden¡¡±
Kaori blushed, but Hajime immediately separated and she instantly paled when she saw the thing on Hajime¡¯s hand.
It was a spider. With size almost as big as a palm, it was moving its twelve legs with violet liquid dripping from it. Some of the legs grew like a normal spider while some grew from its back; a structure expressing it was capable of moving using both sides! It looked disgusting.
¡°Don¡¯t let your guard down, okay? A Great Dungeon is vastly differentpared to the surface of Orcus. Don¡¯t think of it as the same or else you¡¯ll experience pain.¡±
¡°U-Un. Sorry. I will be careful.¡±
¡°¡¡±
The spider Hajime caught didn¡¯t have magic stone, a normal poisonous spider. The fact that she was almost killed by creature other than a demonic beast, and how Hajime helped her, made Kaori even more depressed.
When she was still in Kouki¡¯s party, she was an all-rounder, however, in Hajime¡¯s party, she isn¡¯t at all useful. It made Kaori panic more and more inwardly.
As such, Kaori put even more attention towards the surroundings which caused the conversation between the two to lessen, and they got out of the jungle with a subtle atmosphere between them.
Ahead of them was¡
¡°This¡ isn¡¯t this the so-called ship¡¯s graveyard?¡±
¡°Amazing¡ those are sailing ships, but the size¡¡±
In the rocky area ahead of the jungle were several partly rotted sailing ships lodged. The sailing ships were around a hundred meters in length at the lowest, and in the far distant was an even bigger one with at least three hundred meters in length.
The bizarre spectacle made Hajime and Kaori unconsciously halted their advance. However, it didn¡¯t take a long time for Hajime and Kaori to regain their senses and entered the ship¡¯s graveyard.
They advanced by passing through the gaps between rocks, sometimes passing over them, while at other times, they walked on the ships.
¡°Even so¡ there are only battleships here.¡±
¡°Un. But only the biggest one there seems to be a passenger boat. It has luxurious decorations on it¡¡±
The ships in this graveyard didn¡¯t have cannons located at the starboard side like those battleship (sail-type) on earth. Even so, Hajime was able to conclude they were battleships because there were marks of fierce battle on all of the ships. From the appearance of the ships, they seemed to have received magic attacks. Some have their masts cleanly cut, burnt, carbonized decks, and petrified ropes ands.
They didn¡¯t have any cannon, so they used long-ranged magic to defeat the enemies which was a battle method imaginable from the marks remained.
Then, Hajime¡¯s guess was proven to be a fact when he and Kaori were halfway through the ship¡¯s graveyard.
¡ª UoOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!
¡ª WAaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!
¡°-!? What the!?¡±
¡°Hajime-kun! The surroundings are¡ª!¡±
When they felt they heard shout of many men all of a sudden, the surroundings scenery began to distort. Hajime and Kaori stopped walking from the surprise and they observed the surroundings to observe what was happening. The surrounding distortion became even more intense and before they were aware of it, Hajime and Kaori were already on a ship¡¯s deck, above the vast ocean.
Following that, they looked at their surroundings, it was not the ship¡¯s graveyard, but hundreds of sailing ships divided into two groups, confronting each other. Above the ships were people raising their weapons while shouting.
¡°Th-The heck is this¡¡± ¡°Ha-Ha-Hajime-kun? Am I currently inside a dream? Hajime-kun, you are here, right? Right?¡±
Both Hajime and Kaori were taken aback, but they somehow managed to get out of their confusion, however, they weren¡¯t able to look at their surroundings.
While they did so, a big spark rose into the sky, generating firework-like loud voices followed by the hundreds of ships moving out simultaneously. The fleet on the side of the ship Hajime and Kaori rode on also moved out after the firework rose.
And when the ships approached a certain distance, they used the momentum to ram the other ships used its bodies, while magic were also fired.
GOoOOOOOOOO!! DOoGAaAAAN!! DOBAaAAAA!!!
¡°Owh!?¡±
¡°Kyaa!¡±
me bullets fired apanied by roaring sounds and created holes in the ships¡¯ bodies. Huge tornadoes advanced aiming at the masts. The sea¡¯s surface froze, stopping the ships. And bullets of gray-colored sphere instantly petrified everything.
Even the deck Hajime and Kaori were on was hit by the me bullets and began to ze up grandly. The ship¡¯s crews immediately activated magic to draw up the sea water and extinguished the fire.
It was literally a battlefield where innumerable people and ships fought on. The fired magic d in killing intent grazed their skins.
Hajime and Kaori absentmindedly watching these spectacle, and once again fire bullets fired from behind them. The bullets¡¯ courses were aimed straight towards Hajime and Kaori.
Hajime buried his question of why did they suddenly were involved in this war in his head, and he pulled out Donner because it was OK to kill everyone because they attacked first. Thus, he intercepted the fire bullets using the railgun.
The bullet fired was apanied by explosive sound and a sh, but unexpectedly it didn¡¯t even hit the me bullets much more intercepting them. The bullet flew into the sky, and it disappeared.
¡°What!?¡±
Raising surprised voice for the nth times, Hajime embraced Kaori by his side and began to evade.
¡°Wait, I will obstruct them! ¡°Light Severance¡±!¡±
With Kaori¡¯s chant, the beginner-level defense magic of light attribute appeared.
Hajime tried to evade because the unknown magic kept going even after their cores were hit, but Kaori had activated her magic and couldn¡¯t move away from there. Reluctantly, he activated ¡°Vajra¡± and waited for the me bullets.
However, Hajime¡¯s worry proved to be groundless because Kaori¡¯s barrierpletely blocked the me bullets. With dubious expression, Hajime thought whether he just misfired while tilting his head, and he once again fired at the iing me bullets. Even this time, Hajime¡¯s Magic Eye indeed saw the cores being hit, but the bullet just passed through the me bullets and flew towards the day after tomorrow..
¡°¡ Is that it?¡±
Seeing that, Hajime was guessing why his attack wasn¡¯t effective and decided to try another method of attacking. Kaori tried to put up another barrier to block the iing me bullets, but Hajime stopped her and activated ¡°Wind w¡± in Donner. Following that, he evaded, and at the same time, he shed the me bullets using ¡°Wind w.¡± This time, the me bullets didn¡¯t pass through and shed in two.
¡°Umm, Hajime-kun?¡±
¡°It doesn¡¯t seem to be an illusion nor was it a real thing. The physical attack didn¡¯t effective, but attacks that contained magic power are effective. Good grief, what¡¯s with this situation.¡±
Hajime spat a sigh from this troublesome situation and ¡°Gwaa,¡± an agonized voice rang right from behind him. While wondering what it was, he turned around and there was a young man crouching while suppressing his abdomen, while his other hand was holding a cuss. Looking carefully, there was a pool of blood below him and blood covered icicle rolling nearby. He must have been shot with the icicle.
¡°Are you okay!?,¡± Kaori immediately raised her voice while approaching him, and then she used her healing magic. A pure-white light released from her and wrapped the man. He should be healed in a blink of an eye because Kaori was a ¡°Healer¡±¡ or so she thought, but the result was unexpected. The moment the young man received Kaori¡¯s healing magic, he turned into light particles and disappeared.
¡°Eh? Eh? W-Why¡¡± After a little pondering, Hajime told the confused Kaori what he thought had happened.
¡°Wasn¡¯t it because the effect and attribute of the magic didn¡¯t matter as long as it carried magic power?¡±
¡°¡ Then, I-I just¡ killed that person¡¡±
¡°Kaori, this is not reality. Just think of it as ¡°an illusion where we can move freely.¡± Besides, you can¡¯t call something that disappeared by being healed a human.¡±
¡°Hajime-kun¡ un, you are right. I am sorry that I was confused a little there. But I am okay now.¡±
Though slight, Hajime said words of concern to Kaori. However, Kaori didn¡¯t feel happy like the usual her, only drooping her shoulders apologizing. Then, she smiled to smooth things over. Seeing her reaction made Hajime inadvertently muttered the thing he had thought since earlier.
¡°¡ You keep apologizing, eh.¡±
¡°Eh? Did you say something?¡±
¡°No, nothing.¡± Hajime moved his gaze from Kaori.
It was not because of the subtle atmosphere drifting around Kaori, but because he felt ominous presences. When he looked around, the soldiers were shouting and attacking the nearby ships, and before they were aware of it, several men with dark gazes were looking at Hajime and Kaori.
Kaori noticed Hajime¡¯s gaze and looked at the direction he was watching, and the men immediately came to attack Hajime and Kaori.
¡°For the God!¡±
¡°Long live! Eht-samaa!¡±
¡°Pagans! Die for our God!¡±
They were in frenzy. With bloodshot eyes, they dered while scattering saliva around. Completely abnormal.
He was able to guess it was a war between countries from how the fleets looked like, and he finally understood the reason for it. It was a religious war. If he strained his ears, he could hear the other soldiers in the other fleets were shouting simr things. However, they were shouting different God¡¯s name.
Kaori could only stand in nk surprise inside the frenzied atmosphere.
Embracing Kaori from behind, Hajime thrust out and fired Donner over his shoulder. Only, the fired thing was not a bullet but mass of pure magic power. Using ¡°Magic Power Compression¡± and ¡°Magic Power Emission¡± derived from ¡°Magic Power Maniption,¡± he was able to blow off magic power without affecting the target physically. In a sense, it was a wless technique to disarm the target because human and even demonic beast wouldn¡¯t be able to move if their magic power was exhausted. This move had always been kept inside of him because he would not use such a lukewarm method on his enemy.
However, this lukewarm method was the most useful in this situation. The bright red bullet fired by Donner momentarily cut through the space and pierced the forehead of one of the frenzied, cuss swinging soldier. Without stopping, the bullet hit the soldier behind the previous one, too, and their bodies instantly dispersed.
¡°Kaori! We are going to jump! Don¡¯t bite your tongue!¡±
¡°Eh? ¡ªKyaaaaa!!¡±
It would be troublesome if they were surrounded on the deck, so Hajime jumped using ¡°Aerodynamic¡± while embracing Kaori. Kaori screamed from the powerful momentum.
Kicking the soldier on the crow¡¯s nest, Hajimended in one of four crow¡¯s nest on the masts.
Below them, the frenzied soldiers were looking up at Hajime and Kaori with bloodshot eyes.
Even though there were the enemies from other countries, too, somehow some of the men were targeting Hajime and Kaori. Moreover, the ones targeting them didn¡¯t have any distinction between allies and enemies. Their numbers keeps increasing one after another just like a bad case of contagious virus.
Before even a moment passed and in front of their own enemies, the soldiers suddenly stopped moving and twisted their heads, staring at Hajime and Kaori. They immediately came crowding towards the two like a horror movie. The frenzied air even made Kaori pale.
¡°Now then, what shall we do to get out of this disgusting space?¡±
¡°¡ Maybe there¡¯s something like¡ an exit?¡±
¡°We are in the middle of the sea, you know?¡±
¡°Maybe there¡¯s an exit in one of these ships? ¡ see, something like wherever door.¡±
Kaori recalled andpared it to the convenient tool of the blue cat robot. Looking at the surroundings, Hajime frowned and objected her idea because the ships were too numerous.
¡°¡ From what I can see, there¡¯s at least six hundred ships here¡ it¡¯s impossible to search one by one. Don¡¯t you think we¡¯ll be able to find the exit faster if the war ended?¡±
¡°Umm~, indeed, there are also the sunken ship¡ Then, shall we¡end the war?¡±
¡°End it¡ I see, time to kill everyone, huh? Kaori also can say something extreme, eh.¡±
¡°Eh? Umm, I don¡¯t mean that¡¡±
¡°Yup, that must be it. No other thinges to my mind, and I like it better this way.¡±
Firing bullets of magic power and shooting through the several soldiers climbing using the ropes on the mast, Hajime thought it would be better if he had make a magic gun. He thought so while he continued firing the bright red bullets along with ¡°Remote Control¡± derived from ¡°Magic Power Maniption,¡± making them intercepted the iing me bullets.
¡°Kaori, I know you aren¡¯t proficient in offensive magic, but even healing magic bes offensive magic here. And even if we don¡¯t know how to escape from here, it is the truth that we are being attacked, so let¡¯s knock them all down.¡±
¡°O-Okay!¡±
Hearing Hajime¡¯s words, Kaori began her chant with resolute expression while trembling. The frenzied battlefield seemed to shave off at Kaori¡¯s mind, but she absolutely didn¡¯t want to show a disgraceful behavior to the important one beside her.
Hajime was ring at the surroundings as if protecting her.
Looking down, allies and foes were mixed as they boarded the ship, killing each other. Unlike what happened when Hajime and Kaori attacked, the killing in this illusion was full of bloodshed.
On the deck were someone¡¯s entrails, cut limbs, and sttered heads. Everyone was repeatedly shouting ¡°For the God,¡± ¡°Pagan,¡± and ¡°Divine Punishment,¡± with frenzied eyes as they spread killing intent.
Within the fresh blood of the soldiers scattered just like a storm of cherry blossom, the crow¡¯s nest where Hajime and Kaori, no, it was more like the soldiers were obstinately targeting Hajime and Kaori.
Time to time, bright red bullets flew about in all directions, shooting through the enemies. Furthermore, they flew around Hajime and Kaori to protect them, positioned as both offense and defense at the same time.
However, the frenzied soldiers weren¡¯t even worried, repeatedly attempted suicide attacks. Tens of the soldiers used flight magic while there were those who approached by going from one mast to another. It could be seen that the fight was concentrated on the ship where Hajime and Kaori rode. Hajime¡¯s Magic Eye also caught the fluctuation of magic power of highest-ranked magic from the hand of the magicians aiming at them.
At the time, Hajime thought of sniping them, but Kaori¡¯s chant ended and she activated highest-ranked magic of her.
¡°¡ª ¡ª people, held out your arms as this is the ce where Holy Mother smiling at, ¡°Scripture¡±!¡±
Then, ripple of light spread into the battlefield with Kaori as its center.
The ripple throbbed as it expanded for so so many times, reaching one kilometer in radius. The enemy who touched by the ripple was wrapped by light.
Highest-ranked healing magic of light attribute, ¡°Scripture.¡±
It was a super wide-ranged healing magic with effect of healing everyone inside its area. The range itself was depended on the amount of user¡¯s magic power and proficiency, but at its worst, its effective range was 500 meters in radius. Moreover, if the user gave out the ¡°sign¡± beforehand, it would be able to heal specific object. And normally this magic was used with tens of magician, and took a lot of time to chant along with its stupidly gigantic magic array. To be able to activate it in only one, two minutes alone was impossible unless one was a cheat-like character.
At the same time the light of ¡°Scripture¡± activated by Kaori wrapped the battlefield, all soldiers inside the effective area had their bodies dispersed without distinction of ally or foe. When the magic ended, Kaori¡¯s body tilted from magic power exhaustion, and was thus promptly supported by Hajime.
¡°Ohh, a mass reproduction of the Mary Celeste, huh. You did great, Kaori. No, should I say as expected of you?¡±
¡°Ah, uh, th-there¡¯s no such a thing. Hajime-kun and the others are far more amazing¡¡±
Honest praise from Hajime made Kaori¡¯s cheeks blush from embarrassed. She made a self-ridiculing smile as she thought Yue would be able to use more powerful magic quickly. Then, she muttered ¡°¡±Replenish,¡±¡± to replenish the lost magic power from the pendant given by Hajime. Hajime had improved the pendant with magic array and the ability of taking out the stocked magic power by chanting because Kaori was incapable of directly manipting magic power.
Hajime slightly knitted his eyebrows and wanted to say something when he saw Kaori¡¯s expression, but he put it aside for now because he had to deal with the new iing enemies. The battle had restarted.
With the ineffectiveness of physical attack, it was a situation where therge amount of soldiers didn¡¯t falter against any kind of attack as they battled on the ship. Normally, it might be a hard situation, but there were cheat-like monsters present.
Big fleets of two countries were afterwards annihted by the two humans in a span of one hour.
* * *
¡°¡ Uuh, cough, kafh, sorr-¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s alright. Just endure it.¡±
Immediately after thest soldiers were annihted, their surroundings were once again distorted. They noticed that they had returned to ship¡¯s graveyard from before.
Wondering if the annihtion was indeed the correct answer, Kaori immediately sighed in relief, ran to the nearby rock, and vomited. However, she vomited nothing since the dinner she ate had already been digested, and thus she felt a pain from trying to vomit.
With tears umted in the corner of her eyes, Kaori used one hand to tell Hajime ¡°Don¡¯te,¡± to stop him.
However, Hajime still approached her and rubbed her back. Kaori didn¡¯t want to show such a pitiful sight to him, but she feltforted from the gentle and warm feelings transmitted to her back. Her nausea and spirit gradually recovered.
Hajime took out apple juice-like drink from ¡°Treasure Box¡± and presented it to her. Kaori obediently drink it heartily and her energy returned. The sweet and fresh taste, flushed the sour taste of gastric juice.
¡°Sorry¡¡±
Kaori who knitted her eyebrows and apologized for the trouble made Hajime narrowed his eyes.
¡°Well, I think it is inevitable. Even I feel disgusted by it. I never thought humans would be so frenzied because of their blind belief. ¡Anyway, let¡¯s rest for now. Even I want to recover my considerably used magic power.¡±
¡°¡ Un. Say, Hajime-kun. What was that illusion? Is it rted to these ship wreckages.¡±
Kaori stood up then sat on the nearby rock, and then she asked him. Hajime took a little time to think before told her his conjecture.
¡°It is just a maybe, but I think the illusion might have been reproducing a battle in the past. ¡ well, it seemed there¡¯s also some improvement to attack those challenging the dungeon¡ or it might have been the concept of this dungeon.¡±
¡°Concept?¡±
¡°Yeah. Tio said it when we were in ¡°Guryuu-en Great Volcano¡±. She said ¡®isn¡¯t it possible that each of the dungeon had its own concept prepared by the ¡°Liberators¡±?¡¯ If that¡¯s true, then here is¡¡±
¡°¡To know the misery brought by the Mad Gods¡ maybe?¡±
¡°Aah, I think so, too.¡±
Continuing Hajime¡¯s words by muttering the answer, Kaori recalled the spectacle from before, her face once again turned pale, and her body trembled as if she was suffering from a cold.
What made Kaori felt sick was the madness from the soldiers. Their behavior and speech were exactly of those so called ¡°Fanatic¡± while she also couldn¡¯t help but feel disgusted from the killing.
The people continued tough loudly in a frenzy even when blood were spraying from their bodied. There were even those who died from gouging their own hearts out, raised it towards the sky as an offering to their Gods. There was also an older brother who stabbed through his own younger brother just to attack Hajime and Kaori, while the younger oneughed proudly. War itself was a ce filled with madness, but one they just saw was far too ghastly. And it was wage all ¡°For our God,¡± so¡
Seeing Kaori covering her mouth because she couldn¡¯t endure it, Hajime sat right beside Kaori and grasped Kaori¡¯s hand. He couldn¡¯t leave Kaori, who sickened by the madness, alone. Kaori was slightly surprised, looked at Hajime, rxed, and squeezed Hajime¡¯s hand back.
¡°Hajime-kun, thank you¡¡±
¡°Don¡¯t mind it. I understand¡ the pain from being exposed to the madness. I felt that when I fell into the abyss¡¡±
¡°¡ Then, how? ¡ Wait, there¡¯s no need for you to answer¡ It was¡ Yue-san, right?¡±
¡°Yeah, it was because of her. If I hadn¡¯t met her inside the abyss¡ I wonder how I would have ended up.¡±
Hajime looked into the distance in affection and nostalgia. He was surely recalling the time he met Yue. Seeing his expression made Kaori felt her chest squeeze.
¡°It¡¯s mortifying. To defend, to protect Hajime-kun¡ I wanted to do that. But even if I said that, it¡¯s not like I can do anything. Since it¡¯s me¡ who I couldn¡¯t even protect a promise. Ah~, Yue is a really powerful enemy~.¡±
Kaori jokingughter made Hajime narrowed his eyes again. Kaori¡¯s smile was not the usual warm, positive smile because it might have also included self-torment and self-ridicule.
¡°¡ You¡¯ve been apologizing since we came here, and don¡¯t make such a smile.¡±
¡°Eh? Ummm¡¡±
Hajime¡¯s sudden words made Kaori raised ¡°?¡± above her head. However, her smile immediately copsed and her expression stiffened from Hajime¡¯s next words.
¡°¡ Listen, Kaori. Why did you follow us here?¡±
¡°¡ That¡¯s¡ am I just a burden after all?¡±
The downcast Kaori made Hajime sigh, and he didn¡¯t answer her question.
¡°I remember the talk we had under the moonlight while drinking that disgusting tea that day. That¡¯s why, honestly, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s weird that you have goodwill for the currentme.¡±
¡°Hajime-kun, I¡¡±
¡°However, I have no intention of denying it. I am sure Kaori had things only you can see, and that¡¯s what stirred your heart. Thus, there¡¯s no meaning for me to deny the decision you made. I have given you my answer, ¡°even so¡± I think it¡¯s a good thing that you favor me. Even Shia didn¡¯t even feel discouraged. Rather, she recently made me seriously worry if she was going to attack me in my sleep.¡±
Hajime recently felt the dread as he thought of the rabbit-eared girl with bugged physical strength. Seeing such a Hajime, Kaori made a wry smile in agreement.
¡°¡ Un, I think her aggressiveness and positiveness amazing.¡±
¡°I treated her harshly at the beginning. I didn¡¯t think of anyone as ¡°special¡± other than Yue¡ I honestly thought she was going to give up quickly.¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°No matter how harsh I treated her, how I treated Yue as special, and she was always neither angry nor did she cry, but she seemed happy about it. She couldn¡¯tpare to Yue in magic usage because she didn¡¯t have aptitude in magic, and even if she was defeated in a mock battle against Yue, she didn¡¯t stop to move forward. She didn¡¯t cower even though she was attacked by her own inferiorityplex.¡±
¡°I-I, thing like inferiorityplex¡¡±
Kaori who silently listening to Hajime, couldn¡¯t help to object and stood up. However, she was exhausted and immediately sat back.
¡°Didn¡¯t you notice it? You¡¯ve been apologizing since we came here. Even the way you smiled ispletely different than the usual.¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
¡°Listen, Kaori. Don¡¯t keep looking down. Raise your face and look into my eyes.¡±
That being said, Kaori finally noticed she had been looking down for a while now. Before, she made sure to look at the other person¡¯s eyes when talking¡ thus, when Kaori met Hajime¡¯s gaze she realized.
¡°Listen here, I will not say it for the second time. I love Yue. Even if I thought of others as ¡°important,¡± it won¡¯t change that only Yue is ¡°special.¡± So if you feel pain from it, if you feel you are inferiorpared to Yue¡ Kaori, you should part from me.¡±
¡°Kh¡¡±
The blunt words made Kaori look down again. Hajime continued talking even though he did see her reaction.
¡°The reason I allowed Kaori to apany us at that time is because of the same reason as Shia; I judged it¡¯d be the best for Kaori to be by my side, because I trust Kaori. You understood my feelings, ¡°even so¡± you moved ahead for your wish. That¡¯s why I thought it¡¯d be okay for you by my side if you favor me¡ but, I don¡¯t feel the same way now.¡±
When Hajime ended his words, he separated his hand from the downcast Kaori¡¯s. Then, he spun the ending words.
¡°Please think carefully about it once more. Why did youe along with us, and if should you stay by my side from now on¡ Kaori is not Shia. Shia likes Yue, too. ¡Depending on your answer, I will send you back to your best friend (Yaegashi).¡±
¡°I-I¡¡±
Kaori wanted to say something as she watched the hand separating from her own, the words wouldn¡¯te out.
Inside the awkward atmosphere, Hajime urged Kaori to move because it was necessary for them to approach the biggest sailing ships enshrined at the distance.
after story 1
after story 1
AN: Thank you very much for a lot of the review about thepletion.
From here on too, Hakumei willenjoy myself while discharging wild idea bit by bit, and it will make me happy if you readers can keep apanying me.
¡¸¡¡Wake up. Wake up, Hajime.¡¹
His dozing off awareness was led to awakening by a soft voice and a gentle shake. Because of the brightness seen through the back of his eyelids, he could tell the curtains had been opened. It was morning, and the sun was insisting on its presence.
¡¸¡¡Don''t mind me. Go on, ahead.¡¹(TN: Here Hajime is using a line like a hero who will stay behind so other can escape safely)
¡¸¡¡It''s no good using clich¨¦d line like that. Breakfast will get cold. So wake up.¡¹
He tucked himself into the bed like a bagworm and tried to take a journey into the dream world, this man who was trying to journey to the dream world with a voice that was going to disappear anytime, was the eldest son of this household¨D¨DNagumo Hajime. And then, the one who was making a troubled smile to such Hajime even while kept urging him gently to get out of the bed, was Hajime''s beloved vampire princess that came from another world¨D¨DYue.
Yue sat down beside the bed and she gently stroked the ck hair of Hajime who was curling in to himself. Her slender fingertips caressed through Hajime''s hair,bing them down. And then, her eyes squinted affectionately and she quietly brought her lips toward Hajime''s ear.
A small *chuu* sound resounded and Hajime twitched in reaction. Perhaps enjoying that reaction of Hajime, Yue''s look was increasingly bursting open in happiness, next she held Hajime''s earlobe into her mouth. Hajime once more twitched in reaction. Yue kept yfully nibbling then. And Hajime kept twitching from that.
Yue separated her lips from Hajime''s ear with *chupa* sound before she opened her mouth while blowing a feverish sigh on Hajime''s ear.
¡¸¡¡If you don''t wake up¡¡Hajime will be the breakfast.¡¹
¡¸I''ll wake up.¡¹
It was a lovely speech, but there were his parents downstairs, other than them there were also the freeloaders and his daughter. Making a ruckusplete with moaning sound ¡¸aah-¡¹from morning would be problematic in various meaning. The neighbors too would be guaranteed to look at himter with grinning expression saying ¡¸oh my¡¹. Therefore, Hajime pushed aside the futon with a snap and woke up.
¡¸Good morning, Yue.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Good morning.¡¹
Hajime''s hair that was curling up here and there was fixed attentively by Yue using her hand asb. Since the morning the atmosphere of the two was already teeming with mushiness. It even felt like the morning sunlight brightly shining in through the window was growing dim in reservation from these two''sck in prudence.
Hajime who was exposing a dazed waking up face which was unthinkable if it was at the period when he was journeying the other world Tortus, was narrowing his eyes toward his lover that was caressing his head in front of his eyes. While he was at it he was also running his gaze through the surrounding rxedly.
Inside the room, seventy percent of it was buried in bookshelves and the books and the games that were put there, and then there were a desk and reclining chair, a good quality desktop PC, and also a closet between the bookshelves. A window was attached at the wall that was facing south, a navy blue curtain the same color with the bed was hanging over it.
(¡..I''m still feeling that this room is ''nostalgic''. it must be because the experience at the other side is too strong. If I still feel like this after going home for a year, then it might take a half more year to be able to live without feeling anything is out of ce.)
Hajime sighed a bit inside his heart. And then, he clenched his left hand repeatedly as though to ascertain it. That arm didn''t shine with dull metallic gleam, its appearance was that of a normal human arm. It had stic skin and slight mark of suntan simr with his right arm.
Furthermore, Hajime also gently traced his right eye with his fingertip. There, he didn''t feel the sensation of eye patch that was in the process of bing his trademark in Tortus. Far from that, there wasn''t even the bluish white shine that was the trait of god crystal. The eye''s appearance was a dark brown eyes that looked like the eye of a normal Japanese as expected.
¡¸¡¡Nn? Hajime, what''s wrong? It feels ufortable?¡¹
Yue noticed Hajime''s state, she then brought her face closer until their nose tip almost touched while tilting her head. The sweet fragrance that tickled Hajime''s nasal cavity made him got slightly bewitched while he shook his head.
¡¸No, there is no difort in both my arm and my eye. Thanks to Yue and others'' cooperation, the artificial skin and the artificial eyes are all in extremely excellent condition. No one would notice as long as they don''t get scanned in detail at hospital. If I have to say, perhaps I''m feeling difort from this situation where there is no difort.¡¹
¡¸¡¡? Hajime feel difort from the appearance of your body?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. After all the experience over there was just too dense. The metallic arm, the crystal eye, and also the white hair, all those were already me. That''s why, rather than calling this appearance getting back to normal, it feels like that I changed again. Well, it going to be really bad if that kind of unknown automail and strange crystal eye get discovered in this modern earth, so that can''t be helped though.¡¹
While smiling wryly, Hajime tapped on his left hand using his right hand. The artificial skin that used metamorphosis magic had reproduced a splendid skin texture, making the one touching wouldn''t be able to sense the existence of metallic artificial arm hidden behind it.
The one who aplished this was Tio. The technique of Tio that was the only expert in metamorphosis magic among hisrades, added with Hajime and Yue''s help, remade the artificial hand smartly and disguised it as a normal arm in outward appearance and texture.
Also, Hajime''s artificial eye was something that was remade using creation magic, while his hair color was due to Kaori''s regeneration magic returning the hair color to before.
Of course, for Kaori whose hand had reached to the territory of time intervention, if she used regeneration magic seriously then it was possible she could even restore Hajime''s altered body to normal human body. Whether it was his loss of limb or his change due to eating monster, all of those could be reverted if Kaori just returned Hajime''s body to its previous state.
But, Hajime didn''t wish for that. Actually, by returning to earth, things like tough body was unneeded, but for some reason it felt like turning his body to how it was before was like making light of his journey at that other world. And above all else, he couldn''t be growing senile first and left behind Yue who would be living for a long time.
In the end possessing a monster ss body where it wasn''t even definite that it had life span was in agreement with Hajime''s own wish. By the way, if they were using Yue''s secret technique of apostle creation, then the problem of life span could be resolved to a certain degree even if they were using their original normal body, so Kaori and others also didn''t view this matter as a problem.
¡¸¡¡Nn. Personally, there is no problem for me because I can enjoy various Hajime. Rather I feel happy.¡¹
Yue said that and gave kisses in turn at Hajime''s left shoulder, right eye, and his head. Every single action of Yue was overflowing with affection.
At that day, after they established the method of going home, since that day when Yue was proposed under the great tree of [Haltina Sea of Trees], Yue''s expression of love was increasingly became polished. She had never been seen without the ring that was fitted in the ring finger of her left hand, and when Yue saw the matching ring that was fitted in Hajime''s left ring finger, an aura of happiness would be scattered in full from her.
¡¸Speaking of that, what about Yue? Have you get used with the world over here?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. There are still a lot of things, that I don''t know, that I am not familiar with. This is really, a different world. There are a lot of unbelievable things¡¡. But, it''s fun. Every day is fun like opening jack-in-the-box.¡¹
¡¸I see.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Besides, I will be happy anywhere if that is a ce where Hajime is. Mother-inw and father-inw are also really kind. They treasured me like their real daughter, it feels really happy. Everywhere in Hajime''s world, is filled with happiness.¡¹
¡¸I, I see¡¡somehow, it feels hot even though it''s morning huh.¡¹
The gaze of Hajime who ate a straight punch of love was wandering around. Yue who understood that Hajime was being shy chuckled ¡¸Nfufu¡¹while snuggling at him like a cat. Hajime''s hand was subconsciously moving and gently caressed Yue''s fluffy hair.
An atmosphere that was overflowing with sugar content was running rampant since the morning. Yue quivered her long eyshes while quietly closing her eyelids, her faint pink lips were pushing out to Hajime. Hajime easily surrendered seeing that obviously coaxing pose. His face was approaching near¡¡
¡¸Geez~, Yue-oneechan! Is Papa still not awake nano!?¡¹
The one who opened the door of the room loudly with a bang while entering with a huff was a five years old girl who puffed up her t chest. She was Hajime''s daughter Myuu. However, now her emerald green hair became emerald blond, while her fan shaped ears that were the trait of merman race had changed into small and cute human ears.
The cause of the change was the illusion that was created by the ring artifact hanging down from Myuu''s neck. The artifact was something excellent that surprisingly could reproduce even the touching sensation, so even if Myuu''s ear was touched the person touching wouldn''t feel the texture of fin, but the sensation of human ear instead. And so, Myuu''s appearance waspletely that of a beautiful little girl with blond hair.
The moment that Myuu energetically entered the room, she pointed her finger at the clich¨¦d childhood friend morning scene which entered her eyes and raised a protesting voice¡¸Aa~~!¡¹.
¡¸Geez-, Yue-oneechan! I always told you every time! Doing that to papa right from the morning is a no-no! Why aren''t you protecting your promise nano!¡¹(TN: Here Myuu said ''me-'' to Yue. This is the way people in Japanese scolded their naughty child or pet, it''s like saying ''bad'' with scolding tone in English, though I tranted it into no-no here.)
¡¸¡¡uu. Tha, that is because Hajime is¡¡¡¹
¡¸ming others is no-no!¡¹
¡¸¡¡au. I''m sorry.¡¹
Toward Myuu who pointed her index finger at Yue''s nose while saying ¡¸Bad-¡¹, Yue could only dejectedly hung her head down regardless of her big sister status.
It had been about a year since they moved into earth. Recently Myuu who had grown up remarkably was acting really proper and strict. When all the onee-chan who often became hopeless character that couldn''t read the atmosphere when they got entangled with Hajime, like Yue right now, Myuu would remonstrate them with ''Bad'' like this.
Actually, in order for Myuu to be used with this world quickly, and also because it was desirable for Myuu to have education in good taste, she was then enrolled into a nursery school about two months ago, but it seemed that in the school Myuu became awakened as ''onee-san'' for some reason.
There was the factor of how based on her age she was included in the senior group in school, but additionally there was also how she had been piling up experience that should be too dense for a mere infant. She had been kidnapped, auctioned, traveled through desert, struggling through a scene of carnage at the devil king castle, and even participated in a legendary decisive battle. Looking from the point of view of such Myuu, the children the same age with her who were born in peaceful country like Japan were as expected looked really young and na?ve.
Thinking ''I have to be proper and strict!'', she imitated the outrageous onee-chan group around her and her mother that was overflowing with kindness, like that she acted too helpful toward the other kindergarteners¡¡when she noticed, she had became the trusted and beloved leader of the kindergarteners.
However, her call of ¡¸Gentlemen! Anddies of Myuu''s friend!¡¹when she was gathering the kindergarteners, or how she said ¡¸Right now is exactly the time to ze our soul!¡¹when encouraging a child that felt down, or how she showed a fearless grin when there was a child that looked uneasy, those actions that looked a little bit unlike a kindergartener were conspicuous so the teacher there reported it to Nagumo household¡¡regarding the state of Hajime when he received that contact from the teacher, let''s just say that he was rolling around on the floor for real at that time.
¡¸Really it''s my bad, Myuu. Come on, I''ve already waking up here.¡¹
Yue who possessed the absolute dignity as the legal wife toward the other wives was seriously feeling down from getting scolded by Myuu. Hajime sent a nce at such a Yue while crawling out from the futon. Myuu listened to Hajime''s words and nodded, she then faced Hajime and reached out both her hands.
¡¸Myuu? What''s with those hands?¡¹
¡¸Papa, Myuu want to be carried nano.¡¹
Even though she was scolding Yue just now, but right after that Myuu demonstrated a spoiled kid request. Yue went ''hah'' in shock and moved her gaze to Myuu. Her eyes were clearly narrating her dissatisfaction ¡¸Even though I was scolded when acting spoiled¡¡¡¹which was looking a bitcking in maturity.
Toward that, Myuu said,
¡¸Mama said, ¡ºWhen Yue-san pulled back, immediately act spoiled(attack)¡», like that nano.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I''m going to speak a bit with Remia.¡¹
Yue became enveloped with faint golden light, right after that she became adult mode. And then, in order to speak a few words with the mother who taught woman battle tactic to a little child, Yue silently, but quickly exited from the room.
And then, Myuu who kept holding her pose asking for hug directed a shuddering gaze toward Hajime who was left behind. This little girl in front his eyes was steadily mastering the lesson from the seniors around her. From here on, just what kind of growth this beloved daughter would show him after epting the teaching of the women who had one or two peculiarities Hajime wondered¡¡
¡¸Papa, carry me nano.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Okay¡¹
With a cramped expression, Hajime hugged Myuu who was making a cute request with cute grin, and then he exited the room while listening to the tumult that was audible from downstairs.
Hajime who entered the living room at first floor with one of his arms carrying Myuu witnessed the scene of Yueying downints incessantly to Myuu''s actual mother Remia. In regard to Remia, simr with Myuu she was also exposing emerald blond hair and human ears, right now she was showing her usual ¡¸my my, ufufu¡¹smile while dodging Yue''sints flightily¨D¨Dwas how it looked like, but her cheeks were faintly blushing.
With the adult mode Yue as her opponent, as expected even a professional widow would find herself at disadvantage. Even though they were the same gender, yet being stared by adult Yue fixedly from very close range would make anyone unable to calm down. Adult Yue-sama, how terrifying.
¡¸Ah, you finally woke up Hajime-san.¡¹
¡¸Fumu, as I thought perhaps having Yue in charge of waking up art no good.¡¹
Shia who was helping with the preparation of breakfast was saying such thing with an exasperated face while giving her morning greeting, and Tio who was watching morning news at the living room looked behind while also simrly greeting him.
There was no change in Tio''s appearance, while Shia''s prided rabbit ears were simrly hidden with artifact like Myuu and Remia. Right now her straight faint blue hair was put together using hair tie located around her neck and the bundle of hair was hung down forward.
¡¸My, Shia-chan and also Tio-chan, you two are saying such thing, but if it''s the two of you who are going to wake up Hajime won''t you two also dive in?¡¹
¡¸Naturally desu, Kaa-sama.¡¹
¡¸Of course, Hahaue-dono¡¹(TN: Both ways of calling have the same meaning of mother, but the kanji they are written with has the meaning of mother-inw.)
Carrying breakfast from the kitchen¡¡wasn''t how she appeared, this person who appeared from the washroom as though to say that she had woken up just now, was Hajime''s mother, Nagumo Sumire. Sumire was a famous shoujo manga artist, so there were a lot of times where she was staying untilte at night in her workce, she was extraordinarily weak in morning. Because of that, in Nagumo household there was no regr habit of taking breakfast properly but¡¡
There, Shia who was in charge of cooking at Tortus and Remia who was a mother with a child came. Hajime took home Yue and others from the other world, and not long after the girls became freeloaders, the kitchen became entrusted to the two of them.
¡¸Everyone, good morning. Maaan, it''s great that the house is brilliant right from the morning. Even after a year has passed, my heart is still dancing every time I see this. You damn son, how dare you came home after bing a great man! Really thank you very much-¡¹
¡¸You are full with energy from the morning huh, Tou-san. And then, don''t grin like that while looking at them. You are going to get punch flying you know¡¡by Kaa-san.¡¹
The short haired middle-aged man with tall stature who had been continuously in a state of ''Right now, I''m intensely moved!'' since a year ago, was the central pir of Nagumo household, thepany president who managed a gamepany, Nagumo Shuu.
He who was a pure otaku seemed to be deeply moved everyday from witnessing Yue and others who seemed toe out straight from 2D. And then most likely, being called as ¡¸Otou-sama¡¹by beautiful girls and women was also undoubtedly greatly rted with that.
Shuuughed in good mood from being surrounded by the daughters-inw, Sumire was in a daze, and Hajime was doing Myuu''s hairstyle while the breakfast was lined up on the dining table.
By the way, Shuu and Sumire''s yearly ie far surpassed the earning of average sry man, so Nagumo household was quiterge. And so, even when their family increased all of a sudden, the home didn''t feel that cramped even when all of them lived in one house.
Although, because of the sudden increase in residence right now the renovation of the house was in progress, after several months passed the house would surely bepleted into a splendid building twice the previous size that the neighbors would notice.
In addition, regarding the administrative concern of Yue and others like their resident registration and the like, Hajime had sneaked into the government office and finished forging the documents. For their peace of mind, Yue even used her soul magic to the government workers to nt suggestion in them so there would be no problem. It was a hard work because there was a lot of kind of documents that needed to be put in order, for example passport and identification paper and so on, but at the very least there should be no one that could discover any unnaturalness with their existences in Japan.
Even for example that they got found out, they could just use soul magic to deal with it every time, they were also nning to slowly left behind evidence of their existences at the foreign governments too. The government officials of the world would be opposed by age of god magic!
¡¸Yup, Shia-chan, Remia-chan, today the food is also delicious. Before this I thought that putting food into your stomach right from the morning, is that some kind of torture huh?, like that¡¡but if it''s like this then I can eat no matter how much.¡¹
¡¸I get what you mean. Hajime, Tou-san is happy. My son became a splendid cheat harem bastard when he returned back. There is nothing that I can teach you anymore like this.¡¹
¡¸Tou-san, I don''t understand whether you are praising me or speaking ill of me from your words, but I have never received any lesson or anything about being cheat harem bastard at all.¡¹
Sumire sent an exaggerated praise at Shia and Remia excessively, while Shuu was sending Hajime words with condescending attitude, hearing that Hajime replied back with an exasperated state. To that, Shuu opened his mouth with irritating atmosphere as though to say ¡¸Good grief, yareyare daze¡¹.
¡¸What are you saying? Haven''t I beaten up the soul of otaku into you since you have awareness of your surrounding? In other words, that was also me beating up the soul of cheat harem into you. The reason that you were able to create cheat harem at another world, is exactly because of that. How is that? Can you feel the gratitude for your Otou-sama keenly in your heart now?¡¹
¡¸I think I have already talked with you about my experience in another world, but where is otaku soul is proving useful there¨D¨D¡¹
Shuu and Sumire had listened to all that Hajime experienced at the other world. About how much effort it took to recover his normal appearance, about how his arm and eye were artificial, about how his gaze turned sharp now, and above all about how his atmosphere now waspletely different from in the past, Hajime told all of those personally without any falsehood or maniption, nor he was even trying to do those.
In other words, Shuu and Sumire should have known about the sequence of event of their son''s grand experience starting from his experience in the abyss, in spite of that Shuu now dered that otaku knowledge was useful in those experiences, hearing that Hajime was a bit unable to ept it.
And so, Hajime normally objected to Shuu, but Shuu and Sumire immediately grinned widely while cutting off Hajime''s words.
¡¸¡ºLadies and gentleman-, all of you warriors-¡»¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
¡¸¡ºRight now in this time, is exactly the time to ze your soul-¡»¡¹
¡¸!!¡¹
¡¸¡ºIf you said you are going to get in my way, I''ll kill you.¡»¡¹
¡¸!?¡¹
¡¸¡ºI''ll protect Yue, and Yue will protect me. With that we are¨D¨D¡»¡¹
¡¸I got it already-! Otou-sama, really thank you very much-! That''s why, stop it-¡¹
Hajime writhed while asking them to stop with a voice that sounded like scream. Toward their son who was enduring his shame that much, the father and mother were mercilessly dealing the pursuing attack.
¡¸Oi oi, what''s wrong Hajime? What are you feeling ashamed for? You were cool you know? In real life, there is almost no chance to say those kind of speeches you know? When Tou-san watched the image recording Tio-san showed to me, my heart was trembling hard. Oh man, it was really an amazing chuu¨D¨Dcough-, really an amazing heroic you know?¡¹
¡¸Yes, truly. Not only to the girl partner, but you even said ¡ºshe is my woman¡»to the girl''s parent, when I watched that I thought, just from what galgame this conquering character came from. Really¡¡¡¹
After giving a nce at Hajime who was shaking in while holding his chopstick, Shuu and Sumire paused with a superb timing before continuing with splendid harmony.
¡¸¡¸Hajime-san, those were seriously awesome -ssu. Trully, thank you very much-!¡¹¡¹
¡¸You two are noisy-. Don''t screw around, stop messing with me using that material-¡¹
Shuu and Sumire knew about the events in the other world not only from Hajime''s story. While keeping it secret from Hajime, Tio used regeneration magic to leave behind recording image of every memory¨D¨Dobviously the events in the abyss were included, other than that, the time when Hajime epted Shia, the time when Hajime spoke resolutely to Tio''s grandfather Adol, and even Hajime''s speech at his ssmates in the devil king castle, etc.¨D¨Dand showed it to Shuu and Sumire, since then at every opportunity Shuu and Sumire would praise Hajime¡¸As expected from our son-!¡¹with teasing mixed in it to mess with Hajime.
The corner of Hajime''s eyes lifted up fiercely and brutally put pressure on Tio in an outburst of anger. With a cough, Tio choked in the middle of slurping her miso soup. Miso soup was dripping fromher nose while her breathing was getting rough ''haa haa''.
¡¸A, as expected from the parents of Hajime-san. Recently I have be used to it, but as I thought seeing the figure of Hajime-san being toyed around, the ufortable feeling that I get is not half-baked desu.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. But, the bullied Hajime¡¡is also nice.¡¹
¡¸My my, Yue-san. Recently, it feels like if it is about Hajime-san then everything is fine for you. Fufu, Myuu too has to work hard like this. Also Tio-san, this is the dining table you know? Please don''t go haa haa while dripping snot like that, eat your food properly. Right now your face is looking quite "over the age limit" you know?¡¹
Shia smiled wryly toward the exchange between Hajime and his parents, while Yue''s cheeks reddened for some reason, Tio was going ''haa haa'', and Remia was going ''my my, ufufu'' smilingly. This was the ordinary day of Nagumo household recently.
Just when Hajime was going to snap from the mess, Shuu and Sumire easily drew back and concentrated on their breakfast as though nothing had happened. Hajime who was trembling from losing the target of his anger was thenforted by Yue and others altogether.
With a sidelong nce at their son who was being taken care by beautiful women and girls, Shuu and Sumire faced each other and their expression burst into a smile.
¡¸Nevertheless, that time when Hajime suddenly returned home, and in addition he also introduced Yue and others, it was really shocking huh.¡¹
¡¸You''re right. For him to really go to another world and went home bringing cheat harem, that''s something that I had never even dreamed of.¡¹
While exchanging words with small whisper, both of them recalled that time when Hajime came home.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
For the time being, I¡¯m thinking of writing a bit about the story of post-going home.
After all there are considerable request and also hope for present-day story (lol)
Hakumei himself is swelling out with wild ideas.
Next will be the story of Hajime returning to his home and reunite with Shuu and Sumire.
I think it most likely can be posted at 6 P.M Saturday next week.
Please take care of me from here on too.
Chapter 94
Chapter 94
Hajime and Kaori looked up at the sailing ships. Even on Earth, early sailing ships couldn¡¯t match the gigantic scale of this one.
No less than 300 meters in length, and asrge as a ten story building, it was only being partly visible from the ground. All along their hull magnificent decorations were mounted. Although rotted, they still gave off a strong impression that made you want to admire them. On their wooden ship, Hajime, who also specialized in manufacturing the same decorations, was grudgingly impressed with the extent they had detailed their ships, and couldn¡¯t help but admire the time and effort the artisans put into creating them.
While hugging Kaori, Hajime jumped up using ¡°Void Grip¡± andnded on the Terrace at the top of the Luxury liner. Then, sure enough, the surrounding space began to distort.
¡°Again?¡ Kaori stay alert. Something is bound to happen.¡±
¡°Un. It looks fine to me.¡±
Hajime felt that Kaori¡¯sidback response wasn¡¯t suitable for someone still in the middle of challenging a Great Dungeon. It had be clear for a while now that Kaori¡¯s tension had dropped sharply. Even though she was still putting on a smile, Hajime could tell that it was different from all her usual ones. He was sure she wasn¡¯t doing it on purpose, but her new distracted attitude wasn¡¯t good for their current situation. She should at least hold it in check until the exploration of ?Meljeene Deep Sea Ruins?was done, Hajime thought while sharply scratching his cheek.
Hajime took a quick survey of their altered environment, this time it seems they were on top of a luxury liner sailing out at sea.
Presently it¡¯s night time, with the full moon shining in the heavens. The luxury liner is shining with light sparkles, and on the deck there are various arrangements buffet-type style cuisines lined up with many people who were chatting about while having delicious-looking food in one hand. Presently it was night time, with a full moon glowing in the heavens. The luxury liner shone with sparkling lights, and on the deck were various arrangements of buffet-style cuisine lined up with a crowd of people chatting together while holding delicious-looking food in one hand.
¡°This is a party¡isn¡¯t it?¡±
¡°Haa, it sure is dazzling. Did we misunderstand Meljeene¡¯s concept?¡±
Hajime and Kaori were standing upon a raised terrace, probably an area reserved for the crew, while looking down on the enormous deck and trying to get their heads around the difference between this cheerful party and the ghastly sight they had witnessedst time.
Then, just as they decided to take a brief rest, the door behind them opened and several chatting sailors walked out. Rather than risk losing this chance while they took a rest, they decided to mix in with the sailors and listen to their conversation.
From listening to the sailor¡¯s stories they learned that this maritime party was apparently being held in celebration of the end of the war. The war that had continued for so many years, rather than ending through invasion and annihtion, had been resolved by signing a peace treaty. The sailors seemed happy, and if they looked closely they were able to see that not only were there humans on the deck but also devils and demi-humans. Without distinction for race, everyone was freely chatting among themselves.
¡°There was an age such as this, wasn¡¯t there?¡±
¡°It certainly was a great achievement for all those people to give so much effort to end the war. Although I¡¯m not sure how many years have passed since the end of the war, surely not all of the ill feelings have faded, yet they are still able tough so freely¡¡±
¡°Surely the people down there must be simr to those who tried their best to end the war. Everyone is different, seeing this doesn¡¯t necessarily mean that everyone is able tough together so soon.¡±
¡°That¡¯s true¡¡±
Getting caught up in the atmosphere and bright expressions of the people, Hajime and Kaori also naturally loosened up. After a while they saw an elderly man climbing up onto a stage prepared on the deck. There was a sense of respect in the eyes of the people below as they noticed him on stage and abruptly stopped chatting to focus on him.
There was another man who appeared to be an aide standing near the elderly man, but for some reason he was wearing a hood and trying to blend in with the background. Given the asion, Hajime thought that his appearance was a bit rude¡ however it didn¡¯t look like anyone else was concerned about the hooded man.
Eventually, when all the chatter had subsided, the elderly man began his speech.
¡°Gentlemen, those who wished for peace, the brave souls who ran through the war risking their lives, are the messengers of peace. Today, at this ce, I truly feel that it¡¯s a great fortune for all of us to be able to meet here together. It was a war that begun a long time, even for my generation, yet we were able to stand together in peace after bringing an end to the war. To see such a dreame true¡ my heart still trembles.¡±
Everyone was listening in silence as the old man spoke. As the speech continued, events such as doubt, crossing paths and incidents became stepping stones towards peace. He spoke of those who were often reckless in their attempts to overturn this, and the friends who scattered during the middle¡ as the speech progressed everyone eyes begun to look far away, yearning for their missed ones and suppressing moisture from the corners of their eyes, enduring the urge to let their tears flow.
It would seem the old man is the king of the Humans. Among the humans, even at the early stages of the war, it seemed as there was a movement behind the scenes for peace. The people now nod to show their respect.
Finally it seemed as though the speech ended. The king still seems quite worked up after his speech, the atmosphere on the deck is also still quite worked up. However Hajime is attacked by a bad premonition. Something feels off, he has seen the expression the king is wearing somewhere before.
¡°¨Cand thus, one year has passed since the signing of the peace treaty ¡¡.. It was all so foolish.¡±
At the words of the King, for a moment the crowd appeared puzzled, Hajime thought he had misheard him. Everyone was looking at each other in confusion. In the meantime the King¡¯s heated speech continued.
¡°Yes, it truly was foolish. To see both the beasts and the heretics talking about the future and exchanging drinks, it was ridiculous. Do you understand, gentlemen? That¡¯s right, I am talking about you.¡±
¡°What on earth are you saying Aleist?! Hell, what¡¯s wrong with sayin- gaah!?¡±
With the sudden change of King Aleist, one of the devils who was agitated stood up before him. Then, as he tried to question King Aleist¡. the sudden result was a sword growing from his chest.
The demon tribe man who was stabbed, looked back over his shoulder to see the startled expressions of the human tribe. By looking at their faces you could tell they were all honestly surprised. With a final expression of disbelief, the man of the Demon tribe copsed.
Screams arose and the entire deck fell into an uproar. ¡°Your Majesty!¡±, cried several men and women as they rushed to the copsed body of the Demon tribe man.
¡°Well gentlemen, as I stated originally, I am truly happy to bring everyone together tonight. We will create a country free from the races that were abandoned by god, where all can be equal.
From the Genesis there was only one god, ¡®Ehito-sama¡¯. Those who turned their backs on him, foolishly worshiping a false god, such pagans mustn¡¯t be allowed to leave! It will end today! The only path to peace is through destroying all the heathens! Therefore, this day, as we sweep away the leaders of the non-believers, I cannot help but rejoice! Now, servants of God, pass judgement on these heathens with the hammer of justice! Aah! Ehito-sama, please watch over our work!¡±
King Aleist¡¯sughter echoed loudly as he fell onto his knees and gazed up towards the heavens. At the same time he signaled soldiers, who had been dressed as sailors, topletely surrounded the party on the deck.
The deck is positioned in the middle of the ship, sandwiched between a gigantic mast and the main structure, 10 floors high running from front to back. If you look, the soldiers are upying the scaffolding on the terrace and mast, arranged so that they can focus on the targets below them. Out at sea there is nowhere they can escape to, the geographical advantage is entirely on the soldier¡¯s side. Hajime would¡¯ve been aware of this already, but the countries leader¡¯s expressions of despair showed they were only just realising it now.
In an instant, all the magic was finally released and bombarded the deck. Although the passengers fought back desperately, they were at a disadvantage¡ it was a one-sided massacre as those who resisted were ughtered.
Those who ran fled towards the inside of the ship, however most of them were killed as they ran. The deck had beenpletely changed into a sea of blood in only an instant.
¡°Ugh¡±
¡°Kaori¡¡±
Kaori covered her mouth with one of her hands to suppress the nausea as she leant on the railing. The sight was so horrific that it was no wonder Hajime reached out and offered Kaori his support.
It appears King Aleist felt like hunting as he soon joined his subordinates in pursuing the remnants who had fled into the ship.
The hooded man followed the king into the ship. Just before he stepped inside he turned and looked back at the deck. In that instant a tuft of silver hair escaped from the fringe of his hood and shone brightly in the reflected moonlight. His hidden eyes met theirs and for a moment Hajime¡¯s thought they had been seen.
The surroundings distorted, apparently the dungeon only want to show them that previous scene, Hajime and Kaori were soon back to on top of the derelict luxury liner.
¡°Kaori, rest for a little bit.¡±
¡°No, I¡¯m fine. Although it was somewhat intense¡ but I wonder if that was really the end of that trial¡ we didn¡¯t even do anything.¡±
¡°I think this ship graveyard is its ending point. Although we could¡¯ve explored the sea beyond the barrier¡ if you think about it normally, people who wanted to proceed out into the depths of the sea would need to use the ship. Perhaps witnessing that scene was itself the purpose of the vision. To burn the gruesomeness of the gods work into your memory so you would feelpelled to explore this ship as a result. It¡¯s a pretty nasty idea, especially for the people from this world.¡±
The people of this world, though few of them would make it here, are expected to have faith in the gods. To show them such a gruesome result of their faith¡ it would surely torture a gentle spirit, and this Labyrinth¡¯s vital point for exploration is the power of magic which heavily relies on one¡¯s mental state. In that sense, it was the reverse of Raisen Great Labyrinth. It was only because Hajime came from another world that the results of this mental pressure was of such a small degree.
Hajime and Kaori both looked over the deck with an expression indicating their reluctant remembrance of the ghastly massacre that had urred here. However in Hajime¡¯s case, his face looked more like he was remembering a bad sports foul.
Having made their resolve, the two of them jump down onto the deck and set foot near the door that King Aleist once entered who knows how long ago.
The inside of the ship waspletely enclosed in darkness. Since the outside was bright, it wouldn¡¯t have been strange for light to shine in through crevices in the rotted wood, but for some reason there was no light at all. In order to push forward into the darkness Hajime took a light out from his ¡®Treasure box¡¯.
¡°That sight earlier¡ Even though the war was already over¡ I wonder, did king really betray them¡?¡±
¡°That¡¯s what it looked like¡ However, wasn¡¯t it a little bit strange? When he stood up on stage those people looked at him with eyes full of love and respect¡ If deep down you truly hated Demons and Demi-humans, would you really be able to earn such deep respect?¡±
¡°That¡¯s true¡ Based on the way those people were speaking to him, it seems like there must¡¯ve been a sudden change sometime during the one year after the end of the war¡ What could have happened to cause such a change of heart?¡±
¡°Well, without a doubt they were fighting for their god, they were shouting it loudly enough. They gave off an almost deranged feeling.¡±
¡°Yeah, they looked like Ishtar-san, abusing their religion to look down on others. It¡¯s pathetic isn¡¯t it?¡±
Apparently, from the high school girls perspective, the Pope of the Sacred Church was a pathetic person. However, Hajime only had the smallest feeling of sympathy for him upon hearing it. The two of them continued forwards, still thinking about the earlier scene, until they spotted something ahead shining in response to Hajime¡¯s light.
Hajime and Kaori stop their feet and watched as the light slowly approached them. When it got closer they could see that it was a girl in a fluttering white dress. She stopped in the hallway in front of them and stood there, swaying slightly with her head looking downwards.
Kaori and Hajime felt something unpleasant and shuddered violently. Kaori¡¯s expression became particrly stiff while Hajime, deciding that an ordinary girl wouldn¡¯t be in a ce like this, pointed Donner at the girl with the intention of killing her.
Instantly, the girl copsed into the hallway with a soft thump. Then, at an angle impossible for a normal human¡¯s joints, raised herself up onto her hands and feet like a spider andunched herself straight at them!
Ketaketaketaketaketaketaketaa! (TN: Spider girl¡¯sugh?)
Her bizarreughter echoed throughout the hallway. Shining eyes, just like those from urban legends, red at them from between her bangs, as Hajime shot at the approaching figure.
(TN: Actually genderless, but whatever. Editor wanted to add ¡°her¡±. Meh)
(EN: We¡¯ve already described it as a girl, seemed appropriate).
(TN: Meh. Whatever. I am tired.)
¡°NOOOOOOOOO!!!!¡±
¡°Wah!? Calm down Kaori! Don¡¯t grab my arm!¡±
Just like the temte for this situation called for, Kaori clung onto Hajime and let out a scream. The girl approaching themughed at her mockingly. Hajime, who was trying to shoot the girl with Donner, had his aim shifted due to Kaori clinging onto him.
¡°Kegya!!¡±
In a moment the girl was at Hajime¡¯s feet. Then, with her bizarre cry, she lept straight at Hajime¡¯s face.
Hajime reluctantly gave up on trying to shoot her, and instead delivered a sure-kill yakuza-style kick straight into her stillughing stomach . As a precaution, he had d himself and magic and used ¡®Grand Legs¡¯ to deliver the blow. (TN: ¡°Grand Legs¡±. New spell or what? Don¡¯t remember it at all¡. It¡¯s in the character introduction chapter, but what the hell?¡±
The moment Hajime¡¯s kick hit her stomach the girl was blown away into the wall, before bouncing several times anding to a stop at the end of the hallway. Her limbs were now in an even more unnatural position she slowly vanished, as though melting into the darkness.
Hajime let out a sigh and then gave the still shaking Kaori clinging onto him a bonk on the head with his fist. With a start Kaori looked up at Hajime, an expression of fear still on her face. Tears clung to her eyes as her mouth let out a small squeak, anyone could see she was still terrified.
¡°Hey Kaori, are you bad with these ghoulish type of things?¡±
¡°Is there such a person who is good with them?!¡±
¡°Wouldn¡¯t you be fine if you just thought of them as apparitions?¡±
¡°¡. Gusuu, I¡¯ll try my best.¡±
As Kaori promised, she separated herself from Hajime, however she didn¡¯t let her hand go of Hajime¡¯s clothes.
Until earlier she had been worried about what to say to Hajime, she had seemed more reserved than usual, but now a strong will dwelt in her eyes. She would absolutely not allow herself to be separated from him! It was a type of desperation, while simultaneously being an expression of her love for him.
Just as Kaori had finished gathering her resolve the door ahead of them in the hallway flew open with a bang. On the other side of the door there were countless bloodstains on the floor, and when they looked up they saw the head of a woman with long, dripping wet, hair hung up on the ceiling looking down at them. At the same time they heard a noise and turned around to see a headless man dragging an axe along the floor behind him.
Hajime delivered another one of his yakuza-like kick to the headless man and readied his gun to follow up, but there was no need. The headless man was already dead from the kick.
¡°No more¡ I want to go back now¡ I want to see Shizuku-chan~¡±
As the proceeded further into the ship the strange phenomena became more and more violent, which caused Kaori to regress back into a child, clinging onto Hajime¡¯s back and refusing toe out.
Ever since Kaori was small she had looked up to Shizuku as her knight & protector whenever she entered haunted houses or had to deal with Kouki and the boys. However, those feelings never crossed the boundary into being yuri.
Meljeene, the founder of ?Meljeene Deep Sea Ruins?, seemed to be trying to back them into an emotional corner. Hajime, having survived The Abyss, already had experience dealing with being surrounded by darkness and didn¡¯t really find it very difficult to cope with, though he could understand how it would be difficult for someone with a more normal psyche to handle. However, he couldn¡¯t imagine Tio or Yue sobbing from such surprises.
That was until a while ago when Kaori, while still half crying ¨C half flirting, had stepped out and begun to repel the horrors using her healing magic. Seeing her sudden change in attitude had made Hajime want to tsukkomi ¡°where did the scared and lost little girl like atmosphere from earlier go?¡± as he watched her. As they advanced Kaori began to get more unsteady again, but together they eventually arrived at the ship¡¯s hold.
They stepped through the opened heavy doors. They proceeded towards the back of the ship¡¯s hold, moving in between the sparsely spread out cargo. However, before they had progressed far the doors behind them shut themselves with a loud ¡®boom!¡¯
¡°Pii!?¡±
Kaori let out a strange voice at this surprising sound and Hajime began to worry whether or not she was keeping in mind their important talk about what she should do after finishing thebyrinth. It wasn¡¯t the first time this thought had crossed his mind.
However Hajime just let out a sigh and began to calmly stroking Kaori¡¯s shoulders. However the effectiveness of this tactic was disrupted when a thick fog began to slowly block their field of view.
¡°Ha-Ha-Ha-Ha-Ha-Hajime-kun!?¡±
¡°You¡¯re beginning tough just like a cheerful foreigner. Don¡¯t worry, just handle it like always. You¡¯ll be fine if you just crush them with your magic.¡±
The moment Hajime replied they heard the ring of something as it tore through the wind, flying towards them. Hajime moved like a bolt of lightning and blocked the attack aimed at his neck with his left arm. When he lowered his left arm they could see an extremely thin thread stuck into it. They didn¡¯t have time to stare, soon there was the continuous ring of the wind being cut as arrows flew at them from all sides.
¡°Toe so far just for a trap? It¡¯s so disgusting! That¡¯s just typical of those damn liberators!¡±
¡°Come forth, Guardian of Light. Absolute Light!¡±
Hajime was caught by surprise for a moment, however, since they were only a primitive weapons Kaori was able to block them with her defensive magic. Soon though, the fog ahead of them began to swirl violently and a fierce storm struck Hajime and Kaori.
¡°Kya!?¡±
Kaori was blown away in the storm, her screaming figure disappearing into the fog. Hajime, made a sour face as he tried to find her using his perception ability. Unfortunately, it seems the fog had a function that inhabited skills of the sensing system, simr to inside the?Haltina Sea of Trees?, thus he quickly lost track of her.
¡°Che. Kaori, don¡¯t move!¡±
With a sour face Hajime called out to Kaori, but instead of Kaori a knight wielding a longsword came tearing out of the fog ahead of him. Using an unusual technique, he lunged fiercely and swung the sword at Hajime.
Parrying the attack calmly with Donner, he struck the hisrge opponent in the chest with Scg then fired a magic bullet into his stomach with Donner. A hole opened in the knight¡¯s stomach and he silently vanished into the mist.
However, immediately after a line of swordsmen and knights with abnormal strength emerged from the fog. These warriors held a variety of different weapons, and used the fog tounch attacks at Hajime one after another, fading back into the mist after each strike.
¡°Damn, so troublesome¡¡±
While spitting out curses, Hajime expanded red magic bullets around his body like a satellite, also activating ¡°Lightspeed¡±(??) swiftly tidied up his surroundings. It was a concern to him that he could not hear Kaori¡¯s voice.
Hajime was concerned that he couldn¡¯t hear Kaori¡¯s reply. While spitting out curses Hajimeunched bullets of red magic and made them orbit his body like satellites. At the same time he activated ¡®Lightspeed¡¯ and swiftly tidied up his surroundings.
Shifting to Kaori, with Hajime gone from her sight she was finding it hard to keep up a brave front. Kaori was really bad with horror, it would be very difficult to ovee her current predicament even under normal circumstances, but now her body wanted to freeze up just from the fear of being alone. Add in her strong inferiorityplex, though she wouldn¡¯t admit it to herself, and the bottom line was that all she wanted to do was curl herself up and cry.
Kaori scolded herself, she mustn¡¯t let herself be found cowering like this, and forced her body to stand back up. As soon as she was upright again she felt a hand on her shoulder. Hajime would often encourage her by patting her on the shoulder. Ovee by happiness, Kaori found herself turning around in delight.
¡°Hajime-ku-¡±
However, as she turned around Kaori noticed that something felt off about the hand on her shoulder. To be more urate, it felt too thin and too cold. Kaori felt chills run down her spine as her intuition warned her that what was behind her was not Hajime.
If it wasn¡¯t Hajime, then who on earth was it? Continuing to turn, now like a rusty machine, Kaori saw it. Eyes, nose, mouth¡ and then even more holes. It was the face of a woman dyed in a darkness as ck as the abyss.
¡°Fuwah~¡±
Kaori¡¯s spirit was over in an instant, and her defensive instincts rendered her unconscious.
In the 2 minutes it took Kaori to get up and faint, Hajime had already destroyed 50 ghostly warriors. This was only his rough estimate based on killing one of the ghostly veterans every 2-3 seconds.
Just as he was beginning to think he had wiped them all out, arge man wielding a greatsword tore out from the fog, charged straight at him and swung a blow that boasted of enormous hidden strength.
Hajime dodged the attack with the smallest movement of his body. However it wasn¡¯t over yet. The warrior bounced the greatsword back into the air using the recoil from the blow to the ground and moved to attack again.
Hajime responded by activating ¡®Vajra¡¯, stopping the blow with his mechanical arm and jumping up onto the greatsword with his knees, forcing it from his opponents hands and trapping it against the ground. Then, with a swift motion he raised his gun and fired a magic bullet straight into therge man¡¯s head.
At the same time therge man¡¯s head was blown off the surrounding fog begins to fade away.
¡°Kaori! Where are you?¡±
Hajime focused all of his senses on finding Kaori¡¯s presence. However, even without doing that Kaori was easily found.
¡°I¡¯m over here, Hajime-kun.¡±
¡°Kaori, are you alright?¡±
Hajime divulged a sigh of relief upon seeing Kaori walking towards him with a smile. Once Kaori reached his side she snuggled up against against him with a beautiful smile.
¡°It was¡ very scary¡¡±
¡°Is that so?¡¡±
¡°Un. That¡¯s why I want to beforted¡±
As she said this Kaori threw her arms around Hajime¡¯s neck and hugged him. At a distance so close they were practically nose-to-nose, Kaori locates Hajime¡¯s mouth with her eyes and began to draw herself closer¡
Gotsu (TN: Sound effect. *thunk*)
With a Gotsu~tsu sound (TN: *thunk*) Donner¡¯s muzzle met Kaori¡¯s temple.
¡°Wh-what¡?¡±
Kaori appeared to be confused as Hajime narrowed his brutal-looking eyes and directed murderous intent towards her.
¡°What? Of course I¡¯ll kill enemies, no matter how they look like¡± and without a beat of hesitation he pulled the trigger.
Karankara (*ng-ng*)
There was the sound of a knife hitting the ground, it had fallen out of the hand of Kaori when she was shot. She had intended to stab him in the back as she was hugging him. With steady footsteps Hajime approached the copsed Kaori.
Getting back up, Kaori begins talking to Hajime in a frightened and trembling voice.
¡°Hajime-kun, why would you do such a thing!?¡±
However Hajime response was to fire another magic bullet at Kaori.
¡°Don¡¯t you dare speak with Kaori¡¯s voice! Do not degrade her body by moving it! Did you think I couldn¡¯t see the truth? You are nothing but a piece of trash possessing her body.¡±
Hajime¡¯s ¡®Magic Stone Eye¡¯ had already revealed to him that there was a ghostly woman possessing Kaori.
With the truth clearly exposed Kaori, who until just a moment ago had been cowering on the ground, instantly changed her expression and burst into mockingughter.
¡°Nyahahaha, even if you know the truth it is of no matter. You can¡¯t do anything¡this girl¡¯s body is already mine!
As she said this the possessed Kaori raised herself off the ground and pushed Hajime down onto the ground into the mounted position.
¡°Wait, what are you doing? This is your woman! Do you n to hurt her!?¡±
¡°Shut up! You¡¯re giving me a headache. Didn¡¯t I tell you not to move? I¡¯m not going to hurt Kaori, the magic bullets will pass right through her body, the only one who will suffer is you.¡±
¡°If I disappear this woman¡¯s soul will shatter! Is that really alright with you!?¡±
At those words Hajime inclined his head slightly in thought. Although there was a good chance it wasn¡¯t a bluff, there was no way to verify if it was true.
Most people would probably be trapped by indecision in this situation, was the possessed Kaori hoping for this? She was giving her cat-likeugh again while motioning for him to step aside. Seeing this Hajime gave her his reply.
Zupan~! Zupan!
It was a pair of magic bullets. The possessed Kaori¡¯s expression was too shocked to reveal as to whether she had felt any pain. Soon her expression shifted into one of frustration as she shouted at Hajime in an angry voice.
¡°Are you insane!? Do you not care what happens to this woman!?¡±
¡°Shut up you pile of trash! If I don¡¯t attack then Kaori¡¯s body would remain possessed. However, as long as you aren¡¯t killed her soul won¡¯t break, right? Until you feel like leaving her body everything will be fine if I just torment you without killing you.¡±
The ghostly woman was left speechless at his words. When she looked into Hajime¡¯s eyes she was being stabbed by his murderous intent that dwelt there.
¡°I¡¯ll make you regret thinking you could touch what¡¯s ¡®important¡¯ to me. Even though you¡¯re an enemy I won¡¯t kill you, I won¡¯t let you experience the relief of death. I¡¯ll make it so you can¡¯t escape Kaori¡¯s body even if you want to. I¡¯ll force you to suffer until you go mad from the pain.¡±
Red magic flowed out from Hajime¡¯s body, his white hair was caught in the eddies and slowly began to sway in the energy. There was no rage, bloodthirst or insanity in his eyes, they were like frozen chips of ice.
Hajime was furious, more so than ever before. He wouldn¡¯t be satisfied with just kill his enemy this time, they must experience cruelty akin to the depths of hell.
The ghost possessing Kaori had been too dense to realise she had picked a fight with something that should never be disturbed. Only now, as she felt her gaze trapped in Hajime eyes, did she finally realise what she had awakened; a monster, one you would normally pray to never meet.
With Donner¡¯s muzzle again pressed against her forehead, the ghostly woman earnestly begged for release. Even if all it bought her was permission to disappear a single second faster, when she imagined what this monster would probably do to her even one second seemed like a blessing.
She was just an ordinary ghost. Although it did seem that her lingering essence was greater than than any of the other apparitions they had encountered, in the face of this atmosphere it all amounted to nothing. The frozen wrath Hajime was giving off was just that terrifying.
¡°Iwanttodisappear!Iwanttodisappear!Iwanttodisappear!Iwanttodisappear!Iwanttodisappear!Iwanttodisappear!¡±
The ghost¡¯s sobs echoed louder as Hajime¡¯s finger moved to pull the trigger, when suddenly the Kaori¡¯s body began to shine. It was the sparkle of the restore-all-abnormal-status recovery magic ¡®Ten Thousand Heavens¡¯, which Kaori had prepared as a precaution ahead of time using the ability of ¡®Dyed Invocation¡¯.
While left dumbfounded by the feeling of unbelievable relief the ghost heard a voice from inside her.
¡°¨CIt¡¯s okay, I¡¯ll send you off properly.¡±
Alongside these words the shining, pure white, light intensified. The ghost felt afraid as the light wrapped around her, dragging her gently along with it towards the heavens. However, as she gradually passed on to the next world and her consciousness began to fade she was ovee with a feeling of peace and relief.
With one p, Kaori sent her off and slowly began to open her trembling eyelids. Hajime, still lying underneath Kaori in the mounted position, looked directly up into Kaori¡¯s eyes. Ever since Kaori began to shine, the fading presence of the ghost¡¯s existence had been reflected in Hajime¡¯s Magic Stone Eye. For the moment he released his killing intent and focused on confirming whether the ghost had truly left Kaori.
Their faces were so close, and with Hajime¡¯s lying underneath her, his gaze filled with a mixture of relief and worry as he focused his eyes intently on her pupils, it would¡¯ve been enough to make anyone feel moved.
Gently lowering her head Kaori pressed her lips on Hajime¡¯s. It was only the barest meeting of their lips, but for Kaori it was still her precious first kiss.
Hajime whole body went stiffened in surprise for a moment. In order to be certain that Kaori had been released Hajime had used almost all his concentration to examine her. With his mind so distracted, naturally it wasn¡¯t possible for him to avoid a kiss.
After a while Kaori gently released his lips.
¡°What are you¡?¡±
¡°Perhaps it¡¯s my answer?¡±
¡°Your answer?¡±
¡°Un. Why did I follow you? Why do I want to keep on following you?¡. This is my answer to Hajime¡¯s questions.¡±
When she said this Kaori smiled at Hajime. It was smile he had always seen her wearing, warm like a ray of light from the sun. Ever sinceing here it had be clouded and covered up by a falseugh, but now it shone once again.
In fact Kaori had still retained her consciousness while possessed, though it felt like watching the world outside while trapped inside a ss room. She had still been able to see Hajime in never seen before state of fury, saying things like Kaori was ¡®important¡¯ to him. It had flowed right through the ghost and reached her heart.
At the sight of this Hajime unbearable sadness had risen up in her chest, but at the same time she felt the nervous passion she had when she first confessed to him.
If she wanted to exin it, it was a feeling of selfish, of always wanting to be indulged, always make them vividly aware of your presence. Mixed in amongst the circle of girls Yue allowed to surround Hajime, Kaori found it intolerable that she wasn¡¯t allowed to hoard him all to herself, yet at the same time she didn¡¯t even want to imagine a future where she wasn¡¯t by Hajime¡¯s side.
She wanted to make them recognise that even if her capabilities were nowhere near Yue and the others, her feelings weren¡¯t any less.
¡°I like you Hajime-kun, no, I love you. That¡¯s why from here on I want our futures to be entwined.¡±
¡°Won¡¯t it only leave you feeling bitter? Just like it is with Shia, even if Yue weren¡¯t there, it doesn¡¯t necessarily mean that I will love you back.¡±
¡°That¡¯s true, it¡¯ll probably be painful at times¡. I want to be monopolised, I want you to only look at me. I feel so jealous of Yue sometimes, and so inferior when Ipare myself to her¡±
¡°If that¡¯s the case¡¡±
¡°But I¡¯ll only regret it if I allow myself to be separated from you here, I¡¯m sure of it. For me, just being near Hajime is wonderful¡.and that¡¯s how I¡¯ve always felt. In time I want to close the gap between us even more, but for right now this is enough.¡±
Pinching Hajime¡¯s cheeks between both her hands, Kaori smiled softly.
The expression on Hajime¡¯s face was aplex mix of troubled and amazed, but Kaori had decided on her own, and if she believes that it¡¯s the best decision for herself, Hajime wouldn¡¯t say another word. Each person had their own idea of happiness, deciding Kaori¡¯s happiness for her is something he couldn¡¯t do, nor did he want to.
¡°¡. I see. If Kaori is fine with this then I won¡¯t say any more.¡±
¡°Un. Although I¡¯ll probably cause a lot of trouble, please don¡¯t hate me, alright?¡±
¡°What are you saying at such ate hour? From our time at school, up to our time here, you have always been an terrible troublemaker.¡±
¡°That¡¯s not true!¡±
¡°Really? Back at school you never read the situation and would casuallye over and talk to me,pletely unaware of the word bombs you were dropping everywhere, and never noticing that every time the guys around us would seethe with anger. And then let¡¯s not forget when a negligee-ddy decided to visit a man¡¯s room in the middle of the night¡¡±
¡°Uu, I remember, all I wanted to do was talk to you¡. Un, it was really embarrassing when I realizedter that I hade to your room dressed like that.¡±
While Kaori was covering her blushing face with her hands, Hajime got up and offered Kaori a hand up. Then, with a grin, patted Kaori on the shoulder gently, and turned to start walking towards the magic circle that had begun to shine further inside the storeroom once the fog had lifted.
However, he was stopped by Kaori tightly grabbing onto his sleeve. If he looked carefully he could see that she was still a little unsteady. Apparently the possession had dulled her body¡¯s senses a little. Now that the body had been released it hopefully wouldn¡¯t take long for it to return back to it¡¯s normal state.
¡°Let¡¯s rest for a little bit.¡±
Hajime had suggested this, but it seems Kaori had an idea of her own and with a smile she hopped up onto Hajime¡¯s back.
¡°¡.What are you doing?¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t it better if we progress quickly? I don¡¯t know when my magic power will return and if we hang around here the fog will surelye back, right?¡±
There was definitely some truth to her words,so Hajime replied with a ¡°It can¡¯t be helped¡± while scratching his head, and walked towards the magic circle while carrying Kaori.
Kaori wrapped her arms around Hajime¡¯s neck and clung on tightly to his back. Although he didn¡¯t say anything, Hajime was trying his best to ignore the soft feeling that pressing up against his back.
Kaori moved close enough that he could feel her hot breath in his ear. Her lips, close enough that they were almost touching his earlobe, opened gently and a sweet sound reverberated inside his ears.
¡°Hajime-kun¡ I want to asking you something about what happened earlier.¡±
¡°Earlier?¡±
¡°Yes. Why was it that you got so angry during that fight?¡±
¡°Saa, why was I angry? I don¡¯t know.¡± (TN: ¡°Don¡¯t make a move on what¡¯s ¡®important¡¯ to me.¡± ¡..Was he really an otaku before?)
¡°Mouu, please tell me~.¡±
Refusing to answer her questions or get caught up in her flirtatious atmosphere, Hajime continued to carry Kaori while moving forward at a brisk pace and without hesitation stepped into the magic circle.
Chapter 95
Chapter 95
Gross-Food Subjugation
Faint light shone on the surface of the sea, and it made the swaying waves a ceiling.
In that space, a building that was like a temple existed in the center, which was supported by four huge columns. There was no wall between the columns. A delicate,plex magic formation was drawn at the ce that seemed to be an altar at the center of the temple. Still, from the temple whose surroundings were filled with ocean water, the pathway that floated on the surface of the sea extended in four directions, and the end went on to be a circle. And, a magic formation was also drawn on the footing of that circle.
One among the four magic formations began to shine suddenly. Then, after the momentary light that was like an explosion, the shadows of people stood there. It was Hajime and Kaori.
¡°¡¡Here is¡¡ Is that a magic formation? Unexpectedly, was it captured?¡±
¡°Um, is there some problem?¡±
¡°No, I didn¡¯t think that it was really already cleared¡¡ Though I felt it was a little easy whenpared to the other Labyrinths¡¡ Though I expected that clione to at leaste out at the end¡¡¡±
Apparently, understanding that they seemed to have arrived at the dwelling of Meiru Merujine, Hajime made an expression like he was a little let down. In contrast to that, Kaori, peeking at his face from over Hajime¡¯s shoulder, replied while smiling wryly.
¡°You know, Hajime-kun. This ce was plenty difficult. The beginning is an undersea cave after all, and because normally you would not possess something like a submarine, you would continuously be consuming a lot of magical power the whole time until it was cleared, and if done poorly, as it is you would drown. The clione-like thing was an almost impossibly tough enemy, and because physical attacks were ineffective against the things that looked like ghosts, you will again rely on magical power. Because of that, breaking through cannot be done without fighting arge army. It¡¯s a sufficiently ridiculous degree of difficulty.¡±
¡°Yeah, though I guess it might be so if you say so.¡±
¡°Not to mention, as for the people of this world the piety seems to be strong¡¡ To disy such madness¡¡¡±
¡°Too much mental intensity¡¡?¡±
Kaori¡¯s point was, in short, that Hajime was too strong. When saying up to there, certainly, Hajime agreed that Guryuen Congration Mountain would have also been able to be captured wlessly if not for the attack of Fried at the end.
And,e to think of it, they had arrived before joining up with Yue and the others, but at the time that he thought about what they were doing, the magic formation that was at the end of the path to the right began to shine like it had read Hajime¡¯s thoughts.
When the bursting light had settled down, the figures of the three people of Yue, Shia, and Tio were there. It was exquisite timing.
¡°Good timing. Was it OK over there?¡±
¡°N¡¡ Over there¡¡ was it not safe?¡±
¡°Ah, Kaori-san are you alright!?¡±
¡°Mu? Are you hurt? What happened to recovery magic?¡±
To Hajime¡¯s calling out, even though each of them showed an energetic appearance, they sent gazes like they were worried at Kaori who was being carried on Hajime¡¯s back. Kaori¡¯s reply regarding that was¡¡
¡°Thank you for worrying. But, I¡¯m fine. Because half was just me being spoiled.¡±
To Kaori who dered that boldly as she floated a truly cheerful smile, as Yue narrowed her eyes, Shia appealed with ¡°I¡¯m jealous. Please switch ces with me~,¡± and Tio raised a broad smile with a ¡°Hohoo,¡± seemingly amused.
¡°Hey, Kaori. Perhaps, can you already stand up?¡±
¡°Ehehe, actually from the beginning there was no problem with walking¡¡ I¡¯m sorry?¡±
¡°Haa, hurry up and get down.¡±
To Kaori whoughed like a little evil slipped out, Hajime let Kaori down while showing an amazed expression. And then, they joined with Yue and the others and faced the temple.
¡°And? What happened? Hey, try to say it, Goshujin-sama. It seems something happened with Kaori? Hey, hey, what happened? Say it without hiding ¨C hebuu!?¡±
Because she began to question him with an absolutely annoying feeling while Tio smirked, Hajime who became irritated dispatched an open handed p at once. As she sat at ease, Tio, who had crumbled down with a fascinating nting posture, colored her cheeks while breathing roughly.
¡°I-impact after a long time~, haa haa, n, Goshujin-sama, isn¡¯t it fine punishing me more? Isn¡¯t doing a kick instead good?¡±
In the atmosphere that was expected somewhere, ignoring Tio who said such things as she pleased, Hajime and the others went towards the altar inside. From the back, ¡°One more time, it is fine with one time! Please, hit me~,¡±though the disgusting words were heard, everyone ignored it with all of their power.
¡°¡¡And? What happened?¡±
Yue asked the same question as Tio. However, the look was not at Hajime, it was faced at Kaori. Kaori, smiling sweetly in good humor as she matched gazes with Yue, dropped a bomb of words like the other day.
¡°I only kissed with Hajime-kun a little.¡±
¡°¡¡Hou.¡±
¡°Eh!? Is that true!? From which one!? From which one was it!? It can¡¯t be, from Hajime-san!?¡±
To Kaori¡¯s words, Yue¡¯s voice lowered one level, and Shia drew closer like she was excited.
¡°It was from me. ¡¡Hajime-kun was angry for my sake¡¡ I stole it not being able to endure it.¡±
¡°Waa, it¡¯s the same as my time! I also stole one because I could not endure it. We¡¯rerades! Kaori-san!¡±
¡°Ufufu, that¡¯s right, Shia. Next time, shall we steal one with two people?¡±
¡°In that case, should we rather make it to a fait apli?¡±
Right at Hajime¡¯s side, the two girls began to refine the Hajime attack n. A cold sweat flowed on Hajime¡¯s face. Though it looked like they were in high spirits going ¡°Kya Kya¡± as they appeared to be joking, in fact, it was because the eyes of Kaori and Shia were serious. In the old days he never would have imagined Kaori turning carnivorous eyes towards him.
¡°¡¡I thought you would run away with your tail rolled up.¡±
Yue turned a probing look at Kaori. Yue had noticed that Kaori was tormenting her heart as she felt an inferiorityplex. Therefore, this time that became the first Great Labyrinth challenge for Kaori, possibly she thought about if she would run home failing. Of course, she had no intention tofort the other party who had proimed a deration of war to her. If she drew back here, it as just fine if she dered victory when she considered the extent of it.
However, it seemed that Kaori had gotten back on her feet, or rather, there was even an atmosphere of determination being made since before. She was anxious about what had happened.
¡°¡¡That¡¯s right. From Hajime-kun as well, I was told that doing so sooner was better. But, the various differences among other things with Yue¡¡ I will show them now.¡±
¡°¡¡Did you be defiant?¡±
¡°Indeed it might be called that. Or perhaps I should say, although I came along with you all bing defiant from the start, showing the difference, it was surely only forgotten. I showed you a shameful ce.¡±
¡°¡¡Although it would be fine if you gave up as you were.¡±
¡°Fufu, are you scared? Topete together?¡±
¡°¡¡Don¡¯t get carried way by the rhythm. Troublemaker.¡±
¡°That, it was said also by Hajime-kun. ¡¡I, do I have a constitution to make trouble like that I wonder¡¡?¡±
To Yue¡¯s sharp words, Kaori¡¯s face stiffened. Though she felt a little down being called a troublemaker simrly by both her rival in love and the one she loved, she immediately pulled herself together. Incidentally, actually Yue as well, or perhaps you should say Hajime and the others, because everyoneparatively has a constitution to make trouble, though the words surely boomeranged considerably, the self-consciousness of it was not in Yue.
¡°Well, although it might be as Yue says¡¡because I am at least Hajime-kun¡¯s ¡®Importance¡¯, I decided to aim at ¡®Special¡¯ doing my best. Whatever anyone might say, right?¡±
¡°¡¡I see. In that case I will ept your challenge the same as before.¡±
¡°Yes! Ah, even so, I don¡¯t hate Yue, you know? A fighting friend or something like that, that sort of thing was yearned for just a little.¡±
¡°¡¡Friends? Kaori and I are?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right, friends. In Japan, there is something like a person who represents friend writing rival. In that case, isn¡¯t it fine to read friend by writing love rival too?¡±
¡°¡¡Japan¡¡ Hajime¡¯s birthce¡¡ It is a more mysterious country the more I hear about it. But¡¡ I think it is a good sense.¡±
¡°Right. Ufufu, that¡¯s why, please take care of me after this too?¡±
¡°¡¡N.¡±
Though Yue and Kaori were emitting an atmosphere of good feelings somewhat, at the side, Hajime who heard the two people¡¯s conversation was terribly ufortable. It was a feeling like a young man alone even inappropriately slipping into the midst of girls that were making girls talk. And, such things as Kaori knowing the words of a certain end of the century person called strong, although it cannot be helped wanting to tsukkomi because Yue¡¯s return was the words of a certain cardboard box loving snake, he controlled himself because he read the mood.
Hajime and the others who arrived at the altar set foot on the magic formation with everybody. Going by the usual, it carefully examined the inside of their minds, and their memories were read. However, it was not just that this time, it was like looking at what the other people experienced at the same time. In other words, what Yue and the others experienced was shared with Hajime and Kaori too.
Somehow or other, it seemed that Yue and the others finally arrived at an abandoned metropolis that should even be called an undersea city in a huge underground space. Thereupon, the space warped the same as with Hajime and Kaori, and it was like war came in the metropolitan area with the armies of two countries. Because, that metropolis seemed that it was a ce being invaded by the army of the Majin tribe in the human capital, and in the end, it seemed they were attacked from both the same as Hajime and Kaori.
There was a huge architecture that appeared to be the royal castle in the interior of the capital, and Yue and the others who pushed on while kicking about the armies heard the speech of the leaders in the invaded royal castle.
By all means, because the incident where the Majin tribe destroyed a human vige was the impetus, although the humans¡¯ country that made this metropolis the capital city began a war with the Majin tribe side, actually, that was like a conspiracy of the human side that did not hope for peace and desired the Majin tribe¡¯s extermination. By the time it was noticed, the war that was already getting out of hand expanded, and finally it had be a situation where the united human side had the tables turned on them and was invaded until the royal capital¡.. It seemed that was the situation.
And, the person plotted that conspiracy, it seemed it was the high priest of the Light Faith Church that was deeply connected with the country, and this Light Faith Church apparently was the predecessor of the Sacred Faith Church. Furthermore, they appeared to be violently cornered. As though they were entreating a deity in troubled times, they tried to obtain the support of God offering sacrifices. As a result, several hundred human women and children were gathered from the metropolitan area, and it became a ghastly situation of a mass killing being done in the church¡¯s cathedral.
Even Yue and the others, when they saw that scene it seemed to be quite intense as expected. Because the confirmation of memories by the magic formationpelled them to remember, it made their faces pale. Especially, Shia seemed like she would vomit at any time.
Finally the confirmation of memories ended, and everyone seemed to have been recognized as someone who had captured it safely. The new Age of Gods magic was etched within Hajime¡¯s and the others¡¯ minds.
¡°Was this magic here? ¡¡Wasn¡¯t it end to end of the continent? Damn Liberators.¡±
¡°¡¡Found it, ¡®power of regeneration¡¯.¡±
Hajime breathed out abusivenguage. That was because the Age of Gods magic of Merujine Undersea Ruins that they obtained was Reproduction magic.
He remembered the wording of the lithography that was under the Great Tree of Hartsina Sea of Trees. He was certain that it was written that the ¡°power of regeneration¡± was necessary before advancing. In other words, to capture the Great Labyrinth that was at the end of the east, it would not be obtained if you did not go until the end of the west, and it was absurdly troublesome for a person who had arrived at Hartsina Sea of Trees first. Though it was still better since Hajime and the others possessed the means of high speed movement with the magic driven vehicles.
When Hajime puckered his eyebrows at the repulsiveness of the Liberators, and simultaneously with the magic formation¡¯s light paling, a parallelepiped came out from the floor and approached. It seemed like a small altar. When thinking that the altar shone faintly, in the next moment the light took the shape of a human form. Somehow or other, it seemed to be a message left behind simrly with Oscar Orcus.
The human form clearly changed into an outline gradually, and it became a single woman. The girl who sat on the altar was wearing something like a white one piece dress that became loose, and she possessed fan shaped ears and long, emerald green hair. It seemed that the Liberators¡¯ one person Meiru Merujine was a woman who was rted to the Sea Tribe.
She, the same as Oscar, told the truth of the Liberators after she introduced herself. She seemed to be a gentle woman, wearing a kind atmosphere even while carrying grief. Before long when she finished the same talk as what Oscar had reported, she spoke words at the end.
¡°¡¡Please, do not cling to God. Do not rely on it. Do not get used to things that are given. Struggle for the sake of grabbing hold of and taking it. Decide by your own will, and advance ahead by your own feet. Any difficult problem, the answer is always within you. It is only within you. Do not be misled by the sweet answer that God deludes you with. Under free will for sure, there is happiness. To you, I am praying that a rain of happiness pours down on you.¡±
Finishing it so, Meiru Merujine vanished, bing faint light again. Immediately afterward, a small magic formation shone as it appeared in the ce where she had sat, and when the light settled down, a coin where the crest of Merujine was etched was ced there.
¡°The number of proofs is four, Hajime-san. With this, we are surely able to challenge the Sea of Trees Labyrinth too. I wonder how Father and the others are doing~?¡±
Shia was quick to think about her family and hometown that she really missed. However, because what came to mind was her father and the others going ¡°Hyahha-!¡±, she dispersed that scene by shaking her head. As Hajime put away the coin of proof in the Treasure Warehouse, he recalled the Haulia going ¡°Hyahaa-!¡± the same as Shia, and drove out the scene by shaking his head.
And, just as the proof was put away, the temple began rumbling. And then, the ocean water of the surroundings suddenly began to raise the water level.
¡°Uo!? Tch, forced expulsion, huh? Everyone, hold on!¡±
¡°¡¡N.¡±
¡°Wahwah, it¡¯s too unreasonable!¡±
¡°It¡¯s like Raisen Great Labyrinth, no mooore~.¡±
¡°Water torture¡¡ is being done.¡±
To the sea water that terrifically increased in force, Hajime and the others who did not even have time to take out and board the submarine were submerged in the blink of an eye. Right away, they were again individually no match for the draining, and everyone firmly grabbed on each others¡¯ clothes and equipped apressed oxygen cylinder in their mouths that was taken out from the Treasure Warehouse.
And then, immediately after that, the ceiling part opened like the shortcut of Guryuen Congration Mountain, and ocean water poured in with violent force. Hajime and the others also, flowing into the shaft, were blown away to the upper regions by the violent force like being pushed out in a water fountain from below.
Perhaps, though it might be the shortcut of Merujine Undersea Ruins, different from the Meiru Merujine with an atmosphere such as a kind onee-san being gentle, it was an absurdly violent shortcut. Furthermore, it was likepulsion. Unexpectedly, she might have been an extreme person.
Hajime and the others who were forced up finally noticed that overhead was a dead end. However, the moment they collided with it, the ceiling part slid again, and they were thrown out into the vast sea vigorously outside of the ruins. Hajime was convinced. Meiru Merujine was absolutely an extremely sketchy character contrary to her appearance.
Hajime and the others who were thrown out in the sea hurriedly took out the submarine from the Treasure Warehouse. And then, though they tried to board it from the hatch, that n was obstructed. Mostly, because of an opponent they did not want to meet.
Zubaaaaaaaa!!!
A semi-transparent tentacle passed before their eyes with terrific force, and the submarine was sent flying.
[Yue.]
[Frozen Coffin!]
In the gaze that Hajime turned ahead, although it was a seemingly fairy-like modeling, making everything melt, it was the worst, brutal creature that regenerates infinitely ¨C the huge clione. While grinding his teeth at the thing that appeared especially after the capture was finished, Hajime called out to Yue by invoking Telepathy.
The huge clione again shot a countless number of tentacles with a violent force like they were not resisted by the water. On the other hand, Yue froze the surrounding ocean water in a spherical shape by harmonizing in response to Hajime¡¯s call, and formed a barrier of ice.
The barrier of ice was mightily blown away in the sea by the force of the tentacles that hit directly with Hajime and the others inside. Everyone was made to shake within the barrier at the violent impact.
[What should we do!? Goshujin-sama!]
To Tio whomunicated by using the telepathy gem, Hajime answered.
[Everybody aim at the sea. We¡¯ll be tortured to death underwater. I¡¯ll buy us time!]
Hajime remotely manipted the submarine by operating the ring type induction stone while saying so. From behind them, the submarine that should have been blown away and sunk plunged forward with extreme speed, and evaded the countless tentacles that came to attack while wrenching the hull. And then it shot a countless number of torpedoes from the bottom of the ship.
The number of torpedoes that could be shot all at once was twelve. If one thinks about it normally it would be plenty of destructive power. However, Hajime, judging that the situation would gradually get worse if he did not make a certain chance here, did not loosen his hand and shot all of the torpedoes consecutively that were loaded on the submarine. Making it navigate like making the hull slip sideways, he made a circle with the huge clione in the center. While implementing impossible movement if it was an ordinary ship, the number of torpedoes that were fired sessively were 48 in general.
Those that rushed while drawing a line of bubbles brought violent destruction, directly hitting the huge clione without varying their aim.
Doou! Doou! Doou! Doou!
Such muted impact sounds reverberated, and the ocean water rose and swelled like it had expanded. From the sea, if one were to look above the huge clione, the sea level would instantaneously rise, and next they would have observed an enormous column of water spout.
Hajime and the others tried to surface by manipting the water current immediately after all of the torpedoes exploded. However much it looked like a monster that even possessed regenerative power, it should have bought some time for a little while. However, the huge clione¡¯s nonsensicalness seemed to have easily exceeded their predictions.
[Yue, above!]
[Tsk¡ no good, I won¡¯t make it!]
A semi-transparent jelly was drifting above Hajime and the others who were trying to surface while recovering the remote controlled submarine, and it became a clione of three meter size when it gathered and solidified in several blinks. And then, when it opened itsrge head with a ¡°Gapa!¡±, it swallowed the barrier of ice as it was. Naturally, Hajime and the others were in the clione¡¯s belly together with the barrier.
[Shit, the regeneration is too fast!]
[It looked like it regenerated from a tentacle that was torn off!]
[This is bad, Hajime-san. The surroundings are full of jelly!]
Apparently, it was not just the tentacle that was torn off, the semi-transparent jelly seemed to have been distributed here and there by getting on the ocean current from the beginning.
[¡¡Hajime. There is not much to maintain it! I can¡¯t reinforce it because there is no ocean water in the belly!]
[Tch, everyone prepare for impact!]
Yue frantically resisted the barrier of ice melting with terrific force. Hajime, while strengthening its defensive power by dding the barrier with Vajra, took out arge quantity of rockets and torpedoes from the Treasure Warehouse outside of the barrier, namely, in the belly of the clione.
Once more, the clione¡¯s body exploded and scattered together with a thunderous roar. Because it began to melt even with Vajra in a short time, even Hajime and the others who bathed in the shock of the nearby explosion were grandly blown away, and the barrier of ice was also smashed.
They were thrown out into the sea. Hajime remotely controlled and moved the submarine in the sea as he caught Kaori and Shia who could not directly fight underwater.
However, this time the submarine was caught. One part of the huge clione had clung to the ship¡¯s bottom before anyone was aware and opened a hole in it. In the gap where the cruising speed dropped as ocean water flowed into the interior of the ship, the surrounding semi-transparent jelly that had been scattered gathered in one go and wrapped up the submarine.
Furthermore, Hajime and the others noticed when they were surfacing that arge amount of semi-transparent jelly was expanding to cover overhead of them. Judging by the huge clione¡¯s unusual recovery speed, it was not possible to break through in a halfhearted manner.
While spewing abusivenguage in his mind at his prided submarine being melted, Hajime called out to Yue with telepathy.
[Yue. I¡¯ll rely on you for Spatial Piercing]
[¡¡It will take forty seconds.]
[Hindrances will not be done. To escape from the sea, we have no choice but that.]
[N¡¡ Leave it to me.]
Yue closed her eyes to concentrate and did not move. Kaori and Shia clung to her so that she did not get washed away by the current. The Spatial Piercing that Yue was attempting to use was one of the Space magics that was the Age of Gods magic acquired in Guryuen Congration Mountain. Making a hole in a point of two spaces, the space of the two spots were connected. In short, it was magic that made a warp gate. Still, because it hasn¡¯t been long since it was learned, being used by Yue it will take that much time.
The tentacles that came attacking, Tio somehow mowed them down with a rapid fire of reduced version breath. However, since the breath¡¯s magic power consumption is intense, and since the power and range fall considerably underwater, it was difficult to hit the tentacles because of the straight line attack and the annihtion power was weak. It will likely break through without being held for even several more seconds.
Hajime, taking out ores sessively from the Treasure Warehouse, proceeded to continuously use Rensei, and like the barrier of ice that Yue formed not long ago, formed a physical barrier in the shape of a sphere.
[Goshujin-sama! It has already broken through!]
[I was able to do it, so everyone get in!]
The metallic barrier sufficient enough to take in five people waspleted, and simultaneously with Tio getting into itst the hole was closed as it became a perfect metal sphere. Furthermore, that metal sphere was covered in red magical power. It was strengthened by Vajra. Tentatively, because gravity stones were also included, it would not keep sinking as well.
Immediately after that, the tentacles rushed the metal sphere, and began to wrap it up in one go.
The semi-transparent jelly that melts even magic power itself immediately destroyed and consumed the Vajra. And then, even the surface of the metal sphere was melted in a moment. However, when thinking that red sparks ran on the metal sphere, metal swelled from the melted edges, and the protective wall was just barely maintained.
That was because Hajime continued to constantly use Rensei from within. Fortunately, there was a kind of ore that was contained within the Treasure Warehouse to a literally rotting degree. Repeated Rensei seriously as he opposed the rate of melting, and then, the moment he impatiently waited for finally came.
[Spatial Piercing!]
Yue¡¯s spatial transference magic was invoked. Within the metal sphere, a shining membrane of an elliptical shape waspleted in the immediate vicinity of Hajime and the others. It was the gate that connected space.
[Everybody jump in!]
In ordance with themand of Hajime who continued to use Rensei by applying his hand to the metal sphere, everyone jumped into the gate all at once. Hajime also jumped inst. After Hajime passed through it, the gate immediately terminated, and several secondster a countless number of tentacles pierced the metal sphere and melted it.
Hajime and the others who passed through the gate were attacked by a terrible floating sensation. It was because the movement done before was to the sky. To be separated from the sea even a little, Yue had established the exit one hundred meters in the sky.
Immediately Tio used Dragonification and floated as she ced Hajime and the others on her back. On Tio¡¯s back Yue started to crumble down, and Kaori and Shia supported her from the sides. It was a state of magical powerpletely drying up. Hurriedly, she replenished it taking out magical power from the magic crystal stones.
¡°Yue, you saved us. As expected of you. Space transference is proportionate in difficulty.¡±
¡°¡¡Haa haa, n. I did my best. But, it¡¯s still not a level forbat.¡±
As Yue said, the handling of Space magic was difficult to the extent that it could not bepared with Gravity magic, and in the view of Yue it was still not at a level where it could be used in actual fighting. Much time is taken to construct the magic formation image by means of Imagination Composition, and the magical power efficiency is also still bad, as even though they made a spatial transition of one hundred meters, it was to an extent that it consumed magical power of two times that of supetive magic.
Nevertheless, because of Yue being skilled she was able to attain it and put it to use in a short period, and their escape was able to be done. Admiration was sent freely from Kaori and the others too, and to a certain extent, Yue who blushed was embarrassed.
Though everyone loosened their faces at the situation, the next moment, their expressions became frozen.
Doogoooooooo!!!
Zabaaaaaaaa!!!
Together with such a roaring sound, suddenly a huge tsunami swept down on them from the back of Hajime and the others. No, even calling it huge is presumptuous. Already there was a wall and the sky. The tsunami that seemed to easily exceed five hundred meters in height came to attack while raising wave crests in the distant sky where Tio flew about one hundred meters high in the sky. And the diameter seemed to be about one kilometer.
¡°Tsk, Tio!¡±
[Acknowledged!]
Tio recovered herself at Hajime¡¯s shout, and elerated in one go as she fluttered her wings. There was no escape anyway. Space transition would not be in time. If it was, there was nothing to think about but ¡°To the other side¡±! She flew with a high speed that seemed to rival the time she escaped from Guryuen Congration Mountain.
¡°¨CRestraining Seal, Beyond Sage!¡±
¡°Beyond Sage.¡±
Kaori produced a rope of light that connected everyone to prepare for when they would be swallowed, while at the same time she expanded high grade defensive magic together with Yue. Shia gave a warning the next instant as she widened her eyes when concentrating on something.
¡°Tio-san, be careful! That is inside the tsunami! Tentacles areing!¡±
She seemed to have reported the scene that she saw with her characteristic magic Foresight¡¯s derivation Future Assumption. Tio, without even confirming Shia¡¯s words, twisted her body instantaneously. Right afterward, countless tentacles extended from the tsunami and pierced the space where Tio was until now immediately.
She was able to avoid them sessfully. However, the difference with the tsunami had been shortened because of that reason. The tentacles that still came attacking, though Hajime intercepted and burned them to ashes with a methrower¡¡
¡°Damn it! Everyone get together!¡±
Hajime who was on Tio¡¯s back covered Yue, Shia, and Kaori like he was hugging them, and then, right after that, the huge tsunami that should even be called a natural disaster swallowed them.
Because there was the Beyond Sage of the pair of Yue and Kaori, though they did not receive the impact of the tsunami directly, even so they were unreasonably tossed around by the fierce torrent and were sent back into the sea.
One piece of the Beyond Sage waspletely smashed, and the other piece was already cracked. Supposing if they had not expanded anything but one piece, then at about this time they might have gone to a watery grave. Hajime and the others who shook their heads at the shock from being thrown into the sea raised their faces as they made grim expressions again.
¡°How should I put it, the aimed at prey isn¡¯t let go?¡±
The huge clione was already in front of Hajime and the others who were protected by Beyond Sage. Furthermore, that figure was bing evenrger, and had already exceeded twenty meters. Was it still insufficient? While gathering semi-transparent jelly from the surroundings, it continued to grow evenrger.
¡°I-it can¡¯t be¡¡ Things like not dying, melting anything, and manipting even the sea¡¡ What should we do?¡±
¡°¡¡Hajime-san. Can you give me a serious kiss? I want to do it with Hajime-san at least at the end.¡±
¡°¡¡.Fuu, Goshujin-sama. Me too, I desire a kiss at the end.¡±
Kaori darkened her expression in despair, and Shia pleaded to Hajime while floating a smile like she was embarrassed. Tio was also the same.
However, the girls who turned their gazes at Hajime shook their bodies with a ¡°Biku¡±. Because, Hajime¡¯s eye glittered with mes. The glint in his eye was sharp, carrying murderous intent of an insanely thick degree, and he was ring at the clione that had be huge as he bared his teeth.
Hajime would not do something like giving up. There was not even a tiny bit of such a thought. What was in his head was: what should they do to kill the enemy before their eyes and how could they survive, it was only just that. Confronted with a formidable enemy of an impossible degree, if that was enough to give up, Hajime would not be standing in this ce now. He surely would have perished in the abyss a long time ago.
And, understanding that, surely because they had escaped the verge of death in the abyss together, Yue also still frantically worked out her thoughts without carrying the likes of resignation at all.
At the eyes of Hajime that glittered, Kaori, Shia, and Tio, though they stiffened as they were and gazed at him with expressions that were engrossed for a little while like their hearts had been stolen, they regained their consciousness because the huge clionemenced its attack finally bing a thirty meter ss.
Panicking, Kaori formed Beyond Sage over again. Shia grasped for possibilities of victory with Future Assumption. Tio fired breath. In the girls¡¯ eyes, there was no color of giving up anymore. The likes of a brave woman, if that was not a person who should be at Hajime¡¯s side, it was because it was thought so.
Yue also, although she had not thought of a n to to break the deadlock yet, for now she was going to crush both offense and defense for the sake of surviving.
Hajime did not do anything in particr, and just intently worked out his thoughts. In the given time that Yue and the others earned, he continued to search for a path to victory with high speed thoughts while invoking Lightspeed. He ordered himself to recall all of the information there was now. With terrific force within Hajime¡¯s brain, the scenes until now shed back.
And then, he remembered. He and the others had once gotten away from the huge clione. That changed into a question. ¡°Although so much power exists, why did it overlook us once?¡± At that time, what differed with the present fight? ¡¡That was¡
¡°We¡¯re not using fire much.¡±
Right,st time Tio and Yue grandly used magic of the fire system with reckless abandon. That time, the tentacles became ash, and should not have been used to regenerate.
Hajime found hope there. Though it was a guess without positive proof, probably, the regeneration of the clione was not infinite. The semi-transparent jelly thatposed its body and appeared to be equal to infinite existed in mass quantities.
Also, it appeared likely that it was able to even create it on its own just by seeing the situation until now. Though, if it were annihted in one go, it might need time to rece it. Therefore,st time because it reced arge quantity of its annihted body, it prioritized regeneration over pursuit, and Hajime and the others seemed to have been able to escape.
In that case, it was the same. It was fine if they could annihte it faster that it could create or regenerate the semi-transparent jelly thatposed the clione. However, this ce was in the sea. It was sufficient to say that fire magic could not be used the most effectively as one might think. Though Tio¡¯s breath is high temperature, it did not seem to be able to finish annihting it. There was no method. There were no stored arms that could annihte it. In that case¡¡
¡°It¡¯s just fine if I make it.¡±
Hajime, taking out torpedoes and ore sessively from the Treasure Warehouse, began to produce something with terrific force for some reason.
¡°¡¡Hajime? Did you think of something?¡±
¡°Yeah. To use fire in the sea there¡¯s no choice but this. It should defeat it if it goes smoothly.¡±
¡°Hajime-kun, is that true!?¡±
¡°As expected of Hajime-san! I believed in you from the beginning!¡±
¡°¡¡Shia, you, didn¡¯t you solicit a kiss as you gave up in the beginning¡¡? No, that aside, that¡¯s our Goshujin-sama!¡±
¡°However, it will take time. You all, I¡¯ll leave it to you.¡±
At Hajime who said so while smiling fearlessly as he lifted his lips, Kaori, Shia, and Tio immediately nodded their heads strongly, and even more, they confronted the huge clione increasing their concentration.
Hajime expanded his perception ability to the maximum using Lightspeed, and furthermore he demonstrated concentration power that exceeded the limit by using Limit Break at the same time too as he poured all of his power into the weapon creation.
One, though hepleted another one, the mass production in one go does not go like the bullets whose degree of difficulty to create is extremely high. Nevertheless, when using them sporadically, the huge clione might finish regenerating or creating the semi-transparent jelly. The situation would gradually get worse if it became so. If he was going to do it in, he should do it in instantly. While wearing red magical power ¡ª the proof of Limit Break, Hajime¡¯s frantic Rensei was repeated.
However, reality is heartless. As far as the huge clione is concerned in the sea was a ce of its overwhelming advantage, and even with Yue and the others of the cheat group doing it, they did not seem able to rival it for long.
Though Yue, Kaori, Shia, and Tio were desperately standing firm with expressions that seemed strained, they did not seem to be able to hold out until the preparation wasplete.
[Three minutes, the end at most, if there is three minutes!]
While invoking telepathy instinctively, Hajime shouted so. Finally, the huge clione whose fierce attacks they could not contain approached before their eyes, and swept down to swallow Hajime and the others as its head split with a Gapa!
Hajime reluctantly decided to fire even though it was only as much as he was able to now to try to survive this moment.
But, at that moment, neither Yue, Shia, Tio, nor Kaori either, it was a refined old man¡¯s voice that responded to Hajime¡¯s shout with telepathy.
[Yo, Ha-bou. Doesn¡¯t it seem dangerous? han will help you out.]
[-!? T-this voice, it can¡¯t be, Li-san?]
[Yeah. Ha-bou¡¯s friend, it¡¯s Li-san.]
Yes, having appeared, the one who had been captured in Fyuren¡¯s aquarium before, it was the human faced fish demon Lieman who Hajime called Li-san. Hajime, when he looked at the surroundings as he widened his eyes in surprise, suddenly a huge silver shadow rammed a hit into the huge clione¡¯s body from the side. The huge clione that was in a posture of just being about to prey upon them as it opened its mouth was blown away as it received the perfect surprise attack, and was pushed away.
In that space, the human faced fish that was certainly remembered swam to the immediate vicinity of the Beyond Sage. At the abrupt situation, Yue and the others also werepletely not able to follow. Seeing Lieman¡¯s figure, Yue and Tio stared in wonder, Shia widened her eyes in surprise with ¡°That time!¡±, and arriving at Kaori, she screamed with a ¡°Hii!?¡±
[Was Shia jou-chan also in good health?]
¡°Fue!? Um, y-yes! I¡¯m healthy.¡±
[That is splendid. Then, Ha-bou, what are you doingzily? If you had three more minutes, would you be able to deal with the Akujiki somehow? If you have to do it, do it quickly. Do you not have so long?]
[Y-yeah. Although something wasn¡¯t understood well, at any rate you saved us. Thank you, Li-san.]
Hajime moved the hand he had stopped at the sudden appearance of Lieman, and resumed the weapon creation in a hurry.
Meanwhile, the huge silver shadow, suicide attacking the huge clione, bought time doing an exchanging of attacks. Somehow or other, the silver shadow¡¯s true identity seemed to be a group of fish. They were not even demons or the like and were just fish. Though they were just fish, tens of thousands, or, if the number equaled several hundreds of thousands, it seemed that even a monster opponent was able to be held off. Because they decreased in number by the staggering force, certainly, they did not seem able to keep it up for long.
Why was Lieman here? Shia, who was put out ahead forcibly as the representative because she seemed to be an acquaintance, asked that question.
[U-um, Li-san? Is that fine? Uh, what in the world is going on?]
[Hmph, it isn¡¯t anything in particr. As I was properly hanging around this area, a telepathicmunication was heard apanied by a huge, familiar magical power. What I saw when I rushed over, wasn¡¯t it Ha-bou being attacked by the Akujiki? Though there were a lot of questions, it was my friend¡¯s crisis. It is the shame of a man to not do anything.]
¡°Uh, that group of fish¡¡ is the Akujiki in it?¡±
[The Akujiki is that thing. Long ago, a monster that haunted the sea from ancient times¡ no, that fellow is a natural disaster. It could also be called an ancestor of demons. That crowd of fish is being guided by my ability. To our species that uses telepathy, the ability is possessed to manipte the normal sea creatures to a certain extent.]
A surprising fact came to light. The human faced fish Lieman seemed to have been a fish user. The group of fish was almost destroyed in the timing that Lieman¡¯s conversation ended, and the huge clione again attacked while opening its mouth as it went toward Hajime and the others.
However, the time that was earned by the noble sacrifice¡¡ was precisely three minutes.
A group ofrger than normal torpedoes were spread out in the surroundings of the Beyond Sage that enclosed Hajime and the others. The number was roughly 120. And, rings of the same number floated in the surroundings of Hajime who smiled fearlessly.
When Hajime activated the induction stone on hand, the group of torpedoes were shot all at once. 120 torpedoes rushed towards the huge clione that had opened its mouth at high speed while drawing a line of bubbles. However, only the torpedoes, because they would just scatter the body of the huge clione even if they exploded, there would not be substantial damage either and it seemed that it would immediately regenerate.
The huge clione attempted to intercept the group of torpedoes, sending out arge number of tentacles as it was upset at them bing a hindrance to its meal, and everyone stared ahead wondering what they should do. Hajime who had exceeded the limit manipted the torpedoes with the very limit of his concentration power and barely evaded them.
¡°Are you not going to avoid them? Then, I¡¯ll let you eat to your heart¡¯s content.¡±
Hajime¡¯s mutter resounded. The huge clione that was previously the Akujiki, at the reason that it was able to melt anything, Hajime thought that might have been why it did not avoid the attack.
And then, the expectation was correct. The group of torpedoes that had finished dodging the barrage of tentacles directly hit and pierced into the huge clione¡¯s whole body uniformly without it even showing an attitude of avoiding them.
However, an explosion did not happen. Buried in the huge clione¡¯s body, although they were melting there was not an explosion of even one shot. The huge clione that had embedded the group of ck torpedoes throughout its body was in a state like a flecked pattern was made as if poison had invaded the previous position.
Hajime, before the group of torpedoespletely melted, carried out the next move. He took out a massive quantity of ck liquid into the empty space from the Treasure Warehouse. It was the tar that was made from liquified mme ore. To the inside of the surrounding floating rings, it was poured there like a waterfall.
Then at the same time, the whole body of the huge clione began to be stained ck. As though, like water soaking into paper and changing its color all at once, the ck liquid was encroaching on the semi-transparent, huge clione. The identity was the tar of liquefied mme ore that Hajime had poured into the surrounding rings.
These rings and the group of torpedoes, all of them were connected by a small gate. What passed through the inside of the ring jumped through space and arrived at the same ring used as an exit that had been built into the inside of the torpedoes. In other words, the torpedoes were not explosives, they were things to carry the rings, and at the same time, they were also a physical barrier of the rings while sending in the tar.
Naturally, though the tar itself was also melted, because of the total of 120 gates, the melting speed of therge quantity of tar that poured in without pause could not catch up to the encroachment of its whole body by the tar.
In an instant, the huge clione, though it tried to escape the encroachment by separating its body, Yue and the others did not allow it. The separation was thoroughly hindered with a barrier, freezing, and breath. Still, Yue¡¯s gate was unable to be used because she was not able to open the gate on a pinpoint on a moving target yet. To be able to do it, two established points of space just had to be connected.
The huge clione, because it became serious, though it had been on the verge of finishing off Hajime and the others by a war potential with a volume of the maximum ss done by gathering the semi-transparent jelly of the surroundings, now it had backfired. The tar that Hajime poured into it finished dyeing the huge clione ck without leaving anything in the end.
Hajime, as he curved his mouth, he pierced the huge clione with fiery, glittering eyes. In his hand a tiny ember was being held.
¡°Burn in hellfire from inside of the body and die.¡±
The ember that was flicked by Hajime¡¯s thumb, while drawing an arc, it hit directly like it was being inhaled in one of the tars that was pouring down. At that moment, a scorching heat of 3000 degrees Celsius surged and spread through the gate instantly.
Not long ago, it was dyed ck, and the huge clione had tried to melt the tar inside its body with an atmosphere that it felt desperation somewhere, and this time, it had be dyed a scorching red. As Hajime said, from inside of its body, hellfire that was not able to be opposed did not allow even a moment of resistance, and its body waspletely burned.
Arge, crimson flower that bloomed in the sea finally appeared from inside the body of the huge clione apanied by the coloring of a name called a mass of bubbles in the sea, and it was destroyed, frying even through the exterior. And then, the super high temperature mes raised a violent steam explosion as they evaporated the ocean water in an instant.
Goobaaaaaaa!!!
A terrific impact surged, and the distant sea burst open like a joke. In the sea that was also still raging, it was a state like a storm was called in. Inside the rough sea, Hajime and the others who let the impact go past them searched for the form of the huge clione beyond the barrier.
Though their gazes went around without negligence in the sea that was calming down moment by moment¡¡ the form of the clione that was like a nightmare was nowhere to be seen. Hajime, though he carefully investigated using the magic eye stone and Farsight, as expected the huge clione¡¯s traces were not reflected.
Hajime and the others were convinced. The monster of ancient times ¡ª the Akujiki subjugation had beenpleted here.
¡°Guh¡¡ Somehow, is it over¡¡?¡±
The rings that had floated in the surroundings scattered and sank as they lost their power, and the red magical power that covered Hajime¡¯s body also quickly dispersed and vanished. At the same time, Hajime who staggered by the side effect of Limit Break went down on one knee inside the barrier of Beyond Sage, and distorted his expression from an intense headache because of overworking.
However, in his eyes that said ¡°I killed it!¡±, great joy overflowed at having survived victoriously.
¡°¡¡Hajime, are you alright?¡±
¡°Hajime-kun, I¡¯ll heal you immediately!¡±
Yue immediately approached Hajime¡¯s side and supported his body. Kaori also went to heal Hajime as she chanted recovery magic immediately. Shia and Tio also came to approach at the sides and embraced Hajime.
¡°You did it! Hajime-san!¡±
¡°As expected of Goshujin-sama¡¡ you made a harsh killing scene. I felt chills.¡±
At Kaori¡¯s healing, while feeling his headache lessen a little at a time, Hajime also loosened his cheeks at hispanions that had gathered. While soaking in the reverberations of their victory, when it became peaceful, an old man¡¯s voice who seemed to be a little displeased resounded.
[Yoo, Ha-bou. Please tell me if it¡¯s going to explode. Didn¡¯t you consider if I might die?]
[Ah, Li-san. Sorry. I thought about nothing but what I was killing.]
Apparently, Lieman seemed to have beenpletely blown away by thest explosion. Because he had used all of his power to kill the huge clione, his consciousness had not been turned toward Lieman. Moreover, thest explosion was not something Hajime had intended. For a bit, Hajime had also been surprised.
[Well, can it not be helped if it was to kill the Akujiki? Whatever was done, it was splendid.]
[If Li-san hadn¡¯te it would have been seriously terrible. Thank you.]
[You¡¯re wee. Well, I only stuck to my moral code. Don¡¯t worry about it.]
[You¡¯re an honorable man as usual. As expected of Li-san. I¡¯m thankful too for the coincidence that you were here.]
[Ha-bou, coincidences that have umted, isn¡¯t it already called inevitable? That han was able to assist you was also inevitable, and that you survived like this is also an inevitability.]
Hajime loosened his mouth with a ¡°hah¡± the same with the fish with the old man face that smiled broadly. At the two people who weremunicating something to each other, the female formation in the background were discussing together with whispers.
¡°¡¡What¡¯s that? Aren¡¯t they excessivelymunicating something with each other?¡±
¡°¡¡Honorable man¡¯s friendship?¡±
¡°Hajime-kun¡¡ the friend that he was able to make in the other world is a Seama?? Even in Japan the appearance of him hitting it off with someone to that extent wasn¡¯t seen!¡±(TN:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seaman_%28video_game%29)
¡°There was such a feeling even before. Girls¡¯ talk can¡¯t help bing boys¡¯ talk if it¡¯s a guy? Well, though the other party is an old man¡¡¡±
From themselves, to the intimate atmosphere of Hajime and Lieman of a certain meaning, when Yue and the others turnedplex expressions towards them without either trembling or bewilderment attached, the two people¡¯s conversation also seemed to have just ended.
[Then, han is already going. Ha-bou. Let us meet again if fate allows.]
[Yeah. Li-san also take care.]
With one mutual nod, Lieman turned back. However, when looking back as he advanced a little, he talked to Shia.
[Jou-chan. There seems to be many rivals, but do your best. When you are able to have children, let¡¯s have them y with my children sometime. I will introduce my wife also. See you.]
When leaving only those words, without looking back this time, he disappeared into the ocean as he was.
Those that remained behind¡¡
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±You were married¡ª!!?¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
It was a grand tsukkomi of such a Hajime andpany. Though he put on the airs of a wanderer, when thinking that he possessed a family, nothing but a normal useless old man was seen. For awhile, their tsukkomi echoed in the ocean.
Chapter 96
Chapter 96
Oath With The Daughter
¡°Papa-! It¡¯s morning-! Wake up-!¡±
At a corner of the maritime town Erisen, an infant¡¯s voice resounded in the second floor of a certain house. The time, passing through the early morning slowly, was around when one started to feel the warmth of the day. From the window, like forecasting that it will be good weather today as well, the morning sun streamed in brilliantly.
Dosun!
¡°Aa~?¡±
It was Hajime who was fast asleep in bed that was being shined on by such a morning sun. And, calling such a Hajime Papa was Myuu who came to wake him up with an energetic voice.
Myuu, when determining the magnificent leap that does not make the weight felt just before the bed, thending of a ten point perfect score was determined on the belly of Hajime who was her Papa as it was. Of course, it was not from her feet. It was a form that became her straddling him.
Although she was still a four year old child, the body weight was already around 15-6 kilograms. If such a weight jumps on the abdomen with added force, a normal person should even let out a groan, but naturally Hajime does not feel any kind of pain. Nevertheless, a sleepy groan dide out because of the forced way he was woken up.
¡°Papa, get up. It¡¯s morning. Good morning.¡±
¡°¡¡Aah, Myuu? Morning. Please stop *pechipechi*-ing since I¡¯m up.¡±
Was she happy that Hajime had woken up? While showing a bright smile, Myuu drummed on Hajime¡¯s face with *pechipechi* sounds with hands like tiny red leaves. Hajime, when holding Myuu as he raised his upper body while doing a morning greeting, hebed her emerald green hair gently. At Myuu who narrowed her eyes like it felt good, Hajime¡¯s cheeks also loosened.
¡°¡¡N¡¡au¡¡Hajime? Myuu?¡±
Inside such a heartwarming atmosphere, all of a sudden, a voice that made one feel seductiveness somewhere resounded. Hajime, when turning the sheets a little as he shifted his attention that way, the sleepy figure of a beautiful girl rubbing her eyes with the back of her curled up hand like a cat was there.
Long blonde hair hung down in waves that was not bed hair at all even though she had been lying down, and it sparkled because of the morning sun pouring in from the window, causing her to blink her crimson eyes that were the same as red spinel. Because she was not wearing clothes the same as Hajime, with her pure white skin without a single blemish, the pair of hills that could be seen from the gaps of her hair that hung down the front made one feel seductiveness together with loveliness coupled with the sound of her voice.
¡°Howe Papa and Yue-oneechan are always naked?¡±
Myuu¡¯s innocent question meant ¡°the time they got up in the morning¡± to the utmost. By no means did it mean that the pair were nudists.
And, seeming to wonder, ¡°Maybe they don¡¯t have pajamas?¡±, Myuu looked alternately at Hajime and Yue with eyes that were possibly seeing someone a little pitiable. To the childishly pure question, with the likes of ¡°That is, you, because clothes are obstructive?¡±, Hajime, who must not have even been able to do a response that was mistaken for sexual harassment, requested Yue to help him with a slightly troubled expression.
In her consciousness that cleared up gradually, Yue who guessed Hajime¡¯s distress returned an adult¡¯s temte to the child¡¯s innocent question.
¡°¡¡Myuu will alsoe to understand it if you be even bigger.¡±
¡°You understand when you be bigger?¡±
¡°¡¡N, you understand.¡±
To Myuu who tilts her head, Yue avoided clearly answering by force. Myuu¡¯s sex education was left to Remia who was her mother. However, Myuu who tilted her head to the side with an expression like she was not quite able to agree with an ¡°U~n¡±, when looking back slowly, she let out an innocent question again while staring at a certain spot, and cornered mainly Hajime.
¡°Papa also, do you know why this ce became big? But, Myuu doesn¡¯t have this. Myuu doesn¡¯t understand?¡±
Saying so, at a certain ce where the characteristic morning physiological phenomenon was caused, Myuu started to drum on it with her hands going *peshipeshi*. Although it was not with a significant power, Hajime, who shook at the impact on his delicate ce, fixed how he held Myuu in a hurry to separate her as much as possible from ¡°that¡±.
¡°Myuu, don¡¯t touch that. Listen. It¡¯s natural for Myuu who is a girl to not have it. It¡¯s fine if you don¡¯t worry about it. Another ten years, no, twenty years, better yet your whole life, it¡¯s something you don¡¯t have to be concerned with no matter what.¡±
Hajime said something foolish with an extremely serious face. Myuu nodded her head with a *kokuri* because it was something said by her beloved Papa even while floating ¡°?¡± in her mind. Making a somehow satisfied expression at that, Hajime again untangled Myuu¡¯s hair bybing it with his hand. Myuu also, like her questions from just now were forgotten, started to concentrate on being satisfied by that gentle feeling.
To such a Hajime, a gaze was turned towards him like feeling amused somewhere from Yue who was next to him. In those eyes, ¡°Overprotective¡±, ¡°Energetic because of the morning¡±, and ¡°One advantage because of the morning?¡±, such feelings of this or that seemed to be contained in them.
Hajime faced the other way at that. Inside the warmth that increased a little at a time because of the light of day, that heartwarming scene continued until Remia and Kaori and the others, who fretted at the situation where Myuu did note to wake them up, came crowding into it.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Hajime and the others, capturing Merujine Undersea Ruins, had returned to Erisen by getting on the back of Tio who used Dragonification because they had lost the submarine, and again six days had passed since they had supplied topics to the town. Since the day they had returned, Hajime and the others had been indebted to the house of Remia and Myuu throughout.
The town called Erisen was a floating ind of intertwined wood with a huge poption. Since the vast sea itself bes an infinite plot ofnd, the whole town became an appearance where there is basically space made in the architecture and in the streets. Remia¡¯s and Myuu¡¯s house also, thergeness of it was more than enough for a house with two people living in it, and it was afortable living space to the extent that even with the five people of Hajime and the others staying there they did not even feel any inconvenience.
Thereupon they set aside time to replenish their equipment and master the Age of Gods magic that they had obtained. Though half of it was a vacation mood because Erisen had perfected seafood cooking, the wind and waves were also pleasant, and the location was veryfortable.
But, nevertheless, they felt that the rest was over a little on staying the sixth day. The reason, it goes without saying, was Myuu. It was not possible to take Myuu along on the journey beyond this point. A four year old girl without even any sort of power, it was absurd to take her along to the Great Labyrinth of the far east.
Not to mention that the two Great Labyrinths excluding Hartsina Sea of Trees were in even more troublesome locations. One was in the Majin tribe¡¯s territory, the Freezing Cave of Schnee Snow Field. And the other one was surely that whatever Kamiyama. For either of them, they would need to go into the heart of a great power. To such a location, they were absolutely unable to take Myuu along.
Because of that, though they should bid farewell to this town, was it guessed somehow? When Hajime and the others tried to start that conversation, Myuu always went into ultra spoiled child mode, and they could not easily start talking because she invoked ¡°Certain kill! Little Girl, Petition of Silence!¡± Eventually, dragging on the Age of Gods magic¡¯s training and the new equipment¡¯spletion, they stayed even the sixth day even though it was a made up excuse.
¡°Even so, if I don¡¯t make reasonable departure¡¡haa, what should I say to Myuu¡¡will she cry, I wonder? Her crying¡¡haa, it¡¯s depressing.¡±
Hajime, while preparing some equipment with Rensei as he sat on the pier, muttered a soliloquy in seeming mncholy. The time when he had just exited from hell, although he thought that all of this world was inconsequential, now he was racking his brains at one farewell with a small child. At such a present state, in his mind, Hajime heldplex feelings.
¡°I me you, Sensei¡¡¡±
To discard everything of this world, the thinking that did not dislike all of the sacrifices for the sake of just his objective hadpletely vanished, and Hajime used abusivenguage remembering his former teacher who was the impetus that led him to carrying such thoughts. However, Yue, Shia, Kaori, and Tio in front of his eyes, and seeing the smiling face of Myuu who was ying a game of underwater tag with the girls, the smile he floated on his face was the opposite of his words.
When it was unrted to him, at that time, if he had abandoned Myuu, or if he had left Ankaji as it was, then if he left Remia alone, and if he quickly separated from Myuu¡¡ surely, the girls might not have those first rate smiling faces.
Even if he discarded them for example, though it was separate from Yue and the others feeling unhappiness and it might not be a cause for their smiles to disappear, but could they possiblypare to those being shown now? That was surely because there was no doubt that the way it was for Hajime until this ce was not ¡°the lonely way of life¡±.
While watching Myuu who was enjoying the irregr game of tag splendidly running from ce to ce from the incarnations of cheats with all of her power(everyone excluding Myuu was ¡°it¡±) as she perfectly showed the traits of the Sea-person tribe, again, Hajime let out a sigh. From between both legs of such a Hajime that were stretched out from the pier, suddenly a person¡¯s figure appeared making a sshing sound. Having appeared dripping water from in the sea, it was Remia who was Myuu¡¯s mother.
Remia, who had her long, emerald green hair in one loose braid on her back, was wearing a splendidly suggestive, light green bikini. At first when she reunited with Myuu she was considerably haggard, but now, having perfectly regained her previous healthy body because of the recovery effects of the foul y ss Reproduction magic, you would not think that she was the mother of a child, no, it was so but she was d in her former seductiveness.
The manpany of the town, all of them aimed at being her second marriage partner, as she was a gentle system beauty, to the extent that one could nod even if there was a strange fan club of the mother and child set. She boasted a splendid figure almost equal with Tio, and the drops of water that ran off the surface of her body were absolutely bewitching.
Such a Remia, who was charming even under normal circumstances, appeared between his thighs suddenly. Hajime, who was racking his brains about Myuu, was inadvertently taken by surprise. Remia, as she supported her body setting her hands on Hajime¡¯sp, she looked up at Hajime from a ce that was a considerably dangerous position.
However, in her face was the opposite of the position and the body that emitted seductiveness, and in Remia¡¯s kind expression, instead it carried a color like she was worrying about Hajime.
¡°Thank you very much. Hajime-san.¡±
¡°What is it all of a sudden? Something like saying thanks¡¡¡±
Hajime made an expression like he was doubtful at Remia who stated her gratitude suddenly.
¡°Ufufu, the person who also worries so much for the sake of the daughter¡¡as her mother I also came to want to say one expression of gratitude.¡±
¡°That¡¡was it found out? For the time being, though I was intending to hide it.¡±
¡°Ara ara, there wasn¡¯t a person who didn¡¯t know? Yue-san and the others also all seem to be thinking about it¡¡ Myuu was able to meet with really wonderful people.¡±
As Remia looked back over her shoulder, though Shia had been stripped of her swimsuit by Myuu¡¯s prank, even though they saw her figure chasing Myuu frantically while making a hand bra, she was showing a smile. And, again when turning her gaze to Hajime, this time she opened her mouth with an expression that was a little serious.
¡°Hajime-san. It¡¯s already enough. Everyone has done more than enough. Therefore, please don¡¯t be worried, and go forward for the sake of the things that you must do.¡±
¡°Remia¡¡¡±
¡°Meeting with everyone, that child has grown up greatly. Although she only behaved like a spoiled child, she hase to be able to worry about someone other than herself¡¡ That girl understands. That Hajime-san and the others have to go¡¡ although shepletely acted like a spoiled child unintentionally because she is still immature, even so, ¡®Don¡¯t go,¡¯ was never said, right? That child also knows that it is wrong to detain you all more than this. Therefore¡¡¡±
¡°¡¡Is that so? ¡¡If I¡¯m being worried about by a child, it¡¯s not taking care of her¡¡I got it. Tonight, I¡¯ve decided to tell her clearly. Tomorrow, we¡¯ll depart.¡±
Myuu¡¯s silent appeal, though she didn¡¯t want them to go, he noticed that it was a manifestation of her fear about not wanting to trouble Hajime and the others by saying it, and Hajime, who looked up at the sky as he covered his eyes with one hand, became determined to say farewell. To such a Hajime, Remia again turned a gentle gaze towards him.
¡°Then, tonight let¡¯s have a feast. Because it¡¯s Hajime-san¡¯s and the others¡¯ farewell party.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right¡¡ I¡¯m looking forward to it.¡±
¡°Ufufu, yes, please look forward to it, D*e*a*r?¡±
¡°No, that way of calling is¡¡¡±
To Remia who was floating a mischievous smile somewhere, though Hajime started to insert a tsukkomi, because of a voice that contained a chill like a blizzard, it was interrupted like always.
¡°¡¡Remia¡¡good courage.¡±
¡°Remia-san, since when¡¡ There was neither negligence nor a chance.¡±
¡°Fumu, by the angle seen, she even seems to be servicing Goshujin-sama¡¡ Exposure y¡¡ nice!¡±
¡°Um, Myuu-chan? Onee-chan¡¯s swimsuit, can¡¯t you return it soon? The public gaze from some time ago is¡¡¡±
Yue and the others who returned to Hajime¡¯s location unnoticed red at Remia with half closed eyes. ¡°It can¡¯t be, is she aiming at Hajime for a second marriage partner for real?¡± seemed to be what was making them vignt. Thesest few days, it was a sight seen often. The pervert was ignored. The swimsuit stolen by the four year old girl and the half crying rabbit ears were also ignored.
On the other hand, if one were to speak of Remia, who was in a state of being red at, the appearance of her pulling back was not especially seen because she merely smiled with, ¡°Ara ara, ufufu.¡± That easy breezy smile, because it hid Remia¡¯s true feelings, the approach that was shown sometimes towards Hajime was difficult to distinguish whether she was being serious or joking. This, is it said to be a widow¡¯s dignity or something¡¡?
If speaking of the Hajime in question, he was captivated by the swimsuit appearance of Yue who was ring at Remia in a state of crawling on all fours as she raised herself onto the pier. Though he saw her every day, his gaze was attracted at an unconscious level already.
It was a ck bikini type. It was splendidly suggestive because it was the type that was tied by a string. The contrast coupled with Yue¡¯s skin¡¯s whiteness was exceedingly lovely. Doing up her hair in a rare twintail, although it made her feel more childish than normal, the gap one felt with the adult-like swimsuit was unbearable for Hajime.
Yue who was hurling sparks with Remia, when she noticed Hajime¡¯s gaze, she spilled a smile seemingly in good humor with a ¡°¡¡Fufu,¡± because it seemed like she guessed that his heart had been stolen by her, and she approached Hajime as she was on all fours.
However, when she was absolutely not permitted to be far ahead forever, Kaori took Hajime¡¯s arm from the other side. She pressed Hajime¡¯s arm into the cleavage that peeked out from the white bikini with a *munyu*, although she was dyed red up to her ears from embarrassment. Her nce that looked at Hajime with upturned eyes was appealing in silence with ¡°Look at me too?¡±
Furthermore, Shia from behind leaned on him while pressing her prided pair of hills onto Hajime¡¯s back. Because her swimsuit was still taken by Myuu, she seemed to have the intention to hide her body too. But, for Hajime, besides the first-rate softness, the characteristic feeling of the two that were touching him was a ce where he was extremely troubled.
Incidentally, though Tio also disyed a very charming swimsuit appearance, because the feeling was very bad as she started ¡°Haa Haa¡±-ing in her delusion, Hajime made her cool off her head by force as he attacked with the piece of metal he was holding. That being the case, currently she had be a drowned body.
Like that, to the location of Hajime who was surrounded by by beautiful women and girls, Myuu came rising to the surface from in the sea. Myuu, who appeared like she was cutting in between Hajime and Remia, she jumped at Hajime as she was from the front. To Hajime who caught her in his arms in an instant, Myuu, with ¡°Taken booty!¡± just hoisted Shia¡¯s swimsuit and ced it on Hajime¡¯s head. Apparently, it seemed to be a gift from his daughter.
¡°Mi-Myuu-chan!? Why, such a thing¡¡is!? It can¡¯t be¡¡ was it requested by Hajime-san? Re-really! Hajime-san, if my swimsuit was on your mind, if you said so¡¡ as much as you liked¡¡¡±
¡°¡¡Hajime, I¡¯ll give mine too.¡±
¡°M-me too! If Hajime-kun wants it¡¡ but because it¡¯s embarrassing undressing here¡¡ in the roomter, alright?¡±
¡°Ara ara, then, me too¡¡ Top or bottom, which one is better? Or else, both of them?¡±
cing a woman¡¯s swimsuit on his head, a man to whom girls from all sides were presenting swimsuits, Nagumo Hajime.
The water that dripped from Shia¡¯s swimsuit with a *potapota* was quite surreal coupled together with Hajime¡¯s expression that had stiffened his face. The manpany who witnessed that scene were made to drop tears of blood. And, to what extent did rumors spread in the area that day? With a story of, ¡°Be careful of the white haired eye-patch boy. That guy¡¯s favorite dish is stripped off swimsuits. He is a pervert that finds supreme delight in wearing them from his head.¡±
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The evening of that day, Hajime and the others informed Myuu of their farewell before dinner. Myuu who heard it grasped the hem of the one piece she wore tightly with both hands with a *gyu*, and earnestly resisted crying. The short silence continued for awhile, and it was Myuu who broke it.
¡°¡¡We can¡¯t meet anymore?¡±
¡°¡¡¡±
It was a question that he was hard pressed to answer. Hajime¡¯s goal was to return to Japan which was his birthce. However, the concrete method was not yet known, and he did not know in what timing or in the shape of how he would return.
Before, Miledi Raisen said to collect all of the Age of Gods magics if he wanted to fulfill his wish. Perhaps it might be a thing where he immediately returned in that timing. Because it seemed that there was no need toe back to Erisen until the end of the journey, possibly, he could not deny the possibility that this would be the final farewell.
¡°¡¡Papa, will you always stay Myuu¡¯s Papa?¡±
To Hajime who was troubled over how he should answer, Myuu piled up words before listening to the reply. Hajime met her gaze directly and firmly grasped both of Myuu¡¯s shoulders.
¡°¡¡Myuu, if that is your wish.¡±
When replying so, Myuu made a smile with a *ni* as she loosened her mouth that had been clenched to resist tears. It was Yue and the others who made a *ha* in their expressions. In some respects it resembled Hajime¡¯s expression at a time when he was challenging a difficult fight, and, for an instant, they appeared like a true parent and child.
¡°Then, take care. And, next time, Myuu is going to go meet Papa.¡±
¡°Going to meet¡¡Myuu. I¡¯m nning to go very far away. Therefore¡¡¡±
¡°But, if Papa can go, then Myuu can go too. After all¡¡ because Myuu is Papa¡¯s daughter.¡±
For she who was worthy of being Hajime¡¯s daughter nothing was impossible. Sticking out her chest as she seemed to be self-confident, if Hajime could note to meet her, Myuu made a deration to go to meet him herself. Of course, it did not mean that Myuu urately understood that Hajime was going to be returning to his birthce by crossing over worlds. Not to mention, the likes of Myuu obtaining all of the Age of Gods magics capturing the Labyrinths or crossing over worlds was impossible.
And so, it was an impossible objective to realize that came out from the child¡¯s poor conception.
However, who in the world wouldugh at that powerful deration? Who in the world would foolishly discard her will? It was impossible to do. It should not be done. The words Remia said about Myuu having grown was well understood. Myuu, though it was a short time, nevertheless she came to grow watching the reliable backs of Hajime and the others. Can such a beloved daughter be parted with now? Was it fine to part with her? No, there was no way such a thing could be done. There was no way that doing it was fine.
Because of this, Hajime decided. Now, as he made one more vow here.
¡°Myuu, please wait.¡±
¡°Papa?¡±
Myuu, who sensed that Hajime¡¯s atmosphere changed, tilted her head as she made a face that seemed curious. Until just now, there was not at all an expression that was worried anywhere, and the straightforward gaze that was always powerful pierced Myuu¡¯s eyes. It was the eye that Myuu had always watched.
¡°When everything is over. I wille back to Myuu¡¯s ce without fail. Taking everyone, we wille to meet Myuu.¡±
¡°¡¡Really?¡±
¡°Yeah, really. Have I ever told a lie to Myuu?¡±
At Hajime¡¯s words, Myuu shook her head with a *furufuru*. Hajime gently stroked such a Myuu¡¯s hair.
¡°When Ie back, next time I¡¯ll take Myuu along too. And, my home town, I¡¯ll show you the ce I was born. You¡¯ll surely be surprised. Because my home town is a ce like a surprise box.¡±
¡°! The ce Papa was born? I want to see!¡±
¡°Are you looking forward to it?¡±
¡°A lot!¡±
Myuu made a delighted expression while jumping up and down with a *pyonpyon*. At such a Myuu, Hajime gently narrowed his eyes. Myuu, who smiled with her whole face had blown away the anxiety over the matter of meeting with Hajime again, and without changing the force of hopping up and down, she jumped at Hajime. Hajime, who caught her firmly, held Myuu in his arms as it was.
¡°Than, can you be a good girl waiting with Mama? Don¡¯t do something dangerous. Listening well to what Mama says, can you do your best to help?¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
Hajime made an apology with his gaze to Remia who was staring at the exchange of the two such people while smiling. With, ¡°Sorry, I decided it selfishly.¡±
In contrast with that, when Remia slowly shook her head, she nodded as she matched gazes with Hajime firmly. With, ¡°Please don¡¯t worry about it.¡± That warm gaze, there was not even a bit of the color of condemnation, instead it contained feelings of gratitude.
Was the eye contact of such a Papa and Mama noticed? While Myuu watched Hajime and Remia alternatively, she pulled Hajime¡¯s clothes with a *kuikui*.
¡°Papa, Mama too? Is Mama also the same?¡±
¡°Aah, that¡¯s¡¡Remia?¡±
¡°Yes, what is it, dear? You¡¯re not saying that only I am left out, right?¡±
¡°No, that is so, but¡¡ seriously, this ce is ¡®another world¡¯?¡±
¡°Ara ara, to the ce that the daughter and husband go, is there any way that I won¡¯t follow? Ufufu.¡±
With Hajime holding the daughter, the figure of Remia nestled close to there. It was a normal married couple. Kaori and the others cut in as if to say, ¡°Like we¡¯ll let you-!¡± and the tumult spread. Where did the serious mood that was done in the beginning go? With Kaori and the others and Remia unfolding a war of smiles, to Hajime who was left out of it before anyone noticed, Yue stepped up with a *tokotoko*.
¡°¡¡You¡¯re taking them along?¡±
¡°Are you against it?¡±
When Hajime responded so to Yue¡¯s question, Yue shook her head, staring at Hajime with a gentle look somewhere, and replied.
¡°¡¡If it is something that Hajime decided.¡±
¡°Is that so?¡±
¡°¡¡But, what about if you can¡¯t choose the timing?¡±
It was the same question as Hajime¡¯s concern. Obtaining the Age of Gods magics, assuming that he even obtained the means to return to his home town somehow, it was not necessarily so that he could cross over worlds at a time whenever he liked. Or, there was fully the possibility too of it bing a situation that was different from what he promised with Myuu. If it became such a thing, Myuu¡¯s heart would surely be deeply wounded.
However, when Hajime shrugged his shoulders, he turned a strong look that carried determination towards Yue while floating a smile on his mouth. Yue also, because she just tried to ask tentatively, her mouth loosened like the reply was said that it was understood.
¡°I¡¯ll do it one way or another. No matter what I¡¯ll return to the ce of Myuu, and show her Japan too. If we crossed over worlds leaving Myuu, then by all means, it¡¯s fine if wee back to this world again. It¡¯s fine if we cross over worlds any number of times. Is that the only difference?¡±
¡°¡¡N. Only that.¡±
Floating smiles that they were understanding each other, Hajime and Yue matched their gazes closely. Yue thought she was feeling happy that Hajime was able to value something to the extent that he made a vow. Hajime also, appreciating that sort of her, again filled his heart loving Yue who was smiling at him. As always, Hajime¡¯s and Yue¡¯sbination ability ¡°Pink Space¡± was invoked.
Neglecting the others¡¯ tumult, to Hajime and Yue who were making a world of just two people, already Kaori and the others made amazed expressions. However, to Myuu who was the daughter, such an ability seemed not to apply, and when she forced her way between them magnificently, she demanded to be held again to Hajime-papa. Although they made a promise to meet again, it did not change that they were separating for awhile. Thest night seemed to be a situation where she acted spoiled with all her might.
The next day, Hajime and the others, seen off by Myuu and Remia, began a trip from the marine town Erisen.
Chapter 97
Chapter 97
It¡¯s been a day and half since they set foot once again into the world of brown.
Hajime aimed straight for the Ankaji (Ancadi) dukedom with the help of the magical powered four-wheeler while great heaps of dust rose from behind. Their original destination was the Sea of Trees, but they changed directions because they thought they might be able to repair the oasis if Koari used her reproduction magic.
The reproduction magic has the effect of literally returning anything back to its original form. So Hajime judged that he should be able to restore the polluted oasis, seeding with reproduction where recovery magic¡¯s purification failed.
Hajime had no reason to particrly object. They hadn¡¯t had a chance to try the local specialty fruitsst time, so he easily took Kaori¡¯s suggestion to return.
Unlikest time, the entrance to Ankaji was full of people waiting in line. A lot of big wagons lined up, and judging from the atmosphere, it felt like a line of merchants.
¡°That¡¯s a veryrge caravan.¡± Hajime stated tly.
¡°¡. Nn¡ will take time.¡± Yue added.
¡°They¡¯re probably bringing in new supplies?¡± Kaori suggested.
Kaori¡¯s guess seemed to be right. The reason behind the long line was from relief request from the Heilig Kingdom. Merchants were taking advantage of the troop¡¯s movement and traveled with the relief corps. The Heilig relief corps seemed to ept the Ankaji merchants as long as they didn¡¯t cause problems.
Anyway, because the oasis had been ruined, other than the stockpiled crops, it was necessary to destroy the tainted crops for safety reasons. This caused arge need for food as well as water. Ankaji couldn¡¯t afford to be choosy who they got help from.
Hajime disregarded the caravan. Not wanting to wait under the desert heat, he drove the four wheeler up to the gate without waiting in line.
People of the caravan began to notice the ck object and started to run, their hearts likely screaming out ¡°Is that a demon they¡¯re sitting in?¡± Towards the dangerous stares mixed with fear and wariness, Hajime brandished his weapon as the vehicle approached the gatekeeper in a cloud of dust.
As they drew near, the soldiers saw the 4 wheeler and suddenly became noisy. They moved to challenge Hajime, but colleagues who recognized the 4 wheeler convinced them to approach without their weapons. As they approach Hajime, they dispatch a messenger to run back to the city.
Hajime and hispany left the 4 wheeler while ignoring the chaos their presence caused. As always, several people are enchanted by Yue¡¯s good looks. As Hajime ced the 4 wheeler back into his treasure warehouse, their eyes turned to wonder.
¡°It¡¯s like that. Has the God of the Apostles returned?¡± the gatekeeper asks as he watches the figure of Kaori.
The soldiers were relieved to see Kaori. Perhaps they recognized her from the time they had brought Randzi back or when they went to recover the serene stones from the Guryuu-en Great Volcano.
It appears like the 4 wheeler had be known as Kaori¡¯s transport, and they named her the ¡°God of the Apostles¡±. Hajime didn¡¯t feel the need to correct them as they were not exactly wrong. Since they recognized Kaori the best, they put her out in front.
¡°Yes, we returned to try to purify the Oasis. Please pass this on to the lords¡¡± Kaori began.
¡°Oasis! Is it true?¡± The gatekeeper responded.
¡°I¡¯m only saying it¡¯s possible¡¡±
¡°Nevertheless, if it¡¯s an apostle¡ and we apologize for the impoliteness in such a ce. We¡¯ve already sent a messenger. I cannot leave my post, but a lord should being immediately to escort you if you¡¯d like toe to our waiting area.¡±
It seems they¡¯ve gained recognition for previously rescuing the country. Hajime can see the respect in the eyes of the soldiers as they gaze at him. They were getting the VIP treatment. While cautiously watching the merchants that gave him curious looks, Hajime once again set foot into the Ankaji Dukedom.
**_____________
The lord Randzi ran up breathlessly after about 15 minutes of waiting. It was pretty quick arrival. At least to Randzi, it looked like they were important.
¡°It¡¯s been a while. I¡¯m d you¡¯re all safe. I was worried when you did note back after entrusting the serene stones to Tio-dono. It would have been troublesome if our savior had died before we could express our gratitude.¡±
¡°I¡¯m just a mere adventurer. But well, I thank you. As you can see, your relief is safely received.¡±
¡°Oh, and we finished stockpiling the food with the assistance we received. Along with the reservoir that Yue made, you¡¯ve bought us sufficient time. The people won¡¯t go hungry thanks to you and the merchants.¡±
Randzi gentlyughed with slightly hollow cheeks. It seemed he had been run ragged to save Ankaji. The fatigue seemed to ooze out in his expressions. He wasn¡¯t getting enough time to rest.
¡°Lord. As for the purification of the oasis¡¡± Kaori began.
¡°Apostle-dono¡ No, Kaori-dono. The Oasis is as usual. Thanks to the fresh groundwater, the purification is proceeding little by little. At least half a year and the oasis should bepletely purified. One year before it soaks into the nearby soil and purifies it so that we can nt again.¡± Randzi responds a little depressed.
Kaori exins that she might be able to immediately purify it. Randzi¡¯s response is dramatic. Taking a moment for it to sink in, ¡°Seriously!?¡± Randzi spits out feverishly. Kaori shyly nods in verification while moving to hide behind Hajime, taken aback by his exuberance. The distraught Randzi corrects himself, then asks for the purification politely.
Since that was their intention anyway, Hajime nodded and Randzi led them to the oasis. The oasis is not very popr right now. In the past, it was a crowded ce where people rxed. Randzi was expressionless, but gave off a lonely atmosphere as he remembered the former oasis.
Kaori moves up to the shore of the oasis and begins to cast reproduction magic.
Although Hajime had obtained the reproduction magic, as usual his aptitude for it was virtually nothing. However, in the case of Shea, it seems there is an automatic recovery effect, but it had to be activated consciously. Also, her physical and mental strength seem to recover far faster. Steadily, Shea is bing even more superhuman. Along with her proficiency levels, body weight maniption, and body strengthening, she hase to be like a heavy tank with automatic recovery installed.
The one with the most aptitude was Kaori, followed by Teo, and finally Yue. In the case of Yue, as usual, as a consequence of her own special auto-regeneration, this magic seems to have a poor recovery inparison. On the other hand, for the healing Kaori, her high aptitude for recovery magic seems to lead to her having a strong grasp on ¡°reproduction¡±, allowing her to use it moreprehensively and efficiently than anyone else. It¡¯s a bit sad that Yue won¡¯t be able to use it to improve herbat prowess.
Kaori¡¯s begins to chant. It¡¯s a long cast. It initially took her 7 minutes but after practicing she was able to bring it down to 3. Since it only took her a week to learn it, it was practically a cheat. However, since Yue was present it was hard to truly call her a cheat inparison. Compared to Yue¡¯s abilities, this seemed easy.
¡°¡ª-Stopping elephant¡± she extends a white staff while closing her eyes and murmuring the final words.
In the next moment, a pale light resembling a firefly appeared, and then fell into the middle of the oasis. The entire oasis started to shine, and pale light particles began to bubble up to the surface and float into the sky. It was a majestic scene that touched the heart. It truly felt like the corruption was being purged by heavenly light.
Everyone forgot to breathe as they admired the sight. Even after the mysterious glow covering the oasis floated away into the sky, Randzi stood without a word, immersing himself in the afterglow.
While supporting Kaori who was swaying a little from exhaustion, Hajime taps Randzi. Randzi snaps out of it and orders his men to survey the water quality. His subordinates hurry to examine the oasis with detection magic. After making a hard swallow, Randzi watches over his men, whom upon finishing their inspection report their results with expressions of disbelief.
¡°¡. It¡¯s recovered.¡± A subordinate mutters.
¡°Repeat that?¡± Randzi demands.
The subordinate adds words of confirmation and Randzi sucks in his breath, now knowing the truth.
¡°No abnormalities in the oasis! It is the original oasis! It has beenpletely cleaned!¡±
At that moment, Randzi and his subordinates cheered in unision. They threw whatever documents they had and abandoned whatever they were holding as they hugged each other and pped their backs, expressing their joy. Randzi also looked up at the heavens, exhaling deeply and wondering if this was a bit too easy.
¡°After that, soil regeneration. Lord, where were the crops you discarded?¡±
¡°¡ Well, it is all collected in one ce. Because of all the time andbor, it was regrettable that we had to toss them¡ wait, you don¡¯t mean¡?¡±
¡°If Yue and Tio join, it should be possible¡¡±
¡°¡. Nn, no problem.¡±
¡°They were grown with effort, it¡¯d be a shame to throw them away.¡± Hajime added.
As Randzi realized they might be able to not only recover the soil, but the lost crops as well, his hand went to his chest and he lowered his head deeply without hesitation. It was not something a lord should do, but that was the extent of his appreciation for their actions. The love for them was deep in this country. It was the kind of thing that transforms your sense of appreciation.
After receiving Randzi¡¯s bow, Hajime tried to move them towards the farnd. However, he suddenly stopped when he felt a disturbance. A frenzied group of people were approaching in the distance. The soldiers of the Anjaki Dukedom wereing towards them in a straight line with numerous soldiers of different attires. Using ¡°far vision¡±, Hajime could see that the group was popted with Seikyo church officials and temple knights from this town.
As soon as they approached Hajime¡¯s group, they immediately surrounded them in a semicircr shape. An elderly man in white regal robes of the temple knights stepped forward. The dangerous atmosphere between the man and Hajime was only divided by the presence of Randzi.
¡°See them, they are dangerous.¡±
¡°Foribin Bishop, what the hell is this? They are dangerous? This hero has saved out dukedom twice already. I will not ignore disrespect to them as a lord of Ankaji.¡±
¡°The elderly man who was called Forbin Bishop snorted augh at Randzi¡¯s words.
¡°Hmph, hero? Hold your tongue. They are already redited heretics. Careless words wille crashing down around you!¡± the Bishop snarled.
¡°They¡¯re branded heretics? Ridiculous, I have not heard of this.¡±
Randzi was shocked at the word heretic being attached to Hajime. Randzi was a follower of the church though. He was aware of the weight of those words. Did they make a mistake? He met the Bishop with disbelief.
¡°Of course you wouldn¡¯t know, the news just arrived this morning. And the heretic showing up right now, don¡¯t you think that¡¯s exquisite timing? Surely this was a message from God. Destroy the enemies of God¡ now on to Center¡¡±
Hajime couldn¡¯t hear the voices of thest lines, but apparently Hajime has been branded a heretic. Randzi and the Bishop eye him unintentionally.
Hajime seems neither shocked nor in any particr hurry, only offering a shrug as if to ask ¡°What was I supposed to do?¡± to Randzi.
Randzi wrinkled his eyebrows after seeing Hajime¡¯s response. However, the bishop opens his mouth and openlyughs.
¡°And now, I have to subdue the enemies of God. They say this man is quite brutal, but I have a hundred temple knights behind me. Come with us quietly so we don¡¯t upset the public peace, and we won¡¯t make things more difficult for you.
Randzi closes his eyes. Without any more information, he could guess why Hajime was branded a heretic considering his power and his personality. Hajime was a force the church couldn¡¯t manage and thus couldn¡¯t allow.
However, given the strength of Hajime¡¯spanions, stopping them was a decision equal to suicide. Randzi doubted the sanity of picking a war with Hajime. He was wondering if they had their priorities straight.
It is a fact that Hajime saved Ankaji. He healed the people who were fallen by poison, prepared the water that was their lifeline, subdued the monster lurking in the oasis, and further purified the oasis back to how it was before.
To this huge debt, it was troubling considering what they could provide as an award. Randzi¡¯s eyes grew wide at the realization that an opportunity just presented itself. And, with a serving lord¡¯s dignity, Randzi broke the silence and provided the impatient Bishop an answer.
¡°Rejected.¡±
¡°¡ I¡¯m sorry, what?¡±
To the totally unexpected words, the Forubin bishop provided an interesting goofy expression. The appearance of the bishop, inwardly, put a wry smile on Randzi. It should have been impossible for Randzi to go against the decision of the Seikyo church. Randzi repeated the words with unexpected determination.
¡°I said I refuse. These heros are our national salvation. If you would make them an enemy, then I cannot forgive the Seikyo church.¡±
¡°Are¡ you¡ insane? You cannot go against the church. Do you want to be branded as a heretic as well?¡±
In response to Randzi¡¯s words, the bishop raised a startled cry clogged with anger. The temple knights also looked at each other with puzzled looks.
¡°Bishop, does Central not know their aplishments? He saved the dukedom when we were attacked by a deadly poison. Your reports should also mention that he rescued Ur town, don¡¯t they? I don¡¯t understand the sanity of this heretic im. Reconsider the heresy on ount of these new facts.¡±
¡°Silence! The decision is final! This is God¡¯s will! That is unforgivable. If you continue to protect this heretic, then Ankaji itself will be branded. Take heed!¡±
The bishop¡¯s pupils had the light of mania in them. The way he was screaming gave an atmosphere that did not seem very clergy-like. Randzi stared at him with a cold eye. Hajime hade up beside him with an imperceptible motion and asked with a surprised look.
¡°Are you sure about this? Both the Kingdom and the Church are going to retaliate. As a lord, will you be alright?¡±
Randzi does not answer Hajime. Instead, he turns Hajime¡¯s gaze to the surrounding men, who gave off an aura of preparedness and eptance. Their eyes shown with death as if saying ¡°to die killing is the way to go.¡± It was that kind of expression.
The bishop also seemed to read the change in mood and shouts out ast warning while his face reddened and became more frenzied.
¡°Is this your answer? Public, your way ends here. Well, your way is not. This is the end for anyone who gets in my way. You¡¯ll receive God¡¯s divine punishment and fall to ruin!¡±
¡°This is Ankaji, we¡¯re not so shameless as to sell a hero who saved us. Divine? Like I¡¯d believe God¡¯s judgement would be so shameless. I guess my faith differs from the Bishop¡¯s God.¡±
The Bishop¡¯s word became expressionless afer the angry words from Randzi. He raised one hand to try to send a signal for the Temple Knights to attack.
At this time, there was a thump! Something flew at the knights and struck one of their helmets with a ng. At their feet was a pebble. It didn¡¯t do any damage to the Knight, but why was it there? Such questions were fleeting as another stone was thrown, bumping noisily against the temple knight¡¯s armor.
If you looked where the stone¡¯s came from, many of the inhabitants of Ankaji had gathered in the intervening time, surrounding the Temr knights.
They hade in response to the mysterious lights that had previouslye from the Oasis and came upon the scene of the temple knights surrounding their lord and Hajime.
They remembered the treatments they had the received from Kaori as ¡°God of the Apostle¡±, the serene stones, and the magic bullet challenging thebyrinth to save them. They were indignant at the behavior of the church which turned into hostility as they began to throw stones.
¡°Stop! People of Ankaji! They are God¡¯s enemy. Heretics! You are going against the will of God!¡±
Forubin is shouting loudly, trying to solve the excited inhabitant¡¯s misunderstanding. They just didn¡¯t know that Hajime wasbeled a heretic and will rx once the bishop exins things to them, or so the bishop thought.
In fact, the words of Seikyo church bishop caused the inhabitants to stop throwing stones and look at each other in confusion.
This time, Randzi spoke out with dignity.
¡°My beloved people, Listen! I was just informed that the oasis was purified. Our oasis has been returned to us through Hajime¡¯s efforts. As well as the contaminatednd. And the crops. They used their purification to return our Ankaji back to the way it way. They also brought me back to Ankaji. Make your decision with your own mind. Keep our hero of national salvation, or turn on him. I decided to keep him!¡±
The Bishop tried to mock Randzi¡¯s speech, ¡°in such empty words, there is no reason to go against the majesty of the church,¡± however, his smile of ridicule slowly dropped.
The inhabitant¡¯s intention is shown in the form of stoning.
¡°and I, a¡.¡± The bishops words were sounded out by the ms of stones hitting armor.
¡°You act yfully, this is a matter of life or death!¡±
¡°The church did not do anything. Yet your insanity makes you want to harm the apostle who helped us!¡±
¡°What¡¯s a heretic anyway? You¡¯re abusing the term!¡±
¡°It must have been heretics that authorized this!¡±
¡°Defend Kaori!¡±
¡°Long live the lord!¡±
¡°Kaori, I dedicate myself to you!¡±
¡°Let¡¯s start a Kaori fan club!¡±
Apparently, the inhabitants seemed to have a sense of deep love and respect for Rindzi and Kaori. Pushing aside the faith, they defended Rindzi and Kaori with all of their spirit. No, it¡¯s more like they changed their faith itself. However, it seems like they have a faith of their own, belief that no one will harm Kaori who saved them as the ¡°God of the Apostles¡±. In short, it was a faith that exceeded the confidence of the bishop. It wasn¡¯t known where that trust was to begin with.
Residents gathered one after another. The people¡¯s forces are not at all inferior to the Temple Knights, but the bishop became a beacon of anger and hostility that raged endlessly. The Temple Knights started to back up in retreat.
¡°Bishop-dono, these are the intentions of Ankaji. What of your previous allegations?¡±
¡°It¡¯s not as simple as you think¡¡±
The Bishop turned his heel while grinding his teeth, a scowl leveled at Hajime. The knights rapidly move to follow after him. The bishop seemed to lose steam, giving off thest of his passion with loud footsteps as he headed back to the church.
¡°Is this really okay? Will they leave it at this?¡±
Hajime had a concerned look, having been left out of the loop until the end. Kaori¡¯s direct involvement with the crisis with the church left a worried look on her face.
Despite this, Randzi replied with a cool look like it was no big deal.
¡°This is the choice of Ankaji. The people who live in this dukedom are grateful to you. It¡¯s unthinkable to have you die in our territory that is why they would have killed to protect you. I don¡¯t want such a coup in this country.¡±
¡°That aside, I wouldn¡¯t be hurt by someone of their level¡¡± Hajime responded scratching his cheek.
Randziughed at his words.
¡°If that¡¯s so, then that means you guys are scarier than the church. Being the nation¡¯s hero is only half the reason we protected you. We also don¡¯t want to be your enemies. I can¡¯t even imagine the amount of magic you possess to ughter an unknown monster in a breeze and capture argebyrinth in just a few days. You ignore the church and don¡¯t respond to the threat of a hundred knights either. You¡¯ve defeated an army of ten thousand and there are even rumors you defeated a demon instantly. No, it¡¯s downright scary. There will be a time when I seed after my father passes, but I¡¯ll take pride in having made a wise decision between the two.¡±
So Randzi had no intention of catering to the church¡¯s hostility towards Hajime. He put the church and Hajime on a scale of who was a stronger ally and chose thetter. Indeed, it could be said the country itself would act against the majesty of the church. To say this was a bold decision would not be an exaggeration.
Hajime smiled at the thought that his confrontation with the church was thwarted by the people themselves. As the people moved around them in a fluster with care for their safety, Kaoriughed happily. Hajime realized this was the path Aiko had hoped for him, one that was not a ¡°lonely way of life.¡±
*
Three days after the turmoil from the church.
Hajime¡¯s party had finished purifying the agricultural areas, and he was watching the oasis shine from a hilltop.
Hajime could see the sparkling surface of the water. People had gathered around the oasis once again with liveliness and smiles. Couples sat in the grass watching the kids frolic in the water. There were people pier fishing, and lovers in their own little worlds on boats. People had returned to the oasis, and they all had smiles.
This is how Hajime passed this day in Ankaji. He had intended to leave as soon as he had bought some of the specialty fruit, but he had been kept there by the lord and the inhabitants¡¯ generosity and ended up staying a few extra days.
Hajime worried that with the current mood in the city, their departure from Akanji would be met with a parade. He had to make a request to Randzi to keep things modest. They were able to finish their send-off at the lord¡¯s mansion, and finally Hajime made it to the gates, taking onest look at the oasis before they left.
¡°You stand out, perhaps you can wear something a little less conspicuous.¡±
Hajime mentions to Yue nearby as he turns to leave.
¡°It does¡? Tired of?¡±
¡°What? Is that so? Hajime-kun.¡±
¡°Well, Yue, Kaori. From my view, you guys just stand out.¡±
¡°Well, I ¨C it¡¯s because this dress is not to pass through the gates¡¡±
Shea had said these outfits where part of the so-called belly dance costume. Their navels were visible between a high top and short pants. It was very sensational, their tiny navels dazzling. It guaranteed that every eye would be on the one wearing it.
It seems like amon way of dressing in Ankaji. When Yue received the gift from ady of the manor, she immediately began wearing it to show off. Upon seeing Yue in it, Hajime¡¯s eyes became like a wild beasts. Apparently, Hajime seems to be weak to that kind of costume. His eyes were glued to Kaori once she started wearing it, prompting Shea and Tio to do the same.
Other than with Yue, they didn¡¯t elicit enough response from Hajime. As a result, they started wearing the outfits all day. However, Yue¡¯s outfit copsed all reason in Hajime.
Even now as the set out, everyone remains in their erotic costumes. Finally, Hajime had reached his wits end and started to poke the point loudly and aggressively, despite being somewhat happy, to make them dress normal once again.
________________
It¡¯s been two days since leaving Ankaji.
They were on the road leading to Horuado. Hajime¡¯s four wheeler steadily approached a caravan that was being attacked by Rashiki thieves.
It was at this point that Hajime and Kaori would meet a surprising person.
Chapter 98
Chapter 98
It was Shia who first noticed themotion.
¡°Isn¡¯t that someone being attacked ahead?¡±
As usual, Yue was pressed up against Hajime. Kaori tried to get between them, the aura of her dragon pressed up against Yue¡¯s lightning aura. The result was that Hajime had to be careful driving and thus didn¡¯t have his attention on what was in front of him.
As Shia said, there appeared to be a caravan ahead with two groups, one attacking the other. As their vehicle approached, Hajime¡¯s ¡°distance vision¡± allowed him to see two groups in the middle of a battle, one offending and the other defending. Shea¡¯s usamimis picked up the roar of battle before Hajime could see them.
¡°They appear to be bandits. The bandits seem to outnumber the caravan guards over 40 to just 15. The difference in theirbat potential is clear.¡± Hajime describes the situation to Yue and Kaori.
¡°¡ Nn, the guards are putting up a good fight,¡± Yue adds.
¡°They have a barrier spell surrounding the caravan, but it¡¯s not going to hold out. The bandits are trying to break the wall with magic.¡±
¡°But their defense is holding for the moment.¡±
¡°Having a barrier cover the entire caravan stretches it pretty thin. It will not endure long. They¡¯ve bought themselves some time, but it won¡¯t hold.¡±
It appears like the caravan faced a surprise attack. Numerous people within the barrier were crouched down with injuries, or worse dead. They had managed to take out a few bandits, but the bandits were still proportionally more. They had managed to erect a barrier, but once it failed the people of the caravan would undoubtedly meet a gruesome end.
Hajime¡¯s conversation was cut short as the barrier melted to nothingness. The bandits raised a shout and surged forward, breaking through the caravan¡¯s remaining defenses with vicious grins on their faces. The escort squadron fought back desperately, but they were outgunned. One person after another fell to injuries from the bandits.
Kaori had a determined expression on her face, she turned to Hajime and requested he help rescue them in a tone that suggested she was agitated.
¡°Hajime-kun, please! Help them, if you can¡¡±
Hajime didn¡¯t respond, but elerated his 4 wheeler instead. Since it was obvious the caravan would be wiped out if he didn¡¯t help, he had already decided he wanted to know their story. He wanted to say that to Kaori, but didn¡¯t.
The 4 wheeler chewed into the ground producing a ¡°garri garri garri¡± sound as he elerated with a vengeance, the car moving as if it was attached to a rocket engine.
¡°Hajime-kun, thank you¡¡±
Kaori smiled happily as he began to take action. Hajime shrugged in response. Hajime was simply doing what he wanted to do. Yue tightened her seatbelt.
¡°Oh, that, Hajime-kun? Isn¡¯t this a bit¡¡±
The feeling seemed to be ruined as the four wheeler continued to elerate moment by moment. Although she asked him to help, she knew how cars worked on earth, and the speed he was charging at them didn¡¯t leave time to stop. Was he going to ram them with the 4 wheeler? Kaori could not help but think so.
With Haori concerned, Hajime responded clearly.
¡°Don¡¯t they teach you to stomp the elerator when you see a criminal in driving school?¡±
¡°Of course they wouldn¡¯t teach that. Don¡¯t twist the trafficws to your discretion. Hey, Yue, don¡¯t agree with him, stop nodding!¡±
While Kaori tsukkomi¡¯d, Hajime ignored her, turning the vehicle towards the bandit sitting in the rear who appeared to be the leader. Hajime intended to kill the bandits by running them over without hesitation.
The bandit leader finally noticed the strange object approaching them leaving behind a cloud of dust. He issued instructions to nearby bandits, and they began to chant magic. To them, the 4 wheeler appeared to be some new kind of demon or monster. They would not have believed it was man-made, let alone operated by people.
Hajime poured magical power in to the four-wheeler, operating one of its many functions. A de of approximately 1 meter protruded from the sides and roof. The bandits fired me bullets at the vehicle, but they bounced harmlessly off the four-wheeler, so Hajime chose to ignore them and kept driving forward. Even though the me bullets were striking the vehicle, its steadfast rush towards the bandits put sour expressions on their faces.
Dogoo! Baki! Squish!
Horror, despair, and embarrassment ¨C those were the expressions on the bandit¡¯s faces as they collided with the hood of the 4-wheeler.
As bandits flung over the roof, the de on top ripped them to shreds. Some tried to jump to the sides to avoid the des and were blown away instead. At 80 km/h, anyone who was lucky enough to miss the des ended up with shattered bones and ruptured organs.
The rear group of bandits were wiped out in a moment, leaving seven dead.
After taking out the rear bandits, Hajime spins the car, putting it into a drift. The area bes a ughtering ground as the 4 wheelers cuts into the bandits, leaving the surviving members of the caravan staring with stunned looks. Bandits and caravan guards in closebat suddenly stop to stare at the scene.
As the bandits and caravan guards eye them cautiously, Hajime turns to Kaori as she leans forward eagerly.
¡°If they attack us withoutpassion, we must be willing to do the same. Do you understand?¡± Hajime exined to Kaori.
¡°¡ yes, I understand.¡±
Kaori understood that despite being kind, she wasn¡¯t allowed to heal or protect the people she would call enemies. If she did, she wouldn¡¯t be able to follow Hajime. She had made her resolve to be in his party. Hajime feared that Kaori would get in his way, but she gave him a resolute nod to alleviate his suspicions.
¡°I won¡¯t get interfere. So do what you need to do.¡± Hajime sighed.
¡°Yes.¡± Kaori let out a smile, getting out of the four wheeler and racing to the closest injured person. She was surprised that it turned out to be a young woman. The bandits who had regained their resolved immediately approached Kaori aggressively, their faces twisted in anger over the bandits the 4 wheeler had killed.
¡°You whore! Die!¡± While raising an angry voice, one of the bandits brandished his long sword.
Kaori spared him a sideways nce and then brushed past while ignoring him. She continued at a full sprint towards the injured person while beginning her chant. A momentter there was a loud bang, and man¡¯s head exploded, easily ending his life.
Dopan! Dopan! Dopan! Dopan! Dopan! Dopan!
The wind continuously carried the sounds of death with each crack of thunder. Each explosion resulted in the destruction of another head in a spectacle of blood. It was overwhelmingly harsh. The more than 40 bandits were reduced to half their number in a matter of seconds.
In a panic at the unbelievable sight, a few of the bandits tried to grab Shia and the other girls in an attempt to gain a hostage. One of the guards tried to shout out to the girls to give them a warning, but his worries were pointless. Shia¡¯s superhuman growth was progressing quite nicely, and there were no openings in thisbat rabbit!
Shia pulled out Doryukken from the treasure room, which appeared to the bandits like nothingness behind her. Passi! It made a satisfying sound as she swung it, the hammer stretching to size. As she swung, a circr white membrane formed on end. It was a wall of air which struck the upper bodies of three of the bandits, blowing them away in a single hit.
¡°Oops! Too much blood!¡±
Apparently, as they hadn¡¯t fought any small fries in a while, Shia had forgotten to restrain herself when fighting a weaker enemy. She had intended to just toss the enemy back, but with her absent-minded spirit, she had sent their upper bodies flying without the lower. The sudden sttering of blood causes Shia to back up several steps in surprise.
Yue and Tio spared Shia amazed looks, even though they were in the middle of decimating the other bandits with a storm of magic.
The remaining 10 bandits were unceremoniously shot by Hajime, death immediately following without time to plead for their lives. It was pure destruction without any forgiveness.
Kaori used the recovery magic restoration to heal numerous people at once scattered across the caravan. Regrettably, many of the caravan guards who had fallen earlier had already breathed theirst breath. Even reproduction magic could not help bring them back from the dead.
As Hajime approached Kaori, a person raced up to her quickly. The stranger was small-statured, their face hidden with a hood, causing them to appear suspicious. However, Hajime knew this was the person who had kept the barrier up to desperately protect the caravan. None of the caravan guards got in Hajime¡¯s way as he approached them.
¡°Kaori!¡±
The hooded person threw out her hands and used her momentum to leap at Kaori while calling her name in a pretty voice. Kaori didn¡¯t hide her astonishment, muttering the name of the person in the process.
¡°Lily (She¡¯ll be called Riri or Ririana in the next chapter on)? After all, it is Lily? That barrier looked familiar. I didn¡¯t think I¡¯d find you in such a ce, but I suspected¡¡± It appeared Kaori recognized the hooded person as Lily.
¡ª¨C Rather, Liliana S.B. Heilig (Hairihi), the third princess of the Heilig (Hairihi) Kingdom was the person in the hood.
Liliana hugged Kaori with relief, offering a glimpse of her big, blue eyes and apparent beauty hidden by the hood. Her eyes squeezed shut as she began to cry, speaking to Kaori quietly between sobs.
¡°I also did not think I¡¯d find Kaori in this ce. It is¡ good fortune. It seems that I haven¡¯t exhausted my luck yet.¡±
¡°Lily? What¡¯s wrong?¡±
Kaori didn¡¯t quite get the meaning of Liliana¡¯s words, but she noticed something was off and pulled back. Liliana put a finger on Kaori¡¯s mouth, urging her not to use Liliana¡¯s name.
Apparently Liliana was alone and had managed to slip into the caravan to get this far. Kaori gave a sympathetic look as she tried to emphasize with the struggle the princess must have faced.
¡°Kaori, are you guys done?¡± Hajime interrupted, oblivious to the mood.
Liliana gave Hajime a nk look. Suddenly, Liliana raised her voice and shouted ¡°Hya!¡± Looking up at Hajime from within her hood, a light bulb seemed to go off in her head and she immediately began to greet Hajime.
¡°It¡¯s Nagumo, isn¡¯t it? Long time no see. We had heard about your survival after the fall. The strength and ability to survive is worthy of respect. It was good you survived. While you were missing, Kaori was a wreck.¡±
¡°Wait, Lily, we¡¯re fine now.¡± Kaori spoke in a fluster.
¡°I heard about how Kaori confessed to Hajime from Shizuku, but you¡¯ll have to tell me more about itter.¡±
Liliana was teasing Kaori in a fun tone, smiling from the back of her hood. Kaori turned bright red from embarrassment.
The princess¡¯s smile must be very popr with the public. There was no doubt that if she aimed it at the young and old alike, they would fall for her. However, Hajime wasn¡¯t particrly moved by her smile.
Without reading the atmosphere at all, he eyed her suspiciously and demands,¡±¡And who exactly are you?¡±
¡°Heh?¡±
If Hajime didn¡¯t interrupt them, Liliana and Kaori would undoubtedly keep talking about the status of all the other students in the kingdom. Hajime didn¡¯t have the patience to be subtle. He wanted a direct answers.
Liliana was a princess with a great personality and who was loved by everyone she met. She was shocked to be addressed so improperly by a man who normally wouldn¡¯t even be worthy of meeting the princess, thus she let out a goofy voice involuntarily.
The panicked Kaori immediately tried to smooth out the situation on behalf of the dazed Liliana. She spoke in a low voice so no one else could hear them.
¡°Hajime you¡ Princess! It¡¯s the Princess! It¡¯s the Heilig Kingdom Princess Leliana that you¡¯re speaking to!¡±
¡°¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡.. Ah¡¡±
¡°Gusu (sobbing), you¡¯ve forgotten me, haven¡¯t you? Gusu.¡± Leliana whined.
¡°Lily! Don¡¯t cry because of that! Hajime-kun is kinda whatchamacallit. He¡¯s special. No one normal would forget Lily. So you don¡¯t need to cry!¡± Kaori attempted to smooth things out.
¡°Hey, can you not say those rude things so casually?¡± Hajime sighed.
Since Liliana¡¯s watery eyes looked quite terrible, Kaori was desperate tofort her. Hajime involuntarily tsukkomi¡¯d, however Kaori gave him a dirt look that said ¡°be quiet right now!¡± Meanwhile, Liliana was exining ¡°No, it¡¯s okay Kaori, it just hurt my pride a little¡¡± Across the board, the conclusion from the conversation seemed to be that Hajime was wrong for havingpletely forgotten who Liliana was.
With the atmosphere already delicate, a man from the caravan approached them.
¡°It¡¯s been a long time¡. It looks like you¡¯re in good health¡¡± the caravan leader stated.
¡°From health drinks¡¡± Hajime responds
¡°Really? A health drink? Apany that can make that must be a famous and wealthypany. Can you give me their name?¡±
¡°Oh-, no, nevermind. But how are you, Mottou?¡±
¡°Yeah, I¡¯m d you remember Mottou from the Yunker tradingpany. This is the second time you helped us out of a dangerous ce. It looks like we were fated to meet again.¡± The manughed and shook Hajime¡¯s hand.
It seemed like the leader of the caravan was the man they escorted to Fhu-ren from Brook town some time ago.
Hajime also remembered when hismercial spirit got the better of him and Hajime had to put him in his ce. Hajime had learned a bit about human nature from the man named Mottou. Although it seemed like Mottou¡¯smercial spirit hadn¡¯t declined in the slightest. He casually touched Hajime¡¯s ring of storage as he let go of his hand. His eye¡¯s weren¡¯tughing, but seemed to ask ¡°Are you sure you¡¯re not going to sell that soon?¡± Maybe it was just Hajime¡¯s imagination.
Shia exined to Kaori and Lily their rtionship with Mottou.
¡°A random person you met only once you can remember, but a princess?¡± Lily became even more depressed and Kaori struggled tofort her in spite of the story she just heard.
As Mottou told it, they were heading to the Ankaji dukedom via Horuado. The plight of Ankaji had already been known, and as a merchant he was ready to head out there to earn a profit. It seemed that he had already been out there once and this was his second journey after a stop in the Imperial City. From the look on his face, it was clear they were making big profits.
Hajime exined that they were heading for the Sea of Trees after a stop in Huruado. Mottou begged them for an escort until they reached Horuado.
However, before Hajime could answer, Liliana put it a stop to it.
¡°I¡¯m sorry for interrupting you, Merchant. I must speak with you for a moment. Thank you for transporting me this far. I¡¯m sorry for my selfish request, but I won¡¯t be joining you the rest of the way to Horuado.¡±
¡°Oh, you¡¯re not heading to Horuado anymore?¡±
¡°Yes, this point is fine. I will, of course, pay for the entire trip.¡±
It seemed that Liliana was taking advantage of the caravan to make it to Horuado. Having met Hajime on the way, she no longer felt it was necessary. At the point, Hajime received a tap on his shoulder and Kaori whispered in his ear.
¡°Don¡¯t be cruel to Lily anymore!¡± she gave a silent plea with her eyes.
¡°Is that so? Well, it¡¯s been a pleasure. Don¡¯t worry about the money.¡± Mottou continued.
¡°Huh? No¡ why?¡±
Mottou had refused to receive money, which confused Liliana. The caravan had provided bed and food along with an escort. Coming from Mottou the merchant, those words seemedpletely unexpected. Liliana gave Mottou a troubled smile.
¡°Don¡¯t trouble yourself too much on it. But here¡¯s some advice. Typically, a caravan will charge extra passengers before they depart. To not have to pay before you leave typically suggests they¡¯re up to something, or don¡¯t n to charge you in the first ce. This is thetter.¡±
¡°Is that so¡¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know what your circumstances are, but since you¡¯re traveling alone I assumed it was serious. During a crisis, if a merchant such as myself helps, then in the future the people of this country may find confidence with this merchant.¡±
Liliana realized that Mottou knew her identity from the beginning. He pretended not to know her so he could help without drawing attention.
¡°Then at least I should offer a token of my appreciation. Without your help, I never would have made it out of the Imperial City.¡±
¡°Heh¡ the thing you want most is often the most difficult purchase for a merchant, you know?¡±
¡°Eh?¡. No, I don¡¯t know.¡± Liliana responded confused.
¡°It¡¯s trust.¡± Mottou exined.
¡°Trust?¡±
¡°Yes, a business without trust can¡¯t thrive and never will makea profit. However, to help a youngdy out in a serious situation, the Yunker Trading Company might be known as apany you can trust. Your fare will be paid no matter.¡±
Liliana held a wry smile at the words he spoke. If you use money unreasonably, it¡¯s synonymous with ack of trust. There were some contrary feelings welling up in Liliana. Eventually, she gave up on them and took Mottou¡¯s good will straight on.
¡°Your tradingpany is truly worthy of relying on. This Heilig princess will never forget your kindness and dedication. Thank you!¡±
¡°Your words are wasted on this one.¡± Mottou bowed deeply with respect.
Then Mottou turned, leaving Liliana and Hajime on the spot as his caravan headed down the nned route to Horuado. He left in a manner of knowing that he¡¯d receive his own heretic certification for aiding the princess. He had already received the information that the Ankaji dukedom had recovered thanks to Hajime. Hajime could only guess why he chose to help in this manner. He supposed Mottou would say he did It to ¡°Earn favor for a better tomorrow¡±, the slogan of a genuine merchant. (Trantion note: It¡¯s implied that he never had nned to go to Ankaji, and had done it purely to help the princess, in order to get in good with the royal family, so to speak)
After Mottou had left, the remaining party headed off in the magic four wheeler while Liliana began to exin her story. Liliana¡¯s expression was full of tension and impatience which gave Hajime a foreboding feeling. Finally, she began to speak.
¡°Aiko was kidnapped¡¡±
Hajime sensed that there was more to it than that.
To summarize Liliana¡¯s story:
Recently, the mood inside the Royal Pce seemed more ufortable than Liliana remembered.
The Kingmitted himself to the Seikyo church more fervently than he had ever done in the past. The Prime minister and the other leaders also seemed to get caught up in his fervor, their belief strengthening unreasonably.
If it was just that¡ but there was also the fact that one after another, everyone seemed to fall in line with the church. Their coboration was enhanced like never before. Leliana kept telling herself it was her imagination.
The difort didn¡¯t stop there. Everyone seemed oddly devoid of any ambition. She had attempted to talk with knights and soldier she knew, familiar faces, and they all responded properly, but their responses seemed mechanical. Maybe even something like an illness.
She even tried to consult with Meld, the one knight she had the most trust in, but he always was kept out of sight and busy. Liliana couldn¡¯t manage to catch him even once to talk.
Meanwhile, Aiko finally returned to the Imperial City with details on Ur town. Liliana seemed to have been present at the time. Suddenly, an abnormal demand was made. It was the call to make Hajime a heretic. Credited with saving Ur, the objections and opinions of Aiko, who boasted great name recognition and poprity as the ¡°fertility goddess¡±, werepletely ignored.
The conclusion seemed unreasonable, and Liliana had been a fierce protestor, although her father didn¡¯t budge no matter what she said. His stubbornness seemed to border on obsession. Instead, Liliana herself was used of having ack of faith, and her father started to see her as an enemy, rather than a daughter.
Liliana pretended that they had convinced her, and then immediately made ns to run away. She wanted to discuss what was going on with Aiko first. Liliana knew that Aiko was nning to meet the rest of the students to discuss the events around Hajime fall at dinner, so she wanted to meet her beforehand and discuss her fears.
She had been approaching Aiko¡¯s room when she heard her arguing with another woman in the corridor. When she peeped around the corner, she saw Aiko unconscious and in the hands of a woman with silver hair wearing a church frock.
The woman made Liliana afraid, and she immediately dashed into a nearby hidden passage only known to the royal family.
Although the silver-haired woman had noticed and looked for her, she didn¡¯t notice the hidden passage itself and left Liliana in peace. Liliana was convinced that the silver haired woman was the mastermind behind all of this. That everything was connected and that she needed to tell someone.
However, since Aiko was ambushed, it stood to reason that the students were being watched. She also didn¡¯t know Meld¡¯s whereabouts. Then she remembered that one of the students, a dependable friend, wasn¡¯t in the capital. So she decided she had to find Kaori. She had heard the story that Kaori was with Nagumo Hajime. That means it wouldn¡¯t be just the two of them she could rely on. She escaped in a hidden passage way with the n to head to the Ankaji dukedom.
Based on the news that Ankaji was recovering after a public emergency, in seemed like there was a high probability the person responsible was Hajime andpany.
¡°And after that, you know, I was allowed to travel with the caravan of the Yunker Trading Company. I did not think I¡¯d get noticed, let alone find myself getting attacked by bandits, or that I¡¯d be helped by Kaori¡ not even in my dreams¡ a little while ago did not¡ but¡ I¡ it was scary¡ the church¡ What is happening? The nun with that silver hair¡ my father¡¡±
Liliana hugged her body, trembling with fear. Rather than the talented princess she usually was, she just looked like a scared girl. Although that was no wonder. All the people she knew were turned into strangers, and she was afraid she¡¯d be next.
Kaori hugged her tightly, trying to ease the fear that dug into Liliana¡¯s mind even a little.
While watching the scene, Hajime went through the events in his mind. Lilliana¡¯s story reminded him of the Merujine underwater ruins and the scene they had been shown in the end. The people had been built into a fervor with their belief in god. This was very truly a dangerous situation.
He didn¡¯t know if those visions were true. Could it be happening? No, rather they should get the god level magic quickly, and leave this world as soon as possible.
However, Hajime couldn¡¯t make the decision immediately, as he had to consider Aiko-sensei. Most likely, what Aiko was going to tell the students was true about their being brought to this world to fight for the god¡¯s amusement. They liked to use people as pawns, and her words would have put a wedge of suspicion that would have inconvenienced them. It seems Hajime¡¯s theory was spot on.
For them to decide to kidnap Aiko, it must have been Hajime¡¯s fault. They probably don¡¯t want to kill her, but the people who take pleasure in manipting everyone like a hand puppet might decide to eventually make use of her.
Hajime was indebted to Aiko for the advice that she gave him. It¡¯s not as bad now that he is not alone.
For that reason¡
¡°We¡¯re going to help my teacher.¡±
Hajime chose to save, rather than abandon the one that needed him.
With those words, Liliana raised her face in hope. She wore an expression of relief over the fact that he¡¯de back with her to the city. She had heard that he was indifferent towards his ssmates in this world and she had feared he would have abandoned them. She expected that convincing him to go would be difficult.
¡°You really will?¡±
Liliana asked for confirmation, but Hajime only shrugged.
¡°Please do not misunderstand. It¡¯s not because of your kingdom. It¡¯s for my teacher. She¡¯s been kidnapped because of me. I have to take responsibility.¡±
¡°For Aiko¡¡±
Liliana was a little discouraged when she realized that Hajime had no ns to lend his force to the kingdom, but she had some hope that he¡¯d change his mind on the way. Despite his harsh words, she still broke into an involuntary smile.
¡°Well, in the process of helping my teacher, I might end up aiding the kingdom by ident.¡± He admitted.
¡°¡. Fufu, I hope that is the case. I thank you, Nagumo.¡±
Since the woman who had kidnapped Aiko was wearing a frock of the church, and since the king was listening to the church to an abnormal degree, likely the church was the cause of all these problems. The church would likely get in Hajime¡¯s way, and they¡¯d end up as his enemy. Helping Aiko and the fixing the kingdom seemed to be one and the same. By helping Aiko, Hajime would help Liliana.
Liliana shared a smile with Kaori, causing Hajime¡¯s mouth to distort a bit.
In addition to saving Aiko, Hajime had another purpose. It¡¯s the Kojiri (Spirit) magic in Kamiyama. From what they had heard from Miledi (armor-possessed prankster who gave them gravity magic), Kamiyama is also one of the seven majorbyrinths. However, whether there is argebyrinth entrance hidden by the church, Hajime had no clue. It was still worth a check although the church officials would likely get in his way.
So even though he had originally nned on going to the Sea of Trees, he now had a good reason to go for Kamiyama. And, in the process he¡¯d rescue Aiko, with the likelihood of a fight with church very high. If he attacked the head temple, maybe that¡¯s all he¡¯d need to get the Kojiro (Spirit) magic, or so he thought.
With regards to the silver-haired woman, Hajime mentioned that he thought he had seen a silver haired person in the visions given to them in the Meljeene Underwater Ruins. On the luxury liner, there was a woman in a hood who disappeared and they most certainly had silver hair. Hajime couldn¡¯t guess if it was the same person, the age was too different. However, there was a feeling from the beginning. Something to do with this woman with silver hair.
Hajime¡¯s fighting spirit burned. He would stop them, no matter who the other party was. He¡¯ll kill anyone who gets in his way. He puts on a ferocious smile like that of a wild wolf.
¡°¡. Hajime, nice.¡± Yue responded to his look.
¡°Hajime¡ your face looks a little tight¡¡±
¡°Thank you for showing me such a vicious look. You¡¯re making me wet!¡± Tio added.
The atmosphere between Hajime in the girls was anything but subtle, Liliana blushed at the sight.
Chapter 99
Chapter 99
Chapter 99 ¨C The Apostle¡¯s Raid, Royal Capital Invasion
In a room where the only light source was produced by the moonlight rays, causing a contrast of ck and white from the narrow grate window.
A simple and in room can be seen. It¡¯s only around 6 tatami mats in size with a small desk, chair, wooden bed, and a simple toilet. Ifpared to Earth¡¯s prison cells, it¡¯s obvious that this is much worst.
In such a bad prison, sitting on the bed in the corner, is Hatanaka Aiko who is currently burying her face in her knees.
It¡¯s been 3 days since Aiko was brought to this room.
Due to the bracelet artifact worn on her wrist, Aiko could not use magic. Still, though she tried to escape at first, as expected, it wasn¡¯t possible to pry open a steel door with her physical strength alone, moreover, the opening of the grate window is only big enough for one of her arms to just barely pass through.
Even then, the current rooms position is at the very top of an expensive temple, it is the [Kamiyama]1 temple, even though it should be impossible to reach the ground safely, there are members of the church standing on watch.
In such a position, while worrying about her students safety, Aiko who cannot do anything is dejected and gloomy, Her already small body stature bes even smaller on the bed.
¡°¡¡¡I need to get to my students¡¡but how¡¡¡±
Aiko while looking up muttered slightly, she remembered what the nun with the silver hair had said to her as she was kidnaped. Aiko¡¯s thoughts, if what she heard from Hajime would be an inconvenience when told to Kouki and them, it¡¯s obvious who the ¡°master¡± that she spoke of is. And it appears that they¡¯ve taken interest in a student as well.
Aiko¡¯s mind became filled with unspeakable uneasiness. Recalling, the events of Ulu2, where one of her students lost their life, Yukitoshi Shimizu. Possibly, again, another student will¡., with these thoughts in her mind Aiko became more anxious.
Being confined in this open room, she tried to think about things that she could currently do. If she settled down and look back calmly, the royal pce felt too unnatural and covered with a thick sense of incongruity. In Aiko¡¯s mind, with a strong posture, she remembered the dangerous atmosphere that King Erihido and other leaders carried.
Surely, Aiko began to guess that the nun with silver hair had done something. She definitely said, ¡°charm¡± if that was true then, surely, something along the lines of brainwashing was done.
However, at the same time, when talking with Shizuku and Ririana, such odd sense of incongruity was not there. Though bing relieved about that, there is still a strong uneasiness built up in her chest due to being confined.
While praying for their safety, another concern was remembered. it was the words, ¡°elimination of the irregr.¡± Those words were she heard just beforepletely losing consciousness, for some reason Aiko recalled a certain student.
The person that she owes her life to, the student that killed Yukitoshi Shimizu. While holding strong will and overpowering strength, the boy who thought seriously and listen to Aiko¡¯s words. And, a lot of things happened, a various amount of things, deep inside, as expected deep inside, though she shouldn¡¯t think about it, but she still ended up remembering.
The memory that she desperately tried to seal in her mind, is once again remembered, for some reason her cheeks be hot. Though Aiko was shaking her head to clear her mind of it, she begins to worry about Hajime¡¯s safety, and carelessly muttered his name.
¡°¡¡Nagumo-kun¡±
¡°Ou? what, sensei?¡±
¡°Fe!?¡±
From the sudden answer to her unconscious mumbling, she instinctively let out a unexpected voice. There shouldn¡¯t be anyone else in the room, while looking throughout the room, Aiko inclining her head, ¡°Was it a hallucination?¡± she said. However, Aiko was definitely not hallucinating, again, she heard the voice.
¡°Over here, sensei¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
Aiko¡¯s body became alerted to the voice, it wasn¡¯t a hallucination after all! Her gaze peered towards the narrow grate window. There, it was the appearance of Hajime that was peeping through from the otherside.
¡°Eh? Eh? Nagumo-kun? Eh? This is the top floor¡.of this temple¡.eh?¡±
¡°Ah~, yes. First of all, calm down sensei. Im almost done confirming for traps¡¡¡±
Disregarding Aiko¡¯s confused stare, Hajime confirms whether there are any traps with his Magic Eye, then ¡°Transmuting¡± was used and bright red sparks appeared, a hole big enough for one person to pass through was made and with that the invasion wasplete.
The room Aiko is confined in is about 100 meters above ground level. However, he entered as if he was on solid ground! That is to say, for Hajime to casually opened a hole and walked right in, caused Aiko to stare in shock.
Hajime shows a small smile towards the amazed Aiko.
¡°What, is it really that surprising. Didn¡¯t you notice that I wasing? Though I should have already cut off all traces of my presence¡¡I¡¯ve lost a bit of my confidence now¡±
¡°He? Noticed? Eh?¡±
¡°No, because, you call out my name. Didn¡¯t you sense me outside the window?¡±
Obviously, in order for Aiko to feel Hajime¡¯s presence shouldn¡¯t be possible unless ¡°Perception¡± was used, but Aiko simply called out his name because of her desires, while thinking that, Aiko couldn¡¯t say that she unconsciously muttered his name, she quickly thought that changing the topic would be the best choice.
¡°Um, besides that, why are you here¡¡¡±
¡°To help, of course¡±
¡°Wa, for me? Nagumo-kun? You came all the way here to help me?¡±
To Aiko who began to blush and mumble strangely ~awaawa~, Hajime carefully examined her stature, surely she hasn¡¯t already been brainwashed? Hajime thought while frowning. With a serious look in his eyes, he began to closely examine Aiko with his Magic Eye to look for signs of magic maniption.
While walking up towards Aiko who sat on the bed, observing in great detail, Aiko started blushing a great deal and her heartbeat escted. Anyways, the boy that she was just thinking about, came to help after hearing about her predicament, beside her on the bed at night, being watched by such an intense expression. It¡¯s just a student and teacher, there shouldn¡¯t be any particr problem right? Though she thought so¡..Aiko wasn¡¯t confident to say it out loud, she became stiff as she could do nothing but return the gaze that Hajime is giving her.
Hajime, thinking that it¡¯ll be ok now that the Magic Eye didn¡¯t pick up any kind of magic maniption, grabs onto Aiko¡¯s hand. He was going to remove the artifact that was binding her magic.
However, Aiko whose hand was suddenly grabbed ¡°Hyau~!¡± a strange voice leaked out and she shrunk down a bit, ¡°Stop! It¡¯s no good! Nagumo-kun! Such thing can¡¯t be permitted! I¡¯m a teacher!¡±, she began to yell.
¡°No, isn¡¯t it inconvenient if your magic is sealed? Or, is there something wrong with it? Though there doesn¡¯t seem to be any traps¡±
¡°Eh? Ah, this thing¡..¡±
¡°¡¡.what else is there¡±
¡°Ah, ahaha¡¡sorry. It¡¯s nothing¡¡¡±
Suspicion passes, Hajime¡¯s eyes began to show a disappointed look, Aiko tried to deceive him with a fake smile. And, changing the topic, asked how he knew where she was being locked up.
¡°The princess told us¡±
¡°Princess? Princess Ririna?¡±
¡°Ahh. She witnessed you being kidnapped. While judging that Amanogawa3 and them were under surveince, she decided to escape the royal capital. Then she requested our help¡±
¡°Riri did¡..then Nagumo-kun epted her request¡±
¡°Maa~na, I seem to be responsible for this situation too¡..though sensei might not have wanted to see me¡¡well, please endure it until we return to everybody¡±
After Hajime finished removing the artifact that sealed Aiko¡¯s magic, he stood up. Aiko, predicted that Hajime¡¯sst line was about Shimizu¡¯s death. And, Aiko¡¯s eyes looked straight at the dubious Hajime, then began saying what she truly felt about it.
¡°Not wanting to see you, there¡¯s no such thing. You¡¯vee to help, I¡¯m really d. ¡¡Certainly, Shimizu-kun¡¯s situation can¡¯t bepletely forgotten, and it¡¯s likely to never to able to forget it¡.still, your intentions you had when you pulled the trigger¡.. I think I understand them. I don¡¯t hold a grudge against you, I don¡¯t hate you either¡±
¡°¡¡.Sensei¡±
To the wide-eyed Hajime, Aiko revealed an anxious smile with gentleness.
¡°At that time, because I couldn¡¯t say it properly¡..now, please let me say it. ¡.Thank you for helping me. I¡¯m sorry for making you pull the trigger¡±
¡°¡¡¡¡±
Hajime had a wry smile because it appears that Yue was correct, still, it¡¯s a fact that I¡¯ve caused Aiko pain, however he couldn¡¯t bring it up.
¡°I, I only did what I wanted to do. Though I¡¯ll receive your gratitude, you don¡¯t have to apologize. Rather than that, lets leave soon. The princess should have reached Amanogawa and the rest already. After we join up with them, it¡¯s necessary to talk about the future¡±
¡°I understand. ¡..Nagumo-kun, please be careful. The church sees you as a heretic. And, to the one that kidnapped me, you are probably¡..¡±
¡°I know. Either way, after I deliver you, I¡¯ll be taking care of the unfinished business, probably, at that time, the church and I will sh against one another. ¡.I¡¯ve already prepared for it though¡±
Hajime nodded to Aiko with a gaze of strong will. Aiko¡¯s cheek bes hot again due to the gaze, Aiko tried to word out her concerns once more.
but, at that time, a roaring sound of something breaking was heard from afar, the air also trembled a bit.
With that Aiko¡¯s body stiffens up and turns her eyes towards Hajime, Hajime was staring out and concentrating on something in the far distance. At that moment, Hajime gained information from Yue¡¯s group who¡¯s on the ground.
¡°Che, with this timing. ¡..well, in a sense it¡¯s convenient¡¡¡±
After a while, Hajime nces back at Aiko while clicking his tongue. Though Aiko doesn¡¯t know that Hajime has telepathy, but because she knew he had a lot of artifacts, she guessed that he learned something, her nce gave off the impression of wanting to know what was going on.
¡°Sensei, it¡¯s a surprise attack from the Majinzoku4. It seems that sound just now was the outer barrier covering the kingdom being broken to pieces¡±
¡°A surprise attack from the Majinzoku!? That means¡..¡±
¡°Ahh, right now, the Hairihi Kingdom is being invaded. I¡¯ve just gained information from mypanions through [Telepathy]. It appears that the Majinzoku also brought along arge army of demons. It¡¯s aplete surprise attack¡±
To Hajime¡¯s briefing, Aiko¡¯s face bes pale, ¡°That can¡¯t be¡±, was leaked out while shaking her head.
Thats true. First of all, its impossible to not notice an invasion with the amount of forces that was advancing towards the kingdom, the great barrier that surrounds the Kingdom¡¯s capital was also strong enough to ward away all average attacks and was unexpectedly stubborn against powerful ones. No one would believe that the 2 biggest hurdles werepletely cleared so easily.
¡°Sensei, first of all we¡¯ll temporarily join up with Amanogawa and the rest of the group. Then we¡¯ll talk about what to do.¡±
¡°Ye, yes¡¡±
Aiko who stiffened up from the tension, is now being held by Hajime¡¯s right hand. ¡°Uhya!¡± A strange voice was leaked out, she wrapped her arms around Hajime¡¯s neck to the suddenness of the action.
Then in that moment¡.
Ka!!
A severe silver light poured in from the outside.
¡°~!?¡±
A light as strong as the moonlights rays came pouring into the room, instinctively rm bells were raised in Aiko¡¯s mind.
However, Hajime wasn¡¯t shaken at all and proceeded to jump out of the room through the hole he previously made. Aiko screamed while clinging onto Hajime due to the rapid movements, there wasn¡¯t any time to worry.
Hajime, it was simultaneous, grabbing Aiko and dashing out of the room before the lightpletely eradicated the room in the very next moment.
Boba~!!
There wasn¡¯t a roaring sound when the room was crushed, it just simply evaporated, scattering into particles. The top of the temple was made of steel, now its be nothing more than particles much finer than sand, it was then blown away due to the night wind and disappeared into the sky.
To the specific phenomenon, Hajime while using ¡°Aerodynamic¡± to stand in the air, opened his eyes wide and muttered.
¡°¡..Was that¡..dposition?¡±
¡°Nicely answered, irregr¡±
To his short muttering came an unexpected answer, a voice resembling the ringing of a bell, however, it was cold and void of all emotions.
When Hajime turned his nce to where the voice sounded, there, a woman with silver hair and blue eyes red at Hajime from the nearby rooftop. Hajime, then guessed that this was the woman that kidnapped Aiko.
In the first ce, though unlike Ririana¡¯s description she wasn¡¯t wearing a nun¡¯s habit, instead, this woman was d in apletely white dress and armor. The dress was sleeveless and only went up to knee height, her arms, legs, and head were d in protective armor, and a metallic te hung on both sides of her waist. Its the figure of a warrior no matter how you look at it. Exactly like a Valkyrie.
The silver-haired woman, leaped through the air as if gravity had no hold of her. And, in one rotation positioned herself in front of the moon, a pair of silver wings expanded behind her back.
~basaa~ the wings expanded, it appears that the silver wings were shrouded in a silver-light magic. With the moon behind her, she looked mysteriously divine as her silver hair drifted in the wind, she carried beauty and charm that was out of this world.
However, unfortunately if not for her eyes. Despite her immense beauty, only her eyes gave off a cold impression as if frozen in ice. Not the coldness of hating another being. it was exactly like a single-minded mechanical tool. It was the eyes of a doll.
The silver haired woman, while looking down on Hajime with Aiko being held closely, slowly extended both arms out horizontally.
Then, the gauntlets shined momentarily, in the next moment, arge white sword was gripped in both hands. Therge swords were nearly 2 meters in length and it was also d in a silver-light magic, the silver haired woman who seemed unaffected by its weight, calls out to Hajime without an ounce of feelings.
¡°I am Nointo. I am ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡±, for my master, I will remove all unnecessary pieces¡±
A deration of war. The woman that introduced herself as Nointo, in the truest sense, she is ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡±. Finally, it seems they¡¯ve decided to intervene with Hajime. To directly remove us from ¡°god¡¯s game¡±.
Silver magic gushes out around Nointo. A huge pressure attacked Hajime and Aiko, it was as if they were standing underneath a huge waterfall.
Though Aiko was trying to endure it desperately, her expression turns blue then white, her body starts trembling uncontrobly. ¡°We¡¯re finished¡± nearly losing her consciousness, a bright red magic surrounded Aiko. The bright red magic shined even more to protect Aiko, itpletely blocked out the pressure that Nointo released.
Aiko opened her eyes widely, she turned her face to Hajime who she assumed was the cause. Then, there, without even shaking one bit, he received the pressure, she saw Hajime¡¯s appearance who was bearing his teeth ferociously.
As he received it, Aiko¡¯s skeptical gaze was no longer on his mind, Hajime, just like Nointo, dered war.
¡°Kill me if you can, puppet of God¡±
With those words as the signal, at an altitude of 8,000 meters in the sky over [Kamiyama], ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡± and the ¡°Monster¡± that rose out from hell shed with one another.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Shortly before Nointo¡¯s raid on Hajime, Yue, Shia, Kaori, and Ririana advanced through the royal pce using hidden passages. Their purpose was to take Ririana to Kouki¡¯s group.
Originally, it was decided that Yue and them were to rescue Aiko at [Kamiyama] and also search for the greatbyrinth for the Age of Gods magic, because Ririana situation of finding Kouki¡¯s group to help with her current situation was a trivial task.
However, in order to ensure Aiko¡¯s safety, they needed to make sure that Kouki¡¯s group has not been brainwashed, It was necessary to confirm whether they were safe.
Besides, [Kamiyama] is literally the head temple for the church, even to rescue Aiko, its preferable that they don¡¯t cause an uproar, in order to not be noticed, one person would be enough to search for Aiko¡¯s ce of confinement so Hajime went alone.
Therefore, Yue who remained at the Kingdom¡¯s capital, to Kaori who insisted on helping Ririana, decided to tag along because it wasn¡¯t that much trouble in the first ce.
Still, just in case of emergencies, Teio was put on standby somewhere in the Kingdom. This was because they needed someone to overlook the overall situation of the Kingdom.
As such, Yue¡¯s group traveled in the pce through hidden passages, and appeared into a guest room. Behind where they came through, the antique quietly returned to its natural spot, hiding the passageway as if nothing had happened.
¡°At this time, everyone is likely sleeping in their own rooms. ¡¡For the time being, lets head for Shizuku¡¯s bedroom¡±
Ririana lowered her voice in the darkness. Then turned to face the direction of Shizuku¡¯s room. Rather than relying on Kouki the hero, her evaluation is realistically shown.
Nodding in agreement with Ririana, Shia leads the group because she has the highest perception in the party. Shizuku and the others are currently sleeping in the higher ss rooms so they are currently in a separate building5, the group is advancing through the corridors with silent steps as the moonlight seeps through.
And, after advancing a while, it happened.
Zudoooon!!
Pakyaaaan!!
The roaring sound resembled that of a bombardment, right afterwards, the sound of ss breaking could be heard throughout the Kingdom¡¯s capital. The air shook and trembled from the impact, the windows in the corridor that Yue¡¯s group was taking was also rattling.
¡°Wawa, what on earth!?¡±
¡°This is¡..it can¡¯t be!?¡±
Shia while using her rabbit ears to their maximum point in order to hear people who might appear, instinctively covers up both of her rabbit ears while leaking out a voice. Right afterwards, Ririana¡¯s face turned pale and she rushed up to the window. Yue and them also approach the window to see what¡¯s going on.
And, to the spectacle that greets their eyes¡¡
¡°Such a thing¡..the great barrier¡..it was broken?¡±
Ririana covers her mouth and says in a shaking voice. It¡¯s just as she said, in the night sky of the Kingdom¡¯s capital, the great barrier broke into particles of magic and scattered like dust.
Ririana can only watch the spectacle in amazement, a light shed at that next moment, the roaring sound was heard once again. And, the thin film of light which covered the Kingdom¡¯s capital began wavering.
¡°Even the second barrier¡.why¡..is it so fragile? With this, soon¡..¡±
What is the great barrier that Ririana speaks of, there are three huge magic barriers that defend the Kingdom from foreign enemies. An artifact generates the barrier into three points, magicians of the imperial court pour their magic powers into it regrly in order to sustain the barriers. Its strength has been proven many times, the Kingdom has been defended from the Majinzoku¡¯s invasion for hundreds of years. This was one of the reasons why the war is still at a state of standstill.
A barrier of absolute protection was broken down in a single moment. And, just now, the second barrier was also close to breaking. The closer the barriers are to the Kingdom, the stronger they be, but if the second barrier was about to break at any moment now, it¡¯s only a matter of time before thest one falls as well. The royal pce is getting noisy, it appears they¡¯ve noticed that the barrier was broken. Lights begin to flicker on at many ces.
¡°It can¡¯t be, an inside job? ¡¡But, giving a hand¡.to the enemy forces? Just what is going on¡.¡±
It was Yue and them who answered Ririana who was too absorbed in the idea while being stunned.
¡°Do you hear me? Mistress, should I brief you of the situation?¡±
Their telepathy stones started shining, a voice resounded from it. It¡¯s the voice of Teio who was left at the Kingdom¡¯s capital. From the way of talking, they¡¯ve seemed to roughly grasp what¡¯s going on.
¡°N¡..please do, Teio¡±
¡°Understood. About one kilometer south from the Kingdom¡¯s capital, there are Majinzoku leading arge army of demons. The white dragon from that time is there too. Its breath was what had destroyed the barrier. However, I don¡¯t see the leaders figure¡±
¡°It can¡¯t be, an invasion? How, how on earth did they manage to get so close¡¡¡±
To Teio¡¯s report, Ririana frowns with a doubtful expression.
Towards that doubtfulness, Yue and them could also imagine it. The rider of the white dragon, Freed Bagua, the Majinzoku from the time where space magic was obtained at [Mountain of Great mes]. Even for Yue, it¡¯s virtually impossible to open a ¡°gate¡± for a whole army to pass through, but if there was some assistance it might be possible.
To actually warp across the entire continent6 without attracting attention, in order to appear right underneath our noses at the Kingdom¡¯s capital. There is no other way but that. Though the white dragon is attacking, he probably can¡¯t move around much if that were the case, he¡¯s probably resting in the back giving orders.
In the mean time, the sound of ss being broken resounds through the air again. The second barrier was broken. While frustrated, Ririana urges to meet up with Kouki and them. However, Yue shook her head.
¡°¡¡.We separate here. You guys go on¡±
¡°Na, here? what do you¡..¡±
Ririana frowned dubiously and started to say that quickly meeting up with Kouki and the rest and nning their next actions would be best. While Yue was opening the window, her eyes narrowed and spoke of her reason coldly.
¡°¡¡The Majinzoku rider of the white dragon hurt Hajime. ¡..I¡¯m going to beat him until he cries¡±
Apparently, due to the surprise attack at [Mountain of Great mes] Yue carried a deep grudge against Freed. All members at the ce could do nothing towards Yue¡¯s dangerous atmosphere.
¡°A, are you angry, Yue-san¡..¡±
¡°¡..Shia? Have you already forgotten?¡±
¡°No way. I¡¯ll continue to beat him even if he starts crying and apologizing¡±
Though Shia instinctively tsukomied at the angry Yue, towards Yue¡¯s words that were expressionless, Shia started saying something even more extreme. From Shia who usually had a bright smile7, with an expressionless face she powerfully dered her stance. Shia also seemed to not be able to forgive what had happened before.
¡°And that¡¯s why, Kaori-san, Riri-san. Yue and I, in order to discipline the owner of that giant lizard, we¡¯ll be leaving here¡±
¡°¡..N, anyone else who obstructs us as well¡±
As soon as they said that, both Yue and Shia went out the window without hearing what Kaori and Ririana¡¯s had to say. Freed¡¯s life is on the line. Escape, Freed! Quickly, run away! is what hispanions would have said if they were there.
The night breeze and noise entered through the open window. For a while, Kaori and Ririana stood silently still in ce, then they began to advance once again like nothing had happened.
¡°¡..Nagumo-san¡.is very loved¡.¡±
¡°Yes¡insanely.¡.if not¡. they¡¯re quite the powerful enemies¡±
¡°Kaori¡.in order to survive, work hard ok? I¡¯ll support you¡±
¡°Yes. Thank you, Riri¡.¡±
Afterwards Riri turned around mutters in a sad voice, ¡°The way I¡¯m treated is bing more and more crude¡.¡±, the yell was admirably sent to Kaori. ¡°Actually, would Riri cry if I said that I also wanted to go?¡± while thinking in the corner of her head, Kaori and Riri quickly hurried towards Kouki and the rest of the group.
References- 1.God¡¯s Mountain
- 2.Town where Hajime¡¯s group repelled the demon army
- 3.Kouki
- 4.Devils
- 5.or is it wing?
- 6.they actually said something about North and South but because I couldn¡¯t understand it I improvised and left it vague
- 7.Improvised, something about her smile
Chapter 100
Chapter 100
The kingdoms capital had fallen into chaos after the sudden attack which broke the barrier and appearance of the Demon race.
As people start running out of their houses, they wore stunned faces as they were greeted to the great barrier shattering. To such a site, the patrol groups could only angrily shout, ¡°Don¡¯t leave your houses!¡±. The ones with quick thinking quickly pulled themselves together. They attempted to leave the capital with only the bare minimum luggage. Meanwhile, a significant amount of people gathered at the royal pce gates to seek shelter! Screams were heard.
Although it waste at night, with this amount of noise, it wouldn¡¯t be weird for a mob to be formed in the next few minutes. Especially because the royal pce wasn¡¯t able to calm down the confusion either. Anyways, the royal pce was confused the most about the situation, especially when everything happened in the sh of a few seconds. By the time they noticed, they were already ced into a situation where a sword was drawn before their throats. It was to be expected.
Although they were trying to quickly assemble their army¡..
Pakyaaaan!!
It was not on time.
Thest barrier was finally broken, the force of monsters that were created through Age of God magic and Demon soldiers riding them surged forward, making thend rumble in the process. Theirst defensive line was only a wall made of stone which enclosed the kingdom¡¯s capital. Although that¡¯s the only thing, it was still boasted of having considerable strength¡¡.however thinking that it wouldst very long would be too optimistic.
In order to crush the wall, the Demons assembled multiple people to cast advanced magic. Along with that the monsters casted peculiar me and lightning magic. Ice shards and rock shards shot out, and a group of cyclops-beetles which were four meter in length started scraping the walls with their maces.
Even at a different location, there were boar typed monsters which measured up to five meters in length, bashing against the wall with an intense force while d in wind to increase their power. With that, a destruction on the level of an earthquake struck the wall with every impact. Furthermore, the monsters with flight such as ck eagles and grey dragons were in the skies andpletely ignored the wall and continued in to invade the capital.
Though the soldiers that were stationed on top of the wall were fighting back desperately towards the unexpectedrge army, their interception was badly carried out. It was as if trying to counterattack a steel train¡¯s rush with an airsoft gun.
In such a situation, standing by Tio who was watching the overall situation from the big clock tower in the capital, were Yue and Shia who had just left the royal castle.
¡°¡¡.Tio, have you found that guy?¡±
¡°Tio-san, where¡¯s the idiotic guy at?¡±
¡°¡.You guys¡.no, maa, although I understand your feelings? ¡®With everyone gathered together it¡¯s much more reassuring!¡¯ is what I remember Princess Liliana saying, she¡¯s quite pitiful¡..to be discarded so easily.¡±
¡°¡¡Don¡¯t mind.¡±
¡°It¡¯s a minor thing.¡±
Tio was staring at Yue and Shia with an amazed expression, the two didn¡¯t seem to think much about it at all. This must also be Hajime¡¯s influence. They¡¯re not interested if they have no opponent.
Yue and Shia both have their eyes opened wide while looking for Freed Baghaur, and then their telepathy stones reacted. Hajime¡¯s voice came from it.
¡°Oi! Tio! Come over here immediately!¡±
¡°Nuo! Master? What¡¯s wrong?¡±
Due to the unexpectedly strong voice which came from the telepathy stone, Tio who was called instinctively expressed her surprise.
¡°A dangerous one came out. I want you to take care of Sensei. Otherwise, I won¡¯t be able to go all out.¡±
¡°!? Alright, I understand! I¡¯ll head over there immediately!¡±
Tio who recognized that Hajime was fighting an opponent where he needed to be at full power, in an instant used ¡°Dragon Transformation¡±, then quickly dashed towards the target which was 8,000 meters in the sky.
¡°¡..Hajime, be careful¡±
¡°Hajime-san! Yue-san and I will be going to finish off the monster tamers, so don¡¯t worry!¡±
¡°Ha? Aren¡¯t you guys with the Princess¡.Uuo, that was close! Sorry, it doesn¡¯t seem like I¡¯ll be able to talk in this situation! Though I don¡¯t know what you guys n on doing, be careful as well¡±
Though Hajime seemed doubtful about what Shia said, due to the intense battle he was in, he had to cut the connection. While protecting Aiko, the opponent wasn¡¯t letting up against Hajime at all. In an instant, Yue and Shia started wondering if they should go and help.
¡°Yue-san, what will you do?¡±
¡°¡¡If its Hajime then it¡¯ll be alright. Tio will be there too. More so, we need to take care of the demon tamer. Also, we can¡¯t allow them to break the Age of God magic formation.¡±
Right, the reason why Yue came out to the battlefield, though there was also the reason for getting revenge for Hajime, she also couldn¡¯t just let the other Age of Gods magic bearer, Freed, run around unchecked.
In the case that Freed knew where the greatbyrinth at Kamiyama was at, Just like before at the Great Volcano, he¡¯ll likely head there first. Moreover, he might destroy the magic formation afterwards. They noticed that the monsters and structure of the Great Volcano will gradually be restored, so it¡¯s possible that over time, everything will be restored, but it¡¯s unknown how much time it would actually take. Therefore, Yue wanted to avoid that at any costs, and decided to attack Freed.
In the first ce, retaliation was 90% of the reason¡..
Then, at that time, while on top of the clock tower Yue and Shia noticed two monsters looking like a ck eagle at approximately 3 to 4 meters in length. While eyeing Yue and Shia, they then dove down to attack from both the left and right.
Kueeeeee!!
The ck eagles let out a courageous shout and approached. Without looking, Shia took out Doryukken from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and set it to shooting mode, and then without hesitation shot out an exploding slug bullet. Yue as well, without looking, just snapped her fingers with her right hand and innumerable wind des shot out like heavy rain.
Of the two ck eagles which were approaching the girls, one¡¯s head blew up due to a shock wave, and the other, like being executed by a Guillotine was chopped up into pieces. Their tragic appearances fell onto the roof of a civilian¡¯s house. At that time, the people who were inside the house heard the noise and became extremely nervous from the sound.
After those two were killed, all monsters with flight turned around and noticed Yue and Shia. If you looked closely, you¡¯d notice that about a third of them had Demons riding on them. After looking like they were surveying the situation when noticing the two eagles dropping down, understanding that the other party was a rabbitman and petite girl, as if looking at an idiot, they snorted at Yue and Shia, and then began chanting their magic.
Both Yue and Shia didn¡¯t have any intentions to guard the kingdom from the big army, however their purpose was Freed Baghaur. It was like trying to leave without permission, there was no other way but to counterattack when being targeted.
For now, Shia said, ¡°We aren¡¯t enemies, just now we were attacked so there was no other choice.¡±, although they wereughing at the foolishness it didn¡¯t seem like they had any intentions of stopping their attacks.
The Demons thought the opponent was worthless so they proceeded and left a few friends behind to deal with it, in the next moment, the screams and roaring sound of theirst moments resounded out from behind, and when they turned around to see the cause, their eyes became wide in astonishment.
Googaaaaaaa!!
It was a dragon made of thunder, roaring as it devoured their friends and monsters one after another.
To the spectacle, the Demons could only stare in nk surprise. Trying to escape from the thunder dragon, a Demon desperately tried to get away towards his friends on his monster, stretching out his hand, as if asking for help.¡..however, in the next instant an exploding slug bullet flew through the wind with murderous intent from behind, and the gray dragon and its rider broke into pieces.
Although the blood rtives of those who died became ferocious, they struggled to understand what they just witnessed. The Demons that became stiff pulled themselves together and prepared to pursue the cause. And they began looking for the girls who crushed theirpanion in an instant. Due to the unexpectedness, they began seeing illusions of their own deaths. With the high tension, they forgot to even wipe their own sweat as they strained their eyes. And, in front of them appeared Yue and Shia.
However, to them their appearance waspletely unexpected. Because rather than hiding from the group pursuing them, they stayed in the same ce. Yue and Shia didn¡¯t even bother looking at them. Just like the first time, they concentrated their sights on searching for something outside of the wall. Their backs spoke louder than words.
In other words, they couldn¡¯t care less.
The moment they guessed that, the Demons¡¯ expressions which were stiff with high tension distorted into anger and rage. While breaking theirrades into pieces, in Yue and Shia¡¯s eyes, they were nothing more than pebbles being kicked on the roadside. As a warrior, or due to their pride as Demons being trampled, heat ran through their entire bodies and their blood boiled.
¡°Damn you¡ª!!¡±
¡°Uooooooo!!¡±
¡°Die¨C!!¡±
While consumed by anger, their abilities as soldiers were natural and they got into their positions. They showed great teamwork. They formed a box on all sides to surround them and then they all shot magic at the same time. The magic from the Demons were excellent. Normally, the scene would cause someone¡¯s expression to twist in despair.
However, they were amazed by Yue¡¯s bored expression. Then, she flexed her finger like a thin baton.
¡°¡¡The difference in ability, you should learn to realize it instinctively.¡±
At the same time that she said those words, all the magic waspletely blocked out by the thunder dragon coiling around Yue and Shia like a cocoon. And, the thunder dragon once again opened its jaws like a gate, as if they weremitting suicide, they all looked as if they were voluntarily jumping in.
Then, expecting that multiple people on the other side would begin chanting magic which excelled in pration, another part of the thunder dragon opened. Shia whose rabbit ears were fluttering dove out with the speed of a cannonball.
In an instant, all the nearby Demons knew that she nned to obstruct their chants, so they all casted the beginner ss magic me bullet which practically took no time to cast at all.
However, Shia, as if she didn¡¯t even care, dodged all the bullets with simple outbursts from using Doryukken to change her orbit, she then swung Doryukken sideways aiming at the three Demons who were chanting.
¡°Ri¡ ya¡ aaaaa!¡±
With one shout, Doryukken was swung, and due to gravity magic, it obtained the weight of 4 tons on the moment of impact. With that, her body was also strengthened through physical reinforcement. The result was better off unsaid. The three Demons¡¯ upper bodies were sted away. Even the monsters that were being ridden had their spines crushed due to the shockwave. They were blown away while raising the screams of theirst moments.
Shia who was still in the air, in that instant cut down Doryukken and her own weight to 5 kilos or less, and again, danced through the air like a feather. Then, switching Doryukken back into shooting mode, exploding slug bullets were let loose aiming at the Demons that shot the me bullets. As intended, once again in the night sky of the Kingdom, bright red flowers bloomed.
Shia, she pulls out 2 colorful disks which shot out into the air from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±, they floated in the air disregarding gravity and was being used as a stand. She looked over the surroundings while in ce, tapping Doryukken on her shoulder.
Just then, in a ce a little away, thest Demons left was about to desperatelymence a suicide attack on Yue.
¡°Little girl¡ gaaa!! I¡¯m gonna kill you!!¡±
With bloodshot eyes, and an ¡°even if I¡¯m stabbed!¡± kind of feeling could be felt from his desperation. However, Yue¡¯s attitude towards him was cool like a wet nket.
¡°¡ You¡¯re 300 years too early, boy¡¡±
He probably nned on attacking when the thunder dragon was still dealing with his friend. However, his lips distorts when he thinks that what Yue¡¯s words meant was that the thunder dragon had already returned, immediately after that, his head was cleanly cut off by a wind de that came from below and it flew into the alleyway with spinning eyes.
After time was meaninglessly taken, Yue began to search for Freed once again. Next to her, Shianded while carrying Doryukken.
¡°Theypletely think that we¡¯re part of the Kingdom¡¯s fighting forces right?¡±
¡°¡ It doesn¡¯t matter. They can think that if they want.¡±
¡°How dry¡ Maa, it certainly seems that way¡..¡±
The two joked around with each other as Freed was not easily found, Maybe, he¡¯s already gone to the greatbyrinth through space magic¡¡.they began to be uneasy, then,
¡°!? Yue-san!¡±
¡°Nn.¡±
At the same time as Shia¡¯s warning, Yue jumped away from the clock tower without hesitation. Immediately after that, an oval film appeared in the middle of air, arge aurora gushed out from it. The aurorapletely erased the upper part of the clock tower where Yue and them were standing, however it was so powerful that the building was blown off radically.
¡°As expected, some kind of foresight. How annoying¡¡¡±
At the same time that the masculine voice resounded, the Demons, Freed Baghaur who had red hair and was the white dragon¡¯s rider, appeared from the oval film. From his expression, you could see irritation from the ease of dodging the surprise attack.
Then a white dragon¡¯s appearance came through the ¡°gate¡±, along with several Demons riding on the back of ck eagles and grey dragons appearing by the hundreds, Yue and Shia werepletely surrounded.
At the same time¡¡a terrible roaring sound is heard and a part of the outer wall was finally destroyed, afterwards demons and Demons invade the capital one after another, some of the troops saw Yue and Shia and rushed up fiercely at them. It appears that they intend onpletely killing Yue and Shia here once and for all.
¡°I can¡¯t believe that you¡¯ve managed to survive from that situation. ¡..As I expected, that man¡¯s passion to survive¡¡is too dangerous. To start with, we¡¯llpletely kill you who is that guy¡¯spanions.¡±
Towards the words of Freed which contained hatred, however, Yue and Shia were both fearless. And, they both replied back at the same time. It strangely, was the same words that the boy whom they loved currently in the sky 8,000 meters above the ground had said.
¡°Kill us if you can (please).¡± X2
As if those words were a signal, the surrounding demons and Demons shot magic all at once.
me spears of the caliber which was enough to even scorch the atmosphere were flying around,sers of water were shot out cutting through space, wind of murderous intent became des and attacked, a bombardment of ice and snow roared out, sands of petrification and permanent poison scatters about, and a whip of thunder shaped like a snake moved around in the night sky. And, an Aurora tore through the sky just in case.
A group of 40 Demons or more and over 100 demons. In every direction, lies an enemy. The sight is filled with a storm of attacks.
However, Yue and Shia, were still calm despite being surrounded by death on all sides, their postures showed no sign of attempting to dodge. Some Demons, ¡°Have they given up¡¡.¡±, as their expressions showed that they were losing momentum, only Freed raised his awareness because of an unpleasant presentiment which rose intensely from within.
¡°Field Pierce.¡±
Yue activated her Age of Gods magic.
Immediately after that, two shining gates appeared before the Aurora. Freed dubiously drops his eyebrow. When connecting the gate to such coordinates, even if they teleport the aurora, it¡¯ll likely appear out of the other gate for a direct hit.
However, that expectation, could only be assumed if only one pair of gates were created. Freed based his expectation on his own limitations.
Therefore, he couldn¡¯t understand why Yue and Shia jumped through the gate, it wasn¡¯t possible for him to notice immediately that a gate had already appeared behind them.
¡°Cra-, evade it!¡±
Yue and Shia disappeared through the other gate, the moment when the aurora connected with the gate, though Freed who noticed his misunderstanding warned hispanions, but it was already toote.
Although Freed himself was able to evade on time, many subordinates behind him¡ while being directly hit by the aurora became slightly conscious that they were dying, and with that only a few were left.
¡°Curse you, killing my subordinates. ¡¡I didn¡¯t expect you to be able to open 2 at the same time¡.does that mean I¡¯ve still underestimated you¡¡.¡±
Rage filled his eyes, at the same time, he was also in awe that Yue was able to create both gates simultaneously and properly seeded to use it inbat. There was also no traces of chanting or using magic formations either, though he confirmed their true nature in his mind, right now, it¡¯s necessary to look for the 2 missing people.
¡°Freed! Over there!¡±
One of Freed¡¯s subordinates pointed outside the outer wall. Certainly Yue and Shia were there.
It was difficult to fight as houses were right underneath them. If Freed truly hopes for a confrontation between them, it would be unlikely that he would just continue invading the Kingdom¡¯s capital, and so he would transfer himself directly outside of the outer walls. Of course, it would be an emergency situation if he actually continued his invasion instead of confronting Yue and Shia, as the sickle of the death god would surely swing down on his back.
Because Freed also understood this, he couldn¡¯t turn his back against them. Yue stretched her right hand out and with her finger Kui Kui bent it as gesture to approach, from this action, all Demons¡¯ rage exceeded their boiling point.
It was obvious that the young girl with a childish appearance was provoking them, and the detestable rabbitman who ughtered theirrades was also there, with that in their minds, ¡°We¡¯ll be your opponents.¡±, while lining up their sights¡.the provocation wasn¡¯t possible to ignore due to their own pride as the superior race even if the opponents were few in numbers.
¡°You¡¯re only a little girl!¡±
¡°You dirty beast, don¡¯t get so full of it!¡±
While shouting such abusive words, all the Demons attacked at the same time. They sent the demons after Yue who was able to fire off fatal magic in rapid session without timegs at all. From the ground, part of therge army also attacks Yue and Shia fiercely.
Shia, thanks to the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±, was able to continuously fire out explosive slug bullets which were practically unlimited in number. In the sky, and even on the ground, Shia¡¯s magical power emits a color resembling moonstones, rippling out, in the next instant, it was converted into a shockwave and destruction scattered everywhere. The only thing that remained were only their broken corpses, crushed as if they were ran over to death.
And, there, the white dragon and grey dragons all vomited out their breaths at once. The attack would be fatal to Shia even with physical strengthening applied when hit directly. However, Shia wasn¡¯t panicking at all.
¡°¡°Exceeding Curse.¡±
Yue shot out a ck swirling globe which appeared before Shia¡¯s eyes. The jet ck sphere contained supergravity, just like a ck hole, the aurora¡¯s approaching Shia were twisted thenpletely devoured.
¡°Ku, you used itst time too. ¡..that Age of God magic that I don¡¯t know of. All members, listen! I¡¯ll take care of the blond caster! You all gang up and kill that rabbitman! Separate them apart, don¡¯t allow them to cooperate!¡±
¡°Understood!¡± X5
It appears that, Shia serves as Yue¡¯s vanguard and while away looked like she was breathing exhaustively, the rear guards decided to separate Yue in order to defeat them both. Though that¡¯s what it seems, when Shia started to evacuate towards Yue, the Demons riding an especially huge ck eagle which was d in a huge tornado, charged out like a cannonball.
Shia who was in the air, wielded Doryukken and looked as if she was going to throw it, due to the unexpected timing, the Demons prepared themselves in a suicide attack, the other side wasn¡¯t supposed to be able to respond on time. With one rotation while in ce using the outbursts from Doryukken, all attacksing from the Demons were stopped and they were all blown away radially.
In a rush, the Demons on the ck eagle dded in a tornado tried to confront her, as expected there was no time for her to counter the attack, even evading wouldn¡¯t be on time either, so she took up Doryukken as a shield and increased her physical power as well. One of Doryukken¡¯s gimmicks activated, while making a sound Kashun Kashun a round shield formed.
¡°Even if it¡¯s just you! I¡¯ll definitely kill you without fail!¡±
The Demons with short blond hair shouted out, while looking at Shia with eyes filled with hatred from hispanions being killed, and collided with Doryukken which was held up.
Shia who was pushed back was separated from Yue, although she tried to increase her weight to withstand the push, before it was actually carried out, a ck teleport gate had already opened up behind her. In that instant Yue and Shia¡¯s nces ovepped, the rash suicide attack was meant to buy time for Freed to cast his space magic.
¡°Yue-san! I¡¯m sorry! We¡¯ve been separated!¡±
¡°N¡..there¡¯s no problems. I¡¯ll kill this fellow here.¡±
Immediately before being pushed into the gate, Yue with a thumb sticking up said, ¡°Good luck!¡± (Tn: In an American ent). Shia smiled a little from that. The smile was seen by the Demon riding the huge ck eagle, his face twisted into rage. Although he didn¡¯t really mind Shia, it was Yue¡¯s ownrade that was swallowed into the gate which meant that they were now both separated.
¡°That frivolously smiling face, how disgusting. When your Limbs are torn apart we¡¯ll drag them in front of your man.¡±
The first Demons that passed through said while exiting the gate. Seeming unlike the rest of the Demons, Shia guessed that it was due to a personal grudge, while frowning dubiously she asked him.
¡°¡¡.Have we met somewhere? I don¡¯t remember having done anything to receive such stares though?¡±
¡°Do you still remember that Demon woman with red hair?¡±
Shia who couldn¡¯t understand why the sudden talk of a woman turned up could only incline her head in wonder. But, the male Demons, took that act as not being able to remember, while clenching his teeth together, he voiced out further information about his grudge.
¡°You bastard, the woman that you guys killed at¡°Orcus Great Labyrinth.¡±.¡±
¡°¡¡¡¡Ah! That person!¡±
¡°You bastard.¡±
It was very clear that Shia had forgotten all about it until now, the man who was already mad till the boiling point shot out numerous des of wind with short chants. There, Shia avoided them as if they were nothing.
¡°Wait a sec, who was that person to you? With just what was said a while ago I still don¡¯t understand.¡±
¡°Cattleya, the woman that you guys murdered¡..was my fianc¨¦e!¡±
¡°! Ah, I see¡..what about it.¡±
Shia nodded as she consented.
It seems that the man in front of her, was the lover that the woman at¡°Orcus Great Labyrinth.¡±whispered her love to for before dying¡ª¡ª-it was Mikhail. Though she doesn¡¯t understand how he found out, he knew that Hajime was the one that had killed his fianc¨¦e, he looks as if he¡¯s burning with revenge. To make Hajime feel the same feelings that he did, he ns to bring both Shia and Yue¡¯s corpses forth in front of him.
¡°How dare you, Cattleya¡¡was wise and gentle, she always thought of her country¡¡¡±
Mikhail who was shouting out his grudge with bloodshot eyes, Shia¡¯s usual brightness became cold as if it were a lie, and replied with extremely light words.
¡°I don¡¯t know anything about that.¡±
¡°Wh, what was that!¡±
¡°No, if she didn¡¯t want to die she could have just not fight? In the first ce she was the one that challenged us. Hajime-san even warned her. We won¡¯t chase if you run away. If a important person was killed, it¡¯s obvious that they¡¯d bear a grudge¡.even if you told what the person who was killed was like¡¡we¡¯re not interested¡¡do you guys hear me? Just like all the lives of the ones that you¡¯ve taken up till now¡..there¡¯s no way you¡¯d be interested.¡±
¡°Sh, shut up, shut up, shut up! Cattleya¡¯s enmity! I¡¯m going to torment you until you go mad, then kill you!¡±
Mikhail, yelling as if he lost his temper, another tornado was produced again to increase the huge ck eagle¡¯s speed while plunging towards Shia. It appears that the tornado was Mikhail¡¯s magic and not the huge ck eagle¡¯s inherent ability. While riding, Mikhail continued chanting and numerous wind des shot out from the tornado in an attempt to block Shia¡¯s escape routes.
Shia, wielding Doryukken, knocked down the wind des and then lightened her weight as she jumped to a disk as a stand in order to avoid the charge of the tornado dded eagle.
However, before she avoided it, troops of Demons riding ck eagles gathered as Shia and Mikhail were talking. Because Mikhail was riding the huge ck eagle, they were likely his subordinates.
Shia was in a situation where all the ck eagle forces that were in the skies shot out needles of stone at her. It was exactly like a downpour of rain. Shia shot out exploding slug bullets to create shockwaves in order to knock down the needles.
And, jumped to a nearby ck eagle after opening a way through the barrage. Disregarding the startled Demons, she swung Doryukken without any hesitation. The Demons that was hit vanished into the darkness of the night as all his internal organs and bones were crushed.
Shia further continued to use her momentum of the attack and crushed the Demons and the ck eagle that were away from the rest.
¡°Ku, do not engage in closebat! The sky is our domain! Attack with waves of magic and stone needles from a distance!¡±
Towards therades that were blown away like a pinball, Mikhail judged that closebat would be impossible and ordered for all attacks to be strictly ranged. Again, Shia was forced to avoid their magic and stone needles that came from all directions by continually jumping off the disks that she sent out as stepping stones.
However, she never got within range to attack, every time she moved up they distanced themselves and she was bing irritated at that fact. And then, she judged that it wouldn¡¯t be efficient if she only used exploding slug bullets, she pulled out a new item from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±.
It was a red metallic ball. It was approximately 2 meters in diameter. A chain extends from the metallic ball and Shia attached it to the top of Doryukken. Then, she used her leg to kick up the metallic ball that was dropping due to gravity and swung horizontally at the metallic ball with Doryukken.
Gagin!!
With a roaring sound the metallic ball flew out at an unbelievable speed.
While panicking the targeted Demons tried to quickly evade it, however suddenly, the side of the metallic ball bursted out and with that its course changed. The Demons and his ck eagle were not able to respond to the suddenness, the metallic ball which weighed up to 10 tons collided into them, they were instantly killed as every bone in their bodies were crushed in the night sky.
Shia pulled back the chain with Doryukken and the metallic ball which just ughtered its enemy quickly returns to her reach. And as it was returning she was firing out exploding slug bullets in rapid sessions in order to keep the others in check, or, simply to kill them. When the metallic ball returned, it was then once againunched at another target.
Right, what is Doryukken¡¯s newest gimmick, it¡¯s basically kendama (Tn: Japanese toy) with a built-in system that allows it to change its weight and shoot out shells in order to change its trajectory.
¡°Uriyaaaaaaaa!¡±
Shia continued to y kendama in the night sky of the Kingdom¡¯s capital while letting out shouts. When the ball was sent off, its trajectory was always changing and it always returned after blowing away its target. The kendama became a red meteor that shot out irregrly throughout the night sky, it began to turn even redder as the blood of enemies were smeared on it.
¡°Curse you, such strange techniques! Above! Attack her from outside of her range!¡±
Mikhail, while biting his lips from his subordinates being killed one after another, gave out orders for a barrage of attacks to be sent out in order to keep her in check and buy time for him to cast his own magic. Shia easily avoids the attacks as if dancing in the air weightlessly.
Then, immediately after avoiding thest attack, ranged attack magic poured down over her head like a wall.
Shia held the center of Doryukken over her head and began to turn it in circles. With that, the metallic ball that was connected by its chain also began to rotate due to the centrifugal force and was swung along with Doryukken. Doryukken and the Kendama rotated at high-speeds with intense force, it became an improvised round shield which was also bordered with a red color, and the magic attacks that were pouring down were all blown away and dispersed because of the matchless force.
¡°You¡¯re mine!¡±
Mikhail who judged that she would be too busy dealing with the overhead attacks, charged at Shia. The huge ck eagle shot out an extraordinary amount of stone needles which ran along with the wind magic ordinance. The local storm raised a howl as it rushed towards Shia.
Shia allowed herself to free-fall in order to reduce her altitude quickly and avoided the bombardment of wind. Mikhail¡¯s lips twisted as expected, again he decided to aim for the moment when shends due to evading, and he nned to shoot out more des of wind.
However, in the eyes of Mikhail who was watching his target, Shia did not have an expression wrapped in despair, the spectacle that he saw was that a fist sized iron ball appeared from thin air underneath Shia¡¯s feet and she bounced off it.
Shia took out the iron ball from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and used her legs at maximum strength tounch herself off of it. The iron ball that was kicked out at an overpowering velocity, with perfect aim, hit the huge ck eagle which Mikhail was ridding! The vivid sound of flesh caving in could be heard.
Kuueeeeeeee!!!
The huge ck eagle screamed from the pain of the impact as it falls while spinning. Mikhail again, shot out a cannonball of wind that contained stone needles in desperation as he fell with the huge ck eagle.
Shia who finally passed by all magic attacks that came down at her head, bounced away the quickly approaching cannonball of wind using Doryukken. However, the needles made of stone couldn¡¯t bepletely avoided, some of the needles pierced into her shoulder and arm.
¡°We did it! She was struck by Kotorisu¡¯s stone needles!¡±
¡°With this it¡¯s over!¡±
The needles themselves didn¡¯t deal much damage, however all the Demons looked equally joyful that Shia was hit by the stone needles.
Shia looked at their suspicious expressions.
The answer to her question was answered immediately. Starting from where the needles were sticking out, she began to petrify. It appears that Kotorisu was the name of the huge ck eagle, its inherent magic seemed to allow its stone needles to petrify upon contact. It was an unpleasant and troublesome ability.
Normally, when afflicted with an abnormal status you¡¯d use specific medicine to cure it, or purify it with recovery light magic. However, right now Shia is alone on the battlefield so the Demons thought it was already over. As long as they continue attacking her without giving her a chance to take medicine she¡¯ll bepletely petrified.
However, in the very next moment, their expressions which were convinced of victory, changed into one that was dumbfounded, and finally changed into despair.
Because¡..
¡°Mmm, what a blunder. However, if it¡¯s just this much!¡±
While saying so, Shia pulled out and threw away the needles and in order to concentrate she closed her eyes. Then in one moment, the petrification that was gradually spreading, stopped suddenly, following that, the flesh that had turned to stone regained its former color. And, finally, the wound from the needles were also patched up, she returned to her normal state as if nothing happened.
¡°W, Why!¡±
¡°What¡¯s going on!¡±
There wasn¡¯t any signs of recovery magic being used, there also wasn¡¯t any behaviors of using medicine either, however Shia easily cured the petrification and damage from the needles by just concentrating a little, fear began to appear on the Demons¡¯ expressions. A fear of the unknown which couldn¡¯t be understood. Their voices were upset and trembling.
There¡¯s no need to think much about how Shia managed to heal herself. She simply used reproduction magic. As usual, her aptitude with it was rather bad, it was only enough to be able to heal wounds and abnormal statuses within her body.
Her selfheal was like the downgraded version of Yue¡¯s ¡°Automatic Reproduction¡±, she can even cure serious illnesses, however it¡¯s not automatic and she cannot reproduce something external. However, a few wounds or simple fractures would heal within several seconds with a little bit of concentration and if she spends more time she can also recover from serious illnesses.
There¡¯s no helping it that the Demons were despairing. Because including her overwhelming power she also possesses the ability to recover, they couldn¡¯t think of any methods to corner her. The eyes that were looking at Shia were the same eyes that the people who confronted Hajime had. In other words, a monster! Then.
¡°Saa, here Ie?¡±
Shia while holding Doryukken quickly appears before the eyes of the stiff and confused Demons. Then, a deadly blow! With just one hit, another Demons died. At that moment, the remaining Demons went into panic and yelled out an iprehensible cry, there was absolutely no cooperation and they began to suicide attack recklessly.
Shia calmly, while brandishing the Kendama, or through the use of exploding slug bullets, quickly and surely reduces their numbers.
Finally thest man of Mikhail¡¯s forces became food for Doryukken, however the moonlight was suddenly shut out and a shadow covered the entire area.
Shia looked up above, behind the dark clouds, Mikhail was falling from the sky. It looks like the huge ck eagle was also at its limits, a straight dive attack might have been all it was capable of now.
¡°Innumerable thunder pouring down from the sky, avoid it if you can!¡±
At the same time that Mikhail shouted, innumerable amounts of thunder poured down while roaring out disorderly. It was like an intense rain of thunder. This magic originally caused a veryrge thunder strike to fall from the dark clouds, an advanced attack magic ¡°Thunder Mallet¡± of the wind system, he daringly multiplied it, he likely created it as an Area of Effect magic. With that alone, you could tell how advanced Mikhail was with magic.
The thunder quickly overtakes Mikhail and pours straight down towards Shia.
Most likely, in order to absolutely kill her, he took up the resolution to stab her despite his own thunder raining down as a suicide attack. He¡¯s already used up a lot of power just multiplying the thunder, however superhuman Shia may be, she¡¯s not fast enough to avoid the thunderbolts.
The speed of which thunder falls is 150 kilometers per second. It¡¯s not possible to avoid it after recognizing it. In Mikhail¡¯s eyes, as his subordinates were killed one after another he was enduring it while single-mindedly continuing his chant using all the magic power in his body, this time for sure, she¡¯ll fall! His will of strength could be seen.
However, immediately afterwards, Mikhail saw an unbelievable scene. Unexpectedly, Shia had avoided the thunderbolts raining down. No, more urately, it was as if she knew exactly where the area that wouldn¡¯t be hit was and moved there before the thunderbolts fell.
It was Mikhail¡¯s miscalction. Shia had a technique that allowed her to avoid things even before it became recognizable.
A deviation of her inherent magic ¡°Future Sight¡± and ¡°Revtion Sight¡±. It allowed her to see up to 2 seconds into the future. Although it¡¯s a downgraded version of her ¡°Future Assumption¡± sight, rather it doesn¡¯t even use magic power, it¡¯s a convenient ability that can be used in rapid sessions several times. It was the result of Shia¡¯s efforts from continuously training.
¡°What are you, what exactly are you!¡±
¡°¡..I¡¯m just a rabbit eared woman.¡±
He couldn¡¯t believe what he saw, Shia had avoided every thunderbolt, naturally, Mikhail¡¯s attack while diving down can easily be fended off, and she wielded the Kendama and waited for him to pass by.
Then, the Kendama circled greatly around Mikhail, the chains coiled around him and he was instantly restrained.
¡°Nuguoo! Let go!¡±
¡°I¡¯ll release you, just as you wished!¡±
Mikhail who was caught by the chain was flung by Doryukken, as he was freed the centrifugal force caused him to fly towards the ground. The centrifugal force caused by the heavyweight lump of iron was terrific, Mikhail was flung towards the ground like a meteorite.
At once, he set up a barrier of wind and escaped instant death, however it¡¯s likely that every bone in his body was crushed as heid on his back without moving an inch. Gobog Gobo he coughed out blood.
Shianded by his side.
Carrying Doryukken on her shoulder, she hadpromised Mikhail. Mikhail while still faintly conscious, his vacant eyes turned to Shia. On his lips, due to being unable to bring down his enemy, or, due to the impossible situation of beingpletely annihted despite having close to 100 subordinates, a smile of self-ridicule that even Mikhail himself didn¡¯t understand was shown. To be beaten down into this state, it¡¯s possible he could do nothing butugh at himself.
To Shia who was looking down on him, Mikhail realizes his end. In his heart, he apologized to his dear fianc¨¦e that he couldn¡¯t take revenge, then he spoke hisst words.
¡°¡.Goho, this¡.goho¡..monster!¡±
¡°Fufu, Thank you very much!¡±
Mikhail¡¯sst retaliation seemed to only have made Shia more pleased.
Atst, while watching absentmindedly as the hammer was swung down at his head, Mikhail thought that if there was an afterlife, he would go and search for Cattleya, he lost consciousness as he was thinking such dark things.
While carrying Doryukken after giving the final blow, Shia¡¯s cheeks are loosened because of Mikhail¡¯s final words.
¡°It seems that finally I¡¯ve be strong enough to be called a monster¡.fufu, it seems I¡¯ve be closer to Hajime and them. Now then, how about Yue-san¡¯s side¡¡¡±
Shia looked towards Yue¡¯s direction, they¡¯ve been considerably distanced. And, even now she expected that she might still be able to give Freed one good hit, she began to dash out to join up with Yue.
Chapter 101
Chapter 101
The shining moon became invisible behind the crowd of ash dragons.
There¡¯s likely over 100 figures that could be seen. And at the center of it all is the white dragon, the appearance of Freed Bagua could be seen riding it¡¯s back.
[Don¡¯t think less of us. Dividing up the enemy forces is a standard technique in battles]
Shia and Mikhail had just disappeared into the transfer gate ¡°Field Pierce¡± made through space magic. Then Freed ordered the ck eagle force to pursue them, as they passed by they red and trash talked Yue who was stationary.
Although there wasn¡¯t any signs of wind magic being used at all, to the appearance that floats in the skies just like the moon that floats in the nocturnal sky, a smile appeared even when their reactions were heard, Yue is only quietly staring at Freed expressionlessly.
Freed is a proud Majinzoku, rather than looking at others equally, they¡¯re looked down upon. He is a pious believer in their Majinzoku God whom they worship, he¡¯s the type of man that would not ept any other way of life or values.
Hence, it was impossible that he would have an interest in a woman from another race. However, that Freed is now, while the ash dragons and his subordinates were still blocking the true moon, to the girl with a pretty face that shines just like the moon, felt charmed with the thoughts ¡°It would be regrettable if such a gem were killed¡±.
With those thoughts, although he understands it¡¯s necessary to kill Hajime, and though he holds hatred because his brethren were killed, still, foolish words came out of his mouth.
[How regrettable. ¡..Woman, as a spellcaster, no matter how much I want the ability to cast magic without chants, though this may be reckless in this situation. How about it? Will you join me? We won¡¯t treat you badly just because you¡¯re a woman]
Towards Freed¡¯s invitation, Yue¡¯s reply was¡.
[¡..Fu~,e back after being reborn. Ugly man]
It was indescribably severe, a reply of severe sarcasm mixed with ridicule was returned.
By the way, it wouldn¡¯t be an exaggeration that Freed¡¯s figure if evaluated by ten people, every one of them would agree that he was a good-looking man. Combined with his vast powers, he was extremely popr to the Majinzoku women. Therefore, he¡¯s not an ugly man at all.
However, Yue saw Freed¡¯s deste expression at the[Mountain of Great mes]when he talked about his god, in her memory it was awful and sickening. Such a man, invited her with a rified face. The only thing seen was already just a sickening foolish man. To begin with, she doesn¡¯t feel anything for any other man but Hajime, so it was nothing but foolish talk to begin with.
When Yue¡¯s response was heard, Freed¡¯s eyes twitched and cramped up.
[Have you chosen your path as a martyr? Or, because of your loyalty to this country? Discard your teachings, do not simply follow a country in blind faith, do you n on sacrificing your life for those kinds of things? That is the highest reaches of stupidity. Once you know of our god, ¡°Aruvu-sama¡¯s¡± teachings. Then, you¡¯ll be purified after just closing your eyes just once!?]
To Freed who began bbering on about unrted topics, Yue simply answered by rapidly firing out Wind des. It was merely because she couldn¡¯t endure hearing him babble on any longer.
A spray of blood dances on the evening winds. Because Freed managed to dodge his body, the Wind des that Yue shot out only managed to cut his shoulder shallowly. Immediately, Freed was able to react to the Wind des, he was definitely one of the few great people who conquered abyrinth. If not, he would have lost an arm immediately.
To Freed who was ring at her with anger, Yue only returned it with a cool gaze. Then, she announced to the foolish looking demon leader.
[¡¡.Your question is unnecessary. The moment you hurt Hajime, you were already sentenced to death in agony]
As if the words were a signal, extremely cold ice and snow blew around Yue.
It instantly turned into a huge tornado, it climbed up towards the heavens as it surrounded Yue. A white storm which connected the heavens to the ground, the surrounding temperature is quickly reduced to absolute zero, the ash dragons which were blocking the moon werepletely frozen.
This was apound magic of ice at a supetive degree in the system attack magic ¡°Frozen Prison¡± along with the intermediate wind system attack magic ¡°Storm Emperor¡± which created a wide range tornado at absolute zero temperatures.
Almost like a mammoth being frozen instantaneously due to the climate change that brought upon the cial epoch, the ash dragons all died without damage to their exterior, they fell and crashed onto the ground, breaking their bodies into pieces. It appears that their insides werepletely frozen as red crystals of blood bounced around on the earth.
[Did you not hear me. ¡¡Guess there¡¯s no helping it. Shoot her down!]
Freed who lost nearly 20 ash dragons instantly, ordered the attack while gritting his teeth. As a result, the ash dragons all deploy together from all directions, top and bottom, they shot out aurora¡¯s disorderly from every direction.
As if they were meteor showers, over 100 aurora¡¯s were shot out in the night sky. The dark night was torn up by the sh of lights, as if the spellcaster in the center wasmitting suicide, an absolute zero blizzard blew out and raged like a flower pinholder.
From the impact of the countless auroras, the tornado of ice and snow dispersed as if melting in the air. The scattered ice and snow created a spiral, what appeared from the center was the appearance of Yue who was wounded from the powerful st¡.actually no, it was an unhurt Yue apanied by the ck swirling star which circled around her.
Without wasting a second, over 100 aurora¡¯s were once again seen after they confirmed the small enemy was still there.
However, the matchless lights of death which would normally eliminate everything, one after another is swallowed into the ck star that was tossed around by Yue, or bent and reflected outwards towards the horizon, none of them reached her at all.
Yue used gravity magic to further increase her altitude. While being exposed to countless auroras, there is no unrest in her expression at all. ¡°Exceeding Curse¡± was used to swallow up everything and ¡°Cursed Sky¡± was used to move the ball of extreme gravity, as if it were a protection satellite orbiting and defending the moon.
[The breaths are uneffective, directly swat her down! Go!]
To Freed¡¯s change of strategy, the ash dragons didn¡¯tg behind at all and followed the orders obediently. While releasing the roar of a dragon, murderous intent was shown in its eyes from wanting to tear up the slender girl with its sharp ws and teeth.
They intended to attack in waves. Yue¡¯s environment was immediately buried under the gray crowd of ash dragons.
Yue who was being confronted didn¡¯t worry at all at the iing ash dragon¡¯s murderous intent, she calmly closed her eyes. While deeply concentrating. It could be said that it was convenient for the ash dragons that she wasn¡¯t moving, their ws expand, and their strong jaws spread open.
At the moment where they thought that it would be impossible to escape death, while facing them, Yue¡¯s eyes opened up! And then, her lovely thin lips voiced out.
[¡°Beheading Threads*I think? ??*(cut)¡±]
At that moment, their world shifted in unison (. . .).
Like a mirror which had cracked, countless lines are drawn out in the open space, the lines were purposely made adjacent to the starting point. And then, the ash dragons which wereing in session into the cracked space, after stiffening for an instant, fell to the ground while hearing the sound of their scattering and spraying blood from their cut body parts that came into contact with the broken space.
Space magic ¡°Beheading Threads¡±. Through cracking space and moving it, it¡¯s a no brainer that it¡¯s a magic that will cut apart any object.
By Yue¡¯s unseeable cutting magic, more than 30 ash dragons died without being able to do anything but scream out theirst moments. Freed¡¯s expression trembles from the activation of space magic, motion speed, and development scale that were far from what he could do.
[What great ability. ¡.By chance, are you one of the people chosen by God! If that¡¯s so, then you¡¯re rejection of my proposal is understandable]
Freed sweats a good amount while nodding in consent, Yue, [This misunderstanding imbecile, it¡¯s extremely sickening though¡.], anyone could understand that she had an unpleasant expression.
[¡¡What a joke. Whenever I fight, it¡¯s always for Hajime¡¯s sake. Don¡¯t ce me in the same group as you]
Towards the harsh words, Freed whose personality holds the gods in high esteem, love and respect, (he couldn¡¯t imagine it) and became expressionless. It appears that mentioning that was taboo for Freed.
[Rejoice. I won¡¯t be saying anymore than this. We¡¯ll kill you and I will throw your corpse in front of that man. If I step on it, it may provoke some unrest. At that time, it would be that man¡¯s end]
[¡.That mouth sure runs a lot. Can¡¯t you just show it through your actions while being silent? Ugly man]
Towards the words that subdued his angry rant, multiple veins showed on Freed as he was ridiculed. Just as Yue had said, he decided to show it with actions.
But it was already seen at[Mountain of Great mes], Freed issued instructions to a small bird-type demon that rode on his shoulder. Then, a part of the crowds of demons that had invaded and broke the outer wall of the Kingdom¡¯s capital, surged towards Yue from the ground. It appears that they intend to attack from the ground.
Yue, while protecting herself from the ash dragon¡¯s auroras with her gravity ball, summoned the ¡°Thunder Dragon¡±. The golden dragon appeared from the dark clouds in the sky and let out a roar of lightning. It approached as the auroras from the ash dragons and Freed were being restrained by ¡°Exceeding Curse¡±, the thunder dragon was then sent to wipe out the ground troops.
As usual, it was a no brainer that the thunder dragon¡¯s mouth sucked in everything¡..was what was supposed to happen, but the advance was stopped by 6 pairs of turtle-typed demon Abusodo*<-The demon-type¡¯s name, maybe it means something? ????* that exceeded 5 meters in length. One of the huge Abusodos opened its big mouth and in reverse, actually started consuming the dragon instead.
Abusodo was also seen before with the Majinzoku woman named Cattleya at[Orcus Great Labyrinth], it¡¯s a demon whose inherent magic is able to take in other magic into its body. However, the Abusodo that was consuming the thunder dragon on the ground was a different size from the Abusodo seen in thebyrinth. Most likely, it was improved and strengthened.
Still, as expected of the thunder dragon. Though it¡¯s being swallowed by the Abusodo, with itsrge body, though slowly, it¡¯s surely lifting it up. It appears that the limitation of only being able to swallow one type of magic hasn¡¯t been changed yet. Even if the thunder is being swallowed, it cannot swallow the gravity magic.
The 6 Abusodos were gradually floating and they iled around hastily, before their big bodies were carried off by the thunder dragon, another Abusodo began to swallow the gravity magic. As expected, the thunder dragon couldn¡¯t endured the 2 strengthened Abusodo¡¯s with their inherent magic ¡°Magic Storing¡±, the body of the thunder dragon was consumed.
Immediately after that, thepressed magic wasunched at Yue.
[¡..Annoying]
Just like an anti-aircraft homing missile wasunched from the ground, it urately attacked Yue. Yue who was using the gravity ball to the best of her abilities to block the ash dragons and white dragon¡¯s auroras, immediately evaded by ¡°falling¡± from the sky.
[Fu~, I understood that you used strange thunder system magic. As long as Abusodo is here, your magic will be sealed off]
Freedughs while grinning. However, Yue isn¡¯t particrly worried, only quietly observing the Abusodos, only after a short time, her eyes wandered in the sky while thinking something and then concentrated on them again.
[Are you trying to tear space again? I won¡¯t be giving you that kind of time!]
The white dragon and ash dragons further increased the severity of their attacks, a ck panther typed demon approached by kicking off the ground and into the sky.
Although the storm of aurora¡¯s were blocked by the gravity ball, most of Yue¡¯s consciousness was used to construct another magic, her movements wereckingpared to before. There, the appearance of the ck panther approached quickly from the ground, it began releasing countless tentacles*lol there always needs to be some kind of tentacle monster when against a girl*, furthermore, its sharp ws also bypassed the gravity ball which was focused on preventing the auroras from hitting.
Between offense and defense, countless wounds appear on Yue¡¯s body, red blood sshes in the night sky. However, because it was only a flesh wound, it wasn¡¯t much of a problem. To begin with what is Yue¡¯s true defensive powers, certainly not barriers nor gravity balls. It was the cheating ¡°Regeneration Power¡±.
A barrier would be ced if there was apanion, or evaded if the attack will cause clothes to tear because it would be a nuisance, originally she would just disregard the other parties attacks and leave it up to her regeneration powers, Yue¡¯s true battle style was simply, one-sidedly attacking.
To Yue who was spraying blood, Freed¡¯s expression was that of one who was convinced of their victory, when Yue¡¯s wound was automatically restored, his eyes could only open widely in astonishment.
[Is that also an Age of God¡¯s magic? Just exactly how many have you acquired!]
Although he wasn¡¯tpletely wrong, while voicing out his misunderstanding to Yue, he gave out orders for all demons to continue attacking until they beat her recovery rate. And then, Freed also started chanting an Age of God¡¯s magic.
However, naturally, Yue was already concentrating on her magic previously. Yue¡¯s eyes opened up and showed strength, in the space of the thundering roars and shes, her lovely voice resounded.
[¡°Five Heavenly Dragons¡±]
Immediately afterwards, dark clouds appear and the thunder roared, the swirling wind turns into a storm and blew harshly, the water currents produced were frozen into ice, a gray cloud of sand took shape like a big snake, and mes strong enough to burn up the atmosphere were condensed.
As a result, the appearance of 5 demonic dragons were seen in the night sky of the Kingdom¡¯s capital. Although they were dragons created from gravity magic, they all had their own respective attributes.
Gooaaaaaa~!!!
The 5 dragons roared out greatly enough to make the atmosphere tremble.
The group of gigantic demonic dragons looked divine, the ash dragons probably realized on instinct that they were greatly outmatched and leaked out a small miserable cry in their fright. In their eyes, there¡¯s already little to no murderous intent towards Yue, instead fear and shock settled in its ce, their eyes nced over to their master Freed, demanding for help.
Freed once again exposed his disgraceful behavior of having his jaw drop down from the magic thatckedmon sense while riding the white dragon. That chance wasn¡¯t missed, Yue sent the 5 heavenly dragons to assault the ground troops.
The thunder dragon charged at Abusodo and swallowed it first, Abusodo put up a fight and opened itsrge mouth as well. Although the thunder dragon was slightly consumed, it was different from a while ago, the blue*<-I think this is supposed to actually be the me one but no matter what i do, i get blue lol, ??* dragon dashed out from behind the thunder dragon, when they both collided together, Abusodo melted due to the intense heat.
[Kuaaaaaan~!!]
The pain generated from its shell melting down while still alive caused Abusodo to cry out painfully as its inherent magic waspletely bested, the thunder dragon then aimed at another target. It was, another Abusodo that was swallowed by the storm dragon. While letting out a godly roar, it bit into the other dragon where Abusodo was, the edge of its body transformed into ash from being scorched.
Again at a nearby ce, the ice dragon is freezing Abusodo and the stone dragon rolled up and caused all surrounding areas to petrify. The storm dragon which was freed by the thunder dragon, advanced onwards and cut the demons such as the ck panthers besides Abusodo into pieces.
As expected, using the 5 heavenly dragons was harsh, Yue was panting and her forehead was drenched in sweat. After quickly disposing of the Abusodos, her next target were the ash dragons in the sky.
Freed¡¯s group of matchless dragons were simrly challenged by Yue and her dragons. Without a doubt the figures of the ash dragons bing food to the 5 heavenly dragons could be seen, this seemed to just show the difference in ability between Yue and Freed.
Freed finally realized aftering this far. The shape of a terrible monster which would normally be avoided. It was not just the boy who took heavy damage from the surprise attack at[Mountain of Great mes], but also the girl in front of his eyes, she was without a doubt someone that he had to risk his life against when fighting.
He was ashamed at himself for bing arrogant for saying what he had said before the fight.
Therefore, this next magic attack is literally with all of Freed¡¯s energy put into it.
[¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ªWorld which is always swaying, giant¡¯s iron hammer, roar of the dragons, Army of trampling legs, both worlds are never met, hearing rumbles, bringing screams, It¡¯s God¡¯s sigh! It¡¯s God¡¯s grief! Thou, be crushed with despair! ¡°Trembling Heaven¡±!]
The surrounding space rumbles intensely. Sounding lower than a hungry bellies groan, as if the world itself was screaming.
Yue¡¯s thoughts, [Mu~!] her cautiousness intensifies as she has knowledge of this magic, a defensive system was immediately thought up. The range of the st magic was far too wide to evade in time. And all average defenses would bepletely broken in an instant.
After canceling the 5 heavenly dragons and the gravity ball, she immediately constructed space magic. This is because she has no room to spare resources on other magics. Yue with the quick use of space magic and simultaneously, the space shrunk momentarily and caused a great explosion.
Space itself exploded. Without a doubt, it was had great force, even the leftover ground troops and ash dragons were obliterated in an instant, it gouged out the earth and even blew away all clouds within the area.
Space magic ¡°Trembling Heaven¡±. Space is forcefullypressed, it¡¯s a magic that generates an extremely powerful impact from letting loose thepressed space.
[¡..N~, as expected¡.of Age of God¡¯s magic]
However, Yue had survived even though she was at the center of the impact. Her clothes were torn in some ces, blood dripped from her mouth, some of her internal organs were probably damaged, however it was all too lightpared to the impact that went off.
Her slight injuries were also quickly healed.
Normally, it had enough power topletely wipe out everything without a trace¡¡
The reason was because Yue had used the space magic ¡°Restraining Threads*I think? ??*¡± before ¡°Trembling Heaven¡± activated. This was a magic that restores space. In use, it was an convenient magic that could be used for defense and restraining. More so, it¡¯s magic consumption wasn¡¯t at the point of wanting to tear out the whites of ones own eyes out.
The space wasn¡¯tpletely restored because it was instantaneously created, though Yue took some damage, other than physical restoration from ¡°Automatic Reproduction¡±, her clothes were also restored through reproduction magic, her appearance in both the inside and outside were wless.
At the center of where everything in the surroundings were destroyed, a figure was seen bathing in the moonlight as if nothing had happened at all, it was an amazingbination of divineness and strength.
However, there was one person who didn¡¯t doubt Yue¡¯s strength. He assaulted Yue from a blind spot.
[I knew you would withstand it! Monster disguised as a girl!]
Passing through the gate behind Yue, Freed who rode on the white dragon appeared while shooting out an aurora.
Though Yue evaded the aurora by immediately ¡°falling¡±, she could not dodge the white dragon¡¯s opened mouth as they intersected, it tried to devour her arm from the shoulder down in one go.
Bushu~! blood gushes out from the wound. The white dragon was unable topletely tear off Yue¡¯s arm, when its sharp fangs sank down onto her soft skin, it tried to shoot out an aurora at point nk.
It seemed to be improvised as Freed continuously shot out great magics, this time he was once again convinced of his victory, he turned to look at Yue in delight. However, the moment he saw Yue¡¯s expression, an unspeakable chill ran through Freed¡¯s spine, his eyes full of delight turned into fear.
Because, on Yue¡¯s lips was a smile in the shape of a perfect crescent moon. Her thin pink lips easily stood out. The smile no longer showed the divineness that was shown awhile ago. The moonlight which shined on Yue, changed into one not of solemnity, but one of devilishness.
Through the night wind, deep red eyes shining brightly between the gaps of her beautiful gold hair could be seen.
In other words
¡ª¡ª-You touched me?
and.
The chant of the Age of God¡¯s magic was quietly voiced from Yue¡¯s mouth.
[¡°Destruction Engraving¡±*I think? ??*]
Immediately afterwards, in the night sky where the devilish moonlight pours down, the scream of two were simultaneously heard.
[Guuaaaaa~!!]
Kuuruaaan~!!
The white dragon writhed from the impact, this time Yue¡¯s arm waspletely torn off, However, she didn¡¯t have an anxious expression and manipted gravity magic to go up into the sky. And, in an instant, the appearance of the missing arm returned, she then red at Freed and the white dragon that was in agony while gushing blood from their whole bodies.
[¡¡How is it? The same wounds that Hajime received. Does it hurt?]
[Guuu~! Damn you, this¡..]
To Yue who was expressionless and shouldering the moon on her back, Freed grit his teeth in fierce pain and red sharply back.
Freed and the white dragon¡¯s states were severe. The white dragon suffered a hollowed chest throughbustion, in addition it was bleeding throughout its entire body, it seemed that it would crash at any moment. As for Freed, he was bleeding slowly from an incision wound on his chest, his left arm was broken and lowered lifelessly, and he was coughing out blood intensely as his internal organs were damaged. In addition there were big and small wounds throughout his whole body.
All of the wounds were the same as the time where Hajime was injured at[Mountain of Great mes]. Reproduction magic ¡°Destruction Engraving¡±¡ª¡ª¨Ca magic that reproduces the wounds and destruction that an object once received in the past. Although not direct nor indirect, if it¡¯s not touched within a radius of less than 3 meters it wouldn¡¯t work, the wounds that can be reproduced is proportional to the magic power being used.
Yue if possible, wanted to corner Freed with this magic. This fight was personal revenge from Yue to the end. At the[Mountain of Great mes], her lover was greatly injured and anger took root in her heart, unable to escape unless revenge was carried out. Since then, [¡¡The next time we meet, I¡¯ll definitely beat the hell out of him], she promised.
And when she obtained the reproduction magic at[Merujine*pronounced Merujeene* Undersea Ruins], while remembering the events at[Mountain of Great mes], now that she could, she intended to use ¡°Destruction Engraving¡± on him. Yue¡¯s ¡°Yan*as in Yandere*¡± whispered out so there was no helping it.
However, Yue was weak in closebat. it would be futile as she wouldn¡¯t be able to activate the magic in time before Freed and his white dragon which flew away at high speeds before they could touch. Therefore, she thought she¡¯d have to substantially damage the enemy before she could use it but¡..Freed and them purposely touched her instead. There was no helping it that she unintentionally leaked out a smile. To Hajime¡¯s enemies, her mind cannot stop the ¡°Yan Yan¡±.
[¡¡The me right now¡..does it mean I wasn¡¯t chosen to be the victor this day. ¡¡.I was unprepared*I think, something about his resolution*]
[¡¡I wouldn¡¯t let you]
Freed guessed that it was checkmate and grits his teeth, at the time when Yue was about to deal the finishing blow, waves of attack magic that shot from the ground were aimed at Yue.
[Freed-sama! Please pull out at once!]
[We will buy time!]
They were the ground troops that had gone to invade the Kingdom¡¯s capital. They seemed to have guessed that Freed was in a predicament and came to rescue him.
[You guys! ¡.Ku, sorry!]
The Majinzoku¡¯s that came to the rescue, after seeing Freed and the white dragon covered in wounds, their eyes borne hatred, they carried out suicide attacks without thinking about defending at all. Naturally, there¡¯s no way they could kill Yue with just enthusiasm. However, it seems that the very limited time earned was enough for Freed to open a gate.
Immediately before the me spear that Yue shot could pierce Freed and his white dragon, they both jumped into the gate and disappeared.
[¡..Obstructed]
Yue after Freed sessfully ran away, still, [You dare do that to Freed-sama!], coldly looked down at the Majinzoku who attacked repeatedly while yelling the same thing, the space magic ¡°Trembling Heaven¡± that Freed used awhile ago was used once again. Although Yuepletely annihted their snarling feelings in an instant, you could see some irritation on her expression. Her pent-up anger wasn¡¯t cleared.
While Yue was taking deep breaths to calm herself, an unbing bright voice resounded on the battlefield.
[Yue-sa~n! Is that guy still alive? If he¡¯s alive, let me hit him once¡¡uwa~a what happened here? Was there a natural disaster?]
Shia¡¯s usamimi¡¯s*<-rabbit ears* waved as she jumped to the floating disk and asked while looking at the surroundings with an amazed voice.
[¡..Fled]
Shia understood roughly what went on from that single phrase, while being slightly surprised at Freed¡¯s unexpected tenacity, she soothed Yue with a wry smile.
And while waiting to replenish their magical powers, they exchanged their information, then an explosion urred in the corner of the royal pce, following that, a huge pir of light poured down from the sky, an impossible scene of therge army of demons consisting of tens of thousands that were outside of the outer walls werepletely obliterated, then they looked at one another.
[ [¡¡Hajime (San)] ]
The two answered at the exact same time.
[¡¡For the time being, should we go to the royal pce?]
[¡¡N] Shia and Yue concluded that the perpetrator of theck ofmonsense was Hajime, they smiled as they nced at the huge crater where the demons had vanished, together, the two went to the royal pce where Hajime would be.
Chapter 102
Chapter 102
Silver wings fluttered under the moonlight.
However, it was not to fly. It was to shoot out magic bullets made out of silver feathers which leaked out murderous intent from the silver wings. The magic bullets of silver held terrifying power along with the ability to continuously fire at will, the darkness was torn up in the sky 8,000 meters above ground, and a great number of shes of light pours onto it¡¯s target.
What stood up against it was a steel weapon which sparked out bright red light. Everytime the monster who crushed all his foes released a roar, the silver feathers that came flying in would scatter tragically and disperse. Although they were well calcted trajectory shots, it¡¯s meaningless if they all get knocked down in one blow, a hole was created in the barrage which could be mistaken as a wall. What was needed was the courage to progress. That was how the perfect evasion was carried out.
[Hiyaa~!]
An out of ce lovely voice resounded from the situation which gambled their lives. It was Hatanaka Aiko-sensei who couldn¡¯t endure any longer and released an improper voice. Hajime used Metsurai*his machinegun* to shoot down therge barrage of silver feathers that ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡± Nointo shot, Aiko was being held by his right arm and he continued to dodge at the veryst second. She experienced her first dogfight in her life (Flesh and Blood version).
[Sensei! Keep your mouth closed! You¡¯ll bleed like crazy if you bite yourself!]
[Even if you tell me tha-aa!? I, I bit myself¡¡]
Hajime¡¯s advice was in vain, Aiko immediately had tears in her eyes. Actually no, she already had tears in her eyes at the start of the air battle, so it wasn¡¯t only because she bit herself.
Hajime as well, because Aiko doesn¡¯t particrly have high physical strength, in order to avoid using intense movements he used ¡°Light Speed*remember he uses it to slow down time and elerate his thinking process*¡±, he knocked down the oing barrage and dodged with minimum movements, however the movements were still more intense than a roller coaster, Aiko was already in a groggy state.
However he couldn¡¯t just go ahead and toss her away either. Nointo¡¯s merciless attack gave no room for Hajime who was holding Aiko to do that, plus as soon as he threw her, the attacks would likely be aimed at Aiko. Fighting with Aiko behind him could work, however moving together while holding her would be the better choice.
Besides, this situation won¡¯t be continuing forever. A reliablepanion should being to their rescue soon. Hajime used Scg to shoot down the silver feathers which surrounded them from all directions while evading, Hajime spoke to Aiko who had shut her eyes tightly and was clinging tightly onto him.
[Sensei, hold on for just a bit longer. Right now mypanion is heading here. When that fellow gets here, you¡¯ll be able to get to the ground]
[Al, alright! But, what about you!?]
[Of course, I¡¯m gonna kill that arrogant person]
[U~u, I¡¯m sorry for holding you back¡.]
While grinding her teeth, she was aware that she was literally extra baggage. Hajime embraced Aiko closely and performed a somersault. In the inverted world, the silver bombardment passed over Hajime¡¯s head. The sh of light erased the upper part of the istion tower which Aiko had previously been held captive.
Again, a shriek was let out, however it was drowned out by the shockwaves, while pressed onto Hajime¡¯s chest, his heartbeat could be heard and wasn¡¯t erratic at all, Aiko understood and obtained a strange sense of security from hearing it. Really, what am I thinking about in this situation, she rebutted herself however she gave in and clung onto Hajime with even more strength.
[Don¡¯t worry about it. I¡¯ve expected an unreasonable situation since the beginning]
[! Wa, you¡¯d go that far¡¡just for me¡..]
Of course, Hajime meant that in the sense of colliding against the church for the Age of God¡¯s magic, not in the sense of helping Aiko¡..Just that, Aiko who was drunk from the situation splendidly misunderstood its meaning. And, in a situation where she was being embraced and protected further increased her misunderstanding. It¡¯s necessary that she wake up quickly.
[¡¡.So you still have room to talk, irregr]
[Nuguo~o!?]
Immediately after the exchange of silver bombardments and barrage of silver feathers, a mechanically cold voice sounded out within striking distance of Hajime¡¯s side. At once, he used his artificial arm to shoot out behind himself from the elbow, he also used the recoil to turn himself around. What jumped into his eyes was, onerge sword used to defend the attack, and the otherrge sword was swung sideways. Therge sword was 2 meters in length, 30 centimeters in width, and dded in silver light, just being there was enough to make you feel a sense of overwhelming intimidation being released from it. And, its ability that it bears is also quite merciless. After all, it was d in the silver inherent magic ¡°Dposition¡± that Nointo used. It would be against the rules to even touch it.
However, even if he knew that, he couldn¡¯t perform any unreasonable movements because Aiko was still there, Hajime immediately used Scg to hit the center of therge sword to divert its trajectory and allowed himself to fall back backwards, with that he just barely managed to dodge it. Therge sword passed by and grazed his bangs which caused him to break out in cold sweat.
He instantaneously used his artificial arm, Scg, and ¡°Vajra¡±, the azanthium managed to hold off against the ¡°Dposition¡± but, it¡¯s inevitable that it would take damage every time they came into contact. This time around, Schalg¡¯s surface was scraped down slightly. If the same thing is done over and over again, it¡¯ll probably be destroyed quite fast.
Nointo didn¡¯t stop the centrifugal force caused by therge sword, while rotating the moonlight was reflected and caused her silver hair to glitter beautifully, she then turned to Hajime and brought down her sword that she used to block the bullets. With immense power the speed of the sword already far exceeded themonsense of itsrge frame.
Once again, Hajime shot out a shell from his artificial arm to fend off therge sword and used it¡¯s recoil to rotate, he then pointed Scg¡¯s muzzle at Nointo and pulled the trigger 3 times. Three shes of light roared out as they headed towards Nointo¡¯s heart, he urately shot them towards her abdomen.
However, Nointo¡¯s reaction speed wasn¡¯t normal either. She had already held up herrge sword to protect her stomach the moment Hajime aimed his gun.
Hajime then used the cross bitt¡¯s to pursue Nointo who was distanced due to the power of the railguns. The loaded exploding slug bullets gave out a wave of bright red ripples in the night sky and a created a terrifying shockwave. Although Nointo managed to easily negate it with her silver wings, just as Hajime nned it out, they were distanced from one another.
[Hawa, hawawa¡..what, how did¡.]
[¡..Sensei. I¡¯m begging you, while we¡¯re still trying to kill each other please don¡¯t release such cute sounds. It¡¯s like it¡¯ll ruin the mood?]
[C, cute¡.Nagumo-kun! Wh, what are you saying to your sensei¡..]
They were in a super high grade battle where victory or defeat could be settled in the matter of seconds, however Aiko¡¯s cute screams would be heard in intervals, Hajime¡¯s vigor was being cut down each time. [You¡¯re surprisinglyfortable while being protected?*I think? ?????????????????*] was said while looking at them suspiciously, actually half of that was correct, Aiko had never thought in her wildest dreams that she would feel so secure while being embraced by Hajime.
[¡..Even while holding extra baggage, in order to overpower you¡..as expected, you are too strong. You¡¯re not a suitable piece for my masters]
[Well, im d. Finally aggravating the Neets, being called an unneeded nuisance and unqualified piece is of the highest evaluation. Thanks a lot]
[¡¡..It¡¯s useless if you¡¯re trying to make me angry. I have no emotions]
[Ha? What are you saying? Those were obviously my real feelings]
[¡¡¡¡]
Nointo expanded her wings and steeled her eyes then posed her twin swords in a cross. As she said, there really were no feelings, was it just a useless conversation then¡..in Hajime¡¯s eyes, some anger began to swell up, his useless thoughts were then omitted immediately. Anyhow, he¡¯ll still kill her. No matter what he thinks of Nointo, in the end it¡¯s a trivial thing.
Nointo¡¯s silver wings began to flutter again, the silver feathers were released and scattered in the sky. However, this time it wasn¡¯t shot at Hajime. Instead, they gathered around Nointo in an instant, several silver feathers were piled up on top and ovepping each other. Right, it was a magic formation. The magic formation glowed out silver lights and Nointo red at Hajime.
And¡..
[¡°Disastrous me Wave¡±*I think? ???*]
The magic that was used created a huge tsunami of fire that scorched up the sky.
It appears that she was able to not only use magic bullets, but also attribute magic. Though she¡¯s never used it up till now, it was because she judged that silver magic bullets would be enough. In other words, she¡¯s be serious.
The huge wave of mes raised up and down andpletely towered over their heads, towards the extraordinary waves of mes, Aiko momentarily sees an illusion that the world was engulfed in great mes. She nced up at Hajime from his chest, he was searching desperately for something and sweat could be seen on his cheeks.
What Hajime was looking for was the core of the magic. If he can find it with his Magic Eye, he can make the whole thing disappear as long as he shoots through it. Of course, it would take god-like pin-point uracy to shoot through a needle-like hole, but for Hajime it was already a normal skill.
However, the magic that Nointo used was a super-wide-ranged magic, it wasrge enough topletely illuminate[Kamiyama]which could beparable to daytime. It was like searching for a needle in an ocean, the position of the core was unknown.
And, the time limit ended without mercy.
The tsunami of mes that reached several hundred meterspletely swallowed Hajime and Aiko without letting them escape. It was checkmate no matter how anyone looks at it. It would be normal to assume that the 2 people werepletely burnt down and left no traces at all.
However, Nointo didn¡¯t look away from the center of the great mes that burned brightly.
[¡¡.Will you also surpass this]
Immediately after Nointo muttered that, the attacks effects ended, at the center of the great mes, Hajime and Aiko were wlessly enclosed by 4 cross bitts.
With Hajime and Aiko at the center, the 4 cross bitts created a triangr pyramid and connected with one another through wires. A film of bright red light stretched in between the field where the wires connected.
[It¡¯s still only in its experimental stage but¡..it seems to have worked quite well]
[Th, this is¡..]
Hajime¡¯s slightly relieved expression could be seen. This was possible because the wire and ore¡¯s which carried space magic through generation magic were built into the cross bitts, when four points were united a boxed-type barrier would be formed. It¡¯s not just a simple barrier though, it¡¯s the type that shuts out space itself, theoretically, its defensive powers were guaranteed. However, it was still in the experimental stages, because there was no solid proof on how much it could actually endure, Hajime was slightly uneasy for a moment.
Nointo looked at the barrier in amazement and saw Aiko who was still embraced being restless, once again she formed another magic formation.
But, there were more than 20 magic formations this time, their forms unfolded as silver feathers were shot towards Hajime simultaneously.
It was exactly like an attack of angry waves. Most likely, although the four point barrier might demonstrate considerable strength, it would be a problem for those inside of it to be caged in. moreover, it¡¯s uncertain if it could endure Nointo¡¯s waves of all out attacks.
The bad side of this barrier was that Hajime could not attack while enclosed because space itself is cut off. Therefore, Hajime quickly released the barrier and distanced himself greatly away from Nointo, he tried to devote himself to evading until Teio arrived.
Then suddenly at that time, a song began to resound throughout[Kamiyama].
Hajime looked at where the singing wasing from as he dodged the silver feathers, there, he saw a gathering of church priests, their hands were crossed in a prayer pose and they continued singing. The chorus consisted of 100 priests gave out a solemnity feel to it, just like those that you¡¯d be able to see at Earth.
Just what, immediately after Hajime questioned himself,
[¡.~!? What¡¯s this? My body is¡..]
[Nagumo-kun!? Au~, wh, what is this¡¡]
Hajime and Aiko¡¯s bodies felt weird.
Strength couldn¡¯t be found in their bodies and their magic powers were quickly diminishing. It was as if all their energy were being sapped out of their bodies. Moreover, particles of light began to cling on them and their movements became more obstructed.
[Ku, a magic that causes an abnormal state¡..as expected of the head temple. Their measures against enemies are perfect]
Hajime¡¯s guess was right on target.
Ishtar and them noticed that Nointo, ¡°God¡¯s True Apostle¡±, was fighting and supported her with the ¡°Hymn of Supreme Degeneration*I think? ?????*¡± magic. This was a brutal magic which weakened the enemies and restrains them as well, it was an irregr magic which could only be sustained if continuously sanged by multiple priests at once.
[Ishtar huh. ¡¡He seems to understand his duties well. Quite a good piece]
Ishtar was looking at Nointo with an ecstatic expression from the ground and Nointo looked back at him with eyes that showed no feelings. If you looked at Ishtar¡¯s expression, you¡¯d know right away that he wished to cooperate with Nointo and it seemed to also be the height of his lifetime. Certainly, it was a convenient existence that moved along with God¡¯s will.
Ishtar and the other priests aside, currently, the magic invoked was definitely a troublesome one.
Hajime gradually lost his powers, while supplementing it with his huge magical powers, he managed to dodge Nointo¡¯s attack. However, it was obvious that his reaction time was cut down drastically. And while continuing on with that body state, Nointo¡¯s attacks weren¡¯t letting up at all.
Several magic formations formed around Nointo and lightning bolts came dashing out, it rushed towards Hajime while drawing irregr movements in the sky. Hajime shot through the lightning bolts core with Scg and they dispersed, however he couldn¡¯t get rid of the electrified air caused by the lightning bolts and they got shocked a little.
Momentary stiffness. However, that was a fatal chance against Nointo.
[~!?]
Nointo moved in at super-speeds and crossed her twin swords together. Due to the momentary stiffness from the electric shock, Hajime¡¯s reaction was slightly dyed, he somehow managed to divert a blow away using Scg but the second de couldn¡¯t be avoided and it sanked into his shoulder.
[Guu~u!]
While raising a painful voice, he flipped his body by using the outburst from his artificial arm, while using ¡°Aerodynamic¡± he desperately attempted to get outside of Nointo¡¯s sword range. Naturally, her severe sword attacks didn¡¯t allow him to have that much free time, he made the cross bitts self-destruct and managed to distance himself away from her.
[Nagumo-kun~!?]
[I¡¯m alright so be quiet!]
Blood dripped down from Hajime¡¯s shoulder and onto Aiko¡¯s cheeks. From the shockwave that the cross bitts created, ¡°Vajra¡± was used to defend themselves, although Aiko didn¡¯t get hit much by the impact, she desperately tried to keep her consciousness and raised a worried scream towards Hajime.
But, Hajime no longer had time to worry about Aiko. While replying coldly, Nointo began to shoot out silver feathers. Hajime used ¡°Vajra¡±, ¡°Air w¡±, and Scg to bring them down. Because of the particles of light, his body felt sluggish, it wasn¡¯t possible to evade everything after all.
Towards that kind of Hajime, Nointo charged forwards from the front¡..was a feint and spread her silver wings! a light was emitted. The bright lights blinded Hajime¡¯s sights.
However, Hajime¡¯s perception ability was first ss. Immediately, he felt Nointo¡¯s presence behind him and turned Scg around and rapidly fired. Consecutive explosions were heard, turning around¡..he saw a bundle of silver feathers scattering around. Right, it was a decoy that Nointo made with a bundle of her silver feathers.
[~!?]
Hajime¡¯s spine stood up straight. His instincts were ringing out loudly, warning him. Hajime regretted that he had turned around, he could only pull the trigger without properly aiming with his arm backwards.
Bullets were shot, and luckily enough it flew towards Nointo¡¯s head, but she easily evaded by ducking her head. And, one of therge swords cut down onto Hajime¡¯s back. Hajime used the derivation of ¡°Vajra¡± which was ¡°Intensive Strengthening*I think? ????*¡± to the best of his abilities, he steeled himself in preparation.
Although Nointo¡¯srge sword was equal to Hajime¡¯s ¡°Vajra¡± for an instant, the wall was immediately torn apart, the swords tip swung down onto Hajime¡¯s body.
[Gaa~a!!]
[Nagumo-kun!]
He felt pain burning on his back, Towards Hajime who instinctively leaked out his voice, Aiko¡¯s expression and voice were impatient. However, Hajime countered Nointo by somersaulting forwards from using the impact of the cut.
Nointo immediately pursues them with her sword held high.
Hajime whose body was sluggish ced ¡°Vajra¡± onto a cross bitt to make it into a shield, other cross bitts were sent to the left and right of Nointo and released their built-in exploding bullets.
As Nointo rushes in she used her silver wings to brush off the bullets from the cross bitts, and used herrge sword to cut down the cross bitt acting as Hajime¡¯s shield, furthermore, she flung her second sword onto the first one in order to devour the cross bitt, it easily cut through.
Hajime¡¯s eyes were opened wide, Nointo¡¯s eyes were literally right in front of his. Her eyes showed clearly that this was their difference. In other words, ¡°This is the end¡±.
Hajime¡¯s eyes showed no sign of giving up. However, in order to not let Aiko die in this situation, he needed to consider things. If ites to it, Hajime decided that he would get hurt instead. In such cases, if he became too weakened, he¡¯d have to regrettably use ¡°Limit Breakthrough¡± without waiting for Teio to arrive, he prepared himself to sacrifice his left arm first.
And, against Nointo¡¯srge sword, Hajime¡¯s held up artificial left arm was torn into, the moment when it was about to break through and deal a fatal injury,
Guugaa~aaaaaaa!!!
Along with a dragons roar a ck sh approached from beneath them with terrific power. It was a scorching breath which eliminates everything. The violent ck storm was urately aimed at Nointo.
Immediately, Nointo¡¯s silver wings wrapped around her body in a defensive stance.
Just after that, the ck breath directly hit Nointo¡¯s wings, although it was being dposed the force of the blow pushed her away. The ck and silver magics collide with one another and caused ck-silver magical powers to scatter in the air, Nointo was flung backwards into one of the churches towers. With the sound of the impact, the tower began rattling and crumbled down.
The screams of the priests led by Ishtar could be heard from underneath. They seemed to be upset because an apostle of God was blown off.
Hajime took out Orkan*his rocketuncher* from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and without looking he shot all 12 rockets towards Ishtar¡¯s group. This time around he ignored thedifferentkind of screams being heard. Because another voice echoed and drowned out theirs.
¡°Master. Are you alright?¡±
Towards the voice, Hajime¡¯s cheeks loosen up although he¡¯s still on the lookout for Nointo. The arrival of the dragon that he was waiting for came.
[You saved me, Teio. It was a bit dangerous just then]
While happy because of Hajime¡¯s words, the ck dragon which was Teio was seen regaining steepness after bringing down the powerful enemy and came besides Hajime while fluttering her wings.
¡°I¡¯m d above all else that I made it on time,ter chastise¡¡.I want a reward¡±
[¡¡.I¡¯ll think about it if you manage to protect sensei]
¡°Really! Don¡¯t go forgetting those words now! Sa~a, sensei-dono, you should get on mistress¡¯s back¡±
Hajime, in such a situation Teio is still faithful to her own desires (In retrospect, Yue, Shia, and Kaori are too but,) with an amazed expression, Aiko who was embraced closely was put on her back.
Aiko somehow felt an odd sensation from the two¡¯s conversation, she clung obediently on Teio¡¯s back because now she won¡¯t be weighing him down any longer.
[Ehtto, Teio-san. My best regards]
¡°Umu. Leave it to me. After all sensei is an important person to master (in the sense of a teacher), I won¡¯t let you fall into enemy hands¡±
Aiko further increased her misunderstanding from the words ¡°important person¡± that Teio said, and anxiously looked at Hajime. However you looked at it, it wasn¡¯t the expression of anxiety that a teacher has towards a student, it was the air of ady in love, however there wasn¡¯t anyone there to tsukkomi.
And at that time, the tower which Nointo plunged into blew off from the ground with a roaring sound. A thick cloud of dust danced around and from the wind pressure of Nointo¡¯s silver wings, it was all blown away and showed her unhurt form. Teio¡¯s breath didn¡¯t seem to be able to pierce through the silver wings defences.
[¡¡Teio, go]
¡°Aye. However, I¡¯lle back to help after sensei-dono¡¯s safety is secured? At the very least, mistress will do something about the people of the church¡±
Towards Hajime who was already staring at Nointo with intense blood thirst, Teio managed to guess awhile ago the cause of the magic which was weakening Hajime, she reliably dered while staring at Ishtar¡¯s group. Hajime continued to focus on Nointo.
When those words were heard, Hajime simply nodded once and then charged fiercely towards Nointo through the air.
[Nagumo-kun! Be careful! Please¡..]
¡°¡¡.Fumu? Ho~o¡well well¡..¡±
Towards Aiko who was posed with both hands united in front of her chest praying, Teio seemed to have guessed what was going on and became interested, in other words she let out a, this is going to be interesting, voice.
¡°Sensei-dono. Though I understand you¡¯re worried about master, I¡¯m in a bit of a rush. I¡¯ll send you onto the ground, then mistress will beat around the old damaged group over there. It wouldn¡¯t do for master to be obstructed after all¡±
Aiko said, wait, as Teio began to turn around. For what though, Teio nced at Aiko who was on her back by bending her neck, Aiko returned the nce with a determined look.
[Teio-san. If you put me down on the ground now, wouldn¡¯t having toe back after dropping me off take up quite a bit of time? This is 8,000 meters in the sky. Going back and forth should be quite harsh¡..]
¡°Mu? Certainly, that¡¯s absolutely right, but¡¡sensei-dono, you can¡¯t be thinking to¡±
[Yes. If Teio-san intends to fight for Nagumo-kun¡¯s sake then, please allow me to help. If you don¡¯t immediately do something about Ishtar-san¡¯s group, Nagumo-kun would quickly weaken. It would be a waste of time to send me back down onto the ground]
What Aiko says is possible however honestly Teio is reluctant.
Although a lot of people seemed to have been injured by the Orkan¡¯s attack, if you looked Ishtar is preparing to sing the hymn again while also constructing a barrier, Teio wanted to blow them all away as well. But, if by chance Aiko gets hurt, the promise with Hajime would disappear.
¡°But, it may be bad of me to say this to sensei-dono, but what can you do? Without magic formations nor battle experience? Can you fight against the priests and their knights?¡±
Teio¡¯s opinion was severe which caused Aiko to strongly grit her teeth and then she slowly moved her finger towards her mouth. And with her eyes closed, she bit and made a cut on her finger, the blood that dripped from her finger tip was used to draw magic formations by smearing it onto the back of her opposite hand.
[I, may not look like it but in terms of magical powers I¡¯m equal to Amanogawa-kun who is the hero. Though I don¡¯t have any battle experience¡¡I¡¯ll show you that I can properly assist you! Fighting against another person¡.honestly I¡¯m scared, but I have no other choice but to do it. From now on, in order for everyone to survive and return to Japan, more than anyone else, I must not run away!]
The kingdom that was sceptical to invasion, even the king had be a fanatic like the priests. Relying on God who nned out everything in the first ce is no longer an option. In order to survive in this world now, Aiko and them must continue advancing ahead.
If that¡¯s so, as the teacher, even if she was avoided for it, what must be done, must be done. Teio understood from the determination in Aiko¡¯s eyes, though she still hesitated, she decided to permit Aiko tagging along because there was no other way.
¡°Its inevitable if you¡¯ve already made your final decision. If it¡¯s Sensei-dono¡¯s will, then Master wouldn¡¯t have anyints. As you wish. Shall we blow up those fools together!¡±
[Yes!]
Aiko¡¯s tension and fear, and the answer which made up the decision that signaled their movements appeared, Teio flew towards the great church which symbolized the priests in a quick dash. Their enemies were the priests and temple knights which were made up of hundreds of people. Now, a different tag team named Teio and Aiko challenged this worldsrgest religious head temple.
Chapter 103
Chapter 103
The first blow was with Scgen.
A bright red spark gushed out, the bullet was shot out at super speeds that contained ferocious destructive power from the monsters weapon and straight towards it¡¯s target. The bombardment of bullets specialized in pration which even pierced through Teio¡¯s breath from up front, as expected Nointo decided to evade rather than using dposition from her silver wings to stop it.
She twisted her body as she fell and while she avoided the bright red sh which went over right above her head, she rushed at Hajime at a dreadful speed.
However, he read through her attack and had already ced cross bitts in the way, they fired exploding slug bullets and in the direct hit they released a roaring sound.
[~!?]
Nointo noticed the bright red ripplesing from the exploding slug bullets, did she consider that her silver wings wouldn¡¯t be in time, she used herrge sword which she held in her hand to intercept them.
Therge sword was swung at godlike speeds, it abruptly cut through the bullets into 2 as if they were butter. What was dposed was the magic power that was inside of the exploding slug bullets though, however it wasn¡¯t possible for just a swing from arge sword to cut through everything, bullets were shot from both the left and right sides and shock waves were released.
Although it¡¯s power has decreased, Nointo was exposed to a direct shockwave and momentarily her movements stopped.
In front of her bosom was Hajime who closed the distance within that instant. By using quake legs in the air through use of ¡°Aerodynamic¡±, he beganpressing power into his left arm, ¡°Oscition Pulverizer¡± and the mechanic ¡°Bursting Shotgun¡±, and with the full extent of his power ¡°Impact Conversion¡± was poured into ¡°Grand Arm¡± and the huge magic was released.
Nointo immediately used her 2rge swords as a shield. One of therge swords*At one point they started naming the swords but it was too much of a pain lol* was used to block the fist before the impact was fully released. She barely made it at thest second, she managed to stop Hajime¡¯s steel fist.
However, she wasn¡¯t able to suppress it¡¯s power, Gaa~aan! The colliding of metal resounded out with a terrible roar, Nointo was blown away by the intense force.
Dopaaaan~! Dopaaaan~!
Hajime didn¡¯t ck and continued his pursuit. Donner and Scg was immediately pulled out and fired at maximum power. 2 roaring explosions were heard. 2 bright red shes tore through the dark night. However, Nointo crossed both her swords as she blew off to take on a defensive stance as there was going to be 12 impacts iing.
[Kuuuu~!!]
For each attack that Donner and Scg shot, the fast attacks were only heard as one attack, with super pin-point precision, every bulletnded in the same ce. Simultaneously, Nointo groaned with every one of them, herrge swords trembled from the impacts and ~Piki~ an unpleasant sound was slightly heard.
Hajime wondered to himself if he should feel amazed that the durability of the 2rge swords was able to withstand 12 railguns and his fist attack with his whole body put into it and still didn¡¯t break.
She was blown away even further, once again, Nointo was buried after destroying some facilities that were solemnly decorated by the church. Hajime took Orkan out of his ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± andunched all his rockets just in case.
Bashuuuuu~!!
The group of rockets lit off sparks and dealt fatal wounds onto the building which was on the verge of copsing. The building copsedpletely along with a great explosion, it was wrapped up in great mes reaching 3,000 degrees celsius from therge amount of tar being stored inside the rockets.
While looking at the great mes which dyed the night sky in red, Hajime still didn¡¯t loosen his guard yet. He reloaded rockets into Orkan from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±, and once again, he took aim at the mountain of rubble that was burning brightly.
Then, at that moment,
[~, from below]
Right as Hajime jumped and looked down underneath him, the ground where he once stood at exploded before his eyes, Nointo pped her silver wings and flew out of the hole. It appears that she managed to save herself from the rest of the assault by using magic to go underneath the ground.
Arge amount of silver feathers were shot out like a machinegun and she also released her silver bombardment. They exchanged blows while swaying around like a blown leaf in the wind, She crossed her twin swords together and from the small gap, a sword attack came through from the side and was warded off by the rail gun*I think this sentence goes like this*. Then Hajimeunched missiles at Nointo.
Nointo who understood Orkan¡¯s power by experiencing it with her body, flew away quickly while releasing silver lights to get away from the pursuing missiles. While she released silver feathers to intercept the missile, she also created magic formations tounch magic attacks in fierce waves towards Hajime.
countless missiles were shot out and explosive mes in full bloom rained down from the night sky, Hajime put Orkan away and immediately pulled out Donner and Scg again. He quickly shot through the core of the magic attacks that were heading at him and Nointo simrly brought down all the missiles.
A small silence came from the intervals of the fierce aerial battle. Nointo and Hajime were facing eachother in the air.
[Na~a, I¡¯ve got something I want to ask, will you hear me out for a bit?]
[¡..What is it?]
The Ninozku invading the Kingdom¡¯s capital shouldn¡¯t be unknown to the church. He was one-sidedly attacked without being able to ask his questions, so a temporary truce was given because Nointo decided to listen, It was the perfect time for Hajime to continue talking.
[The things that are happening on the ground. At this rate wouldn¡¯t the Kingdom fall into ruins? Next is obviously, this[Kamiyama]. Rather than waste your time fighting me, shouldn¡¯t you be fighting the Majinzoku?]
Hajime stated a reasonable question, however, Nointo snorted through her nose conveying that it was a foolish question.
[If ites to that then that¡¯ll probably be the conclusion for this era]
[The end. ¡..As I thought, ¡°Ehito¡± only sees ¡°humans¡± as another ¡°person¡±, we¡¯re only pieces for them to waste time on. ¡¡By chance, the human beings were chosen for this era this time around? At the rate this is going, is Ehito on the Majinzoku God¡¯s side, or has he be their subordinate]
[¡¡..If so what are you going to do about it?]
[No, I just thought I¡¯d check up on the amount of credibility ¡°The Liberator¡¯s¡± stories had? After all, to me, both sides are still just suspicious people]
Nointo¡¯s eyebrow twitches when she heard that her master was called a suspicious person. However, Hajime didn¡¯t worry about it and continued talking with a smile.
[Na~a, if I¡¯m in the way why don¡¯t they just send me back to my former world? Also, the heroes as well, if the Kingdom is to be wiped out already wouldn¡¯t that mean that they didn¡¯t have much of a role at all?]
[Your request is rejected, Irregr]
[Can I hear the reason?]
[It¡¯s because the master wishes for it. The master desires your death, Irregr. Eliminating all difficulties, obtaining immense power and strongrades¡..and then,pletely ruining the bnce. My master absolutely wishes for your death. That¡¯s why, in a way that you¡¯ll suffer the most,menting your choices, then finally ending you while tasting regret and despair. To the maximum amount in order to give my master the highest delight possible. Ahh, about the heroes¡.there was quite an borate and interesting idea, rather the master¡¯s be very interested. Therefore, while you¡¯re still here as a piece, continue dancing around to please my master.]
Hajime wasn¡¯t worried at all and agreed within his mind, he shrugged his shoulders as the answer was roughly what he expected it to be after hearing what Miredei Raisen had told them before. In other words, [Those fellows were certainly trash].
However, rather than himself, thosest words made him anxious.
[¡¡An interesting idea?]
[It¡¯s not necessary for you to know as you¡¯ll be dying very soon]
The talk had ended, Nointo immediately shot out countless magics and silver feathers to resume the battle.
More over, it¡¯s power was on a whole different dimension from a while ago. The power that a single feather had was roughlyparable to the railguns and every magic attack was near infinite levels of power. If you looked closely, every part of Nointo¡¯s body was d in silver magic and it came with an overwhelming intimidation. It looked just like the ¡°Limit Breakthrough¡± that Hajime and Kouki used.
[~!]
While holding his breath against the extreme waves of attacks that consisted of overwhelming power, Hajime held Metsurai in his right hand and Scgen in his left and continued to fight back. Metsurai roared and shot out 12,000 bullets per minute whichpletely negated the silver feathers and magic attacks, meanwhile Scgen¡¯s bullets pierced through in a single-file line towards Nointo.
However, Nointo¡¯s movements while d in the silver light was iparable to what it was before. The moment Scgen¡¯s bright red bombardment pierced through Nointo, her body vanished like haze and appeared several meters away.
Nointo had caused a mirage of afterimages due to her shear speed of dodging the bullet and her body continued to slightly blur as is.
Hajime ¡°Read Ahead*I dono if this is supposed to actually be a skill or not however it was in quotes, if it is then I probably could have named it Foresight, ??*¡± and used cross bitts to shoot exploding slug bullets, however once again they only shot through her afterimage. Nointo whopletely disappeared ~Zazazazazaza~ created afterimages in the next instant and appeared behind Hajime. And like a spinning top, she swung her twinrge swords and spun along with its centrifugal force that contained immense power.
[~!?]
Nointo¡¯sst movements far exceeded Hajime¡¯s perception with ¡°Light Speed¡± active, it was aplete surprise attack. Though he just barely managed to lean his body back to avoid a direct hit, Scgen which was used as a shield was cut into two. It¡¯s built-in energy discharged by ident and a huge explosion erupted in between Hajime and Nointo.
That momentarily caused Nointo to dy her pursuit. however it allowed Hajime enough time to counterattack. Hajime¡¯s body became d in bright red magic. He had used ¡°Limit Breakthrough¡±.
Towards Nointo who was advancing, Hajime also advanced a step. Metsurai was no longer in his hands, instead he held onto Donner and Scg. From that point on it was going to be super closebat.
[Tsuaaa~!!]
[Haaaaa~!!]
Immediately after Hajime dodged the half-swungrge sword, bothrge swords were swung at his body with exquisite timing. Using Scg he repelled one sword by shooting a railgun at its center and the other was deflected with the upperside of its barrel, Donner in his right hand was aimed directly at Nointo¡¯s heart. A bright red sh shot out but Nointo dodge while rotating and left an afterimage, with its momentum she swung herrge swords with increased power.
In order to oppose the dposition, Hajime applied a heavy concentration of ¡°Intensive Strengthening¡± from ¡°Vajra¡± onto Scg which was several times it¡¯s normal density, rather than going against the full brunt of the attack he used Scg to deflect the first sword upwards.
And towards the 2ndrge sword that was swung horizontally, he received it¡¯s de with the muzzle while still d in ¡°Intensive Strengthening¡± from ¡°Vajra¡± and fired as is. With a sh of light, an explosion sounded out and the 2ndrge sword flew away.
They were both within point-nk distance and while dodging and diverting their opponents weapons, they forgot to breath as their fierce attacks continued without being able to deal a fatal blow.
[Ooooooooo~!!!]
[Haaaaaaaaa~!!!]
Unaware, Hajime and Nointo began to shout out.
One tendon or a nerve line, with just one misstep, death would settle in at the next moment. There was no time to pay attention to each others attacks, they only relied on their experiences and instincts while swinging their sword and firing their guns which shaved off their lives a little bit at a time.
The silver sword left a trail of light through the dark night and the bright red sh flew in all directions like blood spraying. If both attacks were beingpared to the sun, their storm of attacks would be considered a re. In one second, in order to continue surviving they dodge each others attacks and their speeds rose without bounds.
In proportion, if they were slightly grazed blood would be stain everywhere. Hajime had shallow cuts everywhere on his body, Nointo was dripping blood from where she was gouged.
Hajime and Nointo¡¯s abilities were equal. The way things were going, the battle of offense and defense was thought to continue on for eternity, however Hajime was being cornered. No, to be urate, he was going to be corned.
Hajime had already understood. Because none of Nointo¡¯s magical power has been consumed since the start of the battle.
Needless to say, Hajime had a time limit on using ¡°Limit Breakthrough¡±. It¡¯ll forcefully cancel itself and leave him in a weakened state for a while. Although Hajime¡¯s magical power was huge, it wouldn¡¯t be able to keep up indefinitely.
On the other hand, Nointo was apparently gaining a supply of magical power from somewhere else which allowed her to continue her strengthening and was virtually unrestricted. Hajime¡¯s Magic Eye was shining brightly, he was able to see that something simr to a magic stone was lodged into nointo¡¯s heart.
Hajime decided that if things stayed the way they were, he¡¯d gradually be beaten.
[Be blown away~!]
Dododododo!!!!
Simultaneously with the shout, Hajime had the cross bitts fire exploding slug bullets while he was still within the sts vicinity.
[Have you gone mad]
Nointo¡¯s inorganic eyes slightly opened widely. Her eyes carried a color of doubt which questioned Hajime¡¯s sanity.
Dozens of exploding slug bullets were shot out by the 6 cross bitts immediately and made countless ripples centering around Hajime and Nointo. Nointo wrapped her silver wings around her body at once and Hajime also used ¡°Vajra¡± to its maximum output.
Zudoooooooooooon~!!!!!!
Immediately following that, a bright red flower of light bloomed above in the night sky. Needless to say, the immense shockwave blew away Hajime and Nointo.
It was a terrifying shockwave, it pierced through ¡°Vajra¡± and caused quite a bit of damage to Hajime¡¯s body. As evidence, Hajime was grandly spraying blood everywhere. He was covered in wounds.
Nointo didn¡¯t get away free of harm either, because she couldn¡¯t wrap herself on time, she was also gushing with wounds and she coughed out blood as well. It seems that the impact reached her internal organs.
[¡¡Were you going for a double suicide?]
[Ha~a, Ha~a¡..suiciding with you? Ha, that¡¯s a harsh joke. Only say those lines if you¡¯re a good woman and my lover]
Nointo unintentionally had eyes of doubt from the rash attack, Hajime replied jokingly while breathing roughly. It had a hint of ridicule for wanting to be together with her as a friend for theirst moments*Improvised don¡¯t actually get this sentence, ??????????????????????????????*.
Hajime then took out a new weapon from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±. And then he threw out cards which flew at high speeds.
Soundlessly, you would likely lose sight of it if you weren¡¯t paying attention even though it should be there, However, Nointo hit them away as if they were nothing with herrge sword.
Kakin~! Kakin~! a rough sound resounded, while spinning around in the air, a Engetsu ring¡ªdoughnut shaped disk about 15 centimeters in diameter, or, a throwing weapon called a Chakram.
[Now this. Have you run out of-!?]
Dopan! Dopan! Dopan! Dopan! Dopan! Dopan!
Towards the primitive weapons, Nointo had slightly rxed her guard towards Hajime, railguns shot out from(. . .)Hajime¡¯s right and left hands.
Immediately afterwards, bright red shes of light appeared on Nointo¡¯s left and right side(. . .)who was facing Hajime, her head would be crushed by the assault.
Nointo couldn¡¯t release her words due to the impossible situation, she immediately positioned her twinrge swords by her side as shields. All 12 bullets that were discharged by Donner and Scg were exploding bullets. And just like before, they were pin-point uracy attacks.
Why did the bullets shoot out frompletely different directions and had Nointo pincered.
That was because of the Engetsu rings that Hajime threw out earlier. The Engetsu rings had ¡°Sign Interception¡± and ¡°Air ws¡± built into them through generation magic, although they¡¯re a stealthy and assassination typed throwing weapon, more than that, it was an artifact with a special effect.
It¡¯s gate function was what made it possible to kill the Clione*the Immortal monster* at[Merujine Undersea Ruins]. In other words, the vacant hole in the Engetsu ring is directly connected to the same space with the other Engetsu rings, if you shot a bullet through it, it¡¯ll jump through space and appear out from the hole of another Engetsu ring. Of course he¡¯s also able to remotely control them just like the cross bitts.
Protecting her head were her twinrge swords, the exploding bullets that calcted Nointo¡¯s every move jumped through space, every bullet left no gaps and reached their intended targets, a terrific shock wave surged out.
In the next instant,
Bakin~!
Bakin~!
Along with the sounds, Nointo¡¯srge swords broke down from the middle.
[Na-! Why, from just this much¡¡]
Though she said that, there was no feelings in her voice, however Nointo was openly surprised.
However, she herself probably didn¡¯t notice. After Hajime released the first pin-point shots, ever since the they were in the middle of their extreme closebat battle, he had continued to aim all impacts towards the crack that had appeared on Nointo¡¯srge sword rather than at her actual body. Simply because they were equal in ability, he was waiting for the chance that woulde along with breaking her weapon.
Hajime certainly didn¡¯t miss the chance that Nointo gave him, he took out a new artifact from his ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and threw it continuously. Nointo had no time to dodge the 10 artifacts that were thrown out at high speeds, at once, she tried to fend them off with her brokenrge swords.
However, that was a bad move against this artifact. What was thrown out were round ore¡¯s with wires attached to them.
It was a capturing tool called a b which wasmonly known as a throwing weapon. Usually, after hitting its target, with enough centrifugal force it¡¯ll start rotating, because it had built-in induction stones it could easily achieve enough speed when thrown immediately. And naturally, the thing that Hajime created was not just a simple b.
[~! This is, I can¡¯t move!]
The handles of Nointo¡¯srge swords, both her arms, waist, and feet were entangled by the b, meanwhile the spherical ores produced a ripple as they floated in the air. That was due to the effect of space magic which was created through generation magic. The weights are fixed into space itself, thus the captured object is also fixed in ce.
In the first ce, Nointo had the dposition ability, so he had less than 10 seconds before she manages to actually break free. Moreover it wasn¡¯t possible to restrain her wings because they wereposed of her magic, so she would probably just reuse her magic to create new ones. As things stand, the silver wings will likely remove the constraints fairly easily.
But, Hajime¡¯s aim is only several few seconds. A one hit kill¡ª¡ªthe strongest possible blow that he could dish out in these few seconds!
Hajime pulled out arge cylinder weapon which measured up to 2 meters in length from his ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±. It was the pile bunker. Kiiiiiiii~!! letting out a particr sound and charged with bright red thunder sparking out. Then, he charged straight towards Nointo.
[Ku]
Nointo leaked out a bitter voice and wrapped herself with her silver wings like a cocoon. Silver magic containing dposition shone out brightly, it looked exactly like a moon.
Hajime mmed pile bunker directly into that beauty and created a terrific shockwave. Immediately after that, it¡¯s newly added space fixation function activated and 4 arms appeared, pile bunker was fixed in ce while going against the dposition. The bright red sparks were already at critical stages and rampaged intensely.
[Endure it if you can]
Hajime¡¯s lips were smiling fearlessly and his eyes were ring with murderous intent. The bright red magical power of ¡°Limit Breakthrough¡± shined more and more, soon the silver moon waspletely dyed into a bright red moon.
Afterwards, an invisible impact surged out from the pile bunkers exit hole. It was the function which caused space vibrations built into the exit hole. It was a simplified version of the space magic ¡°Tremble Heaven¡±, it shot a fierce vibration towards the target, thebination¡ª¨Ccaused the targets durability to decrease drastically.
And along with gravity magic at the moment of the impact, the jet ck stake increased it¡¯s weight up to 20 tons and was released with a roaring sound like a thunder.
Dogooooooooooooooo~!!!!
At zero distance with Explosive charge that waspressed and shock wave conversion magic, the stake made of Azanthium drilled down in godlike speeds of eleration due to the electromaic induction and itpletely destroyed its prey.
The jet ck stake released bright red sparks and easily pierced through the 2 silver wings, it prated through Nointo¡¯s heart and still continued further, it went straight through her body and tore off a wing from its root. Then just like a meteor, it flew away into the distance while emitting a red trail.
[¡ª¡ª-]
[¡¡¡]
What remained was Nointo¡¯s figure with a hole literally opened at the ce where her magical power supply source was. Blood probably didn¡¯t spill out because the wound waspletely charred by ¡°Thunder d¡±, it was just a body with a hole punctured in its chest which makes it not feel human at all. The eyes that peeped out were cold and mechanical as ever and the silver wings dispersed into the air.
It was simply still, Hajime seemed to have some mixed feelings about the reproachful atmosphere¡¡
While looking at Nointo¡¯s eyes, it quickly lost its light and became hollow, while tilting a little, her body fell down onto a remote hillside nearby the churches building. On the surface of the dark mountain, Nointo¡¯s silver glow shined brightly.
When Hajime got down by her side, he pulled out Donner and aimed it at her head. Although his Magic Eye and his perception system ability showed that Nointo was definitely dead, he felt uneasy unless he shot a bullet into her head. It was a nasty habit of his.
At the moment when Hajime was about to pull the trigger on Donner,
Zudoooooooooooooooooo~!!!!!
A huge explosion roared out and caused[Kamiyama]to shake severely. The spectacle that greeted Hajime¡¯s eyes when he looked back was¡¡..the church and its cathedral copsing while a huge mushroom cloud formed from it with a roaring sound.
[¡¡.No way] Hajime¡¯s unintentional mutter echoed out rather clearly.
Chapter 104
Chapter 104
[¡¡No way]
Unintentionally, Hajime voiced out as he watched the huge mushroom cloud that scorched the night sky. A long time ago, while stunned he remembered a scene from a war documentary that he saw on TV, then suddenly a telepathy came.
¡°Ma, master¡..how are things on your side?¡±
¡°O? O~o, Teio huh. No, things on this side just ended¡.¡±
¡°Fumu, that¡¯s great then. As expected of master. We¡¯ve just finished up on this side as well but, can you join up with us?¡±
¡°No, something amazing just¡..¡±
¡°¡..We already know of the cause. Or rather, it¡¯s mistress and co.¡¯s fault¡..¡±
¡°¡..What was that?¡±
¡°For the time being, can you join up with us?¡±
¡°Ha~a, I got it¡±
It seems the cause of how the church¡¯s head templepletely copsed is known, just what, Hajime quickly moved to meet up with Teio while his cheeks cramped up. While going up into the sky, Teio¡¯s ck dragon form was quickly discovered in the air at a distance away from the mushroom cloud.
And, in Hajime¡¯s eyes, Aiko who was riding on Teio¡¯s back had an, [Awawawa], kind of feeling with panicking emotions reflected. The question, Why is Aiko here? appeared within his head, judging by Aiko¡¯s personality, she most likely begged Teio to stay and cooperated instead of running away in order to help Hajime. Rather than that, its obvious that Aiko was in a worried state of [I¡¯ve went and done it now] kind of feeling.
[¡..Sensei, Teio. You both seem to be fine]
[Na, Nagumo-kun! Thank goodness you were safe. ¡¡Really, thank goodness]
¡°Master. Umu, for a moment there we thought that you were dead, but you¡¯re still alive. Jeez, as expected of master¡¯s sensei-dono. I didn¡¯t expect mistresses dragon breath topletely eradicate the entire church itself. It was heavenly brilliant¡±
Towards Teio¡¯s words, Hajime could only blink. And with a ¡°It can¡¯t be¡± expression, he turned towards Aiko.
[¡..Sensei, just what exactly did you do]
[Awawawawawa, th, thas*not a typo, she¡¯s flustered* wrong! I didn¡¯t mean for this to. The church¡¯s barrier was a pretty strong¡..if Teio-san¡¯s breaths power was increased then¡¡we only intended to break the barrier but¡¡]
Although Aiko leaked out a sigh of relief when she saw Hajime¡¯s appearance, she began to panic again when Hajime asked her questions. It appears that this is what you get when you ask a panicked Aiko questions.
Aiko while riding on Teio, was determined to fight so that Ishtar¡¯s magic which caused an abnormal state wouldn¡¯t be used on Hajime. However, even with a high aptitude for magic, Aiko who didn¡¯t have a satisfactory magic formation wasn¡¯t able to release strong magic attacks. And again, the cathedral itself seemed to be an artifact which created a powerful barrier, If Ishtar was being protected within the barrier, then even Teio¡¯s breath wouldn¡¯t be able to reach him.
If this continues, Ishtar will be able to calmly use magic from a safe zone. She thought about whether or not there was a way to obtain more power to exceed the barrier as they dodge the temple knights attacks, what Aiko came up with was¡¡to take advantage of her own special skills. By the way, Aiko¡¯s abilities are as followed,Name: Hanataka AikoAge: 25Level: 56ss:FarmerStrength:190Vitality:380Resistance:190Agility:310Magic:820Magic Resistance:280Skills- Soil Management
- Soil Recovery [+Automatic Recovery]
- Range Cultivation [+Range Expansion] [+Foreign Substance Conversion]
- Growth Stimtion
- Selective Breeding
- nt Judgement System
- Fertilizer Generation
- Mixture Training
- Automated Harvesting
- Fermentation Operation [+Rapid Fermentation] [+Range Fermentation]
[+Remote Fermentation]- Range Temperature Adjustment [+Optimization] [+Barrier Bestow]
- Farm Barrier
- Abundant Rain
- Language Comprehension
Among these skills, it seems that she used Fermentation Operation. About[Kamiyama], since there are lots of people living here, there was arge amount of things that could be fermented. With that in mind, she seemed to have tried to performed methane fermentation like on earth. To be exact it was a replica with different world substances, however there was no change in it being mmable gas.
While single-mindedly spreading it around the church. It wasn¡¯t a magic attack so the church¡¯s barrier didn¡¯t react as it was merely fermentation and it actively collected within and outside of the barrier just like air. In order to keep it within a certain range, Teio used manipted the wind to blow them into a fixed location.
And, with so much mmable gas gathered like this,bined with Teio¡¯s breath it would be possible to destroy the church¡¯s barrier, with that, when she released her breath¡¡
[¡..It became like this]
¡°Umu. Mistress and co. blew them away on a grand scale, it¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯vest felt death. Far from destroying the barrier, the church itself erupted¡¡.such a method, throughout mistresses life she¡¯s never thought of anything like this. As expected of master¡¯s sensei-dono. I¡¯m impressed¡±
[Thas wrong! It wasn¡¯t like that! I didn¡¯t think it¡¯ll explode so much like this! Just that, I thought I shouldn¡¯t half-ass it! That¡¯s the truth! Ha~!? Everyone of the church!? What¡¯s be of them!?]
Aiko made excuses while flustering and teary eyed, her eyes began to wander towards the church ruins. Hajime and Teio also looked towards the mountain of ruins.
[¡¡..Ma~a, they were likely blown away with it]
¡°The church just put too much faith in their barrier. It was also a surprise attack,pletely defenseless against that st, it¡¯s likely none are alive¡±
[A, ah¡..it can¡¯t¡..saying that, although I prepared myself for this¡..]
Having been an aplice, Aiko¡¯s face turned pale as she was the cause that led to the explosion killing everyone of the church. Although she steeled herself for the battle, she can¡¯t regain herposure when the results were being pointed out.
Unintentionally she vomited on the spot. To Aiko who was crying and vomiting, Hajime scratched his head ~Kari Kari~, and quietly snuggled up with Aiko. And he held Aiko¡¯s hands without minding that it was dirty with vomit. The current Aiko required warmth.
Aiko felt warmth being transmitted through her numb hands and her frozen heart melted. And, just for now, she forgot everything rted to a teacher and student rtionship, she leaped onto Hajime¡¯s chest and clung on tightly while sobbing.
¡°¡¡Mistress¡¯s back¡¡¡±
Teio voiced her sad opinion while looking at the terrible sight of her back, she immediately used Reproduction Magic to restore her scales. Teio also desired to allow Aiko some time to recover, she was the one who shot the breath to begin with so Aiko didn¡¯t have to feel more responsibility than necessary, however right now wasn¡¯t the right time to exin that. So, with Reproduction Magic, she slightly healed her worn-out soul.
Aiko whose energy returns, looks up from Hajime¡¯s chest. Although it¡¯s be a terrible scene because she has so much snot, tears, and vomit, Hajime didn¡¯t particrly mind and simply took out some water and towel from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and cleaned up the dirty Aiko. Although Aiko was upset to have shown such disgraceful behavior, she remained as is.
[Have you calmed down? Sensei]
[Y, yes. I, I¡¯m fine now. Nagumo-kun¡..]
Aiko who pulled herself back together after Hajime¡¯s question, her face was dyed in red with shame and what not. Somehow, Hajime¡¯s voice causes her fever up. The eyes ncing upwards and staring were feverish and moist. No matter how you looked at it, that wasn¡¯t caused by only a sense of shame, rather it was the expression which held special feelings.
Hajime only saw Aiko as a teacher and not a ¡°woman¡± however, as expected, when such an expression is being shown, [Are~? Isn¡¯t something about this different? Is it possibly,thatkind?], he managed to understand Aiko¡¯s feelings and his cheek cramped up.
This was dangerous in various ways, Hajime immediately adverted his eyes and Teio voiced out a word of caution.
¡°Master. There¡¯s a person. He clearly doesn¡¯t seem to be ordinary¡..¡±
[What was that?]
It couldn¡¯t be, its surprising that anyone could have survived that kind of explosion, Hajime looked in the direction that Teio was looking, there was definitely a man with a bald head and wearing white vestments descending, Hajime and them stared directly at him. However, as Teio said, he definitely wasn¡¯t an ordinary person. That was because his body was transparent and he was swinging waveringly.
Did the man with the bald head guess that Hajime and them had recognized him, he turned around and started heading back, he was moving as if gravity didn¡¯t exist and slipped and slid to the other side of the mountain rubble. And he turned around just before he disappeared to nce over at Hajime and them.
[¡¡Is he trying to tell us to follow?]
¡°Probably. What should we do, master¡±
[¡¡That¡¯s right, although I want to quickly meet up with Yue and them¡¡to begin with, we came here to look for the Age of Gods magic. It¡¯s possible that this is somehow rted to that. We can¡¯t afford to miss clues]
¡°Fumu, That¡¯s right. Well then, lets chase after him¡±
With Hajime¡¯s words, Teio nods once and ps her wings tond on the ruins, after unloading Hajime and Aiko, she reverted back to human form. And she noticed the dirt on her back, with lowered eyebrows, she took out new clothes from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±. Hajime also noticed his state and pulled out some extra clothes from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and finished changing quickly.
[A~u, s, sorry¡..I¡¯ve made you dirty]
The cause was Aiko, she apologized and her small frame became even smaller with shame. As a woman, it¡¯s unbearably shameful to have vomited on another person¡¯s clothes.
Hajime and Teio also understood that there was no helping it, they wanted to tell her not to mind it, but it wasn¡¯t such a simple thing to do. Anyways, with the little exchange from a while ago, Aiko had epted her feelings, therefore, she¡¯s begun to think about various things about Hajime in particr.
However, it would be a problem if she stayed curled up forever, Hajime quickly changed the topic.
[Sensei, sorry for making you tag along. Though I don¡¯t know what will happen¡..we need to make sure of that bald guy¡¯s identity]
[Y, yes, I understand. ¡..I¡¯ll follow along with Nagumo-kun¡¡]
Hajime thought that there was a strange power and heat from thosest words she spoke, but he daringly pretended not to notice and stepped into the ce where the bald man had disappeared.
The bald man¡¯s figure is shown once in a while as they advanced through the ruins. And after 5 minutes of walking they finally reached their destination, the bald man stood quietly while looking straight at Hajime¡¯s group.
[Who are you? What do you want with us?]
[¡¡..]
The bald man did not answer Hajime¡¯s question, however he did point silently with his finger. Although the ce was just a heap of rubble, the old man¡¯s nce seems to be telling them to advance. Hajime who judged that even if he questioned him he wouldn¡¯t be getting any answers, he nodded at Teio and them and went towards the location. Then, at that moment, the rubble began to levitate and the ground underneath it began to shine faintly. If you looked, one of the crests of the greatbyrinth was carved there.
[¡..You¡¯re one of the¡..Liberators?]
As Hajime voiced his question, simultaneously the light that the ground emitted wrapped Hajime and them. And in the next instant, Hajime¡¯s group were standing in apletely unknown strange space. It wasn¡¯t that big. The room was painted lustrously ck, a magic formation was drawn in the center, and there was an antique book on the pedestal by its side. It appears that they¡¯ve suddenly reached the final room of thebyrinth.
Hajime and them walked towards the magic formation. Hajime grabbed Aiko¡¯s hand who had a ¡°?¡± floating over her head and led her, while nodding to Teio for a moment they stepped into the magic formation.
Then, it wasn¡¯t the usual feeling, their memories were being examined, there was a sense of something going deeper inside, and the 3 people instinctively let out a groan. It was a very ufortable sensation, for a moment, they thought it was a trap, but in the next moment itpletely cleared up. And, were they recognized as people who¡¯spleted otherbyrinths, the knowledge of magic was imnted directly into their heads.
[¡..Spirit Magic?]
[U~mu. It appears to be magic that can directly interfere with souls]
[I see. The reason how Miredi¡¯s soul survived and was directly implemented into a golm was this¡.]
To the experience of knowledge being carved directly into the head suddenly, Aiko was crouched down holding her head, After Hajime noded with a consent face, they approached the pedestal by the side and picked up the book.
It appears that the contents were notes written by Rouse Byrne*pronounced Ban* who was the founder of the[Kamiyama]greatbyrinth. It exined practically the same thing that Oscar Orcus had, the liberators exchanges up until he died at[Kamiyama].
However, because Hajime wasn¡¯t interested in it, he quickly skipped through it. He didn¡¯t care about Rouse Byrne¡¯s life. Why did he only leave himself with an image body, he probably could have lived like Miredei by using Spirit Magic, although the reason was exined during the confession, he was through*as in done with the subject*.
And, thest section was describing the conditions to capturing thebyrinth, ording to it, when the image body of Rouse Byrne appears as the guide, it would mean that you¡¯ve pretty much been epted.
Because the image body required at least 2 or more proofs of capturing greatbyrinths, also having no faith in god, or oveing some kind of influence that god¡¯s power acted on in order to appear. In other words, it appears that[Kamiyama¡¯s]concept, was to possess a firm will that wouldn¡¯t bow down to god.
That was probably it but, originally, if you challenged the proper route, it may have been possible to be epted by the will. Aiko had been epted, Although she received quite a lot of teachings from the church for a long time, because her feelings for her students were much higher than faith, or maybe it was enough that she had the judgement to go against the church.
For the people of this world, it was a rather harsh condition but, it was an easy condition for Hajime and them.
Atst, Aiko who recovered from the shock of obtaining Age of Gods magic is encouraged, and they took the ring from the pedestal along with the book, they then quickly left the ce. Once again, Rouse Byrne¡¯s crest shined and they returned back to their original ce.
[Sensei, are you alright?]
[U~u, yes. somehow¡..even so, such amazing magic¡..certainly, if there¡¯s such incredible magic then, there might also be magic that sends us back to Japan]
Aiko nodded as she consented and was massaging her temple. Her expression was of someone who was tired from the rough events that developed within several days and had finally ended, she loosened up when the possibility of returning was truely felt.
[Well then, we know the ce where the magic formation is now, lets quickly join up with Yue and them]
[A~, that¡¯s right! The Kingdom is being attacked right? I hope everyone¡¯s safe¡..]
With a worried expression Aiko clenched her chest as she prayed, then they began to descend from the mountain. Though I say that, the only way down from[Kamiyama]to the Kingdom was to jump through the lift.
Aiko¡¯s Scream was echoing as she experienced free-falling, Hajime and Teio are through though. With Aiko on his shoulder Hajime and themnded on the ground and, disregarding the mes and screams of the Kingdom which Aiko had a skeptical expression towards and they decided to first go to where Kaori and them were.
And, what they saw when they joined up¡¡
With a sword thrust through the chest, Kaori¡¯s figure had already ceased breathing.
Chapter 105
Chapter 105
Going back in time a little. Precisely when Ririana and them arrived in the Royal Pce.
Pakyaa~aaaaan!
[Tsu!? Just what is-!?]
Towards the unpleasant sound of ss being broken, Shizuku Yaegashi who was sleeping in her room quickly jumped into alert mode and got out of her bed sheets while grabbing onto her ck katana which was beside her pillow. It was clearly the movements of a person who continues being cautious of their surroundings even while resting.
[¡¡.]
For a while, Shizuku hid her breathing with a stern expression and was ready to draw her katana at any moment, however there were no abnormalities within her room so she leaked out a sigh of relief.
The reason why Shizuku was releasing this kind of alertness was because over the past several days, there were absolutely no signs or sightings of Ririana or Aiko.
Even for some time before that, she noticed a sense of incongruity within the Royal Pce. On that day, the day when Aiko returned, she disappeared after announcing that she had something important to tell them at dinner time, due to this shizuku suspected that something bad had happened to Aiko in order to silence her.
Naturally, she searched for the two missing peoples whereabouts, though they were told that Aiko and them were just being questioned by the head of the church, Ishtar, at the main temple, she wasn¡¯t allowed to meet them directly. In addition they even forcefully avoided her by dering to Shizuku that they would be released in a few days, moreover, Ririana¡¯s father, King Erihido also said to not worry about them, she could do nothing but withdraw reluctantly for the time being.
However, even then her vague anxiety didn¡¯t disappear, just like now, when going to bed she was vignt and cautious like a spy.
When Shizuku soundlessly got off her bed, she quickly straightened up her equipment in a few seconds and carefully left the room. Since Kaori decided to travel with Hajime, Shizuku was the only person in the room now. When she confirmed that there were no abnormalities within the corridor, she immediately knocked on Kouki and Ryutaro¡¯s door which was opposite to hers.
The door opened immediately and Kouki¡¯s appearance was seen. Ryutaro was in the back of the room and seemed to be fully awake. It appears that they¡¯ve also woken up like Shizuku due to the loud sound a while ago.
[Kouki, please have more caution. To suddenly open the door¡..wouldn¡¯t it be troublesome if it was an assant? *unsure of this line, ????????????????*]
Shizuku¡¯s eyebrows drop a little when Kouki opened the door without any caution and warned him. On the other hand, Kouki had an astonished expression. Even though he heard the breaking sound, he didn¡¯t think that there would be any immediate dangers in the corridors of the Royal Pce. It appears that he wasn¡¯t fully awake yet.
These past several days, Shizuku had a sense of incongruity within the Royal Pce and about Aiko and them, [Something is wrong, keep your guard up], is what she continually said but, Kouki and Ryutaro thought she was thinking too much about it and didn¡¯t take it seriously.
[More importantly, Shizuku. What was that a while ago? It sounded like something was breaking¡¡]
[¡¡I don¡¯t know. Anyways, lets wake everyone up and gather information. Whatever it is, I¡¯ve got a bad feeling from it¡.]
Shizuku only said that and turned around to knock on her ssmates doors one after another. Most of the students were gathered for an immediate meeting due to the sudden crashing sound from a while ago. Uneasily, Kouki began to raise his voice as the students began to gather in the corridor looking annoyed that their slumber was disturbed.
Then, at that time, one of the maids that was friends with Shizuku rushed in. Shees from a house which enjoys fencing and had the linage of knights, due to this connection she became intimate with Shizuku.
[Shizuku-sama¡..]
[Nia!]
The maid called Nia ran up besides Shizuku while looking like she was in low spirits. It was a shadow of her usual dignified atmosphere, Shizuku remembered the sense of incongruity and raised her eyebrows, but it was overtaken by surprise at the information that Nia brought, her sense of incongruity waspletely blown away.
[The firstrge barrier was broken]
[¡¡What was that?]
Nia inly tells the truth as Shizuku instinctively asked back.
[The Majinzoku*fixing Ninzoku errors lol* are invading. A huge army was developed on the outskirts of the Kingdom¡¯s capital and their attack broke therge barrier]
[¡.it can¡¯t be, just how did they¡..]
The information was far too unbelieveable, even Shizuku lost her calm and became stunned.
The other ssmates were also the same, they began to mutter noisily. The Majinzoku¡¯s army, it was impossible for them to be able to invade the King¡¯s capital without arousing anyones attention, with therge barrier broken it became even harder to take in. It¡¯s unavoidable that they wouldn¡¯t be able to keep calm.
[¡..Is only the first barrier of therge barrier broken?]
Within that, with a stern expression Kouki asked Nia. Therge barrier that protects the Kingdom wasposed of 3 pieces, The first on the outside, second, then third barrier, the third barrier was the strongest as it covered the smallest scale ofnd out of the others.
[Yes. For now¡..however, the first barrier was broken in a single blow. It¡¯s only a matter of time before they topple though everything¡¡]
Towards Nia¡¯s answer, Kouki suggested to everyone that they should help out in repulsing the army.
[Even if just a little we should help buy time. In the meantime the Kingdom¡¯s residents should take shelter, if the army corps and knights are prepared¡.]
There were few that showed a resolute expression towards Kouki¡¯s words. Shizuku and Ryutaro, Suzu, it was only the front groups such as Nagayama¡¯s party.
The other ssmates only had a gloomy look while turning their eyes away. They are the people who have lost their will to stand on the front lines. To suddenly challenge a huge army was only further increasing their hesitation.
Then even if by ourselves, Kouki began to resolute his heart, surprisingly, Eri Nakamura answered.
[Wait, Kouki-kun. Rather than fighting on your own, I think we should quickly join with Meld and them]
[Eri¡.but]
[Nia-san, the army¡¡how much do we know about them?]
[¡¡they¡¯re roughly 100,000 in strength]
The students all held their breaths when they heard the number.
[Kouki-kun. We can¡¯t suppress them if it¡¯s only us. ¡..We have to oppose numbers with numbers. Even if we¡¯re stronger than an ordinary person, I think that you should go to the ce where you¡¯re most needed. That is, shouldn¡¯t we cooperate side by side with Meld¡¯s group¡..]
Although it was from the modest and docile sses girl Eri, the strength in her eyes wasn¡¯t below that of Kouki and the others. And her opinion was justifiable.
[Un, Suzu is also in favor with Eririn. As expected of Suzu¡¯s Eririn! Those sses aren¡¯t just for show!]
[Suzu~u¡¡The sses are unrted~]
[Fufu, I also agree with Eri. I lost my calm a little there. What about you Kouki?]
Towards the 3 girls opinions, Kouki was hesitating. However, after carefully thinking over Eri¡¯s judgement, Kouki also trusted her quite a bit, in the end, he decided to join up with Meld¡¯s knights and army corps just as Eri said.
Kouki and them began to run towards where the knights and soldiers were mobilizing. No one noticed the smile in the shape of a crescent by their side¡¡.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
When Kouki and them reached the point which was designated as the emergency meeting ce, a lot of soldiers and knights have already lined up in an orderly manner, the deputy leader of the knights, Jos¨¦*In case you guys didn¡¯t know it¡¯s pronounced ho-zay* Rankaido, was on the tform and briefing them in a loud voice. While bathing in the moonlight, the soldiers were all standing still with pale and stunned expressions, they just stared at Jos¨¦ with no vigor.
Then, Jos¨¦ who noticed that Kouki and them just entered the za stopped talking and beckons Kouki.
[¡¡Good jobing here. Do you understand the situation?]
[Yes, We¡¯ve heard from Nia already. Ehtto, where¡¯s Meld-san?]
Kouki nodded towards the weing words and question of Jos¨¦, and he didn¡¯t see Meld¡¯s appearance as he looked around so he asked about his whereabouts.
[The head is dealing with a few things. More importantly, sa~a,e into the center. The Hero is our leader after all¡.]
As Jos¨¦ said, Kouki and them were guided into the center where the soldiers were lined up. The ssmates who stayed behind, [Eh? Us as well?], showed a puzzled expression, while being crowded by silent soldiers they could do nothing but follow Kouki and them.
Passing through the silence, the surrounding soldier¡¯s expressions hardly changed at all too, along with the knights appearances, the feeling of incongruity began to swell up within Shizuku. It was the bad feelings that she felt ever since the beginning when she woke up, Shizuku¡¯s heart was conflicted. Unconsciously, she put power into her hand that was gripping her ck kanata.
And when Kouki and them werepletely surrounded by the soldiers and knights, Jos¨¦ restarted his speech.
[Everyone, the situation draws near. However, there¡¯s nothing to fear. There is no enemies who can stand against us. We do not know defeat. Death shall not strike us. Sa~a, everyone, wee our Hero. Right now, we exist specifically for this day. Sa~a, take up your swords]
The soldiers and the knights draw out their swords altogether.
[It¡¯s the beginning of the ughter. Watch closely]
Jos¨¦ took something out of his bosom and held it over his head. As instructed, not only the soldiers but also kouki and them payed attention.
And¡.
Ka!!
Light bursted out.
The thing Jos¨¦ was holding shot out bright light which wasparable to Hajime¡¯s shbang. Kouki and them who were paying attention to it werepletely defenseless, they immediately avert their eyes and cover them while releasing a short scream, their sights have been temporarily blocked out by looking straight at the light.
And, in the next instant¡¡
Zuburi~
countless vivid sounds ring out.
[Agu~?]
[Ga~a!]
[Gufu~!?]
Following that, muffled screams were heard from many ces.
The screams were different from the ones caused by the light a while ago. It was the voice that leaked out when in agony and pain. Then immediately afterwards, there was the sound of countless people falling onto the ground ~Dosa Dosa~.
Inside that, only Shizuku understood the cause. After entering the open space, her caution was raised to the maximum. She felt a sense of incongruity within Jos¨¦¡¯s speech. Thats why, immediately when the sh of light exploded, she took up a defensive stance without being shaken and immediately after that she was able to block the assassin¡¯s de with her ck kanata. It was likely the gift of training that allowed her to only rely on the presence she felt while her eyes were blinded.
And, after the light settled down, Shizuku began to look around her surroundings as her sight began to recover, every single one of her ssmates were pierced in the back by the knights and soldiers swords and being held down onto the ground.
[Wha, this¡..]
They raised their groaning voices as they were knocked down and suppressed from above, furthermore, looking at her ssmates appearances that had swords in their backs, Shizuku¡¯s voice was stuck in her throat. It can¡¯t be, she began to imagine the worst oue that they were all dead but, it appears that everyone was just barely alive as they all raised out voices in agony.
Although she was slightly relieved when knowing that, Shizuku turned a stern nce towards the surrounding soldiers in the unpredictable situation, a strange scene was reflected within the mesh of the crowd and she unintentionally stiffened up.
[Ara-ra, should I say that it was as expected? ¡¡.Ne~e, Shizuku?]
[Eh? Eh¡..what are you-!?]
Right, while all other ssmates were in critical condition on the ground, there was only 1 other student that was calmly standing. That student waspletely different from their usual self, with a glutinous voice they talked to Shizuku. Since their atmosphere changed too much, Shizuku¡¯s questions and doubts were stuck in her throat.
In that moment, once again, a knight thrusted out their sword towards Shizuku¡¯s back.
[Ku!?]
While being shaken up by the other persons sudden change, Shizuku was barely able to dodge and turned towards the student with an amazed nce.
[You also dodged this huh¡..really, Shizuku is troublesome huh?]
[What are you sa-!?]
Further increasing in intensity, the soldiers and knights join in and thrust their swords out. Shizuku surpassed them all then suddenly turned her gaze as her name was called out.
[Shizuku-sama! Help¡¡]
[Nia!]
There the appearance of Nia was thrown on the ground with a knight on top of her and a sword about to stab into her. Shizuku immediately arrived nearby Nia¡¯s location in an instant with her high-speed movement skill ¡°No Rhythm¡±, she swung her sheath at the knight who was on top of Nia and blew him away.
[Nia, are you alright?]
[Shizuku-sama¡¡]
While supporting up Nia who was on the ground, Shizuku looked around her surroundings in caution.
Towards that Shizuku, Nia murmurs and clings both hands around her.
And,
¡¡A dagger was stabbed into Shizuku¡¯s back.
[Agu~!? Ni, Nia? Wh, why¡¡.]
[¡¡¡¡¡]
With an expression like she couldn¡¯t believe what happened and grimacing over the acute pain running through her back, Shizuku looked down at Nia who was clinging to her.
Her expression no longer had the cheerful look nor the familiarity it once held, she only returned Shizuku¡¯s nce expressionlessly back at her.
Shizuku finally noticed it atst. At first, she thought Nia¡¯s state was due to the Kingdom being invaded, however that wasn¡¯t it, her atmosphere was almost identical to the expressionless knights and soldiers which surrounded her, there was definitely a different reason for this.
Nia held onto Shizuku¡¯s arm and twisted it as she pinned her down onto the ground, she then attached shackles which sealed her magic just like all the other students had.
[Ahahaha, as expected even for Shizuku, surely you didn¡¯t think that that child would turn against you? Un un, that¡¯s probably right? That¡¯s why I purposely took time to prepare it?]
With scorching pain running through her back and gritting her teeth on the cold ground, Shizuku realized that something was done to the soldiers and Nia. And although she didn¡¯t want to admit it, the disastrous scene that unfolded before her, right now, she called out to her close friend who had an unusually unpleasant smirk on her face.
[What does this¡mean¡..Eri]
Right, that person who was modest and quiet, attentive and kind-hearted, Shizuku and their trustedpanion which they shared their joys and sorrow with, it was that person, Eri Nakamura.
Even while sustaining severe injuries, the students who were targeted and still alive could do nothing but have an expression filled with agony, they watched Eri¡¯s expression as she walked calmly and steadily through the soldiers in a grand manner.
Rather than answering Shizuku¡¯s question, Eri began tough oddly in amusement as she moves towards Kouki. And after taking off her sses, she pulls on the magic sealing cor which was ced on Kouki¡¯s neck with an attractive smile.
[E, Eri¡.Just¡.what¡gu¡.happened¡..]
Although not to the extent of Shizuku and them who were his childhood friends, Eri who was one of hispanions and close friend had a far too different atmosphere around her, Kouki desperately questions her while enduring the pain of the sword which ran through his body. However, Eri had a delirious expression which contained heat within it and disregarded Kouki¡¯s question.
Then,
[Aha, Kouki-kun, I~caught~you~]
while saying so, she ced her lips on top of Kouki¡¯s. Within the strange silence which surrounded the area, a vivid sound of waterpping could be heard. Eri was crazily releasing her emotions as if she had been saving it up for years towards Kouki.
Although Kouki couldn¡¯t understand what was going on, he was desperately trying to shake free but, he was suppressed by several people, along with the magic sealing cor, like all the other students he also had his hands and feet bound as well, moreover his power was sapped from him as there was a sword thrust through his body.
Was she finally satisfied, Eri separated her lips while creating a silver thread. Then, with and ecstatic expression in her eyes she licked her lips and started to stand up slowly, she then red at the students who were being held down and bleeding. Absentminded expressions as well as agonized expressions were lined up. When she saw such a spectacle she nodded in satisfaction, her eyes stopped towards Shizuku and she smiled.
[Ma~a, these kinds of things. Shizuku]
[~¡..What do you mean¡.Kofu~¡.]
With an expression which showed she didn¡¯t understand, Shizuku vomited blood as she red at Eri, Eri shook her head with an expression that said, my bad, and began to talk about the reason as if she was talking to a baby.
[U~n, you don¡¯t know huh? You see, I¡¯ve always wanted Kouki-kun. That¡¯s why, I did what was necessary to obtain him. It¡¯s as simple as that]
[¡¡If you liked Kouki then¡if you¡¯d confessed then¡this kind of thing¡]
Towards Shizuku¡¯s rebuttal, for a moment Eri¡¯s bes expressionless. However, she began to talk and returned a smirk immediately again.
[It¡¯s useless, useless, use~less. Confessing is useless. Kouki-kun¡¯s kind-hearted so there¡¯s no way he¡¯d see someone else as special. Even if there¡¯s only garbage with no value around his surroundings, he wouldn¡¯t leave them alone because he¡¯s too kind-hearted. That¡¯s why, in order to make Kouki-kun mine only, I have to work hard and get rid of all the garbage in the surroundings]
You can¡¯t even understand that? as Eri shrugs her shoulders like it was a foolish thing. Although they were Being called garbage, they didn¡¯t have much anger as they were too surprised at the sudden change. For the person in front of her to have changed this much, honestly, Shizuku looked at the girl as if this was the first time they¡¯ve met.
[Fufu, it was good that we were sent to a different world. In Japan, it would have been truly difficult to clean up the garbage, it was harsh living there. Of course, I won¡¯t allow us to be sent back after this war is over. Along with Kouki-kun, the both of us will continue living here for ever~and~ever~]
While looking at theughing and giggling Eri, a sudden impossible guess came into Shizuku¡¯s mind and she unintentionally voiced it out.
[¡It can¡¯t be¡the reason therge barrier¡broke so easily was because¡..]
[Ahaha, so you¡¯ve noticed? Right, It was me. I told them to break the artifact maintaining therge barrier]
It appears that Shizuku¡¯s worst case scenario was spot on. The reason why the Majinzoku was able to arrive at the outskirts of the Kingdom without being spotted and easily breaking through therge barrier, everything was due to Eri. Eri¡¯s line of sight was interestly looking at the soulless soldiers and knights that were standing by her side, she would probably let them do it.
[If I killed you guys, I wouldn¡¯t be able to stay in the Kingdom any longer¡..That¡¯s why you see, I contacted the Majinzoku, guiding the Kingdom to destruction through the people from another world*This line¡¯s iffy, ???????????????*, I¡¯ll send the knights which I turned into puppets to the devil¡¯snds as tributes, then it¡¯ll only be me and Kouki-kun left around]
[Impossible¡to contact the Majinzoku¡]
Kouki somehow recovered from the shock of the kiss, he muttered with an expression which that showed he couldn¡¯t believe it. Eri had been training together with them at the Kingdom for a long time. Inside of therge barrier the Majinzoku wouldn¡¯t be able to get in, it shouldn¡¯t be possible to contact them, he began rebutting out poor arguments while trying to believe in Eri.
However, Eri easily shatters his hopes.
[The Majinzoku woman who attacked us at[Orcus Great Labyrinth]. While leaving I quickly did it, Necromancy that is? As I expected, the Majinzoku came to recover her body, so I used it. From that situation, I definitely got cold feet. If what I proposed was rejected and I was murdered instead¡..unintentionally, I had used Necromancy¡..I didn¡¯t want to be doubted so I showed my necromancy to increase their impressions¡..ma~a, in the end everything was alright¡.]
ording to Eri¡¯s words, she performed Necromancy on the Majinzoku woman, and left a message for the Majinzoku who woulde and look for her since she didn¡¯t return. Due to this, Mikhail had known how Cattleya had died. In addition, shemunicated with the Majinzoku through a suitable ¡°human¡¯s¡± dead body.
When Eri¡¯s story was heard, Shizuku remembered about Eri¡¯s Necromancy and her face which was already pale from blood loss became even paler.
Necromancy was magic which acts on residual thoughts(. . . .)of the corpse. She concealed the fact that she could actually use it perfectly. If that¡¯s so, all the knights and soldiers who looked soulless that were surrounding Shizuku and them, the worst possible situation came to her mind when she thought about Nia who was holding her down.
[The reason¡for these guys¡appearances is¡..]
[Of course it¡¯s because of Necromancy~. Everyone is already dead~. Ahahahahahaha!]
Shizuku grit her teeth as she was told the cruel answer and a desperate rebuttal was voiced.
[¡That¡¯s a lie¡the undead¡cannot talk back¡¡.They shouldn¡¯t¡be able to!]
[Look, that¡¯s because of my ability? Through some memory and thought patterns during their lifetime being added in they became able to talk. It was my original through Necromancy ¡°Bind Soul¡± I guess? Ah, even then the sense of incongruity remains huh. I wasn¡¯t able to carry through with everything within a day, there I began to worry about what to do¡..one day, a person offered their cooperation. A beautifully silver haired person. I was surprised that my n was found out, in that instant, I prepared my resolution for various things¡..It wasn¡¯t certain that I was being used at the time, although I couldn¡¯t trust them I could at least take advantage of them instead~]
Really, in such a hurry~, Eri pretended to be wiping away her sweat. Most likely, there might have been various processes which had to take ce, but she didn¡¯t show any signs of exining them out.
[Actually, I identally got my hands on the King¡¯s close aid so I¡¯m great right? In return he became like a dangerous drugged person though. Ma~a, thanks to that I was able to quickly push forward my ns. Kufufu, it¡¯s alright! I won¡¯t waste everyone¡¯s deaths. I¡¯ll properly~, recycle them and allow the Majinzoku to use them!]
Originally, they only act on residual thoughts through necromancy, but if you take in the consideration of the dead person¡¯s intent while still alive, the residual thought¡¯s would be coated in magic as they¡¯re brought back to life, they¡¯ll move exactly as the magician wants, alternatively in a way where techniques are used to possess a corpse and make it do the magicians bidding.
Their performance is normal, it¡¯s upared to while they¡¯re alive, they won¡¯t move unless directed since they have no thinking ability of their own. Of course, if you give an order like ¡°Keep attacking¡± they¡¯ll continue, they¡¯re able to keep moving even without detailed instructions.
In other words, when Nia and Jos¨¦ talked with Shizuku and them, they had no ability to think, it should be impossible through necromancy. That¡¯s why there was a sense of incongruity, the technique which Eri called ¡°Bind Soul¡±, it¡¯s a technique which adds memory and thought patterns of thinking into the corpse through extracting the remains of the spirit.
This was basically an ability to interfere with the soul. That is, Eri managed to work hard and step into the realm of the Age of God¡¯s magic on her own. Definitely a cheat, she often said that she was unsuited for Necromancy, that amount of studying and genius-ss talent is definitely something that deserves astonishment. Alternatively, it may be due to her immense drive towards her obsession.
By the way, the reason why Eri didn¡¯t immediately kill her ssmates was because ¡°Bind Soul¡± could only be used once at a time immediately after death.
[Gu~u¡stop it¡Eri! If you do those things¡..I¡..]
[Won¡¯t forgive me? Ahaha, I thought you¡¯d say so. Kouki-kun is kind-hearted right. Besides, no matter how much garbage I clean up¡.that¡¯s why, I¡¯ll also properly use ¡°Bind Soul¡± on Kouki-kun, I¡¯ll be able to turn you into mine? No one elses, only looking at me, carrying out my every wish! Only my Kouki-kun! A~a, a~a! Just imagining it makes me feel like cuming!]
Eri began to embrace herself and writhe her body with a nympholeptic expression. There was no longer the appearance of the calm girl who was in the bookmittee. All the ssmate¡¯s thought. She¡¯s gone insane. ¡°Bind Soul¡± was a skill specifically made to ease and further increase the Necromancer¡¯s convenience in giving out instructions, however there is no change that a puppet is only a puppet. Once you understood that, still, she didn¡¯t seem to mind that kind of Kouki.
[Lies¡.that¡¯s a lie! Uu, Eririn is, th¡.there¡¯s no way Eri would do this! ¡surely¡.something¡ right¡.she¡¯s only being manipted! Come to your senses Eri!]
Suzu who was Eri¡¯s best friend shouted out with a distorted expression while panting in pain. She was scratching at the grounds with her hands as if she was trying to crawl towards Eri. Eri turned towards Suzu and looked her straight in the eye with a smile. And she slowly walked towards the closest person who wasying on the ground, Kondo Reiichi.
Kondo possibly felt a bad premonition, [Hi~], he let out a scream while trying to get even a little bit further away from Eri who was approaching. Naturally, he was perfectly held down, the only thing he could do was scream as his magic was sealed as well.
Eri who came besides Kondo which caused him to once again tremble with fear, and gave him a smile. Kouki and them were raising their voices, [Stop!] [Stop it!].
[St, stop!? Ga~a, ah, agua¡]
Kondo¡¯s muffled screams began to break out. The sword was once again stabbed into Kondo¡¯s back but this time, where his heart was. For a little while, though Kondo struggled and showed tenacity because of his strong status, his movements quickly became feeble, and¡..he stopped moving altogether.
Eri ced her hands on Kondo and began to mutter a chant. After shepleted the chant and muttered the magic name ¡°Bind Soul¡±, a semitransparent Kondo ovepped with his own corpse.
Just after that, the knight who was holding down Kondo got up and moved back one step. Kouki and them were waiting anxiously, Kondo whose heart should have been destroyed, slowly lifted his body up, he stood up with a soulless expression just like the surrounding soldiers and knights.
[Yes~. One puppet¡¯s beenpleted~]
Eri¡¯s bright voice resounded as the other students looked at Kondo with surprise as he stood still silently and expressionlessly. Just now, one person was finally killed, towards the scene of death they couldn¡¯t even voice out their thoughts.
[E, Eri¡.why¡..]
Towards Suzu who voiced out a question with a shocked expression, Eri voiced out the worst possible conclusion.
[Ne~e, Suzu? Thank you? Japan and even here, you were very convenient to use to stay nearby Kouki-kun?]
[¡¡Eh?]
[I give up? The atmosphere between Kouki-kun as he was around Shizuku and Kaori was too much. If you approached carelessly, other women would drill holes into you¡..because we had no powers on that side, it was a matter of time before you¡¯d self-destruct for getting close. In that respect, I was thankful for Suzu¡¯s existence. You seemed to be bright no matter how foolishly used and exposed you were? Even if I approached Kouki and them no one wouldin about it. Thats why, the position of ¡°Suzu Tanimura¡¯s best friend¡± was truly convenient. Thanks to you, I was able to stay close to Kouki-kun over on the other side and even when in a different world we got to be in the same party¡.. un, Suzu was really~ convenient! That¡¯s why, thank you!]
[¡¡Ah, uu, ah¡..]
From the shock of Eri¡¯s confession, the sounds of something breaking within Suzu ranged out. Suzu learned that her best friend which she had been together with and believed in all the time, was nothing more than a fantasy. Even the light of the escapism within her eye disappeared.
[Eri~! You¡¯re-!]
Towards the overboarding words, Shizuku yelled out in anger. Nia who was turned into a puppet pulled up Shizuku¡¯s head by her hair and pounded it onto the ground. However, as if she was stating, what about it, Shizuku¡¯s eyes red up in anger.
[Fufu, you¡¯re angry huh? That expression that you¡¯ve got is very good. I extremely hated you. Your face fit in so naturally besides Kouki-kun and even your eyes carried a sense of condescending attitude, I hated everything about you. That¡¯s why, for you in particr, I¡¯ll be giving you a special role]
[¡.a role¡.you say?]
[Kufu, ne~e? What kind of feelings would you have for killing your best friend after finally meeting together after a long time?]
From those words, Shizuku¡¯s eyes opened widely as she guessed what Eri was nning to do.
[¡It can¡¯t be, Kaori!?]
As if saying, You did well!, Eri began pping her hands together with a smirk on her lips. While using Shizuku as a puppet, Eri was going to try and murder Kaori.
[It was alright to just leave her with Nagumo but¡..there¡¯s a person who said, I would love to have that person as a puppet! I had been helped in various ways, so I decided to give them their reward. I¡¯m someone who goes through with their promises after all! I¡¯m such a good woman right?]
[Quit joking around! Gofu~¡aguu~a!?]
While enraged, Shizuku who tried to move only managed to voluntarily erge the wound which was inflicted on her, Nia¡¯s de sunk further in.
[Aha, is it painful? hurts? I¡¯m kind-hearted so. Right now, I¡¯ll relieve you of your pain¡..]
This time it appears to be Shizuku¡¯s turn, with a smirking smile shepromised. Kouki and them desperately tried to resist as an illusion of Shizuku bing a puppet like Kondo came into their minds.
Kouki¡¯s resistance in particr was much more intense, while desperately raising his voice, cracks began to appear on the 5 magic sealing shackles which were on him. Did he use ¡°Limit Breakthrough¡± and ¡°Supremacy Dispersal*Probably wrong but I¡¯m keeping it lol, ??*¡±, terrifying pressure began to overflow from his body.
However, the knights whose brain limiters were removed showed extreme strength uparable towards their lifetime and perfectly held down his joints, it wasn¡¯t possible to immediately shake them off. Kouki¡¯s expression became crossed with despair.
Shizuku was desperately focused her conscious which was fainting because of the amount of blood she was losing, she decided that until the final moment, she would continue staring directly into Eri¡¯s eyes with fierce anger until she averted her eyes.
At that, Eri looked down on her with a smirk on her lips, did she want to perform thest rites herself in the end, she received a sword from a nearby knight.
[See youter then? Shizuku. Pretending to be your friend seemed to make me want to puke?]
Though Shizuku was staring at Eri, inside of her heart she was looking towards her best friend. Although she knows it¡¯ll likely not reach her, still, thinking about the tragedy that was toe in the future, she gave her prayers to her best friend who was on a trip somewhere in the world.
(I¡¯m sorry, Kaori. The next time we meet, please do not trust me¡..stay alive¡..obtain happiness¡..)
The knights sword which was invertedly held in her hand reflected the moonlight and shined. And, as if driving a wooden stake into a vampire, the sharp tip of the sword was brought down quickly towards Shizuku¡¯s heart.
While watching the approaching danger, Shizuku prayed. Please allow my best friend to survive, please allow her to obtain happiness. Although I¡¯ll be going on ahead, the dead me would end up hurting you, but becauseheis near you I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll be alright. Live strongly, gain happiness with your beloved person¡.please¡..
Fadingly, the world began to pass by slowly within Shizuku¡¯s mind within that moment. Ah, this is my life shing before my eyes¡.finally, Shizuku began to think that the sword would now pierce through, her life
¡¡¡.was not taken.
[Eh?]
[Eh?]
Eri¡¯s voice sounded out along with Shizuku¡¯s.
The knights sword which Eri brought down was stopped by a barrier which was the size of a palm. The two who werepletely stunned at what had happen, heard the voice of someone which should not have been there. Being driven into a corner, the voice was full of impatience. It was the person who Shizuku was wishing happiness for, her best friend¡¯s voice. [Shizuku-chan!]
Chapter 106
Chapter 106
[Shizuku-chan!]
Along with the voice, before she noticed 10 shining barriers were created and protected her. And within those, there were also lights which cut in between Nia and Eri that bursted out! Should it have been called, barrier burst or something, it was a technique which makes the magical power contained within the barriers go out of control and bursts out light as well as letting loose the remains of the barrier.
[~!?]
Eri immediately covered her face with both of her arms but, she was blown back after flinching due to the bright light which caused her to lose her bnce as the remains of the barrier rammed into her.
Nia who was holding down Shizuku was also simrly blown back. Although she immediately got back up to try and restrain Shizuku, before that, a rope of light grew out from the ground and bounded her.
Shizuku waspletely dumbfounded at the current situation and turned towards the voice which called out her name.
And from within the gaps of the knights who were surrounding them, she caught the appearance of her best friend which shouldn¡¯t have been here. It was not an illusion. Kaori was definitely looking at Shizuku with a grief expression. Surely with the sight of Shizuku and everyone elses tragic state, being able to just barely make it in time has allowed her eyes to loosen up in relief.
[Ka, Kaori¡¡]
[Shizuku-chan! Wait for a bit! I¡¯ll help you right away!]
Kaori¡¯s voice sounded out desperately towards Shizuku and them who were surrounded by soldiers as she appeared from the entrance of the za. Then, she quickly started chanting full-heal recovery magic. It was the first-ss recovery magic of the light system, ¡°Sacred Text¡±. From her ssmate¡¯s current state and the situation, she judged that she should quickly heal all members.
[~!? Why are you here! You guys sure are set on getting in my way!]
Eri gave out orders to the knights as her face distorted in anger. The knights all attacked Kaori together in order to stop her chant.
However, Kaori was not hurt, the swords that the knights were wielding were stopped by a barrier of light.
[Everyone! What exactly happened! Return to your senses! Eri! What exactly does this mean!?]
Having protected Kaori who was chanting the first-ss recovery magic, Ririana soon appeared right behind Kaori. A sphere-like barrier wrapped around Kaori and herself in order to defend themselves.
Ririana was extremely confused as the situation was that the knights and soldiers were trying to kill Kouki and them and they were also following Eri¡¯smands. While cing up the barrier she called out to question Eri. However Eri wasn¡¯t listening at all.
Ririana¡¯s techniques were definitely of the higher ss. Being able to cover an entire caravan in a barrier and holding out against the attacks of over 40 bandits. That¡¯s why, even if the knights delivered severe attacks with their limiters removed, it was definitely capable of holding out until Kaori¡¯s chant was finished.
And, because Eri understood that, her expression showed impatience.
[Chi, it can¡¯t be helped I guess?]
Was it because of impatience? Eri gave up on turning her ssmates into puppets and decided to kill them all off before they were healed.
Then, at that time, suddenly before Ririana¡¯s eyes, one of the knights who brandished his sword against the barrier was beheaded and copsed onto the ground.
The one who appeared behind the fallen knight was¡¡Daisuke Hiyama.
[Shirasaki! Princess Ririana! Are you alright!]
[Hiyama-san? With such an awful wound, you-!?]
Ririana¡¯s face turned pale as she saw Hiyama¡¯s state. Although her chant wasn¡¯t interrupted, Kaori¡¯s eyes also opened up widely. That was to be expected as Hiyama¡¯s chest was drenched in blood. No matter how you looked at it, he had desperately and recklessly tried to escape from his restraints.
He shook violently and staggered, Ririana quickly removed part of the barrier and allowed Hiyama who had his hand ced on the barrier, inside. With a thump, Hiyama fell down. However in that moment, Shizuku¡¯s impatient shout resounded out.
[Don¡¯t! Get away from him!]
She warned them desperately while vomiting out blood. Shizuku had noticed. Why was only Hiyama able to break out of the restraints when even Kouki couldn¡¯t and who was the person that Eri talked about who wanted Kaori¡¡.It was clear that Ririana¡¯s barrier would stay in ce until Kaori¡¯s chant was finished. Despite all that, the only person who would pretend to help out¡..
[Kya~aa!?]
[Agu~u!?]
Shizuku¡¯s warning was not on time.
Ririana¡¯s barrier disappeared, what was seen there was the appearance of Ririana who was embracing Kaori¡¯s back closely had been knocked down onto the ground and a sword ran through Kaori¡¯s chest.
[Kaoriiii¨C!]
Shizuku¡¯s scream echoed out.
With an crazed look in his eyes, Hiyama had embraced Kaori¡¯s back closely with his face buried onto her neck. What was in his hands behind Kaori was obviously a sword which pierced through her heart.
Hiyama was never injured in the first ce. He had been pretending while preparing in the case that Kouki¡¯s explosive powers as the hero allows him to break free. And though he was surprised at Kaori¡¯s and Ririana¡¯s appearance, he judged that at the rate things were going, Kouki and them would get healed and decided to act.
[Hihi~, finally, I¡¯ve finally obtained it. ¡..As expected, I¡¯m better than Nagumo? Yeah, that¡¯s right? Na~a, Shirasa¡.no, Kaori? Na~a? Gihi~, oi, Nakamura, hurry up already. The contract]
Eri shrugged her shoulders towards Hiyama¡¯s words. And in order to ce ¡°Bind Soul¡± onto Kaori she approached.
Right afterwards, a scream resounded out.
[Gaa~aaaa! You guys¨C!!]
Kouki was. Desperately trying to break out of the restraints even as his body creaked as his anger was at his boiling point. He had thought that Kaori had been killed and seems to have lost himself. The cracks on the 5 magic sealing shackles began to gradually growrger. It was extraordinary strength. However, it was still not enough to be released from the knight¡¯s restraints.
Then, as Hiyama rxed as he saw that, a low muttered voice could be heard in his ear. If you looked, it was Kaori who was muttering even after receiving a fatal wound. Hiyama became anxious and brought his ear closer to her mouth. And what he heard was¡¡
[¡ª¡ª¡ª¨Cat¡the¡end of¡.the¡year, I¡smile¡¡±Sacred¡Text¡±]
Even with a mortal wound, shepleted the first-ss magic. Kaori¡¯s magic was casted through will power. Hiyama¡¯s eyes were opened wide in astonishment.
Kaori herself should have realized that a fatal wound was inflicted onto her. Despite it all, till thest breath what she muttered were not cries ofment, nor calling out the name of a precious person¡..she decided to fight.
Kaori had thought about it.He, the person who she fell for, no matter the situation and no matter the opponent, he fought without giving up. If so then, she who wished to stand next to him could not expose such ungracefulness. And with barely any consciousness left, with just her strong desires to finish chanting the magic, it has definitely beenpleted in exchange for her life.
Ripples of light began to spread out from Kaori. In the blink of an eye it ran throughout the za and resulted as a powerful heal for those that were injured. The swords were being pushed out by the healing light. For some reason the puppet¡¯s movements also became more dull.
Naturally, the light of healing also affected Kaori, though the wound was being healed, the injury that Kaori received was through a vital ce unlike the others. Moreover, as the wound was closing up Hiyama frantically gouged into her wound and she wasn¡¯t healed at all. With that, Kaori was certain to die.
[Ahhhhhhh!!]
Kouki¡¯s scream gushed out.
With his body healed he could perform at his best, with that the shackles that were already cracked were all destroyed as if they were fragile things. At the same time, pure-white light radiated intensely from his body, expressing his anger. With the intense torrent of light, Kouki had raised his stats by a magnitude of 5. It was the final derivation of ¡°Limit Breakthrough¡±, ¡°Supremacy Dispersal¡±.
[I¡¯ll never¡..forgive you guys!]
Although the knights were trying to restrain Kouki, Kouki easily snatches the sword of the knight which stabbed him and easily cut the puppet into two. Then, held out his hand to retrieve his sacred sword which was taken from him, the sacred sword rotated throughout the air and flew into Kouki¡¯s hand.
Eri was expressionless, puppet soldiers were rushing at him but Kouki easily cut them into two. He shouldn¡¯t be able to ovee the feelings of murder. However, right now with the intense fury of losing arade, he recognized that his opponents were already dead so there was no hesitation in his sword.
On the other hand, the front-lines group gathered around the other ssmates and the fight to protect the stay-behind group began. No matter how many they took down they were still surrounded once again by puppet soldiers, there was also no time to remove the magic sealing shackles so their fight was based purely on physical strength. Ryutaro and Nagayama literally became a meat wall, they desperately tried to protect the stay-behind group which were trembling.
Shizuku desperately attempted to get to Kaori¡¯s ce with a tearful expression. However, just like Ryutaro and them she was still in shackles, waves of puppet soldiers attacked and she wasn¡¯t able to easily advance ahead.
At that time, Kouki had finally beaten the puppet soldiers which surrounded him. With an angered look, Kouki red angrily at Hiyama and Eri and quickly advanced.
But, there, Eri¡¯s trump card which took advantage of Kouki¡¯s weak point appeared. As a result, just as Eri predicted, Kouki¡¯s sword stopped.
Kouki called out towards that trump card in a shaking voice.
[It, it can¡¯t be¡..even¡Meld-san¡..]
Right, the reason why Kouki¡¯s sword stopped in its ce was because it was Meld Roginsu, leader of the knights.
[¡¡Kouki¡why, are you pointing your sword at me¡I didn¡¯t teach you such things¡]
[Na~¡Meld-san¡..I]
[Kouki! Don¡¯t listen! Meld-san has already-!]
Shizuku¡¯s voice scolded at Kouki who was shaken. When he regained his senses, Meld¡¯s sword was already approaching. Immediately he used his sacred sword to receive the blow. Along with the terrific shockwave, Kouki legs shook*probably wrong but I think it¡¯s somewhat close? ????????????*. It appears that the kingdom¡¯s strongest knight has had his limiter removed.
[¡¡Meld-san¡¡I¡¯m sorry!]
Although Kouki¡¯s expression twisted in sorrow, he swung his sacred sword in intense waves towards Meld. Even while dead, Meld¡¯s swordsmanship was still great, he barely managed to get by Kouki¡¯s attacks while he used ¡°Supremacy Dispersal¡±. Because of Meld¡¯s appearance, Kouki¡¯s boiling head had cooled down a little, his sword attacks which ignored feelings of murder began to dull. However, even still Meld shouldn¡¯t be able to beat the current Kouki, finally Meld¡¯s sword was flung away.
Kouki instantly closed in and side swept at Meld¡¯s neck with his sacred sword.
But, before the sacred sword dug into Meld¡¯s neck,
[¡¡..Help me¡..Kouki]
[~!?]
Kouki¡¯s sword stopped unintentionally after hearing Meld¡¯s words. Even though it might be impossible, maybe, Meld might not have actually been killed and is only being manipted? Isn¡¯t it still possible to help him? He was unable to throw away such thoughts.
This was Kouki¡¯s weak point. In short, it was half-heartedness. If you¡¯re going to help, then help. If you¡¯re going to kill, then kill. You can choose either one but resolution and determination are needed. Kouki had none of that. Based on the information presented to him, a convenient interpretation of the situation ured. That¡¯s why, though he usually doesn¡¯t doubt his righteousness, he loses himself at the most crucial times.
Meld used his foot to bounce up the knights sword which was on the ground. In an instant with the hand which gripped the sword, he once again crossed swords with Kouki. However, Kouki didn¡¯t have the overwhelming drive from awhile ago, rather Meld was the one who was pushing.
[~!? Gaha~!]
After somehow managing through Meld¡¯s attacks, Kouki¡¯s body lost its strength and his knees gave out. It was not due to the time limit of ¡°Supremacy Dispersal¡±. That much time hasn¡¯t passed by yet. The incident didn¡¯t stop with just that, finally he even began to vomit out loads of blood. The blood soaked into the ground and Kouki¡¯s confusion increased greatly.
[Fuu~, it¡¯s finally kicking in. It was quite the strong poison¡.as expected of Kouki-san. If I didn¡¯t prepare Meld-san I would have lost]
Towards Eri¡¯s rxed voice, Kouki desperately tried to support up his body with a questionable expression.
[Kufufu, with the cause of the prince kissing the princess, if the princess kisses the prince he¡¯ll fall into a slumber (Killed) and be hers¡..there¡¯s that kind of development as well right? Ma~a, even I have some preparations in case of emergencies~]
With those words Kouki had realised. The kiss that Eri gave him in the beginning. In that moment, she likely made both of them take in poison. Eri herself may have taken the antidote earlier. He never would have thought that he¡¯d be fed poison through mouth-to-mouth. Let alone being able to imagine what someone in love would do. Kouki once again was reminded of the fact that the Eri that everyone had known was nowhere to be seen.
With the poisons effects, Kouki waspletely unable to move, Eriughed out satisfyingly and then turned around to walk towards Kaori once again. Because soon the time limit for ¡°Bind Soul¡± will be over. Hiyama demanded Eri with an ogre-like form.
Kaori was dead and about to be defiled. With that Kouki and Shizuku were both furious with anger, and with a regretting expression Shizuku was about to charge straight in.
However, Eri had already ced her hand over Kaori. Eri began chanting the spell. After several tens of seconds, the Kaori puppet which will obey all of Hiyama¡¯s words will bepleted. Shizuku and their expressions red up in anger, Hiyama wasughing loudly, and Eri was smiling with a smirk.
Then¡¡a voice which betrayed the battlefield that was filled with despair and betrayal sounded out.
[¡¡.What the heck is going on?]
It was the boy with white hair and an eyepatch, Hajime Nagumo¡¯s voice.
Towards Hajime¡¯s appearance, as if time stopped, everyone¡¯s movements ceased. This was because Hajime¡¯s ferocious pressure was being emitted.
Normally the puppet soldiers which had no emotions shouldn¡¯t have stopped due to Hajime¡¯s pressure being released but, Eri who was their spiritualist was overwhelmed by the natural feeling of the weak instinctively concealing themselves as the strong came around which in turn caused the puppet soldiers to also do the same.
Hajime waspletely unphased at the hundreds of eyes gazing at him and he began to check out the surrounding circumstances. Arge amount of soldiers and knights were attacking his ssmates, his ssmates were grouped up and formed a circle, Meld was in front of Kouki who was on the ground and vomiting out blood, pounding her knee with a ck katana in one hand was Shizuku, Eri and Hiyama who became stiff, and¡¡Hiyama while embracing onto Kaori was holding onto the sword which secured that Kaori¡¯s life had ceased¡¡
The moment he saw her appearance, an out-of-this-world terrifying presence instantly appeared at the za. As if insects were crawling throughout their entire body, inside it felt like their hearts were being clenched directly and left them ufortable, they trembled frightenly against the presence. The presence of overwhelming death. It was exactly like their blood had frozen. For an instant their bodies lost its temperature and the heavy murderous intent made them envision their deaths.
In an instant, Hajime¡¯s appearance disappeared.
And Hajime who was moving at a pace which no one couldprehend had appeared besides Kaori with a roaring sound. The roaring sound was caused by Hiyama being flung back and ramming straight into the back wall of the za and destroying it. In an instant Hajime had kicked Hiyama in the chest and sent him flying without influencing Kaori at all.
Normally, one blow would be enough to cause Hiyama¡¯s entire body to burst apart, however because he held back a bit it only caused numerous bones to break and damage to the internal organs. By now he should have fainted in the wall, once he wakes up again from the pain, the hell would likely once again begin.
Hajime held up Kaori with one arm and cleared her face of her hair. Then, with a loud voice he called out to hisrade.
[Teio! I¡¯m counting on you!]
[~¡¡Umu, leave it to me!]
[Shi, Shirasaki-san~!]
In response towards Hajime¡¯s request, Teio quickly rushed over towards them. Aiko¡¯splexion changes as she also came towards Kaori¡¯s side. Once Teio was handed Kaori by Hajime she quickly began chanting.
[Ahaha, it¡¯s useless. She¡¯s already dead. I would have never expected that you guys would being here¡..no, the moment Kaori appeared I should have noticed. ¡¡Un, it seems like it¡¯s already over for Hiyama, I¡¯ll give it to you? As long as you¡¯re not hostile against me, I¡¯ll bring Kaori back to life with magic for you. It wouldn¡¯t be genuine but, she¡¯ll stay pretty like now? It¡¯s better than rotting right? Ne?]
Radiantly, Eri proposed her suggestion while sweating from her forehead. Disregarding Aiko whose eyes were opened up widely in astonishment by his side, Hajime abruptly got up. Eri who knew of Hajime¡¯s strength, held out her hands as she clicked her tongue secretly while emphasizing that Kaori would just be rotting if left alone.
But, Hajime¡¯s overflowing murderous intent wasn¡¯t shaken one bit, expressionlessly like wearing a Noh mask he slowly walked towards Eri.
[Wait, wait a bit, Nagumo. Come on, look at the surrounding people? There¡¯s not much difference between them and the living? Although it can¡¯t be helped that she¡¯s dead, at the very least I could make her like them? Furthermore, I can create a Kaori that you like? For that you¡¯ll absolutely need me¡..]
Eri was rapidly speaking as she backed away.
Then, at that time, a shadow was running up behind Hajime. A blow from a sharp spear which was uparable to the other puppet soldiers shot at him. The shadow¡¯s identity was Kondo Reiichi. It was the spear user that was pitifully killed by Eri earlier and turned into a puppet.
To begin with, although I say puppet, it still exhibited the strength of a cheat which came from a different world. The powerful thrust incorporated with Kondo¡¯s ss ¡°Spear Master*I think, it might just be spear user? ???*¡± was spiraling with wind straight towards Hajime¡¯s heart.
[Ahaha, Carelessness is our greatest enemy~. As well as rage o-¡¡.]
Eri¡¯s expression of impatience was quickly changed into one of a smirk but, as if Hajime didn¡¯t feel a thing he continued walking which caused her expression to cramp up. Hajime had probably already knew what wasing up from behind. A mass of red magical power waspressed to the size of a 10 yen coin andpletely held off the spear which was thrusted out. It was the derivation of ¡°Vajra¡±, ¡°Intensive Strengthening¡±.
Hajime silently turned his left elbow towards his back and without any hesitation, he shot with his shotgun. A roaring sound resounded and at the same time, Kondo who received the attack of great power from super point-nk range in the face, had his head turned into small chunks and blown away. The sound of blood sttering and sshing around was heard clearly.
[~¡¡Kill him]
With a steep expression, Eri ordered the next puppet soldiers and Meld. Although not as much as Kouki, Hajime had held some intimacy with Meld, at the[Orcus Great Labyrinth]it was to the point of using a potion to heal him who was near death. Therefore, she intended to use the chance which exposes itself through hesitation just like it did with Kouki. The puppet soldiers were waiting eagerly for that opening to be exposed.
However, that kind ofmon-sense judgement won¡¯t work on Hajime.
While disregarding Meld who wasing at him, Hajime took out Metsurai from his ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±. All of the sudden from out of no where, the form of brutal weapons appeared and caused everyone present to hold their breaths.
Immediately, Shizuku shouted out.
[Everyone! Lie down!]
Ryutaro and Nagayama while crouched down, dragged down students that were still standing onto the ground.
Immediately after that, with the unique rotation sound and shooting sound resounding out, the incarnation of destruction roared out. It was once used topletely crush all golems that the liberator manipted, turned huge crowds of demons into a sea of blood, the fangs of the monster which offsetted even the silver feathers of death which ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡± shot out. That kind of thing was released, there was no way the puppet soldiers would be able to withstand it.
The electrically charged bullets weren¡¯t lukewarm enough to just be said to have shot just one person, it went and broke through all obstacles, while blowing away the za wall as if it were just paper trash, with Hajime as the center, everything was being cut down. The puppet soldiers bodies were crushed, reduced into lumps of flesh which scattered around and could not be distinguished at all.
Before long, Metsurai¡¯s roaring stopped and once again foot steps echoed in the silent za. Everyone who wasying down on the ground were motionless, naturally the one who was walking after the attack which mowed down everything in its path was Hajime.
Everyone else was simrly desperately lowering their heads until the storm passed by, the tip of shoes appeared in front of Eri¡¯s eyes. Eri slowly raised her face. She nced up at the owner of the shoes, what she saw there was a pair of eyes which looked at her as if she was just a pebble on the roadside without value. Hajime no longer carried Metsurai in his hands. He was simply standing above Eri and looking down on her.
Eri couldn¡¯t say anything and only returned the gaze with an aghast expression, then Hajime slowly began to open his mouth.
[And?]
[~¡¡..]
Hajime had no further information on what Eri had done. He just simply understood that she was an enemy. If it was simply an enemy then all he had to do was mercilessly murder it and everything would end. However, Eri had touched something which she should have never touched. It was already at the point where just killing her wasn¡¯t enough anymore. Before she died, she needs to feel ¡°despair¡±¡¡
That¡¯s why Hajime asked her a question. What else can you do? You can¡¯t do anything huh?
Eri urately understood what he meant and began to tightly grit her teeth. The edge of her lip had a cut and blood was dripping down. Up until now she was the owner of this ce, she should have been in the position with an overwhelming advantage, however, in an instant Hajime had unreasonably overturned that which caused her to hold hatred and awe.
The moment that Eri was about to unintentionally curse out passionately at him, the muzzle of a gun was suddenly pushed against her forehead.
Eri swallowed up her curses as the quick draw was so quick, she wasn¡¯t even able toprehend when it was pulled out.
[¡¡..Whatever your motive was, I have no intentions of hearing any of those worthless things. If you¡¯ve got nothing left to show then¡..die]
Hajime¡¯s finger began to pull on the trigger. The Hajime in Eri¡¯s eyes right now was someone who would murder his own ssmates himself and realised that even if she had turned Kaori into a puppet he wouldn¡¯t have even hesitated.
¡ª¡ªI¡¯m dead.
Eri¡¯s head waspletely filled up with those words. However, Eri¡¯s devilish luck seems to have not run out yet.
The moment when Eri¡¯s head was about to stter, a me bullet came flying towards Hajime. It¡¯s mes had a considerable amount of power in them. However, it obviously didn¡¯t work against Hajime. He turned Donner¡¯s muzzle towards the me bullet and with pinpoint uracy, he shot through it¡¯s core and it easily dispersed.
[Naaguumooo-!!]
From the interior of the dispersing me bullet was Hiyama who was covered in wounds, and it was doubtful if he was capable of human speech anymore as he was calling out Hajime¡¯s name in an odd tone. With a sword in his hand, arge amount of blood being vomited out of his mouth, and his right shoulder broken and badly damaged which hung down as he aimlessly flung himself at Hajime. He no longer looked like an impudent ogre, now he only looked like some kind of ugly variant of a creature.
[¡..Shut up]
Hajime braced himself like it was a hassle as Hiyama ran up and performed a worthless kick. Dogon~! an explosion sounding like a sonic boom resounded and Hiyama¡¯s body was floating in the air. He wasn¡¯t blown away because the shockwave wasn¡¯t allowed to leave his body.
Then as Hiyama was just floating in the air, Hajime lifted his leg up towards the sky, and swung it down with intense force. It was exactly like his heel drop was an axe swung down to chop firewood, it mercilessly struck Hiyama¡¯s head and threw him onto the ground. The ground cracked because of the impact and Hiyama¡¯s fresh blood from his head was sttering into those cracks. Hiyama who bounced up like a brick was already white eyed and lost his consciousness.
Anyone who saw him could see that he was already barely alive. However, Hajime had a quality which wouldn¡¯t let up. His bouncing head was once again kicked upwards to float in the air. Was something secretly carried out? With that impact, Hiyama regained his consciousness.
Hajime gripped Hiyama¡¯s neck and raised him up into the air. Hiyama who was hanging in midair was violently thrashing around without any power, Hajime who had inhumane strength was unphased.
[Yo¡±u! Iz not fo yo¡±u, Gaori wud, be mine!]
He was overflowing with grudge and murderous intent. It was shivering to think that a human could fall this low with ugliness. Would an ordinary man divert his eyes away? They would likely be ovee by feelings of sickness and run away.
However, Hajime didn¡¯t show that kind of reaction towards Hiyama¡¯s. Rather on the contrary, Hajime¡¯s eyes held pitty.
[No matter if I existed or not, the results would have been the same. At the very least, with your nature nothing would have happened even if the world was overturned]*I think, ??????????????????????????????*
[Iz¡¯s yor fault]
[Don¡¯t ce the mes on others. The reason you fell so low was your own fault. Even in Japan and over here, you were always the loser. not ¡°someone else¡±. it was ¡°yourself¡±. All you did was criticise everyone else in dissatisfaction while not shouldering anything for yourself. ¡..you¡¯re a genuine underdog]
[I¡¯lr kill ju! Desinitely, jus you!]
Hiyama became further enraged and insane from Hajime¡¯s words. After Hajime looked at the underdog who continued to lose himself, he noticed something in the distance and looked towards it. What was over in that direction was the vanguard of demons who invaded the Kingdom.
Hajime returned his cold gaze onto Hiyama, then once again threw him up into the air, and with a blow from his artificial arm he hit where Hiyama was falling down ording to gravity. Rotational force was applied in with the impact and Hiyama began rotating like a top.
[Let¡¯s test if you can survive or not. Ma~a, it¡¯s probably impossible for you]
Hajime also hammered him with a spinning kick which caused the air to be blown away. Hiyama let out an unpleasant sound and was blown outside of the za by the shockwave.
Rather than quickly shooting Hiyama to death, Hajime was unconsciously avoiding his vitals and pummeled him. It wasn¡¯t revenge for dropping him into the abyss, it was revenge for injuring Kaori.
Although he doesn¡¯t know the amount of awareness the actual person in question has, Hajime began to think that just killing him offfortably wasn¡¯t enough. That was how he thought of the idea of kicking Hiyama into the crowd of demons after just barely keeping him alive.
However, due to dealing with Hiyama, the time he had to kill Eri was shortened. Although Eri didn¡¯t run away, an aurora was shot at Hajime.
[Chi¡.]
Hajime jumped back while clicking his tongue and used Donner to shoot where the aurora hade from. Three explosions roared out simultaneously, like a dragon climbing up the waterfall of aurora, 3 shes tore through the sky.
Immediately afterwards, the aurora¡¯s trajectory bent, it nearly baked Kouki but, thanks to Eri they managed to evade somehow. Even for Eri, it would be a bad joke that she didn¡¯t want any part in if kouki waspletely wiped out due to friendly fire.
Soon, the aurora calmed down and Freed descended down on his white dragon.
[¡¡That¡¯s enough. Boy with white hair. If you don¡¯t want to lose anymore of your preciouspatriots and Kingdom citizens, then settle down]
It appears that Freed was under the misconception that Hajime was fighting for Kouki and them and the Kingdom. If you looked around the surrounding area, you¡¯d notice that demons had already surrounded Ryutaro and them, Shizuku, and aiming at Teio and Aiko.
If Hajime and them seriously fought back, there would be a great deal of coteral damage so they decided to take on hostages instead. Although Hajime doesn¡¯t know that Freed was already severely injured by Yue, Freed realized that and used this as ast resort. It should be noted that the wounds caused by Yue, although far from beingpletely healed, was healed by the white crow¡¯s inherent magic.
Then, at that time, as if something happened to Kaori, Teio called out loudly to Hajime.
[Master! I¡¯ve somehow fixed it for now! However, any more than this¡..will take time¡.If possible, I¡¯d like to have Yue¡¯s cooperation as well. We can¡¯t leave it as a temporary fix forever!]
Hajime nodded powerfully as he looked behind his shoulder at Teio. The ssmates who didn¡¯t understand the circumstances had dubious expressions. However, Freed who also had Age of God¡¯s magic had somehow managed to guess, he looked at Teio¡¯s magic with wide eyes.
[Ho~o, new Age of God¡¯s magic¡..by chance is it[Kamiyama¡¯s]? Then it would do you well to tell me of it¡¯s location. If you defy me then y-!?]
The moment that Freed tried to threaten Hajime and them for the location of[Kamiyama]greatbyrinth, mes erupted from Donner. Immediately, the turtle-type demon set up a barrier and somehow managed to endure it from being fully destroyed. Freed narrowed his eyes and the surrounding demons closed in more.
[What¡¯s the meaning of this? Are yourpatriots lives not important? The more you guys resist, the more the Kingdom¡¯s citizens will suffer as well? Or are you such a fool that you can¡¯tprehend that? There are 100,000 monsters at the outer wall and on the other side of the gate is 1 million demons. No matter how strong you guys are, continuing to fight while protecting everything is¡..]
Hajime who received those words, turned his cold eyes away from freed and towards the outside of the Kingdom¡ªan army of 100,000 was trying to invade into the Kingdom. Then, he silently took out an induction stone which was the size of a fist out of his ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±. He activated the induction stone while disregarding Freed¡¯s dubious look and emitted a light which was uparable to the ring which manipted the crossbitts.
Freed who started feeling an intense bad premonition, immediately shot an aurora at Hajime. However, Hajime¡¯s Donner kept them in check, as a result, he was able to activate the device.
¡ª-Light of condemnation poured down from the sky.
The pir of light was the representative which connected the sky and the ground. Whatever it touched, no matter the race, sex, nor social ss, everything was mercilessly destroyed and erased. Burning up the atmosphere and tearing through the darkness, as if it was the daylight, the sun¡¯s rays, the targets were mowed down.
Kyuwaa~aaaaaaa!!
The pir of light as if investigating, let out a roar as it struck down onto the earth, the diameter was around 50 meters. Demons, Majinzokus, and living organisms alike were all evaporated under the light without exception, the shockwave and heatwaves were intensely scattering destruction on it¡¯s surroundings.
When Hajime poured magical power into the induction stone in his hand, the pir of light moved through and mowed down all the demons and Majinzoku that were fleeing away on foot. Defending was useless. Evading was useless. That is unless you could travel through space like Freed, it would be impossible for organisms which ran on foot to get away. The demons and Majinzoku who were trying to invade at the outer wall saw the pir of light approaching and they all began to panic, they desperately tried to advance onwards into the Kingdom madly.
The pir of light zigzagged along and trampled the huge army, everything up until the outer walls were eradicated and disappeared into the void.
All that was left was the smoke which rose from where the Earth was scorched and an enormous crater. As well as deep scars which were carved into the Earth. The Majinzoku who managed to just barely make it on time into the Kingdom(. . . .) weren¡¯t relieved, just, sitting down with theirrades in surprise that their army hadpletely vanished in an instant.
With that, Freed and Eri who were in front of him, Shizuku and everyone else as well, their thinking stopped and were just spacing out in utter amazement.
[The foolish one is you, you big fool. When exactly did I say that I was allied with the Kingdom and these guys here? Don¡¯t just selfishly categorize me with them. If you want a war, then go right ahead. However, if you get in my way just like now, I¡¯ll erase everything. Ma~a, I¡¯m not free enough to waste my time on 1 million opponents though, this time around I¡¯ll let you off so hurry up with the remaining people and get lost. You¡¯re themander of the army right?]
It was hard to object after hisrades were obliterated in an instant, Freed¡¯s eyes were dyed in rage and hatred. However, even if he created a gate and allowed his huge army toe through, he had no information on the pir of light which Hajime shot, it would only cause to making the same mistakes once again. That alone must be avoided at all costs.
Although it was vexing for Hajime as well to let them get away, right now it was necessary to treat Kaori as soon as possible. If time goes on, they¡¯ll lose the upper hand. Much like, doing something for the first time, he waspletely winging it. Furthermore, the blow from the previous light was actually a weapon in its prototype stage, after that one shot it had already broken. Without the annihtion weapon, he¡¯d have no time to deal with a million demons. It would be a bad idea to kill Freed who was themander of the army.
Freed who doesn¡¯t know of that, bit down onto his lips and clenched his fists so hard with rage that it started bleeding, he was thinking that he could no longer continue sacrificing his people, and while opening up a gate, he replied back full of grudge.
[¡¡I¡¯ll definitely repay this debt¡..only you, in my God¡¯s name, I will definitely destroy you!]
As Freed was turning back, he nced at Eri to urge her to get onto the white dragon. Eri looked at Kouki who was surviving due to his strong status and smiled at him with a smile filled with obsessiveness and insanity. Even without words you¡¯d know, it was the look that was filled with will of obtaining Kouki no matter what.
At the same time that Freed and Eri who were on the white dragon passed through the gate, 3 bursts of magic bullets lit up and roared through the sky. It was probably a retreat signal. At the same time, Yue and Shia came down from the sky with great force.
[¡¡N, Hajime. Where¡¯s that ugly man?]
[Hajime-san. Where¡¯s that scoundrel?]
It appears that both of them came chasing after Freed to beat him. They probably already knew that the pir of light was due to Hajime so they didn¡¯t ask.
However, right now they don¡¯t have the time to deal with those simple matters. Hajime told Yue and Shia about Kaori¡¯s death. Both of them opened their eyes up in surprise. However, after looking at Hajime¡¯s eyes which contained spirit, they immediately recovered.
And then Hajime asked for Yue¡¯s help with his eyes. Yue urately understood what she needed to do and with few powerful words, [¡..N, leave it to me], she nodded.
They turned around and rushed towards Teio. Then Hajime held onto Kaori in a princess carry position and intended to leave the za straight away. However just then, Shizuku called out to Hajime while staggering with a desperate expression.
[Nagumo-kun! Kaori is, about Kaori¡¡.what should¡..I¡..]
Shizuku seemed to have been exhausted to a state which was never seen before, with such a grievous expression, if left alone she may suffer from mental illnesses. During battle her tensed heart was able to support her, however now that that¡¯s gone, she¡¯s probably being tormented by the pain of her best friends death.
Hajime entrusted Kaori to Shia and told her to go ahead with Teio. Yue and them who sympathized with Shizuku¡¯s expression left the za while being guided by Teio.
His ssmates were still in a state of being unable to move, Hajime went and dropped to a knee before Shizuku who was sitting like a girl with her head dropped. And with both hands sandwiching Shizuku¡¯s cheeks, he forced her to look up until their sights aligned.
[Yaegashi, don¡¯t break. Believe in us and wait. I¡¯ll let you two meet again without fail]
[Nagumo-kun¡..]
Shizuku¡¯s eyes which had lost it¡¯s light, only a bit but, power had returned. Then and there Hajimeughed while saying things which sounded like a joke.
[If Yaegashi bes like this, who¡¯ll take care of all the troublesome things in the future? What¡¯ll happen if Kaori saw a broken Yaegashi¡¡please give me a break? I¡¯m not a problem loving human like Yaegashi]
[¡..Who¡¯s the problem loving human, baka. ¡¡Believing that¡..is fine right?]
Hajime smiled with an earnest expression and nodded firmly.
Up close, Shizuku was staring into Hajime¡¯s shining eyes and she understood that he was serious. He was seriously trying to do something about Kaori who should already be dead. Within those strong willed eyes, Shizuku felt that her frozen heart melted a bit.
The light within Shizuku¡¯s eyes further increased. And just like Hajime did, she nodded powerfully. Then the will to believe in Hajime and them appeared from within.
After confirming that Shizuku¡¯s risk of breaking down mentally has lowered drastically, Hajime removed a test tube container out of the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and ced it in Shizuku¡¯s hands.
[This is¡.]
[Let the other childhood friend drink it. He¡¯s in quite the bad shape]
After Hajime¡¯s words, Shizuku nced towards Kouki who wasying on the ground. Kouki had already lost consciousness, he was visibly weakened. She recalled that the holy water which Hajime handed her was once used to immediately heal meld who was about to die, and presumed that it was the most effective medicine out of all other medicine. As for Hajime, he¡¯d be troubled if Shizuku broke down if Kouki dies even after he said all that he did to her¡.after looking at Shizuku¡¯s expression it appears that she was more thankful than expected.
When Shizuku tightly grasped the container of holy water, she looked at Hajime with moistened eyes and said words of thanks, [¡¡Thank you, Nagumo-kun]. As soon as Hajime received those words of thanks he immediately turned around. Then he started chasing after Yue and them like the wind.
Chapter 107
Chapter 107
After Hajime left the za, Shizuku made Kouki drink the holy water and he recovered in no time.
The puppet soldiers that Eri had, numbered up to 500 people and out of that It seems that 300 were turned into minced meat at the za by Hajime. Most likely the missing soldiers went with Freed through the gate into Majinzoku territory.
Although it waster found out in investigations that magic formations were created from huge magic stones which were buried in the earth on the outskirts of the Kingdom, that appears to have been the secret to Freed being able to transfer his military.
Also, it appears that the King and other influential leaders were all killed by Eri¡¯s puppet soldiers, currently, the seat of King within the Hairihi Kingdom was open. Until the confusion subsides, Ririana and the safe queen, Ruruaria, will be taking the lead in the Kingdom¡¯s reconstruction. Most likely, once they¡¯ve settled down, prince Randell who was also safe, will be ascending to the throne.
The number one cause of confusion was that there was nomunication with the church.
Even though the Kingdom has turned into such an amazing state, widespread uneasiness and distrust was spreading throughout the followers as the church didn¡¯t appear during or after the war at all. The truth was, everyone rted to the church were already blown to smithereens by the explosion at the head temple! If the citizens heard about that, what would they think? A boy with white hair somewhere held slight interest in that question.
Also, the pir of light which annihted the Majinzoku¡¯srge army was, ¡°Ehitto-sama¡¯s¡± light of condemnation which was released in order to save the Kingdom! is what the rumors that have been circting says, it was an incredibly painful story that their faith was further strengthened. Hajime was wondering if he should spread rumors that it was due to the ¡°Goddess of Fertility¡± once again, however, if Aiko heard of that she¡¯d likely suffer to no end in her mind.
People began to wonder of the reason why the church wasn¡¯ting down from[Kamiyama], and naturally, they wanted to climb up to find out. However, there was far too much to be done for the reconstruction of the Kingdom, so there wasn¡¯t anyone to go up 8,000 meters above ground. By the way, because Hajime and them stopped the lift, the only way to reach the head temple was by scaling up the mountain.
Also, Hiyama¡¯s remains were found a little distance away from the za. His body was consumed and messed up here and there, after beingpletely beaten up by Hajime and blown out of the za, sure enough, he was attacked by demons.
It was thought that he was still alive when he got consumed because it appears that there were traces of intense resistance. In particr, his left arm waspletely missing, judging from the traces of blood, with his left arm consumed first, he ran desperately for his life and then the side of his body was then eaten which caused him to die. If you tried to imagine it, it was likely one of the worst ways to die.
With that, a variety of things turned up and 5 days have passed since the betrayal and death of their friends from the Majinzoku¡¯s invasion.
Its needless to say anything about Suzu who was on good terms with Eri, but the ssmates who were caught up in her obsession and insanity suffered deep mental wounds. After Hiyama and Kondo¡¯s deaths, Nakano and Saito who was always together with them became hikikomori¡¯s.*Google if you don¡¯t know the term*
Along with those who sustained deep mental wounds, Kouki and them were asked by Ririana and them to lend their powers in reconstructing the Kingdom in order to recuperate and recover, since that day Hajime and them had not shown up so they were frequently looking back at that.
All members of the front lines and Ai-chan bodyguards should have known of Hajime¡¯s powers but they still didn¡¯t know of the overwhelming power of the pir of light which annihted therge army, once again, they were forced to feel their difference in power.
Because Kouki and them knew of that, they took on less shock than the stay-behind group. Although they heard of Hajime¡¯s power from the returning members, they now knew that they had only understood 1/10,000 of Hajime¡¯s true terrifyingness. Anyone and everyone could do nothing but be concerned about Hajime, hisrades, and Kaori who he took with him.
And the remarkable one was Shizuku. Although she¡¯s doing exactly what needs to be done, once in a while she¡¯ll stare off into the distance with eyes that seem to be looking for something in her heart. It was clear to everyone that she was thinking of Kaori, the ssmates who witnessed Kaori¡¯s death were unsure of what to say about it
From the talk that Hajime had with Shizuku, it seemed to have been something about Kaoriing back but, they were skeptical as the task of reviving a dead person was likely impossible and because of that they weren¡¯t able tofort themselves.
They suspected that it was probably something just like how Eri did, she¡¯ll be brought back as a doll, in that case, it was easy to imagine that Shizuku would be further damaged because of that, especially Kouki who had always cautioned himself as he watched Hajime and them.
Kouki himself was extremely down that he was unable to do anything once again and saved twice by Hajime, the fact that Kaori left him for Hajime (Kouki recognized it within himself) was also added in, he wasn¡¯t able to hold any good feelings for Hajime.
It was, the so-called ¡°Jealousy¡±, however Kouki himself was not aware of it. It wouldn¡¯t be easy for him to admit it even if he had noticed it. If he recognised it, whether he moves forwards or looks away out of convenience¡¡depends all on himself.
Both Kouki and Shizuku couldn¡¯t be said to have been in bright states, because Ryutaro is a muscle-for-brains he¡¯s not reliable, and all ssmates were depressed in general.
At times like these, it would usually be Suzu¡¯s time to show her abilities as a mood-maker and brighten things up but, without a question the actual person is in low tensions, the smiles that shes shown asionally were painful. It seems to be majorly due to what Eri had said to her. It¡¯s understandable. Throughout many years, the person who was thought to have been her best friend had only thought of her on the level of being a convenient tool.
Even still, the entire ss hasn¡¯tpletely fallen, the only person moving in order to reconstruct the Kingdom single-mindedly was probably only Aiko.
Aiko was also worried about Kaori, if she could, she¡¯d do anything but, when weighed against what Hajime and them were trying to do, with Yue and Teio there she understood that she had no turn. That¡¯s why she couldn¡¯t neglect the students who remained damaged on the ground and decided to stay.
Because Aiko firmly had 1 on 1munications with her students and encourage all of her students to work to their potentials, they were able to move on now.
By the way, Aiko had obviously known what had happened to the Church, although she knows more about it than anyone else, she stubbornly sealed her lips.
That was in order to not obstruct Hajime and them, and at the same time, every time she remembers what she had done, her mouth bes heavier. Even if it was an unexpected result, her resolution to go through with it was true. That¡¯s why, when Hajime and them came back, she nned on telling Ririana and them the truth¡¡police officer, it¡¯s me.
Although Aiko seemed to be behaving brightly, on the inside, she was trembling in fear. She herself aided Teio in the obliteration of the church, if the students had known that she was involved in the st which killed Ishstar and them and the Knights then, what exactly would they think of her?
She fought because she was resolute to not allow her students to be toys of war any longer, although she doesn¡¯t regret about that matter, a murderer is a murderer. She was surely already prepared that her students would no longer call her sensei.
It should be noted that David and them, the Aiko bodyguard temple knights, were still alive and well. That was because after Aiko had disappeared, they protested to the upper brass, ¡°Let us meet her!¡±, many times, and after that was confirmed to never be fulfilled they decided to search for themselves, the upper brass who were fed up decided to lowered them onto ground level and restricted them from going into the head temple. And that¡¯s how they managed to barely escape from death at the head temple at the time. Currently they¡¯re listening to Aiko¡¯s words and working hard to help out with this and that for the reconstruction.
With those kinds of feelings, Aiko and the students are respectively holding their own weight in their minds and helping out with Ririana today to reconstruct the Kingdom.
Today¡¯s agenda was to reform the Kingdom¡¯s knights and employmanders to each squad at the drilling ground. By the way, the new knight leader¡¯s name was Kuzeri Rail. It was a female knight and formerly Ririana¡¯s imperial guardsmen. The vicemander¡¯s name was Neat Komorudo. He was the previousmander of the 3rd knight unit.
[Thanks for the hard work. Kouki-san]
During the mock battle screening test, Kouki had been working as a partner for the knights so he was wiping his sweat at the edge of the drilling grounds and those words of appreciation ranged out. When Kouki turned his line of sight towards it, Ririana wasing over with a smile.
[No, this isn¡¯t much of a big deal. ¡..As for yourself Riri, you¡¯ve barely gotten any sleep recently huh? Really, thanks for the hard work]
When Kouki showed a wry smile in return, Ririana also showed a wry smile. Both of them hardly had any time to sleep over the past few days. To begin with, the reason why their sleeping time was cut down was due topletely different reasons.
[That¡¯s because right now is not the time to be sleeping. ¡..Casualties, dealing with the loss of beloved people, disposing buildings which copsed, confirming missing people, repairing the great barrier and the outer wall, reports andmunication with each district, deploying soldiers to investigate the surroundings, reorganizing¡..this is serious, they¡¯re all things that need to be done. Even if I whine about it, there¡¯s no other way. Mother has also shared the burden, so I can still go on. ¡¡.The people who are truly suffering are those who lost important people and their property¡¡.]
[If you¡¯re saying that then, even you¡¯ve¡..]
From what Ririana had said, Kouki tried to point out that even she¡¯s lost the King which was her father but, even if he said it, nothing would change, so he shut his mouth. Riri sympathized with Kouki¡¯s feelings and said, [I¡¯m fine], with a smile once again, then changed the topic.
[How¡¯s Shizuku holding out?]
[¡¡She hasn¡¯t changed. Usually its the same usual Shizuku but, without noticing it she looks up above for a long time]
As Kouki was saying so, he nced towards Shizuku who was talking with Kuzeri at the center of the drilling grounds.
The two were probably friends through Ririana, they seemed to be discussing something rather intimately. However, the conversation was suddenly interrupted, and naturally her eyes nced upwards, in other words, you could tell she was looking towards the top vicinity of[Kamiyama].
[She¡¯s¡..waiting for them huh]
[That¡¯s right. ¡..Being honest, the thing that Nagumo said is too¡untrustworthy¡although I¡¯d like for Shizuku and them to meet¡*I think? this lines one of those lines where I get confused as to what they¡¯re really saying, ?????????????????????*]
Ririana had a slightly surprised expression as she turned her nce from Shizuku to Kouki. Kouki¡¯s expression had aplicated color, it was clear that what he said was not ording to what he thought. Jealousy, suspicion, fear, pride, gratitude, antipathy, various feelings were mixed in impatiently, his expression was difficult to express.
Ririana couldn¡¯t find the right words to say to Kouki, she looked up towards the top of[Kamiyama]where Hajime and them should be.
The sky was clear, it¡¯s as if the crisis of extinction from a few days ago never happened. That sky looked as if it was in a happy-go-lucky mood, Ririana held slightly bitter feelings towards it and continued looking up at the sky.
Then at that time, she began to see a few ck dots in the sky. With a doubtful look Ririana narrowed her eyes and she noticed that those ck dots were gradually growing bigger, she noticed that something was falling down and panickingly she called out to Kouki by her side.
[Ko, Kouki-san! There! Isn¡¯t something falling down!]
[Eh? What are you suddenly¡.~, everyone! Watch out! Something¡¯sing from above!]
Ririana¡¯s attitude surprised Kouki but, as he looked up in the sky, he confirmed that something was definitely falling down, [Get down, it¡¯s an enemy attack!], he warned out loudly with an impatient expression.
Shizuku and them were panicking and quickly evacuated the drilling grounds and went beside Kouki and them, simultaneously somethingnded onto the drilling grounds.
Zudo~oon!!
The earth trembled when whatever was falling crashed, as the dust clouds danced about, what appeared from it was¡¡Hajime, Yue, Shia, and with Teio it was 4 people.
[Nagumo-kun!]
The first one to take off was Shizuku. Exactly like Hajime said, she believed in them and waited. Having excess momentum was unavoidable. However, within Hajime and them, Kaori¡¯s appearance was no where to be seen, her expression gradually became uneasy and darkened.
[Yo~o, Yaegashi. Are you living properly]
[Nagumo-kun¡..where¡¯s Kaori? Why is Kaori not here?]
Shizuku rxed somewhat after Hajime¡¯s joke, however it was the truth that Kaori was not in front of her, as expected, it must have been too hard to overturn Kaori¡¯s death, she was already unable to hide her uneasiness and asked in a trembling voice.
On the other hand, Hajime had an indescribably vague expression.
[Ah~, she¡¯ll be here soon? It¡¯s just that¡¡.her appearance may have changed a tiny~ bit¡..because of that see, it¡¯ll be troubling if you ced the me on me, un, it¡¯s not my fault so don¡¯t get mad?]
[Eh? Wait a bit. What? What is? It makes me extremely uneasy though? What do you mean? What did you do to Kaori? Depending on the circumstance, with the ck katana that you gave me¡¡.]
Towards Hajime¡¯s words which only further fanned the mes of uneasiness, Shizuku¡¯s highlight in her eyes disappeared and she slowly began to extend her ck katana on her waist. [Dudu], Hajime was suppressing Shizuku, suddenly, they began to hear a scream from the sky.
[Kyaaaa!! Hajime-k~un! Catch me~!!]
When Shizuku and them were wondering what it was and looked up, they saw something with a silver shadow falling down at blistering speeds.
With Shizuku¡¯s excellent kic vision, she saw a woman with silver hair and blue eyes who had the beauty that couldpete with a beautiful work of art that a historically named artist produced, and against her cool appearance, she was falling down while awkwardly flinging her arms and legs with tears in her eyes and a miserable expression.
The silver haired, blue eyed woman came straight down plunging towards Hajime. From her eyes you could see that she trusted that she would be caught.
But, betraying such things were Hajime¡¯s quality. In the ce where he was supposed to catch her, the moment before they collided he suddenly jumped back, [Eh?], his nce averted from the womans eyes and she crashed into the ground as if she was being consumed by the earth while bing dot eyed.
Everyone had trembling expressions as they looked towards Hajime who had no intentions of catching her, [She¡¯s dead right?]. However, after the sand of cloud cleared up again, the beautiful woman with silver hair and blue eyes appeared, Aiko and Ririana both raised out a warning-like scream.
[Wha, why, are you¡¡]
[Everyone! Get back! She¡¯s a dangerous person who kidnaped Aiko and lent Eri a hand!]
Towards those words, Kouki and all the other ssmates at the spot, Kuzeri and all of the other knights all simultaneously picked up their weapons. Especially Shizuku who was close to Hajime and them who immediately prepared to performed a quick draw on the spot, she had piercing eyes filled with murderous intent for the person who had lent a hand in Kaori¡¯s death. If an opening appeared, she would immediately cut her down.
Towards the other party which red at her, Nointo who had a pretty face like a work of art and silver hair with blue eyes, as if she didn¡¯t suffer any damage at all from the crash, moved agilly and easily stood up. Then for a moment she nced at Hajime with reproachful eyes, and unbelievably she who had no emotions or expressions like a machine now carried them and panickingly she spoke towards Shizuku.
[Wa, wait! Shizuku-chan! It¡¯s me, me!]
[ ? ]
Shizuku had a suspicious expression towards the woman who called her name on their first meeting appealing for themself.
Hajime who was by the side muttered out, [you look like shady scammer¡¡], the woman Ki¡¯ed! at him with a re then looked away. It was impossible for Aiko and them to not think of her as an enemy. Although the appearance and voice was different, the strange woman¡¯s casual gestures and atmosphere when calling out for herself was like a shadow of her best friend.
While gently rxing her quick draw position, she spaced out and suddenly muttered the name of her best friend.
[¡¡Kao, ri? Are you¡.Kaori?]
Was she extremely d that Shizuku had noticed that it was her? The silver haired blue eyed woman had a bright face! and replied in a lively bright voice.
[Un! I¡¯m Kaori! Shizuku-chan¡¯s best friend, Shirasaki Kaori. Although my appearance has changed¡..I¡¯m properly living!]
[¡¡Kaori¡..Kaori~i!]
Shizuku was stunned for a bit. Although she has no idea how things turned out the way they did, even still, with the fact that her best friend was still alive and in front of her, finally soaking in, she embraced Kaori who had obtained a new body of a silver haired blue eyed woman with all her might as she cried out tears like rain.
Kaori was also sobbing like a baby and like Shizuku she embraced her back tightly and quietly whispered gently.
[I¡¯m sorry to have worried you? I¡¯m fine now, I¡¯m fine]
[Hi~gu, gusu~, I¡¯m d, so d~]
They both buried their faces in each others necks and Shizuku and Kaori firmly confirmed each other¡¯s existence.
Everyone who saw it waspletely stunned, for a while, the cries of warmth and tenderness resounded throughout the drilling grounds.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[So then, what exactly does this mean?]
With eyes dyed red and swollen from tears, Shizuku¡¯s cheeks also blushed with the same amount of shame, and determined to hide her shame she demanded an exnation of the circumstances.
The current location has switched from the drilling grounds to therge room where Kouki and them usually eat at. In regards to Shizuku, it was exined that at heart she was Kaori and the body belonged to someone named Nointo, for the time being Ririana urged that they move to a calmer ce. However, it wasn¡¯t only Shizuku who came, all ssmates as well as Aiko and Ririana are attending.
[Well, lets see¡.cutting straight to the chase. Using magic, Kaori¡¯s soul was protected, Nointo¡¯s corpse? Remains? Ma~a, we restored it and took it over]
[I see¡..I don¡¯t get it at all]
Shizuku just stared at hajime as he gave off his extremely simple exnation. From the stare, it was clearly saying, [Is that all there is to it? Ahh?], with an insecure look. In ce of Hajime who had an expression that his motivation for exining was 0, Kaori decided to exin with an amazed expression.
[Ehhto ne, Shizuku-chan. You know that the magic we¡¯re using now a degraded version of the forgotten magic from the past called Age of Gods magic right?]
[¡¡Yes. I¡¯ve studied some of this world¡¯s history. Its the magic that appears in the myth about how this world was created? Rather than the current attribute magic, they were more fundamental in useage¡¡wait. Do you mean to say that it¡¯s that kind of thing? The Age of Gods magic that Nagumo and you guys have is the spirit type¡..a power that allows you to interfere with a person¡¯s soul? With that, the spirit of the dead Kaori was protected and settled in a different body right?]
[Right! As expected of Shizuku-chan]
For some reason, Kaori was sticking out her chest proudly. In fact, the rate of Shizuku¡¯s brain being able to process things was fast. Hajime had also known of this before but, inside of himself, he was once again impressed.
[But, why in that body? Was Kaori¡¯s body no longer alright? I thought that you guys could somehow manage to heal up the wound that was inflicted on her heart with recovery magic though¡¡]
[Ahh, the truth is, Kaori¡¯s body ispletely healed and it was possible to return her soul to it]
Spirit magic was mind-blowing Age of Gods magic where you can literally stay immortally young through continuously fixating your own soul.
By ¡°fixating¡± it was magic which preserved the dead spirit that was interfered with in order to not allow it to deteriorate nor disappear, at first, this was what Teio performed on Kaori. However, it was lucky that Teio made it on time because it¡¯s ineffective if several minutes have passed since death.
By ¡°establishing¡±, just as it says, regardless of the fixated spirit, they¡¯ll be established whether its as organic or inorganic matter. Bodies which have started decaying would still cause them to die once again even if they establish themselves because it won¡¯t be suitable for survival, however, it¡¯ll be possible with a healthy body, it¡¯s also possible to leave the wedge of time and be immortal like Miredei Raisen who established herself as a golem.
Obviously this magic isn¡¯t so simple that it can be done without proper testing and training. It was sessful precisely because Yue and Teio were naturally talented at magic. Even still, it took 5 whole days to properly establish.
[Then, why¡..what happened to Kaori¡¯s original body? There must have been some kind of problem then?]
[Shizuku-chan, calm down. I¡¯ll exin it properly]
While calming down Shizuku, Kaori continued to exin.
At first, Hajime had attempted to return Kaori¡¯s spirit back into her original body which they¡¯ve healed with Reproduction magic.
However, the one who told him to wait was Kaori. Even while stuck in a spirit state, ¡°Spirit Guidance¡± can be conducted tomunicate with the soul. Kaori who was still in a spirit state, had heard of Meiredi Raisen and requested that she be ced into a golem like her. If it was Hajime, then he should be able to create a powerful golem.
At[Merujine Underwater Ruins], Kaori had realised her own powerlessness, she had no intentions to stay the way that she was now. She also had no intentions to give up standing next to Hajime as well. At that point, she knew that she would easily be killed. Cowardly, miserably, and mortifyingly¡¡if so then, she thought, ¡°what if I tossed away my human body¡±.
Once Kaori was resolute on something, she became surprisingly stubborn. Although Hajime and them had tried to talk her out of it, she wouldn¡¯t listen. That determination was so strong it made Hajime raise out both hands in surrender.
With no other choice, Hajime had decided to create the strongest golem he could, however, suddenly the light bulb inside of Hajime¡¯s head lit up! [I can usethatcan¡¯t I?]. Right, it was Nointo who Hajime had pierced through the heart.
After Hajime recovered Nointo¡¯s remains, Yue used Reproduction magic to restore all the wounds. The strong body of ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡± had be Kaori¡¯s new vessel, it was a great sess when ¡°establishing¡± the soul to it.
Unfortunately, although the organ-like magic stone which supplied an infinite supply of magical power was reproduced, it was not functioning, however, Nointo¡¯s inherent magic ¡°Dposition¡±, her dual wielding swords and skills, silver wings and feathers were useable.
It appears that Nointo¡¯s body remembers all previousbat experiences and knows how to use it, although she¡¯s unable to fly right now because the body is still new, once she gets ustomed to it, she¡¯ll likely be able to exert ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡¯s¡± true abilities. Now that she can directly manipte magic, she¡¯s well qualified to be shoulder to shoulder with Hajime and them.
Kaori who was happy that her spirit was sessfully established onto the body was an incredibly amazing sight. After all, she had the appearance of a cool beauty and she was making a fuss with ¡°Kya, Kya¡± noises and a big smile. The opponent which Hajime was just fighting with not too long ago was making such a happy face and in addition she was clinging onto him, as expected, even Hajime didn¡¯t know this would happen and his eyebrows turned into a ?.
By the way, Kaori¡¯s real body was being stored in the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± while receiving Yue¡¯s freezing treatment. A beauty frozen in ice created a very mysterious feeling. Since cells that are ruined after being thawed out can be restored by Reproduction magic, if she wanted to go back to her body, the possibility of it is extremely high.
[¡..I see. Ha~a, Kaori, you¡¯ve always been a bit spontaneous since a long time ago but this time supases all of those]
After hearing Hajime¡¯s exnation, Shizuku ced a hand on her head to suppress her headache. Her headache was worse than the time when she was asked what Hajime¡¯s favorite game was so she visited the game store, only to have mistakenly charge into the X-rated game corner.
[Ehehe, sorry for worrying you Shizuku-chan]
[¡..It¡¯s fine. As long as you¡¯re still alive then¡¡]
Shizuku said while smiling at Kaori who had an apologetic expression, then she suddenly straightened her posture and changed her expression to a serious one, then turned towards Hajime and them and bowed her head.
[Nagumo-kun, Yue-san, Shia-san, Teio-san. Thank you very much for saving my best friend. Although my debts are continuously increasing and I have nothing I can return in exchange¡..I¡¯ll never forget this favor throughout my life. If there¡¯s anything I can do, then feel free to ask. I¡¯ll do my best to respond to it]
[¡¡.You¡¯re as honest as ever. Ma~a, don¡¯t mind it so much. We just helped out our ownpanion]
Shizuku showed a wry smile towards Hajime¡¯s light reply. It wasn¡¯t just Kaori, they were all saved as well. There lives were saved twice at that. Even after being saved from their predicaments, most likely the results of the sh was convenient for Hajime¡¯s own circumstances as well, his state of mind was already something that you could onlyugh at how different it was.
And, somehow the calm mood also had a hint of spitefulness in it as well, Shizuku sharply pointed out.
[¡¡.Considering all that, although you were also worried about me, you gave me the medicine for Kouki¡¯s sake right?]
[If you had broken then Kaori would have been troublesome¡.]
[Trou, troublesome you say¡¡that¡¯s mean, Hajime-san]
Replying to Shizuku¡¯s sarcastic remark, Kaori¡¯s tsukkomi also came through, [besides¡.], Hajime continued.
[Just like a certain Sensei has said, I should not walk down the ¡°Lonely life¡±. Though I can¡¯t afford to pay attention to everything, if it¡¯s just this much then¡¡]
[! Nagumo-kun¡¡]
Aiko who had kept silent while Shizuku and Hajime and them had their conversation, looked towards Hajime with moistened eyes that were overwhelmed by emotions due to Hajime¡¯s words.
The other students were strangely admiring that Ai-chan¡¯s teachings properly reached Hajime who had be overly haughty, it seems that Aiko was more impressed than they were though, Shizuku and Yue and them sensitively felt that some other kind of heat was also included in Aiko¡¯s eyes.
Kaori appearance was like, ¡°It can¡¯t be!¡±, asking for confirmation, she lined her sight with Shizuku and Yue and them, Yue and them nodded with a sharp look while Shizuku averted her eyes and looked up towards the sky.
Shizuku sensed that a delicate atmosphere was beginning to build up and decided to continue talking in order to return the atmosphere back to normal. There were a mountain of things that she still wanted to ask.
[On that day, the day when Sensei was kidnaped, can we hear what you wanted to tell us that day? That talk surely had some kind of rtion with Nagumo-kun and them who acquired Age of Gods magic right?]
Hajime heard Shizuku¡¯s words and turned his gaze over to Aiko. Silent pressure hung over Aiko to exin the situation. while clearing out her throat, ~Kohon~, Aiko began to exin Hajime¡¯s purpose for traveling, and, she began to exin about everything from the events when she was held at the head temple and when the Kingdom was invaded.
After she finished exining everything, the first person to raise their voice was Kouki.
[What¡¯s with that. Then, are you saying that we¡¯re just dancing on the palm of God¡¯s hand? Then why didn¡¯t you tell us about it sooner! You could have told us when we met up again at Orcus!]
With a criticising look and voice, however, Hajime only nced at Kouki as if he was troublesome and didn¡¯t say anything. He was ignored. Towards that attitude, Kouki got up from his seat with a ~gata!~ noise and was filled with hostility towards Hajime.
[How about saying something! If you had told me about it sooner then!]
[Wait a bit, Kouki!]
Shizuku¡¯s urge wasn¡¯t heard, Hajime frowned annoyingly at Kouki who had lost his temper, after letting out a grand sigh, he looked towards Kouki as if he was bothersome.
[If I had said it, would you have believed me?]
[What was that?]
[At any rate, you¡¯re a person who loves to believe in your convenient interpretations. Would therge majority of people believe that God has ¡°gone mad¡± when told so, I knew it would have been meaningless to tell you about it, far from believing in me, rather, you¡¯d criticize me instead? That kind of scenees to mind]
[Bu, but, if you had exined it clearly repeatedly then¡.]
[Are you stupid. Why do I have to go through bone breaking stakes for your guys sakes? Surely you¡¯re not expecting that just because I¡¯m your ssmate, that I¡¯ll naturally lend my power right? ¡¡Saying such foolishness is just like¡¡a second Hiyama?]
Towards Hajime¡¯s re which was like permanently frozen ground, all of the ssmates averted their eyes.
But, It seemed that Kouki wasn¡¯t convinced and continued to stare severely at Hajime. Kouki didn¡¯t notice that Yue who was next to Hajime was looking at him with fed up eyes dering, you¡¯ve been saved twice so why are you still behaving like this.
[But, If we¡¯re to fight God together from now on¡¡.]
[Wait, wait, Hero (Laughs). When did I say I was going to fight God? Don¡¯t just decide it on your own. Naturally I¡¯ll kill them if theye from the other side but, I have no intentions of going around to search for them? Because I just want to go through all greatbyrinths and quickly return home to Japan]
Kouki¡¯s eyes opened up widely when those words were said.
[Na~, surely you don¡¯t mean to say that whatever happens to the people of this world is alright are you!? If we don¡¯t do something about God, people will continue being his ything from now and onwards! Are you going to abandon them!]
[I¡¯m not willing to use my powers for the sake of someone who¡¯s face I don¡¯t even know¡..]
[Why¡..just why! Aren¡¯t you stronger than us! If you have that much power then you should be able to do anything! If you have power then shouldn¡¯t you use it for the right things!]
Kouki was howling. As always, his words were overflowing with justice. However, such ¡°words¡± were against the person¡¯s will to begin with, they didn¡¯t reach Hajime. Hajime looked at Kouki as if he was a stone on the roadside.
[¡¡if ¡°you have power¡± huh. That¡¯s exactly why you¡¯ll always be groveling on the ground. ¡.I believe that power should be used with clearly defined intentions. You don¡¯t do something because you have power. Because you want something you use power. If you¡¯re saying that just because ¡°you have power¡± you have to do it regardless of your will then, that¡¯s probably nothing more than a ¡°curse¡±. that will is too feeble. ¡¡Or rather, I have no intentions of arguing about which path you and I take. Anything more about this will be annoying so I¡¯ll seriously send you flying]
After Hajime said that, his eyes returned to normal as if he had no interest in Kouki and them.
From his attitude, Hajime was serious about himself and the world, Kouki realised that it wasn¡¯t out of a grudge nor hatred, he simply had no interest. After the reason why he lost was said out, he kept quiet while shaking violently. I have a strong will!, he wanted to object, but, for some reason those words wouldn¡¯te out.
The other ssmates as well, somehow understood that Hajimeing back and teaming up with them again was nothing but a dream, and, they trembled violently when they thought that they might seriously end up like Hiyama if they said things poorly.
After all, even though they were just puppets, their opponent was someone who held no hesitation and turned all the knights including Meld into chunks of meat. As for the stay-behind group, they couldn¡¯t even look Hajime in the eye after he fell into hell.
[¡¡As expected, you won¡¯t be staying around? I wanted you to at least stay until the defense system for the Kingdom was repaired¡..]
The person who requested it was Ririana.
As of now, confusion is still within the Kingdom, although the magic formation which allowedrge-scale transfer was removed, they were still in a state where it was unknown when the Majinzoku would be attacking once again so Hajime and them were an existence which they didn¡¯t want to part with. Freed who seemed to be the other parties general only withdrew because Hajime was here. With just Hajime and them being here, they were already a kind of repellent.
[Since things were already established with God¡¯s Apostle, I want to hurry up ahead. Resurrecting Kaori took 5 days as well. I n on leaving tomorrow]
Though Ririana¡¯s shoulders dropped, after Hajime and them had left, there was no way of stopping Freed and them so as a princess she needed to hold onto them.
[Is there anything¡¡at least, that pir of light¡¡that¡¯s also one of Nagumo-san¡¯s artifacts right? Can you allow us to use it for the Kingdom¡¯s protection? ¡¡I¡¯ll do everything I can to reward you for it, so]
[¡¡Ah, ¡°Hyuberion¡± huh. It¡¯s impossible. That thing broke after the first blow¡.it was a prototype after all. If I don¡¯t improve it, then]
Hajime¡¯s annihtion weapon ¡°Hyuberion¡± that erased the huge army of demons and Majinzoku was in short, a sunlight convergenceser. Before going down[Kamiyama]he flew up to retrieve it.
¡°Hyuberion¡± was an enormous airframe lens which converged sunlight, it can also charge itself while inside of the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± which had heat capacity installed in it. Enormous heat which critically overflowed from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± would be discharged through theunching entrance where gravity magic was added in to make it discharge towards the ground.
And ¡°Hyuberion¡¯s¡± biggest feature was the fact that it could still converge the sunlight even while it was night. It¡¯s secret was due to Oscar Orcus¡¯s false sun which lightened up his rooms. That thing¡¯s sunlight was created through Reproduction magic along with Space magic, it was through coboration with the ¡°liberators¡± whobined their Age of Gods magic as Hajime couldn¡¯t understand at first.
Even the Hajime as of now is still unable to create a fake sun. Plus ¡°Hyuberion¡± was still in it¡¯s experimental stage as well, it wasn¡¯t able to withstand it¡¯s own heat and broke down, so it can no longer shoot anymore. To begin with, ¡°Hyuberion¡± wasn¡¯t the only annihtion weapon that Hajime had created but¡¡.
[Is that¡..so¡..]
After hearing Hajime¡¯s words, once again Ririana¡¯s shoulders drops down. There, Kaori, Shizuku, and Aiko pierced Hajime with res. The 3 people already know of Hajime¡¯s stance. Although Hajime did say that he¡¯ll consider people in his surroundings to some extent, fundamentally, the fact that he¡¯s indifferent about this world doesn¡¯t change. Reaching out towards the surroundings was so that sadness wouldn¡¯t indirectly reach Yue and them. That¡¯s why the 3 people didn¡¯t actually say anything. They don¡¯t but their persuasiveness were shown in their eyes.
Although Hajime had been ignoring them while drinking his tea, he let out a murmur because they were so persistent.
[¡..Before we leave, I¡¯ll at least fix the Great Barrier]
[Nagumo-san! Thank you very much!]
Hajime ignored Ririana¡¯s, *not sure how i¡¯m supposed to use this expression, ??*Pa~a!, expression which was shining, and with a, is this alright then? he nced towards Kaori and them. The three people as well as Ririana returned a joyful smile at Hajime.
Somehow or another it¡¯s be really sweat now, he thought, even Yue and Shia besides him were smiling at him, [Ma~a, this isn¡¯t bad I guess], Hajime let out a bitter smile as he shrugged his shoulders.
[And where are you guys nning on heading Nagumo-kun? If you¡¯re aiming for Age of God¡¯s magic then you¡¯ll be going for the greatbyrinths right? If you came from the West then¡¡is it the Sea of Trees?]
[Ahh, that¡¯s our intent. I had n to go via Fuyuren but, heading partly towards the south is bothersome so I think we¡¯ll just go as is towards the East]
After hearing what Hajime had nned, Ririana¡¯s expression was as if she had thought of something.
[Then, will you be passing through the Empire¡¯s territory?]
[It¡¯ll probably happen¡..]
[If so then, would it be alright if I tagged along as well?]
[N? What for?]
[There are mountains of things to talk about with the Empire about the Kingdom being invaded. The messenger and ambassador have already left for the Empire but, it¡¯s best to talk about it at the earliest possible. With Nagumo-san¡¯s transportation artifact, getting to the Empire would be quick right? That¡¯s why, I was wondering if I could board as well and have a direct talk over there]
Hajime was amazed at Ririana¡¯s bold n and how she worked her way up towards it, if he thought about it, she was the princess who in order to get help, ran away from the Kingdom and traveled through a caravan. Thinking of it he was strangely convinced that it was natural that she would naturally think up of such an idea.
And, since it wasn¡¯t much trouble to just lower her down as they went along their path, his mind consented that it was alright. However, he didn¡¯t forget to give a warning.
[Dropping you off is fine but, we won¡¯t be entering the Empire? We¡¯ll never apany you to a meeting with the Emperor?]
[Fufu, don¡¯t say such impudent things. Just dropping me off is more than enough]
Ririana unintentionally let out a wry smile after Hajime¡¯s cautious remark, then Kouki who was silenced by Hajime began to talk again.
[If that¡¯s so then, We¡¯ll also tag along. Riri can¡¯t be left alone with someone who thinks nothing of this world. We¡¯ll be the guards along the way. Besides, if Nagumo doesn¡¯t n on doing anything then, I¡¯ll save this world! For that purpose, power is needed! The power of Age of God¡¯s magic! If we tag along with you guys, we¡¯ll be able to obtain Age of God¡¯s magic right!]
[No, I¡¯ll tell you their locations so don¡¯te without permission. If you tag along it¡¯ll always be troublesome all the time]
What are you suddenly getting so fired up about, Hajime had an amazed expression. I guess the criticism about not relying on others wasn¡¯t understood. There, Aiko timidly points out Hajime¡¯s words from before.
[But, Nagumo-kun, you said that even if we challenged a greatbyrinth now, we¡¯d be killed]
[¡¡No, that was, that other thing. Look, even I who was ¡°incapable¡± managed to do something about it, so you guys should be fine. You can do it, you can do it. In short you need fighting spirit]
[Isn¡¯t that impossible?]
Hajime irresponsibly turned his eyes away from Aiko whopletely remembered his remark.
As for Hajime, the dawn when they surpassed the limits of the world was something that he didn¡¯t mind allow his ssmates to get a free pass into. But, helping them obtain Age of God¡¯s magic from the first step was something he wanted absolutely nothing to do with. There was no other reason but the loss of time.
[Nagumo-kun, could I ask you a favor. Just once is fine. Even with just 1 Age of Gods magic, it¡¯ll make a decisive difference inpleting the other greatbyrinths. Won¡¯t you let us follow along this once?]
[If you n on leaching then the magic won¡¯t be obtainable? Its required through actions to be epted by thebyrinth]
[Of course. Putting aside God¡¯s case for now, we¡¯re also the same in wanting to return home. We¡¯ll desperately challenge it with determined will. That¡¯s why, I ask of you. Being saved several times and only being able to say our thanks of repaying your kindness to you, but right now, we can¡¯t do anything but rely on you. Please lend us your power once more]
[Suzu¡¯s also asking, Nagumo-kun. I want to be stronger and have a talk with Eri once again. So I ask of you! This favor will definitely be repaid if you take along suzu and us]
Up until now Aiko had listen to their unreasonable words, only Shizuku earnestly wanted help to obtain the Age of Gods magic. Her expression was stiff and uneasy as she felt sorry that they had to rely on them while not being able to repay their kindness.
Suzu who had kept silent for a long time was also influenced by Shizuku and lowered her head. It appears that she had thought of various things about Eri. Her voice and expression carried desperation. Kouki¡¯s eyebrow jumped up a little in reaction to the spectacle he saw but, in the end he didn¡¯t say anything.
Hajime was hesitating. Normally, taking along Kouki and them to finish[Harutsuina Sea of Trees]was troublesome and unthinkable. He wanted to quickly refuse them and tell them to go to whichever they wanted out of[Orcus Great Labyrinth]or[Raisen Great Labyrinth].
However, this time, after his battle with Nointo his judgement was hesitating.
That was because, he thought of how to eliminate Nointo as well as the influential men who were seen manipted back in the past at the[Merujine Underwater Ruins]who will likely be a nuisance, she was a doll who was the embodiment of God¡¯s will and literally the hands and feet of God that moved around secretly behind the scenes.
Then, if ¡°God¡¯s Apostle(Nointo)¡± was clearly created, sure enough, can we be certain that there¡¯s not more than one. It may be overly optimistic in thinking so.
Nointo had said. Hajime was an Irregr and God¡¯s wish was to have him die while suffering. If so then, sure enough it¡¯s logical to believe that they¡¯ll send in more existences like Nointo. Assuming so, for the sake of that time, it may be a good idea to give Kouki and them some power? Hajime thought.
Although it was quite evil to throw others at the enemies which were after him, [Ma~a, the Hero has his mind set on fighting God so there shouldn¡¯t be any problems right?], he thought lightly, in the end, he finally decided to ept theirpany and moved towards[Harutsuina Sea of Trees]. For the time being, he nced at Yue and them for confirmation and it didn¡¯t appear that they had any particr objections.
Shizuku and them had a smile of relief which leaked out, Hajime was thinking about the 2 remaining greatbyrinths that woulde in the future.
Regardless of what¡¯s there, the ending of these travels wereing into view. No matter the existence which blocked their path, no matter the situation that they fall in, he¡¯ll beat them by all means and return home. Along with the ¡°Importance¡± that he obtained in this world. That oath renewed his desire and included his new bonds which piled up and became even stronger. While feeling the me of determination growing bigger within his heart, Hajime quietly smiled.
Chapter 108
Chapter 108
The Kingdom was unusually noisy as crowds of people were talking and chattering.
Usually you¡¯d express it as ¡°everyone is lively¡± but, if you looked at the facial expressions of the people in the Kingdom, you¡¯d notice that the majority of those people had sorrowful and dark expressions. The invasion of the Kingdom was truly an unexpected event.
It¡¯s been 5 days since that day, the sense of loss and sorrow still lingering in the people¡¯s chests were bringing pain to their hearts. However, that still doesn¡¯t stop them from working on the reconstruction, that was surely ¡°The strength of people¡±.
On the main street of the Kingdom which was filled with sorrow and strength, a man with white hair and an eyepatch was buying something hotdog-like (because something that wasn¡¯t a sausage was inserted instead) and chewing on it as he walked towards the guild headquarters, it was Hajime. Only Yue and Shizuku was by his side. After going to the guild headquarters they were going to repair the great barriers, Shizuku volunteered to guide them to the artifact¡¯s location.
Shia and them were house sitting at the Royal Pce. It was judged that it would be better to not needlessly stimte the people with the appearances of another race walking through the Kingdom, so they volunteered to stay behind. Even if the Kingdom citizens know that the ones that attacked them were Majinzoku¡¯s, right now they¡¯ll likely indiscriminately target them because they ¡°aren¡¯t humans¡±.
The Kingdom were high believers of the church, to begin with, besides the Demi-human ves, there were hardly any other race but humans. That¡¯s the judgement was proper. Right now if you¡¯re just judging by appearances then Kaori counted as human so she was currently helping Aiko and them who were busy helping Ririana, and Teio was sleeping in order to refill the magical power she¡¯s used up continuously for the past several days.
[The guild headquarters is¡¡in the end, what do you n on doing there?]
Shizuku asked Hajime as she was also simrly chewing on a cheese vored hotdog.
[N? Ahh, I thought I¡¯d just send a message reporting that the request waspleted. Although it¡¯s something that should be done directly with words, it¡¯ll be far too troublesome to travel from Fuyuren towards the Sea of Trees. If I send a report through headquarters they¡¯ll properly deal with it]
[¡¡By report¡..are you talking about that child called Myu? Come to think of it, I don¡¯t see her appearance¡¡]
After Shizuku was slightly disappointed and lowered her eyebrows, they exined that Myu was safely reunited with her mother. Was she done in by Myu¡¯s cuteness after only meeting momentarily? [I wanted to hug her¡¡.] Shizuku muttered. However, after hearing Yue¡¯s words, her eyes opened up widely.
[¡¡It¡¯s fine. You¡¯ll meet again. Since Hajime will be taking her with us to Japan]
[¡¡¡¡Hai? What does this mean Nagumo-kun?]
[What do you mean what does this mean, it¡¯s exactly as said. I¡¯ve made a promise with Myu. I said I¡¯d take her with me to my hometown]
[Eh¡no¡but¡..Myu-chan is a Umininzoku*Sea person* right?]
Hajime shrugged his shoulders like there was nothing wrong while Shizuku was baffled.
[I understand what you¡¯re saying, but its not that much of a problem? There are lots of ways around it, and if there¡¯s none then just make one. Isn¡¯t it often said? something like, Whether or not it¡¯s possible, or whether you can do it or not]
[That¡¯s, ma~a, that¡¯s certainly true but¡.]
[To begin with, isn¡¯t it toote now? Shia¡¯s got usamimi¡¯s¡..and Yue¡¯s not even albino but she has sharp canines and bright red eyes. If you look in the long-term, her appearance won¡¯t change either¡..You probably didn¡¯t even think about it when I said that I was going to bring both of them back to Japan]
As Hajime made his points, Shizuku certainly had a wry smile now. Yue who was besides him had a faint smile on her face. She was quietly holding onto the hem of Hajime¡¯s clothes with her hand. Faintly, a sweet atmosphere began to drift. When Shizuku was hit by the atmosphere, her temperature went up a bit, [Thanks for the meal], she said while fanning herself.
And while ncing over to the side at the two harmonious people, Shizuku was convinced that whatever happens Hajime will somehow find a way through it all even though she had no evidence, when she thought about the steep path which her best friend was traveling on, Shizuku began to be troubled and her eyebrows became an ?.
[¡¡.Are you properly looking after Kaori?]
[N~? That¡¯s something you should ask the actual person herself. No matter what I say, I don¡¯t actually know how she feels? Ma~a, for me, just as promised, I don¡¯t intend to be cruel]
Shizuku suddenly became more worried after hearing those words. If you looked at Kaori¡¯s appearance then, somehow or another she understood what the answer was without hearing it, [You overprotective guy], she said as she looked towards Hajime.
Shizuku was feeling somewhat shameful and as Hajime showed signs of being amazed at the remarks, Yue suddenly dropped a bombshell.
[¡¡Because he¡¯s like that he was assaulted. Hajime, hang in there]
[O, oh]
[Eh? Please wait a moment. Was assaulted? Who did to who?]
[¡..Kaori did to Hajime. It seems that during the confusion she stole a kiss¡..darn that Kaori]
[Ka, Kaori did¡..no way¡.right, Kaori¡¯s already gone up the stairs towards adulthood¡.]
Before she knew it, her best friend had powered up in various meanings, Shizuku had distant eyes and her cheeks cramped up. As if she was left behind she began to feel lonely.
[¡..Aiko is also dangerous. Be careful Hajime]
[¡..There¡¯s no way that¡¯s true]
Hajime quickly averted his eyes away from Yue¡¯s sharp nce, he was one beat too slow in denying that possibility. Shizuku who regained herself as the 2 people talked, that¡¯s right! with a sharp nce just like Yue, she thoroughly questioned Hajime.
[Somehow, you¡¯re talking as if you¡¯ve realised it? And? Nagumo-kun, what have you done to Ai-chan?]
[Oi, kora. Why are you already assuming that I¡¯ve done something]
[Ever since the day that Ai-chan came back to the Kingdom she¡¯s been acting funny. ¡¡Whenever she spoke of you she blushed. ¡¡.I highly doubt that it was because you repelled thatrge army. Something definitely happened while still at the town of Ulu? Sa~a, truthfully spill it out! It¡¯s an important matter of whether or not Kaori¡¯s rivals will be increasing!]
[No, like I said, I¡..]
Shizuku who had heated-up, [do~u, do~u], and trying to suppress it, she began to try and get idea¡¯s out of Hajime. Then there, Yue while expressionless, exposed it all.
[¡¡They kissed. Dense guy]
[! Nagumo-kun! People like you! The other party is a Sensei!]
[Wait, calm down. I¡¯ll exin it so, don¡¯t grab my neck, don¡¯t shake me!]
With a, This high-grade g architect!, expression, Shizuku began to shake Hajime, and then Hajime¡¯s story of the lifesaving act that was performed at Ulu was told. Due to the poison, Aiko couldn¡¯t drink the medicine on her own, because the situation called for urgency, he forcefully made her drink it.
Since then it further increased when Shimizu was shot and she was rescued from the istion tower at the head temple, with Yue adding onto it, Shizuku became convinced. Ahh, don¡¯t¡.fall Ai-chan.
[Ma~a, I understand that it wasn¡¯tpletely intended to happen but¡..Nagumo-kun, you look as if you¡¯ve somehow figured out Ai-chan¡¯s feelings. Since when have you found out?]
[¡¡Since the time when I was taking care of Sensei after she blew up the head temple and killed Ishtar and his group. ¡¡.Because she was looking at me with strangely feverish eyes, It couldn¡¯t be though~ is what I had thought but¡..As expected, it was like that?]
[¡..It¡¯s like that]
[It¡¯s like that right]
Towards Shizuku and Yue¡¯s confirmation without hesitation, the emergency which was pushed into the corner of his mind came up again as Hajime looked up towards the sky. What are you going to do? is what the nces from both sides said to him, Hajime started thinking of ideas as he groaned out, [U~n]¡¡
[Un, let¡¯s neglect it]
is what he concluded with.
[¡..Ma~a, I don¡¯t think Aiko-chan will be taking on the offensive. Rather than dealing with it poorly, just leaving it as is might be better¡..]
[Ah? ¡¡Ahh, it¡¯s just like you said. That person¡¯s a teacher so she has hermitments to keep. Since I¡¯m a student, pretending that I haven¡¯t noticed it is the best course of action]
Actually, it was simply too troublesome to deal with, so as Hajime said out the usible reasons he was averting his eyes somewhat and that fact was seen through by Shizuku who was staring at Hajime.
Shizuku¡¯s nce showed that she was through with the topic and ate all that was left of the hotdog, then Hajime and them finally reached the adventurers guild headquarters in the Kingdom. The building had a feeling like it wasn¡¯t inferior in history or scale whenpared with Fuyuren¡¯s branch. When the entrance opened up, there were a lot of adventurers going in and out busily. The amount of requests in the Kingdom likely shot up after the invasion after all.
Hajime and them entered the guild and walked towards the ten rows ofrge counters. Though it was jammed packed with adventurers, as expected, the receptionists of the headquarters showed splendid skills in their procedures and the lines continued progressing at a fierce rate. In addition, the receptionists were all beautiful women. Right, they were incredible beauties. There was also a cute child as well. An incredibly cute child. *I assume by child they¡¯re talking about a woman and not a kid, however in text it was child so i¡¯ll leave it as such*
However, Hajime was not one to fall for such honeytraps. After all, Hajime¡¯s lover was someone who wouldn¡¯t lose out in cuteness nor beauty, she was the perfect beautiful woman. Even now, she was the happy and cute woman holding onto Hajime¡¯s hand. There was no chance that he¡¯d ever be fascinated by other women.
That¡¯s why, Hajime was thinking that he¡¯d want to be given a break from the traps while breaking through happily and gayly. Because he really won¡¯t be fascinated by any other woman other than Yue after all.
After having enough of Shizuku¡¯s amazed expression while beside them, Hajime finally reached the receptionist. As he took out his status te he also took out to submit the documents proving that Myu was safely returned to Erisen.
[Though I¡¯vee to report apleted request, is it possible for the head the Iruwa branch to report it to the Fuyuren branch from headquarters?]
[Hai? ¡.A nominated quest¡¡right? I¡¯m sorry, please wait for a moment¡¡]
The receptionist tilted her neck a little in puzzlement from Hajime¡¯s words. It was a proper reaction because a nominated quest from a head of a branch would never be given out to just any adventurer. Currently, the adventurers who were doing their procedures next to Hajime were looking at him in surprise.
When the receptionist received Hajime¡¯s status te and looked at the contents, her rified expression was destroyed and became just like the adventurers who were surprised. And afterparing the status te and Hajime¡¯s face numerous times, she stood up in a panic.
[Are you without a doubt, Na, Nagumo Hajime-sama?]
[? Ahh, it¡¯s exactly as written on the status te]
[I¡¯m deeply sorry but, would you pleasee into the reception room? On the asion that Nagumo-sama visited the guild, we¡¯ve been informed to bring him inside¡¡I¡¯ll immediately call the guild master]
[Ha? No, I just want to request that thepleted report gets sent to the head of the Iruwa branch. Besides, I¡¯ve got ns to go and repair the great barrier after this. Please pardon me from the trouble]
[Eh, eh~, that¡¯ll put me in a troubling position¡..I¡¯ll immediately, immediately, call the guild master toe so, please wait for a moment!]
With that the receptionist disappeared into the interior while leaving behind all of Hajime¡¯s paperwork and status te with a speed which seemed that it could generate enough force to make a ~Pew~ sound. Hajime became disappointed. Yue and Shizuku patted Hajime¡¯s shoulder as if saying, ma~a, ma~a.
Although Hajime was told to wait for a while, he wondered if this was more troublesome and if he should just report directly to the Iruwa branch? as he thought this, an old man with a beard appeared with the receptionist from a while ago. When Hajime saw the old man he was convinced. He was absolutely the kind of old man who while tossing away his clothes to show his muscles, turn into a macho-oldman while raising out a shout, [Fun¡¯nu~ua!].
That old man with the weird atmosphere was definitely the guild master and from the moment he appeared the guild suddenly rapidly became noisier. When the guild master called out to Hajime, themotion spread out to the entire guild.
It appears that the guild master¡¯s name was Barusu Raputa. It was a name which somehow sounded like it¡¯ll being a person into ruins. Somehow it wasn¡¯t as bothersome as Hajime had first expected, his nce seemed to indicate that he wanted to talk with Hajime about the report to Iruwa.
No matter which town he travels to and whatever incidents urred, he had a feeling in his chest that everything would turn out alright but, that was expecting too much.
[Barusu-dono, won¡¯t you introduce them to me? If it¡¯s someone who¡¯s being eyed by the guild master then, by all means, I¡¯d like to be an acquaintance? Especially because as a gentlemen, it would not do to not greet those lovely women?]
The person who said such affectionate lines whileing closer besides Hajime and them was a bond pretty boy. 4 beautiful women were following behind him. When the surrounding adventurers saw him they began to whisper between themselves. The reason was because he was a ¡°Gold¡± rank adventurer named Abel. It seems that his second name was ¡°sh de¡±.
With that, Barusu announced that Hajime and Abel were both ¡°Gold¡± rankers. The surrounding noise became incredible in an instant which caused Hajime to have a purely troublesome expression. Hajime was about to take Yue and Shizuku and immediately leave the guild but, Abel definitely had an interest in Shizuku and Yue so he had no intentions of allowing them to leave so easily.
Or rather, does no one notice that Shizuku was in the Hero¡¯s party? Hajime thought with a questionable face. While disregarding Hajime¡¯s current state, Able called out to Hajime with a refreshed face andughingly.
[Fu~n, you¡¯re ¡°Gold¡± huh~. You seem quite young though¡¡just what kind of hand did you y? There¡¯s no way it was a proper method right? Ahh, since it wasn¡¯t a proper method you can¡¯t say it out here huh¡¡sorry for not being considerate enough?]
*It¡¯s imagery, he¡¯s human lol*Abel was spitting out poison while smiling. At this point, Hajime hadpletely discarded the thought of fighting with Abel. It was because he judged that he wasn¡¯t worthy enough to be an opponent. Yue and Shizuku also realised what Hajime was thinking and also tried to quickly leave the guild.
[Ma~a, wait a bit. Just because I¡¯m a real ¡°Gold¡± doesn¡¯t mean you have to run away. It¡¯s not like I¡¯ll eat you? Ma~a, since you might not be able to stay around, leaving is fine but, how about I go out for a meal with those girls? I¡¯ll show them what a real ¡°Gold¡± is?]
So Abel says as he blocks them off. His eyes were convinced that if he invited the women they would absolutely not refuse. However, considering what Abels words sounded like in front of the 3 cheats¡¡it sounded absolutely ludicrous. Since Barusu knew of Hajime and their true identities, his face was trembling and shaking.
[Oi, Yaegashi. Taking care of these unfortunate pretty boys is what you¡¯re in charge of right? I¡¯ll leave it to you, the specialist, this is just like a degraded version of Amanogawa]
[Who¡¯s the specialist of what. To begin with, what are you saying about another person¡¯s childhood friend. Kouki isn¡¯t ¡¡.this disappointing? ¡..Maybe, surely¡..he¡¯s not that pitiful and regrettable]
[¡¡Shizuku, you say some unexpected things sometimes. But I intensely agree]
The 3 people were having an extremely natural conversation while being through with Abel. He¡¯s probably never received bad treatment ever since he obtained ¡°Gold¡±. The other women were also ring scowly at Yue and them.
As expected it was bing a riot so Hajime was thinking about starting a countdown before blowing away all members that wereughing, including the guild master¡¡while Hajime was having such dangerous thoughts, an unexpectedly deep voice spoke out like a young girl called out to Hajime and them.
[Ara~a~n, Isn¡¯t it Hajime-san and Yue-oneesama over there?]
Hajime felt chills from the mysterious voice and immediately took a defensive stance with Donner pulled out. And the one who appeared when Hajime and them turned around was¡¡
[Wh, what is this monster!?]
[Who~is, who could ever confuse San-chi¡¯s face for a monster!?] *This line is definitely wrong it was a mess, SAN?????????????????????????????????*
Abel shouted out instinctively towards the mass of muscle with wide open eyes! It had thick muscle armor throughout its entire body and face just like what you¡¯d see inics and was around 2 meters in height. Yet it had it¡¯s red hair tied up to make twintails with a cute ribbon and what they were wearing was a so-called Yukata dress. There were lots of frills attached onto it. They were fluttering around a lot. The thick legs were wonderfully exposed.
For a moment, Hajime had thought that it was the monster, Christabel, from Brook town but, it appears to have been a different person. Unless that guy had a shape shifting ability¡..
[Hi~i, st, stay away! Who do you think I am! I¡¯m the ¡°Gold¡± ranked ¡°sh de¡± Abel! If youe any closer than this, I¡¯ll cut you down here!]
[Ma~a, that¡¯s terrible! To be called a monster on our first meeting and killed¡.you¡¯re the same ¡°Gold¡± as manager but you¡¯re treating me quite differently~*<- you¡¯ll understandter*. But¡..you¡¯re face is to my preference?]
Hajime and them stiffened up from being called out by the man-woman and reminded of Christabel, meanwhile Abel had somehow been cornered. No, he? She? was just there but, San-chi was seen as an enemy and about to be cut down by Abel.
The man looked towards Abel with an amazed expression as he screamed out instinctively? She? If so then, she seems to prefer Abel¡¯s looks and impatiently approached. With her eyes shining like a beast and while licking her lips.
[I said don¡¯te over here! You monster!]
Abel who was unable to withstand the fear finally pulled out his sword. It was a ¡°Gold¡± ranked adventurer¡¯s attack. Everyone had thought that it would take the life of the man-woman but, the reality was well beyond their expectations.
The man-woman who cut the distance in an instant towards Abel while leaving an afterimage held onto Abel¡¯s sword with one hand and grabbed him as is. In other words, it was a bearhug.
Abel¡¯s body could be heard creaking out and was desperately trying to escape. However, because the restraint was formed by muscles, he wasn¡¯t able to escape, while he was struggling desperately, Abel¡¯s tragic time had begun.
[Nufufu, I¡¯ll thoroughly punish the bad child?]
[Stop it! Don¨Cmmu~guu!?]
Abel began to break out into convulsions, after a while, the sound of a sword nging onto the ground was heard. That sight was almost like a flower¡¯s bud being cut off.
The women who were serving Abel all turned pale faced in an instant and ran out of the guild at full speed. Afterwards, the guild as wrapped in silence, Abel was finally released and fell to the ground as if broken. No matter how you looked at it, the victim was the ruffian.
However, what was there was definitely a ¡°Gold¡± ranked adventurer. He still retained some consciousness as he red at the man-woman. ¡¡But, he immediately looked away from the man-woman and nced over towards Hajime.
[O, oi, you! You¡¯re the same ¡°Gold¡± right! Then help me! Besides, although you may have obtained it through unjust means, I¡¯ll put in a good word for you! You¡¯re role is to help me, the ¡°sh de¡±! It¡¯ll be an Honor! Look, quickly do something about this monster! You slowpoke!]
Although Hajime didn¡¯t understand why he was asking for help while verbally abusing him but, his nce was past amazement and turned into pity and regret for Abel. Incidentally, if this really is ¡°Gold¡±, then this world¡¯s adventurers are doomed? Barusu thought. Barusu shook his neck as if he was denying something. There may have been various problems with Abel being ¡°Gold¡±.
And while Abel was unleashing out all kinds of unbearable insults, the one who came forwards was not the man-woman, but Yue. There, Abel got the wrong idea.
[Ahh, you¡¯re willing to help me? Then, tonight I¡¯ll make time just for yo-¡¡]
[¡¡Don¡¯t open your mouth]
Hajime and Shizuku understood that Yue¡¯s voice carried anger in it. It seems she¡¯s a bit ticked off that he was verbally abusing Hajime. While interrupting Abel¡¯s words, a ck swirling orb appeared in Yue¡¯s right palm.
[¡¡Be born once again thene back ¡°Beep¡± rascal]
[Eh~? Wai-!? Stop, ah, ah, aaah¡ª¡ª¡ª!!!]
On this day, another person from this world, a man has perished and the gave out their first cries as a man-woman.
With a satisfied expression, Yue who crushed the symbol of a man, returned to Hajime¡¯s side. If you looked at the surroundings, all male adventurers covered their crotches with both hands while slouching over and trembling. Someone within them had tears in their eyes as well. It appears that just seeing it was enough to damage them.
Then, at that time, whispers began to be heard in the guild that was wrapped in silence.
[O, oi, a blond girl with red eyes and a white haired boy with an eyepatch¡..]
[Eh? It, it can¡¯t be, the ¡°Crotch Smasher¡±!]
[Seriously¡..then those two are ¡°Sma-love¡±¡..]*<- original text, Or Smash Lovers, whichever floats ur boat*
[Eh? What¡¯s that, those two horrifying names]
[You don¡¯t know? They¡¯re the adventurers who appeared like aet several months ago. ¡°A blond girl with red eyes like a rose. Don¡¯t be misled by those good looks, if you get pulled in what awaits you is a new world. She has the appearance of a goddess but she¡¯s also the son killing demon king¡±¡±By her side is the white haired boy with an eyepatch. The incarnation of unreasonableness. Words never get through to him. Do not make eye contact. Do not speak out to him. Do not get into his sights. If you still want to live that is¡±, that¡¯s what the minstrel who came from Brook said. In fact, even in Fuyuren and Hourado, theres been quite a lot of men¡¯s whose son were murdered to the state of being unable to recover by an unknown group?]*Son here meaning genitals*
[What¡¯s with that, how scary]
It appears that Hajime and Yue¡¯s name circted even to the Kingdom due to minstrels. The surrounding adventurers looked at Hajime and them in terror while shivering, if we make eye contact, we¡¯ll get done in! they thought as they gradually distanced themselves while covering their crotch.
[You guys¡..what exactly were you guys doing]
Shizuku looked at Hajime and Yue with an amazed nce. Yue looked indifferent but, Hajime¡¯s cheeks were cramping up grandly as the rumors of the 2 names spread. Then, the man-woman from a while ago called out to them.
[It¡¯s been a while? I¡¯m happy that you two haven¡¯t changed, wan] *<- a dog¡¯s barking noise*
[¡..No, who are you. Are you Christabel¡¯s acquaintance?]
Hajime asked while being openly on guard towards the man-woman who winked at them. He had a slight trauma of the time when he was attacked by Christabel while leaving Brook Town. Once again, Shizuku who also witnessed the strange scene, thought, where did the usual everyday social conversations go, her cheeks were unintentionally cramping up, as she casually withdrew behind Hajime to make him a shield.
[Ara, how thoughtless of me¡..you wouldn¡¯t know from my appearance nen? I once confessed to Yue-oneesama and I literally suffered an honorable death as a man but¡¡have you remembered?]
[¡¡Ah. Really?]
It appears that Yue had an idea as she looked up at the man-woman with a shocked expression. The man-womanughed happily as Yue managed to remember.
ording to his self introduction, he confessed to Yue at Brook Town but was immediately shot down, the people who she mainly performed a crotch smash on were mainly adventurers, and as a man-woman he/she studied under Christabel. By the way, it seems that his/her name was Mariabel (Named by Christabel).
[At that time, I was truly foolish, wan. I¡¯m sorry ne? Yue-oneesama¡.]
[¡..N, you¡¯ve be splendid. A new life should be enjoyed]
[Ufufu, I thought that Oneesama would say that, wan. Speaking of which, recently, there have been more and more boys hoping to be Christabel¡¯s apprentices. If I remember right, it was a former ¡°ck¡± rank adventurer and some former mercenaries based in the hidden organization in Horuado¡¡with that, the manager has to expand her shop nen. Today is the preliminary inspection]
Hajime¡¯s spine began to tingle and his expression distorted and trembled in fear. It appears that because of Hajime and them, there wererge quantities of man-woman in this world and they were multiplying.
However, Hajime hadn¡¯t noticed that Mariabel was originally an average height and built man. The rapid growth within these few months was¡¡due to Christabel¡¯s training methods, by itself, it seems to be at a monstrous level.
Furthermore, from what Mariabel spilled out a while ago, Christabel was originally a ¡°Gold¡± rank adventurer. Naturally her disciples would be extremelypetent inbat. It was clear from the fight that Mariabel had with Abel a while ago.
A huge unparalleled army of man-woman¡..it¡¯s a nightmare.
As Hajime watched Yue and Mariabel exchange conversations in a friendly manner, he renewed his determination to escape from this world as soon as possible.
Shizuku said with an amazed voice, [You reap what you sow¡.], as she stood behind him. Somehow or another, Hajime who was angry, pushed Shizuku off onto Mariabel. After this, the pleased Mariabel gave Shizuku a grand hug to the point of causing her face to turn pale, after she was separated from Mariabel, she went and quarreled grandly with Hajime, at that time, the rumor ridiculing Shizuku¡¯s rtionship started spreading but¡¡it¡¯ll be omitted here.
Chapter 109
Chapter 109
At the adventurers guild Hajime had learned of a separate kind of world threat, however, he tried to ignore it as much as possible as he went to repair the great barrier.
The ce where Shizuku guided them to was being guarded by a considerable amount of soldiers, the guards turned a dangerous look towards Hajime as he approached. However, they¡¯re eyes softened up immediately when they noticed that Shizuku was by his side.
Thanks to Shizuku¡¯s face pass, they were easily allowed in and found a space which was made out of white marble-like stone, at the center was a magic formation with a cylindrical artifact enshrined on top of it. The artifact would normally be around 2 meters in length but, right now it was broken from the middle and it¡¯s remains were scattered around.
Around it¡¯s surrounding was a few men worrying till wits end as they groaned, [un,un]. They were most likely the craftsmen who were trying to repair the great barrier.
[Oya? If it isn¡¯t Shizuku-dono. ¡¡What brings you here?]
A man who was around his 60s with a fully grown mustache and carried an obvious craftsman aura called out to Shizuku as soon as he noticed. It appears to have been one of Shizuku¡¯s acquaintances.
[Hello, Worupen-san. I¡¯m just a guide. I¡¯ve brought along a Synergist who may be able to repair the great barrier]
[What was that? Is it by chance that boy there?]
The man who Shizuku called Worupen turned his nce over to Hajime and was clearly suspicious but did not voice it to Shizuku.
Truthfully, Worupen was under the Hairhi Kingdom¡¯s direct control as the head synergist. The great barrier artifact was naturally an Age of Gods artifact, in the present age, attempting to repair it was extremely difficult even for the head synergist of the royal pce. So even if he was suddenly told that a boy who wasn¡¯t even 20 yet was able to fix it, it would be natural that he wouldn¡¯t be able to believe it so easily.
However, Hajime wasn¡¯t concerned with those kinds of nces and passed between Worupen and the other craftsmen towards the artifact and ce his hand onto the ruins. What he activated was ¡°Mineral Appraisal¡±.
[He~e, I see¡..it should be strong if it¡¯s like this]
[Fu~n, you¡¯re just a kid so what could you possibly know about it]
As Hajime nodded as he understood how the great barrier was able to protect the Kingdom for hundreds of years from foreign enemies, Worupen grunted out from his nose in a bad mood.
However, Hajime was indifferent towards Worupen¡¯s attitude and proceeded to begin ¡°Transmuting¡±. Red sparks began to spread out around Hajime and one after another he began to fuse the wreckage with one hand back into their original ces.
Towards that transmuting speed and uracy, not only Worupen but also his subordinates weren¡¯t able to peel their eyes away. Shizuku who was also seeing Hajime¡¯s all-out ¡°Transmuting¡± for the first time, seemed to also have been fascinated by the red sparks which was dancing around in the white space as she mutters, [How beautiful¡..].
Hajime who finished repairing the Age of Gods artifact in only a matter of several tens of seconds suddenly began pouring in magical power into it to activate the great barrier.
The cylindrical artifact shot out light from its top which climbed up towards the sky. Immediately afterwards, a soldier who was guarding outside rushed into the room and reported that the 3rd barrier had revived.
[¡¡.How could this be¡¡an artifact from the Age of Gods was so easily¡¡]
Shizuku told the stunned Worupen with a wry smile that Hajime came from the same world as she did. [No wonder¡.] Worupen and them said with a convinced face.
Incidentally, when she told them that the ck katana which fired them all up before was made by Hajime, they¡¯re eyes suddenly sparkled and shined like beasts. Hajime disregarded them and continued to quickly walk towards the next artifacts location.
However, Worupen and them with their massive craftsmen spirits, knew that they couldn¡¯t just easily let go of a synergists who was above them.
[Please wait a moment¡ª¨C!! An apprentice! By all means, please take us in as your apprentices¡ª-!!]
[Uo! Wha, what¡¯s with you guys suddenly. Or rather, don¡¯t cling onto my feet! You¡¯re creeping me out!]
Worupen was appealing to be Hajime¡¯s apprentice as he clung onto his feet. In addition, Worupen¡¯s subordinates begin to one by one cling onto Hajime in order to not let him escape. While genuinely being disgusted from the bottom of his heart that he was in such close contact with such hairy men, Hajime tried to shake them off of his leg but they had firmly gripped on so it was hard to get them off.
Since there was no helping it, he activated ¡°Thunder d¡± which caused everyone to go, [Ababababa], and he broke free. Even still, the craftsmen crawled and reached out with their hands, as expected even Hajime couldn¡¯t ignore them and said out a clear reason to decline them.
[Look here, I¡¯ll be immediately leaving this ce and I have no ns to return to the Kingdom either. Having apprentices is also very troublesome as well, first of all, even if you became my apprentices I wouldn¡¯t have anything to teach you guys]
[But, you easily repaired the artifact and even made Shizuku-dono¡¯s ck katana as well. We have absolutely no idea how to create something like that at all. If you¡¯re willing to teach us then¡¡]
[No, it wasn¡¯t just ¡°Transmuting Magic¡± it was also ¡°Creation Magic¡±, a magic which you guys aren¡¯t capable of is required]
[That can¡¯t be¡..]
Worupen and them exhaustively dropped their shoulders towards Hajime¡¯s words. Truthfully, the great barrier artifact was also created with Space magic through Creation magic, the barrier of the Kingdom was a special type which intercepted space.
A normal synergist wouldn¡¯t be able to repair it. Of course, since space magic was ingrained into the ores, if you steadily repaired it, it¡¯s likely that you¡¯d be able to repair it to some degree but not until perfection.
Disregarding Worupen and them who hung their heads, when Hajime tried to once again go towards the location of the other artifact, Worupen and their eyes sharpened up again.
[Still, it doesn¡¯t change the fact that you have excellent transmuting skills! By all means, take us in as apprentices~!!]
[How persistent!]
Such fearsome craftsmen spirit. It wouldn¡¯t be good if he didn¡¯tpromise. In the end, while Hajime was repairing all of the artifacts, Worupen and them who were supposed to be the Kingdom¡¯s synergists were sticking onto him and crying like babies.
Furthermore was it because they heard of the rumors? Those who gathered weren¡¯t just the synergists at the scene, eventually Hajime was being crowded as they tried to learn his techniques. Hajime who was close to wits end was beginning to fling the craftsmen far away into the distance but, they got up like zombies as they tried to learn of the secrets to his ¡°Transmuting¡± and crowded around him once again.
As expected of the craftsmen¡¯s and their desires to reconstruct the Kingdom, Hajime was nning to escape but¡..it appears that they weremunicating through the craftsmenswork in the Kingdom, wherever he went they appeared! and asked limitless questions. It appears that until they learn of everything, they have no ns to stop clinging or leaving, as expected even Hajime was shrinking back from it.
While being bombarded with questions, Hajime finally nned to seriously escape and created the game of tag that all craftsmen in the Kingdom participated in.
[Damn, what¡¯s happening here. Even though I¡¯m using ¡°Hide Presence¡±]
[Hahaha~, those kinds of things are useless against our ¡°Craftsmen intuition¡±]
[We can clearly feel you! Nagumo-dono¡¯s passionate pathosssssss!!]*<- basically his feelings*
[Ha~a, Ha~a, the presence of techniques! We can hear the gasping voice of the amazing techniquessssss!!]
The craftsmen? were equipped with a different kind of institution which surpassed Hajime¡¯s. While having a cramped cheek of not wanting to be touched, he seriously thought over if he should pull out Donner and scg or not.
In the end, the escaping and pursuing drama caused great confusion because the craftsmen¡¯s had disappeared from their reconstruction sites, when it finally reached Ririana¡¯s ears, the royal family intervened and restored control in the situation.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[Yaegashi¡¡couldn¡¯t you have helped me out? You were acquainted with them right?]
Hajime had returned to the royal pce as if tired out from something, once he returned he treated himself to tea while staring andining at Shizuku.
Yue was also next to Shizuku, when Hajime came back, she quickly prepared the tea. It was exactly something a lover would do. Having to look at the army of craftsmen who were approaching with bloodshot eyes and panting out, [Ha~a, Ha~a], they returned back to the royal pce first while averting their eyes from Hajime¡¯s, she was a wonderful lover.
[Don¡¯t say such ridiculous things. ¡¡.The case with the ck katana was already an uproar but, that¡¯s exactly why I knew that it was impossible to stop them who had mes within them¡¡]
[Hajime, thanks for the good work]
Shizuku made an excuse while looking away and Yue drank tea while patting Hajime on the head. When Hajime hugged Yue tightly, as is, he carried her like a princess and sat down on the opposite seat of Shizuku.
[¡..What is it I wonder, these smoldering irritated feelings. Even though Yue took the same actions as me¡..]
[Ha? There¡¯s no reason Yue and Yaegashi are on the same level is there? If you¡¯re the other party then I¡¯ll get angry, if it¡¯s Yue then its no problem]
[Un, Yue is your lover after all, I get what you¡¯re saying but¡..right now I want to hit you so badly]
Towards the obvious difference in treatment, even though she understood that she¡¯d naturally get done in, a blue vein appeared as she became angry. It was the same concept of bing angry at lovers who were flirting in front of her even if she knew they were lovers.
Yue who was on his knee, began to say, [A~n], to Hajime with the snacks that came along with the tea, [I¡¯m in your way huh? I¡¯m a bothersome insect huh?], with twitching cheeks Shizuku was thinking about escaping to where Kaori was but, suddenly, the door to their room was flung opened with a ~Ban!~ sound without being knocked on.
What is it? what was reflected in Hajime and their sights was a 10 year-old blond haired blue eyed pretty boy and he red at Hajime while ~Ki¡¯ing!~. Moreover, did he not like that Yue was sitting on Hajime¡¯sp? After seeing Yue for a moment his eyes became further enraged which seemed to contain 2 times the anger from before.
[Was it you! The scum who adjusted Kaori! M, moreover, even though there¡¯s Kaori, those, those kinds of things¡.I won¡¯t forgive it, I¡¯ll definitely never forgive you!]
The person appearing and saying such things was the prince of this country, Randell S.B. Hairhi. Randell clenched his fist and ran towards Hajime while letting out a courageous shout, [U~oooooo!]. His mind was filled with giving Hajime a beating.
Although Hajime didn¡¯t understand what was going on, for the time being he decided to pick up a sugar cube that was prepared for tea on the table and flicked it in opposition. The sugar cube which flew out at impossible speeds, urately hit Randell in the forehead, [Higu~u!], he let out a strange scream as his head was flung back onto the floor.
The pain of his forehead and the back of his head caused him to roll around with his hands covering his head. After writhing in pain for a while, he got back up and ~Ki!¡¯ed~ at Hajime as he red and rushed in again.
Therefore, Hajime let loose the second shot. ~Bachikon!~ sounded out as Randell¡¯s head was flung backwards. The sugar cube was crushed and scattered into the air as if dancing and Randell was forcefully performing a backflip due to the sheer power and fell onto the ground once again.
[Your, your highness~! You~, how dare you do that to his highness~!]
[We¡¯ll beat and cut you!]
[Protect his highness!]
From the door that Randell flung open, some old men who were guard-like came running in and charged at Hajime.
Bachikon! Bachikon! Bachikon!
Of course in one rotation, the sugar cubes were urately fired into all members foreheads, in another sense they were all artistically kneeling together.
However, Randell and the old men were quite tenacious, they red at Hajime as they tried to stand back up. While thinking that they had some nice guts, Hajime grabbed the whole bottle filled with cubes and fired them all after taking them out.
Chuchuchuchuchuchuchuin!
An impossible sound ranged out and sugar cubes were flicked out like a machine gun from Hajime¡¯s hand, Randell and them were writhing on the ground like a bad marite performance.
Although damage was kept to a minimum because they were just sugar cubes, it doesn¡¯t change the fact that it still hurt. Shizuku who became absentminded with her jaw dropped down, finally regained herposure and restrained Hajime, the room had already been filled with sobs of sorrow.
After Hajime stopped firing sugar cubes because he ran out, he stared at Randell who had his legs arranged as if he was a woman who was assaulted by a thug and had his face buried into the floor while crying in sorrow. It appears that his heart broke after taking on Hajime¡¯s relentless attacks.
The surrounding old men rushed up towards him and were saying, [Your highness~! The wounds are shallow!], in order tofort him.
Then, Ririana appeared at that timing.
Shizuku was scolding Hajime that he went overboard, Yue who was on top of Hajime¡¯sp was calmly eating and chewing on the teacakes, Hajime who was receiving a warning from Shizuku was indifferently drinking his tea, and Randell who broke down into tears and the old men who were trying to cheer him up as he cried.
When Ririana saw them she understood the situation and covered her eyes with one hand as she looked up towards the sky.
[It appears that I was toote¡..]
[*Princess*Hime-san huh? I don¡¯t know what it¡¯s about, but your blood brother seems to be emotionally unstable? Won¡¯t you quickly reim him?]
Ririana¡¯s eyes seemed to want to say, [It¡¯s probably your fault right!], but, certainly it was also because Randell suddenly went out of control under false charges, she gave a deep sigh and helped Randell get up.
The cause why Randell charged at Hajime was obviously due to Kaori.
Thepletely changed Kaori (body) caused Randell to be surprised and he asked for the reason why she¡¯s be like that. From the results, it appears that he understood that it was because of ¡°Hajime-kun¡±, furthermore, due to Kaori¡¯s expression while talking about Hajime being exactly like a maiden in love, he finally realised who his true enemy was.
And, a guy who tossed away Kaori¡¯s original body can¡¯t possibly be a good guy! once he convinced himself he began to rush in and witnessed Hajime embracing another woman while Kaori was yearning for him in her heart which caused him to hit his boiling point in anger.
Randell had intended to challenge and rescue the trapped princess from the demon lord Hajime but¡..the results were as shown presently.
Far from giving a beating, he wasn¡¯t even able to get close and treated as a minor hindrance, it was pathetic and mortifying so tears finally started flowing out.
While being picked up into Ririana¡¯s arms, Randell suddenly cried out, [Aneue~*Older sister*] and clung onto her. Looking at his state, as expected even for Hajime, did I overdo it? he thought as he scratched his cheek. Shizuku was piercing him with an amazed nce at his childishness.
But, Randells misfortunes have not yet ended. Immediately after he buried his face into Ririana¡¯s chest, Kaori entered the room.
[Ah, his highness Randell, and Riri as well¡¡wait, what¡¯s wrong your highness!? Your crying so much!]
[Ka, Kaori!? No, this, this is, it¡¯s not like I wanted to beforted by my sister¡..]
Randell quickly separated from Ririana and desperately made excuses. In front of the woman who he liked, he couldn¡¯t bear to say that he was a boy who wanted to beforted and held by his older sister.
However, Kaori understood the rough situation from Shizuku and Ririana¡¯s expression and from Randell¡¯s crying and Hajime¡¯s attitude, and she finally dropped a bomb after a long time.
[Geez¡.it¡¯s Hajime-kun right? Who made his highness cry. It¡¯s not good to bully a younger child]
[No, it¡¯s because he suddenly tried to beat me, I just patted him a little¡..]
He was actually being serious, but not even being a threat to Hajime, Randell fell into shock. However, the most damaging part was that it was judged that he was naturally being bullied. Suppressing his chest he groaned out, [Gu].
[Patting him¡..did you properly ¡°hold back¡±? His highness is still a ¡°child¡± after all?]
After having been treated like a child from the woman who he liked, Randell who was humiliated by the assumption, [Ha~u!], further suppressed his chest.
[Ahh, I only flicked some sugar cubes? There¡¯s probably hardly any damage. As expected even I wouldn¡¯t go around shooting a child]
[But he was ¡°holding onto¡± Riri wasn¡¯t he¡¡moreover his forehead is reddening. Even though he had such a ¡°cute¡± face¡.his highness is a bit ¡°quick to assume¡± and ¡°tends to run out of control¡± but, at the bottom of it all he¡¯s a ¡°good child¡± so if possible I¡¯d like it if you could ¡°properly choose your opponents¡±¡..]
She waspletely aware that he wasforting himself with Riri, while being evaluated as cute as a man, having his bad points pointed out that his older sister continually noted, and furthermore being treated as a child. Randell¡¯s knees suddenly gave out and he fell onto the ground on all fours.
[Ara~ra], Riri had a troubled smile but, Shizuku and the old men, [Please stop already, his highnesses life points are already at 0~!], seemed to be raising out bitter voices within themselves.
However, Kaori didn¡¯t let up. She worried about Randell who suddenly fell and called out anxiously.
[Your highness, are you alright? As expected the spot where you were hit was too much¡.]
[¡¡No, I¡¯m not injured. Rather than that¡..Kaori¡¡.what does Kaori think about me?]
Randell who was covered in wounds, decisively heard Kaori¡¯s feelings
[For his highness? Let¡¯s see¡.sometimes I be envious of Riri. I also~ want a naughty younger brother like his highness]
[Gufu~¡young, younger brother¡..]
The bomb that was dropped with a smile gave additional damage to Randell. Shizuku and the old men were thinking, why would you purposely pour salt onto the wound like that! with a face that seemed to want to cry, it seemed that Randell¡¯s eyes had no more strength to withstand it.
However, even if he¡¯s small Randell is a man, he can¡¯t afford to stop here. Over the past few days, he cried a lot from the news of his fathers death, was helped up by his mother and older sister, and had just sworn in front of the grave to be strong. Now that the king of this country was gone he needed to lead it, he can¡¯t afford to be stopped by this level of pain!
[Then¡..is that kind of guy good? What¡¯s so good about that guy!]
Rendell stared and ~Ki¡¯ed!~ at Hajime, it was as if he was appealing and implying, [Open your eyes Kaori! You should already know who¡¯s better!].
Hajime firmly held onto Yue from behind as Randell stared at him. From Randell¡¯s view, he was likely the worst person a woman could fall for.
However, Kaori¡¯s reply was obvious¡..
[Eh? wh, what¡¯s with that your highness, suddenly¡.mo~u, it¡¯s embarrassing. But¡..fufu, let¡¯s see. That person is the person I love. If you asked me what about him I liked then, everything, I guess¡..fufu]
And, that gave the final blow to Randell.
Once again Randell looked down and trembled greatly while still on all fours. Although Kaori was worried and about to rubbed his back with her hand and call out to him, Randell suddenly got up and rejected Kaori¡¯s hand as he bolted towards the entrance.
And, he turned around once he reached the door,
[I hate the likes of youuuuu!!!]
He cried out loud and ran off. As he left, the shining thing at the corner of his eyes probably wasn¡¯t their imaginations. From a distance, [Ua~aaaaaan!!], it was not understood if it was a cry or a courageous shout but it was clearly heard. After Randell¡¯s sudden escape, the dumbfounded old men, [Your highness~!], they shouted as they left the room to chase after Randell.
[¡¡That¡¯s youth for you]
[Hi~i, more like personal affairs¡..you¡¯ve made him cry]
[No, ma~a, that¡¯s right but¡..the one who dealt the finishing blow was Kaori right?]
[Ku, I can¡¯t refute that¡..]
Hajime muttered out as Randell¡¯s first love dispersed like the petals of cherry blossoms and Shizuku added in a tsukkomi. Kaori was wondering what was going on and about to run after Randell but Ririana stopped her.
Ririana knew that sooner orter Randell¡¯s first love woulde to an end, she had intended tofort her younger brother by sleeping together with him for tonight. Randell was someone who will soon be the King of this country. He should be able to shrug off one or two unrequited loves.
When Ririana firmly closed the door that was left open, she walked towards Hajime and them along with Kaori. It appears that, rather than chasing after Randell, it seemed like she had something to talk about with Hajime and them. Ririana took the seat next to Shizuku.
Kaori was¡..locking arms in ¡°hand to hand¡± against Yue while trying to sit on Hajime¡¯s opposite knee which caused them to look like they were pro wrestling.
If it were her original body then, Kaori wouldn¡¯t be able to stand up against Yue because she was able to strengthen her body through direct magic maniption while Kaori was a support type, however, because of the apostle¡¯s body she¡¯s well able topete now¡.more like she seems to be the one who was pushing.
[Kaori¡.You¡¯ve be so strong¡.]
[No, Shizuku. Stop being impressed and stop them]
Ririana tsukkomied Shizuku who had a slightly lonely expression while making her remark. Since there was some shock when Kaori died once, Shizuku was slightly bing a regrettable person when regarding Kaori. There¡¯s no way they could have the sses number 1 person with the mostmon sense turn into a regrettable character so, Hajime gave Kaori a strong flick to the forehead which forced her to sit on the seat besides them.
[U~u, it¡¯s unfair that it¡¯s only Yue¡..]
[¡¡Fufu, I won¡¯t give up Hajime¡¯s knee]
[Ano~, I¡¯d like to begin the talk soon but¡..]
Ririana called out coyly. However no one paid any attention to her.
[Hajime-kun¡..]
[Don¡¯t look at me with those eyes, Kaori. You¡¯re sitting next to me, isn¡¯t it fine?]
[¡..I guess it can¡¯t be helped then. I¡¯ll give you my hand]
[Eh? Really? Then, I want you to caress my cheeks just like how you do it for Yue. ¡¡Or is it no good?]
[If it¡¯s just that much then I don¡¯t mind]
[Ehehe, thanks, Hajime-kun]
[I¡¯ll wait then. Waiting should be fine right? Yes, I¡¯ll wait no matter how long¡..~gusu~]
Ririana whopletely missed her timing to talk, [I, even though I¡¯m a princess¡..It¡¯s like I¡¯m air], with tears. Shizuku interviened as she couldn¡¯t stand it any longer, and finally, Hajime and their pink barrier was removed. Was a bit of Kaori also a part of it? It seems to have been stronger than usual. Is it proof that Kaori¡¯s single-minded pursuit was oveing Hajime¡..
[~Kohon~. Back to what I was saying, just as Nagumo-san asked I¡¯ve spread the rumors about the truth of the churches teachings but¡.unexpectedly, it seems to be going rather well. As expected, Aiko-san, no, ¡°Goddess of Fertility¡± seems to have been effective]
[I see. ¡..Ma~a, people will believe in what they want to believe in, people will naturally get taken in the more it dramatically shakes their hearts. I expected that they¡¯d believe it all without any problems. All that¡¯s left, is to wait to see the actual effects¡.there¡¯s no knowing what¡¯ll happen after all]
[¡..That¡¯s right. But, it¡¯s still hard to believe. What we¡¯ve believed for years have been nothing but a fantasy¡..my individual stance aside, it¡¯s inevitable that a panic will start in the public. As someone from the royal family, Nagumo-san¡¯s proposal was a god send]
Ririana bowed and thanked Hajime with aplex expression. Shizuku leaned her neck to the side and and asked, [About what?].
What Hajime and Ririana were talking about was, an exnation for the head temple¡¯s copse to the people.
It¡¯s not possible to keep it under wraps forever, the royal pce needed to exin it eventually. However, ording to the truth, the ¡°Ehito-sama¡± which everyone believed in only saw them on the level of being toys and was a bastard who loved war, because everyone in the head temple of the church were a bunch of fanatics, they were all blown up to bits! If that was said it would only cause a panic to ur.
There, Hajime prepared a draft to exin the details and asked Ririana to exin it to the people based on what he had written on it.
It¡¯s contents were, reason, an evil god who wished for a war had brainwashed the church members and caused the Kingdom to be invaded. Reason, Aiko who was sent by god was anxious of the situation and fought voluntarily. Reason, the church members risked their lives and fought along with god¡¯s apostles and died as martyrs in the end. Reason, In order to protect the Kingdom, Aiko¡¯s sword of light poured down, is what it said.
It¡¯s not true but it¡¯s not a lie either. It was roughly correct.
With that, Aiko as the ¡°Goddess of Fertility¡± will further, ¡°The evil god may have used Ehito-sama¡¯s name, for our own sakes, the true god that we believe in we shouldn¡¯t be something that we automatically believe in, we must be humans who are able to think for ourselves and decide when to take action for god. What¡¯s right? You must act upon your own judgement. That is what our true god believes in, and for those of the church who died as martyrs¡± have that kind of speechter at the memorial ceremony.
In other words, Hajime created a false ¡°Evil Ehito¡± who was mistaken for the true ¡°Good Ehito¡±, the ¡°Goddess of Fertility¡±¡¯s speech will be the wedge which will nt recognition into the people¡¯s hearts. Even if Ehito¡¯s name was being talked about, whether it was the ¡°Evil Ehito¡± or the ¡°Good Ehito¡± wouldn¡¯t be distinguishable by the people, which would in turn make them think about what they should really believe in themselves.
This way, they¡¯re able to suppress the public panic of telling the truth that everything that they¡¯ve believed from when they were born was nothing more than a fantasy, and also, it may be a source of resistance against god in the future¡¡it¡¯s only a possibility though.
[I see now¡..Nagumo-kun is actually thinking about a lot of various things huh. The talk about god too, leaving it up to Ai-chan to tell the story, and about todays things¡.]
[Did you mistaken me for some kind of muscle for brains or something? Ma~a, I thought of it on the spot, since it doesn¡¯t take much time or effort I decided to do it just this once, although weid down the foundations¡..]
[fufu, I didn¡¯t particrly think you were a muscle for brains. I¡¯m saying that you¡¯re reliable. Just ept it as aplement]
Hajime shrugged his shoulders towards Shizuku¡¯s words. Shizuku nced at such a reliable Hajime. Somehow the exchanges dispositions were shown, Yue and Kaori were both piercing their eyes onto Shizuku. Shizuku who noticed suddenly began to shake, [Eh, what? What is it?], she asked Yue and them.
[Yue, what do you think?]
[¡¡N, it¡¯s still fine. It¡¯s still at the friend level]
[Right. ¡°still¡± huh]
[¡¡N. We need to be cautious]
Yue and Kaori were whispering to each other as they consulted about something. It made Shizuku feel extremely difortable. And Ririana became air once again.
Hajime looked at Yue and them with an amazed expression as if saying, what are you guys talking about?
Chapter 110
Chapter 110
Evening.
The red sky was spreading, peoples shadows were growing thin as it stretched, the shadow of a person stood still in front of a huge stone monument made from the stones from the mountain range at the northwest of the royal pce.
[I¡¯m sorry¡.]
Right, the shadow of the person muttering was Aiko.
The monument towering in front of her, a so-called monument for the faithful who died in battle (A tower which symbolized praise to the souls who died while loyal to their country). It was for the people killed in action and victims who carried out their duties out of loyalty towards the Kingdom, their names were carved here without exception. Even now, there are lots of flower offerings and mementos left by people in front of the monument for those who have died.
Right now, although it¡¯s unconfirmed how many people¡¯s names were carved onto the stone but, Meld¡¯s name will also be added onto here.
Aiko gently ced weapons within the mementos left behind. It was the damaged western sword and spear. It was the artifacts of Aiko¡¯s students who passed away¡ª¡ªDaisuke Hiyama and Reiichi Kondo.
Aiko voiced out her confession while alone, just what should I be conflicted with. That I wasn¡¯t able to bring back Hiyama and them back to Japan, or, because one of my students caused many people to die, or, everything including what I¡¯ve done¡¡
While AIko was looking down with a dejected atmosphere, she remained standing as if she was enduring something, ~Za zaa~ footsteps resounded. The violently echoing sound was likely to purposely inform others of their own existence approaching. Usually he wouldn¡¯t make such noises.
Aiko was startled and raised her face towards the sound.
[Nagumo-kun¡..]
[What a coincidence, Sensei]
What was making that noise earlier was Hajime. His eyes were lightened up by the shine of the setting orange sun and stared right at Aiko. He had flowers in his hand. It¡¯s obvious to understand that he was there to offer flowers as tributes. Aiko showed a slightly unexpected expression towards his actions.
Hajime noticed that Aiko¡¯s expression and guessed that she was probably wondering what he was nning on doing, with a wry smile he ced the flowers onto the floral tribute stand.
[Even I feel like mourning for the dead people a bit, Sensei?]
[Eh? Ah, no, I mean, I don¡¯t particrly¡¡]
Hajime suddenly talked to Aiko in an unexpectedly regrettable voice which caused Aiko to be shaken and tried to deceive him by waving her hands back and forth in a hurry. Then Hajime shrugged his shoulders like it was a joke and stood silently by Aiko.
As Aiko frequently nced at Hajime, it appeared that Hajime was looking up at the huge stone monument and didn¡¯t particrly care about Aiko, he didn¡¯t seem to have any signs of talking either. Somehow, silence suddenly fell into the area and Aiko decided to reluctantly start a conversation.
[Eh~tto, those flower are¡..is it¡..for Hiyama-kun and them?]
[There¡¯s no way of that happening. It¡¯s for Meld]
Hajime raised an eyebrow and inly replied at the wrong guess.
[For Meld-san¡..]
[Ahh, though we weren¡¯t acquainted that much, I don¡¯t particrly hate people of his nature. Contrary to his position, he worry quite a lot, failed a lot, and was always trying to improve himself¡..although I¡¯m only offering flowers its more along the feelings of ¡°how regrettable¡± towards the people]
[Nagumo-kun¡..that¡¯s right huh¡.]
Towards Hajime¡¯s words, Aiko¡¯s expression suddenly turned gentle. Even though Hajime mercilessly killed his enemies, he still had the proper feelings to mourn for a person¡¯s death so Aiko became happy at that. Her cheeks naturally loosened up that he purposely took the time toe and bring an offering.
Actually, Yue and them were taking a bath, he ran away when the women gave off a carnivorous re in their eyes of wanting to take him into the bath room with them, since there was still time he became free, when he by chance nced at the flowers being disyed in a vase, he thought, how about killing time by offering flowers? and he pulled some flowers from the vase but¡..although his feelings about regret for Meld was real, he couldn¡¯t actually tell the truth.
Hajime was taking in the circumstances of the surroundings and frowned at Aiko who loosened her cheeks.
[You¡¯re not going to me me¡..]
[Eh?]
Towards Hajime¡¯s sudden words, Aiko tilted her neck.
[That thing about Hiyama. The circumstances were different from Shimizu¡¯s case. It appears that he was eaten by a demon in the end but, I was the one who pretty much killed him. I killed another of Sensei¡¯s beloved students again? Kondo as well, although he was already dead, the one who pretty much destroyed his shape was me. ¡¡.I had thought that Sensei would have hit me once or twice out of anger]
[¡¡¡.]
Aiko¡¯s smile was erased and she looked down once again. Hajime was silent. He wasn¡¯t pressing her for an answer. How much time was spent silently?¡¡..Before long, Aiko began to gradually voice out her words.
[¡¡To be honest, I can¡¯t easily give out a clear answer. I don¡¯t believe that it can be forgiven that Hiyama-kun killed Shirasaki-san but, if possible, I would have liked that he live out his life to atone for those sins. It was shocking that Kondo-kun turned out like that. But, I can understand why Nagumo-kun was enraged and showed your strength. An important person was killed in front of your eyes¡..with that, although it¡¯s against what I¡¯d ideally want, you couldn¡¯t do anything but vent out your anger on them. ¡¡Besides, I don¡¯t have the qualifications to me Nagumo-kun]
Aiko crossed her arms and rubbed them both. It was as if her body was getting cold and she was trying to keep warm.
[Are you talking about what you did at the head temple?]
[¡¡..]
A silent confirmation. Temporarily, although Aiko¡¯s mind¡¯s bnce was broken, Hajime and Teio had somehow reverted it back to normal with reproduction magic, once again, it appears that her mind is being worn down by her sense of guilt and ethics. If you looked carefully under her eyes, you¡¯d notice that she had dark circles that she tried to cover up with makeup, it was clear that she wasn¡¯t able to sleep for the past several days. It¡¯s possible that she was having nightmares.
Silence descended down once again. Hajime didn¡¯t say anything and stood still. Was she unable to endure the atmosphere anymore? Aiko asked Hajime whilecking drive.
[¡¡Is it¡¡not painful for you Nagumo-kun?]
[Killing people? I don¡¯t particrly think it¡¯s painful¡¡I think that that part of me probably broke when I fell into the abyss. That¡¯s why I can¡¯t sympathise with you]
[¡¡..]
Towards Hajime¡¯s words, Aiko¡¯s face distorts in bitterness. Something important in Hajime was broken and, in a single strike, Aiko¡¯s state of mind further tightened up.
[¡..No one¡..mes me]
[Eh?]
Aiko leaked out her voice as if she couldn¡¯t endure it.
[No one mes me. The eyes of the children in our ss doesn¡¯t look at me any differently, as for the Kingdom¡¯s citizens, they were looking at me with praise]
That was a fact. All ssmates, had a strong impression from Hajime who was too gruesome in his battle, they didn¡¯t really have much feelings about Aiko¡¯s assistance in homicide, rather they were under the impression that Aiko fought for herself and took on the brunt of the load for their sakes, the Kingdom aristocrats and government officials were thankful that the brainwashing problem was solved.
[Though I¡¯ve talked about it all to David-san and them, even they wanted a bit of time to think about and left it rather than immediately ming me. Even though I robbed them of their important things]
Blood dripped from her lip that she bit. Aiko probably wanted to be med for it. The act of killing a person¡..is heavy. As long as they¡¯re not a maniac or rotten person, normally their minds would be hurt by the des named guilt and ethics. So for such people, taking the me and epting the punishment, are in a sense a kind of salvation.
Aiko herself probably unconsciously seeked for that. However, that wasn¡¯t given to her.
Although Hajime can agree that she yed a part in overthrowing the church, he believed that even without Aiko, Teio would have still somehow managed to exterminate them someway or another, he thought that bearing the burden alone was a bit much, so as if he was troubled he scratched his cheek as he opened his mouth.
[Even if you say that, Sensei. The direct cause was due to Teio¡¯s breath, Sensei only helped out a little? I don¡¯t think you should take on the burden as if everything was your fault¡..]
[Those kind of things don¡¯t matter! I certainly¡¡understood the possibility of them being killed but I still helped Teio-san. That¡¯s no different than directly murdering them!]
Unexpectedly, Aiko gave out her rebuttal strongly. Aiko herself probably felt ashamed that she raised her voice as she shrank down apologetically. Looking at Aiko with a side nce, after a moment of silence, Hajime calmly asked.
[¡..Do you regret it?]
[~¡¡No, at that time, I was resolute with Teio-san¡..because I couldn¡¯t overlook what the church was doing¡.to help you¡..if that was left alone then the students would surely have had terrible experiences¡..that¡¯s why¡..]
While Aiko was holding back a painful voice, she replied that she ¡°Had no regrets¡±.
At that time, when she looked at Ishtar and them who had cornered Hajime, not just for Hajime but also for the sake of her students to not have to fight, her resolution to dirty her hands was real. Even now that was still unshaken. However, she was suffering while carrying the people who she¡¯s killed on her back, it wasn¡¯t something that reasoning could solve.
Hajime let out a small sigh that wouldn¡¯t be noticed by Aiko as he nced towards the side at Aiko who looked like she was suffering. Why did a teacher like Aiko reveal such heavy feelings to a student like me. Even though I only came here to kill some time¡¡he grieved in his mind.
And, suddenly, he recalled Aiko¡¯s feelings that Yue and Shizuku pointed out earlier in the day and worried if that was the cause. It appears that Hajime was leaving Aiko¡¯s student category in full-st.
Hajime¡¯s eyes were wandering around. He waspletely looking for words.
[About Sensei, will you still be a Sensei from now on?]
[Eh?]
Towards Hajime¡¯s abrupt question, Aiko¡¯s expression unintentionally became nk. And she remembered that she was asked the same question once before. At that time, she should have answered with confidence, [Naturally!]
[¡¡¡¡..]
Now she was unable to immediately answer. That was because she questioned herself if she should dere herself as a teacher after having killed people. Aiko was tightly clenching her teeth and her expression distorted. He understood that Aiko was having an extreme conflict whirling within her mind.
As if he expected it, on behalf of Aiko who couldn¡¯t answer, Hajime began to talk.
[If, Sensei says that she¡¯ll continue being our Sensei from now on¡¡will you listen to my selfishness as a student]
[Selfishness¡..is it?]
Aiko who had a badplexion and seemed to copse at any moment, showed a perplexed expression from the words that came out of Hajime¡¯s mouth.
[Yeah, my selfishness]
Hajime removed his sights from the monument while nodding and faced Aiko to match their eyes together. As she was being stared at Hajime, from somewhere within her, warmth was starting to well up and as if attracted by it Aiko also stared back.
After Hajime confirmed that he was firmly reflected in Aiko¡¯s eyes, he slowly said his words. Exactly as Hajime said before, they were hopelessly selfish words.
[Sensei¡..I want Sensei to feel guilty about it. I want you to shoulder it¡¯s weight. Justly fighting, justly shouldering it, justly suffering, and justlyining. To be human-like is slightly dazzling. I¡¯m already unable to feel anything after all¡¡you¡¯ll be a good example for me to not forget my ¡°Humanity¡±. So that¡¯s why, continue shouldering it from now on. I¡¯ll properly watch such a human-like Sensei after all. If I do so then even after I return to Japan, I¡¯ll be able to live humanely]
[Nagumo-kun¡¡]
Aiko¡¯s eyes opened up widely towards Hajime¡¯s words. She would have never thought in her dreams that he¡¯d not me her nor cheer her, but instead tell her to continue suffering from now on. But, towards that selfishness, in a sense, made her remember the shock which came from killing as it formed ominous clouds within Aiko¡¯s heart.
The results of her determination and actions were serious. All the more it was painful as well. She wanted to run away and almost became broken. Her natural character made it extra painful because she was determined and resolute.
But, when she looked at herself, she had people who were willing to help her. The important things that were lost, there¡¯s a person who can¡¯t feel but remember them.
Aiko thought.
¡ª¡ªAhh, how very selfish. What mercilessly gentle selfishness
A transparent drop ran down Aiko¡¯s cheeks. Everything she¡¯s endured up until now in order to not cry easily crumbled.
As Aiko was shedding tears, Hajime averted his nce and turned his back as he troubled conveyed the hisst words.
[Ma~a, times when it¡¯s so painful that it seems like you¡¯d break, by all means¡¡since there¡¯s no one here¡..since there¡¯s really~ no one here so it won¡¯t be embarrassing¡¡I¡¯ll lend you my back]
[~¡.Really¡..people like you are¡..]
I¡¯ll pretend that I didn¡¯t notice that Aiko was crying? is what Hajime seemed to say as he showed his back, Aiko approached while smiling and crying and buried her face into his back.
[Then, I¡¯ll be borrowing it for a bit. ¡..Nagumo-kun]
[Alright, Sensei]
Aiko¡¯s cheeks loosened up because of Hajime¡¯s casual answer and she entrusted her body. While shedding tears as if they were everything she¡¯s saved up, she once again vowed. In other words, she¡¯ll continue being a teacher. And continue shouldering her sins. If a selfish student would be watching her then¡..she felt like she¡¯ll be able to do her best.
The shadow of the two people expanded towards the east. As the night fell, the sounds of sobs resounded for a while.
After this, Hajime returned to the royal pce along with Aiko after she had finished crying but, while blushing randomly and looking down shamefully, Aiko was gracefully walking besides Hajime, to be honest, this may have done it¡¡it goes without saying that he was breaking out in cold sweat.
And sure enough, Yue and them noticed and it¡¯s needless to say what happened when he was taken into their room. About this case, Shia and them and i, Yue¡¯s silent expressionless stare n particr was the most painful.
It should be noted, that they coincidentally met up with David and them of the temple knights as they returned to the royal pce but¡¡it appears that, in the end their love for Aiko won.
To begin with, the reason why they apanied Aiko as guards was due to various senses of values but, after being forcefully pulled away from Aiko when they returned to the Kingdom and was forced to descend the mountain without being confirming her safety made them start harboring doubt for the people of the church. Although they were considerably shocked when the truth of the church and god was revealed, as expected they still came to the conclusion that they couldn¡¯t hate Aiko.
Although they kinda had a feeling ofplete desperation hanging around them¡..from now on, while believing in the ¡°Goddess of Fertility¡±, they decided to revive and serve to protect the Kingdom as knights. Thinking about it again, it felt as if they carried a strange sublime feeling of love for Aiko but¡¡surely they had lots of things to think about as well.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[Enough already, really geez! Ok!]
[Hajime-kun¡..please be a bit more cautious?]
[Fufufu, as expected of master, to deliver the final blow after we just looked away for a moment¡.]
In the dining room of the royal pce, while eating dinner, Shia¡¯s and their voices resounded out as if ming something. Hajime who it was being directed at was just enjoying the meal in front of him as if it was someone elses problem.
Although Yue who was sitting to his right wasn¡¯t saying anything, her eyes looked at him as if she was looking at a troublesome person. When they heard of the circumstances, [Ma~a, guess It couldn¡¯t be helped then] is what they thought, clearly the feelings that Aiko has for Hajime inside of her wasplex due to the fact that he was her student.
Moreover, after hearing Hajime¡¯s stance of ¡°neglecting¡± Aiko¡¯s treatment, they somewhat harbored feelings of sympathy for Aiko.
[¡¡Hajime. Does it seem like Aiko will be able to endure?]
Because they heard of the contents from Hajime, Yue was slightly worried and asked. As opposed to it, Hajime stopped eating and seemed to be thinking a little.
[N~, it¡¯s not alright? Worst case scenario, if it looks too dangerous I¡¯ll have to create an artifact to stabilize her mind using Spirit magic. Ma~a, even if we don¡¯t worry about it, with time, that person will be able to digest it in neatly]
[¡¡I see, that¡¯s good]
As Yue¡¯s eyes loosened up, Hajime also smiled.
[As expected of¡..Yue-san. With just one step, she gets ahead by two]
[Is this¡..the difference between her and me? Ku, I won¡¯t lose! I won¡¯t lose!]
[Umu, should it be called naturally or something¡.it was a technique which touched masters heart as ifpletely natural¡..If I had to say it, it¡¯s a godly skill. Obediently allow me to praise you]
[¡¡Unwillingly evaluated]
Shia who was looking at her with a terrified expression, Kaori who looked mortified, and Teio who was feeling admiration. Yue¡¯s expression became bitter after being unexpectedly evaluated. Hajime smiled wryly as he stroke Yue¡¯s hair.
Among Hajime and hispanions, in a sense as their feelings of getting along was firing up, an unexpected group came into the dining room. It was Kouki and them as well as his ssmates. It appears that everyone including Aiko hade.
When Hajime looked at them for a moment, he frowned slightly. Beforehand, he heard of the times when they would be eating, he had thought that he would be able tofortably eat with hispanions but¡..it appears that that n was thrown off.
Ma~a, there¡¯s no need to anxiously consider it, Hajime renewed his thoughts as he continued eating his meal. Yue and them didn¡¯t particrly mind either.
But, it doesn¡¯t appear that his ssmates thought the same, some people thought it was rather interesting, some people felt slightly awkward, and some people were lost as to what to do and became restless. Although they frequently nced over, they were reminded of Hajime¡¯s previous statement that he didn¡¯t see them aspanions and much less held much interest in it, so they were hesitant to call out to him. By the way, Aiko was staring at Hajime for a different kind of reason.
[Ah~, Shizuku-chan! Over here!]
[Kaori. Can I sit next to you?]
[Of course]
Kaori was showing a friendly smile with Nointo¡¯s cool face, Shizuku also naturally loosened her cheeks as she sat next to her.
At first It was still hard for the ssmates to ept the fact that Kaori had changed her body but, the atmosphere of Kaori¡¯s image and smile allowed them to loosen up. Even if her body has changed, Kaori¡¯s peaceful atmosphere allowed her ssmates hearts to rx. Or rather, whenpared to the time when Hajime lost his cool, it was only slightly nerve wracking, there were many ssmates who were d that Kaori had returned.
*It¡¯s funny cause the author didn¡¯t mention Ryutaro here*When Shizuku sat on the seat, Kouki sat on the seat next to her, and Aiko sat on the opposite side, while Suzu sat next to aiko. Aiko was right next to Yue. The other ssmates proceeded to sit on the other remaining seats. Suzu looked at Yue as she sat, [Excuse me¡..for sitting besides Oneesama!], she said with a strangely tensed expression. Yue said, [¡¡Why Oneesama?] while tilting her head.
When Kouki and them took their seats, the excellent maids of the royal pce began to move together and set the table. It was practically the same menu that Hajime and them had.
Then, at that time, over Yue¡¯s head, Hajime and Aiko¡¯s nces connected. At once, Aiko¡¯s cheeks were lightly stained, she shamefully averted her eyes. Even still, she¡¯d frequently nce back at Hajime, and secretly whispered out in a quiet voice.
[A, ano, Nagumo-kun¡..sono, that thing from a while ago¡..sono, if possible¡.]
Having to talk over Yue caused her to be a bit ufortable, most likely, as an adult, and, as a teacher, it was shameful to ask of Hajime so she kept quiet and decided to not say it.
Hajime guessed that Yue had decided to not mind it, and he thanked her within himself while looking at Aiko.
Suddenly her body was shaken and Aiko¡¯s ears began to be dyed as well. There was a feeling that it was toote now that their eyes had matched up, Shizuku and them paid attention to Aiko¡¯s appearance as she stared at Hajime. Fortunately, it was a blind spot for the other students so they weren¡¯t found out but, the rtively close frontlines-group ssmates saw it and were rather suspicious.
[About what, Sensei. Was there something?]
[Fu~e?]
Naturally Hajime had decided to pretend not to know anything. Aiko was momentarily dimmed by that attitude but, she guessed that he was willing to keep it a secret, with a wry smile, [No, it¡¯s nothing], she answered. Although she was thinking that she was cowardly for having Hajime take care of it, she became happy and smiled because he was considerate.
When they saw Aiko¡¯s state, more and more, the female¡¯s began to turn their eyes onto Hajime. Only Yue wasforting Hajime by patting his shoulder, in addition, [Ah~n], as well. As expected of the true heroine. She was clearly different from the recent violent heroines of today.
Hajime was absorbed in his deep thoughts, as expected, Yue is the best lover! I don¡¯t know how many times I¡¯ve ¡°fallen for her again¡±, Shia who sat on his opposite side began to tug on his sleeve.
[Hajime-san. Ah~n, desu]
It appears that rather than getting angry that her rivals in love seems to have increased, she judged that now seems to be the time for her to show her appeal. While blushing and ncing upwards, she gracefully presented a fork. At that point, she didn¡¯t forget to also quietly draw her Usamimis closer to Hajime as well. She was wonderfully cunning.
Hajime had no hesitations since they¡¯ve been doing it for a while, and consumed it in a bite. As Hajime chewed it in his mouth, Shia¡¯s Usamimis were waving as if she was happy, incidentally, her bunny tail was also wiggling.
When such a spectacle was shown, Kaori and Teio couldn¡¯t afford to stay put either. Both of them panicked and thrusted their forks into their food.
[Ha, Hajime-kun, me too, ah~n!]
[Master. Please eat mistress¡¯s without dy. ah~nja]
[¡¡Just this once]
No matter how many [Ah~n] were done, if the menu was the same then he¡¯d get bored. That¡¯s why, he gave out a warning, the 2 [Ah~n]¡¯ed as they responded to Hajime. With that he consumed both with a bite each. Kaori and Teio both had soft and warm expressions. *<-it¡¯s described as ???, basically that fulfilling look that anime characters get when they see cute things*
[What¡¯s with this atmosphere¡..it¡¯s very ufortable¡..]
Shizuku¡¯s cheeks cramped up as a pink barrier surrounded Hajime. Kouki and Ryutaro who was next to her and Suzu also felt ufortable. Only Aiko had thought for a moment if she should also do it, while she was scolding herself for thinking about it everyone else were already through with it.
The other school girls had an awkward air around them as the sweet air dispersed, as they stared at Hajime and them they began to, K~ya K~ya, and make a ruckus. The eyes which seemed to have looked at Hajime containing slight fears was now converted into a love story almost immediately. Since that day when he fell into hell, who would have thought that ¡°he¡± would be the owner of this kind of harem¡¡the girl¡¯s eyes shined with curiosity and watched Hajime.
On one side, the boys as had slight fears like the girls but it turned into awe as they paid attention.
However, there were also res of jealousy and envy which burned brightly that appeared here and there. After all, Hajime was surrounded by beautiful women and it wouldn¡¯t be an exaggeration to call them ¡°peerless¡± beauties. Many eyes gazed on Shia in particr. As expected, even if they didn¡¯t have a geeky hobby, a girl with Usamimis urately tickled the heart of a man. Furthermore the present Shia had a lovely smile as she was next to Hajime, asionally, her Usamimi¡¯s that moved around had extremely destructive powers.
But, no matter how much they were consumed by jealousy and envy, would they get to know the secret to happily get along with beauties in a different world if they asked? but they couldn¡¯t say it. Once before, they called Hajime ¡°ipetent¡± so they kept to themselves quietly, his overwhelming strength and unique atmosphere he carried now was enough to make them lose their nerves.
Hajime was lightly ignoring his ssmate¡¯s stares however for some reason, Kaori who he saw at the edge of his view was blushing while holding a fork¡..
Kaori had allowed her eyes to swim around a bit and seems to havee to a conclusion about something, she apologetically used her fork to eat up the rest of her dish. And she blushed once again.
Instinctively, is it puberty! Hajime was tempted to tsukkomi but, before he could, Yue¡¯s severe tsukkomi came out. At the same time that Kaori who noticed that Yue was quietly watching her and aligned their eyes, those words came out.
[¡¡Hentai] *<-Pervert*
[! Tha, that¡¯s wrong! What are you saying! I, I¡¯m only eating as usual!]
[¡¡Is what you say, but you¡¯re thoroughly enjoying Hajime¡¯s taste]
[A, am not! Be, besides, if you¡¯re saying such things then, Teio is the real hentai right! Look, she¡¯s magnificently licking the fork!]
[Rerorerorero, nmu?] *<-Rero = Licking noises*
Kaori refuted Yue with a bright red face, ~Bishi~! and pointed an Teio. Up ahead of that was Teio who was licking and savoring a normal fork with a nk look.
That¡¯s right, are there any problems? is what her expression was like, Teio was holding the fork in her mouth like nothing was wrong. She was clearly enjoying something else. She was through with some other kind of content. She was a huge M hentai, but it appears that she somehow evolved into a anything goes hentai somewhere along the line.
[Teio, stop that immediately. Or I¡¯ll send you flying]
Hajime warned Teio while his temple was twitching.
[Mu~u, I guess there¡¯s no other way. ¡..Master still hasn¡¯t kissed mistress yet. If I don¡¯t satisfy myself at times like these, I¡¯ll be frustrated]
Hajime¡¯s temple twitched more because for some odd reason he was criticized back. Then, at that time, Teio suddenly recalled something and her eyes started shining.
[That¡¯s right! Master! I haven¡¯t received my reward yet! Mistress desires the promised reward!]
[Ah? ¡°Reward¡±?]
Towards Teio¡¯s words, for a moment Hajime was thinking, [What are you talking about?], as he frowned, then he immediately recalled and clicked his tongue ~Chi~. The people who didn¡¯t know what they were talking about tilted their heads, as the representative, Shia asked.
[What do you guys mean¡¡by reward?]
[Umu, at the head temple where Sensei-dono was entrusted to me, I was promised that I would be rewarded if I kept her safe until the end. Nufufufu¡..master. You¡¯re not thinking about going back on your promise right?]
Shia and Kaori both, [That¡¯s sly!], and made a ruckus, Teio urged that the promise be kept whileughing heartily. Somehow or another, everyone¡¯s attention were gathering, Hajime had an unpleased look as he turned towards Teio.
[And? What¡¯s your wish? Though I¡¯ll say it first, I¡¯ll only do what¡¯s ¡°within my range¡± alright?]
Implying that just like the time with Shia¡¯s reward, requests like *sex*¡°Hold me¡± won¡¯t be allowed? Teio also seems to have guessed his intentions and she nodded exaggeratedly that she understood it. And while blushing and fidgeting, she said her demand.
[Be relieved, I won¡¯t be asking anything unreasonable. It¡¯s~, just like when we first met¡..I want you to tease mistress¡¯s ass]
With both hands on her cheeks, [K~ya! I said it!], Teio seemed to be implying as she ~Iyan Iyan~¡¯ed. Because it¡¯s already been done once, it wouldn¡¯t be unreasonable? Andpletely disregarded the abnormality of the contents as she asked for an unreasonable demand. As expected of a Hentai.
Sure enough, all humans other than Yue and them were intensely shocked by those remarks.
Their eyes turned towards Hajime, it was the same eyes as if looking at a criminal.
[Rejected, this worthless dragon. Don¡¯t go saying remarks that remarkably invite misunderstandings!]
Towards Hajime who inly rejected the demand, Teio made an expression as if she was shocked and intensely protested.
[Wh, why! It shouldn¡¯t have been an unreasonable demand! Just like at that time, I just want you to thrust your thick and hard, ck rod into mistress¡¯s ass! Just like that time when you were always grinding up and quickly pulling it out while ignoring mistress¡¯s pleas! I want you to relentlessly torment mistress¡¯s ass!]
[I¡¯ve already said it! Quit saying remarks that invite misunderstandings!]
The gazes being directed at Hajime turned into eyes as if looking at a devil.
[¡¡But, It¡¯s not aplete misunderstanding right?]
Yue and them, [Ah]¡¯ed, Aiko who seemed to have been slightly displeased expression called out to Hajime with thorns attached.
[¡¡Certainly, you didn¡¯t say any lies]
[Actually, it was stuck¡..]
[Un, Nagumo-kun waspletely merciless]
The ssmates¡¯ doubts changed into conviction after hearing Aiko and the Ai-chan bodyguards such as Sonobe and the others voiced their thoughts.
[¡¡Hajime-san, as expected calling it a misunderstanding is a little¡¡]
[¡¡Hajime. Hajime was the cause of Teio¡¯s Hentai transformation. It can¡¯t be helped]
Unexpectedly Shia and Yue had betrayed him.
[Na, Nagumo-kun¡..people like you¡¡what have you done to Teio-san¡..]
[Hajime-kun¡¡how envio-¡¡I mean, you have to take responsibility]
The gazes directed at Hajime were like eyes that were looking at a demon lord.
Hajime slowly stood up without a word and stretched out his right hand upwards. In front of everyone who was wondering what he was going to do, Hajime pulled out the ck stake for Pile-bunker out of the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±. For some reason, the stake was already giving out red sparks as he pulled it out.
Cold sweat ran down Teio¡¯s cheek.
[OK, Teio. Lets give you your reward. Eh? You want it rammed up your ass right? Rejoyce, its much thicker and harder than before, it¡¯s an excellent piece which I can boast about. You won¡¯t even have time to pant, you¡¯ll die in an instant]
Teio had realised, [This is bad, I got too full of myself].
Pile-bunker being used on Teio was the results of a fight, while being viewed with eyes as if looking at a pervert, Hajime simply went berserk. By the way, if you looked objectively, it certainly wasn¡¯t a misunderstanding when pointed out.
[W, wait a bit, master. What I said a while ago was only an example, I didn¡¯t say that you had to use it again? As expected, if something like that is used I¡¯ll end up dying! I¡¯ll apologise so, quickly, put that away!]
[Don¡¯t hold back Teio. You want this right? What, did you want to waste precious time to go to a room. I¡¯ll pierce you here]
[Hi~n, master¡¯s eyes are serious~! Yue, Shia, Kaori~, stop master already! Help me~!]
As Hajime approached while gushing out sparks and crackles, Teio became teary eyed and asked for Yue and them for help. As expected, she didn¡¯t want the punishment of dying in a single blow. But, her cheeks were slightly blushed and her breathing was rough, it seems that her performance ran deep.
Hajime looked at Teio who was clinging onto Kaori and hiding behind her, and with his upset feelings washed away he, ~Fu~n~, snuffled with his nose, the stake was returned into the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and he returned to his seat. However, the ssmates didn¡¯t lose their evaluations of him being a demon lord. Later, two kinds of names spread throughout the Kingdom about the ¡°White haired eyepatch wearing demon king¡± but¡¡if Hajime had known that he would have gone insane.
[Ha~a, and? The reward itself doesn¡¯t really matter but, don¡¯t you have a more decent demand?]
Hajime let out a sigh as he got back to his seat, it was a sigh of relief in various meanings. The scene where the ass of a beautiful young woman that was about to happen in front of their eyes was well over the capacity for the high school students.
[U, umu. Then, let¡¯s see, the rights ofying on the bed with you? See, it¡¯s always Yue and Shia who gets to be next to master right? Mistress has never slept next to master before. That¡¯s why, tonight, I want to sleep next to master, how about it?]
[Something of that degree is cheap. ¡..Or rather just say that from the start]
[Mistress¡¯s passion surged out, it¡¯s not something I can control so easily. ept it]
Teio who was ashamed was wiggling with a surprised expression, when she looked at Shia who was next to her, Shia said, [There¡¯s no helping it then huh~] and shrugged her shoulders. It appears that, tonight, he¡¯ll be sleeping between Yue and Teio. But, while in bed, Hajime would be sandwiched by something else¡..
The school girls were making a ruckus again as they went, K~ya K~ya, and the male students were beginning to utter out some kind of curse.
Additionally, Aiko, sleeping with multiple females is immoral! began to give out a teacher-like (Actually, she probably held a lot of personal resentment) preach, on the other hand, with Shia and Yue¡¯s rtion exposed she was objecting against it now, Yue leaned on Hajime and stuck out her tongue and released her bewitching atmosphere after finishing her meal, because of that the ssmates were further heated up, and some boys were unable to stand up straight anymore¡..and, the dining room¡¯s atmosphere was filled with chaos.
While ignoring the noisy girls uproars, Hajime decided to recall what happened today.
They free falled from[Kamiyama]and appeared with Kaori whose body was reced, they went to the adventurers guild and created a ¡°Gold¡± ranked man-woman, yed a grand game of tag with the craftsmen of the Kingdom which caused great confusion, allowed the royal family to gain control of the situation, beated up the to-be king and he also lost his first crush.
In order to kill time, by chance, he met up with Aiko and she revealed her heavy worries, and while having dinner expecting to rx it turned into a disturbance. These were the events which happened to Hajime in a day at the Kingdom. It may be Hajime¡¯s fate to be a maelstrom of confusion and disturbances.
Tomorrow, Hajime and them will be taking Ririana and them and leaving the Kingdom. Hajime and them have no intentions of entering the Empire¡¯s capital at all¡¡Surely, ¡°without a doubt¡± probably isn¡¯t possible.
As expected, what really lies on the grounds towards the east¡..Hajime had a premonition of the new disturbances toe, while feeling the softness and warmth of Yue who was hugging his arm, ma~a, whatever it is, he shrugged his shoulder.
Chapter 111
Chapter 111
The thick clouds underneath them were quickly passing by. The grass ins and trees were ovepping with the clouds, asionally a small vige could be seen, but as expected it would be quickly left behind in no time at all. It was supposed to going at a considerable amount of speed but, some kind of barrier was ced which made the breezefortable.
Someone¡¯s ponytail trademark was drifting in thefortable breeze, It was Shizuku who was watching the scenery before her eyes, and she changed her nce over towards the sun which shone brightly overhead.
The blessing of lights seen from clouds, if we reached out would we be able to grasp it? it was so close that it could be mistaken as so. Shizuku was leaning her back on the handrail while blocking the sunlight with her hand, as if looking far into the distance, she suddenly muttered something as if she was tired from just thinking about it.
¡°¡..Who would have expected that he built an airship. ¡..He can already do everything huh¡±
Right, the ce where Shizuku was currently at was the rear deck of the airship ¡°Feruniru¡± that Hajime created.
This chapter is provided to you by Re:Library /)
Show us your support by paying Re:Library a visit!
This Feruniru was mainly made out of gravity stones and induction stones, along with other various functions built in, it was their new way of transportation. The reason why they¡¯ve never used it up until now was solely because Hajime had thought that it was too early.
Though it wasn¡¯t difficult to move something through gravity stones, the bigger the mass became the more you needed to be experienced in Creation magic. As far as the Cross bitts go, they had a limit of being able to only lift up 1 person.
However, through the results of pilling on training between several intervals of time, he finally became skilled enough to freely operate arge floating mass, thepiled data was then used to create the airship, ¡°Fenuniru¡±. Since they¡¯ve left the Kingdom, everyone was doubting Hajime as they gathered at the grass ins on the outskirts of the Kingdom without a wagon nor a car which ran on magic, when Hajime showed Fenuniru he had a triumphant look on his face.
¡°It¡¯smonsense that flight transportation devices are obtained near the end of a journey¡±
Is what he said while full of confidence.
This Feruniru was 120 meters in length and in the shape of a devil fish, inside of it contained halls that led to the bridge towards the front and living quarters at the center, furthermore there was also a kitchen and room to take baths. Though I say that, because they¡¯re able to travel to the Empire which usually takes 2 months by carriage in only 1 and a half days, how much the utilities are going to be used is unknown. Even just floating in the sky consumes quite a bit of magical power. If it wasn¡¯t Hajime, then using it for long times would be impossible.
¡°So this was where you were¡¡Shizuku¡±
¡°Kouki¡..¡±
As Shizuku was recalling Hajime¡¯s words and tsukkomied in her mind, just what about this ismonsense?, she was called out to.
When Shizuku looked towards the voice, Kouki¡¯s face appeared from the hatch that just opened up. Kouki came straight up besides Shizuku and with both arms on the handrail, he began to look towards the clouds that were in the distance.
And he started to mutter something.
¡°This is¡..incredible¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. ¡¡I¡¯m already tired of being surprised at every little thing¡±
Naturally, what Kouki was talking about was the airship Feruniru. However, his expression showed no colors of admiration, it was somewhat discouraged and at the same time, mortifying.
¡°Hows everyone else?¡±
¡°Ryutaro and the imperial guards are eating what Shia-san cooked for them. Suzu is chatting with Riri. ¡..Nagumo is¡..flirting around. At the bridgeying down and rxing¡..¡±
The reason they apanied Hajime was to keep their promise of protecting and sending off princess Ririana and her imperial guards to the Empire, and it was only Kouki¡¯s Hero party. The remaining students who couldn¡¯t fight were left with Aiko, the Nagayama front-forces as well, they decided to protect the Kingdom while Kouki and them weren¡¯t there.
To begin with, the long-distance transfer that Freed left behind at the Kingdom gave them a hint, there was an artifact that allowed them to return at anytime, if Kouki and them asked Hajime they¡¯d be able to return immediately.
Shizuku nced towards Kouki who was a biting his words. Shizuku could somehow sympathize with his behavior, she scratched her cheek and showed a wry smile as if asking, what¡¯s up, and talked.
¡°What is it, you seem pretty dissatisfied? Does it not sit well with you that Nagumo-kun is popr?¡±
¡°¡¡It¡¯s not like that¡±
Shizuku called out while poking fun at him, Kouki¡¯s expression seemed to have been ill-humored and replied bluntly.
¡°¡¡Being able to create something this amazing¡..and being insanely strong¡..why is it that he¡¯s able to act so nonchntly like that. ¡..Why was he so easily able to abandon them¡.¡±
¡°¡¡..¡±
It appears that Kouki is still notfortable with Hajime¡¯s judgment to not fight god and abandon this world. If he himself had that much power then he¡¯d go off and save the world from god himself¡¡while he was thinking about that, Shizukupletely understood what he meant.
¡°¡¡He¡¯s probably already chosen¡±
¡°chosen?¡±
Shizuku¡¯s reply which she muttered made Kouki turn his nce at her again. While Shizuku was looking far into the distance, she took her time to choose her words.
¡°He is¡..probably not as free as he appears? Perhaps, even though he looks calm, I think he¡¯s probably always [frantic]. He¡¯s always [frantically] trying to survive with his important people¡±
¡°¡¡.¡±
¡°He¡¯s already said it too right? You don¡¯t do something because you¡¯ve gained power, because you want to do something you use power. Right now what you¡¯re feeling is the ¡°difference¡±, it wasn¡¯t something that he had from the beginning. [Ipetent], [Good-for-nothing], while being told such things, he crawled up from the bottom and obtained it. ¡..Literally, what he obtained at the end was determination and resolution. Not In order to defeat god, nor save the world. It¡¯s much simpler, it¡¯s for those who are close to him¡..it¡¯spletely different from us who ¡°because we can, we will¡±. That¡¯s why, even if hes being told ¡°because you can, then do it¡±, he won¡¯t easily nod and agree with it. Because, he didn¡¯t obtain power for that purpose, if he looks the other way and loses his most important things then he¡¯d obtain nothing out of it¡.¡±
¡°¡..I don¡¯t really understand¡±
¡°U~n. Though it may be a bit different, look, in order to be the boxing world champion I worked hard, since you¡¯re strong, wipe out all the evil in the town! saying something like that just doesn¡¯t work out?¡±
¡°Mu¡.when you say it like that¡..but, what¡¯s on the line are the lives of the people of this world¡±
Midway in, Kouki stubbornly refuted Shizuku while his eyebrows were in a °Ë shape.
¡°Ma~a, not being able to leave behind people in need is one of your good traits but¡..that¡¯s only Kouki¡¯s senses of value so you shouldn¡¯t force them onto Nagumo-kun¡±
¡°¡..What¡¯s with that, do you have his back on this?¡±
¡°What childish things are you saying. I¡¯m simply talking about people in general? Besides, I¡¯m sure you haven¡¯t forgotten it, somehow or another Nagumo-kun has saved numerous people including us. It was the same for the town of Ulu as well, Kaori also said that he saved the Ankaji dukedom too. It seems he also wiped out the hidden organization that took part in human trafficking at Fuyuren and he also rescued Myu who was a Umininzoku child and returned her to her mother too. ¡¡As for us, I don¡¯t think we¡¯ve done much to save the people from this world?¡±
¡°That¡¯s¡¡¡±
¡°Surely for himself¡..he¡¯d only act for those who are important to him such as Yue and them¡¡.fufu, thinking about that, eventually he might ¡°Take the opportunity¡± to send god flying away?¡±
¡°What¡¯s with that, that pitiful god¡.¡±
While thinking of such silly things, Shizukuughed as she thought that it was possible in the future if it was Hajime. Kouki had aplicated expression but, he didn¡¯t have the strength to deny Shizuku¡¯s words so he tsukkomied and stopped at that. For a while, a time of silence passed by. Shizuku guessed that Kouki was thinking while carrying conflicted feelings within himself again and decided to not say anything.
Then, at that time, Feruniru which had flown in a straight course and fixed speed suddenly went off course. Kouki and Shizuku were wondering what happened since if they just flew straight they¡¯d reach the Empire.
This chapter is provided to you by Re:Library /)
Please visit Re:Library to show the trantors your appreciation and stop supporting the content thief!
¡°¡..Did something happen?¡±
¡°For the time being, shall we go back inside¡±
The two nodded in consent and quickly returned into the ship.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
When Shizuku and Kouki entered the bridge, everyone had already gathered around the crystal-like object at the center.
¡°What happened?¡±
¡°Ah, Shizuku-chan. Un, for some reason people are being chased by the Empire¡¯s soldiers¡±
Kaori answered Shizuku who asked. What Kaori pointed towards in cubic crystal was, several Usagininzoku¡¯s running through a valley, behind them were approaching empire soldiers who were ying a real game of tag with them.
This crystal was created with the [Distant Viewing Stone] and [Distance Transmitting Stone] through Creation magic, it was possible to project the image of the distant surroundings with the crystal installed in the bridge, in simple terms, it was a telescope which was capable of projecting an image.
When Shizuku looked at the crystal disy, certainly, there were 2 Usagininzoku women between a narrow valley without any flowing water, they seemed to be worrying as they ran away from the Empire soldiers who were approaching behind them. Behind the approaching Empire soldiers were severalrge transportation carriages, rather than chasing them from the beginning, did they escape instead? Or were they trying to catch the Usagininzoku¡¯s that they found by chance?
It appears that Hajime and them saw the situation and slowed down Feruniru. Normally he¡¯d just ignore it but, because it was Shia¡¯s race he decided to be concerned about it.
¡°Isn¡¯t this bad! If we don¡¯t immediately help them!¡±
Kouki shouted out as expected. It seemed like he¡¯d jump out at any moment even though they were in the sky.
However, Hajime didn¡¯t answer the rushing Kouki, he drew his eyebrows closer to the crystal disy and looked at it suspiciously.
¡°Oi, Nagumo! Surely you¡¯re not intending to abandon those girls are you!? If you won¡¯t be helping then I¡¯ll go! Hurry and let me down!¡±
¡°Shia, these guys are¡..¡±
¡°Eh? ¡¡Ar~e? These 2 are¡..¡±
Hajime ignored the raging Kouki and called out to Shia. Shia also seems to have noticed now that they zoomed in on the image.
¡°Why are you two soid back! They are the same race as Shia-san right! Do you think nothing of it!¡±
¡°I¡¯m sorry, you¡¯re a bit noisy so could you quiet down for a bit? ¡..Hajime-san, there¡¯s no doubt about it. It¡¯s Rana-san and Mina-san¡±
¡°As expected huh. ¡¡Because of their sudden change in condition I had a hard time remembering. ¡¡These guys movements and expressions¡..fumu¡±
Kouki¡¯s opinion waspletely cut off by Shia and he instinctively became quiet. By the way, the reason why Kouki was addressing Shia with ¡°San¡± was due to the results of her introducing herself by her first name with a refreshing smile, but Shia had said to just call her by her first name without adding honorifics with a smile.
In the meantime, the two Usagininzoku women stopped moving their legs as they fell onto the ground. Their current position was at a slightly more open valley.
When he saw that, Kouki regained his senses and decided that he¡¯d leave the bridge and go to the front deck. Though there¡¯s still quite some distance between them, for the time being he was intending to shoot magic to attract the Empire soldiers attention.
¡°Ma~a, wait. Amanogawa. It¡¯s fine¡±
¡°Wha, what are you saying! Those feeble women seem like they¡¯d be attacked at any moment!¡±
~Ki~ Kouki red at Hajime in frustration, However, Hajime was smiling from ear to ear and muttered like something was interesting as he looked at the crystal disy.
¡°Feeble? No way. Those guys are¡..the [Hauria] you know?¡±
What are you saying? immediately after Kouki¡¯s doubtful expression, ¡°Ah!¡±, someone¡¯s astonished voice sounded out. When Kouki looked towards the crystal disy to see what happened, what was there was¡¡a mountain of corpses consisting of Empire soldiers who were beheaded or pierced urately through the head by an arrow.
¡°¡¡.Eh?¡±
Not just Kouki but everyone who didn¡¯t know of the Hauria tribe became dot eyed. In the meantime, feeling suspicious that the forces which left the transportation wagons weren¡¯t returning after they went to chase the Usagininzoku, they decided to send out several scouts.
And, when those scouts found the mountain of theirrades corpses, they called out to the two Usagininzoku women who were at the center leaning on one another and shaking as they approached in a threatening voice.
They may have usually been much more careful of their actions after suddenly finding a mountain of theirrades corpses but, before them were the pet ves who had absolutely no fighting power. They approached while upset but had no caution. They got closer.
The moment when one of the scouts was about to grab one of the Usagininzoku woman by her Usamimis, an arrow shot out from somewhere and pierced through the scout behind him in the head. When the scout noticed the sound of the man copsing on the the ground and convulsing, he looked back.
In front of him, the Usagininzoku woman who should have been trembling in fear got up without a sound, at some point she was already wielding a short sword in her hand and the scout in front of her was easily beheaded.
And the other Usagininzoku woman also immediately kept a low posture as she crawled on the ground towards the beheaded man who was falling sideways and easily reaped the head of thest scout who was stunned towards the sudden situation.
The head popped off as if it was a toy, Kouki and them, ¡°U~¡±, became pale faced and held their mouths. Princess Ririana and her imperial guards instinctively stared at Shia when the impossible scene of the Usagininzoku killing the Empire soldiers were shown. The special one wasn¡¯t only you!? with their eyes opened wide in surprise.
¡°No, without a doubt I¡¯m the only special one? There¡¯s no way that there would be so many just like me. That was the results of training for them. ¡..Hajime-san ced them into a hell which couldn¡¯t be lukewarm, it was training which could be called devil remodeling, that kind of feeling¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡¡¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
Everyone¡¯s line of sight turned towards Hajime. Their eyes all clearly expressed the same things. In other words, ¡°It was you again!?¡±. Hajime abruptly averted his eyes.
In the meantime, the situation wasing to its final stages. The remaining empire soldiers and the transport wagon finally reached the ughter site. The Empire soldiers footpletely came to a stop when they noticed the appearance of theirrades that were scattered on the road to block them.
They couldn¡¯t just advance on ahead by trampling on the corpses as if nothing happened, above all they became intensely agitated as they made a ruckus.
And the Hauria tribe didn¡¯t let that chance go by. No, everything may have been done for the sake of that chance to appear. The remaining Empire soldiers numbered 12. The Hauria tribesmen jumped out from both sides of the cliff, suddenly they appeared but even with the 2 women from before their numbers was only 5 people. However the Hauria tribesmen who jumped at them were better prepared to fight against the Empire soldiers, 3 heads were sent flying, and 1 person was shot right through the middle of their forehead by an arrow.
The Hauria didn¡¯t let up their fierce attacks. Just like the flowing water, they attacked the Empire soldiers as a group.
The moment that one of the Empire soldiers managed to grab their sword, a Hauria would jump from the side and immediately cut their head off.
Arrows came flying towards the Empire soldiers from the front. It¡¯s speed was unlike those before it, they were transparent and the instant they tried to clear away as the Empire soldiers read where the arrow was going, a different Usagininzoku woulde in from their blind spot and cut off their head.
While the Empire soldiers gave out a courageous roar as they approached and kicked the heads of the beheaded soldiers. The moment that their eyes were fixed onto the Haruia who were unforgivable due to their angered hearts, a different Hauria suddenly appeared behind their backs and beheaded them.
When you thought it was the right, they came from the left, when you thought they were in front, they came from the back, there were no restrictions, the Empire soldiers were at the mercy of the ever changing attacks. It didn¡¯t take much time¡¡until their heads flew through the air.
This chapter is provided to you by Re:Library /)
If you are not reading this, that means this content is stolen. Please support us by visiting our site.
¡°Is, is this supposed to be the Usagininzoku¡¡.¡±
¡°Seriously¡¡¡±
¡°Rabbit¡¯s are scary¡.¡±
Mutters filled with horror were heard on the bridge of Feruniru.
¡°Fu~n, their proficiency hasn¡¯t dropped at all. It doesn¡¯t seem like they skipped out on training. ¡¡But, their ending was a bit weak¡±
As Kouki and them were still stunned with open mouths, Hajime pulled out Scgen and opened up a part of the windshield and pushed the muzzle outside with a standing shooting posture. There was still around 5 kilometers before the site. Everyone besides Yue and them were popeyed, Hajime was smiling and looking straight ahead without moving. Then he gently pulled the trigger.
Doba~an!!
The sound of an explosion was heard and a line shed through the sky from Scgen which gave off bright red sparks.
It blew up the head of the Empire soldier who jumped out of the carriage and was about to cast magic on the Hauria. There were also Empire soldiers in the carriage. With ¡°Distant View¡± in Hajime¡¯s magic eye, he was able to detect the surge of magic building up, he had noticed that the soldier was nning an ambush attack so he sniped him from Feruniru.
On the crystal disy, it showed the Hauria tribesman¡¯s surprised expressions when the ambushers head waspletely blown off. They immediately traced the line of trajectory and noticed Feruniru that was flying in the sky.
Normally they¡¯d be cautious with the attack that came from a mysterious flying object but¡..In the next instant their expressions became joyful.
A boy with a crossbow on his shoulder jumped out from the shadows of the rocks and smiled fearlessly! and decided to wildly salute. They seemed to have noticed who the person who shot out that sh was. It was to be expected of them. A bright red sh was a ssic symbol of their boss who they loved and respected¡..
The Hauria tribesmen saluted the boy whom they followed dly. There appearances were seen reflected on the crystal disy and once again everyones gazes turned towards Hajime. This time their eyes contained a lot of amazement. What kinds of things did he have to do to make the gentle Usaginizokus turn into that, Kouki and the others had eyes that silently questioned that.
¡°Hajime-san, Hajime-san. Let¡¯s quickly get down. To be doing this kind of thing outside of the Sea of Trees¡..maybe they¡¯ve run out of control again¡..¡±
Kouki and them watched as Shia rushed Hajime. From the Hauria tribesman¡¯s strategy, they were clearly aiming for the Empire¡¯s transportation force, it appears that, they took a trip outside of the Sea of Trees in order to kill Empire soldiers which caused Shia to became worried if they were intoxicated by battle again and ran out of control.
Hajime had thought from their appearances that there was no way of that happening but, because Shia had an anxious face, Hajime himself became slightly interested and decided tond Feruniru in the valley.
When Hajime and them got off at the valley, there were a lot of Demi-humans there besides the Hauria. There seems to have been about 100 people. It appears that that contents of the transportation wagons were Demi-humans. Besides Usagininzokus, there were Kitsuneninzoku1 as well as Inuninzoku¡¯s2 too, Nekoninzoku3, and many women and children Morininzoku4. Everyone looked at Hajime and them with cautious eyes, they weren¡¯t able to hide their surprise at the flying vehicle which they¡¯ve never seen nor heard about before. It certainly was an encounter with the unknown.
And, with 80% of those who were surprised, a boy with a crossbow on his shoulder ran through the other 20% of Demi-humans who were confused and cautious, he immediately appeared before Hajime and performed a splendid salute with his back straightened.
¡°It¡¯s been a long time, Boss! I¡¯ve been awaiting the day when we meet once again! I¡¯ve never thought that you¡¯d appear again like this, I¡¯m once again impressed! Also for helping us a while ago, I thank you!¡±
¡°Yo~o, it¡¯s been a long time. Ma~a, don¡¯t mind what happened earlier. Since it was you guys, you¡¯d likely be able to take on that kind of damage. ¡.You¡¯ve guys have improved quite a bit¡±
When Hajime had a smile on his face and said that, 2 women and 3 men with Usamimis hade out from the dumbfounded Demi-humans and saluted just like the boy with Usamimis, their eyes were beginning to water up because of their overflowing emotions. And, while wonderfully harmonizing their voices and their arranged heels sounding out.
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±We¡¯re grateful, Sir!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
The Hauria¡¯s voices trembled and echoed through the valley. They were moved enough to tears, but they didn¡¯t cry as their boss who they hold in high esteem praised them of their growth. Everyone looked up towards the empty sky and seemed to have held back the tears that were about to pour out. It appears that they put in slightly too much effort into holding the tears back as their eyes became bloodshot and scary. Hajime, Yue, and Shia were calm but, Teio and Kaori in the back, Kouki and them and Ririana and them werepletely taken aback.
¡°Ehtto, It¡¯s been a long time everyone! It¡¯s great that you¡¯re energetic above all else. By the way, where are father and them? Is it just you guys Pal-kun? Also, why are you guys in such a ce, going against the Empire soldiers¡..¡±
¡°Please calm down, Shia-anego5. If you don¡¯t ask one at a time I won¡¯t be able to answer? For the time being, right now there¡¯s only the 6 of us here. There are various circumstances, let¡¯s find a calm ce where we can talk in detail. ¡.And also, it¡¯s not Pal-kun, its ¡°Baltoferd of Certain Death¡±. Please don¡¯t make mistakes?¡±
¡°¡¡Eh? Did you tsukkomi me just now? Or rather you¡¯re still taking up that name¡..Rana-san and you guys should also be cautious¡±
Pal was the same as always and Shia massaged her temple as she endures her headache. However, the opinion to move to a different ce was reasonable, for the time being she¡¯ll not press them any further, Shia gave out a warning to the woman Rana as well as the other members to not follow Pal¡¯s lead and change their names.
But, the reality was already something that went above expectations.
¡°¡¡Shia. It¡¯s not Rana¡¡.its [Rana Inferna of Swift Shadows]¡±6
¡°!? Rana-san!? What are you saying¡¡¡±
Out of the Hauria¡¯s, Rana had a firm older sister feeling, Shia¡¯s cheeks start cramping up as she never thought this would happen. However the Hauria¡¯s furious attacks didn¡¯t stop. Attacking through waves of cooperation was their strengths.
¡°I¡¯m, [Minasteria the Sky Render]!¡±
¡°!?¡±
¡°I¡¯m, [Yaozerias of Mighty Illusions]!¡±
¡°!?¡±
¡°I¡¯m, [Yorugandal of Crawling Decapitation]!¡±
¡°!?¡±
¡°Fu~, I¡¯m [Liquid Break of Light Rain]¡±
¡°!?¡±
Everyone had extremely triumphant looks as they took on poses like joO7 as they introduced their second name. Shia¡¯s expression was dyed in despair. It appears that, the boom of Hauria having 2 names (Chunii) was here. At this rate, the possibility of everyone in the whole n having them is high. By the way, their official names were only two characters in their heads.8
The family which she¡¯s reunited with after a long time turned into a situation where they took on poses with triumphant looks while dering their second name, Shia¡¯s appearance was quite pitiful as she spat out ectosm from her mouth. That¡¯s why, Hajime was going to warn them that after several years they¡¯d writhe around on the ground due to the embarrassment whenever they recalled their expressions.
However before he could, a stray bullet shot out from Pal.
¡°By the way, Which is better boss, [Crimson sh of Rondo] or [White ws and Fangs of Gale]?¡±9
¡°¡..What?¡±
¡°Boss¡¯s second name. It was a heated discussion at the n meeting for 10 days, somehow we¡¯ve managed to narrow it down to these 2. However, we need to find out which is the best in the end, it was settled as a tie after fighting among the n¡..since itse to this, we were to entrust it to boss¡¯s judgment after reuniting. By the way, I¡¯m on the ¡°Crimson sh of Rondo¡± side¡±
¡°Wait, since when was it required to have 2 names?¡±
¡°Boss, I¡¯m firmly on the [White ws and Fangs of Gale] side¡±
¡°No, listen to what I¡¯m saying. I¡.¡±
¡°What are you saying Rana Inferna of Swift Shadows. No matter how you think about it, Boss perfectly fits [Crimson sh of Rondo]!¡±
¡°No, kora, enough of this¡..¡±
¡°That¡¯s right! He releases sparks of red magical power, master of various weapons and able to freely run around the skies, it¡¯s exactly [Crimson sh of Rondo]! This is the best JK¡±10
¡°Stop it, anymore of that shamefulmentary is¡ª-¡±
This chapter is provided to you by Re:Library /)
Say no to aggregator site!
¡°Oioi, Yorugandal of Crawling Decapitation. If you say that then, that trademark white hair that waves around as he carries his powerful weapons in both hands called his ws and fangs and attack in waves like a storm, there¡¯s no other way of expressing it than [White ws and Fangs of Gale], why can¡¯t you understand? Since when have you be so senile?¡±
¡°¡¡.¡±
Ectosm began to flow from Hajime¡¯s mouth. It appears that the surprise present of their embarrassingmentary was making his mind reach it¡¯s limit. As they were getting along well with each other, unknown energy were flowing in the back of Hajime and Shia¡¯s mouths, ~Bufu~! the sound of it spouting resounded.
¡°Shi, Shizu Shizu, it¡¯s not nice tough, Bufu~!¡±
¡°Su, Suzu¡¯sughing as well¡.Kufu¡.I wonder¡.have they been infected with chunii, fu, fufu~¡±
When Hajime regained his senses and looked behind him, Shizuku and Suzu¡¯s shoulders were shaking as were desperately trying to keep in theirughter. Although they were unable to keep it in at all.
For the time being, Hajime decided to shoot Pal and them who were having their heated discussion with rubber bullets and then turned towards Shizuku and Suzu with a reproachful look as they gradually shook.
¡°Yaegashi, for the cool you, I¡¯ll forcefully give you a twintail ribbon as a presentter. Of course I¡¯ll also keep image recordings of it¡±
¡± ! ¡±
¡°Taniguchi, I¡¯ll shorten your height by another 5 centimeters¡±
¡± ! ¡±
Shizuku and Suzu¡¯sughing immediately stopped and they trembled in fear. Even if it was unreasonably misced anger, if Hajime became serious then the 2 wouldn¡¯t be able to oppose him. And Hajime¡¯s eyes werepletely serious.
¡°Ano¡¡is this a good time?¡±
While avoiding the Hauria that were floundering on the ground, Shizuku and them were protesting Hajime¡¯s unreasonableness, the voice which called out was a beautiful girl from the feet up, she was a slender beauty who had long blond hair and blue eyes. From her sharp pointy ears they could tell that she was a Morininzoku. Hajime had felt that she kinda looked like one of Fair Bergen¡¯s elders, Alfrerick.
¡°Are you without a doubt Nagumo Hajime-dono?¡±
¡°N? That¡¯s certainly right but¡..¡±
When Hajime nodded, the beautiful blond haired blue eye Morininzoku gave out a relieved sigh as she patted her chest. To begin with, both of her thin hands were bound by metal handcuffs, it seems to have been quite a pitiful state. Her ankles also had shackles with chains fixed on it, every time she walked her white skin turned red as it rubbed her skin.
¡°Then, is it fine to believe that you won¡¯t capture us and enve us? I¡¯ve heard from my grandfather that your senses of value for your own race is for better or worst, equal for everything. You would not toy with us Demi-humans¡..¡±
¡°Grandfather? Is it possibly Alfrerick?¡±
¡°That is correct. I¡¯m sorry for the dy but, I am, the only granddaughter of Alfrerick an elder of Fair Bergen, Arutena Haipisuto¡±
¡°An elder¡¯s granddaughter was captured¡¡it appears that there really were various circumstances¡±
Speaking of being the granddaughter of an elder, she¡¯s practically the princess of the Morininzoku, naturally, they should have also had firm escape methods and guards in case of emergencies. Without being able to use them, or it could be said that even if they used them they¡¯d still get caught, that just shows how tight the situation was. As expected, something happened at therge tree? Hajime frowned as it was bing increasingly necessary to hear Pal and their stories as he sharpened his nce.
In this situation, Hajime called out to Pal and them while ignoring Arutena¡¯s odd continuous stare.
¡°Oi, you guys. Bring over all the Demi-humans. Incidentally. I¡¯ll send you guys to the Sea of Trees¡±
¡°Yes, Sir! Ah, I¡¯m sorry about this but, boss. I want to contact arade who¡¯s lurking on the Empire¡¯s outskirts, may I leave midway in?¡±
¡°Ahh, that works out just fine, we have a few guys here that we¡¯ll be sending to the Empire, I¡¯ll unload you guys a bit away from the Empire together¡±
¡°Thank you very much!¡±
Currently, Hajime and them were currently not to far away from the Empire. The fact that the Demi-humans were being transported through carriage here would mean that, it wasn¡¯t going from the Sea of Trees to Empire, but rather it came from the Empire and was heading for another ce. In other words, Pal and them went to the Empire to gather some kind of information, hearing the story of the transportation, they came chasing after it.
The Demi-humans began walking timidly and uneasily as they were told to by Pal and them. When he saw that, Hajime and them also returned to Feruniru. Then, at that time, nearby Hajime, ¡°K~ya!¡±, a cute scream resounded. Arutena appears to have tripped because of the fetters11. While panicking with both hands in the air, immediately, since she was close¡ª¨Cshe ended up clinging onto Hajime¡¯s back.
In an instant, the Demi-humans turned blue and stiffened up. If the other party were Empire soldiers then, the moment they were used as support, an open palm woulde flying. While shouting ¡°Why are you touching me without permission, you dirty beasts!¡± That¡¯s why, Arutena also thought it would happen? she probably had an illusion that she was going to be hit.
However, Hajime isn¡¯t able to do such vulgar things.
¡°Ahh? ¡.Jeez¡±
As Hajime nced behind his shoulder, he looked at Arutena¡¯s hands and feet as she cowered back after their nces aligned, ¡°Well, yeah it would be hard to walk in those,¡± while he convinced himself of that, he scratched his head like it was troublesome and kneeled down before Arutena who was standing. Towards that, the Demi-humans began to make a ruckus as if they were upset.
¡°Ah, ano¡.¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine so just stay still¡±
Simrly, Arutena was shaken when he suddenly decided to kneel down, right afterwards, Hajime¡¯s actions caused her to be even more uneasy. That was because Hajime was touching Arutena¡¯s foot. To be urate, he was touching the fetters, Arutena was shocked and trembling. Never before has a man knelt down and touched her feet before, she became stiff and uneasy as her eyes swam around. Then, in the next instant, her eyes rounded up in surprise. Once she noticed that red magical power was gushing out, without a sound the fetters came off.
When Hajime stood back up, this time he held onto both of Arutena¡¯s hands. At that point, Arutena had understood what Hajime was going to do and managed to regain someposure. And once again the fascinating red radiance gushed out again. A small voice that may or may not have resounded, ¡°How beautiful¡¡¡± was muttered. Recently, has Hajime¡¯s magical powers been sharpened? It seems to have been much brighter than before.
After removing the handcuffs he immediately threw them away and he finally touched Arutena¡¯s neck. It was because a ve¡¯s cor was attached there. With a serious look and having her neck felt by Hajime, Arutena¡¯s cheeks were heating up for some reason. After Hajime easily removed the cor, ¡°This should be alright now,¡± he convinced himself, and as if nothing happened he turned around.
And, Hajime noticed that strangely he had be the center of attention. The Demi-humans were looking at him as if looking at a mysterious person, Pal and the other Hauria seemed to be proud, Kouki and them seemed to be slightlyplex, and Yue and the females had eyes filled with both amazement and sharpness. While flinching a bit Hajime questioned, ¡°What is it?¡±
However, against that, the females who noticed Arutena¡¯s slightly blushed cheeks reacted.
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡¡Nothing (ja12) (desu13)¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
It was incredibly cold.
References
1. Fox
2.Dog
3.Cat
4. Forest People/elves
5.older sister, extremely humble way
6. I think, ¼²Ó°¤Î¥é¥Ê¥¤¥ó¥Õ¥§¥ê¥Ê
7.reference which im sure i balls¡¯ed up big time, È«†T¤¬Æà¤Þ¤¸¤¤¥É¥äǤ½¤ì¤¾¤ì¥¸¥ç¡ðµÄ¤ÊÏã¤Ð¤·¤¤¥Ý©`¥º¤òÈ¡¤ê¤Ê¤¬¤é
8. not sure what this line was for, i may have screwed up
9.Probably wrong ¼t¤éW¹â¤Î݆ÎèÇú(¥í¥ó¥É) and °×¤×¦ÑÀ¤Î¿ñïj(¤¤ç¤¦¤Ò¤ç¤¦)
10.unable to actually understand what this meant, ¤³¤ìÒ»’k¤À¤íJK
If I remember correctly JK is Japanese ng for High School Girl
11.chains
12.Teio
13.Shia
Chapter 112
Chapter 112
Chapter 112 ¨C Lovestruck Period?
After Hajime had unshackled all the demi-humans, they began to explore the airship to satisfy their curiosity, back in the bridge Hajime was listening to Pal and his group¡¯s story.
¡°I see¡. the Majinzoku attacked both the Empire and Sea of Trees¡±
¡°Affirmative. Though I don¡¯t know of the details of the Empire, the Sea of Trees was invaded by arge group of strong demons. It would have been dangerous if not for our previouslyid traps¡±
ording to Pal, the Majinzoku also took along an army of demons to the Sea of Trees. [Harutsuina Sea of Trees] its natural since Freed¡¯s groups goal is to obtain more Age of Gods magic they would would aim for it, after all it¡¯s well known as one of the greatbyrinths.
Naturally the soldiers of Fair Bergen 1 couldn¡¯t permit the Majinzoku to just waltz right in, so they gathered the biggest forces they could muster up in order to confront them. They believed that they had the advantage due to the naturally dense fog, but their expectations were easily betrayed and they soon fell into confusion. Apart from the Majinzoku, the demons that they brought along showed their powers to the fullest extent in the Sea of Trees. Even though the demons were not of the insect type, they paved their way through, defeated and took the lives of many soldiers of Fair Bergen one after another through their odd magic.
The Majinzoku turned around and asked the defeated Demi-humans, simrly to Hajime, ¡°Where is the entrance to thergebyrinth?¡± However they couldn¡¯t just obediently give information to the enemies, they didn¡¯t know when the Majinzoku would start advancing towards Fair Bergen to ask random bypassers, so they quickly sent someone back to the town. The council was quickly gathered and a decision was made, the demons were far too strong to defend against, they decided to give them the information. In order to avoid a disaster like in Hajime¡¯s case. Thebyrinth itself will clear away all who aren¡¯t worthy.
However, even though they asked the same question as Hajime, the Majinzoku had a different sense of value for the Demi-humans. No, the Majinzoku didn¡¯t do as Hajime did at all, they carried a huge sense of discrimination and hatred against Demi-humans.
They believed that the world belongs to the Majinzoku, and that these beasts that have been abandoned by god is of the utmost humiliation and are absolutely unbearable. Their expressions were that of mad men with absolute confidence in their own god.
And, the Majinzoku bared their fangs at Fair Bergen. They decided to hunt down the Demihumans before going into the dungeon.
The soldiers of Fair Bergen fought back desperately. However, the army of unknown demons were too strong and had no troubles in the Sea of Trees, their chances of winning was low.
As it stood, they would be defeated sooner orter, a soldier of the Kumaninzoku 2 understood this and looked for a chance to escape from Fair Bergen. His purpose was not to run away. His purpose was to beg for help.
His name is Regin 3 Banton. It was the elder which attacked Hajime out of anger and was greatly injured in the process, it was the man that held a deep grudge against the Hauria4 tribe.
Now, Regin, without shame nor reputation, went forth to bow down to the Hauria tribe which was banished from Fair Bergen. He ran desperately through the Sea of Trees, his body was covered in wounds, when he finally reached the new vige he prostrated himself on the ground many times. He asked them earnestly.
¡ªI need your help, please lend me your power.
The head of the Hauria tribe, Cam, went out and answered the wish.
The reason is not for Fair Bergen. Of course their own species, the Usagininzoku were still in Fair Bergen, but that wasn¡¯t the reason either, above all, the thing that Cam could not forgive was the fact that the Majinzoku¡¯s purpose was the greatbyrinth.
Emergency, if the Majinzoku¡¯s do something wierd to thebyrinth¡..
When their boss Hajime returns at ater time. He would not be able to look him in the eye if the Majinzoku did something to it.
As a subordinate of Hajime, it would not do if the bosses wish was obstructed by something, in order to have a happy reunion where we can proudly stick out our chests, otherwise we don¡¯t have the qualifications to call Hajime, boss! he said.
Though Hajime doesn¡¯t really mind such a thing¡..it¡¯s the pride of the Hauria.
As a result, the Hauria tribe, rather than answering Regins request, ¡°Who dares put their hands on something that belongs to the boss, ahn!? if they want to fight, shall we give them a fight!?¡± with that in their minds, they decided to participate.
Regin¡¯s thoughtster.
¡°The Hauria were really scary at that time. though they weren¡¯t in a frenzy likest time, their lips were waveringly shaking, and splitting abruptly¡.they wereughing. Uu, it wasn¡¯t possible for me to sleep well from that day on. ¡..The rabbits lips were recalled in my dreams, my neck¡.Haa~ Haa~¡¡no more. My anxiety doesn¡¯t stop. ¡¡Where is the medicine¡..¡±
As the Hauria entered the war, they first decided to wiped out all demons outside of Fair Bergen. Their purpose was to build strategies by confirming the demons movements and odd magics. Although the Hauria tribe became strong, it was due to using their racial abilities to the fullest, along with the mentality of not running away from fights, their spec¡¯s didn¡¯t actually increase in any way, shape, or form. Therefore, they didn¡¯t recklessly charge in against a new kind of demon they¡¯ve never fought before.
The other party was a formidable foe, so resolution was needed, preparation of stealth attacks, surprise attacks, lying and deceiving, they did everything to gather information.
And, when the chest board was set up, they all took the offensive at once. Even if the dense fog wasn¡¯t effective, the demons were skillfully being killed by the Usaginizoku¡¯s original techniques.
Sooner orter the Majinzoku finally started to notice that their demons were disappearing, they ordered a quick regroup. The Hauria that couldn¡¯t defeat demons were made to be decoys, Instructions were then given to ce traps around their new vige.
Then guiding them was simple. anyhow, being baited so easily, the Majinzoku¡¯s blood rained down and heads rolled on the ground. Then they appeared and snorted through their nose¡.it was enough.
After wiping out the Majinzoku, the Hauria suffered some losses as well.
However, their current situation wasn¡¯t over yet. Though Fair Bergen was saved by the Hauria, the amount of coteral damage was huge. There was no room to guard the Sea of Trees with all the nursing and funerals that were needed.
Then, at that opening, the Empire soldiers invaded the Sea of Trees.
Their purpose was to abduct Demi-humans.
After the battle was over, the Hauria went back to their vige and waste to notice, as a result, there was basically no resistance while kidnaping. When Cam noticed the kidnappings, he kidnaped and questioned an empire soldier, apparently the Empire suffered from a demons attack, it was decided that they needed to secure manpower for repairs, in other words, the Demi-humans(¡¡¡)that appeared to be the reason for invading the Sea of Trees.
Cam quickly rushes to the other Usagininzoku viges, but he was toote, most of the women and children have already been kidnaped. It¡¯s clear that the powerless Usagininzoku¡¯s were not abducted in order to help with the required manpower for the empire. Their purpose was to be used to satisfy their people after receiving an attack.
As expected, the Hauria tribe could not overlook their fellow species, the majority of their forces were left to guard the Sea of Trees, Cam and a small group chased after the Empire soldiers transport wagon that was heading towards the Imperial Capital.
However,munications with Cam was suddenly cut off after they reached the Imperial capital. No one came to the meeting ce that was set up ahead of time.
The remaining people at the Sea of Trees became restless and decided to send out scouts towards the empire.
Results, Cam¡¯s group that invaded the Imperial capital never came out.
Afterwards, in order to invade the Imperial capital and find out Cam¡¯s status, Pal¡¯s group was gathering information on the security of the capital when they noticed that there was a transportation wagon with arge amount of Demi-humans leaving for another town, Pal¡¯s group then put information gathering on hold and went to rescue theirrades.
¡°However boss, by any chance, have other ces also been attack by Majinzoku?¡±
¡°Ahh, they¡¯re active behind the scenes here and there? well, luckily I was around and they were all defeated¡±
If you think about it, Hajime could be considered a God of gue for the Majinzoku. This is because he doesn¡¯t actually hold any hostility towards their race, it just so happens that their timing is bad, so he ends up kicking them out of his way when they obstruct him.
¡°Well, I have a rough understanding of what¡¯s going on. First of all, you need more information about Cam who¡¯s in the Imperial capital?¡±
¡°Affirmative. And, though I¡¯m sorry boss¡..¡±
¡°I understand. We¡¯ll be passing by anyways. The fellows that got caught, I¡¯ll send them back to the Sea of Trees¡±
¡°Thank you!¡±
Pal and his group all bow at once. Though Shia mumbled a little, nothing was said.
Hajime noticed it and knew what Shia wanted to say, but he waited for her to say it herself, in the end nothing was said.
Finally, Hajime received a message for the leftover forces at the Sea of Trees, then dropped off Riria-na 5 and Pal¡¯s group off a little ways away from the Imperial capital. Then his party set a course at full speed towards [Harutsuina Sea of Trees].~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once again Hajime set foot on [Harutsuina Sea of Trees] and weed the dense fog which shuts out all light ahead.
Still, if there were no Demi-humans to guide the way, people who were below Hajime¡¯s inhumane level would likely be driven mad. As Hajime led the group, in order to not be separated he ced Demi-humans on the outside to enclose their surroundings.
Strangely Arutena was walking especially close to Hajime, he decided to ignore it and keep advancing. Shia who was walking nearby had an anxious face, suddenly her ears reacted with a ~pico pico~. Shia lifted up her face, then began to stare at what lied ahead.
¡°Hajime-san, there¡¯s an armed group up ahead¡±
The surrounding Demi-humans turned a surprised look towards Shia due to her words. Even the kidnapped Usagininzoku in the group were surprised that Shia had managed to perceive something that they couldn¡¯t.
As if confirming Shia¡¯s words, a group of Toramimi 6 Demi-humans appeared through the fog with weapons. The armed group had fierce eyes and stared at them, then they sensed that there was arge group of Demi-humans in the group, so they decided to not suddenly attack.
Among them, the eyes of the Toraninzoku 7 who seemed to be the leader, stopped at Hajime. His eyes were then opened wide in astonishment.
¡°You, that time¡..¡±
Hajime also recalled the Toraninzoku¡¯s appearance. His name is Ghil 8, he was themander of the security force that confronted Hajime the first time he came to the Sea of Trees. Apparently he survived the invasion and is currently patrolling again.
¡°What on earth do you want this time¡..is that, Arutena!? Are you alright!?¡±
¡°Ah, Yes. These people and the Hauria tribe helped me¡±
Ghil tried to ask Hajime¡¯s purpose in a wild voice, and Arutena who was by his side noticed and showed herself. To the words of Arutena, a deep sigh of relief and amazement was heard.
¡°That¡¯s good. Alfrerick-sama was very sad. quickly, please show him your energetic appearance. ¡¡.Boy. You, for what reason did you help us Demi-humans? Though it doesn¡¯t suit you who is arrogant and haughty¡..well, you have my thanks¡±
¡°There wasn¡¯t a specific reason. it was only a coincidence, a coincidence¡±
From the atmosphere of meeting an acquaintance, Shizuku¡¯s group had doubtful faces. Shia then exined what had happened quietly, also how she fell in love with Hajime, and their faces showed consent.
¡°Now then, are any of the Hauria tribe stationed at Fair Bergen? or, a fellow that knows where their current vige is located?¡±
¡°Mu? If its people from the Hauria tribe, there should be several in Fair Bergen. Though you¡¯ve likely heard, there was an invasion, so many are currently living in Fair Bergen¡±
¡°Thats good then. Well, lets quickly head for Fair Bergen¡±
Hajime says so and urges ahead quickly. With an amazed face again, as usual it seems his attitude hasn¡¯t changed much, Ghil ordered his troops to brace their arms in order to guide them back.
There wasn¡¯t any feeling hostility like the first time anymore, is it because they were saved by the Hauria tribe which Hajime trained, or is it because there¡¯s a great number of people this time¡..they were being mature about it and guiding Hajime, though it is convenient that they can get in without any trouble.
Atst we¡¯ve reached Fair Bergen, though it has changed greatly. First of all, the huge dignified gate had copsed, the leftover remains have yet to be cleaned up.
And, the capital of the Sea of Trees which charmed Hajime with its fantastic beauty of nature, waspletely destroyed with remains here and there, the air corridors and waterways made of tree trunks were broken down in ces.
¡°This is awful¡..¡±
Someone muttered.
Hajime totally agreed as well. The cold breezeing from the darkness and Fair Bergen itself contained a gloomy atmosphere.
Then, people who happened to pass by saw Arutena and their expressions stiffens up, it was unbelieveable, afterwards, they exploded into cheers and ran up to them.
They finally notice that there is a party of humans by their side, when they were told of how Arutena was helped by them their expressions were still stiff, but as they embraced one another exposing their joy, their wariness was relinquished. Of the kidnapped people, there were many that ran at full speed towards their house, after first bowing to Hajime.
The circle that encloses Hajime gradually grows, and the surroundings werepletely buried by the people of Fair Bergen as they noticed. After a while the crowd begins to open a pathway. On the other side, stood Alfrerick Haipisuto, the most important person of Fair Bergen.
¡°Grandfather!¡±
¡°Oh, Oh, Arutena! Im d, you were alright¡..¡±
Arutena, ran at full speed while tears overflowing from her eyes, and jumped into her grandfather¡¯s chest. To the reunion of two family members that was thought to never be able to see one another again, many surrounding people were moved to tears.
After embracing one another for a while, Alfrerickter separated from his granddaughter and gently pats her head, then his gaze was turned to Hajime. A wry smile appeared in his expression.
¡°¡¡Its be a surprising reunion, Hajime Nagumo. Surely, I didn¡¯t think that my granddaughter would be saved. Our previous rtionship aside 9. ¡¡.We sincerely express our gratitude, Thank you¡±
¡°I only brought them here. If you wish to thank someone then thank the Hauria tribe. I¡¯ve heard that there are people from the Hauria tribe here, let me meet with them¡..¡±
¡°Yes, but it¡¯s you who changed the Hauria tribe. What goes around,es around, you¡¯ve not only saved my granddaughter, but also, us all. That is the fact. Your kindness is far more than we deserve and we would never be able to repay it all, but, at least ept our gratitude.¡±
Hajime, from Alfrerick¡¯s words, just shrugs his shoulders reluctantly and was scratching his cheek from having been slightly embarrassed.
Yue, Shia, Teio, and Kaori are happy from watching the heartwarming scene. And, the man who dove into the dungeon in order to train and save the human race, to the fact that Hajime has been saving people all around the world, aplex expression was shown on Kouki¡¯s face.
Afterwards, Hajime, the Hauria tribe heard of their arrival and are quickly returning to Fair Bergen, we were given permission to wait in Alferick¡¯s house.
As to Alferick¡¯s order, they were treated to tea(Arutena blushed a great deal when our hands touched while she handed me tea 10) When we finished drinking one cup, men and women of the Hauria tribe rushed in noisily.
¡°Boss!! I haven¡¯t seen you in a long time!!¡±
¡°We waited for you! Boss!!¡±
¡°I, I¡¯m honored to finally meet you desu~! Sir!!¡±
¡°Uoi! Newbies! Boss has returned! Tell all the other guys! Get there in 30 seconds!¡±
¡°Yes, roger de arimasu~!¡±
The attitude of the leftover forces, Kouki who should have expected it already from the reaction from Pal¡¯s group ispletely surprised! He spat out 11 his tea. While all members were wiping off the tea, they noticed that multiple Usagininzoku were lining up! Standing upright and immoveable with heels in arrangement, it was the appearance of wonderful saluting.
Though there are many who don¡¯t actually know Hajime, their behaviours and speech seems to have been trained into them voluntarily, and expanded their powers.
¡°Un~, Yes, its been a long time. Temporarily, since there are other people here lets stop the saluting¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±Sir, Yes, Sir!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
With a cheer for the boss that could be heard throughout the Sea of Trees, the Hauria tribe seemed to be very satisfied, to the genuine cheer that they¡¯ve experienced for the first time ¡°we¡¯ll also finally.¡..¡± the Usagininzoku that wasn¡¯t part of the Hauria tribe was filled with anticipation.
Surely, after Hajime leaves the Sea of Trees, the angry voice of Sergeant HarOman 12 might have resounded throughout the Sea of Trees.
¡°I¡¯ve meet Pal¡¯s group and understand roughly what¡¯s going on. You guys seem to have yed an active role? You¡¯ve done a great job repelling them¡±
¡°¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±Yes, We¡¯re grateful de arimasu~!!¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±¡±
Thest reply was said full of emotion in a tearful voice. Hajime, then passed on Pal¡¯s groups information on to the Hauria who are trembling with emotion. In other words, Having found that Cam¡¯s group invaded the Imperial castle, they will also invade it. And, there is a request for assistance.
¡°Indeed. ¡..The message from ¡°Baltoferd of Certain Death¡± has definitely been received. We express our thanks, boss¡±
¡°¡¡¡¡.Na, by the way¡..what is your second name?¡±
¡°Ha? Me? ¡¡Fu, of course. Like the falling thunder, an unpredictable thunderp striking down his foes, I am [Iorunikusu of the Thunder de] 13! desu~!¡±
¡°¡¡Is that so¡±
It seems that it¡¯s already toote for the Hauria tribe. They¡¯ve beenpletely infected. I regret that I didn¡¯t stop this from spreading beyond Baltoferd of Certain Death.
Hajime pulled himself together and asked [Iorunikusu of the Thunder de].
¡°There seems to have been members outside of the Hauria tribe thats been trained, now, how many exactly?¡±
¡°¡¡Rest assured¡. Many brave young people from tribes that have good rtions to our Hauria tribe have heard of the rumors and begged to be trained¡.. Our actualbat force goes up to 122 soldiers¡±
Not only Hajime, but also Yue and Shia were surprised, if thats the case then they¡¯ve increased their numbers by a fair bit. Hajime¡¯s intentions aren¡¯t understood so ¡°Iorunikusu of the Thunder de¡± has a doubtful face.
¡°we can carry all of the members at one time. ¡..Io, Runikusu. Quickly gather all the guys who want to follow us to the Imperial capital. I want to see everyone together here¡±
¡°Ha? Ha! Roger! At once!¡±
It appeared that ¡°Iorunikusu of the Thunder de¡± didn¡¯t understand right away and asked back with a questionable face, then he guessed that it meant that they would be going with Hajime to the Imperial capital, he saluted and immediately left to gather the other members.
¡°Io¡..of the Thunder de, Hajime returned in order to go to the greatbyrinth, it appears he didn¡¯t think that Hajime would actually help them. It seems he shaken up by the unexpected words.
And, Io wasn¡¯t the only one who was surprised, Shia who stood next to Hajime was also surprised. Her eyes are open wide, and her rabbit ears are standing up straight! She stares at Hajime.
¡°Ha, Hajime-san¡..the greatbyrinth¡..¡±
¡°You¡¯re worried about Cam¡¯s group right?¡±
¡°U¡.that¡.sono¡.but¡.¡±
Hajime hit the bulls-eye so Shia shuts her mouth.
Hajime¡¯s purpose is the greatbyrinth, Cam¡¯s circumstances are unrted, Shia was unable to say that she wanted to search for Cam¡¯s whereabouts, entering the Imperial capital which would prove too troublesome. Moreover, Cam wasn¡¯t kidnapped, he went in on his own ord. If anything its his own responsibility.
Shia also decided to follow whatever Hajime¡¯s decisions were. Just like her father had his own path, Shia had hers.
However, still, if you know that your family members whereabouts are unknown, naturally you would be worried and search. Because of the anxiety being shown on Shia¡¯s face ¨C Yue, Hajime, and the rest understood.
Hajime, walks up right beside Shia, who was quiet because she was grateful that extra time would be used, and ces his hands on her cheeks.
¡°Fe?¡±
To Hajime¡¯s sudden action, Shia absentmindedly let out a voice with a confused face. While looking straight into Shia¡¯s eyes with persuading power, Hajime smiled and said.
¡°Shia, that anxious face doesn¡¯t suit you. If you¡¯re worried about Cam, just say you¡¯re worried¡±
¡°B, but¡.¡±
¡°No buts. Now, what do you want to do? You¡¯ve always just said whatever you wanted. What happened to your impudence from our first meeting? To begin with, if you¡¯re not smiling¡.. I wont be able to contain my anger¡±
¡°Hajime-san¡..¡±
Though it was snappishly said, it¡¯s obvious that he worried about Shia in all truths. The words that Shia yearned for. She understood, Shia ces her hand on top of Hajime¡¯s hand thats on her cheek. Her eyes began to moisten with joy and love.
¡°You might not realise this¡¡but this, sono, what. it¡¯s enough, that i think that you¡¯re important. Therefore, Cheer up¡. I won¡¯t hesitate to do my best¡±
¡°Hajime-san, I¡..¡±
¡°Just say what you want to say. Because i will definitely listen¡±
With a gentle warmth transmitting to her cheek, to the eyes that looked straight back into her eyes, Shia¡¯s words that she locked up within herself began to spring forth.
¡°¡¡.I, I¡¯m worried about father desuu~. ¡..Just one look is fine, I want to see his safe appearance desuu~.¡±
¡°Really, you only had to say that in the beginning. Now, did you think i would decline?¡±
¡°Wa, I, I didn¡¯t mean for it to be like that! Mou, Hajime-san is truly annoying!¡±
Though she puffs her cheeks as if sulking, stars twinkled brightly in her eyes, her cheeks were dyed pink, and the face of a woman who was looking at her boyfriend was seen. To say it out, happy feelings were overflowing from her whole body.
Shia, though it was not intentional to be reserved with Hajime, due to the increase of women who thinks about Hajime(rivals), She unconsciously held back to increase her ratings.
Everything was blown away at Hajime¡¯s words, ¡°You¡¯re important.¡±
When this Shia was seen, the women reacts.
¡°¡..N~. Shia, cute¡±
And, Yue watches Shia heartwarmingly. Just like an older sister.
¡°I ask of you, I¡¯ll be happy if you asionally abuse me~¡±
And, Teio gave off an impression that couldn¡¯t be anything but perverted. will there be a way to cure her serious illness.
¡°Uu~, how enviable~¡±
¡°well, I would be d if the man I liked said that to me¡¡¡±
¡°Na, Nagumo-kun¡..Your very straight forward. I¡¯ve changed my opinion of you. Suzu is shocked¡±
¡°Shia¡¡is enviable, I also towards Hajime¡¡¡±
The order is Kaori, Shizuku, Suzu, and why Arutena as well.
Then, atst, Shia notices her surroundings, Her face is dyed crimson red and she covers it up with both hands. However, her shame can¡¯t hold back her joy, her rabbit ears were waving happily, even her tail was moving ording to her joy ~Rifu~.
Then, Io came over at just the right time. It seems that the preparations of the Hauria tribe is finished. It was unreasonably quick.
Alfrerick and Arutena were seeing off Hajime¡¯s group as they left on Feruniru 14 and flew off towards the Imperial capital.
References- Faea Belgaen in Endo¡¯s trantion, that¡¯s probably the proper way but for my convenience i wont change it
- Bear people
- Jin in Endo¡¯s trantions, again for my convenience i¡¯ll keep it like this
- Shia¡¯s group
- the Princess
- Tiger eared
- Tiger race
- Gil in Endo¡¯s Official trantion
- I improvised here, couldn¡¯t actually understand it though it has something to do with rtionships i think
- Improvised a little here but, it should be alright. There was a word in between hands that i couldn¡¯t understand
- it was either spat out, or spilled
- thanks, lemonedSM
- Yeah, these lines are iffy¡it probably sounds out into something, but for the life of me i don¡¯t know
- the airship
Chapter 113
Chapter 113
Misceneous.
What kind of ce is the capital of the Hoelscher empire? Might(Strength) is the only words you need*Improvised and shortened down*.
If you investigate you''ll find the buildings are without affection and are practically ced in a row. Are the streets readjustments of town lots? Is there anything delicious*This line was odd*? There are entrances continuing to the back alley in disorder with big and small things here and there.
The atmosphere as well, there is tension strained everywhere like as if there was recently a disaster, even storekeepers who have opened a street stall serves people far from the idea of a "customer".
However, it was dark and stagnated but never became too much, they were lively with freedom of doing whatever they wanted to do. They had the freedom to do whatever they wanted, their only responsibility were to themselves. This was the creed of the citizens of the imperial capital.
The Hoelscher empire is a new country that an active group of mercenary in a previous great war established, A military nation to which strength speaks for everything. Many of the citizens of the empire are no stranger to fights, to the point that its almost an illness. Theres a huge arena of a colossal size, the kind where there are events done many times throughout the year.
[Oi, you [Doga!!] gupe~!?]
It was Hajime who entered the Imperial capital, naturally Hajime was leading around beautiful women so it was understandable, this process has been repeating many times, before they were done talking they were already kissing the ground. Just now a man with weapons came by and was knocked down while talking and the force caused him to do a triple axel as he fell to the ground.
However, the people do not seem to think much about it. This level of "Fighting" might be an everyday experience for them.
[Uu, though i heard about it already... after all, the empire is unplesant desuu~.]
[Yes, i feel that way as well. ....In a sense its good that we weren''t summoned in this ce.]
[Well, this is a military nation. Far from firepower being minimal, even the residents, there are many who havebat experience. The bad atmosphere is natural, the fighting is natural. Wanting to live is everyone''s desire, mistress.]
Apparently, Shea didn''t like the Imperial capital. Though Yue is silent, she also nods in agreement, after all this country isn''t liked by women. Especially for Shia, the things she sees breaks her heart one at a time.
[Shia, don''t look so much. ....There''s no helping them even if you see.]
[.....Yes, that''s right]
What Shia sees are ves of the demi-human species. The ves are being bought and sold actively. The empire allows the use of ves, so business is very prosperous. There are children of the demi-human species turning their gaze to Shia as they were put in their cages with price tags on them, Shia''s expression is clouded.
Yue clenches Shia''s hand anxiously. Hajime as well, caresses Shia''s cheek ~munimuni~ with awkward consideration. The warmth of two people is transmitted to the hand and cheek, and the rabbit ears on Shia''s head moved around joyfully.
[.....I cannot permit it. Though we''re all living.... the ves.]
Kouki who was walking behind Hajime was grinding his teeth. He seemed like he would charge right in if left alone.
The influence of the church is strong, even the Hairhi Kingdom has a strong sense of discrimination against demi-humans. The matter of keeping demi-humans as ves tend to be evaded, because there was no chance of Kouki and them seeing how demi-humans were treated in the castle. Therefore, there might have been extra shock to their minds.
However, it would be bad if he actually charges at them..... Hajime promised in his heart that he would pretend to not know him immediately if such an event happened.
Though, we don''t have to worry because we have a reliable person here, the man of the world(Shizuku) is here so we don''t have to be worried at all. Now, Kouki is getting fired up while being lectured about this and that. Ryutaro, the muscle for brains fuels it, Suzu casually holds them down. In a sense, they make a good team. Though the team seems to fail quickly if not for the women....
[That''s right, wasn''t Shizuku proposed to by the Emperor?]
[.....That''s right, there was that too]
Shuzuku frowns as she remembers something she didn''t want to.
Yue looks at Shuzuku and lets out a sound, [hoo~], with a slight smirk. Shizuku, frowned more at the nce. Kouki has a bitter expression nearby. Apparently, not only the country but also the emperor seemed to be dislikeable.
[About that, Nagumo-kun. Where exactly are we going?]
Shizuku, dodging the women who seemed to want to hear the details at any moment, the talk was redirected to Hajime. Though the story of confirming the safeties of Shia''s father was heard, a concrete n wasn''t heard yet.
[N~? the adventurer guild first of all. If the "Gold" rank is used, most information can be found through questioning]
[.....Does Nagumo-kun believe that he''s been caught?]
[I don''t know. If he has have been caught its possible he''s been made into a ve, its also possible that he''s justying low somewhere too. The guards of the Imperial capital is on high alert, but to an abnormal level? To the point where its impossible to go out, entering was a good choice.....]
Hajime was right, and on a level was not an exaggeration to say that it was excessive. An empire soldier was stationed not as patrol on the outer wall and always kept a close watch until a physical checkup was done individually at the entrance gate.
Even in the city, the empire soldiers of a minimum of 3 man teams went ncing around not only in the main streets but also the back alleys. Perhaps it was due to the surprise attack of the demon, that would cause them to get ready for high-level caution even if there wasn''t an order yet.
Because the Imperial capital is in such a condition, Pal and them are having trouble with invading, and are waiting for a chance. The Usagininzoku*Rabbit people* who aren''t ves can''t just pour on into the imperial capital, and there are limits to pretending to be Hajime''s ves. Therefore, the reinforcement unit that Hajime brought is hiding in a remote rock zone away from the Imperial capital to not attract attention for now. Rather its strange how Cam¡¯s group was able to invade it.
However, Hajime said, [I don''t know], its almost certain that Cam was caught by them already. As for the Usagininzoku,they were a demi-human race of first-rate stealth operations, and Cam continued to polish it. Even if going in and out is severe, he will likely be able to do something by sending a message to the outside by some method. If there are no signs, Its natural to think that
hes been caught already.
Of course, I don''t think that the information on Cam can be found at the adventurers guild. However, there might be the case of an event or rumor rted to it.
Shia looking uneasy, Hajime extends his hand to caress her cheeks again ~munimuni~. Shia, though she likes when her ears are felt, her cheeks being caressed was also a favorite. Hajime, told a joke to Shia whileughing that left a feeling of uneasiness.
[If hes been caught, we only need to take him back. Don''t worry, shia. When the timees, even if we have to turn the Imperial capital to ashes, we''ll get him back.]
[N....leave it to us, shia]
[Hajime-san, Yue-san....]
[nonono, do we have to turn it into ashes? Though your eyes aren''tughing, is it really a joke? is it?]
[Shizuku-yan, the Imperial capital is already.....]
[You''ve already given up? Have you already given up, Kaori!?]
Was Hajime''s joke not really a joke? Though shizuku tsukkomied while her cheek cramped up, she began to panic because Kaori seemed to be sad and shook her head.
Actually, it seemed too much like a joke, because surely Hajime cannot destroy one whole country.
While Hajime walked on the main street towards the adventurers guild while joking about a joke that actually wasn''t, the state of the town began to change. Several buildings were copsed, and there was debris scattered everywhere.
On the way, ording to what they heard through their ears, the demon being managed in the coliseum for a duel, suddenly mutated and became a strong and huge demon which has never been seen before and it raged about. Suddenly the huge demon appeared at the center of the city (it seemed to be 30 meters in length.) the empire reacted afterwards and confronted it.
Finally, the Majinzoku*Devil Race* seems to take advantage and approached the emperor with a dash. While managing the demon by going to the front personally, the emperor was able to repel the Majinzoku somehow....Thepensation wasrge no matter how you looked at the state of the town.
It started at the colosseum which meant that it copsed radially, at the miserable sight, many demi-human ves were barefoot and brought out to remove the debris in great number.
Because of the copse on the other side there were watchmen surveying the intense ce, though we need to get to the adventure guild, due to nature, we watched. It reminded me of how the pyramids were constructed in ancient Egypt, the state of having to carry debris with a gloomy expression while under severe monitoring and abuse from the armed empire soldiers, which put a finished setting to the word misery.
The side effects of the damages in the Imperial capital seems to effect the demi-humans more than anyone else. Even though demi-humans are known for their physical powers, If one is overworked they''ll definitely fall down and then someone will appear and beat them until they get back up.
If they don''t get back up, the empire would simply attack the Sea of Trees to gain more supply of ves because they don''t see demi-humans as people. Or, the sense of values that strength reigns supreme and only the "weak" are excluded. The purpose of Arutena being transported to another city is also to rece previous ves.
Just then, a boy around 10 years old with dog ears and tail tripped on some debris and fell down loudly, all the debris contained in his cart also fell out. The inumimi*Dog eared* boy was crouching down enduring the pain of his foot, the empire soldiers of the watch had a dangerous look, he began to approach with a club in hand. It''s obvious what he ns on doing.
And, the ally of justice couldn''t remain silent about something about to happen right in front of him.
[Oi! Stop....]
Kouki, tries to run out while raising a loud voice to stop the empire soldier. However, he was stopped by the event that happened in the next moment.
Pashu~!
At the same time as the subtle sound was heard through the air, the empire soldier toppled down like a brick and dove onto the debris.
Gosha! an indescribably miserable sound was heard, the empire soldier who was approaching the inumimi boy didn''t move an inch. Apparently he fainted somehow. Afterwards the empire soldiers co-worker came rushing in a hurry, after seeing his condition, he shook his head with an amazed expression and carried him away somewhere. Leaving behind the inumimi boy.
The inumimi boy, just looked with a nk surprised expression for a while as he didn''t understand what just happened, He then quickly rakes up all the fallen debris that fell out and resumed his job as if nothing happened.
Kouki who was going to begin running was stunned and baffled. Then, Hajime''s voice ranged out.
[Though i don''t care if you thrust your neck into something troublesome, at least prevent it from troubling us?]
[N....was that you just now Nagumo-kun?]
Hajime shrugs his shoulder towards Kouki''s question. Actually, the empire soldier stumbled and fell because of the needle that was shot out from his artificial arm. Apart from having been helped earlier by me, Kouki, frowned at the word "troublesome". Apparently, i''ve seemed to flip on his justice switch.
[What is troublesome. ....Is it bad to help? Even you helped me]
[If anything, stopping you from making a scene is the correct choice. If you went and stopped him more empire soldiers would have shown up and it would have be a riot. We came here to look for a person. Not to cause extramotion. Can you not cause an unnecessary uproar, if you''re going to cause one at least do it away from us so it won''t be a nuisance]
While giving an indifferent answer while waving his hand, Kouki heats up and sends their purpose of finding Shia''s dad into the corner of his mind, He began to appeal for the sense of values of his ethics and justice.
[You, as your watching the demi-humans, do you think of it as nothing at all! Look, now, at this time, they are suffering!]
[Haa~, hey Yaegashi*Shizuku*, quickly do something about this fool whos lost sight of our purpose. I''m leaving it in your care]
Hajime also, Myuu was helped before. If a child suffers in front of his presence, he feels nothing at all*In case you guys are confused, this is because he got to know Myuu, so she wasn¡¯t a ¡°random¡± child*. Be an adult....do something about it yourself, think what you want.
However, even after the original purpose was said, i can''t work on the emancipation of ves, so i left it to Yaegashi because its troublesome to y with Kouki.
Shizuku, though a sigh was let out....ahead of that, Kouki raised his voice in anger. Apparently, he seems to not like that Hajime had relied on Shizuku for this incident.
[Shizuku has nothing to do with this! Right now, im talking with you! You value Shia, so why are you deserting these demi-humans!]
As Kouki''s voice became loud, people in the surroundings began to pay attention. Some of the remote empire soldiers and watchdogs began to nce towards Hajime frequently.
Since Hajime is an outsider and is looking for Cam who is currently hostile with the empire, he didn''t want to stir up anymore unnecessary trouble with the authorities. Therefore, he rolled his eyes abruptly towards Kouki.
[.....Amanogawa*Kouki*. I''ll say it one more time for you who has bad memory. Alright? i don''t want to hear your repetitiousining, and i don''t n on having a debate on ethics or sense of justice. I don''t recognize you aspanions, so i don''t intend to get along with you. After all you asked for "permission" and "followed" along. Therefore, don''t rush in by yourself,
its unsightful. If you make too much noise.....should I crush your limbs and send you back to the Kingdom?]
[Kh.....]
[I said it a while ago, but i don''t intend to interfere with you either. Therefore, while your still in range don''t do anything that will trouble us. We came here to look for Cam. There is no time to be distracted on other things. .....And Shia is more important than other demi-humans to me]
Hajime, turned away from Kouki''s re, as if uninterested.
very, itspletely natural in this world. Though they''re certainly receiving cruel treatment, it''s "bad" to help a demi-human thats been enved in general. Because it counts as stealing another persons "possession".
"Still" it''s probably necessary to think about it eventually. The resolution to fight against the empire itself to create a method of abolishing the very of the demi-humans. As it is, even if we help the ves with force, there''s a threat of retaliation and the demi-humans would be captured and treated more harshly than ever before.
Does he finally understand, if not..... Kouki stares at the back of Hajime and doesn''t move. Still being urged by shizuku and them, he finally let it go reluctantly.
Kouki, though he''s apanying Hajime with permission, if what Hajime said about gods were true and others as strong as Nointo*White haired angel that Kaori is currently using as her body* will be appearing more often, then he has to obey, because it would be too difficult to obtain power otherwise.
To be able to obtain the Age of Gods magic by obeying Hajime was certainly the best choice. Therefore, he held back the ill feelings in his chest and became silent.
With the delicate atmosphere(only Kouki''s group) they reached the adventurers guild atst.
There are tables put in therge space for misceneous things, and two counters. One counter for the procedures and receptionist, who was also a woman, while the other counter was a bar. There are fellows drinking in the daytime here and there, if there wasn''t, i felt like tsukkomi-ing to help with its revival.
When Hajime set foot inside, due to his familiar encounters he understood. In other words, vulgar nces would be ced on Yue and them. Therefore, Hajime while moving towards the counter used "Pressure" as soon as he stepped in.
As expected of a military nation, even as they drank there was no one who fainted, they began to expose caution and sobered up all together.
The receptionist at the counter, there''s no radiance from her as seen in the other towns. Only looking down on Hajime with an expression of no motivation. I get the feeling that i should state my business quickly.
[I want information. Recently, was there any demi-humans which caused amotion here in the Imperial capital a few days ago?]
[.....]
To Hajime''s question, the receptionist gives Hajime a suspicious look. This is because the content of the question was strange.
You only have to go to the ve association of the merchant guild if you wanted information of a ve, even then ves cannot cause amotion in the Imperial capital. That is because a ve''s cor seals off most of the resistance. And, Hajime''s question does not change, what he''s asking is something impossible in the Imperial capital unless they weren''t a ve.
Result, the receptionist pointed towards the bar counter, whether its a regr system or it became too troublesome to deal with.
[.....Such information can be heard there]
As Hajime looks towards the counter, he sees the figure of a man past middle age, polishing ss, apparently the bar also counted as a ce for information gathering. The receptionist returned to doing what she was before, as if dering that her work is done.
Hajime shrugs his shoulder and walks towards the bar counter.
There are dangerous res appearing from the adventurers, Kouki and Ryutaro also react and re back. Suzu seemed to be weak in these cases and shrinks back behind Shizuku. Holding the hem of Shizuku''s clothes, she looked cute for a moment.
Hajime goes up to the counter and asks the same question to the bartender. However, the other party just kept polishing ss while disregarding it. Hajime''s eyes narrowed.
Then,
[This here is a bar, Not a ce for children toe and y around. I don''t n on having anything to do with people who can''t drink. Leave quickly]
so he''s looking for a drinking master*these 2 sentences are weird to me, i don''t know what Tenpuremasuta is, though i understand its a refference to something*. Then I''ll give him a drinking master! Hajime''s tension began to increase. He''s still just polishing ss to make it shiny, but he values his reputation. If youe here, and the liquor is drunk in great loads, he''ll definitely be delighted.
Hajime, ces money on the counter with an poker face while secretly being happy about being able to taste a fantasy game hero''s feelings. From the darkness in the corner of his mind, a mini-Hajime asked, [You called?], peeping out.
[That''s true. Master, I ask for the strongest and worst quality liquor you have in this shop]
[......If you vomit, i''ll kick you out]
The master, the moment Hajime ordered, reluctantly pulled out a bottle from the shelf behind him and his eyebrow twitched slightly as he ced it on the counter with a pikui~ sound.
Adventurers were all staring at Hajime because they felt cautious that he wasn''t just a kid, they understood due to the pressure he released.
Hajime picks up the bottle and abruptly cuts the tip off with his finger tips. The action itself was fluid and people who understood held their breath. Even the master''s eyes were widening a little.
A strong alcoholic smell drifts from the bottle as soon as it was open, Shia and Kaori who was by his side instinctively covered their nose due to the fumes. Kouki and them also backs away while groaning "Uu".
[hey, Nagumo-kun? So, do you have to drink that? Shouldn''t you stop?]
[yes, that''s right. you''ll absolutely vomit. Suzu already seems to want to vomit]
[In the first ce Hajime, lets have it be a better liquor if your going to drink it anyways]
[Its as Kaori says, Hajime. Why did you purposely ask for that one.....]
Shizuku and them ry theirints without restraint. Yue by his side pulls the hem of his clothes while frowning from the smell of the liquor.
[No, its bad manners to not taste liquor thats open.... are you looking down on the liquor?]
Hajime replies as they''re worrying.
A smile slightly appeared on the mouth of the master from the joke. Hajime thought, I got the master to smile! There must not be a lot of adventurers who respect the taste of liquor very often.
Hajime, [ah~] Kaori and the rest let out a voice as Hajime began drinking the liquor with horrible smell. Rather than pouring it into a cup he''s drinking it directly. Hajime''s mind seems to be calm but deep within, "*same problem as above for this sentence*see i am a drinking master, i''ve definitely lived up to your expectations." As the mini-Hajime exins in the mind, his left arm begins to ache.
Only the sound of [gokyu~ gokyu~] was heard echoing within the store from his throat. And, in no time at all the whole bottle was drunk up in one go.
An empty bottle was held in Hajimes hand! When he puts it on the counter, the master looked at him while having a smile on his lips. Hajime''s eyes conveyed [Anyints?] towards the master.
[.....I get it, i get it. You are definitely a customer]
The master put up both hands and showed will of surrendering while smiling wryly. Its quite bitter sweet. Hajime''s, "act with a master to gather information was finished" with that he was content with the oue.
The liquor that Hajime drank was said to be 95 percent alcohol. [could it even be called a drink anymore?] the level of its quality was the worst as well. Its the feeling being treated to free alcohol.
They needed to prove themselves that they weren''t just kids in order to get the master to have a different opinion of them.
By the way, Hajime has a constitution which will never get drunk no matter how much he drinks. The reason is because of "Poison Tolerance." Originally the delicious way of drinking liquor was instilled to him by his father while in Japan, though it was one of his best memories, its be impossible for him to get drunkpletely because of "poison tolerance", so Hajime regretted for a moment.
[.....De? Is there any information on my question a little while ago? Of course I will pay a suitable value for it]
[No, I don''t mind the same amount as the drinking money a while ago. .....You wanted to hear about the Hauria Usagininzoku right?]
[! .....There seems to be some information. Give me the details]
Apparently, the master actually had suitable information on the matter.
There seemed to have been a huge arrest several days ago, that time there was a group of Usagininzoku who tried to escape the empire soldiers through force. However, it wasn''t possible and they were soonpletely surrounded by over 100 empire soldiers, It appears that they were taken to the castle when caught.
Still, the ability to overturn themon sense of the Usagininzoku was an excellent topic, due to the unusualness of the topic there was actually a lot of information throughout the town.
[Hee~, the castle.....]
When Hajime sees Shia by his side muttering, he notices that herplexion has be cloudy. Really, what kind of treatment will a demi-human receive if they invade the Imperial capital....at the very least we can''t expect a bright future.
However, the ce he was taken makes me anxious. Though there''s also demand for male Usagininzoku, but males of middle age like Cam doesn''t have very high demand. Moreover, the existence of these excessive empire soldiers practically showing off their power. It would be natural if he was executed immediately on the spot.
In other words, the empire finds some value in Cam, they''ve decided to make the best use of him. The possibility of Cam being alive is still very high. It''s still too early to give up hope.
Hajime clenches Shia''s hand under the counter in order to reassure her. Yue also does the same for her other hand. Hajime and Yue''s feelings were transmitted to Shia, power returned to her eyes and she nodded.
The master looks at Shia''s hair-color which is rare for demi-humans. The rtion of the Usagininzoku that was caught could be guessed. Hajime suddenly asked an unexpected question to the master in a light tone.
[Master, if i paid the price, the Imperial castle, would you give me information on it?]
[! .....Though your question sounds like a joke.....It doesn''t seem like a joke when i look at your appearance....]
Though Hajime was smiling, the eyes that looked straight at the master wasn''tughing at all.
Due to the strange pressure, even masters expression stiffened up a little. The content of the question is tricky as well, If answered unskillfully, the intention of aiding a rebellion will appear.
Mostly, because the adventurers guild is an independent organization, so there is no actual reason to have a "rebellion" in the empire. Hajime, having based his assumption of this, asked his question and put the master in a bind.
However, though the master is someone that belongs to the adventurers guild, it''s also his home country, if it''s known that he sold information on the castles stronghold, he wont get away scott free, therefore he cannot easily pass on that information. Because Hajime was starting to understand what the master was thinking he started applying pressure which caused the master to hesitate even more.
So, the master finally decided on telling Hajime of someone else who knew of the information to his question.
[......There is a man by the name of Nedeiru in the fourth unit of the patrol group. He''s a former jailer]
[Nedeiru. Alright, i''ll visit him. We''re indebted to you, master]
Because Hajime didn''t think that master would tell information about the imperial castle to him, the next best thing would be telling him of someone else who knew.
Hajime left the adventurers guild and walked out onto the main street. Meanwhile, Shia asked Hajime about the exchanges from a while ago.
[Ano, Hajime-san. Being introduced to a former jailer person a little while ago, by any chance....]
[Ah. In order to hear about the details of the ce, i intend to invade it tonight. Now then, Yue and I will go and collect information, you guys go off and eat a meal at a suitable ce. We''ll be back in two or three hours]
Shia''s face changed to doubt after hearing Hajime''s instructions.
[? Why is it only you two? ....Ha!? Surely, your not just trying to get some time alone with Yue!? Always! Always!!]
[Na!? Is that so Hajime-san!? No, that''s no good! Just what are you thinking in this situation!]
[Mu? Its always only Yue~. ....hey, husband. May i participate in the battle too?]
[Th, there''s no way that would happen! How are we going to do that with the amount of people here. I''m not a guy who can''t read the air]
With the suspicion of Shia and Kaori who sensitively reacts to it, and, to Teio that demands a 3P, Hajime instinctively threw out a tsukkomi.
Kui~Kui~ Hajime''s sleeve was pulled. It was Yue with blushed cheeks ncing upwards at Hajime.
[.....We''re doing it outside?]
[No, because we''re not doing it]
[.....Then, we''re doing it indoors?]
[No, its not a problem of where we do it. Please just leave it there]
[.....Muu, i understand. I''ll prepare for the battle at night]
[The battle at night, you¡¯re talking about the invasion of the Imperial castle right? that''s what you mean right?]
Yue''s joke is clear. .....It must be a joke. Though her eyes had a sharpness to them which resembles a wild wolf about to prance on its prey with a bewitching atmosphere.
On the other hand, Shizuku who had been watching the exchanges of Hajime was considerably confused.
[O, How mature! It should be a conversation between ssmates, but its a mature topic *slightly improvised*, what do we do Shizuku!]
[....Afterall what can i do. ....But, Kaori still? .....What should i do? should I be supporting my best friend here? Or should I scold them while its not toote? ....I don''t understand. The level of the conversation is too high for me!]
With Suzu who was blushing and hiding herself behind Shizuku while squirming to keep the ero inside, and Shizuku was muttering things, [Are you Okan ka!*Probably a refference to something*] I tsukkomied. The hero was blushing slightly and the muscle for brains and passbyers A-B-C- through Z was affected by Yue''s bewitching atmosphere.
[You guys stop it already.....The reason why its just Yue and me is because if Nedeiru isn''t obedient, a politer "talk" will be needed, Yue who''s ustomed to Reproduction magic will be useful.....]
[Even i can use Reproduction magic.....]
[Kaori, you should leave it to Yue this time.]
[Shizuku-yan.....]
Nedeiru was a soldier of the Empire, he wouldn''t obediently give information about the Imperial castle. In other words "Force" will be used through questioning. And, Reprodction magic would be useful in order to use "Force" properly, its too severe for Kaori, Shizuku who guessed Hajime''s intentions calms Kaori down.
Kaori also, she had guessed Hajime''s intentions, "still" she wanted to be with him, she also wanted be of help to Shia, but because she understands that the soldier will likely not give information unless force was used she withdrew reluctantly.
Every member consented and while Hajime and Yue started disappearing into the crowd, Shia shouts out.
[Hajime-san! Yue-san! Ehtto, sono.....]
She doesn''t appear to have the right words yet, a troubled smile appears on Hajime''s face when he saw that Shia was stumbling with words. Surely, It was the same serious atmosphere she has in thebyrinths.
After all, Shia said the words with a smile and slightly embarrassed to Hajime.
[Keep H to a moderate level!]
[Its ruined! This damned rabbit!]
After Hajime shouted back, he grabbed Yue''s hand and disappeared into the crowd.
Several hourster, they returned to where Shia and the group was on standby, Yue was strangely glossy and Hajime was haggard.
What exactly did they find out.....
Chapter 114
Chapter 114
Imperial Capital of the Hoelscher Empire. In the corner of the restaurant on the first floor of the Inn, cold air flowed slightly.
Sitting down at the table where the cold air was being generated, was of course Hajime¡¯s group. After Hajime and Yue returned from gathering information, the females red cold gazes at Hajime.
Especially, Shia and Kaori¡¯s eyes which werecking all light, honestly, it was enough to make Hajime feel terror. Just behind Kaori, a Hannya*you know, that demon with the mask and long hair* started bing visible.
[You seem to have had a great time?]
[Yue, is very glossy? What were you doing? Nee? What did you do? Nee, Nee]
There were no intonations in the voices from the two, the people from the next table couldn¡¯t endure any longer and also quickly left. Judging from the appearance of the two people, It wasn¡¯t possible to intervene at all, the waitress could only give Hajime a troubled look from afar.
The reason why this happened, was naturally, due to Yue being strangely glossy after returning, also because Hajime looked slightly haggard as well.
In other words, although they went out to gather information, what else could the 2 have done other thanthat! Their anger was building up
[¡¡You¡¯ve misunderstood. Yue is glossy because she sucked my blood?]
[ [ N? ] ]
both of them were misunderstanding Hajime¡¯s situation and were shocked when the truth was told. Due to unexpected answer, both of their faces became identically goofy looking.
[Did you guys really think I¡¯d ce my hands on Yue? Am I a dog in heat. Is that what you guys think? Eh?]
[Ah, ahahahahaha, of course not~, I knew it right away. I thought that would be the case. Ne, Nee, Kaori-san]
[Ye, yes! Of course, Shia. The amount of mana consumption from using Reproduction magic is harsh. I thought it was that from the beginning]
Hajime only had a sarcastic look in his eyes, Shia and Kaori¡¯s eyes swam around all over the ce while trying to defend themselves.
Hajime, suddenly turns his sights to Shizuku¡¯s group. They immediately looked the other way while beginning to blush. It appears that they also misunderstoodpletely.
[Ha~a, oh well. Anyways, we got the information that we needed. Tonight, we¡¯ll sneak into the pce where Cam and the others are most likely being held. Though security seems to be quite severe, as long as Cam¡¯s group is found, we can quickly escape using space magic, so it shouldn¡¯t be that difficult. Only Yue, Shia, and I will be infiltrating. Just in case, since you guys can¡¯t use sign perception and teleport. You guys should meet up with Pal¡¯s group outside of the capital. Because we¡¯ll transfer directly there]
[¡¡.We understand¡¡in the first ce, is the information is correct? Isn¡¯t it possible that this Nedeiru guy lied¡¡]
[Thats probably not possible. After having his crotch ttened, then regenerating it before he loses consciousness, moreover it was actually crushed¡.a mans treasure, many times, repeatedly. Its just not possible for a man to endure it¡..after we got him to spill out the information, Nedeiru was already shedding tears of relief while holding his hands over his crotch, even I could feel his pain]
Your the one that did it! is what Kouki and them really wanted to Tsukkomi, though they stopped and sighed instead because Hajime was unnaturally showing a sad expression. Shizuku¡¯s thoughts, after having felt chills, it¡¯s a relief that Kaori didn¡¯t go.
At the same time, Yue who grounded up and crushed the man¡¯s crotch many times, thought nothing of it at all, it wouldn¡¯t be odd for them to both be referred to as the ¡°ball smashers¡± throughout the Empire, Kouki and Ryutaro while shivering, swore to never defy Yue. Their inner thighs became somewhat ufortable under the table.
[Na~a, Nagumo¡¡right now, if Shia¡¯s family is in the Imperial castle, shouldn¡¯t you just ask for them back? Riri should be there too, I¡¯m a hero as well¡..I think we should manage if we just talk it out¡..]
Kouki said,pletelyte with all the efforts that have already been put in.
Certainly, its as Kouki said, with Kouki¡¯s words as a hero, an appointment for Riria-na could be set up in order to ask for help. Rather than relying just on Hajime¡¯s raw power, negotiations was also a choice.
However,
[And what do they get out of it?]
[Eh?]
[Cam¡¯s group are invaders, what if they¡¯ve already killed Empire soldiers? Moreover, although theypletely surrounded the Usagininzoku, Cam¡¯s group became apletely different existence to them because they dealt damage to the Empire. Do you really think that they¡¯d just hand them over for free?]
[That¡..]
[They¡¯ll definitely want some sort ofpensation. They¡¯ll definitely takeplete advantage over it, there¡¯s too much risks. Also consider how they intend to save face as well. Even if they get freed it won¡¯t be over for them. Or, it will likely affect the princess who has to deal with the negotiations. Are you still fine with that?]
The possibility certainly exists, Kouki just kept quiet. Perhaps, he also wanted somehow help with the situation. There was that thing with the Demi-human ve a while back too, he couldn¡¯t ignore it and now continued to think about something.
~Hijiyo~ Hajime started to feel a bad premonition, he looked at Shizuku for an instant. And Shizuku said [Ah, this, this is bad] she noticed Kouki¡¯s expression. Apparently there are signs are recklessness appearing from Kouki.
Hajime¡¯s thoughts, though i never thought it would happen, when we invaded the Imperial capital, Kouki suddenly required ¡°Huge Care¡± for his actions, I need to take the first move.
[Naa, Amanogawa. I have a request for you¡..]
[Tsu!!!? wh¡.what? a request from Nagumo? ¡..Impossible¡..]
Kouki stiffens up and bes bbergasted from the word, request, that Hajime suddenly said. Ryutaro and Suzu also did the same thing. Its as if they had discovered a UMA*Alien* in town by chance. A ¡°request¡± from Hajime, judging from how he usually is, that word should have been impossible.
However, Hajime had expected that kind of reaction, though he was a little irritated, he didn¡¯t voice it out.
[Ah~, never mind, it¡¯s fine after all. I can¡¯t ask you to do such a dangerous thing. Sorry, forget about it]
[wa, wait, wait a second! First tell me what you want me to do¡..]
He started to feel bad due to the atmosphere when Hajime was so quick to give up, Kouki easily took the bait.
[Nothing much, although i¡¯ll be invading the Imperial castle, security is too tight. That¡¯s why I want you to be a decoy to raise the sess rate even by a little bit. ¡.For example, a person that is willing to rage and attract the Empire soldiers for the sake of helping the Demi-humans, like the inumimi boy from a while ago¡. something along those lines. Ah, however, its too dangerous. Please forget about it]
Of course, there¡¯s no reason why Hajime wouldn¡¯t be able to invade the castle even if security was strict. Although, a decoy would be helpful, its not particrly necessary. simply, there was no other way but this. It would be bad if he went and did something reckless by himself, so i decided to give him a task to do. At the very least, it¡¯ll actually help! So that he doesn¡¯t try to say that he¡¯sing along to the Imperial castle¡..
[Decoy¡.those children¡..do it. I¡¯ll do it! Nagumo! Please let me be the decoy!]
[O, oh, really, I understand, indeed, you are a hero¡..alright. To such a wonderful hero, I¡¯ll give you this]
After saying so, Hajime pulls out some ores from his ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and transmuted them into four masks.
The masks are divided by color, red, blue, yellow, and pink, its a full-faced helmet which makes you think about the heros of a certain crew. It was an ingenious design that didn¡¯t obstruct breathing or sight. An average Synergist wouldn¡¯t be able to create it at all. It was a useless skill that had been refined in vain without waste.
[¡..Nagumo¡..that¡¯s?]
[As you can see, a mask]
[¡¡¡¡¡¡.Why?]
[Why you say, is it alright to have a hero raging around in the Imperial capital? Your identity would be known. Therefore, the mask¡¯s purpose is to hide your identity. In every country, the hero¡¯s identity must never be known. It begins with a masked hero, and it ends with a masked hero. I even color coated it so that you guys could tell each other apart]
[Eh? No, suddenly, with that kind of reasoning¡..well, As for our true identities, we should definitely conceal it. We¡¯ll probably trouble Riri if found out¡.but, this¡¡]
Kouki looks at the masks with a cramped cheek.
[¡¡..Don¡¯t worry about it heroughs). To you, the tidy leader, I¡¯ll give you ¡°Red¡±]
[¡¡Naa, just now, did you attach something at the end of hero?]
[Sakagami*Ryutaro*, you¡¯re blue. Blue shows a calm disposition. Though I hesitated to create a ck and make you it instead, my judgement for you(Muscle for Brains) was that blue would be best. I think it was a good decision if I do say so myself]
[O, oh? Though I don¡¯t really understand, you¡¯re giving it to me]
[And Taniguchi*Suzu*, you¡..]
[P, pink right? right? I¡¯m a little embarrassed¡¡]
[You¡¯re yellow. Eh? did you hear? You¡¯re yellow. You¡¯re easily happy, so your Yellow. In various meanings, you¡¯re Yellow]
[¡..Nee, Nagumo-kun, by any chance do you hate Suzu*she refers to herself this way if you guys haven¡¯t caught on yet*? That kind of thing?]
[And thest one is¡..Yaegashi*Shizuku*¡¡]
[Please wait, Nagumo-kun. Though there¡¯s only one remaining¡.but it can¡¯t be right?]
[Yaegashi, of course, the remaining pink, it¡¯s yours]
[I don¡¯t want it! In the first ce, Isn¡¯t there other ways to hide a person¡¯s identity rather than wearing masks? It should be fine if I just cover up myself with a cloth! Nagumo-kun, you, truthfully you¡¯re only doing it for fun right!]
To Shizuku¡¯s protest, Hajime feeling relieved, shrugs his shoulders. Shizuku¡¯s cheeks have cramped up and are twitching because his attitude was unreasonable like a childs.
[Alright? Surely you can hide your identity! But. The mask fits onfortably, it won¡¯t fall off easily, and it¡¯s shock absorbent. In addition, it¡¯s so light you won¡¯t even notice its on, and its endurance is so high that average attacks wouldn¡¯t even scratch it]
[All, all those things in a single moment¡¡what uselessly high skills¡¡]
[And Yaegashi, you¡¯re the cool beauty type and usually well defined, but in truth, you actually like cute things, its a ssic. Therefore, I purposely and thoughtfully made you pink even if you said no. Show some gratitude]
[J, Just what are you assuming¡.wa, cute things, I, I don¡¯t particrly¡..]
[Ah, you¡¯re right, Hajime-kun! Shizuku¡¯s room is filled with stuffed animals]
While Shizuku was desperately trying to deny Hajime¡¯s assumption, a betrayal emerged. Kaori exposed Shizuku¡¯s hobbies. On Shizuku¡¯s head, ¡°!?¡±, mark appeared.
[¡¡..Thinking about it, she always loved animals back in the days. Especially, rabbits and cats.]
[ ! ]
[Ah, the standby photo on Shizuku¡¯s phone was also a bunny rabbit ne~]
[ ! ]
[Whenever we pass by the arcade, she always makes sure to y the UFO catcher game. Moreover, it¡¯s usually delicious*is this line supposed to be about her face while ying the game or something?*.]
[ ! ]
[I see, and Shizuku-san would always stare and look at my Usamimi*Rabbit ears*.]
[ ! ! ! ]
[¡..Yaegashi. Sa~a, take it. Pink¡.is yours]
Hajime was quietly holding out the pink mask with gentle eyes. For some reason, all other members also, watched her with a gentle expression. Before anyone was aware, the choice to not wear a mask, disappeared.
[¡..What¡¯s up with this, this air¡¡though you guys say that, I, though I don¡¯t really like pink, but? I¡¯ll reluctantly take it, but don¡¯t misunderstand about this alright? Also, is there any person out there that doesn¡¯t like small animals? That¡¯s why, this time only, there¡¯s no other reason¡.so, stop looking at me with those gentle looking eyes!]
Even as her ears were reddening, Shizuku honestly received the mask.
While trying to deny it desperately and embarrassingly, Shia quietly said, [If it¡¯s Shizuku-san, do you want to touch my Usamimi a little?] an empty effort that destroyed the dere aspect of friendship.
By the way, After Hajime finished pushing the 4 to their positions, he was snarling.
The n was, if 4 people wearing masks suddenly appear and make a hugemotion in town, their names would exceed the 2 names that the Hauria game to him.
In reality, during the time where he was talking with Pal¡¯s group, it seems that he held a grudge against them forughing at the names he was called by. Moreover, because their color coated, they won¡¯t be called by their names directly, it¡¯ll be enough agony to make them want to conceal themselves up in a mountain¡..
While thinking about how to stop Kouki¡¯s recklessness, the intentions to scheme his revenge also appeared, Yue had a look that was slightly amazed.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Midnight.
There were innumerable rooms fitted with grates and not one light in the darkness existed. The grates were made from special metals, it formed a solid barrier and there were carved magic formations on the ground, as if dering in silence that they¡¯ll never let the people in the small rooms escape.
There was a nasty smell generated from the filth and blood, it was extremely dirty, even if they couldn¡¯t see properly they could tell.
What is this terrible ce, Of course, it was the prison which was purposed to restraining prisoners, it was also considered as the dungeon in the castle of the Hoelscher Empire.
As expected, a jail worthy of the Imperial castle, the quality of the metal ore that was used to create the dungeon was certainly excellent, the magic formations carved on the ground in order to not let any prisoners escape was also excellent.
Any person that attempts to break out, or anyone sneaking in will definitely die, there were also traps engraved onto the walls that seemed to be extremely painful when tripped, but, as long as the aria that releases the trap is not recited properly it¡¯ll be fine, though in the first ce, arbitrary actions might have been predicted and sealed off already.
With that, there is no possibility of being able to break into the prison, while being tormented by the putrid smell without even one light, if someone is ced in a cell, an ordinary man would go insane in just a day. Guards are situated in front of the only door leading down from the outside, their recement schedules are much longer during the night time.
However, despite being one of the worst ces, now, for some reason there were many voices heard.
[Oi, how many did you break today?]
[All his fingers, and 2 ribs¡.You?]
[Hehe, it¡¯s my win. All his fingers and 3 ribs I believe?]
[Ha, only to that extent? I broke 7 ribs and his cheekbones¡..and also one of his Usamimi¡¯s]
[Are you serious? Just what did you do? Though they don¡¯t really care how we beat them, they specifically said not to put our hands on their Usamimi¡¯s¡.]
[Na~Ni*What*, it¡¯s just the usual, who¡¯s the person that you¡¯re working for? because, he never answered my question properly. ¡..Then he said. ¡°It¡¯s your mother. I¡¯m your new father, so I came to check up on my son.¡±]
[Uwaa~, I guess, anyone would lose their temper over that¡.]
[But, those fellows, their Usamimi¡¯s aren¡¯t dropping down at all, maybe they¡¯ve received orders? it might be something like disobeying us**Improvised this line, couldn¡¯t get its true meaning*¡..]
[Ah~, they¡¯ll definitely be disposed of. Kekeke, I can¡¯t get enough of this stuff~!]
When I heard them, they were boasting of who inflicted the most damage. Though they didn¡¯t die because the minimum amount of recovery magic was used, to have the courage to talk about it in the middle of the room, the owners of the voices state that their prisoners are all covered in wounds.
Still holding it in and enduring it, the identities of those being joked about was, the Hauria that were caught by the Empire.
They,peting who dealt the most injuries, weren¡¯t particrly out of order. As they¡¯ve already prepared themselves for it.
Since being ced into the dungeon in the castle, they already expect not to live anymore. Were they to be executed, or turned into ves¡..It seems to have been thetter case, because they¡¯ll likely try tomit suicide when an opening shows, as expected, they have no will to live. As they would only be forced to fight against their own family, it would only be a nightmare, so they¡¯ve resolved themselves beforehand.
And, they don¡¯t have any power because, they intend to go out with a bang.
The Empire, because the Hauria¡¯s abilities are too far apart frommon sense, they¡¯re suspecting that someone is plotting something behind them.
Moreover, even if that wasn¡¯t true, his Majesty the Emperor likes the Hauria tribe, he seems to want to use them as pawns for his empire army. Battle operations, able to use weapons, and fighting spirit, a method of changing the gentle Hauria, the Hauria tribe was like a treasure box for his Majesty which liked strong people.
The Hauria who suspects as much, until their lives were finally extinguished, will continue to defy the empire. Because their resolutions were already made, it was foolish to waste time torturing them.
By the way, being put in this dungeon covered with wounds, they¡¯re still tortured in the name of questioning in their cells, The hauria tribe still showed a confident smile, most of the empire soldiers that saw their confidence showed fear in their eyes.
[This time, the chief was quite grand as well¡..]
[Thats right. ¡¡Naa, while we have the chance, want to have apetition with the chief to see who can handle the most injuries?]
[Oh? Sounds good. Then, my Usamimi¡¯s would beplete]
[No, you, it¡¯ll be a great loss right?]
[No, the chief is starting to sound more and more like boss. ¡¡especially when training recruits¡..]
[Ah, just as if the boss was possessed huh. When being verbally abused like that¡..its impossible¡..]
[Ma~a, if the boss was caught in the first ce, normally he¡¯ll try to destroy everything from the inside even when caught!]
[Rather, don¡¯t you get the feeling that the Imperial capital is crying? surely, disappearing from the map.]
[Boss is relentless afterall!]
[Because he¡¯s an ogre!]
[No, he¡¯s the Devil!]
[Then, looks like he¡¯s the Demon Lord]
[Oi, oi, doesn¡¯t that make him sound like the lord of Majinzoku¡¯s. Compared with the boss, the Demon Lord is an insect that can¡¯t evenpare. An insect]
[Then¡¡the most devilish inspired malevolent god?]
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ Thats it! ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
[¡¡You guys are fairly energetic? This ¡°Beep¡± guy¡¡It¡¯s been a long time but it seems you guys have gotten much more talkative? Eh~?]
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ ¡..¡¡ ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
The voice that was filled with anger that affected the Hauria sounded out from the dark.
It was a very familiar voice, the Hauria fell silent and froze. Inside the darkness, their breaths became shallow as if they were small animals waiting for a carnivore to pass by.
[Oi, Kora. Why are you guys falling silent for. I¡¯m the Ogre, demon, Satan, malevolent god? right?]
[Hahaha, hey, guys. I, it seems like I¡¯ve finally made it to that point. ¡¡I¡¯ve begun hearing hallucinations atst¡¡]
[Feel relieved, you¡¯re not the only one. ¡..I¡¯m the same]
[Is that so¡¡you guys too¡¡but thatst voice sounded like bosses angry voice¡¡]
[At least allow us to hear the voice of a cute woman before our end]
The voice from the other party that wasn¡¯t there should have been properly heard, but the Hauria treats it as a hallucination in order to escape reality.
To such people, Hajime the owner of the voice, pointed out the reality. Yue that was nearby pulls out a sphere of light, the darkness in the dungeon waspletely wiped out. And, the appearance of Hajime was clearly seen inside the Imperial castle.
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [Gee, boss¡ª¡ª!!?] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
[Quiet down you idiots]
[¡¡You look energetic?]
[Looks and feels like it, though we¡¯re in pretty bad shape¡¡our worries have faded away though.]
Everyone of the Hauria tribe, while suffering from a extremely cruel injuries, being kept in a dirty prison, though they¡¯re not in the state to stand up, their wild voices raised as if meeting their own clones.
Hajime, Yue, and Shia, the Hauria were amazed.
[Wh, why, is the boss at such a ce¡..]
[Save the talk forter. First of all, we¡¯vee to rescue you guys. ¡¡Jeez, although you guys are in tatters up you¡¯re quite spirited. Just how tough are you guys]
[Wa, wawa, obviously, its because we were trained by boss]
[Compared to our training with boss, being tortured by the empire soldiers is practically like ying a game]
[It¡¯s like their thirst for blood wasn¡¯t enough? It was too lukewarm, they were even considerate enough to nurse us]
[Ma~a, bosses thirst for blood, is on the level of where in just one moment there is an illusion of being killed in hundreds of different ways, there¡¯s no helping it]
While coughing ~Gefug Gefuu~ and blood, towards the words that the Hauria were joking around with, an indescribable gaze came from Yue and Hajime, looking at Shia.
When that happened she coughed ~Gohon~ to try and deceive Hajime, the traps in the dungeon were confirmed by the Magic Eye, it was then conveyed to Yue and Shia. And, dismantling the traps quickly began.
The magic trap formations, usually, without the correct aria(Key) it cannot be released. But it was being neutralized through the process of dispersing the magic put into the magic formation by operating it through aria.
Though there is the method of directly destroying the formations as well, however usually, the moment it¡¯s broken, it¡¯ll activate, because there are functions which rm the other formations that one has been broken, so releasing them all by aria is actually the only way.
However, this method only works for the person that ced the magical powers into the aria. conversely, if the person can directly manipte magic, it¡¯s possible to dismantle them without allowing them to set off other traps even without a key.
Hajime¡¯s grouppletely neutralized the Imperial castles dungeon which the Empire is so proud of, the Cells are opened one after another through transmuting from Hajime, all members of the Hauria were alsopletely recovered through Yue¡¯s Reproduction magic.
[Ha~a, as ridiculous as always huh. For the time being, boss¡¡]
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [Thanks foring to save us!] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
[O. Ma~a, it was for Shia. She was worried. Moreover, I don¡¯t see Cam¡¯s appearance. ¡..Do you know where he is?]
[About that¡..]
One of the Hauria began to speak, apparently Cam is currently being interrogated, the position of the interrogation room was also told.
They, by all means, also wanted to rescue their Chief! Though they appealed for it, they weren¡¯t allowed to help out, because they also understood that leaving it to Hajime and them who already invaded this ce would be best, believing in Hajime¡¯s words they entrusted it to them.
In the first ce, their bodies began shaking intensely because of Hajime¡¯s ¡°Order¡±¡..
Hajime, a metallic te about the size of his palm was taken out from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse.¡± It had a lustrous gray shine, there¡¯s a magic formation carved on the handle and the tip was jagged, it was basically shaped like a key.
In front of the confused Hauria, Hajime pours magic into the key type te, then he pushed it out slowly into the space in front.
Then, the tip of the key type te pierced through the space in front, a ripple formed and expanded vertically. The ripple gradually grows until it became the size of an adult human being, then Hajime literally twisted the key type te with a ~guri~ just like a normal key.
Immediately after that, a ¡°hole¡± extends around the Key type te, when it fully extended out to a size of an adult human being the Hauria were popeyed, the rock zoned area could be seen on the other side.
[Alright, all of you pass through this. On the other side is the rock zone that¡¯s a little bit to the left of the Imperial capital. Pal and the rest are on standby there]
[Yes Sir! Boss, please take care of the chief]
Though the Hauria were dumbfounded at theck ofmon sense that urred, it was the Ha in Hajime! When they regained their consciousness, it was obviously due to the boss! as soon as they finally understood, they saluted wonderfully. And, they passed through the gate created by the artifact without hesitation, the fellows with Usamimi¡¯s were trained well.
What Hajime took out was, an artifact that produces a gate for super-long distance space transfer.
It was a pair key type artifact, ¡°Gate Key¡±, and the keyhole artifact, ¡°Gate Hall¡±, when thrusting out the gate key into space this process was ¡°Opening the Lock¡±, the gate then connects the space to the ce in the gate hall that is set up before hand in order to be transferred to it. Of course, it was created with abination of space magic and creation magic.
When the Hauria were transferred, the gate is used again to ¡°Lock¡± the hole in space shut, Hajime and the rest then headed for the ce that Cam was being kept.
The severe security was broken through by skills and magic, they quickly reached the location.
The person at watch outside was quickly knocked out silently and they arrived in front of the door, an angry voice could be heard from the inside.
Shia¡¯s expression freezes. She had prepared herself because an injured Cam would likely be on the other side, the feelings of worrying about a tattered family member began to well up.
Its seen, so Hajime put his hand on the doorknob and was about to open it at once, but he stopped instinctively because of the angry voice that came from the other side.
[What, make a firmer fist first! Are you even a soldier of the Empire! Use your hip more, you ¡°Beep¡± that is only useful to ¡°Beep¡±! You¡¯re just like a ¡°Beep¡± thats been ¡°Beep¡±! A new born kittens fists is better than yours! What happened! Are you mortified, at least break a bone! If you can¡¯t, you¡¯re just ¡°Beep¡± after all!]
[Sh, shut up! Why do i have to listen to anything you say!]
[Get those hands moving if you have time to move that mouth of yours! Is your hand ¡°Beep¡± is it your lover, huh? Ah, in the end your lover must also be a ¡°Beep¡± too huh? You ¡°Beep¡± and ¡°Beep¡± are well matched for each other!]
[D, damn you! Natasha is not that kind of woman!]
[St, stop Johann! You shouldn¡¯t do that! This guy will die!]
[Shit, is that fellow there a ¡°Beep¡± as well. The empire¡¯s soldiers, every single one of them are ¡°Beeps¡± huh! Or better yet, why don¡¯t you guys just rename yourselves to ¡°Beep¡±! You pair of ¡°Beep¡±! You¡¯re both about equal, how about showing some murderous intent!]
[What was that! What did this guy just say! This guy can¡¯t possibly be a Usagininzoku! Somebody answer me!]
[I¡¯ve had enough of this! When I talk with this guy, I feel like I¡¯m going to lose my mind!]
such a shout leaks out from the door and is heard.
Everyone was quiet. While looking down at his own hand that was on the doorknob, he began to doubt himself of this event that went againstmon sense, the empire soldiers that were supposed to be questioning Cam, were actually being cornered instead.
[Naa, is our help necessary?]
[¡¡lets return?]
[¡¡Say, sorry for now, but please help him. Because I don¡¯t think he¡¯ll be able to leave by himself¡..]
Shia yearns for the gentle father of the past, she asked Hajime while looking far-off into the distance. Actually, we would definitely have to help Cam because he doesn¡¯t have the power to get away by himself¡..
[Shit, do you know how to do anything besides moving your lips. I am the dark hunting ogre from the wriggling abyss, Cam von fantasy, L F light, the rhode rear, to be the enemies of the Hauria, its still much too early!]*Yeah, this whole line was a huge mess, I don¡¯t really know what i was doing here*
From the other side, something with incredibly bad sense was said.
[¡¡Shia, your father, something amazing was just said]
[¡¡The more you think about it, the more confusing it gets]
[Uu¡..does my father have a grudge against me? Trying to kill his own daughter through embarrassment]
Shia was crouched down and covered both her hands over her face. The amount of damage seems to have been serious.
And, as for the condition of serious damage, the interrogators were also the same.
[I¡¯ve already told you, I don¡¯t get it! Damn, I don¡¯t want this anymore! If I have to stay with this madman any longer i¡¯ll go insane! I¡¯m going home!]
[Wait, Johann! What about work! In the first ce, what¡¯s with those lines, its sinister so stop it!]
The sound approaching the door could be heard ~Dota Dota~.
Hajime then thought, [As expected, it was too much for them huh~], he then formed a fist in front of the door.
And, the moment that the door is loudly opened, his fist thrusted out.
One of the interrogator¡¯s called Johann, for an instant [Eh?] his face was full of surprise and astonishment, the fist of steel was buried in his face the next second and he was blown back into the room.
Hajime then, steps into the room, fortunately simrly, the other interrogator was stunned as well and in that instant he was also knocked out.
And, the two people that were knocked out instantaneously formed a bad pose with their bodies. Whoever discovers this would have a variety of misunderstandings.
[It can¡¯t be¡..is that you¡.boss?]
[Ahh, what to say, even though you¡¯re in tatters you still abused them with words. ¡..You¡¯ve be strong, in various amounts of ways¡..]
To begin with, it was in the meaning of the 2 that were just blown away a moment ago.
[Ha, hahaha. It seems like I¡¯m not dreaming¡.O~o, Yue and Shia as well]
For a moment, Cam seems to have thought it was a dream, he replied to Hajime with more power this time, though he¡¯s more tattered than the other Hauria¡¯s were. His intellectual powers haven¡¯t dropped either, he seemed to have immediately guessed that Hajime and them came to help.
[Jeez, I¡¯ve shown you guys a bad appearance even though we¡¯ve finally been reunited. Moreover I was busy abusing the damn empire fellows, I didn¡¯t even notice your presences¡..Jeez, it¡¯s shameful]
[¡¡Father, I don¡¯t think it was that kind of problem anymore. You need to quickly get to a hospital. Of course, for the treatment of your head¡..in the first ce, with those wounds why are you so energetic]
[through willpower?]
[¡..Hajime¡¯s demon remodeling¡.how fearsome]
The constrained Cam was truly embarrassing, he scratched his head with a finger that was broken in a suitable direction towards his head *I¡¯m not actually sure if its with his broken finger or non-broken finger*. His thoughtless answer was tsukkomied by Shia.
Yue who was using Reproduction magic, stared at Hajime rather than Cam with a frightened look. Hajime¡¯s thoughts. Truly frightening, rather than ¡°Sergeant HarOman¡± was I the pathogen of ¡°chuunibyou¡±¡¡ *Thanks Endo*
Cam jumps up and down ~Pyon Pyon~ confirming that his body hadpletely recovered, Hajime then took out the gate key again.
[I¡¯ve already sent off the other guys first. Lets quickly leave]
[Yes, Sir! Ah, boss, about our equipment that was taken away¡.]
[Ahh? Just leave it, just leave it. With my current transmuting skills I can make more and better equipment than before, so lets just do that]
[I¡¯ll be able to enjoy new equipment? With that, my tension¡¯s shot up, kukuku]
To Cam who wasughing suspiciously, Shia pushed him into the gate and entered together, Hajime and Yue also went into the gate.
After that, the mysterious masked group causing a disturbance in the Imperial capital and the Hauria tribe that was in the Imperial castle both disappeared suddenly, It¡¯s needless to say, the Hoelscher empire was in an uproar until morning.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Extra
At night of the Imperial capital where rm bells resounded, suddenly, light surges out, at the shack district where Demi-human ves who are engaged in removing stones are staying and sleeping, the soldier post there was blown away. Apparently it was an attack that was held back greatly, only the building flew, the soldier inside seemed to be safe. Though the majority of them had fainted.
The shadow of 4 people could be seen with the moon shining behind them in a grand manner.
[Who are you guys! Don¡¯t think you¡¯ll get away after defying the Empire!]
The person who looked like the head of the toon said out angrily towards the shadows.
[Furthermore, furthermore¡¡wearing those funny looking masks! Are you guys fooling around or what!]
[Eh? No, we¡¯re not exactly fooling around¡..]
[No matter how you look at it its foolishness! Especially, the pink colored one!]
[ !? ]
[Do you feel that you¡¯re showing off your cuteness or something!? I only feel sick when I see that mask! You damn sex offenders!]
[ !? ¡¡¡.I didn¡¯t have the intention to show off my cuteness. ¡¡.And its not like I like that kind of stuff in the first ce¡¡.I was forcefully¡..It¡¯s not my fault¡¡]
[Wait a second, don¡¯t mind what the uncle with the ugly face says Shizu¡don¡¯t make fun of Pink! Suzu¡..Yellow will really get mad!]
[Thats right! Shizu¡it¡¯s alright to like pink and cute things! Thats enough, if you hurt Pink anymore, I¡¡Kamen*Mask* Red won¡¯t forgive you!]
[A~, for the time being, Kamen Blue also won¡¯t forgive you~]
As Kamen Pink¡¯s shoulder dejectedly drops, all the other Kamen shout back at the empire soldiers.
The masked groups goal was, to cause an uproar in the Imperial capital, in order to help Hajime¡¯s group to invade the castle easier¡.Hajime who urately saw through Shizuku¡¯s facade, in order to stop Kouki from doing reckless things it was unavoidable unless another task was given to him, definitely when they return, she swore in her heart that she would get revenge on him.
While Kamen Pink was being depressed, the heated up empire soldiers suddenly, [Immediately catch those annoying masked guys!] and attacked. However, although they aren¡¯t equal to Hajime and his groups power, even still, they were summoned from another world, in other words, cheaters. The ordinary soldiers wouldn¡¯t stand a chance, one after another they were kicked about.
[Damn it all! Those damn masked guys are all too strong!]
[Damn you, Pink~]
[More like, that sword that Red is holding, I get the feeling that I¡¯ve seen it before¡.]
The angry groan whileying on the ground was cursed out from the empire soldier. About 3 toons were already unable to battle. Themander couldn¡¯t endure any longer and shouts out.
[Damn, you fes, just exactly what is your purpose!]
to the question, Kamen Red stopped and dered loudly.
[I demand that all Demi-humans conditions are improved immediately!]
[¡¡Ha~a?]
[Your speech and behaviors towards Demi-humans are too intolerable! Stop indiscriminately hurting them!]
Towards the impossible request given to the Empire soldiers, [What¡¯s that guy saying?], and they looked at each others expressions. That sounds about right. What Kamen Red and the others saw happening during the daytime, wasmon sense. Even if they were to suddenly be told to do that, they simply don¡¯t understand.
[Ku, what, the attitude¡..it¡¯s just how things are done¡..]
[This¡.Red. The insane ones, it¡¯s unfortunate but it¡¯s probably us. Don¡¯t forget about our other purpose as well]
[I know! But, at the very least just the children¡.]
[Do you know how many people that is. Do you n on helping every child that you see? also, it should be almost time. ¡.Even I¡¯m feeling mortified about this, but, now, lets properly focus on our objective]
[¡..Yeah, your right]
Masked Red, withdrew reluctantly in understanding.
[Empire soldiers, Listen here. Our behavior is due to an arbitrary decision. So, the ves had nothing to do with it so don¡¯t put the me on them. If, you guys do something like that¡.]
[Wh, what is it you want to say¡..]
[Tonight, behind you when you¡¯re taking a shower, when you¡¯ve woken up and look at of your stomach, in an alley where there shouldn¡¯t be anyone else, under the desk, the gaps through the curtains, the edge of the mirror, in your dreams¡..you¡¯ll always see a mask]
The empire soldiers towards the words that Kamen Pink indifferently said without intonations, all swallowed their saliva at once, and thought, [Scary¡.]. It was certainly a Horror film.
The masked group, afterpleting their goal said, [To~u!], that kind of feeling and jumped down from the building and into the back alley. And then, the Empire soldiers rushed after them in a panic, but theypletely disappeared like phantoms.
Later, among the soldiers of the Empire, [Fear Kamen Pink~that fellow is always looking at you], an urban legend was spread, but that is another story.
Why, because when you¡¯re alone¡.., the person in the Pink mask breaking down is also another story.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Extra 2
[That is all I have to report!]
[Good work, you may leave]
[Ha]
After the resounding footsteps of the subordinate that left disappeared for a while, Hoelscher Empires Emperor, Gaharudo D. Hoelscher, turned his sights onto the girl who had been talking a while ago.
It was Riria-na S.B. Hairihi, princess of Hairihi Kingdom with a cleansed face, when she noticed Gaharudo¡¯s nce, [It seems to be quite serious?], in a worried voice, a troubled smile was returned. As a princess of the neighboring country, anxiety could be felt due to the report heard just a while ago, however she knew not to interfere because she would only get in the way, such an expression was shown.
[Jeez, I¡¯m troubled. Just after dealing with a ridiculously strong demon some ridiculously strong masked people show up, the strength of those 4 were certainly not a joke¡..about this matter, what do you think about it? Princess Riria-na]
[¡..I, don¡¯t understand? Still, maybe it was the Majinzoku behind the scenes again? Because an impossible demon was used before, there may also be impossibly talented people as well?]
[yeah, that¡¯s right. ¡¡There¡¯s a possibility of that. For example, one of those guys were able to freely manipte high level magic with ease, there was even one with a sword that gave off a dazzling light, na?]
[¡¡yes, that¡¯s right. It¡¯s a fearsome thing]
[Ah~, definitely. After being asked what their purpose was they started bbering about improving the treatment of Demi-humans and theirbor conditions, It¡¯s very frightening when its too iprehensible, is what I think]
[that¡¯s, right]
Riria-na¡¯s expression doesn¡¯t copse.
Gaharudo was amusingly observing Riria-na, it was an impregnable smile guard. Thats because, rather than a smile pasted on, it was an indispensable royal family secret skill, able to change their smiles depending on the current situation without fail.
However, Gaharudo did not not miss the slight moment where her breath was disturbed.
[By the way, Princess Riria-na]
[Yes?]
[Right now, where is Hero-kun?]
[¡..The hero, presently, he¡¯s out traveling. In order to earn experience and power]
[Gee, and here I thought he surely came to the Imperial capital? And, I remember hearing about the emancipation of ves from someone before as well]
[Oh dear, Emperor Gaharudo about what you¡¯ve just said, have you confused spection as truth? There¡¯s no way that would have happened right?]
[Hahaha, of course! Spection without proper grounds cannot be considered a fact]
[Fufufu, yes, thats right]
After a while, [Hahaha], [Fufufu], theughter of the Emperor and Princess resounded throughout the reception room.
Seemingly, though it looked like Riria-na had confidence, in her heart.
(What are you guys doing! Kouki and co.¡ª!! I mean, why masks!? There should have been many other ways to hide your identities! To begin with, using your sacred sword will obviously reveal your true identity! What a bad prank! Absolutely, it was definitely someone¡¯s prank! And, the only one who would do this is definitely Nagumo-san desu! Why, because of his prank, I the Princess have to deal with this stifling conversation with the Emperor! He always treats me casually too, but unexpectedly the things he does causes a lot of damage. Even though I¡¯m the princess)
is, what she screamed inside. Apparently, Hajime¡¯s masks were made in vain, their true identities were found out by both countries.
Chapter 115
Chapter 115
Cam was rescued, Hajime¡¯s group passed through the gate and teleported to where Teio and the other Hauria were standing guard at the rock zone, when they appeared they were greeted with the Hauria¡¯s enthusiastic wee.
All of the Hauria pat each other on the shoulders, bumped their stomachs with one another, cross countered their arms, and they were all screaming as they were pleased that everyone returned safely.
At that time, Hajime¡¯s ears were filled with the loud shouts of joy which drowned out all the surrounding sounds.
Hajime¡¯s hand rose out with extremely natural movements. A familiar katana in a ck sheath was gripped and held out.
[¡..What do you n on doing with that, Yaegashi?]
The identity of the assant which attacked Hajime with the ck katana while still in its sheath was Shizuku Yaegashi. Shizuku¡¯s de was caught in the fingertips of Hajime¡¯s hand, she clicks her tongue when he wasn¡¯t phased at all even though she¡¯s applying all her strength in the attack.
[¡¡¡.I¡¯m only relying on Nagumo-kun to relieve some stress. It¡¯s alright, I, believe in Nagumo-kun. Your caliber is deeper than the Mariana trench¡¡so, obediently! Allow me! To hit the octopus!]
[Ah~, Un, you didn¡¯t want to be Pink that much? ¡¡I prepared that with good intentions in mind]
[Thats definitely a lie! I know what your intention was! It was absolutely a prank! Somehow I was pulled into the atmosphere! In a sense, I got what I deserved! ¡ª-As so, I can¡¯t help but beat it into you, these feelings! If you¡¯re a man then ept them!]
[Nna, how unreasonable¡..]
Apparently Pink has suffered more damage than initially thought.
Certainly, it would have been fine if she declined, it was the natural consequences of being caught up in the atmosphere and epting the mask. But, even though she understands that, it was obvious that it was Hajime¡¯s speech and behavior which tricked her to be verbally abused by the empire soldiers, Shizuku couldn¡¯t help but snarl.
Most of all, Hajime and Shizuku¡¯s difference in ability is clear, actually, there was no signs of the ck sheath which was making a ~Gichi Gichi~ noise oveing that difference at all. So, reluctantly, Shizuku¡¯s ck katana¡¯s ability¨C she decided to release it. Literally, even Hajime would feel some pain if it was a direct hit, hoping that, she put her trust in it.
[You~! ¡°Run rampant, Thunder flower¡±!]
[Oh? Oh~h]
However, while gripping the ck sword which was discharging electricity, rather than being painful, Hajime¡¯s appearance was that of someone who feels admiration. Shizuku unintentionally shouted out a tsukkomi.
[Wait a sec, Nagumo-kun. Why are you still fine even though electricity is being released?]
[No, it¡¯s nothing much, you should have seen me shoot out railguns numerous times already. I use thunder with my own flesh, there¡¯s no way this degree of electricity would be enough then right? Rather than that, you did well to be able to activate that function.]
[Ku, it can¡¯t be helped then¡..I¡¯ll withdraw this time. However, I¡¯ll hit that calm face one day. And also, this was due the results of all the synergists at the Kingdom.]
Shizuku withdrew reluctantly and gave a reasonable answer. Kouki and the rest were popeyed in the back. It appears that they¡¯ve just returned. Shizuku¡¯s unexpected actions caused them to be surprised.
Kaori and Yue just keep staring at Shizuku from somewhere. Then whispered, [¡..For Shizuku-chan to be snarling¡.] [¡..We were too reliant on her], was said, it appears that the two were only having a yful exchange with one another.
[Boss, is this a good time?]
Finally, it seems that Cam¡¯s group was finished celebrating, they came forward towards Hajime. With their serious expressions, Hajime as well, it didn¡¯t seem like it would be a greeting of reuniting again.
Hajime quickly transmuted chairs in a circle and with a nce, conveyed for them to sit down.
[First, although a lot of things happened, putting it simply, it seems we went a little overboard¡¡]
was said, when summarizing from when Cam¡¯s story began, it can only be stated that way.
In order to gain more Demi-humans ves, The soldiers came into the battered Sea of Trees, Cam¡¯s group of Hauria had gained substantial numbers, and defeated them. The empire soldiers seemed to be extremely cautious of their surroundings. Theirrades kept on disappearing outside of thebat zones, and when they were found, their necks showed signs of assassinations.
The group specializing in the assassinations were a mystery, the Empire had no way of confirming their true identities. Then they thought out a n. It was an encirclement of the Imperial capital. In short, they were inviting their foes.
Cam¡¯s group easily blundered and fell for the trap, but, it could only be said that it was because there was no telling when the empire might set foot into the Sea of Trees.
Or, many Demi-humans were captured and the blood went into their heads as they weren¡¯t able to overlook it, they might have rushed in too quickly when they saw a chance. The empire¡¯s attack burned down the edge of the Sea of Trees and while passing through the fog they were torturing the Demi-human ves, the unjust methods may have also been the cause.
In the case that Fair Bergens was in its usual state, they would have likely been able to fight while moving in an organised manner, it¡¯s likely that they also knew that it was attacked by demons. Time is of the essence.
It was unthinkable in their miserable state, Cam¡¯s group wasn¡¯tpletely calm either.
And, the Empire soldiers were likely the same. After all, the mysterious group carrying out the assassinations caught in the were none other than the gentle Usagininzoku which would never be used of fighting. Moreover, It was not the Sea of Trees, they made full use of cooperation to surround an empire soldier and fought equally. Naturally, theck ofmon sense caught the higher up¡¯s interests.
As a result,
[We were captured alive, and were interrogated day after day. The other side was mainly interested on how the Hauria tribe had changed so suddenly and where they got their equipment, and, they intended to go to Fair Bergen. It appears that they mistook us as Fair Bergen¡¯s secret force¡¡actually, the whole n was close to being executed, if our rtions were found out it¡¯s likely that it wouldn¡¯t end with just banishment]
The interrogators, asked for the rtionship of Fair Bergen and themselves, though it was said various times that they had a rather hostile rtionship with them, it was taken as a self-sacrificial action in order to protect their own country. Especially because they had fearless smiles even when his Majesty the Emperor came to watch the interrogations, his eyes shined like a child who found a new toy.
[And? what¡¯s with your excuses for bing captives? Just hurry and speak of the main subject]
[Pardon me, boss. Then, the main subject, we gathered many more new family members for the Hauria in order to create a new Hauria tribe*I think thats what he means, ????????????????????????????????????*¡..With that we picked a war with the empire]
Cam dered with an aplished sharp look in his eyes, the time for all those around stopped.
Under the illusion, Hajime and excluding everyone in Cam¡¯s Hauria tribe, all movements stopped and became stiff. Whether they haven¡¯t understood yet, or due to the surprise of the idea. Silence filled the surroundings, the cries of insects could be heard in the rock zone during the night.
It was Shia who broke the silence.
[What, what are you talking about, father? Did I hear it wrong? Just now, I was supposed to hear the reason why my family was fighting against the empire¡¡]
[Shia, you didn¡¯t mishear. We hauria tribe, picked a war against the empire. I definitely said that]
[Don¡¯t, don¡¯t, don¡¯t say such foolish things! Just what were you thinking! Certainly, you guys have be strong, but don¡¯t you guys only have around 100 people? Even then to fight the empire? Have you gone mad! Because of the resentment of being robbed of the same race, you¡¯ve be unable to judge properly right!?]
[Shia, thats not it. We¡¯re sane. listen to¡..]
[I don¡¯t have to use my Usamimi¡¯s to listen! If its not revenge, you¡¯re just getting full of yourselves then? If so, take up your weapons right now! I¡¯ll be your opponent before you guys fight the empire. Allow me to cut down that extended nose of yours!]
In an excited state, Shia took out Doryukken out of the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±, and one rotation was made with the strong style and a ~Bishi~! Shia pointed it towards Cam¡¯s nose. Her expression was way past recklessness, it was nothing but pure rage at the thought of Cam and the others who had decided on the suicide attack.
Shia¡¯s magic power pours out around her body in a light blue color with physical pressure which overpowered them, it even exceeded the top Hero¡¯s from a different world which would be considered cheats.
Truthfully, this rage of unimaginable power is not something you¡¯d expect from Shia who¡¯s always energeticallyughing, Kouki¡¯s group were holding their breaths. However, Cam who had Doryukken pointed at him with enough power to cause the hero¡¯s to flinch, only quietly stared at Shia just like the surface of calm water.
They stare at eachother, or, while holding their breaths everyone was staring at the two, as expected this man moved, it was Hajime. Before anyone was aware, Hajime had already approached Shia from behind, as if Shia was a wild animal he grabbed her fluffy bunny tail to calm her down, suddenly rubbing it was beyond strange.
[Hiyaan~!? Don¡¯t~, that ce is no good~! Hajime-Shan*Not a typo*, shtop it~]
Actually, in a different sense it felt better than having her Usamimi¡¯s felt, when her bunny tail was being felt by Hajime it started ¡°feeling good¡±.
Shia fell onto all fours, started leaking out hot sighs ~Haa Haa~, and stared at Hajime reproachfully. However, her eyes were wet and feverish too, she was only emphasizing her charming figure and nothing else in this situation.
In the intimidating situation, everyone was popeyed because in an instant the atmosphere turned pink. There were also a few in the group that were slouching over too.
Disregarding their surroundings, this time Hajime stroke Shia¡¯s Usamimi¡¯s. Although it wasn¡¯t in an erotic way like before, it was gentle like driving away the pain. Though Shia red at Hajime reproachfully who started sexually harassing her in the middle of a serious talk, soon it became eyes that seemed pleasant.
[How about it, have you calmed down a bit? Cam¡¯s story isn¡¯t finished yet. It wouldn¡¯t be toote to blow them all away after first hearing everything right?]
[U~¡¡that¡¯s right¡..I¡¯m sorry. Too much blood went into my head for a moment. I¡¯m alright now. I¡¯m sorry father]
[What¡¯s bad about worrying about your family? There¡¯s no need to apologise. like-wise, I should have listen to your words as well. ¡¡.Thanks for everything recently, I tend to forget those concerns. ¡¡Even so, kukuku]
[Wh, what is it, father,ughing like that¡.]
[No, I only hope for your happiness above all else. ¡..You seem to be loved a fair bit by the boss? Un? When will I be able to see my grandchild¡¯s face?]
[Na, gryand, gryandchild*she mispronounces it* you say¡..what are you saying, father! We, we haven¡¯t, I¡..]
Cam was teasing her, Shia nces upwards at Hajime frequently while her face was bright red-hot. All the Hauria that sees it were smirking greatly. Really, each and every person showed good personalities. Hajime, while thinking of such things, ignored it lightly and asked Cam.
[Cam, though I wouldn¡¯t have believed it, about that talk, you¡¯re not expecting me to participate are you?]
[Haha~, there¡¯s no way I would. Only, the reason this decision was even possible was due to the boss for training us. Therefore, our decision is our own, at least thats what I believe]
Cam denies Hajime¡¯s question whileughing. It appears that they really n on only doing it by themselves.
However if that happens, the decision couldn¡¯t be anything but recklessness, so they began to worry about the reason that led to such a decision. Shia as well, Cam and them were getting too full of themselves with their power, they were really serious about not going at it for revenge as well, a sorrowful expression is shown.
[Whats the reason?]
[Thats unexpected, do you want to hear it? I thought you weren¡¯t interested though¡..]
[If your decisions were thanks to me training you guys, then when you guys do something careless wouldn¡¯t it also reflect back on me? If its just that much, it¡¯s not something I shouldn¡¯t know¡..]
Saying so, Hajime nced at Shia for an instant. Cam guessed what his intent was, his eyes loosened up and joyfully, [I see], with a nod, he begins to speak about the reason.
[As said a little while ago, the Usagininzoku have caught the Emperor¡¯s interest. And its a very strong interest. The empire is a country where people who believes the principle that abilities reign supreme gather, the emperor isn¡¯t free of that saying either. And, their senses of values of weak people are natural ording to their principles being ingrained into their characters]
[In other words, you want to say that the Emperor will begin hunting the Usagininzoku for you? Rather than killing you guys, but in order to make you guys his?]
[Affirmative. While I was still being interrogated, the Emperor himself came, ¡°I¡¯ll keep you¡± he said. Of course, I spat at him on immediately¡.]
Towards Cam spitting on the Emperor¡¯s face and then verbally abusing him, the Hauria said, [As expected of the Chief!] while getting fired up, Kouki¡¯s group said, [You did that tothatEmperor!?] while exposing their surprise.
No one could me them though. In history, Cam was likely the first person of all races to have spat saliva on the Emperors face. Even Hajime as well, unintentionally raised a voice of admiration, [Ho~o].
[However, it seems to have had an opposite effect. Capturing all of the Usagininzoku and then training them seemed to be interesting, whileughing loudly with an extremely greedy face. When he dered it, his face was quite serious. Once again he¡¯ll advance onto the Sea of Trees, more Usagininzoku will be attacked this time. Also, Fair Bergen hasn¡¯t finished rebuilding yet, they won¡¯t be able to endure another attack. Therefore, it¡¯ll be likely that the Empire will demand all Usagininzokus to be handed over for them to cease their attack¡.]
[I get it now. If this is handled passively, they¡¯ll literally rob you of all your family¡¡]
[Affirmative. If its so that only the Hauria survive, it¡¯s not that difficult to do. However, because of us, all the the other Usagininzoku will be deprived of their futures¡.it¡¯s too much]
It seems that it was a bigger problem than initially thought, Cam¡¯s group was cornered situationally.
It was as Cam had said, Just the Hauria surviving wouldn¡¯t be too difficult if they devoted themselves to escaping and guerri warfare while making use of the Sea of Trees, But all the other Usagininzoku will be seeing hell. If they cannot answer the Emperors wish of ¡°Strong Usagininzokus¡±, women, and children will probably be killed rather than being turned into a pet ve.
[But, you can¡¯t really believe that an army of a little over 100 will be enough to stand against the Empire right?]
[Of course. A head-on collision while shouting courageously would be out of the question. We are Usagininzokus, we won¡¯t lose to any other race in terms of stealth operations]
Cam said while smiling from ear to ear. Hajime also guessed his intentions.
[In other words, Assassination?]
[Affirmative. if they bear their fangs at us, the first moment that they¡¯ve rxed, their necks will fly from a de in the darkness¡.In practice, fear and sense of crisis will be nted into those fellows. Always not knowing where attacks areing from, the Usagininzoku will show their power that only their race can do. We are neither weak nor lower ranked, they¡¯ll realise that we¡¯re a threat that requires absolute resolution of death to attack]
[The Emperors entire n, don¡¯t you think that there have already been measures ced against assassination?]
[Of course they probably do. However, we¡¯re not aiming for the Emperor¡¯s n, it¡¯s the humans around their environment. As expected, none of the surrounding humans would have severe defenses. Yesterday, today, the humans who have been intimate, one person, and then another person will disappear. What we can do at the moment is this, I think it¡¯ll be pretty effective. Then finally, it¡¯ll be perfect if they create a policy of noninterference for us]
It was an indescribably unsophisticated n. However, rather than saying that they¡¯ll assassinate the Emperors n, they thought of a very realistic idea.
however, thats it, because there¡¯s not enough time to make the Empire feel any kind of threat, It¡¯s more likely that it¡¯ll cause a full-scale retaliation, will the Empire decide topletely annihte the Usagininzoku, or will they feel threatened and decide to negotiate at a table, it¡¯s obvious which decision would be made. They¡¯re taking part in a very bad gamble.
However it still needs to be done, the Usagininzoku will have a dark future either way. Everyone has an expression which shows that they¡¯ve already prepared themselves.
[¡.Father¡..you all¡.]
Shia¡¯s shoulders dejectedly drop. Turning the empire soldiers into enemies, the Usagininzokus which just broke out of the dungeon in the Imperial castle which would in other words be called a prison, If the Emperor doesn¡¯t overlook his own interests for his duty to the public, she could also guess what would happen.
The road left for the Usagininzokus, would they be able to dessert all the other families in order for the Hauria to survive, would all members be happy about bing toys of the Empire, will they risk their lives and fight, there¡¯s only one choice.
[Shia, Don¡¯t make such a face. We won¡¯t run away like before while being looked down on, we¡¯ll eventually overrun them, submitting to them reluctantly would be an ungraceful thing to do¡..Now, we¡¯ll fight like this, to be able to have this will, we¡¯re extremely d]
[But!]
[Shia, to win the right to live, we¡¯ll fight. However, our purpose is not to live. Our purpose is to live with honor as the Hauria. Against any kind of power, if we retreat now, in the end we¡¯ll be the same losers that we were in the past. Only that cannot be permitted]
[Father¡..]
[Look forwards, Shia. Don¡¯t look back at us anymore. You should have already decided. When going with boss outside, in order to advance ahead. With that determination, advance forwards]
Cam, not as the chief and not as the leader of the battle group, but as a father, pushed his daughters back. They cannot allow them to stop any further, the others also wished for them to continue advancing forwards.
After being looked with gentle eyes Shia¡¯s expression turns upside down which seemed like she was going to cry, Cam changes his nce to Hajime and nods. he was gesturing for him to take care of his daughter.
Instead of Hajime, Kouki had a silent expressionless face, Indeed, [I¡¯ll do something about it!] he said as he got up despite the atmosphere, Shizuku hit the back of his head with her ck katana. It appears that stress has built up, her way of stopping him became extreme unlike her usual self.
When Hajime didn¡¯t show any reactions, Shia looked back at Hajime. However, before Shia opened her mouth, Cam called out in a strong tone for her to stop as he guessed her intentions.
[Shia!]
It was shocking! so much that Shia¡¯s body was shaking.
Cam and them had no intentions of asking for Hajime¡¯s help in the first ce. The situation was their own consequence for falling for the Emperors trap. Here, relying on Hajime¡¯s powers and entrusting him with the solution would mean that nothing has changed. As Cam said, this is a fight to carry on the Usagininzokus pride which is on the line.
And, Shia also understood that. She could also only run away before so she understands, Now, there is the pride of being Hajime and Yue¡¯spanion. But, she feels sad that her family has to make a gamble with such bad stakes.
In the end, Shia kept quiet without being able to say anything.
Hajime, nced at Yue for an instant and scratched his head then sighed. And, as you would expect, Yue¡¯s eyes softened and noded as she understood what he wanted to convey. Hajime smiled a little and calls out to Shia who was looking down.
[Shia]
[Hajime-san¡.]
Shia¡¯s eyes showed expectations slightly.
[This time there¡¯s no way I can fight]
[I¡.I see. That¡¯s right]
But, the words followed by Hajime caused her to look down again. In the back Kouki is shouting something, disregarding that the electrical current from the ck katana caused him to faint when hit from the side, Hajime grabbed Shia¡¯s cheeks which were sunk due to jumping to a hasty conclusion.
[Oi, you, don¡¯t jump to a hasty conclusion. Though I won¡¯t fight, I didn¡¯t say I wouldn¡¯t help did I?]
[Fe?]
To Hajime¡¯s words, a silly reply was given while her cheeks were being stretched. Kam¡¯s group also looked at one another with a bemused expression trying to interpret the meaning of Hajime¡¯s words.
[This matter, the Hauria family must show their strength. You should let the other party know that the Hauria tribe is not an easy opponent. The Demi-human discrimination ismon sense in this world, if I fight to protect them, the same situation would begin again when I¡¯m gone. Above all, there is Cam and their wills. Thats why, I will not take one step in this battle]
There Hajime patted Shia¡¯s cheeks and turned his gaze to Cam.
[However, our energeticpanion is making this kind of face, if you thought I¡¯ll obediently stay out of this matter, your greatly mistaken?]
[H, however, boss¡.then, just what¡.]
To Cam who disyed a deep perplexity, Hajime with a fearless grin dered.
[Cam, and the Hauria tribe. All of this guys odd strategies are hereby rejected. You all directly point your des at the Emperor¡¯s neck. Grab his hair and drag him down, his rtives, his friends, pin down all of his subordinates in front of him. Suppress the Imperial castle, if help does note, the Empire would be finished by the end of night! engrave it into their bones that the Hauria tribe can finish them anytime they want! Anywhere in this world, there is no safe ce, if you antagonize the Hauria tribe, the neck cutting parade begins, force them to write it into their Empire¡¯s history!]
Silence fills the area. Everyone became drunk of stiffness from Hajime¡¯s spirit. ~Gokuri~ The sound of saliva being swallowed could be heard clearly.
Hajime while ring at the surroundings, shouted out in an angry voice which could be mistaken as thunder which makes everyone breathless.
[What¡¯s your answer! You ¡°Beep¡¯s¡±!]
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [~!? S, Sir, Yes, Sir!!] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
[I can¡¯t hear you! You maggots n to go to war like that! In the end are you guys just a group of ¡°Beep¡¯s¡±!?]
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [Sir, No, Sir] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]*There¡¯s one extra bracket now to emphasize their voices lol*
[If you¡¯re not, then prove it! Rather than going after the small fry, go for the King!!]
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [Gung Ho! Gung Ho! Gung Ho!] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]*google the phrase if you dont understand*
[With the de of revenge and the guts that you¡¯ve sharpened, cut down anyone who obstructs you!]
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [Behead! Behead! Behead!] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
[I¡¯ll thoroughly prepare you, the lead role belongs to you guys! I won¡¯t permit halfheartedness! Do you understand!]
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [Aye, Aye, Sir!!!] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
[Very well! Get fired up! The new Hauria tribe, with 122 people¡..]
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [¡¡.] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
[You will bring down the Imperial castle!]
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [YAHAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
What do you n on preparing, isn¡¯t it impossible to bring down the Imperial castle, such thoughts and doubts flew away from the heads of the Hauria who werepletely excited.
The person that calls himself boss is saying that he¡¯ll give them the key that opens the door to them. Then, if they don¡¯t wait and go on cutting their obstacles that lie ahead, it¡¯ll be the shame of the new Hauria tribe. They won¡¯t be able to show their face in public and even to Hajime who trained them. Therefore, the Hauria¡¯s heart and minds be one, they were burning up with fighting spirit to bring down the Imperial castle.
In the rock zone away from the Imperial capital, the shouts of fighting spirit and murderous intent resounds.
[U~u, Shizu, Shizu, those people are scary~]
[You¡¯ll be alright, Suzu. I¡¯m scared too¡¡I mean, in the first ce Nagumo-kuns idea is already scary in itself]
[Nagumo-kun, that guy¡¡.Hehe, who would have thought that he¡¯d take on the role of HarOman-sensei, he¡¯s not too bad]
[Ryutaro!? Why, do I sense a little intimacy!? No matter how you look at it, its an abnormal atmosphere!?]
Shizuku and them could only stare with a dumbfounded expression at the Hauria who were wrapped in a strange heat. A smile seems to have appeared on one person who was in awe and increased his respect towards Hajime.
[U~mu, this is awesome~. For the Usagininzoku to change this much. As expected of master. To make crushing the Empire the goal immediately. I can¡¯t get enough of this~. I want to be abused with such spirit]
[¡..Shut up, perverted dragon]
[~!? haha]
[Un, Teio-san read the mode a little? Rather than that, look at Shia¡¯s expression, Yue. She melted]
[¡¡.N, cute. So that Shia doesn¡¯t cry¡..it¡¯s obvious I¡¯m happy]
[That¡¯s right~. It is good, I also want that kind of thing said to me~]
Yue, did she know this was going to happen from the beginning, the darkness in Shia¡¯s eyes were wiped out and it gradually softened, though Kaori feels relieved when she sees so, she was also envious of Shia.
Afterwards, Hajime gave out the details of bringing down the Imperial castle, it was then decided that they would rest in preparation until that time.
Shia, for a while did not want to part from Hajime¡¯s side. Her usual energetic self was rather silent, However, she wasn¡¯t depressed, she snuggled up while blushing and held onto the hem of Hajime¡¯s clothes quietly.
Her Usamimi¡¯s asionally when touching Hajime backed off and touch again. As it is, it¡¯s nothing but showing feelings of wanting to be by Hajime¡¯s side.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Dawn at night, shortly before the eastern sky begins to shine, there were two shadows sitting on the rock. It¡¯s Hajime and Yue who woke up early. By the way, only Hajime is sitting on the rock, Yue is cradled on Hajime¡¯sp.
Everyone aside from the lookout post is asleep, the ce they¡¯re in is also a blind spot, the two people were enjoying their first quiet time together in a long time. And, at that time, Yue who had rested her head on Hajime¡¯s shoulder looks up slowly at him, without a sign she kissed Hajime¡¯s neck. A cute smooch sounded out, the silence of the morning was slightly shaken.
[¡¡What¡¯s wrong, suddenly?]
[N¡¡somehow I just recalled something fromst night]
The thing that happenedst night that Yue was talking about, was about the talk of bringing down the Imperial castle. However, why that, the connection with the kiss couldn¡¯t be understood, while returning a gentle look to Yue¡¯s gentle gaze, Hajime looked puzzled.
[¡¡Rather than thebyrinth, you gave priority to Shia who was ¡°Important¡±. I¡¯m happy that you¡¯re treasuring Shia. I¡¯m happy that the people who are ¡°Important¡± for Hajime are increasing. So full of happiness that¡¡I suddenly wanted to kiss]
When Yue said so, this time she kisses Hajime¡¯s cheek.
[¡..Will Shia be ¡°Special¡± too?]
[¡..That¡¯s, Naa. This worlds number one, although number two would be a tough fight¡¡the ¡°Special¡± one is only Yue after all]
[¡..Mu~u, it would be fine if it¡¯s Shia¡¡but, it¡¯s troubling that I¡¯m happy]
Yue¡¯s expression was aplicated mix of happy feelings and troubled feelings.
Inside of Yue, it was her first friend that she made after getting out of the Abyss, it was herpanion, and, Shia¡¯s existence was that of a younger sister to her which seemed to also be an exception. Thats why, she wouldn¡¯t allow the ¡°special¡± seat to belong to any of the other women. Therefore, though she¡¯s happy from the words of the single-minded Hajime, she bes troubled by his obstinate outline.
To Yue¡¯s appearance, Hajime gets offended a little. To be troubled for not allowing any other special women, somehow or another it offended him. So, for the time being, in order to not think about this situation anymore he decided to attack Yue¡¯s lips with no questions asked.
[N~¡..N~, Ah mu~u¡.Haji~¡..N~]
The eastern skies finally start brightening more and more, it begins to create a shadow behind the two people. The perfectly ovepped shadow asionally separate but quickly ovepped again, because of that, vivid sounds resounded each time.
Yue¡¯s eyes moistened up in a fever, her cheeks were pink, and her lips shined glossily. Exactly as Hajime had intended. As it was, the movements of the two people as if natural, continued¡.they began to hear the voice of another person from the other side of the rock shade where Hajime had tried to do it.
[O~i, Nagumo. Are you there?]
Apparently it was Kouki, he came to look for Hajime who was not in his bed. Because his positivity has risen as well, everyone will likely wake up soon.
[Chi, it was just getting good, that bastard. Although I can stomach that he wants to learn some Age of Gods magic in the case of more like Nointo shows up¡¡In various ways, this has be troublesome]
While cursing, there was no helping it, Hajime tried to stand up while holding Yue, but it didn¡¯t happen.
Because,
[Hajime, I won¡¯t let you escape. N]
[Hey, wa~]
It was because Yue pushed down Hajime. While riding Hajime¡¯s waist then rising halfway up and positioning herself down to his waist again, Yue attacked Hajime this time.
[Kouki, was Nagumo-kun there?]
[Ahh, His presence can be felt somewhere around here!?]
Shizu and Suzu appeared behind Kouki, Ryutaro also showed up. Kouki took a detour around a rock while answering Shizuku, but he instinctively stiffens up when he witnessed the spectacle. While looking at the suspicious Kouki who stopped at the other side of the rock, Shizuku and them also peaked over the rock¡..~Bishi~! they stiffened up.
In addition, from behind Shia, Kaori, and Teio areing over. And, while dubiously seeing the stiff group, detoured around the rock¡¡
[Hey~~~! Just what are you two doing so early in the morning!]
[¡¡.Mu, Shiaing in too?]
[Eh? Is that alright? Then¡.]
[There¡¯s no way that¡¯ll be alright! Hurry up and separate! Attacking each other in the morning, how envi¡..I mean, unreasonable!]
[Mu~u, am I no good? Just beating me a little would be fine though¡¡]
While feeling the tiredness in the state of chaos manifested in the morning, this time around, Hajime lifts up Yue in one hand, and warded off Shia who was applying physical reinforcement onto her body to take up the previous offer, [Uu~, Uu~] Kaori groans out, Just like the pervert wanted, a strike hit her cheek [Ahan~] while controlling the condition he increased its force.
In a ce a bit away, Kouki¡¯s group who had stiffened up began toe to their senses. Suzu, [They¡¯re adults, They¡¯re adults~] although her face was still stiff her face became heated and dyed in red, Shizuku was carrying her by the side. However, that Shizuku¡¯s ear¡¯s werepletely red.
The eastern sun that breaks out in the sky, though its also the signal which leads the Hauria to a battle for a new life¡..it was a very stupid beginning for the start.
Chapter 116
Chapter 116
The Imperial castle which symbolizes the Hoelscher empire, surrounded by a deep waterway that is about 20-meters in depth, also surrounded by strong castle walls where magic-like defenses were active. Guards are always stationed on the castle walls, even an aquatic demon would be shot in the waterways, as an entrance, there is only one front gate with a huge drawbridge.
The people who are able toe to the Imperial castle is also limited, only people who have permits imbued with magic are allowed to enter. In front of the drawbridge, there¡¯s a huge post that resembles the triumphal arches in France, If you don¡¯t clear the examination to enter the castle here, you wouldn¡¯t be allowed to cross the drawbridge at all. If you try the impolite way and invade the castle, you¡¯d be thrown into the waterways where demons thrive.
The inspection at the post is also quite merciless. For example, even if you were a trader of supplies going in and out with an entrance permit through regr procedures, every product would be inspected one by one. Therefore, it¡¯s also impossible to try to invade by hiding in the luggage.
In other words, what I want to say is that, trying to trespass into the Imperial castle is extremely, extremely, difficult.
Towards that kind of fact, Kouki thought about it while waiting in line at the castle inspection ahead of the triumphal arch, he looked back and nced over his shoulder. There, his usual party members and his childhood friends Shizuku, Ryutaro, Suzu, and also Hajime¡¯s group were there.
Kouki¡¯s group came back to the Imperial capital in order to enter the Imperial castle in a dignified manner.
Kouki¡¯s thoughts. They were a diversion to allow Cam and them to escape the prison without additionalmotions, and. Obviously, because Hajime had magic that allowed transfer through space he went with them on the rescue, although escaping wouldn¡¯t be that difficult, if the security is already this severe just to enter, the guards inside of the Imperial capital is better left unsaid.
Lets say that you knew of the dungeons location through questioning beforehand, if the exact location is not understood, space magic transfer to a pinpoint location couldn¡¯t be used. Thats why, after invading, its necessary to search on foot. Still, there¡¯s no helping it that you would tip your hat to the person who aplished such things without being caught. Kouki instinctively felt the ¡°difference¡± between them again, [Ha~a], and leaked out a sigh.
By the way, an outside military unit was in charge of the distraction that kouki¡¯s group caused, because it¡¯s impossible for the military units in the Imperial castle toe out explicitly, it was hardly useful at all. Somewhat like, [What happened?], it was only on a slightly higher level than unrest.
[Next~¡..you¡¯re an unfamiliar face. ¡¡Let me see your permit]
The guard soldiers looked at Kouki¡¯s group with a suspicious expression.
The amount of people who can enter the Imperial castle is limited, so the guards know most of the faces. And, normally on their first visits people wear their best clothes, however they were extremely well equipped for a group that¡¯s been invited to the Imperial castle for the first time. Thats why, like Kouki¡¯s group, people dressed up like adventurers are rare. They were suspicious so they began to be more cautious.
[No, we don¡¯t have any permits, in its ce, we have this¡..]
[Ha? A status te? Just what¡¡]
Naturally, Hajime and them did not have a permit to enter the Imperial castle. But, Kouki¡¯s position is useful here. After all, he is the ¡°Hero¡±. The trump card of the human race whom God sent into the game with the Majinzoku race and was viewed publicly as ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡±. For example, even if that wasn¡¯t the actual reality of the situation.
Although the guard gave them dangerous looks when they said they didn¡¯t have permits, his eyes twinkled when he read the characters ¡°Hero¡± disyed on the status te, he alternately looks back and forth between the status te and kouki¡¯s face. From the guards reaction, the surrounding colleagues were beginning to pay attention.
[Ehtto¡¡Hero¡¡sama, right? God¡¯s apostle that was summoned in the Kingdom?]
[Ah, yes, that¡¯s right. I¡¯m the hero. Though I came with princess Ririana who is here¡¡due to a few circumstances]
[Ha, Ha~a¡..]
From the guard¡¯s mutter, his colleagues learned of Kouki¡¯s identity and began to be increasingly noisy. Their expressions were natural, [Why, did youe separately from princess Ririana?] [Why, didn¡¯t youmunicate this beforehand?], their questions were full of doubt.
However, the other party is God¡¯s apostle whom they believe in, surely they were in charge of a secret mission that was given to them, for the time being, they passed the word to the higher-ups.
As expected, even for the hero, because they didn¡¯t have the courage to let a person who wasn¡¯t scheduled to enter the castle with their own discretion, several guards disappeared while dashing into the Imperial castle as they were frightened to rudely keep them waiting.
Hajime and them are ced in the waiting room of the post.
After waiting 15 minutes.
Disregarding ¡°Yue who was on Hajime¡¯s Knee¡± which became a scene so natural that nobody bothers to tsukkomi anymore, Shia was sitting on the other Knee, Kaori and Teio formed a partnership at thest second and held on to his hands respectively, then they began to hear the ~Dota Dota~ footstepsing from the drawbridge.
[I heard that the Hero¡¯s group hade here¡.Is it you guys?]
[Ah, yes, that¡¯s right. That¡¯s us]
While saying so and showing his appearance, it was an especiallyrge empire soldier, it¡¯s possible to tell that he¡¯s of a higher rank from the attitudes of the surrounding soldiers. He, while impudently staring at Kouki, and checking Kouki¡¯s status te, he began to nce at the other members in investigation.
In the process, when Shia who was in the blind spot was seen, his eyes opened widely in surprise. And he began grinning an unpleasant smile of interest. Towards the unpleasant nce, Shia¡¯s body shakes slightly.
[I¡¯ve confirmed it. I am themander of the third regiment, Grid Half. Word of the hero¡¯s group has already entered princess Ririana¡¯s ears as well, she¡¯s waiting in her room. I¡¯ll have my subordinate guide you. ¡¡By the way, hero, the Usagininzoku? She doesn¡¯t have a ve cor on her right?]
[Eh? No, she¡¯s¡..]
The man who introduced himself as Grid Half asked about Shia as he returned the status te.
However, Kouki was troubled on how to answer. She wasn¡¯t a ve, the choker that Shia wore looked nothing like a ve¡¯s cor, he hesitated if he should dere that she was Hajime¡¯s lover or not. [Even if you ask me such things¡¡] he honestly replied.
Did Kouki¡¯s answer allow him to judge to not expect anything which cause him to be quiet, Grid nced over towards Shia. And, they managed to guess the reason why he is so intensely paying attention to Shia.
[Yo~o, Usagiss. I¡¯ve got a few questions for you. ¡¡What happened to my subordinates?]
[Subordinates? ¡..Um¡.what do you¡..]
From Grid¡¯s sudden question.
For an instant, although Shia had no idea what he was talking about, she seemed to have guessed and her eyes were opened wide in astonishment.
The empire soldiers who had a direct rtion to Shia were limited. It was naturally, the group of people that cornered the Hauria tribe when leaving the Sea of Trees. Many family members were killed, abducted, ced into very, and it was the enemies that drove Shia to go to the[Raisen Great Canyon].
[It¡¯s odd huh? Even though she¡¯s returned, none of my subordinates came back, why are you still alive and in such a ce? A~a?]
[Ua~¡..]
Grid gradually approached to corner Shia.
Right, he was themander of the forces that attacked Shia¡¯s group that came out of the Sea of Tree¡¯s before. Because Grid who was the regimentmander didn¡¯t personallye to capture Shia, she had no memories of ever seeing Grid before, however Grid firmly recalled that there was a rare Usagininzoku with blue-white hair.
In Shia¡¯s mind, the expressions of the empire soldiers had when attacking to tease them and the sense of hopelessness of losing a family member at that time, shed back. While unconsciously raising out a groan and her expression stiffening up, one step, trying to back away¡..she felt a warm touch on her cheeks and became startled.
If you look, just as usual, Hajime picked up shia¡¯s cheeks. And, immediately after that, she felt warmth in her hand. That was Yue.
Her eyes looking up showed no worries, if anything it was amazement, a slight color of scolding appeared though. It seemed to imply, [Don¡¯t be overwhelmed by small fries of this level, Greenhorn].
Shia who was looking at Yue and Hajime, with a wry smile said, [I¡¯m alright now]. No matter how you looked at it, the events which took ced was a trauma, the present Shia was unmistakably a strong person who had enough power and spirit to crush the monsters in the greatbyrinths to pieces. There¡¯s no reason for her to be overwhelmed by the pressure that one officer was releasing.
Shia with an attractive smile after decisively straightening her spine towards the approaching Grid. And dered to Grid who instinctively stopped advancing.
[I don¡¯t know a thing about your subordinates. They were likely people who were slow in the head, maybe they were eaten by some kind of demon that appeared somewhere? Also, there¡¯s no reason for me to answer your questions at all]
[¡..You sure are getting full of yourself. A~a? Did you think you were safe because you¡¯re with the Hero¡¯s group? If you¡¯re not a ve, then you probably solded away that body of yours? A prostitute¡¯s life, I won¡¯t be taking such tongue from you]
Although Grid said those dangerous words while dangerously steeling up his eyes, Shia had already removed eye contact with Grid, her eyes told that she didn¡¯t care. Rather, having called Shia a prostitute, the other women looked at Grid with anger.
While looking at Shia¡¯s attitude, his veins appeared and his expression twisted with anger, when he noticed the looks, to deceive them he smiled and dered to Kouki.
[I¡¯m terribly sorry, Hero-dono. This Usagininzoku seems to know something something about my subordinates that have been missing since 2 months ago, Will you listen to my request? If you need an Usagininzoku woman, I can prepare another for you, this time around¡..]
[Oi, underling]
However, a voice interrupted before Grid finished talking. At the same time that Grid nced towards the voice, his expression cramped up because of anger, there the annoyed looking Hajime was seen.
[What¡¡]
[Don¡¯t open your mouth, underling. Your role is already over. Making us stay forever over foolish things. Quit wasting time and guide us quickly]
[Why you little¡¡]
[Can you not understand the meaning of being silent? To us, we don¡¯t even have a miniscule amount of time to spend on you. Know your ce]
To Hajime¡¯s words, Grid¡¯s face is dyedpletely red because of the hooligan who picked a fight since they didn¡¯t want anything to do with him. His eyes became bloodshot in anger. Even then, self-control was something a regimentmander was required to have, with just one wrong line to ¡°God¡¯s Apostles¡± he would definitely be cut from his position, he became silent and the subordinate in the back began to guide them.
Disregarding Grid who was staring at Hajime with bloodshot eyes, Hajime¡¯s group left the room as if nothing happened.
Although Kouki¡¯s group had slightly cramped cheeks because of Hajime¡¯s objection, the females looked refreshed. As for Hajime, there was no intent on being sarcastic¡¡If he knew of that, blood might have gushed out from Grid¡¯s blood vessels.
However, it seemed that a ¡°crotch smash¡± was about to happen if he still didn¡¯t understand because he had called Shia a prostitute¡¡Grid should be happy for himself to have such self discipline.
Hajime¡¯s group didn¡¯t worry about the piercing gaze that came from behind them, the huge suspension bridge was extended and they followed the pale expressioned guide.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[And?]
That was the first word that Ririana said to Hajime¡¯s group as they were guided into the room in the Imperial castle. Although she wore a smile on her face, her eyes were cold and didn¡¯t smile at all. It seemed to express, [Exin the circumstances right away damn it!].
Most likely she was busy to death from the Empires conferences. Inside of her, no matter how she looked at it Hajime¡¯s group appearing was troublesome, unexpectedly, there was no helping that she said such things. In a sense, it was a sign of familiarity¡¡though it might not be as well.
[Besides the farce at the Imperial capital, why on earth is everybody here? I demand a clear exnation. Yes, I strongly, strongly, demand for one. I won¡¯t forgive you if you trick me! Especially, Nagumo-san! It was definitely you who pulled the strings from behind the scenes! Don¡¯t treat others as if they were someone elses problems and stop feeling Shia-san¡¯s fluffy usamimi¡¯s! Yue-san¡¯s also caressing and touching Shia-san¡¯s cheeks as well!]
Ririana¡¯s lost it! She res at Hajime with enough power that it seems to create sounds.
It¡¯s exactly as she said, Ririana thought it was Hajime¡¯s idea in the Imperial capital, and it was also his idea toe to the Imperial castle. Putting it simply, Hajime has been recognized as the leader of the group, the schemes which would normally be considered insane could only be formed from Hajime¡¯s mind.
And, Hajime who was being med, was unusually gently feeling Shia¡¯s usamimi¡¯s while she sat on his knee. On the other knee, Yue had both hands from the front and was caressing and touching Shia¡¯s cheeks.
[Your voice is too loud, princess. What¡¯s the problem? Today, Shia¡¯s kinda unstable]
[Unstable¡..you say? is she not feeling well somewhere?]
At once Ririana became worried immediately, shes a good person as well.
Shia that receives the nce, though biting her lip to endure something, her expression began to loosen from her ears being felt and her cheeks being caressed, when she raised her face she showed a smile and said, [I¡¯m fine].
The reason which caused Shia¡¯s emotions to be unstable was obviously because of Grid.
However, it was not unstability from fear in particr. It was the opposite. She was restraining her overflowing murderous intent. No matter how you say it, Grid¡¯s group was the hateful party that took away a lot of Shia¡¯s family. As long as she gets over her trauma, only strong murderous intent flows afterwards.
However, after thinking about their purpose foring here, she wasn¡¯t able to immediately kill him. That¡¯s why, she desperately endured it. And, Hajime and Yue who understood this, tried to sooth Shia by indulging her.
For people who don¡¯t know of the circumstances, when summed up, the rtion of Grid and Shia were spoken, everyones expression became sorrowful, afterwards, Kouki¡¯s group naturally resented them for that, and Ririana looked down with a dark expression. For Ririana, the envement of Demi-humans weremonsense in the world and allowed, she didn¡¯t think it was far too unreasonable although she did feel resentment.
She who judged herself decided that she wasn¡¯t qualified to say anything, towards the members that were making angry faces, [It¡¯s fine~, really], Shia said with a dazzling smile, they urged the continuation of the story from Hajime.
[And, why did you guyse here? What about your business at the forest? And also, what was up with the masked disturbancest night? It should almost be time for his Majesty, Gaharudo, to call us for a meeting. I want to get our stories straight ahead of time before we meet, so I¡¯d like you to tell me the bare minimum if you would]
[Ma~a, don¡¯t be so restless, princess. When nightes, you¡¯ll understand everything. We¡..want to hurry and wrap things up after all, we stopped for a slight detour¡..that should be all that you need to know for now]
[S, such unreasonableness¡..I¡¯ll know when its night you say, it can¡¯t be, do you n to create another disturbance with masks again? I understand now! Nagumo-san was the one that made Shizuku and them dress in those embarrassing getups!]
[Don¡¯t get so excited. You¡¯ll grow bald, princess]
[I won¡¯t grow bald! Just what are you saying to ady!]
[¡¡Stress baldness]
[Yue-san!?]
She seemed to realise that Hajime didn¡¯t n on speaking any further, moreover, Ririana who received such impolite treatment, [Even though I¡¯m a princess¡..], while being depressed. Right next to her, Shizuku was, [embarrassing getups¡..], muttering quietly while being reminded of her dark history.
Afterwards, in the ce where Ririana became depressed she exined the situation, apparently his Majesty, Gaharudo, was told of the story about the end of the church and gods who went mad.
However, as expected of their abilities reign supreme principles, the top of the country is in utilitarianism*basically everyone in the country believes in the system*. Though there seems to have been moderate impact, while fearlesslyughing he dered that the way they did things wouldn¡¯t particrly change anyways. In other words, if it¡¯s an enemy, they¡¯ll be cut down, if you want something, then forcefully take it, the weak must obey the strong! is what he said.
Further more Gaharudo wondered how Ririana traveled to the Empire, he was anxious.
In other words, though he understood the story of the Kingdom being attacked, the amount of time that it took Ririana to reach the empire was far too quick. Though he was saved because the Empire also felt that an immediate conference of cooperation with the Kingdom should be held, it was impossible to arrive at the Empire after only 1 week of the attack.
At the same time, how did the Kingdom manage to drive away the Majinzoku¡¯s army, he was considerably interested in their methods.
About the ¡°Pir of Light¡± that gave the demonic army forces a fatal blow, rather than talks about the God¡¯s, excuses of ¡°Heaven¡¯s Judgement¡± wouldn¡¯t cut it for Gaharudo. When ites to that, naturally, he came to the assumption that someone had a weapon capable of destroying an entire army in one blow. To that truth, as the Emperor of the Hoelscher Empire, and as a person, he wasn¡¯t able to overlook it.
If he investigates it, he¡¯ll know immediately, Ririana who got permision from Hajime beforehand, especially talked about how troublesome Hajime was.
However, because she thought Hajime was wasn¡¯t at the Empire but traveling around in a faraway ce, he had actually entered the heart of the Empire and was meddling in Gaharudo¡¯s greedy ambitions, then, on the other hand, what kind of movements will Hajime be taking from now on, Ririana was extremely anxious.
¡¡Mainly, in the sense that the Empire gets mysteriously wiped out from the maps.
Therefore, in the ce where she would previously wait to meet with Gaharudo, although she couldn¡¯t meet with him because of previous events¡..Hajime is being evasive and unserious, Ririana was already, [If you¡¯re going to do it~ do it seriously~], while her state of mind was slightly neglectful. Surely, being uneasy about her own misgivings, she would never have guessed in her wildest dreams.
From Ririana, to some extent, heard the rooms door being knocked on and the contents of the conference with the empire was heard. It seems that time¡¯s run out. While following the guide, Hajime and them are heading for the reception room where Gaharudo is waiting.
Chapter 117
Chapter 117
When we entered into the room, it was a fairly in room with little decoration and there was a tablerge enough to hold about 30 people. On the upper seat of the table sat a man, the Emperor of the Hoelscher Empire, Gaharudo D. Hoelscher, who had a fearless smile while resting his chin on his hand. There are 2 people behind him, they had a keen air about them in the sense of ¡°We¡¯re capable¡± as they stood waiting.
And, although we couldn¡¯t see their figures in the room, there was also 2 more people on the other side of the wall, 4 people in the ceiling, and Hajime also felt 2 people soundlessly outside the closed door they came though. It wasn¡¯t only the 2 behind Gaharudo, the other hidden men seemed to have been considerably skilled as well.
[So, are you Hajime Nagumo?]
When Hajime¡¯s group entered, Ririana also introduced them, whilepletely skipping the greetings to Kouki who was the hero, Gaharudo released pressure while looking at Hajime with a piercing gaze.
It was pressure from the overpowering man who ruled over several hundred thousands of people who were wild and strong and believed in the nature of power. It was no joke. Ririana who was also in a royal family voiced a small groan from the stifling pressure, Kouki¡¯s group backed away instinctively.
However, from such overpowering pressure, these 5 people, Hajime, Yue, Shia, Teio, and Kaori, were calm. In the first ce, even Kaori who had little experience survived from the attack of an immortal monster thats been alive since the ancient times at the[Merujine Undersea Ruins].
So although the Emperor had an overpowering pressure, whenpared to the monsters in the greatbyrinths, it was nothing more than a soft breeze.
Gaharudo¡¯s mouth lifts up more and more in interest when he sees that Hajime¡¯s group is unphased, then Hajime answered.
[Yes, I¡¯m Hajime Nagumo. Its an honor to have been known by you, your Majesty the Emperor]
[ [ [ [ [!?] ] ] ] ]
While cing his hand on his chest and lightly bowing, Kouki¡¯s group looked at Hajime with astonishment at his words.
Their eyes opened wide and clearly conveyed, [Who are you!]. Especially Ririana who was shaking in unease. While receiving Gaharudo¡¯s overpowering pressure and raising a small groan, though her expression hardly changed, it wasn¡¯t able to conceal that she was staring at Hajime with an aghast expression.
Hajime also knows of the TPO*Time, ce, asion*. However, he was always just ignoring it.
But, because he had business in the Imperial castle this time, he didn¡¯t want to be thrown out because he disrespected the Emperor. Since he shouldn¡¯t believe in God anymore, the title of ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡± is probably not effective anymore. The only way to pass is with the title of Hero. Thats why, he judged that he needed to at least use the bare minimum amount of etiquette. Although the changed person was definitely still Hajime.
[Kukuku¡..I never even considered this. What happened to your usual arrogant attitude? N? It¡¯s quite different from the cries of a certain princess somewhere?]
However, Gaharudo only makes fun of him whileughing.
Hajime nced over at Ririana. [Princess~, You, just how much did you unnecessarily talk about, A~a?] Ririana who was receiving Hajime¡¯s nce, ~Pui~! looked in another direction. When Gaharudo asked what kind of person Hajime was, she unintentionally yelled andined a great deal about her treatment.
[¡¡.Ha~a, that¡¯s right. hm then, as usual]
[Kuku, then it¡¯s fine]
Though they were surprised of Hajime¡¯s sudden change, they sat down in order.
Finally after Gaharudo removed his gaze off Hajime, he noticed Yue and them who took up their positions by Hajime and observed them interestingly, his eyes seemed to significantly nce at Shia in particr. Following that, he turned his gaze towards Kouki¡¯s group¡..he looked at Shizuku who was next to Kouki and a grin appeared on both his lips and eyes.
[Shizuku, it¡¯s been a while. Have you finally decided to be my wife?]
[O, oi! Shizuku already declined before!]
Kouki reacted to Gaharudo before Shizuku did. Gaharudo¡¯s nces over at Kouki for an instant, then back at Shizuku and startedughing hysterically. Kouki had the ¡°I don¡¯t care¡± attitude but veins were appearing on his forehead.
While sighing at the 2 people, Shizuku had a rified face and answered.
[I have no intentions to take back my previous words. I¡¯ll have to decline your Majesties offer]
[Quite heartless. But, it wouldn¡¯t be interesting otherwise. More than the world, allow me to tell you it¡¯s good. I await the day when that rified face is dyed in red from longing for me]
[That day will nevere throughout all of eternity. ¡..Or rather, don¡¯t you already have an Empress?]
[What about it? Are you dissatisfied as a concubine? Fumu, there are a variety of problems when you be the legal wife¡¡]
[I didn¡¯t mean it that way! You¡¯d ce your hands on other woman other than the Empress¡..]
[What are you saying? I¡¯m the Emperor? 10 or 20 concubines are normal]
[Gu~¡¡that¡¯s right. A, anyways, I will not be his Majesties. Please give up]
[Ma~a, since you won¡¯t be returned by God anymore, you¡¯ll probably be stuck in this world for a while, I suppose I should take my time to convince you. Kuku, prepare yourself, Shizuku]
It appears that Gaharudo really likes Shizuku. As expected of a greedy Emperor, he won¡¯t give up even when he¡¯s been refused. His sharp eyes werepletely locked onto Shizuku. Though Shizuku looks away with an expression that seemed to hate him from the bottom of her heart, she also seemed to not care at all.
Then, at that time, the direction that Shizuku looked in, by chance, aligned with Hajime¡¯s sight. From Hajime¡¯s nce at that time, [As expected of the worldly-wise man ughs)] a color of amusement and interest was clearly included.
The angered Shizuku just used her finger to y with the sugar cubes that were prepared for her tea. Although it wasn¡¯t as strong as Hajime¡¯s, the sugar cube flew with excellent power, it¡¯s aim was urately flying towards Hajime¡¯s hateful face¡¡
However, it wasn¡¯t a direct hit, it flew into Hajime¡¯s mouth and was caught. ~Mogo Mogo~ Hajime¡¯s mouth moved around with an air of mboyant pride, after the sweetness of the sugar cube was firmly satisfied, he swallowed it. Shizuku¡¯s face was mortifying, however Hajime¡¯s was rified.
When Gaharudo saw her in such a state, he turned his sharp nce back at Hajime. It seemed to convey a variety of things.
[Fu~n, this is quite the interesting situation. ¡¡Hajime Nagumo. Though I have a mountain of questions that I want to ask you, first of all, answer this]
[Ah? what is it¡¡.]
[You, have you already embraced*sex being implied* my Shizuku?]
[ [ [ [Bufu~u¨C!?] ] ] ]
To Gaharudo who abruptly asked such an unexpected question with an eager expression, several people including Shizuku blew out air.
Even the guards that were waiting behind Gaharudo, [Your Majesty¡¡the first thing you wanted to ask, was that¡¡] with a pained expression. They also seemed to be worldly-wise men.
[Wai-, your Majesty! Just what are you suddenly saying¡.]
[Shizuku, you remain silent for now. I¡¯ll hear it from Hajime Nagumo right now]
Naturally, although Shizuku tried to burst Gaharudo¡¯s bubble with a tsukkomi, Gaharudo turned his eyes to Hajime, ignoring it. On the other hand, Hajime had an amazed expression.
[What did you think about to reach that conclusion]
[It appears that Shizuku has the heart to forgive you¡¡Judging from that manner, it¡¯s not impossible, so just in case]
[Ha~a, there¡¯s no way that would happen]
[¡¡Fumu, that¡¯s not a lie right. Then, what do you think of Shizuku?]
To that question, all the nces in the room turned to Hajime. Eyes conveying various meanings from Yue¡¯s group and Kouki¡¯s group pierced him.
Hajime let out a sigh about why the first question asked by the Emperor after meeting him was about his rtionship with Shizuku, anyways he turned his gaze over to Shizuku. Shizuku¡¯s expression was supposed to be extremely amusing. Hajime looked at Shizuku who was inclining her neck.
It appears that Shizuku¡¯s ears began to slightly redden¡..
For the time being, the answer (real intentions) was given.
[¡¡She¡¯s like a mother]
[OK, that fight you¡¯re looking for, you¡¯ve won it. Get off the table, Nagumo-kun]
a young 17-year old girl was being held down, of all the things to say, why was it ¡°She¡¯s like a mother¡±, is what Shizuku who was still sitting on her seat and was getting up was conveying with hatred in her re at Hajime. The delicate atmosphere from a while ago had already disappeared. Suzu and Kouki who were next to Shizuku were panicking and desperately tried to hold her down.
[¡¡I didn¡¯t think it would be such a boring answer¡¡ma~a, fine. Shizuku, don¡¯t go idently falling in love now? Because you¡¯re mine]
[I¡¯ve already said this but, I have no intentions of being his Majesties and I¡¯ve also not fallen for Nagumo-kun! Just stop with the nonsense and get back to the main subject]
[I get it, I get it. Don¡¯t get so angry. An excessive denial will only be taken as a positive one?]
[Nuguu~u¡¡]
Shizuku instinctively tried to raise a groan in objection to Gaharudo but decided to sit down loudly. Suzu calmed her with a wry smile, however for some reason Kouki was ring at Hajime.
[Hajime Nagumo. You as well, don¡¯t go cing your hands on Shizuku?]
[Be relieved, I don¡¯t have the faintest interest in doing that. Rather, if you¡¯re only going to idly chat, I¡¯d like to leave now?]
[Our chit chat was unneeded huh. It¡¯s a talk about a new concubine¡¡or Empress that may appear you know? It even involves the Empire¡¯s future¡..ma~a, what I wanted to talk about certainly wasn¡¯t about Shizuku. You should already know right? It¡¯s about your abnormality]
Gaharudo bought time by starting with Shizuku to observe Hajime, he judged it was the proper time and slowly the entire atmosphere changed. It was different from the yful atmosphere, it was now one filled with ambition, it gave off a radiance of a sharp de.
Gaharudo cut to the chase and asked the biggest reason for meeting with Hajime¡¯s group.
[I¡¯ve heard about it to some degree from princess Ririana. You¡¯re someone who¡¯s made it to the end of the greatbyrinths and obtained the ability to create artifacts¡pletely repelled the Majinzoku¡¯s army, and was able to travel the distance which would normally take 2 months in less than 2 days, such an artifact. Is it true?]
[Ahh]
[And you have no intentions of sharing those artifacts with neither the Kingdom nor Empire?]
[Ahh]
[Fu~n, one person monopolizing that power¡¡.do you think we¡¯d allow such a thing?]
[Whose permission is required? If I¡¯m not allowed, what exactly are you going to do about it?]
Gaharudo steeled his eyes to Hajime¡¯s response.
The Emperor¡¯s ambitions increased even more, Ririana began gritting her teeth and was worrying nonstop. The bodyguards behind Gaharudo began to release bloodlust before Gaharudo did. In contrast, the presence of the people who were hiding in the room began to diminish even further. It was exactly like a touch-and-go state.
Towards the tensed air Kouki¡¯s group had stiff faces and steeled themselves for battle.
However, Hajime¡¯s grouppletely warded off the breeze-like bloodlust with their own heavy bloodlust which could be felt sticking onto their skins, then calmly reached out for the tea cups. At that instant, he nced at the locations of where the hiding people¡¯s hidden presences were. [Have we been noticed?] they said.
did they notice properly, their presence that could be felt shook slightly.
[Hahaha, stop, stop it. We werepletely seen though. This guys a genuine flesh and blood monster. If we fought now, we¡¯d bepletely annihted!]
Gaharudo wasughing hysterically and hid his ambitions. The surrounding people who had dangerous airs also matched it ordingly.
[Why do you look like you¡¯re enjoying this so much?]
[Oi, oi, I¡¯m the head of the ¡°Empire¡± you know? When you meet a strong guy, it¡¯ll be a lie to say that your heart doesn¡¯t dance around right?]
Kouki¡¯s group, although they couldn¡¯t understand what was going on, they let out relieved breaths because the atmosphere was less tense, Hajime also tsukkomied the unusually happy Gaharudo. Gaharudo¡¯s answer was definitely one of those who believe in the abilities reign supreme policy.
[Even so, those women you¡¯ve got there are quite outrageous. Oi, where did you find them? For there to be women of this caliber, I want to ask you a request directly¡..allow me to have one of them, Hajime Nagumo]
[Don¡¯t say such foolish things. You¡¯re in over your head¡..no, it might be fine if it¡¯s Teio]
[~!? Wh, what did you¡¡say, master casually wants to sell mistress to another man! Haa~ Haa~, being treated so¡..I can¡¯t get enough of it. Haa~ Haa~]
[There¡¯s a slight problem, though she¡¯s a great woman appearance-wise]
[Sorry, even the Emperor has his limits. As expected, a girl dripping with pervertedness is too much]
[Th, this guy, to say it right in front of the person being talked about! Kuu~uu, N~, N~, surely, after this I¡¯ll be forcefully taken by his Majesty, messing up mistress right before master¡¯s eyes¡.Haa~ Haa~¡..N~~¡¡..I need to change my underwear]
Even Gaharudo and them could only stare dumbfounded at Teio¡¯s strangely refreshing expression. Then they turned their gaze to Hajime who traveled with such a perverted woman. Gaharudo changed the mood by clearing his throat.
[As for me, I¡¯m quite more interested in that Usagininzoku there? I¡¯ve never seen an Usagininzoku with that kind of hair before and shepletely disregarded my bloodlust as well. That mental attitude reminds me of the toy¡¯s that I caught a while ago, how about that one?]
Towards Gaharudo¡¯s word ¡°Toy¡¯s¡±, Shia¡¯s eye twitched for an instant in reaction. Yue who was next to her, sped her hand quietly underneath the table.
[Even if you tell me about your toys¡..]
[You can¡¯t think of anything, you mean? Do you want to go check them outter? Actually, I still have more(. .)animals, although they¡¯re a woman and a child, they¡¯re quite¡ª¡ª]
[I¡¯m not interested]
Gaharudo¡¯s words were a bluff. Through Cam, it¡¯s been confirmed that all the people caught were already rescued. He¡¯s probably trying to ask baiting questions. Compared to that, Hajime¡¯s answer was only a line.
However, Gaharudo¡¯s attack wasn¡¯t over yet.
[Ho~o, those fellows had special short swords and equipment on the 5-star level, even then you¡¯re not interested, Synergist(. . .)?]
[None]
[¡..I see. By the way, yesterday, there were some people who managed to break out of the prison in the dungeon, the Imperial castle was easily invaded and they escaped, that kind of thing could only be done with a special artifact¡¯s(. .)magic, do you know anything about it?]
[I don¡¯t know]
[¡¡Ha~a¡¡then it¡¯s fine. This is thest question I want to know of¡¡.what do you think of God?]
[I¡¯m not interested]
[Ah~, I get it already. Jeez, you¡¯re such an unsocial brat]
Gaharudo was cursing as he scratched his head ~Gari Gari~. However, he still had a somewhat happy expression. He seems to favor the other party who he argued with. From what he soaked in from the exchange, Gaharudo probably guessed Hajime¡¯s was connected with the Hauria tribe, he noticed that the prisonbreak was through Hajime¡¯s guidance.
And he seemed to understand Hajime¡¯s stance on this world¡¯s problems from his short answers. At least, it seems like they won¡¯t be facing off against Hajime. After all, not being chased out of the Imperial castle is already great evidence.
Then the time came, one of the men waiting in the back quietly whispered into Gaharudo¡¯s ear, Gaharudo slowly left his seat.
[Ma~a, I heard the minimum amount that I wanted to hear¡¡rather, I already understood, so all is well. Ah, that¡¯s right. Tonight, we¡¯ll be holding princess Ririana¡¯s wee party. By all means, please attend. It¡¯ll also serve as my son and the princess¡¯s engagement party. Even though the truth is different, if you didn¡¯t know of it, the blessings as a ¡°Hero¡± or ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡± would be good. I¡¯m begging you here? Hero¡¯s only of form?]
Gaharudo ignored Kouki and their dumbfounded looks when they heard the explosive remarks suddenly dropped into their ears, and provocatively stared at Hajime with a fearless smile, he then gantly left the room.
The door sounded out in a m, As a result, Kouki and them regained theirposure and quickly questioned Ririana.
[Ririi, what¡¯s this about an engagement! Just what exactly happened!]
[That¡¯s¡.for example, besides the mad Gods, if the Majinzoku attacks us then there¡¯s no choice but to retaliate. The king of our country has died, the sessor is still only 10 years old, it¡¯s not enough to steer the country, then, it¡¯s necessary to strengthen our rtionships with an ally]
[That¡¯s why Ririi is getting engaged with the prince?]
[Yes. My partner is the crowned prince. There have always been many discussions about engaging us beforehand. He was practically already my fiance, It¡¯s just that it¡¯ll be finalized at this party. Exactly because we¡¯re shaken up by the devils invasion, is what I mean]
[What about the Kingdom? You don¡¯t have to consult this with them?]
[There¡¯s already been a majority that consented to it before, so there shouldn¡¯t be any objections. To begin with, it was that kind of story. Besides, right now the most substantial person in the Kingdom is me. Randell is only in form, because mother isn¡¯t a person to step up into the front. Therefore, there are no problems. Right now, quick decisions are necessary]
Ririana said with a resolute expression. Kouki¡¯s group had their jaws opened, then they closed it with a sour look on their faces.
[¡¡Does Ririi like that person?]
[It¡¯s not about liking or disliking. This is to build a connection between countries. It¡¯s just that, the crown prince already has many mistresses, the amount of people would cause you to be offended and hurt your stomach*I think?*. My position aside, we cannot bnce out if I¡¯m married to the other princes, there¡¯s no helping it¡¡]
[Wh, why, how can you be fine with it! Even though you don¡¯t like him, to be marrying that kind of man is strange!]
[If you look at it, that may be what it looks like, because I¡¯m a princess from the royal family. Since birth, this was natural]
[Natural you say¡¡even Ririi is a girl. Don¡¯t you want to marry someone that you actually like?]
Kouki couldn¡¯t understand and yelled, Ririana could only reply back with a troubled smile.
Ririana was certainly a girl. She became especially close friends with the women that came from another world, If it¡¯s about Koari and Shizuku¡¯s girls talk then, naturally she yearns for a romantic love.
To Ririana who was wryly smiling, Shizuku stopped Kouki who¡¯s arguing became increasingly wild. Inside where the delicate atmosphere flowed, Hajime slowly left his seat. And tried to leave the room as if nothing happened. To that, Kouki let out his feelings that had nowhere else to go.
[Oi! Nagumo! Do you think nothing of this!]
[Ha~a? What do you think I can do about the princess¡¯s engagement? More so, this is a form of politics taking shape as a marriage? Rather, this isn¡¯t something an amateur can even intervene in]
[Gu~, bu, but¡.]
[More importantly, there are things that we have to do. If you do something rash and end up obstructing us, I¡¯ll knock you down t alright?]
After Hajime said that, Yue and them also quickly left. While calming down the riled up Kouki, depending on the results of what¡¯ll happen in the near future, the engagement talk may be scrapped, Shizuku looked up towards the ceiling with some tiredness.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Hajime and them who exited, after Shizuku¡¯s group talked with each other for 2 or 3 stories, they returned to their rooms arranged for them by the attendant maids because Ririana had to prepare for the party at night. For such an asion, it¡¯s mainly dresses.
[Ma~a, it¡¯s wonderful, Ririana-sama!]
[Really¡¡you look exactly like a flower fairy]
[Surely, his royal highness would be pleased a well!]
One of the dress candidates was chosen in the end after trying on dozens of others, to Ririana who turned around in front of the full-length mirror, the entranced blushing maids surrounding her let outpliments. Although shew as only 14-years-old she had an exquisite charm as a woman,bined with the light pink dress only amplified it¡¯s effects to the maximum. Just like one of the maids had said, she had the loveliness of a flower spirit.
[That¡¯s, right. Shall we go with this. Next is the essories¡..]
Ririana herself seemed to consent with a nod.
No matter how much this was a political marriage, the crown prince was an extremedies man who resembled his father, Bias D. Hoelscher, when they met several times in the past, he looked at Ririana with indecent eyes when she still hadn¡¯t even reached the age of 10, that scums actual ability wasn¡¯t half-baked, he called a lower ss knight for ¡°practice¡± while at the Kingdom to show off his strength as he teased the knight, however the fact that he will be her husband won¡¯t change.
As so, Ririana couldn¡¯t bring shame to her partner, since it¡¯s their engagement party, Ririana intended to dress up to her maximum potential. Shaking away the word ¡°liked person¡± that Kouki said from her head.
Ririana was also a woman. She was also popr with many other talented women of the Hairihi Kingdom, so she had yearnings to be a normal girl as well. When she¡¯s in a pinch, the prince who she dreamed of would appear, then they¡¯d be attracted to each other from their chanced meeting, she¡¯s even dreamt up stories of oveing multiple obstacles in their reach for love together.
But, it¡¯s an impossible future. Because Ririana was intelligent, she epted that she would be called for on a mission since she was young. That¡¯s why, even if she feels repulsed by the other partner from the bottom of her heart, her feelings of wanting to be an excellent wife is true, she was determined to magnificently serve the crowned prince after the party.
Then, at that time, suddenly, the outside of her room became noisy. Ririana¡¯s door was flung open without knocking, and arge man without hesitation, rudely entered the room. Though he stopped as the knights of the Imperial guards*the Kingdoms* ran up to Ririana¡¯s side, the man didn¡¯t particrly care.
[Ho~o, is that the dress for tonight¡¡it¡¯s about average I guess]
[¡..Bias-sama. Suddenly breaking into ady¡¯s room isn¡¯t an admirable act]
[A~a? I¡¯m going to be your husband? why are you talking back at me?]
[¡¡.]
The person warning Ririana with a gloomy expression is, Bias D. Hoelscher, whom she is to be engaged to. The same as several years ago, he carried a rude tyrannical atmosphere, he continued to look at Ririana from top to bottom indecently. A chill ran through Ririana¡¯s spine.
[Oi, everyone leave at once]
Bias with a grin on his lips, suddenly ordered all the maids and knights of the Imperial guard to leave. He ordered again threatenly for those that were puzzled, the maids left the room panickingly. However, the Imperial guards, naturally hesitated. Ririana notices that Bias¡¯s eyes were bing dangerous, unsure of what to do she ordered the guards to stand down.
[Fu~n, when disciplining your dogs, make sure to do it firmly]
[¡¡They are not dogs. They¡¯re my important vassals]
[¡¡Rebellious as ever I see? Kuku, still the same brat that hasn¡¯t even reached 10 years old, it was worthwhile being red at with that hateful gaze of yours. At that time, I already decided that you were going to be mine someday]
When he said that, Bias had a disgusting smile on his face while watching Ririana who had stiffened up from the bottom of her heart, suddenly her breasts were grabbed at.
[~!? No~! Ouch!]
[Even still, you¡¯ve grown up. It¡¯s still not enough though, however that in itself is appetizing]
[St, stop]
Towards the violent action, Ririana¡¯s expression distorted into pain. When Bias saw the expression, hisughter became much more excited, he then pushed down Ririana onto the ground. Although Ririana was screaming, the Imperial guards outside didn¡¯t seem to notice.
[You can cry as much as you want? Because this room has a special mechanism in ce, sound cannot reach the outside. Ma~a, even if those dogs entered, they can¡¯t do anything against me because I¡¯m the crowned prince. After all, do you want those fellows to see your virginity being taken away? Ku, Hahahaha~]
[Why¡¡this kind of¡¡.]
Ririana became pale when she thought of the things that will be done in the future, she courageously red at Bias.
[It¡¯s those eyes. Those rebellious eyes, painfully, despairing, I want to turn those into eyes of pleasure. Above all else, I love teasing defiant people into submission. People who are struggling desperately, there¡¯s no higher pleasure than to have them kneel down and lower their heads. If you taste this pleasure even once, you can¡¯t live without it. Ririana. When I first met you who was courageously judging me with your eyes, I thought that I¡¯d want to mess you up at some point]
[People like you¡¡]
[Na~a, Ririana. Rather than after marriage, if you lose your virginity before the engagement party, what kind of face will you have at the party? While enduring the pain from your groin, what kind of expression will you have in front of the people? A~a, I just can¡¯t wait to see it]
For example, even if she feels disgust towards the other party, if she properly supports him as a supportive wife, surely, eventually he will be a splendid emperor, No, the heart that Ririana steeled up had already started cracking.
Ririana realised. In front of her was a grinning man who wanted to see the enduring Ririana¡¯s tears fall out desperately, in another sense, he was definitely the ¡°Crowned Prince of the Empire¡±.
The dress that she chose in order to not shame Bias, was torn by his hands. The skin of a stainless gem was exposed, Ririana¡¯s face blushed in shame. Both of her hands were suppressed above her head, she wasn¡¯t able to conceal herself with her legs.
Bias while smirking, possibly attempting to kiss her, his face was slowlying closer to Ririana. Almost like, Ririana¡¯s eyes remained opened wide full of fear. Ririana couldn¡¯t turn her face away because her chin was held in ce, unknown to herself, tears began to flow from her eyes due to the fear and shame, then she thought.
I prepared myself for the marriage, but as expected it was impossible, this is too much. In reality, she wanted to dedicate her body and heart to the person she liked and wanted to be happy with them. That was her sincere feelings as a woman that leaked out from the concealed armor called a princess.
And, the stories of Kaori and Shizuku were recalled. Appearing at the time of a pinch, attacking and bringing down the unjust, it was said to be rescued from a swamp of danger, exactly like a fairytale story.
If she prayed for it, would she be saved. Ririanaughed at herself for thinking such foolish thoughts, still, her heart wished for it despite so.
In other words,
¡ª¨CSave me
Then.
At that moment, Ririana who was pinned down by Bias saw something approaching from behind him, something like a small spider fell from the ceiling! and she witnessed itnd. [Eh?] Ririana¡¯s eyes opened wide in surprise at what was before her eyes, when the spider took 1 step with its foot, it sanked into Bias¡¯s neck! the leg pieced though.
[Ow! What? Just now, my neck¡..]
He felt pain running through his neck, Bias who was about to lock lips with Ririana¡¯s stopped and felt his neck. At that time, the spider had already retreated back up it¡¯s string and onto the ceiling.
Ririana watched the scene in amazement, Bias suddenly became sluggish and his eyes were starting to shut, immediately after that, he lost consciousness as is, and fell down onto Ririana.
[Eh? Eh?]
In front of the confused Ririana, again, the spider climbed down it¡¯s string onto Bias. Bias is currently still covered on top of Ririana, the spider climbed down to his shoulder which was before Ririana¡¯s eyes. While staring at it upclose, Ririana noticed a strangeness from the spider for the first time.
[¡¡Metal¡..spider?]
Right, the spider that was on Bias¡¯s shoulder was made of metal. In front of the popeyed Ririana, the metal spider, [Stop~!], said to it, again, ~Pusu~! a different foot from a while ago was thrust into Bias¡¯s neck. Despite already losing his consciousness he shook! Bias started trembling. He was still breathing, so it wasn¡¯t meant to be a decisive blow.
Ririana didn¡¯t think it¡¯s purpose was to actually deliver the final blow though. And, the girl stared quietly at the spider before her eyes. If Ririana looked closer she noticed that the metal spider had a luster like crystal, it crawled up its string and smoothly returned to the ceiling.
[Ah, wait, please wait! By any chance, are you¡..]
Although Ririana called out to it confusedly, the metal spider continued on ignoring her, while clinging to the ceiling with its 8 feet, ~Kisa Kisa~ it moved towards the outside wall. Then a slight red light was emitted, it walked out of the room while closing the hole it made through the wall and escaped.
While sitting down, Ririana used the torn dress to cover herself and atst the situation was understood, she muttered to herself while smiling.
[Thank you¡..Nagumo-san]
Bias was Ririana¡¯s fiance, just now in the ce that she was helped, she understood when it patched up the hole. But, still, at this time, having answered her plea for help, she was helplessly d. She gripped both her hands tightly as she held down the torn dress on her chest, Alternatively, it looked like she was grasping onto something else*I couldn¡¯t tell if this was supposed to be a perverted reference or if this was in the meaning of her heart being taken away*.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Hajime and them who left the reception room was guided into another room by the maid attendants. After sending away the maid, Hajime who always had his eyes shut and was concentrating on something, abruptly opened them. Yue who noticed called out to Hajime in fewer words that usual.
[¡..How was it? Hajime]
[¡¡N~, excelent. ¡¡there was something troublesome in the middle of it though¡¡60% of the n waspleted]
The voice that answered Yue was slow and was concentrating on something else.
[that¡¯s fast. As expected, are there many traps?]
[¡..that¡¯s right. but, there¡¯s no reason to disarm them all]
[Fumu, it¡¯s great that there¡¯s a party today. If people gather, it¡¯s easier to move around in various ways]
[It seems that people have finally begun to gather at the party hall huh. ¡¡Will it go well?]
Shia said with a slightly uneasy expression.
After all, a once-in-a-lifetime great event that¡¯ll decide her families futures is on the line. It would be weird if she wasn¡¯t tensed. Towards such a Shia, Hajime felt her Usamimi¡¯s, Yue caressed her cheeks, Teio was brushing her hair, and Kaori tightly sped her hand.
To the smilingpanions, Shia¡¯s feelings began swelling up in her throat.
However, tears did note down. For instance, even if it were tears of joy, it¡¯ll be far to early to be crying when nothings even started yet. In its ce, just like always, she smiled her bright smile. I¡¯m not alone. My family is here too. I¡¯m blessed to have them, her smile revealed such thoughts. It was the charm that Hajime and them liked about Shia.
Hajime who confirmed that Shia had smiled, is happy to have such a powerfulpanion and a smile that resembles a childs mischief grin appeared on his face.
[Now then, shall we prepare the stage for the main characters?]
To those words, Shia, Yue, Teio, and Kaori also had a simr smile and nodded powerfully.
Chapter 118
Chapter 118
The sun haspletely fallen, the corners of the Imperial castle be encased in darkness. 2 Empire soldiers were on patrol around the perimeter of the building leading to the dungeon. Some kind of torch-like fire magic was burning brightly in their hands, they¡¯re paying a lot of attention towards the darkness in case of intruders.
¡°Ha~a, the upper brasses party should be around this time¡¡I bet they¡¯re eating delicious food¡.¡±
¡°Oi, don¡¯t talk about meaningless things. If it¡¯s found out, we¡¯ll both be held responsible¡±
The soldiers sigh was mixed in with his grumbling as he looked towards the light of the other soldier further up ahead. Though both of them were frowning, their expression¡¯s were due to different reasons. If anything, the atmosphere was like the feeling of ¡°bing even hotter because you¡¯veined about the heat being hot.¡± In the back of their heads, they both released ain.
¡°Though however, you¡¯ve also woken up early, you¡¯d also want to attend those kinds of things?¡±
¡°¡¡Well yeah. though If we were allowed to go, there would be the problem of not having money nor a woman¡..¡±
¡°Thats right~. After eating and getting drunk at the party, they¡¯ll be ying with thedies until morning? It¡¯s like heaven. Ah~, rather than some meaningless patrolling, I want to embrace women~. The Usagininzoku women would be good~¡±
¡°You like Usagininzoku women right. Although all the other Demi-human women have nice bodies, the only thing you think about at the brothels are the Usagininzoku¡±
¡°That¡¯s because those guys are the best out of the bunch when threatening them. They cry out in a good voice¡±
¡°That¡¯s a rather distasteful hobby¡..¡±
¡°What are you talking about. Don¡¯t you think that the Usagininzoku¡¯s just give out a, please tease me, aura? I¡¯m only granting that wish. Even you like to crush countless people down¡±
¡°There¡¯s no helping it though? They cry out in a good voice¡±
The 2 patrolling soldiers looked at one another in interest and beganughing out vulgarly.
In the Empire, the fact that Demi-humans were considered tools won¡¯t change. In order to release their stress and sexual desires, there were many variety of tools that they could use. Therefore, these 2 are special, not through their sadistic characters though, it could be said that it wasmonsense that every Empire soldier had the tendency of liking to shame their partner.
Then, at that time, one of the soldiers gave out a voice and expression as if they saw something unknown in the shadows of the buildings.
¡°N? ¡..Oi, just now, something¡..¡±
¡°Ah? What is it?¡±
While thrusting out the torch before himself, the soldier was moving towards the buildings shadow. The other soldier also followed along while voicing out his doubt.
The first soldier proceeded to say, ¡°Is anyone there?¡±, but there was a gap in the buildings that was just barely big enough to fit one person! he turned the torch of fire towards it.
However, there wasn¡¯t the figure of the shadow he had seen awhile ago, ¡°Did I see wrong¡¡¡±, he muttered as he sighed in relief. Then, he turned around to look at hisrade while smiling wryly¡¡
¡°My bad, I saw wr-¡¡¡? Oi, Maul? Where are you? Maul?¡±
Hisrade was not there, only the torch that he held was on the ground where he was once standing. Where did he go, the soldier looked around restlessly throughout the vicinity, however there wasn¡¯t any shadow¡¯s of a person. Then he felt a cold sensation running through his spine.
He began to feel fear welling up, the soldier went to pick up the torch that was suddenly fallen on the ground and called out to hisrade in high tension¡¡
¡°Oi, Maul. Quit joking arou¡ª-gu!?¡±
At that moment, two arms expanded without a sound from the gap in the buildings that no one was at earlier.
A ck frosted knife that absorbed even light was being gripped in one of the hands which seemed to have grown out directly from the darkness, simultaneously, one hand covered up the soldiers mouth, and with the other, stabbed him through his medu oblongata1.
In an instant, the soldier¡¯s body that was convulsing started rxing as strength left his body and disappeared into the darkness as it was dragged by the two arms.
And before anyone noticed, the torch that he was trying to pick up had disappeared and nothing was left, only a lukewarm evening wind blowing softly.
A small whisper can be heard from the wind in the darkness.
¡°HQ, this is Alpha. Suppression of Point C isplete¡±
¡°Alpha, this is HQ. Roger that. Move towards Point E. There are 4 sentinels. Sneak around from the East¡±
¡°HQ, this is Alpha. Roger that¡±
After whispering that, two or more people wrapped in ck clothes from head to toe, starts moving one after the other.
Though they tightly concealed their faces with a ck cloth, only their eyes were clear so that they could see, a sharp gaze was peeping out from there, in addition, they had two small swords bundled on their backs. If they were seen by a Japanese person they would probably say, ¡°Ah~, a Ninja!¡±.
But, even if you can¡¯t identify the specific individual, unfortunately their true identities could easily be seen though. That¡¯s because overhead of the covers you could see 2 grown Usamimi¡¯s standing tall. No matter how you looked at it they were clearly Usagininzoku, the Hauria tribe.
They were concealing themselves under the darkness and shadows of buildings. they quietly peeped their face through there and saw the reported 4 sentinels which were broken into 2 pairs. A hand signal is sent towards the 3 people who were behind the Haura tribe member that called HQ a while ago.
The 3 people nodded in unison and slipped back, they disappeared into the dark as if they meltedpletely.
After waiting for a few seconds. From the ce that was pointed to, ~Chika~ one of the sentinel¡¯s nces deviated! and lights twinkled. Simrly, they didn¡¯t actually enter the sentinel¡¯s view, one of the Hauria opened a lid of a lighter-sized container for in an instant. This had a Green Light Stone inside which imitated a shlight.
The Hauria which saw the signal began to move while issuing orders with hand signals towards the 2 behind him.
The moment the 2 sentinels were out of eachothers eyesights, they lowered their presence to the limit and quickly approached, one person covers the soldiers mouth and nose while the other stabbed him through his medu oblongata, another also thrusts through the other soldier¡¯s kidney while restraining him with one hand simrly and knocking him down to the ground.
Thest person was taking the torches that the sentinels dropped and put out its fire and confirmed that there are no traces left. Then they dragged the bodies into the shadows of the buildings quickly.
However, as expected due to the long silence from the other pair, the 2 sentinels, ¡°N?¡±, turned their nce.
The appearance of theirrades which they nced at earlier were no longer there. There¡¯s not even light from the torch, only darkness. ¡°Where did those guys go?¡±, the sentinels looked hard with doubtful expressions, they managed to see a shadow that moved faintly in the darkness. It was the figure of something big being dragged.
¡°Anyway, this is bad!¡±, the sentinel stretched out his hand to reach the rm whistle which hung on his neck¡¡
In the next instant, a knife was stabbed into the sentinel¡¯s neck, there was no time to scream nor time to feel pain, his consciousness drifted into eternal darkness.
Next to the sentinel which held his whistle, simrly was hisrade who was also stabbed by a knife and dead. At the same time, the torches were put out and they dragged the bodies into the shadows of the building.
Presently, simr ughters were being carried out everywhere at the Imperial castle.
A lot of stationed soldiers which were in pairs of two or more have already experienced an eternal separation from their bodies, soldiers who were sleeping in the barracks were drugged with sleeping pills made in the Sea of Trees which put them into a deep slumber. Even if the rm was sounded, they¡¯ll still be sleeping until morning and there fatigue would be fully relieved.
A crescent moon is now floating in the evening sky.
It¡¯s other name was ¡°The 2nd Moon¡±, where it was so thin that you can kinda see it but kinda not as well.2
It was exactly like the smile of demon.
The people who praised the principle that strength reigned supreme and cursed the weak, seemed to bepletelyughed at under the moon.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is Alpha. Suppression of Point H4 isplete.
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is Bravo. Suppression of all of Point J isplete.
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is Charlie. Scattering of sleeping medicine in the barracks isplete.
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is Echo. The prince, eldest grandson of the Emperor and 2 princesses have been captured.
At the brightly glittering party hall, Hajime had a unusual smile on his face which was usually impossible and was talking with the aristocrat of the Empire, then he heard the reports of the Hauria which was entering his head one after another.
The hall wasrge, many ces were gorgeous and decorated well. It was in the form of an all you can eat buffet, there were hundreds of dishes and sweets being disyed on the snow-white tablecloths spread on the tabletop, and waiters skilled in etiquette were distributing ss gantly as they walked.
All of the people participating were VIP¡¯s of the Empire. It was only people wearing glittering showy clothes with an atmosphere of mutual understanding of civil officers and military officers, military officers had conceited personalities because of the principles they believed in, the civil officers stood in relief and realized that the military officers were of a higher standing.
Hajime¡¯s voice was heard positively speaking with those military officers.
After all, he was ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡± and in the ¡°Hero¡¯s Group¡±. To general people he was a strong man who participated in the capturing of ¡°Orcus Great Labyrinth¡±, an indispensable force for the world, ¡°Strength¡± was likely the standard existence which interested them all. Of course there were also secret desires to create good personal connections with him as well.
To begin with, presently, the people talking to Haime that had no ulterior motives and interests seemed to show more interests in the pretty women which stood by his side and never left it since the party started. it was obvious since their nces were always briefly turned towards Yue and them who waited behind Hajime as they talked with him.
But, it wasn¡¯tpletely unreasonable. The party was to wee princess Ririana as well as her engagement party, Yue and their existences were rather than an uproar of decorated flowers being on disy, it was more of the sense of being the leading role of the hall.
Shia wore a moonlight colored miniskirt dress which exposed her slender and beautiful legs.
However, it wasn¡¯t vulgar, from the skirt extending softly, it created a unique atmosphere which empowered all of Shia¡¯s loveliness. It also matched her beautiful straight hair which hung straight down, those factors were probably what gave her so much cuteness and elegance.
Next to her, Teio who was elegantly tilting her wine, wore a ck long dress which was simr to her usual ck kimono. However, because the dress was the type to show her bodylines, she had an intense bodyline without any irregrities, furthermore, because the back and her chest opened up greatly, it revealed her beautiful hills which could not be called anything but stunning as it was likely to spill out at anytime. The eyesights of the men at the hall would always nce towards it every now and then! They were attracted towards the lethal weapons, one after another their women partners gave them all nces of disgust.
Kaori was dressed in a slender line dress whichpletely exposed her shoulders. Although her bodyline wasn¡¯t as intense as Teio¡¯s, it¡¯s bance was definitely molded by God. Her beautiful legs momentarily peeped out through the skirt which had a deep slit like the Chinese dresses called the Qipao, along with the brightness of her silver hair, it caused her sex appeal to show and eyes unintentionally turned towards her.
And, Hajime¡¯s favorite, his beloved blood sucking princess¡ª¡ªwore a pure-white wedding dress(modoki3).
The cloth was lustrous, her shoulders were exposed, and her skirt¡¯s hem was ruffled with frills which expanded out greatly. Her hair was in a ponytail with an elegant white flower ornament to hold it in ce. Her exposure was¡ª¨Cfew in number, it was her glossy white neck, her lips of red rouge which attracted much attention, and her eyes which were slightly moistened had conceived heat which provoked men¡¯s desires helplessly. As usual, Yue¡¯s charms came from the gap of her childish appearance and her bewitching atmosphere which was enhanced several times over.
Inside of the room, Hajime and the other men were waiting for Yue and them to finish changing but, the moment when they entered, it was unavoidable that they were taken in by the overflowing charm and becamepletely stiff.
Especially, Hajime whose eyes werepletely nailed down to Yue, anyone who saw it would notice that his heart waspletely taken away. Yue as well probably understood it. She stared straight back at Hajime with a joyful smile.
Although the other females became angry at Hajime for not ncing at them and was about to startining to him, Hajime moved faster and forcefully embraced Yue closely and gave her a deep kiss, now the males without female rtionships stiffened up for a different reason, afterwards, they began to tear apart Hajime and Yue who were remaining together forever by force which was alsoter known as the ¡°Hajime¡¯s reasoning was blown away incident¡±¡¡
Anyways, ¡°Do you understand who¡¯s engagement party this is? Ne~e? Do you know?¡±, they began tsukkomi¡¯ing Yue and them who took away the show.
By the way, Shizuku and Suzu was also dressed up, although they were gorgeous enough to not lose to the daughters of the Empire nobles¡¡as expected, they weren¡¯t at the level of taking away Hajime¡¯s heart like Yue and them, rather they had no strong motive to do so in the first ce, to begin with they gave out less of an impression whenpared with Yue and them¡¯s mature impressions.
¡°Even still, Nagumo-dono¡¯spanions are all beautiful ones¡±
¡°That¡¯s damn right. I¡¯d like to take one of them to keep mepany for the dance after this¡±
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is Delta. st preparation points are all prepared.
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is India. Suppression of Point M isplete.
To the half-serious words of the Empire nobles, Hajime exchanges a smile with them as he hears the report from telepathy which reached his ears, the entrance to the hall became increasingly noisy. It appears that it was time for the appearance of princess Ririana and his Highness Bias to take the leading role. A civil officer-like man conveyed the appearance of the two people in a loud voice.
Zawa~¡¡
Ririana¡¯s figure in a dress emerged from the door which was exaggeratedly opened, people in the hall raised out voices mixed with surprise and perplexity.
It was because Ririana wore a jet ck dress which seemed to breath in all the lights. Normally, if you consider Ririana¡¯s figure and the outline of the engagement party, a brighter dress would be much more suitable. Towards that fact, ¡°I¡¯m here out of obligation¡±, kind of feeling along with a cleansed face, the jet ck dress looked like a wall that Ririana had put on.
Her partner, his Highness Bias as well, with a slightly sour expression as if having crushed a bug, no matter how you looked at it, this was not the scene of a happily married couple, for the time being the hall started being filled with apuse, it was a very delicate atmosphere.
As is, those 2 went up to the tform.
the Chairman person allowed the party to progress even though it was puzzling. Looking at Ririana and Bias¡¯s states, even now Gaharudo was about to explode outughing while greeting them, music began to flow into the hall. It was time for the greetings circle to dance with Ririana and the others. Elegant music resounded in the hall which wiped out the delicate atmosphere.
At the center of the hall, Men who took out their flowers began to dance freely. Although it waspletely mechanical, Bias and Ririana also danced. Mainly, Ririana¡¯s expression was due to the atmosphere.
Even if Bias draws closer forcefully, a slight distance was noticed in regards to the melody. As it was, one piece of music finally finished, Ririana quickly advanced onto the next person in the greetings circle.
Bias had an irritated expression, however, he needed to continue on with the greetings circle. In a state that seemed to subtly care about his groin. Actually, after just having woken up a few minutes ago, he did not have time to confronted Ririana what had happened before the start of the party and no one else knew. For some unknown reason his son was blocked out from reviving (the appearance of the person that revives), feeling impatient and irritated of the situation he could do nothing but follow Ririana, as no one else knew.
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is Romeo. Suppression of Point P isplete.
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is Tango. Suppression of Point R isplete.
¡°How do I say this, that not like Riri at all. Usually she¡¯d hide her real intentions¡..¡±
Kaori muttered as she saw Ririana exchanging greetings indifferently without a smile.
¡°¡¡.Ma~a, Those kinds of things are impossible huh. The princess must also have a lot of things to think about¡±
¡°¡..Many things?¡±
Yue and them became puzzled at Hajime¡¯s words.
¡°Nagumo-kun, did something happen to Riri?¡±
¡°Oi, Yaegashi. What do you mean by that,e on¡±
Shizuku was in a wine-red long dress and looked at Hajime suspiciously.
¡°Because, Riri¡¯s showing that kind of attitude in a public ce¡..if something insane happened then, it¡¯s roughly Nagumo-kun¡¯s fault right? That¡¯s been the rule for all the times up till now. In fact, you seem like you know something¡±
¡°Chi, that¡¯s hard to refute¡..but, this time I¡¯ve really done nothing. Just that, as I was passing by I helped out the Princess who was about to be raped by the crowned prince¡±
¡°Right, Riri was being ra-¡¡.what was that?¡±
¡°Wait a second, Hajime-kun!? Just now what did you!?¡±
Led by Shizuku and Kaori, everyone turns a surprised look towards Hajime.
Since the dance started a lot of troublesome men havee to ask Yue and them for a dance, although Yue and them had no intentions of dancing with any other man other than Hajime, presently, they¡¯ve all been driven away by Hajime¡¯s ¡°Pressure¡±, so only Yue and them as well as Shizuku was around.
Kouki was forcibly taken out by thedies and was dancing desperately as he wasn¡¯t ustomed to it, while Ryutaro was single-mindedly eating. Suzu was dancing with a dandy4 old man in a, ¡°Ho~ee¡± kind of feeling.
Therefore, the only people who heard about Ririana almost being raped by Bias was Yue and them. Unexpectedly, Kaori and Shizuku demanded with lots of momentum for an exnation from Hajime, attention started to gather around.
¡°Ah~, yes, that¡¯s why¡¡Yue, do you want to dance once?¡±
¡°N~¡..I¡¯d be pleased¡±
¡°Ah, wait a second, Nagumo-kun! Don¡¯t run away just because it¡¯s be troublesome! Exin it properly to us!¡±
¡°Th, that¡¯s right! It¡¯s an important matter! Properly exin it!¡±
ording to Shizuku¡¯s words, Hajime who thought that an exnation would be too troublesome, took Yue¡¯s hand and nned to escape onto the dance hall. In another sense, the attention was focused on the girl with a pretty face which resembled a work of art much more remarkable than Ririana who was the leading role and on the boy who was her partner (Tuxedo Ver.) with white hair and an eye patch.
Normally, in order to match Yue who was ustomed to royal dances and was leading, Hajime decided to use ¡°Light Speed¡± while dancing. Since the dance was being observed, he wanted to look good. Joyfully, Yue¡¯s expression was that of someone who was filled with happiness, and Hajime¡¯s eyes were softening towards that,bined with their clothes and looking from the sides, it waspletely an engagement party for those two.
Although the musicians somewhere desperately tried to heat up the ce as it became awkward, they used Hajime and Yue¡¯s atmosphere to begin ying joyfully. By now, the leading role in the hall is Hajime and Yue, everyone paid attention to the two that were dancing round and round happily.
Towards such people, Ririana watched them with a smile. In thereid some color of envy as well.
On one hand, there was a group of women yearning for Hajime, and more may appear in the future, Ririana temporarily pushed the events that just happened into the corner of her head, ¡°Who¡¯s next!?¡±, it became a battle for the second person.
The performance would be ending soon, Grand apuse was presented towards the two people who were kissing with each other lightly as the aristocrats of the Empire were watching with smiles. In their eyes, pure feelings of admiration and praise were seen. The daughters of the noblemen as well, ¡°Ho~u¡±, absentmindedly leaked out hot sighs.
Hajime and Yue gracefully bowed in return towards the apuse and returned to their friends while holding hands. Apparently Teio won thepetition and gets the next dance, she looked towards Hajime with eyes of expectation.
However, Teio¡¯s expectation was easily betrayed.
¡°Nagumo Hajime-sama, would you please apany me for one dance?¡±
Right, it was because another person had already called out to him.
The other person was Ririana.
¡°Princess¡.for the leading role to be separating from their partner, what happened suddenly?¡±
¡°Ara, that leading role was just deprived of her seat, so aren¡¯t those words rather cruel?¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t it because you¡¯ve got that work face on? Actually, is it alright to leave the crowned prince alone?¡±
¡°If it¡¯s about the greetings circle it¡¯s practically finished already, now is the time to enjoy the party. In the first ce we¡¯re supposed to dance with several people. Look, the crowned prince is also dancing with one of his mistresses¡±
¡°A mistress¡..you don¡¯t look concerned at all huh¡±
¡°Fufu. Rather than that, I¡¯d like you to take my hand soon¡.can you not dance?¡±
Hajime noticed that Ririana didn¡¯t only want to dance but also say something, he could roughly guess what it was she wanted to talk about, with a, what should I do, he scratched his cheek. To be honest, he wanted to keep bathing in the afterglow of dancing with Yue¡¡
Then, towards the hesitating Hajime, Yue who was next to him said, ¡°Meh!¡±. It seemed she said that to convey to not disgrace Ririana at a public ce. Yue understood that Hajime couldn¡¯t decide on what to do so the, ¡°Meh!¡±, that was said to decide things for him.
¡°Ah~, I get it. ¡..I would be happy to be your partner, Princess¡±
¡°¡..Yes¡±
Had they attracted attention, there was an unusual action of Hajime respectfully taking Ririana¡¯s hand and led her towards the center of the dance hall. Previously, the dance with Yue was still probably within their minds. Ririana has a slightly ashamed attitude and the degree of attention towards that is high.
By the way, during the interactions with Ririana, nobody cared about Teio who hardened up as her hand was held out for a long time. ¡°Th, this timing, so it¡¯se! Whatever you do, I understand master! Haa~ Haa~¡..N~¡±, with reddened and blushed cheeks, nobody bothered to tsukkomi.
The melody of music began to flow out calmly. Ririana and Hajime were sticking close to one another as their bodies shook waveringly gracefully. Ririana whispered quietly while her face drawn close to his shoulder.
¡°¡¡Thank you very much for a little while ago¡±
¡°As I thought, it was that¡¡.so you know¡±
¡°Such an insane situation, it couldn¡¯t be anyone but you right? Besides, your ¡°Deep Red¡± is very beautiful¡¡I wouldn¡¯t mistake that¡±
¡°Is that so? Ma~a, the first prince of the Empire is also stuck with that, it¡¯s only a temporary measure though5. Sooner orter¡±
¡°You¡¯re just saying it tantly huh. ¡..But, even if it was just an example I was d. I heard from Kaori about when you saved them, I longed for that a little bit¡±
She said as she separated from Hajime¡¯s shoulder with a little smile on her face. That smile was Ririana¡¯s original charm which couldn¡¯t bepared to with the one seen with Bias a while ago, the surrounding aristocrats which were paying attention became slightly noisy when they noticed.
¡°And, are various things settled about your attitude in that dress?¡±
¡°Does it not match me?¡±
¡°It suits you. But, as expected that pink dress would have suited you more. Did you n on insinuating6 them to reveal the truth?¡±
¡°Yes, because this degree is enough for a husband who assaults his wife¡¡more so¡..as expected you saw everything through that spider huh. ¡..My improper appearance¡.a~a, I¡¯m not fit to be a bride anymore¡±
Yoyoyo~! then, towards Ririana who buried her face onto Hajime¡¯s shoulder again while pretending to break down, ¡°What are you talking about¡.¡±, Hajime looked at her with a ridiculous expression.
¡°Despite saying it in a low voice, don¡¯t say such seldom remarks in such a ce. Or rather, haven¡¯t you been making too much contact since a while ago? The crowned prince has quite the incredible expression?¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine isn¡¯t it. Once this night ends I¡¯ll be the crown princess. Just for now, allow me to be just a girl. Also, I¡¯ll be assaulted one day, can¡¯t you sumb to the selfishness of a pitiful bullied princess for a little while?¡±
¡°Being assaulted, it¡¯s not set that you¡¯ll be bullied¡¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s already a fact¡±
There Ririana, while hiding her expression by clinging onto Hajime tightly, suddenly muttered something as if on ident.
¡°¡¡If¡¡.if, I said ¡°Help¡± what would you do?¡±
Ririana herself didn¡¯t n on hearing about these things. It was necessary to put a conclusion to the matrimonial rtionship between the prince of the Empire for the future. Both countries took damage from the surprise attacks from the demons that the Majinzoku brought, it was necessary to show strength of unity as humans to stabilize things now that the head church temple had disappeared. As someone from the royal family, she should take on that role. For example, even if a painful marriage life filled with the lost of her dignity awaits her.
But still asking Hajime of such things, her voice trembled with fear from the bottom of her heart in the case of the help that she was expecting for doesn¡¯te, having seen Yue look so happy while being embraced by Hajime, she thought that surely Hajime would say, ¡°I refuse¡±. And she steeled herself for that possibility. It was because she thought that it would be fine for her to be selfish for this one time.
But, Hajime¡¯s answer waspletely off from what she expected.
¡°Ma~a, before I apany you, you¡¯ll be saved regardless? In this case, the Empire(. . .) may be ending tonight¡¡at the very least, the crowned prince would be hopeless¡±
¡°¡..Yes?7¡±
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is Victor. Suppression of Point S isplete.
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is X-Ray8. Suppression of Point Y isplete.
Towards Ririana who instinctively looks up, Hajime¡¯s mouth lifts up into a grin.
His expression was seen and a bad feeling surged into Ririana¡¯s mind. There wasn¡¯t a touching atmosphere like a while ago, Ririana felt her cheeks cramping up. Hajime quietly drew his mouth close to Ririana¡¯s ear.
¡°And also, I¡¯ll make it so that you can understand easier. I¡¯m insensitive, so I might end up doing something carelessly¡±
¡°~¡¡..¡±
Ririana¡¯s body shook with a shock. Though there was the breath and voiceing down onto her ear, it¡¯s because she understood what Hajime was implying.
In other words, ¡°I¡¯ll Help you¡±. Ririana¡¯s heart was shaken intensely. The princess within Ririana began to shout. This marriage is an obligation that should be fulfilled. That¡¯s why, I wanted you to cast away that girl who held onto those dreams in one strike.Then.
¡°Why?¡±, in another sense acting upon cruel treatment, or perhaps it was due to her joy that her eyes moistened up towards Hajime, Hajime acted as if it was nothing, in another sense, he replied without reading the atmosphere and gave the worst response possible.
¡°The Princess is unfortunate, to be feeling bad for those guys¡±
Hajime said so and nced over towards Kaori and them. In brief, their purpose was not exactly for Ririana¡¯s sake, although Hajime said, Ririana was unfortunate, he seemed to also imply don¡¯t hurt my ¡°Important¡± people9. Ririana guessed so and stared at Hajime.
¡°Isn¡¯t that, too much of a lie even if it¡¯sing from you? We¡¯ll, surely fall?¡±
¡°What are you going do if it happens? Ma~a, for the time being, it¡¯s just necessary to think that the worst oue that you¡¯ve thought of won¡¯t be happening. As long as you¡¯re important friends of these fellows, that is¡±
¡°¡¡Nagumo-san¡¯s resolution doesn¡¯t shake huh¡¡..truly, I¡¯m envious of Yue-san¡±
Ririana watches Hajime with a hateful expression. Hajime was indifferent towards it and nced right back. Then finally the end of the music wasing up. Hajime looked unfazed, Ririana who eventually gave up, ¡°Fuu~¡±, breathed outwards and leaned her body onto Hajime, she decided to at least momentarily enjoy the dance for now.
And while leaving a lingering sound, the music stopped, Ririana reluctantly parted her body away, and for a while kept their hands held together while quietly staring at Hajime¡¡¡±Thank you¡± she muttered. With a lovely smile just like a flower that was fully bloomed.
It was simply the smile of a 14-year-old girl. A smile that was so pure that it didn¡¯t have any impurities, it pierced through all the hearts of the people who saw it. A sigh filled with heat could be heard somewhere. And, after a while, a grand apuse which didn¡¯t lose against Yue¡¯s dance from a while ago resounded. It appears that Ririana only danced with the other people simply because it was required, Hajime separated from her and returned alone, and the eyes ofdies greeted him.
¡°Hajime-kun¡¯s a woman killer¡..¡±
¡°¡¡.Hajime-san, when on earth did you¡¡I can¡¯t let down my guard at all¡±
¡°No~o, Master. I got a little wet from the neglecting y, is it alright for me to change my underwear?¡±
¡°This has to do with those assault remarks from a while ago right. ¡..You said something about helping out Riri during a dangerous time, did you n on dealing the finishing blows during the dance? Ne~e, what exactly did you whisper to her? To begin with, isn¡¯t Riri a married woman now? Do you understand? Ne~e, do you understand? Nagumo-kun?¡±
¡°Hawawa, Nagumo-kun, finally you¡¯ve obtained the NETORI10 attribute¡¡.you¡¯re too much of an adult. You¡¯ve well exceeded Suzu¡¯s capacity¡±
A number of perverted remarks were mixed in, equally, towards the female group that was bad mouthing him and Ririana, ¡°What are you talking about¡±, he said with an amazed expression.
Hajime began talking, he helped out while he was passing by, then danced only because it was requested of him. Afterwards, because Kaori and them would be concerned, he only informed them the minimum amount about how he helped.
There was no intentions of persuading them in any way. And if by chance, to the hundredth millionth decimal, that Ririana fell in love with Hajime, Hajime himself gave off a ¡°Like I care?¡± feeling.
For now, just to be sure, he turned his gaze towards Yue to not misunderstand it, Yue understood and gripped onto Hajime¡¯s hand in assent while nodding her head, as expected Yue was different from them, his love for Yue knew no bounds and rose way beyond the universe. It must have been his imagination that her grip was stronger than usual.
¡ª¡ªHQ, this is Zulu. Suppression of Point Z isplete
¡ª¡ªNotify the entire force, this is HQ, all arrangements have beenpleted. Start the countdown.
Shia¡¯s expression stiffened up a little as she heard themunication. Kaori had a slightly tensed expression as well. Shizuku and them who were not given the Telepathy stone (Improved Ver.), only looked at the 2 with suspicious expressions. Moreover, Gaharudo often went up onto the tform on a daily bases and kept ncing towards Hajime and them. This time it appears that he was going to give out a speech and a toast in celebration.
¡°Now then, first of all, let me express our gratitude for having joined us on this party which serves as a celebration for Princess Ririana visiting our country as well as being engaged with my son. There were many various surprises and it indeed became an interesting event¡±
Then Gaharudo turned a meaningful nce towards Hajime. Hajime was pretending to not know. Gaharudo¡¯s expression seems to convey that it¡¯s be even more interesting.
At the same time, a resolute voice was heard from Hajime¡¯s telepathy stone.
¡ª¡ªTo all troops. This is Alpha One. From this point on we will put an end to this persecution we¡¯ve suffered through for hundreds of years, we will carve our names into the history of this world. Our name will be used as the pronunciation of fear. This ce is the intersection of fate. Will we fall into hell or advance towards the future, everything depends on this one battle. There¡¯s no need to hold back. Sa~a, we¡¯ll show them just how weak our ws and fangs are
¡ª¡ª10, 9, 8¡¡.
¡ª¡ªBoss. For leading us into this battle, we deeply appreciate it.
Hajime and them heard the Usagininzoku¡¯s countdown which concerned their fates.
The aristocrats of the Empire doesn¡¯t suspect a thing.
the speeches of the 2 different races ovepped with one another.
¡°The party has only just begun. Tonight, eat a lot, drink a lot, and dance as much as your heart pleases. It will be the best blessings for my son and daughter-inw. Sa~a, raise your cups!¡±
As Gaharudo confirmed that everyone in the hall held up their cups, he poured himself wine to the very brim of his cup. And, with his breath taking initiative with a ~Suu~ breathing in with ambition.
The other side of the telepathy also, once again simrly.
¡ª¡ªGet fired up! Let¡¯s go!!!
¡ª¡ª¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡°Ou~!!!¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡±
¡ª¡ª4, 3, 2, 1¡¡.
And, the countdown has finally¡ª-
¡°The unity of humanity will be stronger with this marriage! There is nothing to fear! We are the glorious Human race!¡±
¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡°For Glory!!¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡±
¡ª¡ª0. I wish you great fortune in war.
At that moment.
All lights vanished and the hall was swallowed by darkness.
----------------
1.its a part of your brain
2. I don¡¯t think I got this part correct at all lol, „eÃû¡°¶þÈÕÔ¡±¤Èºô¤Ð¤ì¤ëÐÂÔ¤ÎÒîÈդ˕N¤ëÒŠ¤¨¤ë¤«ÒФ¨¤Ê¤¤¤«¤¯¤é¤¤¤Î˜O¼š¤ÎÔ¤À
3. i dono what this is supposed to mean but its in parentheses, ¥â¥É¥
4.lol didn¡¯t notice I spelt that wrong, thanks Schion93
5.Thanks The_Codfish, I thought it sounded odd lol
6.hint that something bad had happened
7.more of a, what?, sense
8.thanks Dim1 that does sound right lol, ¥¤¥¯¥¹¥ì¥¤
9.This line was quite shaky for me, it was either this or he was being a tsundere, or he was implying that she wasn¡¯t important?
10.taking another person¡¯s lover
Chapter 119
Chapter 119
[What!? What happened!?]
[Iya~a!? What¡¯s with this!?]
The aristocrats of the Empire who were suddenly deprived of one of their senses shouted out angrily in a shaky voice which contained confusion and unrest.
[Don¡¯t panic! Use magic to create ligh-ga~a!?]
[What¡¯s wron-gya~!?]
[What happen-gu~!?]
A rtively calm person tried to create a sphere of light while giving out instructions to others to secure their vision. However, the sound of a scream and something falling down happened right afterwards. At the same time, the confused aristocrats all begin screaming one after another.
The ce soon sanked into confusion once again. Especially, the mademoiselles whopletely fell into panic and began running around blindly, the sounds of collisions and people falling resounded out rapidly from various ces.
[Calm down! Can you bastards still call yourselves soldier¡¯s of the Empire!]
Gaharudo¡¯s voice filled with ambition resounded throughout the hall in the darkness. With the loud scolding voice, the aristocrats who started falling into panic and screaming due to the darkness stopped.
However¡¡
Hyu! Hyu! Hyu!
[~!? Chi! Sneaking around so annoyingly!]
Countless arrows came flying towards Gaharudo from the darkness.
With short notice, a surprise attack of arrows which held amazing speed and power attacked Gaharudo from all directions. Moreover, it was pulled off with exquisite timing, being bombarded with arrows which were incredibly urate was definitely a bad position to be in, with so much flying towards him Gaharudo had no choice but be pushed into a one-sided defensive battle. He couldn¡¯t afford to give out instructions to recover the situation anymore.
Still in the pitch ck darkness, while fending the blows with the ceremonial sword, he could only grasp where the arrows wereing from due to the noise of them cutting through the air. The noise surrounding Gaharudo began raising out roars. Gin! Gin! Gin! The sound of metal colliding resounded out.
The sounds of peoples screams resounded one after the other while copsing, due to Gaharudo¡¯s scolding, people who regained their calm created fireballs to act as a light.
They called out to the guards loudly while looking around their surroundings with a fierce expression.
Something like a ck shadow zinged by in the edge of their sights! It traveled quickly as if slicing through the wind.
[~!? Who are y-ggebu!?]
Immediately the aristocrat man tried to shoot a fireball towards the shadow.
However, the shadow that dashed out from the darkness dressed in ck (+Usamimis) immediately pulled out a small ck sword whichpletely blended in with the darkness, as if it was a joke, a head was mown down instantly.
~Pon~ the head flew through the air and rolled around on the ground with the vivid sounds. The head had a nk face, it seems he didn¡¯t notice that he was no longer connected with his body.
Before anyone noticed, all fireballs which were illuminating the surroundings had disappeared and the only color left was the darkness.
The aristocrats and mademoiselles gathered towards the people who created fireballs like moths being provoked by the light, they managed to catch a glimpse of the shadow¡¯s Usamimis immediately before the fireball was extinguished, then the spectacle of the persons head flying through the air was witnessed immediately afterwards. Then once again, their waists gave out against the assant who disappeared under the cover of the darkness.
[Hi~, m, monster~!]
[I, I don¡¯t want to die~, someone, anyone!]
Most of the people unable to stand up were the mademoiselle and civil officers, quite a few of the military officers as well too. Their minds couldn¡¯t endure the darkness which was equivalent to the death god¡¯s sickle and the assant¡¯s existence which appeared right in front of their eyes.
As such, without exception, without being able to do anything, and while doing nothing, the tendons in their hands and feet were cut by the person dressed in ck soundlessly, they fellying on the ground writhing in pain.
Although there were those pathetically miserable people, as a military nation which adheres to the principles that abilities reigned supreme, some couldn¡¯t permit themselves to continue wailing away in confusion forever. Veterans who survived countless battles, although they didn¡¯t have a sword like Gaharudo, relied on their daggers which they kept in their breast pocket for self defense, they united with theirpanions and began creating a battle formation.
while back to back with one another, the magicians were ced in the center. It was splendid cooperation.
The people who were rtively nearby to Gaharudo immediately created a battle formation to defend his back. The range that Gaharudo had to consider was immediately decreased by half, now the attacks were no longer a problem. Gaharudo began chanting while knocking down dozens of arrows to the side.
A bit less than 10 fireballs were produced in an instant and shot out at surprising speeds. They spread out throughout the hall and began to brighten up the darkness.
Begin the counter attack! Though it was Gaharudo yelling out threateningly, immediately afterwards, a lump of metal rolled around in front of him.
[What? Is this¡¡]
The man who serves as Gaharudo¡¯s aid moved in closer to check out the objects purpose with suspicion. It wasn¡¯t only him though, others who secured their lightsource at different areas were the same.
Gaharudo had an severely unpleasant premonition, he immediately yelled out in a controlling voice
[Stop! Don¡¯t get clos-!?]
[~!?]
Although the aid who heard Gaharudo¡¯s words reflectively tried to leap back but, that action was meaningless judging by the effects of the lump of metal. That was proven in the next instant.
Ka!
Kyiiiiiin!!
All of the sudden, just when you thought the lump of metal popped, intense light surged out and an immense sound indiscriminately vited the surroundings.
[Gua~a!?]
[Guu~u!]
[What is!?]
The moment the light bursted out, Gaharudo shut his eyes and covered his face with his arms, he wasn¡¯t able topletely block out the surprise attack, although his eyes were shut tight he still couldn¡¯t see temporarily, he also lost his hearing due to the severe ringing in his ears as well.
And, the Hauria assants couldn¡¯t overlook this golden opportunity.
The Hauria¡¯s dressed in ck rushed forwards with exquisite timing and immediately came within the targets bosom while they killed off their presence. Then with one spark from the small jet ck sword, a second spark emitted again.
With 2 of their senses taken away from them, the tendons in the officers hands and feet were easily cut without any kind of resistance.
The aides screamed in pain as they fell andid on the ground.
Immediately, their tongues were torn through by a knife. The purpose was to restrict them from chanting. Several people prostrated themselves in the same manner in various ces, bleeding on the ground with the tendons in their hands and feet cut and from their mouths. People who tried to fire off big magics were mercilessly beheaded.
Meanwhile, ~Gin Gin Gin~! the sound of metal shing resounded out. Surprising it was Gaharudo who had lost his sight and hearing, he was able to sh back at the two Haruia tribe members who killed off their presence to the utmost limit.
The two Haura members which were attacking opened their eyes wide in surprise from this demonstration.
Did he feel their unrest in that instant, taking advantage and with fighting spirit, Gaharudo generated a shock wave by using Quake Legs.
[~!?]
[Ku~!?]
The 2 haruia whose stance was broken instinctively let out a groan. And Gaharudo urately sliced sideways towards the side of the 2 people as if his eyes and ears weren¡¯t damaged at all.
[Scatter and disperse! ¡°Wind Wall¡±!]
The two haruia members were pushed aside by the sword¡¯s destructive power as they were just barely able to receive the attack with their small swords, a terrific barrage of arrows were shot at Gaharudo and with the wall of wind which only took 2 words to cast, all of the arrows trajectory was easily averted.
[Shoot out! ¡°me Bullet¡±!]
The magic was once again duplicated. 10 ¡°me Bullets¡± were produced which were stronger than the ¡°Fire Balls¡± from before. It shot back towards the trajectory at which the arrows had originated from when in contact with the ¡°Wind Wall¡±.
They shuddered from the abnormal presence of Gaharudo who shout out countless magic with power and speed. The Hauria who had hidden their presence unintentionally leaked out their presences slightly.
Gaharudo¡¯s closed eyelids opened up slightly, although he shouldn¡¯t be able to see yet, his eyes carried the light of a dangerous wild beast. And with a grin! he turned his neck and nced urately at the direction where the Hauria were in the darkness. He had felt the presence that leaked out a while ago.
[Oooo~o! Burst out, ¡°me Bullet¡±!]
While turning his back against the me Bullets he shot out, Gaharudo rushed straight towards the Hauria in the darkness and chanted once again. Immediately, the me bullet in the back flew towards the ceiling of the party hall and exploded loudly with a roar.
The Hauria who were on the ceiling providing support with their crossbows, quickly withdrew to evade the me bullet, but because the me bullet exploded, it wasn¡¯t possible topletely dodge it due to the heat wave generated that scattered widely. At the very least, the ces which were used as scaffolding were copsing down, in the little time before they manage to reach the next sniping point, support cover haspletely ceased.
[Dancing wind! Carry out my will, ¡°Sound of Wind¡±!]
Gaharudo casted his next magic in that timeframe. Supplementary magic ¡°Sound of Wind¡± from the wind system. It interferes with the surrounding air and amplifies sound, it¡¯s a magic that allows small sounds in the distance to be heard. His hearing was amplified to megavolume, with the assist of this magic he¡¯ll likely regain his hearing.
Certainly, it could be said that this was the magic version of the skill presence perception when applied. Though I say that, the uracy decreases because they¡¯re being perceived through hearing only, concentration was required to make sense of what¡¯s heard due to that it¡¯s an unsuitable magic to be used during the proximity of battle. This was a basic magic that scouts and secret agents used for information gathering.
[Raa~aa!!]
[Tsu¡ª¡ª!!]
[Kuu~u!]
Along with the yell of fighting spirit, his shes bent and transformed as if he were using a whip.
While raising out a voice of anguish, Gaharudo deceive his senses by overriding them to feel the presences, the Haruia managed to get through it by cooperating with each other. However, because of ¡°Sound of Wind¡± their presences were seen though. With each step the Hauria took, they generated a subtle sound in the wind.
With his sight deprived, although the method being used was far from proper ¡°Presence Perception¡±, with a torrent of blood thirst, courage and ferociousness, Gaharudo moved forwards without hesitation and entrusted his body to the information gathering magic.
This is the Emperor. This is the head of a military nation. The king of warriors who boast that power is everything!
This was what the Hauria¡¯s managed to feel first hand¡..
However, everyone had a ghastly smile on their lips that was far from shrinking away. The eyes that pierced through the masks shone ferociously in re, a heavy thirst for blood surged out from each and everyone of them. If they couldn¡¯t hide their presence, then they¡¯ll just cooperate and bring him down! As if announcing that, the Haruia began to move as if they were all one creature.
[Kukuku, You¡¯re giving off quite the good thirst for blood there! Na~a, Hauria¡¯s!]
The cooperation attack was on the level that wouldn¡¯t be an exaggeration to say that it exceeded the techniques based on hit and run from all directions pouring in. While fighting back against the peculiar swordsmanship, Gaharudo shouted out happily. It appears that he found out that they were the Hauria tribe long ago.
Even though they heard Gaharudo¡¯s shout, the Haruia were silent. They only singlemindedly released their murderous intent.
[A~a? You guys won¡¯t let out shocked voices!?]
Judging from his words, as expected, only his sense of hearing has recovered a little thanks to the magic. Towards Gaharudo¡¯s shout, the Haruias released especially strong thirst for blood¡ª¡ªwhile Cam was brandishing his two short swords, he replied back while overflowing with murderous intent.
[Those are tasteless words on the battlefield. Survive if you can]
[~! Ha, just what I wanted!]
Sparks danced in the darkness and the sword swings became much more intense like a storm.
However, the des didn¡¯t reach either bodies. Tens of seconds, several minutes¡..the people whose mouths, arms, and legs were cut in a certain ces began to have anguished expressions, they prayed for their kings victory while being irritated that no one was rushing in from the outside.
At the same time, they guessed that the assants from the shadows were Usagininzoku due to seeing as the sparks were produced by the swords, towards that impossible scene and towards the unknown, they were desperately holding in the fear they felt.
Then, at that time, their expectation was betrayed by the situation.
[~!, What the? my body¡..]
Gaharudo suddenly began to stagger, his movements rapidly dulled. As if saying, [We were waiting for this!], the Hauria sprang from all directions.
Although Gaharudo somehow managed to resist back, it appears that Gaharudo¡¯s oddness was assumed to happen from the beginning, an arrow shot out with exquisite timing and dug deeply into Gaharudo¡¯s calf.
[Gua!]
Cam wielded his small sword towards Gaharudo who was folding from his knees. While blocking Gaharudo¡¯s sword with one short sword, the other was used to cut through the tendon in his arm, his sword finally dropped to the ground.
Although Gaharudo tried to move instantly with magic, 2 of the Haruia¡¯s blocked his way at that exact moment and wielded their small swords in confirmation of the battle still going on, they destroyed and blew away the magic formation and the artifact that was being concealed. At the same time, the remaining arm and legs tendons were cut.
[Tsu¡ª¡ª-]
Severe pain was gushing out, however, Gaharudo didn¡¯t scream out, his body began to incline slowly against his will, and ~Dosha~ it was the sound of his body falling prone on the ground.
The party hall fell silent and no words were emitted. Though a few were physically unable to say anything due to their mouths being forced shut, surely, even if they could open their mouths, none of them would have been able to actually say anything.
The Emperor of the Hoelscher Empire was defeated.
Even if their view was shut by darkness, they could tell. Towards that fact, the shock was so huge it erased everything else from their minds.
One of the Haruia tribe members approached Gaharudo who was stillying on the ground. And for now, gave him medicine to recover his sight and hearing. This was done in order to negotiate about the future.
[Fu~n, a monsters paralysis poisoning was scattered here so that you¡¯d stay in ce]
[Damn it, were you aiming for that from the beginning¡¡]
Gaharudo was removed of all magic formations and artifacts that were inscribed onto his clothing. When Cam told him of the reason why his body was acting abnormally after restoring his sight and hearing, he cursed out at him.
Light suddenly poured down over Gaharudo¡¯s head. It was due to one of the Hauria¡¯s equipment which acted as a shlight. It shined down on Gaharudo as if it was a spotlight.
[Ww, what does this mean!? Ttttttt, this!? Nyanyanya, Nyagumo-san!? jjj, just what!!]
[It¡¯s fine, calm down a little princess. Right now is the climax after all]
With the tendons in the hands and feet cut, clothes torn up here and there because of the destruction of the magic formations, the appearance of Gaharudo being illuminated by the light appeared on the ground, with lots of agitation Ririana¡¯s mouth closed and opened while shakingly asking Hajime questions who she assumed was the reason for such an event.
During the attack, although Ririana was besides the crowned prince Bias, Hajime instantaneously retrieved her and returned to his original position. During the Hauria¡¯s strategy execution, Hajime and them all gathered in the corner of the hall so that they don¡¯t be obstructive.
Kouki was frowning grandly as he noticed that many aristocrats were dead. Suzu, Shizuku, and Ryutaro fell silent with a difficult expression. This was the biggest chance of improving the Demi-humans standings, because they understood this they kept silent as the battle was literally deciding the Haruia¡¯s fates, though they still couldn¡¯t fully ept the tragedy that unfolded in front of their presence so easily.
In the first ce, there was no other choice but to just watch things happen. If they let out their emotions, [Anymore than this is overdoing it!], they¡¯d be obstructing Cam, at that instant, they would be attacked in the back by a railgun.
Although Ririana was speaking loudly and shakingly in unrest, Hajime had Kouki well within view and consideration. Shizuku was thinking about what to do in the case that that does happen, in another sense, cold sweat appeared more from Hajime¡¯s nces at Kouki than of the Haruia¡¯s massacre.
[Now then, Gaharudo D. Hoelscher. Do you understand why you¡¯re still alive right now?]
[Fu~n, you have demands right? Just say them, I¡¯ll listen]
[¡¡Points deducted. Gaharudo. Know where you stand]
The appearance wasn¡¯t seen but the voice of a man echoed throughout the hall. It¡¯s true identity was Cam.
Although Cam called out to Gaharudo who was on the ground, from Gaharudo¡¯s insolent attitude, after several intervals, he gave out advice in a mechanical voice.
And, the advice didn¡¯t stop at just words.
Suddenly, the spotlight distanced itself from Gaharudo. There, with the tendons in their hands and legs cut just like Gaharudo, it was the appearance of a man whose tongue was torn to seal off chants. An arm extended from outside of the spotlight and was gripping onto the man¡¯s hair and forced him to stand on his knees, in the next instant, the man¡¯s head as if jokingly was easily cut off.
[You bastard!]
[Points deducted]
Gaharudo instinctively raised out an angry voice. The other survivors should have seen it perfectly from where they were at. Breathtaking screams could be heard. However, in a serene voice just like a machine was returned towards Gaharudo¡¯s attitude.
Then, the spotlight once again moved to a different ce, and that man was simrly beheaded.
[Vesta! You, getting so carri¡ª-]
[Points deducted]
Was it an aide, the name of the man who was beheaded was called out, Although Gaharudo was cursing out, in return, the indifferent voice sounded out and another man was beheaded.
[¡¡.]
While grinding his teeth tightly he fell silent, Gaharudo¡¯s stared into the darkness with eyes that seemed to be able to kill a person with just a re. Towards such a Gaharudo, Cam indifferently talked anyways.
[That¡¯s right, understand that your position has reached rock bottom. Judge quickly and choose your words wisely. Right now, the lives of all the people in this hall, depends on your speech and behavior]
Simultaneously with those words, a hand extended from outside of the spotlight and ced a ne on Gaharudo¡¯s neck before he was aware. It was a thin chain with a bright red jewel attached on the tip.
[This is the ¡°Cor of Oath¡±. Gaharudo, the oath which you¡¯ll pledge to from your mouth, this artifact will be holding your life asteral. If it triggers even once, not just you, but anyone else who¡¯s connected with your soul throughout your life will die. If the oath is broken, naturally, you¡¯ll die]
The implied meaning, all humans in the room have been secured, Cam informed him that all others have been forced to wear the same artifact. Gaharudo seemed to have understood and his expression twisted as if he was forced to chew 10,000 bitter worms and insects.
The ne artifact called ¡°Cor of Oath¡± that Cam ced onto Gaharudo¡¯s neck, the jewel and ore it was made out of was created through Generation Magic which infused Spirit Magic into it, ording to Cam¡¯s words, it has the effect of making sure that the oath thates out of his mouth stays carried out on a spiritual level.
Specifically, the oath that is said will be directly engraved onto their spirit, if the oath is broken or the ¡°Cor of Oath¡± is removed, their spirit itself will disappear. Moreover, it even affects the next in line souls, in other words, it affects Gaharudo¡¯s entire n, simrly they would all die if they don¡¯t wear the ¡°Cor of Oath¡±. In short, towards every one of the Emperor¡¯s n, the oath from the artifact will have to be followed throughout all generations toe. (A separate artifact is needed for people who be rtives through marriage)
[An oath¡.you say?]
[There are 4 contents to the oath. First, the emancipation of all the existing ves, second, a definite promise of nonaggression and nonintervention with the Sea of Trees, third, prohibiting the enthrallment and persecution of Demi-humans, fourth, make all conditions legalws. Have you understood? If you understand, say, ¡°I swear it here on behalf of Hoelscher¡±. After that it¡¯ll activate]
[And if I don¡¯t?]
[The Imperial house ends today, the necks of officers will continue flying until the empire straightens out the situation, afterwards, assassinations would be carried out repeatedly for a long time toe. Until we, the Haruia tribe is annihted, the Empire¡¯s safety in the night is long lost. Officers of the Empire whening home will only find the heads of their wife and children]
[Don¡¯t underestimate the Empire. Even if we die, it won¡¯t copse so easily. An army will definitely be led to invade and attack the Sea of Trees and this time, Fair Bergen will definitely be destroyed. You should already understand. It¡¯s not difficult to navigate through the fog of the Sea of Trees if a ve is used. Althoughbat is harder, it can easily be done through numbers, there are no problems through smashing the Sea of Trees from the edge inwards. Up until now, the reason why we haven¡¯t crushed Fair Bergen¡..]
[Because it would be impossible to harvest if you crushed the field¡¡right?]
[So you do understand. Right now, you¡¯ll still be in time. For example, even if you borrowedthatguys power, the skills to bring down the Imperial castle in such short time, and thatst battle¡..as expected, losing you guys would be regrettable. If you guys don¡¯t want to be ves then I will give you preferential treatment to be under my directmand as my personal troops?]
[Out of the question. You do not deserve our trust based on your behavior of Demi-humans thus far. That¡¯s why I¡¯ll have you pledge to the ¡°oath¡±]
[Then, it¡¯s war huh. I will definitely not pledge to the oath]
How about it? Gaharudo was about to say until his lips distorted, Cam was as mechanical as always.
[Is that so? ¡..Point¡¯s deducted, Gaharudo]
Once again, those words resounded out, what was picked out by the spotlight which poured down was¡¡.
[Let go! Who do you think I am! This impudent bunny beast dares! I¡¯ll massacre you all! I¡¯ll kill everyst one of you! One by one, I¡¯ll torture you in front of your families until you die! Even the women, until they break I-egu~e¡ª¡ª¡ª]
It was crowned prince Bias.
The sounds of the crowned prince¡¯s shout could be heard throughout the ce. Immediately following that, without any hesitation, a silver line fluttered and the head of the crowned prince of the Hoelscher empire was easily flung into the air.
Chapter 120
Chapter 120
Just like a joke, the head of the next inline Emperor, Bias, was easily flung into the air.
[¡¡¡..]
[That was the next Emperor. Your sessor¡..can you bear seeing that, can you bear hearing that, that was quite awful]
[¡¡.I should have already said it. Even if we were all massacred, I won¡¯t be pledging to anything. Be crushed by the fury of the Empire]
[To have that kind of attitude even after your son¡¯s been killed. Ma~a, to begin with, he¡¯s probably never been loved by you. After all, the position of Emperor is decided through ability, that¡¯s why it¡¯s not unusual for rtives to try and murder one another]
It was exactly as Cam said, rtives could gain the position of Emperor by winning a duel. Even if the partner is killed during the duel it wouldn¡¯t be considered a crime.
Gaharudo had many concubines who gave birth besides the queen, Bias himself was a child of a concubine which managed to be Crowned Prince through showing his abilities in duels. It was befitting of their principles, the weak will follow the strong! and there you have it.
Probably because of that, Gaharudo¡¯s expression didn¡¯t change at all. Since the beginning, the standards were either weak or strong, there have been rumors that there were no love for his sons and daughters¡¡there didn¡¯t seem to be any hidden emotions either, so it may very well be true. Rather, the aide from a while ago was the only time he really exposed his anger.
Gaharudo that was snorting towards Cam¡¯s words.
[If you know that it¡¯s useless now then just stop]
[There¡¯s no rush. You won¡¯t pledge no matter what? You¡¯ll continue tormenting the Demi-humans after this? You¡¯ll continue tracking down our Haruia Tribe?]
[How repetitious]
[Is that so¡..¡±Delta 1, this is Alpha 1, do it¡±]
¡ª¡ª¡ªAlpha 1, this is Delta 1. Roger
All of the sudden, Cam started saying things which Gaharudo couldn¡¯tprehend. Though Gaharudo had a questioning expression, in the next moment, he felt and heard the roar of a huge explosion through his belly and theplexion of his face changed.
[-. What was that just now!]
[What, it¡¯s not that much of a big deal. We only blew up the barracks that were watching the ves]
[Blew up? It can¡¯t be¡¡]
[Fumu, how many people were inside again¡¡anyways several hundreds of soldiers just died. It¡¯s all your fault, Gaharudo]
[You bastards did it!]
[Nope, it was you, Gaharudo. Your decision imed the lives of those soldiers. And¡¡¡±Delta 1, this is Alpha 1, do it¡±]
Once again, Cam muttered things which Gaharudo couldn¡¯tprehend, Gaharudo immediately called out to him. It was far too bad of a joke that they could remotely detonate explosives from this location.
[Oi! Hauria~!]
However, Gaharudo¡¯s words were in vain, a second roar erupted. Not within the Imperial Castle. Arge explosion urred somewhere in the capital.
Holding back his emotions, Gaharudo asked.
[¡¡Where was that explosion?]
[The hospital]
[Wha, damn you!]
[Be relieved. What blew up was the military¡¯s hospital. The only ones that died were soldiers and their doctors¡¡to begin with, the public hospital, Inns, brothels, residential areas, though lots of people lost their homes and are living in temporary shelters after the Majinzoku¡¯s attack, do you have any request?]
[Don¡¯t goying your hands on the general public! How far are you going to fall Hauria!]
[¡¡.You guys always persecuted us Demi-humans. You¡¯ve got no right toin when the positions are turned around¡¡¡±Delta, do it¡±]
[Wait~!]
The entire Empire persecuted the Demi-humans, at this point how is the general public not involved? Cam showed a slightly amazed voice. Then, mercilessly gave out the order.
The third explosion was heard, this time Gaharudo was grinding his teeth together as he was convinced that the publics buildings were bombed. But actually it was the drawbridge which allows entry into the Imperial castle. Since there will likely be reportsing from the capital about the explosions, the only route to enter the castle was destroyed.
In addition, Cam¡¯s words were partly a bluff, they never set any bombs in areas that weren¡¯t rted to the army. The explosions weren¡¯t caused through remote methods either, a unit of Hauria¡¯s that sneaked into the castle had to manually set them off, due to this they couldn¡¯t set up bombs in many ces.
[If you won¡¯t be pledging then we have no other choice. I¡¯ll have to set off every bomb we¡¯ve set up in the capital, you Imperial aristocrats and leaders here will be lending a hand in it. Thousands of people will be apanying each other to the otherside. It¡¯s not a bad way to end huh?]
What he was saying was definitely terrorist-like. Who the heck taught him¡¡though some nces were focused on the boy in the corner of the hall, the actual person was indifferent.
Towards the merciless demand, Gaharudo couldn¡¯t decide quickly and became silent. Though he was looking through his head for a method of breaking out of the current situation, no bright idea¡¯s came to mind. His expression was sour and breaking out in cold sweat, it showed that he was being cornered.
And despite that Cam didn¡¯t allow him any breathing room at all. Since the reply was slow he gave out orders.
[¡°Delta, this is Alpha 1¡¡.do-¡±]
[Wait~!]
Gaharudo called out in a panicking voice. And he mmed his head into the ground several times to calm himself down, looked up with a face as if giving up
[Shi¡ª-, damn it all! I get it! It¡¯s my defeat! I¡¯ll ept your demands! That¡¯s why, stop taking lives indiscriminately through explosions!]
[That¡¯s excellent. Then pledge to the oath]
Even though the demands were epted, Cam replied indifferently. Gaharudo could only show a bitter smile. And while rxing his shoulders, he talked to the remaining survivors within the hall.
[Ha~a, damn, I¡¯m sorry you guys. I was done in this time. ¡..In the Empire strength is everything. These Usagininzoku, the Haura, showed it through ¡°bringing down the Imperial castle¡±. Holding the lives of people. Hence, ¡°As the representative of Hoelscher! All Demi-human ves shall be freed! We shall never interfere with the Sea of Trees! Now at this time, the persecution and envement of Demi-humans is now prohibited! Those who break these vows shall be severely punished by the Empire! They shall also be enacted as newws in the Empire!¡± If you guys haveints,e to my ce! If you can beat me, you can do whatever you want afterwards!]
If you wanted to treat Demi-humans as ves like always, exterminate all who hold Hoescher¡¯s blood! I¡¯ll take you on! he dered. He really was a man who adhered to the principles that abilities reigned supreme. Of course this judgement does no harm to the Empire besides their loss of rtions with the Demi-humans, as expected, losing in a direct battle had quite a huge impact.
[Fumu, you¡¯ve finally answered correctly]
Along with those words, spotlights showed down onto everyone in the Emperor¡¯s n. The still young and oldest grandchildren who should not have been at the hall had a ne with a bright red stone on their necks.
[If you don¡¯t want the Hoelscher blood to be exterminated, don¡¯t forget the oath]
[I know]
[The content of the oath will be made public tomorrow, at the very least liberate all the ves in the capital by the end of tomorrow]
[By tomorrow? Just how many ves do you think there are in the Empire¡¡]
[Do it]
[You dirty bastard! I just have to do it right, I¡¯ll do it!]
[Free the ves and send them directly to the Sea of Trees. Gaharudo. You must apany them to Fair Bergen. And then repeat the oath in front of the elders]
[Alone? Wouldn¡¯t I normally be killed?]
[We¡¯ll return you back safely. If you died, various problems would arise?]
[Haa~, I got it. I¡¯ve had a bad feeling ever since you guys broke out of prison. To think that we¡¯d be pushed this far. ¡¡Na~a, do you have a grudge against me or the Empire, Hajime Nagumo?]
Gaharudo red at Hajime through the darkness.
However there was no answer from Hajime. While holding Ririana by the neck like a kitten, he was leaning against the wall and yawning. Right now was the Haruia tribe¡¯s time to take the leading role. That¡¯s why, he seemed to take on the stance ¡°I¡¯m only a spectator in this affair¡±.
There weren¡¯t any lights, even though Gaharudo couldn¡¯t see his appearance, he at least figured that Hajime had no intentions of answering. Gaharudo grandly clicked his tongue.
[Gaharudo, as a warning. We definitely obtained some help from our benefactor who changed us. However, that power had already became ours exclusively. If we wanted to, we could easily search for information and invade the castle at any time. It¡¯s easy to scratch your neck when sleeping. If you don¡¯t make thews, even without the power of our benefactor our des could easily cut your neck]
[Exclusive use. I¡¯m quite jealous. To be able to use artifacts even though Demi-humans have no magical powers¡¡]
Gaharudo¡¯s crushed and sour expressions weren¡¯t hard to believe. Because it was impossible for the Demi-humans to stand up against another race without magic, however with the use of artifacts that fact was easily destroyed.
However, it isn¡¯t enough to just say stop it, at best they could only curse out at them. [Jeez, what else could I do!], Gaharudo shouted his feelings towards Hajime.
His army was burning down because of the person who created an artifact which allowed him to fly in the air and travel the distance which should have taken 2 months into just a day and a half, if anyone were to be armed with artifacts of that stature then the Hauria¡¯s im of being able to invade anywhere and carry out assassinations held lots of credibility.
By the way, what was used this time around was the ¡°Spider-typed Golem Scout¡±, ¡°Improved Telepathy Stone¡±, and the ¡°Gate Key¡±.
The ¡°Spider-type Golem Scout¡± was the spider that saved Ririana. It was approximately 5 centimeters in length, can go anywhere through remote control with ¡°Transmuting¡± and ¡°Thread¡±, the images are sent to the ¡°Crystal Disy¡± through the ¡°Distance Transmitting Stone¡±, and it can sense magic traps just like the magic eye. It also has paralysis and sleeping poison in its feet, even poison which makes it so that the little sonny doesn¡¯t get up.
After Hajime entered the castle, he scattered and installed countless spider-typed golems everywhere. The reason why Hajime was seemingly distracted while in the castle was because the majority of his concentration was used to operate the golems. It was only a coincidence that he saw and helped Ririana while moving towards an instation point.
And the images that the countless spider-typed surveince cameras that were set up were being transmitted back to the crystal disys installed at Headquarters, each Hauria force had an operator whomunicated through the ¡°Improved Telepathy Stone¡±, which enabled efficient and precise suppression.
The ¡°Improved Telepathy Stone¡± was the single and most useful artifact to use against Gaharudo.
The principle was this. Ore¡¯s with the property of ¡°High-Speed Magic Recovery¡± was created through Creation Magic and added into the magical power tanks which caused them to auto regen, it always added fuel back into it as ¡°Magic Radiation¡± was being emitted.
And the magic formation needed to activate it was a kind of sliding switch which was ced on it to allow it to smoothly activate on and off. Furthermore, there was a function which responded to the blood and status te, meaning only the blood of the user would be epted.
As a result, the Hauria forces were able to cooperate borately with Headquarters which was stationed outside of the capital.
Since they can¡¯t actually operate the golems, without Hajime they¡¯d have to manually ce the spider-typed surveince cameras. For that purpose, they infiltrated into the castle and installed the new hidden camera¡¯s for the Haruia. Because the golems were unnecessarilyplex, they were made to be hard to spot.
Moreover, the key-typed artifact ¡°Gate Key¡± held a simr principle, because Hajime set up and concealed the keyhole-typed artifact ¡°Gate Hall¡± in ces, the Hauria are able to invade the castle anytime through opening the gate.
Really, from the Empire¡¯s view, [What else could I do!], was definitely the right state.
To begin with, the magic traps are difficult to disarm without being able to directly manipte magical power, so the fact is, another invasion would probably never be as smooth as this one.
Hajime and them purposely used Kouki to enter the castle, besides installing the spider-typed golem scouts, they were also to disarm traps that the golems discovered. Hajime and Shia in particr, Yue and Shia had to use the ¡°Presence Severing Stone¡± to easily hide their presence, Kaori also acted, the magic traps were disarmed without notice before the party began.
For now, though there were artifacts devised to disarm magic traps, Fairss (a goggle-typed artifact which could detect magic traps) was distributed to the Hauria, however this time they had no time for that. That¡¯s why although they wouldn¡¯t be able to disarm the traps, they could evade them instead.
[Don¡¯t worry about it, Gaharudo. The artifacts only belong to the Haruia and no other Demi-humans. Now that you¡¯ve swore to the oath, it wouldn¡¯t do for us to get full of ourselves and attack the Empire. If that happens, we Hauria will wield our des against the foolish people of Fair Bergen]
Towards those words, Gaharudo guessed that the Hauria were independent from Fair Bergen, however they single-mindedly interfered in order to save their fellow Demi-humans (although it was actually only for the Usagininzoku).
[Is that so. I get the idea now. That¡¯s why, release us already. An unreasonable request was made to be done by tomorrow. If I don¡¯t act now I probably wouldn¡¯t be able to make it on time]
[¡¡That¡¯s good. We Hauria will always be watching you guys. Don¡¯t even think about forgetting it in your dreams either]
Towards thosest words, the spotlights disappeared and silence surrounded the hall. At the same time that his presence perception informed him that the Hauria were withdrawing, Hajime received a transmission.
¡ª-Boss. This is Alpha 1. All troops have withdrawn. For all the help, we cannot thank you enough
¡ª-It was for Shia¡¯s sake. Don¡¯t mind it. Besides, everythings not over yet. Stay cautious. Or rather, what¡¯s up ahead is the true battle. There¡¯s no guarantee that there wouldn¡¯t be an idiot who¡¯ll think ¡°Eliminate the Emperor¡¯s n¡±.
¡ª-I¡¯ll take it to heart, boss. Since the beginning, we¡¯ve been resoluted and prepared to fight. This path, is the path that the new Hauria tribe has decided to walk down.
Towards Cam¡¯s words filled with resolution and drive, Hajime¡¯s lips raised up. And he gave them a pure praise.
¡ª-Is that so. If you¡¯re resolute then there¡¯s nothing else for it. To all Hauria tribesmen. You were superb!
Towards the boss who they loved, respected and led them, all Hauria¡¯s Usamimis extended straight up! and after a beat passed by.
In the next moment through the telepathy stone, a grand shout erupted.
¡ª-Oo~OOOOOOOOOOO!!!!
That was the cry of victory. For hundreds of years, they were the losers of losers who continued suffering bitter experiences, it was the cry of delight after finally bringing down a huge enemy for the first time.
Beingpletely honest, whatys ahead is a sight where it¡¯s prohibited to enve and persecute Demi-humans, prohibited to interfere with the Sea of Trees, and Demi-humans are protected. Exactly as Hajime said, people who desired Demi-humans as ves woulde and try to eradicate the Emperor¡¯s n, there¡¯s even a possibility that there¡¯s a hole in the oath which the Empire may use to oppress the Demi-humans again.
That¡¯s exactly why, it was appropriate to say that the Hauria¡¯s battle starts now.
At the very least, the oath was imposed, by now, if the Empire invades the Sea of Trees, the Hauria wouldn¡¯t be able to do anything. With this earned time, the Hauria can save and gather power and numbers, and if necessary acquire high level techniques (Assassination) and guerri tactics. That way, even if the Empire is prepared to ovee the Oath, they won¡¯t get what they want so easily.
Right, the point of the strategy right now was to make the people at the top of the Empire wear cors and buy time to allow the Hauria to gather strength to be able to withstand the Empire. As such, certainly, the victor of this fight was unmistakably the Hauria Usagininzoku from the weakest Demi-human species.
[Damn, those guys, I shouldn¡¯t have left them unattended. ¡..Someone, the lights¡.a~a, that¡¯s right is anyone there¡..tte, kora~a! Hajime Nagumo! You bastard, how long do you n on pretending! At any rate, you¡¯re uninjured! Do something about this situation!]
Hajime narrowed his eyes as the Hauria¡¯s shout of joy was beingmunicated, at the same time Shia was embracing and rubbing up on Hajime because of the strategies sess, from the other side (even in the darkness Hajime could see Gaharudo¡¯s appearance rolling around) of the darkness, and began to hear Gaharudo¡¯s angry voice.
By the way, the moment that he was embraced by Shia, Ririana who he was holding onto was cast aside without hesitation. Towards the sudden attack which caused the death of her fiance, Ririana could only be stunned, after being treated so by Hajime, with tears in her eyes, [Even though, I¡¯m a Princess~!], while muttering about her constant grief, she crumbled onto the ground like a woman who was deserted by her lover.
[alright, I hear you¡¡]
While embracing Shia with one hand, he took out an ore from the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± which flew up towards the ceiling and emitted light. The light stone that floated towards the ceiling in the darkness caused the hall to brighten up just like daytime when they were brought to the hall.
The party hall becamepletely visible, ¡°horrifying¡± was the perfect word for it. There were huge quantities of blood sttered everywhere and countless heads on the ground. Besides the heads on the ground which didn¡¯t have time to say goodbyes, everyone else seemed to be alright, though they were all groaning and crawling on the floor with their tendons in their hands and feet cut.
There were lots of mademoiselles who had toilet idents due to the fear and pain. The moment when the hall was lit up and the disastrous scene was seen, many lost their consciousness, in a certain sense it was good fortune.
Though some of the courageous mademoiselles were just barely conscious, the moment they saw Shia¡¯s Usamimis, they gave out screams and fainted as the whites in their eyes showed. Even the men who didn¡¯t fear much was frightened when they saw Shia.
It appears that the fear of the Hauria tribe was deeply carved into them.
Within that, Hajime¡¯s group and the Hero¡¯s group was clearlypletely unhurt. The people who were fighting until they end were giving them stares full of hatred. It appears that theypletely believed that it was a conspiracy.
[Oi, kora, Hajime Nagumo. Quit flirting already and help out. What kind of nerves do you have to be able to admire a woman in this situation, and on top of that an Usagininzoku woman at that]
[Nah, look, Shia¡¯s a weak rabbit after all, the raid from earlier frightened her. She¡¯s so pitiful. Those guys were truly fearsome people. All I could do was protect myself]
While saying those foolish things, Hajime was shivering unnaturally.
Veins appeared on Gaharudo¡¯s forehead. Even the people whose tongues were cut to seal off there chants, while on the ground red at them cruelly as if stating, [We¡¯ll kill you with res!]. Kouki and them who had strong nerves even trembled from the gazes.
[How impudent¡..in any case, it doesn¡¯t change the fact that you¡¯re unhurt. If you hold no malice against the Empire then, nurse us, being needed by people is good isn¡¯t it*I think this line means this, ????????????????????*?]
[However about that, your subordinates are giving out blood thirst as if saying that the instant they¡¯re healed they¡¯ll attack us¡¡In that case, is it alright if I just finish them off?]
[There¡¯s no way that¡¯s alright! Oi, you guys! Don¡¯t every your hands on that monster over there! Even if he¡¯s just a damn cheeky brat whos always being surrounded by great women and surely started a conspiracy with the Haruia tribe, don¡¯t you dare go waste your lives!]
The surviving subordinate¡¯s eyes distort due to their mastersmand for them to stay alive with regret. Hajime saw their eyes distorting.
[Look, even if I want to kill you guys, there¡¯s no one here stupid enough to willingly jump into a monster¡¯s jaws. I won¡¯t have it. If we don¡¯t get started soon some people are going to bleed out. I¡¯m begging you, Hajime Nagumo]
[Ma~a, I don¡¯t particrly mind if you guys won¡¯t being at me. I¡¯m relying on you, Kaori]
[Un~, leave it to me¡..¡±Sacred Text¡±!]
Without chanting. Without magic formations. the wave of first-ss recovery magic shined immediately after calling out the magic name and rippled throughout the entire party hall. With that the wounded people were healed up instantly.
[Even recovery skills are monster ss. ¡¡I can¡¯t take this*I think? ????????*]
Gaharudoined with a tired expression after he noticed that Kaori¡¯s recovery magic wasn¡¯t normal. Gaharudo¡¯s subordinates were dumbfounded as well to bepletely healed in an instant. To be able to immediately cast first-ss magic was impossible for the general people so it was natural.
Disregarding the mademoiselles who fainted and didn¡¯t get back up, those who could fight immediately gathered around Gaharudo and they looked towards Hajime with stern and cautioned expressions.
[I¡¯ve already said it, give it up already. If you release blood lust like awhile ago and cause a counterattack we¡¯d all getpletely annihted]
[But your Majesty! These guys clearly guided them in!]
[That¡¯s right! Even the Crowned Prince¡¡we can¡¯t just leave them alone!]
[At this rate the Empire¡¯s pride will fall to the ground!]
Gaharudo¡¯s troublesome subordinates all speak out in sequence.
Even though they felt that Kaori¡¯s recovery magic wasn¡¯t normal, they had not witnessed Hajime¡¯s powers with their own eyes. Moreover, some of them previously saw Kouki and the Emperor¡¯s fight at the Kingdom, because of this they ¡°alternatively¡± used it as reference.
Above that, the damage that the Hauria caused was massive. After all, they ced a ¡°Curse¡± on the present Emperor and his n, although that wasrgely the reason, it was also because the next-in-term Emperor was beheaded. They couldn¡¯t back down easily.
Towards the subordinates rage, Gaharudo sighed out while gaining drive. For them who groaned and staggered, Gaharudo¡¯s voice filled with dignity turned towards the people within the hall.
[Quit making so much noise! I believe I¡¯ve already said, don¡¯t go dying pointlessly. Got it, that white haired eyepatch wearing fellow is a true flesh and blood monster. Even if we brought out an entire army, he alone would annihte it, that¡¯s who we¡¯re facing. ¡¡They¡¯re strong, don¡¯t even step on their shadows. I¡¯m not saying we have to follow what that guy says but, as people who adhere to the principle that abilities reign supreme, at least have the ability to judge the opponents strength!]
With an angry and shaking voice, the subordinates and even the aristocrats stiffen up.
[It goes the same for the Hauria tribe. Those guys who should have had the weakest power came and challenged the entire Empire. The reason why we were done in was because we were stupid and weak? I don¡¯t intend to leave things off like this, those guys also probably think the same¡¡but first admit it. We lost. The losers follow the victor. That is the Empire¡¯s rule! Even still, if you have aint then let me hear it! Convince me through power, make me follow you! Just like those guys did!]
Gaharudo¡¯s angry voice echoed throughout the party hall. Those who couldn¡¯t stand looked towards him, after the subordinates around Gaharudo hesitated slightly, they hung their heads down before him. Deep within themselves they knew, the one who fought until the final moment was Gaharudo. Gaharudo¡¯s words, more than anything was heavy.
[Un, with this it¡¯s case closed]
Towards Hajime¡¯s satisfied words, everyone turned to look at Hajime with hatred. Those gazes spoke more than words. That is, [You¡¯re one to talk! You God of gue!].
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Even while hiding their hostility against Hajime and them, the surviving Empire soldiers had to face the reality that they were unable to meaninglessly throw away their lives, Little by little they regain theirposure because of Gaharudo.
Although the drawbridge was destroyed empire soldiers began to arrive at the castle and the silent party hall began to be noisy once again, control was quickly brought back from the confusing situation.
Leaders of the survivors were gathered, despite being in the middle of night they were holding an emergency meeting to adhere the oaths. Mid-way in, one of the leaders who wasn¡¯t at the party hallughed at the foolish contents of the oath¡¡
That moment, the lights in the conference room instantaneously died out, when the lights came back on the horror of a subordinate¡¯s headying on the table appeared, it was the subordinate of the man who was opposing them. The man could do nothing but nod away while turning pale. The other leaders were reminded of the party and began to tremble. Theter talks seemed to have been settled quickly.
Whilepiling damage reports from every ce, thews for the Demi-humans were rapidly made (the draft prepared by the Hauria). At this point, Gaharudo found out that the Hauria had notid their hands on the general public.
However, from the fact that none of the general facilities were reported to have been destroyed through explosions, he received a message that it was possible to blow them up at anytime and began to worry substantially because of all the possible bombs nted in their facilities.
And within the middle of the night, soldiers were woken up because of the explosions, their individually owned ves were guided to the countless temporarily raised tents on the open plot ofnd from the previous demon turmoil. They immediately began to retrieve the ves in the next building where ves were being held.
Naturally, fierce resistance was bound to happen. Just when they were woken up in the middle of night, the owned ves were being forcefully seized. In particr, the ve association was showing symptoms of bing bankrupted. Financialpensation was promised to be given at ater time, even though it was a royalmand by the Emperor, they weren¡¯t able to easily consent to it.
Nevertheless, it was a direct order from the country, they had no choice but topromise¡..stretching time in between then and now, there were many who folded and whined, roughly all of those people were found beheaded in the morning.
And when the afternoon of the next day came to pass, an abnormal situation with Demi-humans gathered in one ce in the capital caused citizens to gather and the announcement from the Empire was announced. About the consent of the oath and the additionalws that were established.
Towards the bluntly reported announcement, the citizens became dumbfounded. That was to be expected. Their familiar and convenient tools were suddenly taken away from them. Moreover, it was forbidden to capture them in the future. The situation was honestly one where they couldn¡¯tprehend.
Eventually, the obvious and naturalints began to flow out and it quickly became arge and strong opposition. It was about to be a riot, the Empire soldiers began defending the Demi-human ves from the people in cold sweat, but it became quiet after the announcement made with exquisite timing.
In other words,
[All actions towards Demi-humans was because an ¡°Oracle¡± from ¡°Ehto-sama¡±!]
Furthermore, with the appearance of Kaori who fluttered her silver wings and was shining as she descended down from the sky, Kouki showed the light and appearance of his sacred sword. As a result, the announcement held credibility.
Towards the divine appearance (being produced by Hajime¡¯s artifacts) the citizens all got down on one knee and prayed.
Actually, Kaori was trying hard not to run away as she was blushing in shame, if Kaori felt like it, the silver feathers that were being worshiped by the citizens, [Thank you~], could easily be turned into weapons that dposed everything, Gaharudo who was at wits end on how to exin thews and emancipation of ves was simply proposed, [wouldn¡¯t it be alright if we just use Ehto?], Hajime who was in high spirits was chuckling to himself about how amusing it was that the citizens were so serious¡¡Everyone could surely faint peacefully together.
Obtaining and holding onto ¡°God¡¯s Apostle¡¯s feathers¡±, reluctantly the ve owners backed down as there was alsopensation from the country and the majority of citizens were cheerful. In front of their eyes, several thousands of ve¡¯s shackles were being removed by the soldiers one after the other.
The Demi-humans seemed to have been stunned but epted it with silence. Beingpletely honest they weren¡¯t sure about what was happening at the moment. Even if they understood they likely wouldn¡¯t be able to believe it.
Before long, with some time the ve¡¯s shackles were all removed and Kouki who showed natural charisma led the Demi-humans outside of the capital. Along with him was also obviously Gaharudo as well as Hajime and them.
The Demi-humans were stunned as they left the capital, amplifying her voice with physical reinforcement Shia shouted out, [You guys are free~! Return to your homes~!], they finally seemed to realize that they were ¡°liberated¡± and they all shouted out in joy all at once which caused the ground to shake.
Under the cheerful blue sky, while at the Empire¡¯s outer walls, several thousands of Demi-humans headed towards home. Towards the impossible illusion, tears were falling down and Demi-humans were joyfully patting eachothers shoulders.
Within those, there were many who received cruel physical and mental wounds as well, but they were healed through Reproduction Magic and Spirit Magic. Because even Yue couldn¡¯t urately erase their memories enmass, shepromised that it was necessary for them to be surrounded by family and friends in the long-term.
There were also many Demi-humans that were transported to many different towns, Hajime and them couldn¡¯t be responsible to heal them. They as well, after returning to the Sea of Trees, have no choice but to allow their minds to be supported by the people around them.
Even still, they¡¯ll be able to once again live in their hometown, they can meet their important people that they were separated from once again¡..it was surely suitable to call this event a ¡°Miracle¡±. Hajime who was looking at the Demi-humans shouting in joy, began thinking about his family in Japan, [Someday I too will¡¡], he muttered inside himself and quietly clenched Yue¡¯s hand who snuggled up closely. The cute lover was as if saying, [It¡¯s alright], gently returned strength into Hajime¡¯s hand.
Chapter 121
Chapter 121
================================================================================================
Status tes
================================================================================================
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Nagumo Hajime (?????) Strength 10950 > 12150
17 yo M Vitality 13190 > 14250
Transmuter (???) Resist 10670 > 11870
Lv ??? > ??? Agility 13450 > 14550
ch 25 > 122 Magic 14780 > 15980
Adventurer Rank: Gold Magic Resist 14780 > 15980
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Hero of the series. Originally a gentle, quiet otaku boy, but
wasbelled ipetant -> bullied -> fell into the abyss ->
left arm was eaten -> became OP -> mindset changed: now talks
with guns-first. Harem happened (though he treats Yue alone as
special). Seeks to conquer the Great Dungeons so he can return
home to Japan. (Author Note: stats are temporary, don¡¯t worry
too much about it)
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
?? Transmutation
[+?????] + Mineral Appraisal
[+????] + Precision Transmutation
[+?????] + Mineral Enquiry
[+????] + Mineral Separation
[+????] + Mineral Fusion
[+????] + Replication Transmutation
[+????] + Compression Transmutation
[+????] + High-speed Transmutation
[+????] + Automatic Transmutation
[+?????????] + Image Reinforcement Power Increase
[+??????] + Magic Consumption Reduction
[+????] + Mineral Dposition
???? Magic Maniption
[+????] + Magic Emission
[+????] + Magic Compression
[+????] + Remote Control
???? Stomach Acid Strengthening (Iron Stomach)
?? Lightning Armor (Lightning d)
[+???] + Lightning Resistance
[+????] + Output Increase
?? Sky Walk (Divine Step)
[+??] + Void Grip (Air Walk/Aerodynamic)
[+??] + Shukuchi (Instant Movement/Flicker/Ground Shrink)
[+??] + Grand Legs
[+??] + Lightspeed
?? Wind w (Air w)
[+??] + Triple ws
[+??] + Flying ws
?? Night Vision
?? Far Vision
???? Perception
[+????] + Specific Perception
???? Magic Perception
[+????] + Specific Perception
???? Heat Perception
[+????] + Specific Perception
???? Hide Presence (Sign Interception)
[+??] + Phantom Dance (Phantom Step)
??? Poison Resistance
???? Paralysis Resistance
???? Petrification Resistance
???? Panic Resistance
????? All Elements Resistance
?? Foresight
?? Vajra (Indestructible)
[+????] + Specific Reinforcement
[+????] + Concentrated Reinforcement
[+????] + Grant Reinforcement
?? Grand Arm
?? Coercion (Pressure/Intimidation)
?? Telepathy
?? Tracking
?????? High-speed Magic Recovery
[+????] + Mana Focusing
???? Magic Conversion
[+????] + Vitality Conversion
[+?????] + Healing Conversion
[+????] + Impact Conversion
???? Limit Break (x3 all stats buff)
???? Creation Magic
???? Gravity Magic
???? Space Magic
???? Regeneration Magic
???? Spirit Magic
???? Language Comprehension
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
* Weapon names (German/German pronounciation):
????¡¤????? Donner & Scg (¡°Thunder & Shock¡±), (rail)revolvers
?????? Scgen (¡°Knockout¡±), anti-materiel (rail)rifle
????? Metzelei (¡°ughter¡±), gatling (rail)gun
???? Orkan (¡°Hurricane¡±), rocket & missileuncher
?????? Hyperion (¡°Sun God¡±),ser satellite
????? Ferner (¡°Further¡±), airship
* Automatic Transmutation:
Automatically transmutes materials in a magic formation until
the magic in the formation is exhausted.
* Mineral Dposition:
By carefully permeating magic, mineral bonds can be unbound.
It¡¯s possible to dpose up to the smallest unit, but is
time consuming. Unusable inbat. Skill used to process
sand-like minerals.
* Triple ws:
Whereas the old bear w would fire one, this fires three
identical wind des.
* Flying ws:
Wind des now fly.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Yue Strength 120 > 220
323 yo F Vitality 300 > 450
Sorceress (??) Resist 60 > 100
Lv 75 > 82 Agility 120 > 220
ch 67 > 122 Magic 6980 > 9180
Adventurer Rank: Gold Magic Resist 7120 > 9320
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Main heroine of the series. Imprisoned in the abyss, was saved
by Hajime. Most skilled magic user in this world. Also Hajime¡¯s
most skilled ero-opponent. For the time being, ssed as a
Kuudere. Kuudere + bewitching + vampire princess + loli
attributes.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
???? Auto Regeneration
[+????] + Pain Control
[+????] + Regeneration Control
????? All Elements Aptitude
???? Compound Magic
???? Magic Maniption
[+????] + Magic Emission
[+????] + Magic Compression
[+????] + Remote Control
[+????] + Increased Efficiency
[+????] + Mana Absorption
[+????] + Body Strengthening
???? Imagination Composition
[+?????????] + Image Reinforcement Power Up
[+??????] + Multiple Simultaneous Composition
[+????] + Dyed Invocation
???? Blood Conversion
[+????] + Body Strengthening
[+????] + Magic Conversion
[+????] + Vitality Conversion
[+??? ?] + Blood Oath Contract
?????? High-speed Magic Recovery
???? Creation Magic
???? Gravity Magic
???? Space Magic
???? Regeneration Magic
???? Spirit Magic
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
* Blood Oath Contract: (ch.67)
Drastic efficiency increase when blood is drained from a
contracted person (ie: Hajime).
* Imagination Composition: (ch.67)
Magic formations can bepleted with only a mental image
(ie: chantless/formationless magic).
* Regeneration Control:
Can freely control regeneration ability.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Shia Houria Strength 60 > 100
16 yo F Vitality 80 > 120
Diviner (???) Resist 60 > 100
Lv 40 > 48 Agility 85 > 130
ch 67 > 122 Magic 3020 > 3800
Adventurer Rank: Gold Magic Resist 3180 > 4000
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Heroine. Bunny Girl. Perky, energetic, frivolous. But has
recently turned into a splendid person. Demi-humans are unable
to use magic, but Shia is able to directly manipte magic
despite that. Has no magical aptitude, but can use body
strengthening to a degree that makes her a bugged character.
Disappointing beauty + rabbit + desu + naive attributes.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
??? Future Sight
[+????] + Automatic Invocation
[+????] + Future Prediction
[+???] + Divine Revtion Sight
???? Magic Maniption
[+????] + Body Strengthening
[+????] + Specific Strengthening
[+???????] + Conversion Efficiency Up III
[+????] + Concentration Strengthening
???? Gravity Magic
???? Space Magic
???? Regeneration Magic
???? Spirit Magic
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
* Weapon names (German/German pronounciation):
?????? Dr¨¹cken (¡°Press¡±), sledgehammer + shotgun
* Divine Revtion Sight:
Can glimpse a few seconds ahead into the future. Unlike
Future Prediction it doesn¡¯t consume magic so it can be
continuously active.
* Conversion Efficiency Up III:
Converts magic to physical stats (Str/Vit/Res/Agi) at a
1:3 ratio (ie: 3800 = +11400).
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Tio Kurarusu Strength 770 > 880 [+Dragon Form 4620 > 8800]
563 yo F Vitality 1100 > 1250 [+Dragon Form 6600 > 12500]
Guardian (???) Resist 1100 > 1250 [+Dragon Form 6600 > 12500]
Lv 89 > 93 Agility 580 > 700 [+Dragon Form 3480 > 7000]
ch 67 > 122 Magic 4590 > 4990
Adventurer Rank: Gold Magic Resist 4220 > 4620
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Pervert. Hajime opened a new door for her when he used his
Pile Bunker on her weak spot. A prudent, intellectual, mature
spirit¡ or should have been. Heroine. no ja + kimono +
watermelons + shapeshifter attributes.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
?? Dragon Form
[+????] + Dragonscale Hardening
[+??????] + Magic Efficiency Up
[+???????] + Body Ability Up II
[+??] + Roar
[+??] + Wind Armor (Wind d)
[+?????] + Pain Control II
???? Magic Maniption
[+????] + Magic Emission
[+????] + Magic Compression
[+????] + Remote Control
????? Fire Element Aptitude
[+??????] + Mana Consumption Reduction
[+????] + Effect Up
[+??????] + Duration Up
????? Wind Element Aptitude
[+??????] + Mana Consumption Reduction
[+????] + Effect Up
[+??????] + Duration Up
[+???] + Lightning Element
???? Compound Magic
???? Regeneration Magic
???? Spirit Magic
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
* Dragonscale Hardening: (ch.67)
Hardness can be increased by expending magic. Can also increase
Dragon Form¡¯s base stats and resistances.
* Pain Control II:
High level ability to freely convert pain into energy,
increasing all stats. In addition it is possible to store the
converted energy. However the energy can only be stored when
still feeling lingering pain.
* Lightning Element:
Lightning magic is ssified as higher ranked wind magic, this
allows lightning magic to be used at the same level as wind
magic.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Shirasaki Kaori (????) Strength 280 > 1200
17 yo F Vitality 460 > 1200
Healer (???) Resist 360 > 1200
Lv 72 > 10 Agility 380 > 1200
ch 71 > 122 Magic 1380 > 1200
Magic Resist 1380 > 1200
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Heroine. An unfortunate, regr schoolgirl that had her love
interest, Hajime, stolen from her¡ or so it seems. Feelings
of love for Hajime sprouted during her second year of middle
school. Became consciously aware of her feelings after Hajime
fell into the abyss. When they reunited, forcibly joined the
party when she became aware of Yue stealing Hajime away.
Currently possessing the body of the Apostle of God, Nointo.
ssmate + airhead + Stand (JoJo reference to her Hannya mask)
+ pitiable attributes.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
???? Recovery Magic
[+??????] + Effect Up
[+??????] + Recovery Speed Up
[+?????????] + Image Reinforcement Power Up
[+????] + Osmosis Pration [?]
[+????????] + Effect Range Up
[+????????] + Remote Recovery Effect Up
[+???? ??????] + Abnormal Status Recovery Effect Up
[+??????] + Magic Consuption Down
[+??????] + Magic Efficiency Up
[+????] + Consecutive Invocation
[+??????] + Multiple Invocation
[+????] + Dyed Invocation
[+????] + Addition Invocation
????? Light Element Aptitude
[+??????] + Movement Speed Up
[+????] + Effect Up
[+??????] + Duration Up
[+????] + Consecutive Invocation
[+??????] + Multiple Invocation
[+????] + Dyed Invocation
?????? High-speed Magic Recovery
[+??] + Meditation
???? Regeneration Magic
???? Spirit Magic
???? Language Comprehension
???? Greatsword Dual-wielding Proficiency
???? Disintegration Ability (Dposition Ability)
????? All Elements Aptitude
???? Compound Magic
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
* The broken greatswords and wargear were reced by Hajime.
* Nointo¡¯s enchantment, infinite magic supply and pseudo-Limit
Break are disabled.
* Original Apostle¡¯s stats are all 12000. Kaori doesn¡¯t have
full control of the body yet.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Amanokawa Kouki * Strength 880 > 1020
17 yo M Vitality 880 > 1020
Hero (??) Resist 880 > 1020
Lv 72 > 83 Agility 880 > 1020
ch 71 > 122 Magic 880 > 1020
Magic Resist 880 > 1020
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
(*?????) Hero (lol). A bundle of good and justice. However
since he never thinks he¡¯s wrong, he has a bad habit of
interpreting adverse situations to his own convenience. Kaori,
Shizuku and Ryutaro are childhood friends.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
????? All Elements Aptitude
[+???????] + Light Element Effect Up
[+??????] + Movement Speed Up
????? All Elements Resistance
[+???????] + Light Element Effect Up
???? Physical Resistance
[+?????] + Recovery Power Up
[+????] + Impact Allevation
???? Compound Magic
?? Sword Proficiency
[+????] + Clear Mind
?? Herculean Strength
?? Shukuchi (Instant Movement/Flicker/Ground Shrink)
[+???] + Explosive Shukuchi
?? Foresight
?????? High-speed Magic Recovery
???? Perception
???? Magic Perception
???? Limit Break (x3 all stats buff)
[+??] + Supreme Destruction (x5 all stats buff)
???? Language Comprehension
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Yaegashi Shizuku * Strength 450 > 650
17 yo F Vitality 560 > 760
Swordswoman (??) Resist 320 > 520
Lv 72 > 83 Agility 1110 > 1480
ch 71 > 122 Magic 380 > 580
Magic Resist 380 > 580
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
(*????) I wonder if she¡¯s a heroine¡ Best friend of Kaori.
Kouki and Ryutaro¡¯s childhood friend. Her home is a kendo dojo.
Primary feature of this dignified girl is her ponytail. Has an
excellent grasp of human subtleties and rtionships, her
innate personality won¡¯t let her ignore trouble around her
giving her a lot of hardships [?]. Recently though she¡¯s been
depending too much on someone else¡
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
?? Sword Skill
[+??????] + shing Speed Up
[+??????] + Drawing Sword Velocity Up
[+???] + Mubyoushi
?? Shukuchi (Instant Movement/Flicker/Ground Shrink)
[+???] + Explosive Shukuchi
[+???] + Heavy Shukuchi [?]
[+??] + Seismic Leg
[+???] + Mubyoushi
?? Foresight
[+??] + Projection
???? Perception
?? Hidden Action
[+??] + Phantom Strike
???? Language Comprehension
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Sakagami Ryuutarou * Strength 820 > 980
17 yo M Vitality 820 > 980
Brawler (??) Resist 680 > 790
Lv 72 > 83 Agility 550 > 650
ch 71 > 122 Magic 280 > 350
Magic Resist 280 > 350
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
(*?????) Muscle brain.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
??? Martial Arts
[+????] + Body Strengthening
[+????] + Specific Strengthening
[+????] + Concentrated Strengthening
[+????] + Pration Destruction
?? Shukuchi (Instant Movement/Flicker/Ground Shrink)
[+???] + Explosive Shukuchi
???? Physical Resistance
[+??] + Vajra (Indestructible)
????? All Elements Resistance
???? Language Comprehension
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Taniguchi Suzu (???) Strength 350
17 yo F Vitality 450
Barrier Mage (???) Resist 450
Lv 83 Agility 380
ch 122 Magic 820
Magic Resist 580
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Chimikko. Mood maker of the ss. Unsung hero of the Hero
party. A dirty old man at heart.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
????? Barrier Magic Aptitude
[+??????] + Mana Efficiency Up
[+??????] + High-speed Invocation Up
[+????] + Remote Control
[+????] + Continuous Activation
????? Light Element Aptitude
[+??????] + Barrier Aptitude Link
???? Language Comprehension
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
================================================================================================
Supporting Characters
================================================================================================
Myu 4 yo F
Little girl of the Sea-race. Was saved by Hajime from an underground F¨¹hren ve auction.
Her father died before she was born, so shees to love the strong and kind Hajime as her
new father. She¡¯s so important to him that Hajime made a new oath. She likes ending her
sentences in ¡°nano¡±. With the exception of Yue, she is the only person Hajime ispletely
weak against.
Remia 24 yo F
Myu¡¯s mother. A gentle beauty. An undine widow whose soothes people with her ¡°ara ara, ufufu¡±.
Hajime often cannot tell whether she is serious or joking. Restrains Hajime¡¯s party with her
mature woman charm.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
ssmates
Hatayama Aiko (????) 25 yo F, Farmer (???)
Social Studies teacher. Has a reverse harem of Temple Knights (though her head is full of
concern for her students so she doesn¡¯t notice).
Nakamura Eri (????) 17 yo F, Necromancer (????)
Betrayed her ssmates to the demons. Used her original darkness magic ¡°Soul Bind¡± to
manipte countless numbers of dead puppet soldiers. Valuable Bokummusume [?].
Nagayama Jugo (???) 17 yo M, Heavy Brawler (????)
Frontline party leader. Old man face.
Nomura Kentaro (?????) 17 yo M, Earth Mage (???)
Nagayama party member. Best friends with Nagayama and Endo. Likes Ayako Tsuji.
Endo Kosuke (????) 17 yo M, Assassin (???)
Nagayama party member. Has an extremely weak presence. Isn¡¯t noticed bybyrinth monsters
or automatic doors.
Tsuji Ayako (???) 17 yo F, Healer (???)
Nagayama party member. Same ss as Kaori, her healing skills are a bit moreplex though.
Yoshino Mao (????) 17 yo F, Enchanter (????)
Nagayama party member. Unsung hero of the party.
Hiyama Daisuke (????) 17 yo M, Light Warrior (???)
Leader of the bullies harassing Hajime. Perpetrator who dropped him into the abyss. ckmailed
by Eri in the beginning, butter killed many of the country¡¯s knights and soldiers of his own
volition in order to obtain Kaori. He met a gruesome end when Hajime fed him alive to some
monsters after finally going to town on him.
Nakano Shinji (????) 17 yo M, Water Mage (???)
Hiyama gang member.
Saito Yoshiki (????) 17 yo M, Wind Mage (???)
Hiyama gang member.
Kondo Reiichi (????) 17 yo M, Spear Warrior (???)
Hiyama gang member. Became prey to Eri¡¯s Soul Bind.
Aikawa Noboru (???) 17 yo M, ¨C
Ai-chan bodyguard member.
Kawahara Akira (???) 17 yo M, ¨C
Ai-chan bodyguard member.
Tamai Atsushi (???) 17 yo M, ¨C
Ai-chan bodyguard member.
Sugawara Taeko (????) 17 yo F, ¨C
Ai-chan bodyguard member.
Miyazaki Nana (????) 17 yo F, ¨C
Ai-chan bodyguard member.
Sonobe Yuka (????) 17 yo F, ¨C
Ai-chan bodyguard member.
Shimizu Yukitoshi (????) 17 yo M, Dark Mage (???)
Raised an army of monsters to distinguish himself in this new world. As a result he was
left on the verge of death after a demon¡¯s suprise attack, after which Hajime terminated him.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Heilig Kingdom
Elhild = S = B = Heilig
King. Killed by Eri during the Imperial City invasion.
Luluaria = S = B = Heilig
Queen. Rarely appears, but assists in the background. Has an equally weak presence like a
certain someone [?].
Randell = S = B = Heilig
Prince. 10 yo. Handsome youth with blonde hair and blue eyes. Was infatuated with Kaori, but
gave up after meeting Hajime. Currently heartbroken from losing his first love.
Liliana = S = B = Heilig
Princess. 14 yo. Talented and enormously popr within the kingdom. Has been harbouring
feelings of love ever since she was saved by Hajime, however his treatment of her hasn¡¯t
changed so recently she¡¯s a rather pitiable character.
Meld = Loggins
Knight team captain. Died by Eri¡¯s hands. Most unfortunate death.
Jose = Rancaid
Knight vice-captain of the same team. Likewise killed by Eri.
n = Smith
Knight background character, regrly appears [?]. Also dead.
Kuzeri = Rail
New knight team captain. A woman knight originally serving as an Imperial Guard under Liliana.
Niito = Komorudo
New knight team vice-captain. Previously themander of the third corps.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Adventurer Guild
Ilwa = Chang
F¨¹hren branch chief. Awarded Hajime a gold rank and provides him with support. A person who
gave Hajime a lot of work (trouble).
Dot = Clowe
Ilwa¡¯s head secretary. Like Shizuku, suffers a lot of hardships.
Catherine
Former head secretary of the guild master. An olddy that personifies the cruelty of time.
Loa = Bawabisu
Horuado branch chief. Tsundere.
Barusu = Raputa
Guild master. May have spells of destruction [?].
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Ankaji Dukedom
Ranzi = Forward = Zengen
Ankaji dukedom¡¯s lord. Had a falling out with the church, (?????) nice middle [?].
Bizu = Forward = Zengen
Ranzi¡¯s son. Attracted to Kaori. Facial expressions at the gunshot level when stared at [?].
Airi = Forward = Zengen
Bizu¡¯s sister. At 14 yo, overcame demi-human discrimination when she encountered Myu¡¯s
cuteness.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Haltina Sea of Trees, Faea Belgaen
Alferick = Hypist
Faea Belgaen elder. Chief of the Forest-race (Elves). Longest lived and easiest to talk with.
Zeru of the Tiger-race, Mao of the Winged-race, Rua of the Fox-race, Guze of the Earth-race
(Dwarves), Jin of the Bear-race
Background character elders. Jin never fully recovered from the blow Hajime delivered to his
abdomen.
Altena = Hypist
Granddaughter of Alfrick.
Regin = Banton
Middle-aged man from the Bear-race. Once lead a raid on the Haulia to take revenge for Jin but
had the tables turned. Afterwards developed a trauma of the Haulia, pulse rate and breathing
would elevate just thinking about it.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Haulia Tribe
Cam = Haulia
Shea¡¯s father, Chief of the Haulia tribe of the Rabbit-race. Hyahhaa chief. Chuuni chief.
Currently calling himself ¡°Shadow demon hunter of the writhing abyss, Caamubantisu Erufanraito
Rooderia Haulia.¡±
Baru
¡°Barudoferudo of Certain Destruction¡±, 11 yo. Proud of his ranged weaponry skill. Infected
with chuunibyou.
Rana
¡°Ranainferina the Fleeting Shadow.¡± Probably has a job requiring speed.
Mina
¡°Minasuteria the Sky Splitter.¡± Probably has an air assassination attack.
Yao
¡°Yaozeriasu the Phantom Warrior.¡± Probably uses illusions to manipte his foes.
Yoru
¡°Yorugandaru the Creeping Death.¡± Probably¡ y¡¯know.
Riki
¡°Rikiddobureiku the Light Rain.¡± Something or other.
Io
¡°Iorunikusu the Lightning de.¡± Something or other.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Hoelscher Empire
Gahald = D = Hoelscher
Emperor.
Bias = D = Hoelscher
Crown Prince. Ririana¡¯s fiance. Beheaded after he raised a ruckus.
Nediru
Formerly a jailer in the imperial army. Had hisher regions crushed beyond recognition.
Master
Imperial capital (Adventurer Guild) branch bartender. Tenpure guardian [?].
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Demon-race
Furiido = Baguaa (Freed)
Red haired, dark skinned, slightly pointed ear male of the demon-race. Mass-produces powerful
demons, possesses space magic from the Age of Gods. His white dragon minions are particrly
powerful, they plunged Hajime into a crisis with their Aurora Breath ability during an ambush.
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª&m
Chapter 122
Chapter 122
The wind was roaring and howling, and the ground underneath was quickly flowing backwards.
The Demi-humans that the Empire had released were wondering whether what they¡¯re currently experience was really reality or not, to confirm it, they¡¯ve pinched their cheeks many times to the point of bing teary eyed. And, they were unsettled as if dering, I¡¯m not waking up from my dream~, once again, they looked at the unrealistic scene. Although it¡¯s sometimes referred as, escaping from reality.
They were currently boarded on a ¡°basket¡± that Hajime had installed onto the bottom of the ¡°Flying Airship¡±, ¡°Feruniru¡±, and are currently experiencing their first time traveling by air.
Feruniru was as expected, not on the scale of being able to allow thousands of Demi-humans to board, so arge basket was quickly installed. Image-wise, it looked just like an airship gond.
Actually, the gate hall was set up for Fair Bergen and the Hauria¡¯s hidden town, although it was possible to get to the Sea of Tree¡¯s instantly after opening a gate, they daringly chose to travel by air for the sake of setting up the stage. That way, there¡¯ll be much more impact of the Demi-human¡¯s being set free by the Empire.
As it was, there was need for someone to assure the words at the open space fromst time, ¡°Releasing the Demi-humans were God¡¯s will¡±. The spectacle of a huge flying object turning towards the skies to return home was required topletely fool the Empire citizens.
but, as the price, Hajime who started up Feruniru was faced with a harsh burden from having so much people loaded on. While gushing out red magical power on the bench seat in the bridge,ying on his back with his legs stretched outnguidly was not the embodiment of arrogance.
As expected, to pilot the ship with thousands of people boarded on, their umted weight which forced his magic consumption to drain out was definitely not half-assed.
However, while his magical powers were gradually drained away, with the current situation he decided to train his magical ability to efficiently operate magical power through his consciousness with much effort, however the cause of hisnguidity was likely not just due to the magic consumption though.
To others it would just look like someone was beingzy but, it was actually a person¡¯s effort to train whenever possible. It was really hard to tell the difference¡¡
Yue, Shia, and Kaori were attending and beside Hajime. Though Hajime¡¯s appearance was that of a father bingzy while sitting on a bench as his child ys at the park on a holiday, at his right arm was Yue, on his left was Shia using it as a pillow, and Kaori who was fiddling with his hair from the back of the seat.
He was really training seriously but¡¡there would be no rebuttals that the scene looked just like a guy with his Harem.
¡°Oi oi, that¡¯s quite the attitude while in front of the Emperor, eh?¡±
¡°¡¡Nagumo-kun, although I¡¯m only saying it¡..I think you should respect yourself a bit more?¡±
¡°How enviou¡¡I mean. Right. it¡¯s indecent¡±
Though he was concentrating on training to operate his magical powers efficiently, unconsciously Yue and Shia were patting his head as the voices multiplied towards Hajime.
In order to swear the oath in front of Fair Bergen¡¯s elders, Gaharudo, the Emperor of the Hoelscher Empire apanied them, Ririana apanied them as a member of the royal family of the same human beings to witness the oath as a princess of the Hairhi Kingdom, and the usual Shizuku. Of course, Kouki, Ryutaro, and Suzu was also there.
And another person as well, Teio who was asked by Gaharudo to show him around on the airship was also there but, when she returned and saw Yue and them, ¡°Mistress as well~¡±, she dered to Hajime and began carrying out the ruOndaibu1, sensing what was about to happen Hajime used his legs to strangle her and without a problem she dropped to the ground. Although her eye whites were showing and she was slightly convulsing, there were no problems.
¡°Ah~, did you finish exploring the warship?¡±
¡°Yeah, it¡¯s quite ridiculous. I have absolutely no idea how this mass of metal is able to fly. But, its extremely interesting! Oi, Hajime Nagumo. Prepare an aircraft for us. I¡¯ll pay whatever you ask for¡±
Gaharudo sat on the bench and faced towards him, his eyes were shining star-like in curiosity at Hajime. Shizuku and them also sat on the seats.
By the way, Shizuku and Ririana were sitting right next to hajime. Though Gaharudo was a bit unpleased, but his eyes were shining like a little boy and he didn¡¯t care much about it. He seems to have greatly liked this airship.
¡°I have no need for stuff like money. Give it up. This is going to be the only time you¡¯re getting on board. Do your best to enjoy the time you have right now¡±
¡°Don¡¯t say that. Na? Just one, even a small ne is fine¡±
¡°There¡¯s no merit in it for me though¡±
¡°Nugu~u, if money is no good then how about women! One of my daughters was finally bing just the right age. Though she has quite a lot of pride, her beauty is top-tier. I¡¯ll add her into your harem so, na? It¡¯ll be nice right?¡±
It appears that Gaharudo thought Hajime was an unparalleled yboy. It was sad that situationally it was something that couldn¡¯t be denied.
However, it would be troublesome to suddenly be handed a woman so Hajime was about to reject whileughing but, the females reacted quicker than him.
¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡°No(desu2)(ja3)!!¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡±
¡°¡¡And there you have it¡±
¡°Chi, you¡¯re just showing off¡..n? Princess Ririana, just now, didn¡¯t you also react?¡±
Gaharudo sulked and clicked his tongue and turned his line of sight towards Ririana and noticed. Allured by that, the others also turn towards Ririana.
¡°Eh? N, no way. Are you sure you weren¡¯t mistaken?¡±
¡°¡¡Kukuku. Come to think of it, at the party, you were having much more fun dancing with Hajime Nagumo than with Bias. Oi oi, Hajime Nagumo. Aren¡¯t you moving along too quickly? Even I¡¯m amazed at your speed¡±
¡°4Whawhawhawhat are you talking about! Me and Nagumo-san absolutely don¡¯t have that kind of rtionship! R, right? Ne? Nagumo-san!¡±
¡°Ah? Ah~, it¡¯s as impossible as the heavens overturning itself¡±
¡°¡¡You didn¡¯t have to take it that far¡¡¡±
Towards Hajime clear objection, the riled up and increasing tension that Ririana had was immediately cut down. She looked away at something sulkingly. From that attitude, Ririana understood that she had no chance¡¡
Or rather, in her heart she was looking back towards the dance from the party. Hajime should have been thinking about it too but, topletely put down the person in question on the spot, nces of sympathy was looked at Ririana, then towards Hajime.
¡°¡¡Why do I have to be looked at with those kinds of eyes. In the first ce, the princess is something like a married woman. Although her fiance was beheaded, that doesn¡¯t mean that her marriage with the royal family was lost. That¡¯s why, eventually she¡¯ll be paired up with another royalty right?¡±
¡°Ah~, about that¡..¡±
On behalf of Ririana who had the expression of having chewed hundreds of bitter insects and worms, Gaharudo answered.
¡°Beingpletely honest, my n is currently not in the position for that kind of thing. After all, we have to wear these nes throughout our entire lives or else we¡¯ll die, we¡¯ve got to deal with the many ridiculous situations that arose¡±
Just like Garuda had said, a ne with a red gem was definitely on his neck.
¡°From the contents of that oath, even if someone else other than the royalty disobeys the contract, the royal family will ¡°judge ordingly by thew¡± to the best we can, our lives are connected now, as it is, it doesn¡¯t change the fact that the lives of the public have also been grasped. A radical reform of punishment needs to be created in order to enforce thews, and all the other towns besides the Empire needs to know of thew as well¡¡everyone here and there are desperate right now¡±
As Gaharudo leaned back deeply into the backrest of the seat, he scratched his head as if saying, ¡°I¡¯m lost!¡±.
¡°Now that I don¡¯t know when we¡¯ll be dying, I can¡¯t afford to have the princess of another kingdom marry in, there¡¯s absolutely no other choice. moreover, we¡¯ve lost manpower because of the emancipation of the Demi-humans. There¡¯s people fussing about everywhere. We also need manpower in correspondence towards suppressing the public, honestly, it¡¯s a situation where the Empire actually wants to ask (. . . . .) for the Kingdom¡¯s support instead¡±
¡°I see. In other words you¡¯re taking back the marriage proposed to the princess?¡±
¡°Ma~a, that¡¯s about it. We need to calm down the situation and confirm the safety of the royal family first, then once that happens, this time, it would be a better idea for his highness Randell¡¡or rather Majesty now¡. to marry with a princess instead¡±
Towards Gaharudo¡¯s exnation, everyone present gave off a, ¡°Heh~¡± expression.
By the way, actually, one of the royalty screamed out, ¡°As if there¡¯s any truth to that foolish talk! I¡¯ll be removing this ne!¡±, and they really removed their ne, afterwards, they suddenly turned mad and rampaged around, and as if their threads were cut, they died on the spot, this was the reason why the royalty began to work desperately.
¡°Isn¡¯t that great then! Riri!¡±
¡°It really is. Freedom to love¡..might actually still be impossible but, for the time being, you¡¯ve gained time¡±
¡°Un un. I¡¯m d for you, Riri¡±
With Kouki first, the members nced at Ririana with a gentle gaze. Ririana showed a bitter smile towards her friends who were ncing at her, pleased without reserve that the ¡°marriage had been cleared up¡±. Oddly enough, Gaharudo also showed a wry smile.
¡°With that, Hajime Nagumo. Right now princess Ririana is currently free5? If you want, the Empire will cooperate with you with all it¡¯s might¡±
¡°Na~!? Your Majesty! What are you saying! I, I¡¯m not¡¡¡±
Gaharudo was grinning from ear to ear as he said it. Once again Ririana was riled up.
However, Hajime was taking the contents of the talk lightly and turned an amazed expression towards Gaharudo. He had enough of Ririana¡¯s current attitude.
¡°Then, I¡¯ll have to give you an airship in return? No matter how you look at it there are no merits¡..rather, isn¡¯t it a demerit?¡±
¡°Just what are you implying!? Nagumo-san!¡±
¡°Oi oi, she¡¯s the princess of a country? Normally, it¡¯s a ce that men can¡¯t even reach¡±
¡°Wait a second, did you two hear what I just said? Are you guys listening to me!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t group me with you. I have no hobbies to collect women. Princess is only a title, rather it¡¯ll only cause troubles¡±
¡°Hai-hai-hai, you guys definitely didn¡¯t listen. No one here listened to me. ¡..~Gusu~¡¡what exactly is a princess I wonder¡..¡±
¡°Riri¡¡it¡¯s alright¡..U~u, you¡¯re a princess so don¡¯t worry¡±
¡°Ri, Riri! I heard you properly, so! Show some spirit!¡±
Ririana waspletely through with Hajime and Gaharudo¡¯s discussion, Ririana finally began writing characters on her seat in a negligent manner. At the edge of her eye, something was gathering and sparkling. Then Shizuku and Kouki were desperately trying to cheer her up.
Disregarding Ririana and them, Hajime was currently groaning, ¡°Unununu¡±, and Gaharudo who was trying to negotiate with him let out a sigh.
¡°I have nothing I want right now, just give it up. Eventually, just maybe, you¡¯ll find something worth negotiating over¡¡so just wait patiently until that time¡±
¡°Nu~uuu, you really have nothing that you want? Anything you want done? Just honestly say it out. Humans always have wants. It¡¯s always been decided that someone who says that they don¡¯t want anything are either no longer human or just scheming something behind the scenes. ¡..Ah~, that¡¯s right, you were a monster¡±
¡°You trying to pick a fight? ¡¡.Ma~a, I can understand what you mean. But¡..¡±
As Hajime was saying that, he jerked and embraced both Yue and Shia.
¡°What I really want is already in my arms. ¡°Having them with me at all times¡± is already enough to fill my entire head, I can¡¯t think of anything ¡°more¡± than that. Probably for life¡±
That¡¯s why-, Hajime expressed that negotiations were useless. Yue was so happy she brought her body closer, Shia¡¯s eyes were opened wide to have also been forcefully held like Yue, in the next moment her Usamimi and bunny tail began wagging back and forth and she threw her arms around Hajime.
On Hajime¡¯s chest, Yue¡¯s and Shia¡¯s eyes met, both of them bothughed, ¡°Kufufu¡±, and smiled at one another.
¡°Ah~, ah~, I get it, I get it. Chi, it¡¯s way too sweet for my mouth to handle. I guess I¡¯ll go and enjoy the scenery on the deck¡..¡±
Gaharudo got up with an annoyed look and quickly left the bridge. Hajime was smiling wryly. After seeing the face-to-face discussion, Kouki and Ryutaro didn¡¯t know what to do and let their eyes wander around. Suzu let out an odd voice, ¡°Howa~¡±.
And a voice came out from behind Hajime and his legs.
¡°Uu~, it¡¯s unfair that it¡¯s only Yue and Shia! Ne, ne~e, Hajime-kun. ¡°In my arms¡± is a metaphorical expression right? It¡¯s not only limited to Yue and Shia right? Ne?¡±
¡°Ma, master. Although I got to experience your wonderful foot technique, will you not hold mistress closely either? ¡°In my arms¡± would be nice¡¡¡±
Kaori clung onto Hajime from behind, she was desperately trying to appeal for her existence. Teio sat up and pleaded to Hajime with her chin on his knee.
The person who reacted to the two was Yue.
While getting up a little, she nced towards Kaori and Teio.
¡°¡¡How unfortunate¡±
¡°Wha, what do you mean!?¡±
¡°Mu~u, I can¡¯t ignore that just now, Yue!¡±
Kaori and Teio had an atmosphere as if they were chewing onto a handkerchief while letting out ¡°Ki~iii!¡±, as they looked at Yue who was expressionless. Yue inclined her neck as if she was thinking about something, then she slowly pointed at herself and Shia.
Then,
¡°¡¡Winner¡±
Following that, she pointed at Kaori and Teio.
¡°¡¡Loser¡±
And as expected, it was said with her expressionless face. Then as it was she snuggled her cheek against Hajime¡¯s chest. Then at that moment, a sound of something being cut ¡°~Buchi~¡± could be heard within the bridge.
¡°Fu, fufufu¡.Yue¡¯s pretty weird right? suddenly saying things that don¡¯t make sense¡.she¡¯s surely broken somewhere?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. That must be true. Then mistresses must fix it¡±
¡°Speaking of fixing, there¡¯s a simple way of doing it¡±
¡°Umu umu, broken things will¡..¡±
¡± ¡°Be fixed if hit! (No-ja!6)¡± ¡±
They suddenly both stood up and overlooked down on Yue while smiling.
Extremely tensed7? Fighting spirit8?-like began to overflow. From that pressure, Kouki, Ryutaro, and Suzu huddled together to brace themselves. Kouki began to whisper in a mutter, ¡°Is, is that Kaori?¡±.
Yue who was hit by both of their pressures, once again, smiled slightly which ruined her expressionless face and looked up.
¡°¡..Stop it. If we seriously went at it, both of you have no chances of beating me¡±
Are you CodiOta9 they wanted to tsukkomi her lines. And that was quite the intense provocation.
¡± ¡°Just what we wanted! (Ja!)¡± ¡±
Sure enough it caused Kaori and Teio to heat up even more. Yue also slowly got up.
¡°Wa, the three of you wait a second! To suddenly start fighting¡..or rather, Nagumo-kun10! Stop them!¡±
Shizuku was sweatingly and flustered around trying to do her best to arbitrate the situation. And quickly came to the conclusion that she wouldn¡¯t be able to stop them herself! So she gave up and turned to ask for help from Hajime who was the cause of this dispute.
Hajime just casually said¡..
¡°It¡¯s impossible. I¡¯m sluggish¡..¡±
His magical power was already drastically decreased and he became sluggish. He didn¡¯t seem to have any intentions of moving.
To begin with, a small quarrel was an everyday urrence, rather it was more like a kind ofmunication for the girls, so Hajime didn¡¯t pay much heed to it.
¡°P, people like you are~¡±
However, Shizuku was still oblivious towards her surroundings then, a cheek began to twitch.
Then, a hanya-voice called out to Shizuku.
¡°Shizuku-chan! Please take that back!¡±
¡°Ar~e? Since when did I get pulled into this!?¡±
Quite naturally, Shizuku¡¯s participation in the war was decided.
¡°Sa~a, princess, let¡¯s both step up together! You¡¯re an barrier expert right? I¡¯ll leave defences to you and Suzu over there!¡±
¡°Eh? Me as well!? Why!?¡±
¡°Suzu was also casually included!?¡±
Teio with her draconic strength held Suzu and Ririana¡¯s necks like a kitten and dragged them. ¡°Princess¡..I¡¯m a princess¡¡.¡±, Ririana muttered out with empty feelings.
¡°¡¡Shia, I¡¯m entrusting you as the Vanguard¡±
¡°A, alright! I won¡¯t let anyone get near Yue-san!¡±
Full of spirit. It seemed that Shia served as Yue¡¯s vanguard. She got up from Hajime and started twirling her arm around.
¡°¡¡Hajime, wait for a bit. I¡¯m going to beat them ande back¡±
¡°O~h, do it in moderation~¡±
¡°¡¡After we¡¯re done fighting we¡¯ll embrace again¡±
¡°Anytime is fine~¡±
¡°¡¡N~¡±
With that, the female members (except for some) left towards the deck with the atmosphere filled with fighting spirit. Although the deck was a moderate size it couldn¡¯t be said to have actually been enough. Surely It¡¯ll likely be good battle training. It¡¯s necessary for Kaori to get used to Nointo¡¯s body so moving around is a good idea. Since there¡¯s no telling what kind of ordeals they¡¯ll be facing at the greatbyrinth, ¡°Harutsuina Sea of Trees¡±, it¡¯s good to train even if only a bit.
However it was unknown whether Yue and them had that in mind though.
After a while, roars and explosions were beginning to be heard. Kouki and them were startled. They had anxious expressions, wondering if it was really alright to just leave them as is.
¡°They¡¯re having fun huh~¡±
However, Hajime¡¯s impression was just that.
¡°¡¡Or rather what¡¯s with you, Nagumo¡..¡±
¡°As expected, you¡¯re quite outrageous¡.¡±
The bridge that was only filled with men now, after looking at the bored Hajime, Kouki and Ryutaro were half amazed and half concerned. He wasn¡¯t phased at all with that riot that the women started, it seemed to have beenpletely natural so they were impressed as men.
After that, Yue and their fight ended after terribly scaring the Demi-humans, and finally the Sea of Trees were beginning to appear up ahead. Although it sounded as if the first to scream out was the emperor¡¡.it must have surely just been their imaginations.
While quietly worrying for the emperor¡¯s safety, they began to prepare andnd at the Sea of Trees.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
If you are not reading this, that means this content is stolen. Please support us by visiting our site.
With the sun hiding its face, the curtain of night fell down.
The interior of the Sea of Trees was illuminated by Fair Bergen as people produced orange lights. Normally, no matter how busy they are with reconstruction, the time for pleasures of family meals and family time would be long past, and the serene silence would be flowing in the air.
However, the current Fair Bergen was as if the night and day cycle were reversed, it was wrapped up in mor. People were busily running to the right and left. People started gathering in the vige outside of Fair Bergen, it appears that people were arranging the soldiers and instructing them.
Towards that mor, while looking out the window that was left open to let in the evening wind, one of Fair Bergen¡¯s elders, Alfrerick Hapisuto of the forest people had a slightly indescribable expression while holding a document in one hand.
In the contents, was a report about epting in several thousands of their brethren back, it was that kind of document. The other elders were also helping out to split the work.
¡°Fu~u¡.Cam. Is our brethren trulying back?¡±
¡°¡..You¡¯re still saying that kind of thing. I¡¯m not going to keep reassuring you every time you ask, just hurry up and finish preparing to ept them¡±
When Alfrerick began talking, as if the room was alive a person¡¯s presence appeared. Beside Alfrerick was the Haruia, Cam, who had concealed his presence.
Cam and the Hauria tribe came back through the gate ahead of Hajime and them to tell of the Demi-humans being liberated. And used the telepathy stones to increase efficiency of the preparations to ept in their people, that was their roles as volunteers.
¡°I know that. It¡¯s just that, it¡¯s still just to hard to believe. That Empire is really liberating our brethren¡¡¡±
¡°That¡¯ll be proven in a few hours from now. Ma~a, I can understand your feelings. ¡..For us, if it wasn¡¯t for boss, never in our dreams did we think something of this scale could be done¡±
¡°Boss¡..the qualified person¡ªNagumo Hajime, huh. If that story is true then, he is not just my granddaughter¡¯s but all of our brethren¡¯s savior. We¡¯ll have to think of a way to repay him¡..¡±
¡°Boss probably doesn¡¯t expect any of those kinds of things. Rather than that, quickly move that hand of yours. The reports are stacking up again¡±
Cam who heard a report from the telepathy stone, nced towards Alfrerick for an instant. Although something was said to Cam through the telepathy stone, he only looked out into space, his appearance had no openings at all either. On the contrary, intense drive appeared from hisck of presence.
They once had an expression of resignation towards their expectation of their n being executed¡¡you¡¯d never think they were the same person. Their original gentle atmosphere was also nonexistent now, instead they had a sharpness that seemed that it would cut anyone who just touches them.
In fact, that sharpness had already been shown.
That was because as soon as Cam came to the elders and told them to prepare to ept in the ves which will be liberated, no one, not even Alfrerick could believe his words but, on that asion, one of the elders felt that Cam¡¯s behavior was irreverently and unpleasant, so they started throwing out words in contempt at Cam and even tried to get him to kneel down forcefully.
Even if they¡¯ve avenged the Kumaninzoku before and helped out when Fair Bergen was attacked by the demons and empire, the values that the Usagininzoku were seen in where likely not able to change so quickly.
However, towards that action due to fixed values, he returned it with severe murderous intent. The moment that one of the elder¡¯s subordinates tried to touch Cam, just where were they hidden, simultaneously the Hauria tribe appeared and ced their des on all of the elder¡¯s necks.
Naturally, the man who was about to confront cam also had a de pointed at him, it turned into a situation where no one moved a muscle. Filled with murderous intent, if you spoke poorly, there¡¯s no doubt that they¡¯ll bear their fangs, Alfrerick was somehow able to resettle peace in that situation.
In an instant, they upied Fair Bergen¡¯s elder meeting who carried the highest power, and, made them all breakout into cold sweat with their fierce murderous intent, for the time being they decided to trust them and see what happens. Or rather, they couldn¡¯t do anything but that. The Hauria¡¯s des which were on the scruff of their necks were dangerous.
¡°Oji-sama11, preparation for the meals areplete. This is the quantity left after consumption¡±
A lovely voice just like a bell ranged out and pulled Alfrerick out of his recollection which made him break out in cold sweat.
¡°Mu, Arutena huh. Thanks for the hard work. But, you keep going back and forth12, don¡¯t stress yourself out¡±
¡°I¡¯m just fine. My brethren areing back, I can¡¯t just sit and do nothing¡±
Arutena took on a resolute attitude as Alfrerick was worrying. However, after passing on the report to Alfrerick, strangely she began to fidget restlessly. Though Alfrerick was dubious, he noticed that his granddaughter was frequently ncing towards Cam, and somehow guessed what she had in mind.
¡°If you¡¯re anxious about him, how about hearing about it from Cam?¡±
¡°! N, no, I wasn¡¯t particrly thinking about Nagumo-san¡¡¡±
¡°However, I never said anything about a man did I?¡±
¡°Oji-sama! No way, please don¡¯t find faults in others words like a meanie!¡±
Alfrerick was visibly pleased while watching his granddaughter who was restless, he may have been serious about it?-she thought.
Due to Arutena¡¯s personality and figure, there have been many marriage proposals since her birth but, up until now she¡¯s rejected them all, the person in question wanted to follow in her grandfather¡¯s footsteps and work for the country rather than thinking about marriage. That¡¯s why he had never had this kind of discussion until now¡..
From within Alfrerick, his foolishness and teasing as a grandfather started to rise up.
¡°Fumu, that man is definitely your benefactor but, he doesn¡¯t think of you as special? Or rather, to be specific he was helping out the Hauria tribe? Although you shouldn¡¯t think too much into it¡..it¡¯ll be difficult to get him to be your partner¡±
¡°I¡¯ve already said it~, it¡¯s not like that! Mou~! I heard that Nagumo-sama was bringing back our brethren, so I was only a bit interested about it. Yes, that¡¯s the only reason!¡±
With a puffed out face, Arutena started to leave the room and Alfrerick secretly let out a sigh.
Then, at that time, Cam who was quiet until then, unexpectedly called out to Arutena.
¡°Miss Arutena¡±
¡°Eh, ehtto, yes? Cam-san. What is it?¡±
Cam had a smile as if he was amused at something which made Arutena reply back wryly. Cam reported smiling as he saw Arutena who was cautious.
¡°Although it seems as if boss allows many women to serve him, the fact is, he¡¯s fairly single-minded. And, the ¡°special¡± positions have already been covered, as so, it¡¯s immovable. It¡¯s possible to get closer towards those seats but, you¡¯d likely need a substantial amount of trust for that¡±
¡°Wa, ha~a¡..Ehtto¡±
Cam was fearlessly grinning at the puzzled Arutena.
¡°By the way, ording to boss¡¯s actions, the closest person towards that seat is¡¡my daughter Shia. After all, the reason why he helped us bear our fangs at the Empire was because, ¡°For the sake of Shia¡¯s smile to not be clouded¡± he said¡±
¡°! Is, is that so?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. If it was for Shia¡¯s sake, Boss would take on a country¡¯s army. Right, all for Shia¡¯s sake. Fufufu¡±
¡± ! ¡±
Arutena sensitively guess that he was basically implying, ¡°You can¡¯t win against my daughter!¡±.
Actually, Arutena was the same age of Shia who was 16 years old. Therefore, having beenpared with another girl of her age and told that she wouldn¡¯t even be a proper match¡¡ there was no helping that she was angry.
¡°When you say Shia-san¡..you¡¯re talking about the one with the pale bluish hair right. Allow me to say that I don¡¯t think I¡¯m inferior to her. Though there is definitely a difference in the amount of time spent together¡¡even I would, with the same amount of time given to me¡¡¡±
¡°13Iya, iya, our Shia is an extremely special existence, as expected, miss Arutena should stop from doing such useless things for your own sake, allow me to give you some advice. If you miss the marriageable age it¡¯ll be a very bleak thing¡±
¡°That¡¯s uncalled for!¡±
¡°Ha~a. Cam, would you leave the teasing of my granddaughter at that¡¡¡±
The huffing mad Arutena and the grinning Cam. Alfrerick let out a grand sigh as he looked at the two.
The reason why Cam was provoking Arutena was because he was a bit meddlesome.
Of course, he was not going against Arutena, he was going against Shia. The rtionship of Shia and Hajime when they left the Sea of Trees could be said that Shia was rushing it. That is, as long as you¡¯re looking at appearances only, Cam had felt that their rtionship had be quite intimate. After one push, make sure to rush straight beyond the goal!
That one push, in other words it was a detonator for Arutena to start scheming, If Shia had heard it, ¡°That¡¯s extremely uncalled for!¡± she¡¯d say in anger.
Cam chuckled to himself as he had lit up Arutena¡¯s feelings of rivalry. The appearance of a girl whos decided to love without hesitation and resort to anything was¡..incredibly devilish.
Then, at that time, all of the sudden the outside became noisy. It wasn¡¯t the same noise from running around like before, it was the noisiness of tension from an unexpected situation. They even began to hear roars.
¡°What¡¯s going on!¡±
Alfrerick suddenly stood up from his seat and walked up to the window. Then he saw the cause of themotion.
¡°Pirs¡.of¡.light?¡±
Exactly ording to those words, light as strong as the sunlight during daytime was shining down onto the trees, no, the light was iparably strong, that, rather than just the trees it lit up past them and lit up the za of Fair Bergen.
The situation was currently unknown, Alfrerick had his eyes wide opened and a calm voice resounded.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, Alfrerick. Boss has arrived¡±
Say no to aggregator site!
Right, the identity of the light which illuminated Fair Bergens za, was the searchlight of the airship ¡°Feruniru¡± which has arrived in the skies of Fair Bergen.
1. It¡¯s a reference which I can¡¯t make out, ¤È¥Ï¥¸¥á¤Ë¥ë¡ð¥ó¥À¥¤¥Ö¤ò›QÐФ·
2. Shia
3. Teio
4. She actually repeats Nya, but english-wise it doesn¡¯t make sense like it did with Hajime¡¯s name in the chapter 120 lol
5. english ent
6. Teio
7. Doki as in the effect doki doki
8. Toki
9. Unsure about what this reference is, ¥³©`¥Ç¥£¡ð©`¥¿©`
10. lol whoops i didn¡¯t notice i had kun and san mixed up here, thanks gimme_breack and maniac88
11. Grandfather
12. unsure, ¤ªÇ°¤âŽ¢¤Ã¤ÆÀ´¤Æ¤Þ¤Àég¤¬¤Ê¤¤¤Î¤À
13. light hearted no¡¯s
Chapter 123
Chapter 123
An intense light poured down over Fair Bergen just like a barrier.
Demi-humans were running away in different directions when the za was lit up by the pir of light, they were all watching from afar with nervous expressions of what¡¯s toe.
Simrly, soldiers surrounded the za while having an expression cramped with fear.
Bekibeki~, Baki~, Beki~!! *Sound of branches breaking*
Immediately afterwards, a scream-like sound was emitted by the tree¡¯s overhead as they broke. [Goodness gracious, has a new monster appeared!], as Fair Bergen¡¯s residents took a forward stance, it appeared.
What they saw first was a huge mass of metal. Gradually lowering it¡¯s altitude and finally the residents of Fair Bergen noticed that it was a gond. Afterwards, the appearance of a devilfish-like airship ¡°Feruniru¡± was seen. The ground was illuminated by the two powerful searchlights which were attached to the bottom of its front and back in order to look for a safe ce tond.
The surrounding people could do nothing but simply open their eyes and mouths widely in astonishment, Feruniru slowly lowered the gond to the ground and purges it, then itnded beside the gond.
The za waspletely filled up with the gond and Feruniru and the surrounding people took distance from it in a panic. At the same time, they had a, what¡¯s going to happen now, face filled with unease as they looked.
Then, at that time, the front and back of the rectangr shaped gond suddenly opened up. The Demi-humans were startled. The soldier¡¯s hands which held their weapons were drenched in sweat and, ~Gokuri~, the sound of their throats could be heard. Their expressions stiffened up when they thought about what might jump out of the gond which was wrapped in darkness.
Among the residence¡¯s gazes, what appeared from the atmosphere timidly was¡¡an Usagininzoku girl. With that, the residents expressions turned into bewilderment. In that situation where the residents couldn¡¯t process and understand yet, Demi-humans appeared one after another from the darkness.
Those who came out from the gond in session, all equally looked around their surroundings with a slightly unbelieveable expression. In the serene silence of the cool air, vigorously, along with the security they felt while surrounded by trees, the nostalgic lights of Fair Bergen, and the sight of their brethren who they believed they¡¯d never see again.
Although they were still in a stunned state like vegetation absorbing water, they were gradually realising. ¡°We¡¯ve finally returned to our hometown¡± is what they said.
Fair Bergen¡¯s residents were also the same as well.
A woman hesitatingly advanced ahead slowly. It was a middle-aged woman who had dropped down inumimis. She had tears umting in the corners of her eyes and gently called out the name which she thought was lost.
[¡..Zack, are you Zack?]
The one who reacted to that voice was a boy who simrly had dropped down inumimis. It was that boy which Kouki had worried about at the Empire. Once the boy caught the appearance of the woman, his face crumpled up into tears and started running out.
[Ka-san!*Mom*]
[Zack!]
As the woman knelt down and expanded out her arms, the boy leaped into her chest. The woman who was called, mother, was tightly embracing her son within her arms to confirm that it wasn¡¯t a fantasy. And the parent and child had tears flowing out of delight from their miraculous reunion.
During the period of the parent and child¡¯s reunion, the Demi-humans and residents realized that they¡¯ve returned and shouted out in joy which shook the ground as they ran towards each other, family and friends were releasing a powerfully bright voice every time they met up with acquaintances and lovers who were safe.
Fair Bergen was wrapped up in great joy, the usual quiet tranquility suddenly disappeared and a festival-like racket began.
Inside of the mor of Demi-humans which was filled with overflowing smiles, Alfrerick as well as the other elders came running up to Hajime and them who got off Feruniru.
[Boy¡..you had apletely unexpected appearance]
[N? Ahh, Alfrerick huh. Ma~a, there were various bothersome things so overlook it for me]
When Alfrerick looked overhead at the trees which folded and broke, he showed a wry smile as he talked, Hajime was scratching his cheek and had a slightly embarrassed expression.
From the skies of the Sea of Trees, the idea to descend down onto and crushing the trees without question just to enter from the outside of the Sea of Trees because using a gate to transfer everyone was too troublesome was due to careless judgement from his magical power being reduced to almost nothing.
However, because Hajime had been impressed by Fair Bergen¡¯s beautiful scenery, as expected there¡¯s was a slight feeling of having done something bad.
[Sorry, Yue. Can I rely on you?]
[N¡..leave it to me]
When Hajime called out to Yue by his side, Yue¡¯s lips loosened into a wry smile and she extended out her right arm overhead.
[¡°Absolute Imitation¡±] *That¡¯s what I¡¯m calling it, ??*
Reproduction magic ¡°Absolute Imitation¡±. It¡¯s a magic which restores all destruction regardless of whether it was organic or inorganic matter.
The moment Yue activated the magic, the tree¡¯s overhead immediately regained their former appearances. The elders exposed absentminded expressions towards the irrational magic which they witnessed. Only Alfrerick was able to guess that it was due to obtaining new Age of Gods magic and he massaged his forehead wrinkles like he was tired.
[Oji-sama, although I sympathize with your feelings, it¡¯s about time we should¡¡.]
[Mu, that¡¯s right. Boy¡..no, Nagumo-dono. I¡¯ve roughly heard of the circumstances from Cam. Though it was unbelievably sudden, it appears that my brethren have really been released. we¡¯ve likely just experienced a historical moment right now. First of all, as Fair Bergen¡¯s representative, I thank you]
[That¡¯s what you say but, the ones who did everything was the Hauria tribe. Please don¡¯t make mistakes here?]
Hajime gave a warning towards Alfrerick¡¯s words as he was indifferently putting the gond and Feruniru back away into the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±. Suddenly the enormous objects from the za disappeared and the people who were expressing their joys began blinking their eyes. Then they paid attention towards Hajime and them who were facing the Elders.
[Ahh, of course. To begin with if the Haruia tribe wasn¡¯t here, Fair Bergen may have beenpletely obliterated from the previous attack. Considering that as well, there¡¯s nothing else to believe. Fufu~, never in my long life¡..did I ever expect that it would be the weakest and banished Haruia tribe that would have defeated the Empire]
The Hauria tribe challenged the Empire to a fight and came out victorious and they even rescued all the brethren¡ª-that fact having been stated from Alfrerick¡¯s mouth made the residents realise who the people that allowed them to reunite with their important people were.
They turned their attention to Cam who was standing next to Alfrerick with a straightened back. What dwelled in their eyes was not contempt at the weakest race but, great awe and respect of looking at a hero.
When Cam notices those nces, as if he had thought of something a mischievous smile appeared on his lips and he slowly raised his right hand. And as if saying, [Come over here!], he bent his fingertips. It was a hand signal which they used when they invaded the castle.
In that instant, it seemed like someone would instinctively tsukkomi, [*light hearted no¡¯s* Iya, Iya, where were you guys hiding!], the other Hauria tribesmen suddenly appeared around Cam! And they all took an ¡°At ease¡± stance while lined up without moving at all as they awaited theirmand.
Cam had a satisfied smile as he looked at his tribesmen who stood in a line, his eyes were sharp like a de and filled with drive which was enough to make people back away unconsciously, all of the residents¡ª¡ªto be exact it was the Usagininzoku who he raised his voice towards.
[My brethren. People of the Sea of Trees who have suffered humiliation and resignation over the long time. Listen. Though we¡¯ve managed to ovee the Empire this time, eternal peace is impossible. All of your futures will definitely be threatened once again, not too long from now]
The hundreds of Usagininzoku that were at the za trembled in fear towards those words. Will the painful days of the Empiree once again? they¡¯re eyes clinged onto Cam who was making a speech.
[Once that happens, you guys will once again experience days like yesterday. No, not only that. This time, evenrades who have escaped being ves will also suffer the same fate]
Although they were safe now, the dark future was pointed out, not only the Usagininzoku but also the other Demi-humans were looking down.
[Are you guys fine with that?]
There¡¯s no way it¡¯s fine. We never want to return to those days where our dignity was trampled on. Let alone, allowing our precious people to experience those pains as well.
But, even if you say that, what should we do¡¡
Cam was ncing sternly at his brethren who were looking down, and as if the answer was right before their eyes, he further increased his voice.
[There¡¯s no way that¡¯s fine right? Then, what should we do. It¡¯s simple. If you want to protect those who are important to you right now¡..fight. If you don¡¯t wish to live while being exploited in resignation then¡..stand up for yourselves. If you wish to change the Usagininzoku¡¯s circumstances then¡¡fill your heart with hatred! Just like how we of the Hauria Tribe did! The Usagininzoku was never the weakest to begin with! As long as you have determination, then you can be stronger than any other race! We¡¯ve already proven that!]
Some leaked an, [Ah¡..]. They realised that those who broke through the huge enemy and rescued them were not a special existence but the same Usagininzoku that they were. One of the Usagininzoku that was looking down rose their face up once again.
[Remember the humiliation that you received at the Empire. Do not contempt yourselves that it was due to unfortunate circumstances. Continue protecting your important people with your own hands. If you have the time to indulge yourself in resignation then take up your weapons! We¡¯ll teach you how to fight. If you seek power, if you¡¯ve decided to fight then, you shoulde and join us. The Hauria tribe will always wee you guys at any time!!]
After Cam finished ending his speech, he gave out a hand signal once again. Then, the Hauria tribesmen as if they were ninjas spread out and disappeared in an instant!
Once they saw that, Cam confirmed that the fires were lit up within the Usagininzoku¡¯s eyes and he chuckled to himself. [It looks like our military power¡¯s increased once again! I¡¯ll make sure to not miss the chance to remodel their minds immediately once they first participate in the training!] he thought.
[Boss, I¡¯m sorry to have side tracked. It was just too good a time to secure talented people]
[Ahh, I don¡¯t particrly mind. ¡¡So even you¡¯ve be able to speak like that~. With that, how about uniting all the Usagininzoku with the Hauria?]
[Hahaha, if ites to that then we¡¯ll be quite fearsome!]
[¡¡Recently, father¡¯s demeanor has be more and more like Hajime-san¡¯s. I feel that the ¡°Gentle Usagininzoku¡± will be exterminated not too long from now]
Shia was looking far into the distance with a dry smile. It appears that it¡¯s only a matter of time before all Usagininzoku¡¯s be brainwashed.
By the way, Gaharudo was also there. Right before his eyes, the Hauria tribe which defeated him were gathering forces but he didn¡¯t say anything in particr. Or rather, he was in a situation where he couldn¡¯t say anything. In order to not needlessly give more information than necessary on Fair Bergen away, Hajime made him wear magic sealing shackles which were attached to his feet and arms and a mask whichpletely shut out light and sound (Yellow soil colored).
After this and after exining the oath as proof of the Empire¡¯s defeat to the elders, they nned to immediately return him through the gate. That was the only reason they brought along the Emperor¡ª-there wasn¡¯t anything like dignity.
[Fumu, we can¡¯t let them stay out here any longer. Guide them inside. Arutena, I¡¯m relying on you]
[Yes, oji-sama. Sa~a, it¡¯s this way. Nagumo-sama]
Because of Cam¡¯s speech, they attracted too much attention for a simple greeting, so Alfrerick urged Arutena to guide them into the hall that was prepared.
Arutena who received the task, nodded once, and then for some reason she tried to take hold of Hajime¡¯s hand while smiling radiantly to guided them. That action wasn¡¯t missed in Yue and their eyes. By chance, his right hand had already been held onto by Yue so she aimed towards the left side where Shia was, however Shia simrly smiled radiantly as she casually took back Hajime¡¯s left hand.
Shia and Arutena¡¯s line of sight intersected. For some reason you could hear an auditory hallucination of electricity being discharged ~Bachi Bachi~.
[We¡¯re counting on you ( . . . . ) to guide us. Arutena-san?]
[Yes, of course, Shia-san. But, since there are lots of people, for the sake of not losing you guys, I¡¯d like to hold onto his hand?]
So she says, Arutena tries to get back Hajime¡¯s left hand which Shia took. It appears that she was properly listening to Cams provocation. It was an unbing attitude for the princess of the forest people*for some reason the author isn¡¯t referring to them as elves anymore, unless forest people in japanese is supposed to stand for elf?*. Rather than facing Hajime so on and so forth*This line¡¯s iffy, ??????????????*, Shia¡¯s sense of rivalry seemed to have been pretty strong.
[Just ording to n!], is what Cam seems to say as he was grinning from ear to ear, having guessed the circumstances of the surroundings Hajime smiled while releasing blood lust. In an instant, Cam broke out in cold sweat like a waterfall.
Hajime who was slightly stressed let out a sigh towards Cam and tightly gripped onto Shia¡¯s hand.
[Ah¡..]
Shia unintentionally let out a voice. Then at the next moment she smiled brightly and she tightly embraced Hajime¡¯s arm. Although it was his artificial arm, due to its artificial nerves he was able to feel the wonderful feeling of having his left arm buried into her breasts.
While looking at such a happy Shia, Arutena unintentionally looked towards Hajime, Hajime¡¯s eyes were coldly stating, [Quickly guide us in], then her shoulders quickly dropped and she began to downheartedly guide them. From the start, it was imbnced due to Shia who traveled with him and had lots of contact rather than with Arutena, the results were obvious.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once they were guided into the hall, the elders sat towards the end, and the Hauria tribesmen including Cam was also at the meeting, and on the right was Gaharudo who sat across from Hajime.
He¡¯s already publicly dered the defeat of the Hoelscher Empire and Gaharudo has said the contents of the oath, to which the elders and others can testify to. With this, all elders seemed to admit that the Hauria tribe was telling the truth.
[Fu~n. However, how dare you nonchntlye here alone. You¡¯re our sworn enemy. Surely you don¡¯t think you can return safely?]
One of the elders¡ª¨CZell of the Toraninzoku*Tiger*, stared at Gaharudo with hate who entered into enemy territory alone haughtily. The atmosphere was like anything could go flying at any moment.
However, even if such a gare was turned to Gaharudo, he was indifferent.
[Ha~a? Isn¡¯t it obvious that that¡¯s what I thought. I honestly doubt you¡¯d actually try to kill me. If that were to happen then it would only mean that Fair Bergen¡¯s leaders are full of idiots]
[What was that you bastard!]
Alfrerick was holding back Zell who was furious.
[Zell, stop it. I understand your feelings. The reason Gaharudo came here was for the sake of pledging to the oath which the Hauria tribe ced on him. Nothing more, nothing less. If he was killed now, then all meaning would be lost in the Hauria¡¯s actions which they risked their lives for]
[Ku~¡..]
Zell made a mortifying face and threw his fist against the floor.
Gaharudo wasughing through his nose when he saw Zell. The atmosphere in that ce was the worst. It was clear that Gaharudo had no sense of guilt for having enved the Demi-humans and also had no intent of apologising. However, Gaharudo enved the Demi-humans because they were weak, the story of the Hauria tribe being able to free the Demi-humans was simply because they were strong. The elders gazed at Gaharudo with murderous intent and the situation further increased as Gaharudo simplyughed provocatively.
The one who easily broke apart that situation without questions asked was Hajime. Quit being so irritating already.
[Oi, Gaharudo. That¡¯s enough from you. Hurry up and leave]
[Ah?]
As Hajime got up and ignored Gaharudo¡¯s voice of confusion, he activated the gate while firmly holding onto the root of Gaharudo¡¯s neck.
[O, oi! You can¡¯t be seriously sending me back at this moment! Wait a little, I¡¯ve finallye to Fair Bergen, there¡¯s a lot of things I want to find out about. Also you guys too, tch let go! Kora, you! I¡¯m the Emperor! Don¡¯t go dragging me!]
Although Gaharudo was struggling violently, he wasn¡¯t able to ovee the inhumane strength holding him and he was mercilessly thrown into the other side of the gate.
Certainly, the reason why they brought along the Emperor was only because he had to admit to the oath that the Hauria created and everything else he says afterwards was unnecessary but¡..[I¡¯ll remember this! Nagumo Hajime~e!!] as the Emperor shouted out it created a doppler effect as he disappeared onto the other side of the gate, that scene certainly provoked some sympathy.
Ririana who was by the side had an strangely d face though, [Even though you¡¯re an Emperor~, even though you¡¯re an Emperor~, the way you¡¯re treated~] she muttered out rhythmically. It appears that she was happy to have made a newrade in having been treated in the same crude way that she was treated with.
Recently, Ririana had started bing a regrettable princess, Shizuku who was by her side looked at her regrettably.
On the hand, the elders, especially Zell, were ring at Hajime. [Why, did you dismiss the Emperor!] is what their eyes were expressing. The truth was quite ridiculous, to be honest, Hajime had no reason to be here either so if Gaharudo was returned then he could quickly leave.
[Please wait, Nagumo-dono. We still haven¡¯t decided on an appropriate repayment. Would you please stay around for a bit longer]
[No, I don¡¯t need anything, so. Those nces are irritating so we¡¯re leaving]
[Don¡¯t say that. If nothing is done with this much debt of gratitude, it¡¯ll be extremely shameful for us Demi-humans. At the very least, allow us to give you a ce to sleep and eat for tonight. That¡¯s why, please stay around a while longer]
[¡.Haa~, I get it]
Although Hajime thought it was troublesome, he nodded to Alfrerick and sat down where he was before. after confirming that, Alfrerick turned around towards Cam.
[Well then, with this, the distinguishing achievements that the Hauria tribe has done has certainly been confirmed. Even though you were banished, you¡¯ve helped us repel the invasions, moreover, going even as far as getting back all of our brethren from the Empire through an oath. We must repay you at all costs. For the time being, there is no one in opposition towards revoking your banishment. This was already decided after thest elder meeting after the invasion. From now on, you may visit Fair Bergen whenever you wish]
Revoking their banishment. That decision was already overturned at thest elder conference, having admitted to it just showed how big the achievements that the Hauria tribe contributed to were.
However, Cam only muttered, [Is that so], while not particrly d at all. His attitude was that anything was fine.
[And also. For your distinguished achievements on this asion, Cam, as chief of the Hauria tribe, I¡¯d like to propose that as a reward, he may be a new elder. How do you other elders feel about it?]
All of the aides had wide opened eyes in surprise towards Alfrerick¡¯s words. Over thest several hundred years, there has never been an event where a different race was presented the seat of elder. It had always been the 6 kinds of Demi-humans, the Forest people, Tiger people, Bear people, Winged people, Fox people, and the natural natives. If you add in the Usagininzoku into that form, then from the Demi-human¡¯s perspective, it could only be referred to as a historical feat of honor for their race.
The other elders looked at one another and nodded after hearing Alfrerick¡¯s words, it was a unanimous agreement.
[Fumu, that¡¯s how it is. Cam. Will you ept the seat as an elder?]
[Of course, I refuse]
[ [ [ [ [¡¡.Eh?] ] ] ] ]
Somehow or another, an atmosphere like, [Lets wee our newpanion!] appeared but, Cam easily cut apart that atmosphere. All of the elder¡¯s eyes became dots. It seems that they never thought they¡¯d be rejected.
[¡¡.Can I hear why?]
Somehow Alfrerick managed to recover, he was bearing a headache, wondering what was bad about something that Demi-humans thought to have been the greatest reward.
[There¡¯s no particr reason, to begin with you guys are fundamentally mistaken about something]
[A misunderstanding?]
[That¡¯s right. The reason why all Demi-humans were rescued was only due to the asion. What made us decide to take action was because we thought about the future which would be the end of the Usagininzoku. The other Demi-humans, if I were to say it, ¡°doesn¡¯t matter¡±]
[¡¡What was that]
The elders looked at Cam unbelievably who was talking indifferently.
[Therefore, don¡¯t get the wrong idea. We the Hauria tribe were never your ally. If, you guys who have tasted victory on this asion decide to go off and wage war on the humans and start stocking up on weapons which cause trouble for us and boss then¡¡you¡¯d best believe that the Hauria tribe¡¯s de will be pointed at you]
[Are, are we not your brethren! Do you n on pointing your des towards your own fellow Demi-humans! Isn¡¯t that insane!]
[Fu~n, it won¡¯t change that you guys look down on the Usagininzoku. There¡¯s no point in trying to get all intimate. Ma~a, that kind of thing doesn¡¯t really matter. Anyways, all of our des are held simply for the Usagininzoku¡¯s future. As long as you guys carve that onto your chests, then its fine]
Cam¡¯s expression after he finished speaking was refreshed. The Hauria who were also behind him were also smiling. Bing a new elder, if you think we¡¯d use our power for you guys then you¡¯re sadly mistaken!- their eyes stated.
truthfully, it would be a lie to say that they haven¡¯t calcted that far yet, Alfrerick and their expressions were bitter.
On one side, the people who were waiting around Hajime just watched everything unfold, then they all equally turned their eyes towards Hajime. [I don¡¯t care about anyone other than those important to me! I¡¯m not interested! Pe~!] is what Cam¡¯s behavior was like, it was exactly like a certain somebody.
[It¡¯s as if you¡¯re saying that the Usagininzoku are independent from all the other Demi-humans]
[Alfrerick, you¡¯re always precise. It¡¯s exactly that. From now onwards, the Usagininzoku will be living by the rules of the Usagininzoku. Being incorporated into Fair Bergen¡¯s rules like a goody goody is something I want nothing to do with]
Aides and elders, the short-tempered Zell in particr, were extremely angry at Cam who was haughty. Although Cam had a cool face, the Hauria subordinates behind him were, [Ahh? got a problem with that!*Improvised, not really sure what they¡¯re doing here, ???????*] just like thugs who wanted to mince things up.
Within that, Alfrerick was thinking about something with a difficult expression, almost like ever since Hajime has showed up he¡¯s only been releasing tired expressions, then he talked to Cam.
[Then, Cam. How about if we recognise you guys as, ¡°A race equal to Fair Bergen¡±. Of course, that also gives you a special guest pass into the elders meetings. If we do this then you¡¯d have no obligations to go along with what the elder meetings decide nor thews of Fair Bergen, with that in mind, you¡¯d have enough influence as us]
[Hoho~u. Ma~a, that¡¯s not a bad proposal]
Towards Alfrerick¡¯s new proposal, Cam smiled from ear to ear as if stating, [I wanted to hear those words!].
Cam had thought that in preparation for the day when the Empire eventually invades, he wanted some kind of connection with Fair Bergen. However, if he had allowed themsleves to be incorporated into Fair Bergen then he wouldn¡¯t be able to ignore the elder meetings and he¡¯d be restricted from moving around freely. That¡¯s why it was best if they were an alliance only in name or as an external organization.
But, it was obvious that voices of opposition would appear when the Hauria tribe were getting too much preferential treatment. Against that, Alfrerick answered out while sighing.
[They are people who aplished things as just a single race? Even if Fair Bergen coborated with all its power, we¡¯d likely not be able to do it. If you think like that, then its more than enough reason to consider them as equals? Besides, there¡¯s also the possibility that this¡¯ll cause the Hauria tribe to cut off all ties with us, do you guys not understand the gravity of loss that¡¯ll be for us? If we form an alliance, they who have been banished will once again create a connection. If so then, things of this degree whenpared to the size of their aplishments isn¡¯t excessive at all]
Although the elders were twisting their heads while grunting out, gunununu, eventually no good proposals came out so the prestige of a single race was somehow pushed through the elders meeting and they decided to go along with what Alfrerick proposed.
[That¡¯s how it is, Cam. As a decision of the elder¡¯s meeting, the status of, ¡°The Alliance Race¡±, will be given to he Hauria tribe, would that be fine with you?]
[Ma~a, whether we¡¯re recognized or not, what we have to do doesn¡¯t change, but those kinds of things would be alright. Ahh, incidentally, we¡¯re using the big tree towards the south so you guys shouldn¡¯t wander in without permission? We can¡¯t guarantee your lives after all]
They never expected that Cam would ce an additional order.
Or rather, he selfishly dered it was hisnd without permission. As expected, even Alfrerick¡¯s cheeks twitched a bit. Shia who was besides Hajime had covered her face with both her hands. It seems she was embarrassed at her fathers impudence. Her blood father was letting out a Hyaha~ though.
Afterwards, the strangely tired looking elders left and Hajime and them went towards the big tree and were guided into their rooms at Fair Bergen.
The town was still stirring up a big uproar over the Demi-humans returning. Kouki and them were wondering if there was anything they could help with and took off but, Hajime and them decided to rx in the room indifferently.
By the way, Ririana had returned to the Kingdom a short while ago. It was still necessary to negotiate with the Empire and report of the current incident as well, they needed to decide the Kingdom¡¯s next moves.
Why, didn¡¯t she return at once, it was a simple story¡¡from just a few minutes ago. Until Ririana said that she wanted to return to the Kingdom, Hajime hadpletely forgotten about her existence. When she passed through the gate, it¡¯s needless to say but something was shining within Ririana¡¯s eyes. *I.E. she was crying*
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Midnight
Even now, mor can be heard throughout the whole town. They may have been holding some kind of celebration and feast somewhere.
Within that, Hajime and them who were rxing as they desired inside of their room. But, there was one person who was strangely restless.
It was Shia. Since a while ago, she¡¯s been frequently ncing at Hajime and thinking about something.
To begin with, the person in question was receiving ap pillow from Yue and was partly dozing off into the world of dreams, so he wasn¡¯t aware of Shia¡¯s state. As expected, his bones gave out after having to carry thousands of people. Yue was gently stroking Hajime who became dull as he rxed his body, [Fumu], she looked at Shia sideways as she tilt her head.
Right afterwards, she looked at Teio and Kaori who were besides Hajime and were looking at her enviously. And once again, [Fumu], she nodded, she slowly called out to Kaori and Teio.
[¡..Kaori, Teio. You want to perform thep pillow?]
[Eh? You¡¯ll switch with us?]
[Mu? Of course I want to]
Teio and Kaori gave her eyes filled with expectations and Yue incidentallyughed.
[¡..I¡¯m just asking]
[ [¡¡..] ]
Yue had a smile on her lips as if something foolish happened. When they saw that, a blue vein appeared on Kaori and Teio¡¯s forehead. Furthermore, Yue also said, [How is it, you¡¯re jealous right?], as she tightly held onto Hajime¡¯s head.
[¡¡Yue, are you asking for a fight? Are you?]
[Fufufu, mistress, that annoyed me quite a bit]
[¡..Are we doing this?]
Towards Yue¡¯s provocative smile, the two people, [If it¡¯s the continuation from the daytime then I¡¯ll take you up on it!], they said while getting up. By the way, the winners of the matching during the daytime was the Yue and Shia pair.
[¡¡..If you catch me who¡¯s running, I¡¯ll allow you to be next to Hajime for this night]
[ [ ! ] ]
As expected, they couldn¡¯t hold a mock battle within the town so Yue proposed a game of tag. And the reward for victory was unprecedented. Kaori and Teio¡¯s tension became high even though it was midnight.
When Yue confirmed the reaction of the two people, she gently ced Hajime¡¯s head onto a pillow and stroke him once lovingly. And as if not affected by gravity, she gently jumped towards the window and just like she was dancing, she opened the window as she turned around.
On that asion, [What?] she nced towards shia and blinked her eye for a moment. Shia seemed to realise Yue¡¯s intention and with a small smile she nodded in gratitude.
[¡¡Game Start *english*]
As Yue let out those words she slipped out from of the window and in the next moment, she merged with the darkness and disappeared.
[Ku, I¡¯ll definitely catch her! For the sake of sharing a bed!]
[Fufu, I won¡¯t lose]
With a yell full of spirit. Kaori with her silver wings and Teio who grew dragon wings, jumped out from the window.
Shia who was the onlooker didn¡¯t follow them though because she understood that Yue had purposely provoked Kaori and Teio, so she intended to take advantage of the chance that she was thankful for obtaining. Excitedly, she went by Hajime¡¯s side and gently woke him up.
[Hajime-san, Hajime-san¡¡please wake up]
[N? What¡¯s wrong, Shia. Or rather, just a while ago Yue and them left but¡..you didn¡¯t go with them?]
Even while he was still half asleep, Hajime had felt from the flow of magical power that Yue and them had left through the window, why are you still here? he tilted his neck.
[Eh~tto, it seems that I missed it somehow or another, that kind of feeling]
[¡..Somehow or another, huh]
[Uu~. Rather than that! Everyone else has left, should we also go out for a stroll? I don¡¯t know anything about Fair Bergen¡¯s interior]
Because of Shia¡¯s hair color, she wasn¡¯t allowed out in public, so the first time she¡¯s been to Fair Bergen was with Hajime and them. At that time as well, since they suddenly left immediately she didn¡¯t have time to explore the whole town.
[¡..Ma~a, I guess that¡¯s fine]
[Yes! It¡¯s a midnight date! ¡¡.It sounds a little obscene]
[I don¡¯t know about that*A who cares, feeling*]
Somehow or another, he felt that Shia wanted to talk, truthfully he wanted to continue sleeping but, Hajime decided that he had no other choice but to follow along. Shia joyfully clung onto Hajime¡¯s arm tightly. Then the two with their arms entwined walked out into the midnight of Fair Bergen.
After about 10 minutes, as the two people who were on a stroll were having an innocent talk, they came to notice that they¡¯ve walked far enough to not hear the town¡¯s mor anymore. And they also noticed that something at the top of the trees were shining out in pale blue light.
[Ah~, those are Montofaruta, Hajime-san]
[Montofaruta?]
[Yes, its a butterfly which emits a pale blue light just like the moonlight. They crowd onto tall trees because of the wind, in the night they look just like cheerful stars in the sky. Except, it¡¯s not known when they¡¯ll actually emit their light so this is quite a rare sight. You either see it only once a year or see nothing at all]
[He~e, they¡¯re certainly beautiful things]
The two who were looking upwards, decided that since it was such a rare sight they should get a closer look so they quickly climbed up higher on a tree, they found a thick branch and sat down beside each other. For a while, they enjoyed the light that the Montofaruta emitted just like aarium.
How many of them were there? slowly Shia began to open her mouth.
[Ano, Hajime-san]
[N?]
[Thank you very much. For a lot of things that I can¡¯t put in words¡.really, thank you very much]
[¡¡Ahh. If you want to fully show your gratitude. Then I¡¯m expecting things from you when we take on the greatbyrinth]
[Fufu. Isn¡¯t this when you usually say ¡°Don¡¯t mind it¡±?]
Shiaughed giggly towards the Hajime-like answer. However it quickly changed into a difficult expression and she turned her gaze onto Hajime.
[What should I do to repay Hajime-san?]
[If it¡¯s repaying then didn¡¯t I just receive it?]
[That was just words wasn¡¯t it. I want to repay your kindness in some kind of form. Can you think of what I can do which¡¯ll make you happy? ¡¡If Hajime-san desires it then, I¡¯ll do anything. Really, anything]
Shia¡¯s Usamimi¡¯s moved around ~Piko Piko~ and she edged her but into contact with Hajime. Her eyes that were looking at Hajime were already moistening and contained heat, and her sighs contained enough heat that it seems like it¡¯ll burn on contact. The implied meaning, Hajime had certainly understood what Shia was saying but, he was daringly pretending to have not noticed.
[¡..It¡¯ll be fine as long as you¡¯re still the same happy-go-lucky woman andughing. You¡¯re our mood-maker after all?]
[Mo~u, what¡¯s with that, happy-go-lucky you say! Even though you hugged me in front of the Emperor and said I was important! This is the scene where say, [Then I¡¯ll have you repay with your body then, guhhehhehhe!], and attack me isn¡¯t it. Please read the atmosphere]
[It seems that we need to have a thorough talk about the image that you see me in]
[You¡¯re a single-minded good for nothing]
[Being single-minded there is usually a good thing though]
Shia puffed out her cheeks to show that she was dissatisfied. However, she quickly hung her head down disappointedly. Her Usamimi¡¯s also hung down as if they suddenly lost their power.
[¡¡I¡¯m serious, I want to do something to thank you. Ever since I¡¯ve met Hajime-san and everyone else, I¡¯ve l always gave it my all*I think, ?????????????*. Although Hajime-san and Yue-san says that its fine if I justugh but, just being with you 2 will naturally make me feel happy, it¡¯s definitely nothing like showing gratitude]
[But still, you¡¯re ourpanion right? I don¡¯t think you have to continuously think about such things]
[It¡¯s courtesy in intimate rtionships. I want to properly thank Hajime-san and Yue-san as well. ¡..I¡¯ve thought about it variously but, I just can¡¯t seem to think of anything. Hajime-san says that he doesn¡¯t need my body after all¡..even though he tightly embraced me and said I was important, to tell me that I¡¯m not needed¡..]
[Don¡¯t sulk now¡..]
Hajime was showing a troubled expression now that Shia was being timid. Even though he was being told that she wanted to express her gratitude, helping someone rted to you was the natural course of action, really, just one word, [Thanks] would have been enough.
But, for Shia, those feelings didn¡¯t seem to sit well with her.
[If Hajime-san has fallen for me then I wouldn¡¯t be going through all these hardships. I¡¯d fully service (thank) you¡..ha~a, there¡¯s no helping it then. I¡¯ll try harder to be much more useful than before as we travel in order to ry my thanks]
[I see]
When Shia shrugged her shoulders, once again, she looked up towards the Montofaruta up above.
While looking at her stature, Hajime was suddenly beginning to remember when he embraced Yue and Shia in front of Gaharudo.
Being truthful, that was pretty much done unconsciously. Once he came to, he had already embraced both of them.
As of now, the huge feelings of dering someone as ¡°Special¡± could only be said to Yue. That¡¯s something that can be firmly dered. However, even if it was unconsciously, the reason why he held Shia within his arms was¡¡.
Thinking up to that point, Hajime had a smile filled with self-mockery.
How could this be, ma~a, it was because he was selfish. While saying that no one was able to be on par with Yue, to have the desires to possess Shia, it was truly selfish. Once he realised it, Shia¡¯s existence somehow became muchrger than before. At the very least, as much as Yue where he unconsciously embraced her so that he wouldn¡¯t lose her.
Although he¡¯ll likely still hold more feelings for Yue than any other person, even still, he doesn¡¯t seem to be able to deceive himself about his desire for Shia anymore. Once he became aware of it, he wasn¡¯t able to pretend that it wasn¡¯t there. If so then, do your best so work hard, how about taking on the attitude of the girl who came with them? Hajime suddenly thought.
[Eh, Ehtto, what is it? It¡¯s extremely embarrassing to be quietly stared at¡.]
Once he came to, Shia¡¯s cheeks were dyed red blushing shyly and squirming nervously. Her Usamimi as well as if saying, [U~u, why are you looking~], it suddenly dropped down, asionally, she¡¯d squirm around and look towards Hajime.
Hajime¡¯s eyes soften up when he sees Shia like this and he reached out with his hand. And her shy Usamimis were gently stroked.
[Ha, Hajime-san?]
[¡¡Na~a, Shia. I¡¯ve got a favor I want to ask¡..]
[A favor? Of course, it¡¯s fine! Feel free to ask for anything]
For a moment, she was surprised by Hajime¡¯s words, since she could show her gratitude even a little bit, Shia consented willingly while smiling.
[No, lets see, I kinda want to lie down for a bit. If you¡¯re up for it, can I ask for ap pillow?]
[Fu~e, even if you didn¡¯t ask, please use it anytime. Sa~a, please step right up]
[Thanks]
Although Shia showed a slightly disappointed expression from Hajime¡¯s request, she was happy that she was giving him ap pillow and she patted her thighs with a bright smile. Hajime expressed his thanks with a smile andid down without hesitation.
Because Shia wore a miniskirt, he was able to fully feel the feelings of her thighs. A soft and warm puffy feeling supported Hajime¡¯s head. It faintly resembled Yue¡¯s, as a sweet scent tickled his nose.
[Fufu, it¡¯s unfortunate for Kaori-san and Teio-san. Around this time, they¡¯re fighting against Yue-san in order to give Hajime-san ap pillow, but I¡¯ve already taken it ahead of them]
[Ma~a, Yue¡¯ll win anyways so there¡¯s no reason to worry about it?]
[You shouldn¡¯t say such things. Since they¡¯re want to make Hajime-san fall for them they¡¯re working hard. Really, I wonder when will Hajime-san finally fall for me~]
[¡..Will you give up?]
[No way~]
[I see~]
Shia was gently stroking Hajime¡¯s hair. Hajime narrowed his eyes as he becamefortable. And as payback, he yed with Shia¡¯s hair that hung down before him. The pale blue white hair was really mysterious when it wasbined with the light being emitted by the Montofaruta that were above them.
If someone had seen Shia and Hajime right now, they would have surely had an face which vomited due to the sugar. That was how sweet those two¡¯s atmosphere was. Right, it was exactly like the separate world that Hajime and Yue created.
However, unfortunately, although it was the atmosphere which was created with Yue that Shia longed for, she didn¡¯t notice at all. On that part, perhaps Shia could truly be called a regrettable rabbit.
Even with the actual person not realising, the sweet time continued to flow gently. Within the moonlight where the Montofaruta illuminated, Hajime and Shia were enjoying their time alone with each other.
*lol Author notes that it¡¯s getting near the end so there should at least be some kind of progression with another girl other than Yue*
Chapter 124
Chapter 124
In the dense fog that clung onto bodies, people¡¯s shadow could be seen moving on without hesitation.
It was Hajime and them.
With Shia in the front, Hajime and them are currently heading towards the big tree. It¡¯s the second day after they¡¯ve arrived at Fair Bergen, the cycle for the path to the big tree to open has finallye.
Within that time, there were various disturbances which Hajime and them were caught up in as they stayed in Fair Bergen but, if youpare it with what usually happens, it¡¯s likely not to such a high extent that it couldn¡¯t be categorized as their daily lives.
Mainly, the thing with Kouki and the freed ves (girls), a group of male Demi-human¡¯s were doing this and that to hajime because of the thing with Arutena, and Ryutaro was doing this and that with the Demi-humans martial arts masters¡¡those kind of stories.
Along the way, forest demonsunched a surprise attack under the fog. However, Hajime and the rest, Yue, Shia, Teio, and the Hauria didn¡¯t deal with it at all, they left everything up to Kouki and them. Since they didn¡¯t know what kind of trials the greatbyrinth[Harutsuina Sea of Trees]holds, as a warm up they were told to take out the demons.
To begin with, because the Sea of Trees drives the senses of other races besides the Demi-humans mad, it waspletely different than fighting against the demons at[Orcus Great Labyrinth], Kouki and them were having a pretty hard fight. They kept teasing by using hit and run tactics repeatedly and Ryutaro was inly irritated at the demons who made full use of the dense fog.
[¡¡There! Like this¡.this!]
Within there, Kaori was mixed into Kouki and them¡¯s repeatedbat.
Kaori still wasn¡¯tpletely in full control of Nointo¡¯s body yet so she was there voluntarily to train. It appears that, the dense fog didn¡¯t effect Nointo¡¯s body as much, it seems to be just the right adjustment for the battle experience and trace skills that Nointo had.
Even now, while fluttering her wings which shined in silver, it shot out silver feathers to repel the demons. It appears that she¡¯s gotten used to using the silver feathers, as if they were homing missiles, theyunched out at the demons and instantly dposed them to nothingness.
[Ya!]
In addition, while giving out a shout, the approaching demons who slipped past the silver feathers were wonderfully cut into 2 by the great sword that was d in silver light that was pulled out in an instant.
It seems that she still couldn¡¯t wield them freely like how Nointo did but, if its just one hit then she¡¯s considerably skilled. At the very least, it was at the level where she couldn¡¯t be embarrassed to call herself a ¡°Swordsman¡±.
[I seem to be considerably getting used to this. It¡¯s worthwhile that I get into a fight with Yue everyday] *<-This part may be wrong, it sounds different from what the machine¡¯s actually giving me, ????????????????*
[¡¡.Your spec¡¯s are abnormal. I can¡¯t afford to be careless]
Hajime let out a breath and muttered, [Fuu~], as he watched Kaori¡¯s figure.
Although she¡¯s still not on the original Nointo¡¯s level yet which was able to give the Hajime at full power a hard fight, but if you think about her growth rate, it was wonderful since it was still only around 10 days since her soul was transferred. Kaori¡¯s diligence is likely allowing her to rapidly master Nointo¡¯s fighting power.
[That¡¯s not true. I¡¯m still not ustomed to using magic while fighting, if I don¡¯t concentrate on Dposition it wont activate as well¡..I still can¡¯t even get a hit off of Yue]
It appears that she heard the conversation between Hajime and Yue, Kaori was pouting as she moved forwards. She wants to quickly be stronger, she has the image but, she¡¯s frustrated that it doesn¡¯t go as she thought it would¡..those kind of feelings are reflected on her expression.
[¡¡.Kaori. What are you saying. Your physical abilities exceeds ours, you have the brutal ability of dposition in your silver wings, and you¡¯ve got aptitude in all attributes and can use magic without having to chant and without magic formations. Your swordsmanship is also progressing limitlessly like a joke as well, due to your proficiency in recovery magic, your defenses are like a fortress, even if they sessfully inflict a wound onto you, it¡¯ll heal up immediately¡.it¡¯s already unsuitable to call you a cheat anymore, you¡¯re more like a bugged character. Yet you¡¯re still dissatisfied?]
Shizuku pointed out her specs as if she was amazed, Kaori had felt that she definitely felt like a monster so she just let her eyes wander around.
[But, I can¡¯t defeat Yue or Shia¡..if I¡¯m a bugged character then, what are Hajime-kun and them?]
[¡..Something hard to describe or something¡like that¡..]
Shizuku was showing a difficult expression as she thought of the best way to describe Hajime and them, it seems that nothing came to mind in the end. Kouki called out to Shizuku.
[It¡¯s fine, Shizuku. As long as we can clear the greatbyrinth then even we can be as strong as Nagumo. No, if you think about Nagumo¡¯s non-fighting ss, surely we¡¯d be able to be stronger than him]
[Looks like it. I¡¯m looking forwards to find out what kind of magic we¡¯ll obtain]
[Un, lets do our best!]
Although Hajime¡¯s strength doesn¡¯te solely from Age of Gods magic, Kouki who was through with it was strongly clenching his fist. Ryutaro and Suzu also seemed to have been pumped up.
[Every~one, We¡¯ve reached it~]
When Kouki and them were firing themselves up, Shia tells them of their arrival at the big tree as she looked back over her shoulder. When Hajime and them chased after Shia who advanced ahead and disappeared into the other side of the fog, they arrived at a space that had no fog. Towering in front was a withered huge tree just exactly like they saw before.
[This is¡..the big tree¡..]
[It¡¯srge¡..]
[It¡¯s extremely¡¡huge]
While looking above their heads, they weren¡¯t even able to see the top of the big tree, Kouki and them had their mouths opened absentmindedly as its width was so long it was as if they were standing in front of a wall. Surely it was the same expression anyone else would have had when seeing it for the first time, Hajime and Yue had a small smile while looking at eachother.
Hajime approached the lithograph while pulling out all the proofs that he¡¯s obtained from the other greatbyrinths out of his ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±. The lithograph hasn¡¯t changed sincest time, crests of the 7 greatbyrinths are drawn on the front and it¡¯s back was hollow in order to allow the proofs to be ce in.
While crouching down, Hajime was ying with the 5 proofs in his palm, Kouki and them were finally freed from therge tree¡¯s dignified appearance and focused on Hajime. From now on it¡¯ll be a ce where anything can truly happen at anytime. While bracing themselves, Hajime looked sharply at Kouki and them.
[Cam, Since we don¡¯t know what¡¯ll happen from now on, back off with the Hauria tribe]
[Roger, boss. May fortune be with you]
By Fair Bergen¡¯s negotiations, the southnd with the big tree became Cam and their territory but, from Hajime¡¯s words his expression became a bit disappointed, However he still decided to salute and then everyone spread out together.
When he confirmed that, Hajime slowly ced the[Orcus Great Labyrinth]ring of proof into the hollow section of the lithograph. Once it was ced, the lithograph began to shine faintly and characters appeared.
¡°4 proofs¡±
¡°Power of Reproduction¡±
¡°Guidepost of weaved bonds¡±
¡°A path for a new trial shall be open for those who have everything¡±
[This is the same as before as well. The used proof¡.is anything other than[Kamiyama]fine]
Hajime went ahead and set the proofs into the lithograph that while muttering.[Raisen¡¯s Ring][Guryuen¡¯s Pendant][Merujine¡¯s Coin]¡¡
Each time one was set into the lithograph, it¡¯s light strengthened up. And immediately after cing the final coin, the light was set free and it scattered onto the front of the big tree, this time the big tree was the one that shined brightly.
[Mu? A crest has appeared on the big tree]
[¡..Next is, the power of Reproduction?]
As Teio muttered with great interest, a pattern of the 7 angel systems stood out on the trunk of therge tree. Yue walked towards the shining pattern and while quietly touching it she used Reproduction magic.
Immediately afterwards,
Pa~aaaaa!!
The big tree was wrapped up in a light uparable to before, a wave of light was continuously rippling towards the top from the ce that Yue had touched.
The big tree that was shining brightly, gradually revived as the light spread out to every corner as if it was absorbing water from its roots.
[Ah, leaves¡..]
Shia pointed at the leaves which appeared as the tree regained it¡¯s vitality with each passing moment. It was almost like looking at the birth of life, Hajime and them were staring at what was in front of their eyes with a mysterious feeling, the big tree was quickly growing and it regained its bright green looks.
As a slightly strong wind blew by, the sound of therge tree¡¯s leaves rustling around could be heard. Then, at the next moment, all of the sudden, the front of the tree trunk was split from the right and left and a cave appeared. It was a big cave which could fit several tens of people.
Hajime and them looked at each others faces and nodded to each other and stepped into the cave without hesitation.
Hajime was slightly concerned¡ª¡ªwould the other members who have not captured 4 greatbyrinths actually be able to challenge the greatbyrinth of the Sea of Trees, but it appears that it was pointless worries. Everyone was able to enter the cave without a problem.
It was probably like the other greatbyrinths in the stance of, [If you want to enter, it¡¯s fine as long as you have what¡¯s necessary. However, your life is not guaranteed].
Hajime looked around the surroundings. But, there didn¡¯t seem to be anything particr in the cave. It was simply a huge space which extended out like a dome.
[Is it a dead-end?]
Kouki muttered out doubtfully.
Immediately afterwards, the entrance to the cave began to shut as if it had been reverse-reproductioned.
The light from the outside gradually thinned out. Hajime scolded Kouki who instinctively panicked. When the entrance waspletely shut, the inside of the cave was wrapped in darkness, immediately Yue secured a light source and held it up in her hand. However there was no need for it.
That¡¯s because a huge magic formation appeared underneath their legs and it emitted strong light.
[Uwa, what¡¯s this!]
[What¡¯s up! What is this!]
[Quit making so much noise! Its a transfer magic formation! Don¡¯t be careless when you¡¯re transferred!]
After Hajime warned the shaken Ryutaro and Suzu, their view cked out.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[~¡¡.This is¡¡]
What reflected in Hajime and their view when the light returned was a lush forest. A sea of trees inside of a tree¡..created an indescribably odd situation.
[Is everyone alright?]
Kouki lightly shook his head and confirmed his surroundings for the safety of hisrades. There Shizuku and them, [We¡¯re fine], replied. Yue, Shia, Teio, and Kaori didn¡¯t seem to have any particr problems either, they watched their surroundings with caution.
[Nagumo, this is really the greatbyrinth right? ¡¡Which way should we progress in?]
The ce where Hajime and them were transferred to was, a vacant circled lot where they werepletely surrounded by trees in 360 degrees, there wasn¡¯t a guidepost indicating which way they should go either.
Since it¡¯s covered in a dense fog, it doesn¡¯t seem like flying overhead to look for a path would be useful. That¡¯s why Kouki asked Hajime who had lots of experience with greatbyrinths.
[¡¡For the time being, we¡¯ve got no choice but to look around]
Hajime muttered out with a slightly displeased expression, he ced his hand onto the trunk of a tree and activated ¡°Tracing¡±. A magic mark was created, a bright red arrow was ced onto the tree and pointing in the direction where they were going.
When Kouki and them saw that they nodded. It seems they understood that they had no choice but to search while cing signs. And they took the lead since they heard that even if you cleared thebyrinth, if they weren¡¯t recognized by the greatbyrinth then they wouldn¡¯t be able to obtain Age of Gods magic.
The other members followed behind sessively. However, only Hajime didn¡¯t move from his ce as his eyes retained coldness within it. As they began to walk, Shia noticed and a ¡°?¡± appeared over her head as she turned back towards Hajime.
[¡¡Hajime-san? Whats wro¡ª-]
Shia called out to Hajime¡¡in that moment,
Shuba!
When they heard that wind-like noise ring out, in a instant Yue and Teio, as well as Ryutaro were coiled by a wire, with both spheres on both ends fixed into the air they were restrained. Hajime had taken out the b from his ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and quickly thrown them to bind them.
Yue, Teio, and Ryutaro wiggled around as they struggled. When Kouki and them saw that they were dumbfounded. However, once they regained their sanity and as if it was able to produce a ~Ki~ sound they immediately red strongly at Hajime.
[Nagumo! What exactly are you doing!]
Kouki instinctively raised his voice angrily. Shizuku and them had tensed expressions as their eyes conveyed that they wanted an exnation from Hajime.
[¡¡Be quiet for a bit]
However, Hajime only said that and didn¡¯t answer Kouki and their doubts and silently looked towards Yue, he briskly walked up towards her who was expressionless.
And, as Yue looked up at Hajime perplexedly, Hajime pressed Donner against her forehead. His eyes had a coldness of absolute zero within them, it was obvious that Hajime waspletely furious in anger.
[Hajime¡.What i-]
Yue had a, I can¡¯t believe it, expression as Hajime pointed his muzzle at her. And when she tried to voice out her doubt as she called Hajime¡¯s name.
However, immediately after that,
Dopan!
Hajime pulled Donner¡¯s trigger without hesitation. A dry explosive noise echoed throughout the sea of trees. For now, although the muzzle was removed from Yue¡¯s forehead and pointed towards her shoulder, even still it didn¡¯t change the fact that Hajime had shot his beloved lover.
Towards that fact, it was obvious that Kouki and them as well as Shia and them were intensely shaken. And they looked at Hajime with eyes that doubted his sanity.
[Wha, what are you doing! Nagumo-kun!]
[Hajime-kun! Stop!]
Shizuku and Kaori raised their voices to attempt to stop Hajime who was filled with rage but, Shia finally noticed the sense of incongruity and held onto Kaori and them by the hand instead.
Although there was an air like Kouki would spring at any moment to try and restrain Hajime but, that disappeared after Hajime¡¯s next words.
[Don¡¯t speak without permission, Imitations. You¡¯re only an imitation and you dare imitate Yue¡¯s voice. If you dare to call my name with that voice again. I¡¯ll scrape off your hands and feet]
The moment Hajime uttered his voice, as if the ground was arctic cold, the air was filled with coldness. However the temperature hasn¡¯t actually fallen. Murderous intent was overflowing from his body and in turn dropped the heat that life was giving out. Somehow, even the surroundings became dark. Towards the dense murderous intent, Kouki and them naturally became shallow breathed and cold sweat ran down like a waterfall.
[What are you? Where is the real Yue?]
[¡¡¡]
Yue¡¯s appearance was as if stating, ¡°What is it¡±, with her expression and was silently unmoved in her stance *<-I improvised and have a feeling the ending here is incorrect by a lot, ???????¡°??¡±?????????????????????????????*. Rather than ¡°Who are you¡± it was ¡°What are you¡±, this was because blood was not flowing from where she was shot in the shoulder. It was obvious that it wasn¡¯t a ¡°person¡±.
Dopan!
This time Hajime shot through the opposite shoulder. However the fake Yue still didn¡¯t change her expression. It appears that they didn¡¯t have a sense of pain. Just like Nointo, they carried an image as if they were puppets, or they may not actually have any will of their own.
[Are you not going to answer. ¡¡No, do you not have a function to answer. Then its fine already. Die]
Dopan!
This time Hajime pointed Donner¡¯s muzzle onto Yue¡¯s forehead and used a rail gun to st her head off. Behind Yue (Fake), something was sttering and scattering.
Although Shizuku and them instinctively turned away from it, if you took the time to look at it, it wasn¡¯t a brain but a rust colored slime that had scattered. Yue¡¯s (Fake) body which lost it¡¯s head was beginning to melt after one beat, it simrly turned into a rust colored slime and stained into the ground.
Hajime continued to shoot through Teio and Ryutaro¡¯s heads consecutively while they were still restrained by the b. As the two people sttered Kouki and them instinctively had goosebumps but, as expected they turned into a rust colored slime and were inhaled into the ground just like the Yue (Fake) slime.
[Chi. As expected of a greatbyrinth. Starting right off the bat¡.]
Hajime cursed out as he holstered Donner.
[Hajime-san¡..Yue-san and Teio-san are¡..]
[They must have been transferred to a different location from earlier. There was a slight sense of the feeling when our memories were being searched by Age of Gods magic. The rust colored slimes who obtained the memories used their mimic abilities to disguise themselves, it felt like they had openings from behind?] *<-Unsure about this part, ?????????????????*
Hajime¡¯s expression distorts into a bad mood as his lover turned into soup. Shizuku and Suzu nodded as if they felt admiration as they heard Hajime¡¯s guess.
[I see. ¡..Even still you¡¯ve done good to notice]
[Un un, Suzu wasn¡¯t able to tell the difference at all. How did you notice?]
Suzu asked for Hajime¡¯s identification tips as it would be troubling if they couldn¡¯t distinct their ownrades apart. Kouki looked at Hajime with interest as well while worrying about the safety of his best friend.
Hajime¡¯s answer towards that question was¡.
[Even if you asked me. ¡..I can only say that the instant I saw them, I noticed. What was before my eyes was ¡°Not my Yue¡±]
[ [ [ [ [¡¡..] ] ] ] ]
In a sense, all members lost their strength when the answer was him speaking fondly of his sweetheart.
[Then, how about Ryutaro-kun and Teio-san?]
[Once you know that there are imposters then, with the ¡°Magic Eye Stone¡± if you look carefully you can see a sense of incongruity. That¡¯s why you don¡¯t have to worry as long as you¡¯re with me from now on]
Is that so~, Kouki and them looked at Hajime amazedly. Within that, as if Shia thought of something she went, ~ha~, while fidgeting she asked Hajime while expecting something.
[Ano, Hajime-san¡..if it was me, would you also notice it in an instant?]
[ ! ]
Kaori who was next to Shia reacted, in her nce she asked, [How about me?]. Somehow or another eyes were attracted to Hajime. Inside of the delicate bittersweet atmosphere, Hajime answered inly without much vigor.
[Sa~a? Isn¡¯t it impossible for just a moments nce?]
[ [¡¡..] ]
Usually while one was reading the air, [Of course, Isn¡¯t it obvious that I¡¯d realize it?], and answer like that but, this was part of Hajime¡¯s quality. While thinking that he mercilessly answered.
Unintentionally Shia and Kaori continued to stare at him but, Hajime continued to advance into the depths of the sea of trees while being indifferent about the two people¡¯s nces.
[It¡¯s questionable how he can have such strong nerves¡.]
[Au, Kaolin, Shiashia, cheer up!]
[Kaori is really, what about that guy is¡..]
While following after Hajime, Shizuku and them nced at Shia and Kaori who puffed their cheeks in a bad mood from their appeal. While having various problems at the the start of the line, they stepped into the sea of trees.
By the way, in his mind, [If it was Shia I¡¯d know], is what Hajime had thought but¡..he had just decided to take on an honest attitude but he carelessly said that bluntly so he may very well be a tsundere.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Vuu~uu¡±uu¡±uu¡±uu¡±!!
Exactly like an electric fan moving at maximum speeds, that kind of sound was echoing in the sea of trees. It wasn¡¯t one or two either. It was the buzzing of countless numbers. Translucent wings that were pping at super-high speeds were already like a kind of attack as the noise reverates.
[Uu~, gross~, ¡°Beyond Heaven-ugh¡±!]
[Don¡¯t whine! Suzu, it went that way!]
[Ku, it¡¯s quick! ¡°Heavenly Flying Sword¡±!] *<-What I¡¯m calling it, ???*
Suzu looking like she wanted to cry as she was holding in the physiological disgust she felt from looking at the demon.
That may be something that can¡¯t be helped. After all, the reason for the buzzing was a toddler sized ¡°Bee¡±. If youpared it in form then it would be a ho. The super-huge bee-typed demon were attacking in swarms with their tough jaws and lethal stingers.
With a malicious yellow and ck hue, their jaws creaked as it opened and closed, their stingers had green liquid dripping from it, their feet that waved around eerily, and their dark redpound eyes¡¡it certainly was a creature that you¡¯d want to avoid.
Moreover, this bee-typed demon were hard to deal with because they were quick and they cooperated in groups. Furthermore, they could continuously shoot out their needles since a new one would immediately grow in its ce, from mid-range it was exactly like a machine-gun so there was the threat of being swept by a rain of stingers.
Somehow Suzu¡¯s barriers were keeping out the stingers, as opposed to Kouki¡¯s method of hammering them with a single blow, Shizuku was breaking apart their cooperation and speed, however the swarm of bee¡¯s were not decreasing in numbers at all.
[Damn, these guys, they¡¯re exactly like the Majinzoku¡¯s demons!]
[No, it¡¯s reversed isn¡¯t it? They¡¯re monsters are simr to the greatbyrinth¡¯s monsters]
Kouki wielded his sacred sword with a desperate look, he remembered the scene of bloodshed that they experienced previously and unintentionally cursed out. They had absolutely no space to rx because the greatbyrinth¡¯s monsters were so strong.
At the moment a mantis-shaped demon that was around 2 meters in length was about to do a surprise attack on Kouki from behind but, Hajime killed it in an instant and tsukkomied at the same time.
A slight distance away from Hajime, Shia was killing 3 meter ant-typed demons in a single hit with Doryukken and sting through the ground building a mountain of corpses. Kaori wasn¡¯t losing either, she continuously shot out silver feathers and close to 30 bee¡¯s were already shot down and dposed.
When Kouki saw the spectacle that came into view, he grit his teeth as he feels the difference between Hajime and their powers once again.
[¡°Beyond Heaven-ugh¡± ¡°Beyond Heaven-ugh¡±! It¡¯s useless. We¡¯ll be overwhelmed!]
Suzu who was close to tears, created several shining shields, she kept repeatedly building new ones as soon as the previous ones were destroyed, Suzu¡¯s magical power was mercilessly shaved down.
¡°Beyond Heaven¡± is not that strong but its strength is that it can be produced in great numbers, Suzu was a ¡°Barrier Master¡± so her barriers also carried enough strength to take on several attacks from normal demons before they were destroyed.
However, in front of the bee-typed demon¡¯s stingers that they shot out, those barriers were instantly broken as if they were paper waste, currently Suzu was being forced to deploy barriers at unprecedented speeds.
Little by little, little by little, the deployment of barriers were being dyed and the scene of flying stingers gradually fills the distance, it was as if she was being strangled by a line of silk and it damaged Suzu¡¯s mind.
[Run rampant, ¡°Thunder Flower¡±! mince them, ¡°sh w¡±!]*<-What I¡¯m calling it, ??*
Along with Shizuku¡¯s chants, a sinister flower of thunder bloomed in the sky, and a w of wind minced through. She demonstrated her ck katana¡¯s abilities on the approaching bee-typed demons.
With her sharp swordsmanship, she was certainly feeling the feedback of the demons being torn apart. With Shizuku being a Speed Fighter, being paired up against the bees was a good match. While disturbing their cooperation with her free movement skill ¡°No Rhythm¡±, one by one she was sure to ughter them.
However, the bee-typed demon¡¯s strength was their numbers. Even if she could defeat them, Shizuku wascking in overwhelming annihtion powers. Hence, the war situation was that they were gradually being pushed, Shizuku who noticed that had a bitter expression.
[Will of the de, harboring light which will tear apart the enemy! ¡°Light de¡±!]
Thanks to Shizuku, Kouki was able to chant as he liked and his sacred sword was coated by a sword of light.
The light de extended his sacred sword by about another 2 meters in length. Kouki swung the huge de of light while rotating his body in one motion which cut through all gathered surrounding bee-typed demons.
However because the motion of the attack held too many openings, the demons charged in towards him. In response his body was hurled backwards.
[Ku, why you!]
[Kouki!]
The bee-typed demon was about to thrust its stinger into him but, fortunately, Kouki¡¯s sacred armor prevented the stinger froming near, Kouki somehow managed to use that chance to get up and cut off it¡¯s head.
He had no room to answer Shizuku¡¯s worried voice. In the next moment, he was attacked by huge quantities of demons so Kouki needed to finish recovering his bnce.
[Uo~ooooo!]
Although Kouki waved his sacred sword while shouting, the demons in the greatbyrinth weren¡¯t sweet enough to spare you any time when you¡¯ve exposed a chance. Atst, a bee-typed demon managed to slip past the sacred sword and get behind him, it then clung onto him from behind like spikes on shoes, it was trying to use its jaws to tear through Kouki¡¯s neck.
[~!?]
Kouki raised a voiceless scream.
in that juncture,
Dopan!
A gunshot.
The moment when the bee¡¯s jaws were about to pierce through Kouki¡¯s neck, a sh of light surged out from the side as it cut through the sky and easily blew off the bee-typed demon¡¯s head off.
Kouki who was unsteady due to the aftereffect, ignored the heat that he felt on his neck and separated himself from the remains of the bee-typed demon that was clinging onto him. Although it was a narrow escape from death, Kouki¡¯s cheeks cramped as more demons swarmed him.
¡ª¡ªI¡¯ll be overwhelmed!
He was convinced. A voice that had no sense of panic was heard in Kouki¡¯s ears.
[Don¡¯t move, Amanogawa]
Immediately afterwards, countless meteors fell down upon the bee-typed demons and mercilessly trampled them.
Doo~opan! Doo~opan! Doo~opan! Doo~opan! Doo~opan!
You could only hear one gunshot but, the truth was that there were 6 shes produced. *<- lol wut? the author only had 5 Doo~opan¡¯s*
The shining red spear of light pierced through all demons in the line of fire and killed them instantly. In addition, the bullets were shot out with well-thought out trajectories, they went through the air and collided with the other bullets and with that slight change in angle they efficiently pierced through more Demons.
ording to their viewpoint, it almost seemed as if the enemies voluntarily jumped into the bullets. Such special technique could be called an admirable performance, the demons which were giving Kouki a hard time were overwhelmed by Hajime, the bullets were continuously spinning and reloading one another, in addition Donner and Scg shot out when they fell into confusion.
¡¡It didn¡¯t even take 1 minute before everything was taken care of. It was instant killings.
Hajime who annihted the bee-typed demons in no time at all holstered Donner and Scg as if nothing happened, he approached the defeated monsters as Kouki and them were stunned.
[Chi, it doesn¡¯t seem like there¡¯s any meaning even if I ate them¡..]
[E, eat? Eh, Nagumo-kun, you intended to eat this? Seriously?]
Instinctively, Shizuku asked after being influenced by the previous act of devastation.
[Did I not say it before? ¡..If I eat a demon which is equal or higher than me, I can take in the opponents inherent magic for myself. In the abyss, the only thing there was to eat were demons. Ahh, you guys shouldn¡¯t copy me. Without a doubt you¡¯d die]
[Even if you didn¡¯t say it, we wouldn¡¯t. Hearing it once again is truly sublime¡..]
Shizuku was looking at Hajime with aplex expression. He¡¯s really reliable since he¡¯s helped them countless times by now but, she was reminded once again of where that power came from was through a sublime experience, she was lost on whether she should honestly feel admiration or not.
[Bu, but, why aren¡¯t you eating this thing then? No, as for Suzu, suzu doesn¡¯t want to see such a predation scene so you don¡¯t have to eat it but¡¡]
[I just said it just now? There¡¯s no meaning unless they¡¯re equal or higher than me. The guys around here are all small frys]
[¡¡I See~. For Nagumo-kun, this monster is a small fry~. I see~, ahaha]
[Suzu, I understand your feelings so don¡¯t break. Pleasee back]
Suzu who was giving a dryugh as if slightly broken and Shizuku was sighingly asking her to regain her sanity.
[¡¡..]
Within that, only Kouki was staring at the remains of the demons that Hajime had created while tightly grasping the sword in his grip. For himself, the enemy was powerful to the extent where he had almost lost his life, but Hajime evaluated them as if they were just stones on the side of the road without any value, he felt unpleasant from their difference in ability. Although he was trying to pretend to not notice, dark emotions were beginning to swell up again within his heart.
Hajime nced over at Kouki who was standing still silently.
[¡¡.Amanogawa]
[~. Wh, what is it?]
[For now just think about finding your childhood friend. Being worried about this and that, it¡¯ll be fine as long as you do what you have to do]
[Ah, ahh. You¡¯re right, we have to quickly find Ryutaro and them¡.]
Although he stuttered somewhat, Kouki nodded firmly towards Hajime¡¯s words. He braced himself again to search for his missing childhood friend.
After Hajime was ncing at Kouki like that, he seemed to have lost interest and averted his nce.
As a matter of fact, Hajime had clearly understood what Kouki was feeling. Inferiorityplex and frustration, jealousy of strength¡¡..they were emotions which Hajime had felt once before.
He never thought that Kouki who had everything would be feeling that way towards himself, it was a rather ironic subject. As Hajime was thinking about such things, because he had no feelings to consider for Kouki, he was simply through with it. The words from awhile ago that Hajime said out was already a big treat.
[Hajime-san, the other side was cleaned up~]
[Fu~u, this side is done too]
In the meantime, Kaori and Shia who finished dealing with the demons came back.
[Alright. Well then, shall we depart. I think that if its Yue and Teio then it¡¯s alright but, we should still regroup with them as quickly as possible. Sakagami is¡¡ma~a, whatever happens, happens]
[Wha-, aren¡¯t you treating Ryutaro too crudely? Say, I know that your lover is important and all but¡.]
From what Hajime said, Shizuku had a troubled expression as she tsukkomied. The party advanced through the interior of the sea of trees to look for theirpanions who were separated from them.
Chapter 125
Chapter 125
ZUDOOOOON! DOOGOOOON! GOOBAAA!
A roar shakes the ground in the sea of trees over and over, creatures which inhabit it were desperate to escape from the center of the explosion while panicking.
[Oraa! I¡¯ll destroy this forest, get out of my way!]
Among the sounds that roared consistently, you could hear a scream.
It was Hajime¡¯s voice.
Incidentally, it is Hajime who bombs the sea of trees in the present while scattering the roaring sound. A vein on his forehead is showing while he uses ¡°Orkan¡± (TL: His rocketuncher) in both hands and randomly shooting rockets and missiles.
[A, Ano, Hajime-san, anymore is ¡..]
[That¡¯s right, Hajime-kun, I¡¯m sure that demon is already died, too and ¡.]
Without hiding his anger and frenzy,hundred of rockets and missiles were already shot by Hajime who keeps shooting cluster bombs with the ¡°Cross Bits¡± from the sky in the forest, while Shia and Kaori fluster to restrain him.
However, ¡.
[Well, what?]
[Ie, it is nothing.]
[Un, I¡¯m sorry to bother you.]
The two retracted their previous remarks immediately, because Hajime looked back with bloodshot eyes. (TL: He looked with blood lust.)
[Uu,¡. scary. Shizushizu~ stop him.]
[Do not say the unreasonable, Suzu. I do not want to die yet. I think it¡¯s also reasonable why he is angry¡..]
Shizuku gives out a sigh while she¡¯s calming Suzu who is clinging to her. She looks a little to the side. There was a crouching figure that was suppressing his own eyes with both hands while weeping.
[My eyes~, my eyes~, damn it, Nagumo! What are you doing so suddenly!]
A voice of agony is raised like a colonel from somewhere. It was the state of a person who got his eyes busted. Also, ording to the words, Kouki¡¯s eyes were pierced by Hajime who used his fingers like scissors.
So why is Hajime so mad that he burned the forest and crushed Kouki¡¯s eyes?
After Hajime and the others fought a bee-shaped demon, they searched in the sea of trees for approximately 30 minutes. It was because of the encounter of a certain demon.
The demon was a monkey-type which attacked in crowds. The attacks flew from all angles freely by using the trees as a foothold and it was fairly troublesome. They were equipped with sword and clubs etc. Though it was unknown where they got these weapons.
Kouki, Shizuku and Suzu were fighting the monkey-demons and were yed around with the tricky movements of them. Naturally, the monkey-demons were not Hajime¡¯s enemy, as one would expect.
Hajime, who wanted to join with Yue as fast as possible, let Kouki¡¯s group spar with the enemy to some degree.
Is it possible that the monkey-demon has some intelligence? The monkey-demons tried to take hostages. However, for Hajime, the thinking of that degree was too shallow. The monkey-demons that tried to take a hostage were all killed.
In those circumstances, the monkey-demons realized that they are no match and tried to withdraw, however¡¡ itidentally made the wrong choice. It was the worst decision they could have made.
The main cause is the peculiar magic of the monkey-demons ¨C ¡°Mimicry¡±. It is the same one as the one from the rust-colored Slime which made Hajime angry.
They also got the information of Yue¡¯s group and it is possible for them to disguise themselves as thepanions which Hajime¡¯s group was separated from. However, unlike the rust-colored Slime, the monkey-demons were more intelligent.
In other words, it is possible for them to mimic actions which would disturb the others. They were able to think of that.
As a result, they used ¡°Mimicry¡±. It was to be used against the most dangerous enemy with the person they value the most. It was the lowest method to shake them up.
The monkey-demons dragged their brethren that used mimicry from the back of the bush. Its appearance was that of Yue. The figure that was dragged along was badly bruised with an udylike appearance. Because it is based on the information of the teleported team, the appearance is exactly the same as the real one. (TL: Yep. They dug their own graves now.)
Of course, Hajime was able to see through the mimicry of therust-colored Slime before, so he obviously knew it was not Yue.
Still, even with Yue¡¯s nudity and miserable appearance you can¡¯t tell the difference between the fake a real thing. When closing in the distance with his ¡°Instant Movement¡± (TL: Shukichi, Flicker, whatever was used before.), Kouki¡¯s eyes, which almost looked at the ¡°Mimicry¡±-Yue, were crushed.
At this point, though Hajime has already started losing his temper, it was still enough for his reason to work. However, the monkey-demons, despite their high intelligence, couldn¡¯t read the mood. They hit the ¡°Mimicry¡±-Yue in front of Hajime with a smile. In addition the ¡°Mimicry¡±-demon was imitating Yue¡¯s voice. [¡..Hajime, help me]. It became a serious matter because of that.
At that moment, everyone heard it. ¡°BUCHI¡± was heard and something snapped. (TL: sound effects, think of it as a snapping sound)
And now, you can see a part of the sea of trees surrounded by mes of hell.
The scorched field which was 500 meters in every direction was alreadyplete. If you look here and there you can see carbonized humanoids. In the wreckage, bee- and ant-demons were also seen.
Because it was an instant air strike, there will probably be not a demon that escaped unless some demons can make a space metastasis.
After Hajime burned everything in the sea of trees, he advanced while ignoring everything else.
[Don¡¯t give up you both, please! Who else can stop Hajime-san other than Shia and Kaori!¡±
[But¡.]
[No buts. Why do you give up here? It ends when you give up! Hora, do your best! Hang in there! Dekiru, Dekiru! (2xYou can do it!) A maiden in love is invincible!]
The words from Shizuku, reminiscent of some coach, inspired Shia and Kaori. To be frank, Shizuku was desperate to make the two to go to Hajime as he was hard to approach now.
Without knowing the real intentions of Shizuku, Shia and Kaori nod to each other and jumped at Hajime while he was reloading ¡°Orkan¡±.
[Hajime-san! Leave it at this!]
[That¡¯s right, Hajime-kun. You may drag Yue¡¯s group into it!]
He desperatelyres at Shia and Kaori clinging to him. Hajime seems to be dissatisfied and utters a twisted expressions and raised his voice with an [A?, a?]
The appearance was, no matter how you look at it, one of a person that wanted to free his head. However, as he sees the two going [Ne?, Ne?], he regained hisposure after a while.
[Fuuuuuu~~~~~ I understand. For now I¡¯ll leave it at this. I feel refreshed after shooting.]
Hajome rxed his shoulders and called back the ¡°Cross Bits¡± and put them away along with ¡°Orkan¡± into the ¡°Treasure Box¡±. Shia and Kaori regained theirposure and let out a relieved breath.
[My bad, I made you take care of me.]
[Ie, I also got mad at their methods. It was inevitable.]
[Un, really, it was the worst¡.. In a sense it was expected from the greatbyrinth.]
When Hajime regained hisposure he showed a wry smile, the two shaked his head while shaking their own heads in denial.
When Hajime was talking in the background of a part of the sea of tree that almost turned into wastnd, Shizuku stepped forward while having a cramp on her cheek.
[Naguno-kun, if you calmed down could you do something about Kouki ¡.]
With the words [Ah, Now that you mention it.] Hajime turns around to Kouki.
Kouki was shedding tears while sobbing. His appearance was indescribably pitiful. Kaori immediately used recovery magic when it was suggested by a nce.
[Uu, This feeling. Is it recovery magic? Oh, i can see light] (TL: Yes he sees light, maybe he should also see a tunnel and go into it?)
Kouki is liberated from the pain in his eyes and is looking joyfully. In addition, when Hajime who is the ringleader of the pain is spotted, he lifted his eyes and raises a voice of protest.
Shizuku exins the situation and the other party shows a dissatisfied face.
[You see, Amanogawa, though i am at fault, i couldn¡¯t hold back. It was a critical moment of whether my lover¡¯s improper appearance was seen by another man. A mans ¡. eyes should be crushed, don¡¯t you agree?] (TL: Written Tennokawa, read as Amanogawa. This took me some time. Maybe i should write down their surnames or something¡.)
[What¡¯s with that mon sense?¡±. Don¡¯t demand for an agreement in that tone. I almost became blind. In the first ce, how can you tell the fake apart? Setting aside the real thing, when i think about how i tasted the pain because of the impostor¡¡ I¡¯m really angry.]
[You are foolish. Comparing your eyesight with Yue¡¯s half-nakedness¡.. is like putting a stone from the roadside with a high-ss jewel on a scale.]
[My eyes aren¡¯t roadside stones!]
Kouki objects to Hajime and shows resentment towards him, while Hajime wards of his remark, he goes back to his search.
While not taking notice of the other party, Kouki begins to get even more irritated. Shizuku and Suzu try to soothe the situation. In a certain meaning, they were indebted to a familiar girl. It was an unpleasantmon point.
At that time Hajime caught a presence with his ¡°Sign perception¡±. It wille at the speed of a small run.
Judging from the feeling of the sign, it seemed not to be a very powerful enemy. Therefore, Hajime looked back at the sea of trees with a doubtful look.
Shia also tilted her neck while gazing at the depths of the sea of trees.
Kouki also guessed that something approached them while looking at the manner of the two. It was a creature that resembled a goblin, while it made a rustling sounds (TL: ¡°gasagasa¡± sounds). It had a dark skin with an ugly and distorted face, it wore a rag and was about 140 centimeters tall.
The goblin made a ¡°Guga¡±-sound when it saw Hajimes appearance. Thought it cried with a somewhat excited voice, it movements stopped as it was startled by its own voice. It stopped and looked at Hajime. Because of its face, murderous intent was released.
In fact, it looked that way to Kouki.
Because he was not ying an active part in battle a feeling of irritation was felt by him and he made a rush to the goblin. He closed in the distance in the blink of an eye with his Holy Sword in hand.
However, the goblin which life was almost nearly cut, for a moment, it¡¯s nce turned to Kouki, but it still did not show any behavior of taking a defensive action.
In an instant, even if Kouki had some doubts about it, he swung his Holy Sword down, because you couldn¡¯t be careless against demons in the greatbyrinth.
At that moment, when the Holy Sword dded in light, almost cut the strange goblin in two,
[What are you doing, idiot!] (TL: ¡°Boke~¡±, not ¡°baka¡±)
[Nnabbubera?]
Hajime who caught up in a moment, kicked Kouki away with a ¡°Rolling Savate¡±. A strange scream was raised and Kouki disappeared in the interior of the sea of trees, as if being run over by a dump truck.
Despite the demon before them, Shizuku was dumbfounded by the action of an ally getting blown away by a ¡°Rolling Savate¡±. She couldn¡¯t overlook the action, lifted her eyes in anger and rushed over to Hajime.
[Wait a moment, Nagumo-kun! What was that for!? No matter how you look at it, it was unreasonable. Kouki merely wanted to defeat the demon!]
[That¡¯s right! Or rather, is Kouki-kun alright? We must go look for him immediately.]
Shizuku and Suzu turned a look of criticism to Hajime. Shia and Kaori also did not understand the reason for Hajime¡¯s action.
However, Hajime did not hear their voices, he only gazed at the goblin in front of him.
In her eyes, Kouki was kicked away by Hajime¡¯s ¡°Rolling Savate¡± without reason and Shizuku put herself on guard against the existence of the goblin.
Kouki turned up from the back of the sea of trees while rubbing his arm. Apparently, he seemed to have been alright. However, it seemed he was going to jump at Hajime, while anger was omitting from his whole body.
[¡.. Nagumo. Why did you do that? Why did you get in my way? The situation is different from a while ago. Don¡¯t make excuses. To protect a demon, are you sane?]
[It¡¯s not a demon.]
[What did you say?]
Without reacting to Kouki¡¯s anger and ignoring his muttering, he kneeled in front the still standing goblin. All members were astonished by the action and are doubting him more and more. Only Shia noticed something and muttered [No way¡.].
Hajime, who is meeting it¡¯s eyes on the same level, says some words that startle the others.
[¡.. You are Yue, right?]
[Gugya!]
[[[¡.What the?]]]
While Kouki and the rest were standing there with open mouths, Hajime did not hesitate and took the goblins hand and muttered [Yue¡]. The goblin, with a joyful cry, answered [Gugya.].
[Ehm, Hajime-san. I would never have imaged it would be Yue-san. Uhm, I can only see a demon¡.]
[I, I can only see a demon. Is it really Yue?]
Shia and Kaori raised a voice of doubt, while looking at the goblin in front of them. The goblin begins to cry outin to Hajime with [Gugya , Gugogo, Gyaagya], while looking at both of them. It shoulders dropped, because it is not able to talk with them.
However, Hajime is there. There is nothing impossible for the man who loves Yue.
[Yes?, Yes~ The next thing you knew is that your appearance changed after the transfer?]
[! Gugya ! ¡¡ Gugogo]
[Fumu, So it only changed the body¡¡]
[Gugya ¡¡ Gyagya , Gugi]
[The equipment was also lost?¡.Oh, you came after the markings i have left?] (TL: Either equipment or essories and ¡°makingu¡± is written in ¡°english¡±)
[Gugutsu ¡¡ Gogagoga]
[That¡¯s right, Hajime is where the explosionse from? Well, you aren¡¯t wrong¡¡]
[¡¡Gyuuu, Gogo]
[Is that so, you aren¡¯t able to use magic¡¡ But, you don¡¯t feel any other changes.]
[Gigigi , Gagi]
[Well, it should be alright. It¡¯s probably one of the trials. It was an inevitable start of the game]
[¡¡ Gyuuu]
[And Tio and Sakagami weren¡¯t with you. Perhaps the same happened with them as with Yue. I still don¡¯t know anything about the demons here¡.. Well, Don¡¯t worry about it Yue. I¡¯ll do something about it as always.]
A normal conversation has been established. (TL: ¡°normal¡±)
[[[[[ ¡¡¡¡.. ]]]]]
Kouki and the rest were speechless. Hajime didn¡¯t try to hide the fact that he was happy to be reunited with his lover and smiled.
[This kind of thing. Let¡¯s try ¡°Reproduction Magic¡± out.]
[[[[[ No, no, no, no, wait, wait, wait, wait ]]]]]
[Oh, What¡¯s wrong?]
Kouki and the rest tsukkomied in abeautiful harmony and looked at Hajime with puzzled expressions. Everyone wanted to tsukkomi Hajime even more. Or rather, they weren¡¯t able to hold out any longer.
[Isn¡¯t it strange? It is strange, right? How can youmunicate? Like nothing is going on!]
[Nothing is going on¡. I talk because it is Yue?]
[Suzu only hears ¡°Gugya¡±! No other words! How do you understand it?]
[No, with feelings¡ it is possible to talk with eyes.]
[Which reminds me, you always stare at each other¡¡¡.It really is useful at such a time¡.. How the two of youmunicate breaks through the center of the universe.]
[No, It¡¯s normal for a lover.]
[It¡¯s not normal? Obviously it is not normal¡..What should we do. The ¡°special¡± seat feels very far away.]
[Rather, Nagumo-kun. How did you notice it? Did you notice it before kicking me?]
[How did i, you know¡.. It¡¯s a simple story.]
Many tsukkomis were made and the others had tired expressions because Hajimeanswered with hismon sense. At the end, Kouki uttered a question towards Hajime, who looked peacefully at the goblin shaped Yue,
[It¡¯s just that¡. Her appearance may have changed, but i will never lose sight of Yue.]
[[[[[¡¡Is that so?]]]]]
[¡¡ Gugya]
With an expression that seemed like it was made of sugar, Yue (goblin Ver.) answered happily to Kouki¡¯s group.
[Putting that aside. Kaori, I leave the ¡°Reproduction Magic¡± to you.]
[Ah, Un, I understand¡¡. Well then, here we go Yue: ¡°Absolute Imitation¡±!]
Kaori, whose eyes slightly regained sanity, was appealed by Hajime, turned towards Yue (goblin Ver.) and used ¡°Reproduction Magic¡±. Needless to say, reproduction magic is an age of gods magic and the effects are enormous. Hajime¡¯s group thought it would return her to her old appearance if they used it¡¡..
[Gugya?]
[What? Why? One more time: ¡°Absolute Imitation¡±!]
Yue¡¯s appearance did not change back.
It¡¯s like the ¡°Reproduction Magic¡± isn¡¯t activating. A silver light pours down over Yue, but Kaori¡¯s magic is erased with a crunching sound. There is still no sigh of Yue¡¯s appearance turning back.
[Why¡¡]
[Gugya¡¡]
Kaori is stunned and Yue (goblin Ver.) dejectedly drops her shoulders. Even the other members had worried expressions. In the middle of it, Hajime folded his arms and hit the temple while brooding over the phenomenon.
Hajime wore a difficult expression. Yue (goblin Vers.), while gripping the bottom of his clothes, looked up to him with an uneasy expression. She though that it would be also difficult for her to turn someone back with ¡°Reproduction Magic¡±.
To such a Yue (goblin Ver.), Hajime returned from his deep thoughts and turned a vibrant smile towards her.
[Everything is alright, Yue. I¡¯ve said it before, we fell into the trap, but a Game Over is impossible at the start. There must be a method to turn you back. I believe the ¡°Reproduction Magic¡± doesn¡¯t work because the quality of the age of gods magic is different. A special method needs to be used. It is a self-evident truth, that the challengers of the trial have ¡°Reproduction Magic¡±. There would be no meaning to the trial otherwise. In any case, we will find the method to turn you back if we proceed further.]
[¡¡ Gugya]
[Aa, don¡¯t worry about it. And, i forgot about this. Can you hold this?]
[¡¡ Gigi?]
Hajime passed Yue (goblin Ver.) a pair of jewel earrings. Because she transformed and can¡¯t use magic, he guessed that she needs something and gave her an artifact ?? ¡°Telephatic Jewels¡±. (TL: actually stones, but they are earrings, so i choose ¡°Jewels¡± instead of stones.)
[¡¡Hajime?, Hajime? Can you hear me?]
Then, a lovely voice affected the space, the same way as Tio¡¯s transformation into a dragon does. Hajime¡¯s expression loosed up and he looked very happy while hearing a dear and nostalgic voice, even if it was only for a moment.
[Yeah, I can hear you, Yue. Your appearance changed¡.. but i¡¯m d you are alight.]
[¡¡. Nn. I knew Hajime would notice it.]
[That¡¯s natural. I¡¯m the one who understands you the most.] (TL: Missed this line, i¡¯m sorry~ Did not notice till now)
[¡¡¡ Nn. But i was happy. I love you.]
[¡¡Stop it. It¡¯s embarrassing.]
[¡.. Fufu]
The air around them became sweet and pink, even though she was a goblin. Even if the appearance changed, they still create their own world. The eyes of the other members became like ones from dead fish.
[*Cough*! Isn¡¯t it about time? Yue, I¡¯m d you are alright.]
[N¡¡ Kaori, too]
[Yue-san¡¡. Zettai, zee~~tai! We will turn you back! For that reason, you can rely on me!] (TL: ¡°Zettai¡± means ¡°absolutely¡± ,left it in japanese, because reasons¡..)
[¡.. Shia, Thank you. I can¡¯t fight now, so i¡¯ll count on you.]
Shia and Kaori somehow regained their spirit and were able to exchange words with Yue.
[Yue-san, well, i¡¯m sorry about a while ago. I didn¡¯t notice it was you¡. I almost injured you.]
[¡.Don¡¯t worry. It was inevitable. And i believed i wouldn¡¯t get injured¡.]
[Eeh, is it about me?]
[¡. Even from the hero (lol), Hajime would protect me.]
[¡¡ Is that so.]
Yue¡¯s casual remark performs a clean hit. While withdrawing dejectedly, Kouki raised a dryughter. Shizuku and Suzu try to encourage him.
[Well then, to change Yue back and find Tio and Sakagami we should push forward and quickly conquer thebyrinth.]
With Hajime¡¯smand the party proceeded to advance in the sea of trees once again.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[¡..Hajime-san, even I see it. That is Tio.]
[I also understand it. No matter how you look at it, that is Tio.]
[¡.Rather, it would be aserious matter if it wasn¡¯t Tio.]
[Unmistakable, That is Tio.]
Hajime and the others turn their eyes towards the filth they see.
After 30 minutes they joined up with Yue, they saw a group of goblins. The group assaulted one goblin with kicks and punches.
However, there was no intention of killing it and an atmosphere like bullying was there. The goblin seemed not to be injured while receiving an assault from the group.
If it was only that it was bullied because it was weak, it would be pretty natural¡¡
[No matter how i see it¡.. It¡¯s in ecstasy¡..]
[Even though it has the face of a goblin¡.. We could never broadcast that.] [Nagumo¡.. You, to that kind of person¡. I don¡¯t feel like i could win it¡¯s heart.] [Stop it, Amanogawa. I feel bad because i allowed that transformation¡..I can only give up¡..]
The goblin was floating in ecstasy, while the others where muttering. The appearance was reminiscent of a certain pervert. Or precisely, there could only be one such person.
[Tio¡ You are¡.. It¡¯s toote already¡. Let¡¯s give up though it is regrettable.]
When Hajime shaked his head in a sad expression he quietly turned his back. Yue and the rest followed him without any hesitation. Normally, Kouki would say [Never desert a nakama!], among other things, but now his gaze is wandering. (TL: As in ignoring it and it is ¡°nakama¡±, which can mean friend,panion,rade..etc.)
[Gu? Gyagya!]
And, at that moment, the goblin noticed Hajime¡¯s group and raised its voice.
As a result, the assaulted goblin seemed to notice Hajime. It opened its eyes wide and rushed towards Hajime, despite receiving an assault earlier.
The goblin (Tio) was crawling in a high-speed on the ground, while the other goblins instinctively pulled away and backed away. In fact, while the goblins tormented and bullied it in high spirit, they felt [Huh? Somehow you are strange.] and now they were convinced about it.
[Gugyagyagya!!]
Meanwhile, the goblin (Tio) tried to jump with a rupa?dive into Hajime¡¯s chest. Though they can¡¯t understand goblin words, seen that, it was surely [Master~ This one longed to see you] or something along those lines. (TL: Forgot to mention. It¡¯s probably ¡°scuba dive¡±, i don¡¯t understand the censor of the author here so i left it~)
Of course, Hajime responded and said,
[Don¡¯te near me, you pervert!]
Mekyo!
And he used an uppercut with his artificial arm.
The goblin (Tio) made an artistic backflip with four and a half turns, but did make a sound like it should have been. She crashed.
[¡..Dead?]
Yue (goblin Ver.) peeked into the bush where the body of the goblin (Tio) fell. It¡¯s tail was pierced by a tree branch.
Then, [Bikunbikun]! The body of the goblin (Tio) was twitching, while regaining consciousness. Though the body is that of a goblin, the endurance may be that of a dragon. Or, she became an even bigger pervert¡¡
[GaGaGa! GoGo, Guge! Guga!]
The goblin (Tio) held her cheeks with both hands and screamed excited, while her body twisted around. And then, she began looking at Hajime with feverish eyes.
Instinctively, Hajime starts pulling out ¡°Donner¡± and Shia desperately tries to calm him. Kaori handed over a ¡°Telepathic Stone¡± over to the goblin (Tio).
[Uh-huh, a ¡°Telepathic Stone¡±¡.. Do thou hear me, Master? This one met the beloved Master and the first words and actions were those of abuse.]
[Damn it. Even if the body changes,the toughness does not. It should just die already.]
[Tsu! Aah? Beloved Master. Theck of pardon, this one can¡¯t hold out. Mistress is useless without Master. Now, Master¡¯s beloved servant has returned. It¡¯s good how the mistress, who is reduced to ugliness, is attacked without restraint!]
Apparently, even if she changed into a goblin, she still felt the pleasure. It was already toote as Hajime said.
The goblins, while ignoring Tio who is lying on the ground saying [Do as you like! Burn or boil me!] and still twitching, were insta-killed by Hajime. And the search was resumed in silence.
The other members also did not seem to care about it and follow Hajime without turning their eyes.
[Ho, is this neglect y? Master can¡¯t be helped~ Ey, don¡¯t leave this one behind!? This one wants you to wait~ This one is still shaking because of the blow a while ago~]
Tio¡¯s voices echoes empty in the sea of trees. However, nobody stopped walking.
(TL: I used ¡°it¡± rather than really tranting it to english because i guess it makes more sense calling her an ¡°object¡± rather than a ¡°person¡±.)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The huge branch bends and attacks irregrly like a whip. Leaves dance like a de and scatter around. Tree nuts are shot like cannonballs. A sudden spear-like root dashes out from the ground like the sharp point of a sword. Each of these attacks are fatal.
It is very simr to the Tree-Demon Hajime once fought in the [Orcus great Labyrinth]. The demon is a so-called ¡°Trent¡±. But then, when Hajimepared this Trent with the one he fought, the size is extremely different. It was 30 meters high and 10 meters in diameter.
Kouki, Shizuku, Suzu and the ogre-like creature are confronting the huge Trent.
[Guraaa!]
Meanwhile, while raising a shout like a real Ogre, it is Ryutaro who attacks with his fist to intercept the branches thate in.
Along the way, an Ogre was discovered fighting other Ogres. However, while the fight went on martial arts were seen ¨C To be frank, it made refined karatemovements. It was obvious that it was Ryutaro.
Ryutaro might have been dead if they found himter as his status has fallen as Yue¡¯s and Tio¡¯s did. To go that far without running away, a tsukkomi was made about his muscle-brain.
And, Ryutaro finally joined with them as thest member. They reached the ce with the gigantic tree which was obviously on a different sizepared with the surrounding ones¡¡ The gigantic tree said [Defeat me if you want to go further!] and began to rage as it said it.
At the present time, Kouki¡¯s group which did not show any results till now said [We will defeat this guy!] and rushed out. Hajime¡¯s group didn¡¯t care and started tospectate the fight. By the way, Kaori is participating as a healer.
[Gwuuuu. The attack is heavy.]
A branch with the thickness of a log approaches, while cutting through the wind, and is received by Kouki with his Holy Sword. However, a groan leaked from the space of gritted teeth, while reminding how excessive the weight of the attack was.
Shizuku is busy with shuriken like leaves, which fly like throwing knifes. Suzu puts up a powerful barrier to somehow intercept the attack and Kouki desperately decides to use the opening to attack.
[Kuu, No good. Because Kaori is here, we do not have to worry about not being able to continue¡¡]
The ck katana ¡°Tsumehirameki¡± was fully taken advantage of. Shizuku gridded her teeth while cutting branches and leaves one by one. (TL: Not sure??, something like w sh/lighting)
Hajime¡¯s words before entering the greatbyrinth, sank into the bodies of Shizuku¡¯s group. Without Hajime they would have been annihted already. The confidence they gained in the [Orcus great Labyrinth] was crushed into pieces.
After worrying a little, Shizuku shouted towards Kouki.
[Kouki! Use ¡°Supreme Destruction¡±!] (TL:??not too sure, used chapter 122 as a reference )
[No, it¡¯s not good. The chant is too long!]
[It¡¯s alright! We will defend you without fail! Believe in us!]
Kouki was troubled what he should do about Shizuku¡¯s suggestion.
It was obvious that the Trent before them was stronger than the demons of the woman of the Majin-tribe (TL: Demon-tribe). The attacks onlye one by one, however the fight is only somewhat manageable with Kaori¡¯s backup. They could lose their lives if they lose concentration even once. It would take more than an average nerve to expose oneself defenseless in such a time.
However, it was certain that without an overwhelming attack they can¡¯t reach the Trent. At this rate, they wouldn¡¯t be able to defeat it.
In addition¡¡
Kouki recalls the time when Hajime met Yue again. A mutual trust that did not change, even when the appearance changed. Hajime saw the true nature of his lover in an instant and Yue did not show any unrest while she was almost killed by Kouki. Honestly, it would be a lie so say that he did not envy such a rtionship.
Therefore, Kouki was determined. We have a rtionship of mutual trust. It was absolutely not to prove that they will not lose to Hajime.
[I understand. I leave my back to you!]
[Yes, leave it to us. Ryutaro, Suzu! Let¡¯s gather up!]
[Roger!]
[Aye yo!]
Kouki did not move an inch while raising his Holy Sword over his head. Only his mouth moved while chanting. That state may be called defenseless, because his whole consciousness was poured into the chant of ¡°Might of Heaven¡±.
The Trent was sure not to miss that chance. The tree branches from right and left, a leaf de which approached like a tornado from above, a shell of nuts from the front and the root of a tree attacks from the ground.
[This is sacred ground, the enemy of god will not be allowed to pass! ¡°Absolute Virtue!¡±] (TL: ¡°??¡± not sure about this skill, also ¡°YOU SHALL NOT PASS!¡± would also work, but i did not want to use a sketchy line~)
Suzu foresaw an attack and put up a barrier. Up till now her barriers have saved the party. The barrier withstood somehow the first barrage of attacks with small cracks.
[Tsuuuuu!]
Because of the consecutive attacks of the Trent, the barrier couldn¡¯t hold out and breaks. Suzu¡¯s groan resounds loudly, while Shizuku and Ryutaro (Ogre Ver.) are attacking in despair.
[Tsuuuaaa!]
[Ooooooh!]
They were badly bruised in an instant because of the offensive waves of attacks. They intercept every attack with their skills, while screaming and roaring. Though two people get damaged and blood spilled out, they didn¡¯t let any attack pass to the back.
[¡°Kaiten!¡±] (TL: Changing the world or turning the tide. Japanese sounds a bit better.)
With only one world echoing on the battlefield, Suzu¡¯s wounds are healed in an instant by Kaori¡¯s magic.
Though ¡°Kaiten¡± is a recovery magic for multiple targets, it¡¯s effects are already above the advanced level. Most wounds are healed in no time. After getting Nointo¡¯s body, Kaori was inspired to create new healing magic. It was possible to heal with ¡°Regeneration Magic¡±, however the magic consumption from the age of gods magic isrger than normal magic.
Suzu puts up a barrier again and earns a few seconds, however it gets destroyed again. Shizuku and Ryutaro put their lives on the line again. Kaori immediately heals their damaged bodies and Suzu puts up another barrier. They repeat this three times.
Finally, from Kouki¡¯s body, a huge amount of magic gushes out and covers his Holy Sword. The Holy Sword is dded in light like the sun and Kouki takes a deep breath.
And,
[????Everyone! Here i go! ¡°Supreme Destruction¡± !!]
He unleashes his trump card, his strongest magic. A huge torrent of light strikes the ground and flies forward. A leaf de is blown off, the tree branch gets eliminated, the bombardment of the nuts is swallowed and the Trent is hit directly.
The roaring sounds and light explode, while the surroundings are dyed white.
[I did it!]
Kouki gives a smile of satisfaction and shouts. Hajime watches in the back, while stuffing a small cake into his mouth, and mutters [Aah, he raised the g¡..].
The g was certainly raised.
The light and dust clears up¡¡and the Trent is unhurt.
[It¡¯s a lie, right¡¡]
Kouki is stunned and makes a lifeless voice. It wasn¡¯t only Kouki. Shizuku¡¯s group also were shocked because Kouki¡¯sst resort was useless.
The Trent lets out murderous intent towards Kouki¡¯s group and starts attacking in waves again.
Chapter 126
Chapter 126
¡°Supreme Destruction¡± ???? Is a power like the name says. A power worthy as a hero¡¯s trump card, a magic of the highest grade. Kouki came as a beginner into this world, leveled up, gained experience and was able to ughter all enemies with his special technique.
However, the Trent emerged unscathed from the dust.
[Impossible¡..]
Kouki was unable to move because of that fact. Shizuku realized something and raises her voice.
[Kouki! Look at that! It wasn¡¯t a direct hit!]
[Eh?]
When Kouki looked into the same direction as Shizuku, he saw arge amount of trees scattered around, broken into small fragments. Apparently, Kouki¡¯s ¡°Supreme Destruction¡± did not hit the Trent directly. It was prevented by arge amount of trees in the front.
Though there shouldn¡¯t be any trees there? Where on earth did such a great amount appear from? The questions from Kouki¡¯s group were answered by the Trent.
At that time, the Pseudo-Trent gave out a pale light. Arge number of trees spread out from the base and grew in a very great force.
[¡¡ Unique Magic.]
Suzu muttered. That opinion was right. It was the unique magic of the Trent of the ¡°Sea of Trees¡±. It was freely able to create arge amount of trees and manipte them freely.
[This, this is bad! This is sacred ground, the enemy of god will not be allowed to pass! ¡°Absolute Virtue!¡±]
Suzu was momentarily dumbfounded, but was able to invoke ¡°Absolute Virtue¡± immediately. Attacks poured in from all directions, while a shining barrier was deployed with Suzu¡¯s group inside.
The branches which had a sharpened point like a spear gave an intense shock to the barrier one after another.
Not only the Trent, but also the surrounding trees also produced a simr attack. It seemed they wold get crushed to death by the almost oppressive amount of resources.
The ¡°Absolute Virtue¡± won¡¯t be able to hold out without a chant. It already cracked here and there, it did not seem to hold out for another several seconds. And, when Suzu¡¯s barrier gets broken, will the others hold out till she deploys it again?¡..Only an optimist would judge it doable.
[No good¡.anymore¡.]
Suzu realizes by the magic consumption, that the barrier will soon break and informs the others.
Kouki looks at Suzu. [Then i have to use ¡°Limit Break¡± to survive!] He made his resolve. There is no choice but to ept that they need to use two of their trump cards directly at the first stage after entering a greatbyrinth.
However, after guessing Kouki¡¯s intentions, assistance came from the rear.
[¡°Forever Engraved¡±]
The reproduction magic ¡°Forever Engraved¡±, which Kaori used ¨C regardless of the substance of the object ¨C can regenerate everything to the state one second ago every one second it is used.
Suzu¡¯s ¡°Absolute Virtue¡± which seemed to break at any moment, gets surrounded by a silver light. After one beat, the barrier recovered to its dignified appearance af if nothing happened. Even after the attacks of the Trents , it returns to its original state. ¡°Absolute Virtue¡± is repaired every second.
[Wow, Kao-rin! Thank you!]
Suzu, while maintaining the barrier, looks back and thanks Kaori. Kouki and the others slighty rx their bodies because they got of the predicament and look to the back.
There, the Trents surrounded Hajime¡¯s group like it did to Kouki¡¯s. Hajime and the others did not seem to care about it.
Four ¡°Cross Bitts¡± were arranged by Hajime in the surroundings and a triangr pyramid was spread as a barrier. (TL: Like /images/lgs-3d-shape-triangr-based-pyramid.gif) The space interception type produce a spatial magic ¡°Four-Point Barrier¡±.
¡°Reproduction Magic¡± isn¡¯t even used and still there are no signs that the barrier gets shaken. It seems to be a totally impregnable castle wall, without allowing any attack toe near.
[That seems to be the limit. I thought they would hold out longer¡..]
Hajime murmured while looking down at Kouku who had aplicated look.
[U~n, Wouldn¡¯t they be fine if the hero-san uses his ¡°Limit Break¡±?]
[I wonder. Well, if he goes over his limit maybe¡¡ However, what will happen after he weakens after that? It is unlikely that he can recover from the fatigue of his ¡°Limit Break¡± with healing magic.]
[¡..It may be possible with Reproduction Magic.]
[I don¡¯t want to use it as the magic consumption is big. It¡¯s still too early for that.]
[Fumu. Well then, we should clear up here before the hero-boy uses it.]
Hajime was wondering if Kouki and the others would be acknowledged to have cleared the greatbyrinth. Kouki and the others should obtain the age of gods magic , because [If Nointos appear in a great amount we could use the ¡°throw the heroes at them¡±-strategy.]
So, they should raise their military strength in the greatbyrinth [Appeal with: ¡°We should fight hard!¡± ] Or so he wished¡¡.
Because it is unknown what may happen beyond this point, it¡¯s not preferable to use age of gods magic in session because of its magic consumption. Even though they have magic stones stocked up, they don¡¯t know when Yue and Tio can turn back and are able to fight.
[Master, this one thinks you should not worry too much about the oue of the battle.]
[Yes? What do you mean? Is it about the concept of the greatbyrinth?]
The goblin (Tio) advises Hajime who thinks deeply about the current situation. Despite her being a pervert, her words and knowledge are very thoughtful. Though, she is still a helpless pervert.
[Yes. The concept is probably ¡°testing the bonds¡±.]
[Bond¡.. Speaking of it, the word was also on the stone tablet at the entrance.]
[That¡¯s right. Not only to test the bonds with the sub-humans, but also to test the bonds when capturing thebyrinth. Is it not so? See through the imitations, ept thepanions which changed. It is truly testing the ¡°deep woven bonds¡±.]
[I see¡.. If there is a goal after clearing this trial you could call this a ¡°guidepost¡±. If it¡¯s that way, then there might be no problem if I clean up the battle. Amanokawa and the others only need to get over the ¡°testing the bonds something¡± whates after this.]
[That¡¯s right. Well, it is only a guess in the end.]
It is still a very reliable guess.
With understanding that, Hajime makes his decision and lets out a sigh. Even though he strengthened Kouki and other with the artifacts greatly, the greatbyrinth reads the memory after the capture and there is a possibility it won¡¯t ept them if he makes them too strong and so he waited.
Hajime nced at the Goblin (Tio) and lets out another sigh. Tio asionally gives sharp consideration and makes suggestive advice because she lived far longer than him. He¡¯s reminiscent that the race is supposed to be noble and respectful.
Originally she is thoughtful and considerate and has the perfect nature of the Dragon-Race which Yue longed for. Every man would be captured by her beauty as she¡¯s a very attractivedy.
Even though she¡¯s already a pervert¡..
[Really, is it my fault?] Hajime worried in his mind. And he looks at the Goblin (Tio) and regretted it.
[Mu? Master¡¯s look of pity at this one¡.haa, haa, this is in itself¡.. already¡Mistress is no good without Master.]
[Haa~]
Tios wriggling with her Goblin body gave out unpleasant feelings.
Hajime looks at the Trent which attacks without restraint but still can¡¯t tear Suzu¡¯s ¡°Absolute Virtue¡± and Hajime¡¯s ¡°4-Point-Barrier¡±. In addition it still generates more trees. The surrounding view was already filled with trees.
[Taniguchi. I¡¯ll burn everything now. Don¡¯t undo the barrier if you don¡¯t want to die.]
[Eh?]
Hajime warns Suzu before unleashing an attack while she is defending from attacks from all directions.
Suzu suddenly answers dumbfounded with a great voice. Kouki and the other turn dubious expressions towards Suzu. The expressions will soon turn into dumbfounded ones.
Outside of the barrier, Hajime throws a moonlike-ring (Getsurin) into the air and takes out a remote control with an induction stone out of the ¡°Treasure Box¡±. With the power of ¡°Wind w¡± and ¡°Sign Perception¡± the surrounding trees were easily dissected and thrown into the air. (TL: Actually the author has written ¡°sky¡±, but i choose to change it to ¡°air¡±. Makes somehow more sense. I¡¯ll use ¡°Getsurin¡± from now on, just needed to exin what it is.)
The numbers exceeded 20. It¡¯s impossible to make them get battle mobility, but it¡¯s easy to change the tide.
And in the next moment, ck liquid scatters around the Trent like raid because of the Getsurin. The ck liquid scattered around is a tar that burns at 3.000? which even melts Fullum ore.
Hajime transfers arge amount of tar stored in the ¡°Treasure Box¡± by using the gate function of Getsurin.
While trying to figure out what Hajime was doing, Shia and the other let out a [Uwaa~] and their eyes turned towards Hajime.
Certainly, it was effective to deal with the Trent and all the trees it quickly generated¡¡..
While the girls gazed at Hajime, he threw a small live coal towards Getsurin.
In that moment,
Gooooooooo !! (TL: Not sure how to trante sound effects????????!!)
Everything in sight was dyed instantly in ming red.
The Trents, which didn¡¯t even worry when the tar was released, are now surrounded by a prison of mes of 3,000? and instantaneously burned by it. Though they don¡¯t have vocal cords, it seems they are screaming in agony.
The spectacle may be mistaken for hell which has manifested on this world. Now, every object outside of the barrier is certainly carbonized¡¡No, even cinders might not remain.
The tar does not burn for long, but the heat is terrific. The hellfire produced by Hajime extinguished naturally after 15 minutes. However, because the Trents ran wild, it even spread to normal trees, so Kaori managed somehow to extinguish the mes with water magic.
[We joined up with Yue and the other already, so i had no problems burning everything down¡.]
[Hajime-kun¡. Do you even think before destroying everything?]
[Where Hajime-san is, there is also destruction¡. Father and the others might think of two new names if they see it.]
[¡¡Hajime not restraining himself¡.Wonderful.]
[This one agrees, Yue. Merciless Master¡. This one gets wet.]
Hajime releases the ¡°4-Point-Barrier¡± and walks toward Kouki and the others who have somewhat tired expressions, while Kaori turns to Hajime looking troubled. The members other than Kaori are saying [That¡¯s very Hajime-like.] and [As expected from Hajime.]. With satisfaction on her face she nods in agreement.
[Nagumo-kun¡.A little while ago¡. No, it¡¯s nothing. A rocketuncher has already been fired at random and cluster bombs were scattered around. This much is already normal for him. Therefore, get a grip, myself¡¡]
Kouki and the others made aplicated look, as if they are really safe. At the same time, Kouki nced towards Hajime and bits his lips tightly.
Kouki wasn¡¯t able to knock it down even with hisst resort and Hajime did it as if it was a side-job. Even if he was persuaded toe here to obtain the age of gods magic, will he really obtain it while being helped¡¡? Such uneasiness was welling up in his mind.
Kouki averts his nce from Hajime and tries to shake off his negative thoughts and looked back in panic as he heard ¡°Mekimeki¡±-sounds from behind.
[Did it regenerate?]
Like Kouki said, a big tree grew rapidly from the carbonized ground while rumbling theearth.TheTrent grew in no time. Exactly how a ¡°Regeneration¡± would feel like.
Kouki and the others took a stance, however the regenerated Trent showed no signs of attacking. After standing for a while it started to make a cave. The trunk tears open, the left and right side crack and an open space in the middle is created.
[I thought it was a middle-boss, but it was also the door which goes to the next stage.]
Hajime advanced towards the cave without nodding or hesitating as he was convinced. Yue and the others follow him. Kouki and the others who assumed a stance, followed him in a hurry.
The inside of the cave was without any special characteristics. However, after everybody entered it, the entrance in the cave shut them in and their feet began to shine at the same time.
[Another teleportation¡..]
It was the same magic as the one at the entrance of the great Tree. Hajime strongly drew the Goblin (Yue) and the Goblin (Tio) towards him while muttering.
Because those two can¡¯t fight right now, even a trivial thing would be fatal. He wants to do something, even if it¡¯s a trifle thing. Aftering this far, it¡¯s impossible to lose these two.
[¡..Hajime.]
[Ma, Master¡. Uu, this one is troubled by your gentleness.]
Were Hajime¡¯s worries transmitted to them? It looked more like the two goblins were really happy, rather than being scared of the transportation. Tio showed a very umon embarrassed (dere) side.
Shia and Kaori jumped towards Hajime with the words [Ah, me too~] and wanted to hug him¡¡..
However, the attempt was one step too slow. As for Hajime¡¯s view, the scene where two people stretched out a hand was painted out with enormous light at the end.
Chapter 127
Chapter 127
Chrip, Chirp, Chirp
The singing of birds and sunlight invading in the space of the curtain informs that morning hase. Responding to the sound, the master of the room covers his head in his futon (TL: Japanese bed) and it turns into an impregnable fortress.
And in the next moment a click resounds inly and the devil raised a roar. (TL: rm clock = devil. I understand, same for me~ Die rm clocks. Every one of them should be killed by a hero.)
Jiriririririri !! (TL: Strange rm. Well¡. Could be worse¡..)
A noise destroys the silence of the morning in the room [Wake up, boke!]
[Uuu¡¡]
The master of the room tries to protect himself from the devil in his fortress, but it¡¯s impossible to do that forever. He extended his arm from the futon and in an instant ¡°Banban¡±! The palm looks for the devil and hits it.
The head of the devil is caught at the third time by the arm because of the experience of the devil subjugation for 10 years and he seeded in silencing the screaming.
However, the act that has continued on countless asions wasn¡¯t hard work at all. The arm of the master of the room dropped in exhaustion and was withdrawn straight into the fortress again. And he stopped moving after that.
Immediately after that,
[Hajime~ Wake uuuuup!! Don¡¯t go back to sleep ! Wake up already~!]
A familiar voice is heard from downstairs ?? The voice of a mother is demanding to wake up. The master of the room, Hajime, has certainly heard the voice in his half consciousness. [Resistance to the bitter end!] The defence of the fortress is gets even stronger after saying that.
[No good after all~. Mou, now really, every morning. Sorry~ Can i count on you again?]
[??] (TL: Really. They were that way. I only changed the brackets. Don¡¯t look at me that way. I¡¯ll get aroused.)
The voice of the mother is heard again from downstairs. It reached Hajime¡¯s ears because it was spoken loud on purpose so that Hajime hears it even if it was on the other side of the door.
Not thinking of the voice of the mother which has given up, already knowing who she¡¯s talking with and what will happen, Hajime still had no intention to get up obediently.
After all, every morning is a happy morning for Hajime¡¡
A ¡°konkon¡±-knocking sound echoes.
However, because there is no reaction, the person understood the reason for it and opened the door immediately. The person calls out to the dumpling gently while getting closer to the bed with small steps.
[¡¡.. Wake up, Hajime.]
[¡¡]
Still, no reaction. A little more, he wants to hear voice more till he fully awakes.
[¡¡¡Hajime, wake up. If you don¡¯t wake up¡¡]
[¡¡..]
She gently uses her hand shaking him. A small hand can be seen over the futon and Hajime¡¯s cheeks begin to soften.
[¡.I¡¯ll attack you. Sexually.]
[Un, I¡¯ll wake up, so will you stop saying such a vivid thing in the morning?]
He wakes up immediately after feeling chills down his spine! And the futon was pushed aside. (TL: I don¡¯t really understand why the author used an ¡°!¡± here. I let it inside, but it feels strange.)
[Morning, Yue.]
[¡¡N. Morning, Hajime.]
Hajime smiled for a while with his dear lover and savored the first happiness of the day.
Hajime is walking to school while suppressing a yawn. Yue is besides him and looks upwards towards him. Such a gesture can only be called cute¡.. Hajime is looking at Yue while they are going besides each other and is busy restraining himself.
Yue is wearing a zer from Hajimes school. Her short skirt is fluttering gently while she goes backwards, turns her head towards Hajime and speaks to him.
[¡¡..Again, staying upte?]
[Un, I was doing the work father asked me to. It was morning before i noticed.]
[¡¡¡It¡¯s good to be enthusiastic, but take care of yourself. Please don¡¯t overwork yourself.]
[Un, I¡¯ll be careful.]
Hajime and Yue are having a gentle conversation. They create a sweet atmosphere between them. A long time passed since Yue became Hajimes lover, however, the passion between them has not declined at all. For Yue to be near Hajime, the homestay was forced into Hajimes house and the transfer procedure to his school was finished very quickly.
Suddenly, the pretty girl with blonde hair became Hajime¡¯s lover and it became a fuss at the beginning. After all, Hajime is a genuine Otaku that spends most of his time helping his father who manages a gamepany. It¡¯s unimaginable why Hajime got such a beautiful lover.
His mother doubted it and panicked because she thought it was because of hypnotism and his father thought he had the ability to make delusions real. Even at school, after it was revealed that Yue was Hajime¡¯s lover, it became the hottest topic of the whole school.
Afterwards, it is needless to say that the boys were envious of Hajime. Yue is like Yue is, she was waging war with several girls for some reason. (TL: Wait what? Why?)
Such things continued for several months. It stopped only recently and their school life calmed down. Thus, because they overcame the storm, they can now leisurely stroll to school together.
Hajime, while looking at Yue and her blonde hair which reflects the light and shines brightly, tried to recall how they have met.
By chance, he helped Yue who was caught by some thugs and in a desperate fight he somehow manage to defeat one and rescued her. His face bes hot when he recalls that she kissed his neck as gratitude towards him. After that they became lovers very fast. (TL: Author used ¡°rapidly¡±, but that sounds somewhat strange.)
(However, even thought i am an Otaku i managed to beat them. Humans can somehow manage it when they are desperate.)
Hajime smiles involuntarily, remembers his act of rashness, but somehow feels uneasy.
(¡¡Huh? Where did i meat Yue again? Why was I at such a ce? Huh?)
It¡¯s obvious that Yue is a foreigner and became a homestay student. That means he should have met her in a foreign country. Hajime himself remembers that he met Yue in a foreign country.
However, where was that actually? He wasn¡¯t sure and his thoughts were hazy. As soon as he noticed that, those doubts came battered like being spilled from a bookshelf in his memory. The uneasiness and doubts swelled up in Hajime one after another.
[¡.Hajime!]
[Uwa, what happened? Why did you shout out so suddenly. You surprised me.]
Yue normally never talks in such a loud voice whilemuting to school. Hajime¡¯s hearth almost jumped and he came back to reality from his whirlpool of thoughts.
After that, Hajime looks at Yue who has a somewhat sulky expression.
[¡..Because you ignored me many times when i called you.]
[What? Really? Sorry! I was thinking for a moment¡¡.]
Yue turns around suddenly in a bad mood. She was sulking and Hajime¡¯s eyebrows turned into the letter of eight. (TL: ¡°?¡± ) At that time, Hajime¡¯s doubts disappearedpletely.
Yue shows a mischievous smile and Hajime repeatedly apologizes. She did not sulk at all, she only wanted Hajime to care about her. She was happy that her n seeded.
To such a Yue, Hajime lowers his eyebrows to the character of eight again [Can¡¯t do anything about this girlfriend] and he wears a troubled look on his face with a smile. However, he wasn¡¯t really troubled like his expression looked like. He was rather happy.
While doing a brilliant turn towards Hajime again, Yue lines up next to Hajime and says something with a small voice.
[¡¡.Doze off. In happiness. Look only at me.]
That voice did not reach Hajime. While Hajime looked at Yue who snuggled up to him, his eyes gently softened.
When Hajime arrived at the school and was changing his shoes at the shoe cab, a soft impact is transmitted to his back. It was certain that someone bumped into him and it was a happy feeling for any man. (TL: Come on! Oppai attack! The attack was very effective!)
[Hajime-san~! Yue-san~! Good morning! ]
[n¡¡. Good morning, Shia.]
[Uwa, Shia-san ! Let me go! I always tell you to stop hugging me when you greet me.] (TL: Wtf Hajime? Shia-san? Is your head alright? I guess not¡.)
[To take away my happiness¡.. This is cruel! At this point you should take responsibility and marry me!]
[You skipped some steps! Anyway, let go! Highlight is disappearing from Yue¡¯s pupils. She stares without blinking!] (TL: Author has written ¡°highlight¡± so I left it. This does sound strange in english. Think of her eyes looking dead or something.)
As for Hajime, he tries to tear of Shia from his back while not being too happy about the feeling on his back.
Shia is also a foreigner like Yue and came to japan to study abroad. Also by chance, he helped her and her family who were attacked by a thug and she repeats to show gratitude with repeating extreme physical contact.
The trademark headband (¡¤¡¤¡¤¡¤¡¤¡¤) she¡¯s wearing is shining in a blue color in addition to her white hair and her innocent smile she is popr regardless of gender and she also has a fan club.
Honestly, I am happy that such a girl is showing me goodwill, even though i am confused. It isn¡¯t so that i don¡¯t think of what would have happened if i had not met Yue earlier than her.
However, there is no meaning in thinking about such IFs. With Yue as the best lover, Shia¡¯s aggressiveness is bing a headache for Hajime.
Though Shia¡¯s goodwill which she turn to Hajime with her excessive physical contact makes Yue have a bad mood, they get along well and they may be called best friends.
That way, they aren¡¯t able to be unkind to each other, and somehow they are stuck in a dilemma. Even though Yue wants to monopolize Hajime, she shows no signs to ditch Shia, her best friend. To Hajime is their rtionship mysterious.
(Good grief, saving two girls from delinquents and receiving their goodwill. Which Gal-game is this? Moreover, a harem-route to be OK is realistically impossible. ¡¡ What? Come to think of it, was Shia always wearing such a headband? Somehow, more, like, a different feeling¡¡.)
While Hajime watched Shia¡¯s headband and searching his memory, suddenly both his arm were wrapped in a happy feeling.
While pressing suchheinous fruits (deadly weapons) against Hajime while talking, they pulled him towards the ssroom. (TL: No joke intended. He really has written ¡°brutal/fiendish/heinous/evil fruits¡±?????)
[Why do you make such a difficult face in the morning? If we don¡¯t go to ss soon the first bell will ring.]
[n¡.The teacher will scold us.]
Warm sunlight is entering from the window and raises the temperature gradually, however because of two people it bes midwinter in the blink of an eye.
Hajime is paying attention to not spend too much time with those two at school. From the mouths of those two the words ¡°ssroom¡±, ¡°first bell¡± and ¡°teacher¡± escaped. So he had no choice and felt a difort in his chest.
When he entered the ssroom, in that moment, the looks of envy and jealousy were emitted from the men and stick all to Hajime. Because of Yue¡¯s and Shia¡¯s aid he doesn¡¯t get chased directly, their piercing gazes still hurt¡¡..
(N? What is it? How to call this¡.. nostalgic? Huh, why, Why do i feel that way?)
Hajime couldn¡¯t understand his own feeling and sat down on his seat while twisting his neck and being even more confused.
Immediatly after that, one girl from the ss approaches Hajime.
[Hajime-kun, Good Morning. You came at thest-minute today. You shoulde earlier.]
[¡¡]
The girl ¡ª Shirasaki Kaori ¡ª who greeted him is not inferior to Yue or Shia even if youpare them. She was the School Madonna before Yue and Shia came. Also, she is also a girl who favors Hajime for some reason.
She has called out to Hajime often already before, but he did not think it was because she had courtesy for him. However, because Yue named herself as Hajimes lover, Kaori started to make her goodwill shown towards Hajime as she knew she had feelings for him. Because of that it was impossible to run away from misunderstandings.
Kaori came closer to Hajime with ¡°patapata¡± steps which sounded happy and Hajime showed a troubled smile¡¡This time however, because Hajime was caught in his thoughts he didn¡¯t answer Kaori.
(That line¡..somewhere¡.Damn it, What is it? Why did i think of that as ¡°nostalgic¡±? Though it is the usual¡. Today is somewhat strange.)
[Hajime-kun¡. Why do you ignore me? Well¡ Have I made you angry somehow?]
When hearing the trembling voice, Hajime looks up and sees Kaori with a tearful expression. Hajime noticed that he had been ignoring Kaori¡¯s greeting and answered in a hurry.
[No, sorry. That¡¯s not it. I was thinking for a moment. I¡¯m really sorry. Morning, Shirasaki-san.]
[Oh, i¡¯m d~ . Un, Morning Hajime-kun. And don¡¯t i always tell you i want you to call me ¡°Kaori¡±?]
Kaori puffs out her cheecks and shows her dissatisfaction. Because of such a lovely gesture, all the young men that looked at Hajime were almost all shot. (TL: Cuteness overload.)
[No, Shirasaki-san. That¡¯s a bit¡.]
[It¡¯s Kaori. Call me that?]
[No, that¡¯s¡..]
[Ka-o-ri!]
[That, err, Ka, Kao¡..]
Muu! Hajime is overwhelmed by Kaori as she wants him to call her by her given name. And when he was almost persuaded to do so,
[¡¡.Don¡¯t trouble Hajime.]
The savior appeared. It was Yue.
Yue protected Hajime and cut in between Hajime and Kaori with an imposed stance.
[Muu, you came out, Yue. For the time being, Morning.]
[¡..n, for now, Morning. Kaori.]
While Yue and Kaori greet each other, an icy enviroment between them is created. They officially recognize each other as rivals in school.
Warm sunlight enters from the window and it bes warmer, however between those two, it bes midwinter suddenly. ¡°Cold War¡± ?? The battle over Hajime between Yue and Kaori is known not only by the students, but also by the teachers.
Though those two stare at each other for a while, there is no malicious feeling there. In spite of the war of love between them, those two, in a dignified manner, collide with each other openly.
For Hajime it wasn¡¯t too strange, rather than rivals, they were like close friends which did not hate each other, but had a quarrel like friends.
Meanwhile the bell rang, and the head teacher entered the ssroom. Yue and Kaori who had been exchanging nces returned to their seats quickly.
In the first period was the english ss from Tio-sensei. A beauty that for some reason likes Hajime. She is an erotic female teacher that always without exception sexually harasses Hajime¡¡¡
Immediately make some disciplinary dismissals! While thinking that, he res at her while neglecting the harassment and she stops immediately her sexual harassment. For some reason, she tries to hide her expression which is red and her shoulders shake¡¡.. Hajime got depressed because he thought she was scared of his face. (TL: Tio stays Tio, wherever she is¡.)
After school, Hajime and Yue were walking besides each other towards a certain ce. Shia, Kaori and for some reason Tio-sensei wanted toe with them, but Yue cut them down with a single strike of a sword. (Of course, only in a mental meaning.) Because they were temporarily immobilized, only those two were able to go.
The ce at which they arrived at while enjoying an innocent conversation was a kindergarten.
At that ce, Myuu, the daughter of Remia which was mothers friend (TL: Speaks of Hajime¡¯s mother probably) was there and they came for her because Remia was busy. And this picking-up, until Remiaes back, became the daily life of Hajime¡¯s family which continues since long ago.
[Aa Pa¡¡ Onii-chan! Yue-neechan!] (TL: She almost said almost ¡°papa¡±. I want to take her home. Onii-chan = brother, Neechan = sister, most will know. Just in case)
Hajime and Yue went through the front gate of the of the kindergarten and Myuu came running to them with small steps. She was smiling with her whole face. Unconsciously, Hajime and Yue had a warm and fluffy feeling. The two catch Myuu which rushed to them and embraced her with a ¡°gyu¡±.
[Myuu, it¡¯s no good to dive/jump into us. It¡¯s dangerous you know? Also, did you just try to call me ¡°Papa¡±? Really, don¡¯t do that.]
[¡¡..I wouldn¡¯t mind being called ¡°Mama¡±.]
Hajime almost break out in cold sweat because of how Myuu wanted to call him.
Myuu called Hajime ¡°Papa¡± before and it became a hassle as other parents also were there. Remia was a widow, Myuu didn¡¯t know her father and they thought that the gentle older man, Hajime, was her father.
However, calling Hajime, an active high school student, ¡°Papa¡±¡¡¡ Naturally, some rumors were spread.
Moreover, Yue is also a foreigner the same as Myuu is. It should be understood what the other parents were imagining. Namely, they thought she got pregnant somewhere between primary school and middle school!
When Yue heard about the misunderstanding, the misunderstanding escted further as she only blushed without denying it. Yue imagined making a child with Hajime, but the timing for that was just too bad.
In one way or another, the teachers of the kindergarten solved the misunderstandings. On ater date, Remia has written a letter so that the misunderstanding doesn¡¯t spread further so that it disappears from Hajime¡¯s town. Honestly, he almost was breaking out in cold sweat.
Moreover Remia is a widow and it was possible he would aim for her next time? Ady-killer with a docile face! And most turned cautious eyes towards him. Recently, he has given up on that already. Still, more or less, he doesn¡¯t let her call him papa.
They walk with Myuu between them while holding hands home. From time to time, they swing Myuu forth and back like on a swing while chatting. If you look from the side, itpletely looks like a family.
[¡¡..Myuu, what were you doing today?]
[Ehm, today¡¡.] (TL: E to ne, kyou wa¡¡ KAWAI, damn it! Yes, I like Myuu. Problems with that? Long live cute things!)
Myuu answers Yue what she was doing today. While seeing such a Myuu, Yue looks at her very gently. It is full of love and warmth overflows. Somehow, Hajime has been fascinated by such a divine Yue.
It takes a while till a ill-humored voice reaches Hajime.
[Mou, pap¡ª- Onii-chan! Do you hear what Myuu is talking about?]
[Eh? Aah, sorry, sorry. I was spacing out for a bit.]
Hajime smiles with a wry smile while apologizing to Myuu which is angry and lifts her arm. And to please her, Hajime starts to cuddle with her.
Though Myuu restores her mood very fast as she was held, she doesn¡¯t want to let go and tries very hard to still pretend to be angry at him. It was obvious for Hajime, but he pretended not to notice it and Hajime was still soothing Myuu.
At that time, a faint quarrel finally reached their ears. A woman¡¯s voice and of some men. Judging by the voice, the female seems to be in a pinch. Hajime and Yue look at each other and peek into the alley where the voice was heard.
[What a temte is this¡.] (TL: Probably meant stereotype, but has written temte.)
[¡¡.Enemy of women, won¡¯t be forgiven.]
Like you can imagine it, some men were trying to forcefully pick-up a girl.
Hajime twisted his head while holding Myuu and thinking what to do. The enemy¡¯s strength wasn¡¯t very big. Judging from their postures, they only seemed like small punks. It wouldn¡¯t be a big deal, even if they were armed.
Their potential was analyzed (¡¤¡¤¡¤¡¤¡¤¡¤¡¤¡¤¡¤) and Yue on his side plunged forward to the punks.
They have turned towards Yue as they have realized that she approaches them and were momentarily stunned by her pretty face and were smiling, however immediately they smiles became vulgar. Their eyes were seeing new prey.
Because of their nces, Hajime got angry. However, before he was able to able to something, Yue got in between the pick-up guys in a moment. In addition, in only a moment, their joints made a ¡°bekibaki¡± (breaking) sound and Yue got control of them immediately.
Believe it or not, the guys were beaten up without a chance to speak. They fell on the ground while screaming in pain after getting hit.
Yue didn¡¯t show any mercy and the girl¡¯s face became stiff and Yue went back to Hajime immediately. And they began walking home again. Not even three minutes had passed after themotion. A short-term battle, that reminded of a certain space hero. (TL: Don¡¯t know the reference.)
[Yue-neechan is strong~! How coool~!]
[¡.N, Myuu will be trained when you grow up.]
Myuu¡¯s future is a bit worrisome. Myuu praises Yue, however Hajime feels irritated as he wasn¡¯t able to do anything as a man. Even with his troubled look, he fell in love again with his lover.
(Huh? Was Yue so strong in closebat? Moreover, why was I able to analyze their strength¡¡..)
While holding Myuu with his right hand, Hajime unconsciously puts his other hand to his thigh. And there, his hand is searching for something. However, that ¡°Something¡± is not there and he feels some kind of difort.
At night.
After dinner and taking a bath, Hajime threw himself onto his bed. His hair was not dry yet, and he had begun brooding over something.
He had a strange feeling. It should be his unchanging daily life¡¡but his instincts say something like [This is wrong!] and his happy daylie life got denied. [Wake up!] it said.
Hajime scratched his head while being irritated.
At that time, knocking-sounds unexpectedly sounds.
[¡¡..Hajime?]
[Aa, yeah I¡¯m here.]
Yue opened the door and entered the room.
In a negligee. White sexy arms and feet were shown. Yue came closer to Hajime and noticed that he had wet hair and scolded him! While having a scolding gaze, she arrived at his bed.
In addition, she began to dry off Hajime¡¯s hair while he was lying on the bed.
[N¡¡It¡¯s dry now. It¡¯s bad to leave it wet. You¡¯ll catch a cold.]
[You are right, Thank you, Yue.]
[Nn.]
Hajime was thanking her and Yue hugged him from behind.
And she buries her face in Hajime¡¯s neck like a spoiled child. Both of her arms invade Hajime¡¯s clothes from the back and start to caress Hajime¡¯s chest. After Remia picks up Myuu, Yue bes a spoiled child.
As long as Myuu is there, they can¡¯t be spend much time as lovers, so some fault lies in that. When there are holidays, Yue is sulking pretty much as he cares for Myuu too much. It¡¯s inevitable to some degree, however her desire to monopolize him is strong.
(She is stronger than any thugs, full of love and kindness, she loves me and is the best girlfriend there is. ¡..I am satisfied with this everyday life. I should feel blessed. Yet¡. Why am i dissatisfied) What is wrong? Why is there a ¡°moyamoya¡±-feeling in my chest?)
While feeling the softness and the temperature of Yue¡¯s body, Hajime tries to ignore the uneasiness which swells up. To such a Hajime Yue whispers something to his ears.
[¡..Everything is fine. Do not worry. I¡¯ll make Hajime happy.]
[Yue¡¡]
[¡¡.Look only at me. Everything is fine, i am here. Hajime¡¯s ideal. Forever at your side.]
[¡¡..]
While melting in such a sweet whispering, Hajimes consciousness began to fade. At this rate, how sweet would it be to sleep while being spoiled by Yue.
(That¡¯s right. Yue is here. There isn¡¯t anything more important. ¡There shouldn¡¯t be. I don¡¯t need anything else. Even if i would need to throw everything away¡¡ My ideal lover is besides me. Only that¡¡)
His consciousness is breaking off. Losing strength in his body, without change his self is beingfortable soaked in warm feelings.
Then, while all his dissatisfaction are on the verge of disappearing,
??I defend Yue, Yue defends me. With that we are the strongest. We¡¯ll defeat everything and ovee the world. (TL: He starts speaking here with ¡°Ore¡± again.)
Suddenly, strange words appear in his mind. Hajime consciousness surfaces rapidly and he opens his eyes wide.
??Aa~, If you like, Yue cane too?
His voices echoes again. It was the promise of taking Yue back to his home.
Afterwards Yue smiled. They go back to his home together. While he said that she had smiled like a blooming flower. She was happy from the bottom of her hearth.
If you think of it, when Hajime saw that for the first time, he was probably done in.
Also, the oath was set on the day of departure after passing life or death situations and stepping into the world. They vow to protect each other, defeat everything that stands in their way and go to Hajime¡¯s hometown together.
His instincts tell him that. Immediately before he his consciousness fades he remembers the important oath embraces himself and ¡°Something about seeing Yue¡± and stands up.
(¡..Ideal Lover? Sweet, gentle world? I¡¯m stupid (¡¤¡¤¡¤)! )
Hajime covered his eyes and gritted his teeth to the very limit. If he did not do so, he wouldn¡¯t be able to forgive himself. (TL: He would start crying.)
(¡..I forgot the promise. Was almost blinded by this world. I¡¯m disgusted about myself.)
Hajime hit his cheek with his full strength for punishment. Though Yue is surprised by the sudden action of Hajime and extents her hand,
Bashi!
It was deflected by Hajime¡¯s hand.
Yue wraps her hand with her other hand with a sad expression. With the expression, which was probably produced in the greatbyrinth, Hajime [¡.Don¡¯t kid with me] spat out an abuse.
[¡¡Hajime, what¡¯s wrong?]
Yue¡¯s question was disregarded and Hajime turned a sharp nce towards Yue like he was another person.
[Well, Yue. Yue is important for me. I don¡¯t need anything besides her.]
[¡..Hajime, I am happy.]
Though Yue is confused by Hajime¡¯s sudden words, her expression softens up immediately. However, contrary to the words, Hajime¡¯s gaze remains sharp.
[That why, If I tell you to cut down or cast away someone else, will you do it?]
[If Hajime really wishes for that.]
Yue nods to Hajimes words without hesitation.
[Even if it were Shia, Kaori, Tio or even Myuu?]
[If Hajime wishes for that.]
Almost like embodying Hajime¡¯s ideal Yue and carrying out all of Hajimes wishes. To such a girlfriend, rather than being happy about it, he shows an irritated expression. He mutters in a small voice [I was drawn in by that, impossible¡..]
And, with a sharp nce he spits out words.
[Is that so¡..I understand, bastard.]
In the moment when he dered Yue as an imitation, Hajime¡¯s appearance changed. From the appearance of a japanese with ck hair, to a boy with gray hair and an eyepatch.
[Crap. I really fell into the trap just like that¡..That¡¯s why you shouldn¡¯t be careless in a greatbyrinth¡¡Better said, the one who createdHaltina is one of a fe.] (TL: Just checked, ¡°Haltina¡± should be read ¡°Harz¡±-ina (Harutsuina) which means ¡°amber¡±, but i¡¯ll leave it Haltina as it was used in earlier chapers)
Yue walks up to the cursing Hajime. And she reaches out to Hajime with a clinging expression.
[¡..Stay here? If Hajime stays here he will be happy.]
[Shut up, fake. Don¡¯t call my name so familiarly.]
[¡..Why? I¡¯m Yue. Hajime¡¯s lover. Ideal lover. With what are you dissatisfied.]
[With everything you idiot. Doing everything I want, monopolizing me, my ideal lover? That¡¯s only a doll. I don¡¯t have the hobby of ying with dolls.]
Hajime wants to get out of this space already and spits out to Yue that she¡¯s a fake.
[¡..Wrong. I¡¯m not a doll. I have all the personality of Hajime¡¯s ideal lover. That¡¯s why, stay here. Everything that Hajime wants will be like his ideal. I¡¯ll always stay by his side.]
Apparently, it doesn¡¯t seem to be an ordinary fake. The world was also produced by the memory and also the characters were read with the transition/teleportation. There, IF there would be something more impossible ¡°Maybe, if it¡¯s that way¡±-created, an even more ideal world would be created.
Certainly, with the pain tasted in hell, and with what may stand before them in the future, that it would be ideal to live with Yue and the other in the peaceful Japan.
However,
[It¡¯s beyond help. It couldn¡¯t be even more wrong.]
Hajime says it like it was like a trivial matter! A red light emits from his body. The clear red magic is spread though the world in a moment and isn¡¯t stopping and raising its density by a dreadful amount.
As long as this is a trial, when clearing the conditions, it is possible to escape it, but he can¡¯t help it and uses his whole strength. The point is, he¡¯s venting his anger.
[¡¡.Why?]
It should be his ideal word, so Yue asks Hajime why he¡¯s rejecting it. Hajime continues to discharge his magic power and turns his re to the fake.
[Don¡¯t ¡°Why?¡±-shit me. It¡¯s a simple story. My ideal Yue is not such garbage. This real one exceeds my ideals by far. The real Yue is more attractive than a Yue which doesn¡¯t exist!]
Hajime pours out magic to the very limit and remembers the worthless feeling again, lets out a loud roar and pours even more magic out and the space finally begins to crack.
While the worlds cracking it make a ¡°bikibeki¡±-sound and expands a bit, however the magic is not strong enough and it¡¯s already exhausted. However, there is still a stupid method left as he doesn¡¯t want to yield to this space. That¡¯s because he¡¯s pretty stubborn.
Hajime takes out a magic stone out from his stock and uses ¡°Limit Break¡±. He raised his magic power in one go.
[Those guys are always like this. They always trample on my ideals and try to end them! To tie us with them! Strongly! It won¡¯t go like those troublesome guys want to! Still, for this reason, I will be the strongest!]
The world is dyed crimson red. Like piercing the heavens, a bright red torrent bursts out.
And,
Bariiiiiiiiiin!!
The world was broken.
Fragments of the world are fluttered like ss in the air. It shines like diamond dust.
At the end of its life, like sparking, the imitation Yue lets out a smile in the broken world. It wasn¡¯t like Yue¡¯s smile. It was like¡.. someone else¡¯s smile.
Hajime had an idea what that was, however his consciousness began to fade rapidly and he wasn¡¯t able to point that out.
[¡¡You passed. With only being nice you don¡¯t stand a chance. There is no sense in only giving. Even if it¡¯s hard or painful, only what was piled up in reality can make you happy. Don¡¯t forget that.]
It was a voice different from Yue¡¯s. It¡¯s more manly than feminine. However, it was a very gentle voice.
Hajime at the end of his consciousness cannot help it and raises his voice.
[None of your bussiness¡..But, I¡¯ll remember it.]
The person was already hard to see, nheless still raised a gentle smile at the end¡..it felt just like that.
Chapter 128
Chapter 128
Hajime felt a dry,cold texture on the back of his head. This feeling rapidly brought Hajime¡¯s dozing consciousness back to reality.
[¡..Where is¡..]
He shook his head to clear it, then quickly stood up and checked his surroundings.
Without any sources of light it was pitch-ck. However, since Hajime had his ¡®Night Vision¡¯ the darkness didn¡¯t hinder his sight.
As a result, a quick look around told him that he was in a cave simr to therge tree they had entered before he lost consciousness. However he quickly realised that it was muchrger.
There was one distinct difference though It was a domed, circr space, filled with transparent tan coloured, oblong objects that gave off a clean feeling. They were regrly spaced throughout the domed area.
Judging from the size, each could fit a person inside.
Hajime thought they looked exactly like coffins.
The empty space Hajime had woken up in was lined up with these tan coffins.
Hajime looked around, but there was nothing in the center of the dome and there didn¡¯t seem to be any kind of exit in the surroundings.
He turned his gaze back onto one of the coffins lined up in a row and after hesitating slightly, stepped up beside.
[This is¡..just like amber.]
Then Hajime breath caught when he realised Shia was inside the amber.
Hajime thought the sleeping Shia inside the transparent coffin looked just like an ancient insect trapped in amber.
He briefly used ¡®Sign Perception¡¯ to check Shia¡¯s status and was able to sense a steady pulse.
He was able to keep himself calm by recalling when he came to. Hajime was guessing that he had also been encased in amber shortly before he woke up.
There were a total of nine amber coffins enshrined in the room. He suspected that if he checked all of them he would find his other party members trapped inside. They had most likely been imprisoned in the amber after they had entered the hollow of the pseudo-treant.
They were all probably ensnared in appealing dreamlike worlds just as he had been. If they manage to escape from that dream world then it is likely that they will be freed from the amber right in front of Hajime¡¯s eyes.
As Hajime found and stared into the amber imprisoning Yue he concluded that there was at least one good thing about the current situation.
[Well, at any rate it¡¯s good that Yue and Tio are back in their bodies. Turning them back myself¡..may have been a problem.]
Just as Hajime had said, inside two of the amber coffins were Yue and Tio, and not in their goblin forms but their usual, beautiful, bodies. They were probably returned to their original selves when the previous stage was cleared.
Personally Hajime was d. He would have loved her either way, but the original Yue was the best.
Hajime lowered himself down beside Yue and stretch his hand out towards his beloved¡¯s face. Of course the amber got in the way, but he still moved his hand as if to caress her face.
[Come back soon, Yue. I want to hear your voice¡..]
For a moment the dangerous thought of breaking the amber by force crossed his mind, but if he did break her free he was worried that it might cause the trial to end in failure, so he held back the urge.
[¡..Yue in a zer¡¡was dangerous. Shia too¡.how was dream me able to retain his reason?¡.Alright, I¡¯ll have you wear it once we¡¯ve returned to Japan.]
As Hajime was caught up in these stupid thoughts the amber began to emit a faint light.
Hajime withdrew his hand and took a step back while watching the change.
As the light grew stronger the amber began to melt from the outside inwards. As the amber melted it would trickle down the side and be absorbed into the ground.
Within 5 minutes the amber covering Yue hadpletely dissipated.
Hajime confirmed Yue was breathing from the rising and falling of her chest. With that his remaining tension dissolved and he gently gathered her up in his arms.
It wasn¡¯t clear whether he didn¡¯t want to leave her lying down on the ground, or perhaps more likely, he just wanted to hold her.
Yue¡¯s long eyshes began to quiver as Hajime gently brushed some of her hair away from her face while he cradled her in his arms like a child.
Yue slowly opened her eyes.
[Yue¡.how are you feeling?]
[¡¡N, Hajime?]
[Aah, it¡¯s me.]
Yue still seemed to be a little dazed, but her gaze didn¡¯t wander away from Hajime for even a moment.
Once her consciousness hadpletely returned she stared at Hajime carefully.
[¡Is it¡..the real Hajime?]
[Haha, I understand why you would ask, but Yue must decide for herself. Is the me before Yue right now real, or a fake?]
There was most likely an imposter Hajime in the dream Yue saw,but Hajime was happy to let Yue judge for herself. He was sure that she would be able to tell the difference between the real him and the fantasy she had seen.
[By the way, right now I am sure that the Yue in my arms is the real one.]
Hajime¡¯s words left Yue staring at him with a nk expression for a moment, but she quickly grasped his meaning and smiled.
Hajime was telling her that there had also been an imitation of Yue in his dream, and that he was d that she too had dreamed of him in her ideal world.
The corner of Yue¡¯s eyes lowered and her mouth arced to form a truly delightful smile.
[¡¡How can you tell?]
Yue already knew the answer, but she still wanted to hear him say it. Even if their hearts understood each other, it was still a wonderful thing to hear your beloved say the words out loud.
Once again, Hajime knew exactly how Yue felt. So he shrugged his shoulders and answered casually.
[I don¡¯t feel any uneasiness¡..deep inside of me. It¡¯s like my soul is whispering to me ¡°the one in your arms is your ¡®special one¡¯¡±]
[Fufu¡..Me too. Deep inside something is telling me that the person I am embracing now is Hajime. ¡ ¡Forget I asked?]
[Maa, you were still half asleep.]
Yue eyes softened as Hajime once again shrugged his shoulders, then she suddenly wrapped her arms around his neck and kissed him forcefully.
¡ª-Gohon! (TL: *cough*)
[¡¡What was I like in your dream?]
[My school¡¯s zer looked so good on you that I could die.]
Yue could now guess what kind of world Hajime had seen, but the unexpected answer was so amusing that Yue couldn¡¯t stop her small voice from ringing out withughter when she heard it..
[¡I¡¯ll wear it for you someday.]
[That¡¯s something to look forward to. How was it for you?]
Uuohon!
Yue buries her face into Hajime¡¯s neck. As he was enjoying the repeated pecks of her lips against his neck Hajime asked her about her dream too.
[¡¡..The ceremonial clothes and throne suited you so well I could almost die.]
[Sorry¡..Ceremonial clothes aside, a throne is impossible. Or rather, why a throne?]
[Kufufu¡.In my dream I was an Empress¡and we had 12 children.]
[Just how far did you go in your dream!? A dozen is too many!]
Hajime unintentionally drew himself back from Yue and stared at her in shock. Yue stared at Hajime with a seductive look and licked her glossy lips still wet from the kiss.
This seductive look caused Hajime¡¯s breath catch and made his heart to start racing. The fierce spirit that could withstand the attacks of any monster was easily shaken.
[¡¡.Fufu, I have high expectations.]
[¡¡As expected, I won¡¯t be able to win against Yue in my whole life.]
¡ª-Gohotsuehhon! ( Editor: *choke* *sob*? TL: YES, NOT MY NOTE!!!! Btw. is more like *hardcore cough*)
Hajime gave a roguish smile while staring up towards the sky, the light of seriousness in Yue¡¯s eyes had forced him to give in.
Once again he was sure, ¡®this is my Yue¡¯.
Returning to the excitement from before, Hajime cupped the side of Yue¡¯s cheek with one hand before sliding it down to her waist and embracing her. Yue, sensing that Hajime wanted the same thing as her, closed her eyes and lifted her lips towards his.
Her rose-coloured cheeks were irresistibly cute, and her vibrant tongue, visible through her opened and bewitching lips, was extremely captivating. There was no more need for words as the two drew closer, each wanting the others lips. They continued to draw closer. 10 centimetres¡..5 centimetres¡.and when the distance reached 0¡
[Ugottsukeetsuehengohotsugahatsutsutobuetsukushoitsu!!!!] (TL: Gibberish for me. Maybe somebody will get it right: ??????????????????????????!!!!)
[¡ªAah?]
[¡ªN?]
They were interrupted by a strange noise that was vaguely familiar. This time the unidentified sound had been close enough that they couldn¡¯t miss it anymore.
Yue and Hajime exchanged nces, then turned their heads towards the sound. There they saw¡
[Uuu *gusu*, whatever¡.I can see I¡¯m not wanted¡.even though I did my best toe back¡..and then suddenly that atmosphere¡..tried to get attention by clearing my throat, but¡..uuuu *gusu*¡reality is always so cruel¡.uuu~.]
(TL: Left it *gusu* rather than tranting it. It just means crying, bawling or something like that.)
They were greeted with the pitiful sight of Shia, struggling to hold back her tears as her rabbit ears drooped. The drops of moisture trickling out from the corner of her eyes stirred up quite a bit of pity.
It would seem that Shia had woken up shortly after Yue, unfortunately they had been too caught up in their own reunion to notice.
Hajime and Yue quickly began to soothe the utterly miserable Shia. Hajime drew Shia close and tightly embraced her, and after a while the lonely rabbit¡¯s usual spirit began to return. Soon both her rabbit ears and cheeks were twitching with delight, while her rabbit tail pped about happily.
[Un, as I thought, Shia must have rabbit ears. It¡¯s the rabbit ears that make her who she is, she just isn¡¯t Shia without them. Better put, it¡¯s that Shia existence is defined by her rabbit ears.]
[No, I can¡¯t understand that! Rabbit ears are not all that I am¡ but you really seem happy to see them Hajime-san. Did something happen in your dream?]
[Aah~, do I? The Shia in my dream didn¡¯t have any rabbit ears, she was just an ordinary girl.]
[¡¡Is that even Shia?]
[Ano, Yue-san? It¡¯s true that my rabbit ears are part of my identity, but I would still be Shia without them you know?]
Shia was beginning to feel a vague sense of unease from their reactions.
Perhaps they are only nice to me because they like my rabbit ears?
Hajime and Yue quickly began to reassure Shia once they saw her worried expression and soon changed the topic to asking her what she had seen in her dream.
It seems that she dreamt of a world where the Haulia tribe weren¡¯t exiled and hunted, and she was able to live happily together with Yue and Hajime.
Yue exined hers again as well. It seems that in her dream she was never betrayed and her former country didn¡¯t fall to ruin. She had received Hajime as her groom and they had started a family together.
[As for me, my world was one where I was living a happy life with Yue, Shia & the others without ever having been summoned to this world. It basically rewrote the great suffering I experienced in the past but included the happiness of now.]
[I see¡ That certainly would be an ideal world in a certain sense]
[¡..How did Shia escape?]
Shia answered the question on how she escaped from her dream world with a big smile and augh.
[It was obviously because I couldn¡¯t deny my current self even if I wanted to.]
[¡I see]
Yue nodded with a convinced look while Hajime nodded with a gentle look in his eyes.
In her dream Shia must have remained as her weak self from the past, but she was unable to ept it.
[In the dream I met Hajime-san and the others before my family were attacked. We were all living together and I was fine with just being protected. But something felt wrong! It was if my heart was screaming at me ¡®there is no way you can stand beside them with a way of life that embraces weakness¡¯. The Hajime-san who was telling me he would protect me and the Yue-san who was telling me not to worry¡ were certainly sweet and gentle, pleasant even, but the more they told me that the more my difort grew¡ By the time I noticed it, I had already decided to fight by the side of Hajime-san and the others.]
[So that¡¯s how you got back¡]
[Hai! It is because instead of watching your backs, I want to stand beside you both now and in the future. Even if it ends up being a path filled with hardships and pain.]
While watching Shia grin happily Hajime became lost in thought. Shia had really be strong. The first time they had met¡..he had tried to drive her away as hard as he could¡ Now it wasn¡¯t possible for him to reject her, all thanks to her love for Hajime and her strong desire to be an equal part of their group.
A feeling of affection for Shia, different from the one he felt for Yue, welled up inside Hajime. He pulled her head towards his chest and began patting her gently.
Standing at their side, Yue was able to guess Hajime feelings from the affectionate face he was making.
[Fue, umm, Hajime-san?]
[Maa, how should i say it?¡ wee back, Shia. You did well.]
[Ah¡ Yes, I¡¯m back¡]
¡®The ce where you belong is by my side¡¯ is what Shia felt Hajime meant when she heard him say ¡®wee back¡¯. For a short while it left her feeling a little giddy and embarrassed, but soon the happiest smile surfaced on her face and she clung onto Hajime tightly.
As usual, Hajime had Yue cuddled up under his right arm and Shia embraced under the left arm as they all discussed their dreams, and as they were chatting another one of the amber prisons began to give off a faint light. Once again, one of theirpanions was about to break out of their prison of sweet temptation.
[If I¡¯m not mistaken, that amber is¡]
Hajime, recalling who was in that prison, muttered softly. Yue increased the intensity of her magical light so they could better see the escapee. As the light grew brighter¡
[Mugaa! Master¡¯s scorn is not such a half-hearted thing as that¨C! If you expect to satisfy me you better train harder beforeing back again!]
[[[¡¡]]]
The person waving her fist in the air and saying such things immediately after waking up was, of course, none other than Tio.
Able to guess the contents of Tio¡¯s dream just from her remark, they all reflexively directed silent gazes of scorn at her. Hajime, who was spoken of in such a way, eyes especially looked as if they were staring at trash.
Feeling his gaze, all of the muscles in Tio¡¯s body began to quiver. Then, turning around with an excited expression on her face, she was greeted with the cold gazes of Hajime¡¯s group and started to tremble even more. After a moment she started running towards Hajime like a lost dog towards its owner, an expression of ecstasy on her face.
[Master~ This one just got back now~! Shower mistress with your love~!](TL note: She was actually saying love me or favour me, but i decided to go along with this instead.)
Even after being turned into a Goblin she was still the same as always. Tio jumped towards Hajime with a divers pose.
Dopan!!
[Gafu-!]
Hajime silently drew Donner and shot Tio mid jump, causing her to perform a triple flip in the air beforending facedown on the ground. He then stepped onto her back and trampled her further into the ground with his feet, causing her to start making screams heavily mixed with panting noises.
[This worthless dragon! Just what the heck did she have me do in her dream?]
[This is it! This is what this one missed! Even though this one did her best to return from that fake world, this one is rewarded by being shot and trampled underfoot, with eyes that look at this one as if seeing trash! The mildness of that fake was nothingpared to this exquisite pain! This is how mistress¡¯ one and only master does things! More! Hurt this one more~!]
[¡Just die, you pervert.]
[Abababababababah]
Hajime, unable to listen to her outcries anymore, snapped and invoked ¡®Thunder d¡¯. Tio, unable to withstand it, arched backwards before exhausting her strength and copsing back onto the ground while giving off white smoke.
However, despite the ordeal, the expression of Tio¡¯s face was one of perverted ecstasy.
She looked truly happy, which left Hajime feeling even more repulsed.
Soon after that Tio revived herself without any appearance of having suffered any damage at all. Then, though no one asked and they all refused to listen, she zealously talked at length about how unbing a master the Hajime in her dream was.
The fake world should be designed to show the specific individual a sweet fantasy that would leave them trapped inside their dreams.
Assuming that is true, Tio being able to escape due to feeling unsatisfied is an extremely strange story. It¡¯s an unpleasant thought, but it seems that Tio was able to escape because the Great Dungeon was unable to gauge herpervertedness.Ithad been able to read that Hajime is Tio¡¯s loved one, and that Tio likes sexual oppression, but it seems it wasn¡¯t able to understand how she interpreted ¡®punishment¡¯ and ¡®reward¡¯.
Now, the Great Dungeon, who¡¯s trap had easily been escaped and was being spoken ill of after having done it¡¯s best to create Tio¡¯s ideal master, seemed kind of pitiable.
Haltina must never have expected this kind of pervert woulde to challenger it.
In his mind Hajime paid his respects to Haltina while imagining them wearily crumbling into dust.
While they were all caught up in this another one of the amber prisons begun to shine. It would seem the next one to escape would be Kaori.
Hajime and the others approached the side of her amber shortly before she opened her eyes. At first she seemed to be panting faintly, but when she saw Hajime and the others gathered around her she took a deep breath in relief. However, the moment her eyes met with Hajime¡¯s her faced flushed a boiling red and she retreated until her back hit the wall.
Hajime, who had never been avoided by Kaori before, was more confused than surprised. He turned his gaze to Yue and the others as if to ask what happened. Kaori, noticing Hajime¡¯s confusion, quickly attempted to resolve the misunderstanding.
[Oh¡! It¡¯s not like that Hajime-kun! Just now that is, a little, how should I say it¡ Anyway it¡¯s not like that. I wasn¡¯t avoiding you¡]
[Ahh~ No, it¡¯s not a problem¡ I guess it must have something to do with your dream¡ Just what was it that you saw¡?]
[Eh? Ah, what¡ you ask? That¡¯s¡ ¡. ¡.Awwaaah]
Kaori tried to answer the question asked by the wryly smiling Hajime, but wasn¡¯t able to give a coherent answer. Her cheeks started blushing more and more until she eventually covered her face with both hands and started to moan.
The girls were able to get the gist of her dream from her reaction and each disyed a different response. Tio was going [Hohou~] while grinning as if she found something extremely interesting. Shia was muttering [¡Kaori-san tteba] while blushing and intermittently averting her eyes. And as for Yue¡ she attacked her with sharp words while looking at her with scornful eyes.
[¡Kaori, you closet pervert]
Kaori trembled and tried to make excuses for her still beet-red face.
[I¡I am not a closet pervert! D..don¡¯t say such weird things!]
[¡then, tell us what kind of dream you had.]
[Th..that¡¯s¡It..it was¡ just a repetitive everyday life]
[¡to say you attacked Hajime on daily basis¡]
[I¡I didn¡¯t attack! I just pushed him down a little¡ after that Hajime-kun himself¡ waaah!]
[¡Kaori is banned from getting close to Hajime. She¡¯s too dangerous.]
[I..I¡¯m not dangerous! Hajime-kun she¡¯s wrong, you know? I wouldn¡¯t attack Hajime-kun, you know?]
[Haa¡ yes, yes¡ I understand.]
[Uu~~]
It would seem all sorts of things happened with Hajime while Kaori was in her dream. Although she was able to shake off the temptation and return¡ it seems she indulged in quite the bittersweet springtime of her youth before she returned.
Kaori kept blushing and stealing nces at Hajime. It seems that this innocent reaction stirred up the sadist in Yue, who started trying to further stimting Kaori by whispering something into her ear.
Kaori covered her ears and started shaking her head, trying to escape from Yue¡¯s tormenting whispers. It was like watching a pitiful mouse being toyed with by a yful cat.
[Maa, anyway, with this all our members are back.]
Shia released the tension from her shoulders upon hearing Hajime¡¯s words, then turned her gaze towards Kouki and the others.
[That¡¯s true. Then, what should we do about them?]
[Let¡¯s see¡ ¡If ites down to it we can just destroy the amber, but for now let¡¯s wait for them to break out on their own. If we interfere it¡¯d probably render their efforts to challenge the Great Dungeon thus far pointless.
[How long do we wait?]
[Hmm¡ perhaps long enough for us to eat and take a little break? In my case, I snapped and destroyed my dream with brute force. I probably cleared it just fine¡.but I only have about ten percent of my magic left so I would like to rest and recover for a bit.
[¡¡Just what the heck were you thinking?]
Shia was directing an astonished gaze towards Hajime as she spoke. Their usual roles had been reversed and Hajime was wearing quite a bitter expression.
[Believe me, I am reflecting on my actions. I seem to have been unusually worked up since we entered this Dungeon.]
[Ahh~! That¡¯d be because the Dungeon used Yue-san¡]
[Maybe, but I can¡¯t use that as an excuse, you know, because in a sense it proves that it really is a weakness. It¡¯ll probably be difficult, but I am going to try and use this opportunity to ovee it.]
Shia directed an admiring gaze at the Hajime who was showing such an admirable attitude. Then, after throwing a sidelong nce at Yue, who was still busy teasing Kaori, and Tio, who was listening in and breathing roughly, Shia leaned in and whispered to Hajime.
[Ano, Hajime-san¡]
[N?]
[Umm, that is¡If what happened to Yue-san were to happen to me¡would you also get angry like that?]
Shia was averting her gaze, but her rabbit ears were honed in on Hajime¡¯s direction. She wanted to know if Hajime would get angry for her sake, even if wasn¡¯t to the same extent as he did for Yue.
At first Hajime was going to brush her off as usual, but when he saw Shia peeking at him with wavering eyes he scratched his cheek and decided to answer her honestly this time.
[The reason I destroyed the dream wasn¡¯t just because of Yue. You were there too, but I¡ just couldn¡¯t be happy without the Shia I know.]
[Ah¡¡ ehehe, is that so?]
Shia was waving her rabbit ears and tail around happily while wearing a delighted smile on her face. Upon seeing her happy expression Hajime¡¯s hand reached out naturally to feel them.
Soon after, Kaori, unable to take Yue¡¯s teasing anymore, clung onto Hajime in tears. Shia, who was still in an excessively good mood, begun to soothe Kaori while Yue puffed out her chest with satisfaction. Tio¡.well let¡¯s leave her aside.
They decided to eat a meal while they waited for Kouki and the others, but even after 3 hours there was no sign of them escaping.
[It might be better to save them soon¡]
[¡ ¡n, right]
[It does seem like¡ we would be here for a long time if we keep waiting for them to get out on their own]( Note by TL: Shia)
Both Yue and Shia voiced their agreement, thinking that it couldn¡¯t be helped. However Kaori quickly stepped in.
[Wouldn¡¯t it be alright to wait a little longer? Just a bit more? If it¡¯s Shizuku-chan and the others then they can surely¡]
Since Kaori herself understood Shizuku and the others desperation better than anyone, one way or another she wanted them to capture the dungeon and receive the Age of Gods magic. A person¡¯s survival rate increases by leaps and bounds with even one Age of Gods magic. Kaori wanted them to get stronger so that they too could safely return to Japan.
The reason Hajime had allowed them to apany him into the dungeon was so that he could use them as foot soldiers in the cases where apostles like Nointo appeared again. To further this n he was hoping they would be able to obtain the Age of Gods magic here and then head out and defeat the other Great Dungeons on their own.
That¡¯s why, when he saw Kaori¡¯s pleading eyes, he shrugged his shoulders and decided to wait a little while longer. Kaori smiled happily when she saw Hajime agree and began to casually try to get closer to him, however she was immediately blocked just as casually by Yue.
As this was happening one of the ambers started to shine.
[That amber is¡Shizuku-chan¡¯s!]
[Huh, as expected the fastest one was Yaegashi.]
[Fumu. Shizuku is level-headed after all](Tio)
Upon seeing the melting amber Kaori rushed over at full speed. Soon after Shizuku abruptly opened her eyes and began groaning in a soft voice as she tried to get up. Kaori reached over and supported her as Shizuku weakly raised herself out of the remains of the amber.
[Where am I¡? ¡Kaori?]
[Un, it¡¯s me, Shizuku-chan. Wee back!]
[I see, I¡¯m back, huh. Fuu, for some reason I¡¯m feeling quite tired¡]
Shizuku gave a heavy sigh as if she really was feeling tired, before shaking her head as if to clear it of some lingering thought. She then smiled at Kaori and returned her greeting with a warm [I¡¯m back].
After Kaori and Shizuku had finished their happy reunion Hajime and others approached as well.
[You overslept quite a bit, but it¡¯s good that you were able to ovee it]
[Hah? Ah, Na..Nagumo-kun¡ Y..you¡¯re right. It¡¯s good to be back.]
For some reason the moment Hajime called out to her Shizuku¡¯s gaze began to wander aimlessly and she started to stutter.
Upon seeing Shizuku behave strangely Yue and the others became puzzled. Shizuku cleared her throat as if to hide her unrest and turned her face away from them to conceal her slightly reddened cheeks.
[¡seems Kouki and others are taking their time, huh?]
[Un, we came back several hours ago, but since then Shizuku-chan is the first one to escape.]
[Is that so? They came up with a troubling trial I guess. Well, it can¡¯t be helped. While saying so, it seems I made you wait quite a bit. I guess I should say I am sorry?]
[Don¡¯t worry about it, Shizuku-san. Congrattions on your escape. ¡and¡ i¡¯d like to ask you a tiny question, but¡]
[Thank you Shia. It¡¯s alright, what might it be about?]
Shizuku replied to Shia with a smile that was using all of her reserves ofposure. She had gotten a bad feeling about Shia¡¯s question right away.
However, it seems the one who would be asking the question wouldn¡¯t be Shia, but rather Yue, who had somehow gotten beside Shizuku without anyone noticing.
[¡¡.]
[Wh..what is it?]
[¡¡.]
[Umm, looking at me silently like that makes me feel ufortable¡ ¡Yue?]
For some reason Yue was starting into Shizuku¡¯s eyes from beside her. Shizuku was desperately trying to suppress the feeling of unease that Yue¡¯s exquisite, doll-like, deadpan face was stirring inside her.
Finally, Yue asked a question with a tone that suggested she was confirming something she already knew.
[¡Shizuku¡what kind of dream was it?]
[Eh? What kind you say? It was an ordinary dream. There was nothing unusual. Yes, it was a really in, ordinary dream]
[¡ordinary? Who was in it?]
[Who you say? ¡Everyone. Everyone was there]
[¡ ¡ I see]
Shizuku answered firmly while looking straight into Yue¡¯s eyes, as if to show that she wasn¡¯t disturbed one bit. Although this was her intention, she didn¡¯t realise that her extremely abstract answers had given away the state of affairs in her heart.
Yue, of course, had noticed it, as had the others. However Shizuku was giving off such a strong aura implying she didn¡¯t want to talk about it that they decided to leave it be for now.
When Yue and the others backed off Shizuku appeared openly relieved.
With the inquisition finished, they guided the tired Shizuku to the centre of the room and begun to prepare tea. As she was being lead to join the impromptu tea time, Shizuku couldn¡¯t help muttering to herself.
[¡ ¡Me being a princess is impossible¡ ¡and more importantly, why wasn¡¯t the prince Kouki or Ryutarou?¡ ¡ murmur¡]
Though there wasn¡¯t anyone close enough to hear her.
Several hourster Shizuku finished resting and hadpletely recovered from her mental fatigue. Having decided they couldn¡¯t wait any longer, they were now preparing to force the breakout of Kouki, Ryutarou and Suzu.
Hajime or Yue could¡¯ve easily been able to destroy the amber, but in their party was someone who had a skill that was much better suited for the job.
[Now then Kaori, it¡¯s all yours. Try not to ¡®dpose¡¯ their bodies.]
[Un, it¡¯s alright. Outside of real battle there¡¯s no need to worry about the control anymore.]
After giving her reply to Hajime, Kaori abruptly put her hand on the nearest amber and began to release her maryoku (magic) as if to permeate it. Pale, silvery, magic rays coloured the room in moonlit brilliance as Kaori¡¯s maryoku delicately coiled around and spread itself evenly throughout the remaining amber prisons.
[¡®Dpose.¡¯]
There was no need to chant, but since it helped to focus the image in her mind she recited it on purpose. Immediately after, the amber surrounding Kouki and others started to crumble. it looked more like it was decaying than melting, the particles that became too small for the eyes to see looked as if they were vanishing into thin air.
Within 3 minutes all the amber hadpletely dposed and vanished into thin air. Concerned over the aftereffects of being forcibly released from their trials, Shizuku and Kaori anxiously began to check the condition of Kouki and the others.
However it seemed it was an unnecessary fear.
[¡..Huh? Wha, Kaori? Shizuku? This is? But I was¡ with you two¡]
[N, ah? What is this ce? I thought I was¡¡]
[Eh? No way¡ Eri was¡ ¡Eri¡]
All three of them woke up suddenly, as if they had never been asleep.
Because they had suddenly awoken from their pleasant dreams to find themselves in a dimly lit cave it seems their senses had been thrown into confusion. Suzu was especially distraught, reaching her grasping hand out towards empty space. It was obvious from her words who she was reaching out for. Thinking about what kind of dream she must have been having, it is understandable why she wasn¡¯t able to wake herself up from it.
Both Kaori and Shizuku made sympathetic expressions when they saw Suzu¡¯s sad state. It wasn¡¯t surprising that the severe betrayal had left her wounded deeply. Though she is alwaysughing and smiling, even now that wound must be bleeding beneath the surface.
The trio slowly be silent as they sorrowfully started to realise that what they had been seeing was only a dream. However, they all handled the realisation differently. Ryutarou, even though he continues to give off a dejected feeling, abruptly scratches his head with an embarrassed expression while saying [Guess it can¡¯t be helped]. Kouki just chewed his lips with a vexed expression. While Suzu quickly forced a smile onto her face in an attempt to deceive them.
Since they couldn¡¯t bare to watch her like this, both Kaori and Shizuku immediately pulled Suzu into a tight hug.
Just as Hajime was about to call out to them, a magic circle appeared in the centre of the room.
It would appear that when everyone escapes from the amber they are forcibly sent on to the next stage. Ryutarou aside, Kouki and Suzu are still unstable. Hajime would¡¯ve preferred to let them recover first, but¡ it appears that wasn¡¯t going to be possible.
[Amanogawa, Taniguchi, this is no time for you to be caught up in your thoughts, get ready. If you don¡¯t, all your dreams really will fall apart.]
[tte¡ ¡ Aah, I know.]
[U..un. Right!]
The next instant the magic circle¡¯s light burst forth and filled the view of Hajime and the others.
Chapter 129
Chapter 129
The ce where Hajime and the rest got teleported to was inside the same sea of trees as the first time.
However, we didn¡¯t know which way we should go, even doing an examination did not help due to the vastness, the ceiling¡ the goal that had to be faced was also not seen.
Apparently this ce was in the jungle area of the underground ¡¾Orcus Great Labyrinth¡¿ where we once came before. In the innermost of the area, there was a suspiciousrge tree towering over the surroundings which was different than the other trees. Most likely, that ce was the location for the new teleport gate.
¡°It seems all of the members are here this time.¡±
Hajime squinted and nced around at the members. There was an anxiety that something might happen during the teleportation earlier, but it was an unfounded fear.
¡°¡.Hajime, fake?¡±
¡°No, it¡¯s alright. My eyes and my intuition said that everyone is real.¡±
¡°If Hajime has already said so then it¡¯s alright.¡±
Shia¡¯s face showed trust. Hajime shrugged while saying ¡°Are you okay by yourself?¡±. Yue and the others saw him covering up his embarrassment for a moment, which shows the length of their rtionship.
Hajime gave themand to start departing when a giant tree was seen in the distance in the densely growing sea of trees. When he turned and took a peek over his shoulder, he saw the shadowed expressions of Kouki and Suzu.
It was easy to imagine what kind of dream that Suzu woke up from, that¡¯s why I understood that she was unable to escape and was hurt deeply. However, what on earth did Kouki see in that dream. Nah, anything he saw, it made him shocked aftering back from his dream.
However, this was a greatbyrinth. It would not be strange for this demonic region to make us fall into a despairing scene of carnage in only one second. It will not be good to drag this out forever like this.
¡°Amanogawa, Taniguchi. Do you still want to keep going?¡±
¡°Na, th-that¡¯s obvious!¡±
¡°Eh? O-of course!¡±
The two people were pierced by Hajime¡¯s sharp glint. Their biting words were voiced in desperation, even the short-tempered Ryuutaro who was theirrade raised his eyebrow. However, Hajime kept going before Ryuutaro could say something.
¡°This is a greatbyrinth. Taking one step ahead, the future after one second, this ce is where death awaits eagerly for us. If you are unable to concentrate, it¡¯s better to give up now. You will be dying in vain¡±.
¡°Wa-wait, I am¡.¡±
¡°Now what kind of excuse will you make? The fact that you failed on the trial a while ago won¡¯t be changed. Just now, it¡¯s necessary to at the very least make a determination to ovee it. Right now you all are unable to see it. You all have no guts which bes a burden for us.¡±
¡°It¡¯s still possible to open a gate towards the outside, I can also prepare the barrier. Continue or return, decide it now, I won¡¯t permit a half-hearted advance.¡±
Silence permeated the surroundings. Kouki seem to suppress his resentment by clenching his teeth desperately. However, it¡¯s not because of what Hajime said, instead Kouki¡¯s anger was towards himself.
Even though he felt down because of ack of concentration, he felt safe because there was Hajime¡¯s party, he noticed the fact that he unconsciously depended on them too much. Unable to stomach Hajime¡¯s way of thinking, he wanted to be more stronger than Hajime, that¡¯s why he wanted to capture the greatbyrinth, and yet he miserably depended too much on Hajime, he really wanted to punch himself.
However, even if you let out your fury now, the overdependence towards Hajime needs to be answered. Kouki breathed deeply many times and expelled the gloomy feelings in his chest along with the air to the outside, he inhaled the fresh air.
¡°Nagumo. It¡¯s alright. I¡¯ll keep advancing!¡±
Hajime nodded with a light feeling and shifted his gaze to Suzu. Suzu in an instant, shook herself with a start but she showed a resolute expression at once and stared directly into Hajime¡¯s eyes.
¡°Suzu is also going. I still have plenty of motivation!¡±
¡°I see. Then that¡¯s good. Don¡¯t lower your concentration.¡±
After Hajime said that much, he began to walk quickly ahead. Ryuutaro whacked Kouki¡¯s shoulder! He striked hard. Kouki was aware that his childhood friend was worried, he was staring at Hajime¡¯s back with the eyes of gratitude.
Suzu too, after being encouraged by Kaori and Shizuku began to recover her spirit. The two people began following Hajime.
Hajime¡¯s party advanced and aimed straight for the great tree.
The surroundings became silent, the insects which usually cried were not heard. Because there was no wind blowing, there was no sound of leaves rubbing against each other. The sound of Hajime¡¯s party pushing through the big nts was loud.
¡°Hmm~, I have a bit of an unpleasant feeling.¡±
¡°Yeah. Somehow, it¡¯s like the Orcus¡¯s ambush.¡±
¡°Indeed¡ There are no signs of demons either.¡±
When Tio frowned and said that, Kaori and Shizuku remembered when they got ambushed by the demon girl Cattleya, sharp gazes filled with tension and caution were showed to the surroundings.
¡°First, there was nothing from the spider golem which I sent as a scout. Even though there is nothing, I doubt it¡ Rather, isn¡¯t it better to burn the entire sea of trees to reach the great tree?¡±
¡°Nagumo¡ I don¡¯t want to say it, but first of all your destructive thinking is troublesome and problematic.¡±
¡°Ah, sorry about the previous hell of mes. Because I seriously didn¡¯t expect Suzu¡¯s barrier would make us feel more dead than alive.¡±
Towards Hajime seriously thinking of razing to the ground all the hiding ces instead of being wary of hidden things, Ryuutaro and Kouki sent a tsukkomi about it. When the surrounding area became a sea of mes, he can¡¯t help but feel his courage shrink.
After the admonishing gazes from the other members, Hajime, who already had taken out the Getsurin Rings and Cross Bits reluctantly put them back into the ¡°Treasure Box¡±.
At that time, obviously, they didn¡¯t think that Hajime will repent on what he did. From now on they will be more attentive, because they don¡¯t want to taste the carpet bombing by themselves, especially Shizuku.
¡°¡. hm? Raining?¡±
¡°It¡¯s true. It¡¯s falling drop by drop.¡±
Suddenly, feeling the dampness over his head, Kouki frowned. Suzu agreed while holding her hand over her head. When the two people looked at each other, both of them simultaneously bristled when an impossible phenomenon urred.
¡°Tsk, Yue!¡±
¡°¡.grunt, ¡°Divine Interruption¡±!¡±
Hajime, reacting quickly toward the abnormality and called Yue. Yue developed an area barrier by harmonizing. (EN: breathing technique)
Immediately after¡
Shhhhhhh~
The heavy rain poured onto Hajime¡¯s party all of a sudden, the rain slipped down the surface of Yue¡¯s barrier¡ because, no matter how you look it, it¡¯s not ordinary rain. Rain was impossible in here. Even though the viscosity of the rain suited this ce well, but this ce was a closed space, so it does not have a sky.
Then, it¡¯s true form was naturally revealed. It¡¯s possible this liquid that was pouring on us was a trap of some sulfuric acid or some other toxic, or is it a sort of demon?¡¡¡ Whatever. Right now, It seems it¡¯s thetter this time.
¡°Nagumo-kun, the surrounding area.¡±
After carefully watching over the situation of the surrounding area, Shizuku called out with a tense voice to Hajime. From the previous nce, the trees, grass, ground, from all those ces there was something milky white oozing out.
¡°Slime, eh? Damn, it¡¯s also the concealing type too, no wonder I couldn¡¯t sense it with the Devil Eye.¡±
¡°Nagumo! From your feet!¡±
¡°Kya, take this, ¡°Dposition¡±!¡±
Hajime who didn¡¯t notice the slime, clicked his tongue secretly. The white slime began to appear from the ground at his feet. Even though ¡°Divine Interruption¡± was a spherical barrier that can form in the ground, it¡¯s impossible to intercept something which was attacking from inside the ground itself. The white slime which lurked on the ground assaulted Hajime¡¯s party from inside the barrier.
Suddenly, splosh from our feet! When the white slime jumped, Kaori quickly invoked ¡°Dposition¡± as she was swallowed up to her knees.
The white slime copsed and became particles. A typical slime attack was making the best use of its strong characteristic against physical attacks, it approached the target, absorbed it into its body and then dissolved it. Somehow she was able to eliminate it beforepletely dissolving.
¡°Oii~! Don¡¯t cling to me!¡±
Ryuutaro¡¯s fist pounded on the white slime, which was about to expand onto his back. The impact of the piercing effect from his gauntlet-type artifact was transmitted, in an instant the white slime became stains when it collided with ¡°Divine Interruption¡±¡¯s inner wall and scattered, leaving nothing behind.
¡°He-, idiot Ryuutaro! It got scattered over here!¡±
¡°This muscle-brain! Not thinking at all!¡±
¡°Oh? Sorry, Sorry!¡±
¡°Eww~, it¡¯s so sticky and gross¡¡±
Kouki and Shizuku raised a voice of protest on the troublesome way Ryuutaro defeated the slime. Kouki¡¯s party who fought on the side got sshed directly.
¡°Oh my, are you okay? Shizu¡¡±
¡°Yeah, I¡¯m alright, Kouki. These fellows died unexpectedly easily¡ What¡¯s the matter?¡±
¡°Eh? No, it¡¯s nothing! Ah, it¡¯s nothing at all!¡±
Though it was a little dubious that the monsters they were fighting were so fragile considering it¡¯s a great dungeon, Shizuku was told by Kouki to be carfull. But, the way of Kouki¡¯s speaking was like an old grandma! He quickly turned his face away as if he heard something while avoiding taking a nce at Shizuku.
On the way, Suzu also entered his field of view, he avoided her gaze in a panic because it was the same situation Shizuku.
Though Shizuku turned an inquiring look at Kouki who was pointing at the slime, in the end, it was not much now since the ¡°Thunder Flower¡± skill of the dark de was used to destroy the white slime inside the barrier.
It was the source of Kouki¡¯s trembling.
It was a milky white slime. That creature, was the real form of the rain earlier. A little while ago, Shizuku and Suzu were bathed in it when Ryuutaro scattered it. In other words, it was a thick cloudy liquid.
With this, it was needless to say to what Kouki reacted to. Frankly, the appearance of Shizuku and Suzu was dangerous. The people themselves seemed to not have noticed yet¡
And also, Yue¡¯s group was also the same.
Yue destroyed the White Slime while maintaining the ¡°Divine Interruption¡± by frying it with her small version of a blue dragon. Though the ssh of the white slime that was defeated did not cling, the amount of rain that fell from earlier had attached firmly. The thick and cloudy liquid flowed down the nape of her neck and her cheek¡
Shia too, because a white slime that had started to hang over her just like with Ryuutaro, she blew it away by invoking ¡°Magic Smash Wave¡± with her Dr¨¹cken. The scattering ssh clinged a little bit. That¡¯s natural, because unlike Ryuutaro who causes high shock waves, the amount was extremely few. Even though it¡¯s small, but still¡
The most dangerous one was Tio, who was sshed with the milky white slime that Shia had blown off earlier. Shia didn¡¯t aim it towards Tio, this was to say she was purely unlucky, she was bathed right from the front as if someone threw a variety of pies at her.
Tio right now, her glossy ck hair and her ck clothes based on a kimono style were sticky with the cloudy liquid. Moreover, the liquid was also flowing onto her beautiful leg from the open hem. It really was a dangerous picture.
The one with the least damage was Kaori. She did not need to worry about the ssh because there was ¡°Dposition¡±. Moreover, the little bit of liquid she was covered in from the rain earlier was not that different from the other members.
As the other white slime was jumping, Hajime who had noticed the slime¡¯s limits, became invincible after unfolding ¡°Lightning d¡± all over his body to conceal himself, I should poke both the eyes of Kouki and Ryuutaro before they catch a glimpse of Yue and the rest of the girls, he was thinking of a dangerous idea.
But, since there was a possibility to be vulnerable from a white slime attack, because there was no knowing what would happen next, he decided to not do anything at the moment.
(If somehow they saw them, let¡¯s hit them multiple times until the memory is erased.)
Instead, there an even more dangerous idea appeared. The lives of Kouki¡¯s party might be a candle in the wind.
In the meantime, the fact that the clean-up of the white slimes inside the barrier was done so quickly was disappointing. It was confirmed, as far as the eye could see saw, the outside of ¡°Divine Interruption¡± was covered thickly by the white slimes. He slowly approached with his Cross Bits and Getsurin Rings to near the inner side of the barrier.
¡°In the end, it ended up like usual¡¡±
The view of outside using the Devil Eye through the Cross Bits, it was overflowing with numerous white slimes. From the wall on the ceiling, the slimes kept pouring down. The crowd of slimes that was drumming onto the ground was like a white sea.
If there was no one who had an instant superior magic defense like Yue, one would most likely end-up getting swallowed up with surprising swiftness. The future is really dark inside the greatbyrinth.
¡°Yue, barrier please. Everything, I¡¯ll burn them down.¡±
¡°Nn¡ Leave it to me.¡±
After Hajime received Yue¡¯s encouraging word, he invoked Light Speed. And then, he flew to the sky while operating seven Cross Bits and Getsurin Rings at the same time.
¡°Ah~, damn, another reproduction of hell!¡±
¡°Again, it wille upon us¡¡±
¡°Uu, at that time, if it wasn¡¯t for Kaorin¡¯s recovery magic, Suzu¡¯s barrier would break you know? Will we seriously die? There won¡¯t be any enemies from Nagumo-kun¡¯s attack!¡±
Ryuutaro who guessed what Hajime was gonna do had a dejected expression, Shizuku¡¯s eyes became like a dying fish. As for Suzu, the wall of mes seems to have created a minor trauma for her, she was somewhat teary-eyed. By the way, Kouki had been averting his gaze for a while. The image of Ryuutaro passing out seems to still be remembered well by Kouki.
(Kaori, please use dposition on the slimes who are attached to the bodies. It¡¯s a dangerous scene.)
Kaori was surprised at the sudden telepathicmunication from Hajime. Why, had he contacted her on purpose? When she tilted her head, she realized the real intention from Hajime¡¯s words about the ¡°Dangerous Scene¡±.
And then, looking at thedies who were dirtied by the cloudy liquid ¡°This is certainly¡¡± I blushed at once. Hajime had contacted me on purpose because he considered the fact that Shizuku and the rest were not aware of their own appearance. It¡¯ll be bad move in various ways if a man like Hajime points that out.
As expected, Kaori gave her gratitude while blushing and began dealing with the cloudy liquid.
After confirming it, Hajime began to concentrate on the image of the outside from the Cross Bits.
(¡ The slime rain seems to not be showing any sign of weakening at all. Is this infinite? If it¡¯s like this, then if something is not done to the ceiling, it will be meaningless.)
The sea of slimes increased in volume before one¡¯s eyes every moment. Hajime let fly the Getsurin Rings at the ceiling. While they flew to the heavens with their high-speed rotation they flicked of the milky white slimes that tried to wrapped them up, as it is one after another collided with the ceiling without weakening in momentum.
It was the creation magic ¡°Wind w¡±, it tore up the wall so easily like butter. The de part of the Getsurin Rings were firmly buried. There was a horizontal hole created on the ceiling wall.
The Getsurin Rings were all in the hole, after confirming that the buried tip of the des drew a small arch on the ceiling, Hajime pulled out arge amount of Getsurin Rings and Spider-type Golems from the ¡°Treasure Box¡±.
The cheeks of Shizuku¡¯s party cramped up when they saw therge amount of metallic spiders appear.
However, the golem-type spiders who were overflowing did not care about these types of things, one after another they left the ground, by way of the Getsurin Rings, and went towards the other rings that were stuck in the ceiling. They simultaneously spread out and clung onto the ceiling.
Now, in the non-battle state of Hajime¡¯s ¡°Light Speed¡± one hundred units was feasible. But with the battle state, it was possible to do the previous simultaneous operation up to 14 times.
The result was, the 80 spider-type golems that had poured out, while d in a red phosphorescence, rushed about all over the ceiling while one by one they activated ¡°Drilling¡±. The milky-white slimes that oozed out of the asional small holes and gaps in the wall nned on hardening themselves in order to seal the drilling on the walls.
It seems this was the correct answer because the part where the spider-type golem were drilling the flow of slimes stopped. The intensity of the falling rain had slowly be weaker. There were countless bright red traces on the ceiling, it seems simr to a meteor storm.
(Alright, the drilling on the ceiling is good with this. Now the ground¡. For starters, it¡¯s absurd to not ze the ground.)
While Hajime was thinking of something like a terrorist, he rotated the stuck Getsurin Rings and made the spider-type golems that were clinging to the ceiling fly away from there. And then, opening the gate with the Getsurin Rings on hand, this time he took out tar from the ¡°Treasure Box¡±.
¡°How dare you, to make Yue and the girls dirty. I¡¯ll burn you up without a trace.¡±
Hajime showed a fearless smile while showing his canine teeth in his mouth. His eyes glistened with a brutal gleam. He seems to be really pissed-off because Yue, Shia, and the girls have had the cloudy liquid poured on them.
Where on earth are his admirable words of endeavoring to keep his temper in check from a little while ago¡
¡°Demon, it¡¯s a demon, sweat! I¡¯m scared~¡±
¡°¡¡That shouldn¡¯t be seen, Suzu. If possible you didn¡¯t see anything at all! Maybe, surely¡¡±
¡°This is bad, Kouki. That guy, someday will do an outrageous thing someday.¡±
¡°Yes, that¡¯s right, the demons look more human than him¡.¡±
Towards Hajime who had an appearance like a devil, Suzu clung to Shizuku while trembling in fear, Shizuku was averting her eyes while saying things like a mother who warned her daughter, Ryuutaro shuddered like watching a terrorist in the future, Kouki, as a Hero felt that he should defeat that guy¡ was in reflex driven by his sense of justice.
As for the other side, Yue¡¯s group¡
¡°Aa¡. Hajime, so dreamy.¡±
¡°Totally right~, it¡¯s so heart wrenching~¡¡±
¡°Master¡ Haahaa, what a nice view. Please watch us with those eyes too.¡±
¡°¡Hajime-kun¡ gulp¡±
Somehow they got charmed. There was a saying that love is blind. No matter how you look at, he only had a brutal face, but ording to Yue and the girls there apparently was a superb charm that could make someone¡¯s heart race. It would be toote in a lot of ways.
If it was long ago, Kaori would have likely wore aplex expression when watching the warlike Hajime. But after watching Hajime, whose eyes shone and had not given up at all, when they had fallen into the desperate situation of eating the repulsive meat of the enemy in the Meljeene Deep Sea Ruins, she decided not to mind such a brutal-like face now and had fallen in love again.
When looking at Kaori like that, Shizuku looked far away and muttered ¡°Kaori has gone too far¡.¡±
Even in this situation where we are exhaustively covered by slimes so the outside could not be seen, after seeing Hajime burning with killing spirit and exterminating withposure, Shizuku immediately averted her gaze. It¡¯s because his expression was so viinous. Till the end, she looked away from that brutal expression that drew attention. It is so if I say that it is so!
At that time, a terrible detonation sound resounded outside the barrier. The sound of destruction didn¡¯t just stay at just once, it resounded continuously and increasingly became louder. Consecutive ¡®plosive sounds like firecrackers were heard, these were iparable to the thunderous roar. The carpet bombing from Hajime¡¯s Cross Bits had started.
Somehow, it seemed that the white slimes which covered the barrier were writhing. Right now, Hajime was d in a transparent red light. Moreover, Yue¡¯s group were charmed by him. Hajime who didn¡¯t notice them, earnestly concentrated on the scene through his Cross Bits.
Reflected in his Devil Eye behind his eyepatch, the sea of slimes turned into a burning hell.
The ck rain that was pouring down instead of the rain of slimes made the white slimes before our eyes be dirty one after another. In addition, the Getsurin Rings flew fast on the outside circumference of the white slimes and scattered arge amount of tar.
Immediately after a sufficient amount of tar soaked the slimes, the heavy rain of cluster bombs from the Cross Bits joined the rain of ck tar. Even though the diameter of the small bombs were only several centimeters, it was not iplete because the skill level of Hajime¡¯spression training had risen. The contents were packed with an unbelievable amount ofbustion powder, its power could blow away a small house with only one of them.
The cluster of bombs that impacted the sea of white slimes exploded one after another before our eyes, the viscous bodies were pulverized into small pieces. And then, the spreading explosive mes ignited the surrounding tar and created a sea of hellish 3000¡ãC mes.
The tremendous amount of heat from the mes licked the earth, it generated an upward pinnacle of scarlet red. The white slimes continued to burn and perish without a means to be free, but still the mes spread and thoroughly burned everything down. The tsunami of scarlet, which contained the murderous intent of Hajime, burned the trees, melted the ground, swallowed the sea of trees and even scorched the air.
The scorching red finally showed its visage when the slimes on the barrier and created a gap to look outside. At the next moment, someone who noticed it ¡°Ah¡± raised a voice, outside the barrier had been transformed into a sea of mes. Before long the white slimes naturally flickered and turned into ash.
Before long, the white slimespletely disappeared from the surroundings. While observing the situation outside, the remaining tar was collected as only the fuel was zing here and there. Hajime muttered¡
¡°Nn~, apparently, it seems everything was roughly burnt out.¡±
¡°¡Geez, is it safe to take down the barrier?¡±
Yue takes a confirmation from Hajime¡¯s words.
¡°No, keep maintaining it a little more. There is a chance that some are still lurking underground.¡±
When Hajime said that, the divine stone on the ring shined bright. Just now, innumerable ck objects fell from the ceiling at a fixed speed. The spider-type golem descended with its thread from the ceiling.
The surprised Shizuku instinctively let out an adorable scream towards the shocking scene of numerous little spiders falling from the sky. However, everyone agreed to magnificently ignore it. They didn¡¯t see Shizuku cheeks blush from her scream. Although, some of their mouths were grinning broadly.
The spider golemsnded, spread to the surroundings and simultaneously began drilling up to the giant tree like they did on the ceiling.
Hajime began to concentrate while closing his eyes and said something to everyone.
¡°It¡¯ll take awhile to drill and reach the target of the giant tree. I don¡¯t know how many of the white slimes there are, it would be fine if there was no trouble, but you all should prepare an attack measure in this spare time to avoid a timely defeat. In the meantime, though it may be difficult please keep maintaining the barrier, Yue.¡±
While still concentrating on moving the spider-type golems, Yue willingly consented to Hajime¡¯s direction. The other members understood that the crisis was temporarily avoided and they slumped their shoulders.
Still, after being removed by Kaori, thedies who were dirtied by the cloudy liquid all have clean appearances. Although the fate of Ryuutaro¡¯s memory hadn¡¯t changed.
Hajime was drilling the ground rapidly, but it takes a little while to n for counter-measures so the distance to the giant tree wasn¡¯t obstructed. So, thump he sat down cross-legged right then and there. There was not a problem physically but it was an irond rule of adventures to take a rest when you can.
After seeing that, the other members tried to take a short rest.
But, at that time, a soft weight was suddenly felt from Hajime¡¯s back. ¡°Hm?¡± When he looked over his shoulder, he saw Yue¡¯s appearance. Apparently, she was clinging onto his back. Have you been spoiled far more than usual? In front of everyone, Hajime showed a small smile ¡.
¡°Haa haa¡ Hajime, I feel strange¡ Haa haa, I really want¡ I really want Hajime so much.¡±
¡°Hah? No, what are you saying at a time like this¡ Yue? What on earth is wrong?¡±
Yue¡¯s breathing was rough. Her sighs were also burning hot, her eyes were moist and teary-eyed, her tongue was lightly drawing in and out lewdly from her lips seeking Hajime. She was really sexually excited.
Although he would respond with pleasure if this was an evening at an inn, but during this situation such a carefree attitude was impossible.
It¡¯s impossible to suddenly be ***** in this situation. There was obviously something abnormal in Yue¡¯s body. When Hajime held Yue and turned her around with a serious expression, Yue¡¯s body went hot while trembling and writhing. And, as if to say it was not possible to endure it, she forcefully pressed her body continuously against Hajime.
When Hajime was observing Yue¡¯s condition with many questions in his head, there was a shadow approaching before he was aware of it, when Hajime looked-up there was Shia.
¡°Hajime¡ I¡ I am too¡ Haa haa.¡±
¡°Shia, you too?¡±
¡°Haa haa, Hajime-san, like. I like you.¡±
¡°Wa¡wait a minute.¡±
Shia prevented his escape by clinging onto Hajime¡¯s arm between her cleavage and her thighs, and then, she began rubbing it. Obviously, she had the same symptoms as Yue. Her face was flushed, her eyes were misted with animalistic passion. The sexual appeal that she didn¡¯t exude very much was flung into full throttle. She emitted a sweet fragrance that made Hajime giddy.
¡°What, on earth is this¡¡±
Hajime was puzzled and sent a nce to the surroundings. There was the appearance of other members who were in the same condition as Yue and Shia was here.
Kaori too, her eyes were moistened and she writhing something unbearable towards Hajime. She was slowly moving little by little on all fours while restlessly rubbing her legs together. While Tio¡ was somewhat dazed.
Kouki¡¯s party was also not an exception. Suzu was leaning over and hugging herself while writhing, the hollow eyed Ryuutaro who had lost his sanity was crawling closer to Suzu. Kouki was watching Shizuku with bloodshot eyes, he slowly stood and reached towards Shizuku.
Only, Shizuku had shut her eyes while kneeling straight, she writhed simrly to the ones before her, biting her lips without make any movement. Even though she kept her silence her cheeks were red. She seems to be trying to do mental concentration or something to endure the sexual excitement. It doesn¡¯t need to be said that she was on brink of losing her sanity too.
However, before my eyes Kouki was already drawing near as it was but it was not known what he would do. Ryuutaro starts hanging over Suzu who had copsed panting. During this heat, it¡¯s clear what they are trying to do from their appearance and the way they were calling each other names.
¡°****. Is this that slime¡¯s essence?¡±
While spewing curses Hajime took out the bs from his ¡°Treasure Box¡±. While simultaneously throwing with two snaps of the wrist, Kouki and Ryuutaro were crucified into the air. Two people were struggling and iling while raving about Shizuku and Suzu, on top of that, Kaori and Yue¡¯s names were called out. It was not possible to escape because the b was a restraint-type artifact that did not deviate from a fixed space.
Although it seems safe for the time being, next was Suzu, she slowly began moving towards Shizuku who was nearby. She already showed an expression which was not like a girl anymore. Her beloved ones, that kind of expression should be only for the people who are dearest to her.
Hajime clicked his tongue again, and threw the b towards Suzu and fixed her in ce.
¡°Unh~, Master, are you alright? Apparently, the demon mucus seems to have be a strong aprosodiac.¡±
Hajime after restraining Suzu, Kaori finally reached him and embraced his left arm. Tio with her calm expression steadily came near him.
Hajime unintentionally stared in wonder.
While she didn¡¯t know what Hajime was thinking, Tio continued speaking normally.
¡°Even your ability to use magic will be inhibited by the intense pleasure. The more time passes, the more you¡¯ll lose your sanity and would probably end up drowning in feelings of arousal from the pleasure. There¡¯s nothing as troublesome as that, is there. It would probably be impossible to not get sprayed at all if you¡¯re assaulted with the weight you¡¯re carrying. If the battle is drawn out, just that can lead to total annihtion. After all, even if you survive, if you haverades it won¡¯t end with not trying to copte with them, so your rtionship with them will end up pretty grave it seems.¡±
¡°A-ah, that¡¯s right¡¡±
¡°Yea. Most likely, that¡¯s its aim. To be able to withstand the pleasure over ourpanions?¡ Or maybe if our bonds can be kept even after we are defeated by pleasure¡. Either way, this ¡°Liberator Person¡± is very nasty. Moreover, master has a high poison resistance so the enemy doesn¡¯t match well.¡±
¡°¡. Hey, Tio¡±
¡°Yes? What is it, master?¡±
Hajime, even though he agreed on what Tio said, he still had a huge doubt afterparing the condition of Yue and everyone.
¡°I agree with your conjecture that the mucus caused this situation. Because I also think so¡. But, but you see. Why are you still able to keep calm? If memory serves me, you¡¯re the one that was bathed in the mucus the most among us.¡±
¡°Certainly, the effect of this mucus also affects our body. In truth, magic can not be used properly because it is hindered by the pleasure running through this body. But then, we do not want to make light of it, master. That is what we thought.¡±
Hajime, watching Tio who was puffing her chest out while showing a fearless smile, this time had his eyes wide open from astonishment for an altogether different reason.
Tio seems to still be keeping sane by force of will against the strong pleasure. Even though she was usually very perverted,pared with hertest perversion, she was from the high Dragon-tribe who boasts of living for a very long time. To such a demon¡¯s toxin¡
¡°We are master¡¯s ve! This kind of pleasure, is lukewarmpared with the pleasure-pain inflicted by master!! Except for master, do not think us to be a light woman who shakes her hips!!!¡±
¡°I-I see.¡±
Her eyes are scary~!! With her wide open eyes, she raised her fist towards the heavens, thus stressed the useless dragon. Hajime¡¯s gaze turned like he saw filth. Tio who withstood the pleasure from the mucus calmly, her body shook thrillingly because of that nce.
¡°As expected of Tio-san, no, rice-san. Seriously, it can¡¯t be helped. For now, can you please don¡¯t approach any further?¡±
¡°U-using honorifics!? Moreover, calling me by my surname! This sense of distance! Well, I never! Being treated as a stranger with this timing. Haa Haa, this is bad, I seem to be drowning in pleasure¡.¡±
The earlier calm Tio was forgotten and rapidly sumbed to pleasure. Trying to desperately preserve her sanity she was currently on all fours. From that sort of Tio, it was not even worth watching anymore so Hajime changed his line of sight from her to Yue¡¯s party who clung to him with trembling bodies.
And then, he talked to the three of them while putting a certain trust in his eyes.
¡°Yue, Shia, Kaori. There is no way a mere demon of this degree is sufficient for you all to be spellbound. You three are still able to maintain your sanity, right?¡±
Then, with a red blush on their cheeks, a constant hot sigh leaking from their mouth, the three girls who were clinging to him felt his definite intention and looked up to Hajime.
¡°Nn~ ¡.Of course.¡±
¡°Urgh~, Naturally that is so~¡±
¡°I-it¡¯s alright! Haa Haa, I know!¡±
As I thought, this was to see if we can fight the intense desire to sumb and pleasure ourselves, Yue¡¯s party was preserving their sanity by clenching their teeth. Hajime wasughing satisfied while watching them in turn.
¡°Listen, this is a trial prepared by that shitty greatbyrinth. Then, it¡¯s impossible that you are unable to get over it. Look, even Yaegashi and that pervert are enduring this. If by any chance you were defeated, won¡¯t you be soooo embarrassed?¡±
Towards his provocative words, the zeal of Yue¡¯s party rose and their mouths curled showing a fearless smile.
¡°There is a method to immediately solve this problem. You just need to drink holy water. There might be a chance it won¡¯t work¡. What will you all do?¡±
At the same time when Hajime finished saying it, the three girls answered together.
¡°¡.It is unnecessary.¡±
¡°I don¡¯t need it.¡±
¡°No need for that.¡±
They have chosen to solve the trial by themselves. Towards Hajime¡¯s ¡°As I expected¡± and soft look, the girls smiled dly. It¡¯s because they can feel Hajime¡¯s belief and trust.
Worried about the three who had determined themselves to endure, Hajime tried to distance himself. Since he thought that it would be easier to bear with the pleasure if he wasn¡¯t there.
But¡
¡°¡. Hajime, hug me tight.¡±
¡°Won¡¯t it hurt?¡±
¡°Hehe, there is no such person here who thinks it is painful to be hugged by Hajime-san.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. Instead, it calms our mind¡. Please?¡±
As pleaded by the three people, Hajime who was embarrassed a bit, spread his arms and brought the three of them together. Shia on his right arm, Kaori on his left arm, and Yue was held in front of him.
Yue and the girls were trembling for a moment, felt relieved instantly, and began to normalize their rough breathing immediately.
After that, they closed their eyes before long and they concentrated on bncing their spirit. Unaware, the hot temperature from the three girls abated and they began to transmit a normal pulse to Hajime. Apparently, they might be able to pass this trial without any issues. Hajime slightly smiled while staying still to avoid making any stimulus for them, he kept supporting the girls.
Omake
¡°¡. Master, may this mistress join there as well?¡±
¡°You must be joking, rice-san.¡±
¡°¡! ¡I¡¯m defeateed, I¡¯ve really been defeaateedd~¡±
Chapter 130
Chapter 130
The ¡°saint shield¡± barrier finally dissipated as the outside ze consumed the remainder of the tar and extinguished. The only remaining vegetation adhered to a strangely metallic ground covered with ash. It looked like an apocalyptdscape.
¡°¡Hmm?¡±
¡°How¡¯s everyone?¡±
¡°Oh?¡±
Hajime sat in the middle of the burnt out wastnd with Yue, Shia, and Kaori holding him tightly with their eyes closed. They each opened their eyes in turn and tilted their heads.
¡°Oh? What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Hajime asked with a worried voice as he noticed a strange look on Yue. Yue and the other girls looked at each other, acknowledging what they all had to gone through before nodding and turning to Hajime.
¡°¡Nn, we endured.¡±
¡°Yes, the pleasure seems to be gone.¡±
¡°I also don¡¯t feel anything, I¡¯m back to my senses.¡±
It seems to be that way.
They seemed to have endured the aphrodisiac effect of the milky slime that took their sanity with their mental strength. Excessive pleasure wasn¡¯t all that different from pain. Hajime couldn¡¯t imagine how much Yue and the others had suffered from an attack unlike any other they¡¯ve ever experienced.
Hajime praised the three of them for doing a good job passing thebyrinth¡¯s ordeal.
¡°As expected, all three of you did a good job. I was worried for a bit but I¡¯m d you¡¯re okay.¡±
¡°Nn¡ Kufufu.¡±
¡°Ehehehe, it¡¯s embarrassing to be told that so forwardly.¡±
¡°It¡¯s thanks to Hajime-kun. It was your support that allowed me to endure.¡±
Hajime no longer had to hug the three as they were no longer under the effect of the aphrodisiac. Nevertherless, they didn¡¯t let go as they grew gitty over being praised by Hajime.
Hajime tried to loosen his grip assuming it¡¯d be alright by now, but Yue responded by hugging him even stronger.
Did they need more praising? The three girl looked upward at Hajime with blushing cheeks while they ng to him even more aggressively. They didn¡¯t wear expressions that suggested they had lost their sanity. However, those expressions hold a certain allure of their own.
When they were under the aphrodisiac effect, it was easy for Hajime to reject their approaches, but it was a bit more difficult to resist Yue¡¯s charm when she meant it. He gave up trying to get his arms back.
Then¡
¡°Gohon! Sorry to interrupt you, but since we¡¯re all better now I was wondering if you might untie Kouki and the rest?¡±
¡°Oh yeah? You did well too. You managed to make it without help. Indeed, a swordsman? Is this one of those spirit unification techniques?¡±
¡°Oh, Shizuku. Ehehe, I¡¯m sorry, At the same time¡ my Shizuku-chan!¡±
After everything was over, it looked like Shizuku had managed to escape the pleasurable hell at the same time as Yue and the others, but had a haggard expression when she saw the pink space the group had made beside her. The interruption had managed to disrupt the mood and turn the group back to normal.
The girls who had been basking in Hajime¡¯s praise turned away, slightly embarrassed.
¡°Oh, thank you. Well, I was able to keep calm since my father hammered self-control into me since a young age during fencing. But it was a little dangerous. I mean, I wonder if things would have turned out this way if Kouki and the rest weren¡¯t constrained. I survived because I had the room to concentrate, without having to worry about defending myself. Thank you, Nagumo-kun. ¡±
¡°That¡¯s good to hear. The pleasure could have knocked you unconscious. Enduring pleasure in ce of pain could do that. While I prepare, Yaegashi, you might want to fix your clothes and mud situation.¡±
¡°Clothes? Mud? Oh¡ yeah. I understand.¡±
At first, Shizuku did not understand what Hajime had meant, but when she nced down at herself she noticed that a change of clothes was in order. (It was sweat, Shizuku was just covered in sweat!) She blushed at thement, nodding tightly.
Hajime used his transmutation to create several simple dressing rooms built from a wall of soil. The ¡°Treasure room¡± had changes of clothing for Kouki and Ryuutaro as well (clothes bought in town). He took them out and tossed one over to Shizuku. Hajime collected the Bora Cursed Objects from Kouki¡¯s group, releasing them.
Kouki¡¯s group immediately drop. Shizuku managed to catch Suzu before she hit the ground, but Kouki and Ryuutaro copsed to the ground with a rather painful noise. It was the hero and his sidekick, so Hajime had no worries.
While the female teammates used water magic to clean up and changed their clothing, Hajime concentrated on collecting all the spider golems.
They had finished destroying the ground around the immediate vicinity. There would be no Milky Slimeing out of the ground in surprise this time. These extra measures seemed necessary after the amount of time the milky slimes has previously wasted.
¡°You¡ master. I wouldn¡¯t mind if you looked at this mistress. There is no need for a locker room.¡± At that point, a voice timidly came from behind.
Tio had managed to break through the aphrodisiac effect readily even though she had received the most slime.
Hajime recalls the fact and nces back at Tio.
¡°Were you still there, Ms. rce?¡±
¡°!? Please Master! You¡¯re still doing that? It was certainly pleasant to begin with, but can you go back to the usual way of naming me!¡±
¡°That, what are you even talking about? As usual, Ms. rce is Ms. rce. Please don¡¯t get any closer to me.¡±
¡°!!!!? Please, Master. I¡¯m getting too excited. I¡¯m repenting, please turn back!¡±
¡°¡¡¡±
As Tio crawls up to his feet and scratches at his shoe, Hajime looks away and ignores her. The distant attitude by calling her with herst name and treating her like she was invisible were unbearable for Tio. Hajime was happy about this, Tio seemed genuinely saddened by this treatment, it looked like he found an effective punishment whenever she acted up.
Tio was trembling as she watched Hajime. By any chance, did Hajime go too far? Her look was bing more and more tearful.
¡°This is a terrible master. I ask¡ call me Tio.¡±
Hajime had dealt a blow to stunt Tio¡¯s abnormal behavior atst; it was a very satisfactory feeling.
However, Tio¡¯s rueful appearance wasn¡¯t the transformation Hajime was hoping for, destroying her beautiful appearance in her deteriorating kimono. Hajime¡¯s devious heart considered things a little more, whether he punished her objectively, it seemed to be the role of a master. Happy or not, she wasn¡¯t aware of it.
¡°It¡¯s pointless, Tio. It¡¯s already toote for you to change the kind of person you are, so at least be a little prudent.¡±
While Hajime shrugged while saying so, Tio was dumbfounded. Her expression brightened, and she gave a smile that looked like it belonged to a sweet, young girl. That smile was beautiful enough to tug on even Hajime¡¯s heartstrings.
She was knowledgeable and could have some deep thoughts, understanding the subtleties of the human mind. Understanding someone and making an effort when she could have lost herposure. She had courage and decisiveness, unmatchedbat strength. She was affectionate and kept her word. And her appearance was the best. If it wasn¡¯t for her abnormality, you could say she was a ¡°perfect woman¡±.
¡°Really, it is a shame¡ Because in a sense, I¡¡±
¡°?¡±
It seemed like Hajime had opened a new door for Tio. He felt partially responsible for her abnormality but he was helpless to fight it.
¡°What¡¯s is it? Master¡¡±
¡°¡No, nothing. Go get changed and freshen up.¡±
¡°Yikes, it¡¯s a¡ That¡¯s okay then, master? For me to change right here in the corner?¡±
When Hajime nned for Tio to use the makeshift changing room, Tio gave an expectant look and said such a thing.
Hajime¡¯s cheek twitched as he wondered ¡°where¡¯s that prudence?¡± and pulled out a grenade.
¡°¡How about this? It¡¯s a special present for you. It¡¯ll blow the dirt away along with your skin!¡±
¡°!? I get it. I¡¯ll go change my clothes immediately!¡±
Tio waved her hands and dived into the dressing room. The words ¡°responsibility¡± and the horological serpant flickered in Hajime¡¯s mind as he watched her back. He shook his head to drive the characters out of his mind.
Others began to emerge from the dressing room after cleaning themselves. Sure enough, Kouki, Suzu, and most of all Ryuutaro emerged with downtrodden looks. They were all hunched as if burdened by unbearably heavy stones, and the atmosphere was wrapped with dark clouds as if magic was being used.
Although they had lost their sanity during the aphrodisiac effect, they seemed to remember what they¡¯d done. Pleasure followed by hell, it seemed that Tio was right when she predicted this would try the bonds of rtionships, Kouki¡¯s group seemed proof of that.
Ryuutaru and Kouki couldn¡¯t meet the girl¡¯s eyes and Suzu seemed determined to keep her distance. Suzu kept to the shadows with their heads down and red ears. Hajime feared he¡¯d need to follow up with Suzu if they couldn¡¯t figure things out on their own.
Because they nearly sexually assaulted each other, it made them ufortable and provided a sense of guilt that couldn¡¯t be ignored. In particr, Suzu was a girl. The fact that she could have started that kind of rtionship with her peer caused a certain kind of damage to her spirit.
¡°Let¡¯s just forget it, Suzu¡? It was unavoidable. Things didn¡¯t go too far¡ so¡ There are one or two memories no one wants to remember, probably¡¡±
¡°¡. Shizu, Shizu.¡±
¡°Look! Remember that time I was wondering around the dirty game section without noticing what was for sale? It was serious, the male customers around were all looking at me with judgmental eyes¡ and I became depressed¡¡±
¡°Is¡. Shizu interested in dirty games?¡±
¡°That¡¯s not it! That was an unfortunate ident!¡±
¡°Shizu investigating dirty games¡ kufufu, with a serious look¡ pukuku.¡±
¡°It is terrible tough, Suzu.¡±
Shizuku looked somewhat relieved now that Suzu wasughing.
It seemed like anyfort would work to ovee the dark history sealed in people¡¯s memories, and ¡°sympathy of embarrassment¡± was a self-torture ingredient necessary to help Suzu¡¯s spirit recover a bit.
As expected of Shizuku, willing to sacrifice herself. It was admirable!
Kouki had his head down, so Suzu watched him.
¡°Nagumo cared for everyone. We should be thankful he stopped us.¡±
¡°Yes, you¡¯re right. We were saved by Nagumo. I¡¯m serious. Thank you very much.¡± Ryuutaro who seemed to be ufortable following Kouki turned his eyes to Hajime and expressed his thanks.
¡°Be thankful. Make sure to remember that. Always be conscious of your debt. So that when you¡¯re better, you can return it to me by resolving to be an appropriate meat shield. If I make a mistake, it¡¯ll be fine. Because I¡¯ll go to the ends of the Earth to make sure you repay it.¡±
Hajime came off more like a Yakuza business lending out money at 11 to 1. When someone skipped a payment, they really did go to any length to make them pay. A thank you didn¡¯t seem to be the kind of payment he was looking for.
The church or someone like Nointo might want Kouki¡¯s party to be his enemy (no matter how hopeless). So he wanted to keep them conscious of the debt, just in case.
But not really knowing what was on Hajime¡¯s mind, Kouki¡¯s group had twitching cheeks and disturbed expressions like cheat victims who had just found themselves consumed by an unreasonable debt.
It certainly mad a big debt in that sense unless they could stop relying on Hajime. They recognized that and gave each other a silent nod.
However, the awkwardness seemed to clear up after the speech that trampled themon sense of Hajime.
The thought of the debt collectoring to make unreasonable demands seemed to inspire Kouki and Ryuutaro, and apparently Suzu and Shizuku as well. In a sense, they felt unity over not wanting to be consumed by debt, burying the break between them a bit.
Without being attacked by any more Milky slimes, they advanced across the wastnd with ease and finally arrived at the giant tree. The gather at the entrance and step into the next magic circle.
The ce where Hajime andpany appeared was as expected. However, the light being emitted from it was different from usual. There was a doorway leading to the outside and was open from the beginning.
Hajime nced around, seeing that he wasn¡¯t missing a single member. The magic eye could not detect the present of any fakes. In other words, they needed to proceed as is.
Hajime cautiously moved forward towards the exit bathed in light as Hajime gave everyone else a nod.
¡°This is¡ like fair Bergen.¡± Hajime looks ahead and nods as so.
Yue and the others had simr impressions and nodded.
Ahead of the cave exit was an aisle, or rather a huge branch that could easily be mistook for an aisle. When Hajime nced back, he could see a huge wooden trunk that went back so far he couldn¡¯t see the end. In other words, the empty cave came at the root of a branch that Hajime and the others were on.
The tree was too big, and the branch made a 5 meter across aisle just as it is. Other big branches protrude from the tree intertwining here and there. It was an air corridor in the same way as Fair Bergen.
Unlike Fair Bergen, it was a single branch growing from the tree and intertwine to make the air space, as opposed to a several groupings of branches.
If you look up, there is a stone ceiling, so they were definitely still underground. This tree branch was likely part of the Great Tree as Hajime couldn¡¯t imagine there being any other giant trees like this.
¡°¡Great Tree?¡±
¡°It¡¯s likely this is a space just under the Great Tree.¡±
¡°But the Great Tree is visible on the ground.¡±
¡°Well, it seems to grown branches below the ground. The real roots might be much deeper underground. We only see the tip that¡¯s visible, it might be just a small part.¡±
¡°How big does the Great Tree get?¡±
Overtaken by the min-boggling enormity of the Great Tree, it was almost too great to contemte. The ceiling obstructed the view ahead, but Hajime still imagined the tree towering above them.
Shia¡¯s Usamimi twitch and begin to move. Shia¡¯s appeared to pick up some kind of sound. Shia wonders ¡°What¡¯s that sound?¡± and sets out to verify the identity while walking the distance of the branches.
The faint sound is leathery and her ears flop around with disgust. Shia frowns as her Usamimi pick up the sound, an imperceptible sound that sent goosebumps across her skin. She peers over the edge cautiously.
¡°? Dark and invisible, that¡¯s it.¡±
¡®What¡¯s the matter?¡±
¡°I¡¯m hearing a somewhat unpleasant sound, but it¡¯s too dark for my eyes¡¡±
¡°You want me to look for you?¡±
¡°Yes, thank you. What is that? The sound of such a feeling, like wriggling.¡±
¡°I understand, something theta sounds disgusting?¡±
Hajime nced over the edge on the left of the branch passage after shea called. Certainly, the darkness could not be pierced at this particr height, but with ¡°night eyes¡± and ¡°far vision¡± it wouldn¡¯t be a problem for Hajime.
¡°¡!?¡±
First, Hajime can¡¯t see everything, but as he narrows his eyes doubtfully he gives out a cry that couldn¡¯t be voiced. He looked up, his face blue and his expression giving away danger.
¡°Ha, Hajime!? What¡¯s wrong? To see you react so much. What exactly did you see?¡±
¡°¡Hajime, okay?¡±
Hajime was the height of fearless arrogance and boldness. For Hajime¡¯s face to disy fear gave something very difficult to imagine. Yue anxiously rubbed Hajime¡¯s back. Shia was holding his hand gently.
Hajime finally recovered as bit of warmth and murmured while trembling and overlooking everyone with a serious look.
.¡±¡The devil is there¡¡±
¡°Demon?¡± x5
Everyone inclined their necks at Hajime¡¯s pointless words. Kouki and Ryuutaro turned their eyes from Hajime, who to them looks most like the devil himself, to dere something else a devil, gave them watery eyes.
¡°Yes, it¡¯s a devil. It¡¯s ck and you know it well¡¡±
When he said only that, Hajime pulled out a crossbit and sent it down. A small crystal was put up so that everyone could see.
The one which reflected after a little noise right in front of Yue and others was¡
¡°!?¡± x5
If you find one, there is at least thirty more. It bears the name of the ck devil, having been feared with the word inititals G. Always creeps, rustling by chaos, life force causing it to doggedly survive, struggling in the shadows moving at high speed. If you are flying in the air, the Earth, enemy of the strong which cause abnormalities in a state of confusion and panic in restaurants, they are soldiers of unique magic.
The name of¡ cockroach.
The cockroach is, at the bottom of this underground space, millions, several tens of millions, no their wriggling had no measurement. It was an iparable sea of cockroaches. The leathery unpleasant sound was the sound of cockroaches rubbing against each other.
¡°So, what things¡ look¡¡±
¡°Yeah, so many, lots and lots.¡±
With blue faces, Suzu and Shizuku look away as well. They both have goosebumps n their arms. The other members were pretty much the same. In particr, Shea¡¯s Usamimi¡¯s were now hanging down, she was desperate to cover up the sound now that she knew what it was. She buries her head in her hands and squats down, her eyes teary.
¡°¡.Hajime, will burn them.¡±
Yue unusually says a dangerous thing, but Tio and Kaori seemed to already have the same intention. Their desire to so the things destroyed were indicated by the look in the eyes and the goosebumps on their skin.
¡°It might be better to stop¡ that number? I suggest¡ what if they flew inrge quantities?¡±
¡°¡¡¡± x3
Thousands of cockroachesing flying all at once up at them, Hajime proposed. Yue lost her fighting spirit, and her face changed into aplicated expression. Apparently, the heart was broken in an instant.
¡°If we don¡¯t fall, I think it¡¯s okay. I think¡ as¡ I¡¯ll advance first and stop any thate up quickly. It might only attack when we stop.¡±
Everyone wore a more serious expression that they previously had at Hajime¡¯s words, they gave firm nods.
Hajime traveled out on top of the thick branch passage. For now, there was only the goal of advancing along the road, but since the ce was major scaffolding, there appeared to be a joined branch passage in the distance which he supposed was where he was going to aim.
Along the way, the roaches had not jumped up or been startled and they had made it from the entry branch to the next branch aisle. Things looked good, and then¡
A feared sound was heard.
Vu¡ vuvuvuvuvuvuvuvuvuvu!!!
It was pping sounds, in arge amount.
¡°!?¡±
Hajime who confirms with a look below. Sure enough, a brown tsunami wasing stretching out and rising as pping hordes of cockroaches emerged with a furious spectacle.
¡°Uo¡ it¡¯s covered!!¡±
¡°Hey, oh, oh oh!!¡±
¡°Hyiii!!¡±
¡°Come now, oh, oh!¡±
¡°¡ª-!!¡±
Everyone was raising cries of disgust as they prepared for the biggest attack of their lives.
Hajime shoots rockets from Orukan. Yue uses her ¡°thunder dragon¡±, Shia fights with burst slug ammunition out of the Doryukken, Tio invokes breath, and Kaori released dposition while Kouki¡¯s group uses whatever long distance attacks they could muster.
Blooming flowers of crimson perched below, roars of thunder. Spreading ripples of blue light, cut nk shes of ck and silver. It wouldn¡¯t be an exaggeration to dere overwhelming annihtion. If this force was put in front of the kingdom and the imperial army, surely, they would oblige to leave this world.
However, the attack didn¡¯t dent the mountainside of blossoming ck tsunamiing towards them. Attacking the sea itself is the same as pointless. The tsunami of cockroaches jumped freely in the movement spread throughout space as birds do in perfect order.
¡°It is terrible! Holy shield!¡±¡±
Already half crying, Suzu put up a barrier.
Shortly after, the Zaa Aaaa continued move up into the sky. A wave of cockroaches descended as if attracted by gravity and pounced towards Hajime¡¯s party.
The roaches hit the walls, the momentum causing tons to smoosh and sprinkle their fluids as the survivors crawl all over the barrier wall.
¡°No, ri¡¡±
Suzu¡¯s barrier stretched under the weight and she started to lose consciousness. Kouki resists and tries to give out an encouraging voice over the desperation.
¡°Suzu, don¡¯t pass out. If you be unconscious we all die. Keep up your spirit!¡±
Which was part of the attack. To be swallowed by the wave of cockroaches in flesh and blood, but it¡¯s an attack on the spirit as much as a magical attack. These kind of abnormalities couldn¡¯t be avoided. On the contrary, they could traumatize you for life.
¡°Yue, take over the defense!¡±
¡°¡Nn, will absolutely not be broken.¡±
Yue deployed her holy shield to superimpose the one Suzu had raised up with an arm covered in goosebumps. The outside of the barrier was stained ck with cockroaches crawling and rustling.
¡°Somehow, it has been like this since I came to thisbyrinth.¡±
¡°Extremely messy hugebyrinth. Well, this on assumes you¡¯ve beaten several of these others and have obtained their cheats so it raises the difficulty up several steps.¡±
¡°It would be very difficult if you did not have time to analyze things calmly.¡±
¡°Kaori, it¡¯s okay, there is no problem. That out there is just a ck sesame thing. ck sesame pudding or ck sesame furikake and I quite like it. Especially ck sesame furikake seasoning soy sauce vored¡±. That¡¯s delicious. Rice is great.¡±
¡°Shizuku-chan! Oh no! I broke the already fragile Shizuku-chan.¡±
Kaori gives a heartbreaking cry as Suzu¡¯s pupils go dead. Meanwhile, Hajime reaches into the ¡°treasure room¡± and starts preparing for extermination while rubbing the goosebumps on his arms.
However, before that happens.
The cockroaches that flocked to the barrier drew in unison. The wave of cockroach in front of everything move into a sphere of air, producing a circr ring to surround the center.
Superimposed further circr rings on the outer periphery of the giant circr ring form. The next cockroach column begins to sequence around the ring. Gradually, the sight begins to form a geometric pattern created in air. Hajime¡¯s cheek twitched.
¡°Hey, Hey, Hey, believe it or not. Are they forming a magic circle?¡±
Once a magic circle was formed by Nointo handling and lining up its Gunba formerly in the air. The countless cockroaches were now doing the same thing. Hajime and the other¡¯s dered ¡°how gross¡± and continued their attack simultaneously.
However, the wave of cockroachesy ahead so that the spear in the center of the magic circle was maintained.
It¡¯ll be a meat wall literally, and Hajime¡¯s and the others attacks were obstructed. A dead body of the cockroaches where were blown away fell in a torrential downpour into the lower part, but this did not decrease the number at all.
While continuing to fight in this way, the magic circle seemed to bepleted. Close to fifteen meters in diameter it floated in the air, a magic circle emitting light of intense red and ck. And when it burst the next moment, a central sphere which consists of cockroaches began to rise and change shape. It was a huge cockroach of about three meters at full length, atst.
But rather than taking the oval form as cockroaches around it, it came with a needle like tail and a torso simr to a centipede,plete with 10 legs. Its front feet had sharp finger like knives. The face had ck color eyes, and a sharp chin, along with three pairs, six total translucent wings. Perhaps this was a monster of the boss ss.
¡°Gigi Chchichichichichichi chip!!!¡±
The boss cockroach wore dark red phosphorescent color and emits unpleasant cries. Then the cockroaches gathered around further, beginning to for another magic square. Apparently the boss cockroach could control the other cockroaches. A rather small sphere begins to be formed, plenty in the center of a new magical center. It isn¡¯t the boss cockroach, but it¡¯s clear that a special cockroach appears big.
¡°Tch¡ what to do?¡±
¡°¡.Nn!?¡±
Suddenly a torrent of the magic generated the moment Hajime and Yue tried to make an attack on the magic circle from their footing.
The both turned their eyes down immediately, but there was nothing in a branch aisle to hold. However, his magic eye caught that further down the branch aisle, on the other side of the aisle, out of sight, the cockroaches were forming another magic circle.
It was trying to focus their attention on it, probably forming a magic sh to hide the other circle. Bad Hajime! It was actuated already the moment Hajime realized that.
Red and ck magic was transmitted through the branch passage along the scaffold. Hajime protected his face from the intense light. After the sh exploded, it wrapped the surrounding region and settled there. Hajimei and the others appeared intact.
What on earth was it? Hajime looked next to him to Yue while suspecting.
¡°¡¡¡±
The feeling that welled up within Hajime at that moment was not relief for her safety and was not the usual love, it was¡
¨CIt was hate.
Chapter 131
Chapter 131
Disgust, no, the best word was hatred. Such a deep, dark feeling, Hajime felt for¡ Yue.
It was apparent that Yue felt the same way. Her eyes were distorted with a murderous look as she nced at Hajime as well.
¡°Yue.¡±
¡°¡. Hajime.¡±
They called each other¡¯s names with familiarity, but with a sort of difort as well.
¡°¡ Ipletely despise you.¡±
¡°¡. I feel nothing but hate.¡±
With strong emotion, the pair pull out weapons and raise them at each other. Hajime aims Donna straight at Yue¡¯s forehead, while Yue lifts up a me in her right hand. The words ¡°Oh?¡± and ¡°Who first?¡± hung in the air like a ssic scene in a Yakuza shop.
¡°Hey, what are you two doing?¡±
A voice came forth between the two. It was Shia. Her left shoulder holding Doryukken, her posture like she was about to attack, with a very restrained voice.
¡°Shouldn¡¯t the one you want to kill be me? Don¡¯t be selfish.¡±
Like Hajime and Yue, Shia stared at them with hate and malice in her eyes.
Hajime also had negative feelings towards Shia that rivaled the murderous feeling he had for Yue. When Hajime gritted his teeth and looked around, he felt death res from Tio and Kaori as well. They looked at Yue, Shia, and Hajime all with hate-filled eyes.
¡°Oh, hey guys. What are you guys doing? Nagumo is just Nagumo.¡±
It¡¯s Kouki. Kouki seems to be protecting Hajime while giving Yue and the others a stern re. His eyes seem to hold a great deal of affection for Hajime as he uses the others of acting strange.
Ryuutaro and Suzu did not seem to share any particr strong feelings against Hajime. Rather, Ryuutaro seemed to be giving Kouki a look of disgust. Shizuku also seems to have hate in her eyes when she looks at Hajime, and a condemning look for Kouki, and a downright murderous look for Kaori.
Fortunately, the ¡°holy shield¡± barrier was still being maintained by Yue. The swarm of roaches had surged again, trying to catch Hajime and rest off-guard during this abnormality, as the group just red at each other.
More cockroaches gather into magic circles, attempting to create more special cockroaches outside their protective barrier. Another tsunami of cockroaches flies by, buying them a bit of time.
Hajime analyzed the effect of the light magic using ¡°detect magic¡± and judged it against his changing emotions to take a guess at the situation now.
¡°Apparently, the light magic we felt a moment ago seems to have reversed our emotions. The intensity is proportional to the strength of the original emotion.¡±
¡°¡ Nn, reasonable conclusion, I unwillingly agree.¡±
Hajime exins without turning away; Yue agrees with a disgusted look. Even though the feeling is reversed, they didn¡¯t lose their memories. By inferring from memory how they original thought about each other, it was likely the correct guess.
While holding angry looks, no one else raised an objection.
¡°The extent of this trial¡ You can still remember, but the emotion has been reversed. It¡¯s difficult to shake off what you remember versus how you feel. It¡¯s a disgusting ordeal. The deeper the bond, the more it¡¯ll try to tear it apart.¡±
As Tio exined the extent of this trial, she started blushing as she watched the cockroaches crawling on the outer wall, clogging her words. The allure of the cockroaches seem to jam up every one¡¯s words; it was Kaori who managed to put it into words.
¡°¡. look so pretty.¡±
So that was also a problem. For the ck devils that they would hold as enemies, the hate was flipped. Instead of being repulsed, Hajime and the others only felt endeared by the cockroaches. It was only their memories of disliking them that kept their guard up.
Their emotions were inverted. They needed no more evidence to support that conjecture. The allies with the deepest bonds would be cut, their capacity to defend themselves weakened by their hatred. That might be the goal. Especially against these demonic cockroaches, they certainly had to hold on to their disgust.
With the group unable to cooperate, they¡¯d be swallowed by the tsunami of cockroaches, or fall prey to the medium-sized ones about 1 meter in length. These boss cockroaches were being produced one after another.
It wouldn¡¯t go amiss to call this a desperate situation. ¡ However, the current people here were far from ordinary.
¡°¡ It¡¯s the mountains of cockroaches I want to kill.¡±
¡°¡ I¡¯d like to kill them, as well as you.¡±
Hajime and Yue stared out at the cockroaches. Their eyes seemed to prate through the cockroaches pressed up against the outer wall, contemting on the boss cockroach that had created this situation.
¡°¡ More than that.¡±
¡°¡ Than that.¡±
Hajime and Yue¡¯s eyes shed with brutal re. Yue, who usually doesn¡¯t show much expression, wore an aggressive look like that of a wild wolf, her eyes narrowed. Dwelling in those eyes was a fierce anger like never before.
¡°I like to love¡ man, I want to kill!¡±
¡°¡. I want to love him and be cherished.¡±
Two heads reached a boil.
Their anger gushed out, hot like magma. They remembered how they had previously felt for each other. The cockroaches had messed with their feelings. No one should trifle with those important feelings between two people in love.
Even against roaches, dislike and anger weren¡¯t enough to describe the ferocity that they felt for the cockroaches, something that changed to something sadistic. The feelings grew to a bitterness over the nature of the entirebyrinth up to this moment as well.
And Hajime and Yue weren¡¯t the only ones.
Kouki and the others flinched from the pressure of the overwhelming anger emitted from Hajime and Yue, causing them to retreat. But behind them, Shia, Tio, and even Kaori wore eyes red with anger that could only be described as demonic.
Yue opened up the ¡°Holy Barrier¡±, causing Kouki and the others to caste looks of skepticism and panic. Red magic began to spread out from Hajime¡¯s feet. His lip is lifted, his canine exposed, and a look of absolute murder on his face.
Shortly after,
Zudooon!!
Hajime leaped from the passage like a single bullet, the roar leaving behind a crater in the middle of branch where his feet previously were. Using an ability like ¡°ground shrink¡±, mixed with ¡°enhanced legs¡± and ¡°impact change¡±, his body moved like a bomb with body reinforcement of pure magic. The ¡°body reinforcement¡± was applied to the whole body, making him harder than steel, and his body was covered in ¡°Lightning d¡± and red magic, appearing like the embodiment of thunder.
Unable to stop Hajime, Suzu¡¯s ¡°Holy Barrier¡± was easily destroyed from the inside like waste paper. Hajime rushes the boss cockroach with the intent to destroy it.
¡°I¡¯ll love you until death.¡±
The boss cockroach couldn¡¯t even react, its visual recognition unable to match the speed of Hajime moving like a madman with a screw loose.
Suddenly, the cockroach didn¡¯t seem so dangerous. Maybe it was because they reverse their feelings, or didn¡¯t expect someone to sneak out during the siege of cockroaches, but this demon boss seemed rather¡ simple?
Hajime, as the weapon he was, took out his anger on the cockroach, delivering a fatal blow, using the momentum of his rushbined with a knee kick.
GAAAAAAN
With the resounding roar of steel on steel, the boss cockroach disappeared a secondter, Hajime appearing in its spot. The boss cockroach had blown away at an unperceivable speed.
Hajime remained in ce using the ¡°aerodynamic¡± to stand still, receiving the res and murderous intent as he looked at the direction the boss cockroach was blown away.
On the other side, once Hajime had taken off¡.
Suzu was panicking, desperately trying to bring back the barrier that he had taken out. However, the cockroaches that drew near no longer disgusted her. Was there a good reason to stay away from the cockroaches? In fact, aren¡¯t they desirable? While thinking this, she lost to the spell.
The cockroaches in thisbyrinth are just insects¡ after all.
Yue stood up to fill the fatal gap in Suzu¡¯s actions to rectify the situation.
¡°Shaking heaven.¡±
Around Yue and the others, space itself seemed to wave for a moment. She had started to show the full extent of her god-level magic.
Just as the wave of cockroaches was about to reach them, Space began to explode. The tremendous power generated shock waves that crushed into the cockroaches, crushing them in small pieces, and a momentter only sand remained.
Yue was not finished yet. ¡°Five Heaven Dragons.¡±
The moment that magic name sounded from her lovely voice, thunder, the blue me, the storm, the snow and ice, the five bodies of dragons appeared. As tens of thousands of cockroaches rushed towards them, Yue¡¯s dragons circled around them with a distinctive roar and were decimated in an instant.
Yue began to float up with the use of her gravity magic without a nce back to the others. Her body began to rush towards the boss cockroach along with the whole body of the dragon in free fall.
As a formation of 200 medium-sized cockroaches made an attack formation against Hajime, Shia blew it away.
Shia, Tio, and Kaori had all realized, much like Yue in the beginning, that their affection for Hajime had been yed with. The cockroaches looming above who had chosen to reverse their emotions were met with a fierce anger raging beyond the intentions of thebyrinth. (Trantion Note: In other words, don¡¯t mess with the dere or you get the yan.)
Shia lept into the air with magically reinforced legs, scampering across the sky on light blue disks that rippled with beautiful blue light. Also, Tio and Kaori respectively expanded their dragon wings and sliver wings from their backs, leaping up at once as they met res with the mid-sized cockroaches.
¡°Oh, hey, I no longer find you repugnant. However, I¡¯ve still decided that you die.¡±
¡°That, That¡¯s right. Bug-chan is cute but¡ I can¡¯t die, and I have to fight as expected, don¡¯t I?¡±
¡°Yes, but decapitate them? Such dear creatures?¡±
¡°If we don¡¯t kill, then we¡¯ll be killed. We must be strong, and fight strong, so that we aren¡¯t left behind.¡±
Though, it¡¯s shameful to say that to them, the Cockroaches might as well have been a Chihuahua staring at them with round eyes as they tried to aim for its neck. It was like trying to kill a small dog that you¡¯d loved from birth. It was these messed up and crazy inconsistencies that they had to deal with, but couldn¡¯t help but think that way.
The remaining people from Kouki¡¯s party couldn¡¯t fly freely through the sky, stranding them at the center of the branch passage. They began to fight passively. They battled side by side and shoulder to shoulder with people they didn¡¯t like. It was a troublesome feeling.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The boss cockroach that had received Hajime¡¯s flying knee kick had flown off into the trunk of the big tree, sinking magnificently and being blown to bits by the furious momentum. An abdomen that would have taken pride as having the strength of steel was pounded radially centering on the part that received the direct hit, whitish body fluid spilling out from the newly formed hole.
¡°Gichichichichichichichi!¡±
The boss cockroach made an unpleasant cry sound while swinging its antennae. A group of cockroaches immediately swarm around the boss cockroach, dissolving into its form in an instant, assimting and curing the injury the boss had sustained. As long as the small cockroaches remained, they¡¯d be able to keep fighting indefinitely.
The boss cockroach picks out a splinter that had embedded itself into the cockroach from the big tree. The cockroach seems bigger now as it lets out an unpleasant sound.
The cockroach eyes nced around for the one who injured him¡
¡°Still, let me enjoy this a bit more.¡±
It seemed like hitting the abdomen just cured the impact further. The roaring sound once again came as steel struck steel. Hajime had quietly approached from the side and send in a Yakuza style kick.
The boss cockroach sinks into the trunk again. Hajime began to attack it mercilessly like a wild beast. Do not use weapons. Hajime had no intention on ending the moment. Applying a ¡°magic shockwave¡± to his fist and reinforcing his body with magic, he quickly undercuts the bosom of the boss cockroach with another and then another.
Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong! Dugong!
Every time a fist in Hajime¡¯s left or right struck, the form of the boss cockroach twists like a toy, but seems unable to escape, its body being embedded into the cracking trunk of the big tree radially. The cockroach is reced with a glossy ck piece of meat and white blood mixed in shattered wood chip.
The boss cockroach was a foe where even if a physiological hate could be held, its form was too dreadful, although it only looked pathetic in its current form.
A momentter red and ck light began to emit from the boss cockroach. A great deal of cockroaches appeared in the route behind Hajime¡¯s back, and with a dreadful speed they formed into a magic circle.
ck smoke emerged from the magic circle, overflowing and assaulting Hajime with furious speed.
¡°¡. Tsh.¡±
Hajime judged that being touched by the ck smoke was bad and evacuated with ¡°aerodynamic¡± and ¡°ground shrink¡± before it reach him. Where Hajime was an instant before, smoke wrapped around the boss cockroach and the great tree.
With a moment free of Hajime, the boss calls for a group of cockroaches. Arge amount of cockroaches rush into their own ck smoke.
After a few seconds, the boss cockroach regained its form, removing the wounds and shaking off the ck smoke. The tree behind the cockroach that had been exposed to ck smoke had copsed, seeping down the trunk as a gray mush. Apparently, the ck smoke had some kind of corrosive effect.
The boss cockroach¡¯s six wings began to shake at a high speed, BIIIIII! The boss cockroach took off at high speed. Hajime entered high speed flight to give the cockroach his regards once again, quickly overshadowing it simultaneously as the cockroach assumed a posture of struggle.
The elerating Hajime circles around the cockroach again and rushes, blocking off its retreat. At the same time, a tsunami of cockroaches begin to slope up behind Hajme. While giving the cockroaches a smile as if he was saying ¡°What is it, cutie?¡± he jerks out his left arm, he drew out some weapons. He had a mind to attack from the front while letting the cross bit attack from behind.
A wall of air appeared around the boss cockroach. It had made it to the speed of sound. They didn¡¯t know if the branch passages would give way to the shockwave and vacuum and be destroyed. He also would be destroyed if he tried to avoid the tree at thest moment.
Still, Hajime showed no intention of leaving, even as the vibration smashed against his artificial arm. He attacked directly from the front.
Just then, a huge dragon of thunder and another d in blue mes broke through the wall of cockroaches behind him and appeared.
Hajime feels iting, and without looking back gives a face as if to say ¡°Yuck.¡± However, the cockroach is already in sonic speed. The ¡®blinking light¡¯ perceptive abilities were already being stretched many times, and it was already hopeless.
¡°Why, I was!¡±
He delivered a single blow. An outburst of the elbow and ¡°magic shockwave¡± mixed with fire at the same time, struck the boss cockroach straight on. The cockroach was also stretching its leg with a wlike sharp de, but was eludedpletely with the intense cross counter. The face of the boss cockroach was pounded in detail with the effect of vibrations smashing and spreading across the creature in waves.
The impact on the front of the head caused the cockroach to round vertically and fly off in the direction of the day after tomorrow.
Immediately after, the roaches aiming for Hajime were consumed by Yue¡¯s dragons in the spot Hajime just was.
¡°¡. Thank you, removed.¡±
¡°Was that for me? Or those dear cockroach-kun.¡±
¡°¡ Of course, the yellow cockroaches.¡±
¡°Hey, what¡¯s that? I¡¯m getting things going. It looks like a new cockroach species?¡±
Hajime moved next to Yue, wearing an unhappy face. Yue floats a very hateful smile towards Hajime disdainfully. Hajime, who held up through the offensive of the thunder dragon and the blue me dragon while narrowly escaping floated a blue vein on his forehead, but where does the wind blow?
¡°Your intention was to kill me.¡±
¡°¡ Of course not, at your level there was no reason to believe you¡¯d be killed.¡±
¡°Oh, certainly, but could you have attacked worse than that?¡±
The two wore an atmosphere of disgust towards each other, being in a state where they dislike each other more than anyone, that¡¯s the effects of the emotion reversal, yet still they were able to trust each other inbat.
The boss cockroach had approached the sonic speed while still wearing the ck smoke of imperceptible corrosion. It turned out Yue could take it on easier from the front and engaged without thinking.
Furthermore, therge tsunami of cockroaches were approaching. If you looked closely, a small cockroach was wrapped in a ck haze. The boss cockroach draws near from Yue¡¯s side as the pair acknowledge the sea of corrosion.
¡°Hey you, that smoke decays everything. Don¡¯t let it touch your clothing or things might be erotic.¡±
¡°¡ Perhaps for a rotten character like you. I¡¯m sure I¡¯m resistant.¡±
They spit venom at each other without hesitation, cutting words at close range.
Meanwhile, the ck smoke coalesced into a ck tidal wave of corrosion around the boss cockroach moving at sonic speeds, targeting Yue and Hajime in a manner that was anything but disordered.
However, it seemed like the two couldn¡¯t be bruised.
The ck smoke rushed in making a sonic boom, reaching out for the two people in front, and they instantly moved away, dancing around the streams of smoke as they red at each other.
Their movements seemed impossible to follow, Hajime had drawn Donna and began firing while Yue used her finger as a baton, creating a dragon with the body of a tornado.
Six of Hajime¡¯s bullets shot out in a sh,nding in the forehead of the boss cockroach at the same ce and time. The boss cockroaches head explodes, and which is blown off, sending it into a tailspin once again.
Meanwhile the ck tidal wave was engulfed with the colors of five dragons. The thunder dragon left only remnants of roaches while the blue dragon annihted thempletely. The ice dragon froze them while the stone dragon petrified them, 100,000 at a time.
¡°You¡¯re ying through them quickly, will you run out?¡±
¡°¡ Even without material, I¡¯ll y.¡±
While the cockroaches rain down like a torrential downpour, the boss continues to take in small cockroaches with each movement in a move that only feels desperate. Yue and Hajime¡¯s voices could be heard, looking up with crescent shaped mouths andughter like devils.
It probably wasn¡¯t a conscious action. It was a more instinctual thing. It¡¯s instinctually realized that it touched a presence that should never ever be touched and became an enemy.
¡°Gigi iiii!!¡±
The boss cockroach d in the ck smoke of corrosion began to panic and gave a scream. More small cockroaches were called, and as they approached the boss they became d in the ck corrosion as well beforepressing.
The smoke seems topress into a ck shell, creating hundreds of shots. And of course, the shells maintain the corrosive properties. So the boss was creating corrosive ammunition out of the small cockroaches. Effects of the instantaneous corrosion andpression left an uneven smoke.
The boss released a shockwave, sending out the corrosive shells which struck and corroded a branch aisle the moment it was pierced. It headed for Hajime and the rest rapidly.
¡°¡. Wasteful.¡±
Yue uttered a word. Shortly after, a gate forms right in front of Hajime and Yue and spreads. The spatial magic does a spatial field that bes an invincible shield at the same time. The shell that would corrode anything the instant itnds, couldn¡¯t avoid passing through the developed gate and disappearing into somewhere. It¡¯s a perfectly wasteful ball as Yue had said.
But the boss cockroach, now in aplete state of panic can only half acknowledge that. Averting the orbit while screaming, it bypasses the gate to rush at Yue. However, the gate wasn¡¯t simply a ce to banish the cannonballs away.
¡°Kyiii!?¡±
Just after increasing its speed and detouring, it struck something in the air, and as it was caught it became a whole body crucifixion.
¡°Its movements are simple. Is its mind still only that of a cockroach?¡± Hajime murmurs so next to Yue as he makes his stone ring react.
The ring had been connected to the b beforehand. The boss cockroach expected a route, its eyes on the gate while Hajime established the b in the air simultaneously.
And the wire used for this b is extra fine, so-called steel thread. Steel thread could be stretched as the effect given by generation magic ¡°sign instion¡± concealed an ore part of the b, and a cobweb might be spread in the air.
The boss cockroach had rammed into the, ready to catch it if the cockroach touched. And carefully, the b matched the impact of the rush and entangled, securing the boss cockroach in the air as it is.
While spitting curses and strangely trusting each other, the pair continued to fight back to back without hesitation, sharing in the defense and attack without requiring a wink of conversation¡
Were these guys really hating each other under the emotion reversal? If the boss cockroach could say words, it surely would have grandly Tsukkomi¡¯d asking as such.
¡°I wonder, Yue¡¡±
¡°¡ Hmm?¡±
Hajime inclines his neck while spearing the eye of the boss cockroach, continuing to harass it while it remained crucified in his web.
¡°I think my feelings of hate are starting to fade¡ it¡¯s about halfway gone now. I¡¯m able to stand it.¡±
¡°¡ coincidence. I also feel that Hajime is bearable. And with the cockroaches, I don¡¯t feel the need to love them.¡±
¡°Oh, indeed.¡±
Tio guessed that the emotion reversal was another trial of the greatbyrinth. Like the pleasure hell that chooses viscous liquid of milky slime, Hajime also inferred that it could be conquered. After all, it¡¯d be a troublesome ce if you¡¯re feeling reverse could never be conquered and you ended up hating your partners forever.
However, Hajime and Yue fought together to ovee it by nature, or so it seems.
Potential? After having your spirit upset by feeling the reversal, and the cruel treatment center filled with making the boss cockroach, the feeling of turning back may be tempting.
Alternatively, it may be that the two of them exerted a simple and mysterious ability of creating pink space anytime, anywhere.
In any case, it reminded Hajime of a quote about ¡°every time not being a possibility¡± that certain working authorities once murmured.
¡°Well, Yue, since you¡¯re acting yfully, how about onest game with Mr. Cockroach?¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Winning is possible if you like your opponent.¡±
Again, two people show a smile that could onlye from a devil. Absolutely, are we sure they had a feeling¡¯s reversal? Is that really likely? An observer might have tsukkumi¡¯d.
The boss cockroach has finished restoring its body and managed to sneak out of the b¡¯s restriction with the use of the ck smoke of corrosion. It wore ck smoke and again produces three to six shock waves and a vacuum de with a p of its wings.
However, the boss cockroach shouldn¡¯t be negligent. Up to this moment, Hajime had been pulling his hand. He refused to use heinous weapons, no direct attacks by powerful magic. Not even attack while ying. He was ying to the full level.
Things that were not perceived were thepleteck of aggressive intention. Demon or not, the creatures body showed the miserable result.
Hajime appeared at the back of the boss cockroach, inserting centrifugal force with body strengthening, hammering down with an aerial turning kick into the back of the boss cockroach with an instant move.
¡°Giiiii!?¡±
The boss cockroach which made a noise curved like a shrimp with its shell in the air and blew away. The ck smoke of corrosion should have been worn, but with Hajime covered in bright red magic, it did not seem to affect him at all.
Blown away at intense Gs, the boss cockroach desperately tried to regain its bnce. Yue appears from a spatial change right in front of the boss cockroach, waving her had slightly in front of it.
Immediately after, space be Gyobo! A shock wave with some directionality makes a noise, and shrinks, and generates the power by which space turns back at the next moment.
¡°GIIII!?¡±
The boss cockroach which is assaulted by a dreadful impact from the front like a pinball this time blows off in the direction of the day after tomorrow. The surface of the body is ragged already, but that¡¯s just the start.
Hajime had already moved position. Once again, an intense kick blows the cockroach away. Blown away, and still, to Yue, blown again. Back to Hajime.
Hajime and Yue hit each other, such as the air tennis with a boss cockroach ball. Echoing are the heartbreaking cries of the boss cockroach in the vast underground space. The boss is moving so fast and irregrly that the swarms of cockroaches are unable to have time to help.
The corrosive smoke doesn¡¯t affect Hajime and doesn¡¯t touch Yue to begin with. Yue¡¯s body is able to repair any damage before she¡¯s even aware, so there is no risk of dying.
Their y seems to be the doing of devils and fiends. Using up and ying with their love by this trial in thebyrinth might have turned them into such.
Further, a rule of the game is loss of the person who failed in the rally first.
¡°¡. Hajime.¡±
And, in the middle of their rally, suddenly received sense talk from Yue. Because they are moving at high speed with changing distances, this was necessary. Hajime replies while flicking the boss cockroach with an overhead kick.
¡°What happened?¡±
¡°Oh,¡ Hajime.¡±
¡°Mm. What is it?¡±
¡°Hajime¡ Hajime¡ Hajime¡ Nn¡.¡±
Yue just kept calling Hajime¡¯s name repeatedly by sense talk for a while. The tone seemed to be changing into something more spoiled like. Hajime begins to notice it in the tone. In the feeling.
¡°Yue, back?¡±
¡°¡ Nn¡ perfection. For Hajime?¡±
¡°Yes, me too¡ there is only pure malice for this cockroach any more, and for Yue¡¡±
¡°¡. Me?¡±
Hajime packs in a word without leaving a torrent of the feelings taken away. Such as having the opposite feeling for Yue even for just a moment. He didn¡¯t want to think about it. The violent malice as well as the anger for the boss cockroach rose up once again, but he had to say the words to his sweetheart where there were once cruel words.
When he took a deep breath, Hajime used sense talk while looking at Yue, who had changed ahead of the boss cockroach and blew it straight for Hajime.
¡°There is only love.¡±
¡°Nn¡ me too.¡±
The voice that seems wonderful and sounds dear to Hajime. Feelings of thousands of emotions were included and the word floods through his chest. Hajime and Yue stay in the air just as it is, saying only those words with patience even if it has to be seen. The boss cockroach with discharged body fluid flied overhead, but the two people¡¯s eyes don¡¯t look away. It was just Yue and Hajime.
They say nothing, when the distance between them disappear, and two people embrace in midair. Their lips meet naturally. Light kiss without words, only just touch, as if the thought was more than enough.
Hajime holds Yue¡¯s slender waist and Yue wraps her arm around Hajime. Their lips release as the two of them confirm that the feelings inside them are normal once again, staring close distance, with smiles on their faces.
The boss cockroach which had finished ying around at that point gave them some distraction. With a scream, it dispatched cockroaches which rised up simultaneously.
That won¡¯t be the light one such as tidal waves any more. They were forcibly trying to close the space with cockroaches. A huge dome began to form heading up towards Yue and Hajime. Hajime had long since lost track of what happened to Kouki and the others.
The dome was filled with ck smoke of corrosion. When seen from the outside, the surface seemed to rustle, the mountain rising where it could be seen. The underground space where the big tree was made at the center was buried with a mountain of cockroaches, mostly.
The cockroaches had managed to umte not just at the bottom, but also the ceiling and walls as well. If someone said all the cockroaches in the world were gathered here, it¡¯d not be surprising.
And the space was closing quickly with cockroaches in the next moment GoGYUUU! It was reduced quickly with the sounds that suggested so.
Will they be crushed to death or captured inside of the ocean of cockroaches? The center is of course Yue and Hajime. At the end of the underground space, there was Shia striking down a medium-sized cockroach and leaving it for Kouki¡¯s group to defeat. They also seem to have exceeded the pile of cockroaches a short while ago. It also seems toe off from an area by apressed thing.
The boss cockroach is entering a reduced sphere directly while pping. Closed space of a hug cockroach was in thepressed state so that there were no gaps to the interior already.
¡°Gichichichichichichichi!¡±
The boss cockroach makes an unpleasant sound. That seemed to be an attempt to clear it¡¯s former humiliation as a ball, and it seemed to be the roar convinced of a victory.
But that will be overturned immediately after. A cockroach was repelled from a spherical center, trying to find the dead body from the center of the sphere of cockroaches.
¡°Oh, you want a fervent embrace?¡±
Yue, putting both hands together, was seen there with her eyes closed to concentrate. Next to her is Hajime, whoughs dauntlessly within the 4 point barrier.
The boss cockroach stops, instinctively taking a step back.
The fear of being teased by these two people ran deep, but that¡¯s because the power they exuded was feared above all else.
A gap formed that Yue could put out both hands together. They sh blue, and in the meantime a small group of mes begin to swirl around.
When seeing that, they seem to have just done the me systems finest aggressive spell ¡°blue sky¡±. When ordinarily thinking, making ¡°blue sky¡± can excel in some small extermination. It¡¯d seem like an insignificant act.
But genius magician Yue wouldn¡¯t do such a nonsense thing.
The blue me between the two hands, the splendor is increased from moment to moment. On the contrary, it kept burning. It¡¯s as if looking to crate small stars.
¡°¡ Selection.¡± Yue muttered quietly.
Then, the finished fist-sized orb oozes blue aura.
The bead of blue me which contains a power and identity that was unknown.
That one was for the boss cockroach. The cockroach realized it¡¯d bepletely destroyed. If not, they¡¯d make it understand. The cockroach let out a scream, pushing cockroaches and ck smoke against the four point boundary to break it and kill the pair and break the orb before it was toote.
However,theactionwastotetoo.Wellno,whateveractionthe cockroach wouldtakewouldbe thesamething.There¡¯snoway to stop it now.
Yuehung thebluemeorbtowardsthe sky.YueilluminatedBlueStargaveits ownappearancethat wasfartoomysteriousandbeautiful.HajimegentlyhuggedYue¡¯sbodyfrombehind.Yue had entrusted her back to Hajime to fawn after all.
And,
¡°¡ Divineme.¡±
Like the judgement of god himself, the pulsating blue overran the entire ce.
Chapter 132
Chapter 132
Trantion Note: FYI, When Tio talks, the MTL trante it that she refers the Hajime as ¡°Husband¡± and herself as his ¡°concubine¡± or ¡°whore¡±. I¡¯ve been changing it to ¡°Master¡± and ¡°Mistress¡± because I think it fits the S&M theme a little better as well as the other trantions.
**_______
¡°Divine me,¡± shemanded in a pretty voice edged with cruelty.
Shortly after, the function of the annihtion magic became apparent.
The blue me began to pulsate with a Dukan sound. Blue light spread around the underground space and began to swell from inside. As the ripples spread like ripple of water triggered by a drop of water, there seemed to be an ominous quite that was devoid of mercy.
The cockroaches that were touched by the blue light did not offer even the slightest resistance, merely disappearing without even ash remaining.
At the sight of this divine me, the boss cockroach ran like a scared rabbit, a scream was caught in the light of the spreading blue that ballooned away from Yue before the boss cockroach unceremoniously disappeared without another sound.
Without the boss cockroach, the small and medium cockroaches that were being fought by Shia and Kouki¡¯s group became confused at the loss of leadership, and became trivial nuisances. The blue light continued to spread, it swallowed the cockroaches around Shia as well.
As the me spread out, Kouki and the others watched it approach with anxious looks.
It wasn¡¯t unreasonable for them to feel rushed. They were able to see the destruction in front of them.
The reason was clear. Kouki, Shia, and the others weren¡¯t sure whether the me that destroyed the cockroaches sopletely would hurt them as well. However, it was not simply Shia and the rest that remained unharmed. Therge tree trunk and branches remained intact as well.
They gave Hajime and Yue surprised looks when they realized that the me that spread across the underground space andpletely devastated the cockroaches only affected those cockroaches.
¨CDivine me
A me type supetive magic which shot ¡°blue mes¡± rapidly 10 times into the space around andpressed it with gravity magic. Yue further specified the magic with ¡°selection¡± using spirit magic, so that it avoided those whom contained souls. (Trantion Note: Cockroaches don¡¯t go to heaven)
Anyone Yue permits survives while it seeks out those she sets as an enemy.
That is, indeed, suitable to be called art. It wouldn¡¯t be unreasonable to say that a god named Yue passed judgement from heaven.
¡°Unexpected magic¡ Indeed expected from Yue.¡±
¡°Nn¡ Praise me more, please?¡±
As the light of the mes started to go out, the voices of the two of them echoed in the underground space.
Indeed Yue showed some signs of exhaustion, so Hajime gave Yue a big hug in reward for her hard work. Yue wrapped her arms around Hajime¡¯s neck and allowed her entire body to rx against him. And just like that, she kissed his neck, followed by the sound of sucking as she bit andpped up his blood.
¡°When saying it like that, I wonder who won this match.¡±
While Yue stuck to the scruff of Hajime¡¯s neck and drank his blood, he held her with one arm, while gently stroking her hair with the other. And so he was reminded of and questioned the oue of the game the pair of them had started.
¡°¡. Nn, haa¡ Nn. My win. Hajime will not disagree.¡±
Yue separates from Hajime with an ecstatic expression, her eyes were as bewitching as always as she licked her lips.
¡°Yue, I must ask, does it really matter how won or lost, does it mean so much?¡±
¡°¡ Hehe. Well, then, I guess we can put that aside for now.¡±
As the pair of them spoke casually, discussing things ¡®just in case¡¯, there came another loud voice.
¡°Are you guys going to flirt forever, or can you rejoin the rest of us!¡±
¡°Yes! Yue is cheating! Hajime-kun and I are¡ anyway, please return!¡±
It was Shia and Kaori. They were beckoning us to return right alongside Kouki and the rest. Tio merely shrugged her shoulders. They were trying to take their feelings into ount and had been waiting. Kouki and the others looked a bit ufortable, Suzu and Shizuku had their eyes lowered and blushes on their cheeks. It looked like they had been watching Yue and Hajime from a distance.
From their reactions, it looked like their feelings had returned to normal as well. Hajime didn¡¯t know if they had returned under their own power or if it was the result of the boss cockroach dying.
The pair stared at each other and gave another light kiss before returned to a ce beside Shia.
¡°You kissed so casually at the end¡¡±
¡°I¡¯m envious¡ but¡ but¡ It¡¯s good to see you¡¯re safe. Although I felt like¡ ¡°not only you!¡± or ¡°me too!¡± but I don¡¯t want to sound selfish¡¡±
¡°Indeed, as expected of Yue and Hajime. Battling in a world alone, tossing him around like a toy, it wasn¡¯t as pitiful as expected.¡± (Trantion Note: I think this is Tio iming she wishes she was the boss cockroach getting kicked around by Hajime, lol).
There were three people which came away with three different responses, but it was Shia¡¯s words that had the biggest impact. Hajime gives her a hug with one hand without releasing Yue. She doesn¡¯t seem to mind at all. However, Kouki andpany wore mixed expressions over his nerve.
¡°¡ Did you recover your feelings on your own?¡±
¡°You could say I return on the way, yes¡¡±
¡°Would, um. May I ask that you had returned to normal without help?¡±
Kaori looks doubtful about Yue¡¯s question to Shia. Tio adds the exnation while forcing a smile.
¡°You may say that I also returned without help. I assume that the trigger was jealousy over the war deration between master and Yue? This mistress was envious of their fervent love. However, soon they did not even bother with the cockroaches, just each other¡. Was that the same for Shia and Kaori as well?¡±
¡°Yes, it was¡¡±
¡°Yup¡¡±
So it was that sort of thing. Hajime nced over to Kouki¡¯s group to see how they were doing.
¡°¡¡¡± X3
¡°Well, -how is it? Thest cockroach to die was back to being unpleasant.¡±
Shizuku appeared to be the only one to recover on her own. It was expected of Shizuku given her mental strength. Kouki and the others must have received even more damage as they had to watch their lovable cockroaches die all the way to the very end.
A bitter, Shia was asking Yue about the magic from a short while ago. Suddenly, a portion of therge tree near the ceiling started shining. While helping Kouki¡¯s party recover from their damages, Hajime observed a Mekimeki sound, followed by a giant branch which began to grow anew.
The branch created a new aisle as its length increase little by little. Hajime and the others remained in the four point aisle from the start of the cockroach attack until the fifth branch joined up to their intersection. The branch aisle hade from the ceiling, so it took the form of a stairway which led them up the branch to the heavens.
After a brief look at each other, Hajime and the rest hurried to follow the newly formed path.
However, Yue was holding Hajime tightly. Yue wouldn¡¯t let go and Hajime didn¡¯t try to separate. That was fine, afterall. However, Kaori also pulled from the left while a sullen Shia pulled from the right. Meanwhile, Tio clung from the back. It goes without saying that Kouki andpany watched this with indescribable expressions.
When they finished climbing the fifth branch aisle, they entered another cave-like room. Hajime remained on his guard and before long a magic circle glowed and they found themselves teleported once again.
After the light settled, they could see that they were in a garden that spread out right in front of them.
The sky felt rmingly close.
The air seemed clean. The ground spread out to roughly the size of high school gymnasium. There were trees which were rtively small and a small chalky building which had various waterways spreading out from it.
Twines surrounded thergest tree, which sat in a small ind circled by canals, a central stone lithograph sitting at its base.
Tio walked into the garden, peeping over the edge.
¡°What do you think, master? It looks to be the top of the tree here.¡±
Others nce towards the bottom from the end of the garden after Tio¡¯s word too. It¡¯s a vast sea of clouds and an unmistakable thick fog spread out under their eyes.
¡°Hey, this is strange. When we flew over the sea of trees, we had crossed the dense woond and saw no tree this big. No tree could crest the thick fog, this height must be up over 200 meters at least. It¡¯s impossible to be seeing from a tree this high.¡± (Trantion Note: To put that in perspective, thergest skyscrapers are around 450 meters, so they¡¯re high, but not that high. On the other hand, the world¡¯s tallest tree is only ~116 meters)
Hajime noticed the humor of his remark after saying it. After all, the upper part sticking out from the thick fog would only be natural, especially considering the size of the tree as seen from the ground expanding across the dense woond.
Nevertheless, you would think that therge trees size would have been verifiable before now.
¡°¡ I see. It is concealing magic which is doing this?¡±
¡°¡ It is, like some kind of shadow system form of spirit magic¡ or is it just shifting space?¡±
Yue considered the magic based on Hajime¡¯s inference. If it¡¯s shadow magic, there should be some form of recognition obstruction, but the scaling is strange. If this were like spirit magic, they would be conscious of the alterations being made with the magic of the soul. However, they weren¡¯t aware of any difort, which would be impossible considering Yue¡¯s skill.
Hajime and his group wore impressed looks. Although they had experienced a number of trials and had managed to keep the nastiness to a minimum, there was still the liberator. Although ordinarily, the liberators did not seem ill-natured.
¡°Is this the goal here?¡± Hajime muttered.
This caused Kouki and the others to where startled expressions. ¡°Here¡. Finally¡¡±
Hajime ignored them and walked directly to the lithograph.
The group crossed a pretty arch and entered a yen-like small ind circled by a channel. The lithograph began to glow as they approached, the bright green magic flowing into the channel. So it functioned like a magic circle? Phosphorescence like fireflies raised flickeringly.
The sense to probe a memory and then inscribe knowledge by force. Hajime and the others were familiar with this. A raised voice groaned as some one else behind him was ¡°struck¡± with shock and a sense of difort.
As the knowledge flowed into Hajime, the tree began to entangle around the lithograph and swell.
Hajime and the others assume a posture of struggle. The shape of the tree began to change, tearing away branches as it formed. Phosphorescence rose away from Hajime, forming into the image of a person¡¯s face in the middle of the trunk. It takes on a female appearance from the shoulders up.
The person¡¯s form isplete; the woman¡¯s eyes open. Then, the mouth opens gently.
¡°First of all, I¡¯d like to say congrattions. You¡¯ve defeated several of the greatbyrinths. I am Luluo Haltina, and I prepared the Haltina (Sea of Trees) Great Labyrinth. I apologize for the very difficult trials I prepared with the maximum regard.¡±
She seemed to have used the tree as a medium for her recording. This was the form instead of Oscar¡¯s ¡°pictures¡±. Luluo felt dignified like she might be connected to some form of royalty. Although some of that feeling maye from the tree stem itself, which split around her like hair, and contained a certain kind of beauty.
¡°However, it is also necessary. If you came through the dungeons of the other liberators, then you know about our rtionship with the gods, the past tragedy, and what¡¯s happening right now. Therefore, I wanted you the learn something about the unwavering bond that can¡¯t be swayed, a heart that can¡¯t be shaken. I think you who arrived here surely understand something about the strength of the heart as well as its weaknesses. I¡¯m wishing sincerely that that is of assistance to you in the future.¡±
Shia listened to Luluo Haltina¡¯s talk with a meek face. But Hajime was already impatient. He didn¡¯t need pretentious excuses. For once, however, he quietly read the air.
¡°I do not know for what purpose you sought my magic, -¡°sublimation¡± magic, you are free to use it as you see fit. However, stick to your bonds, and do not drown in power.¡±
Hajime was already looking around restlessly. How is it? Even if he watched it, it wouldn¡¯t change anything. He was already considering removing the lithograph to shut her off and move on already.
¡°My god level magic ¡°sublimation¡± is the power to make everything evolve. That is the knowledge that is given. But, true value of this magic is found elsewhere.¡±
Hajime¡¯s eyes widened for a moment. The hand that was hovering over Donner was returned to his side, and his eyes rested on Luluo. The real value of sublimation magic wasn¡¯t given in the knowledge.Tell me that first!Hajime pointed a ming look.
¡°Sublimation magic makes the ¡°power¡± of everything be sublimated, literally. The other god-level magics are no exception for that¡. Gravity magic, spirit magic, alteration, space magic¡ these mighty forces are the foundation of the management. All of which lead to further evolution¡ even whenbined with each other. This magic would be better called ¡°Magic concepts¡±.
Someone made a gulping sound, resonating the desire for such a magic.
Hajime also had his eyes opened wide in surprise. At one time, in Miledi¡¯s Raisen¡¯sbyrinth, she suggested that if he obtained all the god¡¯s level magic, he might be able to find something that would grant his desires. He needed to obtain god generation magic. It probably meant this.
¡°Concept magic ¨C is the meaning which is just as it sounds. The magical manifestation of how magic acts in this world. Even if you obtain the god-level magic, it cannot be used so easily, because concept magic is invented by utmost will, not theory.¡±
So that was the reason it couldn¡¯t be copied by magical circle.
After hearing the exnation, Hajime frowned. ¡°Utmost will¡±¡ if it¡¯s an exnation done so lightly.
¡°We seven liberators worked over the course of decades and only managed three magical concepts. However, that was enough for us¡ but which one will you need?¡±
Just as Luluo said so, the lithographic center slides and something like a pocket watches out from the inside. Hajime takes it into his hand. One needle of the same length was fixed on a te in the center of the semitransparent lid. On the backside was a pattern painted in the form Luluo Haltina used. Apparently, it also serves as a proof of capture. Luluo resumed her exnation.
¡°For the name, it¡¯s called the pass of desire¡±. The concept that, when activated, shows the ce I desired.¡± (Trantion Note: Pirate¡¯s of the Caribbean anyone? Drink up, my me hearties you ho!)
Hajime heard the exnation and his heart skipped a beat.
¡°The ce I desired is shown.¡± That means¡
¡°It will lead you to the location to want to go. Anything, anywhere, be it hidden or ¨C even in another world.¡±
¡°¡¡¡±
The ¡°different world¡± Luluo is talking about will be the world by which the Mad Gods reside. The liberators must have used concept magic out of utmost will. To beat the gods, of course.
Therefore, thispass was produced to find the ce where god was. Hajime was certain Oscar helped make thispass using the concept magic as well as his generation magic.
But ¨C it should also be possible to use thispass to show them how to return to Japan.
A means to return home was found¡ delight welled in Hajime¡¯s chest like he might burst. Yue clenched his hand and gave him a firm squeeze, looking up at him gently.
¡°To get all the god¡¯s magic, if that is your goal, you¡¯ll be able to travel anywhere. I wish you to move forward with free will and find happiness in your life. Good luck for your future.¡±
Luluo hade to the end of her words after giving her speech, all that was left was the tree with the entangled lithograph.
They remained immersed in the afterglow in silence as if chewing on the events that just happened to their satisfaction. Only the sound of the rustling of leaves as the wind blew gently affected their vicinity.
It was Hajime that broke the stillness, asking Yue with a monotonous tone of controlled emotion. ¡°Yue, just to hear it, using the magic of sublimation,bined with spatial magic. Can we cross to another world?¡±
Startled movements spread across Kouki¡¯s group behind him.
Yue understood the weight of those words and the exploration of that potential. And with the strongest magic user with the knowledge of the god¡¯s inscribed in her mind, she searched for a solution.
As result, she obtained the answer¡
¡°¡. I¡¯m sorry.¡±
¡°Really¡¡±
Just that. If the world can be exceeded simply by mixing spatial magic with sublimation, then certainly the liberators wouldn¡¯t have had so much trouble, too.
Luluo has said that there were three concept magics that had been produced. The first concept was given to the pass of desire¡±. It would stand to reason that the other concepts would be the concept to go to another world and the concept to overthrow the gods.
In other words, when not attaining to concept magic, the idea of leaving the world is difficult.
Yue was hanging her head dejectedly at being unable to meet Hajime¡¯s expectations. Hajime gave her a kind smile andbed his fingers quietly through her beautiful gold hair. Yue seemed ticklish, looking upward at Hajime and shrugging her shoulders as he ran his fingers over her skin.
¡°It¡¯s no problem. I was being greedy. It was just a thought. We just need more god-level magic. We just need to get the right one, and you¡¯ll definitely be able to figure it out, so don¡¯t have such a face.¡±
The heart that was impatient at the thought they might be able to return had already recovered its poise, and Hajime shrugs his shoulders with the expressions he had to spare. In answer to whether Yue was relieved at his recovery, like usual she snuggled close to him.
¡°Cough, Cough. Well¡ is Yue and Hajime back to normal? I think a shortcut formed for us to return to entrance. So less lovey dovey for now!¡±
Shia, while looking at Yue and Hajime, interrupted their pink space while saying ¡°Yes, as always¡±, certainly in one corner of the garden the magic circle appeared. As Shia suggested that would be the shortcut to descend back to the ground level.
After checking the magic circle, Hajime strokes Shia¡¯s bunny ears to correct some of her sulkiness. Then Kouki starts to speak up.
¡°Oh¡ hey, Nagumo. A short while ago when¡ you received the concept magic¡¡±
¡°Yeah¡ we should be able to return now. At least, thispass will tell me where to head next.¡±
¡°Really¡¡±
Kouki wore an expression as if hope was lost. Ryuutaro, Shizuku, and Suzu also wore feelings that looked ready to explode, like they might start crying at any second. They were hesitating over theck of getting the god-level magic, but only because Hajime was there for the moment. It seemed like they would have to depend on Hajime.
¡°The, a, as for that, Nagumo. When returning¡¡±
Suzu tries to ask Hajime about something.
Even if she didn¡¯t say it, it was possible to guess. They remembered Hajime¡¯s indifference to his ssmates. That they might only be able to return if Hajime does it for them¡ Reserve goes out when perfect salvation depends on the benevolence of another being straight through.
Suzu, as the typical mood manufacturer, was either in a good ce or a bad ce as she tried to talk and stir around the subject of returning home. The thought was they could return naturally too, but¡ that was groundless, and¡ Well, Hajime didn¡¯t hate this kind of thing.
¡°Be relieved. There won¡¯t be any capacity restrictions or demerits. I¡¯ll return everyone if I can.¡±
¡°It is, taken along or¡ eehehe. Thank you, Nagumo-san.¡±
¡°For the fact that you had so little confidence. You didn¡¯t really do anything, did you?¡±
¡°Ugh!¡±
Kouki, Ryuutaro, and Suzu hang their heads to their chests.
With just sublimation magic, the ability of every magic can be raised a bit. Of course, when you already had god-level magic, the necessity to sublimate it would look more like a limit breakthrough without the side effects, so there would also be some restrictions. Like Rebirth without the side effects or something like that.
Still, they seemed unconfident. It should be said that they couldn¡¯t get sublimation magic. But also that it could be expected. It was that the tests were wed and exploitable that they made it to the end in the first ce.
But as such, Kouki and the others hanged their heads. Still, one person tried to follow awkwardly with the circumstances.
¡°Yaegashi¡ you seem to be able to use the new magic?¡± Hajime asked.
¡°!¡ Oh, I think that, I can use it, yes.¡±
¡°Ho! Is that true?¡±
¡°That was really it? You¡¯ve learned it?¡±
¡°Indeed, Shizu, Shizu! Suzu¡¯s Bride!¡±
This also could be expected. Shizuku had been through the pleasure hell, a dream of the ideal world, and having her feelings reversed all without help. Even if her battle ability wasn¡¯t enough, the god-level magic was worth getting just from the mental power she had to fight through.
It was heartwarming, but it seemed like Suzu was the only one who appreciated that fact purely. Ryuutaro wore a mortified expression while Kouki wore ominous shadows in his expressions while he praised with a smiling face.
Shizuku watched Kouki with an anxious look at that.
¡°Anyway, back to Fair Bergen again. Slowly. Hordes of cockroaches was light trauma. Serious mental damage. Yue needs to heal with spirit.¡±
¡°Kufufufu. I¡¯ll fix you right up.¡±
¡°I, I too! I¡¯ll put my head on yourp, too! Yue¡¯s already done enough! I¡¯m on top of this!¡±
¡°It¡¯s because everything is done! Because everything is done! I say it twice because it¡¯s important!¡±
¡°The tired master should step on mistress! It¡¯ll be good. I make the mistress chair recement so you can rx. Do you have a firm foothold separately? You may stamp as much as you like?¡±
As Hajime walked to the magic circle while cuddling with Yue, Shia and the rest crowd around him from left, right, and behind.
Hajime wrapped a hand around Shia¡¯s arm while giving a littleugh. Shia gives a start, but seems happy and grasps back. Kaori and Tio think Shia is given priority somehow and turn to look at her with envious eyes.
Shizuku follows behind watching the view with a bright expression while considering the possibility of going home.
One boy wore a smile and chose to understand it that way at least, and thus the capture of one of the seven greatbyrinths, the Sea of Trees, wasplete.
Chapter 133
Chapter 133
The depths of the forest of Fair Bergen felt particrly peaceful and calming that morning.
The twitter of a nearby bird stirred in the air like a ripple across the water¡¯s surface. It seemed to be a gentle music, floating along with the tone of rustling leaves.
However, in a particrly unremarkable part of Fair Bergen out of public eye, there sounded a different kind of noise.
Hugh! Hugh! Hugh!
¡°Up! Hah! Oh! ¡°
It was sharp sound of air splittingbined with short breaths. With each sound, a ck line cut through the air, splitting the morning fog. The ck sword moved naturally through the air like flowing water.
The sword wielder¡¯s movements were extremely refined, and whenbined with her flowing ck hair, resembled a dance dedicated to the gods.
The ck sword and ck hair moved near the path of a falling leaf, arcing in a circr pattern. The leaf fell within the sword¡¯s path and was immediately dispersed, beads of sweat scattering into the mist.
For how many hours did she dance with the earth? The ground was carved with her footprints, and there were an immeasurable number of destroyed leaves at her feet.
However, her blurred form moved tirelessly, fighting against her own exhaustion. Her form was innocent, yet beautiful to behold, each strike with the sword performed in earnest.
¡°¡ªhah.¡±
Shizuku¡¯s eternal de dance suddenly met disorder. Her sword missed the leaf by a quarter of an inch. The centrifugal force of her spin caused her to lose her bnce.
Shizuku barely managed to avoid tumbling. With a bitter face, she put the ck sword to her side.
¡°Hah, hah, well¡¡±
Shizuku shook her head in irritation. Her trademark raven-ck ponytail whipped left to right, echoing her sentiment.
¡°Clear your mind, clear as water.¡±
Taking a deep breath, she remembered to put her mind at peace and to calm her heart. It was an exercise she had learned in Japan while she practiced fencing. Shizuku¡¯s troubled heart regained its tranquility quickly.
However, the figure of a boy emerged from that calmness¡
¡°Nuaaa!!!¡±
While gantly shouting in an udy-like manner, she swung her ck sword as if to beat away at the image in her mind.
¡°Different, different! That is why! It¡¯s different!¡±
The waters of her mind were turbulent, not a single sense of calm anywhere. Like a typhoon ravaging the sea, Shizuku¡¯s mind rampaged.
¡°This is all different, and I don¡¯t know the meaning. I¡¯m calm, I¡¯m cool.¡±
By all odds, she was far from calm. Her heart seemed to scream at her incoherently.
In fact, she had spent the entire day trying to calm herself, but her sword wouldn¡¯t listen, the state of her mind shown in its choppy movements and her negligent footwork.
She was trying to shake off the disturbance in her heart with discipline and training.
Why, it wouldn¡¯t be an exaggeration to say Shizuku spent all night focusing on that.
Yesterday, Hajime and the rest had returned from the Haltina Great Labyrinth and chose to rest immediately. Shizuku got a meal and a bath before immediately going to bed, of course. However, she couldn¡¯t sleep for some reason, her mind turbid. Though it was midnight, she left her bed, the ck sword in hand.
And it was that boy who kept rising to the surface of her mind, causing her to suffer the mental anguish when idle.
¡°Sie! Sie! See!!!¡±
Her shout got rougher after each strike.
It was the unpleasant events of thergebyrinth that she couldn¡¯t avoid thinking about.
It had started after they were brought into that world of dreams. When Shizuku remembered the sweet world, it caused her to blush, but it was also painful¡ Her ideal world¡ was something she could never tell anyone.
She tried to reject the inner maiden within her heart.
¡°Uryaaa!!!¡±
This caused her to think about the final trial of the greatbyrinth. The unexpected content of her reversed feelings. It wasn¡¯t the fact that she had felt love for the ck creatures. No, it was her extreme dislike for a certain boy¡ she didn¡¯t have the urge to kill him, but her thoughts were certainly hateful.
That is¡
¡°It¡¯s different. Friendship. It¡¯s friendship Bonzai!¡±
She lost herposure with the sword. It seemed to stem from the copse of her character. The ck sword swung in vain, the wind switching around crudely. Shizuku grimaced in displeasure as the shadow of that boy floated in her vision like a phantom, a hateful smile on his face. If one of her ssmates saw this, they¡¯d be shocked.
Shizuku continued to swing the sword recklessly, trying to bring back the peace and remove her confusion. To shake off and deny it. She wanted to convince herself that it was all a misunderstanding.
With fatigue setting in, Shizuku¡¯s feelings started to regain their original stillness. As to the cause of her turmoil, that was of course the nature of the Great Labyrinth, an entric environment that created a temporary loss of propriety. Her heart finally settled down, even if she thought about him. Back to normal.
¡°Fuaaa!¡±
She slowly expels a breath. She closed her eyes and remained in the darkness, sweat dripping down her pail skin, an eloquent sight to the morning. With her body wet, hair sticking to her cheeks, hot breathing from her lips, it can only be described as slightly sexy.
As Shizuku indulged in the lingering calmness, a voice spoke up.
¡°As I¡¯d expect from Shizuku.¡±
¡°Ahh!?¡±
Shizuku¡¯s heart jumped through her throat at the sound of a familiar voice. The tone disturbed her peace. The thought ¡°How is this expected?¡± came without anyone to tsukkomi. Shizuku nced back at the voice with these turbulent thoughts in her mind.
The expected person, Hajime, stood there. She had not felt any sign of his approach through her training.
¡°Naguma-kun. Don¡¯t scare me like that, it is poor tastes to stand behind me.¡±
Shizuku gave a smile while her heart pounded and throbbed ufortably.
Confronting Hajime while he took her chastising¡
¡°¡ Have¡ Pufu!¡±
¡°!!¡±
Her chastising was repeated but only receivedughter. He could only react to her colorful criticism with humor. However, because her cheeks were dyed slightly, her statement had very little weight.
That awareness is like a splinter hurled at her consciousness.
¡°And you¡ you¡¡±
Hajime, still slightlyughing at her remark, gives an apology and tosses her a towel from his treasure warehouse. Realizing that she was covered in sweat, she began to wipe herself with a surge of panic and a strange sense of embarrassment.
¡°I wasn¡¯t looking to disturb you. I just woke up early. I was looking for a suitable ce to train and came across Yaegashi. I wanted to see how you¡¯re doing. Are you doing well?¡±
¡°I am¡ I just couldn¡¯t get any sleep.¡±
¡°Well, you did conquer your firstrgebyrinth. I suppose you¡¯re still excited?¡±
¡°Oh, well¡¡±
It was certainly exciting in a different way, and there was an increase in strength. However, Shizuku couldn¡¯t say it and averted her eyes.
The suspicious act caused Hajime to narrow his eyes and tilt his head with a puzzled look.
Shizuku ended up losing more of herposure.
She looked restless, ufortable, fidgety¡
¡°¡ Yaegashi, have you been feeling any strangeness, any aftereffects?¡±
¡°Oh? You could say I¡¯m fine. Yes,pletely healthy! Rather, in the best condition.¡±
¡°If you say so¡ but you like very tired, and you¡¯re acting suspicious.¡±
¡°Suspicious behavior? Coming from you? I am ordinary! You¡¯re the one who is standing behind people thoughtlessly!¡±
¡°You¡¯re usually cool as ice (tl: he refers to her as a hitman)¡ always calm¡¡±
Though Shizuku was obviously not normal, she insisted she was, so Hajime decided to stop worrying about it. He put on that kind of look before approaching Shizuku.
Shizuku suddenly panicked at Hajime¡¯s sudden approach. She pushed both hands out in front to put up a barrier between the two of them.
¡°What? Why are youing towards me? Please wait a moment. Sweaty! Territory Vition! Calm down! You want the towel? But it¡¯s all¡ Not good. I¡¯ll return it once it¡¯s washed! So please stop!¡±
¡°¡ Something is definitely wrong¡ I only want to see your ck sword.¡±
As Hajime approached her, the attitude Shizuku presented while stepping backwards was that as if she was being approached by a pervert.
¡°Oh? My ck sword? Something like that¡¡±
¡°I can reinforce it. It¡¯s something I figured out thanks to the sublimation magic. If you¡¯d rather I didn¡¯t, that¡¯s fine¡¡±
¡°You can¡ If you do, I¡¯m thankful.¡±
Shizuku timidly showed him the edge of her ck sword. It seemed he didn¡¯t intend to get any closer.
Shizuku was acting more and more suspicious to Hajime, but he supposed she didn¡¯t want to get close to someone after sweating so much, so he gave a shrug.
Hajime grabbed the ck sword and stamped his foot. Instantly, the ground rose into the form of a chair and table. He sat down in the chair and pulled various ores out of the treasure warehouse while disying the ck sword in front of him. (Trantion Note: The summary says he pulled them from his storage, but the MTL made it seem like he transmogrified it from the ground, that was his thing for quite a while, after all.)
While watching this, Shizuku took the chair opposite of Hajime¡¯s while wearing a gloomy and restless expression.
¡°¡..¡±
¡°¡..¡±
There was no conversation. As Hajime fiddled with the ore, only the sounds of small birds chirping and the whispers of leaves could be heard, and the morning peace and calm returned.
However, Shizuku did not feel particrly ufortable. Although there was some tension between her and Hajime initially, the silence did well to help her regain her peace of mind.
Hajime doesn¡¯t spare Shizuku a single nce, deep in concentration. Hajime¡¯s pupils take on a serious expression, brightened by red magic. As Hajime¡¯s hands moved, crimson magical light altered theposition of the minerals themselves.
Shizuku¡¯s thoughts were like ¡°as expected, it¡¯s beautiful¡± as she watched Hajime¡¯s face while he worked. She started to doze off, her head falling to her shoulder and elbows. After staying up all night, drowsiness was the consequence.
In the middle of the work, Hajime took her hand and extracted a drop of blood. The act startled Shizuku and almost caused her to fall from her chair.
As the moments passed on, Shizuku began to fall into a sense of strangefort, her eyes once again growing heavy. Then Hajime¡¯s voice spoke up.
¡°Look, it¡¯s done, Yaegashi.¡±
¡°¡.¡±
¡°Yaegashi?¡±
¡°¡.¡±
¡°You¡¯re asleep?¡±
Her arm functioned as a pillow for her head. Hajime squinted at her face, observing that her eyes were closed. He looked in amazement at the defenseless expression she wore as she slept.
Normally, one would wake them up gently, or perhaps put a jacket over them. Hajime instead shoved magic power into the sword and presses it against Shizuku, activating one of its functions.
¡°Baribaribaribaribaribari.¡± (electric shock)
¡°Ababababababa.¡± (sound of someone being electrocuted)
Sparks gushed out the de. Shizuku made a scream, stiffening up and springing to her feet in an instant. Hajime had activated the fireman¡¯s standard thunder, which was certainly one way to wake you up.
As soon as the ck sword was pushed away, her head thumped face first into the table, white smoke rising from her body as she rubbed her jaw with one hand.
The ck sword seemed to have worked satisfactory.
¡°Why¡¯d you do that so suddenly?¡±
Naturally, the recovering Shizuku roared in anger. She hit the table with her hand and gave Hajime a scowl.
¡°I figured I could wake you up and test the weapon¡¯s efficiency at the same time.¡±
¡°You say that without a single reservation, this guy¡¡±
As Shizuku tried to throw our words of protest, she realized that she had tossed the sword away while being shocked. She raced over to recover it.
¡°Before obtaining the sublimation magic, the best I could do was add one or two abilities to ore. However, by tying the magic with the generation magic, I was able to create two or more effects.¡±
¡°And you¡¯re ignoring my anger to exin¡ Alright¡ It¡¯s fine now.¡±
Since Hajime began exining the reinforcement of the ck sword as if nothing happened, Shizuku decided to let it go with a grand sigh. She watched him with scornful eyes, trying to convince herself to do so.
¡°Therefore, I added some new magic to the ck sword. One is gravity magic. The weight of the sword can be changed. You can pull and repel against the de and even cut gravity itself for an instant.¡±
¡°That¡ is amazing.¡±
The scorn in Shizuku¡¯s eyes dissipated during Hajime¡¯s exnation, instead opening wide as she nced over the ck sword. However, it might have been too early to be surprised. As Hajime¡¯s exnation continues, her face starts to tighten over the full abilities of the sword.
First, it is possible to rupture space itself using spatial magic.
The ck sword can repair itself automatically with reproduction magic. Moreover, it may aid in the recovery of the user to boot.
It can also damage the spirit by prating the body with spirit magic.
As well, fireman¡¯s standard thunder and wind nail¡¯s performances were improved, plus the new ability shock conversion.
¡°¡..¡±
Furthermore, the authentication method and status of the te was reworked so that a long intonation is no longer necessary for a high effect. The sword itself has a ¡°movement state¡± allowing the spells to be used chantlessly. Because Yaegashi is a speed fighter, she wouldn¡¯t able to spend long periods intoning a skill.
Hajime finished his exnation. Shizuku watches the ck sword in her hand, cold sweat running down her face. The original cheat sword she possessed has now be t out bugged, no matter how you look at it. If its performance was known, wars would be fought to acquire this weapon. It is currently the strongest sword in this world.
¡°Is it alright¡ having such a thing¡¡±
¡°Oh, it¡¯s just in case.¡±
¡°Just in case?¡±
Shizuku tilted her neck to the side with a puzzled look as Hajime looked up at the sky and gave a small nod.
Hajime had a sharp look, like from the eyes of a keen wolf. Shizuku¡¯s heart started to beat rapidly. However, she waited for Hajime¡¯s exnation while ignoring the heat rising in her cheeks.
¡°It¡¯s pretty understandable. Once we capture thestbyrinth that means we should be able to return to Japan. However, there will be obstacles. The idea that it¡¯ll go that smoothly is just optimism.¡±
¡°Obstacles? You mean like the mad gods?¡±
¡°Yes. It doesn¡¯t seem like the god¡¯s will let an irregrity like me go. I¡¯ll need some meat for the time when the God¡¯s Apostles like Nointo start to appear inrge quantities¡ though you¡¯ve also considered the age of gods magic as a war potential.¡±
¡°Didn¡¯t you say something early about needing a meatwall? Hey? You said that didn¡¯t you?¡±
Hajime carelessly leaked a bit of his real intention, and Shizuku tried to address it with a floating vein throbbing. However, Hajime kept on talking, disregarding it.
¡°My artifact making ability as transcended into a new evolution thanks to the sublimation magic. Even if it doesn¡¯t improve any of the other age of god¡¯s magic, a considerable improvement inbat potential is possible. I can improve all of your equipment. Not only Yaegashi, but the rest of the party too. While we go to the ice and snowbyrinth, it¡¯s possible another apostle of god may attack. It must be repulsed by any means. Of course, you¡¯ll also be able to challenge the otherbyrinths with those strengthened arms.¡±
¡°I understand what you mean¡¡±
Having said what he wanted to say, Hajime stood up. Shizuku wore a troubled expression and hesitated.
¡°¡ After all, Nagumo-kun¡¯s group will go without us?¡±
¡°Hmm? Do you want toe with?¡±
¡°¡..¡±
Shizuku didn¡¯t answer. Originally, this was a big favor they asked and Hajime kept to his side of the bargain. He was to help them capture onergebyrinth.
The struggle through thergebyrinth, it seemed to permeate through their flesh and bones. She couldn¡¯t deny the ability shortage that she possessed. In a word, even if she followed, she¡¯d be a burden for Hajime and the others.
Furthermore, once capturing the ice and snowbyrinth, returning might be avable. So Hajime had no reason to bring the other ssmates along.
That¡¯s why Shizuku didn¡¯t answer, instead shaking her head. Hajime opened his mouth at Shizuku¡¯s response, then shrugged.
¡°Well¡ if it¡¯s only Yaegashi, I wouldn¡¯t mind bringing you¡¡± (TL: Of course, wouldn¡¯t want to leave some of your harem behind.)
¡°Eh?¡± Shizuki¡¯s eyes widen in surprise at the unexpected words that leaked from Hajime.
A beatter, Shizuku turned her head, her cheeks blushed red like a furnace as she hurried to conceal it. While desperately trying to calm down her wild heart, she attempted to ask Hajime¡¯s real intention.
¡°As for that, what¡¡±
¡°Well, its strategy. Your spiritual strength won¡¯t be a problem at all. The gaps in skill can be filled with an artifact.¡±
¡°Oh, yes. Is that true?¡±
Her expectations were easily betrayed. Shizuku still thought ¡°I did not expect it!¡±
Shizuku looked back, pulling the heat from her cheeks and quieting her mind while giving Hajime a reproachful look.
However, the words immediately after caused the blush to return once again.
¡°Yes, that¡¯s true. Apart from the other members of my party, Yaegashi is the person I trust in most.¡±
¡°!!!¡±
It seemed like Shizuku¡¯s reproachful look was a result of her thinking Hajime was trying to tter her, but Hajime misunderstood. It was a recantation because of that. But the correction tugged at Shizuku, and she began to blush again.
Hajime wore a wry smile, ignoring Shizuku¡¯s reaction while concentrating on his original purpose.
¡°Although, well, even if only Yaegashi follows, that could be trouble.¡±
¡°Eh¡ why is that?¡±
¡°Well, what will others in the ss say? Amanogawa will definitely be out of control without you. He¡¯d run around recklessly or just go missing going ¡°Yaegashi is in trouble!¡± Embarrassing people are troublesome.¡±
¡°But there is no body and no cover.¡± (Trantion note: No clue what this means, I think I mistranted theprevious line)
Shizuku was getting tired of being thrown around by Hajime¡¯s behavior. Hajime reached into the treasure storage and pulled out a several chakram.
¡°Do this chakram metastasize internally? What are you doing, taking them out?¡±
¡°It¡¯s training. Just like you were doing before I came. If you¡¯re tired, you should head back. You should be able to get some sleep now.¡±
As Hajime said it, Shizuku remembered how tired she really was now.
However, it didn¡¯t seem easy to leave this ce either. Looking at the surroundings¡ and Hajime, who had created a column of thirty or more Chakram around his body. Noticing it caused Shizuku¡¯s mouth to drop.
¡°¡ May I watch¡ a little?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t mind, but are you sure you don¡¯t need sleep?¡±
¡°It¡¯s alright, I¡¯ll return when I get tired enough.¡±
Hajime shrugged his shoulder, acknowledging Shizuku¡¯s words. Shutting his eyes, he pulled out Donner. Shizuku rested her elbows on the table, her cheeks in her hands, watching Hajime while supporting her head.
The next moment:
Tantantantantantantantan.
Hajime pulled the trigger on Donner, aiming at the chakram flying around at high speeds fast enough to be difficult to see. The bullets were non-fatal rubber-coated metal, causing the gun to produce a sound different than the usually explosive sound effects.
The fired bullets enter straight, right, and left in their respective chakrum circles, dashing from another chakram before returning to Hakime. The bullet exchanged so as not to put out from the column made from the chakrams metastasizing into more chakrams. His finger continued to pull the triggers as he peeled off and dashed around the circle of charkram aiming at yet another chakram.
It was repeated, minimum movement and eagle eyed shots emerging across the dancing leaves in every direction.
The movements might havecked the elegance of Shizuku a little while before, but there was no military art in thest few hundred years that seeded by being beautiful. However, it was reasonable. Movement was refined for minimum requirementsbined with rational decisions. It was a different sort of elegancepared to Shizuku.
It was creating a storm in which Hajime flew within its center, causing Shizuku to stare instinctively.
A bright red ripple expanded in the air from where Hajime worked, in addition, more chakram were taken from the warehouse, creating a spheroid surrounding from every direction.
And,
Dopan. Dopan. Dopan. Dopan. Dopan. Dopan.
The sphere shed with bright red as the chakram moved in.
The fatal bullets elerated by electromas, delimiting from theser like red line in the glow. Ten meters in diameter, the chakram circlegradually narrowed the range. When it reaches 3 meters, red shing light discharged continuously from point nk range.
Hajime shot down each light one at a time. Donner in his right and left hand embodied the moving about offense and defense like a separate living entity. The innumerable chakram basked in bright red light, filling the inside of the sphere. The shots and shining increase, like a bright red moon that floated in the sky.
¡°¡ Beautiful.¡±
With an entranced expression, Shizuku muttered the words every time she saw the bright red around Hajime. It seemed like her unconscious real feelings were overflowing.
The shots echoed across the forest, spoiling the peace and calm of the morning. However, Shizuku¡¯s eyelids continued to be heavy while watching the red star in the sky, and consciousness quietly slipped away from her.
Chapter 134
Chapter 134
¡°Nu¡.Nu?¡±
Shizuku¡¯s eyes opened softly while she leaked out a cute noise. Waking up from her nap, her pupils couldn¡¯t seem to focus quite right. A moment,ter, she realized that she was looking at the wood grain of a ceiling over her head. In her half-wakeful state, she also recognized a soft feeling on the back of her head.
As she wore such a defenseless face, a familiar voice came from her side.
¡°Shizuku-chan, are you waking up? It¡¯s already noon time.¡±
¡°Uh?¡.Kaori¡?¡±
Shizuku unintentionally turned towards the source of the voice. It was indeed her best friend next to her. Kaori was watching Shizuku with a gentle smile, sitting in a chair next to the outdoor window.
She rubbed her eyes and sat up, shaking off sleep like she was rising to the surface from a deep pool of water. She started to recall where she was before she lost consciousness and tilted her head to the side.
¡°Oh? I was outside in the woods¡ I mean¡ how did I get here, this is Kaori¡¯s room?¡±
This was one of the private rooms prepared for Hajime¡¯s group in Fair Bergen. Although she didn¡¯t know Kaori¡¯s room on sight, since Kaori was here, she assumed it was.
Remembering the event this morning, Kaori wore a bitter smile with just a hint of pain in her heart while examining Shizuku, who wore a puzzled look.
¡°Yes, it is my room. This morning, Hajime brought Shizuku-chan. You were staying up all night? That¡¯s not good. You just came back from a Great Labyrinth. You should be taking it easy.¡±
¡°I understand, I¡¯m sorry. So he brought me here? I don¡¯t remember at all.¡±
¡°Shizuku-chan was very tired.¡±
Kaori raises an using finger at Shizuku as a form of scolding, causing Shizuku to fidget restlessly. Her docility made her look even more cool and adult-like with her long ck hair no longer in a ponytail, disying the gap power between the two of them.
Her unclothed figure in a one piece shirt also contributed to the appearance. No wonder all the girls in the ss wanted to call her older sister. Witnessing her figure would cause someone to dere that ¡®her destructive power is amazing!¡¯ With a single smile, she could create a blood bath from nosebleeds alone.
Even Kaori was blushing a little. Shizuku looked up at her with a blush of her own and asked Kaori nervously.
¡°Oh¡ how did he?¡±
Shizuku seemed to struggle with the fact that she had sumbed to sleep, her heart rate going up at the thought of Hajime holding her. Was it perhaps a princess carry?
However, reality was cruel, so Kaori¡¯s cheeks were cramped.
¡°How would you be carried normally?
¡°¡Kaori, normally?¡±
¡°Normally, yes, in. Only a little artistic.¡±
¡°Wait, Kaori¡ what do you mean by artistic?¡±
Shizuku continued to ask even as Kaori hesitated to say anything disagreeable. Kaori¡¯s eyes seemed to swim for a while, before she forced a smile back onto her face.
¡°You were sleeping, how do you say?¡ crucified to a cross¡ while being drifted through the sky?¡±
¡°Eh, crucified?
After hearing it in detail, it seemed the Hajime had used the opportunity to bring Shizuku back to her room as a form of training, practicing with gravity stones to bring her back without waking her. It could be said that getting the bnce right in order to prevent her from being jarred awake would be a burden worthy of being trained.
In addition, she ended up in Kaori¡¯s room because Hajime had no clue where hers was.
¡°Even so¡ why a cross?¡±
¡°It spreads the body out like a sphere, so that mistakes won¡¯t jar the body as much, so it¡¯s easier to make adjustments, so you sleep.¡±
¡°Even if you say that¡ isn¡¯t that a sort of unpleasant sleep¡¡±
Shizuku¡¯s cheeks twitch convulsively. A vein floats over her forehead, the heat in her chest turning ice cold. Kaori deepens her wry smile.
By the way, the state of Shizuku¡¯s crucifixion was witness by a group of passing soldiers. Like the image of Christ on the cross hanging in churches on the earth, it had an effect on people. The number of Shizuku fans increased exponentially due to the mystique of that image, but that was better left unsaid right now.
As Shizuku burned in silent anger, there was a sound from down below. It appeared to be the voice of someone familiar. It was the voice of a woman. Kaori nces out the window.
¡°It¡¯s somewhat noisy? What¡¯s going on?¡±
¡±¡there¡¯s an encounter¡ Shia and Arutena (Trantion Note: Yeah, I didn¡¯t remember her either. She was an elf saved by Hajime after being enved by the Hoelscher Empire). A fight this early in the morning. Something ought to be done.¡±
¡°What kind of fight?¡±
¡°Well, I¡¯m not sure how to exin it, something quarrel-like? It¡¯s early, let¡¯s go see!¡±
Without understanding, Kaori sums up and exins the event while urging Shizuku to follow her downstairs.
Apparently, the pair had started fighting regarding something to do with Hajime. After some unheardment, Shia had exploded and the pair started wrestling. Shia was currently using a cobra twist on Arutena in the middle of a dining area.
Shia seemed to be using professional wrestling techniques on the granddaughter of Alfrerick. She was practically a princess! An estranged girl from the rejected rabbit group was using violence on the daughter of one of the strongest forces in Fair Bergen. In a normal situation, this would be an immediate reason for execution.
However, the rabbit family had changed their luck of recent.
In other words, they were now known as the ¡°head-hunting¡± rabbit family.
Solving the situation with her skill, Shia spit out vicious words about Arutena daring to keep approaching Hajime, and so she met Arutena crudely and with violence, causing her to crumble. Shia was aware of Arutena¡¯s behavior. Though no one would have expected the treasured princess to approach Hajime in the first ce, but still¡
¡°Oraoraoraoraora! If you want me to stop, don¡¯t make eyes at my Hajime!¡±
¡°Ah, ah, ah! This is shameful!¡±
Apparently, Arutena did not seem too discouraged from continuing to follow Hajime, even at the hands of Shia¡¯s wrestling techniques.
Arutena was tossed upside down and put on Shia¡¯s shoulder. Professional wrestling technique ¨C kinniku buster! Expanding her splendid legline to the max, Shia lifted Arutena inversely, exposing her groin area. Her undergarments were made bare, defiling her purity and innocence unexpectedly.
By the way, Hajime was still in the dining room. There were also several employees of the dining area and two skiki maids with Arutena. Everyone was flustered except for Hajime.
¡°Ko¡ is this okay? That¡¯s the princess¡ being treated this way.¡±
¡°Is she really the princess? Would she wear such an expression?¡±
¡°¡Ah¡ that¡ Somehow, she seems happy?¡±
Shizuku asked the question after heading down from the room she had stayed overnight, while Kaori¡¯s expression twitched at the sight in front of her. Kaori made it a response by pointing to Arutena¡¯s face.
Her face was certainly dyed red, but the edges of her eyes seemed to be shining with excitement. Arutena¡¯s expression almost seemed to give out a happy atmosphere.
Though the other party was giving her extreme humiliation¡ it still seemed like she was following her heart and it was not all together bad.
¡°You¡¯re going to be obstinate, how about this!¡±
¡°Ko¡this time, such disgrace.¡±
Shia had run out of pity as Arutena refused to say she¡¯d stop approaching Hajime. Even before the kinniku buster throw had brought her to the ground, as Arutena fell, Shia kicked out her foot, rolling and bringing her body up. It was the so-called Romero Special.
While rolling, Arituna¡¯s skirt flies up, ruining the grandeur and her once graceful tone. However, her expression still wore a determined look, which invalidated Shia¡¯s persuasive power.
Because Shia¡¯s position, she wasn¡¯t able to see the expression on Arutena¡¯s face. Therefore, she believed that Arutena was sufficiently punished. Everyone in the ce was already mind boggled that Arutena wore a pleased expression. ¡°This daughter¡ she¡¯s already been beaten up but is still pleased?¡± This put a perplexed expression on everyone¡¯s face.
¡°I see, something quarrel-like indeed.¡±
¡°Yes¡ you¡¯d like to think even¡ Tio found a like-minded friend, but this seems a little different.¡±
Shizuku wore a face of agreement, while Kaori saw something pitiable. In fact, Tio, an oddity in and of herself, seemed to be watching Arutena with affection, like a master watching over the growth of her pupil. Her look seemed to hold sympathy and joy over finding apatriot. Hajime and Yue sat down in a seat opposite of hers, while holding looks of disgust.
Tired of this scene, Hajime opened his mouth toward Shia and offered words that damaged Arutena to the very limit.
¡°Shia, stop wasting your time on nothing.¡±
¡°Say, Hajime, I won¡¯t stop. I¡¯m just reducing the number of rivals. The princess decided to refuse. She also seemed a little too conscious of her wants. I took the initiative to strike first!¡±
Shia shifted into a reverse boston crab, apparently intending to nip this rival in the bud. While putting her into another shameful ce, Arutena lets out a painful, but somewhat d, scream. The appearance of a princess waspletely lost. The maids and employees tried to escape reality, their souls hanging out of their mouths, ready to escape.
Hajime turned his eyes on Tio with a t expression, and then he dipped some bread into his vegetable soup and put it into his mouth before standing up with a reluctant sigh.
While collecting the nces of everyone in the dining room, he moved over to Shia and pulled her arm and Arutena¡¯s foot, separating the two.
The drawn Shia immediately settles into Hajime¡¯s arms. Kaori and Shizuku meet the scene with nk expressions while letting out a stupid ¡°oh!¡± noise.
Hajime disregarded them. And quietly whispered something into Shia¡¯s rabbit ears, causing her eyes to widen in bewilderment.
¡°Shia, Is Yue your rival?¡±
¡°What?¡± Yue? That¡¯s not right. Yue is special¡that.¡±
While embracing the puzzled Shia especially strongly, Hajime tried to persuade Shia.
¡°There already is no rival to you. At least, I don¡¯t intend to talk to other women at the same level I talk to Shia. It¡¯s impossible topare Arutena and Shia together. I give you my priority, my special treatment.¡±
¡°Ha¡ Hajime¡¡±
To the word ¡°special¡± that Hajime unexpectedly whispered, Shia dyed red momentarily. It wasn¡¯t exactly what Hajime said, but the conviction behind the words that showed Hajime¡¯s change in attitude since some nights ago.
In other words, Yue was ¡°special¡± from everyone else. No one could be in the same line as her, but there isn¡¯t only one special person for Hajime, not only Yue can be special.
To be told this, with no special situation, in the middle of a dining room at noon was aplete surprise. While wearing an embarrassed expression, Shia¡¯s blush deepened. Everyone else except Yue had stiffened with simr leers as Hajimeforted Shia.
¡°That, Shia. With regard to Arutena, Do you think that applies to you?¡±
¡°What? Eh? I?¡±
Shia responded with confusion as her back was patted softly.
Arutena had covered her face with both hands, embarrassed by the pink space she suddenly found herself right next to. However, she¡¯s peeking out from an opening in her fingers, her eyes trembling restlessly with just a hint of shame.
¡°After all, I wing¡ after all, it¡¯s Hajime.¡±
¡°Chi, it¡¯s different! I don¡¯t think of Shia badly. But I want to talk to Shia without reserve!!!¡±
¡°Oh¡¡±
Shia pulls away from Arutena, then goes back to clinging to Hajime. Such a thing is a professional wrestling skill, obviously. Shia realized she had turned Arutena abnormal unintentionally as she applied a shameful joint technique.
Tio was giving Arutena a look of admiration. Shia noticed, it was indeed a smile of approval.
A new abnormal had been awakened. Shia turned her gaze to Arutena, while floating a disturbed expression.
¡°Another transformation¡¡±
¡°This is different! Shia misunderstands! I really just want to get along well with Shia!¡±
¡°You do? What? Me?¡±
Shia was asking nervously as Arutena vented her emotions.
ording to Arutena, apparently, this.
Arutena is a princess in Fair Bergen. Since she¡¯s the granddaughter of Alfrerick, a high level person in themunity, she is treated as a noble existence between the families. Therefore, she¡¯s always been handled carefully by others.
The result goes without saying. Brought up as a gentle girl with a kind heart, she received a good education and was loved by many, however, she was always given special treatment. She was given first priority, practically worshiped by boys and girls of the same age. There was nothing on equal terms with anyone.
Surrounded by people who¡¯d always treat her gently, she began to feel lonely. She began to feel admiration. She always wanted a close friend, someone who could exchange opinions without restraint.
However, it was the obstinacy and result of the rivalry with Shia, that impacted Arutena the most. It was an impact to her body as well as an impact to her mind. A girl the same age as her treated Arutena mercilessly. It exposed those feelings with ever hit, physical and by word. After the shock, she absent mindedly and unintentionally felt joy.
And, so she thought, someone from the same age group, it might be possible¡ to be best friends with someone who can put the nature of her family aside. It seemed wonderful.
¡°Because, I¡¯m ashamed to say, that when I got near Hajime, Shia would pay attention to me.¡±
¡°Well, you can¡¯t get attention like you¡¯re a dog¡¡±
¡°There it is¡ handled as a dog¡me¡±
¡°Oh¡ you react with just that?¡±
To Arutena, there is blush on her cheeks from a strange dness for being treated like a dog. Shia wears an ¡°After all¡¡± expression. Arutena sits up, panicking a bit, stretching her hand out to Shia quietly while standing up nervously.
¡°So, then, if you say so, will you be my friend? Can you answer me?¡±
¡°¡Somehow, this confession makes me itch¡ if you just want to be friends, I can¡¯t think of a reason to refuse.¡±
Shia was disgusted a bit while thinking ¡°it¡¯s still a princess¡±. She took Arutena¡¯s hand for a handshake, and Arutena wore an amazed expression. Arutena¡¯s look turned to a smile, pleased at the unexpected development. Meanwhile, everyone else wore stiff and ufortable expressions.
¡°?¡±
When Shia tries to separate her hand, ¡°Huh?¡±, she inclines her neck. Why won¡¯t Arutena let go of her hand?
¡°Uh, Arutena-san? My hand¡¡±
¡°Oh, please drop the honorifics, just call me Arutena! And I¡¯ll call you Shia! Since we are best friends, this is normal!¡± (Trantion note: I¡¯m really bad about catching honorifics, so just assume most people are using ¨Csan -sama ect¡¡±
They went from bing friends to best friends in five seconds. Really? This is the daughter of arge figure in Fair Bergen, after all. Shia began to have a cold sweat, while Arutena blushed at telling Shia as much.
¡°So, Shia, what technique will you use this time?¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
¡°It is very shameful, and strange pain even bes numb¡ however Shia¡¯s warmth is transmitted. Because I¡¯m Shia¡¯s best friend, you can use your various techniques on me. We can y more!¡±
At that moment, Shia shook off Arutena¡¯s hand with a zuzazaza- and retreated back to a wall, cold sweat flowing down her face.
¡°Na¡ What best friends? Isn¡¯t this just a pervert, you really did change!¡±
¡°Such a thing! I only want to spend as much time as I can with Shia before she leaves tomorrow!¡±
¡°Then, whates with ¡°wanting to y¡±!¡±
To this dangerous Arutena, Shia¡¯s rabbit ears were bristling. Hajime held a smiling expression, and Shia had her mouth gaped.
¡°Indeed, this is my Shia, who shares the hardship of others.¡±
¡°The first half of your words are wonderful, but I other half sound unpleasant!¡±
To aparatively cruel excuse of experiencing hardship of a locked-on abnormality (Arutena), Shia became watery eyed. Apparently, Hajime doesn¡¯t intend to help at all.
Arutena approached Shia who is pressed up against the wall. She¡¯s wore a smile that said ¡°Let¡¯s continue with what we started a while ago.¡±
Being the opposite of pleased and suppressed by this power, Shia turned and opened a window with a ¡°ban¡± sound, leaping from the room with a jump and running away like an escaping rabbit. She apparently nned to escape from public until things cooled down.
¡°Ah? Shia! Where did you go? Wait for me!¡±
To Shia¡¯s actions, Arutena acted like a woman whose lover just deserted her, leaping through the window while executing a physical strength on par with what Shia did. She started running off with a ¡°shitatatata¡± sound on her feet. Shia turned back and saw Arutena. Giving a shout, ¡°Hiii!?¡±, she bolted off toward the downtown of Fair Bergen.
The two disappeared from sight with surprising swiftness. Everyone was left staring at the scene, Hajime at the head, with feelings that could only be described as stupefied.
Meanwhile, the form of a girl advanced on Hajime.
¡°¡.Hajime¡ A while ago, what did you mean by what you said to Shia?¡± Kaori demanded.
Problems just always seemed to outbreak around Hajime.
Chapter 135
Chapter 135
After the clear affection that Hajime showed Shia, Kaori approached him with a strange sway in her step.
¡°¡.Hajime¡.What was that a little while ago? I wonder?
An impossible shadow floated across her face, with no discernable light source as the cause. Just her eyes darkened. Combined with her chilly look, it had a terrible effect.
¡°Though it hurts to think about¡ Did Shia really be someone ¡°special¡± too? When? Why? What caused this?¡±
To Kaori¡¯s interrogation, Hajime gave a wry smile while scratching his cheek.
¡°Well, what to say¡ Although I can¡¯t say it¡¯s within the same line as Yue¡ somehow or other, I have started to desire an exclusive possession for Shia. There was Yue¡¯s advice too, and so I decided to treat Shia in suitable manner. There was nothing in particr that changed.¡±
¡°So, it¡¯s¡ romantic feelings for Shia?¡±
¡°I¡¯m not sure¡ It feels different. But I think you can call it love?¡±
Actually, Hajime could not help by incline his neck as if asking whether these feelings for Shia were in fact romantic.
To Yue, his heart throbbed, and he felt passion that flew in the face of reason, which wasn¡¯t the same with Shia. Besides the burning feelings for Yue, he felt a quieter, softer one when it came to Shia. Once putting it into words, he realized it might really be love.
He¡¯d always have feelings that burned like the sun for the always quiet Yue, however, the sweet and innocent Shia was like the moon. It was a very mysterious thought. They were contrasting feelings, but it was clearly more than simple affection. However, since the feelings were subtle, Hajime was at a loss on how to exin.
The entire dining room quieted as Hajime¡¯s feelings were expressed. Shizuku wore aplicated expression, while Yue and Tio wore slightly gentle-looks while they continued to eat sweet cake, and as for Kaori, who had started this cross-examination¡
¡°¡ Yes, I understand.¡±
She wore a content face, a happy smile forming for some reason.
Even if Yue¡¯s position didn¡¯t change, this was proof that there was still room in Hajime¡¯s heart. That smile was for an important friend who managed to aplish this. Though finding out had disturbed her and still pressed in unconsciously, she understood that the distance between Hajime could be crossed and smiled as a result.
Of course, she felt envy. There were smoldering feelings, even at this very moment. However, she had fully realized the situation based on the journey so far. If there was time to do such a thing, it was good sense to show yourself in a favorable light.
As Kaori moves through her vivid feelings, she figured half of Hajime¡¯s feelings were a result of Shia¡¯s natural virtues. Kaori really liked Shia¡¯s strength and diligence. She could be happy for a friend.
Somehow, those feelings were picked up, causing Hajime to show an embarrassed look before he reached out and rubbed her cheeks muni-style.
¡°Fe? Ha¡ Hajime?¡±
¡°It¡¯s not really a big deal.¡±
¡°Eh? What is it?¡±
Kaori, who became d for some reason, asked with a smile, not understanding.
However, Hajime didn¡¯t answer. While having an expression as if he was giving up silently, he went full muni of Kaori¡¯s cheeks. (Trantion edit: Doesn¡¯t he know you never go full Muni!) Then she turns her eyes to Yue.
Yue had seen the rising affection for Shia in Hajime¡¯s eyes, and she wore a small smile while giving her nod of approval.
Tearing off a piece of bread, she gave Hajime a mysterious smile before dipping it into her soup and then tossing it had Kaori like a brick.
Becha! The bread stuck to Kaori¡¯s temple with a sodden sound, clinging to her temple. It quickly transmitted the implication, ¡°It has been decided and you have no involvement.¡± Kaori wore a cramped cheek, pulling off the bread while wearing a dark smile before performing leaping attack at Yue.
¡°Yu-e!¡±
¡°¡ Stop. Wasted Effort. Just tuck your tail and go home.¡±
Yue avoided Kaori¡¯s strike by escaping through the window Shia had jumped through. Looking back over her shoulder, she gave a grin. It held the feeling like ¡°Try catching something outside of your reach.¡±
That ¡°uuuu!¡± Raising a vexed voice, Kaori chases after. Her silver wings unfolded and she took to the sky. Is their rtionship good or bad¡? At least Yue seemed to like the interaction with Kaori.
The people left behind stared on in an absent-minded state.
¡°Hmmm, finally, master has surrendered to Shia, too. In that case, the time in which he falls for mistress and Kaori¡¯s charm grows ever closer.¡±
Tio drawed up her unnatural chest, the brutal double hills protruding with a Bachikon! The sound seemed to have an effect on the room. Amorousness overflowed from her body, in particr, the remaining men suddenly be more slouchy.
However, that sex appeal was let loose on Hajime specifically.
¡°Putting aside Kaori, you have no chance.¡±
¡°Haa¡ haaa¡ so intense¡ from master¡ breaking my hopes¡ piercing adequately, mistresses¡¯ weakness¡ haa¡ haaa!!¡±
Her body started shaking from Hajime¡¯s word, her thighs fidgeting as she hugged herself. The sensual atmosphere this gave was iparable to the sex appeal from moments before.
However, the slouching appearance of the men from earlier withered quickly. This was because of the unpleasant look on Tio¡¯s face. This killed the mood. (Trantion Note: Yes, I find freaky hot girls in the throes of ecstasy to be a real turn off¡ oh to be in light novelnd!)
Shizuku caught Hajime¡¯s strange remark, which seemed to casually suggest that Kaori was in the same category as Shia.
(Then as for me¡ Hey, what do I have to do with any of this! Kaori seems to be taken good care of. That is enough and, yes, there is nothing else to conclude!)
Standing in a corner of the room, Shizuku¡¯s face scrunches up in oneical face after another. Everyone else is focused on Tio. A few gave Hajime brooding or evil expressions. Hajime gave another sigh. Meanwhile, the chases continued on outside.
For noon time in Fair Bergen, it was very noisypared to the usual tranquility.
**________
¡°Uu, I encountered such cruel eyes¡¡±
It sounded from a forest corner of Fair Bergen, theint shining with the orange of the evening sun.
In a za set off a little way in the town, many tables had been set. There was a fountain using spring water in the center. Usually a ce for people to rest, none of the residents were out right now, concerned with other matters. Only Hajime and Shia remained there. All the other members were gone, making preparations for travel.
Hajime sat down at one of the tables in the deserted open space, giving Shia a nod in eptance of her hard work and training. The cause, of course, was the attack from Arutena. Shia had been chased to exhaustion by someone who used animal-like perception rather than physical strength, likely only stopped by her grandfather¡¯s intervention.
As Hajime watched her drooping rabbit ears, he couldn¡¯t help but burst intoughter. Those ears started to twitch violently.
¡°Please don¡¯t enjoy it. It was seriously scary!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t say that. It¡¯s great to find a friend your age. Isn¡¯t it good you got to y fully?¡±
¡°I can¡¯t lie to you, but can you really call that ying, or that kind of rtionship friends? I think I understand what Hajime is going through with Tio now, huh? How should I say¡ being liked doesn¡¯t feel bad, but it¡¯s exhausting?¡±
The fatigue caused Shia to droop once again.
Hajime felt sympathy for Shia, giving her a node. He understood better than anyone how the goodwill he provided toward Tio was not the extent of a mere transformation. Tio¡¯s desire to not be defeated by Shia and Yue was strong. Therefore, Hajime felt tired, a regrettable reality of his true feelings.
Hajime¡¯s expression softly turned into a smile, and he lifted up a hand quietly. He gave Shia a kind pat, soothing her rabbit ears. As Hajime fawned over one of her ears, Shia trembled offering her other ear.
He had both wonderful rabbit ears wrapped up in his hand, his cheeks blooming. The sweet sound of him stroking her ears with his fingers leaked out, the sweetness transmitting into the neighboring air and wrapping Shia and Hajime up in a sweet space.
Hiding her face in her blueish white hair, she speaks in a whispered voice.
¡°¡ Hajime¡ The¡ thing is, that, it¡¯s daytime¡ that¡¡±
The voice was fraught with expectation that can¡¯t hide shamefulness. It was obvious what she wanted to say. She just wanted to be clear.
Hajime rose from his seat with a noise and moved next to Shia, where he sat down. Shia noticed the sign and twitched while turning her face down, her body still shaken. She was pursued by Hajime gently, who turned Shia¡¯s shoulders towards him. He held her powerfully just like that.
Shia¡¯s face, held by Hajime, boiled uppletely red. Her pupils, full of light, were moistened. The maiden¡¯s eyes were too pretty, looking up at Hajime, overflowing with affection.
¡°¡. Shia, it was you who said ¡°The future isn¡¯t absolute,¡± certainly it¡¯s like that.¡±
¡°Ah¡.¡±
¡°It was the thing Shia had said to Hajime long ago when she wanted to travel with them. A once-in-a-lifetime confession, words of answer that Shia long since believed were impossible. Absolutely, these words of determination turned to Hajime.
¡°Shia¡ now, you haven¡¯t confirmed your feelings.¡±
There was still Yue who was ¡°special¡±. Is she really even good enough to hear such a thing? Shia was afraid of confirming.
¡°I love Shia very much¡ I do not want to lose her to anybody.¡±
Even though the words were selfish, his desire leaked from them. Shia¡¯s eyes increased in heat, she let out a hot breath like a dragon.
¡°There is not chance I want to let you go, so please decide. Shia is my woman!¡±
¡°¡. Yes¡. Yes¡ I am Hajime¡¯s woman!¡±
While tears fell down her cheeks and her body lips tightened, she wore a smile. It was a blooming, energetic, full smile. No, a smile that was many times more beautiful and lovelier than anything preceding it. Surely, if other men saw Shia today, their hearts would race and their blood pressure would rise just by this look.
In it, Hajime was no exception. The love within him spiked and he hugged Shia tightly, taking her lips against his own.
¡°Nu¡. mmmm¡¡±
At Hajime¡¯s beckon, rejoicing tears fell from Shia. Her body lightened like cotton candy, a sweet sigh leaking from her. Her body burst with heat like the Guryuen Labyrinth as if she¡¯d start melting at any moment.
¡°¡. Ah¡. Hajime¡¡±
A silver bridge hung from their parting lips separated with only a breath. The embarrassed Shia lowers her eyes. Her usual cheerfulness is overridden by a terrific loveliness. It was a charm that could hold a man captive in a way that matched even Yue¡¯s mysterious beauty.
Shia¡¯s pink lips opened slightly, her tongue moving with a chirochrio (abundance?). Her pupils give him an upward nce. A look that said¡ ¡°more¡±.
Hajime smiled, looking at the lovely pleading Shia. His lips met hers again as his hand touched her cheek.
At that point, an impatient voice suddenly spoke up.
¡°Fuhya, to start doing that that¡ those two¡ and outside!¡±
¡°Shh! Suzu, you¡¯re being too loud!¡±
¡°Shizuku-chan is being too kind when ites to Hajime.¡±
¡°¡. Everyone is being too noisy, you¡¯ll embarrass Shia.¡±
To those familiar voices, Shia separated her lips with a gasped and turned her gaze to those who were talking.
Shia, bing aware of the group, lost the mood. ¡°Wait, oh, that!¡± as a people fell from the corner of the flower bed where the za was enclosed.
Falling on top of each other, Kouki, Ryuutaro, Suzu, Shizuku, and Kaori were there. Yue let out a sigh, appearing from behind. Tio appeared as well, floating an interesting smile. Apparently, they had all been hiding to watch the love affair between Shia from cover.
While getting up in a hurry, the group blushed. Suzu and Shizuku didn¡¯t seem to be able to look directly at Shia and Hajime.
¡°To see, see¡ and everyone, how long have you been there¡.¡±
Shia was shaking, her face turning deep red like an explosion. The one who answer the question directed at Suzu turned out to be Hajime.
¡°It was since I was ying with Shia¡¯s ears.¡±
¡°That¡¯s not the beginning, everyone saw¡ yet you still say it like that¡¡±
Shia hit Hajime repeatedly out of a sense of shame. Tears form in her eyes, but they had different meaning from a moment ago.
¡°Why do you want to hide it? It was good timing, and I didn¡¯t want to miss the chance.¡±
¡°I did not want to miss it either¡ but even so¡¡±
Shia¡¯s spirit was dampened by Hajime¡¯s nkly nice manner, further causing her to feel embarrassed, yet also happy.
As usual, Tio speaks up while floating a smile at such a Shia.
¡°Please, how was it? How was the taste of passion from master? Nn? Tell this mistress a little, how is Shia¡¯s happy embarrassment?¡±
¡°Speak for yourself, pervert.¡±
Tio had put her arm around Shia and then suddenly she copsed from a strike to the back of the head. Her finger twitched, moving into a point, and it was drawn to¡ ¡°So it was Yue¡±. Yue had chucked a lump of ice mercilessly at her head unexpectedly.
¡°Yue¡¡±
¡°¡. Shia.¡±
Shia had nced back at Yue, who was giving Tio a cold look as Tio pointed at her. After Yue dismissed Tio, she gave Shia a patient look. And then she smiled lightly, both of her hands opening.
¡°¡ Come.¡±
¡°¡. Yue, now.¡±
Shia jumped into Yue¡¯s chest. She clinged to Yue, with the size of a child but the stability of a woman. Yue patted her head with a look of kind affection while she hugged Shia in turn.
¡°¡ Yue, I¡ finally!¡±
¡°Nn¡ you worked hard. Good child.
¡°I love Yue, much the same!¡±
Shia echoed and then wept for joy. Shia was understood. However much Hajime thought someone to be important, it was ultimately up to Yue, whom was ¡°just as himself¡±. Without worrying about Hajime, anyone else would be an ¡°other¡± to Yue.
Yue treated Shia like a younger sister. She, the older sister, had watched her younger sister working hard. Moreover, the feelings of Hajime, which were stubborn, were finally epted. It was a joyous event that Yue epted sincerely, the value of Shia, and her right to her feelings¡
¡°Is Yue not bothered?¡±
Unintentionally, Hajime muttered with a sullen face as Shia happily pressed her face against Yue¡¯s breast. The younger sister who depends too much is reluctant. Like a good older sister does not baby, both people wore an expression of contentment that looked heartwarming overall.
¡°Tio, next will be our turns, let¡¯s work hard.¡±
¡°Of course, I dream of the day that I am attacked by husband and worked hard.¡±
¡°¡ you can¡¯t act like¡ Tio.¡±
Tio was in the state of copsing while Kaori was talking while poking her. Tio revived with her eyes shining with hope. In the surroundings, Koaki, and Ryuutaro were looking at each other awkwardly, while Suzu looked at Shia and Hajime with an unreadable expression.
Do they need to encourage each other? Hajime opened a mouth with a troubled smile after hearing Kaori¡¯s words.
¡°Please don¡¯t tempt me so much¡¡±
¡°!!¡± X2
Kaori and Tio look at Hajime with surprise, their eyes shining like stars. There was no other meaning to that¡ their dropped confidence recovering quickly.
Hajime had no intention to ept a partner who Yue didn¡¯t like at all, but he couldn¡¯t think Yue would value people that she constantly fought with. Of course, now that Shia has been epted, there already is someone ¡°besides Yue¡±, and the decliningint of their being only one isn¡¯t inmon use.
The main points is that Hajime has recognized two people as important. To the degree which forgets itself when there are others.
Though Shia doesn¡¯t have a monopoly on his desire, it was still dered that Hajime epted Shia and had a ce in his heart. This meant things were not helpless for the others.
And at that time, Yue wore a pleased expression, Kaori and Tio¡¯s eyes were sparkly while Suzu watched on nervously. Everyone¡¯s eyes seemed to meet restlessly.
Hajime opened his mouth without knowing what was going through Suzu¡¯s mind, suppressing Kaori and Tio.
¡°And? What are a couple of peeping toms doing together? You¡¯re a bit early for supper. So what is your business?¡±
¡°Well, that¡ we met Yue idently, and we¡¡±
Shizuku gives a perplexed expression to Suzu. It seems like Suzu had noticed something unusual regarding Hajime. They seemed to have joined Yue idently when she was looking for Hajime.
Hajime shot Suzu a dubious look. Suzu stepped forward toward such a Hajime.
¡°Nagumo-san, You see, take Suzu to the nextrgebyrinth, please!¡±
Because he thought Kouki would be the one making that kind of request, he was surprised when it was Suzu that was the first to beg.
¡°Suzu, that¡¡±
¡°Kouki, this is about me. Therefore, this is an individual request for Suzu. Please don¡¯t butt in!¡±
After Suzu returned from thebyrinth, Kouki possessed a gloomy atmosphere in response to her words, but with no strength to retaliate, he stopped. So it was not everyone, but Suzu specifically.
¡°Even if you don¡¯t apany, I¡¯ll help bring us back to Japan anyway, and I said I can provide strengthening artifacts so that you can be strong, is that okay?¡±
¡°Yes, it is certainly so¡, but, as for Nagumo, you won¡¯t lend a hand to Eri?¡±
¡°¡ Is it Nakamura¡? Well, it is so. It¡¯s possible I¡¯d shoot her on sight on instinct. She is one of the reasons Kaori was killed.¡±
Suzu floats an embarrassed smile towards Hajime¡¯s bitter expression.
¡°It is so, However, I want to meet her and talk. Therefore, I need power. So I want to challenge thergebyrinth again. And no matter how the result bes, when youe out, you¡¯ll probably end up in the territory of the demons.¡±
¡°Suzu, that is¡¡±
Shizuku grabbed Suzu¡¯s shoulders instinctively. No true friend would allow another to go into the demon territory alone.
However, Suzu was ovee with her strength of will, and there wasn¡¯t a single doubt in the look she gave to Shizuku as she held her shoulders.
On the other hand, she was convinced that if she traveled with Hajime, she¡¯d have the chance to persuade Eri. If she apanied Hajime to the source of the ice and snowbyrinth, they¡¯d end up in the so-called demon king castle, which seems to be where Eri was held up.
Anyway, the ice and snowbyrinth is east of the south continent. The country Gand, the stronghold of the demons, was in the central southern continent.
Suzu knew that it was impossible for Hajime to be concerned about Eri, therefore Suzu understand it and knew Hajime might not wait for Eri toe around before leaving. Therefore, she¡¯d talk to Eri until Hajime found out how they could return, and the best way to get that chance was by apanying them to the ice and snowbyrinth.
When Suzu turned her eyes back to Hajime from Shizuku, she asked earnestly with a tone that suggested desperation.
¡°And if, if it¡¯s possible to collect Eri with that, if Eri wants forgiveness¡ in that case can you return us to Japan together. Please! Please, I beg you!¡±
¡°¡¡¡±
Suzu¡¯s screaming plea echoed, no one could say anything and everyone was silent.
Honestly, for Hajime, he remembered the look on Eri¡¯s face. The spectacle when Kaori fell was recalled at this moment, and only murderous intent sprang with thoughts of Eri.
It was selfish that Suzu did things this way regarding Eri. However, the thought of cooperating felt like a small bone stuck in his throat. The girl named Eri Nakamura was already an enemy to Hajime.
However, even if it¡¯s so, the request of Suzu was done with all of her heart. It was the eyes of the ascribable Kaori as to why Hajime possessed so much urge to kill Eri. Those eyes said something, conveying their own thoughts and meanings.
At that time, the long silent Kouki opened his mouth.
¡°Nagumo, I must also ask. I am the cause of what happened to Eri. Even though it might be unpleasant, I must speak with Eri. I can¡¯t let Suzu go along to the demon territory. In it¡¡±
Kouki had to strongly bit his lip, his fist grasped giving words with a slightly depressed atmosphere.
¡°As it is, it is not possible to end. Shizuku was also able to obtain the age of gods magic. I, uh¡ if we keep following, we¡¯ll surely obtain power. If it is not such a mean ce full of mental attacks, even I should be able to capture it. Argebyrinth where it goes this time, is a ce even those demons can capture. Then, surely I can!¡±
¡°Kouki¡¡±
To the appearance of Kouki, with his pped trembling fist and dark atmosphere, Shizuku watched him with anxious eyes. Shizuku remembered the look of shock on Kouki when she was able to obtain the age of gods magic and he was not. Therefore, though he took care not to let it show, to a childhood friend he could not conceal his uneasiness.
¡°Oh certainly, I can¡¯t let Suzu go alone. When it came to Eri, given Nagumo¡¯s character, I have to ask too.¡±
¡°Ryuutaro too, Haa, well, it doesn¡¯t fit to let Suzu go alone. Nagumo-san¡ whether it is possible to ask¡¡±
It didn¡¯t really matter if it was Kouki or Suzu, if apanion was going, Ryuutaro would cheerfullye too. Though her eyebrows were lowered to the character of eight from embarrassed towards such a Ryuutaro, Shizuku smiled like she was weed by Kouki now. Next, Shizuku bowed, seeming to apologize to Hajime.
Hajime turned his eyes to Suzu with a desperate look to the decision of Shizuku, nearly brought to tears. Kouki who had some returned feeling, Ryuutaro who was a muscle brain, Kouki and Kaori who worried about Shizuku, who worried about Suzu as a childhood friend, and finally he threw back a loud sigh.
And, Yue, and Shia, and Tio¡¯s eyes, and they had opened their mouths and were nodding as if to say they understood the unpleasantness of having to make this request.
¡°¡ If I get even a little of hostility, I¡¯ll shoot to kill¡¡±
¡°Of course, Nagumo-san, thank you!¡±
Suzu, who managed to get consent, looked wiped out, her face bright with the expression of thanks. Shizuku also expressed thanks.
Because he¡¯d need to invent concept magic that would prevent a re-summon in addition to the magic that would allow them to return to their world in the first ce, Hajime was thinking that it would take a while to return anyway, even after getting thest piece of magic.
Whatever Suzu did would not be an obstacle for his return, so he didn¡¯t think there was any reason to not ept. However, the thought of Eri reforming and returning, Hajime did not think it was possible, and if she did get in his way, he would shoot her to death seriously.
Eventually, Hajime should take Suzu to thestrgebyrinth and decided to permit it as it did not give him any problems in particr. With his own magic rising thanks to sublimation magic, it shouldn¡¯t create any problems.
Ignoring Suzu, who had a new sense of purpose, and the sweet feelings that came with it. Hajime smiled to himself. Yue and the other nestled close to such a Hajime.
¡°¡ Nn, a magnanimous Hajime is cute.¡±
¡°Indeed, this is a Hajime to be proud of.¡±
¡°After all, master is tsundere.¡±
¡°Getting¡ hehe, thank you, Hajime.¡±
From each, warmly treating Hajime, he nced away. And Yue and the othersughed happily to see it.
This ce of gods and demons was interesting, but it seemed like they were reaching the final stretch.
Chapter 136
Chapter 136
Chapter 136 ¨C Schnee Snowfield
Gliding across the clouds and glistening in the sunlight, the airship Ferner could be seen unopposed in the sky.
¡°As far as the eye can see it¡¯s an ocean of clouds.¡± Shia muttered while looking outside the window of the bridge.
¡°¡. the Shunee (Schnee) snowfield is always covered in an overcast sky. The outside is frigid.¡± Yue exined while nodding.
The Shunee snowfield and Risen Large Canyon divided the south continent in half. On the eastern side sat the heavy snow field, which was covered in cloudy weather throughout the year, so even during periods when it doesn¡¯t snow, the earth remains smothered in snow and ice.
East of the Sea of Trees caught between the demon country of Gand and the southern continent is this mysterious ce of snow and ice. Strangely, neither the Sea of Trees nor the country of Gand are touched by snow or ice, as if the boundary was cut with an impassible wall.
The interior of the snowfield houses a considerablyrge gorge, likely formed from the ice and the snow. Thest of thergebyrinths should be at the tip of the gorge, the Shunee Snow Cave. Normally, an adventurer would be worn down by the cold on their way towards reaching the tip, making it a perfect location for thebyrinth.
Hajime had known of the snow cave¡¯s location ever since his conversation with Miredi. Make no mistake, he understood it was a greatbyrinth. However, a super convenient tool named airship allowed him to skim over the clouds in rtivefort.
¡°Master, is thepass working properly?¡± Tio asked.
Hajime was holding apass the size of his palm in one hand.
He had received it from Luluo Haltina, apass designed with concept magic to show him ¡°the ce he desired¡±. In which case, it was pointed straight for the Shunee cave with pinpoint uracy.
¡°Ah. It¡¯s okay. This is wonderful. The needle doesn¡¯t just face in the direction I want, I also get a sense of the exact location and distance as well, somehow.¡±
¡°Is that so? So it seems to understand where the ce is specifically. It must be hard to describe how that works.¡±
Kaori agreed with Hajime¡¯s words of admiration. When they were in Fair Bergen, he tried an experiment by marking specific coordinates using thepass. The exact geo-location was determined in someplicated way. The power of this concept magic was shocking; he rejoiced that he could even feel the existence of his hometown in Japan.
Of course, the coordinates vanished as the power demands increased exponentially. The consumption of magic increased proportionally to the distance of what you¡¯re looking for. To locate a coordinate on Earth, all of Hajime¡¯s power was used in one go. Fortunately, he barely avoided fainting by supplementing his power just before it dried up.
Shia returned from the window, approaching the sofa Hajime was sitting at. To Hajime¡¯s right, Yue always clung. The left side was the ce the Shia had originally sat. So she abandoned the window and hopped over, a perplexed look on her face.
As Hajime watched her suspiciously from the side of his eyes, Shia appeared nervous and fidgety. She seemed to feel nervous now that Hajime had formally begun to treat her as his lover, bing more embarrassed at unreservedly clinging to him.
Hajime¡¯s expression softened at the appearance of the beautiful figure of Shia, grabbing her hand and pulling her to sit next to himself.
¡°Ah¡¡±
¡°Don¡¯t be embarrassed now, we¡¯ve already been seen.¡±
¡°¡ Shia is cute.¡±
Hajimeughs as she shows an amazed expression, meanwhile Yue warmly speaks through narrowed eyes. Though Kaori is giving an envious look, she also nods in agreement at Yue¡¯s words.
Tio gave a perverted smile while moving to sit next to Shia on the sofa.
¡°Kuku¡ certainly Shia has be cuter. So how was your first night? Was it painful¡ or did it feel good? Why don¡¯t you let us know? Hora¡ hora¡ let us know¡¡±
¡°What are you saying? It¡¯s impossible to answer!¡±
¡°What is it? So Master¡¯s performance so poor you can¡¯t say? Yes?¡±
¡°That isn¡¯t true! Instead it was amazing¡ many times¡ wait, what are you getting me to say!¡±
As Shia was suggesting, during theirst night in Fair Bergen, Shia and Hajime has spent the night together. Yue had prevented any peeping toms, including a certain Sea of Trees princess she needed to spank, which left the princes writhing in ecstasy on the ground.
Shia covered her face with her hands, hiding her shame. It seemed to have various meanings after her impactful first night. It was an inevitability as you could say Hajime was a warrior with a long military service. Needless to say, it was Yue who turned him into the super soldier he is today.
While licking her lips, Yue gave a bewitching smile that suggested that with ¡°three of them¡±, the erotic vampire princess would be ¡°included next time¡±, her eyes showing her worldly desires. While holding Shia, he nced over at thepanion he had turned, and gave Tio a demonic flick on the forehead.
Pow! It hit with a terrific sound, and everyone continued to ignore Tio as she writhed on the floor wearing an expression of ecstasy.
¡°It¡¯d be good if we could finish the greatbyrinths. I want to meet up with Myuu again soon.¡±
To avoid the embarrassing mood, Shia changed the subject while wearing a bright expression andughing in desperation, but Hajime quickly moves things back on target.
¡°In addition, we should make time for Kam (TN: Her father).¡±
¡°Hajime¡¡±
Hajime gently patted Shia¡¯s head, his eyes wrought with worry. Shia shakes her head with a soft smile to reassure him.
As a matter of fact, Hajime had offered to take Kam with them when he left for Earth shortly after they had fought the empire, but received a curt reply. As he had predicted, Kam and rest of them had answered no, determined to protect the name of the Haulia tribe and fight until the bitter end.
It was decided then that Shia would separate from her family. Hajime gave a sigh. He was unable to refute Kam, who gave a happy smile while saying ¡°It¡¯s enough if you keep Shia happy¡±, which showed his resolve as a father. It may end up being possible toe and go between worlds; however, they did not yet know the limits of the concept magic, and it was also possible that the mad gods may interfere, making it extremely difficult. Moreover, he wanted to spend hisst days in this world with family.
Shia sympathized with his feelings, showing him a bright smile.
¡°I¡¯ve said my goodbyes to father, and although it breaks my heart, I¡¯m happy, and I¡¯ll be even more happy in the future.¡±
¡°Is that so?¡±
¡°Yes! Fufu¡ I realized this when I saw you with Myuu, you¡¯re overprotective when ites to family, you know.¡±
Shia gave an amusedugh under her breath, matching Yue¡¯s bright look while mischievously embracing Hajime¡¯s arm.
¡°¡ Nn, we mustn¡¯t depend on Hajime¡¯s kindness too much.¡±
¡°Ahaha, certainly, it won¡¯t be good if we depend too much on Hajime.¡±
To Kaori, who wore a sulky expression while looking around ufortably, Hajime could say nothing as he came off more like a womanizer.
The side door opened, and Kouki¡¯s group entered. Kouki and the rest had been training using the artifacts Hajime had provided them, and it seemed like they were taking a break. They took seats in another sofa, while ignoring Tio, whom had a swollen forehead and a gross look on her face.
¡°So, how are the artifacts, are you getting used to them?¡±
¡°Ah, it¡¯s surprising. The output has been doubled, the added benefits will be very useful.¡±
To Hajime¡¯s question, Kouki wore aplicated expression while patting the holy sword sitting at his waist, acknowledging the increase in strength.
¡°While being able to walk through the air is odd, it¡¯s seriously amazing. It will be really useful once we get used to it, not even mentioning the ability to increase and decrease weight.¡±
¡°Suzu also is extremely pleased with it. It seems far easier to use now. Thank you, Hajime-kun!¡±
¡°I also have no problems. If anything, I¡¯m afraid it¡¯s too strong. However, we won¡¯t know anything until we¡¯ve managed to get some actualbat experience.¡±
Everyone seemed to be satisfied with the modified artifacts that Hajime had prepared. They all had a suitable fighting spirit for tackling thest dungeon, especially for Suzu, whose eagerness to meet Eri once again was shown.
¡°That¡¯s good. You¡¯re fighting strength should increase by several times if you can master your new skills, make any effort before you find yourself crushed in the demon territory.¡±
Though Hajime gave off a curt attitude, the power he had given them was the real thing. With him helping Suzu reach her objectives, Suzu and the rest of the party¡¯s opinion on Hajime was ¡°Tsundere¡±, but they didn¡¯t say anything because he was still a little scary.
At this time, Hajime¡¯s gaze unexpectedly snapped forward towards his target. The mood shifted from rxed to serious.
¡°¡ Did we arrive?¡± Yue asked.
¡°Ah, it¡¯s time to descend.¡±
At Hajime¡¯smand, Ferner rushes into the sea of clouds, and everyone¡¯s gazes turn serious as they look out of the windows.
After only a few seconds of descending through white clouds, Ferner was instantly enveloped with a snow storm cold enough to freeze hull in an instant.
¡°That¡¯s certainly severely cold, as you said, that is not this mistress¡¯ forte.¡±
Tio grumbled while trembling and staring at the silveryndscape enveloped with blizzards with unpleased eyes.
¡°Everyone, hold on to the artifact I¡¯m handing you, it will help protect you against the cold which will help greatly in surviving thisbyrinth.¡±
¡°¡ Nn, anything Hajime handmade, wonderful.¡±
¡°That¡¯s true, the part with the snow crystal motif is beautiful.¡±
¡°This is my third present from Hajime¡ ehehe.¡±
¡°¡ Master, why just a tiny snowman? Although it¡¯s cute by itself, I was hoping for an essory with a more borate design.¡±
Each pendant artifact that Hajime handed out offered protection from the cold. There were a snow crystal motif made from a translucent light blue stone embedded in an borate design that seemed to absorb the light.
Only Tio received a pendant which had a snowman on it, wearing an American-like smile with cheerful features. She gave a wistful expression as shepared her pendant to everyone else¡¯s.
¡°When you do something about your inclinations, I¡¯ll present you with something better.¡±
¡°Is that to say this lowly mistress¡ is not worth a womanly present¡? It¡¯s too cruel, Master. The gap, the unpleasantness is too painful. Please give this mistress a nicer present!¡±
¡°¡ so it¡¯s decided that you won¡¯t fix your behavior¡?¡±
Suzu and Shizaku give each other a look of amazement as Tio embraced Hajime while wearing a look as if she¡¯s about to cry.
¡°¡ Shizu, Shizu, aren¡¯t these just rocks? In that case, wouldn¡¯t a snowman be much better?¡±
¡°Suzu, please don¡¯t point out such a difference in treatment, because it¡¯s too sad¡¡±
¡°Is that so? If it¡¯s effective, what¡¯s the problem?¡±
¡°¡ Ryuutaro, I don¡¯t think that¡¯s what it¡¯s about.¡±
In Shizuku¡¯s hand was nothing but amon rock you could pick up anywhere, apart from its ability to protect against the cold. The dejected Suzu and Shizuku had slumped shoulders afterparing their pendants to the ones the other girls had received. For once, Kouki was actually able to read the mood, unlike normal. (TN: In other words, Hajime gave Shia, Yue, and Kaori beautiful gems, gave Tio and unromantic snowman, and gave Shizuku and Suzu a rock, lol.)
In the meantime, Ferner reached the Gorge of Ice and Snow, where the entrance to the ice and snow cave likely leads to the greatbyrinth.
While operating Ferner, Hajime navigated the forge using far sight, and while it normally would have taken a while to locate it, with the help of Ferner that time was cut significantly. However, upon reaching the end of the gorge, the cave entrance was yet to be seen.
¡°¡ Nn? Does it end here? Thepass says it¡¯s still further ahead.¡±
¡°¡ Hajime, look.¡±
¡°At what?¡±
Yue pointed at the crystal disy that showed the surroundings, activating a zoom function. Hajime looked at where she indicated, finding that the width of the gorge apparently narrowed up ahead. The ice and snow had piled up, creating a huge domed passage, leading towards the inside.
¡°There is no other way. It¡¯s about a kilometer until the cave. Looks like we¡¯re walking from here.¡±
¡°This is the first time I¡¯ve seen the snow, it looks like it might be fun.¡±
Out of everyone who began moving at Hajime¡¯s orders, only Shia appeared to be excited. She was like a child on a train who climbs onto their seat to look outside as they pass by the silveryndscape.
Though this was simr to the time that Shia had first seen the ocean, how Hajime looked at her was different. A Shia with her rabbit ears waving about extravagantly as she frolicked around with a child-like innocence was far too adorable. He seemed to want to hug her tightly, and it was necessary for him to hold himself back.
While scratching his head, hajimei concentrated on guiding Ferner into the depths of the ravine which was quickly bing too narrow tond properly.
Hajime opened the lower hatch on the outside¡ and was immediately attacked byrge swaths of snowing up into his face. The artifact that protected against the cold did not provide any barrier, it only kept the person¡¯s temperature within a constant and suitable range. While trying not to be blinded, he hurriedly covered himself with a coat.
¡°Waa, is this snow? It¡¯s hard and fluffy!¡±
As such, Shia lone became excited. While her body was pummeled with the snow storm, she was busy stamping her feet and scooping it up without reservation, her eyes full of enjoyment.
¡°Oi, Shia. Let¡¯s go, you¡¯re getting too excited¡ Oi, are you listening?¡±
As Shia frolicked, she appeared to not hear the words of admonishment Hajime was giving her. Instead, she yed in the pure-white snow thaty thickly about energetically while raising her voice.
¡°And she fell into an abyss, as it was¡¡±
As Shia dives in the snow, the ground copses under her while Hajime mutters something in a narrator¡¯s voice while turning scornful eyes to the newly formed massive crevasse that opens into a deep hole.
Shia had fallen into a crack in the earth while letting out a scream ¡°Ahhh!!!¡± There was a fissure that ran along the gorge, but the umted snow had made it impossible to notice.
¡°Will you settle down before Shia dies? Hey! Shiaaaa!¡±
The dumbfounded Shizuku and Suzu began to fall into a panic while making pale faces. Meanwhile, Kouki and Ryuutaro were at a loss for words given the situation.
¡°Settle down, Shia won¡¯t be defeated by a fall like that. Besides, we need to get down there too.¡±
Hajime waves it away like it was nothing and then jumped the 400 meters down into the crevasse after Shia without a moment¡¯s hesitation. Yue also jumped after them.
Everyone was provided with an artifact that provided the effect of aerodynamic, which provided them a method of reducing their rate of fall. Of course, Suzu could put up an energy-absorbing effect. There shouldn¡¯t be a problem for Kouki¡¯s group, although it went againstmon sense to leap off a cliff.
Suzu group peeked over the ravine quiet and watery eyed at the thought of jumping off the edge.
¡°What are you hesitating for? There is no time to hesitate! Aren¡¯t you making a better effort?¡±
Tio couldn¡¯t stand waiting behind them and thus gave a push in both the emotional and physical sense. With the feeling of being pushed like a bungee jumper without a rope, Suzu is forcefully pushed.
¡°Wait, I¡¯ll go, because I¡¯ll go ¨C Suzu is a person who can do it if you do it, just let me go at my own pace!¡±
¡°The day grows darker as you say things like that. Look,e here.¡±
¡°Yaa¡ wait, please don¡¯t life me. I¡¯ll do it myself, I¡¯ll go myselfffff¡.¡±
Tio lifted Suzu and then threw her like trash towards the bottom of the ravine. The scream thins as she falls down the ravine, her voice echoing magnificently.
Tio turns around and give Kouki a smile as he turns pale. That smile eloquently told them all, ¡°Who dies next?¡±
¡°Yaegashi Shizuku. I¡¯m off!¡±
Saying so as if trying to avoid being thrown, Shizuku leaps from the cliff with a beautiful form like a diver jumping into a pool.
Kouki and Ryuutaro let out a ¡°Uoo!¡± and ¡°Brave!¡± before passing Tio and jumping into the ravine with a shout.
¡°Umu, it¡¯s good to be energetic, isn¡¯t it?¡± Tio nods before jumping over the side herself.
¡°Calm down, Suzu. Don¡¯t cry!¡±
Barely contained tears echo across the gorge of ice and snow.
Suzu was shaking, and it seemed that her fall was only stopped desperately. Actually, the true reason she was crying was that she seemed to have wet herself a little, but that was something she couldn¡¯t say.
Shizuku, Kouki, and Ryuutaro tried tofort her, however, the three people had little strength left after their own experience bungee jumping without a rope.
¡°Suzu, it¡¯s so soft¡ cute.¡±
¡°Please don¡¯t do that tofort yourself.¡±
Hajime tsukomi¡¯d while giving Suzu, who seemed like a small animal under Kaori¡¯s care, a look.
At that point, a dogon noise came from the corner of the wall near the bottom of the ravine where Hajime stood, followed by a shout ¡°Uryaaa!!¡±
A part of the wall had copsed with a roaring sound. There, Shia strolls out calmly with Doryukken propped on her shoulder.
¡°Iya¡ to be caught by such a cunning trapped, my innocence was yed with! cough¡±
¡°Are you stupid? Though it¡¯s not the greatbyrinth, it¡¯s still dangerous here, don¡¯t forget it!¡±
¡°Ah¡ sorry¡ I got a little carried away¡¡±
With a deceptive smile, Hajime rapped Shia on the head with his knuckles while scolding her. As she dropped her shoulders dejectedly, he grabs her cheek and gives a muni.
While punishing Shia¡¯s cheek with one hand, he held thepass with the other. Thepass indicated which road to follow from a branch up ahead.
¡°Come on guys, don¡¯t stand around engrossed in your own world forever, let¡¯s go.¡± Hajime shouted and Suzu seemed to regain her lost energy, nodding with renewed vigor.
Everything in the surrounding area was covered with ice and snow, and the water didn¡¯t flow. Is everything frozen? Even with the snow storm in the valley above, the cold chill blew through, making a moderate temperature seem impossible.
If they didn¡¯t have the artifacts to ward against the cold, just how much of their physical strength would be cut down. When the night falls, it could reach as low as -30, if not lower.
Lumps of ice and icicles that seemed to grow from the ground appeared more and more the farther they advanced. The wind also seemed to blow stronger, and the temperature continued to drop.
¡°This is a little troubling.¡± Tio wore a difficult expression and stood with some difficulty.
¡°It should be within 500 meters. It¡¯s dangerous with the snow fluttering around and obstructing our views. Tio, can you please disperse the wind?¡±
¡°Understood.¡±
At Hajime¡¯s request, Tio gathered her magic to avert the wind to the left and right. However, before she executed it, an objection was voiced.
¡°Wait, that, let Suzu do it!¡±
That¡¯s right, Suzu.
With a fighting spirit, Suzu grasped onto two iron-ribbed fans that were the new artifacts Hajime had created.
The fans had been imbued with age of god magic much like the way Shizuku¡¯s sword had been modified. Particrly, using the newly obtained sublimation magic, magic formations were carved into the iron-ribbed fan and evolved ordingly.
Though she had practiced on the deck of the Ferner, was it enough to use the fans properly? It had a magic absorbing function too. Using it while paying attention to the magic usage was a good idea to reduce the consumption of magic.
Tio gave Hajime a questioning look, and he gave a nod in eptance.
¡°Yosh, then let¡¯s do it! Sacred Shield!¡±
As soon as Suzu recited the magic¡¯s name, a translucent barrier surrounded them with watery light. The barrier drew a curve loosely towards the front, generating a ripple of light that was beaten fast from the central portion of the outside.
The sacred shield was defensive magic, providing the ability to distribute energy of an object thates into contact with it. One of the features of the fan was the ability to create the barrier without chanting. The strength of the shield was middle ss for the sake of efficacy.
ording to Suzu¡¯s n, when the snow and wind hit the barrier, the power is dispersed and thrown to the side, softening it to a gentle breeze.
¡°¡ Nn. It¡¯s not bad.¡± Yue gave her impression after seeing Suzu¡¯s barrier.
The saint barrier was evolved magic from sublimation, seeming to the level where even a genius like Yue was willing to acknowledge it. Suzu smiled broadly from thepliment.
With the storm averted, their continued movement became much easier. As Hajime continued on, he suddenly halted, gazing forward with squinted eyes.
¡°¡ Is that it?¡±
When they followed Hajime¡¯s look, there was a crack with a beautiful isosceles triangle at the tip of the dead end. The needle of thepass pointed straight ahead. So this was the cave of ice and snow.
¡°It looks like we¡¯re here, but Hajime¡¡±
¡°Ah, I get it, everyone prepare yourself. Something ising!¡±
Shia¡¯s eyes lowered dangerously, while her rabbit ears danced around. She detected two or more signs of something in the darkness of the cave. While Yue, Kaori, and Tio remained rxed as usual, tension ramped up with Kouki and the others.
Immediately¡
¡°Ggigigigigigigi.¡± X5
While giving a strange yell, a demon with a strange body came out of the cave, moving around fiercely.
With an appearance like a gori covered in white hair, it stood three meters high and walked on two legs, unlike a gori.
You could go so far as to say,
¡°Yeti? [TN: They call it big foot. Not the abominable snowman, or better yet, a Yeti. I¡¯m changing it to Yeti.]
¡°As you would expect¡ in a parallel world, meeting UMA of a snow mountain in a ce like this¡¡±
Koari wore a stiff smile, while Hajime slipped Donner out while muttering, however, this time Shizuku stopped him.
¡°Nagumo-kun. Though it¡¯s bad, please let us take of this ourselves. Kouki¡ Ryuutaru. Suzu!¡±
¡°Yeah!¡±
¡°Good, let¡¯s do this!¡±
¡°We absolutely won¡¯t lose!¡±
Kouki and the rest rushed out ahead after taking Shizuku¡¯s order. They actually wanted to acquire actualbat experience using the new artifacts though Kaori seemed to want to help out.
Hajime, standing next to Yue, only shrugged, content watching them. Only Kaori came off as anxious, her hands grasped like she was praying.
¡°Wake up, ck Sword.¡±
In front of Hajime, Shizuku recited the invocation in a loud voice, drawing out the first attack.
¡°Tear it up, flying ws!¡±
The ability flying air ws was executed, and it approached the Yeti with a deathly invisible attack, however, the yeti seemed to move with animal intuition. They spread out like ninja¡¯s, evading the attackpletely.
However, Shizuku seemed to have assumed they¡¯d dodge from the beginning.
¡°Suzu!¡±
¡°Understood, leave it to us!¡±
In a sh, Kouki and Suzu moved to intercept the return strike while the magic Suzu cast struck the earth under the nearest Yeti.
¡°Heavy barrier, Heavy Saint!¡±
The iron-ribbed fan turned with a glitter, a spheroidal barrier shining brightly around the earth under the Yeti. It was not a barrier to prevent the attack, but a barrier to confine the Yeti.
After being confined in a dome, it tried to break free by tearing at it with his ws.
At that point, a shadow appeared over Suzu, another Yeti came jumping, though Kaori had seen iting and tried to yell a warning, Suzu¡¯s magic had already been executed.
¡°Swallow barrier burst!¡±
A barrier extending one meter on all sides appeared overhead of Suzu, and the Yeti swung downward after, with a Gyari noise that was blocked by the barrier.
And, and that moment¡
Dogoon!!
The barrier exploded magnificently with an effective roar. Without Suzu¡¯s influence, the barrier maintained its directionality, the orange magic rippling as the scattered remains of the barrier split overhead.
The Yeti¡¯s body is torn by the remains of the barrier as it breaks on impact. It¡¯s somehow blown away nearly ten meters while shedding blood. Though it gave a bloodshot look burning with anger as it turns to Suzu, it waits more cautiously. No¡ more likely it is having trouble moving after the impact.
Anyway, because the left iron-ribbed fan was given an ¡°impact conversion¡± aspect to its barrier formation, the Yeti was repelled. So to speak¡ it was an invocation known as barrier burst.
On the other side, the Yeti that was still caught in the heavy barrier had not received any damage, but was forced to the ground thanks to the heavy gravity magic, the doubled effect sealing off his movements.
Suzu was firmly suppressing two Yetis, gripping her iron fans with vignce against the other advancing Yeti.
Shizuku took a roundabout path using high-speed movement from behind the Yeti. She elerated the drawn sword, slipping it from the scabbard using the skill, drawn out. You couldn¡¯t even see the de, only the ck tracks flecking through the air.
¡°Giiii.¡± {Tn: Isn¡¯t this the same noise the cockroaches make? Why does a Yeti sound like a cockroach?}
The speed was such that he was still left with a rough cut at his back, although the Yeti evaded, narrowly avoiding a mortal wound.
Innumerable icicles suddenly exploded from the ground surrounding Shizuku. Apparently the Yeti had a peculiar ice maniption magic.
Though Shizuku evaded the icicles by jumping away, they dashed out from the ground and pursued her like missiles.
On the other hand, Shizuku chanted while crossing her ck sword with its sheath.
¡°Meet Pulling Heaven!¡±
When the icicle splinters flew at Shizuku, they changed orbit to meet the de and sheath of the ck sword, as if they were attracted to a ma, unable to reach Shizuku¡¯s body.
¡°Fly Heavenly separation!¡±
All of the icicles that came in session to Shizuku unite in the air as they returned.
Pulling Heaven and Heavenly Separation used the practice of gravity magic to pull things apart.
The shot ended up returning to the Yeti who had casted it, but even with its movement dulled from the wound on its back, it managed to evade it, sliding its feet over the ice.
¡°¡ Somehow¡ that looks professional.¡±
Shizuku mutters while shends. As she stated, the Yeti was creating a road of ice as he slid, moving as he swung his arms forward in a bent posture resembling that of a speed skater. His velocity increased drastically.
The Yeti confronting Kouki were also sliding around the bottom of the ravine, using beautiful forms like that of skaters while creating ice as they went, probably making up for the dulled movements.
Three of the Yeti back away and little and form a row, even their arm moves synchronizepletely as they approach with a sound that gives a forceful feeling.
¡°If theye from the front, it¡¯s only convenient.¡±
Koukies up beside Shizuku. The light from his holy sword focusses and he gives a posture with a haughty attitude.
And,
¡°Take this, Soaring Heights!¡±
The deadly attack draws a shining curve, the release lead to an impact that scattered across the surroundings.
The deadly attack did not boast the full power. Even if the original power of the holy sword was enough to destroy the Yeti. The power doesn¡¯t change even if Kouki shouts the technique. At that moment, the Yeti seemed to evade the attack in an unbelievable method.
¡°A triple axel?¡± Kouki leaks out a voice of disbelief.
Exactly as stated, the Yeti performed a triple axel in response to the deadly attack, avoiding a direct impact. The three Yeti united as a row only changed at that moment, jumping in a quite artistic and effective way.
The three yeti jump over Kouki¡¯s strike while rotating¡ the attack missing by a fingernail, as their feet allnded in sync.
¡°!?¡±
¡°Uo!¡±
Shizuku and Kouki backed up some distance while preventing the flowing kick that followed.
¡°UraaaAA!!¡±
Ryuutaro approached from behind and struck out with his fist from the side, eliciting a shockwave. However, the Yeti bent backwards, sliding on the newly created ice. The appearance of sliding both feet resembled a move from the famous ice skater, Ina Bauer.
¡°Are you kidding me?¡±
¡°Calm down, Kouki!¡±
Kouki, who was determined to capture the Great Labyrinth this time, was gritting his teeth as he fought against the first enemy.
The Yeti approached from three sides while making unpredictable moves that Kouki just could gage, continuing their assault. What is the best maneuver they had, the eight-rotation triple? Moreover, their hands expanded greatly, a huge excavator seemed to approach from every side.
¡°Ha¡ shing bloom!¡±
Letting out a sigh towards the Yeti¡¯s triumphant looks as they rotated around them, her excellent kic vision say and expression that seemed unpleasant. She drew her sword while muttering an incantation at the same time she jumped overhead using aerodynamic and urging Kouki to follow.
The three Yetind in the ce where Shizuku was a second prior. Cutting down with their ws, theynded magnificently, but those thatnded were just two of them.
¡°Gigii?¡±
The third was cut in two by the shing bloom, an ability that cut space itself.
¡°Look Kouki, Ryuutaro, ignore their strange movement and just finish them off quickly, I¡¯m going to Suzu.¡±
¡°Ah¡ damn, such an enemy suddenly¡¡±
Kouki dashed out in a poor mood while throwing out abusivenguage in response to Shizuku¡¯s words. Meanwhile, Ryuutaro became ustomed to the movements of the Yeti, and he too began to corner one.
Shizuku approaches Suzu, who is holding steady against a Yeti covered in wounds thanks to her manipting barriers. The neck of a Yeti caught with Heavy barrier was cut momentarily.
Seeing that, Suzu releases the remainder of the Yeti from her barrier, and went looking for Kouki and Ryuutaro as they finished off thest two Yeti.
They wore refreshed expressions after having finally defeated the Yeti with aplete victory. Then they were greeted by Hajime wearing a strange smile.
¡°You know, guys, it might be interesting to take them to earth, we¡¯d be famous for discovering the first ice skating Yeti!¡±
¡°You¡¯re annoying, you joking demon¡ can¡¯t we just leave them here?¡±
Kouki snaps. The first match finally came to an end by ying in earnest.
While Ryuutaro lets out augh and Kouki sighs, Hajime let¡¯s out a shrug and turns away, stepping towards the cave. Shizuku told Kaori that ¡°It was cool.¡± She gave a shameful gaze. Suzu send s Yue a look of expectation while being patted on the head with an ¡°it was not bad¡± praise from an elder sister absent-mindedly. It seemed like the tiny girl who was like a dirty old man was secretly aiming at Yue.
¡°Well, then, let¡¯smence with thest Great Labyrinth.¡± Hajime¡¯s words echoed across the gorge of ice and snow.
It was a line intended to focus everyone¡¯s mind and forget about the ice-skating Yetis as they stepped into thest of the seven greatbyrinths, the Ice and Snow Cave of Shunee Snowfield.
Chapter 137
Chapter 137
Thest of the seven greatbyrinths, The Cave of Ice and Snow¡ was like a house of mirrors.
The passage inside thisrgebyrinth was a considerable area,rge enough for ten people to stand side by side. The walls made from ice possessed the transparency of crystal. Thanks to the reflections you could easily be confused as to the number of people present. The end result¡ a mysterious internal structure.
Although another thing could be said to contribute to this mysterious feeling. Within the cave¡ snow was always falling. Naturally, since it¡¯s a cave, it doesn¡¯t fall from the sky. The snow is blown through the cave, moving along the wind. However, it wasn¡¯t blown in from the entrance, but blown out from within the recesses of the cave.
In addition, it couldn¡¯t be called normal snow.
¡°I-a¡ I did it again.¡±
¡°Ryuutaro¡ you were told not to go out of the range of the magical barrier!¡±
A piece of snow was sticking to Ryuutaro¡¯s cheek, causing it to swell and be red. So, this snow possessed a temperature as low as dry ice, causing immediate frostbite if it touched you.
With the wind blowing against them, even though Suzu had dispersed the snow with her barrier, the distractions caused by the ice wall reflections resulted in people requiring treatments several times.
¡°A cave made of ice, with snow that causes frostbite, in abyrinth named the Cave of Ice and Snow¡ I shudder to think what would happen without this artifact.¡±
¡°You wouldn¡¯t have drinking water, that¡¯s for sure.¡±
Shizuku muttered while taking out the small stone artifact that protected them from cold out of her pocket while Kaori agreed, sshing some water outside of the barrier. It froze as soon as it touched the air, making a bikibiki sound as it impacted into the wall. The sk would have already been frozen if they were entering normally.
¡°Certainly, though you could melt ice to make water, fire magic seems to be obstructed in this space, and would take considerable magic consumption to activate.¡±
¡°¡ But, that doesn¡¯t apply to us.¡±
When Tio answered Kaori¡¯sment with a wry smile, Yue shook the pendant and ring at her chest while giving a shrug.
As Tio remarked, this Ice and Snow cave remarkably weakened the effect of fire magic. It would be a considerable hardship to use fire as a method to secure water by melting snow.
This didn¡¯t apply to Hajime¡¯s party thanks to the treasure warehouse where they stored all their supplies without being affected by temperature as well as the cold protection artifact that kept the surrounding area at afortable temperature.
¡°It¡¯s extremely useful, as cooking would be problematic.¡±
While agreeing with Yue¡¯sment, Hajime turned his gaze to the front.
Yue followed his gaze ahead, seeing a man buried among the wall of ice with closed eyes like he was sleeping. He seemed to have sat down after bing tired with his back to the wall and then be frozen there. With no visible injury, perhaps it was exhaustion from the cold?
¡°Hajime, somehow that corpse¡ doesn¡¯t it seem strange?¡±
¡°Nn? ¡Ah¡ now that you mention it, isn¡¯t he buried perfectly in the wall.¡±
¡°Yeah, but did the wall of ice form over him while he was sitting there, or was he taken into the wall?¡±
Shia¡¯s neck was tilted as she eyed the corpse buried in the ice wall with a suspicious look. Shia made a good point. Did the wall expand to cover him, or did it pull him into it?
¡°¡ There is no reaction to magic from the ice or the corpse, just to be sure, should we destroy it?¡±
They could have left it the way it was, because there was no reason not to. Hajime pulled out Donner, aimed it at the corpse, and pulled the trigger.
Bang! Bang!
A vivid brilliant red sh shot from Hajime through the forehead and heart of the man. It was even more brilliant than usual as a result of the sublimation magic.
Towards desecrating the dead, Kouki opened his mouth toin, but then shut it again, having learned it was unproductive to try toin.
After a few seconds of watching the corpse and the ice wall, there was no reaction. Hajime holstered Donner and urged the party to move ahead. ¡ Hajime and the party disappeared into the recesses of the cave after a moment.
Crack¡ Crack¡
¡°Goo, Gao, gigi.¡±
A sound like a groaning voice came out as the ice formed cracks.
Not noticing what was happening behind them, Hajime and the party continued to traverse thebyrinth in silence.
Though the Ice and Snow cave had many branching paths, they didn¡¯t hesitate at any given intersection thanks to thepass. On their way along, the walls were littered with a lot more corpses trapped into the ice wall, but after a 1/3 the distance of thebyrinth, they had yet to see a single monster attack.
¡°Nn?¡ again?¡±
Another corpse was discovered buried in the ice wall in the passage ahead. With pointed ears and dark skin¡ it was a person from the demon country.
¡°¡ 50 people so far, most demons.¡±
¡°Perhaps there were arge number of people that attempted to capture it with Freed?¡± Hajime answered Yue, who was standing alone and muttering to herself.
They couldn¡¯t tell from the clothing how long they had been there, but at least ten of the ones they had found wore service uniforms that matched the ones they saw during the attack on the capital.
¡°Fumu¡ though they were able to beat thisbyrinth, it appears they didn¡¯t do it with ease. When thinking about the other routes, how many people challenged it?¡±
¡°However, considering how many people in the country that might have attempted it, there might be someone other than Freed who had managed toplete it. It might be only a matter of time before the demon country reorganizes and attacks again.¡±
Kaori responded while showing a look of concern, possibly worrying for Liliana or the other ssmates left in the capital.
¡°It¡¯s alright Kaori, they won¡¯t be doing it soon. The invaders were crushed, their weapon was destroyed, and the magical barrier was restored. Not to mention they don¡¯t know that Hajime¡¯sser weapon was destroyed. They won¡¯t find it that easy to attack even if they prepare a new army.¡±
¡°Shizuku¡ un, that¡¯s right.¡± Kaori gave a smile after thinking about Shizuku¡¯s prediction.
However, when they returned to Earth with Hajime, Liliana and the country would be deserted. It was only natural that it¡¯d hurt to think about the ones left behind.
From there, Kouki entered into the conversation.
¡°Be relieved Kaori, even if I have to defeat mad gods, humans, or devils, I will remain and protect Liliana. After I obtain all the Age of Gods magic, it might be possible to return by myself sooner orter, so I will not desert anyone.¡±
¡°Kouki¡¡±
Indeed, it was a hero-like speech, however Kouki¡¯s nce was not given towards Kaori, but Hajime, as though he was trying to insult him. Therefore, Kaori was not relieved by his words, rather, it only made her feel more uneasy.
Before, there might have beenplete conviction in his words, always only meaning well. However, now they seemed to be filled with negative emotions, including envy¡ doubt¡ impatience¡ irritation, ect¡ These various feeling were mixed in to his words even though he desperately tried to suppress them, causing his words to ring with instability.
Did Hajime take notice to this look from Kouki? Hajime merely ignored it and shrugged his shoulders. Kouki frowned over their ideals running on parallel tracks.
Shizuku¡¯s gaze wandered towards those that were giving an uneasy mood, namely Kouki, however, Hajime spoke instead.
¡°Oh well¡ it¡¯s not like we¡¯re strangers¡ if the princess requested it, I could probably provide her with intercontinental ballistic missiles, high speed orbital tanks, and fighters that ignore inertia and gravity¡?¡±
¡°Nagumo? Isn¡¯t it too dangerous to give those to that woman? The power of bnce for this world would copse.¡±
¡°Is that so? Oh well, I could put on some user restrictions so they only work and can be operated by the royal family. At that level, nearly anything could be repulsed, even if more like Nointo came.¡±
Shizuku¡¯s gaze wavered as Hajime gave a slightly dangerous speech while Kouki watched Hajime with dark eyes. Meanwhile, Kaori wore a somewhat happy expression.
Though Hajime was trying to avoid living a ¡°lonely way of life¡±, there was no reason for him to be involved in this world¡¯s problems, unless it was for Yue and the others. With the exception of perhaps Myuu and Remia, no one in this world could equal the bnce of their importance in his heart.
Because Liliana is someone he knew, he¡¯d be willing to lend his power if she requested it. Afterwards though, he had no intentions past spending the remainder of his life with Yue and the others at his home.
When considering the possibility that he¡¯d lose the ones important to him, he felt no guilt and saw no important reason to risk his own life.
With his efforts, he had decided to give Yue and the rest¡¯s smiles his priority, and could discard anything outside of that.
Because they understood this, Yue, and the others snuggled up to Hajime. Shia and Kaori¡¯s path took them away from their family and important childhood friends.
Moreover, this extremely dangerous present for Liliana could be said to be the very limit of consideration he could offer her.
¡°Yaegashi (Shizuku), you and the rest also must decide what you¡¯ll do once you return from the demon country. Will you remain in this world? Will you return with us? Because I won¡¯t wait for you to decide.¡±
¡°¡ Yes. Understood.¡±
¡°Yes. It¡¯ll depend on my conversation with Eri¡¡± Suzu said.
¡°I¡¯ll stick with Kouki.¡± Ryuutaro added.
Everyone responded to Hajime¡¯s words, each of the three in their own way.
With a sensitive mood hanging in the air, Hajime advanced along the passage until they came to a 4-way intersection with a ten meter width and height.
Upon halting, Hajime confirmed the direction thepass pointed. Suddenly, Shia¡¯s rabbit ears began to twitch.
¡°Hajime¡ something ising.¡±
¡°A monster, they finally appeared? Where?¡±
¡°All four sides¡¡±
¡°Even from behind?¡±
Though everyone readied themselves for an attack, they stiffened when they heard that monsters were approaching from the path they had taken, because it would mean that they were able to conceal themselves from Hajime¡¯s Magic Eye.
In the center of the cross roads, Hajime and the party were back to back. After an interval a voice like a groan could be heard in the darkness of the passage. (TN: Not to be a nag here, but if you just moved 10-15 meters down any direction, you¡¯d bottleneck the baddies and turn a 4 way battle into a two way).
Vaaa¡
A fairly terrifying voice not quite like a beast¡¯s groan gave off unpleasant feelings. As the darkness in the passage also seemed to have deepened, the sound of someone swallowing their saliva with a gulp was heard through the silence.
And then it appeared.
It was the figure of a person wearing a service uniform, with most of their skin having lost their coloring and a thickyer of frost over their entire body.
¡°These guys¡ they¡¯re the corpses we saw in the ice walls?¡± Hajime muttered as members of the demon country poured into the passage one after another.
¡°¡ Also the guy we saw earlier.¡±
¡°Are they alive¡ no, that¡¯s not it. They¡¯re like zombies?¡±
While watching the frozen people that showed up down the passage way, Yue and the other faced the demons and adventurers, who groaned and held out their arms loosely lowered. As Kaori said, they looked like frozen zombies.
Frost zombies began to pour out of each of the four roads of the intersection, surrounding Hajime, Kouki, and the others.
¡°In any case, even if they were former people, those that stand in our way will be ughtered.¡±
Hajime¡¯s words acted like a signal, and the frost zombie¡¯s dull movements suddenly became fierce.
VaAAAAA!!!
An extremely unpleasant grown echoes to through the many passages in the cave. Did they say you will be eaten here? It¡¯s like they were straight from Resident Evil (Biohazard), though they weren¡¯t as gross thanks to theyer of frost preventing them from decaying, but an ugly thing is still ugly.
¡°Please stay away! Barrier Burst!¡±
To real biohazards, a somewhat panicked Suzu released the Barrier burst. It goes down the passage, and any Frost zombies who were struck by it were hurled away, but the next moment¡ They exploded magnificently into pieces with a roar.
They splintered apart, like pieces of meat dispersed by a bomb. It was like the scene when the Terminator in liquid nitrogen was smashed.
At almost the same time, all the other party members began to shoot out their attacks. Hajime¡¯s Scg spouted fire, Yue and Tio sent out wind magic, Kaori¡¯s silver feathers flew, Shizuku and Kouki¡¯s des drew deadly lines through the air, and strong impacts were released from Ryuutaro¡¯s fists.
To those attacks filled with the full destructive power colliding with the front ranks fo the frost zombies, those who didn¡¯t manage to evade shattered to the sound of crystal breaking.
¡°They¡¯re fairly fragile¡¡± though Hajime mutters suspiciously, another second his eyes narrow.
¡°You¡¯re kidding, they¡¯re repairing themselves?¡±
Kaori seemed to have said this instinctively, but it was exactly that. The splinters began to gather, reforming their bodies in no time at all. The one¡¯s dposed by Kaori¡¯s silver feathers assembled slightly differently, fathering the missing parts from nearby walls of ice.
¡°¡ Hajime, a demon stone?¡±
¡°¡ It isn¡¯t that. Though the magic is simr, they don¡¯t seem to have a demon stone.¡±
¡°Eeh? They¡¯re like those golems from thebyrinth in the canyon?¡± (TN: They¡¯re talking about Milidi¡¯sbyrinth all those chapters ago)
Hajime wore a grim expression while Shia looked on with a disgusted look when she recalled the powerful and infinitely respawning enemies that repaired themselves no matter how much they destroyed them. They also didn¡¯t have a demon stone core and were destroyed only by Hajime¡¯s quick thinking.
¡°Just how many are there? There must be some trick.¡±
While continuously firing, Hajime took out thepass with one hand to seek out the source of the demon core, which must be concealed in some way that his magic eye couldn¡¯t detect.
¡°Oo? It¡¯s nearby?¡±
Thepass indicated a location that wasn¡¯t within the frost demon¡¯s body. The location was in the left passage, about 500 meters or so away.
Yue gave Hajime a look. ¡°¡ Hajime?¡±
¡°¡ Apparently, the demon stone or whatever peculiar magic that moves these guys seems to be ced left from here. They must be controlled remotely.¡±
Fumu¡ Anyway, if we don¡¯t get to the source somehow, this fight will never end.
¡°Then, let¡¯s go!¡±
Everyone gave off a determined air while knocking down the advancing Frost zombies. All four passaged were crowded with the zombies that had sprung up, perhaps extending as far as the eye could see?
¡°I¡¯ve destroy the group ahead, everyone don¡¯t fall behind!¡± Hajime ordered while taking Orkan (the rocketuncher) out of the treasure warehouse. After hearing their response, he pointed the rocketuncher towards one corner and released an overwhelming power.
Bashuuuuu!
Orange trails flew out behind a warhead.
Boom!
With a thunderous roar that resounded through the passage, they ran past the gap Hajime had made.
With Yue and rest behind him, Hajime thanked Orkan for clearing away the frost zombies like they were nothing. Even without being able to use fire or water magic, they kept being pulverized again and again, no matter how many times they regenerated.
Thanks to Hajime¡¯s continuous fire pulverizing the frost zombies, they had no trouble moving forward. As they passed by, those that were destroyed reformed themselves. Generally, the expressions of all the party members except Yue and Tio were cramped.
¡°Fueee¡ No a real life biohazard (resident evil)!¡±
¡°Suzu, get a hold of yourself, if you don¡¯t look too closely it¡¯s not that bad.¡±
¡°No, that¡¯s bad!¡ Uuu¡ Don¡¯te near me! Barrier Burst!¡±
¡°Suzu, please don¡¯t lose it! Do not waste your magical power¡. Kyaaa! That¡¯s an arm!¡±
¡°Hiiii¡ Kaori, watch where you¡¯re aiming. That arm that just flew by touched me!¡±
Though it is said it is noisy when women gather, these four were in full-blown zombie panic and it was indeed noisy. It seemed like they challenged a certain famous horror house in Japan while noisily running through the passage and talking.
¡°Uumu¡ It¡¯s good to be young. Being able to make a racket like that while facing monsters¡¡±
While looking over her shoulder at Kaori and the others, Tio responds fairly calmly. This caused Yue to give Tio an amazed look.
¡°¡ Tio, smells like an old woman.¡±
¡°That¡¯s a terrible thing to say. Well, I¡¯m older¡ but isn¡¯t Yue also?¡±
¡°¡ I¡¯m not. I¡¯ll be 17 forever.¡±
¡°What? I¡¯m sure you were 20 when you were imprisoned¡¡±
While hearing something unexpected, a shiver went up Hajime¡¯s spine in response to a crisis, causing him to say something to break the tension.
¡°¡ That¡¯s right! Yue is always 17!¡±
¡°¡ Nn. The same as Hajime.¡±
¡°To bepletely dominated by Yue¡¡±
Tio wore an amazed expression, with the noisy group of girls in the rear, while Hajime is being led by the nose by Yue. Kouki and Ryuutaro looked at each other¡ in spite of being chased by frost zombies, their minds seemed to be ying out an impossible scene.
After dashing for five minutes, the sound where Hajime and party running, with a Zudodo from behind, the frost zombies continued to chase with screams and roars that caused the tunnel to shake.
Hajime and the group finally arrived at arge space which seemed to be about the size of the Tokyo Dome.
Hajime rechecked thepass in his hand. The area where the demon stone that controlled the zombie horde was definitely indicated to be in this room. To be urate, it was incased in a certain ice wall facing the entrance they had just passed through.
¡°I found it. Here, I see it.¡±
Hajime could see deep into the ice wall with his Magic eye. Even the improved donner wouldn¡¯t be able to prate deep enough to reach it, so Hajime took out Scgen (TN: Scg is one of his revolvers, Scgen is his anti-material rifle) from his treasure warehouse.
Naturally, Scgen had also been improved thanks to sublimation magic, which greatly increased its specs. It would surely pierce the armor that had protected Miledi¡¯s golem now.
Bachibachi! Bachibachi!
Electricity intensely discharged as the anti-material rifle that specialized in pration scatters a vivid bright red light. Hajime held Sgen with one hand while catching it to the side. Just as he went to pull the trigger¡
¡°¡ Hajime! At the same time as Yue¡¯s warning, arge eagle that unfurled its wings from overhead began to assault the party.
It was not simply arge eagle, but it was transparent, and appeared to be bade of the same material as the ice wall, more were falling down like a downpour of ice.
Hajime momentarily fired overhead, and a sh went into the sky. At the moment of impact, it pierced the Frost eagle and the shock wave shattered it with a red ripple into two frost eagles.
The improved bullet with impact conversion was empowered with sublimation magic, increasing the power by more than three times that of Donners.
As a shimmering rain of ice came down from above, right after pulling the trigger, Hajime re-aimed the muzzle back towards the demon stone.
However¡
¡°It moved¡¡±
The demon stone in the wall began to move all of a sudden, moving out of the line of fire of Scgen.
¡°Apparently, it¡¯s simr to the creature we faced in the oasis, so I should think all the surrounding ice is its territory. Make note of that.¡±
Prompt advice came from Tio, who was dealing with a frost zombie and another frost eagle.
That advice was proven correct immediately.
¡°Guriaaa!¡±
Next from the surrounding ice wall, arge amount of two-legged wolves were created as well as frost eagles. They hadrge dark red eyes, were two meters all, with sharp teeth and ws, groaning with a bestial voice. Frost werewolves.
Therge space was suddenly buried withrge amounts of these three types of demons, and like those before, as soon as they were smashed, they reformed.
A frost zombie from the rear let out arge groaning voice at the party, overflowing with something.
From the surrounding walls, ridiculous amounts of frost werewolves appeared to encircle the party.
In addition,
Bikibiki. Baki!
With suck sound effects, the demon stone in the ice wall let out an amazing amount of power, increasing every second.
And,
¡°Kuwaaa!¡±
A roar, followed by arge shock wave.
¡°Absolute Field.¡±
At once, Yue created a barrier by distorted space which warded off the effects of the earthquake.
Opposite of that barrier, the creature that held the demon stone finally showed itself. It was like the turtle-like demonic beings who had attacked the capital before, but its body was mostlyposed of ice and the shell had icicles like a pin cushion over twenty meters in length.
¡°Apparently, the trial is to pierce the demon stone in that guy while dealing with all of these demons?¡±
Hajime took a guess while smiling scornfully ¨C a normal party in such a cold ce after wondering for so long would probably despair having to fight like this. Unfortunately for these monsters, they weren¡¯t a normal party, and thanks to Hajime¡¯s artifacts the temperature wasn¡¯t a problem either.
The cold and the pressure that the frost turtle gave off caused Kouki and his party to pale, but Hajime only red at it with scornful eyes.
At the same time, Hajime let loose his immense killing intent and pressure. A wave of red magic hit the surrounding monsters and immediately broken them to pieces. Somehow, even the frost turtle flinched at that.
Hajime took a single step forward.
The frost turtle let out a roar as if to deny that it flinched from a mere human, and all the surrounding demons began to move together.
The Ice and snow cave¡ the first trial started here. (Tn: First trial! I thought we were nearly done! :O )
Chapter 138
Chapter 138
¡°Well, first of all¡ Amanokawa, charge forward!¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
While Hajime and the Frost Turtle let out enormous waves of pressure towards each other from their killing intent, Kouki had thought they would start fighting. Instead, he was called forward, and thus gave Hajime a startled response.
¡°No ¡®eh¡¯, charge forward and quickly crush that turtle.¡±
¡°W-why me?¡± Kouki asked instinctively.
Hajime turned around and gave him an amazed look while continuing to shoot down the surrounding monsters one shot at a time.
¡°Ah, you guys came here to do what? It¡¯s not likely to count if we just do it all for you¡¡±
¡°¡ A that¡¯s right!¡±
¡°Amanokawa, use all of your power to crush the big guy. The other three of you (Suzu, Ryuutaro, Shizuku), support him while the rest of us keep the small fries off of you. Do it quickly. If you wuss out, I¡¯ll finish the job.¡± Hajime smiled provocatively.
Kouki gave a strong nod, mes of determination sprouting in his eyes.
¡°Leave it to me. I¡¯ll show you I can absolutely knock it down. Shizuku¡ Suzu, Ryuutaro, Let¡¯s go!¡±
¡°Oo, Let¡¯s go!¡±
¡°I¡¯ll cover you. Take care of the icicles behind me. There may be some trick to them.¡±
¡°Leave the defense to me. I¡¯ll show you I can protect everyone!¡±
After everyone answered energetically, a silver sh struck the monsters near the Frost Turtle, disintegrating them in an instant.
¡°Go! Don¡¯t do anything rash!¡±
Thanks to Kaori¡¯s silver bombardment of disintegration, an easy route had been opened up between Kouki¡¯s party and the Frost Turtle. They ran forward while thanking her.
While its red eyes shone, the gap they formed immediately began to fill with demons once again.
¡°What are you doing? Your opponent is me! Trembling Heaven Triagram!¡±
As the turtle was focused on Hajime, Kouki¡¯s party ran towards the Frost Turtle while Kouki shouted out his favored technique.
A killer attack of light flew forward, directly striking the eerily shining eyes of the Frost Turtle and tearing them up. A shock wave followed, hallowing that wound.
¡°KuWaAAn!¡±
With part of its head crushed, and only one eye remaining, the Frost Turtle raised a roar while shooting killing intent at Kouki¡¯s party. This was all going ording to Kouki¡¯s n.
And with its mouth gaping open, a breath of ice and snow was expelled out!
Spiraling like a tornado filled with ice chips, any who were caught in it would freeze immediately. Even if you could endure the cold, the ice would cut you to ribbons.
However, they had a master of magical barriers they could rely on.
¡°Faster than the wind, quicker than the water, Over Saint Scatter!¡±
By reinforcing the magic¡¯s image with chanting, Suzu created a Barrier that dispersed energy. The bombardment of ice and snow collided with the barrier, making a ¡°gou!¡± sound. And even though it came with a terrific impact, the energy was dispersed and could not ovee the barrier.
¡°It will keep regening indefinitely as long as it contains the demon stone. Don¡¯t waste time. It is necessary to end this in one blow.¡±
¡°My Heaven¡¯s Might takes thirty seconds to reach maximum power.¡±
¡°Then, in the meantime, it¡¯s fine if Kouki doesn¡¯t need to do anything.¡±
While Suzu prevented the attack with her barrier, Shizuku exined while giving Kouki a look. Considerable thermal power would be required to destroy the demon stone and crush the gigantic figure of the Frost Turtle. Kouki would be the most suitable.
Kouki understood this, given the time it¡¯d take to execute his attack. Before, it took over a minute or more to reach maximum power. The time had been shortened considerably and amplified by several times, thanks to the revision of the Holy Sword.
¡°Everyone, the attack is weakening!¡±
¡°Good. When the attack stops, spread out¡ Suzu, stay with me.¡±
¡°Understood! You can count on me!¡±
At almost the same moment as Suzu¡¯s words, the attack came to an end. The ice and snow fell down and Shizuku and the rest spread out as Kouki ordered.
Shizuku dashed out low to the ground, slipping under the Frost Turtle.
¡°The first attack, shing Blossom!¡±
With a sharp aura drawing ck tracks in the air, her target was the Frost Turtle¡¯s legs. To therge transparent foot, a gap of space formed diagonally, cutting the foot in two, which slid roughly and dropped to the floor.
¡°shing Blossom! shing Blossom!¡±
Without a pause, Shizuku kept advancing while sliding around, severing the second foot on one side. It slipped out, leaving the remainder in the rear side.
¡°KuruaaA!?¡±
Cheers! Feeling pleased, the sword returned to its scabbard. The two feet slipped down diagonally and with a scream the Frost Turtle went down.
¡°Zzuzuuzun!¡±
The Frost Turtle that had lost its bnce made the Earth tremble. Immediately, a strong thirst for blood was shot behind the Frost Turtle stretching across its long neck.
¡°Tsu!?¡±
With her skin raising like goose flesh, Shizuku¡¯s intuition convinced her to dash from the ce she was standing. Arge number of icicles pushed out from the ground where she had been.
Like frozen flowers blooming from the Earth, sharp icicles bloomed in a trail following Shizuku.
¡°Aerodynamic!¡±
While being chased by quickly forming icicles, Shizuku barely made it into the air before flowering icicles swallowed her path.
However, at that time, three frost eagles with exquisite timing attacked her from three different directions, respectively.
¡°¡. sh¡¡±
While attempting to shoot out a shing Blossom, she didn¡¯t seem to be able to make it in time. There was no way she could avoid the terrible ws from at least two of the frost eagles.
At that moment, Shizuku prepared to take damage¡ª
Three red shes passed by her surroundings.
With unflinching aim, those shes shot through the center of the chest of each of the frost eagles, causing them to burst into shimmering pieces.
In recognition of the attack, Shizuku¡¯s eyes flickered to the origin¡ where Hajime was enclosed by a considerable amount of demonic beasts. He was using abination of cross bits and Metsurai (TN: Gatling Gun). However, what caught her eye was the muzzle of Donner.
¡°From there, precision fire without even seeing.¡±
Even with a distance of twenty meters or more, and with the power of the bullets and the pration for the bullets having increased by three times, the shock wave from the explosive bullets couldn¡¯t reach her with so many demons between them.
So, how did the precision fire reach Shizuku?
The answer was easy: You only had to shot through them.
That is to say that Hajime shot through the openings between the frost eagles and other monsters -between their groins, under their wings¡ Shooting with precision like firing through the eye of a needle. Without visually checking, he executed a perfectly cheat-like ability that could be called a miracle.
While forgetting the battle surrounding her, Shizuku was charmed by the power that Hajime wielded. It wasn¡¯t until her childhood friend shouted that her consciousness came back into focus.
¡°Don¡¯t get carried away! Heavy Crash!!¡±
While attempting to wake up Shizuku, who used aerodynamic, Ryuutaro ran through the air and flew down from above, striking the Frost Turtle towards the head using a fist wrapped in a gauntlet artifact with the strength of a meteorite.
With a roaring sound, the Frost Turtle¡¯s head crushed with a shock wave. Thanks to the gravity magic on his gauntlet, an icicle attack following Shizuku was interrupted. Ryuutaro gave a premature grin after seeing the results of his attack.
Immediately after the head was crushed, a new head appeared from the root.
¡°Geh!? Shi¡ª¡°
To the dark red eyes glinting from inside the shell, Ryuutaro let out an expletive instinctively. The next moment, it let out a breath attack of ice and snow, and Ryuutaro attempted to execute Vajra while crossing both of his arms at once.
However, a hexagonal barrier immediately came into existence, parting the attack. Bikibiki sounds denoted the cracks forming thanks to the powerful attack. A secondter, the same barrier formed again, doubling, and then doubling again.
¡°Suzu¡¯s Heavenly Barrier?¡±
While Ryuutaro eximed in surprise, he turned his gaze to the small magical barrier master who was chanting ahead near Kouki.
Suzu returned a smile at Ryuutaro¡¯s look.
Ryuutaro¡¯s guess was half right.
¡°Expulsion Space.¡±
Expulsion space was a defense magic made whenpounding magic of two or more barriers. Heavenly barrier was joined with expulsion. Originally, Suzu didn¡¯t have the ability topound magic, however, thanks to her iron-ribbed fan artifact, the function that allowed magicpounding was obtained.
To Ryuutaro, who was stuck in the barrier under attack from the breath attack, Suzu cast Expulsion Space in a panic. Particrly after seeing a frost eagle attempting to assault him from behind. However, it was unnecessary. Immediately before reaching him, a powerful thunder dragon appeared and consumed it.
¡°UoOO!? That surprised me!¡±
While shooting sparks, the great magic dragon passed Ryuutaro who had a drooping expression while uttering such aint.
Yue, while directing the seven-headed serpent with slender fingers which danced like batons, turned a quick nce at Ryuutaro, causing his jaws to drop.
With an expression of impossible confidence, she put out a gesture that scolded him which seemed to say that he shouldn¡¯t react to every little thing, and should instead concentrate on his target. Even the thick-headed Ryuutaro seemed to get what she was trying to express.
¡°Really, everyst one of Nagumo¡¯s women are amazing. I can¡¯t imagine how he managed to make them all fall in love with him.¡±
Ryuutaro had a wry smile, struggling to imagine how the Hajime he knew from back in Japan managed to do it. While executing Vajra, he began to charge, motivated by the fact that Yue was watching him.
As a matter of fact, he fell in love with her at first sight, and was disappointed in love immediately thereafter, thanks to the pink space generated between her and Hajime. He couldn¡¯t even tell his best friend Kouki.
After being showed that sweet space many times between the two, he was able to arrange his feelings. Still, if Yue nced at him, he couldn¡¯t say he didn¡¯t be happy for a moment.
¡°Well, mostly¡¡±
While ridiculing himself again, he crushed the head of the frost turtle, while Shizuku again chopped the feet that regenerated on the lowered side.
Naturally though, it was incapacitated, its temporary stop in movement would be over soon, and after just thirty seconds.
It is, in a word¡
¡°Shizuku! Ryuutaro. Fall back. I will go¡ you monster¡ Heaven¡¯s Might!¡±
That¡¯s right, the time necessary to execute Kouki¡¯s Heaven¡¯s Might was reached, the enormous light like a fixed star spiraling from his holy sword proved as such.
Kouki lept forward using a disc created with Aerodynamic, swinging to pierce the frost turtle whose eyes were bugged out.
DoOOOO!!
The aura undted, and it almost seemed like the sun rose in the hall, such a huge quantity of pure-white light dyed the surroundings.
The Frost Turtle, to that bombardment of light falling towards it, transformed its shell into a cone, in an attempt to distribute the power of the attack. A five meter diameter light impacted the back of the Frost Turtle.
¡°Kuwaaaan!!!¡±
A terrific impact sounded and reverberated in the entire area. The screaming of the Frost Turtle resounded with frustration. Its shell, even with its transformation which ording to its n, would distribute the power of the attack ¨C Heaven¡¯s Might was indeed distributed.
However, while under normal circumstances this attack was powerful ¨C thanks to Hajime¡¯s remodelling, it was now even stronger. Kouki¡¯sst resort melted the conic tip, and the armor of ice surrounding the shell disappeared magnificently while white smoke rose.
¡°Please disappear as it is! Let this power be enough!!¡±
The Frost Turtle¡¯s eyes began to brighten as it absorbed the surrounding ice to regenerate. Kouki let out a shout with a desperate look. If his authentic maximum attack that spent all of his magical might was enduredpletely, it¡¯d be proof that he still hadn¡¯t reached the level of attack needed for a Great Dungeon monster.
Since meeting Hajime again, the unpleasantness and painful feelings overflowed. He wanted to do it by means of his own power, by all means.
¡°¡ Kouki¡¡±
Nearby Suzu said, with a slightly frightened expression after seeing Kouki¡¯s look.
¡°OoOOO!!!¡±
¡°KuWaAAA!¡±
The screaming of Kouki and the Frost Turtle collided.
In a moment.
Crack.
After hearing such a sound, innumerable fissure appeared around the Frost Turtle, and ice chips scattered with a pitter pater to the ground.
And,
DoPaAAaA!
The light of the Heaven¡¯s Might crushed that gigantic figure from the back, eliminating the surrounding ground so that there was no free time to allow regeneration. Light swallowed up the front and back of the Frost Turtle.
The scene was like a sea liner breaking in half while sinking.
¡°KuaaA.¡±
With a sighing rattle, the dark red light went out from the Frost Turtle¡¯s eyes.
And after a beat the light that swallowed the Frost Turtle gradually reduced, returning the space to normal.
¡°Woot! Haha¡ defeated, by me¡¡±
While intensely panting, Kouki tottered. Aerodynamic lost its power, and his body fell, only supported by the nearby Suzu.
¡°Kouki, are you o¡¡±
Suzu, while supporting him, starting to ask anxiously at that time ¨C
Boba!
While making such a noise, a frost eagle swooped up from the crater where the remains of the Frost Turtle were scattered, while gripping something with both of its talons.
¡°Why, howe it¡¯s still moving?¡±
¡°Kouki¡ Look at that.¡±
Kouki looked with tired eyes in astonishment after seeing the area Suzu indicated with a strained voice where she pointed. A dark red crystal was gripped in the talons of the frost eagle¡
¡°Da-damn it! It wasn¡¯t destroyed? However, you¡¯re not getting away.¡±
While grinding his teeth, Kouki who had used up all of his power while thinking he had destroyed the demon stone with his Heaven¡¯s Might snapped.
The moment the Frost Turtle had judged it wouldn¡¯t be able to win against his attack, it seemed to have returned to its origin within the demon stone and created a frost eagle to bear it away.
Kouki again rose his holy sword with an unsteady hand. Because the mana absorption effect was added to Kouki¡¯s armor by Hajime, he didn¡¯t feel the effect of mana exhaustion.
With no time to dy thanks to the frost eagle with the demon stone that started to make sounds of transformation, Kouki started to press the attack. Not heading for Suzu, he ignored his mana exhaustion like he was possessed.
Even if he had a strong will, the light that gathered in the holy sword was weak. Looking at it, Kouki started to chant the spell for Limit Break.
¡°With Limit Break¡¡±
¡°Kouki¡ listen to me!¡±
Suzu yelled angrily. Though it¡¯s possible to regain his strength after using Limit Break ¨C the after effects would be great, and it wouldn¡¯t be easy to recover even with recovery magic ¨C and while it would most likely be able to recoverpletely with regeneration magic, it would use a considerable amount of Hajime¡¯s party magic.
Even though he was pushing ahead alone, Kouki was surrounded by allies¡ and there was no need to overwork himself.
¡°The importance of sh w, break!¡±
With her sword drawing skill, Shizuku raced through the air while firing a de of wind that cut the demon stone and the frost eagle that was transmogrifying into pieces.
A dark blue light expanded, along with a shock wave that came from the demon stone in front of Shizuku. She faced it, blocking with her sheath.
The ability of impact conversion was granted to the ck sword¡¯s sheath.
The impact was transmitted directly to the demon stone, a fissure began to form with a ¡°bikibiki¡± sound, and finally¡
¡°Ha!¡±
Goba!
It was crushedpletely, detailed splinters of dark red sparkling crystal fell to the Earth.
At the same time, therge amounts of monsters filling the hall all copsed together with a rattle, bing nothing more than lumps of ice.
¡°¡¡¡±
¡°¡¡¡±
Kouki looked at the scene dumbfounded. Though Suzu supported his shoulder, he was staring around uneasily and didn¡¯t seem to notice.
A splendid, cheerful voice rang out.
¡°Hahaha. We¡¯ve done it..! Kouki! We won!¡±
¡°Eh? Ryuutaro¡?¡±
¡°Yeah¡ how to say it¡ look at that spiraled shell. Heaven¡¯s Might look at that crater. As expected of Kouki.¡±
Thanks to the expression of his best friend who was hitting his shoulder, Kouki¡¯s obsessed expression returned to his normal one. However, Suzu who was supporting Kouki was still panicked.
¡°That¡¯s right. I, No¡ we won. To the Great Labyrinth monster.¡±
¡°Yeah, it¡¯s refreshing. After pushing on since before¡¡±
¡°Haha, certainly, for a moment it is a little refreshing.¡±
¡°Right? The day when we can catch up to Nagumo seems toe a bit closer.¡±
¡°¡ Its good if that¡¯s the case.¡±
While expressing gratitude to Suzu, whose shoulder he borrowed, Kouki stood tall by himself with a wry smile. Thanks to the brightness of Ryuutaro, his dark mood cleared up a little. However, a deep regret remained that he was not able to do it with his own power.
¡°Shizuku¡¡±
¡°? Thanks for the hard work, Kouki.¡±
Shizuku returned by jumping down to Kouki¡¯s position. Kouki smoothed over his sharp nce while panicking. Though Shizuku felt somewhat uneasy after looking at Kouki¡¯s appearance, she gave thanks for the hard work after their long awaited victory.
¡°Is that right? Apart from that, Kouki¡¯s Heaven¡¯s Might, your strongest attack, since strengthening the holy sword, was more than I imagined.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right! That¡¯s right! An amazing blow.¡±
¡°Ma¡ something like that is¡¡±
While Shizuku modestly praised the Heaven¡¯s Might that caused the crater before her eyes, making light of her own achievements, Suzu tried to dispel the desperate feeling in the air with clich¨¦d praise.
As might be expected, Kouki felt embarrassed: being praised by two girls in parting, while smiling and scratching his cheek.
A voicees from behind Kouki¡¯s party.
¡°Oo~i, though it¡¯s good to enjoy your victory, it would be good to leave soon!¡±
While looking at Hajime, who was standing on a mountain of ice showing a cool appearance without an indication he had taken on a thousand opponents, he tapped his shoulder with Donner while indicating a direction.
An advancing passage seemed to have appeared in the wall where the Frost Turtle hade from.
While Kouki¡¯s party nodded to each other, they headed over to Hajime, who released Aerodynamic.
¡°Grats. You seem to be able to fight without any trouble against the Great Labyrinth monster.¡±
For Hajime that expressed rare words of praise, a look that seemed like it was observing a rare animal was turned towards Kouki. Do biting wordse from such a nce? Shizuku answered with a panic towards Hajime who gave such a look.
¡°Yes¡ thank you. Thanks for the power of these artifacts.¡±
¡°Well¡ you seemed to have mastered them well. Although, I wasn¡¯t worried since we¡¯re fighting as a group, anyway.¡±
¡°Yeah? While you might think it was trivial, the precision firing I saw Nagumo use sent shivers up my back.¡±
¡°¡ When death approaches ¨C a person can do the unexpected.¡±
To the faraway look in Hajime¡¯s eyes while recalling the past¡. Shizuku expressed a smile while thinking about his reliability.
¡°As far as that goes¡ Nagumo. Did we pass?¡±
Irritated, Kouki diverted the conversation between Hajime and Shizuku.
¡°N? Ah, to say were your efforts epted?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right.¡±
¡°It should be alright, given the concept of this Great Labyrinth.¡±
¡°In what way¡¡±
Kouki inclined his neck to the previousment. Hajime turned his eyes to Tio, seeking her confirmation. Tio, who opened her mouth, expressed her full approval.
¡°With infinity reproducing monsters, with the ability to freeze you to death, and a master-ss monster built like a fortress, it was certainly troublesome. However, if you fight only a strong monster, isn¡¯t that the same as Orcus? The concept isn¡¯t clear for the Ice and Snow Cave.¡±
¡°Though all of us knocked down at least three digits worth of monsters.¡±
¡°Because there were over a thousand monsters to overwhelm us, I don¡¯t think we failed.¡±
¡°¡ Nn, without question.¡±
Hajime¡¯s group said one after another, calm andposed as those who had the most experience in greatbyrinth clearingpared to Kouki¡¯s party.
While thinking such differences were being shown off, the dark and unpleasant feelings once again swirled in Kouki¡¯s heart while he showed a consenting face.
Shizuku, who was worried about Kouki¡¯s appearance, left it forter, since Hajime was urging them forward.
And again¡ they went forward into the passage enclosed withrge ice walls.
After walking for thirty minutes, as thest light was seen at the tip of the passage¡ the extended maze was vast, like a joke.
Chapter 139
Chapter 139
Spreading out below them was a vast maze.
It was vast maze inside a greatbyrinth. That was the scene they were now looking at from the exit of the passage.
The walls overhead formed a vault. The maze could easily be confused with an athletic park if not for its sheer size. Based only on what they could see, the maze was at least 1 kilometer deep. They couldn¡¯t see anything farther because of the snowfall, but since the width of the maze seemed to be at least 10 kilometers, it could be guessed that the depth wouldn¡¯t be any less.
From the exit of the passage where they were currently standing, there were stairs leading down to the maze. At the end of the stairs stood an arch-shaped entrance to the maze. It seemed that after entering the maze, getting to the exit would be the second trial of the greatbyrinth.
¡°What, do we have to pass through such an insanely huge maze? How annoying!¡±
¡°Ryuutaro, it can¡¯t be helped. This is part of the trials.¡±
¡°But still!¡±
Ryuutaro hated trivialness. While looking at the maze below, his expression distorted into one ofplete irritation. Kouki, while forcing a smile, was trying to calm him down, only to receive a dissatisfied look in return.
Then at that time, Ryuutaro suddenly grinned. It seemed he had thought of something.
¡°Oi. I just thought of something good. Now that we¡¯re in an open space, let¡¯s just fly over it!¡±
Without a word, but a with a face which seemed to say ¡°I¡¯ve got it!¡±, Ryuutaro used ¡°Aerodynamic¡± and jumped into the air.
¡°Ba, Baka! Come back!¡±
¡°Ryu, Ryuutaro-kun!¡±
Shizuku and Suzu impatiently tried to restrain Ryuutaro whose imprudence knew no bounds.
Kouki also promptly reached out to stop him but it was already toote.
It looked like Ryuutaro got a little excited at the seemingly easy way out of the trial. The muscle-headed Ryuutaro who always rushed in seemed even more careless than usual this time. Being always positive and active could be considered one of Ryuutaro¡¯s strong points, but since he often went too far, it was more of weak point in the end. And this kind of weakness is fatal in a greatbyrinth.
Hajime crossed his arms as he stared observingly at Ryuutaro¡¯s recklessness, who finally reached the overhead boundary line of the greatbyrinth.
At that moment,
Voonn!!
¡°Nuwaa!?¡±
A sound that seemed to bend the air itself resounded, the air surrounding Ryuutaro virtually shook. Immediately after, Ryuutaro¡¯s shape disappeared.
¡°Ryuutaro!?¡±
¡°Ah mou! This fool!¡±
¡°Fuue!? What do we do! Nagumo-kun, Ryuutaro-kun has disappeared!¡±
Kouki and his party frantically asked. With a face on the verge of tears, Suzu desperately asked for Hajime¡¯s help.
As for Hajime, he was concentrating on the information provided by his demon eye stone and didn¡¯t look like he was paying any attention to Suzu¡¯s plea for help. She had beenpletely ignored.
The moment the air bent, Hajime¡¯s demon eye stone sensed the action of a magical power. At the same time, Hajime picked up a magical response from the corner of his field of vision and had shifted his gaze toward its direction. At the end of his line of sight, before they knew it, a hexagonal prism of ice was hanging from the ceiling. At that very location, a simr phenomenon of air distortion had urred during which the ice prism sprouted from the ceiling, revealing the figure of Ryuutaro inside the prism.
¡°He¡¯s right there.¡±
¡°Ehh?¡±
¡°What?¡±
¡°Where!¡±
They all reacted to Hajime¡¯s answer and followed his gaze. Then they became speechless. That was because they saw their childhood friend, who had disappeared, in the ice prism, looking like a specimen would in an exhibition.
On the other hand, despite being inside the block of ice, Ryuutaro¡¯s expression had turned frantic, as though he had still retained his consciousness.
However, thinking things had suddenly taken a turn for the worse would be an overstatement. Indeed, Ryuutaro was not inside stone, but ice. It looked like he had activated ¡°Vajra¡± and was trying his best to free himself. However, he seemed unable to move, and he was in pain with every breath he took.
Moreover, as if to make sure the trespasser was properly dealt with, countless icicles with sharp edges had grown from the surrounding ceiling.
¡°This, This is bad¡¡±
¡°This pattern, it¡¯s unmistakably¡¡±
¡°Awawa, I have to deploy a barrier right now.¡±
Naturally, they were instantly able to guess who the icicles which had appeared were pointing at, and their faces turned pale.
A panicked Suzu was trying to deploy a barrier to protect him, but since the ceiling was 500 meters above their heads, it was hard to deploy it at the right coordinates immediately. This is why deploying a barrier on her current position andunching it towards Ryuutaro might be the best way to go about it. However, would it make it in time?
¡°U~n, even with a barrier it seems he would die from suffocation sooner orter¡ Why would there be a need for drilling icicles to begin with?¡±
¡°Can¡¯t you lend a hand without analyzing things so calmly!?¡±
Shizuku retorted with a face on the verge of tears while Hajime simply tilted his neck in response.
Hajime was thinking that the icicles were some kind of guarantee in case Ryuutaro somehow managed to escape, and that they wouldn¡¯t attack immediately if left alone. He nned to share his conjecture with the others, but it seemed Shizuku and the others were feeling really uneasy about theirrade¡¯s predicament.
Hajime shrugged his shoulders in response to Shizuku and turned his gaze toward Yue and Kaori. They both gave a small nod, showing they had understood Hajime¡¯s intentions. Rather, taking into ount the speed with which the spell was cast, it looked like Yue had guessed Hajime¡¯s request before he could even shift his gaze to her.
¡°Field Pierce.¡±
¡°Mou, it can¡¯t be helped, because Ryuutaro-kun¡¯s bad habit never changes no matter how much time passes¡¡±
The space before Kaori¡¯s eyes opened and a transfer gate appeared. The opposite gate¡¯s light shone from the side of the ice prism which entrapped Ryuutaro.
With a wry smile, Kaori deployed her silver wings and fired arge number of silver feathers through the gate.
After crossing the gate and fluttering around Ryuutaro¡¯s surroundings, the silver feathers clung to the ice prism and started dposing it effortlessly.
Seeing the prey escaping, as if making a judgment of their own, the countless icicles which had sprouted from the surrounding ceiling finally started shooting towards Ryuutaro.
Nevertheless, the prism which was covered with feathers like a cocoon was in itself a protective wall due to the dposition effect of the feathers. Consequently, the group of icicles which was fired from the ceiling like the projectiles of a Gatling gun turned into mist as it met the silver feathers, leaving not even the trace of a single ice shard, and was carried away with the wind.
¡°Kaori, while you¡¯re at it, you carry out his punishment. Dpose this fool¡¯s groin.¡±
While Kouki and the others were breathing a sigh of relief after seeing Ryuutaro saved by the silver feathers of a Kaori whose body was suited for both offense and defense, Hajime spat out these merciless words. Kouki¡¯s mouth was pping open and closed with a face saying ¡°what a scary punishment!¡±
¡°Gr, Groin¡ There¡¯s no way I can do such a thing! Ha, Hajime-kun, no hi!¡±
To a Kaori who had been thrown into panic due to her misinterpretation of Hajime¡¯s words, Yue added more fuel to the fire with a cold look.
¡°¡ What exactly is hi in dposing a fool¡¯s groin? Kaori, you react too much to the word ¡®Groin¡¯, you pervert.¡± (En: *Delete¡¯s his groin dposition sadism fanfic.*)
¡°N, No! Yue! To do that I have to touch his groin with my silver feathers right? Isn¡¯t that the same thing as indirectly telling me to touch Ryuutaro-kun¡¯s groin! That¡¯s hi!¡±
¡°No matter what you say, that doesn¡¯t change the fact that you overreacted to the word ¡®Groin¡¯ and your face turned red. You pervert.¡±
¡°Yue just wants to make me look like a pervert right!? I, I am not someone who has any interest in things like groins!¡±
¡°Ho¡ Does that statement also apply to Hajime¡¯s groin?¡±
¡°!? Th, That¡¯s, how to say it¡, I just, I just a little, Umm¡¡±
¡°¡ Nn. As I thought, you pervert. You groin master.¡±
¡°How mean! No matter how you look at it that title is just too cruel! Hajime-kun, I truly don¡¯t have any excessive interest in groins! I swear!¡±
¡°Aa~ Nn. I got it. It¡¯s my fault for starting this conversation to begin with. Now, you two, stop repeatedly talking about groins. Look, Amanogawa doesn¡¯t look like he can take it any longer. Taniguchi looks about to breathe fire. Yaegashi looks like a mother seeing off her grown-up daughter.¡±
Being told so by an amazed Hajime, Kaori turned towards Kouki and the others. Indeed, they seemed to be exactly in the state Hajime described.
Kouki, with a face saying ¡°Where did that pure and innocent Kaori I know go?¡±, had turned his head away to escape from reality and his gaze was wandering in circles. Suzu, while making a red face, was muttering ¡°Adult, Adult ¡¡±.
And then Shizuku, while looking a little lonely somewhere inside, was looking at Kaori with an affectionate face, like the face of a mother rejoicing at the growth of her daughter.
Kaori shivered. At this rate, she was going to be thought of as a pervert excessively interested in groins by her childhood friends.
She panicked and took a step forward to exin herself. At that moment,
¡°Kyaaaaaaaaaaa!! It hurrrrrts!!¡±
A shriek came from above. It was Ryuutaro¡¯s voice. Startled, they all looked above. There was no longer the sweeping fire of icicles. Instead, all they caught sight of was the shining silver cocoon. Then they could guess why Ryuutaro was screaming. Ryuutaro vigorously gave Kaori a look implying ¡°Idiot¡±.
¡°Ehh? Ah! Ryu, Ryutaro-kun, I¡¯m sorry!!¡±
Kaori hurriedly undid the cocoon of silver feathers.
Inside, Ryuurato¡¯s worn-out face appeared, his eyes rolling back in his head.
The prism had been dposed a while ago. Kaori who was busy trying toe up with a justification hadpletely forgotten to cancel the spell. As a result, Ryuutaro who was inside had started dposing as well.
Ryuutaro, devoid of any power, started free falling to the ground. Suzu created a light web to receive him and then brought him to their current location.
No one wanted to look at Ryuutaro whose clothes had been tattered. When Ryuutaro¡¯s nude muscr half was exposed, everyone averted their eyes in a different direction.
Hajime sent a gaze to Kouki and the others who had averted their eyes implying ¡°Amenogawa, you guys are supposed to be close friends right¡¡¡± but Kouki kept his gaze away from Ryuutaro and started surveying the surroundings unnaturally as if looking out for any sign of danger.
Ryuutaro¡¯sher region seemed safe, but its surrounding clothes were gone. Close friends or not, it couldn¡¯t be helped that they had all averted their eyes.
His eyes were rolled back in his head and he was in a tattered state. This day would be known as the day the 17-year-old¡¯s groin was exposed publicly. This day would undoubtedly remain a part of Ryuutaro¡¯s dark past forever.
With all her strength, Kaori closed her eyes while keeping her gaze away, using reproduction magic to lend the forsaken Ryuutaro a hand.
¡°¡.. Kaori, you¡¯re a cruel person. Ripping his clothes at that ce.¡±
¡°That was the result of your being mean and distracting me earlier!¡±
¡°¡.. Nn. Shifting the responsibility to someone else is bad. Now take responsibility and heal him without looking away.¡±
¡°No, No way! There¡¯s nothing to see! I don¡¯t want to see anything besides Hajime¡¯s!¡±
¡°As a master healer, you can¡¯t do things that way. Now, look properly. And burn it into your memory, the groin of another person than Hajime, that is.¡±
¡°Nooo! Stop it! Stop pushing me! Don¡¯t force me into a sexual rtionship I don¡¯t want!¡±
While Kaori was forcefully helping Ryuutaro, Yue used just the right amount of wind magic to try to open Kaori¡¯s eyes. Pinpointing the exact location of her eyes, in addition to possessing a good amount of power, and on top of that, being harmless to Kaori. This was truly a feat only possible for Yue who deserved nothing less than the title of genius.
¡°Yue-san and Kaori-san, somehow, they seem to get along well.¡±
¡°Well, I get the feeling Yue likes teasing Kaori but¡. yeah they seem rather yful don¡¯t they?¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t this more or less a form of friendship? Always quarrelling and so on¡..¡±
(TN: For better or worse, this is where Tingle¡¯s trantion ends, and my/Southbounds begins)
Hajime smiled at the sight of the childish fight between Yue and Kaori. It was different from the rtionship Yue and Shia shared. Hajime was extremely pleased that Yue exhibited such a happy mood.
When they y, rather than acting the part of an older sister as she would with Shia, she talked to Kaori more like a friend. The gap in childish behavior from Yue caused Hajime to hold back more than usual, and if asked, he would say things were fine because of Yue.
Ryuutaro¡¯s darkest moment was turned into a punishment game for his childhood friend by none other than the woman he fell in love with at first sight¡
¡°¡ It¡¯s be enough punishment.¡±
¡°It is terrible¡¡±
¡°Ryuutaro¡ I¡¯m sorry, I am powerless.¡±
To the nearly unconscious Ryuutaro, Kouki gave a sympathetic expression¡ even thought he was still averting his gaze.
Five minutester, after he had regained his consciousness and clothing, Ryuutaro gave an apology for acting rashly, which received lukewarm nces.
While Ryuutaro was trying to figure out what happened, Kouki tried to subtly deceive him with some polite fiction. However, because Hajime smirked andughed at him, he had dark clouds hanging from his back, unlike his usual cheerful self.
Kouki desperately tried to calm Ryuutaro down while ncing back at Hajime and the rest as they started descending the staircase.
¡°Yue, just to be sure, is there any way we can fly over and skip this maze?¡±
¡°¡ Difficult, because I am not skilled enough yet, the mana consumption would be too high to continue with.¡±
¡°Oh well, figure as much. Looks like we need to take the maze head on.¡±
Hajime pulled out Sgen (Tn: again, his rifle), and aimed it at the edge of ice wall. After hearing the shot, everyone looked at the wall in surprise.
The ice wall wasn¡¯t too thick to be broken with Scgen or Orkan.
However, as Hajime had expected, after the red spark pierced the wall, the surrounding ice around the hole restored it in no time. The restoration speed was even faster than the monsters from before.
¡°¡ Looks like it¡¯s impossible to just break down the wall to quickly reach the goal after all.¡± Hajime muttered.
While watching for any counter attacks from the maze, he took out hispass with one hand. While the others looked at him in amazement, especially after what just happened to Ryuutaro, he ignored them.
¡°Next, let¡¯s see if this guy works properly in the maze¡¡±
Although everyone tensed when Hajime walked through the archway entrance to the maze¡ Hajime just watched thepass in his hand without any particr worry.
Right at the entrance was a reversed T-Junction that led to the right and left. Thepass needle shown slightly, pointing them to the right passage.
¡°Fumu, looks like it doesn¡¯t have any problem in the maze?¡±
¡°Ah. The maze won¡¯t be a maze, thanks to this.¡±
Hajime smiled wryly at Tio¡¯s affirmation as she followed him and passed through the arch. He was thinking he wished he had it during the Raisen Great Labyrinth.
¡°Uu, Meredi would have been no problem with this.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Maybe that¡¯s why they entrusted it to Haltina.¡±
While Shia responded with a sulk and ducked through the entrance, Yue and she reached the same conclusion as Hajime, that thepass was likely left in the Sea of Trees for that very reason.
Hajime patted each of them on the shoulder lightly, offeringfort. The three of them looked at each other with bitter smiles.
With an expression of disappointment at not being able to share those memories, Kaori and Tio shared a nce. After a background nce, the group moved onward.
With a width and length of ten kilometers, how long would such a maze take to clear normally? You would have to search in the cold that made you want to cry. It¡¯d take incredible willpower.
¡°There¡¯s¡ quite a sense of oppression.¡±
¡°Yeah. Because everyone¡¯s appearance reflects from the walls, like a mirror house.¡±
Suzu was looking uneasily at the ten meter high Shizuku who was reflected on the icy walls.
¡°Because they came out of the walls earlier¡ is that the idea?¡±
¡°Likely. It¡¯s a huge maze where you wonder around aimlessly. If or when a monster appears might be quite deadly.¡±
¡°¡ Nn, but there¡¯s no problem.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right, because we have Hajime¡¯s Magic Eye and its perception abilities. Also, my rabbit ears won¡¯t miss the sound of a surprise attack either.¡±
Shia was especially bright and confident. It was emphasized loudly when she struck the melons on her chest with a ¡°ton¡± noise. Shizuku and Suzu¡¯s morale took a hit, however Kouki and Ryuutaro were boosted after a quick nce as proof.
Of course, Hajime was giving them a re. After bing aware and admitting his feelings for Shia, he reacted to such gestures towards Shia.
¡°¡ Hajime?¡±
¡°*Cough* Ummm¡ The next turn is left, right?¡±
Giving a gentle look, Kaori tried to change the subject with a cough. Hajime looked at thepass awkwardly.
After seeing Hajime¡¯s reaction, Shia covered her chest with her arms while her cheeks blushed her body wiggled.
¡°Really Hajime, what are you saying? You want to y with my chest again? Please pardon me that teasing smile¡ Well, that¡¯s not to say it wasn¡¯t amazing, and I¡¯d love to do it again. But right now is no good! If you do it now, I will faint again and we won¡¯t be able to finish the walk through-¡±
To Shia¡¯s confession, everyone turned their face to Hajime with an expression that said ¡°what on earth did you do.¡± mixed with shivering, shame, and envy. Hajime pretended not to notice and used his right to remain silent.
¡°¡ Hajime¡ What was done to Shia during her first time?¡ Hajime wild beast?¡±
¡°If I¡¯m a wild beast, Yue is a beast trainer. Although I endure and counterattack.¡±
While listening to Yue and Hajime¡¯s conversation and thinking ¡°it¡¯s THAT, isn¡¯t it?¡±, it could be said their experience was piling up, and the stairs to adulthood was climbed considerably.
Everyone was behaving suspiciously, at a loss on whether they should be listening to this conversation or not, when Hajime suddenly halted.
And, slipping out Donner high speed without looking back, he shot.
Dopan!!
The released bullet pass overhead of the blushing and panicking Suzu and crushed the arm with ws that was growing soundlessly from the wall.
¡°¡!?¡±
Thanks to her small height, only a few hairs were lost. She lost her voice as the red sh passed by, experiencing the full power that was released from it.
¡°Coming, right and left wall.¡±
Hajim reported a warning while ignoring the strangled noisesing from Suzu. His appearance was someone already switchedpletely to battle mode.
From the surrounding walls, fingers with ws, bones, and sinew, an ice statue like an armored Bullet beetle appeared.
¡°GuoOOO!¡± X5
From the right and left, Frost ogres attacked. Kouki intercepted the right side while Hajime took the left.
Shizuku and Kouki¡¯s killer attacks cut a Frost Ogre in two. Ryuutaro¡¯s fist attack crushed one at the chest, and the two remaining are forced at bay by Suzu¡¯s magical barrier.
This time, the demon stone that produced them infinitely did not appear in another ce. A dark red crystal appeared inside the cut and the crushed chests. Kouki shot a blow at it.
The remainder were held in ce by Suzu and Shizuku damaging them.
Meanwhile, Kouki and Ryuutaro delivered the finishing blows on the Frost ogres that they were dealing with. It was a one sided fight.
Forgetting caution, Kouki and Ryuutaro smiled at each other, and then they heard the shout of a lovely voice¡
¡°UryaaA!¡±
Kouki, who turned around with a sudden look, saw the beautiful legs of Shia in an upward kick as she knocked five Frost ogres above them.
Though they struggled desperately, the Frost ogres didn¡¯t have the ability to fly, and crashed to the ground naturally thanks to gravity.
Shia, as she came back down, rotated elegantly and swung Doryuken with centrifugal force, hitting the frost ogre who had fallen down with perfect timing to be blown into a wall and shattered into pieces like a bomb exploding.
Shia didn¡¯t stop rotating, repeating the action with the other ogres. It appeared more like ying than actualbat.
Each Frost ogre crashed into the wall at the same exact ce, causing the wall to take considerable damage.
¡°Suzu will be nice to rabbits when we get home. It is not wise to anger them, we should be nice¡¡±
¡°Suzu¡ Ipletely understand your feelings.¡±
While trembling at the sight, Suzu muttered these statements. When they return home, she didn¡¯t want to hold the rabbits of Earth in fear.
¡°They¡¯re not that strong. The surprise attack from anyone¡ well, it¡¯s okay if we take note.¡±
Yue nodded slightly at what Hajime said, and Shizuku and her party were half smiling, because they were an enemy they wouldn¡¯t have a problem with if they were cooperating.
Afterwards, they encountered various traps. Ice spikes came from the walls; ice walls copsed. Demons appeared from the walls for the next twelve hours as they explored thebyrinth maze.
While it wasn¡¯t extremely challenging, the continuous and monotonus scenery caused Kouki and the rest¡¯s attention to wander.
¡°Really, though we¡¯ve walked and walked, Nagumo, how much further?¡±
Shizuku asked with a voiceced in exhaustion to Hajime¡¯s party, who seemed to be alright.
¡°Hmm? Because we¡¯re in a maze, the straight line distance won¡¯t be urate. We seem to be about two kilometers from the entrance.¡±
¡°Is that so?¡±
¡°Oh dear¡ let¡¯s take a rest a little if there is a suitable ce.¡±
¡°Fufu¡ thank you.¡±
While looking at the state of Shizuku¡¯spanions, Hajime said while shrugging his shoulders. This caused her to smile broadly and got psyched up without noticing. However, Hajime¡¯s harem and Ryu noticed.
A whileter they encountered arge double door, of which thepass indicated they needed to pass through.
¡°This is a spectacr door, too.¡±
¡°¡ Nn, Pretty.¡±
Looking up at the huge doors, they could see it wasn¡¯t just made of ice. It was carved with flowers, thorns and roses, with arge round hole that took up about the fourth of the door within the design.
Hajime, for the time being, tried using the full power of his body against the door; however, as he had suspected, therge double doors did not budge at all.
¡°As I thought, the door won¡¯t open until we find whatever goes into that cavity. Really, how troublesome.¡±
Hajime frowned, and the other members showed unpleasant expressions. It had already been more than fifteen hours since they had entered, and Kouki¡¯s group were showing faces that were quickly growing tired.
¡°¡ Hajime. For now¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. For now, let¡¯s set up to rest.¡±
Kouki¡¯s group gave out a relieved expression and let out sighs at Hajime¡¯s word. Obviously, their mental exhaustion had gathered considerably.
¡°You, stop going near the walls. It¡¯s likely they¡¯ll make a surprise attack, soe to the center if you¡¯re going to take a rest.¡±
With that, Hajime stopped fifty meters away, took out arge tent from his Treasure Warehouse. While it wouldn¡¯t stop a surprise attack, it would provide shelter.
With surprise, Kouki and party entered into the tent that had appeared suddenly before their eyes, seeing a space of about ten tatami mats inside.
¡°¡ This is a kotatsu (Tn: heated table)¡±
¡°Waa¡ a soft and warm carpet¡¡±
¡°Neither snow nor wind enter here. Is this a magical barrier¡? It¡¯s a good temperature in this room.¡±
¡°No, it¡¯s seriouslyfortable! As expected of Nagumo.¡±
Shizuku said with an amazed expression leveled at Hajime. The girls were already warming themselves in the kotatsu while Suzu crawled onto the fluffy carpet on all fours.
For the moment, it was impossible to remove their shoes within thergebyrinth. However, there¡¯s no problem keeping it clean. A fragment of crystal attached to the carpet was imbued with regeneration magic. It automatically cleaned any dirt or detritus that touched the carpet. (Tn: Only the Japanese would be concerned about their shoes dirtying a tent floor on a camping trip :P)
Exactly, a space of healing.
The group warmed themselves enthusiastically in the kotatsu with drowsy faces, except Suzu, who was already asleep lying face down. Thanks to the artifact for protection against the cold, they didn¡¯t feel it so much, but after being surrounded by ice, everyone was happy to be in a warm space.
As such, while being surrounded by each side by Yue and Shia, Hajime took out some Cross bits.
While the group looked with popped eyes, they disappeared outside to create a ring around the tent in the passage.
¡°We shouldn¡¯t be bothered with those four patrolling outside. The cross bits will give us a chance to rx.¡±
¡°¡ What¡¯s that?¡±
¡°As long as you have the credentials, they should have no problems.¡±
¡°But do they know what they¡¯re guarding?¡±
¡°The cross bits have been set to guard around the gate.¡±
To Shizuku¡¯s questioning face, and Kouki¡¯s scornful eyes, Hajime answered while inclining his head a little. Yue was at his side, cing a hand on his face.
¡°¡ Not tired?¡±
¡°This tent has a recovery function.¡± (TN: Is that how he made Shia lose consciousness? Giggity)
Hajime smiled while Yue¡¯s hand softly stroked his face gently while fluttering heart marks drifted between the two of them.
And, at that time, two rabbit ears touched Hajime¡¯s neck, drawing his attention to Shia. Shia drew her cheek near Hajime¡¯s shoulder with moistened upturned eyes that said ¡°care for me too?¡±.
Hajime drew an arm around Shia¡¯s waist and drew her close firmly. Doubling the heart marks going out. A pink space poured out, and you could almost swear the room temperature was increasing somehow.
While watching Tio and Kaori, who were slowly approaching them, Suzu muttered while on her own.
¡°¡ It seems that this space doesn¡¯t heal a lonely heart.¡±
Kouki and the others agreed whole heartily.
Chapter 140
Chapter 140
Whispering voice
Howa, Howa, Fuwa, Fuwa.
Surely, if there were sounds to describe the current situation, it ought to be those words. Among the seven greatbyrinths, there was abyrinth called the ice and snow cave. And inside thatbyrinth was a gigantic maze in which there was a sealed door before whichid a tent. The mood inside the tent had be a pink space.
¡°¡ Hajime. Aaa¡n.¡±
¡°Nn. Aaa¡n¡Mmn. It¡¯s good. As expected, the best thing to eat while using akotatsuis stew.¡±
¡°Hajime-san, have some of mine too. Aaa¡n.¡±
¡°Aaa¡n¡ Mmn. Anyway, Shia, your cooking skills are improving every day, you will make a great wife.¡±
¡°Je-Jeez, Hajime-san! Such a thing! To say that I¡¯m extremely cute, and on top of that, I would make a lovely wife from whom you wouldn¡¯t want to be away for even a moment! You¡¯re making me blush-!¡±
¡°Hajime, what about me?¡±
¡°Nn? Isn¡¯t that obvious? You will be the best wife in the world.¡±
¡°Nn¡ I will also do my best to learn how to cook.¡±
¡°Fufufu, Yue-san, let¡¯s study together and make Hajime¡¯s favorite dishes.¡±
While ¡°Aaa¡n¡± feeding Hajime, Yue and Shia, who were sitting on both sides of Hajime, were having a conversation from which no one could imagine they were inside one of the world¡¯s greatbyrinths.
There was stew on top of the kotatsu. That was seafood stew prepared by Shia, the smell of which tickled every nose in the vicinity. The ingredients had been acquired at the maritime town Erisen, frozen and stored inside the treasure warehouse.
Shia, with splendid knife-handling skills, had prepared the seafood along with various vegetables and seasoned the whole mix exquisitely. The sauce which looked like Ponzu (TL: citrus-based sauce, source wiki) was also neatly done and truly wonderful. Because her housework was also perfect, Hajime¡¯s praise of Shia being a great wife was no overstatement.
Nevertheless, Shia was over interpreting. Hajime who had be tolerant towards Shia¡¯s attitude didn¡¯t particrly mind nor snap her out of it.
Then, as Yue was lightly tugging at his sleeve while asking ¡®Will I be a good wife?¡¯ with the expression of a lover, Hajime could of course not disagree, especially when she wore a gentle smile and disyed such a willingness to train hard to learn homemaking.
¡°Ne, Nee, Hajime-kun? What about me? Housework and cooking are also two of my strong points you know? I¡¯ll make plenty of delicious dishes for my husband and properly wee him every day, you know?¡±
¡°Goshujin-sama, Mistress also thinks she will be a good wife, you know? As you know, Mistress is a ¡®devoted wife¡¯. She guarantees she will make Goshujin-sama feel satisfied every day! Right? So, please also give this mistress some words of praise.¡±
Hajime, Yue and Shia¡¯s pink space was interrupted by Kaori and Tio¡¯s impatience. Clinging to Hajime from behind, they were begging with a sweet tone for the same words he said to Yue and Shia.
¡°¡ Maa, since originally Kaori was always monopolizing the first ce of the ¡®I want to date her¡¯ and ¡®I want to marry her¡¯ category rankings at school, isn¡¯t she already a charming wife?¡±
¡°Mouu! Not that. I¡¯m not asking about the general opinion, but Hajime-san¡¯s!¡±
¡°¡ Kaori. Why are you hurting yourself?¡±
¡°Yu-Yue!? What do you mean!?¡±
¡°¡ You¡¯ve alreadye to understand. You¡¯re still five, no, six years too soon.¡±
¡°Concrete numbers, huh! Uu, the path might be rugged, but I won¡¯t lose!¡±
Yue answered in ce of the evasive Hajime. With teary eyes, Kaori clenched her fists and renewed her determination. In truth, seeing how Kaori was not discouraged, Hajime¡¯s heart softened, but he kept it secret for now.
¡°Umm, Goshujin-sama?¡±
Tio, with tearful eyes, was pressing for an answer. Two splendid watermelons were heavily riding on Hajime¡¯s head, stroking him. She was obviously doing it on purpose.
¡°¡ You said ¡®As you know¡¯. But let¡¯s see you state concretely the contents of the ¡®devotion¡¯ you speak of.¡±
¡°Mu? Isn¡¯t that obvious? Of course, every day, be it morning, day or night, I will do ¡®this¨C¡® and ¡®that¨C¡® to Goshujin-sama, and then I will do ¡®that¨C¡® and ¡®this¨C¡® again. Then, Goshujin-sama will do ¡°this¨C¡± to reward me right? That¡¯s why I will return the favor by doing ¡°that¨C¡°. Ah, I feel relieved. Doing ¡°this¨C¡± and ¡°that¨C¡± properly, then ¡°that¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± Ababababababababa-!?¡±
¡°¡ You worthless dragon. You will be the only one I leave behind in this world.¡±
¡°Tio-san, restrain yourself a little¡¡±
In response to Tio who was shamelessly continuing her indecent talk thoroughly, an ¡®Abababa¡¯ sound caused by Hajime¡¯s ¡®Lightning d¡¯ interrupted Tio¡¯s speech.
With a ¡®PikuPiku¡¯ sound, Tio kept convulsing without getting up. The lightning seemed really effective. Even Shia was stunned at the appearance of such a Tio.
However, since ¡®I will leave you behind¡¯ was meant as threatening words, it could be quite naturally assumed he was nning on taking her along as well.
The fact that Tio was standing close to Hajime was obviously the proof she was spontaneously asking Hajime¡¯s permission to be by his side.
Kouki and the others were sitting on a kotatsu on the opposite side, silently pecking at their stew while trying their best to ignore the ongoing scene. However, barely able to put up with the irresponsible and irritating scene, their chopsticks were continuously shaking in frustration.
¡°Kouki¡ even though I thought I had gotten used to this kind ofmotion¡¡±
¡°Don¡¯t talk about that, Ryuutaro, my mind can¡¯t take it anymore¡¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t it a good thing? Objectively seeing how we used to be?¡±
¡°Used to be? Could it be you are actually angry at¡? No, forget it.¡±
Kouki was ncing at Hajime and Kaori with an extremelyplicated expression and speaking in a low voice with Ryuutaro whose face showed deep annoyance. Strangely, the usually sarcastic Shizuku remained quiet, roughly snatching fish from the stew. She would gaze at Hajime from time to time, obviously irritated. Suzu, who had brought up the topic, shrank back spontaneously each time she was remembered of the fuss.
And, at that moment, Hajime set down his chopsticks (which he was barely using because of being ¡®Aaa¡n¡¯ed all the time) and took out a shiny gray metal te from his pocket. It had an uneven sharp tip and a magic square engraved on it. It was a ¡®gate key¡¯ which connected space.
Hajime suddenly turned back and projected the key. It was connected to the cross bits he had sent looking for the key to open the sealed door that prevented them from proceeding further. At the center of the te which had stuck into space, a gate opened. On the other side of the gate was a gem-like object emitting yellow light from a pedestal in a room surrounded by ice walls.
Furthermore, there was one more thing.
¡°GuruaAAAAAAA!!!¡±
From the other side of the gem, there was also the form of a five-meter tall furious-looking frost ogre approaching.
¡°Bufu!?¡± X4
Kouki and the others who were seated at the kotatsu and pecking at their stew all simultaneously spewed it out. At any rate, their meal was interrupted by a war cry and they were suddenly being approached by an ogre clearly on a different level than the ogres they had confronted so far. It was pointless to tell them not to panic.
However, Hajime didn¡¯t particrly panic and extended his hand through the gate, picked up the yellow gem. In exchange, he simply extracted a metal ball about twice as big as a basketball from his treasure warehouse. A ¡®Bachi¡¯ sound resounded as he instantly poured electricity inside, after which he casually threw the ball through the gate as if throwing trash away.
Then, he immediately turned the key, closing the gate, and retrieving it.
Immediately thereafter,
ZudoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!
From a distant ce, the sound of a ridiculously powerful explosion reverberated as the air started vibrating.
Hajime sat down and picked up his chopsticks as if nothing had particrly happened. The gem d in yellow light on top of the table was proof that this series of unbelievable events took ce in their reality.
¡°¡ Hajime. Aaa~n.¡±
¡°Hajime-san, Aaa~n desu.¡±
And, as expected, Yue and Shia also resumed the ¡®Aaa~n¡¯ as if nothing had happened. Kouki and the others who had been dripping cold sweat snapped back to reality and simultaneously opened their mouths.
¡°No, no, no, no, there¡¯s definitely something not right, right!?!?¡± X4
¡°Nn?¡±
Hajime, whose mouth was being stuffed with fresh seafood by Kaori and Tio who entered the feedingpetition, tilted his head as if to say ¡®what¡¯s wrong?¡¯.
With an expression not hiding his irritation towards Hajime¡¯s behavior, Kouki inquired.
¡°Nagumo. What was that earlier?¡±
¡°Earlier you say¡ But you were looking, weren¡¯t you?¡±
¡°I was! But not that! I¡¯m talking about what you did!¡±
¡°What I did¡ you ask strange things. It¡¯s just as you saw, right?¡±
Hajime gave Kouki a gaze questioning his sanity after Kouki raised his voice. Not having obtained the response he was seeking, Kouki looked ready to flip the table over in anger at any moment.
Shizuku came to the emotionally unstable Kouki while rubbing her forehead as if putting up with a headache and tried to exin the ¡®as you saw¡¯ part to Kouki.
¡°In short, Nagumo-kun found this yellow gem you can see with his cross bits, and retrieved it using ¡®gate¡¯. It¡¯s likely that the moment the cross bits intruded the ce where the gem used to be, some monster supposed to be its guardian or something reacted angrily, before being killed by the bomb Nagumo-kun tossed away through the gate¡. or so I guess.¡±
¡°Ah. It¡¯spletely as you say. Just like what you saw, right?¡±
¡°That¡¯s what I¡¯m saying! Isn¡¯t there something wrong with this! You normally don¡¯t just go around directly confronting a guardian keeping the dungeon¡¯s treasure, defeating it, and retrieving the prize like that!¡±
Kouki was honestly saying something trivial.
¡°No, isn¡¯t it better to collect them easily like this? It would be a bother to be busy chasing after each one of the four keys ourselves, right?¡±
¡°Th-That may be so. But if we don¡¯t follow the rules, will our progress be acknowledged by thebyrinth¡¡±
¡°Once or twice should be alright. We did take a considerable shortcut at the Great Volcano, and our capture was acknowledged with no problem after all. It should be fine if Yue¡¯s group and Amanogawa¡¯s group respectively defeat the guardians of the two remaining keys and retrieve them. I¡¯ll map a route for you.¡±
¡°Uu¡ Is the difficulty alright? It¡¯s the capture of a greatbyrinth after all?¡±
¡°Kouki¡ Stop thinking too deeply about Nagumo. You don¡¯t want stomach pain at that age.¡±
Kouki was holding his head between his hands. Ryuutaro patted his shoulders with an expression of sympathy.
¡°That¡¯s right. Nagumo-kun is the walking embodiment of irrationality. There¡¯s nothing to be surprised about.¡±
¡°Shizu, Shizu¡¡ When Suzu thinks about Guardian-san, she bes excessively sad for some reason. If another Guardian-san is dragged out by Nagumo-kun, I think things will definitely look bad. So let¡¯s work hard to preserve our sanity?¡±
Ryuutaro approved the advice a sad-looking Suzu had given Shizuku as Suzu was gulping down fish and turned to her in turn.
¡°It seems it would also be difficult for me to have the mon sense¡¯ I have conceived so far be damaged any further by Hajime. I have to agree with Suzu¡¯s suggestion.¡±
Kouki and his group had satisfied their hunger and were pecking at thest remnants of their food when the sound of a second explosion reverberated through the greatbyrinth.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
¡°I wonder if Shizuku-chan and the others are fine¡¡±
Kaori¡¯s worried voice echoed.
They were before the two sealed doors.
Three gems had already been put into the door¡¯s corresponding sockets. Of the three, aside from two gems Hajime had obtained effortlessly, the other had been brought by Yue¡¯s team, who had easily defeated the gem¡¯s guardian and seized its key, which was to be expected given their ability.
Only one key was remaining, thest gem. It was the gem Kouki¡¯s team headed to while being guided by one of Hajime¡¯s Cross bits. As a result of splitting into two groups, Kaori had grown anxious, wondering if Kouki¡¯s team would be able to defeat thest gem¡¯s guardian safely.
¡°Looks like there¡¯s no problem. They had a hard fight, but it looks like they managed to bring it down. They don¡¯t have any severe injuries. At some point, it did seem like Ryuutaro had frostbite but it was immediately healed.¡±
¡°Thank god.¡±
Kaori breathed a sigh of relief after hearing the information conveyed through the cross bits.
Hajime moved the cross bit standing before Kouki¡¯s team who were finished with their battle and had retrieved thest key. At the same time, using ¡®gate key¡¯, Hajime connected the space between their location and the cross bit. Space softly distorted, and the appearance of Kouki and the others who had a strangely refreshed expression could be seen on the other side.
¡°Somehow, you guys look happy¡¡±
¡°Umu. They are most likely relieved to have been able to properly pass the maze¡¯s trial.¡±
Shia was tilting her head pondering the reason for their happy faces when Tio answered her question with a seemingly pleasant expression. She was right on the mark.
Kouki, who was holding the gem in his hand, passed through the gate, went past Shia¡¯s group and headed towards the sealed doors. There, he inserted the gem into thest socket.
Immediately after, the thorny shrub on the door was covered in light. The gems started to shine brightly in all their splendor. Then, the gate¡¯s impressive doors began opening on their own.
At a nce, the passage starting from the entrance of the gate looked no different from thebyrinth¡¯s passages so far. If anything was different, it seemed to be the bright reflection of the ice walls. Hajime and the others¡¯ figures were vividly reflected.
¡°Well then, let¡¯s go.¡±
Following Hajime¡¯s order, everyone simultaneously stepped through the door. The sight before them, sure enough, gave off the feeling of a mirror house. The ice acted just like mirrors. The bright light was reflected endlessly. Indeed, the ice walls on both sides of the passage acted like opposite mirrors, and Hajime¡¯s party was reflected a countless number of times.
Aside from the ceiling hidden by a spray of snow, it looked really like an endless corridor. The intense reflectivity of the ice made it clear it was no simple ice. If not for the chilling cold it radiated, it could maybe even be mistaken for a mirror.
A ¡®Kotsu, Kotsu¡¯ sound echoed along with the footsteps of Hajime¡¯s party as they proceeded. Not only light, sounds also seemed to reverberate.
¡°¡ Somehow it feels like we¡¯ve been sucked into something.¡±
Yue muttered while walking by Hajime¡¯s side and looking at their reflections in the walls.
The worlds piled up inside the ice walls repeated endlessly, the deepest parts being shrouded in darkness. Yue¡¯s words were truly right on the mark.
Hajime gently grasped Yue¡¯s hand.
¡°I won¡¯t let go of you so it¡¯s alright.¡±
¡°¡ Nn.¡±
¡°You guys, can you not stop flirting at every asion?¡±
Shizuku¡¯s reproachful eyes dug into Hajime and Yue who were exchanging smiles. However, their love had already far exceeded the maximum theoretical threshold. Such a remark didn¡¯t make them flinch.
Giving a sidelong nce to Shizuku who sighed, the group continued advancing.
They had not encountered the sign of any traps or monsters in a while and thepass was indicating that they were on the right way when Kouki suddenly halted and started looking around restlessly.
Shizuku, representing the group who grew suspicious of his behavior, inquired.
¡°Kouki? What¡¯s the matter?¡±
¡°Ah, no well, didn¡¯t you hear something just now? Something like someone¡¯s voice. Rather, a whisper like this¡¡±
¡°Wa-Wait a minute Kouki-kun, Stop. We already had our fill of this at Merujiine¡¯s Undersea Ruin.¡±
It seemed Kouki could hear someone¡¯s whisper. Since she didn¡¯t think it possible for anyone else to actually be there beside them, Kaori whose tolerance of horror was weak tightly hugged herself with both arms while raising a voice of protest.
¡°Isn¡¯t there anyone else who heard something? Shia?¡±
Hajime quietly narrowed his eyes and looked around to confirm.
¡°No. I didn¡¯t hear anything. And I sense no sign of anyone else here besides us.¡±
Shia who had closed her eyes and focused her rabbit ears answered while shaking her head negatively. The other members who also seemed not to have heard anything, in particr, all shook their heads in negation.
¡°¡ Surely, I thought I heard something¡¡±
¡°Are you sure you¡¯re not overthinking this?¡±
¡°¡ Maybe I am.¡±
Understanding he was the only one who heard it, Kouki wondered if it was his imagination as he showed a bewildered expression. A concerned Ryuutaro who disyed a facecking his usual self-confidence also agreed.
¡°¡ Shia.¡±
¡°Got it.¡±
While everyone was thinking it was Kouki¡¯s imagination, only Hajime, with a look reminding them to be careful, passed on his thought to Shia who could be relied on to search for the enemy in such circumstances. Shia also thought it was only Kouki¡¯s imagination, but since she was given a request by Hajime, she obediently nodded her head in approval. Her rabbit ears shook.
Then, they kept advancing without any problems, crossing several junctions without getting lost, until Kouki halted one more time.
This time, he shouted.
¡°Ah, again! It wasn¡¯t my imagination after all! I heard it again!¡±
¡°Ko-Kouki?¡±
Shizuki and the others turned a bewildered look to Kouki who was frantically searching for the owner of the voice.
From the gazes turned to him, Kouki guessed no one besides him had heard the voice this time as well, and raised a chaotic voice.
¡°It¡¯s true! This time, I heard it clearly! It said: ¡®Is it fine like this?¡¯!¡±
¡°No, Kouki. I didn¡¯t hear anything?¡±
¡°Shit! Who are you! Where are you! How about showing your face without sneaking around!¡±
¡°Kouki, calm down.¡±
Anxious to be the only one to hear, Kouki had turned around and let out these harsh words at the empty space. Shizuku and the others moved to try to calm him down.
¡°Shia.¡±
¡°No, me neither. I really didn¡¯t hear anything¡¡±
Hajime checked with Shia for confirmation, but it seems Shia¡¯s rabbit ears did not grasp the sound of any voice this time either.
¡°¡ Hajime. Any magical response?¡±
¡°None. It was the same with the zombies back then, it would seem the ice walls most likely have some kind of ability which conceals any magical response. The demon eye stone can¡¯t really be relied on here.¡±
¡°Fumu. There¡¯s also the possibility of having lost to the greatbyrinth¡¯s pressure and our minds having been confused¡ But still, this is too sudden. It would be more reasonable to assume we are receiving some kind of interference.¡±
¡°But Shia¡¯s ears can¡¯t hear anything, and on top of that Hajime can¡¯t sense anything. There is nothing we can do to stop it.¡±
While Hajime and the others were discussing, Kouki was desperately trying to find the owner of the voice to prove he had not gone insane. At this point, Hajime spoke to him.
¡°Amenogawa, for now, calm down.¡±
¡°¡ Nagumo, it¡¯s true. I¡¯m sure I heard it¡. ¡¡±
¡°I know. I don¡¯t intend to dismiss this issue saying it¡¯s your imagination.¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
Having gotten used to receiving harsh treatment from Hajime, Kouki¡¯s eyes started going in circles after he heard these words which seemed to indicate he believed him.
¡°We should assume we are receiving some kind of interference. If it¡¯s one of the trials of thebyrinth, then the possibility of not only you but everyone here receiving the interference is high. Currently, I can¡¯t think of a way to counter this. Everyone, be on your guard.¡±
Hajime turned a serious gaze towards the others. They exchanged nces once and nodded.
Indeed, instead of rejecting the fault on Kouki¡¯s imagination, to deny the existence of an unexinable phenomenon, it was better to word it as thebyrinth¡¯s ¡®interference¡¯. He believed Kouki¡¯s words. It wouldn¡¯t be strange for such a phenomenon to happen since they were challenging a greatbyrinth after all.
Kouki was showing a veryplicated expression, but he seemed to have calmed down for now. He was silently following behind Hajime who had resumed walking while having ominous thoughts about their images reflected in the ice walls.
And then,
¡ª¨C You did not believe
¡°Uu, again¡¡±
A whisper smoothly entered Kouki¡¯s ear one more time. But since he had given some thought to Hajime¡¯s words about a possible interference from the greatbyrinth and readied himself, he was not thrown into confusion this time.
It was hard to say if he was calm deep down, but he was now able to try to look for the origin of the voice calmly. Then, Kouki suddenly realized something.
¡°¡¡ Have I already heard this voice?¡±
Somehow he had a feeling he had already heard this voice. Shizuku and the others turned a worried look to Kouki who had tilted his head and was searching his memory.
¡°Kouki. Are you okay?¡±
¡°Ah, Yes. I¡¯m fine. I was just thinking, I may have already heard that voice somewhere¡¡¡±
¡°¡ There were monsters with the ability to mimic people¡¯s appearance and voice at the Haltina Sea of Trees. Maybe they¡¯re imitating someone we know. Don¡¯t be deceived. If something happens, say it immediately.¡±
¡°Thank you, Shizuku. You be careful too. If Hajime is right, you might hear a voice too sooner orter.¡±
¡°Got it. I¡¯ll be careful.¡±
Kouki sensed his disordered mind had calmed down and was able to show someposure to Shizuku who was smiling faintly. He returned a smile to his childhood friend who always encouraged and supported him.
¡ª¨C You have realized, right?
However, his face immediately stiffened at the voice which once again resounded. He got unpleasant goosebumps after being unable to brush away the uneasiness dwelling in his heart born from the whispers he heard.
Kouki unintentionally turned his head towards Shizuku who was walking by his side with a face seeming to request help.
However, the look of concern he was expecting to see on his childhood friend¡¯s face was nowhere to be seen. Instead, she disyed an expression about as stiffened as the reflection of his own face in the ice walls.
¡°Shizuku¡¡.¡±
¡°¡¡Yeah. I just heard it too. It was a woman¡¯s voice. I have also heard it somewhere before. ¡®Averting your eyes again?¡¯ is what it said.¡±
¡°¡ Mine was a male voice saying ¡®You have realized, right?¡¯. It looks like the words change ording to the person who hears the voice.¡±
Kouki and Shizuku were looking at each other withplicated expressions, and next, ¡®Hyaaa!¡¯. Suzu slightly jumped with a shriek. It seems Suzu could hear it as well now.
Furthermore, Ryuutaro, who also seemed to have heard it, became confused and started looking around.
¡°What did it say to you guys?¡±
Hajime asked them about the content while looking over his shoulder.
Once he had heard everyone¡¯s description of what they heard, he was nning on putting them together to figure out the aim of the greatbyrinth.
¡°Um, Suzu heard something like Kouki. (TL: She¡¯s talking in the third person). ¡®You had really realized, right?¡¯ is what it said.¡±
¡°Ah, mine was ¡®What is there the need to hesitate for?¡¯ .¡±
Both were making a seemingly displeased expression. A difort revealed itself on their faces, the kind of feeling of someone¡¯s heart being tread upon by muddy feet.
¡°¡ That¡¯s too abstract. I feel it¡¯s too indirect to be able to seduce anyone¡¡±
Hajime tilted his head. These were no words such as ¡®Do this and that¡¯ or ¡®Go here and there¡¯ which could immediately lead people astray from their goal.
¡°You two. Had you heard that voice before?¡±
¡°Un. Now that you mention it, I feel like I had heard it somewhere¡ maybe.¡±
¡°I also have the feeling I had already heard it.¡±
They nodded to Tio in confirmation. The words whispered varied but in the end, they were all whispered by a familiar voice or so it seemed.
¡°¡ Anyway, we have to move forward.¡±
¡°Maa, that¡¯s right.¡±
They had a bad feeling, but stopping and worrying would do no good. Once they got out of the maze, maybe the whispering would stop. So, as Yue said, they should move forward for now.
After deciding to proceed forward, they came across multiple forks and kept going without getting lost. ording to the information given by thepass, there were three kilometers left in a straight line until the exit. Because they wouldn¡¯t get lost, even if they ran into traps or monsters, they could get there in not even half a day.
They hurried forward while doing their best to ignore the whisper which would be heard intermittently.
However, as time passed, the frequency of the whispers increased, and before they knew it, Hajime and his group started hearing it too.
¡ª¡ª You will be betrayed again
Yue heard. Those were toxic words which caused her to remember that she had once ced her trust in her uncle, family, and fellow retainers. ¡®Again¡¯. Yue could very well guess the meaning of these words.
¡ª¡ª You will lose them again by your own fault, you know?
The voice made Shia¡¯s rabbit ears tremble. The origin of the tragedy which took away the lives of countless of her family members was indeed Shia¡¯s own birth. It had taken root deep inside Shia¡¯s heart and caused her to have countless nightmares. The voice was constantly reminding her of their death cries. Now, she had plenty of ¡®important ones¡¯ close to her she absolutely didn¡¯t want to lose.
¡ª¡ª There is no such thing as your being epted by others
Tio heard the voice which had invaded her mind whisper to her smoothly.
Long ago, when she was inexperienced and couldn¡¯t control her power, and her family was facing persecution¡ Fire surged, the sound of an explosion shook the atmosphere, a scream and an angry roar reverberated. While she was kicking at the gathered remains of herpatriot, the surrounding eyes were staring at her with extreme fear and contempt¡
¡ª¡ª You¡¯re jealous to the point you want to kill, isn¡¯t that right?
Whispered a voice which had invaded Kaori¡¯s inner heart. Kaori unconsciously turned towards the girlfriend who was showing an air ofposure and stood at a ce Kaori couldn¡¯t reach even after swapping bodies and obtaining power. Something ck gushed out and started spreading out like ck ink spilling on a white sheet of paper.
¡°Ah. I get it. This is my own voice.¡±
Everyone who was having their consciousnesses torn apart by the whispers were taken aback by Hajime¡¯s sudden deration.
¡°¡ Hajime?¡±
Hajime answered Yue¡¯s inquiring gaze while not particrly looking bothered by the whispers.
¡°Everyone, you said you had already heard the voice whispering to you right? Same goes for me, but the voice whispering to me is my own voice. Back when I was helping my father make games, I had the opportunity to listen to my own voice many times when doing voice tests. Since if you listen to your own voice, you are bound to feel some sense of difort. It¡¯s hard to realize, but I can assure you after having listened to my own voice countless times that the voice whispering to me is my own voice.¡±
¡®Ah now that you mention it¡¡¯ was the expression starting to form on everyone¡¯s face. Your own voice you hear when you speak in everyday life tends to unexpectedly differ from your recorded voice which you listen to. Therefore, they had been unable to recognize their own voice.
¡°But, if that¡¯s true, then what the voice is saying¡¡±
¡°¡ It could be a voiceing from deep within your heart¡ maybe. Reviving various unpleasant memories.¡±
¡°¡ Right. It feels as if our mind is being invaded and trampled by muddy shoes. It¡¯s extremely unpleasant.¡±
Tio, making a guess, stated what a frowning Kaori was hesitating to say. Shia agreed. The others uniformly showed dark, grim faces.
Overall, the atmosphere could be said to be still. Shizuku, who realized this, raised her voice in an attempt to change the mood and spoke to Hajime and Yue who were looking calm andposed for some reason.
¡°Nagumo-kun and Yue don¡¯t seem to be affected very much, is that correct? Do you have some kind of countermeasure?¡±
Hajime and Yue exchanged nces. Then, Hajime wore aposed expression, while Yue showed a somewhat bewitching smile.
¡°What if I say I am just not paying particr attention to it?¡±
¡°¡ What did you hear?¡±
¡°Ah ~ something like ¡®Do you think a murderer could live such a thing as a normal life?¡¯ or ¡®There is no ce where a monster belongs, right?¡¯ or things along those lines, repeatedly. I don¡¯t think there¡¯s anything really different.¡±
¡°That¡¯s¡ referring to when we return to Japan?¡±
¡°Ah, that¡¯s right. Maa, it¡¯s also hard to say if I¡¯m human after all. Maybe I¡¯m wondering deep down if I will be able to get used to my former life again.¡±
To Hajime who was making a self-analysis quite indifferently, Kouki whose gloomy face showed more and more anguish as time passed managed to squeeze out a voice.
¡°Then, how do you manage to remain calm? You who are ready to forsake this world¡¯s inhabitants and want to return home, after being told multiple times that even if you managed to make it back, you¡¯d have no ce where you belong, how the hell can you stay so calm!¡±
Kouki demanded an exnation. He was no longer able to hold back his irritation at the end of his sentence and his voice roughened. It looks like the voice he was hearing from his heart was considerably shaking his mind.
Hajime simply shrugged his shoulders and answered.
¡°Don¡¯t lose your temper. Actually, even though I won¡¯t know the answer until I try going back, worrying about it now is pointless, right?¡±
¡°How can you be convinced so easily? It¡¯s something you can¡¯t ignore, something which enters your mind and you can¡¯t throw out, something there is nothing you can do about!¡±
Just what kind of voice did you hear? Kouki was almost yelling those words at Hajime while hiding his fury caused by hatred somewhere within him.
Hajime faced the emotionally unstable Kouki with a somewhat serious look.
¡°First, from wishing things to ¡®be your way¡¯, greed will be born. Next, to appease that greed, your heart will take a decision. Then, all that needs to be done is to carry out this decision to the end. You shouldn¡¯t be worrying about things like: ¡®Will I be able to do it or not?¡¯ but rather: ¡®What should I do to carry out this decision?¡¯¡ I have already decided. I will return to my hometown and live a normal life with Yue and the others. I will show them lots of splendid things and introduce them to my parents. I will put my life on the line for that. There is no time to worry about something as trivial as the anxiety that rose from the decision I made.¡±
¡°¡ That¡¯s absurd. Such a thing¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s not like I¡¯m asking you to understand. Maybe my way of thinking isn¡¯t very human-like.¡±
Hajime wouldn¡¯t waver no matter what he was told, no matter what was done to him. Kouki felt he saw the main points of Hajime¡¯s unwavering mind and didn¡¯t think he could understand them. However, he averted his gaze as he seemed to realize something.
Inside the delicate atmosphere, Shia¡¯s face, which was irritated due to the uneasiness caused by the whispers, was reced with a friendly smile as she started looking for Yue.
It seems that Shia was also able to easily slip away from the abusive thoughts caused by the unpleasant whispers. Her mood quickly turned from the gloomy one caused by this ce to her usual innocent one.
Despite also being seized in anguish originally, Shizuku, who had been able to guess what was going on to some extent and had been speaking to Hajime, was nowpletely silent, reflecting on Hajime¡¯s previous words as if she had realized something.
¡°I get it that Hajime-san is not being affected thanks to his shamelessness, but why does Yue-san look fine? Rather, what is Yue-san being whispered?¡±
Hajime¡¯s temple suddenly reacted to Shia¡¯s way of speaking of him, but it seems he read the mood and decided to let her off with it for now. Of course, the night after the capture of the greatbyrinth, she will be made to cry in lots of different ways.
Yue who aroused Shia¡¯s interest answered with no particr hesitation.
¡°¡ It¡¯s repeatedly telling me I will be betrayed some way or another.¡±
¡°Betrayed¡ If I¡¯m not mistaken, like in your past¡¡±
¡°¡ Nn. So things like ¡®Hajime and Shia will also betray you¡¯.¡±
Upon hearing these words, Hajime and Shia exchanged nces. If those whispers really stem from one¡¯s unconscious, it means Yue is fearing betrayal from the bottom of her heart.
Indeed, Yue had been betrayed by the family and retainers she put her trust in and had been locked up in darkness for three hundred years. That¡¯s more than reason enough for it to be a trauma, and it wouldn¡¯t be strange if she felt ill to the point of not ever trusting anyone else anymore.
Actually, putting aside Hajime and Shia, her interaction with others could be said to be fairly cold sometimes. Fundamentally, earning Yue¡¯s trust was quite difficult. Luckily, her encounter with Hajime made her believe that putting her trust in others was still possible¡ But maybe the uneasiness of being betrayed again still dwelled within her heart, even if just a little.
Even more, than her memories of her severe betrayal, this was something that couldn¡¯t be helped. She was not actually suspecting that she¡¯d be betrayed again. Rather, this was something carved deep within her unconscious.
However, naturally, there was trust in Hajime and Shia that easily surpassed such a trauma. A fantastic encounter and the things she saw on the journey that followed had appeased her heart. Which is why she was calm.
Sensing her feelings, Shia gave her a soft smile and spoke.
¡°Ne, Fufu, if you let your guard down, I might betray you-¡±
¡°¡ Bad girl. Punishment is needed for lying rabbits.¡±
With Yue and Shia resuming their frivolous talk, the atmosphere seemed to slightly return to normal.
¡°Maa, certainly, there is no way I am letting go of Yue¡¡±
¡°Indeed. It would be much more likely to be told that the world is getting destroyed tomorrow than Goshujin-sama betraying Yue.¡±
A triumphant look settled on Hajime and Tio¡¯s face. Indeed, Hajime and Yue¡¯s atmosphere was so sweet that it felt like a mix of Calpis (TL: Japanese milk-based soft drink) with sugar, syrup, and honey. If you were told one would betray the other, you could only reply ¡®Ha?¡¯.
¡°¡ Nn. It¡¯s impossible. But even if I was betrayed, it would be of no concern.¡±
Yue agreed with Hajime and Tio¡¯s words, but as if she had thought of something along the way, she made an assumption as her pupils sparkled with mischief.
¡°What do you¡?¡±
With an air ofposure, Yue responded to Hajime and the others who tilted their heads.
¡°Because regardless of Hajime¡¯s feelings, I am not letting go of him.¡±
¡°¡¡± X4
While everyone fell strangely silent, Yue, who was licking her thin pink lips with her tongue, suddenly narrowed her eyes. No one was able to take their eyes from her wet lips which frightfully stood out. Simultaneously, she began emitting a charm that sent shivers down everyone¡¯s spine, male or female indiscriminately and made their abdomens feel hot.
Then, with a hot, long breath.
¡°¡ Fufu, you can¡¯t run away from the vampire princess.¡±
She dered such a thing.
Hajime, who was caught in the overly bewitching atmosphere and her hot gaze, had his arms suddenly held behind his back by Shia who showed a splendid reaction time.
If not for her, there¡¯s no mistaking Hajime would probably already be on top of Yue. No matter how you looked at him, he was no longer thinking straight. He was looking at Yue like a beast.
For a little while, the unproductive argument continued between Shia and the others who were trying to prevent a love affair in the middle of the capture of a greatbyrinth and Hajime who was wishing for nothing but Yue.
At any rate, for the time being, it seems the oppressive atmosphere caused by the whispers was gone.
Chapter 141
Chapter 141
¡°The Brunt of Feelings¡±
¡°Aa, geez! Cut it outttt!¡±
In a small room in the eastern part of the greatbyrinth, Shia¡¯s angry voice resounded followed by a creaking noise.
The source of the noise was Hajime¡¯s arm, which was in an arm-lock (TLN: the term used is Ude-Hishigi-Juji-Gatame, a grappling technique from Kodokan Judo).
¡°What are you doing, Shia? His arm looks like it¡¯s about to break.¡±
¡°What are you saying with this calm face? Rather, Yue-san, please stop with the provocations!¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Hajime wishes for mebut has to hold himself back because we¡¯re inside the maze¡ cute.¡±
¡°Now¡¯s neither the time nor the ce for this!¡± Shia violently retorted.
Of course, her arm-lock over Hajime did not budge in the slightest. It was proof of her remarkable growth. Something to rejoice about.
Or so it should have been. She was holding Yue in her arms nonchntly and threatening the approaching Hajime with a judo locking technique. There was really nothing to rejoice about.
They were currently taking a short break in a small room close to a junction of thebyrinth.
More precisely, the break was intended to let Kouki and the others rest. They were in low spirits from the disorder caused by the whispers. However, for some reason, the more intense the whispers grew, the greater a chance it became for Hajime and Yue to assure their mutual love, which had gone past the point of reason. ¡®You¡¯re flirting far too much inside a greatbyrinth, Koraa!¡¯ was probably what Shia thought as she stepped in to hold them back.
¡°Calm down, Shia. We¡¯re in the greatbyrinth, you know? It¡¯s not like we¡¯re really going to start acting without restraint here, right?¡±
¡°¡ Just now, weren¡¯t you about to kiss?¡±
¡°That was just Yue replenishing her energy.¡±
Hajime tried to exploit this opportunity and came up with this exnation, showing a firm face. But a mere nce at Yue by his side, who had narrowed her eyes while licking her lips, would be enough to make his deration really suspicious.
¡°But I didn¡¯t see her using her magic to the point she would need to replenish.¡±
Shia replied with an unusually sharp observation and tightened her grip on Hajime¡¯s arm further.
¡°No mercy, huh¡ ¡±
¡°Th- That¡¯s because he¡¯s my lover. So I will have my say about things that go too far!¡±
¡°Shia¡ Good girl.¡±
Shia blushed slightly as she gave her reasoning. Hajime and Yue let out a ¡®Ho¡¯ and voiced their admiration. Then they corrected their postures.
So far, Shia had always followed Hajime and Yue from behind. However, now that she had been acknowledged by Hajime, it seemed she came to the realization that she could stand on equal ground with Yue.
She used to watch the two from behind and deal with things she didn¡¯t like from a distance. But now she was walking side by side with them and wouldn¡¯t hesitate to take their hands and pull.
¡°Fumu, indeed, just like a lover.¡±
¡°Un. Indeed.¡±
Tio let out a weak murmur, exposing her mental fatigue. Next to her, Kaori forced a bitter smile as she agreed. There was envy in her eyes.
¡°¡¡±
¡°Shizu, Shizu? Is something up?¡±
¡°Eh? No, it¡¯s nothing? More importantly, is Suzu okay?¡±
Seeing Shizuku watching Hajime and the others silently, Suzu raised a voice of concern.
Suzu also felt the pain caused by the whispers which was somehow simr to that of a needle piercing the heart. But she also remembered what it felt like to be truly stabbed and could somehow put up with the pain. However, she noticed no one was paying attention to Shizuku who didn¡¯t seem to be doing so well.
Usually, Shizuku would discreetly put aside her own feelings and only worry about others. Given her behavior, it was obvious that something was up.
However, or rather as expected, as soon as she was called by Suzu, Shizuku put on a delicate smile and replied to Suzu by questioning Suzu about her own well-being. Suzu¡¯s face certainly did not look very well either, but putting aside Shizuku¡¯s abstract words which didn¡¯t betray her condition, Shizuku should also be feeling exhaustion due to the whispers teasing her heart.
With a troubled smile, Suzu could only reply ¡®I¡¯m fine¡¯ in order to not worry Shizuku over her and in the process forget taking care of herself.
¡°Oi, Kouki¡¡±
¡°What is it, Ryuutaro?¡±
¡°Ah, no, nothing in particr. Let¡¯s just leave this sickening ce quickly.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡±
Then again, Kouki was the person affected the most dangerously. Speaking almost no word at all, keeping replies only to a bare minimum when Shizuku, Ryuutaro or Suzu would voice their concern.
And then, there was also his look, which was getting increasingly intense and reflecting his negative feelings.
His look was directed at Hajime. Maybe the person himself wanted to take his eyes off of Hajime, but he was too obvious. Sometimes, he would also turn his gaze to Kaori. So it was not difficult to guess what he was being told by the whispers.
¡°Well then, how did it go? Everyone, did you get somewhat better?¡±
Tio asked, tilting her head. It had already been one hour since they started to rest. Tio had suggested they use spirit magic on everyone to stabilize their minds.
¡°Yup. Thanks, Tio. I feel that the inside of my head has be clear.¡±
¡°Un. Maybe my body also got a little lighter¡¡±
After all, the whispers were mere voices. What was tormenting Shizuku¡¯s mind was her being reminded of every bad memory and thought that had piled up inside her. That¡¯s why, if the person herself was repeatedly worrying after being reminded of unpleasant memories, spirit magic wouldn¡¯t be any help. It was only magic that could refresh one¡¯s spirits temporarily.
Even so,pared to how they were before resting, the faces of Shizuku¡¯s group had considerably regained their colors. Therefore, even taking into ount the consumption of magical power the use of spirit magic required, it seemed to have been a wise choice.
Nevertheless, it seemed there was someone for whom that wasn¡¯t the case.
¡°Ah. Thanks, Tio-san. I feel morefortable.¡±
Although Kouki slightly smiled and expressed his thanks, there was an unmistakable weight in his voice which betrayed his statement. His face seemed shadowed somehow.
¡°Don¡¯t thank me. More importantly, we must hurry up and get out of this maze. Goshujin-sama. How much is left?¡±
¡°U¡ n, let¡¯s see. In a straight line, there¡¯s not even one kilometer left. It won¡¯t go well if we keep resting in this ce, so we should go without stopping,¡± Hajime said and stood up with hispass in hand.
The others followed suit. The previous atmosphere when they were fooling around hadpletely vanished. Most of it was truly intended to refresh their spirits. Definitely, surely, maybe¡
Shizuku and the others seemed to be feeling a little heavy. It had already been thirty hours since they entered the maze, and they had not gotten a wink of sleep. They had been using magic and magic potions to recover from theck of sleep, but the mental fatigue caused by the whispers had been umting as well.
They resumed walking along the mirror-house-like passage. As usual, even after resting, the abstract whispers, using their own voices, were reverberating inside their ears unpleasantly and reminding them of things they disliked. The frost ogresing after them sporadically, along with the annoying traps, were clearly meant to make them drop their concentration and significantly increased the danger.
¡°Shit.¡±
Just now, Kouki, who was following behind Hajime, received yet another surprise attack from an ogre, defeated it, and hit the ice wall with his fist while swearing.
?? It ended up like this again?
?? As I said, it will be stolen
?? If only I had power
And so the whispers continued. Kouki¡¯s frustration kept umting.
Then, at that time, he had an ufortable feeling after looking up at his own image reflected in the ice wall ahead. It¡¯s not that something was strange. What was being reflected was his own face. It¡¯s just that he was looking at himself devoid of any expression. But strangely, he couldn¡¯t stop staring.
¡°¡ What the hell?¡± Kouki muttered unintentionally.
Then, he became aware of the true reason of his ufortable feeling and a shiver ran down his spine.
His face reflected in the ice wall stood as firm as a rock¡ expressionless. Neither his irritated frownnor the sight of his gritting his teeth out of exasperation, were anywhere to be seen. Also, his lips which were supposed to have been moving just now after he muttered something¡
He stiffened and opened his eyes wide. The Kouki reflected before him¡ suddenly parted his lips.
¡°UwaAAAA!?¡±
¡°Ko-Kouki!? What happened!?¡±
¡°Are you okay, Kouki!¡±
Kouki jumped back from the ice wall after hearing the sudden strange voice. Shizuku and Ryuutaro became confused and called out to him. Hajime and the others also turned around to see what was going on and stared at Kouki in wonder.
Cold sweat was running down his spine, and his breathing rhythm was thrown out of order by the mental strain he felt. But still, he managed to draw and point his holy sword towards his reflected self in the ice wall. His reflection in the ice wall also drew his holy sword and did the same, with the same facial expression and breathing rhythm. Kouki no longer sensed the intense unpleasant feeling he had been feeling up until a few moments ago.
¡°Kouki?¡±
Shizuku approached him with a worried face and put her hand on his shoulder. He did not break his stance and kept breathing roughly. He suddenly came to and managed to regain some of hisposure before opening his mouth.
¡°¡ In the wall, the me reflected in the wallughed. Even though I didn¡¯tugh¡ Just as if it were a different me¡¡±
¡°Are you sure it wasn¡¯t your imagination?¡±
Shizuku took a breath after listening to Kouki¡¯s words and turned a serious gaze to Kouki¡¯s reflection in the ice wall, as well as her own.
However, Kouki quickly turned his face towards Shizuku. He was irritated.
¡°¡ You won¡¯t believe me?¡±
¡°Eh? No, it¡¯s not like I¡¯m doubting you?¡±
It seemed Kouki thought Shizuku¡¯s words were expressing her doubts about what he stated. Of course, that wasn¡¯t Shizuku¡¯s intention. She just wanted confirmation from him. Actually, she had even turned a wary gaze towards the ice wall. That¡¯s why, when she heard Kouki¡¯s next sentence, she thought ¡®What could he be saying?¡¯ as her face became suspicious.
This seemed to irritate Kouki even further, and a sarcasm unlike him escaped his mouth.
¡°¡ If it was Nagumo, you would believe him easily, right?¡±
¡°Kouki? Really, what are you saying now? Didn¡¯t I tell you I believed you?¡±
Although Shizuku frowned angrily in response to his sarcasm for a moment, her face immediately became worried the next moment.
Kouki was able to calm down a little after seeing she was worried about him, but immediately after, her body suddenly started quivering as if she had just been whispered something. She then took a fleeting nce at Hajime. It was truly just a moment, as she averted her eyes right after she saw Hajime. But it seemed it was more than enough to make a heavy emotion well up inside Kouki.
¡°For now there¡¯s no sign of the reflections moving on their own¡ but let¡¯s be careful as much as possible.¡±
Hajime had also been diligently observing their reflections using his demon eye stone, but he breathed out a sigh before long and gave themand to be careful. He ignored the argument between Kouki and Shizuku.
The other members had been listening to the argument and watching the two. When they received Hajime¡¯s order, they nodded and resumed walking.
Then, witnessing no such weird phenomenon such as their reflections¡¯ actions differing from their own, the party finally discovered arge room at the end of the passage. Inside the room, there were gigantic gates which had a design a lot like the previously sealed doors they saw. Because the gates had no dent where something could be inserted, unlike the previous sealed doors, it seemed they would not need to go through the trouble of doing something like collecting gems one more time. Checking thepass, it seemed there was no mistake about this ce being their goal.
¡°Fuu, looks like we finally made it. These gates are the goal. However¡¡±
¡°Nn¡ it¡¯s obviously suspicious.¡±
¡°Right. You would normally expect to be attacked once you get here.¡±
Having gotten tired of the maze as well, Hajime breathed a sigh of relief when he saw the goal and used his demon eye stone and perception abilities to search for the enemy. It was trivial that it would be far too easy and uninteresting for there not to be anything taking ce in the big room right before the goal. Agreeing, Yue and the others started exercising caution.
¡°¡ As expected, no response. Maa, there¡¯s no choice left but to proceed.¡±
As expected, Hajime perceived no magical response. He raised his eyebrows and walked ahead as the vanguard. Yue and the others followed behind.
Then, by the time they reached the center of the room, sure enough, it happened.
¡°Ah¡? The sun?¡±
Hajime pronounced these words as he looked up towards the source from which light suddenly started pouring down. If Yue and the others were to look up as well, they could indeed only call this ¡®the sun¡¯.
Shining from a single point in the spray of snow overhead, the light it emitted increased the brightness of the room significantly. Given that they were in a maze, it couldn¡¯t be the real sun, but the heat it generated could easily cause such a misapprehension.
¡°¡ Hajime. The surroundings.¡±
As Hajime was looking up at the false sun with a grim face, Yue urged him to be careful. ordingly, Hajime took his eyes off of the false sun, only to see something quite strange.
All the surroundings were glittering. The lighting through the spray of snow overhead was reflected on the ice crystals in the air. This phenomenon had a name: diamond dust.
However,pared to natural diamond dust, something was off. The glittering was obviously far too intense. It felt as though there were countlessmps floating in the air. Moreover, one part of the ice shard was shining increasingly bright moment by moment.
¡°¡ I smell something dangerous about this supposed diamond dust. Everyone, strengthen your defenses!¡±
To Hajime, these glittering ice shards were like small batteries that had saved up energy. He could tell because he used batteries to power his cross bits and send them flying. He issued a warning to the other members. They were stunned at the danger that presented itself before them and felt shivers down their spines.
It seemed like the analysis was correct.
They automatically regrouped. The moment Yue and Suzu cast ¡®Holy Interruption¡¯ there was a sh.
¡°Uh, it¡¯s like a high energyser weapon.¡±
As Hajime predicted, the countless ice shards floating in the room started unleashing the umted light as heat rays.
It seemed the thin, white rays weren¡¯t especially directed at Hajime¡¯s group but were scattering randomly, hitting both the ice walls and the ground. A ¡®Bi¡ª¡¯ sound was heard as the rays struck the ¡®Holy Interruption¡¯ cast by Yue and Suzu and slipped through.
The rays were apparently firedpletely randomly. In addition, the ice shards were rotating and moving randomly, making the trajectory of the rays unpredictable. Every second, there were additional scars in the ground and the ice walls. It goes without saying that this process scattered even more ice shards into the air. It was a vicious circle.
To make matters worse, as if it had just been dropped by the false sun, the spray of snow overhead started descending towards Hajime¡¯s party. At this rate, it would dramatically reduce their field of vision in a few seconds like in Haltina¡¯s Sea of Trees.
¡°Tsk. It¡¯d be a bother to be wrapped up in smoke. We¡¯re running through in one go.¡±
¡°Nn¡ Suzu, get ready.¡±
¡°Y- yes, onee-sama!¡±
Following Hajime¡¯s instruction, Yue addressed Suzu to sync their timing. They were waiting for the moment the heat rays would turn away from them. Then, the moment all the rays disconnected, they would turn ¡®Holy Interruption¡¯ into shields that could be deployed on the surroundings, mimicking the defensive ability of Hajime¡¯s cross bits.
¡°Let¡¯s go!¡±
After Hajime issued his order, they all simultaneously broke into a run. Meanwhile, the heat rays were mercilessly attacking the shields of ¡®Holy Interruption¡¯ and quickly shaving them off, but Yue and Suzu would repeatedly repair them each time, so it could be thought they would have no trouble reaching the gates which were only a hundred meters away.
However, or rather, maybe we should say as expected, it wouldn¡¯t be that easy.
ZuDonn!!
With an earth tremor from the spray of snow that was approaching from above, several lumps of ice, each the size of a car, came falling down. They looked fairly heavy and broke the ground from the impact and left craters. The big ice lumps were so transparent that the other side could be seen. Maybe they were what they call ¡®pure ice¡¯. In the heart of those ice lumps were dark red crystals. Their purpose was easy to guess.
¡°Tsk. My favorite.¡± Hajime clicked his tongue.
As if acting ordingly, the shape of the lumps of ice immediately changed and turned into human-like forms of five meter in length. They held a halberd in one hand, and a tower shield in the other. They totaled nine. Exactly like the number of people in Hajime¡¯s party. Short and stout, just like golems, they lined up to block the exit.
¡°Let¡¯s scatter them.¡±
The group nodded at Hajime¡¯s order and simultaneously enteredbat mode to break through in one go.
Hajime started a pre-emptive attack with Donner and Scg. The revolvers roared several times, sending high-power bullets aimed at the enemy¡¯s hearts.
However, the tower shields the frost golems were holding were unexpectedly solid, and even though they were smashed into small pieces after receiving the bullets, they managed to protect the golems, even if just barely. To withstand Donner and Scg¡¯s attacks after their specs had been increased¡ It seems these golems had the best stamina among the monsters they had fought so far.
¡°But, there¡¯s no problem.¡±
¡°It¡¯s as you say!¡±
¡°Let¡¯s scatter them away!¡±
Hajime muttered as he spun his gun and reloaded. Shia and Tio confirmed his statement and respectively fired explosive slug bullets and dragon breath. Simultaneously, the other members unleashed their skills, except for Yue and Suzu who were focusing on defense.
Kouki used ¡®Soaring de Quake¡¯, Kaori used ¡®Dposition Bombardment¡¯, Shizuku flew and shed and Ryuutaro used ¡®Shock Wave¡¯ ?? at each other.
¡°Uh!?¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
The shining sh Kouki unleashed directly made its way towards Hajime. Judging from Kouki¡¯s nted position behind Hajime, and the frost golems he was aiming at, there was no way he could have mistakenly shed at Hajime.
(EN: This is where bakapervert¡¯s trantion takes over.)
The way Kouki was moving and the dumbfounded expression on his face as if he couldn¡¯t understand why spoke more eloquently than anything about how unforeseen the situation was.
At the same time as that, Kaori¡¯s silver bombardment which carried her disintegration ability went at Yue, Shizuku¡¯s sh went to Shia, Ryuutaro¡¯s shockwave was approaching Hajime simr to Kouki.
Without dy, Hajime jumped out of the way without losing a breath, catching and evading Kouki¡¯s attack while his crimson magic power shed with Ryuutaro¡¯s shockwave, neutralizing the attack as Hajime escaped from the danger. Yue also twisted the trajectory of the silver bombardment using the satellite of ¡®Cmity Sky¡¯, while Shia was rotating and sweeping away Shizuku¡¯s sh using Doryuken.
¡°¡ What are you nning?¡±
¡°¡ Kaori, that¡¯s some nerve.¡±
¡°Shi, Shizuku-san? Ha-have I hurt your feelings?¡±
The frost golem approached with a tremor on the ground and the spray of snow was already descending until a few meters over their head. There was no free time to be wasted, but as expected there was no way they could just leave alone the strange action of Kouki and others as merely a joke. Hajime and the others who received the attack were directing their gazes at the unexpected attackers.
Kouki and others who were perplexed at their own deed returned to their senses and showed fierce unrest at the same time.
¡°Yo-you are wrong! I, didn¡¯t intend anything like that¡ but when I noticed¡ I¡¯m saying the truth-!¡±
¡°Ye-yeah, that¡¯s right! I don¡¯t have any intention to attack Nagumo-! Believe me!¡±
¡°Tha-that¡¯s true! Truly when I noticed the attack was already heading at Yue¡ why do I¡ such a thing¡¡±
¡°I¡¯m sorry Shia! But, I also don¡¯t understand why that happened. I nned to cut the enemy yet¡¡±
Kouki and others made excuses desperately. It seemed that unconsciously their bodies moved mostly by themselves and their targets changedpletely. Hajime frowned while he was checking the breath unleashed by the frost golems. Tio immediately spoke the conjecture he formed.
¡°Goshujin-sama. Just before they attacked, I felt like I heard the whispering voice, though¡ possibly.¡±
¡°Chih, you are saying that¡¯s something like mind incitement?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know if that is all. Goshujin-sama. Yue, Shia, and I art not affected, don¡¯t thou think that¡¯s not a coincidence?¡±
¡°¡ Troublesome. It¡¯s hard to cancel interference at the territory of the subconscious.¡±
If they were brainwashed by magic, it would suffice to heal them using regeneration magic or Kaori¡¯s abnormal status recovery. However, until the end, this was a mind incitement. In addition, it was interference to the subconscious. As expected, even Yue would have a hard time dealing with such a thing. If it had to be said, the scientific factor here was stronger than the magical factor.
¡°Now that it hase to this, beating all of them up until just a step before death is¡¡±
Hajime¡¯s look showed how troublesome he felt the situation was, his eyes narrowed dangerously while his gaze swept through Kouki, Ryuutaro, Shizuku, and Kaori in turn. He began to speak dangerous words. Kouki and the others took a step back, wanting to be spared from that because they weren¡¯t an old television that could be fixed by getting hit. Cold sweat flowed down their cheeks.
While they were doing such things, the snow spray that covered the air above wasing to the ground.
¡°Geez-, in the end, what are we going to do?¡±
A crowd of Frost golem was pushing in from the front. There was a poor field of vision where it had be hard to even see the person at their side. On top of that, there were allies that might make friendly fire.
Suzu was defending against theser attack with a desperate look that spoke roughly towards Hajime and others still in a standstill.
Inside the space where their field of vision was being closed second by second by the snow spray, at the moment where the figure of theirrades vanished, Hajime raised his voice.
¡°Everyone, attack without reservation and smash the golems!¡±
The mind incitement and the snow spray were the trials that the greatbyrinth prepared. If everything was covered in mist blocking their vision, the possibility that their attack would be guided into ally wasrge. No, rather, if it was not like that then it wouldn¡¯t be a trial. So nine out of ten while they couldn¡¯t see each other only their attack would be aiming urately at their ally.
Hajime said those words for exactly that reason. The people aimed at were Hajime, Yue, and Shia. He figured the friendly fire of the likes of Kouki and others just didn¡¯t matter.
¡°Well, if the attack is guided at anybody else other than us¡ my condolences to them.¡±
He became unable to detect the presence of Yue and others, the whole surface of his sight became pure white, Hajime murmured to himself inside such space. They had decided by themselves to challenge the greatbyrinth. It wouldn¡¯t do for them topletely rely on other people. They had to do something by themselves against something of only this level. After all, he had followed up somewhat for them until they arrived here already.
And at that time, several streaks ofser cut through the veil of the snow spray and approached narrowly. It seemed that theser didn¡¯t damp down even inside this snow spray. He couldn¡¯t see theming until just before it hit, so the troublesomeness of the attack increased further.
However, Hajime¡¯s foot took a step back, his head tilted, and his body shifted slightly. He dodged everything just like that. For Hajime who was in a state where ¡®Light Speed¡¯ was activated, even if it was the bullet of his own railgun he could easily evade it with leisure if he caught sight of it within thirty centimeters from his body. To say nothing of the likes of theultra-hotser. It was easy to sense using ¡®Heat Source Detection¡¯ so there was no problem at all.
Right after Hajime evaded theser,
*GOU!!* Such strong wind came along with an ice halberd that was nearly transparent which swung down at him. That too was easily evaded by lowering one of his legs which made only half his body visible. The attacker was of course a frost golem.
The frost golem struck at Hajime and the halberd which split the ground was swept horizontally using brute force in pursuit. The strong wind howled once more. The ice surface was smashed up explosively, ice fragments scattered toward the direction where the halberd was swung.
But, the figure of Hajime wasn¡¯t there anymore. The frost golem also stiffened for a moment after losing sight of Hajime¡¯s figure.
¡°You¡¯re a slow guy, just like you appear.¡± That voice colder than the surrounding¡¯s temperature resounded from diagonally behind the frost golem.
Ahead of the gaze of the frost golem that turned back in shock??at the tip of the halberd, he swung, Hajime¡¯s figure was there. Unnoticed, Hajime got on the head of the halberd with Scgen readied, its muzzle aimed steadily at the golem¡¯s heart. The bursting sparks illuminated the colorless transparent frost golem crimson.
The frost golem wasted no time to swing around the halberd trying to drop Hajime, but he was already checkmated.
Therefore,
*DOU-!!*
Along with such a sound, the magic stone along with the frost golem¡¯s upper body were blown away and became splinters.
Hajime jumped back from the destroyed Frost golem. There, the snow spray was blown away as a shining sh flew at him. Following after that a shockwave also came flying from another direction.
¡°Whoops. As expected, I can be aimed at even inside this snow spray.¡±
Hajime was evadingser while smiling wryly because the situation went as expected. The snow spray before his eyes began to whirl. Hajime narrowed his eyes at what was happening this time.
That whirl became a spiral that looked like atornado and stretched in a straight line. Like an eye of a typhoon, there was not a single ice fragment inside the center of the spiral. It seemed that theser was also not passing through there. And then, ahead of the spiral became the door that was their goal.
¡°¡ So there is a golem for each person. Mind incitement andser storm. So this ce is telling us to slip through those and defeat the golem, huh. Now then, I wonder if Amanogawa and the rest can clear this?¡±
Hajime who easily cleared the trial sent a nce at the direction from where the sh and shockwave came, then he shrugged and began to walk calmly toward the goal through the tunnel of snow spray.
¡°Again-¡±
Without even any time to be conscious of the swearing that leaked out reflexively, Shizuku desperately dodged the approaching colorless and transparent halberd along with the strong wind.
She let fly a sh to the direction beyond. Because her posture crumbled and her opening was prodded, she was unable to dodge satisfactorily. A cutting sound could be heard, several strands of front hair were torn off while cold flecks of condensationing out from the passing brutal de.
Shizuku copsed from her back while making use of that momentum to somehow stand back up. She then grandly heaved out a breath she had been holding this whole time. It was as though that breathing was read. This time, countless heat rays were approaching from all directions to bisect her.
¡°Kuh.¡±
If she was touched it would be an instant death. She leaped backward to evade the heat ray while feeling ahigh temperature on her back and over her head.
Shizuku got through the line of death in a hairbreadth with acrobatic movements. This time, a wall was approaching while not giving her time to catch her breath. That was the tower shield of the frost golem that charged ahead without caring for thesers that were running in all directions at the surroundings. The transparent ice shield with a thickness that reached thirty centimeters looked like a wall from this close.
The body blow using the shield that came almost at the same time with hernding was already impossible to dodge. And then, the might of the attack was tremendous with the mass of the frost golem.
¡°Guuuuuuuh!!¡±
Wasting no time, Shizuku somehow softened the momentary impact of the charge by leaping behind, but as expected, the impact assaulting her whole body caused her to leak out an anguished voice unintentionally.
Even so, she obstinately drew out her ck katana even while being blown away from fear of whether she was going to be pursued or not.
¡°Cut apart, ¡®Soaring w¡¯!¡±
However, the flying out invisible de veered off greatly to the right, contrary to Shizuku¡¯s intention. That was only natural. That was because her body moved subconsciously and her arm swing aimed at the beyond. Surely there was someone who was supposed to be ahead of that sh.
Shizuku who struck the ground while gritting her teeth wondering whether she had attacked her ally once again stood up desperately even while her breathing got caught up. And then she determined herself that in this battle, long range technique shouldn¡¯t be used as expected.
Hajime said to them to fight without reservation, but even before that the opening after her technique veered off was toorge. Misusing techniques in a battlefield where life and death was decided in milliseconds was fatal.
Besides, indeed if it was Hajime and others then they would surely deal with the attacking at them easily, but the fact that she was attacking her ally would return damage mentally to herself.
There was also the matter that her misfire was a bother to others, and most of all, just what did her attack suggest¡
??Actually I¡¯m jealous
She couldn¡¯t help but be conscious of that.
¡°Gofuh, shu-shut up-!¡±
She coughed violently and slightly spit out blood. It seemed that she had internal damage. She convinced herself that drawn out battle was dangerous while wiping the blood with her hand. Then in Shizuku¡¯s ears, the whispering voice resounded once more. She involuntarily raised an angry voice that exposed her irritation.
??Why is it only me?
¡°I told you to shut up already!¡±
The frost golem approached with a tremor through the ground. Even while buying distance with a back step, her billowing heart didn¡¯t settle down. For an instant, at the moment when her attention was divided, aser ran through as though aiming for that timing. It shallowly tore Shizuku¡¯s shoulder.
At the corner of the gaze of Shizuku who came back to her senses from the pain, a heat ray from below that was scooping up was visibly approaching. Rather than an attack from the front with apinpoint aim, this one was a sweeping horizontal attack. At this rate, Shizuku¡¯s torso would be bisected into two.
With the impact on her shoulder, her bnce crumbled, and she was unable to dodge, Shizuku immediately put the ck katana between the heat ray and her body. With the de of her ck katana, even if it was Shizuku¡¯s slender waist there was no possible way the de could be a cover for her. ¡®I just need to prevent lethal wound!¡¯ Shizuku held such praying feeling, but at that point, it was as expected from Hajime¡¯s artifact.
Shizuku herself didn¡¯t intend for it by any means, but the de of the ck katana that was held with asubtle angle, regardless of its jet ck color that seemed to suck in light, because it was polished to the extreme in pursuit of sharpness it somehow reflected theser.
¡°He?¡±
Shizuku who escaped her predicament with unexpected method reflexively leaked out such astupid voice.
There the frost golem was brandishing its halberd while charging forward. Shizuku returned to her senses with a ¡®hah¡¯ while bracing herself back, she stepped into the blind spot that was the side of the tower shield to evade while releasing powerful sh while passing over the golem.
¡°Sever apart, ¡®sh Blossom¡¯!!¡±
The space severance that wasunched at the two¡¯s crossing splendidly severed the shield of the frost golem together with the arm holding it.
Lasers were rushing once more at Shizuku who was in continued alertness after passing through. But, Shizuku wasn¡¯t flustered anymore.
¡°Assemble, ¡®Drawn Sky¡¯!¡±
The de of the ck katana that was lifted right overhead twisted the trajectories of thesers or pulled them closer to the middle, drawing an unnatural line. And then the moment thosesers touched the de, they were splendidly reflected, rushing into the frost golem that was right behind Shizuku trying to regenerate its arm.
As expected, it appeared the golem couldn¡¯t ignore getting hit by thefocusedser from the front, the Frost golem lifted its halberd in ce of the tower shield it lost, trying to escape from the threat of theser that became two sizes thicker.
But Shizuku didn¡¯t permit it to do something like that. Even while continuing to reflect theser, she corrected her stance so that the ck katana was horizontal, and it went right into the sheath. And then she faced the Frost golem that couldn¡¯t move from the focusedser and stepped forward with a breath.
¡°Break, ¡®Scorch Wave¡¯!!¡±
The thrust of the sheath spread ripples of dark blue color while at the next instant, a fierce impact was created. The ce hit slipped through the defense of the halberd and gouged the golem¡¯s chest.
¡®Bishiri-!¡¯ The transparent ice had arge crack in it.
¡°Fly, ¡®Far Sky¡¯! Demolish, ¡®Heavy sh¡¯!!¡±
In a sh, Shizuku flicked off the convergedser and mowed below the golem with a streak of the ck katana.
¡®Heavy sh¡¯??it was an ability that cut apart the lynchpin of gravity itself and for a few seconds created a state of weightlessness.
Just as she aimed, therge body of frost golem that still had the sheath stabbed in it lightly floated.
¡°??!?¡±
¡°-aAAA!!¡±
The limbs of the frost golem pped around from experiencing apletely unexpected situation while raising a soundless scream. During that time, Shizuku raised a spirited yell while using her sheath as the fulcrum to lift the Frost golem and crash it into the ground on her opposite side in one motion.
The appearance of a slender girl swinging around a five-meter giant looked unreal. The gravity cut by ¡®Heavy sh¡¯ affected only the shed coordinate, so after the golem was lifted to the opposite side it recovered its weight and free fell.
Therefore the frost golem was struck on its back with quite an impact, in the end, the sheath that was still stabbing in its body slid in even further. It was to the degree that the tip of the sheath arrived at its magic stone.
¡°This is the end, ¡®Scorch Wave¡¯!!¡±
Even while breathing hard, Shizuku proimed the checkmate, granting thest impact for the enemy.
¡®Barin¡¯, such a sound was raised and the magic stone broke. The frost golem¡¯s shape crumbled.
¡°Haa haa¡ doing this myselfis still just barely¡ isn¡¯t it?¡±
While supporting her body using the sheath, Shizuku floated a self-depreciating smile. She was able to defeat a monster of the greatbyrinth under strict requirements, so there was no need to be that self-depreciating but¡¡
At the other side of the tunnel of snowspray created before her eyes, Hajime, Yue, Shia, Tio, and Kaori were already there¡ she couldn¡¯t say anything.
Shizukupared herself with Kaori who was rushing toward her with aworried look and smiled wryly while sheathing her ck katana. The pleasant sound ¡®clink¡¯ it made was like the sound of a pped hand in prayer at the shrine. It cleared the dark cloud in her heart just for a bit.
¡°¡ Doing this myself¡ that¡¯s also not quite true I guess?¡±
Looking at the ck katana grasped in her hand, Shizuku muttered to herself like that. She was able to escape her predicament undoubtedly thanks to the present from he who was recently making her heart astir excessively.
For some reason, really for so¡me reason Shizuku kissed the ck katana. Till the end it was the expression of her thanks for her partner. By no means was she imagining a certain someone at the other side of the ck katana. By no means!
Even so, perhaps growing embarrassed at her own act, Shizuku¡¯s cheeks faintly reddened and with fast gait she began to walk inside the tunnel while praying so that her burning face wouldn¡¯t be exposed to her approaching best friend.
Chapter 142
Chapter 142
One More Self
¡°Fuu, thank you, Kaori. I¡¯m fine already now.¡±
¡°I¡¯m d¡ You have a lot of injuries, it made me recall that time that I got flustered.¡±
They had reached the final destination of the greatbyrinth. After she finished healing Shizuku who was sitting down and leaning her back on the wall in front of that huge door, Kaori breathed out in relieve.
¡®That time¡¯ that Kaori mentioned was about the time when they were reunited with Hajime at [Orcus Great Labyrinth]. Shizuku tried to cut through the enemy line alone and became worn-out. They clung to each other with the determination to die when she recalled that unconsciously it drove her with uneasiness.
¡°Compared to that time this is far better right? At the very least I didn¡¯t get one of my arms broken. Just this much injury is just a minor thing, minor.¡±
Shizuku tapped ¡®pon pon¡¯ on her arm that was previously broken while saying a manly thing to the teary-eyed Kaori. Something like ¡®call it a heavy wound when you get your arm done in!¡¯ wasn¡¯t something a normal high school girl could say.
¡°Sheesh, Shizuku-chan you really¡¡±
Kaori floated a troubled smile to Shizuku who was being like that. Since the olden days, even when she was injured in kendo or sword practice, she was a girl that wouldn¡¯t evenin that it hurt. She would pretend to show endurance even while being teary-eyed. Rather than calling that obstinate, Kaori knew that arge part of that was so that Shizuku wouldn¡¯t make other people worry.
For that reason, she got worried for Shizuku who wouldn¡¯t whine or act spoiled. But at the same time, she also knew that if she continued to worry for her, Shizuku would only grin brightly while saying ¡°It¡¯s fine!¡± So Kaori couldn¡¯t say anything.
And so, Kaori stayed quiet and only devoted herself to healing while snuggling up to Shizuku. Her body was healed, but the whispering voice that had tormented her mind didn¡¯t change. The bnce of the mind could be more or less stabilized by soul magic, so Kaori embraced Shizuku¡¯s body while wrapping it up with light.
From a slightly distanced ce, Hajime was standing still while staring at that scene. He looked admiring, or perhaps with an amused look. This was the kind of expression he was making.
¡°¡ What?¡±
¡°No, nothing? I¡¯m just thinking, you two really have a good rtionship, huh? That¡¯s all.¡±
Shizuku acted threateningly to the grinning Hajime, but Hajime easily replied with a shoulder shrug.
¡°Hmm. Truly a beautiful friendship.¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t that righttt-¡±
¡°¡ Just like lovers.¡±
Tio and Shia directed warm gaze at the two. But, only Yue floated a teasing smile at the corner of her mouth like Hajime and said something like that. Naturally, Kaori objected vehemently.
¡°Yueee! You are saying mean thing again!¡±
¡°¡ I don¡¯t have a prejudice against rtionships between fellow girls. May evesting happiness be with you.¡±
¡°Itoldyou! Don¡¯t say anything weird!¡±
Because Kaori got irritated and talked back, the ¡®S¡¯ part inside Yue got agitated, but Kaori still hadn¡¯t noticed that. Looking at an appearance that suggested Kaori wouldn¡¯t separate from Shizuku even whileining, it seemed like you could see an illusion of lilies blooming on their backs, yet the person herself was unaware.
Yue and Kaori began to quarrel like that. Shizuku, who was between the two of them, knitted her eyebrows in awkwardness and tried to mediate, but there was no significant result.
¡°Hey, Nagumo-kun. Don¡¯t just smile, stop them.¡±
¡°Hm? It¡¯s fine, isn¡¯t it? It¡¯s free time until Amenogawa and others return, anyway. Rather than that, how about saying ¡®Stop! Don¡¯t get into a fight because of me!¡¯ Give that a try!¡±
¡°¡ What kind of indecisive woman do you think I am.¡±
Hajime chuckled ¡®ku ku¡¯ toward Shizuku who was ring at him testily. Hajime stopped chuckling then and opened his mouth toward Shizuku, who was frowning even more in displeasure after seeing him enjoy this.
¡°Yaegashi, you, it¡¯s better if you act a little more rxed.¡±
¡°Yes?¡±
¡°I¡¯m saying that you are too serious. Even now your mind got burdened by the whispering, right? Then, at this kind of time, it¡¯s better if you make racket together with them and refresh yourself. After all, there is nobody here that you need to look after.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Hajime¡¯s words made Shizuku opened her eyes wide. For some reason that even Shizuku didn¡¯t understand, she felt like her heartstring was stirred by that. It was though she heard words that were the opposite of the whispering voice¡
Without really being concerned about Shizuku falling quiet, Hajime¡¯s mouth distorted into a mean grin.
¡°If you like, how about I lend you Shia¡¯s rabbit ears so that you can rx? Oh, Shizuku-chan who loves cute thing?¡±
¡°-, shut up! No thanks-! Rather stop your grinning!¡±
Shizuku objected with a voice that expressed her full displeasure while her cheeks reddened like an apple. But in the end, were her cheeks reddened because she was made fun of, or was it because she was suddenly called by her first name¡
Shizuku¡¯s reaction made Hajime float a mean grin that was exactly the same with Yue when she was making fun of Kaori at the side. Perhaps realizing that it was pointless no matter what she said, Shizuku looked aside angrily with a huff.
And then from both sides, two gazes were stabbing at Shizuku who was disying such a reaction that was cute in this certain situation. It was Yue and Kaori who stopped quarreling before anyone realized. Those two were ¡®jii?, staring unmovingly at Shizuku.
¡°Wha, what?¡±
¡°¡ Shizuku-chan got red. You are cuter more than usual.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. You are delighted being bullied by Hajime.¡±
¡°Wai-, I¡¯m not delighted, and I¡¯m not being cute at all! You two don¡¯t make fun of me!¡±
Shizuku herselfined while thinking that the two of them were ridiculing her, but as for Yue and Kaori, they were directing gazes filled with staggeringly deep suspicion at Shizuku. They had felt this since before but, it felt like it was gradually bing stronger since they started traveling together from the royal capital.
¡°¡ It increased again?¡±
¡°Uu, thinking about the current situation, it feels like it¡¯s toote to object even if it increases by one more person after this far¡ besides if it¡¯s Shizuku-chan then rather¡¡±
For an instant, Kaori and Yue¡¯s faces met each other, and it felt like they were expressing their respective thoughts and discussing something that was hard to ignore in regard to themselves. Shizuku was about to open her mouth unconsciously, at that time¡
*GOU!!*
An intense torrent of magic power heaved up a spray of snow and thrust into the sky. Right after that, the bombardment of light that contained tremendous strength was blown away and the snow pushed forward straight at Hajime.
Hajime didn¡¯t really show any surprise and took out a metallic piece, the gate key, from his breast pocket before thrusting and twisting it at the space in front of him. Right after, a teleport gate opened in front of his eyes.
There, the torrent of light surged in while gouging away the ground. And then it flew out from the exit gate that was opened with the keyhole model artifact ¡®Gate Hole¡¯ put beside Hajime as the reference point. Like that the light flew beyond the horizon.
¡°Kouki!¡±
¡°That Amenogawa, he used ¡®Limit Break¡¯¡ quite impatient is he.¡±
Shizuku who guessed that just now was the chant-omitted version of ¡®Divine Might¡¯ stood up reflexively. Hajime too, it was already not visible due to snow blocking the way, but he was directing his gaze at the spot where the blow came from and murmured.
It was a self-evident truth that Kouki and Ryuutaro were having their consciousness incited so their attacks were aimed at Hajime. And so he made preparation to evade them using the reliable gate rather than defending. It seemed that, as expected, it was the correct decision.
There was no other attacking at them even once while they were talking until now. Most likely that was because Kouki and others feared friendly fire and didn¡¯t use anything except close range skills. But it seemed just now Kouki got cornered into a desperate situation and attempted to break the deadlock. Right about this time, his face was surely going pale because his attack flew in the wrong direction.
¡°Now then, as expected, Amenogawa who used ¡®Limit Break¡¯ will clear this after a few minutes. The problem is the other two, though¡¡±
¡°Eh? I¡ is Kouki okay I wonder?¡±
Looking at Hajime easily averting his gaze, Shizuku called out with a worried expression. Her gaze kept taking a nce at the direction where Kouki seemed to be. She looked like she was going to rush there for support, even now.
Toward such a Shizuku who in a certain meaning could be said to be overprotective, Hajime sent her an exasperated face while adding his words.
¡°That guy still has the derivative skill of ¡®Limit Break¡¯ right? Then, there is still leeway until he is forced to use that. Besides, the clear condition of this greatbyrinth is perhaps for one person to defeat one golem you know? Even if you help him right now, for him, it¡¯s not something desirable.¡±
¡°That¡¯s¡ perhaps that¡¯s true.¡±
¡°Haa, that¡¯s why Yaegashi is too meddlesome. Because of that, you are also called something like ¡®mom¡¯.¡±
¡°Just who is this mom? The one saying that is just Nagumo-kun! Really, that¡¯s rude!¡±
For now, Shizuku went angry with her continuing words while consenting to what Hajime said. Hajime easily ignored her and this time he took out apass from his breast pocket. What he wished for was ¡®the whereabouts of Taniguchi Suzu¡¯.
¡°¡ That way.¡±
¡°Hajime-kun. Ryuutaro-kun and Suzu-chan are¡¡±
¡°Wait, I¡¯m checking right now. Rather than the attacker Sakagami, I think the defensive Taniguchi is more in a deadlock¡¡±
Saying that, Hajime let fly a crossbit following the guide of thepass. Crossbit¡¯s ¡®distant pration stone¡¯ vanished inside the snow and as expected, only projected the color of snow. But after a while, a faint radiance began to be visible on the other side of that veil.
The crossbit that reached Suzu¡¯s location climbed up and probed the situation from an overlooking view. Thereupon, it seemed that both sides of Suzu and the frost golem were surrounded by ¡®Holy Severance¡¯.
Thesers mowing down from all directions were blocked by normal ¡®Holy Severance¡¯ while it seemed the frost golem was being melted by an inside barrier that was turned into high-temperature space using ¡®Holy Severance¨Cze¡¯ that was abination of me element magic and Holy Severance.
The frost golem¡¯s body had shrunk into a third of its original size. Even now, it was dripping with trickles of water. It charged ahead and struck with its halberd several times in the attempt to break the barrier that was sealing itself inside.
With several attacks, cracks entered ¡®Holy Severance¡ªze¡¯ and it was about to copse, but each time Suzu repaired it so it appeared that it was unable topletely escape right after it attacked.
But it also could be said that there was no problem with Suzu¡¯s side who was continuously preserving the barrier.
¡°Uh, haa haa, just a little more¡ just a little more¡¡±
Sweat trickled like a waterfall from her forehead. Her breathing was rough. Her eyes were turning nk. She was considerably exhausted by preserving and repairing the advanced barrier continuously. Her two opened iron fans were also trembling, even now it felt like they were going to fall from her hands.
Most likely the firepower wascking with ¡®Holy Severance¡ªze¡¯. The idea of melting the golem if she couldn¡¯t blow it away in one go, ignoring the bad environment of [Ice and Snow Cavern] that remarkably worsened magic power efficiency of fire element magic by surrounding it with a barrier, was something splendid for a barrier master who really understood her own skill.
What was left was the problem of Suzu¡¯s magic power and concentration power against the frost golem¡¯s endurance, which one could hold out longer¡
¡°I won¡¯t lose. Haa haa, I absolutely won¡¯t lose! No matter what I¡¯m told, Suzu will absolutely talk once more with Eriii!¡±
Right now she was surely hearing the whispering voice. She was rousing up her breaking heart with her war cry. Her nk eyes recovered their shine showing strong will once again. While roughly wiping her sweat with her sleeve, she fired herself up once more.
Looking at such spectacle, Hajime was convinced that if it was Suzu, she would be fine. Surely the experience at Haltina¡¯s Great Labyrinth made Suzu a level stronger.
Next, Hajime searched for Ryuutaro¡¯s location using thepass. And then heunched the crossbit at the direction it showed. After advancing for a while ahead, it discovered a spot where snow was fiercely blowing in all directions.
In the eyes of Hajime who was watching from the overhead viewpoint in the sky once again, a fiercely mind blowing spectacle flew into his eyes.
¡°UOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOH!!¡±
¡°GAAAAAAAAAAAH!!¡±
They were punching each other earnestly from close range without stopping for even a single step back while raising war cries. For some reason, the frost golem didn¡¯t carry its halberd and tower shield, if its left cheek got punched, then it would punch the left cheek back. If its right cheek got punched, then it would punch the right cheek back. That kept being repeated back and forth.
It was like two delinquents hitting each other at the riverside. ¡®Surely a friendship would bud between the frost golem and the muscle head after this, wouldn¡¯t it?¡¯ That was what Hajime thought with his eyes half-closed. If not for the wounds all over Ryuutaro¡¯s body due to theser and the frost golem¡¯s attacks, perhaps he would seriously consider such a possibility to happen.
Rather, think a little about dodging! That was what Hajime couldn¡¯t help to retort. Most likely Ryuutaro was thinking, ¡®Evading theser while defeating the frost golem is impossible!¡¯ right from the start and gave up. ¡®If that¡¯s the case, I just need to defeat it before I get defeated!¡¯ must be what he thought then.
¡°An idiot, an idiot is right here¡¡±
While controlling the crossbit, Hajime couldn¡¯t hold back and murmured so.
Hajime exined the situation to Kaori and the others while they looked at him dubiously. Although they looked admiring toward Suzu¡¯s current state, the two childhood friends as well as everyone else made an exasperated face towards Ryuutaro¡¯s state. Especially Shizuku, who got a headache. She was massaging her forehead due to that.
¡°Looks like the frost golem is near its limit, so I guess with Sakagami¡¯s momentum he will make it somehow¡ well, Kaori, that¡¯s your childhood friend. Do your best.¡±
¡°¡ Yes. Ryuutaro-kun too needs to be lectured.¡±
Kaori¡¯s eyes weren¡¯t smiling at all, which was really terrifying. Hajime didn¡¯t think that a muscle head could be cured, but he had to be scolded strictly by all means.
A few minutester, it seemed that Kouki defeated the frost golem first. He passed through the tunnel of snow veil while using his holy sword as a cane recement due to the miserable weariness that was the side effect of ¡®Limit Break¡¯. Next, Suzu cleared her trial and a snow tunnel was opened. Same like Kouki, Suzu was walking with staggering steps where Shizuku rushed to her in a hurry.
And then, Ryuutaro who defeated the frost golemst¡ alone, he passed out and sunk into his puddle of blood with a satisfied face. He didn¡¯t enter the snow tunnel, so theser was approaching at him mercilessly.
¡°Wawa-, Ryuutaro-kun!¡±
Kaori rushed out in a great panic. Hajime heaved a deep sigh while covering the crossbit lying in wait with ¡®Vajra¡¯, blocking thatser. Looking at Ryuutaro¡¯s carefree fainted face, a light killing intent welled up from him. Just when he was aiming his gun muzzle while half seriously thinking whether he should just blow his face with a shotgun like this, Kaori reached Ryuutaro first and Hajime barely gave up his thinking.
Kaori grabbed Ryuutaro¡¯s leg and dragged him while dashing through the tunnel. It seemed she was applying healing simultaneously while advancing, but the back of Ryuutaro¡¯s head bumped *gon gon* with the ground and kept tumbling. Honestly, that treatment was just terrible.
Perhaps because all the members had passed through the snow veil and gathered in front of the gate, the sun shining over their head suddenly vanished. At the same time theser stopped and the snow veil once more rose in to the sky and the field of vision cleared up. And then the gigantic gate that should be the entrance shined brilliantly as though informing them of clearing the trial. It didn¡¯t open, but began to form a membrane of light.
¡°Looks like, this membrane of light is turning into the entrance.¡±
¡°¡ It resembled a gate. A teleport entrance?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t really feel a good feeling.¡±
¡°Shia. There is no way a trial in a greatbyrinth will give a good feeling, right?¡±
¡°Ahaha. Certainly. The mind attack is not really a problem, but there is nothing more irritating than this. Ao I want to be spared from anything more than this, though¡ surely, my wish won¡¯t get granted isn¡¯t it¡ haah.¡±
Shia¡¯s rabbit ears dropped down gloomily. If it was a physical attack, it wouldn¡¯t be a threat for Shia who had been remarkably turned into a bugged character, but a mental attack that bit by bit interfered with the subconscious territory felt irritating like a small bone that got stuck in the throat even though it wouldn¡¯t kill you. It was steadily getting under her skin.
By the way as for Tio¡ it was fine to not pay her any mind.
¡°Kouki-kun and Suzu-chan too, gather over here! I will heal you two all at once.¡±
Kaori called at Kouki and Suzu who reached in front of the entrance with staggered steps just sat down heavily as though expressing their extreme fatigue. The figure of Kouki that was crawling to her wordlessly was quite eerie. As for Suzu, for some reason, Shizuku carried her in a princess carry that made her shy.
¡°¡ Nagumo¡ my attack was¡ my bad.¡±
Kouki murmured intermittently with a dark atmosphere while being wrapped in light of healing.
¡°I told you already you don¡¯t need to feel reserved. Even though it would be better if you just go all out from the start if that was too much trouble for you.¡±
¡°¡ I guess. Even though my ¡®Divine Might¡¯ should havee at you, there is not a single speck of dust on you. No matter what I do, I cannot even give you a scratch. That¡¯s why I¡¡±
¡°Kouki, are you okay? You feel strange for some reason. Is the side effect of the ¡®Limit Break¡¯ that hard on you? Want to lie down a little?¡±
¡°¡¡±
With a dark look, Kouki spilled out self-derisive words toward Hajime who was not only unharmed but even looked spotless without any trace of fatigue. Shizuku addressed such a Kouki with a worried tone. She would even lend him herp if he wanted to lie down. She was tapping herp to show that.
However, Kouki himself only nced at such a Shizuku with a scared look for an instant before he averted his gaze immediately. He shook his head conveying his anxiety. After that, he closed his eyes. But just before his eyes closed, the gaze that he sent at Hajime¡ it was only Hajime who noticed the hatred which dyed that gaze, but that was just his feeling¡
¡°What a troublesome concept¡¡±
Hajime unconsciously floated a wry smile.
A while after that, the healing of every member was finished to a certain degree, so they headed toward the entrance of light. They couldn¡¯t wait for full recovery, but even sopared to having their mind continuously eroded by the whispering voice inside thisbyrinth, they decided it was better to progress.
¡°Now then, let¡¯s go.¡±
Along with Hajime¡¯s words, all members leaped into the gate of light.
When the brightness that dyed their field of vision settled, Hajime slowly opened his eyes.
¡°¡ So we got divided. Well, it¡¯s within expectation.¡±
Hajime whispered while scowling with an air as though he was going to click his tongue at any moment. None of hispanions were around him. He was alone.
When his gaze wandered around, it looked like Hajime was in a narrow passage. Inside that two-meter passage were more mirrors in four directions like a mirror house. His figure was reflected at his left and right up and down. Even when he turned to look back there was only a wall. There was not a single thing that seemed to be an entrance. It was a ce where he could only advance forward.
Most likely, Yue and others were also sent to a simr passage like this by themselves alone. Hajime advanced ahead with that assumption.
The sound of his footsteps walking on the mirror-like ice reverberated.
It was perhaps after around ten minutes of walking. He walked without stopping on a straight path without any branching. Before long, Hajime arrived at arge room with a huge pir that connected the ceiling and the floor in the center. Simr to the mirror-like ice wall, the round ice pir also reflected Hajime nicely.
¡°There is no other passage¡ that means, that ice pir is¡¡±
While talking to himself like that, Hajime walked closer toward the ice pir. Its diameter wasrge, so Hajime¡¯s reflection on it wasn¡¯t distorted even when he was right in front of it, it was like one more Hajime hade from the world inside the mirror. The more Hajime approached, therger the figure got.
Finally, Hajime approached to the distance where he could touch the ice pir. He looked fixedly at his image reflected in the ice pir. White hair and eye patch, wearing a ck coat with one artificial hand¡ as always, it was a splendid chuunibyou style. Hajime fell on his knees.
¡°¡ Damn it. Recently I have never looked at mirror clearly so¡ what a shock¡¡±
Hajime was on all fours with his head hanging down. Actually, he didn¡¯t really look at the mirror on a routine basis, so he received quite some damage from looking at his own appearance thoroughly after so long. The ck history sealed at the bottom of his heart ¡°You calling?¡± peeked out its face. By the way, things like his bed hair or the like were handled by Yue every time. It seemed that she liked to tamper with Hajime.
¡°Indeed, this is just like what the whispering voice was saying, perhaps there is no ce to belong for me in Japan¡¡±
Surely what the whispering voice wanted to say wasn¡¯t something like that. This was a terrible misunderstanding. (EN: The voice was saying he could never return to Japan because his strength and magic made him barely human, while he personally is bothered more by the fact he looks chuunibyou.)
As though to express that, suddenly, a voice that he was already familiar with resounded.
{That¡¯s not what it means you know?}
¡°¡ As expected ites out, huh.¡±
Hajime¡¯s eyes quietly squinted, and he raised his head from his ¡®orz¡¯ posture. Thereupon, he caught the figure of himself in front of him ring down.
Correct, regardless of Hajime¡¯s ¡®orz¡¯ posture, the Hajime that was reflected in the ice pir was standing.
{Hou, as expected, you are not agitated, eh? I am just as expected?}
¡°Yeah, of course, isn¡¯t it? I have mostly guessed the concept of this greatbyrinth. On top of that, if I take Amanogawa¡¯s testimony into ount, I thought that sooner orter this kind of situation wille up.¡±
Looking at Hajime, whose agitation was nonexistence even though the one inside the mirror was talking to him, the Hajime inside the mirror made a wide smirk.
{By the way, what¡¯s this concept?}
¡°You are me, right? Then, you should understand even without asking.¡±
{No no, certainly I am you, but not entirely. You have also predicted that, right?}
Hajime nodded ¡°Indeed¡±. In his assumption, the Hajime inside the mirror was something simr like to the fake created in Haltina¡¯s Great Labyrinth, so he thought that this was something prepared by reading the information of the real thing to make this look-alike, and it seemed that this assumption was correct.
What the fake was saying by ¡®not entirely¡¯ was that until the end, the Hajime inside the ice pir was a trial of the greatbyrinth. Then it was understandable that it was trying to verify his answer.
¡°¡ The concept of thisbyrinth is ¡®to win against yourself¡¯ right? The negative part of oneself, the dirty part that you averted your eyes from, the inconvenient part, contradiction¡ can you ovee that kind of thing or not? Most likely, this is a trial so we won¡¯t be taken advantage of by god, I guess.¡±
{As expected of me. That¡¯s right, it¡¯s exactly as you said.}
The Hajime inside the mirror pped his hands in a fake gesture. In regard to that, Hajime got irritated thinking ¡®What an irritating face¡¯. It was aplete boomerang for him.
But that irritating face changed at the same time the pping stopped. Those eyes began to emit reddish ck light, the fake¡¯s whole body began to be dyed with ck that was cker than even ck. The white hair returned to his original ck color, the skin that was tanned under the sun became even darker. Even the colors of the clothes were all changing into a jet ck tone. Its whole body was really pitch ck.
Hajime was about to take a step back full of vignce to create some distance, and it was at that moment¡
DOPAN-!
DOPAN-!
Without showing the hand movement, there wasn¡¯t even killing intent. With an extremely natural motion, shots were fired.
At the same time when the ck haired Hajime pulled the trigger of apletely ck Donner, a bullet really flew out from inside the mirror. The railgun emitted a muddy ck spark. What intercepted it was a vivid red sh.
Hajime was taking a ¡®drawing back¡¯ action with a single step back while he wasmencing a merciless attack. The bullet fired with an extremely natural motion shed with the fast approaching ck sh like some kind of joke, both crushed each other and fell on the ground.
It was something terrifying for an actual attack toe out from inside the mirror, but even more than that, what was the most terrifying was how both of them naturally fired lethal attacks without killing intent.
{Haha, as expected you get it. What¡¯s the timing, how do I think, what kind of technique would you use to ughter the enemy¡¡±
The ck Hajime stepped out from the mirror world while smirking widely. He materialized into the real world smoothly from the rippling ice pir. And then he drew out Scg with left artificial arm simr to Hajime¡¯s and took a stance along with Donner at the right hand. That was exactly the stance of Hajime¡¯s self-taught gun-kata.
Hajime silently took the same stance. The white-haired Hajime and the ck-haired Hajime began to emit absurd killing intent in the same stance like mirror reflections. That immense pressure was really equal. It seemed that Hajime¡¯s ability and the weapons in his possession, everything was reproduced.
If it was normal people, just by being at the side of the two of them might make someone go mad, inside such pressure the ck Hajime grinned while announcing the signal of the trial¡¯s start.
{Now, Nagumo Hajime. Can you, win against me?}
Right after that, there was a sublime tremendous roar as though space itself was creaking.
That was simply the sound of the two stepping in as well as the sound of a simultaneous bombardment from the crossbits they took out at the same time, and the explosive sound of the spinning kick they eachunched while pretending to shoot.
Hajime¡¯s body, which was almost blown away immediately, forcefully stopped in ce using the spike transmuted on the sole of his shoe and he aimed Donner. That gun muzzle made a blunt sound of metal striking metal¡ when he looked, the ck Hajime also aimed Donner with exactly the same motion. Both of the gun muzzles locked each other without even a millimeter of disorder.
¡°Die.¡±
{Die.}
Without hesitation, both of them pulled the trigger of Donner while ordering the other to die. Violent sound roared, each Donner repelled each other with fierce momentum. But, in the next instant both Scgs that had been prepared through their armpit spouted fire.
The red sh that wasunched from super close range shed from the front right at the middle of the two. Both bullets were squashed against each other and generated shockwave. Before the two crushed bullets fell on the ground, the two Hajime used that shockwave and rotated their body tounch an upper kick along with strong wind.
*GAN-!* A shockwave sound that was like a joke that couldn¡¯t be thought ofing from the sh of flesh bodies. Immediately after, the kick changed the angle and deftly changed into a middle kick.
Once again, the shockwave of shing metal resounded. At that moment, Hajime¡¯s Donner aimed at the head of the ck Hajime and the trigger was pulled. The ck Hajime warded off Hajime¡¯s Donner the instant the trigger was pulled and at the same time the ck Scg aimed at Hajime¡¯s head and fired.
And as expected, Hajime averted the line of fire using the barrel of Scg to ward off the opponent¡¯s hand. Without paying any mind to the ck sh that grazed his head, Hajime pulled back Donner that fired first and then fired consecutively at the ck Hajime to arrest his movement, but that too was averted by the ck Hajime¡¯s elbow strike.
While dodging the firing line of the opponent with the paper thin difference in close range, they tried to take the instant opening. ck and red shes couldn¡¯t catch the opponent and passed through empty air. Even the attack from blind spots through the crossbit was neutralized by the ck crossbit and resulted in nothing.
{How strong. Really strong. It¡¯s really not a strength that a human can have. Right, me?}
¡°Aaa?¡±
From two Donner that were swung in pretension of shooting, ¡®Wind w¡¯ stretched out and shallowly cut the cheek of each other. From the gap of the fresh blood scattering once more, the grinning face of the ck Hajime peeked out.
{Monstrous power, hands dirtied in blood, heart that doesn¡¯t hesitate in killing¡ what are my parents going to think to look at the current you?}
¡°¡ What do you want to say?¡±
Reloading while performing a gun spin, Hajime tried to break the foothold with ¡®Transmutation¡¯ until the time to fire the next shot. At the same time the red spark traveled the ground, ck spark ran and blocked the ¡®Transmutation¡¯ as though it was understood from the beginning.
{I want to go back home. That is the wish in my core of being but¡ are you thinking that there is a ce for you to belong there?}
¡°¡¡±
{In that world, especially in the country called Japan, killing people is not tolerated yeah? To say nothing of monster, just who can ept someone like that? Tou-san and Kaa-san? Just when they think that their son who was missing is finallying home, that son has turned into a man-killing monster. Ku-ku-ku-, surely they will be shocked. ¡®Is this really our son?¡¯ They are going to think like that.}
Hajime who kept silent and expressionless took out arge amount of grenades from his ¡®Treasure Warehouse¡¯, he ignited them using the spark of ¡®Lightning d¡¯ and scattered it on the ground. Against the suicide attack, the ck Hajime grinned and invoked the same ¡®Vajra¡¯ like Hajime.
Right after that, a tremendous explosion urred between the two from super close range. From inside the explosion me *BOBA-!* Hajime and ck Hajime flew out with such a sound. At the same time, both of them took out Orkan and fired all twelve bullets. Although the trajectory of the bullet was straight, the rocket bullet that had no rtion with precise aiming, unlike the gun bullet, trailed sparks behind them attacking the target even while half their numbers were neutralizing each other.
Those surviving rockets were sniped by the railgun from both sides.
{Actually you are scared, right? The ce for you to go home has been gone since a long time ago! That you will be absolutely rejected, in your original world, in your own family! You are scared right!?}
¡°Just keep talking.¡±
Like a stage actor, the ck Hajime talked vehemently with both his arms spread widely while still carrying Donner and Orkan. The real Hajime scowled and threw out a chakram.
{That¡¯s why you couldn¡¯t ignore the words of Hatayama Aiko. She pointed out your way of living after going home and put discord in your heart. You look up at Hatayama Aiko as your ¡®teacher¡¯ because she gave you an answer, even if it¡¯s a trivial one for the doubt smoldering deep in your heart. Isn¡¯t that right!?}
¡°¡¡±
The ck Hajime simrly took out a chakram, and both artifacts shed in midair, they neutralized each other really simply. Furthermore, just like Hajime, the ck Hajime also shoot into the chakrams at hand and exchanged shot against the space-leap bullet from the opposite chakram flying in the air.
Continuing after that with aposed attitude, he continued his words that were making fun of Hajime.
¡°But, even if you are not living in ¡®a lonely way¡¯, it doesn¡¯t change the fact that you are a blood-soaked monster. Both that world and your family won¡¯t ept you! That time when your first killed a human, it wasn¡¯t that you didn¡¯t feel anything. Even if you didn¡¯t feel guilt, you felt fear. You just didn¡¯t realize that your feeling was paralyzed, from the depth of your heart, you fear being disconnected from the ¡®Nagumo Hajime your parents know¡¯!¡±
Hajime frowned and his reaction was slightlyte. The ck sh flying out from chakram shallowly gouged Hajime¡¯s right shoulder. It was a small wound. It wasn¡¯t anything big. But since the battle started, this was the first time it was just Hajime who got wounded.
Looking at that, the ck Hajime grinned widely. Without stopping, he continued to pull the trigger of words for follow up.
{It¡¯s great that there is Yue ehhh, me. As long as I just have Yue¡ saying that even if you rejected anything else you can just cling at her huh?}
The wound on Hajime¡¯s shoulder shined while it was healing little by little. That was the effect of the artifact Hajime made with regeneration magic set in it. It intermittently regenerated himself like auto-regen. It didn¡¯t have that much effect because in the end, the regeneration was attached into ore. The object that could be made to regenerate was also mainly ore in the end. Regeneration of the flesh was nothing more than a secondary effect.
But the ck Hajime didn¡¯t have the intention to allow even that slight regeneration. With fierce momentum, ck Hajime stepped in close at Hajime and persistently aimed at the small earring that had regeneration magic concentrated so much on it that it had the effect to regenerate the flesh.
Once a more violent offense and the defense were unfolding in super close range.
{But, that is merely dependence. The majority of what you mistakenly think as love is just a sense of security. That¡¯s only insurance when you get rejected. Recently, your insurance is increasing eh!?}
The wish to return home, the love to Yue??the ck Hajime mercilessly hacked the feeling that built the core of Hajime with a knife, while grinning triumphantly, the ck Hajime was trying to expose every feeling of Hajime and throw it into a sea of malice.
But, those words became forcefully shut up by the red sh that grazed the cheek. Yes, that wound was inflicted only to the ck Hajime. The ck Hajime reflexively gazed in wonder, during that time Hajime slip through the distance and the elbow of the artificial arm of Hajime struck.
{Gofuh!?}
Immediately after, bursting slug bullet was fired from the elbow, the ck Hajime has grandly blown away with scattered shockwave.
It was just like an elbow strike of Chinese kenpo, Hajime who was in continued alertness in that pose returned his stance and tapped Donner on his shoulder with a vein throbbing on his head.
¡°Although it can¡¯t be helped because this is a trial, but you talk too much in the middle of mortalbat. If you got the time to have a tedious talk, you better use it to think of a killing method even for just one more moment. You really are unlike me.¡±
Implicitly Hajime was saying that ¡®after all you are just a fake¡¯, he was looking with a cold gaze.
Ahead of his gaze, was the figure of the ck Hajime who was pressing on his stomach with a bewildered expression even while he was already standing up. He could block it to a certain degree with ¡®Vajra¡¯, but even so, he was hit with bursting slug bullet from zero distance. As expected he couldn¡¯t escape from it unharmed.
{I thought you got shaken but¡ My words are your heart. You should understand that I¡¯m not talking randomly here.}
¡°I guess. Really those were words that made my ears hurt. Having the feeling deep inside myself exposed like that, is painful just like having a note where I wrote out my ck history get read loudly.¡±
Hajime¡¯s reaction that seemed like joking around made ck Hajime frowned seeing that his words only gave that much damage mentally.
{Then, why¡ }
¡°That¡¯s obvious. I am aware of something like that myself even without anyone telling me.¡±
{You are aware?}
¡°Yeah, that¡¯s right. Indeed, even while I¡¯m wishing from the bottom of my heart to return home, I¡¯m also scared to the same degree. That sensei¡¯s words became one of my salvation is correct, yet about those words aren¡¯t something that softened my fear is also true. And then, even when in the end it doesn¡¯t go like I want it, I have Yue¡ true, it¡¯s correct that I¡¯m also thinking like that.¡±
{Then, why aren¡¯t you shaken? Human is an organism that cannot look directly at one¡¯s own ugliness and dirty part. If those parts are exposed mercilessly, they will close their eyes so hard, plugged their ears, crouched down and stay unmoving there, even so, if they are made to face it forcefully they will break, that¡¯s the kind of organism they are.}
Hajime listened to the words of the ck Hajime and leaked out a chuckle. He then settled hisugh seeing the ck Hajime making a dubious face at him and shrugged his shoulder.
¡°The part where you¡¯re ¡®not entirely¡¯ me ising out a lot, huh? That way of talking is too serious as me you know?¡±
{¡ }
¡°Well, listen up. Why am I not shaken, you ask? That¡¯s because thinking of that kind of thing is meaningless, isn¡¯t that obvious?¡±
{Meaningless?}
¡°Certainly, there is the possibility I¡¯ll get rejected, that is something terrifying, but that¡¯s only something in the future, right? There won¡¯t be any answer even if I think about it right now. It¡¯s pointless just thinking about it. Then, I can only keep holding that fear and try to sh against it. You see, I already decided to go home. No matter what kind of circumstance anyone has, even if I myself am scared, I won¡¯t mind those trivial things and go home. I decided so, now I¡¯ll force my way through. That¡¯s all.¡±
Calm eyes like a peaceful water surface. Hajime understood everything, yet he still dered that he would persist in his own will. Even though he was not using ¡®Coercion¡¯ or ¡®Magic Power Emission¡¯, for some reason it felt like he was emitting a pressure that was far more severe, the ck Hajime unconsciously took a step back.
{¡ Isn¡¯t that just being defiant?}
¡°Haha, certainly you can say it like that. Yeah, but, I¡¯ll have you correct one thing.¡±
While making a wry smile after being overpowered, the ck Hajime talked back as though in revenge. Hajime too returned a wry smile. However, right after that, Hajime made a sullen face and demanded a correction of ck Hajime¡¯s remark. Toward the ck Hajime who was tilting his head, Hajime made a posture and stronglyined.
¡°It¡¯s not the majority. At best it¡¯s only 0.1 percent.¡±
{What?}
¡°My feeling toward Yue that she is my insurance is just 0.1 percent from the whole. The rest 99.9 percent is love.¡±
It was also correct that deep in Hajime¡¯s mind there was also a part of him that was thinking of Yue like that. But, Hajime confirmed that feeling of his. He wouldn¡¯t avert his eyes from Yue because of guilty feelings. Rather, he had the confidence that he could say to Yue right from the front something that was rtively pathetic like, ¡®I¡¯m scared of being rejected in my homnd, sofort me with Yue¡¯s presence¡¯.
That was because he understood that his existence wasn¡¯t perfect, therefore he would rely on his beloved partner for the part he wascking at or his ugly part. In certain meaning, it was something that brought about an immense trust. If it was Yue, he could even say something spoiled like that from his mouth, it could even be looked at as speaking fondly of a loved one.
The ck Hajime that was hit with such sweet emotions of love emitted together with Hajime words was¡
{¡ At the very least say that it¡¯s ten percent.}
Even though the ck Hajime should be Hajime itself, he was making an exasperated face. Surely that was the reaction of the part that was not Hajime which was nted in it to function as a test of the greatbyrinth. Truly what an impolite fellow, to mistakenly read the love of Hajime toward Yue like this.
Hajime ignored that ck Hajime and stepped in all of a sudden. Their respective Donner and Scg rushed about in super close range at all directions.
As always it was an offense and defense that rivaled each other like a mirror. But, that equilibrium was gradually beginning to crumble. The red sh Hajime fired, his kick, crossbit, chakram, the built-in weapon of the artificial arm, all of those began to catch the ck Hajime.
{Guh, what¡¯s going on¡ even though there is no sign I¡¯m getting weakened-}
¡°Hm? Weakened?¡±
{-, this is a trial to surpass oneself. The more you ovee the negative emotion you harbor, I who am the negative image will be weakening. Conversely, the more you avert your eyes, the stronger I be.}
¡°Hah, so there is that kind of rule.¡±
Finally, Hajime¡¯s Donner sted away the ck Scg. It fell on the ground and rolled far away while rotating all over. Giving it a nce, Hajime¡¯s Scg thrust at an opening and gouged the nk of the ck Hajime.
Unable to endure that, the ck Hajime stumbled while withdrawing back.
{But, you are not conquering your negative emotion. You are just merely putting off the problem and getting defiant. The proof of that is how I¡¯m not weakening¡ yet, why are you surpassing me-! Even though I am you-!}
¡°More urately, you are just me when we first faced each other, right?¡±
{What are you-, -, talking about-!}
Even more, the ck Donner was pulverized together with the right arm of the ck Hajime. He fired the shotgun in the artificial arm, but Hajime easily dodged and fired his railgun into the elbow joint while they passed each other, destroying it.
The two Hajime took distance and faced each other once more. However, the ck one was already full of wound all over his body. His gaze was filled with doubt.
¡°You don¡¯t get it? A false image of you is made from the information that was read from me. That is likely the information from when I entered thebyrinth until I arrived in front of the ice pir in this room. In other words, you are nothing more than me of dozens of minutes before. Then, right now, in this battle, I just need to be stronger than me of dozens of minutes ago. That¡¯s all.¡±
{Impossible¡ something like that}
¡°If you are me, then don¡¯t deny me. Discovering means of survival in the middle of mortalbat. Even if it¡¯s just a fraction stronger, just a fraction of a second faster, just a single more drop of magic power, just predicting half a step further, if I can surpass the opponent just by that much I can survive. All this time, I havee this far by getting the better of mortalbat in that way. Isn¡¯t that right?¡±
The ck Hajime that got taken aback for a while rxed his shoulders after a second. And then he made a wry smile while gathering the crossbits at his surrounding and took the stance of bare-handed fighting.
{Certainly, that¡¯s true¡ good grief, so there is a guy that¡¯ll breakthrough this trial not by ¡®oveing¡¯ but by being ¡®defiant¡¯. Even though if you just get agitated, then there will be a chance of victory for me still.}
¡°Don¡¯t say something stupid. Since the beginning, you haven¡¯t got any chance of victory. A false image is after all just a false image. I¡¯m going to smash up that irritating face.¡±
{That¡¯s masochism you know?}
Immediately after that, just like at the beginning of the battle, a thunderous roar rang out. But, the result was strikingly apparent.
The lower body of the ck Hajime has blown away, he copsed while flickering like heat haze, vanishing away. There was no more word, however, that expression looked satisfied somehow.
Hajime who breathed out deeply dispelled his continued alertness¡ for now he gave the final blow off three bullets at the head of the vanishing ck Hajime. The twitching ck Hajime became a pale light for sure this time and vanished. At the end, ¡®Read the mood, you damn bastard.¡¯ It felt like he heard something like that, but that was surely just his imagination, no doubt of that.
Hajime stored Donner in his holster, at the same time a part of the room¡¯s wall suddenly melted, there a passage appeared.
¡°Yue and others are¡ well, they must be fine.¡±
Along with that murmur, Hajime advanced into the passage.
By the way, whether Kouki andpany were included in that ¡®they must be fine¡¯¡ it could be easily guessed.
Chapter 143
Chapter 143
Shizuku¡¯s True Feelings
The fierce sound of shing des resounded through therge space where a huge round ice pir was standing at the center.
¡°HAAAAAAH!¡±
{Oh, your swordsmanship is disarrayed again, you know?}
Along with spirit-filled war cry, she unleashed a quick god-like sword draw. Several streaks of ck lines drew through the air in an instant, but not a single one of those sharp sword shes reached the opponent.
Instead, the opponent who mocked her swordsmanship nearly struck her in the forehead with a weaving thrust. She somehow avoided it by twisting her head, but a shallow cut was left on her temple.
¡°-, ¡®Scorching Wave¡¯!¡±
The thrust that almost hit her before was one of Yaegashi¡¯s own techniques. Therefore, Shizuku understood better than anyone that the thrust consisted of three stages. Her temple was cut, and it was difficult to evade with her slightly disarrayed posture.
Before the approaching sh of the second thrust could gouge her, Shizuku pushed her sheath on the ground and scattered the shockwave. The ice shards of the smashed ground changed into improvised buckshot and she somehow escaped from range.
{It¡¯s great that you have the present from him, isn¡¯t it? If you didn¡¯t have that, you would have been dead against me since some time ago, wouldn¡¯t you?}
¡°Haa haa¡¡±
Against the white Shizuku who was sheathing her white katana while teasing her, the ck ponytailed Shizuku kept silent while her shoulders heaved.
Currently, Shizuku was fighting her false image much like Hajime had.
The false image she faced was different with Hajime¡¯s in that it was really white. White hair in a ponytail and skin that was like white porcin. Her de and clothes were also all white. Her piercing reddish ck eyes were awfully eye-catching.
That white Shizuku opened her mouth while showing a sarcastic expression and wearing a wide grin that was unimaginableing from the usual Shizuku. It had been like this since a while ago. The content of her speech was naturally the exposition of Shizuku¡¯s negative emotions.
{It hurts? Painful? Scary? Do you want to cry? You don¡¯t need to hide it, you know? I am you, so I understand everything. Yes, everything.}
It had been fifteen minutes since the battle began. During that time, Shizuku¡¯s de didn¡¯t strike once. The white Shizuku still looked clean.
In contrast, although she barely evaded a fatal wound just now, Shizuku had shallow cuts all over her body. She was soaked wet with sweat and blood. Even now, the blood flowing from her temple and cheek was trickling down drop by drop from her slender chin.
{Actually, I didn¡¯t want to do something like learning the sword. Rather than wearing Japanese clothes or a dojo uniform, I wanted to wear cute and frilly western clothes. Rather than carrying a bamboo sword, dolls and glittery essories are far better.}
¡°¡ Shut up.¡±
The first time Shizuku was guided by her grandfather to swing a bamboo sword was when she was four years old. Her grandfather was the head of the Yaegashi family and inheritor of ancient sword style, Yeagashi-style. Surely, he made Shizuku swing the bamboo sword only for fun. But, of all the things to happen, the four-year-old Shizuku disyed a glimpse of her talent.
The grandfather who realized that her cute granddaughter inherited a talent for the style broke out from his usual sour look. Even now, Shizuku clearly remembered how happy her grandfather¡¯s smile was.
Since that day, sword art and kendo practice became a part of Shizuku¡¯s life. Her grandfather, her father, and everyone in the dojo too, all of them praised how amazing she was¡
But, actually¡
{That time when Kouki entered the dojo, I thought that a prince had finally arrived. ¡®I will protect Shizuku-chan too¡¯, I think? I dreamed of a cool boy that would say that to me like in a picture book story. If it¡¯s him, then he can make me a girl. He will protect me. He will spoil me. I was thinking that. But, you see?}
¡°Shut up.¡±
While clenching her teeth hard, Shizuku¡¯s figure turned hazy using ¡®No Beat¡¯, stepping in with god speed and drawing her sword. A sh of space ruptured ¨C ¡¯sh Blossom¡¯ drew its track through space itself to bisect the white Shizuku, but a white track that drew exactly the same trajectory perfectly neutralized it.
Not giving up, Shizuku further unleashed her shes, but everything was evaded, blocked, and her opponent didn¡¯t miss an opening to increase Shizuku¡¯s wounds.
{What Kouki brought about was only jealousy toward you. Isn¡¯t that right? Kouki was overflowing with a sense of justice and kindness since elementary school. He did everything skillfully and became the target of all of the girls¡¯ attention. You who swung bamboo sword even though you are female, your short hair, your in clothes, you who couldn¡¯t talk about girly topics, by being at the side of such a Kouki made the girls unable to tolerate it. Yes, yes, even now I remember those words. The words said to me by one of the girls who liked Kouki. ¡®You are a girl?¡¯ she said. That was shocking, right?}
¡°Just shut your mouth!¡±
The bitter memory from elementary school revived in the back of Shizuku¡¯s brain. At that period, her hair was cut short to practice the sword. A lot of her clothes were also in. Her beauty over cuteness was certainly weakened rted to girlishness.
With such a Shizuku, there was no way the girls would stay quiet if she was together with Kouki, who was popr since he was elementary school student. Shizuku received the jealousy of other children who didn¡¯t know mercy and moderation due to their young age. Even among those, those words were something she couldn¡¯t forget even now. Putting aside her external appearance and her sword skill, Shizuku¡¯s inside was exactly a girl. For such a Shizuku, those words were arge bitter shock.
Once, she had asked for help from Kouki. But, at that kind of time it was settled what Kouki was going to say. He would say, ¡°Surely, they didn¡¯t mean any ill will¡±, ¡°Everyone is a good kid, you know?¡±, ¡°They will understand if you talk to them¡±, etc, etc. Exactly like those words, Kouki spoke with the girls about their attitude towards Shizuku. It went without saying that the harsh treatment towards Shizuku got stronger. Furthermore, the concealment so that Kouki wouldn¡¯t realize such things happened increased all the more.
Even when Shizuku consulted Kouki, what Kouki returned to her was only a troubled smile. Before she knew it, Shizuku stopped relying on Kouki.
Such a living continued throughout her period of elementary school. If she didn¡¯t meet Kaori, who stayed by her side when she entered middle school, perhaps her heart would have broken and she would have abandoned everything.
{Even though I actually hated it, it was scary to betray my family¡¯s expectation and I couldn¡¯t stop learning the sword. Even though Kouki was the cause, I couldn¡¯t distance myself to push my childhood friend who didn¡¯t have a single speck of ill will because of my guilt¡ truly, you are an indecisive and half-baked girl.}
¡°-such a thing-!?¡±
The sword of the white Shizuku severed gravity using ¡®Multi sh¡¯ and brought Shizuku a moment of weightlessness and suspension. At that moment, the sheath the white Shizuku was holding was swung horizontally. Along with that, ¡®Scorching Wave¡¯ was also invoked. White ripples of magic power spread. An impact with pain enough to almost blow away Shizuku¡¯s consciousness attacked her exposed defenseless side. Her body was blown away grandly.
Shizuku bounced several times on the ground before she somehow came to a stop while sliding on the floor.
¡°Gohoh, gehoh.¡±
Blood was spat out in a stter from her coughing mouth. She felt intense pain from her ribs. Two or three of her bones had obviously been broken. It seemed that the impact injured her internal organs. In some way or another, she fastened her consciousness that was departing to the beyond.
Brisk footsteps resounded toward Shizuku, who couldn¡¯t immediately stand up. It was just like a countdown that notified her of approaching death. Impatience floated across Shizuku¡¯s expression while she struggled to stand up desperately.
The white Shizuku sweetly whispered to that agonized Shizuku with a kind tone, her mouth splitting open like a crescent moon. She was like a demon.
{It¡¯s fine even if you don¡¯t stand up anymore, you know? Someone else will clear thisbyrinth even without you suffering like this. If you do that, you can go home. It¡¯s fine. Even if you give up here, I won¡¯t take your life. If you sleep just like this, by the time you wake up, everything will be over.}
¡°What, are you¡¡±
{Just giving a choice¡ Of course, if you don¡¯t give up, I¡¯ll kill you. I¡¯ll slice you apart without mercy.}
The white Shizuku¡¯s wide grin could make somebody tremble in fear. The naked white de in her hand was sticky with the proof of how it had shredded Shizuku. The blood trickling through it looked as though it was flowing through white snow. From the tip that was pointed at Shizuku for show, drop by drop of her own blood dripped down. Looking at that scene, the crouching Shizuku¡¯s expression turned pale.
But, the next moment *KI-!* Shizuku red back at her false image without paying attention to the blood spurting from her wounds. She began to fill her limbs with strength.
¡°Guh, uaAAAAH!!¡±
{¡ I see. That¡¯s right, isn¡¯t it? If it¡¯s you, then you will stand up, isn¡¯t it?}
The white Shizuku nodded once, her eyes narrowed quietly, and she swung down the thin white de. It was blocked by Shizuku¡¯s ck de while she was on her knees raising a war cry.
Simultaneously,
¡°Fly, ¡®Far Sky¡¯!!¡±
By using a skill for the sake of pulling things apart, Shizuku somehow blew away the white Shizuku and bought some distance. The white Shizuku twirled in the air andnded gracefully on the ground with a somersault like a cat. Shizuku stood up while giving it a nce.
¡°You are annoying, yapping like that. You just keep saying iprehensible things. I won¡¯t apany you in such a psychological battle.¡±
{Psychological battle, huh? So you won¡¯t acknowledge your own feelings until the end. Until this year, you kept being stubborn like that. You made your surrounding stay quiet by your strength, constantly paying attention to someone¡ so that you aren¡¯t even aware that you are actually wishing to lean on someone¡}
¡°Do you not hear I¡¯m saying that you are noisy!?¡±
Shizuku charged without even a little of her usual calmness. There was no tactic or anything. She was merely swinging her sword unsightly through the air with reckless swordsmanship. Her feeling of wanting to shut up the opponent was clear to see.
The false image was created by reading the negative emotion of the target and using that as the base. And then if the exposed emotion wasn¡¯t epted by the target, the false image¡¯s strength would rise without end. In reverse, if the target epted her own fault then the false image would be weakened¡ but the current Shizuku was in the former state.
Therefore, with her heart disarrayed, Shizuku¡¯s sword attack was already like child¡¯s y against the white Shizuku, whose strength increased.
The white Shizuku lightly handled the full might of Shizuku¡¯s technique and beat her down in reverse with a polished sword technique. The injury on Shizuku¡¯s nk, the damage to her internal organs, and the blood loss made Shizuku¡¯s movement dull, causing her injuries to increase further. That turned into impatience which made her grow violent and made her movement even duller. It was a vicious cycle.
To add insult to injury against such a Shizuku, the white Shizuku opened her mouth with augh.
{That time when you arrived in this world you were also like that, right? In truth, you were full of anxiety. You were scared from the bottom of your heart when you were Ishtar told you about the subjugation of the devil race. The night when you first killed a monster, you cried in a ce where no one could know it. The feeling of cutting flesh wouldn¡¯t disappear. The blood clinging to your skin felt like it wouldn¡¯t go away. You were hiding many times trying to wash it off, weren¡¯t you?}
¡°Haaa-!!¡±
Shizuku tried to drown the words of the false image with her spirited yell. But, that act itself expressed Shizuku¡¯s denial, because she couldn¡¯t ept it, the difference in strength between them opened even farther.
{That time when Nagumo-kun fell into the abyss, if you didn¡¯t pour all your strength into consoling the deranged Kaori, surely, the one who would be crushed by terror would be you. Since that day, when you felt a real death, all the time, toward the terror of death, toward the terror of killing¡ you continued to be afraid.}
¡°Aguh!?¡±
The white Shizuku¡¯s ¡®Lightning Blossom¡¯ burst, paralyzed Shizuku¡¯s body. Taking that opening, a white sh caressed Shizuku¡¯s neck. *pushu-!* With that sound, fresh blood scattered out.
Thanks to Shizuku enfolding herself in ¡®Scorching Wave¡¯ and blowing away their bodies to open a distance, she managed to barely dodge a fatal wound. But blood was flowing like a river from between Shizuku¡¯s fingers pressed against her neck. Her carotid artery wasn¡¯t cut, but even so, it was a wound on her neck. The bleeding was quite a lot.
A clear vision of death floated in her brain. An overwhelming terror and despair began to assault Shizuku¡¯s heart. The emotion that she desperately suppressed leaked out and her hand that was holding the ck katana was ttering.
The white Shizuku¡¯s lips that looked excessively red split open widely. Sticky words flowed out like a muddy stream.
{Hey, you. You were happy at that time, weren¡¯t you?}
¡°Eh?¡±
That sudden question made Shizuku leak out a dumbfounded voice while still pressing on her neck.
{I¡¯m talking about that time Nagumo-kun came to save your ss. You understand, right? There is no way you can forget that most dramatic moment in your life.}
¡°What are you saying¡¡±
{A life threatening and despairing pinch¡ no? At that time, you had given up for certain. You were going to ept the unreasonable death and gave up everything. You didn¡¯t believe that anyone woulde saving you gantly in this world¡ Because of that, that red radiance, thatrge back, that overwhelming power without any match, it stole your heart.}
¡°Yo, you¡¯re wro-¡¡±
If felt like something that she didn¡¯t want to recognize by any means, that she mustn¡¯t recognize no matter what was going to be said. Shizuku immediately tried to yell words of rejection. But, as though to tell her that such resistance was pointless, the white Shizuku mercilessly dered.
{That time when Kaori was killed was also like that. If you aren¡¯t aware yourself, then I¡¯ll say it. At that time, for the first time since you came to this world, you ¡®clung¡¯. You clung to Nagumo-kun. To such a you, he said ¡®believe me and wait¡¯. And then he really answered your expectation. Just like you believed, he saved your best friend along with your heart. Since that day, you kept desperately averting your eyes, but¡ now, you won¡¯t be able to lie to yourself anymore.}
¡°Stop it, you are wrong. I¡¯m¡¡±
Toward Shizuku, who was shaking her head like a kid refusing something, the false image thrust the truth that she couldn¡¯t possibly escape from.
{You????love Nagumo-kun.}
¡°¡¡±
Shizuku¡¯s throat was clogged. Her head was still shaking left and right in denial. She didn¡¯t even have theposure to be bothered by the blood flowing from her cut neck.
The reason was because that was an emotion that she absolutely mustn¡¯t recognize. Because that was an unforgivable feeling, a proof of the worst betrayal.
Toward Shizuku, whose mind had been cornered so much that she didn¡¯t even have the leeway to say a word of denial, the false image gently sent her the finishing blow. It was as though she was sending her a flower for the departed.
{Geez you, to fall in love with the beloved person of your best friend ??This traitor.}
¡°¡¡±
Shizuku¡¯s knees lost strength. She only just supported herself enough with the ck katana that she didn¡¯t fall on her knees, but the light of determination was disappearing from her eyes.
The words thrust into her heart¡ were just that severe.
It was really hard to control this thing called a heart. It was not an exaggeration to call a person who could perfectly control their own heart as abnormal. It was the same with the feeling of liking another person, something that couldn¡¯t be exined with logic. That was why, even if Shizuku fell in love with Hajime just like Kaori, it was an exaggeration to call her a betrayer just from having that feeling.
But, the white Shizuku??Shizuku¡¯s negative emotion, the depth of her heart, her own feeling stated that she was a ¡®betrayer¡¯.
Perhaps, that originated from the honesty that Shizuku had by nature, and her undying gratitude and good will toward her most important best friend who she snuggled up to at her most bitter period.
Her feelings for her treasured Kaori were too strong that she couldn¡¯t forgive herself just by liking Hajime. Not to mention the various faces she showed to Hajime from her uncontroble emotion. The smiling face from her heart, her clingy and miserable face, her charming face watching in a daze, her sulky face, and even her relieved sleeping face¡ all those happening in a ce where Kaori didn¡¯t know. Such a thing was also a reason that spurred her guilty feeling.
{Furthermore, you attacked Shia, didn¡¯t you? Why was that, I wonder? Why it wasn¡¯t Yue or Kaori but Shia, why do you think?}
¡°I, am¡¡±
{The answer is simple. You envy Shia, don¡¯t you? You understood from the start that you cannot win against Yue, so you don¡¯t even feel jealous of her. There is no way you can attack Kaori no matter how jealous you are at her. That¡¯s why, you selected that girl as the target of your attack. The one who was recognized by him as a lover and the easiest one to envy¡ You really are a coward aren¡¯t you?}
¡°¡¡±
Already, she couldn¡¯t hope to avert her eyes. The enemy before her eyes wouldn¡¯t allow that. Each timed word pierced her like an arrow. It also shot through her words of rebuttal and broke it apart. Strength was leaking out from under her feet. In contrast, the white Shizuku was overflowing with bountiful strength.
As the proof of that, the white Shizuku stepped in with ¡®No Beat¡¯ and unleashed a kick that scooped up Shizuku from below, not permitting her to react at all.
¡°Gahah!?¡±
Against Shizuku, whose breath was forced out and her body floating in the air, countless shes assaulted her like a pouring rain. At an unconscious level, Shizuku lifted her ck katana as a recement for a shield, but there was no way such a thing could block everything¡
¡°AAAAAAAAH!?¡±
Her whole body was chopped up to the heart¡¯s content of white Shizuku. The white Shizuku struck the sheath at the shrieking Shizuku as though making doubly sure. Shizuku was blown away fiercely as though she was run over by a dump truck and her back struck the ice wall. The ice wall at her back was pulverized in a radiating shape.
All the air in her lungs was forcefully spat out due to the impact that made her whole body act like a ragged cloth. The pain came from so many sh wounds that she didn¡¯t understand anymore where the paine from. Shizuku¡¯s body informed her that it was at the limit. Just like that, Shizuku¡¯s body slid down the ice wall and now she was in a sitting down posture with her back reclining on the ice while her four limbs syed open.
Blood stickily stuck on the ice wall, even the ground started to have a puddle of blood gathering there. With hazy eyes, Shizuku was staring at her other self calmly approaching her. Her body couldn¡¯t move, the piling up burden on her mind was sapped of any will to move.
{Even your absurd life that kept pulling out the short stick will have the curtain closed here. The reason for thises as a result of your own hand, you¡¯re truly foolish.}
Shizuku didn¡¯t respond. She was quiet as she looked up at the white Shizuku. From an appearance with wounds all over her body without even twitching, she even looked like she had expired already.
{Is there something you want to say in yourst moment, I wonder? I¡¯ll carve it in the ice wall for you. Each of the spaces are connected to each other in this ce, so if your luck is good someone who breaks through their trial might arrive here and find youst will you know?}
¡°¡¡±
Shizuku didn¡¯t respond. In exchange, at her cheek, tear drops were flowing down. Grains of light were silently tracing her cheeks, creating a stain on herp drop by drop.
Shizuku herself wasn¡¯t clear just why tears were overflowing like this. Was she in terror because she sensed her own death? Was she in despair that she would lose her future? Was it from the mortification of all the things said to her? Was it from the sadness of being unable to meet her important people anymore¡ or possibly, from all the above?
While staring down wordlessly, white Shizuku drew back her naked de tightly behind. She took a crouching posture, her hand that was holding the sheath stuck out in aim. Its target was Shizuku¡¯s head.
The sharpness of the white katana was the same as the ck katana. It was possible to have her life ended without feeling any pain by piercing through her forehead.
The sudden swelling killing intent and the finishing blow was right in front of her eyes.
In front of the tip that was aiming at her, something inside Shizuku was welling up. Her mouth pped and closed, trying to express that emotion without caring of her own reputation or appearance.
¡°¡ I, still¡ don¡¯t want¡ to die.¡±
{¡}
There was no way anyone would listen to those words here. It was merely earnest words that wished to live. That she still didn¡¯t want to die. She wanted to meet¡ Her best friend, herrades, and then, the person she fell in love with at thisnd of another world. One more time.
But, she wasn¡¯t able to stand up by herself anymore. Because both her body and her heart werepletely tired.
That was why¡
¡°He¡ lp, me¡ some, one¡ he, lp, me¡ please¡¡±
She wished for help while crying like a child. Shizuku was always someone at the side being relied on, clung on, and then she always gave help to those people. She had never done something likeining, asking for help to anyone while crying, saying that she couldn¡¯t do it anymore, that she couldn¡¯t stand it anymore.
In reality, she dreamed of being ¡®a girl that was protected like a princess¡¯, but while she kept looking for that, she waspelled by necessity to polish herself, and then her role became like the knight instead. Before she knew it, she even tolerated this version of herself without any dissatisfaction, however¡ as expected¡
{How unfortunate. To use those words is toote already.}
Her true feeling that leaked out at the very end was drowned by her merciless other self.
And then, the sublime killing intent was emitted from the white Shizuku. Shizuku reflexively closed her eyes tightly. The brutal white de thrust straight toward that forehead, to pierce her life.
¡
¡
¡°?¡±
{¡ This is impossible.}
No matter how much time passed her death didn¡¯t arrive. The moment she closed her eyes, she felt like her back got light all of a sudden, but rather than something like that, right now her attention got attracted to the dumbfounded voice of the white Shizuku.
Shizuku timidly opened her eyes.
Over there was¡
¡°Eh, eh?¡±
¡°Geez, what¡¯s with this timing? Don¡¯t tell me this is the aim of the greatbyrinth itself.¡±
There was the white tip that stopped just before it touched her skin and the metallic arm that kept it there. With creaking sounds, a metallic artificial arm she had seen before was reaching out from behind her that firmly grasped the white de, stopping the killing de a hair breadth from Shizuku.
Theint that she could hear at the same time made Shizuku opened her eyes wide, and she looked back over her shoulder. Over there was a passage where the ice wall had disappeared before anyone realized, Hajime who seemed like he came out from there appeared, crouching to support the sitting Shizuku with an embrace.
¡°Na, Nagumo, kun?¡±
¡°¡ Chih, you are too beaten up.¡±
Hajime looked down at Shizuku in a bad mood, next he red at the white Shizuku with a beastly sharp glint. And then red spark ran from the artificial hand grasping the white katana. Immediately after that, the artificial hand began to vibrate with super high speed that it blurred.
*KIIIIIIIIIII!!*
{-this-}
A peculiar running sound could be heard. At the same time, the white de creaked and cracked. The dumbfounded white Shizuku returned to her senses with ¡®hah¡¯ and pulled back trying to recover her katana but¡ in the next moment, the white katana was pulverized from halfway as though it was crushed.
Without stopping Hajime aimed his artificial hand straight at the white Shizuku and from its palm explosive slug bullet was fired. Fierce impact attacked the white Shizuku along with a red ripple, blowing her far away.
Furthermore, Hajime took out crossbits and let them fly to the white Shizuku to assault her. He didn¡¯t have any intention of killing her because this wasn¡¯t Hajime¡¯s battle. Until the end, it was only buying time.
To separate the two parties, seven crossbits fired buckshot while taking skilled cooperation. While feeling like the thunderous roar was far away, Shizuku stared fixedly at the face of Hajime who was supporting her back from behind.
It was as though she was seeing a dream, that actually she had been killed and the Hajime in front of her eyes was just a phantom her brain showed her before she died or something. She feared that in the next moment, he would vanish.
Hajime took out a tube container from his ¡¯Treasure Warehouse¡¯ while Shizuku was like that. He opened the lid and without reservation, he thrust it into the mouth of Shizuku that was opened absentmindedly.
¡°Nmuh!?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t spit it out. Drink up like your life depended on it.¡±
Shizuku¡¯s eyes darted and she almost reflexively spat out the foreign object that suddenly entered her mouth. So that wouldn¡¯t happen, Hajime embraced Shizuku even tighter to make her unable to resist while forcefully making her drink the god water.
Shizuku panicked for a moment, but being hugged tightly by Hajime where his warmth was transmitted to her made her stiffen with a snap this time. While holding the tube in her mouth, she stared hard at the face of Hajime which was at a really close distance. Finally, she was able toprehend that it was a reality, and she had been saved by a hair¡¯s breadth. She became unable to avert her gaze as though she was imprisoned by Hajime¡¯s eyes.
Before long the body of Shizuku who had gulped down all the god water was healedpletely from all the wounds covering her body as though everything was just a lie. However the blood she lost couldn¡¯t be recovered without using regenerative magic, so it didn¡¯t change how weak her body was.
¡°You are really¡ Nagumo-kun?¡±
¡°Do I look like anything else?¡±
¡°Bu, but, why, why are you, here, I¡¡±
¡°Calm down. I finished my own trial and when I went through the passage that appeared, I came out here. Most likely each space is connected to each other. Well, I thought it¡¯s just too good to be true that I came out behind Yaegashi though.¡±
¡°The, then, Nagumo-kun really is, I¡¡±
Perhaps because the pain of her body had vanished, and she felt for real that she had escaped death, this time tears of relief overflowed from her eyes. And then, with her body still embraced, as though to ascertain his existence, it was as though she could see nothing else but Hajime. Shizuku¡¯s hand slowly reached out at Hajime¡¯s cheek. However, just before her hand touched, her expression warped painfully and her hand drew back.
Furthermore, as though to say that being hugged by Hajime mustn¡¯t happen, she weakly pushed on Hajime¡¯s chest and tried to take distance. She rubbed away her overflowing tears with her sleeve and averted her facepletely from him.
Looking at Shizuku¡¯s state that was obviously strange, Hajime guessed that she was considerably humiliated by her false image, he gave a nce at white Shizuku who crossed sword with the crossbits using her white katana that should have been broken but now had been recovered and opened his mouth.
¡°Come on, all your wounds have been recoveredpletely. Now is the time for a revenge match. Beat her quickly.¡±
¡°a. Bu, but, I¡ I cannot win against that, so¡¡±
Shizuku looked at Hajime with clinging gaze while making an excuse. That appearance from Shizuku that he had never seen before made Hajime looked at the sky thinking ¡°This is not just getting humiliated, even her heart is broken!¡± He thought that among the four of Kouki¡¯s group that she was the strongest mentally, so honestly, this was unexpected.
The white Shizuku took advantage of the crossbits¡¯ opening and gradually closed the distance. There was no meaning if Hajime defeated it, so the crossbits were moving in a half following pattern, it seemed the white Shizuku was predicting that.
Shizuku showed a frightened look from seeing her approaching white self.
It wasn¡¯t like herself. That appearance was really not like her at all. Possibly, this was her true¡ Hajime frowned at the scared Shizuku that couldn¡¯t stand up and matched his gaze with her stooped gaze. And then he began to stare at her with an extremely serious face.
¡°Na, Nagumo-kun? Err, that fellow is¡¡±
¡°Yaegashi. Don¡¯t worry.¡±
¡°Eh?¡±
Shizuku was flustered toward the approaching enemy, but to be told that while being stared straight with a serious face made blood unconsciously gathered in her face.
In front of such a Shizuku, Hajime abruptly took out a certain thing from his ¡®Treasure Warehouse¡¯.
That was¡
¡°Now, take this. This is the ¡®Masked Pink¡ªMark II¡¯ I made for you.¡±
¡°¡ Nagumo-kun?¡±
While giving a scornful look and feeling angry towards why that thing came out right here, she unintentionally forgot her weak mind. The borately designed pink full face mask was forcefully pushed on her. Seeing that showy mask suddenlye out and now being pushed at her real body, even the white Shizuku reflexively stopped in vignce.
Giving white Shizuku a nce, Hajime kept presenting the Masked Pink¨CMark II persistently at Shizuku.
¡°Nagumo-kun! This is not the time for screwing around! That fellow ising here!¡±
¡°Excuse me. I¡¯m not screwing around at all here. Listen well, if you wear this powered up Masked Pink then your perception ability will be increased by three times. With this, you can win even against that.¡±
¡°Wh, what a pointless high-spec like usual¡¡±
¡°Now you want it right? If you are saying that you cannot win without this, then take it without reservation.¡±
¡°I don¡¯t need it! I can win even without wearing that kind of thing! Rather, if I wear that kind of thing I¡¯ll be fighting like mad! Who can bear being treated like a degenerate for the second time because of that thing!¡±
With a cramped expression, Shizuku fiercely objected at Hajime who was emphasizing his prized item with a serious face. Shizuku rubbed at her temple as though she was enduring a headache.
That gesture and her tone were just like her usual self. Hajime grinned widely at Shizuku who was ring at him even now and easily stored the Masked Pink¨CMark II back into his ¡®Treasure Warehouse¡¯. And then, he said to the dumbfounded Shizuku.
¡°That¡¯s right. You can win, even without this kind of thing.¡±
¡°-, I, I am¡¡±
Even while making a face as though she was chewing a bitter bug from how easily she got provoked by Hajime¡¯s incitement, Shizuku couldn¡¯t say anything. Ignoring that, Hajime added more to his words.
¡°Yaegashi. Don¡¯t forget. That thing is certainly another of your faces, but it¡¯s not everything there is to you. It¡¯s nothing more than a part made up from your negative emotion. The important feeling should be possessed by the Yaegashi Shizuku in front of my eyes right now. Isn¡¯t that right?¡±
¡°The thing¡ possessed by me¡¡±
Memories overflowed in Shizuku¡¯s brain. That was her family¡¯s smile from the bottom of their heart each time she grew. The time when she helped someone together with Kouki and the group. The time when the person they helped thanked them from their heart, how she was able to meet Kaori exactly because of that painful time. And all the other many things that were hard to throw away that she couldn¡¯t forget, filled with warmth and gentleness.
Just why she couldn¡¯t remember even a little of those until now¡ the answer was obvious. That was due to the whispering voice she was hearing since they stepped foot into this greatbyrinth little by little guiding her consciousness.
Light of determination returned into Shizuku¡¯s eyes. Suddenly lit up light was flowing into Shizuku¡¯s four limbs.
¡°You giving in to the words of that kind of fellow, is also the proof that you are properly facing it. After all, a real good for nothing will only be defiant hearing that. What¡¯s left, is what do you want to do? That¡¯s all. You are just too serious. Just ept it more irresponsibly, irresponsibly. After all, for the time being if you just survive thenter on you can deal with it no matter how many times, anyway you like it.¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun¡¡±
¡®By the way, I¡¯m in a good-for-nothing side¡¯ Hajime said while shrugging his shoulders, at the same time he began to collect his crossbits back. Him buying time was enough already.
While feeling the gaze of Shizuku staring at him, Hajime leaned on the ice wall and crossed his arms. And then he sent her his words while staring back straight at her. Hajime himself didn¡¯t do it intentionally, but surely those words were the ones that Shizuku wanted the most.
¡°I¡¯ll be watching here.¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°You can just keep challenging it until you win. As long as I¡¯m here you won¡¯t die. I won¡¯t let you die. It¡¯s fine.¡±
¡°¡ that¡¯s¡ the clincher.¡± (TN: The most urate meaning is, phrase that brings someone around, esp. in personal rtionships)
Thosest words were words that were only inside her mouth that didn¡¯t reach even the ear of the person herself. Naturally, it shouldn¡¯t reach Hajime but, sure enough, what kind of expression would he make if he heard that? Shizuku imagined it, and then she leaked out a chuckle thinking that surely he would make a troublesome expression.
And then, she thought that surely Aiko-sensei and Liliana were also like her without a doubt, to fall in love with this kind of nasty man, it made her feeling strangely amused about just what was wrong with her.
It felt like the her until just now was all lie. She stood up with a light leap as though her body was like a feather. And then, she hugged the ck katana that was a present from Hajime tightly in her breast before facing her standing still false image with a determined expression.
With her back toward Hajime, Shizuku asked silently, but with sweetness somewhere in her tone.
¡°¡ You will be looking, right? At me.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡±
¡°You will protect me when I need it right?¡±
¡°Yeah.¡±
¡°I see. Then¡ I¡¯m going.¡±
¡°Ou. Go get her.¡±
Her lost blood wasn¡¯t recovered back. In truth, even now she felt like fainting from blood loss. But, her steps were far more certain evenpared to when she first entered this space.
She faced her false image. The white Shizuku was silently waiting with a sheathed de.
{Really, flirting in front of the enemy? That¡¯s a really good face you have there.}
¡°Is that so? This is thanks to Nagumo-kun. We aren¡¯t flirting. Though I think it will be great if we can do that.¡±
{My, my, as I thought you are betraying your best friend. And then, to your rival in love you¡}
¡°Let¡¯s stop this unproductive talk. There is no meaning in this soliloquizing. I¡¯ll survive, then meet Kaori and others one more time. Everything else will start from there.¡±
{¡}
That unshakable Shizuku shut up the white Shizuku. And then she noticed how her strength was weakening little by little. In other words, Shizuku was aware of her own emotion and she began to ept that¡
¡°Perhaps I will have a dispute with her, that I will make her feel a horrible shock. She might even scorn me. But, I won¡¯t give up. I¡¯ll show you that I can haul in the best result for me. I¡¯ll challenge it no matter how many times. I absolutely won¡¯t give up.¡±
{In the end, you are going to be a fighting woman then?}
¡°I guess. But, seventeen years, I have been living that long like that until now so it¡¯s toote already. Certainly, I have lived until now by stifling down various things, but what I obtained as the result of that, is also an important thing that I cannot abandon already. And then, I believe that surely from now on too I will obtain the lovelier things¡ Because it seems, that even a fighting woman can be protected by someone that is far stronger than me.¡±
{Until the end, it¡¯s still an indirect reason like, ¡®because he is an important person for Kaori¡¯ you know? No doubt about that.}
¡°Even so, right now, I don¡¯t mind.¡±
Shizuku softly lowered her waist, she lightly drew back one of her feet with the other foot bending forward, taking the stance of quick sword draw.
¡°I don¡¯t have any extra strength left. One attack. I¡¯ll put everything in this one attack. Endure this if you can.¡±
{Fufu, I see. What magnificent spirit. Really what a timing he appeared at. Someone who is there at the essential time, in the essential ce¡ I thought something like that existed only inside stories.}
Presence emitted from Shizuku sharpened to the utmost. With her body that had reached the height of fatigue due to the mental burden and bleeding, certainly, she could only put her everything in one attack. It was exactly an attack where she staked her all.
For an instant, the white Shizuku directed a wry smile at the man leaning on the wall who revived Shizuku like a phoenix at the eleventh hour. Surely that whisper was also something that Shizuku undoubtedly felt.
The white Shizuku also simrly dropped her waist and took the stance of a fast draw.
The pressure rapidly swelled up. The determination to beat the opponent emitted like it would cut apart the other by itself came from both sides respectively. Different from the chilly air, the sharp cold filled the surrounding space.
Shizuku¡¯s heart was calm like a spring inside a deep forest. Because on her back, she felt arge presence. Because she understood that he was looking straight at her. Because she believed that when the unlikely event happened, he would protect her.
¡°??fuh.¡±
{Haah!!}
They stepped in simultaneously.
Their ponytails fluttered like falling stars, Shizuku and white Shizuku crossed each other.
And then they stayed unmoving a few meters from each other with their backs facing the other.
And, at that time, a rustled sound could be heard, Shizuku¡¯s ponytail was undone. The string that fastened her hair was cut. Was that because of the sword sh, or perhaps it was deteriorating due to several battles¡
In the midst of the tension that turned into silence filling the air, the one sheathing her katana¡ was Shizuku.
*chin* The moment the pleasant small sound of the sheath resounded, the white Shizuku slipped off smoothly. Her body was bisected into two. Like that, the figure swayed and blurred before melting and vanishing in the air. Its face looked from the side seemed to smile broadly in satisfaction.
Right after that, Shizuku¡¯s body stumbled to the side, and she crumbled down. She became unable to stand up after her feeling ckened down due to being freed from extreme fatigue and nervousness.
But, Shizuku didn¡¯t strike the hard ground.
¡°Splendid. As always, that¡¯s admirable swordsmanship.¡± (TN: The kanji used in the admirable word can also be used for falling in love.)
¡°Nagumo-kun¡ fufu, you can also proceed to fall in love from there you know?¡±
¡°What are you saying?¡±
¡°My, that¡¯s unfortunate.¡±
Hajime gently lowered Shizuku on the ground.
After Shizuku cracked that joke, a third path different from the passage Shizuku passed and the path Hajime came out from melted out from the wall.
¡°Yaegashi, you have difficulty in walking?¡±
¡°It seems so. I need a little rest. Although, nothing can be done about the blood loss so I need regeneration magic used on me. In any case, I cannot move properly right now¡ and so Nagumo-kun, take care of me okay?¡±
¡°Aa?¡±
¡°Carry me in your arms okay?¡±
¡°¡ Yaegashi, did you change a little? Like you have no reservation anymore, or you became shameless¡¡±
Toward Shizuku who spread open her arms demanding to be carried in his arm, Hajime only returned a slightly bewildered gaze at her. Shizuku leaked out a chuckle while enjoyably swaying her downed straight ck hair.
¡°I¡¯m just thinking that I¡¯ll be slightly more honest. Rather than that, let¡¯s quickly link up with everyone else. That¡¯s right. Nagumo-kun, can you create an artifact enchanted with regeneration magic I wonder? You had included that function in the ck katana too but the effect is insignificant.¡±
Hajime tilted his head toward Shizuku¡¯s change while thinking that indeed it wasn¡¯t guaranteed that anything would happen until they linked up with Yue and others, so he responded to her request because it would be better if she recovers quickly. Shizuku made a further request while he took out material from the ¡®Treasure Warehouse¡¯.
¡°While you are at it, can you make it a hair ornament? See, my hair string was cut. It¡¯s better if it¡¯s cute. Sort of like that snow crystal you gifted for Yue and the others.¡±
¡°¡ What a demanding fellow. It looks like you are really cutting loose on various things, huh?¡±
Even whileining, Hajime thought ¡°Well, let¡¯s make it for the sess celebration too¡±. He used a pearl-like crystal with a faint radiance which had high affinity with magic power, making a hairclip from that. It was like countless fruits in a row, or perhaps like drops of morning dew lining on a leaf, a row of beautiful jewels.
¡°It¡¯s pretty¡¡±
¡°Here, it¡¯s fine like this right? Let¡¯s go quickly after you wear it.¡±
For a while, Shizuku stared ecstatically at the regenerative hairclip created in less than a minute, but she then tied her hair in a ponytail in panic after Hajime called out at her.
¡°¡ How do I look?¡±
With her cheeks reddened, Shizuku looked up at him and asked that question. Seeing that Hajime¡¯s perplexity deepened thinking that as he thought something was strange.
¡°¡ It¡¯s falling far short of the real regeneration magic, but there was no problem when I attached regeneration magic in it to work on the flesh you see.¡±
¡°¡ That¡¯s not what I¡¯m asking, though.¡±
Of course, Hajime understood what Shizuku was actually asking him. However, for some reason, this exchange gave Hajime a d¨¦j¨¤ vu. It was just like, yes, it was exactly the same like the atmosphere Aiko showed him at the god mountain¡ yes.
Even while sighing deeply at Hajime who was ying dumb, ¡°Well, guess it cannot be helped¡± Shizuku shrugged her shoulders before slowly holding out both her arms. It was wordless, and the second request for a carry.
Anyway, it was definite that Shizuku couldn¡¯t move properly, so reluctantly Hajime was going to take out gravity stone from ¡®Treasure Warehouse¡¯, but Shizuku beat him to the punch.
¡°If you are nning to crucify me like before then I¡¯m in firm opposition to that. When we areing out from this greatbyrinth, I¡¯ll circte Nagumo-kun¡¯s rumor as a seriously ill patient.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Of course, it was patently obvious what kind of sickness Shizuku meant based on where her gaze was looking at. His hair, eye patch, artificial arm, Shizuku¡¯s gaze was moving alternately on those things.
Hajime wordlessly returned the gravity stone. In this case, Hajime guessed that she obviously would also refuse being carried like in a stretcher. It seemed that she persistently wanted to be carried by arms.
This unusual selfishness of Shizuku was increasingly spurring the bad premonition in his chest. However, they also couldn¡¯t stay here for much longer. He also wanted to be spared from a lethal wound by Shizuku, so reluctantly Hajime crouched while showing his back in front of Shizuku¡¯s eyes.
¡°Muu, it¡¯s better if it¡¯s princess carry, but¡ it can¡¯t be helped.¡±
¡®What is it that couldn¡¯t be helped¡¯, sealing such a retort at the bottom of his heart, Hajime got up while ignoring to the utmost the weight and soft sensation transmitted on his back. Wasting no time, Shizuku tightly entangled her arms around Hajime. Her body was also pressing on him as tightly as possible.
Hajime stood up, he wordlessly entered the newly appeared passage and began walking silently. He guessed that surely this passage was also connected to the space of another person.
There, a whispering voice reached him. It wasn¡¯t the whispering voice of thebyrinth. It was Shizuku¡¯s voice that contained more sweetness. She was talking into his ear in a posture where she put her head on Hajime¡¯s shoulder.
¡°Hey, Nagumo-kun.¡±
¡°Hm? What?¡±
¡°Did you listen to the conversation between me and the other me?¡±
¡°No, I was too far, the voices of you two were also small.¡±
Hajime shook his head toward Shizuku¡¯s question. Shizuku murmured ¡°I see¡¡±, then she showed a gesture of thinking a little about something. And then, she showed her palm in front of Hajime¡¯s eyes while opening her mouth once again.
¡°This hand, it has hardened from holding a sword right? As I thought, this is not a hand of a woman.¡±
Hajime didn¡¯t understand the intention of the question and his expression turned dubious, but for the time being, he sent his gaze toward the palm of Shizuku in front of his eyes. Certainly, the skin of her palm looked thick and hard. That was the proof of the many years she spent polishing her skill.
¡°If you said, that a soft hand without a single scratch is a ¡®woman¡¯s hand¡¯, certainly this hand doesn¡¯t look like that.¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°But, I think it¡¯s a good hand.¡±
¡°¡ Really?¡±
¡°Yeah. Compared to the hand of someone that has never carried anything heavier than a chopstick, this hand is far prettier.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Hearing those words, Shizuku¡¯s exposed palm suddenly clenched tightly into a fist, hiding her palm as though it suddenly got shy. At the same time, the strength of her arm embracing him grew stronger.
¡°Nagumo-kun, thank you foring to save me.¡±
¡°It¡¯s not like I wasing to save you. That was just a coincidence.¡±
¡°Fufu, that other me said it. It was like a story in a book. Even that time in Orcus and the time in the pce was also like that. Were you actually choosing the timing?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t talk stupid. Each time, I was just barely¡ no, that time with Kaori I waste in a meaning. Anyway, there was nothing worse for the heartpared to those times. I want more surplus time for that here.¡±
Shizuku leaked out a chuckle at the fed up Hajime.
¡°You see. On the inside, I am really girlish you know? Actually rather than sword art, I wanted to y house, I yearned for something like a princess that is protected by the cool boy. Even at Haltina Great Labyrinth when I was pulled into the dream world, I was a princess that experienced a love story with a knight. Though as expected, that was really a painful story that I cannot tell to anyone.¡±
¡°Certainly, that must be painful.¡±
Shizuku smiled wryly saying ¡°There is a better way for saying that¡± while poking at the head of Hajime who expressed his honest impression without mercy.
¡°Well, you are wondering what I want to say, right? Because I am someone like that, I¡¯m really thankful to Nagumo-kun that always came running when I was in danger, that¡¯s what I mean. When you told me that you are watching, also when you told me you won¡¯t let me die, I felt really really grateful.¡±
¡°¡ You are exaggerating. If Yaegashi died¡¡±
¡°Kaori will be sad, right? I know that. Those times weren¡¯t for me, you did those for Kaori¡¯s sake.¡±
Shizuku cut over Hajime¡¯s words. There was no sign of self-depreciation in what she was saying. She was really just saying the truth, her air was quite indifferent.
Certainly, it was like that, but the way Shizuku said that it was like he was being seen through that ¡°If it is for Kaori¡¯s sake you will do anything right?¡±, that made him dissatisfied that he added some correction.
¡°¡ 80 percent is because of that.¡±
Shizuku was puzzled. If he said that around 80 percent was for Kaori¡¯s sake then¡
¡°And the remaining 20 percent?¡±
¡°Well, that¡¯s because Yaegashi is a good fellow, see? I¡¯m not going to actively try to forsake you.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Unexpectedly, if Shizuku was in a pinch, then Hajime was going to proactively reach out his hand to her. Understanding that such feelings existed inside Hajime, Shizuku¡¯s cheeks were slightly tinged with heat.
And then she buried her face into Hajime¡¯s neck while sleekly dropping a bomb just like her best friend was prone to do.
¡°Nagumo-kun, I want to quickly meet up with Kaori. Not just Kaori, but I want to meet Yue, Shia, and Tio too. And then, I¡¯m going to say to them that I have fallen in love with Nagumo-kun. I don¡¯t know what is going to happen, but I want to try being a little more honest and sh ahead.¡±
¡°Is that so? If that¡¯s the case then, let¡¯s qui¡ oi, Yaegashi, just now, you.¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun, I¡¯m a little¡ tired. Protect me¡ properly¡ kay¡±
In Hajime¡¯s ear, soft breathing sound of a sleeper could be heard gradually. It seemed that she had fallen asleep, entrusting her body to Hajime. Her skill to leave alone a bomb right after dropping it was a deed that was exactly the same as her best friend.
Hajime frowned before fixing his hold on Shizuku while continuing to walk silently. Inside his heart, he was holding his head wondering ¡°How does it be like this?¡±
Not noticing how the cheeks of Shizuku became bright red like an apple¡
Chapter 144
Chapter 144
Completely Forgotten Memory
¡°FLY AWAYYYYYYY!!¡±
{GUUUUUH!!}
In a huge space where an ice pir was located, Shia¡¯s resounding battle yell was followed by a thunderous roar produced from Doryuken. Mixed among those sounds, a Shia with ck rabbit ears, a ck tail, and ck hair crashed into the center ice pir with a grand impact.
The impact pulverized a part of the ice pir scattering ice fragments magnificently everywhere. Inside the glittering ice fragments reflecting light, the ck Shia, Shia¡¯s false image, was holding her left shoulder, crouching on the floor while lifting her face. There was a bitter smile that seemed to say ¡°You got me¡± floating on her face.
{Ahaha, you aren¡¯t moved at all, eh? Indeed, it should be a darkness that you are harboring but¡¡}
¡°That is that. How my family got driven out, how a lot of them lost their lives, no matter how much it was glossed over, no matter how tormented with guilt I am, no matter how much I try to obtain forgiveness, it doesn¡¯t change that I am the cause of all those, those are things that I have to shoulder for my whole life. That worry, that resolve, I have since a long time ago.¡±
{¡ What is called the darkness of the heart, is something that will sink people into the bottom of the swamp even with all that you know.}
The part of darkness nesting inside your heart wasn¡¯t something that someone could be liberated from so easily. Therefore, the false image Shia could onlyugh seeing how Shia wentpletely unshaken no matter how many negative words she had whispered since the start of the battle.
¡°You are me, but as expected you are not everything of me. I understand that the will of the greatbyrinth is included in you. If that¡¯s not the case, then from the start you should have understood already that the current me won¡¯t be shaken by words of that level.¡±
Shia tapped her Doryukken on her shoulder while sending a powerful gaze at her false image who was trying to stand with trembling legs. In those eyes, just as the person herself said, there was not a single waver. For the current Shia, the average mental attack wouldn¡¯t even give her an itch.
Certainly, it was because of her that her family was driven out from the Sea of Trees, and due to that, she lost a number of her family members. For Shia, that was a nightmare that couldn¡¯t possibly be forgotten, an eternal wound of the heart. But she wouldn¡¯t stop moving because of that torment anymore.
The reason was simple. Because Haulia n was already strong, they chose the path that they walked by themselves. And because at her side, there was her beloved lover and friend.
Her families, including her father Kam who was strong and gentle through thick and thin had sent her off. Hajime, who was entrusted with Shia by Haulia, had epted Shia from the bottom of his heart. Yue, who sometimes was like her big sister, sometimes as her best friend, always allowed Shia to nestle close to her.
For herself who was that blessed to ¡®fall¡¯ at her own convenience, was something unforgivable especially to Shia herself above all. She had beenpletely helped. All this time she had been protected. It was impossible for her to bend her knee just from hearing her own feeling. For the current Shia, she felt like she wouldn¡¯t lose no matter what kind of enemy she faced.
{Indeed, no matter what I say, it¡¯s only me who gets weaker. I see, this trial to ¡®ovee oneself¡¯, you have cleared it already from a long time ago.}
¡°That¡¯s how it is. My important people are waiting so¡ I¡¯ll force my way through!¡±
{Fufuh, fine. Thest attack, do it to your heart¡¯s content!}
The white and ck Shia stepped with a force that pulverized the ground, at the same time they charged while their partner the war hammer burst. Echoing bursting sound and the impact sound that was like the air screaming. Attacks that were respectively unleashed from arge swing while rotating once surpassed the sound barrier and broke through the white membrane.
Two war hammers shed right from the front, producing a thunderous roar and impact that pulverized the surroundings. A crater with Shia and the false image at the center was created as though an explosion happened.
And then, the one that was blown away was¡ the ck Shia.
The ck Doryuken that left her hand was spinning in the air. ck Shia was blown away in a parabolic arc before she flickered and vanished without waiting to hit the floor. She was melting in the air from her legs. Atst, when her head was vanishing her lips slightly loosened.
At the ground zero, Shia who was still in her posture of swinging Doryuken went ¡°Fuu~¡±, she slowly breathed out and rxed her body. Nearby, *karan, koron* the sound of cartridge falling on the ground resounded.
¡°Everyone that went ahead, will they think proudly of the current me, I wonder¡¡±
While leaking a wry smile at her own words that naturally slipped out while looking at the ceiling, Shia shouldered back her Doryuken. Ahead of Shia¡¯s gaze, a new passage appeared.
¡°Surely for Hajime-san and the others, this trial won¡¯t be a problem but¡ it¡¯s worrying about Shizuku-san and her friends.¡±
While stepping into the new passage in a rush, Shia thought about Shizuku and her friends whose conditions were considerably beaten up due to thebyrinth, which put a worried expression on her face.
Actually, she never would have imagined that Shizuku would ovee the trial and raise her maiden power.
Shia¡¯s rabbit ears were twitching while she was trotting through the passage when she finally reached a dead end ahead. For a moment, Shia considered whether she mistook the path, but her excellent sensing ability caught a familiar presence at the other side of the dead end causing her to reflexively made a joyful face.
Keeping her trot, she raised Doryuken in order to destroy the ice wall. A passage was created for her. There was no way the passage ahead was a dead end. An entrance would be automatically created there, which was something she could easily imagine, but¡ her mental tendency was to think ¡°Let¡¯s destroy the obstacle anyway!¡± Just who influenced her to think like this would be anyone¡¯s guess.
¡°RYAAAAAhuaa-to-to!¡±
Doryuken was swung in order to smash the ice wall and as expected, lost its target because the ice wall vanished automatically when Shia was near. This caused her to hit empty air. Shia stumbled from the centrifugal force and flew into the new space just like that.
¡°A, ahaha, I guess this is how it works if you think about it. So, it opened up. ¡ I wasn¡¯t seen by Yue-san, was I?¡±
Shia¡¯s cheeks reddened from embarrassment while her gaze was timidly wandering around in wonder whether her failure was seen by Yue or not. Yes, the presence that Shia sensed was Yue¡¯s. Her tension rose up from happiness that she could be reunited with Yue quickly.
In the end, indeed there was a Yue ahead of her gaze. The same as with Shia, at the center of the huge space there was a gigantic cylinder ice pir, Yue was standing quietly beside it. Her back was facing Shia, so Shia didn¡¯t know what expression Yue was making.
There was no presence other than Yue at the surrounding, Shia could see two other passages other than the one she came out from, so she guessed that Yue had already defeated her other self.
Shia smiled proudly of Yue¡¯s achievement and she was going to call out to her. But, there, Shia suddenly noticed how strangely ragged Yue¡¯s state was.
Of course, Yue had ¡®Automatic Regeneration¡¯, so she couldn¡¯t receive an external physical wound. But her clothes were not included as the target of that ability so there was a need to use regeneration magic but¡ her clothes, here and there they were torn, burned, or frozen.
That was to say that Yue received the attack of her false image time and time again¡
Shia widened her eyes slightly. Even if it was Yue whose way of fighting was pressuring the opponent with even more vast pressure while getting attacked herself, based on the nature of this trial Shia thought Yue would be able to clear it unharmed.
Furthermore, although she had defeated her false image, Yue didn¡¯t advance ahead. Far from that, she didn¡¯t even repair her clothes and stood while thinking deeply of something. From how Yue was slightly looking up without the slightest twitch, it was possible that she hadn¡¯t even notice Shia¡¯s entrance.
Toward Yue who was drifting off in an atmosphere that felt hard to approach, Shia slightly hesitated. She took a deep breath and raised a determined voice.
¡°Yue-san!¡±
¡°¡ Shia?¡±
Toward that bright voice that reverberated in the room, for an instant, Yue twitched in surprise before looking back over her shoulder. And then, looking at the figure of the smiling Shia there her eyes looked down.
¡°Shia¡ the rooms are connected?¡±
¡°Yes. That¡¯s how it looks like. I cleared the trial, passed the newly created passage and arrived here. Yue-san, you have cleared yours too, haven¡¯t you?¡±
¡°¡ Nn. No¡ problem.¡±
Shia only confirmed her result without mentioning the terrible state of Yue¡¯s clothes. Perhaps finally noticing her own state due to that, Yue used regeneration magic while ncing a little embarrassedly at the unharmed Shia. In an instant, her clothes were repaired.
Shia felt lost inside her heart. Should she ask her whether something happened or not?
Yue was obviously shaken from the words of her false image. To the degree that she excessively got hit, to the degree that she even forgot to fix her state, to the degree that she didn¡¯t notice Shia¡¯s approach.
Just what in the world was said to her? Yue¡¯s appearance was unthinkable toe from how she normally was. That was how severe the words were that the false image had told Yue. For that reason, what kind of words should Shia say to the shaken Yue, or should she snuggle close to Yue until Yue had put herself in order. Shia was hesitating between the two choices.
(Just what in the world¡ Yue-san didn¡¯t seem particrly affected in thebyrinth. I didn¡¯t think Yue-san could be shaken by being confronted regarding the rtionship between Hajime-san and us. I guess, the darkness of Yue-san¡¯s heart, it might be the betrayal three hundred years before¡ hmm, even that feels like it¡¯s already too old for the present¡)
Exactly because Yue was important to her, the inside of Shia¡¯s heart kept muttering like that.
¡°¡ Shia, I¡¯m fine. Rather than that, let¡¯s advance forward.¡±
¡°Yue-san¡ you are right. Let¡¯s quickly reunite with Hajime-san and others!¡±
¡°¡ Nn. I want to quickly meet Hajime.¡±
¡°Fufu, that¡¯s right!¡±
Yue guessed what Shia was thinking and made a wry smile while urging her toward the new passage.
Yue was obviously not ¡®okay¡¯. Despite this, Shia couldn¡¯t skillfully say any words for Yue¡¯s sake. It made her down to the point that her rabbit ears flopped down and looked withered. But she put herself together thinking ¡®when we meet with Hajime-san surely we will manage somehow!¡¯, and with a deliberately bright tone she agreed with Yue.
Like that, the two of them walked through the new passage side by side.
¡°Everyone, I wonder if they are able to safely ovee the trial? I think the difficulty level is lower than the forest of treebyrinth but¡ the condemning here is unique, isn¡¯t it?¡±
¡°¡ Nn, indeed. Perhaps it¡¯s impossible for someone like the hero (lol).¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t that right? Because this trial is something like his natural enemy¡¡±
Along the way, the two of them became animated with trifling talk. Yue was nonchntly handing down a sharp evaluation of Kouki, but in general what she was saying wasn¡¯t mistaken, so Shia couldn¡¯t say anything. Certainly, for Kouki who loved to have a convenient interpretation, this trial that was pushing various things at them was considerably unfit for him.
Although even though they were raising Kouki in the topic, inside their hearts worry for the hero was nonexistent. It was merely the flow of their dialogue, and in any case, it was also Shia¡¯s encouragement toward Yue who tended to submerge herself inside her own heart. Anyway,pared to one of them staying quiet, talking like this was Shia¡¯s consideration for distracting the mood.
Perhaps Yue also noticed Shia¡¯s intention, since she responded to the talk with the an air of humor. However, as expected, after a moment it looked like her mind was going far away somewhere. Her eyes strangely lost focus, wandering as though they were looking at a far distance.
In the back of Yue¡¯s mind, the words of the false image she fought just now were flowing once more.
?Who was the real betrayer?
?You still, don¡¯t remember?
?About your parents?
?What are you, did you forget?
?You are just trying not to think of it?
?You are running away?
?You are really thinking that you can be at his side forever?
¡°¡¡±
The sneering false image of herself. That fake kept using words that hinted at the tragedy three hundred years ago.
Three hundred years ago¡ Yue was the inheritor of the throne of the vampire n¡¯s country. It was a small country, but it was a country so powerful that it was extolled as the country of a small fierce god.
The reason for that was the characteristic of the race of the vampire n. Through the intermediary of blood, they strengthened their body, magnified their magic power, and lengthened their life. There was no other race with such a power. The act of sucking blood itself also made others harbor thoughts of awe.
The one born of the direct royal lineage of such a country was Yue. She stood out with beauty and overflowing magic power causing her to be given expectations since she was a baby. She had the natural talent to absorb all the magic and knowledge taught to her. Unfortunately, she didn¡¯t have talent in martial arts alone, but Yue¡¯s existence was so clearly above the rest that such a thing could be decided to be unnecessary.
And then what guaranteed her status was the cheating ability she manifested at the age of twelve. The direct maniption of magic power and the ability to configure the magic circle by imagination, and then the characteristic magic ¡®Automatic Regeneration¡¯??those were terrific abilities just like those from the characters who were recorded at the age of the gods.
At that time, there was so many countries in number that couldn¡¯t bepared with the present, the war only kept intensifying, but Yue who was dispatched on the battlefield as ready fire power for her country amply exhibited her strength, trampling down the enemy literally like a fierce god.
As the result, Yue¡¯s fame and awe increased, and at seventeen she ascended to the throne.
At twelve, she was smeared with the killing intent and hatred of the battlefield, and just five yearster she became the pir that supported the country. If it was a normal girl, surely she would be crushed by the pressure and her mind fall sick. But Yue was too strong and wise to be crushed from that.
There was also the help of her trusted vassals and her uncle who was the prime minister. After that too, Yue bet everything and offered her all for the country¡¯s sake. he protected her country throughout the war. She believed that she would keep protecting them just like that.
Until that day when her most trusted uncle along with his subordinates came to kill her.
After two years passed since Yue seeded the throne, she noticed that a strange distance was created between her and her uncle. No, honestly speaking her uncle began to avoid Yue. And his subordinates were also the same.
Yue at that time was very perplexed at the sudden distance with her uncle, who in a certain meaning she had contact with even longer than both her parents. While worrying whether she had made a mistake that displeased her uncle, several times she tried to create a chance for the two of them to talk.
However, ultimately the chance for the two of them to speak frankly with each other didn¡¯te to pass when she noticed a gap had been created in their rtionship and a few more years passed.
Furthermore, unnoticed by her, the awe of the people toward Yue changed into simple terror toward a monster. Bad rumors regarding Yue were flowing without pause. Her great service in the battlefield for the sake of protecting her country was ironically spurring those rumors.
The people who she trusted the most had already left Yue¡¯s side with no one remaining. In exchange, her uncle¡¯s political power was increasing and people gathered around him. Such a thing happened to an unnatural degree.
And then, that final day arrived. The day of destiny.
At the time while she was weing an envoy from another country in the throne room, her uncle along with his subordinates in full equipment rushed in. And then they ughtered without question her. These close aides that were from the faction of the previous king and queen, their killing de, killing intent, were also directed at Yue.
While Yue was dumbfounded, her body was hit with lethal attacks many times. Her ¡®Automatic Regeneration¡¯ instantly recovered her wounds, but even so Yue was at the height of confusion, no, Yue was denying the reality and didn¡¯t even try to counter attack. Then she noticed she had been sealed with her body unable to move, and in the middle of transport to be imprisoned in that abyss.
Looking at it objectively, what happened could only be seen as her uncle aiming at the throne of the king due to his ambition causing a coup d¡¯¨¦tat. Actually, Yue herself submitted to reality and came to think that her uncle betrayed her during her three hundred year imprisonment.
But, but¡
(¡ Why didn¡¯t un¡ that man, kill me?)
That was right. That strangeness Yue only realized now while being sneered by her own false image.
That day of destiny. Yue didn¡¯t resist the betrayal of her uncle. All this time, Yue was convinced that her uncle helplessly sealed her because he couldn¡¯t kill her due to the ¡®Automatic Regeneration¡¯. The absolute darkness of three hundred years, and then the overwhelming istion had stolen all thought of any other possibility.
But, ¡®Automatic Regeneration¡¯ wasn¡¯t absolute. It was dependent on magic power. If her magic power dried up, then she wouldn¡¯t regenerate. It was possible to kill her if she was continuously attacked until her magic power ran out. In actuality, Yue didn¡¯t resist because of the extreme shock and in the end, her magic power was considerably decreased because she regenerated too much.
Her uncle should have killed Yue.
(¡ He was strong. He was at a level above the rest both as a politician and also as a fighter. For such a man to fail to kill me at that ce¡ was impossible.)
In the back of Yue¡¯s mind, the memory of three hundred years ago was resurrected vaguely. The truth that was pushed at the deepest recess of her mind inside the darkness wasing back little by little in a clearer image.
(¡ That man didn¡¯t kill me, but he had to seal me. ¡ Why is that?)
Yue immersed herself in her thought and traveled down memoryne. A nostalgic voice resounded in the back of her mind. A tone of voice that was gentle, yet painted with sadness and frustration, and also guilt to the utmost.
(?, I¡¯m sorr?. Other than this, there is no other wa? Someday, surely, ?a person you can lean on will appear. If it¡¯s that person, surely they will protect you from?without fail. ?, I, do something like thi?. But, don¡¯t for?. ?e, I love?)
Blond hair exactly the same as hers. Red eyes. Face with standing out wrinkles carved from hardships. For Yue who was hazy due to the effect of the seal and the mental burden and the heavy consumption of her magic power, she couldn¡¯t listen to everything. But, one thing that she remembered? was the sensation of the hand lovingly brushing the cheek of Yue that was sticking out from the cube that sealed her.
Yue quietly brought her hand to her cheek. Somehow she felt like she could feel the warmth of that time. That was a warmth different from Hajime. If she had to say, it was like what a parent would direct toward their daughter¡
(¡ I, was thinking of that man as a father? But, that¡¯s, my real Otou-sama and Okaa-sama were¡)
To someone who should be a betrayer, who should be a hated enemy, a fragment of her memory was contrary to her expectation. She searched for her true parents deep in her hazy memory.
However, no matter how hard she fished at the shelves of her memory, no proper recollection came out. But rather than forgetting, it was more like there was no impressive event with them that she could remember even after three hundred years passed¡ that was how she felt.
On the contrary, she had the feeling in her fragmentary recollection of her parents, that they somehow resembled closely the atmosphere of the people of the country that she saw at the trial of the Merujiine Undersea Ruins.
It felt like an ice block slid down Yue¡¯s back. Chilling shakes assaulted her whole body.
(¡ Don¡¯t tell me, Otou-sama and others were¡)
After she started doubting, unnatural memories kepting out the more she pulled out.
Based on Yue¡¯s memory, the war at that time was also heavily influenced by religion with no exception. But she thought that her country was unnaturally thinly rted with such thing.
Even after Yue was enthroned, when she came into contact with the religious envoy her uncle would also attend with her without fail. In the first ce, as long as the situation wasn¡¯t something that was really important then it would be her uncle that would deal with all that.
Her uncle was deeply knowledgeable and wiser than anyone. If it was about domestic affairs, if it was on the battlefield, he was a powerful familiar user that made use of several monsters. But, now that she thought about it, it felt like he was off the proper track as a vampire.
Both of Yue¡¯s parents treasured her and raised her up like a princess, they would give her anything she wanted and allowed anything that she wanted to do, but now when she looked back, rather than seeing it as love of parents toward their child, it felt like more of a respect and affection for her.
Rather, it was her uncle that gave her love as a parent.
Yue suddenly recalled.
(¡ That man when he began to put distance with me¡ he looked really painful.)
Her uncle, after one year past her enthronement, was constantly frowning in distress, it was like he was rapidly aging. That change was surely unnoticed except only by the people who were extremely close to him. Yue at that time was also feeling very worried at the same time when she was feeling anxiety and sadness from their distance.
Her uncle betrayed her for the sake of his ambition and imprisoned her for a very long time inside the prison of darkness. Yue believed that, but she was shaken by the words of her false image, a fragment of her resurrected memory was slowly showing Yue another possibility.
Surely, looking at it objectively, being imprisoned in endless darkness had fixed itself in Yue¡¯s memorypletely. If she didn¡¯t hate someone, didn¡¯t throw away her hope and soaked in despair while passing her time apathetically, her heart wouldn¡¯tst. That was why she firmly took the reasoning that looked the most correct as truth.
But¡
(¡ I mistook my memory?)
By any chance, there might be something different to the truth. Yue who began to think so and once more asked a question.
That was¡ why did her uncle have to seal her?
At the same time, the words of her false image shed.
??You really think that you can be at his side forever?
¡°¡¡±
Terror ran through Yue¡¯s body. Reflexively, she embraced herself tightly to repress her body that was going to tremble.
Hajime was the light for Yue. He appeared by tearing apart the darkness, illuminating, warming her, a light that gave her peace and happiness. To lose that, was the same as death for Yue.
But, if, if it turned out that she couldn¡¯t stay by his side¡
¡°Yue-san!¡±
¡°!? Ah, Shia?¡±
When she noticed, Shia had caught Yue¡¯s shoulders and stared at Yue from the front with a serious gaze. Just how much had she immersed herself in her thoughts? When she noticed, the end of the path was visible behind Shia who was looking at her, It seemed they had walked until the end of the path.
Shia released her hand from the absent-minded Yue¡¯s shoulders. This time, she grasped Yue¡¯s two hands tightly. She sped those hands to her chest in order to transmit her existence and warmth to Yue even for a bit.
¡°Please talk, Yue-san. What was said to you?¡±
¡°That¡¯s¡¡±
Shia threw away her hesitation looking at Yue¡¯s abnormal condition and asked straight. She thought that she must not wait anymore to deal with Yue because there was no more time for careful consideration.
Shia was staring from really close as though to peer into Yue who was speaking ambiguously. Looking at Shia¡¯s determined face, Yue felt that she couldn¡¯t avert this talk and sighed deeply.
¡°¡ I¡¯m sorry Shia. I myself still haven¡¯t sorted this out.¡±
¡°You cannot talk about it?¡±
¡°¡ Nn. I was told of various things about the past¡ my feelings toward Hajime and Shia is not shaken at all so there was no problem with the trial but¡ from that, there might be a mistake in what my memory remembers. I want to sort it out, so wait for a little.¡±
¡°Is that so¡¡±
Shia didn¡¯t seem like she could ept it. Her hands were grasping Yue¡¯s hands tightly and didn¡¯t loosen at all.
Thinking back, Shia had reallye far and be strong, Yue secretly smiled of that. And then she considered while looking at her grasped hands.
Even though she was just a regretful rabbit that could only run away and cling to other people, she desperately worked hard, followed them with her all, and before they realized it, she had be like this, someone that could protect them. She even made the obstinate Hajime surrender. Perhaps she couldn¡¯t even call her as someone like her little sister anymore. Now she was a splendid woman.
Perhaps because of that¡ the words which welled up from her bad premonitions leaked out from Yue¡¯s mouth.
¡°¡ Shia.¡±
¡°Yes. What is it, Yue-san?¡±
¡°¡ If, if, something happens to me then please take care of Hajime.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Those words were entrusted to a beloved person, with a serious gaze. For Yue, those words were the greatest and highest words of trust.
But, Shia who was entrusted with those words¡
*PAN-!!*
¡°!?¡±
Returned a p.
It wasn¡¯t done with body reinforcement, but even so, it was a serious p without any mercy or holding back. The eyes of Yue whose head was turned away from the snap widened. She returned her gaze at Shia, there, she met eyes burning in rage that she had never witnessed until now.
¡°¡ Are you joking?¡±
Her voice too contained rage that she had never heard until now. Shia¡¯s body was trembling, surely from the overflowing emotion that she was currently repressing. Even her atmosphere, it was like the scorching magma that she experienced at the Guuryuen Great Volcano.
It was Shia¡¯s serious fury. That great pressure and rage made Yue stiffened for a moment.
She immediately opened her mouth to make an excuse.
¡°You, you¡¯re wrong¡ I, if it¡¯s Shia¡¡±
¡°So it¡¯s not a joke?¡±
Shia confirmed with scorching tone while taking a step back from Yue. She then abruptly shouldered Doryuken. She looked down at the dumbfounded Yue with dangerously narrowed eyes. And then, Shia opened her mouth with even more scorching low voice.
¡°I don¡¯t know what you were told about, but you really turned into a pathetic coward, didn¡¯t you? That pathetic face, I¡¯ll put it into shape together with your guts.¡±
¡°¡ Shim Shia? Wa?¡±
Toward Shia who was releasing tremendous rage, Yue tried to tell her to calm down. At that moment, an attack of Doryuken without a single drop of mercy was swung at her.
Yue barely back stepped to dodge the horizontal sweep. Doryuken passed by and impacted the ice wall at the side without stopping, pulverizing it with a thunderous roar. Although the ice wall began to regenerate immediately, the radial hole that was instantly created showed Shia¡¯s seriousness.
¡°¡ Shia. This joke has gone too far.¡±
¡°Joke? Are you still saying cowardly thing like that after it has reached this point? If you don¡¯t understand, then I¡¯ll say it clearly, I¡¯m serious here. If you don¡¯t withdraw your previous joking statement¡ yes, I, will seriously wreck up Yue-san.¡±
¡°¡ Shia, I¡¯m seriously-¡±
¡°FLY AWAY! SHAORAAAAAA!!¡±
¡°!?¡±
Shia¡¯s Doryuken was swung fiercely once more. The speed of the swing surpassed the sound barrier and generated a wall of air like a white membrane, right after that, *PAN-* a bursting sound exploded. And then, the ice wall of the passage that was hit was pulverized into very small fragments with just one attack.
Yue desperately evaded that attack in the narrow passage with few ces to dodge. But in the first ce, close rangebat wasn¡¯t her specialty. She was already surpassed by Shia who specialized in that range. It was clear that she would be immediately cornered.
Yue thought that she had to restrain and calm Shia down first. She resolved herself and stood her ground in the storm. In a moment, the war hammer was swung down with a terrific momentum from above. That grazed Yue¡¯s right shoulder and pulverized her shoulder bone just from that.
Even while staggering from the pain and impact, Yue left that kind of wound to her ¡®Automatic Regeneration¡¯, invoked her ¡®Cmity Sky¡¯ and sewed the swung down Doryuken to the ground. At the same time, she invoked ¡®Ice Coffin¡¯ and jumped over the leaning forward Shia.
While turning around, ice was visibly rising rapidly from below Shia¡¯s foot. Just like usual, Yue¡¯s ¡®Ice Coffin¡¯ was trying to lock her inside the ice.
But, for the current Shia, there was no way a magic of that level could stop her.
¡°That¡¯s na?ve, Yue-san!¡±
Doryuken should be hard to move with the weight of ¡®Cmity Sky¡¯, even if it could be moved the ice was clinging too close to the body that she wouldn¡¯t be able to break it with Doryuken¡ Yue thought that but Shia suddenly raised one of her hands and struck down on the ground.
Instantly, *DON-!!* such shockwave sound was generated while the surrounding ice was blown away with Shia as the center. She blew away the ice clinging to her body by generating an impact with her fist.
Furthermore, without stopping she lifted up Doryuken with all her strength, changing it into firing mode and pulling the trigger without a moment¡¯s dy.
A bullet flew out along with a bursting sound. A slug bullet in a narrow and straight passage ? naturally it was hopeless trying to dodge it and Yue employed a protective wall. Aiming at that, this time Shia fired the slug bullets rapidly. Inside the passage, magic power rippled as faint blue color were spreading in manyyers and the grand impact was raging on.
¡°¡ Shia! Stop ying around.¡±
¡°That¡¯s my line, Yue-san. Have youe to reflect on yourself a little to withdraw your statement?¡±
¡°¡ Why?¡±
¡°Why? Do you really not understand?¡±
¡°¡¡±
The protective wall was cracked due to the impact of the bursting slug bullets. Naturally, Yue immediately repaired it, but she couldn¡¯t move due to the extreme rapid fire.
Yue looked at Shia across the protective wall. She was looking while frowning sadly, wondering why Shia was that angry toward the proof of trust she gave her.
But, ahead of her gaze ? the expression of Shia who was pulling the trigger of firing mode Doryuken was even sadder than Yue¡¯s, even now she looked like she was going to cry. There was still fury overflowing there, but she was obviously hurt by Yue¡¯s words.
¡°You said you entrusted, that means the future ahead from there will be without Yue-san there isn¡¯t it¡¡±
¡°¡ Shia.¡±
¡°Something like that, such a future¡ do you think I will ept it? Do you think I will be happily permitting it!? Do you think I will honestly say [yes] hearing that!¡±
The reason Shia was angry was, in other words, something like that. It sounded nice if it was called trust, certainly it was the greatest trust Yue could show, but for the receiving side it was something intolerable.
That was natural. Shia loved Yue. A trust with the assumption that Yue who she loved wasn¡¯t there wasn¡¯t something she could ept with a smile while saying ¡°Yes, that¡¯s fine.¡±
After Shia fired thest bullet of Doryuken, she stepped forward with a force that pulverized the ground. Yue whose eyes widened in realization from Shia¡¯s words, for a moment, shaved her consciousness from controlling her magic.
That was a fatal opening in front of the current Shia. Doryuken weight was increased up to two tons in one mercilessly strike.
¡°Guh!¡±
The protective wall was pulverized, a shockwave along with strong wind attacked Yue. She has blown away magnificently.
In that interval, Shia instantly reloaded Doryuken¡¯s bullet. And then Yue has blown away until the wall of the dead end. The moment the entrance of the passage behind her opened, she was further struck by the bursting slug bullet.
¡°¡®Divine Severance¡¯!¡±
Once more Yue deployed a protective wall while she was protected by that spherical wall she has blown away into the room from the entrance due to the impact.
From inside the me explosion that wrapped the entrance of the passage, Shia leaped into the room with her rabbit ears pping.
Ahead of them was¡
¡°Fue!?¡±
{Wha, what is!?}
The appearance of Kaori and a gray false image in Nointo¡¯s appearance stiffened in their posture where their twin swords locked with each other.
¡°Now, Yue-san! If you don¡¯t want to be wrecked up, please say sorry right now!!¡±
Shia pointed with a snap at Yue with her Doryuken.
¡ It seemed that she nned to ignore Kaori therepletely.
Chapter 145
Chapter 145
First Big Fight
Kaori had left the passage and stepped through the shining doors leading out of the maze. Just like for the others, she was now fighting with her false image which had appeared from the huge cylindrical ice pir in the middle of the vast space.
Ever since the whispers started back inside the greatbyrinth, Kaori had been feeling as though she was being dragged little by little into a bottomless swamp.
She had to fight while being relentlessly shown the filthy and ugly parts residing deep within her heart. Originally, since she was jealous of Yue and had an inferiorityplex to the point even she was aware of how bad it was, she had ample negative emotions. Therefore, the words spoken by her false image struck her and hollowed out her weak parts with more efficiency than a sharp knife and more uracy than Hajime¡¯s bullets.
It had been thirty minutes since the start of the battle. Kaori¡¯s heart was already badly hurt even though she wasn¡¯t hurt that much physically. If her heart could appear as a physical object, it would definitely be in a tattered state, bleedingrge amounts of blood, and squeaking in pain.
However, even so, Kaori never flinched. Her inferiorityplex, fretfulness, and jealousy were already tested back in the Merujiine Underwater Ruin and she managed to pull through. Of course, she wasn¡¯t able topletelye to terms with her weaknesses since it was a problem stemming from her heart, and Yue was part of that problem.
Rather, when Shia¡¯s love was epted by Hajime, she felt intense envy and rage in her innermost thoughts, and would also feel it unintentionally every time Shia would approach Hajime while putting on a lovely face.
However, it was also true that she felt blessed. She wasn¡¯t only caught in fretfulness, jealousy, or her inferiorityplex. She wasn¡¯t only belittling herself and overworking herself in an effort to make up for it. On the contrary, she was also rejoicing at this proof which meant it was possible for women other than Yue to be acknowledged by Hajime.
She had grown. Instead of envying someone else in silence, she would now take a step forward towards granting her own wish. Which is why she couldn¡¯t afford to lose to the image of herself standing before her eyes.
¡°YaAAAAAAAAA!¡±
¡°The speed increased yet again, huh?¡±
Each time she was wounded by the words fired at her like arrows, her own power would go up little by little. It was proof she was slowly learning how to use Nointo¡¯s abilities as if she was untying scrolls one by one.
At the same time, she felt as though her false image which had taken the form of a gray Nointo was starting to weaken.
While being assailed, wounded, and made to suffer by her own filthy self, she was able to take it all in, swallow the pain and turn it into power she could use. She was showing a righteous, reliable, and splendid growth. Thanks to sublimation magic, her mastery of the twin silver longswords had almost reached the level of the original Nointo who fought with Hajime.
Then again, the organ which made it possible to receive an infinite amount of magical power was missing, but by using sublimation magic, she seeded in artificially increasing her body specs to the point she broke through all limits.
Now, Kaori and her false image both took out their high-speed swords fluently while creating afterimages. It seemed this trial had made Kaori grow up after putting her through suffering and pain.
¡°I won¡¯t lose! I¡¯ll be a good woman who will lose to neither Yue nor Shia and I¡¯ll get Hajime-kun to look at me! I¡¯ll protect the people I want to protect, and return with everyone to Japan!¡±
¡°¡ It doesn¡¯t look like I can break you with words anymore¡ fine. Come at me with all your strength! Cut me, your weakness!¡±
The battle was getting to its most interesting part. Locking sword to sword and pushing, they were staring each other down with contrastive pupils as the twinrge swords illuminated them with silver light. Kaori¡¯s pupils zed with determination while the pupils of her opponent were as calm as the surface of the water in a peacefulke.
Incidentally, the fact that Tio was not included in her deration was merely due to inattention.
Then, intuitively they understood that things would be settled in the next move after they broke the sword lock. They both simultaneously tried to repel the opponent¡¯s twin swords. At that time¡
¡°ZuDooOOOOOOO!¡±
The terrific sound of an explosion echoed through the chamber.
¡°Fue!?¡±
¡°Wh-What!?¡±
Still engaged in a sword lock, they were dumbfounded at the sudden disturbance. Their eyes were wide open in astonishment at the shapes which emerged before them from the mes caused by the explosion in the wall. Standing before them were Shia, whose usamimis were fluttering, and Yue.
Furthermore¡
¡°Saa, Yue-san! If you don¡¯t want to end uppletely beaten up, hurry up and apologize!¡±
Kaori stood open-mouthed with a silly expression while looking at Shia who made a deration of war and thrust Doryukken at Yue.
Things had been going very slowly so far, and now that it was finally the long awaited time for the climax, they were suddenly interrupted by the affairs of other people.
Kaori and her false image were exchanging nces while engaged in the deadlock. Then, seemingly having understood each other¡¯s thoughts, they nodded to each other. Kaori strengthened her resolve and raised her voice towards Yue and Shia who were confronting each other.
¡°Ah, Ano, Yue? Shia? What in the world are-¡±
¡°¡ Shia. Think about the worst-case scenario.¡±
¡°Shut up! My beloved Yue wouldn¡¯t say such a cowardly thing! The ¡®special one¡¯ Hajime-san fell in love with wouldn¡¯t give up! What about a worst-case scenario? What would you do if I wasn¡¯t here to knock some sense into you? You coward! You old shorty! You have neither small nor big breasts, you only have a fragment of breasts!¡±
¡°¡ You¡¯re saying things you shouldn¡¯t. Shia, you¡¯re getting far over yourself.¡±
Kaori waspletely ignored. Neither Yue nor Shia had shifted their gaze one bit away from the other. The edge of Kaori¡¯s eyes were gleaming. False Kaori patted her shoulders in sympathy.
At one point, Shia had heated up to the extent she couldn¡¯t restrain herself and started using abusivenguage against Yue. Then Yue¡¯s words were spoken in a way that implied she might no longer have a future, which gave Shia a stomachache.
As expected, being criticized this much by Shia left even Yue questioning herself a little.
However, maybe she was mistaken about the memories she recalled so far. Maybe the man she trusted the most before being sealed was actually reluctant to seal her. The reason why was aplete mystery. She couldn¡¯t dismiss the feeling he might have wanted to leave words behind before parting.
Why did Shia not understand? It was Shia after all, in whom she had great trust. So why did she deny her feelings after hearing them? Yue was getting frustrated.
Although Yue¡¯s feelings made her fairly tolerant towards Shia, that tolerance was blown away in one go with the words Shia used.
A vein appeared on Yue¡¯s forehead.
On top of that, Shia mentioned Yue¡¯s breasts, putting emphasis on her own pair of melons. She was shaking Yue like a jelly with the intent to provoke her.
The remarks which were made on her were a bit too difficult to turn a blind eye to. The dark clouds beginning to form over Yue¡¯s head attested to it. That was the residence of Yue¡¯s specialty, ¡®Thunder Dragon¡¯. ¡®GoRoGoRo¡¯, the well-known roar of thunder resounded.
¡°¡ Now is your chance to back down, you deplorable rabbit.¡±
¡°That¡¯s my line, you thousand-year-old shorty.¡±
Distinctive marks of anger rose to the surface of their respective foreheads.
Then¡
¡°Ah, Ano, You two? Let¡¯s calm down a little? I don¡¯t know what happ-¡±
¡°¡ I¡¯ll turn you into a roasted rabbit and teach you the difference in our strengths.¡±
¡°Ha, a cowardly shorty with small breasts is no match for me! Today will be remembered as day of the underdog for sure!¡±1
From the dark clouds above Yue, the thunder dragon sprang at Shia with a roar. Shia brandished Doryukken and leaped forward with a war cry.
¡°*Sob* As I thought, I¡¯m useless¡ ¡¡±
¡°A, Are!? My strength is increasing somehow!? N-, Not good! Pull yourself together!¡±
¡°¡ As I thought, I¡¯m no good¡¡±
¡°Ah, no, that¡¯s not correct. You¡¯re not useless! It¡¯s just that those two have overheated and can¡¯t see the surroundings.¡±
For some reason, false Kaori which should have been made from her negative emotions wasforting Kaori who had been totally ignored and was now on the verge of tears, scratching her contorted face. As expected, it seems even false Kaori couldn¡¯t contain her sympathy when she saw her real form being ignored by Yue and Shia.
With a backward nce, they could see the first big argument between Yue and Shia was getting even worse.
¡°Reflect a little on what you¡¯re saying! You horny granny!¡±
¡°Ts,¡ You¡¯re the one who¡¯s horny with your useless tits. You perverted rabbit!¡±
¡°Ho, Could it be you¡¯re jealous, t-chested-san?¡±
¡°¡ You damn peeing rabbit. You can¡¯t control yourself once more.¡±
¡°Ugh, just when did this story you¡¯re bringing up happen! That¡¯s cheap! You ¡®Rounding measurements, isn¡¯t itpletely t? In fact, isn¡¯t it better like this, as a chopping board?¡¯ woman!¡±
¡°¡ Long! Rather, don¡¯t go around deciding my breasts mea¡ I¡¯m not t-chested! My breasts are decent! You saggy-chested rabbit!¡±
¡°M- my breasts aren¡¯t saggy! They¡¯re just bouncing a little! And Hajime-san likes them a lot!¡±
Let¡¯s make a revision. Rather than worsening, it seems the argument was getting increasingly childish.
¡°¡ Hajime has no interest in worthless meat. He prefers buttocks! Especially the contour from the bottom to the thighs! And he said mine was the best!¡±
¡°Th- then I will simply be the oppai master! With my breasts Yue-san can never hope to match, I already did ¡°Pi-¡±, ¡°Pi-¡± and ¡°Pi-¡±! And he was having a great time with them! Even for the contests at night, the underdog is drawing near!¡±
And thus, Hajime¡¯s sexual inclinations were nonchntly being spoken of.
If Hajime had been here just now, he would have been the one getting hurt.
¡°¡ I¡¯m the one who taught Hajime night skills. I¡¯m also the one who taught Shiabat skills. I know everything! I¡¯ll show you that no disciple can hope to defeat the master!¡±
¡°Bring it on! The disciple will surpass the master! Be it at night or during the day! Today, right here!¡±
Shia poured magic into Doryukken and used it to hit the ¡®Thunder Dragon¡¯. For a moment, the shape of ¡®Thunder Dragon¡¯ waspletely smashed, however, it immediately reformed itself and opened its jaws wide in an attempt to swallow Shia.
But Shia, with breathtaking speed, had already slipped past the ¡®Thunder Dragon¡¯ and was closing in on Yue.
Yue intercepted her by summoning a space barrier using space magic. Moreover, she tried to use the resulting shockwave to blow Yue away.
However, using sublimation magic to increase her physical strength twofold, Shia withstood the shock wave with unbelievable physical resistance.
Sublimation magic was a magic that enhanced the level of everything.
Naturally, since it depended on the quantity of magical power used, the enhancement onlysted while sublimation magic was active, and being an age of gods magic, its consumption of magical power was overwhelming.
Still, it was obvious that the effect granted by this magic was tremendous, and now the physical strength of Shia who was using it had surpassed Hajime¡¯s non-strengthened physical strength. A half-hearted attack wouldn¡¯t even leave a single trace on that body.
¡°How soft! It¡¯s going to take much more than that to stop me!¡±
¡°¡ You cheat character! Hurry up and go down!¡±
There was the booming sound of an explosion, the ice walls, and the ground¡¯s surface was breaking, and ice shards were flying around. mes were scattering in the air as the thunder scorched everything in its path. Then a shock wave ran through the entire ce and the sound of another explosion followed as magic was being unleashed over and over again all over the ce.
Yue and Shia¡¯s high level ofmitment could be seen through the high-level battle which was getting increasingly violent, in contrast to their earlier argument which had steadily be childish.
¡°Yue-san no¡ etto, eto, baaka, baaka!¡±
¡°¡ Shia no¡ Shia no¡ Ahou~!¡±
It seemed they had used up all the insults they knew.
In the corner of the room, Kaori and her false image, who should originally have been the protagonists here, were sitting on the floor grasping their knees. Their faces nk, they were watching the huge fight between the childish Yue and Shia who didn¡¯t seem toprehend that battles were lethal.
To think that Kaori and her opponent had reached the point of climax, and as Kaori was about to clear the trial, she was suddenly interrupted by this battle¡ Only to hear words such as ¡®baka¡¯ or ¡®ahou¡¯. The scene before her was really idiotic. You couldn¡¯t reproach her for her vacant stare.
¡°¡ I¡¯m going.¡±
¡°¡ Don¡¯t tell me, are you intending to go and try to stop them!? You can¡¯t, you¡¯ll die!¡±
False Kaori suddenly stood up from her sitting position. And then she said she was heading to the battlefield. Her face was so transparent it was hard to think she had been formed from negative emotions. As if she had just learned the time of her death.
¡°This room is meant for our trial. It should not be devastated by outsiders. That¡¯s why I¡¯m going. For both my sake and yours, your sake and mine.¡±
¡°¡ You¡¡±
The newfound absurd friendship which had developed between them¡ maybe the crazy development had set a screw loose in their heads.
¡°¡ Make sure toe back. Without fail, safely. I¡¯ll be waiting!¡±
¡°Fufu, if you tell me that, I have to make sure toe back.¡±
They took each other¡¯s hands. It really looked like a scene from a film where a woman was seeing off her lover headed to the battlefield after making an oath to see each other again. Their emotional limit may have been reached in various ways.
False Kaori reluctantly parted her hands from Kaori, turned around, and red at the two cheat characters with a resolute expression.
Then¡
¡°Shirasaki Kaori, a false image of the trial, I¡¯m off!¡±
¡°Please, please, be safe!¡±
She stepped into the storm of destruction brought about by high-level magic that defiedmon sense and cheat physical stats.
Immediately after¡
¡°You¡¯re in the way!¡± X2
¡°KyaAAAAAAAAAAA!?¡±
With a swift attack, she was dancing in the air. The trajectory was a beautiful parab.
¡°I- you, I mean, me!¡±
¡°Ku, I- I¡¯m fine! I can still do it! I¡¯ll definitely show you I can stop them!¡±
Receiving lightning and a shock wave, the now stained false Kaori pped her silver wings to rearrange her stance and showed her fighting spirit like a hero. What in the world is making her willing to go to such lengths¡ In all likelihood, the unfolding situation must have driven her crazy. Because the origin was Kaori.
False Kaori red at Yue and Shia and shouted with all her strength.
¡°You two, Cut it out! This is our ce! Don¡¯t disturb our trial!¡±
However¡
ZuDoOON!
BaKi! GoGaaAN!
That brave voice was entirely engulfed by the noise of the battle. Neither Yue nor Shia gave her a single nce. They were only seeing each other and had taken absolutely no notice of her whatsoever.
A vein appeared on the forehead of false Kaori. Barging into other people¡¯s room of their own ord, and doing as they pleased as if they were in their own room. Seeing such a scene made her irritated to no end.
¡°Wh- Why you, then you leave me no choice but to use force! I won¡¯t be takingints afterward!¡±
pping her silver wings mightily and leaving three afterimages of herself, she rushed towards Yue and Shia at high speed. She was aiming to attack with her twin swords. Of course, she did not intend to use the sharp edge of her swords but the t side to try to knock them out.
First, she would target Shia who had been thrown into the ground by Yue¡¯s ¡®Cursed Sky¡¯2. She would quickly move behind her and hit the back of her head.
¡°You¡¯re mine! sh of punishment!¡±
¡°Aa? Annoying!¡±
However, voicing her irritation with a voice just like Hajime¡¯s, Shia turned around and easily stopped the sneak attack false Kaori thought to have seeded. Barehanded, and with one hand at that. What was even more strange was that even though the t side of the sword was directed at Shia, she had somehow caught the sharp side of the sword with her fingertips. In other words, she had not stopped the high-speed blow from therge sword from the front but pinched it from the side.
¡°Eeeh!? Th- That can¡¯t be!?¡±
Shia clicked her tongue at the trembling false Kaori and suddenly pulled therge sword. As false Kaori was pulled forward, Shia seized her neck while taking a throwing stance.
¡°HauUUUU!¡±
She was flung away in one go.
Even though it was a beautiful throw describing a parab, it was not meant to move her out of the danger or the battlefield, instead, she had been thrown with terrific strength like a bullet. Towards Yue.
That is to say, she had just been used against Yue as a human bullet.
As false Kaori¡¯s scream echoed all over the ce, Yue who faced her uttered the following words.
¡°Thunder Dragon, eat up!¡±
She was attacked from the front by the thunder dragon. The jaws of the sparkling thunder dragon opened wide in wait for her flying form.
¡°Hiii!?¡±
Screaming, false Kaori wrapped herself up in her silver wings. Then, she used her silver magical power to summon her dposition ability at its maximum power.
BOHA! The thunder dragon¡¯s shape dispersed.
Shia who was hiding behind gave pursuit. It seemed she was expecting this oue before she threw false Kaori. An improvised shield, one could say. It was an extremely savage deed.
Yue¡¯s defense, thunder dragon, had been sessfully prated. However, she used a gravity ball of ¡®Cursed Sky¡¯ to create a high-gravity field on the front.
As a result¡
¡°HeuUUUUU!?¡±
False Kaori who was still flying was suddenly and forcefully pulled to the ground and slid face down.
What a miserable sight. If Shizuku was here, there¡¯s no mistake she would be furious, even if she knew it was a false image.
Copsed, face down on the ground, false Kaori moaned a weak ¡®Uu, Uu¡¯ as she struggled to get up in some way or another. Then, the moment she raised her struggling face¡
¡°Mugyuu!?¡±
Her face was trampled down by Shia who hade in pursuit. She was made to kiss the ground once more. Too pitiful a sight.
Shia¡¯s Doryukken weight was increased many fold and dropped onto the ground. Debris was sent flying, incidentally taking false Kaori along. One could easily guess what was shining along with the ice shards fluttering about in the air and which had for origin the area near false Kaori¡¯s eyes¡
Without a single care about her, Yue and Shia entered the climax of their battle. Both of them were in a tattered state and showing an udylike disy.
Yue was healed with her ¡®Automatic Regeneration¡¯. Shia changed into superwoman mode and was fine thanks to her physical ability and regeneration magic. However, they were breathing roughly due to their consumption of magic. The fact that they weren¡¯t using their demon crystal stones to replenish their magical power was just due to their stubbornness.
¡°Yue-san no¡¡±
¡°Shia no¡¡±
Yue summoned an extrarge ¡®Thunder Dragon¡¯. It took the shape of a huge arm in the sky and shot forward. Shia created a huge kendama, loaded it with magical power and shot it using Doryukken. They both released an unusual pressure.
And, therein, false Kaori was pping her wings and flying unsteadily¡ her eyes lost focus.
Maybe she had not yet recovered from the previous shock.
¡°Get away¡ª! You, I, get away quickly -!¡±
¡°Fue?¡±
Kaori used both hands as a megaphone to amplify her voice and issue a warning. But, as expected, false Kaori who was barely conscious only gave a dull response.
After which¡
¡°Blockhead!¡± X2
The thunderous lightning and the red kendama collided in the center, bringing about fierce destruction.
¡°?!?¡±
The poor recovering victim who had been silent screamed. Jostled in the air from the white smoke, the victim was sent flying towards Kaori.
Bouncing off the ground several times, she continued rolling on the ground until she ended her course before Kaori. What a cruel fate. There was a certain charm to how she was coughing up white smoke, though.
¡°Su- Such cruelty¡¡±
¡°Sorry, my other self. I couldn¡¯t win against the cheat and bugged characters.¡±
Embracing her worn-out other self who was lying on the ground, tears formed in Kaori¡¯s eyes. False Kaori gave her a faint smile.
¡°Uun. You tried hard. That alone is enough.¡±
¡°¡ My other self¡¡±
There was a nice feel between the two, but they were the same person, after all, putting aside the fact that the aim of the greatbyrinth was to y with the core of one¡¯s feelings.
A threat suddenly appeared above the two who were cuddling close together, ready to deliver the final blow. ¡®Bikiriii-¡¯. An unpleasant sound reached their ears as a huge lump of ice began copsing. Yes, that was the aftermath of the battle. The huge central pir that supported the ceiling had been smashed and was crumbling, causing, in turn, the surrounding ceiling to copse as well. And both Kaoris were right below.
¡°Run away! I¡¯ll be fine!¡±
¡°Sonna! I can¡¯t do that! At this rate!¡±
As expected, the development had be drama-like for both of them. False Kaori who had no way of dealing with the iing danger was pushing aside Kaori in an attempt to let her escape the danger.
Kaori, with an extremely saddened face, refused to go. It would have been simply fine for Kaori to carry false Kaori in her arms away from the danger, but she was too thoughtless at the moment to notice.
The impact was imminent. The ceiling, as well as countless icicles, were close, and the next moment they would¡
¡°Quickly!¡±
¡°Uu, Un. Understood. Sorry.¡±
As false Kaori was urging her on, arge sword was thrust at false Kaori¡¯s chest. Along with Kaori¡¯s sweet voice.
¡°¡ Eh? Why?¡±
Naturally, it was Kaori who did the stabbing, making a seemingly displeased expression as she averted her eyes. She answered false Kaori¡¯s unintentional question with a pained face.
¡°Be, because if your death is caused by something else, maybe I will fail the trial¡ So before you die, I have to be the one to kill you.¡±
It was actually a fair argument. Actually what was up with the cheap drama-like conversation so far?
Thinking back, saying things like ¡®Come back safely!¡¯, yelling ¡®Run away!¡¯, objecting ¡®I can¡¯t leave you like this!¡¯. Considering she was up against the voice inside her heart, maybe it could be said she had really been soft from the beginning. Before the disappearing false Kaori, Kaori¡¯s expression was better left undescribed.
¡°Fufu, you became tough, me. I¡¯m happy about your growth¡ However, I think this way of ending things was a little excessive.¡±
The icicles and the ceiling which had been seconds away from crashing started quickly going back to their former ce and reforming due to the maze¡¯s restoration function. It was obvious this would happen, just like it always had before.
Moved to tears, false Kaori, whose every effort had been fruitless up until Kaori¡¯sst decision at the end, finally copsed and disappeared without leaving any trace.
¡°¡ This victory feels empty.¡±
If someone was here, they would probably retort ¡®Look who¡¯s talking¡¯. It seemed even Kaori had been fairly influenced by Hajime¡¯s group.
On the other side, Yue and Shia who had mutually met each other¡¯s strongest attacks were panting.
¡°Haa, Haa¡, keho.¡±
¡°Fuhe, Fuhe¡¡±
They were breathing roughly while standing on the ground of ice with simr postures. Their magical reserves were runningpletely dry.
¡°Don¡¯t say such sad things.¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°If something¡¯s bothering you, let¡¯s smash it together.¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°No matter what we¡¯re up against, no matter the situation, we won¡¯t lose. Together, we can do anything. That¡¯s what I believe.¡±
Shia was reiterating herst speech with a rough breath. Yue, simrly breathing roughly, was listening silently.
¡°The ones who taught me that are Yue-san and Hajime-san, right? Right now, you aren¡¯t being the same person who taught me that. I absolutely won¡¯t acknowledge a Yue-san who is afraid of some future and silently gives up.¡±
Shia¡¯s acknowledged beloved ¡®special one¡¯ was a person who would not give up under any circumstances and would rely on her and her power to peep into the future. Which is why there was no way she could approve of the current Yue. Not only could she not approve of Yue¡¯s statement, but also of the way things were.
She didn¡¯t know what exactly inside Yue made her pronounce the words ¡®in the worst case scenario¡¯, but if there is a chance such a thing will happen, they should not be making an excuse for it but preparing for it instead. Even if herrades, her family, her friends, and the lover she ought to love were to get involved in the process, they should still be trying to seize the future in which they are all together. The idea of people close to Hajime intending self-sacrifice was unthinkable. Even if it sealed their fate, staying, eating and drinking together until the end, and then perishing together would still be ten thousand times better.
Of course, for her, their probability of perishing was so low she wouldn¡¯t even give it a thought. If Hajime were here and had time to worry about such a thing, he would probably be searching for a way to kill the absurdity instead. Not even one millisecond before his death would he release his boiling killing intent.
And, Yue should be the first one to know that.
¡°Such a foolish request, you think I¡¯ll listen to it?¡±
¡°Shia¡¡±
By now Shia was shedding tears. Irritated by Yue who was mentioning the possibility of no longer being with them, she couldn¡¯t help but imagine this future which saddened her ¡
She thought that if she beat Yue in this fight that had started as easily as a child losing his temper, she would be able to prove that she had be strong enough to protect Yue and thus blow away Yue¡¯sck of resolve. But as expected, Yue was strong, and victory was not possible. This fact was disappointing and annoying for Shia¡
Shia¡¯s various mixed feelings piled up and saturated. Unable to contain herself anymore, her emotions turned into tears that started overflowing.
Lying on the ground, Yue, who had only managed to turn her sight to Shia in order to watch her, summoned magical power from her demon crystal stone and used restoration magic, before getting up slowly. Then she started crawling towards Shia on all fours.
¡°¡ Shia, sorry.¡±
¡°Yue-san?¡±
Looking from above at Shia¡¯s face, out of which tears and a dripping nose particrly stood out, Yue gently stroked her head. With both her gaze and hands, and in an extremely gentle way. Shia managed to stare back despite her field of vision being reduced by her tears.
¡°¡ It¡¯s as Shia says. No matter the past, no matter who I am, it doesn¡¯t matter. From now on, I want to remain all the time by Hajime and Shia¡¯s side. So I will send flying anyone who stands in the way of that, no matter who it is. That is all there is to it.¡±
¡°Highu, Th- That¡¯s right.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Even if something happens to me, Hajime and Shia will definitely do something about it. There was nothing to worry about.¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t that obvious, uh.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Sorry. I made an awful request. Will you forgive me?¡±
¡°I¡¯ll forgive you! So, don¡¯t you dare make such a sad request again! Promise me!¡±
¡°¡ Nn. I promise.¡±
Sweetly wiping the sweat from Shia¡¯s face, Yue lifted her in her arms. Shia tightly clung to Yue. Yue also hugged Shia back tightly.
Time was flowing silently. Things had be peaceful as they were stroking each other¡¯s skin gently.
Yue and Shia had had their first big fight. It was a scene like that of friends having a fist fight by a river beach and watching the sunset after making up as their mutual bond grew even stronger.
A quivering voice reached them.
¡°¡ Thank goodness. I really don¡¯t understand what¡¯s going on anymore, but thank goodness.¡±
¡°?¡± X2
Puzzled, Yue and Shia turned their sight to the source of the voice. They saw Kaori¡¯s smile as her cheeks were twitching. Although, due to her promise, her eyes weren¡¯t smiling at all.
¡°Ufufu, I¡¯m speechless. There was no consideration whatsoever for me. Goingpletely crazy and throwing my trial into aplete mess, to the point it was almost ruined, and not even having a care in the world. Rather, giving me this ¡®Huh, you were here?¡¯ look, ufufu.¡±
In response to Kaori¡¯s suspiciousughter, Yue and Shia who were still embracing each other exchanged nces. And, at that moment, they remembered. When they were in the middle of their fight, there was something they kept blowing away, trampling down and detonating ¡
Then, realizing that this was therge room for Kaori, their expression made an ¡®Oops¡¯ face.
¡°A~ E~tto, Kaori-san? For now, let¡¯s calm down?¡±
¡°Ahaha, you¡¯re saying something funny, Shia-ttara. Don¡¯t I look perfectly calm?¡±
¡ Kaori, the ¡ how about the trial?¡±
¡°Nn~? I more or less passed it. By myself.¡±
Yue and Shia breathed a sigh of relief.
As one would expect, involving her into their fight and leaving her unable to clear the trial, taking into ount all the hardships faced so far, would have been beyond forgivable.
However, they froze in ce when they heard Kaori¡¯s next words.
¡°Yes, I defeated her with my own hands. ¡ After she got beaten up by you two very badly and was in a hopeless situation.¡±
¡°¡ ¡± X2
¡°That counts as a win, right? I won¡¯t be told it¡¯s invalid because she was already done in by you two first, right? What do you think about this? Huh?¡±
Yue and Shia were dripping cold sweat. Kaori came close to the two who were sitting down and embracing each other. She crouched with a friendly smile. cing her chin on her knee, her gesture had a certain charm to it, but because her eyes were devoid of color, she appeared rather scary.
Then, Yue suddenly looked the other way and added oil to the fire.
¡°¡ Then, it would have been better to use restoration magic on her before finishing her off.¡±
¡°¡ Yue?¡±
¡°¡ It¡¯s not my fault. Rather, it¡¯s Kaori¡¯s, who did her in too quickly.¡±
¡°Hawawawa, hawawawa. Yu- Yue-san, that¡¯s a bit ¡ Hum, Kaori-san, really, sorr?¡±
¡°Fufuu, Yue-ttara, you¡¯re funny. Afterpletely beating her up and sending her flying, to say such a thing ¡ hey, raise your friendship level with me too.¡±
Kaori, who had kept sinking ever deeper from the start, kept her smiling face as a vein popped on her forehead and she extracted her twinrge swords.
Seeing this, Yue quietly stood up and showed a fearless smile as she answered with all her strength.
¡°¡ I don¡¯t mind. A friendship where I am above Kaori and Kaori is under me, I will raise the level of such a friendship.¡±
¡°Ufufufufufuu, get blown away!¡±
¡°¡ I refuse!¡±
Then, shes ran through therge room that had barely finished recovering from thest intense fight, and thunderous roars were once again heard.
¡°Fueeeen, Yue-san! Kaori-san! If I may ask, please stop!¡±
This time, Shia was attempting to calm both sides. The new passage that made its appearance felt somehow like the reward of futile efforts.
***___
1: They use the word Gekokujo. From the Trantor: Japanese term roughly tranted as the lower rules the higher or the low ovees the high, source:jisho.org. In our case, juniors (Shia) dominating seniors (Yue).
2: TL: As a reminder, it¡¯s her gravity magic.
Chapter 146
Chapter 146
Thank God, She is a Pervert As Expected
?Even though you actually noticed.
Those words had been whispered into Suzu¡¯s ear since she first entered the greatbyrinth. And right now, those words were thrown at her from her reddish-ck eyed self whose entire body color was white.
Each time she heard those words, Suzu¡¯s heart creaked grindingly as though it waspressed by a pressing machine. That was just natural. Because recognizing these facts for Suzu was the same as recognizing her sin.
The false image of Suzu which was created from her negative emotion thrust the truth at her.
The voice referred to how Suzu had faintly noticed Eri¡¯s true nature.
If others were asked about their impression toward Nakamura Eri, ten of ten would surely answer like this:
She is meek and reserved, a girl that is able to take a step back and observe the whole objectively. Usually, she refrains from meddling, but she is someone prudent that can say out her opinion with skillful consideration when it counts and that can nonchntly give help. Her figure following behind with a smile is like a Yamato Nadeshiko.
There was also various other opinions, but in general, people harbored an impression that she had a gentle and good-willed personality. Kouki andpany were also simr. Even Shizuku with her sharp observations had almost the exact same impression. For that reason, that day, when Eri exposed her true nature, Shizuku was also greatly shocked.
Among those people, only Suzu harbored a slightly different impression.
Suzu thought that Eri might be a slightly calcting girl. She understood her best friend¡¯s conceit the best, because she was always looking at her from the side, and also because the girl named Taniguchi Suzu was special. She was sensitive toward the subtleties of human¡¯s emotion.
Suzu noticed that inside Eri¡¯s smiling eyes, sometimes, there was coldness and sharpness that resided there. And then she noticed how Eri was usually a step behind. Rather than calling that something natural from her personality, it was something that came from the logic. It was more convenient to collect information assertively in that position, Suzu somehow understood that kind of thing too.
But she had never pointed that out to Eri herself. Suzu didn¡¯t think that such a behavior was unpleasant. If she was asked why, it was because when Eri gathered information like that while changing her gestures or words, generally, she was doing it for the sake of someone else.
And then, even at this time that couldn¡¯t be considered ordinary, Suzu guessed that the way Eri did a thing, her speech and her conduct were for the sake of protecting her own mind and body.
Suzu didn¡¯t reject the idea of acting a part for the sake of protecting one¡¯s own heart and body. If asked why, it was because it would be like rejecting herself.
What was the meaning of that? To understand that, there is a need to know about Suzu¡¯s early life.
Both of Suzu¡¯s parents were workaholics right to their core. From morning until evening, it was only work, work, work¡ Since her childhood, it was as though Suzu was raised by the employed caretaker. Both her parents didn¡¯t even attend the custom events like visitation day or child and parent day.
Her family was quite prosperous, but after her caretaker went home, Suzu was always left alone inside the spacious house. If a young child was left alone for a long time, it was inevitable for them to be gloomy. When Suzu was in kindergarten and the early elementary school grades, she was a moody child without any friends.
It wasn¡¯t like she wasn¡¯t loved by her parents or anything. They carefully considered anything that they gifted Suzu. Suzu also knew that when they went homete at night, they secretly came to look at Suzu¡¯s condition and stroke her head.
But, for the young Suzu, all that was not enough at all¡ that was why, with the sulking feeling she was cold toward her parents when she asionally met them, she took an attitude that wasn¡¯t cute at all; she pretended to sleep when she was actually awake¡
For such a Suzu to turn out like the current cheerfully simple girl was solely thanks to the influence of her caretaker. A few years passed since she was employed, the caretaker couldn¡¯t bear to look at the moping Suzu, so therge-bodied caretaker auntie gave advice to Suzu.
That advice was, ¡®Anyway, justugh¡¯, truly advice that was overflowing with vagueness. ¡®With that your surrounding will change¡¯, she said. Those were the words of the caretaker that even now was still working in Suzu¡¯s house, who for Suzu was like another mother already. For Suzu of that time, she didn¡¯t understand what the caretaker meant, but if by doing that she wouldn¡¯t be lonely then she thought there was no harm in doing it.
First, she tried to show upfront happiness towards her parents. She smiled widely, she jumped at them, she got her head stroked, and when she received present, she expressed happiness with her all. Actually, there was still lurking feelings in her heart, but she tried toe into contact with her parents while repressing it. Thereupon the faces of Suzu¡¯s parents turned ¡®dere¡¯, it was a face so slovenly that Suzu had never seen it at all until that time.
They are still constantly busy with their work without any change, but even so, each time her parents looked at her she could see them smiling happily. Those smiling faces also be something that made Suzu happy.
Next, she also smiled cheerfully in the school. In truth, there was nothing that was really fun or anything there, even so, she constantly floated a wide smile.
Thereupon, before she realized it there was always someone in Suzu¡¯s surroundings. Someone would always talk joyfully with a smile at Suzu. When she saw that, her school life until now became like a lie and it changed into something fun.
With that, Suzu understood. Even if she was sad or pained, if she made a smile, it would attract other smiles. With that, she wouldn¡¯t be alone anymore.
Because of that, so that she wouldn¡¯t be alone again, Suzu would smile without end no matter what kind of time it was. Yes, no matter what kind of time it was.
Suzu¡¯s smiling face wasn¡¯t something that always came from her heart. Rather, about half of her smiles were faked. She was doing it for so long that her true smile and the fake smile became the same and couldn¡¯t be differentiated from each other.
That was why while Suzu noticed the calcting personality of Eri that put on the mask of Yamato Nadeshiko to protect her body and heart just like Suzu, she didn¡¯t think of that as unpleasant. Rather she felt sympathy to Eri. After she noticed, she associated with her even deeper.
She thought that what Eri did was the same as her. She also thought that Eri felt sympathy for Suzu who was living by acting. She thought that even though it was true that Eri was calcting for the sake of herself, that they were really friends, even best friends. And then, she also thought that toward someone who didn¡¯t have the intention to harm her, Eri would properly hold a good will towards them.
No, perhaps it should be said that she wanted to believe it to be so.
She left alone the unease that was bloating in her since they arrived in this world. She didn¡¯t try to notice the thing that should be noticed. She gave up putting the effort because she feared to step into the calcting heart of Eri, who had taken off her smiling mask. She feared that the pleasant rtionship they had until now would end and that Eri¡¯s malice that Suzu perhaps had faintly realized would be shoved into her face.
That was why she believed. She believed blindly. She stuffed the unease she held, the anxiety she felt, into the bottom of her chest. She convinced herself that there was no malice or anything in Eri, that even her calcting aspect was always for the sake of her best friend Suzu and for Kouki and the others who were herrades.
And the result¡
{The tragedy of that day urred. Two of Suzu¡¯s ssmates were lost. A lot of knights including Meld-san died. if Nagumo-kun and others weren¡¯t there, then Kaori would have also died. Even though it was only Suzu who sinceing in this world had faintly noticed Eri¡¯s character and could stop the tragedy of that day, Suzu averted her eyes from reality because Suzu treasured herself. Suzu sealed everything so deep in the bottom of her heart that she didn¡¯t even realize it herself. Pasting a smile on the face, just like usual¡}
¡°¡¡±
The darkness in Suzu¡¯s heart. That was a fierce guilt. Even though it was only her who could stop Eri¡¯s crime, she neglected that by denying the reality that Eri would do anything bad. As a result, a lot of people died, and her ssmates were also almost annihted.
If she just nonchntly consulted with Shizuku, perhaps something would have changed. The regret of not doing that had been whirling fiercely in Suzu¡¯s heart since that day.
{While dering that Suzu is her best friend, Suzu didn¡¯t notice the distortion of her heart. If it was Suzu, if it was Suzu who had been together with Eri longer than anyone. She should have been able to notice it, yet¡ by stepping into her heart, perhaps it would also exposed the fakeness of Suzu¡¯s own smile¡ Suzu feared that so she didn¡¯t do anything¡ Hearing the words ¡®best friend¡¯ from you feels really astonishing.}
¡°¡¡±
{Do you think that everything would be fine if you just put on a smile? Even though it was just a widely thin rtion where your hearts didn¡¯t connect with each other, did you think that you are actually not alone? Just like Eri said, what open stupidity, isn¡¯t it?}
Suzu wordlessly swept her iron fan. Dozens of barriers that she deployed cut through the wind and rushed the false image, surrounding it. Instantly, magic power exploded inside the containment, the explosion that was like an improvised frag grenade striking the white Suzu.
The surrounding ground was blown away, ice fragments were dancing in the air sparklingly, and perhaps it was only expected, the false image appeared unharmed wrapped in shining barrier while she was unfolding her white iron fan, hiding half her face.
Since the battle started, this development had been repeated all along. Suzu¡¯s attack couldn¡¯t break through the white Suzu¡¯s protection no matter what. And then, the false image that hardened her defense mercilessly tore apart Suzu with des of words one-sidedly.
{What are you going to do after meeting Eri one more time? Even though you actually don¡¯t know what you want to say when you meet her, even though you are thinking that you will only get hostility and scorn directed at you without question anyway.}
Not only the past, the white Suzu also turned the matter of the future into a de to swing at Suzu.
Not doing what she should do¡ averting her eyes from reality, tricking herself, the guilt of letting many people die, the regret of not trying to step into that distortion even while calling herself the best friend, although her feeling of wanting to meet was true, actually, she still didn¡¯t know what she wanted to do when she actually meets her. She felt anxiety and fretfulness as though she was wandering inside a thick mist.
The heart of Suzu was creaking, it was torn apart, bleeding from the thorough torment, reaching its limit¡ was how it should be¡
{Even after saying this much, Suzu is not really getting stronger, huh. Even though at first you turned weak from what Suzu was saying. Even though you just denied it, if you only averted your eyes, Suzu can get stronger¡}
¡°As Suzu thought, there is really that kind of rule. If that¡¯s the case, then no matter what you are saying, you won¡¯t be able to get stronger.¡±
{It looks like it. In the middle, your heart began to gain determination little by little. Suzu¡¯s words, on the contrary, became your strength to look back at yourself.}
While facing the white Suzu that was shaking her head as though to say ¡®good grief¡¯, Suzu was breathing hard, her hands that were grasping her iron fans were trembling, even so, she opened her mouth to speak with a dignified tone.
¡°¡ Yes. Even though it¡¯s about Suzu herself, but the more it was showed to Suzu, it felt really painful, agonizing. But, what you are saying is all true? That¡¯s why it¡¯s fine already. It¡¯s enough already standing still for the sake of Suzu herself. In the first ce, since Suzu saw the dream at Haltina¡¯s Great Labyrinth, Suzu hade to understand just how much Suzu averted her eyes from what is important.¡±
{¡ What a convenient dream that is.}
The white Suzuughed. But, Suzu alsoughed. That wasn¡¯t a fakeugh, it was augh filled with bitterness and pain that came from her heart.
¡°Suzu should be able to get it. That world of dreams. Only if Suzu properly epted reality.¡±
Suzu talked to herself with calm eyes.
¡°At that time, what Taeko-san said to ¡®justugh¡¯, she didn¡¯t mean that it¡¯s fine if Suzu just smiles. That¡¯s not all, what Taeko-san meant is to open your own heart first if you want to connect with other people¡¯s hearts. Right now, Suzu understands.¡±
If you wanted to make others happy, first you yourself had to be happy. Surely, there were a lot of people who had heard those words. This was the same as that.
¡°It¡¯s just as you said, honestly, Suzu also doesn¡¯t understand what she wants to do by meeting Eri. Does Suzu want to curse at her, me her, apologize for averting Suzu¡¯s eyes, or to persuade her back¡ Suzu doesn¡¯t know.¡±
Suzu¡¯s heart since that day, that day when it received that painful betrayal was disordered in pieces. Various emotions were overflowing like a river after a heavy rain. It was merely enduring so that it didn¡¯t flood over. Surely, the dam of Suzu¡¯s heart would break the first time she confronted Eri and would scream.
That was why¡
¡°Suzu doesn¡¯t understand, but Suzu knows that Suzu has to meet her so¡¡±
She wouldn¡¯t expose any unsightliness just like at Haltina¡¯s Great Labyrinth. That was conveyed implicitly to her other self.
{¡ Suzu¡¯s strength is lowering a little again. Looks like your resolve is the real thing.}
¡°That¡¯s right. This is not just words anymore. This is not seeing just a sweet dream. Suzu will surpass you and go ahead on this path! ¡®Gather and return?Divine Severance¨CTurn¡¯!¡±
Suzu proimed with resolve in her words. And then, she swung her pair of iron fans widely.
Right after, white Suzu¡¯s surrounding shone brilliantly, the barrier was created as though in reverse regeneration.
¡®Divine Severance¨CTurn¡¯?By using regeneration magic, this magic made use of the magic power of a barrier that had been smashed and dispersed once to create a barrier once more.
The Suzu¡¯s barriers that had been smashed until now had reached several hundred. The barriers of the white Suzu had also been smashed in great numbers. All those were regenerated and manifested for the sake of barrier burst. The total number of barriers were a hundred and fiftyyers. Those barriers surrounded white Suzu like a castle wall.
{Is that is so¡ if it¡¯s insufficient with just your own, you even regenerate the barrier that Suzu smashed.}
¡°Yep. You are Suzu herself so it is not hard to regenerate it. In exchange, all of Suzu¡¯s magic power is dried away but¡ you are defeated!¡±
{Then try it. Use that power that is changed into the resolve to surpass everything!}
The barrier of the white Suzu shined. It was a challenge to just try it if she thought she could break it.
Suzu swept her iron fans powerfully. All the barrier was made to have directionality, and the spellmanded them to burst and scatter.
Right after that, the spacious room shook fiercely along with a thunderous roar. Ice fragments were raining down in sprinkles from the ceiling.
Even the caster Suzu was blown away by the great explosion and slid until the wall. And then her consciousness skipped when her back fiercely struck the ice wall. The cause was because she poured everything into the explosive power, even the little bit of her magic power that should be for defense.
She couldn¡¯t hear anything except ringing in her ears. Perhaps her eardrums were torn. She somehow managed to hold back her hazy consciousness. She directed her gaze at ground zero while fixing her shaking eyesight, somehow. The dense remains of magic power and smoke of ice fragments were clearing, at therge crater created there¡ there was nothing.
At the same time, the ice wall at Suzu¡¯s right side suddenly melted in one part and a new passage appeared.
Looking at that, Suzu discerned that she finally overcame the trial. Immediately her consciousness was sumbing to the damage from the shockwave and her magic power consumption.
(¡ It¡¯s okay to rest, isn¡¯t it¡ just for a little.)
Suzu whispered so inside her heart, then her consciousness was dragged into darkness.
It felt like drifting in the bottom of the gloomy water, inside such a sensation, Suzu¡¯s consciousness slightly awakened.
It felt like her body was shaking in a certain rhythm, in her hazy mind Suzu thought it was like she was in a cradle. However, heavy sounds and the warmth conveyed on her cheek making herprehended that it was the footsteps of arge person and their body warmth. The instant sheprehended that Suzu¡¯s consciousness rapidly rose to the surface.
¡°E, eh? What? How¡?¡±
¡°Yoo, Suzu. You woke up?¡±
¡°Hee? Ryuutaro-kun?¡±
¡°Yeah, it¡¯s me.¡±
For a moment, ¡°Uwaa, kidnapping!?¡± Suzu thought fluttered and her body stiffened, but she somehow understood that she was carried on Ryuutaro¡¯s back and her body rxed.
¡°Err, why is Ryuutaro-kun carrying Suzu on your back?¡±
¡°You see. After sending the irritating bastard flying away and passing through the path that appeared, I saw Suzu sleeping like a log at the corner of a simr room, so for the time being, let¡¯s just carry you. You didn¡¯t wake up even when I shook you, yeah as expected, there was also no way I could wake you up with wrestling moves, too.¡±
¡°Yes, if you tried to wake up Suzu like that then it will be waking up to Barrier Burst for you.¡±
For a moment, Suzu made an unpleasant expression thinking that if it was Ryuutaro, then he might really do that. Although in the end, he was able to be considerate towards the female, so perhaps this was also a growth¡ Suzu thought that with a relieved sigh. Previously he was a guy that would hit the back or shoulder of another hard whileughing heartily without caring of the other party¡¯s sex.
¡°But, so that¡¯s how it is. So that trial room is connected with everyone else then.¡±
¡°Looks like it. I think ahead of this path will be the room of someone else.¡±
¡°It will be great if it¡¯s Kaori or Tio-san. Suzu is still not healed here¡ wait, Ryuutaro-kun is somehow worn out too, right? Thank you for carrying Suzu.¡±
Suzu expressed her gratitude brightly while settling on Ryuutaro¡¯srge back. Now that she looked, Ryuutaro¡¯s clothes were also looking quite ragged after winning a really hard fight. There was no stutter on his footsteps that moved forward ruggedly, but he looked like he received quite the damage.
¡°Aah, just this much ain¡¯t a big deal. It¡¯s only about five of my ribs, and also my shoulder that got dislocated and my arm was broken, that¡¯s all.¡±
¡°That¡¯s not something at the level that you can just write off as ¡®that¡¯s all¡¯!¡±
¡°No, no, I fixed my shoulder already. I also reinforced my arm with ¡®Vajra¡¯, so its fin-gebohaa!?¡±
¡°Hiiiii!! Ryuutaro-kun is vomiting out an impossible amount of blood!?¡±
In front of the panicked Suzu who heard Ryuutaro¡¯s unsubstantiated assertion, Ryuutaro who was about to say that he was fine became a bright red merlion. It looked like his internal organs were also considerably damaged.
Suzu hurriedly got down from Ryuutaro¡¯s back while screaming, she put a shoddy healing magic on him. She didn¡¯t have an aptitude for healing magic, so it was only a basic magic she learned for a critical time but it was better than nothing.
Faint light wrapped Ryuutaro who was mildly wiping the blood on his mouth nonchntly as though he hadn¡¯t just vomited arge amount of blood. The effect wasn¡¯t that high because Suzu used a simplified magic circle that could be carried around, but it was possible to stop bleeding and pain and heal the little wound with that.
¡°Ah? It feels a little morefortable somehow? Thanks, Suzu.¡±
¡°¡ Listen here, Ryuutaro-kun. Why are you that calm after vomiting blood in buckets like that? Actually, you are not a human, are you? You are an idiot, aren¡¯t you?¡±
¡°That¡¯s cruel, eh. What, if it¡¯s just this much then you can make it somehow with your spirit.¡±
¡°¡ Spirit¡ what a convenient word.¡±
Suzu finished the treatment with a tired look. While she was at it, she also treated the remaining damage on her body core due to the explosive impact. Although this was only something for the peace of mind, she wanted to find Kaori or Tio quickly.
¡°Well, I also only just cleared the trial favorably, so I also got a little high tensioned here.¡±
¡°Aa, certainly there is that. It¡¯s not like the time at Sea of Trees, we are properly fighting here¡ indeed, it feels joyful.¡±
¡°Right?¡±
¡°Now that you mentioned it, how did Ryuutaro-kun do? You don¡¯t look like you have any worry or anything but¡ ah, it¡¯s fine if it¡¯s something hard to say, you know?¡±
Suzu nonchntly said something cruel like ¡°You are muscle brain, so there is no point even if you are abused verbally, right?¡±. In a certain meaning, it seemed that she had put down a mask of hers.
On the other hand, Ryuutaro that was naturally disparaged didn¡¯t look like he particrly minded it, rather he didn¡¯t even notice it and answered indifferently.
¡°No, it¡¯s not anything big, so I don¡¯t mind. I was just given insults that I¡¯m a loser bastard.¡±
Suzu was dumbfounded hearing those words. Ryuutaro was a man that would just charge ahead even when there was danger in front of him. She had never seen him faltering back. What was the meaning of calling him a loser? Suzu tilted her head unable to imagine it.
Looking at Suzu who was like that, Ryuutaro scratched his cheek a little embarrassed while averting his eyes, before he dropped a bomb.
¡°Oh man, you see, since quite some time ago, I don¡¯t know what to do to approach the woman I fell in love with yeah. I didn¡¯t even confess, on top of that she was takenpletely by another man to begin with¡ something like that.¡±
¡°¡ That¡¯s¡ what to say¡¡±
In a sense, it could be said to be a light worry. It was just as Suzu expected, perhaps even the greatbyrinth was feeling something like ¡°This guy¡¯s negative emotion is too little, though? What can you do to torment him, I don¡¯t get it?¡±
¡°And then, I got told something like steal the woman with brute force without reservation, various kind of unpleasant emotions were welling up in me but¡¡±
In Ryuutaro¡¯s case, the method of shoving the darkness in his heart to his face so he would self-destruct was pointless. It seemed that the greatbyrinth tried to attack Ryuutaro by strengthening its conscious enticement to make him lose reasoning, possibly to drown his heart in desire and erase his positive emotion as his virtue.
In that way, this could be a troublesome trial with the danger of going mad. But, Ryuutaro didn¡¯t lose his sense, and he avoided turning into an incarnation of his desire. The prime reason for that, rather than because of Ryuutaro¡¯s mental strength it was because of¡
¡°Realistically stealing her is impossible, anyway. There ain¡¯t just no way. Rather it¡¯s suicide. I¡¯ll get killed by Nagumo, also by Yue-san, too.¡±
¡°Heh? ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡. eEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH!!?¡±
Suzu knew what was inside Ryuutaro¡¯s heart from the flow of the story, because of how unexpected it was, Suzu raised a magnificently loud voice of shock after a few beats.
And then Suzu whose mouth was closing and opening while her eyes widenedrgely began to confirm it timidly. Ryuutaro looked away with a sullen expression, but his ears turned red so it was obvious that he was hiding his embarrassment.
¡°Ryu, Ryuutaro-kun, eh? Lies? Really? You liked Onee-sama?¡±
¡°Aa, what¡¯s with you, is it really that strange for me to be in love with that person huh- ¡°
¡°N, no, that¡¯s not true at all. But, you didn¡¯t show anything that pointed at that at all so¡¡±
¡°¡ You, in front of those two, do you think I can show any kind of attitude like that?¡±
¡°¡ Ryuutaro-kun¡ what a pitiful¡¡±
¡°Don¡¯t pity me! You, your personality changed somewhere somehow!¡±
Ryuutaro howled at Suzu who was sending him a gaze as though she was looking at a pitiful thing. Her speech and conduct strangely turned straight so what he pointed out was correct. She was not just a girl who was only smiling anymore.
But right now, what was important wasn¡¯t Suzu¡¯s change, but the wound of Ryuutaro¡¯s heart (lol) who kept being shown the spectacle of the woman he fell in love with flirting with another man regardless of who was watching. Indeed, in front of Hajime and Yue, there was no way he could take action as someone who fell in love with Yue. He was also made to hesitate by the atmosphere those two wafted off. His pride as a man and the obstinacy in his heart was damaged.
If he was asked what he could do, then it was to recognize it as unrequited love and make a clean break with it. In reality, that was what Ryuutaro actually did. And the greatbyrinth forcefully dragged that out but¡
The side he needed to steal from was just too bad. Whether it was the male side or the female side. In front of desire and whatever, there was only a definite future of helplessness. No matter how much his ck emotion was stimted telling him to steal her, what was impossible was impossible. Rather, it even made him want to explode and scold ¡°Don¡¯t say something absurd! Look at reality you idiot!¡± at the other self that was instigating him.
¡°Hm, but that¡¯s really unexpected. Who would have ever thought that Ryuutaro-kun was in love with Onee-sama¡.?¡±
¡°It¡¯s not really that strange, right? Even you called her ¡®Onee-sama¡¯ since that day, ain¡¯t you?¡±
¡°Aah, so it¡¯s like that. Yep, perhaps that is indeed not that strange.¡±
Suzu pped her hands *pon* as though she was convinced of Ryuutaro¡¯s words.
¡®That day¡¯ which Ryuutaro mentioned was the time when they were in the absolute great pinch at Orcus Great Labyrinth. Yue¡¯s beauty and overwhelming strength trampled the enemy apanied with a blue dragon made any watcher even feel divinity. Her imperturbable manner, her bewitching atmosphere that was in contrast with her young appearance, and the slight kindness she showed to Suzu¡ all of those were just too charming for a high school student, whether male or female.
Simr to how Suzu came to yearn for Yue as Onee-sama, several male students (and a part of the female students) had their heart stolen by Yue that day. Ryuutaro was just one person among that group.
¡°Don¡¯t say this to the others, okay?¡±
¡°That¡¯s, well, Suzu won¡¯t talk. Saying that will only damage Ryuutaro-kun. Rather, isn¡¯t it better if you didn¡¯t tell Suzu?¡±
¡°¡ Certainly, that¡¯s true but¡¡±
¡°Aaa, is it something like¡ you want to tell someone else, just for once?¡±
¡°Ain¡¯t you sharp? Well, something like that. It¡¯s something likeining, my bad.¡±
Looking at the wryly smiling Ryuutaro, Suzu also returned a wry smile.
¡°But, challenging the opponent from the front with angry feeling and turned ragged like that is uneptable, isn¡¯t it?¡±
¡°¡ That bastard¡¯s mug was irritating. When I recalled it, it made me want to punch him flying again.¡±
¡°I think you can just use a mirror for that.¡±
Suzu made aplicated look at Ryuutaro who confirmed he had gone through a really strange trial, but before long the end of the road became visible ahead. It seemed that while they were talking they had reached theirst stop.
¡°O? It¡¯s the next room.¡±
¡°Please, Kaori or Tio-san be there¡¡±
Suzu who wanted to ask for healing sped her hands in prayer while approaching the ice wall. The ice wall reacted to them and melted, opening the entrance toward the room inside.
In the end¡ it seemed Suzu¡¯s prayer reached.
¡°Kyah!?¡±
¡°Uoh!?¡±
The moment Suzu and Ryuutaro entered the room, the assaulting shockwave and the torrent of magic power made them reflexively scream while covering their face with their hands. And then Suzu somehow deployed a barrier, ahead of her gaze was the figure of two Tios, both of them raising one of their hands while firing ck and pure white shes at each other.
The opposing two colored shes were shing right from the front in the middle of Tio and the false image of Tio wearing white kimonos and hair that was white like snow. The two shes were swallowing each other. The shockwave that trampled the room of ice was created from the collision of the two breaths.
{Fufufu, I feel it. Thy hatred and rage. The fear and resignation. No matter how many hundreds of years has passed, that tragedy that cannot be forgotten, the betrayal of the people thy protected as easy as flipping over one¡¯s hand, the gazes of scorn and fright, the murder of thyrades, friends, parents, the humiliation carved on their corpse.}
¡°¡¡±
In the middle of the space that was dyed with white and ck shes, the false image of Tio was floating a repugnant smile while talking with a voice that was resounding with excessive rity. That was the memory of the great persecution that erased the dragon n from history five hundred years go. They were the strongest race of the strongest country, however, they by no means disyed arrogance. They were the greatest country that was far unrted with the violent rule, and it was theirst.
Because the dragon n was few, the country they managed didn¡¯t differentiate any human or demi-human, they had prosperous coexistence between various races. They protected the powerless, supported the weak, opposed when evil appeared regardless of country, hoisting morals and virtue right from the front. Such way of life was a joke, but they were undoubtedly persisting in that ideal. Besides the people of their own country, the surrounding countries even extolled the dragon n as exactly the ¡®true royalty¡¯.
Everyone was saved and protected by the dragon n sometime, somewhere, by some kind of reason. Everyone held respect and idolized them.
But, such days suddenly met their end.
?Dragon n was a monster.
Such foolish thinking was spreading among the people so rapidly like a nightmare. Throughout the continent, no matter which n you looked at, there was no race that couldpletely transform into another race. That overwhelming strength and the beastly appearance ofplete dragonification were certainly something that blurred the boundary between human and monster.
Even so their achievement until now and their noble way of living couldn¡¯t possibly be denied. Regardless the moment such thinking was spreading, the eyes of the people changed from reverence to fear, from trust to doubt, and then from aspiration to disdain.
{O thee. At that time, it was quite an exhrating feeling, wasn¡¯t it? Remember, that time when thou smashed the church into dust. Even that time of great persecution, the fellows who cornered us and united all the countries together against us were the church. Trampling the hateful enemy, it was an indescribable pleasure wasn¡¯t it?}
The false image talked. In the front, Tio said that she was helping up Hajime, but actually what truly made her delighted was aplishing her own revenge. At the end of the day, for Tio us, rather than Nagumo Hajime¡¯s life and death, the most important thing for her was obtaining the just cause for the sake of her revenge, the false image said.
Hearing those words, Suzu and Ryuutaro that usually only knew the figure of Tio who was always frankly showing her affection to Hajime opened their eyes wide in shock and stared at Tio.
However, Tio didn¡¯t even try to protest, she was only staying quiet and kept firing her breath. It was as though she was affirming the words of her false image.
Perhaps getting into a good mood because of that, the tongue of the false image of Tio was getting increasingly smoother.
{At first, even when thou thought of going together with Nagumo Hajime, actually what thou actually thought was to ¡®use¡¯ him correct? The power of that man is abnormal. And then, there is no way that power won¡¯t stand out. And, in that case, the mastermind of that great persecution that unnaturally started suddenly?the god too would surely direct his attention at him. And then, just like what he did at the dragon n who once possessed power, the god would also bare his fang at him again. When that happen, the fang of Nagumo Hajime would be directed at the god too, it might be of assistance for the killing of god, that was what thou thought.}
That was really a calcting thinking. It was a way of thinking that was even more and more distanced from the usual Tio. Suzu and Ryuutaro that listened from the side thought it was unbelievable.
However, the words that the false image of oneself talked were by no means a lie. Even if it was only something slight, even if the person themselves didn¡¯t aware of it, it was certainly an emotion that the person possessed even if by a fragment in their heart. For that reason, looking at the unknown side of Tio who was a pervert with suffering fetish but who sometimes shown gentle and intellectual aspect of her, made Suzu and Ryuutaro unable to hide their shock.
Perhaps noticing the condition of those two, Tio sent a nce at them. At her face, there was no emotion visible at all. Not even cheerfulness, or her joking smile, or her kindness, or the light of intellect, none of those were reflected there. The expression of Tio that they saw for the first time made them swallowed their breath.
{Human, demi-human, the devil, and then god. At that time, thou hate everything who stole those important for thou. But, that hatred, rage, those are something natural for thou to have. ?Yes, revenge, is thy legitimate right!}
The white sh was slightly beginning to swallow the ck sh. The rivalry of power began to crumble. Perhaps that was because the words of the false image were shaking the heart of Tio.
Tio remembered. Both her parents were always talking proudly and nobly. In fact, both of them fought in order to let their n escaped, until the very end they persisted in the dignity of the dragon n. Therefore, these feeling inside Tio that justified hatred and rage toward other people, the feeling that affirmed revenge, they were betrayal toward her parents.
The mouth of the false image of Tio distorted in a grin looking at the weakened strength of Tio while, slowly, she presented her hand that wasn¡¯t releasing the breath.
{Take my hand. If thou do that, I will enable thou to aplish that revenge. It¡¯s fine already to not forcefully repress the hell fire smoldering inside thy heart. Thy fang of revenge won¡¯t dull because of the torment of thy conscience. I will skillfully lead Nagumo Hajime. No worry, that man too is not thinking unfavorably of me. He is a sweet man toward anyone who has entered his heart. There are so many ways to do this.}
That was a temptation. A fuel to change the me of revenge sealed deep inside Tio¡¯s heart into a hell fire. It wasn¡¯t something to hurt Tio¡¯s heart and broke it so it could kill Tio, it was simr like with Ryuutaro¡¯s trial, it was an attack that aimed at a change of mind using temptation. It was also a trap to spur Hajime and co to kill a god by using Tio.
The momentum of the white breath was increasingly getting stronger, the ck breath was getting weaker as though expressing Tio¡¯s heart. Perhaps they felt a sense of danger from that situation, Suzu and Ryuutaro were yelling ¡°Tio-san, don¡¯t listen to that!¡± ¡°Get a hold of yourself, Tio-san!¡± with expression colored by uneasiness.
The white sh was just about to hit. Was Tio going to be erased just like that, or perhaps she would take the hand of the false image and became a changed Tio that would make use of herrades. In that case, it was unthinkable if Suzu and Ryuutaro that witnessed this would stay safe.
But, right now, more than the danger to themselves, the feeling of Suzu and Ryuutaro that didn¡¯t want to see the figure of Tio whose existence was a pervert but also a reliable big sister for them, falling to darkness was far stronger. Their feeling was so strong to the degree that they were thinking even if Tio wouldn¡¯t look back at them, then they would just undo the barrier and directly fought the false image.
But, at that time when it seemed that Tio would fall, suddenly a voice resounded. That was the voice of Tio who until now hadn¡¯t said even a single word.
¡°We, don¡¯t know the meaning of our own existence.¡±
It was a calm voice. Rather than calling that talking, it was more like ascertaining something inside oneself.
¡°Is this body a beast, or man? If everything in this world has meaning then where is that answer could be.¡±
{Those words¡ }
The false image noticed something and leaked out a murmur. At the same time, she noticed how the progress of the breath she fired stopped still.
¡°Many months and years without an answer. In that case, whether man or beast, we will hold our soul with determination.¡±
{-, my strength¡, impossible, just what in the world, starts this?}
The ck sh was moving forward. With hard effort the white was dyed by ck, the stolen distance was stolen back. The false image felt how the strength inside her was weakening along with her pushed back breath. Tio should have been listening all her words all this time while staying quiet. She wasn¡¯t unable to refute for even a single thing, a gap was made in that heart, and she was about to submit to her negative self, that was how it should be.
Despite so, without even any previous sign Tio suddenly made aeback. While the false image was confused, sonorous words resounded clearly that it gradually even painted out the thunderous roar the breaths yed out.
¡°The eyes of dragon see through the straight truth, destroying deceit and suspicion.¡±
Although it was the eyes of the beast, it wasn¡¯t something just for the sake of making someone to fall into terror. By possessing intellect as well, it would see the truth and became something for the sake of saving someone.
¡°The w of dragon tears apart the rampart of steel, crushing the nesting malice.¡±
If there were people to protect there, then it would crush any kind of enemy no matter what. The w of dragon was wielded only for the sake of overthrowing evil.
¡°The fang of the dragon crunches one¡¯s own weakness, washing away hatred and rage.¡±
It was a gigantic figure, far separated from man, exactly because of that, they had to strictly discipline themselves. If it was for that sake, then thrust that fang even to oneself. To let one¡¯s body burned in hatred and rage, and lost one¡¯s reasoning, was something unforgivable by oneself.
¡°Benevolence, at the time that is lost, we are merely a beast.¡±
If oneself was reduced to wielding power by merely following the emotion, injuring the innocents, let¡¯s recognize it. Themselves were merely a beast.
But,
¡°Be that as it may, as long as we continue to wield the sword of reasoning?we are the dragonkin!¡± (TN: All this time the dragon I wrote here in the raw is written as dragon man. But I just write it as dragon because dragon man doesn¡¯t have a nice ring for me.)
Tio opened her eyes wide together with her promation. Her pupil split vertically and showed her bestiality, shining brilliantly in golden color. At the same time, the invisible pressure was overflowing from Tio. It was equal to the water pressure of a grand waterfall but different with Hajime¡¯s brutal storm, this pressure was like when someone looked up at a sacred mountain that was far high, causing one to want to lower one¡¯s head to nature. Such coercion?if it was said strongly, then this was what one called supreme will. (TN: Or Haki, like in One Piece)
{¡ Don¡¯t tell me, thou. Thou were holding back?}
The false image¡¯s expression turned into the unbelieving look. That couldn¡¯t be helped. There was nothing that should trigger this, how even though Tio¡¯s mind should weaken and granted power to the false image, yet she suddenly made aeback as if it was nothing. There was only one exnation.
Tio was controlling the weakening and strengthening of her own mind.
It wasn¡¯t something ordinary to control one¡¯s mind that it could even trick the trial of a greatbyrinth. If every one of Hajime¡¯s group were all fighting cheat, then Tio could be a mental strength cheat.
¡°O will of greatbyrinth. I thank thou. A chance to listen objectively to one¡¯s own true heart objectively cannot be found that easily. Because of the heart, is something like a vast sea, perhaps there is a gap created while I myself don¡¯t notice it and so I made use of thou but¡ unexpectedly, I collect quite a harvest here.¡±
Those words caused the false image toprehend that her assumption was correct and her expression was turning increasingly unbelieving.
{¡ But, there is no falsehood in what I said! There is no way thy false emotion is gone! Why I¡¯m this easily-}
The words of the false image made Tio calmly narrowed her eyes. And then she strengthened her mind to the degree that it take away the strength of the false image right to the core.
The sleeves of her ck kimono and her long smooth ck hair that reached until her waist was pping due to the torrent of magic power, while Tio was standing majestically, her figure where her hand was stretching straight ahead, was so beautiful that surely if Hajime was there, his gaze would reflexively get stolen even if Yue was right beside him.
Not even a fragment of her perversion was showing through, with her standing figure that could be mistaken as a king, Tio put her soul into her words and resounded it.
¡°Don¡¯t look down on me. Know just who I am.¡±
As long as one was human, it was impossible to not have a negative emotion. What the false image said about her calcting side, her revengeful heart were certainly existing inside Tio¡¯s heart. But, if the doubt of the false image was to be answered, the answer could be seen from the promation of dragon n¡¯s soul just before this. The oath that was handed down among the dragon n was exactly the pir that was toughly supporting Tio¡¯s mind. As long as Tio was a dragon n, it would be her absolute core that would never break.
If she still didn¡¯t understand from that, then, Tio proimed with the pride and nobility of the dragon n.
¡°The proud dragon?the descendant of us n, Tio us is here!¡±
That was the answer. Because she was the dragon Tio us that she didn¡¯t break. That was all there was to it.
The false image of Tio had no words. In her expression, it looked like there was some kind of understanding, as though to say that she was beaten, she was floating a vague smile that looked like that.
Toward such false image of hers, Tio majestically gifted herst words.
¡°Thing like fang of revenge¡ is nopare to the might of the true fang of a dragon. Thou can taste it by that body of thee.¡±
Right after that, Tio¡¯s breath pulsed, it turned thicker as though it was doubled, not tolerating even the littlest of resistance and swallowed all the white. And then, without stopping it opened arge hole in the wall of the room and dispersed.
Later there was nothing left. After giving a nce at the ice space that was immediately repaired, and the newly appeared ice passage, Tio turned on her heel without looking especially happy or moved.
Looking for the result she was unwounded. She waved the sleeve of her ck kimono gracefully and elegantly brushed off the hair hanging in front of her with one hand. That tranquil atmosphere and beautiful gesture,pleted with the overwhelming strength of just now, caused words of peerless beauty to naturally float in one¡¯s mind.
¡°This is bad¡ it¡¯s like, Suzu is going to find her second Onee-sama.¡±
¡°I¡¯m not thinking anything at all. Yeah, I¡¯m not thinking anything and I¡¯m sticking to that. God dammit.¡±
Perhaps the conversation between Suzu and Ryuutaro reached her ear, Tio turned her gaze at the two and smiled gently. Even that smile made the two of thempletely flurried with every bit of it.
¡°Both of thou are safe. For thou both to arrive here means you have passed through thy trial then?¡±
¡°Ye, yes. So, somehow¡¡±
¡°O, ou, desu. We passed, desu.¡± (TN: Ryuutaro here suddenly used a politenguage.)
Tio tilted her head toward Suzu and Ryuutaro who was behaving strangely. Even such gesture wasn¡¯t something good for the heart of the two currently. Even though normally she was just an excessive pervert, this gap was just foul! The two of them wanted to make that tsukkomi with a loud voice. Especially Ryuutaro.
Even while feeling confused about the state of the two, Tio looked at the passage Tio and Ryuutaro passed behind them.
¡°There are only the two of thou that linked up?¡±
¡°Ye, yes. We didn¡¯t see, anybody else.¡±
Nodding ¡°Is that so¡± at Suzu¡¯s words, Tio made a little disappointed face. And then with her pained expression that caused the body temperature of Suzu and Ryuutaro to increase, even more, she leaked out in a small voice.
¡°If the master is here, and he heard about my thought when I first met master that my false image exposed?I will be punished right now without dy. Furthermore, it will be an extraordinary punishment without a doubt. How unfortunate.¡±
¡°What is unfortunate is you.¡±
¡°Unconsciously, Suzu and Ryuutaro made tsukkomis harmoniously. It was truly, truly unfortunate¡ in various meaning.
However, just for a little, it was relieving to see that Tio was really a pervert just as expected, but it felt like losing somehow to feel that so they absolutely wouldn¡¯t say it out loud.
Chapter 147
Chapter 147
The Foundation of A Hero
¡°Haha, my apologies. The bacsh of being serious for too long made my pathos leak out for just a little much.¡±
¡°¡ A little?¡± X2
The light of regeneration magic that Tio exercised enveloped Suzu and Ryuutaro, illuminating the passage. The words that Tio said while smiling during that time were tsukkomi-ed by them with scornful eyes.
The nobility of Tio that was usually unseen, her elegance that was mistaken as royalty, her refinement, the recoil from all those that caused Suzu and also Ryuutaro¡¯s hearts to be palpitating thoroughly made the gazes that were directed at Tio colder than usual. Especially Ryuutaro, it felt like his pure heart was toyed with, even though he understood that it was just an outburst of anger, his mental state couldn¡¯t help but lower the temperature of his gaze.
Drifting inside such a strange atmosphere, after the light of healing that had enveloped the two had vanished, their bodies were in perfect health without even a single injury. It was just a few seconds since Tio exercised her regeneration magic.
¡°Even though it was amazing¡ it was amazing but¡ but Suzu cannot honestly praise it now. But, thank you Tio-san.¡±
¡°Me too, I wonder just why this kind of pervert is like this but¡ thanks anyway.¡±
¡°Thou art wee. Also Ryuutaro. Even if thou insulted me, I won¡¯t feel happy you know? I won¡¯t wag my tail to anybody except master. I¡¯m truly sorry.¡±
A vein appeared on Ryuutaro¡¯s temple. Inside his heart he cursed ¡°It¡¯s like I¡¯m trying to attract her but getting dumped instead, isn¡¯t it¡±. He didn¡¯t say anything out loud because there would be no end to it.
Once again, unspeakable rage that shuddered welled up from inside him against Tio who was calmly using two exact opposite aspects, the dignified beauty just now and the perversion that conveniently converted any kind of attack into pleasure. At the same time¡
¡°¡ Just as I thought, Nagumo is amazing, huh?¡±
¡°Suzu doesn¡¯t think that Nagumo-kun needs that kind of praise though.¡±
Thinking about Hajime went along with Tio¡¯s everything, Ryuutaro saw the depth of Hajime¡¯s magnanimity as a man, no, as a human and raised his praise to him. Surely it was just as Suzu said, if Hajime heard that he would surely have a vein appearing in his forehead saying that it was not the case.
Like that, Suzu and Ryuutaro were fed up by Tio¡¯s perversion that she naturally emitted. During that time, the end of the passage became visible ahead. It was the next room.
¡°Hmm, there art multiple presences on the other side. It seems there are members who have already linked up there.¡±
¡°Nagumooo, please be there. I won¡¯t be able to hold back if you don¡¯t take her off our hands soon.¡±
¡°Please god, make it so the owner is there.¡±
Suzu and Ryuutaro murmured in prayer after hearing Tio¡¯s words. And then Suzu also nonchntly said something cruel. It seemed that since she passed her trial, she had learned to punch straight with her words.
Like that, the ice wall the three approached melted and vanished and what was at the other side of the wall was¡
¡°MuuIIIii, Yue you bhird braiiiinn!!¡±
¡°¡ Shut hup. Closeht phervertt¡±
¡°Aah geez. You two, stop it alreadyyy¡¡±
There straddling above the lying down Yue, Kaori was pulling Yue¡¯s cheeks *gyuuuuuuu*, and toward Kaori who was doing that, Yue simrly pinched up Kaori¡¯s cheeks *muniiiiii*, and then, Shia was mediating those two in a dither.
¡°What¡¯s this¡¡±
¡°Cat fight?¡±
¡°This is their usual quarrel. They really have a good rtionship.¡±
Suzu and Ryuutaro were dumbfounded. Tio¡¯s expression was smiling peacefully. Looking at the figures of the two that were pulling the other¡¯s cheeks with teary eyes while striking each other like pawing cats, surely it couldn¡¯t be helped that their expression turned like that. The two girls were merely running out of magic power due to the huge fight just now and so this quarrel was the most that they could do.
¡°Eh? Tio-san? Also both of you. So all of you safely overcame the trial then. I¡¯m d. Come now Yue-san, Kaori-san, Tio-san and others have arrived hereee! Stop fighting alreadyyy! Come on, release your hands from the cheeks, don¡¯t keep hitting at each other! Ah, over there, don¡¯t kick! Please calmly¡ I said stop it alreadyyy!¡±
Shia snapped toward Yue and Kaori who wouldn¡¯t stop quarreling childishly. Two reinforced fists were striking down on the heads of the two, a *GOKIN!* sound that shouldn¡¯t have rung out reverberated. Yue and Kaori crouched down while holding their heads. ¡°My headd-, my headd~¡± They groaned like so.
¡°Hmm, it seems that the position of Shia and Yue strangely got reversed since we came to thisbyrinth¡ I wonder if Yue also slightly received the influence of the greatbyrinth? Well, it¡¯s interesting to look at anyway.¡±
Tio tilted her head while murmuring her guess that was half correct. Yue was also exhausted because she recalled various memories of the far past. She even let out a weak-hearted remark against her better judgment. Rather, with howrge her past trauma it was strange that it ended with just this much.
And then, the unconscious reliance that was created from the weakness of Yue¡¯s heart¡ that was naturally directed at her lover Hajime, but even Shia who had remarkable growth since she was acknowledged as lover by Hajime was also not just a handful little sister anymore and turned into a reliable partner that Yue was apt to rely on. In other words, in addition of Shia¡¯s growth, her distance with Yue was also shrinking further.
¡°Fuu, my apologies, we made you wait. The new passage is over there, so let¡¯s advance forward.¡±
¡°¡ Thou art really reliable right now.¡±
Shia urged them ahead while carrying Yue and Kaori at both sides under her arms. Tio nodded at that while looking fondly.
The party advance through the passage once more. The people who they hadn¡¯t found were three people, Hajime, Shizuku, and Kouki. They were walking forward while praying so that they could link up at the next room.
Like that now, they suddenly stood still in front of the ice wall that was at the end of the passage they had reached. Shia¡¯s rabbit ears were twitching around while she was making aplicated face. Right after that, her eyes widened in shock.
¡°Eh¡ tho, those two too?¡±
The sudden words and attitude of Shia who had sharp senses caused the other members to look at her wondering what was going on. Yue, Kaori, Tio, the three of them immediately concentrated and reached out their senses at the other side of the ice wall. And the result, they understood what made Shia surprised and they looked at each other.
¡°Nothing will begin even if we just stand here. We can only confirm the situation directly.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. If he is Hajime¡¯s enemy, I will beat him up.¡±
¡°Err, Yue? That¡¯s a little¡ ¡±
¡°Anyway, let¡¯s go.¡±
While her cheek was twitching at Yue who was narrowing her eyes dangerously, Kaori could only pray that she wished it was just a quarrel like her and Yue.
But, that prayer didn¡¯t reach.
Ahead of the ice wall they passed, at the next room, storm of killing intent and hatred was blowing violently.
Yes, Hajime and Kouki were currently in mortalbat.
Amanogawa Kouki.
He who was born as the only son of an ordinary household had someone who he respected and idolized from the heart even now. That someone was Kouki¡¯s grandfather.
The name of that grandfather was Amanogawa Kanji, he was a skilled attorney famous in business world. It was established custom for the family to go y at their grandfather¡¯s house when it was a long holiday, but Kanji¡¯s wife?because Kouki¡¯s grandmother had passed away early, the grandfather that was living alone was very affectionate toward Kouki.
For his age, Kanji¡¯s back was straight and his muscr body was overflowing with ambition, nevertheless, he wasn¡¯t scary, but a gentle person. Kouki idolized dearly such a grandfather as his, that was to say he was a grandfather¡¯s boy.
What Kouki liked the most from Kanji was Kanji¡¯s story of his experiences. The experiences that Kanji obtained from his work as an attorney were told to Kouki as though he was reading from a picture book so that the small Kouki could easily understand them. Realistically speaking, the stories were also considerably arranged to not breach the duty of confidentiality, but even so, the eloquent stories of his grandfather were full of human drama that caused Kouki¡¯s heart to dance many times.
Helping the weak, crushing the strong, reaching his hand to a troubled person without hesitation, aplishing the correct thing, always being fair¡ in the end, Kanji¡¯s stories were a thing that included that kind of teaching. A hero¡¯s tale that personified ideal and justice. Amon story for young children.
Because of that, for Kouki, his grandfather Kanji was exactly a hero. Just like how other children of his age idolized a certain masked rider or the space alien that defeated space monsters even faster than instant ramen could cook, Kouki idolized Kanji like that. It could be said that because his target to idolize was nearby that Kouki¡¯s idolizing was even stronger than other children. He wished ¡°someday I will be like grandfather¡±.
But, naturally, the real world couldn¡¯t be like Kanji¡¯s story where truth and justice defeated the evil and unreasonable, and the righteousness of ideals could be realized without end. In the upation of attorney, even if they held justice and fairness, their foremost mission wasn¡¯t to pursue the truth or impeach the guiltybut to protect the interest of their client.
To be called as petent¡¯ attorney, it wasn¡¯t enough with just having excellent skill as an attorney, it was also because Kanji was a human who could realistically think with good and evil at the same time. He thoroughly knew about the dirty part of society and also how it was insufficient to just carry ideal and justice in hand.
But, before he could teach that to Kouki he passed on to the next world. It was before Kouki entered elementary school. The cause was an acute heart attack.
Kanji¡¯s death left behind arge influence on Kouki.
The thinking that it was okay for a young child to only think of beautiful things was something really normal, Kanji couldn¡¯t be med because of that. Someday, when Kouki grew up, he was nning to also talk to Kouki about bitter experience that included reality when things wouldn¡¯t go as you expected.
The death of the hero he idolized was a shock for Kouki. He thought of his beloved grandfather, the more he soaked in his memory of Kanji the more he beautified his image of Kanji as a hero, putting a deep root of ¡®the ideal righteousness¡¯ into the deepest part of young Kouki¡¯s heart.
That righteousness was following the teaching of his grandfather that sounded pleasant to the ears of children, at the same time it was righteousness that didn¡¯t recognize the ¡®impure¡¯ part inside the minority or good and evil at all. To further say it, Kouki came to think that what the majority of people thought as right was the absolute right.
Although it wasn¡¯t like that was something peculiar. Children everywhere always watched the hero from television orics that held the ideal righteousness inside their heart.
And then, those children would pile up days of living, repeating many failures from crashing into the wall of reality. Sometimes, they would experience setback, learn how to give up andpromise. They would naturally study the way to sail the storm of reality skillfully.
They would keep their aspiration as just aspiration, ideal as just ideal, storing all those inside a treasure box that they put at the corner of their heart while looking at reality. That was the natural course of events. Kouki too should be like that. If that happened, then there would be no problem at all.
However, Kouki was too prodigious to ride the natural course of events. His high specs allowed him to ovee the wall of reality while following his ideal. Without any failure or setback, he pushed through every situation with his own strength. His ideal of childrenpletely passed through.
As a result, without realizing it, Kouki came to not doubt his own righteousness. He was cautioned many times about the danger of that by several people close to him, especially by his parents and Shizuku, but Kouki only heard thatadvicewith a smile. He didn¡¯t listen seriously or reform himself. In the first ce, he had charisma and his principle was solely based on good intention, so not including those several people that cautioned him, everyone else supported Kouki and that was also one factor that caused Kouki to not change.
Of course, there was no way everything went well without anything wrong at all. Several problems cropped up in ces that Kouki wasn¡¯t aware of. The envy at Shizuku was also one of those.
But, Kouki who didn¡¯t doubt his own righteousness maintained it by his convenient interpretation. That was also helped along by the people who adored Kouki blindly pushing his back. So as expected, Kouki didn¡¯t notice his convenient interpretations. Even though he received warnings, he also didn¡¯t try to notice.
Such ¡®ideal righteousness¡¯ of Kouki had distorted even though it was overflowing with good intention. It began to crumble in this another world. Different from the peaceful Japan, in another world that ran rampant with killing intent and hatred, supernatural and absurdity, his spec and convenient interpretation didn¡¯t work. The prime example was the devil woman he faced in the lower floors of Orcus, and Hajime who went under a change of heart.
For the first time, Kouki saw the wall of reality before his eyes. He experienced painful failure that exposed the ¡®child¡¯ inside his heart.
And then¡
{She was taken away. Right?}
¡°No! She is not taken¡¡±
The false image of Kouki with ashen hair d in ck armor was staring with those reddish ck eyes while ridiculing Kouki, who was breathing roughly while sweating like a river, immediately objected.
¡°It¡¯s just as Shizuku said, from the beginning Kaori liked Nagumo¡ that¡¯s whyI¡¡±
{You don¡¯t need to lie to yourself. I am you. I know you better than anyone else. You pretended to ept what Shizuku said, but deep in your heart, you are thinking that she is taken from you. You are still thinking that Kaori should be together with you. You two had been together all this time since elementary school. I don¡¯t know about the meeting at middle school or anything, but even though she has been with me longer, even though I believed that from now on we will always be together too, even though Kaori is the heroin of me the hero¡}
¡°Shut up. I¡¯m not thinking anything like that! Don¡¯t say whatever you want- youbyrinth monster! You won¡¯t lead me astray!¡±
Kouki red at the false image with bloodshot eyes and let loose a de of light with all his strength. Several streaks of shing light rushed toward the false image.
However, the false image let fly light des with exactly the same trajectories, neutralizing them all. No, far from that, several of the lights didn¡¯t stop and attacked straight towards Kouki. It was the proof that he lostpletely in strength.
{You say that but in contrast you are shaken really bad, huh. Even the holy sword that Nagumo especially upgraded, like this it¡¯s just throwing a pearl before the swine. Or else exactly because it is created by that hateful Nagumo you envied, that you don¡¯t want to use it properly, perhaps?}
¡°That¡¯s irrelevant! I, don¡¯t hate Nagumo or any¡¡±
{Come on, it¡¯s because you immediately averted your eyes from reality like this¡ that I¡¯m strengthened again here.}
An extrarge ¡®Soaring Heaven Sword ¨C Quake¡¯ was unleashed by the false image. Its might was obviously differentpared from before. His own signature move that was gouging the ground while approaching him made Kouki shudder and he immediately dodged to the side. His instinct told him that he couldn¡¯t block that.
{Not just Kaori, you also cannot stomach Yue and others adoring Nagumo, right? Girls that are that cute, strong, and charming, aren¡¯t they worthier to be together with a hero like me? You cannot ept they adore someone like Nagumo who can easily cut down a human. right?}
¡°Cut it out! Those girls seriously love Nagumo¡ that¡¯s something those girls decided themselves¡ that¡¯s why-¡°
{Nagumo¡¯s strength is also irritating. That strength originally should be mine, isn¡¯t it? Rather, Nagumo¡¯s everything is just vexing yeah.}
¡°Wrong-. Certainly, Nagumo likes to act as he pleases, but he saved us many times¡ that kind of guy¡¡±
{You said you don¡¯t hate him? You mustn¡¯t lie. Even when you were saved, you felt jealousy instead of gratitude, didn¡¯t you? Even though gantly rushing to save someone is my role, you envied him like that, didn¡¯t you?}
¡°There is no way that¡¯s true! Such a thing¡¡±
{Oi, oi, just how much you are going to strengthen me until you are satisfied?}
That wish of his to be a hero, the envy to Hajime that was nearly a hatred, and then his desire to monopolize Kaori along with his desire for other people¡¯s good will¡ having those shoved to his face, Kouki objected with therge part of himself believing his own words. Like that, because he was unconsciously avoiding recognizing it, the false image was strengthened endlessly.
The false image of Kouki lifted his ck holy sword to the sky. Right after that, a dazzling surge of light burst out from there and the light split open near the ceiling, it became several streaks of meteors that began to bomb Kouki.
Kouki avoided those with ¡®Shrink Ground¡¯ while looking for thechance to counterattack, but the color pasted on his face was obviously one of fluster. Cold sweat couldn¡¯t stop flowing from the strength of the false image.
The meteors that were attacking from the air were equipped with homing functions to some degree and Hajime¡¯s impact conversion so there was nothing more troublesome than this. Even if he waited until they almost hit before evading instantly, if he waste in the timing even for just a little the storm of shockwaves would swallow him. Having said that, only neutralizing the attack like this without being able to counterattack would only turn this into a war of attrition.
¡®Because Hajime put those functions¡¯¡ for a moment such thinking was whirling inside his chest. Kouki wiped that thought away in a fluster. That was because such thinking wasn¡¯t ¡®right¡¯ toward the person who lent his hand to him. That was why right after that he sealed the memory that he even had such a thought in the bottom of his mind.
¡°Fly and turn, ¡®Soaring Heaven Sword ¨C Storm¡¯!!¡±
Kouki somehow slipped through the explosion and started counterattacking. Kouki¡¯s sh was added with wind de, the sh of wind that was hard to see even in the best of times slipped into the light and magic power and became even harder to perceive. The visible shes were ten, but actually shes in thrice that number wereunched in a spread to block any escape.
{That¡¯s pointless. Assemble, ¡®Heaven w Flowing Rain ¨C Quake¡¯.}
In response, the false image was wearing a cool face. The light bullets that became meteors flew wildly and instantly converged on the ck holy sword, converted into a streak of bombardment. There was no need to escape or anything, he just needed to smash Kouki¡¯s attack from the front.
That n came to fruition. And it was extremely easily on top of it. The countless des Koukiunched were scattered with just a single sh. The bombing of light charged at Kouki without stopping.
¡°block, ¡®Light Armor¡¯!!¡±
The holy armor that Kouki was wearing shined, countless rings of light extended in front of him and produced a barrier. Immediately after, the light bombing hit and scattered with a severe sh and impact. ¡®Heaven w Flowing Rain¡¯ originally was a technique that didn¡¯t have that much power, but Hajime¡¯s demonic remodeling and the strengthened power of the false image werebined and sublimed the technique into one with might that wouldn¡¯t be an exaggeration to be called a sure kill technique.
Therefore¡
¡°Guwaa!?¡±
Kouki¡¯s barrier was smashed and he was grandly blown away. He rolled all over the ground and finally stopped moving when he crashed into the ice wall. Blood was trickling down from his temple.
{You want to overwhelm him, right? That Nagumo. You want to make that guy kneel and beg for forgiveness. After that, you will take back Kaori, Yue and the others will direct their favor to you, save the world, bring everyone back home, showered in admiration¡}
¡°SHUT UPPPPPP!¡±
While feeling the ck emotion that was fished out from the depth of his heart, Kouki drove his ming hot body forward following his violent fury. Vast amounts of magic power from that body became a bursting out atorrent, it was ¡®Limit Break¡¯.
Kouki himself understood that it wasn¡¯t the right time to use it, but he couldn¡¯t listen to the words of the false image more than this. He didn¡¯t want to notice the emotion that shouldn¡¯t be harbored by himself who should be righteous. That was his whole heartedness.
Kouki stepped in with terrific speed that should even be called god speed. He swung down the holy sword that was shining pure white with brute force. That was easily blocked with a scoff by the false image of Kouki whose body was d in reddish ck magic power before he realized. The false image was also using ¡®Limit Break¡¯.
The pure white holy sword and the ominous jet-ck holy sword d in reddish ck aura shed, in that instant violent impact rushed out and a crater was created under the false image.
The moment Kouki understood he was blocked, he twisted his wrist and changed into a sweep of the sword. The wood chopping attack transformed like a lie into a neck mowing attack. However, even that attack which was like a sudden sh was easily blocked by the false image.
{Isn¡¯t murder of humans evil?}
¡°You are not human!¡±
The teasing words of the false image made Kouki gritted his teeth while elerating his sword even more. The sword left behind a trail of light while *zurararara-* creating countless after images. The sword that should be just one piece looked like several swords at the same time with its abnormal speed.
The storm of sharp swordy that continuously swung in circle motions never stopped, as expected from the person that was supposed to be praised as a hero. That strength could be quickly ranked from above even in this world.
But, the enemy before his eyes perfectly responded with simr swordy that left behind after images with hisposed expression still unbroken. On the contrary, the false image saw an opening and let out a counterattack that created a shallow wound on Kouki who couldn¡¯t dodge.
¡°UOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOH!!¡±
{What¡¯s the matter? You are smeared in that much killing intent¡ huh, hero?}
Kouki yelled while exhausting the martial arts that he possessed, but his heart that was totally disarrayed even if he didn¡¯t recognize it made him unable to disy his strength except as a paltry shadow of his original strength. Naturally, with that, there was no path to win against the likes of his false image that was gradually turning stronger, his uneasiness was also growing violent when he thought about the time limit of ¡®Limit Break¡¯.
There, the false image further talked with words that shook Kouki¡¯s mind. That wasn¡¯t Kouki¡¯s negative part that was brought up from the past, but words that incited his anxiety about the future.
{If you are like this, you might have more things taken away again.}
¡°What are¡ ¡±
{Let¡¯s stop with your pretense of not noticing. After all, something that I noticed is also something that you notice.}
¡°That¡¯s why-! What are you talking about-¡°
The false image sent Kouki an exasperated gaze as though he was looking at an idiot. And then, he easily said the thing that Kouki feared the most.
{Just who is Shizuku looking at¡ that¡¯s what I mean.}
¡°?!!¡±
Kouki felt like the blood all over his body was boiling. He screamed soundlessly, and when his mouth couldn¡¯t go further heunched a shockwave from close range that might swallow himself too.
The false image easily withdrew from that using ¡®Shrink Ground¡¯ and he continued with mocking words toward Kouki¡¯s desperation.
{So you don¡¯t even want to think about it? After Kaori was taken away, on top of it, even Shizuku will¡ }
¡°DIEEEEEEE!!¡±
{Oi,oi, that¡¯s not a line of a hero, you know? Besides, no matter how much you shout, it¡¯s the truth that Shizuku¡¯s heart is leaning toward Nagumo. It might even be understandable, yeah? She was saved by him several times already, and Shizuku is unexpectedly girly.}
¡°ZEYAAAAH!!¡±
Kouki shrieked. The swung holy sword increased in brightness, but the ck holy sword was increasing even more than that in the thickness of its ominous magic power. Inside Kouki¡¯s heart, he was trying to deny Shizuku¡¯s feeling and throw away the reality with all his might, which in turn raised the strength of the false image endlessly.
Therefore, the unsightly attack that although was done with all his strength but no different than throwing a tantrum, was easily repelled from the front.
¡°Gaah!?¡±
Kouki screamed and he was blown away towards the wall once more. Although the magic power convergence ability of his holy armor lengthened thesting time of ¡®Limit Break¡¯,if he recklessly exhausted himself then even that benefit would be pointless. The time Kouki had left was only a little.
{I see. You even deny Shizuku¡¯s matter.}
The false image was walking to Kouki with cking footsteps, he was shaking his head while sending a cold gaze at Kouki.
Kouki somehow stood up using his holy sword as a stick while his breathing was blocked from the impact, he returned a bloodshot gaze to the false image.
¡°Wr, wrong. Toward Nagumo, Shizuku¡ such a thing¡ no way it could possibly¡¡±
{Venting her anger, sulking, showing a smile from her heart¡ you noticed all those, right?}
¡°Something like that¡ she did that to every¡¡±
{Even though when she saw Yue and Shia close with Nagumo, she was making a sullen face?}
¡°¡ That¡¯s just¡ because they didn¡¯t know the ce¡ that was displeasing for¡¡±
{And the awkward face she made when looking at Kaori approaching that guy?}
¡°¡ Shizuku¡ she is also not recognizing¡ Nagumo from her heart.¡±
{Ku-ku-ku, that¡¯s just extreme even if I say so myself huh. You don¡¯t want to believe it that much?}
In front of Kouki who was on his knee while supporting his body with the holy sword, the false image was chuckling while pointing his holy sword. The false image sneered even further at Kouki who was ring murderously.
And then for a moment, ¡°Oho?¡± the false image faced at ice wall where there was nothing with a surprised expression. He sensed the familiar presence approaching from the other side of the ice wall with ¡®Presence Detection¡¯. Although it seemed Kouki didn¡¯t even have theposure to notice that.
{This is¡ what good timing.}
¡°Don¡¯t actposed!¡±
Kouki leaped up and shed up his holy sword at what he saw as an opening. Without even looking at that the false image blocked the sword into sword locking contest while grinning widely, and then he passed down words that sounded like a death sentence.
{Now, the reality ising here, you know?}
¡°What are you saying-¡°
Right after that a part of ice wall of the room where the two of them were at melted, a new passage appeared. Kouki twitched in surprise and while being cautious of the grinning false image in front of his eyes, he slightly moved his gaze at the direction of the passage.
And then, his eyes widened looking at the scene ahead of his gaze.
¡°Still in the middle of trial huh¡¡±
There was Hajime carrying Shizuku on his back there. Kouki¡¯s gaze was drawn into Shizuku. More urately, at the sleeping face of Shizuku who looked happy while sweetly entrusting her cheek on Hajime¡¯s shoulder in relief while breathing peacefully.
Something snapped inside Kouki.
Chapter 148
Chapter 148
Child¡¯s Retribution
Pure white radiance became arge waterfall that poured down from overhead.
That was the scene that Hajime witnessed upon passing the ice wall while carrying the pleasantly sleeping Shizuku on his back.
Hajime understood the true meaning of what happened. Because if this was just a misunderstanding made because he was confused for a monster or something using a ¡®Yaegashi Barrier¡¯, then the attack would surely be stopped desperately.
But no matter how he looked at it, there was no sanity in the eyes of the opponent, so he reluctantly performed an evasion from the spot using ¡®Ground Shrink¡¯.
Immediately after, the spot where Hajime was just at was struc by a brutal sh, a deep crack being created on the ice ground and wall followed by a thunderous roar.
Although the crack was repaired instantly, looking at the destruction mark, it was easy to see that the attack was not a joke ¨C but was created with the intent to kill. And above all, the killing intent just before and the amount of magic power put into the attack showed the true seriousness of it.
Hajime sent a nce at the false image that was grinning widely in a slightly distanced spot, then he fixed the position of Shizuku on his back while narrowing his eyes at the culprit of the act of violence.
Shizuku didn¡¯t sumb even to the thunderous roar of the attack and only twitched for a moment before continuing her sleep. Was she really that tired? Or perhaps she was so in peace that she wouldn¡¯t react to a danger of this level? There was also the possibility that she was just merely being shameless, though¡
¡°¡ So? What are you doing, Amanogawa?¡±
Yes, exactly as Hajime said, the culprit of the attack was Kouki. It wasn¡¯t the false image, but the real one without any doubt.
That Kouki tightly gripped his holy sword that was still half-buried into the half-crushed ground while grumbling something. His bangs hung low, hiding his eyes so his expression couldn¡¯t be seen clearly, but he was obviously not in a normal state.
¡°¡ ga¡da. ¡ de, u¡ ra¡± (TN: I don¡¯t know if Kouki here is totally broken already or it¡¯s me that cannot catch what the author means.)
¡°Haa? I cannot hear that. Anyway, your opponent is not us, it¡¯s over¡¡±
¡°¡ Us?¡±
Hajime frowned because he couldn¡¯t really catch Kouki¡¯s murmur while directing his gaze at the false image. He did that while implicitly telling Kouki to attack the enemy without mistake next time.
However, Kouki showed an excessive reaction to a part of Hajime¡¯s words. Piercing eyes peeked out from between his bangs, then his stabbed holy sword was forcefully pulled out.
¡°The way you say that is like you and Shizuku are one set, isn¡¯t it? Eh? What, the way you are talking is like she belongs to you? Are you screwing around?¡±
¡°¡ Just what are you saying? Don¡¯t say such a stupid thing, finish this quickly.¡±
Kouki directed the attack at Hajime¡¯s bloodshot look while dragging the holy sword. The unclear meaning of Kouki¡¯s words made Hajime feel an unpleasant premonition while he urged Kouki to clear the trial.
However, as expected, Hajime¡¯s words couldn¡¯t get through to the current Kouki.
¡°¡ Ah, I¡¯ll end it now. Even without you telling me every little thing, I¡¯ll end everything!¡±
The moment he yelled that Kouki faced Hajime with a gaze that emitted madness from his opened pupils while charging forward. His figure hazed using ¡®Implosion Ground¡¯ while he pressed hard in one go and then unleashed a sh of light filled with enormous magic power.
¡°Tch, so you fell. You stupid bastard.¡±
¡°Shut up! Everything will return to before if you die-! DIE RIGHT NOWWWW!¡±
Hajime guessed the cause of Kouki¡¯s entricity. Surely this was the result of his false image cornering him so much. Then, Hajime looked over his shoulder at Shizuku who was entrusting her body on his back, ¡°So I¡¯m the finishing blow¡¡± he murmured in a small voice while frowning about his bad timing.
Koukipletely ignored that murmur of Hajime and he only recklessly held his holy sword at full power with a seething killing intent and hatred. He was obviously trying to kill Hajime. Regardless of Shizuku who was on Hajime¡¯s back, Kouki attacked without holding back and Hajime concluded that he wasn¡¯t sane.
¡°Nn, nmuu, what? Let me sleep a little mo¡¡±
¡°You idiot! How can you sleep talk in this situation! If you don¡¯t wake up right now, then I¡¯ll make you into a human cannonball, just so you know!¡±
Looking at the half-asleep face of Shizuku who was peevish like a spoiled child, Hajime made a violently irritated look and yelled angrily. If she didn¡¯t wake up in one second, then he was seriously nning on punching Kouki.
Hajime¡¯s angry yell, the thunderous roar, and a sh of the cannon of light that was released right after that finally made Shizuku open and widen her eyes in shock. Hajime deployed the barrier using cross bits so the attack didn¡¯t reach them, but the scenery in front of her eyes finally made her notice that they were in the middle of battle, and she dejectedly got down from Hajime¡¯s back.
¡°You slept too much, like a log just now. What a shameless fellow.¡±
¡°I¡¯m not shameless or anything. It¡¯s just that Nagumo-kun¡¯s back felt so¡¡±
¡°Well, it doesn¡¯t matter about you, Yaegashi. Putting that aside, do something about it.¡±
¡°Doesn¡¯t matter what you say¡ or rather this situation, what happened¡ eh?¡±
Shizuku got teary eyed from quite the shock that she received by Hajime¡¯s exasperated expression and words. However, after the sh settled down she saw the figure of the opponent that seemed to be the one who unleashed that attack. This caused her to leak out a dumbfounded voice while her body turned rigid.
That surely couldn¡¯t be helped, because the opponent who unleashed the attack with an obviously high chance of casualties was a childhood friend she was familiar with.
¡°It seems that he fell, see? It feels like he¡¯s thinking that I am exactly the root of all evil.¡±
¡°That¡¯s¡¡±
Ahead of her gaze was the false image of Kouki. He was sending them an amused look.
Shizuku who guessed the general situation filled her gaze with strength and then raised her voice at Kouki who was looking at them with clouded eyes.
¡°Kouki! Don¡¯t do this! You mustn¡¯t lose to your other self! Come back to your senses, ovee yourself!¡±
The gaze of Shizuku who was looking at Kouki was colored only with worry. Even though there were various troubles with him, he was still a good childhood friend of hers who was overflowing with good intention. He was an acquaintance of hers, including his family, from when they were children to now. He was like her important family. And now his expression was warped with killing intent and hatred that she had never seen before.
She really couldn¡¯t look at him like this. Both her hands sped as though she was praying, trying desperately to rouse up Kouki¡¯s heart.
However, toward such a Shizuku, Kouki smiled and said something outrageous.
¡°¡ It¡¯s fine. I swear that I will save Shizuku without fail.¡±
¡°Kouki? What are you saying¡?¡±
¡°You are brainwashed by Nagumo, right? It¡¯s okay. You will be freed if Nagumo is defeated¡. Nagumo, even though you are my former ssmate, don¡¯t think that you can get off scot free after hurting my important childhood friend. I¡¯ll defeat you, and release all your brainwashing of Kaori and the other girls too! And then, I¡¯ll save the world together with them!¡±
Shizuku was dumbstruck at Kouki¡¯s outrageous deration.
The current Kouki, so to speak, could be considered like the Kouki had Shizuku not spoken with him the night when Kaori departed with Hajime¡¯s group previously. At that night, the weight filled inside Shizuku¡¯s words stopped Kouki from running wild.
He couldn¡¯t immediately change the way he thought since there was also a lot of aspects in Hajime he was bothered with. That was why he bumped against Hajime over and over again, but even so, because he had the words of Shizuku, he wouldn¡¯t say anything about Kaori too, as long as there was noplete separation between her and Hajime.
However, to put it in other words, it could also be said that Kouki could do that only because Shizuku was at his side.
Kouki¡¯s sense of value and thought were perhaps included with ¡®childishness¡¯. He kept carrying the ¡®ideal righteousness¡¯ that was nted in his infancy without any wall of reality standing in his way, and he kept it like that until his current age, so perhaps this was only the logical development.
For such a childish Kouki, if thest female childhood friend where he directed his desire to monopolize was taken, then it would also seem natural that his ¡®temper¡¯ would explode.
Although, the temper of Kouki who was holding the power of a hero wasn¡¯t aughing matter at all¡
Furthermore, Kouki who held a ¡®childishness¡¯ that wasn¡¯t eager to recognize one¡¯s own fault was thoroughly cornered by the reality that was shoved on his face by his false image. The emotion that wasn¡¯t fitting for a hero like him was overflowing from inside his heart, carving into him like a shing de.
He desperately denied it. He averted his eyes. And when he just barely held his ground, hisst fortress that was Shizuku was entrusting her body with a happy expression that obviously wouldn¡¯t be shown to a man that was nothing to her. Even the thickheaded Kouki could guess just what the meaning of that was. And then exactly because he could guess that. his fortress crumbled. Kouki¡¯s bad habit coupled with his cornered heart manifested in the worst way.
That was to say, Nagumo Hajime was the root of all evil who brainwashed his childhood friends and multiple other girls, who then became a hindrance for him who was trying to save the world. That was the impression his heart was set on. A really convenient interpretation without holding back.
¡°Kouki! Get a hold of yourself! I don¡¯t know what was told to you, but don¡¯t go astray!¡±
¡°Shizuku¡¡±
¡°Listen, Kouki. Facing your own disgusting part is really painful. I understand that well because I also almost died from that. But if you don¡¯t ept and ovee it, then you won¡¯t be able to move forward. If you want to be strong and save a lot of people, then you must not cling to convenient thinking here. Your enemy is yourself. It¡¯s the other smirking Kouki there! Open your eyes!¡±
Shizuku¡¯s desperate persuasion echoed inside the space. It seemed that the false image intended to observe the current situation silently in amusement.
And then Kouki who was being told by Shizuku using words from her heart smiled widely at Shizuku. That was a smile that was done a lot when they were in Japan, a smile that charmed a lot of girls. However, right now it felt distorted somewhere in it.
¡°Thank you, Shizuku. Shizuku, you always be serious like that for my sake, don¡¯t you?¡±
¡°Kouki¡¡±
Shizuku¡¯s expression was dyed in joy thinking that he had opened his eyes.
But¡
¡°I¡¯m really happy. Even though you are brainwashed, even so, you still think of me.¡±
¡°¡ Kouki?¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine. I¡¯ll defeat that man and that monster with the same face like me, and I¡¯ll save you from Nagumo too. You don¡¯t need to snuggle close to a man that you don¡¯t even like anymore. I swear I¡¯ll let Shizuku return back to the ce where you should be at.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Shizuku¡¯s expression fell hearing out Kouki¡¯s words. Shizuku silently asked back¡
¡°¡ The ce I should be at? Can you tell me where this ce is that you mean?¡±
¡°I see. ¡ So now you cannot even understand that. How pitiful. What Nagumo is doing is really unforgivable.¡±
¡°Kouki. Answer me.¡±
¡°Aah, that is of course, at my side. Just like all this time until now, and from here on out too.¡±
Shizuku breathed out a long sigh.
¡°¡ Kouki. I wonder if you remember about that night? That day Kaori departed when we talked on the bridge.¡±
¡°Yeah, of course, I remember. That thing about doubting my righteousness, right? It¡¯s fine. I thought that Nagumo was dangerous guy since the beginning, but because of Shizuku¡¯s words, I was looking thoroughly at Nagumo until now. But, as expected, he is nothing more than the worst betrayer.¡±
¡°Kouki, stop¡¡±
¡°There is no use arguing. You don¡¯t understand because you are brainwashed Shizuku, but this is something ¡®righteous¡¯.¡±
Kouki cut down the words of Shizuku that was going to keep arguing vehemently without hesitation. He was putting everything under the convenient interpretation of ¡®being brainwashed¡¯, in order to obtain the most desirable future for himself.
At the same time, Kouki directed those eyes which were cloudy like slime and dropped his stance. The radiance of ¡®Limit Break¡¯ that he intentionally weakened while he was talking with Shizuku recovered its brilliant radiance as though regaining a second breath.
¡°Kouki. Stop it!¡±
Shizuku raised her voice to stop him with impatience coloring her tone but¡ naturally Kouki didn¡¯t stop.
He charged with a fierce momentum while leaving a track of light behind. His eyes already didn¡¯t reflect Shizuku at all, he was only seeing the figure of his hateful enemy Hajime.
Having a fierce killing intent directed at him, Hajime who was until now looking aside as though what happened wasn¡¯t a concern of his now returned his gaze at Kouki. His eyes were quickly narrowing. The face of Shizuku¡¯s face went pale because she believed that it wouldn¡¯t end well for the opponent when they directed a serious killing intent at Hajime. At this rate, her childhood friend would be killed!
¡°-, if I don¡¯t stop him-¡°
In front of the charging momentum of Kouki who was in the ¡®Limit Break¡¯ state, the likes of Shizuku was just like a leaf. But even so, there was no way she could just leave this alone, and Shizuku immediately cut in between Kouki and Hajime to try to stop him.
However¡
¡°Yaegashi, to your right.¡±
¡°Eh? -!?¡±
Almost at the same time as Hajime¡¯s warning, she suddenly heard the false image of Kouki d in reddish-ck magic power attacking Shizuku. It was literally like the phrase of thrusting a spear from the side, and the false imagemenced a tackle right from the side with terrific momentum. (TN: The phrase had the meaning of interruption in Japan.)
Shizuku immediately held up her ck katana and braced herself for impact. At the same time the fast-approaching Kouki that could be mistaken as a reddish-ck cannon was noticeably grinning disgustingly.
But just before the fake Kouki touched Shizuku, a shadow suddenly erupted between the two¡
That was, a cross d in wrong magic power simr to the false Kouki. It was a crossbit that contained a really vivid red radiance. It activated ¡®Vajra¡¯ and became an improvised shield.
Immediately after, Shizuku and the false image with the crossbit shield between them vanished from between Hajime and Kouki. It was as though the false image had kidnapped Shizuku.
The dregs of the reddish ck magic power drifted like a lingering cloud between the two people ring.
{I¡¯ll be Shizuku¡¯s opponent. You, you can fight your hateful enemy to your heart¡¯s content.}
¡°Guh, you-. Let go of me! This is not the time for something like¡¡±
{Now now, this is not rted to me and Shizuku, is it? Let¡¯s enjoy a sideshow while those two are dancing. Rather than self-destruction, getting possessed with his own desire is more fitting for that guy¡¯s trial.}
¡°Doing as you please-¡°
It appeared that the false image made the trial for Kouki simr to Ryuutaro¡¯s, where it incorporated the factor where he needed to win against his own desire. Whether Kouki could ept reality and return to his sense while fighting Hajime or not¡ that was the trial. It was a real nuisance for Hajime to be treated like an examiner as thebyrinth pleased.
¡°Is it fine? Your important childhood friend is being attacked there.¡±
¡°¡ That thing is also me. He won¡¯t kill her. Some wound will surely be a lesson for her to get so easily brainwashed by a man like you.¡±
¡°¡ Just now, didn¡¯t you say that thing was a monster?¡±
¡°It is a mimicking monster that copies my emotion, right? Then, even though it¡¯s a monster then it won¡¯t kill Shizuku.¡±
¡°That¡¯s just absurd.¡±
That was too much of a convenient interpretation. While he concluded that it was a monster unrted to himself, he said that it wouldn¡¯t put Shizuku into danger because it was something that copied himself. It was really absurd.
Most likely inside his heart, Kouki understood that the false image was made up from his negative emotion already. That was why he subconsciously understood that Shizuku was safe because the negative emotions wouldn¡¯t aim at her.
But, if he recognized that then it would mean that he recognized what the false image said as the truth. That was why, in order to throw away everything else other than Shizuku as bullshit, he concluded that it wasn¡¯t his false image but a monster. It was a crooked logic that was too forceful, but it seemed that it had be a truth inside Kouki.
Kouki gave a nce at the false image as it unfolded a fierce swordy with Shizuku while his killing intent was bloating up.
¡°Prepare yourself. I won¡¯t let you do as you please any more than this. Shizuku and Kaori, then Yue and the others too, I¡¯ll release everyone from you!¡±
At the same time as that promation, Kouki released the energy he gathered and explosively charged forward. He let out a wood chopping strike from the front without any hesitation.
*GOU!* Along with a terrific sound of cut wind, the holy sword that looked as though it was made from light itself attacked Hajime violently. However, in front of such a lethal attack, Hajime didn¡¯t take even a step back and he only raised his arm.
That hand was holding Donner, *GOKIN-!* the sound of metals shing and sparks scattered, Kouki¡¯s full strength attack was easily blocked. Even more, it was blocked by the gun point of Donner.
¡°Wha-!?¡±
Kouki was shocked and leaked out a voice reflexively, Hajime directed a cold gaze at Kouki and opened his mouth.
¡°There is nothing more meaningless than insulting a true idiot as an idiot¡ But, I¡¯ll just say this much¡ Asshole, who permitted a bastard like you to name my woman so casually? Huh?¡± (EN: Kouki used their first names, which is being a little too familiar in Japan)
¡°-!?¡±
Immediately after, a torrent of killing intent was overflowing. The pressure was like the pressing of a great waterfall. It was too vast to be called human, a presence of overwhelming ¡®strength¡¯ that was too terrifying. Kouki¡¯s body that was struck with the serious monster¡¯s coercion from close range was unintentionally stiffening.
*DOPAN!*
The trigger of Donner was pulled and an electromaically elerated bullet flicked off the holy sword, plugging the muzzle as though it was insulted that it was in the way.
Unable to endure the fierce impact, the holy sword slipped from his hand and danced in the air in circles.
And then, toward Kouki that was making a banzai posture with only one hand, a ck shadow from lower region?Hajime¡¯s sure-kill yakuza kick lunged.
¡°Gahah!?¡±
The yakuza kick that struck Kouki¡¯s stomach with a dreadful sound of impact made Kouki¡¯s body double into a sideways ¡®V¡¯ shape while floating him in the air like that.
Without a moment¡¯s dy, Hajime rotated on the spot and added a back-spinning kick filled with a lot of centrifugal force.
A sound of impact resonated once more. Kouki¡¯s body was blown far away as though arge truck was running over him. Kouki that flew horizontally like a cannon had his back struck by an ice wall like that. One could only wonder just how great of an impact that was. The ice wall on his back wasrgely pulverized into a radial shape.
Kouki fell on the ground after that, he was on all four while coughing. Blood sttered out from his vomiting mouth.
With just a kick without a weapon or ¡®Limit Break¡¯, the internal organs of Kouki who was wearing an armor artifact of national treasure ss was damaged. That fact made Kouki grit his teeth while groaning painfully.
But, there was no way Hajime would give him time to be frustrated or anything.
*DOPAN-! DOPAN-! DOPAN-!*
Consecutive sounds of gun discharge roared, and red shes assaulted the crouching Kouki. Perhaps he noticed Hajime¡¯s killing intent. Kouki leaped aside almost at the same time Hajime pulled the trigger, but it was as though even his dodging direction was read, that the moment Kouki jumped, the third bullet shot through his shoulder.
Furthermore, one of the bullets that Kouki evaded earlier seemed to be a normal bullet that was only d in red magic power without being elerated electromaically, when it impacted the broken ice wall behind Kouki it ricocheted, and red light attacked
Kouki was shot behind through the knee which passed through his armor¡¯s gap.
¡°Gua¡ co,e, holy sword-¡°
While rolling all over the ground with blood flowing from his shoulder and leg, the copsed Kouki reached out his hand at the falling holy sword at a slightly distant spot. The holy sword responded to Kouki¡¯s calling voice and flew at him.
However, it didn¡¯t settle into Kouki¡¯s hand. Just before it reached, Hajime stepped on the sword. The holy sword struggled to return to its master, but such resistance was meaningless as the stepping foot didn¡¯t even twitch.
¡°How unsightly. If you can skillfully use this new ability then surely you will be able to fight better.¡±
Hajime murmured with a cold tone. He was just speaking to himself without intention for Kouki to hear it, but it seemed Kouki heard itpletely. He red at Hajime with an expression warped in hatred as though he was trying to kill him with his gaze.
Donner was pointed at the temple of Kouki. Hajime¡¯s killing intent wasn¡¯t settled yet. He was maintaining the gruesome thickness of his intent that might stop the heart of a normal person. No matter who saw it, it appeared that Hajime intended to deal the finishing blow.
But, a desperate voice resonated at that timing.
¡°Nagumo-kun! Please, stop! I¡¯ll persuade Kouki, so-¡°
It was Shizuku. While locked in a sword fight with the false Kouki, she begged for him to spare Kouki¡¯s life with a look colored by fretfulness. But it became a fatal opening, and the development that Shizuku wished wasn¡¯t something that the false image wished for.
Therefore¡
{How about Shizuku leave the stage for a little bit?}
¡°Agh?!¡±
The shockwave from the false imageunched and assaulted Shizuku. Shizuku was struck like that on her whole body, and she was blown away altogether with her consciousness until she hit the wall and copsed powerlessly while sliding onto the ground.
Because a crossbit interfered between the two just before the attack hit and became a shield, it seemed that Shizuku was rescued from a direct hit, but for Shizuku who had a low defensive power even in the best of times, furthermore the might of a hero¡¯s pure output, added by Kouki¡¯s thorough rejection of his own negative emotion that strengthened the false image into something far stronger than the real one, just a ncing blow turned into a sufficient enough telling blow. Different from a pure shing attack, it was a shockwave that induced cerebral concussion, so without taking a recovery measure she wouldn¡¯t open her eyes for a while.
The false image of Kouki floated a satisfied smile from his sess of skillfully making Shizuku faint, he then turned on his heel and faced Hajime. And then, with a really natural motion, he thrust out his ck holy sword andunched a strong bombing of light.
The approaching sh that was drawing in a spiral was on a course that would swallow Kouki with certainty too. Was the false image trying to bury the both of them altogether?¡ Anyway, Hajime withdrew from that spot. He left Kouki behind.
¡°UWAAAAH!¡±
Kouki reflexively screamed and took a defensive stance, but just before the light bombing hit, it curved and began to chase after Hajime.
Hajime discovered the cover of the bombing with his magic eye stone and easily seeded in pinpoint sniping that dispersed the attack. However, the false image sessfully managed to distance Hajime from Kouki just as nned.
The false image walked toward Kouki¡¯s side and he whispered something into the ear of theid-down Kouki. While his mouth split apart into a grin that looked like a crescent moon, his figure that was likely whispering sweet words looked like a demon. There was no way that Kouki could admit that figure was his other self anymore like that.
Before long, Kouki¡¯s bloodshot gaze was looking alternately at Hajime and the false image, and he then nodded reluctantly.
Right after that, the figure of the false image thinned down like mist and in exchange reddish-ck particles of light began to whirl.
{Now you. It¡¯s hero time. Let¡¯s rescue the heroines from the scoundrel!}
¡°Shut up-. I¡¯m not doing your instruction. I¡¯m only using you for now! After defeating Nagumo, it will be your turn, don¡¯t forget that-¡°
At the same time as those words, reddish ck particles were entering into Kouki¡¯s body and Kouki¡¯s body began to pulse. *dokun dokun* A pulsating sound began to echo inside the room and pure white light that Kouki was d in began to be mixed with a reddish-ck color that looked like a blood vessel.
Kouki slowly stood up. Looking carefully, the wounds in his shoulder and leg were also healing. It appeared that the derivative ability Kouki had, ¡®Healing Strength Improvement¡¯ was explosively increased.
*DOPAN-! DOPAN-!*
There, a shooting without questions asked. Something like a kindness for reading the mood by a viin facing a hero, waiting for the transformation scene, was something that Hajime didn¡¯t have. And while he was at it, he also threw several grenades.
Red shes gouged Kouki¡¯s shoulder and leg, making him unsteady on his feet.
Furthermore, the rolling grenades exploded in me and he was swallowed in it.
¡°That¡¯s pointless.¡±
But what came out from the me wasn¡¯t what turned Kouki into tatters, but those words.
That voice sounded like it was including joy in it somewhere as if it was trembling in happiness. It seemed that not much damage was inflicted, the magic power that had changed colors from pure white into reddish-ck burst up and blew away the me.
There, the figure of Kouki who became odd-eyed with one of his eyes dyed reddish-ck appeared. Even the scar from the shot just now had been mostly healed. The change in his appearance wasn¡¯t just his eye, his originally brown hair was mixed with white mesh, his holy armor was attached with several blood vessel thingies. Furthermore, at his hands, ck and white, two holy swords were grasped.
¡°Youbined?¡±
¡°It¡¯s not my intention, but yeah. If it¡¯s for defeating you, then I¡¯ll resign myself to ept it. Althoughter, I¡¯ll defeat this guy too.¡±
¡°What are you acting like a good kid for? You are just losing to the temptation.¡±
¡°You can insult me however you like. No matter what you say, you cannot win against me anymore. If there is this welling up strength then I can take back everything!¡±
¡°Why you are unable to notice that you got hit by loss because of that, I wonder.¡±
¡°No more talk. Prepare yourself Nagumo-! ¡®Supreme Break¡¯!¡±
Magic power burst up from Kouki in an even further scale of several times more. Thest derivative of ¡®Limit Break¡¯ that raised up all his status by five times, ¡®Supreme Break¡¯?the strength of Kouki who had taken in his false image had already reached the total of ten thousand. It was literally a rate of increase in monster level.
Kouki made a stance with his twin holy swords. In an instant his figure hazed.
¡°Haah!¡±
A yell of spirit could be heard behind Hajime. Kouki had circled at Hajime¡¯s back instantly. Two holy swords trailed behind white and reddish ck magic power behind while carving a cross at Hajime¡¯s back.
Hajime didn¡¯t even look back.
(Got him!)
The moment Kouki was convinced of that, a familiar bursting sound resonated. At the same time, the two holy swords were snapped up together with a fierce impact, a red
sh pierced his torso that became defenseless. The defensive power of the armor that had been drastically increased and the ¡®Physical Resistance¡¯ skill as well as its derivative ¡®Impact Mitigation¡¯ made the attack not fatal, but an impact like a normal person receiving the serious body blow of a heavyweight boxer attacked Kouki and blew him away grandly backward.
¡®How? He should not be able to react.¡¯, even while his breath was blocked up, Kouki rearranged his stance in the air andnded. Ahead of his gaze, there was the appearance of Donner¡¯s muzzle facing behind with only Hajime¡¯s wrist turning back.
Looking at that, Kouki realized that it wasn¡¯t because Hajime couldn¡¯t react, it was that he didn¡¯t even need to turn back. Kouki¡¯s expression distorted in humiliation. He put strength on his feet, then he swung down his twin holy swords while screaming, ignoring the pain in his stomach.
¡°¡®Heaven Soaring Sword ¨C Storm¡¯!¡±
Like that, what heunched was hundreds of shes scattered in a wide range. Just the visible des of light had been already in a hundred, and nearly three hundred des of wind were following, lurking at the shadow. The attack was already at a level of obliteration magic.
But such a storm of hundreds of shes was evaded by Hajime with a swaying motion like a leaf fluttering in the wind, what couldn¡¯t be evaded was swept aside or averted.
Furthermore, while avoiding Hajime suddenly aimed Donner at Kouki with a natural motion andunched a counterattack that weaved through the gap of the storm.
The bullet that went through the gap like a joke stabbed under Kouki¡¯s feet and scattered grand shockwave, overturning Kouki from under his feet.
And then Hajime himself also slipped through the storm of des and approached Kouki with speed equal, no, it was faster than Kouki, and he kicked Kouki as though he was a ser ball.
¡°Guah!?¡±
Kouki who raised a groan while thrown to the air was aimed at with Donner & Scg.
Kouki immediately kicked the air using ¡®Sky Force¡¯ to try to escape from the line of fire, but the two revolvers¡¯ muzzles didn¡¯t shift from Kouki even for a bit and aimed at his future spot. Kouki¡¯s expression unintentionally cramped.
The scene became slow as though Kouki and Hajime¡¯s senses were stretched out. Inside the world of dull color, just before Hajime pulled the trigger, he caught the figure of Shizuku at the corner of his sight. Her figure that desperately tried to persuade Kouki and her entreaty to spare his life shed at the back of Hajime¡¯s mind. At the same time, he also recalled the figure of Kaori who was also this guy¡¯s childhood friend.
Hajime clicked his tongue ¡®tch¡¯ a bit, averted his gun muzzles a bit, and he pulled the triggers consecutively with blurring speed.
*DOPAAAAN!*
The sound of a single gunshot that was slightly stretched was the proof of the simultaneous shots. Like a reversely-restored meteors, red shes cut through the air, showering Kouki in the air with blows. Like a marite that was unsightly manipted by children, *gakun gakun* Kouki¡¯s body shook while drawing a parabolic arc.
Kouki was scattering blood spray while he fell on the slightly distanced spot with a raw sound *dosha!* that resonated. Looking from the side perhaps it looked like a corpse that had been gouged by many bullets. But, that guess was denied immediately by the movement that came from Kouki. He wasted no time to stand up using the twin holy swords as support.
Blood was spurting out from his shoulders, both arms, and both legs, but those were healed in a moment. His bloodshot eyes were colored with madness, turning his look even more gruesomely. There was not even a trace of the hero who was stuffed with the dream and hope of the people anymore.
¡°You are holding back? Are you making fun of me?¡±
All of the ces he was shot at weren¡¯t vital spots. It was an attack that was transparently tried to make the opponent powerless. Therefore, Kouki felt like he wasn¡¯t even seen as an opponent even though here he was fighting to kill. Inside his chest, a muddy ck part was further welling up.
Hajime tapped Donner on his shoulder *ton ton* while answering easily as though it was nothing.
¡°Well, you who fall that far is just troublesome and it¡¯s better to kill you but¡ if I do that Yaegashi and Kaori will cry. I¡¯ll beat you up appropriately and I¡¯ll leave the rest to your childhood friends.¡±
¡°-, don¡¯t screw with me-! I¡¯ll make you lose thatposure right now!¡±
Once more Kouki brandished his twin holy swords while approaching closer. Hatred and jealousy were attached on his face.
It seemed that Hajime was thinking about the two girls more than himself, it made severe displeasure fill his chest.
Fierce swordy assaulted Hajime, but everything was handled by him with a cold expression without any hurry, seeing that the ck emotion was more and more seething in Kouki and he shouted, unable to bear it.
¡°You-, someone like you-, don¡¯t speak as though you understand! The one who really understand Shizuku and Kaori is me-. The one who treasured the two of them more than anyone is me-. I am the one that should be together with the two of them-. It¡¯s not the likes of you! It¡¯s absolutely not a guy like you!¡±
¡°¡ You are like a brat throwing tantrum.¡±
Slipping through the twin holy swords Kouki brandished, Hajime¡¯s Donner & Scg pierced his body from range zero. However, the current Kouki was unstoppable by something like that. Even though holes were opened in his body, it was healed with power that literally surpassed any limit. Kouki ignored the damage and recklessly charged.
That figure was exactly like Hajime said, a figure of a kid that was throwing a tantrum because the situation wasn¡¯t going as he wished it.
As though hailing Kouki¡¯s negative emotion, the spec of his flesh that had passed its limit a long time ago was forcefully raising even more. Most likely the possessing false image was strengthened and Kouki himself was also strengthened following that.
Looking at the spec, Kouki was already at the level that neared Hajime without ¡®Limit Break¡¯ activated. The storm of swordy that was unleashed possessed speed and might that resembled the apostle of god ¡®Nointo¡¯, even so, his power was still increasing as though to say that it still wasn¡¯t enough.
¡°OOOOOOOOO-¡°
¡°¡¡±
The shrieking of fighting spirit surged from Kouki¡¯s mouth. On the other hand, Hajime was¡ silent. Even with Kouki¡¯s spec raising to a level that wasn¡¯t inferior to Nointo even though it wasn¡¯t superior too, but Hajime didn¡¯t let loose the roar of fighting spirit like what he exchanged with Nointo once. And then as expected, he also didn¡¯t take a plunge into ¡®Limit Break¡¯.
It didn¡¯t reach Kouki¡¯s attack. No matter how fast it became, no matter how strong it got, it didn¡¯t even graze Hajime.
The reason was simple. The user¡¯s mental area was inexperienced, on top of that it was dull. The attack was frenzied andcked calmness, the attack was merely wanting to crush the opponent and soaked in joy. Something like that, against anyone, in any kind of ce, would surely not reach.
And, at that time, a part of the ice wall behind Kouki melted and an entrance of a passage opened. Hajime sent his gaze there while warding off Kouki¡¯s war cry and vilification, there Yue and others, all the members came out.
Seeing Hajime and Kouki¡¯s fight, their eyes opened wide and they stood still with a dumbfounded look. However, Kouki didn¡¯t even notice them at all, he was merely scattering his hatred and killing intent earnestly in order to kill Hajime.
¡°If only, if only you weren¡¯t here, everything will go well! Kaori and also Shizuku would belong to me forever! I would have saved this world as a hero! You, you are the one that messed up everything!¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°Even though you are a killer-. Even though you easily abandoned others-. There is no way someone who is the worst can be liked by people!¡±
¡°¡ And so, I brainwashed them?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right! There is no other exnation except that! Kaori and Shizuku, and Yue and Shia and Tio too, everyone was brainwashed and yed around by you. Sooner orter you are going to brainwash Ryuutaro and Suzu too, aren¡¯t you!? I won¡¯t let you. I am a hero. I¡¯ll save everyone from your hand, I¡¯ll take back everything, everything! You are not needed anymore-!¡±
That scream was also audible to Yue and others too. The eyes of Yue and Shia narrowed dangerously, and Tio frowned in displeasure. In contrast, Kaori covered his mouth with both hands from the shock she received. She didn¡¯t even have any word toward the absurd grievance of his childhood friend that was too egoist. Ryuutaro and Suzu were also the same, they were staring in a daze at Kouki while beingpletely stiff.
Hajime made a long sigh inside his heart thinking that this was really one troublesome guy while transmitting ¡®Telepathy¡¯ to Yue and others.
{Looks like you all are safe too.}
{¡ Nn. All good. Rather than that, what¡¯s with that idiot?}
{That¡¯s right. He is saying a really reprehensible thing.}
Yue and Shia returned back to a tone that felt angry. Their beloved person was cursed unfavorably and in the end was dered as unneeded. In addition, they inadvertently also couldn¡¯t stomach Kouki calling them without an honorific.
Hajime leaked out a small smile at the two.
{To exin it simply, he lost to his false image and now he is in the middle of venting his anger with his convenient interpretation in full throttle. He took in his false image and his strength was raised. Looks like he can clear the trial if he regains himself, but¡ that looks impossible. Even Yaegashi, she tried to persuade him but in the end, she ended up like that.}
Hajime threw a kick at Kouki¡¯s knee to make him flinch while sending his gaze at Shizuku¡¯s direction. Yue and others whose attention were lured by Hajime also sent their gazes there and discovered the fainted Shizuku.
{Shizuku-chan!}
{She wasn¡¯t hit directly. She shouldn¡¯t be seriously wounded, but for the moment, look at her Kaori.}
{Oh, of course! Leave it to me!}
Kaori who was petrified recovered her senses when she saw Shizuku¡¯s figure and she rushed at her in panic.
That motion finally made Kouki notice the existence of Yue and the others too. He took distance from Hajime while turning his gaze at them with wide eyes, next he smiled widely at them.
¡°Everyone, you all came. Wait a little for me. I swear that I¡¯ll beat this guy and release everyone right now.¡±
Kouki¡¯s words made Yue, Shia, and Tio go past displeasure and now they directed a pitying gaze at him. In exchange, Ryuutaro and Suzu came back to their senses and they yelled desperately.
¡°Just what are you saying, Kouki? What the hell! Come back to your senses!¡±
¡°Kouki-kun, pull yourself together! The one that you must defeat isn¡¯t Nagumo-kun, it¡¯s yourself!¡±
Hearing those heartfelt yells of the two, instead of being happy, Kouki¡¯s expression turned into rage. As expected, the target of that rage was Hajime.
¡°¡ Nagumo. Don¡¯t tell me, you have even brainwashed Ryuutaro and Shizuku? Just how rotten are you? How much you are going to steal from me until you are satisfied?!
Ah, I see. I understand right now. Even Eri¡ that was your work, huh? I thought that it was strange that she changed like that. But, if that was because of your brainwashing, then everything makes sense.¡±
¡°It doesn¡¯t make sense you know, idiot.¡±
¡°Making excuses thiste is just unsightly. I¡¯ll make you atone for your sin for sure.¡±
¡°I think that idiocy to your level is already a big enough sin, though¡¡±
Kouki screamed and raised his twin holy swords. A torrent of magic power fiercely whirled. The surrounding ground was blown away just from the waves and the ceiling was obliterated. It seemed that he nned to unleash ¡®Heaven Might¡¯ using the tremendous magic power.
¡°There is no way I¡¯m going to wait for you, you know.¡±
With an exasperated expression, Hajime took out a B from ¡®Treasure Warehouse¡¯ and threw it to Kouki. Because he was in the middle of charging, Kouki waste in dodging and he got splendidly entangled, he was fixed in ce with both his hands bounded immobile in the air.
¡°Ugh, you coward. But, just this much-¡°
It seemed that a viin that couldn¡¯t read the mood was a coward. Kouki insulted Hajime while raising his magic power even more in an attempt to escape from B. But as long as it wasn¡¯t Nointo then it shouldn¡¯t be possible to escape from it in several seconds, in that time Hajime had finished charging.
Yes, in Hajime¡¯s hand a rifle with a shape that resembled Scgen was grasped before anyone was aware. What was different from Scgen was its caliber. Its firing mouth that could be filled with a basket ball smoothly was wide open.
A lump of red magic power shining brilliantly was converged in thatrge firing mouth.
Magic power cannon ¡®Grenzen¡¯??a pure magic power bombardment artifact. From his experience in Merujiine Undersea Ruins, there was also some situation where a pure magic power attack would be useful, so Hajime learned and created this. Although until now, there was no chance to use it, so it was something that was shelved.
The derivative of ¡®Magic Power Maniption¡¯ that was ¡®Magic Power Emission¡¯,¡®Magic Power Compression¡¯, ¡®Remote Control¡¯, also ¡®High-Speed Magic Power Recovery¡¯ and its derivative ¡®Magic Source Absorption¡¯, all those skills were used as a base and included into the magic power cannon. It focused not just Hajime¡¯s magic power but also the magic power of the outside world,bined with gravity magic so it couldpress that magic power. The more thepressed magic power was then the more the amount of magic power of the target would be blown away.
And then right now the amount of the focused magic power was in the amount that would easily surpass ten thousand if it was converted into a status number. No matter how much Kouki had been strengthened outside of the proper track, Kouki was continuously consuming magic power thoroughly with all his might. The result was something that could be easily understood.
¡°Even if you deny your own words, at the very least you should ept Yaegashi¡¯s words.¡±
Hajime said that and aimed the focused magic power at Kouki who was opening his eyes wide in panic, and then the trigger was pulled.
¡°You-, if only you were not here-. I??¡±
The scream that was filled with Kouki¡¯s hatred resonated. The next moment, a red sh that resembled Scgen traced a spiral, turning into a bombardment that rushed at Kouki, and his figure waspletely swallowed without any spot spared.
Shizuku who was healed by Kaori had opened her eyes, and then Ryuutaro and Suzu gulped audibly. The silent bombardment that didn¡¯t make any roar or destruction dyed the spacious room with a vivid red, and the ice wall was sparkling like a ga. In a certain meaning, it was a spectacle that could be called fantastical.
Before long the thick sh thinned down, it melted into the air and dispersed. After that, it was as expected there was no trace of destruction at all, and Kouki appeared without any wound. The binding due to the B had been released.
*karan-! karan-!*
The stiff sound resonated. It was the sound of Kouki dropping his two holy swords. At the same time, the ck holy sword flickered while disappearing. Looking at it, Kouki¡¯s eye that was reddish-ck also returned to normal, his hair also recovered its original color. Reddish-ck veins also disappeared from the holy armor. It appeared that he hadpletely returned to normal.
¡°My, my strength is vanishing¡ uu, again, still again¡ I will take back, everything¡¡±
Hajime¡¯s magic power cannon had blown away the factor of the false image nesting inside Kouki. Matching with his return to his original appearance, the magic power had also stopped welling up from inside. Right now, Kouki could only feel the slight magic power just before it dried up.
Kouki was desperately tying down his consciousness that even now was going to sink into darkness while repeating talk in delirium. And then he was trying to pick up his holy sword even while staggering.
There Hajime who had stored back Grenzen into ¡®Treasure Warehouse¡¯ approached, he grasped Kouki¡¯s cor and lifted him up. ¡°Release me!¡± Kouki yelled angrily, but the mping hand was too strong that he could only groan.
Seeing Hajime¡¯s dangerous look, Ryuutaro thought that Kouki was going to get killed and he was about to jump, but he was stopped by Tio. Tio smiled as though to say that it would be okay.
Hajime lifted up Kouki while he sent his gaze at Kaori and Shizuku who were cuddling close to each other. Kaori and also Shizuku were directing Hajime painful and pleading gazes. Hajime sighed deeply looking at those two and he shrugged his shoulders with an air of ¡®really it can¡¯t be helped¡¯. The expression of the two softened gently.
Hajime who turned at Kouki again threw words with calm but clearly resounding tone while everyone was watching.
¡°Start over your life from the beginning once more, you stupid, foolish idiot.¡±
Right after, Hajime¡¯s right hand, his bare fist, captured Kouki¡¯s face. It was merely a clenched straight fist.
*GOGA-!* Such sound resonated, and like that Kouki was struck into the ground and his consciousness was easily cut off, but the whites of his eyes were barely open.
Kaori and Shizuku rushed close, and the other members too.
Hajime looked at the fainted Kouki while wondering if his ¡°Let¡¯s Increase the Meat Shield in Preparation of the Worst Case That There is a lot of Nointo Strategy¡± was actually cursed. He scratched at his cheek while sighing deeply at how troublesome this was.
Chapter 149
Chapter 149
The Last Age of the God Magic
¡°It seems that everyone survived safely¡ Then, let¡¯s go.¡±
¡°Wa, wait, wait! If Kouki-kun is not healed¡¡±
Hajime urged everyone to go ahead while unhesitatingly ignoring Kouki who had fainted and was spread-eagled with the white of his eyes exposed. Kaori stopped him while rushing towards Kouki in a panic. It seemed that she wanted a bit of time for healing.
When Kaori examined him, Kouki¡¯s body was even more ragged than his appearance suggested. On top of using the derivative of ¡®Limit Break¡¯, the ¡®Supreme Break¡¯, for a long period, Kouki also took in the reddish ck magic monster-like power into his body and then further raised his specs forcefully.
As the result, just like Hajime who once ate the flesh and blood of monster and experienced the breakdown of his body, atrocious damage was umting throughout Kouki¡¯s body. Also because Kouki even took in the rejection of his negative emotion to increase his ability, his mind was also damaged from the mental burden to a degree that one couldn¡¯t ignore.
With regeneration magic and hermon healing magic, if it was Kaori, then she could immediately heal Kouki¡¯s body. Even so, it was a delicate work that couldn¡¯t fail, so Kaori wanted a bit of time. Above all, the damage to Kouki¡¯s mind couldn¡¯t be seen by eyes, it needed to be treated even more carefully. If the healing failed and Kouki opened his eyes only to became a person who would joviallyugh ¡°HAHAHA-!!¡± or something else, that would also be troubling.
However, toward Kaori, Hajime made aint without even trying to hide his reluctant expression.
¡°¡ Spare me from you healing himpletely. It¡¯s fine as long as he is not dead, right? Just make him faint for a while.¡±
¡°Eh? Why¡ aa, yes, it¡¯s better like that, I guess?¡±
For a moment, Kaori tilted her head in doubt, but she immediately guessed Hajime¡¯s thinking and frowned with a troubled look.
¡°Oi Nagumo, I understand that you cannot stomach Kouki but¡ you see¡¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun¡¡±
In contrast, Ryuutaro and Suzu thought that Hajime said that because he didn¡¯t think well of Kouki. However, after they looked at Kouki¡¯s appearance just now, they couldn¡¯t protest strongly. So, as expected, they made a weak and troubled expression.
Shizuku looked sad somehow. Her look was unrted with Hajime¡¯s unwillingness to aid Kouki¡¯s recovery, but it was directed at Kouki himself. The current appearance of her childhood friend that had been like family since they were still children was just really really sad.
Hajime looked at Ryuutaro and Suzu who while being lost for words still sent him pleading looks for Kouki¡¯s recovery. He then made an expression disying just how troublesome it was without showing even a bit of hostility and pointed to Kouki while speaking his mind.
¡°You guys, just think of how troublesome it will be after that over there is healedpletely.¡±
¡°Troublesome? ¡ ah.¡±
¡°Looks like Taniguchi understands, huh? Listen well. Amanogawa couldn¡¯t clear this trial. He averted his eyes from himself and the result was him exploding at me. Even if he woke up now, that still won¡¯t change. And so¡¡±
¡°It will be just like now again, won¡¯t it¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s how it is. Well, just now it was also because of his false image¡¯s influence and also his bad habit of convenient interpretation spurring him on, so even if he wakes up, perhaps he won¡¯t rampage right away, but¡¡±
Hajime dropped his eyes on thepass he took from his pocket while continuing.
¡°The deepest part is just close. Maybe this is thest trial already, but I cannot say for sure that there is anything else ahead. There is nothing more irritating than to be attacked from behind when something happens.¡±
¡°¡ Haa, be grateful that he still has his life, that¡¯s it, huh.¡±
Even Ryuutaro sighed deeply while nodding ¡°Can¡¯t be helped¡± at Hajime¡¯s words. And then simr like Shizuku, he sent an earnestly sad gaze at Kouki.
Beside Ryuutaro and Shizuku, Yue directed a gaze as though looking at a trash and whispered to herself.
¡°¡ Rather, it¡¯s better to just leave him alone here.¡±
¡°No, no, Yue-san. Rather let¡¯s deal the finishing blow.¡±
¡°The two of thou¡ it¡¯s not like I don¡¯t understand the feeling but restrain thyself. The hero is dealt with a nightmare having pinpoint killing intent like that on him, see.¡±
Shia whispered even more dangerous things in session and began to tap Doryukken on her shoulder. Her gaze was exactly like a certain person with self-employed profession and arrow attached to the head (TN: Don¡¯t know what reference this is). With an expression that couldn¡¯t say anything, Tio looked at Kouki who was beginning to groan ¡°uu¡± while trickling cold sweat. Perhaps he was attacked by a neck reaper rabbit and a vampire inside his dream.
It seemed that Yue and Shia were still irritated by being called without honorific and Kouki¡¯s vilification of Hajime.
Hajime was exasperated even while his cheeks loosened happily towards Yue and Shia. And then he approached the side of the two and put his hands on their shoulders to soothe them. Yue and Shia turned to look over their shoulder and guessed that those hands were stopping them. Their expression became a little dissatisfied.
¡°Hold back just like Tio said. If not, then there is no meaning in me doing something as troublesome as letting him live.¡±
¡°Muu¡ if that¡¯s what Hajime says.¡±
¡°You are keeping your life, for now, damn hero.¡±
As expected, Shia was a little ck.
Both of them sent a nce at Kouki who was still having a nightmare and immediately averted their gaze before they hugged Hajime fawningly. Yue was nuzzling her cheek at Hajime¡¯s stomach, and Shia was leaning her cheek on Hajime¡¯s chest silently with her eyes closed pleasantly. Her rabbit ears were flopping *wassa wassa*, and her rabbit tail was happily shaking *furi furi*.
Various things happened with both of them, so their break didn¡¯t work now that they were reunited with Hajime as theypletely behaved like a spoiled child. Inside their heads sounded something like ¡°Aa, I¡¯m healed (desuu)¡±. (TN: The desu refer to Shia. She usually talks politely and has desu attached on her sentence.)
Yue and Shia clung at Hajime rubbingly and pressingly as though they were trying to absorb Hajime factor into their whole body. Looking at them, Hajime guessed ¡°They are acting really spoiled huh, did something happen?¡± And then with a smile that was dyed with happiness somewhere in it, he patted the back of the two soothingly. The two embraced Hajime happily even further. It was the invocation of super pink space. It was fifty percent more than usual.
Being hit by that pink color, Tio approached unsteadily. She put her finger on her lips longingly and looked at Hajime fixedly. It was a lovely gesture that really tickled a man¡¯s heart.
Tio was also an importantrade for Hajime that didn¡¯t change. In thisbyrinth that was burdening the mind strongly, surely Tio was also exhausted, Hajime sent Tio a kind gaze¡
¡°Annoying. Don¡¯t look over here.¡±
¡°-!? Haa haa, an attack thatpletely destroys the ce¡¯s mood¡ nn¡ what a discerning master¡ ahn¡ but, I feel like crying a little.¡±
A pervert that felt it even when she understood that it was no good. She embraced her own body while her thighs were rubbing at each other fidgetingly. However, it was also her true feeling of wanting to be added to the circle simr to Yue and Shia, so her eyes were a little teary.
Looking at such a Tio, Hajime shrugged his shoulders feeling that it couldn¡¯t be helped, his hand beckoned ¡®here here¡¯. Immediately, Tio went ¡°waai¡± like a young child and rushed at Hajime¡¯s back with a wide smile.
Dropping down and then raising up¡ Hajime who was able to naturally use the carrot and stick properly was in enough possession of the factor to be a pervert¡¯s master. Though the person would surely deny that vehemently.
The pink space that thickened, even more, making Ryuutaro and Suzu avert their gaze as though they were going to puke sugar. But ahead of their gaze was another factor that might increase the sugar content even more while sending nces at Hajime and co. with an impatient look.
¡°Uu, I got ate start¡ The healing is¡ it¡¯s fine already with this yep! Hajime-kun!¡±
¡°Eh? Wait Kaori! Thatst thing, it felt like something really irresponsible¡¡±
Kaori who treated Kouki until there was no danger to his life, in the end, went ¡°Ei!¡± and threw a healing light at Kouki, and then leapt at the pink space of Hajime and co. Kouki who received a healing that was brimming with irresponsibleness twitched. He looked a little pitiful.
Kaori was rushing with a pitter-patter and tried to hug Hajime without stopping, but she received nonchnt obstruction from Yue. A pebble of wind was shot with god speed and aimed at Kaori¡¯s forehead. However, Kaori dodged that just with a light shake of her head and embraced the arm of Hajime beside Yue.
Naturally, the sensation of the arm that was hugging Yue disappeared. Yue¡¯s smiling face that only looked like it was smiling while not smiling was directed at Kaori. Kaori too returned a smile that seemed to ask ¡°Is there something wrong?¡±. Just like usual, phantom lightning from a dragon and a hannya mask red at each other from close range.
A low-temperature space was formed together with the pink space, Ryuutaro and Suzu averted their eyes with different meaning this time. Inside such an atmosphere, it was only Shizuku who for the moment confirmed that Kouki¡¯splexion and breathing had returned to normal. His pulse was also beating normally. When she was convinced that there was no danger to his life she sighed in relieve.
¡°Ryuutaro. Can you carry Kouki?¡±
¡°No prob¡ So, it¡¯s only Kouki who is no good. He is going to be down, huh.¡±
¡°That¡¯s¡ but, it¡¯s also still unclear whether Suzu and you two passed¡ Besides! As long as we are alive we can take the challenge no matter how many times!¡±
¡°That¡¯s true¡ He did a really stupid thing but, if he is alive I can also wallop himter. Well, if this guy got to go ¡®one more time¡¯, then I¡¯ll apany him till the end. Just like usual.¡±
¡°Yep yep!¡±
The expression of Ryuutaro who carried Kouki clouded while thinking of Kouki. Suzu was also almost caught by that mood, but then she disyed her mood making act and livened up their feelings. Ryuutaro immediately burst into a grin of sympathy too.
Shizuku stared at those two with a smile. Her look was exactly like a mother¡
Although, she wasn¡¯t that Shizuku who only kept wracking her brain for her surrounding and concealed her emotion anymore. She had decided to stop that way of living by only eptance without even realizing it herself.
Therefore, she directed a gaze that was filled with extraordinary heat without hiding it toward Hajime who was crowded and fawned by four beautiful girls and woman. The one who sharply noticed that gaze was Tio. ¡°Oho?¡± She tilted her head like that while looking at Shizuku observingly. Yue and Kaori were constraining each other while Shia was busy intermediating the two so they still weren¡¯t in the state to notice.
Shizuku put her hand on her chest to affirm the feeling she realized from the trial and her new determination. And then, she clenched her fist tightly as though to grasp something important. From that gesture, Tio guessed what was inside Shizuku¡¯s heart.
¡°I say¡ fufu. Do your best, I guess I have to say that here.¡±
¡°Aa? What did you say?¡±
¡°Oh, master heard that? Fufu, what, that¡¯s only a meager support for a maiden with worrying habit there.¡±
Hearing the whisper of Tio who was embracing him from behind, Hajime asked back with a doubtful look, and then such answer was returned to him.
For a moment, Hajime frowned wondering what that meant, but Tio was looking at the beyond when he looked over his shoulder, and then he understood when ahead of Tio¡¯s gaze he saw Shizuku who was encouraging herself. After all, Hajime heard that extremely nonchnt confession of Shizuku to him. There was no way he didn¡¯t understand.
¡°¡ Oi oi, don¡¯t tell me.¡±
The cheeks of Shizuku whose eyes met Hajime¡¯s were quickly dyed crimson, the next moment she approached with a determined expression. Suzu and Ryuutaro who shouldered Kouki who had no way to guess what was inside Shizuku¡¯s heart followed her.
And then at the side where Shia was hugging??the spot that faced at Kaori, Shizuku stopped her feet. Her position was excessively close with Hajime. That position almost glued at Hajime¡¯s left hand that was holding Shia¡¯s waist.
With Shizuku, that close, the members other than Tio also noticed Shizuku¡¯s state. ¡°Mu?¡± They directed her fishy look.
For a moment, Shizuku¡¯s eyes met Kaori¡¯s. At that moment, Kaori discerned Shizuku¡¯s heart because she was her best friend and her eyes opened wide. Although it wasn¡¯t because of the feeling that Shizuku harbored, but it was because she was surprised at Shizuku¡¯s state that didn¡¯t even try to hide it.
During that time, Shizuku¡¯s gaze returned to Hajime, and she spun words from her slightly trembling lips.
¡°Nagumo-kun, thank you for saving Kouki.¡±
¡°I just punched him out, though?¡±
¡°You didn¡¯t kill him, right? It¡¯s for Kaori and a bit for me. About twenty-percent, isn¡¯t it?¡±
¡°¡ Well, something like that.¡±
¡®Fufu¡¯ Shizuku smiled. Looking at the dialogue of the two that connected with each other somehow, Yue mumbled ¡°mumu-¡°, Shia leaked a murmur of ¡°Aa, is it, finally?¡± in realization. And then Kaori, she didn¡¯t really say anything, she was merely sending Shizuku a gentle gaze.
¡°Really, when you say that you will protect, you will protect even the heart, don¡¯t you?¡±
¡°There is a line even in my heart. It doesn¡¯t mean that I¡¯ll do it for everything.¡±
¡°I know that. But, I, we don¡¯t lose our childhood friend in the end. He is really a troubling guy in various things, a big idiot that disyed that kind of disgraceful behavior but¡ but, even so, he is still like a family.¡±
Toward Shizuku who was showing eyes where sadness and gratitude were entangled, Hajime shrugged his shoulders with an expression that couldn¡¯t say anything. If he had to speak honestly, he wanted to just kill Kouki with a snap also for the sake of severing the potential trouble in the future (it was doubtful whether it would happen or not though), but looking at Shizuku right now, also at Kaori¡¯s expression, he could think that letting Kouki live was the right thing.
At the very least,pared to having the seed of nightmare of the childhood friend they were raised with killed by the man they were in love with right in front their eyes in this world far away from their homnd, shouldering the trouble that Kouki might bring wasn¡¯t anything big, Hajime thought. At the same time, the strength of Shizuku¡¯s feeling who could still feel sad even after looking at that figure of Kouki, ¡°As expected from a worldly-wise woman¡± Hajime couldn¡¯t help but holding such a feeling of half admiration and half exasperation.
No, even Ryuutaro and Suzu, it would be a lie if they said that they weren¡¯t disillusioned at all, but even so, their feeling of sadness was the biggest feeling. This showed just how much things had piled up between them until now.
If it was the people who didn¡¯t have a strong rtionship with Kouki?for example, the ssmates that even now were in the Heilig Kingdom or thedies that favored Kouki, there was no doubt they would be easily disillusioned and turned away. In the rtionship of these childhood friends, there was a deep bond that was more than a simple word. That was exactly something in the degree that could be said as ¡®the same like family¡¯.
(If Yaegashi is the mother, then Amanogawa is just like a difficult child huh¡)
Without even guessing that Hajime was holding a little impolite impression like that, Shizuku faced Kaori with strong eyes while listening to the sound of her heartbeat that was rapidly heightening from nervousness. There, Kaori returned a really gentle and soft smile as though she had understood everything.
It was as though she was pushing from behind at Shizuku¡¯s determination. No, it was undoubtedly a warm cheering yell from a best friend. Shizuku felt her chest tighten strongly while feeling a deep emotion where she wanted to cry out very much, she nodded a little. And then, once more she directed to Hajime a heated gaze that might scald the person that was looked, and she spun her words.
¡°¡ It was the first time I relied on someone like that, but it felt really pleasant. Thank you for that too.¡±
¡°¡ Even though you threatened me easily.¡±
The redness that dyed Shizuku¡¯s cheeks deepened. What she said about relying on wasn¡¯t about having Hajime carrying her, she meant about him making her relieved that she could entrust her heart to him. That she could be fast asleep even with thunderous sounds raging was a good proof. And to go as far as calling that ¡®pleasant¡¯, certainly it couldn¡¯t be helped that she became red.
The gap with her normally dignified atmosphere was really terrific. Without anyone noticing, even her hand was touching Hajime¡¯s left arm gently. The hand wasn¡¯t even clutching, it was really just touching, but on the contrary, it was expressing her feeling of wanting to touch Hajime even just for a little.
By the way, Hajime¡¯s tsukkomi was ignored like air. A person that couldn¡¯t read the atmosphere would be the atmosphere (air).
Shizuku thought that her heart was going to explode from all the gazes that gathered on her, even so, the determination was residing in her eyes, and then, she earnestly conveyed her feeling with those trembling lips.
¡°Tha, that¡¯s why this is my thanks. A, also this is the proof that what I said at that time isn¡¯t, a, a joke.¡±
Shizuku faced Hajime who couldn¡¯t take any action because he was being embraced by Yue and co, at the same time she stood on her tiptoes. Her heels rose to the limit, the hand that touched at Hajime¡¯s arm grasped tightly. And then, Shizuku whose body leaned forward by activating even ¡®No Beat¡¯, those lovely lips that nobody was permitted to touch touched¡ Hajime¡¯s cheek.
The outrageously soft sensation was transmitted on Hajime¡¯s cheek. A little vapor and burning heated breath tickled not just Hajime¡¯s cheek but even his heart. The contact was just an instant. However, that kiss certainly conveyed Shizuku¡¯s boiling heart.
*whomp* Behind Shizuku a sound of something heavy dropped resounded. Actually, Ryuutaro who was shocked by Shizuku¡¯s action unintentionally dropped Kouki¡¯s body that made such sound, but there was no way Shizuku had the spare energy to notice that. Rather, no one noticed it.
Shizuku was looking down with all her skin dyed with so much red that it reflexively made one doubt if she was actually going to explode. Hajime had a distant look thinking what was the deal with the sensation remaining on his cheek. Even so thinking that there was no way he could ignore this, so he tried to open his mouth, but before that Shizuku raised her face with strength filling her eyes.
¡°Yue, Shia, Tio¡ Kaori. In this trial, I realized many things. About my bad habit, and the emotion that I am feeling right now too. He already, has Yue and others, above all he is the person my best friend loved¡ I think that I am the lowest. But¡¡±
Shizuku lost her words. There Kaori gave words with expression and tone filled with affection.
¡°Shizuku-chan¡ it¡¯s fine. You are not the worst or anything. Because it¡¯s a matter of heart you know? It¡¯s something that cannot be helped at all. Rather than that, Shizuku-chan who will prioritize other people than yourself is now, trying to have your own way, this Shizuku-chan makes me happy.¡±
¡°Kaori¡¡±
Perhaps she would make Kaori have unpleasant thoughts, by some chance she would make her sad, even though Shizuku knew well that Kaori wasn¡¯t someone of that nature but she couldn¡¯t help but feel fear, yet hearing Kaori¡¯s words which were filled with overflowing kindness without a speck of shadow made Shizuku able to rx his stiffened shoulders.
Looking carefully, although Yue looked displeased, but it didn¡¯t appear that she intend to cut in, she then stared at Shizuku while shrugging her shoulders. And then, she slightly showed a daring smile. The same like when with Kaori, she was saying that she would ept the challenge. Shia too was helplessly shrugging her shoulders with one of her eyes closed. Tio looked like she was having fun.
Such Yue and co and Kaori made Shizuku showed a natural smile without any stiffness, with calmness but overflowing determination, she put her feeling into her words and dered.
¡°I, like Nagumo-kun¡ That¡¯s why I¡¯ll do my best for my own sake.¡±
The refreshed smile of Shizuku who said that was something so lovely and pretty that charmed everyone there. Exactly like her name, like a drop of morning dew that was illuminated by the light of rising sun, or possibly, like a drop that overflowed from the berry, that smile was sparkling radiantly with a sweet fragrance. (TN: Shizuku means drop/drip/trickle in Japan)
¡°Fufu, Shizuku-chan, you are really cute there¡ Yosh, from now on in order to win against the Yue-Shia pair, let¡¯s oppose them with the childhood friends pair! We are going to fight from now on!¡±
¡°Ee? Kaori, geez-. But, fufu, indeed perhaps that is better. It¡¯s like I and Kaori monopolizing the left and right of Nagumo-kun.¡±
¡°¡ Shizuku, I had the premonition that it would be like this one day. I will consign you, together with Kaori to oblivion.¡±
¡°Yue-san, oblivion is no good. But, if you are talking about monopolizing, then there is no way we will draw back! We ept the challenge, Shizuku-san!¡±
Yue and co made a noisy ruckus. Hajime who still hugged and couldn¡¯t move still looked far away. It was because there was no sign that they would ask him about his opinion. ¡°Normally, isn¡¯t it the person confessed that replied?¡± Even while thinking of such question, he couldn¡¯t put a tsukkomi. Because this was something usual. Because he understood it was pointless.
For the girls surrounding Hajime, in the first ce other than Yue the assumption was they were rejected, but even so they were determined to get close to Hajime. Speaking clearly, at first Hajime was unable to understand the feeling of such girls including Shia, but when he thought about how he had been made to surrender by Shia like this, he couldn¡¯t say anyint after this far.
¡°¡ Nou, master. How should I react when I am nonchntly left out like this? They art roused up with the pair confrontation but¡¡±
¡°Your character is the most entric, right.¡±
The weight on his back increased. Tio was leaning in while whispering sadly. In response Hajime¡¯s reply was careless. Rather than that, Hajime wanted the two sides sandwiching him in between to stop arguing about how much they loved Hajime, that was what he thought from the bottom of his heart. He was busy thinking of how to stop the heated Yue and co.
¡°¡ So Shizuku too? Just how this happen that Nagumo. No, really I don¡¯t get it.¡±
¡°Hawawa, even Shizushizu has fallen¡ Nagumo-kun you womanizer! What to do, if even Suzu fall without realizing it then¡. together with Onee-sama, do, doing thing like this and that-! ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡¡ fumu, that¡¯s not bad.¡±
¡°Oi, get back to your sense Suzu. I don¡¯t want to be alone in this strange space.¡±
Ryuutaro sighed in exasperation at Suzu who was pondering with her hand supporting her chin. And then, he noticed that there was no weight on his back and he picked up Kouki back in panic.
¡°Haa¡ Kouki. It¡¯s not like I don¡¯t understand your feeling you know. Certainly, I cannotin anything even if you got carried away by your fake.¡±
Withplicated expression, Ryuutaro murmured with a small voice even while knowing that it wouldn¡¯t reach the ear of his best friend. When Kouki woke up, what kind of action he would take¡ imagining that, he hardened his resolve for the worst case to stop Kouki without fail as his best friend so that he wouldn¡¯t make the mistake for the second time.
¡°¡ I see. Yue¡¯s memory¡¡±
¡°¡ Nn.¡±
While walking through the new passage that appeared in Kouki¡¯s room, Yue talked about the discrepancy in her memory at Hajime. And then she talked without hiding anything about how perhaps herself was a unique existence more than she thought, and maybe in the future something that her uncle feared would ur.
Yue took Hajime¡¯s hand and hugged tightly while looking up at Hajime questioningly. However, she didn¡¯t find the serious expression that she expected there. Rather, Hajime was returning an exasperated at Yue, causing her to blink her eyes.
¡°What to say, that talk is already far toote at this point of time isn¡¯t it?¡±
¡°¡ Nn? ¡ By any chance, Hajime noticed?¡±
¡°That¡¯s, yeah. If Yue¡¯s immortality is absolute, then I can be more at peace of mind but¡ if that¡¯s not the case then that¡¯s the most important matter that concerns the life and death of my lover, how your automatic regeneration won¡¯t activate if you are in an exhausted state. Then, even though there are many ways to cause magic power to be exhausted, why were those bunches could only seal Yue and nothing else? That¡¯s just obvious question, right? After all, if I understand the reason then perhaps I can make Yue to absolutely not die.¡±
¡°¡ Hajime.¡±
¡°Even if I say that, based on what we talked when we were at the abyss, it felt like Yue didn¡¯t remember about that anyway right? You were in a daze from the sudden betrayal and when you noticed you were already sealed you said.¡±
¡°¡ Nn.¡±
¡°That¡¯s why. Rather than dredging up that doubtful point forcefully from your memory to investigate, I thought it¡¯s just better if I simply do something about it. Perhaps by any chance, you don¡¯t remember it because it¡¯s a painful memory. In the end, no matter what kind of existence Yue is, my conclusion won¡¯t change¡ I won¡¯t hand over Yue to anyone if it¡¯s for that sake then I¡¯ll do anything. If someone tries to steal Yue from me, then no matter what kind of existence, no matter what kind of situation, I¡¯ll kill them all.¡±
Perhaps imagining a vision of being separated from Yue, Hajime looked straight ahead while his eyes were ring fiercely toward an unseen enemy. In the end, it was the usual conclusion of ¡°Don¡¯t mind about the small thing! If there is any hindrance, then just ughter them all!¡± The truth was it was really simple and clear.
Toward such Hajime whose affection and desire to monopolize Yue was exposed out and in to see, Yue¡¯s eyes turned so moist that even now they looked like they would burst. With a gaze filled with so much heat that it seemed to burn, Yue stared at Hajime wholeheartedly, and then¡ *gabacho!* Yue jumped while hugging at Hajime¡¯s neck, her lips were going to devour??but,
¡°¡ Shizuku, what is the meaning of this?¡±
A ck sheath was thrust before her eyes. It was pushed out between Hajime and Yue, obstructing Yue¡¯s kiss. Yue traced the source of the pushed out ck katana and stared reproachfully and asked at the source Shizuku.
Shizuku¡¯s gaze was wandering around restlessly, it seemed that rather than obstructing intentionally she did that reflexively.
¡°E, err¡ you see, we still haven¡¯t even confirmed that the trial of the greatbyrinth is over yet, right? That¡¯s why, I wonder if doing something like that is better to be put on hold forter, something like that?¡±
¡°¡ And the truth?¡±
¡°It¡¯s envi¡ not that. I as well¡ not that. Let¡¯s pay attention to TPO, that¡¯s what I mean. Yep.¡± (TN: TPO=Time, ce, Order (?))
Shizuku whose gaze was swimming around lied with a really unconvincing lie. Kaori beside her was ¡°To stop Yue¡¯s attack¡ as expected from my Shizuku-chan!¡± she was giving Shizuku extremely high praise.
¡°Even though you say that, but it feels like someone kissed me normally just before, though?¡±
Hajime looked back over his shoulder while talking to Shizuku teasingly. Immediately, Shizuku¡¯s cheeks blushed with vivid red autumn. ¡°Uu. That¡¯s, because, something that only I haven¡¯t done is¡ lonely.¡± She leaked out such whisper that sounded like an excuse. There Tio continued the talk with further teasing.
¡°Although, it was only a ¡®chuu¡¯ at the cheek. If thou art swordsman, then how about gantly cutting in? The lips of master won¡¯t be stolen without some forcefulness thou know?¡±
¡°Ste, stealing or anything¡ that¡¯s improper. Something like that, I think it has to be in a proper situation, it should be done with the mutual consent of both parties. That, if possible, if Nagumo-kun is the one that does it by his initiative¡ I¡¯ll feel happy.¡±
Reddened cheek, somewhat bowed head and the bashfully talking Shizuku. On her bosom was the ck katana that she had already drawn back?the present from Hajime, she hugged it tightly as though it was the expression of Shizuku¡¯s emotion of wanting to do something like that to the person himself.
And then Shizuku¡¯s walking position was three step diagonally behind Hajime as though it had been already measured. Her gracefully following figure was just like a Yamato Nadeshiko (TN: Graceful in Japan could be spelled as shizushizu). With a momentary sh, the second part of Hajime¡¯s present to her that was the hair ornament was shining at the base of her trademark ponytail.
¡°¡¡±
With continuing silence, Hajime was directing a staring gaze at Shizuku as though he was looking at a rare animal.
Basically, the female camp that was surrounding Hajime was a carnivore with an assertive aspect. They are girls that wanted with all their might for Hajime to ept them. Therefore, hearing the word ¡®improper¡¯ just from one kiss made Hajime show his surprise with his eyes widened reflexively. ¡°Eh? A girl like this, really exists?¡± He was thinking like that inside his heart, it could be said that he was already considerable dyed by the color of Yue and co.
Looking at that state of Hajime, Yue murmured. Even though it seemed to be a whisper, but her voice was transmitted enough to Shia and Kaori and the others too.
¡°¡ What girl power. Yaegashi, is she a monster?¡±
It seemed that Shizuku¡¯s girl power that Yue witnessed was really a cheat. For some reason, Kaori was looking at Yue with the tremendous triumphant look. And then, Shizuku who was showing a tremendous gap of atmosphere with her unease of getting showered by attention from surroundingpared to her usual dignified air was suddenly pushed out forcefully by Kaori as though to show her off.
Yue groaned ¡°muh¡±, and then she pushed out Shia beside her. ¡°He? Wha, what is it?¡± Yue pped the rabbit ears of the troubled Shia using wind to further appeal at the appeal point even more while directing a fearless grin at Kaori.
It appeared that they were doing partner showdown. ¡°My best friend is absolutely cute!¡± Such wordless confrontation was being unfolded right now.
Such usual Yue and Kaori made Shia remonstrates them while showing a troubled smile. She tried to remonstrate them, but a vein appeared on her forehead seeing the two continuing to exchange sparking stare, she cut in between two while tapping Doryukken on her shoulder. A wordless pressure was spreading.
Yue and Kaori drew back with a stiff smile. Shizuku was directing a respecting gaze at Shia. Truly, since they came into this greatbyrinth, Shia¡¯s growth was striking.
Hajime was looking at the state of Shia and co, he then changed the talk while making an admiring expression.
¡°¡ Nevertheless, you reached a draw with Yue who fought seriously. You also rebuked Yue strongly, I¡¯ve got to prepare a present for Shia like this.¡±
¡°Fue? I, is it fine?¡±
Hajime smiled believing that Shia was the MVP for this time with how she scolded Yue¡¯s nonsense and made Yue revoked it with her strength. Shia who was praised suddenly looked happy even while getting flustered.
¡°¡ Shia¡¯s p. It was the first time for me who had never been hit even by my parents. I cannot forget the pain running through my cheek. Wish to your heart¡¯s content.¡±
¡°¡ Yue-san, you are lightly holding a grudge, aren¡¯t you? Well, it¡¯s not like I have some special wish or anything. Everything has already been granted already. It¡¯s fine if Hajime-san gives me a handmade present. The matter with Yue-san was something that I did because I wanted to do it.¡±
If it was in the past, Shia would yell things like ¡°Date!¡± or ¡°Take my first time!¡±, but now she didn¡¯t really get high-spirited overly, rather she was smiling happily while leaving the choice to Hajime.
¡°¡ Whatposure¡ so Shia has already turned into a formidable enemy that rivaled Yue. It was careless of me of all people.¡±
¡°E, err, Kaori? For some reason, your face looks like a character of a dramatic story you know?¡±
¡°Shizuku-chan, so that we can obtain thatposure, I think it¡¯s no good if we are contenting ourselves with our position as a challenger.¡±
¡°Err¡¡±
Theposed attitude of Shia made Kaori feel impatience. Her appearance with her arms crossed and one hand supporting her chin pondering was like a certain schr searching for the truth somewhere. Naturally, Shizuku was bewildered by her best friend¡¯s entricity.
Looking at such a Shizuku, Kaori opened her eyes wide *kah!* and dered.
¡°Yes, we are not the challenger but we should be the attacker!¡±
¡°¡ Kaori. You are getting tired you know? Let¡¯s calm down a little.¡±
¡°Shizuku-chan, when the conquer of the greatbyrinth is over, let¡¯s attack Hajime-kun when he is asleep with the two of us.¡±
¡°Really, just what are you saying!?¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine. With the trial this time, I have grasped almost all the function of this body, so I think if it¡¯s with the two of us we will manage it somehow.¡±
¡°The thing that has to be done at all cost is about the way Kaori¡¯s head work. I beg you to pleasee back to your senses¡¡±
¡°I, it will be the first time for both of us but¡ let¡¯s have it plundered together okay, Shizuku-chan!¡±
¡°¡ I wonder if I should hit you flying just like what Shia did.¡±
Toward Kaori who was making clenched fists with both her hands while speaking her resolve with rough breathing ¡°Funsu!¡± and red cheeks, Shizuku began to seriously considered whether she should p her with a tired expression. It appeared that her worrying habit still didn¡¯t change even with the various things she had be unbounded from.
¡°¡ Stop with the loveedy, we are proceeding forward.¡±
¡°Feeling this tired after we linked up, just what¡¯s with that.¡±
Suzu and Ryuutaro¡¯s voice that sounded even more tired than Shizuku resounded in the passage, but it seemed that it didn¡¯t enter anyone¡¯s ear. This was after they had finished a serious trial of facing themselves, so perhaps it caused them to lose the restraint of their heart in various things.
With that kind of feeling, they advanced forward with light atmosphere even while putting their guard up for ten minutes.
The party finally arrived at the end of the road. On the ice wall of the end of the road, there was a magic circle carved there in the shape of heptagon where its tops were arranged with the crest of each greatbyrinths. When Hajime and others approached, it began to shine faintly. And then the whole wall was covered with something like a membrane of light. It was a phenomenon that really resembled the entrance of the greatbyrinth.
When Hajime touched it lightly with his fingertips, a ripple spread as though a stone was thrown into water surface. As expected, it seemed that it was a teleport gate.
Hajime turned behind and ran his gaze at all members, then he nodded. Yue and others nodded in response.
And then Hajime and others lept into the light membrane all at once.
¡
¡
¡
¡°¡ It seems this time we aren¡¯t separated, huh.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Also that.¡±
¡°Hmm, it appears that we hath finally arrived.¡±
¡°What a pretty sanctuary.¡±
When the light that dyed their sight cleared up, there was a wide space there.
That beautiful quadrangle space that was supported by several thick ice pirs was made from ice just as expected. It wasn¡¯t ice with high reflection rate that could be mistaken as mirror like all the ice walls until now, but ice wall that was made from pure ice that was really transparent.
And then what attracted their attention the most was the ground. It was overflowing with water that they had never seen at all since they came here. It appeared the temperature of this space wasn¡¯t that low. It seemed that a lot of spring water was flowing in, small fountains were put here and there on the spaciouske surface. Most likely there was also the hole where the water was flowing out.
And then on such ake surface there was the floating floor in the shape of stepping stone that was made from ice. At the other side, ahead of that floor, there was a huge ice sanctuary. It was just right opposite the side where Hajime and others came out from. The foothold of floating ice was continuing until there on the quadrangleke surface.
Because the water didn¡¯t freeze, Hajime experimented by taking off his cold protection artifact. The result was as expected, it was a cold space but it only felt cool and not freezing. Just as Tio said, there was no doubt that this ce was the deepest part of the [Ice and Snow Cavern]. Even for a ¡®liberator¡¯, surely, they would beg off to have a residence with extreme cold.
¡°¡ We¡ conquered it¡ hic- ¡°
¡°Suzu-chan¡ you did it.¡±
Suzu was ovee by emotion and became teary eyed while looking at the sanctuary. In various meaning, she reached this achievement just barely. She failed, broke, but even so, she gritted her teeth and endured, and finally she reached the goal. It was natural for her to be moved. Kaori was gently putting her hand on Suzu¡¯s shoulder while also crying in sympathy.
That deep emotion was also simrly felt by Ryuutaro. ¡°Heh,¡± He chuckled while something shining was gathering a little in his eyes.
¡°¡ We did it.¡±
¡°Yeah. I don¡¯t know how many times I almost died though.¡±
¡°That¡¯s because every time you didn¡¯t think of the consequences and just charged.¡±
¡°Nooo, haha, well, the result is alright so ain¡¯t that fine.¡±
When Shizuku pped lightly at Ryuutaro¡¯s arm, contrary to his words Ryuutaro averted his eyes awkwardly.
With Hajime at the head, they used the ice foothold and advanced to the sanctuary. They managed to cross to the opposite shore without anything especially happened. A magic circle was drawn at a deep pool of the opposite shore. Nothing happened when they stepped on it, so thinking about it based on the position, perhaps it was a magic circle for a shortcut.
The entrance of the sanctuary was arge double door, there a crest that resembled snow crystal was drawn. It was the crest of the liberator ¡®Vandol Shune¡¯. There was no sign of something like a seal or anything, when Hajime put his strength and pushed, it opened without resistance.
¡°Even though the appearance is a sanctuary, the inside is like a house, huh.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. It¡¯s like Oscar¡¯s hideout.¡±
Ahead of the opened door, there was nothing at all like stained ss or altar like in church. In exchange, there was an entrance of the mansion with a chandelier made from ice hanging above. There was a corridor that continued inside and a stair that went to the second floor from two sides.
Hajime used thepass and searched for the magic circle¡¯s location. ording to thepass, it seemed that it was at the inner part of the straight passage on the first floor. Everyone advanced to the inside following Hajime¡¯s lead. On the way, there were several rooms, so they tried to open the door, inside there was just normal furniture put there. The ice wall too when they tried to touch it only felt cool and not cold. Just like Hajime¡¯s cold protection artifact, surely there was some kind of cold protection measure applied to it.
Like that, they advanced while admiring the inside of the mansion, and finally, they found a thick door.
¡°It¡¯s here.¡±
Hajime whispered that and opened the door without hesitation. Inside there was indeed the magic circle that was their aim.
Everyone quickly entered into that magic circle. Just like usual, the inside of their brain was scrutinized and in the head of the people whosebyrinth capture was recognized, the age of the god¡¯s magic was engraved immediately.
Thest of that??by acquiring the [Metamorphosis Magic], Shia and others looked at each other¡¯s face with their happiness in to see, at that time,
¡°Guu!? GaAAh!!¡±
¡°¡ -, UuUUUUH!!¡±
Screams filled with anguish resounded. Shia and others were startled and moved their gaze in that direction. Over there were the figures of Hajime and Yue on their knee while holding their head as though they were enduring fierce headache.
¡°Hajime-san!? Yue-san!?¡±
¡°What¡¯s the matter, both of you!!¡±
Shia and Shizuku raised shocked voices.
¡°Calm down! Kaori! Don¡¯t be befuddled!¡±
¡°Eh? Ah, yes, I¡¯ll examine them immediately!¡±
Tio¡¯s thunderous roar fell on the members that were all shook up from the sudden happening. The healing expert Kaori was also scolded before she returned to her senses.
And then when she was about to examine in hurry, right after that,
¡°-a¡¡±
¡°¡ nh.¡±
Hajime and Yue that were sweating a lot seemed to be released from the unknown pain, strength left their body and they slumped down, they fainted just like that. Shia and Shizuku immediately supported them. Looking for their state, it appeared that the two of them fainted together.
A burden to the degree that caused the two who had surpassed cheat character and reached bug level to faint¡ just what in the world happened. Silence returned to the room and a dumbfounded atmosphere was flowing.
¡°For the time being, we have to rest the two of them¡¡±
The words of Tio (pervert), who became reliable with admirable calmness in this kind of time, made the confused members look at each other¡¯s faces.
Chapter 150
Chapter 150
Magic¡¯s Depth
The first-rate sensation he felt on his lips gradually led Hajime¡¯s consciousness to awaken.
¡°¡ What are you doing Yue?¡±
¡°¡ Nn? Wake up kiss.¡±
There was such a lovely way to wake up someone in this world. For a part of that riajuu. (TN: Riajuu, a person who is satisfied with his real life. Damn riajuu, just explode)
Hajime returned a light kiss at Yue who was lying down on top of him while kissing him, then he swept his gaze at the surroundings. What entered his sight was the familiar ice wall and a bed he was tucked in, and then several types of furniture.
It seemed that he was inside the mansion made from ice at the deepest part of the Ice and Snow Cavern. While pondering that, Hajime returned his gaze to Yue who was staring at him with moist eyes from a really close range.
¡°¡ So we were carried to a room somewhere because we passed out. Yue, what about the others?¡±
¡°¡ Nn, sorry. I woke up just now so I don¡¯t know.¡±
Hajime thought that Yue had surely woke up first and grasped the situation beforeing to wake him up, but his expectation was wrong. Hajime floated a troubled expression while once again asking Yue, who was still lying on top of him while making lovely gestures, her chin resting in her hands and her bare feet moving up and down in the air.
¡°¡ How long have you been awake?¡±
¡°Nn¡ about ten minutes ago?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t tell me, since then you have been in this position all along?¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Because when my eyes opened Hajime was there.¡±
¡®Because a mountain is there.¡¯ While spouting out a line like a certain mountain climber somewhere, Yue pressed her lips *chuu* at Hajime.
Before Hajime had confirmed that at the edge of his field of vision there was another bed. He also had confirmed that its sheets were disarrayed. In other words, after Yue woke up in the neighboring bed, rather than understanding the surrounding situation or trying to ask an exnation from the other members, she instead slipped into Hajime¡¯s bed. Regardless of his passed-out situation from an unexpected ident, she picked the choice of the lovely wakening up.
She was shaken so much in thest trial to the degree that Shia scolded her, after that she finally reunited with Hajime and spoke about her worry, and just when she was about to kiss him with overflowing emotion, it was blocked by the girl power cheat character¡ now the trial was over already, and her beloved person was sleeping beside her defenselessly¡ because of that, it seemed that she couldn¡¯t hold back.
Really, really, what a¡ lovely lover she was, Hajime¡¯s eyes turned into a wild beast. Yue smiled bewitchingly ¡°Fufu- ¡°to such a Hajime. Her tongue licking her lips very seductively.
¡°Yue. It seems that I need a little more time before I wake up.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Then, until you are awake¡ I¡¯ll do you.¡±
Their lips piled up once more. Vivid sound colored with dampness resounded inside the room. At the same time, ¡°Nna¡±, a sweet gasping voice caught in the nose resounded.
Just as it seemed that the two might do it until they got naked, at that time, a sound of the door opening was suddenly¡
¡°Nn? You two woke up¡ waittt, juust whaaat are you two doinggg-!¡±
The one who entered was Shia. Looking at Hajime and Yue who were entangled on top of the bed with their fiercely disarrayed clothes, her rabbit ears bristled *bosaa!*
¡°Shia? What¡¯s the¡ Hajime-kun? Yue? Just what are you two doing I wonder? I wonder?¡±
¡°??¡±
Behind Shia, Kaori who peeked her head in materialized a hannya mask behind her. Shizuku covered her red face with both her hands. However, following a clich¨¦, she didn¡¯t forget to peek between her fingers¡¯ gap. Since she became aware of her love to Hajime, she was also excessively conscious to that kind of act, but she couldn¡¯t help but hold interest.
On the other hand, about Hajime and Yue who were interrupted before they went further, they directed their sight to those three while embracing each other. Then they immediately looked at each other, moved their gaze once more to the three, and said out words with splendid synchronization.
¡°Come back two hourster.¡± X2
In response, the reaction of Shia and others were naturally¡
¡°Are you stupidddd??!!¡±
¡°It¡¯s obviously not allowedddddd!!¡±
¡°¡¡±
Angry roars reverberated in the ice mansion. Only one person was stealing nces at the exposed chest of Hajime with her face still red.
The bed was overturned with Hajime and Yue still on it and then they were dragged out, Shia and Kaori forcibly moved them to the living room at a corner of the mansion. It seemed that Shizuku was still unable toe out of her daze with her eyes still swimming around busily.
At the center, there was a table of ice that didn¡¯t feel cold, its surroundings included a leather sofa. Ryuutaro and Suzu were already sitting on the sofa, their eyes were opened wide at Hajime and Yue who were dragged out by their scruff of their necks.
¡°Oi, oi, just what in the hell¡¡±
¡°Aa, Suzu somehow understand what¡¯s going on here.¡±
It seemed that Suzu could imagine what was going on. Her gaze was directed at the clothes of Hajime and Yue that were mostly still disarrayed. Chasing after Suzu¡¯s gaze, it seemed that Ryuutaro also guessed the generality of the event. But right after that, something traversed the room with high speed, *zubishi!* and a loud sound was raised from Ryuutaro¡¯s strongly flicked temple.
¡°Abeh!?¡±
Raising a strange scream, Ryuutaro rolled behind the sofa. He was pressing on his temple thinking ¡°That¡¯s unreasonable-!!¡± while writhing around.
¡°¡ Hmph. That¡¯s the punishment for seeing Yue¡¯s immodest figure.¡±
¡°¡ Nn, jealousy? Hajime, cute.¡±
Yes, what flicked Ryuutaro¡¯s temple was Hajime¡¯s bullet. A punishment for Ryuutaro who saw ¡®Yue in disarrayed clothes¡¯¡ Indeed, it was unreasonable.
¡°Geez-! Both of you, you are not reflecting! ¡ Just how much do you think we are worrying hereee.¡±
Looking at such a Hajime and Yue who were acting carefree, Shia was trembling in rage. However, in the middle, she lost her momentum and sat down beside the two with teary eyes. Her appearance faithfully disyed just how much she was worried for the two who passed out for an unknown reason right after they cleared the greatbyrinth.
¡°It¡¯s just as Shia said. ¡ We were really worried.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. We wanted you two to quickly show your energetic faces.¡±
It appeared that Kaori and Shizuku felt the same. Simr with Shia, they were directing slightly wet eyes at Hajime and Yue.
Looking at those three as expected even the two couldn¡¯t help but feel guilt. The two looked at each other awkwardly and then lowered their heads at the same time.
¡°Aa, no, really that was my bad. When I woke up a super beautiful girl was kissing me so, my reasoning was blown away¡ yep, it¡¯s the fault of Yue being too cute.¡±
¡°¡ Nn, sorry. I should notify you all immediately. ¡ But when I noticed a defenseless Hajime beside me I couldn¡¯t hold back. It¡¯s the fault of Hajime being too cool.¡±
They were¡ lowering their head? It felt somehow like that.
¡°¡ Both of you, are not reflecting, are you?¡±
¡°Haa, it¡¯s enough already. More than this is just going to make us tired mentally.¡±
¡°After looking with awareness of my own feeling, various things areing to me¡¡±
Seeing Hajime and Yue apologized while naturally whispering love fondly at each other, Shia directed a re at them and Kaori made a tired expression. Shizuku made an expression that was a loss of words from realizing once more how strong an existence Yue was.
But, at that time, the door of the room made an opening sound. The one who entered was Tio.
¡°Oo, master and also Yue art safe then. I¡¯m d, I¡¯m d. It¡¯s the best that what I was doing was just a wasted effort.¡±
¡°Ah, Tio-san. I¡¯m sorry, I forgot to tell you about this.¡±
Shia¡¯s expression turned apologetic looking at Tio whose expression burst into a smile seeing Hajime and Yue¡¯s appearance.
Tio investigated the magic circle of the age of god magic and the mansion¡¯s library in the worst case that Hajime and Yue wouldn¡¯t wake up to determine the cause of their fainting. Shia whose attention waspletely taken by her happiness of Hajime and Yue waking up and then by her anger at the two who were flirting without considering other people¡¯s feeling had forgotten to contact Tio.
¡°It¡¯s fine, it¡¯s fine. In any case, right after master and Yue opened their eyes, they must be doing that kind of thing, weren¡¯t they?¡±
¡°You really get it¡¡±
¡°Hmm. That¡¯s natural. If I am in Yue¡¯s position, I will do the same thing! And then, master who scorns my disarrayed appearance will do that kind of thing and this kind of thing¡ nh, nh, haa haa.¡±
¡°And, just what happened to Hajime-kun and Yue?¡±
¡°Both of you raised a really pained voice and fainted, that was a really shocking matter.¡±
Kaori and Shizuku beautifully ignored Tio who was beginning to pant with an expression of ecstasy from her imagination and asked Hajime and Yue.
Naturally, Hajime and Yue acted like Tio was not there, they sat on the sofa while showing their intention to exin. Shia and the others also sat on the sofa. The fallen Ryuutaro also sat back on the sofa while rubbing his red forehead. There was no ce for Tio to sit. She was kneeling seiza on the floor.
¡°Now then, the reason why I and Yue fainted¡ that¡¯s right, to say it simply, our head or mind got overheated, something like that.¡±
¡°Overheated, is it?¡±
Hajime¡¯s beginning exnation made Shia tilted her head.
¡°Yeah. At that time, thest age of god magic??¡¯Metamorphosis Magic¡¯ was engraved in our brain, after that, I and Yue were forcefully made to understand something further. The burden of that was too big, and it made us unable to maintain our consciousness.¡±
¡°Hmm¡ a burden so big that master and Yue couldn¡¯t endure¡ was it about knowing the particrs regarding concept magic?¡±
¡°¡ Nn. As expected, Tio. Yourprehension is fast although you are a pervert. Although you are a pervert¡¡±
It was said twice although it wasn¡¯t important. Although she was a pervert but as always her guessing was outstanding. Tio had been thinking what was the difference between Hajime and Yue with the other members, and she noticed the point that it was only those two who had obtained all the age of god magic. She did that while sitting seiza on the floor and grinning from the numbness in her feet.
Luluo Haltina said that their hand would reach concept magic when they obtained all the age of god magic. And then among these members, it was only Hajime and Yue who had obtained all the age of god magic. Tio who fully remembered even that point conjectured that perhaps the burden of having the knowledge of magic that surpassed the age of god magic engraved in their mind wasrge.
She investigated inside the mansion thinking of the possibility outside of that for her peace of mind, she did that surely because even with her conjecture she couldn¡¯t just stay still with the condition of the two like that. Her speech and conduct were disgusting, but it appeared that she was worrying from the bottom of her heart, simr to Shia and others.
And then, the guess of such a Tio was right on the mark. Hajime and Yue, after they obtained metamorphosis magic the same as the other, they had the knowledge regarding concept magic engraved further into their mind.
Knowing the reason why Hajime and Yue fainted, Shia and others nodded in understanding. For the time being, they leaked a sigh of relief after hearing that there was no after effect or anything to the two. Kaori pulled herself together and asked something she was the most concerned about.
¡°Concept magic¡ with that, we can go back home to Japan, right? By any chance, you two can use it already now?¡±
¡°No, not yet. Just like Luluo said, just because you have the knowledge doesn¡¯t mean you can use it. Besides, the knowledge we obtained is also not something like the concrete way of learning or the way to use it, if I have to say what is it then it¡¯s something like hypothesis knowledge.¡±
¡°Hypothesis knowledge?¡±
Shizuku asked by repeating the words. This talk was about the possibility of them returning home. Beginning from Shizuku, even Ryuutaro, Suzu, and Kaori too made a serious expression.
¡°Yeah. For example, the metamorphosis magic that you guys too are able to obtain this time, how do you guys understand that magic?¡±
¡°Eh? Err, let¡¯s see. From the knowledge engraved in our mind, it¡¯s a magic that remakes a normal organism into a monster, isn¡¯t it? Using the magic power of the caster and the magic power of the target organism, it forms magic stone inside the body, with that as the core it¡¯s possible to remake the flesh of the body.¡±
¡°Yes. I understand it like that too. Also, it looks like we can interfere with the already existing magic stone of a monster and mix our magic power into it to strengthen them and also make them submit.¡±
Shizuku and Kaori¡¯s understanding was matching in general.
If it was exined further, metamorphosis magic had enhancement levels. In the case of transforming the normal living thing into a monster, the target would lose most of their reason and thought, and they would move following just their instinct. It was said that wild monsters came from the normal living things. In a particr ce and through months and years absorbing the magic element in the surrounding and also with various other factors to naturally produce a magic stone, and the first level of metamorphosis, using metamorphosis magic was exceedingly close to this wild monster.
This wild monster would recover their reason and thought if they were strengthened even more using metamorphosis magic, furthermore, with the magic power of the caster mixing into the magic stone as the cause, it would be like imprinting and the monster would submit to the caster as though toward their parent. It needed not to be said what would happen if from the beginning the magic stone was created only from the magic power of the caster.
With skill, it was possible to pile up the performing of the metamorphosis many times and create a powerful monster to that extent??or rather than saying creating it was possible to grow a strong monster. However, the flesh of the target would break down if the metamorphosis was carried out with immature skill so caution was necessary.
¡°In other words, this is a magic to create obedient monsters, huh. As expected. Thinking about the steps, that white dragon seems like it has been considerably strengthened, though¡¡±
¡°Uun, Suzu has only seen it once so she cannot say it clearly but¡ if Orcus¡¯s monsters are divided in level by each floor, that white dragon is about level three hundred Suzu thinks? Suzu guesses that it¡¯s about three to four times stronger than the monster in the eightieth floor.¡±
¡°Ain¡¯t that more of it? It was weakened, but the great barrier of the capital was broken by just one dragon, that one yeah? Even Nagumo, you evaded its breath. Ain¡¯t it about level 400?¡±
The talk was a little derailed. But Ryuutaro¡¯s guess wasn¡¯t mistaken. The white dragon strengthened by that Freed, if the monster at the floor 80 of the outeryerbyrinth of Orcus was about level 80, then the strength of that white dragon was about five times of that if it was now, then it was about six, seven times stronger.
Hajime¡¯s face frowned for a moment as though he was recalling an irritating guy, but he pulled himself together and returned the talk back to its track.
¡°Well, in general, you are not wrong. Metamorphosis magic is certainly a magic that creates a monster to follow you. But, that¡¯s a little inurate. What is called metamorphosis magic, to define it more urately¡ that¡¯s right, I guess it¡¯s a ¡®magic that interferes at organic material¡¯?¡±
¡°Err¡¡±
Shia¡¯s eyes were swimming in perplexity. Putting aside Kaori and others, for Shia, those were words she was unfamiliar with. It seemed that Tio was also in the same state. Noticing that, Hajime cleared his throat and corrected himself.
¡°Let¡¯s see¡ it¡¯s a littlecking in uracy, but to say it in easier to understand manner, you can also think of it as magic that interferes at material that originated from living thing. In other words, if you feel like it, not just an animal but something like a nt, and also things that are made from that??for example food or paper, this magic can also interfere with that kind of thing. Of course, it can also interfere at the human. The magic stone is nothing more than a byproduct.¡±
ording to Hajime¡¯s further summary, metamorphosis magic wasn¡¯t ¡®magic that created magic stone and produced monster¡¯, magic stone was nothing more than energy body created as the result of interfering at the target using one¡¯s own magic power and metamorphosis magic, in reality, it was magic that directly operated at flesh or the likes. And so if one felt like it, it seemed that it was theoretically possible to cause metamorphosis without producing magic stones.
¡°¡ Nn, this is only a guess, but the ¡®dragification¡¯ of Tio and others of the dragon n, if the origin is traced, I think it has the root from this magic.¡±
¡°Hoho, so the metamorphosis magic is the origin of my race¡ hmm, I see.¡±
Sending a nce at Tio who was thinking deeply, Hajime continued his exnation.
¡°The hypothesis knowledge I said before, that is, in other words, that kind of thing. Age of god magic are magic that interferes at ¡®principle¡¯, but we didn¡¯t really understand the exact foundation of that power. With obtaining concept magic as the absolute prerequisite, it was necessary topletely understand all the age of god magic.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Besides, to understand this is too deep of an abyss, if someone is not in the level that can conquer all the trials, their body and heart won¡¯t be able to endure the burden and they will break.¡±
That was the reason that in order to arrive at concept magic there was a need to earn all the age of god magic.
The current Hajime and Yue understood that even their understanding until now toward the age of god magic was still shallow.
For example, the creation magic that Hajime obtained the very first, and he used to keep his life until now. It wasn¡¯t ¡®magic to assign magic into mineral¡¯ if it was expressed more urately then it was a ¡®magic that interferes at inorganic material¡¯, a magic that was the opposite of metamorphosis magic. And so theoretically this magic should be able to interfere with things like water or salt too, not just mineral.
Furthermore, gravity magic was something that should be expressed as ¡®magic that interfere with the energy of star¡¯, not only gravity, theoretically, it could also interfere with things like earth vein or terrestrial heat, bedrock or magma, it wasn¡¯t impossible to use this magic to purposefully generate earthquake or volcano eruption.
Space magic was a ¡®magic that interferes at boundary¡¯. Elimination of race-creature gap, formting new boundary to create spirit world, it could be thought that those kinds of things were also possible.
Regeneration magic was ¡®magic that interfere at time¡¯. The use of regeneration magic was more of restoration rather than healing, it was just a portion of it. Originally it was possible to interfere with time itself using this magic, it could catch a glimpse of the past or take a peek at several branches of the procession of time. Shia¡¯s characteristic magic of ¡®Future Viewing¡¯ was likely originated from this magic.
To define Soul magic the expression of ¡®magic that interfere with negative material possessed by living thing¡¯ showed its true nature the most. To say it specifically, this magic could also interfere with things like energy inside the body that was magic power, heat, electricity, then thought, consciousness, memory. Although this magic was designated as ¡®soul¡¯, what Yue and others could exercise with this magic was interference at thought body more urately. And then if someone could handle this magic perfectly, the caster could personally create consciousness and the like, they could configure it too. To put another way, it was possible to create artificial intelligence using magic.
Expressing sublimation magic as ¡®magic that interfere with the information of existing thing¡¯ was more urate definition. Its function that evolved an ability by a level was, for example, interfering a body information that said level 1 and raised it up to level 2. If the user reached the root, it was possible to browse and interfere with the information of all existing object.
The names of the age of god magic that Hajime and others recognized until now were only given by taking into consideration the interference that was possible to be done using the human body.
By the way, the pass of guidance¡¯ used soul magic to surmise what the user was wishing for, then using space magic it ignored the spatial gap and distance and searched the target, it seemed that thepass used sublimation magic to supplement the information of the target. All of those functions couldn¡¯t be aplished using the age of magic as they did until now.
After Hajime exined about those things too, in addition, Shizuku¡¯s expression turnedplicated.
¡°I see now. This is real, big, and yet these magics can interfere with fundamental matter. It seems that these surpassed the territory that humans can touch. ¡ But, after hearing all those, I guess that you two still cannot create the concept magic for the sake of returning home then? Based on what I heard, it feels like it has considerable difficulty¡¡±
¡°Well, certainly it will be difficult. Luluo exined it lightly as the purpose of the utmost limits or something, but in reality, it¡¯s exactly as she said. We need to raise up our ¡®wish¡¯ using soul magic and sublimation magic until concept level, then we need to grant it magic power and forcefully materialize it¡ saying it simply it¡¯s like that, but normally it won¡¯t seed even using sublimation magic.¡±
On the contrary, in concept magic the user needed the purpose of that time as the base, so just because it seeded to be used once didn¡¯t mean in the next times from then on it would be stable to use. Normally it became a magic that was just ime use.
¡°¡ Nn. We have to use Hajime¡¯s creation magic to endow the concept magic to something like thepass.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. Yue¡¯s control ability for magic and my transmutation¡ we need to match our breath and create an artifact endowed with the concept to cross the worlds. But, we also need a concept for preventing summoning here again, like that¡ it will take some time for those.¡±
¡°It¡¯s not impossible, right?¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t that obvious? I¡¯ll make it a sess no matter what. I crawled until here for that sake. I can start right away for the returning home artifact, I¡¯ll work out the concept for defending against interference from those guys too without fail.¡±
Hajime¡¯s eyes looked like it was zing up fiercely. He had survived through a severe environment and continued to wish earnestly to return home. It was unforgivable to stumble in this kind of ce, such fierce will was gleaming inside his eyes.
Kaori and others who saw that had their chest constricted by homesickness thinking ¡°Aa, we really can go home¡±, tears were gathering in their eyes.
Hajime and Yue looked at each other and nodded once, then they suddenly stood up.
¡°We are going to try it right away?¡±
¡°Yeah. I managed to sort the knowledge while we are talking. It¡¯s like I¡¯m a horse that got a carrot dangled in front of my eyes. I¡¯ve got to try it now.¡±
Hajime punched on his palm with a snap. Looking at such Hajime, Yue¡¯s hand softly touched him to calm him down. The sensation of the small willowy hand immediately calmed down Hajime¡¯s heart. It felt like a sweet space was going to form once more, so Suzu opened her mouth with somewhat flustered feeling.
¡°Err, Nagumo-kun. About the magic for going home to Japan, how much time it¡¯s going to take you think? If possible, Suzu also wants to look when it¡¯spleted but¡ if it¡¯s going to take long, Suzu and others also have to make various preparations.¡±
¡°I, see. I don¡¯t think it will take that long if it¡¯s just the magic for going home. After all, no one can say that my desire for going home is not at the extreme. But, for the defense against magical interference from others¡. honestly, I don¡¯t know. I also feel like I can make it quickly but¡¡±
¡°Is that so? Suzu got it. Then, Suzu and others will concentrate on resting until the magic for going home is finished. It doesn¡¯t seem like there is another thing we need to do until we understand whether we can really go home¡ there is also the metamorphosis magic that we finally obtained, so the journey to the devil territory will be after that. Err, what are Shizushizu and others going to do?¡±
Suzu decided about her n from now on and then checked at Shizuku and others. For Suzu, Shizuku had also finally noticed her feeling, she was thinking whether Shizuku would be wishing to be at Hajime¡¯s side from here on or not. While she was at it, she was also confirming whether Ryuutaro was really intending to embark right in the middle of enemy territory together with her.
¡°Of course, I will go together with Suzu.¡±
¡°Me too.¡±
In respond, Shizuku and Ryuutaro answered instantly.
¡°Putting aside Ryuutaro-kun, is it fine for you Shizushizu? You finally¡¡±
¡°What are you saying? This and that are different matters. I cannot just leave Suzu in the care of the two idiots. Besides, we won¡¯t be staying there for long anyway, right? We are going to escape right away after aplishing our objective and link up with Nagumo-kun. I won¡¯t feel lonely. Besides, I too won¡¯t be able to settle down without saying something to Eri.¡±
Toward Shizuku who shrugged indifferently, Suzu understood that it was Shizuku¡¯s real feelings, Suzu hugged her while praising ¡°As expected from a woman that makes other woman fall in love, that¡¯s so manly!¡±, but Shizuku showed a vein on her forehead from getting told she was manly and grounded her fist on Suzu¡¯s head, making her scream.
Suzu changed the topic with teary eyes.
¡°N, next about Kouki-kun¡¡±
Those words made Hajime went ¡°Hm?¡± and he tilted his head. And then his gaze swept through the room.
¡°Now that you mentioned it, where is that guy?¡±
¡°So, you only noticed just now that he is not here. ¡ If it¡¯s Kouki, then he is still sleeping in a different room. He has deep damage, so it seems it will still take a bit more until he wakes up.¡±
It seemed that until now Hajime forgot about Kouki¡¯s existence, to such a person Shizuku exined while making an expression showing a loss for words.
Kouki¡¯s wound should have beenpletely healed by Kaori, so the deep damage she meant must be the mental damage. It should be possible to heal that too using soul magic that manifests its essential power, but even for Kaori who had grasped on how to use Nointo¡¯s body, as expected it was next to impossible to exercise the deepest mysteries of an age of god magic. Combined with the factor that the more difficult it was to interfere, the deeper the mental damage was, it was appropriate for now to leave it to Kouki¡¯s natural healing.
¡°Well, it doesn¡¯t matter. After this, I and Yue will seclude ourselves inside the room where the magic circle of the age of god magic is located to create an artifact endowed with concept magic. In the worst case that Amanogawa wakes up during that time, don¡¯t let him be a hindrance.¡±
¡°Hindrance you say¡ no way he gonna do that while you are making the tool for going home, right?¡±
Ryuutaro objected while making a bewildered expression.
¡°If that¡¯s the case then that¡¯s fine. But his mental burden was great, and I don¡¯t think it¡¯s going to happen but the possibility that he will get deranged when he wakes up is not zero. Well, this is just for in case. As expected, I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll have any leeway in the middle of working.¡±
¡°Leave it to me Hajime-san. I cannot help out, but in exchange, I won¡¯t let anyone be a hindrance,¡± Shia dered full of confidence with her chest puffed out brazenly.
¡°Yeah. I¡¯m counting on you, Shia.¡±
¡°¡ I¡¯m relieved with Shia here.¡±
That strong and reliable appearance and words caused Hajime and Yue to also smile at her with unparalleled trust.
Like that the two went to the room with the magic circle of the age of god magic once more, they vanished behind the thick door while Shia and others were seeing them off.
Chapter 151
Chapter 151
Hajime¡¯s Path
¡°Is it all okay?¡± In the living room of the ice home, Suzu muttered to herself with an anxious voice while sitting on the sofa.
Therefore, Kaori who also sat on the sofa asked gently. ¡°Is what ¡®okay¡¯?¡±
¡°Mmm? All of it? Did Nagumo not fall unconscious? Can we return to Japan, truly? Will Kouki be alright? This trip to the demon territory¡ this¡¡±
After taking this period to rest, it leaves the body with nothing else to do but think about these various things.
Since Hajime had started to make the artifact using concept magic, they had shut themselves up in their room for thest two hours.
When you include the time that Hajime and Yue had fainted, where they had nothing to do, they had plenty of time to recover. This left them time to think about unnecessary things.
¡°Suzu-chan¡ we¡¯re safe. Hajime will get past any difficulty. And with Yue by his side, the impossible only bes possible.¡±
¡°Kaori¡¡±
¡°In addition, it¡¯s up to Kouki to do something about Kouki. Of course, I¡¯ll help as far as I can. As with Eri, I think¡ yes, we need to charge forward. There is nothing more to it. Thinking too much will only make you tired.¡±
To the rough encouragement, Suzu responded instinctively with surprising courageousness. ¡°Kaori¡ has be handsome. You¡¯ve already have bepletely influenced by Nagumo-kun.¡±
¡°It is different, Suzu. For a long time, Kaori charges when she can decide. Kaori¡¯s decisions, 90% of the time, are to charge forward.¡±
¡°Suzu-chan, It is¡ Shizuku-chan¡ so cruel¡ I am not like Ryuutaro-kun¡¡±
¡°Hey, Kaori¡ why is being the same as me considered cruel? Am I noticing casual abuse?¡± Ryuutaro spat out with a bitter expression which concerned nobody.
Though Kaori wore her lips in a bit of sulk, but she took to heart immediately and fixed her eyes on Suzu.
¡°Anyway, I don¡¯t know how things will turn out with Eri, but I will follow you and help. We need to get out of there in the confusion if things go bad.¡±
Kaori smoothly dered something frightful, but it was another word that Suzu was caught on. Blinking in surprise, she responded timidly in confirmation.
¡°Oh, oh, then Kaori wille with me?¡±
¡°Of course, I can¡¯t neglect Shizu and Suzu.¡±
¡°But, Hajime¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s the same as Shizu-chan, it¡¯ll be a while before we have the artifact that will allow us to return. We¡¯ll also need to meet up to Lemia and Myuu. I can¡¯t help with the artifact, so I think what I should do it protect Suzu then¡¡±
¡°Ah¡ Kaori is¡ a good child, a really good child¡ and, thank you very much.¡±
¡°Suzu-chan, what¡¯s with the Kansai ent?¡±
To Kaori¡¯s words, Suzu made a joke while whipping away a tear. She was too embarrassed to return her sentiment seriously.
¡°If Kaories, you should be fine. Hmmm¡ before this mistress goes to Goshujin-sama¡¯s world, I should return to my n as well.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right, Tio-san. You¡¯re a daughter of the n. What¡¯s it like, I had forgotten about that.¡±
¡°Well, I mean¡ I guess you¡¯d like to meet the dragonkin?¡±
¡°Well, we have space transfer magic set up so we could go there immediately. It¡¯s definitely beyond the mountains in the north ¨C across the continent on a solitary ind.¡±
Tio gave a puzzled look so Shia recalled from her memory. When they left this world, Tio thought that she might not have the time to visit her family.
¡°Well¡well, that is certainly the case. If I could receive jealous love punishment from Goshujin-sama before departing, that will be¡ let¡¯s double the speed. Return home through the gate!¡±
¡°¡If we return and her kin sees her ecstatic expression on her face¡ they will be shocked. It would be good if it doesn¡¯t be a panic.¡±
While Tio imagined Hajime¡¯s love and floating a smirk, Shia, and the others had a sick feeling while imagining the unpleasantness of that reunion.
After returning and seeing Tio, who has changed into a deviant, what kind of reaction would the dragonkin have? As Shia imagined it, Hajime would need to take responsibility. Shia let out a sigh as she imagined what should be done with Tio¡¯s family.
At that point, the door of the living room made a noise as it slowly opened.
¡°Did we stay here¡¡±
¡°Oh, Kouki. You woke up, how do you feel?¡±
It was Kouki who had entered. It seems he had awoken to find the other members.
Although it was Shizuku¡¯s aim to look aloof, she had immediately hidden her vignce in a smile while asking about his condition. Kouki smiled back, in the same way, However, it seemed that his expression was shadowed.
¡°I¡¯m okay, I¡¯m sorry I worried you.¡±
¡°Even now, it¡¯s fine as long as you¡¯re safe.¡±
¡°It seems that I have recovered.¡±
¡°That¡¯s really good.¡±
Shizuku rejoiced at Kouki¡¯s recovery. Kouki smiled once more and gazed around the room looking for someone. His expression stiffened as if he was getting nervous. Kaori who saw this answered with a bitter smile.
¡°If it is Hajime-kun, he¡¯s in another room now, so he isn¡¯t here.¡±
Well¡so¡so I probably need to apologize for being a nuisance¡ in various ways, but¡¡±
Apparently, it seemed like he was no longer rampaging against Hajime like he was during the trial. His mental condition seemed to be rtively calm. Rather, it may be more urate to say he seemed depressed over calm.
¡°I don¡¯t think Hajime-kun minds, as long as you¡¯re not rampaging anymore he wouldn¡¯t demand an apology.¡±
¡°Shia-san¡ maybe so, after all¡¡±
Kouki wore a sour look full of bitterness. Though Kouki¡¯s recklessness has been troublesome, Hajime did not worry especially because it wasn¡¯t that inconvenient. The way it was, it could be said to be like a child who had a temper tantrum and struck out.
Though it was certainly murderous intent he had faced, the behavior was stupid and Hajime gave priority to avoid hurting Kaori (and incidentally Shizuku). At least, he had not given a great deal of time and effort, his body and heart having be strong enough to shoulder that troublesome burden.
¡°Did the sleep snap you out of your delusions, or do you still think Nagumo-kun has brainwashed us?¡± Shizuku asked severely while narrowing her eyes.
Kouki being unhurt and Kouki being in control were different questions entirely. Hajime likely wouldn¡¯t permit him raging out of control a second time, and it needed to be understood that Hajime didn¡¯t kill him despite the killing intent because of them.
After receiving the still voice and re from Shizuku, Kouki quickly turned his eyes. But Shizuku didn¡¯t permit such spoiled behavior.
¡°Kouki, don¡¯t look away.¡±
¡°Well¡ ah¡ I do not think that anymore. At that time, it really seemed like¡¡±
Kouki¡¯s face held a shadowed expression, but he answered firmly while looking up at Shizuku. For a while, Shizuku looked back at Kouki. Likely to try to understand his thoughts through his eyes. Shia acted simrly.
Eventually, although it was hard to say for certain, they were convinced that showed a tentative assent. Shizuku nodded.
¡°Well, if it is OK¡ Kouki. Is there anything you¡¯d like to ask?¡±
Because the atmosphere was awkward, to change those drifting feelings, Shizuku turned to Kouki.
Were those feelings transmitted to Kouki? Kouki floated a small wry smile. He asked what happened after he had fainted.
And¡ all of the members except Kouki captured thebyrinth. Hajime and Yue looked into the abyss of concept magic. And at the present, they were shut off by themselves trying to create an artifact for their return.
Although Kouki¡¯s expression didn¡¯t particrly change as he remained silent and listened, it was obvious that he had wanted to ovee his native self. When he couldn¡¯t capture thest trial, it was easy to imagine his inner heart wouldn¡¯t be calm.
And has his childhood friend, Shizuku was hesitant on whether she should say was Kouki wanted to hear most. That is what caused Kouki to fall apart in the first ce. Kouki made his own convenient interpretations in defiance of Shizuku¡¯s attempt to persuade him.
Shizuku waited for Kouki to ask, but decided that the likelihood that he wouldn¡¯t hear what she said was high given his situation.
¡°¡Kouki, I came to like Nagumo-kun. I want him to see me as a woman.¡±
¡°¡¡±
To Shizuku¡¯s words, Kouki¡¯s expression distorted momentarily. The words were told to him by his childhood friend right at his side. However, the reality of it would take a long time for Kouki to recognize. Shizuku appearing on Hajime¡¯s shoulders with a sleeping face that seemed happy and relieved crossed his mind.
¡°With that, will you follow Nagumo in the future? Nagumo has a favorite, and there is Kaori, too? Shouldn¡¯t you reconsider¡ Shizuku? It¡¯s kind of a bad trap¡¡±
While paying close attention as to not leak out ck emotions that gushed from his heart, Shizuku shook her head to cover over Kouki¡¯s words.
¡°Kouki, I¡¯m not looking for your opinion. I am merely telling you. Because you are a childhood friend.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Kouki kept silent with a sour expression not knowing how to speak. Somehow, it was Ryuutaro and Suzu who covered for her with their own nces. In a look, Kaori provided meaning that they would not struggle for the same man as best friends. It was a quiet expression of affirmation from all three of them. Of course, it was Shizuku¡¯s words that were affirming how she felt.
Realizing there was no one to back him up, Kouki erased the expression on his face. It was impossible to dismiss the reality that was unfavorable to Kouki. All those feelings of irritation, frustration, envy, and hatred began to wander for a false point to cling to.
However, there was nothing to rampage with just feelings. This wasn¡¯t about Hajime as an object and above all else, it was made clear. The feelings that stagnated darkly didn¡¯t have any fangs to bite. This was a big opportunity¡
Although Suzu empathized with the dark feelings that Kouki could separate himself from, but either way, he had to get over it himself, he needed to face the problems.
Even with such an attitude caught in the heart, Kouki emitted unwanted emotions and made a sarcasticment.
¡°Haha, everyone is that guy¡¯s ally. It¡¯s a guy who easily kills people and easily abandons¡¡±
¡°Kouki!¡±
Suzu spoke up unexpectedly. Shia and Tio wore narrowed eyes. Kaori¡¯s smile deteriorated a little.
But Kouki, whose mind was like a child couldn¡¯t stop the feelings that had no ce to go. Thus, he said¡
¡°If so, at that time, would I fall off a bridge, if it was okay?¡± (Tn: In other words¡ maybe I should just kill myself¡ I think)
To such insensitive and heartless words, Kaori stopped those words that hurt her heart. PASHIN! Kaori¡¯s p made a shy noise and exploded on Kouki¡¯s cheek.
Though her hand also throbbed, Kaori began to talk with an expression that looked regrettable to Kouki who had a hand on his cheek in dumb surprise.
¡°¡Kouki. I think Kouki is an important childhood friend¡ so don¡¯t make me dislike him.¡±
¡°¡or maybe¡¡±
Kouki was at a loss of words from the unexpected shock but still opened his mouth as if he had something to say.
Gou!
An impact resembling wind pressure ran through. Its identity were waves of enormous magical power. Although it should not be ¡°shock transformation¡± or the like, an enormous amount of magical power spread through the wall of the mansion so that their bodies responded to it in shock.
¡°This is¡ Hajime-san! Yue!¡±
To this obviously abnormal situation, Shia flung herself out of the room at a dash. When Hajime makes an artifact, this kind of current is not usual.
The wave motion of magic continued to pulse intermittently. Magic in each of their bodies was severely stricken. However, Kaori who was startled back by Shia¡¯s actions straightened herself and followed Shia immediately.
ording to Shia, the wave motion of magical power seemed to being from Hajime and Yue. The waves of magical power seemed to increase in density the closer they approached the room the two people stayed in. It was as if a typhoon had hit them directly as they arrived before the room.
The door was already opened as Shia verified that the two were safe. After going in, it seemed to be the case. While protecting her face from the bewitchment that raged on, Kaori made up her mind and stepped inside.
What spread out from there was a scene where the magical power of red and gold became a torrent of spirals. The scene blew off from the center with the Hajime and Yue on their knees facing each other and holding hands. Before the two of them, there was a crystal of a giant and some minerals that emitted a pale light.
¡°What¡¯s happening, Shia¡ this¡¡±
¡°I do not know, but they seem to have done something.¡±
As she had already assessed the scene, Kaori asked Shia who¡¯s rabbit ears were dancing in the storm of magic. Shia protected her face with her arm and a lower posture but was able to confirm Hajime and Yue¡¯s appearances. When she could see they were both safe, she gave out a breath of relief.
If you trace their nce, it seemed a certainty that neither Hajime nor Yue was at risk. However, both of them were concentrating extremely hard. Shia¡¯s entering was not even noticed. Arge amount of sweat flowed from them. At this moment, it was clear they were focusing on making the artifact with concept magic.
¡°¡If it is safe, it seems better to leave¡¡±
¡°Well, if I fail as a mistress, I should be punished.¡±
¡°¡You should seem so happy about it, Tio¡¡±
Shia retreated towards the door softly as to not disturb Hajime.
Meanwhile, only Kouki was staring at Hajime. You couldn¡¯t see the color of emotion in those eyes, but they seemed to hold down passion and looked dangerous.
¡°Kouki,¡± Shizuku called out.
Kouki did not answer. Rather, he took a step forward straight ahead, just one step forward.
¡°Kouki!¡±
¡°Tsu¡¡±
Shizuku immediately grabs Kouki¡¯s arms. While her trademark ponytail pped in the magical storm, she looked straight at Kouki with a serious look. In the gaze, as if frightened, revealed shaking. Kouki made a step backward. One step backward.
At that moment¡
¡°What¡¯s this?¡±
¡°An image?¡±
¡°A dark¡cave?¡±
Suddenly, images began to appear before their eyes. Like a fog projecting a picture instead of a screen, magical light fragments became a medium. To this strange situation, Shia and the others forgot to even leave the room.
At that time, Suzu muttered to herself.
¡°Somehow, it looks like Orcus.¡±
¡°Certainly, speaking of arge cave illuminated by green light, it would be the Orcus Great Labyrinth.¡±
Tio affirmed Suzu¡¯s guess. Speaking of a cave illuminated by faint green walls, it would be the Orcus Great Labyrinth that was created by digging into veins of Illumination Stone.
However, since the scenery was different from the structure of the upperbyrinth that Suzu knew, she could not say it for certain. This looked like a natural cave that had not been crafted by a human hand. The magnitude of the height and width of the cave was different from thebyrinth Suzu knew.
The sudden situation and mysterious images deepened their bewilderment, but before long the image projected from the angle of the shadow next to a rock at arge crossroads, showed white hair, long hind legs, and deep red lines crawling across its body like blood vessels, and the true colors of the image was realized as the feelings of having been caught by the demon of the rabbit type were transmitted to them.
¡°This is anxiety? There is also impatience.¡±
¡°I also feel fear. This image is a memory.¡±
¡°It is probably Goshujin-sama¡¯s. The memory of the ce of hell this one heard him speak about.¡±
Shia¡¯s guess was correct.
Along with the image, feelings were transmitted from the magic that filled the room. Anxiety, impatience, and fear were overflowing due to the clearly abnormal monster he had never seen before. They couldn¡¯t understand what had led such a situation to ur, but they at least understood that the images they saw and feelings they felt were Hajime¡¯s.
Apart from the time after he had met Yue, Hajime did not speak much of the time in hell before that. It was already over, and Hajime did not have a hobby of boasting about his misfortune. It was simply troublesome to talk about it, too.
So, being given the chance where Shia and the others could learn from Hajime¡¯s past that they don¡¯t know about, after exchanging a nce with one another, they stared hard at the image as if to drill a hole in it without leaving the room. To learn the beginnings of the person they loved, it was impossible for them to leave the room. Simrly, Ryuutaro and Kouki began to concentrate on the image with interest too.
So, at that time, someone raised their voice with an ¡°Ah.¡± In the image, the demon releasing an abnormal atmosphere suddenly charged at him with an amazing power.
¡°Hajime-san!¡±
¡°Hajime-kun!¡±
Instinctively, Shia and Kaori cried out a warning with a raised voice. Meanwhile, the image moves hectically while the feelings of fear and uneasiness transmitted by the bright red magic swelled up.
They ground their teeth seeing Hajime made sport of by the kick rabbit. And then, when Hajime¡¯s left arm was finally smashed, the feelings of anguish transmitted to them caused Suzu to avert her gaze.
¡°Hajime-san was¡such a one-sided¡¡±
¡°This is the Nagumo-kun that we knew. His fighting strength was equivalent to having none at all¡¡±
To Hajime being one-sidedly toyed with, Shia¡¯s expression became teary eyed as she couldn¡¯t believe it. Shizuku spills her words to such a Shia while biting her lip.
Before long the image bes momentarily interrupted because Hajime had closed his eyes when feeling the impending death from the kick rabbit approaching. While Hajime¡¯s feelings of terror are spread to them, the image appears again. This time the frightened kick rabbit¡¯s image was seen.
The view of the image was changed tracing the kick rabbit¡¯s line of sight, and there stood a huge white bear. A nce was all it took to understand the bear was not a normal demon. To prove that, the kick rabbit that toyed with Hajime in the image was easily cut in two and preyed on, while scattering blood around Hajime.
The glint in the w bear¡¯s eyes crosses over through the image to shoot through Shia and the rest. In the case of them today, the power of the w bear¡¯s gaze would be no big deal, however, because of the feeling it had in its eyes that it was looking only at food rather than an enemy and the fundamental fear that was driven into Hajime caused them to shake unconsciously.
What happened after that was too tragic for the girls who loved Hajime.
Being cornered, the left arm was taken, and it was eaten in front of him. The eyes that see him as food and the arm that lost its shape while spewing blood, such a reality was unnecessarily given to him whether he wanted it or not.
The scream that could not be heard was transmitted to them by the magic. Eyes that a human should never show are shown, having part of the body scattered and eaten, breaking down from terror and agony. And without either shame or respectability, he crawled desperately to get even one millimeter further away from the incarnation of terror.
The reflected image is already dark. The transmitted feelings reached a saturation point or were already unable to be defined. Just¡Hajime screams, however even that began to weaken as the light of life faded away.
¡°Haji¡me-san¡.¡±
Shia is pouring out tears. Nearby, Kaori and Shizuku¡ Suzu covers her mouth with her hand. Tio¡¯s gaze is severe. Before their eyes the murderous intent to want to tear the w bear limb from limb welled up.
While they watched, the ckout ended. Hajime, doubting his own survival, advanced to the interior of the wall and found a strange crystal that dripped water. The god crystal and holy water.
Hajime drunk that, holding his broken mind while he cowers in a dark cave. While asking for help¡
There where the memory is vague the image became interrupted. However, to substitute for that, the feelings being transmitted increased in density.
Overwhelming loneliness is felt as no one responded no matter how much he asked for help. The darkness in which even his own existence seemed to be swallowed. Hunger to the degree where it seemed he¡¯d go mad. Unending phantom limb pain.
Day after day he bore the torture-like pain. While lying down as if to die, eventually wishing that he could die, however, the taken holy water did not allow that, and so his feelings of hatred with nowhere left to go were directed at his ssmates as he came to curse the unjustness of the world.
And yet, in addition to that, he gradually began to improve. Hajime¡¯s heart was dyed the ckest ck. The longing to live, and, the murderous intent for existences that are a hindrance.
Hajime began to move. He started to collect holy water in a depression on the ground. He will begin with eating the wolf. His hunger and phantom pain have not changed, and only his energy had recovered, while his features reflected in the pool of water were already another person.
With the glitter of murderous intent shining in his eyes¡ Hajime slipped out of his cave. His only weapon that could not be called a weapon (transmutation) is freely used to hunt the demons.
¡°¡This is that appearance¡¡±
¡°I heard about it, but he¡¯s strong.¡±
Eating the demon¡¯s flesh with his hands and clothes bing bloodstained, the appearance of Hajime with his face made dirty with blood is exactly suitable for a monster.
And, a scream which isn¡¯t given a voice is transmitted again. The amount of his agony cannot be imagined. Beating his head on the ground many times, with Hajime¡¯s body writhing it is only possible to see the repeated breaking down and regenerating sometimes as it enters his field of vision.
Unable to bear watching the ghastly spectacle with the transmission from the hell of the storm of agony, Kouki and Ryuutaro both averted their gazes. Suzu, looked like she could vomit at any moment, desperately trying to endure it.
Before long the transformation ended. Looking at his appearance in the pool of holy water, the reflection shows the Hajime of today. Still more than the Hajime of today, the deep tenacity and murderous intent overflowed from he who had gotten a strong body and a new power.
And, using the power of a transmutation that could not be a weapon because it is only amon job, he made full use of the raw materials and the other world¡¯s gunpowder to produce a weapon after much trial and error that he could use to challenge the w bear and by crushing it prove his ability to fight.
At the end of a fierce battle where the w bear is ovee and its flesh is eaten, Hajime bes self-conscious. In the innermost depths of himself, his true longing hase out.
That is¡
¨CI want to return.
Responding to the desire, the magic in the room pulsed. Before they were aware of it, Hajime¡¯s body was covered in the bright red magic power¡ With Hajime and Yue in the center, the magic power shot up.
However, it was not magic power indiscriminately scattered. It was focused so that it was inhaled in a spiral torrent with the two people at its center.
¨CI want to return.
Once more Hajime¡¯s pure, strong desire was transmitted through the magic power. Deeply touched by such a wish, Shia, and the others tightly sped their hands at their chests.
The brilliantly shining crimson magic mixed with the golden magic. As the torrent of magic calmed down, glittering lights like the stars of the Milky Way gxy began to spin around them.
¨CI want to return to my hometown.
It is quiet; however, everyone cannot help but shake understanding the strength of will being transmitted by that desire. It should exactly be called the will of the utmost limits.
Hajime in the image, after looking up at the sky once, he quietly closed his eyes. In himself, he must have been making certain of his resolution. And, when he suddenly opened his eyes he unhesitatingly faced the interior of the abyss while proceeding down the passage to the depth of thebyrinth.
The magic light the image was projected on was then absorbed by the whirlpool surrounding Hajime and Yue.
Shia¡¯s and the others¡¯ reaction was generally the same. They were dumbfounded by the extremely violent process Hajime went through to be the Hajime of today.
Shia, Kaori, Tio, and Shizuku shed tears from the emotions that even they did not understand how seriously far Hajime had gone, but at the same time also faintly floated smiles feeling proud that he could stand back up again after crawling up.
Suzu and Ryuutaro couldn¡¯t speak as if they were simply overwhelmed, with somehow assenting looks on their faces as they thought ¡°I can¡¯t match this¡±.
They thought they¡¯d survived some truly rough battles, but they¡¯d always had the support of Meld and the other experienced knights in the order, and above all, had been surrounded byrades with cheat abilities. When they tried to imagine whether they could truly, all by themselves, get through all that hardship and crawl out of the abyss, they shook their heads. Even the scene they were seeing now was just the beginning. They didn¡¯t think that they would be able to handle it at all.
And Kouki¡ gazed into empty space vacantly, as if his power had left him. In his heart, it crossed his mind how he¡¯d just said: ¡°If I¡¯d been the one to fall into the abyss¡¡±
Up until now, Kouki had actually thought that Hajime¡¯s strength was unfair. Even though Shizuku had said Hajime must¡¯ve had a horrible experience, the idea waspletely abstract to him. Kouki had seriously thought that Hajime was a guy who did whatever he pleased and easily obtained power just by falling into the abyss.
But now that he¡¯d ended up knowing Hajime¡¯s way of obtaining it, it was so incredible it blew away those thoughts.
(¡®I want to return¡¯¡ huh.)
He whispered it in his mind. A doubt welled up: do I actually desire to return home as much as him? At the same time, when hepared his thoughts when he¡¯d dered that he would save this world as the hero everyone needs, with Hajime¡¯s pure and intense wish, he had a feeling it seemed very cheap.
(N-No¡ I¡¯m not wrong. Nagumo¡¯s feelings¡ I understand them, but¡ But, even so¡ And, now, Shizuku¡¯s also¡ He¡¯s taken everything from me¡)
He desperately shook off the self-criticizing emotions that floated through his mind.
As Kouki engaged in a mental dialogue with himself, a change urred with Hajime and Yue. To be precise, with the crystal structure and mineral in between them.
It was wrapped in bright red magic. The shape gradually changed, or rather, it united as if to prove it was taking in magical power.
¡°Is that a key¡?¡±
¡°Well, it looks like an antique key made out of crystal.¡±
Shizuku added to Kaori¡¯s mutterings. It was shaped between Hajime and Yue, with a regr dodecahedral crystal body on the side of the hand. It was a key with a terribly sophisticated andplex magic line drawn in the nning part of the trip.
It was created with the fusion of the god crystal and other minerals, finishing as an antique key that captures the beautiful artworks that incorporated a lot of magical powers from Hajime and Yue, decorated in gold designs with a red crystal.
And just after the shape was perfectly formed, Hajime and Yue who did not make movements until now opened their eyes with their hands connected. It seemed that nothing was reflected in their thin eyes, which seemed to be looking at something only visible to the two of them.
In a strange way, the atmosphere felt mysterious, there was a sound that someone swallowed with a gulp of saliva. The next moment, the two lips trembled in time. Then the words spun from a small opening mouth¡
¡°Open the door to the ce you wanted.¡±
A momentter, a torrent of dazzling light like a fixed star blew up around the two. The flow of the gxy that once calmed down dyed the room into pure white light as if it had caused a supernova explosion, and painted everyone¡¯s consciousness with white as well.
Chapter 152
Chapter 152
| | Next
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. Elementalcobalt did the final edits.
***__
The Key That Opens the World Door
Along with Hajime and Yue¡¯s words which sounded like a prayer, light explosively painted over the room as well as their consciousness. It was mainly Hajime and Yue¡¯s strong wills supported in the alignment that were filled inside that light.
Therge torrent of will made Shia and others unable to think of anything and they fell into unconsciousness, but that was only for a moment. Just before their limp bodies hit the floor, the pure white that overfilled their mind vanished like clearing mist.
Even while staggering for a bit, all present restored their postures and shook their heads. They then saw a beautiful radiance in their sight. Crimson and gold radiances that felt as if they were sucking up all the light covered every inch of the surface of that transparent key. It was a characteristic artifact that looked antique with its crystal form that had aplicated and delicate pattern and twelve exact sides?the ¡®Crystal Key¡¯.
¡°Wait, Hajime-san! Yue-san! Are you two okay-!¡±
Shia returned to her senses with a ¡®hah¡¯ and rushed toward them in a panic. Beside the Crystal Key, Hajime and Yue were lying down with their hands still holding each other while looking like they were passed out. Kaori and others were also rushing in a moment after Shia.
¡°Kaori-san, the two of them¡¡±
¡°¡ Hm, they are fine. Looks like they just fainted. The cause is magic power exhaustion.¡±
After examining the two with a serious expression, Kaori answered with a smile towards the anxious Shia. The examination result made Tio and others breathe out in relief too.
Kaori extracted magic power from the magic crystal and gave it to both of them at the same time using the technique of magic power transfer. Then, as if to prove that her examination result was correct, Hajime and Yue leaked out groaning sounds while opening their eyes thinly.
¡°Aa? ¡ What happened?¡±
¡°¡ Nnu. The artifact¡¡±
Kaori exined the situation as Hajime and Yue rose up while shaking their heads, she also handed over the Crystal Key as she exined.
¡°Both of you passed out from magic power exhaustion. For the moment, I divided the magic power of one magic crystal equally between both fo you. As for the artifact, I don¡¯t really understand it but¡¡±
¡°I see. Thanks, Kaori. It has been a long time since I passed out from magic power exhaustion. I didn¡¯t really know the right amount needed, so we did it at full strength at that moment but¡ the next time we will be able to regte it I think.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. It¡¯s fine. I grasped the trick somehow. Though the problem is whether we can manifest a will to the degree that can be sublimed into the concept.¡±
Yue answered Hajime¡¯s words while making a pondering look. Hajime examined the Crystal Key in his hand with his magic eye stone. The artifact contained the magic power that couldn¡¯t bepared with all the other artifacts he had created until now.
¡°¡ It¡¯s a satisfying result. I feel arge power in it. The sensation feels like thepass of guidance.¡±
Hajime made a satisfied smile while designating a coordinate towards a certain spot using the ¡®Compass of Guidance¡¯ for a test. Then he poured magic power into the crystal key to activate it and thrust it out to the front. Even if ¡®Open the door to the desired ce¡¯ was said, but if the distance of the destination and the image of the connected ce couldn¡¯t be imagined to a certain degree, then the space wouldn¡¯t be connected.
The thrust-out crystal key was simr like the space transfer key-shaped artifact ¡®Gate Key¡¯, it plunged into space where there was nothing and ripples spread just like the creator Hajime imagined.
However, it carried a magic power that couldn¡¯t bepared with a ¡®Gate Key¡¯. Furthermore, different from the ¡®Gate Key¡¯ that had the coordinates fixed beforehand, there was a need to fix the space coordinate with just this one crystal key, so it took a little more time. In addition, it was sucking his magic power steadily.
Hajime frowned at the magic power that was flowing out as though the plugging cork hade out, even so, he still twisted the crystal key next. And the result was the space in front of him shook, an ellipse hole began to open.
From the hole for some reason there was beating sounds *bishi-bashi-* and captivating sound ¡°Aan!¡± of a woman that were audible.
Before long, inside the gate that had openedpletely¡
¡°This shameless female pigggg. I¡¯ll make you ascend to heaven!¡± (TN: The ascend to heaven should mean die/passing away in Japan, but the kanjis forming the word can also be read as rising to heaven)
¡°Aa! Kam-samaaa! As expected, from Shia¡¯s honored fatherrr! Amaziiiiing!!¡±
The drooping figure of Altena beingshed with an ecstatic expression on her face while the figure of Kam who was doing theshing were disyed.
The suddenly manifested scene that looked extremely gruesome in a different meaning from the scene some time ago made Hajime and Yue¡¯s jaws drop, as well as every other member other than Tio.
At the same time, perhaps sensing the presence of Hajime and others from across the gate, Kam was turning back with ¡°Oh?¡± expression, he caught the appearances of Hajime and the others ahead of his gaze and his eyes opened wide with a snap.
¡°Bo, bossss!? Wh, why are boss¡¯s gate, in this kind of ce!¡±
¡°Eh? Wait, Shia! Also, Hajime-sama and group too!¡±
Toward the shocked Kam and Altena, Hajime and Yue spoke with cool words.
¡°¡ Yoo. Looks like we are intruding in the middle of your fun.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Who can imagine that you two are in that kind of rtionship? Shia, live strong.¡±
¡°Fufu, oh myrade, Altena. It seems that thou found a good master.¡±
Ignoring Tio who was strangely joyful, Kam was ¡°Thi, thi thi thi thi, this is misunderstanding desuu!¡±, he was desperately making excuses towards Hajime and Yue¡¯s manner of speaking with a tone that was exactly like his daughter but¡
There was a rabbit that returned to her senses while trembling all over. The violent emotion rising up from inside her body became undting magic power that burst out. Shia who was standing up wordlessly took out Doryukken with a sway. And then with eyes that lost their light, she red over at Kam and Altena across the gate. *jakin!* Such sound was raised and the muzzle of the cannon mode for Doryukken was aimed.
¡°Wa, wait, Shia! You are making a severe misunderstanding! Father is by no means-¡°
¡°Shia! Kam-dono is a magnificent person, isn¡¯t he! As expected of Shia¡¯s honored father! I who was only trying to look at Shia¡¯s personal effect just for a little is treated this violently! Furthermore, his strength control is exquisite!¡±
Kam¡¯s desperate justification was violently smashed by Altena smilingly. ¡°You bitchh, shut your mouth a bit!¡± Altena¡¯s body shuddered all over from the eye glint Kam directed at her. It appeared that it had been already toote for her.
And then it appeared that Altena was being condemned for fishing through Shia¡¯s left behind personal effects as she pleased. But even though there was such a circumstance which seemed usible, Shia witnessed this abnormal scene where her flesh and blood father looked rtively high-spirited in swinging the whip against Altena more or less? A girlfriend of the same age¡
¡°Just die all of you-, these perverts-!¡±
The trigger was pulled with no questions asked. Burst slug bullets were fired. Hajime closed his eyes with a prayer so they could enter nirvana while closing the gate the moment the bullet passed. Just before the gate waspletely closed, there was an explosion sound with audible ¡°Gyaaaaa!¡± and ¡°Aaaaaan!!¡± screams, yet there was nobody in this ce who paid that attention.
¡°¡ Nn. Shia, be strong.¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine Shia. That¡¯s¡ right, that¡¯s only a bit of momentary madness. Your father should have opened his eyes with the attack just now, surely.¡±
¡°¡ Hics, Yue-san, Kaori-san, thank you for your consideration desuu. But, my father surely won¡¯t die with just that much, so before we depart to Hajime-san¡¯s world I¡¯ll stop his breathing first desuu ¡ uu, I¡¯ll make him into mince meat desuu.¡±
It appeared that in proportion to the amount of magic power the crystal key used it was possible to literally ¡®open a door to the desired ce¡¯, the experimental use of the concept magic endowed artifact ¡®Crystal Key¡¯ which was done casually turned up a result that made a daughter resolve herself to kill her father.
¡°Aa, what to say, Shia? I¡¯ll correct Kam¡¯s fault, so anyway, stop crying.¡±
¡°Uu, Hajime-saan!¡±
Shia leaped into the chest of the wryly smiling Hajime.
At the side, ¡°Nagumo-kun and Tio-san¡¯s rtionship is not that different, though¡¡± those words that Suzu whispered were beautifully ignored.
After that, the members whose expressions were at a loss for words because the serious atmosphere was blown away pulled themselves together as they gathered in the living room once more.
¡°Now then, in the first testing, there are various bad performances that stood out but¡¡±
Hajime confirmed that everyone had sat down and he lifted up the crystal key so that everyone could see it, and then with a wide grin, he resounded those words, the words of hope.
¡°The method to go home is in our hands.¡±
At that moment, it was Suzu who was the first jumping up and expressing her joy. Lured by that, Ryuutaro raised a happy roar while making a guts pose. Shizuku and Kaori hugged each other with a wide smile. Even Kouki whose expression had been dark all this time smiled faintly.
¡°Even though I say that, to make a concept that will obstruct future summoning, it will be a harderpared to making a concept for going home. Especially as an aspect of the will. It seems that trial and error are going to be necessary, so we still cannot go home for a while.¡±
¡°That cannot be helped. Even so just with hearing that we can go home¡ that¡¯s real¡ amazing. Hics, Hajime-kun, thank you¡¡±
Kaori was moved to tears while clutching Hajime¡¯s hand from the side tightly.
That ¡®thank you¡¯ was filled with various meanings. It was surely also including her feeling after looking at those images. About how he had survived, about how he didn¡¯t give up not any one thing, about how he rushed to her when she was in danger, about how he got angry several times for her because she was important to him, and then now, about how he obtained the method to go back home¡ various meanings were really filled with that thanks.
Hajime scratched at his cheek using his hand that wasn¡¯t clutched while shrugging his shoulders helplessly, then he gently hugged Kaori back. For a moment, Kaori¡¯s eyes opened wide with her shock in to see, but she quickly became all smiles and embraced back *gyuuuut* tightly. She also nuzzled her face on Hajime¡¯s chest.
Even Yue gave an expression as if to say ¡°Well, I¡¯ll forgive it this once¡±. She shrugged her shoulders and smiled to the fawning Kaori.
On the other hand, Shizuku was staring at Kaori with a little envy, but she instantly sent her gaze at Kouki and shook her head and her gaze became pleasant. If she had to speak her mind then she also wanted to be spoiled by Hajime, but thinking about the possibility of Kouki¡¯s unstable mind, she restrained herself.
But, although she was reading the mood she also had resolved herself, to be honest just before this so she was scheming how to secretly get spoiled by Hajimeter on. She didn¡¯t understand whether she could ovee her shyness and properly asked to be spoiled but¡ at the very least she swore that she would hold his hand! She set that small objective.
Despite the fact she had already kissed his cheek, normally Shizuku was thoroughly innocent to the end.
Hajime somehow guessed Shizuku¡¯s sentiment from her gaze where such cute ambition was residing, yet he looked the other way and gently caressed Kaori¡¯s hair while talking about the matter from here on.
¡°Anyway, I¡¯m thinking to go to meet Myuu and others while also striving to create the artifact for summoning obstruction. Opening a gate to their ce is also fine but, the crystal key is something that uses magic power in proportion with the connecting of the space, so if we are going to open a gate until earth then magic power of three or four times my whole magic power is going to be necessary, that¡¯s why I don¡¯t want to use it as much as I can.¡±
By the way, the twelve surfaces crystal attached at the handle side of the crystal key had the function to store the amount of magic power that could be used to open a gate to earth once. Perhaps it should be said that it was expected from a concept magic that fuel consumption would be extremely bad.
Even the gate he experimentally opened to the sea of trees just now used up a considerable amount of the magic power Kaori restored to him. If it was transportation inside the same world, using the ¡®Gate Key¡¯ was far more convenient although it was necessary to set ¡®Gate Hole¡¯ as the destination beforehand.
By the way, ¡®Gate Key¡¯ was something developed while they were staying in the capital, so there was none put in the above sea city of Myuu and her mother Lemia. To go meet them, they would use the airship ¡®Fernir¡¯.
¡°Then, during that time when Suzu and others go to the territory of the devil. ¡ since they got their hands on the age of god magic after much pain, it is possible if Suzu wants to go there she can be apanied by a powerful monster but¡¡±
Thanks to their well rest their magic power and vitality had almost recovered perfectly. If it was now, they could attempt to invoke age of god magic.
But, unfortunately, the inside of the ice and snow cavern only had frost type monsters. Putting aside they were inside thebyrinth where me magic was hard to be used, it would be easy to have their weak point aimed at in the outside world. Also, their main strong point, that their regeneration ability made use of the surrounding ice, also couldn¡¯t be expected. Saying it clearly, they were monsters that didn¡¯t suit to follow them to the outside world. The reason why there was no frost type among Freed¡¯s monster was also for this reason.
Hearing that, Hajime made a little thinking face and suddenly took out a ¡®Gate Key¡¯ that he threw at Suzu. In panic, Suzu¡¯s hands moved and somehow caught it before she tilted her head.
¡°I and Yue will rest a little more until our magic power recoverspletely. That gate key is connected at the gate hole set in Fair Bergen, so how about you try making the monsters from the Sea of Tree follow you? There are a lot of monsters there skillful in manipting their presence. If you make them submit and strengthen them, I think they are going to be fairly useful.¡±
¡°I see¡ yes, Suzu will try it. Thank you, Nagumo-kun!¡±
Hajime waved his hand listlessly at Suzu who was smiling in delight.
As the result, Suzu and the others would go to the Sea of Trees to hunt for monster while Hajime and others were resting. Kouki went with Suzu¡¯s group under the pretext of helping but surely that was simply because he hated to be left behind with Hajime, such hypothesis didn¡¯t seem to be wrong looking from Kouki¡¯s awfullyplicated expression.
Furthermore, Yue, Shia, and Tio were staying behind. They weren¡¯t going to embark to the devil territory, so it was unnecessary for them to expand their battle strength. Only Kaori who would go with Suzu¡¯s group because she was worried for Shizuku.
After that Hajime and his group for a while focused on recovering their magic power and replenishing magic power into the magic crystal while passing the time in rxation. Even Hajime was somewhat drifting off the calm atmosphere that he had never shown until now. He even allowed the wanting Tio to an embrace and caress, looking at Hajime who was exposing a somewhat sweet atmosphere, it was Tio herself who was the most shocked.
The procurement of the method to go home surely had granted leeway at Hajime¡¯s heart. Tio who made a pass in the hope to get abused was unexpectedly embraced with gentle gaze and hand gesture, Tio was acting shy and fidgeting bashfully so much that it would make anyone watching want to tsukkomi ¡°Just where has the usual pervert gone!?¡± while fawning at Hajime with her all.
¡°Muu, master is kind¡ I thought that being hurt was the best, but this is also not bad in its own way, or perhaps I should say that this is a frightfully happy feeling. Though it¡¯s also embarrassing to the same degree.¡±
¡°Tio-san, if only normally you are also like this, you will be a charming female without any fault at all, yet despite so¡¡±
¡°¡ Nn. As I thought, perhaps, Hajime should take responsibility.¡±
Looking at Tio who was entrusting her body on Hajime¡¯s chest with melting expression while her face was bright red, Shia and Yue were smiling wryly while whispering. Yue¡¯s statement made Hajime couldn¡¯t help but smile bitterly.
¡°Well, after this far, if I hear Tio calling another man as master as it will really not be a good feeling in that case¡¡±
¡°Ho, hou? Ma, master. Wha, what kind of meaning it has¡ by some possibility, simr like Shia, I too¡¡±
¡°You know, like if a worthless mongrel that I¡¯ve already got attached emotionally at suddenly wagged its tail at another guy as easily as flipping over the hand, it will feel irritating, right?¡±
¡°Nnn-, in a moment like this, to be treated like a dog¡ furthermore it had ¡®worthless¡¯ attached. Haa haa, to be spoiled and made to have an expectation before got abused, what an advanced technique. Haa, haa, nnaa, it¡¯s just unbearable!¡±
The worthless dragon that was in heat eternally pushed her face nuzzlingly on Hajime¡¯s chest while her lower body was rubbing close at his waist. However, looking objectively at Hajime who was continuously making such Tio delighted all the time, he was also just like her. Yue and Shia¡¯s exasperated gazes stabbed on Hajime.
While doing such stupid thing, by the time the replenishment of magic power at all the magic crystals was over, a gate opened once more and Suzu and co went back. Behind the girls,rge tiger, and wolf, and then snake and so on, monsters that were high ranked even inside the sea of trees were there. It appeared that they sessfully managed to make those monsters submitted.
after that, Suzu and co increased the strength of the submitting monsters using reinforcement under the simple guidance of Yue and Tio. In addition to the help of Yue and Tio, the monsters that were considerably strengthened were attached to the cor made by Hajime. The cor had a gate hole inserted in it if Suzu and co used the gate key then they would be able to call the monsters anytime. In ordinary times, they could just leave the monsters to do as they pleased in the sea of trees or anywhere.
Like that the magic power of Hajime and Yue were also recovered, finally they were going leave the Ice and Snow Great Labyrinth. Hajime and his group would travel around all the ces with people who wanted to go home together with them and the people they wanted to say goodbye to while endeavoring to create an artifact to hinder summoning. Suzu, Shizuku, Kaori, Ryuutaro, and Kouki, the five of them would head to the devil territory where Eri was located.
¡°Hajime-san, here.¡±
When they exited the ice mansion, Shia handed over a pendant that was modeled after a dripping water drop. Inside the bluish transparent stone that was like ice, the crest of Vandur Shune was hollowed. It was the proof that they had conquered the Ice and Snow Great Labyrinth. After Hajime and Yue fainted, a part of the wall inside the room melted and this proof appeared to be collected.
Receiving that, Hajime walked above the magic circle drawn on the foothold right in front of the fountain. The moment Hajime¡¯s foot stepped into the magic circle¡
*biki biki-*
Such a sound was audible and the fountain before their eyes began to freeze, it was gradually swelling up. Like that it became a huge egg-shaped ice mass that was almost ten meters, before long the expansion and freezing stopped, right after that, *barin!* such a sound was raised and the ice scattered apart.
What appeared from inside the broken remains was a dragon made from ice. A magnificent lustrous dragon that looked transparent as though it was created from crystal.
The ice dragon lowered its head directly below Hajime¡¯s feet where its long neck made a slope. It appeared riding this ice dragon was the shortcut for this greatbyrinth.
¡°This is also a fantastical shortcut, huh.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. A present?¡±
¡°This consideration is far removed from the repulsiveness of the trial¡¯s content, isn¡¯t it?¡±
Each of them let out their impression while nodding at each other, then they crossed the neck where the scales were like a bridge and rode on its back.
Immediately after, the ice dragon pped its wings grandly and ascended in one go. The ice ceiling was approaching in the blink of an eye, but just before they crashed the ceiling melted and a hole opened, a cylinder pir was created there.
The ice dragon didn¡¯t drop its speed at all and charged into that path.
The sound of cutting wind resounded in their ears and chilly wind caressed their skin, ¡°The only dragon who master can ride is just me¡ does master want to change rides[ even now?¡± while enjoying such nonsense from a certain someone, they soared inside the ice tunnel for ten-odd seconds. The ice dragon Hajime and the rest rode finally flew into the visible light of the surface.
They were thinking whether they would be let down on the ground right after that, but the ice dragon didn¡¯t show any sign of stopping at all and continued to climb into sky. And then without stopping it charged into the cloudy sky of the Shunee Snowfield. *Boba!* With such sound, the dragon flew out and it began to elegantly soar above the cloud sea while being brilliantly illuminated by the sun.
¡°From the position of the sun we are heading to the northwest. ¡ It seems that it is kindly sending us until the border of the snow field.¡±
¡°¡ Nn. Miledi and Meiru should follow this example.¡±
¡°I get the feeling that the female camp of the liberator is just unscrupulous.¡±
The west of the snowfield was the territory of the devil, at the north was Raisen¡¯s Grand Canyon, at the east was Haltina¡¯s Sea of Trees. Advancing at the northwest like this meant that they would be let down at a ce where it would be easy to go to the devil territory or to the north continent. Furthermore, they didn¡¯t really feel the cold air of the sky, so it seemed a simple barrier was spread from the intermediary of the ice dragon.
Indeed, they wanted to be spared from getting tossed out into the snowfield of extreme cold after conquering the greatbyrinth, but after thinking about the deed of a part of the liberators, ¡°Such consideration!¡± this made Hajime and others a bit emotionally moved like that.
And then Shia¡¯s guess was surely not mistaken. A woman who was an expert in irritating people, a woman who tossed them into the sea while saying it was a shortcut, a woman who forcefully made people love cockroaches¡ surely the male liberators in the past was considerably made to go through hardships of this and that which were caused by those women without doubt.
While thinking of such a thing, the ice dragon was gradually beginning to lower its altitude. It appeared they had approached near thending ce. Perhaps the ice dragon couldn¡¯t go out of the snowfield, it seemed that it wouldn¡¯t go through the sky and brought them outside the boundary, it once more plunged into the cloudy sky.
And then it softlynded on a spot that was just a stone throw from the boundary. Hajime and others reflexively said a polite thanks to it. The ice dragon shook its tail as though to say not to mind it and once more it soared and vanished inside the snowfield.
Even while thinking gloomily about the snowfield that covered their sight, the boundary of the snowfield was just right there so Hajime and others moved with quick steps.
But, at that time, Hajime¡¯s senses and Shia¡¯s rabbit ears caught something. The eyes of the two narrowed dangerously.
¡°Everyone, be on guard. Various things are happening outside the boundary.¡±
Hajime¡¯s caution made nervousness run through them. Everyone held their weapon in hand whileing out at the other side of the blizzard that blocked their sight.
Over there was¡
¡°As expected you all areing out from here. It¡¯s the same like my time¡ And, has every one of you conquered thebyrinth? Oh, white-haired young man.¡±
¡°Fufu, Kouki-kun. Long time no see. Are you healthy?¡±
A white dragon that was two-sizes bigger and Freed that was riding above it, a lot of monsters that were mainly grey dragons, Eri who spread wings of gray magic power, and then, there must be a few hundred of them, many women with the same face growing silver wings ¡®the apostle of true god¡¯?Nointo, they all were lying in wait.
| | Next
Chapter 153
Chapter 153
| | Next
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. Elementalcobalt did the final edits.
***___
Devil King¡¯s Invitation
Surely there were easily a few hundred bodies there. They covered the whole field of vision, arge number of monsters and Nointo. And then, Freed Bagua and Nakamura Eri seemed to be followed by the rest.
The two of them cracked jokes perhaps as an expression of theirposure. After giving a backward nce at Kouki and the others, they were at a loss of words from the shock. Hajime narrowed his eyes dangerously. The string of his killing intent had been pulled until just before it snapped, what was left was only releasing the arrow of a sure kill.
Although Freed and his group should have been feeling the abnormal pressure of such a Hajime on their skin, even now, theirposure didn¡¯t break. There was one reason. Because they were surrounded by ¡®the apostles of the true god¡¯ who had the exact same appearance as the current Kaori.
Inside his heart, ¡®As expected how unpleasant. What a bunch that are like cockroaches.¡¯ Hajime spat out that curse, but Kaori had the same appearance with the Nointo and twitched with a start, perhaps from a woman¡¯s instinct. Hajime quietly averted his thinking to search for a way to annihte the enemy.
Previously, a mortalbat unfolded when Hajime faced one Nointo, but in the present, the spec of his body and weapons were raised using sublimation magic, so if it was one on one he should be able to finish Nointo without even using ¡®Limit Break¡¯. He didn¡¯t feel like he¡¯d lose even if he had to take on arge number of them at the same time.
Hajime exchanged nces with Yue and the others at his side for an instant. Now, when they were just about to release their killing intent to follow the saying of ¡®victory goes to the one who makes the first move¡¯. As though to beat them to the punch, Freed opened his mouth once more.
¡°Don¡¯t be so rash. Right now, I don¡¯t have the intention of indulging myself in killing each other with you. Though I greatly wished for you to grovel on the ground and beg for your life.¡±
¡°Hee, then, what are youing for? I thought that you fell to despair toward the ipetent god who can only throw a tantrum and decided on suicide, though?¡±
Hearing Hajime¡¯s ridiculing tone, Freed¡¯s eyebrows twitched in reaction.
What Hajime said as ¡®ipetent god¡¯ was, of course, referring to the god Ehito. With Nointo¡¯s presence here, Hajime¡¯s conjecture previously¨D¨Dthat Ehito didn¡¯t differentiate the race, that he was the god of every race and how they all were his toy. And then, the god that the devil race worshiped was perhaps Ehito himself falsifying his name or possibly Ehito¡¯s underling¨D¨Dseemed to be spot on.
And for how much Freed understood about that truth¡
¡°¡ I won¡¯t be provoked by that. This too is for themand my lord bestowed to me. I am merely executing thatmand.¡±
¡°Is that so. And? Loyal dog Freed, what kind of presentmand) you got?¡±
¡°¡ My generous lord will shut his eyes even toward the shameless acts of all of you. He is inviting you to his castle. We are the greeting for that. This impossible fortune for you to be able to have an audience with that honored person. You can tremble on your legs with excitement.¡±
¡°Haa?¡±
Freed¡¯s state showed quietness that they had never seen until now. It was unclear what he was thinking. While putting on a particrly expressionless face, Freed informed them of his words using a voice without intonation. Hearing Freed like that, Hajime unintentionally leaked out a taken aback voice. In various meanings, there was a lot of points that he could retort at. Even Yue and the others at his side sent Freed doubtful gazes.
¡°That Ehito guy or Aruv something is a god, right? Why is he in a castle, huh?¡±
Anyway, for the time being, Hajime asked about the most questionable thing. Toward that, Freed answered that question with a nd tone, however as though to show what an extremely great honor it was, he spread both his arms like an actor standing on the stage.
¡°Aruv-sama is certainly a god¨D¨Dhe is the retainer of Ehito-sama¡ but at the same time, he is also the king of us the devil race¨D¨Dhe is also the devil king. He manifested from the divine world into this dirty world, passing through a long time, he handed down guidance to us the devil race for the sake of a great objective.¡±
It appeared the true identity of the devil king was the god itself that was called as ¡®Aruv-sama¡¯. Also, the truth how the devil king=Aruv-sama seemed to be a hidden matter that was known only to the extremely limited number of people. Freed was expressing joy that couldn¡¯t be hidden was sure because he was included in that really small number of people. From his way of speaking, it seemed he knew it only very recently, though¡
¡°¡ Great objective, huh. Then, how much the devil race is being made to dance I wonder.¡±
¡°What are you saying?¡±
¡°No? I¡¯m praising the devil king-sama here just how awesome he is yeah.¡± (TN: The way they call the devil king here is using maou. But sometimes Hajime is also called using that word maou, so I¡¯m using devil king to call this king of the devil race while to refer Hajime I¡¯ll use demon king.)
¡°¡¡±
Freed who was sharp-eared noticed Hajime¡¯s murmur, but he was responded with a shrug and frivolous reply, as expected he got irritated and his temple twitched convulsively.
But, there with a tone even more frivolous than Hajime, Eri opened her mouth feeling that the situation was troublesome.
¡°Hey, Freed. Don¡¯t just keep prattling on and on, finish it quickly. After all, I want to quickly pass a sweet time with Kouki-kun seee.¡±
¡°¡ I know.¡±
It appeared that Freed was not thinking really well of Eri, he clicked his tongue while fixing his cor as though to gather himself. And then just when he was about to speak of something, this time the desperate voice that Suzu raised interrupted him.
¡°Eri-! Suzu is-¡ that-, with Eri-¡°
¡°Hm? Whaaat, Suzu? You are carefree like usual huh¡ not, you don¡¯t seem to be like that I guess? What? I wonder if you want to vent your pent-up feelings? Well, if you want to cry then you can just cry as you like, can¡¯t you? For me, it doesn¡¯t matter thoughhh¡±
¡°Yo, you are wrong-. Suzu is just, wanting to speak with Eri one more time!¡±
Eri looked down while chuckling at Suzu with her hand waving as though to drive away a dog, to that Suzu spoke desperately while her words got choppy. However, her words couldn¡¯t be formed skillfully in this too sudden reunion with the one she wanted to reunite with.
To such Suzu, as though to show that she didn¡¯t have interest Eri averted her gaze. Seeing that Kouki finally returned to his senses and asked regarding Eri¡¯s bizarre appearance with a hoarse voice.
¡°E, Eri¡ that appearance, what¡¯s with that?¡±
Eri who was talked by Kouki showed a full smile that was differentpared to when she talked with Suzu. Although it was a warped smile that made one felt faint coldness somewhere in it.
¡°Kouki-kun! How is it? It¡¯s lovely, right? You see, Maou-sama gives me a new power seeee. Because even though I just want to live sweetly with just Kouki-kun only the two of us, there are a lot of shitheads that be a hindrance even for just such a meager wish. It¡¯s fine! The trash that bothers Kouki-kun, allll of them will be cleaned up by me okayyy! We are going to live together just the two of us foorever and eeeeeeever okayy¡±
¡°E, Eri¡¡±
Eri cackled while rotating in circles in the air with feverish tone and expression in to see. The gray wings growing on her back that wasn¡¯t even ck or white, giving off a dirty impression, were pping together with Eri¡¯s motion, scattering grey feathers everywhere. The grey feathers dancing down in flutters fell on the ground, and then the touched spot was instantly disintegrated.
Without any doubt that was the same disintegration ability like Nointo.
¡°Don¡¯t tell me, just like Kaori¡ no, that¡¯s Eri¡¯s body¡ you were given only the ability?¡±
Shizuku who was ring silently at Eri frowned while considering the situation.
But, before she could obtain the answer, *gyaki!* an ominous sound resounded. It was the sound of Hajime¡¯s partner got readied which everyone had heard so many times.
¡°Anyway, it¡¯s okay to ughter them all right?¡±
¡°¡ Nn. There is no reason to ept the invitation.¡±
¡°Blow them away and finish this desuu!¡±
¡°¡ As expected, with this many people having the same face lined up, even though I understand they are not me it¡¯s still eerie.¡±
¡°But, their way of inviting art too poor. To be this manner less, they hath to be chastised just a bit.¡±
At the same time Yue, Shia, Kaori, and Tio, the four of them were also showing intent to attack. Yue and Tio raised their hand straight up, Shia shouldered her Doryukken, and Kaori spread her silver wings with a p.
Hajime¡¯s killing intent was naturally directed at Eri too. Her grating cackling voice in the ear and ugly warped expression were getting on his nerve¡¯s. The wish of Suzu was in a corner of his head, so thinking that at the very least he was going to pulverize her four limbs, he aimed the muzzle of Donner. Scg was aimed at Freed.
But, just before the triggers were pulled, something silver was generated in front of Eri and Freed like a shield. In front of the dubious Hajime and others, the silver thing had noise ran through and warped like jelly for a moment before it projected the scenery of somewhere.
A space magic. ¡®Hermit Mirror¡¯ ¨D¨Da magic to project in space the scenery of the faraway ce.
What was projected in the hermit mirror were several impressive pirs standing, red carpet spread on the floor in arge hall. From there the camera changed its viewpoint and the image moved.
What they could begin to see was a ce like an altar with a throne put there. As expected the projected ce was a castle ¨D¨Dfurthermore it was likely the audience hall of the devil king castle. High ceiling, various beautiful design, and furnishings that were created in detail, all those projected the dignity of the devil king across the screen. The image further moved toward the side of the throne.
And then what began to appear was arge cage made from dark gray metal wrapped in shining reddish ck magic power. Naturally, something was imprisoned inside it¡
¡°¡ Fuck¡±
Dirty word reflexively flew out from Hajime¡¯s mouth. At the same time, Yue and others also made an expression that seemed like they were chewing a hundred bitter bugs. The people who were especially greatly shaken were as expected Kouki and others in the group summoned from an alternate world.
¡°Everyone¡ sensei-!¡±
¡°Even Lily-¡°
Kaori and Shizuku yelled with tone colored by uneasiness.
Correct, just as the two said, the cage inside the image was imprisoning their ssmates, Aiko, and then princess Liliana who were supposed to be in the Hairihi kingdom.
AIko and Liliana were among the students where most of them were hugging their knees with uneasy expression, they were desperately nursing several students who were powerlessly lying down. Looking carefully, those copsed students seemed to be the party member of Nagayama. Other than them, even a member of Ai-chan guard party Tamai Atsushi was also crouching with expression distorted in pain although she was not as bad as Nagayama¡¯s party.
Hajime immediately took out the ¡®Compass of Guidance¡¯ and searched for Aiko¡¯s whereabouts.
¡°Chih, they are the real thing¡¡±
¡°Hou, you have a really interesting item huh, young man. For a probing artifact, I¡¯m feeling a really strong power from it. Can you ascertain the whereabouts of your importantrades with that?¡±
Thepass was pointing at a point to the south continent. It showed that Aiko was undoubtedly at the devil king castle of the devil race. Hajime who was convinced that it wasn¡¯t a faked image clicked his tongue, Freed who was showing interest at thepass was the first time since they arrived here that he was obviously disying his emotion. In his words, there was a lot of sense of superiority put there.
From Hajime¡¯s attitude, Kaori and others also guessed that the image on the screen was the real thing and their expression turned bitter. And then in this kind of time, the first one to howl was Kouki. Kouki raised his voice in rage.
¡°You coward-! What invitation with you taking ourrades hostage-! Return everyone right now-!¡±
¡°Ahahah, as expected from Kouki-kun! You are straightforwardly kind aren¡¯t youuu. You are so serious even for those trashes, I¡¯m falling in love with you all over againnn¡±
¡°Eri, don¡¯t screw around. There is nothing for you by doing this kind of thing! Return back everyone, you too alsoe back to us!¡±
¡°Aaahn, you saide back to meee. Are you nning to kill me in agony?¡±
¡°Eri-¡°
¡°Kufufu, wait a bit ¨Ckayy. Sooon, I will make Kouki-kun into only my Kouki-kun okayyy¡±
Kouki¡¯s yell didn¡¯t reach Eri at all. In a nce, it looked like a conversation but it wasn¡¯t one at all. For Eri ¡®the Kouki inside Eri¡¯ was something fixed. Only Kouki who was convenient for herself was her Kouki. That distortedness seemed to have be even worse evenpared to the betrayal of that day.
Kouki who understood that his words didn¡¯t reach gritted his teeth while his gaze returned at Freed. And then the moment when he was about to argue further,
*DOPAN! DOPAN!*
¡°-!?¡±
A familiar gunshot interrupted him. Two streaks of crimson shes soared straight at Freed and Eri. The shes were going to instantly st a part of Eri¡¯s body and Freed¡¯s skull, however, two Nointo cut in with afterimage left behind them and blocked the bullets with theirrge sword.
Different from before, arge crack entered therge sword with one attack, if there was one more shot the sword would break but it didn¡¯t change the fact that the attack was stopped, Hajime who irritatedly scowled was going to pull the triggers further.
¡°Do, don¡¯t! Wait! Please, wait, Nagumo-kun¡¡°
The one who hindered that was Suzu. Her small body reached straight at Hajime¡¯s arm in a tackle. Hajime didn¡¯t even twitch with something like Suzu¡¯s weight, but looking at her dangling on his arm with desperate expression and voice averted Hajime¡¯s attention for a moment.
In that opening even while trickling with cold sweat, Freed barely kept his expression unchanging and opened his mouth.
¡°¡ This madman. Are you not valuing the lives of yourrades?¡±
¡°Hah, you forgot already how I blew away your pridedrades before this in the same situation? Obediently following you will only get us all killed anyway. After all, your self-proimed god seems to desire to look at my painful death, isn¡¯t it?¡±
¡°You are saying, that in that case, you will survive just by yourself even by abandoning yourrades?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t make me say this repeatedly. Those guys aren¡¯t myrade or anything. Besides¡¡±
Fearless smile and beastly ring eyes were directed at Freed. Toward Freed who instinctively took a step back on the back of the white dragon Uranos, Hajime dered as though to say that his words were exactly themon sense of this world,
¡°Even if I epted the invitation after ughtering you all, there won¡¯t be any problem, right?¡±
Incidentally, if it was an invitation to the devil king castle then they would need one or two presents, Hajimeughed while making a gesture of slitting his neck. Everyone understood that he was saying he was going to bring the heads of Freed and others as the present. Kouki and others made shuddering expression thinking that the way of thinking of this guy was exactly that of a devil king.
Hearing that really arrogant way of talking, also feeling rage toward himself for stepping back even slightly toward such Hajime, Freed¡¯s expression distorted for an instant although he immediately smoothed over his face and lifted the corner of his lips with a scoff.
¡°How high-spirited. In front of this many apostle-sama I cannot think of you as sane but¡ on this asion, how about I put out one more card.¡±
¡°Aa?¡±
Giving a nce at the doubtful Hajime, Freed changed the viewpoint of the screen that projected Aiko and others. It seemed that besides the cage imprisoning Aiko and others, there was one more cage. It had the same built, but that cage which was quite small sized was something to imprison one or two people.
And then, the moment the people imprisoned inside there was projected,
¨D¨D¨D¨D
Sound vanished from the world.
An abnormal killing intent to the degree that made everyone hallucinated like that was covering the whole area in the surrounding.
Those who could recognize that sound vanished were those in the ssification as a strong person. After all the killing intent¨D¨Dor possibly it should be called as demonic intent already, against the torrent of that terrifying presence, in order for their instinct as a living thing to preserve their mind, the monsters that were Freed¡¯s subordinates immediately had their consciousness shutdown and fainted.
Even Suzu who was clinging to Hajime¡¯s arm felt that her consciousness was going far away while flopping down on the ground, she bit hard on her lips and somehow maintained her consciousness with that pain.
¡°-¨D¨D-¨D¨Dyo, you bastard, don¡¯t you care, about what¡¯s going to happen to that fish imitations-¡°
Freed was putting his awareness at his breathing that felt like it would stop anytime while giving off warning with warped expression. He already didn¡¯t have any leisure to dress up any calmness.
¡®Fish imitation¡¯¨D¨Dthe two silhouettes that Freed called like that as well as the reason that drastically changed Hajime¡¯s presence were¡ Myuu and Remia.
At the center of the cage, the two were tightly hugging each other to confirm each other¡¯s existence. They couldn¡¯t hide their uneasy expressions, but even so, they stout-heartedly observed the surrounding without showing a tear.
Hajime had made preparation before they left Erisen so that not even the smallest chance could hurt Myuu and Remia. Artifact to iste and hide the presences of the two and a detection artifact to warn Hajime in the case enemy appeared were left there. Barrier artifacts to buy time were also set at the city of Erisen and Myuu¡¯s house. Hajime didn¡¯t spend six days there just for show.
But, none of those was effective and Myuu and Remia were kidnapped. The preposterous strength of Hajime¡¯s artifacts and his bond with Myuu, without knowing those two things this was something impossible to happen, It was also something that no one would even think to carry out, to begin with.
In other words, there was only one person who could arrive at such idea and kidnapped the two with the perfect setup.
Hajime¡¯s gaze slowly flowed at Eri piercingly.
¡°¨D¨D-¡°
A presence that pratingly invaded until the depth of the mind was crawling all over Eri¡¯s skin. Eri¡¯s body was shuddering with chills, his body temperature that was rapidly lowering naturally made her breathing disordered.
Afer Hajime pierced such Eri with his gaze for a few moments, his gaze moved quietly as though she was just a stone at the roadside. Immediately, Eri staggered in the air as though she was just released from a binding.
Regardless of being the source of the inhuman demonic intent, as though it was just a lie, Hajime¡¯s eyes turned calm and even looked sleepy, that mismatched strange gaze moved at Freed once more. And then, his mouth opened with a calm voice as expected.
¡°¡ I¡¯ll ept the invitation.¡±
¡°Wha, what?¡±
With the demonic intent still gushing out without change, the words that were let out from Hajime¡¯s mouth made Freed¡¯s expression turned bewildered.
¡°¡ I said that I¡¯m epting the invitation. Lead us on quickly.¡±
¡°-¡ Hmph, you should say that right from the beginning.¡±
At the same time with the repeated words, the demonic intent was gradually settling down. Even while breathing in disarray, Freed made a sneer with an expression that recovered his calmness. Like that he jolted awake the fainted swarm of gray dragons with metamorphosis magic while beginning to chant the spell to open the gate toward the devil king castle.
While giving a nce at Eri besides Freed who was simrly drenched with arge amount of sweat while breathing roughly and Kouki and others who were released from their stiffened body, Yue tilted her head while looking up at Hajime.
¡°¡ Is it fine?¡±
¡°¡ Yeah. If we know the ce then we can use crystal key to connecting the space, but the timeg is too long. Besides, the other side should know too that we are in possession of space transfer power.¡±
¡°Perhaps, they have to make a countermeasure, aren¡¯t they?¡±
¡°It¡¯s troubling that there is the worst case. Unlike sensei-dono and others, Myuu and Remia art not able to buy the time topensate for that timeg with their own strength after all.¡±
Just as Tio said, if they felt like it they could use crystal key and thepass and teleported urately to the devil king castle where Aiko and others were captured.
But, because it was a concept magic there would be timeg created no matter what until the magic was invoked, for the enemy side who knew that Hajime and co possessed space magic, it was unthinkable that they would miss that opening timeg.
Even so, if it was just Aiko and others, they were a cheat group so perhaps they would be able to endure and pull through that timeg using their spec. For that reason, Hajime chose an annihtion battle tactic before, but Myuu and Remia whose fighting strength was nonexistence¡ in addition, they were courteously entered into another cage then the story was different.
Thinking about the worst case, Hajime wanted to refrain from the forceful method.
¡°¡ Now, I¡¯ll guide you to the location of our lord. Don¡¯t worry, if you don¡¯t make any mistake then surely you will be able to touch those half-assed living things once more. Although it¡¯s hard to understand just what is good for those filthy living things.¡±
Freedpleted the gate and at the other side of the connected space, there were arge terrace and townscape below visible. It appeared that they didn¡¯t teleport directly at the audience hall where Aiko and others were at, the gate was opened at the outside of the upper level of the castle.
Most likely the inside of the castle had a barrier spread to forbid intrusion. Even if it was an ally there was no doubt that they would be unable to directly teleport in. Thinking about the defense of the devil king castle that was only natural measure.
Freed¡¯s expression became disappointed looking at Hajime who proceeded to the gate while ignoring all of Freed¡¯s mocking words, then he seemed to notice something and opened his mouth.
¡°That¡¯s right. Young man, before moving on let¡¯s have you take off your weapons.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Toward Hajime who was merely returning a silent gaze, Freed finally couldn¡¯t hide his joy from standing in a superior position and repeated his words with sneer mixed in them.
¡°Are you listening? I told you to quickly take off your weapons. Aa, also, let¡¯s have you wear this shackle to seal your magic power.¡±
The shackle that looked like handcuff was taken out with clinking sound, it greatly resembled the one that was once put on Aiko and Kouki and others. Even though Freed dressed up this as an invitation, yet the treatment waspletely like a prisoner.
Perhaps because there was the threat of hostage, Freed sneered understanding that. He had the air like a religious fanatic since before this, but until now he didn¡¯t seem like someone with petty personality. Perhaps the repeated defeat had distorted his personality. Possibly there was something after the invasion of the royal capital that deepened the degree of his fanaticism and he lost all restrain¡
In any case, Hajime¡¯s reply was decided.
¡°I refuse.¡±
¡°¡ What did you say?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t make me say it the second time. I said I refuse.¡±
Those words of Hajime without any enthusiasm made Freed¡¯s expression turned taken aback for a moment, but in the next moment, he directed a gaze as though he was looking at something that was hard to understand.
¡°¡ Are you unable to understand your position? You all have no right to refuse. If you don¡¯t stay quiet and follow what you are told, that ugly mother and daughter¨D¨D¡± ¡°Don¡¯t get carried away.¡± ¡°-¡ What did you say?¡±
The clich¨¦d speech that was threatening to harm Myuu and Remia if Hajime didn¡¯t obey was interrupted in the middle and Freed raised his eyes, a calm voice then reached him.
¡°Do you think if you take Myuu and Remia hostage, then everything of me is sealed? Understand this. The card you used, is a double-edged sword.¡±
¡°Double-edged sword¡ you say¡±
From Hajime, there wasn¡¯t any demonic intent or even killing intent like before. Far from that, he didn¡¯t even let out a speck of magic power, naturally, he also wasn¡¯t using ¡®Coercion¡¯.
Nevertheless, when they noticed the white dragon Uranos had slightly backed away, even Freed himself who was riding on its back noticed how his hand was trembling in small shivers. Just what in the world¡ without even any time to question that, Hajime¡¯s words were spoken.
As always, it was a calm voice without a drop of anger or hate that could be felt from it, it was like the robotic voice of Nointo, but without regarding ally or enemy the voice was apanied with reverberation that caused gooseflesh on the back.
¡°The reason that all of you are still alive is also thanks to Myuu and Remia. ¡ Just try putting even a single wound at the two of them. ¡ Children, woman, old man, noble or the poor, there won¡¯t be any distinction, the race called as the devil¡ I¡¯ll make them extinct.¡±
¡°¨D¨D-¡°
Freed gulped. Surrounded by hundreds of ¡®the apostles of true god¡¯ at the surrounding, and his lord was a living god, he should have rejected Hajime¡¯s words as impossible and merely a nonsense that would bring no problem at all. But, he felt a strange power that was hard toprehend in that toneless voice and even for just a moment the thinking of ¡®he might be able to do it¡¯ shed in his mind.
¡°I don¡¯t know what is your objective that you do something like inviting us, but I have no intention to ride into enemy¡¯s main base bare handed. After all, like that perhaps everything will be over without us unable to do anything. Rather than falling into a situation like that, rampaging around in sink or swim is still better.¡±
¡°¡ You are saying you are abandoning those mother and daughter?¡±
¡°I¡¯m not abandoning them. However, I¡¯m only thinking that losing my weapons here will be rted to abandoning them.¡±
A scene that often appeared in the story was one where the main characters had hostage taken and they threw away their weapon just like they were told, but Hajime didn¡¯t choose that. He thought that it was out of the question for the helping side to be made powerless for the sake of temporary safety. Like that would only cause everyone to be done in at the end.
Therefore, in that kind of time, Hajime would choose to annihte the opponent even if the hostage wouldn¡¯te out of it with all their limbs intact. As long as the hostage alive then they could be healed. Then the way to kill the opponent with certainty was rational. The intense preparedness that wouldn¡¯t submit to irrationality inside Hajime made him like that.
Of course, that was something awfully misaligned frommon sense, in some way that choice could also be called as wrongdoing. After all the maximum consideration and carefulness were demanded in the liberation of the hostage. Normally it was unthinkable to think that it would be okay as long as the hostage didn¡¯t die.
Not to mention if it was about someone that was an extremely important existence for themselves, it was normal for someone to hesitate and threw away their logic and belief.
¡°¡ As expected, you are mad.¡±
Therefore, the feeling that Freed harbored was such thing. Just when he took the initiative as the attacker and stood in the superior position, the opponent would abandon their base and came attacking instead. Furthermore, the basis of that action was which one would be able to annihte their opponent first, it was a chicken race like that. Indeed, it couldn¡¯t be helped that Freed doubted Hajime¡¯s sanity.
Although in this case there was a lot of bluffing factor included inside Hajime¡¯s words. For Hajime, he didn¡¯t think for even a little bit of wishing Myuu to be wounded. If possible, he wanted to take her back unharmed. For that reason, as much as possible he wouldn¡¯t tolerate being separated from his weapons.
Therefore, he caused the opponent to have the impression of ¡®I don¡¯t know what he will do if he is poorly cornered too much¡¯ and tried to forcefully keep his card. Hajime had already shown a portion of that impression in front of Freed so Hajime thought that the possibility he could have his way was high. But for argument¡¯s sake, he was also thinking about what to do in the case that this was no good.
¡°Then, while that madman is still not lining up a lump of woman and children meat of your fellow race in front of you, quickly take us in front of Myuu¡¯s location.¡±
¡°-¡¡±
Freed couldn¡¯t answer. He understood that Hajime wouldn¡¯t yield, but to take an enemy in front of his lord while they were still armed was something hard to be pardoned as a pious servant.
Speaking the truth, the devil king Aruv told him to use the hostage to bring them to him, but he didn¡¯t give any instruction to Freed regarding the details like weapon or binding. Aruv wouldn¡¯t mind it even if Hajime was armed.
In other words, the demand for disarmament was Freed¡¯s own decision using hismon sense, but as expected honestly nodding at Hajime¡¯s demand was a cause for hesitation.
There a Nointo, the ¡®apostle of the true god¡¯ who didn¡¯t say a word until now cut in.
¡°¡ Freed. Stop this unproductive matter. That person won¡¯t mind this kind of triviality. Rather he will even think that this will be a good entertainment. Also, as long as we are standing by, there is not even the slightest chance he can do anything. The binding for the irregr is enough with the very existences of us.¡±
¡°Kuh, however¡¡±
Giving a nce at Freed who was still balking, Nointo faced Hajime with exactly the same voice and expression like when she faced him before.
¡°My name is called ¡®Ahat¡¯. Irregr, the analyze of the data of your battle with Nointo is already finished. Don¡¯t think that you can win the battle with us for the second time.¡±
¡®Therefore, if you want to bring weapon then just bring it¡¯, it seemed that she was implicitly telling him that. Looking carefully, the ¡®apostle of true god¡¯ with the same appearance like Nointo introducing herself as Ahat, her eyes looked slightly shaking. Perhaps it was just his feeling, but to Hajime, it was something that looked like hostility or perhaps hatred.
¡®Don¡¯t think that you can win the battle with us for the second time¡¯¨D¨Dthose words weren¡¯t something from a simple doll, perhaps it was filled with more intense emotion.
But such thing didn¡¯t matter for Hajime. And so, he quietly turned his gaze away and headed toward the gate with cold eyes. It was clear that he was telling them to hurry and guide him.
Freed scowled at that arrogant attitude, but with the addition of the pressing from Ahat, he shook his head in annoyance and slipped through the gate.
Hajime and others followed from behind.
At that time, the only one who noticed Hajime¡¯s hand shining for an instance was only Yue who was beside him.
Part 2
Therge terrace that the gate was connected to had the space almost as big as a school rooftop, even with all of them stepping into there was still some space left. Nevertheless, that was also only after the gray dragons and the majority of the apostles flew to the sky.
The gray dragons flew up right after they came out, the apostles also went away somewhere leaving behind only ten of them. The ones remaining surrounded Hajime and others alertly.
At the same time with the gate behind them closing, Freed silently pointed his chin to urge them to follow him. Hajime also followed him silently.
¡°Kouki-kun, that monster was terrifying you kno, console meee¡±
¡°E, Eri-, you¡¡°
Right after they began to walk, Eri took Kouki¡¯s arm and she hugged him while beginning to prattle about such jests. Even though she had betrayed them and now she was taking their ssmates, hostages, again, she didn¡¯t look apologetic at all and grinned widely while pressing her body close at Kouki.
She didn¡¯t even give attention to Shizuku and others around her. She alsopletely ignored Suzu who called her. Shizuku and Ryutaro were directing gazes overflowing with wariness, but they didn¡¯t try to stop her. They judged that right now it was better to not quarrel imprudently.
Eri was glued at Kouki, her mouth approached his ear, her breath was blowing into his ear and she whispered something with a face that looked like in heat, looking at her like that it was unbearable but even Kouki himself, he was thinking about his ssmates and didn¡¯t forcibly shake her off.
Like that they walked through the long corridor made from stone crossing several corners, and then at the ce they reached there was arge door filled to the brim with the dignity that was worthy of an entrance that was connected to the audience room of the devil king castle. Perhaps to show the authority there was a globe that appeared to be symbolizing the sun, a design that depicted several pirs of light pouring down from that sun was engraved there.
Freed sent a sign at the devil race standing in front of the door with his gaze. Thereupon that devil race quietly held his hand at a part of the door, right after that a heavy sound reverberated and the door opened to the left and right.
Behind the door, the scenery that Freed disyed using ¡®Hermit Mirror¡¯ spread out, ahead of the red carpet they could see a spot that looked like an altar and an extravagant throne. Just like the image, at the side of the throne, there should be cages set behind therge pir.
Repressing their hot-blooded heart, they approached toward the empty throne. And a scenery exactly like the image they saw was there.
It appeared that the figures of Hajime and others were also visible from the other side. The ssmates opened their eyes wide, Aiko and Liliana who also noticed the door opened also gulped loudly in surprise.
The two¡¯s expression was slightly clouded seeing how Hajime and others were surrounded by apostles, but looking at Hajime whose corner of the mouth lifted up in a smile for the first time sinceing here, the two began to get teary eyes from deep emotion. And then, when they were just about to call Hajime¡¯s name with a maidenly expression that was obviously filled with special feeling¡
¡°Papaa¨D¨D!!¡±
¡°Dear!!¡±
The mother and daughter Myuu and Remia preceded them. And then, putting aside Myuu¡¯s ¡®papa¡¯, just what was with Remia¡¯s ¡®dear¡¯? Such dangerous gazes from the two which contained that question went back and forth from Remia and Hajime.
Ignoring the two who were unable to know about time and ce? Hajime¡¯s eyes gently ckened.
¡°Myuu, Remia. Sorry, you two got dragged into this. Wait there. I¡¯ll get you two out immediately.¡±
¡°Papa¡ Myuu is fine. I waited believing in papa. That¡¯s why don¡¯t lose to the bad people!¡±
¡°My my, Myuu¡ Hajime-san. We are fine so please be careful.¡±
Even though she was unable to hide her unease, but the moment Hajime appeared Myuu made a full smile and felt relief from the bottom of their heart. Looking at such Myuu, Remia also was concerned in an 180 to Hajime¡¯s calm atmosphere.
Freed was about to open his mouth to warn so they didn¡¯t make a racket as the pleased, but just before he could do that a voice resounded from behind the throne.
¡°No matter what age, it still looks beautiful, the bond between parent and child. I understand because I also have experienced it. Although in my case, it was a rtion between a niece and uncle you see.¡±
The wall behind the throne slid open. From there who came out was a golden haired and crimson eyed good looking man. His age was past middle-aged. He was wearing jet ck clothes and mantle with good quality and golden embroidery worked on the, and his hairstyle was all back. Several strands of his blonde hair that were dangling forward and his slightly opened shirt on his chest were strangely drafting off sex appeal.
Although what he drafted off wasn¡¯t only sex appeal. He also gave off the presence of youthful strength and the weight of a veteran. There was constant charisma in him that attracted those watching him. In all probability, this must be the devil king. And then, this was the guy introducing himself as the god ¡®Aruv-sama¡¯.
Hajime wordlessly narrowed his eyes at the devil king that appeared while smiling gently. And then he was about to open his mouth but simr like Freed someone beat him to the punch. However, that wasn¡¯t by the devil king ahead of his gaze, but it was by the shell-shocked voice at his side.
¡°¡ Li, es¡ how can¡¡±
¡°Yue?¡±
Yes, not even noticing at Hajime¡¯s call, she was leaking out a hoarse voice as though seeing something impossible with a greatly shaken state, it was Yue. Her eyes were opened wide, piercing straight at the devil king.
Hajime was about to call once more at Yue whose state was obviously abnormal, but then he was attacked by a strange d¨¦j¨¤ vu. Yue¡¯s golden hair and crimson eyes. Those were¡
¡°Yaa, Aleytia(???). It has been a long time, isn¡¯t it? As always, you are so small and cute.¡±
The words said to Yue by the devil king that interrupted Hajime¡¯s thought, those were filled by the affection that was really unthinkable for a first meeting. There, Hajime also noticed. The appearance of the devil king,pared to her beloved lover had a simrity somewhere.
Hajime murmured ¡®Don¡¯t tell me¡¯ inside his heart. That conjecture which he couldn¡¯t put into word was proved as correct by a word of Yue.
¡°¡ Oji-sama¡¡± (TN: Oji=uncle)
| | Next
Chapter 154
Chapter 154
| | Next
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Surprised by this release. Bakapervert wanted to see the rest of this series finish, especially as we approach the finale, so he¡¯s helping with editing. We will probably be releasing twice a week until the main story is finished.
P.S. Sorry aboutst Sunday¡¯s release. I finished the editting now.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. He also did the edits.
***________
Is it Lie, or Truth (Beginning)
¡°¡Oji, sama¡¡±
Yue¡¯s hoarse voice resounded. Her eyes were opened unusually wide, her small and slender hands were shaking in small trembles as though expressing the agitation inside her heart.
Normally it was an impossible situation for her to not notice Hajime¡¯s call to her, it showed just how deeply she was agitated.
Giving a nce at Hajime and the others who were evidently shocked looking at Yue¡¯s condition, the golden-haired red eyed devil king smiled really gently while once more addressing Yue with the unfamiliar name.
¡°That¡¯s right. It¡¯s me. Aleytia. Looks like you are surprised. ¡That¡¯s understandable. But, that look of yours is nostalgically lovely. You haven¡¯t changed at all since three hundred years ago.¡±
A smiling devil king. Yue took a step back, perhaps finally perceiving that the person there was her uncle. And then, just when she was about to say something with her trembling lips, the apostle Acht opened her mouth as though to beat her to the punch.
¡°Aruv-sama?¡±
Acht called at the devil king with an expression that was like a mask, however, her intonation was clearly questioning. From that indication, it was as though the devil king¡¯s attitude toward Yue was an unexpected situation for her. And it wasn¡¯t just the apostles, even Freed was simrly making a slightly questioning look.
Hearing that call, the devil king faintly smiled and suddenly he lifted his hand. ¡Toward Acht and others, the apostles of god.
The next moment, light of magic power that resembled Yue¡¯s exploded like a shbang grenade, instantly everything was drowned in light. That light then was absorbed back into Denreed¡¯s hand as though in a yback, after that the figures of the apostles crumbling down like a machine that had its electricity cut off became visible.
Furthermore, as though it was an afterthought, Freed and Eri also fell down. Kouki who was beside Eri was dumbfounded by the sudden situation, he was only staring at Eri fixedly without even a twitch.
In front of Yue and others who were dumbfounded by the sudden event, the devil king released a sigh ¡®fuu¡¯ as though he had just gone through a really nerve wrecking situation, next he lifted his thrust out hand over his head and snapped his tongue, invoking some kind of technique.
What was reflected in Hajime¡¯s magic eye stone was a golden barrier spreading in a dome shape. However, its purpose seemed as though it had a slightly different effectpared to the normal barrier.
¡°This is a barrier for deceiving interception and surveince. It¡¯s something to show different voice and scene that I prepared. With this, the apostles outside this ce won¡¯t notice what is happening here.¡±
¡°¡What are you nning?¡±
Hajime silently narrowed his eyes at this speech and conduct done by a person who seemed to be hostile toward the apostles while asking back.
¡°Nagumo Hajime-kun, isn¡¯t it? Your vignce is reasonable. That¡¯s why let me say this frankly without beating around the bush. I am the current devil king of the devil kingdom Gand, and the prime minister of the former vampire kingdom Avatar¨D¨DDenreed Gardia Wesperitirio Avatar¡a person who rebels against god.¡±
The words that were said with the majesty as the devil king reverberated inside the wide audience hall dignifiedly. Those words carried the power that made the people in this ce hearing them think that they were said seriously.
All the members other than Hajime gulped at the shocking truth. Who would ever think that the king of the devil race that opposed the human race was a rebel against god, such thing was unthinkable even in their dream. Their reaction was only natural.
Among them, Suzu who just managed to return to her senses yelled ¡°Eri-¡± while trying to dash at her, but she was stopped by Kouki¡¯s hand. His hand touched the nape of the neck of the fainting Eri and he felt her pulse, then he nodded while smiling that there was nothing to worry about. It appeared that Eri only lost her consciousness. Looking at Suzu patting her chest in a relieved sigh, Denreed spoke an apology ¡°Sorry to make you uneasy.¡±
Incidentally, regarding the apostles, they had their function suspended. Freed and others had their body function suspended¨D¨Dto put it another way, they were in a temporary death state.
In addition, with the ¡®devil king¡¯s apology¡¯, among everyone who was lost for words from the sequence of events, Hajime¡¯s gaze was sweeping at his surroundings while he was about to press the question at Denreed about his true intentions. But, at that time a yelling voice suddenly resounded. It was a voice that sounded like it was desperately trying to deny something.
¡°Lies¡there is no way that¡¯s true-. Den-ojisama was a normal vampire! Indeed, he was exceptionally strong, but he wasn¡¯t a true ancestor like me! There is no way that Oji-sama, that Denreed is still alive.¡±
¡°Aleytia¡. You are shaken, aren¡¯t you? Even so¡that¡¯s only natural. Although it was something necessary, I had done something horrible to you. If such a person suddenly appeared in front of your eyes, it would be stranger if you weren¡¯t shaken.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t call me Aleytia-! Don¡¯t pretend that you are Oji-sama-!¡±
Denreed smiled sadly toward Yue who was in an agitated state that even Hajime had never seen. Perhaps getting rubbed the wrong way even by such an attitude, Yue pushed her hand out with seething killing intent. Tremendous magic power was bursting out from her body.
Although she had epted the possibility of the difference in her memory inside the Ice and Snow Cavern, even so, the man in front of her eyes was the one who had locked her in the depth of darkness for a long three hundred years. It was the person who had betrayed her who had given him immense trust. There was no way she could be so easily convinced.
To say nothing of how that person who should have died to suddenly appear in front of her eyes, talking intimately, affectionately at her with the look that didn¡¯t change at all from three hundred years ago. Her heart was churning like a sea that was hit directly by a typhoon.
Following an impulse that she didn¡¯t even understand herself, Yueunched a lightning dragon. Nervousness ran through the other members at the current situation that was moving suddenly.
However, Denreed only kept smiling. With an attitude that could even be said asposed, once more, he snapped his fingers. At that instant, along the edge of the altar where the throne was located, a wall of light rose up. The lightning dragon that was howling thunderously while approaching Denreed crashed onto that barrier, yet it was unable to destroy the very strong barrier.
Inside the surging lightning, Denreed talked with a gentle voice from the other side of the barrier.
¡°Aleytia Gardea Wesperiterio Avatar. The most beautiful and wise queen in history, my beloved niece. I am certainly your uncle. I wonder if you remember. That I was a powerful monster user.¡±
¡°What are-¡±
¡°If it¡¯s the current you then you should understand. Just why the I at that time was that powerful of a monster user.¡±
¡°¡-, an age of god magic¡metamorphosis magic.¡±
Denreed smiled saying ¡°Good answer¡±, just like in the past when he watched over Yue¡¯s study. Attacked by d¨¦j¨¤ vu, Yue¡¯s expression distorted.
¡°Exactly. To say further, I also obtained regeneration magic. Though unfortunately, my talent in that area is poor, it¡¯s like throwing a pearl before swine. In exchange, I can boast that I am very much talented in metamorphosis magic. I also worked really hard on it. As the result, not only creating monsters, I also became able to perform strengthening on my own body. That¡¯s how I extended my life until now.¡±
Actually, Hajime had drawn out his railgun and nonchntly fired under the cover of the lightning dragon, but understanding that the barrier couldn¡¯t be broken through easily, he put his hand on Yue¡¯s shoulder. With that lightning dragon that had bad efficiency and convergence rate iparable from usual due to her disordered mind, it was only a pointless waste of magic power.
Yue suddenly returned to her senses from the warmth on her shoulder, she red once at Denreed with dangerous eyes then dispersed the lightning dragon. She then recovered her calmness in a few minutes before making her question, even so, she didn¡¯t hide how her tone became rougher.
¡°¡That day the devil that uses the white dragon, he said that you are a god with the name Aruv. He said that you had led the devil race for a few hundred years until now!¡±
At the very least Denreed had worked as the prime minister of the vampire kingdom Avatar for more than twenty odd years until Yue was imprisoned, Yue pped the contradiction with Freed¡¯s statement at Denreed.
Even so, Denreed¡¯sposure didn¡¯t crumble. As though to say that what Yue pointed out was only natural, he calmly answered.
¡°What Freed said is not mistaken. I am certainly Aruv, at the same time it can also be said that Aruv is not me.¡±
Yue¡¯s gaze became severe hearing Denreed answering with something that sounded like Zen philosophy. Denreed smiled wryly at that while continuing his words.
¡°The existence called Aruv was the retainer god of god Ehito during the age of god. He is someone like a subordinate. At first, Aruv swore loyalty toward god Ehito and became his hands and feet, yet one day, he held a doubt. Is it fine to keep overlooking the inhuman act of god Ehito like this, he thought. A few hundred years, a few thousand years passed while he was holding that doubt which grewrgr and before long he grew to hold the intention of rebellion.¡±
Denreed walked around the throne with steady sounds of footsteps. That calm tone for some reason resounded really well despite its volume that wasn¡¯t loud at all, even so it didn¡¯t make anyone feel difort at all.
¡°But, there is no way he can match god Ehito who is the chief god. Therefore, Aruv formed a n. That n is, he would descend to the surface as Ehito¡¯s pawn and intensified the war of the people, and as the situation fell into chaos, he would shoulder the role of devil king¨D¨Dunder such pretense, he would then search in the surface for any method and battle strength that could oppose Ehito.¡±
Denreed stopped talking for a moment and opened and closed his hand repeatedly. He was doing that gesture as though to ascertain the sensation while continuing.
¡°But, a god that doesn¡¯t have flesh body, needs a flesh body as a vessel so they can act fully on the surface. Aruv also searched for a person who could be his vessel to reside his soul into that body. Originally, making one¡¯s soul reside inside another person¡¯s body isn¡¯t something easy even for god if the rejection of the body¡¯s owner is strong but¡if they disyed their existence as god then there won¡¯t be anyone rejecting them. After all, it¡¯s not like the person¡¯s self will disappear, rather it even feels like an honor, right?¡±
¡°¡Like that, Denreed was also chosen by Aruv?¡±
¡°Aruv was mad with joy, you know? If I was merely someone with aptitude, then he would only tell me that he was a retainer god of Ehito, but I knew the truth. I could possibly be a true fellow rebel. Aruv told me his will from inside my body while outside I was under the observation of the apostles. Even now Aruv is inside me, giving me help in various matters. Two souls in one body. That is the meaning of my words that I am Aruv and also not Aruv.¡±
Denreed paused to ascertain whetherprehension had reached Yue and the others while putting his hand on the throne. Seeing that, Yue made aplicated face while asking.
¡°¡Since when?¡±
¡°It happened just a little bit before you seeded the throne. At the same time, even I who was unable to do anything even knowing the truth understood that there was something that I could do. I thought that as my mission.¡±
¡°¡Mission.¡±
¡°Yes, the mission to overthrow god. Though it was really hard making it so that god Ehito and his apostles wouldn¡¯t catch my true intentions, you see. Thanks to that, I was made to do many things that were not my true intention countless times.¡±
Denreed smiled asking if there was anything else she wanted to ask, seeing that smile it woke up the memory of the time when he was in the role as her instructor, shaking Yue¡¯s heart. The way he talked and his atmosphere felt like the uncle inside her memory. She began to think that by any chance he might really be alive just like he said.
And then, if that was really the case, there was something that Yue wanted to ask, no, something that Yue had to hear at all cost.
¡°¡Why did you betray our country? Why, I was impri¡¡±
¡°I¡¯m sorry.¡±
¡°-¡I don¡¯t want to hear your apology-! The reason-¡±
Yue yelled at Denreed who was saying words of apology with a mournful expression. Hajime at her side put strength into the hand he put on her shoulder to calm her down. The other members were also directing serious expressions at Denreed without butting into this matter that was rted with Yue¡¯s past.
¡°Aleytia. You were a prodigy, to the degree that no other could possibly catch up to you in the field of magic. Even I who was a user of an age of god magic wasn¡¯t a match against you. This strength was too conspicuous. That was why eyes were attracted to you. Just like Nagumo Hajime who is at your side.¡±
¡°¡Irregr.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. Aleytia, I wonder if you remember? At that time, the upper echelon of Avatar was already in the process of being dyed by the influence of god Ehito¡¯s faith. That included both your parents too. You should have felt a glimpse of that.¡±
¡°¡I remember. Oji-sama and Chichi-ue quarreled often regarding my education. ¡Oji-sama was assigned as my instructor. That was why I was raised without really getting concerned by the faith.¡± (TN: Chichi-ue is father.)
Denreed nodded back toward the nodding Yue.
¡°That was because I knew the truth. I didn¡¯t have any method to ascertain whether the liberators¡¯ words were truth or not, but I thought that it was dangerous for you who was still young to put your faith unconditionally. I wanted to protect you. But, my effort to distance you from the faith became in vain.¡±
¡°¡A pawn that didn¡¯t move as wished for was a hindrance?¡±
¡°Something like that. The n to assassinate you became fully all-out. Your immortality isn¡¯t absolute. Especially if the enemy is a god then that¡¯s even truer¡even after I obtained the age of god magic, I didn¡¯t have the confidence to protect you from god¡¯s intention. Besides, I who had Aruv residing inside my body and awoke to my mission didn¡¯t want to lose you who are a trump card. That was why, before the assassination was carried out, I arranged your death and hid you. Until the time when the beacon of the rebellion can be raised.¡±
¡°¡¡±
Her uncle didn¡¯t betray her. Rather he was trying to protect her. Even if he had a feeling that considered her as battle strength, his words contained the feeling that he didn¡¯t want to let her die, which matched with a portion of Yue¡¯s memory.
Right now, Yue¡¯s expression looked anxious as though her unmanageable emotion that was too much for her had lost its ce to go, as though she was a lost child.
Her powerless trembling voice that disyed her unstable feelings threw thest question.
¡°¡The hostage? If you are really Denreed-ojisama then¡if you say that you didn¡¯t betray me, then why?¡±
Toward those words mixed with criticism inside from Yue who was casting her eyes downward, Denreed smiled wryly while murmuring ¡°About that¡±. And then he snapped his fingers once more. Instantly the radiance covering the cages silently dimmed and vanished, the lock of the cages also clicked open.
The captured ssmates, Myuu, and Remia stared at the unlocked door with bewilderment.
¡°I thought that if I didn¡¯t do this then I wouldn¡¯t even be able to meet you. Besides, I also had the objective of guarding them for the sake of when the timese. I want you to forgive me about their wounds. The one who went to pick them up were the apostles. I couldn¡¯t treat their wounds in front of them. Just in case Imanded them to not kill anyone. After all, perhaps they might be allies from here on together with Aleytia.¡±
¡°¡Com, rade?¡±
It seemed that ording to Denreed it was that kind of reason. Perhaps she had used up everything that she could use to argue, that Yue only repeated Denreed¡¯s words with doubt. Her voice already had no heat in it, furthermore her raging heart became even stormier. Because she was given arge amount of information all at once, and how all that information was something important and impossible to ignore for her, she was unable to sort her feelings.
Even Shia and others who were watching over Yue couldn¡¯t hide their bewilderment of what to do. The people imprisoned inside the cages were unable to move feeling the atmosphere of the ce.
Inside such an atmosphere, Denreed watched fondly as though he had seen through Yue¡¯s heart, he descended from the altar while making a smile. The destination where he was walking calmly was Yue¡¯s location.
¡°Aleytia. I want you to believe me somehow. I love you, whether right now or in the past. Just how impatiently I have been waiting for this day when I can see you again. During these three hundred years, there wasn¡¯t a day that I had forgotten you.¡±
¡°¡Oji, sama¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. I am your Den-ojisama. My cute Aleytia. The time hase. Please, lend me your strength, in order to finish everything.¡±
¡°¡Lend, my strength?¡±
¡°Let¡¯s defeat the god together. Just like when we fought the country¡¯s external enemy together back to back. God Ehito is already going to end this era. Actually I nned to hide you until the time when we really have to fight but¡this is a windfall. You have be far strongerpared to the past, and then there are even this many users of age of god magic gathered here. Surely we can even reach god Ehito.¡±
¡°¡I, I am¡¡±
Denreed¡¯s words shook Yue. Denreed was spreading open his arms, as though he was going to embrace Yue who was like that.
That posture resurrected a memory of her childhood at the back of her mind once more. When the young Yue achieved some kind of result in magic training or ss, ¡®Den-ojisama¡¯ would smile looking even happier than Yue who made the aplishment while he would surely spread open his arms to wee her. And then, he would praise Yue who jumped at him saying ¡°You worked really hard¡± while stroking her head.
The hug of her important rtive who was alive, and who didn¡¯t betray her. She loved him dearly like a father, even more than her real father. Yue¡¯s eyes wavered.
Denreed¡¯s smile was increasingly deepening, he was about to say some words in order to embrace Yue.
¡°Now, let¡¯s go together. Aleyti¨D¨D¡±
Instantly,
*DOPAN-!*
Such familiar dry sound reverberated. At the same time, Denreed¡¯s body snapped back facing up, and then he copsed behind just like that.
No one was able to grasp what just happened, they were staring at the copsed Denreed with their pupils turning into dot. His body didn¡¯t even twitch. The vast audience hall was filled with silence.
Inside such an atmosphere, a ¡®click¡¯ sound that was like a cocked firing hammer, no, it was exactly the sound of firing hammer being cocked broke the silence. The people in that ce twitched with trembling body and sent their gaze at the sound¡¯s source all at once.
There a scene that they half-expected unfolded.
Namely¡
¡°Move out of the way. I¡¯ll make that guy into mincemeat.¡±
Holding Donner that had white smoke rising up from it, while spouting abusive line like a hoodlum, the figure of Hajime who had vein pulsing on his forehead was there.
| | Next
Chapter 155
Chapter 155
| | Next
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
P.S. Sorry aboutst Sunday''s release.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. He also did the edits.
***___________
Is it Lie, or Truth (End)
"Move out of the way. I''ll make that guy into mincemeat."
From Hajime''s voice anyone could understand that he was extremely displeased. But, at the same time, the gun trigger was pulled again, and a bursting roar echoed. Four streaks of crimson sh took flight, shooting through the four limbs of the copsed Denreed. Denreed''s body twitched a few times.
Hajime took out a B from the ''Treasure Warehouse'' and threw it at Denreed while at the same time he took out Orkan and pulled the trigger toward the copsed apostles.
*pshu pshu pshu*, consecutive shooting sounds reverberated and several streaks of something left fire trail through the air.
After a beat, grand explosions and shockwaves were created. The swarm of missiles that disyed such tremendous might blew away the apostles. Here and there the apostles burst open like broken dolls. Hajime stored Orkan inside the ''Treasure Warehouse'' and further aimed the muzzles of Donner and Scg at Freed and Eri who copsed in a false death.
There, the surrounding finally returned to their senses.
The first one who raised a strange voice that resembled a scream was Suzu. "UWAaAAH!!" While raising such a desperate or panicked scream, she leapt at Hajime''s arm and dangled there. If she didn''t do that, she thought that Eri would be turned into small pieces. Her teary eyes that were looking up at Hajime were desperately pleading "Remember your promiseee~!!"
Next, Shia yelled "Stop desuuuu!" while leaping at the opposite arm that Suzu held.
"Ha ha ha ha ha ha, Hajime-san!? What are you doing-! That''s Yue-san''s uncle you know!?"
"Tha, that''s right! The logic is just too nonexistent here! Aa, his head waspletely shottt. Qu, quickly use regeneration magic¡"
"Ka, Kaoriii, hurryyy! Super hurryyyy! No matter how I see it this is at instant death level but, if it''s you then perhaps he can make it somehow!"
"Na, Nagumo. I already thought since a while ago that someday you are really gonnamit a crime like this¡"
Starting from Shia, Kaori and Shizuku also started making an uproar, Ryuutaro was getting cold sweats while saying something rude. Tio at first was making a dumbfounded expression before she put her hand on her chin looking as though she was pondering something. Usually, at this kind of time, it would be Kouki who butt in at the very front, but that Kouki was standing in front of Eri. It seemed that he cut in there the moment Hajime aimed his gun.
And then, Yue whose uncle was shot to death by her lover right in front of her eyes,
"¡ Haji, me?"
Her eyes opened wide while she looked up at Hajime beside her in a daze.
Hajime nced at such a Yue and then he separated Shia and Suzu who were clinging on his arms, he then stopped Kaori who was about to rush at Denreed¡¯s position to revive and heal him.
And then with really frightful naturalness, to the degree that there was no time for anyone to stop him, quickly, without even looking he shot Freed using Donner and threw a b at Eri. Looking at Freed whose head had a hole put on it and Eri whose body was wrapped all over, Suzu raised "hih" a short shriek and Ryuutaro leaked out "Uwaa" in a cramped voice.
As expected, without even giving a nce at those two, the expression of Hajime''s eyes warped with an irritated look. Even so, without any carelessness he kept the aim of his guns at Denreed and the apostles who were still copsed as he opened his mouth.
"I thought that I would keep quiet until Yue put an end to it by herself, but no matter what Yue is just too shaken and it looked like she was going to ept that bullshit. So, I forcefully ended it myself."
"¡ Bullshit? What do you mean?"
Yue''s eyes were wandering in perplexity by the shocking fact that her important rtive might be shot to death by her beloved lover. Looking at such a Yue, Hajime was slightly regretting that he wasted no time to kill the guy, since in the end she got this shaken and he had to exin.
"No, no matter how you look at it, wasn''t it just an exnation that is full of holes. Even Yue, if you are just slightly calmer then surely you will notice, but¡ well, someone with the same appearance with your rtive suddenly made an entrance so perhaps it couldn''t be helped, huh."
Saying that, what Hajime pointed out was that even though there was a necessity to hide Yue''s existence, if Denreed was alive all this time then he should have been able toe to meet Yue. If she was his beloved niece, then there was no way he would abandonden Yue alone for three hundred years in the darkness.
Also, the sealing method performed on Yue, no matter how one thought about it, it was obviously done by taking into consideration the aftermath of the caster''s death. So, that even if the caster wasn''t there anymore, Yue''s presence wouldn''t be detected by any means. Also with the caster''s death, the secret would never be revealed. Such intention was transparently obvious in the method of Yue''s imprisonment. If it was actually a method taken by a person who was still alive, at the very least there was no affection at all that could be felt from that.
Also, if Denreed made an excuse that he was gathering battle strength, then it was unnatural that the story of the liberators was not out in the open. Even if Aruv himself didn''t know, at the very least Denreed should have a very thorough knowledge about the Ice and Snow Cavern and the Orkus Great Labyrinth. If the story of the liberators was actually known then it was unnatural that there was no other user of age of god magic other than Freed.
In other words, no matter how they looked at it, there was really no sign of Denreed gathering battle strength for when the time came.
There were parts from the fragments of Yue''s memory and Denreed''s old story that were consistent with each other so in a nce, indeed, it looked like this person was Denreed himself. However, Hajime andpany had thoroughly confronted existences that looked like them possessing their memory beforeing here, therefore just having the memory wasn''t a proof that he was the real person.
However, even though this devil king wasn''t Denreed himself, it appeared that he had already inherited his memory/ Yet for these three hundred years, he didn''te to the abyss to apprehend Yue who was an existence with a strength that attracted the notice of god, that was something questionable.
Because of that, Hajime didn''t make any intrusion waiting until Yue came to the understanding herself. Instead, he considered other objectives like whether the words of the devil king was the truth, or whether this person was really Denreed that was Yue''s uncle. He was focusing all his attentions to search for definitive proof.
The way Hajime looked for proof was to use his magic eye stone to confirm whether Denreed''s soul really resided inside that flesh. Using sublimation magic he was able to infuse even more ability into the eye, and making use of the soul magic Hajime inserted into the magic stone eye the addition of an ability that could look at the opponent''s soul.
The result, Hajime''s magic eye could see nothing except one dirty soul. It was like the soul was a spider that hadid out its web-invading through the flesh. Normally a soul should be in a harmonious state as though it was blending in, shining brilliantly at the center of the body.
For that reason, Hajime was convinced that putting aside the body, there was no way the inside was Denreed himself. Aiming for the moment when the impostor got out of the range of the powerful barrier artifact in the altar, hemenced a preemptive strike at the unknown who had pretended to be Yue''s important uncle.
Also, more than that, this person''s inside was fake, the impostor''s story about sealing the apostlescked credibility, so he also prepared a preemptive attack at the apostles.
Of course, this was a story where god was involved, so the chance that Denreed''s soul was sealed somewhere wasn''t zero. But, even in that case, Hajime could just search the memory of this person who assumed the name of Denreed and ascertain the existence of that possibility. Even flesh damage could be easily dealt with using regeneration magic. In other words, he could just further search for the truth from what this person said after beating him up.
Hearing Hajime exining the above matters in a shortened summary made all the members there bbergasted. Their head didn''t work that far from the development that was like a raging wave, but now that Hajime said all that, contradictions and unnatural points other than what Hajime pointed came out in droves.
It was as though, by bulldozing through using facts that were too powerful in impact like the matter about Yue''s rtive, devil king, the rebel against god, this person only focused on temporarily winning over Yue and nothing else mattered¡
Hajime was talking about his conclusion to all the members who were beginning to makeprehending faces while watching the surrounding alertly.
"And so, there is no reason to believe this bastard''s words, not even a speck of it. And most of all¡"
And then, Hajime cut off his words for a moment before he continued with words (real intention) that had unsettled irritation oozing out.
"What the hell with that ''My cute Aleytia'' huuh, asshole! This girl is ''my cute Yue''! Besides, Aleytia, Aleytia, how dare you keep calling her like that, you fuckers. Saying ''let''s go together'' trying to hug her in the confusion, just who give you that permission? Haaa? You think I''m gonna let you take her as you pleased. I''m gonna tear off all your limbs and sink you in a cesspool, shitheadd!!"
"So it''s merely jealousy huh (desu-)!" X3
In short, that was how it was. Ny percent of this was jealousy. While shing his gun with vein pulsing on his forehead, Hajime''s speech and attitude that red while spouting abuse at the body was perfectly a hoodlum.
If this was a meeting with Yue''s true uncle, even Hajime would surely straighten up his clothes and posture before seriously greeting with "Nice to meet you, I am his lover Hajime. Ie today to receive your daughter. Any objection won''t be recognized." (TN: Hajime even use politenguage here using desu or masu.)
But even though he was obviously an impostor, he thoroughly shook up Yue. Furthermore, he called her with an old name while acting so familiarly, and in the end, he tried to embrace her. For Yue to be embraced by another man, putting aside that the inside was a stranger (probably), right in front of his eyes¡ that was something that was worth a ten thousand death, in Hajime''s mind.
Looking at such a Hajime who was drafting off that much dangerous love in a certain meaning, Yue''s heart that kept getting shaken since they entered the audience hall settled with a snap. As though to show that her wandering eyes also snapped in ce, she was staring wholeheartedly as though she could see nothing except Hajime right now. Her cheeks were gradually colored with a dreamy rose color, her eyes that were dry like the desert began to moisten damply.
"¡ Hajime is jealous. Jealous for me¡ nn. I''m happy."
Inside her woman heart, Yue was ttered by Hajime''s condition who was fully exposing his jealousy. Even so, she was also scolding herself.
Although there were so many shocking things happening, she still had exposed such unsightliness. To say nothing of how she was epting someone while unclear whether it was really her uncle or not. She believed the unnatural story she was told without a doubt. Not only that, she was also going to ept the invitation to fight a god, even though that was a preposterous decision that forgot her promise with Hajime.
Indeed, her memory of Denreed was hard to forget, that memory of betrayal was traumatic for her. But right now, there were a lot of happy memories filling her chest that far surpassed all of those memories. It was only a short period of a few months, but the density of those memories easily exceeded the months and years she spent in her mothend. It was to the degree that even if this person was really her uncle, it was impossible for her to take his hand.
While she was talking with this imposter who wears the skin of Denreed, the warmth of Hajime''s hand that was put on her shoulder to support her, she should have been more aware of that.
Yue silently rubbed her forehead on Hajime''s arm while talking with a sweetly damp voice.
"¡ Hajime, I showed you my ugly side. I''m sorry. I''m fine already now."
"There is no need to apologize. After all, I know really well just how deep what happened before Yue was imprisoned in the abyss took root inside you."
"¡ Hajime. I love you. I love you so much."
Just like their promise to protect each other, at this time where the greatest demon for Yue was standing in her way, Hajime supported her like arge tree. Toward such a Hajime, Yue spilled her feeling along with a sigh of feverish breath.
But, at that timing, *p p* apuse sounds resounded.
"Oh man, really, I thought that even if there is some unnaturalness, but if it''s someone with the same appearance as the father of the lover you are doting on, you are going to falter a little. Who would ever think you were going to attack suddenly because of that kind of reason¡ It seems I misread how diminutive a human is.¡±
Different from just now not only there was no warmth that could be felt at all, rather contempt and scorn filled the voice that was saying such things. While saying that, Denreed, despite the fact his head and four limbs were drilled by bullets and wrapped in b that bound him in manyyers, was standing up.
The clothes of the devil king wrapping that body had no disarray to them, to the degree that it made anyone doubtful whether he really was shot. If there was no wreckage of the b under his feet, then everyone would doubt that they were daydreaming.
"Even though I almost managed to cause her mind to lean on this side after much work. Now we have to move on to the n B¡ like this I cannot save my face toward that honored person."
"¡ You are not Oji-sama."
"Hmph, I really am that Oji-sama of yours. However, perhaps I should say that it is this flesh that is your uncle."
"¡ Are you saying that you usurped that body?"
Yue floated an azure me on her right hand while questioning the imposter. With that figure, Denreed''s mouth split open widely in a grin.
"You really have bad hearing. I want you to call it an effective recycling. This retainer god of Ehito-sama, Aruv, used this body even after the owner''s death. This person has chosen you to know? Just how honored and deeply moved this body is, don''t you think? Good grief, even this man too, before he died he erased the memory of when he hid you and also the memory of the age of god magic so that I can only use his flesh, what a useless man. If I knew that you were still alive, then I would have dragged it out of this man, by all means necessary."
"¡ You killed Oji-sama?"
"Fufu, I wonder about that?"
"¡ Answer."
Killing intent surged out from Yue. Her crimson eyes shined fierily, the azure me on her hand increased in radiance. That blue me was the ''me of Divine Punishment''. It was something brutal that could even burn to nothing only the selected soul. That threat should be noticed by the very soul of the target itself.
But, the opponent Denreed¨D¨Dno, the evil god wearing his skin, he was only showing an arrogant smile as though he wasn''t feeling threatened at all.
"Hou, is that really fine? Perhaps my words just nowy, and actually, Denreed is still alive you know? What if he is hidden at the deepest bottom of this body?"
"-¡"
Yue''s breath unintentionally hitched. Surely even while ring she was about tounch the me questioning whether she was just being deceived. But, the next words stopped her handpletely.
"Kukuh, you are making a nice face. In deference to that funny expression, let me teach you one thing. ¡ It''s the words of Denreed just before he died. Hisst words that were addressed to you."
"¡ Uncle''s¡"
Hajime aimed his gun muzzle at Aruv as a threat so that he wouldn''t get carried away saying words to torment Yue continuously, but just like how Yue stopped her hand, Hajime''s movement alsopletely stopped.
However,ter on, Hajime regretted this choice. He was only thinking about Yue that his reaction toward the enemy dulled. Even if it didn''t match Yue''s wish, he should have decided that there was no need to hear whatever the enemy was saying.
Aruv showed a disgusting smile while putting on airs grandeously, then he opened his mouth.
"You see, Denreed whispered your name while saying this."
¨D¨DIt''s better if you die painfully.
"¡"
The arrow of words pierced Yue''s chest. Even without any magic or anything that disordered the mind, she couldn''t help but feel a sharp pain.
At that moment, everything happened at the same time.
"UoOOOOOOH!!"
¨D¨DBehind Hajime and others who confronted Aruv, Kouki who was beside Eri roared while shing at Hajime(???).
"-"
¨D¨DSilver light poured down from above. The Beautiful square light that prated the ceiling fell straight toward Yue(??) from overhead.
"¨D¨D''Degenerate Consciousnessss''"
¨D¨D From the other direction of the body of the copsed Eri, Eri''s(??) dark magic was fired toward Yue who was attacked by that light. Looking at that direction, from a space where there was nothing, an unharmed Eri that lookedpletely the same like the copsed Eri came out as though oozing from the air. And then, a flickering darkness ball appeared advancing right before Yue''s eyes.
"¨D¨D''Quake Sky''!"
¨D¨DSimr to Eri, Freed appeared as expected from a ripped space that was in a different spot from his pulverized body, he had already finished his chanting and fired space sting magic toward Myuu and Remia.
"This is payback. Irregr."
¨D¨DAt the same time with Aruv''s finger snap, a gigantic magic bullet flew at Hajime.
"Exterminate."
¨D¨DAn empty air where there was nothing undted, and several dozen apostles seeped out from there, they went to attack Hajime and others all at once.
It was a perfect simultaneous surprise attack where they all must have been waiting for this timing. The remain of Freed that had its head drilled and Eri whose body was bound crumbled with rustling sound into atoms as though to say that their role was over.
It appeared that at that instant when their field of vision was blinded by the light, both Eri and Freed were reced with some kind of artifact. It was something abnormal to be able to deceive even Hajime''s magic eye.
Even though Hajime made a bitter expression from getting done in like this, he immediately activated ''Light Speed'' and stretched an instant into several dozen seconds. Inside the gray world where the flow of time slowed, the great number of attacks slowly approached.
He could hear the roaring holy sword behind him. Light pir was falling from above Yue and in front of her flickering ck sphere wasing with eerie pulsing. From the front gray magic bullets were approaching while tracing a spiral. Invisible shockwave was running toward Myuu and Remia, and the apostles were assaulting Aiko and others with theirrge sword raised.
If he left them alone, the only future waiting was the word tragedy.
However, with Hajime alone, there wasn''t enough hands. Hajime reflexively gritted his teeth, but suddenly a gaze stabbed him from the side¡ when he looked by moving only his eyes, the figure of Yue staring at him strongly was there. Just from that, Hajime realized Yue''s thought. Namely, the will that told him ''protect Myuu and Remia''.
That pir of light, the most abnormal phenomenon in this current situation was aiming at Yue, on top of that even that acting of Aruv, and just as he said, even this simultaneous surprise attacks that he said as the n B made Hajime sensed that all of these were some kind of n toward Yue, causing him to feel a slight mental resistance toward leaving Yue''s side.
But, even so, the gaze she directed at him was the proof of her trust to her beloved lover. Then, there was no way he could betray that. Therefore, he decided.
In this moment, less than a second.
*GOGAN-!!* Terrific shockwave sound resounded while Hajime fired a shotgun from the elbow of his artificial arm. Kouki who approached from behind was counterattacked by countless pebbles and shockwave and his breath got blown away.
Without stopping, Hajime used the momentum from the shot recoil and pulverized the ground with his step, his figure blurred. He rushed with speed that didn''t even leave afterimage while avoiding the approaching magic bullet, his figure then appeared in front of Myuu and Remia. Perhaps from Myuu and Remia''s point of view, Hajime looked like he had teleported instantly.
The shockwave of the space sting that had approached until less than a meter was blocked by therge shield that Hajime took out while he was moving. The improvedrge shield reacted at the shockwave by releasing its own shockwave like an explosive reactive armor. With that, although cracks entered the surface of the shield, it managed to perfectly defended against the shockwave of the ''Quake Sky''.
As thepensation of Hajime prioritizing Myuu and Remia, the magic bullet Aruv fired attacked Shia and the others who were at Hajime''s surrounding. Furthermore, just before the bullet hit, as though it was avoiding Yue, the bullet ruptured and scattered to the surrounding to make everyone lose all ces to escape.
"-''Drawn Sky''!"
The reaction speed of the speed fighter Shizuku forcefully changed the target of the magic bullet to herself just before it could hit all her otherrades. As the result, Shizuku''s body that received the whole magic bullet of the devil king, although it wasn''t a direct attack because she drew the bullet using her ck katana, but she received an outrageous impact and got blown far away.
"I won''t let you!"
Ignoring all of those, Shia used bombing mode Doryukken to aim between the apostles and Aiko and the others, she pulled the trigger instantly. The fired bursting slug pierced the ground in front of Aiko and others, scattering shockwave along with the light blue ripple.
"KyAAAAAH"
"UWAAAAA"
Shia''s aim was to buy time. She didn''t think that she could stop several apostles at the same time, so she blew away Aiko''s group and the apostles to try to put distance between both sides for the time being. Her intention seeded, Aiko and others were barely able to escape therge swords of the apostles even while they were shaken by the impact.
Shia and Kaori who hade back to their senses were about to head toward the apostles who gathered themselves. At the same time, Tio pushed out both her hands as though to say that she wouldn''t let them do as they pleased more than this. She was about to release her breath attack. Her target was the devil king and the totally unharmed Freed who appeared from the distorted space just like the apostles.
But, the only one who actually managed to act was Shia.
"HAAAAAAH!"
"Ko, Kouki-kun!?"
Kouki who was supposedly blown away by Hajime hade back unnoticed and shed at Kaori.
"¨D¨D''Degenerate Consciousness''"
"-, a?"
And Tio was dazed for a slight moment at the same time with Eri''s chanting.
Toward Tio who exposed a ring opening even for just a few moments, a flying kick that was unthinkable from Eri''s amateur burst caused Tio to be blown far away like Shizuku. As for Kaori, she blocked the holy sword''s attack with herrge sword while locking sword with an unbelieving expression.
All of this happening until now happened within only a moment.
Like that, Hajime aimed the muzzles of Donner & Scg at Aruv and Freed and he was about to pull the triggers. Shia confronted the apostles with her back covering Aiko and the others. Tio and Shizuku were standing up while enduring the pain. Kaori was opening her mouth to look for exnation from Kouki. Ryuutaro and Suzu finally returned to their senses, and at that time¡
"Uh, a?"
A small whisper echoed, Yue''s figure was swallowed by the pir of light.
**__
Okay¡ this was a cool scene, but I¡¯m going to have to put our some fanboy rage here. You¡¯re saying all these characters did all this stuff in the intervening second¡ okay¡ but what about Yue? Yue is hardly a slouch. You¡¯re telling me that everyone else reacted in a mere micro-second, but one of the most capable people on the team just stood there and took it without moving, teleporting, erecting a barrier? If she was injured or protecting someone, sure¡ but this is justzy writing for plot convenience. I¡¯ll look forward to swallowing my words next chapter when the author better provide a reasonable exnation.
Chapter 156
Chapter 156
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
P.S. Sorry aboutst Sunday''s release.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. He also did the edits.
***PS¡ to those of you who felt likementing spoilers. I delete them when I see them, but you still did spoil the story for me, so seriously,%^%$ you. That is all.
***___________
What Was Lost
"Yue-!"
"Yue-san!"
Hajime and Shia reflexively yelled with voices driven by unease. The unknown light pir that was obviously aiming at Yue swallowed her, giving them nothing but a bad premonition. There was no way they wouldn''t be uneasy.
Yue whose body was stiffened finally moved as though she was released from a binding inside the half-transparent pir shining brilliantly.
As a matter of fact, Yue had received a binding for an instant. The cause was the darkly flickering sphere fired by Eri¨D¨Dthe Degenerate Consciousness. It was a magic of dark element, it would blow away the target''s consciousness just for a few moments, it also had the other use to obstructmands dispatched from the brain, even though it worked only for the moment it would take to blink.
This time it was used in that second way. In addition, the nature of Eri''s vocation as Necromancer came from the dark element, and with her strengthened body, her specs were explosively raised. Due to all those, this magic was strengthened to iparable powerpared to before.
Because of this, Yue''s body was momentarily restricted because her body''s nerve transmission was blocked, she waste in taking evasive action and also prevented from using magic.
Yue''s hand touched the boundary of the light pir in order to escape. But what came back was a hard sensation. From what she felt, it didn''t seem like it would simply harm her. Yue whoprehended that she was captured invoked space magic and attempted to split the light pir altogether with the space.
"-"
However, surprisingly the space splitting that she certainly had invoked exerted its effect everywhere but the boundary of the light pir. It was unable to even scratch the pir. Far from scratching, the pouring down light increased in radiance ringly, causing its gravity and eeriness to grow.
Yue gave up breaking the light pir and tried opening a gate. But it seemed the light pir didn''t allow even that. Ahead of Yue''s slightly impatient gaze was a distorted space that immediately returned back to before as though nothing had happened.
"Chih. Myuu, Remia, don''t move from here."
"Yes, nano!" (TN: Myuu got something like a catchphrase that made her sound cuter.)
"Dear¡"
Hajime who sensed Yue''s distressid out a barrier around Myuu and Remia using his crossbits and then rushed to break the light pir.
"Fufu, you think I''ll let you?"
Aruv saw Hajime''s grave expression and his expression distorted in joy while his finger snapped. At that moment, a great number of monsters and apostles, as well as those from the devil race and human race appeared inside the audience hall. The same as how the apostles appeared just now, they oozed out from distorted space.
The people from the human race all had nk eyes without exception, but the pressure released from their bodies wasn''t inferior to that of a monster. Most likely they were Eri''s puppet soldier¨D¨Dfurthermore they had been strengthened considerably.
The apostles flew all at once toward Hajime who was heading towards Yue''s distress.
"You all are in the way, you puppets-!"
With an angry roar, crimson magic power surged out from Hajime. It was his ''Limit Break''. Furthermore, his fighting style had been polished to a level iparable from before when he fought Neunte, and his railguns that had their spec rapidly increased using sublimation magic urately drilled through the apostles. (TN: The use of the name Nointo before this is mistaken, it should be Neunte which mean nine in German)
The one who analyzed their opponent wasn''t just the apostles. Hajime also had never ckened in his diligent study even for one day. He had done image training anti-apostle battles many times and increased his ability to this day.
Even so, his opponent were apostles. Possessing deviating spec, they were genuinely the soldier of god. They wouldn''t get broken through that easily. Also, by using the advantage of number, they didn''t let Hajime approach Yue.
The other members were also in the same situation.
Shia had her hand full from protecting Aiko and the others. Tio, Shizuku, Ryuutaro, and Suzu were also surrounded by apostles, monsters, and puppet soldiers and it was everything they could do just to protect themselves.
"-, Kouki-kun, return to your senses! ''Omni Sky''!"
And then even Kaori who was attacked by Kouki was handling the attacking apostles at the same time while attempting abnormal status recovery magic after judging that Kouki was under the effect of some kind of magic, but¡
*GIIIIN!!*
What she got was an attack from his holy sword. The two of them entered a sword locking contest once more. Kaori raised an agitated voice.
"Why-!"
"The one who needs to return to their senses is you, Kaori. How long are you going to continue something like this?"
"What are you saying-"
"You listened to Denreed-san''s story right? Even though he is trying to save this world, but Nagumo, against such a splendid person he¡it''s unforgivable."
Kaori made a bewildered expression hearing Kouki who was prattling on iprehensibly. And then her eyes suddenly met the eyes of Eri who currently was in the middle, repugnantly but urately interfering with Shizuku and her group''s consciousness using dark element magic to disrupt them with their battle. Instantly, Eri grinned with an evil smirk.
"-, Eri, you-"
"Kufufu, that''s not it, you kno, I was only guiding Kouki-kun''s consciousness for juu-st a little. I was just nting a convenient story inside Kouki-kun, you knoow? The rest is just Kouki-kun believing it by himself, seee"
It seemed that Kouki was brainwashed to believe only the bullshit first part of Denreed''s story. His originally strong prejudice and bad habit of convenient interpretation, and then all the burdens that repeatedly weighed his mind until now allowed Eri to easily brainwash him.
"You are saying you didn''t make him into a ''puppet''-"
Kaori was harboring doubt seeing Kouki who appeared to not listen at all to the conversation between her and Eri, and also at how he was only targeting her. She then threw her question at Eri of why she didn''t she kill Kouki at this chance and use her ''Bind Soul'' on him, which was her earnest desire.
Toward that Eri''s reply was¡
"I''m doing it, you knoow?"
"Eh?"
Kaori leaked out a befuddled voice fromck of understanding what Eri meant. She then received a fierce attack from the apostles that aimed at the opening she unconsciously created. Although Kaori somehow evaded and parried and avoided a lethal wound, several scratches were left on her body. She instantly healed those while directing a questioning look at Eri.
Eri cackled while answering, looking like she was enjoying that state of Kaori from the bottom of her heart.
"Even I wasn''t just ying around, you knoow? I didn''t shirk working hard in order to obtain an even better Kouki-kun and be a ''fine woman'' seeee"
"That-, what do you-"
"You see, I had improved ''Bind Soul'' so that it not only manipted residual thoughts of the dead, now it can even directly affect the thought of the living person you knoow! So to speak, it''s something like making a living spirit into your underling. While the person is still living, he will be my subordinate without feeling anything is out of cee! I guide Kouki-kun''s consciousnesss, nt what is righteousness mean for Kouki-kunn, and then inside his mind I be a pure heroine that will give him supportt!"
Hearing Eri''s talk, a shudder ran through Kaori''s expression. Since they arrived at the devil king castle, Eri was excessively clinging at Kouki closely, most likely that was for the sake of putting on this evolved ''Bind Soul'' in him. What should be feared from this was the chanting of this spell using methods that didn''t sound like a chanting. Words that were easy to understand for the target became a chanting that bound the will just like that.
Furthermore, after the guiding was finished, even when the magic wasn''t used anymore the effect didn''t cut off. After all, the person himself was under the impression that he thought and decided by himself. And the more time passed, it would be a truth for that person. It was a technique with extraordinary effect for a human like Kouki.
The reality was, the current Kouki was seeing Eri and Denreed''s group as exactly the people who were running about in order to save the world like an ally of justice. Hajime who hindered that was the bad one, and the people who followed such a Hajime were all brainwashed victims.
He was aiming at only Kaori surely because Eri was telling him to do that. Eri who would hate it if Kaori rampaged with the strength of the apostles guessed that if it was Kaori then she wouldn''t immediately kill Kouki with no questions asked. She then instructed Kouki to cooperate with the apostles to check Kaori in ce. Kouki decided in his subconscious that it was the ''right'' decision. No matter what kind of logic was attached to it.
In other words, Kouki waspletely turned into Eri''s puppet soldier even while he was still alive. The thinking that a person wouldn''t fall into Eri''s technique as long as they weren''t killed was a na?ve one. It seemed that Kouki had already fallen into Eri''s hand.
From here on, no matter what kind of truth and words anyone lined up, Kouki would surely be easily manipted just by a single devilish sweet word of Eri. Furthermore, Kouki believed that as ''something right'' that he decided by himself, so there was no decrease in his fighting ability. Ironically, the weak point of Kouki that Hajime pointed out¨D¨Dhis hesitation that would appear at thest moment due to his weak will was nowpletely gone.
While Kaori was racking her brain facing such a Kouki and the apostles, the other members were also falling into a considerable predicament.
Inside such a situation, the one who by his lonesome was blowing away several dozen apostles leaving them without all their limbs intact, scattering the entrails of the monsters, and turned the puppet soldiers into smithereens while steadily advancing forward was Hajime.
Right now even in this moment he was in the process of predicting the coordination of the apostles, analyzing the weak point of the new type monsters, andprehending the movement pattern of the puppet soldiers.
"-, stop right there-. Irregr!"
One apostle crossed her twinrge swords while rapidly approaching with multiple afterimages created behind her. Even though Hajime and the apostle were previously equal, now he was being engaged by multiple apostles at the same time, yet they were the side that got blown away one-sidedly. Although only a few apostles ceased to functionpletely from that, most got away with only injury. Coupled with how his advance was unstoppable, those facts made the apostle''s voice grow rough unconsciously.
And then an apostle circled to Hajime''s side to tyrannically strike therge sword. Still, with her voice sounding rough¡
"Out of my way-"
Hajime''s artificial arm reached as though he had already understood from the beginning that she would materialize here, catching her face in an eagle grip. The apostle reflexively gulped. With an angry voice along with ''Strong Arm'', Hajime threw her to the front.
While he was at it, the moment his hand released her, he didn''t forget to fire a bullet from his palm and pulverized her head. The beautifully arranged face was half blown away and the apostle glided on the air like a cannonball, hitting the avnche of approaching apostles and monsters.
A momentary path was created forcefully, which Hajime broke through while leaving behind an afterimage.
"-aAAAAAAAAAAH!!"
The roaring Hajime was growing up in battle strength by each second, by each move, and by each difficulty. Seeing that caused Aruv and Freed''sposed attitude to crumble as their look turned bitter. They were showing an intention to attack Hajime. Naturally the apostles also matched that intention andmenced their assault.
{I won''t let thou-}
Right after that, a shadow covered the audience hall. That was therge body of Tio who turned into a dragon. Perhaps she used metamorphosis magic, her size was nowrger by a levelpared to usual. Her coloring also felt like it became cker.
No matter how spacious the audience hall was, turning into a dragon inside limited space like this would only make her into a nice target. Tio herself should have also understood that, nevertheless. she still turned into a dragon, It was for the sake of bing Hajime''s shield using her body.
She took a position between Hajime and Aruv''s group and turned into a castle wall using her dragon scales.
"Impertinent."
"Hmph, I''ll take payback for before."
Aruv and Freed mercilesslyunched attack magic. The apostles at the surrounding were also attempting to kill Tio using their disintegration ability without a drop of mercy.
By invoking sublimation magic, metamorphosis magic, and ''Pain Conversion'' to the greatest effect, she heightened her ability of dragon scale reinforcement to the extreme, and for thest, she deployed manyyers of wind barrier in an attempt to disperse the enemy''s force but¡her opponents were just too dangerous. Tio''s beautiful ck scales were shaved away in the blink of eye.
{Guu, uUUU¡}
"Tio-. Don''t be reckless!"
Tio''s prided dragon scales became fragments and scattered everywhere along with a shockwave sound, looking at her state where her body was even possibly gouged out, Hajime couldn''t endure and yelled.
While counterattacking using her breath attack, tail, and countless wind desunched at the surrounding, Tio turned her long neck, her golden eyes that were split vertically carried zing resolve in them, with that she faced Hajime.
{If not now, then when will it be the time to get reckless! Quickly go-}
"Tio¡"
{That light is not normal! Quickly save Yue-. ¡Rest assured. Until Goshujin-sama embraces me, I absolutely won''t die!}
"¡Geez, thanks okay. I''m counting on you."
{Yes. Count on me-}
Hajime didn''t turn back anymore and focused his mind on ughtering the enemies standing in his way between him and Yue. He ignored the attack from behind by Aruv and Freed. He had said that he would leave it to the woman that he counted on. There was not the slightest bit of cause to pay it any more attention.
Like that, Hajime who pulverized several apostles finally arrived at the pir of light.
"Yue-!!"
"¨D¨D!!"
Looking at Hajime who leaped out from the crowd, the imprisoned Yue opened her mouth but her voice didn''t reach. From how Yue was breathing heavily, it was obvious that she had been testing every kind of magic. Even so, the unbreakable pir of light was abnormal just like Tio said.
Yue inside the light was clutching her chest tightly with her hand while unease and pain showed on her expression, it seemed that she was receiving some kind of effect due to the torrent of light that was pouring down like heavy rain. Her figure that shook her head sometimes as though to shake away something was also making Hajime feel uneasy.
"I''ll smash it away-"
Hajime took out a pile bunker from his ''Treasure Warehouse'' and aimed it at the pir of light. He was releasing strafing fire at the apostles attacking him from behind using crossbits to buy time.
While feeling impatient hearing the charging sound peculiar for the pile bunker, he also had an expectation at the maximum strength attack from the weapon''s spec that had risen using sublimation magic, Hajime pulled the trigger at the same time with thepletion of the charge.
*GOGAAAAAAAAAAAAAN!!!*
Tremendous impact sound resounded, the jet ck giant stake pierced the pir of light.
The pir of light that was unharmed even against Yue''s magic, but now just why it was so easily pierced like this¡without even any time to ask that doubt, cracks ran noisily with that pierced area as the center, Hajime activated the pulverizing vibration of his artificial hand whileunching a punch of all his might along with a loud yell of fighting spirit.
"RAAH!!"
Combined with ''Strong Arm'' and ''Impact Conversion'', the fist that had immense power residing in it straightly pierced through the pir of light, the pir was smashed into small pieces with a bursting destructive sound. The light pouring down to the ground raged like a flood, scattering particles of light while hiding the figures of Hajime and Yue from view temporarily.
"-, Yue!"
Sweeping away the eerie light particles coiled around them. Hajime went toward the spot where Yue was and reached his hand. Even now when the pir of light was destroyed, Hajime was still calling at Yue impatiently because when their eyes met just before the pir of light was destroyed, Yue''s expression was distorted in pain. A bad premonition was surging through his whole body.
"Yue-"
"¡I''m here."
Yue finally responded after he called at her for a few times. Soft sensation was transmitted at the tip of his reached hand. It was Yue''s hand. Right after that, Yue showed her figure from the interval of the light particles. She leapt into Hajime''s chest.
"I''m d. Yue, are you unharmed?"
"¡Fufu, I''m all right. Rather, I actually feel refreshed."
"Ah? Yue? You¨D¨D"
With her face still pressed on his chest, Yue answered with a voice that sounded cheerful somewhere in it. Hajime narrowed his eyes to that. And then, the moment his unending bad promotion that still rang rm bell inside himself even with this reunion changed into a chill and repugnance, Hajime tried to take distance right away.
But, it seemed that it was slightly toote.
"Gahah¡you bastardd¡"
"Fufufufu, this is really a good feeling, Irregr. Just how long it had been since Ist materialized in this world¡"
Hajime was unable to take distance. It was Yue''s voice, Yue''s figure, be that as it may, Hajime was convinced that it wasn''t Yue, due to this ''someone'' d in an atmosphere that gave off a feeling of dread somehow. He couldn''t take distance because this someone¨D¨Dstabbed his stomach.
The weapon was Yue''s slender arm. That hand which formed a chopping shape stabbed straight, piercing throughpletely until his back. The small hand of Yue that was normally willowy was now colored with ghastly red and dripping wet.
Right after that, the wildly scattering particles of light whirled toward above and vanished. Unnoticed the apostles stopped moving, Shia and others sent them doubtful but vignt gaze, but they immediately returned to their senses and sent their gaze at the direction of Hajime and Yue. And then, their mouth fell wide open looking at the hard to understand scene in bewilderment.
Hajime immediately emitted magic power and tried to blow away Yue using ''Impact Conversion''. The current Yue was obviously not in a normal state, based on her willingness to attack him, Hajime decided that for the time being he should take distance.
However, that was also beyond his power.
"Imand in the name of Ehito¨D¨D''Don''t move''"
"-!?"
Hajime opened his eyes in shock. The reasons were two. The ''name'' that came out from Yue''s mouth, and his body that helplessly obeyed thatmand. It was as though all the nerves inside his body were blocked and then stiffened as though he was a preserved specimen.
The one with the figure of Yue, who if what she said was true then this was ''the creator god Ehito'', smiled sweetly at such Hajime. That smile made Hajime feel d¨¦j¨¤ vu. It wasn''t Yue''s smile, it was something he saw even farther in the past¡yes, it was when they were summoned to this world at the holy church headquarters God Mountain, the portrait of Ehito that he saw inside that cathedral, it was the smile that was painted there.
Ehito pulled out the arm from the stomach of Hajime who was drenched in sweat while unable to move. Immediately, blood spurted out grandly from Hajime''s stomach. While bathing in that spray, Ehito that was colored with gruesome red crawled his tongue leisurely at the blood dripping his hand.
"Hou, is this the sweetness that a vampire feel. Not bad. I thought that I will kill you at the end of your despair but¡if you like, how about I keep you alive as livestock? Hm?"
"Fuu, fuu, ¨CAAAAAAAAH!!"
In front of Ehito who was spouting out words full of malice while smiling friendlily, Hajime who was restrained by an unknown technique screamed. A Large amount of blood spurted out from his stomach that had a hole opened there, but he put his strength without even paying attention to that. The radiance of his ''Limit Break'' also increased further.
And then there was a sound *bakin* that sounded like something broke, at the same time Hajime recovered the freedom of his body and leaped backward at one go. At the same time, Donner was aimed at Ehito and it roared.
There would be no problem against physical damage with Yue''s regeneration power. Anyway, right now it was necessary to suppress the enemy.
But, that bullet was¡
"kh"
It stopped still in front of the hand of Ehito who was standing calmly, it didn''t even manage to touch him.
"Oh hoh, to unbind my ''Divine Statement'' by your own power. Perhaps I should say, as expected from an irregr. ¨D¨D''Heaven Miracle''."
Right after that, twenty lightning sphere floated at Hajime''s surrounding and walls made from thunder were formed. And then, within an instant, a pir of an extremely gruesome lightning attack ran through Hajime.
That was the highest grade of lightning element magic that once granted bitter damage toward the hydra of thest trial at the bottom of the abyss. But, the might of this magic was in a different leaguepared to that time. The number of the created lightning sphere, the speed of deployment, and then also the lightning strike itself, from how Hajime in ''Light Speed'' state was unable to escape from the barrier of lightning spheres, anyone could tell about the bizarreness of the magic.
Gruesome lightning thundered inside the audience hall, the field of vision of the people there was dyed pure white, their eardrums were buried under thunderous roar.
"Hajime-san"
"Hajime-kun!"
"Goshujin-sama-"
The scream of Shia, Kaori, and Tio who had released her dragonification echoed among the thunderous roar.
Without even anyposure to question why for some reason the apostles didn''t hinder them rushing at Hajime, they lifted their arms to cover their face from the shockwave of the fiercely sparking lightning while stepping forward.
Before long the lightning strike of tremendous might settled and what appeared from the center where white smoke was rising, was Hajime who had white smoke simrly rising from his whole body. It seemed that the lightning broke through the defense of ''Vajra'' and he received direct attack,
Looking carefully, the crossbits that were supposedly deploying at Hajime''s surrounding were all lying on the ground. Surely Hajime was trying toy out a barrier using crossbits, but before the crossbits could do that they were struck down first. Looking from their state, they were likely being put under gravity magic.
However, Hajime had activated ''Limit Break''. Even while injured with burn on his whole body his consciousness wasn''t blown away, he gritted his teeth while ring at Ehito who was possessing Yue.
"So you endured that, Irregr. But, having been showered by that much electricity you probably cannot avoid bing dulled. ¨D¨D''Four Directions Quake Sky''¨D¨D''Spiraling Cmity Sky''."
Hajime''s instinct raised an rm bell in full re. He reflexively leaped away, but seeing the scenery where the whole surrounding distorted like jelly, he realized that there was already no ce to escape. He cursed inside his heart while once more deploying ''Vajra'' fully and took out arge shield at the same time.
Right after that, shockwaves that burst the space attacked Hajime from four directions, at the same time gravity bombing that was whirling like a hurricane crashed from overhead.
"-a, aAAAAAAAAA-"
Hisrge shield was pulverized like a joke, ''Vajra'' that he deployed was easily pierced., it was an outrageous storm of age of god magic that brought immense impact. It was obviously a use of power that easily surpassed the current Yue.
"Stop it!"
"Get away from Hajime-kun and Yue-"
"To hit Goshujin-sama using Yue''s body¡that''s worthy of ten thousand death!"
Shia and others who guessed the outline of the situation from Yue''s action and the rtion between Aruv and Denreed rushed all at once to hold down Ehito.
However, against those three, what Ehito released was only one word.
"Imand in the name of Ehito¨D¨D''prostrate''."
"Auh"
"Kyaah"
"Nuo!?"
Just from that Shia, Kaori, and Tio were struck to the ground as though an immense power was crushing them from above and they became unable to move. That was a fatal opening.
"¨D¨D''Devouring Strange Beast''."
Along with those words, the floor around the three bulged up and in an instant turned into wolves made from stone. And then, those sharp ws pierced on the back of the three while pressing down. The three raised pained voice, but the stonerge wolves opened their jaws in annoyance and put their sharp fangs on their neck as though ordering the three to shut up.
Kaori tried to blow away everything using disintegration ability. However, even faster than she could invoke it¡
"Imand in the name of Ehito¨D¨D''suspend your function''."
"a¨D¨D"
Due to Ehito''smand, light vanished from Kaori''s eyes. It was as though she had turned into a mere doll. Judging from Ehito''s words, he made Kaori''s body of apostle to change into suspended state. Perhaps it was something like the special right of the creator.
At the same time when Shia, Kaori, and Tio werepletely suppressed, the storm of magic attacking Hajime finally petered out. Hajime stood still for a short while, but he immediately vomited blood from his mouth like a waterfall and fell on his knee like a marite that had its string cut.
Looking at the state of Hajime, Shia, and co, Shizuku and others yelled their names while also rushing at them.
But, as expected, before they could do that,
"¨D¨D''Stigmata of Twisted World''."
Although he was on his knee, Hajime showed his will to not put both his hands on the ground. The space distorted and took a shape of a cross above such Hajime. That phenomenon which was created from the distortion of space itself was like a sswork with extremely high transparency. The cross was guided only by Ehito''s gaze and fell on Hajime''s back.
"Gahah"
The severe pressure made Hajime further vomited blood, just like that he was helplessly crushed down. The cross made from distorted space stood up like a grave marker on Haijme''s back. That cross was fixed at the space like that, sewing Hajime on the ground.
Ehito didn''t stop and with a flowing motion he pointed his finger at Shizuku, Ryutaro, and Suzu and formed words.
"¨D¨D''Manifestation of Arresting Nightmare''."
"-, a"
"Hih"
"U, a"
Just with that Shizuku and others turned pale while tumbling down. And then they caressed their neck as though to ascertain that their head was still really connected, they looked down to see whether their legs were still there and began to confirm the texture with trembling hand. But, it seemed they couldn''t feel anything and so their pale face didn''t recover their color back. They didn''t even look like they could stand up.
These members could even take on the apostles, monsters, and the puppet soldiers, but now they were easily annihted just by Ehito who had possessed Yue. This result caused Shia and others who were crawling on the ground to be shocked while gritting their teeth at the same time.
"Hmm. Well, this is how it is I guess. In this world of mine, everything is the same like trash. Although, perhaps without this excellent body then I might not be able to use my strength as it is. Are you listening, irregr?"
"Guh¡"
Ehito walked around with steady steps while talking calmly at Hajime who was crucified on the ground. Hajime tried to operate his crossbits but it seemed enormous gravity was put on them and they didn''t even twitch while sinking on the ground.
He somehow twisted his neck and turned his gaze to take a look, there without him noticing the crossbits protecting Myuu and Remia were also in the same condition. Myuu whispered "Papa" while staring at Hajime with an expression that almost burst crying.
Aiko''s group looked like they wanted to step forward to try to help Hajime and others, but they were stopped by the apostles and they were helpless to do anything.
Hajime was going to take out explosive items from the ''Treasure Warehouse'' and blown away Ehito altogether with himself. Perhaps he would be saved if he protected only his vital spots with the ''Concentrated Reinforcement'' of ''Vajra'', and then he could recover as long as he could drink god water.
But, as though that intention of his was read ahead, right at the moment when Hajime was about to activate ''Treasure Warehouse'', Ehito snapped his fingers with a gesture that gave off elegance.
As the result, the ring of ''Treasure Warehouse'' worn on Hajime''s finger suddenly vanished, the next moment the ring transferred on Ehito''s palm. Not only Hajime''s ''Treasure Warehouse''. On Ehito''s palm, there were also several other rings there. Those were the ''Treasure Warehouse'' Hajime created for Shia and others. It seemed that without even making a gate, Ehito teleported multiple objects at the same time with pinpoint precision.
Not just that, right after that at Ehito''s Surrounding, Donner, Scg, and Doryuken, ck katana and so on, many artifacts that Hajime created were teleported and now ended up floating in the air while rotating.
"These are good artifacts. Several of the artifacts among these are also quite interesting. It seems that the world of irregr is a pleasant world in its own way. Fufu, even I have grown tired of amusing myself with this world. It''s difficult for an existence of only soul to transfer to another world but¡now I have obtained my own vessel, how about I try ying in another world this time then."
Ehito who yed with the ''Treasure Warehouse'' while chuckling with an evil smile that Yue would absolutely never make suddenly clutched his palm tightly. And then, a light leaked out slightly from inside the fist and when the hand was opened what appeared was the scattered remain of the ''Treasure Warehouse'' that looked like dust. The hand then tilted with a rxed motion and the dust wreckage d in dregs of light spilled down smoothly.
The fragments of ''Treasure Warehouse'' were scattered right before Hajime''s eyes as though to show him despair. And then as though being swallowed by coiling light, the remains finally vanished without leaving behind even a single dust.
The items stored inside the destroyed ring didn''te out. Surely all the items were collected with some kind of method and annihted. Furthermore in front of the widely opened eyes of Hajime, beginning from Donner - Scg, other weapons were also turned into dust before getting engulfed into light and vanished.
"Oops, I forgot something."
While making a smile that was obviously showing how he absolutely didn''t forget anything, Ehito''s gaze turned at Hajime''s artificial arm. And then, just like what was done to all the other artifacts, magic power was released while Ehito''s fingers snapped.
Just from that, Hajime''s artificial arm crumbled with a loud sound. Hajime''s artificial arm had pseudo nerves from magic power going through it so that he was able to sense touch and also temperature. Naturally, that included pain. Although he could adjust it, the sudden pulverization of the left arm tormented Hajime with intense pain and he raised a howl mixed with fury.
"FUCKING BASTAAAAAAARD!!"
"You really flounder on the ground well. Even though your inside has been messed up. Perhaps making you into my vessel would also be good. Though my heart had beenpletely diverted to you by the survival of my vessel who was supposedly lost three hundred years ago¡no, your magic talent is really noparison I guess."
Hajime was in the middle of raising his crimson magic power, it undted and made the binding of space magic to creak loudly, however Ehito wasn''t even particrly bothered by it and was only thoroughly observing Yue''s(his own) body while making a pondering face. It appeared that he was thinking that something like Hajime''s struggle was of no importance.
Hajime saw that¡immediately after he pulsed his crimson magic power. The magic waved with pounding pulse *dokun dokun* like a heartbeat, the magic power of ''Limit Break'' was further increasing without limit. Right after that, the crimson magic power burst like an eruption. The torrent of crimson magic power traced a spiral that pierced the ceiling¨D¨Dthest derivation of ''Limit Break'', ''Supreme Break''.
Until now there was no enemy too strong that Hajime couldn''t defeat using ''Limit Break'' and so he hadn''t awakened this derivation, but in front of the overwhelming strength of the creator god, this skill finally bloomed. The act of Ehito who was using Yue''s body looking as if he was the owner of that body, perhaps it didn''t even need to be said that it became the fire that lit the fuse of Hajime''s rage that had been pooling inside so much.
At a slightly distanced spot, Aruv who was shedding tears while sporting a look of ecstasy from the descent of Ehito returned to his senses suddenly and his expression flipped over into a shudder. That was because the torrent of magic power Hajime emitted rivaled the divinity that he possessed after manifesting in this world by possessing the excellent man called Denreed. Although his strength was so far separated from Ehito, he couldn''t help but be shocked.
"My lord!"
"It''s fine, Aruvheit. This is just the struggle of a bug after all. Imand in the name of Ehitorujue(????) ¨D¨D¡¯quiet down''."
The name was different with the name from before. No, the name was further appended. As the result, it affected Hajime with immense power. It was truly far more effective than themand of ''Don''t move'' before this.
The radiance of the roaring light of magic power was gradually settling down. It was as though Hajime himself was obeying Ehito''smand, he was currently canceling ''Supreme Break'' with his own will.
"aAAAAAAH!!"
Hajime raised a scream once more. Crimson magic power flickered repeatedly as though to disy the conflict inside its owner. Looking at that, Ehito warped Yue''s face evilly. From the depth of his heart, he was feeling that it was interesting like watching a sideshow. Possibly, it was tough at the desperate struggle.
"Hou, it''s unexpected that you will resist even the ''Divine Statement'' using my true name. ¡You give me quiet some entertainment. Yourrades defeated, your beloved stolen, the artifacts you relied on were also crushed. Even so you still don''t have enough of my despair."
"¡Ob, viously. I will¡kill you-. Take back¡Yue-. ¡This will end with that-"
"Ku-ku-ku-. I see I see. Then, I think it''s about time to finish this. I too am very much happy that I am able to reveal the reason why your resolve is not yet exterminated."
Ehito made a full smile toward Hajime who was overflowing with killing intent while vomiting blood. And then, he daringly invoked an original magic created by Yue.
"¨D¨D''Five Heavenly Dragons''¡it''s quite an elegant magic. I''m pleased with it."
With Yue as the center, five magic dragons manifested. But their might was far surpassing when it was used by Yue. The density of the dragons was at a different league. If it was the current Five Heavenly Dragons, surely it was possible to annihte even thatrge Abusodo just with one of the dragons in one attack.
The five elements magic dragons raised their long neck and the glint of their eyes fixed at their respective targets. Myuu and Remia, Aiko and Liliana''s group, Shizuku and Ryutaro and Suzu, Shia and Kaori and Tio, and then Hajime.
It was clear what they were nning to do. In front of Hajime''s eyes, Shia and others were going to be eaten by the magic dragons. Everything that Hajime had, would be stolen in front of his eyes by the magic of his beloved, Ehito would enjoy to his heart''s content the figure of Hajime that was tormented by iparable despair before dealing the finishing blow.
"Yue-! Open your eyes!"
"Fufu, in the end you are going to rely on your lover? That''s pointless. This is already mine. Or else is this buying time? After all even during this time, themandment on you is loosening. Good grief, you are quite something. ¡But, in the end you are just a tiny human."
"Yue-! You should be able to hear my voice-. Yue-!"
Hajime''s killing intent was able to make many monsters near him lose consciousness when they were hit by it, but Ehito only narrowed his eyes as though he was hit by a pleasant breeze, along with joy, he bared the fang of magic that was personally polished by Yue herself at the people who couldn''t move.
His slender finger was lifted up as though to make a show, he was going to swing the finger down as though to sever their thread of life¨D¨Dat that time,
"-!? What¡my magic power¡the body¡don''t tell me-, impossible-"
Suddenly Ehito opened his eyes wide, his body was trembling. His body staggered as though his body was not working freely, the control of his magic power also didn''t go as he wished and the Five Heavenly Dragons flickered. Aruv and Freed were agitated. Shia and others were also gazing at wonderment when at this absolutely desperate predicament Ehito showed pain.
There, a voice resounded.
¨D¨DI won''t let you
That voice which resounded in the audience hall like a telepathicmunication had the same voice tone like Ehito who was spouting curse in irritation. Be that as it may, in the ears of Hajime and others, it was a charming voice that was far lovelier.
"Yue-!"
"Yue-san!"
The voices of Hajime and Shia yelled with the color of happiness filling them. Kaori and the others also yelled Yue''s name from their mouths.
Regardless of the nearly lethal amount of blood that Hajime had already vomited, his body and magic power howled as though he had recovered his vitality. The cross on his back creaked and cracks began to appear on it. Shia and the others also raised a yell of fighting spirit trying to stand up.
However¡
"Kuh, don''t get carried away, you lowly mortals. Imand in the name of Ehitorujue! ¨D¨D''Suffer''!"
Even while sweating coldly, Ehito released a powerful ''Divine Statement'' using his true name. Due to that, terrific agony ran through their whole bodies, Shia and the others disyed a look full of agony. They writhed while screaming loudly.
There was only one person, Hajime who was strong against pain endured without raising even a pip even while his expression distorted. Even so, he was really not in a condition that could break the binding right away.
"¡Aruvheit. I will return to the Holy Precincts for the moment. I nned to use the opening of this vessel''s shaken mind created by your deception but¡ as expectedpared with this state of open heart, it seems that this possession is not going wlessly. It''s unbelievable, but this vessel is resisting even with me as the opponent. Adjustments are necessary."
"My, my lord. My deepest apology¡"
Aruv''s original talk before this was for the sake of making the Ehito''s possession certain. The rtion between body and mind was something extremely connected. Even for a god, it was hard for a perfect hijacking of the body. That was due to the limitation that gods couldn''t exert their power fully if they weren¡¯t in their Holy Precincts¡in any case, they made use of Denreed''s memory in order to open Yue''s heart even for a moment.
But, their scheme was obstructed by Hajime. Aruvheit attempted to at the very least shake up Yue''s mind to make it easier to possess her when he spoke thest words of Denreed, but¡with Yue who had already rallied her mind as the opponent, as expected a perfect possession was just out of reach.
Ehito lightly waved his hand at Aruvheit who was shrinking in fear and replied.
"It''s fine. If I have three, four days I''ll be able to seize this body. I''ll leave this ce to you. Freed, Eri, you cane together with me. Your wishes, I''ll grant them to you."
"Yes, everything is ording to the lord''s will."
"Okay oookay. You will give me a world where I can be together with just Kouki-kun right? Then, I''ll do whatever it takes you knooow"
ncing at Hajime and the others who were writhing in agony, Ehito somehow suppressed the consciousness of Yue and then lifted his hand above his head after giving instructions yo Aruv and the others.
Thereupon, this time light particles that resembled the light pouring down before this flew high from that hand, a part of the ceiling of the audience hall was erased in a circle shape, without stopping it continued blowing through until it made a hole to the outside.
The light particles ascended to the sky as it was, it created ripples in the sky above the devil king castle while producing arge round gate. It was a powerful gate made from light particles that connected the heaven and earth¨D¨Dtruly a spectacle that came out right from myth. Most likely it was the gate for going to the ce that Ehito called the Holy Precincts.
When Ehito lowered his lifted-up hand he then floated lightly, he lorded over Hajime and the others from the nearby ceiling.
"Irregr gentlemen anddies. I''ll take my leave here. The soul that is making a cute resistance has to be taught its ce without fail. And then, I''m thinking to make this world lively with blooming flowers in three more days. I will fill the world with crimson flowers made from people. That will be thest game. After that, I''m thinking that I am going to try ying in another world. Although, this is something unrted with all of you who are going to die in this ce, isn''t it?"
It appeared Ehito was seriously nning to end this world, and then he was going to choose earth as his new sphere of activity. And then, the time limit of that was three days. It was the needed time for him to seize Yue''s body.
"Wa, it-, return back, Yue¡"
Hajime reached his hand towards Yue with a voice that sounded like it reverberated from the bottom of the earth. Before anyone realized the cross had been destroyed and he stood up by driving off the influence of the ''Divine Statement''. Under his feet there was literally a sea of blood created there, it was as though all the blood inside his body hadpletely flowed out.
Hajime was d in crimson magic power while he leapt. But he was assaulted by the apostles from behind and got held down. Furthermore, Aruv used some kind of technique and stiffened Hajime''s body. The apostles wrestling him used their disintegration ability and dispersed the magic power covering his body and all the magic circles of transmutation built into his clothes.
Even so, Hajime held on to his consciousness that was hazy from excessive bleeding with killing intent and hatred, he was still struggling, reaching his hand toward Yue.
Despite his state that was alreadypletely held down and his wounded body, it wouldn''t be strange if he dropped dead anytime. The eyes of the apostles wavered as though they were holding fear somewhere inside from looking at Hajime who was advancing forward little by little.
Ehito who gave a nce at that snorted with a distorted mouth. And then, without stopping he ascended toward the shining gate in the sky.
Freed, Eri, and then Kouki too followed after him. Eri was clinging to Kouki once more while whispering in his ear, Kouki then nodded with aprehending face. Surely, she was nting ''rightness'' that was convenient for Kouki again. In front of Ehito who was supposed to be the enemy, Kouki didn''t even make any fuss. Far from that, he instead directed a determined gaze at Shizuku and the others. That was quite a proof of his state.
Suzu tried to say something and her mouth opened, but pain hindered her and no voice came out. Eri too was already not seeing any one of them anymore.
Continuing after Freed, Eri, and Kouki, the apostles, monsters, and puppet soldiers were also floating up. Around half of them were raising to the sky. Outside of the devil king castle too, a great number of apostles and monsters, and then the devil race people were heading toward the shining gate in the sky.
Ehito who was visible from the hole at the ceiling stopped in front of the gate and then spread his arms as though to wee all those people toe in. It was just like the portrait that they once saw at the cathedral. It was as though Ehito was saying that everything belonged to him.
The devil race people raised excited shouts. Surely they had been notified about this time from quite some time ago. This was the supreme moment for them when they were weed by god to enter heaven.
Ehito smiled sweetly at those people and then he went into the light and melted into it.
"YUEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE-!!!"
Hajime''s scream echoed meaninglessly.
His reaching out hand, didn''t grasp anything.
In that hand, the lovely sensation that had always warmed it was¡.
Not there anymore.
Chapter 157
Chapter 157
Alright, with many people''s displeasure from thest chapter, I decided to write this. It is intended as a humorous alternative ending to the series for those who can''t take the NTR, even though we all know this is a wish-fulfillment fantasy novel anyway and everything will turn out in Hajime''s favor by the end. If you can''t handle the 10-20 chapters until this final story arc is resolved, here is everything you wished for!
This is done for fun. I did not go back and make sure I used the proper voices, or pronunciations for everyone. I might call some magics wrong or whatever. Just roll with it.
Please note I have NOT read past chapter 157, so if I happen to get some things right, don''t suddenly say "hey, that''s a spoiler!" It''s not, and by saying it is, you''re spoiling things.
***_______
Alternative Chapter 157
Silence resounded through the hall after Hajime''sst shout. He hung his head down, his facial featurespletely obscured while the angels continued to hold him down.
Ehito, who now inhabited Yue, gloated overhead as the weed apostles flooded through the gate with him.
"See, this all turned out so splendidly." Aruvheit gloated while moving up to stand over Hajime.
Hajime said something that was lost to everyone else in the room, mumbled through gritted teeth.
"What was that?" Aruvheit leaned in to listen.
Hajime raised his head. There wasn''t a single light of despair in his eyes. Just pure and unadulterated power.
"I said¡ my turn!"
A massive explosion of energy burst forth from Hajime''s form. Aruvheit and the apostles holding Hajime down were knocked away, mming into the closest obstructions nearby, whether they be other apostles or monsters, or the walls. Those that struck walls struck with enough force to cause cracks to form around the room.
As Hajime stood up, overwhelming bursts of power flowed through him. The hole in his abdomen seemed to shrink at rming rate, quickly filling in with the blink of an eye, leaving behind perfectly healed skin.
"Wh-what is this?" Aruvheit shouted.
Holes began to open in space, simr to the holes that had brought in the ambush, but not quite. Secondster, warriors began to burst through. Without a second''s respite, they leapt into battle, attacking the apostles and the monsters still residing in the room. Each warrior was dressed in ck, wielding a variety of swords, staves, and other weapons. Each warrior had a pair of rabbit ear''s on their head as well.
"Dad?" Shia said out reflexively.
Kam was among those that had jumped through the gates. In fact, the entire Haulia n was there. Hajime''s group of trained rabbitman swarmed the area. Although it wasn''t just rabbitman. Others could be seen, cat ears, dog ears, even a tiger, it was as if all of Fair Bergen had suddenly exploded into the room. Furthermore, their weapons seemed to match the apostles strike for strike. It was clear that these had all been produced by Hajime at some point. Not a single weapon held by this group was less than Shizuku''s former ck sword, prior to his updating it with supplementation magic. Their weapon''s strength equaled that of anything the apostle''s wielded.
"Ah, it''s about time¡" In a single movement, Shia stood and shoved the wolf monster holding her to the ground away.
Having expected her to be under the influence of the Divine Statement, the monster waspletely unprepared for her to suddenly react with such strength. Tio returned to her dragon form as well, once again filling the room and flinging monsters and apostles alike to the side. Kaori stood up next, immediately casting healing magic on everyone. With renewed vigor, they all flooded forward.
"Here!" Kam shouted as he tossed Shia her Doryukken, the real one.
The others were returned their weapons as well, and in an instant, the tide of the battle switched.
Aruvheit gaped, his mouth pping inplete and utter horror. "Wh-wha-what is this? Bu-but the Divine decree¡ you shouldn''t have the strength¡"
Hajime snorted. "I''ve had the knowledge of all seven of the liberators that fought against your god shoved into my brain. Did you never think for a second that they would have at least been aware of your god''s abilities? They spent a millennia preparing various tests to prepare someone strong enough to fight god, but you never consider that they didn''t spend a second thinking about the challenges of that fight? Are you stupid or something?"
Aruvheit didn''t know how to respond. He had been functioning under the impression that they would never have suspected Ehito''s return. Ehito who was rejoicing over his sess only now started to realize that something might be amiss. Breaking the image he was trying to portray, he flew back down through the hole in the roof. He was joined by Eri who still had Kouki in her arms, and Freed. Eri seemed more concerned with her new boy toy than the events going on, but she did show a mild amount of curiosity.
Ehito''s eyes widened at the scene before him. With half the forces having already fled to the Holy Precincts, and Hajime''s sudden and unexpected reinforcement, the remaining Apostles and monsters were being overwhelmed.
"What are you doing?" Ehito demanded, ring at Aruv.
"Of course, I created an artifact that protects from yourpelling nature? I can create concept magic, and given your track record I was already certain you''d try to take control of my friends, you know? I got the idea during my trip through thetestbyrinth. I wouldn''t want anyone being brainwashed." Hajime exined calmly with a predatory look.
"No matter, I will destroy it and your new weapons just like I destroyed your previous weapons."
"That''ll be kind of hard, since we swallowed them." Hajime shrugged.
He looked down at the stump where his arm had been shattered. A secondter the stump grew. The ends split into five phnges, and a momentter his arm, his real arm, was returned.
"I could have done that ages ago, but I grew attached to that arm. Oh well¡"
"What are we going to do?" Aruv asked Ehito cautiously.
Ehito shook his head inplete disbelief. However, a momentter, a cruel look started to twist on his face.
"Worry not, my underling¡ even if he can ignore my divine statement, he is still but a bugpared to my magical power."
If Ehito had noticed the look Hajime''s face¡ a look that held an unparalleled amount of pity, then he probably wouldn''t have looked so smug as he raised his hand.
"Five Heavenly Dragons¡"
He attempted to cast once again the powerful spell, except this time, every dragon targerted Hajime. Perhaps Ehito had felt if he had concentrated all of his actions on one person, Yue wouldn''t be able to interfere with the result.
However, the result was not that from which Yue interrupted. Instead, Hajime casually raised his fingers, and gave a snap. The dragons disappeared, and like a cord was being cut, all of Ehito''s magical power dissipated.
"Eh?"
Ehito let out a stupid noise before suddenly falling from the air. He was no longer afloat. In that instead, it was as if all of his abilities evaporated into a mist. However, a second before striking the ground, Hajime was there. He caught Ehito in his arms, holding him in a princess carry. Although he hated the god who would take the body of his beloved lover, he also wouldn''t let harme to her body if he could help it.
Ehito kicked and thrashed until he fell from Hajime''s arms. However, without his abilities, it looked more like a youthful girl throwing a temper tantrum, than an omnipotent god trying to assert himself.
At about this point, the rest of the party had finished subduing the remaining monsters and apostles. With thest one copsing to Shizuku''s sword, a new ck sword that one of the Haulia tribe had tossed to her during the ensuing battle.
"Yue and I also reasoned the possibility that her or I be put under someone else''s control. After falling in love with cockroaches and hating each other enough to want to kill each other, we figured there may be a time where our minds were manipted again. Thus, we created a failsafe to temporarily lock our powers. It seems that your godly powers are now inseparable from Yue''s¡ so for the next twenty four hours, you will not be able to even cast a fireball.
Ehito''s eyes turned dark with hatred in a look that Yue would never make, especially directed at Hajime. A momentter, she turned to Aruv.
"Well, what are you doing! Kill them. You''re a god, aren''t you?"
"Oh, yes!"
Aruv lunged forward, casting a spell. Instantly, a new and revised Donner and Scg from his second treasure warehouse. It really wasn''t that the ones Ehito had destroyed were weak. They were actually the originally, taken to their most powerful using supplementation magic. However, you could only improve an already created product by so much. At some point, he realized that with the magic he contained now, he could create far better weapons starting from scratch.
Those were the weapons the Haulia tribe had returned to the rest of his party. They were the same weapons they had before, but imbued with supplementation magic from the very beginning, weapons built by their very concept. Compared toing up with an item that would take them home, concepting a more powerful weapon was easy.
Thus, Donner and Scg Mark II were his weapons of choice. Red shes spread across the room. Aruv quickly put up a barrier.
DOPAN! DOPAN! DOPAN!
The bullets struck the barrier with a ringing sound. The barrier was that of a god. It was indeed incredibly strong. However, the way Hajime shot the bullets was with pinpoint uracy. Each bullet struck in the exact same spot as the preceding bullet. Within only three shots, a crack began to form.
Freed lunged forward, but immediately encountered Tio, who striked him with her tail hard enough that he went flying into a wall. At this point, Eri realized for the first time that they may actually lose the fight. With merely a blink of her eyes, Kouki lunged forward at Hajime, intending to strike him in the back, a very un-heroic thing that she must have made in convenient mind to interpret as righteous.
Seeing this, Shia lunged forward with her Doryukken. However, she didn''t target Kouki at all. Instead, sheunched herself at Eri. She figured that with Eri out, Kouki would be neutralized. Kouki had received the same artifact that preventing his mind being altered as everyone else, but it was clear that he had not swallowed his, maybe tossing it aside some time earlier. But if they could take her out, then he would be less of a threat.
"Wait!" Suzu shouted, worrying about her friend.
Eri realized that she was in trouble, and it seemed that she had sent a new order to Kouki. Instead, he changed his flow, almost stumbling to leap in front of Eri. Kouki managed to make it just in time, leaping over head to block Shia''s blow. However, he hadn''t been able to spin the entire way, nor bring his holy sword to block.
The result¡
Shia''s Doryukkennded in full force directly in between Kouki''s legs. More specifically, the Doryukken Mark II, a device wielded with gravity magic and the power of Shia''s mighty throw, enhanced with supplication magic, mmed into Kouki''s balls with the force of a thousand suns.
"AAAEEEEEEEEE-EEEEEEEEE!!!!!"
Kouki''s voice turned into a shrill screech as he flew off into a nearby wall.
Somewhere many miles away in human territory, Christabel gave a sneeze as he (she?) put up another piece of clothing. A shiver ran through its body and it gave a dark smile. It seems like another had joined its ranks.
Meanwhile¡
DOPAN! DOPAN! DOPAN! DOPAN!
Under the constant barrage of bullets, the barrier he was using shattered into a million pieces.
"W-wait, just wait!" Aruv shouted. "I can¡"
"You can die!" Hajime shouted.
He used ground shrink, and a secondter appeared immediately before the god inhabiting the former Denreed. Before Aruv could react with a retaliatory magic¡
DOPAN! DOPAN! DOPAN! DOPAN! DOPAN! DOPAN! DOPAN! DOPAN!
He didn''t let up, shooting a barrage of bullets into the former uncle. However, this time had switched the nature of his bullets. It was a new idea he hade up with on the spot. Spirit bullets. They were bullets that targeted the soul, not the body. In fact, these bullets didn''t touch his skin. Instead, they aimed for the wretched thing clinging inside of his body.
Each bullet seemed to strip away at it, until the final bullet struck dead center, causing the remaining spirit to dissipate like smoke. With that, the made formerly know a Aruv copsed to the floor. Hajime walked up to the man, looking down at the man who had made his Yue cry.
However, his eyes were still open, and he was still breathing ast few rugged breaths. However, the look on his eyes were different. They had a sense of relief andfort that otherwise couldn''t be faked by acting. Hajime new at that moment that he was looking down at the real Danreed.
"T-thank you¡" He managed to say in between raspy breaths. "I never meant¡ for any of this to happen. Tell Yue¡. Tell Yue¡ that I have always loved her¡ and I have never stopped thinking about her. The cruel words I had told Aruv¡ where the lies I told to keep her safe¡ I ju¡ I just want her to be happy. Pl-please¡ keep her happy."
Hajime''s face didn''t seem to hold any particrly emotions as he watched the dying man, but a momentter he responded. "I will."
The man''s face went cked and he seemed to be at ease as his breathing stopped. Hajime turned away and caught a look at Ehito, still in Yue''s eyes. He seemed to bepletely unaware of it, but tears were falling down his cheeks.
There was a rumble, and the entire ce started to shake.
"It would be my guess," Tio spoke up. "That Aruv tied his life thread to this ce. Now that he is dead, this ce will copse."
"We need to get out of here,0" Ryuutaro stated the obvious.
Hajime threw out several crystals, causing portals to open. Like that, the residents of Fair Bergen started gathering up the students, Liliana, Myuu, and Remia, bringing them through the portal which lead straight into the Sea of Trees just outside of Fair Bergen.
"What about Yue?" Shia asked worriedly.
"Bring her with us." Hajime stated, "We''ll worry about it there."
Shia scooped up Ehito in her arms just like Ehito was a little kid. He tried to kick and bite, but once the resilient Shia had a hold on his (her) body, she wouldn''t let go. She dragged Ehito through.
Kaori and Tio followed in tow. At some point, Tio had managed to recover Kouki from the wall and had his form pped over her shoulder like a sack. Kaori had made no attempt so far to heal him. Suzu, Shizuku, and Ryuutaro followed shortly behind.
Eventually, it was just Hajime left in the crumbling devil king''s castle. Then he noticed one more. It was Eri, she was standing there amongst the falling degree without making any attempt to dodge. She already had several scratches on her face.
"Is it soooo roooomantic?" She said. "Althoouugh¡ it''s not like my hero even saved meeee¡ It is fitting I die here!"
Arge piece of rubble copsed from the ceiling, falling directly towards her. A sh of Suzu begging him to save Eri shed in his mind and he gave a curse. Activating ground shrink, he grabbed Eri and lept out of the way of the falling debris. Before he could rx, the rest of the roof gave out and began to copse. He danced around the rubble with Eri in his arms, leaping through the portal just as the remainder of the roof struck the ground.
Through the gate in Fair Bergen, he held Eri in his arms. She looked up at him with dazed eyes.
"Yoouuu¡ you saved me! What are you stupid or something?"
Hajime made an annoyed sound before dropping her. Shended on the ground hard. A momentter he meant over and began to wrap her in chains and bolo he pulled from his second treasure warehouse. He was not gentle as he made sure she was tied up enough that she couldn''t move. Meanwhile, she gave him a look that was almost mocking.
"I don''t care a single thing about you. But some people might annoy me if I let you die, so here you are."
The mocking look seemed to melt off of her face. In its ce, she began to look on thoughtfully.
"Nagumo!" It was Suzu who happened to run up to him first. "Noticing Eri, her eyes noticeably brightened.
Even though Eri had turned so rotten, Hajime had still protected Eri. Suzu knew that this wasn''t simply an ident. Suzu knew that he had done this specifically for her.
"Nagumo-kun¡ Suzu wants to say thank you.."
Hajime shrugged as if it was nothing. "She''s your problem now. I have others I need to look after."
"Th-that''s right! Yue is still¡"
Hajime left, heading in the direction of Fair Bergen, leaving Suzu to drag the tussled up Eri Behind. Although Hajime couldn''t hear it, Eri was muttering under her breath.
"No¡ no¡ not Kouki¡ Kouki is just boooring¡ I need something like Hajimeeee. Hajime is the one to love for me! In fact¡ every girl needs Hajime. I''ll need to make sure every girl loves Hajime as much as I do. Right, Suzu?"
"Eh? Eri! Eh? What are you saying?"
"Suzu needs to give Hajime all her appreciation!"
"Suzu! Hajime? Eh? Suzu mustn''t that''s¡" As soon as Suzu realized what Eri was saying, her face exploded in to shades of red, the character who normally acted like an old man suddenly turning shy.
Eri chuckled darkly, beginning to make her ns. Yes¡ the world would know to love Hajime. They would all love him as much as she did, or they could just die.
Meanwhile¡
Hajime had made it back to Fair Bergen where Ehito (Yue) was kneeling, staring defiantly at Shia who was holding her shoulder and keeping her from moving anywhere.
"Hajime!" Shia said, relieved at seeing him now in the rtive safety of home.
"Will she be okay, papa?" Myuu asked worriedly.
"Dear, you must be able to do something."
Shizuku, Ryuutaro, Tio, Kaori, and Aiko all waited patiently for his response. After a moment of thought, Hajime gave a nod.
"There is part of Yue still in control. Since Ehito was not able to finish establishing control, it should still be possible. I should be able to devise some concept magic that will be able to extract his soul. The problem will be¡ where can I put it you know? If we just pull it out, he''ll go right back to causing trouble again."
"What method can we use?" Shia asked.
"It''ll take some time." Hajime pondered. "I''ll need to inject Yue with my vital essence. Using that, I can do something like creating an antibody that will cause her to reject the god invading her body. Kaori¡"
"Eh, me?" Kaori suddenly stood to attention.
"I will need you. This may take some time and be very strenuous. With your magic and example, it may help bring Yue back to the surface."
Hajime picked up Ehito (Yue) in princess carry. "I''m going to take Yue now into a private room. I won''t stop until I''ve freed her from the disgusting god."
Ehito no longer seemed to struggle. Instead, he just wore a face of absolute dread. Hajime did exactly as he said he would. Kaori, Hajime, and Ehito entered into the room, and the door shut closed behind him.
The rest of the group waited anxiously as they continued to work. Very little could be heard. There was perhaps an asional shout or the surge of some power or another, but it quickly drifted off to silence. This continued on for nearly two days.
Shizuku spent some time training, while Tio and Shia lost sleep waiting at the door. The others spend some time resting and recuperating after the face paced events from earlier.
About noon time the following day, the door suddenly opened once again. Kaori came out. Her body lookedplete disheveled. She was breathing hard and covered in sweat.
"Did Kaori do it?" Tio asked.
"I-i-it?" Shia suddenly looked worried.
The question was put into her mind. They had been in the room with Yue for some time. Now Kaori looked quite a sight. Perhaps they had¡ no! Shia shook her head, her rabbit ears pping as she convinced herself that they were being strictly concerned about Yue''s life during this troublesome time.
Kaori didn''t seem to realize the implication herself, merely nodding. "We did, we-"
The door opened again, and Yue stepped out. Hajime was right behind her. Although she didn''t look unsteady, he was hovering close enough to catch her should she suddenly lose bnce.
"What did you end up doing with Ehito?" Tio asked.
Hajime pulled out a little stone which was now glowing gold. Everyone who had seen Hajime''s vision when they were using concept magic in the cabin made of ice and snow recognized it. It was the god stone. There very god stone that had saved Hajime''s life¡ and now it contained the soul of Ehito, saving Yue''s life in the process.
"So¡ what should we do with it?" Shia asked nervously, her rabbit ears twitching.
"Return it to the abyss?" Tio asked.
"Nn¡ Abyss."
And Hajime did, he returned to that spot, the one where he had first died, the spot that turned him into the man he was today. cing the stone down in thehole in the wall he had once used to desperately survive, he used his transmutation, burying it back in 20 feet of solid rock.
As he stared at the ce where he had once resided, struggling to survive, he stared down at his hands. He had two of them now, just like before he started this journey. But as Shia and Yue grabbed each of his hands, and Tio and Kaori pressed up behind his back, he had radically different feelings from how he felt before.
"Is it time to go home?" Kaori asked.
"Nn¡ Hajime''s home."
Hajime nodded, turning away from the abyss and staring at his beloved. "Yes, let''s go."
The End
***________
Don''t like my ending? Read the actual story then!
Chapter 158
Chapter 158
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. Bakapervert did the final edits. He did them all this time, I usually do a one over but I forgot to do it tonight, so this is all Baka.
***_________
Young Hero
"¨D¨DAnything and everything, disappear(Deny All Existences)"
At that instant, sound of *boba-* could be heard from the three apostles holding down Hajime and they were bisected into two, upper part and bottom part. And then, right after that they were further torn to pieces left and right, top and bottom, left and right, in less than a few seconds they had turned into smithereens.
There was no de, but even if there was one, the impossible phenomenon shouldn''t be called bisection but should be called as dispersion in linear shape instead. Everybody was speechless, all of them only opened their eyes wide without moving. It was at that time magic power burst out thunderously.
A torrent whirled with Hajime at the center, however it was far differentpared to his usual vivid crimson, it was a darkish red color of blood that looked poisonous. And this abnormal state of his was also conveyed to all the people in the audience hall whether they wanted it or not.
Hajime was slowly standing up in the middle of such situation. With a face that was pale like a ghost from losing blood, he exposed an expression even more inhuman than the apostles, *plop, plop* blood was dripping down¡
Myuu who was right beside Hajime was covering her face with her hands to protect her face from the dark red magic power flow that was like a local storm while raising a small scream "kyaah". It looked like she would be blown away backward soon, but right after that, the floor under her feet crumbled as though it was dispersed where Myuu then fell there.
"H, hmph, pointless effort. Imand under the name of Aruvheit, knee¨D¨D, ah, igi, aaAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!"
Aruvheit somehow pulled himself back together and tried to stop Hajime using ''Divine Statement''. But, before he could finish hismand, without any previous sign whatsoever Aruvheit''s both hands were severed neatly from his shoulders.
Even when Aruvheit''s forehead was shot before this he was still keeping his calm somehow, even when his four limbs were shot through he didn''t scream at all, far from that he even recovered instantly, yet now his expression distorted in intense pain while shrieking.
In his eyes, there was not only agony but also strong bewilderment dwelling there. He waspletely unable to understand the reason of how he was getting a damage that made him felt intense pain.
The two hands of Aruvheit that was cut away were rotating in the air from the recoil when they were cut. And then, at the next moment those arms raised *boba-* sound just like the apostles before and turned into small pieces, and then the pieces vanished just like that without leaving even dust behind.
"Wha, what is-. What is happening!? This is, just what in the world-"
"Aruvheit-sama. Please stand back. A really fine string¡.no, something like a chain is dancing in the air. It will cut anything it touched ignoring any defense and erased them."
"Wha, what did you say-"
If Hajime had that kind of stupidly powerful artifact like that then there was no way Ehito would overlook it, also, if Hajime had that, then it should be better if he used it when fighting Ehito¡if that was the case, then why was that kind of thing only came out now that the situation had turned like this.
Aruvheit''s confusion was deeper than anything he had ever felt, his deadlocked mind caused his body to stiffen. He couldn''t find any answer, there was no way he could give any instruction, even reacting might be something out of his capability right now, he was merely opening his eyes wide, his mouth closed and opened wordlessly, for a god he looked really unsightly.
One of the apostles opened her mouth to further urge Aruvheit to step back toward the safe area.
"We, the apostles will face the irregr. Before more wound than this is inflicted on your honored person¨D¨D"
"Hiih"
But, before the apostle could finish talking she was cut into centimeter sizes in front of Aruvheit and vanished too quickly. The abnormal scene of the prided ''apostle of god'' created in Holy Precincts to get instantly killed like that made a pathetic scream to rise from Aruvheit unintentionally.
Even while that was happening, the apostles moved altogether and rushed at Hajime, they slipped through the red blood tornado and got cut by the superfine red chain running in the air, or they got entangled by the chain and like that they were annihted as though they got disintegrated.
The chain with a diameter of one millimeter d in blood red magic power¨D¨Dthis was something Hajime transmuted into minuscule links from the stone floor (the stone floor used especially sturdy mineral as architecture material), he then covered the chain with magic power and then controlled it using ''Remote Operation''.
At this time, perhaps from overwhelming hatred, rage, and possibly a sense of emptiness, Hajime was awakened to two derivative skill of transmutation. One of the skill, ''Imagination Composition'' made Hajime able to use transmutation without needing a magic circle. That was also the reason of how regardless of the constant vignce of the apostles holding down Hajime they were still taken by surprise.
But, if this was just merely a chain, then it shouldn''t be unable to do things like granting anguish at Aruvheit or surpassing the disintegration ability of the apostles and annihted them.
The cause that brought about such cheat was¡as clear as day.
Concept magic¨D¨D''Deny All Existences''.
In this world where Yue was gone, he wouldn''t recognize the worth of the existence of every single thing. He wouldn''t tolerate anything for daring to exist. Anything and everything, all without exception¡
¨D¨DDisappear
Hajime who had Yue stolen from him felt bottomless fury and hatred, and then saturated with those emotions he reached an overwhelming sense of emptiness. This emptiness was the exact opposite of the will of the utmost limit that was born from his longing to his birthce when they created the crystal key. Be that as it may, this emptiness was without doubt a culmination of an emotion.
The result was literally was an ability of ''erasing the existence of what is touched by the chain'' which even calling it atrocious was still too lukewarm to do it justice. With the power of ''interference at the target''s information'' of sublimation magic as the base, this ability overwrote the information of the target that said ''exist'' into ''doesn''t exist''.
Riding the torrent of the magic power of ''Supreme Break'', the chain circled at Hajime''s surrounding, it was just like an incarnation of ''curse'' toward all living things.
The apostles and monsters even raised their war-cry as though to drive off the fear, horror, and despair, but even their strong spirit came to nothing, without any exception their existences were easily erased. The spectacle of those apostles helplessly vanishing like mist looked just like a joke.
The time it took until the apostles remaining in the audience hall were annihted didn''t really take that long.
Also, the surviving several monsters ignored the order given to them by an age of god magic, they obeyed their instinct and tried to run away but¡
Chain wrapped in red light meandered like a snake while flying, in an instant the chain was closing in and in an instant the monsters'' body was repeatedly cut to pieces before vanishingpletely.
All those was done by just one person.
The face of Aruvheit who was left alone was twitching greatly while he was slowly drawing back.
(No way-. That power is dangerous! I have to tell this to my lord no matter how-)
Aruvheit endured the pain on his shoulders while attempting to escape from the hole in the ceiling. On the way, his gaze and magic power moved at Shia who was staring at Hajime with dumbfounded expression while she was still lying on the floor. It was for the sake of making her as a shield in a preparation of the worst case. Just like what he did to Myuu, he nned to crucify Shia in the air and carried her.
However,
"¡Where are you nning to go?"
"-¡"
That scheme was crushed by the sound of cutting wind and a voice that sounded like it was creeping from the earth. When Aruvheit strained his eyes, he could see that between he and Shia there was the superfine chain tearing the air like a wind de going back and forth.
Aruvheit didn''t answer, he gave up picking Shia as a shield, then he fired me sphere at Hajime as a smoke screen while leaping away.
But that too,
"You bastard-!"
At the ceiling hole, the chain had already beenid out in a grid shape, making an escape as something difficult. Aruvheit cursed out as though to distract himself from the unease that suddenly heightened inside him.
And then, this time he turned his gaze at the direction of Aiko and others. As expected he was surely thinking that hostage was necessary.
However, at the next moment chain stretched lightly to that direction too. Aruvheit unintentionally moved his gaze at Hajime, there, there was no trace of the me sphere he fired or anything, Hajime who was standing still like a ghost at the center of the red tornado was fixing eyes of the abyss at him.
He shuddered, something crawled Aruvheit''s spine.
"Do, don''t screw with me-. You fools who opposed god! Something like the lives of you lowlifes is equal to trash¨D¨D"
Perhaps to varnish his terror, Aruvheit suddenly yelled angrily and undted the space. Most likely he was trying to release shockwave by directly affecting the space. Although he was below Ehito, as the retainer of god, doing something like handling age of god magic was easy.
But, it seemed that his chaotic head was unable to make a calm judgment.
Rather than raising his fervor like this, Aruvheit should escape from this ce even if he had to st the floor. Or perhaps he should resolve himself to receive damage to himself and fired annihtion ss magic at all direction and used teleport in that opening, he also could summon the monsters that were still outside the devil king castle to buy time.
This dignity of a half-baked god hadpletely closed his one in a million chance path of survival.
The result.
"A? ¨D¨D!!?"
He lost his four limbs.
This time it was both his legs that were erased. Aruvheit became a tumbling doll and fell down with a soundless shriek. With his body annihted halfway like this, it seemed that he couldn''t cut off his sense of pain using something like regeneration magic, and so he was driven mad by the ''pain'' that he had already forgottenpletely in these few thousand of years.
Even so, even when he was rotten to the core, he was still a god. He floated his body using magic and he attempted to escape with deathly desperation.
However, at thiste there was no way Hajime would allow such thing, when Aruvheit noticed he was already locked inside a cage of chain that was wrapped with red light. There was already no ce to escape anywhere¡
The spherical cage was gradually tightening close. It was as though he was going to be annihted bit by bit, and that instigated out his terror. Aruvheit was half panicked, he let out a cramped smile that sounded like a chicken.
"A, ah, wa, wait-. Wait a second! Sa, say what you want-. I''ll grant whatever your wish is! If you like I''ll even bring you to where Ehito-sama is! If I persuade Ehito-sama, surely even Ehito-sama will not refuse it out of hand-. The world-. The world you know! I will share the right to do whatever you please to the world to you too! That''s why-!"
All the people in the audience hall were staring dumbfounded at Hajime who was walking forward in swaying motion with nihilistic expression while d in a red tornado, and Aruvheit who was desperately begging for his life under the guise of negotiation.
During that time, the spherical cage suddenly began to rotate. The countless chains that stretched vertically moved horizontally and began to turn like a ball that was twirled on someone''s finger. Thinking about the ability that rejected and annihted the existence of what it touched, what was happening could even be said as a special excavator.
Because Aruvheit was a god, the sensation of physical pain was something that he had already forgottenpletely since a long time ago. Therefore, what he felt from having all his four limbs cut off was a despairing agony to the degree that it was praiseworthy he hadn''t gone mad.
For that reason, the situation where an excavator made from annihtion chain gradually approaching him caused a tremendous terror that made him wanted to raise a meaningless shriek and an impulse to tear off his hair if he still had his hand. There shouldn''t be anything that can threaten himself in this world-. Yes, even if he screamed that in his heart, but the ''presence of death'' at the other side of his forgotten memory was steadily and certainly creeping closer. The mind of Aruvheit was already on the verge of breaking down.
"Stop-, I told you to stop already! This is themand of god you know! Listen to what I''m saying-. No, wait, I got it! Then, I''ll be your, I''ll be your eminence''s servant! That''s why-. I''ll help with the recovery of that vampire''s body so-. Stop-. Just stoppp!"
Amidst the reverberating scream of terror and despair, the rotation of the cage of chain that was almost touching Aruvheit''s body suddenly weakened and it stopped growing smaller. Aruvheit who was in a state where the word unsightly perfectly suited him, timidly opened his closed eyes.
"You want to live?"
"eh, ah?"
"I''m asking whether you want to live."
Aruvheit was dumbfounded at Hajime''s question, but then heprehended the meaning of those words and a slight hope emerged in his eyes.
"Ye, yeah, I want to live-. I beg you! I''ll do anything-"
"I see¡"
Hajime nodded briskly. Joyful look floated on Aruvheit''s face where he was thinking "I survived!", but then Hajime sent him a gaze that was the same like before and opened his mouth.
"Then, die."
"Eh? Hih, stop-, giiiiiii, aAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!!"
The cage of chain that was purposefully shrinking slowly was shaving off Aruvheit''s body starting from the edge. At the same time, the shriek of death agony which was unbearable to be listened to was reverberating in the audience hall.
¡A few secondster, at the end of despair and agony, a god vanished from this world.
After Hajime saw off the fate of Aruvheit, his gaze moved at the sky that was visible from the hole in the ceiling. And then, his eyes quietly narrowed and he stepped so powerfully that the floor under his feet warped, then he flew out along with a surge of magic power that raised explosive sound.
"Haji, me-san!"
"Hajime-kun-"
Shia''s pained voice and Kaori''s fretful voice resounded.
Hajime had wound all over his body. Even though it was done by Yue''s slender arm but there was a hole opened in his stomach, on top of that he received magic that were in age of god ss several times with his body. Not just his external wound, even with his internal organs there were only a few ces where they were unharmed. If he didn''t receive treatment even for a second faster it would affect his life.
But Hajime ignored everything, with his gaze still filled with a sense of emptiness he aimed at the whirl of gold floating in the sky and leaped straight there.
The golden gate¨D¨Dthe [Divine Gate] passed through by the devil race only had around a hundred-odd people who were still remaining behind. It seemed that the civilians also really went to the [Holy Precincts], so most of the people remaining were those who appeared to be the soldiers of devil race that served as the rear guard, but looking carefully there were also women and children, old men, people who seemed to be civilian mixing there.
"Wha, what-"
"That''s¡"
They made a taken aback expression looking at the red tornado that suddenly flew out from the devil king castle. The rear guards devil race immediatelyunched magic. me bullets, wind des, and ice spears of elementary level magic with nearly no chanting.
But there was no way such thing would work against the current Hajime, just by swinging the chain all the attacks were easily annihted.
"Yo, you, stop-"
Several devils came to the front standing in his way. Hajime didn''t stop and advanced without even paying attention at the devils, as the result, in an instant several dozen devils on his route became small pieces without even being able to dodge and got dispersed to four directions.
While the other devils were in the middle of being dumbfounded witnessing the bizarre phenomenon of theirpatriots getting annihted, Hajime left them behind and charged toward the [Divine Gate].
However,
"-, aAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!"
The [Divine Gate] only pulsed as though it rejected Hajime and didn''t open the path to the [Holy Precincts]. No matter how much he roared, how much he blew out magic power, no matter how many times he swung his fist and chain, Hajime couldn''t pass.
Hajime converged the chain of existence denial and decisively hurled himself like ance thrust, even so, it was the [Divine Gate] itself that was dispersed instead.
Most likely it was adjusted so that only limited category of people who could pass through.
"Idiot-! Other than us the chosen people of devil race, there is no way other will be weed into the [Holy Precincts]!"
"ept the divine punishment obediently, you heretic-!"
The devil races rushed at Hajime andunched magic with high power and sufficient chanting.
However, Hajime didn''t even pay such things any attention and repeated his suicide attack. He didn''t even defend satisfactorily so his back was hurt in the blink of an eye.
"OPEN THE WAAAAAYYYYY-!!!"
Hajime continued to ram his body like mad while roaring in earnest, causing the devils to make a somewhat overpowered expression. But, that too was changed into a rage by the happening right after that.
Because the [Divine Gate] was beginning to shrink.
"You bastard, because of you the gate is-"
"Hu, hurry-. Fly in before it got closed!"
The devils rushed into the [Divine Gate] in fluster. At the same time, theyunched magic to remove Hajime who was a hindrance with an expression that was filled with rage.
The gigantic me burned Hajime''s back. Even so, Hajime didn''t even notice and repeated his desperate charge to smash the [Divine Gate].
But, in the end his effort didn''t bear any fruit, in front of Hajime''s eyes the golden whirl was getting smaller, and before long it vanished with a poof.
"¡"
The wordless and expressionless Hajime lowered his arms powerlessly with his head hanging down. In his eyes was nothingness as expected.
There the devils made an expression of despair and fury and assaulted Hajime. Along with curses, they attacked Hajime with countless high-ss magic, but Hajime didn''t react at all. Naturally, Hajime who received direct hit of magic was blown far away.
Hajime fell down with white smoke rising. From him, there wasn''t even any sign of him trying to takending stance.
"Hajime-kun-!"
There Kaori with her silver wings pping was calling Hajime''s name while flying near. And then she caught Hajime in the air and then descended down toward the audience hall with teary eyes.
The devils that pursued Hajime driven by their rage saw Kaori''s appearance, right away their expression turned as though they had found hope and they descended toward the audience hall after her.
"Hajime-kun, get a hold of yourself. Restrain your magic power quickly-"
"¡"
Even when Kaori''s voice that was blurred with uneasiness was resounding, Hajime didn''t cancel his ''Supreme Break''. Even in normal time, concept magic that was invoked would consume a vast amount of magic power. And if on top of that someone also continued to use strength that was beyond their limit¡it was a self-evident truth that the body would gradually break down because of the drying up magic power.
Looking at Hajime who only kept looking down, Kaori guessed that her words didn''t reach and she gritted her teeth.
And, suddenly voices addressed at such Kaori.
"Apostle-sama! Aa, thank god. I thought just what is going to happen for a moment there."
"What? There are humans and demi-human? ¡Well, fine. Now, apostle-sama, let''s ughter this bunches and quickly head toward our god."
While Hajime wasunching a suicide attack at the [Divine Gate], Shia and others were treated with healing magic by Kaori to some extent just in case. Now Shia and others were rushing toward Hajime, but hearing the dangerous statements of the devils they quickly put up their guard.
But, they didn''t actually need to do that.
At the next instant, the devils who opened their mouth were divided into four and vanished just like that. Furthermore, there were twelve devils with outfit that looked like soldier descending on the audience hall, but due to the superfine chain they were annihted without even any time to raise scream of death agony as though they had never existed since the very beginning.
Hajime who kept looking down was slowly raising his face. His gaze was directed at the devils who went stiff from the tragedy that happened right after they descended on the audience hall.
And then, the devils who were exposed to Hajime''s empty gaze unconsciously raised short scream while trying to get back but¨D¨Das expected, without any question, as though like a joke, they were cut into small pieces and vanished.
Hajime''s blood colored magic power and chain imprisoned the remaining devils which were about seventy people including women, children, and old men into a cage that resembled an iron maiden.
And then,
¨D¨DDie
That word was something small like a whisper. But, the devils could hear that voice, that curse, with certainty.
"A, apostle-sama! Please save us-"
An old devil wearing clothes of fine quality who appeared to be of quite high status implored so, that devil was covering an old woman with refined dress behind him, she was most likely his wife, while doing so he was looking for help at Kaori with a desperate voice.
Kaori sent her gaze at Hajime in bewilderment, and right after that,
"NOOOOOOOOO-!!"
A woman''s scream resounded. Taken aback, Kaori and others sent their gaze at the voice''s direction, there the old devil who asked for Kaori''s help had his neck cleanly removed. The thing that was rotating in the air should rather be left unsaid. And then it was shed into pieces and vanished just before touching the ground.
"Ha, Hajime-kun!?"
Kaori called at Hajime with a voice that had shock and agitation mixed in it, but during that time the scream of the old woman disappeared. Along with her existence.
Further, a young woman at the side, a young man with scared expression, a youth who tried to counter attack, as though to make an example one of them, then one more of them was shed into pieces and vanished. The devils'' agonizing cries reverberated in the room.
Everyone in that ce stiffened and opened their eyes wide to look at Hajime who intended to ughter even the devils who were obviously nonbatant.
"We, we surrender! That''s why, stop it already-. At least just the children-"
A man who seemed to be a father covered a child behind his back while making a surrender promation.
There were only about thirty devils remaining in the audience hall already. All of them followed the man''s promation and fell on both their knees with both their hands crossed behind their head.
All the remaining people didn''t look like a soldier. Including the children they were all civilians. Even if they were fanatics, but when it involved the life of children even they wouldn''t be able to pointlessly make suicidal resistance. Or possibly they were merely scared of Hajime''s nihilism that their fanaticism was blown away.
Like that, right after all the devils kneeled, the middle-aged man near the man who just proimed to surrender was severed vertically and dispersed like a disy.
"!? Wh, why¡"
Questioning voice of someone rose. Further, a woman at the side¨D¨Dsomeone who seemed to be the wife who was staring in a daze at the spot where the bisected man was standing, she was split vertically.
Something like surrender promation wouldn''t stop Hajime.
It was natural. The culmination of emotion that Hajime was currently manifesting¨D¨Dthat was ''Deny All Existences''.
For the current Hajime, at the very least at his own mind, everything in this world was equally worthless. Much less their worth as prisoner, even their very existence itself didn''t have any worth, rather, just by existing they were an eyesore.
The figure of Hajime who was too merciless yet lookedpletely emotionless, that appearance made the devils trembled, they could only sink down on the floor with a despairing look.
Hajime''s gaze, was directed at the side of the man who proimed surrender just now, at the trembling child there. Noticing that the man immediately covered the child inside his arms.
Shia, Kaori, Shizuku, Tio, Aiko, Liliana, immediately tried to stop Hajime.
But, there was someone who moved faster than all of them.
"Papa-, don''t nano! Come back to the usual papa!"
It was Myuu.
Unnoticed by anyone, she barged in between Hajime and the hugging father and child. And then, she stood on the way with both her hands spread wide, tear was gathering at the corner of her eye, even so she was staring at Hajime with a straight gaze.
"¡Move."
A voice without any emotion hit Myuu. Myuu twitched and her body trembled. Hajime''s cold voice had never been directed at her even once until now. And then, his expression. The shock almost made her fell down just like that.
But, that was no good. As the daughter of her beloved papa, she couldn''t lose her nerve here. To do something like leaving this kind of sad papa alone, was something she absolutely couldn''t do!
Therefore, Myuu lifted her eyes decisively, and she made a smile on her lips. The person herself intended to mimic the fiercely ring eyes and a fearless smile that Hajime showed in front of a powerful enemy, but her teary eyes and her warped lips that were just raised halfway only looked clumsy.
Even so, Shia and others who were beaten to the punch by Myuu''s action understood really well, just who in the world she copied that expression from. That expression showed indomitability and persistence even in front of a desperate situation. There was not even one person whoughed at Myuu''s expression right now. Rather, they swallowed their breath at that spirit.
"Myuu won''t move nano! M, Myuu absolutely won''t lose if it''s against the current papa nano! Because, because"
"¡"
Myuu desperately formed her words. Even the devils she protected gulped their saliva looking at the small girl challenging the terrible monster, just like a hero that came out in a tale.
"Myuu''s papa, is not uncool like this nano! He is far, far cooler nano! He won''t make eyes like that nano! His eyes look stronger nano!"
Myuu was scared. She was not scared at Hajime. At this rate, if Hajime kept rampaging with that kind of empty eye, she had the feeling that Hajime would go to a far away ce that he wouldn''t be able toe back from. She had the feeling that the papa that she loved, wouldn''t return back for the second time.
Of course, there was also how it was difficult to endure the spectacle of the unresisting devils got killed. But, as expected it was only secondarypared to that.
Myuu red back at Hajime''s empty eyes that even Aruvheit avoided seeing straight from the front. Hajime''s expression that didn''t even twitch until now frowned a little.
"¡I won''t say for the third time. Mo¨D¨D"
Even so, the emotion of the utmost limit that wished to erase everything let out cold words at Myuu.
However, this time Hajime was unable to say until finish.
"Hajime-kun. Just a bit, grit your teeth okay."
"¨D¨D"
*Bam!* That was because Hajime''s face was punched along with such sound of impact. His body floated in the air from the terrific force, and then he crashed on the floor.
The one who let out the punch at such Hajime was Kaori who was at the side. It was a straight punch with all the strength possessed by an apostle''s physical strength. If it wasn''t Hajime than the punch would blow away the head.
The impact that splendidly caught the jaw,bined with the umted damage, the limit that had been passed over since a long time ago, and then the weakening that was happening even now, caused even Hajime to be unable to stand up anytime soon.
To such Hajime, Kaori opened her mouth with an expression that was holding back anger.
"Cut it out and open your eyes already, Hajime-kun. Just how long you are nning to show that unsightly look?"
"-¡"
"Venting your anger at Myuu-chan¨D¨Dat your own daughter, that''s just the worst. If Yue see Hajime-kun right now, what is she going to say I wonder? Aah, but, I guess that''s unrted with Hajime-kun who has given up Yue."
Kaori''s stabbing words opened wide the eyes of Hajime which were filled to the brim with emptiness. In those eyes, an obscure light of defiance toward the words of abandoning Yue was residing.
Kaori who urately read the heart of such Hajime further formed her words.
"''Anything and everything disappear'' was it? I heard it you know. Are you thinking that something like a world without Yue doesn''t have any worth whatsoever? Doesn''t the premise of that, is that you cannot meet Yue again isn''t it? You have given up taking back Yue aren''t you?"
"¡"
The rampaging red tornado at Hajime''s surrounding was decreasing in strength little by little. Light began to return into the eyes as though his sanity was recovering, at the same time the blood colored magic power was also gradually recovering its vividness.
"I''m going to save Yue you know. I''ll absolutely take her back, without fail. ¡Hajime-kun, what are you going to do? Doing something like executing people that cannot fight one by one, is it fine to pointlessly passing the time like that? You really have given up? Can you give up?"
"¡There is no way that''s true."
The piercing words Kaori released certainly pierced through Hajime''s cloudy mind, spreading purifying ripple inside. The words saturated his mind, his rampaging emotion was recovering its reasoning.
Then, Shia approached him at that timing. She stood at Hajime''s side wordlessly, and then suddenly her fist dropped. *Gon!* Painful sounding sound resounded and Hajime''s head shook.
"If it is to us, then it''s fine even if Hajime-san showed something like your uncool side no matter how much¡but only in front of Myuu-chan, Hajime-san has to be a cool papa and nothing else. To say nothing of how you make her that sad. A punishment is needed desu!"
"¡Shia."
"Good grief, Hajime-san''s love at Yue-san is too heavy. To cause a panic just from getting her stolen for a bit, your devotion iscking!"
"¡"
*Fuhn-!* Shia expressed her indignation with rough breathing. She too was also in a really dissatisfied state from the content of the concept that Hajime manifested. It was as though he was saying that if Yue was not there then even Shia and others were worthless.
Of course, currently Shia and others were unharmed like this was showing what was truly inside Hajime above all else. So even though she felt dissatisfied but she wasn''t feeling shocked.
"For the time being, this art a punishment from me too."
"And this is from me."
"-¡Tio, Yaegashi."
Further impactsnded on Hajime''s head. Those were a tail attack from Tio and Shizuku''s fist. Tio and Shizuku directed a wry smile at Hajime whose hand was pressing on his head.
"Nheless, even Goshujin-sama hath the time when thou lose thyself. It appeared thy sanity hath returned, it is fine with this much isn''t it. It''s unknown whether it was unconsciously or consciously, but even while being captive of an emotion so violent to the degree that it hath created a concept, in the end, from the beginning we, and also Myuu who was at the closest position art not harmed even by a single hair from Goshujin-sama."
"The result is only the enemies are defeated, and we are all saved."
Correct, although Hajime''s reasoning was blown away from hatred and anger, and from the sense of emptiness by Yue''s disappearance, the first thing he did was evacuating Myuu so that Myuu wouldn''t be dragged into the attack that erased existence.
Even after that, he was wielding the chain freely in the battle against the apostles and demon beasts while his allies weren''t hit at all, even when Aruvheit was trying to take Shia and others as hostage Hajime was preventing that with certainty.
Now Hajime''s magic power had already returned to its usual vivid crimson, a light of reasoning was shining in his eyes. And then, regarding his rampage, Hajime''s expression turned really awkward.
Kaori sat down in front of such Hajime. And then, she put Hajime''s cheeks between both her hands and made him face her, in aplete change from before she talked to her with extremely gentle expression.
"Nothing has ended yet. Isn''t that right?"
"¡Yeah. Exactly."
"Hajime-kun, is not alone. We are here, above all even Yue is still here. Even if her body is separated from us, her heart is close right with us. Surely, even now she is fighting. In order to return to where Hajime-kun is. Because, it''s Yue we are talking about. She won''t lose to that kind of guy."
"¡Yeah. It''s just as you say. Sorry, everyone."
The atmosphere of Kaori who was gently embracing him made Hajime rxed all at once and strength left his body. The magic power dispersed, the chain that had the concept magic filled in it became unable to endure the burden because its material was merely stone of building construction and it crumbled into pieces.
The dust of the Existence Denial chain dispersed, and then while focusing so that Kaori and others wouldn''t be hurt by it, Hajime also apologized for running out of control with a bitter expression. Toward such Hajime, Kaori, Shia, Tio, and Shizuku, also Aiko and others too who were watching the sequence of events from a slight distance, they were convinced that Hajime had returned to how he usually was and their faces loosened with relieve and happiness.
There, a small silhouette was *sutetetete¨D* running closer. And then, without stopping the silhouette dove at Hajime''s chest.
"Papaa¨D¨D¨D!!"
"Myu¨D¨Dgefuh!?"
It was rocket dive of happiness toward the papa who had returned to his senses. It splendidly hit Hajime''s stomach. Yes, right at the stomach where a wind hole was opened, at the mouth of a wound that was barely tightened close by the stomach muscle. And then, although the person was small, but the running body tackle of fifteen-kilogram mass presented a finishing blow at the worn-out internal organs.
"a, no good¡"
The body that was already at its limit forcefully shutdown the consciousness as though it was protesting "Just cut it out!". Due to the effect of canceling the ''Supreme Break'', even more bacsh attacked the weakening body, a severe sense of fatigue and agony tormented Hajime.
It appeared, the greatest punishment of this day came from Myuu. Her promation of ''absolutely won''t lose if it''s against the current papa!'' seemed to be the truth.
"Nyuu? Papa? Papaaa¨D¨D!! Open your eyes nano! You will die if you sleep nano!"
Straddling on top of Hajime whose eyes were turning round and round and fainted down, Myuunded a double p *pechin-pechin* unaware of the consequent damage she added. Hajime''s life point was already at minus.
"Wait, this is not the time to watch here! I forgot that Hajime-kun is heavily wounded!"
"Hiiiiii! Hajime-san is not breathing! His pulse is also losing¡a, it stopped?"
"Kaorii! Hurryyy! Super hurryyyy! Quickly regeneration magic!"
"Thi, this is bad. Goshujin-sama''s life art like a candle lit in front of wind! It cannot be helped. Here I will ensure Goshujin-sama''s breathing with this so called mouth to mouth¡" (TN: Here Tio said mouth to mouth with broken English)
"No, if it''s that I''ll do it. I have the experience of that being done to me."
"Wait a second. Shia, Tio. So, something like that is better done b, by, by me who had learned first aid formally isn''t it?"
"Everyone you are noisy! I cannot concentrate here! If you all want to kiss then just attack him when he is sleeping after healing!"
" " "Yes¡" " "
In the audience hall, an atmosphere that was quite unclear whether it was an emergency or not was flowing.
"In the end, what should we do¡"
Amidst such happening, the surviving devils'' perplexed voice was reverberating in vain.
Chapter 159
Chapter 159
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. Elementalcobalt did the edits.
**____________
An Agitator That is Even Nastier Than God
The sensation that felt like drifting at the bottom of dark water was gradually brightening. Faint light began to turn visible from behind closed eyelids, the ears that were soaked in silence began to catch noises.
"¨D¨DPa¨D¨Ddon''t di¨D¨Dpa"
"Haji¨D¨D"
"Open you¨D¨D, Hajime¨D¨D"
Multiple voices that seemed to feel desperate naturally shook Hajime''s consciousness. An awful sense of weariness made Hajime want to give an exaggerated clich¨¦ speech like "Five more years", but he somehow swallowed back that impulse and awoke.
At the same time, the warmth enveloping his body was permeating gently to his core, it was sweeping away his weariness while producing vitality like a fuel poured into an engine.
Due to that, while feeling his consciousness rapidly surfacing, Hajime quietly opened his eyes.
Right away in his sight, there were several faces reflected in a circle like a roulette board. If a man of the world went through the same experience, he surely couldn''t help but to whisper "Aa, I''m dead. This ce is heaven¡" because of the beautiful women, beautiful girl, and beautiful little girl that lined up there.
"Papa!"
"Hajime-san!"
''Hajime-kun!"
"Goshujin-sama!"
"Nagumo-kun!"
Myuu, Shia, Kaori, Tio, Shizuku, each of them called Hajime''s name with their respective way of calling along with a sigh of relieve. Without exception, at the corner of the girls'' eyes, something shining gathered. Surely, they were greatly worried.
"¡ aa. I made you all worry. My damage¡ Kaori huh. Thank you."
"It''s fine. Something like that doesn''t matter. I''m really d. Your heart even stopped for a moment there¡¡hics, really, I''m really d¡"
"S, so my heart stopped. ¡ That makes me, even more grateful."
"Good grief desu. If it wasn''t Kaori-san, just what would happen there¡ really, Hajime-san was too reckless desu"
From the words of Kaori who was ovee with emotion and began to cry, Hajime guessed that he was quite in a pickle just now, with cramped cheeks he expressed his gratitude. To such a Hajime, Shia tightly hugged his one remaining arm while huffing in anger.
"¡ Really my bad. I''m not going to run wild anymore."
"Papa, you are fine already?"
"Yeah. ¡ Myuu too, I''m sorry. I showed you something uncool. Also, thanks. For stopping papa. Myuu, you are already far stronger than papa, huh."
"Ehehe. Myuu is papa''s daughter nano~. That''s why that''s only obvious nano"
Myuu showed a really wide smile while pressing her face at Hajime''s chest and nuzzling there. It seemed that other than feeling proud, she was also feeling embarrassed from getting praised. Hajime used his right hand that was liberated by Shia and gently caressed Myuu''s head.
"Well, at any rate. The most important thing is that Goshujin-sama is safe. It''s vexing that I couldn''t do the ''mouth to mouth'' though¡"
"You, just what were you trying to do while I was wandering between the border of life and death¡"
"¡"
"Oi, Yaegashi. Why are you looking away with an awkward face?"
"No, nothing, it''s not like I wanted to kiss or a, ny, nything you know?"
Shizuku looked plenty agitated. Around the time when she spoke about kissing, it made it impossible already to even try to use artificial respiration as an excuse, but it seemed the person herself didn''t notice. Hajime spontaneously wanted to insert a tsukkomi there, "Where has the Yamato Nadeshiko gone?" like that.
Looking carefully, Shia and Kaori were also turning their gaze beyond, their worried faces just now had gone somewhere else.
It appeared that it ended only with an attempt, but it seemed that everyone had the feeling of wanting to attack Hajime in his sleep. Considering how Hajime awoke right after the healing, and the devils were still kneeling with perplexed expressions, it, fortunately, seemed like not much time had passed since Hajime lost consciousness.
Although, all in all, Hajime noticed how this joking atmosphere was purposefully created. By all rights, there should be one more person here, an importantpanion who usually emitted a sense of presence that no one could ignore should be here.
She wasn''t here¨D¨Dthe one who was hurt by that fact wasn''t just Hajime. Even so, Shia and the others acted in their own capacity to be considerate to Hajime, so that his heart wouldn''t be lonely and break, they supported him with a clowning antic atmosphere like this.
(Really, this is just pathetic for me. This ''me'' that was so hung up on Yue that I got supported by these girls, to give up everything by myself¡ )
Not just Hajime, even Yue, before at the Ice and Snow Cavern she was beaten into shape by Shia. Surely not just Shia, even Kaori, and others also supported and saved them.
This journey began only with the two of them at the bottom of the abyss with the resolve to turn the world into an enemy. But before they realized it, those that would try to protect monstrous people like them had gathered so many.
Coming here, Hajime strongly felt this obvious thing once again. The memory of bitter defeat was repainted by the smile of his reliablerades. He quietly made a vow. He looked up to the sky and thought of his beloved who was waiting for him there.
Looking at such a Hajime who was making a hard to describe expression where pain and resolve were tangled with each other, Shia and the others immediately opened their mouths to call him¡
However, as expected, the little girl with remarkable growth easily beat the lined up female camp to the punch.
"Papa, it''s fine nano."
"Hm? Myuu?"
The sudden words made Hajime tilt his head, in contrast, Myuu showed a smile that looked a little bit like an ''Onee-san''. That smile somehow made him feel d¨¦j¨¤ vu, yes¡
(By any chance, is she, mimicking Yue?)
Before this, when she stepped forward into a dangerous ground in order to stop Hajime, Myuu mimicked Hajime and wrung out her courage. Inside the short but dense time that they spent together, Myuu obtained one kind of strength. But the thing that Myuu obtained wasn''t only from Hajime.
While the people themselves weren''t aware, it seemed that Myuu was absorbing various things from Yue who was always snuggling by Hajime''s side with her heart connected to him. It appeared that Myuu thought if it was for encouraging Hajime, then she just needed to be like ''Yue-oneechan''!
Really, toward that encouragement from his gant daughter, Hajime''s expression also ckened slowly.
But, Hajime was still underestimating Myuu. Myuu''s lexicon who hade this far looking at Hajime and the others didn''t seem to have the word ofpromise or halfway. If you do something, do it thoroughly! As though to say that, Myuu sent a straightforward gaze and with that hand that was small like a maple leaf she propped up Hajime''s cheek.
And then¡
"In ce of Yue-oneechan, Myuu will make papa energetic nano!"
"No, Myuu, what are yoooou!?"
Hajime was still lying down so he couldn''t draw back, his hand was propped on Myuu''s back so he also couldn''t pin her down, Hajime who couldn''t stop her had his lips¨D¨Dcorner (he barely averted his face) came into contact *muchuuu!* with Myuu''s lips. It was a childish kiss with her lips pointed like an octopus, but a kiss was a kiss.
" " "Aa~~~!!" " "
"Hmm, far from just us, to even take Goshujin-sama by surprise¡ Myuu, what a terrifying child!"
The shriek of Shia, Kaori, and Shizuku and Tio''s off-point admiration resounded. Hajime didn''t see because he was closely surrounded by Shia and others, but Aiko and others seemed to be also right behind Shia andpany making a crowd, as their screams were also raised. It went without saying just who was it that was screaming.
Due to the immediate evasion that he somehow performed, Hajime at least avoided the abnormal situation of bing the partner of a young girl. Furthermore, it was his daughter''s first kiss, although for the people around it seemed that it didn''t really matter.
If looked from the side, it was a scene of Hajime getting pushed down by a little girl and then kissed with her all. It was understandable. What was fearsome was the reproduction ratio of Myuu''s imitation of Yue. Or else was it the eroticism of the vampire princess that often pushed down Hajime that Myuu could copy it¡
But, at that time, in the hall that was disying the hellish situation, a nonchnt voice resounded as though it didn''t read the situation or ce.
"My my, well well. Even for my daughter, that is really bold. But you see, Myuu. Myuu is the daughter, that''s why you must not aim at the lips. Husband''s lips belong to mama, you know?"
"Just who is the ''husband'' and what''s with that ''belong to mama'' desu-! Please don''t slip into the confusing and act like a married couple!"
Unnoticed Remia had twisted in her body beside Shia and prattled such thing. Shia vigorously put her tsukkomi there.
Myuu who was wrenched away by a panicked Kaori pouted her lips in dissatisfaction. "No~! Myuu is doing chuu with papa nano! It''s at the mouth nano!" She threw a tantrum on top of Hajime.
From the ssmates who gathered at slightly distanced spot something like "His poisonous fang even went to that kind of small child¡ Sex maniac demon king" or "¡ Lolicon" or "That kind of thing, with father and daughter¡ that''s too abnormal-" or "Nagumo-san, that''s seriously screwed up -su" were audible, but Hajime didn''t hear anything at all, truly. He was making an expression that made even the devils shudder, but he said that he wasn''t bothered and so he wasn''t bothered.
Hajime pulled himself together and made a serious expression while raising his upper body. And then with his gaze, he somehow mentally conveyed about taking care of Myuu to Remia.
Eventually, Myuu would surely need some education. At this rate, she would grow into a high spec girl in various meanings imitating all of them, smiling fearlessly while picking a fight (TN: Shia, I think), normally acting innocent (TN: Shizuku), not forgetting to be gentle and considerate to others (TN: Kaori), but scattering charm everywhere on a whim (TN: Yue). Hajime wanted so that Myuu absolutely wouldn''t learn from the remaining person who was a matchless pervert.
Hajime shook his head as though to sweep away an unpleasant imagination, and then he suddenly performed transmutation and created a sword that looked like a katana from the stone floor.
It was slender and made from stone, but usingpression transmutation it had high density and super heavyweight. Also, wind w was enchanted on it so the surrounding of the de looked to be faintly swaying, as a stone katana that was made improvised it possessed an abnormal intimidating air.
The eyes of Shia and the others turned around from Hajime''s sudden act, and then Hajime''s gaze turned to the devils which made them stiffen slightly in nervousness.
"Ha, Hajime-kun¡"
Toward Kaori who called to him with a worried voice, Hajime stood up while sending her a nce. After that, he turned his gaze at Myuu who was staring fixedly at him from inside Remia''s arms. Hajime shrugged his shoulders while lightly chuckling, implicitly conveying "It''s fine".
There was no emptiness in Hajime''s eyes, recognizing that he was drifting off his usual air of aloofness, Kaori and others sighed in relieve. Myuu also smiled widely.
Hajime confirmed that and turned on his heel, while everyone was watching him attentively, he stood up imposingly in front of the devils.
"Now then, I don''t really have any expectation, but there is something that I must ask you guys. If you don''t know then I don''t mind, but I won''t tolerate any falsehood or silence. Of course, it''s your personal freedom to be stubborn¡ know that thepensation will be expensive. If the person beside you is important then be honest."
Hajime tapped the stone katana on his shoulder while threatening naturally. Behind him, he could hear someone among the ssmates whispered "It''s just like a thug¡" but he ignored it.
"I, if we answer, will you let us live?"
"Aa? You think you are in a position where you can negotiate? Something like that is obviously depending on my mood. You better endeavor your best to rub your hands together with a smile while talking. We here got thoroughly aimed with killing intent by the devil race with that Freed at the top of the list. Right now, you should be bawling in tears and be grateful instead, just by me letting you all live like this."
From behind a whisper of "This is not really different from before, is it?" could be heard but Hajime ignored it.
Hajime opened his mouth while ring at the surviving devils who went quiet.
"Spit out what you know regarding the Holy Precincts. Also, I remember you guys saying something like wanting Kaori¡ the apostle to open the Divine Gate, but can an apostle open the Divine Gate alone?"
That question was answered with hesitation by a devil who seemed to be the father who covered his child before this.
"Regarding the Holy Precincts, we only heard that it was a paradise for us, the devil race. If we can be weed there, we heard that we can be an even more excellent race. There is also something like prospering even more in the newnd¡ I don''t understand much about the Divine Gate. It''s just, we only thought that perhaps if it''s the apostle-sama, then she could do something somehow¡"
"Aa? That''s all you got? You aren''t trying to trick me here, are you? Your faith and your child, what you can protect is just one between the two just so you know, eh."
Hajime lightly pped the stone katana on the cheek of the man. The young boy hugged by the man shrieked "hii" while sending Hajime a gaze of terror.
From behind a whisper of "No matter how you see it, that''s a yakuza¡" was audible but Hajime beautifully ignored it. Further the whisper of "Papa, that''s so cool!" from Myuu and a shocked voice of "Eh!? It''s fine like that!?" were raised, but those too were masterfully ignored.
"It, it''s true! I, it''s not like that question tests my faith or anything so I don''t lie in this! Even more, this concerns my child''s life here! Really, other than this, I don''t know anything!"
"Chih, useless. What about the other?"
"N, no, anything, more than that is¡"
"Me, me too¡"
"Ple, please, at least only my child''s life-"
Hajime once more tapped his stone katana on his shoulder *tap tap* while his eyes narrowed in displeasure, it made the devils tremble with fear and beg for their lives. From behind a whisper of "No matter how you look, the viin is Nagumo¡" was audible but it was godly ignored.
"Haa, can''t be helped huh. It''s different matter if it''s Freed''s aide or perhaps a soldier, but civilian is just that, yeah."
Even while sighing deeply, Hajime didn''t look that discouraged. He then shook his head once and quietly narrowed his eyes. "No way, are we going to be cut down just like this!?" The devils thought that and their bodies twitched in shivers.
Red sparks ran around them. But, right after they imagined the worst, the stone floor around them transformed and became a cage in a few seconds.
"For the time being stay quiet there. If you think of something no good and get troublesome¡ you got it right?"
"Ye, yeah¡"
Space magic was enchanted on the cage, fixing it in the space itself, it was impossible to escape from there with average strength. Making that cage to imprison the devils in other words also meant that they wouldn''t have even their lives taken. Understanding that, the devils sighed in relief, although their nervousness was still there.
The ssmates too, although it was the devil race, they were d that this ended without them needing to see the scene of scared children getting ughtered before their eyes.
As for Hajime, although he had recovered his sanity, he had the thought to just cut down these devils who tried to kill Hajime and the others so they could go to Holy Precincts, but¡
As expected, although eighty percent of it was that Hajime returned to his sanity, Myuu had also put her body at risk to protect them. Just simply killing them felt wrong. To say nothing of how in the middle of the drifting atmosphere of "There shouldn''t be any ughtering of unresisting people anymore¡ there won''t be any right?", if he said something like "Eh? I''m going to normally massacre them but, is there any problem?" and carried it out¡ undoubtedly the atmosphere would die. Surely it would be an iparably unbearable atmosphere there.
And so, with the intention of quickly lopping off their necks if they made any stupid movements, for the time being, Hajime put the matter regarding the treatment to the devils on hold.
Hajime turned his back to the imprisoned devils and returned to Shia and the others. And then, he performed a transmutation that was the most conspicuous from everything until now and in the blink of an eye, he created a table and chairs ording to the number of people.
"For the time being, all of you sit down. Let''s talk about the matter from here on."
Shia and the others nodded powerfully at those words while the ssmates were taking their breaths with bewilderment.
By the way, there were two table sets. The side where Hajime, Shia, Kaori, Tio, Shizuku, Suzu, Ryutaro, then Aiko, Liliana, Remia, and Myuu gathered. The ssmates other than those people were at the other. Although Myuu was throwing a tantrum that it was better to be on Hajime''sp, Remia who read the atmosphere held Myuu in her arms.
Putting aside the displeased Myuu, Hajime looked over all present with a serious gaze and opened his mouth.
"First, sorting the information. The god that introduced himself as Ehito took over Yue''s body, but, if Ehito''s words are true then topletely grasp that body at the very least will take three days."
Once Hajime cut off his words, everyone made a pained expression. Everyone understood well just how much Hajime treasured Yue coupled with his rampage just now, so they couldn''t help but sympathize with him.
Although, Shia and Kaori, Tio, and then Shizuku were returning strong gazes that didn''t shake for even a bit.
Inside the girls'' minds, the recovery of Yue was already determined fact. They believed that they would take her back without fail. That was why there was no reason to be gloomy or behave seriously. The joking conversation and frivolous talk from before this were also mostly disying that attitude.
Shia continued after Hajime''s words.
"To take back Yue-san, we have to go to this Holy precinct they mentioned, is it? But, that golden gate didn''t let Hajime-san pass. If the people who can pass through are limited by Ehito, then a different n is necessary desu."
"You''re right. ¡ We needed either obtaining a different method to go to the Holy Precincts, or possibly a method that can break through the Divine Gate that is expected to manifest at therge invasion three dayster."
"Hmm, as for the method to go directly¡ Goshujin-sama. As expected, the crystal key¡"
Tio asked Hajime. To that, Hajime sighed deeply while shaking his head.
"No good. It was together in the treasure warehouse. Indeed, if we have that it will be surely possible to directly ride into the Holy Precincts but¡ without Yue, at best, perhaps I can make a degraded version of it."
Aiko and the others who didn''t know about crystal key tilted their head, so Shizuku who was at Aiko''s side exined with a pained look. Actually, Hajime had already obtained the method to return to earth. Aiko and the ssmates who were told that quieted down, a momentter the audience hall was filled with shocked voices.
"You guys are noisy. Either way, it was destroyed so there is no meaning. Don''t make a fuss."
"But, but, even though perhaps we can finally go home¡"
"That''s right! Can''t you make it one more time somehow!?"
"I beg you, Nagumo! Show us your guts!"
Sonobe, Imura, and Tamai sent Hajime pleading words. The other ssmates also made a loud ruckus while sending Hajime imploring gazes.
The gaze of Hajime who scowled in irritation went toward the table of the ssmates in strain. Aiko who got a really bad premonition let out a scolding in panic.
"Everyone, be quiet! Please don''t make a fuss! Calm down!"
"Bu, but Aiko-chan-sensei¡"
Toward Aiko who was hopping up and down while remonstrating them, the students quieted down for the moment. Even so, the students who were in the mental state like a horse that had a carrot dangled in front of their eyes were mumbling their mouth wanting to say something.
Aiko talked toward them who were like that in a very kind and detailed way.
"Listen well, everyone. Sensei really understand how you all are feeling, but please listen to Nagumo-kun''s words calmly. The artifact for going home was already lost, to make that one more time, Yue-san''s power is necessary. Even if all of you make a fuss here, that truth won''t change."
"However, the possibility that Nagumo is lying because he prioritizes taking back the girl is¡"
"Nagumo-kun won''t lie like that! ¡ He won''t. ¡ He won''t, you know? ¡ He will¡ ¡ not won''t you?"
For some reason, after Aiko strongly objected, she was gradually losing momentum and directed a troubled gaze at Hajime. As might be expected from someone who had been made to experience various things using the name of the ''Goddess of Harvest'', Aiko noticed that she couldn''t dere that Hajime wouldn''t lie in the middle and her confidence was gone.
Hajime in his heart gripped ''Keep pushing through right there!'' to Aiko, but it was also him reaping what he sowed, so Hajime stopped with only making a scowl. Hajime let out merciless words at the ssmates who were not in a calm state from the sudden good news and the disappointment that followed right after.
"I''m not lying, I guess. Either way, I don''t have any intention to waste my time just so you guys can go home. After this, I will focus all my strength in taking back Yue after all. Going home is secondary."
''No way-!'' The ssmates began to mor once more, but Hajime''s ''Coercion'' that he released forcefully shut them up while he spoke out the words that made them reconfirm the current situation.
"Besides, you lot, if you can go home right away then what are you going to do afterward, huh? If the shitty god isn''t murdered, his next target is earth, you know? That''s just meaningless."
"Uu, now that you say that¡"
"Certainly, he said something like that¡"
"Damn it all¡ just leave us alone already."
Hajime''s words made the ssmates covered their face, falling prostrated on the table, or grieving. Giving a nce at them who were like that, Hajime brought the talk back on track.
"And so. Returning to the talk, if it is with a degraded version of the crystal key perhaps it''s possible to break through that Divine Gate. It''s vexing but¡ there is nothing to do but wait until therge invasion three days from now when the apostles reappear."
"it will be easier if Ehito is worried when Aruvheit doesn''te back and hee out himself from the other side, though¡"
Kaori murmured that, but the possibility seemed low. Ehito most likely wouldn''te out until he became able topletely control the body, and the time that he was able to do that would be the time of therge invasion. In that case, it didn''t change that it would be the other side who came and this side who had to go to them.
"¡ Before talking about that, can we win, I wonder?"
The one who murmured that was Suzu. She was looking down and a thick shadow covered her face. Surely, she was remembering when they were unable to do any single thing when facing Ehito.
Everyone made aplicated expression. In the middle of that, it was Hajime who easily answered.
"We''ll win."
Suzu objected at that light tone with a slightly sullen expression.
"¡ even though you couldn''t do anything towards him?"
"Yeah. Even so, I''ll win the next time."
"How, can you say that-! He can do anything to us just with a word, his magic is powerful withoutpare. To make matters worse, the apostles, Freed, monsters¡ and Eri¡ even Kouki-kun are on the other side¡ that guy is genuinely a monster, you know?"
It appeared Suzu''s heart was almost breaking a little bit. Eri who she wished to be reunited with didn''t listen to her at all. Far from that, she was thrown into confusion easily and unable to do anything. Actually, the monsters that she summoned using the simple gate in the middle of battle were also instantly killed by the apostles.
Although it couldn''t be denied that she was still not used to metamorphosis magic, even the age of god magic that she finally obtained with great pain ended up as nothing. Suzu was gritting her teeth from her powerlessness.
And then above all, the illusion that Ehito put her into¨D¨Dat that time, Suzu and the others tasted the sensation of being torn into pieces within an instant that felt so real they mistook it for reality. Their hands and legs severed with blood spraying everywhere, and while they tumbled down and fell down, their upper body and lower body separated, their shoulders fell, andst their neck went flying.
The sensation of an invisible sword caressing from outside to inside, even now Suzu could remember it. She remembered it clearly. Ryuutaro and Shizuku were also the same. They patted their necks and limbs with expressions of difort. They also didn''t have any sensation in their own limbs for a while. Amidst such a situation, the mental strength of Shizuku who went as far as undoing her binding curse and recovered her movement to fight was worthy of praise.
But, for Suzu, remembering the fear she felt of being dead while alive was something that was hard to endure. Just from thinking that she might be made to feel that one more time made her body naturally wither.
Hajime said without even any care to such a Suzu.
"So what?"
"Eh?"
Suzu reflexively looked up. Hajime continued.
"The opponent is a monster? We are outnumbered? Will something like that be any kind of obstacle?"
"Yo, you ask if it will be an obstacle¡ of course it¡"
"Do you forget? When I was called ipetent by you guys, I fell into the abyss and crawled up until here, you know?"
"Aa¡"
Suzu was spontaneously befuddled. The ssmates who looked down with an expression of despair thinking there was no way they could win against god also raised their faces.
"There was nobody helping, there was also no food. The surrounding was teeming with monsters. What''s more, I also got no talent with magic, even my left hand was gone¡ But, I survived."
The audience hall became as still as death. Everyone was naturally listening closely to Hajime''s words.
"This is the same thing. Whether the opponent is a god or his army, doesn''t matter¡ Right now, I''m alive. That guy missed his chance to kill me. In addition, he also gave us the information himself."
Hajime''s eyes were shining fiercely, zing with killing intent. The corner of his mouth was lifted up, his canine was bared as though he was going to bite his enemy to death. That savage appearance that made anyone hallucinate a wild wolf aiming for its prey. A sound of someone gulping their saliva resounded.
"I''ll steal Yue back, and kill that guy. It''s time to change the attacker and defensive sides. I am the hunter, that guy is the prey. I''ll chase him until the end of the world and make him raise a scream of death and agony. I''ll teach that self-proimed god who believed without a doubt that he was special, just who is the monster here."
Hajime sent his gaze that was still fiercely ring at Suzu. Then, Hajime asked Suzu who for some reason blushing even while trembling.
"Taniguchi. If you said that it''s impossible already for you then close your eyes and plug your ears. I''ll make all these ends, everything."
Those words weren''t Hajime''s consideration for Suzu. It was the reverse. Those words were testing Suzu. Those words asked her whether it was fine if it ended like this. Where she still couldn''t say what she wanted to say satisfactorily. Where the other party still didn''t even look at her. If Suzu said that she was fine with that, then while she was closing her eyes and plugging her ears, everything¨D¨Dincluding dealing with Eri, would be finished by Hajime.
Saying it in reverse, as long as Suzu was still standing up then Hajime would let her do as she pleased about the matter of Eri.
Hajime''s gaze was also further directed at Ryuutaro and Shizuku.
Both of them noticed the implicit words filled in that gaze. Namely, whether they would leave the matter of Kouki to Hajime, or would they do something themselves. Those choices were entrusted to them. Naturally, in case they left it to Hajime, there was only the one choice of obliteration. That too was also clearly conveyed to the two.
There was silence for a while. Hajime''s severe words and atmosphere made the ssmates lose their words. If there were people who shrunk back in fear from that, then there were also people who directed sparkling bright gazes or people who stared with blushing cheeks, or people whose expression turned into a face that concealed some kind of determination.
Among them, the first one who opened her mouth was Suzu. With a gloomy and weak atmosphere until just now blown away, she stared back straight at Hajime with a determined look.
"That''s unnecessary you know, Nagumo-kun. Leave the matter of Eri and also Kouki to Suzu. Because I''ll walk to where they are whether it''s the Holy Precincts or where ever!"
While emitting the air of the usual mood she made, Suzu grinned fearlessly.
As though getting triggered by such girl, the quiet Ryuutaro raised a roar.
"DAAAAAAAAA-! Yosh-, I have enough acting wishy-washy like this! I ain''t gonna let only Nagumo and Suzu be the one that keeps acting cool! I''m gonna beat up that stupid idiot Kouki and make him return to his senses, yeah!"
Ryuutaro punched his fist in his other hand''s palm in front of his chest and made a simr fearless smile. It seemed that this muscle brain was actually also inly feeling down. His best friend was turned to the enemy side, and when even Suzu showed a slight resistance, he himself was unable to resist the binding curse and the illusion. He lost his confidence feeling that he was worthless, but now it seemed he was already fine.
Looking at that, Shizuku "Fufufu" chuckled.
"I guess. That idiot Kouki needs to be punished hard, not just hard but really haa~rd, also my feeling won''t be cleared without knocking down that irritating grin on Eri¡ Be, besides, if it''s the ce where Nagumo-kun is going, I intend to follow no matter where it is¡ not just now, but from here on too, okay¡"
Looking at Shizuku who was saying that kind of thing while stealing nces at Hajime with blushing cheeks, the ssmates sent her a suspecting nce. They didn''t know about Shizuku''s feeling, so they never even in their wildest imagination thought that even Shizuku who was one of the two great beauties of their ss would be felled.
No, it seemed that with Nagayama''s party and Sonobe''s group of Ai-chan protection squad as first in the list, several students¨D¨Despecially the girl students had sensitively guessed it. And then, after they alternately stared at Shizuku and Hajime with a little surprise, they then nodded as though inprehension of something.
A part of the girls went "It''s Don Juan. He is the Don Juan of the modern times. ¡ Nagumo-kun is just too dreadfulll" with blushing cheeks while sending ncing looks at Hajime, but right now was a serious time so Hajime ignored it. (EN: Hajime''s ignore has be the 8th God''s Age Magic)
"I see. Then the one that will enter into the Holy Precincts will be us and Taniguchi, then Sakagami¡ well. It''s just the usual members recent, I guess. If Amanogawaes out at the other side then you guys do as you like. However¡ I''m not going to allow any halfhearted effort."
"Yep, thank you Nagumo-kun."
"Thanks, Nagumo."
Suzu and Ryuutaro said their thanks cheerfully. Hajime waved his handzily to tell them to not mind it while moving on to the next talk. But, there Liliana called for a halt.
"Sa, say~, Nagumo-san, can I speak for a bit?"
"Hm? What is it, princess."
"You see. At the time of the great invasion, Hajime-san, and the others, the strongest battle force will ride into the Holy Precincts, while all of you are there, what should the capital who receives the attack¡ if Ehito-sama''s words are correct then they wille from the God Mountain as the origin, right? Thinking about the strength of the apostle, it''s unthinkable that even the great barrier will be able to hold out for long¡ is there something, a way to temporarily seal the Divine Gate?"
It was a natural worry for a princess of Hairihi Kingdom. If the apostle''s disintegration ability was used in full, even the great barrier wouldn''t hold out for long. To say nothing of fighting the apostle honestly from the front, the only one who could do that was someone like Hajime. It was unknown how long it would take until Hajime and others could beat Ehito, but during that time it was clear as day that at the very least a great number of people would be ughtered.
Hajime who was looked at with pleading gaze nodded once.
"I was thinking to talk about that now."
"And what do you have to say?"
"I cannot stomach that Ehito. That''s why, from here on, I''m not going to let anything, not a single thing, go ording to that guy''s n. I don''t care what will happen to the people of this world but¡ nevertheless, it''s extremely unpleasant if I let that guyugh loudly in his dying moments thinking of all the people he ughtered. That''s why, whether it is his apostles or underlings, Freed or all those monsters, wholesale ughter is on the menu for all of them. Everything that guy has, even his expectation that he has, I''ll wreck them all thoroughly to the root and branch."
''Ku-ku-ku'' Looking at Hajime who was actually chuckling with a crooked face made the ssmates draw back. Even Liliana who asked him was making a cramped face. Although, as expected, there were some of the girls who were staring at Hajime with red cheeks and heated expressions.
"E, err, in other words, are you saying that you will be able to do something about the invadingrge army of apostles?"
"Let''s see. Putting aside the detail of the concrete method forter. For now, what I''m thinking is to freely share my artifacts. I''ll super strengthen themon soldiers, adventurers, and the mercenaries. I''ll equip everyone with a weapon, I also nned to implement anti-aircraft weapons. We only have three days so it will be severe, but about that, you guys will also cooperate, right?"
When Hajime looked around, powerful nods were returned conveying that naturally, they would cooperate. Unexpectedly, even several of the students whose hearts had broken and withdrew from battle also sent him powerful gazes. Perhaps they were provoked by Hajime''s strong fighting spirit.
Liliana closed her eyes while pondering. After a beat, she opened her mouth.
"I think there will be pandemonium from the apostle''s attack, but fortunately, when we were kidnapped they were only focusing on that so there should not be that much damage to the soldiers and knights. However, even so, I think there is a limit of the battle strength that we can mobilize within three days. Whether they will be enough against the mighty apostle as the opponent or not is¡ in addition, even for argument''s sake we can gather the number, can Nagumo-san prepare powerful artifacts that can even oppose the apostle in that many numbers?"
"Yeah, I can. About the number of people, we will use the gate and gather them from various ces. For that sake, while I''m preparing the artifacts, you guys have to fly around the world to all the ces."
"Gate, is it? Goshujin-sama. Weren''t all the artifacts hath been destroyed already?"
Tio tilted her head while asking. Certainly, the key hole type artifact ''Gate Hole'' was installed all over the world so they were safe, but the essential key type artifact ''Gate Key'' to open the gate was stored inside the ''Treasure Warehouse'', so it was supposed to be destroyed together.
Indeed, if they could use a gate then it would be easy to gather battle forces from all over the world within three days, but¡
"Actually, things like items that cannot be reced or several important things, before we passed through the gate at the border of Shunee snow field, I transferred them behind, inside the ground."
"What! Then, the gate key too?"
"Yeah. In case something happened, so that Myuu and others can escape I brought the crystal key that can be used effectively here but that backfired, but¡ items like thepass, the proof of dungeon conquer, and the remaining god water¡ of course, the gate key too should be buried there. Ah, also, Kaori''s former body too. It''s underground so it must be rtively cold, I think it will be okay but¡ if we don''t dig it out quickly the ice will melt and it will turn into a grave."
"Re, retrieve it-! If we don''t hurry to retrieve it-! My body will¡"
When Hajime talked about Kaori''s former body, everyone''s expression turned into realization. If Hajime didn''t prepare for the unexpected situation, right about now Kaori''s body would be dust. It was a fine y from Hajime.
Although, Kaori couldn''t help but be fretful when the grave was mentioned. Hajime stroked the flustered Kaori to calm her down.
"I see, I understand well. ¡ However, there is one more problem. As expected, if we speak that the world might end three dayster, just how many people will believe that and gather¡ to say nothing of how what we will fight the apostles. In the worst case, there is the possibility that we will be the bad guys¡"
Liliana was making aplicated expression while pointing out even more issues. But, it seemed that in regard to those too, Hajime happened to have the answer in hand.
"Regarding that, I think we can manage somehow. We will have Kaori or Tio to use regeneration magic."
"Regeneration¡ magic?"
Liliana tilted her head. In contrast, Kaori guessed what Hajime wanted to say and pped her hand.
"You mean ''regenerating'' the scene of the past isn''t it? Just like what we experienced at the greatbyrinth of Merujiine."
"That''s right. Regenerate of what happened here and preserve it in an artifact for image recording. Then show it to the upper brass of every ce. The guys that we had met and talked with until now¡ Catherine of Brook, Iruwa of Fuhren, Roa of Holuad, Ranzi of Ankaji, Alfrerick of Fea Belgen, Gahard of the empire, if it''s those guys then they won''t doubt us. It will be easy to gather the battle force."
Naturally, princess Liliana of the kingdom and the guild master of the adventurer guild were also included. Even in this world, they were all key people with power.
Despite saying that he had no interest in the people of this world, he had an extravagant line-up of connections. While feeling dizzy at the mentioned names who she knew were quite the big shots, Liliana thought that indeed if it was those members, then they would surely treat this seriously.
"Next is¡ that''s right. It''s better if we also use sensei to give incitement."
"Ee!? M, me!? No, wait, incitement!?"
Aiko who suddenly had the talk turned to her trembled. Toward such an Aiko, Hajime raised his voice loudly.
"Now, stand up everybody! We will smash the ambition of the evil fake Ehito who dared to falsify himself as the virtuous Ehito-sama and manipte fake apostles, who right now is about to trample this world! Fight together with this messenger of god, the ''Goddess of Harvest''! Something like that. Do your best."
"Do your best, that''s not it! Just what is with that speech! How can you say those kinds of words so smoothly¡ it''s Nagumo-kun who is the great agitator here."
"Don''t mind the little thing here sensei. The seed we sprinkled is almost blooming. Then isn''t it fine if we water and grow it up, and then harvest all the yummy crops? As might be expected from a farmer."
"Just who was the one who did all that¡"
Aiko stared fixedly at Hajime with an exasperated face. It was also like this in the town of Ur, Aiko was convinced that Hajime absolutely possessed the talent of an agitator.
It seemed that the ssmates were also of the same opinion. They somehow got the vision of Hajime in front of stars dangling manipting string down while chuckling with a cool pose, "Eh? Isn''t this the same like Ehito?" they were tilting their heads pondering. Though several of the girls were whispering "Nagumo¡ no, Hajime-sama¡" with red cheeks, but here they must return to their sanity immediately.
Hajime smiled wryly at Aiko who although she realized that the method was effective and understood that this had to be done, but for some reason, she wasn''t fully epting it.
"This is a battle that will be an all out war of humanity. Even if the battle force is gathered but a mere disorderly crowd will be meaningless. A powerful leader is necessary. And someone like a king of a country will be insufficient for that. The only one who can do this is just Aiko-sensei. Really please."
"¡"
Hajime''s words made Aiko twitched for a moment. Since a while ago she kept trembling. It was as though she was a small animal. And then such an Aiko who was like a small animal, for some reason she began to send ncing looks at Hajime while fidgeting. And then, she timidly asked the doubtful Hajime.
"Na, Nagumo-kun. Just now, at the end there, what did you say?"
"Hm? Really please¡"
"N, no, not that¡..about me, you called me, A, Aiko-sensei weren''t you?"
"¡ Is there, any problem?"
"N, no. Nagumo-kun, usually you only call me ''sensei'' so¡"
"Is that so?"
Hajime tilted his head. Aiko was fidgety, or rather she was being bashful while she opened her mouth with looking up eyes.
"You did. ¡ That¡ can you, say that just now, one more time?"
"¡ Just now, about thest bit?"
"Yes. However, this time, say it without ''sensei''¡"
Hajime''s cheeks were cramping. At the same time, the small animal who kept ncing at him with an upward nce while blushing at the opposite seat made him wanted to put a tsukkomi whether she understood her own standpoint and the surrounding situation.
Aiko''s ''coaxing'' made the ssmates to make a fuss. "Eh, what is this?" or "What, this atmosphere¡" or "I, it''s a lie right¡" or "Hajime-sama¡ as expected" Murmurs like those could be heard. Incidentally, the sound of grinding teeth was resounding from the lot of Ai-chan protection squad.
Perhaps because of nervousness, but the voice of the surrounding didn''t reach Aiko. If she was speaking like this understanding everything¡ then how terrifying that was. That was because Ai-chan had thrown to the winds various things to charge until this far. Doing something like abandoning her teacher self had the risk of copsing her identity. Hajime could only pray that she wasn''t acting like this while knowing that it should not be.
However it was also a problem for her to lose strength just before the final battle, having said that, it didn''t seem like any deception would work on the current Aiko who was running wild. Even when he sent his gaze at Shia, Kaori, and Shizuku, everyone was only smiling wryly and didn''t send him any lifeboat. He wished that they wouldn''t sympathize with theplicated heart of a maiden at this kind of time.
Hajime was sighing deeply, in the middle of the gathering piercing attention, he resolved himself and opened his mouth.
"¡ Aiko, please."
"-!! Yes! Leave it to me! I''m going to incite them like mad! This is the time for a teacher of social study to show her real ability!"
Was incitement the real ability of a social study teacher¡ he wanted her to apologize to all the social study teachers in the country. Hajime once again sighed while taking off his gaze from Aiko who was absurdly in high spirit.
Toward his ears, "Te, teacher and student¡ is this ero game-" or ''A, Aiko-chan got the poisonous fang of the demon king¡" or "Casanova¡ the guy there is a Casanova! You mustn''t meet his eyes! You will get pregnant!" those murmurs could be heard. The twitching of Hajime''s cheeks couldn''t be stopped.
"Co, cough-! Na, Nagumo-san¡ I, I will work hard too!"
For some reason, Liliana raised her voice. Her cheeks were dyed bright red, her almond shaped eyes were shining in sparkles with some kind of expectation.
"¡ Yeah, do your best, princess."
"¡ I will work hard!"
"Yeah."
"I will work hard!"
"¡"
"I will work hard!"
"¡"
"I, I will work, hard, hics-"
"¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡Please, Liliana."
"¡ Lily."
"Guu¡ please, Lily."
"Yes! You can rely on me! Please look at the influence and poprity of a princess! The likes of the masses will be beaten hand down!"
He got the feeling that something a princess absolutely must not say had been said somehow, but surely it was just his imagination. The princess-sama who was always loved by the masses should not be thinking of something like ''it''s so easy to manipte the mass huh''.
The mor of the ssmates knew no end. The eyes looking at Hajime were already bing gaze filled with awe or gaze containing strange heat. Perhaps it could be said that these gazes were even more emotional than the one directed at Ehito or Aruvheit.
"¡ Haa. Let''s conclude this."
Hajime let out a sigh and then he looked around at everyone, changing the atmosphere stiffly in one breath. Hajime went on with Aiko and Liliana''s words and tolerated the mood of his ssmates, were also with the intention of softening the atmosphere somewhat.
With the danger to the world approaching, to say nothing of the danger that was threatening even their birthce, Earth too, there was nobody here that wasn''t feeling the mental burden. So that none of the ssmates would run wild from pessimism, Hajime regted the atmosphere so that it wouldn''t be too tense.
Hajime''s serious expression changed the soft atmosphere into one with nervousness in one go. Aiko and Liliana were also properly changing their atmospheres to the degree that made anybody wonder just where the embarrassing or sweet air they had been exposing until now had gone to. This attitude in this aspect was truly as expected from a teacher and a princess.
Surely their ''coaxing'' was something from their heart, but if the atmosphere was tensed like this from the start then they undoubtedly wouldn''t say such things. Looked like they were reading the mood sensitively. Although it was unknown whether they were doing it intentionally or unintentionally.
The ssmates were also lured by that, even while their bodies were quite rxed, they also seemed able to feel the tension.
Hajime confirmed that and opened his mouth.
"The objective that I prioritize most is taking back Yue. In order to do that at the great invasion three days from now, I will go through the Divine Gate that we think will be open at that time and enter the Holy Precincts. Regarding Nakamura and Amanogawa, I leave them to Taniguchi and others. What''s left is the interception of the invading apostles."
Hajime stopped talking for once and confirmed whether they understood. Everyone strongly nodded, so judging that, there was no problem, Hajime continued his words.
"I''m telling you the ns from now until three dayster. First, I n to head to the deepest part of Orcus. To mass produce artifacts, the environment of Orcus is the most optimum, after all. For this, I want Kaori, Myuu, and Remia toe along as helpers."
"Yes, got it Hajime-kun."
"Yes, nano! Myuu will help nano!"
"Please say anything about what I can do."
Kaori, Myuu, and Remia gave back a pleasant reply. Hajime put Myuu and Lemia at his side was in preparation in the unlikely event so that they wouldn''t be taken hostage again, but he also had the intention to make them take care of his needs (EN: Giggity) while he was concentrating in mining and transmuting, so his reason also wasn''t just something on the surface.
Hajime nodded back at Kaori and the rest, then this time he moved his gaze to Shia.
"Shia, you go to Raisen greatbyrinth."
"¡ I see. I will ask for Miledy''s cooperation, am I?"
"Correct. If she has the information about Ehito or the Holy Precincts even just for a little, then that''s a good deal already. That time we were forcefully ejected so it''s unknown whether there is a shortcut or not. At least we got the proof of conquering, but if it doesn''t react at the spring at Brook''s outskirts, then you have to go through inside thebyrinth again."
"I think that perhaps, she will let me pass but¡ even if it''s no good, this time I swear I''ll clear thebyrinth in half a day. If it''s the current me, that greatbyrinth is no different than a yground."
"I also think so. I''ll leave it to you."
"Yes desu!"
Hajime smiled at Shia who nodded energetically. Next, Hajime called to Tio.
"Tio."
"Yes. I understand. Goshujin-sama is asking me to return home, correct?"
"As expected. If there is a danger to the world, then thew of dragon race also doesn''t matter. Even if they aren''t as strong as Tio, if the strength of the dragon race is added with my artifacts, they should be able to fight even the apostles."
"I think so. As expected, there is no choice for the dragon race to not move in this situation. Let me guarantee their strength too. However, the hidden vige is¡ quite far. Truly aplishing it within three days is not possible¡"
"About that, let''s manage it somehow using the artifact."
Hajime was rearranging the order of priority in his head while moving his gaze further.
"Yaegashi, you go to the empire. The same like the Hairihi Kingdom, it''s possible to go there using the gate, I''ll duplicate the gate key to go to the kingdom before you depart after persuading Gahard to send the battle force to the kingdom."
"That''s¡ fine but, why am I the one going?"
"That''s because Yaegashi is Gahard¡¯s favorite. Just to be sure, I''m taking into ount so that the talk will be smooth. After all, there must be some people there that hold a grudge from the case with the restriction choker. Thinking about the negotiating ability and battle strength, there is no one else I can leave this to."
"Mu. I understand that, more or less, but¡ you know my feeling, yet you send me at the ce of a man wooing me, that''s a little shocking. Well, I understand that this is not the time to say that kind of thing so it''s fine but¡"
"¡ My bad. If Gahard screws around then just give my name. Say that if he tried wooing Yaegashi Shizuku, then Nagumo Hajime won''t stay quiet."
"-¡ Su, a surprise attack is cowardly."
Shizuku slightly blushed while conveying her consent.
"The students and Liliana will go to the capital. Gather the battle force and raise their moral with their speech. Incite them skillfully so that they can fight mercilessly even against apostles. And then, the battlefield will be the in in front of the capital. There is no way we are going to fight inside the capital even after knowing that they will attack from the God Mountain at the back of the capital, after all."
"In that case, we need to evacuate the people out of the capital then. Although the gate can be used, evacuating all the people in three days is¡ looks like we need to hurry."
"It''s fine if we send the civilians to the empire capital in ce of their battle force that we will pull on our side. right?"
"But, Nagumo-kun. To fight the apostles who can fly at the sky on a in is disadvantageous¡"
"I n to take a measure of an anti-aircraft weapons and heavy weapons, and so on. Also, Nomura-!"
Nomura Kentarou of Nagayama party whose name was suddenly called went "oO!?" with a strange voice. Not even in his wildest dream, he imagined that his name would be called in this timing.
"You are an earth elementalist, right?"
"Eh? A, yeah. That''s right but¡"
"Then, collect the workers in the capital and the guys with an aptitude for earth element magic, it''s fine even if it''s simple but create a fortress on the in."
"For, a fortress?"
"It''s better to have shelter right? Ask about the detail to the specialist in the capital. Later I''ll send you an artifact exclusively for you, so create a ce that is easy to fight on the in."
"Go, got it. I''ll try."
Further after Nomura, Hajime also gave instructions at other ssmates too here and there. They nodded from being swallowed by the momentum. Hajime gave them some kind of concrete roles with the intention that they could finish this without them getting crushed by the tension that was heightening moment by moment.
Also, as soon as the production of the heavy weapons were finished, Hajime nned to send them to the capital in order, but for the lecture on how to use the weapon, it was more effective to have the ssmates to do it. Even if they didn''t know the detail of the mechanism, but they should be able to handle the weaponpared to the resident of this world who in the first ce didn''t know the concept of heavy firearms.
"Taniguchi, Sakagami, you two go to the forest of trees. Talk to the lot of Haulia and Fair Bergen and send the bunches that can fight to the capital. If you finished with that, contact me. I''ll receive you in Orcus. Until the time limit, you two will focus on subjugating the monsters of the abyss and strengthening them. After all, you two finally manage to get metamorphosis magic."
"Roger!"
"Ou!"
After that, they talked a little bit more about the details, and then while floating a fearless smile before the three days that surely would be the densest time of their life, Hajime once more ran his gaze to everyone.
And then, a beatter, his mouth slowly opened.
"The enemy introduced himself as a god. In addition, he boasted mightiness that corresponds to it. Every single member of his army consist of a one man army. There are even monsters outside ofmon sense and strengthened puppet soldiers that don¡¯t fear death."
Calm voice. Yet, it resounded extremely clearly.
"But, that''s all. Those guys are not invincible or anything. Just like what I did, the god and his apostle can be killed. Humans can bring down the paranormal existence."
The figure of the talking Hajime was one armed and one eyed with white hair that looked as though his life was sucked out from him. Those things showed the path this man who was called ipetent had walked until this point. Those were the proof of how he butchered a great number of monsters, turned them into his nourishment and crawled up here. And then, he actually showed the proof in front of everyone in this ce. That human could win even against god.
That was why they naturally could understand. Even if he had lost once, even after his important person had been stolen, he would make even those situations into his nourishment. The bloodied and wounded young man in front of their eyes, turned any kind of impossible into possible.
The words that shook the heart whether one wanted it to or not continued.
"There is no need to think that this fight is for the sake of someone whose face you don''t know, much less the world. There is no need to shoulder that kind of thing. Like how I am fighting for the sake of taking back my beloved, it''s fine for everyone here to fight each for your own reason. There is nothingrge or small about those reasons. There is no weight or anything. Because you want to go home. Because you want to meet your family, for the sake of your friend, for your lover, merely just for surviving, merely because you cannot stomach this¡ whatever is fine."
For a beat, Hajime''s words cut off. But, everyone in this ce became self-aware of their own wishes. Impulses welled up inside their chests.
As though waiting for that, Hajime unleashed his words. zing like me, yet permeating like water, powerful like earth, yet enveloping like wind, it was such words¡
"If there is a time where you must muster your all for once in your life, then now is exactly that time-. Right now, in this time, burn your soul! Take the step for the sake of your wish! And then, all of you survive! If you manage to do that, then I''ll present you the reward of the ticket for going home!"
The sound of gulping reverberated. A throbbing sound like rm bell could be heard. The clenched fists, the firmly stepping feet, the gritting teeth groaned creakingly. It was as though their will naturally rose up like a roar.
Among the people who were delirious with fever, Hajime enchanted them with gleam and fangs like a wild wolf.
And then a word.
"Win."
What came back was naturally countless roars.
Chapter 160
Chapter 160
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. He also did the edits.
**_________
At Nostalgic Orcus (Beginning)
Inside the darkness, there was a silhouette standing quietly.
The ce was arge space made from stone that felt smooth like marble with several thick pirs inside. It had a solemn atmosphere like a shrine somewhere. For a light source, there was only the faint glimmer from the green light stone that shone through the door of the room before this ce.
That light cut through the dark and stretched into the room like a single path, illuminating the back of the standing silhouette.
Suddenly, a new shadow piled up on that back. The slender silhouette came from a female, a voice that was clear and beautiful even while it sounded hesitant it called to the back.
"¡Hajime-kun."
The standing silhouette¨D¨DHajime turned around just a little toward that voice which called his name.
"Kaori. The harvesting is over already?"
"Yes. It''s quick thanks to thepass, see. The monsters too¡as expected, it''s cheating with the spec of the apostle, isn''t it?"
Kaori showed a wry smile, perhaps from recalling the time of hardship when she was exploring the surface level of the Orcus Great Labyrinth with her ssmates. And then, in consideration so that she wouldn''t break the atmosphere, she entered into the hall quietly.
"¡This ce is, where you met with Yue, isn''t it?"
Kaori whispered that while standing beside Hajime. The ce Hajime''s gaze was fixed at was¨D¨Da half melted broken lump of mineral.
Hajime quietly nodded. His eyes were clear like a spring deep inside a forest filled to the brim with tranquility. It was the exact opposite of the empty eyes saturated with negative emotions of fury and hatred before. His gaze now was saturated with affection and pain.
"When I saw her for the first time, I thought it was a horror scene. Inside pitch ck darkness, crimson eyes were peeking out from behind a weeping willow made of gold threads¡something like that. Even when Yue called with a voice asking for help, I tried to close the door, you know? This fellow is absolutely a no-good person. That was what I thought."
"Fufu. Certainly, it''s unthinkable that in the depth of the abyss like this ce there would be something like a normal girl."
"Right? Especially at that time. My mental state held no interest for anything other than survival. Now, when I recall that time, I''m thinking, really, why did I help her, huh?"
Kaori let out a chuckle at the way Hajime talked. Hajime too squinted nostalgically while making a fond smile.
"And now that girl is someone special that can make me go mad. Really, this thoroughly teaches me that we won''t know how life will it turned out in the future."
"No truer words than that."
Their words cut off, both of them closed their eyes for a bit. Hajime thought about his beloved lover. Kaori thought about her love rival (close friend). And then, almost at the same time, their eyes opened quietly. A me of resolve was dwelling there.
"We will surely take her back, won''t we?"
"Yeah. We will take her back for sure."
Hajime and Kaori looked at each other''s face and both of them made fearless smiles.
But right after that, as though there was something he forgot to say, Hajime''s face went ''hah'' and he opened his mouth.
"Ah, but Kaori, you will remain behind with the surface group at the fight, okay?"
"Eh? Why¡aa, by any chance, is it about this body stopped functioning?"
"Yeah. For the time being, I prepared an artifact for countermeasure, but as expected in front of Ehito, I don''t know how much effect it will have. After all, originally that body is that guy''s creation."
Kaori''s expression turned bitter.
Indeed, the apostle body was something created by Ehito''s side. At the devil king castle, Ehito stopped Kaori''s body from functioning. It was doubtful whether they couldpletely defend against that. On the other hand, if Kaori returned to her original body, it would be a great decrease in her battle strength.
And so, the role of dealing with the apostles that woulde invading the surface was best for Kaori.
However, even Kaori wanted to go to save Yue. Even though she understood that logically she should stay behind, emotionally she was unable to really ept it. "Muu" Kaori pouted her lips, to that Hajime shrugged while giving her words to persuade her.
"Don''t make that face. Even if we take back Yue, if the others ended up dead, putting me aside, it will be hard to endure for Kaori and others, right? Also about Myuu and Remia, the n is for them to remain here in the surface hiding at the deepest part of Orcus. It had been proved once that they are effective as a hostage, so it is necessary for someone to protect them here just in case."
"¡Haa, it can''t be helped, isn''t it? It''s vexing, but I don''t want to be a burden. Besides, there are also a lot of people I don''t want to die so¡yep, I understand. I will protect the ce where Hajime-kun and the others will go home too. I also won''t let anyoney their hand on Myuu-chan and Remia-san. Also, Ai-chan-sensei and Lily too, right!? Right-!?"
"Why are you emphasizing those two¡"
Hajime smiled wryly at Kaori who was staring fixedly with puffed up cheeks. To such a Hajime, Kaori turned her face aside with a huff and let out a sulking voice.
"''Aiko, Lily, please'' Even though you said something like that. Hajime-kun is a womanizer."
"No, that''s because I read the mood¡"
"The other ssmates too, several of them were sending you feverish gazes, you know? Saying something like Don Juan or Casanova, I think that even if Hajime-kun is called that, you really cannot deny it, I''ll tattle at Yue when she returns. Even though, I too am still stopping at an ''important'' stage, but other girls one after another¡uu, Yue whose position is immovable is enviable."
"¡"
Kaori was acting with timidity that seemed forced. Hajime scratched his cheek seeing that. That wasn''t because he was exasperated with Kaori''s attitude, it was because a feeling that denied a part of her words was naturally welling up in him.
Hajime crouched down in front of the mineral that sealed Yue before, the mineral which had the property where it was difficult for magic power to flow in it. He lifted his hand while addressing Kaori.
"The punch at that time. That was quite effective you know. That attack really opened my eyes."
"He? ¡Ah, that''s, err, it hurt, wasn''t it? I did that quite with my full power¡"
Kaori''s eyes turned round for a moment from the sudden change of topic, but when she noticed that Hajime was talking about her punch when he was running wild in the audience hall, her expression turned awkward and she averted her gaze.
Hajime used his refined magic power which shined vividly iparable with the time when he undid the seal of Yue with difficulty. This time the sealing stone was permeated by his magic power unexpectedly easily.
This mineral left behind in this ce was because of its abnormally bad rate of magic power permeation. On top of that, it even repelled back magic power. It caused him to be uneasy whether it could be put inside the ''Treasure Warehouse''. At that time, the treasure warehouse was a super important item without recement and he didn''t know the way to manufacture it, so Hajime had apprehension that the ''Treasure Warehouse'' might break because it used magic power when taking in and out items. That was why Hajime wanted to avoid actually storing this mineral into the treasure warehouse. There was also how Yue seemed to detest this mineral stone even though she didn''t say it out loud.
While transforming that sealing stone into blocks, Hajime continued his words towards Kaori who kept sending him nces.
"Yeah, that punch, it literally reverberated until my core. Even what you said that I''m the worst and uncool, those words stabbed deeply."
"Aa, uuu. E, err¡that¡"
Kaori raised a strange moan and looked all shook up.
"If it was another person doing that, then it wouldn''t affect me like that at all though."
"Eh?"
"Those who can do the same thing like Kaori and make it reverberate until deep inside me, well, I guess there are only Shia and Tio left."
"You mean¡"
"¡Perhaps I cannot say anymore that you are just ''merely important'' for me I guess."
"¡Hajime-kun."
The sealing stone that was carved apart into blocks was stored into the new ''Treasure Warehouse'' that Hajime recreated aftering to Orcus. While doing that, Hajime was murmuring as though talking to himself, causing Kaori''s eyes to open wide.
Hajime suddenly stood up and his gaze met with Kaori. Those eyescked sharpness, instead they were d in a gentle atmosphere. Kaori''s heart leaped from looking at herself who was reflected there.
"Thank you, Kaori. For continuing to think about me. ¡I wanted to say just that before killing that guy."
"¡Stop it. Something like that, it sounded likest will for some reason, that''s ominous."
"Haha, I guess. My bad, that''s not like me."
Kaori shook her head left and right toward Hajime who was smiling wryly.
"No, me too, thank you. I''m happy. ¡Fufu, I have to say this to Yue when shees back. Hajime-kun is going dere. Anyway, I finally got Shia''s position, I''ll say that to her."
"Kuku, if you do that you will get bullied again, you know? After all, for some reason Yue likes to be yful with Kaori."
"Uu, that''s, she absolutely enjoyed my reaction to that, didn''t she? It feels irritating when I remember it. While Hajime-kun and the others ride into the other side, I must think of a payback present."
"Now I can imagine the oue where you get paid back twice for that."
"Geez-, Hajime-kun is also enjoying it!"
Hajime chuckled while shrugging at Kaori who bared her teeth in irritation. And then, both of them closed their mouths at the same time. They sympathized with each other over their feelings that wanted to meet Yue very much.
Hajime once again smiled with Kaori and lifted his hand at thest sealing stone. And then, he turned the stone into block shape one after another stored them inside the ''Treasure Warehouse''.
And at that time, they noticed that on the floor where the sealing stone was left there was some kind of pattern carved there.
"¡This is."
"What''s the matter Hajime-kun? ¡Pattern? Isn''t this Vandour Shune''s crest¡"
Kaori peeked from behind Hajime who was crouching and traced the pattern carved on the floor below the sealing stone with his finger, she then tilted her head at the familiar pattern and murmured.
Hajime nodded wordlessly and then took out from the ''Treasure Warehouse'' the tear shaped pendant that was the proof of having conquered the Ice and Snow Cavern.
Right after that
*kiiiiiiiii*
Such shrill voice sounded out, in resonance the pendant and the pattern on the floor shook.
The pendant that was put on Hajime''s palm moved bit by bit as though it was dragged toward the pattern on the floor. It was hard to see because it was dark, but looking carefully at the center of the pattern on the floor, there was a small hole open where it seemed the pendant could be fit there.
Hajime and Kaori looked at each other and nodded at the same time. Hajime inserted the pendant into that cavity.
Immediately after, light ran through the pattern on the floor, then a sound of metals scraping against each other rose and the surrounding pattern rose up. It was a round stone pir with a diameter around thirty centimeters. When the pir rose until the height about Hajime''s eye, it stopped still. And then, before Hajime''s eyes, its side opened up.
"¡So there is this kind of mechanism. A mechanism that can be opened only by someone who has conquered Ice and Snow Cavern huh."
"That, what is it? It was under the block that sealed Yue, I have the feeling that it''s rted to Yue somehow but¡"
At the center of the stone pir there was a mineral stone as big as a pinball with high transparency, in a nce it looked like a diamond. Hajime put it on his palm and stared it fixedly, from his side Kaori murmured her conjecture.
And then, it was soon proved that her conjecture was correct.
"¡Looks like this is the same type of image recording artifact that was used by Oscar and others."
"That''s¡someone who left behind that kind of thing in this kind of ce, I can only think of one person."
"Anyway, let''s try activating it."
Hajime poured magic power into the white crystal.
Right after that, the dark sealing room was filled with golden light mixed with white. And then, in front of Hajime and Kaori who narrowed their eyes, the talk of the person who left behind the image recording began.
That talk, was filled with very deep love and affection, and then also tremendous resolve and repentance. And then, in it was an earnest wish, so warm and gentle that it would shake the soul of the person hearing it no matter what.
The white golden light settled, the recording of about ten minutes vanished with a whiff, then a lingering emotion that was hard to express, yet by no mean it was something unpleasant, filled Hajime and Kaori. Kaori was shedding beautiful tears that trickled smoothly which she forgot to even wipe.
"¡We have to show it to Yue."
"Yeah. This is something that Yue has to see no matter what¡Kaori, I''ll entrust this to you. We don''t know what''s going to happen on the other side, after all."
"¡Yes. I got it."
The mineral with the radiance of a diamond that Hajime''s hand handed over was epted by Kaori as though she was handling a treasure.
"Nevertheless, it''s lucky that I understood the detail regarding the special trait of the sealing stone. Indeed, with just ''Mineral Appraisal'' there is no way I will be able to grasp its true character. Well, though if I was told that I should notice it while facing that scorpion imitation, that much is¡"
"In a sense, it''s cyborg? Something like that, isn''t it?"
"Yeah. Thanks to that, an urge to create various things is welling up in me. Myuu and Remia are also waiting right now. Let''s quickly return and mass produces the artifacts."
"Mass producing artifact¡what amazing words."
Shrugging at Kaori whose face was somewhat convulsing, Hajime once more ran his gaze through the ce that was his beginning with Yue. And then, after closing his eyes for a beat, he turned on his heel with resolve on his back once more.
After that, Kaori quietly followed after him.
Without looking back, the two of them exited the room, then the sealing room was shut in darkness. However, inside there wasn''t just cold darkness that swallowed everything, it felt like there was kindness drifting there too.
"Ah, papa! Kaori-oneechan. Wee back nano!"
"We are home, Myuu."
"Myuu-chan, we are home."
Hajime and Kaori who returned to Oscar''s residence were weed by Myuu''s energetic voice and fully bloomed smile. The entrance of the lime colored building made from digging into the rock wall was crossed through by the beloved daughter with rapid footsteps *sutetetete¨D* to which Hajime lightly embraced her with his artificial arm that he created in an emergency.
Myuu instantly circled her hands on Hajime''s neck happily and hugged tightly.
There, from the dining room a pping sound of footwear approached, and then wearing a pure white and frilly apron with the frills fluttering anddle on hand, the perfectly equipped Remia appeared to wee them.
"Dear, Kaori-san, wee home. Will you have dinner? Or will you take a bath? Or else¡will you have mother and daughter?"
"Wai-, Remia-san! That kind of clich¨¦ is unnecessary-! Or rather, just now didn''t you say mother and daughter!? Just what are you nning to make your daughter do-!"
"My my, sheesh Kaori-san, what about doing a happy family get together? That''s what I meant you know? Ufufu, I wonder what are you imagining?"
"-!? Re, Remia-san!"
"Dear, or else will you have Kaori-san?"
"Fue!? M, me? Wait that''s not it! Please don''t make fun of me!"
Kaori went ''mukii!'' with her hair standing on end like a cat while Remia was only watching her with a gaze as though she was looking at something cute while going "My my, ufufu". Before it was Yue, now it was Remia. It appeared that Kaori had the quality where she would be teased by older females.
Hajime patted Kaori''s shoulder to soothe her while directing his gaze at Remia.
"Stop it with that much. Watching it is fun, but right now there is not really much time. I''ll enter the workshop soon. My bad but I''ll take my meal over there."
"Understood. Then I''ll bring it over there. Ah, also, there were contacts from her highness and Shizuku-san. It seems they will be able to manage it somehow. The speech of Aiko-san¡the ''Goddess of Harvest'' was quite effective. The number of people are increasing rapidly, so they said that they want the artifact''s production to hurry."
"I see. Roger. Sorry to make you do something you are not used to."
"Such a thing¡if I can be useful for you even just for a bit, then there is nothing happier for me. Whether it''s for returning your kindness, and also as a wife supporting her husband¡"
"No, you aren''t a wife, okay?"
"My my."
"No, don''t go ''my my'' here."
"Ufufu."
"No, hm, well, doesn''t matter."
Hajime folded against Remia who enveloped everything with a matchless warm smile. Hajime caressed the head of Myuu who was reluctant to part while entrusting her to Remia, then he walked out toward the workshop.
Currently, the ce where Hajime and others were at¨D¨Dthe depth of the Orcus Great Labyrinth, in the hideout of Oscar Orcus, there were only Hajime and Kaori, and then Myuu and Remia there.
After the conversation at the audience hall in the devil king castle, first of all Hajime and others went to retrieve the valuables that Hajime transferred underground before they went to the devil king castle, then they used the gate key that they safely retrieved and everyone scattered to all over the world.
Of course, they had to directly go toward the ce that didn''t have a gate hole installed, so transportation artifacts would be needed. Even Tio, if she was going to the vige of dragon race, when it was time toe back from there she could just use a gate, but just going there would certainly take a few days so there was a necessity for an artifact that could fly at high speed.
And so, using the proof of conquest, Hajime entered Oscar''s hideout from the shortcut in Raisen Grand Canyon, and with the material left in the workshop he prioritized creating mini version flight artifact ''Mic Fernir''.
In a manner of speaking this artifact was a skyboard. With a shape like a surfing board, it reduced things like air resistance with space magic and flew in the sky using gravity magic. The control was of course using sympathy stone. With the air resistance equal to nothing, the burden to the user''s body was extremely small, so it could easily give out a speed of five hundred kilometers per hour.
It was an improvised item so there was a w that the magic power consumption wasrge but, even leaving out Tio, all the ssmates possessed magic power amount in the level thatrgely deviated from the standard so if it was just for the departing trip then they would be able to manage it somehow.
With that, the ssmates whose soul was lit in fire by Hajime''s incitement scattered all over the world, and then through the gate hole, the world was rapidly beginning to be connected.
At the outskirt of the kingdom capital, quite a battle force had already begun to gather, with Nomura Kentarou in the lead, the people and workers with earth element aptitude were rapidly constructing simple defensive encampment. Hajime prioritized to create artifact for this aspect too that raised up their strength several times over, super optimizing their work.
It took about one day until that point. Two days remaining until the end of the world began.
Hajime who finished producing the prioritized artifacts then created an emergency artificial arm and treasure warehouse, and also simple weapons, apanied by Kaori he then stepped his foot once more into the nostalgic abyss to gather material.
There was also the event where the moment they got out of the hideout''s door, a hydra manifested in reaction to Kaori, but the two who were there was a tag of a grown monster and god apostle, so they had quite a leeway.
After that, Hajime got Kaori to carry the ''Compass of Guidance'' because she didn''t know anything about the abyss and had her help him in the gathering of necessary material, he too also went to the ce for material that he remembered and ran around while trampling the monsters as though stepping over ants.
And then, Hajime who had gathered enough material somehow carried his feet toward the ce where Yue was once sealed. His feeling that wanted to meet Yue naturally directed his feet there even while understanding that there was no time.
Kaori who simrly finished gathering material ascertained Hajime''s whereabouts using thepass, and then there they reached that recording artifact and the feeling that was put into it.
By the way, Hajime also asked Kaori to search for ''God Crystal'' using thepass but¡unfortunately, she was unable to discover one that had beenpressed through many years and months until it could trickle ''God Water''. It was a substance that was left only in legend, so it really couldn''t be helped. Perhaps just by being able to discover several small crystals should be thought as fortunate.
"Now then, well Kaori, I''ll rely on your cooperation."
"Yep, leave it to me."
Hajime who arrived in the workshop transmuted a round crystal pir in the center of the room while calling Kaori. What they would perform from here was a method to resolve to a certain degree of their problem with theck of time even if they couldn''t fully resolve it.
It was for this that Hajime chose Kaori as a helper because she was the one most skilled with regeneration magic.
"Here I go! ¨D¨D''Temple Rend''."
Together with a voice of fighting spirit, Kaori''s whitely violet magic power surged. In addition, Hajime roared his crimson magic power while enchanting the technique that Kaori used into the crystal pir using creation magic.
Regeneration magic ''Temple Rend''¨D¨Dit was a magic to stretch the time. The essence of regeneration magic was in the point that it was a magic that could interfere with time. However, from the viewpoint of the throughput and magic power amount, the extent human could handle this magic was only ''regeneration''¨D¨Dto return the state of the target into the healthy state where they didn''t bore any wound, because such way of using it essentially only stopped at an act of projecting a moment of the past, it was named as ''regeneration'' magic.
Saying it in reverse, if someone could surpass the limit of human, furthermore if they increased their proficiency in this magic and approached that essence, it would be theoretically possibly to not be limited with ''regeneration'' and became able to interfere with time.
And then, if it was the current Kaori who had aptitude with regeneration magic, who had continuously used this magic all this time and became skilled, and in possession of a body that surpassed human body, it was possible for her toy her hand on that area.
Kaori''s magic power began to interfere with the time of the surrounding, her long silver hair that was dancing gently was gradually changing into gentle motion. Somehow, it looked like the whole workshop was growing dull in color.
"¨D¨DHa, Hajime-kun."
"It''s all ok Kaori. You did well."
Immediately the whitish violet magic power filling the room dispersed as though melting into the air. Kaori put her hands on her knees while breathing hard. It appeared that she consumed quite a lot of magic power in just a short time.
"Haa, haa, ho, how is it?"
"¡As expected. It''s about ten times increment. With this, I''ll have some leeway."
"Haaaa. I''m ad"
Hajime who was staring with a serious gaze at the crystal pir which was emitting faint light loosened up his face and gave Kaori words mixed with praise. Kaori too also showed a smile while caressing her chest in relieve.
"It''s quite hard making this so how about naming it¡as expected the name should be the ''hyperbolic xxxx chamber'' I guess?" (TN: Hajime is making a reference to the hyperbolic time chamber in Dragon Ball here.)
"¡I have the feeling that it''s better to stop that. Isn''t it fine to simply name it ''Hour Crystal''?"
"¡You have no romance."
"Geez-, something like that doesn''t matter. Now, quickly go to work, work! We will take care of the chores so work hard!"
"¡I got it okay."
Hajime activated the hour crystal (temp) with a dissatisfied expression.
Immediately, the same like before inside the workshop grew slightly dull in color. With this, the time was stretched ten times longer though it was limited inside the workshop. An hour inside the workshop was just six minutes outside.
During that time, matters like contacting Liliana and others who were working on the surface ground and the sending of the artifacts were done by Remia (simr like with Hauria, Hajime had installed a gate with magic power storage that Remia could operate), while Kaori was carrying out the collection of material that ran out.
Hajime left all the chores to them and he just needed to continue to spit out the created artifacts from the workshop to outside. Hajime who was preparing weapons in the unit of tens of thousands really could be said as a human armory.
Hajime took out arge amount of material from the ''Treasure Warehouse II''. Every kind of mineral, monster fang, w, bone, etc. was instantly filling to the brim inside the spacious workshop.
"Now then, let''s do this."
Hajime lifted his hand at the same time with that murmur. Right after that, inside the workshop was dyed with crimson. It was as though the vivid crimson color that permeated everywhere was changing the workshop itself into a gem that was like a red spinel. In a sense, the scenery pressured on the heart miraculously as though they were being lost inside a gem.
As the proof of that, Kaori, Myuu, and Remia who were inside the workshop were staring at the light that was emitted with Hajime in the center with an expression as though their heart was stolen.
Even while Kaori and others were in a daze, Hajime''s ''Mineral Separation'' sifted through only the needed material and created pure ore, then ''Creation Magic'' enchanted the ore with necessary magic, ''Precise Transmutation'' realized borate transformation that would make any craftsman go blue in face. Moreover, ''High-Speed Transmutation'' did mass production that produced wless andpleteponents regardless of howplicated it was.
And then thoseponents were personally assembled by Hajime and apleted product was finished in just a few seconds which then was put on the floor.
Next Hajime held his hand over thatpleted product, no, more urately he held his hand over the floor where thepleted product was put, with that he engraved a detailed magic circle on the floor with thepleted product on the center.
As the result, the materials scattered on the surrounding automatically moved and mass produced things that were exactly the same with thepleted product. Not just that, theponents themselves were mass produced with the mountain of material automatically extracting themselves and repeated the fusion.
Hajime confirmed the process and then he entered the creation of the next artifacts. He was already ignoring the magic circle that continued to emit crimson light and the mountain of Gatling gun that waspleted automatically and moved to produce the bullets.
Those bullets too, Hajime personally created the first one and then he put it on the magic circle he engraved on the floor and the bullet was automatically mass produced, and then Hajime entered the creation of the next artifact again. His gaze was already not looking at the Gatling gun and bullet anymore.
Derivative skill of transmutation¨D¨Das long as the material was avable then it was possible to create exactly the same thing without the magic circle or image supplementation, this was the ''Duplication Transmutation'', and then the ''Automatic Transmutation'', until the magic power filled into the engraved magic circle ran out, even when the caster went away it would automatically continue to create.
The stream of crimson magic power filling the room and the crimson radiance of the magic circle deployed at Hajime''s surrounding¡while being surrounded by those, Hajime narrowed his eyes as though he was meditating and waved his hands like a conductor, his figure that created powerful artifacts easily like a joke was exactly like the magician inside a fairy tale. If it had to be said in a realistic way then it could be said that it was a solitary production factory.
While Kaori and others were in a daze, artifacts began to overflow from the engraved magic circle. Remia''s cheeks were cramped from being convinced that she would be slower in carrying out the artifacts than the speed of the production like this. The amount was obviously something that couldn''t be handled with just Myuu and Remia.
Although such thing was already known from the beginning.
Therefore, Hajime entered the transmutation of the transport method. He projected the image he drew inside his head into the empty air before his eyes, and then he further hardened the image while his hand crawled there. The result, a humanoid figure appeared pushing through the mountain of material with crimson jewel buried on its chest.
Its lower body was multi-legged like a spider, the upper body had six arms attached like an Ashura statue. Further, the lower body that was connected to the spider legs were box shaped, at a nce it could be understood that it was a transport golem.
And then after creating one more of the golem, Hajime opened his mouth.
"Remia, Myuu. I''ll ask you to control this golem and transport the artifacts. Send it from the gate to the kingdom."
Saying that, Hajime handed the two of them two rings. The rings had sympathy stone attached to control the golem. So that even the two who didn''t have magic power can use it, Hajime put a function to store magic power and also an ability for the golem to further evolve.
"These two golems are created from the fusion of magic stone that I refined and monster material, they are a half monster. That''s why, it''s possible to force them to move with that sympathy stone, but it can also move by receiving a vocal order. I made them so they will listen to themand of the person holding that ring."
Yes, so to speak these golems were something like a living weapon that was the fusion of machine and living thing, the ring was something to control them and also to show the authority tomand. Having said that, they didn''t have a clear ego of self so as long as there was no clear order, they wouldn''t make their own judgment and moved by themselves. Perhaps it would be easier to imagine if it was said that they were like monster Living Knight or Living Sword that often appeared in RPG.
It was abination skill of creation magic and metamorphosis magic. As always, Hajime didn''t have that high of an aptitude in metamorphosis magic, but by using a method where he used the creation magic as the main and enchanted metamorphosis magic using his skill, then he could use it well enough. Or rather, even living thing had metal element inside their body, so if metamorphosis magic was used with creation magic as fusion magic, then the transmutation technique could advance drastically using the side effect of the metamorphosis magic. Using this Hajime hit upon an idea of a trump card.
The sealing stone that sealed Yue and the scorpion imitation were basically also created by the same technique. Although because of the aptitude of the caster, theponent of metamorphosis magic had greater weight in those two. The sealing stone was also created from special ore that deflected magic, but the reason it was hard for Hajime''s transmutation to affect it was because the majority of the stone was living thing.
Myuu was tilting her head "Nnyu?" at Hajime''s difficult exnation, so Remia exined, "Papa is giving a present of pet to Myuu." Although that exnation was a little bit problematic.
Anyway, Myuu whoprehended everything that was said to mean that she was presented with a pet, embraced Hajime in great joy, and then "Myuu will help papa nano!" Myuu manipted the living golem ''Bel-chan'' in high spirit.
It seemed the formal name was ''Belfegor'' which was shortened as ''Bel-chan''. The one naming it was Myuu. It was a naming sense that was unthinkableing from a four-year-old. Hajime wanted to think that it was a coincidence that the name was simr to the name of a famous devil of the seven deadly sins. (TN: The name should be Belphegor, but here the name is turned cuter somewhat.)
By the way, Remia also asked Myuu for the naming of her golem, and then with a smiling face that was too lovely Myuu named it "Asmodeusu!" It was an immediate reply without any pondering whatsoever. Hajime could only pray that the golem wasn''t being possessed by something strange.
After that, Hajime mass produced every kind of weapon, Remia and Myuu transported those and sent them through the gate to Liliana and others in the kingdom, if the material became insufficient Kaori would dive into thebyrinth and gathered it up with her cheat ability and thepass¡such process was continuing for a while.
A lot of outrageous artifacts that were sent to them one after another caused the people at the kingdom capital who didn''t know about the hour crystal to have a cramped face. Hajime and others enjoyed a happy family get together (meal) for a short time with the ''Automatic Transmutation'' buzzing on the side with Kaori getting teary eyed from Remia''s teasing, although various things happened but in general the production progressed favorably.
Hajime himself also created new artifacts, he further strengthened his weapons even more than before,pleting his equipment with certainty. And then, the trump card against Ehito too¡
While those were happening, finally contacts from Shia and others who scattered to many ces were alsoing. It appeared they too were advancing the matters favorably. With artifacts that he would send to Shia and others in hand, Hajime prepared to wee them in the hideout of Oscar.
Omake
In the luxurious bathroom where he was once forcefully made to climb the stair of adulthood by Yue, there was the figure of Hajime between the steams.
Even while rxing his body properly in the pleasant bathtub, it was impossible for him to rx like before. That was because of his effort to recover the magic power that he consumed and also the preparation for the decisive battle, and most of all, it was because his dear lover wasn''t there.
His gaze that was looking at far away pierced the abyss, passed even the sky, and stared at Yue who he shouldn''t be able to see.
Those eyes, when they were narrowed painfully, suddenly, a young voice resounded in the bathroom.
"Papaaa¨D¨D!"
Looking at Myuu who energetically rushed at him stark naked with her usual cute footsteps, Hajime floated a small smile.
And then, *pyon* he safely caught Myuu''s body that leaped at him.
"Oy. That''s dangerous Myuu."
"Ehehee, sorry papa."
Although he lightly scolded her for the moment, Myuu was busily hugging Hajime and no sign of repentance could really be seen from her. Hajime looked fondly at her thinking ''what a hopeless girl'' while slowly submerging her into the bathtub so that Myuu wouldn''t feel too hot.
Myuu leaked out "funyuu" voice while her eyes drooped pleasantly. That excessively cute figure stimted Hajime''s fatherhood strongly. He slowlybed Myuu''s beautiful emerald green hair. Myuu melted even further. Now she was a droopy Myuu.
That figure of Myuu made Hajime felt healed a bit from the loneliness that he felt just now. Even so his gaze naturally looked up to the sky
"¡She is fine nano."
"Hm?"
Suddenly, Myuu said out calm yet powerfully certain words. To Hajime who tilted his head and returned his gaze to her, Myuu with a conviction that was the same like the time at the devil king castle formed her words with a voice filled with strength.
"¡Yue-oneechan is fine nano."
"Myuu¡"
"Because, papa will go to meet her. It''s the same like what happened with Myuu before nano. That''s why, Yue-oneechan will be able toe back too nano."
"¡"
Those words, rather than conviction Myuu talked like it was something decided already. For a little girl, if the big sister that she idolized was gone then usually she would be a bit more down but¡it seemed Myuu ovepped what happened right now with the time when she was kidnapped and through that obtained an even stronger conviction. Namely, that Hajime would surely take back Yue.
At the same time, Myuu also obtained the conviction that Yue was absolutely fine which surely came from her enormous faith to Yue. That, Yue-oneechan will surelye home.
That was why, in this kind of time she couldn''t feel down or anything. For Myuu who had watched Hajime and others until now, she had the awareness that she was a powerless existence that couldn''t do anything. But, on the other hand, she also had cultivated a spirit twice of that awareness that could let her say ''so what'' and blew it away. Therefore, she carried out ''thing that her current self could do''.
If she was unable to do anything, then at the very least she had to be able to cheer up the people who could do it, so first she herself would spread out liveliness. Her conviction and faith, she brought it to those people with all she had.
Looking at such Myuu, who was smiling wide in front of his eyes conveying to him "It''s fine!", Hajime loosened up his face.
At the devil king castle, Hajime imed that Myuu who was standing in the way of the rampaging him was "Stronger than himself", but now once again he thought that those words were actually correct. More than himself, she was believing in Yue''s strength, and in the future that she wished for.
"¡You''re right. I''ll bring her back soon. After that, next time, let''s enter the bath together with Yue, the three of us."
"¡Nn-"
Myuu let out her yfulness and imitated Yue''s reply. That was cute and lovely, making Hajime caressed Myuu''s head even more.
Like that, the painful thing in his chest from thinking of Yue who was not here melted out into the bathtub together with his sigh, now his body really rxed in the true meaning.
But, there Hajime suddenly noticed.
Wasn''t Myuu nned to enter with Remia and Kaori?
For that Myuu to be here, in other words¡
"My my, dear, you are really sweet to Myuu, aren''t you? Ufufu."
"Ha, Hajime-kun. E, excuse me for disturbing."
"As expected, so it turns out like this¡"
Remia and Kaori who only hid their body with small towels apologetically revealed themselves from the other side of the steam. Remia was acting brazenly while Kaori was blushing in shame.
Remia''s body that looked voluminous somehow despite its slenderness was d in indescribable sex appeal, perhaps because she was a widow. While Kaori''s body that was like white porcin and had the beauty of a work of art which was molded in the golden ratio. Both of them were giving off tremendous charm.
Remia was at the right, and Kaori was at the left, each of them glued their body to him while soaking in the bathtub.
"You guys¡"
''What are you two doing while Yue is not here'', as expected Hajime was going toin like that, but Remia returned an affectionate gaze at him before he could say it.
"I was thinking that if you calmed down by yourself, won''t you recall the pain instead¡if we are a nuisance, then we will get out immediately."
"Pain you say¡"
"The pain of the heart has no rtion with the strength of body or will after all. ''She is not here right now'', doesn''t it feel painful just from that?"
"¡Remia."
It seemed he was seen through that he would feel pain from thinking of Yue. Hajime reflexively blinked, and then Kaori talked to him from the opposite side with a gentle tone.
"In this kind of time, someone should be there with you. When it was me who felt like that, there was Shizuku-chan who stayed with me¡I won''t be able to be Yue''s recement but, I want to be your support even for just a little. If I cannot do that, then when Yuees back she will make fun of me."
Kaori merely conveyed that she was at his side while chuckling. The words that came from her personal experience were heavy. During the days when Hajime was gone, Kaori didn''t break even then was because her best friend nestled close at her side through all that time for her. That was why, the feeling of ''I too know what you feel'' was naturally conveyed to Hajime from her.
Hajime sensed that he was given consideration by the two, no, by the three including Myuu too, he leaked out a small smile.
"¡Thanks. If I don''t get myself in shape, then it will be me who will get made fun by her, huh."
"I don''t think that will happen when it''s Yue though."
"Ufufu. Yue-san is really engrossed with Hajime-san, isn''t she."
The three remembered Yue who clung closely at Hajime and chuckled at each other.
Hajime dropped his gaze at Myuu on his chest who began to go "munya munya". It seemed she felt too pleasant and became sleepy. Before she fell asleep, she should wash her body first.
Remia and Kaori urately guessed that thinking of Hajime. Beating Kaori to the punch whose mouth was opening, Remia told Hajime with a smile.
"Then, Hajime-san. I''ll wash your front now."
"No, I don''t need my back wa-¡right now, you didn''t just say the front, right?"
Hajime asked while his cheeks were cramping from noticing the words that were bizarrely different from the standard, and as expected there, Remia was answering with a smile.
"Yes, I thought that surely Kaori-san will wish to wash your back, so I wonder if I can wash your front instead."
"Wai-, Remia-san!? What are you saying!? The, the front is¡that''s¡no, no good!"
"My my, then, Kaori-san will be the one to wash the front?"
"M, me!? I, Hajime-kun''s front, the front¡"
Kaori''s gaze was absorbed onto Hajime''s crotch that was not visible below Myuu''s shadow. And then, her face blushed crimson explosively.
"Are you two idiots. There is no way I''ll let you two do that."
"My, if the two of us are no good then¡..so, Myuu will be the one¡"
"Hajime-kun!? That''s no good, something like that! What are you nning to make Myuu-chan do!"
"However, that ce is delicate¡I will need to be at her side here to give her a lecture. Mother and daughter will work hard to give service here."
"I won''t let that happen! I won''t let that happen no matter what! Remia-san! I won''t let Hajime-kun progress through that kind of abnormal path!"
"My. Then, who will be the one to wash Hajime-san''s front?"
"Tha, that''s¡"
"Kaori-san, then let''s do it like this. The three of us together."
"Hah, that way is¡wait, that''s wrong!"
Hajime thought. ''Kaori¡how pitiful'', like that. And then, whether it was Yue or Remia, Kaori who was yed by older female as long as there was a chance caused Hajime to make a reallyplicated face from the gap of Kaori of now and of before when they were still on earth.
At the same time¡
"When Yuees back¡Kaori''s hardship will be doubled, huh."
"Nmyu?"
Leaving aside the two, Hajime rose from the bathtub and he whispered while washing Myuu''s hair. When they took back Yue, he would be a little gentler to Kaori. Hajime sent nces at Kaori who was still being teased by Remia with a gaze filled with such pity.
Looking at such a Hajime, Myuu tilted her head in puzzlement.
Chapter 161
Chapter 161
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. Elementalcobalt did the edits.
***__________
At Nostalgic Orcus (End)
"Hajime-san! I''m home desuu!"
The gate that connected the space to the hideout of Oscar Orcus opened, from there Shia jumped in *pyon* like a rabbit.
She went to meet with the master of Raisen Great Labyrinth that they had once conquered, Miledi Raisen, as the messenger of Hajime, but now she had aplished her mission safely and came back.
Shia saw the artificial arm that had been properly returned to the left sleeve of Hajime who weed her, her expression then became even happier.
"Wee back, Shia. I got your report. Looks like you were able to meet with Miledi again smoothly, huh?"
"Yes desu. Unfortunately, it seems that Miledi-san cannot easily leave that territory. She will be saving strength until the day of the decisive battle and I couldn''t directly bring her back but¡ in exchange I received several things that seemed useful from her."
"I see. You did well. Thanks for your hard work. So, you could enter using the proof of conquer?"
Toward Shia who was pping on the luggage bag that she was carrying on her back with a smile that seemed to say "I have good things here!", Hajime returned a smile while asking.
Once they received treatment like filth that was ejected by toilet, Hajime recalled the time when they were made to take the shortcut to outside thebyrinth. He tilted his head in contemtion thinking ''don''t tell me she is going through that water channel in reverse?''. If Shia actually did that, then it was like she was going out from the inside of a toilet while saying "Good afternoon!". So thinking about her maiden heart, he would have to reward her with his all.
It seemed that Shia too guessed what Hajime was imagining from his question. She smiled wryly while shaking her head saying that she was fine.
"The spring at the outskirts of Brook didn''t react just as half-expected. And so, I attempted to breakthrough from the regr entrance, but at that time the proof of conquer reacted¡ the usual transfer method at the first room sent me to the deepest room. It did it politely, while roughly rotating the room. Well, it didn''t affect the current me, so there was no problem but¡ as always she was an irritating person. Yes, truly."
"I, I see¡ no, really thanks for your hard work. Anyway, get inside. Inside, the time is also stretched out so I''ll listen to the detail in the workshop."
"Ah, yes desu."
Shia recollected with her gaze turning into the direction of the beyond while a somewhat ck thing covered her, to that Hajime somehow could imagine what kind of exchange she had with Miledi, Hajime whose wry smile deepened invited Shia into the workshop.
At that time, the moment Shia entered the building from outside where the gate was installed into the building, *gashon! gashon!* mechanical footsteps were resounding nearby. At the same time, a happy voice of a child reverberated.
"Ah, Shia-oneechan! Wee home nano!"
"Myuu-chan! I''m home¡ desu?"
While Shia''s cheeks were loosening from Myuu''s weing words, she also tilted her head wondering "What''s this voice I wonder?" and her face peeked out from behind Hajime. And then, the figure of Myuu being surrounded by golems in the shapes that she had never seen and Myuu herself sitting on one of the golems shoulder entered her eye so that Shia''s words reflexively halted.
The number of golems were six. Their figures had multiple legs and multiple arms holding countless armaments with metallic shine from their bodies, every one of the golem had grim intensity. If for example, Shia encountered them insidebyrinth or somewhere else, then she would surely say things like "Enemy discovered certain death attack desuu!" or "Victory goes to the one who makes the first moves desuu!" and attacked them.
Actually, until Shia came back several days had passed inside the workshop, during that time Hajime saw various points where he could improve ''Belfegor'' and ''Asmodeusu'' that he presented to Remia and Myuu, so Hajime applied sequential improvement on them. As a result, he aplished the conclusion where in the end the golems could even endurebat, so Hajime undertook the production of the living golem itself in order to invest them into the battle force as weapons.
About that time he was also producing therge size weapons so they were bing short of hands with just ''Belfegor'' and ''Asmodeusu'', and so while producing thebat golems Hajime also increased the number of Myuu''s pets while he was at it.
But, it wasn''t like there wasn''t any problem at all¡
"Err, Myuu-chan, those things that look like golem are¡"
"Myuu got them from papa nano! This child is ''Bel-chan'', this one is ''Sa-chan''. After that there are ''Lu-chan'' and ''Ma-chan'' and ''Levi-chan'' and ''Bal-chan'' nano!"
"Ha, haa, is that so. Uh huh, anyway, they are Hajime-san''s work so it''s ok desu. Isn''t it great, Myuu-chan."
"Yes nano!"
By the way, the golems'' formal names in order were ''Satan'', ''Lusifer'', ''Mamon'', ''Leviatan'', and ''Baalsebuf'' it seemed. All of those names were given by Myuu promptly without any pondering. It went without saying how Hajime''s cheeks were cramping from that. Later there would be a need to seriously investigate whether Myuu had attracted the eyes of strange things.
At the same time with Myuu''s introduction of their names, the living golems each took cool poses. Hajime didn''t give them that function, also Myuu didn''t seem to give them the instruction but¡ just why in the world they took that pose¡
Their figures felt just like they were saying "Deadly¡îSins¡îBattle¡îSquad¡îDemon Rangeeeer!!!" The red ranger was surely the ''Satan'' of fury as expected.
Anyway, there was no malfunction that came out, and they were also really obedient toward Myuu that made anyone watching imagine the golems waving their dog tail left and right happily so Hajime chose to ignore it. Without stopping any longer, he led Shia into the workshop.
Entering the workshop, the hour crystal was activated and the flow of time there was a tenth of normal. Looking at the slightly dull colored space and weapons that were automatically produced due to the ''Automatic Transmutation'', Shia leaked out a voice of admiration.
Hajime made such a Shia sit on the chair at the corner of the room and listened to her report. Shia fixed her sitting posture and took out several things that seemed to be artifacts from her luggage bag.
"Hajime-san, these are things that Miledi-san handed to me."
"¡ From what I see they look like artifacts."
"Yes. It seems that they aren''t perfect, but they are countermeasures against Divine Statement. If Hajime-san revise it, perhaps it can also bepleted."
"Hee¡ this thing is appreciated."
Hajime took the gray ball with the size around a marble and stared at it.
ording to his magic eye stone and mineral appraisal, it seemed that the ball was filled with soul magic. Inside the ball it seemed it was enchanted with a magic of ''heart guidance'' that possessed the effect to convey one''s will directly to the state of the soul, or possibly to the soul itself.
"I had a prediction on the trick of Divine Statement, and it seemed I was right on the spot."
"And, that means?"
"That magic is a magic that is connected with soul magic. It reverberates the words directly in your soul and binds your consciousness at a subconscious level. It''s something like an absurdly powerful suggestion, I guess. The magic needs the caster to murmur their name because of themon sense that amand needs a person to hand it down."
"I see. After all, there is no person that will obey amand with an unknown creator, is there? The statement bes even more powerful when they say theirplete nam. Also, because the listener''s recognition of the speaker be even stronger, is it something like that?"
"You think so too, right? This marble ball¡ does it have a name?"
"Aa, no, I didn''t ask. Isn''t it fine to name it whatever?"
"Is that so. Then, I''ll name it temporarily as ''Soul Wall'', this thing seems to have the power to block the Divine Statement from reaching the soul. It applies ''heart guidance'' to disturb the conveyed will and turn the statement into just noise. It isn''t perfect. I guess because Ehito''s Divine Statement is so powerful that it cannot be turned into noise."
Shia nodded "I see" toward Hajime''s exnation.
"Then¡ if it''s Hajime-san then you will be able to improve it so it can block perfectly?"
"Let''s see¡ I think it''s possible if Ibine my magic power with sublimation magic. Though in the end, if it gets stolen like before and crushed then that''s game over."
"Aa, now that you mentioned it¡ then, what to do? At this rate, it won''t be usable except for a surprise attack, will it¡"
"No, actually right now I have a bit of an idea. I don''t have the attitude so there is hardship, but it looks like with a little bit more it will take shape. If I applied that then this won''t get stolen. Moreover, I can surely create a ''Soul Wall'' with high effect. In any case, it''s a big help that I don''t need to think about the countermeasure for Divine Statement from zero. This is your achievement, Shia."
Hajime joyful smile made Shia also p her rabbit ears happily. The achievement actually belonged to Miledi who handed over the ''Soul Wall'', but it was somewhat annoying to feel grateful to that person so Hajime praised Shia instead. Shia also had the same feeling somewhat so she honestly felt happy to be useful.
"Also, this too desu."
"Short sword huh? ¡ Even so I feel very much power from it. Just what in the world¡ hee"
What was taken out from the luggage next was a short sword wrapped in cloth with its de length reaching about twenty centimeter. It was a simple two ded sword without a handle guard, it resembled the type of short sword that was called a dirk.
Hajime who received it took off the cloth, that moment he gazed in wonderment at the power that he felt, next he investigated it the same like with the ''Soul Wall''. His voice unintentionally leaked out at the ability that was enchanted in the sword. Looking at that state of Hajime, Shia also nodded in sympathy.
"ording to Miledi-san, it''s called ''Short Sword of Divine Crossing''. The concept filled into it is¨D¨D''God killing'', it seems."
"So, this is one of the three concept magic that Haltina said the liberators created, huh. So that Miledi had this. Chih, she should have given this thing right away."
"¡ When I said that, ''Didn''t you say that killing god or anything is troublesome, ehhh? There is no way I can give this to that kind of person, right? Is your head okay? Heey? Is your head okay? Heey heey'' she said that to me¡"
"I see¡"
"Yes. But it''s fine desu. Because in retaliation, I smashed the ce where Hajime-san''s explosive destroyed that she grumbled saying it was hard work repairing it. I blew it into pieces. She was half-crying while saying sorry to me you know, ku-ku-ku"
"I, I see¡"
Shia was ck. It was the descent of ck Shia. When Hajime was inly sweating coldly, Shia stopped making crooked face and smiled widely while continuing her story. It was a splendid change.
"By the way, it seemed that there was also an artifact named ''World Crossing Arrow'' to open the path to the Holy Precincts, but it waspletely lost at the previous lost battle of the liberators. Besides, they were cornered by the masses before confronting Ehito, so it''s unclear how much effect the ''god killing'' will have. It''s just, that short sword won''t injure Yue-san''s soul, so it can be used well desu."
"That''s a nice one. For the moment, there is also the trump card that I prepared, but there is nothing better than having a lot of cards. And if this won''t affect Yue then I got noin at all."
"Isn''t that right. I was told, that the ''god killing'' concept, it seemed the liberators lost their temper because they couldn''t really create the trump card, so all of them drunk a lot in desperation. In the end when they were all stone drunk they opened a tournament to swear at Ehito with foulnguage and that concept got created. Things like official stance or reasoning or mission, those kind of idle thoughts weren''t included at all in the concept, only the feeling of ''die Ehito you shitty bastard'' makes up the concept, so it won''t affect anything else other than Ehito desu."
"I, I see¡ yeah, well, I understand their feelings. Miledi is an endlessly annoying woman, but when we take back Yue guess we need to at least say thanks huh."
While feeling sympathy and exasperation at the good rtion? of the liberators, Hajime made a smile at how they had obtained two kind of useful artifacts.
When he listened further to Shia''s report, it seemed that Miledi would mobilize the golems inside thebyrinth. So Shia installed a gate hole there. It appeared those golems were also constructed from metamorphosis magic, so it wasn''t like Miledi was moving them all by herself, the golems were living things that moved independently obeyingmands to a certain degree.
Thinking about it now, indeed it was hard to imagine that Miledi alone controlled fifty golem knights at the same time.
However, regarding the Holy Precincts or whether there were any more retainer gods other than Aruvheit, the weak point of the apostle or effective methods to fight them, etc., it seemed that Miledi didn''t know about those more than what Hajime and the rest knew. Rather, thinking about how they had already directly faced Ehito and tasted his strength right with their body, in a sense Hajime and the rest were the ones who knew more about that.
Although, even without obtaining any new information but after receiving these things, Hajime had noints at all. Though, if he actually met Miledi directly face to face, surely he would want to smash her face.
When Shia finished her report in general, Hajime took out from his ''Treasure Warehouse II'' another ''Treasure Warehouse II'' exclusive for Shia and the improved Doryukken¨D¨Dthe ''Vire Doryukken''m and other various equipments he prepared which he handed to her.
"Hauuuu, this is it desuu, as expected, it''s no good without this hard-cold texture desuu"
The moment she received her partner the war hammer from Hajime, Shia rubbed her cheek on the mechanical part with bright smile. She was whispering scary things like "Sttering the enemy with this is unbearable desuu".
While somewhat drawing away, Hajime exined about the new functionality of all the new artifacts, but then suddenly the door of the workshop opened. The one who entered was, Kaori¡ and then, Suzu and Ryuutaro.
Actually, a little bit before Shia got in touch, the two of them finished contacting Fair Bergen and Haulia and allocated the gate key in those ces and then they went to Orcus. And then, while Kaori was gathering material she also became their guard on the side. The two subdued the monsters in the abyss and endeavored to pile up battle experience and mastering the metamorphosis magic.
"Ah, Shia! Wee back. Fufu, looking at you, it seems there are various results from you, right?"
"Kaori-san. I''m back desu! Also the two of you came earlier, wasn''t it? How is Tou-sama¨D¨Dthe people of Haulia n and Fair Bergen?"
"Yep, Shiashia. There is no problem. The people of Fair Bergen don''t have faith from the beginning. When they understood that it concerned the fate of the world, they acted quickly."
"Yep. Though they looked uneasy about the fighting, when we said that Nagumo''s artifacts would be shared in full, they got motivated, yeah. As for Haulia-n¡ aa, hm, well, ain''t no problem, yeah?"
"¡ Why, it sounds like question?"
Shia directed a suspicious gaze at Ryuutaro. Ryuutaro showed a faltering state "Uu" at that gaze and his gaze wandered, then looking like he didn''t really want to remember it he opened his mouth.
"No, there is really no problem at all. Just¡ that¡ they suddenly began to cry loudly it made me spooked¡"
"Come again? Crying loudly? Tou-sama, was crying?"
"Yep, Shiashia. Karm-san was also included, the whole Haulia-n were crying you know. After that it was a storm where they all talked simultaneously. They kept screaming things like "Boss banzai!" or "Finally, we can fight at his side!" or "Kill! Kill! Kill!". The mist in the forest got blown away a little bit just from their voices. It was in scary."
"¡"
"I think Sergeant Ha-tman style of training is just bad news yeah. Somehow, all of them had bloodshot eyes. Their killing intent was just amazing. An animal that looked like monkey in the trees dropped down plop¡ when I looked at its eyes, they were all white and it was dead already. Guess its heart stopped just from the killing intent."
"¡ Somehow I''m sorry."
Suzu and Ryuutaro exined while their faces were pale and they began to shiver. It must be a really abnormally terrifying scene. To put it bluntly, it was inevitable for the two to see the Haulia n''s respect and affection to Hajime as something the same like the fanatic''s faith to Ehito. Inside their heart, they secretly thought "As expected, Nagumo-kun is demon king¡ no, maybe he is a demon god?"
On top of being able to participate at Hajime''s battlefield, that request to join came from their respected boss. For them who wished to fight together with Hajime, the words "Lend me your strength" from that boss was unmistakably something really joyous. The scene where all of them went ''hya-ha'' floated in Shia''s eyes, her rabbit ears folded down with a plop and she also murmured words of apology.
Hajime who was smiling wryly at that exchange between Shia and the others moved the talk to Suzu and Ryuutaro in his wish to somehow avert from that topic.
"And then? What about your training result? Were you able to subdue good monster?"
"Uu-"
"Nope, not at all!"
Suzu who averted her gaze with awkward expressions and Ryuutaro who denied with livelyugh. For the time being, Hajime pulled the trigger of the new Donner and a rubber bullet shot Ryuutaro''s temple. "NUOoOOO!" Ryuutaro yelled while writhing on the floor, to him Hajime''s cold gaze was stabbing.
There Kaori put a stop to it in panic.
"Wa, wait, wait! It doesn''t mean that there is no result!"
"Hoo. Then? What is this result you speak?"
Suzu whose expression was trembling from fear due to Hajime''sck of hesitation was twitching while answering.
"Ye, yep. As far as it goes, there was also Kaori''s help and I managed to subdue quite many but¡"
"What, so you actually manage to do it properly. Then what''s the problem?"
"Err. First of all, I got a monster that can spit powerful acid, arge¨D¨Dcentipede."
"Aah, that one. At the upper stratum, there is also monster that is simr with that, but this one at the lower stratum can separate its segment to leap, it''s ability to scatter acid while separating its segment is unusual huh. I remember that one made me get a little cold feet you know."
"After that, a monster that can fire exploding needles rapidly like bullet, arge¨D¨Dbee."
"That one huh. Rather than calling it needle, it''s more a small missile isn''t it. I remember when I intercepted the needle I got swallowed in explosion, that was shocking."
"A monster that swim underground like a mole¨D¨Dant."
"Well, it has surprise attacks going for it."
"Having six arms that fires off wind sickles¨D¨Dpraying mantis."
"¡ Anything else?"
"¡ Things like spider or butterfly."
"¡ Why are all of them only bugs?"
Toward that splendid lineup Hajime sent a gaze at Suzu as though he was looking at something bizarre. Right away Suzu burst out in tears.
"I don''t know-. Just why the monster that my metamorphosis magic can affect is only the bug type! Even though at the sea of trees I can properly tame the fluffy ones-. Orcus is just strange!"
It seemed that it wasn''t actually Suzu''s own intention. It appeared that she subjugated the bugs as ast resort. The figure of Suzu who was crying in anguish crumbled on the floor invited quite a pity.
Indeed, her monsters were a shuddering sight just from imagining the lineup. However, this ce was the abyss, furthermore they were monsters of the lower stratum,pared to the monster in the surface they were far stronger. Putting aside the apostles, they would surely be a reliable enough battle force against the puppet soldiers of Eri and the monsters that Freed had put time to evolve.
"Well,e on, the other side might also show openings from the revulsion, right?"
"Are you telling me to fight while making the enemy disgusted? Suzu''s opponent is Eri you know? Even though Suzu wants to talk with her, yet from the beginning I already make her disgusted? Hics, surely Suzu will be thought as bug girl or something¡ uwah, disgusting, Eri will surely say that¡"
"Bu, but but, Suzu-chan! See, you have that child don''t you! That one is fluffy, you know!"
"Wai-, Kaorin! Suzu told you that''s a secret!"
"Aa? Secret?"
Perhaps because the figure of Suzu feeling down while drawing circle on the floor was too pitiful, Kaori at her side was desperately cheering her up. However, the cheered up Suzu for some reason tried to stop her from talking in a fluster while giving nces at Hajime. Kaori too also returned to her senses and pressed her mouth.
The two who were obviously hiding something made Hajime narrow his eyes. His suspicious eyes were conveying "Don''t make a fuss trembling like that, quickly spit it out, ora."
Suzu was making "uu" voice with her gaze wandering while Kaori was making troubled expression wondering what to do.
But, at that time, Myuu who rode ''Belfegor'' entered inside the workshop. It appeared that she had something tomunicate and she looked straight at Hajime, then she naturally stepped on Ryuutaro whose temple was shot and crouched at the golem''s feet. "Gue!?" Felt like such a voice resounded, but no one paid attention.
"Papa! There is rabbit-san nano!"
"Hm? Indeed if it''s rabbit then there is one here though."
While tilting his head at Myuu who hopped up and down with both her hands above her head like rabbit ears, Hajime moved his gaze to Shia. Shia too pped her own rabbit ears up and down.
"That''s not it nano. It''s a rabbit-san that''s not Shia-oneechan nano. It''s really strong and cool nano! Even when Lu-chan and Sa-chan and Ma-chan fight it together it doesn''t lose nano."
"What? It''s attacking here?"
"That''s not it nano. See, when the hand of rabbit-san went ''kui-, kui-'', seeing that Lu-chan and others said You bastard, in front of princess you dare to challenge us. Very well, we will teach you this thing called one''s standing! and then they began a bout? nano!" (TN: The ''kui'' is an inviting hand gesture in challenge, like saying e at me if you dare''. Also the question mark in front of the word bout is not a mistake. The raw put it there, it means it''s doubtful whether the bout is really a bout.)
"¡ Lusifer and others, they can talk? Furthermore they moved by themselves?"
"? Lu-chan and others always talk, they moved by themselves nano. That''s ob-vious nano. Papa, what''s wrong?"
"¡ By the way, right now, what is Belfegor that Myuu is riding right now is saying?"
"Nmyu? ¡ Just wait -su. It''s seriously just impossible for me to suddenly begin to fight you know -su. Love & Peace is the best Please teach that to them, master is what he said nano."
"¡ ¡ ¡ ¡I see."
Hajime activated his well trained ignoring skill in full power and endured the barrage of questions that he wanted to ask. There was a lot that he wanted to tsukkomi, but for Hajime this was already over his capacity.
And so, for the time being, he onlyprehended the part where it seemed the demon rangers called Myuu fondly as princess. This was something extremely weird, but for some reason he didn''t feel that it was something dangerous for even a bit, Myuu who was sensitive to ill will since she was kidnapped was emotionally attached to them, so he judged to not worry.
Although now he couldn''t grasp the situation, so he asked Myuu to stop the fighting of Lusifer and the others and brought the rabbit here. "Yes nano!" Myuu replied energetically and she exited the workshop together with Belfegor.
"So? The monster that you should have subdued was giving provocation and fought, what is the meaning of this? Furthermore, you don''t look like you are doubting that the monster is running wild huh? ¡ What are you hiding? Spit it out."
In order to solve his other doubt, Hajime''s gaze moved at Kaori and Suzu who were obviously acting suspiciously.
Thereupon, perhaps they finally resigned themselves, the two opened their mouth.
"Yo, you see, Hajime-kun. That child, he, he is not a bad child, or rather he is special. That child is admiring Hajime-kun, I mean¡"
"Ha? Admiring me?"
"Yes! That''s how it is! In a sense, Nagumo-kun is also the cause, that''s why the moment you see him, at least don''t shot him dead okay! Absolutely don''t! After all, he is the only fluffy one that agreed to ept Suzu''s metamorphosis magic! Really please Suzu beg you!"
"Just what in the world¡"
Hajime could only be perplexed at the iprehensible words of the two.
Right after that, with good timing that ''rabbit-san'' or something was led by Myuu and her golems and entered the workshop.
Its figure was certainly a rabbit. Long rabbit ears and reddish ck¨D¨Dno, nearly crimson eyes. In its white fur there were several faint streaks of red running. The streaks didn''t pulse like other monster, instead they were like a pattern that shined attractively on the white fur. And then, what made the rabbit most peculiar was its hind legs that were developed to impossible degree for normal rabbit.
Even though it was somewhat different, for Hajime its appearance was something too familiar.
"Kyu!"
In addition its cry that sounded cute further stimted Hajime''s memory.
Yes, what appeared in front of Hajime was the monster that once pulverized his left arm and made a sport of him until he was cornered, it was that ''Kick Rabbit''. Of course, it was only the same species and this one was a different specimen.
What was difficult for Kaori and Suzu to say was because they thought Hajime was going to st the rabbit with no question asked. As expected, in this period where they couldn''t pointlessly waste time, they couldn''tmit a folly where a monster that had been subdued with great pain got instantly shot to death because of uncontrolled emotion.
"No, it''s nothing big, I''m not going to pull the trigger just from seeing this after this long. Rather, this one is a monster that appears at the first level you know? Don''t tell me, even though you understand it''s weak but because you want a rabbit you went until the upper level¡ wait, guess you didn''t do that. There was just no time that you could do that."
Hajime noticed something strange from what he said and closed his mouth. Come to think of it, the two said baffling things like it was admiring him, that it was special, that he was the cause, that it agreed to ept metamorphosis magic, he recalled all those and his gaze asked for exnation.
However, before the two could exin, the kick rabbit acted first. After it entered the workshop, it immediately stared fixedly at Hajime while strangely trembling in spot, then with *gabacho!* it leaped at Hajime.
To that, Hajime thrust out his hand and easily grabbed the rabbit ears, stopping the kick rabbit in the air while it was crying pleadingly "Kyu! Mokyu! Ukyu". It seemed that it wasn''t jumping to attack him.
''What''s with this guy'', to Hajime who was sending her suspicious eyes, Suzu stepped out to volunteer to trante. It was possible for monster that was subdued by metamorphosis magic to have mutual understanding with its master to a certain degree. Suzu and the others had also attempted the mutual understanding with this kick rabbit, that was how they got the exnation about various things.
"Err, he said, Ou-sama, Ou-sama, I''m extremely happy that I am able to meet you. In this asion, I heard that I can be stronger and agreed to be made into the servant of your colleague. My best regards. Ah, also if possible, I want to be named by Ou-sama though¡ is it no good?¡ what''s with those eyes! It''s true you know! He is really saying all that!" (TN: Ou-sama=King. Also the rabbit is speaking in Kansai dialect.)
"¡ Even if, he is talking with that kind of meaning, there is no need to use Kansai dialect, right?"
"Because, Suzu is hearing it in Kansai dialect so it cannot be helped, isn''t it!"
Suzu''s face turned bright red from being gazed coldly by Hajime and she made excuse.
Looking at Suzu''s desperate state, Hajime nced at the kick rabbit that was still dangling in his hand, and indeed, the rabbit was directing a gaze that actually felt like saying something like that at Hajime. The round and cute eyes were getting moist entreating at him.
Anyway, Hajime further mustered his greatly flourishing ignoring skill and asked about the story at Suzu.
ording to Suzu, it went like this.
At first, Suzu wished for a monster as strong as possible and with Kaori''s cooperation they chased after the monsters on the nieth floor above, but as expected perhaps because the monsters were powerful, even with Hajime''s special new artifact that raised Suzu''s ability her metamorphosis wasn''t really able to subdue them.
Having no other way, Suzu lowered the standard to around eightieth floor and searched the monster with thepass, but as expected it seemed the beast type monster felt that they were above Suzu''s patronage with her fresh metamorphosis magic, after that even while thinking ''I don''t wanna'' but just in case she tried her magic at the bug type monster she encountered, as the result she was able to subjugate them with easiness that caused her wanted to tsukkomi ''what the hell'' at all the trouble she met before this.
Even after that, Suzu who was able to subdue monsters limited only to bug type had her tension kept lowering drastically, for the moment she healed her heart gradually by catching a lot of butterfly monsters with beautiful appearance that could manipte scale powder with various effects, while she was at it she was also subduing giant misshapen bugs in session without trouble, and then she was about to start going back.
It was at that time. Suzu discovered a ''rabbit'' that moved strangely quite human, it came from the stair of upper level full of vignce, moving from shadow to shadow agilely and silently.
That rabbit also noticed Suzu and the rest, and its movement stopped still. It was a monster that they had never seen even once until now on the eightieth or nieth floors. Furthermore, fundamentally a monster wouldn''t get out from the floor where they were born, so the act of the rabbit that normally descended the floor until here was obviously abnormal. And so, Kaori came forward with Suzu and Ryuutaro also in maximum alert.
However, as for the rabbit itself¡ it expressed with its whole body a joy that anyone looking would obviously understand. The severe killing intent and pressure that was characteristic for monsters of abyss were nonexistence. *pyon pyon* The rabbit hopped up and down as though dancing with its rabbit ears moving *myon myon*. The rabbit was like a lost child that finally discovered a human settlement after continuously wandering inside a deep forest for many days.
Kaori and others felt perplexed and hesitated whether they shouldunch preemptive attacks or not, to them who were like that the rabbit approached near slowly. It was as though the rabbit was taking consideration so that the other party wouldn''t get agitated.
While ncing repeatedly at Suzu and co, each time the rabbit advanced a bit it would stop and confirm "Is it okay?" "Is it fine, to approach a bit more?". Looking at such a rabbit, Suzu was knocked out.
To her heart that was stormy from the possibility of her being called as bug queen, the fluffy white rabbit¨D¨Dwhose behavior was really cute and instead of hostility it looked friendly¨D¨Dwas too powerful. Suzu ignored the warning of Kaori who was still wary and leaped out in front of the rabbit.
"Suzu had decided right from my first impression! Please be Suzu''s rabbit!"
Suzu bowed her head and her hand was presented forward, that proposal looked like a confession. By the way, the first impression of Suzu toward the rabbit was that it was a really suspicious rabbit.
That proposal of Suzu made the rabbit got taken aback. And then it tilted its head in bewilderment. This monster looked more and more human.
On the other hand, Suzu who was at her wits'' end went ''No way I will let go of this once in a lifetime chance!'' like a fan(stalker) that chased after an idol passionately until her residence, her eyes turned bloodshot and her breathing roughened, she began a sales pitch.
Full guarantee of all necessities of life. Three meals a day. No, four meals with afternoon nap included, five days work a week with two days off. Paid vacation provided! In addition, free time also could be negotiated! Furthermore! If the offer was taken right now, oh my, a special magic stone of Suzu woulde along free of charge! With this you could say good bye to yourself of yesterday! Now, in this chance, wouldn''t you take this status up surrounded by happyrades in a lovely workce!?
Kaori and Ryuutaro thought. Surely, no one would take that kind of offer right¡
However, unexpectedly the bewildered rabbit, when it heard Suzu''sst words¨D¨Dwhen ''status up'' was mentioned, its eyes shined with fierce red. As though saying "That one, more detaol!" the rabbit pinched forward eagerly and cried "Kyuu! Kyuu!"
Naturally Suzu''s lips smirked broadly thinking "He snapped the bait!", even forgettingpletely that the other party was a monster, she exined about the mechanism of metamorphosis magic cheerfully.
As the result, the rabbit who understood that he could evolve quietly presented its rabbit ears, epting to be pretty much Suzu''s subordinate monster.
Like this the rabbit became arade with that contract of employment?, and with Suzu''s metamorphosis magic they attempted mind understanding. Or more precisely, from the start this rabbit was obviously possessing ego with intelligence that was impossible for a monster, with this rabbit as the partner it was possible to have mind understanding even using the ''heart guidance'' of soul magic.
ordingly, Kaori and Suzu heard about the circumstance of the rabbit with really different fur color, it seemed that this rabbit was formerly a same race with the ''Kick Rabbit'' that Hajime once killed, and it was also from the same floor, but it descended down the floors in training trip and of all thing it became powerful to the degree that it was able to reach floor eighty with its own strength.
But, that was a behavioral principle and thinking ability that was impossible for a monster. The cause for that was Hajime. More urately the ''God Water'' that Hajime spilled behind.
It seemed that this kick rabbit actually witnessed when Hajime defeated the w bear. For monster ofbyrinth, the floor they were at was the whole of their world, and the master of that floor was the king. To defeat that king meant the birth of new king. They instinctually couldn''t help but being careful of that king. At that time, the rabbit which was no different with normal monster was holding the greatest wariness and terror toward Hajime.
For a while, the rabbit was hiding from a distant spot while observing the tendency of the new king, before long, it discovered Hajime''s nest¨D¨Dthe cave where the god crystal was located. When the rabbit was able to confirm that it was a ce he must not approach by his instinctual understanding, the aforementioned Hajime easily went away from the floor.
The rabbit knowing that the master of the nest had gone entered what he thought as a really pleasant and safe nest. And what he discovered inside, piling up on a dent of rock, was a small quantity of water that made vitality to well up staggeringly¨D¨Dthe god water.
The rabbit drunk it all up in a trance until it was all gone, and then he felt a power he never felt until that time overflowing in his body. Magic power was naturally surging up, his mind became clear, and he became able to sense the surrounding presence several times more sensitively.
It appeared in the case when a monster drank god water, that kind of effect would happen. There was no way anyone would make a monster to drink a miracle water, so this was something that had never been known.
After that the rabbit went out to search whether there was any more god water, and while kicking around the monsters he encountered¨D¨Dhe got too carried away and encountered the w bear. Any kind of monster would appear again in thebyrinth after some time, but the rabbit who didn''t even know of such thing waspletely letting his guard down.
After that it was a death match. There was no ce to escape based on the ce. If the rabbit showed his back then he would be killed. Normally a monster would instinctually felt the difference in status and shrunk back in fear or showed its back and escape, giving an opening from that slip to be instantly killed, but the effect of god water made the rabbit to more or less have thinking capability, he challenged the w bear half in desperation.
As the result¨D¨Dhe survived. Ahead of the verge of death that he surmounted, he awoke to the derivative of his characteristic magic and splendidly pulverized the head of the w bear with his tough leg. It was a fierce battle that it wasn''t an exaggeration to say that the rabbit would die ten times over without the continuing recovery effect of the god water.
The rabbit looked at the previous king that he defeated and trembled. And then, he understood. That a living thing could grow stronger by training.
From there the journey of the rabbit to be strong began. His objective was to go to the new king who gave him the impetus. After catching up, he would show the king how strong he had became and he would say his thanks. And then, he wanted to try looking at a wider world¡ there he would fight many strong people and reach greater height!
Like that the rabbit who grasped the adverse fate like a certain protagonist somewhere, at that time he didn''t have any convenient tool like ''Treasure Warehouse'' or anything, when he found by some chance god water that collected even slightly at the dent of the ground from what Hajime spilled, other than a portion that he could save as much as possible he would drink the rest without any other way, and then while attempting to recover and strengthen his own body, the rabbit polished his technique and finally he acquired the strength to descend to floor eighty with his own strength and a thinking ability equal to that of an adult.
"¡ What''s with that development that sounded like something in light novel."
"Kyuu!"
The first thing said by Hajime who finished listened to all the particrs was that. With an absurdlyplicated look he moved his gaze at the rabbit who unnoticed was now sitting on hisp while directing round and cute eyes at him.
"Ahaha, isn''t that amazing. While going back we tried making him fight, but just with a little metamorphosis magic he got strengthened to a level where he could fight monster at floor ny one on one without losing you know. This is only a guess but, his movement resembled Shizuku-chan, so perhaps he can also use ''Ground Shrinker'' and ''No Beat'' I wonder? Also, just from kicking there was shockwave flying out."
"¡ I see."
Somehow, Hajime felt that just in these few hours he had said those words so many times already.
"Err, and because of that, if Nagumo-kun doesn''t mind, this child wanted Nagumo-kun to give him name¡ because he said that he wanted name from Nagumo-kun, not Suzu."
"Haa. Well, if you are able to make a powerful monster asrade then let''s just consider this great. It feels like there are a lot of tiring developments right now even more than the fight with Ehito and others though¡ even so a name huh¡"
Hajime dropped his gaze at the kick rabbit on hisp. The kick rabbit was looking up at Hajime fixedly. The two stared at each other. And then, Hajime whispered quietly.
"¡ Mi¡ªy" (TN: A character rabbit named Miffy)
"Rejected."
Kaori rejected it instantly. Her eyes were telling Hajime to apologize at the world famous mascot character.
Hajime pulled himself back together and moved his gaze at the kick rabbit once more. The kick rabbit was also looking at Hajime. And then, Hajime whispered quietly.
"¡ Peter Rabbi¨D¨D"
"No good."
"¡ Udo¡ªge." (TN: Udonge is a character from Touhou game.)
"I don''t know that but I feel like it''s no good. Rather, be serious!"
Kaori''s scolding flew. Hajime was thinking really seriously so he clicked his tongue at how awful Kaori was, his expression changed feeling how bothersome this was and then he spoke with careless feeling.
"Aah, geez, then you can just use Inaba. Its appearance is rabbit after all." (TN: Seems the name Inaba is often used for rabbit in Japan.)
"Ee, isn''t that too simple? Something, a little bit cuter is¡"
"Suzu too, Suzu''s other monsters are all like that, so a cute name for rabbit-san is¡"
It seemed the name was unpopr with Suzu and Kaori. But, right after Hajime said Inaba, the kick rabbit cried "Kyuu!" while jumping up and down *pyon pyon*, perhaps it was feeling something from the name. It seemed that it was pleased.
And like that the reddish ck¨D¨Dor rather the nearly crimson eyes that was even more red then the kick rabbits Hajime killed before, the same color like the lines running on his body were gazing at Hajime glitteringly.
"Looks like he is pleased with that name, see?"
"Ee, ¡ well, if the one concerned is pleased then it can''t be helped though¡"
"Uu, Inaba-chan¡ after saying it once more, it''s unexpectedly cute?"
Both of the girls were reluctant but it seemed for the moment they were consenting.
And, at that time Shia who was watching quietly all the time until now judged that for the present the talk was finished and she approached Inaba. As fellow rabbit ears, Shia''s interest was forming toward Inaba. While smiling friendlily she was going to pat Inaba.
"Inaba-chan, I''m d you got the name. As a fellow rabbit ears, let''s get along¨D¨D"
"Kyu-"
The hand that reached out to pat was casually pped down. Shia stiffened instantly in ce. Inaba sent a nce at the rabbit ears of such Shia and then, "fuh" he snorted.
With blood vein pulsing on her forehead, Shia''s gaze turned at Suzu, asking what did this mean. A smile was still pasted on that face.
"Hih, Shi, Shiashia, calm down!"
"I am calm. And? What is this impertinent child is saying?"
"E, err, that¡"
"Suzu-san?"
"Hii! Yo, you see, Rabbit ears like you are serving at Ou-sama''s sideee, I''m dying fromughter hereee? Polish your rabbit ears beforeing back againnn! he said¡ uhii! No, Suzu wasn''t the one saying that!"
It appeared that Inaba felt something toward Shia who was a possessor of the same rabbit ears like him. He entangled his rabbit ears on Hajime arm with his eyes narrowing provocatively. To that Shia whose prided rabbit ears were made fun of also didn''t stay quiet.
"¡ To insult my rabbit ears that Hajime-san loved, that''s really a big talk, isn''t it. What nerve desu. Which one is worthy to be Hajime-san''s rabbit, I''ll engrave it into your body desuu!"
"Kyuu!!"
Shia''s reinforced fist grazed the nose tip of Hajime. A burnt smell stab the nasal cavity strongly.
On the other hand, Inaba who was attacked beautifully jumped and evaded, invoking his characteristic magic ''Air Force'' he rolled andunched a powerful axe kick at Shia. To that, Shia blocked by raising her hand.
And then Shia''s beautiful legs were opened in front of Hajime''s eyes, it was swung to shoot down Inaba in midair. Above Hajime''s head Inaba''s kick and Shia''s kick shed, producing fierce shockwave. Hajime''s hair was disarrayed.
Without rest. Shia and Inaba moved to inside the workshop while unfolding a fierce exchange.
"Hajime-san''s rabbit is enough with one desuu!"
"Kyukyuu!"
After that it went without saying that the two were shot by Hajime whose eyes were half-closed with messed up hair and burnt nose tip. It also went without saying that the surrealism of the shot down smoking two rabbits who were getting along at the corner of the workshop made the cheeks of Kaori and others twitching.
After that, the subdued monsters of Suzu¨D¨Despecially the amount of the butterfly type monsters and their ability were added with further improvement due to Hajime thinking that they had good affinity with Suzu, he also handed over the exclusive artifact for Suzu the ''Twin Iron Fan'' and the artifact for transporting the monsters the ''Magic Orb'' (Po¡ªball).
By the way, Ryuutaro who were neglected all that time was also given his artifact properly, he also grasped the way to use metamorphosis magic in his own special way also with Hajme''s help, so for the moment there was no problem.
Although the fact that Ryuutaro''s way of using the metamorphosis magic by using Tio as reference and how that way was the mostpatible for him made Hajime and others got exasperated all together thinking, as expected from a muscle brain.
"Atst, it''s tomorrow¡"
"Yeah. Though it''s unknown what''s the exact time tomorrow."
The time was just on the brink ofte at night period. It was only one more hour until the day that Ehito informed as the day of the great invasion. Depending on the situation, it was also possible that it would start at the same time with the changing of day, so currently Hajime along with Shia were doing thest check regarding the departing preparation.
"Hajime-san."
"Hm?"
" ''Even if for example something happened to me, Hajime and Shia will surely do something somehow. There is nothing at all that I need to be worried about''¡ she said that."
"¡ Yue huh."
"Yes desu. And I answered, ''Obviously desu''."
Inside the stretched out time inside the workshop, Shia was doing the final check to the new ability that she obtained half-forcibly using the new disposable type artifact of Hajime while talking with calm voice.
"Three days¡ that is the time in order for us to take back Yue-san but¡ at the same time, it is also the time until Yue-san''s resistancee to an end."
"¡ Yeah."
Yes, the time for Ehito topletely grasp Yue''s body was also the time limit until Yue was cornered to a state where she was unable to resist. No one said it, but at that time what kind of state Yue would be like¡ at the very least it was certain that it would be a state where no one could be optimistic about.
"Even so, I believe. That Yue-san is safe. That we will surely take her back. That even if she is unable to resist, Yue-san is believing and waiting for us."
"Obviously. It''s Yue we are talking about. No way she is going to lose to that seriously ill chuunibyou that is painful to look at. Much less after she got beaten into shape by Shia just recently."
"Fufu, isn''t that right. ¡ But, it doesn''t change that the enemy is powerful. He is iparable with everything until now. A resolve to cross the line of death is necessary for that."
"¡ What do you want to say?"
Shia twirled toward Hajime and looked straight at him. zing me of rage that her best friend was stolen and killing intent toward enemy, and then the resolve to take her back without fail was residing in those eyes so clearly.
Shia who disyed a spirit to the degree that made Hajime gulped unintentionally, resounded her words of determination.
"I, will be reckless. I will push through rashly. I''m resolving to die without surrender if Yue-san cannot be rescued. I will take even one more enemies to the grave together with me. I want it so my life and death are together with Yue-san."
"¡ I see. And?"
"Please don''t stop me. And then, Hajime-san too please be together with me in this."
Those words were telling him to die together with her depending on the situation. It was an ego that hated to survive only by themselves when only Yue died. And now she was telling Hajime to go along with her egoism, what unbelievable words. If Shia was a heroine in a tale, then those words would be a great disqualification for her.
But, Hajime who was told those words that sounded outrageous wasmon sense thinking,
"What are you saying after thiste? That''s obvious, isn''t it. Whether we live together, or die together. Those two things are one and the same. After all, Shia, I don''t have any intention to let you get away. Don''t get cold feet just before the main event, okay?"
Toward Hajime who was showing a fearless smile while saying something even more egoist, however, Shia leaked out a chuckle "kufufu" as though agreeing to that answer.
"Yes desu. I want to form this feeling into words for once. After all, if at thest moment, I get told idiotic things like "Shia! At the very least you have to survive!" Then, I''ll lose strength."
"Well, after all ording to those guys in ss, I am more a demon king than the demon king himself yeah. A demon king won''t let go of anything by his own initiative. I won''t spit out that kind of shitty cold line okay. Well, there is not going to be any death without surrender or anything. I will get into my hand everything that I want, I''ll crush all those that are in the way."
"Ahaha, as expected from Hajime-san desuu. Your line ispletely like a demon king¨D¨Dfull speed ahead as the viin desuu!"
Shia whoughed humorously for a while shouldering the Vire Doryukken exultantly, showing that she was fully prepared. And then she spoke with a gaze that filled with determination.
"Let''s take back Yue-san quickly¡ and then do the earnestly desired threesome okay!"
"¡ You spoiled various things, this horny rabbit."
Shia exited the workshop while whispering ''looking forward to it desuu''. Hajime who gave a tsukkomi and exasperated gaze to that back figure, a beatter, saying ''what a hopeless fellow'' he floated a smile where affection and trust could be felt.
And then, aplishing the quota of the mass-produced weapons, Hajime and the others who were fully prepared finally departed from the depth of Orcus Great Labyrinth in order to link up with the surface group.
Chapter 162
Chapter 162
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. He also did the edits.
***_
Before the Decisive Battle
Shizuku was waiting to wee Hajime and others ahead of the gate that they passed through.
"Finally you all came. Everyone is waiting. Follow me."
Shizuku only said that before turning on her hell and walked ahead toward the boorish fortress right in front of them, from the za where the gate hole was set up.
In a nce it was obvious that it was a fortress of red brick that was constructed in hurry, however the scale of the fortress boasted a degree ofpletion that was unthinkable that the construction was done in just one or two days. Surely this was the result of overusing artifacts of age of god rank that raised up the ability of cheat earth elementalist Nomura Kentaro and the artisans of the kingdom and empire by several times over.
That fortress and the great in in front of the kingdom capital where several hundred thousand battle force were camping were illuminated brightly by lighting artifacts, the area was bright like in the afternoon. The [Capital of Hairihi Kingdom] and [God Mountain] that were visible at far away looked different from usual with how it was illuminated with light from outside that shadow was shading it, making anyone seeing it feel a mysterious deep emotion.
The back figure of Shizuku who was leading them illuminated by such artificial light looked extremely ill-humored for some reason.
"Yaegashi, had something happened?"
Shizuku came to a standstill when Hajime unconsciously asked her that, right after that she vigorously turned back and with a brisk walk she approached him and grasped Hajime''s arm tightly. Without any pause she buried Hajime''s arm between the valley of her breast, it was ''linking arm'' posture so to speak. While doing that she urged him forward.
Shia and others blinked their eyes at the unusual boldness of Shizuku''s act.
"Oi oi, Yaegashi. Really what''s the matter?"
"It''s Shizuku. Feels like it''s toote already now, but please call me Shizuku. I too will call you Hajime."
"Haa?"
Shizuku sighed tiredly toward the perplexed Hajime while exining her true intention.
"His majesty the emperor is irritating you know. He tried to put up some kind of made-up reason to put me at his side, he came to make advances to me¡yet even so, all of his reasons were logical and on top of that he did what he needed to do perfectly so I couldn''tin at all."
It appeared that Shizuku was fed up because Gahard was making passes at her.
"I told you that it''s fine to give out my name at that kind of time right?"
"I told him. That the one that I, lo, love is, Nagu, Ha, Hajime."
"You are being shy there. Then? If he was stilling at you even then you could just contact me right?"
There Shizuku''s expression turned from displeasure into a troubled look.
"¡I didn''t want to be a trouble just from this much. After all, Ha, Hajime is the key of victory of the allied forces. Besides, in order to win against that Ehito, you need to work out various countermeasures correct?"
"It''s fine even if you aren''t that considerate you know. It would be over just by opening a gate and fill him full of bullets."
"Fufu, because I thought that you would do that I held back from doing that. Even though it is rubber bullet but you are going to attack a leader of a country, isn''t it? That''s why forpensation, right now spoil me like this. His highness the emperor is also in the conference room so this will be also to unt at him though."
"I see."
"Because of that, Shia and others too, allow this a little okay?"
To Shizuku who said that with a little apologetic look, Shia and others also returned a smile telling her to not worry about it.
By the way, Remia and Myuu weren''t here with them but there were demon rangers who were apanying the two. Myuu and Remia also wished to apany them to the fortress because they could do the chore there, but Hajime obstinately didn''t allow that. However, in this dangerous time that threatened the world where a serious affair was concerning Yue-oneechan, to not be able to do anything depressed Myuu''s heart in not a slight amount, that was why Hajime attached remote control ability to the living golem.
This ability enabled the controller to share the sight and hearing of the golem from the safe zone that was Orcus''s hideout, on top of that the controller could send their instruction precisely. With that Myuu could ept being left because she also had something she could do. Papa was really spoiling his daughter.
Along the way, the soldiers were whispering "That''s¡" while sending them gaze filled with reverence. Even while feeling shy from those gazes of the soldiers, but by acting spoiled to Haijme, Shizuku was able to endure and also reduced the stress that she got from Gahard, by the time she was able to heal to a certain degree, they arrived at a spacious hall inside the fortress.
Arge table was put inside, at the seats of honor were Liliana and Randell, Gahart, and then Alfrerick, Karm, Aiko. They were the center where other people were sitting around them. Aiko was sitting small and quietly with a really nervous look. Just from looking at that it was obvious that the ''Goddess of Harvest'' was forced to take the front stage.
When Hajime''s gaze looked further around, there were a lot of faces that he knew. Ranzi and Viz of [Ankaji Dukedom], the guild masters Barus, Iruwa, Catherine, and for some reason the clothes store''s monst¨D¨DChristabel. Themanders that he saw in each respective countries and the aides of every representative, in addition, there were also Nagayama and Sonobe as the representatives of the ssmates. Furthermore, although Randell was sitting at Liliana''s side, but Liliana''s presence was stronger, it seemed that Liliana was serving as the representative of Hairihi Kingdom.
The moment Hajime arrived, all of them made expressions that said "So he finally arrived!", next their cheeks cramped from looking how Shizuku was clinging all over him. Looking at the time it wasn''t like Hajime waste, but to make the leaders of the world waiting for him and when he arrived he came with a girl waiting upon him, what nerve¡that was how the impression looked like.
Although, the aides let go of the matter with only their expression could be seen reacting, but the leaders with authority even among all the leaders here, the representatives of each force were all standing up noisily from their chair.
"Oi oi oi, Nagumo Hajimee. Making Shizuku waiting up on you like that, is that insinuation to me? Aaa?"
"Nagumo-san!? Why are you flirting with Shizuku!?"
"Ya, Yaegashi-san? Se, sensei is, thinking that kind of behavior is not healthy you know? Even though sensei thought that you are a person with a little bit more moderation that sensei can get along with¡that''s enviou¡not that, that''s really shameless!"
"You bastaard, in front of Kaori, youid your hand even to her best friend-! Kaori! Just as I thought I won''t give up on you! I will separate you from that demon without faiiil!"
"As expected-, Boss! Even now when your beloved woman is kidnapped, you still have theposure to make a new woman waiting upon you-! Are you going to do a debauched party for the cheering up before the decisive batt-heboo!?"
In order from above, the ones speaking were Gahard, Liliana, Aiko, Randell, and Karm. Karm was sitting at a seat of honor was surely the proof that the name and deed of the head hunting rabbit had permeated everywhere, but looking at his figure that was shot by Hajime and writhed around on the floor, his dignity was nonexistence. Shia at the side was covering her face with both her hands while trembling all over from enduring her shame.
"Shizuku is like this is Gahard''s fault, all of it. Say yourint at him. Also, Gahard, choose, are you going to be a manly woman or stop making a pass at Shizuku."
"My my? Hajime-chan, you are going to increase mypatriot for me again? Geez-, you really aren''t stingy with your present for mee! I love you!"
Chrystable with her frilly costume that looked like a magical girl which looked painful in various meanings was wriggling her body excitedly while sending Hajime sidelong nces.
Hajime was desperately restraining his impulse to draw out Donner while conveying to Gahard with his gaze that said "I''m gonna turn you into this thing''srade". Looking at that, Gahard shrunk back in terror that wasn''t like the broadminded majestic emperor. For him, it seemed that Chrystabel''s queerness was severe.
Those attitudes of the top group which was unthinkable for one to act before the decisive battle where the fate of mankind was gambled made the expression of other people inside the conference room to turnplicated. Should they felt it heartening or joyful that they hadposure (seemingly) to act like that, or else should they felt uneasy that they werecking in tension.
Hajime sat on a chair. Following him, Shia and others also took their seat. It was because they understood the importance of [Holy Precincts] storming group that seats were also prepared for everyone other than Hajime too.
Like that they pulled themselves together and began thest meeting. The cement and distribution of the equipment and weapons, the learning rate of the soldiers, the action guidelines at the time of the grand invasion, the confirmation of the chain ofmands, etc., they confirmed all the matters from beginning to end where they ought to be on the same page. It seemed that while Hajime was mass producing artifacts, the top brasses were already talking to each other. In the first ce, the human side had been dialoguing with each other for many years and tied an alliance in the preparation for the battle against the devil race, so there was no big problem.
Battle forces of adventurers and mercenaries and so on were also coordinated by the guild masters, so it seemed that they could properly coordinate with the army. That too seemed to be because it was the duty of the adventurers at war.
The problem was the demi-human races which were added to that system, they had their own characteristic chain ofmand, so forcefully inserting them into the human side was a bad move. And so it seemed the demi-human would be moved to fill the hole like hit and run attack or supporting the human race.
Currently the ssmates seemed to be the core who taught the way to use and the effect of Hajime''s artifacts, but because the artifacts didn''t need particr magic circle or chanting, and also the characteristic convenience of modern weapon where everyone could use it, there didn''t seem to be any particr problem in that aspect. Even now if they focused their ear, the sound of explosions and dry sound of shooting could be heard resounding at far away intermittently.
The fortress had beenpleted for the present, the work being done currently was for constructing the battlefield with things like digging trench and the likes. A fortress was useful for a ce to put gun emcement and taking various line of fire and obstructed the field of vision of the enemy, but the fortress didn''t have the ability to oppose the disintegration ability of the apostle, so till the end it was only a simple thing. Their best bet was to make use of Hajime''s new artifacts and constructed an advantageous battlefield for them.
"The timeline is really narrow, but somehow it''s taking shape. This too is the blessing of the ''Goddess of Harvest'' I guess."
Hajime turned his gaze at Aiko and others with a bit of admiration. Actually, he was thinking before this that half of the situation that he was hearing currently wouldn''t be in order even now. But the preparation had progressed to a level that surpassed Hajime''s expectation, that must be solely because of the existence of a powerful g.
This was the result of a clear sense of danger and righteous indignation, and also feeling of solidarity that was born inside the people''s consciousness. Each people wasn''t moving because ''they were told to do so'', but because they were thinking that ''I also got to do this'' that the preparation could be done this quickly.
"¡Isn''t that right? In a sense, I felt like I was made to learn once more how terrifying mass psychology is. Aiko-san is scary."
"Wha-. Liliana-san too, you were also inciting the people in high spirits weren''t you! Your eyes were teary, you sped your hands as though you were praying, and then with a lot of heroic you said something like [I will fight. Even if I am alone!]. I saw it clearly that time! When the people who were there had their spirit raised, saying that they will fight together, you secretlyughed weren''t you! That time I really felt, a princess is scary!"
"I, I didn''tugh or anything. Please don''t say something strange. I wasn''t thinking anything like, perhaps I will receive praise from Hajime-san with this, not at all. It''s the truth you know?"
"Both the princess and the goddess, whichever of them are inly creepy. As for me, this can affect the throne of the emperor, so I''m the one that got creeped out the most."
At the side of the princess and goddess who was having a low-level quarrel, was his majesty the emperor who didn''t even hide his attitude as though he had seen something unpleasant. Looking further it seemed the elder of the sea of trees, the guild masters, and the lord of the desert also had the same expression. Only the n head of the head hunting rabbit who was sending a thumb up at Hajime for some reason though.
By the time that they finished speaking about the main points of this and that, when the end of the meeting was approaching, Ranzi of Ankaji Dukedom opened his mouth calmly.
"Nevertheless, for the hero of my dukedom, he finally will be the hero of the world¡as expected, it seemed that my decision at that time wasn''t mistaken."
The receptionistdy of Brook Town''s adventurer guild Catherine nodded deeply as though to agree with that,.
"Since the first time he came to me, I thought that he would do something big for sure. But, never I imagine even in my dream that it would be something as big that controlled the fate of the world¡as expected even me couldn''t anticipate this."
"That''s right isn''t it. That time when he rampaged at Fhuren, I thought that he would surely do something even much more than this, I thought that he could possibly be caught up in a strife that is rted to the secret of the world but¡for that to be a battle where the existence of the world will be at stake. Haa, my stomach hurt. The title of ''The Dagger of Iruwa''s Branch Head'' is already shamefully unusable with this."
"My? As for me, I understood already from the very beginning. If it''s Hajime-chan then someday he would defeat even the devil king. Besides, he was always sending manly woman for me, that was for the preparation of theing day, I proooperly understood that. A good manly woman also has good sense you know!"
Chrystabel winked intensely. Hajime absolutely didn''t attempt to erge such excessively dangerous battle force though. Hajime''s cheeks were twitching. However, the top brasses starting from Ranzi and others, he saw their eyes that were colored withplicated apprehension that could be taken as sympathy or sorrow, and he guessed Chrystabel''s motive of intentionally acting cheerful like that.
Therefore, Hajime shrugged his shoulders as though it was nothing and returned a fearless smile at the members line up here that made him felt nostalgic.
"It''s not like this is really strange or anything you know? An idiot self-styled god that cannot read the moodid his hand on my woman. That''s why, he is going to die. That''s all there is to it. You guys too, it''s only a fight of this level, so survive with someposure to spare okay? When I bring back Yue, we are going to y at the towns of you guys one more time. This time it won''t be with any adventure, just a carefree sightseeing yeah."
Naturally it wouldn''t be an easy fight just like Hajime said. It would be a deadlybat piled up on deadlierbat, a historical and unprecedented decisive battle of the whole mankind. Without any doubt this was a holy war that would decorate a page of legend. But, exactly because of that, the boasting attitude of Hajime instead encouraged Ranzi and others, they were all "Aa, it can''t be helped if we are told that. Let''s win." And all the people inside the conference room were also the same like that.
And, at that time, the outside suddenly became noisy. The people in the conference room were going "Uwah, is the invasion starting-" with their faces blurred by tension.
There, a soldier rushed in with flustered look and reported with a loud voice that had hope and awe mixed in it.
"A, a great number of dragon appeared from the teleportation circle at the square! They are the dragon race thates for reinforcement!"
It appeared that thest reliable ally hade back.
Hajime lifted the corner of his lips and quietly stood up, he exited the conference room taking Shia and others with him. The other people too, after looking at each other for a moment, they chased after Hajime''s back while feeling shaken from hearing about the legendary dragon race.
"Goshujin-sama! Thy beloved servant hathe back! Now, let me receive the love!"
Tio who instantly returned from the ck dragon form to her human form beautifully ignored her dragonifiedpatriots and the people at the surrounding who were taken aback from seeing them. She dived toward Hajime''s chest.
And so, naturally, Hajime discharged his gun.
*DOPAN-!*
Like that, the familiar sound reverberated, the special rubber bullet hit the forehead of Tio who was panting while performing Lup-n Dive with a look of expectation. (TN: Lupin Dive. Search it in google to see the pose.)
After rotating beautifully three times backward in midair, the back of her head hit hard on the ground before Hajime''s eyes.
The ce was filled with silence where even bug would hesitate to chirp. Amidst the people who were lost for words from being unable to grasp the situation, the shot down Tio was twitching in intoxication with an expression of ecstasy while her back arched like a bridge, and then she rose up smoothly without any preliminary motion. That disgusting movement and her slovenly expression creeped out the surrounding.
"Th, the punishment after three days long¡haa haa, aahn, because I endured too much I felt it excessively¡nn-"
"Wee back Tio. It''s great that you made it in time. To arrive in dragonification state of all thing. ¡That was a good demonstration yeah?"
"Fufu, art not that true? This is the legendary race that hath confined themselves for five hundred years. I thought that if we art going to do this then we might as well act the role to raise the morale. ¡Yes, it''s great that we art able to strike them all dumb."
As expected, the surrounding couldn''t follow the pace of Hajime and Tio who progressed the talk as though nothing happened. Rather than saying that the people were struck dumb by the arrival of the dragon race, the exchange of Hajime and Tio was the main reason they were struck dumb, but Tio puffed up her chest thinking that her n seeded.
"Tio-san, wee back. But, if I have to say just in case, I think that this difficult atmosphere is because they are shown the rtionship between Hajime-san and Tio-san that is showed too naturally even though it''s abnormal you know?"
"Yep. I have been thinking this many times before but, Hajime-kun too is mostly in harmony with Tio-san isn''t he."
"In a sense, it feels like Hajime has to be Tio-san''s master no matter what huh, like that? My own familiarity that feels that this is natural even though it should be a spectacle to be shocked about is scary."
Shia, Kaori, and Shizuku who were unable to be indifferent? were making tsukkomi with an exasperated face. Hajime and Tio were staring in puzzlement. It seemed that in various meaning it had been already toote for them to be treated.
It was at that timing that the six dragons that appeared in the square shined, the next moment six silhouettes of human appeared. All of them were male. Their muscr appearance was wearing clothes that looked simr to Tio''s Japanese clothes. Every one of them was handsome guy. But, their hair colors were colorful, the color resembled the color of their scale when they transformed into a dragon. Scarlet, indigo blue, amber, navy blue, gray, deep green, the colors were all over the ce.
From among them, the scarlet haired person, a man past middle age that emitted out a remarkable dignity walked forward until in front of Hajime and others. Liliana and others who chased behind Hajime¨D¨Dthe leaders of each country were also here. Certain footsteps that weren''t timid at all even in front of those leaders and a ''weight'' that was like a really big tree was approaching, those factors were making everyoneprehending in a really natural way, that ''this person was king''.
Liliana, Gahard, Alfrerick, and others, the leaders of each country were slightly faltering due to this great man, however, the man''s eyes narrowed the moment he saw Hajime who warded off his pressure like a flexible willow. Those eyes weren''t giving dangerous look, but it was a gaze where deep interest and admiration were mixed.
"Hairihi Kingdom''s Liliana S B Hairihi-dono, Helsha Empire''s Gahard D Helsha-dono, Fea Belgen''s elder Alfrerick Haipist-dono. This is our first time meeting. I, am the leader of dragon race, Adol us. In the peril of this asion, we the dragon race will also ask to be allowed to participate. Ourpatriots are still waiting in the vige and they can be summoned through the gate anytime. They will surely be useful at the battle against apostle. Please take care of us."
His voice wasn''t loud by any mean, rather it even made the listener felt calm, even so the words could be heard even by the soldiers who were looking from afar at the corners, they raised amotion "Oo" hearing the man''s words. The race that only made their entrance in the legend was really surviving until now, and in this time of crisis they would fight together with them. With how the dragon race had disyed their dragon form from the beginning, the morale of the soldiers looked like it increased by quite a lot.
Liliana and others returned the greeting unanimously where Adol responded by nodding generously. It seemed that his personality was gentle, contrary to his stern appearance. He made anybody felt an intellectual tolerance that could envelope everything. Perhaps it should be said as expected from a race that Yue once treated as an example. This man was exactly a proper dragon race.
Hajime and other filled their eyes with disappointment in full power and sent their gaze at Tio. "Hm?" Tio cocked her head in puzzlement. It was as though she didn''t understand why they looked at her like that.
In order to talk about the action guidelines when the invasion came, Adol was going to head to the conference room with Liliana and others. It was unrted to the [Holy Precincts] storming group, so Hajime and others stayed behind. He had reunited back with Shizuku and Tio so it was necessary to hand over artifacts to them and talked about their action n when they entered [Holy Precincts].
But, before that a dragon man with indigo hair was walking toward Hajime''s direction. Actually at the point of time when Hajime appeared, this man immediately directed a fierce glint of eyes at Hajime, but it seemed that he understood the right ce and time and waited until Adol''s greeting was over. He was a good looking man in the age of early twenty. Come to think of it, all the dragon race people who came were all amazingly handsome guy.
"¡You bastard. Just what in the world you had done to princess?"
The indigo-haired man asked that while ring straight at Hajime with a voice that sounded like he wanted to kill. Hearing that, Hajime exposed a rare puzzled expression and he turned his gaze at Liliana''s direction, Not just Hajime, everyone would think about Liliana if they heard the word ''princess''.
Gazes gathered at Liliana wondering if she had some kind of rtionship with the dragon race that had been hiding from the front stage all this time, but Liliana herself had no knowledge of that at all and she shook her head left and right vigorously.
"Where are you looking at! If a dragon race says the word princess then it''s obviously about Tio-sama!"
Those words made Hajime and co stiffened. They moved their gaze at Tio in a state where the sound of *gi-gi-gi* almost could be heard from their stiff movement. To that, Tio''s cheeks puffed into crimson and she averted her gaze, as though she was a male in puberty that went shy because his ssmates came to know that his family was calling him with ''-chan'' added.
Hajime murmured.
"Princess?"
Shia murmured.
"Princess?"
Kaori murmured.
"Princess?"
Shizuku murmured.
"Princess?"
And then, everyone whispered with their voices in unison.
" " " " "No waayy" " " " "
Tio howled.
"Wha, what! Is it bad if I am called princess! I am more or less the granddaughter of the n head, so it''s not strange even if I am called that!"
"Aaaa, yeah. You''re right, princess Tio. It''s nothing bad at all, princess Tio."
"Forgive me princess Tio. It sounds bad for some reason but, you are asking us to call you princess Tio from now on aren''t you, princess Tio?"
"Ye, yep, it''s not strange at all you know? Princess Tio? Yep, I think it sounds fine you know, princess Tio."
"I, I think it''s fine. Even if, it sounds like that but a princess is a princess isn''t it? Princess Tio."
Tio whose face was dyed bright red from shame was trembling while she howled once more with teary eyes.
"Nugaa¨D! Stop it already! I feel extremely embarrassed somehow! I beg all of thou, call me just like how it is until now! This kind of shame doesn''t feel good for even a bit!"
"What''s with you, isn''t it fine princess Tio. Isn''t it cute princess Tio. It has amazing echo you know princess Tio. Teach us this kind of thing sooner princess Tio. From here on too you will forever be princess Tio."
"Stop it alreadyyyyy"
Approaching Tio who crouched down while covering her face and her body writhing, Hajime further called her princess repeatedly into her ear. In his face sadism and affection were splendidly existing in harmony, it was an ''S'' face that could be called superb. As expected, Tio(pervert)''s master could be no one but Hajime. Everyone wasprehending that while sending their exasperated gaze at Hajime.
There, inside the atmosphere that became strange, the indigo haired man raised his voice at Hajime with a gaze that looked like a devilish homicide.
"You bastaard, what disgrace are you doing toward princess¡as I thought, you are using some kind of suspicious artifact to brainwash her right!"
Somehow that statement closely resembled a certain hero (lol) somewhere.
"Hey, Ristas. Don''t say something so rude to Goshujin-sama. I had said this many times, but I long for Goshujin-sama from my heart. No matter even if thou art someone like my younger brother, I won''t stay quiet if you are too rude."
"-, princess! You are being tricked! Please open your eyes!"
"Muu, really someone like thou. On what basis thou art saying such thing."
The indigo-haired man that was called Ristas by Tio, when he was looked at by Tio with a gaze as though she was looking at a child throwing tantrum, it was as though his store of patience finally ran out, he raised angry voice from his heart, from his heart that was filled with extremely fierce emotion.
"There is no way the princess of dragon race is this kind of pervert-!!!"
" " " " "Indeed." " " " "
All of the people in that ce nodded in unison. Certainly, what he pointed out was truly correct.
"Before princess left the vige, she was wise andpassionate, her strength was also surpassing the n head. She was a greatdy to whom everyone harbored affection and reverence! By no means she is a person who will show expression of ecstasy from pain, or someone who would make a smile that look strangely joyful while she was crouching in shame and writhing from verbal abuse, she wasn''t that kind of person at all! It''s only natural to think that the human over there had done something sinister to her!"
" " " " "Indeed." " " " "
Once more all the people in that ce nodded in unison. Indeed, what he pointed out was the most correct.
"No, not to mention, for princess to call that kind of human youth, Go, Goshujin-sama or, or or or, or the likes! Impossible!"
Tio when she was at the hidden vige of dragon race was surely a charming woman that no one could find fault at as the granddaughter of the n head. Right now she was a hopeless pervert that couldn''t be saved anymore, but her wisdom and prudence that she disyed at every turn, and then her deeppassion and courage that wouldn''t consider even her own safety when it was for the sake of herrades, all of those were also Tio''s charm that had been conveyed enough at Hajime and others.
Looking from the view point of the dragon race people who only knew about Tio''s good point, Tio who had turned into a pervert lookedpletely like a different person. Most likely when she returned to her vige, in the process of showing the recorded image and exining about Hajime and others, she freely disyed her perverted nature without restraint to her fellow n.
When she came back, the princess that was loved by everyone had turned into a massive pervert¡it was really easy to guess what would they think in their heart.
But, even so it also felt like that Ristas''s fury was a little too far. The dragon people other than him didn''t send gaze that was that unfriendly at Hajime. Rather they looked like they had interest at what kind of human the man that Tio chose.
Ristas looked like he was further heating up and about to argue even more vehemently, but it was at that time a remonstrating voice resounded.
"Ristas, act properly."
", n head¡but!"
Although Adol remonstrated Ristas, Ristas''s expression wasn''t epting that. To such Ristas, Adol opened his mouth with his eyes squinting in amusement.
"This is something that Tio chose herself. If she is really brainwashed, there is no way I wouldn''t notice it. The fact is that Tio is longing for him from her heart. Although Tio''s change knocked me out of my wits, but¡"
"Then!"
"But, that change too, if it makes Tio happy then I don''t mind. That child was tired of the life in the hidden vige. She had faithfully protected thew from her own pride as a dragon and her own position but¡there is no doubt that her heart was drying from continuing to harbor dark and heavy matter without any outlet. She departed for the mission of this time half-forcibly was surely because she unconsciously was searching for ''something''. Tio had found that ''something''. And then, she is smiling in happiness. Isn''t that enough?"
"Tha, that is¡"
"Jii-sama¡" (TN: Grandfather.)
Ristas was at lost for words. And then, Tio''s expression too also loosened up from the gaze filled with affection that Adol sent to her.
"Besides, Ristas. For a dragon race, to dress up your jealousy with official stance and vent your anger, that is not an admirable thing to do you know?"
"Wha, what are-"
"What are you getting agitated for. You trained yourself day by day following Tio''s words that she wouldn''t take a spouse that is weaker than herself, that matter is known by all the people in the vige. Did you think that it wouldn''t be known after you continuously challenged the fianc¨¦e candidates of Tio into a match?"
Adol''s expression turned a bit exasperated at Ristas who showed his agitation. When Hajime turned his gaze at Tio at his side, Tio looked back at him with an expression that looked troubled. It appeared Tio also knew about Ristas''s feeling. Furthermore with a small voice, "Those guys art also fianc¨¦e candidates" she turned her gaze at the other dragon people.
They were talking in small voices with deep interest, their faces close to each other with their eyes narrowing at Hajime and Tio. Ristas''s eyes lifted up once more. Of all thing, it seemed that Tio at the vige was seriously a popr girl. At the very least they idolized her so much that even when her n members had seen her perverted figure they didn''t immediately get disillusionment.
Adol asked to Liliana and others "Please give me a bit of time", and then his gaze turned at Hajime.
"I am d to meet you, Nagumo Hajime-kun. I heard about you from Tio. I was also shown the recording of the battle at the devil king castle. It was splendid how you ughtered a god. For us, even if we faced such opponent in a group we would be no match at all."
"Nice to meet you, Adol-dono. I am the reason that caused a strange door to open for your granddaughter. The decisive battle will be soon, but I have the resolve for at least getting a punch in the face."
The surrounding was making a stir. The reason was mainly because of Hajime''s honorifguage. Here and therements like "Someone cast healing magic-!" or "The demon king went mad!" or "In this kind of time the trump card of mankind is¡the world is already over-!" could be heard.
At the same time, Hajime''s body was enveloped in light. It was a healing magic from Kaori. Shia was readying her Vire Doryuken. She was thinking that Hajime would be fixed by hitting him. Shizuku was covering her face. It was as though she was witnessing a tragedy that couldn''t be recovered from.
And then Tio at his side was creeped out and drew away from him.
Hajime''s cheeks were grandly twitching.
"Hmm. It seems that you are a little different from the image recording and the story that I heard but¡from the reaction around us it looks like this is different from your usual."
"Well, you are Tio''s family. If it''s against the n head of dragon race then I''ll talk normally, but if it''s Tio''s grandfather, then I''ll pay attention to my speech at least."
"Hou! So it''s because I am Tio''s grandfather. Fufu-, I see, I see."
Adol smiled broadly feeling a little happy at Hajime''s words. His dignified aura until now instantly dispersed and his air became like a good-natured old man. Even the creeped out Tio, when she heard the reason for Hajime''s abnormal attitude, her expression turned bright and soft as though she was made to eat something sweet.
"Then, this is a great chance. How about I call you Hajime-kun. Hajime-kun, I don''t have any n to punch you. I also said this just now, but if Tio can smile from her heart then that''s enough for me. Rather, I''m happy that you can ept this stubborn person who for the sake of her own creed persisted to be unmarried for five hundred years."
"Is, that so?"
"Yes. If she is happy then things like a fetish or anything is trivial matter. Rather than that, what I want to ask is regarding your beloved princess."
Hajime whose expression turnedplicated from Adol''srge-hearted statement now made a doubtful expression from those words. If talking about his beloved princess then he couldn''t think of anyone except Yue.
"I had seen the image recording. I was surprised that the young vampire princess is alive. And then, for my granddaughter to love the same person with her, truly, fate is something mysterious. Princess Aleytia¡no, she is Yue right now isn''t she. That girl is your most beloved correct?"
"Yes, that''s right."
Adol didn''t really show any change of expression when he heard Hajime answering instantly. He just nodded. In exchange, the other dragon people narrowed their eyes dangerously. Ristas too right now looked like he wanted to raise angry yell. Surely they couldn''t stomach that Hajime was building a rtionship that was more than friendship with Tio while saying that another woman was his most beloved.
"I too am a grandfather that is thinking of my granddaughter. At the asion of the great persecution five hundred years ago, I swore to this child''s parents who lost their lives¨D¨Dto my son and his wife. That I will protect her without fail. Therefore, if you are saying that you cannot love Tio, even if Tio say that she doesn''t mind with that, as expected I cannot just ept that. The feeling of wanting to entrust the beloved granddaughter is what is called parental love isn''t that correct?"
"Indeed."
Adol''s gaze stabbed straight at Hajime.
Surely Adol wanted to ask. What was the true feeling of Hajime toward Tio. Exactly because Adol understood that Tio would step into [Holy Precincts] with Hajime, and also because he understood that he wouldmit to deadlybat against the apostles, in this time where it was possible that he would part away forever with his granddaughter in this life, that he couldn''t help but wanting to know about the partner that his granddaughter gave her heart to.
Hajime slowly ran his gaze at the surrounding. To Ristas and others of the dragon race, Shia and others, Adol. And then,stly to Tio.
Tio blushed slightly from being stared directly by Hajime and she was going to take a step back from the pressure she felt.
But, Hajime''s arm reached out before she could step back. When that arm caught the waist of Tio who was going to draw back, it then pulled Tio close to him strongly. It really looked like as though Hajime was saying that this woman belongs to me. Tio was turning redder and redder. She looked really meek to the degree that made one wanted to tsukkomi just what happened with the usual pervert.
Hajime faced Adol once more with his arm still embracing Tio. And then, he opened his mouth with a calm but powerful voice.
"Recently, everyone said it really often, that I am like a demon king."
"Hmm?"
"That''s why, I will take everything that I want, and send flying everything that is in the way."
The outsiders went noisy. Adol was listening quietly. Hajime dered clearly to the listening Adol.
"I want Tio."
Tio who was embraced by Hajime twitched noticeably. Her eyes opened widely while she stared at Hajime wholeheartedly.
"No matter what Tio is thinking, that''s already irrelevant. I have no intention to let her go now after this far. Indeed, Yue is my most beloved but¡even so, I feel that Tio is lovely. That''s why¨D¨D"
"That''s why?"
Adol asked. Hajime turned his gaze at Ristas and others for a moment, then he showed a fearless smile at Adol while dering.
"Tio already belongs to me. If anyone cannot stomach that, then try to steal her with all your might. No matter when, no matter how many times, I''ll take on anyone."
Those excessively unreasonable, selfish, and preposterous words made everyone who watched over the course of events with the dragon race people first on the lead to be lost for words. Only Shia and others were making an expression that seemed to say "Can''t be helped huh".
And then, as for Adol who was curious of Hajime''s true feeling,
"Certainly you are an incarnation of unreasonableness¨D¨Djust like a demon king in a fairy tale. Fufu-, I see. So my granddaughter has fallen into the hand of demon king huh. In the hand of the demon king that might save the world. Kuhaha-"
He raised aughing voice that sounded amused. Afterughing like that for a while, he turned his gaze at Tio and nodded as though consenting to something.
"That''s a good face. I have never seen your expression like that in the vige at all. It''s just like your exnation in the vige, you are loved by everyone, and then you are in love with them."
"Jii-sama. Exactly. Not only Goshujin-sama, I also love Yue and others. And then, right now I''m convinced. That everyone also loves me. I am too happy that it feels like right now I can murder even a god by myself."
Adol whose smile deepened even more from Tio''s reply calmly straightened his posture and turned his gaze at Hajime. And then he lowered his head.
"Then, demon king-dono. I ask you along with your beloved people, please take care of my granddaughter."
"¡Indeed, I have received your request. I will protect her until the end of this life of mine."
Hajime''s way of talking returned back to honorifguage once more, to that Adol looked like a weight had fallen off from his shoulder, he nodded with relieved expression and then turned on his heel toward Liliana and others. He apologized for taking time for his personal matter while urging them toward the conference room. He also took the opportunity to breathe life back into Ristas and others who had faltered from Hajime''s deration and urged them to follow him.
Liliana and Aiko were directing expression that looked absurdly jealous, and possibly even greedy toward Hajime, but urged by the surrounding they helplessly returned back inside the fortress even while they kept sending nces back with reluctance.
The onlookers were scattering gradually with the disappearance of the leaders, but the remaining people, especially the ssmates who had gathered unnoticed were sounding out gossips like "Damn, Nagumo is seriously an ero game''s MC" or "Haa haa, maou-sama(TN:Demon king-sama)¡haa haa" or "That''s just too unreasonable¡but, I also want someone to act that unreasonable for me!" or "Hajime-sama''s harem¡if I added myself nonchntly into there, it''s possible".
Amidst such atmosphere, Tio who was clinging on Hajime''s chest with slovenly expression "nihee~" softly separated herself from him.
"Goshujin-sama. Those were truly, truly joyful words. However, there is one thing that I wished to confirm. For Goshujin-sama to speak your feeling for me that clearly, surely that''s not because Goshujin-sama hath been thinking of the final possibility isn''t it?"
If those words came out from a feeling of him wanting to convey his feeling because he thought they might die in this battle, then Tio had to warn Hajime. But, based on what Hajime saw from Tio''s expression, it seemed that until the end it was nothing more than just her confirming it without her really believing that Hajime was thinking like that.
"A vow to be together in the time of death and thinking that we might die are different things. Naturally, the one who will die are those guys, not us. There is not even a speck of a chance for us to die. I merely didn''t want to take a half-assed attitude in front of your family."
"Kufufu, I see I see. Then that''s fine. God or whatever isn''t worthy to be feared. After all I feel like I can defeat even Ehito alone if it''s the current me. Let''s take back Yue and then do ''pii-'' and ''pii-'' with everyone happily!"
"¡That''s why, whether it''s Shia or you, in the end you girls just spoiled up everything."
Behind Hajime, Shia wasughing "Ahaha, desuu~" shamelessly.
For the time being they changed the spot because they wanted to be spared of being a spectacle more than this. It was only the members of storming group that gathered at a corner of the fortress''s rooftop and spent their time to master the artifacts or resting. There was still a few more hours until the sunrise, but no one tried to take a nap. In this situation where it was unclear when the great invasion would begin, no matter how much they rxed but the subconscious tension couldn''t let their mind to fall asleep.
In this kind of time, even Hajime who usually disyed a thick nerve, his sleepiness was naturally blown away when he thought of Yue. Right now he was just earnestly polishing his killing intent toward Ehito.
Before long the sunrise arrived. The face of the shining sun peeked out from the east horizon,rge shadow stretched to the west.
The warm sunlight illuminated the world, at that time when the sun that zed bright redpletely revealed its appearance, Hajime quietly opened his closed eyes, and then he murmured.
"They came."
It was at that moment.
The world was dyed reddish ck and rumbled.
And then, ahead of the gaze that Hajime and others directed, a crack ran on the sky of God Mountain, there the abyss peeked out its face.
It began.
For god, this was the world''s¡
For mankind, this was the toyed history''s¡
Beginning of the end.
Chapter 163
Chapter 163
Chapter 163 ¨C Peerless Outbreak of War Without Self-Restraint
The world was dyed reddish ck.
It wasn¡¯t the orange color of the morning glow. It stirred up the people¡¯s unease further, a color that forced anybody to bear instinctive revulsion that was awfully eerie, fanning up one¡¯s fear. If it had to be said, it was the eye of a monster, as though the whole world was imprisoned inside the eyes of a monster. Even the beautiful sun that shined radiantly, right now it was merely a reddish ck star floating in the east sky.
And then a strange sound was reverberating through the strange colored world. The world itself was rumbling. The ground too, the air too, the world was screaming while trembling with fear.
The people were made to understand that whether they wanted it or not, the end of the world was beginning. Amidst such an atmosphere, an even louder sound of destruction reverberated.
The soldiers, knights, mercenaries, demi-humans, everyone in the fortress trembled. Their gazes moved everywhere. Thereupon, on the sky above God Mountain something that looked like a line became visible. When the people focused their eyes in wonder, the line warped distortedly, then once again the line raised crackling sounds and spread in all directions.
¡°The sky¡ is splitting¡¡±
Someone whispered that. It was truly a murmur that was right to the point. The distorted line urring in the sky was a crack that ran right through space itself.
That crack fanned up the terror in people¡¯s heart, while the sound of destruction was yed to the world, the crack was slowly spreading.
¡°-, All hands-! Prepare to fight-!¡±
Amand mixed with scolding was handed down toward the soldiers who were dumbfoundedly mute. It was the angry roar of Gahard whose voice was amplified using an artifact. It seemed that he also got knocked out of his wits. But as expected from the representative of a military country, he was the first one who pulled himself back together among the top brasses.
Thatmand released the soldier from their binding. They moved all at once in order to fulfill the role that was given to them.
Even as the crack above God Mountain was increasing in size, by the time the soldiers were deployed, the space was finallypletely pulverized along with a thunderous roar.
Fragments of space were blown away everywhere and sparkled like ss. Like a chasm that was opened in the ground, the abyss was peeking from that thing that materialized in the sky. It was a deeply thick darkness that was the exact opposite of the golden whirl that made one feel its solemnity which Ehito and the others used to return to the Holy Precincts. In ce of the whirl there was something viscous like miasma spurting out.
From there, ck rain was pouring down. No, it only looked like rain¨D¨Dit was a great number of monsters. From the chasm in the space the monsters were raining down on the summit of God Mountain. The numbers already surpassed tens of thousands. At any rate, it was in the amount that the soldiers who looked up from the ground could see it as ck rain. It was a terrific number that easily reached millions, or possibly even tens of millions.
The heavy rain of ck monsters painted the summit of God Mountain ck in the blink of an eye, and then the ckness began to descend down like an avnche.
Furthermore, from the chasm of space that was covered in ck miasma, this time white rain was released horizontally. At the reddish ck sky the white¨D¨Dno, the silver rain was really visible.
¡°The number of the apostles is also not half-baked, huh.¡±
The one who whispered with a grim look was Gahard. With his body wrapped in battle clothing, as the general of the allied force he came out to the front line together with the subordinates under his direct control. A ¡®telepathicmunication¡¯ from the suprememander of the allied force, Liliana reached his ear.
{Your majesty Gahard. Please don¡¯t go too far to the front. It¡¯s fine for you to die only after the battle is over.}
{Hah, you really said that. But, the strongest man in the allied force has to fight at the very front. If I die then I die, you just need to use my death to ze up the soldiers. You suprememander and that goddess are for that sake right.}
{Good grief¡ your majesty, ¡®goddess¡¯ and ¡®sword¡¯ are going out. Just as nned, please take care.}
{Yeah-, leave it to me!}
The general of the allied forces, in a manner of speaking, was the suprememander in the field. Originally, Gahard who was the top of a military country should be the suprememander, but giving a reason that there was no way the most skilled man could just shut in himself inside with a war going on outside, he stubbornly refused to be stopped from going out.
Although it wasn¡¯t like that, Liliana was unsuited to be the suprememander. She was a royalty, in anticipation of the battle against the devil race in the future she learned tactic and strategy. Rather than Gahard whose character was for the front line, the girl who was extolled as the ¡®Kingdom¡¯s Prodigy¡¯ was more suited instead to takemand of the whole from the rear with an overlooking view.
Other than possessing the courage to run away from the capital alone, she also knew the importance of making a clear decision calmly; furthermore, in regard of barrier magic, she was excelling in base defense as an expert. And if she was apanied with the skilled aides of each country, then it could be said that she was more than suited as a suprememander whether in the aspect of status or morale raising.
And then, other than the general and the suprememander, there was one more person who was given an important role.
¡°Everyone of the allied forces-. All of you brave warriors that stand up against the crisis of the world! Please don¡¯t be scared! The divine protection of god is with us! We will be protected, all of us, from the evil god who tricked god and bared his fang against mankind right now-. In this point of time where everyone took up your weapon and stand in this ce, all of you are already hero! Everyone of you are the warrior of god! Now-, let¡¯s yell together with this ¡®Apostle of God¡¯ the ¡®Goddess of Harvest¡¯! We will not lose against evil no matter what-. What we are going to grasp is only ¡®victory-!!¡±
Immediately, the soldiers of the allied force who was making tragic expression from terror while desperately holding down their trembling body, like a traveler who found an oasis after wandering in the desert for many days, their eyes shined with hope.
The ¡®Goddess of Harvest¡¯ pouring down her voice from the summit of the fortress, the g bearer of the leaders of the allied force¨D¨DAiko, the soldiers directed their gaze that had recovered their strength and determination to her and stamped their feet all at once.
DON DON-, DON-. DON DON-, DON- The fifty hundred thousand soldiers who shook the ground rhythmically at the next moment roared in unison even without practice beforehand.
¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡°VICTORY! VICTORY!! VICTORY!!!¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡±
¡°Ruin for the evil god! Glory for mankind!¡±
¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡°RUIN FOR THE EVIL GOD-!! GLORY FOR MANKIND-!!¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡±
Aiko was desperately recalling the content of ¡®You Can Do It, Agitator! Comption of Lovely Speech Case by Case¡¯ given to her by Hajime while sending her voice that was amplified by an artifact to the battlefield.
¡°The servant of the evil god is not worthy to be feared! Oh ¡®my sword¡¯! Show that proof right now!¡±
The instant Aiko yelled that, an amplified calm voice echoed through the whole battlefield.
¡°As youmand, my goddess.¡±
Right after that, the soldiers who looked up to Aiko saw the silhouette that leaped up from behind Aiko.
White haired eye-patched ck coated young man¨D¨DHajime was standing still on air where there was nothing, and then he lifted above his head a jewel that looked like diamond that he took out from somewhere. Then, that jewel shined radiantly like sun and illuminated the soldiers. Looking from their point of view, it was as though a halo was shining behind Aiko. This too was Hajime¡¯s production.
Hajime floated a wide fearless grin.
A beatter, that happened.
A part of the reddish ck sky momentarily shed, instantly, a part of the mountain surface of God Mountain that was in the process of changing color from being covered by the avnche of ck monsters was entirely blown away along with tremendous thunderous roar.
Right after that, just when it seemed the sky shed, many things were further raining down to the God Mountain, the mountain with a height of eight kilometer above the sea was crumbling just like a sand mountain created on the beach that got pushed down by a kid.
It was a bombing that poured down straight from heaven. But it wasn¡¯t by missiles packed with explosives. What Hajime was doing was simply raining downrge mass of metal lumps to free fall on God Mountain.
So to speak, it was Meteor Impact.
As expected, if Hajime made it drop from space then the impact would reach even the fortress, so he dropped the mass from inside the stratosphere, but even so the energy from several ton of metal lump freefalling had the destructive force that average explosive couldn¡¯t match.
Furthermore, this attack was falling randomly in local area in the unit of few hundreds.
Along with thunderous roars that could rupture the ear drum, the highest peak of the sacred mountain that was a pride of the world was copsing like a joke. Rain of monster? Rain of apostle? Then I¡¯ll make it rain meteors! It was as though such a thing was said. Of course, Hajime thought that the same golden whirl like before would manifest, so it waspletely a coincidence that both sides were making rain.
However, as though to make theparison between the strength of the two sides, the allied force¡¯s soldiers were shown the spectacle of the God Mountain crumbling before their eyes along with the extermination of several tens, hundreds of thousands of monsters, their reaction was¡
¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡°¨D¨D¨D¨D¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡±
Trembling. Not from fear. From joy. And also from the fighting spirit welling up inside their chest.
Right after that, shouts that weren¡¯t even losing against the thunderous roar of the God Mountain along with the monsters¡¯ extermination were raised, it even felt like the shouts could drive away the fierce cloud of dust approaching them.
¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡°UOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOHH¨D¨D¨D¨D!!!!!! ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡±
From the bottom of their stomach, while their body trembling from the scene that came out exactly from legend, they roared from the bottom of their stomachs. They stamped their feet DON DON, heightening their fighting spirit without end!
¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡°AIKO-SAMA BANZAI! GODDESS-SAMA BANZAI!! ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡±
¨D¨DGod Mountain demolition right after the start of battle.
The enemy had purposefully taught them from where they were going to attack. Then, it was fine to just blow away the ce where they wereing out from, that was how it went. Of course, Hajime had also prepared something else in case it was a lie, but from what he saw at Ehito¡¯s expression that was full of superiorityplex in the end, Hajime presumed that the possibility that he was lying was low.
The destruction of the God Mountain made the movement of the apostles in the sky also stop as expected. However, in the next moment they approached the fortress with a fierce speed while matching their movements like a mass of flying birds without a single disorder.
The capital that was in a half-destroyed state due to the crumbling of the god mountain was further enveloped by the approaching cloud of dust, without stopping the dust approached the fortress like a sandstorm. To that, Hajime took out a different jewel and made it shine.
¡°We were thoroughly made a fool by you guys before. There is no way this is the end with just this much right? Just like Icarus, fall down with your wings burning, all of you puppets.¡±
Right after that heavy rain of light that split apart the atmosphere poured down.
¨D¨DSunlight convergenceser Burst Hyperion
The restored annihtion weapon released light of ruin from the sky. Not just a single line, at the altitude of ten kilometers, a total of seven Burst Hyperions were floating, controlled by the jewel that Hajime was holding, with pirs of light piercing down.
Like the tower of Babel, seven pirs of light connecting heaven and earth were swallowing in one go the apostles who were drawing near to the allied forces in a straight line from the chasm in the space.
The apostles who were annihted unaware were uncountable.
There were a lot of apostles who attempted to defend by deploying their silver wings d in disintegration ability, but this improved version of Hyperion that had been explosively evolved in heat quantity, convergence rate,sting time, and so on couldn¡¯t bepared with the previous Hyperion. Against this even the characteristic ability of the apostles were pierced and their god constructed bodies were turned into cinders.
The apostles who somehow escaped from the firing lines and the apostles who only now came out from the chasm in the space stopped still, but a momentter they soared to the sky with terrific momentum. They pped their silver wings and flew along the pirs of light where ahead of them were the astonishing weapons that annihted their fellow apostles in hundreds.
¡°Don¡¯t be reserved. There is still more toe, eat up to your heart¡¯s content. Stuff yourself until your whole body burst out yeahh-¡±
Using the ¡®distant viewing stone¡¯ loaded on Burst Hyperion, Hajime saw the figures of the ascending apostles, his lips warped ferociously while saying that. At the same time, the diamond jewel shined even further.
Then, from all the Burst Hyperion that had total length of around five meters, several small type bits¨D¨D¡¯Mirror Bits¡¯ were flying out, they went toward the surface or scattered to the surrounding. The bits with isosceles triangle shape and size around thirty centimeters had crimson gem installed on their surface.
The mirror bits scattered as though to evade the charging apostles, to that the apostles frowned suspiciously for a moment, but seemingly judging that it would suffice to destroy the Burst Hyperion where they bits wereing from first no matter what scheme the bits served, they ignored the bits and continued charging ahead.
And then, the apostles focused their silver magic power, and at that instant where they were going to attempt to destroy the seven weapons emced at the sky with disintegration bombing,
¡°-!? This is-¨D¨D¡±
One of the apostles that leaked out that voice had her head erased before she could finish talking.
It was by theser right from behind.
The firing of Burst Hyperion stopped just for a moment. Immediately after, thesers split into branches like a scattered shot and rained down to the ground¡ was how it looked like but an instantter,sers from all directions filled the whole sky to the brim.
That was a cage that was instantly created fromser. Countlesssers from directions that were totally different from Burst Hyperion¡¯s positions were expanding through the whole sky as thoughying out three dimensional web.
¡°Kuh, so it¡¯s that small artifacts-¡±
One of the apostle who attempted to defend by deploying her maximum disintegration ability through her silver wings that wrapped around her body spoke out a conjecture that was nearly conviction as though spitting out, to that surely it was just auditory hallucination, but the words of the irregr that said ¡°Correct¡± echoed in her ear with teasing tone.
Yes, the role of the mirror bits were to reflect the sunlight convergenceser of Burst Hyperion which was their mother machine. With that, they exterminated the enemy from every direction. The countless bits were constantly changing position and further reflected the reflectedsers, creating a cage ofser that covered the sky and realized a diversified random shooting that was hard to predict due to the irregrity.
By the way, the bits had the word ¡®mirror¡¯ attached to their name, but they weren¡¯t reflecting theser using mirror but by making use of space distortion. Using that it was also possible to bend theser in sharp angles. In a nce, it looked nothing more than a reflection, hence the naming.
¡°Well, that¡¯ll take care of that.¡±
Due to the omni-directionalser attack without pause, the apostles reflexively deployed defense of silver wings and their charge slowed down, seeing that Hajime snorted while murmuring that.
And then, through the ¡®distant viewing stone¡¯ Hajime sent a fearless grin at the apostles whose expressions were somewhat visibly distorting hatefully. He then operated the jewel and dropped something shining the size of a fist from Burst Hyperion.
Like a morning dew that dripped down from a leaf, the seven shining tears were dropped right in the middle of great number of apostles who currently were beginning to move in the attempt to break through the cage ofser with their silver wings deployed in defense.
¡°Disappear all at once.¡±
Right at that moment when Hajime whispered in small voice,
DOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOON-!!!!
Flowers of sun bloomed at the reddish ck sky.
¨D¨DTreasure Warehouse to exclusively store converged sunlight Rose Helios
What Hajime dropped were special treasure warehouses that stored sunlight which was focused until the limit. It was different with the treasure warehouse that was built internally to shotsers, so to speak it was arge scale heat bomb that made use of the suns energy by self-destructing to release all the stored energy at once.
This artifact was a treasure where one Burst Hyperion could only have one of it loaded in them, but its power was guaranteed. The heat that was continuously converged was liberated and caused arge explosion like sun re, the reddish ck sky was painted like it was afternoon.
The radiance that made one thought that seven suns were appearing at the same time covered the sky, immediately after that, tremendously powerful shockwave and heat wave poured down.
With this, not only the apostles who aimed to destroy the Burst Hyperion, other apostles who were following behind and the apostles who just came out from the crack in the space were also blown away altogether like leaves. Not only that, but the enormous dust cloud which was approaching the fortress due to the God Mountain¡¯s copse was also washed back.
Naturally that force also assaulted the fortress, but the force was barely blocked by the shining membrane that covered the whole fortress. It was thanks to the ¡®Great Barrier¡¯ that was relocated from the capital to here. The former great barrier would surely be unable to endure the annihtion grade artifact of Hajime, but the current great barrier that had been improved seemed to be able to endure if it was just the shockwave.
The Rose Helios that disyed sublime destruction which surpassed expectation actually made Hajime who was the creator himself to be the one who was sweating coldly the most but¡ the result was no harm reached his ally so it was alright.
¡°Uhaa, is has be something amazing isn¡¯t iit~¡±
¡°Hajime-kun whopletely stopped restraining himself change even the topography isn¡¯t he¡¡±
¡°¡ If an example is made with earth terminology, then it¡¯s like Everest got annihted and nuclear bombs are fired wildly. When the fight is over, we have to make him have restraint with all of our strength.¡±
¡°¡ Either way, Shizushizu is going to have hardships. Suzu will also cooperate as much as possible okay. It feels like Suzu can hear the crying of earth from here.¡±
¡°This world is already teary eyed¡ When I reach the other side, I¡¯m gonna punch Kouki flying right away. If I don¡¯t fight him first¡ if Kouki get into a fight with Nagumo, not even a dust will remain from him.¡±
Shia and the others leaked out their impression. All of them threw their gaze at the beyond and their lips were half-smiling. They knew that Hajime nned tounch preemptive attacks at the start of the battle, they also knew that he would do that by using ¡®meteor impact¡¯ and ¡®converged sunlightser¡¯, but never even in their wildest dream did they even imagined that the eight kilometer mountain would be annihted and pseudo suns would materialize in the sky in multiple numbers even if only temporarily.
Furthermore, behind such Shia and the others¡
¡°How¡¯s that, Jii-sama! That is my honored spouse! Isn¡¯t it amazing!¡±
¡°¡ aah, yep, I guess. That¡¯s really super awesome.¡±
¡°Cl, n head. I understand your feeling, but your speech is¡ no, nothing, please pay it no heed.¡±
Tio puffed up her chest proudly while Adol was opening his eyes wide looking like the shocked expression that came out in a shoujo manga of a long time ago. A close aide made a tsukkomi at the n head¡¯s diposed tone, but it seemed that he gave up in the middle. Ristas was extremely surprised that he was unable to stand up with his souling out from his mouth. (TN: Shoujo manga is a manga for girl)
Below the fortress was also noisy. Especially the rabbit ear group, they were making a hectic uproar.
¡°Hyahha-!! As expected bosss! He does impossible things so calmly!¡±
¡°Come on you trash! We are gonna break all of you into pieces yeah!!¡±
¡°Aaaaaan, bosss! Please hold meeeeeee! It¡¯s unbearableee!¡±
¡°Red sh Rondo!! Banzai!!¡± (TN: Akaki Senkyou no Rinbukyoku)
¡°Mad Whirlwind of White Fang!! Yiihaaa!!¡± (TN: Shiroki Souga no Kyouhyou)
¡°No, the nickname until now is not enough anymore! ¡ Something, something that is more worthy for boss¡¡±
¡°How about Demon King of White Night that Bring About Demise!¡± (TN: Shuuen Motarasu Byakuya no Maou)
¡°No, about that Ultimate Supreme Emperor of Death and Chaos is better!¡± (TN: Shi to Konton no Kyokuhatei)
¡°Why there is no crimson in there! It¡¯s Ultimate Destruction God of Deep Crimson Gleaming Sky!¡± (TN: Shinku Kouten no Kyokuhashin)
It seemed that when the battle was over Hajime nicknames would be jumbled all over.
Amidst such resounding yells, Aiko yelled with a voice that sounded somewhat cramped yet still powerful.
¡°Thi, this is, the strength of my sword! Victory is together with us!¡±
¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± VICTORY! VICTORY! VICTORY! ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡±
Following that, Gahard somehow pulled himself together and tookmand with a faint smile. His loud voice resounded all over to the degree that made one think whether he really needed any artifact to amplify his voice.
¡°All hands, ready your weapon!! The target is above! Don¡¯t let the goddess¡¯s sword take all the glory! Exactly as the goddess said, every single one of us is a hero! Fight until thest moment! Destroy every single enemy! Proove the strength of us ¡®humans¡¯!¡±
¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡°OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO-!!!¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡± ¡±
A tremendous yell was raised. At the same time, the soldiers aimed the heavy arms they were provided with each of their roles to the sky. Their morale was at the highest peak. There was nobody who was trembling in fear anymore; in exchange, their body was trembling with a warrior excitement.
Teeth were clenched tightly, light of determination shined inside those eyes.
At the sky, the apostles who barely avoided destruction arranged their formation, and then new apostles were overflowing further from the chasm in the space. Several hundred apostles were supposedly annihted by the previous attack, but perhaps the apostle of god was in inexhaustible supply.
Therefore, exactly because of that from now on would be the authentic war between mankind and the pawn of god.
Looking at the state of the allied force, Aiko released a sigh that couldn¡¯t be noticed.
¡°Sensei, that was a splendid speech. As expected from the goddess of harvest.¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun¡ I already, don¡¯t understand what I should say.¡±
Aiko looked over her shoulder at the voice behind her while floating an exasperated smile. While shrugging to that, Hajime handed over the jewel to operate Burst Hyperion to Aiko.
It was the important jewel which brought about thatrge-scale destruction. Aiko epted it timidly. From now on Burst Hyperion would be operated by Aiko¡¯s hand as much as possible. The one who was the worthiest to handle the sunlight was exactly the ¡®Goddess of Harvest¡¯.
After ncing at Aiko who was trembling with fear, Hajime turned his gaze at Kaori.
¡°Your face is an apostle, but the color of your hair looks like Kaori huh. Yeah, as expected, ck hair suited Kaori more.¡±
¡°Ehehe, is that so? Then we have to finish this quickly so I can return to my former body.¡±
Exactly as Hajime said, the current Kaori wasn¡¯t silver haired but she became ck haired even with Nointo¡¯s body.
This was so that she wasn¡¯t mistaken with the apostles, the cause was the disguise artifact that Hajime prepared. The color of her magic power was also disguised, so currently when Kaori spread her wings what appeared would ck silver wings. Her outfit also had ck tone, so her appearance was just like a fallen angel. Perhaps it could be said to be a fitting look for an angel serving the demon king.
¡°I¡¯m relying on you for the rest okay?¡±
¡°Yep. This side is fine. I will protect the ce for Hajime-kun toe back here. I also won¡¯t let anyone toy their hand on Myuu-chan and others anymore. That¡¯s why¡ please, save Yue.¡±
¡°Yeah. Look forward to it. When wee back, I¡¯ll toy with you together with Yue.¡±
¡°Geez-, Hajime-kun you meanie-!¡±
Kaori made an angry look at Hajime who was making fun of her. But, her gaze was strong, and also extraordinarily gentle. And it was also simr with Hajime, both of them understood well the immenseness of the trust that they directed at each other.
Behind Hajime, Shia, Tio, Shizuku, Suzu, and Ryuutaro walked closer. While Kaori and Shizuku took each other¡¯s hands with somewhat yuri-yuri atmosphere (TN: Lilies on their background), Hajime¡¯s gaze moved to the surroundings.
The people inside the fortress could observe the outer part really well while being inside the fortress itself due to the countless crystal disys installed. But right now, on the contrary, the disys were reflecting the interior of the fortress¡¯smand room and the people inside there like Liliana and the others, and then Kam and others who were the leaders of each force too.
¡°Princess. Use the anti-apostle artifact well okay. After all, I entrusted them believing in yourpetence you know?¡±
{Ple, please don¡¯t put pressure on me. Well, we are going to make it somehow. Nagumo-sa¨D¨Dno, Hajime-san, may luck be with you.}
Liliana at the other side of the disy smiled while nodding at Hajime. Hajime nodded to that and then moved his gaze to Kam who was projected on the same disy.
¡°Kam. There is no need for tedious talk after this far. ¡ Go rampage.¡±
{Ku-ku-ku-, an exciting order, thank you very much. I certainly acknowledge that. All of us Haulia will be waiting in anticipation for boss¡¯s god killing.}
Hajime and Kam exchanged fearless smiles at each other. And then, Hajime¡¯s gaze further moved to all the people who were visible in that ce¨D¨DRanzi, Alfrerick, Iruwa, the top leaders from each country, then he lightly shrugged and dered.
¡°Then, I¡¯ll go for a bit.¡±
Even though he was going to step into the territory of a god after this, those words were awfully light. But, mysterious strength could be felt from those words. It made them unconditionally believed, that if it was this man then he would be able to aplish anything. It was that kind of words.
That was why nobody talked much. They nodded strongly in return and said just two words.
¡± ¡± ¡°See you.¡± ¡± ¡±
Immediately after, Hajime and the others flew up together.
Under their feet were skyboards. They could also go using ¡®Air Force¡¯, but their destination¨D¨Dthe chasm in space was at the altitude of eight kilometers. They had no intention to be pushed back by sheer number or spending more time. They were breaking through in one go stressing on the speed!
Looking at the six streaks of magic power light in six colors ascending to the sky, cheers were raised from the allied force. It was the sally of the ¡®Goddess¡¯s Sword¡±. The hope of humanity! Like that, yells of hope tore their throats toward the sky.
There, the first wave of apostles appeared as though to block their route. Perhaps because right after the invasion start the actual first wave had been annihted by impossible methods, the apostles didn¡¯t charge ahead recklessly. It was clear that they intended to fight while observing the situation.
¡°Hah, you all got really jittery, huuh. You think you can stop me with that kind of cold feet aa!?¡±
Already, there were around twenty apostles gathering ahead of them, regardless of the twin swords and their silver wings which were deployed fully, Hajime didn¡¯t slow down at all. Far from that, he elerated the skyboard further. And then, while telling Shia and others to ready their weapons using ¡®Telepathy¡¯, Hajime took out a huge artifact from ¡®Treasure Warehouse II¡¯ and shouldered it.
¡°I¡¯ll turn you all into Swiss cheese!¡±
Immediately after, a crimson storm attacked the apostles.
The violence that could only be expressed like that pulverized the apostles blocking the path like a joke.
Of course, the apostles possessed disintegration ability, they had the silver wings of protection and huge swords that severed all thing with disintegration. Therefore, the apostles wordlessly and expressionlessly tried to resist using those. But, such things were easily smashed literally just like paper scraps.
KIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII-!!
Huge gun barrels that rotated in high speed while resounding particr sound. Brilliantly vivid magic power light sparked wildly. Extremely thick crimson shes that might even pierce the sky surged.
¨D¨DGatling Pile Bunker
That was the true form of the weapon that scattered twenty apostles without difficulty. Different from the pile bunker until now, the loaded pile bunker was two sizes smaller. But, its might didn¡¯t decrease for even a bit, in a second twenty electromaically elerated shots spiraled forward and the huge and super heavy ck pike pulverized the target.
Right now, just by facing each other the apostles couldn¡¯t hope to stop Hajime¡¯s advance! Only by wringing out their intellect, piling up study, and resolve with a firm will like humans, they would be allowed to finally stand in front of this opponent for the first time. That was how wide the difference was!
The apostles who stiffened for a moment in amazement then decided, a pincer attack from left and right! Like that they circled while trailing afterimages behind.
¡°We cannot leave this only to Hajime-san!¡±
¡°Indeed!¡±
Shia and Tio readied themselves to deal with that.
But two apostles that brandished theirrge sword d in silver magic power toward Shia and Tio. At the next moment, their heads were blown away by the sh that tore the sky before they were falling down spinning.
¡°Fue?¡±
¡°Wha, what?¡±
Shia and Tio stared in puzzlement with their spirit dampened. Not only the two, Hajime and the others also looked over their shoulder following the line of the sh. They had already reached the altitude of five kilometers so nobody understood other than Shia whose body was reinforced and Hajime who possessed ¡®Far Sight¡¯, those two perfectly saw it.
The fortress on the ground, at a corner of the rooftop, while holding a very long sniper that was fixed directly on the floor of the fortress, Pal-kun (ten years old), nickname ¡®Bardfelt of Certain Ruin¡¯ was sending them a thumbs up.
Not just Bardfelt-kun. The sniping experts even among the Haulia which was put together into a squad were readying the ¡®Electromaic eleration Super Long Range Anti-Material Rifle¡¯ that Hajime provided for each one of them while floating fearless smiles.
In the first ce, these were the fellows who performed super urate sniping even with just a crossbow. With scope that was enchanted with ¡®Far Sight¡¯ and ¡®Foresight¡¯, if they could see the future position of the apostles then a five-kilometer sniping was possible. Though honestly, Hajime was feeling a little unbelieving.
In Hajime and Shia¡¯s eyes, they could see the glint of Bardfelt-kun¡¯s eyes narrow across the scope. At the same time, they could somehow see what he was saying from the movement of his lips.
{Boss! Anego! Just leave clearing the path to us!} (TN: Anego=big sister, this way of calling usually used by delinquent or thug.)
Perhaps that was what he said. As though to proof that, the apostles who nned to pincer attack were shot through one after another by the shes soaring from below.
As expected, one shot one kill was impossible after the apostle became on guard, but even so they ate considerable damage, they became unable to attack carelessly and somehow their face looked vexed.
Even if the apostles tried to use long range bombarding orrge scale magic, Bardfelt-kun and others sensitively sensed it and they prioritized sniping at the apostle trying to do that. Their attack was interrupted, and even if they tried to attack forcefully regardless, Hajime and others would easily endure such attack.
¡°My n is rapidly getting superhumanized desuu¡¡±
¡°Perhaps, it¡¯s not only Shia anymore that can be called as special truly.¡±
¡°Everyone that got involved with Hajime all be distanced from normal humans, isn¡¯t it¡¡±
¡°He, hey, Shizushizu. Suzu is still a human, right? Right?¡±
¡°Perhaps it¡¯s already toote for me yeah~¡±
While riding their skyboard, the enemy at the front was dealt by Hajime¡¯s Gatling pile bunker, while the enemy to the left and right were dealt with a terrifying degree of urate sniping, so Shia and the others who only needed to intercept, evade, and defend minimally had time to have somewhat distant looks while murmuring that kind of thing to each other.
While the apostles were unable to even hinder them properly; finally, Hajime and the others arrived at the chasm in space that spurted out the muddy ck miasma.
¡°Chih, even though its appearance changed, the ability is still the same huh.¡±
Hajime clicked his tongue. Exactly as he said, simr with the golden whirl, the ck miasma was blocking Hajime and the others¡¯ progress.
¡°You guys, hold back the puppets behind! {Sensei, you can hear right? Send the mirror bits over here!}. Taniguchi, you put a barrier on me!¡±
{Ro, roger.}
¡°Go, got it.¡±
Hajime was giving out instruction to Aiko on the surface and Suzu, and also at the other members while taking out a short sword from his breast pocket.
Although the item had the shape of a short sword but it didn¡¯t have any edge at all, rather it was made from a crystal that looked brittle.
It was ¡®Degraded Version Crystal Key¡¯. Based on his experience when creating the real crystal key, Hajime produced with his all this short sword that possessed the effect to interfere with space. It didn¡¯t have the power to open a gate toward the Holy Precincts, but if it was just the power to lockpick a locked door then this item could do it.
Hajime¡¯s body became d in vivid crimson. And then he poured the immense magic power of ¡®Limit Break¡¯ into the degraded version crystal key that used the very small amount of god crystal¡¯s fragment discovered at the abyss of Orcus, activating its ability.
¡°This time for sure, I¡¯ll pass through no matter what!¡±
Hajime yelled and stabbed that short sword at the miasma wall.
Creak, creak Such a sound came out, the degraded crystal key in trying to break the wall of miasma causing ripples. Hajime¡¯s crimson magic power also roared trying to blow away the miasma.
But, there a silver shiningrge sword thrust out from inside the miasma. Therge sword of apostle.
Even while Hajime held his ground to break the miasma, naturally the swarm of apostles was stilling out from there. Hajime himself was pouring all his strength to break the miasma so he couldn¡¯t take any considerable action.
{I won¡¯t let you!!}
¡°Don¡¯t get in the way!¡±
That was why Aiko and Suzu were there.
The mirror bits deployed around Hajime and others were guiding theser from Burst Hyperion and blocked the approach of the apostles like a barrier.
And then Suzu also waved her iron fans gently on her skyboard. Living up to her reputation of barrier master, a square shining shield thirty-centimetersrge was invoked instantly, the barrier didn¡¯t block therge sword of the apostle that slipped through theser, but diverted the trajectory as though the barrier surface was slippery. This was because Suzu understood that defending the enemy¡¯s disintegration ability from the front was disadvantageous.
Behind Hajime, Shia and others were also buying time by putting importance on handling the enemy rather than defeating them. Apostles were overflowing from the miasma as though they were unlimited, if the scene was seen from slightly distant spot, surely it would look like Hajime and the others were enveloped in silver cocoon.
The great numbers of apostles attacked d in silver magic power to remove the insolent people who were trying to step into the Holy Precincts. Shia and the other somehow held out right now, but with the current pace they would surely get swallowed by pure numbers in less than a minute.
For that reason, Hajime ignored all the attacks of the apostles. He entrusted his back, his life, everything to Shia and the others. He turned his whole mind only to advance forward.
¡°OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO-!!!¡±
A shout burst from Hajime¡¯s mouth. Hajime¡¯s magic power further increased. The degraded version crystal key condensed the vivid crimson and got dyed with deep crimson. At the same time, cracks ran creakingly as though the key was screaming unable to endure therge power.
The cracks on the degraded version crystal key was widening second by second as though giving the notification that its life span was up already. But, Hajime further poured his magic power. The apostles who were breaking through even with half their body erased byserunched silver feathers that disintegrated even Suzu¡¯s barrier, cutting Hajime¡¯s cheek and gouging his limbs.
Shia and the others were also bearing wounds from the overwhelming amount of attacks and their limited battle scope.
As expected, were they really unable to break through. Was the power of god unmatched¡
If the people here were ¡®average¡¯, surely such thinking would pass in their mind. But, if they were people with such good understanding, then in the first ce they wouldn¡¯t be here. That was why, they yelled. Even while injured, even with enemies surrounding them from all sides.
(En: Battle scene pictured above)
¡°We can do this! If it¡¯s Hajime-san!¡±
¡°Exactly, Goshujin-sama!¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine! There is no such thing that can possibly stop you!¡±
¡°Gooo! Nagumo-kun!¡±
¡°Nagumooo! Smash it uuup!¡±
To those yells of Shia and others, Hajime was¡
¡°Obviously-. Those guys that got in my way, I¡¯ll destroy them, anything and everythiiiiiiing!!¡±
Right after that¡
creak A sound resounded.
But, that wasn¡¯t the sound of the degraded crystal key. It was from the invisible wall before his eyes, from the crack in space that spurted out miasma. The tip of the degraded crystal key plunged into the wall. With that spot as the center, ripples were spreading.
¨D¨DYue-
Following his desiring heart, Hajime twisted the crystal short sword.
Then, with the stabbed point as the center, space distorted bbily, opening an ellipse hole.
The path to the Holy Precincts was opened.
¡°-, you guys! Here we go!¡±
¡°Yes desu!¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
¡°Roger!¡±
¡°Yep!¡±
¡°Ou-!¡±
Themand that was given along with Hajime¡¯s fearless smile was affirmed by everyone with the same smile floating on their faces and a nod.
Right after that, the swarm of apostles descended on them.
But, the figure of Hajime and the others were already gone from between the apostles.
After that, there were only the sparkles emitted by the remain of the broken degraded crystal key and the gate that was closing even now.
Chapter 164
Chapter 164
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervertis pushing to release faster, so he has taken over all editing. I don¡¯t have the time in my schedule to keep up, so my involvement for the moment is to just post bakapervert¡¯s chapters. No read over from me, no schedule. I¡¯ll release them as I get them until the end. On the upside, you won¡¯t be waiting long for the finale.
**________________
Holy Precincts
A world that was richly colored.
That was the scenery that lept into the eyes of Hajime and the others who stepped in into the Holy Precincts.
There was no end that could be confirmed. Various colors mixed in this space. It was as though they were lost inside a world within a bubble.
In that mysteriously colorful space, there was a chalk white path stretching straight forward. No, rather than calling it a path, it was like the top of a dam wall, it was more correct to express their location as ''above a huge straight wall''.
Hajime and the others were taken aback for a moment. Despite so, they stored the skyboard that became ragged from the apostles'' attack into ''Treasure Warehouse II'' and stood on the chalk white path. They couldn''t see any apostles even after looking around. It appeared the space that Hajime connected to using the degraded crystal key was a different ce from the ce that contained the apostles and monsters. They had resolved to sh with a great amount of apostles and monsters as far as their eye could see right after infiltrating, so this could be said as fortunate.
"What a mysterious space. I cannot grasp the sense of distance."
Shia gave her impression while peeking down from the edge of the path. Just as those words sounded, even as she peeked below, the ground or the bottom of the wall were unclearly being swallowed by the extremely colorful space. Even the path straight ahead, after a certain distance, became swallowed by the colorful space that made it hard to confirm the distance.
"I guess it won''t end well if you fall down huh. Everyone, be careful okay."
Everyone nodded briskly at Hajime''s warning. Like that they all began to run following after Hajime while staying vignt of the surrounding.
They were traveling at high speed following the chalk white path in the atmosphere that was filled with uneasy silence. The ''Compass of Guidance'' showed that Yue''s whereabouts was ahead of the chalk white path. Therefore they dashed believing on that, although there was not a single thing they could use to confirm the distance so they became doubtful whether they were really advancing forward.
If not for thepass that was teaching Hajime that the distance to Yue was closing even for just a little, perhaps even he would also feel doubt.
They advanced the path for several dozen minutes where no end could be seen with few words.
Finally, a change happened.
"It''sing-. Bombardment!"
Shia''s rabbit ears stood up straight all of a sudden, at the same time she gave a warning. Regardless of their vignce, everyone other than Shia waspletely taken by surprise. It was the proof that Shia''s ''Future Sight'' was activated, at the same time it also meant that the attack was a risky one that could possibly wipe them out.
Right after that, without any advance warning, silver radiant shes attacked Hajime and the others from all directions. It was a meteor shower of death without a single gap, conveying clearly how no ce of escape was left behind.
"Gather!"
Hajime''s angry roar flew. Everyone reflexively approached Hajime''s side. At the same time, Hajime took out a huge shield from ''Treasure Warehouse II''. And then that shield which was manifested in empty air pierced the ground while magic power was poured into it.
As the result, *Gashun! Gashun!* such sound was raised, metal tes were sliding from the inside of therge shield in great speed. In the blink of eye the tes formed a dome that covered Hajime and the others. Metal tes that looked like scales stretched, it was variablerge shield ''Aidion''.
The moment thest metal te slid into ce and Hajime and co werepletely covered, the shes from all directions finally arrived. There was almost no impact. The attack was like aser, the surface of Aidion was turning into dust. Obviously, the cause was the disintegration ability of the apostles.
But such thing was obvious the moment there was silver light. For that reason, Hajime chose the option of omni-direction defense with this Aidion.
"Hah, just try it if you think you can prate this."
Hajime whispered while smiling fearlessly inside Aidion where there was the illumination of green light stone installed. That was the expression of his confidence. An absolute confidence that the likes of the apostle wouldn''t be able to prate his improved defense.
In front of the brutal characteristic ability of the apostles which was like a foul y, those words were something too insolent.
Normally.
Yes, even while Hajime was spouting out those insolent words, Aidion waspletely blocking the disintegration bombardment. No, more urately the shield''s part that was disintegrated was regenerating. It went without saying that the cause was regeneration magic. ''Restoration Stone'' that was enchanted with regeneration magic was continuously regenerating the part of Aidion that was turned to dust as though time was rolled back.
Of course, the disintegration ability of the apostles was at the level where a building would be dust in an instant, so no matter how much regeneration magic was enchanted the oue would be that the item got blown away before it could show any effect.
However, this Aidion was simr with ''Sky Severance'' where it was aposite shield made of severalyers of adamantium inserted with restoration stone, furthermore, Hajime''s ''Vajra'' was also reinforcing it. In other words, even with oneyer disintegrated, if the second, third, and fourthyer could buy time even for a second then the restoration stone could disy its effect. Therefore, even with that disintegration ability, the apostles couldn''t hope to prate it.
"You guys, save your strength for the time being. If it''s just this many apostles then I''ll deal with them."
"Eh? Deal with them¡"
Shizuku was putting strength into the hand holding the ck katana in the preparation of battle against apostle swarm once more, but Hajime''s words resounded as though to dampen her spirit. Shizuku reflexively asked back, but inside therge shield that was illuminated faintly by green light stone, looking at Hajime''s expression that supported therge shield¨D¨Dthat look which looked like a wild beast made her words got caught up in her throat.
Right after that, the pressure that pushed on Aidion suddenly vanished. The all-out bombardment of the apostles was over.
Hajime transferred Aidion into ''Treasure Warehouse II'', right after that the apostles showed their figure as though they were oozing out from the colorful space while making ripples. All of the apostles were d in silver magic power, showing their seriousness right from the beginning. They sent narrowed gaze at Hajime who endured their all-out bombardment, in an instant¡
¨D¨DA curb stomp began.
*DOPAAAAAAN-*, at the same time when the familiar bursting sound roared, six apostles'' head easily exploded like a joke.
"-!?"
It was a swift defeat unbing for god''s apostle.
The apostles who lost six of their sister right at the moment when they made their entrance gulped audibly. The crimson sh that gouged the apostles'' head certainly attacked faster than the gun sound, but it should be possible to evade if it was the apostle in full power state d in silver light.
The cause that negated the apostles'' evasion ability could be understood from the fact that all the six victims were all the people who blinked in that instant.
Hajime was taking the opening of the apostles'' mind. The number of the apostles who appeared from the space was nearly fifty people. Hajime confirmed all of them instantly and aimed simultaneously only at the blinking apostles with pinpoint precision¡
Hajime had survived many battles against the apostles, that was the reason this special move with difficulty level that was like threading the eye of a needle was working. There was no way the apostles could understand what happened.
Because of that, they were unable to understand the reason why their sisters were shot without being unable to do anything, this too caused their head to be soaked in confusion for an instant.
*DOPAAAN*
With that four more people died. Their head exploded and fell on the ground like an insect with their wings clipped.
"Kuh, three people are to chant-. The rest continue on!"
One of the apostles gave out instruction while grinding her teeth with the usual expressionless face crumbling. It appeared that she was the manager who handed down themand even among the apostles. The remaining apostles obeyed the instruction and moved all at once.
The apostle that gave instruction¨D¨DZekst swung her twinrge swords once and then took flight instantly with her silver wings pped. She charged at Hajime while leaving behind afterimages.
But, to such apostle, the small murmur of Hajime reached her clearly.
"¡Hee, so you are the captain."
"¨D¨D"
Amidst arge number of apostles flying around with countless afterimages filling the space to the limit, Hajime''s eye glint urately caught Zekst''s figure.
And then, Hajime and Zekst''s gaze entangled inside the world where the rich colors looked fading and dull, right after that, slowly, and even slower inside Zekst''s mind, Hajime''s mouth¡split.
At that moment, Zekst realized. This world where the flow of time became slow right now, wasn''t something produced because of her great speed, but it was the phenomenon of revolvingntern that someone watched at their dying moments. The reason of her realization was because, even while she was getting aware of the slowly approaching bullet d in crimson toward her in the real world, the images of the many secret maneuverings ''the apostle of god'' had carried out until now in all countries toward the people were also passing through her mind.
All apostles shared their memory with each other. Even if it wasn''t something that Zekst personally did, but something that ''apostle'' did was something that Zekst did. ¡Zekst thought. Were the apostles who were destroyed before she also saw the same scene like this? The scene, of the people who they had been toying with until now, were now looking down at them mockingly.
Zekst''s body was urately moving even while watching the revolvingntern. Her neck moved by itself trying to evade the flying bullet by twisting aside. But, mysteriously even with that Zekst was convinced that the approaching bullet would still pierce her.
And then, that conviction was proved right within an instant. The moment Zekst twisted her neck, of all thing, the bullet before her eyes shifted its trajectory slightly. Its path was urately heading to Zekst''s temple.
''Aa, really, what an irregr¡''
After murmuring such thing inside her heart, in the end Zekst felt an impact, along with that her consciousness fell into darkness.
At the same time when Zekst fell, further seven apostles also fell on the ground with their head simrly blown away.
Hajime nced at that scene while rotating Donner & Scg in gun spin, then he scattered more bullets of death to all directions.
Although because Hajime''s arms rotation and the reloading speed were too fast, an outsider looking would only be able to see acrobatic gun spins repeating all the time. The realization of Hajime''s killing intent was disyed only by the fact that the scattered crimson shes were shooting through the foreheads of the apostles without the slightest deviation.
"Wh, why-"
Unable to endure, one of the apostles who wasn''t shot down yet spoke with rough voice and words that could be taken as a question or escaping reality.
It was natural for her to be like that. They were the ''apostle of god''. The sword of god that the likes of mankind had no hope to oppose. They were an existence that could trample the world equally like a natural disaster with just a single one of them! And yet, why, how they could be easily exterminated like this, dropping out just like flies¡. Impossible. There was no way this kind of unrealistic sight could exist!
Right after that, a sh flew toward that apostle.
With an unknown emotion welling up inside her, that apostle drew a sh at the air trying to bisect that light with her shiningrge sword. The information that Hajime''s bullet which generated impact could crack theirrge sword with one attack in the previous battle was naturally also shared with this apostle, therefore she decided not to ''make herrge sword into shield'' but to ''cut down the bullet''.
Like that, the beautiful silver trajectory split the crimson sh¡was how it should be.
Instead, the result that came out was the explosion of the apostle''s head. Just before the apostle''s mind sunk into darkness, she whispered inside her stretched out perception.
''The light¡slip through?¡¡''
It wasn''t unreasonable for her to have that misapprehension.
¨D¨DCombined Metamorphosis-Creation Transmutation Special Bullet Living Bullet
That was the true form of the attack that slipped through the apostles'' evasion andrge swords.
This ''Living Bullet'' was a special bullet enchanted with metamorphosis magic, the simple exnation was that the bullet could listen to themand of the user¨D¨Dit was literally a living bullet.
Hajime developed this bullet after understanding that the sealing stone and the pseudo scorpion in the abyss were created by blending organic matter and inorganic matter, so simply put the bullet was a living golem in bullet shape that executed a simple order.
This time themand that Hajime gave was just one. ''Hit the aimed ce'', that was all. It was a small bullet, so even though they listened to order but they had no ego. So to speak it was like a program. Evade if there was an obstacle in front of the target, chase if the target moved. That was all they could do. The bullet couldn''t make U-turn if they passed the target and chased endlessly, it was also unable to circle around if a wall was made with silver wings to shot the apostle at the back of their head.
But, even so, the electromaically elerated sh that reached the target within an instant corrected its trajectory just a few meters before it reached the target. No matter how unfair the perception ability and reaction speed the apostle had, there was no way they could evade or anything.
If the apostle tried to cut the bullet using theirrge sword but the bullet changed trajectory smoothly, it wasn''t unreasonable for the apostle to mistake that the bullet ''slipped through''.
"Before, you guys said this right. That ''the analysis about you is finished''. Just what time are you talking about I wonder. By the time you failed to kill me for the second time, the scythe of death god has already lined up on the neck of you guys."
The gun spin moved at too high of rotation speed that it looked like a round shield. Hajime''s figure that moved with sliding feet turning over and over while firing shes in radial direction looked like he was dancing.
And then as long as that dance of death was continuing, one by one the apostles had their forehead pierced, their head exploded, and fell like a puppet with their string cut.
If they tried using theirrge sword as a shield, then an attack with three impactspressed into it would assault and with just a single shot, a fatal damage would be inflicted on therge sword, in a hairbreadth the second shot would pierce the forehead altogether with the sword. Even when they tried long range attack or magic, their breathing at the instant they were going to attack was perfectly read, so they were only exposing their opening instead, but if they attempted close rangebat then they would be intercepted by a bullet with bending trajectory.
When they attempted to ovep their twinrge swords and silver wings as a shield to charge through, six shots would burst with pin point uracy at the same time, the tremendous shockwave was generated while smashing the iron wall, or possibly the apostle would run out of strength and got blown away. And then, that impact would spontaneously make them rxed the guard of theirrge sword and wing, the curving bullet would attack weaving through that opening.
"While I was thinking of the ways to kill you guys, what were you guys doing? Did you analyze my fighting style? Hah, that won''t cut it at all. You got to train yourself, change your weapon, polish your tactic, heighten your proficiency, put double and tripleyer of traps, and mass produce trump cards."
The apostles'' worn-out remain vanished from the sky toward the ground like a cookie''s crumbling that spilled from a mouth.
"Shut up-"
Right after that, along with an angry voice that sounded like it was desperately repressing something that welled up inside the speaker, a silver sun materialized. The sun that brilliantly shined was something made from focused magic power of apostle enchanted with disintegration ability. Looking closer, under the silver sun there were three apostles raising theirrge sword piled into one. Most likely this was arge bombardment executed by multiple apostles.
Looking at that, Hajime was¡snorting in exasperation.
"Is that your trump card! Fine, bring it on."
"-¡Vanish without any trace behind! Irregr!"
The three apostles swung down their sword in unison. The silver sun that was apression of energy until the critical state radiated its light of ruin just like prominence. A super thickser with diameter reaching ten meters approached Hajime in order to make everything of him into dust.
From ''Treasure Warehouse II'', Hajime too out two pieces of disk¨D¨Dhe took out two chakrams and threw them forward. One of the chakrams rotated in the air, when its t part faced the approaching thick bombardment, at the next moment it divided into three parts.
The chakram was divided into three parts with equal distance between them, however, they didn''t scatter into pieces, the parts were connected by thin wire, the parts spread widely in an instant and createdrge circle before Hajime''s eyes.
At that moment, the silver hugeser reached Hajime¡not, it waspletely swallowed into the circle made by the divided chakram and the wire. And then, that swallowed silver light jumped out from the other chakram that also parted and created a simrrge circle at a slightly separated ce.
¨D¨DVariable Chakram Orestes
The chakram up to now could only create a gate at the small inside of the chakram, but this new type chakram ''Orestes'' that had improvement applied in it could separate and with the built-in wire inside, a gate that could be freely changed in size would be made. Depending on the situation, it could also be used as a guillotine by making something passed halfway into the gate and then decreasing the size.
The apostles never even dreamed that the focused bombardment by three apostles which could be said as a trump card would be returned back to them as it was, perhaps they were unable to move while performing the firing, their reaction was dull and they got swallowed into the light that they fired themselves, they were annihted literally without leaving even dust behind.
"You guys don''t evolve. You cannot struggle to the death for the sake of living, for the sake of your wish, for the sake of what''s ''important''. That''s why, I told you right from the beginning didn''t I? You all just wooden doll."
"Irregr! No, you are truly, a true monste¨D¨D"
A gunshot echoed. The bullet that curved in trajectory approached easily like a joke and pierced the forehead of thest apostle.
While silver feathers and apostle remains were falling like an illusion, Hajime spun the smoking Donner & Scg and finished reloading, then he silently stored them in their holsters.
Looking at the result, he was uninjured from a fight against the fifty apostles of god. Completely. It was truly overwhelming.
That fact made Shia, Tio, and Shizuku''s expression to turn a bit into ecstasy. Suzu and Ryutaro leaked out a dryugh.
''Meteor Impact'' that destroyed the God Mountain, sunlight convergenceser ''Burst Hyperion'', gatling pile bunker and living bullet¡when Hajime was given time, that many absurd weapons were produced one after another.
What did it mean by a nonbat job. What did it mean by mundane upation. Indeed Hajime''s body itself boasted monstrous spec due to an irregr event, but Hajime''s true weapon was no other than that power of development. And then, in every age what became a threat to humanity was always ''something'' that was newly created. In a sense, perhaps it could be said that Hajime was in possession of the most terrifying talent.
While it had been toote at this point of time, whether they wanted it or not Shizuku and the others were made to understand that.
"It''s going to be troublesome if theye in session. Let''s go ahead right away."
Hearing Hajime who started running while giving out the order as though nothing happened, Shizuku and the others came back to their senses and chased behind him.
"Aaa. I wanted to show Hajime-san just now to Yue-san desuuu"
"Fufu, I thought that there might be this kind of thing. So I bring the image recording artifact. When everything is over, let art we hold a video appreciation meeting!"
"Tio-san, nice desu! As expected from the extraordinary pervert that might even leave her name in the history!"
"Fuhahaha, don''t praise me, don''t praise me! I would be shy thou know?"
Shia and Tioughed with each other inposure while being inside the enemy base that was the Holy Precincts. Their feeling was loosening up with that while they dashed forward for a while.
Hajime and the others finally ran into a richly colored wall. When his hand touched the rippling wall, the hand easily sunk into the other side. They nodded at each other and the whole group leaped into the other side of the ripple.
If Nakamura Eri was asked what was her first memory that was the most intense, surely she would answer like this.
¨D¨DThe scene of Otou-san''s death.
It was when Eri was five years old. She went with her father to a public park with just the two of them, there the high-spirited Eri jumped on the roadway carelessly and with a devilish timing a car came charging forward, then her father died protecting Eri. In a sense, it was the result of a mundane traffic ident.
But, there was one result that wasn''t mundane. That was the state of her mother after that. Eri''s mother was a daughter from a slightly high-ss family, but it seemed that she went against her family and married with Eri''s father, she was clinging all over the father to the degree that even Eri''s childish heart got embarrassed.
That wasn''t only because the mother merely loved the father, if someone took a step back and looked at it closer, perhaps it was on the level that could be said as dependence. For that reason, Eri''s mother that from the start wasn''t mentally strong was unable to endure the death of the beloved husband that supported her heart.
Because she was unable to endure, she bared her fang to the cause of death. Yes, her target was her own young daughter¨D¨DEri. Normally, a mother would swallow her tears while supporting her daughter who should be hurt because she witnessed with her own eyes the death of her father, that would be the correct way of living as a mother. But, as expected, although Eri''s mother held back in front of other people, when they returned home and there were only the two of them, she would direct her hatred at Eri without sugarcoating it at all.
For Eri''s mother, if her daughter and her husband were weighed on the scales, the scale would tilt to thetter, she loved her daughter was also only because Eri was her husband''s daughter.
At the time, the five years old Eri earnestly endured the violence that was carried out almost every day and the abusivenguage spewed out to her. That was because Eri who was smart for five years old waspletely epting the words of her mother that said "because of your fault" to her. Her carelessness killed her father¨D¨Dthe one who believed that more than anyone else was no other than Eri herself.
It was only natural for her mother to be angry at her who stole the father that her mother loved. It was only natural that she who made her father died was given punishment to both her heart and body. Eri believed that from the bottom of her heart.
At the same time, Eri also believed that when this punishment was over, than her mother who looked like a demon would return to the gentle mother in the past who always smiled kindly.
Her mother''s abuse was ingenious, she had never done anything that might leave any mark on Eri''s body. Eri too had also never revealed anything for the sake of her mother, and also for the sake of the punishment to her. Because of that, such situation continued for a few years, but there was no one that could notice what happened.
However, for a child there was no way she would be able to always be smiling in such environment. As a child d in gloomy atmosphere Eri practically didn''t have any friend at school. Her lone quiet self that looked like someone bracing herself waiting for the storm to pass was surely eerie for the children of the same age.
Istion and self-condemnation and the pain of her heart, her feeling that was thinking of her mother, and loneliness¡Eri''s heart was nearing its limit from all those. Like that she endured such situation for several years, but in a sense it also could be said as astounding how she endured that long.
A change happened at such gloomy days.
Nine years old¨D¨Dwhen she was in third-year elementary school. Her mother brought home an unknown male into their home. He was an adult male with an arrogant attitude and bad character. Her mother was making sickly-sweet coaxing voice at that man while clinging coquettishly all over him.
Eri couldn''t believe it. Didn''t her mother throw that much anger and hatred to herself exactly because she loved the father from the bottom of her heart, Eri thought.
That thinking wasn''t mistaken. But, the heart of Eri''s mother was far weaker than even Eri thought. To the degree that if she wasn''t supported by someone, then she wouldn''t be able to live properly.
From that day, Eri''s house was lived by that man.
The way the man acted in the house was exactly like a typical trash that often came out in a cheap novel. And then in addition, as though to follow the clich¨¦d story of such novel, the gaze of that man toward Eri wasn''t something that was usually directed to a little girl.
The disgusting feeling that felt like it was crawling all over her body caused Eri to pass her time inside the house holding her breath even more than before. Even so, the act and speech of the man were gradually escting, before long Eri called herself with ''boku'' (TN: This way of calling oneself was usually used by a boy, a girl usually used ''watashi'') and she kept her hair in rough short-cut style. That was the meager measure of the small Eri to defend herself from the thinking that ''if he is not seeing me as a girl then''.
At school, Eri who even at normal time was already seen as gloomy and somewhat eerie, one day she suddenly changed the way she called herself and came with short hair like a boy, that caused the few children who even though they weren''t her friend but they still conversed daily with Eri, even those children distanced themselves from Eri. Eri became isted further and further.
Even so, even if she felt that her mother betrayed her father, Eri still believed. That her mother would surely return to the gentle mother in the past. She pretended to not notice that such thinking was only a type of escape that averted her eyes from reality.
That hope of Eri that was like grasping at straw, was destroyed by an event that made her realize that the hope was really just a fragile straw. Finally the man bared his fang of desire at Eri. It was while Eri''s mother was going out for her night work.
Fortunately, though it was unclear if it could really be called fortunate, the neighbors who heard Eri''s scream notified the police, thanks to that Eri''s chastity wasn''t scattered. Eri herself was thinking that perhaps this kind of day woulde, so she had prepared every day by opening the window so her scream could easily reach, that was also the reason she was saved.
And so being attacked wasn''t something shocking for Eri. Rather, she even thought that it was a chance. With this her mother should finally open her eyes. Her mother would cut the connection with a man that attacked her own daughter and she would remember Eri''s father. In any case, the man was caught by police, so their connection was severed. With this the livelihood of Eri and her mother would be improved slightly, she thought.
Yes, she thought like that.
Only until her mother directed a hatred that was even more than until now to her.
After finishing with the questioning from the police and she returned together with Eri back to their home, what came flying the very first to Eri was the mother''s p. And then, the mother said this to Eri. "How dare you seduce that person."
It seemed, for her mother, the incident where Eri was attacked by the man wasn''t an impetus for her to realize the trashiness of the man, but it was perceived by the mother as Eri stealing her mother''s man once more. Rather than about her daughter receiving assault, the matter of how the man was separated from her and how the man''s desire was directed at Eri were the matters that the mother couldn''t stomach.
A mother that betrayed her father, a mother that hurt her, a mother that was sad because the man was gone rather than about her daughter got assaulted¡at this time, Eri finally realized. No, perhaps it should be said that she finally looked straight at something that she had actually understood but she averted her eyes from.
That was, that her mother didn''t love her. That her mother of the past wouldn''t return anymore. That the real nature of her mother wasn''t the gentle figure in the past, but the figure overflowing with ugliness in front of her eyes right now.
She realized those.
That was why¨D¨DEri broke.
Everything that she believed was an illusion. Her enduring was meaningless. And then, there was no hope for the future ahead. Those factors were far than enough to break the very young Eri.
When she woke up the next day not from her sleep but rather from her fainting, it was early morning when the sun still hadn''t even risen, there Eri slipped out from the home. This wasn''t an act of testing affection that children tended to do, to see if her mother would worry and came to search for her. It was for the sake of ending herself¨D¨Din other words, for suicide.
She got out of the home was because she didn''t want to die near her mother for some reason.
Like that, Eri wandered unsteadily without any particr destination, and what she discovered was a river. Arge river at a ce slightly distanced from home. The well-maintained river in became a good ce for children to y. With this Eri who stared vacantly at the river flowing below from the iron bridge spanning above got a thought, let''s do it here.
It was a river with quite the amount of water, but the flow wasn''t particrly fast, and it wasn''t like the water level rose due to rain. For suicide by drowning, this ce could honestly be said as unsuited. Rather than drowning, there was more danger from jumping down from the bridge andnded wrongly. Although even that risk would be lessened by the river water and wouldn''t cause death in many cases.
Eri''s body somehow climbed up with her thin arms, her upper body jutted out a lot outside the handrail. Like that as though being sucked in, Eri''s body was almost falling toward under the bridge¡exactly at that time, suddenly a voice called at her.
¨D¨DWhat are you doing? The voice said.
What entered into Eri''s vacant eyes that looked back was a young boy around the same age of her, he was wearing a jersey and was obviously jogging. Eri also knew well about this boy, he was someone at the same school with her who gathered all the poprity into himself, a shining bright boy¨D¨Dyes, it was Amanogawa Kouki.
Seeing the dark expression of the looking back Eri, Kouki guessed that she wasn''t in a normal state of mind, he pulled back Eri forcefully from the handrail and disyed his sense of justice in full.
To Kouki who persistently asked her situation, Eri exined with a lot of things omitted. She did that because if she didn''t then it didn''t seem like Kouki would let her go. Kouki who listened to the really shortened exnation of Eri thenprehended it like this.
Eri who was isted in school was disciplined strictly by her father because of that. When she asked for help from her mother, even her mother than scolded her together with her father. Eri didn''t have any ally and feeling sad, she tried to suicide.
That conclusion couldn''t be said as mistaken from hearing only that fragmentary information. For Kouki who was still immature and fiercely under the impression that human nature was fundamentally good as his thinking foundation, thing like the principle behind the act of Eri''s mother was beyond his understanding, he was unable to even imagine that an adult male would make a girl the same age as him into the man''s outlet for desire, furthermore, the mother would instead me her daughter for that. And so, the conclusion became like that within Kouki''s sphere of understanding.
Understanding it like that, with a smile and strength that made the girls in school into his captive even in that age, Kouki put his hands on Eri''s cheeks while dered from point-nk range.
¨D¨DYou are not alone anymore. I will protect Eri.
He said that. The word ''protect'' was told to her, into the heart of a broken girl, right after sheprehended that she was worthless for everyone. It was said so surely without a doubt. From the most famous boy in the school that was like a prince, in a situation that could be said as dramatic in a sense, that kind of thing was said to Eri.
In the bottom of her heart, for the little girl who had been continuously searching for affection from someone all this time, that word was extremely intense.
Furthermore, at that day, Eri who somehow given up suicide was driven out by her mother to go to school, there at the school she was surprised because the girls in the ss came to talk to her brightly one after another, furthermore when she knew that this situation was because of a word from Kaori¡to say it frankly, her heart fell to him right there.
After that, the staffs of child consultation center suspected mistreatment from the behavior of Eri''s mother and they visited to investigate several times. However, even though she was young, she knew that if she was separated from her mother here then at the same time she had to move to another ce, in other words, she would be separated from Kouki, Eri who sensed that then acted a ''girl who loved her mother'' with all her might.
She felt like she was going to vomit, but in front of the staffs she embraced her mother with a full smile and acted the scene of a close mother and daughter. Even now Eri still remembered the expression of her mother at that time. Her expression that changed from shock into a cramped face, and then it vividly changed into definite fear.
Looking at her mother like that, what Eri thought was, "Aah, so it''s like that." Just by changing the method, something like position or emotion could be overturned easily. Just by her smiling cheerfully as though her gloominess until now was just a lie, her mother immediately averted her eyes and shut up. Whenter she whispered "Next, what do you want me to steal?" jokingly, her mother went pale and she screamed while rushing out from the home.
Eri was convinced, that all of these were thanks to Kouki¨D¨Dthe prince who suddenly appeared and swore to protect her. That in that day her prince saved and changed her. That she was reborn due to Kouki. That was why, her life from now on would be together with him who was like a radiant light and she would live simrly within the light.
She indirectly threatened her mother, and then she induced so her mother only delivered the living cost to the home, she arranged the environment so she could be at Kouki''s side¡she was convinced that she was someone special that was chosen by the prince¡
But, Eri was in a misunderstanding. For Kouki, Eri was nothing more than one person who should be saved by the hero of justice. After calling out to his ssmates and asked them to be friendly to the isted Eri, Kouki''s rescue was over with that. Simr with how in anime the people that were saved by the hero didn''te out anymore at all in the next episode, for Kouki the matter of Eri was ''a story that was already over''.
That was why Eri thought strangely of Kouki who only came in contact with her as though she was the same like ''that other crowd'', why the other girls were unable to understand that she was Kouki''s ''special one'' for some reason. ''Because, that spot is the spot where I belong right?'' she wondered.
Due to that, Eri who was unable to approach Kouki in mind and body and could do nothing else except continuing to stare at Kouki began to notice various things.
The girls in the ss who talked to her intimately did that only ''because that was Kouki''s request''.
That at Kouki''s side, there was already ''special one'' who apanied him from even far earlier than the time when they exchanged words at the bridge in the early morning, that there was no ce for her to belong or anything there.
That For Kouki, she was a someone whose story with him was already over.
The moment she realized that, it was as though she was going mad, no, she was literally going mad while thinking about the same thing continuously every day.
¨D¨DYou said that I''m not alone anymore right?
¨D¨DYou said that you will protect me right?
¨D¨DI am special for you right?
¨D¨DHeey, why, are you saying the same words to another person I wonder?
¨D¨DHeey, why, are you not looking at just me I wonder?
¨D¨DHeey, why, right now, you are not rescuing me even though I''m in this much pain I wonder?
¨D¨DHeey, why, are you showing that kind of face to another woman I wonder?
¨D¨DHeey, why, are the eyes you are looking me with is the same like with ''that other crowd'' I wonder?
¨D¨DHeey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, heey, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why, why¡¡
Like that Eri understood.
About the human named Kouki.
And then Eri remembered.
What she learned from her mother, how the emotion and act of someone could be changed so easily just by one act.
That was why,
"Like this I was able to obtain Kouki-kun into my hand isn''t it. Well, there were too many irregr things like another world summoning and so on though¡"
"Hm? Eri, did you say something?"
In a certain ce at the Holy Precincts, Eri who stared at a wastnd while whispering to herself caused Kouki to turn to her and he asked while tilting his head. To such Kouki, Eri smiled cheerfully while approaching him, and then she snuggled at his back. She was clinging coquettishly just like how once her mother did to that man. She did that unconsciously.
"Nope, it is nothing at all you knooow. I was just thinking that it will be great if we quickly defeat that demon, and then take back your childhood friends won''t iiit, that''s all you knooow"
"I see¡. You''re right. I also feel the same. We have to quickly release Shizuku, Kaori, and Ryutaro, also our ssmates from the brainwashing. Nagumo too, he is unmistakably a ssmate but¡that guy has done too much evil. Even if I have to turn my heart into a demon, I have to defeat that guy. Even if I have to bear the stigma as a ssmate killer, but I have to save everyone, isn''t that right?"
"It''s going to be okay you knooow, Kouki-kun. Because I''m right at your side seee? I will help you every time. It is me, only me, that will be Kouki''s ally no matter what happened you knooow?"
"Eri¡thank you. I can be strong like this, how I can fight that guy too, everything is thanks to Eri. Eri is my¡"
"My? My what I wondeeer?"
Eri whispered into Kouki''s ear and deliberately pressing him to speak out the obvious answer. Against that, Kouki''s cheeks reddened slightly yet his words were firm.
"You are my¡''special one''. No matter what happened, ''I won''t let you be alone'' from here on. ''I will protect Eri''."
"Fuh, fufu, kuh, fuufufu¡"
"Eri? ¨D¨DNmu-"
Eri who leaked out a chuckle from being unable to endure it caused Kouki to look across his shoulder with a worried gaze at her. While showing an expression of ecstasy, Eri piled up her lips on Kouki''s lips. And then, their lips separated with a silver string stretched between them. While staring back at Kouki''s eyes that looked empty somehow, Eri murmured smilingly.
"Yes, it''s fine like this. Kouki-kun, we are going to be together forever aren''t weee"
Dry wind blew.
¨D¨Din the world where there is nooo one other than the two of us
Thest words whispered inside Eri''s heart didn''t enter Kouki''s heart. In exchange of that, from a slightly distance ce there was a sound echoing. Kouki''s expression warped into an ugly look. His eyes contained me of hatred.
It was the footsteps of the hated enemy, and his childhood friends.
Chapter 165
Chapter 165
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. He also did the edits.
***_
At the Ruined City
"It looks like a city at the end of the century right from the movie¡"
"Yeah really. I''ve seen this kind of scene at Bio -zard or something¡"
Suzu and Ryutaro whispered those kinds of things while making crunching sounds with their steps. They ran their gaze at the surrounding alertly, but bewilderment was running on their face.
"Wait, Ryutaro. Stop that already. What are you going to do if zombie reallyes out here."
Shizuku replied with a repulsed face. And then, with her expression looked simrly bewildered, she ran her gaze at the surrounding. The scenery of a devastated city was spreading in the eyes of Shizuku and others.
When they came out from the rich colored space, they arrived at a modern city that looked nearly simr with earth with its maintained street and high-rise buildings crowding together. However, just like what Suzu and Ryutaro said, it was as though several hundred, or maybe even several thousand years had passed, everywhere they looked there were only decaying ruins.
There were buildings that looked like they could crumble anytime, there were also buildings that were barely standing by leaning on the neighboring building. All the spot that seemed to have ss attached had been smashed thoroughly, with the remains scattered everywhere. On the ground, there was rough and hard material like asphalt nketing the ground, but there were countless cracks and undtions and also caved-in spots.
From how the faintly remaining words on the signboard scattered everywhere on the building wall or ground weren''t earth letter, and how they couldn''t find any traffic light at all on the street, furthermore from how the material of the building wasn''t reinforced concrete, they could barely grasped that this wasn''t a city of earth.
"Perhaps, in the past this city was crushed and then it was brought here whole. Something like taking a memento of what he crushed seemed like something that shitty bastard would do. There is also the trace of construction technique using magic that ispletely impossible for the current earth applied here, it''s like someone that thoroughly built aplicated card tower before smashing it."
"¡There art a limit even for having a bad taste."
"This is the worst¡"
Even on earth, there was a lot of romance stories about ancient cities that didn''t remain in literature, cities that were excelling in technology even more advanced than the modern time or the like. Even this world might be a country that developed using magic in ce of science until near the level of the modern earth.
And then, what was built up by those people was unmistakably trampled down by that Ehito Rujue whileughing. The figure of Ehito Rujueughing loudly floated in their mind, turning their face into fierce loathing.
Although the city was devastated that it looked tragic just from looking, the townscape that looked simr to the modern city of earth made Hajime and others be somewhat nostalgic, they also felt that they were shown what would happen if Ehito was let free in the earth, causing them to tense their mind even further.
Before long, by the time they passed who knows how many intersections following thepass, a clock tower that looked just like London''s Big Ben entered their sight from between the gaps of buildings. It appeared that clock tower was the entrance to go to the next area.
Hajime stored thepass in his breast pocket while taking the path that was heading toward the clock tower through a huge intersection.
But, right after that, his eyes quietly narrowed and his foot that was about to step forward returned back. Looking at his dangerous gaze, even the members other than Shia guessed that there was enemy and readied themselves. Only Shia seemed to be the one who had determined the location of the enemy, her gaze fixed for a moment on a part of the surrounding buildings before moving to another location continuously. There seemed to be something ahead of her gaze.
"Hajime-san. We are surrounded, what are we going to do?"
Shia was tapping Vire Doryukken on her shoulder while asking.
Toward that, Hajime''s answer was¡
"Hm? Of course, if there is a prey that enters the cage, then pulverizing it all together with the cage ismon sense right? Everyone, prepare to jump."
" " "Eh?" " "
In front of Shizuku, Suzu, and Ryutaro who raised befuddled voice from being taken aback again, Hajime took outrge type weapon from ''Treasure Warehouse II''. It had a huge cross shape, at one of its side there were three protruding objects that looked like a wing attached.
¨D¨DNew Rocket & Missile Launcher Agni Orkan
There were two of them. The figure of Hajime holding two three-meter crosses attached with wings in both arms had the impressiveness as though he was d with a reinforced exoskeleton.
"Now then. First of all, it''s troublesome so let''s blow up all of these thoroughly."
Hajime who fixed himself in ce with Agni-Orkan at both his sides was showing a demonic grin while pulling the triggers without hesitation. The inside of the surrounding buildings became noisy, but it was already toote.
*pshuu pshuu pshuu* With such sound the small metal te on the surface of the wings slide, inside it, there were countless pencil missiles loaded up, those missiles flew out all at once.
Their number had already surpassed three hundred. The swarm of pencil missiles was trailing orange fire line while slipping smoothly through the door and window of the ruined buildings as though understanding that the enemies were there.
Furthermore, *bashuuuuu* with that kind of gentle sound, sixtyrge missiles were scattered from the six muzzles at the tip of the cross to the center of the ruined city, all within a few seconds, they scattered to all directions in order to trample their respective target.
Right after that, gruesome explosion sound and tremendous shockwave - me explosion trampled the center of the ruined city.
*gogogo* Along with such roar, the group of ruined buildings who were only barely standing even in the best of times began to crumble all at once.
"Wai-, thi, this is bad. Everything, is falling toward here!"
"That''s why, I told you to jump."
"Don''t say that so calmly, you one man army!"
The silhouettes lurking in the ruined buildings who barely survived the fierce attack of the pencil missiles tried to jump out from the windows in order to escape the copsing ruins even while they had lost some limbs. Hajime who courteously sent them back(blown them inside) with the additional bombing of Agni-Orkan that waspletely merciless got a tsukkomi from Shizuku while she invoked the ''Air Force'' in her boots and leaped to the air.
The fragments of crumbling buildings rained down from above like a heavy rain, Suzu and Ryutaro also jumped away in panic amidst the sky that was rapidly getting cramped due to the group of the tilting buildings.
And then, they somehow avoided being swallowed by the crumbling buildings andnded on the rooftop of a derelict building in slight distance away.
"¡You see, Suzu once saw the news on television. It was the image of an air raid in a conflict area. Suzu wonder if that feel like this."
"Fighting is something fruitless huh. ¡No one will ever imagine of blowing up the whole city huh. This is already unrted with technique or experience huuh."
"Both of you, don''t get far-away look like that¡I understand your feelings too."
Dust rose up grandly. Looking at the ruined city that was instantly turned into a scene like a conflict area made Suzu and Ryutaro have a far-away look. Shizuku patted their shoulder while thinking inside her heart "Just what is strength?". It was at that timing, *gacha* such sound that was like the symbol of ominous itself resounded.
Shizuku turned her face to that sound with creaking motion like a gear without oil, over there the figure of Hajime readying Agni-Orkan that he had finished reloading was¡
" " "You are going to attack again!?" " "
"If you are going to do something then do it until not even a piece of meat remain. This is the culture of Japan that is even got ced on the Kojiki." (TN: Kojiki = Record of Ancient Matters (Japan''s oldest historical record))
There is no such bloodthirsty culture! Suzu and others were going to make such tsukkomi, but the triggers were pulled faster than they could open their mouth. The swarm ofrge and small missiles danced on the sky once more. Rain of death was pouring down at the intersection where the wreckage of destroyed buildings was scattered.
"There is nothing to do isn''t it?"
"Goshujin-sama too, he looked calm but it looks like his frustration hath piled up considerably. It can''t be helped. How about we watch over him warmly until our turnes up."
Amidst the me explosion and the dust, Shia and Tio were sending gentle gaze at Hajime who wasughing loudly "HAA¨DHA-HA-HA" (TN: Imagine theugh of Laharl from Disgaea) while continuously gifting lethal wounds at possibly hundreds of enemies lurking in the ruined city. Looking at those two, Shizuku who was plugging her ears with her fingers from the thunderous roar let out a sigh from the many difficulties in her future wondering if she really had to reach the level of the two.
"Why did I fall in love with this kind of person I wonder?" Just when she was thinking of something that was actually simr to what Shia once thought, suddenly Hajime turned back and aimed Agni-Orkan''s muzzles at his allies.
And then, in front of the startled Shizuku and others, Hajime pulled the triggers with not even a speck of hesitation just as expected. Looking at the missile swarm that immediately flew out, Suzu went "Hii!" with a pathetic shriek.
But, naturally the missiles weren''t aiming at the allies, the missiles drew irregr trajectory while evading Suzu and others beautifully and flew behind them.
And then, me explosions were scattered one after another at abandoned building around five hundred meters away from them. It was truly an air strike.
Just what in the world is he attacking there? Suzu and others were thinking that while trickling with cold sweat from the attacking method that was bad for their heart. Right after that, pure white light pierced the sky from that ruined building.
"That''s, don''t tell me-"
"Na, Nagumo-! Stop it! Didn''t you say that you gonna leave Kouki to us!"
Suzu and Ryutaro turned back at Hajime while yelling. Yes, the pir of light rising to the sky was undoubtedly Kouki''s magic power. Most likely Kouki released his magic power to defend against the sudden air strike. Hajime supposedly promised to leave Kouki and Eri to Shizuku and others, so the two of them directed flustered look at Hajime.
"That''s why I attacked them. Those two looked like they were going to run away after all. I made the explosion to surround them without any direct hit so it''s fine. In the end, it was just to hold them in ce."
Hajime dered "hold them in ce" while looking at the scene of high-rise buildings copsing like a joke at the surrounding. He only looked like a guy screwing around saying "I hit them with the back of my de" while directing the sharp de at the enemy.
However, in actuality Kouki''s magic power kept piercing the sky from inside the me without any sign of weakening at all, so certainly Hajime didn''t hit them directly. Even when they understood that, as expected the cramping of Suzu and Ryutaro''s expression didn''t stop.
"It appeared they were heading at that clock tower to escape. As expected, we can go to another space from there. I don''t know why they are in this kind of ce but¡well, you guys can talk with them to your heart''s content."
"Ye, yep."
"Ou¡"
Suzu and Ryutaro nodded, at the same time, Hajime leaped toward the clock tower in one breath. Following after he were Shia and others. Their movement that applied ''Air Force'' and ''Ground Shrinker'' made the distance of five hundred meters into zero instantly.
Kouki and Eri who had no ce to escape surrounded by shockwave and me from four directions also didn''t show any sign of moving from the rooftop of their ruined building, perhaps they had guessed they would be targeted with missile swarm once more if they tried to run.
Hajime and othersnded on that ruined building.
"Aaaaa, we got discovered. Even though we expressly hid in one of Ehito''s space collection, why did you all came here of all ceee. Even though this ce is the farthest ce from the Divine Gate spatiallyy"
"Eri. Either way, I have to liberate everyone from Nagumo. If the other sidees by themselves to us, then this is actually a godsend instead, right?"
Kouki and Eri clung tightly to each other like a pair of lovers while exchanging a talk that strangely didn''t mesh with each other.
It appeared that from the bottom of her heart Eri didn''t want to get involved with Hajime and others, but it seemed that Kouki''s thinking that he had to rescue hisrades who he was convinced were brainwashed by Hajime didn''t vanish, so Kouki''s action was contradicting Eri who wanted to run away. Kouki''s eyes also looked cloudy, so they guessed that he had been brainwashed by ''Bind Soul'' to the degree that he couldn''t feel the contradiction as a contradiction.
The gaze of Kouki who like always was equipped with a painfully bright holy sword and holy armor captured Hajime. Hatred, jealousy, rage¨D¨Dhis gaze was muddy with such negative emotions boiling up.
And then, there was Eri who was rubbing her cheek on Kouki''s shoulder while letting out a coaxing voice that sounded sticky sweet, it was unclear whether it was subconsciously or consciously, but her attitude looked exactly like how her mother once was. Her outfit was clothes that had the chest and back partrgely opened, the bottom also had deep slit inserted, the color of the clothes was pure white that matched Kouki. As though she was implicitly asserting that the one who was Kouki''s heroine was exactly her.
"Nagumo. You too are my ssmate more or less. Originally you are someone that I have to save no matter what but¡what you had done is too much. You killed your ssmate, and you even brainwashed them¡I, even if I have to dirty this hand, I will defeat you. And then, I swear I will save everyone from your filthy hand!"
"Yaaahnn. Kouki-kun, you are so coool~"
Kouki sent a smile at Eri who was clinging to him with intoxicated expression before readying his holy sword.
"¡Hajime. Please go. Leave this ce to us."
"Is it fine? Those guys had be something strange you know?"
Shizuku severely gripped her ck katana so hard that it felt like creaking sound could be heard while she was urging Hajime to go ahead. Hajime was scrutinizing the two with the magic eye behind his eye patch while confirming at Shizuku. What he referred at wasn''t about Kouki''s behavior, he was pointing at the overflowing strength from Kouki that was iparable with everything until now.
"I know that. But, it will be fine. Your artifact is together with me. Besides, you have the objective to rescue Yue correct? We are the one who should do something about this absolute moron somehow."
"¡.Well, I guess."
Hajime agreed with Shizuku with a shrug, he gave a nce at Kouki who was sending him intense gaze with eyes lifted up in wonder hearing the way Shizuku called Hajime''s name and their talk that was filled with trust. And then Hajime urged Shia and Tio to go ahead with his gaze.
Kouki that guessed that Hajime and others were going to advance by ignoring him released killing intent so thick that was unthinkableing from the Kouki before. His magic power also further roared and burst up.
"You want to escape-! You coward-! As I thought, I will defeat the filthy yo¨D¨D"
The moment when he lifted his holy sword to let fly a sh, Kouki was blown away by an impact. Eri who was clinging to him was also forcefully separated from Kouki by an explosion of a really small barrier that was deployed near her unnoticed.
At the ce where Kouki was standing before, there was the figure of Ryutaro with his fist outstretched unmoving.
"Kuh, Ryutaro. As I thought, you too are brainwashed by Nagumo¡"
"What are you saying? Rather it''s me who is trying to help you right now yeah? Doing something like sending killing intent at Nagumo¡no way I can let my best friend get turned into minced meat like that."
"What are you saying¡"
"So you ain''t getting it huh, the you right now. You got really messed up at the head there. That''s why I''m telling you, this awesome best friend is gonna beat you up ck and blue until you wake UUUUP!"
Ryutaro howled. Kouki''s state that looked really tragic fanned up his rage. That violent rage was directed at his best friend who didn''t want to look at reality, and at his powerless self who couldn''t do anything until his friend was turned into something like this.
That violent rage was poured into the fist that was tightly clenched like a rock, Ryutaro leaped toward Kouki.
"Aaaann, geez-. That''s cruel to separate me from Kouki-kun. Is that something that a be-st-fri-end would do? Hey, Suzuu?"
"¡Because Suzu feels that Suzu is your best friend, that right now, Suzu is here. Suzu won''t let Nagumo-kun and othersy their hands on you, so it''s fine to not be that scared you know, Eri?"
"¡Hee, looks like you can talk big right now eeh"
Eri''s expression quietly vanished due to Suzu''s calm words and gaze. That was because Suzu''s image as a na?ve girl and a docile enemy of little importance in her mind was crumbling, Eri could feel arger presence from her. And also because she who was fully wracking her brain inside her heart due to the unexpected encounter with Hajime was seen through by Suzu.
Suzu floated a smile on her lips from looking at Eri''s change. She understood that she had finally be someone that Eri couldn''t ignore.
"Nagumo-kun. Just as Shizushizu said, leave this ce to Suzu and others, ''kay?"
Suzu said while drawing out the twin iron fans dangling on her waist and readied herself.
"¡Don''t get half-assed. After all, it will be troublesome if I''ve got to kill her myselfter."
"Yep. Suzu gets it. Suzu will properly settle this, no matter what shape it ended in. Nagumo-kun and others too, be careful okay."
Hajime shrugged, then he directed his gaze at Shizuku. Shizuku too, she smiled slightly and nodded.
"See youter."
"Yeah. Later."
A light parting. Be that as it may, those words were filled with the resolve to reunite again without fail. Gazes of trust certainly crossed each other there.
This time Hajime turned back for sure. Without looking back, he rushed to the clock tower apanied by Shia and Tio. "Wait-" Kouki''s yell could be heard toward that back, but Ryutaro''s war cry that immediately resounded after that and the thunderous roar that his fist yed erased that voice, making it immediately inaudible.
And then, Hajime, Shia, and Tio followed the guidance of thepass and vanished into the rippling dial of the clock tower toward another space.
"Araraa, he really went away. Even though it would be better if you weren''t obstinate and said ''help meeee'' instead. Putting it bluntly, if that monster is not here then there is no problem at all you knooow?"
Whileughing with a broad grin, Eri moved her gaze at Suzu and Shizuku who faced her.
"I wonder about that. Indeed, I am feeling an abnormal aura from the two of you right now. But, even we are by no means the same like before you know?"
"Ahahah, scary scary. I cannot let my guard down against Shizuku especially isn''t iiit. Then, how about I call my reassuriiingrades tooo!"
Eri snapped her fingers. Right after that, *BOOM* with a thunderous roar the wreckages of the destroyed buildings at the surrounding exploded. From inside the bursting up dust and scattered debris, countless silhouettes leaped and surrounded Suzu and Shizuku.
"Puppet soldiers¡weren''t they get crushed by Nagumo-kun¡"
"Fufufuh, didn''t I told you. There is no problem if that monster is not here. You see these guys, their body is specially made, as expected a direct hit from missile is impossible to recover from, but they won''t break with something at the level of the building copsing you knooow"
Furthermore,
"DOWAAAAAAAH!?"
Ryutaro was sent flying toward Shizuku and Suzu while raising such loud scream.
"¨D¨D''Light Halo''"
Suzu immediately swung her iron fan, deploying a made from linked light rings and caught Ryutaro.
"Ouch ouch. Suzu, you saved me there."
"What happened, what about Kouki-kun?"
"No good yeah, that guy. He is not getting it at all, about his position, what the hell he is doing right now, everything. Even when I pointed out anything inconsistent, he just settled it as ''brainwash''. It doesn''t look like that just one or two punch gonna be enough for him."
Ryutaro sighed and scratched his head while reporting. Shizuku moved her gaze toward the surrounding puppet soldiers and Kouki who justnded beside Eri while asking more question.
"What about his strength?"
"No doubt about it, he got something done to him. You see him putting on the light that looks like ''Limit Break'' right? He practically became strong like when he used ''Limit Break'', but it doesn''t look like he is getting tired at all."
"Is that so¡well, we already resolved from the beginning that there will be many difficulties anyway."
Looking at the three people who confirmed the situation with a small voice, Kouki showed a sad expression and opened his mouth while being wrapped in light.
"Shizuku, Suzu, Ryutaro. Won''t you three surrender? I don''t want to fight you guys. You are being brainwashed, and perhaps everything I say only sounds like nonsense for you, but I, want to save everyone. I will free you all from Nagumo''s curse!"
"Kouki-kun, how saaad. Beetrayed by your childhood friends, even so, you still try to save them heroicallyy"
"Eri¡it''s fine. It doesn''t matter about me. As long as everyone is safe then that''s it. If I can just defeat the incarnation of evil that Nagumo¡"
"It''s going to be fineee! After all Iii, only Iii, am Kouki-kun''s ally okaaay~"
"Thank you, Eri. Since the past, I only keep getting supported by you¡"
Eri and Kouki gazed at each other. The emptiness in Kouki''s eyes increased while the rift of Eri''s warped smile deepened.
"See? That''s not a level where talking can go through right?"
"¡¡Haa, indeed, looks like it. If that''s the case, to return that idiot to normal, we have to release him from Eri''s ''Bind Soul'' and¡"
"On top of that, there is also the need to beat up Kouki-kun until he is half-dead to teach him the reality isn''t it. ¡For the time being, Suzu will take care of Eri. After all, the destructive strength of Kouki-kun, with the support of Eri''s darkness magic is the worstbination."
The three of them nodded to each other. Looking at such three, Kouki looked down sadly.
"As I thought it''s no good¡got it. Then, first I''ll make the three of you powerless even if you will hate me for itter. And then I''ll defeat Nagumo and unravel the brainwash!"
Kouki''s mood heated up by himself and he readied his holy sword in overhead stance. Immediately, unusual magic power burst up from his body. A pressure that was even more powerful than ''Supreme Break'' scorched the air.
"Chih, I don''t know what that is, but that looks bad-!"
Ryutaro tried to charge once more in order to stop Kouki''s technique. But, at that instant, the surrounding puppet soldiers assaulted the three all at once.
"Ahahahahah, I won''t let that you knoow? Don''t forget the lovable heroine-chan who is supporting the hero okaaay!"
Eri wasughing loudly while a western sword that seemed to be artifact appeared unnoticed in her hand. She waved it like a conductor baton. The double-edged de that had thin red lines on its surface was d with gray magic power.
"You only look like an evil female leader you know, Eri. If you aren''t self-aware of that, then Suzu will lend you my mirror."
Suzu replied like that while elegantly waving her twin iron fans. The fans opened and a gentle wind blew, along with that tender magic power light spread like a sunset.
"Call the sanctuary right here, ''Holy Severance''."
Right after that, a barrier of light enveloping the three deployed. There the attacks of the puppet soldiers that came one after another¨D¨Devery single one of them struck using sword artifact that was d in magic power. *Gakin* Hard sound resounded, the barrier emitting holy light perfectly blocked the countless sword attack.
Furthermore,
"Swallow, ''Holy Severance - Burst''."
The instant the twin iron fans were closed with a snap, the barrier exploded with heinous destructive power. Fierce shockwave and the broken fragments of the barrier blown away the grouped up puppet soldiers altogether.
"Nice job, Suzu!"
Ryutaro leaped forward. His sharp eye glint pierced straight at Kouki.
"Don''t let your guard down! ''Holy Severance - World''."
Suzu supported by lining up manyyers of barrier possessing the radiance of Holy Severance to make triangle tunnel that matched with Ryutaro''s path. It had been proven that Suzu''s Holy Severance couldn''t be broken by the attack power of the puppet soldiers.
Ryutaro rushed fiercely inside the tunnel. The unknown technique that Kouki was going to invoke was so powerful that the air was rumbling. But, if he had Suzu''s protection, he could shut Kouki down before the invocation. Ryutaro was convinced of that.
But,
"You underestimate me too muuch"
At the same time, one puppet soldier jumped high forward at the same time when they heard that voice tone which rubbed anyone''s nerve the wrong way. That puppet soldier aimed hisrge sword at the barrier tunnel and swung down in one breath.
*PAAAAAAN!!*
"Wwha-!?"
The sound of destruction reverberated. Of all things, the moment an attack of that puppet soldier hit Suzu''s barrier directly, reddish ck ripple spread and a violent impact scattered, just like that the barrier was pulverized like a paper scrap.
Ryutaro raised a shocked voice while twisting his body to barely evade therge sword that was swung down on his path, then in a perfect timing another sword attack approached from another puppet soldier.
A horizontal sweeping attack. In addition, a pincer attack that aimed at his neck and his nk. Ryutaro tried to repel away the attacks even while his posture was unstable by using the gauntlets of both his hands.
But, these two puppet soldiers weren''t normal. The swung sword flickered like an illusion, the real sword traced a trajectory that was different from the trajectory that Ryutaro focused on and approached him.
"¨D¨D"
While screaming wordlessly, Ryutaro who realized that the defense of his gauntlets wouldn''t make it in time, within an instant, he used partial strengthening of Vajra to strengthen only the locations that the sword would hit.
*Gakin* A sound of metals shing with each other sounded, the two attacks of the puppet soldiers were blocked by Ryutaro''s Vajra. But, the third puppet soldiers that appeared unnoticed at the front mercilessly thrust his bright redrge spear that was ming hot toward Ryutaro''s heart.
Ryutaro immediately crossed both his arms and resolved to receive the attack. Fierce impact assaulted Ryutaro, but his trusted partner, the gauntlets were somehow not pierced, it was enduring the attack of the spear. If the gauntlets hadn''t gone through Hajime''s demonic remodeling, perhaps even both his arms would also get pierced through.
But, the true worth of the burningrge spear wasn''t just to burn the opponent that it touched. In the next moment, it looked undting, and then instantly arge explosion urred along with a thunderous boom.
"-aAAAAAA-!?"
Ryutaro who raised his scream this time was forcefully made to go back through the tunnel, he fell on the ground using ukemi technique and tried to stand right back up immediately. (TN: Ukemi, judo technique that is a way to fall safely.)
At that moment, two more puppet soldiers thrust their bastard sword. Not toward Ryutaro, but toward a ground slightly away from him.
Right after that, *bikibikibiki* such sound came out, the ce that the swords stabbed instantly frozepletely. That freezing instantly stretched toward underneath Ryutaro like a crawling snake, it attacked with perfect timing at the instant where Ryutaro was kneeling from his ukemi.
Due to that, the ground under Ryutaro''s legs was frozen and he got restrained, and then four puppets jumped for the final blow. Every single one held arge sword, the swords were simrly ming red hot like the previousrge spear user, if Ryutaro kept getting showered with attacks like this, then at this rate he wouldn''te out unscathed no matter how sturdy he was.
Behind Ryutaro who was cornered into a desperate situation, there was Shizuku who was losing ground against the puppet soldiers who was attacking her until now using impossibly unique abilities. Shizuku saw Ryutaro''s distress and tried to go to his help, but due to a puppet soldier that created an improvised binding tool by manipting the floor of the rooftop, Shizuku was held back in ce.
Not only that, simr with Ryutaro, four puppet soldiers also leaped toward Shizuku whose feet was restrained. Two puppets held spear d in lightning while the other two brandished sword d in gray sands. It was obvious that it wouldn''t end well for her no matter which one she got hit with.
Shizuku showed unease from the unexpected strength of the puppet soldiers while she was about to use her new card.
"First is the most troublesome Shizuku, yes you. ¨D¨D''Wicked Wrap''."
"Uh, a?"
However, she was hindered by Eri. ck flickering globe suddenly appeared before Shizuku''s eyes, the moment it entered her sight Shizuku''s body became unable to move at all.
Darkness magic ''Wicked Wrap''¨D¨Da magic that obstructed themand from the brain to be sent to the body.
With this Shizuku failed to show her card and she exposed a fatal opening. Eri smugly made a sticky grin.
By using ''Bind Soul'', Kouki was made to think that even if the three were injured lethally they could be revivedter on. And so Kouki who was thinking about ''saving Shizuku and others'' didn''t feel that hurting the three was evil, and he wielded his strength without any hesitation. There was no need to hold back becauseter they could be restored back to live.
Of course, there was no way such thing could happen, in the first ce Eri wouldn''t let such thing happen. She would at least added the three into her puppet soldiers using ''Bind Soul'', but she had no n to properly let them stay alive.
Therefore, she chuckled when she was about to kill the first victim but,
"Dance down, ''Holy Severance - Sakura''."
At that instant, countless shining fragments rushed through the battlefield just like a sakura storm. Small countless radiances danced in the air with rustling sound *zaaaaaa¨D¨D*. They spiraled with Shizuku and Ryutaro at the center while raising up a whirlwind.
And then the attack of the puppet soldiers was blocked softly by the condensed gathered fragments, dispersing all the impact. Not just that, the flower storm of light swooped down on the puppet soldiers who after attacking were showing lethal opening, like a muddy stream swallowing small fish.
After the flower storm of light passed through, there were the tragic appearances of the puppet soldiers there. Their whole body was mangled, their limbs couldn''t maintain their original form. And the most striking thing was how their head had be in pieces as though the head was exploded.
''Holy Severance - Sakura''¨D¨Dthis magic was literally making the powerful barrier that was Holy Severance into small fragments like sakura petal, if anything was touched by it then they would be cut, and when an attack came they would be flexible wall like a willow bamboo, it was a barrier that unified offense and defense into one.
When Suzu waved her twin iron fans like a traditional Japanese dancer, the sakura flowers of light moved like a stream matching with her movement.
"Fuu. Thanks for the save, Suzu."
"Ou, thanks. Rather, what the hell with these puppet soldiers."
"You are wee. ¡Those looks like the characteristic magic that monster has aren''t they? Suzu cannot see anything like chanting or magic circle."
Shizuku and Ryutaro pulled themselves together using the time that Suzu bought and they gathered beside Suzu. Their eyes narrowed gravely, vigntly looking around at the puppet soldiers surrounding them.
But, at that time, Kouki''s technique was finallypleted, the pure white magic power that pierced the sky began to converge on Kouki''s back like a video that was rewound. That abnormal magic power was gradually forming a shape with swaying motion.
"¡This is yourst chance. Although you all can be revived back to lifeter on, if possible I don''t want to hurt you three."
Kouki sent calm voice at Shizuku and others.
Before long, the mass of magic power that Kouki emitted spread out like wings, and then thick and tough tail stretched out, a long neck and head rose, sharp fangs were formed and nged with each other, brutal ws carved the floor of the building.
Kouki continued his words at Shizuku and others who were looking on in wonder.
"''Heaven Might - Infinite Change''¨D¨Dthis is a technique that makes it possible for Heaven Might that could only be activated as bombardment before to be continuously controlled in its activated state. This dragon, just by existing it carries the destructive power equal of the Heaven Might in full power. In addition, as long as we are in [Holy Precincts], I won''t run out of magic power, so trying to buy time is pointless. ¡You understand right? The current me is stronger than even Nagumo. All of you absolutely cannot win against me. That''s why¡surrender."
The light dragon that was formed from Heaven Might itself roared. At the same time, a bombardment was fired from its mouth, obliterating a high-rise building one kilometer from their spot in one attack. Indeed, on top of the ''Heaven Might'' being released in full power without time limit, Kouki''s power didn''t seem to weaken at all, so it appeared that he was supplied with inexhaustible magic power.
"By the waaay, you see, all the puppet-chan at the surrounding, they have magic stone inserted in them, they are a hybrid of monster and human you knooow? With their teamwork and skill unchanged when they were still alive, they now also have the characteristic magic and spec equal to monsteeer. That''s riiight, for the time being, I gueeess you can call them ''corpse beast soldier''." (TN: That''s too long, in Japanese their name is just ''shijuuhei'', but in English it got that long.)
Eri said that. She was implicitly conveying that there was an overwhelming difference in battle strength between them while smiling repulsively. She unfolded her gray wings on her back with a loud p. With that she conveyed that she herself possessed a strength that resembled an apostle, inviting the three to despair.
Furthermore at the surrounding, it seemed there was corpse beast soldier that could use characteristic magic of healing, even corpse beast soldiers that were carved and blown up by Suzu just now stood back up with their wound healed, other than that there were also reinforcement corpse beast soldiers who seemed to be made to standby for just in case, they were gathering one after another.
Even after excluding the several hundred puppet beast soldiers that were exploded by Agni-Orkan at the beginning, there appeared to be nearly a hundred and fifty battle strength still remaining.
There was Kouki who controlled Heaven Might that carried immense destructive power withplete mastery, furthermore he had no time restriction, his own body was also able to constantly maintained ''Supreme Break'' state. And then, there was Eri who was likely to possess a spec that nearly approached an apostle and also mastery of darkness magic, added by her ability that could thoroughly control a group of a hundred and fifty corpse beast soldiers.
Indeed, this situation could be said as hellish. If it was the normal ssmates who were here then perhaps they would fall on their knees in despair.
But, the ones who were here were the people who had challenged greatbyrinths, who had their weakness thrust before them and made to know their powerlessness. These people had faced themselves and swallowed down their dirty and embarrassing part, taking a step forward.
And then, these people had seen that young man, the one who no matter what kind situation he was in, no matter who he faced, he still wouldn''t take even a step back.
That was why,
"Stronger than even Hajime? That''s just too excessive even for a misunderstanding. That man, he is truly ''the world''s strongest'' you know?"
"Yeah, exactly. Besides, aren''t you two looking down on Suzu and others too much? Something like this won''t even count as ''strength''."
"Infinite change, corpse beast soldier, whatever¡hah, all these just ain''t enough at all."
Only something in this level at best wouldn''t even count as a difficult situation.
Kouki''s eyebrow twitched in reaction. Eri''s expression changed from scorn into something cold.
In contrast, Shizuku took the stance of her sword draw art, Suzu looked like she was dancing with her twin iron fans, and Ryutaro took a karate stance. In their eyes, there was not even a speck of nervousness or despair. There was only calm resolve there, to do what they should do.
"Somehow, it''s really irritatiiing."
"So the brainwashing influence is this deep¡it can''t be helped. I will wake up all of you."
With those words as the signal, the gong of the second round rang.
Chapter 166
Chapter 166
The Reached Out Hand, Didn''t Reach
"I won''t hold back. It will be fine, after this I will revive you all without fail after all."
Kouki thrust his holy sword together with those words. At that moment, the dragon of light that was made right from the highest grade light element attack magic ''Heaven Might'' itself¨D¨Dthe light dragon fired breath attack of Heaven Might.
The pure white light that scorched the air drew a spiral trajectory while approaching Shizuku and others.
Looking at that, Suzu was about to wave her iron fans to invoke Holy Severance for scattering the energy.
But, as though foreseeing that, Eri invoked her magic a step faster.
"Ahah, ''Mind Sliip''!"
"¨D¨D"
Darkness magic ''Mind Slip''¨D¨Da magic that temporarily sealed the target''s memory of a few seconds before until the current time. It was only a memory that felt like a blink of eye, but even so, if that magic was used in the middle of a battle it was an extremely troublesome spell that created a fatal opening. It was supposedly difficult to handle this magic because it was a high-ss magic, but Eri could use it without difficulty.
"Chih"
In front of the approaching light of death with Suzu failed toy out a barrier, Ryutaro lightly threw away Suzu while he jumped away from that ce together with Shizuku.
Right after that, the roar of Heaven Might passed through the spot where the three were just at the moment before, it pierced through a ruined building and fiercely shaken the whole building.
The corpse beast soldiers leaped from all direction in careful aim toward Shizuku and others who escaped to the air.
"Shred, ¨D¨D''Fang sh''!"
Shizuku invoked ''Fang sh'' while drawing out her ck katana toward the corpse beast soldiers who swung theirrge sword from left and right. This attack would carve three lines simultaneously with one sh, however, although the arms of the corpse beast soldiers were cut off, the attack didn''t reach until their torso.
Shizuku narrowed her eyes looking at the result of the attack that she let out with the purpose of bisecting the enemy into two. The reddish ck magic power enveloping the corpse beast soldiers was reflected in her eyes.
"''Vajra'' is it."
As though to say that they didn''t feel any pain, even while they lost one arm the corpse beast soldiers switched to their other arm and swung their sword, Shizuku was whispering to herself while kicking on the air using ''Air Force'' and rotated her body to evade.
Nearby her, there were the figures of Ryutaro who blocked the approaching countless wind des with his ''Vajra'' and Suzu who parried redaspear using petals of light.
It appeared that the corpse beast soldiers had full array line up. Other than people who could use elemental offensive characteristic magic, there were also other people with defensive skill and healing skill. The group was really abundant with variation. In this aspect, perhaps there were also corpse beast soldiers that could hide themselves or absorb magic like the chimeras they faced before.
When Shizuku was being vignt against the ability of the soldiers, suddenly a chill ran through her whole body. The warning bell of her instinct was ringing loudly. Shizuku immediately invoked ''Air Force'' in conjunction with ''No Beat'' and leaped away from that spot using her full strength.
At that moment, countless light des passed through the space that Shizuku just vacated. The light des kept soaring without stopping and cut into pieces the side of a ruined building at slightly far away ce, the ruined building that lost its support copsed with a thunderous sound.
Furthermore, Shizuku obeyed her ringing rm bell that still wasn''t stopping and twisted her body, without even checking she turned behind and drew out her sword. The ck katana that was elerated with the unsheathing motion returned resistance and hard sound *GAKIN!*.
There, the figure of Kouki who blocked the ck katana with his holy sword was standing.
"As expected from Shizuku. You''re strong."
"You are the one who became weak. It''s a disgrace for Yaegashi-style''s name."
"¡How pitiful. So you are also made to be unable to understand even the difference in strength between us. But, that''s fine. Because I''ll protect Shizuku-!"
Perhaps thanks to the light dragon on his back, Kouki was able to normally fly in the air. He was smiling to Shizuku while locking sword with her in the air. But, the reply that came back to him were sharp words that made him murmured misdirected words and his expression distorted.
At the same time, the light dragon that red at Shizuku from behind Kouki opened its jaw widely. And then, Heaven Might was fired from point-nk range at Shizuku with nog time.
"-, ''Scorch Wave''! ''Draw Sky''!"
Shizuku swung her sheath at Kouki. Using the generated shockwave she forcefully separated their distance and Shizuku escaped from the firing line. But, she was unable topletely escape from the breath attack of Heaven Might that looked like an extremelyser.
And so, using the ck katana''s ability the ''Draw Sky'' that she invoked almost simultaneously, she attracted the breath of Heaven Might to her de. And then, the moment the breath touched the de, she used the twisting of her wrist and body and parried the pressure and shockwave toward behind her.
A sword art of Yeagashi-style¨D¨D''Wood Chip Dance''. A parrying technique that made use of the de to slide the opponent''s attack. This time the technique was used in conjunction with ''Draw Sky'' that was an ability to attract the target to the de. She attempted this technique without any prior preparation, but she seeded splendidly.
In her back, the sound of one more building copsing due to Heaven Might was audible. Shizuku sent an exasperated gaze at Kouki while hearing that sound.
"Protect, is it. You had said that to me a few times in the past, but honestly, there is not even one time that I can remember where gray. Even now, you are saying you will protect me while releasing outrageous attack at me aren''t you?"
"Is that so¡that bastard Nagumo, he even falsified your memory. I guess you don''t remember, but I was always at Shizuku''s side, protecting you. Well, even if I said that I think it''s pointless no matter what I said to the current Shizuku though."
"That''spletely my line. I wonder, would I feel a little better if I put even just onerge wound on that handsome face."
Blood vein was pulsing on Shizuku''s forehead in irritation. Corpse beast soldiers were circling behind Shizuku. Looking closer, all of the soldiers had reddish ck wings growing from their back. With that, they wouldn''t have a problem even in mid-air battle.
Furthermore, when Kouki swung his holy sword, the light dragon on his back fired countless branching lights that formed small light dragons. The number was roughly thirty dragons.
"Shizuku, I will end the battle with this. As expected, you won''t be able to endure simultaneous attack in this number right? It will hurt, but I will nurse you properly after this. Just sleep in peace."
After saying that one-sidedly, Kouki turned the tip of the holy sword at Shizuku. Immediately after, thirty small light dragons and corpse beast soldiers assaulted Shizuku from all directions. There was no ce to escape. Ryutaro couldn''t approach because of the light dragon''s breath attack and the corpse beast soldiers.
Suzu immediately tried to act, but Shizuku herself stopped that using ''telepathy''.
{Shizuku-}
{It''s fine, Suzu. I''ll show you I can manage somehow against just this much!}
Right after those words reached Suzu through telepathy, Shizuku was swallowed by human silhouettes and light.
Kouki shook his head sadly looking at that. And then, as though to say ''If it''s to save everyone, then I won''t balk from dirtying this hand or getting hated!'', with a resolute expression as though putting on airs like a tragic hero, he moved his gaze at Ryutaro who he designated as his next target.
At that moment,
"My bad, but I tly refuse for my sleeping face to be seen by any man other than him. ¨D¨D''sh Blossom''."
"-gua!?"
A straight horizontal line cut was opened on Kouki''s chestatand blood spray danced in the air. Thanks to the impregnable holy armor it wasn''t a fatal wound, but even so it was quite a damage.
Kouki gazed in wonderment at how Shizuku was speaking calmly and how he got cut even with the distance. He was moving back with his hand pressing on his chest. And then, he discovered that.
"The, the katana, is flying?"
Kouki whispered by reflex.
Exactly as he said, in front of Kouki, Shizuku''s ck katana and a jet ck katana that looked exactly the same were floating in the air with their tips pointing at Kouki.
Then, was Shizuku giving lethal wound at the corpse beast soldiers and small light dragons unarmed¡Kouki moved his gaze gravely at Shizuku who was crowded by soldiers and dragons that they looked like an enclosed sphere shape.
Then, *slid* the soldiers and dragons that surrounded Shizuku had their bodies slipping off diagonally and fell down. Such astonishing scene entered Kouki''s eyes.
And then, what appeared from between the gap of the enemies that fell down or dispersed in tatter¡
Was the figure of Shizuku who blocked all the attacks with a barrier of countless ck katana deployed around her.
"Sever off, ¨D¨D''Omni de - sh Blossom''!"
Shizuku raised her voice once more.
In an instant, the barrier of ck katana shined in dark blue color, then this time all the soldiers and small dragons were bisected for sure. The soldiers fell to the ground, and the small light dragons dispersed. Amidst those, Shizuku headed straight to Kouki with ck katana in hand.
Then, the naked ck katana at the surrounding all pointed their tip down and lined orderly with Shizuku as the center. The number in total was twenty katana.
That figure standing in the air with straight back and dignity, a swarm of jet ck katana following her, looked just like a hero in an illustrated story. The beautiful ck hair in ponytail fluttered, the gray eyes carrying tenacious will pierce through Kouki.
Beautiful¡Kouki whispered so in his heart without realizing. It was out of ce, yet Shizuku''s figure that was like a war maiden caused his heart to be stolen helplessly and he gulped.
"¨D¨D''Living Swords(Swarm of Katana that Exemplify the Will)''. My soul is poured into all of these ck katana. I wonder, can Kouki who continue to escape into convenient dream endure this?"
"Shi, Shizuku¡"
Despite the calm voice, Kouki fell into a hallucination where he was struck physically, his voice got unconsciously caught in his throat. The current Shizuku was filled with a pressure that couldn''t be pushed down using the difference in magic power and body spec.
"¡Toward my Kouki-kun¡.what cheekiness. As expected, I just can''t stomach Shizukuuu!"
Eri''s expression distorted into ugliness and she was about to fire a magic at Shizuku. It seemed that she sensitively sensed how Kouki was fascinated by Shizuku. It was unforgivable for her that Kouki was attracted to anybody except her now when he was under her brainwashing. Her hatred and jealousy exploded, she was about to direct a magic to disturb Shizuku''s mind and sent all her soldiers at Shizuku.
But, at the eyes of such Eri, countless fluttering shadows were reflected as though to hinder her.
Eri''s gaze ran at the surrounding dubiously. And then she gazed in wonderment.
"Wha, what? This is, butterfly?"
Her murmured words hit bull''s eye. Before she noticed, a swarm of a lot of butterflies was fluttering about the battlefield.
The source of this scenery was Suzu who unfolded her twin iron fans. Butterfly monsters were summoned continuously from the jewel that was attached to the handle of the iron fan. The spectacle of ck crest butterflies with a red pattern on their jet ck wings flying in spiraling orbit with the light petals deployed at the surrounding while rising to the sky were showing a mix of charm and mystique that usually didn''t exist in Suzu, giving off a beauty that couldn''t be put in words.
"Suzu had endured your first attack you know, Eri? This time it is Suzu''s turn. Suzu won''t let you ignore her anymore."
"Ahaha, what is the like of Suzu is saying¨D¨D"
Amidst the battlefield that brimmed over with light petals and ck crest butterfly, Suzu yelled at a different summoning artifact dangling on her waist¨D¨Dat one of the magic orbs.
"Inaba-san! Please!"
"Kyukyuu!"
At that moment, a white and crimson rabbit leaped before Suzu''s eyes, its figure vanished leaving behind afterimage, and instantly, the rabbit''s figure appeared behind Eri.
Eri was unable to react at that extreme speed. She was only able to barely catch that figure using her physical spec that was reinforced using the technique to create apostle.
Therefore, right after her eyes opened wide,
"aGUH!?"
Eri received the strong leg of the kicking rabbit ''Inaba'' and crashed into a ruined building with a tailspin. Without stopping she pierced through thatthebuilding and got blown away for few hundred meters more. Just before she got hit by the attack, she enveloped her body with magic power equal to that of an apostle and performed reinforcement, so her life wasn''t ended with the attack just now.
"Eri-! Shit-, Suzu, what are you doing to your best friend-!"
"That''s why I told you, don''t keep sleep talking like that on and on!"
Kouki saw Eri was blown away and raised his voice. And then, when he was going to me Suzu, an impact right from the side blocked his voice.
Kouki blocked Ryutaro''s fist using his holy sword while creaking sound resounded *creak creak*. The two of them red at each other from point-nk range in a posture simr to sword locking contest.
Kouki averted his gaze from Ryutaro and nced at the direction where Eri was blown away, at the same time the light dragon unleashed its w and tail at Ryutaro.
Ryutaro paid attention to the w and tail of the light dragon while he took no evading action. In exchange, he invoked the age of god magic that he obtained.
"Come, steel demo-n! ''Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation!" (TN: Tenma Tenpen)
Right after, Ryutaro''s body was tinged with light green magic power and transformed. *beki-beki* With such sound the muscles of his whole body erged and tore apart his tunic. His tall body that was originally a hundred and ny centimeters easily surpassed two meters now, the corner of his eyes lifted upgrayand his canine lengthened and became exposed.
The radical change of Ryutaro made Kouki gazed in wonderment, during that time the swung tail of light dragon attacked Ryutaro''s back while the w attacked his shoulder.
But, the attack of the light dragon that hit directly didn''t make Ryutaro got wet with blood, *gakin!* a hard sound that was impossible for living flesh body resounded and the attacks were blocked.
"Wha-, Ryutaro, that''s-"
"Kuuu! I felt that, oi! But, I endured it yeah? This time it''s my turn! ''Scorch Wave''!!"
"¨D¨D"
As expected, it seemed that it was impossible to be undamaged after directly receiving the attack of the light dragon that was the avatar of Heaven Might, even so Ryutaro didn''t get any serious wound, Ryutaro who was grinning fearlessly with literally demonic look unleashed enormous shockwave from his gauntleted fist that was locked with the holy sword.
That attack didn''t consist only from the magic power that was converted into impact, but the addition of the pure physical strength that was drawn out from the muscled arm that had erged two sizes bigger like ogre''s arm became a tremendous strength that blown away Kouki.
Flying away with his voice caught up in his throat, Kouki crashed into a ruined building at the other side simr like Eri just now.
The corpse beast soldiers aimed at Ryutaro who stayed unmoving with his fist thrust forward, but they were scattered by the many ck katana soaring at high speed. Shizuku arrived beside Ryutaro who transformed into an ogre and she opened her mouth after gazing briefly at him.
"Looks like you can use it well aren''t you. That''s wants pressure."
"Hehe-, well, it''s also thanks to Nagumo''s cheatmate though. If it''s just by myself, I''m not gonna be able to easily use it this far."
Ryutaro red at the ruined building Kouki crashed into without letting his guard down while acting humble in contrast with his appearance.
Metamorphosis magic ''Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation''¨D¨Dusing magic stone as a medium to change one''s a body, the characteristic of the monster whose magic stone was used would A great into the body, it was a little unique magic for a metamorphosis magic.
Ryutaro had the aptitude for the metamorphosis magic itself, but he was unskillful in the usage of the magic (because he waswantsa muscle-brain, he did nothing but punching and kicking), he was unable to subdue the monster in the abyss in such short time.
There, Ryutaro who thought of various things obtained a hint from Tio''s ''dragonification'', and arrived at a conclusion typical of a muscle-brain.
Namely, ''if I cannot subdue the monster, then isn''t it fine if I just be the same like the monster that I want to subdue?'',athat. Ryutaro who was also familiar with his a body because he had done karate since he was little tested that idea of his without dy.
And the result, the metamorphosis magic Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation actually had a good aptitude for Ryutaro, gray this magic could be ssified as a super advanced magic even among the metamorphosis magic but he seeded in it rtivelyan .
Of course, there was no time for him to train so the time he could transform was really short, his result was also erratic so that when he released the transformation he got a severe feedback and it became a trump card of trump card that could only be used asst resort, but there Hajime resolved the problem.
That was, cheatmate¨D¨Dminerals that didn''t have an adverse effect to human body like calcium and the like were enchanted with metamorphosis magic and sublimation magic, it was then turned into powder and then transmuted and became a solid food with a particr effect. With this food the body was temporarily transformed into an optimum condition in metamorphosis, next, strengthening effect that was nearly like ''Limit Break'' was also applied on the eater so that they could endure even heavy burden.
This cheatmate once taken would maintain its effect for half a day, on top of that there was also no side effect after use. It was a top product of Hajime, all the members who stormed into Holy Precincts had already taken it. Shizuku was able to use twenty katana at the same time which was impossible without increasing her brain throughput was also thanks to this one-time use food artifact.
By the way, the naming was from Calo¡ªMate (TN: Calory Mate). If you believed the story that the meaning of ''mate'' was ''friend'' then¡it was quite a horrible naming.
Shizuku and Ryutaro were making frivolous talk while running their gaze through the corpse beast soldiers at the surrounding, then suddenly a ''telepathy'' reached them.
{Shizuku, Ryutaro-kun. Let''s divide the two like this. Leave Eri to Suzu. Both of youarge amountplease take care of Kouki-kun.}
{Suzu¡you are going to be fine right?}
{Yep. Suzu will say what she wants to say, ask what she want to ask, and then, punch that idiot flying.}
{Heh, that''s great. ¡Don''t you die yeah.}
{You too, ''kay.}
Far away, Suzu who put Inaba on her head gave a thumb up to them. And then, she turned on her heel and chased after the crashing Eri while handling the attack of the corpse beast soldiers at the same time.
Right after that,
*DOGOOOOOOOON-!!*
A thunderous sound resounded and the ruined building before Shizuku and Ryutaro''s eyes copsed¨D¨Dno, the building was blown up from the inside. There shining brilliantly like a star, the figure of Kouki followed by a light dragon and countless small light dragons appeared.
Kouki was silent and expressionless. Like that without any sound he directed the tip of his holy sword at Shizuku and Ryutaro.
"Ryutaro!"
"Ou-!"
As expected, the two of them were warrades who had fought together until this far. Dancing to the same beat they entered the stance for a pincer attack as thought they had arranged it beforehand. After that, the howl of Heaven Might passed through.
Even the after effect struck the body with immense impact, amidst that Shizuku and Ryutaro paid attention to the light dragons that were flying near them and the surrounding corpse beast soldiers while moving toward their absolute moron childhood friend.
Part 2
Suzu advanced between the intervals of the ruined buildings, followed by light petals and ck crest butterflies, and also Inaba.
Inaba who possessed sensitive rabbit ears taught her that the presence of Eri who was blown away was already gone from where she crashed.
Suzu thought for a moment whether Eri had headed to back up Kouki, but her instinct whispered to her somehow that Eri wouldn''t leave her alone and she would head toward her.
And so, she moved through the area that was surrounded by the ruined buildings of the ruined city while being on guard but¡the corpse beast soldiers had also vanished from the area without her noticing, in the area that was enveloped in eerie silence except of the battle sound of Shizuku and others from far away, Suzu was trickling sweat from unknown nervousness.
"Kyuu, kyu"
"Inaba-san¡thank you. I''m just a little too nervous."
Inaba said "Suzu-han, you are too nervous ya. I''m here so you can puff up your chest without worry, you are betting on the winner here." and used his front leg to pat Suzu''s forehead. Suzu''s cheeks slightly loosened up and her shoulders rxed. Inaba who was riding fluffily on Suzu''s head crossed his arms as though to say ''That''s good'' while nodding his head going ''uh huh, uh huh''. (TN: Inaba still talk with Kansai ent here)
Theical gesture made Suzu''s cheek loosened up further.
At that moment, Inaba rolled over vertically above Suzu''s head. And then, with a handstand he crumpled Suzu''s hair while rotating, he turned behind and let out a strong kick.
*zugan-!* Shockwave sound resounded, what Inaba blocked was a shining gray sword.
"¡Really, this disgusting rabbit is just irritating."
"Eri-"
Yes, the one who had taken Suzu by surprise from behind and swung the sword was Eri herself. When Suzu looked behind her shoulder, her eyes met Eri''s cold inhuman gaze that was like ice.
The shed sword was blocked by Inaba''s leg which was equipped by Hajime''s special leg armor artifact, without that the sword would be in a direct course to Suzu''s head. Looking from the strength of the leg armor and sword that were locked fiercely with each other, Eri was obviously trying to kill Suzu in the surprise attack.
Inaba twisted his body further. He rotated as though breakdancing on Suzu''s head and fired a shockwave with his opposite foot. Characteristic magic ''Sky Walk¡¯s'' derivative skill, ''Rending Spiral''¨D¨Dan ability thatunched shockwave from the kick.
Eri pped the gray wings on her back and somersaulted in the air while evading that shockwave.
"I heard that to evolve monster using metamorphosis magic will take quite some time thouugh. That monster, isn''t it a little too abnormal?"
Eri asked in a bad mood while scrutinizing with her eyes.
"Well, that''s because Inaba-san is special in various aspects. Most of this is from his base ability."
"What''s with that, so cheating huuuh. But, that rabbit won''t match the violence of number riiight? As expected, I don''t think Suzu is employing so many monsters of that level riiight! ¨D¨D''Wicked Wrap''!"
Eri materialized dark sphere in front of Inaba''s eyes. Using that, the movement of Inaba who tried to immediately move was obstructed for a moment.
Using that timing Eriunched gray bombardment. It was a brutal bombardment that was enchanted with disintegration ability. Furthermore, the corpse beast soldiers that lurked in the ruined buildings leaped out all at once to block the path of escape.
"Everyone, please! ¨D¨D''Holy Severance - World''!"
With Suzu''smand, her subordinate monsters jumped out from the magic balls hanging on her waist. Two centipedes with body length of ten meter, ten one meter tall bees with striped pattern of ck and red, four praying mantis where each of them had six sickles, one spider with eight reddish ck eyes and four meter body length. This was Suzu''s prided(?) bug squad!
While defending against the approaching grey sh with fifty ovepping Holy Severance and replenishing the disintegratedyer at the same time, Suzu further used her other iron fan to control the light petals¨D¨Dthe ''Holy Severance - Sakura'' to back up her subordinate monsters.
The soldier who swung red hot spear was met by the barrage of the missile bee. Ten bees all at once were rapid-firing with shooting rate of five shots per second, right after the shot impacted flower of explosion bloomed.
The blown away soldiers were finished off by the web of steel threadid out at the valley of the ruined buildings by the steel thread spider sticking on the building wall. Their body was carved apart into pieces.
Furthermore, the soldiers who slipped through the barrage of missile needles and approached close were met by the wind de praying mantises, wind des that were unleashed from their six sickles minced up the soldiers.
The soldiers with defensive characteristic magic were defending usingrge shield while charging forward, from their shadowrge sword user with ''Magic Shockwave'' ability leaped out and swung their swords at the acid coiling centipedes protecting Suzu''s back.
At the same time with the reddish ck ripples spreading, violent shockwave came into being. The acid centipedes that got hit by thoserge swords were easily scattered.
The soldiers that usedrge sword and impact weaved through the gap of the scattered centipedes and approached Suzu. But, that moment, from all direction¨D¨Dmore urately, the fragments of the centipedes that scattered at the surrounding sprayed dissolving liquid like surging waves from their segmented parts.
The wless surprise attack bathed the soldiers'' whole body in dissolving liquid and made them wet as though they had encountered a squall, white smoke were rising grandly from their body and in the blink of eye they changed from human into bone model, they changed job into skeleton and atst they dissolvedpletely leaving not even dust behind.
So that the acid centipedes who had split into ten segments didn''t hit their fellow subordinate monsters and their master Suzu, they performed the spraying of their dissolving liquid like bit weapon.
Reinforcement gushed out further from the shadow of the ruined buildings. However, the moment the soldiers jumped out, the ground and wall undted and from there ants that had grown until one meter long jumped out with their jaws grinding, they crunched the soldiers and pulled them back into the ground or the wall.
Barrage of exploding missiles and terrifyingly sharp wind des, heavy rain of dissolving liquids that urately weaved through the gaps and rained down on the enemies, spider webs made from lines of death that were gradually tightening its encirclement, swarm of ants that ambushed from underground the moment anyone approached.
The corpse beast soldiers who were supposedly turned into super human with thebination of human skill and technique added with monster''s toughness and characteristic magic, were killed one after another like a joke.
"Wai-, this is a joke right!? What''s with those monsters-! Even Freed only have a few monsters that are evolved until that far!"
Eri spontaneously yelled angrily. Her gray bombardment was also unable to break through Suzu''s protection, even though she should have obtained immense power! Her irritation grew violent.
And then, while maintaining her attack she tried to send grey feathers toward Suzu''s subordinate monsters and darkness magic ''Slip Mind'' toward Suzu.
There,
"Kyuu!"
"-!?"
The white rabbit materialized. His crimson eyes narrowed dangerously as though to say "Now you have really done it, youuu! I''m gonna punch you arounddd!". The extreme speed *zurararara¨D* left behind ovepping after images of Inaba, at the same time that strong leg shot out toward Eri.
Although Eri immediately defended using her gray wings, she was unable to endure the fierce destructive power and got blown away.
"KYUUuUUUU!!"
"You-, a mere beast, is getting carried away-"
Inaba chased. His rabbit ears pped, he kicked on the air, polished kicking attacks that were like surging waves wereunched right and left. Up middle bottom, high speed three stage kick attacked like a sh, before all those could be processed by the mind, Inaba rotated horizontally and a serial round kick filled with a lot of centrifugal force exploded.
*PAN-!* Along with such dry sound, air wall and shockwave were generated with Inaba''s kicking leg as the center. The effect wasn''t due to magical skill, but pure kicking speed that broke through the sound barrier.
Eri barely defended that storm of kicks using sword skill and apostle spec. Yes, Eri was barely dodging direct hit using superb sword skill. Ahead of the gaze of Suzu who exposed her shock of that, magic power of disintegration burst out from Eri''s whole body.
Unable to endure it, Inaba kicked on the air while returning to Suzu''s side.
"What''s this? Why am I getting pushed back? My body was changed into apostle''s body, I also obtained skills, I also prepared corpse beast soldiers, I made the supreme swordsman of the kingdom possess me, despite so, why? Hey, why do I have to get cornered like a loser? My opponent is not that monster right? Despite so, why? Hey, why? Why? Why!?"
Despite tiding over Inaba''s attack safely, Eri''s expression warped into something ugly and repeatedly said "Why?" in hysteric, while her hand was scratching her hair so roughly that her hair might get torn off. That figure had madness that was a little too thick to be waved off as just a child that was throwing tantrum because the reality wouldn''t go as she expected it to be.
Toward such Eri who was yelling "why?" repeatedly in madness, Suzu turned her eyes and voice that were calm like a quiet water surface.
"That''s obvious. It''s because Suzu wants to talk to Eri."
"Ha?"
Suzu''s words made Eri stopped talking and leaked out dumbfounded voice. Her expression was befuddled from not understanding what Suzu meant.
"This is because Eri thought that Suzu isn''t worth to take on seriously. Suzu has worked hard in training toe here. In order to make Eri unable to ignore Suzu. Well, there is Nagumo-kun''s help so it feels pathetic though."
"¡Hee. And? You want to yell at me? This time you are going to make me grovel, and then sneer while cursing at me? Geez Suzu, you got that desperate for that kind of thing? You have be really distorted nicely aren''t youuu~. It''s ok then you knoow? How about trying to curse at me as you likeee? I''ll listen for you okaaay?"
Eri guessed what was inside Suzu''s heart and sneered. It seemed that she recovered herposure from feeling that she had seen the bottom of Suzu''s heart, that Suzu only miserably acted for the sake of revenge.
But, Suzu''s expression didn''t even twitch from such Eri. She kept looking straight at Eri and spoke out calmly.
"Curse? Sneer? No way. There is no way I can do that kind of thing. Because¡Suzu was also using Eri the same like how you were using me after all."
"¡What does that meaaan?"
Eri scrutinized Suzu with one eye and tilted her head. It appeared that she held interest toward Suzu''s story. Even the soldiers right now were only surrounding Suzu without any sign of attacking.
"Just like Eri said, Suzuughed foolishly and inly acted like idiot, totally shallow, however Suzu isn''t hated by anyone¨D¨DSuzu lived like that until now. Because Suzu hated to be alone. Because being lonely is unbearable. Because Suzu want to be always included inside the circle of people."
"Well, Suzu is like that aren''t youuu"
"Yep. Because Suzu was like that, the existence of ''best friend'' was necessary. Suzu was thankful. Because, a child that isn''t hated by anyone, if you change the way you look at it, that child is merely everybody''s friend. Something like being equal and fair to everyone is really a heresy. That''s why, an existence for Suzu to favor was necessary for Suzu. So that Suzu can let the surrounding know, that Suzu isn''t that kind of heresy, that Suzu is a normal child who has a special friend with good rtionship."
"Fuuun. So? You are saying that it was me?"
"Yep. Though of course, Suzu wasn''t being best friend with Eri while being fully self-aware of that thinking. Right now when Suzu looked back, Suzu realize how Suzu acted like that. ¡That time when it became a pinch in Orcus, Shizuku and Kaori tried to be together at the end right? At that time, Suzu was convinced. Aa, Suzu and Eri are not like that huuh. Suzu desperately pretended not to notice that at the time though."
"¡.So? What do you want to say then?"
Suzu''s words that sounded like she was talking to herself made Eri asked with a voice that sounded a little irritated. Toward that, Suzu looked straight at Eri and then she quietly lowered her head.
"¡What?"
"Sorry, Eri. Eri said that Suzu is a convenient tool, but Suzu didn''t even have the qualification to get shocked because of that. Suzu is also the same like Eri. Because Suzu treated Eri like a convenient tool."
"¡Look hereee. You mean you areing this far to say that kind of shitty trivial thing? You thought, that I''m even caring about that kind of thing? If that''s true, then I cannot help but say that your head is gnawed whole by bugs inside. After obtaining Kouki-kun, someone like Suzu is just worthless thing like a rock in roadside for me you knooww?"
Eri''s eyes warped, as though to say from the bottom of her heart that she had just listened to something stupid, however, Suzu replied while grinning.
"Yep, I know. This is just Suzu''s self-satisfaction. Suzu just wanted to apologize to feel refreshed."
"You have be really brazen aren''t youuu. That''s all you want to talk about?"
"Nope. There is still something Suzu want to ask. Hey, Eri. Why did Eri fall in love with Kouki-kun?"
"Haa?"
There was a limit even for being out of ce, Eri who was asked with a girls'' talk raised a disarrayed voice. Without minding such Eri, Suzu continued her question.
"Since the past Suzu somehow felt sympathy to Eri though, as expected did Eri had problem in home? Eri often came to y to Suzu''s home, but not even once Suzu could visit Eri''s home. So Suzu wonders if Eri actually felt hard to stay at your own home. You also nonchntly avoided talking about your father and mother didn''t you? Your rtion with your parents is bad? By any chance, did you get help from Kouki-kun when you were worried about that?"
It was a storm of questions that came pushing like surging waves as though Suzu was dancing tap dance on a minefield. Suzu was stepping in brazenly with muddy shoes into Eri''s childhood that could be said as her heart''s darkness. Furthermore, her question was strangely right on the mark so it was nasty.
From the point of view of Eri who had reminisced of her past just now, it felt like Suzu knew about that yet she still dared to dig up at the painful memory to throw at her.
And so, Eri''s answer was a wordless bombardment. Grey shes mercilessly attacked Suzu from shortest distance. To that, Suzu defended from the front with ''Holy Severance - World'' while grinning sweetly. The soldiers also moved once more, following that the subordinate monsters also reacted perfectly.
"Hey,e on, teach Suzu please, Eri. Suzu want to know about Eri. All the part where Suzu didn''t dare to step in even while calling you best friend, right now, Suzu wants to know."
"Like this your personality has be really wicked isn''t iiit, Suzuu? Were you warped from the shock of my betrayaaal?"
"Don''t dodge the question here. Come on, teach Suzu? About Eri. What happened? Why are you warped? What kind of feeling are you looking at Kouki-kun with? Please, teach Suzu?"
"Aa, geez-, you are really annoyiiing!"
Suzu who continuouslyid out barriers one after another at the same speed with the rate they were disintegrated, was piercing Eri with her straight gaze from between the gaps of the barriers and shes. There wasn''t any scorn or contempt in those eyes, only sincerity of wanting to know about Eri was residing there.
Having such gaze directed at her, Eri became even more irritated. Her heart was disordered in a level that was far exceeding her own expectation. She used magic with that irritation staying in her heart.
"¨D¨D''Lawless''!"
Darkness magic ''Lawless''¨D¨Da magic that blocked the target''s image supplementation for using magic.
How Suzu was maintaining the deploying speed of barriers in the level that could oppose disintegration ability was possible because there was the abbreviation in her magic invocation using image supplementation. Consequently, if Suzu received interference in that, naturally her barrier''s deploying speed would drop¨D¨Dthat was how it should be.
"Why-!?"
Eri''s shocked voice resounded. Ahead of her widely opened gaze, Suzu was continuing toy out her barriers without any change. Her speed was equal with before.
"-, you are interfering with the image supplementation aren''t you. Thanks to that now Suzu doesn''t have any leeway left."
"Don''t tell me¡you are saying that you were going easy on the barrier deployment just nooow!?"
"Yep. After all Suzu is a barrier master. In protection Suzu won''t lose to anyone. Well even though Suzu said that, there is also the help of Nagumo-kun''s artifact, if this is a bombardment from a real apostle, Suzu won''t be able to say this though."
Suzu squinted and looked at Eri while whispering "Suzu cannot block Kaorin''s bombardment after all."
"Eri''s body. Indeed it looks like you are able to use apostle''s power, but you are unable to do it perfectly like Kaori I think? Twenty percent¡nope, looks like the spec dropped by thirty percent. You also cannot use the experience trace among apostles aren''t you? The sword skill before this, Suzu guess you got it from Melt-san using necromancy? If we are talking about the pinnacle of the knight''s sword art, Suzu cannot think of anyone else except that person."
"-, don''t get carried away!"
After having been analyzed and gotten seen through various things one after another, Eri was feeling like she had been totally seen through because of how all those analyses were correct. Eri raised an angry yell. The color of scorn andposure that filled her expression at the beginning was already gone, there was only the disy ofck ofposure that merely wished to erase even for a second faster the opponent she was unable to stomach.
"Eri, Suzu won''t avert her eyes anymore. Because, Suzu doesn''t want to overlook what''s important and lose everything helplessly again. Suzu doesn¡¯t want to keep being ignorant anymore. That''s why, please. Teach Suzu about Eri."
"You keep saying teach me, teach me, annoying! What are you going to do after knowing such thing at thisteee!? You want to grasp my weakness and then attack me mentallyyy!?"
Eri fired arge number of feathers from her gray wings. The bombardment circled around andunched an attack from all directions in a n to break the equilibrium. The soldiers were blocked from approaching by the iron wall formation that Suzu''s subordinate monster formed, with that Eri had to do something herself. She wasmenting that she got separated from Kouki who excelled in offensive power.
But, as expected that n of Eri was crushed by Suzu. At the other side of the barrier, Suzu elegantly waved her iron fans. Then, *zaaaaaaa* such sound came from the surrounding and light petals gathered, drawing spiral around Suzu.
And then, the spiral swallowed all the soaring feathers where the two magic neutralized each other. The petals were erased, however, the petals were immediately replenished again and showed no sign of decreasing at all.
Suzu sent her words to Eri as though nothing happened.
"You are wrong. You see, Suzu want to know about Eri. Suzu will know, look properly, feel, think¡¡¡then Suzu wants to be friend with Eri, one more time."
"¨D¨DWhat are you saying?"
Eri''s bombardment unconsciously weakened. The grey feathers also flew toward wrong directions. That was just how much Suzu''s words were iprehensible andcking inmon sense for Eri.
That was only natural. After how she betrayed them that nastily, killing a lot of people, and furthermore she was trying to kill them right now. If someone was saying that they ''want to be friend'' toward such person, she could only think that there was something wrong with that person''s head. If this was the mental attack of Suzu-style, then in a sense it could be said as effective. Though until the end it was effective only in the meaning of taking her by surprise.
Suzu continued her words to that Eri. Her voice was powerful, her gazing eyes were endlessly clear.
"Is that strange I wonder? Yep, that''s strange isn''t it. Eri has done bad things after all. Even now you are trying to kill Suzu."
"¡What, so just as I thought you have gone mad?"
"Nope, Suzu is sane. Even Suzu herself is thinking that it''s strange huuh, but, this is Suzu''s true feeling without any falsehood. Because, Suzu remember."
"Remember?"
"Yep. Eri''s smile."
Hearing those words, Eri''s expression turned even more confused.
"Eri was always a child that smiled reservedly from slight distance away, but right now Suzu understands that it was fake smile. But, but see. Like the time when Eri came for sleepover at Suzu''s home, or the time when the two of us talk leisurely on the way home after school, or when both of us ckened up at the nearby park when there is really nothing to do on holiday, yournguid smile that you suddenly showed at those time, or your smile that looked a little cynic, or your smile to Suzu that looked exasperated, but also looked a little amused, Suzu remembered those."
"¡"
"Surely those were, smiling faces that the ''Eri who is acting'' must not show isn''t it right? Those smiles were fragments of the true Eri that couldn''t be shown to other people, isn''t that right? Eri rested your heart just for a smidgen, only when Suzu was with Eri, isn''t that right? You see, that''s what Suzu think."
Eri was wordless. Her eyes couldn''t be seen because they were hidden by her front hair. The shadow created from the light was also hiding Eri''s expression.
Suzu''s words echoed. The Suzu who feared being hated and wouldn''t step forward had gone. Even if she had to take the risk of what she wanted slipping away from her hand, she would still take a step forward. Because she had learned, that ahead of the constant risk, there lied what she exactly wanted.
"Eri,e back. Together with Kouki-kun. Something like a world with only two people is just sad. Suzu, want to be together with Eri. It''s better to be together forever even after this. Suzu want to be best friend with Eri, this time for sure."
"¡"
Suzu closed one of her iron fans with a snap and hung it on her waist. When she noticed, the feather attack had stopped. There was no need to control the light petals anymore. And then, like that her empty hand reached out straight toward Eri.
"If you take this hand, Suzu won''t let anyone hurt Eri. No matter what anyone says, even if, Suzu have to oppose Nagumo-kun, Suzu swear that she will protect Eri!"
The gray bombardment was gradually losing momentum. Before long, it was decreasing until it became like a thin string and like that it melted into the air and vanished.
Suzu also erased her barrier. At her surrounding her monsters were standing by quietly. The corpse beast soldiers also stopped moving.
Her words reached her. Perhaps even her heart¡Suzu thought that and her lips broadened slightly.
Ahead of Suzu''s gaze, Eri quietly raised her face. What was reflected in those eyes was the color of passion and happiness¨D¨Dnot, but coldness that was like ice filled with endless scorn.
And then, her words too.
"Are you an idiot?"
"¨D¨D"
Suzu loosened cheeks instantly stiffened. Right after that, a huge gray magic circle manifested on the sky.
Eri''s feather attack wasn''t only intended to circle around Suzu''s barrier and attacked her. Amidst the turmoil, Eri secretly slipped her feathers toward the sky. She bought time by going along with Suzu''s talk and created a huge magic circle there with her grey feathers.
That magic circle was shining gray even while spurting out muddy ck miasma. That shape was exactly the same like the crack of space that appeared above God Mountain.
The d¨¦j¨¤ vu that Suzu harbored was immediately proven to be correct. As expected, simr with the crack of space a lot of monsters appeared from there. What Eri created seemed to be a summoning magic circle.
"The nonsense is enough until this far isn''t it? Just when I thought what are you going to talk about¡Suzu really exposed your stupidity inly here aren''t youuu? Thank you for letting me buying so much timeee. Well theeen, can you die swallowed by these waves of monster?"
"¡"
This time it was Suzu who was the silent one. From the sky, monsters that could fly or fought midair appeared continuously. The number of the surviving corpse beast soldiers was also still around seventy.
In contrast, Suzu''s subordinate monsters, there were three missile bees, and one wind de praying mantis, although they didn''t die but they bore heavy wounds that made them unable to continue to fight. Although it was only a few but it was still a decrease in Suzu''s fighting strength.
No matter how strong Inaba was, in front of the violence of number it would be only a problem of time before he was overwhelmed.
And then, far away the sound of fierce battle was still resounding, the possibility of Shizuku and Ryutaroing for Suzu''s reinforcement was remarkably low.
And so, Eri''s expression warped in ecstasy. Indeed, Suzu''s strength made her got cold sweat, but when the lid was opened, Suzu pointlessly wasted her time to persuade Eri and now she got the situation reversed, it was really an amusing joke. "Really what a stupid girl", Eri whispered one more time inside her mouth.
"I am your be-st-fri-end yes, even after a fashion? Then I''ll at least listen to yourst will you know?"
A great number of monsters covered the sky, amidst the darkness that fell on the battlefield like a dark cloud, Eri lifted up her sword and said such thing. Most likely, when that sword was swung down, an all-out attack would start.
In contrast, Suzu who realized that her word didn''t reach Eri''s heart and now she fell into an absolutely desperate situation said,
"Eri. You looked down on Suzu too much. ¨D¨DInaba-san! Please take care of the magic circle!"
"Kyukyuu!"
Taking out the iron fan that she settled on her waist before, as though to say that she had resolved for everything, Suzu stared back straight at Eri with eyes filled with determination without any unease or agitation there.
That excessively strong gaze made Eri took a step back unconsciously. When she noticed what she did she gritted her teeth. And then, feeling fed up with all the worthless talk, she swung down her sword that was equal with the scythe of the death god.
At that moment, the monsters in the sky and the corpse beast soldiers attacked all at once.
However, the corpse beast soldiers went toward the monsters.
"Wha-, what is-. Even though mymand reached them properly-!"
Looking at the sudden friendly fire which began between the soldiers and monsters, Eri yelled angrily with confused tone mixed in. Eri''smand was certainly reaching the soldiers without any obstruction. Despite so, they mistook their target and assaulted the monsters.
The one who brought the answer to the confused Eri was Suzu herself.
"Suzu''s ck crest butterfly¨D¨Dwhat do you think Suzu was letting them flying around for?"
"Do, don''t tell me¡"
"Finally noticed? You see, these children, they can scatter scales with various traits. Looks like the soldiers has been showered with enough. Right now, they should be looking at the monsters as Suzu and Suzu''s monsters."
Eri felt like clicking her tongue. It seemed Suzu was thoroughly prepared.
Furthermore, at that time, a smashed sound resounded as though making doubly sure everything was screwed for Eri. Looking at the sky, a part of the summoning circle was blown away. At that spot, there was Inaba in a stance of kicking. He slipped through the gap between the monsters fully covering the sky in high speed and destroyed the magic circle.
The corpse soldiers who were originally the soldiers and knights of the kingdom, who were experts in anti-monster battle, with their specs increased like a joke they now killed the summoned monsters one after another.
There, naturally the subordinate monsters of Suzu, also the injured ones were healed by the corpse soldiers with healing ability because they looked like allies. After they returned to the battle line, the monsters in the sky werepletely reduced to the hunted side.
Eri gritted her teeth while making the monsters to prioritize dealing with the ck crest butterflies. The loyal monsters headed toward the butterflies fluttering in the battlefield and rushed them all at once.
At that moment,
*DOOOOON!! DOOOOON!! DOOOOON!!*
Flowers of explosion bloomed one after another at the sky of the ruined city. The moment the butterflies were touched, they instantly exploded.
The voice of Suzu resounded to the dumbfounded Eri.
"Did you think that Suzu can really subdue a total of a hundred butterfly monsters? Even though only three days has passed?"
"¡Are you saying there are also fakes there?"
"Yep. More than half are Nagumo-kun''s handmade butterfly golem. In exchange of scales they are carrying arge amount ofbusting powder, see. Although it''s only mini treasure warehouse, seems like gunpowder that cannot bepared with dynamite is packed full into it. How scary isn''t it."
Eri narrowed her eyes. When she looked, she didn''t notice before but there were ck crest butterflies clinging on the head or the back of all the soldiers. Anybody would understand what the meaning of that was. While the soldiers exterminated the monsters and decreased their number, simultaneously it was also the countdown for the death of the soldiers.
"¡This is checkmate? In this kind of ce? Ahahah, how strangeeee. For Suzu to be the one who is destroying my n. Even though you could just grovel like before without standing up again. Is this, also because of that monster I wondeeer."
"Suzu don''t think she can say that Nagumo-kun has no rtion in this. But, Suzu is here is unmistakably by Suzu''s own will. Because Suzu thought that if Suzu leaves this alone then Eri will be killed by Nagumo-kun."
"What? Are you nning to say that you saved me I wonder?"
"Yep. Suzue in order to save Eri. Because Suzu wants to restart with Eri one more time."
"¡enough already."
Eri fell quiet once more. But, different from until now, it was only for a moment. Right after that, she invoked darkness magic ''Slip Mind'' to Suzu while at the same time leaped at her. In a straight line, with her eyes carrying killing intent.
As though to say, would Suzu kill her or would she get killed by her, there was nothing else that could be done but to choose between those two choices. As though to cut away all of Suzu''s words asplete nonsense. As though to dere that it was impossible for her to take Suzu''s hand after thiste.
"AaAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!! JUST DIEEEEEEEEEEEE-!!"
Toward Eri who performed suicide attack while yelling an abnormal shriek, Suzu bit her lip tightly. Her feeling wasn''t conveyed to Eri. It couldn''t be conveyed. Frustrating. Mortifying. Her reached out hand¨D¨Ddidn''t reach.
"Why, it has be like this¡surely, Suzu mustn''t say such words isn''t it."
Suzu who looked like she wasughing and crying, bit her lip and blood trickled down, then she swept her fan.
At that moment, barriers were deployed enveloping the rushing Eri. Naturally, Eri used her disintegration ability and immediately cut apart the barrier but she was forced to stop for a moment. That was a fatal opening that was created forcefully by Suzu.
The moment Eri destroyed the barrier, the light petals that were controlled by the other iron fan rushed to Eri and wrapped her. Eri tried to sweep them away using her gray wings and bombardment and also her sword, but the light petals were like leaves fluttering by the wind, or possibly like river water that flowed unhurriedly, they swam in the air and evaded the attacks.
And then, right after that,
"Everything into the light, ¨D¨D''Holy Severance - Falling Flower of Light''."
Light exploded.
All the light petals exploded in a chain reaction. Abination technique of ''Holy Severance - Sakura'' and ''Holy Severance - Burst''. Surrounded by flower storm without any ce to escape, impacts were fired inside without any spot spared from it.
With a timing that matched that, further thunderous sounds rang out consecutively in the battlefield. Along with those explosive sounds, several grand flowers of me and impact bloomed proudly in the sky of the ruined city. The corpse beast soldiers that finished defeating the monsters were swallowed by the self-explosion of the dummy golems of ck crest butterfly attached on their body and died.
Suzu was bathed in orange light by the several explosive mes. On her head, the fluffy Inaba fell. Inaba''s fluffy front leg patted on Suzu''s head *peshi peshi* as though to console her.
From inside the me of light, *bobat* sound rang and a silhouette fell. White smoke was rising from Eri''s whole body and she fell on the ground. Her four limbs were twisted to strange direction, her ash gray wings were already scattered. Magical shockwave also exploded simultaneously at that time so her magic power should be already blown away too.
Suzu quickly waved her iron fan.
"¨D¨D''Light Halo''."
Then, halos of light linked into a that materialized at the falling point of Eri. Eri was caught by that and she was dropped on the ground.
Suzu apanied by Inabanded down beside Eri.
"Kahah, gohoh¡¡¡just, kill me."
It appeared she barely retained her consciousness. Eri didn''t even move her empty eyes toward Suzu, she was staring far away and demanded for the killing blow.
"Eri¡"
"Fri, end? Impos, sible¡dying, is¡.better"
"¡"
There was no disdain or contempt. Eri talked as though she wasn''t looking at Suzu, to that, Suzu bit her lip tightly.
"Everything, is just, the worst. ¡I, only¡"
"Eri? Only¡what? Tell Suzu."
"¡"
The words that stopped midway might be words that spilled out unconsciously even for Eri. Even with Suzu asking, she didn''t show any sign of opening her mouth anymore. It was obvious that Eri''s body was in a state where life was spilling out from her. Although her body was upgraded with the technique of apostle creation, the might of Suzu''s trump card the ''Holy Severance - Falling Flower of Light'' wasn''t something half-assed. Without any treatment, she would only expire like this.
Suzu took out a container in the shape of test tube from her ''Treasure Warehouse II''. The content was healing medicine. It was something that had its effect dramatically increased by Hajime''s metamorphosis magic, so it had ten times the effect of the highest grade healing medicine. It couldn''t be like god water that immediatelypletely recovered the health, but it was able to keep alive someone even from a near death state.
But, Eri who saw Suzu taking that out and guessed what she was going to do, pierced Suzu with a severe gaze that was unthinkableing from someone who was about to die. There was no word. But, those eyes talked more eloquently than anything. She would decline any pity from Suzu even if she was on the verge of death.
Suzu clutched the healing medicine tightly, wondering with clenched teeth if this was going to be their conclusion. This was something that she was half-resigned to. Even so, as expected her heart clenched tightly.
But, she couldn''t be half-hearted. She couldn''t reach Eri''s heart. She couldn''t reach her. She couldn''t half-heartedly let her stay alive here. The path to let Eri live and brought her back wasn''t by sheer strength, it had to be done by connecting their heart and pulling her hand. If Suzu acted half-heartedly here, the tragedy of that day would be repeated once more in the future.
That was the only thing that she absolutely mustn''t do. A wish that blindly believed at convenient future and averted eyes from reality, what kind of future such thing would be connected with was something that Suzu understood really well to the depth of her bone.
Then, at the very least not by other''s hand, this should be done by her hand.
That was Suzu''s resolve.
Because although it was warped and imperfect but Eri was once her best friend. And then even now, she was able to wish to be best friend with her once more. That was why¡
Suzu stored back the healing medicine. And then, in exchange her hand gripped the iron fan tightly.
Suzu and Eri''s gazes crossed.
But, at that time, suddenly immense magic power burst up from a ce that was separated from them by several ruined buildings between here. Before long the pure white magic power that stabbed the sky changed into a shape of human ten meters tall, the arm of that giant was swung down below.
The fierce impact was transmitted even until the ce where Suzu and Eri were at.
"¡Kouki, kun."
Eri opened her eyes and whispered.
Right after that, the light giant dispersed. It was as though it showed the fate of the caster¡
"Kouki, kun¡Kouki-kun!!"
"E, Eri-!?"
Eri''s body that should have been in the death''s door instantly shined gray.
And then, at the next moment her flickering wings and ragged body flew away with immense force toward the ce where the light giant was seen.
Suzu who was unable to immediately move from beingpletely dumbfounded returned to her senses and chased after Eri in hurry.
Chapter 167
Chapter 167
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. He also did the edits.
***_
The Respective Conclusions
After Suzu pursued Eri and vanished at the other side of the ruined buildings, Shizuku and Ryutaro held a battle evenly against the attacking sixty corpse beast soldiers while also opposing Kouki.
If Ryutaro who metamorphosed his own flesh and invoked advanced metamorphosis magic ''Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation'' to disy a monster''s special characteristic approached Kouki, then the soldiers would try to hinder him or possibly take him by surprise, but Shizuku would deal with them.
The swarm of ck katana she received from Hajime¨D¨D''Living Swords'' rushed freely around the battlefield, they cooperated like a single living thing and grouped on the soldiers and cut them down.
"''Group Two - sh Blossom''! ''Group Five - Flying w''!"
Shizuku''smand echoed in the battlefield. Following thatmand, inside the swarm of twenty katana, four katana cut apart therge shields of the corpse beast soldiers who were possessing defensive type characteristic magic, even space was cut along with them. And then, the ranks of the soldiers became disordered. Four more ck katanaunched wind des toward the soldiers who lost their steel shields.
The wind des soaring invisibly with spectacr timing and mercilessly cut apart tworge shield holders. The soldiers didn''t get bisected because of their high defensive power, but both their arms were severed from the shoulder and rotated in the air.
"''Group Three - Draw Sky''! ''Group Four - sh Blossom''!"
Furthermore, nimble soldiers were using the shield holder soldiers as stepping stone, jumping in the air to stab Ryutaro in the back, but they were pulled back forcefully by four ck katana shining dark blue. Therge sword and spear they held in their hand were attached tight *gakin* to the de of the ck katana flying in the air.
Therge sword user and spear user who exposed fatal opening were immediately split vertically into two by the space riftsunched behind them. As expected, although they were corpse beast soldiers they would be rendered unable to fight without fail after getting bisected vertically like that.
Even the soldiers with healing type characteristic magic would need time to heal the loss of limbs or from getting bisected. And then, there was no way Shizuku would give them that kind of time so this was the same like removing them from the stage.
The soldiers attempted simultaneous attacks from up, down, left, and right to such Shizuku. Reddish ck glints'' of eyes stabbed Shizuku, the killing intents rode the wind and caressed her skin.
Yet, a soft mentality that would shrink back against something of that level had already been thrown away by Shizuku. Especially now that at her side she had the swarm of ck katana given as protection to her from the man she was in love with.
"''First Group - Gravity sh''! Cut apart, ''Soaring w - Four Ream''!!"
Four ck katana pointed their tip outward at the four directions around Shizuku and then they orbited around her, the katana even rotated with twirls that looked elegant. The skill that was invoked was a skill that could temporarily cut gravity¨D¨D''Gravity sh''.
The result, the approaching soldiers were suddenly released from the chain of gravity and their bnce was greatly broken. Not letting such decisive opening escaping, Shizuku''s sword-draw shed. With a speed to the degree where her sword arm looked blurred, four sword-draws were repeated within an instant. Each time bell-like sound *clink* rang, invisible sh made the head of the soldiers flew.
Furthermore, from behind them the ck katana that wereunched to the surrounding returned with fierce speed, cutting into pieces the headless soldiers without any difficulty.
Shizuku''s ''Living Swords'' were basically organized into five groups with four katana in each group. By chanting the group name and skill name, she could give the same order to one group. Also, every single one of the twenty katana had their own respective name like ''sh One, sh Two'', Shizuku could also give an order to individual sword using those names. When Shizuku chanted the name of the technique, each of the Living Swords would attack the enemy with their own judgment using sword art based on Yaegashi-style that wasn''t inferior to the skill of Shizuku herself.
Exactly as the name of ''Living Swords'', all the ck katana could have mutual understanding and image sharing with Shizuku using metamorphosis magic, so all the ck katana could be controlled as the disy of Shizuku''s will without any timeg.
And, at that time, an angry yell reached Shizuku who was evading the fierce assault of the soldiers.
"Shizuku! Dodge!"
"¨D¨D"
A warning from Ryutaro. Without confirming the content of that warning, Shizuku activated ''Air Force'' and ''Ground Shrinker'' and evacuated from that spot in one breath.
Right after that, the spot where Shizuku was at just a moment before was shot through by the sh of Heaven Might along with thunderous roar. One soldier who was swallowed in a bad luck was erased not even leaving any dust behind.
"Kouki. Bastaard, you purposefully ovepped the line of fire. Now you''ve really done it."
"I''m thoroughly familiar with Ryutaro''s movement pattern after all. It''s really easy to guide your movement."
"Shut up! If it''s about that, then even me also know how you gonna move!"
Ryutaro rapidly approached Kouki with his ogre flesh. The scene of the huge body that easily passed two-meter scattering shockwave around while advancing had the intensity that could make anyone felt their stomach went cold.
"That''s pointless."
However, on the other hand, Kouki''s expression didn''t even twitch. And then, without any chanting or gesture, the dragon on his back¨D¨Dthe avatar of Heaven Might was controlled and shaped into a shield. Although, because the shield was made from Heaven Might itself, even though it was taking the shape of a shield it was still the light of destruction that contained the property of attack power of annihtion.
"Come on! ''Folded Vajra''!"
Ryutaro didn''t falter. He crossed both his arms and applied the special trait of the ogre he metamorphosed into, the deployment of multiple ''Vajra''. It was a derivative technique that boasted toughness in the same level with concentrated reinforcement, this ''Vajra'' was folded into double and tripleyers and formed a protection of steel wall.
Ryutaro who was turned into a single steel mass charged into the shield of Heaven Might without stopping.
And then, even while his ''Folded Vajra'' was blown away, he splendidly managed to breakthrough with only some wound.
"Yes. I thought that if it''s Ryutaro he would surely do that."
The voice that resounded there was Kouki''s calm voice.
The moment Ryutaro charged through the shield, with excellent timing a breath attack approached him. Ryutaro who had just released his ''Vajra'' was approached by destructive light where it wouldn''t end well for him if it hit even with his tough flesh of ogre.
But, even while being illuminated by the light of Heaven Might, Ryutaro showed a fearless smile. As though to say "I thought you are going to do that yeah?".
"Come, wolf king of the abyss, ''Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation''!"
Right after that, the breath of Heaven Might swallowed where Ryutaro was.
At the same time, Kouki turned his holy sword to the side and took a defensive stance, there *gakin* hard and powerful impact sound rang.
The tip of a w was barely stopped in front of Kouki''s eyes. The one who unleashed that w was a bizarre shape with wolf head, furry upper body, and five sharp ws growing. It looked exactly like a werewolf in a fairy tale.
Kouki wordlessly brandished the light dragon to attack. But, when the light dragon''s w swept at where Ryutaro was, Ryutaro had already circled to the opposite side and his roundhouse kick attacked Kouki''s shoulder. That abnormal speed blew away Kouki who could only gaze in wonderment.
And, the next moment Ryutaro caught up to the blown away Kouki, his wicked w swung.
"Kuh"
The outrageous speed and offensive power made Kouki raised a groan reflexively. Even so, while repelling the w with his sword, hemanded the light dragon and let flew countless light bullets. The Heaven Might''s light that swept up like gatling gun became a counterattack that assaulted Ryutaro, but Ryutaro evaded all of that while leaving behind afterimages.
Metamorphosis magic ''Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation''¨D¨DMode Werewolf. Compared to the ogre shape the power and endurance of this from dropped, but the speed increased to an iparable degree.
Ryutaro who slipped through the light bullets rushed into Kouki''s bosom and lunged with a sh of sharp ws.
"Something like this-"
Instantly, Kouki broke the shape of the light dragon and exploded the light of the Heaven Might. Light swelled up all at once with Kouki as the center. Kouki who turned into a star made Ryutaro unable to endure and withdrew back.
But, his body was quite burned from what he couldn''t evade. Ryutaro had immediately crossed both his arms and protected his vital spots, but this model wasn''t suited for its endurance. His fur was greatly carbonized and smoked while he was made to take distance.
"Ryutaro! You okay!?"
"Ou, I only got hit a little bit there. Just this much is no biggie."
Shizuku who cut apart several soldiers and rushed toward Ryutaro poured down special healing liquid she received from Hajime on Ryutaro''s head. This time Ryutaro''s body smoked up for a different reason while Ryutaro''s wolfish gaze red at Kouki.
"Rather than that, as expected that Heaven Might is troublesome. It changes shape too much. I cannot attack him when it matters."
"Then, let''s try it with the two of us this time. Thanks to Ryutaro holding back Kouki, I have finished taking care the majority of the soldiers."
"Okay. Suzu is also going all out after all. No way we can say that we cannot win even with two people here."
"Right. We are going to beat up that idiot quickly!"
"Ou-!"
Confirming that Kouki changed the shape of Heaven Might into a light dragon once more and fired breath attack to them, Shizuku and Ryutaro dispersed in one breath.
Looking at that, Kouki shook his head once and then burst out with even more magic power, his expression was an expression of determination.
"I''m getting worried for Eri. I got surprised in various things by the two of you, however, you two has used up your trump card right? I''ll end this right now."
Kouki simultaneously invoked the mini light dragons, the Heaven Might version of Sky Flying Sword, and the Heaven Might version of Heaven Meteor Rain in the attempt to overrun the two altogether with the battlefield.
The current Kouki was just like a fortress that randomly shotser cannons. The light of Heaven Might that was formed into various shapes around Kouki thoroughly destroyed the ruined buildings in the area while approaching Ryutaro and Shizuku to envelop them.
But, putting it another way it also could be said that it was a rough attack thatck refinement. For that reason, Ryutaroughed. Because he had guessed that Kouki who got impatient after witnessing their persistence would surely rely onrge technique.
Right now it was the time to show their trump card that was prepared for against Kouki.
"Come, great tree that pierces the sky-, ''Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation''-!"
Amidst the many approaching Heaven Might, the fur of the werewolf fell out, and that body transformed. Everywhere throughout the body turned gnarled, the skin was dyed into ckish brown color, the hair also changed into deep green color. In all that changes, only the eyes were releasing ring light of reddish ck color.
Right after that, Ryutaro was attacked by small light dragons and the meteor shower of Heaven Might. Ryutaro didn''t even dodge, he charged toward Kouki while being swallowed into the light.
"Ryutaro, sleep for a while for me."
Kouki was convinced that Ryutaro was defeated and murmured that. Putting aside the ogre shape that was specialized for defense, there was no way for Ryutaro right now who didn''t seem to use ''Vajra'' to be able to endure that.
But, that thinking was immediately proved to be wrong.
"Don''t screw with me. No way I''m going to sleep before beating you until you wake up."
"Wha-!?"
Ryutaro leaped out unhurt from inside the light.
And then, Kouki who waspletely taken by surprise and shown opening was punched by the fist of the rapidly approaching Ryutaro. The straight punch that lunged straight stabbed toward Kouki''s stomach across the armor. The aim that urately struck to the sr plexus produced a grand impact that was transmitted toward the inside of Kouki''s body without anything spared, whipping up his internal organ.
"Gohah!?"
Kouki knew well about the destructive power of Ryutaro''s fist, but still, even with his holy armor and impact mitigation skill, the terrific power that might blow away his consciousness made his mind fell into chaos for a moment. His throat was blocked by the blood he vomited from the unbearable pain.
Metamorphosis magic ''Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation''¨D¨DModel Trent. It was a nt type monster that lived at floor ny of the abyss. Its special trait was to absorb light and converted the light energy that it absorbed. The converted energy could be changed into anything, whether magic power, stamina, or pure muscle power.
Yes, Ryutaro with this trent shape absorbed the light of Heaven Might that was a light element magic, he then converted that into physical strength.
Because the impact didn''t disperse and was concentrated at one point when it was let out, Kouki didn''t get blown away, his body was lifted up andid down on the fist. To this Ryutaroughed fiercely at Kouki.
"Yoo, are you waking up a little with this, best friend."
"Guh, Ryuta¨D¨D"
"This one is a freebie. Just how long you are going to sleep talking huh!"
"¨D¨DGua!?"
The face of Kouki who couldn''t move immediately from the impact was punched by Ryutaro''s fist that was like a rock. *Goba-!* Iprehensible sound rang out from the attack to the face, Kouki scattered around nosebleed while getting blown away.
Even so, his body that was reinforced by Ehito was barely able to keep the connection of his consciousness. He somehow controlled the light dragon that was connected with him and tried to fix his posture.
In a moment, a goosebump suddenly went through Kouki''s spine. At the same time, his ''Presence Detection'' notified him of the existence of the swordsman lying in wait in the direction where he was blown away.
Naturally, the one who endured the storm of Heaven Might and corpse beast soldiers and circled around was Shizuku. She was standing still in her stance of sword-drawing, whilepressing her magic power to an amazing density. Her sheath was creaking loudly as though unable to endure the power, dark blue magic power was overflowing out from the mouth of the sheath.
Kouki desperately attempted to put a brake on himself while calling Shizuku''s name with a voice that sounded simr with a groan from the burden in his body.
"Shi, zuku-"
"Be obedient and ept it, this one attack."
Like that, while her figure vanished with ''No Beat'' Shizuku stepped forward while faintly whispering "¨D¨D''Soul Demolition''". The sh of sword-draw that was unleashed along with that whisper drew a splendid straight line on the air and bisected Kouki.
"¨D¨D"
The definite sensation of a sh passing through inside his body made Kouki screamed wordlessly while feeling that he was unmistakably cut.
But, he finally escaped from the impact Ryutaro inflicted on him while seeing Shizuku who passed through him and stayed unmoving in shing posture, and then he managed to stop moving. Kouki''s eyes reflexively widened, and then, feeling dumbfounded his hand crawled on his body.
Under his hands there wasn''t any sign of cut for even a bit, his body was certainly still connected in one piece safely.
"Just, what in the world¡-, what, my magic power is-"
For a moment, Kouki was thinking something convenient that the feeling of getting cut was only his imagination and as expected Shizuku was unable to cut him, but right after that, he was made to know that Shizuku''s sh had definitely reached him.
The light dragon that Kouki had on his back was split into two with the upper part slipping off diagonally, but it dispersed all at once right after. Not only that, even the meteor swarm of Heaven Might - Heaven Meteor Rain that heunched, also the flying shes of Heaven Might - Sky Flying Sword, and also the small light dragons that flew around like all-range weapon, they were all dispersed.
In that situation, a feeling of lethargy attacked him like it was only natural. Kouki''s body staggered and fell on the ground. Even his flight using the light dragon, also the ''Air Force'' from his boot became unable to be maintained.
Even so in order to avoid falling to his death Koukinded on his knees. Shizuku and Ryutaronded down in front of him.
"Shi, zuku, what, did you do¡"
Kouki asked with trembling voice.
"''Soul Demolition''¨D¨Dthe base of this skill is the ability of soul magic that could interfere with the immaterial of the living thing. This skill will search for the source of power in the target. The target''s magic power, stamina, mental, those things that eye couldn''t see could even be cut with this. Cutting only what you want to cut¡the farthest territory that a swordsman should reach, I cheated and progressed until there." (TN: There is the implication that she was asking Hajime''s help in aplishing this.)
Kouki''s eyes opened wide at Shizuku''s exnation. His expression was dumbfounded as though to say "What the hell with that".
It was only normal for him to be like that. After all Shizuku didn''t affect Kouki''s body and only cut apart the magic power overflowing inside the body. Indeed, it could be said that cutting only what one wanted to cut regardless of any obstacle was the swordsman''s farthest territory.
Shizuku was being humble saying that she was cheating as a swordsman thanks to the help of the ck katana, but in actuality just by invoking ''Soul Demolition'' wouldn''t so easily let the user choose the target to cut.
After all, it was an act of prating every factor of the human body and cut only the target. It would take a really clear image supplementation and above all a tenacious will to aplish that. A clear will without any hesitation, of cutting only what one wanted to cut while absolutely not wounding anything outside it at all.
It sounded easy to do just by listening to the exnation, but it was actually not as simple as it sounds, it was something impossible if the swordsman wasn''t someone at Shizuku''s level. At the very least even Kouki who learned the same Yeagashi-style wouldn''t be able to use ''Soul Demolition'' perfectly.
"¡But, that was a bit of a blunder. I thought that I''m going to sever the curse of ''Bind Soul'' with the attack just now, but I couldn''t reach it because it was protected by magic power. ¡You are still watching a convenient dream right now aren''t you?"
While the swarm of katana was following on her back, with a *cling* sound Shizuku prepared the ck katana in her hand once more, seeing that Kouki''s expression distorted.
"Shizu, ku. You couldn''t, cut me, because¡you are still, thinking of me, in your heart¡.that feeling, still remained, right? Nagumo''s, brainwashing, isn''t perfect. ¡I cannot, feel your killing intent, is the proof of that."
"Kouki¡"
"It''s, fine. Ryutaro also, didn''t, try to kill me. I will save the two of you¨D¨D"
Kouki''s words were halted. Because Shizuku unleashed the ''Soul Demolition'' with the drawing out of her ck katana. Ryutaro who was crossing his arms on the side while wrinkling up his eyebrows patted Shizuku''s shoulder as though to say ''thanks for the hard work''.
Shizuku also sighed ''fuuh'' while sheathing her katana back. That was because she was convinced that Eri''s ''Bind Soul'' was cut. With this, the mind that was filled all over with inconsistencies nted by Eri should be crumbling.
"Kouki. How do you feel? With this the brainwashing should be released already. What have you been doing until now. What are happening right now¡you understand aren''t you?"
"¡"
"Well, no matter. Anyway, just reflect on yourself there. Later we gotta chase after Nagumo and others quickly, punch that shitty god, and then help the guys fighting on the surface¡¡we are going back yeah, Kouki."
"¡"
Shizuku and Ryutaro called at Kouki, but there wasn''t any reply from Kouki. He kept being down on the ground on all fours without even lifting his face. His expression was hidden by his hair andpletely unseen.
Although, even though he was not replying it seemed that he wasn''t in silence. The ears of Ryutaro and Shizuku caught the faint sound. A small voice that didn''t even form words. Kouki was hanging his head down while whispering inaudibly.
"Kouki?"
"¨D¨D¨D¨DLies, impossible. This is strange. Absolutely, wrong. Because I am correct. I was just being brainwashed. For me to be the enemy¡to Shizuku¡to Ryutaro¡what had I done¡even though it shouldn''t be like this¡even though I just want to act righteously¡I just want to be a hero¡just like Jii-chan¡that''s, all¡why something like this is¡everything is stolen¡because Shizuku and Kaori too were stolen by that guy¡Ryutaro is also that guy''s ally¡"
"O, oi. Kouki!"
"That''s right¡this is a trap. A foul scheme¡that guy plotted this¡I just got caught in it¡I''m not in the wrong. I''m not wrong. This is because that guy stole everything important to me. The wrong one is that guy. If only that guy isn''t here then everything will go well. Yet, Kaori and Shizuku and Ryutaro and Suzu too, everyone, to that guy¡this is a betrayal. I was betrayed. I was-, betrayed! By all of you!"
Kouki ignored Shizuku and Ryutaro''s calling and kept whispering before he suddenly lifted his face in the blink of eye with a dangerous look, ring at the two with a gaze filled with hatred.
No, perhaps that expression, should be called as grief instead. The feeling of guilt and remorse, the uneasiness of being unable to return anymore, fretfulness, despair, and so on, the saturation of the negative emotions was attacking himself, even he himself already didn''t understand just what should he do, it was that kind of expression. Kouki was in a state of panic.
His appearance, was just like a lost child.
But, the strength that he possessed wasn''t that of a child by any means. A scream that was filled with plenty of Kouki''s hatred and grief resounded, at the same time his magic power that should have dried up surged out with an unbelievable force. The magic power thunderously twisted in a spiral and pierced the sky.
That radiance, was as if¡
"-, Kouki! Stop it! Your magic power should have dried up already! Doing more than this will affect your life!"
"Damn it! What the hell! Why his magic power is overflowing like this! Wasn''t it gone already-"
"It should have been gone! It was severed together with the line that supplied magic power to Kouki. Even now he isn''t absorbing the magic factor at the area to recover!"
"Then just why-!"
"Something likes that-, because it is gone then he can only take it from another thing! Perhaps, his life force or his soul, he is pulling out magic power forcefully from those kinds of things right now! Sooner orter this won''t end well for him!"
"Fucking shit! Koukii! Come back to your sensees!"
Yes, as if it was the radiance of Kouki''s life.
Shizuku had certainly used ''Soul Demolition'' to sever the magic power and the supply line that provided him with infinite magic power inside Kouki. There was no doubt about that. And then, even with ''High-Speed Magic Recovery'' that recovered oneself by absorbing magic factor from outside, it was impossible to recover this radically. Actually, even looking at the flow of magic power that Kouki spouted out, they couldn''t catch sight of any magic from the surrounding flowing into Kouki at all.
That there was the magic power that shouldn''t be there, meant that Kouki was paying some kind ofpensation to forcefully bring it from somewhere, such thinking was a valid one. And then, this method that normally was impossible couldn''t be expected to be safe or anything. If Kouki was left alone as it was, undoubtedly there would bepensation that Kouki couldn''t shut his eyes from.
In front of the storm of magic power that released outrageous light and pressure, Shizuku and Ryutaro braced themselves, they held their arms in front of their face while calling at Kouki. But, Kouki kept being in a frenzied state, his ear didn''t listen. With hatred and grief in his expression, it was as though he was trying to destroy the reality before his eyes, no, it was as though he was trying to destroy himself, the radiance of his light was strengthening.
"¡Anything and everything are over. I wonder, why has it be like this. Kaori is there, Shizuku is there, Ryutaro is there, Eri and Suzu are also there, together with everyone, we are oveing the difficulty¡that''s how it should be, and yet"
Kouki''s monolog with an expression of crying smile, was resounding extremely clearly.
"Something like this is not what I wished for. If everything, is lost then¡if not a single one cannot be taken back then¡then I''d rather everything is gone, with this hand!"
The ground and building in the area that were hit by the torrent of magic power became dust and got annihted. Right now, the radiance of magic power became the radiance of Heaven Might. At the same time, that raging light was gradually focusing and forming shape.
"¡Oi, Shizuku. I''ll take care of the Heaven Might. I''ll leave Kouki to you."
"Are you sane? That Heaven Might is far more dangerous than before you know? You won''t be able to absorb it even in trent model. ¡You are going to die there."
The words that Ryutaro murmured while enduring the tyranny of light with a grim expression, made Shizuku frowned even more. But, in contrast Ryutaro was making a fearless smile on his lips.
"Heh, I''m not gonna die here. No way I''m gonna get killed by that guy''s hand. I cannot die here no matter what, that''s why I''m absolutely not gonna die!"
"You muscle brain. There is no logic or anything in what you said just now. ¡But, fine then. Right now is not the time where logic is needed. Beat up that sulky desperate idiot until he is crying and apologizing okay!"
"Ou-!"
Ryutaro leaped forward. With a fierce smile, he clenched his fist hardly like a rock filled with the resolve of bringing back his best friend without fail.
Right after that, along with a scream, a torrent of light¨D¨Dthe bombardment of Heaven Might spiraled out from the thrust forward holy sword and violently assaulted the two.
But, Ryutaro didn''t falter. Rather "BRING IT OOON!" he raised a war cry and met the attack from the front. He crossed both his arms and stepped forward while fully disying the trait of therge tree monster.
Along with a tremendous impact sound, the bombardment of Heaven Might directly hit Ryutaro. But, Ryutaro wasn''t annihted. He wasn''t blown away. Like a rock that blocked a raging stream and changed the water flow, like a toweringrge tree that didn''t even twitch against a furious storm, he kept blocking the light of devastation right from the front and advanced a step, and then one more step forward.
Looking at that unshakeable figure, Kouki''s eyes opened wide. He was convinced that the Heaven Might that he unleashed right now had the greatest powerpared to everything until now. Yet despite so, Ryutaro blocked it from the front. As though to say, that he wouldn''t run away from Kouki, as though to say that he wouldn''t avert his eyes.
The reddish ck glint of eyes of his transformed best friend that pierced him straight from between the torrent of light, made Kouki''s leg backed off unconsciously. Those eyes were telling him "I''m absolutely, going right there. I''m not gonna let you run away no matter what!" more eloquently than anything.
Like that, Kouki who was half dazed from that intense will of his best friend came back to his senses with a ''hah''. When he noticed, he had been approached until there wasn''t that much distance remaining between them.
"Do, don''te! Don''te here! If you,e closer than that, I''m going to kill you for real! Even if it''s Ryutaro, I''m really going to kill you!"
Kouki yelled with an expression that was going to break in tears anytime in derangement. Seeing the figure of Ryutaro who had approached near him until the distance where he could even see his face, Kouki''s heart became even more disturbed.
Yes, Ryutaro was already wounded all over his body. No matter how great the trait of light-absorbing the trent model had, there was this thing called limit, in actuality, the light of destruction that couldn''t be dealt by the trent''s trait was making both his arms torn all over, everywhere in his body had blood spurting out.
But, nheless Ryutaro was still smiling fearlessly. And then, he advanced, one more step.
"A, a, aaAAAAAAAAAH!"
Kouki screamed. Even himself already didn''t understand just what he was doing. He was merely repeating ''it shouldn''t be like this'' in his heart while wielding his strength to deny the reality before his eyes.
The mass of Heaven Might that waspletely formed was a giant that could evene out in legend. The giant of light held itsrge arm aloft, and clenched its fist. And then, light exploded with Kouki''s scream as the nourishment, like that the fist swung downward toward Ryutaro below like a star.
*DOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO-!!!*
A thunderous sound resounded. The ground was bursting open with the ce where Ryutaro was at as the center, everything was swept away in a radial shape.
"A, aa¡"
Kouki moaned. While being in a daze he was convinced in the corner of his mind. Right now, he had killed his best friend with his own hand. Kouki''s heart was creaking. His eyes lost focus, meaningless thought was running around in his head.
Like that, Kouki''s mind was almost breaking down, at that time,
"Yoo, best friend. What, a shitty pathetic face, you are making there."
"Eh?"
The dust was blown away.
There Ryutaro was standing. He was alive. Not only that, while grinning fiercely, he was stopping the crushing blow of the giant with both his arms lifted up. His body that was like a gnarled ckish brown tree had cracks running everywhere on it, blood was spurting out from all over his tattered body, yet the strength residing in those eyes wasn''t weakening even for a bit.
"Ryu, Ryutaro? Su, such thing, why, this should be impossible to bloc¡"
"Stupid¡idiot. A fist, like this¡without any spirit in it¡is not gonna work on me. ¡Hey, Kouki. You¡just cannot kill me. Do you¡understand why huh?"
"U, e?"
"See. That''s because, the current me¡is invincible. Since the time I decided-, that I''m gonna bring back my stupid idiot best friend-¡I am invincible-. That''s why-, you¡won''t be able to kill me-. Until I bring you back-¡I''m absolutely¡not gonna get killed or anything¡ª"
"u, a¡wh, why are you, going that far¡"
The heroic words and figure of his best friend caused Kouki''s voice to be caught up in his throat.
Facing such Kouki, Ryutaro smiled broadly with wounds all over his body and formed his words.
"Something like that, is obvious, right? If your friend went the wrong path¡punching, and stopping him¡is a best friend''s¡role ain''t it."
"Because, a best, friend¡"
"Ou. ¡But, well, for this time, that role, I''ll leave it to her. It''s pathetic but, my fist¡doesn''t look like¡it will reach."
"Eh?"
Hearing Ryutaro''s words, Kouki was taken aback for a moment. Ahead of his gaze, under the giant''s crushing blow that Ryutaro blocked, a ck shadow was rushing through. With her trademark ponytail fluttering, and a dignified gaze that was looking straight at him, it was the girl who was his childhood friend.
"¨D¨D''Soul Demolition''!"
"¨D¨D!?"
The invisible sh cut apart the magic power inside Kouki once more.
The giant of Heaven Might split into two and the upper part slipped off diagonally while dispersing. Underneath it, Ryutaro copsed with all his strength used up. Before Kouki''s eyes were a figure standing still in a stance of drawn de staring at him with a gaze that looked likes obsidian stone. While all of those were reflected in his sight, Kouki was falling backward from the sh''s impact.
And then, Kouki who saw how the intent to attack didn''t disappear from Shizuku''s gaze even after she swung her ck katana, "Aa, so this is my retribution¡" with a strangely calm feeling he prepared to ept the de of his childhood friend.
But, there a voice resounded. A familiar dignified voice.
"Grit your teeth-! You big idiot-!"
"-!? Guah!?"
*Dogo-!* With a dull loud sound, a severe impact was transmitted on Kouki''s cheek. The force that echoed until the core of his head blown away his consciousness for a moment. His sight that immediately returned after that was also flickering ck and white. Strength naturally left his arms and legs from a cerebral concussion.
The sky was visible in his distorted sight. Kouki was vaguely understanding that he had fallen down.
Right after that, the following impact came from his opposite cheek. His head was snapped with a force that might tear off his neck. Just when he thought that, the next moment his head was snapped to the other side again along with an impact. And then further impact, impact, impact¡Kouki''s head was blurring left and right in high speed like a broken toys.
"This one is for all the trouble you caused for me! This one is for all the troublesome things you pushed on me! This one is for wasting the follow-up I did for you! This one is for not seriously listening to my scolding! This one is for various other things but anyway this if for me! This one is also for this and for that and for there and also for me!"
"Buh! Beh! Boh! Bah! Goh! Hih! Gih! Gee! Oboh! Abeshih! Buberah!?"
''ORA ORA ORA ORA ORA ORA ORA ORA ORA-!!'' With a force that made anyone looking at this scene would feel like hearing that, Shizuku was earnestly talking about her share of retribution while doing not a double p but already double punch on Kouki''s face. The white object glittering in the air was surely Kouki''s tooth.
"Shi, Shizu-, wa-¨D¨D"
"I won''t wait I won''t stop punching until you are crying and apologizing! My store of patience already has run outpletely here, no more ying around! How long you are going to throw tantrum! Because everything is not going how you want it you get sulky and want to break everything! You pushed that tantrum to your surrounding! This shitty brat-. I''m not going to listen to whatever you say anymore! I''ll teach this idiot that cannot be talked with using a beating! Prepare yourself!"
Shizuku''s angry yell echoed in the war site of the ruined city. She was straddling Kouki who was lying down facing up and mercilessly punching repeatedly with her left and right fists.
"Shi, Shizu-, gahah"
"It shouldn''t be like this? That''s obvious! There is nobody who is living with everything going their way! Everyone, they gritted their teeth, held their head, they will say ''even so-'' and then they did their best still! Running away from the reality in front your eyes, without even trying to fight, there is no way you can obtain the future you wished for like that! You, in the end, you are just a spoiled brat-. You averted your eyes from anything inconvenient, you are only wracking your head for excuses, and if that''s still not enough then you will think that''s because of other people''s fault¡"
Before he knew it, the fists of Shizuku lost their momentum, in exchange they grasped up the cor of Kouki strongly.
"Anything and everything is over you said? Don''t screw with me-. If you think you can just end it all by yourself then that''s a big mistake. You think I''m going to let you die easily like that-. If you are not going to understand no matter how many times I said it, then I''ll make you understand forcibly. Even if I have to tie your neck with a rope, I''ll drag you back. After that, every time you do stupid thing I''ll beat you up!"
"Shizu, ku¡"
''If you still feel like making impertinent talk then I''m going to hit you until you cannot talk'', the eyes that were glinting right before he were telling him that. Blood was already leaking from Kouki''s mouth and nose, his face bloated up looking like a goblin, Kouki who was turned into such a horrible state opened his mouth with a voice that sounded like a groan.
"Di, didn''t you, choose Nagumo¡"
"That''s right. The one who I like is Hajime. It''s not you. So what?"
"¡Why¡aren''t you giving up¡on someone like me¡even though I did horrible things¡why¡"
Even though she should have chosen Hajime, even though he had troubled a lot of people, even though he had done horrible thing to his important best friend and childhood friend, yet why didn''t they abandon him, to Kouki who stared at her unable to hide that bafflement, expression of rage finally vanished from Shizuku''s face and a troubled smile appeared.
"Isn''t that obvious. Because you are my childhood friend. We have been together all this time since childhood, for me you are the same as an important family, that''s why. Family, absolutely will not forsake family. Well, though I want to be spared from having a bothersome little brother like this."
She couldn''t abandon him because he was like an important family. No matter what stupidity he perpetrated, he wasn''t abandoned, that was why they were family. Like that, inside Kouki who was told that along with a smile, something fell with a thump.
For the sake of the world, for the sake of the people whose face he didn''t know, because he was a hero, because he had to be righteous, all the things that he was fixated with until now suddenly looked small.
Only, because they were family, because they were best friend, they said that and they acquired strength iparable from before, they came pursuing him until a dangerous ce like this Holy Precincts despite him being the betrayer, even though they might die they justughed and stopped him from running wild.
¡Even though those should be an insignificant reason, just why they felt so big to him. Why, did they felt so powerful.
Tears were falling from Kouki''s eyes inrge drops. His pathetic self that he finally became aware of from the bottom of his heart, and the childhood friends who still reached out their hand staking their life until the end even for someone the worst like that, caused an emotion that was indescribable and soppy, yet by no means it felt unpleasant welling up inside himself.
"So, rry. ¡Really, I''m sorry¡I, something like this¡aa, I, what have I¡"
"You are crying while apologizing huh. This big idiot."
After an indescribable feeling toward his childhood friends, a tremendous feeling of guilt and remorse welled up next. For Kouki who was fixated with the right thing until now, what he had done was the lowest and the worst deed. To the degree that he thought that he should repent for that with death.
But, that thinking was something that would make the act of his childhood friends who staked their life into something worthless, and then, in the end that thought was,
"Don''t you run, Kouki. Live, fight. We won''t forgive any path other than that."
Death was just an escape. Even if it was hard, even if he lost his ce to belong, even if he was cursed and disparaged by anyone, he had to keep living. That was exactly his atonement, a fight that Kouki had to do. In ce of all his wretched escape until now, he had to continue to live and fight from now on.
Kouki cried while biting his lip at the straight gaze of his childhood friend. As though the feeling of his childhood friends was carved in his soul. As though he was determined to part with the him before this.
"¡Shizu, ku. I¡must not die. I''ll live, this time for sure, I have to fight. Not against anybody else, but against myself."
"Yes, that''s right. That''s why, cry now, after that stand-up and do your best. If you are mistaken, then I''ll beat you up until you cry once more."
Listening to what Shizuku said, Kouki showed aplicated expression that seemed vexed and pathetic, but also a bit happy where he couldn''t say anything. And then, he directed red eyes at Shizuku who let go of his cor and moved aside from above him. Those eyes had clear color as though evil spirit had left him.
"¡There is, no need for that. Because, I''ll change. I swear I''ll change. To the degree that a childhood friend the same age as me cannot treat me like a ''little brother''."
"Is that so? Well, even if you be like that, I won''t treat you as a man you know?"
"Uu-, don''t put up defensive perimeter like that. ¡Is that how much you like Nagumo?"
"Yes, I love him. I am deeply in love with him. It''s vexing that I cannot monopolize him, but I''ll even share him peacefully. About the hardships of that side, if it''s him then he will easily shoulder it."
"Don''t speak fondly of another man in front of your beaten up little brother like that¡"
Kouki smiled wryly. There were plenty of frustration filled in that gaze, but he didn''t look disturbed from jealousy. Because in his heart he had an understanding. Just what attracted Shizuku to Hajime. That something was exactly the difference between him and Hajime, possibly even the difference between him with Shizuku and Ryutaro, it was the reason for his defeat, he finally understood that.
"¡You two, are you two forgetting me?"
While Kouki was feeling frustration and self-reproach of his childishness until now and resolved to change for his atonement, Ryutaro had crawled and approached their spot before letting out a voice of displeasure.
"My, Ryutaro. You really can move even with that tattered state aren''t you?"
"Because I already drank Nagumo''s Yunke¨C special recovery drink just now. I barely can move." (TN: Yunkeru Royal C, a drink in Japan.)
Kouki directed his gaze at Ryutaro who was answering while waving around a test tube container. He looked straight at his best friend who was wounded all over because of his fault, at the man who continued to call him ''best friend'' through and through.
"Ryutaro¡I''m sorry."
He mustn''t lower his head. If he lowered his head, he would take off his gaze from Ryutaro. Because he had decided, that he wouldn''t avert his eyes from any truth, any reality, for the second time.
Ryutaro who received that gaze of Kouki returned a calm gaze after a little pause. And then a beatter, he smiled broadly and only said a word,
"Ou."
As though to say that excessive word was unneeded, he replied with just that. The answer that was just like Ryutaro made Kouki smiled a bit. Between the two of them, just that word was enough.
But, at that time, a voice suddenly resounded.
"What, is this¡"
Shizuku came back to her senses with a ''hah'' and quickly turned aside with the ck katana in hand. Ryutaro also tried to ready himself somehow, but his damage was too deep, on top of that his ''Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation'' was also already released, so he couldn''t stand up.
And then, Kouki who was in the same state that couldn''t stand up called the name of that voice''s owner.
"Eri¡"
With wounds all over her body, Eri was floating in the air with her flickering gray wings pping. She was staring at Kouki and others in a daze.
Suzu also came in pursuit from behind. Shizuku averted her gaze from Eri for an instant and met Suzu''s eyes. They were happy for each other that they were all safe, and then, the next moment they stared at Eri with an expression that was pregnant with tension.
Eri didn''t even notice Suzu, she was letting out a cracked voice.
"Heey, why, is the atmosphere is warm like this? Heey, Kouki-kun. These guys are the enemy you know? They followed the hateful, hateful enemy that stole every single one of Kouki-kun''s important things, they are betrayers you know? Why are you talking with them peacefully I wonder? Why I wonder? Heey, why?"
While tilting her head bobbingly like a broken toy, Eri talked with an empty gaze and unfocused eyes. Her four limbs were smashed and twisted into the wrong direction, so she looked like a marite that was created with bad craftsmanship.
"Eri¡I''m sorry. I already, cannot fight against Shizuku, or Ryutaro, or Suzu. All this time I have been mistaking the enemy that I should fight."
"¡What''s with that?"
Eri''s head tilted to the side and stayed still unmoving. The angle of her head made them hallucinated that the bone of her neck had broke. Eri gazed at empty air and opened her mouth with madness riding her voice.
"What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that? What''s with that?"
"E, Eri, listen to me-. I, I am a stupid idiot that don''t understand anything, but right now there is one thing that I do understand, that surely I hurt Eri. That''s why, perhaps you think that it''s toote right now but-, just one more time, let''s talk-"
Eri repeated the same words like a broken record. Kouki who reflexively called at her one more time made Eri''s eyes that stared at empty air to catch sight of Kouki in a snap. And then, she stared at him for a while with an expressionless face like a noh mask.
The air was strained tightly whether one wanted it or not. Kouki didn''t avert his eyes. His words were clumsy, inside his heart he didn''t understand anything at all, he didn''t understand about what he should do and everything didn''t go well even for himself, but even so he thought that he had to look at Eri properly.
But, that straight gaze looking at her desperately seemed to have the opposite effect that made something inside Eri couldn''t ept it.
Strength suddenly left Eri''s body. And then, she made a sweet smile that looked the most human from everything until now. That was a mysterious smiling face, where resignation and scorn, cynicism and exasperation were mixed¡
Like that, a single word, herst word resounded in this world.
"Liar."
"Eh?"
Kouki tried to ask back.
But, before he could let out any word, intense light surged out from Eri''s chest.
"Tha, that''s-, Eri, you-¨D¨D"
Shizuku who saw through what was the source of the light raised her voice in shock.
That thing which emitted intense light from Eri''s chest. Once, when Kouki and others were cornered in Orcus Great Labyrinth, in order to save them Melt Logins tried to use that magic tool for self-explosion¨D¨D''The Last Loyalty''.
But, the light that Eri emitted was iparable with that time. It was obviously letting out strengthened power. It was obvious that it was hiding a power of artifact ss. Most likely it was ''The Last Loyalty'' that she stole from among the leader ss knights that she turned into corpse beast soldier, then she reinforced it with some kind of method into artifact ss.
Its destructive power was unfathomable. And then, the activation speed was also iparable with the original ''Last Loyalty''.
Shizuku''s words were cut off. Because an explosion that erased even the sound trampled the area along with the light.
The torrent of light dyed everything white. A silence that made anyone hallucinated whether the world had vanished was viting everyone.
Shizuku, Kouki, Ryutaro, they all immediately covered their face with their hands. And then, by lifting their hands like that, they noticed that they were able to recognize that the world was dyed with white and silence. At the same time, they saw a shadow that stretched long toward them.
That was the shadow of the protector they could rely on. The barrier master who had protected herrades many times over until now. The girl was standing in the way of the torrent of light without taking even a step back, two iron fans readied like a shield. There was also the shadow of Inaba clinging to that back as though supporting her.
No voice could reach. But, Shizuku, Kouki, and also Ryutaro prayed wholeheartedly. Because they could do nothing else except that, they prayed that at least their pray would reach, bing her strength.
Suzu felt like nodding a little.
Before long, even her figure was buried in light and became not visible.
Suzu was in a mysterious space.
Right after she nodded feeling as though she was hearing the voice of Shizuku and others, when she noticed she was already in this white space. There was no light or impact in this really deep space.
In such mysterious ce, there was only one person other than Suzu.
"Eri¡"
"¡Suzu."
The two of them faced each other with a certain distance between them. They stared at each other for a while wordlessly. The one who opened her mouth first was Eri.
"What a strange ce. Is this a revolvingntern one see before death¡a bit different I guess. Or a near death experience¡I died already though so I guess that''s really not it."
"Then, Suzu has died too perhaps. Suzu thought Suzu managed to defend to the end however."
"Who knows? If possible I want to take you all along with me though."
"Suzu want to live. Suzu also wants Shizuku, and Kouki-kun too, also Ryutaro-kun to live too¡Suzu also wants Eri to live."
Suzu''s words made Eri snorted as if she making fun of her.
"Hmph. After sending me flying mercilessly like that, you can still say that so shamelessly."
"Ahaha. Yeah."
Eri became inly displeased looking at Suzu who was smiling wryly. And then, without even hiding that displeasure she further opened her mouth.
"I somehow feel that we won''t be in this world for long, that''s why I''ll say this right now. Suzu is seriously gross."
"¡Hee. For example?"
"Let''s see. Like when you alwaysughed foolishly. Or even when you were talked behind your back, you stillughed as expected. Or how your inside is a perverted old man. How you said disgusting thing like wanting to be a friend even when in the middle of killing each other. It won''t end if I keep showing other examples, but the grossest thing is, how even when you are already in this age, you are still calling yourself with your own name. No, really, you are impossible aren''t youu"
Suzu''s forehead was twitching with her vein visibly rising to the surface. And then, still smiling she counterattacked.
"Suzu seeee. But, Eri is also mostly disgusting aren''t you?"
"Haa?"
"You always had a friendly smile while standing behind. Even when you were talked behind your back you only smiled as expected. Your inside is just someone dour. You wear sses and act reserved like a librarymittee member, you tried too hard fitting in with that clich¨¦. Also, Suzu doesn''t want you saying anything about how Suzu called herself. Just what with your ''boku''. Seeing a sses girl getting too worked up calling herself ''boku'' like a librarymittee member is just painful. Furthermore, [I am the heroine] you said. Pupu-, you need to graduate from being a chuuni." (TN: Chuunibyou=Sickness of the youth where they kept mass producing ck history. They were convinced that they were a character of fantasy story.)
Eri''s forehead was twitching with her vein visibly rising to the surface. And then, still smiling she counterattacked.
"Chuuni? I don''t want to be called that by a painful girl who said something like [Onee-samaa] in real world seeee. Geez Suzu, you have an inclination for yuri aren''t you. I have felt the danger to my body several times before. What an impossible pervert. Really gross."
"Ahaha, something like that is still in the range of joking, right? I don''t want to be treated as a pervert by a misunderstanding female who got hung on her first love and rushed full speed to the hill seee. Seeing that is really impossibly painful you know. Really gross."
"¡"
"¡"
" "AAaa?" "
Both of them were slinging violence of words at each other with a thuggish expression that didn''t look like high school girl beauty. After that for a little while abusivenguage that would make anyone wanted to cover their eyes flew back and forth between the two.
Like that, perhaps unable to continue to breath the two of them were going "Haa haa" with their shoulders heaving, around that time the white space suddenly began to crack.
"Hmph, looks like this world is finally ending."
"¡"
Suzu couldn''t reply to Eri who was making a refreshed expression. With her hands on her knees she was facing down while hiding her face. But, she couldn''t hide the things that trickled down on the ground.
"¡What, you are crying? Stupid."
"Sh, shut up, already. The one who said, idiot, is the idiotic one¡"
Suzu held back her sobbing while roughly wiping the overflowing drops. Guessing that the true parting was approaching, she was unable to hold down the something that was welling up in her heart.
"¡I said something like that just now but, perhaps, Suzu and others haven''t died yet. The one who is going is me(boku)¡just me(watashi)." (TN: Eri suddenly changed the way she called herself there.)
"E, ri?"
The way she called herself that suddenly changed, no, returned to normal made Suzu lifted her still crying face. Ahead of her gaze, Eri who was still averting her face was making an expression that was deliberately displeased.
"Suzu also understand somehow right? Despite so why are you crying like that."
"That, is"
"¡Really what an idiot. Just what are you feeling regretful for, for this kind of betrayer, this worst woman trash."
The white world was noticeably dispersing from the edge.
"At thiste you were saying ''want to be together'' or ''protect'', I thought whether you were actually aiming for that."
"Eri, Suzu is¡"
"Come on, that''s disgusting so change the way you call yourself."
"Uu, Eri¡"
A copse separated the two. Almost everything had been mostly dispersed other than the foothold of the two. Amidst that, Eri''s words that sounded like a monolog resounded.
"¡At that time, if the one that I met on that bridge was Suzu¡what would happen I wonder? For me to think of sooomething like that, yep, I''m the biggest idiot."
"Eri, Suzu is¨D¨DI, am d to be Eri''s best friend! Even if that was faked, even if it was distorted, it was fun! I-"
The foothold dispersed. The body of the two was also turning into sand and vanished as though blown away by the wind.
Eri who was facing aside turned her face toward the yelling Suzu. Her expression looked expressionless, but somewhere it also seemed to be filled with a relieved atmosphere.
And then, the truest words of the girl named Nakamura Eri reached only the girl named Taniguchi Suzu who was once her best friend, who by some chance, might even still her best friend even now.
"¡Bye bye. The time when I was with Suzu, I felt at ease, just for a little."
"¨D¨D"
Suzu''s yell was swallowed by the vanishing world and didn''t be sound.
Even so, from the expression that Eri showed Suzu in thest moment, she believed, that surely she had reached her.
*drip, drip* Such feeling caressed her cheeks.
Other than what was behind Suzu, everything was turned into dust in this ruined city. There a sobbing reverberated.
The twin iron fans that Suzu held with both her hands crumbled in pieces as though to say they had finished their role and fell on the ground. Suzu herself also sat down on the ground with a body full of wounds, but Shizuku and others who werepletely protected behind her didn''t call at her worriedly.
Shizuku and others didn''t know about the mysterious phenomenon that Suzu experienced. Even so, they were able to guess that the tears that Suzu let out were her feeling for her important friend. That was how pained and how sacred her figure looked.
Before long, as though to say that she had cried enough, Suzu wiped her eyes briskly, and then with those bright red and clear eyes, she clenched her body and stood up. And then, she turned toward Shizuku and others with an energetic turn.
"Now, Shizuku, Kouki-kun, Ryutaro-kun. Let''s advance ahead!"
An innocent smile. Just like how it usually was. That smile which protected herrades in a different meaning than a barrier, right now it looked a bit like an adult. Compared to when they were in Japan,pared to when she cheered up everyone in thebyrinth, it looked far more charming.
The source of liveliness that was overwhelmingly effective made Shizuku and others to naturally cken down their cheeks. Though it was only Kouki who was making aplicated expression.
Has something happened, he didn''t ask that. Because surely that was something that was stored inside Suzu''s heart inside even her treasure box. To forcefully ask her would be a boorish act.
"Yossha! Let''s chase after those guys and help them with this and that!"
"Even if you said that, I and Ryutaro cannot move properly though¡"
"Besides, the clock tower was also destroyed you know? It doesn''t look like there is other entrance that can connect the spaces."
Shizuku turned her gaze at the ce where the clock tower was at. Over there, she couldn''t find the ripple that connected the space.
"Aa, now that you mentioned it, the ruined city of this space is not only in this ce, I heard that story before."
"Then, let''s search for another city! The skyboards are quite ragged, but I think if we use every trick in the book then they can still be used for a while. We surely can find another city if it''s from the sky!"
"I guess there is that. Anyway, Kouki and Ryutaro, you two have to recover quickly. I''ll make you two drink restorative medicines until your stomachs are bloating like a balloon."
Kouki and Ryutaro looked at the recovery drinks lined up before their eyes with reluctant eyes, even so they poured them down their throat somehow and their body was healed with thebination of their own recovery strength.
Like that after resting for a while, they took out their skyboards and flew to the sky. Kouki was riding together with Ryutaro on his skyboard.
Suzu who soared high to the sky in the lead twirled to turn behind and looked down on the ruined city below with a bit lonely expression. However, that too was only for an instant. She immediately made a strong and lively smile and raised her voice.
"Now, everyone, continue after me!"
"Geez, Suzu."
"Haha-, this is the Suzu that we know."
"We are no match for Suzu huh."
Like that Suzu, Shizuku, Ryutaro, and Kouki, the four of them in order to chase after Hajime and others they searched for other ruined city and soared in the sky of another world.
Chapter 168
Chapter 168
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. He also did the edits.
***_
The World of Holy Precincts
"Just how many spaces there are here."
"Hmmm. It''s fortunate that they enemies art not a big deal but¡Goshujin-sama. How much further will it be until we reach Yue?"
When Shia who stayed still in a posture where she had just blown away an attacking monster to the beyond with Vire Doryukken murmured that, Tio who also simrly just blew away a monster to the beyond even with her magic power restrained usingpressed and spiral movement to increase her breath attack''s power turned to Hajime while asking that.
"Comparing it to the starting point at the first space¡we have gone through around four-fifths of the distance. I guess it might be the next space or the space after that."
"So you say that it will be soon then!"
When Hajime answered that while activating thepass, a monster came attacking in that timing from behind. With a fierce step Shia stepped between the monster and Hajime and while sending the monster flying with a full swing, she made a happy expression. For the moment if aparison was made, then the monster here was at the same level with the middle level of Orcus Great Labyrinth''s abyss, but for Shia, they were not enough at all as an opponent. Hajime was also in a state where he wasn''t bothered at all.
At the night before storming this ce, Shia and also Tio continued to train inside the space where the time was stretched using Hour Crystal until the sky turned bright, so their strength had been raised from obtaining new power like utilizing the metamorphosis magic and so on. Although it also felt like a hasty preparation, they were in possession of enough cards that could be a trump card.
Although, that too was also thanks to Hajime''s cheatmate, the outrageous food that was overflowing with fishiness, this item had quite a strong influence but¡they could only pray that their stomach wouldn''t get hurt. In here there was no toilet, so it would be something dreadful for the female camp if such thing came to pass.
Currently, Hajime and others were smack dab in a middle of the ocean. As far as the eye could see there was not a single ind, it was a space of sea. Sometimes, sea monster leaped out from the sea and bird monster flew from the sky, but they were dealt with without any particr problem.
Although, it was a ce without anyndmark or anything, so if they didn''t have thepass, just how much they would need to wander here¡just imagining of being in that situation where they didn''t have any time to waste made them shuddered.
Just as could be understood from Shia''s words, Hajime and others had passed through several words until this point. After they parted from Shizuku and others and passed through the clock tower of the ruined city, they had traveled through a space where the ground and sky were reversed, a space where countless white blocks were floating, a space where there were onlyrge mountains like God Mountain towering over, and a space that was like a giant library where countless bookshelves were cluttered together.
They were able to discover the exits to the next space at all those spaces without getting lost thanks to thepass, so not much time had passed since they parted with Shizuku and others. Even so, when they thought about Yue, they got impatient no matter what, so there was nothing more aggravating than all these countless spaces for Hajime and others.
They did nothing but advanced straight ahead for a few minutes in this space ofrge ocean with really good visibility that showed them nothing but water, to the degree they wanted to doubt whether there really was an exit in this ce. Thanks to their skyboard, Hajime and others covered a considerable distance in a short time, but they suddenly lifted their face.
"Dark cloud?"
Hajime whispered so while narrowing his eyes. His words weren''t really a figurative expression that pointed at the end of this journey. In actuality, the sky that was supposed to be clear was beginning to be covered by dark cloud rapidly like seeing a video that was fast forwarded. Furthermore, even the calm sea was beginning to be stormy due to the strong wind. It appeared that arge storm was suddenly generating.
The obviously strange situation made Hajime quietly narrowed his eyes, his gaze was turning below.
"¡Looks like there is something big there."
"Uwaa, this is also¡this is thergest size we have seen from all the monsters we have encountered until now isn''t it desuu."
"Yes, I can feel a strength that is in a different league with all the monsters we hath encountered until now."
The expression of Shia and Tio who followed Hajime in looking below distorted unpleasantly.
Ahead of their gaze, a giant whirlpool began to form on the sea. It was obviously not something natural. The phenomenon wasn''t created by sea current. It was a whirlpool created by the side effect of a living thing''s movement.
Before they realized undtion was coiling to the degree that covered the whole sea below¨D¨Dthere was a giant snake there.
Looking from the shadow projected on the water surface of the stormy sea, they could see that the whole length of it might be more than three hundred meters. The diameter of its body was so thick that it couldn''t be so easily measured by sight. The whole body was covered by metallic scales, on its back there were also fins attached that possessed hard shine, they glinted just like a de.
And, at that time,
KISHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!
A terrific roar thundered, space was rattling. That roar which was apanied by physical impact struck Hajime and others violently, in addition, an unknown wave was transmitted to their mind. Probably this roar was apanied with an effect that awakened terror in the listener''s mind.
Normally the one who heard this roar would have their body along with their mind blown away into darkness due to the shockwave, and even if they barely maintained their consciousness, their brain would be in disarray and their body cowering in fear, they would be turned into prey and could only tremble while waiting to be eaten.
However, amidst all the people that were here, not even a single one of them was someone cute like that.
"So noisy. Anyway eat this."
Hajime took out Agni-Orkan with a gloomy expression and began an all out shooting. Furthermore, he casually took out from his ''Treasure Warehouse II'' metallic spheres the size of a basketball¨D¨Dhuge explosive and dropped them all into the sea.
A beatter. For an instant light shed below the sea surface, then along with muted explosive sound countless water pirs burst up toward the sky.
GUOOOOOOOOOOOH!!
The monster of sea raised a shriek. It wasn''t a scream. It was a roar of pure fury. It was enraged from the impertinence of the puny being''s attitude.
As though to disy that fury, reddish ck light surged from inside the water. That light which made anyone felt severe killing intent was a glint of eyes. While the roar of fury was still shaking the air, the sea surface swelled up like a mountain, and that figure appeared.
A head that looked like dragon leaped out from the sea surface with a long neck that was longer than fifty meters. As for the size, if one was told that each one of its scales was asrge as a human child then its hugeness surely could be felt. There, there was a pair of eyes emitting reddish ck light and the twoyers of sharp fangs that lined up smoothly, and also something like fin at both sides. The fins were simr like the torso, they possessed metallic shine and sharpness of de, it felt like just by touching it would cause the one touching to be bisected right into two.
An absurd pressure. Just by existing there, the sky was enveloped with a dark cloud, the sea was raging as though the end of the world wasing. Therge snake, no, the sea dragon was coated in countless scales that looked harder than even steel, its appearance was just like the leviathan that was told in the legend of earth.
"If we hath to ssify this then this must be a ''Divine Beast'' doth it not."
"Certainly, from here I can feel a pressure above that of the ''Evil Eater'' we fought in Meljine Undersea Ruins. If this one is above even an ancient monster, then that''s a valid expression desu."
Shia agreed with Tio''s opinion about this monster. But, even after calling the monster a ''Divine Beast'', their expression wasparativelyposed. There was also no color of tension that could really be heard from their voice. By the point of time they could converse calmly about the naming of the divine beast, it had shown how the pressure of this divine beast leviathan wasn''t something that worried them.
Perhaps suchposure was transmitted to the divine beast, because the divine beast then roared once more. As though to say that it was impossible for his might to not affect these puny existences, the roar was even more powerful than the first one.
But, that roar made it a little too defenseless.
"I told you, you''re noisy."
Hajime took out his improvised Shuragen.
No, what Hajime took out, whether in the aspect of form or spec, both aspects were already far excelling the territory of an ''anti-material rifle''. The barrel that stretched straight for four meters long had extensive caliber more than the previous version, no matter how one looked at it this size should be called as gun turret instead. In total the whole weapon had be more than two sizesrger.
¨D¨DElectromaic eleration Large Caliber Sniping Cannon(Rail Cannon) Shuragen AA(Acht Acht)
Are you looking for a lovely weapon of man''s romance? Very well, then it''s the 88mm! This rail cannon was something that resided in Hajime''s soul.
Hajime who fixed his aim by holding it under his arm made it so crimson spark was running through the rail cannon. Right after that, therge muzzle turned at the divine beast and the trigger was pulled without any hesitation. With eleration iparable with anything until now, the charged cannon that was specialized for piercing let out a fierce thunderous sound and st while bullet flew out, the bullet had a trail of red sh behind and flew into the divine beast''s mouth.
And then, *DOPAN!* such sound came out while the scale on the back of the divine beast''s head was smashed and sent flying from inside, in addition, the bullet didn''t stop, it also blew away the cloudy sky above and vanished at the beyond of this another world.
GAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!
The roar that was raised once more was obviously a scream. The beast''s head was thrown back from the impact and its mouth stayed opened with blood scattering everywhere.
While snorting at that, Hajime made something ran in the shadow. Its speed was too fast and because of the dark cloud the surrounding became dim and it was hard to see, the divine beast also just received damage and got agitated, so it missed that shadow and allowed the thing to infiltrated inside its mouth.
In order to vomit that out, and then also to vent its violent rage toward the one who granted it damage, the divine beast spewed out a terrific heat from its jaw.
Hajime kept silent and took out crossbit. Right after that, the four point barrier that the crossbit created was hit by the ze, its surface was licked all over by the white hot me. But, as long as it wasn''t the disintegration attack from an apostle, the barrier wouldn''t be broken that easily, the face of Hajime inside the barrier was unruffled.
The divine beast gazed in wonderment for a moment seeing its me got stopped, although as though to show its pride as a divine beast it increased the force of the heat further, attempting to roast Hajime to death. Perhaps it should be said as expected from a divine beast, the heat of the ze was absurd, the me was something that one mustn''t touch at all cost and the sea surface began to evaporate and smoked up. There was also the effect of the ze, but the dark cloud that was once blown away was rapidly beginning toe back.
But, right after that,
"Even though we have to hurry on ahead, read the mood already desuu!!"
A mass of faint blue pierced through the sea of ck cloud and fell down like a meteor. Rabbit ears were pping violently from the wind and got unruly. It was Shia.
Right after Hajime defended against the me, Shia stored her skyboard into ''Treasure Warehouse II'' and leaped in one go to the sky, she broke through even the dark cloud, danced in the clear blue sky, and turned around after that. Using ''Air Force'' to continuously stepped on the air, she fell like a meteor aiming at the target.
A wall of air appeared with Shia as the center. Shia instantly shook free from that and plunged into the world of the speed of sound, her momentum didn''t decrease even for a bit and Vire Doryukken which had its weight increased until twenty tons using gravity stone were readied in overhead stance.
And then, the head of the divine beast that got absorbed in spewing out ze from itsrge mouth was struck with a gruesome attack without even a drop of mercy or reservation.
A thunderous roar. The sound of pulverization. And then a shriek.
The divine beast whose mouth was forcefully closed had ze spurting out in trickles from the gap of its mouth while its muffled shriek was also leaking out simrly from the gaps. The head that was covered by those metallic scales was pulverized like broken ss, reddish ck meat became visible from there.
Shia''s attack was considerably effective. The divine beast showed a staggering motion that didn''t fit its status. Perhaps it even got a concussion.
But, there was no way these people would loosen their hand just from seeing that,
"I think it''s better using Goshujin-sama''s transmutation though."
While whispering that kind of thing, Tio was hovering in the sky while pping her wings, both her hands were joined into a shape like a jaw and ck magic power was focused there. And then, she released that in one go. Dragon''s breath that waspressed in this way became a piercing attack.
The attack that was fired advanced in spiraling motion like a thinnce, it impacted the ce Shia pulverized urately and pierced the head of the divine beast.
The ck spear went through the head and entered inside the mouth, without stopping it pierced to outside from inside the throat and the attack continued to pierce the sea.
A fatal wound. Everyone who saw that would surely think so, but it seemed that was still insufficient to kill a divine beast that was superior evenpared to the ancient monster.
GUAAAAN!!
The divine beast didn''t die instantly, it raised a sound that was a little high-pitched and sea water crawled up its body. And then, when the ce that was destroyed was covered by water, the water was swallowed into the wound. Right after that, the wound bulged and recovered like a rewound video.
"Uhee, by any chance, it can recover as long as it has sea water, something like that?"
"In that case, it will take time to kill itpletely. It will be best if we art able to destroy its magic stone but¡Goshujin-sama, how doth it goes regarding that?"
Tionded beside Hajime while asking.
Hajime was looking at the divine beast with a strange glint in his eyes while shaking his head.
"No, I cannot find its magic stone. There is a chance I overlook it with howrge its body is but¡magic stone will growrge in the proportion of the monster''s size, with how much I''m looking but still cannot find it I guess it doesn''t have it from the start. Its whole body is dyed reddish ck just like the Evil Eater."
"Muu, how troublesome. I don''t feel we art going to lose at all, but I want to avoid wasting time¡"
"What to do, Hajime-san?"
Ancient monster seemed to be the ancestor of monsters. Shia and Tio frowned from hearing that this monster was the same type with that ancient monster that they once fought.
But, in contrast Hajime only shrugged lightly.
"Facing a giant sea monster like this, the theory is to enter its body and attack from the inside right?"
"Ah, the thing just now¡"
Shia raised her voice as though she was noticing something.
Right at that moment, the divine beast whose head was in the middle of recovering raised a scream as though to drown Shia''s voice.
aAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!
It was unmistakably a shriek. Its whole body was writhing as though being in an intense agony.
Looking at that state, Tio also nodded in understanding while asking Hajime.
"By the way o Goshujin-sama. What art the meal course?"
"Broiled eel roasted by tar from the inside. The garnish dishes are explosive and deadly poison."
"Oou¡hearing that, I feel a little sympathy for it."
Hajime''s quick answer made Tio sent a pitying gaze to the divine beast as though she was looking at a poor thing.
As for the divine beast in question, it was shrieking while writhing around fiercely without stopping.
That couldn''t be helped. After all, the crossbit that was sent inside its body opened a gate and poured down arge amount of tar and explosive inside, in addition it also scattered around the strongest poison that was the product of the abyss, where in the end, all of those were lit on fire all at once. Like that even its hard scales were irrelevant.
The divine beast began to drink sea water. Surely it was trying to fill its body with sea water in the attempt to heal. But, that was a bad move.
As though to proof that, right after the divine beast drunk sea water, a part of its torso burst up along with a grand explosion sound. me st also jetted out from its mouth. A scream filled with bewilderment rose from the divine beast.
"Giving a lot of water to me above three thousand Celsius¡obviously a vapor explosion is going to happen. Ah, a beast won''t know anything like that huh."
"That is, someone who had ever set me inside the body of something like that must be only Hajime-san. This is absolutely its first experience with that desu."
"How unpleasant, this first experience is. ¡No, rather is it not a lovely first experience instead?"
"Don''t get deeper and deeper into your fetish. It''s scary when I wonder if you are going to demand something that is incorrigible even for me in the future."
Hajime''s expression became unpleasant from hearing Tio''s nonsense. And then, ignoring Tio who was going ''ehe ehe'' shyly for some reason, his gaze returned at the divine beast.
The divine beast who somehow felt like it was giving off an air of despair from experiencing how the damage in his body got increased instead when it tried to recover. Even so, perhaps because of its dignity as a powerful monster, even while spouting out a lot of blood it was ring at Hajime with eye glint boiling with killing intent.
Hajime who received that gaze¡licked his lips for some reason.
The divine beast twitched.
Hajime murmured to himself while floating a fierce smile to that divine beast.
"I want to eat¡"
" "Eh?" "
Even though it was a small whisper, regardless of the stormy wind and the raging sea, for some reason those words resounded clearly, it caused Shia and Tio to whip their head quickly at Hajime.
The divine beast too, even though it was supposed to writhe in agony, its movement stopped still and its gaze was fixed at Hajime.
Hajime was directing his eyes that were strangely sparkling since some time ago at the divine beast, while whispering further.
"Its flesh is nicely filled to the brim with strength. If it''s this beast, than it surely can be even my nourishment."
And then, he licked his lips one more time.
With that finally even the divine beast noticed.
The enemy before its eyes, the fiercely ring gaze this enemy directed at itself wasn''t something easy to understand like hostility or killing intent¡it was an appetite for food.
With a shudder, a chill that the beast had never felt since it was born ran through its whole body. Unaware, the divine beast was ''drawing away'' unbingly. The gaze that was by no means had never been directed to it who was an existence that stood at the top of food chain¨D¨Dthat gaze from the predator caused an indescribable terror to invade its body.
This person wouldn''t be able to do it¨D¨Dthe monster didn''t think of anything like that. At present, the one who was cornered like this was itself. The divine beast was convinced. If it kept fighting on, itself would be definitely¡eaten.
The moment it understood that, the divine beast turned aside adroitly with an agility that surprised even itself. The heat inside its body that was burning it up, or the pain of the invading poison, or the impact of the explosion when sea water touched the burning in its body, it ignored all of those and poured all its strength just to escape earnestly.
The divine beast that attempted to escape with a resoluteness that should be nonexistent for the strongest level of monster made even Hajime to get taken aback for a moment. That was just how splendid the escape was. As though *pyu~* such sound effect was apanying its escape.
"-, bastaard. Wait, meaat! How can you run away despite being a divine beast huh!"
PIGYAAA¨D¨D¨D!!
When Hajime used the crossbit inside the divine beast in panic to try to stop it in its track, the divine beast raised a roar that sounded a little pathetic, that long body deted just for a moment, and then it vomited arge amount of sea water that made one wanted to ask just from where it took all of that from.
Naturally, explosions urred grandly, parts of here and there of its body were blown up, yet it somehow managed to vomit out the crossbit. And then, it manipted the sea water to make several tornados on the sea, it directed them to Hajime while diving into the bottom of the sea at full speed.
"Let, me, eat, the, meat, of you, bastaaard~"
While blowing away the tornados that were approaching from all directions using impact conversion of magic power, Hajime demanded for the divine beast''s meat with a voice that resembled a deeply held grudge.
The divine beast that looked back just for an instant from under the sea surface met the bloodshot gaze of the tiny being demanding its meat, while harboring a tremendous terror to that, it averted its gaze in panic as though to say "I''ve seen what must not be seen".
And then,
PIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII~~~~!!
While a crying voice that had surpassed being pathetic and instead invited pity was resounding in the air, its figure vanished into the darkness of the deep sea. It felt like they could hear something that somehow sounded like "I won''te out from home anymoreee~", but surely it was just their feeling though.
"Son of a bitch! It should be impossible for a monster of that level to immediately decide to escape! Even though it''s a chance to power up at thisst minute!"
Perhaps because the divine beast had disappeared, the dark cloud was dispersing and the stormy sea was recovering its calm once more, amidst all that Hajime stamped his feet in frustration.
There, Shia and Tio were approaching with an exasperated gaze.
"For Goshujin-sama, even a divine beast is already nothing but predation target."
"Until now surely it had never been looked at with that kind of gaze, that''s why it has no endurance isn''t it. Itsst cry, it sounded a little pitiful. Perhaps this will even be a trauma for it that turns it into a shut-in after this."
"Chih, that snake got no guts."
There was no doubt that surely not even in a dream that a divine beast of all things could have its bravery to be questioned.
Hajime stored the returning crossbit in a bad mood and took out hispass once more to decide the route.
Then, right at that timing, ahead of Hajime and others'' gaze, the space a few kilometers separated from them began to shake like jelly. And then, after a few moments the space melted and disappeared and arge ind appeared from the space gap.
"¡It seemed, there is an entrance to the next space at the center of that ind."
"Does it appear because the divine beast withdrew?"
"That possibility art high. No one would even imagine that it would withdraw in that way though."
Shia and Tio sent a gaze of pity at the spot where the traumatized divine beast vanished, and then they followed Hajime''s lead and departed from that spot.
It appeared that the ind had quite the size. The ind was covered with really tall trees that could reach a few dozen meters in the whole, other than the shoreline they couldn''t see the ground at all. The entrance to the next space seemed to be at the center of that forest.
And then, Shia''s rabbit ears sensed that powerful monsters were running rampant inrge number there, especially at the center part.
The monsters weren''t at the level of the divine beast, but every single one of them was a powerful monster. They wouldn''t lose against the monsters, but the monsters'' number was a lot so it felt like it would take quiet the time to fight the monsters just like against the divine beast.
Shia asked Hajime "What to do?" with her gaze.
Hajime took out ''Shuragen AA'' from ''Treasure Warehouse II'' once again and took a kneeling posture on his skyboard and entered a sniping stance. Using heat detection, the scope prated the trees and projected only the image of living things.
"Aa, don''t tell me Hajime-san is¡"
"Wait a bit. I''ll take care of this right away. This is a lightning speed urate bombardment from outside their detection. Surely they won''t be able to react. I''ll blow away the head of things that looks troublesome."
Shia took the confirmation from Hajime with a cramped face, and then crimson sh rushed through the sky instantly.
That streak of sh wasn''t noticed at all by a giant gori that looked like a giant kong walking heavily deep inside the forest, its head got blown away instantly, and its brain matter was scattered everywhere. Next the bullet impacted the ground and arge crater was created with the trees on the area got blown away.
Furthermore, thunderous sounds reverberated in session. From a far distance of more than ten kilometers, the lights of death that flew at a speed that was impossible to detect dispersed one after another the heads of the giant monsters loitering around the area that seemed to be the space entrance. The thick forest was instantly turned into a battlefield site that was littered with holes.
"Surely, after defeating the divine beast, next powerful monsters would go ROAR! in a great swarm and the intruder would go Kyaa, what a disaster! Originally this must be for something like that isn''t it."
"Well, this art not abyrinth so this art not even a trial¡though there art no doubt that this art intended to be obstacles perchance."
While halfughing Shia and Tio remembered the time until now, where Hajime easily removed the obstacles using methods other than frontal attack, that was why the two of them hadn''t made any significant contributions yet.
Both of them exchanged gazes filled to the brim with sympathy to each other from how their expectation of rampaging with their all in order to take back Yue was betrayed.
But, that ardor would be demonstrated just before they reached Yue''s location.
After massacring the ind''s monsters one-sidedly, Hajime and others transferred to the next space from the stone statue at the center of the forest and leaped out into a world of sky where several gigantic inds were floating.
There were inds with a diameter of only a few dozen meters, but there were also inds with a scale of a few kilometers. River water was continuing to flow down from the edge of the floating inds without end with some kind of mysterious logic. Because of the height, the water became mist after some distance of falling as waterfall, the scenery of white mist drifting at the surrounding was very fantastical.
Above all the floating inds were overflowing with greenery, there were ins and also forests. There was not a single floating ind that was merely a floating rock.
Sea of clouds was spreading below. The clouds lingered at the height of their gaze, drifting on the sky like cotton candy. Even now it felt like the clouds were giving off a sweet aroma.
Even though there was no sun, but brilliant light was pouring down, light pir weaved through the gaps of the clouds¨D¨Dseveral of what wasmonly called as dder of angel'' could be seen.
There were white clouds overflowing with great numbers of floating inds, and then there were also beams of light pouring down.
It was truly a solemnly mystical scenery. If someone who didn''t know anything was told that this ce was heaven then they would unconditionally believe it.
After their gazes were stolen just for a little while by that scene, Hajime and others shook their head and advanced forward. Their objective was the floating ind that looked conspicuouslyrge even among all the many floating inds. Thepass was pointing at there.
They flew their skyboard and closed the distance in the blink of eye. At the same time, they caught strong presence at that floating ind.
Before Hajime and others who narrowed their eyes in vignce, that guy appeared.
"As expected you came. Nagumo Hajime. The fool who defy god."
With silver wings and hair that looked like an apostle rustling from the wind, the monster user devil race¨D¨DFreed Bagua was there.
Chapter 169
Chapter 169
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. He also did the edits.
***_
White Divine Dragon and the tinum Apostle
On the gigantic ind with diameter around ten-odd kilometer.
There were grass in and forest, with branching small rivers in between, where the upper stream was linked toward the mountain with bountiful greenery.
A chalk white obelisk was enshrined at the grass in area of that floating ind. The huge tower that was around fifty meters tall looked out of ce in the middle of the magnificent nature. Coupled with that artificial whiteness, it looked strangely conspicuous.
But, something even more standing out existed further above that obelisk, it was a silver colored man sitting cross-legged on a shining magic circle. His silver hair and wings fluttered in the wind. His skin was so white that it looked transparent, even the color of his eye pupils looked shining radiantly silver.
His clothing looked like a pure white priest outfit. Coupled with his calm and self-possessed state, his appearance gave a divine impression. If anyone who didn''t know anything saw him, they would surely think that a messenger from heaven had descended.
The first voice that man, Freed Bagua let out made Hajime who was facing him to snort while he started talking frivolously.
"Is that new fashion? If that''s the case then there is nothing I can say except you have got no fashion sense at all. It''s because you are still epting the clothes that your parent(god) prepared for you without protesting that you looked incredulous like that. Your red hair and darkish skin before this looked manlier you know?"
Hearing Hajime''s speech, Tio and Shia burst into a snort "bufuh" beside him. Perhaps the two of them also had such experience, that the clothing that parents prepared for their children was usually embarrassing. Just what kind of clothing that Karm and Adol presented to their daughter, and then, theplicated expression that Shia and Tio surely made at that time¡it was something that made Hajime felt rtively curious.
Although, Freed who was obviously got made fun of only reacted slightly with a twitch of his eyebrow from that speech, his calm behavior still didn''t break. And then, as though to say that he got no intention to follow along with Hajime''s frivolous talk, he talked with a cold voice.
"¡Indeed, you really are still alive. When Aruvheit-sama didn''te back, and my lord informed me that you are going toe, I thought what kind of a joke is that yet¡truly what an obstinate man you are. It would be better if you just graciously die."
"Hee, so that shitty bastard Ehito predicted this. Well, I guess he at least has that much brain. He understands just how great my feeling toward Yue is after all. So? What about you? Were you told to defeat us here? Getting ordered toe to your suicide here, what a cruel order that is. So that''s why your hair got totally white like that then, because of the stress huh."
Once more, snorting sounds "buhoh" could be heard from Hajime''s both sides.
Freed ignored the sympathetic gaze that said "Freed-kun, you really got it hard" which was directed at him and continued on talking.
"No matter the time you are still screwing around. Really, you don''t seem like a man whose woman is taken away at all."
"Yue is the best woman there is after all. It can''t be helped that she is popr. I only need to straighten up all the guys whoid her hand on her. Even the master you are proud of, I''ll carve a lot of agonies and regret into him before killing him."
"That haughtiness, it will be immediately broken apart. My lord has already grasped that body perfectly. There is not even a one in million chance for you to take back your woman."
As though to beat despair into Hajime, as though to show that it was the truth, Freed informed Hajime using a matter-of-fact tone without getting worked-up at all.
However, in regard to that Hajime''s face contained not even a single trace of agitation. Rather, he was giving back a fearless smile.
"The one who is calling me irregr is your side you know? Something like a worthless scenario that you guys prepared, I''m going to messed them up into pieces."
"¡"
Hajime and Freed exchanged gazes wordlessly for a while. The Wind of killing intent began to blow suddenly. That atmosphere which licked at the skin like coiling snake was truly apt to be described as an explosive situation.
Hajime''s finger touched Donner, at that moment, Freed opened his mouth as though to beat Hajime to the punch.
"Your previous question."
"Aa?"
"Your question of ''were you told to defeat us''¨D¨Dhalf is correct."
"Half?"
With his hand still touching Donner, Hajime narrowed his eyes questioningly in a state where he could draw his gun and shoot anytime.
Freed suddenly stood up from his cross-legged sitting posture and pped his silver wings to float in the air, then he opened his mouth.
"My lord¨D¨DEhitorujue-sama granted me themand to let you pass without any obstruction when you arrived at this ce. There is nothing more mortifying then the lost of my chance to strangle you to death with this hand, but it''s still inevitable for your life to meet its end."
"Hou. Then? During that time you are going to face Shio and Thia, that''s what you mean?"
"Exactly. While you are receiving divine punishment from my lord, I''ll thoroughly torture to death the women who love you dearly."
Right after Freed said that, the obelisk shined radiantly.
Hajime drew out Donner with the end of the talk. The fired bullet became a red sh and approached Freed''s forehead.
However,
*GIIN!*
A hard sound reverberated, that attack waspletely blocked. When Hajime looked, it was as though the bullet crashed into an invisible wall in front of Freed, the bullet ttened and stopped midair.
"If you think that my space magic is the same like before than that''s a great mistake."
It appeared Freed hadid out a protective wall of space istor around himself beforehand. From how Hajime''s magic eye stone was unable to detect the wall, then it was just like Freed said, his level in space magic had increased.
At that moment where Hajime''s first attack was blocked and a bit of time was bought, the obelisk that was emitting strong radiance shined explosively.
The white lightpletely dyed their field of vision. But, Hajime''s magic eye stone that wasn''t affected by the amount of light urately caught what kind of phenomenon this was.
Before long, the light settled down, and what flew into their cleared up field of vision was the scenery of a great swarm of monsters moring together to the degree that no empty space could be seen. Their number was definitely in four digits. Roughly there might be around two thousand monsters.
From each and every single monster, they could feel the strength at the level of the monster at the lowest level of the abyss at the very least. There were also monsters that they had encountered before, but based on their appearance every single one had been evolved.
A ck wolf with four reddish ck eyes had its head increased by two like a watchdog of hell. A ck panther with tentacles seemed to bebined with a chimera, it had draconic ws and snake tail while the air at its surrounding was flickering. A monster with horse head Ahatd had further two arms added, and it was also further enveloped in reddish ck magic power that seemed to be ''Vajra''.
Especially the dragon flock that covered the sky, every single one appeared to possess strength at the same level with the white dragon that they faced at Guryuen Grand Volcano.
And then, the leader of that dragon flock, the white dragon that was also the partner of Freed, it was emitting an absurd pressure that easily surpassed all the monsters. Its physique was already nearly twenty meters big Its pure white scales were giving off the radiance of steel. The wings on its back increased to two pairs of four wings, each time it breathed pure white spark was surging from its mouth.
The scar on its chest was exposed with ferocious dignity. Its magnificent body was shining brilliantly and emitted divinity. A white dragon that came out in legend¨D¨Dor perhaps it should be called as a white colored holy dragon, a white divine dragon. In any case, it appeared to have a strength that easily surpassed the divine beast leviathan that they encountered just now.
Hajime and others were surrounded by a few hundred, a few thousand monsters of abnormal level, the fierce killing intent was showered on them from all direction, amidst that Freed was floating calmly right at the side of the white divine dragon with his silver wings pping.
"Now, Nagumo Hajime. You can leave behind the women who love you dearly in this despair and progress ahead."
Hajime directed a scorning smile toward Freed who borated this disgusting n where Hajime had to leave behind Shia and Tio among this swarm in order to meet her beloved woman.
"Are you idiot? Just why do I have to listen to what you are saying? I can just instant-killed all of you before going forward brazenly."
There was no need to purposefully divide their battle strength in front of the enemy. Hajime who talked that doing this with all three of them was faster was given a cold gaze by Freed.
And then, he proimed.
"No, you are going to go ahead. To head toward despair, alone by yourself."
"Hah, saying whatever you like¨D¨D!?"
Instantly a golden light poured down toward Hajime. The ''angel''sdder'' that suddenly appeared from the gap of the clouds really resembled the torrent of light that once captured Yue.
"Hajime-san!"
"Goshujin-sama-"
Shia and Tio, perhaps remembering that time they reached out their hand toward Hajime with a slightly uneasy voice. As expected, their hand was repelled away.
Hajime was going to take out his pile bunker to show that the same trick wouldn''t work the second time. However, Freed opened his mouth faster than that.
"That light was a light of teleportation. It will lead toward the location of your ''beloved''."
Hearing that stopped Hajime''s hand for an instant. Indeed, the light that was pouring down right now didn''t have a harming effect at him for even a bit, it felt like it was connected with a space somewhere.
But, Hajime immediately rethought his thinking and he was going to destroy the light torrent. He could just exterminate Freed and the monsters together with Shia and Tio, then go to Yue altogether. As expected, he was unwilling to leave behind just the two of them in this space.
But, the one who stopped such Hajime was no other than Shia and Tio.
"Hajime-san, please go ahead."
"Truly. It''s an invitation that art hard toe by. Just the two of us art enough to take care of this side."
Hajime''s eyes widened slightly. But the two added more words without being concerned of that.
"Leave this ce to us and go ahead! I wanted to try saying that sentence at least once desu."
"Doon''t worry, we art going to follow immediately after finishing here. Fufufu."
Hajime''s face turned exasperated toward the rabbit and the no good dragon who sent him a wink while raising their death g daringly. And then, he also sensed how they were seriously telling him to go ahead even while joking around.
That was a scolding toward him not to let go of the chance to arrive at Yue''s location even if it was at a stage that the opponent prepared, it was also a resolve to not let any other to be hindrance at his battle against Ehito, it was also their faith that if it was Hajime then he would surely rescue Yue without fail, and it was also the expression of their confidence that if it was the two of them then they would make it somehow against a situation of just this level.
Hajime''s figure was fading. He was being transferred to another different ce. Although Hajime was slightly hesitant, he directed a gaze that was filled with his utmost trust at the resolved Shia and Tio and strongly nodded.
In actuality, it was outside of their expectation for the inside of [Holy Precincts] to have this many varied spaces contained inside it. They had thepass, so they didn''t get lost in searching Yue''s whereabouts. But, if for example, Ehito rearranged the spaces'' configuration like a block game or if he could teleport without limitation, then there was the risk that this would be an endless chase.
In that aspect, it was honestly painful when the degraded version crystal key broke when they entered the [Holy Precincts]. In the worst case, there would be a need for Hajime to recycle the very small amount of god crystal he used for his other artifact to create a new degraded crystal key, so if the other side was giving him the invitation then it was an unexpected windfall for him.
Shia and Tio also understood about that, for that reason they proposed this dispersion of battle strength that could be said as a bad move.
"Got it. Shia, Tio¡"
"Yes desu."
"Yes."
Just before Hajime was teleported, he made a fierce smile and left behind his words to the two in exchange for leaving from here.
"No need to hold back. Kill them all¡in a way fitting as my women."
"Yes, siiir desuu!"
"Fufu, leave it to us!"
Shia and Tio were also returning a smile that looked like a wild beast at Hajime.
At that moment, the light dispersed and along with it, Hajime''s figure vanished.
The two who were left behind¨D¨DShia was tapping her war hammer Vire Doryukken on her shoulder while ring over the monsters around them, while Tio was cracking her neck audibly with a somehow bewitching smile on her face.
"Now then, it seemed that you said something about torturing us to death or something but¡"
"Instead, the one who wouldst be made sport to death art thou, just like all those time before, and from here on too. Thou art truly a man without any learning capability."
While being surrounded by several hundred, several thousand monsters of absurd level, far from having their calm expression crumbling, Shia and Tio were instead giving Freed a gaze as though they were looking at an idiot. Freed narrowed his eyes to that.
"Don''t think that I am the same like the me before this. This power that I was bestowed by my lord¨D¨Dputting aside that monster, there is no doubt that I have surpassed the likes of you two. Prepare yourself. The bitterness of being looked down, I''ll return itpletely, no, I''ll return it by several folds to the two of you. The two of you can meet your end while yelling that man''s name with your death cry."
"Enough with the tedious talk desu. Crushed, beaten up, punched, exploded, sttered, they are all simr, but I''ll let you chose the method that you preferred to be massacred with."
"So this is what art called as big talk. Let me taught thou this thing called as the difference in status."
Both sides sent each other caustic words.
A beat.
Killing intent burst out from the whole body of each of them.
And then,
"Kill them-!"
"I''ll kill you to death desu-!"
"Be annihted-!"
The spark of battle was lit up.
Rain of aurora rained down from the sky, immense zes were spat out from three-headed wolves, violent shockwave surged from the six-armed horse-heads, silver sh and arge amount of feathers rushed from the front.
Lethal attacks from all directions. The field of vision of Shia and Tio werepletely covered with death.
But,
"Tio-san, two steps to the right, drop a little then go three steps ahead desu."
"Right, that helped."
Tio moved almost reflexively following Shia''s murmur. Aurora poured down at the spot where she was at just a moment before, furthermore when Tio lowered his altitude shockwave passed through above, and when she stepped forward she evaded silver feathers in return.
At the same time, Shia was also simrly taking steps as though she was dancing in midair. She slipped through the gaps of the attacks as though it was actually the attacks that were avoiding Shia.
The ce where Shia moved at, and then, the ce where Tio moved at following Shia''s instruction, those ces were ces with the thinnest concentration of attack.
The derivation of characteristic magic ''Future Sight'', the ''Revtion Sight''¨D¨Dan ability that could automatically take a peek at the future a few seconds ahead. Shia predicted the trajectory of attack with this ability and calcted the safe spot swiftly.
Nevertheless, it was not an exaggeration to say that the density of the attacks sent to them was like a wall. Even if they moved to the ce where it was rtively harder to be hit, that didn''t mean that they were unharmed.
Therefore,
"URYAAAAAAAA-!!"
"Just this much-!"
Shia took out from the empty air a kendama made from adamantium and coated with sealing stone, and then sheunched it instantly overhead. Vire Doryukken struck the metal ball and a thunderous sound roared, at the same time the kendama was rising to the sky with a violent momentum like a rocket flying to space.
The surface that was coated with sealing stone disyed its trait fully and reduced the intensity of the rain of aurora. Next, the aurora rain was snapped away to far beyond due to the kendama''s pure destructive force.
And then, for a brief time, the gray dragon that was defenseless due to firing the aurora could only get startled funnily by the approaching metallic mass from below. At the next moment, *mekyo!* such graphic sound resounded and while the kendama was sinking into its stomach, the dragon was further blown away to the sky.
The gray dragon got the bones in its whole body got pulverized and disappeared at beyond the sky. An instantter Shia then appeared at the ce where that dragon was at as though in recement, without stopping she used the chain to swing around the kendama, giving rise to a whirlwind that beaten to death the surrounding gray dragons.
Freed slightly narrowed his eyes toward such Shia, but when he directed his gaze at Tio who was left behind, there he could see the figure of Tio who was crossing her arms while getting swallowed by the impact of light and ze.
Although in that spot the attack was rtively fewer, but she was still getting hit by attacks at the amount that might be enough to inflict lethal wound considering the level of the power of the attacks.
However,
"That appearance¡"
"Hmph,pared to Goshujin-sama''s reward, this level of pain art too lukewarm."
Tio was floating unmoving with a fearless smile while saying such sentence. Her appearance waspletely changedpared to her appearance just a moment before.
First of all, the color of her skin was different. Her beautiful skin that was like porcin was now covered with jet ck color, only her golden eyes were piercingly shining in there. Looking carefully, Freed noticed that the source of the jet ck color was from dragon scales on her skin.
It was the derivative skill ''Partial Dragonification'' from characteristic magic ''Dragonification''. The dragon scale that originally could only came out in Tio''s ck dragon form was now being put on like a chainmail so that it wouldn''t obstruct the movement of her small human form. Furthermore, using ''Dragon Scale Hardening'' that increased the hardness of the scale in respond to the magic power consumption, Tiopletely endured all the attacks solidly.
Of course, if Tio was actually hit by all the attacks then the damage would pass through, but with Shia''s help the number of attacks that she got hit with decreased remarkably, she would have no trouble at all if she only got hit by one or two of each variation of attack.
By the way, the reason Tio didn''t turn into dragonpletely was purely because her human form was more maneuverable and it was also harder to hit her because she was a smaller target like this. Although her physical strength droppedpared with the state ofplete dragonification, she had already mastered the ''Partial Dragonification'' to the degree that there was not that much difference in defensive capability aspect, so this state was convenient for her in this case.
If this technique was to be given a name then this would beposite dragonification and metamorphosis magic¨D¨Dthe ''Dragon Scale Armor''.
"A return gift!"
The instant a pause appeared between the attacks, Tio turned into a counterattack. She stretched both her hands horizontally and instantly focused tremendous magic power, at the next instant she fired breath attack from the tips of both her hands like aser that had beenpressed to the limit.
The right and left breath attacks that were fired straight like ck string easily pierced the monsters at their line of fire. Even the horse head that looked excellent in defensive power was also no exception. This attack of Tio had been refined until its might heightened by that much.
In addition, that was not the end of it. Tio spread wide her hands horizontally and then she twirled on the spot.
Naturally, the super thin breaths that pierced and bisected everything were matching Tio''s movement and trampled the battlefield, mowing down the monsters.
Her clothing that looked like Japanese clothes gently fluttered along with her long beautiful hair, exhibiting elegance like in a dance in this battlefield. The blood spray scattered everywhere by the bisected monsters that were falling to the ground colored Tio''s surrounding like a blizzard of falling sakura petals.
"Impudent¡Uranos. The disgrace that you once received, clear it up right here!"
Freed who frowned from looking at Tio''s figure gave instruction at the white divine dragon(Uranos) beside him. Uranos''s reddish ck eyes shined in joy.
GOGAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!
Uranos raised an extremely loud roar.
It didn''t fire aurora as breath attack, it was merely roaring, but just with that space itself trembled, a shockwave of sound was generated. Normal people would have their body pulverized just from that, and even if they endured it a primitive terror would well up and they might be driven mad, a violent howl.
Truly a roar of a divine dragon.
Due to that, even the monsters who should be its ally couldn''t help but get paralyzed, the attacks that were raining down like storm also gotpletely dispersed.
Although, it was by no meant that Tio was helped just because of that.
"Nuoo!?"
While her whole body got strongly struck by the shockwave,bined with the lightness of her small human body caused Tio to get blown away. She fell toward the ground like a meteor. Looking carefully, there were few small shining fragments scattered at the trajectory her body passed through. Although it was only a few, but Tio''s prided dragon scales were smashed, just from a single roar.
Tio impacted the ground like that without being able to kill her momentum. *BAM* Tremor hit the ground and a small crater was created on the floating ind, Tio''s figure got concealed by the rolling up dust.
There, a merciless pursuit attack was fired.
GOAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!
The world was dyed by white radiance, by the breath of the Uranos¨D¨Dby aurora.
Even the word tremendous couldn''t represent a fragment of that attack''s might. The absurd torrent of light caused the space itself to creak, just its after-wave gouged out the ground of the floating ind.
And then, at the ce that got hit directly¡the aurora pierced until far below¨D¨Dit broke through the bottom of the floating ind and pierced until the far beyond.
Yes, the aurora pierced through the ground of the floating ind that had the diameter of ten-odd kilometers until it came out on the other side. The sea of clouds spreading under the ind had a hole opened there like the eye of a typhoon that dispersed in a radial shape.
A terrifying might. It was just like the light of divine punishment. Everything that stood on its way would bepletely destroyed without any discrimination by that breath of devastation.
Before long, the sh that dyed the world was disappearing as though melting into air.
"Tio-san-!"
Tio was swallowed by the aurora, no, any possibility other than Tio got destroyed altogether with the ground leaving not even dust behind was unthinkable from witnessing this spectacle, seeing that caused Shia to spontaneously called Tio''s name with shrieking voice.
While beating to death several gray dragons with her kendama, Shia focused her eyes at the spot where Tio got blown away at, but she could only see a hole in the ground that waspletely empty of any living thing and she couldn''t discover Tio''s figure.
"Hmph, perhaps that''s overdoing it. Despite my intention to torture her to death, but to be annihted with one attack¡the situation just cannot go as I hoped for."
"There is no way such thing is¨D¨D!?"
Freed red at below looking not amused.
Shia raged to deny those words.
And then, Shia changed the Vire Doryukken into bombing mode and aimed at Freed¡at that moment, the figure of herself getting shed into pieces by countlessrge swords was reflected in her brain. It was a death prediction from her characteristic magic ''Future Sight''.
A chill rushed through her whole body instantly, her voice got caught in her throat while she twisted her body half-forcefully. From the superb timing of the attack''s instant, it brought to Shia''s intention that this was an attack that leaped through space¨D¨Dan attack that couldn''t be dodged perfectly based on Shia''s experience.
In an instant, the space around Shia was undting, from thererge swords were thrusting out in a sh.
"¨D¨D"
While raising a wordless scream, Shia''s legs and arms cartwheeled midair in order to at least avoid a fatal wound, and then fourrge swords grazed her and blood sprayed up.
Anotherrge sword approached her head, she avoided that by turning her head and the de grazed her cheek, tworge swords approached her neck from left and right, she blocked one with her Vire Doryukken, and used the chain connected to the kendama to block the other one.
She pulled the trigger of Vire Doryukken next and used the fierce recoil to rotate like a spinning wheel, three des rushed at her as though blocking her escape path, but she barely evaded them even while her shoulders got gouged.
And then, even while bearing injury, Shia somehow seeded to get away from her future of death and put her feet on air using ''Air Force''. At the same time, the apostles with tinum hair flew out from the undting space with their wings pping, their twin swordsunching severe shes at Shia.
"KuUUUU-"
Vertical bisecting attack using tworge swords at the same time. Shia blocked that attack using the handle of Vire Doryukken, but she was pushed toward the ground by immense pressure and impact where the weapons of both sides were locked with each other.
Amidst the sparks scattered by therge swords and the war hammer, Shia fell with fierce momentum toward the ground, the tinum apostle who wielded that bizarre strength from really close range then opened her mouth at Shia.
"The first apostle Erst. Judgment to god''s enemy."
Immediately after, therge swords shined in tinum light. Right after that power swelled up explosively into a torrent. The apostle that introduced herself as Erst swung out her twin swords in one breath then.
"Gua!?"
Shia''s body was struck fiercely due to the impact, she fell on the ground like that. *BAM* Fierce shockwave radiated loudly and a crater was created, dust rolled up. It was like a reproduction of Tio''s fall before this.
Sure enough, five tinum shes aimed for Shia at the bottom of the crater, all of them were fired simultaneously.
"The second apostle Zweit. Judgment to god''s enemy."
"The third apostle Dritte. Judgment to god''s enemy."
"The fourth apostle Vierte. Judgment to god''s enemy."
"The fifth apostle Funfte. Judgment to god''s enemy."
The four apostles that appeared unnoticed were conducting their introduction promation whileunching their bombing. Even if the color of their magic power light was different, but it only stood to reason that the light that an apostleunched must have disintegration ability.
Thinking of the apostle''s explosive power that struck Shia into the ground, the spec of the tinum apostles were obviously above even the normal apostle, from that it could be easily imagined that their bombing would be something absurd too.
Shia immediately pulled her kendama close to use it as shield recement, but in the end would it make it in time or not¡ Simr with Tio, it seemed that Shia was also going to vanish inside the light.
But, at that time,
Gigantic ck sh that was fired from somewhere approached the apostles, furthermore *hyun* a sound of cutting wind resounded and something like a rope rushed inside the dust cloud and entangled around Shia''s body, it then extracted Shia from that spot in one go.
The tinum apostles pped their tinum wings and evaded the ck sh. At the same time, the ground where Shia was just at before she got pulled was pierced by the tinum bombardment. The ground after the dust got swept away had been gouged really deeply, even though the attack didn''t pierce until the bottom of the ind but the bottom of the hole couldn''t be seen from above. As expected, the might of these apostles had wide differencepared to the normal apostle.
"Shia, art thou safe?"
"Tio-san!"
Shia who was entangled in ck rope¨D¨Dor more urately in ck whip was pulled up and received into an embrace of Tio, who although she was in a sooty state here and there with various sizes of wound all over her body, her expression still lookedparatively fine.
Shia spontaneously sighed in relieve, to that Tio grinned widely while the corner of her mouth was holding a test tube container.
And then, Tio moved her lips and tilted the test tube container, she drained up the content in one go before *puih* she spat away the container also with a wild gesture, she then released Shia from her ck whip.
"¡So you escaped. What a toughness that is as expected from that man''s woman. How annoying."
The expression of Freed''s eyes warped while he spouted out abusivenguage.
"Well, I thought I was going to die for a bit there though. For therge shield created by Goshujin-sama to be pulverized, although it couldn''t use ''Vajra'' or ''Transmutation''¡thou have really evolved this dragon of thy."
It appeared in that instant when the aurora poured down, Tio summoned arge shield artifact from her ''Treasure Warehouse II'' and she barely escaped at the slight time it took until the shield got pulverized. In other words, the protection of Tio''s Dragon Scale Armor got overtaken only by the after wave and she bore this much damage from that. As expected, the aurora of the Uranos was something absurd.
"Hmph, is it really okay for you to actposed? The aurora of Uranos who has reached the territory of a divine dragon is increased not only in its might. Its additional ability to obstruct healing is also evolved. It obstructed even the regeneration magic. On top of that, it is making the wound to worsen further with the passage of time. Although you got hit only by the after wave, if you bore that much wound, it won''t take that long for the effect to gnaw at your body until you die you know?"
"Is that so? All these monsters, and then these tinum apostles, these art quite troublesome. ¡Well, normally that''s how it would be."
"What?"
Ahead of the gaze of Freed who was feeling dubious at Tio''s way of talking, Tio was wrapped in the light of magic power. That was the sign that regeneration magic was being used. As though to show that, the wounds that Tio bore were being healed one after another.
Freed was gazing in astonishment while raising his voice from being unable to endure his question.
"Ridiculous¡the invasion of the aurora is being nullified? Impossible-"
"The ridiculous one art thou. Just how many times do you think Goshujin-sama hath been showered by that light. Obviously something like one or two countermeasure would be created for that."
"¡Don''t tell me, is it the liquid just now?"
Tio shrugged at Freed''s question. It seemed that was the correct answer.
Anti-aurora magic medicine ''Fix It J''¨D¨Dthe ability to obstruct healing that was included in the magic power of the aurora, Hajime who understood that it came from the magic factor with opposing nature against the magic power contained in the aurora made this magic medicine. Hajime enchanted magic that would negate the effect of the aurora into powder of metal that didn''t have bad effect to the human body to make this medicine.
It had been proven by the ''God Water'' that it was possible to forcefully heal the affected wound using something with healing power that surpassed the obstructing effect. And so, if the obstructing effect was weakened by this ''Fix It J'', even if the effect had been evolved but the wound could be healed enough using regeneration magic.
Freed showed an irritated expression that the additional effect of the aurora didn''t show result. Even the Uranos at his side was making growling sound from its throat in dissatisfaction.
But, at that time,
"-, Tio-san-"
"Yes-"
Suddenly, Shia raised a voice of warning, both of them immediately leaped away from their spot.
After that, tinum sh rushed through.
"Freed-sama. These people are that irregr''srade. Please don''t let your guard down."
"Acknowledged."
Erst was giving a warning to Freed using politenguage. It seemed that before they knew it the status between the Freed and the apostles had been reversed. Most likely it was because the transformation that happened with Freed, but right now there wasn''t any free time to know the detail.
The tinum apostles flew out simultaneously focusing at Shia.
"We will hand down the judgment at that rabbit person first. Is that fine?"
"Yeah. I''ll leave that one to you. I too want to judge that dragon woman, the one who made fool of me once."
Erst nodded briskly at Freed''s words, she then pped her tinum wings in order to deal with Shia herself and flew away.
When Shia guessed that all the apostles were designating her as their target, she raised a ferocious war cry while forcefully blowing away therge sword that was swung down at her by the second apostle Zweit along with the holder.
"Bring it on desu-! Just try it if you think that you can desuu!"
Immediately after, faint blue magic power burst out from Shia. Using the derivative skill of magic power operation, ''Body Strengthening'', and then also the further derivation skill ''Impact Conversion Increase III'', Shia''s body capability was explosively raised up.
And then, she rotated the kendama in high speed using only snapping motion of the wrist of the hand holding the chain, swinging around the super heavy kendama like a il.
The gigantic metal mass was rotating in circle with abnormal speed and became like a streak of light.
There, the third apostle Dritte came attacking right from the front. Shia pulled the trigger of Vire Doryukken and fired out bursting slug bullet to check Dritte in ce.
Dritte evaded that like it was only natural and kept advancing. But, Shia read ahead the path that she took andunched the kendama that looked like it would snap away anytime with superb timing. The liberated red kendama that looked like a wild beast made Dritte unable to take evasive action¡was how it looked like, but the moment she was almost hit, Dritte''s figure vanished.
And then, at the next moment, she materialized right at Shia''s side. Furthermore, unnoticed the fourth apostle Vierte from behind and the fifth apostle Funfte from below were approaching, they shed their twinrge swords as though to block Shia''s ce to escape.
"ts, youu-"
Shia entrusted Vire Doryukken to her physical strength and swept it horizontally, she repelled away therge swords of the two apostles while dodging thest sword with a somersault.
But, it seemed that this time it was the apostles who read ahead of her movement, Zweit who was sent flying before this was already shing herrge sword in a timing that couldn''t be dodged.
Inside the flow of time that felt strangely slow, the eyes of the inhuman apostle and Shia''s eyes crossed with each other. No emotion or anything could be seen there, but vaguely Shia could feel something like triumph "Even if you can see the future, you cannot avoid this right?", surely it wasn''t just in her imagination.
Shia wasn''t even agitated or impatient, she returned back a straight clear gaze. Shia didn''t blink even once while capturing the rapidly approaching de that left behind trail of tinum light in her field of vision.
A predicament of this level was nothing to speak of. Don''t think that the one who obtains new power is just you! Shia proimed that implicitly. And then, just when she was about to use that new power¡a ck whip stretched out smoothly and entangled the wrist of the apostle before her eyes.
(Oh my, I don''t even need to use it. As expected from Tio-san. That''s a superb follow-up desu!)
Shia who whispered that in her heart changed her n. While a smile formed at the corner of her lips, Vire Doryukken leaped up from below.
The slowing world returned to its original speed.
Right after that, the arm of Zweit was tugged away and the trajectory of herrge sword slipped away from Shia''s body. At the same time, the war hammer repelled away the second sword from below at the opposite side while rising up with powerful speed.
*GOGYA!*
Such graphic sound resounded, Vire Doryukken that hit the jaw of Zweit blown her away to the sky above as though rocket propulsion was carrying her away.
"Disappear."
Toward Shia who was just lifting up Vire Doryukken, a cold voice¨D¨DErst''s promation came at the same time with a tinum sh that attacked Shia.
Shia was unable to evade due to an instant of her body stiffening afterunching her attack.
But, as expected the color of anxiety was nonexistence in her expression.
Right after that, Zweit who was blown away just now was returning. That wasn''t because Shia''s blow wasn''t effective and she came to attack once more. The ck whip that Tio controlled was still connected to her hand, therefore she was now being pulled back forcefully, toward the line of fire of the tinum light.
"¨D¨D!"
Erst and the pulled back Zweit reflexively gazed in astonishment, at the next moment, Erst''s bombing was defended by Zweit''s own tinum wings.
And then, Zweit shook off the ck whip entangling her wrist and got out of the line of fire in hurry.
This was happening in less than a second.
But, that was enough.
"SEYAAA!!"
A yell exploded.
Shia''s Vire Doryukken caught the tinum sh in a full swing. A tremendous shockwave was generated, at the same time, the surface that was coated with sealing stone dispersed the disintegration ability along with the sh.
And then, the apostles who attempted to attack Shia without any interval were held back by Tio''s breath attack, while Tio''s body slipped in to be shield using her dragon scale against the opponent that couldn''t be held back. Although the ck dragon scale of the dragon race that boasted supreme hardness was disintegrated, coupled with its unparalleled endurance it somehow pulled through with only faint wound created by the tinum magic power.
"Those arts quiet the cooperation, but it''s troubling for thou to then look down on our cooperation!"
Tio opened her mouth. At the tip of her mouth, magic power was focusing with fierce momentum. Dritte who was looking at that across the arm covered with dragon scale that blocked herrge sword immediately leaped away. Thepressed breath pierced that vacated spot.
Naturally, Shia and Tio became standing back to back.
"Tio-san, thank you very much. It''s truly amazing that you can breakthrough to here."
"Well, if I charged with the resolve to be damaged, then as long as it''s not against that white dragon I am unstoppable."
Yes, Tio saw Shia who was receiving a concentrated attack from the apostles, and then she resolved to receive damage from Freed and the monsters'' attack while cutting across the storm of attacks toe at Shia''s side.
"But, Tio-san, your wound¡"
"Shia. It will be okay with this. Just so thou know, there is this."
"¡Aa, I see desu."
Shia and Tio talked back to back with a small voice that could reach other.
During that time, with Erst at the front as the starting point, the apostles were surrounding the two. Beside Erst, Freed finally arrived apanied with his Uranos.
"Sorry. It seems that dragon woman is not really bothered by damage. I misread the way she fights a little."
"No, we too were unable to finish off Shia Hauria. It appears that she has further increased her fighting strength in these few days. ¡What an unbelievable thing."
It seemed that the two of them were revising their analysis of Shia and Tio.
"Then, we will pull away Shia Hauria away and exterminate her."
"Aa. Even the dragon race won''t be able to maintain that kind of reckless fighting for long but, I too will use my full strength here."
Shia and Tio, and then Freed and Erst, each side exchanged words with each other. The wind of tension blew once more.
And then¡
"Exterminating god''s enemy."
"Receive your judgment, foolish people."
Erst swung her twinrge swords, while Freed distorted the space at the tip of his stretched out hand.
At the same time,
"I''m going-, ¨D¨D''Level IV-''!!"
"Come, mine retainer, ¨D¨D''Dragon Army Summoning''!!"
Shia''s body reinforcement rose by a level, the light magic power enveloping her further increased in radiance. Along with Tio''s promation, a hundred armed ck dragons materialized from the ''magic orbs'' that were scattered in the battlefield unnoticed by anyone.
Right now, the gong of the second round was sounded.
Chapter 170
Chapter 170
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Tingle tranted this chapter. Bakapervert did the edits.
Author''sments: Time for Shia''s culmination
**__
The Young Girl With Rabbit Ears is Excelling
"UryaA!!"
With a cute and brave voice, Shia jumped out.
Body strengthening Level IV ¨D More precisely, this skill was one level above the magically operated derivation Conversion Efficiency Up III. This skill which could turn magical power into physical strength with a ratio of 1:3 had been evolved into Conversion Efficiency Up IV with sublimation magic, raising the ratio to 1:4.
At the same time,
"Fire!"
Tio issued hermand.
GoAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!
Surrounding Shia and Tio were the swarm of monsters. Surrounding the swarm of monsters were the armed ck dragons summoned by Tio''s artifact, which simultaneously fired breath.
It was a perfect surprise attack for the monsters who were struck from the rear by a series of breaths.
The poor monsters resembling prisoners locked in iron maidens were mercilessly prated and killed by ck shes resembling Tio''s breath attack.
The power was more than enough. It was around the same level as the aurora of the white dragon back in their first encounter. In other words, it was above the power of the reinforced ash dragons.
In fact, the breaths fired from the ck dragons who numbered roughly one hundred instantly pulverized over two hundred monsters. That is to say, each breath was able to break through at least two monsters which boasted an unusually high level of defense.
Just where did these ridiculously powerful dragonse from? Freed grumbled as he directed the silver bombardment towards Tio. Even though he personally improved the level of the ash dragons to the level of the former white dragon, even though if received the assistance of god¡ Just how much effort and training would be required to go against that?
Even if Tio had a high aptitude with metamorphosis magic, if you were topare her current skill with her skill back in the devil king castle, it was indeed an impossible development. No matter how you put it, her current level could not be reached in only a few days.
(In that case, as expected, the cause for this is the equipment attached to the ck dragons. Such a thing as equipping monsters with artifacts¡ how absurd. That must once again be that guy''s doing. How annoying!)
Freed came to that conclusion and cursed at the white-haired boy who wasn''t here. Seeing his bombardment was repelled by Tio, he issued instructions to the monsters while preparing his next attack. That is, to eliminate the surrounding ck dragons.
Following the main order, therge number of faithful subordinate monsters turned around and their new targets shifted from Tio to the ck dragons.
Just as Tio nned. It was already bad enough that they had to face the tinum apostles, freed, and the divine white dragon, but if they also had to watch out for the attacks of the crowd of the monsters while fighting the other opponents, it would be unbearable.
''Numbers against numbers''. She was d she had anticipated such a situation and had been preparing for it.
These armed dragons were from a species of dragon that inhabited a hidden vige, Tio''s hometown ¨D located on an ind that could be reached by heading north on the continent until reaching a mountainous area, making one''s way through the mountains until the seaside, and then navigating through the sea for several hundred kilometers. Originally, their power level was not less than that of monsters on the upper level of the abyss.
With the strengthening obtained using metamorphosis magic, their power became on par with the middle-level monsters. Add to that the artifacts bestowed upon them by Hajime''s sublimation magic, however dirty that was, and their power rivaled that of lower level monsters. Finally, taking cheatmate into ount (TN: The food Hajime made for them before the fight), their power could even be said to rival that of monsters in the lowest parts of the abyss.
Incidentally, even though the dragons used to be a different color, the fact that there were only ck dragons was because Tio had used metamorphosis magic. The reason being something as stupid as: [The wife of the devil king (TN: refers to Hajime here) should be apanied by evil dragons. Who says evil means ck, right?]. The person herself showed a self-satisfied look.
Freed''s monsters simultaneously attacked the armed ck dragons. Their number was still more than ten times more. Specs-wise they were roughly equal. Therefore, it should be expected that the ck dragons would be overwhelmed by the enemy''s numbers.
However, that expectation would soon be betrayed in the truest sense.
First, as if to say the skies belong to them, the ash dragons simultaneously unleashed a series of breaths expressing their anger. Countless traces of light shone through the air. Totaling more than three times the numbers of ck dragons, the series of breaths looked like a wall to them.
However, against the multitude of attacks which were expected to be direct hits, the ck dragons performed evasive maneuvers that looked like barrel-rolls and sessfully dodged the series of attacks, a little like someone finding gaps and weaving his way through a crowd.
These moves seemed like the movements of Shia, who knew the safety zones, made just before.
The origin was the helmet the ck dragons were wearing.
This helmet covered the entirety of the head, until the tip of the nose, and had a Foresight ability. Unlike Shia''s foresight, this ability could not show a distinct picture of the danger beforehand, but once an attack had been fired, it did have the ability to sense the trajectory of the attack. They took precise evasive action ording to this ability.
The ck dragons counterattacked with breaths and mowed down the rmed monsters. A monster with the head of horse which managed to slip through the ck light dove towards a ck dragon''s chest and swung its strong arm. The fist that was thrown into the part of the armor that covered the ck dragon from its lower parts up until its stomach made contact and a dark red wave spread as the monster''s magical power was turned into a shockwave.
However, at that moment, a simr wave was caused by the armor, and the one getting blown away was the monster with the horse head. That was obviously the effect of Impact Conversion. The moment the armor the ck dragon wore perceived a shock, it returned it. It was a reactive armor, so to speak.
In addition, a three-headed wolf and a ck panther chimeraunched an attack on the ck dragon, only to be counter-attacked by its ws and tail. The two monsters scrutinized the counter-attack, as if they were mocking its dullness, and quickly dodged it. Or so they thought, but in the next moment, they fell on the ground with their blood sshing out.
Even though they should have certainly dodged it, their bodies had been split into two. The cause for this was the activation of Wind Nail which had been installed on the dragon''s ws and at the edge of its tail.
Though equal specs-wise,paring the strength only based on numbers was presumptuous. The artifacts equipped could overturn the difference in fighting strength of both sides!
"Fufu, this is the result of my group work with goshujin-sama. Not bad, don''t you think?"
"Uranus! Mow them down!"
Ignoring Tio''s prideful moment, Freed twitched his eyebrows and gave the order to the divine dragon. An enormous torrent of aurora was fired in the direction of Tio.
''How many times do I have to deal with that?'' Tio thought as she quickly went out the way of the incarnation of death which mowed down everything in its path. At the same time, she made a telepathicmunication with the ck dragons that stood in the path of the attack to urge them to evade.
The ck dragons made a tailspin and performed an emergency escape, but as expected, it was impossible to perfectly evade the maxed-out death beam which made Tio feel her scales were being shredded just from the aftershock, and several ck dragons sustained wounds.
Then, without a moment''s dy,
"¨D Boon of the Dragon King."
Tio sang to herself.
Then, a ck wave spread through Tio. The ck dragons having lost their wings and limbs who were tumbling to the ground recovered in the blink of an eye, allowing them to keep flying.
Spirit magic and regeneration magicbined, Boon Of The Dragon King. This magic is abination of regeneration magic and spirit magic, used to select only the ck dragons as the scope of effect.
Just as the name of the magic suggests, the ck dragons received healing from their own king. They raised a cry of great joy as they resumed the fight. The dragon king had protected them. No matter how wounded they had been, they showed no fear. Even if they were in a situation where they should instinctively prioritize evasion, they moved forward and swung their ws and bore their fangs at the enemy. As a result, this made the ck dragons in superior position again.
And, Tio swung the ck whip she was holding in her hand. Even though its length appeared to be five or six meters at most, once it was swung, it expanded to an impossible degree and took an irregr trajectory as it soared through the air. The speed of the tip of the whip was slightly above the speed of sound.
It was a horizontal sh aimed at Freed.
"Tch!"
Freed clicked his tongue, and tried to used the silver wings as a defense. However, the trajectory of the ck whip suddenly changed and its tip struck the white divine dragon''s eyeball.
GuluaAAAAAAAAAA
Normally, even if the divine dragon''s eyeball were to receive a direct hit, its aberrantly huge stamina would not allow there to be even a single trace of a wound. But, the moment the tip of the ck whip made contact, it followed the surface of the eyeball, creating a gap in space, easily tearing through the eyeball.
That ck whip was naturally an artifact made by Hajime, and its name was ck Whip of very. On one part of its design was attached a small Treasure Warehouse. Stored inside was the biggest ck whip in existence, three kilometers in length. By pouring magical power, one could freely take more length out or in, effectively changing the size of the whip. At a nce, it was a whip that could stretch infinitely.
Furthermore, countless small pieces of metal were attached along the whip, so if one were to concentrate one''s eyes on the whip, one would see something simr to a cat''s tongue, or possibly the skin of a shark, that would shave off its target.
And, a space magic, Decapitation Silk, was embedded in those metal pieces. By the will of the user, it could cut off the surrounding space.
Although the divine dragon narrowly avoided another strikeing for its other eye, its pride had been damaged. It showed fury at the fact that it had received a wound. In its anger, it started mowing down the battlefield with its aurora.
Countless of its own allies were swallowed in the attack, but it didn''t hit Tio, which only made the divine dragon angrier.
"Oveeth by emotions on the battlefield? How inexperienced."
Even if it had changed and its power increased, it had a long way to go as far asbat experience is concerned. It seemed the white divine dragon had lost itsposure.
In a sense, against the white divine dragon leaving lots of openings in its attacks, Tio, showing the dignity of a senior, swung her ck whip of very.
However, this time it was aimed at the three-headed wolf that was still staggering from the after effects of the previous aurora.
"GuGaaa!?"
The three-headed wolf let out a surprised voice at the sudden ck whip of very that twined around its neck and tightened.
"Cometh to life, together with the first cry of birth, ¨D¨D Authority of the Dragon King!!"
The voice which carried Tio''s dignity resounded.
At the same time, the three-headed wolf screamed.
"GiiiaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA"
It was a strange scream you would totally never expect from this three-headed wolf.
The cause would be obvious for anyone.
"Wh, what, what are you doing!?"
Freed said in an unintentionally shaken voice.
That couldn''t be helped. After all, the three-headed wolf whose neck had been entangled by the ck whip of very, underwent a sudden transformation while it was screaming.
In terms of seconds, it took approximately three seconds.
In this short timespan, the three-headed wolf turned into a monster that was covered in ck scales. It grew thick, strong limbs and a tail, as well as sharp ws, and hard wings showing radiance ¨D¨D It had turned into a dragon.
Authority of the Dragon King, abined magic made of spirit magic and metamorphosis magic. A spirit magic that took the information of dragon transformation from her own dragon race soul and copied it, Dragon Soul Reproduction, and a metamorphosis magic, Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation. Thisbined magic forced the monster to undergo a transformation into a ck dragon.
Normally, no matter how high Tio''s aptitudes were in metamorphosis magic, it should be impossible to turn a monster, controlled by someone else at that, into her own underling in mere seconds.
What made such a thing possible was ck Whip of the very. Its real worth didn''t lie in controlling its sticity at will, nor in its ability to cut through the surrounding space, but in its ability to act as a device that assisted apulsory change into a dragon. Using this ck whip of very as an intermediary, Tio was able to force the usual monsters to turn into ck dragons.
She could make the monsters she whipped obey her.
Maybe it could be said It wasn''t something fitting for an extremely masochist pervert, or maybe it could be said it was something too fitting for a pervert''s wildest ends. It couldn''t be helped that Shia and the others looked at Hajime in disbelief in lots of ways when he handed the ck whip to Tio.
While Freed was shocked at the fact that one of his underlings had been snatched away, two more of his monsters were again changed into ck dragons.
"As if I''m going to let you do anymore than that."
A magical attack like surging wave was fired by Freed. The magic that contained all attributes rushed towards Tio to engulf her. At the same time, silver feathers were fired to cover the remaining gaps. And, to seal any means of escape, the white divine dragon unleashed its aurora.
Tio, without a moment''s hesitation, jumped inside the storm of the attack unleashed by Freed without fearing damage.
If she wouldn''t be able to avoid it, she might as well leap into Freed''s attack, was the conclusion she reached. This evasion action, which could be said to be reckless, was actually a sess taking into ount the power of the aurora and its after effects.
However, although most of Freed''s attack was repelled by her ck scales, his magic, and most of all the dposition ability, were pouring constantly and she sustained by no means only light damage.
As the pulverized ck dragon scales reflected light, blood began slowly falling to the ground, and before long, it turned into a spray of blood.
"How unsightly. Now that you can''t rely on restoration from the stubbornness of your dragons and your magic, you''re showing such a disgraceful way of fighting."
"I wouldn''t put it like that. Those are also legitimate tactics."
"Foolishness. You just don''t understand the concept of abilities. I was surprised at your ability to snatch away my monsters, but it seems the person herself is going to meet her end soon after all."
Freed made fun of Tio''s fighting style, who was ignoring the damage she received. And, once more, she was faced with a barrage of magic and dposition magic, while the divine white dragon breathed its aurora breath.
Tio once more weighed the aurora breath and Freed''s attack, chose thetter, and exposed herself to the storm of the attack.
At that time, she expanded the length of her ck whip of very to turn more monsters into ck dragons. Seeing such behavior, Freed thought she was acting like a desperate chicken trying to invert the tide of the battle by increasing her war potential because her own power must be reaching its limits. His mocking face grew even more mocking as he saw this.
''If you like being bombed so much, I''ll let you have as much as you want'' thought Freed as he turned a sadistic look to Tio. The density of the barrage of attacks increased yet again.
On the other side, Shia jumped out. A fierce battle was going on with the tinum apostles on this side too. Though, by no means could it be said to be a fair battle.
Just barely, yes, really just barely, did Shia manage to endure.
If she didn''t have body strengthening Level IV and her native magic Divine Revtion Sight, she would have probably been instant-killed by the tinum apostles. With a quick estimation, the specs of the tinum apostles could be said to be several times that of Shia. She had expected these apostles to be stronger than the average apostle, however she hadn''t expected them to be this strong.
"How about giving up? Shia Hauria."
Erst, who held arge sword and was engaged in a sword lock with Shia, stared at her and said so from point-nk range.
There, for a moment, an improbable thought like ''Maybe it''s better to do that¡ '' popped in her head. When she realized she had been taken aback by the earlier suggestion, a long sword came sweeping sideways from the back.
At once, using her weapon which was engaged in a sword lock as support, Shia used Air Force to perform a handstand and kick into the air. The trajectory of the sword missed her by a hair''s breadth.
"Don''t underestimate me desu!"
While performing her handstand with her twisted body, she also pulled the trigger of Vire Doryuken, firing a slug bullet from point nk range. It was a special bullet that had been improved and whose power had been increased, and it caused a violent shock. Shia aimed for the moment the two apostles were recovering from the shock, and made use of it to jump back.
Immediately after, a silver sh passed through the ce Shia was standing before. Without taking a moment to be relieved, Shia used Air Force once more and jumped. As expected, another silver sh came from another angle and grazed Shia''s feet.
Rolling over in the sky, she hardened herself in midair and immediately descended towards the ground. That''s right, at the very least, if she was on the ground, she wouldn''t have to face attacksing from below in addition to all other directions.
Then, once she had sessfully taken distance from the enemy, she made a sour expression and started a monolog, while staying alert and keeping Vire Doryuken ready.
"To feel uneasiness caused by Charm thiste in the game¡that''s such a failure on my part."
"Or rather, did I just feel surprised when I broke out of the spell? Even though I have strengthening against charm type effects."
The apostles who had also descended onto the ground surrounded Shia from all five sides.
Facing the perseverant Shia, Esrt sent her a somehow amazed look. Even so, the fact that Erst was not showing any sign of impatience was not only due to her being inhuman, but mostly to the fact that she was convinced they would overwhelm Shia.
Erst and the other apostles knew that the reason Shia was able to keep up was because of her native ability. And also that it would consume a non-negligible amount of magic power each time. Even if she was in possession of an artifact supplying magic power, it was bound to run dry after some time.
"Originally, you shouldn¡¯t havested even a few moments. Good grief, even I am amazed at your degree of strengthening ¡ This is Yue-san''s magic, right?"
Shia narrowed her eyes dangerously.
The original color of the light of the apostles'' magic, silver ¨D There was now orange mixed in it, making it a tinum. And, Shia hade to see and feel that gold magic countless times during their travel, so she couldn''t be mistaken. It was a precious part of the elder sister she had befriended ¡ It was Yue''s magic.
Of course, she knew that it was the doing of Ehito Rujue, who upied Yue''s body.
But, to think that the power of her special person was being used arbitrarily, and pointed at them as a weapon ¡ the anger rising up from her chest was not average.
Feeling she might lose herself to her anger boiling like magma, Shia frantically held her anger back.
Then, intending to turn all the heat she had generated from her anger into power and leave her thoughts forter, she tried to do as Yue, her battle master, taught her, that is, to remain calm like the cold of ice.
In return, Esrt replied with a voice seemingly devoid of emotion.
"More precisely, it should be called the magic of our master, Ehito Rujue-sama. That body, as well as its magic. Everything already belongs to master."
" ¡ ¡ "
Shia''s anger skyrocketed as Esrt calmly gave an answer she seemingly considered really natural.
Shia took out a vial from Treasure Warehouse II. She put it directly before her open mouth and drank the contents in one gulp, just like instant foods. To make her even more unreasonable. To break through her limits.
Then, she exhaled like Tio did, and rashly threw the container away. She swung Vire Doryuken once.
Then she spoke in an extremely cold tone and used words she would absolutely never let her family, or Hajime and her friends, hear.
"Fuck you! I''ve heard enough. Yue-san''s body and magic, and her everything else, it''s obvious who owns all that. That''s right, everything is Hajime-san''s. The one you guys call irregr. I, the one with the title of Divination Expert who can nce into the future, certify that. To the likes of you, as well as your master, I can make the following prediction ¨D ''There is no future''."
" ¡ Nonsense. What do you think a diminutive existence whose hands or feet can''t reach master do? ept reality, Shia Hauria. Tio us doesn¡¯t evenpare with Freed-sama. And because you are being once more overwhelmed by us, the best you can do is try to endure. Can''t you understand? Or is it that you''re trying to escape from reality? The ones who don''t have a future are you people."
Esrt had suddenly been ovee by a strange chill, and her voice had faltered. She objectively analyzed the situation, and precisely refuted Shia.
Certainly, although Tio was aiming to turn the tide by increasing the number of ck dragons, the wounds she had sustained weren''t minor, and she was probably nning to use up all her strength to thwart their n before it seeded. And, on this side, Shia had also been overwhelmed to this extent.
There was nothing that could prove Erst wrong.
Up until now ¡
Shia who had daringly refuted her startedughing with an atrocious face resembling that of a beast.
"''That''s the limit of my power''. When did you hear me say such a thing?"
"? What are you ¨D"
Puzzled, Erst tried to make sense of that with a questioning voice ¨D
However, her mouth suddenly stopped ¨D
Shia''s power swelled up. Along with an angry war cry.
"¨D¨D Level V ! ! "
The atmosphere shook with a thud. Light blue magic sprang out depicting a screw-like trajectory and rose up.
Originally, with sublimation magic, she could enhance her magic one level above. Which is why, using sublimation magic, the limit of Shia''s body strengthening should have been Level IV. However, what allowed her to surpass that limit was Hajime''s special magic potion Cheatmate Dr.
What Shia drank some time ago was not restorative medicine, but a drinkable Cheatmate. A specialized version containing an excess of ingredients with the use of sublimation magic at that. If it weren''t Shia who was specialized in body strengthening, it wouldn''t be strange for the user''s body to be disintegrated within seconds. It was the kind of body strengthening this was about.
Shia, who had broken through her limit, immediately jumped out, breaking the ground beneath her.
"Huh, again, more power ¡ However, even with this, you''re still no match for us!"
Erst stopped Vire Doryuken which was swung at her from the front using herrge sword. With a thunderous roar, the surrounding ground cracked, but therge sword didn''t make a sound.
Then, using mere physical strength, Erst repelled Shia, as if proving her earlier words.
In truth, if one were topare the status of Shia and the status of the tinum apostles, the difference would be clear.
How much of a gap there was between the two.
For argument''s sake, if the tinum apostles had a status te, the stats indicated on it would be something like this:
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
Physical strength£º22.000 ? [Strengthened 66000]
Stamina£º22.000 ? [Strengthened: 66000]
Resistance£º22.000 ? [Strengthened: 66000]
Agility£º22.000 ? [Strengthened: 66000]
Magical power£º22.000 ? [Strengthened: 66000]
Magical resistance£º22.000 ? [Strengthened: 66000]
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
For normal apostles, their stats would all be at 12.000, and at 36.000 after being strengthened. Meaning those white-tinum apostles almost had twice their stats.
And, Shia''s body strengthening Level V was (TN: CM stands for Cheatmate, SM for sublimation magic, BS for body strengthening):
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
Physical strength£º100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS ¢õ 38400]
Stamina£º 120 ?[CM 240] ?[SM 480] ?[BS V 38480]
Resistance£º 100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS V 38400]
Agility£º 130 ?[CM 260] ?[SM 520] ?[BS V 38520]
Magical power£º 3800 ?[CM 7600]
Magical resistance£º 4000 ?[CM 8000]
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
This is how it was. Those were specs that would enable her to surpass normal apostles, but they fell far short of the tinum apostles she was up against.
Shia, who had been blown away by Erst, flew horizontally along the ground. However, there was not a single sign of her losing herposure, and the ferocious daring smile was still there.
Beams of light of the white-tinum apostles were approaching her from left and right. Using Vire Doryuken, she propelled her body and evaded. Then, she turned towards Zweit who was awaiting her from behind, rolled around, and used her propelling force to make a full swing of Vire Doryuken.
The white-tinum apostle unintentionally gazed at her in wonderment after her next words, which were apanied by a war cry.
"¨D¨D Level VI ! ! "
"!?"
The following impact. If one depicted this scene with a painting, the physical impact would be the same as the facial impact between Erst''s face moments before and now.
However, just before the blow with the strength of Shia''s propelling, she operated Vire Doryuken''s gravity magic and its weight increased. The white-tinum apostle couldn''t turn a blind eye to the destructive power that was created.
With a terrific roar, a shockwave was created from between the two who shed. Dust shot up, and inside, a pair ofrge swords had caught Vire Doryuken''s blow and were crossing against it.
The blow couldn''t be stopped with only one hand anymore. Zweit''s feet which had been slightly pushed back testified of that.
Shia''s body strengthening Level VI. Its values were:
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
Physical strength£º100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS ¢õI 46000]
Stamina£º 120 ?[CM 240] ?[SM 480] ?[BS VI 46080]
Resistance£º 100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS VI 46000]
Agility£º 130 ?[CM 260] ?[SM 520] ?[BS VI 46120]
Magical power£º 3800 ?[CM 7600]
Magical resistance£º 4000 ?[CM 8000]
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
But, she was still far from being a match for them.
However, the artifact made by Hajime and her age of gods magic made up for that gap.
Shia poured magic into Vire Doryuken which was engaged in a sword lock with the twinrge swords in the center, thus activating a gimmick.
KASHUN! One part of the center of the damaged surface on the ground slipped, and inside, the jet ck stake that had been charged started emitting light blue sparks, and immediately rotated at high speed.
"Pierce through!"
Following Shia''s pattern, her finger pulled the trigger.
GoOOON
A thunderous roar reverberated.
"Na!?"
Came Zweit''s surprised voice.
Vire Doryuken''s IAP pile banker mercilessly pulverized the pair ofrge swords into thousand pieces and drew near Zweit''s head.
Zweit, surprised, barely managed to move her head out of the way, but the jet ck stake which grazed her cheek inflicted a significant wound on the face of the beauty that resembled a piece of art, and tore through most of her beautiful tinum hair.
From the sky, Dritte shot silver feathers. So did Vierte and Funfte from the left and right.
Furthermore, Zweit who was at point-nk range moved to avoid the silver sh, and Erst swung her silver twin swords.
There was no way out.
They had reassessed the increase of specs in Shia''s body strengthening, and maybe they were aiming to bring her down quickly. Maybe she was actually strong enough to take down Zweit if they weren''t careful.
Any means of escape was virtually nonexistent for Shia.
All of a sudden Shia closed her eyes.
"Have you given up!"
Came Erst''s voice.
She couldn''t think of any other reason why Shia would close her eyes under these circumstances. Anyone else would naturally think along the same lines as Erst.
But, there was no way the monster rabbit would stand there and ept defeat.
And in the next moment, all attacks missed their target.
"!?" X5
Their inhuman expressions lost their perfectness.
Instead, their faces were painted with confusion and surprise.
That couldn''t be helped. Because, after all, Shia was still there. She was there, and even so, all the attacks slipped through.
It was not that the person herself had been cut into two so skillfully that she hadn''t realized anything, neither that she had been obliterated by the feathers and sh.
The cause was the strange sight disyed before their eyes. That strange sight was a Shia that had be semi-transparent.
The space magic Half Transition ¨D¨D a magic that shifted one''s body halfway to a different space. All interference from the origin space wouldn''t reach the body. In other words, it was a magic of absolute defense.
This was, so to speak, a failed transition magic that connected two spaces. If someone other than Shia were to do it, it wouldn''t be unlikely that their body would get scattered in pieces, so it was an emergency defective magic that was quite dangerous. Because in no way were her magic aptitudes poor in spite of being specialized in body strengthening, and because she was in a state where she had broken through her limits thanks to the Cheatmate she used, Shia could immediately use space magic as a physical ability.
Of course, it was a magic even Shia could not use at her own convenience. It consumed a huge amount of magical power. And on top of Shia not being able to interfere with the origin space either when half-transitioning, she couldn''t even move. Therefore, it was a trump card she could only use once in a battle.
Which is why, Shia wouldn''t miss this chance.
As soon as the attack passed through, she undid the half-transitioning and returned to the origin space, and dove forward while firing explosive slug bullets around her.
She closed in upon Zweit''s bust, who had lost her pair ofrge swords and had only been firing silver bombardment. Then, she moved past Zweit''s drawn out icefish-like hands in a move resembling a snake, and Shia''s hands grabbed Zweit''s head.
cing her palm so it covered Zweit''s eyes, Shia used her nails on Zweit''s forehead to lock her grip.
Then,
" ¨D¨D Level VII ! ! "
Additional body strengthening.
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
Physical strength£º100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS ¢õII 53600]
Stamina£º 120 ?[CM 240] ?[SM 480] ?[BS VII 53680]
Resistance£º 100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS VII 53600]
Agility£º 130 ?[CM 260] ?[SM 520] ?[BS VII 53720]
Magical power£º 3800 ?[CM 7600]
Magical resistance£º 4000 ?[CM 8000]
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
Possessing stats far exceeding that of strengthened normal apostles, she rushed forward while still holding Zweit''s head, escaping the siege she had been in.
In moments, she exceeded the speed of sound, broke through the wall of the atmosphere, and mmed the back of Zweit''s head with this insane force against a boulder protruding from the ground.
Taking into ount the stamina of the white-tinum apostles, there was no way their heads could be crushed like a tomato. On the other hand, the boulder would be pulverized. However, Shia didn''t stop there and kept pressing Zweit''s head farther into the ground, before firing off an explosive slug bullet from point-nk range.
Furthermore, while jumping from that spot, she kept pulling the trigger over and over again. Against the explosive slug bullet creating brutal shockwaves, even if Zweit wouldn''t sustain major wounds, there was no sign of her being able to move, and she was being crucified deep into the ground like a doll being toyed with.
Sensing that Erst and the other hade in pursuit, Shia unmindfully took out a big lump of metal from Treasure Warehouse II. It was a rectangle shape, 20 meters in length, 10 meters in width.
On one face was a small hole. Shia changed the design of Vire Doryuken and thrust it into the hole.
Then it would be obvious. The huge rectangle object was an external equipment attached to Vire Doryuken to deal damage.
Even if one was using gravity magic, there was a limit to the reduction of weight. A human wouldn''t be able to hold 100 tons even with gravity magic.
Yes, this hammer really weighed 100 tons.
"Let the earth be scarred desu!"
Shia let out a loud yell.
Using her physical strength which had been strengthened beyond the realm of humans at full throttle, she swung down the hammer, preparing to cause an impact nothing short ofparable to that of an asteroid on a star.
When Zwei was finally able to raise his body from the storm of the explosive slug bullets, her whole vision was already covered with a wall cold metal.
"¨D¨D !"
At once, she entered defense mode using her white-silver feathers to cover her body in a knit. But, on the surface of the strike, there was obviously a sealing stone, and the moment of impact, it unknitted the feather, which thenpletely vanished under the weight that defiedmon sense.
Then, a severe earthquake urred.
The artificial ind that had caused the unnatural earthquake rumbled. The ground copsed where the head of the hammer had crashed like a grave-marker. And, as if to make doubly sure of the deed, the hammer started rotating.
At that time, on the surface of the hammer that was touching Zweit, countless sharp edges grew out, and grinding sounds resounded as holes were being made into her. As a matter of fact, a drill gimmick was attached to the head of this hammer. In order to pulverize into million pieces the enemy that had been crushed by it.
Moreover, sealing stones had also been put on the sharp edges to deny enemy resistance. Even if Zweit used her white-silver feathers to protect her body, it would be useless. Truly, men were fond of drills.
ncing at the 100t hammer that kept digging into the ground little by little, Erst and the other apostles, with a disciplined attitude that seemed indifferent to their fellow apostle''s situation, rushed towards Shia.
Shia had just brought down the true 100 tons. She began the process to detach Vire Doryuken from the head of the hammer by shrinking it. She would definitely not make it in time, and she couldn''t use [Half Transition] once more. If she did, the consumption of magical power supply from demon crystal stone would be unbnced, and her body strengthening would be undone.
If that happened, if she was hit only once, there would be no second time.
There, Shia would have to use another of her trump cards.
"It''s over!"
Erst''s sentence prated her ears.
At the same time,
Gakin!
A hard sound resounded.
From Shia who had received and stopped the pair ofrge swords.
It was not that she used an equipment relying on an artifact to block the swords, nor that she used the pommel of Vire Doryuken.
It was just that she only had her body at her disposal, and she stopped the blow from the pair ofrge swords.
"Steel Clothes ¨D¨D It"s going to take more than normal attacks to bring me down you know?"
Shia''s fearless voice echoed.
It was literally as if she wore steel clothes: it was a metamorphosis magic that strengthened her body.
Her neck, shoulders, arms, feet. The sword that obviously aimed to chop off Shia into several pieces, although it managed to bite into Shia a little because of the disintegration ability, was stopped from inflicting a major wound.
The apostles stiffened unintentionally. They started searching their data at high speed for an exnation, but no matter how much they searched, there was obviously no data recording of Shia having an advanced defense system skill as Hajime did. The fact that she immediately became imprable using metamorphosis magic indicated that her way of using it had to be very unique.
Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation was unique in its use of the demon stone, which was simr to Ryutaro''s. It immediately made one''s own body undergo a metamorphosis. It wasn''t much different Tio''s Dragon Transformation. It was Steel Transformation, so to speak. Though its consumption of magical power was not at the level of Half Transition, it was still significant, so its use had to be carefully thought about.
The apostles started trembling slightly. But this mere action would leave a fatal gap in this battle that was anything but usual.
Gashun! Vire Doryuken''s shrinking processpleted. Shia''s face showed a faint smile at the return of her partner in her hands.
Then she let out that war cry once more.
"¨D¨D Level VIII ! ! "
"Na !?"
A light blue magical power surged. Shia''s specs went up once again!
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
Physical strength£º100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS ¢õIII 61200]
Stamina£º 120 ?[CM 240] ?[SM 480] ?[BS VIII 61280]
Resistance£º 100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS VIII 61200]
Agility£º 130 ?[CM 260] ?[SM 520] ?[BS VIII 61320]
Magical power£º 3800 ?[CM 7600]
Magical resistance£º 4000 ?[CM 8000]
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
Her physical ability was nearing that of the tinum apostles.
Erst''s face twitched.
Immediately following, the pair of silver swords that were trying cut Shia''s Steel Clothes were repelled. Then, with both of Erst''s arms raised due to the repelling, her stomach was left exposed, and a rotating Vire Doryuken was thrust into her at full power.
"Gaha!?"
Esrt''s body was bent back and forth. A short exhtion, along with bloody vomit, came out from her mouth, and one of her swords involuntarily fell from her arm that became loose after the shock. And, she was sent flying with terrific force, like the ball in a pinball game.
Dritte, who had been stunned by the absurd defense before her eyes, suddenly came back to herself and swung her twin swords. Shia evaded by simply letting herself free-fall towards the ground. Vierte and Funfte gave pursuit using their tinum bombardment and feathers.
Using Divine Revtion Sight and Air Force, Shia barely evaded. Shended near the emptyrge hole made by the floating ind of the extrarge drill. ncing inside, she confirmed her feeling that Zweit had been subjugated. Also, she confirmed the stern faces of the apostles after Erst, the first apostle, had obviously received some serious damage when she was blown away.
Even though they had the conviction that they were overwhelming the enemy, when they noticed there were only three of them left.
Closing in on Shia, suddenly her previous deration passed through their minds.
¨D¨DTo the likes of you, and also your shitty master, I can make the following prediction ''There is no future''.
Dritte who was in the lead gritted her teeth.
She was thinking about something insignificant, that was all nonsense.
Then, she shook off the ominous feeling that was sticking to her and swung down her pair ofrge swords with all her strength.
That sword swing, to which was added the power of her drop, could only be described with one word: powerful.
In response, Shia readied Vire Doryuken''s lower part and took a stance of interception.
''What a fool'', Dritte thought. Her body strengthening surprisingly deserved credit. Certainly, it was an outstanding boost that allowed her to approach them, the white-tinum apostles.
But, even with this, she couldn''t reach them. This attack, which also used the speed of her fall, was simply something that exceeded the power of Shia''s stats. Therefore, there was no way she would be able to defend against it. Let alone intercept it!
However ¡
( ¡ ¡ Why is your mouth moving!? What the hell are you intending to say!?)
Actually, she knew. In this slow motion scene, the movement on Shia''s lips was something familiar, something she hade to see many times in this battle. Each time those powerful words were unleashed into this world, little by little, she was growing closer to it. To their height, that is. It was like an evil spirit lurking in the abyss, whose hands was growing longer in order to drag them in.
Dritte''s muscles froze.
Therefore, without even realizing herself, she made a wish.
(Please stop!)
But, naturally, there was no way this wish woulde true ¨D¨D
"Level IX ! ! "
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
Physical strength£º100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS IX 68800]
Stamina£º 120 ?[CM 240] ?[SM 480] ?[BS IX 68880]
Resistance£º 100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS IX 68800]
Agility£º 130 ?[CM 260] ?[SM 520] ?[BS IX 68920]
Magical power£º 3800 ?[CM 7600]
Magical resistance£º 4000 ?[CM 8000]
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
Shia Hauria was now exceeding the white-tinum apostles. The pair ofrge swords Dritte had swung down and Vire Doryuken, which Shia had swung up, collided.
The explosion-like shock spread in the surroundings, and the ground around Shia was blown off, leaving a crater.
Even with the speed of the fall added to it, the twopeting powers were equal.
Sparks were splendidly scattering around the pair ofrge swords and Vire Doryuken that were locked against one another.
"To stand against the apostles of god, what arrogance! Go down! Shia Hauria!"
The apostles had no such things as emotions. That was a lie all right.
Dritte, who had gotten aggressive and betrayed the usual calm of the apostles, fluttered the wings on her back in an attempt to smash up Shia.
After all, as she stated, it was unforgivable to stand against a being like herself who deserved the title of apostle of god. But, what was even more unforgivable was the fact that she would harbor the feeling of ''fear'' caused by Shia, someone who had entered their own territory.
In order to deny this, she desperately poured more power into her pair ofrge swords.
Shia caught sight of Vierte and Funfte sneaking up from behind to attempt a pincer attack from left and right, spoke.
"Ha, I had no idea! So much for your rules."
Shia wrapped it around Dritte''s neck.
Her hair that is.
"This is ¨D¨D"
"You''re in the way!"
Her hair, like it was a living being, tightened around Dritte''s neck, and threw her with terrific force at Vierte who was approaching from the left. Neither Dritte, nor Vierte, could ever have expected Shia''s hair to move like a living being. They werepletely taken by surprise, and were thrown onto the ground.
And then, the expression on the face of Funfte who was approaching from the right ¡ froze.
Yes, at the sight of that face.
"Impossible, that can''t be! Such a thing as surpassing us!"
"Now then, this is thest one, ¨D¨D Level X ! ! ! "
Funfte screamed in denial as Shia, whose sky blue magic was reflected on the walls, stepped forward.
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
Physical strength£º100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS X 76400]
Stamina£º 120 ?[CM 240] ?[SM 480] ?[BS X 76480]
Resistance£º 100 ?[CM 200] ?[SM 400] ?[BS X 76400]
Agility£º 130 ?[CM 260] ?[SM 520] ?[BS X 76520]
Magical power£º 3800 ?[CM 7600]
Magical resistance£º 4000 ?[CM 8000]
£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½£½
It was an overwhelming physical ability that surpassed the stats of the white-tinum apostles by more than 10000.
From Funfte''s point of view, all she could see was Shia suddenly vanishing from her field of vision. Shia''s movement speed had finally exceeded the perception ability of the apostles.
Funfte opened her eyes wide in terror at the impossible situation where she, an apostle of god, had lost sight of the enemy she was fighting, when she felt a figure from behind.
Barely having the time to direct her line of sight over her shoulders, all that was reflected in her eyes was a war hammer spreading over her entire field of vision.
"Ku, such a thing ¡ "
Came the extremely shaky voice of Dritte as she retook her stance after having been previously thrown onto the ground along with Vierte. At the end of her sight was the surreal scene of Funfte''s head pulverized, with only a stain left on the ground.
"Dritte ¡ At this rate ¡ "
On Dritte''s side, Vierte, who readied her pair ofrge swords, addressed her fellow apostles as she kept her trembling eyes on Shia. However, there were no follow-up words. It was obvious she frankly didn''t want to say what came next.
Dritte couldn''t respond. Nevertheless, at that time, she caught sight of an unusual phenomenon surrounding Shia. No, more precisely, it was an unusual phenomenon surrounding what deserved the title of Shia''s partner, the war hammer.
"This is ¡ "
If they focused their eyes, they could see countless cracks on Vire Doryuken.
That was not a coincidence.
After all, it stopped countless attacks from the front, each of which had dposition ability and unusually high impact, and what''s more, it now has to cope with Shia''s insane physical strength which surpassed reason. Rather, what was more of a wonder was how it had withstood all that so far.
"Vierte, target the weapon."
" ¡ I see."
She understood the intention behind these words.
Immediately after, Shia''s shape disappeared.
The moment Dritte realized this, Shia had already appeared behind her. A truly overwhelming speed. If it was only physical ability, she would be surpassing even a Hajime who was on Supreme Break.
However, the apostles would now be aiming to avoid physical contact at all costs, even if barely, after seeing what happened to Funfte.
The moment she saw Shia disappear, she immediately covered her body with her wings and pointed her ofrge swords overhead.
Her feathers were pulverized in an instant, but they managed to reduce the strength of Shia''s blow to some extent, allowing the pair ofrge swords to stop the blowpletely next.
"GuUUUUUUUUU!?"
Even so, Dritte unintentionally leaked an anguished cry at the tremendous shock that resulted. Both of her arms made an unpleasant sound which seemed to reveal they had reached their limit. Then, Vierte used her dposition ability at its maximum.
The target was not Shia, but the cracks spreading on Vire Doryuken. She estimated that if Shia were to lose her weapon, they would only be up against living flesh, and thus have a chance of winning.
However,
"I predicted that you know?"
The derivation of her native magic Future Sight, Hypothesis Sight. Shia had be suspicious of Dritte and Vierte''s discussion. What if I attack Dritte? She nced into the future at this eventuality with her ability.
Therefore, she was aware of where Vierte would probably be aiming to strike.
Shia''s beautiful legs disappeared. Her fine, toned, long legs precisely fixed on Vierte''s neck.
Gokin!
Resounded the lively sound of smashing.
Vierte''s neck was bent towards the direction of the day after tomorrow. Immediately following, fluently fired in a sh, came the explosion of an elegant, tremendously powerful roundhouse kick, that sent Vierte''s body flying with terrific force.
"Ku, that damn monster"
"Please don''t go around suddenly praising me."
Dritte fired white-silver bombardment. In terms of distance, it was from point-nk range.
However, as if naturally, it didn''tnd on Shia. Her shape disappeared instantly, and the next moment, she had snuck upon Dritte''s bosom.
Without even having time to take a breath, Dritte received an elbow strike in the pit of the stomach. Gohaa! To this Dritte who was reduced in a sorry state where she was spewing out bloody vomit, a kick that seemed to pierce the sky was raised up. Before the beautiful form that bent 180 degrees top and bottom, Dritte, whose jaws had been pulverized, was sent floating into the air in a hopeless state.
"Explode desu!"
A scream, then an explosion.
While returning her feet, bent overhead, to their original position, Vire Doryuken had already picked up a speed too fast to be visible.
In that moment, it broke the speed of sound, causing an explosion in the air, and the next moment its full swing appeared.
And, Dritte, who received that full swing ¡
Her shape was no longer anywhere to be seen.
All that were left were red stains on the ground.
There, a war cry resounded.
"HaaaAAA ! ! "
It was Vierte. It seemed she didn''t die even with her neck bone pulverized. She created a tidal wave of mes around a magic square using her white-silver wings, went inside, and started approaching Shia.
"Such a thing won''t work against the current me!"
Swinging her rabbit ears, she sensed the presence of Vierte inside therge fire, and swung Vire Doryuken with a splendid timing at the ce where Vierte was covering herself with fire.
There came jumping in ¡ two shadows.
" ! "
Shia was surprised. She opened her eyes wide at the fact that she, who was excellent at the perception of presences, had been deceived.
By Vierte''s presence, therge fire, as well as their whole resulting strategy.
"Be destroyed!"
Therge sword that was swung against Vire Doryuken, the moment it hit Vierte, was Erst''s.
As if trading Vierte''s life for more power, Vierte''s limbs were pulverized simultaneously with Vire Doryuken. Inside the mes starting to disperse because of the death of their caster, Erst ran past Shia to face her back. Then, she immediately turned around, and swung herrge sword to pierce Shia who had just lost her partner.
Performing a rotation that seemed like a dance, she had taken a striking stance and herrge sword was approaching Shia to take her life.
On the opposing side, Shia, who had her back turned to Erst, turned around like a mirror.
Then, for a moment, their gazes met. In this slow-motion space, both of their feelings were conveyed to one another.
(The apostles cannot lose!)
(I will be the one to win!)
The brightness of therge swords swelled up. It was a radiance that showed that even against Steel Clothes, it would be ready to chop off Shia''s neck. That was the radiance of a will strong enough to question its emanating from a puppet.
Or maybe it was that at this moment she was betting her pride as an apostle, that she didn''t want to lose, and she would carry out the mission of god and them apostles.
But, ''I don''t want to lose'' and ''I want to win''. There was a gap of strength between those two wills. When they shed, the one with more pressure was undoubtedly ¡ thetter.
As if to prove this fact, inside the slow-motion space, something started to form in the hand of Shia which should have been empty. Red liquid, as if it were alive, started to converge.
Erst opened her eyes wide in surprise.
That was because ¡ Shia was holding a war hammer made of blood that had gathered from the cut she inflicted on her own arm.
Crimson War Hammer ¨D¨D it was a magic that used metamorphosis magic on one''s own body, just like Steel Clothes. Something allowing her to freely manipte her blood.
Leaving the slow-motion space and returning to the original world, the next moment, they both shed ¨D¨D
Once more, their backs were turned on each other.
The blood war hammer was falling and scattering blood like cherry blossom.
Pushu! Blood gushed out from the neck of the alert Shia.
Then a voice spoke.
" ¡ I wonder what this thing rising up within me is. This tightening thing that makes me want to scream. Shia Hauria. Do you know what it is?"
" ¡ Isn''t it frustration?"
Hearing Shia''s answer, Erst nodded ''I see''.
Immediately after, something came falling from the sky and stuck to the ground separating the two of them.
It was therge sword that had been broken halfway.
On closer look at Erst''s stance, it wasn''t that only Erst''s sword had been broken. On her chest, there was a big hole. It was obvious whatever was inside had been pulverized.
Erst finally rxed her alertness and threw away her broken sword. Then, she looked over her shoulders at Shia who had likewise rxed, and muttered herst words with an expressionless face.
"I hate you."
Just as Shia said, that was the result of the considerable level of frustration she had been holding in ¡
Erst only said this, then fell down like a puppet whose strings had been cut.
At this sound, Shia fluttered her rabbit ears and hair, and turned around. Then, she muttered something in turn. Really as if to say that this was the cause of her victory. With a broad grin and fearless smile.
"I hate you ''very'' much."
Then, she copsed.
"Ahh, as expected, Level X takes a heavy tollll. And because I also used Crimson War Hammer, I am getting anemiaa"
While taking out a restorative medicine from Treasure Warehouse II, Shia muttered a monolog and held onto her consciousness that seemed ready to fade at any moment in some way or another.
"Now then, I''ve dealt with the apostles but ¡ what is happening on Tio-san''s side ¨D¨D "
Shia redirected her consciousness towards Tio whom she had been separated from while she fought with the tinum apostles. Searching her memory, when they got separated, the armed ck dragons were surrounded by countless more monsters, and seemed to be rampaging without losing.
The ck and white shes flying about in the sky were worthy of a space battle between two fleets in a sci-fi movie.
Because the ck dragons didn''t seem to be losing ground, and that their master, Tio, seemed to be fine, Shia breathed a sigh of relief.
But, the next moment,
OoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO ! ! ! !
Came the violent yells of countless numbers, that gave the sense that the sky was going to fall. And, simultaneously, arge army of monsters made its appearance, makingpletely light of the previous ratio.
Shia thought this was bad, and that she had to try and stand up, but the adverse effect of Level X was overwhelming, and it didn''t look as if she would be able to stand up immediately.
Meanwhile, something else urred. She wondered if it was the terrific shes in the sky,
ZuDooOOOON ! !
An earth tremor spread, and something came crashing with terrific force right next to Shia, who was lying on the ground. She was swung back and forth by the oscitions.
Wondering what it was, Shia turned her sight ahead as she revitalized her upper body. There, there was ¡
"Eh, Tio, san?"
Lying down on thepletely smashed-up ground, having wounds all over her body, was the figure of Tio.
Chapter 171
Chapter 171
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. Bakapervert did the edits.
**__
Dragon God Manifestation
(TN: The kanji used for dragon here is for the Chinese dragon, not the western dragon.)
Going back in time for a little.
During the time Shia was embroiled in a mortalbat with the tinum apostles, Tio was also in the middle of a fierce fighting.
Tio unified the armed ck dragons with the new ck dragons which were transformed using the ck whip of very, with them Tio challenged the abnormally powerful monsters that filled the surrounding to the brim while enduring the aurora breath of the white divine dragon and Freed''s variegated chantless-limitless storm of magic, bearing damage that wasn''t few in the process.
The number of monsters that were turned into ck dragons using the ck whip of very was already nearly a hundred. The number of the dragons'' fighting force had be doubled. In addition, with Tio''s regeneration magic ''Boon of the Dragon King'', they became an astounding battle force that should be called as the undying ck dragon army.
But, even so, the one who was cornered in this fight was Tio.
(¡Hm. The ''Fix It J'' at mine hand wouldst be used up soon. When it bes difficult to evade the aurorapletely, it will cause mine damage control to be harsh.)
Tio took out a new magic medicine ''Fix It J'' to reduce the additional effect of the aurora and then she gulped it down in one go while making a bitter face.
The aurora breath of the Uranus was excessively powerful. It was exactly like the main cannon of a battleship. Even just its aftershock granted the additional effect of obstructing healing magic and worsened the already existing wound to the target, sopletely avoiding that attack was next to impossible.
Not only that, the Uranus didn''t only have aurora breath as its attack, it was also creating countless aurora bullets that floated in the area where they would then flew around like a strafing Gatling gun.
Furthermore, Freed''s all elements magic in full burst and silver feathers, his silver bombardment, and space magic was pressing on Tio like a surging wave, then the gray dragons above that couldn''t be handled by the ck dragons would alsounch a heavy rain of aurora one after another.
Tio who was continuously enduring through that in paper-thin difference could be said as astonishing. But, if the magic medicine ''Fix It J'' that Tio only had several bottles remaining was used up, then that situation would also crumble down, she was ced in a brittle equilibrium right now. The moment Tio became unable to nullify the effect of the aurora showering down on her and she couldn''t evade, Tio would surely be cornered in one go at that time.
How much her dragon scales were already broken, how much her blood had flowed out¡
Even if she used regeneration magic, there was a limit to the amount of her magic power. Not only for regeneration, her magic power was also being consumed in great amount for her breath attack and metamorphosis magic. To put it bluntly, her situation was gradually getting worse.
Freed also understood that, even now when a hundred of his monsters had been stolen by the ck whip of very, hisposed expression didn''t crumble.
Tio was aiming to overturn the situation by turning the monsters into ck dragon before she became unable to endure anymore, that was what Freed was thinking, so now that he was looking at Tio''s situation where it became difficult for her to heal, on top of that the difference in battle strength where his monsters were still five times the number of the ck dragon, he became convinced of his victory.
Looking from his slightly distorted lips, perhaps he was already nning to make sport of Tio until she died. Perhaps in his heart, he was alreadyughing, looking at the fool who was meaninglessly resisting in desperation for a result that was already obvious to see.
While vaguely guessing that thinking in Freed''s heart, Tio was flipping over at midair even now to evade the aurora breath, she swung her whip in a world where up and down was reversed to hold back Freed, at the same time she counterattacked at the Uranus with super thin breath attack from the tip of her gun finger that made a gun shape.
While confirming that her attacks were easily repelled by a barrier of space magic and the white divine dragon''s w, Tio grumbled in her heart.
(Muu, Ipressed that attack considerably already. That damned white dragon. To flick away mine breath attack entirely like that. Is that the revenge for previously? The subordinate monster is just like the master. It is making a disgusting grin.)
A fierce barrage of attack approached Tio. Light bullets and silver feathers, plus great number of magic.
Tio activated the space ripping magic enchanted in her whip and tore apart several of those attacks with the meandering movement of the whip that looked like a snake, she weaved through the gap that was created in the barrage and passed through. But, as expected she was unable to perfectly evade, the attack that impacted the edge of her body shaved off her dragon scales.
And then, an aurora breath attacked Tio at that timing. *GOU-!* It blew away the atmosphere while approaching Tio, annihting a part of Tio''s right shoulder and one of the dragon wings growing on her back.
"Kuuuuu-, that''s effectiveee"
While leaking out voice unconsciously from the pain that she already didn''t remember how many times it had been, Tio used a certain power and immediately used regeneration magic to regenerate her dragon wing before she rebuilt her posture from her midair tailspin.
However, what was regenerated was only her dragon wing while her shoulder de was still bleeding mostly unhealed. Wondering whether Tio''s regeneration magic had finally be unusable, Freed''s faint grin became even deeper.
In contrast, Tio was sighing while pondering in her mind.
(Good grief, if Goshujin-sama is the one who did this to me then I would hath reached one or two climaxes already. Even without the side effect from the ability''s activation, that kind of attack only granted me pain, and above all, it feels disgusting.)
Surely even Freed who was nning to torment Tio until death would be troubled without end if that only made Tio happy instead. No, before that he would undoubtedly draw away in revulsion.
(The ck dragons art increasing favorably. At this rate it wouldst be possible to overturn the difference in battle force. ¡However, in the end, will it progress that well¡. Above all, to head to Goshujin-sama''s location with mine own strength and then face against the god¡as expected, I hath to prepare that ahead then. In that case, I will need some time¡)
Tio who squeezed out a conclusion from wracking her brain repeated attacking and evading the attacks whilementing the inconvenience of her own trump card. Then she suddenly talked to Freed also with the intention of buying time.
"Which reminds me, thou. What happened with thy brethrens? They should have crossed into the Holy Precincts along with thou shouldn''t they?"
Tio who suddenly chatted lightly at him despite her cornered situation made Freed retracted his grin and he narrowed his eyes suspiciously.
Tio made a wry smile at such Freed.
"What''s wrong, as thou can see, I can possibly increase my battle force for more than this. At this rate, it seems I can somehow manage this somehow don''t thou think? So I am just making a little probe here."
Freed nodded once while grumbling "Fumu" toward Tio who was transparently conveying her true motive.
And then, looking at Tio who was harboring hope that she could possibly overturn the difference in battle force at this rate if the devil race didn''t participate in the fight, Freed was making a pitying expression while opening his mouth.
"Let me say that it is a needless worry if you are feeling apprehension about the possibility of participation of my brethrens. All members of the devil race are sleeping at another domain. After all they need to have the strength that is worthy as the vanguard of the god residing in their body before we arrived in the new world."
"I see now. However, this made me wondering though. Why art thou following someone like that Ehitorujue? That guy incited war from the human race side. Because of that there were a lot of devil race people who died isn''t that correct? Dost thou not have any ill feeling for that?"
While getting hit by a light bullet once more that caused her dragon scales and blood to be scattered, even so Tio repeated her question calmly.
Freed kept the intensity of his attack without any ckening and returned a sentence.
"Everything is ording to god''s will."
As though it was only obvious, as if that was the truth, Freed said that without any hesitation or sadness on his expression.
Tornado was generated from the four pair of wings of the Uranus which crumbled the bnce of Tio. The aurora breath that was fired at her at that timing burned half of Tio''s body. The damage surpassed the reduction effect of ''Fix It J'' toward the secondary ability of the aurora. Because of that Tio grimaced due to the additional effect that was invading her body while she drained up a new ''Fix It J'' and used her regeneration magic.
However, she was unable to heal herselfpletely, her constricted waist and burned skin that were exposed from her torn clothes stayed unhealed. Her sleeve was also stayed torn up from her shoulder de and her white graceful arm swelled bright red.
Cold sweat was perspiring from her skin as though to express her pain, even so Tio repeated her question.
"Even so won''t thyrade be unable to rest in peace? If Ehitorujue didn''t summon people of another world here, the Goshujin-sama also wouldn''t arrive here. In that case thou wouldn''t lose several thousand of thy brethrens like in that day. If the people who hath departed, see thou right now¡what art they going to think I wonder?"
Hearing those words that sounded like provocation, or even possibly scorn, Freed suddenly stopped his attack. Not only Freed, the attacks from other monsters including Uranus also stoppeding.
Inside the silence that suddenly visited, a severe earthquake thundered from far away. It was surely the sound of Shia rampaging. But, Freed and also Tio didn''t move their gaze there.
Did some kind of change of heart happen in him? Was rage welling up in his heart, or else he wanted to defeat Tio''s impudent argument? Tio didn''t understand what was going on in actuality, but for the time being this situation was something that she would greatly celebrate for. After all for the time being Tio had the need to receive nonlethal pain from the enemy for a while.
"The likes of you, don''t you dare to talk impertinently about our matter."
"Even if I''m not being impertinent, but I could not find even a single factor in Ehitorujue''s way of doing thing that I can possibly give my approval forth."
"But, your premise is mistaken. There is no right and wrong in what the god is doing. The intention of the lord is exactly the true path. Therefore, all of my brethrens whose life were scattered, they are all martyr. There is no way they would regret it or anything, surely they will also take pride in what I''m doing."
Tio sent an exasperated gaze at Freed hearing those words.
"The true path, is it. In the end, thou art merely stop thinking for thyself. That''s a blind faith. To put it in another way thou hath been brainwashed. Since the first ce thou were already a religious fanatic, but even so I could see thy pride as a devil race and thy affection toward thy brethrens. But right now thy artpletely a controlled puppet."
"That''s what I called as an impertinence."
Freed cut off their talk for once, then he sent a pitying gaze at Tio before started talking once more.
"The many wars, the many hardships, all of those were the trials that god handed down to us. That great person was searching, for existence that is worthy to walk together with him. And then, the one who overcame those trials and got recognized by that great person is only our race, that''s all there is to it. The me who was unable to grasp that divine will and instead insulted that great person as a pagan god, that foolishness makes me want to vomit right now. However, that great person forgive this foolish me, and not only he weed me in, he even granted me the qualification to be the retainer of god. This depth of god''s mercy¡why, are you unable to understand it?"
Freed who began to get into a trance while talking caused Tio to groan "oou" in repulsion inside her heart. Freed talking like this was also because of her provocation, but he was even more unsightly to see than she expected.
And then, the content of his talk also felt in perfect form in a certain meaning. There were truly a lot of ces that were fully loaded with double standards she could throw retort at. After listening this far, perhaps it could even be said that it felt refreshing instead.
"Just like thou said, in the first ce it has be like this because I am someone impertinent. Leaving that aside, ''qualification to be retainer'' thou said? Doest that referred to that transformation to an apostle?"
"Correct. First my lord had elevated me to an apostle''s rank. And then, eventually I will climb to the rank as retainer god, simr like Aruvheit-sama. It''s truly something awe-inspiring, but now that Aruvheit-sama has died, I am serving as my lord''s immediate follower. In that case, my race will be the follower of me who is the follower of god. That is to say they will be the people chosen by the true god¨D¨Da divine race."
Perhaps feeling the extraordinarily great honor that he received, or else, perhaps he was imagining how his own race would rule over the people at the newnd as the race of god, whatever the reason Freed''s expression was turning into something that might be prohibited to be broadcasted to public while he kept talking even to the topic that he wasn''t asked for.
But, at that time, space undted as though to obstruct the talk of Freed. No, it was a generation of immense power to the degree that it made them thought that space was undting.
When they spontaneously directed their gaze at the direction of the power, there a faint blue magic power was pulsing like heartbeat while winding up. And then, several of the tinum apostles leaped forward yet they then got blown away instead, they could see such spectacle at the far away.
"Impossible¡the apostles are being pushed back? Absurd-. The first until the fifth apostles had been strengthened by my lord''s power to a great degree already-!"
Freed''s expression changed from a look of ecstasy into a look of shock as though he had been showered with ice water.
That was just how hard it was to believe seeing the scene of someone who regardless of battling five tinum apostles at the same time, far from matching the apostles, this person was even gradually beginning to overpower them.
But, for Tio who believed in Shia from the start, she replied back with an extremelyposed tone.
"What art thou feeling surprised for. Among all of us, with the exception of Goshujin-sama, the one who is the most monstrous is Shia just so thou know. That person is without any foundation like being a vampire, dragon race, or apostle''s body, even if we look back at her ancestor, she is only a demi-human which mean she also doesn''t hath talent in magic. To say further, something like a rabbit race is a race that is the most cowardly in the world. That maiden overturns all that with just her feeling. The likes of the soldiers of the self-proimed god who hath no ability other than soaking in joy from belittling other people at best, there art no way they would be able to rival her with just some strengthening don''t thou think?"
Tio talked as though it was the truth of this world.
Freed could only leak out a murmur of "¡impossible" to Tio''s words.
And then, he shook his head as though to shake off something, and then he red at Tio with a gaze that contained coldness.
"I have to go to support the apostles. Tormenting you to death end right now. You can quickly meet your end."
"Don''t say that. The main event will be from here on just so thou know."
"Nonsense. Your scheme won''t result in anything. The difference in battle force is impossible to overturn. You are already wounded all over. Further, just I and Uranus are enough to be your opponent."
Freed quietly raised his hand. It was as though he was saying that if that hand got swung down then the scythe of the god of death would be swung down on Tio''s neck. Answering its master''s will, the white divine dragon roared and its eyes glinted with killing intent.
The fact was that there was five times difference in their battle force. There were still a thousand of Freed''s monsters remaining against the two hundred ck dragons.
But,
"I don''t remember saying these art all of my ck dragons though?"
Tio smiled fearlessly.
And then, she resounded themand to revolt simultaneously.
"Awaken! Reborn! O children of dragon king¨D¨D''Dragon King''s Corpse Life Army''!"
Immediately thend squirmed.
No, more urately the monsters who fell on the ground from the mortalbat unfolding at the sky¨D¨Dthat great number of husks were moving like sludge.
At the ground right below where nearly a thousand monsters were lying down, their husks were dyed reddish ck and the scenery became a painting from hell. There the first cry of newly born life rose, the husks'' shape was gradually firming up, and then the long necks there that were rising up looked like the lid of hell that was sliding open.
One body, and then one more body, those things that were born from the heaps of bodies and streams of blood unfolded open their wings vigorously and pped, thoserge bodies were floating up in order to hasten to join at their king''s location.
"What, is that¡"
Freed''s movement spontaneously stopped, his eyes narrowed while looking down at below while he whispered. Tio then answered that whisper.
"What is necessary for ck dragon transformation is not only this ck whip of very. How much dragon scale and blood doth thou think I hath scattered in this battlefield?"
"What? Don''t tell me, you used a part of yourself as the medium?"
"Fufufu, now, this is the celebration of thy birth! Raise the grand roar fitting for a dragon!"
"¨D¨D"
It was Tio''s¨D¨Dthe dragon king''smand.
The ck dragons who were just born, and the ck dragons who were dancing in the sky simultaneously answered thatmand. Breath attacks in ck color of Tio''s magic power light were fired in countless number.
Skewering shes pierced the sky from the ground. shes were rushing horizontally from back and front, left and right. The ck shes that were fired almost at the same time formed a cage of heat ray that put the monsters of Freed at the center with no ce to escape.
The shriek of death agony rained down from the sky.
Soul and metamorphosisposite magic ''Dragon King''s Corpse Life Army''¨D¨Dthis magic was using Tio''s own blood and scale as the medium, where the soul magic Dragon Soul Reproduction and metamorphosis magic Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation were applied on the monsters'' corpse to create ck dragons.
By offering flesh and blood, making use of corpse, it created a new army¨D¨Din addition, the created dragons were all ck dragon with an evil and atrocious appearance that could be mistaken as an evil dragon. It could be said as a worthy deed for a woman who looked up at a man who was titled as demon king that she called as goshujin-sama¡perhaps.
Normally someone who listened to detail of this magic would feel one or two repugnances, but Hajime who listened to the report about this magic instead said "To be able to make use of the killed opponent, that''s really ecological. What a convenient magic huh" and looked a little envious. As expected from the man who was called as demon king or demon god. And then, Tio who blushed and fidgeted around shyly but happily after getting praised like that could also be said as having enough quality to be a female general of the demon king.
"How''s that? Thy monsters hath been reduced considerably with this don''t thou see?"
The corpse life army that was created was roughly consisting of four hundred dragons. Combined with the armed ck dragons and monsters that were turned into ck dragons using the ck whip of very, then the total number of the army could reach six hundred dragons.
And then, with the simultaneous breath attacks just now, the monsters of Freed that got in were roughly three hundred monsters. If added with the numbers of monsters who got heavily injured and became unable to fight satisfactorily then the number of the victim would jump to five hundred. The remaining monsters in good health and all their limbs intact were more or less five hundred.
In other words, the condition had been overturned.
Although Tio''s appearance was wounded all over, but her figure who was standing imposingly in midair with ck dragons obeying her in the background was truly worthy to be called a dragon king.
As for Freed, he took a slow re at the battlefield, and then he suddenly lifted the corner of his lips.
It was as though he was looking at the struggle of a bug that had all of its wings already plucked out, as if he wasughing mockingly at a person who ran desperately at non-existence hope, that smile was awfully warped, expressing his ugly emotion.
Freed''s mouth opened. His eyes were muddy like dark sludge in his expectation to trample the other party''s hope. And then with a voice that was filled to the brim with scorn and ecstasy,
"I don''t remember saying these are all of my monsters though?"
Right after that, a pir of light rose up from the obelisk.
Furthermore, it didn''t seem toe only from the obelisk in front of Tio''s eyes, the same white light was also rising to the sky one after another from the inds other than the floating inds where Tio and Freed were at. That implied that there were the same obelisks at the surrounding floating inds, this scene was enough to stir up unpleasant premonition in Tio''s heart.
"¡Hmmm. As expected, it won''t go well that easily. If I hath to say in Goshujin-sama''s style, then this must be a ''temte''." (TN: I guess what she mean by temte here is something like clich¨¦ or trope I guess.)
Tio was reflexively making a bitter look while whispering that, while at her field of vision the worst situation wasing into view.
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!
It was a fierce war cry that made the whole space rumbled.
Above and below, back and front, left and right, like a wriggling wall, everywhere she looked at there were monsters, monsters, monsters, a swarm of monsters.
Not only at the floating ind where she was at right now, all the inds floating at the surrounding were also wholly covered with swarms of monsters.
Just how many their number could possibly be? Several thousand, several tens of thousands, the monsters'' number wasn''t at that level anymore. Even hundreds of thousands weren¡¯t enough at all to express their total number. Most likely the monsters here were in the millions.
"Although they are a level inferiorpared to the previous monsters, I think their number haspensated for that for more than enough, don''t you think so? Now then, Tio us, the sport is now over. Prepare to be trampled down."
Right after that, Freed swung down his arm.
That was the signal for the trampling.
The monsters in a great amount of numbers simultaneously rushed at the ck dragons.
(-, no matter what this number art just too many. As for Shia¡looked like she is victorious, but as expected she cannot immediately move. If she is attacked right now she wouldn''tst even for a bit. Thinking about the future, I wish the time could pass a little bit more yet¡it can''t be helped! A woman is all about guts!)
Although the armed dragons were somehow fighting hard, yet the ck dragons other than them were in the middle of raising scream of death agony right now. Tio made her decision.
Until this point of time, she was thinking about after this battle, she was taking safety margin as much as possible while continuing to save her power so she would be able to support Hajimeter with the greatest strength possible that she could muster but¡now she flung off that thinking to the wind.
This method was a dangerous method where she could possibly die instantly is she mistook even a step.
However, she could only do that in order to activate it instantly! For the sake of her friend, and then, for the sake of her beloved master, she didn''t hesitate!
"Cooome on, o white dragon! That indomitable that still hath not hit me properly, now I''ll receive it head on without evading, so put thy spirit and fire it at me!"
While saying that provocative sentence, Tio swung around her whip like a tornado around her and cut apart the swarming monsters while her other hand was firing herpressed breath attack.
The ckpressed breath that was specialized for piercing became a streak of light and pierced the monsters on its line of fire and arrived at its target the white divine dragon.
Uranus seemed to hear Tio''s provocation, it dispersed the approaching breath merely with its roar while its eyes were sparkling with killing intent as though to say "Then take this if you can", it then fired an extrarge aurora.
*DOU!* A bombardment that looked like the main cannon of a space battleship firing that came out in science fiction movie approached in a straight line at Tio while turning the allied monsters into dust just from its aftershock.
Tio drained up in one breath the ''Cheatmate Dr'' that she wasted no time to take out, she then threw away the container while performing partial dragonification.
Both her arms swelled up and turned into dragon arms covered in dragon scale and sharp ws elongating out. Furthermore, her whole body became covered with jet ck dragon scales leaving no spot exposed, she crossed her arms and took a defensive posture to protect her vital spots.
Freed saw her doing that and guessed that Tio was seriously not going to evade to receive the attack. He made a sneer thinking that she had resigned herself already. That was only natural he guessed. There was no way she coulde out safely after getting hit by the aurora. He could see no merit in doing that, that was why it was only natural for him to think that she was now epting her death graciously.
But, just before the aurora hit, he saw the powerful and resolute gaze of Tio that was visible from the gap between her crossed arms, and he got caught in a violently bad premonition.
He was about to call at Uranus to stop the dragon''s attack unconsciously, but the aurora had already got fired by then. It was impossible for him to make it in time, and right then,
*ZUDOOOOOOOO-!!*
Tio''s figure was swallowed into the aurora along with a thunderous sound and she vanished from sight.
A track of light divided the sky horizontally.
Inside that light of devastation,
"¨D¨D¡ª!!!"
Tio desperately endured while raising a wordless scream.
The prided dragon scales that dragon race boasted as the hardest were annihted in session. While feeling aware of the unpleasant sensation running through both her blocking arms, an abnormal storm of agony that assaulted her whole body made her gritted her teeth with a force that might break her teeth.
It was an intense pain that might make her mad.
Tio understood that her body was being annihted from the edge. She hallucinated the shadow of death slithering up on her body. This wasn''t like the sweet pain that Hajime granted her, not even for a bit. She was undoubtedly able to listen to the scream that was raised by her dying body.
The damage that had already far surpassed the scope that could be described made her consciousness almost got blown away to the beyond. While she was barely taking hold of her consciousness, Tio endured it through to the end with her spirit, and then¡
(¡I can do this-)
Conviction.
At the same time, she took out the variablerge shield Aedeon from ''Treasure Warehouse II'' in front of her eyes, it blocked the aurora just for an instant. The white breath of devastation was easily annihting the shield that was just a pile of metallic mass without any ''Vajra'' or ''Transmutation'' or even magic power for regeneration poured into it, but even so the quality shield of Hajime''s made definitely protected Tio''s body from ruin during a few seconds.
Just that much was more than enough. With a p, Tio leaped out from the torrent of aurora. And then, she was falling to the ground while white smoke was rising from her body and she impacted on the ground with a thunderous sound.
The ground was gouged from the impact and dust cloud rose up grandly.
"Eh, Tio, san?"
Shia''s words felt caught up was surely not only because of her exhausted body.
Shia was obviously looking shocked from seeing the disastrous appearance of Tio.
Tio replied with a bright voice in order to reassure Shia.
"Yes. This is, every, one''s, belo, ved, pervert, Tio, san he¡gafuh¡gehah"
"No no no, this is not the time for saying humor with a body that almost died like that! There is no person or anything that like Tio-san when you are in your pervert mode! All the mankind would only draw away in revulsion against such pervert desu! Wait not that, healing, quickly healing!"
"No, person, likes me¡the whole mankind, will draw away¡how, cruel. Gofuuu, haa haa."
While taking out magical medicine of healing from her own ''Treasure Warehouse II'' all flustered, Shia was making a sharply piercing retort with a voice that was oozing with unease. Even while enduring a tremendous pain, Tio''s tone was changing from feeling a bit of pleasure and she was going ''haa haa'' in a different meaning. As expected, the pain given to her from herrade felt sweet.
Shia was crawling toward Tio who was lying down spread-eagled in a tattered state, magical medicine in hand. But, before Shia could reach Tio, a silver feather flew in high speed and disintegrated the medicine container at Shia''s hand.
Shia came to her sense and when she looked at the direction from where the feather was flying, there was Freed riding above Uranus there ring at Shia without hiding the scorn in his expression.
When Shia looked above, there was a swarm of monsters there in which the expression of like the number of stars matched it perfectly. Her surrounding was alsopletely buried in monsters, she couldn''t see the edge of the ind at all. It was as though the ground was covered by undting dark clouds.
Shia and Tio were surroundedpletely in a hemisphere shape.
Because Shia had acted recklessly in her battle with the apostles, she was in a state where she couldn''t immediately fight, as for Tio it should be rather left unsaid. She was heavily wounded to the degree that it was mysterious that she was still alive.
In other words, this is a situation of checkmate from all point of view.
"A power that could drive away the strengthened apostles of god is something to be feared¡but it appeared you havepletely used up your strength. It''s already over for Tio us too. This is the end of the path of the fools who went against god. Obediently receive this judgment."
Shia directed a chilly gaze at Freed who haughtily proimed such. And then, when her mouth opened to talk back,
''Fuh, fuha, fuhahahahahah, gehah, kafu-, hahaha-"
Shia swallowed her words hearing Tio''sugh.
"¡Have you lost even your mind? That''s understandable. After all you should be tormented by unimaginable tremendous pain even now."
"No, no. Nothing, wrong, with mine sanity. What art funny, is, thy humor. Fufu."
Tio ghastly distorted her blood soaked face while directing a sharp gaze that was unthinkableing from that wound-riddled body. Pierced by those golden eyes with slitted pupils that were increasing in radiance, Freed unconsciously took a step back.
The bad promotion that he felt before Tio got directly hit by the aurora swelled up further, a chill was circling in his whole body as though something unknown was crawling around.
But, he ignored the chill using his fury toward himself who was pressured by these two who were already at the death''s door no matter he saw it, and he kept up with his haughty attitude.
"Hmph. What can you do thiste with that kind of state? Do you think you can manage something somehow with the likes of the ck dragons? Or else, don''t tell me, are you thinking that your master would return here so conveniently?"
"Perish, the thought. Just that, the one, ending this, is me."
Tio''s body was shining with ck colored magic power light. Even though she was supposedly unable to move, her body was making creaking sound while she scolded her trembling legs to stand up. Without paying any mind to the blood that was dripping down, only her lips were showing a deepening fierce smile.
Freed put himself on guard.
He tried to deal the finishing blow judging that there was no need for any question. In concert with that, Uranus also opened its mouth wide. Light of annihtion was converging inside it.
And then, in that moment just before thest sh was going to be fired,
*DOKUN¡ª!!*
Pulsing sound resounded in the space.
Not only that, a tremendous pressure that was even apanied by physical impact rushed through the dome-shaped space, causing Freed and Uranus to slightly staggered. There were even monsters in the surrounding who fainted.
The center of that pressure was without doubt Tio.
Despite being just a step away from death, she was emitting an impossible pressure.
*DOKUN¡ª!!*
Pulsing was spreading at the whole space once more.
The abnormal pressure was heightening second by second. It even caused a hallucination as though their heart was being grabbed tightly.
*DOKUN¡ª!!*
The pulsation spread for the third time.
Whether one wanted it or not, they were made to understand this instinctually. That it was an existence that one must noty their hands on.
What they felt was fear.
What was hard to believe, what he didn''t want to believe, was that this swelling pulsation of power easily surpassed the white divine dragon that could be said as the culmination of Freed''s effort.
(I, impossible. Just what in the world, something, something is happening-. Is she not actually dying? Is she bluffing? Something¡something like this, it''s as if, as if this is the same with that monster-)
With his body stiffening unable to be aware of his trembling arms and legs, Freed spouted out such words that were filled with confusion and agitation in his heart. But then he came back to his senses all of sudden when he noticed Tio who had stood uppletely, she had pulled Shia close to her and gazed at Freed with narrowed eyes.
If he had the free time to be paralyzed, if he had the time toment how unbelievable this was, then he should attack them with no question asked instead. Even with the situation turning bizarre like this, it didn''t change that Tio and Shia were in exhaustion, it would be enough if he attacked simultaneously along with the surrounding monsters. Freed was feeling anger at his own stupidity after thiste like that.
With that fury, Freed who was scolding himself raised up his arm.
"Tsk, attack-! Don''t let them do anything-! Kill them right now-!!!"
Amand that sounded like a shriek.
All the terrified monsters couldn''t immediately react. Be that as it may, the monsters that were in the number that was far more than enough to destroy just two people obeyed thatmand, including the Uranus they let out their killing intent.
There, a voice resounded.
The voice that possessed a solemn echo sounded like it was descending from the sky despite how the speaker was right there in front of them.
"Observe closely. This is the zenith that I, the dragon race Tio us had arrived at."
Right after that, a storm of killing intent was released.
At the center of that was naturally the aurora breath of Uranus.
But, all those attacks couldn''t hope to wound Shia and Tio.
If the reason was asked, it was because just before the attacks wereunched, an extremelyrge sh surged and pierced the sky with Tio as the center.
ck¨D¨Dor rather the dark light that was like the abyss was rising straight to the sky, the monsters standing on its way were all blown away.
Although attacks were rushing at that sh''s bottom, the ce where Tio and Shia were at, the dark light pir rising to the sky while rumbling the space didn''t shake even a bit.
Far from that, it increased in radiance even further while still piercing the sky, in addition ck ripple was spreading in the sky.
"What is, what is happening-!"
Freed yelled with even his confusion exposed.
Even while he was doing that, the dark ripple was spreading through the sky¨D¨D
At the next moment, a me st licked all over the sky.
The radiant great fire was spreading crawlingly and in the blink of eye the sky was dyed red. What was manifested wasn''t sea of clouds but a sea of me. The red sea that was zing roaringly couldn''t be thought as the scenery of this world by any means.
Further in that me sea of the sky, lightning surged.
Divine rumbling sound roared, not losing to the sound of the air bursting. The raining down thunders were randomly, carelessly, mercilessly, shooting out the monsters and exterminated them like scattering flies.
At that time, in the sea of me and lightning, something undted.
A ck and shining twistingrge body. The whole of that body couldn''t be seen yet, it was unclear just how big it was, a part of its body was jutting out from the sea of me and thunder before sinking in again. It was just like how the divine beast leviathan was lurking in the sea, however, the aberrant pressure pouring down on the ground was far mightier.
"What, wha-what, is that¡"
Freed was staring at the sky in a daze while whispering. All the monsters including the white divine dragon were also at the same state. All the monsters were simrly kept staring at the red sky in a daze.
There was no way that whisper would be answered. But, just when they were thinking like that, in that timing the thing swimming in the sea of lightning and me disyed the whole of its true form.
Along with a tremendous roar.
GOAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!
The sky fell.
The enormously tremendous roar that made the listener hallucinate that rained down from the sky in super wide range.
Due to that, the monsters who had difficulty in their defensive power were easily pulverized, while a lot of other monsters had their consciousness reaped and they fell on the ground.
Amidst that, what showed its figure was a gigantic dragon covered in dragon scale that shined ck with its body d in me and lightning. It wasn''t a western dragon that imitated a lizard. It was an eastern dragon with a long meandering body like a snake. The whole length of its body might be more than a hundred meter.
ck dragon¨D¨Dno, if the white dragon was called as a white divine dragon, then the true form of this dragon that should be called as a ck divine dragon, went without saying, it was the form of that person Tio us.
Soul and metamorphosisposite magic ''Dragon God Manifestation''¨D¨Dusing soul magic ''Magic d Alignment'' that aligned the soul with magic so that the body could wear the magic itself with the highest ss me magic ''World Destroyer me Wave'' and the highest ss wind magic ''Sky Miracle'', and then adding to those the metamorphosis magic ''Sixth Heaven''s Demon Transformation'', secret medicine to strengthen the body, sublimation magic, and then, the ''Pain Conversion II'' that was the derivative skill of characteristic magic ''Dragonification'', only after using all of those at the same time this ultimate skill of Tio could be activated.
Tio was reducing the side effect of the aurora that was too strong while doing damage control. Even while doing that she was piling up the necessary strength for dragon god transformation using ''Pain Conversion II'' by continuously bearing wounds.
She had received that much damage while healing herself to the degree that she wouldn''t die, even so, if at the very end she didn''t bear that heavy wound that brought her to the verge of death, she wouldn''t be able to pile up the strength for the dragon god transformation. In addition, she was unable to stock up energy by hurting herself, on top of that the damage couldn''t be changed into pleasure in the middle of the conversion, and then there was even the side effect of her sense of pain getting magnified. If someone with average mental strength attempted this, they would be driven mad assuredly before they could activate the dragon god transformation.
Originally Tio nned to take care of Freed with only her ck dragons, and then she would rush toward Hajime''s position with a strength that was still heightened to maximum before unveiling this technique in the battle against Ehito but¡
In the present situation where she forced herself to activate this technique, she might only have a minute to maintain this form. And then, after her dragon god transformation was released, she would surely be the same like Shia where she would be in a state where she couldn''t fight.
Therefore
(I''ll finish everything in this one minute!)
The golden eyes of Tio who aplished dragon god transformation red fiercely at the monsters below.
The monsters immediately drew back in fear. Only one, the white divine dragon who wasn''t drawing back, but in its eyes there was a fear and awe that couldn''t be hidden.
Tio''s roar thundered.
Right after that, many gigantic lightning surged from the sea of me and lightning and mercilessly cooked the monsters swarm. If this scale was measured using the earth measurement then the scale could far surpass a level F5 storm. The monsters who tried to escape were all rolled up and embraced into zing arms, they were annihted there leaving not even dust behind.
"Impossible-, impossible-, impossible-, impossible-, impossible-, impossible-, impossible-, impossible-, impossible-! This, something like this is impossible-,! There is no way this is possible-!"
The thunders raining down from the sky was like a divine punishment. The tornado connecting thend and sky and swallowed everything into ruin was like the fire of hell.
Seeing that scene that should be called as the manifestation of heaven''s might, Freed felt like the divinity of the god that he held faith to was denied along with his faith, he was repeating words that denied reality in half-madness.
And then, he gave an order to the divine white dragon that was his best masterpiece.
"Deny that, Uranus! That, that existence, DENYYYYYY IIIIIIIIITTT!!"
GuUU, RUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA¡ª!!
Uranus answered its master''smand.
It opened its jaw and fired the strongest aurora it could as though to blow away his fear altogether, as though to grant its master''s wish.
However, that attack which was fired with its whole body and soul¨D¨D
GOAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA¡ª!!
The sh of darkness d in sparks that was fired from the jaw of the divine ck dragon Tio collided against the aurora midair. A beatter, the aurora was easily pushed back and the sh of darkness swallowed Uranus without stopping.
There wasn''t even a shriek of death agony.
The sh of ck that erased even sound merely tore up the sky, gouged the ground, and without slowing down it annihted a part of the floating ind before vanishing at the space below.
No, the white divine dragon wasn''tpletely annihted.
Its lower body was blown away, its body that consisted mostly only of chest and head fell on the ground with a bam. Its dignity as a divine dragon had already gone without even a fragment remaining. Light was quietly falling off from its eyes, reducing the flesh into a mere husk.
"U, ra¡nus?"
Freed stared at the white divine dragon with powerless voice.
That figure that didn''t respond even when he called made an indescribable emotion to well up in his heart.
The processing of information in his brain couldn''t catch up with what was happening.
Even though he was floating in midair, it felt like his feet was swaying unstably.
When Freed noticed, he was screaming.
"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!"
Giving only a nce at the millions of monsters who were exterminated with preposterous momentum, Freed red straight at Tio and pped his silver wings. In those eyes things like monsters or anything else weren''t reflected anymore, there was only me of fury and hatred zing there.
He fired silver sh with all his strength. He fired shockwave of space magic and tore apart the space.
But, all of those were easily dispersed just with Tio''s roar.
He couldn''t reach.
He couldn''t reach toward Tio who had climbed to far away height.
That was why,
"Gahah!?"
The shockwave of the roar that Tio raised¨D¨DFreed was driven away just from the after wave from that.
Freed whose whole body was struck hard and stiffened as though he was paralyzed was then assaulted by falling thunder. *KA-!* The sky shed and then at the next instant, a tremendous impact pierced his body, Freed was falling to the ground while white smoke was raising from his body.
His body struck the ground, and then after he bounced several times on the surface, he finally stopped andid down spread-eagled.
In the eyes of Freed that were looking above at the sky, the scene where the monsters in the number that covered the whole space to the brim had been reduced to a degree where they could be counted by a nce was reflected. Whether he wanted it or not, he was made to understand that this was the end.
His violent emotions already disappeared, right now for some reason only emptiness was smoldering in him.
What is someone like me who was weed by god doing, giving up like this. I should resolve myself instead to walk the path of martyrdom to take the enemy together with me into death until the very end.
Even when he tried to persuade himself like that, as expected, his body didn''t even twitch. His body was unable to move because of the damage¡not. The will power to move his body, just wasn''t welling up in his heart.
"I¡"
At that time when Freed was about to whisper something, a ck light fell from the sky toward him.
His awfully calm mind judged that it was a finishing blow for him. With this, it was the end for him.
But, at that moment, a shadow passed over the firing line of the ck light.
KURYAAAAAAAAAAAAAA¨C!!
"Wha-!?"
Something roared and cut into the firing line, and with its body that something became Freed''s shield, it was¡
"Uranus-!!"
Yes, it was the white divine dragon that should have already expired.
With its body that now consisted only of its upper body, Uranus somehow moved and leaped in front of the dark sh.
The white divine dragon whose body was in tatters from the edge slightly turned at Freed who was opening his eyes in shock while narrowing its eyes quietly.
He couldn''t hear any words even if he used metamorphosis magic.
Nevertheless, at that time, Freed was able to clearly understand what the white divine dragon was conveying to him.
Namely,
"Run away, huh¡"
While making aurora to gush out from its remaining broken body, unbelievably Uranus was holding back Tio''s sh¨D¨Dthat will, it was the will to not let its master Freed to die.
At that moment, a torrent of memory rushed Freed.
He recalled. At the time when he was nothing more but a mere devil race, why at that time he was attempting to challenge a greatbyrinth.
(¡I was merely, wishing to make a safe country, where nothing could threaten my brethrens. I pursued power for the sake of that. My brethrens were more important than anything. I thought that if it was for their sake then I could do anything. Yet despite so¡''It can''t be helped because it''s the will of god'', huh¡)
The white divine dragon was pressuring on him.
It was directing a criticizing gaze toward its master that wasn''t trying to run.
But, toward that white divine dragon, Freed only shook his head quietly and made a troubled smile.
He challenged a greatbyrinth with mad desperation, actually he even almost died many times before obtaining the metamorphosis magic. And then with that magic this dragon monster was the first monster that he subdued. Since then this dragon had been his partner for all this time.
Even though it should have been dead for sure, yet it crossed over logic and rushed to him when he was in danger. He felt a definite bond in that act. Even though he himself had already forgotten even such an important thing before he knew it, his partner didn''t forget that even now when it was already dead.
Freed''s body was worn-out, he was already unable to move satisfactorily.
Then,
"¡Sorry. Go together with me, partner."
¨D¨DKurya
That voice sounded as though it was saying "Can''t be helped huh".
At the next moment, the dark sh swallowed everything like a divine punishment¨D¨D
After that, there was nothing left behind.
(If thou two weren''t charmed by that god¡thou would be a good pair of master and servant, no, a good partners with certainty. But, thou were unable to resist or persist, art because of thy weakness in the end. Thou could make no excuse. Well, at the very least, this Tio us will remember the conclusion of the two of thou.)
Tio turned a solemn gaze fitting for a dragon god to the spot where Freed and Uranus were at.
That way of ending that Freed and Uranus showed at the very end, where they smiled wryly at each other holding a saturation of various emotions, for Tio it was something that for some reason she didn''t want to cast away as something trivial.
But, at that time, Shia''s voice resounded.
{Ti, Tio-saaaan. Won''t the timee any time no?}
Shia''s voice that reached Tio through telepathy came from inside the body of Tio that transformed into dragon god. So that she wouldn''t get dragged in, Tio sheltered Shia inside her body where it was the safest ce. It was essentially the same like when she stored away her equipment when she turned into a dragon. Her body was longer than a hundred meters anyway so there was no problem for her to shelter Shia inside there.
{Yes. It''s frustrating but, mine limit wille soon. Let''s annihte them all in one go!}
The time limit of the dragon god transformation.
Along with a terrific roar, a sh that dyed the world ck rushed through the space. Thunders were bing fiercer and fiercer and gigantic tornados of me trampled the monsters to ashes.
And then,
{Kuu, thi, this is the limit.}
At the same time with Tio''s pained voice, the sea of me and thunder covering the sky dispersed and the tornado became undone gently. There was almost no monster that could be seen. Even if there were monsters that survived they would be wounded all over or ran away at full speed already fearing Tio''s majestic appearance.
Right after that, the body of the ck divine dragon went *KAT!* as though light exploded, then thatrge body vanished like a lie and Shia and Tio appeared at the midair.
As only natural, they lost against gravity and fell.
"Wait, Tio-saaan! This is midair desuu!"
"Ah, oops. I hath no spare energy. Shia, give me help."
"Are you stupid-. Even I don''t have any spare energy anymore!"
They looked like they still had theposure toin at each other, but in actuality they couldn''t even use ''Air Force'' or body strengthening, far from that they didn''t even have magic power remaining to activate ''Treasure Warehouse II'', so this wasn''t quite aughing matter for them.
"Hiiiii! Even though we have won with great pain, yet we are going to die like this in the end, I don''t wanna desuu!"
"I, it''s fine! ck dragooonnn, heeelp uuussss"
Tio called the ck dragons. Shia felt relieved noticing that they still had this method.
However, the voice of the ck dragons that responded to Tio''s call sounded extremely far.
"Aa, that''s right. Because it was dangerous I made them to evacuate quite far. Perhaps they won''t make it in time¡"
"Noooooooooo!! Hajime-saaaaan!!"
Shia started crying. While Tio was inly flustered.
But, at that time, a white shadow rushed toward the two in super speed like a streak of sh.
And then, the arms of the two were firmly caught by rabbit ears, the catcher then kicked on the air and reduced its speed.
That was,
"Inaba!?"
"Is it Inaba!?"
"Kyuu!"
Yes, it was the kick rabbit Inaba-san.
Inaba was kicking on the air while gradually lowering their altitude, he then safely lowered Shia and Tio on the ground.
"Thou saved us. My gratitude to thou, Inaba."
"Inaba, thank you very much. But, why are you here¡"
"Kyukyuu! Kyuu?"
Inaba brushed off his rabbit ear with a swish as though to say don''t mind it. And then in exchange for answering Shia''s question, Inaba stiffened his ear at a certain direction.
When they looked there, there were the figures of Shizuku and others at far away waving their hands energetically at them whileing to their spot riding their skyboard.
Shizuku and others who closed the distance in the blink of eyended down beside Shia and Tio.
"I''m d that the two of you are safe. Looks like it was dangerous just now isn''t it."
"I wondered what was going on when Inaba-san leaped forward, but really it''s great that the two of you are safe."
"Ou, looks like you two got really messed up huh."
"Haha¡it was like looking at a myth happening just now. ¡Really, I''m d that Shizuku and others stopped me¡"
Shizuku and Suzu approached Shia and TIo who was lying down dead tired and made them drank magic medicine and put healing magic on them. Ryutaro was looking around at some of the floating inds that looked like they were going to crumble anytime with an astonished expression. Kouki was cursing "Are you idiot huh!?" and punching with his all the him in the past who acted hostilely at Shia and others while offering thought of gratitude at Shizuku and others once more.
"Shizuku-san and others too, you are all safe. Besides, it appeared that the idiot-san also seems to be reflecting. That''s great desu."
Shia''s words made Kouki groaned "uu".
"But, as for the other one¡no, I doth not say anything. Everyone, thou all has worked hard."
Tio was looking at Suzu with a bit of consideration, but as for the aforementioned Suzu, she was smiling with a clear gaze like a different personpared to before they parted, so Tio didn''t convey any word of constion and merely gifted them words of praise. Toward that, Suzu''s smile turned even stronger.
"Nevertheless this is shocking. When we discovered the entrance that connected the spaces and tried to jump into it¡"
"Sea of fire, tornado of me, countless monsters, and then there was even a jumbo dragon exactly like in a myth. I already resigned myself for a bit there. The scenery made me wanted to make a U-turn because we mistook the room."
Shizuku and Suzu turned their gaze at Tio.
It appeared Shizuku and others arrived at this space just when Tio was doing her dragon god transformation. The first scene that they saw right after crossing the space was an Armageddon¡there was no doubt that their eyes at that time were flying out of their eye socket in shock just like in manga picture.
"Well, because that was mine trump card after all. Originally I wished to rush at Goshujin-sama''s side in the state of dragon god transformation but¡that was a wish that was too high to achieve. Rather than that, all of thee hath caught up to us really quickly isn''t it? Even though thou hath nopass like us."
"We weren''t really lost you know? After the clock tower got smashed, it took us a bit of time to search the other city but, when we discovered another entrance and used it, we arrived directly to here."
"Hmm. As for us, from that ruined city there were several spaces that interposed between us until this space but¡perhaps with the destruction of the clock tower, the arrangement of the connected space changed then. After all thepass should have disyed to us the shortest route."
Possibly this might be the harassment from Ehitorujue. Tio thought about Hajime who went ahead and she sent a bit worried gaze at empty air.
The expression of Shizuku who guessed that Hajime wasn''t here as expected from Tio''s expression turned simrly worried and then she inquired about what happened.
Like that they listened to the rough gist of what happened from Shia and Tio, and then all of them nodded at each other in agreement to chase after Hajime in this case, it was at that time,
GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO GO ¡ª-
The space began to rumble.
Shia and others put up their guard at the surrounding wondering what was going on.
Ahead of the gazes of them, *bari-*, *biki-*, the space itself was cracking. It was as though the space was going to crumble.
Right after that, the floating ind where Shia and others were at that was already greatly damaged became unable to endure the vibration that attacked the space andrge fissures ran through the ground, a beatter, the ind crumbled grandly.
In panic, they boarded their skyboard and evacuate to sky.
"Tha, that is¡is that by any chance, the surface?"
Suzu was pointing at below while raising her voice.
The floating ind was breaking. The space beneath it was wavering, from there they could see a ground at far below. The scenery there where there was a fortress and grass in was also one that they were familiar with, and then a great number of people were moring there in that image.
Perhaps because the space was unstable, that scenery immediately disappeared and returned back to usual. But, the eerie rumbling was still not stopping, the spots of space where there was wavering faintly disyed ces that they had visited before and also ces they didn''t know before vanishing once more.
"¡Surely this is because of Hajime-san desu. Hajime-san is fighting Ehito desu!"
"That''s right. This ce art Holy Precincts. Then this ce should be the ce that is most affected by the god Ehito. For the space to be unstable might mean that this is just how much Ehito art being cornered."
It was merely a hypothesis.
But, it was a hypothesis that they could believe because if it was Hajime then it was possible.
"Then, we too have to hurry then."
"Yoosh, let''s get out from this ce that might copse anytime and link up with Nagumo-kun immediately."
Everyone nodded to Shizuku and Suzu''s words.
And then, they headed toward the obelisk at the center floating ind that was still barely floating.
Shia who was still staggering with her shoulder was supported by Shizuku with her shoulder while she touched her hand at the obelisk without hesitation.
"?"
However, nothing happened. When Hajime used hispass, there was no doubt that it was pointing at this obelisk, so there was no mistake that this was the entrance.
Shia touched the obelisk one more time, but as expected nothing happened.
"Why!?"
Shia who became desperate touched again, but no matter how many times she repeated the obelisk wasn''t reacting.
"Perhaps this art rted with this unstable space. If I remember correctly, there art also obelisk at the other floating inds correct? Let''s try using those."
Following Tio''s consideration, they headed toward the other obelisk.
¡However, that obelisk was also not reacting.
And, at that time, the space shook once more.
And then, this time the space began to crumble from the edge.
Shizuku who got a bad premonition went toward the boundary where the ce was beginning to crumble and threw a rock as a test. Her premonition was spot on. The thrown rock crumbled as though it was disintegrated and vanished without even leaving dust behind.
"A bad, situation is it¡"
Tio''s grim voice rang awfully clearly.
"Even if we get swallowed by the crumbling we are going to be safe¡something like that would be just too convenient isn''t it."
"What about the obelisk that we used to enter into this space I wonder?"
Following Suzu''s proposal, they headed toward that ce in a hurry. The crumbling was advancing rapidly. They understood that the space was shrinking down as though a cage was getting smaller little by little. Right now, even in this moment the floating inds that were caught by the crumbling were vanishing into dust starting from their edge.
"No way¡we cannot even go back."
Kouki murmured with a sorrowful face.
The obelisk that Kouki and others came out from into this ce also didn''t react.
The crumbling was approaching.
They returned to the center floating ind in hurry, but the crumbling was elerating with increasing momentum. It seemed that even another space that they could see from the swaying space also didn''t escape from the crumbling. Even the world of the ruined city was vanishing from its edges.
"Is this¡as far as we can go?"
Kouki murmured.
Shizuku and others gritted their teeth hearing those words.
"Hajime-san, Yue-san¡"
With a strong gaze, Shia was staring at an empty space as though she was looking far away while calling the name of the two of her beloved.
Finally the crumbling was also starting to erode the center floating ind.
They desperately wracked their brain. They wouldn''t stop struggling until the end.
Like that, rather than waiting for death
Chapter 172
Chapter 172
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. Bakapervert did the edits.
**__
Mankind''s Struggle (First Part)
Turning back the time a bit.
The surface of the world waspletely changed by the erosion of dark red color that looked like the eyes of a monster. And then, a crack of space that exposed the abyss appeared at the sky of such bizarre world.
After Hajime and others safely jumped into that crack of space which scattered muddy ck miasma¨D¨Dthe gate that connected toward Holy Precincts, the apostles of god that swarmed that ce turned on their heel still with an expressionless face.
What was reflected in the inhuman eyes looking down from the great height, was the crowd of people who disyed their insolence by trying to oppose god''s will.
" " " " "Judgment of god." " " " "
Those words were murmured in one voice.
If the people at the ground heard those words, surely they would object "There is not even a speck of reason for us to be judged!" with a loud voice.
But, the puppets of god that wouldn''t even lend any ear to that objection swung their twinrge swords once, then they pped their wings and began to descend all at once. They only revised their orbit using their silver wings. Next, therge number of apostles rapidly approached toward the allied force mostly by freefalling while leaving a silver trail behind like a swarm of meteors.
Thinking of the apostles'' spec, in this battlefield where bug character like Hajime and others were gone, there was no existence that could possibly stop these women. Even if there were a lot of people in possession of item like the artifacts that couldunch sh(Anti-Material Rifle) which covered the pration of Hajime and others into Holy Precincts, but there was no reason that mere ''human'' could hope to match them.
Therefore, for the apostles what would be starting from here on wouldn''t a battle, it would be a curbstomp without any doubt, just a light work like mowing down grass.
¡was what they thought how it was supposed to be.
That thought only continued until their whole field of vision was buried in barrages of bullets.
"Attackkk!! No need for even a drop of mercy or reservation-! Pound away with the intention of using up all your ammooo!!"
An amplifiedmand resounded among the allied force, at the same time bullets barrage were fired without pause from the whole allied force soldiers.
Every single soldier aimed rifle gun toward the sky and pulled the trigger, each time the trigger was pulled the internal mineral that had been enchanted with ''Lightning d'' electromaically elerated the pseudo-full metal jacket bullet and fired it.
The all out firing from all the rifle guns that had been distributed to all the soldiers of allied force became several millions of shes just for the first wave attack that pierced the sky.
Furthermore, therge gatling railguns that were fixed at the fortress and trenchespletely nketed the sky with shes simultaneously. The number of the gatling railguns in total was a thousand. A thousand of the monstrous railguns with twelve thousand shots per minute roared simultaneously.
That wasn''t all.
In addition, a thousand stationaryrge Orkan released a few hundred missiles loaded inside them almost at the same time. The spectacle of orange fire trail rushing to the sky all at once could be described as a masterpiece.
Regarding the weapons, the people with fast understanding were given priority to be a shooter, they had practiced handling the weapon until thest minute, so the weapons that were the hybrid of top of the line modern weapon and alternate world fantasy could muster their fury without taking too much time. The characteristic advantage of modern weapon where ''it wasn''t influenced by the skill of the individual'' was exhibited in ample here.
In an instant, the sky waspletely covered by swarms of shes and missiles, they easily swallowed the apostles who kept descending down.
The swarms of railguns that already should be called as a wall mercilessly gouged out the apostles, opening wind holes in their body one after another, the swarms of missiles grandly scattered me st and shockwave everywhere and bloomed crimson lotus in the sky. The apostles that got dragged into that blooming were toyed around inside the storm of explosions and their body burst and scattered.
However, even though the first wave of the apostles got easily killed because they let their guard down, the enemy over there was the apostle of god. They immediately put their guard up, weaved through the barrage, shed away the shes, or used their silver wings for defense and forcefully broke through to approach their enemy.
"Na?ve."
The one who was lifting the corner of his lips in fearless smirk was the sniper of Hauria race who yed a very active role when Hajime and others stormed the Holy Precincts. It was ''Bardfeld of Certain Death'', ten years old.
Across the scope that was enchanted with ''Foresight'' which disyed the future position of the enemy as a phantom image, he stared at an apostle that slipped through a me st and naturally pulled the trigger with quiet breathing.
Immediately, a cannon shot that was specialized for pration simr with Scgen became a sh, with a superb timing it attacked the apostle who was going to move to attack right now, the sh then cleanly blown up her head.
Scenes simr with that were also aplished here and there by the grand shes that were fired from everywhere in the fortress and trenches. This feat was achieved by the sniper team that was fully equipped with the improved version of Scgen.
Perhaps judging that such snipers were a danger, the apostles followed the line of fire and directed their gazes toward the snipers that included ''Bardfeld of Certain Death'' and they flew out all at once at them¡
This time, it was the golem soldiers who were standing by at the back of the snipers, with gatling cannons in both hands and missile pods equipped on their shoulders, they began simultaneous strafing fire to protect the snipers.
"¨D¨D"
The apostles gulped and attempted to evade.
But it was too slow. At this point of time, the snipers were already catching the prey across the scope. Faster than even their mind, their finger leaned on the trigger and quietly pulled. It was as though their body had known the best timing.
The result was just a matter of course. The sky was decorated with blooming crimson flowers once more.
Even though this was supposed to be an easy work that was equal with a mere ughter, even though the monsters were supposed to be already gone from this ce, for some reason it was only the apostles who got killed one-sidedly. Weren''t they the apostle of god? Weren''t they standing at far away height that human couldn''t possibly arrive at, created by the supreme existence as the greatest fighting strength?
The apostles naturally narrowed their gaze.
"Know how futile your resistance is."
One of the apostles whispered.
Right after that, they stopped descending and rained down silver bombardments all at once from long range toward the ground.
It was a silver colored squall.
It was a really beautiful and fantastical spectacle, but the tragic result this local heavy rain would bring about was the very definition of atrocity itself.
Some part of this was offset by the barrages of bullet, but the bombardment that came from apostles whose body was d with silver magic power in strengthened state slipped through the barrages mostly intact and approached the ground.
¡And then,
"Great Barrier start up!"
It was held back above the allied force.
The improved great barrier that was activated following themand of themander Liliana, blocked the meteor shower of death.
Against the silver sh that possessed disintegration ability, even if it was the great barrier that was an age of god artifact that had protected the capital of the kingdom for many years, originally the best it could do would be to hold on for a few moments. But, right now the great barrier that had been applied with Hajime''s improvement was spreading in rainbow ripple and firmly protected the allied force.
The great barrier that originally was deployed in threeyers with the strength of eachyer depending on proportion with the range was now focused into a singleyer which increased its toughness. Naturally, it was also strengthened using sublimation magic. By no means it could perfectly oppose the disintegration ability, but it was capable enough to make the apostles to spend some time breaking through.
And then, the time that was bought from that was for the sake of showing the next hand to recover from the hopeless situation.
The blow from the first barrage was merely a surprise attack against the arrogant apostles. With these women who literally had specs that were in a different leaguepared to human as the opponent, they would surely adapt after the first attack. Therefore, the humans had to carry out the n so they could fight the apostles.
That n was,
"To the choir squad. Please give the fall toward the puppets who proimed themselves as angel!"
The order of Liliana that was amplified in sound resounded in the battlefield.
The target of thatmand was the people who looked like clergyman that gathered at the rooftop of the fortress, there were even women and children included among them.
With a solemn atmosphere that didn''t suit the battlefield, everyone put their hands together in front of their chest with uniform movement, taking a praying pose. All of them were the clergymen of the church who spread the teaching of the holy church in the remote region, that was to say they were the remains of the holy church. They were people who had separated from the central church, or possibly they had too much of pure faith that they were driven away from central as troublesome people.
Those people who were in a sense were the true clergymen followed the direction of an aging man d in priest clothing standing in front of them, then they opened their mouths slowly.
" " " " " " " " " "¨D¨D¨D¨D?" " " " " " " " " "
A melody resounded.
It was a holy song. A song that blessed the people and condemned the people that trampled on peace and love. A solemn melody of sacred protection and judgment.
A magic circle was floating beneath the choir. Through the crystals that were put here and there on it, the power of the holy song itself was amplified to terrific level.
That song which pushed through the explosive and thunderous sounds of the weapons and resounded throughout the battlefield naturally reached the ears of the apostles who wereunching all-out bombardment to break the great barrier.
Immediately,
"¨D¨D, this is, my strength-"
One of the apostles leaked out a surprised voice.
That was surely something that couldn''t be helped for her. After all, the proof of strengthening that was the silver light which enveloped her body had dispersed, in exchange there was crimson light coiling around her before she felt her strength leaving her body like water that flowed out from a container with opened cork.
Once the pope Ishtar invoked this magic¨D¨D''Holy Song of Supreme Degeneration'' toward Hajime who was facing the apostle Nointo at the sky above the God Mountain. It was a brutal magic thatbined the effects of obstructing the target''s movement and weakened their strength as long as the song was resounding.
Now this song had its effect amplified using sublimation magic, in addition, it was also enchanted with the words of power that stopped the body function of Kaori and did her in before, Hajime reproduced the effect using soul magic and enchanted it through the medium of crystal pirs.
As expected, driving the apostles until they went out of service orpletely weakening them were impossible, but the song was still able to obstruct the strengthened state of the apostles, in addition, it also could drop the specs of the apostles until nearly sixty percent of their original specs.
"Tsk, eliminating."
The gazes of the apostles were directed at the choir which was the source of their abnormality. They nned to prioritize eliminating the choir.
Several of the apostles formed a group and they began to lift theirrge swords simultaneously. Right after that, their magic power was focused and formed a swelling silver sun.
Although only a bit of time had passed, but the great barrier was already screaming from receiving disintegration ability from countless apostles. If it got hit by the focused silver bombardment, it would surely be unable to endure this time and got smashed.
"But, that too is within expectation. Please prioritize the apostles whose movements are stopping!"
Liliana''smand resounded for the third time. Thatmand was conveyed to all leaders of each squad, then they further gave that instruction to the subordinates under them to prioritize targeting the apostles who were concentrating in the focused bombardment.
The swarm of fire lines reached out from the ground toward the sky, the thickness of this wave was by no means diluted. It wasn''t diluting at all. The people with high shooting ability obeyed themand and sniped at the unmoving apostles simultaneously.
The apostles who weren''t involved with the focused bombardment defended against this attack. Using their twinrge swords, their silver wings, feathers, they intercepted the attack. However, with their specs that had been forcefully lowered down and the crimson light that was coiling around their body and hindered their movement, so they were unable to deal with surging waves of the excessively mighty attacks which weren''t depending on the user''s specs.
One apostle, and then one more apostle, the apostle who were supposed to be absolute strong person were ughtered with wind holes opened all over their body.
"Irregr-, even when you are not here you are still making a nuisance against us-"
The crimson light was coiling around the apostles mockingly. That was the radiance of the monster who had driven them away many times over. Seeing that light, the voice of the apostles who proimed that they were without emotion or anything turned a bit rough. They vaguely visualized in their mind a white-haired and eye-patched young man giving them a middle finger with a fearless grin.
However, it didn''t mean that the allied force was able to shoot down all the apostles, finally the focusing finished and the light of devastation was emitted from the silver sun.
*GOU!* The atmosphere shook, the silver bombardment that was the result of the focus of fifty apostles hit the great barrier.
The rainbow ripple undted fiercely, *biki biki* with cracking sounds cracks entered the great barrier.
"You guuys, put your spirit in iit!"
Such angry yell resounded at a corner of the fortress where the artifact of the great barrier was positioned. That was the angry voice of Wolpen who was the chief transmutation master of the kingdom. The artifact whose cracking was spreading due to the severe burden was repaired in real time using transmutation by the craftsmen led by Wolpen. Their hands were equipped with fingerless gloves that raised their transmutation ability. It was a romance glove that was a quality product of Hajime.
"Chief-, it''s impossible already-! It cannot hold out!"
"Chih, can''t be helped then. Abandon the great barrier! After activating the small scale barrier, we are going to concentrate at multiple barriers for the choir!"
" " " " "ROGER-" " " " "
After the great barrier was smashed, Wolpen and others activated the small scale barrier that defended temporarily against the bombardment that might pierce through, like that they ran around busily. They abandoned the barrier that protected the allied force and poured all their strength to the barrier artifact that focused on protecting the choir.
The moment they abandoned the transmutation for repairing in real-time, the cracks on the cylinder artifact spread all at once, and then a beatter the sound of pulverizing was echoing while small pieces flew everywhere.
That sound of pulverizing also resounded from the rainbow great barrier outside the fortress.
Simr like what was once seen at the kingdom capital, sparkling fragments were scattering and vanishing.
The apostles pped their silver wings and flew in all at once. Their target was apparent at a nce. It was the choir that shaved off their specs until sixty percent.
Right now the rooftop where the choir was located at was enveloped by a multiyered rainbow barrier that looked like the great barrier. Bypressing the barrier into small scale and making it multiyered, on the whole it had a hardness that surpassed the great barrier. But, if it was aimed by concentrated attacks then it would be surely got smashed through in less than a few minutes.
"Uu, aAAAAAAAA-!!"
One of the holy knights that was ced outside the barrier as protection for the choir raised a war cry and brandished his sword. He shook off his body that was naturally paralyzed from the majestic appearance of the approaching apostles by screaming.
"A nuisance."
The knight''s torso was easily cut by therge sword that was shed horizontally and he got blown away.
Yes, the knight wasn''t bisected, he was blown away. In addition, there was a strange numbness in the arm that the apostle swung.
That fact made the apostles unconsciously stopped moving. With the attack of therge sword that was enchanted with disintegration ability, then even though they could only use forty percent of their strength it should be easy to bisect a single human into two. Despite so, she was unable to do that.
"HAAAAAAAAA-!!"
"-"
From the back of the apostle whose movement stopped because of the mysterious phenomenon, a new knightunched a vertical splitting attack from above along with a loud scream that had not even a speck of hesitation. The apostle didn''t even use herrge sword and blocked the attack with her wing, but not only the attack opposed her disintegration ability, it even made unpleasant sound *giiiiiiiiii* resounding before the knight sword sunk in. The apostle gazed to that in astonishment.
There, a scolding flew from that knight.
"Don''t falter! We are a knight. Protecting is exactly our duty! Protect this ce!"
"Captain David¡guh, forgive me. Let me assist-"
The knight that was previously blown away stood up even while coughing away, a scratch in a straight line was left on his armor. He then shed at the apostle with fierce momentum.
It was as though that became the signal, the knights¨D¨Dthe former holy church''s sacred knights that were led by the Aiko protection squad captain, David, the ''Goddess''s Knights (self-proimed)'' faced the flying apostles one after another.
And then, using their bastard swords that raised high-pitched sound while looking misty, the gauntlets that brought about the effect of ''Strong Arm'' just by putting them on, and the leg armors that simrly granted the effect of ''Strong Leg'', they assaulted the apostles while barely enduring the attacks of the apostles. Even if they were damaged by the attack that they couldn''t endure, their armor somehow protected them from great harm.
"¡Don''t tell me, all of this strengthe from artifacts?"
One of the apostles murmured.
David and everybody else, the knights, they were all equipped simrly with a bastard sword, gauntlets, and also ck armor and simple helmet.
ck armor¨D¨Dthis artifact was enchanted with ''Vajra'' that was continuously active and ''Impact Conversion'' that activated the moment attack touched the armor. Even the knight that got hit by an apostle''s attack managed to pull through somehow with this.
And then the bastard sword was the so-called ''High-Speed Vibration Sword'', just the sword itself possessed a considerable sharpness, on top of that it could release high-speed vibration using magic power, causing it to be able to disperse the disintegration ability even if only to a certain degree. And then, the helmet was enchanted with ''Light Speed'', it was a degraded version but it was attached with the function to expand the user''s perception.
All those equipment were basically a set and they were distributed to all the soldiers. In addition, before the battle began cheatmates were distributed so the specs of all the soldiers were also raised.
The n was to weaken the apostles while at the same time making every single one of the allied force soldiers into a superhuman. As the result, the knights were able to oppose the apostles barely.
Even so, that was as far as it went, in the end they needed a group just to attack a single apostle before they could finally match the apostle.
At present even now the apostle that David shed at was blowing away the other knights and repelled the vibration sword of David.
"Kuh¨D¨D"
The apostle swung down herrge sword toward David who was clenching his teeth due to his unrecoverable posture.
At that moment,
"First one."
"Eh?"
It was unclear whether that amazed voice was leaked by David or by the head of the apostle that was rotating in the air¡
Like a joke, the head of the apostle flew casually and left behind its body. A beatter, *busha¨D!* amidst the blood spray that spurted grandly, that guy was there before anyone noticed.
It was a man with his body wrapped in ck clothing that covered everything until his lips, a one lens type sunss on his eyes, thin and sharp short sword¨D¨Da kodachi held in reverse grip in his hand. On his head, fluffy rabbit ears were fluttering.
"The color of your blood is filthy, just like this dark red world¡"
The man swung his kodachi sharply to swipe away the blood clotting it while pushing his sunsses using his middle finger, then his lips suddenly distorted in nihility (it was unseen because of the mask though). However, that man then introduced his name without being unable to hide his atmosphere of "The me right now, is totally sparkling!"
"This head of apostle, has been definitely received by this dark hunter demon of the wriggling darkness, Karmvantis Elfalight Rowderia Hauria."
Correct, it was Karm. It was only the n head of rabbit race Karm Hauria.
At the surrounding, the apostles who were held back desperately by the knights were approached stealthily from behind, then their head flew away with a st by the many people of Hauria n.
The rabbit ears of the man caressed the kodachi lovingly while he directed a pitying gaze at the copsing headless apostles.
"My bad. But tonight Julia is feeling quite hungry."
A rabbit-eared woman was covering one of her eyes with her hand while whispering.
"Don''t you know that you are the bad one? After all, you are making my other self to awaken¡"
A rabbit-eared girl in the first half of her teens was staring to empty air with a philosophical gaze.
"¡This is, the will of the world. Then, I can only obey that¡"
A rabbit-eared youth about the same age was holding his left arm while groaning.
"Kuh, raging as you please again-! Calm down, my left arm-!"
A beat.
The rabbit-eared people wearing sunsses and ck clothing looked at each other face and then they nodded at each other with really satisfied expression.
And then, the apostles returned to their senses suddenly with a ''hah'' and the moment they were going to assault the rabbit-eared people, with a superb timing as though the apostles'' breathing waspletely read through the rabbit people''s figure and presence suddenly vanished and they slipped between the knights.
A strange air flowed in the battlefield.
"U, UoOOOOOOOOOO!!"
David shed at another apostle as though nothing had happened at all. It appeared that he had be a man that was quite able to read the mood. Surely he discerned that he must not get involved with that lot.
The apostles were also rushing toward the choir in order to obliterate them while putting up their guard somewhat. They would keep getting targeted even if they just stiffened in ce, so although it wasn''t with their whole force, but a number that was quite manypared to other ces was heading toward the choir.
It appeared that at the sky it was already filled to the brim with apostles.
But, at that time,
{Flying is not permitted nano!}
A really cute voice of a little girl resounded, and then at the next moment, the apostles who were above the barrier protecting the choir were staggering with their bnce crumbling like a bird whose wings were plucked, without any change the apostles were felled to the ground all over. With great care they were dropping at spot distanced from the barrier as though they were pulled there.
There, a figure of a golem with back armament that looked like parab antenna deployed could be seen. It appeared the voice was resounding from the telepathy stone speaker version attached on that golem.
{Bel-chan, do your best!}
Listening to the young voice¨D¨DMyuu''s voice that resounded once more, Bel-chan who was also known as the living golem ''Belfegoor'' waved his handnguidly while using the area gravity maniption artifact "Gran Farensen'' that he shouldered on his back which pulled at the flying apostles and dropped them down.
Beside ''Belfegoor'' that dropped down several dozens of apostles altogether, a further six golems appeared.
And then, with some kind of mechanism, *BAANG!* a thunderous sound was raised and colorful st me rose behind them while the golems took a cool pose. Surely if the golems could yell then they would say this without a doubt.
¨D¨DGreat Sin Squadron Demon Ranger, has arriveeeeed!!
Like that.
The movement of the felled apostles stopped for a moment seeing that uselessly refined posing and the act that let them knew of wills that were unlike that of a golem.
There, amand from the golems'' princess was handed down.
{Everyone, kill them all nano!}
The princess easily dered something terrifying with that lovely voice. It made the listener wanted to see the face of her parents. The gentle voice "My my, ufufu" of one of the parents that was standing at the side of the smallmander was leaking out from the speaker.
But, regardless of the resounding soft voice, the starting attack of the Demon Ranger was really severe. Each of the seven rangers was disying superb teamwork while defeating the apostles one after another.
"This is a good time. Let the puppet who can do nothing but looking down at people know what it means to fall. All Gran Farensen, activate!"
The moment Liliana''smand resounded, the gravity generation devices ced on all over the battlefield activated all at once. As the result, the apostles who were at the position between the ground and five hundred meters high fell on the ground all at once. That scene was just like a pitiful bug whose wings were plucked. And then, the one waiting for them below were the soldiers of allied force with the preparedness for death. The heroes who shouldered the existential fate of mankind.
Great numbers of apostles were dropped on the ground, however, they didn''t show anything unsightly like fainting after impacting the ground, they used their twin swords to blow away all the soldiers who came at them. Silver feathers that were scattered all over here and there, or possibly the silver shes surged up and blown away the soldiers.
"¡Even by dropping us to the ground, even if you harden your body using artifact, but in the first ce you are all merely human. There is no way you can win against us. Hang down your head obediently and receive the judgment of god."
One of the soldiers got pierced on the stomach by arge sword and he vomited blood. But, even with a mouth smeared with blood and his ghastly condition, that soldier made a fearless smile on his lips.
And then,
"LIMIT BREAAAAAAKKK-"
"-"
Magic power in unthinkable amount welled up from the soldier''s body from who knew where. And then, even with his stomach pierced, using the sword that he didn''t let go even then, he cut off the right hand of the apostle that was holding therge sword which pierced him.
"-, why, that ability¡now, even so it''s only to this degree after all. Even with that rare ability you possess a single arm is¨D¨D"
"But, a blind spot is definitely created yeah?"
Even thest attack that was unleashed by betting one''s life using a skill that was the rare between the rare among mankind, stealing a single arm of an apostle was the limit. The apostle who was about to say that was interrupted by a voice that resounded from the direction of her lost right arm.
The apostle who couldn''t swing her right arm immediately tried to drive away the owner of the voice using her silver wing, but faster than that the attack of that person¨D¨DHoelscher Empire''s emperor Gahard D Hoelscher bisected the body of the apostle.
The apostle''s body was split into two, but even so she didn''t die instantly with her astonishing life force and directed her gaze at Gahard. And then her gaze turned into astonishment.
"That, radiance¡"
That radiance was¨D¨Dthe radiance of ''Limit Break''.
Gahard grinned fearlessly while grasping tightly a crimson orb the size of a small stone dangling from his neck.
"This is a battle where the existence of mankind is put into stake you know. It will be too lukewarm if we cannot break merely one or two limits isn''t that right? Now then, I also just have gotten used with this normal limit break. Thest limit breaker left behind by that monster, how about I show it to the underlings of the shitty god huh!"
While saying such thing, in front of the apostle whose eyes opened wide Gahard then,
"Limit Break(Supreme Break)¨C!!"
The magic power enveloping Gahard jumped up a magnitude higher. Like that he split the head of the apostle who at that time was trying to fire herst silver bombardment, at the same time,
"Informing all the heroes of allied force-!! Break your limit, and fight¨C!!!"
Immediately following, it resounded in the battlefield, that voice.
"Limit Break-!"
"Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!"
"Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!"
"Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!"
"Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!" "Limit Break-!"
Thest strengthening n that Hajime left behind. It was this.
¨D¨DHumanity''s whole force''s limit break.
Other than the basic equipment that were the artifact armaments, the whole forces were also provided by one other thing. That was this ne attached with a small crimson orb. This artifact made it possible formon soldiers whose body might break from it without taking a dose of cheatmate to activate ''Limit Break''.
¨D¨DGrade style limit break artifact ''Last Zell''
Using it for the first time brought about Limit Break, and after waiting until the body got used to it so that the body wouldn''t self-destructing from the radical strengthening, the artifact would bring about the derivative skill of Limit Break, ''Supreme Break'' next. Of course it was a double edged sword that couldn''t hold out for long, but in any case it would be the end of mankind if they didn''t win this battle. If this was to be a battle without next time, then they would use up their soul until the veryst drop.
Gahard who faced a new apostle readied his sword while throwing at them words that represented the heart of mankind.
"Don''t you dare-, to look down on human-!"
The decisive battle between god''s apostles and mankind¨D¨Dthe second curtain of it was now raised.
Chapter 173
Chapter 173
Mankind¡¯s Struggle (Second Part)
The fortress, at the front area.
There the apostles who were dropped down to the ground using gravity generation device ¡®Gran Farensen¡¯ were opening a fierce battle that was worthy to be called as mortalbat against the soldiers of the empire.
¡°oOOOOOOOOO-¡°
One of the empire¡¯s soldiers raised a war cry while rushing at an apostle.
Therge sword of the apostle was elegantly swung while emitting silver light, with a sh the head of that empire soldier was lopped off. And then her returning sword lopped the head of the empire soldier at the opposite side. The soldier¡¯s armor could defend against the disintegration ability for several hits before giving out, so the apostle was aiming at the part where there was no armor.
¡°Damn it-, they are just too strong-! Our side is already breaking the limit twice already here-¡°
¡°You monsters-! Just die already-¡°
The specs of the apostles were already dropped by sixty percent, furthermore their movements were obstructed, in addition their side was fully equipped with age of god ss artifacts, despite so the number of their allies that got defeated when facing an apostle was still overwhelmingly a lot. That fact caused the soldiers of the empire to hurl out abusivenguage.
¡°FUNNURABAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-¡° (TN: Some kind of war cry, Kurita from Eyeshield 21 often use this.)
At that time when the soldiers were unconsciously getting cold feet from the apostles¡¯ fierce attack, an angry yell that for some reason made a chill rushed through their spine and their groin tightened resounded. And then at the next instant, a fist that was like rock was swung furiously and pierced the back of the head of an apostle, the fist then pushed toward the ground without stopping¨D¨Dand it punched through.
The one who appeared behind hanging over the apostle whose head was pulverized, was a giant of a man, his whole body was covered by the provided set of equipment and his appearance was no different from other soldiers. However, the soldiers didn¡¯t even praise that man for defeating an apostle, instead for some reason they were drawing away.
¡°Araaaan? What¡¯s wrong everyone, are you all taking distance from moiiiii?¡±
¡°Hiih, forgive me!¡±
Thick lips and beastly eyes were peeking out from the opening of the helm. The man possessed inhuman level of muscle that was obvious even across the armor. Braided hair sprung out from the top of the helmet, a lovely pink ribbon was attached at the tip of the hair. That man who was a little bit strange was wriggling around while winking at the soldiers with feminine tone. It really was unavoidable for the soldiers to take even more distance while saying ¡°Forgive me¡± reflexively.
After all even an apostle who was about to charge exactly right now came to a stand still with a twitch¡
¡°NUURYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-¡°
¡°DOOOSEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE-¡°
Even more throaty war cries resounded. When they looked, simr with the giant in front of their eyes¨D¨Dthe monster nesting in the clothing shop at Brook city the shop manager Crystabel, an army of giants whose body was wrapped in so much muscle to the degree that made any onlooker wanted to say ¡®you guys don¡¯t actually need armor ain¡¯t it?¡¯ which was further equipped with simr set of equipment like everybody else was rampaging violently there.
One giant was hugging an apostle from the front, and then without even any time to activate her disintegration ability the apostle was bear hugged until death, and then another giant moved to another apostle with an artistic pile driver that pulverized the head of the apostle.
What was terrifying was, the embraced apostle received *puchuuuu* a feverish kiss from the giant, it was unclear whether it was for taking the aposlte by surprise or merely because of his tastes. While the apostle who received pile driver, perhaps because it was an irregr technique but the hugging direction was reversed from the usual pile driver, so the face of the apostle became exactly buried into the crotch of the giant in the end.
¡°How insipid this iiisss¡±
¡°ying with a doll cannot make me fired up at aaallll¡±
The two giants who defeated two apostles also wriggled around while saying out such impressions with a feminine tone. The expressions of the two apostles who had been defeated and stopped functioning looked strangely teary eyed¡but surely that was just their imagination.
The bizarre squad that was formed as amando unit¨D¨Dalso known as the manly women squad. The women(?) snapped their neck around to look for their next prey, and when they had finished designating their respective prey, the apostles who were confronting other soldiers shivered simultaneously. And then their gaze swam around expressing their wariness, which caused several of them to be taken by surprise and defeated.
They obstructed the movement of the apostles with mere (sticky) gaze and even forced the apostles to stiffen for an instant. That bizarre great contribution was decreasing the number of the apostles with certainty and backed up their allies. It backed up the ally¡supposedly.
While monsters of a different kind were rampaging violently in the battlefield, a fierce fighting was unfolding at a slightly distance ce.
One of the empire¡¯s soldier readied the rifle he was provided with and fired in full-auto from middle range, nailing down an apostle in ce. It was a hybrid weapon with excessive firepower that wasn¡¯t influenced by the specs of the user. As expected even an apostle would have to be fixed in ce if she defended against the swarm of shes using herrge sword.
However, an apostle wouldn¡¯t be finished just with that. As though giving a return gift, an atrocious bullet that wasn¡¯t outdone even by the railgun flew out¨D¨Dit was a counterattack using silver feathers.
The empire soldiers surrounding the apostle were mowed down. There were also people who barely endured using their defensive equipment or sword, but the low-level soldiers had their exposed flesh gouged out with certainty and their lives expired there.
*gachin* That sound of the bullet running out resounded. The empire soldier who was checking the apostle in ce using his shooting was trying to reload the magazine in panic then.
Not letting away that opening, the apostle was going to fire silver bombardment. Despair shed on the face of the empire soldier.
At that time,
¡°ZEAAAAAAAAAAH!!¡±
A loud scream of spirit that was clearly drawing a linepared tomon soldier gushed out.
Arge sword swung down from a sword held overhead at the apostle who was going to fire a silver sh.
The apostle looked annoyed while she lifted herrge sword to block that attack¡
¡°¨D¨D¡±
Therge sword that was swung down bent like a whip and its trajectory changed due to the holder¡¯s arm, the vertical swing was transformed into a horizontal sh that made the apostle gazed in astonishment. And then, even when the apostle tried to defend but her movement was obstructed by the crimson light coiling around her and her neck got lopped off with her eyes still wide open.
The man who finished off an apostle alone, was the emperor of the empire who was emitting off unbelievable aura of supremacy¨D¨DGahard D Hoelscher was showered in the blood of apostle while he turned at the soldiers who got cold feet from that apostle¡¯s fierce attack and raised a loud voice that sounded like explosion.
¡°You bastaards, don¡¯t get cold feet-. Roar up! Fight until you turn into waste! This battlefield is a legend! All of you bastards are the spinner of the new legend! Do you want to getughed by the guys in the future huh-!¡±
This battle where the existential fate of the mankind was staked on¨D¨Dit was certainly a legend itself seen from the viewpoint of the future generation. They were all the actors on this grand stage that would be talked without end at the future.
The soldiers of the empire and the mercenaries that were overflowing with ambition got roused up by those words. Fierceness lit up in their eyes, they zed up with the desire to carve their existence in history!
Gahard¡¯s violent passion swept over the battlefield.
¡°Imagine it. Whose figure is standing behind you bastards!? If you bastard get defeated, then that guy will die next-! Can you permit that? You cannot right!? Then ze up your killing intent! Whether they are an apostle or whatever, who the hell cares, devote yourself to destroy all the enemyyy!¡±
The soldiers of the kingdom and the adventurers looked back over their shoulder for a moment, right now, even in this moment their eyes were seething violently with killing intent toward the silver monsters wielding fierce might. For whose sake they were standing in this ce. That was obvious. It was to protect their friend, their lover, their family! This was a battlefield, where defeat was unforgivable!
At that time, the apostles who were offended by Gahard¡¯s existence fired silver shes at him all at once.
¡°Shield-, form up!¡±
Gahard immediately reacted. Just with thatmand, the imperial soldiers who had gathered around Gahard unnoticedbined theirrge shield and became the defensive wall for Gahard. The silver shes were temporarily blocked with the specialrge shields that were also of Hajime made.
¡°Attack-!¡±
Gahard¡¯smand surged once more.
Different imperial guards that were standing by behind therge shields kneeled and fired their anti-material rifle from the gaps of the shields.
The apostles who had just fired their silver sh were countered by the flying shes which gouged their body and made them tumbled down.
And then, the moment the silver shes stoppeding, Gahard rushed toward another apostle and then using his ever-changing sword attack that warped like a whip from the natural stance he began an equal fight against an apostle.
¡°Follow his majesty-¡°
¡°Surround and kill them-. They are not an opponent we cannot win against!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t let these dolls doing whatever they pleased more than this-¡°
With that as the trigger, the allied force¡¯s fervor rose and they battled with the apostles using simr teamwork. The soldiers wouldn¡¯t shrink away anymore no matter how many of them were killed, that mettle and resolve that believed they couldn¡¯t be defeated was gradually excelling the specs of the apostles.
In a corner of the fortress.
There a man that had been closing his eyes from the battlefield all this time quietly opened his eyes. And then, with a powerful voice that while sounded solemn yet contained passion, he called at themander Liliana.
¡°Princess Liliana.¡±
Just with those words, Liliana guessed what he wanted to say and judging that it was certainly the time she handed down themand.
¡°Yes, Adol-dono. Now that the battle is moving toward and war, it would be extremely bad if we get sniped from above the gravity barrier. ¡Please show how the strength of the dragon race that rules over the sky will usurp the air superiority in front of all these people.¡±
¡°Fufu-, acknowledged.¡±
With solemn and powerful footsteps Adol went out to a terrace that continued toward the courtyard where they dragon race people were standing in a row. His brethren below him, roughly three hundred people were filled to the brim with fighting spirit and looked up straight toward their n head Adol.
¡°The persecution of five hundred years ago. There is no way for us to forget that. All of you who survived that time and made an oath for the vindication of our honor, and also all of you who were born since thenmenting all the irrationality while living in hiding¡no need for even a drop of mercy or reservation-! Roar following your rage! The sky is our territory! Make all of them know that! All dragon race¡we are departing-!¡±
¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡°OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!¡± ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡°
They all roared simultaneously.
That was the signal of the revolt of the proud race who had endured the rage and humiliation for five hundred years until now. All of the dragon race rolled upwind while flying to the sky at the same time.
The barrier of gravity was made undone with good timing by Liliana. The dragon race used that chance to rise to the sky, and then at the next instant they were all wrapped in light.
And then, the figures that appeared then were the flock of dragon that was the conqueror of the sky. They pped their wings majestically and their pupils that split vertically red at the puppets of god. The dragons emitted unbelievable pressure from their body alone. Right now, all of the dragons were fully equipped with Hajime¡¯s artifact, turning up their majestic appearance even further.
Among those dragons, a majestic scarlet dragon that boasted a conspicuously huge body raised a roar along with an enormous pressure. Regardless of the distance of seven hundred meters that separated him from the ground, the rippling vibration of the air was also conveyed toward the allied force soldiers on the ground.
Right after that, it was as though the roar just now was the signal for the opening of the battle, three hundred dragons fired their breath attack simultaneously. The shes that each had their own color based on the element of their forte rushed at the apostles who were dancing in the sky with a haughty face as though they owned the ce.
The apostles wrapped their body with their silver wings and entered a defensive posture.
However, the breath of the dragon race bit and tore those defenses and exterminated the apostles.
{Hou, as expected from the spouse that Tio recognized. It¡¯s astonishing for our strength to be raised up until this far.}
Adol raised a pleased voice seeing his breath that was disying a might that was ten-odd times the usual. Adol and others who were equipped with simr equipment like the armed ck dragons had their specs raised up by the sublimation magic that was enchanted into their armor. Naturally there was also the effect from the cheatmate and the limit break artifact ¡®Last Zell¡¯.
{Kuh, I won¡¯t recognize him-! That kind of brat¡¯s¨D¨D}
An indigo blue dragon¨D¨DRistas made a voice that sounded vexed somehow. But, he held back his tongue after seeing an apostle who rapidly closed in on him in the middle of his speech swinging herrge sword, yet that sword was splendidly blocked by the armor on his body and instead the apostle got blown away by the shockwave that was released by the armor.
Even though he wasn¡¯t doing anything but the enemy got blown away. It felt like he got protected by Hajime that made his feeling to get reallyplicated.
{Then, you can just try to steal her. After all, that man too had said that he will ept anyone¡¯s challenge.}
{Uguh}
There was no way he could do that. He could clearly imagine how he would be instantly killed the moment he challenged Hajime. The tone of Adol¡¯s voice carried a tinge of teasing somewhere in it.
Ristas who was at disadvantage in this talk pped his dragon wings and elerated instantly to attack the apostles. It was like he was saying ¡®I¡¯m concentrating in defeating the apostles!¡¯
The other dragon people were also smiling wryly at Ristas who was still young while beginning to wield their strength fully.
As expected from the ruler of the sky. With their jumped up specs and maneuverable midair battle, and also the blessing of the age of god artifacts, thepeted against the apostles in more than even battle. The conflict where the air superiority was put on the line entered into a mortalbat where dragon roars and silver shes mixed all over just like a presentation of a space war in science fiction movie that was worthy of being in legend.
The powerful roars of dragon resounded through the reddish ck sky, the allied force that was on the ground raised their war-cry at that gantness while their morale was rising.
In a corner of the battlefield¨D¨Dat the position nearby the choir, there was a group that was clearly making a great contribution which drew a line from other soldiers and sacred knights at the area.
¡°UOOOOOOOH!!¡±
Along with a war cry a man made a step that split the ground and charged an apostle with a body blow¨D¨DNagayama Juugo the let his fist that was like a rock fell on the face of the apostle before she could do something.
The special gauntlet artifact of Hajime transmitted impact into the internal and destroyed the inside. Whipped up flesh and blood flew out from the noble face of the apostle and dirtied Juugo¡¯s cheek with blood stter, but he only fixed back his stance in a calm state just like his taciturn appearance.
An apostle vertically shed herrge sword from overhead stance toward that Juugo behind him.
However, with a backstep Juugo slipped into the bosom of the opponent smoothly and like that he crashed the apostle on the ground with a splendid shoulder throw. The ground was smashed into a radial shape from the excessive might and formed a small crater. Juugo stepped on the neck of the apostle whose movement was obstructed for an instant from the impact and gave her the finishing blow.
Juugo finished off two apostles in the blink of eye. Although the apostles were weakened and he himself was superhumanized, but the way he was fighting was splendid that made it clear that he had constantly trained without negligence.
There, two additional apostles arrived that approached Juugo in a pincer attack.
But, at that moment,
¡°¨D¨DWind blowing from the bottom of the earth, dye the thing with life white¨D¨D¡¯White Majestic Breath¡¯!!¡±
White smoke rode with the wind and rushed through the air like a snake, it whirled and became a protective wall around Juugo. The two apostles that approached Juugo were slightly entangled by the white smoke, yet they used their silver wings and blew them away while withdrawing for once.
¡°tsk, petrifaction.¡±
The spectacle of the body part that was touched by the white smoke petrifying creakingly from the tip made the apostles showing an expression that seemed to want to say ¡®how impudent¡¯ while they attempted to use magic power of disintegration to unmade the curse.
¡°I won¡¯t let you.¡±
The caster that blew the white smoke of petrifaction¨D¨DNomura Kentaro waved a conductor stick artifact. Immediately the white smoke coiling around Juugo in protection parted into two trails and attacked the withdrawing two apostles.
The apostles judged that it would be dangerous for them to get hit with that in their current state where their magic resistance was lowered so they attempted to withdraw further, but unnoticed the ground swelled up and bound their legs and their attempts didn¡¯t bear any fruit. The apostles pitched forward from the sudden restrain. That became a fatal opening.
At the next moment, the white smoke that Kentaro manipted swallowed the two apostles whole.
What were leftter were only two artistic sculptures that werepletely made from stone.
Other than them, there were also Nakano Shinji and Saitou Yoshiki who had gotten back on their feet after Hiyama¡¯s betrayal and Kondou¡¯s death, they were unfolding a really great contribution with bloodcurdling look, while protecting the hole in their formation were Tamai Atsushi, Aikawa Noboru, Nimura Akito unfolding a fierce battle against the apostles without taking even a step back.
They were all perfectly supported from behind by Sonobe Yuuka, Sugawara Taeko, Miyazaki Nana, Tsuji Ayako, and Yoshino Mao.
The members of Ai-chan bodyguard squad were able to operate almost at the same level with Juugo¡¯s party and Shinji and others who were already fighting at the front line since the very beginning were because since Hajime and others departed from the capital, they encouraged their heart thinking that at this rate they would be no good and so they performed extra hard training since then.
Other than them, there were also the other students whose heart had beenpletely broken, even though they were unable to go as far as fighting directly, but with their abilities that had been heightened they wereunching support magic from the rear, performing healing magic, using rifle or magic to add inying out barrage, and so on. They too were desperately backing up the other¡¯s battle.
Every one of them had their broken heart to be lit up once more by Hajime¡¯s speech at the devil king castle. If Hajime¡¯s speech at that time were merely words, then the moment an apostle appeared before their eyes their heart would surely break again because it was only supported by paper thin words. However, everyone of them had seen Hajime.
He lost one of his arms and one of his eyes, what he had gone through even changed the color of his hair, he was in a tattered state and even his beloved lover was taken away. The wailing that he raised because of his lover¡¯s disappearance was something that caused them to feel pain in their heart. Even so, at the end he stood back up and proimed that he would crush everything and take her lover back. That appearance of him at that time was too powerful, burning their soul that were smoke-stained all this time.
It wasn¡¯t for the sake of the world or anything like that. It was merely a wish for returning home. A wish of not wanting to let their friend died. In order to grant just that much wish, they had to fight with everything they had leaving nothing to spare, finally they were convinced of that and they mustered their courage.
For the front line group, this support that they received came from a group who even though their heart was once smoke stained but they were still a group of cheat holder from another world.
As expected, even though the enemy was the apostles but with their specs lowered, taking on the ssmate group who had been strengthened put them at disadvantage. Seeing the apostles being exterminated one after another, the allied force soldiers at the area raised their acmation.
But, at that time, one of the apostles that broke through the front line rapidly approached one of the girl student.
¡°Hih!?¡±
The female student reflexively screamed.
But, at the next moment, the fear of death changed into shock.
The head of the apostle flew up with a plop, the body that lost its strength slid in vain beside the girl student.
Furthermore the apostles who were trying to surround the front line group had their necks reaped up in turn from the outside and their lives expired instantly. Regardless when they moved their gaze over there, other than the corpses of the headless apostles, there was nothing and no one there.
One of the apostles turned her gaze around at the surrounding with a grim gaze toward this obviously strange situation.
¡°Kuh, just where in the world the attack came fro-¡°
¡°Right in front of you here! Shithead!¡±
The apostle was startled that her murmur was replied right from the front and her gaze returned forward. In her eyes, the shadow of a kodachi being sucked toward her neck was reflected. And then that became thest view of that apostle.
Disying a thorough covert action(thinness of shadow) that couldn¡¯t be noticed even by apostles, this ghost crossed over from crowd to crowd and in an instant, it approached to reap the target¡¯s head.
Cutting down the apostles who had the figure of a human female was a really great burden mentally. What became salvation was that all the apostles had the same appearances, their cold figure where no emotion could be felt made anyone that saw them felt that they were like a puppet.
Coupled with the miserableness of having a shadow so thin that made even the worst enemy to show expression of ¡°Eh? He is actually there!?¡±, the young man with the vocation of ¡®Assassin¡¯¨D¨DEndo Kousuke was earning kill point that was the highest among his ssmates while half giving in to despair.
¡°As expected from you, Kousuke-! I don¡¯t know where you are though!¡±
¡±Aawesome, Kousuke! Though I don¡¯t know where you are!¡±
¡°Endo-kun do your beeest! Though I cannot see your figure doing your best!¡±
¡°Eh, ah, I see, Endo-kun is also fighting! Thanks for helping ¡®kay!¡±
With a drop, something shining fell from Kousuke¡¯s eyes. It appeared there was a rain falling down. If he said it was raining then it was raining.
There, ¡°Ufufu¡± a voice that was slightly filled with bewitching tone resounded.
Kousuke who slipped inside a crowd peeking for an opening made by apostle felt something chilly in his spine before he turned his gaze over there. What he found there was a woman from rabbit race, she was giving a nce at Kousuke.
¡°You, your presence management is really skilled. Perhaps even I am no match against that.¡±
¡°He, ah, is that, so?¡±
The rabbit ear female smiled widely toward the perplexed Endo. Kousuke¡¯s cheek unconsciously turned red from seeing that smile. In the first ce, the rabbit race who was the greatest poprity as treasured ve in general had well-arranged face and figure. The female who was talking at Kousuke right now was also an amazing beauty.
Having such a beauty, added with her lovely rabbit ears on her head smiling at him, the virgin young man with the history of having no girlfriend was equal with his age had his heartbeat increasing without stopping. Although there was also the fact that he was feeling stimtion from being in a battlefield right now.
But, that violent throbbing in his chest that felt simr from heart fluttering was immediately supnted by a cramping face.
¡°My name is Ranainferna Hauria of Rapid Shadow. I rushed like a gale, sneak up like a shadow, and presented a single lethal attack, one of the stealthy hand of Hauria race!¡±
¡°¡I, is that so.¡±
¡°But, when I saw you, I became embarrassed to introduce myself with that nickname. That¡¯s why, it¡¯s vexing but I¡¯ll hand over the nickname of ¡®Rapid Shadow¡¯ to you. Your name?¡±
¡°¡Endo, Kousuke.¡±
Kousuke was unable to say that what was embarrassing was actually introducing one¡¯s own nickname. If he was asked ¡®do you like a beautiful Onee-san?¡¯, then Kousuke¡¯s answer was decided already.
¡°Then, from today you are ¡®Rapid Shadow¡¯¡no, you have surpassed me so¡you can introduce yourself as ¡®Kousuke E Abyssgate of Rapid Fang Shadow w¡¯ then! It¡¯s vexing for me though!¡±
¡°No, that¡¯s fi¨D¨D¡±
¡°Well then, so that both of us won¡¯t die, let¡¯s reap the enemy¡¯s neck with our all? See you! Kousuke E Abyssgate of Rapid Fang Shadow w!¡±
¡°¡¡±
Kousuke already wanted very much to give a retort like ¡®how can you say something like ¡°let¡¯s reap their neck?¡± with such a lovely smile¡¯ or ¡®just where did this abyssgate something came from¡¯, but the most shocking thing for Kousuke was that Rana had discovered him when he already even used his skill to kill his presence. She had discovered him.
And then,
¨D¨DDo you like beautiful Onee-san, with rabbit ears on their head?
¡°Kousuke E Abyssgate of Rapid Fang Shadow w, has arrived!¡±
It seemed that a love that budded in battlefield really existed.
The w and fangs of Kousuke began to be even more well-executed, it was to the degree that anyone who knew him might suspect that he had received some kind of other strengthening. He went on to take the head of all the apostles. (TN: Here the writing of Kousuke¡¯s name changed, from the normal kanji of Kousuke into the katakana of Kousuke E Abyssgate)
On the other hand, nearby such ssmates there was one other person who was making a strikingly great contribution. It was Aiko.
At the rear, she kept ncing at ¡®You Can Do It-, Agitator! Comption of Lovely Speech Learned Case by Case¡¯ that was handwritten by Hajime while in a certain interval she encouraged the allied force so that their moral wouldn¡¯t plummet using words that the ssmates felt like they had heard from somewhere. She was also raising her voice for the sake of her own battle.
¡°Imand in the name of Hatayama Aiko! O transient life, stand up once more and destroy the enemy!¡±
Right after she said that, several of the apostles that should have been defeated already were standing up in a swaying motion. And then, they attacked the apostles who were supposed to be their ally with a force that looked as though they had recovered their original unrestrained spec.
That was the effect of Aiko¡¯s soul magic. She reproduced a pseudo-soul from her own soul and manipted it to possess the flesh of the apostles. This magicbined ¡®Soul Reproduction¡¯ that created a transient soul and ¡®Necromancy¡¯ of darkness magic.
Aiko whose vocation as ¡®Farming Master¡¯ was the only nonbat vocation among the ssmates if Hajime was excluded, became aware of her own powerlessness, since Hajime departed on his journey she became strongly conscious of looking for a way of fighting for the sake of protecting her students.
There she thought hard of how to make use of the soul magic that was her only advantage, and the result that she reached was this magic. It was really ironic that what gave her the hint was the betrayer Eri¡¯s necromancy and soul bind, the aspect where this magic was making use of corpses also caused a fierce conflict in her heart, still Aiko took the plunge in developing this magic.
That time at the sky above the God Mountain, she had already stopped staying at a clean ce while only making her students dirtying their hand.
Besides,
¡°Until he return, we absolutely won¡¯t lose-!¡±
Yes, for the sake of the man who she gave her heart to despite understanding that such rtionship must not happen, she absolutely wouldn¡¯t lose. Because she wanted to meet him, one more time.
¡°Ahahah, good grief Ai-chan, her motivation of hiding it already dropped to zero isn¡¯t it?¡±
¡°If Ai-chan mentioned ¡®he¡¯, then there is also one person it can possibly be isn¡¯t it.¡±
Sonobe Yuuka and Miyazaki Nana grinned a bit at each other while ncing at Aiko.
¡°Nagumo-kun is seriously a demon king. It should be impossible to even make one¡¯s own teacher to fall for her student.¡±
¡°There are also several girls in ss that look like they fell already¡a real harem is formed right in front of our eyes, what a sight. Well, exactly because of that they can think of something like ¡®me too¡¯ though.¡±
¡°Normally just by looking at his rtion with that child named Yue, anyone would draw back already. Like, when you see a girl that is too earnest toward a boy, you will give up then, something like that. I wonder if this is also the attraction of the demon king. We too have to be careful, if not we are going to get charmed inadvertently too.¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t that righttt¡±
This time the two of them smiled wryly. And then, they looked up to the sky together.
There, they could see the figure of their female ssmate who had earned the most kill point in this battlefield. She rushed through the sky freely, using tworge swords, or ck silver sh, or ck silver feathers, or magic, she used them all depending on the situation to overwhelm the apostles.
Four jet ck wings mixed with silver radiance spread on her back and dress armor with ck tone covering her body. Her hair that was fluttering from the caressing of wind was also ck. That figure with an appearance that was worthy as a fallen angel which was ughtering the apostles who looked like angel, no matter how anyone looked at it that person should be called as a general of a demon king.
Despite so, the angel side was the force that was trying to devastate the mankind, and the fallen angel one was the force trying to protect the mankind, it was really an ironic story.
That rampaging fallen angel which was Kaori was d in silver ck light while moving with a speed that left afterimages trailing behind, right now she was cutting down one more apostle.
Two apostles who aimed at that moment swung theirrge sword horizontally. Kaori blocked those using her twinrge swords and ck silver wings and then she rotated with fierce momentum. Immediately the two apostles were repelled away and their lives came to an end when ck silver feathers pierced their forehead without dy.
Just how many apostles had she ughtered with the addition of those two Kaori wondered.
¡°There is no end to this¡¡±
Kaoriined like that unconsciously.
¡°Then, give up and fall.¡±
The one who replied was an apostle. When Kaori noticed, she waspletely surrounded in a sphere shape, she was literally buried from all directions without any opening left.
And then, at the next moment silver shes were fired. The apostles ignored the possibility of friendly fire against theirpatriots in front of them and fired simultaneously without any reservation or mercy, they all aimed at the center of the formed sphere encirclement and fired.
However, Kaori was unshaken.
¡°I don¡¯t know any words like giving up you know?¡±
Kaori made such frivolous talk before attempted to make a breakthrough from the front in a straight line. She used her twin swords as a shield and charged to the torrent of light.
The apostle whose gaze met Kaori¡¯s was convinced that Kaori would break through and she readied her twinrge swords.
Right after that, Kaori whose whole body was smoking came through, regardless of her state the glint of her eyes didn¡¯t weaken even by a little bit and she approached the apostle rapidly with fierce momentum. And then, she shot out ck silver feathers, aiming urately at spots like shoulder or ankle in a dirty method.
Simrly the apostle fired her silver feathers in the attempt to offset the attack. However at that moment chain of light stretched out from below her feet and constricted the apostle¡¯s movement for an instant.
The restrain was immediately disintegrated and dispersed, but that was enough. The ck silver feathers caught the body of the apostle and broke her posture greatly. Kaori arrived at that timing. She drew back therge sword on her hand to the limit, and in an instant, she dealt a stab in god speed.
*gi gi gi* The sound of fellowrge swords scraping at each other resounded, but in the end Kaori also had the momentum of her charge which the apostle was unable to neutralize, like that she was then skewered by Kaori¡¯srge sword.
But, it seemed that it was still within the apostle¡¯s expectation. The handle of the skewered sword¨D¨Dthe hand of Kaori that grasped there was gripped tightly and the apostle restricted Kaori¡¯s movement.
There silver feathers rushed in.
The attack intended to bury the apostle together with Kaori.
¡°Even though she is yourrade but you all treat her too lightly.¡±
Kaori who whispered that while making an exasperated expression prioritized at giving the finishing blow to the apostle before her eyes without feeling concern against the rushing silver feathers.
The eyes of the apostle opened wide slightly.
Although currently their specs were limited, but their disintegration ability was still working in full. Because Kaori had the same flesh with the apostles she would be able to resist the disintegration if she activated the same ability, but even so she would still be overwhelmed by the amount of attack and bore damage to the degree that couldn¡¯t be ignored. Kaori herself should also understand that. Despite so, just why¡that was what the apostle pondered.
Right after that, the body of the apostle was bisected by Kaori¡¯s sword, almost at the same time Kaori was swallowed by many silver feathers.
¡°She is supposedly able to trace our experience but¡after all she is just an imitation in the first ce. What a foolish act.¡±
¡°That¡¯s not actually true.¡±
The words that one of the apostles who fired the silver feathers whispered were immediately replied to.
The eyes of the apostle narrowed quietly from hearing that voice which didn¡¯t sound uneasy or agitated at all.
Ahead of the apostle gaze, she could see the figure of a wounded Kaori at the spot where the silver feathers were fired at.
As expected, she could be damaged but she was merely putting up a brave front. The apostle who made that judgment deployed innumerable silver feathers to deal the finishing blow wordlessly. The other apostles were also deploying their feathers at the same time, so Kaori who was at the center of the attacks looked like she was drowning in a sea of stars.
But, just before those silver feathers could be fired the apostles reflexively stopped their movementpletely.
The reason was because the wounds of Kaori were healed in the blink of eye before their gaze. With speed and vividness that resembled Yue¡¯s ¡®Automatic Regeneration¡¯, even the wounds that were pierced by a silver feather or the gaping open hole returned to their former unblemished state, not only that even her clothing returned to as good as new.
The apostles couldn¡¯t see her using magic. Apostle body also wasn¡¯t provided with a function of automatic regeneration.
The bewildered apostles gazed fixedly at Kaori¨D¨Dand they noticed, behind the forelock that was swept by the wind, on Kaori¡¯s forehead, there was a cross crest shining silver ck that was carved there.
¡°That is¡¡±
¡°¡¯Holy Crest of the Fallen¡¯¨D¨Dthis is my magic. I used this before the opening of the battle. It¡¯s not as great as Yue¡¯s regeneration, however even if I¡¯m wounded it will activate by itself and heal me, really a convenient magic.¡±
Metamorphosis and regenerationposite magic ¡®Holy Crest of the Fallen¡¯¨D¨Dby carving a cross that shouldered the role of a magic circle on a part of the body, this magic would activate regeneration magic in a prescribed time. This magic could even be called as a powerful version of auto-regen. Furthermore, by using metamorphosis magic the holy crest that was like a tattoo could be erased.
¡°¡However, if we continue to fire saturation attack, sooner orter the damage should surpass the healing. Your magic power is also not unlimited.¡±
Hearing Kaori¡¯s words, an apostle intentionally said out words to pull herself together. It was unclear whether the apostle was trying to persuade herself with those words or if she was seriously thinking so¡
Kaori made a fearless smile. It was a provocative smile that was something Kaori from before would never make by any means. The influence that she received from a demon king somewhere or his wife was keenly conveyed through that action.
¡°You have two misunderstandings there.¡±
¡°¡What?¡±
Kaori¡¯s atmosphere made the apostle asked back with her greatest possible vignce.
Toward such apostle, Kaori prepared her twin swords and spread her two pairs of wings widely while leaking out her words in a small volume.
¡°First¨D¨D¡±
¡°¨D¨D!?¡±
At the next moment, Kaori¡¯s figure vanished and appeared right behind the apostle. She was in the stance of swinging out her sword.
¡°If I will it, then I am able to avoid any kind of saturation attack.¡±
¡°To, too, fast¨D¨D¡±
While the other apostles surrounding them were bewildered, the apostle who Kaori conversed with until just now was gazing in astonishment with half her body sliding down diagonally and blood spraying everywhere.
Kaori swept herrge sword to shake off the clotted blood, the apostles who witnessed that returned to their senses and fired simultaneously.
But,
¡°¨D¨D¡¯God Speed¡¯.¡±
Kaori¡¯s figure had already gone by the time they fired, at the next instant two apostles were bisected and fell toward the ground.
Even when the apostles moved their gaze to that spot in shock, just as expected Kaori¡¯s figure was already gone by the time they looked, and another apostle at a different ce was bisected again.
¡°Spa, space teleportation?¡±
One apostle raised a questioning voice. But, right after that, she felt the wind gently stroking her body and a diagonal split appeared in her field of vision. Like that her consciousness fell into darkness then.
¡°No way that¡¯s true. I am not in possession of space magic just so you know. This is merely me moving at high speed.¡±
¡°Nonsense-. Something like a speed that we cannot detect is just-¡°
¡°I can produce such speed. More urately I am merely shortening the time though?¡±
Saying that, the apostle who talked with a shrill voice from shock was instantly cut apart by Kaori.
Regeneration magic ¡®God Speed¡¯¨D¨Da magic that shortened the time affecting every single event. If the time for an attack to reach an opponent was shortened then it would be a god speed attack, if the time for traveling was shortened then it would be possible to move with a speed that could be mistaken as teleportation.
If the root of regeneration magic was traced back then it was a magic that interfered with time. It was merely that the usefulness of this magic stopped at ¡®regeneration¡¯ as the limit if used on the human body. Since Kaori obtained this magic from Meljine, she had trained in it all this time until now. It was the first age of god magic that she obtained and something that fitted her perfectly who had the role as healer, so her attachment to this magic was also especially all the more.
As the result, just like her sess in creating the hour crystal, Kaori also became able to directly interfere with time although within a limit, her possession of the body of an apostle was also a factor in her mastery of this magic.
Of course there was also demerit, this magic consumed a vast amount of magic power for every single use. That was the reason why Kaori didn¡¯t immediately use it right after the battle started¡
Seeing her brethren got exterminated one after another by an overwhelming speed that they were powerless to do anything against, an apostle changed the aim of her argument. Perhaps it was also her scheme to make Kaori got agitated even just by a little.
¡°Indeed, you are strong. As to be expected from someone who serves that irregr. However, a war is not something that can be influenced by an individual.¡±
¡°What do you want to say?¡±
¡°Look at the surface. Even while you are facing all of us, the people are dying continuously. It seems there are also ces that are putting a good fight, but in the end they are humans after all. They cannot avoid the umtion of fatigue and damage. Before long they too will be reduced into mere corpses.¡±
¡°¡¡±
¡°We are still arriving here from the Holy Precincts you know? There is nothing that you can protect. Everything, is just a pointless struggle.¡±
Kaori stopped moving and looked back at the talking apostle quietly. And then, she gently smiled at the apostle who was pointing the point of her sword at her while proiming mankind¡¯s death and opened her mouth.
¡°Your second misunderstanding. Something like the amount of damage, or something like the amount of magic power¡just who are you saying that to?¡±
¡°What are¡¡±
¡°Even if my body has changed, I am ¡®Shirasaki Kaori¡¯. I possess the vocation ¡®Healing Master¡¯, and I am the ¡®healer¡¯ of the demon king(Hajime-kun)¡¯s party you know?¡±
Saying that, Kaori held herrge sword in reverse grip and pointed the tip to the surface. That sword which had been added with improvement by Hajime so that Kaori could go all out in exhibiting her ability as ¡®Healing Master¡¯ shined brilliantly in ck silver color.
And then,
¡°¨D¨D¡¯Mighty Breath of Heaven Turning¡¯.¡±
Right after that, a single ck silver drop fell toward the ground from the tip of therge sword.
That drop when it reached the height of several meters from the ground, it went *KA-!* with light exploding from it that spread a ripple of ck silver through the whole battlefield. Twoyers, threeyers, the ck silver waves surged above the allied force.
Then, at the next moment a soldier of the allied force that should have died already opened his eyes with a snap. And then he raised his body with a bewildered look and touched all over his chest that should have been shed open, when he realized there was no injury there he tilted his head further.
There were also others, people who were gouged out by silver feathers or killed by elemental magic woke up one after another. And then when they understood that their body was somehow alive with their wound healed, they immediately stood up and rushed forward in order to assist theirrades who were fighting the apostles.
Not only the people who had died, naturally even the people who were still alive but got wounded were also healed in the blink of eye.
¡°Wha-, they are revived-!?¡±
From above, the apostle who confirmed that situation exposed her shock as though the im of the apostles that they were emotionless was just a lie.
Soul and regenerationposite magic ¡®Mighty Breath of Heaven Turning¡¯¨D¨Dthis magic picked out which were the allies using soul magic and carried out convergence-fixing-attachment of the souls that were in the process of dispersing, moreover it performed healing using regeneration magic. As expected, in the case where the corpse didn¡¯t maintain their original shape like being bisected until the body be in pieces or the head was gone, or the time of death had gone past ten minutes, the effect of this magic wouldn¡¯t work on the corpse that was in those states, but other than those cases all the allies inside the radius of four kilometers with the ck silver drop as the center would have revival and healing performed on them by this army use recovery magic.
Even with just those properties, this magic was already like a joke. However, the show of Kaori¡¯s true ability didn¡¯t stop just there.
¡°¨D¨D¡¯Divine Binding of Layered Usurpation¡¯.¡±
Different from therge sword that was held in reverse grip its tip pointing below, the otherrge sword was held in front of Kaori¡¯s chest with its tip pointed straight above. And then, along with that promation, the readiedrge sword became d in silver ck radiance.
It was like a ck hole that swallowed the gxy, and it exhibited a result that didn¡¯t contradict that appearance.
¡°ts, this is, my strength is leaving-¡°
Even though they were already had their specs shaved off by the choir right now, but right now when they felt that their strength was shaved off even further the apostles showed their agitation.
Looking carefully, radiant lights were leaking out from all the apostles in the range of several hundred meters around Kaori, and then those lights converged toward therge sword Kaori held like a meteor shower.
And then, right after the lights were absorbed by therge sword, magic power was overflowing from Kaori¡¯s body. Not only her consumed magic power recovered, it even looked that the magic power she possessed grew a lot more. Not only that, through the tip of therge sword facing the ground, a silver ck drop fell to the ground once more.
Silver ck ripples were spreading below once more like before. And the result, the movement of the allied force soldiers was obviously bing better. The sharpness and power of their movement, and also their reaction speed were increasing.
¡°I just stole the strength of all of you.¡±
¡°Such thing¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s possible as you can see. I am a healing master. Transferring magic power to other people is also our role. Though it takes a bit of time to seize the magic power of you all.¡±
Saying that was easy but to actually do it was another matter altogether.
Soul and light elementposite magic ¡®Divine Binding of Layered Usurpation¡¯¨D¨Dthisposite magic designated its target using soul magic, and then it used sublimation magic to light element magic ¡®Divine Transfer¡¯ in order to transfer magic power to other people. It plundered the magic power of the seized opponent forcefully to recover one¡¯s own magic power, and then that magic could also be reused for things like ally¡¯s strengthening and so on.
Of course, normally even using sublimation magic stealing magic power from apostle without even touching them was impossible. What was helping Kaori in using this magic was the twinrge swords her hands were holding.
¨D¨DDemon Sword of Circle Cmity Anima Erunte
¨D¨DHoly Sword of Gospel Bel Rexion
The demon sword plundered the power of the opponent and turned it into its food, while the holy sword made that power into unlimited power to share with the ally. These two swords exhibited their maximum strength when they were used together, a demon sword and a holy sword that exclusively assisted Kaori in her use of ¡¯Mighty Breath of Heaven Turning¡¯ and ¡®Divine Binding of Layered Usurpation¡¯.
¡°¡Even so, even so, all of you cannot win. We the apostles are infinite. No matter how many little tricks you all y, no matter how much you all struggle, in the end only the destiny of ruin awaits you all. Because that is the great will of the god.¡±
¡°Human won¡¯t perish. Surely it will be the same result no matter what kind of world it is. Just like how a boy without any considerable strength crawled up from the bottom of the abyss by himself, even when human is swallowed by difficulty, they will surely find out their path to survival. You see, human just doesn¡¯t know how to perish. As long as there is just one person who wishes to live, wishing to protect someone, their determination will force something like a mere ¡®destiny¡¯ to yield.¡±
The gaze of the apostle and Kaori crossed.
¡°¡Then, please show me the proof of that.¡±
With those words as the signal, the fierce battle was restarted once more.
The apostles attacked Kaori in a group, and Kaori exterminated them who attacked her.
If she saw the allied force became exhausted she would heal them, in a certain interval she would perform revival. When her magic power decreased she would steal from the apostles, sometimes she would carry out support bombing toward the surface.
At the other ces too, the dragon race people were holding back the apostles with fierce efforts, on the surface too every single person were continuing to fight to the death.
It was unclear just how much time had passed.
Even the shadow of the sun had already gone from the reddish ck world, the people was gradually losing their sensation of time. If they didn¡¯t have Kaori¡¯s healing magic, perhaps the allied force would copse already since a long time ago. That was just how endless the force of the apostle was.
Even so the allied force soldiers believed that Hajime, the ¡®Sword of Goddess¡¯ who stepped into the Holy Precincts would bring an end to this for them, with that belief they mustered their willpower. There was already a lot of soldiers who met their end because the revival didn¡¯t make it in time.
Gradually the sensation of being pushed back by the violence of number began to rule over the allied force.
But, at that time, suddenly one soldier who looked up at the sky above God Mountain whispered with small volume.
¡°Oi, what the hell is that¡¡±
Ahead of that soldier¡¯s gaze, there was the scene of the miasma reaching toward the surface with an obviously growing momentum.
Right after that, the muddy miasma overflowing from the crack of space increased in force all of a sudden.
And then, the miasma fell and covered all over the surface of the copsed God Mountain, without stopping the miasma flowed and headed toward the fortress. Ahead of the miasma there was the capital, it passed through and touched the grass in in front of the fortress. Just like the dust cloud that was produced when God Mountain crumbled, the ck miasma approached them with a terrific force like an avnche.
Reddish ck lights were materialized in session inside that miasma. Right after that, a great number of roar rose and countless monsters leaped out from inside the miasma. It seemed that it was the second wave of the monster army.
Furthermore, several thousand apostles also flew out all at once from the crack in space.
¡°Oi oi, a battle force augmentation after this far. Bring it on¡this is a time to say something like that but¡this is really bad huh.¡±
With a body that was dyed bright red from the blood spurt of the enemy, Gahard¡¯s expression turned like someone who just had bitten a bitter bug. Not to mention the other soldiers, their expression were turning into despair.
Even though it was already absolutely the limit facing the apostles who were assaulting them without any pause, but after this long, tens of thousands of monsters swarm and several thousands of apostles wereing again¨D¨Dperhaps this deadlocked state would crumble for the worse like this.
¡°First and second division, concentrate at the front! Don¡¯t let the monsters ride the momentum and charge into melee battle-! Stop them in ce-!¡±
A formation was immediately formed by Gahard¡¯smand.
The earthquake was spreading, the air was rumbling. The sound of the monsters charge and the roars¡¯ shockwave were getting closer.
Looking at the overflowingrge swarm of monsters while taking along an avnche of enormous miasma behind them, damp sweating was flowing all over Gahard¡¯s body. The dragons and Kaori were also held back in ce by the simrly overflowing apostles. The cheat group from another world was also having their hands full with protecting the choir squad.
The distance was approximately one kilometer.
The expressions of the allied force soldiers were convulsing from the excessive pressure.
Perhaps this is hopeless. Unintentionally anyone was giving off that atmosphere. It was at that moment,
¡°¨D¨D¡¯Kalpa of Destruction¡¯.¡±
The ground vanished. Along with the monsters.
¡°¨D¨D¡¯Kalpa of Destruction¡¯¨D¨D¡¯Kalpa of Destruction¡¯.¡±
A voice of a woman resounded thrice. That voice resounded with rity even at the battlefield which was filled to the brim with noises.
But, rather than that voice, Gahard and others were shocked even more by the spectacle happening before their eyes.
The leading pack of the advancing monsters waspletely vanishing into the bottom of the earth altogether. They were unable to even raise the scream of death agony.
Right after that, the voice that excessively reverberated and excessively irritated the listeners, the cause of this phenomenon showed her appearance sluggishly from a gate that opened at the in in front of the allied force.
¡°Yahoooo¡î Appearing when the situation is in a pinch, the world idol, Miledy-chan has arrived-! Ahahaaa, isn¡¯t this the greatest timiiing! Just-as-ex-pec-ted, me? A woman that can read the mood! Everyone of the allianceee, falling in love with me is-no-good-y¡¯know?¡±
What appeared was a giant golem, and a really tiny humanoid wearing a smiley mask, d in a milky white robe riding on its shoulder. Miledy¡¯s appearance that looked like she was screwing around a lot was taking a pose that felt like ¡®Kyarurun¡î¡¯ toward the allied force army from the giant golem¡¯s shoulder while making ¡®tehehe-pero¡¯ expression. The smiley face mask was somehow looking like that by some unknown mechanism. (TN: Tehehe pero. Imagine winking while chuckling tehehe and the person¡¯s tongue sticking out.)
Including Gahard¡¯s, the time of the allied force army was stopped.
Everyone without exception was having a genuine confusion of ¡°Just what in the world is that¡± while at the same time their expression was turning into an indescribable irritation.
There an exnation came from Liliana toward the allied force. ording to her, this person was a helper that Hajime and others called for, putting aside her annoying speech and conduct, this person was really quite useful. It was unknown what she had been doing until now, but she finally arrived right now, something like that.
¡°Geeezzz, everyone, what a tough crowd all of youuuuu. ¡®Perhaps this is hopeless¡¯¡you all seemed to act pointlessly serious like that so I tried to enliven this ceee. Yet now you all are making Miledy-chan¡¯s good will to go to wasteee, hmph hmph, Miledy-chan is extremely angry here!¡±
The irritation gauge of Gahard and everyone else almost exploded with that.
But, even while acting screwing off like that, Miledy pointed one of her hands at the approaching miasma behind and said a word.
¡°¨D¨D¡¯Severance Catastrophe¡¯.¡±
The star of catastrophe created above the miasma immediately began to swallow the miasma with outrageous force. There was also the figures of monsters that were mixed inside the miasma there.
¡°Geeez-, daring to be a nuisance of Miledy-chan is something uuuunforgivable! Punishment timeee. ¨D¨D¡¯Demolish Yoke¡¯.¡±
The gap between her screwing around voice and her chanting voice was absurd.
A voice of absolute zero resounded only in that instant of chanting.
The result from that was different from before, the feet of the monsters left the ground all at once and they flew beyond the sky with a preposterous momentum. Gravity was the resultant force from gravitational pull and centrifugal force. Therefore, those who had their gravitational pull severed would be flown away to the beyond.
The ten of thousand monsters were curbstomped by a lone person while helpless to do anything. Even the monsters who escaped the range of therge scale magic were exterminated by the rushing giant golems and knight golems one after another before the monsters could reach the allied force.
The allied force didn¡¯t know that this person was one of the ¡®liberator¡¯, but even so they greatlyprehended that this was a helper that Hajime relied on. That this person was simrly a monster ss character.
The advance of the monster of the ground was managed by Miledy and her golems, and then the monsters who broke through that was somehow managed by the allied force, like that relieve was slightly spreading among the soldiers.
But, that relieve was immediately crumbling right after.
The apostles who overflowed from the crack in space before this gathered into a single cluster. Their number was approximately a thousand.
The thousand apostle that formed their ranks like a single spearpletely ignored the attack of Kaori or the dragons and began to descend in a straight line.
Naturally, anti-air artillery was also fired from the surface, but even while the apostles were falling one after another like scattered flowers, they relied on their number and kept advancing without hesitation. ¡They were heading toward the choir.
¡°tsk, I won¡¯t let you-!¡±
{All hands, stop that apostle swarm-!}
With desperate look Kaori and Adol exerted all their strength to crush therge spear made from apostles.
Several hundred apostles were blown away in their descend to the ground, but even so the swarm of apostles thatpletely became a single cluster couldn¡¯t be broken uppletely¡
¡°No good-, run awaaay!¡±
Kaori who was unable to oppose that pressure raised a scream while getting blown away.
Right after that, therge spear of apostles was emitting silver radiance like a divine spear that was thrown by god while stabbing at the barrier of the choir squad.
And then, before the people in the area could do something about the divine spear, cracks were spreading on the barrier that was protecting the choir squad¡finally, the barrier waspletely pulverized along with a thunderous sound.
The powerless members of the choir squad were vainly scattered to death before that tremendous might.
At this moment, the wedge that bound the apostles was broken.
The apostles of god exerted their ability in full.
Bloody wind was sweeping over the battlefield. Here and there silver lights were bursting up, the allied force soldiers that were making their resistance in those areas were instantly turned into a lump of meat in an instant. Their heroic war cry was turning into a mere scream.
¡°This is only a stopgap measure but¨D¨D¡¯Demolish Yoke¡¯.¡±
Miledy was maintaining the picture of hell behind her while exercising the magic that cut loose the target from gravity toward the battlefield. The targets were easy to understand. The conspicuous silver magic power. She was only selecting those as her target.
Right after that, the apostles were simultaneously blown away to the sky. They were spinning while pulled until the distance of a kilometer from the ground instantly.
But, for the apostles in the strengthened state who had recovered their specs, this magic was really nothing but a temporary measure against them. They immediately fixed their posture. There the apostles who turned into the divine spear gathered. They didn¡¯t stop there. As though to invite despair for mankind, a great number of apostles wereing out further from the crack in space.
The reddish ck sky was filled to the brim with apostles to the degree that they could be mistaken as stars in the sky. And then, the apostles of god, as though to dere that fighting bit by bit was troublesome already, it even seemed to say that right now they would forget all the humiliation of the apostles of god being killed, they would merely rely on the overwhelming violence of number and began to focus their silver magic power.
The protection by the great barrier was already gone. The anti-air artillery and sniping attacks were shooting down the apostles with certainty. The dragons and Kaori were also exterminating the apostles who weren¡¯t moving because of their concentration in focusing their magic power and they were falling like flies from the sky.
However, the apostles didn¡¯t pay them any heed. They abandoned their dignity, they didn¡¯t give any care of the damage done to them, they were merely focusing a light of destruction for the sake of destroying the mankind. No matter how many of them were killed and killed, the apostles¡¯ number were replenished one after another, their number that was focusing their magic power was just too many that the rate of the allied force annihting the apostles couldn¡¯t catch up.
Right now, if the silver sun was fired, the result wouldn¡¯t end with merely tremendous damage toward the allied force. The result that arrived would be ¡®the defeat of mankind¡¯.
¡°I won¡¯t let you, absolutely-!¡±
Kaori red at the sky with a gaze filled with determination while lifting both her hands above. In anticipation of this situation, the crystals that were ced in certain ces on this battlefield reacted to Kaori¡¯s will. Those lights connected to each other with lines of light and formed a single enormous magic circle.
¨D¨DKaori¡¯s exclusive use Large scale protection barrier stone ¡®Shutzengel¡¯
This artifact assisted the barrier magic of Kaori who wasn¡¯t a barrier master to deploy arge-scale barrier that was even more powerful than the great barrier using an enormous magic circle that covered the whole battlefield.
¡°Perish.¡±
¡°¨D¨D¡¯Indomitable Holy Severance¡¯¨C!!¡±
When the silver sun was fired, a superrge scale protection wall covering the allied force was deployed at the same
Chapter 174
Chapter 174
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. Bakapervert did the edits.
**__
The Last Battle
tinum light poured down.
The radiant pir of light quietly stretched from empty space to the ground¨D¨Dtoward a chalk white round pir. And then, when the light touched the summit of the gigantic round pir where seven or eight people could stand with room to spare, at the next moment it vanishedpletely without warning.
There was a shadow of a person kneeling on one knee after the light vanished. It went without saying that it was Hajime.
Hajime looked around with a dangerous gaze.
In that ce, simr to the richly colored space where they arrived at right after entering Holy Precincts, there was a chalk white path that stretched straight deeper inside with the pir where Hajime was standing as the starting point. However, the surrounding wasn''t richly colored like the first space, but closed in a darkness that was like an abyss.
The chalk white path that was stretching in a straight line looked extremely visible. At the end of that chalk white path, it was connected with a stair that led to above.
(This is not a mineral huh¡)
Hajime whispered a little in his heart while looking beneath him.
He used transmutation''s derivative skill ''Mineral Appraisal'' to investigate the chalk white path and didn''t receive any reaction back. He also used his sensing skills at the surrounding darkness but there was no reaction.
(Well, there was only one path. There is no meaning in sparing some thought for the unknown or trap after this far.)
Hajime began to walk calmly in the quiet space that was too silent.
In the first ce Hajime had no problem with doing something like erasing the sound of his footstep, but right now he was consciously not erasing his sound. Regardless not only Hajime''s footstep, even the sound of his clothes rustling or the sound of his breathing couldn''t be heard at all. It was as though the surrounding darkness was thoroughly absorbing all the sounds leaving none behind.
In that world without sound, Hajime stared straight ahead while advancing. He walked while thinking of her beloved who was waiting ahead. Fury toward his enemy and sorrow toward his beloved mixed inside his eyes, those eyes were filled with abyss exactly like the surrounding darkness.
Hajime''s legs approached the stair. Looking up from below he could see the top of the stair being enveloped by faint light. Without pause, Hajime unhesitatingly threw his body into the light.
His field of vision was dyed white.
The space where he came out at was white everywhere. Whether above or below, or everything at the surrounding, as far as his eyes could see there was only pure white which made him unable to grasp any sense of distance. Despite the certain sensation that he felt by stepping on the ground, but when his gaze lowered there it became difficult to be aware of the ground''s existence there. It felt like he would fall below without any end in sight.
"Wee, to my domain, of its deepest area."
A voice called at Hajime who was looking around.
It was a lovely voice that sounded clear. The familiar voice of his beloved sounded pleasant in his ear like a flowing stream.
But, right now he felt something slightly cloudy in it. Surely it was because the will contained inside the voice was rotten the core, Hajime thought. A scowl was slightly appearing on his eyebrows.
At the same time, a veil of faint light shining behind him suddenly vanished. And then, the existence of Hajime who was d in clothing that had ck tone looked like a drop of ink that dripped on a pure white canvas.
Suddenly the space ahead of Hajime''s gaze was swaying.
It was as though the curtain of the stage was raised, the swaying space was cleared and behind it, there was a tiered tform with a height that was nearly ten meters. And then, there was a young beautiful woman sitting on the throne installed at its peak.
Wavy hair of radiant golden threads, white and smooth exposed shoulders, voluminous twin hills peeking out from thergely opened chest part, long and slender beautiful leg stretching out from the slit of the dress. Despite being slender on the whole, the woman also strangely looked sensually fleshy. Her legs were crossed, and she was resting her chin on her hand at the throne with a faint smile on her lips, that appearance looked like the personification of the word ''bewitching''.
If an average man saw her, no, all human without any sex distinction would have their reasoning sent flying just by a fleeting nce sent by this woman, there was no doubt that they would then prostrate themselves before her with a tremendous emotion that was simr with faith. An overwhelming beauty to the degree that would make anyone unconditionally felt that was right there.
But, Hajime''s face was still expressionless, he was staring straight at that beautiful woman¨D¨Dwho for some reason had the appearance of adult Yue, he was only staring fixedly without any particr emotion that could be seen on his face.
Surely that was because in contrast with the beauty of that appearance, ''repulsiveness'' and ''ugliness'' could be felt from those eyes and smile that seemed to expose what were inside.
Whether the person himself was aware or not of that was unclear¡Yue''s body, Ehitorujue that took over that body was grinning broadly while his mouth was opening once more.
"What do you think? While I was seizing this body I was also trying to make it grow while I was at it. I can brag that the result is quite something I think? Hm?"
Ehitorujue said such thing with a tone that obviously sounded like he was enjoying this, to that Hajime was intentionally sighing deeply and shrugged lightly.
"It would be perfect, if only the filthiness inside not oozing out like this. Your score is minus a hundred. Everything is wasted just by you being the one inside there. This has already gone far past ugly. If you don''t notice it yourself then how about I lend you a mirror?"
"Fufufu, what impudent talk. But, I understand you know? In your heart you are not as calm as your appearance. Your blood is boiling that your beloved lover is yed around freely with like this right?"
"Isn''t that obvious. What are you doing acting all wise like that? A warning from me. It''s better for you to not open your mouth too much. After all the more you speak the more your lowliness get exposed."
It was a well executed poisonous tongue. During that exchange, Hajime''s expression was still expressionless without change. That indifferent tone eloquently indicated that what he said wasn''t sarcasm or anything but something that came from the bottom of his heart, which caused Ehitorujue''s eyes to twitch in reaction.
And then, with a smiling face that was obviously a mask no matter who saw it he opened his mouth softly.
"Imand in the name of Ehitorujue¨D¨D''prostrate''."
The Divine Statement was spoken with extremely natural tone¨D¨Dit was the manifestation of god''s will that made anyone obeyed without question. Once this ''foul y'' caused Hajime to struggle on the ground desperately, and now hearing this once more Hajime staggered in ce¡
*DOPAN-!!*
"¨D¨D"
And he responded with a shot.
The bullet was blocked by a barrier in front of Ehitorujue, a ripple was spreading in the air.
"¡Divine Statement has no effect at all?"
"Just how many times you had used that in front of me huh. You think a petty magic trick like that will keep working forever?"
"¡"
Ehitorujue''s eyes narrowed toward Hajime who was pointing Donner''s muzzle straight at him. But, hisposure didn''t crumble by any means, instead he held out his hand that wasn''t supporting his cheek in an inviting gesture.
Immediately at the areas around Donner & Shuragen, ''Treasure Warehouse II'', all the artifacts that Hajime carried, the spaces were warping like jelly. But the spaces immediately returned to their original shape with a snapping sound as though there was something that got repelled away.
"¡I see. So you came here with countermeasures prepared."
"Rather, you thinking that I wille without doing that is the crazy one."
"Don''t get cocky, irregr young boy. You really showed much arrogance just by defending against Divine Statement and Heaven Existence."
"It doesn''t matter how you are looking at me, shitty bastard. I''ll say it one more time, the words that I told you at that time."
"¡"
With a click, Hajime fixed Donner''s aim at the heart of Ehitorujue while dering clearly and loudly.
"¨D¨DI''m taking back Yue. I''ll kill you. It will be the end with that."
The white space didn''t absorb the sound. Rather it made the words echoed powerfully with dignity.
The expression of Ehitorujue that was bombarded with those words warped evilly, showing how he would enjoy trampling on that determination, during that his crossed leg went down and he lifted his resting cheek, before he suddenly stood up. And then, while ring down from above with the throne behind him, an immense pressure began to leak out. tinum magic power was painting over the white space.
"Very well. This will be thest entertainment in this world. Let''s y for a little bit then."
Ehitorujue''s body was gently floating up.
He lightly spread his hands while his abundant golden hair was undting, the sleeve of his ck dress pped.
At the same time, the tinum magic power light converged rapidly with Ehitorujue at the center and it formed a shape on his back.
What appeared on Ehitorujue''s back while shining brilliantly was threeyers of ring halo. The size of those halos, with the floating Ehitorujue as the center the first halo had a diameter of around two meters while the third halo had a diameter of more than ten meters.
Countless light spheres were slowly being created from those halos. The number of those spheres really should be expressed as the number of the stars in the sky. But, in contrast with their splendor, the pressure emitted by those spheres was absurd. Every single one was obviously hiding a power that could easily destroy a human and could possibly change even the geography.
The figure of Ehitorujue with gigantic halos behind him, served by countless stars, and d in tinum light, would make anyoneprehended, truly if anyone who didn''t know of the ugliness inside saw him then he was indeed emitting divinity that was worthy to be revered as ''god''.
In respond Hajime was,
"No holding back. ¨D¨DI''m going all out."
Resplendent crimson light burst up. A whirlwind of magic power that spiraled wildly pped Hajime''s ck coat and wrapped his body in crimson color. Even in front of Ehitorujue''s power, his one eye didn''t show any sign of faltering, unnoticed it was shining with clear crimson like red spinel.
It was Limit Break''sst derivative skill ''Supreme Break''. At this moment, Hajime''s specs swelled up five times over in one go. Then he activated Sky Step''sst derivative skill ''Light Speed'' which reinforced his perception ability to a different magnitude.
At the same time, countless crosses were lining up midair behind Hajime. On the ck fusges that should be called as a color of darkness, a red pattern was carved, the total number of those crosses was seven hundred.
¨D¨DNew type versatile offensive drone Cross Velt
While being two sizes morepact than the crossbit until now, it was d with sinister crimson light that made one felt a lump of ice sliding down their spine. Perhaps that spectacle should be called as the grave markers of the enemies ughtered by the demon king.
''You too will be added to this funeral procession'', the current Hajime who was wordlessly asserting that was emitting unprecedented rage and killing intent while being silent, he was emitting might that was truly worthy for a person who was trying to achieve godying.
Dazzling tinum halos and countless twinkling stars.
Violently wild crimson storm and dark funeral crosses.
The two sides resented and bemoaned each other while the space between them creaked, where they were about to swallow at each other.
Ehitorujue pushed out one of his hands with an elegance that looked as though it had been calcted thoroughly until his fingertips.
"Now, this is the beginning of the game. First¨D¨Ddance for me!"
Right after that, a lot of light stars rushed toward Hajime. And it wasn''t something that simple, the great number of tinum lights from the halos behind Ehitorujue were flying out with a motion that was depicting geometrical pattern. The meteor shower of light would even make anyone watching to feel a certain kind of artistic quality from it. There were lights in a spherical shape, then there were also lights that drawn a curve like a de, and also lights that were approaching while rotating like a boomerang.
"A dance invitation from you son of a bitch, I refuse. ¨D¨DFull burst!"
Hajime snorted at Ehito''s invitation and gave his order.
At the next moment, all the crosses pointed forward simultaneously and the seven hundred Cross Velt fired all at once. All of the bullets fired were electromaically elerated, furthermore all of the bullet heads were a special bullet that released multi-stage shockwave concentrated to a single point¨D¨DBurst Bullet.
The tinum meteor shower and the crimson bullets filled the space to the brim. That scene was just like a war in middle age, where both armies were yelling war cry just before they shed. Those two armies that were even more atrocious than death god shed and destroyed at each other right in the middle between theirmanders. Thunderous roars and violent impacts, and shes were surging out to the degree that one could be deluded to think that it was the birth of a star.
A great number of meteors were flying off, bullets d in crimson were extinguished. The meteors and barrage of bullets were struggling for supremacy with their destructive power.
"Hou, so you can endure this. Then how about the next move. Don''t you die so easily okay?"
Ehitorujue made a smile that disyed his joy, and then he waved his arm elegantly once. Then the brilliant radiance of the halos behind him intensified, right after that *zuzuzu* lights in humanoid form manifested. The silhouettes of person that were formed from light itself were also carrying tworge swords made from light in their hand, giving them resemnce with the apostle.
"Their ability is at the same level with the apostle. However, amidst the illuminating attack of these halos, can you also deal with these attacking apostles of light that are moving independently in the end?"
Even while he was saying such thing, the apostles of light were created inrge number. With Ehitorujue at the center and the halos behind him, the number of the apostles of light had already easily surpassed a hundred.
But, in front of such view that could be said as despairing, Hajime only snorted "hmph". And then, he spoke. The soul ofnguage to summon his own army.
"Battle of resource is the domain of transmutation master. You are still using these old puppet dolls even at this stage, aren''t you too behind the time? ¨D¨DCome, ''Grim Reaper''."
Crimson magic power overflowed from the ''Treasure Warehouse II''. The magic power that swelled up together with an intense sh scattered everywhere like explosion wave, although only temporarily but the space that was full of tinum light was dyed with crimson. Like that, a beatter the sh settled and then,
"This is¡a golem army, is it?"
Ahead of the murmuring Ehitorujue''s gaze, a great number of monster swarm d in crimson light could be seen. However, their body was formed from mineral that looked even harder than steel, behind their sharp fangs there was gun muzzle, while doors or missiles were attached on their back or stomach, their ws were vibrating in super speed where everything that they touched would be torn apart, the body of the golems were overflowing with bizarreness.
¨D¨DHajime''s exclusive one man army Grim Reapers
Wolf shape, great eagle shape, spider shape,rge turtle shape,rge monkey shape, there was an abundant variation of the golems, it was an army of living golem. Their numbers easily surpassed a hundred, furthermore they were fully loaded with hybrid weapons inside their body. These were the massacring army of the demon king who knew no pain and no fatigue.
Ehitorujue whose corners of the lips were lifted up and Hajime whose eyes narrowed in absolute zero let theirmand resounded at the same time.
"Apostles of light, exterminate the unsightly monsters!"
"Death gods, tear apart the useless puppets."
Right after that, the light apostles flew out while shooting light beams, the metallic monsters roared while charging forward. The light apostles who were moving in high speed that trailed afterimages behind were surprisingly followed by the mechanical wolves who rushed through the air with rippling wave in their wake and afterimages simrly trailing behind. And then, the wolves deployed a small type gatling gun from their back and also firing a cannon from their widely opened mouth.
Therge eagles that ignited their thrusters and climbed up in one go were trampling the battlefield by scattering cluster bombs like heavy rain from high above. Therge turtles were letting looserge amount of missiles from their back, transforming into fixed batteries. The light apostles who approached near to aim at the turtles were blocked by therge monkeys who were forming a wall with therge shield they carried, and then the spiders charged through the gaps and carved apart the shell of the apostles using the sonic wave they generated.
Naturally there were also grim reapers that were done in by the light apostles, but each time a grim reaper got lethally damaged they would self-explode that swallowed the surrounding, even at a minimum they would bring their killer to apany them in death.
"To rival my magic with amount of resources¡it is really something unthinkable for a human. However, if it is said in reverse, even the specialty of the irregr can only rival me at bes¨D¨D"
"Don''t yap, you worthless god."
Hajime fired off Donner & Scg, cutting off Ehitorujue who was speaking ridiculingly. There were two sounds of gunshot. But the shes that cut through the air were six streaks.
Inside the shing fierce storm of destruction, those bullets slipped through swimmingly and sniped the caster Ehitorujue.
*GIIIIIII-*
With such hard sound resounding the bullets were halted before the eyes of Ehitorujue. The positions of the stopped bullets were before his head, heart, and his four limbs. While those shots were a sniping that was like threading through the eye of a needle, but not even a single shot shifted for even a millimeter from their target. It was a special move that fired bullets through a space overflowing to the brim with shockwave and barrage without any deviation at all.
The first bullets emitted shockwaves consecutively within an instant to a pinpoint spot. They were burst bullet. The shockwaves that were directed to a pinpoint spot made a fatal crack on Ehitorujue''s barrier just with one shot. And then, the second burst bullets right behind those first bullets that were fired with the same trajectory pushed in as though pile-driving the first shots and pulverized the barrier right away.
*PAAAAAAN* Faster than the resounding sound of pulverization, the magic bullets of simultaneous attacks on six vital spots approached to pierce Ehitorujue.
Ehitorujue quietly lifted his hand toward that. Even if he did something like that, the electromaically elerated bullets should be unstoppable. It was obvious that a bullet would easily bite a hole into that palm and bore into the heart behind it, was how it seemed to be but¡
"So you broke my barrier. Furthermore your personality that unhesitatingly aimed at your lover''s heart even though she possesses automatic regeneration¡you are making me enjoying this, irregr."
The palm and chest of Ehitorujue who was saying such thing with the corner of his lips raised didn''t seem to receive any kind of damage.
The cause of that was surely the small whirling ck sphere generated ahead of that palm. Most likely it was gravity magic ''Severance Catastrophe''. It swallowed the bullet and then crushed it with its super gravity.
His delicate control that could do such thing, also his reaction speed that could sense electromaically elerated bullet and stopped it, were absurd as expected. It was unclear whether it was because he nned to y around or perhaps because of his dignity as a god that considered being touched was a disrespect to him that he didn''t rely on the automatic regeneration.
Even during this few moment of offense and defense, there was a meteor shower that slipped through the barrage of Cross Velt and reached Hajime. The light stars the size of a fist rushed at Hajime.
Hajime was in front of the swarm of lights thatpletely filled his field of vision, however, his expression showed no unease at all.
"¨D¨Dfuu"
He shortly breathed out.
At the next moment, the swarm of light bullets passed through Hajime''s body. While small strange sounds of *jijiji-* were resounding, the bullets of certain death meaninglessly passed through Hajime as though they were attacking an illusion of him.
"Hou, that''s splendid."
Ehitorujue spontaneously leaked out words of praise.
What was the cause that made the light stars slipped through which made the enemy spontaneously praised in admiration? The cause was nothing special. Hajime was merely evading the lights in high speed with the necessary minimum movement. That was all. The sounds of *jijiji-* were the sound of the light bullets grazing Hajime''s clothing. That was just how barely he was evading the lights, by seeing the attacks through until the millimeter degree.
For ordinary person, Hajime looked like he was not moving, but with Ehitorujue''s perception, the reflected spectacle was as though Hajime''s body was making manyyers of shadow clones blurring in the same spot to return to their original position.
"Well then, how about this?"
Ehitorujue waved his hand rxedly.
Immediately several stretching lights that were moving with an irregr motion like twisting snake were fired from the halos. It didn''t stop there, huge light bullets with diameter around two meters were spewed out inrge amount like soap bubbles toward Hajime.
"Chih"
Hajime clicked his tongue.
Hajime used ''Ground Shrinker'' and ''Air Force'' tp leap away from his spot. The light whips powerfully struck the ce where Hajime was standing just an instant before while the light bubbles were flying off all over the ce leaving not a single gap in space.
Cross Velts were flying in all directions and the Grim Reapers weremanded to aim at Ehitorujue from all angles. However, just by a single wave of a hand, Ehitorujue pulverized every machine that got close to him.
"¡"
Hajime''s eyes were narrowing from seeing that scene while he made his ''Treasure Warehouse II'' shined.
Right after that, a huge weapon was gripped in his hand. From a nce, it was the gatling railgun ''Metsurai'' with six rotating barrels. However, its size waspletely different. It was erged by two sizes bigger. Furthermore, looking closer all the six barrels, each of them consisted of also six barrels.
¨D¨DSuperrge electromaic eleration gatling cannon Metsurai Disaster
It was a gatling cannon with 6¡Á6 rotating barrels where each barrel had the same size with the barrel of the original Metsurai. It fired off seventy-two thousand round per minute, this weapon went even beyond being evaluated as a monster, an outrageous weapon where the idea of creating it could even be called as stupid.
Hajime pulled the trigger of such outrageous weapon.
*VOO¨C!!*
Such strange sound like the air itself was rupturing was resounding. Metsurai Disaster that instantly generated a squall of cartridges, pulverized everything in its line of fire¨D¨Dthe meteor shower, the light bubbles, and even the light apostles just like scrap papers before approaching Ehitorujue.
The approaching attack was already like a muddy stream of crimson light, a storm of destruction in the same meaning of natural disaster that swallowed everything in its path.
"That''s something dreadful. But, what meaning it has if it doesn''t hit? ¨D¨D''Great Vortex of White End''."
Ahead of Ehitorujue''s two hands that he stretched forward, there was tinum light whirling. That sparkling vortex looked just like a silver river.
Right after that, the crimson muddy stream of magic bullets that broke through the likes ofmon obstacle like they were nothing, was split into two in front of Ehitorujue as though a single stroke had bisected it, and then the attack was swallowed by two silver rivers at two sides. Naturally not even a single magic bullet reached Ehitorujue.
"¡So even this doesn''t reach. Good grief."
A meteor shower rushed from the back at Hajime who was swearing reflexively. Perhaps they were even teleported that the many light stars had circled behind Hajime without him realizing, they approached to swallow him whole.
Sometimes with a movement that didn''t even leave afterimage, sometimes with a swaying motion like fluttering wind, Hajime was evading while using Donner and Metsurai Disaster, added with Cross Velts he detected the gaps of the meteor shower and fired crimson shes toward Ehitorujue. The mechanical monsters that were unfolding a fierce battle with the light apostles were alsounching an attack at Ehitorujue if they found an opening.
The tinum lights that beautifully dance boisterously in the white space and the rushing crimson lights that weaved in between disyed a view that should be called as superb which would surely steal the heart of the viewer watching from the side.
Amidst that view, without rxing his offense and defense at all while handling Hajime''s shots and the Grim Reapers'' attacks, Ehitorujue was showing aposed smile and talked to Hajime.
"Come to think of it, irregr. How did you finish off Aruvheit? He too was more or less my retainer that possessed divinity. Even if it was you, I don''t think that he would be killed that easily."
The revolving light stars took a great detour while aiming at Hajime from all directions, Hajime was intercepting them with his Donner spinning like a wheel while he snorted and responded at Ehitorujue.
"Hah, that snob is a god you say? Don''t make meugh. He easily died while begging for his life unsightly. Even the monster inbyrinths has more guts than something like that."
"Hou, easily you say."
Light bubbles buried the space to the brim. Hajime stored in his Metsurai Disaster and in exchange he took out ''Agni-Orkan'' andunched missile swarm to the front.
Terrific thunderous roars and me sts rose and a hole was created on the light bubbles cage.
Hajime instantly rushed through and he aligned the aim of Agni-Orkan at Ehitorujue and pulled the triggers.
But, at that moment Ehitorujue snapped his finger. At the same time suddenly thunders rained down from empty space. Those thunders that were focused andpressed to the limit already became spears made from lightning. If it had to be named, then it would be the lightning spear fired from god¨D¨Dthe ''Lightning Divine Spear''.
"tsk"
Without even any time to react using his perception skill, the sparking tinum spears that flew in lightning speed from Hajime''s blind spot within a few meter easily pierced Agni-Orkan. Just with that, the frame of the artifacts warped, in addition, thebustion powder packed inside the missiles caught fire which caused a great explosion.
Although Hajime had immediately thrown away Agni-Orkan and withdrew from that spot, the missiles that boasted tremendous might even by their lonesome were exploding all at once from really close range, in addition the lightning divine spears were also rupturing which scattered itspressed lightning to all direction, Hajime was unable to avoid getting damage. The sts and thunders prated through his ''Vajra'' and his clothing which was tougher than it looked because it was made from tough metal and monster hide, which clearly told just how terrible the radiated force was.
"Guu¡(lightning speed attack from random coordinate that is instantly invoked¡as expected, this guy is still holding many hands yet)"
Hajime was whispering in his heart while groaning unintentionally, Ehitorujue who nced at such Hajime continued his talk as though nothing had happened.
"Nothing you could hide from me. I know already. You invoked a concept magic right? The situation at that time could be said as extreme for you. Although not even in my dream I could imagine you would produce a concept so powerful that could even possibly defeat Aruvheit, that was unexpected even for me¡"
"¡"
Hajime who lost Agni-Orkan disyed a look that pondered something for an instant, then he scattered explosion hand grenade at the surrounding which blown away the light bubbles while he took out Metsurai Disaster once more. Like that he held back Ehitorujue while he controlled Cross Velts and ced one of them above Ehitorujue''s head.
"Perhaps, you have even created a concept of ''godying''? And then, you was hiding that trump card close to your chest, and holding the hope that you can do something with that you came until this far. Fufufu, how cute."
Ehitorujue didn''t even nce at the Cross Velt above him, far from that he didn''t even close his mouth while swiping his hand overhead.
Just with that the Cross Velt that was going to shoot was cut with an invisible de and exploded. The loaded bullets scattered around lethally like a frag grenade, but even those were repelled at the space before Ehitorujue and didn''t reach him.
Hajime saw that happened, but he didn''t even click his tongue, he closely observed the state of Ehitorujue who was talking while basking in joy and he quietly narrowed his eyes. Ehito who didn''t even pay any attention to such Hajime then licked his lips smoothly.
"By using that, it''s possible to separate the soul of me and the vampire princess, and kill only me, that''s what you are thinking correct?"
"¡So you find out. Well, I also don''t have any mood to lie. My trump card is powerful you know? That calm expression of yours is going to warp into terror and regret soon."
"Fuhah, so you still believe that the soul of this woman is safe. That figure of yours howling while clinging to a nonexistent illusion, is truly,ical to the extreme."
Saying that, Ehito snapped his fingers once more.
Right after that, Hajime''s movement came to a sudden stop with his body pitched forward.
"¨D¨D"
The cause was obvious. The Metsurai Disaster that Hajime held was caught in a distorted space. That space distortion was in a square block shape that tightly pressed together. Metsurai was fixed at the center of that.
Almost at the same time, a spear of thunder came flying once more from an empty space without any advance sign.
"Shit-"
While swearing abuse reflexively, Hajime tried to release Metsurai Disaster by storing it into ''Treasure Warehouse II''. However, as though that action had been foreseen, Ehitorujue whispered "¨D¨D''Manifestation of Perceived Nightmare''."
Hajime''s neck flew off. His four limbs were plucked off, and his heart was gouged.
"KAAAH!!"
A loud yell of fighting spirit surged.
The source of the yell was from Hajime who was thought to be dead. The scene just now was the illusion that was prepared by Ehitorujue. The illusion was so real that if the victim wasn''t careful they might die for real just from that. Hajime exploded the magic power in his body and used the momentum to invigorate himself and blew away the illusion.
But, it didn''t change that his consciousness was stolen for an instant. Thepensation for that opening was his Metsurai Disaster.
The divine lightning spear stabbed. Metsurai Disaster met the same end like Agni-Orkan.
¨D¨DStrong
Hajime honestly appraised his enemy.
Deployment of technique, the scale of invocation, power, every single aspect was easily surpassing Yue of before. There was also no sign of his magic power running out. The great number of meteor shower fired from his halos might be moving almost automatically, there was no sign at all that Ehito was having trouble in controlling them, the light apostles were also created without end, and even with all that he was still rapidly invoking age of god ss magic that was extremely powerful.
If it was anyone else than Hajime fighting here then they would instantly be killed inevitably.
As though to further cornering Hajime who hadpletely lost two of his prided artifacts, Ehitorujue opened his mouth exultantly.
"It echoed quiet lusciously."
"Aa?"
"The vampire princess¨D¨DYue is it? The scream of your woman, it was really meltingly sweet."
"¡"
Hajime''s expression fell out.
"With the ownership of her body stolen, she who had be only a soul resisted admirably. But, the more she resisted the more intense the pain running through her. ¡Ku-ku-ku-, it was visible for me, the figure of the vampire princess enduring desperately with clenched teeth inside this body. But even that didn''t continue forever, she couldn''t endure and screamed. And then, she felt terror feeling her soul vanishing from the edge, while trembling¡herst words were, [¡Hajime, I''m sorry]. Fufufu."
"¡"
"After that she disappeared. Everything happened while she was tasting terror and despair. Do you understand, irregr? The hope that you came chasing doesn''t exist right from the beginning-! Fuhah, fuhahahahaha-"
Ehitorujue raised a loudughter. Indeed, Hajime''s magic eye couldn''t see Yue''s soul, he could only perceive a silver soul taking root inside melding everywhere. It was as though that view was disying the truth of Ehitorujue''s words¡
Hajime wordlessly threw several hand grenades to the air. He shot them all using Donner. At that moment, the light stars around the hand grenades dropped on the ground altogether.
What Hajime used was gravity grenade¨D¨Dit had a special effect that created super gravitational area when it was activated. With that effect, the surrounding light bullets were felled.
Hajime''s hand was holding Scgen AA. Itpleted its charging in a moment and the eighty-eight millimeter sniping cannon(Acht Acht) specialized in pration roared.
The fired crimson sh charged straight through the barrage zone that was thinned by the gravity grenades just like going through a no man''snd.
Ehitorujue lifted his hand. Barriers were visiblyyered by two, threeyers before him.
The fang of Scgen AA sted the firstyer of barrier, bit a hole in the second barrier after a moment of opposition, and smashed even the thirdyer of the barrier and assaulted Ehitorujue. But, the threeyers divine barrier had obviously decreased the strength of the shot, in that state naturally it was unable to ignore the effect of the two white vortexes staying at both sides of Ehito. The eighty-eight millimeter shell had its trajectory vainly twisted and got swallowed into the vortex ofpression.
"I am a god. As long as I have automatic regeneration than you attack won''t even make me feel itchy but¡know that even touching me is an insolence."
And then, even while saying such thing Ehito waved his hand in aplicated gesture with a wide grin as though saying that this was payback.
"¨D¨D"
Right after that, the space all around Hajime including above and below burst open. What was produced from that was a tremendous impact. It was a space rupture that was even more detailed and powerful than the ''Quaking Sky of Four Directions'' casted in the devil king castle. Furthermore, from behind Hajime, perhaps even using teleportation, a lot of light stars were already there unnoticed moving toward Hajime.
This too was also an overwhelming attack where there was no time to react and no ce to escape. Hajime took out his variable great shield ''Aidion'' to face this. The spherical shield instantly operated its gimmick and deployed to cover Hajime.
Thunderous roar.
The impact of space rupture from all directions blown away the firstyer of ''Aidion'' into pieces with one attack. The fierce impact was transmitted through ''Aidion'' that caused Hajime''s left hand which was supporting it below to scream.
Storm of pursuing attack came right there. Light stars in immense number attacked one after another, not giving any time for the shield to restore itself. ''Aidion'' which was swallowed by the storm of light looked shining just like a star.
Even so, its hardness that didn''t allow pration should be called as an impregnable fortress.
But, even that defensive power was nothing more than an interesting side show for Ehitorujue, he suddenly lifted his hand and created a bluish white me on his palm. And then, he blew it off gently to fly toward the shield.
The blue me soared softly without any sound, it then impacted ''Aidion'' that was still receiving concentrated fire¨D¨Dlike that the protective wall was easily prated.
Right after that,
"GAAAAAAAAAA-!?"
A scream resounded.
The gimmick of ''Aidion'' was released and from inside Hajime who was wrapped in me leaped out.
Teleported meteor shower approached him in no time at all, the Grim Reapers defended Hajime as the substitute of their master which resulted in a rain of scrapped steel raining down. At the same time, Cross Velts were also called closer from the surrounding toy out barrier, but they too were pierced by lightning divine spears by the dozens and exploded to all direction. While clenching his teeth to the sacrifices around him, Hajime broke through the encirclement andpressed his crimson magic power with an expression that warped in pain. At the next moment, he converted thepressed magic power into impact and just barely blew away the blue me and the rushing light stars.
At the same time, ''Aidion that was left behind'' had its iron wall broken and light stars rushed inside from the opening, it then received attacks from inside and outside and got pulverized into pieces.
"Haahahahahah, what happened with your big talk from before? You have turned into a really shabby appearance right now."
Ehitorujueughed in amusement.
Ahead of his gaze, there was the figure of Hajime breathing roughly with burn injuries here and there every single part of his clothing damaged by fire. It also appeared that he had converted a considerable amount of his magic power into impact to blow away the blue me and light stars, so his magic power had decreased considerably. ''All Element Resistance'' and ''Vajra'' were reduced to mere constion as protection in front of the attacks'' might, Hajime couldn''t help but shudder from that.
"Haa haa, just now was¡Yue''s¡"
"No, it was mine. It seemed the vampire princess could use it, but from the beginning this magic was something that I used. It prates every obstacle and destroys only its target. It''s called ''Divine me''. How is it? It has quite a good vor isn''t it?"
"¡"
Hajime didn''t reply. Rather than that he was pouring his mind to convert his magic power into healing power to heal his damage even just for a little. If possible he wanted to drink healing medicine but, whether Ehitorujue would allow that or not, was unclear in the end¡he couldn''t show an opening after receiving a fierce attack.
If Shia and others were here, they would undoubtedly stiffen from shock seeing Hajime being cornered this overwhelmingly. In actuality, even Hajime himself couldn''t help but smile bitterly inside from witnessing the true power of Ehitorujue who hadpletely seized Yue''s body.
But, naturally Hajime didn''t let that show in his expression, in exchange he struck Ehitorujue with a gaze of defiance and persistence.
"Hmm, even when I told you that your beloved woman was already gone, you still don''t show any sign of breaking¡"
"Obviously. Just why do I have to believe your words? If you like bullshit then just talk to yourself until you are satisfied."
Ehitorujue smiled wryly from the way Hajime talked. It was as though he was waiting for Hajime''s recovery, he rxed his attack and talked.
"Your existence is truly irregr. Because of Freed''s appearance, the bnce of the game was almost broken, so in order to make it more enjoyable I brought in people with power from another world yet¡you be a strong person that not even my favorite could bare his fang to."
"¡Why, did you do something like summoning limited at just this time?"
A war game of human versus devil. The nasty game that Ehitorujue held. His words about Freed breaking the bnce made Hajime slightly scowled. It was slightly surprising that Freed''sbyrinth conquering was something irregr outside of god''s will.
And then, about greatbyrinth''s conquering, Yue''s uncle Denreed also did the same thing three hundred years ago. However, from what Hajime learned from historical fact, at that time there was no record of hero summoning being performed and he also didn''t hear any story about anything like that.
Why it was only at this time, such question was only something natural to be thought of by a person who got dragged into it. Though Hajime going along with Ehitorujue''s story also had the purpose of merely buying time to recover.
"Different from in the past, there was no capable person in this present era that was capable of opposing Freed you see. Never I imagined that other than the vampire princess, even the dragon race is also still surviving. Both of them were hidden skillfully. ¡If there is no good pawn in this world then nothing could be done except by providing it from another world."
"¡Another world, huh."
"Correct. Although the connection to your world ispletely a coincidence. It was a result that coincides with me searching for a person with high affinity that could possibly be my vessel. Even for a god body, crossing the boundary of the world is not something easy. To say nothing of a soul without a vessel, even directly interfering with outside Holy Precincts is difficult. As the result, I somehow seeded dragging down someone from above world but¡including an irregr like you, there were also a lot of extrasing along here."
ording to Ehitorujue''s story, Kouki was simr with Yue, he was chosen based on his possibility to be a vessel. Most likely Ehitorujue was using a magic like thepass of guidance to search. But, Ehitorujue who had no vessel that was a flesh body could only wield his powerpletely within Holy Precincts, furthermore it seemed that his power was repressed in the earth because that world had superior rank so his effort didn''t go well.
The result of that was the summoning of all the ssmates. In other words, everyone else other than Kouki only seemed to get ''dragged in'' unintentionally by god. There was no story more annoying than this.
"Although, thanks to that the best vessel that I thought had been lost three hundred years ago was discovered, that''s why this could be said as a windfall. Fufu, with this I can exhibit my power in full even outside the Holy Precincts. Crossing over to another world is also easy."
Most likely even the body of an apostle was insufficient as god''s body because it would lower his divinity. If that wasn''t the case then he would not be this delighted from managing to obtain a vessel.
Ehitorujue opened and closed his hand basking in joy. Hajime then asked something that he had actually wondered about all this time.
"Ehitorujue¡what are you?"
"What a really abstract question that is, irregr. But, no matter what is said, naturally the answer has been decided. I am the god that created and ruled over everything."
Ehitorujue introduced himself as the transcendental creator god and also the ruling god.
But, Hajime snorted to that.
"No, you or no god or anything. You didn''t create this world, you are also not ruling over everything. You are not a supernatural existence that mankind imagined You are merely an existence that is possessing power mightier than mankind."
"¡Hou. With what kind of basis you are saying such thing?"
Perhaps he got his interest attracted from that, Ehitorujue then asked Hajime back.
"Isn''t that simple? Your perception cannot detect Yue who was at the bottom of the abyss, and also the dragon race who hid outside this continent. Your strength only reaches this continent, even then it''s only at the scale that doesn''t reach the abyss. Power at that level is just too tiny for the creator right?"
"Ku-ku-ku-, to call someone like me as tiny. And? If I am not a god then what am I?"
Hajime thrust his answer with an expression that vaguely looked like he was chewing a bitter bug.
"¡You are a ''human of another world'' the same like us."
"Hmm. Because I am not a god but I possess a mighty power, then I must be a human from outside world the same like you all¡that''s your reasoning."
"Not only that. In the first ce it was already strange by the point of time that you know about the concept of ''outside world''. ''Because there is none in this world then search for a capable person from other world''¡such idea won''te out unless you know about the existence of another world right from the start. Even in our world that is overflowing with fantasy entertainment that concept is only a wild idea. If you are an existence in the level that is able to create the world then I can ept that, but just like I said just now, you are not an all-knowing and almighty supernatural existence, based on that it''s only natural to think that you know about the existence of another world by the same reason like us."
Hearing those words, Ehitorujue went "hmm" and nodded once, then he began to p dramatically.
"Splendid, perhaps that''s what I should say. Indeed I am a human from another world. Originally, I only reached the height of magic. Although, through the passing many months and years the gathered faith granted my divinity that sublimated my soul, through that there is no doubt that I am a god."
And then, he suddenly lifted his hand. Right after that, thunder boomed in empty air, blue me exploded, strong wind stormed, the air froze, white smoke whirled.
For Hajime, those were a sight he was used to. However, the dimension of the power focused there far surpassed what he had seen in the past.
Five heavenly dragons were created. They were the magnificent incarnations of atrocious tyranny that Yue created from the fusion of gravity magic and the highest ss elemental magic. Those heavenly dragons were fiercely ring at Hajime with dark red eyeballs.
The presence of these heavenly dragons was clearly different with Yue''s heavenly dragons. Hajime''s magic eye detected materials other than the core of the heavenly dragon that was formed from magic. That pulsing dark red ore was clearly magic stone.
It appeared metamorphosis magic was used on the heavenly dragons which transformed them into a monster. Perhaps the material to form them was gathered by using space magic. Not only monster, there was also the presence of apostle from the dragons. Hajime was thoroughly knowledgeable of how troublesome these heavenly dragons were, now these dragons were added with the function where they could move independently separated from the caster''s control to attack the prey, these caused Hajime to sweat coldly in his heart.
(I cannot overwhelm him in resource battle, now on top of that, there is also these troublesome neers in addition¡well, I already imagined that this won''t be easy. If I resolved myself, I can do this.)
Ahead of the gaze of Hajime who was talking to himself in his heart, the five heavenly dragons were coiling in the air with Ehitorujue at the center.
That figure of the adult Yue obeyed by the magnificent dragons was exactly like a goddess in a legend. No, any goddess from any mythology would surely be overshadowed in front of the current Yue who was obeyed by the heavenly dragons with halos behind her. There was no doubt that even the goddess of beauty Aphrodite would flee barefooted in front of her.
The person inside that body which made that divine beauty to be spoiled opened his mouth with a repulsive grin.
"Now then, irregr. You have recovered a little haven''t you? We have to begin the game once more any time now. During that time, let''s reminisce a bit about the past. You are going to struggle as long as you can right? It has been really a long time since I talk about myself. Entertain me-"
At the next moment, the five heavenly dragons simultaneously roared, violent killing intent and pressured weighed down on Hajime. At the same time, the meteor shower from the halos also resumeding. The white space was filled to the brim with the heavenly dragons turned monster and the torrent of lights.
Chapter 175
Chapter 175
The Specialty of Common Job
The roars of the five heavenly dragons shook the air.
The heavenly dragons that were turned into a monster while being half magic body left the control of the caster and aimed at the prey independently. The emitted pressure far surpassed the heavenly dragon that Yue often used before. The five elements magic that formed those bodies were also evolved where now they possessed a worthy wickedness that was clear to see.
¡°My former world was a world where magic was the foundation. I¡¯m not boasting, but I remember that the development there was remarkable. There was abundant variety of artifact, people flew freely in the sky, they could get in touch with a far away ce, they moved using teleportation, even their lifespan could be prolonged by a few hundred years more using magical treatment. Magic and technology that were based from that made that world abundant.¡±
*pashii!* That light sound resounded and the figure of the lightning dragon vanished. No, thatrge body changed into a streak of lightning and it moved with lightning speed. At the next moment, it appeared beside Hajime.
(Fast¡but, if it¡¯s only as fast as lightning then-)
The dragon raised a roar of thunder while its opened jaw rapidly pulled everything in the surrounding. Even the light stars were swallowed and extinguished inside there, Hajime who was almost got pulled in simrly like the light stars immediately took out several gravity hand grenades to empty air.
The gravity hand grenades that were easily pulled in exploded with a good timing just when they entered inside the mouth of the lightning dragon and generated super gravitational area.
The lightning dragon that swallowed everything while approaching was ttened by the downward pressure that was suddenly generated and passed through below Hajime who was hovering in midair using ¡®Air Force¡¯.
¡°But, what is waiting for the world that is over developed is only their end. Our world too wasn¡¯t an exception to that. Something like a war of the end that happened because of exhausted resources, or sense of values, or possibly because of economical problems or different political idea, those weren¡¯t the cause. The reason was something more, something that couldn¡¯t be helped. Do you know what it was, irregr?¡±
¡°ts¡±
Ehitorujue¡¯s questioned, however Hajime couldn¡¯t answer. He had noposure to answer.
Because after he staved off the lightning dragon, the azure dragon circled right behind him and pressed hard on him along with an immense amount of heat.
In front of him was the meteor shower. Below was a lightning dragon, at left and right were the storm dragon and ice dragon. If he evaded then he would undoubtedly aim from right behind and forced to bear damage that would be hard to disregard.
Therefore, Hajime took out the variable chakram ¡®Orestes¡¯ to empty air.
A *kashun* sound came out immediately and wire that was divided into three part formed a round shaped gate. The azure dragon charged straight into the gate, right after that the azure dragon flew out from above the ice dragon that approached from the right side. Hajime had applied ¡®Presence Istion¡¯ to one more variable chakram and made it flew there.
The suddenly appearing azure dragon collided with its natural enemy the ice dragon which caused the ice dragon to roar in agony. And then, the ice dragon red at Orestes which teleported the azure dragon and breathed out ice and snow. With that the Orestes froze instantly as though it was bathed with liquid nitrogen, right after that it was impacted by a light star and was easily smashed.
Regardless of the roar of the ice dragon and the sound of Orestes getting pulverized, Ehitorujue¡¯s voice still reached Hajime¡¯s ear smoothly.
¡°They arrived at the truth. The magic technology was developed thoroughly until they could interfere with the information of the world itself, to the material, to life, to the star, to time, to the environment. And then, no matter the era researcher is always unable to restrain their curiosity. They fumbled with the technology that interferes with the truth spreading in the world like ying with a toy¡and that became the cause that destroyed the world. Our world was killed by the curiosity of the people who handled magic.¡±
Hajime neutralized the light stars using Cross Velt. Furthermore, hemanded the Grim Reapers to aim at Ehitorujue. Eagle type Grim Reaper scattered cluster bombs above Ehitorujue. However, the squall of explosive was easily pulverized by the meteor shower fired from the halos, resulting in only sparkling particles scattering around. Hajime¡¯s attacks didn¡¯t reach Ehitorujue at all.
Ehitorujue¡¯s expression didn¡¯t even show any annoyance.
¡°The truth crumbled and the world was rapidly crumbling¡the situation at that time was exactly like a picture of pandemonium in hell. There was nothing that could be done at all. Mankind had no other path other than destruction along with the. With the exception of a part of ¡®the arrived¡¯.¡±
Hajime took out all the Orestes that he could control in his attempt to deal with the five heavenly dragons, but Ehitorujue snapped his fingers while talking.
Right after that, several hundred lightning divine spear rained down from the empty air and fried all the Orestes without leaving even dust behind. Furthermore, the lightning that was thoroughly packed inside the spears was released and attacked Hajime from all direction like a spider web. While reinforcing his body with ¡®Vajra¡¯, Hajime evacuated hurriedly but he was unable to leave with no damage. His flesh was roasted which harmed his nerve slightly.
There the earth dragon attacked him.
¡°¡¯The arrived¡¯¨D¨Dthese were the people who were able to individually operate the essence of what all of you called as the age of god magic. They, only they were able to discover the method to be saved. That method was the teleportation to another world. Fufu-, isn¡¯t thatughable? After all only the ringleaders who destroyed the world were able to escape from ruin.¡±
Amidst the reverberation of Ehitorujue¡¯sugh that was filled with irony, a wire with ores attached at both its ends soared through empty air.
The wire entangled around the approaching stone dragon and lightning dragon midair in manyyers. Right after that, a fierce ripple spread from the ores. It was the binding artifact ¡®B¡¯ that had been strengthened by really far.
Operating together with the ores, the wire part that was also a developed model was fixed directly to the space, so the half magic half physical heavenly dragons were also firmly bounded in ce.
The two heavenly dragons roared and rampaged violently to escape from the binding.
Hajime took out Scgen AA once more and fixed his aim using his magic eye stone and pulled the trigger.
Spark traveled the barrel and Scgen AA roared, the bullet then flew into the mouth of the lightning dragon and advanced forward without paying any heed to the lightning and destroyed the magic stone of the dragon.
At the same time, six bullets that were shot from Donner along the same trajectory gouged further the hole inside the stone dragon¡¯s mouth that was hollowed by the concentrated fire of the Cross Velts. The bullets were instantly petrified and became brittle stone, but even so, the bullets advanced inside the stone dragon and thest bullet shot through the magic stone without getting petrified.
Thest bullet was a bullet coated with sealing stone. Hajime only had a bit of it remained because he wasn¡¯t frugal in using them for the weapons of Shia and others or hisrge shield, this bullet coated with sealing stone was something that he needed to think carefully before using.
Hajime splendidly defeated two heavenly dragons, but because of that his feet stopped moving. Thepensation for that wasrge.
¡°Like that ¡®the arrived¡¯ including me arrived in this world. At that time we were surprised. After all, this world was so primitive that it shouldn¡¯t even bepared with our world. Mighty creatures with special power were running rampant, while mankind was hiding in shadow like cave or hole in the ground while living barely scraping by.¡±
Ehitorujue had a distant look in reminiscence while waving his hand.
Immediately Hajime¡¯s legs were fixed in a ce altogether with the space. Even though he was concentrating on his story but he perfectly grasped the instant Hajime¡¯s feet stopped, apressed space in block shape that was the same like the fixed space which captured Metsurai Disasterpletely seized Hajime.
(No good-)
Unease showed in Hajime¡¯s expression. He immediately converted his magic power into impact to attempt to break the fixed space.
But, the opponent wasn¡¯t that sweet to let such opening escaped.
Storm dragon roared while attacking the unmoving Hajime. Its jaw swallowed Hajime before closing with a snap. The wind des and pebbles contained inside its body mercilessly assaulted Hajime. The damage went through to Hajime who persisted using ¡®Vajra¡¯. Blood sprayed everywhere and graphic unpleasant sound *gokibeki-* resounded.
Inside the storm of violence that was equivalent to a torture, Hajime fixed the aim of Scgen AA along with a yell of fighting spirit and tore the storm dragon from inside its body.
Ehitorujue continued his talk without showing any care that the monster he created was killed.
¡°In that kind of world, we ¡®the arrived¡¯ decided to cultivate it. We exterminated the monsters that had lived since the ancient times, and granted wisdom to the native people. The small vige turned into town before long and then became a city, and then before we realized it had be a country. At that period we had already been revered as gods. We used the secret technique of the truth and converted the religious faith into power, we attempted to reinforce and sublimate our soul was also around that period.¡±
Hajime smashed the storm dragon and sted out from inside it, his body became soaked in blood which made his appearance looked wretched.
But, the ice dragon roared without even any time to breathe.
Hajime threw all the ¡®B¡¯ that he had toward the azure dragon that was approaching from the opposite direction, he also held the dragon back further using Cross Velts, ordered the Grim Reapers for concentrated fire, then he turned toward the ice dragon¡¯s opened jaw and aimed Scgen AA. Instantly Scgen AA was freezing with dreadful momentum from its tip.
¡°Coordinate attack huh-¡°
It appeared the ice dragon was able to directly lower the temperature at the coordinate it targeted. It was an ability that the ice dragon Yue handled didn¡¯t have.
Hajime was already unable to pull the trigger, the freezing kept moving with the momentum that almost froze even his artificial arm. Furthermore, with Ehitorujue¡¯s instruction, a meteor shower and light apostles rushed Hajime¡¯s left side with good timing.
Although he was able to somehow repel back only the light apostles using the suicide bombing Grim Reapers and Cross Velts, but he was unable to neutralize the whole meteor shower, Hajime received a direct hit on his left arm.
Although the armor of the artificial arm slightly decreased the damage he received, the Scgen AA that he unintentionally let go because of the impact was sucked into the jaw of the ice dragon. Like that it was obvious how the artifact would end up. The Scgen AA turn into little pieces at the same time when the pure white freezing ice dragon closed its jaw.
¡°A few thousand yearster after that, this world became greatly developed. But, as though in inverse proportion, one of ¡®the arrived¡¯, and the one more person lost their will to live, regardless of how they had transcended the truth of death they ended their own life. I was unable to understand that but¡thest person who stopped prolonging his life said this, ¡®It¡¯s already enough¡¯. In the end, the remaining ¡®arrived¡¯ became only me.¡±
Hajime threw countless grenades at the surrounding and immediately shot them.
Right after that, a me st was generated in the air which created a crimson me wall between Hajime and the ice dragon. For an instant, the sight of the ice dragon was obstructed, but something like that waspletely swallowed into its jaw instantly like nothing.
But, after that me st cleared up, at the other side was a gigantic weapon¨D¨Da gatling pile bunker held by Hajime was there.
At the next moment, a crimson spark crackled and two-ton giant stakes fired with a rate of twenty shot per second were fired and turned into shes. The barrage of giant stakes that should be called as a crimson wall rushed the ice dragon from the front, coupled with the gravitational pull by the gravity spot in its mouth, the giant stakes stabbed into the dragon¡¯srge mouth without any deviation.
The freezing ability of the ice dragon was instantly freezing the giant stakes, but because of their force the giant stakes couldn¡¯t be resisted, they advanced unstoppable and gouged in. And then, one of the giant stakes hit the magic stone inside and splendidly seeding in destroying the dragon. While raising scream of death agony, the ice dragon changed into mere mist and dispersed.
¡°I became thest one, since then how many months and years hadpsed then¡was it a thousand or five thousand years¡I don¡¯t remember anymore but, day by day I watched the humans came to me lifting up prayer and offering, and then one day, suddenly I thought. ¨D¨DLet¡¯s destroy them.¡±
Hajime directed the cannon turret of the gatling pile bunker toward the azure dragon. The rushing meteor shower and light apostles were all blown away by the Cross Velts and Grim Reapers.
Like that, he turned toward the azure dragon who even now was almost finished burning the many Bs binding itself and he pulled the trigger¨D¨Djust before he could do that, Hajime suddenly felt a chill and leaped away from that spot.
It appeared that his choice was correct. The ce where Hajime was at a moment before was pierced by several dozen lightning divine spears, they spread immense thunders everywhere.
It was just a hair¡¯s breadth. While trickling out cold sweat and blood, Hajime sent a sidelong nce at Ehitorujue. Ehitorujue was still looking at empty space with faraway look while talking about his path in the past. And yet, his attacks were still tormenting Hajime urately with superb timing so there was nothing more irritating than this.
After being toyed around until this far, Hajime confirmed that Ehitorujue was sensing him urately and he made a frustrated expression. At the same time, he decided that first, he should ughter thest remaining azure dragon and so he was moving the gatling pile bunker toward it.
But, as expected it seemed he had let escape the timing for a sure kill.
The azure dragon that was restrained using all of Hajime¡¯s b roared fiercely. At that moment, the crimson ripple was enveloped by blue me. The lit blue me traveled along the b¡¯s wire before rushing all over everywhere and the blue me swallowed everything.
Explosive sound resounded and blue beams of light illuminated the space, amidst that Ehitorujue showed an ecstatic expression. With Yue¡¯s beautiful face, that smile emitted an amazing sex appeal,, but for Hajime it only made his blood boiled without end.
¡°You understand right? Just like how a man wants to defile woman, just like how someone wants to step on fresh snow, beautiful things, those precious things that you desperately piled up, they give off their true beauty when they are broken. The pleasure you obtained from that is something that is really difficult to be substituted by anything. That time when I trampled everything that I had protected the whole time for several thousand years let me tasted unimaginable sweetness. The people screaming, the shriek that asked for help from me¡even now, that¡¯s the only thing that I remember clearly.¡±
All the bs were burned to nothing. The azure dragon resumed its advance with zing rage.
Hajime was going to make the dragon into the prey of the gatling pile bunker right from the front, but then the space all around Hajime shook.
¡°¨D¨D¡±
Omni-directional space sting.
While holding his breath, Hajime leaped out from the encirclement before the space could generate shockwave.
A severe earthquake.
Although Hajime at least avoided a direct hit, he got hit by the after wave and blood sprayed everywhere grandly from Hajime¡¯s wounds.
¡°Guu¡±
Hajime unintentionally groaned and his expression warped, there was a flickering azure me at the corner of his sight. Contrary to the approaching heat, an ice lump was sliding down his spine.
He tried to use ¡®Air Force¡¯ to escape while reinforcing his body with ¡®Vajra¡¯, but the meteor swarm whirled and danced boisterously in anticipation of that and blocked Hajime¡¯s path of escape.
¡°Even though I have forgottenpletely how long I have lived, only the pleasure I felt at that time when everything crumbled is unforgettable. Therefore, I decided. That this world is my toy.¡±
Ehitorujue¡¯s gaze finally returned back from the past.
He faced Hajime who was trying to break through the dance of the meteor shower using Donner and Cross Velts, and then he snapped his fingers.
That was the signal for the explosion.
All the meteors following Hajime like a whirlwind exploded simultaneously. The generated shockwave was equal with the hand grenade that Hajime used. Hajime immediately used Cross Velts toy out barrier and furthermore the Grim Reapers used their body as a shield in their master¡¯s danger to soften the impact even if just for a bit.
Hajime who was swallowed by me sts and the light was swallowed by the fully opened mouth of the azure dragon. The jaw of azure me closed with a snap. Everything that was touched would be mercilessly returned to ash by the hell fire of the highest ss of magic. Thinking normally, it was impossible to survive after getting eaten by that me.
However, the torso of the ming azure dragon¨D¨Dinside the azure me there was a shining crimson that showed Hajime¡¯s survival. There were four Cross Velts around Hajime. They connected to each other using string of magic power andid out a barrier of space istion, ¡®Four Point Barrier¡¯.
But, inpensation for that, the surface of the Cross Velts was melting down second by second. The seven Cross Velts that Hajime directly controlled were naturally enchanted with ¡®Vajra¡¯ and also coated with sealing stone, yet even so these Cross Velts couldn¡¯t endure. It was something that he understood, but as expected the heat of this dragon far surpassed the dragon that Yue used.
¡°Guh, don¡¯t, underestimate mee-!!¡±
Inside the stomach of the blue heavenly dragon, a voice that paused intermittently yet filled with tenacious will resounded. The astonishing thing was that even with theid out space istion barrier Hajime was still enveloped in a lot of me.
It seemed that this azure dragon had prating me the same like the Divine me slipped into it. Scorched by that me, Hajime was stepping forward while trickling greasy sweats, he took out Orestes which made a gate that connected the inside and outside the barrier. Ahead of the gate was the azure dragon¡¯s magic stone.
Donner fired crimson sh along with bursting sound, the bullet passed through the gate and pierced through the sea of azure me. The magic bullet coated with sealing stone urately shot the magic stone of the azure dragon. The magic stone became little pieces with an explosive sound, at the same time the blue me was dispersing.
¡°Yes, everything is my toy, irregr.¡±
A sinister sound that he had already heard many times from Ehitorujue echoed. The sound of a finger snap.
As expected, the dispersing azure me wriggled like living thing, it intruded smoothly into the four Cross Velts surrounding Hajime.
Right after that,
¡°Gaah¡±
Hajime¡¯s short scream apanied a grand me st rising up. The four Cross Velts ruptured from their inside. The prating Divine me caused chain explosions from the bursting bullet loaded inside. Followed by crimson ripples, grand and countless shockwaves and scattering Divine me tormented Hajime thoroughly from four directions.
Hajime immediately scattered hand grenades. It was for the sake of drinking god water and forcefully making an opening. As expected, his damage had reached a level that he couldn¡¯t ignore.
But, the wind of death caressed his skin chillingly at that time. Hajime¡¯s instinct was ringing the rm bell in full.
Right after that, the crimson wall that bloomed fully at the surrounding from Hajime¡¯s hand grenades was pierced by a blowing down wind.
Hajime obeyed his instinct¡¯smand and twisted his body, and right beside him a dislocated space passed through.
At the same time, his left hand that took out god water was fixed in space. It was a perfect timing that took advantage of the opening when Hajime took evasive action. The next move was also the same. The Lightning divine spear flew out from empty air and shot down the god water.
¡°Damn-¨D¨D¡±
Hajime raised his voice unintentionally, but it was already toote. The god water had been lost from Hajime¡¯s hand. On the same asion, his artificial hand was also pierced and his palm dissolved.
Hajime immediately repaired his artificial hand using transmutation while leaping away in order to avoid the rushing meteor shower.
¡°Shit-, even though that¡¯s thest god water-¡°
A swearing leaked out. Ehitorujue who heard that lifted the corner of his lips.
And then, he lifted his hand before dropping that hand quietly pointing at Hajime. Immediately, light swelled up explosively and light star shot out from the halos like missile moving in an arch with light trailing behind.
Hajime took out his gatling pile bunker, aimed it at Ehitorujue and then he charged forward while firing.
From above, like stars falling from the night sky, radiant stars were raining down, the Grim Reapers whose number had decreased considerably before one knows used their body as a shield, several Cross Veltsid out barrier above Hajime¡¯s route, with those the momentum of Hajime¡¯s charge didn¡¯t stop. Even while that was happening, like a countdown going down, the autonomic weapons of Hajime¡¯s quality products were bursting, their fragments scattered everywhere.
But, as though mocking that determination of Hajime who was forced to make those sacrifices¡
¡°What do you think the devil and demi-human are?¡±
Such question resounded from right behind Hajime.
Hajime felt a shudder running through his spine. He used the intense recoil of his artificial hand to rotate at high speed and fired Donner behind him without even confirming anything.
But, there was no one there, in exchange a presence appeared at Hajime¡¯s left-hand side where he was holding the gatling pile bunker. Hajime opened his eyes wide while sending his gaze there, at the same time a hand gently caressed the artifact.
And then, just like what happened at the devil king castle, the gatling pile bunker was easily returned to dust.
The one who was there was Ehitorujue. From his threeyers of halos, in his back now there was only the firstyer of halo, he skipped over even Hajime¡¯s perception and his figure appeared in very close range.
(Teleport without using gate¡as expected, he can actually do something like that.)
Hajime¡¯s eyes narrowed from how one of the concerns that he harbored came true. It appeared that the magic which allowed the lightning divine spear to appeared suddenly from the empty air and teleported the artifact he possessed¨D¨D¡¯Heaven Existence¡¯ could also be used for teleporting the caster themselves. And then, Ehito could also turn artifact into dust just by touching them.
The figure of Ehitorujue vanished quietly once more.
At the same time, a chill ran on his back.
Hajime fired bursting bullet behind from the elbow of his artificial arm, but the light emitted from the halo blocked it. Ehitorujue¡¯s arm was swung down without even paying any attention to Hajime¡¯s counterattack.
Sword of light attacked Hajime following the trajectory of that arm. Hajime rotated using the impact from firing bursting bullet and back-stepped to evade. He took a distance of more than ten meters within an instant using his super speed but¡
¡°¨C!?¡±
A diagonalceration was carved from Hajime¡¯s shoulder until his nk. Even though he should have gotten out already from the range of the sword yet he was still hit. Hajime¡¯s face warped in pain while his severe gaze stabbed Ehitorujue.
¡°No need to be shocked. This is called as ¡®Divine Sword¡¯, a magic sword that can freely contract and expand, it also can jump through space to attack. It can prate your defense is because it also has the prating ability like ¡®Divine me¡¯.¡±
Hajime had been reduced to a tragic appearance that was obvious at a nce. Ehitorujue was exining to such Hajime who was breathing roughly while his hand was caressing along the divine sword.
Thatposed expression expressed how Hajime¡¯s fang couldn¡¯t reach him at all.
In contrast Hajime was all tattered. His ck coat that was weaved with metal fiber which was stronger than even armor had be just like scrapped rag, the clothes under it was heavily soaked from absorbing blood. His skin that was visible from the gaps of the torn clothes was dyed bright red, his white hair was especially soaked with blood color from the fresh blood pouring out from his head, just looking at Hajime right now felt painful. The blood trickling down his head was like tears of blood.
Even the equal fight when the two fought a battle of resource was easily tiltedpletely into Ehito¡¯s favor when he used age of god magic consecutively. The many artifacts that were the greatest trait of Hajime¡¯s specialty were also being mostly destroyed.
What were left with Hajime was Donner & Scg, Cross Velts, and then Grim Reapers¡
¡°Hmm, it has be a little bit bothersome now.¡±
Ehito swung his divine sword. Not even afterimage could be seen from his hand motion. It wasn¡¯t even clear whether he had swung the magic sword or not. But, the result was obvious. The Cross Velts and Grim Reapers that had been decreased until nearly fifty machines were cruelly turned into small pieces before they exploded everywhere they were.
¡°¡¡±
What remained was only three Cross Velts that Hajime directly controlled. The army of demon king had beenpletely annihted, even the crosses that symbolized death fell on the ground. Now Hajime only possessed mainly grenades of various kinds. Most likely Ehitorujue was intentionally aiming to destroy the artifacts in order to grant Hajime despair.
¡°Well, such thing doesn¡¯t matter. Rather than that, I talked about devil and demi-human. What do you think they are?¡±
Without even showing particr care about the several hundred artifacts that he had cut apart instantly, Ehitorujue repeated his previous question. It appeared the talk of Ehitorujue still wasn¡¯t over. He toyed around with his divine sword while staring at Hajime who looked like he could fall anytime with a wide repulsive grin.
¡°¡Aren¡¯t they¡haa haa¡the native here.¡±
Hajime answered the question in order to recover even for a little in this second opening he was given.
¡°No, you are wrong. The native people of this world are only the ¡®human¡¯. Whether the devil or the demi-human, they are the illegitimate children created by my magic technology.¡±
¡°¡So you even, guh, synthesizing?¡±
¡°Fufu-, you have fast understanding. The devil and demi-human are synthetic organisms created by thebination of my monster and human. They are my genuine creation.¡±
¡®Why did you do such thing?¡¯ Perhaps Ehitorujue surmised that unasked question of Hajime, his tongue was moving smoothly to answer.
¡°No matter how much I was trying to sublimate my soul using faith and secret technique, no matter how much restoration and improvement I attempted on the body, the long several millenniums brought my body to its limit. Naturally, I searched for new body but¡there was no flesh that could ept the soul of god.¡±
¡°If there is none, then just make one¡huh?¡±
¡°It really helps that you have a quick understanding. Devil has high aptitude with magic factor, and the demi-human has powerful physic, they each came from mebining human with primitive organisms that possessed those essential aspects. I also tried creating the likes of dragon people bybining those two aspects but¡.they were a failure. They could only be used for side entertainment, like how the strongest race became persecuted.¡±
Just how many sacrifices came out along the course of those experiments? Even Hajime couldn¡¯t help but sympathize with the people in the past. To say nothing of the fact that the reason of the persecution toward Tio and others was merely this guy venting his anger, knowing that caused Hajime¡¯s killing intent to intensify further.
¡°In that process, I also created the currently existing monsters and apostles, but because of some unknown factor, in the end I was unable to obtain a body that could possibly be my vessel. Although some could endure to a certain degree, they would soon self-destruct.¡±
¡°¡So the Holy Precincts¡was because you had no vessel¡±
¡°Fufu. Correct. This ce is so I can continue to exist only as soul and also a ce where I can use my strength. Here I was enjoying the game while waiting. Extremely rarely there would be people with aptitude like Aruvheit or the ¡®liberators¡¯ that were born.¡±
Based on the truth that Hajime was told, it seemed that the people who were called as ¡®true ancestor¡¯ like Yue or Shia were more urately people with aptitude. Although even the people with aptitude in the past like the liberators were insufficient as Ehitorujue¡¯s vessel.
Hajime¡¯s eyes narrowed quietly.
¡°Like, that¡haa haa, three hundred years ago¡you finally, discovered it, huh¡±
¡°Yes. At that time my heart danced for the first time after a few hundred years. Although, my vessel was immediately hidden after that¡even though at that time I had even personally granted her the title as ¡®miko¡¯ specially. You know, at that time I was driven by fury that I even destroyed several countries unintentionally while destroying the vampire country. After that I thought of the possibility of another miko being born once more before I was able to finally calm down.¡±
Ehitorujue swept his divine sword. The halo on his back and the halos at the distance visible above the throne began to shine brilliantly.
¡°Let me say my thanks once more, irregr. You discovered my vessel and made me enjoyed myself until this much, you have truly done a great service. As the prize, I¡¯ll consign you to oblivion personally by my hand.¡±
tinum magic power painted over everything.
Hajime too also emitted his crimson magic power, he readied Donner-Scg and lined up the three Cross Velts behind him.
A beat passed.
The figure of Ehitorujue disappeared.
Hajime fired the readied Donner & Scg as they were. Theunched shes passed through thest Orestes that was ced in front of the gun muzzles and reappeared behind him.
Sure enough, there was Ehitorujue there.
However, without any hurry Ehitorujue surprisingly cut apart the bullets that came flying from Orestes with his divine sword.
Although Yue was a prodigy in magic but her close quarterbat ability was lower than average. Based on Ehitorujue¡¯s feat just now, it seemed that because of the possession the body¡¯s physical ability and battle skill were increased up like a joke.
The prating divine sword stretched toward the frowning Hajime. The sword sh that was impossible to defend against was somehow evaded by Hajime bending backward. At the same time the Cross Velts fired burst bullets wildly.
Those bullets were shot down by the light stars fired from the halo. The spreading ripples of impact bloomed everywhere between Hajime and Ehitorujue.
¡°There is nothing to feel surprised about. This is my original sword art that I learned for killing time. The twinrge swords art of the apostle is also based on my swordsmanship. I can do not only magic you know?¡±
¡°Chih, so what.¡±
¡°Fufu-. At first, I put distance and stole the artifacts of you who were desperately struggling like plucking off your arms and legs. Next is close quarterbat, that¡¯s how it is. There is no hope for you no matter what you try, I¡¯ll teach that to you personally. How are you feeling getting overwhelmed with one hand by someone who was talking leisurely about the past? Hmm?¡±
Saying that Ehitorujue cut apart the shockwaves themselves and charged forward.
Hajime rapid fired Donner & Scg. The bullets that he used were Living Bullet. Furthermore they were coated with sealing stone.
But, at the next moment Ehitorujue¡¯s figure vanished as expected. And then, he appeared instantly at Hajime¡¯s side.
Hajime who foreseen that used the recoil of his artificial arm to throw away his body. Immediately following that, the bullets that Hajime fired before this flew out from the space around Ehitorujue. Hajime understood that Ehitorujue would teleport using Heaven Existence so he made use of Orestes to teleport the bullets.
A storm of shes that aimed at the moment Ehitorujue teleported. No matter even if it was Ehitorujue, it seemed that he would get drilled through by the bullets before he could teleport once more.
However, the moment the bullets impacted, the arm of Ehitorujue that was holding the divine sword vanished. No, that arm was moving so fast that it looked like it vanished. The sword moved flexibly like a whip, and sword lines rushed around Ehitorujue as though a barrier wasyered surrounding him.
As the result, the bullets were wrecked into pieces. The sword was swung with a speed that even the Living Bullets¡¯ trajectory correction couldn¡¯t follow. Even the perception skill that Hajime had could only perceive the sword slightly as a streak of light. It was a terrifying speed.
¡°To be able to read my movement in this short time¡that prediction came from experience rather than sense I guess. That¡¯s really something. But, in front of my ¡®God Speed¡¯ that is still too slow.¡±
God Speed¨D¨Dit was the magic that Kaori used limitedly. But Ehitorujue used it with more refinement. It was beyond the pale that he was able to cut apart twenty shots of electromaically elerated bullets that approached from a meter. Before this when he instantly cut apart several hundred Cross Velts and Grim Reapers was surely also because his sword attacks that were done within shortened time.
¡°Now then, how many artifacts you have left? Or else have you used up all of your ns? If not then you can use them all. I¡¯ll crush everything you have and dye your brave face with despair!¡±
Ehitorujue used Heaven Existence.
Instantly, he appeared right in front of Hajime¡¯s face.
¡°Kuh¡±
The sword shes that were swung while Hajime groaned were ten times. All of those were evaded by Hajime who mostly relied only on his instinct. But, his dodging couldn¡¯t be called as perfect with how he was unable to defend, he was grazed, or even thinly sliced all over his body.
The recoil of Hajime¡¯s artificial hand forcefully threw away his body to an angle that was normally impossible. Hajime rotated like spinning wheel while desperately taking distance, during that time he randomly scattered a lot of grenades from inside ¡®Treasure Warehouse II¡¯.
Many of the grenades were cut apart by the lengthening divine sword, and destroyed by the meteors from the halo. The grenades that weren¡¯t even allowed to explode were scattered as sparkling particles and fell on the ground.
Ehitorujueughed disgustingly to that useless effort of Hajime who couldn¡¯t even buy time while teleporting consecutively. He appeared and then vanished, appeared and then vanished. Just like an illusion. It was like he was being omnipresence around Hajime.
And then the divine sword that reached regardless of distance carved multipleyers in the air. Although Hajime avoided lethal wound each time that happened, wounds were mass produced with certainty on his body. He also counterattacked with thebination of Donner & Scg, Orestes, and Cross Velts, but in front of the elusive Heaven Existence and God Speed, Hajime was unable to inflict even one telling blow.
The second and thirdyer of the halos and the halo behind Ehitorujue were dyeing the white space with tinum light by endlessly firing meteor shower. However naturally those meteors were automatically avoiding Ehitorujue himself and rushed only Hajime.
Hajime was clenching his teeth while shooting back, he was staving off the storm of death sometimes with grenade, sometimes with Cross Velt, and sometimes with Orestes. Amidst that he was trying to somehow arrest Ehitorujue¡¯s movement but¡
He couldn¡¯t reach.
Hajime was being overwhelmed even in close quarterbat just like Ehitorujue nned. Each time he was attacked, blood sshed while he was being rapidly cornered, just like a chess match.
¡°What¡¯s wrong? Won¡¯t you use your trump card(godying)? If you use it while praying, perhaps you will be lucky and reach this body you know?¡±
¡°Shu, shut uup-!¡±
Hajime was already holding out only by his guts. Even the vocabry of the words that he returned to Ehitorujue¡¯s provocation was poor. Perhaps because Hajime was bleeding out too much, or perhaps because of the limit break that he continued to use, Hajime¡¯s eyes were beginning to strangely get out of focus and looked nk.
¡°Hmm. You don¡¯t look like you will take out a new artifact, your body is also on the verge of breaking apart¡are you waiting for a favorable opportunity?¡±
Ehitorujue snapped his fingers. Lightning divine spear was flying out from empty air.
Its target was naturally the heavily wounded Hajime. Even now it felt like his consciousness would fly away, his body felt like it would crumble down anytime. Even so, he still somehow avoided a direct hit, really what an astonishing survival instinct.
But, even his resistance only went that far.
The lightning divine spears that fired rapidly destroyed thest Cross Velts and Orestes altogether, on the same asion the lightning the spears contained were also liberated nearby Hajime.
¡°GUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-¡°
Terrific impact and thunderous sound, and then lightning hit Hajime. Hajime screamed and then fell on the ground with a smoking body.
Hajime bounced several times on the chalk white ground before copsing face down. Then blood dripped out. Hajime¡¯s tragic appearance that had been chopped up, beaten many times, and also grilled thoroughly, just from a nce he already looked like a corpse. It was hard to judge him as alive.
Ehitorujue descended soundlessly in front of Hajime. Looking at Hajime who was licking the ground in an unsightly state, while wondering if it was the end with this, Ehitorujue lifted up his divine sword in order to deal the finishing blow with an expression like a child whose toy was taken away.
But, ahead of his gaze Hajime¡¯s finger twitched.
¡°Hou¡±
Ehitorujue reflexively leaked out an admiring voice. Even during that time Hajime¡¯s body was moving and his body was rising up while dripping blood was dirtying the chalk white ground.
¡°Even with the majesty of god engraved to your flesh and bones, you are still going to stand up?¡±
Ehitorujue¡¯s words were replied by Hajime with intermittent words that sounded like they were going to die out anytime along with his heartbeat.
¡°I¡¯ll, keep¡saying it. You are¡not a, god. Rather, even,pared¡to the ¡®human¡¯ fighting on the surface right now¡you¡¯re weak.¡±
¡°What are you basing on saying that? And with that heavily wounded appearance at that. Even though not even a single one of your power reach me.¡±
Ehitorujue made an exasperated expression, wondering if Hajime would still bluffing even after reaching this point of time.
¡°¡Indeed, your strength, is astonishing. ¡Since I, got out, of the abyss, I have¡never, felt death¡this close¡±
¡°Hmph, if you understand¨D¨D¡±
¡°But, that¡¯s all.¡±
Hajime cut off Ehitorujue¡¯s words. The focus of his eyes was disappearing. However, anyone would understand if they looked from close by. Far inside the wavering eyes, a me that would never be snuffed out was residing there. As though to disy that, strength was filling Hajime¡¯s words little by little.
¡°Inside you, there is no¡will to overwhelm others. That¡¯s why, no matter how much¡strength, that you show me, my heart¡won¡¯t waver. ¨D¨DIt¡¯s like you are not scary.¡±
¡°¡Are you making excuse?¡±
Ehitorujue talked provocatively, however, this times it was Hajime who was talking with a distant look. About the strong people that he met, or he knew in this world.
¡°I, know. ¡even though she is the weakest race, yet with a single feeling¡that fellow stepped into a deadly no man¡¯snd.¡±
Her face looked like she was going to cry, even so ¡®to be together¡¯, just for that little wish that rabbit ear girl kept running desperately
¡°Even though¡despair, was thrust before her eyes¡she just wouldn¡¯t break, a fellow that continued to believe in hope.¡±
With a single feeling, even when no one believed other than her, she didn¡¯t abandon hope. An earnest girl who in the end even chose to change her body to get close to him.
¡°For the sake of herrade¡in order to protect¡a fellow that can use her body as a shield.¡±
Just how many times had he been protected by her? Even though usually she would screw around, but when push came to shove she would risk her life more than anyone, a wise woman with deep emotion.
¡°Even at the verge of death¡a fellow that can think of her best friend, as the most.¡±
Surely, she was the most ¡®girlish¡¯ among hisrades. Despite so, she would take up weapon for the sake of someone, even many times at the verge of death, the one who she would think at the end would always be her best friend, it would always be somebody else. A kind girl who was too kind.
¡°Even when, the world changed¡even when her own naivety was thrust before her, that fellow didn¡¯t cast away her own dignity.¡±
Hesitating, scared, distressed, hurt, even so she didn¡¯t stop being what she determined as herself. The teacher who admonished Hajime who only kept pushing on so he would stop and looked back.
¡°Even though she is just a little girl without any strength, that girl can risk her life in order to stop her idiot father.¡±
The time they spent together didn¡¯t even reach a month. She was also just a four-year-old little girl. Despite so, she worried for her injured mother, she personally went to meet the father who informed her of their parting and spoke out, and in the end, that child could convey her feeling without taking even a step back against her rampaging father.
And then,
¡°¡And then, even with her body taken, still, that fellow is continuing to fight.¡±
He believed. Yes, he believed. At her strength.
Hajime¡¯s gaze, the gaze of someone who had been overwhelmed until he couldn¡¯t move even a single finger and was almost died, pierced Ehitorujue.
The person whom that gaze was directed at didn¡¯t notice himself. Of how the shining me deep inside those eyes that were peaceful like a calm water surface yet dark like the abyss, was overpowering himself to shrink away with a step back.
¡°Even the monsters in the abyss emitted overwhelming killing intent and survival instinct. But, there is nothing in you. You are empty. Surely, since the time the things you have piled up together with yourrades were destroyed, you have been empty.¡±
Hajime stood uppletely. In his hands, Donner & Scg were clutched tightly.
¡°Your words were loud and clear. In short, you don¡¯t learn anything since the past, you cannot even endure loneliness, however you are scared to even die¡the point is that you are just a spoiled brat right?¡±
The meaning of ¡°enough already¡± that Ehitorujue¡¯sstrade spoke was surely, because he believed that even if they let go of the hand of the people they guided in this world, it was enough, they would still be able to live prosperously.
That person was surely thinking of their destroyed home world, that existences like them who had touched the truth weren¡¯t needed anymore, and then, seeing the activity of this world, surely that person thought that there was nothing left that he needed to teach to the people of this world.
Not noticing that feeling, unable to even sympathize, not learning anything from the past, scared of the fear of death despite being able to interfere with truth, and then unable to endure the loneliness, he went into a rampage. In the end, the existence named Ehitorujue was still ¡®childish¡¯ no matter how long he had been alive.
¡°¡Fuh, is this a scheme to make my mind waver with that kind of provocation? After all it will be the end if your trump card fails to reach me. What a moving endeavor. But, at this rate your ¡®godying¡¯ cannot possibly work.¡±
That was why, he didn¡¯t understand the meaning of what Hajime was talking about. Exactly the same like how he didn¡¯t understand the meaning of the words of hisrade in the far past.
Hajime slowly drew back one of his feet and took his stance. Even though he was already at the death¡¯s door, a supreme will was overflowing from that body.
¡°Perhaps.¡±
A calm word of affirmation.
But, right after that¡
¡°That¡¯s only if I am still like before yeah-!¡±
Immense power burst out from Hajime. It was iparable with his ¡®Supreme Break¡¯ until now. A torrent of power that was equal with several times his former power whirled with Hajime at the center. It was just like a tornado of level F5. The crimson color got deeper into a deep crimson, the space was rumbling as though it was screaming.
¡°What the-¡°
Hajime who he thought to be almost died just now suddenly exploded out with power so great at this point of time, for the first time Ehitorujue¡¯s calm expression crumbled. That was undoubtedly an expression of shock.
Giving that expression a nce, Hajime stepped forward. No, his figure was erased.
Where he appeared was right in front of Ehitorujue¡¯s face. Ehitorujue gazed in astonishment.
Just by being fast wouldn¡¯t be able to surpass Ehitorujue¡¯s perception. No matter how much Hajime was strengthened, it would still be impossible by nature. But, even so there were many ways to fight. Just who decided that an instant space teleportation was the technique exclusive for god?
¡°Haah!!¡±
¡°Nuu!?¡±
The hand of Hajime that was holding Donner softly shifted the hand of Ehitorujue that was stabbing toward Hajime. At the same time, the bullet that flew out from Scg ricocheted on the ground and aimed at Ehitorujue¡¯s heart.
Naturally, Ehitorujue escaped with Heaven Existence. Instantly, a raging killing intent blew from behind him.
¡°-!? You bastard, as expected, you use Heaven Existence!?¡±
¡°Who knows, I wonder about that?¡±
Two gunshots resounded. However, there were twenty streaks of shes that attacked Ehito violently. Half of them were shed by the divine sword, but he then judged that he wouldn¡¯t be able to deal with the rest of Hajime¡¯s acrobatics rapid shooting that Ehitorujue escaped using further space teleportation.
But, at his next teleportation Ehitorujue saw it. Before his eyes one floating bullet vanished quietly, at the next instant, Hajime appeared at that bullet¡¯s former spot. Yes, it was as though the position of Hajime and the bullet was exchanged.
¨D¨DSpecial bullet Exise Bullet
This special bullet that was transmuted frombined space-sublimation magic had the ability to exchange the coordinate position of the starting point and each bullet. Bullets so many like the number of stars in the sky had been scattered in this battlefield since the start of the battle until this moment. But, not all the bullets were attacking the enemy. Several bullets among them were scattering to the whole area and floated midair to be Hajime¡¯s teleporting coordinate.
Ehitorujue used his divine sword to intercept Hajime who appeared in front of him.
However,
¡°Mu-¡°
He struck empty air. The de passed through a bit in front of Hajime. With a returning strike Ehito attempted to shower Hajime with shes¨D¨Dbut when he noticed, Hajime had already slipped right in front of his face once more.
Hajime rushed at the opening of Ehito¡¯s mind. He read Ehito¡¯s breathing and made his timing and distance to miss. Hajime also intentionally disturbed his presence to make it difficult for Ehito to perceive his state. He used taijutsu to give an illusion to Ehito¡¯s sense of distance. The more sensitive the senses of the opponent, the more these techniques could be used to throw the opponent¡¯s perception out of whack. Furthermore,
¨D¨DIllusion projection artifact ¡®Novum Id¡¯
This artifactyered shadow on the user, it strangely shifted the user¡¯s position and enveloped the image-presence-magic power-etc of the user, at the same time it interfered with the opponent¡¯s perception and made them misrecognized the camouge and the truth. Hajime¡¯s figure and presence that blurred in two or threeyers,bined with Hajime¡¯s own taijutsu realized a close quarterbat that was like an illusion.
¡°You bastard-, after this far, you still show new cards¨D¨D¡±
Ehitorujue¡¯s discarded voice was cut off. Seeing this person who had be that ragged, showered in words of humiliation, and made to snuggle really close to death, yet he was still preserving his cards until this time, as expected it was beyond the imagination of even god. For example even if someone actually was still hiding some n inside their heart, but in a situation where it wasn¡¯t strange that they could die anytime, the courage needed not to expose their hidden hand was already something that surpassed the realm of human.
Ehitorujue who felt a slight shudder going through his back unleashed attacks that were like surging wave.
¡°OOOOOOOOOOO-!!¡±
Hajime¡¯s war cry reverberated, at the same time a crimson sh exploded like a sr re.
Even when Ehitorujue swung his divine sword and fired meteor shower from his halos, his disarrayed perception couldn¡¯t capture Hajime. Hajime¡¯s attack was also bing closer and closer to hitting before he noticed, that fact was already a godly feat that surpassed superhuman feat¨D¨Dno, perhaps it was more fitting for Hajime for this to be called as a demonic feat.
Hajime bared his fang using everything that he had analyzed and pounded into his body from the battle until now!
Ehitorujue teleported consecutively once more. However, Hajime who was starting to grasp his teleporting habit rapidly approached within zeroma several seconds. Hajime wasn¡¯t using only the speed of the coordinate exchange and his discernment. His raw speed that was continuing to increase second by second was also progressively entering the realm of god speed.
Even so, the sword shes of Ehitorujue was impossible to defend against, therefore he possessed overwhelming advantage against Hajime in close quarterbat, was how it was supposed to be.
*GAKIN-*
¡°Wha-!?¡±
This time it was Ehitorujue who leaked out a shocked voice along with the resounding hard sound.
That was only natural. The divine sword that should pass through everything except Hajime was blocked by Scg after all.
With no dy the right Donner aimed at Ehitorujue. The fired crimson sh was evaded by Ehitorujue using teleportation by a hairbreadth with shocked expression pasted still on his face.
¡°Just, what in the world¨D¨D¡±
¡°It¡¯s only transmutation.¡±
Hajime answered concisely without telling everything.
The cause that blocked the prating ability of the divine sword came from the transmutation that was done on Scg.
¨D¨DSoul magic neutralization artifact ¡®Delischanors¡¯
If the attack could pass through everything except the target using soul magic, then he only needed to enchant Scg using ¡®Soul Reproduction¡¯ to create a pseudo soul in it. Originally this was a ¡®decoy¡¯ artifact that was produced from the assumption that the ¡®Divine Statement¡¯ which forced amand on the selected soul in subconscious level couldn¡¯t be defended using Miledy¡¯s artifact, but it was also sufficient to misalign the target of the divine sword.
And then, the decoys that were applied with Delischanors weren¡¯t just Donner & Scg.
Ehitorujue swung the divine sword at the stepping forward Hajime, which was blocked by the muzzle of Scg. At the same time,
*DOPAN-!!*
A single gunshot. The flying bullet knocked back the divine sword that should be in a state where its prating ability was activated. Yes, what was enchanted with Delischanors wasn¡¯t just Scg. The bullets were also rejecting the pration ability!
¡°Irregr-¡°
¡°You talk too much, small fry.¡±
The impact from the divine sword getting knocked back forcefully made Ehito¡¯s posture to form a one-handed banzai, Ehitorujue who was making a humiliated expression fired meteors from his halo.
But, as though knowing that move ahead, Cross Velts and Donner¡¯s bullet barrage repelled them. Hajime smoothly closed the distance andunched a fierce round kick. That attack, finally, run into the sr plexus of the god that Hajime had no hope to touch before! The kick that had ¡®Strong Leg¡¯ and ¡®Impact Conversion¡¯ applied to it was extremely intense. Ehitorujue¡¯s body bent forward into ¡®>¡¯ shape and he was blown away.
¡°Kuh¡±
Hajime pursued, but as expected Ehitorujue didn¡¯t intend to allow him going that far and used Heaven Existence to make his escape.
Yes, he escaped. Different from all his evasion until now from the thinking that it was inexcusable for god¡¯s body to be touched, now he was purely escaping. Of course, Ehitorujue had automatic regeneration. Even so, that he escaped was because his heart was shaken. It was an instinctual action.
Because of that, the humiliation that was welling up in his chest was great. As though to disy that, the expression of Ehitorujue distorted grandly.
¡°You-, your new artifact, that power-. You bastard, you didn¡¯t fight me at full strength!¡±
¡°Oi oi, what kind of gullible fellow would believe his enemy¡¯s words. Of course, that was obviously a lie.¡±
While unfolding an offense and defense against Hajime who was saying such thing boldly, Ehitorujue suddenly noticed. That Hajime¡¯s tone didn¡¯t even sound pained at all and flowed smoothly. That his wounds from being tormented thoroughly had been mostly healed.
What was the reason that Hajime was healed? The reason was the same with how his strength was increased even after activating ¡®Supreme Break¡¯ already.
It finally melted, the capsule inside his stomach. The capsule filled with god water and cheatmate that Hajime had drunk beforehand.
Ehitorujue didn¡¯t know about that, but he conjectured that it was impossible for such rapid healing to happen except by god water and he raised an angry voice.
¡°What you said about the god water being thest was also a lie-¡°
¡°It was a really delicious water that is worthy to be called god water you know?¡±
Hajime spoke indifferently. Toward such Hajime, Ehitorujue took distance without fussing over close quarterbat where he was about tounch space sting and lightning divine spear. The humiliation of being fooled was oozing out from that expression.
As though to promote that displeasure further, Hajime constantly closed the distance smoothly not letting Ehito got away.
While the divine sword and Scg were locked with each other, Ehitorujue asked from very close range.
¡°Why, only now.¡±
¡°Naturally, in order to obtain certainty. I¡¯m not underestimating your strength.¡±
There was only one chance for the ¡®godying¡¯. Hajime didn¡¯t understand what kind of strength Ehitorujue who had perfectly seized Yue¡¯s body possessed, because of that it was necessary to make Ehito showed out his hands that Hajime hadn¡¯t seen before in order to use that one chance with certainty. Ehitorujue intended to y around with Hajime, but Hajime was also doing the same thing albeit for a different reason.
The strength of Ehitorujue that surpassed the imagination was to the degree that made Hajime felt the scythe of the death god, but by payingpensation of pain and many of his artifacts, somehow Hajime was able to confirm the battle strength and hands that Ehitorujue possessed to a certain degree, also, he became able to grasp the ¡®habit¡¯ of Ehitorujue.
Ehitorujue regained his footing from the shock and his expression suddenly changed into looking amused. And then, he instantly invoked arge scale space sting that didn¡¯t even spare himself from being dragged into it.
The space creaked and the meteor shower that was sweeping over all around was popping off. Among them, Hajime whose expression distorted was also included inside. It seemed that he endured using ¡®Vajra¡¯ that had its output increased, but he bore a damage that didn¡¯t look light. Hajime vomited out blood while coughing.
But, Hajime immediately rallied himself and detected Ehitorujue. Ehitorujue had returned once more to his throne where threeyers of halos were behind his back. It seemed that he was injured by his own damage but he immediately recovered using ¡®Automatic Regeneration¡¯.
¡°Then, whether you are really not misunderstanding me or not, the might of this true god will ascertain that!¡±
Right after that, light exploded. The halos were releasing light so intense to the degree that would make anyone hallucinated that. And then, Each halo were beginning to rotate while shining brilliantly.
Even during that time, Hajime was approaching while slipping through the meteor shower that had been doubled in intensity, right after that, a very thick beam of light was fired from the halos. If anyone saw it, then they would think that it was just like the ¡®Heaven Might¡¯ that Kouki unleashed. Although, the power and scale of this one from Ehito were in a different league.
¡°This cannot be avoided you know, irregr! This light of ruin will continue to chase after you forever until you die!¡±
In contrast with Ehitorujue who was raising a loud voice, Hajime fiercely bared his fang and answered.
¡°Then, I¡¯ll breakthrough frontally.¡±
A crimson sh with honed killing intent surged straight ahead.
At the same time, Hajime scattered all the grenades that he had, furthermore a huge assaultnce coated with sealing stone was deployed in the front. A mechanical sound was reverberating from that assaultnce, thence was spreading like an umbre while it was elongating by three stages and it began to rotate at high speed.
¨D¨DTarget dispersal assaultnce ¡®Lob Regenschirm¡¯
A three-stage assaultnce that rotated at high speed with its surface engraved by sealing stone and particr unevenness, that was to say it was a drill.
The target that was touched would be pulverized and dispersed as though being dug out. Hajime floated it in front of him, he used it as a shield while spreading intense ripples in midair, immediately after that, he charged toward the bombardment of ¡®True Heaven Might¡¯ along with a fierce impact.
While the coated sealing stone was being broken in the blink of eye, Lob Regenschirm was forcefully scattering the god¡¯s might while leading its master Hajime toward the target¡¯s position. Hajime also used ¡®Vajra¡¯, ¡®Magic Power Emission¡¯, and ¡®Impact Conversion¡¯ as explosive reactive armor and charged through the light of destruction!
¡°-uaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!¡±
Blood spurted out from the wounds that just got healed due to the after-effect that couldn¡¯t be dispersed, his internal organs, his flesh, his bones were screaming. The crimson aura he was d with and another red were scattered around him, even so Hajime screamed without stopping his advance. He wouldn¡¯t stand still even for an instant! Overwhelm back the overwhelming torrent! Crush the absurdity with even more absurdity! Just like how he came this far until now, tear apart all the obstacles-!
¡°You are breaking through even this-¡°
Ehitorujue saw Hajime who was advancing inside the Heaven Might he unleashed and got stabbed with that eye glint that was filled to the brim with tenacious determination and tremendous killing intent¨D¨Dand he prepared to run away once more.
He was going to withdraw from that spot using Heaven Existence. He was taking that action mostly subconsciously.
But, Hajime didn¡¯t allow him to do such thing.
The whole area at the surrounding was enveloped by explosive sound. It was the grenades that Hajime scattered. The spaces at the center where the explosions happened were distorting like jelly, shockwaves were blowing violently due to the side effect of the spaces trying to return to normal.
The cause of this was the space explosion grenade that distorted the space and generated shockwave. Originally it was something that made use of space to attack the enemy using shockwave, but right now it was disying a different effect.
That was the destabilization of space.
Whether the direct teleportation magic ¡®Heaven Existence¡¯ that didn¡¯t use exact and delicate gate could be used in this ce or not¡
¡°¨D¨Dtsk. Another artifact again-¡°
It seemed Ehitorujue himself understood well the answer. At the very least it was something dangerous to the degree that made him spontaneously hesitating to activate the magic. And then, he was also unintentionally swearing from witnessing new artifacts appearing one after another.
Using that opportunity, Hajime finally broke through the True Heaven Might. The Lob Regenschirm was smashed up, Hajime himself was also worn out, but that terrifyingly sharply gleaming eyes pierced Ehitorujue that was right nearby.
Ehitorujue immediately changed n from escaping to intercepting. He was already materializing divine sword in one hand and swung it with God Speed. The sword lines that were drawn within an instant easily surpassed a hundred. He was seriously serious. This was the full strength sword y of Ehitorujue.
It didn¡¯t matter that his perception was shifted or whatever, that was irrelevant if he was just filling the space to the brim with sword shes. Therefore, even Hajime appeared unable to react against that, without even any time to put a defense all the sword shes passed through that body. There wasn¡¯t even any resistance that could be felt from the sword cutting throu
Chapter 176
Chapter 176
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. Bakapervert did the edits.
**__
The Beloved Vampire Princess
A thunderous roar.
Scattering metal fragments.
Those fragments that rained down in pieces raised metallic sounds while falling on the ground, by that time a groaning voice resounded from a corner of the tiered stand where the throne was on. At the center of the crumbling chalk white stand that was crumbling down with tters, there was the figure of Hajime buried from his back with his face distorted in pain.
That figure became bloodstained as though the healing by the god water previously was nonexistent, it didn''t stop there, even his artificial left arm became gone and now he looked really tragic just from a nce.
"Guh, gahah"
While vomiting blood by a lot, Hajime tried to aim Donner to the front. The blood dripping down from his forehead entered his eye, dyeing his sight bright red as though the warning of red alert was turned on in his field of vision.
Inside that red field of vision, Ehitorujue who rose up lightly without feeling the gravity was making the gesture of snapping his fingers.
At that moment, a fierce impact hit the right hand holding Donner. Hajime mostly wasn''t feeling pain because his sense of pain was paralyzed when he was blown away by the impact, but he understood what was being done to him. At the corner of his sight, the five fingers of his right hand were bending to the wrong direction because his partner that he should be holding was pulverized into pieces.
The fragments of the broken Donner fell on the ground, at the same time the ''Treasure Warehouse II'' that Hajime fitted on the middle finger of his right hand was also rolling on the ground *roll roll* with a cute sound that felt out of ce. It seemed that the artifact slipped off when his right hand was impacted.
"Splendid, it was splendid, irregr. For your trump card to strike this me, that is worthy of praise. Although, if a question of whether a trump card will always be worthy to be called as a trump card is asked, then the answer can only be no."
"¡"
Ehitorujue walked closer with aposed and thin smile. Normally his footsteps wouldn''t make any sound at all, but this time *step step* the footsteps echoed likely like the countdown to Hajime''s death.
Furthermore, a step, each time Ehitorujue advanced by a step, the artificial arm and Donner, and then Scg that fell on a slightly distant ce were wrapped by tinum light. The artifacts of Hajime was shaking *shake shake* in resistance, but before long they became unable to endure and their shape broke down, at the end, they werepletely annihted not even leaving dust behind.
With the artifacts separated from the hand of their master Hajime, if they were continuously bathed in a focused light of destruction then even the countermeasure Hajime applied wouldn''t hold.
"Are you wondering why? Certainly the bullet filled with the concept of ''godying'' gouged my heart, yet why, I can be calm andposed like this. Ku-ku-ku-"
"¡"
Ehitorujue watched Hajime with amusement, or perhaps with ridiculing while soaking in joy. Hajime didn''t answer. Perhaps he didn''t even have any leeway left to talk, Hajime only kept leaning on the broken stand limply with his eyes closed. Only his right eye with the eye patch covering it sliding off was slightly opened, but the magic eye stone wasn''t created to obtain normal vision, so in reality Hajime was unable to see Ehitorujue''s expression.
But, without even paying attention to such Hajime, Ehitorujue''s tongue moved smoothly. The unsightly figure of Hajime whose n to recover from the hopeless situation, to overturn the table with one attack had been crushed, was greatly pleasing for him.
"Indeed, if it was the me of the thousand years ago, perhaps I could possibly be destroyed by that. But, during all that time the secret technique to convert faith into strength to sublimate my soul has been continuing until now you know? Naturally, the status of my existence is also rising up. Something that is only like the concept created by a human at best means nothing against me. Furthermore, right now I have the body of this vampire princess. This flesh body itself bes the protective wall that protects the soul taking root in it."
"¡"
Hajime''s artifacts that scattered at the surrounding werepletely annihted. All the artifacts were thoroughly annihted with care, including the Scgen AA and Cross Velts that had been crushed previously, the bullet cartridges, and even the fragments of the grenades.
Undoubtedly Ehitorujue was intending to cut off all the hope of Hajime with thoroughness. Although, Hajime already looked dead already with how he kept lying down without even any twitch but¡perhaps this was only a simple entertainment for Ehitorujue without any regard to anything else.
"Although, even I didn''t have the conviction that I will really end up safe from that, so I had no intention to get hit with it. Therefore, the attack just now made me a little uneasy. Truly that is a brilliant achievement, to do something like making a god feel uneasy. You can be proud, irregr."
"¡"
*gyarit* Ehitorujue''s foot trod on the ''Treasure Warehouse II'' that was rolling on the floor. And then, he stepped down forcefully while purposefully making a sound. A beam of light leaked out from the stepped spot. As expected, the artifact was surely annihted into nothing there.
With this, now the only artifact Hajime possessed was only his magic eye stone. It was unclear what was reflected in the eye of blue crystal peeking out from the faintly opened eyelid. Even though it couldn''t show normal sight, naturally the eye artifact was able to distinguish the existence and the flow of magic power, so Hajime should be able to see how all his partners, the artifacts were annihted.
However, even in front of that scene, where one of his important thing, and then one more important thing was hinted to be lost, Hajime''s expression was still unmoving. The effect of the god water had gone, his left arm was lost, his right hand was broken, even his internal organs were beaten up so badly,cerations were carved inside his body, and he couldn''t even twitch his finger, it was unclear whether it was a dying figure or a figure that had given up on everything in despair.
At the very least, what Ehitorujue was seeing was that finally Hajime''s heart had broken, that he had fallen into the abyss of despair. Like a demon whose meaning of existence was making people fall, his expression distorted into a chuckle.
And then, Ehitorujue who had walked before Hajime''s eyes bent his knee in front of him, he matched his gaze to the same height with Hajime''s and suddenly he swept his hand horizontally.
"¨D¨D"
At that moment, a pebble of light star pierced Hajime''s both legs. Hajime''s femurs were pulverized. Wind holes were literally opened there.
One more of Hajime''s power to resist was stolen, then Ehitorujue''s slender and beautiful fingertip softly caressed Hajime''s chin. And then, he lifted Hajime''s head forcibly.
Toward Hajime whose left eye was opened slightly, Ehitorujue smiledposedly and brought his face closer to a kissing distance. And then, toyingly he changed the path of his lips just before it came into contact with Hajime and then he sweetly, repulsively, muddily, and stickily whispered into Hajime''s ear while gluing close to him in half-embracing posture.
"I''ll break everything important to you. Yourrades that stepped into Holy Precincts together with you, yourpatriots that continue to resist on the surface, the family of your birthce, I''ll trample all of them underfoot, toy them, and let them raise agonizing cries."
"¡"
Hajime didn''t reply. He was merely staring, straight ahead at somewhere, there was no expression of emotion that could be seen from his body. He was really like an empty shell, as though his heart wasn''t in his body anymore.
Ehitorujue stared at the side face of such Hajime with an expression of ecstasy.
"But, you can rest assured. I will treat only this amazing body of the vampire princess courteously. Because this is my important vessel, I''ll handle it courteously, to every nook and cranny, to my heart''s content, okay?"
His beloved woman was used by another as he pleased. Those words that were really hard to endure¡made Hajime reacted. Suddenly his broken right hand moved, that hand reached searchingly toward Ehitorujue, no, toward Yue''s chest.
"¡Finally¡I found you."
"Hm?"
A small, small whisper. Furthermore it sounded hoarse, that Ehitorujue who was right nearby missed it.
For Ehitorujue, Hajime was already an existence that solely existed to torment. A toy whose every hope had been crushed to nothing. There was no way he could do anything from here on, and so Ehito thought that small whisper was nothing more than Hajime''sstmentation, or possibly his pitiful cry that called on his beloved who didn''t exist anymore.
Like that, intending to taste the nectar that was thest despair of human, Ehito brought his ear closer to Hajime''s lips.
Hajime slowly opened his mouth. That was originally a chant that he didn''t need to recite anymore. Be that as it may, it was Hajime''s greatest weapon that was his lifeline until now, the word that showed his only talent.
"''Transmute''."
Instantly, Ehitorujue was about to say "what are you" with a scrutinizing suspicious look, but he was unable to do that.
The reason was,
"¨D¨DGaah, gahah!?"
Suddenly, countless de flew out from Ehitorujue''s chest.
Metal des grew out like a mountain of de soaked in blood, biting and tearing flesh from inside. That happened not only in Ehito''s chest, but within an instant everywhere on Ehito''s body there were des flying out, furthermore the metals that were adjoining each other would be glued together using metal fragments from that came from somewhere unknown as an intermediary, restraining Ehitorujue''s body gruesomely.
The strange phenomenon of des flying out from inside the body caused Ehitorujue''s thought to haltpletely for a moment. That was just how shocking this surprise attack wasbined with the conviction in his victory.
The des piercing the body and the sparking crimson metal fragments which came from somewhere were physically obstructing Ehitorujue''s movement together, the sealing stoneponent that seemed to be included in the metal hindered him from using magic, furthermore the very strangeness itself was halting his thought. The opening that was made from thosested only for a few seconds.
But, that opening was invaluable. This moment was exactly the timing that Hajime had waited eagerly for, the true critical moment that he was aiming for.
"''Transmute-''!"
Once more Hajime yelled his own talent.
This magic was merely processing metal, that was all it could do. Right now, at a nce the metal that existed in this ce was only the des that flew out from Ehitorujue''s body, no matter how there was no way this magic could work on an opponent who overcame even the ''godying''.
However, the broken right arm of Hajime¨D¨Dusing direct operation of magic power he forcefully moved that broken hand to touch a spot¡his own abdomen.
Immediately, crimson spark surged and at the same time blood soaked de flew out from Hajime''s stomach.
"¨D¨D!?"
Ehitorujue gazed in astonishment. His astonishment didn''te from the fact that Hajime was hiding metal lump inside his stomach, or because that lump was now piercing open his own stomach.
He was astonished because he sensed the abnormal presence filling the flying out de. His spine was having goosebumps, his instinct was ringing the rm bell noisily. This presence was undoubtedly the same presence like what he felt previously¨D¨Da presence of concept magic.
In a world of instantaneous moment, Ehitorujue immediately tried to use Heaven Existence. However, the clusters of micro des stirring up inside his body(blood vessel) obstructed his thinking and magic usage, even his automatic regeneration was slowed down. In addition, the metal shackle that had sewed through both his legs before he noticed prevented him from physically jumping away.
That opening which was exposed for less than a second was enough for Hajime''s de to reach. It was hard to understand because of all the blood, but the small knife that looked like toy contained god crystal, its transparent de was d in a deep crimson light which was thrust toward Ehito¡and then, urately the knife plunged into Ehitorujue''s body.
Instantly the deep crimson magic power swelled up. At the center was Ehitorujue''s body. At the same time Ehitorujue''s scream resounded.
"GAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!?"
A scream of uneasiness and agony that was impossible toe from merely getting stabbed by a small knife resounded. The des that came out from inside his body were annihted by tinum light and the restrain was undid, Ehitorujue then stepped back in staggers while holding his head and his body writhing in agony.
Ehitorujue''s body began to *dokun, dokun!* pulsate.
That was the beacon of the awakening. The yell of determination that original owner of the writhing body was raising.
"Impossible-, the vampire princess should have been annihtedpletely!"
Indeed, Ehitorujue had felt the soul vanishing in annihtion. Ehitorujue''s face warped from the torrent of power welling up inside his body trying to push him out while he yelled the question that expressed his bewilderment.
The one who answered that was Hajime. While his body was unable to even wake up, his mouth was showing a fierce smile.
"Yue was a cut above you, that''s all there is to it isn''t that right?"
"¨D¨D"
Ehitorujue guessed from those words. That was to say, Yue''s annihtion was actually a feign that she intentionally showed to him. She feigned using up all of her strength before vanishing, and then she concealed her own soul and lurked at the deepest depth of the body.
She believed that in time help would surelye.
By any chance the scream that Ehitorujue heard might also be Yue''s acting performance.
"But, but-, why-!?"
Ehitorujue writhed, and finally he fell on his knee while holding his head before unconsciously whispering his indescribable question.
To that, Hajime pushed out his hand and he answered while running spark on his hand.
"The bullet of ''godying'' shook your soul and awoke Yue''s soul. The ''de of Blood Pledge'' severed your invading thought and granted strength to Yue."
"What do you¨D¨D, don''t tell me-"
Ehitorujue almost leaked out words of bewilderment for a moment there because he didn''t understand what Hajime meant, but he immediately made a shocked expression in understanding.
Hajime who saw that lifted the corner of his mouth further.
Concept magic ''Godying''¨D¨Dthat was a magic that exterminated only the soul with divinity without giving any influence at Yue''s body. However, Hajime followed the warning of Miledy who gifted him with that power and didn''t rely on it.
Therefore, he used it only for its special characteristic with the objective of supplementing his true trump card. That was to say the godying bullet gave a not small effect to Ehitorujue''s soul even though it didn''t be a lethal damage, which created an opening and woke Yue up, and then it also further gave the opening for Yue herself to wield her strength.
And then, Hajime''s second de(the true trump card) separated Ehitorujue and Yue''s soul with certainty. Hajime was faintly opening the magic eye in his right eye was in order to ascertain that. The words "I found you" that he whispered faintly was because he had caught sight of Yue''s soul that lurked in the deepest part of the body.
Artifact de of Blood Pledge(Blood Fea Rezvie)¨D¨Dthat artifact which Hajime hid inside his stomach in round ore shape was enchanted with the concept of [Thy art forbidden to touch(Don''t touch my woman)]. That was to say, this concept magic forbade interference to Yue''s soul and severed the intervention that was already there.
The weakness of this magic was the point where it couldn''t disy its true worth if it didn''t directly hit Yue''s soul, because of that Hajime had to make the ''godying'' hit with certainty no matter what, and so he had to go through that much hardships to reach this point¡
Anyway, with this Yue''s soul that waspletely cut loose from Ehitorujue''s influence was now in a state that was protected by a barrier, and so she could wield her powerpletely. Furthermore, this de of Blood Pledge(Blood Fea Rezvie) was intentionally made to have a hollow de, using capiry phenomenon the de was filled with a lot of Hajime''s blood.
Yue''s skill¨D¨Dthe ''Blood Pledge Contract'' drastically amplified the effect of blood sucking only from the sole partner that she designated. Using that skill, Hajime directly poured his blood through de of Blood Pledge(Blood Fea Rezvie) and strengthened Yue''s soul.
"You are saying, you are aiming for this-, right from the start!?"
"If I can ovee you using overwhelming resources, then that''s great. But, what is at stake here is the life of my beloved. Isn''t it obvious that I''m going to prepare two or three tricks for this?"
The power of Yue''s soul was increasing in force second by second. It raged to chase away the foreign contamination from inside herself. This is my body, the only one who can touch it is just Hajime, the soul screamed. The tinum magic power that whirled violently flickered and the color of the radiance was changing to golden, that light was pulsating as though to disy its determination and hit Ehitorujue''s soul hard.
Ehitorujue was hallucinating. A pair of eyes slowly opened, and those crimson eyes of the beautiful figure of the vampire princess pierced him. the immense trust toward her beloved partner was dwelling in those eyes, that look eloquently told of how she had been waiting for this moment.
That meant that both Yue and also Hajime had the same feeling. Without using any willmunication skill or artifact, they mutually understood what each other would do.
Ehitorujue thought. At that time, although he seeded in hijacking Yue''s body but he overlooked Hajime and let him gotten away after receiving resistance from Yue. He wondered if since that time by any chance he was dancing above the palm that was the bond of these two.
A tremendous humiliation and indescribable displeasure jarred Ehitorujue''s mind. Ehitorujue then yelled with that raging heart.
"Don''t underestimate me-, vampire princess-. This body is mine! I won''t let any seed of anxiety in the future get left behind! I''ll pinch and crush your soul for sure this time-. Then next it will be you-, irregr! Hahah, in front of my power a concept of just this level will¨D¨D"
In actuality, even after being stabbed with de of Blood Pledge, the conflict between Ehitorujue and Yue''s soul for the leadership of the body was in a stalemate. That was just how immense the soul of god that had been sublimated using the secret technique of faith conversion.
But,
"I thought you''d say that."
Ehitorujue''s words were cut off by a single sentence, by a light tone as though everything was already within expectation.
"¨D¨DWha, t?"
Ehitorujue''s eyes snapped wide open. That wasn''t because his words were cut off.
It was because ahead of his gaze, there was the figure of Hajime still leaning on the tiered tform with his trembling right hand aimed at Ehitorujue.
And then, what was hard to believe for him, what he didn''t want to believe, was that from the bullet clutched by that hand¨D¨Dthere was a presence of a new concept magic that was emitted out.
Just from where in the world Hajime took out that bullet from? Looking from how the bullet was soaked in blood, perhaps it was hidden inside his body as expected.
"So, something like that, after thiste! You don''t even have artifact!"
Ehitorujue couldn''t move his body from his struggle against Yue''s soul, but even with unease oozing out on his expression he still yelled mockingly.
Indeed, even if Hajime possessed a bullet but without Donner or Scg then he wouldn''t be able to shot it. Hajime''s legs were drilled through, looking from how those wounds were still not healed yet, he also shouldn¡¯t be able to directly strike it to Ehito.
But, Hajme was only too aware of such thing.
Hajime, for the third time, chanted his greatest magic.
"''Transmute''."
Vivid crimson spread. It was spreading to the surrounding space and gradually the color was changing to thick deep crimson. At the same time, the held out bullet was glittering brightly in the hand clutching it and wind gathered. It was gradually forming a shape of something small.
"¡Metal, particle?"
Ehitorujue whispered dumbfoundedly. That whisper was entirely spot on.
"I order to take back Yue with certainty, I estimated that at the very least three stages of a process are necessary. ¡I told you already. That I swore I''ll certainly take her back."
"Don''t tell me, in the middle of that fight¡then, you also aimed for this since the start¡"
Why, in the middle of an instantaneous battle that he was forced to do, Hajime frequently used weapons with timeg like grenades and the like until he used them all up? Why, did the Grim Reapers and Cross Velts would explode everywhere even when they got hit by shing attack? Just what was the metal that flew out from Ehitorujue''s body?
The answer was this¨D¨Dthe metal particle.
The metal particles that were unseen by eyes and floated in the air made by disintegrating metal very finely were filled into all the grenades, Cross Velts, and the Grim Reapers. And then they were exploded and scattered everywhere through the whole area. Among the grenades there were also those that were filled with nothing but metal particles, among the eagle model Grim Reapers there were also individuals that were only scattering particles all the time.
In the middle of that battle, when Hajime judged that he couldn''t ovee Ehito in a battle of resource, he made a Cross Velt to be shot down above Ehitorujue''s head which caused metal particles to be scattered, Ehitorujue sucked in the particles and after Hajime confirmed that he didn''t notice that, Hajime moved on to the second stage of the n.
That n was to give Ehito the impression that he was fighting desperately just to make his only trump card the ''godying'' hit Ehito, but in fact he was sprinkling the metal particles that would be his transmutation material to the surrounding, for the sake of attacking and restraining Ehitorujue from inside his body. That was the second stage of the n.
And then, the reason that the transmutation which should be unusable without touching the target could now transmute by gathering metal from wide range was because of the final derivative skill of transmutation, ''Convergence Transmutation''. This was one of the two things that Hajime obtained at the same time when he obtained the innermost secret of transmutation, the ''Imagination Composition'' that Hajime was awakened to at that devil king castle.
The effect of this skill was simple. It would gather the metal at the surrounding and the user could transmute without touching it, that was all. It had a inness that was fitting for amon job.
But, what would happen if it was used with the metal that was taken inside the body? Ehitorujue''s lung and stomach that had absorbed a lot of the metal floating in the air were surely smeared with metal particles inside.
And then, that restraining using the artificial arm. Even the spikes that flew out from the artificial hand and stabbed Ehitorujue to bind him in ce dissolved metal particles and poured it into his body. If those metal particles flowed into the bloodstream and then turned into splinters, it was self-evident that Ehitorujue would be hacked into pieces from inside.
"I got overwhelmed in the battle of resource. You showed me the gap between us at close quarterbat. I used all my trump cards, and went further than that. All of my hands(artifacts) were crushed. That was why¡"
¨D¨Dyou thought you had win right?
Hajime''s mouth that split like a crescent moon diabolically and his words, proofed that Ehitorujue''s conjecture was correct. Exactly because he was convinced of his victory, exactly because he had endured the trump card and became convinced that there was an overwhelming gap between him and Hajime, that Ehitorujue glued close to Hajime''s body so defenselessly like that. He was convinced of victory and showed an opening.
Having that opening which was actually Hajime''s true aim taken advantage of, and then taught that Hajime had beenying down preparations all the time in the middle of that breathtaking battle, and furthermore witnessing Hajime''s mercilessness of hacking to pieces his body from the inside even though it was the body of his lover regardless of the possession, all of those factors greatly shaken Ehitorujue''s mind with agitation. And what made it unbearable for Ehito was that agitation was then taken advantage of by the vampire princess.
While Ehitorujue was agitated and his mind split to handle Yue''s attack, finally the converged metal particles took shape and became a tiny gun of a single shot. It had really small and simple make that couldn''t bepared at all with Donner or Scg.
Nevertheless, the bullet that was loaded into it was a lethal fang.
Hajime''s fingers that should be broken were forcefully moved using magic power operation and fixed on the trigger.
Ehitorujue was roaring while annihting the des flying out from his body and the metal shackle coiling around his body, while also trying to move his body, possibly he was trying to teleport away. But, immediately the pulsation became a level fiercer and obstructed all of his efforts. Even the automatic regeneration''s activation was stoppedpletely.
It was as though the pulsation was covering for Hajime''s attack.
Surely, that wasn''t just the imagination.
The blood soaked Hajime, with a fearless grin even now made the gun that looked like a small derringer pistol sparked with deep crimson electricity.
And then,
"I''m having her back. That woman, every single drop of her blood, every single strand of her hair, and even every single piece of her soul, everything is mine."
The crimson sh pierced Ehitorujue who was screaming with a desperate face.
What was fired was the artifact Bullet of Blood Pledge(Blood Fea Bullet). The concept filled in it was [The Knitted Bond Into This Hand(I''m No Good Without You)]¨D¨Dthis concept magic made the souls of Yue and Hajime that seek each other to resonance, it explosively strengthened Yue''s soul, at the same time it would forcefully tear off the joining of the foreign substance(soul) rooting inside the body, while at the same time granting horrific agony toward the intruder that felt like the nerves getting directly broiled.
"¨D¨D!!"
A soundless scream. It was unclear whether in the end it was the scream that Ehitorujue raised, or else the loud scream of fighting spirit that Yue raised.
Right after that, a golden light exploded.
That color was far warmer and more vivid than the tinum radiance of before. It illuminated as though enveloping Hajime, making him feeling hopelessly heartrending. It was the light of his beloved without a doubt.
Right after that, two eyes opened as though awakening from the sleep. The striking rubies caught her beloved straight ahead.
And then, like a flower bud that was blooming proudly in its full glory, or possibly like the sun that showed its face by driving away the dark cloud, she disyed a bewitching smile that emitted glorious radiance.
Yue''s body floated gently.
She was blood-soaked, but such thing did nothing except promoting her mor instead. With her figure that gave and adult charm, her abundant golden threads fluttering softly, both her hands spread wide open as though in wee, or possibly it was her desire to wee, she leaped forward, such figure, just what kind of words in the world that could possibly be used to express it?
Like a goddess¨D¨Dsuch words felt so hopelessly clich¨¦d for this.
Hajime was merely, with an earnestly affectionate expression, he gently narrowed his eyes while his hand reached slowly in order to grant the wish of his lover.
Yue leaped to there. She dropped her waist above Hajime softly just like silk floss, without letting him felt anything like weight, without stopping her face rubbed on his chest. Her arms that circled around him tiiiiiiightly constrained Hajime, wordlessly, as though she was pleading for the two of them to melt together into one.
Hajime too circled his arm around Yue and embraced her tightly. Thing like the pain at his arm or stomach, was so small like a hair strandpared to the pain of his heart when he was separated from her.
Before long, Yue lifted her face that was buried on his chest. Those eyes were moist in a disy of the emotion filling inside her, the breath leaking out from that lovely pink lips was so hot that it felt scalding.
Hajime softly put his hand on the cheek of Yue that was dyed in rose color, while he gifted her with words overflowing with affectionate tone.
"I came to pick you up, my vampire princess."
"¡Nn, I have faith. My demon king-sama."
Hearing the joking names they called each other with, both of them let out a chuckle smilingly.
The kiss happened naturally. Their lips were merely touching each other, yet it was a gentle kiss that carried their whole feeling. The taste of blood was entertaining. Yue''s small tongue swiped out and licked the clotted blood pasted on Hajime''s lips.
But, at that time, as though trying to tear apart once again the two who were gluing at each other, a tremendous killing intent along with an immense torrent of light assaulted them.
Immediately, Yue turned behind with only her upper body while pushing out her hand. Instantly a barrier of light was deployed.
There, a shockwave that creaked the space along with a bombardment of light crashed.
"¡Nn-"
Yue slightly leaked out her voice. Her eyebrows frowned mightily.
Yue herself was also quite spent after chasing out Ehitorujue''s soul, but this bombardment was filled with a force even more than that that made Yue''s barrier creaked along with the space.
She didn''t have any spare strength to use age of god magic. While Haijme was wounded all over his body and couldn''t move.
Therefore they were determined. With that will, Yue continued to hold up the ''Holy Severance'', and Hajime leaned close to her. There, words that sounded like curse filled with madness were resounding.
{Kill-, kill-, kill-, I''m going to kill you-, irregrrrr!}
At the other side of the barrier, at the origin of the light bombardment. Over there, a human form made from light itself was floating. At the spot that seemed to be the head of that floating light human form, the mouth was irregrly distorted in an expression of rage.
Even thought that figure was blurred, but they understood well who it was. Even though the voice was different, even with rage coloring the look, that oozing out vulgarity couldn''t possibly be mistaken.
That lump of light was undoubtedly Ehitorujue.
Chapter 177
Chapter 177
Arifureta Shokugyou de Sekai Saikyou (The World¡¯s Strongest By Common Job)
*creak, crack* The barrier that Yue deployed was cracking.
The bombardment of light was unceasingly increasing in power in order to annihte anything and everything.
{This ce is Holy Precincts. Despite my body is being only a soul right now, just overwhelming the exhausted you two is not a difficult matter-! I¡¯ll st away irregr before the eyes of the vampire princess, and then, I¡¯ll plunder that body once more!}
Ehitorujue¡¯s voice echoed through the whole space.
Seeing how Ehitorujue didn¡¯t use both prating attacks like the divine sword or divine me, or space crossing attack like lightning divine spear that used Heaven Existence, the damage from the conflict against Yue¡¯s soul and Bullet of Blood Pledge seemed to make Ehitorujue considerably exhausted.
But, even so the light bombardment was still tremendous. That was surely the original magic power light of Ehitorujue. From a nce, the light was radiant in a disy of its divinity. But, it continued endlessly just like a bombardment, loudughter that contained rage and madness were making the divine aura of the light to end in vain.
{Come, stop your useless resistance and repent. Now that yourst hope has been severed, there is already no meaning in anything that you do!}
The light swelled up. The cracks on ¡®Holy Severance¡¯ were gradually gettingrger.
It seemed that Ehitorujue¡¯s pride was greatly wounded from being done in by Hajime and Yue, to the degree that he didn¡¯t give careful consideration for Yue¡¯s body state with his attack. He was surely thinking that he could just use ¡®Automatic Regeneration¡¯ after he repossessed the body. Rather than that, he put more importance in creating a spectacle where Hajime got erased away in front of Yue¡¯s eyes without her being unable to do anything.
It appeared that Ehitorujue was convinced that such tragic future woulde true. Hajime who was wounded all over with his two trump cards, the concept magic used up couldn¡¯t possibly have any reserve power anymore, he thought. Even the liberators where they had seven members before could only create three concept magic.
Hajime creating two concept magic could even be said as a miracle due to the strength of his feeling toward Yue.
For that reason,
¡°It¡¯s the end with this, just who was saying that¡¯s the case huh?¡±
{Still bluffi¨D¨D}
Ehitorujue¡¯s words stopped midway.
That was because behind the barrier, he saw the figure of Hajime floating a diabolical smile, his lips splitting widely like a crescent moon. Even though Ehitorujue didn¡¯t have a flesh body, yet that expression made a chill to rush through his body.
¡°Yue.¡±
¡°¡Nn. Leave it to me.¡±
The two were on the same page. Even without knowing at all regarding the detail about the card that Hajime had, Yue clearly understood what it was that Hajime wanted just like the back of her own hand. That was why, excessive word was unnecessary. With the resoluteness that this would be thest, Yue roared her magic power and poured strength into ¡®Holy Severance¡¯.
Metal particles converged on Hajime¡¯s hand. What he was transmuting was a single bullet. There was nothing special in it at all, it was just a mere bullet.
However, there Hajime gritted his teeth audibly. And then with a ¡®puih¡¯ he spat out something, thest concept magic that he crammed and hid in one of his teeth¨D¨DReject All Existences(Anything and Everything, Just Disappear)
That concept magic which was thought to be lost together with the breaking down of the chain where it was enchanted in, Hajime somehow managed to use Convergence Transmutation to secure some of it even though he could only gather about the amount of his pinky finger, he then processed it and put it at the back of his teeth beforehand. It was for the sake of this time.
Hajime himself was surprised that the concept still remained when he gathered it even after the chain turned into very small pieces, but surely that showed just how extreme the emotion of emptiness that he felt when Yue was taken away. It was a terrifyingly deep emotion.
To the very end, the de of Blood Pledge and the Bullet of Blood Pledge were for the sake of rescuing Yue. Therefore, since the start, the finishing blow was intended to be carried out by this bullet of concept, filled with the pure wish of destruction. The tooth was small, but nevertheless it was emitting a definite presence, using transmutation the bullet was then got coating by it.
{That¡¯s-}
¡°The reason Aruvheit died wasn¡¯t because he was a god. He was merely got dragged into my rampage when I snapped because you allid your hand on Yue, that¡¯s all. Something like the concept of godying, there is no way I can create something like that don¡¯t you think?¡±
{You, you basta¨D¨D}
Hajime corrected the misunderstanding that Ehitorujue had.
That whether it was Ehitorujue, or whether it was Aruvheit, Hajime didn¡¯t oppose them because they were ¡®god¡¯ that acted tyrannically in this world.
They incurred the wrath of Nagumo Hajime.
That was all there was to it, the reason that Ehitorujue and his conspirators got ruined.
Being informed that implicitly, Ehitorujue lost his words. Because he noticed, that for Hajime, there was not that much difference between him the god and the random monster that attacked Hajime.
Regardless of the overwhelming gap in power between them, but Hajime¡¯s attitude against Ehitorujue was exactly the same like how he treated all the opponents that came to crush him until now. That was, ¡®you are the enemy so I¡¯ll kill you¡¯. Truly there was nothing special or anything in how Hajime acted against this god.
{Do, don¡¯t screw, you bastard-}
Ehitorujue talked with babbling words. The humiliation he felt was too great, and not only that, the concept that was now aimed at him was too atrocious, the ck purpose that wanted to destroy Hajime right now without dy and his instinct that wanted to run away right now were struggling inside him.
That hesitation became fatal for him.
¡°This is checkmate, small fry.¡±
With fearlessly crooked lips, Hajime loaded the bullet he held in his mouth into the derringer pistol, and then he pulled the trigger without hesitation along with some sharp words. The loaded Existence Rejection bullet became a crimson sh that was fired. Yue made the barrier to be able to be passed through with a superb timing, regardless of the bombardment of light, the attack of destruction was annihting what it touched from the outset.
Although it was toote, Ehitorujue chose the option to evade which disyed his unease but¡
¡°Imand under the name of Yue-, ¡®Don¡¯t move¡¯!¡±
{Ridiculous-}
After having her body taken over, Yue felt the flow of power inside the body many times over, she watched and listened to its result. For the genius of magic that was counted as a part of the strongest people in a war-torn era when she was merely a ten years old, there was no reason that she would be unable to do that.
Her magic power had already reached the very bottom. But, so what, she scolded her mind that was cking out with her strength of will, she forcefully twisted her body that was pleading to her that it was the limit and squeezed out magic power, she also circted the magic power that she was consuming for ¡®Holy Severance¡¯ and activated the magic¨D¨DDivine Statement.
Surely Ehitorujue never thought that his own magic would be used back on him even in his wildest dream. Compared to the Divine Statement that Ehitorujue used, what Yue used was somewhat of a shoddy quality, however, it still splendidly restrained the target.
{I am-, I am the god!! Irregaaaaar!!!}
A shriek.
The crimson sh of ruin approached. Even though there was no face, but it was clear to see. Ehitorujue right now was showing an expression of terror. The impossible scene, the unbelievable reality, the sound of his path that he believed, without a doubt, would continue for eternity was crumbling fragilely resounded.
However, no matter how much he was denying reality, no matter how godly he was, even though he yelled how absolute he was¡emotionlessly, heartlessly, irrationally, the murderous roar that the monster raised destroyed anything and everything in this world.
That was the reality.
Therefore,
{¨D¨D¡ª!!!!!!}
The crimson sh pierced through the torrent of light, erased the shriek, smashed the gruesome future¨D¨Dand prated the mad god¡¯s chests.
Soundlessly, the crimson sh disappeared toward the faraway white space.
The torrent of light dispersed, Ehitorujue trailed his hand on the hole gaping wide open in his chest. And then, he raised a wordless scream while his hands moved as though tearing off his chest, or possibly desperately attempting to plug off the hole, exposing a state that even made anyone felt pity to him.
{aaAA, ridiculous¡such thing¡impossible}
Although he leaked out words that denied the reality, his body of light was still crumbling with the hole on his chest as the center of the breaking down.
And then, at the end, with one more whisper of ¡°¡impossible¡±, the light humanoid form that was Ehitorujue melted into empty air and vanished.
The radiance of ¡®Holy Severance¡¯ melted into the empty air at the same time before Yue limply fell down and sat on the ground femininely.
Hajime slowly lowered down the small gun.
Silence wrapped the area.
Other than the slightly rough breathing of Hajime and Yue, there was no sound at all.
Yue earnestly lifted up her eyelids that were trying to close even now while slowly looking back over her shoulder with a smile.
Toward that, Hajime too returned a smile¡it was at that moment,
¡°Yue-!¡±
¡°¨D¨D¡±
Hajime¡¯s impatient voice resounded in warning.
To that Yue held her breath, at the same time a weird shrike that sounded unthinkable toe from this world resounded.
¨D¨DaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!
At the same time, an invisible violent impact became a storm that attacked the two.
Unable to even resist Yue was sent flying, sending her on Hajime¡¯s chest with her back to him. Haijme immediately circled his hand around Yue and twisted his body, covering her from the shockwave with his own body.
Thunderous sound.
That was the sound of the tiered gallery Hajime was half buried into getting pulverized into small pieces. It was lucky that he wasn¡¯t pressed by the impact onto the chalk white wall, but it didn¡¯t change that the abnormal shockwave was showering on him.
Hajime kept covering Yue in his embrace while he got blown away like a leaf toyed by a storm along with the wreckages of the tiered gallery, he then got bounced on the ground many times before he finally stopped.
¡°Guh, gahah, Yue-¡¡±
¡°¡Nnh, Ha, jime¡¡±
Hajime called to Yue while vomiting blood everywhere. Yue only got a little damage because Hajime covered for her, but even so she seemed to be injured to the degree that she was unable to properly move.
Both of them linked their hand together and somehow stood up by supporting each other. And then, they observed the surrounding while sweating coldly.
¡°Oi oi, what the hell is that¡¡±
¡°Haa haa¡looks like¡the Holy Precincts itself, get affected.¡±
Exactly as Yue said, here and there cracks entered the white space, there were also spots that looked twisted like jelly, showing that the space was clearly getting unstable. At the distorted spots, sights of unknown worlds, familiar worlds, and the scene of the surface were projected and disappeared, the sceneries were repeatedly projected and vanished.
And then, the source of the weird shriek and tremendous shockwave was¡
¡°¡Actually, thest boss, still has two transformations left¡is this something like that? Well, in a sense, this is a normal temte though.¡±
¡°¡Nn. He is, already, just a monster¡¡±
At the ce where Hajime and Yue¡¯s gaze were directed, d in muddy ck miasma that was being spouted out from the distorted space, or possibly it was absorbing the miasma, even now the thing that was Ehitorujue was raising a strange shrieking voice.
{uuu, AA, aa¨C¨D¨D}
As though getting attracted by that extremely unpleasant groan which rubbed the mind of the listener the wrong way, miasma was gathering endlessly from the distorted space at the surrounding, from inside the miasma they could perceive figures that seemed to be monster or apostle. But, all those figures were being sucked into Ehitorujue without showing any resistance at all while staring nkly into empty air.
And then, there was more unpleasant sound resounding. *beki-, gokyu, gucha, boki-* Just like the sound of bone and bone grinding at each other, or like flesh and flesh crushing each other, graphic sounds were echoing from inside the miasma.
At the same time, intermittent words were spreading with echoes.
¨D¨DDon¡¯t want¡to die-, don¡¯t want, to¡di¡e
¨D¨DWhy¡eno, ugh¡you, said¡I don¡¯t, understand¡don¡¯t, want¡to, die-
¨D¨DEtern, nal¡¡ly¡everything¡
¨D¨DGo, d¡I, bee¡god, already¡ye, t¡why¡
¨D¨DMis¡taken, no¡..such, thing, I, am the¡
¨D¨DO, bey¡everything¡..break¡sma, sh¡
¨D¨DCho¡ke, ye¡llment¡gri, ef¡
¨D¨DDon¡¯t, want¡don¡¯t, wanna¡di, e-
Those words were an obsession to life, a deep resentment toward others, a childish self-righteousness, a vulgar self-conceit, merely an inexcusable outburst of anger.
But, whether it was the feeling of not wanting to die, or even the feeling of wanting to be alone and destroy anything and everything¡it was something that he really didn¡¯t want to acknowledge that he felt disgusted from the bottom of his heart but, Hajime could understand those feelingspletely.
His heart changed at the bottom of the abyss thinking that other people were worthless, he pawed on the ground to survive even by slurping blood and flesh. When Yue was stolen, he rampaged wildly and even created a concept that brought about extreme destruction from his empty feeling.
¡°¡That is, by some chance, if I¡wasn¡¯t able to meet Yue and others¡that¨D¨D¡±
Might be me. The lips of Hajime that were going to murmur that were blocked by the slender index finger of Yue.
And then, she silently shook her head and gently denied it with a whispering voice.
¡°¡Hajime is different from that. ¡Even that thing, surely had people who thought of him, someone that he ought to reach out to, and also someone that reached out to him. The result of not looking back on those, is that.¡±
Yue¡¯s crimson eyes gently squinted.
¡°¡The path, Hajime has walked until now. That is Hajime¡¯s everything.¡±
Even when his heart changed, the scream that was raised at the bottom of the abyss reached him. Even while saying that the matter of this world was inconsequential, in the end, he saved a lot of people. The path that he had walked like that stopped Hajime¡¯s rampage.
That was why, even though the two might look simr, but the two of them werepletely different.
That was why, Yue said, don¡¯t look down on my Hajime.
She told that. Conveyed that to him.
¡°¡If that¡¯s what Yue said, then that must be so.¡±
¡°¡Nn-¡°
Hajime made a wry smile from basking in sentimentality in the middle of this absolute great crisis of all ce, and also from being scolded at this veryte hour. Toward such Hajime, Yue also smiled gently.
Even while they were doing that, the thing that was Ehitorujue continued to spout out his selfish emotion that was unbearable to listen on, on the contrary, its soul was absorbing the miasma and the ruins of monsters and apostles with terrific momentum.
Ehitorujue was obviously losing sanity. Thinking from how the space was getting unstable, the cause wasn¡¯t only because of the previous shockwave, obviously the cause was from Ehitorujue¡¯s abnormality. In other words, that meant that the bullet of Existence Denial had certainly granted a lethal damage to Ehitorujue.
Even so he didn¡¯t vanish, in his rejection he took in the miasma and the monsters into himself topensate for his vanishing existence, this was surely Ehitorujue¡¯s earnest desire of survival and the strength of his obsession for control.
Ehitorujue that could vanish anytime was holding out only with his tenacity, however, Hajime and Yue didn¡¯t have any way to give him the finishing blow.
Their magic power had dried up, they were wounded all over and unable to even stand up properly.
The trump cards that Hajime prepared had been all used up. Hajime could do nothing but smiling bitterly toward that fact. Truly, this world¡¯s difficulty level was a bit too hard to be expressed with the word of fantasy which was packed with dream and hope.
But, at that time, the miasma that was covering the area around Ehitorujue ruptured and blew off.
The thing that was Ehitorujue was still enveloped in whirling ck mist, but now his full figure could be seen clearly.
¡°That is seriously a monster huh.¡±
¡°¡Nn. Rather that looks pitiful.¡±
The impression of the two was frank.
What was there was a lump of meat. Flesh, bone, and skin of several races were haphazardlybined with limbs jutting out from the wriggling meat lump. Several tentacles were undting, looking extremely grotesque. That figure would make people lost their sanity and felt like vomiting just by its appearance.
The thing that was Ehitorujue which was reduced into that meat lump suddenly shrieked.
¨D¨DGiiaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!!!
A storm immediately blew violently. ck miasma whirled, invisible shockwaves that centered on the meat lump blew away the chalk white ground.
The shockwave was emitted radially without any direction, even so it hid a force to the degree that even Hajime and Yue who were already thrown to considerable distance were blown away even further.
Hajime and Yue were blown away while leaking out agonized voice, even then their linked hands didn¡¯t let go no matter what while they struck the ground. Hajime shrugged in exasperation even while his expression distorted from pain and he gave instruction to Yue.
¡°Yue, suck my blood.¡±
¡°¡-, but¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine.¡±
Hajime¡¯s words made Yue hesitated. Hajime said that it was fine, but there was no way that was true. He was already bleeding to the degree until one of his feet was already inside the grave, or possibly it had already surpassed even that. The wound on his stomach and also the wounds on both his legs weren¡¯t treated yet or anything. Hajime had tightened his muscles and held back his bleeding, but he was in a state that it wouldn¡¯t be strange for his heart to stop anytime from bleeding too much.
He was holding on to his consciousness, and even now he was wracking his mind in order to survive, to kill his enemy, he was able to do those thanks to his tough body that could be earnestly titled as a monster. Even so his condition was really on the brink. If here Yue sucked his blood, that might really be the finishing blow for him.
At far away, Ehitorujue was raising a roar that shaved on sanity once more. The space fiercely distorted each time with the shockwave destroying the chalk white world. Furthermore, the undting tentacles could also be seen wandering searching for prey. At this rate, it was clear they would die without doing anything. Even so, Yue was still hesitating, to that Hajime showed her a smile.
That smile, was the bold and fearless smile that always made Yue¡¯s chest to tighten. His canine was bared, his eyes gleamed fiercely, the ally gave immense trust to that smile, and the enemy was granted with a traumatic shudder by that smile, the smile of the demon that made the vampire princess as its ve.
¡°Didn¡¯t I tell you? This is the temte. Do you think, that I didn¡¯t foresee this kind of situation?¡±
¡°Hajime¡¡±
¡°Indeed, all my trump cards are used up. However, there is still the prepared finished product, see?¡±
Yue already didn¡¯t have any word. Aa, truly, this person that I loved¡was really diabolical. Such feeling throbbed loudly in her chest, Yue leaked out a feverish breath and she nodded briskly.
And then, while she felt the sensation of Hajime¡¯s arm that was embracing her tightly, she put her teeth on his neck. The flowing in blood recovered Yue¡¯s magic power for just slightly¨D¨Dno, at the next moment, a terrific pulsation came. *dokun dokun*, a really slight amount of blood that normally wouldn¡¯t do anything for her was now restoring Yue with a momentum that was far surpassing the effect of ¡®Blood Pledge Contract¡¯ or anything else.
The reason for that was one.
¨D¨DYue exclusive artifact Nagumo Hajime
Blood that had the effects to sublimate Yue¡¯s ¡®Blood Pledge Contract¡¯ by several levels, to make the skill ¡®Limit Break¡¯ be possible, and then with the iron content of the blood abundantly bestowed with the ingredient of cheatmate, such blood liquid was flowing inside Hajime¡¯s body.
By assuming a situation where he lost all his artifacts, where the taken back Yue was in exhaustion, and in addition the Bullet of Denial Existence was unable to kill the opponent, Hajime prepared himself to be the exclusive artifact of Yue. Exactly like the naming, this artifact was a secret treasure ss artifact that brought about power and recovery which surpassed even the god water limited only for Yue.
¡°¡Nna¡±
Feeling the extremely sweet and burning pleasure from inside her body, Yue unintentionally leaked out a heavy gasp. But as though sensing that recovery of Yue, countless tentacles shot out with a blur from Ehitorujue. The tips of those tentacles were sharp, what they touched would surely get pierced in one attack.
Yue separated her mouth from Hajime¡¯s neck and she directed one of her hands like a shield toward the approaching tentacles. Immediately, the space before her eyes distorted.
The tentacles rushed there.
But, all of them didn¡¯t reach the two. It was because the distorted space swallowed everything. No, more urately the tentacles were dismissed into another space.
In order to build a reliable defense using little magic power, Yue made use of the unstable space. Yue didn¡¯t have the power to create a gate using space magic from zero that shut out the space, and so, in that case she just needed to create a gate to a different world using the space that was already shaking. If it was only expanding a hole in space that was already open, then it wouldn¡¯t consume that much strength.
After Yue confirmed that the barrier of space dismissal had disyed a reliable effect, she moved her gaze to Hajime once more.
Hajime¡¯s eyes were beginning to lose focus slightly. As expected, his limit wasing just by sucking the slight amount of blood just now. His face was growing pale, even now his consciousness looked like it would fell off anytime along with his eyelids. He was in a state that was barely clinging on consciousness by concentrating on the pain of his wound.
To Yue who was supporting his body, Hajime talked to her with a hoarse voice, nevertheless strength could be felt from that voice without any sign of giving up.
¡°Yue¡you can, recover me¡to a certain degree, right?¡±
¡°¡Nn¡±
¡°I have¡no card left. But¡if there, is none¨D¨D¡±
¡°¡it just needs to be made.¡±
Understanding Hajime¡¯s intention, Yue manipted the space while continuing his sentence. To that Hajime made a faint smile and continued.
¡°¡Destroy, that guy¨D¨D¡±
¡°The concept, will be created right now. But, with only the magic power of me alone, it¡¯s still insufficient.¡±
¡°With metamorphosis¡magic. Make me¨D¨D¡±
¡°-¡subordination. Because there is blood in me¡±
Hajime grinned widely. This n that made her wondered just how far he had predicted, and then the great recklessness in it, yet with his tremendous faith to her as the premise of the n right from the start, made Yue unable to say anything anymore.
¡°¡The material?¡±
¡°My, eye.¡±
Obeying Hajime¡¯s instruction, Yue¡¯s slender fingers were held aloft above Hajime¡¯s right eye, and then, the fingers plunged in all at once. A groan slightly leaked from Hajime, but Yue unhesitatingly pulled out her fingers while her lips tightened into a straight line.
On her palm was a small bluish-white crystal. The magic eye stone.
¡°Yue¡plea, se.¡±
¡°¡Nn. Leave it to me.¡±
Like that the rite of metamorphosis began.
In order to obtain the necessary magic power, Yue sucked Hajime¡¯s blood further which weakened him more and more. Hajime looked really frail that it wouldn¡¯t be strange for his heartbeat to stop anytime.
But, the moment Yue¡¯s hand touched Hajime¡¯s chest, fierce heartbeat sound resounded as though an electric shock had just been applied there. *dokun, dokun!* Pulsating heartbeat was increasing in strength second by second.
That was a magic that transformed Hajime into a vampire just like Yue. It had the same principle like how Tio transformed another monster into her underling. If a frail and delicate human that was different from monster was used, normally that human wouldn¡¯te out of it safely, not to mention if it was a metamorphosis magic that changed a human¡¯s race, the difficulty was of the highest degree.
From how Tio who was an expert of characteristic magic dragonification which had the origin from metamorphosis magic needed the ck ve whip for assisting her sess, it was clear to see just how difficult this grand magic was. And now Yue who wasn¡¯t particrly skilled at metamorphosis magic was using something like that to a human target without any training beforehand.
Yue was a rare genius, but this magic had the possibility of sess existed only because the target was Hajime who possessed inhuman toughness in body and mind. No, surely from the beginning Hajime who proposed this method was convinced that this would seed. It was because of his trust from the bottom of his heart toward Yue.
The meat lump of Ehitorujue could be felt approaching lumpingly from far away. That was surely the countdown toward their death.
Because Yue split her strength for the metamorphosis magic, her control of the space becamex and several tentacles began to graze their body.
But, even in such an extreme situation, her beloved monstrous partner perfectly responded and bewitched her.
¡°Yu, e-¡°
¡°¡Nn. Come here, Hajime.¡±
Hajime exposed his canine tooth with his pupil dyed crimson like Yue¡¯s, and he bit at Yue¡¯s smooth nape that looked so slender it felt like it would break when touched. And then, Hajime converted the blood into strength using the special trait of the vampire.
¡°¡Nnaa¡±
Each time Hajime¡¯s throat sounded, a sweet feverish breath escaped Yue¡¯s mouth.
Even though she understood that strength was leaving her body, and even though she understood that now wasn¡¯t the time for that, ¡°more¡±, yet she was thinking of something like that.
Amidst the resounding sweet gasping voice, Hajime¡¯s magic power was recovering in the proportion of the amount of blood flowing out.
However, Yue thought while feeling impatience.
(Not enough¡)
Yes, it wasn¡¯t enough. It really wasn¡¯t enough to create a concept magic no matter what. With an amount of magic power that was even far from enough for Hajime¡¯splete recovery, it wouldn¡¯t be sufficient to create a concept for finishing off the monster of the Holy Precincts which was getting close to them even now.
The limit of the blood flowing inside her would reach the limit soon. She was also grasping the amount of Hajime¡¯s recovery. At this rate, they would have no other choice than putting a stake of sink or swim with their insufficient magic power. In addition that stake would be one with a considerably bad odd.
¡°It¡¯s fine. Do you think, that the artifact(me) which is dedicated to you is only at this level?¡±
Perhaps looking at the impatience disyed on her face, Hajime who separated from Yue¡¯s neck was saying such thing while he leaned forward to plunder Yue¡¯s lips this time. And then, ¡°nnu¡± Yue¡¯s lip that was leaking small voice was wounded by Hajime¡¯s canine tooth, at the same time, Hajime¡¯s own lip also got cut.
Like that, while they were kissing each other repeatedly, it came.
*GOU-!!*
Magic power swelled up with terrific force.
The magic power that should be a step from drying up burst out from Yue and whirled in gold color. At the same time, a tremendous magic power that was unimaginableing from the recovery amount just now also burst up from Hajime. With the two as the center, a torrent of magic power climbed as though piercing the heaven, no, it was actually piercing the space of Holy Precincts and pierced toward the heaven with violent blowing.
Golden and crimson entangled with each other, as though expressing the rtionship between the two people, they mixed with each other, forming aplete harmony that raged violently.
¨D¨DParticle style artifact ¡®Vow of Entwined Branch¡¯
Hajime¡¯s blood that was turned into an artifact, and the metal particle that Yue took into her body. This metal particle was actually an artifact that activated only when under the prescribed condition. The effect and activation condition of this artifact was, the two who had tied the contract of blood pledge could then convert blood into power in a chain reaction with the two of them turned into artifact for each other and they exchanged blood with each other. The strengthening effect would continue endlessly until they stopped exchanging blood(kissing).
¡°¡ahn¡±
The swelling power, and the happiness of intermingling with her beloved, it caused Yue to moan while her body was trembling. Hajime was also in the same state. The vampire princess in his embrace was so hopelessly lovely that he slightly repeated the blood tasted kiss.
The former shadow of Ehitorujue had arrived until right nearby them. It emitted an immense shockwave along with its tentacles.
¨D¨DaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!!!
Toward that, Yue canceled the distorted space without even directing her eyes there.
She did that because she understood that such thing wasn¡¯t necessary anymore. To disy that, the golden and crimson magic power towered high like a protective wall. And then, at the next moment, the magic power released a tremendous shockwave that neutralized all shockwaves from the meat lump. It was the ¡®Impact Conversion¡¯ by Hajime.
Even during that time, the two were still gluing earnestly close with each other.
The figure of the Holy Precincts monster that was left alone, to be frank was pitiful.
Unable to forgive that, Ehitorujue increasingly emitted an extremely unpleasant strange sound while unleashing severe attacks.
While repelling all of those with magic power impact, Hajime and Yue who were apanied by the tremendous magic power that already swelled up to the degree that it might destroy the white space, slowly separated their lips. The silver bridge hanging down between the two looked really captivating.
The sweet atmosphere of the two already far surpassed the territory of being out of ce, however, people who could obstruct them didn¡¯t exist anywhere in this world.
Both of them kept hugging, their hands softly ovepped. Between them there was the magic eye stone that was partly made from god crystal, and the tiny gun that Hajime didn¡¯t let go at all even when they were sent flying.
And then, Hajime¡¯s trump cardmonness) was chanted.
¡°¡¯Transmute¡¯!¡±
Right after that, golden and crimson melted into each other, and light so bright as though a sun was created manifested.
That beautiful and powerful radiance made the Ehitorujue monster to writhe and draw back. It was as though it hated that warm light.
The light was converging.
At its other side, there was the figure of Hajime pushing out his hand toward Ehitorujue with fierce eyes that red sharply. A small gun was clutched in that hand.
The terrible exhaustion was causing the worn-out right hand to tremble all over, unable to fix the aim. That hand was scooped out from below softly and supported by a graceful hand. It was Yue¡¯s hand.
While snuggling close to each other, both of them readied a single small gun. The running sparks were crimson and golden. The sure-kill bullet that would end everything was buzzing, impatiently waiting to be fired.
What was filled into that bullet was unmistakably a concept magic.
¨D¨DGIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII-!!!
Ehitorujue madly unleashed its tentacles. It instinctuallyprehended the mighty power that was aimed at it.
But, there was no way such random attack could go through the golden and crimson the two were d in, all of those were easily swept away by the impact of magic power.
And then,
¡°Giving victory to a man with a kiss, that¡¯s really heroine-like huh, Yue.¡±
¡°¡Nn. Hajime plucking off the victory at the end without fail, is just like a hero.¡±
Both of them were talking frivolously while aiming the brilliantly shining gun right at the middle of Ehitorujue.
¡°Well, putting that aside, there is one thing I want to say to that.¡±
¡°¡Nn-¡°
For a moment, both of their eyes met. The fearless smile was floating on their respective face.
The spoken words were the concept of the newborn concept, the words that returned the favor toward the repeated cmities that were wretchedly forced on them. And then, surely, these words also represented the feeling of the people that were toyed around by Ehitorujue in the past.
¡° ¡°¨D¨DThe Scattered Pains Right Back Toward You(now you really have done it you shitty bastard-)¡± ¡°
Soundlessly, a streak of light cut through the air.
That stabbed right in the middle of Ehitorujue without the slightest deviation.
Concept magic The Scattered Pains Right Back Toward You¨D¨Dthis magic returned all the pain and wounds that the target had given to other people until now.
Just like the holy man that was once pierced by a holy spear on the hill of Golgotha, the thing that was once a god spurted out blood in arge amount from the wound opening. Although, the flowing out blood wasn¡¯t something holy like that holy man, but something muddy ck which looked sticky and unpleasant.
While the lump of meat was crumbling, the agglutinated mere shadow of Ehitorujue a beatter was,
¨D¨DGIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
It raised a hair-rising shriek.
And then at the next moment, flesh and blood exploded to everywhere, silver magic power mixed with muddy ck miasma climbed to the sky.
That was undoubtedly the scream of the death agony of the mad god. The repeated inhumanity that it had piled up for a few thousand years, or possibly tens of thousands of years were all returned to its own body. Although it had been reduced to a monster without any reasoning, it surely felt the pain of tens of thousands of years within an instant where even the torment of hell would feel lukewarm inparison.
The sh that contained a shriek within pulverized the space, and it came out to the familiar dark red space at the other side.
Without any doubt, that must be thest scenery of Ehitorujue, the god of this world.
¡°¡¡±
¡°¡¡±
Hajime and Yue had no word.
They were merely staring at thest light of Ehitorujue that was vanishing toward the empty space that was gradually getting smaller. The gun their hand was holding couldn¡¯t endure the burden and crumble into pieces.
The palms that weren¡¯t holding anything now naturally held each other, their faces looked at each other. The magic power was already dispersing and the area around the two was quiet. Both of them had used up their stamina and magic power and everything else, they supported each other¡¯s body leaning to one another and embraced the other party closely. And then, they smiled softly.
Perhaps because the creator of the ce was gone, the white space began to rumble. The unstable space was gradually getting stormy, here and there breaking down was starting. Hajime ascertained the state of the surrounding and themselves and then he opened his mouth with a bitter expression.
¡°This is, bad. This doesn¡¯t seem, to be the time, for looking¡mncholic.¡±
¡°¡Nn. Hajime, you can stand?¡±
¡°¡Chih, my legs¡not just that, my whole body, cannot move satisfactorily. Yue, you?¡±
¡°¡Just sitting¡take my all¡±
Both of them looked at each other and smiled wryly. It appeared that the true pinch only came after they consigned the god to oblivion.
¡°My bad, Yue. ¡The truth is, after killing Ehito, I nned, to wait for recover¡and then used the particles¡for creating gate key but¡¡±
¡°¡Nn. Doesn¡¯t seem we will have that much time. There is, not even a drop of blood left to exchange.¡±
¡°Yeah. Besides¡the particles themselves, are swallowed¡by the unstable space, there is none remaining. At the worst case, I expected to use¡the bone of the arm, or the leg¡to make one-time use artifact¡but¡¡±
The crumbling of Holy Precincts was too fast that they wouldn¡¯t make it in time if they wait for recovery, that caused Hajime¡¯s expression to turn sour as though he had bitten a bitter bug. It wasn¡¯t like he hadn¡¯t imagined it, but Ehitorujue¡¯s excessive obstinacy was to the degree that made Hajime had no extra leeway, that he had to pour all his strength to defeat him. Because of that, theposure to spare some recovery medicine, and also the blood for magic power conversion had run out already.
At the very end, Hajime curse inside his heart to himself ¡°I¡¯m an idiot¡±, however, there was not even a bit of despair in himself.
¡°To end¡aftering this far¡is uneptable. We are going home, even if we need to crawl-¡°
¡°¡Nn-¡°
They lent each other their shoulder and advanced bit by bit literally by crawling on the crumbling white world. They were walking slowly without any progress, but there wasn¡¯t even a drop of the color of resignation in their eyes.
Even so, the reality was always callous, the crumbling of the surrounding was getting increasingly intense, approaching to swallow them altogether with their determination. Ahead of Hajime¡¯s gaze, there was a veil of light that appeared unnoticed. That was the exit and entrance of this space.
The crumbling was approaching. Death was sneaking near. They desperately advance toward the veil of light.
But, the veil of light copsed before their eyes.
¡°Shit-¡°
¡°¡Hajime.¡±
Witnessing the path of their escape vanishing into sands, a curse leaked out spontaneously from Hajime¡¯s mouth. The hand of Yue that was grasping Hajime¡¯s hand clutched tightly to soothe him that was like that.
¡°¡We are blocked from every direction. What¡¯s left, is only¡to gamble.¡±
¡°¡Nn. Leap into, the crumbling space.¡±
There was already no other choice but that. Just like what Shia and others almost did, Hajime and Yue would also aim for the scenery of the surface that became visible sometimes and leaped right toward the crumbling space itself in a desperate gamble.
But, no matter how it was unthinkable that they would have future by doing that. It was a mad attempt that wouldn¡¯t even be a gamble. If an example had to be made, it was something like someone who was holding a bomb was trying to skillfully use the explosion so they might be able to be sent flying to far away. Even before thinking about being sent flying, there was no assurance that they wouldn¡¯t be turned into small pieces beforehand.
But, even so they didn¡¯t have the slightest intention to give up.
¡°¡Yue.¡±
¡°Nn?¡±
¡°I love you.¡±
¡°Nn-, me too¡I love you.¡±
With a calm condition that was unthinkable toe from people who were in front of a crumbling space, both of them expressed their feeling to each other. Atst, the safe spot also became gone. The crack was also entering into the spot where the two were at.
Like that, *creak* an unpleasant sound resounded below them, both of them resolved themselves and they were going to leap into the space where the surface was visible, it was at that moment
{Choa¨D¨D¨D! Appearing at a miraculous timiiing, the beautiful warrior, Miledy Raisen-tan¡î Has arrived! The one who is calling for me is you two isn¡¯t ittt? Isn¡¯t ittt?}
Something came out.
¡° ¡°¡¡± ¡°
Hajime and Yue¡¯s eyes turned into dot spontaneously.
However, without paying any mind to such pair, the intruder opened her mouth with jetting up tension.
{What¡¯s with thiiiisss, even though I havee with great pain to save you two from something like a piiinchhh, just where is the reactiooonn. Miledy-chan is going to cry here! I¡¯m going to go hics hics, nce nce you knooow?}
¡°¡Annoying.¡±
¡°¡Nn. This is certainly Miledy.¡±
The staggering annoyingness finally lets the two to ept the spectacle in front of their eyes as reality. And then when they looked around, it seemed that the crumbling had been held back before they realized it.
¡°This is¡your doing?¡±
{Fufun, I guess. Something this much is really easy for the liberator Miledy-chaaannn. Although I say that, it won¡¯tst for more than several minutes though¡î}
¡°¡By any chance, you can, escape?¡±
{But of courseee! I came here after tossing away Rabbit-chan and others to the surface already see¡î What¡¯s left is only you two pyon! As expected, me! What an able woman-! Yes, apuse apuse!}
The smiley mask was sparkling with some kind of mechanism while saying that kind of thing, putting aside how annoying the words were, the two of them were seriously feeling admiration and gratitude to Miledy. But at the same time, Hajime and Yue also became endlessly vexed.
But, Miledy¡¯s next words broke the half-smiling face of the two.
{Hoi, this is the Degraded Arrow of World Crossing, thest one of it. It¡¯s a defective product that is usable only in this kind of unstable space, but it should be enough for escaping. Next, a healing medicine for service! This should recover you to the degree that you can activate the arrow¡¯s ability pyon! After you two drink that quickly gooo from here! Gooo! Leave the rest to Onee-san okaaayyy¡î}
¡°¡And you? You aren¡¯t, going to get out with us?¡±
ncing at the thrown Degraded Arrow of World Crossing which Yue caught, Hajime threw his question at Miledy. Because from her speech it was as though Miledy was going to stay behind in this crumbling space.
That guess appeared to be correct.
{Yep, I¡¯m staying hereeee. If this kind of codswallop space is left alone, the surface will also get swallowed and cause a chaining crumbling after all. I¡¯m going to straighten this up.}
¡°¡From how, you speak¡it¡¯s like you are going to die here.¡±
Thanks to the healing medicine, Hajime had recovered to a degree that he could indeed activate the artifact, he then asked with a tone that had turned somewhat smoother.
Miledy answered to that question frankly.
{Yep. My, the n is for my Super Secret¡îMagic to guide the crumbling of Holy Precincts andpress it pon pon. The space is on the verge of breaking down, if this body of mine and my soul are used as a medium to magnify my magic power then it will be enough. That¡¯s why, I¡¯ll end here.}
¡°Self-sacrifice? That doesn¡¯t suit you. Rather than that¨D¨D¡±
Hajime whose nerves were rubbed the wrong way by the resigned speech was going to argue vehemently, but then a blonde beautiful girl around fourteen, fifteen years old appeared ovepping the Miledy-golem. It seemed to be the projection of soul, this must be the original appearance of Miledy.
In contrast with her joking around tone, that girl figure of Miledy was putting an extremely satisfied and also gentle expression toward Hajime and Yue.
{This is juuust self-satisfaction. My promise with myrades, with my important people¨D¨D¡¯Let¡¯s destroy the evil god and save the world!¡¯ reaalllly, that sounds like a fairy tale and it looks stupid, but we exchanged that promise seriously, I want to fulfill it, that¡¯s all pyon.}
¡°¡¡±
{At that time, we couldn¡¯t do anything and lost, everyone became scattered, but thinking ¡®even so¡¯, we created the greatbyrinths¡right now, in this time, in this ce, is where I¡¯ll use my whole strength for the sake of people, this is exactly the reason that I survive for this long mon.}
Hajime and Yue listened quietly to Miledy¡¯s words that sounded like a monolog. The reason Miledy wanted to do this wasn¡¯t because she wanted to bask in the joy of cheap self-satisfaction, theyprehended that right now in this time, Miledy was going to realize the feeling that she had continued to hold in her heart from so far in the past that they couldn¡¯t even imagine.
Looking at such pair, Miledy narrowed her eyes with even more and more gentleness.
{Thank you, Nagumo Hajime-kun, Yue-chan. For granting our dearest wish. For using our magic correctly.}
¡°¡Nn. Miledy. Your magic is the most useful.¡±
{Kufufu, naturally! After all it¡¯s me! What I said before was also like that right? ¡®As long as you keep being you, you will achieve godying without fail¡¯, I said.}
¡°¡¡¯You can just live following your wish. After all, your choice will surely be the best for this world¡¯, you also said that. Was my choice the best for this world?¡±
{Of course! Presently, after all, that shitty bastard has been blown away until beyond that world, and I am right here! And then this dreg of a life can be used now for the sake of people following my oath. ¡Finally, I can head to where everyone is in peace.}
Surely if this was a flesh body than glittering things would be overflowing from the corner of Miledy¡¯s eyes. That was just how intense the flood of emotions that Miledy¡¯s words were filled with, which made them thought that.
{Nooow, both of you. Soon it will be the limit for me to hold back the crumbling pyon. You two need to return back to the ce of the people waiting for you. I too, will head toward the ce where there are people waiting for me.}
The stagnating space was beginning to rumble once more.
Even while staggering, Hajime and Yue stood up somehow thanks to the healing medicine, the two of them activated the Degraded Arrow of World Crossing that was clutched by Yue¡¯s hand while staring back straight at Miledy.
¡°¡Miledy Raisen. My greatest respect to you. Many months and years have psed, yet, there is not a single scratch on that strength of will. That determination is the best article under the heaven beyond any doubt. Oscar Orcus. Naiz Guryuen. Mail Meljine. Laus Vaan. Ryuteris Haltina. Vandour Shune. I will never forget, you and your important people.¡±
¡°¡Nn. There wasn¡¯t a single thing, of the path of the struggles of you all that was pointless. We will impart it to the next generation, without fail.¡±
{Both of you¡wha, what¡¯s with you twoooo. Like that, I, cannot say anything at all! If you said something like that! Come on, this is really the limit! Just get lost already, get lost!}
Her expression looked embarrassed somehow, and yet it also seemed to be almost overwhelmed with emotion. Miledy faced away with a huff and she waved her hand to shoo them off.
The rumbling was getting fiercer and fiercer, the crumbling was beginning to approach once more.
Hajime and Yue disyed a faint smile at Miledy who wouldn¡¯t meet their eyes while advancing to the edge of the crumbling chalk white surface. And then, they nodded at each other.
¡°Good bye, protector of the world.¡±
¡°¡Sayonara.¡±
Saying that the two leaped down toward the crumbling space that looked like an abyss.
Miledy that was left behind sighed ¡°Fuuuu¡±.
{Protector of the world, is it. Thaaat feels itchy. Saying that at the very end, is just foul. ¡Should I think of it, like a payback or something.}
While talking to herself, a ck whirling sphere was created with her body as the center. While the sphere was sparking with something like ck thunder, Miledy quietly lifted her gaze to the center of the ck star of cmity.
Before she knew it, there, she could see the figures of her important people that didn¡¯t lose color no matter who many months and years passed.
{Everyone¡}
There was no word that came back. Perhaps this was the revolvingntern before one¡¯s death, or just her hallucinating.
But, such thing was inconsequential.
{What, so you all came to pick me up. Ehehe, then, perhaps I should say it. Finally, I guess I can say it!}
The star of cmity was swallowing anything and everything at the surrounding. Other magic like ¡®Severance Cmity¡¯ or whatever couldn¡¯tpare with this. It swallowed everything and pulverized them inside, yes, so to speak this was a ck hole.
While the golem artifact which was used as the medium was vanishing without a trace, Miledy¡¯s soul yelled with a voice and expression that were the very picture of innocence.
{Everyoneee, I¡¯m homeee¨D¨D!!}
At the next moment, the white space was soundlessly annihted along with all light.
Part 2
The silver angels were falling down to the ground one after another like falling star, the dark red world was rumbling unceasingly, above where the sky should be visible originally, reversed other worlds could be seen wobbling dangerously. Those reversed many worlds could be seen starting to crumble from a nce.
The end of the world.
Such words passed through the brain of the people of the allied force. Even though the apostles who wielded furious might had stopped functioning, but they honestly couldn¡¯t feel happy because of the scream that the world raised which they felt.
¡°Aa, god¡¡±
Someone whispered so.
In front of the copse of the world, the sword in their hand felt really tiny. Everyone was merely staring at the shaking above worlds in a daze without being able to do anything else.
At that time, a dignified voice resounded. It wasn¡¯t someone like a god that couldn¡¯t be seen or anything. But it was someone who was right on their side, the ¡®Goddess of Harvest¡¯ that had struggled through the line of death together with them¨D¨Dthe voice of Hatayama Aiko.
{Everyone, there is no need to despair! That person is over there! Right now, even in this moment, he should be fighting that evil god! The apostles falling, the worlds in the sky breaking, they all are the proof of the evil god¡¯s suffering! That¡¯s why-, let¡¯s pray! For the victory of that person! For the victory of mankind-! Now, match your voice! Let¡¯s show our will!}
The battlefield fell as silent as grave.
Aiko¡¯s words weren¡¯t something that came from the speechption Hajime gave her. The proof of that could be seen from how she was calling Hajime as ¡®that person¡¯ rather than ¡®my sword¡¯. It was undoubtedly a yell that came from Aiko¡¯s own heart. Those words disyed Aiko¡¯s will that believed on the safety of Hajime and others, and also of their victory.
The one who responded first was Liliana.
{To victory-!}
The lovely voice which was amplified with artifact echoed on the battlefield.
And then, the one who hailed at that voice with a blood soaked figure yet powerful yell was Gahard.
{To victory-!!}
Continuing after him, Karm, Adol, and Alfrerick yelled.
{To victory-!!!}
In that situation, the people¡¯s heart was connecting to each other naturally.
¨D¨DTo victory-! To victory-! To victory-! To victory-! To victory-! To victory-! To victory-! To victory-! To victory-! To victory-! To victory-! To victory-!
A Loud chorus of victory resounded in the battlefield. It swallowed the rumbling of the space, numbed the ground, and reached to the heaven, the will of ¡®human¡¯ swept the darkness and rose up like the light of the sun.
Human, demi-human, human from another world, those ssifications were irrelevant, yells for their victory, and then yells of their faith for the people fighting at the heavens, they were all repeated with impossibly beautiful harmony.
Amidst those, one person didn¡¯t join the chorus and stared wholeheartedly to the sky, a ck angel. It was Kaori who was looking forward to the return of Hajime and others believing in Miledy. She kept floating midair and continued to stare at the copsing Holy Precincts as though she could see nothing else.
And, at that time, Kaori¡¯s senses was caught by something.
The ce was, around the sky at the copsed God Mountain.
She returned to her senses in surprise and turned her gaze there. The space about eight kilometers above the God Mountain distorted like jelly, right after that an elliptical hole opened with a pop. It was a distance that normal human couldn¡¯t perceive, the hole itself was also only as big as several people could go through it so nobody other than Kaori noticed it.
Driven by her premonition, Kaori pped her jet ck wings. At the same time, with *hyupo-!* silhouette of people flew out from that hole.
¡°Aa¨D¨D!!¡±
¡°NuOOOOOO!!¡±
White and ck shadows. Even from afar she understood that those were herrades¡¯ figures.
¡°Shia-, Tio!¡±
Kaori elerated in one go. For some reason Shia and Tio were falling straight toward the ground without any sign of slowing down. Kaori became a ck silver meteor that rushed through the sky.
Midway, Shizuku and others flew out in panic riding their skyboard from the hole Shia and Tio fell off from, but for now Kaori didn¡¯t stop elerating and rapidly approached the screaming two people.
And then, Kaori splendidly caught the two altogether a few dozen meters near the ground. Looking closer, near the ground there was a shining barrier deployed that seemed toe from Suzu so it really wasn¡¯t that big of a matter.
¡°Shia, Tio! Wee back-!¡±
¡°Fue, a, Kaori-san! I¡¯m back desu!¡±
¡°Thou saved us, Kaori. Also, I¡¯m back.¡±
Shia and Tio clung at Kaori¡¯s arms midair while sighing in relieve. Kaori pped her wings andnded gently on the ground, she then gently put down the two on the ground where they sat with a flop.
There, Shizuku, Suzu, Ryutaro, and Koukinded down from the sky.
¡°Kaori!¡±
¡°Shizuku-chan!¡±
Shizuku got off the skyboard and leaped toward Kaori. Kaori too caught Shizuku.
¡°Kaoriiiin! I¡¯m back!¡±
¡°Suzu-chan. Wee back!¡±
¡°Yo-, looks like you are also safe huh.¡±
¡°Ryutaro-kun too, wee back.¡±
Still hugging Shizuku, Kaori then weed Suzu and replied to Ryutaro¡¯s words smilingly. And then, she abruptly showed a soft smile at Kaori who was looking a bit awkward.
¡°Kouki-kun, wee back.¡±
¡°¡Yeah, I¡¯m back. Really, sorry, for everything. Truly, sorry. Also¡thank you.¡±
He had attacked Kaori at the devil king castle, because of that Kouki had resolved himself to not receive words of greeting. But now tears were gathering at the corner of his eyes and his head looked down. He was absolutely grateful that Kaori didn¡¯t forsake him just like Shizuku. Of course, he wouldn¡¯t make misunderstanding anymore.
After nodding once at such Kouki, Kaori looked up to the sky. And then, her gaze moved around searching for something. It was obvious who she was searching for.
¡°Kaori-san¡..Hajime-san and Yue-san are not together with us.¡±
¡°Shia¡that¡¯s¡±
¡°Don¡¯t fret, Kaori. We only separated in the middle because it was necessary. Goshujin-sama and also Yue, they willeth back without fail.¡±
¡°Tio¡¡±
Tio called at Kaori who was looking uneasy admonishingly.
After Miledy came for them, Shia and others received Degraded Arrow of World Crossing from her which opened a hole in space and they leaped into it.
Naturally when they heard that Miledy would go to Hajime and Yue right after, everyone said that they would go together with her. Shia, Tio, and Shizuku were especially determined, their zing eyes told that it was impossible for them to escape ahead.
However, Degraded Arrow of World Crossing was necessary to cross space, there was no spare for them to go to Hajime and Yue¡¯s position. Although there were several arrows that were created because they were failed work, but different from the real thing these degraded versions could only be used once before breaking and on top of that it could only open the hole for a few seconds.
In addition, the size of the hole that could be opened by the arrow was limited. It was unthinkable that they would have the leeway to pass through the hole in turn under a few second in a world that was copsing with increasing momentum. Thinking that Haijme and Yue would be added for their return home, in the worst case the situation might turn into one where they would need to choose who would escape and who would be left behind.
In the end, Shia and others had to escape first. They were really reluctant though. They could do nothing but understand when they were told that perhaps not all of them could go back if they apanied Miledy. Besides, ¡°I swear I¡¯ll send Hajime and Yue back without fail¡± the state of Miledy when she promised that was unusually filled with determination, that was also a factor that pushed their back to escape first.
Even so, there was no way their worry toward Hajime and Yue who were still in the copsing Holy Precincts could vanish, Shia and Tio also looked up wordlessly to the sky. Shizuku and others were also simrly praying while looking up to the sky.
At the battlefield, the people of the allied force were still resounding their prayer powerfully.
It was unclear how much time passed. It felt like an eternity, but surely not even dozens of minutes had passed.
It was at that time, that happened.
¡°Ah¡±
The one who spontaneously raised that voice was Kaori.
Shia and others, and then the allied force too, ahead of their gaze a pir of light that was a mix of golden and crimson suddenly pierced the space and stabbed at the sky.
That torrent of magic power which couldn¡¯t be expressed enough even with the word tremendous, and then, the undtion of the overwhelming will that was filled in it, caused the war cry of the battlefield to stop unconsciously. Everyone without exception gazed in enchantment at the dichromatic magic power which ascended to the sky in spiraling motion.
¡°Hajime-san! Yue-san!¡±
Shia yelled, with a voice that overflowed with joy.
Right after that, the golden and crimson magic power began to converge back like in a yback.
And then,
A scream of death agony reverberated in the world. Immediately after, although the volume wasn¡¯t to the degree that tore the eardrum, but, that voice of the end was certainly heard by everyone throughout the world. Without any reason, anyone thought, that it was the blood flowing out from the god.
Before long, a muddy silver light was dispersing toward the empty sky, and silence returned to the world.
What happened now, in the middle of everyone thinking that with their breath caught, the distortion of space covering the sky and the copsing world of heavens that was visible in it, suddenly, they were all shrinking toward one point. It was as though something was sucking them all, or possibly it was like they were all beingpressed.
The next moment, the world of heavens that was gathered into a point scattered.
There was no sound.
There was merely severalyers of ripples with a vibrant color like the blue sky, radiating silently. Unnoticed, the rumble(scream) that shook the world stopped, the scared trembling of the ground also stopped.
Ripples were spreading through the world.
Not only the color of the blue sky, the color of the evening or possibly sunrise, the color of the midday sun, the clear color of the moon, the color of vivacious nts, the color of powerful earth, the color of enveloping night, they allid on top of each other.
The beautiful ripples of seven colors spread to the end of the earth, before long, cracks began to enter the dark red world. That change wasn¡¯t something violent that gave the impression like the crumbling just now, but a gentle change that quietly repainted the world¡
¡°Aa¡god¡±
Someone whispered. That wasn¡¯t a prayer that wished for salvation anymore. But merely something that came from the deep emotion filling the chest.
The world was recovering its color. It was a truly a splendorous scene that should be called as a legend.
The dark red world was shining sparklingly while bing broken fragments.
The ripples of the sky were gradually weakening in intensity, however, they didn¡¯t vanish, as though watching over the people who were silently shedding tears drops by drops, it became a rainbow aurora drifting in the air.
¡°Hajime-kun¡Yue¡¡±
Amidst those, a voice that leaked out from between the clenched teeth resounded. Kaori clenched her hand so tightly it was bleeding while ring at the annihted Holy Precincts.
¡°Hajime¡¡±
¡°Nagumo-kun.¡±
¡°Shit-, what¡¯s going on-, that idiot-¡°
¡°Nagumo-¡°
Shizuku, Suzu, Ryutaro, Kouki, they gritted their teeth while facing the sky with a grim gaze. Tio too was looking up at the sky with narrowed gaze without averting her eyes even for a moment.
The dark red world vanished.
The sun began to illuminate the world with its natural radiance.
They waited for a long time, but the figure of the people they waited for couldn¡¯t be seen.
Before long, that fact became unbearable and Suzu whispered.
¡°¡This is a lie, right¡±
Ryutaro gritted his teeth hard.
¡°Damnit-¡°
Kouki opened his mouth in a daze.
¡°Don¡¯t tell me¡both of them¡really, won¡¯t co¨D¨D¡±
And then, when that worst assumption was going to be said half unconsciously¡
¡°It¡¯s alright desu-!!¡±
Such electrifying loud voice interrupted.
Kouki and others returned to their senses suddenly and moved their gaze there. Over there, was the figure of Shia, her rabbit ears standing straight while she looked straight to the sky.
Shia didn¡¯t avert her eyes from the sky and spoke with a voice that was full of conviction.
¡°Right now, Hajime-san and Yue-san are together desu. That entangled golden and crimson magic power is the proof. As long as they are together, they are invincible!¡±
That was why, they would blow away a mere difficult situation like this and came back with a smile. Those words which contained Shia¡¯s immense faith became a power of words that resounded in the world. (TN: Power of words or soul ofnguage. Called kotodama in Japan, some kind of believe that words which were said have some kind of power in them.)
Mysteriously, the heart of the people who were driven by unease became light.
¡°¡..Yep. That¡¯s right. With those two
Chapter 178
Chapter 178
All credit goes to the original author (Chuuni Suki), who has posted the raw data here:
Thanks for your continued support. If you like my writing style, check out my original works at , or just leave ament.
Bakapervert tranted this chapter. Bakapervert did the edits.
**__
Epilogue
Legendary Great War.
The people naturally called the battle like that, a month had passed since that decisive battle where the fate of the world was staked.
After that decisive battle, the gates that were set up at every ce were opened once more and the voices of a lot of people that celebrated their reunion and victory filled the prairie in front of the capital.
A few days after that, although there was some chaos due to the healing of the wounded, the confirmation and burial of the deceased, and the annihtion of the capital which caused the people to lose their ce, due to the hard work of every representative that worked together for amon cause, the post-treatment of the war was carried out rtively smoothly.
Due to the copsed God Mountain, the Hairihi kingdom capital was also destroyed by getting swallowed into it, the nonbatant that was unable to participate in the legendary great war¨D¨Despecially the craftsmen were wholly mobilized for the reconstruction, in addition the merchants and themon citizens also gave their maximum support and the work which caused the progress to move rapidly. On top of using magic, there was also the good will and proactiveness of the people all over the world which crossed over race or country to reconstruct the capital, it was to the degree that they calcted the capital might be able to recover its former appearance within half a year.
At the prairie where fierce ravages of the battle remained, using the wreckage of the fortress a lot of temporary residences were established that were mainly used for the people that engaged in the reconstruction to lodge at. There, kitchen and inn, general store and the likes were created one after another, to the degree that it might possibly turn into a part of the capital by linking it with the city''s expansion. Surely, the city would be even livelier evenpared to when it had the God Mountain behind it.
The temporary establishment of the holy church was also created in that temporary housing town.
At that battle, the story was that the enemy was an evil god that pretended to be the god Ehitorujue, so the people still had their heart supported by the holy church which worshiped Ehito as a god. Although the God Mountain and the holy church''s headquarter had disappeared, but suddenly taking away that support would only make the people uneasy.
Having said that, for the people who knew the truth, they felt more than a little reluctance for the holy church to keep using the name Ehitorujue exactly as it was until now.
There with the speech of the ''Goddess of Harvest'' Aiko, this kind of story was dispatched to the world.
It said, that the true name of god Ehito was Ehicliberei, for a long time the mad god¨D¨DEhitorujue had stolen this true name.
It said, that the ''rebels'' or rather the ''liberators'' who knew about the danger to the world from Ehito once challenged the mad god in order to regain the pure faith, but because of the mad god''s foul y, they were unable to defeat him.
It said, that in order to grant their own power to people who could possibly defeat Ehito, the liberators slept at the bottom of the greatbyrinths. And then, the chosen people who were summoned from another world by god were awarded this power. Aiko was the spokesman of these people, while the person who received the most power was the ''Goddess''s Sword''.
It said, like that Hajime and others splendidly defeated the mad god Ehitorujue that was hiding in Holy Precincts. However, due to thest resistance of the mad god Ehitorujue, it caused a copse in order to take along the world to apany him in his death. In response to that, thest liberator¨D¨DMiledy Raisen who made her soul to possess a golem and had watched over the people all this time, she exchanged her soul for the world''s salvation.
Aplete lie, it was not. The story matched the gist of the truth. By the way, the name Ehicliberei was a coined word with the meaning of ''seven liberators'' put into it. It was the consideration for them that they would surely felt unpleasant to have the story of them cooperating with Ehitorujue to be taught to the future generations. If it was asked whose consideration it was, then it must be the one who thought of this story which was not a lie but also not the truth which wasplicated in various meaning, a certain white haired eye-patched man somewhere.
Due to this speech of Aiko, the historians who were excited to leave this time''s legendary great battle''s record in writing at once raised the name of Miledy and others to the front stage of history once more as the seven great wise men who saved the world.
Regarding the new top brass of the church, it wasposed of the priests of the remote region. The people who participated in the choir squad at that battlefield and managed to survive became the core of this new top brass. Most of them were people who shed with the central church and then got exiled to the remote region, so their thought and ideology were also exceedingly sensible, many of them were a man of character so it was thought that there wouldn''t be any particr problem.
Regarding Raisen Great Labyrinth that was left behind by Miledy, Hajime created a living golem as the recement of Miledy Raisen and stationed it there. It was equipped with gatling cannon, missile pod, and even pile bunker, so the difficulty level might be jumped up there.
Hajime didn''t particrly do anything to the other greatbyrinths. Perhaps it had no more meaning, but his stance was that if anyone searched for power and wanted to challenge it then just challenged it.
Regarding Hajime''s quality artifacts that werevishly used at the legendary great war, after Hajime awoke from fainting, he destroyed all of them. Gahard and some other people yelled "Stooop¨D!" while clinging to him, but Hajime turned everything into garbage right in front of their eyes. Hajime created an artifact to gather all artifacts that had his stamp, so there wouldn''t any that got overlooked.
Of course, the artifacts that Kam and others of Hauria possessed were left alone in their possession, though Haijme applied various work on those first.
It was irritating for Hajime when Gahard''s resentful eyes, or rather the eyes that looked like a child whose important toys were taken away were staring fixedly at him, so while he was at it Hajime gifted him with a small version Fernier. And at the next day, for some reason Hajime became the best friend of his majesty the emperor. It seemed that Gahard was really pleased with Fernier.
In preparation of the worst case that Gahard used Fernier to invade another country, Hajime made Liliana and Karm carry the remote switch for the self-exploding artifact. If Gahard knew of this¡just what kind of face he would make. Hajime was really curious about it but with an effort, he endured to not ask.
Regarding the rtionship between demi-human and human race, not only the people from the empire, the other humans were also in the process of changing their feeling toward the demi-human with whom they had fought together with through the legendary great war. As expected the fact that they had entrusted their lives to each other was enough to repaint their discriminatory view.
Of course, if it was asked if the two side could immediately join shoulders together, it wouldn''t be that easy, but even so, none was holding animosity to the degree where they could act hatefully with recklessness. There was also how they had witnessed the gant effort of the dragon race, and above all else, there was the fact that a rabbit-eared girl and a dragon woman were among therades of the savior hero who stormed into the Holy Precincts.
The demi-human weren''t called as the abandoned race that didn''t possess god''s blessing anymore. Rather, it was obvious that the two demi-human would leave their page in history as a great person that stood side by side with the hero. No word of contempt could possibly be directed to such people.
Due to such reason, the social status of demi-human was beginning to be reevaluated rapidly among the human without anyone even needed to do particrly anything. As one part of that process, the holy church wouldn''t call them as ''demi-human race'' anymore, from now on they would formally name them as ''beastman race'', the official notice for that had been created.
Because of that too, the ''Ne of Pledge'' that had been attached on the royalty of the empire had also been dismantled. After reaching this stage with great pain where it might be possible for an amicable coexistence, to keep holding the life of the empire royalty would only break the ''equal rtionship'', causing a halt at thepromise between the two side.
Although, just because of that didn''t mean that there was no more guarantee from the empire side to stop the persecution to the demi-human and making them a ve.
"Meteor and sunlightser, or fully equipped Hauria, which one is better?"
At the asion where the ''Ne of Pledge'' was dismantled, Gahard asked "Do you believe that the empire won''t move for revenge?" with a fearless grin, and the sentence that Hajime gave back to him was that. It went without saying that after that all the close aides of Gahard swiftly demanded for a handshake of friendship. The empire was based on strength supremacy doctrine¡
Now then, talking about equality between races there was the matter of the devil race.
They were invited into Holy Precincts and made to sleep at the lower strata domain, but for some reason they escaped the copse of Holy Precincts and got thrown out at the wastnd at the outskirt of the devil race capital which was far away from the battlefield, after that they were discovered there still continuing to fast asleep.
Even at the present a month after the battle, that situation still hadn''t changed. Most likely they could be awoken immediately if regeneration magic was used on them, but right now everyone was busy with the post-battle treatment and rebuilding, there was really no leeway to wake up the existences that could possibly be a seed of conflict, so now they were sealed at a corner of the devil capital under strict monitoring. The seal was using Hajime''s artifact.
By the way, regarding the devil race people who were deeply carved with the terror of Hajime at the devil king castle, Hajime only said a word of "troublesome" and put them to sleep too. It would be troubling if they said something like ''We are going to save our brethren!'' and rampaged, so Hajime quickly took measures.
Although, for them who had been nted with a lot of terror by Hajime, and furthermore, after they knew that Hajime had even aplished the destruction of God Mountain and godying, it was really unthinkable that they would do anything stupid.
Now then, Hajime and others had busily moved around doing things like the kingdom capital reconstruction, the artifacts'' withdrawal, driving in the wedge to the empire, fabricating history, restoring the honor of the liberators, and various other things, but that didn''t mean that they were lending their hand in this and that of this world because of mere whim or sophistication.
Naturally their first objective was to return home to the birthce earth¨D¨DJapan.
During this one month, they continued to stay in this world and moved around was also doubling as killing time, and that was merely because they couldn''t go home. Having said that, it didn''t mean that they didn''t have the method to go home or anything, and it wasn''t also because they were unable to create the concept magic.
The reason was simple. There was no material to create the ''Compass of Guidance'' and ''Crystal Key''.
Concept magic was powerful. Even though Hajime was able to enchant mineral, but using average material would cause the item to explode when activated because it wouldn''t be able to endure the effect. Before the difficult undertaking that was crossing the world, they didn''t want to take any risky venture like ''It should be usable if used only for one time!''
Besides, even though they were taking along Myuu and Remia together, but as expected Hajime wanted to prepare a return path home to this world for them, regarding Shia and Tio too, Karm and Adol and many other people were remaining in this world, Hajime thought that they would want to go home here sometimes to meet with their family.
And so, an artifact that would break after just one-time use would be troubling for that.
Having said that, speaking about a mineral that could endure concept magic and also had high affinity with magic, Hajime couldn''t think of anything else but the god crystal. But, they had finished confirming that there was no god crystal anymore at the abyss. Now that they didn''t have thepass, it wasn''t realistic to search for god crystal around the world when there was not even any guarantee that it existed.
And the idea that Hajime got when thinking of that, was that if it didn''t exist then he just needed to create it.
God crystal was the crystallization of magic power where magic power identally piled up for a long time of a thousand years. It was the solidification of the magic power of nature that was so vast it was absurd. The process was like water drops that bore a hole on a rock.
But, Hajime had no interest at all in staring at water drops boring a hole into a rock. Therefore, he just needed to twist such theory with foul y.
And then what he did based on that was creating an artifact that converged natural magic element in high speed using gravity magic which was a magic that interfered with the power of star, and then he used space magic which was a magic that interfered with boundary to pump the gathered natural magic element into artifact(pool of human poption magic power).
Added with that, with Hajime who was a possessor of inhuman magic power as the first in the list, the otherworlder cheat group pumped in their magic power every day into the artifact.
As the result, after a month passed, they seeded in creating a god crystal with diameter around fifteen centimeters. It only had around half the size of the god crystal that Hajime first discovered and it also didn''t produce ''God Water'', but it was still an amazing material that could endure concept magic satisfactorily.
And then, finally, today Hajime started making ''Compass of Guidance'' and ''Crystal Key''.
The ce was the fountain za at the outskirt of Fea Belgen. It was that ce where Shia''s feeling came to a realization. Hajime and others, in this one month they were using this Fea Belgen which was the easiest ce to spend time in as their base, so Aiko and the ssmates were also staying here. They were human, but the beastmen were in great joy with the hero party''s stay there.
At the za, Shia and Tio, Kaori and Shizuku, and then Myuu and Remia were there. Other than them all the ssmates had also gathered to look at the moment when the artifact for going home waspleted. In addition, Liliana, Karm, and everyone else from Hauria n and others were also there.
"Yosh, let''s do this Yue."
"¡Nn-"
Hajime and Yue were facing each other at the center of the za. Yue''s appearance now was her original girl figure. Sometimes she also turned into adult mode depending on her mood of the day, but this girl mode was used a lot because it was convenient for sitting on Hajime''sp or getting hugged.
Hajime too now had his new artificial arm and eye back, the vampirization from Yue was also undone. Until they returned to earth, Hajime nned to get his hair turned ck and coated his artificial arm with skin and so forth, as much as possible he wanted to return to his original appearance.
The excessively lovely Yue whose body was wrapped with chic goth loli outfit and Hajime were closing their eyes in concentration with the god crystal between them.
The ssmates who were watching over them at the surrounding gulped.
In such atmosphere, the ceremony of concept creation finally began.
Inside the forest of Fea Bergen, golden and crimson magic power calmly began to twist up. From the beginning the magic power of two colors was spiraling while mixing with each other, it looked as though the two color was getting intimate with each other.
Before long the leaves of the trees were blown and scattered around while a torrent of magic power was climbing to the sky, a clear will began to reside in it. Regardless that it was unseen by eye, everyone who was there felt it, an overwhelming will that made the skin to have goosebump.
At the same time, the god crystal began to shine. The stormy torrent of magic power was focused and absorbed into the god crystal with amazing force.
Calmly, yet sonorously Hajime spoke the power of words.
"¨D¨D''Transmute''"
Immediately the god crystal split into two. The ores other than god crystal that had been prepared beforehand instantly mixed and they were forming shape.
Unnoticed the stormy magic power was shining like a star between Hajime and Yue, the forest of Fea Bergen and the surrounding people were illuminated, their heart was charmed by the spectacle.
That radiance was also getting smaller bit by bit. "Hou" Here and there a sigh of admiration was leaked. It was unclear whether the cause of that was because of the artifact''s creation, or else if it was because Hajime and Yue who created this miraculous spectacle while snuggling close to each other.
And then, the light finally settled down, Yue and Hajime quietly opened their eyes. Ahead of their gaze was apass and crystal key that were sparkling bright.
"¡Hajime. Test it."
"Okay."
Yue said that while separating their hand gently. Obeying that, Hajime tried activating thepass. There was no problem, it seized the location of earth intuitively. And then the crystal key was also operating on space properly.
"O, oi, Nagumo. How is it? Everything fine?"
Endo Kousuke asked timidly after bing unable to endure the tension. By the way, Kousuke who had received an amazing nickname from Hauria n, and got a lover from the same rabbit n (in this one month he had worked very hard. Especially he paid a lot ofpensation with his shame while mass producing dark history of his life), now he had a lot ofmon point with Haijme, the two of them were unexpectedly getting along and in this one month they were building a rtively familiar rtionship.
Looking at Hajime who reacted to Kousuke''s call, several of the ssmates gulped loudly.
Hajime ran his gaze around the ssmates whose expression was stiffening from nervousness.
And then, he grinned widely and wordlessly gave a thumb up. The meaning of that was obvious.
"Yossha¨D¨D¨D!!"
"Hurraay!!"
"UOOOOOOO, we can go home! We seriously can go home!!"
"Nagumoo, no, you are Nagumo-sama already! Really thank you!"
"Fueeeeeeeen, I''m really aadd. Nagumo-kuuun, Yue-saaan, thank you!"
"Hajime-samaaa, please make me your veeeeee!"
"Yue-san, make me your peeet!"
Joyful cheers exploded, words of thanks rose one after another. It felt like there were some dangerous words mixed in, but it would be troubling if perverts came out even from among the ssmates so Hajime beautifully ignored it. But, the guy who made a strange request to Yue would be strangledter, while making that vow, Hajime sat down with a thud from fatigue.
Yue also sat on hisp in a tired state. He circled his arms around her slender waist to support her and then she snuggled in real close.
There, *sutetete¨D* cute footsteps resounded.
"Papaaa!"
"Myuu"
Hajime skillfully caught Myuu''s small body that jumped energetically and ced her on the knee opposite of Yue with his support. As expected, Myuu was also snuggling in real close on him.
"Hajime-san! Me toooo"
Shia jumped *pyon* like a rabbit. The ce that she embraced was Hajime''s right shoulder. His hand that was supporting Yue temporarily let go and patted Shia''s rabbit ear. Shia happily snuggled close to him.
"Hajime-kun, you did it."
The one who was saying that while quietly snuggling close was Kaori. And it wasn''t with an apostle body. Now she was in her original body. Thinking of the difference of lifespan between her and Hajime and others, it would be better if she stayed inside apostle body. Kaori herself thought that, but Yue who hadprehended the secret technique of apostle creation during the time she was possessed by Ehito said that it was possible someday to turn Kaori''s body into apostle and surpassed the limit of her lifespan, so in the end Kaori returned to her original body. In actuality, she was already able to change into apostle mode temporarily, where in that state she was able to use silver wings and disintegration ability and also handled twin swords art.
That Kaori clung tightly on Hajime''s left shoulder. When she got her head patted, as expected she then snuggled close to him.
"Goshujin-sama''s world is surely fun isn''t it?"
"Surely you will be shocked by it there."
Tio and Shizuku arrived. There was only the back that was left open. The gaze of the two crossed. A spark scattered between them. When they were about to aim at thest clinging position¡
"My my, a good ce is left open here. Ufufu. Dear, please excuse me."
Remia who smoothly cut in clung tightly to Hajime''s back. " "Aa-" " Tio and Shizuku''s voice was raised. As expected from a widow. She couldn''t be made light of.
"Shia-san, haa haa, let''s get along well with me?"
"Gee, Altina-!"
Unnoticed Altina appeared behind Shia with her breathing getting rough "haa haa". She was walking unsteadily like a zombie while approaching Shia''s back to cling there.
Shia whose rabbit ears stood tall with shudders running through them separated from Hajime to repel back Altina.
To take advantage of that opening, two more female approached with a jog¡
"¡Aiko-san? What could you possibly be nning to do?"
"Liliana-san yourself, what business do you have with him?"
Here too sparks were sparking off.
Hajime''s surrounding became noisy suddenly, even the ssmates who cheered joyfully with each other began to notice themotion.
Amidst all that, Yue sighed "fuu" toward the female camp who was noisily quarreling for Hajime. Hajime tilted his head asking "What''s wrong?" with his gaze, immediately after that Yue''s atmosphere changed from sweet to bewitching.
And then, Yue''s body shined shily, and at the next moment, the adult version Yue appeared. Right after that, the adult version Yue easily tore off Kaori and Remia from Hajime, because of the sudden growth the length of the clothes becameparatively short, and with that amazingly risqu¨¦ and seductive clothing, she hugged Hajime''s head onto her breast and Hajime''s head was buried *munyuu!* into those splendid twin hills.
The quarreling female camp raised "Ah" voice while Hajime leaked out a muffled voice "unmu-". Myuu was still supported in one of Hajime''s arms.
"¡By the legal wife''s authority, the noisy child will be prohibited."
Gushing out sex appeal. The devilish beauty that would charm anyone without distinction of sex. The words of the adult mode Yue that was the personification of bewitching made everyone''s breath taken away. The female camp immediately tried to object, but when they were forestalled by the sidelong nce Yue sent them, immediately their cheeks reddened and their words "uu" got caught inside their throat. Even Yue''s self-acknowledged rival Kaori was like that. Speaking clearly there was no one that could go against Yue.
By the way, if it was asked what was the prohibition was referring to, it was referring at the permission to enter Hajime''s bedroom. In this one month, Hajime and Yue, and then Shia too had passed through several sleepless nights, but that was something that didn''t happen every day.
And then, even at night where Yue and Shia were not there, there were still women that warmed Hajime''s bed. It went without saying just who those women were. And it also went without saying just who was the one that was holding the baton ofmand. It could be easily guessed from the words ''legal wife authority''.
"¡Nn. As punishment, I will monopolize today."
"Wai-, Yue, umu-!?"
Hajime who became gutless from getting buried in the twin hills, was raised up by Yue and at the same time he received a hot, and not just normal hot but a scalding hoooot kiss from Yue.
The female camp suddenly became noisy. And then, the ssmates were also became overdosed with sweetness and got flustered (including a part of the female students who became excited in a dangerous sense).
Kaori and others raised a voice of protest and pleading toward Hajime and Yue whose lips separated with rough gasping.
"Tha, that''s not fair, Yue! I too with Hajime-kun¡" (Kaori)
"E, err, me too¡with Hajime¡" (Shizuku)
"Goshujin-sama, please be with me." (Tio)
"My my, dear, please take care of me too okay?" (Remia)
"Hau, Na, Nagumo-kun, me, me too¡" (Aiko)
"Hajime-san¡please¡" (Liliana)
In addition, Shia who had just finished burying Altina to the ground with a backdrop was wordlessly sending Hajime a moist gaze. Myuu was tilting her head because she was not really understanding what was going on.
There, Yue opened her mouth while smiling softly.
"¡Hajime. With whom you will do it?"
If Hajime was mischievously asked that by Yue, then his answer could only be one.
"Yue is the only option."
"Kufuh¡then, I''ll be kidnapping him."
Saying that, Myuu was then enveloped gently by the wind and handed over to Remia, then Yue''s figure vanished with a whoosh while still embracing Hajime. It was the magic ''Heaven Existence'' that Yue ripped off from Ehitorujue. In truth when Yue kissed Hajime she recovered by taking Hajime''s blood.
The za of Fea Bergen was once more filled with the protesting voices "Aaa¨D¨D!!" of the female camp that was in love with Hajime.
"¡God damnit. I''m so deathly jealous."
"Yeah. Me too, I want to get kidnapped by that kind of beautyyy"
"But, this me who is feeling that if it''s Nagumo then it can''t be helped, it feels like I already lost something."
Tamai Atsushi looked up to the sky and whispered, while Aikawa Noboru was earnestly in agreement, Nimura Akito shrugged and exposed an expression that couldn''t say anything.
"Aa, I totally understand you. It feels like I cannot make any word."
"''Well, it''s Nagumo after all'', this sentence is the recent popr phrase huh¡"
Nomura Kentaro and Nagayama Juugo that heard the conversation of Tamai and others were smiling wryly while nodding. To that Nakano Shinji and Saito Yoshiki also made a dry smile that simrly couldn''t say anything.
"Haa haa, I want to be stepped on by Yue-san. I want to get ground down hard while getting scorned by those eyes¡"
"You are going to the hospital right away after we go home okay? Have them look at your head."
Amidst a part of the boys that were turning perverted, the other boys were smiling wryly while feeling envious and understanding, while also feelingplicated because they could be that understanding.
Nearby those boys, Miyazaki Nana was simrly leaking out a voice was filled with envy.
"How enviouuusss"
Sonobe Yuuka who tilted her head asked back "Which one that you mean?"
"Rather than which one, I think I''m more envious of that kind of rtionship itself."
"I really get what you mean. Certainly that''s envious isn''t it?"
Sugawara Taeko was making a girly expression while leaking out an admiring sigh "hou". Yuuka smiled wryly toward her two best friends that didn''t even hide their longing while staring at the demon king harem members who were rushing into the forest to chase after the vanishing Yue and Hajime before she opened her mouth.
"How should I put it, Kaori-chan and Shizuku who stepped into that rtionship, and then Ai-chan who got over various things, they are amazing."
"¡What''s with you all, getting like this. Crap, Nagumo-kun is seriously demon king-sama."
"Haa haa, Hajime-samaaa, please make me your ve¡"
"Let''s go to the hospital together when we go home. You need to get your head looked at."
The conversations of the girl ssmates came into hearing too, they expressed their feeling that envied Hajime and Yue''s rtionship, while also giving their praise at Kaori and others who entered the harem. At the same time, their cheeks reddened from knowing that the harem already did it. Actually, quite a number of them harbored the feeling that if Hajime asked for them then they would respond to him. But Hajime wasn''t asking for them, so those feelings didn''te into realization though.
"Suzu is not going after them?"
"No no, I''m not going. Just what are you saying so suddenly, Ryutaro-kun?"
Suzu was staring at the progression of themotion while cackling, to such Suzu, Ryutaro who was at her side asked her that for some reason, to which Suzu tilted her head as though to say "Just what is this person talking about?"
"¡No, if you ain''t going then that''s fine. See, your inside is a perverted old man yeah, so I thought that somehow you would get carried away saying ''me too'' and charged into there or something."
"¡Oi, are you calling me a pervert without integrity, you bastard. I wonder, do I actually need to have a talk with Ryutaro-kun regarding your impression of me?"
"No, because, you see, fundamentally you are a pervert after all¡"
"Okay, you are asking for a fight right? You want to fight aren''t you? I''ll let you eat to your heart''s content you know, this evolved Barrier Burst of mine."
Ryutaro scratched his cheek lightly while speaking his honest opinion, hearing that a vein appeared on Suzu''s forehead while her hand reached toward her restored iron fan. Looking at that, Kouki rushed in panic to stop her.
"Su, Suzu. Calm down-. Ryutaro doesn''t mean anything bad with what he said, rather¨D¨D"
"Kouki-kun shut up. This muscle brain who had forgotten the concept of delicacy inside her mother''s stomach, he had to get talked strictly with at least once!"
Suzu cut off Kouki''s words and howled fiercely. However, if Suzu talked about him until that far, then it would make Ryutaro wanted to at least object.
"Oy you! I don''t want to be told that I get no delicacy or whatever by the girl who wanted to go peeking at the bedroom of Nagumo and others at the middle of the night! You yourself, you actually had thrown away this thing called a woman''s shame at the roadside around there ain''t you?"
"Tha, that''s, because! I just got bothered! This is the love affair of one-sama and others you know!? It will be a loss of your life if we don''t burn that scene into our eyes at least once you know!?"
"Who give a damn! Besides, if you want to see it that much then you can just go alone. Think about my feeling who got woken up at night and got taken along to peep!"
"That was my kindness to the no good Ryutaro-kun! Understand that!"
"Don''t bullshit! Something like getting invited by a girl of the same age, to peek at the ero scene of the ssmates, there is a limit even to being awkward! Or rather I don''t get what you mean!"
The giant and tiny girl quarreled(?) noisily *gyaa gyaa*. The surrounding sent lukewarm gaze at the two who recently caused this kind of spectacle rtively often. And then, the gazes toward Kouki who waspletely flustered around the two was also lukewarm.
The shining charisma when they were first summoned here was already gone, in this one month, Kouki had earnestly lowered his head to everyone and his former impressive presence was thoroughly disappearing. The gaze of the surrounding to him was still cold, filled with wariness and suspicion. Kouki who had resolved himself was merely epting those emotions silently.
His expression was constantly hard, smeared with guilt and regret. The ssmates who knew the former Kouki who always helped people without distinction, although at first they held suspicion at Kouki who betrayed them, but seeing Shizuku and others who had staked their lives to take him back, and their own feeling who simply didn''t want to lose anymore ssmate, and then looking at Kouki who felt more regretful than anyone else, working hard trying to change himself, caused the ssmates to try to ept him for the moment.
Kouki who lost his former smile, but at the side of Ryutaro and others, he was showing a slightly soft expression even while looking flustered, seeing that expression made the ssmates feel a bit relieved. Because even though they had lost a lot of things, but somehow, the important thing from before they were summoned wasing back for a little bit, they felt such feeling from that expression.
With themotion of Ryutaro and Suzu as the center, coupled with the confirmation that they could go home, the ssmates also started making a ruckus with a bright expression.
The smiles of them who knew firsthand that in life, there were times where they had to fight with their life on the line¡were really powerful.
Now then, if it was asked where were Hajime and Yue who teleported went¡.currently both of them were under the great tree. Hajime asked for a ce where no one would intrude and also had a tasteful atmosphere, so this was the designated ce that fulfilled both conditions.
Hajime was holding hand with Yue who went back into girl mode, their fingers interlocked with each other, the two of them were rxedly walking toward the base of the great tree.
The weather today was clear, sunlight brightly poured down through the trees in this ce where mist didn''t enter.
"Yue, use regeneration magic."
"¡Nn? Understood."
If the entrance to the greatbyrinth was closed, then the great tree would return into a dead tree. Presently, the great tree in front of their eyes was withered. If regeneration magic was applied, it would recover its green color. Yue understood that, but she didn''t understand why it was necessary when they had no n to enter inside.
Yue tilted her head with slight doubt, but she somehow guessed that Hajime was merely wishing to see a more beautiful scenery, she smiled while applying the magic.
Instantly the great tree was overflowed with green while emitting light. The sunlight that shined through the branches and leaves were creating several angel¡¯sdders. If the tranquil atmosphere wasbined with the splendorous great tree that could be associated with the world tree Yggdrasil in myth, the ce would be something beautiful that was even more fantastical, or even mystical.
Hajime nodded in satisfaction before he took Yue''s hand and led her to the base of the great tree. And then, like that he sat down and put Yue on hisp. It was a posture where he was embracing her from behind. The Yue in girl mode settled snugly on Hajime''s chest.
While feeling each other''s warmth and pulse for a while, they tasted the silence. The sound of leaves rustling that was audible sometimes and the breeze that caressed the skin felt pleasant.
Before long, after enjoying the nature enough to their heart''s content, Hajime softly opened his mouth, whispering into Yue''s ear.
"Yue."
"¡Hm?"
"There is something I want to show you."
"¡Something to show?"
"Yeah. Actually, this is something that should be shown to you faster but¡it''s something important so I was looking for a good timing, but it got postponed until the end like this. Sorry."
"¡? I don''t really understand but, if Hajime thinks that now is the right time, then that''s fine."
Hajime''s eyes softened at Yue who looked up from his chest to stare at him. And then, he kissed softly at her beautiful golden threads that rustled in the wind while taking out an artifact.
That was a small transparent ore that looked like a diamond. The image recording artifact that he discovered at the sealing room in the abyss.
Hajime kept embracing Yue tightly and lifted the artifact forward before activating it. The artifact shined, and suddenly an image was projected. Seeing the person that appeared there, Yue opened her eyes wide in shock and murmured in a daze.
"¡Oji, sama?"
Hajime wordlessly strengthened his arms that were embracing Yue. It was unclear whether it was unconsciously or consciously, but Yue was also gripping tightly the hands of Hajime around her waist.
In front of those two, the person in the image recording¨D¨DYue''s uncle, Denreed Gardia Wesperitirio Avatar slowly began to talk.
{¡Aleytia. Long time no see, I wonder if saying that is a little wrong. I think that you are surely hating me. No, surely word like hate will not be enough at all. What I did¡¡aa, that''s not it. This is not what I want to say. Even though I have been thinking of various things, now that the time hase to leave myst will I cannot speak smoothly.}
While making a self-depreciating wry smile, Denreed pulled himself together by clearing his throat.
{That''s right. First let me say my thanks. ¡Aleytia. Surely, right now on your side there should be someone who you are trusting from the bottom of your heart. At the very least, that person must be a strong person who could obtain metamorphosis magic and able to challenge the true Orkus, a person who didn''t abandon you from the guardian that I prepared and rescued you.}
Hajime''s eyes were closed. As though to listen to those words, or possibly toment the departed.
{¡You. You there who is close to my beloved niece. I wonder if you are male? Or else are you female? For Aleytia, what kind of existence are you? Are you her lover? Are you her friend? Or do you be her family, or herrade? My apologize that I cannot meet you directly to say my thanks, but I still want to say it no matter what. ¡Thank you. For saving this child, for being close to her, thank you. I offer you my greatest gratitude in my whole lifetime.}
Yue didn''t even twitch. What Hajime could see were only her glittering golden threads that were sparkling from reflecting light.
{Aleytia. Surely many questions are flooding inside your chest. Or else, perhaps you have already know the truth. Just why, that day, I hurt you, and buried you inside that bottom of darkness? What kind of existence are you, and who is your true enemy?}
The story that was talked from there was the facts that they already knew and spection that didn''t miss from the truth.
Namely, that Yue was born as a miko (TN: Usually miko is a shrine maiden, but from the kanji it can be interpreted as god child), and she was aimed by Ehitorujue. Denreed who noticed that pretended to kill Yue in his coup d''etat with the disguise that he was blinded by greed, he then sealed her in the abyss, the room where she was sealed itself was a hidden ce that could fool even the god. The sealing of Yue was also a bitter choice for him so that her presence couldn''t be possibly detected even for a bit.
{I was hesitating whether to tell you the truth or not until just before that day. But, for the sake of deceiving those guys with certainty, I judged that I shouldn''t tell you. I also thought that if you hate me, then that would be a motivation for you to live.}
Surely Denreed also couldn''t stay for long in the sealing room. That was why, after pretending to kill Yue at the pce, there was no doubt that there was also no time for him to talk with her.
Just how filled with bitterness that choice that he made, it was shown by the strength of his hand clutching at the other side of the image.
{Even so, it doesn''t change that I had hurt you. I won''t say anything like your forgiveness after thiste. However, I want you to please believe only this. I want you to know this.}
Denreed''s expression changed from anguish, into an expression of smiling while crying. That look was overflowing with gentleness and kindness, at the same time, it was also filled with a hopeless sadness.
{I love you, Aleytia. I love you from the bottom of my heart. I have never thought of you as bothersome, not even for once. ¨D¨DI thought of you as my daughter.}
"¡Oji, sama. Den-ojisama. I-, I too¡"
Thought of you like a father. That feeling was flowing down along with the tears that traced through her cheek, unable to form into words. But, the strength of the hand that was clutching Hajime''s hand conveyed that feeling more eloquent than anything.
{I''m sorry that I couldn''t protect you. I''m sorry that I couldn''t do anything but to entrust you to someone in the future. I''m sorry that I act like a pathetic father.}
"¡Such things-"
What was in front of their eyes was a recording of the past. It was nothing more but Denreed''sst will. But, such thing was irrelevant. Yue couldn''t help but yell no matter what.
Something shining was gathering at the corner of Denreed''s eyes. But, he didn''t let that flow by any means. While enduring tightly, he spun words toward his beloved daughter with all his heart.
{I wanted to be at your side, seeing your figure when you grasped your own happiness someday. It was my secret dream to punch the man standing at your side once. And then, after that, I wanted to exchange sake with him, and say "please take care of my daughter". It was the partner that Aleytia chose. Surely, he would make a firm promise with a serious face.}
Denreed was looking at far away as though seeing a dream at the other side of the image. By any chance, there might be the Yue of the past at the direction of his gaze.
{It will be the time soon. There are more things that I want to talk, various things that I want to convey but¡with my creation magic, I can only make an artifact of this degree.}
"¡no-, I don''t wanna-. Oji-sa, Otou-sama!"
Denreed smiled wryly at the approaching limit of the recording, to that Yue reached her hand while crying. Her uncle, no, her father''s deep and deep affection, and that tragically tough resolve fiercely shook Yue''s heart, indescribable feelings were overflowing out.
Hajime hugged Yue even tighter.
{I cannot be on your side anymore, but even if this life is about to run out I''ll continue to pray. Aleytia. My beloved daughter. I wish for infinite happiness to shower above your head. For you to walk a path that is warmer than sunlight, and gentler than moonlight.}
"¡Otou-sama-"
Denreed''s gaze wandered. Surely that was because he was imagining the person who was being close with Yue.
{To you who is very close with my beloved daughter. It doesn''t matter what kind of shape it is. Make that child, to be the happiest girl in the world. Please, I beg you.}
"¡Naturally. I swear it with my life."
There was no way Hajime''s words reached him. But, without any doubt, Denreed was smiling in satisfaction. Surely he was convinced of how the person in the future who listened to his words would answer. In various senses, he was a preposterous person. Perhaps it was just as expected from Yue''s father.
The recording was fading down. Denreed''s figure melted into empty air. It was as though his soul was going away¡
Yue and Hajime were snuggling to each other so close that they wouldn''t separate no matter what while gazing straight ahead, there thest words of Denreed resounded.
{¡Sayonara, Aleytia. I wish that the whole world that is surrounding you, to be filled with happiness.}
Inside the deep forest, a crying voice was echoing.
It contained sadness. However, that was not all there was to it, it was a voice that was choked with warm tears of gratitude. That warmth gently enveloped Hajime.
Yue rotated her body and clung to Hajime''s chest. There she vented her emotion to her heart''s content.
It was unknown how long time passed like that.
Before long, Yue quietly lifted her face that was wet with tears. Hajime''s hand gently wiped on those cheeks.
"Yue."
"¡Nn."
While holding Yue''s cheeks, Hajime spun his words along with a gaze that was filled with love and resolves.
"I, am the happiest man in the world. The proof of that, is inside my arms like this right now."
"¡Nn. Then, I too, is the happiest woman in the world. The proof of that, is how I''m embraced like this right now."
In a distance where their lips could touch anytime, while feeling each other''s breath, the two of them stared at each other. It felt funny for some reason, both of them chuckled a bit.
While chuckling like that, Hajime suddenly took out a ring. It was a simple silver ring. There was no special ability that was enchanted in it. If he had to say what was special about it, then it was a staggeringly tough ring, that was it.
That ring which was glittering brightly from reflecting the sunlight, was stared by Yue whose eyes were simrly glittering brightly.
"¡nn. Proposal?"
Once, those words were said jokingly when Hajime handed her the essories of magical bright stone series in the Orkus Great Labyrinth. At that time, Hajime spontaneously retorted but¡
"That''s right."
"¡u"
This time, he responded straight back. His serious gaze was seriously conveying his feeling to her. As expected, Yue got shy and couldn''t even say her usual "¡nn". Her cheeks were already bright red like an apple.
"At Japan, the custom is for the man to say [Please give me your daughter] to the partner''s father. That''s why, I thought to say it in this ce where Yue realized the true feeling of your father."
"¡Nnu"
Because the one these words should be said to have gone, Hajime said it to the person herself.
"I want Yue. Everything of you, give it to me from here on until the future ahead too."
"¡au"
Yue writhed.
Things like a reply or whatever, were obviously decided already.
A flower bloomed. The loveliest flower in this world. If there was a flowernguage for it, then the meaning would be unquestionably ''happiness''.
Yue answered, along with a smile that was gloriously blooming in full.
"¡Nn-!!"
The ring that indicated eternity was fitted into the ring finger of the left hand that Yue presented forward. There was one more ring. This time Yue was the one who fitted it into Hajime''s ring finger.
They showed the ring to each other, and then, they chuckled together.
After a while, Yue floated a mischievous smile while asking.
"¡Then? How many rings Hajime are preparing after this?"
"¡Yue. I think asking that in this kind of time is problematic."
"¡Give it to Shia next."
"That''s why, enjoy the afterglow a bit more before saying that¡"
Hajime was about to protest at Yue who was leaking out a teasing smile, but then his lips were blocked by a finger. Like that Yue directed her gaze to the beyond.
Hajime who got lured by that and followed her gaze caught the sight of Shia and others running from inside the sea of trees. It appeared that Yue made such question because she noticed their presences.
"¡Fufu. If it''s Hajime, then you can make everyone happy together."
"If looked withmon sense, I''m just a lowly bastard though."
"¡Common sense doesn''t work for the demon king-sama. Besides, no matter what shape it is, if the people themselves are happy then there is no problem."
"Well, I have determined and resolved myself so I have no hesitation anyway. Everyone, is mine."
"¡Nn. That''s my Hajime. But¡"
Yue''s eyes shined.
And then,
"¡I won''t hand over the ''special'' position."
Saying that, Yue seized Hajime''s lips.
From afar, with Shia, Tio, Kaori, Shizuku, Myuu, Remia, Aiko, Liliana as the first on the list, people were gathering one after another. The quiet and mystical ce immediately became noisy like in the middle of a city.
While half of his sight was filled with the lovely vampire princess, Hajime looked at the girls at the other side and thought¡
(Now then, when I introduced to Tou-san and Kaa-san, that everyone is my wives, what will happen huh¡)
It seemed doubtless that even in Japan, Hajime would be in a whirlpool of turmoil.
However, surely Hajime would ovee everything of those. Crushing irrationality with irrationality, rewriting absurdity with absurdity, and if needed even fate would be destroyed, together with the ''precious'' that he obtained in this world.
While making a gentle and also powerful smile, like now.
The tale of the young man who was summoned into another world, gifted with nothing but the talent of amon job, getting rid of even god while arriving as the world''s strongest, had the curtain lowered now with this.
After returning to Japan, due to the turmoil that was caused by the return of the group who got spirited away, the wives problem of Nagumo family, the rabbit ear legend of Akihabara, etc, etc, it went without saying that Hajime and others would go through umon everyday filled with turmoil.
Those stories, would be told at another chance someday¡
The End
Chapter 179. 180
Chapter 179. 180
Arifureta Chapter 179-180
Arifureta After ¨C Morning at the Nagumo House Part 1
AN: Thank you very much for a lot of the review about thepletion.
From here on too, I, Shirakome, will enjoy myself while discharging wild ideas bit by bit, and it will make me happy if you readers can keep apanying me.
¡¸¡¡Wake up. Wake up, Hajime.¡¹
His dozing off awareness was led to awakening by a soft voice and a gentle shake. Because of the brightness seen through the back of his eyelids, he could tell the curtains had been opened. It was morning, and the sun was insisting on its presence.
¡¸¡¡Don¡¯t mind me. Go on, ahead.¡¹(TN: Here, Hajime is using a line like a hero who will stay behind so that others can escape safely)
¡¸¡¡It¡¯s no good using a clich¨¦d line like that. Breakfast will get cold. So wake up.¡¹
He tucked himself into the bed like a bagworm and tried to take a journey into the dream world, this man who was trying to journey to the dream world with a voice that was going to disappear anytime, was the eldest son of this household¨D¨DNagumo Hajime. And then, the one who was making a troubled smile to such Hajime even while they kept urging him gently to get out of the bed, was Hajime¡¯s beloved vampire princess that came from another world¨D¨DYue.
Yue sat down beside the bed and she gently stroked the ck hair of Hajime who was curling in to himself. Her slender fingertips caressed through Hajime¡¯s hair,bing them down. And then, her eyes squinted affectionately and she quietly brought her lips towards Hajime¡¯s ear.
A small *chuu* sound resounded and Hajime twitched in reaction. Perhaps enjoying that reaction of Hajime, Yue¡¯s look was increasingly bursting open in happiness, next she held Hajime¡¯s earlobe into her mouth. Hajime once more twitched in reaction. Yue kept yfully nibbling, while Hajime kept twitching from that.
Yue separated her lips from Hajime¡¯s ear with *chupa* sound before she opened her mouth while blowing a feverish sigh on Hajime¡¯s ear.
¡¸¡¡If you don¡¯t wake up¡¡Hajime will be the breakfast.¡¹
¡¸I¡¯ll wake up.¡¹
It was a lovely speech, but there were his parents downstairs, other than them there were also the freeloaders and his daughter. Making a ruckusplete with moaning sound ¡¸aah-¡¹ from morning would be problematic in various meanings. The neighbors too would be guaranteed to look at himter with grinning expression saying ¡¸oh my¡¹. Therefore, Hajime pushed aside the futon with a snap and woke up.
¡¸Good morning, Yue.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Good morning.¡¹
Hajime¡¯s hair that was curling up here and there was fixed attentively by Yue using her hand as ab. Since the morning the atmosphere of the two was already teeming with mushiness. It even felt like the morning sunlight brightly shining in through the window was growing dim in reservation from these two¡¯sck in prudence.
Hajime who was exposing a dazed waking up face, which was unthinkable if it was in the period when he was journeying through the other world, Tortus, was narrowing his eyes toward his lover that was caressing his head in front of his eyes. While he was at it he was also running his gaze through the surroundings rxedly.
Inside the room, seventy percent of it was buried in bookshelves filled with books and games that were ced there, and then there was a desk and a reclining chair, a good quality desktop PC, and also a closet between the bookshelves. A window was attached to the wall that was facing south, and a navy blue curtain of the same color as the bed was hanging over it.
(¡..I¡¯m still feeling that this room is ¡®nostalgic¡¯. It must be because the experience on the other side was too strong. If I still feel like this even after going home for a year, then it might take a half year more to be able to live without feeling that anything is out of ce.)
Hajime sighed a bit inside his heart. And then, he clenched his left hand repeatedly as though to ascertain it. That arm didn¡¯t shine with a dull metallic gleam, its appearancewas that of a normal human arm. It had stic skin and slight mark of suntan simr to his right arm.
Furthermore, Hajime also gently traced his right eye with his fingertip. There, he didn¡¯t feel the sensation of an eye patch that was in the process of bing his trademark in Tortus. Far from that, there wasn¡¯t even the bluish white shine that was the trait of a god crystal. The eye¡¯s appearance was a dark brown eye that looked like the eye of a normal Japanese person as expected.
¡¸¡¡Nn? Hajime, what¡¯s wrong? It feels ufortable?¡¹
Yue noticed Hajime¡¯s state. She then brought her face closer until their nose tips almost touched while tilting her head. The sweet fragrance that tickled Hajime¡¯s nasal cavity slightly bewitched him while he shook his head.
¡¸No, there is no difort in both my arm and my eye. Thanks to Yue and the others¡¯ cooperation, the artificial skin and the artificial eyes are all in extremely excellent condition. No one would notice them as long as they don¡¯t get scanned in detail at a hospital. If I have to say, perhaps I¡¯m feeling difort from this situation where there is no difort.¡¹
¡¸¡¡? Hajime feels difort from the appearance of your body?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. After all, the experience over there was just too dense. The metallic arm, the crystal eye, and also the white hair, all those were already me. That¡¯s why, rather than calling this appearance getting back to normal, it feels like I changed again. Well, its going to be really bad if that kind of unknown automail and strange crystal eye got discovered on this modern earth, so that can¡¯t be helped though.¡¹
While smiling wryly, Hajime tapped on his left hand using his right hand. The artificial skin that used metamorphosis magic had reproduced a splendid skin texture, making the one touching it unable to sense the existence of the metallic artificial arm hidden beneath it.
The one who aplished this was Tio. The technique of Tio that was the only expert in metamorphosis magic among hisrades, added with Hajime and Yue¡¯s help, remade the artificial hand smartly and disguised it as a normal arm in outward appearance and texture.
Also, Hajime¡¯s artificial eye was something that was remade using creation magic, while his hair color was due to Kaori¡¯s regeneration magic returning the hair color to before.
Of course, for Kaori whose hand had reached to the territory of time intervention, if she used regeneration magic seriously then it was possible she could even restore Hajime¡¯s altered body to a normal human body. Whether it was his loss limb or his change due to eating monsters, all of those could be reverted if Kaori just returned Hajime¡¯s body back to its previous state.
But, Hajime didn¡¯t wish for that. Actually, by returning back to earth, things like a tough body were unneeded. But for some reason, it felt like turning his body back to how it was before was like making light of his journey in that other world. And above all else, he couldn¡¯t be growing senile first and leave behind Yue who would be living for a long time.
In the end, possessing a monster ss body where it wasn¡¯t even definite that it had a life span was in agreement with Hajime¡¯s own wish. By the way, if they were using Yue¡¯s secret technique of apostle creation, then the problem of life span could be resolved to a certain degree even if they were using their original normal body, so Kaori and the others also didn¡¯t view this matter as a problem.
¡¸¡¡Nn. Personally, there is no problem for me because I can enjoy various Hajimes. Rather I feel happy.¡¹
Yue said that and gave kisses in turn at Hajime¡¯s left shoulder, right eye, and his head. Every single action of Yue was overflowing with affection.
On that day, after they established the method of going home, since that day when Yue was proposed to under the great tree of [Haltina Sea of Trees], Yue¡¯s expression of love had increasingly be polished. She had never been seen without the ring that was fitted on the ring finger of her left hand, and when Yue saw the matching ring that was fitted on Hajime¡¯s left ring finger, an aura of happiness would be scattered in full from her.
¡¸Speaking of that, what about Yue? Have you gotten used to the world over here?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. There are still a lot of things, that I don¡¯t know, that I am not familiar with. This is really, a different world. There are a lot of unbelievable things¡¡. But, it¡¯s fun. Every day is fun like opening a jack-in-the-box.¡¹
¡¸I see.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Besides, I will be happy anywhere if that is a ce where Hajime is. Mother-inw and father-inw are also really kind. They treasured me like their real daughter, it feels really happy. Everywhere in Hajime¡¯s world, is filled with happiness.¡¹
¡¸I, I see¡¡somehow, it feels hot even though it¡¯s morning huh.¡¹
The gaze of Hajime who ate a straight punch of love was wandering around. Yue who understood that Hajime was being shy chuckled ¡¸Nfufu¡¹while snuggling at him like a cat. Hajime¡¯s hand was subconsciously moving and gently caressed Yue¡¯s fluffy hair.
An atmosphere that was overflowing with sugar content was running rampant since the morning. Yue quivered her long eyshes while quietly closing her eyelids, her faint pink lips were pushing out to Hajime. Hajime easily surrendered seeing that obviously coaxing pose. His face was approaching near¡¡
¡¸Geez~, Yue-oneechan! Is Papa still not awake nano!?¡¹
The one who opened the door of the room loudly with a bang while entering with a huff was a five year old girl who puffed up her t chest. She was Hajime¡¯s daughter Myuu. However, now her emerald green hair became emerald blond, while her fan shaped ears that were the trait of the merman race had changed into small and cute human ears.
The cause of the change was the illusion that was created by the ring artifact hanging down from Myuu¡¯s neck. The artifact was something excellent that surprisingly could reproduce even the touching sensation, so even if Myuu¡¯s ears were touched, the person touching wouldn¡¯t feel the texture of a fin, but the sensation of a human ear instead. And so, Myuu¡¯s appearance waspletely that of a beautiful little girl with blond hair.
The moment that Myuu energetically entered the room, she pointed her finger at the clich¨¦d childhood friend morning scene which entered her eyes and raised a protesting voice¡¸Aa~~!¡¹.
¡¸Geez-, Yue-oneechan! I always told you every time! Doing that to papa right from the morning is a no-no! Why aren¡¯t you protecting your promise nano!¡¹(TN: Here Myuu said ¡®me-¡® to Yue. This is the way people in Japanese scolded their naughty child or pet, it¡¯s like saying ¡®bad¡¯ with scolding tone in English, though I tranted it into no-no here.)
¡¸¡¡uu. Tha, that is because Hajime is¡¡¡¹
¡¸ming others is a no-no!¡¹
¡¸¡¡au. I¡¯m sorry.¡¹
Toward Myuu who pointed her index finger at Yue¡¯s nose while saying ¡¸Bad-¡¹, Yue could only dejectedly hung her head down regardless of her big sister status.
It had been about a year since they moved into earth. Recently Myuu who had grown up remarkably was acting really proper and strict. When all the onee-chans who often became hopeless characters that couldn¡¯t read the atmosphere when they got entangled with Hajime, like Yue right now, Myuu would remonstrate them with ¡®Bad¡¯ like this.
Actually, in order for Myuu to be used with this world quickly, and also because it was desirable for Myuu to have education in good taste, she was then enrolled into a nursery school about two months ago, but it seemed that in the school Myuu became awakened as ¡®onee-san¡¯ for some reason.
There was the factor of how based on her age she was included in the senior group in school, but additionally there was also how she had been piling up experience that should be too dense for a mere infant. She had been kidnapped, auctioned, traveled through a desert, struggling through a scene of carnage at the Devil King¡¯s Castle, and even participated in a legendary decisive battle. Looking from the point of view of such a Myuu, the children the same age as her who were born in a peaceful country like Japan were, as expected, looked upon as really young and na?ve.
Thinking ¡®I have to be proper and strict!¡¯, she imitated the outrageous onee-chan group around her and her mother that was overflowing with kindness, like that she acted too helpful towards the other kindergarteners¡¡when she noticed, she had be the trusted and beloved leader of the kindergarteners.
However, her call of ¡¸Gentlemen! Anddies of Myuu¡¯s friend!¡¹ when she was gathering the kindergarteners, or how she said ¡¸Right now is exactly the time to ze our souls!¡¹when encouraging a child that felt down, or how she showed a fearless grin when there was a child that looked uneasy, those actions that looked a little bit unlike a kindergartener were conspicuous so the teacher there reported it to the Nagumo household¡¡regarding the state of Hajime when he received that contact from the teacher, let¡¯s just say that he was rolling around on the floor for real at that time.
¡¸Really it¡¯s my bad, Myuu. Come on, I¡¯ve already woken up here.¡¹
Yue who possessed the absolute dignity as the legal wife towards the other wives was seriously feeling down from getting scolded by Myuu. Hajime sent a nce at such a Yue while crawling out from the futon. Myuu listened to Hajime¡¯s words and nodded, she then faced Hajime and reached out both her hands.
¡¸Myuu? What¡¯s with those hands?¡¹
¡¸Papa, Myuu wants to be carried nano.¡¹
Even though she was scolding Yue just now, but right after that Myuu demonstrated a spoiled kid request. Yue went ¡®hah¡¯ in shock and moved her gaze to Myuu. Her eyes were clearly narrating her dissatisfaction ¡¸Even though I was scolded when acting spoiled¡¡¡¹which was looking a bitcking in maturity.
Toward that, Myuu said,
¡¸Mama said, ¡ºWhen Yue-san pulled back, immediately act spoiled(attack)¡», like that nano.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I¡¯m going to speak a bit with Remia.¡¹
Yue became enveloped with faint golden light, right after that, she became adult mode. And then, in order to speak a few words with the mother who taught woman¡¯s battle tactics to a little child, Yue silently, but quickly, exited from the room.
And then, Myuu who kept holding her pose asking for a hug directed a shuddering gaze toward Hajime who was left behind. This little girl in front of his eyes was steadily mastering the lessons from the seniors around her. From here on, just what kind of growth this beloved daughter would show him after epting the teachings of the women who had one or two peculiarities, Hajime wondered¡¡
¡¸Papa, carry me nano.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Okay¡¹
With a cramped expression, Hajime hugged Myuu who was making a cute request with a cute grin, and then he exited the room while listening to the tumult that was audible from downstairs.
Hajime who entered the living room on the first floor with one of his arms carrying Myuu witnessed the scene of Yueying downints incessantly towards Myuu¡¯s actual mother Remia. In regards to Remia, simr with Myuu, she was also exposing emerald blonde hair and human ears, right now she was showing her usual ¡¸my my, ufufu¡¹smile while dodging Yue¡¯sints flightily¨D¨Dwas how it looked like, but her cheeks were faintly blushing.
With the adult mode Yue as her opponent, as expected even a professional widow would find herself at a disadvantage. Even though they were the same gender, yet being stared at by the adult Yue fixedly from a very close range would make anyone unable to calm down. Adult Yue-sama, how terrifying.
¡¸Ah, you finally woke up Hajime-san.¡¹
¡¸Fumu, as I thought perhaps having Yue in charge of waking up art no good.¡¹
Shia who was helping with the preparation of breakfast was saying such a thing with an exasperated face while giving her morning greeting, and Tio who was watching morning news in the living room looked behind while also simrly greeting him.
There was no change in Tio¡¯s appearance, while Shia¡¯s prided rabbit ears were simrly hidden with artifact like Myuu and Remia. Right now her straight faint blue hair was put together using hair tie located around her neck and the bundle of hair was hung down forward.
¡¸My, Shia-chan and also Tio-chan, you two are saying such things, but if it¡¯s the two of you who are going to wake up Hajime won¡¯t you two also dive in?¡¹
¡¸Naturally desu, Kaa-sama.¡¹
¡¸Of course, Hahaue-dono¡¹(TN: Both ways of calling have the same meaning of mother, but the kanji they are written with has the meaning of mother-inw.)
Carrying breakfast from the kitchen¡¡wasn¡¯t how she appeared, this person who appeared from the washroom as though to say that she had woken up just now, was Hajime¡¯s mother, Nagumo Sumire. Sumire was a famous shoujo manga artist, so there were a lot of times where she was staying untilte at night in her workce, she was extraordinarily weak in the morning. Because of that, in the Nagumo household there was no regr habit of taking breakfast properly but¡¡
There, Shia who was in charge of the cooking while in Tortus and Remia who was a mother with a child, came in. Hajime took home Yue and the others from the other world, and not long after that the girls became freeloaders, the kitchen became entrusted to the two of them.
¡¸Everyone, good morning. Maaan, it¡¯s great that the house is brilliant right from the morning. Even after a year has passed, my heart is still dancing every time I see this. You damn son, how dare you came home after bing a great man! Really, thank you very much-¡¹
¡¸You are full of energy from the morning huh, Tou-san. And then, don¡¯t grin like that while looking at them. You are going to get punched flying you know¡¡by Kaa-san.¡¹
The short haired middle-aged man with tall stature who had been continuously in a state of ¡®Right now, I¡¯m intensely moved!¡¯ since a year ago, was the central pir of the Nagumo household, thepany president who managed a gamepany, Nagumo Shuu.
He who was a pure otaku seemed to be deeply moved everyday from witnessing Yue and the others who seemed toe straight out from 2D. And then, most likely, being called as ¡¸Otou-sama¡¹ by beautiful girls and women was also undoubtedly greatly rted with that.
Shuuughed in a good mood from being surrounded by his daughters-inw, Sumire was in a daze, and Hajime was doing Myuu¡¯s hairstyle while the breakfast was lined up on the dining table.
By the way, Shuu and Sumire¡¯s yearly ie far surpassed the earning of an average sry man, so the Nagumo household was quiterge. And so, even when their family increased all of a sudden, the home didn¡¯t feel that cramped even when all of them lived in one house.
Although, because of the sudden increase in the number of residents right now the renovation of the house was in progress, after several months passed the house would surely bepleted into a splendid building twice the previous size that the neighbors would notice.
In addition, regarding the administrative concern of Yue and the others like their resident registration and the like, Hajime had snuck into the government office and finished forging the documents. For their peace of mind, Yue even used her soul magic on the government workers to nt suggestions in them so that there would be no problem. It was hard work because there were a lot of documents that needed to be put in order, for example passport and identification papers and so on, but at the very least there should be no one that could discover any unnaturalness with their existences in Japan.
Even for example that they got found out, they could just use soul magic to deal with it every time, they were also nning to slowly leave behind evidence of their existences at the foreign governments too. The government officials of the world would be opposed by age of god magic!
¡¸Yup, Shia-chan, Remia-chan, today the food is also delicious. Before this I thought that putting food into your stomach right from the morning, ¡°Is that some kind of torture huh?¡±, like that¡¡but if it¡¯s like this then I can eat no matter how much.¡¹
¡¸I get what you mean. Hajime, Tou-san is happy. My son became a splendid cheat harem bastard when he returned back. There is nothing that I can teach you anymore like this.¡¹
¡¸Tou-san, I don¡¯t understand whether you are praising me or speaking ill of me from your words, but I have never received any lesson or anything about being a cheat harem bastard at all.¡¹
Sumire sent an exaggerated praise at Shia and Remia excessively, while Shuu was sending Hajime words with condescending attitude, hearing that Hajime replied back with an exasperated state. To that, Shuu opened his mouth with irritating atmosphere as though to say ¡¸Good grief, yareyare daze¡¹.
¡¸What are you saying? Haven¡¯t I beaten up the soul of an otaku into you since you had awareness of your surroundings? In other words, that was also me beating up the soul of cheat harem into you. The reason that you were able to create a cheat harem in another world, is exactly because of that. How is that? Can you feel the gratitude for your Otou-sama keenly in your heart now?¡¹
¡¸I think I have already talked with you about my experience in another world, but where is an otaku soul is proving useful there¨D¨D¡¹
Shuu and Sumire had listened to all that Hajime experienced in the other world. About how much effort it took to recover his normal appearance, about how his arm and eye were artificial, about how his gaze turned sharp now, and above all about how his atmosphere now waspletely different from in the past, Hajime told all of those personally without any falsehood or maniption, nor he was even trying to do those.
In other words, Shuu and Sumire should have known about the sequence of events of their son¡¯s grand experience starting from his experiences in the abyss. In spite of that Shuu now dered that otaku knowledge was useful in those experiences, hearing that Hajime was a bit unable to ept it.
And so, Hajime normally objected to Shuu, but Shuu and Sumire immediately grinned widely while cutting off Hajime¡¯s words.
¡¸¡ºLadies and gentleman-, all of you warriors-¡»¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
¡¸¡ºRight now in this time, is exactly the time to ze your soul-¡»¡¹
¡¸!!¡¹
¡¸¡ºIf you said you are going to get in my way, I¡¯ll kill you.¡»¡¹
¡¸!?¡¹
¡¸¡ºI¡¯ll protect Yue, and Yue will protect me. With that we are¨D¨D¡»¡¹
¡¸I got it already-! Otou-sama, really thank you very much-! That¡¯s why, stop it-¡¹
Hajime writhed while asking them to stop with a voice that sounded like a scream. Toward their son who was enduring his shame that much, the father and mother were mercilessly dealing the pursuing attack.
¡¸Oi oi, what¡¯s wrong Hajime? What are you feeling ashamed for? You were cool you know? In real life, there is almost no chance to say those kinds of speeches you know? When Tou-san watched the image recording Tio-san showed to me, my heart was trembling hard. Oh man, it was really an amazing chuu¨D¨Dcough-, really an amazing heroic speech you know?¡¹
¡¸Yes, truly. Not only to the girl partner, but you even said ¡ºshe is my woman¡» to the girl¡¯s parent, when I watched that I thought, ¡°Just from what galgame this conquering character came from?¡±. Really¡¡¡¹
After giving a nce at Hajime who was shaking while holding his chopstick, Shuu and Sumire paused with a superb timing before continuing with splendid harmony.
¡¸¡¸Hajime-san, those were seriously awesome ¨Cssu. Truly, thank you very much-!¡¹¡¹
¡¸You two are noisy-. Don¡¯t screw around, stop messing with me using that material-¡¹
Shuu and Sumire knew about the events in the other world not only from Hajime¡¯s story. While keeping it secret from Hajime, Tio used regeneration magic to leave behind recording images of every memory¨D¨Dobviously the events in the abyss were not included, other than that, the time when Hajime epted Shia, the time when Hajime spoke resolutely to Tio¡¯s grandfather Adol, and even Hajime¡¯s speech to his ssmates in the Devil King¡¯s castle, etc.¨D¨Dand showed it to Shuu and Sumire. Since then, at every opportunity Shuu and Sumire would praise Hajime ¡¸As expected from our son-!¡¹ with teasing mixed in it to mess with Hajime.
The corners of Hajime¡¯s eyes lifted up fiercely and brutally put pressure on Tio in an outburst of anger. With a cough, Tio choked in the middle of slurping her miso soup. Miso soup was dripping from her nose while her breathing was getting rough ¡®haa haa¡¯.
¡¸A, as expected from the parents of Hajime-san. Recently I have be used to it, but as I thought, seeing the figure of Hajime-san being toyed around, the ufortable feeling that I get is not half-baked desu.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. But, the bullied Hajime¡¡is also nice.¡¹
¡¸My my, Yue-san. Recently, it feels like if it is about Hajime-san then everything is fine for you. Fufu, Myuu too has to work hard like this. Also Tio-san, this is the dining table you know? Please don¡¯t go *haa haa* while dripping snot like that, eat your food properly. Right now your face is looking quite ¡°over the age limit¡± you know?¡¹
Shia smiled wryly towards the exchange between Hajime and his parents, while Yue¡¯s cheeks reddened for some reason, Tio was going *haa haa*, and Remia was going ¡®my my, ufufu¡¯ smilingly. This was the ordinary day of the Nagumo household recently.
Just when Hajime was going to snap from the mess, Shuu and Sumire easily drew back and concentrated on their breakfast as though nothing had happened. Hajime who was trembling from losing the target of his anger was thenforted by Yue and the others altogether.
With a sidelong nce at their son who was being taken care of by beautiful women and girls, Shuu and Sumire faced each other and their expressions burst into a smile.
¡¸Nevertheless, that time when Hajime suddenly returned home, and in addition he also introduced Yue and the others, it was really shocking huh.¡¹
¡¸You¡¯re right. For him to really go to another world and return home bringing a cheat harem, that¡¯s something that I had never even dreamed of.¡¹
While exchanging words with small whispers, both of them recalled that time when Hajime came home.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspellings and omitted words.
For the time being, I¡¯m thinking of writing a bit about the story of post-going home.
After all there are considerable requests and also hope for a present-day story (lol).
Shirakome himself is swelling out with wild ideas.
Next will be the story of Hajime returning to his home and reuniting with Shuu and Sumire.
I think it most likely can be posted at 6 P.M Saturday next week.
Please take care of me from here on too.
Chapter 181
Chapter 181
Arifureta Chapter 181
Arifureta After ¨C Morning at the Nagumo House Part 2
AN: Regarding the autograph session at [Tora no Ana] that is nned to be carried out on 22 November because Shirakome is diagnosed with influenza, it was suddenly canceled in a hurry.
Please see the details in my action report.
Really, my deepest apologies to those who are looking forward to it.
I think I will get better if I can recuperate at home.
Please treat me well.
A year after a whole ss from a certain high school was spirited away which made a stir in the world.
At first, the impossibility of a group kidnapping in the middle of the day inside a school, within an instant, without any other sses noticing, and the unlikeliness of it being a group disappearance from the half-eaten lunch, the unfinished homework, the kicked down chairs, etc., all of those heated up the media excessively toward this modern time Mary Celeste case that happened in a school.
However, what was called as the flow of society was quite callous, even the interest towards such a major ult incident didn¡¯t continue for long. After half a year passed, with the news that there was no concrete progress within that short time, there were only impertinentmentators or self-alleged ult researchers harboring ulterior motives trying to use this case as their chance to make it big who kept trying to attract attention to this topic from various kinds of viewpoints while the media was sprinkled with new topics one after another, like some celebrity couple divorcing or getting into an affair, or some big shot politician having their dirtyundry aired.
Like that, the heated mass media calmed down and the interest of the people began to move to other topics. Even so, at that time, the family of the students, who were still missing without any information, and the police were still frantically searching for their whereabouts. However, unable to obtain even a single clue, every one of them was beginning to be encroached by fatigue and resignation.
Shuu and Sumire were also the same. They became exhausted from continuing to search for the whereabouts of their vanished son. While desperately believing that Hajime was safe and that he would definitely return home, they could definitely hear the flow of time that was heartlessly flowing away and the sound of despair that was gradually approaching them.
So that Hajime coulde home anytime, they never missed a chance to clean up Hajime¡¯s room for even a single day. And each time they cleaned the room, the coldness of the room that had lost its owner chilled their body. Even when they were in the living room, or when they were having a meal, what was echoing inside their ears was the voice of their son. While understanding that it was only their hallucination, many times they still suddenly looked around at their surroundings in surprise. It was already forgotten how many times they dashed to the front door every time they heard small sounds from there.
Even the ¡¸family association¡¹ that was formed together by the families of all the disappeared students only seemed to infect Shuu and Sumire with a chill to their hearts from looking at the faces of the parents who were losing their expression day by day.
And then, soon it would be one year since Hajime disappeared. For the two of them, that meant that the shadow of despair would only be thicker.
The tick-tock sound of the clock was echoing excessively clearly. Shuu, who was looking at his PC disy, suddenly opened his mouth without turning away or stopping his hand that was clicking on the mouse.
¡¸Sumire, how about going to sleep soon? Yesterday you already stayed untilte right?¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s no problem. If you are saying that, then you yourself, isn¡¯t it better for you to sleep? Yesterday at work you had a lot of problems, right? You had almost no time to sleep at all.¡¹
Late at night, Shuu and Sumire who had gotten thin due to their anxiety were checking the bulletin board on the PC and producing the flyer that called for information with a movement that was like a programmed machine. They were both exchanging words without even lifting up their face to look at each other.
¡¸There is no problem with work. After all, my guys are all reliable. Even when the president is not there, it really doesn¡¯t matter for them. Rather, I would just be a bother for them if I go to work with a face that looks like a ghost. Like that, they would even chase me out. Besides, doesn¡¯t Sumire have it worse than me? You missed your deadline again right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yes. But, that was only one time. My assistant is also excellent after all.¡¹
Both Shuu and Sumire, in this one year they often took days off in their respective works of managing the gamepany or the manga serialization. Everything was for the sake of finding their son. Normally that kind of consecutive days off would make them lose the social trust from the people around them, but their coworkers and subordinates who knew about the circumstances of the two showed their understanding and even proactively cooperated with them. Thanks to that, they didn¡¯t end up unemployed.
That was really an appreciated consideration so that in the case that Hajime came home, there would be noplicated situation like him witnessing both his parents bing jobless altogether. There was also the factor that both of their work environments were special, and also how Hajime often showed his face at both his parent¡¯s workces so the people there held favorable impressions of him. So the people at Hajime¡¯s parents¡¯ workces were also really worried about Hajime from the bottom of their hearts that Hajime had disappeared after getting involved with a sudden ult situation.
But even those people¡¯s gazes were gradually changing into a gaze that was filled with a lot of pity, as though they were looking at something painful. Surely resignation had already grown thick inside them. There was no way they could say anything to the parents whose son¡¯s whereabouts became unknown, but everyone had begun to think ¡¸It¡¯s possible, that Hajime is already¡¡¡¹
There was also no way that Shuu and Sumire wouldn¡¯t notice such atmosphere. It also became a factor that cornered their minds needlessly, but the fact that they could take the time to search for Hajime like this now was also thanks to those people, so there was no way they could do something like exploding in anger towards them.
Even with their gloomy hearts, while both understanding that there was no way they could rest, they still exchanged barefaced words like rmending each other to rest.
After a while, Shuu and Sumire still continued to exchange dialogue that was really empty, but before long, after looking at the information board on the inte that was not onlycking in usible information but filled with obviously fake information or inconsiderate writings instead, Shuu finally took off his gaze from the monitor screen.
And then, while sighing deeply, he put both his elbows on the table and his head hung down with both his hands covering his eyes.
¡¸¡¡Hajime. Just where is he right now¡¡¡¹
¡¸Dear¡¡¡¹
Even though Shuu was still in the early half of his forties, right now he looked like a tired old man. Sumire who saw him like that also stopped her working hand and lifted her face.
¡¸As expected, how about we rest a bit?¡¹
¡¸¡¡You know that¡¯s impossible, right? I won¡¯t be able to sleep soundly anyway.¡¹
¡¸That might be true but¡¡¡¹
Sumire¡¯s words were caught up in her throat. What Shuu was saying was wholly correct, she herself was also like that. No matter how exhausted their body and mind had be, but day by day the fire of uneasiness in their heart only kept broiling stronger. Such a thing stole their ability to have a quiet sleep.
¡¸It will be fine. It¡¯s still only a year. Even if it would take several years, we will find him without fail. No way am I going to copse until then.¡¹
¡¸¡¡You¡¯re right. It¡¯s just as you say.¡¹
Her husband lifted his face with a wry smile, even so, there was a dark shadow that couldn¡¯t be hidden there. Sumire smiled at him even while feeling concern, and then she stood up from her chair to nestle close to him.
But just before she could do that, suddenly *pin poo¨Dn* there was a chime sounding from the entrance.
Naturally, at this time of day when the date had already changed, there was no way there would be anyone who would visit. If it was a rtive then they should have contacted them beforehand, so the two of them faced each other suspiciously. That they were unable to reach ¡®that possibility¡¯ immediately, showed how exhausted the state of their heart was.
Shuu slowly raised his heavy waist and took the receiver off the inte. When he did that, naturally the figure of the visitor was projected at the disy¡¡
¡º¡¡Aa, that, what to say¡¡this is, me, here.¡»
The state of the sudden visitor who was unable to smoothly decide what words to use while his gaze was wandering incessantly. If the people who knew of this person in this one year saw this attitude, they would surely stare in amazement reflexively.
Even from across the disy, they knew.
This person¡¯s air, look, and even height were different from the one in their memory.
Even so, they knew.
Shuu perfectly, and instantly knew. That person, who was looking awkward somehow with a frowning face that looked troubled was¡¡the one who they had continued to search for, the one they believed would surelye home¡¡
¨D¨Dit was their beloved son.
With a smacking sound, Shuu threw away the receiver phone and threw open the door of the living room with a force as though he was kicking it open. Without even hiding his impatience he roughly opened the lock of the front door, and then, he threw the door open.
And then,
¡¸Aa¡¡that¡¡¡¡I¡¯m home, Tou-san.¡¹
¡¸¡¸Hajime-¡¹¡¹
Shuu¡¯s voice ovepped with Sumire who had chased after him unnoticed. They called the name of their son with a volume that might rip open their throat. At the same time, they tackled the son who was scratching his cheek awkwardly in front of the house¡¯s gate.
¡¸Hajime-, you, this stupid bastard! Where the hell have you been running around until now-¡¹
¡¸This stupid son-. Do you know how much you made us worry!¡¹
Father and mother embraced their son altogether strongly, so strongly that it made it hard to breathe. Right now, in this moment, they were confirming that this son was really standing before their eyes. So that he wouldn¡¯t disappear for a second time. They strongly, strongly embraced him.
The dim street light, the lighting leaking out from inside the house, and then the perfectly round moon in the sky were gently illuminating the family who became one once more. Amidst that Hajime was stiffening in a banzai posture while being hugged tightly by the two. (TN: Banzai posture, if you screamed banzai in celebration, usually you will also raise both your hands in cheers right?)
Hajime thought that his parents must be worrying about him. He was convinced that they were believing that he would return home.
But, even so, the figure and atmosphere of the current him, even though his hair color, his artificial eye, and his artificial hand were returned to his former appearance as much as possible, the him right now should be really different from how he once was.
That was why, he thought that they would surely feel confused. He even resolved himself in preparation for them to say doubting words like ¡¸Are you really Hajime?¡¹ in suspicion. Depending on the situation, there might even be a need to spend the time to reach an understanding, that was what Hajime was thinking in the corner of his heart.
It was just like how Hajime¡¯s false image pointed out in one of the seven greatbyrinths¨D¨Dat the ¡¾Ice and Snow Cave of Shuune Snowfield¡¿ before this, that in the depth of Hajime¡¯s heart, he had the fear that the person who had been acknowledged by both himself and other people as a monster couldn¡¯t be epted by his parents, that was the cause of this emotion of Hajime¡¯s that couldn¡¯t be varnished over, which was both like himself but also unlike himself.
But, now that he had tried to open the lid, this was how it turned out. Shuu and also Sumire didn¡¯t even give any attention to Hajime¡¯s change, they gave him a tight hug that was overflowing with conviction and anger, and also a helplessly great relieve.
Inside Hajime¡¯s body, a hot, yet silently strong emotion that was unfathomably deep was rising up. Every grand experience that he had experienced in the another world, were passing through his brain as though he was experiencing a revolvingntern.
And then, there was only one thing that he was thinking.
¨D¨DAa, finally, I came home.
Hajime¡¯s two arms silently held the backs of his two parents. And then, with a trembling voice, he spoke it one more time in a small, but clear voice.
¡¸Tou-san, Kaa-san¨D¨DI¡¯m home.¡¹
Shuu and Sumire, with their eyes still overflowing with tears, separated themselves from Hajime slightly, and with a firm straight gaze, they gave him those words together with the escaping smile¨D¨Dsurely for Hajime, these words were the mark that informed him of the end of his long and dangerous journey in the true meaning.
¡¸¡¸Wee home, Hajime.¡¹¡¹
After that, Hajime and others who noticed that the neighbors were stealing peeks at the situation from the gaps between the curtains, excitedly returned inside the house.
It was a home that he left only for a year. Even so, Hajime narrowed his eyes in nostalgia, he couldn¡¯t help himself to lightly caress his hand on the railing and the ornaments.
Entering the living room, Hajime saw arge amount of the leaflets scattered on the table. He took one of them into his hand and stared at it closely. After that, he also discovered the PC that was left opened disying the site that asked for information on missing people.
¡¸¡¡This one year after you were gone, we tried everything we could to look for a clue. But, in the end, we couldn¡¯t obtain even one clue. ¡¡Hajime, you, no, all of you, just where in the world did you all go?¡¹
¡¸Also, Hajime. A year ago on that day, just what in the world happened?¡¹
¡¸¡¡About that. Exining it is simple, but also difficult. There are a lot of things that must be talked.¡¹
The deep gaze of their son that already couldn¡¯t be called as young at all, made Shuu and Sumire gulp. And then they guessed that Hajime had gone through a tremendous experience that they couldn¡¯t even imagine.
¡¸I see. Then, let me straighten up the table quickly, we are going to talk a lot after that. Wait a second. I¡¯m going to brew a delicious milk tea now.¡¹
¡¸Yeah. Thank you, Kaa-san.¡¹
¡¸Fufu, somehow youpletely feel like an adult.¡¹
While drinking the sweet and warm milk tea that Sumire prepared, Hajime told the truth of the group¡¯s disappearance to the two. Hajime¡¯s experience was too dense to have everything said in one sitting. Therefore, he talked only about the summary of every important point, but even so, the summoning to another world, survival in the abyss, the separation with his ssmates, the conquer of the greatbyrinths, the legendary decisive battle¡¡by the time Hajime finished talking about those, the sky was already starting to grow light.
Hajime, who had finished talking about the general event, emptied his cup that had been refilled several times, and then he sighed. Shuu and Sumire were also sighing tiredly. Shuu was rubbing on his eye with his finger while Sumire was dropping her gaze at the empty cup. They were silent from feeling lost as to how to respond.
¡¸As I thought, is that hard to believe?¡¹
Hajime asked while smiling wryly.
¡¸That¡¯s, obviously. Tou-san and also Kaa-san, due to our work we have plenty of knowledge about something like that but¡¡thinking, that it happened for real¡¡¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s right. But, thinking about the extremely unnatural group disappearance, we cannot really reject that it might be true. There is also no reason for Hajime to lie in this situation. That¡¯s why, our worry is, the possibility that someone is making Hajime believe such thing.¡¹
¡¸Haha, indeed, that way of thinking is way more realistic. Me too, if I were in the position of Tou-san and Kaa-san, surely I would also think that at first.¡¹
Being kidnapped by unknown people, and then the group was then brainwashed and had the memory of fantastical nonsense inserted into their brain¡¡indeed, rather than believing that he was going to another world and fought against monsters and gods there, that exnation sounded more usible. Rather than they weren¡¯t believing the words of their son, it was more that they were thinking realistically with worry that if such a thing was really done to their son then they would need to get him treatment quickly.
Hajime¡¯s wry smile deepened to the two who were worrying about him, then he opened his mouth because there was something that he had to confirm no matter what.
¡¸Tou-san, Kaa-san. Whether what I¡¯m saying is the truth or not, there is a method to prove that. That¡¯s why, assuming for now that what I¡¯m saying is the truth, I want to ask something. ¡¡Regarding the things that I had done, what do you two think? No, what do you think about the current me?¡¹
That was the question that Hajime feared the most from the depths of his heart. If his parents held disappointment and fear, avoidance and disgust toward him then¡¡as expected, that would be hard for him. Surely if that happened, Hajime would exit the house, and then he would leap into the chest of his beloved lover.
But, in contrast with the anxiety and nervousness inside Hajime¡¯s heart, as though they had guessed the concern in Hajime¡¯s heart, Shuu and Sumire showed a smile that looked troubled, or possibly exasperated.
¡¸Now see here, Hajime. I and also Sumire, we aren¡¯t saints you know?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Shuu and Sumire stood up from their seat and approached close to the side of Hajime who was perplexed.
¡¸Rather than other people¡¯s death, our son¡¯s safety is far more important. Perhaps you think of that as cold-hearted, but that is what is called a parent. Good grief, for you to feel that nervous¡¡I wonder if you are thinking of something like, perhaps I¡¯m going to be chased out from home? Really, what a big idiot you are.¡¹
¡¸However¡¡Kaa-san. Indeed, I killed because it was necessary, but I didn¡¯t even hesitate in killing. That was how much I changed. A guy who is not even holding any avoidance or disgust for killing, can you ept someone like that?¡¹
What a hopeless kid, Sumire who was brushing his head as though to say that was replied back by Hajime with an expression that was lost for words. Hearing that reply, Shuu opened his mouth in exasperation for real this time.
¡¸It¡¯s not about epting or not, we are family you know? Something like stop being family doesn¡¯t exist in the Nagumo family. Don¡¯t you know? There is nothing that can make you stop being my son. The end result is, ¡ºYou cannot run away from Otou-sama!¡»¡¹(TN: Might be a reference to something.)
¡¸No, don¡¯t make any quote at a time like this¡¡¡¹
¡¸Hahaha, well, putting that aside. Hajime is my son, and I am a father. As long as that holds true, then me and also Sumire will be your ally anytime. There is no way anyone can worry about other people while their son¡¯s survival is being threatened. Also, if you are feeling guilty, if you say that you want to atone to the family of the deceased then I¡¯ll atone for it together with you, and even if you be a psychopath killer then I¡¯ll stake my body and life to stop you.¡¹
Most likely, if it was thought from the viewpoint ofmon sense then the way of Shuu and Sumire were doing things were mistaken. As a parent, no matter what kind of circumstance there was, they had to question the right and wrong of the killer. And if it was something unforgivable then they had to admonish the person. As a parent, they had to reprimand their child about their wrongdoing.
And surely Shuu and Sumire also understood that. But even with that understanding, they were still undoubtedly happy that their son returned home alive even by killing someone else. If Hajime hade to terms with it then that was fine, if for example, he wanted to atone for his sin then they as his parents would apany him, and if he ended up as a fiend, then they would stake their lives to take him back to the right path. They dered that clearly to Hajime.
¡¸Hajime, do you regret what you have done until now?¡¹
¡¸No, I have not even a bit of regret. I don¡¯t even think that I¡¯m mistaken. I decided to do what I did with the resolve against everything.¡¹
¡¸Yep. That¡¯s how it has to be. But Hajime, that way of doing things won¡¯t work in Japan you know?¡¹
¡¸I know. The journey that I started with the determination to kill all the guys antagonizing me is over already. That¡¯s why I too have to change my way of living. Well, I might at least do something like nting trauma to those who stand in my way though.¡¹
¡¸I see, then that¡¯s fine. Even if Hajime¡¯s heart has grown to be unreluctant in killing people, reasoning and emotion still pro~perly exist inside Hajime. Then, that¡¯s fine. It¡¯s just as Shuu said, if Hajime actually steps on the wrong path, we are going to take you back even if we have to spank you, and take the responsibility together with you.¡¹
¡¸Kaa-san¡¡¡¹
Hajime thought, even when he had obtained the power to ughter even god, but as expected, he was still no match against his father and mother. And then, he recalled his beloved daughter that he obtained in the other world, and he keenly felt how he was stillcking as a father.
Shuu and Sumire gently patted Hajime who was closing his eyes quietly. If they actually saw Hajime murdering someone with their own eyes, there was no way they wouldn¡¯t be shaken. Perhaps it would be a trauma for them. Perhaps they wouldn¡¯t be able to give him their words unhesitatingly like this.
Even so, one thing that they could say with certainty was, that them getting scared of Hajime, their son, and then distancing themselves with him due to that, was the only thing that they would never do.
That feeling was certainly conveyed to Hajime. Therefore, Hajime could only say one thing.
¡¸¡¡Thank you. Tou-san, Kaa-san.¡¹
The eyes of Shuu and Sumire squinted gently.
While feeling the warmth of these parents, Hajime opened his eyes and showed a wide and mischievous grin to them. His heart was perfectly cleared. Hajime recovered his usual self due to the eptance of his parents towards his changed self.
In that case, what was left was the report that in a sense was the most important report that he had to tell them. It would also be a proof about the other world that he told them about just now, so it would be two birds with one stone.
¡¸Tou-san, Kaa-san. Do you remember, in the past¡¡about the stupid talk of what am I going to do if I am summoned into another world?¡¹
¡¸Hm? Aa, I remember. If you are a man, then in a world of sword and magic you will surely want to defeat the demon king and build a harem, that was what I said, while Hajime, I think you said ¡ºIf it¡¯s me, it doesn¡¯t feel like I can defeat the demon king at all. What I can do, at best is to return home. And then if I find someone important for me there, then I¡¯ll return together with them¡», right?¡¹
¡¸Tou-san remember that well huh. Well, that¡¯s how it is. I think I mentioned it a bit in my exnation before but¡¡I found important people there. I want to introduce them to you, so is it fine right now?¡¹
¡¸Right now? It¡¯s already dawn you know? Or rather, you made a girlfriend there!? Furthermore from another world? No, wait, I still don¡¯t know whether the story of another world summoning is true or not¡¡¡¹
¡¸Tha, that¡¯s right, isn¡¯t it? By any chance, that person might be the one who nted false memories in Hajime¡¡. And then, that person will say something like ¡ºIf you want your son to return to normal, then please buy this holy vase. Don¡¯t worry, if you buy it right now, I¡¯ll give you a special fifty percent discount for this million yen vase you know?¡»!¡¹(TN: In Japan there were cases of fraud where a salesman was selling a vase/pot, that they imed was holy, possessing various effects, at a crazy price.)
Shuu who heard the full blown wild delusion of the frankly wary Sumire instantly went ¡¸Sumire, are you a genius!?¡¹ in agreement. While smiling wryly from witnessing his beloved being considered as a crooked salesman, Hajime¡¯s gaze wandered at empty air.
¡¸¡¡Yue, can you hear me? It¡¯s me.¡¹
¡¸Oi, Sumire! For some reason Hajime is talking to empty air see! Is this that? What is called as air girlfriend!? What should I do as a father like this!?¡¹
¡¸Calm down dear. We were careless¡¡surely they had set up listening devices in our house! After this, the woman who will sell us the holy vase will arrive after getting called by Hajime you know!¡¹
¡¸What, the? Bastard, making my son as the stooge of your vase selling¡¡don¡¯t think that this is going to end up well for you. With my marvelous haggling technique, I¡¯m going to beat down the price until below fifty thousand yen!¡¹
Shuu and Sumire who couldn¡¯t possibly understand that Hajime who was suddenly talking to empty air was using ¡°telepathy¡± were greatly shaken up. Sumire was strangely speaking up a realistic assumption while Shuu became slightly panicked and hardened a slightly off determination. And then, before Hajime knew it, Yue had be a holy vase seller girl.
Hajime continued his telepathy while giving a sidelong nce at such parents.
¡¸Yeah, it¡¯s fine already. ¡¡Yeah, I already talked about the gist of the events. I want to introduce all of you quickly. ¡¡That¡¯s right. You know the coordinates right? Yeah, then open a gate ande here directly. It¡¯s at¡¡let¡¯s see, open it around a meter from my east.¡¹
Actually, right now Yue was at the school building that Hajime attended before. When they returned to earth from Tortus, Hajime made the rooftop of the school building as the ce where the gate was opened. From that ce, it was easy for him to imagine his home¡¯s position, and even if they arrived in the afternoon, normally that rooftop was locked and people were forbidden to enter there, the location was also outside of the public¡¯s gaze. That spot was convenient to use.
And then, after the ssmates returned to their own homes one after another, Yue and the others proposed to stay at the school. It was so they wouldn¡¯t hinder Hajime¡¯s reunion with his parents.
Naturally, Shuu and Sumire who didn¡¯t know about that circumstances could only face each other in wonderment about their son who continued to talk towards empty air¨D¨Dthey stiffened right after that.
With a distortion, the space right beside Hajime suddenly formed a vortex, and then it formed an ellipse shape right after that, and then a momentter a familiar scenery¨D¨Da ce that seemed to be a ssroom of a school could be seen.
¡¸A, Any**ere, Door?¡¹(TN: Reference to anywhere door from Doraemon)
¡¸E, eh? Wai-, this is just too fantasy so suddenly!¡¹
While Shuu and Sumire were greatly flustered, Yue¡¯s face peeked out with a plop from inside the gate. Those crimson eyes were wandering through the room with deep interest, and then those eyes narrowed joyfully when they captured Shuu and Sumire, at the end of which those eyes turned to Hajime and wordlessly inquired ¡¸It¡¯s fine to enter?¡¹
¡¸Wee, to the Nagumo household. Come in without reservation.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn¡¹
With Hajime¡¯s weing words, Yue slowly stepped into the Nagumo house. The space hole that suddenly opened inside the room and the beautiful girl who was like an awakened bisque doll that appeared from there caused Shuu and Sumire to open and close their mouths wordlessly in obvious turmoil.
Hajime stood beside Yue, and while grinning mischievously like a kid who seeded in his prank, he introduced his beloved lover.
¡¸Tou-san, Kaa-san. Her name is Yue. She is my special person. By the way, she is a person of another world, a vampire, and a former princess.¡¹
¡¸¡¸-, Temte attribute!?¡¹¡¹(TN: I think what they mean here is how Yue has so many clich¨¦d character attributes.)
Shuu and Sumire splendidly returned a response that was impossible for run-of-the-mill people. Inside her heart Yue was feeling warm and fluffy thinking ¡¸Aa, they are really Hajime¡¯s parents¡¹ while at the same time, feeling a bit nervous in this important event where she was greeting her lover¡¯s parents, she pinched at the edge of her skirt, and showed a courtesy gesture that was overflowing with elegance and beauty.
¡¸¡¡How do you do, Hajime¡¯s Otou-sama, Okaa-sama. Please call me Yue. Please take care of me for many years toe.¡¹
¡¸E, o, ou. No, I need to be polite here. Please take care of me too desu?¡¹
¡¸Ple, please take care of me, desuwa?¡¹(TN: Both of the parents also used extremely politenguage here)
The shock from witnessing the blond-haired crimson-eyed beautiful girl that looked like she came out from a picture book, and also this being the introduction to their son¡¯s lover for the first time in their life, caused the end of their sentence to actually turn strange. The figures of his parents lowering their head repeatedly and incoherently deepened Hajime¡¯s grin, however, as though to say that ¡¸It won¡¯t end with just this much yeah!¡¹ he opened his mouth once more.
¡¸Shia, it¡¯s okay now!¡¹
¡¸Hai desuu! Tou-sama, Kaa-sama, I am called Shia! Please take care of me desuu!¡¹(TN: The Kaa-sama and Tou-sama used by her is the kanji for inw.)
¡¸¡¸Rabbit eaaar, it cameee¨D!?¡¹¡¹
Shia leaped out from the gate with a wide smile while her rabbit ears were flopping around. Shuu and Sumire showed a splendid harmonious reaction to the appearance of this second beautiful girl. Without even anyposure to reply, their eyes became nailed to the rabbit ears that were moving around.
¡¸Tio,e!¡¹
¡¸Uh huh. This art our first meeting, Chichiue-dono, Hahaue-dono. I am Tio rce of the dragon race, a mistress of Goshujin-sama, and also his sex ve. Please take care of me forever from here on.¡¹
¡¸¡¸Sex ve!?¡¹¡¹
With twin hills that looked like they were going to spill out anytime, and dragon wings spread and pped behind her in order to expose her true form, Tio made that greeting that was rtively no good. Hearing that caused Shuu and Sumire to spontaneously stagger. It appeared that the consecutive shocking developments made their feet unsteady.
¡¸Remia, Myuu!¡¹
¡¸Yes dear. Nice to meet you, I am called Remia. Please take care of me, together with my daughter.¡¹
¡¸E, err, err¡¡I, I am Papa¡¯s daughter Myuu desu! Ojii-chan, Obaa-chan, please take care of me nano!¡¹(TN: Ojii-chan=grandfather, obaa-chan=grandmother)
¡¸O, Ojii-chan!?¡¹
¡¸Da, daughteeer!?¡¹
The beauty who lowered her head politely with a graceful appearance, and the small Myuu who gave her all in greeting. Shuu and Sumire were finally paralyzed from the astonishing words of Myuu. And then, *gigigi* their gaze moved toward Hajime like a machine that had forgotten to be oiled.
Their eyes were speaking their feelings more eloquently than anything. That was to say, ¡¸Exin what is the meaning of this!¡¹
Therefore, Hajime answered concisely.
¡¸Myuu is my daughter, and all of the others are my wives. Well, please take care of them okay.¡¹
¡¸¡¸So casual!?¡¹¡¹
¡¸Ah, by the way, there are four more wives, so I¡¯ll have them give their greeting on another day.¡¹
¡¸¡¸Real cheat hareeem!?¡¹¡¹
As expected, the two of them splendidly synchronized in a splendid reaction.
And then, the parental heart that was unshakeable even when their son confessed to being a killer went ¡¸You, are you really my son!?(Shuu)¡¹ and ¡¸You, are you really that son of mine!?(Sumire)¡¹ in great agitation and fluster, and then Shuu suddenly went ¡®I revealed the trick!¡¯ and yelled ¡¸No, wait, Sumire! There is no way girls this cute are real! Everything is CG! Don¡¯t get tricked!¡¹, hearing that Sumire yelled ¡¸Dear, you are a genius! Hajime, open your eyes! Even if 2D girls are converted into 3D, in the end, they are just false images. It will only end in vain!¡¹ with a sorrowful expression¡¡
Anyway, the room already descended into a grand pandemonium.
However, even that pandemonium didn¡¯t continue for long.
It was because Myuu who sensed that they weren¡¯t weed from the state of the two parents got depressed, then she asked ¡¸Ojii-chan, Obaa-chan¡¡is Myuu no good?¡¹. The result from that went without saying.
¡¸How do you do, I am Myuu¡¯s Ojii-chan you know?¡¹
¡¸How do you do, I am Myuu-chan¡¯s Obaa-chan you know?¡¹
They splendidly got back on their feet within an instant. Their figure that was knocked out helplessly by Myuu¡¯s sly loveliness was exactly the same as Hajime as expected.
Like that, after they managed to get back on their feet, seeing the fantasy phenomenon that happened in front of their eyes and the beautiful girls who were not human, the two people who right from the start had high resistance to this kind of thing due to their nature of work immediately confirmed the truth of Hajime¡¯s words.
After that, there was a greatmotion of ¡®hip hip hurray¡¯. The too real this and that which their son experienced, and the real harem of beautiful girls¡¡their otaku soul ate it up energetically before they threw a barrage of questions at Hajime and the others with eyes shining brightly.
When Tio used regeneration magic to get out the image recording of Hajime¡¯s battle that she recorded, strange voices resounded through the residential area in the morning. ¡¸UoOOOOOO-, AWESOOOOMEE! Did you know, did you know huuuh!? That¡¯s, that¡¯s my son! Thank you very much!¡¹or, ¡¸KyaAAAA-, you heard that!? Just now, he said something amazing you know! This is bad! This child is seriously demon king-sama! And then, demon king-sama is my son desu! Thank you very much!¡¹ and so on. Perhaps because the two were also staying up all night without sleeping, their tension kept raising and raising up, in the end, the two of them continued to make amotion until Hajime who became unable to endure the shame made them go ¡®abababa¡¯ using Lightning d. (TN: That abababa expressed cartoonish electric shock, where the person that got shocked exposed their skeleton and ended up with only smoking body and curled up hair.)
¡¸¡¡Nn. As expected from Hajime¡¯s Otou-sama and Okaa-sama. They arepletely out of the ordinary.¡¹
¡¸Certainly, it feels like that they are really Hajime-san¡¯s parent like this desu.¡¹
¡¸It can even be said, that this is only natural for Goshujin-sama¡¯s Chichiue-dono and Hahaue-dono.¡¹
¡¸Ufufu, they resemble Haijme-san, what a unique personage.¡¹
¡¸Yep-, Papa, really resembled Ojii-chan and Obaa-chan nano!¡¹
Yue and others spoke their impression while lukewarmly staring at Shuu and Sumire who fainted with great smiles.
To those impressions, Hajime said a sentence.
¡¸What the hell do you guys mean by that?¡¹
Hajime¡¯s expression turned speechless.
Shuu and Sumire who returned from their reminiscence called with wide grins at their son¡¯s family who were flirting and frolicking in a sense at the morning dining table.
¡¸Which reminds me, Hajime. You are going to meet with Kaori-chan and the others today, right? You are not going to bete?¡¹
¡¸Aa~, it will be at past noon, so there is no problem.¡¹
¡¸Shizuku-chan will alsoe, right? What about Ai-chan?¡¹
¡¸It seems that Shizuku wille together with Kaori, but Aiko, I think she cane, but perhaps she will bete. She has her work and also her position after all.¡¹
Hajime shrugged, while Sumire lowered her eyebrow in sympathy thinking ¡¸Ai-chan also has it hard eh.¡¹
Today Hajime had the n of having dinner with everyone, including Kaori and the others too. The ssmates would also participate so it would be something like the ss reunion of the people who got summoned to the alternate world. Although currently all of them were still active students, so the nuance was a bit different.
¡¸Oi, Hajime. Tell Kaori-chan and the others to show their faces here more often. About beautiful daughters inw, the more the better.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s right. Or rather, if the houses reconstruction is finished, it¡¯s okay for them to live here instead you know? Isn¡¯t it the best when the house is lively and merry?¡¹
¡¸¡¡The girls themselves don¡¯t really mind that¡¡rather, they seem to want toe normally, but their families don¡¯t seem to approve. Well, that¡¯s the sensible decision.¡¹
At the corner of his mind, Hajime recalled the time when he met the family of Kaori and Shizuku while shrugging.
¡¸H~mm, there is that. Well, just tell them that Kaa-san will wee them anytime. Also¡¡fufu. I won¡¯t mind if you are going to stay over tonight you know?¡¹
¡¸Debauchery party eh! What a terrifying child even as my son.¡¹
¡¸You are noisy. I told you already I¡¯m going toe home normally. Really, Tou-san and Kaa-san are¡¡¡¹
Hajime¡¯s expression turned somewhat tired right from the morning. The wives from another world watched over that exchange between parent and child smilingly.
What was unfolding before their eyes, was certainly a peaceful and gentle, normal every day of a family.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspellings and omitted words.
I think in the next chapter, I¡¯ll try writing about going out around the city with the wives.
It seems that the heartwarming story without much development will continue, but I¡¯m also wanting to write a long extra story before long so I will be happy if you all can read while feeling the heartwarming atmosphere.
¡¡If Shirakome has more time¡¡real life, you bastard¡¡
Chapter 182
Chapter 182
Arifureta After ¨C Downtown Date? Part 1
AN: I¡¯m sorry, this chapter is a bitte¡¡
It¡¯s short but, please have mercy.
At the station za several blocks away from the neighborhood of Hajime¡¯s house, there was quite a splendid fountain installed. Many people were bustling around on this holiday.
Naturally, there were a lot of young males and females in that spot who seemed to have rendezvous appointments. Their gazes often moved alternately towards their watches and the direction that the person they were waiting for woulde from, or they were ying around with their smartphones to kill time.
Amidst those young people, there was the figure of Hajime. What seemed to be different from himpared to other people, was that he never particrly looked at his watch or yed with his smartphone, he kept sitting on the bench beside the fountain while staring absentmindedly at empty air, like a father who was taking his children out to y on a holiday while ckening from the fatigue of his everyday work.
Yet, regardless of his ckening atmosphere, there was a vague presence from him as though his back was standing straight, perhaps it was because of the abnormal experience a normal youth of the same age would never encounter that Hajime had piled up.
While Hajime¡¯s body was in a really rxed posture, the attention of the surroundings was naturally attracted to him because of that presence he exuded. Despite the strange sense of security that his calm atmosphere caused, there was also the slight aroma of danger that came from him.
Due to that, perhaps it could be said as only natural that sometimes there were groups of girls who kept ncing toward Hajime. There were also girls whispering to each other with slightly reddened cheeks among those groups, who were on the verge of doing reverse picking up. (TN: Gyaku nanpa: Instead of a man calling out to a woman on the street, it was the woman who called on a man in reverse.)
It was a poprity that was unthinkable for Hajime before he got summoned to the alternate world Tortus.
¡¸¡¡Should I use presence istion like this?¡¹
Naturally, for Hajime who possessed monstrous specs, the movements of the surroundings were leaked into his ears, he muttered such thing while his posture and gaze stayed unmoving.
Like that, a group of girls with courage(?) finally approached timidly in order to call out to Hajime, at that time when the surrounding girls and boys were observing carefully, an energetic calling voice that caused them to open their eyes wide in shock resounded.
¡¸Ah, you are there nano~. Papaa~~~~!¡¹
*sutetetetete¨D* The one who dashed from the street of the station was Myuu, her emerald blond hair was lightly fluttering while a full smile was pasted on her face. That lovely figure of a foreigner beautiful little girl running with her all caused the gazes of all the people at the station za to move to her.
As though to say ¡®who cares about those gazes!¡¯, Myuu didn¡¯t show any reaction at all and keeping her momentum she dived at Hajime who was cking up on the bench.
Like a bullet, Myuu leaped at full power without a single shred of reservation or mercy. Normally, Hajime would match the timing and sway back to perfectly kill the impact and gently catch her, but right now he was sitting on the bench so he couldn¡¯t do that.
And so, one of Hajime¡¯s hands gently scooped the jumping Myuu¡¯s shoulder and he skillfully converted the charging momentum into rotation. So to speak, it was something like Aikido. Just before Myuu impacted the stomach of Hajime in midair, she was twirled in a rotation and like that she was dropped down to sit on thep of Hajime.
¡¸Oy, Myuu. I told you many times already, don¡¯t jump because it¡¯s dangerous.¡¹
¡¸Ehehe~, I¡¯m sorry nano~¡¹
Myuu blinked for a moment because she didn¡¯t understand what happened, but seeing Hajime who was warning her with a wry smile, she immediately grinned loosely and leaned back snugly at Hajime¡¯s chest.
Hajime made a troubled smile seeing the state of his beloved daughter who didn¡¯t seem to reflect on her action at all. He then used his hand to change the way he held her and then he stood up.
From the surroundings, ¡¸E, eee? Papa? Just now, that girl called him papa?¡¹ or ¡¸Lies, he has a child!?¡¹, or ¡¸Oi oi, how old is that guy¡¡if that kid is his child, then just when was she born¡¡¡¹, or ¡¸Rather than that, just now was amazing wasn¡¯t it? That kid was rotated in a full circle you know?¡¹, the topic was spreading with an amazing momentum in the za.
But, the entrance of Myuu was still only the beginning. All of them would witness even more shocking scenes after this.
¡¸My my, Myuu. Mama told you that it¡¯s no good for you to run off alone, right? After all, it¡¯s easy to get lost in this world¡¡¡¹
¡¸Mamaa. But, Papa is here so¡¡¡¹
¡¸Ufufu, Myuu really is a daddy¡¯s girl. Dear¡¡thank you for waiting.¡¹
With her sandals making cute sounds *patapata* from each step, wearing a long skirt and elegant cardigan, also swaying emerald blond hair that was braided with a hair tie, Remia finally arrived.
Seeing the entrance of an older, or rather a foreigner onee-san who had plenty of sex appeal of a widow, *gulp* the sound of someone gulping their saliva could be heard from somewhere. Several men were already sending piercing gazes of envy towards Hajime who had beauties as his wife and daughter.
But, still not yet. It still wasn¡¯t over yet with this!
¡¸Hajime-saa~n, thank you for waiting~.¡¹
¡¸My apologies for making you wait, Goshujin-sama.¡¹
The ones who were saying that with their arrival were Shia, with her faint bluish white long straight hair swaying, wearing a miniskirt from which her white slender beautiful legs were generously exposed, and Tio who wasn¡¯t wearing her usual kimono but instead wore loose trousers and a V-shirt along with a long cardigan.
Both of them were owners of good looks that could make idols or actresses run away barefooted in shame. Two such girls were approaching towards Hajime who seemed to already have a wife and child with obvious good will coloring their whole face.
The gazes of the people at the station za were already in a glued state towards Hajime without being able to take their gazes off. Their curiosity kept rising over the limit.
Whilepletely ignoring those people, Hajime shrugged while still carrying Myuu.
¡¸You all wanted to try having a rendezvous, right? I don¡¯t really mind. Spending time not doing anything only staring absentmindedly at nothing is not bad sometimes.¡¹
Yes, it was just as Hajime said, if it was asked for what reason these people who were living at the same house were meeting at the station za at an appointed time, that was because of the request of the female camp. Hajime thought in his heart that it was better to go together, but if he was requested for something like this then he couldn¡¯t reject it. It was a cute request for him.
¡¸So, what about Yue? You all came together, right?¡¹
Hajime tilted his head seeing that there was only one of his lovers who hadn¡¯t yet appeared at this ce.
¡¸Aa, I think Yue-san will arrive soon. There were some guys picking up women in the train, so Yue-san was taking care of them while telling us to go ahead.¡¹
¡¸Taking care¡¡don¡¯t tell me, she isn¡¯t going to smash them, right? Spare me from that. If the monster of the clothing store will be overflowing even until this world¡¡I¡¯m prepared to even wage war you know?¡¹
¡¸Even though Goshujin-sama is a godyer, thou art still not very good against Christabel and the others huh.¡¹
Hajime¡¯s expression cramped from listening to Shia¡¯s exnation. Tio was being somewhat exasperated seeing that state of Hajime, but when she thought from the point of view of Hajime whose ass kept getting stared feverishly each time by those manly women of another world, her gaze was changing into sympathy thinking that it might be something that couldn¡¯t be helped.
By the way, ording to Shia¡¯s additional exnation, it seemed that Yue would only toy with the guys¡¯ memory and mind using soul magic, and she wouldn¡¯t use the crotch smash. For the time being, Yue and the others had also learned of the proper method of dealing with trouble in Japan, which had strictws to maintain orderpared to the other world.
While they were talking like that, Hajime suddenly felt a restless sign from the direction of the station street, so Hajime turned his gaze there.
Sure enough, from there he could see the figure of a beautiful girl with crimson eyes and golden hair that looked as though she came right out off the screen, walking with a calm air majestically, and also with elegance and gracefulness at the same time, as though she was a queen walking on a red carpet.
Yue wasn¡¯t in her girl mode that was normally in the appearance of a twelve year old. She had transformed her appearance simr to Hajime, into an age of around seventeen years old. There was no need to mention her bewitching air, the faint smile that was pasted on her lips might be from her feelings towards her beloved that was at the end of her sight. That smile also exposed tenderness, which was magnifying the charm of her perfect beauty by several times over.
Yue, who should be called as a peerless beauty from just a nce, was exuding out an adult charm, but the clothes that she came wearing were a loose parka andcy skirt that honestly seemed to be rough yet cute. That style of clothing pushed aside the difficult to approach aura that was characteristic in a beautiful person which further boosted up her charm.
Anyone who caught sight of Yue, regardless of their age or gender, they would have their gaze drawn in without exception. The sounds of *gon-*, or *gashan-*, or *bachikon-* that could be heard from here and there, were the sounds of disaster that were yed by the victim of Yue. In a sense, she could be called a walking disaster.
A youth crashed into a telephone pole because he was walking while watching Yue, a group of boys that seemed to be students were stampeding over a store¡¯s signboard, a girlfriend who came back to her senses pped her boyfriend beside her to drag him back to reality.
However, Yue didn¡¯t pay attention to those at all. She walked forward dashingly, and before long, amidst the gathered attention, she had approached Hajime¡¯s side.
¡¸¡¡Nn. Hajime, thank you, for letting us to have a ¡°rendezvous¡±.¡¹
Yue then put her lips on top of Hajime¡¯s. That act was really natural, as though doing that was only a matter of course, like how if the wind blew then the leaves would sway.
Yue put her hand gently on Hajime¡¯s chest with her feet standing on her tiptoes to make herself a little taller in order to kiss Hajime. Seeing such a Yue caused the surroundings to get shaken.
¡¸Geez, Yue-oneechan is unfair nano! Myuu is going to do ¡®chuu¡¯ too!¡¹
¡¸My my, then I too¡¡¡¹
¡¸Uu, it¡¯s a little embarrassing in front of a crowd like this desu, but¡¡¡¹
¡¸Art that so? Rather, this makes me a little excited though?¡¹
Right after Yue separated from Hajime, Hajime nonchntly evaded the octopus kiss of Myuu who aimed at his lips and redirected it on his cheek. After that, he epted Remia and Shia¡¯s kiss while gifting a p to Tio. In the end, the female camp cheeks were blushing, and one pervert was going ¡®haa haa¡¯ while holding her pped cheek.
The scene of a real harem, where one man with a child was exchanging kisses with multiple beautiful girls and women, caused the tension of the people in the area to break through the limit. ¡¸What the hell is that!? What is going on!? Is this a shooting of some show!?¡¹ some panicked, ¡¸Tha, that man, what kind of person is he!? Is he the son of a financial conglomerate somewhere?¡¹ some were imagining the true identity of Hajime,¡¸Thi, this is Japan right?¡¹ and some were doubting their own whereabouts, the crowd was getting really busy with their thoughts.
Atst, some people with smartphone cameras appeared, deciding that there was no way they were going to let go of this rare scene.
But, without a single exception,
¡¸E, eh? Wai-, the screen light vanished suddenly!?¡¹
¡¸What¡¯s this, it got noises all over!?¡¹
¡¸No way, is it broken!? Spare me from that!¡¹
Like that, all the smartphones suddenly became out of form and the people couldn¡¯t take pictures using their phones. The cause of this was naturally, Hajime. By performing a minute adjustment to his characteristic magic ¡°Lightning d¡±, he emitted out electromaic waves that disrupted the electronics in the area. Of course, if the electronic device got away from Hajime then they would return to normal.
¡¸¡¡Nn. It became noisy. Hajime, let¡¯s go soon?¡¹
¡¸No no, what are you trying to do attempting to depart naturally like that. There are still members who haven¡¯t arrived here yet.¡¹
¡¸¡¡? Hajime, you are feeling tired right now.¡¹
¡¸You think I¡¯m Agent Mu**er. Don¡¯t try to avert the topic with X-Fi*e make-believe.¡¹(TN: X-Files series, FBI agent Fox William Mulder. Don¡¯t know what this refers too though, never watched X-Files)
Even while knowing that there were members who hadn¡¯t arrived yet, Yue urged them to depart with a really natural gesture. To that, Hajime smiled wryly while making a retort.
¡¸¡¡It¡¯s fine, there is no problem. Those two had severe constipation and cannot co¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Yuee~~~~! What are you saying~~!¡¹
¡¸Wait a second, no matter what, that lie is just too cruel don¡¯t you think!¡¹
Yue¡¯s deceiving words that were too cruel to be targeted to a maiden were cut off by Kaori who was running to here wearing a feminine one-piece dress, with her body returned to her original body, and Shizuku, whose trademark ponytail was swaying behind her.
The further addition of two more beautiful girls caused the surroundings to be hectic. Kaori only gave that a nce before ring sharply at Yue right away. And then she immediately turned her gaze to Hajime and smiled gently.
¡¸Sorry, Hajime-kun. You¡¯ve waited long?¡¹
Hajime was going to open his mouth, but before that happened,
¡¸¡¡Nn. He waited feeling bored to death. As punishment, Kaori is to go home right away. Now, quickly go home. Now, now.¡¹
¡¸I won¡¯t go home! Yue you bully-. Yue who is saying something like that is the one that has to go home!¡¹
Yue kept pushing away on Kaori, to that Kaori reacted honestly and pushed back at Yue. This was what was called as ¡°Hand Four¡± in pro-wrestling. The two girls were grappling with each other putting all their strength into it. Both of their foreheads pushed at each other without any side taking a single step back. (TN: Don¡¯t know if that¡¯s the correct name, Yue and Kaori here were pushing at each other with their hands grasping the other¡¯s hands and also their foreheadsing into contact.)
By the way, that Kaori was able to face Yue equally despite not being in the body of an apostle was because Kaori¡¯s original body itself was inserted with the factor of apostle flesh and changed into a specially made body.
It was a body reconstruction for the sake of clearing the problem of the difference in lifespan between her and Hajime and the others, but that wasn¡¯t all, she was also able to activate ¡°Apostle Mode¡±, in that case, her hair would change to silver and she could let out wings from her back. Of course, she could also use the disintegration ability and twin sword arts without any problem. ¡¡Though those were something extremely unneeded in this peaceful Japan life.
Yue and Kaori were always quarreling about something, but the one who took the lead in the body reconstruction of Kaori was none other than Yue. Perhaps due to the influence when she was taken over by Ehito, Yue somehow understood the method to create apostles, so by using all age of god magic and with the help of Hajime and Tio, the apostlefication of Kaori seeded splendidly. Their closeness was as great as how much they were quarreling¡¡perhaps this phrase existed to describe these two.
¡¸Err, Hajime. I think we came right on time but¡¡I wonder if we made you wait?¡¹
Even while looking troubled at the quarrel of the two, Shizuku asked timidly at Hajime. Of course, Hajime said no to the question. Shizuku sighed in relieve hearing that, and then after she looked around feeling a bit embarrassed, she asked Hajime with reservation.
¡¸Say¡¡I wonder if I look strange?¡¹
That question was naturally referring to the fashion she was wearing. Shizuku, before she was summoned to another world and even while she was in another world, basically kept wearing pants, but today her appearance was wrapped in a re skirt and no-sleeve shirt. Although looking from the length of her skirt that reached around above the knee, and the properly fastened buttons on her skirt, this appearance was also really like Shizuku.
¡¸Yeah, I think you look cute. Or rather, before this too, I told you already that you don¡¯t need to get that shy just from wearing a skirt, right? After all, it really suits you.¡¹
¡¸Is, is that so? Fufu, thank you.¡¹
The appearance of Shizuku who was shyly fiddling around with her skirt, if the self-alleged little sisters who idolized her as Onee-sama saw this then they would surely faint without a doubt. That was just how lovely the figure of Shizuku who was letting out her natural girlishness in front of Hajime was.
And then, Yue and Kaori whose hands were still grappling each other with only their heads turned towards that exchange between Hajime and Shizuku were,
¡¸¡¡So nonchntly, taking the delicious part like that. Shizuku, what a terrifying child.¡¹
¡¸Shizuku-chan¡¡recently, you are not stopping me even when I was quarreling with Yue aren¡¯t you¡¡¡¹
Even the whispers of those two didn¡¯t reach the ears of the swordswoman-sama whose maiden power was in full throttle right now.
After that, Kaori who noticed that Yue and others had kissed Hajime pressed Hajime for a kiss as expected while Shizuku whose face became bright red thinking ¡®such a thing is impossible in front of the crowd!¡¯ got a little depressed that it would be only her who didn¡¯t get a kiss. But Hajime, who was unable to be indifferent to that state of Shizuku, forcefully kissed her which caused her to faint. It went without saying that the station za became a pandemonium after that.
Seeing that themotion was also gettingrger, Hajime and the others set out to the city for a date until five o¡¯clock, when the dinner party with the summoned ssmates would start.
¡¸I have¡¡seen something amazing.¡¹
After that, someone among the people who were left behind whispered that. That sentence was exactly something that represented the feelings of everyone in the station za.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspellings and omitted words.
Chapter 183
Chapter 183
Arifureta After ¨C Downtown Date? Part 2
On the street that was slightly distanced from the downtown main street, in the fast-food restaurant that was facing the street, at the window-side seat on that restaurant¡¯s second floor, the figures of three young men who seemed to be high school students could be seen cking up listlessly on the chair, as though to say that they had too much free time to spare.
Above the tray that was put on the table in front of the three, burger wrappings that had been crumpled up into a round shape and empty French fries containers were scattered about carelessly.
¡¸Aa~¡¹
While scowling at the juice which had be thin due to the melting ice, one of the high school students was discharging out a strange groan. Hearing that, the remaining two students directed an annoyed gaze and an understanding gaze at the first student.
¡¸I know that we got nothing to do, but don¡¯t make that kind of voice. It¡¯s embarrassing.¡¹
¡¸You are saying something like that huh. On this precious holiday, three men are jabbering like this¡¡haaa~. On top of having nothing to do, this is just empty¡¡¡¹
¡¸Don¡¯t say that. That¡¯ll just make you feel emptier.¡¹
These three who had been friends since middle school were currently first-year high school students. Harboring a faint hope that if they advanced to high school then it would be an exciting springtime of their lives that didn¡¯t exist in middle school¡¡that something would happen. In actuality, there wasn¡¯t really anything particr that happened, and they were spending normal days that held no difference with their middle school period.
Actually, the school they were enrolled into, was the high school where the world-shaking ult case happened a year ago, and among the current third-years, there were also the seniors who were directly rted with that case. That too became the primary cause that inted the hope they were harboring that ¡°something¡± might happen in their high school life (they received fierce opposition from their parents when they chose this school as the first choice but they persuaded their parents) but¡¡there wasn¡¯t really anything that happened.
Of course, there was also a decisively different point before and after the ult case, and that was something that undoubtedly made them delighted from the bottom of their hearts that they enrolled into their current high school. That point was¡¡
¡¸Aa, I want to have a date with Yue-senpai.¡¹
¡¸I want to marry Shia-senpai.¡¹
¡¸Shirasaki-senpai¡¡is great isn¡¯t she.¡¹
The three were facing up to the ceiling while leaking out their wild delusions, that rather than with these male friends with whom they had a stuffily undesirable but inseparable rtionship, they would rather walk around the city on a holiday with the seniors they yearned for. And then hearing each other¡¯s words, they exchanged nces among them. And then, they spoke words to each other at the same time.
¡¸¡¸¡¸Don¡¯t say something like that. It feels empty.¡¹¡¹¡¹
The three simultaneously sighed so deeply to the degree that it would surely let out all the happiness that they possessed. While the images of the seniors they yearned for were floating at the back of their minds, at the same time theymented the fact of how the gaze of their yearned person was directed only at a single person. Furthermore, that person was the same person for the three different girls they yearned for, and that fact was known not only in school, but even the whole neighborhood had already known that fact. (TN: In Japan, there is the saying that sighing will cause your happiness to get away from you.)
In addition to that, it didn¡¯t stop with just those three seniors, something like that was just¡¡
¡¸Shit, even though in this world, there are many people in love poverty like us, that shitty bastard-¡¹
¡¸O, oi. Stop that. Did you forget already, about the guys that were turned like that after speaking ill of that ¡°you-know-who¡± behind his back?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Are you talking about the captain of the karate club, how he got transfigured into a big sis the next day?¡¹
¡¸There is also that, but there are also people like the ace of the ser club who got nted with a phobia of females, or the math teacher who was always acting sarcastically one day suddenly started using politenguage at ¡°you know who¡± like a military personnel¡¡¡¹
¡¸Bu, but, those were lies, right? Those were just like urban legends, right? Look, those guys, they are the ¡®returnees¡¯. Those kinds of stories were created a lot half for fun¡¡in fact, there aren¡¯t any seniors or teachers like in those rumors.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s, you¡¯re right but¡¡¡¹
Stories that sounded like an urban legend¨D¨Dbut speaking about that, even the story about the ¡°real harem¡± also ¡°sounded like an urban legend¡± in that case¡¡In the end, that was what the three of them came to think but they didn¡¯t say it out loud. It was the truth that students and teachers that became the basis of the rumors couldn¡¯t be found in the school, but at the same time, there were also rumors that those rumored guys had transferred schools or changed jobs.
It was unknown what was truth and what was a lie, and that also granted uneasy feelings that they couldn¡¯t describe. Especially because the new first-years didn¡¯t know about the ¡®returnees¡¯¨D¨Dthe people who returned back from being spirited away in mass were called like that by society, and like that the naming stuck¨D¨D school life right after they returned from the ult case.
Naturally, there were also a lot of first-year students who were ignorant of the ways of the world and got carried away. They attempted to go on the offensive towards the beautiful seniors and foreign students that were among the ¡®returnee¡¯ group; but¡¡most of them were turned into ash after being shown the rtionship of those beauties with ¡°that person¡±, or they were stopped by the male seniors of the ¡®returnee¡¯ group with kind gazes when they attempted to take malicious actions out of jealousy. After a few months passed, those kinds of people eventually became a little bit more adult like from understanding in their hearts that ¡°it¡¯s just how it is¡±.
Even so, as expected, there was no way the yearning towards the seniors who were so beautiful that even celebrities couldn¡¯t win against them would disappear, and that went even truer with the jealousy towards that ¡°you-know-who¡± who was literally monopolizing those beautiful seniors like a joke. Grumbles or cursing would sometimes leak out suddenly toward that you-know-who like this.
¡¸Haa¡¡hm? O, oi, that.¡¹
¡¸Hm?¡¹
¡¸Aa?¡¹
One of the male students for some reason turned his gaze outside the window, and then he noticed that group and raised his voice. The other two got curious and moved their gazes to follow his, and there, at an unbelievable timing, the rumored group was walking on the street on the other side.
It was that ¡°you-know-who¡± ¨D¨DNagumo Hajime, and his wives.
¡¸Oi oi, just why are those people here?¡¹
¡¸That is, no matter how you see it, this must be a date.¡¹
¡¸As always, what an amazing line up, huh¡¡wait, that child riding on ¡°that person¡¯s¡± shoulder, is that the rumored daughter? So it¡¯s true that he has a child? Isn¡¯t that bad¡¡¡¹
*bita-!* The three boys clung on the window ss, staring hungrily at Hajime who was walking nonchntly while being surrounded by extraordinarily beautiful girls and women in enjoyment. Seeing it from the viewpoint of the people inside the restaurant, the figures of those three were like geckos that were clinging to a window, it was a rtively strange sight. It almost caused the 0 yen smile of the restaurant waitress to crumble. (TN: 0 yen smile=a free smile, a business smile)
¡¸Yue-senpai, Shia-senpai¡¡also Shirasaki-senpai and Yaegashi-senpai are there too. Next are the ck haired beauty and the blonde beauty that were sometimes seen at the school festival or after school¡¡¡¹
¡¸Just what kind of perfect lineup is this. Dammit it all-¡¹
¡¸Aa, also that child¡¡she is super cute. There is even a beautiful little girl¡¡how envious.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Thest statement caused the three to spontaneously leak out stupid sounds while they faced each other. Or rather, two of them were making ¡¸Eh, this guy is seriously, that kind of guy?¡¹ look at thest one while drawing back. Thatst person seeing that tried to solve the misunderstanding in panic.
¡¸Ah, those senpai are getting farther see.¡¹
¡¸Yosh, we got nothing to do anyway, let¡¯s try following them yeah. What kind of date a real harem man is having, this can be used for future reference.¡¹
¡¸Hey, you guys are misunderstanding, okay? I¡¯m not like that, okay?¡¹
¡¸But, will it be okay? From the rumor, those people for some reason are really sharp I heard. Won¡¯t it be bad if we got found out?¡¹
¡¸This is in the middle of the city. There are also a lot of people so there won¡¯t be any problem. Besides, this is that group of beauties we are talking about. There is a high chance some punks are going to pick a fight with them. At that time, what kind of action ¡°that person¡± will take¡¡perhaps we are going to understand a bit, whether those rumors about the senpai that got turned into a big sis or the teacher that got turned into pseudo-military are the truth or not, don¡¯t you think so? You are curious, right?¡¹
¡¸He, heey, listen to me. I really, don¡¯t have any interest for little kids at all. I was just simply¡¡¡¹
¡¸Indeed¡¡wait, this is bad, they are seriously getting farther. For now, let¡¯s go first.¡¹
¡¸Yoosh. Well, even just paying respect to the figure of Yue-senpai and the others in casual clothing on the holiday is already the best anyway.¡¹
¡¸Yeah-¡¹
¡¸Oi wait! Don¡¯t ignore me here! You guys are seriously mistaken! No, really!¡¹
Until the end, the noisy three students didn¡¯t notice the previous waitress whose eyes weren¡¯t smiling anymore even though the lips were still smiling. They exited the restaurant with noisy footsteps. And then, from the entrance downstairs, a yell of ¡¸Rather, I am someone that gets excited from adult woman, like female teachers, or widows heree-¡¹ that would cause headaches could be heard¡¡the waitresses sighed deeply hearing that.
¡¸Heeey, you guys are really mistaken. okay?¡¹
¡¸Geez, we got it already.¡¹
¡¸You like female teachers or widows. That was what you were saying, right? Rather than that, don¡¯t make so much noise. We are going to get found out here.¡¹
¡¸Even though I was on the brink of getting treated like a perverted lolicon just now, you guys¡¡¡¹
By the time he did aing out with his outrageous fetish at the fast-food restaurant, he was already definitely a pervert, but no one there made such a retort. Rather than that, it was more important to observe carefully the party of Hajime and the others, who were currently enjoying window shopping, at the end of their gazes.
While they were observing, Hajime¡¯s group entered arge three-story store that was fairly famous for itsdies fashion. From across the ss window, the trio could see how the shop employees and other customers were taken aback for a moment, but the shop employees were immediately recovering their usual attitudes like a pro while the other female customers were sending their gazes as though they had encountered a celebrity. The males who were taken along with the female customers were staring in fascination in a daze.
Amidst those, the aforementioned group didn¡¯t look particrly bothered with all the attention and they only looked around inside the store. Sometimes the female camp would ask for Hajime¡¯s opinion and try on some clothes. To that, Hajime changed Myuu¡¯s position from on top of his shoulders to carrying her with one hand, and then he seemed to say one or two sentences back regarding his impressions of the clothes. Just from looking it could clearly be seen that Yue and the others were swinging from joy and nervousness when they were listening to what Hajime was saying.
¡¸¡¡By any chance, is that man giving back different impressions to all of them respectively?¡¹
¡¸If he is just saying ¡°that suits you¡±, then at the very least it will be said six times from only one round you know. That would make him look like a broken record in that case.¡¹
¡¸Based on the expressions of all those girls, it seems that man is saying different impressions each time without fail. ¡¡Is this, the true power of a harem man¡¡¡¹
The trio were continuing to observe by hiding in the shadows of merchandise even while being seen suspiciously by other customers and employees. Their expressions changed into a shudder. If it was them who were asked for impressions by that many women changing clothes multiple times like that¡¡without a doubt, in their case they would be turned into a broken speaker saying the same thing.
But, after that, after the group was feeling satisfied walking around inside the store, the three mediocre high school students (first-years) were made to taste further the dreadfulness of a real harem man¡¯s deed.
¡¸Wa, wait-. Don¡¯t tell me, he is nning to pay for that many clothes!?¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s a lie right-. This store, it¡¯s really expensive you know! Even if each of them only buys one piece of clothing, there will be six pieces¡¡is that guy¡¯s financial strength a monster!?¡¹
Ahead of the gaze of the trembling trio, were six pieces of clothing that were put on the register. Yue, Shia, Tio, and Remia looked happy, while Kaori and Shizuku looked a bit apologetic. Even so, they were staring with undisguised happiness at the back of Hajime who was speaking with the clerk.
Hajime handed a card to the clerk and finished the bill, then he wrote the address for the mailing destination and turned back. He only shrugged towards the thanks that were said to him by the female camp before urging them to continue the date. And then there was Myuu who repeatedly lightly hit Hajime¡¯s cheek in protest because it was only her who wasn¡¯t bought some clothes due to theck of size that matched her body, but as though to say that he got it, Hajime turned a gentle gaze at her and nodded before leaving the store.
The customers who were apanied by lovers or friends, and the employees who were left behind then let out a deep sigh that was filled with various thoughts.
¡¸Come to think of it, once, I heard a rumor. ¡°That person¡¯s¡± parents seem to be the president of a gamepany and a popr manga author. Also, it seems the person himself also did some part-time work, and it was said that he earned quite a lot.¡¹
¡¸Aa. I also heard something like that. In addition, there was also some joking rumor that the person himself was starting up apany rted to jewelry. They said that that ck haired beauty and that blonde beauty are thepany director or the secretary or something.¡¹
While following behind Hajime¡¯s group, the trio wereughing dryly after conversing about the rumors that originally sounded like a joke but now seemed to have some truth in it after what they witnessed.
In fact, that rumor hit the bull¡¯s eye. When Hajime just returned back to this world, he got really busy with taking care ofrge problems, like the forgery of everything that was rted to government administration, including family register, etc., and also countermeasures against the mass media. By the time all of those calmed down, he was faced with the problem about providing for Yue and the others. Although he was still a student, as expected it was uneptable for a man to keep relying on his parents for that. In order to raise his dependability status, he pondered for a way to earn money.
One of his ideas was starting up a jewelry shop. If he was asked why a jewelry shop, of course, it was because he was a transmutation master, and through that, he possessed an unfair method regarding the processing technology of jewels. Depending on the situation, even without any raw ore, as long as he had the Structural Component skill he could possibly create precious stones from scratch.
As for designs, he left it to Remia who unexpectedly disyed a good sense in her ideas while Hajime only transmuted following her designs. Furthermore, just by wearing these essories that Hajime created, it would improve the physical condition of the wearer, improve the skin, or raise the memorizing ability, anyway the essories had miraculous effects.
At present, the business was carried out from a small office, with their sales mainlying from the inte, but even so, Tio, who in this one year was learning economy and management, carried out the administration of the business so he could work while also going to school. Rather, through word of mouth the good design sense and the miraculous effects were promoted further and the business produced quite an earning.
Furthermore, Remia and Tio who weren¡¯t attending school respectively showed their interest in the various design style or economic system of earth, so this jewelry shop that Hajime established wasn¡¯t just killing two birds with one stone, it was already killing three birds with one stone where Remia and Tio also could pursue their interests. Hajime himself was also stretching his hand towards various trades in his own way.
¡¸Magic merchandise is selling like magic huh.¡¹ Seeing Hajime who was making a really crooked smile while saying that caused Shuu and Sumire to avert their eyes at the same time while it went without saying that Yue and the others were enraptured with that Hajime.
¡¸O, oi, it¡¯s finally the development just as we thought! As expected from those seniors. The predator that snapped at the bait is nothing half-assed.¡¹
¡¸Wait, is this, going to be okay? From their appearance, they feel like college students, they are absurdly huge.¡¹
¡¸Le, let¡¯s at least, prepare so that we can contact the police.¡¹
Ahead of the gazes of the trio who were hiding by the nearby signboard while seeing the situation, Hajime¡¯s group, who were going to enter into a children¡¯s clothing shop, were being approached by five men with great body builds that seemed to be college students. The five college students were approaching with smiles on their mouths. Dyed hair, rough clothing, rough expressions, and rough atmospheres, from all those it was obvious that they were the type of people you wouldn¡¯t want to get involved with.
The people in the surroundings were also somehow sensing the trouble that would happen, an uneasy air could be felt from them.
The approach of those fellows caused Hajime to look back and narrow his eyes. And then, the five men arrived before Hajime¡¯s group, the sound of someone gulping could be heard from somewhere, immediately following,
¡¸Hajime-san, also all the girlfriends, greetings ¨Dsu-!¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Greetings ¨Dsu-!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The five scary guys bowed their head simultaneously. Voices and expressions of ¡¸Eee¨D¨D!!¡¹ were overflowing from the surroundings. The unexpected development also caused the trio to go ¡¸Whyyyy!?¡¹ with their bodies leaning out from the signboard. Amidst those, Hajime was,
¡¸¡¡Aa? Who are you guys?¡¹
He returned a suspicious stare at the scary guys. Getting flustered and a bit shocked by that reply, a man with dyed blonde hair and piercings opened his mouth in a panicked rush.
¡¸I, it¡¯s me, me. Don¡¯t you remember me?¡¹
¡¸Hmph? So this is a ¡°It¡¯s me, me¡± fraud right to the face¡¡you are quite a novel guy huh.¡¹(TN: ¡°It¡¯s me, me¡± fraud, when someone unknown called your phone and suddenly said ¡°it¡¯s me, me¡± without saying any name and in a panicked tone. They would im that your friend or family just got into an ident and rush you to transfer money to them.) ¡¸Tha, that¡¯s not it! Half a year ago, I picked a fight with Hajime-san together with twenty of my friends. I am Hide that got beaten up ck and blue at that time! After that, Hajime-san gave me introductions to my current workce, and from that, I work together with Hajime-san a few times as an information dealer don¡¯t you remember-¡¹
¡¸¡¡Aah, yep. Hide huh. Hide. Yep. I remember you now.¡¹
¡¸Do, do you really remember mee-¡¹
Hajime obviously didn¡¯t seem to remember, but it would be scaryter if this Hide kept asking doggedly (half a year ago, he had tasted ¡°true fear¡±) so he stopped insisting. That scary face changed into a pathetic look like a puppy that was thrown away.
¡¸So, beaten up information dealer Hide, what¡¯s your business with me?¡¹
¡¸That name feels like it¡¯s going to end up as my nickname, so please spare me from that. Eeerr, I don¡¯t really have any business, but I just caught sight of Hajime-san by chance, so I only came to give a greeting, that¡¯s all.¡¹
¡¸I see. What an honest guy huh. Aa, somehow I recall you. If I remember correctly, you guys are that bunch who got the cold shoulder from Yue and the others, and then you tried to take Myuu hostage as revenge, and in the end, you guys did dogeza while crying to me, right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Please don¡¯t say anything about that anymore. That is a past that I really want to erase¡¡¡¹
The eyes of Hide and his friends turned empty altogether while their bodies were shivering. One of them looked like they could burst out crying anytime.
After that, Hide and the others who talked a bit with Hajime said that if it was children¡¯s clothing then they knew of a shop of an acquaintance nearby that was little-known yet had good merchandise, and upon receiving that information Hajime and the others headed there. Seeing the five scary guys who were like well-trained soldiers from how they continued to lower their heads until the figure of Hajime¡¯s group disappeared from view, it went without saying that it caused the gaze of the surroundings to be wordless.
¡¸Somehow, it was different from expectation¡¡¡¹
¡¸What we expected had already happened, and it was settled by ¡°that person¡±, and this is the result huh.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡°Settlement¡± that made that dangerous looking older bunch act like loyal dogs, huh¡¡those guys, did you two see they were trembling¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¡¡¹¡¹
For some reason, the bodies of the trio shuddered suddenly. And then at that time when they were pondering whether to continue tailing or to just stop it already, they witnessed the spectacle of Hajime¡¯s group exiting the children¡¯s clothing shop and the delinquent bunch who caught sight of that once more bowing their heads to Hajime just like before.
The trio somehow missed their chance to speak of stopping their observation. And while that trio was still watching attentively, they saw Hajime and the others who asked for a good caf¨¦ this time before they walked away and the delinquents who, as expected, bowed their heads for seeing them off.
Even during the walk to the caf¨¦, the scene of the young bunch who obviously had preferences of living in a back alley standing up in a panic to give a greeting while bowing their heads when they happened to catch sight of Hajime, entered their sight many times.
Even when they returned back to the main street the same thing happened, bunches of guys who seemed to be of that kind would suddenly lower their head with gazes that were filled with terror and respect when they crossed over Hajime¡¯s path.
And the clincher of all that was when a ck foreign car stopped near Hajime and group who were having a pleasant chat at an open terrace caf¨¦. From that car, a bunch of men wearing suits and d in a dangerous atmosphere that would blow away the likes of the delinquents until now were getting out, and as expected, even these dangerous men were also greeting while bowing their heads to Hajime. Naturally, the atmosphere of the caf¨¦ froze due to this.
And then, thest man that got out of the car, an old man around sixty years old wearing a hakama¡¡no matter how anyone looked at him, that man couldn¡¯t be seen as anything other than a yakuza boss. That man¡¯s viinous face distorted even more viinous when he talked to Hajime.
¡¸As always, you are in a nice position eh. Having women serving you in this kind of open ce in the middle of the day, even though you are just a brat. I want to see the face of the parent of someone like you.¡¹
¡¸If it¡¯s the face of my parents than you know them already, right? After all, when you tried to take revenge on me who crushed your idiotic dealings, you thoroughly investigated my surroundings. Rather, just what business do you have with me here, huh? Just as you can see, I¡¯m in the middle of a date now. If you intentionally stopped your car just for saying sarcasm to me, then I¡¯m going to crush you underfoot again you know?¡¹
¡¸Ka ka-, don¡¯t say something scary like that. As the side that actually got done in, I cannot take that as a joke here.¡¹
¡°Don¡¯t run off your mouth like that against a yakuza you!¡± The guests and caf¨¦ employees around, and also the trio were screaming like that inside their hearts, but when they heard the continuing words of the yakuza boss, this time they froze from a different significance. They thought ¡¸Just now, what did the boss say?¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s great that this is Japan, and I¡¯m a virtuous Japanese huh. If that wasn¡¯t the case, by this time you guys would have already all be dust that dances in the world¡¯s sky.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Do you have the self-awareness that your speech is more yakuza than the actual yakuza? Haa, well that¡¯s fine. About why I called out to you like this¡¡¡¹
It seemed that the reason for the yakuza boss calling out to Hajime was, once in the past various things happened and one group of this boss¡¯s yakuza got annihted by Hajime (all members of the group were sent to the hospital half-dead while its young leader had no hope of recovery), now this group was revived back, and the recement of the former young leader of this group had been formally decided, so this boss came to Hajime in order to make the new young leader give his greetings. (TN: In Japan, the big boss of the yakuza (called oyabun) stands at the top of the organization. The yakuza organization itself is divided into several groups where each group is led by a young leader (wakagashira) that answer directly to the oyabun.)
It seemed that it had be a newmon sense, that if you wanted to survive in the area around the city where Hajime was living, then you must not forget about Hajime¡¯s existence. Due to that, the new young leader who knew about the hellish scenery of that time now carried out the inauguration greeting to Hajime expressionlessly while being unable to hide the cold sweat that was dripping from his face.
There was no way Hajime woulde if he was called to attend the inauguration event, and it was unknown what kind of punishment they would receive if they intruded on Hajime¡¯s house or school. However, if the new young leader didn¡¯t show his face to Hajime, then they wouldn¡¯t be able to calm down no matter what when thinking about the future. While the yakuza boss was at his wits end about what to do while traveling by car he caught sight of Hajime¡¯s group by ident. Thinking ¡¸This is a chance-! Let¡¯s take care of the unpleasant matter all at once! There is no way we are going to get assaulted in a public ce, that¡¯s unthinkable!¡¹, he called out to Hajime like this to give his greeting.
¡¡It was really unclear which side was the yakuza.
¡¸I see. Well, as long as you guys don¡¯t do anything that involves the people in my surroundings, you can do whatever you want. However, previously there was still some extenuating circumstances that I took into consideration, so your guys got off with only being half-dead, but there is no next time. If in the future, even if only indirectly, something happens¡¡I¡¯ll present you guys with a really lovely second life. Forcefully. Got that?¡¹
Saying that Hajime¡¯s mouth split into a crescent moon shape.
¡¸¡¡As expected, you are more yakuza than the yakuza.¡¹
The people at the surroundings heavily sympathized ¡¸It¡¯s exactly as you said, Oyabin-san!¡¹inside their hearts. And then, the yakuza boss was attacked with the impulse of wanting to ask ¡°Just what kind of experience it was that produced a brat like you¡±, based on his knowledge that Hajime was one of those ¡°returnees¡±, but his instinct from his long life experience was raising a piercing rm, so with effort he swallowed back his words.
Before long, the yakuza bunch bowed their heads simultaneously at Hajime before also speaking in chorus to Yue and the others ¡¸All of you Nee-san, pardon us for bothering you in the middle of your enjoyment¡¹, leaving behind that bizarre scene they finally drew back and left.
¡¸Now then, it will be time soon, let¡¯s go.¡¹
Yue and the others stood from their chairs hearing Hajime¡¯s words. When Hajime asked for the bill, the girl clerk around the same age as Hajime who had watched the exchange just now faced the register while saying ¡¸Hyess! The bhill ishn¡¯t hit! Thank you very mhh!¡¹ in a state that was really like the temte that made him wonder if she was actually aiming for it.
However, the fact that this act wasn¡¯t something intentional was made clear by the clerk¡¯s finger barrage at the register buttons which looked like a certain kenpou master going¡¸Aa~tatatatatatata-¡¹ striking the secret points of the human body. It was like a clich¨¦d temte so much so that she looked pitiful. (TN: I guess this is a reference to Hokuto no Ken)
The girl clerk was looking for help from her coworkers and manager with a face that almost burst out crying, but they only clenched their fist to convey ¡¸Do your best!¡¹ without any sign of lending a hand. The other guests and the trio were, as expected, only giving support of ¡¸Fight on!¡¹ inside their hearts without any indication of giving assistance.
¡¸¡¡Haah¡¹
¡¸-!?¡¹
Seeing the state of the clerk, Hajime sighed thinking whether this was his fault. Hearing that the clerk twitched and her body trembled, the girl clerk¡¯s secret point strike (register machine only) was increasingly reaching further height.
Thereupon, on the hand of the girl clerk that was striking the secret point(register button) a lot, a small hand was piled up there. The clerk spontaneously screamed ¡¸hih¡¹, but when she understood that the hand came from the little girl Hajime was carrying she stared nkly in puzzlement.
Myuu smiled widely at that clerk.
¡¸Clerk-san, it¡¯s fine nano~¡¹
¡¸A, yes, my, my apologies.¡¹
As expected from Myuu. It was with just one hit. The girl clerk who recovered her calm safely finished her divine fist training and typed on the register correctly.
Hajime who in a sense got his ass wiped for him patted on Myuu¡¯s head with gratitude, admiration, and praise. Myuu was smiling ¡°ehehe~¡± while embracing Hajime.
Settling the bill, the clerk prepared the change from the register and watched Myuu and Hajime who were like that, her gaze was attracted at Hajime¡¯s unexpectedly gentle expression and gaze. And then, when Hajime whispered ¡¸My bad for scaring you¡¹ with a slightly troubled face while receiving the receipt, the clerk swung her head left and right energetically in denial.
Hajime exited the caf¨¦ while feeling the reproachful re of the female camp on his back for some reason. The energetic voice of the clerk ¡¸W, we are waiting, fo, for your nexting¨D¨D!¡¹ and the voice of the caf¨¦ manager that was trying to stop her from saying that echoed behind him.
¡¸Hey, let¡¯s go home already¡¡I¡¯m already, really at my limit in various meanings.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, me too. I want to go home.¡¹
¡¸The rumors were all true. I am convinced now. ¡°That person¡± really had be a harem king to the greatest degree¡¡¡¹
A while after Hajime and group exited the caf¨¦, the trio exited the caf¨¦ with a somewhat exhausted state. Their observation of Hajime¡¯s group forced them to exhaustion in various meanings. At the same time, they also wordlessly convinced that it would be really bad if they stalked Hajime¡¯s group any more than this.
And then, they turned the opposite direction from where Hajime and group were walking¡¡ at that moment,
¡¸Wapuh¡¹
The face of one of the male student got covered by a paper that was carried by the wind with a plop. That male student cursed ¡¸What the hell¡¹ while taking that paper into his hand, he then dropped his gaze to that paper inadvertently¡¡
¨D¨DThat young man stiffened as though he was frozen solid.
¡¸Oi, what¡¯s wrong?¡¹
¡¸What are you stiffening for¡¡¡¹
The other two felt dubious while they were peeking from both sides at the flying paper the stiffened young man kept holding, and there on the paper,
¨D¨DNot a bad moment that you choose to quit. From now on too, be moderate with your inquisitiveness, okay? From senpai.
Naturally, the other two also stiffened. Since when were they noticed? When was this written? Rather, how did it arrive here? Eh, in the first ce, just now, the wind was blowing right¡¡
Various questions circted in their brain instantly, then the three moved their heads *gigigi* with crude movements like machines that were forgotten to be oiled and faced each other. And then, a beatter,
¡¸¡¸¡¸NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO-!!!!¡¹¡¹¡¹
Screaming like a girl, the trio dashed on the path towards their homes like a startled rabbit.
In the following week, it went without saying that additional anecdotes were added into the urban legend of that ¡°you-know-who¡±.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Next, I¡¯m thinking of giving a spot to another two people while touching themotion regarding post-returning home.
Chapter 184
Chapter 184
Arifureta After ¨C The Happy Road of a Certain Muscle Brain
AN: I¡¯m sorry to those who are hoping for Aiko and Liliana, or the person with a faint shadow and the rabbit-eared onee-san, or perhaps the rabbit-eared ¡®hyahha¡¯ n chief and the ¡®Shia-tan haa haa¡¯ perverted princess of the elves
Those are still in the middle of being written¡¡
That ce where tranquility was drifting as though separated from the outside world, was a graveyard at a certain outskirt of town. The main building of a temple could be seen a slight distance away, and several gravestones lining up regrly were in the surroundings.
In such a graveyard that was characteristically quiet, in addition to it being a holiday, unusually there was a figure of a young girl there. She was standing alone by herself. Her hair that was reaching her back was fluttering from the breeze. She wasn¡¯t stirring even for a bit as though her thoughts were running around in her head while staring fixedly at the family name engraved on the gravestone.
But, at that timing, a rough voice resounded along with heavy footsteps that broke the tranquility.
¡¸Ou, Suzu. What a coincidence. So you also came here huh.¡¹
¡¸Ryutaro-kun!¡¹
The girl¨D¨DSuzu turned back in surprise. Ryutaro who had just arrived stamped his feet loudly on the gravel path of the graveyard while raising his hand and greeted ¡¸Yo¡¹ really nonchntly.
¡¸Ryutaro-kun. Why are you here¡¡wait, there is only one thing to do here huh.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, today is the day everyone is gathering. ¡¡So, for some reason, yeah. If we did note here, then no one woulde here.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s not true you know? At least, there was already an offering when I came here.¡¹
¡¸Hm? Aa, by any chance, Kaori and Shizuku perhaps?¡¹
¡¸Maybe.¡¹
In front of the gravestone, there were indeed some flowers decorating it there. There were also flowers decorating the spot other than the flowers that Suzu brought. Suzu was giving her agreement to Ryutaro¡¯s guess while opening her mouth with a wry smile.
¡¸¡¡Although, there is not really anything of Eri inside here.¡¹
Saying that Suzu returned her gaze to the gravestone. There, the name of ¡°Nakamura Eri¡± was engraved. Yes, the friend of Suzu that met her end in another world¨D¨DNakamura Eri¡¯s family tomb was located here. Of course, Eri had self-exploded in the [Holy Precincts], so, let alone her remains, there wasn¡¯t anything of her in this grave. There was nothing to prove that Eri was sleeping in here.
Even so, when she wished toment over her best friend who devoted herself to evil due to her unstoppable madness and feelings, Suzu¡¯s feet would naturally bring herself to this ce. After they returned from the other world, she had only visited this ce once. On this day after a year passed, when the members who had gone through a unique experience would gather, before the promised time Suzu and also Ryutaro without even any nning beforehand¡¡including Kaori and Shizuku who came here beforehand, their feelings were as one.
For a while, the two stayed silent, they only continued to stare at the gravestone without any word, while recalling the Eri of before they were sent to the other side.
It was unknown how much time passed, but before long Suzu stretched her body with a groan ¡®uu~n¡¯, she floated a soft smile as though she had sorted out her feelings while asking Ryutaro.
¡¸Come to think of it, as expected, Kouki won¡¯te to the gathering today, will he?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. Especially because I didn¡¯t hear anything from Nagumo about opening the gate. Guess he won¡¯t participate. Well, even though we finally got a special ss prepared for our sake after much effort, he went as far as leaving high school, going to Tortus saying ¡°I¡¯m going to atone¡±. Something like the gathering for celebrating the one year of our return, even if that guy was on this side he absolutely wouldn¡¯t attend it, yeah.¡¹
¡¸I guess. Kouki-kun would say something like, ¡ºI don¡¯t have any qualification for that¡», right?¡¹
Ryutaro and Suzu smiled wryly at each other.
Exactly as they said, currently Kouki was on Tortus. Kouki had returned home to earth once together with Hajime and the others, but he was unable to make himself to go through normal high school life. It wasn¡¯t like anyone was saying anything harsh to him, but it was his own heart, his guilty feelings, his will that wished for atonement, that rejected to spend his time with carefree feelings in school life even if it was just for one or two years.
Even with the disappearance of Ehitorujue who was toying around with people with his war game, it didn¡¯t mean that the threat of monsters had decreased. Among the monsters that came out from ¡¾Holy Precincts¡¿, there should be some of them that seeded in escaping. It seemed that removing those threats even for a bit was one kind of atonement for Kouki.
Naturally, it was widely known that Kouki, who should have been summoned as a hero, didn¡¯t participate in the decisive battle. There was also Kouki¡¯s personal deration which made it highly known throughout Tortus how Kouki was on the enemy¡¯s side. Therefore, that equally meant that there was no ce for Kouki in that world.
But, even so, as a single adventurer, Kouki silently moved busily to be of assistance to someone.
¡¸So there is still a little bit of time until the time, but what will Suzu do?¡¹
¡¸Hmm~. I don¡¯t really have any ns though. Maybe just strolling around aimlessly, or meeting up with Kaorin and the others¡¡no, I won¡¯t meet up with them I guess. It¡¯s impossible to spend my time normally inside that pink atmosphere. It would be absolutely tiresome.¡¹
¡¸Aa~, yeah. I guess so. Then, how about you kill time aimlessly. Together with me.¡¹
¡¸Yep. Let¡¯s talk about various things, mixed with shback scenes too for the readers.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Suzu was receiving a bit of a wave signal while the two of them stared at the gravestone one more time, and then they left that ce. (TN: What it means by the signal here is how Suzu is breaking the fourth wall a bit.)
The pair who were walking around aimlessly while making small talk, before long reached a cozy park. Without any particr confirmation about each other¡¯s thoughts or any previous agreement, the pair naturally sat down on a bench. There they stared at the figures of children who were ying in the public park.
¡¸Aa~, it¡¯s so peacefuul~¡¹
¡¸Oi oi, what are you doing speaking like that. Are you a grandma?¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s cruel. You really are a muscle brain without delicacy like usual, good grief. Even Ryutaro-kun, you would also impulsively think like that sometimes since we returned here, right? About how peaceful it is here. To think that until a year ago we were fighting a battle where it wouldn¡¯t be strange to die anytime, this is a bit unbelievable even for myself.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yeah. When we first returned here we were busy with things, so I didn¡¯t feel anything like that though. But indeed, recently, now that I have calmed down I often get thoughts like that.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Isn¡¯t that right.¡¹
A year ago Hajime created a gate that connected the other world, Tortus, and earth, and the surviving ssmates once more stepped their feet on this birthce of theirs.
Theynded on the rooftop of the school, then they looked around and raised a loud joyful voice at the moonlight night. Among them there were people who were ovee with emotions and broke out crying, there were also those who were consoling those people while crying in sympathy. At that time it was quite a hectic situation.
At that time, Hajime and the others also investigated the possibility, whether in the end, it would be possible to once again open the gate to Tortus, the other world, from here or not. Hajime had consumed an immense amount of magic power, but he used the magic crystals, where he stocked reserve magic power, and whipped up his tired body to immediately attempt it. The result was that they confirmed that, at the very least, even on earth they were able to use magic and artifacts.
Hearing that, the happiness of the ssmates who realized that it was possible to once again meet with the people that they had created close ties with in the other world rose to a great extent. All of the ssmates swooped down on Hajime and they even did the customary practice of tossing him into the air even though it was in the middle of the night.
After that, the calming down ssmates rejoiced in each other¡¯s survival and return before setting out to return to their homes. In the end, what happened with their houses and families¡¡such anxiety was by no means nonexistence in their hearts, but even so, all of them were dashing through their school route with light footsteps and nostalgia,¡¡with a super speed that would make an Olympic athlete go pale. ¡¸You guys-, stop jumping over the rooftops!¡¹ it went without saying that the angry voice of a certain worrier ponytail-san echoed in the middle of the night.
By the way, regarding how they should exin to their families and other people regarding the events during their disappearance, during the month after the decisive battle they all discussed it, and the conclusion they reached was to ¡°tell it honestly¡±.
Even if they made lies that sounded realistic, surely if it got investigated by the police and so forth, the contradiction and the suspiciousness of their lies would be exposed. It was easily imaginable how popr the topic of a group disappearance at midday would be and how earnest the police would investigate it. There was no way that those police that were investigating it wouldn¡¯t be able to see through their half-baked lies. To say nothing of how there were students who couldn¡¯te back. They couldn¡¯t do this half-baked.
Having said that, if they tried to pretend to have amnesia, it would look like they really had something to hide and the police and mass media would surely not leave them alone. A nk period that the disappeared students were obstinately refusing to speak about¡¡something like that was just the favorite of the mass media. Combined with the students who did not return, there would be many sides that would make a great fuss with the mixture of facts and truths.
If the situation would be like that, then wouldn¡¯t it be better if they offered by themselves that kind of information instead, something that would make the surrounding spontaneously draw away in revulsion, or possibly make other people look at them with pitying gazes while secretly distancing themselves.
The information they offered would be,
¨D¨DWe fought monsters and an evil god, in a fantasy world of swords and magic!
Like that.
Of course, this was an idea from Hajime. There was not a single lie in that statement, that was why they could just act boldly saying that no matter how much they were pressed for information. In this way, even the ssmates who weren¡¯t as shameless as Hajime could weather the storm without amassing too much anxiety. And no matter what other people said to them, they could just speak back with ¡°It depends on you whether you believe it or not¡±.
And then, regarding the people who would still pursue the matter deeply even then, or when some kind of problem urred, Yue-san¡¯s magic would be liberally used to get those problematic people to be ¡°Dear me, what was I doing again just now?¡±
Also, the people who were applied with ¡°Dear me, what was I doing again just now?¡± weren¡¯t just the mass media whose tenacity status was at MAX count and the excessively sharp government officials or police. There were also suspicious organizations that seemed to be rted with religion, or ree-ally suspicious people that seemed to be rted with the government, or the absurdly suspicious sorcery¨D¨Dultist group.
While the majority of their ssmates were enjoying television or inte while nibbling at potato chips after so long, behind the scenes Hajime and the others (+ a person with a thin shadow) were doing this and that against the bunch who seemed to be living behind the scenes of the Earth but¡¡that was another story.
¡¸In the beginning, it was really hectic wasn¡¯t it. Especially the mass media people, they were really persistent huh.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, many calls wereing asking me toe out in a special program on television, or something like that. The times when I was asked about Eri or Hiyama, ¡°Why is it only you all who came home?¡±, or ¡°Don¡¯t you feel any responsibility?¡±, I seriously wanted to send them flying y¡¯know.¡¹
¡¸About that huh. When Nakano-kun and Saitou-kun normally punched the reporter, they got an article ¡ºAs expected, is there any disorder in their minds!?¡» in the news without any reservation at all you remember?¡¹
¡¸The delicacy of the reporter is also questionable though.¡¹
Recalling therge wave in society at that time, Suzu and Ryutaro smiled wryly at each other. At that time, not only the mass media and police, even some of their acquaintances visited them to pry about just what really happened.
Especially the families of Hiyama, Kondo, and Shimizu. They were doggedly hounding the matter until the end.
The truth was also conveyed without anything hidden toward the families of the students who couldn¡¯t return. The ones who were doing the exnation were Aiko and Hajime. Actually Aiko tried to go to talk to those families by herself, but the topic about Hajime would be unavoidable anyway if the truth was going to be spoken, and above all, Hajime didn¡¯t have the least bit of intention to bother Aiko or make Aiko bear the full brunt regarding the matter of Hiyama and the others, so Hajime forcefully apanied Aiko in the end.
Naturally, after those families were made to believe the story of another world by showing them magic, the families of Hiyama and the others cursed and insulted Hajime and Aiko in unconcealed rage and hatred, some were even trying to act violent, but¡¡
Giving a nce at Aiko who resigned herself to ept that anger and hatred from her feeling of responsibility of being unable to bring those students back home or reforming their conduct, Hajime who was the perpetrator that put the bullet on those students kept a cold expression and repelled all of that anger and hatred straight from the front.
Even if the families of those killed students were virtuous, no matter how much those families were looking forward to the return of their children, those things weren¡¯t something that could erase the fact that they had bared their fang towards Hajime and Hajime¡¯s important people. For the feeling of a parent, something like what their child did and Hajime¡¯s circumstance were irrelevant. But simr to that, for Hajime, something like the feeling of his enemy¡¯s parent was also something that had nothing to do with him.
¨D¨DI don¡¯t have any regret for what I did. I don¡¯t even think that what I did was wrong. Therefore, I won¡¯t even apologize. You can think of me however you like, but if you turn your hand at my rtives because of this case then you better prepare yourself.
Those were the words that Hajime spoke to those families. For Hajime who was skilled in subtle deception and speech, to the degree that he was said to possess talent as an agitator, those were really straight-forward words that could even be said to be tactless. To put it bluntly, those words could only be thought of as something that rubbed the nerves of the other party the wrong way.
But, Aiko who was beside him was able to understand that for Hajime those words were his greatest sincerity, those were his resolve. He didn¡¯t deceive the other party, and he was resolved that if the hatred that he caused would try toy their wicked hands on his rtives, then he would face it anywhere, anytime, and eliminate them.
As the result, Hiyama¡¯s family acted rashly trying to get revenge on Hajime and the others. Hajime personally broke their hearts. The other families who knew of the state of Hiyama¡¯s family then protected their silence. Seen from the side, it was really a result that left a bad aftertaste in their mouth, but Hajime didn¡¯t care for it at all.
Now then, including thosemotions too, there were also things like the raging journalism battle and whatever that was perpetrated regarding the ¡®returnees¡¯ but¡¡one day, all of those suddenly died down like a drawing back sea wave. And it didn¡¯t stop there, all of the news was quietly dying down so unnaturally until it was like nothing had happened at all.
¡¸About that, there is no doubt that was something Nagumo-kun and the others did, isn¡¯t it?¡¹
¡¸For sure. Problems like the family register of Yue-san and the others, or the recognition of the surroundings, those kinds of problems were also all easily cleared. It wasn¡¯t something strange at all if they actually did something somehow regarding the awareness of the society while they were at it, yeah. Not to mention how Ai-chan-sensei was made to bear the full brunt of the critic because she was the only adult involved. Ain¡¯t no way that Nagumo was gonna just leave that going on.¡¹
Actually what happened was exactly like that. ¡¸When magic is mixed with information society¡¡something like the world bes simple, huh¡¹, if it was asked who was the one that was saying such extremely terrifying things¡¡it should be rather left unsaid.
¡¸Well, there were a lot of troubles, but if there is a small mercy from all that, is that no one got rejected by their families I think. My Otou-san and Okaa-san, also Taeko-san(the caretaker) too, right after I finished giving them the exnation, their faces turned grim and they tried to bring me to a hospital, but after I actually showed them magic and exined several times they somehow could ept it.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, me too. But, in my case, I showed them my Mode Werewolf so¡¡they became really panicked at that time. My mother fainted, while my old man took out a bat that he swung around wildly, big sis wet herself, and Karashio(pet dog) howled like crazy, and my neighbor old man Fujii said things like ¡ºIt¡¯s waaar~¡» while shooting out the fire extinguisher¡¡¡¹
¡¸I don¡¯t know about that old man you mentionedst, but most of it was Ryutaro-kun¡¯s own fault, wasn¡¯t it? Rather, your father who tried to face his son that suddenly transformed into a werewolf using a bat, I really respect him from my heart now.¡¹
Receiving Suzu¡¯s exasperated gaze that came from the bottom of her heart, Ryutaro said¡¸That was an ident, an ident¡¹ while averting his gaze in embarrassment. By the way, Ryutaro who thought that he wouldn¡¯t be able to calm the situation by himself at that time made his family and the neighbor old man Fujii to faint for the time being, and then by going all out with the instant movement of a werewolf, he intruded into the house of Kouki who was simrly in the middle of exining the circumstances.
When a brutal werewolf of a fantasy world suddenly leaped into their house, Kouki¡¯s father fainted, while the mother took out a kitchen knife and went into a rampage, and Kouki¡¯s little sister peed herself. Kouki who immediately guessed the true identity of the werewolf and that his objective was to ask for help, at that time he suppressed his mother for the time being and made his little sister to sleep.
And then he punched Ryutaro, after that even while sighing deeply, thinking that it was just the right timing with all the chaos that had happened, he held a double family meeting along with Ryutaro¡¯s family that had been wakened up and somehow obtained the understanding from both families.
By the way, at Shizuku¡¯s home, there was also an emergency call that came from the Shirasaki family. At that time, the first voice that came from Kaori¡¯s parent that was filled with confusion was ¡ºShizuku-chan! As I thought, you havee home too then, I¡¯m d! By the way, my daughter is an angel now, do you know anything about it!?¡», like that. It seemed that Kaori showed her parents her angel mode but¡¡listening to it normally, that call could only be heard as a doting parent suddenly calling in the middle of the night boasting about his daughter.
On the other side of the phone, the voice of Kaori saying ¡¸Geez-, Otou-san! Don¡¯t make embarrassing calls like that!¡¹ could be heard, then next came the voice ¡¸But, but Kaoriii. Tha, that angel look¡¡that¡¯s just too lovely!¡¹, such hectic conversation of parent and child could be heard noisily¡¡Shizuku silently put down the phone. While inside her heart, ¡¸I¡¯m also busy exining over here, idiooot!¡¹ she was cursing.
Like that, the ssmates who aplished returning home each went through different twists and turns to persuade their families, however, in the end, they were able to make their families believe their story about the other world, and together with their families, they dealt with the mass media as nned.
Although, it wasn¡¯t like everything went as nned, or everything was still the same like before¡¡
¡¸Eh? Suzu-chan? Also Sakagami? What are you two doing in this kind of ce?¡¹
¡¸Oh, it¡¯s true. Suzu-chan, long time no see~! Wait, don¡¯t tell me, this is a date!?¡¹
¡¸Eh? Lies!? With Sakagami!? Suzu-chan, are you being threatened!?¡¹
Suddenly noisy voices called out to Ryutaro and Suzu who were talking on a park bench. When they looked, there were their former ssmates standing there. There were three girls who on that day when they were summoned went to a different ce during the lunch break. Because of that, they didn¡¯t get dragged into the summoning. They were friends of Suzu who were rtively close to her.
The three of them saw Suzu spending time with only Ryutaro. It stirred up a bit of curiosity about the rtionship between the two and great wariness towards Ryutaro inside their mind, but when Suzu replied that they had nned to join up with everyone else after this and currently they were killing time until the nned time, the expression of the three girls loosened in disappointment and relieve.
They talked nomittally a bit about their recent condition, and then after exchanging the speech of let¡¯s contact each other again next time~, they parted ways.
¡¸As usual, yourmunication prowess is high, eh.¡¹
¡¸I guess.¡¹
Ryutaro¡¯s words that were mixed with praise was epted by Suzu with a shrug, not looking like she was being humble or joking. As expected, it seemed that the decisive battle against Eri that Suzu went through caused a great change, or perhaps a great growth in Suzu¡¯s mind.
Group disappearance¨D¨Dthat fact also had a not so little, no, rather it had a big impact on the other students of the same school. The students¡¯ attitudes and atmosphere towards the ¡®returnee¡¯ group were as though they were tumors that must not be touched and a group that they didn¡¯t really want to have anything to do with, but in reverse, they were alsocking in delicacy with their curiosity.
Also, when the ¡®returnees¡¯ were attending school once more, there were a lot of families that contacted the school and voiced their anxiety about them.
During that one year of disappearance, there was no contact at all from the disappearing group. Other people didn¡¯t understand where they were and what they were doing or what was done to them. The ¡®returnees¡¯ themselves only gave a story that didn¡¯t sound realistic at all. Furthermore, there were also students who didn¡¯te back with them¡¡sure enough, the families were concerned whether their child would be okay going to the same school together with such a mysterious group.
As a result, regardless of the return of the directly rted people, the truth of the case was still not clear. There was also the matter of the students whose whereabouts were still unknown, so finally, the school administration moved.
In order to reduce situations where Hajime and the others got exposed to the inquisitive eyes of society, an exclusive curriculum was prepared in order for the ¡®returnees¡¯ to recover their falling behind in their studies, at the same time psychologist were stationed inside the school for supporting the smooth school life of the ¡®returnees¡¯¡¡with that official stance, a special ss that was separated from other students in order to avoid troublesome problems was prepared.
Because of that, currently, the ¡®returnees¡¯ weren¡¯t studying in their original ssroom but were now put in a fixed ss until their graduation that was located on the top floor of the school. Furthermore, it was at the corner in an unused room.
Actually, a talk of changing the school of the ¡®returnees¡¯ itself was strongly raised but¡¡with the opinion of someone that said ¡¸It¡¯s troublesome to change schools¡¹ along with profoundly mysterious phenomena, the creation of this special ss was pushed through. The ss was formed unnoticed but very naturally. To the degree that it was unnatural¡¡
Anyway, a physical sense of distance between the ¡®returnees¡¯ and the other students was created. Naturally, a sense of distance was also spreading between the ¡®returnees¡¯ and the students of different sses who they were friends with before the summoning, however, there were also a lot among them who managed to remake their friendly rtionships but¡¡even amidst those people, Suzu was the one who was the most adept in building back a rtionship with the friends she already had before the summoning into a rtionship that was the same like before, no, rather that rtionship became even more intimate than before.
That rtionship was to the degree that when Suzu met those friends identally on a holiday like this, those friends would call to her proactively. It was to the degree that they even red at Ryutaro with gleaming eyes that were unbing for a girl, as though to say ¡®If you do something strange to Suzu, don¡¯t expect it to end well for you¡¯.
¡¸Haah, good grief, someone like you really is¡¡ If Nagumo is excluded, surely the one who changed the most by going to the other world is Suzu. It¡¯s an honor to be seen as a boyfriend even though it was only for a moment yeah.¡¹
¡¸Fu-fu-fu. Isn¡¯t that right, isn¡¯t that right. For Ryutaro-kun to be suspected of having a rtionship with a beautiful woman like this, you happy man you~¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡Oi, try to say the reason why you averted your eyes when I said the words beautiful woman. If you have an objection to my words then how about saying it loudly. Hmm?¡¹
Taniguchi Suzu. Looking from her braided hair that stretched long and the atmosphere she was d in, she was a girl that looked really adult like. However, the sad thing was¡¡that her height didn¡¯t stretch up for even a millimeter. And then, her breasts were also¡¡. No matter how one looked at her, it was hard to call her a beautiful woman. However, surely she was a beautiful girl. Perhaps, undoubtedly.
Seeing Suzu who was indignant at his attitude, Ryutaro lifted up both his hands and showed a pose of surrendering. And then, seeing Suzu who expressed her displeasure with a huff, Ryutaro was thinking of what to do, what should he do in hesitation, wherein the end he showed an embarrassed gesture and averted his gaze quickly while opening his mouth.
¡¸No, well, that¡¯s¡¡you are, charming enough y¡¯know? No, really, I¡¯m serious.¡¹
¡¸Thank you very much, for the faked follow up. Hmph, I¡¯m not a super beauty like Yue-san and the others anyway.¡¹
Suzu went ¡¸keh¡¹ with her lips pouted looking somewhat timid in an inferiorityplex. But, Ryutaro¡¯s words after that which were said with a shockingly serious voice to her, caused her to leak out a dumbfounded voice unintentionally.
¡¸¡¡That ain¡¯t a mere follow up. Suzu is a good woman, who won¡¯t lose to anyone.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
When Suzu reflexively turned her gaze at Ryutaro, Ryutaro who was supposedly looking away until just now was staring straight at Suzu. The small sound of her heart jumping inside her chest resounded. Suzu understood how her neck and her face was turning feverish.
This time, it was Suzu who was looking aside. For some reason, she couldn¡¯t let out any words. She could only barely let out the sound ¡¸H, hm~m¡¹ that sounded ambiguous even for herself.
A strangely stained atmosphere that Suzu had never really experienced before was flowing, she couldn¡¯t say anything. Both of them were wordless, only the sounds of leaves rustling from the wind were entering their ears excessively clearly.
Stealing a nce, Suzu tried to peep at Ryutaro¡¯s state. There he was looking really nervous, and yet his face was really serious and seemed to be troubled by something. That also caused Suzu¡¯s nervous meter to climb up without stopping.
Before long, with a calm voice as though he had resolved himself, Ryutaro opened his mouth.
¡¸About the matter after we graduate high school¡¡¡¹
¡¸Eh!? Ah, um¡¡¡¹
¡¸I, am thinking of going to Tortus again.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s¡¡you mean not in the capacity of going there to y together with Nagumo-kun and the others?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. I¡¯m thinking, of living in the world there.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Suzu felt like she understood the reason for Ryutaro deciding that. In this one year, they had spent much time together. During that time they talked about various things that made her think about whether he would do something like that.
¡¸I want to help Kouki there, I also want to be able to help guys in need. I have the power for that. Ain¡¯t no way after thiste I can be a sryman or something with all this.¡¹
¡¸Didn¡¯t you, also think about being a police officer before this?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. But see, as I thought, my nature suits the world over there more.¡¹
¡¸I see.¡¹
It appeared that Ryutaro had genuinely decided his future path. Suzu felt like she was going to get left behind somehow, that her feelings turned a bit lonely.
Towards such Suzu, Ryutaro suddenly stood up, he then moved in front of Suzu and got down on his one knee. With his stance now, therge built Ryutaro was looking up at her. This was as though¡¡
Suzu¡¯s body temperature was rising. Her heart jumped from Ryutaro¡¯s serious expression.
¡¸Ryu, Ryutaro-kun¡¡¡¹
¡®What are you doing?¡¯ Suzu was about to voice that but, Ryutaro conferred all his feelings with his words faster than Suzu.
¡¸Suzu. Won¡¯t you,e together with me?¡¹
¡¸Tha, that is, are you asking me to form a party with you sometimes¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸That ain¡¯t it. You got what I meant, right? What I am saying is, for ¡°the whole life¡±.¡¹
¡¸ts¡¡¡¹
Suzu gulped. That was exactly, a love confession. For the first time in her life, a confession with seriousness to the highest degree was right now said to her. The winding of great emotions that were welling up inside her made her voice get caught in her throat that she couldn¡¯t say anything. Ryutaro spoke his words further to such Suzu.
¡¸I love Suzu. Rather than a future in this world, pick a future that is together with me. It won¡¯t be a calm future but I will treasure you with all my power. Let¡¯s go, together. Forever.¡¹
Inside Suzu¡¯s heart, something like ¡¸That¡¯s too straight!¡¹, or ¡¸Even though you hade to a clean break but even temporarily you once fell in love with Yue-san, do you have a preference for small girls!? You lolicon!¡¹, or ¡¸While saying you love me, you are asking me to fight together in another world, just what are you saying you muscle brain!¡¹, those abusivenguages were lining up inside Suzu¡¯s stormy heart but¡¡
When she noticed, a reply of¨D¨D
¡¸¡¡Mm. That¡¯s fine.¡¹
That sentence came out naturally. The words came out so smoothly that it surprised even herself. Like that, she became aware.
¡¸Even myself am surprised, but I too, seem to really like Ryutaro-kun.¡¹
Suzu¡¯s face was already looking like a ripe apple. The time they ran around in another world, this one year since they came home, the things that she had piled up between her and Ryutaro seemed to have grown bigger than what Suzu was aware of.
Like that, Ryutaro who received a confession eptance for the first time in his life, and obtained the word ¡°like¡± from a girl was¡¡
¨D¨DUosSHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-
He howled grandly like that. The children who yed in some distance jumped from shock and they looked at Ryutaro while shaking.
¡¸Wai-, you are noisy, Ryutaro-kun! The small kids are making faces like a viger that is encountering an ogre there!¡¹
¡¸A-ha-ha-ha, then how about I use Mode Ogre then! If it¡¯s now then I¡¯ll give special service yeah!¡¹
¡¸Don¡¯t do that! A Monster Appeared at a Park in Broad Daylight! The front page of the evening paper today will be like that! Or rather, how happy are you? Your tension is too high!¡¹
¡¸Obviously I¡¯m happy! It¡¯s about my first girlfriend in my life! Furthermore, it¡¯s Suzu! This is the best!¡¹
¡¸-, uu, idiottt~~¡¹
After that, a muscle brain¡¯s greatest happiness cheer was booming in the small public park for a while, together with the remonstrating voice of Suzu who even then couldn¡¯t hide the happiness inside herself.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Even though I can imagine a ton of realistic problems waiting after returning home from another world, I cannot think of any stylish solution, and relied on magic in the end. Please forgive this poor brain of Shirakome.
However¡¡something like the transmission of brainwashing magic through the inte using age of god magic, or transmission of subliminal effects using television¡¡I think those are just in terrifying.
Perhaps Shirakome is unable to leave the PC today too is because¡¡
Chapter 185
Chapter 185
Arifureta After ¨C The Gathering of the Returnees
Inside the restaurant that was illuminated by a warm orange light, although the atmosphere wasn¡¯t that of a high-ss restaurant, it was filled by a chic and calming atmosphere.
That famous restaurant that would be almost fully upied on the holiday when the evening came had not even a single guest today, it waspletely empty.
¡¸Yuuka, it will be time soon, right? Nana-chan and Taeko-chan too, it¡¯s fine to stop already.¡¹
¡¸Is that so? Then let¡¯s stop around here.¡¹
One of the returnees, Sonobe Yuuka said that and took off her apron. Following her, Miyasaki Nana and Sugawara Taeko also took a breath ¡®sigh¡¯ while taking off their aprons.
The one who spoke to Yuuka was the owner of this restaurant, at the same time he was also the father of Yuuka, Sonobe Hiroshi. The mother, Sonobe Yuuri, was also standing at his side. Yes, this restaurant was the western style restaurant that the Sonobe family was managing.
Hiroshi was making her daughter and her two friends that were helping out to stop at this period of time around five o¡¯clock in the evening that originally would be busy for the restaurant because this restaurant would be the gathering ce for the one year anniversary of Hajime and the others¡¯ return. Yuuka and her two friends were only helping until the appointed time.
There was around fifteen more minutes until the arranged time. ¡®Somebody should being soon¡¯, it was at that time when Yuuka was beginning to think that that the door of the restaurant opened with a good timing.
¡¸Yo. By any chance, I¡¯m the first one here?¡¹
The one who was saying that while entering inside was Tamai Atsushi. Behind him, Aikawa Noboru and Nimura Akiro were also entering while giving a simr greeting.
¡¸That¡¯s right. For you three to arrive fifteen minutes early, how admirable.¡¹
¡¸Haha, my stomach is empty here from ying since the afternoon. Can you give me something like a snack or anything for the time being?¡¹
¡¸Look here, the party will start soon enough, so please be patient.¡¹
It appeared that Atsushi and others were starving. It seemed they were ying through the afternoon until this time. Hearing what Yuuka said, they grumbled¡¸Eee~¡¹while going to sit at the reserved seat.
Thereupon,
¡¸Excuse me¡¡I think it¡¯s me who came first though.¡¹
¡¸Uoo!? What the!?¡¹
¡¸E, Endo! So you are here!?¡¹
¡¸Eh, lies. Since when were you here!?¡¹
¡¸Even though I didn¡¯t hear the bell clinking!¡¹
In fact, it seemed the one who arrived first was the man with a shadow so thin even an apostle of god overlooked him¨D¨DEndo Kousuke. Kousuke was responding¡¸I came in normally, gave a normal greeting, and normally took a seat, that¡¯s all you know?¡¹with a faraway look, hearing that Yuuka and the others spoke words of apology and constion with an awkward look.
Atsushi and the others took their seats while speaking to Kousuke.
¡¸Nevertheless you are really early huh. You aren¡¯t with Nagayama and the others today?¡¹
¡¸Recently I am not really together with them after all. It seems that Juugo and Kentaro are going out ying with Tsuji-san¡¯s group but¡¡as for me, I was studying.¡¹
Yuuka nodded in understanding after hearing Kousuke¡¯s answer.
¡¸Now that you mentioned it, Endo-kun, you are aiming to be a doctor, isn¡¯t it? And then when you graduate you are going to migrate to the other side, aren¡¯t you?¡¹
¡¸The beastmen like Rana-san and the others of the Hauria n cannot use healing magic, so it is for their sake you are learning modern medical techniques, aren¡¯t you? Even though it¡¯s not actually a long distance rtionship, but you are really going that far huh.¡¹
Exactly as Nana said, Kousuke who publicly got a rabbit ear onee-san lover in Tortus was studying hard aiming for a medical university, in order to learn the modern medical technique¨D¨Dthat was to say, a healing technique that didn¡¯t use magic medicine or healing magic, so that he could be a strength for the Hauria n even for a bit in the future. Other than that, he was also learning various things extensively to polish his own assassination skills, like army hand-to-hand fighting technique or survival skills, and then also other knowledge like agriculture techniques to negotiating techniques, which made him greatly busy. He was doing all of that, for the sake of his beloved lover.
Although during this one year it felt like his character as a man with a thin shadow was crumbling, he got dragged into this and that behind the scenes of the world, chased after by troublesome people (several people among them were girls)¡¡in a sense, he was the one who got totally immersed at the world behind the scene more than anyone of the returnee group, which made the person himself to be at his wits end.
Looking at Kousuke who was having a faraway look, with a lukewarm gaze Yuuka and the others sent a yell to their ssmate who was doing his best day and night. While calling the name that was the proof of Kousuke being weed into the Hauria n as a new family.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Kousuke E Abyssgate-kun, do your best.¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
¡¸Stop it! I told you guys already to not use that name when there is no Hauria n beside me, right!?¡¹
The great shame caused Kousuke to suddenly cover his face with both hands and he fell prostrated on the table. It was a name that was given by a beautiful onee-san, so it was a wonder just where was the need of feeling shame from that. Even though he was the great man who was introducing himself with that name while earning the most kill points at the legendary great war with the apostles as the opponent.
¡¸Oi oi, what¡¯s the matter, Abyssgate-san. Is your body feeling unwell, Abyssgate-san.¡¹
¡¸Doesn¡¯t Abyssgate sound cool, Abyssgate. Didn¡¯t the people of the Hauria n wee you greatly, Abyssgate.¡¹
Atsushi and Yuuka were grinning widely while poking at Kousuke from both sides. Kousuke was holding his head while pleading¡¸Stooop, stop it already!¡¹, but
¡¸Kousuke E Abyssgate, has arrived!¡¹
¡¸Fuh, so you cannot see me? Obviously. I who am lurking in darkness cannot be caught by anyone¡¡¡¹
¡¸The name of Shippuu Kagetsume, engrave it in that body!¡¹(TN: Gale Shadow w)
When Noboru said that in high spirits, Nana continued after him in the same spirit, then next even Akito took a pose while reproducing how Kousuke once was. The health point of Kousuke¡¯s heart was plunging into the red zone. Taeko was earnestly shaking *puru puru* at the shoulders while averting his gaze.
But, at that timing, a voice that sounded as though it was shaking from Kousuke¡¯s disastrous condition, filled with sympathy from the bottom of the speaker¡¯s heart, such voice was resounding.
¡¸You guys¡¡doing something like that. There is a limit even in being nasty. Just what are you doing to Endo huh.¡¹
¡¸Na, Nagumooo! My kindred spirit! So you finally came!¡¹
Looking at the direction of the voice, having entered the restaurant unnoticed, the group of Hajime¡¯s had approached until they were right beside Kousuke and the others. Kousuke energetically dashed at Hajime while half-crying. And then, he hid behind Hajime while raising a voice of counterattack at Atsushi and the others.
¡¸You lot-, saying anything you like wretchedly like that! Just look, at this real harem man! And then recall it, the Nagumo of before! Just what do you think the Hauria n is calling this guy! Don¡¯t you know that it overshadowed someone like!? No, I am not speaking about my naturally thin shadow here you know? Nagumo¡¯s chuunib¨D¨D¡¹
*bechikon-* A crack resounded, then Endo went through a triple mid-air spin until he crumbled down from both legs.
¡¸¡¡Just now, why did you hit me?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Sorry. I wanted to do that for some reason.¡¹
When Endo calmly asked with teary eyes, Hajime answered awkwardly while averting his eyes. Both of them had mutually received nicknames from the Hauria with gratitude(?), being equally a victim when those nicknames were spread grandly throughout the world, together with their activity at the world behind the scene in this one year, the two of them were actually in quite a good rtionship. Feeling sympathy at each other¡¯s pain of heart and also their close affinity from both having lovers of a female of the Hauria n was also the reason for that good rtionship.
¡¸Yuuka-san, thank you for lending your restaurant for today. Is there something that I can help with, like cooking or something?¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s fine Shia-san. Most of it is finished already with me and Nana and Tae, Otou-san and Okaa-san are also in high spirit.¡¹
Yuuka shook her head at Shia¡¯s offer with a smile. And exactly as Yuuka said, Hiroshi who caught sight of Hajime¡¯s figure rested his hands and approached Hajime.
¡¸Yaa, Hajime-kun. Wee to my restaurant. I was thinking of inviting you all someday to here you know.¡¹
¡¸Much obliged for today. Letting us reserve the whole restaurant¡¡that saved us some trouble. Even if we have the gathering at another ce, if there are other people then we are going to be a target of curiosity.¡¹
¡¸No no, something like this is nothing much. ¡¡You are the person who brought our daughter back home. Just something like this won¡¯t even be enough for thanks. The most that I can do is only to let you all enjoy our family¡¯s prided cooking to your fill, but I have put all my skill into this just so you know. Have fun to your heart¡¯s content.¡¹
¡¸Yes, I had also heard from Endo and Tamai how delicious the food here is, so I¡¯ll look forward to it.¡¹
Seeing Hajime who was exchanging words really politely with Yuuka¡¯s father, Atsushi and the others whispered to each other things like¡¸As I thought, hearing Nagumo use politenguage really feels wrong ain¡¯t it¡¹, or¡¸Demon king-sama has also mellowed out huh¡¹, or¡¸Well, as expected, suddenly pulling out a gun in Japan is just impossible. Naturally, he is going to mellow out like that¡¹, or¡¸No no, Sugawara. We still don¡¯t know that. If it¡¯s Nagumo, something like hiding the evidence is as easy as turning his palm you know? The possibility that he has already killed several people is¡¡¡¹.
The ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± that was fixed on Hajime¡¯s left ring finger faintly shined. Sensing that Hajime was feeling like taking out something from the infinite armory, Atsushi and others instantly sat back in their chairs and drank their drinks with an atmosphere that was shamelessly rxed. It seemed that they had been trained in the way of dealing with Hajime.
¡¸Nevertheless, the wives of Hajime-kun are really all beautiful isn¡¯t it.¡¹
From behind Hiroshi, Yuuri approached while wiping her hand on her apron, she was saying such a thing and continued with a greeting¡¸Wee for today. Feel free to rx here¡¹. Then Yue and others each gave her the greeting while expressing their thanks for lending the restaurant.
Yuuri floated a friendly smile at Yue and others, and then she nodded as though she hadprehended something before turning back her gaze at Hajime, and said a sentence,
¡¸So, I wonder, when will Hajime-kun take Yuuka as your wife too?¡¹
¡¸Wai-, Okaa-san!? What are you saying!?¡¹
The words of her mother that were suddenly let out caused Yuuka to spit out her drink *bufu-* while she raised her voice. Looking at that direction, Atsushi and co, Kaori, and also Shizuku were looking taken aback and they turned their gaze at Yuuri, and then their awareness turned toward Yuuka.
On the other hand, Yuuri who suddenly dropped that bomb was chuckling while saying thing like¡¸Is that no good I wonder? Okaa-san is just thinking, that if it¡¯s Hajime-kun then there won¡¯t be any problem at all though~¡¹.
The mother of Yuuka looked rtively gentle and calm, but it seemed that she was a type of person who would drop a bomb unconsciously. Yuuka ignored her mother that was like that and then she turned to Hajime in order to make an excuse¡¡but her expression grandly cramped after seeing the widely smiling face of Kaori who was right before her eyes.
¡¸E, err, Kaori-chan? You see, I¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s fine, it¡¯s fine you know, Yuuka-chan. I pro~perly understand after all. Anyway, how about going to the seat at the back for the time being? Because if you want to be at Hajime-kun¡¯s side, then there will be various things that I want you to know beforehand, so I¡¯m going to teach you slowly.¡¹
¡¸No no no no, I¡¯ll hold back from that! It¡¯s not like I really need to know that!¡¹
¡¸Muu, by that, are you saying that something like the matter of Hajime-kun is trivial I wonder? I wonder?¡¹
¡¸Troublesome-. I have thought this since before, but when it is rted to Nagumo-kun, Kaori-chan is troublesome-¡¹
¡¸I won¡¯t get tricked even with you saying that! Now, Yuuka-chan, let¡¯s talk?¡¹
Saying that Kaori dragged the resisting Yuuka with her hands gripping Yuuka¡¯s shoulders and she took her to the seat at the back. While being dragged, Yuuka sent a gaze that was asking for help at Atsushi and others, but with splendid synchronization, everyone averted their eyes. Yuuka was in despair!
¡¸Haa, Hajime. I¡¯m worried about Yuuka, that¡¯s why I too will be at the seat in the back for a while.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, I¡¯ll leave Kaori to you. Help Sonobe before her soul is slipping out from her mouth.¡¹
¡¸Roger.¡¹
Even after a year passed since their return, Shizuku¡¯s worrying habit didn¡¯t change. Although, currently she had the lover who would give her the reward after her worrying, so it seemed that it wasn¡¯t a hardship for her at all. (TN: In the raw, the worrying habit implied that Shizuku was worrying for others, not herself, and she would go to great length to help the other party from their trouble even without them asking her. Anyone know a good word to express someone like this?)
Like that, whileplicated noisiness could be heard from the back, the ssmates of the returnee group were arriving one after another.
Nagayama Juugo and Nomura Kentarou, Tsuji Ayako, Yoshino Mao, the former Nagayama party. After that, with Nakano Shinji and Saitou Yoshiki as first on the list, almost all of the returnee students had gathered.
The ones who still hadn¡¯t arrived in the invitation today were Ryutaro and Suzu, and Aiko. Everyone knew about Kouki being in Tortus, so there was no need to wait for him. Also, Aiko would bete because of her work and she had let them knew beforehand, so in actuality, there were only Ryutaro and Suzu left.
¡¸It¡¯s already past the agreed time¡¡¡¹
Hajime looked at the clock and whispered that. The clock had certainly turned to five o¡¯clock in the afternoon. On the table, there wasn¡¯t only the standard western food, there were also small snacks like fried potato, karaage, mini pizza, and non-alcoholic drinks flooding the table.
Kaori was looking worried wondering whether something happened and took out her smartphone. She was thinking of trying to contact them. But, there was no need for Kaori to contact them.
¡¸Whoops, my bad! We arete!¡¹
¡¸Sorry! Ryu-kun got high tensioned like an idiot, it took time until he calmed down!¡¹
Like that, Suzu and Ryutaro rushed in while apologizing. Hajime and others were about to say¡¸Don¡¯t mind it¡¹, but they reflexively swallowed back their words. And then, their gaze focused at one ce.
¡¡Their fingers were entangled with each other¡¯s, that was to say, the hands of the two were holding each other¡¯s hand in a lover holding.
The two noticed everyone¡¯s gaze. Suzu raised her voice¡¸ah¡¹and tried to separate their hand in panic. However, due to it being a lover holding with their fingers interlocked, Ryutaro¡¯srge hand waspletely wrapping Suzu¡¯s small hand, so if Ryutaro¡¯s hand didn¡¯t let go then their hand wouldn¡¯t separate that easily.
¡¸Come to think of it, Suzu-chi, just now, didn¡¯t you called Sakagami with ¡°Ryu-kun¡±?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Seriously? No, or maybe I should say, finally. If it¡¯s Sakagami and Taniguchi then¡¡¹
Nana sharply didn¡¯t miss what Suzu said, how the way Suzu called Ryutaro changed (After receiving the confession, Suzu called Ryutaro as Ryu-kun because she wanted to show her affection even morepared to before the confession). Hearing what Nana mentioned, Atsushi leaked out his frustration of having been beaten to the punch, but then he showed an expression that was half purely shocked and half understanding.
¡¸Hee, you two, since when did your rtionship be like that?¡¹
Hajime¡¯s mouth burst open in amusement while he was asking the two of them. Thereupon, Ryutaro, looking at the situation where it seemed that his rtionship with Suzu had been immediately exposed by the ssmates, he was growing embarrassed from that, but even so,
¡¸An hour before!¡¹
Saying that, he made a thumb up along with a livelyugh while informing the ssmates. Immediately, Suzu¡¯s face became red, while the ssmates raised an admiring voice of¡¸Oo~~!!¡¹. Right after that, the congratting voice of¡¸Congrattions!¡¹from the girls and¡¸Sakagamiii, for a muscle brain like you to get a girlfriend¡¡die!¡¹¡¸Just explode!¡¹¡¸I also want a lover! Someone, go out with me!¡¹the envious voices from the boys were sent to Ryutaro and Suzu.
By the way, the voice that was soliciting for a lover was smoothly ignored. Shinji was secretly crying after that.
The rtionship of Suzu and Ryutaro that changed anew was grandly celebrated by the ssmates with Shizuku and Kaori as the first in the list. After everyone had arrived, Hajime stood up and took a ss into his hand. The ssmates, Yue and others too, they all took a ss into their hand.
¡¸Now then, we have experienced something idiotic like having a trip to another world, but now, we are able to celebrate a year of our return to thend of our birthce like this. That one year we spent in another world, and this one year after we returned home, those days were absurdly noisy and full of trouble¡¡but, those days weren¡¯t bad. I think so from the bottom of my heart.¡¹
Hajime¡¯s gentle gaze and expression that looked deep, calmly meshed into the feeling of all the ssmates, including Yue and others, all of them then simultaneously nodded deeply.
There were also people who couldn¡¯te home. But, even with that fact included, everyone certainly felt that ¡°it wasn¡¯t bad¡±.
¡¸In the future from here on, it is unclear what kind of path any of us will walk, but, if it is us who know about the meaning of ¡°fighting¡±, then there won¡¯t be any problem or anything. Isn¡¯t that right?¡¹
Everyone returned back a strong nod. To that, Hajime also nodded deeply.
¡¸That¡¯s why, these words are going to be enough for our toast. ¡¡To the two years that we have ovee, and to the hardships from here on! Cheers-!¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Chee~~~~rs-!!!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
Like that the party started.
They talked to each other about their memories in the other world Tortus, they expressed their feelings of this one year since their return home, they jeered loudly at the couples of old and new, they bullied Kousuke, they made an uproar without any meaning, they ate and drank a lot, they lost sight of Kousuke, and they got really noisy.
In the middle, Aiko who finished her work joined them and unfolded a lovey-dovey flirting with Hajime quietly. There Yue nonchntly cut in with her adult mode, then Shia and the others also crowded Hajime undauntedly and formed their usual pink space. Seeing that, the ssmates went into an uproar once again, they felt for real the joy of living right now from their heart, and disyed great excitement in this first year return anniversary.
Before long, when the party was in full swing, without any particr feeling there were voices that began to state their wish of wanting to go to Tortus. Of course, the meaning of that wish wasn¡¯t for living in the other side, those were only frivolous words of wanting to meet with their friends and acquaintances in Tortus.
While they were talking about their memories to each other, the want to meet Liliana and the maids at the pce, the warrades they fought together with at the decisive battle, and the people they were cooperating with at the time of restoration steadily grew.
Hajime grinned widely to those ssmates,
¡¸Then, how about we go meet them for a bit right now?¡¹
That sentence actually also sounded lighthearted.
To open a gate that crossed over the worlds, a vast amount of magic power was needed. When they returned to earth from Tortus, they had to do all kind of processes to capture the magic factor of mother nature into a pseudo-god crystal, then poured the magic power of the cheat group in full into it, and even so it took a month until the gate could be opened.
In the earth where there was almost no magic factor, to open a gate that crossed over the worlds, it should take at least five months at the fastest even with Hajime and others stocking all the magic power in their body.
Five months after they first returned to earth, they opened the gate once, and then after a further five months, they opened the gate again. And so, thinking normally it should take three more months before the gate could be opened.
¡¸Oi, Nagumo. We ain¡¯t going to get surprised by what you are doing after thiste, we ain¡¯t gonna start doubting you either. That¡¯s why just spit it out right away. What are you gonna do?¡¹
Ryutaro asked with an expression that was a mix of exasperation and admiration. The ssmates were also focusing on Hajime, in the middle of that Hajime suddenly lifted his right hand and activated ¡°Lightning d¡±, causing crimson sparks to crackle through him.
¡¸This lightning d is a characteristic magic that converts magic power into lightning strikes. Magic power can be converted into electricity¡¡then, don¡¯t you think that the reverse is also possible?¡¹
¡¸Please wait a second, Hajime-kun. I have a really bad premonition of this.¡¹
Aiko¡¯s cheeks convulsed from Hajime¡¯s words. And then, with a small voice, she said something like¡¸A month ago, there was a city that cked outpletely. The electricity was immediately restored but¡¡if I remember correctly, it seemed that there was a nuclear power nt nearby that city¡¹, hearing that the ssmates also realized what Hajime had done and their cheeks convulsed greatly.
¡¸Exactly as you imagined. I converted the electricity of a nuclear power nt into magic power, just for a bit. It took a bit ofbor to create the exclusive artifact for establishing this conversion method, but finally, I seeded in realizing it.¡¹
¡¸¡±Sess¡±, that¡¯s not it! Aa, what have you done when I took off my eyes of you for just a bit¡¡¡¹
Looking at the triumphant look of Hajime who sto¨D¨Dreceived the electricity of a nuclear power nt, Aiko held her head as though enduring a headache, while the other people were getting a faraway look.
By the way, the city getting cked out was also something unexpected for Hajime, so he had fixed it so that right now he was able to do magic power conversion without affecting the power supply of the city.
Giving a nce to them who were being absentminded, Hajime took out ¡°Crystal Key¡± and ¡°Compass¡± from ¡°Treasure Warehouse II¡±, he then stabbed the key without any hesitation whatsoever into an empty air and easily opened a gate to another world.
¡¸What, you guys aren¡¯t going?¡¹
Even though he was guilty of something preposterous, as expected, Hajime was acting like there was nothing wrong. The ssmates thinking ¡°ah, screw it¡± slipped through the gate while shouting.
The destination was a reception hall that was located at a corner of the new pce of Hairihi Kingdom.
Liliana and some other people were carrying artifacts that would inform them of Hajime and the others opening a gate, so surely their arrival had been noticed.
As expected, the footsteps of several people immediately became audible.
And then, at the other side of the door that was opened loudly, there was the figure of Liliana breathing hard. The moment Liliana caught sight of Hajime, *daa¨D¨D¨D¨D* she dashed.
Like that, everyone was thinking that she would embrace Hajime with a deeply moving expression just like usual but¡¡
There, an unexpected sentence flew out from Liliana¡¯s mouth.
¡¸Big trouble-! It¡¯s a really big trouble! ¨D¨DKouki-san, he seems to have been summoned to another world somewhere!¡¹
¡¸Ha?¡¹
The ssmates also went¡¸Ha?¡¹as though empathizing with Hajime¡¯s idiotic sounding voice. That was only natural. Even with Liliana speaking about summoning, this was the world that summoned Kouki. It couldn¡¯t be helped even if they tilted their head wondering what Liliana was speaking about.
To them who were like that,
¡¸It¡¯s true! Suddenly there was a voice that came from the sky saying¡ºI found you, hero-sama. I beg you, please save my beloved world¡», then a magic circle that I had never seen before spread below Kouki-san¨D¨Dthen he vanished! It happened about a week ago!¡¹
Hearing that, the situation finally prated the ssmates¡¯ head.
In other words, it seemed that in this world where Kouki was summoned as the hero, Kouki was further summoned as the hero into another world somewhere¡¡
¡¸WHAT THE HEEEEEEEEELLLLLLLLL-¡¹
Ryutaro who looked forward to meeting Kouki was the very first person that yelled up the tsukkomi that represented the voices of the heart of everyone here.
It appeared, that the world was still not intending to leave alone Hajime and the others.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Currently, the story of Kouki¡¯s second summoning hasn¡¯t been nned currently.
If I have to say, I¡¯m thinking that ¡®I want to write the story of Abyssgate-kun running around busily with teary eyes at the underworld sooon¡¯.
From next time the chronological order will be all over the ce too, I¡¯m thinking of posting the after story and an extra story that I want to write little-by-little.
First of all, something like the story of Myuu that had grown to about ten years old.
Chapter 186
Chapter 186
Arifureta After ¨C As the Daughter of Demon King Part 1
In the middle of the night, in a room inside the Nagumo household, *tap tap* the small sound of a keyboard being tapped and the light of the disy that faintly illuminated the room were spreading.
With a notebook PC being ced beside the pillow, and a posture of lying down with both elbows supporting the upper body, the one who was moving her small legs backward and forward in the air while staying upte was, the princess of the Nagumo family¨D¨DMyuu. It has already been five years since she arrived in this world. Currently, the ten-year-old Myuu was still small statured as usual, but it appeared that the factor of ¡°beautiful¡± had slightly entered into her ¡°cuteness¡±.
At the end of the sentences that she spoke there was still ¡°~nano¡± attached, the person herself was aware of it and wanted to fix that habit, but even with that she had be a person of firm character that was like a big sister as could be seen from how she had been given an individual room like this.
Although her mother and big sisters seemed to still worry about her because of her simrity with her father that often stayed upte and forgot the timepletely due to the subculture. (TN: The subculture here might be talking about the otaku culture, maybe.)
¡ºNn~. So, Na-chan will also participate in that ceremony nano?¡»
¡ºThat¡¯s right. I will sing a hymn as a member of the choir.¡»
When Myuu wrote a question by operating the keyboard *tap tap*, the chat partner Na-chan (real name, Natalia) replied back like that. This girl seemed to be a girl of the same age as Myuu, a ten-year-old that imed she was living in America. The two of them got to know each other by chance through the heartwarming game they yed, and sometimes they even contacted each other like this outside the game. This girl was a friend of Myuu¡¯s.
By the way, Myuu¡¯snguage capability was helped by Hajime¡¯s handmade artifact that was inserted with ¡°Language Comprehension¡± (exclusive for Myuu, provided with voice recognition and letter projection), with this Myuu could not onlyprehendnguages all over the world, but she could evenprehend ancientnguages. Even now she was actually chatting using English.
¡ºChoir huuuh~. That¡¯s amazing nano.¡»
¡ºIs that so? I think in my country there are a lot of children that enter the choir though.¡»
¡ºThen, Na-chan¡¯s country will be fine even if the apostles attack anytime then nano. If the country people mobilize altogether and hit hard with the sacred song, you will be able to shave off the apostle¡¯s status by ny percent. They will be just a mere wooden doll nano.¡»
¡ºI¡¯m sorry, Myuu. I don¡¯t understand what Myuu saying here¡¡¡»
Of course, it was natural that she didn¡¯t understand.
Now then, ording to their talk today, it appeared that on Sunday Natalia would apany her parents (who seemed to be fairly high officials) to arge ceremony where government officials would be gathering. There, it seemed that a chorus of hymn would be done by a choir that wasprised of the ceremony participants¡¯ children, so Natalia would also participate in the choir.
However, from Natalia¡¯s viewpoint, there would be nothing that she could really do there other than sing the hymn. At the buffet party after the end of the ceremony, the children had to wait while their parents were having ¡°adult talk (long time)¡±. Natalia didn¡¯t have any friends there that she was particrly close to, and there was also her parents¡¯ instruction to get along with the children of such-and-such families. It seemed it made her feel constrained and gloomy.
¡ºA~a~, if only Myuu will also attend this party.¡»
¡ºYou can use this chance to be friends with the other children, right?¡»
¡ºI don¡¯t wanna. Even if I get along with them, if the person is actually a child of a family that is in opposition against father, it will be awkward¡¡there is also some children among the older ones that wille to talk to me because of the instruction of their family, you know? I don¡¯t want to be friends with those kinds of children.¡»
¡ºMuu, you sound like a noble.¡»
¡ºAhaha, what are you saying? Myuu saying that makes it sound like you know some noble. By any chance, is Myuu from Britain?¡»
¡ºNo, Myuu is a sea dweller race.¡»
¡ºAhahaha, I always heard you say that, but, what kind of people are this sea dweller race~~¡»
¡ºWe are the women of the sea.¡»
¡ºAhahaha~¡»
Perhaps feeling that the way Myuu talked was amusing, words that expressedughter were listed on the disy screen. Natalia who seemed to calm down after a while wrote a sentence that seemed to be pleading with her unique friend who obviously had a different atmosphere and rhythmpared to her normal school friends.
¡ºHey, Myuu. I wonder, can you talk with me like this during the party?¡»
It seemed that the ceremony would be in the afternoon, so even thinking about the time zone difference Myuu would be able to be her talking partner. However, if seeing the figure of a young girl who didn¡¯t properly participate in the party while earnestly ying with her smartphone in the corner, in the end just what would the family and also the surrounding think about Natalia¡¡
However, even if only slightly, Natalia¡¯s atmosphere that was really quite gloomy was conveyed through her sentence.
Seeing that, inside Myuu, the big sister soul was welling up!
¡ºMuu, can¡¯t be helped then.¡»
¡ºEh, is it fine? You said that recently you were scolded because you yed on the inte too much though¡¡it would be, reallyte, you know?¡»
¡ºIt¡¯s fine. There is no problem. If it¡¯s for the sake of a friend, then surely I will be allowed. That¡¯s why, Na-chan, I won¡¯t let you get bored and enjoy the party instead nano!¡»
¡ºYe, yes. What¡¯s this, I¡¯m happy but, for some reason, I have a bad premonition.¡»
That premonition of Natalia would splendidlye true during the weekend.
At a certain ce in America, on that day, a certain ceremony was being held. At the ceremony that Natalia mentioned, where a lot of government officials were attending, mass media people were also going in and the situation of the ceremony was even broadcasted on the evening news in Japan.
Naturally, the hymn that was sung by the participating children, including Natalia, was also performed as one of the ceremony¡¯s decoration, the figure of the children singing with their all was also broadcasted in the news.
After the ceremony program ended it was time for the standing buffet party. The ceremony was using a floor of a certain high-ss hotel that was reserved, so the served cooking was also first ss.
The adults were immediately involved in slightly difficult talks of this and that, and then Natalia, who was left alone just as expected, was now trying to be a wallflower and the heaven-sent child of the smartphone.
¡¸Eh, I wonder if Myuu is still not online? By any chance, is it just as I thought, that she was stopped by her mother or her big sisters or someone?¡¹
Natalia confirmed that Myuu wasn¡¯t logging in on the chat room that the two of them usually used. Looking disappointed, Natalia sighed due to the gloomy time she had to spend until the end of the party.
But, it was at that time,
¡¸Youngdy. If you sigh like that, then happiness will run away, you know?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Natalia was startled and turned her gaze toward the direction of the voice that suddenly came to her. There, the one who spoke a line like a certain skirt chaser was unexpectedly a cute girl about the same age as her.
No, it was a beautiful girl to the degree that the word of cute felt a littlecking for her.
Emerald blond hair that looked fluffy and smooth, and clear jade eyes that looked mystical. Faint pink lips and dreamy rose colored cheeks. That figure which was wearing a dress with a gentle green tone was like a fairy that came out of a fairytale. That faint mischievous smile which had a close resemnce with a Cheshire cat somewhere despite her gentle look also spurred on that imagination.
After a while being in a daze, or possibly being enraptured, Natalia who was staring at that emerald fairy girl saw how that girl was peering into her wonderingly¡¸Nn~?¡¹which caused her to return to her senses with a ¡®hah¡¯.
¡¸E, err, you are, who?¡¹
¡¸Muu, that¡¯s mean. Even though I came here because Na-chan said that you are lonely.¡¹
¡¸E, e? Na-chan? E?¡¹
Although this was a wide world, the only one who called her with that pet name was only that amusing friend which was living in Japan.
However, yes, however, Natalia who was rtively clever for her age and parentage immediately rejected that possibility.
Well, of course she was. What was the chance of a friend in Japan to rush here to America just because she was saying that she was lonely? Furthermore, the two of them had the talk about this at three days ago before the ceremony. Myuu wouldn¡¯t be able to make it in time if she didn¡¯t depart immediately, thinking normally this was something impossible.
Even if, just for argument¡¯s sake, Myuu was reallying here for her sake, just how did she enter this ce? This was a ce where several big shot officials were gathering. Naturally, anyone other than rted people would be checked strictly before entering here. There was no way for people other than the invitee that had been registered beforehand could enter.
In that case, there could only be one possibility, that Myuu was actually a child of a family that was invited into the ceremony today just like her family, which meant she had been lying to her all this time. But fundamentally, the two of them had only been talking with inte chatting, or using their game avatar, they didn¡¯t know each other¡¯s face. Then, as expected this girl in front of her eye was¡
¡¸That¡¯s not it nano. Myuu is Myuu herself, the genuine one that is living in Japan you know?¡¹
¡¸-, y, you, as I thought you are Myuu? But how are¡¡¡¹
Myuu who seemed to guess Natalia¡¯s thought talked looking like someone who seeded in her prank. Myuu then approached Natalia who twitched in surprise and took her hand without hesitation. And then, Myuu brought her lips close to Natalia¡¯s ear, and she whispered softly, as though she was blowing her breath on the ear, just as if she was exposing a secret.
¡¸Myuu is the daughter of the demon king-sama, and also the top disciple of his wives so¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸If it¡¯s for a friend, then something like this is no problem nano.¡¹
Myuu stared from really close at Natalia whose face was glowing red for some reason, and then, while smiling and looking slightly troubled,
¡¸Or else, is it a bother for Myuu toe here?¡¹
Myuu asked that.
Natalia¡¯s head was swung left and right at high speed, to the degree that it felt like an afterimage could be seen from that movement. Her expression expressed her feelings more eloquently than anything.
Natalia, who was made to toss away the worthless minor details and felt like Myuu was somewhat forcefully having her way with her, became able to spend her time in this boring and gloomy party with her friend.
By the way, Myuu was here in this ce because of Hajime who she asked to send her using thepass and crystal key.
Right now in Japan, the time was already night, so beforehand Myuu had exined about the circumstance and her destination to Hajime and the others. Papa Hajime couldn¡¯t say anything toward his daughter¡¯s global acquaintance and the lightness of her movement, but Yue and the others were feeling warm and fluffy seeing a Myuu that had grown to bepletely tough and they sent her here dly. The one who prepared Myuu¡¯s dress was also Yue and the others.
Although, if they knew that Myuu was making her friend red-faced by her actions and speech that was simr to a handsome man from an otome game performing a wall sandwich to the female character then¡¡there was no doubt that the Nagumo family emergency meeting would be held right away. (TN: Otome game, a game like your usual visual novel, but here the MC is a girl while the targets to be conquered were handsome men instead of beautiful girls. While wall sandwich is mming one¡¯s hand into the wall in front of somebody (e.g. to stop them from leaving; often viewed as romantic))
¡¸Geez, I was really surprised there!¡¹
¡¸I won¡¯t let you get bored¨D¨Dthat was what Myuu said, Myuu is keeping Myuu¡¯s own words.¡¹
¡¸Aah, this rhythm, you are unmistakably Myuu.¡¹
Natalia dropped her shoulders while intensely epting the situation after seeing Myuu, who was saying such a thing, with a stiff and crisp expression. She epted that the beautiful girl in front of her eyes that could be mistaken for a fairy was exactly her friend Myuu.
¡¸I won¡¯t ask about the details, but you really came here huh.¡¹
¡¸Nn. If Natalia is lonely, Myuu will rush to your side even if you are in another world.¡¹
¡¸-, thank you Myuu. ¡¡For some reason, I got the hunch that in the future Myuu will be someone that is really no good you know.¡¹
¡¸Strange¡¡recently Myuu is often told of something like that. Even though Myuu is just imitating all the onee-chans and papa.¡¹
¡¸Those onee-chans and papa-san, aren¡¯t they also getting called as no good people?¡¹
¡¸Hah!?¡¹
Even while having idiotic talk like that, Natalia¡¯s heart was beating livelily inside. Her heart was beating fast because if the existence of Myuu, that shouldn¡¯t be listed on the invitation list, got found out, it would be a really great uproar. But even more than that nervousness, she was feeling really happy that she could unexpectedly meet her friend, which she had wanted to meet, like this.
Furthermore, her friend was cuter than what she imagined. Myuu was humorous and for some reason, Myuu also looked adult-like. Myuu was exactly a friend that made her want to boast about her to other people.
Their talk was naturally turning lively, both of them were turning into wallflowers, yet they were looking more animated and purely having more fun than anyone there.
But that enjoyable time was suddenly broken.
Along with a sound *gashan*, one middle-aged male knocked over his ss while copsing down. The surrounding people rushed to that person in a panic to check the situation, and they found out that the person appeared to be sleeping. The people got exasperated and exined to the surrounding that this person surely drank too much alcohol, but in the middle of that, suddenly another person at a different spot also copsed simrly like that.
With that as the beginning, the people at the party venue were crumbling down one after another and fainted at different intervals.
¡¸Wha, what? What is going¡¡a, u?¡¹
¡¸Natalia?¡¹
Natalia was bewildered, but in the middle of speaking her words suddenly cut off. When Myuu turned her gaze to her, she found the figure of Natalia falling to her knee with her eyelids looking like they would close anytime. She was obviously being assaulted by unnatural sudden sleepiness.
Myuu immediately caught Natalia who looked like she was going to fall, and then she became aware that she was also getting sleepy.
¡¸This is¡¡by any chance the cooking is? Uu, even though this should be a normal party¡¡is this also because Myuu is papa¡¯s daughter nano?¡¹
While murmuring something that might damage Hajime rtively if he heard it, Myuu said¡¸It¡¯s fine¡¹to Natalia who looked like she would faint anytime. She then took out a magic medicine from her ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and drank it. With that, the sleepiness was blown off immediately.
Myuu thought of giving Natalia the medicine too, but because she felt a doubt whether Natalia would be able to get a hold of herself in the event of what would ur from here on. In the end, Myuu didn¡¯t do that.
She then decided to send a mail to Hajime but noticed that the transmission was being jammed. At that point in time, she caught the sound of the footsteps of a group approaching.
Myuu groaned¡¸Muu¡¹while looking around. Most of the people seemed to have consumed the cooking that wasced with a sleeping drug, and they were all sound asleep or almost falling asleep. No, when Myuu saw that the security and the waiters were also falling asleep, it seemed that another method other than dosing the cooking was also used.
To do something like making all people in a strictly guarded party of politicians to faint without killing or wounding anyone was impossible with just average nning and organizational capability.
¡¸Can¡¯t be helped nano.¡¹
Myuu looked at Natalia with a troubled expression, and then sheid down in that spot snuggling close to Natalia. Then she pretended to sleep while opening her eyes only slightly so that no one would notice.
¡¸Wake up, Na-chan. Come on, wake up.¡¹
¡¸Mmm-¡¹
The squishy sensation that was gently touching her cheek, the sensation of her head getting patted slowly caused Natalia¡¯s consciousness to be half awake. On the other side of her faintly opened eyelids, there was the upside down figure of Myuu peering into her face.
¡¸Myuu?¡¹
¡¸Yes, it¡¯s Myuu. Good morning, Na-chan.¡¹
¡¸Un, good morning. But, why is Myuu in my room?¡¹
¡¸Na-chan. If you are seriously mistaking this room that is surrounded by concrete and an iron door as your own room, then Myuu has to have a talk with Na-chan¡¯s family at once, you know?¡¹
¡¸E? ¡¡¡¡¡¡¡-!?¡¹
Natalia, who finally recovered from her sleepiness, rose her body suddenly and ran her gaze over the surroundings. She confirmed that the ce she was in was exactly just as Myuu said, a room of dreary concrete and an iron door.
At the same time, she caught sight of children other than her and Myuu. Nearly ten children about the same age were huddling in the corner of the room where they were already awake. Looking at how everyone was wearing party outfits, it seemed that they were children that were also in that party venue. Several of the children had faces that she knew as members of the same choir with her.
Every one of them was sitting down looking scared. Natalia¡¯s gaze then turned back at Myuu who seemed to be giving her ap pillow.
¡¸Myu, Myuu. Just what in the world, how did this¡¡where is here!? What happened to us!? Where is father!?¡¹
Natalia was on the verge of panic. To that, Myuu closed their distance smoothly and embraced Natalia¡¯s head closely. And then, Myuu gently pped Natalia¡¯s back several times while saying¡¸It¡¯s fine, it¡¯s fine nano. Myuu is together with Na-chan here nano.¡¹, this sentence was whispered to Natalia with an extraordinarily gentle tone.
Having those done to her, Natalia gradually rxed ¡®funya¡¯ with herposure returning back.
Judging that Natalia had calmed down, Myuu separated their body, and then she also turned her gaze at the other children and opened her mouth.
¡¸First, all of us were made to sleep by the drug that wasced on the cooking, and then we got kidnapped nano. After that, we were taken to this ce by car after traveling for about forty minutes. The ones who are kidnapped are only the children that were in the venue, the adults were left alone in the venue.¡¹
The word ¡®kidnapped¡¯ made the children almost cried, but before that happened Myuu continued her words.
¡¸Not everyone is in this room but at the very least all the children that were taken away from that venue seem to be inside this building. ording to the perpetrators¡¯ conversation, it seems that they are making various demands just as expected. All of us are the hostages for that. The perpetrators are a reallyrge organization, all their members are equipped with firearms. It looks like it will be some time before help wille for us nano. Anyway, the current situation is something like that. Are there any questions?¡¹
¡¸First, I want to ask just how can Myuu understand that much!¡¹
Myuu¡¯s well-reasoned exnation made everyone¡¯s face turn into something like¡¸Ah, yes¡¹, but from among them, Natalia howled. In response to that, Myuu answered frankly.
¡¸Because Myuu has been awake all along!¡¹
¡¸The sleeping drug!?¡¹
¡¸Detoxified!¡¹
Natalia didn¡¯t even ask about ¡®how?¡¯ or anything anymore. While her words got caught in her throat, Natalia eximed,
¡¸Wh, why, are you this calm?¡¹
She threw that natural question at Myuu. To that,
¡¸Because Myuu has an abundance of experience of getting kidnapped nano.¡¹
¡¸Just what kind of life have you had!?¡¹
¡¸Getting made to cross a desert, getting locked in an underground prison, getting washed away in a sewer, getting disyed in an auction, getting kidnapped by a monstrous sister¡¡¡¹
¡¸Stoooop, I don¡¯t want, to hear more than thaaat!¡¹
When Myuu exined this and that of the kidnapping cases she experienced while counting with her fingers, for some reason Natalia then hugged her while crying. Surely Natalia was getting the impression that Myuu was an unfortunate girl that had went through a gruesome life.
¡¸Uu, but, then, why is Myuu here? If it¡¯s Myuu, then shouldn¡¯t you be able to escape?¡¹
¡¸Myu?¡¹
While wiping her eyes roughly with her sleeve, Natalia asked a question that if it was Myuu she should be able to escape. Despite being the center of attention for the other children, due to the conversation of these two, Myuu was tilting her head as though to say¡¸Just what are you talking about I wonder?¡¹while answering.
¡¸Even though Na-chan is getting taken away, just why would Myuu run away nano?¡¹
¡¸u¡¹
Hearing Myuu¡¯s answer that sounded like she was saying, ¡®even though 1+1=2, why would you answer with 3?¡¯, Natalia couldn¡¯t say anything anymore. Myuu was just too much of a handsome guy, the young maiden Natalia-chan couldn¡¯t say anything! Her face was that of a ripe apple!
In order to avert her mind, Natalia asked what they were going to do from here on.
¡¸For the time being, Myuu will contact papa nano.¡¹
Saying that Myuu took out her smartphone from under her dress¡¯s skirt. The boy hostages were whispering, ¡¸Eh, weren¡¯t all the smartphones confiscated¡¡¡¹but¡¡under the skirt of a girl was a grand mystery. Surely that was how it was.
The boys¡¯ face delicately blushed at the thighs of Myuu that they caught sight of from the flipped skirt, and they averted their gaze (it seemed that their tension and terror were softened from watching the exchange between Myuu and Natalia) while Myuu was trying to contact Hajime¡¡
¡¸!? Now I¡¯ve done it, nano¡¡¡¹
Suddenly Myuu hung her head down while on all fours. On Myuu¡¯s hand, was a smartphone that disyed a lightless pitch ck screen.
Actually, this smartphone was different from the normal smartphone that Myuu took out previously, it was amunication artifact that Hajime created. So that Myuu could use it, it was a type with a magic power storage loaded inside just like Myuu¡¯s other exclusive artifacts; but if it was asked what was its difference with a normal smartphone, then it was at how it was able tomunicate with another world.
If one possessed this smartphone, at the very least it would be impossible for the owner to be unable to contact Hajime and others who possessed the same device no matter where they were on earth, so even if the normal smartphone was taken away then there would be no problem, was what Myuu was thinking but¡¡
¡¸I forgot, to recharge it nano¡¡¡¹
It would cost much energy if it was used to contact another world. Before this, Myuu, who was in that age, against her better judgment got too engrossed in talking with her friend, and she used up too much of the stored magic power and got scolded by papa Hajime. This time too she recently unconsciously used the phone too much. Fearing the scolding she avoided asking to recharge the phone, which caused the phone to bepletely empty currently.
¡¸E, err, Myuu?¡¹
Natalia who somehow guessed the situation after seeing Myuu who kept feeling down on all fours, sent Myuu a faint smile. Myuu who noticed that raised her face all of a sudden, and opened her mouth while averting her gaze.
¡¸For humans, it¡¯s no good to pay attention only to the past nano. Looking to the future is exactly what is right nano. Isn¡¯t that correct, Nataliaaa!!¡¹
¡¸Ee!? E, err¡¡¡¹
¡¸This is not a failure nano. This is a discovery that this method is not working nano!¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes?¡¹
¡¸And so, let¡¯s give up contacting papa.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Myuu cheerfully stored the smartphone inside the skirt (was how it looked like, but it was actually stored inside her ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±). While Natalia and the others were staring at Myuu with an expression that couldn¡¯t say anything, Myuu crossed her arms and begin to think while nodding ¡®yup yup¡¯ to herself.
(Eerr, promise number 1 to papa, don¡¯t expose your true identity, and don¡¯t show the artifact. Promise number 2 to papa, at the time it¡¯s necessary, always discuss it first with someone, whether it¡¯s papa or one of the onee-chan. Promise number 3, when there is no time to protect promise number 1 and 2, at the time that Myuu thinks that it¡¯s necessary¡¡)
¡¸¨D¨D¡±Do as you like. As for the clearing up afterwards, I¡¯ll do it¡±, papa said nano. Yup, right now is that time nano.¡¹
Myuu, who had reconfirmed her important promises with papa, was whispering¡¸Papa is just too cool nano. When Myuu recalled it Myuu got to fall in love all over again nano¡¹inside her head while deciding on her n from here on precisely.
Anyway, she had told Hajime the time the party would end, so even without her contacting him, no, exactly because she wasn¡¯t contacting him, Hajime should get suspicious and he would open a gate to the party venue to pick up Myuu. Combining the time that they were being kidnapped and the time she spent at the party, Hajime should notice the abnormality in less than an hour.
When that happened, Hajime possessed the ¡°Compass of Guidance¡±, so he would be able to instantly search for Myuu¡¯s whereabouts. With that, this kidnapping incident would be resolved.
In the case that, for example, the situation changed before Hajime noticed, Myuu would use all the power she was gifted with and settle the problem without holding back. She nned to fight for the sake of her life and her friend¡¯s life while entrusting the information concealment after that to her papa who was the most reliable person in the world.
In the case that she was fighting she would recover her smartphone, that should be somewhere in this building, and contact Hajime. With that, all the problems would be resolved.
With that being the n that she decided on, Myuu fired herself up with¡¸Yosh-, nano!¡¹while her speaking habit that she was usually being careful so that it wouldn¡¯te out was going out in full throttle. Natalia and the other children, who were staring fixedly at such a Myuu, saw Myuu turn around to them, and they spontaneously gulped at Myuu¡¯s wide smile toward them.
¡¸It¡¯s okay to not be that worried. Because everything is fine nano.¡¹
That sentence wasn¡¯t a mere constion, or a wishful thinking, or even a bluff. A strength that made anyone who listened to be convinced, existed in her words. The tension in the children¡¯s bodies naturally lessened and their expressions slightly recovered their natural color.
Myuu nodded once at those children, and then while whispering¡¸Just in case, Myuu will make preparation nano.¡¹, Myuu gathered the children to the corner of the room, then she began to set up small crosses in their surrounding.
Perhaps there was no meaning to wonder about it anymore but for the time being, the children watched Myuu putting her hand under her skirt once more. Although she had shown for real how she was taking out crosses from there, the size and number of the crosses were obviously surpassing the range that was possible to be stored inside a children¡¯s skirt. That profoundly mysterious phenomenon caused Natalia to have a faraway look while the other children¡¯s eyes were sparkling brightly from watching Myuu¡¯s every single move.
¡¸You¡¡who are you?¡¹
One blond-haired young boy, who blushed from Myuu¡¯s smile, leaked out that question in a small voice.
In response to that, Myuu, who was nodding in satisfaction after finishing setting up the crosses, then proimed with brimming confidence and a grandly triumphant look, as though it was exactly her pride.
¡¸Myuu¡¯s name is Myuu. The beloved daughter¨D¨Dof the god-ying demon king-sama nano!¡¹
It went without saying that the faces of the children went nk hearing that.
A little bit after that.
In just a few minutes Myuu was bing the center of this imprisonment room. It was obvious that the children would gather under Myuu, who even in this situation was still smiling without even a single agitation. Everyone huddled together wanting to be at Myuu¡¯s side.
Seeing that, for some reason, Natalia wasn¡¯t feeling amused. Myuu had asked for all the children to introduce themselves, and after everyone finished their introductions Myuu stated that Natalia was ¡°a close friend nano!¡±. If Myuu didn¡¯t do that, then perhaps right now Natalia would be acting sullen regardless of the current situation.
(Besides, that guy, isn¡¯t he being too close?)
Natalia was upying one of Myuu¡¯s sides while at the opposite side there was a blond young boy talking passionately to Myuu. The sharpness of Natalia¡¯s gaze toward that boy was growing without end.
It was unclear whether the blond-haired boy noticed it, but the boy was continuing to talk to Myuu while sometimes feeling concerned of Natalia¡¯s gaze.
¡¸Err, I don¡¯t really understand but¡¡anyway, Myuu-chan¡¯s papa is absurdly strong, and he will immediately locate us and then beat up those guys, is that true?¡¹
The blond-haired young boy¨D¨Dhe who had the name Emile asked Myuu. The children had sparkling eyes from hearing Myuu¡¯s story about how strong her papa was, but Emile, who wasparatively calm, was thinking realistically during Myuu¡¯s story and had noticed some things that should be impossible without using magic mixed in the story, so his impression became like that.
By the way, the total number of the children inside the room was nine. Every one of them were all children of the government officials that attended that party.
¡¸Yup. If it¡¯s papa, then against that kind of guys it would be instant kill nano. And if it is the onee-chans, then even if it¡¯s just one of them then the bad guys will go st or go boom, or go zap, or go pew.¡¹
¡¸I, I see. Yep, I see¡¡¡¹
For some reason, Emile felt like he was hearing excessively graphic sound effects, but he did his best in ignoring it.
¡¸But, in that case then it seems that it will be all the better to not do anything uncalled for then. If within thirty more minutes our whereabouts will get find out, then let¡¯s not do anything dangerous. Myuu-chan too, it seemed that you did something like pretending to sleep but it¡¯s no good to do risky things, you know?¡¹
¡¸It will be fine. Nn~, Emile is kind nano.¡¹
¡¸-, no, no such thing, though¡¡¡¹
Myuu smiled sweetly at Emile who was worrying for her even in this kind of situation. The youth Emile noticed that something was shot through inside him. ¡¸Aa~, Emile is getting red!¡¹or¡¸Emile, you actually like Myuu don¡¯t you!¡¹and so on, jeering characteristic of children was breaking out from the others seeing Emile¡¯s face.
Natalia¡¯s gaze was rapidly growing sharper. It was to the level that made one doubt whether this girl was really a ten-year-old!
Emile¡¯s face went bright red while he made his objection inside that atmosphere, but the more he got worked up and denied the jeering, the deeper he was digging the hole for himself. Natalia¡¯s face was growing to resemble Hannya. The tragic feeling that enveloped the children at the beginning couldn¡¯t be found anywhere anymore.
In exchange, the youth Emile had to taste the tragic feeling instead.
¡¸I¡¯m sorry nano. Myuu, cannot answer Emile¡¯s feeling!¡¹
¡¸I got strongly rejected! Wh, why? No, it, it¡¯s not like, I like Myuu-chan or anything though. I¡¯m asking here, because I¡¯m just, feeling curious, or something¡¡¡¹
¡¸Emile is not my type nano!¡¹
¡¸I got struck with a straight ball! The, then, what is your type¡¡no, this is too, just because I¡¯m curious, or something, it¡¯s not like I really want to he, he, hear though¡¡¡¹
¡¸Myuu like papa!¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s an overly sharp curve ball! No, see here, Myuu-chan. It¡¯s fine that you like your papa but, you cannot actually marry him¡¡also, that, that¡¯s different from liking a lover or something¡¡¡¹
¡¸aAA?¡¹
¡¸Hii, I got threatened by a cute face that looked like a gangster! No, because, your papa, he is your father, you know?¡¹
¡¸We are not rted by blood so there is no problem.¡¹
¡¸Unthinkable development! Lo, look here, Myuu-chan. Even though you two are not rted by blood, he is your mother¡¯s beloved person, isn¡¯t he? Then, if Myuu-chan is feeling like that to your father, won¡¯t your mother feeling troubled?¡¹
¡¸Mama said, ¡®if there is an opening then take it!¡¯ to Myuu nano!¡¹
¡¸Unthinkable backup! Such a thing¡¡just what kind of family is Myuu-chan¡¯s family¡¡¡¹
¡¸There are mama and papa, then Ojii-chan and Obaa-chan, then in addition to papa¡¯s wife there are also seven more wives, it¡¯s a normal family.¡¹
¡¸There is something wrong with Myuu-chan¡¯s father, you know!?¡¹
¡¸aAA!?¡¹
¡¸Hii, I¡¯m sorry! I beg you here, don¡¯t make a face like a mafia boss with that cute face!¡¹
Emile-kun¡¯s first love was showered with blows.
The surrounding children cackled. Natalia was hugging Myuu¡¯s arm while making an expression of¡¸Serves you right!!¡¹. Natalia¡¯s character was in danger of crumbling.
Amidst that, a blond girl looking slightly older than Myuu was asking with sparkling bright eyes, as expected it seemed that love stories being the favorite food of any girl were amon point that was shared by all worlds.
¡¸Hey hey, Myuu-chan. Then, when will you confess to your papa?¡¹
¡¸Nn~, confess? Nn~¡¹
Myuu tilted her head a little, then after showing a thinking gesture¡¸Nn~¡¹, her eyes slowly narrowed.
¡¸If it¡¯s confession then Myuu does it every day. Every day, Myuu says Myuu love papa nano.¡¹
¡¸Ee~, your papa won¡¯t get it like that you know, absolutely~¡¹
¡¸Nope. Papa is sharp so he understands. But, Myuu is still little, so papa is not thinking of Myuu like that nano¡¡that¡¯s why¡¡¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s why?¡¹
The girls¡¯ eyes were sparkling with their heart beating fast, Emile was being crushed under a tragic feeling, Natalia was staring at Myuu with aplicated expression, and the boys were directing their grin at such an Emile. Amidst all those, Myuu¡¡
¡¸That¡¯s why¡¡eventually, Myuu will eat up Papa nano.¡¹
Saying that Myuu licked her lips. She chuckled¡¸Fufu¡¹with faintly blushing cheeks and eyes that were moist from passion. It was a bewitching figure that closely resembled a certain vampire princess, to the degree that it made one want to retort¡¸Eh, she is ten-years-old right?¡¹.
Spontaneously, the girls were shaken¡¸Hawawa-¡¹, the boys were ovee with a surprise to the point that their souls almost flew away while Emile and Natalia pressed their hands on their heart as though they were shot through.
As expected, it seemed that Myuu had inherited properly even the things that didn¡¯t need to be inherited from her umon older sisters.
But, it was at that time, that the symbol of terror that was blown away thanks to Myuu became a footstep that resounded from the other side of the door. The children suddenly realized and they huddled close to the wall.
¡¸Myu, Myuu¡¡¡¹
¡¸Nn, it¡¯s fine. I won¡¯t let them touch even a single hair of Na-chan.¡¹
¡¸Un, I, believe in Myuu.¡¹
The door opened with a creaking sound, and from the other side two men with their faces hidden by masks and something that seemed to be assault rifles hanging on their shoulders entered the room.
¡¸Oi, which one we are going to take?¡¹
¡¸They are all the same, right? Anyway, other than that brat, these brats are all the kids of government or army officials. The effect will be the same no matter which one we kill. We also kidnapped a lot at other bases too anyway. It will be fine even if we used up all the brats here.¡¹
¡¸I see. It¡¯s us two first for the time being huh. One will be killed right away as an example, right?¡¹
The two who were exchanging in conversation, which could only be associated with a dark future no matter how you looked at it, were acting as though the lives of children were worth nothing. It caused the children¡¯s bodies to shrink and shiver. And then, one of the men reached out his hand to a girl that he just happened to catch sight of¨D¨Dat Natalia who Myuu covered behind her. But, that hand was stopped by the surprisingly strong grip of a small hand.
¡¸¡¡in the end, the time limit came first nano.¡¹
¡¸You are in the way, brat.¡¹
A cold gaze that robbed all warmth pierced Myuu from behind the mask. Myuu talked to that man without even hiding her atmosphere of ¡®it¡¯s impossible huh¡¯.
¡¸This is a warning. It¡¯s better for you all to immediately release all of us without doing anything at all to us. Ojii-san, you all have no chance of winning nano.¡¹(TN: Ojii-san=uncle)
¡¸¡¡¡¡¡¡fuh¡¹
That unthinkable speech which came from a ten-year-old girl in this situation made the masked man to be lost for words spontaneously, but the moment his mind caught up, a snort came out from his nose. Thinking that the little existence before his eyes really didn¡¯t know anything of what was called reality, caused ridicule to well up inside him.
At the same time, a color of sadism came into being inside his eyes. When he looked closer, it was a little girl with a very pretty look. This pretty little girl who didn¡¯t know anything about reality, if he made her taste overwhelming violence, just what kind of voice would she be chirping with then, the man wondered.
Myuu who knew about the unreasonableness of reality understood what was in the mind of this kind of man like the back of her own hand. Therefore, while she was sighing in her heart that as expected, words wouldn¡¯t do anything anymore now, at the moment when the masked man was about to strike Myuu, her lips curved up fearlessly.
¡¸Enemy is to be killed nano!¡¹
¡¸-, wha!?¡¹
Before he knew it, a small pistol for Myuu¡¯s use was gripped in her hand and was pushed against the man¡¯s stomach forcefully.
Just why a kidnapped child was holding a gun¨D¨Deven while feeling chaotic confusion from the iprehensible situation, the man immediately twisted his body but,
*pan-*
A dry sound rang out, at the same time, the man received a fierce impact on his stomach, without even being able to scream the man turned in a somersault.
¡¸Shit-, this brat-¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
The other man aimed his assault rifle at Myuu¨D¨Dbut, faster than the man, Myuu summoned a simr pistol in her other hand without even changing her posture or turning her sight. A bullet flew below Myuu¡¯s armpit and impacted the stomach of the man who was at the left behind Myuu.
Once more, a dry sound *pan-* resounded along with the man groaning with a small voice while crumbling down. And then, even with an unbelieving expression, the man was trying to pull the trigger of his assault rifle.
¡¸Fly away you asshole nano!¡¹
Before anyone realized, Myuu stepped in and in her hands was aical hammer that was gripped¨D¨Dat the head of the hammer there was a rabbit character that looked like Mif¡ðy attached colored in red and yellow¨D¨Dthe pico pico hammer¡¯s full swing pummeled the head of the man mercilessly and sent him flying. (TN: Search in google using this word ¥Ô¥³¥Ô¥³¥Ï¥ó¥Þ©` to find the illustration of pico pico hammer)
The man crashed on the wall *bekyo!* before crumbling down powerlessly. Giving that man only a nce, Myuu shouldered the pico pico hammer while turning around, and then toward the first man who was trying to stand up somehow.
¡¸Hey-, wai¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸No waiting nano!¡¹
The pico pico hammer struck violently in full power. The hammer that flew with a force that was unthinkable whening from the strike of a ten-year-old girl hit directly at the man¡¯s face. *pikon-!* Suchical sounds and star images were scattered while the man was sinking down.
¡¸Myuu¡¡¡¹
¡¸A, amazing¡¡¡¹
Natalia¡¯s eyes opened wide while Emile was letting out a murmur of admiration. That expression and murmur represented the heart of everyone there. After all, two adult men armed with guns were instantly killed by a girl whose age was not that different from them. In addition, there was also the weapons that appeared one after another like a magic trick.
However, Myuu¡¯s expression didn¡¯t show any sense of aplishment. Rather, with a grim expression from her wariness that was raising up further, she was staring at the other side of the door and gave an instruction to the dumbfounded children.
¡¸Na-chan, everyone. Until I say that it¡¯s fine, you all absolutely must not get out from behind those crosses. Understand?¡¹
¡¸Eh, Myuu, we are not going to escape even though those men have been defeated?¡¹
¡¸Yup, several people are heading here after hearing themotion just now nano. Even if we want to escape, right now it¡¯s dangerous to go outside.¡¹
¡¸Go, got it.¡¹
Natalia led the other children and they huddled against each other behind the crosses that Myuu had lined up. During that time, Myuu took out a new weapon. This time she chose something that would make as little sound as possible.
Right after that, three men stepped into the room. They were taken aback after seeing that two of theirrades were defeated before they aimed their rifle muzzle at the children. They were going to question the children what happened when,
*hyun hyun-*
The sound of something cutting through wind entered their ears. At the same time, one of the men received a fierce impact on his head that blew his consciousness to the beyond.
¡¸Wha-¡¹
¡¸This brat-¡¹
Voices of shock and curses resounded. Right after that, Myuu, whose dress waved from her elegant twirling motion, directed the weapon in her hand to the enemies andunched it with that twirling motion and her wrist snap.
*hyun* the sound of something cutting apart the air resounded and pulverized the ankle of one of the men while wrapping around it at the same time.
¨D¨DMyuu¡¯s exclusive use ck Whip ¡°This is Weapon Desu¡±
The emphasis in the naming was surely the consideration of the papa so that the perverted character of the whip art teacher wouldn¡¯t be transferred to his beloved daughter even in the worst case. It was a caution toward the daughter so that the whip would never, ever be used for any other purpose other than as a weapon.
¡°This is Weapon Desu¡± crashed the man whose ankle was pulverized into the man at his side before letting go, and then it struck the wrist of the man whose bnce was broken. Just with that the bone of the wrist was smashed and the man screamed while dropping his gun. The copsed man tried to ready his rifle while the man whose wrist was broken tried to take out his pistol from his waist, but the tip of the whip bent and hit the head of the two men hard almost at the same time and robbed them of their consciousness.
¡¸Mu-, there is still one more nano!¡¹
¡¸-, what the, you-¡¹
Thest man who was standing by outside the room showed his figure while pulling his rifle¡¯s trigger toward the girl who instantly made the three men entering the room faint. *da da da da da-* Amidst the fiercely reverberating sound of a gun shooting Myuu threw away her ck whip and took out the ¡°Pikko Piko Hammeeer¡± once again and threw it forward.
Myuu, who was in the line of fire, was hiding in the shadow of the ¡°Pikko Piko Hammeeer¡± so that the bullets didn¡¯t hit her. The stray bullets that missed Myuu passed through to the back¨D¨Dtoward the group of children behind.
¡¸Kyaaah, wait, eee!?¡¹
¡¸Li, liees¡¡¡¹
Before the eyes of Natalia, Emile, and the others who spontaneously screamed, the bullets were stopping with ripples spreading throughout midair.
¨D¨DMyuu¡¯s exclusive use Barrier Artifact ¡°Don¡¯t Touch, You Pervert!¡±
The lined up crosses were artifacts where a barrier would be deployed with those crosses as the base. So that bullets wouldn¡¯t hit the children even in the worst case, Myuu made a simple safe zone inside the room beforehand. The naming made apparent just what kind of situation that the creator imagined this artifact would be used for.
And then, Myuu herself who hadpletely protected the children from the wicked bullets was¡¡
¡¸Sleep nano.¡¹
¡¸aAA!?¡¹
The thrown ¡°Pikko Piko Hammeeer¡± instantly blocked the sight of the enemy and within an instant Myuu circled to the back of the opponent with low steps as though she was crawling on the ground, and with two kodachi in her hands, she rotated while severing the tendons of the enemy¡¯s two legs. At the same time, the head of the man who became unable to keep standing and crumbled down was hit and hit by two consecutive pommel strikes, causing the man to faint with the white of his eyes exposed.
¨D¨DMyuu¡¯s exclusive use Twin Katana ¡°Muuramasa-Kotetsuu¡±
This artifact would react to Myuu¡¯s image and could activate high-speed vibration-sh wave-impact generation, on top of that, just by holding it would cause Myuu¡¯s perception and physical ability to rise. These two kodachi were truly worthy to be called as ¡°demon sword¡±.
By the way, the twin sword art that Myuu learned was based from Kaori¡¯s twinrge sword artbined with Shizuku¡¯s Yaegashi-style. Especially thebo of the rotating sh continued with a pommel strike just now was a technique that was just one step short of being the secret technique of the Yaegashi-style.
¡¸For now we managed to endure through emergency, but reinforcements will surelye soon, so everyone, prepare to escape.¡¹
Myuu twirled the two kodachi before like a magic trick, and the two swords disappeared somewhere. Looking at Myuu, the children finally raised their joyful voices and rushed out from behind the crosses. Their mouths sent Myuu words of praise like¡¸Myuu-chan is amazing!¡¹¡¸So cool!¡¹¡¸Stro¨Dng!¡¹.
¡¸Myuu! Are you okay? You are not injured?¡¹
¡¸Myuu-chan! You are okay!?¡¹
¡¸Na-chan, Emile. Myuu is fine nano. Rather than that, the next enemy wille soon, so we are going to move to a ce where it¡¯s easier to fight while we have time. It will be dangerous if they throw a grenade in a dead end closed room like this.¡¹
Even though Myuu had cut a swath through grown-up men like butter, she didn¡¯t look particrly proud and instead calmly gave the children the next instruction. Witnessing this, Natalia and Emile raised an enraptured voice¡¸Fuai¡¹sounding extremely stupid.
Myuu gave a nce at the two of them who were like that, and then she took an action that made Natalia want to scream while making the boys feel both really happy and embarrassed. After all, Myuu¡¯s dress suddenly vanished.
¡¸Fuwah¡¹
¡¸Wai-, hey-, you guys, don¡¯t look-¡¹
The dress was only stored inside the ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡±, but from the point of view of the children who didn¡¯t know about such a thing, it looked like Myuu was suddenly only wearing underwear. Furthermore, the undressed Myuu was wearing a green baby doll that wafted off an adult air which made one want to say ¡®isn¡¯t that a bit inappropriate for a ten-year-old?¡¯
Myuu¡¯s white skin that looked transparent was exposed generously, but there was no color of shame at Myuu¡¯s serious expression. For Myuu who once went through an adventure in a world of sword and magic, something of this degree wasn¡¯t worth feeling bothered about at all, to say nothing of how it was in the middle of a battle right now.
And then, in this battlefield, there was one reason why Myuu took off her dress.
Right after that, Myuu¡¯s body was enveloped with a faint light, and then in the next moment, Myuu transformed into a new outfit.
A dress shirt that really resembled what Yue was wearing, and white-hot pants that resembled the one that Shia was wearing. White knee high socks that exposed the absolute territory of her legs, and cute frilly short boots. Her waist was wrapped with two gun belts like what Shizuku wore crossing each other.
A miniaturized ¡°Po Pico Hammeeer¡± was attached to the back of the gun belt on that waist while colorful gems were fitted on the countless slots that were usually for storing bullets. On Myuu¡¯s two thighs at opposing sides were two gun holsters fitted with ¡°Donneerr-Scaag¡± while on her back were ¡°Muuramasa-Kotetsuu¡± attached crossing each other.
This was exactly theplete battle readiness of Myuu! She transformed instantly. That figure with an outfit change and weapon change was just like a magical girl somewhere!
In fact, all of the children that were directing yearning looks at Myuu said¡¸Myuu-chan is a magical girl¡¡¡¹.
But, at that time, sounds of angry voices and many footsteps running to here entered Myuu¡¯s ears. It appeared that she couldn¡¯t expect the enemy to only send a small number of their forces anymore, and she also couldn¡¯t hope to just wait-and-see. The enemy had clearly understood that they weren¡¯t attacking but were receiving a counterattack, so they were sending their ¡°battle force¡± to here.
Most likely, it would be thirty or forty more minutes before the time limit where Hajime would notice the strangeness. If Myuu was asked whether she could buy time until then by holing up, then as expected, no matter how many times she was reassessing the situation the answer that she came up with was doubtful.
Above all else, teachings like a nonaggressive defense of constantly being in defensive while kept being getting done in¨D¨Dwas something that Myuu didn¡¯t get taught with!
¡¸You all are enemy nano. Enemy is to be pow-wowed nano!¡¹
With her two beloved guns that were gifted to her by her beloved papa in two hands, *click* Myuu made a wide fearless grin.
Right now, the daughter of the demon king was starting to move.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
It feels like, I¡¯m just doing whatever I like¡¡
But, I¡¯m not reflecting or regretting. Aa, I¡¯m having fun writing.
About the trivial detail, I will be happy if everyone turns a blind eye with your usual tolerance of [Well, this is Shirakome after all].
Chapter 187
Chapter 187
¡¸Oh, it¡¯s starting nano!¡¹
The sun had alreadypletely sunk, however, the dazzling light of the theme park that was spreading, as though to exterminate the darkness of night, was illuminating Myuu who was in a good mood. On Hajime¡¯s shoulder, Myuu was pointing at the lead group of the parade.
A night parade was starting in the theme park. Tonight was also Christmas, so the parade was showier and more extravagant than usual. The people who were gathering on the streets were also crowding around until the ce was jam-packed.
Hajime¡¯s group were watching the parade that earned a full score in its entertainment, but after a while, suddenly Hajime lowered Myuu down from his shoulder. And then, Hajime put the puzzled Myuu on Tio¡¯s shoulder. If it was Tio, whose height was only a bit shorter than Hajime, then Myuu would still be able to watch the parade.
Hajime exchanged a look with Yue and the others. For the sake of this day, he had prepared this and that and made arrangements with the others beforehand. Due to that, Hajime intended to go away from this spot.
¡¸Myuu. Papa will go away for a bit to do some errands. I¡¯lle back soon, so wait for a bit here.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yes nano.¡¹
Hajime felt like something was pulling him back looking at Myuu who made a bit of a lonely expression, but he somehow shook it off. Today was the first grand Christmas event for Myuu. They didn¡¯t make it in time for the previous Christmas because they had only made it back to earth and there was no time, so they only did something like a small party for the family. That was why, no matter what papa Hajime wanted to do that for the sake of his beloved daughter.
Hajime slipped into the crowd of people and vanished. Myuu stared at his figure as he left but was urged by Yue and the others until her gaze returned to the parade. A joyful smile immediately returned to her face, but as expected, when her beloved papa wasn¡¯t with her she seemed unable to go all out enjoying the event.
But, that gloominess too was immediately cleared up.
*shan shan shan shan* Clear bell sounds could be heard. Everyone seemed to think that it was a sound from the parade, but that sound was gettingrger which caused the people to go¡¸Hmm?¡¹while tilting their head. Yes, the sound of the bells that were growing increasingly audible wasing from up above.
As though they were guided by an unknown source the people began to look above, and over there was,
¡¸Ah, that¡¯s Santa-san-¡¹
A boy somewhere pointed while raising his voice. Following where the boy pointed the people looked up, and they raised their voices with¡¸Eh, lies, it¡¯s flying!?¡¹, or¡¸Re, reindeer? The real thing!?¡¹¡¸Ama~zing!!¡¹and so on.
Yes, at where the boy was pointing, there was the appearance of reindeer pulling a sleigh that Santa us was riding, gliding through the sky.
The normally impossible supernatural phenomenon was something that should make anyone scream, but this ce was a country of dreamers. A fantasy world decorated with the unreal and extraordinary. Therefore, everyone was thinking that it was the theme park¡¯s production, their shock was gradually turning into cheers. The staff, whom were doing the parade, were looking up open-mouthed, but the people who were looking up were to busy to notice that.
Before long, Santa us, who was riding through the starry sky of the holy night, was swiveling down as though going down through a spiraling staircase that was drawn midair. And then, the sleigh slowly approached the crowd.
The approaching sleigh made the crowd part naturally. The destination of that sleigh was a small Santa-san.
¡¸Merry Christmas, my smallpatriot youngdy.¡¹
The Santa us who got down from the sleigh had a face that was difficult to understand with his white beard and round sses. He then kneeled in front of Myuu who was put down from Tio¡¯s shoulder.
In response, Myuu blinked her eyes and responded.
¡¸Papa, what are you doing nano?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¡¡¡¡It¡¯s not papa. It¡¯s Santa.¡¹
¡¸Eh, but¡¡¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s Santa.¡¹
¡¸Pa¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s Saaan, taaa-¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes.¡¹
Myuu nodded repeatedly at the Santa that felt a little desperate. She was an obedient and good child.
Santa nodded in satisfaction at Myuu while ignoring to the utmost Yue and the others whose shoulders were shaking. He then put therge white bag that was piled on the sleigh in front of Myuu.
¡¸Now then, for you who have been a really good kid through this year, here is this present from Santa.¡¹
¡¸Present?¡¹
To Myuu who tilted her head, Santa took out a box that was iid with sparkling stones that looked like lovely pink colored gems from his bag. That box was a feminine box that could be presented as a treasure box by itself.
The people who were surrounding them and watching over the development began thinking that this must be an event of the theme park were also going¡¸Ooo¡¹with warm expressions. A voice of a girl somewhere begging to her father¡¸I want that¡¹could be heard.
Amidst all that, Myuu who was receiving the lovely box asked pa¨D¨DSanta if it was okay to open it with her gaze. Santa nodded.
When the lid was opened¡¡
¡¸Ah¡¹
Myuu unintentionally raised her voice, but that expression which looked perplexed became colored with joy right away. That smile was like a flower bud that bloomed all at once, it was such a full and beautiful smile like a blooming flower.
The present that was inserted into that box was surely a girly present, something like a children¡¯s essory or a good of some cartoon character. Everyone was thinking along those lines.
But, what was taken out by Myuu was¡¡
¡¸It¡¯s Donner and Scg nanooo-!!!!¡¹
A pair of handguns¡¡.
People falling down were heard here and there, one after another. There was no doubt that they were people from Osaka (TN: Seems like the custom of falling on their butt from shock came from Osaka). Other people also made tsukkomis from their mouth. However, Myuu herself was swinging around the two handguns going¡¸Finally, Myuu could have this nano!¡¹while expressing great happiness.
The figure of a little girl Santa dancing boisterously from receiving as present during the holy night, a pair of handguns that she seemed to have been begging for previously, could be seen there.
¡¸Youngdy, those aren¡¯t Donner-Scg. They are ¡°Donneer-Scag¡±.¡¹
¡¸Donneer-Scag?¡¹
¡¸Yes, Donneer-Scag.¡¹
After Santa corrected Myuu like that, he further fished into his white present bag with rummaging sounds.
¡¸Also this, ¡°Pikko Piko Hammeeer¡±¡¹
¡¸Pikko Piko Hammeeer!!!¡¹
¡¸¡±This is Weapon Desu¡±.¡¹
¡¸This is Weapon De~su!¡¹
¡¸We also cannot forget this one, ¡°Muuramasa¡± and¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Muuramasa!!¡¹
¡¸¡±Kotetsuu¡±.¡¹
¡¸Kotetsuuuuu!!¡¹
Myuu¡¯s tension was breaking through the heavens (TN: Reference to Gurren Lagann)! She hopped up and down and swung around the weapons she received heartily!
From there Myuu received even more presents. One was a gun belt and another was a present that was named as Yue-oneechan¡¯s love. Myuu then said¡¸Pa¨D¨DSanta-san! Thank you nano! I, I, I love you nano!!¡¹and leaped into Santa¡¯s chest.
After that, at the other side of the crowd of the dumbfounded people, figures that seemed to be the security staff appeared. Santa, who confirmed the appearance of those staff, immediately boarded his sleigh, and then he snapped the reins and returned to the sky once more. In the middle this everyone was having a question of¡¸Just how in the world it is flying?¡¹while Santa then made his next move so that Myuu and others wouldn¡¯t be bothered by the security.
¡¸Merry Christmas.¡¹
Saying such thing, a lot of parachutes were dropped from the sleigh. The absurd amount of parachutes that were raining down from the sky were all attached with Christmas presents. Obviously, there were presents consisting of toys or stuffed animals, and even some essories or game systems. Every kind of present was raining down from the sky.
When the bewildered people heard an awfully clear voice that said¡¸They are meager presents from the park. Please help yourself to it.¡¹, they raised a joyful voice of¡¸Waa!!¡¹and rushed toward the parachutes. Because the people were pushing and jostling against each other, Yue nonchntly supported them with magic so that no ident would happen.
By the way, the number of presents was obviously too many to be loaded on the sleigh, but everyone ignored that in their excitement. They were presents from Santa who was riding on a sleigh driven by lovely reindeer. The atmosphere of the ce might¡¯ve caused their mind to feel ¡®who cares about the trivial things¡¯.
Although, if they knew that those reindeer were actually mechanical Grim Reapers that were fully loaded with weaponry inside¡¡surely they would panic without a doubt. In this world, there were some things that were better to not know.
The next day, it went without saying that the unprecedented theme park was grandly reported in the news. It also went without saying that the sophisticated production and the generous treat of presents raised the selling point of the park while the higher-ups were searching ¡®just who was that Santa!¡¯ with bloodshot eyes.
The really happy expression of the small princess of the Nagumo family also naturally made everyone in the family to writhe from her cuteness. However, her figure that was sleeping together with handguns and a war hammer, whip, and kodachi, while rubbing her cheek on them was¡¡
He was the one who gave her those presents, but now papa Hajime was having aplicated worry of¡¸Is this really fine, for my daughter?¡¹.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Even though today is Christmas, Shirakome that is a viger of loneliness vige suddenly got an idea and wrote this.
If you like, please read it together with a Christmas cake by yourself.
Shirakome had chocte cake.
Chapter 188
Chapter 188
*jiririririri*, A ringtone of a ck rotary-dial telephone ringing was reverberating in the living room of the Nagumo household.
¡¸Hm? Is that from Myuu? I guess right now is about time that the party is over huh.¡¹
The receiving phone was Hajime¡¯s smartphone. Hajime was smiling warmly by recalling his beloved daughter going out in high spirits all dressed up while taking his smartphone into his hand.
¡¸Ou, Myuu. Is it the time to pick you¨D¨D¡¹
¡ºPapaa! Right now, it seems that the world is in a pinch, so I want help nano!¡»
¡¸¡¡Yes?¡¹
The first sentence of his daughter¡¯s that came out from the smartphone caused Hajime to spontaneously leak out an idiotic sounding voice. Yue, Shia, Tio, Remia, Kaori, Shizuku, Aiko, Liliana, Shuu, and then Sumire who were rxing in the living room went¡¸Oh?¡¹and directed their attention to the conversation. Hajime turned the voice to speaker mode and then he asked just what she meant.
¡ºUu~n, see, when Myuu arrived at the party I was then kidnapped by terrorists. At the ce where Myuu was kidnapped, Myuu acted rashly. As the result of Myuu having a talk with terrorist-san¡¯s son, it turned out that the world is in a pinch. Right now that¡¯s how it is nano.¡»
¡¸I see, I can understand¡¡not-! Just what were you doing that it became something like that¡¡¡¹
¡ºBecause Myuu is papa¡¯s daughter nano.¡»
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸I see, I get it.¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
Yue and others nodded deeply at Myuu¡¯s words. While staring at them all with reproachful eyes, Hajime changed his expression quietly.
¡¸So? What do you want papa to do? I don¡¯t really get it, but Myuu had annihted the kidnappers. right? Of course, I¡¯ll cover it up, but where do you want papa, papa and everyone else to go and what do you want us to do?¡¹
¡ºEhehe~, as expected from Myuu¡¯s papa nano. Myuu loves papa nano.¡»
Myuu hadn¡¯t given any satisfactory exnation, but Hajimeprehended only the important points and left behind the trivial circumstances while asking for Myuu¡¯s wish. Hearing that Myuu replied in a joyful voice. Since Myuu was an infant she had been straight with her expressions of love like this, but recently, perhaps it was just Hajime¡¯s feeling, it felt like there was a charm that was excessively filled into her voice.
When Hajime took a nce at ¡°all the onee-san¡±, for some reason, all of them gave him a thumbs up at once. Hajime could only smile faintly.
After that, Hajime used thepass and determined the locations of terrorism that were currently happening. He left the house sitting to Sumire and the others before using the crystal key to teleport to the locations all over the world.
Although it was unintentional, the terrorists had kidnapped Myuu and intended to publicly execute her important friend. The wish of his beloved daughter was to help with that¡¡
For Hajime, the ideal or the sense of value or the objective of the terrorist organization was already something of no concern to him.
The one who indiscriminately scattered tragedy was them the terrorists. For the daughter of a monster to be included amongst those tragedies, it caused them to be exposed to irrationality because it was nothing more than reaping what they sowed.
And that would be proved to them within a few hours after this.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
This became thest update by the end of the year.
Throughout this year, there were various things, like the publication or thepletion of the main story.
The real life is always like real lifee, and the work is always seriously like workk, but thanks to Narou, and thanks of being able to have fun with all of your readers too, there is no doubt that it has been a fun year.
Narou-san, thank you very much!
Thank you very much to everyone whoes here to read too!
Have a good new year!
And then, please take care of me next year too!
Chapter 189
Chapter 189
AN: Happy New Year.
I somehow wrote this chapter in the middle of the leisurely atmosphere of New Year¡¯s morning while being buried inside a kotatsu.
Recently, Yue¡¯sponent was few so¡¡
If you like, please read it leisurely.
*hou hou* White puffs of breath dissolved into air. The cold air of mid-winter pierced the skin keenly, dyeing the nose tip and ears of the people, whoe and go, red. The fallen snow making the sounds *shak shak* when being stepped on and the icicles hanging down from the eaves of the buildings caused the people to feel the cold atmosphere of the few hours before the end of the year.
Although, if it was asked whether that coldness was also freezing the heart of the people who wereing and going through this ce, then the answer would be no.
This ce was a famous hot spring district. It was a tourist attraction that was colored with orange lighting and the white vapor of natural hot springs. Therefore, the people who wereing and going through the streets that were lined with street stalls and souvenir shops were mostly families or lovers who wished to wee the end of the year in rxation at this hot spring district.
No matter how low the temperature became, these people who were snuggling close to each other wouldn¡¯t feel any coldness in their heart. When they came back to their inn, they could even warm their body in the hot spring.
Among those tourists, there were the figures of a pair, a male and a female.
¡¸Yue, you don¡¯t feel cold? If it¡¯s necessary I¡¯ll take out an artifact, you know?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. I¡¯m fine. Winter is a time of cold. It¡¯s fine too to feel this cold air.¡¹
¡¸I see. Yeah, I guess so.¡¹
A pair of lovers closely snuggling with each other¨D¨Dit was Hajime and Yue.
Hajime was wearing a moss coat with fluffy fur attached to the cor while Yue was wearing a cute duffle coat that was cream colored. Hajime and Yue were putting their hands inside their pockets and walking through the main street of the hot spring district at their leisure. By the way, the pocket that one of Yue¡¯s hands was entering was Hajime¡¯s pocket, naturally, their fingers were entangled closely inside that pocket.
¡¸¡¡Is this fine with Shia and the others?¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s fine to be only the two of us like this asionally. Or else, is it better if it¡¯s with everyone?¡¹
Hajime shrugged his shoulders and answered like that toward Yue who was looking upward at him with her head tilted slightly. He strongly gripped the hand of Yue inside his pocket. He saw from the side that Yue¡¯s cheek, which was facing down, was faintly colored scarlet.
There was no need for an answer. That gesture of Yue¡¯s disyed her answer more eloquently than words. There was no way Hajime wouldn¡¯t be able toprehend Yue¡¯s wordless answer, so their hands inside the pocket were tightly closing on each other¡¯s.
By the way, all members of the Nagumo family came to this hot spring district. Unfortunately, Shizuku had a gathering with her family with all the disciples of the Yaegashi dojo that was a custom every year. Kaori¡¯s father was crying¡ºDon¡¯t go, my angel!¡»while clinging to Kaori, so she could only see off Hajime and the others tearfully without being able to participate this time.
In the afternoon the Nagumo family finished their sightseeing and entered the inn, then Sumiremanded ¡®charge the hot spriiing!¡¯ every one of the Nagumo family. Hajime used that chance to activate presence istion at full power and secretly abducted Yue, and like this, the two of them were enjoying their only time alone after so long.
Currently, Shia and the others who had noticed the fade out of Hajime and Yue were thinking¡¸Well, perhaps it¡¯s fine asionally~¡¹while they were turning boneless from the magic of hot springs. Of course, they intended to ask forpensation from Hajimeter on.
¡¸Oh, hot spring egg. You want to eat that?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn? Soft boiled egg?¡¹
¡¸No, it¡¯s a bit different from soft boiled eggs. Its white egg part is also soft boiled. Well, it doesn¡¯t really sound like a big deal, but it¡¯s a standard good of a hot spring district.¡¹
¡¸I¡¯ll eat?¡¹
Yue instantly answered. Yue was sensitive and also weak to things that were ¡°standard¡± on earth. Her feelings of wanting to know about Hajime¡¯s world even, just for a bit more, was making her to naturally lean toward that direction.
¡¸¡¡Hot spring egg, two of them. Please.¡¹
The male worker of the stall petrified from seeing the soft smile of Yue who was humming cheerfully at the purchase of the hot spring eggs. There was no need to even mention the reason why he petrified. Currently, the two of them were more or less using magic to obstruct the recognition of other people, so the usual mass production of petrified people and people picking a fight that normally happened when they were walking didn¡¯t happen anymore. But, as expected, when they were the one who was starting the conversation like this, that magic effect would get fainter, in addition to seeing that smile of Yue from really close range.
While smiling wryly, Hajime lightly emitted ¡°Pressure¡± that he had fine-tuned. The male worker returned to his senses with a ¡®hah¡¯, and then with a bright red face, which looked like a boiled shrimp, he handed over two small cups and two hot spring eggs in a hurry. It seemed they could choose whether to crack the egg themselves or made the worker crack the egg for them, but Yue chose the option of doing it herself.
They moved near the trash box where they could throw away the eggshell, and there Yue tried to crack the hot spring egg on the cup that Hajime was holding with her fingertips trembling. Her expression was absurdly serious. Her spirit conveyed that she wouldn¡¯t let even a single fragment of the shell fall off. The expression of Hajime, which was watching Yue, was actually looking warm.
¡¸¡¡Nn-. ¡¡Jiggle jiggle.¡¹
Yue stared fixedly at the hot spring egg that jiggled when it fell in the cup with a st. Then Yue guided Hajime¡¯s hand and made him present in front of her eyes the cup that he was holding on his other hand. It appeared that Yue would also crack the egg that was Hajime¡¯s share for him.
Yue was staring at the hot spring egg challengingly with a seriousness that was even greater than previously. Hajime¡¯s expression was increasingly ckening watching that.
¡¸Nn-. The egg is splendidly cracked.¡¹
¡¸Thank you for the delicious material.¡¹(TN: I don¡¯t know what joke material Hajime is referring to here.)
Both of them cracked jokes at each other and then chuckled, then they ate the hot spring eggs with small spoons.
¡¸¡¡It¡¯s syrupy. Also it¡¯s really, thick.¡¹
¡¸Isn¡¯t it. Looks like they are using an egg that is rtively goodpared to its prices. If salt is sprinkled on this, then perhaps the taste will be locked and be tastier.¡¹
Hajime immediately took out salt made from another world from ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and sprinkled it on the egg. As the result, the expression of Hajime and Yue clearly turned into broad smiles.
The two of them looked satisfied after finishing eating, but when Hajime saw Yue, he slipped out a chuckle. Yue tilted her head slightly.
¡¸At the corner of your mouth, there is egg yolk left.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Embarrassing.¡¹
Yue tried to wipe off the egg yolk with reddened cheeks, but Hajime¡¯s fingertip stretched faster than her. His index fingertip softly crept on Yue¡¯s lips. ¡¸Nnu¡¹For some reason Yue leaked out a captivating voice and before Hajime¡¯s finger could deal with the leftover egg yolk, that fingertip got nibbled with a snap.
The soft and warm sensation of a licking tongue on his fingertip caused Hajime to look troubled. Graphic sounds *chupa chupa* even began to be audible, so Hajime forcefully pulled out his finger.
¡¸Muu, even though it was delicious¡¡¡¹
¡¸Bear in mind about the TPO(time, ce, asion). We are smack dab in the middle of the hot spring district, on New Year¡¯s Eve. I don¡¯t want my lover to be an erotic terrorist in that kind of ce. There are already victims over there, you know?¡¹
When Hajime turned his gaze, there the worker-san of the hot spring egg stall before this, and the couples who were simrly enjoying hot spring eggs like Hajime and Yue nearby, were all simultaneously averting their eyes. While the male camp was strangely crouching a bit forward.
¡¸¡¡I¡¯m sorry. Looks like I got too high spirited in this date with just the two of us after so long. ¡¹
¡¸Those were really joyful words. Anyway, let¡¯s move on. Let¡¯s look around leisurely while eating. It¡¯s New Year¡¯s Eve after all, so there are a lot of stalls. Also, it looks like there will be fireworks matching with the countdown at the riverside ahead, surely we will be able to have fun there.¡¹
¡¸Nn-. ¡¡Ah, but, the end of the year is¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Together with everyone, right? I got it. I will take Yue around only until before the countdown. As expected, if we neglected them alone until the change of the year, then Shia and the others would snap.¡¹
Hajime shrugged, but he had already resolved himself to givepensation to Shia and the others. This was also the so-called duty of a real harem man. ¡¡Though if other people were asked of their opinion about this kind of resolve that would make anyone speechless, then it felt like they would say things like¡ºGet stabbed a hundred times over¡»or¡ºHow about you try dying for once?¡».
The two of them began to walk around the hot spring district leisurely once more.
For a bit they fed each other ¡®aa~n¡¯ with the foods of the stalls, rxing in a footbath while snuggling closely to each other, takingmemoration pictures at ces they got attracted to¡¡Each time they were mass producing merlion that was spitting out sugar even while not particrly doing anything special, they were really passing their time leisurely.
And then, when it was about one hour before the changing of the year, both of them finally arrived at a bridge where they could have a good view of the fireworks. It was an arching wooden bridge with a romantic appearance. Its handrail was colored scarlet and it was maintained really well.
Yue was settled in Hajime¡¯s bosom snugly with her back leaning on Hajime¡¯s chest. Hajime¡¯s hands were reversely put into Yue¡¯s pockets this time, and then like it was only natural, their fingers entwined with each other inside.
¡¸This is our first New Year¡¯s Eve sinceing to this world huh, Yue. So what do you think, not even a year has passed but this is more or less a turning point. Do you think you can get used to it in this world?¡¹
¡¸¡¡? Getting used to or whatever, any ce where Hajime is is the ce where I belong. That is the best ce for me. I have no feeling other than happiness here.¡¹
¡¸Aa~, that¡¯s not what I mean.¡¹
Hajime¡¯s expression turned itchy from Yue¡¯s words, then he ced his chin on Yue¡¯s head and rubbed his chin there. While listening to Yue chuckling from feeling ticklish he asked again his question with the intention of asking whether she was simply forcing herself or not from the changed environment or if she felt any inconvenience.
¡¸¡¡Nn~. Not particrly. Regarding the returnees, the society is still in an uproar. It feels inconvenient in that kind of meaning, but everyone is also feeling it simrly. The prospect of resolving it can be seen, so it doesn¡¯t feel like a problem. Rather than that, there are a lot of things here that don¡¯t exist in the world over there, so there are a lot of times where I have fun.¡¹
¡¸I see. I¡¯m d hearing that. After all, I don¡¯t want Yue to feel stressed or anything. It is the world that is bad if it causes you any stress. If you feel any inconvenience then I¡¯ll reform it no matter what method I have to use, so just tell me anything without holding back, okay?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Fufu. I won¡¯t hold back at all toward Hajime. The time you are changing the world, let¡¯s do it together?¡¹
Maou and vampire princess was making terrifying talk nonchntly. At this moment, surely world-san was feeling a chill and twitched without a doubt.
Time was flowing away gently for a while without any words. The stream of the small river, the snow that beautifully colored the ckness of the night sky, and the clear air were felt by the two of them. There were also other people in the surrounding, but it was like only the area around the two of them was a separate world that was cut off from everything else. Solemn and silent, sweet and warm, it was such a world.
But, at that time, from afar¡¸Yue-san yaa~I, Hajime-san yaa~i¡¹¡¸Papa-san yaa~I, onee-chan-san yaa~i¡¹, familiar voices that sounded a bit theatrical could be heard. Hajime shrugged¡¸Looks like time¡¯s up¡¹toward Yue who was looking up at him from his chest.
While the two were like that, *pata pata* sounds of footsteps resounded. Shia, who was giving a ride to Myuu on her shoulders, was rushing toward the two of them while she was waving her hands around together with Myuu. From behind those two, Hajime and Yue could see Shuu, Sumire, Tio, and Remia walking toward here.
¡¸I found you nano, phantom thief papa. Obediently get handcuffed nano!¡¹
The moment Shia arrived at Hajime¡¯s side, above Shia, Myuu pointed sharply while saying such a thing. That dramatic gesture of his beloved daughter caused Hajime to chuckle while tilting his head.
¡¸Phantom thief papa? Just what are you using me of stealing?¡¹
This time it was Shia who answered. Her finger pointed sharply just like Myuu.
¡¸Phantom thief maou. You have stolen something really enormous. Yes, that is my Yue-san desu!¡¹
¡¸Yue, you, since when did you belong to Shia?¡¹
¡¸Since around a hundred million and two thousand years ago?¡¹
¡¸Thank you for the lovely material.¡¹
As expected the whole Nagumo family was smeared with material. Shia and Myuu were bulging their cheeks while pleading that this time they wanted to be the one kidnapped.
¡¸Oi oi, calling me kidnapper and so on, that sounds bad in people¡¯s ear, you know. You don¡¯t think that Yue was slipping out voluntarily with me?¡¹
Hajime seriously in all seriousness used his presence istion in full throttle and full power, he instantly carried Yue and escaped. Shia and the others should be unable to reject the possibility that Hajime and Yue were slipping away as aplices. Hajime was thinking like that and asked with a mischievous expression, but Shia was looking nkly at Hajime.
¡¸He? Because Hajime-san, didn¡¯t you erase your presence, then carry Yue-san under your arm and jump out the window?¡¹
¡¸You, don¡¯t you notice the contradiction in your own words? Even though you understand that I vanished, just how were you able to grasp the detail until that much?¡¹
¡¸About that, like this, it just suddenly came into my rabbit ears. The rest was by me confirming it myself with a sidelong nce, I think. Even though Hajime-san was fast but it wasn¡¯t as fast as a railgun anyway, so it¡¯s possible to confirm your escape using eyesight.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Is that so. You are a bug character¡¡¡¹
Hajime was inly feeling down from his super high-speed secret action that he performed with his all getting detected normally like that. And then, he recalled how at their recent training so that their skills wouldn¡¯t dull, Shia was casually evading electromaically elerated bullets with normal eyesight. Hajime once more sent Shia an exasperated gaze due to that bug character behavior.
Without change Hajime didn¡¯t let go of Yue from his bosom, Myuu was mbering up on Hajime¡¯s back and secured her designated ce on Hajime¡¯s shoulder, then Tio and the others who caught up snuggled close to Hajime. Shuu, who was looking forward to the naked socializing with his son after so long, sent a sulky gaze at Hajime who was feigning ignorance while Sumire was cackling from witnessing that. During all that the countdown to the New Year was finally beginning.
Facing the beginning of a new year, the vapor of the hot spring district was rising high.
Hajime and the others also let out their voices for counting down the seconds. This was the first New Year for the group members that originated from another world. Each second Myuu¡¯s feet went taut, her toes were tensing straight while she was showing a wide smile, Shia was equipping the artifact of recognition disturbance while the illusion hiding her rabbit ears went off, showing her rabbit ears jumping around *myon myon*. Tio was looking up to the sky with a deeply moved expression and Remia was smiling from watching over her beloved daughter¡¯s high spirit. Shuu and Sumire quietly linked their hands together and snuggled on each other watching over their son and daughters-inw that were like that.
A beatter, the countdown reached zero.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Happy Neeeeww Year!!!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
At the hot spring district, the yell of the people celebrating the new year reverberated. In the next moment, in the night sky of the hot spring district, *dodon* flowers of light bloomed along with reverberations that shook the bottom of one¡¯s stomach.
¡¸Papa, happy New Year! Nano!¡¹
¡¸Ou, happy New Year Myuu.¡¹
Myuu tightly hugged Hajime¡¯s head while saying that, and hearing that Hajime ruffled Myuu¡¯s head with one hand while returning the congrattions.
¡¸Very happy New Year, dear. From here on too, please take care of me along with my daughter, okay?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. Happy New Year Remia. Take care of me this year too.¡¹
Remia gently touched her hand on Hajime¡¯s back while sending those words to Hajime along with a calm smile, then Hajime also looked across his shoulder and replied to her calmly.
¡¸Goshujin-sama. This year too I beg thou for a lot of puni¨D¨Dehem, a lot of rewards.¡¹
¡¸Don¡¯t try to varnish it over, you pervert. Later I¡¯ll promptly give you the first punishment of this year, so prepare yourself.¡¹
The pervert was shuddering all over.
¡¸Happpy~ Nee~w Yeea~ar desu. Hajime-san. Let¡¯s enjoy this year too, a lot, okay!¡¹
¡¸Looking at the result, you who in a sense is the one with the straightestmon sense has helped with a lot since we returned to this world. Thanks. This year, I¡¯ll take you to a lot of fun ces more for sure.¡¹
Hajime¡¯s words caused Shia¡¯s rabbit ears to happily p up and down.
¡¸Hajime, this year too you have perpetrated various things, but just spare me from you disappearing all of a sudden anymore, okay?¡¹
¡¸Right right. It¡¯s fine for you to go anywhere, but at that time take us along too with you. Especially when you are going to Tortus okay! Okay! Over there is a treasure box of material! No need to even mention every one of the Hauria n, but even Gahard-san is unexpectedly a material character isn¡¯t he. Especially when he is in front of Hajime and Shizuku-chan. I want to meet him again~¡¹
¡¸Tou-san, I got it already. Also, Kaa-san. Stop toying with Gahart. Spare me from an aged middle-aged man clinging on me tearfully.¡¹
Shuu was sending a gaze that was a mix of worry and anticipation, while at his side Sumire was speaking of something terrifying. The emperor of the empire seemed to be fated to getting thoroughly embarrassed by the whole Nagumo family. Already, once when Hajime went to Tortus while taking along Shuu and Sumire, it had be a famous story of how Gahart became a shut-in due to Sumire¡¯s persistent and tricky interview with him.
¡¸¡¡Hajime.¡¹
Yue who was at Hajime¡¯s bosom looked up while calling on Hajime who was exchanging words with everyone. When Hajime turned his gaze to her, Yue¡¯s eyes stared fixedly at him. It was as though she was ascertaining something. As though she was thinking of something. Her eyes were like a movie film, it was as though memories were streaming in session inside.
Before long, Yue returned her gaze to the fireworks. Then with a calm and mysterious voice, with the sound of the fireworks smoothly fading, she formed her words.
¡¸¡¡It might be toote for saying this, but it¡¯s somehow strange.¡¹
¡¸What is?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. At the bottom of the abyss, the journey with the resolve to turn the world into an enemy began. But, when I noticed, there were a lot of important people around me while I am celebrating a new year in a different world like this staring at the flowers of the night sky.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s right isn¡¯t it.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Seeing objectively, the bitter time in my life is overwhelmingly a lot. Getting saved by Hajime, meeting with everyone, knowing about the truth of Ojii-sama, and also spending time with my new family like this, looking at it from the entirety, all of those are equal to a blink of an eye. Like a dream.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡But, my feeling is the reverse. It feels like the long nightmare vanished instantly like a bubble, and like this, I am enveloped in happiness, as though this is how it has been all along.¡¹
Hajime strongly embraced his lover inside his arms, who was mysteriously colored with the illumination of fireworks light.
Yue¡¯s gaze, which was surely staring at somewhere different inside herself even while it was reflecting the fireworks, returned to Hajime once more.
¡¸¡¡The world is unreasonable, irrational, and absurdly malicious. But, surely at times, it will give a considerate arrangement to those who do their best. Meeting with Hajime, I came to think like that.¡¹
¡¸I see. ¡¡I guess so. Surely, it¡¯s just like you say. No matter what happens, if you struggle, then surely, anyone is able to reach this kind of ce in due course.¡¹
¡¸Nn-¡¹
Hajime softly dropped a kiss on the forehead of Yue who was looking up at him. Yue¡¯s expression melted limply.
Even on earth, there was still a mountain of troubles. And surely in this new year, there would be a new unreasonable, irrational, and malicious fate lying in wait for them.
But, surely, the world would show its kindness to those who struggled. Yes, they believed in that, whether Hajime or Yue.
Yue was feeling the heat on her forehead while running her gaze toward Shia and the others too. And then, toward the family who responded to her gaze, toward her beloved people, Yue showed them her greatest smile and gifted them her words.
¡¸¡¡Thank you for everything. Please take care of me from here on too.¡¹
AN: All of your honored readers, Narou-sama, and everyone else thank you very much for everythingst year. Please take care of me this year too.
Chapter 190
Chapter 190
AN: Update even at 6 P.M. on New Year¡¯s Day¡¡is nice isn¡¯t ittt.
In a room of a certain building, the fierce sound of a gunshot reverberated. A man past his middle-ages with ruffled silver-gray hair was confirming his smartphone with an expression as though he had bitten something bitter.
¡¸No good. As expected, there is interference. What about the others?¡¹
¡¸No, it¡¯s no good. The transmission device is also not reacting.¡¹
¡¸Mine too¡¡President.¡¹
A ck person d in a ck suit holding a hand gun shook his head while answering. It was as he said, the man with silver-gray hair was the President of America. He received a terrorist attack on the upper level of a skyscraper where he was undergoing some concealed official business, and he somehow managed to escape and survive thanks to the do-or-die spirit of the secret services.
However, they were unable to escape from the building itself, theirmunication was also being interfered with, and like this, they were hiding in one of the rooms. Although, their opponent was a few dozen terrorists that were fully armed. In this situation where they were unable to expect reinforcements, it was clear that it was only a matter of time until their fate ran its due course.
The President¨D¨DArtold Schwarnenegger, could feel the sound of the god of death creeping up gradually from behind him.
¡¸¡¡The existence of the person who leaked out the information needs to be dealt with, but it looks like our lives will run out first before that, huh.¡¹
¡¸Something like that¡¡¡¹
¡¸But, we ran out of bullets already, right? You all have done well. George, Chris, Bhus, Keyes, Neil, Hank¡¡you all have protected me well until now. It¡¯s an honor for me that I can fight together with all of you at the end.¡¹
¡¸President¡¡no, we are the ones who are honored.¡¹
The President smiled calmly while holding out one of his hand. The male secret service which was called George, instead of a handshake, he handed over his spare gun. It was because the gaze of Artold was demanding that.
It was exactly as he said; he was nning to fight until the very end. He was a formermando even with his age that was nearing fifty-years-old but seeing his body that was still d in muscles that looked like armor; he wouldn¡¯t drag the others down. Not to mention this was the man who was once called the ¡°End Bringer¡±, a man who had amassed numerous legends behind. It was impossible for him just to sit around waiting to be killed.
Artold and George nodded to each other. But, right after that, ¡¸Gaah¡¹a pained voice was raised, and Bhus somersaulted from the other side of the door and returned inside the room. Just by looking at him you¡¯d notice that his stomach and shoulder were fiercely bleeding. Furthermore, ¡¸Shit-¡¹along with such cursing, Neil, who was shouldering Keyes, also entered. It seemed that Keyes also had his stomach shot and his consciousness was already hazy.
The front line holding back the armed group from the corridor outside had crumbled. In the next moment, *kon-* with a light sound a ck object was thrown into the room.
¡¸President-, get down-¡¹
¡¸tsk¡¹
George threw his body in order to cover for the President. Chris covered the two of them further to turn his body into a shield.
In the next instant, explosive light and sound trampled inside the room. All the people inside the room were feeling a sensation of weightlessness, perhaps from having their body getting blown away, at the same time their breathing got blocked due to the impact from below toward their body.
¡¸Gehoh, gehoh?¡¹
¡¸Guu, aa? We are alive?¡¹
¡¸-, what? How?¡¹
Even though a grenade should¡¯ve just exploded from a really close range, they survived while only feeling a dull impact and hearing an explosive sound. That situation caused Artold and the others to make dubious faces while looking up. And then, their eyes opened wide in astonishment for sure this time.
¡¸The, the room is different?¡¹
Yes, exactly like those words implied, what the eyes of Artold and the others were witnessing wasn¡¯t the scene of a room that was trampled by an explosion, far from that the scenery of the room waspletely different from the room they were in just before.
Suddenly, a clear voice called out to those who were being dumbfounded.
¡¸I¡¯m d, looks like I made it in time.¡¹
¡¸-, yo, you are¡¡¡¹
The surprised Artold turned around, and there he witnessed a further unrealistic sight.
At the window, with beautiful ck hair in a ponytail that was swaying due to the wind from outside, and a ck katana that was held in one hand, there was a dignified female of orient¨D¨Dit went without saying, that this was Yaegashi Shizuku. (However, this was the recognition obstruction sses equipped version)
¡¸I had you all fell to the lower floor by directly cutting the ceiling. It was a rough method, but because this is an emergency, please forgive me, okay?¡¹
¡¸Ye, yeah. Eh? No, cutting the ceiling?¡¹
¡¸O, oi oi, this is a lie, right?¡¹
Artold¡¯s mind was in chaos while George was at a loss for words when he looked up. Up above, there certainly was a ceiling that was cut up in a triangr shape. When he then turned his gaze under their feet in fluster, there was the fallen floor there, and when he further ran his gaze over the surroundings, there were also Neil and the others a bit of distance away who had also fallen into this lower floor with them.
¡¸Just who in the world¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸I¡¯m sorry, but there is no time to exin. Go to the corner of the room, right now.¡¹
The president was overpowered with that strong tone that didn¡¯t tolerate any question. But, at the same time, the hunch that it would be bad to stay where he stood pushed his back, and he dragged off Neil and the others to the corner of the room along with George. The swiftness of that decision was just as expected from the person who stood at the top of a country and his bodyguard.
Right after that, multiple masked men peeked down from the hole in the ceiling. They then saw Shizuku who was grinning, and they gazed with puzzlement for a moment before aiming their guns at her. But, before the triggers of those guns were pulled,
¡¸¨D¨DSword Draw ¨C ¡°sh Cut¡±¡¹(TN: Battou ¨C ¡°Zendan¡°)
The drawing hand couldn¡¯t be seen. The de also couldn¡¯t be seen. There was just a small whisper as Shizuku¡¯s left hand that was clutching the sword hilt turned hazy. However, the result was an obvious phenomenon¨D¨Dit was disyed by the copse of the ceiling.
With a thunderous roar, the terrorists who stepped into the room upstairs fell down, along with the ceiling. There was no way they couldnd properly, so the terrorists tumbled down unsightly. At the next moment, *chin-* a clear sound entered their ears, and like that their consciousness fell into the darkness.
¡¸President. I heavily acknowledge about how you must be brimming with questions and how suspicious I look, but if you want to survive, then please believe in me. I will protect you.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
The situation was too absurd. Was this reality? The beautiful woman who appeared before his eyes, was she actually the personification of the devil, and she would demand an enormouspensation in exchange for her help? Such questions were running around in his mind. But, he had no option. If he was only looking at the fact that was currently happening, putting aside the impossible phenomenon, they were certainly being helped.
Then,
¡¸Got it. I¡¯ll follow what you are saying.¡¹
¡¸How decisive. Then, give the people over there this¨D¨D¡¹
Shizuku¡¯s words cut off in the middle. She could hear a lot of footsteps from the corridoring here.
¡¸President, please give this medicine to them.¡¹
Shizuku took out some magical recovery medicine from her ¡°Treasure Warehouse¡± and threw them to Artold. Artold opened his mouth about to say something, but before he could do that, the door was knocked down, and bullets assaulted the inside of the room.
What he could hear next was *gin gin gin gin-*, such a hard sound. The jaw of Artold and the others dropped downically. It was understandable. After all, countless beautiful curves were drawn in the air, and at the same time, remnants of bullets were getting scattered in the surrounding.
Consecutive god speed sword draws. From a nce, they could only see Shizuku standing still holding a sheathed katana, but when they looked carefully, Shizuku¡¯s right hand was blurring. That was exactly the proof that even right at this moment the small pebbles that were attacking her with speed surpassing sound were being shed apart altogether.
There was no way the terrorists couldprehend the abnormal situation urring inside the room, but even so, the terrorists who sensed that their target was still going strong inside the room kicked open the door and tried to charge inside.
But, within an instant, Shizuku drew out her katana with arge motion. She didn¡¯t immediately sheath the katana just like before, so the de of the ck katana that was being swung could be properly seen.
After that, what could be heard from outside the door was the thudding sound of copsing bodies.
¨D¨DYeagashi-style Katana Art ¨C ck Katana Kata Secret Technique ¡°Zenith Severing ¨C Soul Demolition¡± (TN: Shizetsu ¨C Hakuhou)
By ignoring all the obstructions in the path of the de, this technique cut only the target that was aimed for regardless whether it was the flesh or the consciousness. Against the current sword art of Shizuku, the option of blocking couldn¡¯t be taken. People who couldn¡¯t evade would have everything of theirs that were aimed by Shizuku to be cut apart by that one attack without harming anything else.
Shizuku quietly closed her eyes and searched for any presence. She captured a total of seven presences on the same floor as her.
¡¸¨D¨D¡±Zenith Severing ¨C Soul Demolition¡±¡¹
The sound of the drawn sword, which was like the ring of a bell, rang out once more. In every direction, the invisible sword sh prated every obstruction and severed the consciousness of the lurking terrorists. Surely they felt it, the sensation of a cold de caressing their insides, just before their consciousness was severed. And then, they surely hallucinated it, the scene of their body being bisected into two.
¡¸President. All the attackers on this floor have been suppressed. They won¡¯t wake up for a few days, so when you have time send someone to apprehend them. Wait, just what are you doing! If you don¡¯t make them drink the medicine quickly, they will be dead for real, you know! Now, don¡¯t just stay dazed like that and move, move!¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes.¡¹
It was an unbing response for a President. Artord made Keyes and the others drink the recovery medicine with a mechanical movement and expression that was still dumbfounded. After the medicine was taken, Keyes and the others bleeding stopped, and theirplexion was clearly bing better. Witnessing that, Artold couldn¡¯t do anything anymore other thanugh dryly.
¡¸Well then, let¡¯s go. I will guide you all to the first floor like this. Right now there are terrorisms being carried out toward this country everywhere, so please quickly return to the White House.¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes. Thank you, very much.¡¹
The man who was once called as the ¡°End Bringer¡±, a formermando, and the one who stood at the top of this country, seemed to have be a mere yes-man.
After that, the terrorists who had half-upied the skyscraper and were moving to murder the President were annihted by Shizuku using a sh that prated the wall, or by a charge after cutting apart the wall and hitting them with the back of her de, or by flying kick or p, or after making them lose their spirits when they saw their bullets get cut apart. Then Shizuku seeded in escorting Artold and the others safely to the White House.
It went without saying, that due to Artold, George, and all others of the surviving secret services, the ck haired samurai girl became a hot topic not only in the White House but also all over the world through mass media.
At the same time as Shizuku was shing apart through the terrorists attacking the president, in a certain airport.
That airport became the target of terrorists just like several other airports and was destroyed, so currently, the site had been transformed into a picture of hell in pandemonium. Here and there the fire was bursting, crying and yelling voices were reverberating, and the rescue squad was trying to rescue the people who were buried alive under the debris in desperation.
In that ce, there was nothing but despair. There was not even a single factor that could be considered as salvation. Inside the destroyed airport there was a spreading hellish scene that could only be expressed by using the word tragedy. Everyone understood that.
¡¸Aa, damn it¡¡¡¹
A young man from the rescue squad was desperately performing first aid on a heavily wounded infant before his eyes while cursing with a face that could break into tears anytime. The bleeding was not stopping. An arm was torn apart, and a deep wound was on its stomach¡¡he couldn¡¯t stop the bleeding no matter how much he treated the injuries. The blood that was flowing out was the life of that young child, and the child¡¯s face was already colored by the shadow of death.
The child couldn¡¯t be saved. Such feelings beat down the young man from inside his body. Inside this maelstrom of a tragedy that was like the personification of hell, this young man waspletely powerless. Just why the hell had he joined the rescue squad? Even these thoughts were passing through the back of his mind.
¡¸I don¡¯t care who, someone, please help. Please, just help this child.¡¹
While talking to himself like that, only his hand was continuing to keep moving following his training. However, reality was ridiculing the result of the young man¡¯s effort. Right now, in front of the eyes of the young man, the light of a small life was vanishing.
His hand stopped, the young man hung down his head crestfallen. His head understood that this wasn¡¯t the time for this. Right now, there were still a lot of people waiting for help other than this scattered life. Even so, he couldn¡¯t put strength into his four limbs.
The young man looked up to the sky, with an expression and tone that could be thought of as hatred, as a courtesy, as escapism, or as prayer.
¡¸¡¡God¡¡I beg you. If this voice can reach you then, please save this child¡¡¡¹
He whispered.
At that moment,
Pure white light poured down from the sky. It was powerful like a sh. However, it was soft and gentle like a moonlight. Such light, all of a sudden, without any advance notice, was pouring down, enveloping the whole airport.
And then, right after everyone had looked up to the sky wondering what was happening,
¡¸Wha-, th, the airport, is vanishing!¡¹
¡¸Ju, just what is, that!?¡¹
¡¸What!? Just what is happening!?¡¹
People unanimously yelled. They pointed their fingers with a shocked state, and while getting half-panicked they turned their gaze, and there, indeed, just like those words were implying, an abnormal situation was urring where the destroyed airport was vanishing into dust from the top as though it was going through an elerated weathering.
The great mass of rubble that was touched by the pure white light was vanishing without effecting the surrounding people at all.
¡¸O, oi, that-!¡¹
¡¸A person? No, but, he is floati¡¡wait, wings?¡¹
Someone noticed the silhouette that was descending slowly from the sky. But, they hesitated whether it was really okay to call that silhouette a person. Even though there was no parachute that could be seen, even though descending down slowly from the sky itself was already an extremely strange phenomenon, that silhouette was even witnessed having a pair of pure white wings.
The people were in a stupor from the disappearing mountain of rubble and the winged silhouette descending from the sky, and it was at that time,
¡¸¨D¨DThe wind of blessing to the children far and wide, the light of salvation driving away the cmity¨D¨D¡±Mighty Breeze of Turning World¡±¡¹(TN: Kaiten no Ibuki)
Such a prayer was echoing with a voice that sounded like a ringing bell. Right after that, every single person was wrapped in pure white light. Without any reason, emotions of relieve and joy were welling up in the heart of the people. Without any reason, they understood. That currently, they were being aided by arge existence.
¡¸Aa, good lord¡¡¡¹
The young man was trickling tears while his gaze turned toward the child that was already gone.
A miracle had urred there.
The arm that should have been lost was returning to its former shape as though going through a rewind while the injury on the stomach was healing in the blink of an eye. The expression that showed the color of the shadow of death was changing into a gentle color with goodplexion.
Right now, from the site where the rubble had beenpletely erased, the buried people who were lying down on the ground were showing their figures, and as expected they were being healed into perfectly good health from being enveloped in pure white light.
The airport site was flooded with the light of a miracle. The people were following the hard to describe great impulse that they couldn¡¯t hold down and shed their tears.
Before long, all the wounded people were healed, by that time the space around the silhouette in the sky undted and like that the figure was quietly vanishing along with space.
¡¸Angel¡¡¡¹
¡¸Oh god, my greatest gratitude to you.¡¹
The people who were left behind were shedding tears that weren¡¯t stopping while offering their feelings of gratitude with words or with the whispers inside their hearts toward the angel that caused the miracle and the god who sent her.
¡¡Actually, that god, was the man that was called as the godying maou and so on, while the angel was the mistress of such maou¡¡such a thing though, no one would even guess even in their dreams.
After that, the angel that was Kaori flew around to all the sites that became terrorist targets and healed absolutely all the victims.
Through the inte, a certain recording was being broadcasted to all over the world in real time. The ce that was reflected in the recording was arge room that was painted pure white, with small children whose heads were covered with a cloth made to kneel. There were about forty children.
Surrounding the children, were masked terrorists holding rifles, they were staring at the scared children with cold eyes.
With those children and the armed group as the background, a terrorist was standing in front of the camera while unfolding a speech with a smooth tone. The contents of the speech were bullshit that wasn¡¯t worth listening to. Something like the vested interests of therge country, or the god that they believed in, or the liberation of theirpatriots that were being held in injustice, or the simultaneous terrorisms that were being carried out as the punishment of not recognizing their grievance, or the withdrawal of the stationed army, the contents were things like that.
And then, the people watching the recording began to harbor suspicion¡¸This is, not a trick?¡¹while the government officials were gritting their teeth watching the children of their country that were going to be publicly executed. In front of all of them, the terrorist speakermanded his subordinate to drag one of the children in front of the camera.
¡¸The judgment ceremony that will be carried out after this, everything, is the proof of the sin of you all. Carve it into your heart, you foolish people.¡¹
The terrorist put arge knife on the neck of the kneeling child. If that knife was pulled back, then a tragedy that even the word tragic would be insufficient for would spread in front of the camera.
Themon public reflexively covered their eyes while the government officials yelled¡¸Stop-¡¹even knowing that it was meaningless. Perhaps guessing those reactions, the terrorist¡¯s cloudy eyes shined darkly with unbearable joy, and he put strength into the knife his hand was gripping.
¡¸Now, judgment¡¯s ti¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Time to stop, desuuu¨D¨D!!¡¹
The man was sent flying. The beautiful woman with faint blue hair that leaped into the room from the pulverized wall along with a thunderous sound made the man eat a jumping kneepad on the back of his head. The man was spinning in midair.
*dokusha* With such a graphic sound, the terrorist crashed into the wall at the opposite side. Blood was flowing like a river from his eyes, nose, ears, and mouth while his body was convulsing *twitch, twitch*.
Themon public, and also the government officials, had the same feeling. That was, ¡¸What the hell happened!?¡¹.
¡¸Hey hey, you criminals. This lovely rabbit ear onee-san will give you all a beating all over. Have you all resigned yourself desuu!?¡¹
At that moment, rabbit ears appeared from the head of the beautiful woman with faint bluish-white hair, at the same time, a huge war hammer materialized from the empty air that caused a sudden gust when it was swung.
The gust toppled the camera down, and the recording went sideways with a blurred image but¡¡
¡¸GIIYAAAAAH¡¹
¡¸BUBERAH¡¹
¡¸GOBOSUH¡¹
¡¸KUPEH¡¹
Such sounds that sounded like screams along with crash sounds resounded, and then, a masked man flopped down in front of the camera with the white of his eyes exposed. The people who were watching that recording guessed that the beauty with rabbit ears growing on her head just now was beating up the terrorists using that huge hammer.
Before long, when all sounds were dying down, the white eyed terrorist that was lying down in front of the camera got blown away with terrific force, and in ce of that terrorist, a white slender, beautiful leg was projected.
¡¸Ee~, I think that you all are likely to hear this, the people of the government? Anyway, all the criminals in this base have been all beaten up, for the time being, so please quickly safeguard the children. Very very please okaayy~¡¹
With such words as thest, the recording cut off.
The people who were watching the recording were all dumbfounded while they sputtered out¡¸What the hell?¡¹
A few minutes after that, at another ce, a different terrorist with a simr background of children hostages was about to recite out his principle and position¡¸We are~¡¹, but¡¸CHEEESTOOO¨D¨D!!¡¹as expected a rabbit eared beauty leapt and curb stomped that ce.
Such a scene repeated for three more times in session after that but¡¡the government officials who narrowed down the ces where the recordings were taking ce were all greatly cocking their heads in puzzlement. After all, each of the terrorist bases were all separated by a great distance of more than a hundred kilometers. Thinking from how the recordings were all taken in real time, it was unimaginable that the same person could run around to all those ces in such a short time.
¡¸Just who in the world, is that woman¡¡¡¹
That was the honest feelings of all the people watching the terrorists¡¯ recordings.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Today I updated even at 6 P.M.
My writing brush is moving and moving by its own will writing the curb stomping drama. When I noticed it felt like it will easily surpass 20,000 characters¡¡. If next time, I don¡¯t make it in time by 6 P.M., I will split it further and post it even if it is between 8 and 9 P.M., and finish theption of the demon king¡¯s daughter before the day is over.
It¡¯s New Year¡¯s after all, even updating in one sitting is okay isn¡¯t it.
Chapter 191
Chapter 191AN: The second chapter for today.
There is a third. Pay attention.
Ten kilometers above the sky.
There was a jumbo airne. With a sea of clouds below, while the powerful jet engines were rumbling loudly, the ne was heading straight for America.
But, the flight of that airne was in a situation that wasn¡¯t normal at all. It was because there were multiple fighter aircrafts following behind that airne from a close distance. It wasn¡¯t because there was a near miss between nes, or because this airne was actually the exclusive airne of the president. There was an entirely different reason why fully armed fighter aircrafts were flying behind a passenger airne as if though they were keeping watch.
It was for the sake of shooting down the airne in the worst case scenario before damage could be inflicted to the country because an airne that was hijacked by terrorists wasn¡¯t any different than a flying cannon shell possessing great mass.
Yes, that passenger ne was currently hijacked by terrorists. Due to the terrorists that somehow slipped handguns aboard the ne, the inside the ne was now being ruled by nervousness and fear.
¡¸Oi, you¡¡¡¹
¡¸?¡¹
Everyone was staying quiet, and only waiting for this fearful time to leave. A passenger businessman stole a look at a patrolling terrorist before calling with a small voice to the young man across the aisle from him.
So that he wouldn¡¯t be standing out, the young man only lifted up his hanging head slightly. When he directed a nce at the businessman that was calling him, immediately a small paper scrap was thrown on thep of the young man.
The young man was startled, and he directed his gaze at the businessman, but at that time the businessman was already looking down and sitting quietly on his seat as though nothing had happened.
The young man was feeling a sensation of cold sweat going down his back while being careful of the patrolling terrorist; he spread open the folded paper scrap inside his palm.
¨D¨D17:35
That was the only thing written on the paper. Normally such writing would be too cryptic, but the young man felt a shock as though electricity was running through his body. He guessed it. The written time, which was ten more minutes from the current time, was the time where the situation inside the ne might change greatly.
With a nce, the young man gazed at the businessman at his side. The businessman also moved his gaze without moving his face and gave a small nod. The will to rise in a counterattack in order to resolve this hijacking incident existed in that businessman.
Most likely this paper had gone not only to this young man but also to other people. It was unknown who was the one that started circting this paper, but the person who dispatched this paper should be expecting for even more people to answer the call.
Surely it was because that person had vaguely guessed the objective of the terrorists that he decided to make a sink-or-swim gamble. In the recent news, there was an abundance of topics regarding suicide bombing. The features of the terrorists¡¯ faces obviously looked like the characteristic features of the people of the country where the famous terrorist organization that was reported every day in the news belonged. In that case, it was possible to imagine the worst case regarding the objective of this ne hijacking.
The young man, thinking that they would die anyway if this situation kept on, scolded his heart that was withering in fear and nodded briskly at the businessman. And then, in order to increase the number of courageousrades even just by one, he secretly handed over the paper, where the time for the counterattack was written, to another person.
Before long, inside the ne where eerie silence was ruling, the watches of the passengers were about to reach the time that was written. The tension was suddenly rising. Beside the young man, the businessman was wiping the sweat on his forehead. The young man also understood really well that feeling. Their fate might be decided in a few minutes. The tension the businessman was feeling wasn¡¯t something average. The young man himself was feeling the sweat that was trickling down his back and neck and the feeling of his body growing cold.
But, at that time, the back of the ne suddenly became noisy. Angry yelling and screams, and then *pan* the sound of a gunshot resounded. The young man lost color. It finally began.
The young man and the businessman, and then several men¨D¨Da father with a family, a middle aged male who seemed to be riding the ne with his wife, and so on, they were looking for a chance while their faces were straining with tension.
And then, the terrorists who noticed the strangeness at the back of the ne rushed from their posts while saying something. It was at that moment,
¡¸UOOOOOOOOH¡¹
¡¸Hold them down-¡¹
¡¸Steal the gun-¡¹
The passengers who had conspired beforehand simultaneously revolted. One of the terrorists who turned his back was tackled from behind; the tackler desperately held down the hand of the terrorist who hadn¡¯t let go of his gun even when he fell. One other terrorist, when he turned his gaze at his tackledrade, was also immediately wrestled by the father with a family who was right at the terrorist¡¯s side and both of them fell on the floor.
It became noisy inside the ne. At the same time, the hope that perhaps at this rate they would be able to subdue the terrorists were beginning to spread between the passengers.
But,
*pan-*
A single gunshot resounded, at the same time, the businessman who was holding down a terrorist slumped down while groaning. And then one more shot. *pan* A gunshot resounded, and the father with a family, who was holding down another terrorist, screamed and fell.
Immediately, the terrorists punched away the other passengers, and then they further shot with their handguns while cursing and standing up. The young man who was simrly shot on his leg was making a pained voice while turning his gaze, and there he saw the figure of a flight attendant holding a small handgun.
¡¸No way¡¡why¡¡¡¹
The young man leaked out a bewildered voice. That was only natural. The flight attendant was a blonde haired Caucasian, no matter how he looked her nationality was different from the terrorists.
Due to the feature of the terrorists and the everyday news, the passengers werepletely under the impression that the terrorist organization was made up of the race of that country only. But in fact, the terrorists had taken methods of abducting people of various countries, which they brainwashed, before they returned the people to their original country in order to cooperate with the terrorisms, so terrorists were not necessarily limited to the race of only that country.
¡¸Father-, father-¡¹
¡¸Dear-, hang in there-¡¹
Anxious voices mixed with screams reverberated. Looking there, a young girl and a mother were crying while clinging to the shot father.
The male terrorists who were swearing while venting their anger at the revolting passengers, the moment they saw those family crying, their expression changed into something ugly as though to say that they had found a good target to be made into a lesson. They then walked toward that family.
¡¸The sin of treating with disdain our kindness of making you all apanying us in an honorable death is heavy. Just die meaninglessly, along with your whole family.¡¹
The terrorist aimed his handgun at the family. The shot father, even while his expression was growing pale from bleeding too much, desperately tried to cover his daughter and wife.
Everyone imagined the tragic end of the family. The fact that their revolt ended inplete failure would be nted inside the passengers with this public execution.
But, when the terrorist was about to pull the trigger, suddenly a gunshot thundered from the back of the ne. The terrorist¡¯s hand stopped moving due to that sound. However, guessing that the same thing as here was happening at the back, he immediately put strength into his finger on the trigger.
Right after that, gunshot sounds in session could be heard once more. The terrorist¡¯s movement stopped once more while thinking that they were really shy back there. At that time, the terrorists who were in this area were believing without a doubt, that theirrades were also making example back there.
After all, there was also a brainwashed conspirator from another country hiding back there too, so no matter what happened they couldunch a surprise attack. There were also more terrorists that were stationed at the backpared to the front. Regarding the consecutive gunshots, there were a lot of hot-blooded guys amongst the terrorists, so the terrorists here thought that it was because of that.
¡¸Oi oi, just what are those guys doing back there?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yeah. As expected they are shooting too much. Just what are they going to do if a stray bullet hits the window.¡¹
The terrorists looked at each other¡¯s face dubiously. The cause of that was because of the intense shooting sound that was reverberating even now.
The objective of the terrorists was a suicide attack on the capital of America using the hijacked ne. They couldn¡¯t let the ne crash until then so they had to pay meticulous attention even when they were using guns. Yet regardless of that, right now, the gunshot sounds audible from the back of the ne made them think that the shooter wasn¡¯t making any consideration to that, and instead, it sounded like a shooting that was done in desperation to avert death.
¡¸Oi, Nadim, Karim, what are you all doing? Report the situation.¡¹
Because the front and the back areas of the ne were partitioned from each other and they couldn¡¯t see what was happening, they were unable to grasp the situation by eyesight. And so they used amunication device to contact the others, but what they could hear was only¡¸Impossible-! What, is that-¡¹an iprehensible voice that was a mix of terror, unease, and confusion.
¡¸Oi, Nadim! Just what is going on! Report-¡¹
¡ºA woman is-, it¡¯s impossible-! The gun doesn¡¯t work-. The blonde woma¨D¨D¡»
The voice of the man called Nadim cut off. At the same time, the fierce gunshot sounds also stopped.
An eerie silence enveloped inside the ne.
The terrorist who was staring at themunication device gave a signal using his gaze to the other man and the flight attendant. Both of them nodded and aimed their gun at the partition toward the back area.
¡ºThis is Yosef. Saeed. What happened to Nadim and the others? Just what is happening over there?¡»
Amunication from the terroristrade that was upying the cockpit came through. The door to the cockpit was solidly closed, and it had been arranged previously so that the door couldn¡¯t be opened no matter what happened in the passenger area. And so, the terrorist who introduced himself as Yosef didn¡¯te out from the cockpit, but he could stillmunicate and asked for a report that the other terrorists couldn¡¯t ignore.
Furthermore, Yosef was able to aplish trespassing into the sturdy cockpit that normally couldn¡¯t be opened by any mean in the middle of flight because beforehand the terrorists had taken the pilot¡¯s family hostage. The pilot was pressed with a mortifying choice even while vaguely understanding that he would be killed anyway in the end,prehending that this option would only worsen the situation, but when he was shown the image of his young son¡¯s soft skin being pressed with a knife, he finally chose to obey the terrorists. The one who carried the guns inside the ne and opened the cockpit door was also the pilot.
¡¸I don¡¯t know. We will confirm it now.¡¹
Saeed said that, and then he approached the partition to the back area while readying his gun.
But, before he reached the partition, the cause of the abnormality finally arrived from the other side. A slender finger peeked out from the edge of the partition, and then like that, the partition was casually opened wide.
¡¸Oo¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
For a moment, Saeed forgot the current situation and leaked out an admiring voice. The other male terrorist was also wordless, but his eyes opened wide in obvious shock.
The one who showed her figure from the back area, with smooth and fluffy golden hair fluttering and crimson eyes narrowing with a sleepy look, was a peerlessly beautiful girl that was like a bisque doll. It went without saying, that it was Yue in girl mode.
In order to trample all the schemes of the terrorists and make all of their actions be meaningless, she boarded the hijacked ne using space teleportation.
Yue¡¯s eyes ran through the terrorists in turn. Saeed, whose gaze met Yue¡¯s, felt his body temperature rising against a girl who could only be seen as a girl in the first half of her teens. Even though the appearance of this girl could only be seen as a small girl no matter how he observed her, the atmosphere she was d with was the personification of bewitchment itself. It felt like he was an insect that was lured by an insect trap; if he let his guard down, then it felt like he would assault the girl while staggering on his feet.
Yue turned his gaze to the family who was trembling at Saeed¡¯s feet. The family was also directing dumbfounded gazes at the beautiful girl who suddenly appeared.
¡¸¡¡It¡¯s fine.¡¹
Yue smiled at the little girl who was clinging to her father and gave her those words. And then, casually, without any wariness, she walked toward the family.
That extremely defenseless figure reversely caused Saeed to return to his senses, and then his gaze moved toward the back area through the opened partition. Over there was¡¡
¡¸-, What, are. What are you doing¡¡Carlo-¡¹
There, he saw a scene of hisrade on his knees, strangling his own neck by himself. It seemed that the man was already unconscious, the white of his eyes was exposed while foam wasing out of his mouth. It was really an abnormal scene.
¡¸¡¡I¡¯m no match for Kaori, but this much is no problem.¡¹
Saeed returned to his senses once more due to that voice which came from below him. With a ¡®hah¡¯ he lowered his gaze, there the figure of Yue holding her hand over the shot father, and the figure of the father being enveloped in a faint golden light could be seen. It was as though time was being rewound as the blood was flowing back into the wound of the father before the wound visible closed. The bullet that had entered the body was also pushed out from the wound and fell down with a ¡®plop¡¯. The mother and daughter were dazed, staring at that miraculous scenery.
Yue, who ascertained that the wound had been closed, quietly stood up. She was right in front of Saeed and perhaps because he had witnessed unimaginable scenes one after another, the inside of Saeed¡¯s head was already all messed up.
Even so, his long years of training and experience of terrorism that he had moved his body on its own ord, telling him only that the too beautiful girl in front of his eyes was a threat for him and hisrades. His gun muzzle aimed at Yue¡¯s head and his hand thrust forward the gun.
¡¸Yo, you, just who in the¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸¡¡All of you too, it¡¯s fine already.¡¹
Even with the gun muzzle thrust at her, the girl didn¡¯t show even a bit of agitation. Rather, Yue, who looked like she didn¡¯t even acknowledge his existence, caused Saeed¡¯s expression to cramp.
Yue acted as though she was not concerned of Saeed, and waved her fingertip like a baton and scattered golden light. After that, the businessman who was on the verge of death from the heavy wound, the young man, and the other passengers who participated in the revolt had their wounds healed simrly like the father just now. It didn¡¯t stop there, even the people who had already lost their lives had their heartbeat brought back, and they recovered their consciousness.
For the passengers, that was exactly a scene of miracles.
But, for the terrorists, it was a scene of nightmares.
Therefore,
¡¸Kuh, this monster-¡¹
*pan-*, Saeed pulled the trigger, and the bullet flew toward Yue. It was a shot that was impossible to miss from this close range. Everyone¡¯s mind showed them the scene of death where the brain of the girl who manifested this miracle would be sttered from her head.
But,
¡¸Such, thing¡¡impossible.¡¹
The bullet stopped still at the space in front of Yue. In the air where there was nothing, as though something soft was blocking the way, without any change to the shape of the bullet it was floating still.
Yue¡¯s gaze was turned to Saeed once more. There was no emotion at all in those cold eyes. The moment Saeed saw that he was made to understand whether he wanted to or not. That for the girl before his eyes, he was something without value, just like a pebble on the side of the road. There was no meaning in him getting born; he brought nothing but harm by living, just a hindrance to be removed, he would vanish without anyone even lifting an eye of it¡¡that was the kind of existence he had.
¡¸Uh, aaAAAAAAAA-¡¹
His very existence was rejected. That terror and that humiliation caused Saeed to burst. From very close range, he continued to pull the trigger as though he was possessed. Following after him, the other terrorist and the flight attendant also aimed at Yue and fired.
The passengers screamed. However, that too happened only for a bit. When they saw that all few dozen bullets were floating still in midair around Yue, their screaming was gradually dying down.
Saeed and the others desperately changed their handgun¡¯s magazine and continued to shoot until all the bullets that they had run out.
Like that, *kachink* such a transient sound echoed. The handgun that had its top slid back still, informed them of the end. Yue, who waspletely unmoving during all this, slowly ran her gaze through Saeed and the others. The bullets floating around Yue fell on the floor all at once and scattered. And then, a word.
¡¸¡¡so?¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
¡¸Ua¡¡¡¹
¡¸Hih¡¹
Saeed and the others staggered backward. Their handguns fell on the floor with a thump. Already there was only fear that could be seen in their eyes.
¡¸You are, you are, what are¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸¡¡.You have no need to know. For now, ¡ºShut up¡».¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
Saeed¡¯s mouth opened and closed trying to ask Yue¡¯s true identity. But the moment Yue told him¡¸Shut up¡¹, his voice couldn¡¯te out. While Saeed was staring in a daze, Yue¡¯s words came out further.
¡¸¡¡¡ºKneel¡»¡¹
Saeed and the others simultaneously kneeled. There, Yue let out the finishing¨D¨D¡±Divine Statement¡±.
¡¸¡¡¡ºSlowly strangle, your own neck¡»¡¹
Until the end, Yue¡¯s crimson eyes possessed no color of emotion at all toward them. That became thest sight that Saeed and the others saw.
Yue¡¯s gaze moved toward thest enemy, toward the terrorist who was upying the cockpit. And then, when she walked toward the solid door between her and the cockpit, as though such a thing was only something trivial.
*DOGOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOON-*
¡¸-¡¹
A fierce shock and thunderous sound assaulted the inside of the ne. Right after that, the ne tilted down with a jerk, and oxygen masks fell down from overhead all over the ce. The passengers screamed. The passengers who were seated at the back area witnessed ck smoke spouting out intensely from the two wings of the ne, and their face turned pale all at once.
It appeared that all four engines that were installed on the ne were destroyed. Perhaps it should be said that it was a miracle that the wings themselves were still intact. Or else, perhaps it had been calcted to end like that.
Yue¡¯s gaze quietly narrowed toward the cockpit. The cause of this was obvious. Thest terrorist judged that at this rate there was a high possibility that the suicide attack on America¡¯s capital would fail due to the abnormality happening inside the ne, so he activated the set up explosive.
As a matter of fact, this was the third hijacked ne that Yue had boarded and suppressed. The judgment of Yosef, which was made with great resolve, was surely because of the thought that even if the ne he hijacked himself couldn¡¯t fulfill the objective, there were still the other hijacked nes. Rather than having this nepletely suppressed and taken back, he would prefer to crash this ne down sacrificing the many American passengers, bringing as much tragedy as possibly for America. The fact that he didn¡¯t directly destroy the body of the ne and instead only the engines were surely because of his thinking of making even greater damage by choosing the ce where they ne would fall.
¡¸¡¡Nn, this is my error. I¡¯ll correct this mistake.¡¹
Right after Yue was talking to herself like that, she used ¡°Heaven Existence¡± to erase her figure from the inside of the ne.
¡¸Am I, dreaming?¡¹
The one who muttered that in a daze was the pilot who was following after the passenger airne. There was a voice demanding a situation report resounding from the radio, but the pilot didn¡¯t have theposure to answer that.
But, surely it would be cruel for anyone to criticize the pilot for that. The reason was that at the end of his gaze, the smoking ne that had just been falling due to the sudden explosion, which was then enveloped by golden light in the next moment, continued to fly straight even now. It was because of this extremely absurd sight that caused the pilot to be like that.
And what caused the pilot¡¯s gaze to be nailed in ce, what forced him to be dumbfounded, was the figure of a girl standing on top of that airne. A person was standing on top of a ne that was flying at a high altitude¨D¨Deven though just that was enough to make him doubt his own sanity, there was also how that girl was enveloped in the same golden light like the ne, and furthermore, a pair of shining wings were spread from her back.
Perhaps noticing the gaze of the pilot, the golden girl, Yue, turned her face in his direction. And then, she suddenly showed a smile. ¨D¨DThe fighter aircraft jerked violently. The pilot was pressing on his chest as though he had been shot through by something. He should quickly grasp the control stick instead of that.
Yue returned her gaze to the front, and then normally began to walk on the ne, as though the wind resistance and the temperature had no effect at all. She got down in front of the cockpit.
¡¸A, a girl? No, but, eh?¡¹
¡¸Wha-, wha-, wha-wha-wha-wha-¡¹
The pilot who was bleeding from his head and Yosef were making really funny faces. The copilot was lying down from being shot. It seemed that he was still barely breathing, but perhaps he could only keep his life for a mere few minutes more. Yue, while being enveloped in golden light, quietly pointed her fingertip at the copilot.
Immediately, a faint light enveloped the copilot and healed his wound.
¡¸Yo, you are-. This, monster-¡¹
Yosef guessed the reason why he couldn¡¯t contact hisrades in the passenger areas and raised a trembling angry voice. And then, he aimed his handgun at Yue who was outside the cockpit and was about to pull the trigger. He nned to crash this ne anyway. After this far he wouldn¡¯t even hesitate about something like breaking the window of the cockpit.
However,
¡¸¡¡¡ºDon¡¯t move¡»¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
Naturally, his movement was easily stopped. The pilot was bewildered at Yosef whose movement hardened with a snap like a stone. But, in the next moment, Yosef¡¯s figure vanished into thin air.
Yue teleported him. Yosef then appeared right above the ne at the blind spot from the cockpit. Yes, he appeared outside of the jumbo airne flying at the altitude of eight kilometers with the speed of a few hundred kilometers per hour. Furthermore, he was looking up with his hands spread apart as though he was being crucified; he waspletely attached to the top of the ne.
¡¸¡¡Die while freezing.¡¹
Yosef opened his eyes wide. Normally a normal human would immediately lose consciousness in this condition, but savagely he was given protection against cold and an oxygen supply, so he wouldn¡¯t die that easily.
Yue softly flew backward. She pped her golden wings and then she was flying while matching her speed with the airne speed. Looking from the point of view of the pilot and the copilot who had recovered his consciousness, it looked like there was a girl floating casually in front of a flying airne.
Yue floated a smile at the two people who were staring at her in astonishment and added,
¡¸¡¡Do your best.¡¹
After saying that, her figure vanished with a puff.
Even after Yue vanished, the ne was still enveloped in golden light. There was only one engine that was still operating, but the ne could still maintain its altitude. The difficulty of the piloting was going up, but mysteriously the two pilots didn¡¯t feel any anxiety of the ne crashing.
¡¸¡¡William. I am a criminal.¡¹
¡¸Captain¡¡¡¹
The pilot was holding the control stick while squeezing out those words from his throat. Hearing that, the copilot William made aplicated expression that couldn¡¯t say anything. From the conversation of the terrorists, he had guessed that the pilot¡¯s family was kidnapped and he was threatened that his family would be hurt right in front of his eyes. Perhaps because he could see the expression of the pilot that was filled with bitterness, that even now after he had almost just died William was unable to say any word of vilification.
The pilot told to such William.
¡¸But, god has told a criminal like me, to live. Do your best, deliver the passengers safely home. If you cannot agree with this, then I¡¯ll stay quiet and yield the control to you. But, if¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Captain. I too have a family. If my son meets the same experience as your son, a confidence that I can say that I¡¯ll prioritize the passengers still¡¡is something that I don¡¯t have.¡¹
The words of the pilot were cut off in the middle by William. And then, he nodded with a serious expression while returning to the copilot seat. That gesture indicated more eloquently than any words that he would leave this ne to the pilot one more time.
¡¸¡¡My thanks. This is myst flight. No matter what happens, I swear I¡¯llnd this ne safely.¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s going to be fine, captain. After all, the protection of the goddess is with us.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, you¡¯re right.¡¹
The captain¡¯s face warped difficultly. That was aplicated expression that was a mix of relief and regret, gratitude and apology, and various other feelings.
(Goddess. Please, I beg you no matter how shameless this sound. My family¡¡.please-)
The captain couldn¡¯t help but pray like that in front of the miracle that he witnessed.
Half a dayter, the tattered airne that was enveloped in golden light safelynded. In the middle of the airport that was in an uproar due to the unprecedented situation, the captain who was receiving questioning heard how his family was saved by a beautiful rabbit-eared woman. And then, he became a zealous believer of the golden goddess and the rabbit eared beauty.
Chapter 192
Chapter 192
In the living room of the Nagumo family, Hajime and the others were enjoying tea time while watching a special news report. If it was asked what kind of special news it was, then naturally, it was regarding the simultaneous terrorisms that urred in America the other day and the many miracles at those attack sites.
The male presenter was moving the news report forward with a voice and expression that looked excited.
¡¸Now then, there were existences that changed the many tragedies that were caused by the cowardly terrorists on that day into miracles that will remain in history. Many people killed and wounded were healed by holy light, a passenger ne that was protected by golden light just before it crashed, the hostages that were on the verge of execution were saved from the terrorists by flying kicks and a giant hammer, the president was protected by someone using a single katana¡¡just what in the world were those women? No, just what in the world were those existences? Were they secret agents of the country? Such opinions also seem to exist, but no matter how, it was unimaginable that what they had done was the work of a human. It-was-truly, the work of god! Many people who witnessed them had spoken unanimously.¡¹
There, the male presenter put a long pause before,
¡¸They spoke that those women were exactly ¡°goddesses¡± that descended to this world.¡¹
Kaori and Shizuku fell prostrated on the table. Their ears were dyed bright red. When Hajime sniggered, the news report moved to the recording of the interview of the witnesses.
A young man of the rescue squad that was carrying out the rescue operation at a destroyed airport was answering the interview in an excited state.
¡¸Eh? You are asking me what I think of the woman¡¯s true identity? Such a thing is obvious. She is a goddess, a goddess that is overflowing with kindness. If possible, I want to know her name but, no, that is too disrespectful perhaps. At any rate, that person is too beautiful, noble, and warm. The light that rained down on those injured people, it was truly divine. That was¨D¨D¡¹
The interview cut off. Surely if that young man was allowed to keep talking, then he would keep at it even for several hours. The screen changed back to the male presenter.
¡¸He was really excited, wasn¡¯t he! But that too is only natural. d in whitely violet light, with a beautiful pair of wings, raining down the light of healing that resurrected even the dead. Furthermore, she appeared almost at the same time at multiple locations that were damaged by the terrorisms, protecting the people with warm light. This existence that cannot possibly be human has been called with a certain name by the people, and this program will recognize that given name. Now, everyone in the studio, and then, you who are in front of the television, let¡¯s extol that great existence! Her name is¨D¨DAngel of Kindness!¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Angel of Kindneesss!!!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
Kaori sunk down. She crouched while plugging her ears and entered the posture of seeing no evil, hearing no evil, and speaking no evil. It appeared the limit meter of her shyness had already surpassed its max number.
Wasting no time, Yue was making a sadistic expression while she was trying to make Kaori stand up and watch the television. After giving a nce at Kaori who was saying ¡®no no¡¯ with her head shaking in refusal and Yue that kept pulling on her, Hajime and the others then paid their attention to the next interview in the news program.
The one who made the next appearance was the unit members that belonged to the coast guard of the West Coast (TN: I realize that at the beginning of the chapter it said East Coast. But it was written West Coast now here.).With body and hand gestures, they excitedly spoke about how tremendous the existence that saved them before protecting the city from the missiles.
And then, they said it. With their mouths in unison, they called that existence as¨D¨D
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸It was Gozira-!!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
Like that.
¡¸Why¨D¨D!! No matter where and how thou see it, it was a dragon, wasn¡¯t it!? It was a legendary existence that everyone loved art not it!? What¡¯s with this fictitious character treatment!!¡¹
Tio went ¡®UGAA¨D¡¯ while standing up in protest. However, the coast guard members in the television were all greatly excited saying¡¸Thank you Gozira!¡¹¡¸We won¡¯t forget Gozira forever.¡¹¡¸Gozira-tan, haa haa¡¹¡¸Gozira, FOREVER¡¹extolling Tio=Gozira.
¡¸Oh maaan, who ever thought that Gozira really exists! And, it appeared at the same time as the angel, and saved the people¡¡the world is just too lovely! Does everyone also think so!? It wille you know; it will absolutelye you knoow~. The GO-ZI-RA Boom ising-!!¡¹
The tension of the male announcer was already reaching ecstasy. And then, the tension of Hajime and Shuu who had anticipated theing boom and had already bought a lot of the stock of thepany that was selling Godzi¡ð goods were also in ecstasy.
The next interview subject was the army colonel that was stationed in the Middle East. When the colonel was asked, just what he thought about the kind of existence that had annihted therge scale army of the terrorist organization attacking his garrison, the colonel floated a nihilistic smile while answering.
¡¸Fuh. That¡¯s obvious. He was a demon¨D¨Dno, he was the demon king-sama.¡¹
Hajime spurted out the ck tea he was drinking. No, certainly he was called as demon king, but he had never imagined that of all thing he would also be called with that name here in earth too¡¡his cheeks were cramping from that. The colonel inside the television was passionately speaking just how merciless, ruthless, unreasonable, and overwhelming Hajime was, how mere humans were like trashpared to that existence. It was as though the colonel was being possessed by a demon.
¡¸Whoops, it feels like this program will be banned if we broadcasted more than this, so let¡¯s finish the interview with the colonel there. It¡¯s concerning what will be of the colonel from here on though, isn¡¯t it! Now then, it seems that this man who repelled an army of the terrorist organization by his lonesome has many female fans with their number rapidly increasing. For some reason, all recording of this man is blurry which caused us not to be clear about his appearance, but the girls all over the world are going heart-eyed from that mercilessness you know. It seems there is even a fan club formed up already!¡¹
The high tensioned yell ¡¸How enviouuus!¡¹of the male presenter, and then the calm yet excessively cold gazes that were in contrast with that yell, were all stabbing Hajime. Hajime was pretending not to notice anything while he drank his ck tea once more.
¡¸But, his poprity among men is also not losing! The gays from all over the world also seem to go heart-eyed. Really, my condolences!¡¹
¡¸Buhoh¡¹
Hajime spurted out his ck tea. And then, he was sunk by the kisses and fierce winks that seemed like they were making *bachikon* sounds thrown at him from across the screen by the many ¡°big sis¡± who were excessively wriggling and acting flirtatiously despite their muscr build. Hajime fell prostrated on the table with a *gon-* sound that sounded painful.
While Kaori, Tio, and Hajime were inly receiving damage, the news continued with the interview of the pilot that witnessed Yue; he was making a statement that sounded like he was somewhat awakened to lolicon, the male presenter wasted no time to cut that off before moving onto thest interview with the president who was treating Shizuku as a Valkyrie. Furthermore, the male presenter mischievously disclosed how the bodyguards of the president had formed a fan club for the ck haired Valkyrie, causing Shizuku to turn red greatly.
¡¸I have done the information maniption and recognition maniption through the on a world scale, so no one will know that those people are us but¡¡in the end, we still received damage huh.¡¹
Hajime¡¯s tired words were nodded by the people who had saved the world and now were drinking tea in the living room of the Nagumo house.
¡¸Come to think of it, Myuu. After that, what happened to your friend? Just in case, at that time I took out Myuu from the recognition of the children that were in that ce but¡¡that child named Natalia is the only one whose recognition I didn¡¯t tamper with. Will it be a problem?¡¹
On that day, Hajime applied the measure on the children that Myuu saved so they would only remember that a blond haired girl annihted the terrorists while making them forgot that the girl was Myuu. Hajime used a silver tube artifact to go sh on the children. That thing which was exclusively used by the ck suited agents who protected the earth from alien.
But, regarding Natalia, with Myuu¡¯s wish and the strong hope of the person herself, she was not given the recognition maniption treatment. Natalia herself also promised that she wouldn¡¯t reveal anything about Myuu to other people no matter what. Just in case there was a situation where for example someone knew about Myuu and tried to do something to Natalia, Natalia was given an artifact to make other people believe the girl¡¯s deception as truth.
¡¸Yep, no problem nano. But¡¡¡¹
¡¸But? Is there something?¡¹
¡¸Uu~n, perhaps it¡¯s just Myuu¡¯s feeling but, it feels like the way Na-chan is looking at Myuu has changed¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡Like how?¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s like, Altina-san when she is looking at Shia-oneechan¡¡¡¹
¡¸Myuu, cut off your rtionship with Na-chan, right now.¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s fine nano. Because Na-chan¡¯s face looked satisfied when Myuu gently patted her, and she immediately returned to the usual Na-chan.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I see.¡¹
Hajime¡¯s expression turned into one where he couldn¡¯t say anything. Shia was directing a gaze that was shuddering at Myuu while saying¡¸Myuu-chan, has she surpassed me before I realized it¡¡¡¹. It appeared that Myuu was steadily climbing the stairs of ¡°wrong person¡±.
¡¸Ah, that¡¯s right, papa. Have you shed Emile-kun too properly nano?¡¹
¡¸Hm? I don¡¯t know which one is this Emile that you refer, but all the children at that ce other than Natalia, every one of them has been treated for sure. What¡¯s the matter?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Emile-kun, for some reason, he remembers about Myuu nano. It looks like he doesn¡¯t know that the one who was fighting at that time was Myuu, but he remembered that Myuu was there as Na-chan¡¯s friend, and it looked like all this time he was contacting Na-chan saying that he wanted her to let him meet Myuu. Although Na-chan is refusing it all.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Hou.¡¹
It appeared, the youth Emile was unable to forget the battling fairy of that day. Strangely he was remembering Myuu and seemed to wish for a reunion. Surely it would be boorish to ask what kind of feeling that drove him to do so. After all, if it had to be said, then it was the case of ¡®Boy meets girl¡±.
The doting parent papa Hajime who guessed that emitted a voice that sounded a level lower than usual. He was thinking, so there was one more pest that was approaching his beloved daughter. Since Myuu was advancing to elementary school, the number of pests that were approaching Myuu was increasing day by day.
Young Emile, now what to do about you, was what papa Hajime was beginning to ponder. Myuu who was seeing Hajime being like that looked excessively happy, and she cheerfully sat down on Hajime¡¯sp. And then, she looked up at Hajime with a wide smile while speaking.
¡¸Papa doesn¡¯t need to be that worried. Myuu will forever be papa¡¯s Myuu nano.¡¹
¡¸Mu, that¡¯s, well, I don¡¯t have any intention of doing anything about such a brat though¡¡¡¹
¡¸Papa, Myuu said that Myuu understands.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Hajime was making a troubled face and turned his gaze at Yue and the others asking for help, but before his face could move, Myuu¡¯s small hands caught Hajime¡¯s cheeks from two sides and fixed Hajime¡¯s gaze on herself.
And then, while she was showing a bewitching smile that reminded him of a certain someone somewhere,
¡¸It¡¯s better for papa to think, that you won¡¯t be able to escape forever nano.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
She said such a thing.
Hajime thought. In this five years, Yue¡¯s magic, Shia¡¯s taijutsu and war hammer art, Tio¡¯s whip art, Kaori¡¯s twin swords art, Shizuku¡¯s Yaegashi-style, and then, Hajime¡¯s gun-kata were all learned by Myuu at a high level. Originally, the sea dweller race didn¡¯t have a body that was particrly excellent in battle, yet regardless of that Myuu had achieved all those.
That was surely because all the cheat characters around her taught Myuu their essence to her without sparing anything, and Myuu who trusted and adored those girls from the bottom of her heart was seriously working hard, but even with those factors, Myuu¡¯s learning rate could still be praised without reserve.
Perhaps because of that, Hajime hallucinated, of his own figure that was being held down by Myuu even after he used all the methods in his possession and yet he still got outdone¡¡
(No, no way that could be¡¡)
¡¸Nmyu?¡¹
With a surprising switching speed, her bewitching expression of just now had gone somewhere, Myuu had returned to the usual innocent Myuu with her tilting her head, that appearance¡¡
For some reason, it caused Hajime to shudder with a sudden shaking.
AN: The New Year holiday will end soon too.
Let¡¯s work hard throughout this year too!
Chapter 193
Chapter 193AN: Attention, the timeline of this chapter is going back again. This chapter happens in between the return home and the one year anniversary gathering.
The after story is written as the author pleases (the main story was also haphazard though), so the chronological order is also all over the ce. Perhaps it¡¯s hard to read, but please treat it well.
¡¸I wonder¡¡what to do about the marriage ceremony?¡¹
In the living room that was illuminated by the bright sunlight, Sumire, who was drooping limply on the sofa, whispered to herself.
This day was a holiday for the society. However, Sumire was a famous manga artist from the beginning and didn¡¯t have a holiday. In order to sail across the time of judgment with the name of the deadline that was approaching her today too, she ss changed into a zombie and headed to her workce, but¡¡in the end, Sumire, who ran out of material, couldn¡¯t advance, and instead of sulking in bed she was sulking in her house acting sluggishly.
At present, Hajime and Shuu weren¡¯t at home, only the female camp of Yue and the others were home. What was unusual was that despite Hajime going out he left behind Yue and the others.
Hajime and Shuu were going to a meeting regarding the new game that was being created by Shuu¡¯spany, but putting aside Hajime, who was recognized as an important battle strength even while he was still a student, for Yue and the others who only had meager knowledge about games, they couldn¡¯t participate in the meeting just with the reason of wanting to be together with their lover, that was the surface reason.
In addition, today Myuu was also going out. It appeared she was taking along her friends(underlings) in the kindergarten to make clear of their position with the kindergarteners from the neighboring town. When Myuu got out of the house entrance, Myuu said¡¸Today is the decisive battle nano. Myuu will teach those pretentious kids, just where their ce in society is nano¡¹with a fearless smile; just who she was taking after¡¡such a question didn¡¯t even need to be asked.
Because of that, Kaori and Shizuku were also invited into the house, and they spent aid back holiday with only the females but¡¡
That silent explosive which Sumire threw brought about a ripple that by no means was small among the females. Above their head, there was the ¡°!?¡± mark floating like a certain soldier, who loved using cardboard boxes, when he was discovered by an enemy soldier, and they turned their gaze to Sumire with a momentum that seemed to give off the sound *bat-*. It was only Yue who was drinking ck tea while directing a gaze at Sumire as though she was looking at a somewhat good-for-nothing person.
¡¸E, err, Kaa-sama? What do you mean by just now?¡¹
Shia represented everyone and asked the true meaning of Sumire¡¯s whisper. In response to that, Sumire sluggishly raised her face that was buried on the sofa and opened her mouth with a really uneasy expression.
¡¸There is no deeper meaning to it, Shia-chan. Sooner orter, we intend to hold a grand wedding ceremony of Hajime with Shia-chan and the others, but as expected, it¡¯s impossible for all of you to do it, right? See, in this Japan, a country with a constitutional government, polygamy is prohibited byw.¡¹
¡¸Ce, certainly¡¡¡¹
Shia nodded up and down. Kaori and Shizuku went¡¸Hm?¡¹and tilted their head, they were about to open their mouths to say something, but Sumire¡¯s words continued to forestall them.
¡¸Everyone¡¯s parents should absolutely want to see their daughter in a wedding dress too. But, how sad, based on thew of Japan, there can only be one bride in the wedding ceremony¡¡that is to say, there is only one person among you that can wear a wedding dress!¡¹
*zugaaan!* While lighting was roaring behind her back, Sumire loudly yelled the shocking truth(?). Shia and Tio, and also Kaori and the rest made a face that seemed to say¡¸What did you say¨D¨D!!¡¹. Shizuku was about to make a retort at what Sumire pointed out but¡¡
¡¸Shizuku-chan¡¡don¡¯t you want to wear a wedding dress?¡¹
¡¸Wh? N, no, Sumire-san. That is, that, of course, I want to wear it, but¡¡¡¹
Sumire firmly grasped Shizuku¡¯s shoulder and asked that question to her while peering at her face from really close. After hearing that question, Shizuku¡¯s body leaned back from the pressure and expressed her honest feeling. As though taking advantage of that opening, Sumire¡¯s verbal attack was not stopping!
¡¸Shizuku-chan. Also, Remia-chan who is acting ¡®my my ufufu¡¯ over there, and also Yue-chan who for some reason is staring at me with a lukewarm gaze as though I am a good-for-nothing person. Everyone too also wants to wear a wedding dress, don¡¯t you? You want to walk along with Hajime on the wedding aisle wrapped in the ceremonial dress, don¡¯t you?¡¹
¡¸That¡¡yes.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Of course, Okaa-sama.¡¹
¡¸I also feel the same here, Okaa-san.¡¹
Sumire nodded with ¡®yep yep¡¯, however, immediately after, she looked up above with a gesture that was excessively dramatic.
¡¸Isn¡¯t that right. But, only one person can do that. And then, about the marriage registration, that is the notification for the sake of being seen by the people outside as Hajime¡¯s wife, it¡¯s also only one person who can have that¡¡in this Japan, only one person can be formally recognized as Hajime¡¯s wife.¡¹
After saying that Sumire ran her gaze over Yue and the others with a sad expression. And then, Shia and the others, when they heard the words¡¸There is only one person among these people here who will be Hajime¡¯s formal wife¡¹they sent each other gazes containing slight nervousness at each other. Amidst such an atmosphere, Sumire released those words that would push the Nagumo family down into chaos on this day.
¡¸Now, I wonder, who among these women is truly worthy to be Hajime¡¯s wife? I wonder, as his mother, who should I choose? Hey, all of you, Hajime¡¯s ¡°self-proimed¡± wives?¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸!?¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
Shock ran through the body of Shia and the others!
Self-proimed¨D¨Dthat word deeply, truly deeply, pierced their chest. Indeed, they hadn¡¯t submitted any marriage registration or even held the ceremony. No matter how much they insisted that they were husband and wife when seen from the eye of the society, there was no proof of that. The word ¡°self-proimed¡±, for some unknown reason, caused a violent difort to well up to the point that they couldn¡¯t negate it!
¡¸Ka, Kaa-sama-! What, what should I do desu!?¡¹
¡¸Ah, Shia, that¡¯s unfair! Okaa-san! I will do my best for Hajime-kun¡¯s sake! That¡¯s why!¡¹
¡¸E, ee, me too, I¡¯ll do my best so¡¡¡¹
¡¸Hmmm, I too, perhaps it wouldth be soon the time to show mine seriousness.¡¹
Shia, Kaori, Shizuku, and Tio, who got all flustered and shook up, gathered around their mother-inw and begged for her teachings. Even Yue and Remia, who had somehow guessed Sumire¡¯s ulterior motive, only slightly exchanged nces and troubled smiles before closing in on Sumire¡¯s side.
Sumire was smilingcently inside her heart looking at her obedient(?) daughters-inw. However, she didn¡¯t show even a speck of the inside of her heart, and then with a force that seemed to make a sound *zubishi-* she thrust up her finger. And then, she proimed.
¡¸Yue-chan, Shia-chan, Tio-chan, Kaori-chan, Remia-chan, Shizuku-chan! Do all of you want to wear a wedding costume at Hajime-sideee¨D¨D!¡¹
Naturally, the wives replied back¡¸Oo~~~¡¹in high spirits.
¡¸Do you waaant, to be seen as Hajime¡¯s wife by the neighbooors¨D¨D!!¡¹
Naturally, the wives replied back¡¸Gung ho, gung ho, gung ho!!¡¹in high spirits.
¡¸Do you waaant~, to have your name written in the marriage registratiooon¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹
Naturally, the wives replied back¡¸Uu~raaraaraaraa¨D¨D¨D¡¹in high spirits.
The trivial things already didn¡¯t matter.
After that, with Sumire¡¯s incitement, Yue and the others progressed the preparation for the sake of¡¸The deciding match of who is the most worthy as the wife in the Nagumo Family!¡¹.
In the evening, Hajime and Shuu finished their work and went home. They were passing through the house entrance while talking about this and that regarding the meeting today about the new game production, and they put their hand on the entryway¡¯s door. And then,
¡¸I¡¯m home~¡¹
¡¸We¡¯re back~¡¹
They said the returning home greeting while opening the door¡¡
¡¸¡¡Nn. Wee home, dear, Otou-sama.¡¹
¡¸Wee home desu!¡¹
They were weed, by Yue and Shia who were only wearing frilly pure white small aprons. Shuu spoke¡¸O, oo!?¡¹from the side, but in the next instant, ¡¸pugeh¡¹a scream was raised, and he crumbled down. The swift inescapable attack from his son sent his consciousness flying.
¡¸What are, you doing, Yue, Shia.¡¹
Those figures of pure white, tight, beautiful legs and slender arms and shoulders, and then, the breasts that were bared by more than half, which was tooscivious, caused Hajime¡¯s cheeks to cramp up while asking.
¡¸¡¡Of course, toward the husband who has just worked hard and returned home¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸The wife wees him with her all desuu.¡¹
¡¸With a naked apron?¡¹
¡¸¡¸With a naked apron.¡¹¡¹
Yue and Shia twirled on the spot. Their naked back and jiggling butts were shown to Hajime.
¡¸You aren¡¯t happy?¡¹
¡¸Is this a failure desu?¡¹
Yue and Shia tilted their heads while confirming to Hajime. Naturally, Hajime bowed his head saying¡¸Thank you very much¡¹. It was the sad nature of man. Seeing such a Hajime, Yue and Shia asked him something strange¡¸From 1 to 10, what is our score?¡¹. Even while feeling suspicious, Hajime answered¡¸Full score¡¹without hesitation.
Yue and Shia took a guts pose¡¸Yosh-¡¹, then they took off Hajime¡¯s coat and baggage before vanishing inside the room with their lovely butts exposed to him throughout.
¡¸What is going on¡¡¡¹
While feeling as though he was watching a waking dream, Hajime shouldered his fainted father and opened the door to the living room.
There, this time it was,
¡¸You guys too!?¡¹
¡¸uu, we, wee, home, Hajime-kun.¡¹
¡¸We, we, welco¨D¨Dimpossibleee, as expected I cannot endure this!!¡¹
¡¸My my, fufu. Wee home, dear.¡¹
¡¸Yes, wee home, Goshujin-sama.¡¹
Kaori and Shizuku, also Remia and Tio were wearing naked aprons as expected while weing him home with a bow with their three fingers of each hand pressing on the floor. Hajime¡¯s spontaneous retort caused Shizuku¡¯s face to turn bright red from shame while she was rushing out of the room. However, it didn¡¯t change the fact that she was wearing a naked apron, so it went without saying that her captivating jiggling butt was exposed to him.
¡¸Uu, what, suddenly an impact hit my jaw¡¡hah!? What is this ce, is this Shangri abeshih-¡¹
Shuu, who Hajime had discarded on the sofa, appeared to be opening his eyes, but as expected he received a swift, unavoidable attack that made him copse with the white of his eyes exposed.
While ncing at Shuu, as expected a question of¡¸The score?¡¹from the wives came at him. Hajime livelily told¡¸2 points¡¹only to Tio before he said to Kaori and Remia¡¸Full points¡¹. Ignoring Tio who twitched before starting to pant, Kaori and Remia made a guts pose, and as expected they disappeared into the kitchen with their butts exposed to him.
¡¸So, Kaa-san. What are you making them do this time?¡¹
Hajime was sighing while asking Sumire, who was grinning broadly while making a cool pose for some reason in the corner of the room.
¡¸My, what¡¯s with that? You make me sound like I am a problem child. I am merely apanying everyone in their homemaking training, you know?¡¹
¡¸This is the first time I heard that a naked apron is bride training.¡¹
¡¸Weing the husband home is also one of the creditable bride training. You see, Yue-chan and the others, right now they arepeting with each other, you know? About who is the worthiest as the bride of the Nagumo family. As their husband, you have to watch them properly. The conclusion won¡¯t be reached if everyone gets full points, so you have to grade properly! Okay!?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Hajime was sending the most reproachful gaze he could make to Sumire. Before, the girls had done training for housework,undry, and cooking as bride training. And now they werepeting with each other after thiste with abnormal ways like naked aprons; no matter how he thought about it this must be a prank. And the mastermind of this prank could only be one person in this ce.
Hajime was about to question Sumire further, but at that time, Yue approached him with small steps. Her clothing was still the same.
¡¸¡¡Hajime, the preparation for dinner and a bath is finished.¡¹
¡¸O, ou, I see.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. So¡¡¡¹
Yue tightly clutched the fringe of her apron while fidgeting. If she did something like that, then the apron that had already been in a risky length from the beginning would be further rolled up and be something dangerous. Naturally, Hajime¡¯s gaze was pulled to that territory like a monster who was being sucked into the mouth of a thunder dragon.
Toward such a Hajime, Yue mouthed that temte speech.
¡¸¡¡Will you not take a bath, and do me? Or will you not take the dinner, and do me? Or else, will you do me, or do me?¡¹
¡¸¡¡In the end, there is no option for me though¡¡¡¹
It was off by a bit from the temte! As expected of Yue quality, but the matchless vampire princess wasn¡¯t finished with just this level!
¡¸Then, will you take a bath while doing me? Or else, will you have dinner while doing me?¡¹
¡¸What does that mean!?¡¹
¡¸¡¡As expected, it will be embarrassing, doing it in front of Otou-sama and Okaa-sama. But, if Hajime wishes for it.¡¹
¡¸I don¡¯t wish that! There is a limit even at being abnormal!¡¹
¡¸Myy, Hajime you! This pervert son!¡¹
¡¸Kaa-san, shut up a bit there!¡¹
Hajime¡¯s retort gushed out. On this asion, he left alone Yue who was blushing while fidgeting with both her hands on her cheeks. For the time being, he should make her wear some clothes and recover the order in the Nagumo household. Hajime was about to act with that objective.
But, before he could do that,
¡¸I, I cannot let, only Yue take the spotlight! Ha, Hajime-kun!¡¹
¡¸Ka, Kaori?¡¹
Still in her naked apron, Kaori, who peeked out from the cover of the kitchen, leaped out as though she had been waiting for her turn. While she was fidgeting pigeon-toed looking embarrassed, she yelled with an expression that was filled with resolve.
¡¸Won¡¯t you eat me as dinner!?¡¹
¡¸What are you saying!?¡¹
¡¸What seasoning do you wanttt!?¡¹
¡¸Calm down-, what you are saying is just toocking inmon sense!¡¹
¡¸Myy, Hajime you! This Mr. gourmet master-¡¹
¡¸I¡¯m going to throw you out of the house, Kaa-san!¡¹
After that, Shia and the others simrly leapt out after that and were saying simr things which Hajime retorted back at severely. Sumire, who watched that, stirred up the ce. Shuu, who recovered his consciousness with a ¡®hah¡¯, was made to sleep with a swift unavoidable attack, and in the end, it was one hourter before they could have dinner normally.
By the way, as expected everyone was wearing clothes when eating dinner. For some reason, everyone was wearing risqu¨¦ cosy appearances though¡¡
In the middle of dinner, a young delivery service man was making a delivery, but he was startled by the blonde miniskirt police woman that came out from the house. He stepped back after seeing the miniskirt nurse that came out from behind the police woman saying¡¸You forget the stamp heree¡¹. Next, he sweated coldly due to the miniskirt shrine maiden that came in a panic saying¡¸What are you two doing going out with that appearance!¡¹. In the end, the young man expressed his gratitude¡¸Tank ou hery much-¨D¨D¨D¡¹that was filled with various meanings with a red face and also panic.
At any rate, the cooking showdown had everyone make one dish; which then got judged by Hajime, and it went mostly peacefully.
¡¸Haa¡¹
¡¸Nmyu? What¡¯s the matter papa?¡¹
In the bath, Hajime was washing the hair of Myuu who came home just before the dinner while unintentionally making a tired sigh. Myuu was tilting her head that was covered all over with bubbles.
¡¸Myuu¡¡grow up into a normal girl for me okay.¡¹
¡¸??¡¹
¡¸No, it doesn¡¯t matter. Just forget it.¡¹
Looking at his beloved daughter that was tilting her head in iprehension, Hajime was smiling wryly thinking ¡®just what am I saying¡¯ before rinsing off the bubbles on Myuu¡¯s hair.
But, at that time, Hajime¡¯s senses detected the presence of several people approaching the bathroom!
¡¸Wait, Kaori and also Shizuku, those two haven¡¯t gone home yet?¡¹
Before Hajime entered the bath, he had told the two of them that they should go back home soon. But regardless of that, Hajime could sense the presence of Kaori and Shizuku among the presences that were approaching; it made Hajime be at his wits¡¯ end. Immediately after, the door of the bathroom was opened loudly. Just as he expected, there were the stark naked figures of Yue and the others boldly standing imperiously! Not even a single string was covering their bodies; it was to the degree that Hajime wanted to tell them to at least use a towel to cover their front. (For the moment, it was only Shizuku who was using a towel to hide her body.)
¡¸¡¡Nn. Now-¡¹
¡¸Charge desuu!¡¹
¡¸I won¡¯t lose! The one who is the most skilled at washing Hajime-kun¡¯s body is meee!¡¹
¡¸Ufufu, today is the day I¡¯m washing the front.¡¹
¡¸Haa haa, Goshujin-sama, haa haa¡¹
¡¸¡¡Pardon me.¡¹
It appeared this was apetition about who could wash the body of the husband the best. Hajime¡¯s eyes were twitching while he quickly headed to the bathtub and urged Myuu to follow. It was as though he was asking her if she could apany him.
But,
¡¸I won¡¯t let you!¡¹
Along with those words, *whoosh* Yue instantly appeared before Hajime¡¯s eyes.
¡¸Wai-, don¡¯t use ¡°Heaven Existence¡± in this kind of ce!¡¹
¡¸Level X¨C¡¹
¡¸Maximum body reinforcement!? Ah, idiot, let go, this pervert rabbit!¡¹
¡¸Even me-, Limit Break-¡¹
¡¸What kind of limit are you nning to break, huh!?¡¹
Hajime waspletely surrounded by the vampire princess, the bug rabbit, and the angel mode maiden! Using that opening, Remia secured Myuu while Tio used wind magic to form a barrier and shut out the voices from leaking outside byying out a veil of air.
Like that, in the next moment, the bathroom was turned into a battlefield. A battlefield of carnivorous maidens.
¡¸Kuh, who can stay in this kind of ce where there are only beasts! I¡¯m going back to my room!¡¹
While holding up a strange g, Hajime pped Tio severely to the point that it made her pant while he attempted to rush out of the bathroom. There Yue teleported, and Kaori activated her God Speed and leapt at his back while Shia clung on to his waist with her greatest body reinforcement. Because of his wet feet and the polished floor, Hajime slipped and fell down.
There Yue and the others jumped further at that chance; even the revived Tio also got on top of Hajime.
At the corridor of the Nagumo household, there was the figure of Hajime who was lying upside down while being covered with beautiful women and girls.
At the same time,
There was the figure of Sumire, cackling loudly while rolling on the corridor holding her stomach from seeing that situation.
Somewhere, *snap* the sound of something snapping resounded.
Right after that, Yue and the others raised¡¸Aahn¡¹coquettish voice. Their weak spot was fondled by Hajime. Strength reflexively left their bodies~, using that opening Hajime stood up. Kaori was saying something foolish¡¸Hau, Hajime-kun¡¯s Hajime-kun is in front of my eyes¡¹, but he ignored that.
¡¸Kaa-san, it seems that a family meeting is necessary between us. Also, it has to be an extraordinarily harsh meeting.¡¹
¡¸My, Hajime. I don¡¯t think that such meeting is necessary though?¡¹
¡¸No, it¡¯s necessary. ¡¡The meeting for the sake of making Kaa-san reflect on yourself!¡¹
Hajime¡¯s store of patience had run out from his mother¡¯s prank that was too much. He took a step forward. He intended to wrap his mother in a bamboo mat then hang her up for a night so she could reflect a little.
But, it seemed that Sumire had already predicted that action of Hajime¡¯s. While saying¡¸I¡¯ve thought that this will happen!¡¹with a triumphant look, she took out a vacuum cleaner that was leaning in the shadow of the corridor.
¨D¨DCleaning Artifact ¡°Sniper Mark II¡±
By any chance, do you have the experience of sucking even the thing that must not be sucked carelessly when cleaning using a vacuum cleaner? It can be a cause that broke the vacuum, but opening the lid to fish it out every single time is troublesome, isn¡¯t it? In that kind of time, use this. The next generation vacuum cleaner ¡°Sniper Mark II¡±.
If you have this, you can select the target that you want to suck and the target that you don¡¯t want to suck! Furthermore! If you put this to practical use, it¡¯s even possible to suck the soy sauce or the remote control that is far away into your hand, just with a single push of a button! The next generation vacuum cleaner is already not limited for just cleaning in its utility!
The absorption force will never fall. The era from here on is the era of multiple absorption forces that suck only the prey you aimed for!
The vacuum cleaner (exclusive for the Nagumo household) that Hajime developed with such a catchphrase was held in Sumire¡¯s hand.
In front of the suspicious eyes of Hajime, Sumire took out the degraded version Crystal Key from her breast pocket. It was handed over to her so in the case that something happened to his parents because of the matter of Hajime and the others, they could immediately teleport away.
Before Hajime could say¡¸What are you¡¹, Sumire stabbed the degraded crystal key to the front. Immediately the space distorted, and a gate materialized. At the same time, Sumire pushed the max mode button on the vacuum cleaner. Naturally, the powerful absorption force pulled on the target from inside the gate.
¡¸Wha, wha, what!? What is going on!? Nooo¨D¨D, I¡¯m being pulleeeeeeed-¡¹
Like that, a familiar scream could be heard, then from the other side of the gate, a petite female figure in a suit tumbled out. Sumire turned off the switch at the same time when that figure came out, but following thew of inertia, the female that leaped out from the gate rolled into the corridor of the Nagumo house, the figure finally stopped when her face crashed *munyu!* on the obstacle in front of her.
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
The female that rolled out from the gate and plunged into a certain thing with her face¨D¨DHatayama Aiko-sensei, wordlessly, slowly, pulled her face away from that ce where her face was buried into. And then, looking at that thing dangling in front of her eyes that seemed to be familiar, she tilted her head while saying¡¡
¡¸Hajime-kun?¡¹
¡¸Aiko, can you spare me from you calling my name while looking at my crotch?¡¹
¡¸Hah!? Awawawawawa, I, I¡¯m sorry~¡¹
Yes, the rolling out Aiko, due to the momentum, her facended on the son of Hajime that was currently standing imposingly stark naked.
Aiko instantly blushed hard while her mind was in chaos thinking ¡®I don¡¯t understand the situation!¡¯. Looking from her suited figure, perhaps she had work regardless of the holiday and she only just came home. Despite so, she was suddenly made to teleport, and on top of that she dived face first into the crotch of her lover that was hidden from society except to some people¡¡it was only natural for her to be astonished.
¡¸Yo, you are wanting me and are using this kind of forceful method!?¡¹, or¡¸No, it¡¯s not like I hate it but¡¡waiting naked like this is a bit¡¡¡¹, or¡¸Pe, perhaps I cannot go home tonight¡¡¡¹, it also couldn¡¯t be helped if she was talking to herself like that, perhaps.
Anyway, after Hajime wrapped a towel on his waist, he ran his gaze around once more, but Sumire¡¯s figure had already disappeared; he could only see the door of the entrance that was closing and a piece of paper fluttering midair. It seemed her n was to make Aiko a distraction while she escaped. It was a splendid escape.
Hajime picked up the memo paper that fell at his feet, and his gaze fell on it. There,
¡ºI received enough material. Thank you, very much. Mama is going back to her work now!¡»
Such a thing was written.
¡¸Haa, I thought it was something like this¡¡Yue, you noticed it already, right?¡¹
Hajime was sighing to his mother¡¯s deed while questioning Yue who was standing at his side unnoticed. In response, Yue nodded. Hearing that, Shia who had simrly recovered tilted her head and asked what Hajime meant.
¡¸Look here, whether the wedding ceremony will be done one by one, or with everyone all at once, either is fine, but there is no rule that only one person can do it. Besides, if need be, we can also just do the ceremony at Tortus.¡¹
¡¸Aa~, now that Hajime-san mentions it that¡¯s true isn¡¯t it.¡¹
¡¸Besides, even the marriage registration, I have already faked the official papers about you all itself, so fussing about the marriage registration for everyone right now is meaningless, isn¡¯t it? Something like the consistency of the data or whatever, it can be taken care ofter as we please.¡¹
¡¸Now that you mention it, that¡¯s true. Then, why did Okaa-san do something like a Bride deciding battle¡¡¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s obviously for her material collection. Just why do you think she was cking off in the house this afternoon?¡¹
In short, Sumire said whatever sounded appropriate to incite Shia and the others, and then the uproar that was caused due to that would be turned into the material for her manga that currently was reaching the limits. That was Sumire¡¯s scheme.
Shia and the others thought that it was also their own fault that they got caught into the provocation thoroughly like that, but Sumire¡¯s capability of letting out a flowing speech just by adlibbing like an agitator, it was just as expected from the mother of Hajime.
And then, Yue who noticed the intention of such Sumire still participated without really objecting was because,
¡¸Today too was a fun day.¡¹
¡¸I see.¡¹
That seemed to be the reason. For Yue, this kind of stupid uproar was also included in her lovely ordinary days. Something like boorish fair arguments could be tossed into the trash can. The satisfied expression of Yue made Hajime shrug¡¸Well, then, it¡¯s fine¡¹.
¡¸Say~, I really don¡¯t understand what you are all taking about though¡¡¡¹
Aiko called timidly at Hajime and the others that were feeling warm and fluffy by themselves. Hajime nced at Aiko and,
¡¸My body gotpletely cold now¡¡let¡¯s enter the bath again. With everyone this time.¡¹
Saying that Hajime picked up Aiko in a princess carry. ¡¸Eh? Eh?¡¹Giving a nce at Aiko who was in confusion, Yue and the others raised an¡¸Oo~¡¹in harmony and returned to therge bathroom of the reconstructed Nagumo house.
After that, including Aiko who was stripped by Hajime¡¯s hand, Hajime and the wives rxed and enjoyed the bath without particrly anypetition.
¡¡There was no one who paid any attention to Shuu who was still passed out in the living room.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Chapter 194
Chapter 194
The sun had already gone down by this point. On the coastal street where the veil of night was beginning to fall, Kaori and Sakura were walking close to each other like true sisters.
¡¸The live show was amazingly lively, wasn¡¯t it? I don¡¯t really go often to that kind of event, so I was really excited.¡¹
¡¸Is that so? Then that¡¯s good. There were only local bands, so I wondered if it was strange for you.¡¹
Kaori, who received a passionate weing at Sakura¡¯s home, had passed a rxing time there while talking to each other about their families¡¯ recent state for a while. And then when it was evening, she was told that there was a live event of the local bands at the coastal venue starting at that time, so she was taken along by Sakura to attend at the live to kill time.
Sakura responded to her cheerfully smiling younger sister that she would be d if Kaori was able to enjoy the show, however, Sakura¡¯s expression was twitching a bit. The cause of that was one person. Sakura nced over her shoulder behind them.
¡¸Uu, Kaoriii. My angeeel. Can you make eye contact with Otou-san soon? Otou-san is going to die here from the loneliness.¡¹
Yes, it was Tomoichi. For two women to go to a live show by themselves, they didn¡¯t know what could happen to them. Giving that argument, Tomoichi went along with Kaori and Sakura, but the attitude of Kaori that treated him like he didn¡¯t exist caused Tomoichi to make a contorted face that was about to cry. Furthermore, Kaori didn¡¯t change her attitude at all even after looking at her father acting like that; instead, she was still smiling cheerfully, and looking at such a Kaori, honestly speaking, it was a bit scary.
The cold war between the father and daughter was definitely inflicting damage to Sakura¡¯s stomach.
By the way, the reason Kaori was taking such an attitude wasn¡¯t only because of the quarrel in the car, or Tomoichi¡¯s apaniment to the live show. Actually, when the families were talking at Sakura¡¯s house, a topic about Hajime came up and urged by Sakura, Kaori made a call but¡¡anyway what could be said was that Tomoichi bombed that phone call once more.
¡¸¡¡Hey, Kaori. How about you forgive Oji-san soon? Oji-san, he looks like he is seriously going to cry there. Honestly, having an uncle with a face that¡¯s about to cry following behind you on the street at night, it¡¯s scary.¡¹
¡¸Fufu, sheesh Sakura-oneechan. What are you saying? No matter where you look, there isn¡¯t anyone like that here, you know?¡¹
¡¸Kaoriii! Otou-san is right here! Now, look here, please!¡¹(TN: The ¡®please¡¯ is said in English.)
¡¸See? There is no one, right?¡¹
¡¸Haa¡¡¡¹
Sakura¡¯s stomach received further damage. For Sakura, if her cute little sister made a boyfriend, then she also wouldn¡¯t be so epting of that boyfriend. Therefore, it wasn¡¯t like she couldn¡¯t understand Tomoichi¡¯s feeling. But, in reverse, to have a parent saying this and that about the person that she liked was¡¡as a girl in the same position of being a daughter, she was also able to understand Kaori¡¯s feelings. She was stuck between a rock and a hard ce.
¡®Geez, anything is fine, so won¡¯t something happen that will end this father-daughter fight that has be quite troublesome¡¯, when Sakura was running from reality by thinking that¡¡
¡¸Eehh? You girls there, you two were at the live show just now, right? What a coincidence! Want to talk a bit?¡¹
It came. Inside her heart, Sakura held her head thinking¡¸What kind of timing this is.¡¹. Ahead of the gaze of Sakura, there was a group of youngsters with a really shy atmosphere as though they were someone that really liked messing around. When judging from their simr appearances, there were about ten people. Sakura grandly made retorts, like why they were calling out to two girls when there were about ten people in their group, or whether they even saw the man who seemed to be the father behind the two of them. Of course, those were done inside her heart.
¡¸My bad, but we have ns after this.¡¹
¡¸ns? It¡¯s ns to go y, right? Then, let¡¯s go together yeah. The more, the merrier.¡¹
Sakura politely refused, but the seducer group was grinning while surrounding Sakura and Kaori. No matter how they looked at this, it didn¡¯t seem like they were nning to let the two of them go home merely. Because Sakura and Kaori were a beautiful woman and girl that really couldn¡¯t be found that often in this area, these men wouldn¡¯t give up that easily.
But, naturally, seeing his beloved daughter and cute nephew getting hit on, there was no way Tomoichi could just stay quiet.
¡¸You all. My daughter just said that she doesn¡¯t want to go with you. Now, open the way. We all just enjoyed a nice live show. Let both of our groups avoid any troublesome matter.¡¹
¡¸Aa, what is it, old man? Rather, your daughter? Eeh? By any chance, are youing along with your daughter? Uwaa, that¡¯s seriously disgusting.¡¹
¡¸Hey old man, being overprotective is no good. Is this what is called an over-demanding parent? Have some self-awareness. Seriously, how uncool.¡¹
¡¸Rather, the one harassing these two here is you old man. Seriously, realize that. Come on, you two too, let¡¯s leave this stalker father ande y with us, yeah?¡¹
The men who were trying to pick up the girls guffawed loudly from the words of Tomoichi who came to the front while verbally abusing Tomoichi. Hearing their words, Tomoichi didn¡¯t even look particrly angry, far from that, he didn¡¯t even show any fear being surrounded by more than ten people. He firmly said something more to stop the men from picking up girls more than anything but¡¡
Perhaps feeling that Tomoichi, who was blocking their way, was irritating, one of the men passed beside Tomoichi and stretched his hand out toward Kaori.
¡¸Can you not touch my daughter?¡¹
¡¸-, you really are noisy huh.¡¹
Tomoichi suddenly gripped the man¡¯s hand, his almond eyes quietly narrowed and he gave words of restraint. Tomoichi wasn¡¯t particrly strong in a brawl. In his upation, he was a first ss architect, and there was no chance for his physical strength to be questioned in such an upation. Even so, as an adult male who had piled up experience, furthermore, as a father who was witnessing someone trying toy their hand on his daughter, the light of his eyes contained a considerable amount of pressure.
Therefore, the man was reflexively overpowered mentally. However, it seemed the man felt some shame from that fact, and his face immediately turned red indignantly. The man shook off the hand of Tomoichi that was grasping his hand, and at the same time, he hit Tomoichi.
Tomoichi let out a muffled voice, and something red oozed from the corner of his lips.
The man, driven by his indignation, swung his arm further, while the other men also stepped forward to further hurt Tomoichi who was a hindrance for them. Sakura was raising her voice to stop them while her fingers were gliding on her smartphone to contact the police, but it was at that moment,
¡¸What are you all doing, I wonder? I wonder?¡¹
Dread rushed through all the people in that ce.
And then they noticed it. Before they even realized it, Kaori, who was already at Tomoichi¡¯s side, had stopped the fist of the man that was swinging downward with one hand.
A chill that was impossible to understandthered on their skin causing bumps and the strange situation of a girl smiling while stopping the serious punch of an older man with just one hand caused everyone to stiffen. In the middle of that, Kaori let out words with a t tone that was the opposite of her smiling face.
¡¸I¡¯m asking you here, just what are you doing to my Otou-san, I wonder?¡¹
¡¸Wha, what the hell, are you!? Aa!? The father of you bitch was screwing around, so I was only giving him a lesson!¡¹
The intimidating air that Kaori emitted caused the man whose fist was stopped to go into a frenzy while ranting. And then, the man¡¯s other hand tried to strike in order to ¡°give a lesson¡± to Kaori.
¡¸Otou-san was screwing around? I guess so. Indeed, he is a troubling Otou-san who is always screwing around. He is overprotective, treating me like I¡¯m still a small child. He immediately sulks if he is not paid attention to, and he keeps badmouthing Hajime-kun.¡¹
¡¸hrk, wha, what the hell-. This stupid strength-¡¹
Kaori was talking with a small voice in a murmur, leaving the dumbfounded surrounding to lurch.
All the while gripping the two wrists of a man with a build farrger than herself.
From a nce, it was clear that the man was trying to pull his hands away with all his strength, but the hands holding him didn¡¯t even twitch, as though he was being shackled with iron to a wall. Kaori¡¯s words reached toward the man who was half falling into a panic.
¡¸But you see, Otou-san is kind you know? He always thinks of me, no matter how busy he is with his work he always tries to make time to speak with me, he always protects me even though he is not strong in a brawl. When I worked hard, he praised me a lot, and when I made mistakes, he scolded me a lot.¡¹
Kaori lifted her face. However, that gaze wasn¡¯t directed at the man in front of her eyes. What she was looking at was Tomoichi at the side.
¡¸¡¡Otou-san, I¡¯m sorry. I should have stopped it before you got hit. I recalled many things, so I waste to move. Thank you, for trying to protect me.¡¹
¡¸Kaori¡¡¡¹
Tomoichi only called Kaori¡¯s name while looking at her wry smile. He could do nothing else but that. The reason was that his daughter¡¯s figure was looking really grown-up for some reason. It was as though she was letting go of his hand; as if she had already left the nest since a long time ago. Even though they were in the middle of a situation like this, the loneliness that flooded his chest clogged up all his words.
Kaori moved his gaze from Tomoichi toward the men surrounding them, and then she let out her words along with an icy gaze.
¡¸My father is the greatest father in the world. Don¡¯t you dare, humans at the level of you all, make fun of him!¡¹
¡¸You bitch, let go of me alre¨D¨Dbugeh!?¡¹
A kick that pointed to the sky wasunched immediately after the angry yell. That kick impacted the jaw of the man whose both hands were gripped, and like that, that man was blown away like a joke in a parabolic arc.
The air returned to dead silence.
¡¸If you all disappear right now, then I¡¯ll overlook this.¡¹
Kaori¡¯s words resounded dignifiedly. A dainty girl was sending a young man with good physique flying with one kick¨D¨Dnormally, the group of men would surely sense the abnormality of the situation; however, the difference in number between both sides and themon sense that said there was no way ten men could lose against a high school girl caused them to mistake their choice for the sake of their tiny pride.
The men were breathing roughly in agitation, their mouths hurled out unrestrained abusivenguage, and they adjusted their stance in preparation to attack.
¡¸Yep, I guess it can only be like this. People like you all surprisingly all have the same pattern.¡¹
Kaori lightly waved both her hands. Immediately, *kyakin!* a satisfying sound resounded, and two metallic poles appeared in both her hands. Those were extendable batons.
Kaori was wearing short sleeve clothes, which made anyone want to retort just where she hid those batons, but those who knew knew that it was great that what came out were only extendable batons, wasn¡¯t it. Inside the ring that was attached with a crimson jewel dangling on Kaori¡¯s neck, there were even brutalrge swords that could easily split a great rock into two; those swords were exactly Kaori¡¯s specialized weapon.
In the end, the two sword style using the extendable batons (Adamantium made-Lightning d enchantment) shed on the coastal street at night; it became a fierce society study for the young men. Along with a trauma that wouldn¡¯t disappear.
¡¸Oji-san. It¡¯s great, isn¡¯t it? Kaori got angry like this for Oji-san¡¯s sake. See, she is just like Oba-san. Please look at this goosebumps. It¡¯s also like this when Oba-san is angry.¡¹(TN: Oba-san=aunt)
¡¸¡¡Yo, you are right. Also, is, is it just my feeling? It feels like I can see ¡°something¡± on Kaori¡¯s back just like Kaoruko though.¡¹
Thest man ate a fierce blow at his butt that would make even a Thai kick look like mere child¡¯s y; that man screamed¡¸Aaa¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹while flying through the air. Sakura and Tomoichi were looking at that scene with a distant look and raised a dryugh.
After that, Kaori tampered with the memory of the seducers with her own soul magic before she returned toward Tomoichi and Sakura with a really nice smile. It went without saying how Tomoichi and Sakura shivered altogether.
After that, seeing Kaori getting all fidgety looking like she wanted to talk with Tomoichi, Sakura read the mood and went back home first. Currently, Tomoichi and Kaori were walking silently with just the two of them on the path home.
¡¸Otou-san, it doesn¡¯t hurt anymore?¡¹
¡¸Yeah, it¡¯s fine already Kaori. ¡¡Magic is really amazing huh. You have shown it to me many times, so it feels toote saying this, but even now it still makes me feel admiration witnessing it.¡¹
The wound on his lips had been healed by Kaori¡¯s healing magic. Tomoichi said his thanks to Kaori with admiration just like he said. Feeling relieved hearing that, Kaori¡¯s expression softened. And then, her gaze began wandering as though she was searching for words.
Seeing that state of his daughter, Tomoichi half-guessed just what she wanted to speak about and sighed inside his heart, then he urged Kaori to speak.
¡¸Kaori, if there is something you want to say, then you can just say it as it is within your mind. After all, I¡¯m the best father in the world. No matter what is it, I¡¯ll listen to what you have to say.¡¹
Kaori chuckled at the way her father spoke, and she opened her mouth.
¡¸Say, I noticed this just now but¡¡Hajime-kun, he resembles Otou-san doesn¡¯t he-, that¡¯s what I think.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Can you pause there, Kaori? Even Otou-san has this thing called limit to what I can and cannot ept, you know? I¡¯m simr to that harem man that is like a walking and talking haughty arrogance? I wonder, can Otou-san go out for a little bit of a journey? It¡¯s okay; I think after finding myself for about a year, Otou-san will be able to stand up again.¡¹
¡¸Ahaha, that¡¯s not what I meant. What I mean is not the current Hajime-kun, but the previous Hajime-kun.¡¹
¡¸The previous?¡¹
Kaori nodded toward Tomoichi who showed a questioning face. And then, she narrowed her eyes in nostalgia and began to talk.
¡¸Yes, previously. He couldn¡¯t fight or anything at all, but when he thought that it was necessary, then he would step out without hesitation, that kind of weak but strong person. Yep, surely, that was why I became curious about Hajime-kun. Because, if I can be with a person that is simr with Otou-san, then I will be happy, I know that from looking at Kaa-san.¡¹
¡¸Kaori¡¡. Right now, Otou-san¡¯s feelings are reallyplicated. I¡¯m happy but perhaps not happy¡¡. However, that¡¯s really hard to believe huh. That him, and the him of the past that Kaori talked about, I really cannot connect the two of them¡¡¡¹
¡¸Isn¡¯t that right. I too, when I reunited with Hajime-kun I was really shaken then. That was how much he changed. It was really terrible for him, to the degree that it was absolutely necessary for him to change. But, even so, deep inside he didn¡¯t change. That¡¯s why there are people that love Hajime-kun that much. A person who is merely insincere and like women, it would be strange if that kind of person is surrounded by that many people, isn¡¯t it?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Perhaps it¡¯s just as you say. But, even so, as expected as a father it¡¯s hard for me to consent. No matter who, if it is a father who has a daughter, then he will surely want to entrust his daughter to a person who will treasure her the most and only her.¡¹
Tomoichi scratched his head looking troubled. Kaori took Tomoichi¡¯s arm and then hugged him happily.
¡¸Thank you, Otou-san. But, I have confidence. Indeed, it¡¯s not just me alone that is with him, and I might not be the number one, even so, I¡¯m confident that I can have happiness that won¡¯t lose to anyone. Even though there are many people that are walking together with him, even so, I can puff up my chest and say I am cherished. Because, the person who had crawled up from the bottom of the abyss just with the thought that he wanted to go home to his important family, and defeated even god just because he wanted to take back his important person, such a person is the one who gave his promise to me, you know?¡¹
Kaori showed Tomoichi the ring that was dangling from her neck. Different from the treasure warehouse, it was just a ring, but it was the eternal ring that was filled with the oath of her loved one.
After seeing that ring, Tomoichi¡¯s expression turned extremely bitter.
¡¸Otou-san. Hajime-kun, he is a person that will treasure every aspect of his important people, even the treasured people of that treasured people. That¡¯s why he said that he wouldn¡¯t give up no matter how much Otou-san hates him. He told me that he would treasure Otou-san and Okaa-san too.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s why, I understand that this is not normal, that this is something oundish, but it¡¯s fine even if it will take time. I want Otou-san to treasure Hajime-kun too. I want Otou-san to treasure my treasured person too.¡¹
Kaori¡¯s words rode the flowing night wind that carried the aroma of salt and vanished. Tomoichi¡¯s expression was still bitter without any reply. If anyone looked at his eyes, they would be able to see a horrible discord whirling inside.
The long silence was continuing. Only the sounds of footsteps and sea waves were resounding in the ears of the two.
It was unknown how much time had passed, but before long Tomoichi deeply and grandly sighed. Toward Kaori who was staring at Tomoichi anxiously, his shoulders dropped while one of his hands held out to Kaori.
¡¸Kaori. Can you contact that guy¡¡Hajime-kun for me?¡¹
¡¸Otou-san¡¡yes, wait a little bit.¡¹
Kaori took her smartphone and called Hajime with a few rings. Hajime, who answered the phone, was told by Kaori that Tomoichi wanted to talk. Hajime consented readily without sounding particrly worked up. Hajime¡¯s attitude that soundedposed caused Tomoichi¡¯s face to turn bitter once more. Kaori handed over the smartphone while smiling wryly at that expression of his father.
¡¸¡¡It¡¯s me.¡¹
¡ºIt has been a long time.¡»(TN: Hajime used extremely politenguage here.)
¡¸Hmph! We just met around two months ago. Saying it has been a long time from that¡¡it appears that within you, the matter of me is just like a mere stone at the roadside, huh.¡¹
¡ºNo, that¡¯s unthinkable. The family of Kaori is as important as a jewel for me.¡»
¡¸Hmph! As always, it¡¯s only your mouth that keeps spouting out pretty words, isn¡¯t it? Is that how you trick my daughter?¡¹
¡ºNever. If pushed to say, then I think it is me who got caught.¡»
¡¸Hmph!! Is this that? ¡ºNot really, I am not really feeling anything here, but Kaori said that she wants this no matter what sooo, I¡¯ll just give it a try¡»That¡¯s what you think huh! Just what in the world are you¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Otou-san?¡¹
¡¸I¡¯m sorry.¡¹
When Tomoichi heard Hajime¡¯s voice, his hostility flooded out like a conditioned reflex. At the same time, when he heard¡¸Otou-san?¡¹from his daughter, he also let out words of apology from a conditioned reflex. He wasn¡¯t a mere father. He was a trained father.
While keenly feeling the gaze of Hannya-san from the side, Tomoichi cleared his throat while trickling cold sweat and opened his mouth once more.
¡¸Ahem-. That, see, today, I called because¡¡well, I too have various things in my mind. A father that has a daughter, no matter what, he cannot be gentle toward the man who is the partner of said daughter.¡¹
¡ºI understand. After all, I too have a daughter that makes me resolved to be a father. If I am in your position, and my daughter brings along a man like me, then there is no doubt that I will break all the bones in his body and bury him inside concrete, and in the end, I will throw him in the middle of Pacific Ocean.¡»
¡¸Eh? Ah, yeah, tha, that¡¯s it. I, I too, am thinking of doing at least that much, yup, to such a man, you know?¡¹
¡ºYes. That¡¯s why I understand how your blood must be seething. So much, that you must be thinking that you want to drop a nuclear bomb on me right now even if it drags the surroundings into it; that you want to dye everything in dark red, isn¡¯t that right?¡»
¡¸¡¡¡¡¡¡¡Yo, you really got it huh!¡¹
This time Tomoichi was trickling cold sweat from a different meaning. Hajime¡¯s hostility was too extreme that far surpassed him. Furthermore, just by imagining the imaginary loved one of that daughter who might appear in the future, Japan might fall into a pinch in the future. Tomoichi was thinking, ¡¸Ee? Isn¡¯t the scale of hostility a bit too different from mine?¡¹, which caused him to sumb to aplicated sense of defeat.
¡¸Ahem-. It feels like I somehow came to understand really well how you are thinking, so let¡¯s put this matter aside for a bit. More than that, I want to confirm something with you.¡¹
¡ºYes.¡»
¡¸You don¡¯t have any intention to separate with Kaori. Conversely, you also don¡¯t have any intention to separate from the other girls. You are nning to remain married with them all for life, and you don¡¯t have the intention to bend that will. Isn¡¯t that right?¡¹
¡ºIt¡¯s just as you say. I understand how such a thing is oundish, how it goes against ethics, and how there are people like you who think unpleasantly of such a thing. But even knowing that, let me say it once more. Everyone, they all are my wives. That will of mine won¡¯t bend. No matter what can possibly happen from here on, I won¡¯t yield that will at all. My deepest apologies, but I will stick to this will for my whole life until you can possibly ept it.¡»
¡¸tsk, you are brazenly acting defiant huh.¡¹
¡ºI will do everything in my power so that someday, you can possibly ept this as sincerity and determination of my own way.¡»(TN: The way Hajime used you to call Tomoichi here is also done in the politest way.)
Tomoichi¡¯s hand that was holding the smartphone tightened. His fury was welling up hearing that nonsensical thing being spoken so brazenly. However, he saw the eyes of his daughter that was staring fixedly at him from the side, and then Tomoichi sighed once more to let out the heavy thing inside his chest.
¡¸I really want to punch you flying right now, you know? The ideal future for me is that I won¡¯t see your face anymore with my daughter,pletely forgetting you once and for all.¡¹
¡ºI guess so. The troubling thing is, I understand your feelings painfully well. I also understand how it must be irritating for you that I am acting sympathetic like this. This is really a highly difficult problem, even more than adventuring in another world that was filled with death and absurdity.¡»
¡¸I don¡¯t know about the absurdity of another world, but there is not even a single doubt in me that this is the greatest trial that I have ever faced in my whole life. Aah, really, just why did my daughter encounter you in the past?¡¹
¡ºSurely, that¡¯s because there is no one who can stand superior to this mean world.¡»
¡¸No doubt about that. Good grief, this world really makes me go through something uncalled for. ¡¡However, what is really, reall~y unfortunate is¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡my daughter, is happy with this, with an expression so lovely that I have never seen before.¡¹
¡º¡¡¡»
Tomoichi stood still there. His parent¡¯s house hade into view. But he couldn¡¯t muster any will to enter the house like this. First, there was something that he had to ask, for the sake of the words and wish of his daughter that he had heard in this night, and above that, for the sake of producing a conclusion inside himself.
¡¸Let me ask this to you, the shitty bastard who is trying to have your own way for a screwy future. Can you vow, that you will able to make, my daughter, my Kaori, to keep having that kind of expression forever? Can you vow, that she will be able to throw out her chest, and dere without hesitation that she is happy, can you make her continue to be that kind of girl forever?¡¹
On the other side of the phone, Tomichi felt that the atmosphere suddenly changed. It was something that made Tomoichi feel Hajime¡¯s serious feelings beyond any doubt before even hearing his next words¡¡
¡ºIf it¡¯s that vow, I have vowed it since a long time ago. This life is for that sake. It will never change, no matter what.¡»
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Standing still in ce, Tomoichi looked up to the sky. While feeling the gaze of his daughter that was looking up at him, he repressed the excessive urge to yell¡¸BASTAAARDD¨D¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹inside him. And then, breaking the silence, he formed the words while feeling a strange sense of defeat; he summoned up all his strength to the limit, in order to grant the earnest wish of his daughter.
¡¸¡¡Next time,e to my home. You can have dinner there.¡¹
¡º¡¡Thank you very much. I will surely visit to trouble your hospitality.¡»
An impact run through Tomoichi¡¯s arm. When he looked there, Kaori was hugging Tomoichi¡¯s arm with a full smile. With a small voice,¡¸Otou-san, thank you. I love you!¡¹she sent him the greatest words for a father. His feeling that almost made him scatter bloody vomit from working up the sentence just now, and also his murky feeling, all those feelings were somewhat cleared up if he could receive such words.
At the same time, when he thought that he received those words due to Haijme¡¯s existence, as expected, he couldn¡¯t help but feel a sense of defeat.
¡¸Do, don¡¯t you misunderstand! It¡¯s not like I recognize you or anything! Until the end, I¡¯m just thinking of keeping an eye on you for a bit, that¡¯s all there is to it, don¡¯t you dare make Kaori sad even for a bit! If you dare do that, then it will be that, that! It will be concrete and the Pacific Ocean and Nuclear I tell you!¡¹
¡ºHaha, that¡¯s really terrifying. I will engrave those words deep in my heart.¡»
Tomoichi¡¯s speech that was just like a tsundere caused Hajime and also Kaori to leak out chuckles reflexively.
It was at that timing when the talk almost end with a good feeling,
¡ºGoshujin-samaaa~. Thy beloved servant has returned~. For the reward, please, chastise mine butt a lot toniiight!¡»
From the other side of the phone, some kind of voice that was filled with a mix of excitement and charm resounded. The moment that voice became audible, the atmosphere of Hajime changing into astonishment could be felt transmitted through the phone receiver.
¡ºTio, you, how did youe back!? Even though as the punishment of making merry in front of my Jii-chan and others before this I had wrapped you in a bamboo mat and tied you up to a missile beforeunching it¡¡¡»(TN: Jii-chan=grandfather)
¡ºOf course, it¡¯s obviously by crawling back without untangling Goshujin-sama¡¯s love(rope)! The kindness of not exploding the missile¡¡if I didn¡¯t answer that kindness, how could I be Goshujin-sama¡¯s servant!¡»
¡ºThat¡¯s a lie right¡¡I sent you flying until the other side of the mountain; you shouldn¡¯t be able toe back without crossing through the downtown¡¡¡»
¡ºYes! When the people saw this crawling figure, that art like a caterpir, cheers(screams) were raised everywhere. As expected even I felt shy. Furthermore, the authorities came out, so I traveled with a higher speed; everyone was already loudly cheering(pandemonium) then.¡»
¡ºYou are making a new urban legend in the city where my Jii-chan is living¡¡¡»
¡ºNow, grant the prize to me who hath worked hard ining back. Specifically, a reward using that ck, hard, andrge thing, to chastise mine butt! Recently, Goshujin-sama didn¡¯t do it much, so it feels lonely!¡»
¡ºYou stupid idiot! What kind of thing are you running your mouth about with that loud voice!¡»
Of course, the perverted exchanges that were done with loud voice were properly transmitted through the phone, to the father and daughter with cleared feelings.
¡¸¡¡Oi, perverted bastard.¡¹
¡º! ¡¡This is a misunderstanding desu. Give me a chance for exining¨D¨D¡»
¡¸You think I¡¯ll give you a chance? You think I¡¯ll let you? Fufu, isn¡¯t it strange? Aa, you are really, a strange man. Fufufufu.¡¹
An eerie chuckle came out from Tomoichi. At his side, Kaori was holding her head while murmuring¡¸Tio you idiooot¡¹. And then, she tried to cover for Hajime and tried to talk to Tomoichi, but before she could do that, Tomoichi exploded.
¡¸I take back my words-. You shitty bastaaaaarrrdd-! I absolute won¡¯t hand over my daughter to a perverted bastard like you! I prohibit you from approaching her until the end of the world-! Someone like you, just explode with a nuclear bomb in the Pacific Oceaaaannnnnnnnnn¨D¨D¨D¨D!!!¡¹
¡ºWai-, ple-¨D¨D¡»
Hajime tried to make an excuse, but before he could do that, Tomoichi swung up his hand holding the smartphone, and then he threw the phone to the ground. A grievous scream¡¸My smartphone¨D¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹could be heard from the side, but such a voice didn¡¯t reach Tomoichi who had transformed into a warrior that was a father protecting his daughter.
Far from that, as though the smartphone was a nemesis that couldn¡¯t be allowed to live under the same sky, or possibly so that the hateful scum wouldn¡¯t be able to call from the other side of the phone anymore, he stepped on the smartphone and grinded it many times.
Naturally, Kaori¡¯s smartphone was invited into heaven.
¡¸O, Otou-san! What are you doing!?¡¹
¡¸I am severing ties with that maggot-, with all my strength here! Kaori, don¡¯t meet with that perverted bastard, until the end of the world! This is a promise with Otou-san!¡¹
Indeed, if there was a father who would still entrust the daughter after hearing that kind of dialogue from the other side of the phone, then it would be better not to waste time to take such a father to a hospital. To a hospital for the brain.
However, from the point of view of Kaori, who had thoroughly witnessed Hajime¡¯s unique rtionship with Tio in the other world, she had already epted it as an ordinary happening. Although she could understand her father¡¯s feelings perfectly, witnessing her smartphone trampled and heard the person she loved being called a maggot caused her to want to object against her better judgment¡¡
Tomoichi sensed his daughter¡¯s atmosphere that obviously didn¡¯t seem to obey him even after hearing that kind of exchange on the phone, and on top of that, even after he told her that she must not meet that man anymore. Tomoichi was trembling all over while dering with all his strength in the residential area at night.
¡¸Otou-san! Is abso~~~~~-lutely! Not appro¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D¨Dving-!!!¡¹
¡¸Ah, wait, Otou-san! Where are you going¨D¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹
Tomoichi suddenly started to run. ¡¡To the direction that was the opposite of the house. And then, in the blink of an eye, he disappeared toward the residential area.
If he went back to the house, then he would be talked to by his daughter about that hateful shitty bastard again. That was why he wouldn¡¯t go home anymore. Until Kaori understood, Otou-san will run away from home! It was such a thing.
The shoulders of Kaori, who somehow guessed her father¡¯s intention, slumped down.
¡¸Normally, the one who runs away from home because they are not being understood should be the daughter, isn¡¯t it?¡¹
After whispering that, Kaori then chased after Tomoichi.
The father who absolutely didn¡¯t want to approve the person that his daughter loved, and the daughter who wanted her father to approve no matter what; both of them began to race at night.
After that, whether Hajime could be epted or not by Tomoichi¡¡
Anyway, let¡¯s just say that Hajime worked even harder than even god ying for that.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Everyone, do you know about [Aozora no Kishi] series on Ni¡ð Dou? (TN: This refer to Nico Douga)
I found it recently, and it was totally enthralling.
Watching that, my hand reached out to Ace Combat again (it makes me have misgivings about the update next week¡¡)
I want to try writing a light novel with an idiot and cool fellows like that as the characters someday.
Uploader-sama, thank you for making my holiday lovely.
Chapter 195
Chapter 195AN: Yaegashi-style¡¡how did ite to be?
It was just before the sun approached the zenith of its climb. Hajime was walking expressionlessly through the residential area on a certain riverside.
It wasn¡¯t like he was in a bad mood, but when he thought about the location he would be visiting after this, it made him feel somewhat mncholic. On top of all that, it also caused him to rack his brain about this and that when it came to how to deal with it, so his expression was naturally stiff.
Although, no matter how much Hajime worried about it since he had no intention of yielding the status quo or his will, resolving this was extremely difficult and finding a solution that could work in one go was next to impossible. Compared to this difficult problem, conquering a greatbyrinth was something really simple.
¡¸Well, that¡¯s obvious, it can¡¯t be helped, huh?¡¹
He let out a small sigh while staring at his destination that came into view on the path ahead.
It was a spacious ground that was surrounded by splendid hedges with arge Japanese house inside of it, or rather than a house it was an estate. History could be felt from its appearance alone.
With a nce at that hedge and estate, Hajime finally arrived in front of the entrance. The front gate was also a heavy and splendid structure. The wood and iron were clearly conveying the months and years they had been piling up until now. If an ordinary person visited this ce for the first time, they would unconsciously straighten themselves up.
The family name written beside the front gate was¨D¨D¡±Yaegashi¡±.
Yes, this ce was Shizuku¡¯s house, and adjacent to the house was the long-established dojo of the Yaegashi-style.
For some reason Hajime looked at the namete where the name ¡°Yaegashi¡± was carved while pushing on the button of the interphone installed beside the gate; the only piece that approached the modern age here.
¡ºYes, who could this be?¡»
A female voice immediately responded. It sounded young, with a pleasant tone that sounded calm, a voice that gave the feeling of maturity. The owner of that voice¨D¨Dif his memory from when he met her thest time was correct, then it was the voice of Shizuku¡¯s mother, Kirino. She was the one who responded to Hajime.
¡¸I received the invitation. This is Nagumo Hajime.¡¹
¡ºYou are right on time, Hajime-san. Wee. The gate is not locked, so pleasee inside as you are.¡»
¡¸Excuse me for disturbing.¡¹
Hajime put his hand on the gate. And then he pushed it open while sighing once more at ¡°that¡± which he felt when he was walking the path that was facing the hedge.
Immediately after that, *hyu-* a sound of cutting wind!
¡¸As expected huh¡¡¡¹
He carelessly lifted his hand in front of his forehead. Between the gaps of his fingers were several spheres held in ce. Those things flew the instant Hajime opened the gate which he caught between his fingers. When he put a little strength into his fingers, those balls split with a cracking sound, and from inside them, colorful powder came out.
When he brought his nose near, the aroma of multiple spices like pepper or cayenne pierced his nasal cavity severely. If the spheres hit the forehead and their content scattered out, then a normal person would shed tears grandly while writhing in an unstoppable sneezing attack.
¡¸I want to make a retort about just what kind of period this is but¡¡really this house. Besides, if I am told this is reaping what I sow then that¡..can¡¯t be helped.¡¹
Hajime strode across the threshold of the Yaegashi residence while smiling wryly.
First, the scenery of a considerably wide garden, which extended all the way to the entrance of the main building, entered his eyes. It wasn¡¯t something like a Japanese-style garden where one could enjoy the sight, but a garden with normal weeds and gravel spread evenly throughout that looked well maintained. The path from the front gate to the main building¡¯s entranceway was shown by stone paving; there was also a small pond distanced in between. Next, there were also gardennterns hung irregrly and rtively big trees growing.
There was another independent one-story house a slight distance away, that ce had be the dojo of the Yaegashi-style. But, on this holiday normally there should be the zealous voices of a lot of disciples practicinging from there, instead, eerily there was no sound.
Hajime, who spontaneously wanted to sigh after guessing the reason of that silence, advanced on the stone paving, approaching a spot where a tree nearby with dense leaves had one of its branches extending out until it reached above the stone paving. It was at that time,
A killing intent was suddenly-!!
When Hajime looked up, there was a figure of an old man jumping down from the branch above his head, the hakama of the old man was fluttering while his hands were holding a wooden sword aloft! The sword ki the old man was d with wasn¡¯t something normal, a determination of sure defeat with one hit was residing in his eyes! That figure which swooped down from the sky, swinging down a mighty attack, was just like the technique of a certain wandering swordsman!
But, toward that sudden attack,
¡¸It has been a long time, Shuuzou-san.¡¹
Hajime, who stopped still with one hand the attack which looked like it could pulverize at least a boulder, lowered his head normally and gave a greeting. The opponent in front of his eyes that looked like he was around 80 with a deeply wrinkled face and white hair, was an instructor of the Yaegashi-style and the grandfather of Shizuku, so Hajime must show manners to him.
¡¸Yes, long time no see, Hajime-kun. Nice of you toe. You can rx here.¡¹
¡¸Thank you very much.¡¹
Shuuzou was speaking words of wee normally as though nothing special happened while lookingpletely expressionless with his hands pushing down the wooden sword to the very limit. In response to that, Hajime too also returned the greeting familiarly.
Hajime and Shuuzou stared at each other wordlessly for a while, but as expected Shuuzou then quietly pulled back his wooden sword as though nothing happened and he turned on his heels.
¡¸I think Shizuku is in her room. But, it¡¯s a little uneptable for you two who are still students to seclude yourself inside the same room. There are also delicious tea cakes, soe to the living room.¡¹
¡¸Aa~, yes, thank you-¡¹
Shuuzou turned his back on Hajime and returned toward the dojo while talking. But, in the middle of that conversation, in an awkward timing, a new killing intent attacked Hajime!
Hajime quickly crouched, and over his head, a sharp, violent gale blew past. Furthermore, a cuff of a hakama was reflected at the edge of the sight of the crouching Hajime. A low kick aiming for Hajime¡¯s head was rapidly approaching.
While evading that by leaping aside, Hajime used one of his hands in a handstand posture to roll beforending. Ahead of his gaze, there was the figure of the attacker still in continued alertness.
¡¸Yaa, Hajime-kun. Nice of you toe. You can rx here.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Thank you, Koichi-san. Excuse me for my intrusion.¡¹
Yaegashi Koichi. He was the father of Shizuku and an instructor of the Yaegashi-style. He was a handsome middle-aged man with a rather harsh look, which was due to the gash in his cheek that he got from somewhere that was his trademark. While saying a speech that was the same with his father Shuuzou, and also with the same expressionless look as expected, he put his wooden sword on his waist as though nothing happened.
At that moment, a wooden sword was thrown at great speed from the side! Hajime, who quickly turned his head and evaded it clearly, heard a clicking tongue echoing from behind the nearbyntern basket.
Even furthermore, from behind the evading Hajime, a *zapaa-* sound resounded. The moment he heard that one of the pupils who seemed to be lurking inside the pond threw countless iron rods the size of a palm from a pose that looked like a wild falcon!
Hajime evaded that with a flowing feet movement like a fish swimming in the air, but right after that, he noticed something and back flipped highly from that ce. When he did that, in the next moment, a young pupil smeared with soil leapt out from under the ground in the garden holding a wooden sword. The pupil was whispering¡¸Chiih, so I failed in bringing him down-¡¹with a small voice.
Hajime, whonded while smiling faintly to those words, quickly lifted his hand and grasped something that flew toward him. An arrow was caught by that hand. When he followed the trajectory, above the roof of the main building was a figure of someone that seemed to be a pupil holding a bow.
¡¸I¡¯m thinking this every time but¡¡Yaegashi-style is absolutely not a kenjutsu dojo, right? Rather I think this ce is a ninjutsu dojo instead.¡¹(TN: Kenjutsu=sword art, ninjutsu=ninja art)
¡¸What are you saying, Hajime-kun. Something like shinobi cannot possibly exist. Are you reading too much manga? It¡¯s troubling that someone trying to be Shizuku¡¯s partner is doing something like that.¡¹
Hajime whispered his conjecture while staring fixedly at the pupils who were returning to the dojo quickly while likewise also acting as though nothing happened. Hearing that, Shuuzou said something like that with a tone that sounded really stumped.
The soaking wet pupil, who was lurking in the pond, quickly took off his dougi uniform and underneath it, there were ck clothes, but¡¡his face looked as though saying¡¸So what?¡¹. Surely, even though the iron bars thrown at him looked simr to shuriken that he previously saw at museum, or even though the pupil who climbed down from the main building¡¯s rooftop was using a special descending tool where the tip of the rope had something shaped like a rake to be fixed onto the roof¡¯s edge, or that one of them wasn¡¯t making any footsteps while running, surely, everything was just Hajime¡¯s misunderstanding.
Even if right now, in front of Hajime¡¯s eyes a pupil was quickly running with a forward-bent posture¨D¨Dthe so-called ninja run right past him, surely that was just his misunderstanding!
¡¸Hajime, wee!¡¹
But, at that moment, a slightly lively voice called out to Hajime who was seeing off the back of the figures of the people of the Yaegashi dojo with aplicated expression. When he turned toward the voice, he could see the figure of Shizuku dressed in a gorgeous kimono waving her hand at him from the porch of the main building.
Hajime lifted his hand with a greeting of¡¸Yo¡¹while approaching her. Shizuku¡¯s expression burst brighter the closer he got. Looking from up close, it seemed that she was wearing a cosmetic even if just for a bit. It appeared that she was dressing up a little with Hajimeing here from being invited.
Shizuku, who was lovable as usual in the small things, quickly cleared up his gloomy feeling that had been piling up due to this and that since he stepped past the gate of the Yaegashi house, which he couldn¡¯t retort at even when he wanted to.
¡¸As expected, Shizuku is more suited to Japanese clothes. Though it doesn¡¯t look like a pure yukata¡¡¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes. I received this as a sample of a prototype that Tio designed. It seems that this is abination of the Dragonoid race¡¯s clothing with Japanese clothes.¡¹
¡¸I see, she is a pervert, but she has good sense. It¡¯s like it was order-made for Shizuku. Besides, the sakura color also suit you.¡¹
¡¸-¡¡thank you¡¹
Shizuku looked shy while she quietly touched her lips. She couldn¡¯t hide her happiness from Hajime noticing and praising her. The person who was there wasn¡¯t the usual gant knightly Shizuku, but a normal girl in love that could be found anywhere.
Instantly, Hajime put his hand into his breast pocket and summoned a mini Donner that had a silencer attached. Without even showing a drawing motion, he rapid-fired to the right side with the gun barrel hidden under his arm! Right away, countless sparks and metallic sounds scattered in midair!
Shizuku came to her senses with a ¡®hah¡¯. When she turned her gaze there she found a bulge on the ground so small that no one would notice it was there without paying attention to it; from there several small things that looked like bamboo pipes peeked out¡¡
It seemed, there were still several pupils hiding underground. Most likely there was a tunnel that could be entered by a person under the surface, by slightly lifting up the lid that was camouged as the ground, they sniped at Hajime using blowpipes.
¡¸He, hey-, you all! You all are doing something like that again! Come out here!¡¹
Shizuku raised an angry yell with a bright red face. But, they didn¡¯t respond to Shizuku¡¯s words, the ground was making slightly lumpy moves, and they vanished away somewhere.
Shizuku was trembling all over. Hajime was sending her a slightly sympathizing gaze while trying to ask her about the matter that bothered him as expected.
¡¸Hey, Shizuku. Your family, just as I thought, they are the descendants of ninjas or something, right? It¡¯s true, isn¡¯t it?¡¹
¡¸¡¡There is no way that¡¯s true, I think. Before we were summoned, there was nothing like this. It¡¯s only been like this since Hajime came to my house. Even I didn¡¯t know that kind of technique existed in the Yaegashi-style. In reality, I was only taught the katana, martial art, and throwing art.¡¹
¡¸I don¡¯t think that¡¯s at the level of ¡°only¡± though¡¡. Or, how should I put it, you didn¡¯t ask them? Like, ¡ºDid I receive kunoichi training while I do not realize it myself?¡»¡¹
¡¸I questioned them already. I asked, what is the Yaegashi-style? Like that.¡¹
¡¸And the answer?¡¹
¡¸It¡¯smonce kenjutsu and a little bit of acrobatics. That was what they told me.¡¹
¡¸So they concealed it from even their daughter ¡¡¡¹
Shizuku was whispering¡¸This family of mine¡¡¡¹with a faraway look, to which Hajime was sending her an increasingly sympathetic gaze while to the Yaegashi family¡¯s mystery¨D¨Dnot only were they not hiding it at all even though they were obviously ninja-like, even their deception was so nomittal it made him want to retort ¡®do you all even have the motivation to hide it huh¡¯¨D¨Dhe was smiling dryly.
After that, Shizuku, who knew about her grandfather and father¡¯s assaults, apologized to Hajime with teary eyes while heading to her room for the time being. However, even during their walk there, spears stabbed at them from the gap between walls, a pitfall suddenly appeared on the corridor floor, the wall in the middle abruptly turned, and an expressionless Koichi came at Hajime with a kodachi swinging, and when they thought they heard someone say¡¸Muh, my hand slipped¡¹, from the corner of the corridor a chain scythe flew making a pir as its fulcrum which altered its trajectory using the centrifugal force toward Hajime¡¡
¡¸Shizuku¡¡just ept it. Your house is a ninja¡¯s residence. Your family are ninjas.¡¹
¡¸I, who didn¡¯t know until this year that my own house had these kind of contraptions, am¡¡.I mean, Ojii-chan! A chain scythe is no good! Look, it got stuck into the wall! That¡¯s obviously the real thing, isn¡¯t it!? Just where are you keeping that kind of weapon!¡¹
Shizuku angrily went to the corner of the corridor while waving her yukata¡¯s cuff, but there was already no one there. Shizuku crumbled down on all fours. This was the first time she saw the other side of her family since she returned from another world. It appeared Shizuku was burdened with the fate to go through hardships even inside her family.
¡¸Hey, Shizuku. As expected should we go to the living room instead of your room? Shuuzou-san also told me that. Like this, I don¡¯t know what kind of contraption will activate the moment I entered your room. It won¡¯t be a problem for me, but your treasured collection(plush dolls) might be in danger you know.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Uu. There is nothing like these odd contraptions in my room, supposedly. There is undoubtedly something in the living room¡¡or rather, I¡¯m already terribly angry by the fact that Hajime was attacked! I¡¯ll have Hajime together with me in my room until the meal timeee! If anyone bes a nuisance, I aa~bsolutely won¡¯t forgive them you hear!¡¹
Surely, Shizuku was raising her voice loudly toward her family who must be lurking behind the ceiling and on the other side of the wall.
They finally arrived at Shizuku¡¯s room. Inside, there were many plush dolls ced around that it made the room cramped. There was a lovely animal and cat calendar, pink curtains, a cushion attached with fluffy rabbit ears, the whole room was enveloped in a soft atmosphere with a faintly sweet fragrance wafting off. It was a really sly girly room.
Shizuku put the sitting cushion of a droopy roon in front of a small round table made of ss. When Hajime sat on the cushion, it made a¡¸pukyu¡¹sound. The figure of the demon king of another world sitting down on a mascot cushion that made that type of voice, if it was seen by the ssmates and the fellows of the other world (especially someone like the emperor) surely it would be a foregone conclusion for them to burst out inughter.
¡¸Wait there. I¡¯ll prepare tea and snacks right now.¡¹
¡¸No, you don¡¯t really need to do that. Rather, I don¡¯t want to be left alone in this house¡¡¡¹
¡¸Uu. I, it will be fine. Because my room is a safe zone.¡¹
Even while faltering in her words, Shizuku guaranteed that ¡®my room is safe!¡¯, immediately following that, however,
¡¸Hajime-san, wee. This is a sweet bean jelly from a long-standing shop. Please have some.¡¹
Shizuku¡¯s mother¨D¨DKirino appeared carrying tea and snacks.
¨D¨DFrom the ceiling *sucha-!* she jumped down.
¡¸Okaa-san!? Where did youe down from just now!? Wait, the ceiling board is out of ce!? No way¡¡even though I should have properly investigated my room when I knew that the house was a residence with contraptions¡¡¡¹
Kirino was smiling friendly as though nothing happened with a sidelong nce at Shizuku who was dumbfounded while looking up at the ceiling. That figure which was gentle and calm exactly like a Yamato Nadeshiko, yet with an atmosphere where a straight core could be felt from her caused Hajime toprehend something ¡®I see¡¯; that she was indeed the mother of Shizuku. She was a woman that made him think or even made him anticipate that when Shizuku aged beautifully, surely she would be a woman like this.
However, the fact that she jumped down from the ceiling while properly wearing kimono, with a tray in one hand that had tea and snacks on it, with not only her clothes unruffled but not even a drop of tea was spilled, she wasn¡¯t someone normal at all.
¡¸He, hey, Okaa-san. Let me ask this, putting aside the matter regarding my room¡¯s ceiling forter; it¡¯s just as I thought, that Okaa-san is a kunoichi? Hey, is that true?¡¹
Since she returned home up till today, different from her father and grandfather, her mother didn¡¯t show that kind of sign at all. Shizuku was asking her mother with a reallyplicated feeling that was half¡¸Say that this is not true, mama¡¹, and half¡¸Okaa-san, so you too¡¹.
Toward such Shizuku, Kirino was,
¡¸My, Shizuku. You are too much in high spirits just because Hajime-san is here¡¡. Forgive her okay, Hajime-san. Geez, this child, surely she is trying her best to make a joke that is in line with Hajime-san¡¯s hobby but¡¡by nature, she is a serious person, so like this, her joke is not really funny, isn¡¯t it? A joke like¡ºYou are a kunoichi?¡»toward her mother of all things, see? She is a child like this, but please don¡¯t desert her no matter what.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Please rest assured. I don¡¯t think that it¡¯s not funny, or anything, even for a little bit. Rather, I¡¯m greatly in sympathy with her. ¨D¨DAre you okay, Shizuku?¡¹
¡¸I cannot do this anymore, Hajime. I want to be the child of Hajime¡¯s family already¡¡¡¹
Hajime did his best to console Shizuku who was hanging her head down with an expression that was like a tired old man with a ¡®there-there¡¯ gesture. Seeing that harmonious(?) figure of her daughter and Hajime, Kirino said¡¸My, geez Shizuku, acting like that in front of your parent. Yes yes, Okaa-san will leave right away¡¹and left the room.
Of course, *hyupa-!* she jumped up to the ceiling.
Seeing the ceiling board that was returned back to normal soundlessly, Shizuku then looked at Hajime with an expression that could break into tears at any moment.
¡¸We, well, what¡¡like this Shizuku is also taught the secret of your family little by little yes? I don¡¯t know if that¡¯s because you returned from another world, or because you were able to make a lover like me but¡¡good for you.¡¹
¡¸In this world, I wonder if there is a matter that is better off not to be known¡¡. I feel like the thing they are doing is gradually escting¡¡¡¹
Shizuku wasforted while being caressed by Hajime.
Hajime thought while looking at Shizuku who was like that. It was normally hard to imagine that she wouldn¡¯t know about her family and the house¡¯s contraptions until she entered high school. But, there was no way that Shizuku was lying, in that case, that meant that Shuuzou and the others were seriously hiding it from Shizuku.
Furthermore, before the summoning, in other words, even when she became a high school student this matter hadn¡¯t been told to her. That could possibly mean that Shizuku wouldn¡¯t be told any of this for her whole life; such a possibility couldn¡¯t be discarded.
Then, why did a matter about one¡¯s own family be hidden from their only daughter or granddaughter?
At the greatbyrinth of another world, Shizuku¡¯s true feelings were exposed. After that, Hajime became aware of the things that Shizuku was harboring from the story that he heard from Shizuku herself. About how happy her stern grandfather was when Shizuku disyed the talent for kenjutsu. About how much the people around her were putting their expectations on her.
And also about how as a result, just how much of Shizuku¡¯s true feelings were suppressed because of those.
Hajime recalled the words that were said to him the first time Hajime first faced Shuuzou and Koichi.
¨D¨DI see, so Shizuku, is fine already.
¨D¨DMy thanks, for letting Shizuku be a girl.
It seemed that rather than the return from another world, the two of them were feeling gratitude from the bottom of their heart at the fact that Shizuku fell in love with her own true feelings, at that growth of her. Relief also exuded out from them.
Hajime didn¡¯t ask much at that time, but he was able to guess.
By some chance, Shuuzou and the others might be regretting that they made Shizuku studying the Yaegashi-style. It was impossible to tell a grandfather not to be happy when his granddaughter had a lot of talent for the family style, and that a parent having expectations for their children was also something natural.
That was why they got too passionate against their better judgment, and like that when they noticed, Shizuku already couldn¡¯t even make aint to her family, creating a Shizuku who killed so many parts of herself.
Seeing such a Shizuku, surely Shuuzou and the others didn¡¯t teach her anything more than kenjutsu so that she wouldn¡¯t kill a part of herself any more than that. They thoroughly concealed the family secret.
This was just his guess, but Hajime was convinced that it was the truth.
Hajime spoke with a gentle tone while caressing Shizuku¡¯s head.
¡¸Perhaps they are a troubling family, but¡¡you are treasured by them, right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I don¡¯t deny that.¡¹
It appeared that Shizuku also guessed that somehow. Though she couldn¡¯t help but unintentionally look sour because it was hidden from her, and how extremely troubling the absurdity of that secret was.
¡¸Now then, putting aside for the time being how one of my wives became a kunoichi¡¹
¡¸I didn¡¯t be a kunoichi, don¡¯t put that aside.¡¹
Shizuku¡¯s look grew increasingly sour with Hajime¡¯s words, but when she noticed the presence of many people that were spreading out little by little in the surroundings, her cheeks cramped.
¡¸Well, there is also Shizuku getting taught about your family I think, but¡¡more than half of this is a test for me I guess. This must be something like revenge for a harem man who dared put his hand on their important daughter. Even Kirino-san was merciless, even though her face was smiling like that.¡¹
¡¸Okaa-san? As far as I know, Okaa-san didn¡¯t do anything to Hajime though¡¡¡¹
¡¸No, she is taking action even now you know. ¡¡This tea and sweet bean jelly, something was put inside. Poison doesn¡¯t work on me, but from the sensation, it¡¯s something like a paralyzing drug I guess. Perhaps they intend to attack while I cannot move.¡¹
¡¸OKAAA-SAAA¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D¨DN!!! WHAT ARE YOU GIVING TO YOUR DAUGHTER¡¯S LOVER!!! STOP SCREWING AROUND; I¡¯LL CUT DOWN ALL OF YOU TOGETHEEEERR-¡¹
Inside the Yaegashi residence during midday, the angry yell of an infuriated Shizuku reverberated. She jumped out of the room with a ck katana in one hand.
Hajime, who was left alone in the room, properly tasted thest piece of the sweet bean jelly before he whispered.
¡¸Well,pared to the father of Kaori¡¯s ce, this brute force approach saved me the trouble.¡¹
From the garden, sounds of¡¸Ojii-chan and Otou-chan, and Okaa-saaan-, kneel seiza over there!¡¹, the sound of something being blown away, or¡¸Ojou, she is going mad! Send reinforcements!¡¹, or¡¸Muu, Shizuku, your skill¡¯s improved!¡¹, or¡¸Don¡¯t think that the current Shizuku can be stopped normally! Form formation! Prepare the Four Cardinal Thousand Execution formation-¡¹, or¡¸We are going to separate Ojou from that brat for sure! White Tiger squad, kill that guy now!¡¹; sounds with that kind of impression could be hearding from here and there.
Hajime was feeling the multiple presences who were approaching him while spitting out words¡¸Whether, at earth or another world, there is really not much change huh¡¡¡¹really emptily.
After that, whether Shizuku finally knew all the secrets of her family, and then whether Hajime was recognized by Shizuku¡¯s family or not¡¡
For now, let¡¯s just say that the pupils of the Yaegashi-style (hidden school) got along really well with the rabbit ears of another world.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I seriously don¡¯t have time to write.
Even so, when I wrote following my whim, the Yaegashi-style became like this¡¡
Chapter 196
Chapter 196AN: This time too, why did it be like this¡¡
Bu, but, well, I think that it¡¯s fine if there is at least one of this kind of troublesome person isn¡¯t iiit.
Sporadically growing weeds, old stone walls, and a blue sky that looked discolored were spread out. Things other than those which entered the field of vision were only theundry stand, a rusty drum can with uncertain usefulness, and also the granny bike with a punctured tire leaned listlessly on the stone wall.
(Nothing has changed other than Okaa-san¡¯s bicycle huuh~)
On the porch, with the cry of cicadas and the refreshing sound of the wind chime as BGM, the one who was kicking her legs back and forth while staring into nothing in a daze ¡®bohee~¡¯ was the eldest daughter of this household¨D¨DHatayama Aiko.
That day, Aiko, who had managed to return from another world, received interrogations not just from police and mass media, but also by school officials and government officials that spanned many days. After all, she was the only adult among the group disappearance. Even if the students were talking about fantastical stories they had experienced, the ratio of sympathy toward them was high, but for Aiko who was a working adult, she was seen with a sterner gaze by the society.
Having said that, all of them had talked about it beforehand and the conclusion that they reached was to talk about the events in the other world Tortus as it was without changing anything; also, Aiko herself didn¡¯t have the confidence that she could fabricate ¡°a really convincing story¡± that could convince the surrounding. So in the end, she could only give an exnation with content that was the same as what the students were talking about, which made her feel really ashamed as a working adult.
Naturally, in regard to her inability to bring back some of her students and how the students became obsessed with ¡°wild delusions¡±, even though in reality those weren¡¯t Aiko¡¯s responsibility at all, but a flow which was pressing the responsibility to Aiko was starting to appear.
That flow was powerful. Furthermore, even idiotic opinions which said that perhaps the disappearance itself was actually the full responsibility of Aiko was also beginning to appear.
It was an incident with too many mysteries. The culprit was unknown. Some students didn¡¯t return. The returnee¡¯s wild delusions. Because all these affairs wouldn¡¯t settle down without someone taking responsibility, a scapegoat so to speak, it was Aiko who was chosen to hold that role.
Aiko, who waspletely exhausted with various things every day, was carried away by the flow of the surrounding, and she tried to respond to the demand of the surrounding and wore the stigma as the person responsible for the group disappearance incident. She epted the severe bashing and the end of her job as a teacher¨D¨Dno, the end of her social life. Seeing this, the parents of Aiko, who couldn¡¯t bear to witness the figure of their daughter that was reported every day in the news, also came to persuade her to return home. That was also one of the primary factors that affected Aiko.
But, just when Aiko resolved to distance herself from her students¡¯ side, suddenly the topic was going toward its end surprisingly and unnaturally; however, bizarrely no one thought that nothing was strange with this development.
The culprit of that was of course Hajime.
Using the inte and media, he manufactured a superrge scale awareness maniption artifact, and he forcefully and powerfully, without letting anyonein, interfered with the consciousness of the people all over the world.
Aiko, who knew that, made a grandly convulsing expression and leaked out¡¸What have you done¡¡¡¹. After all, what Hajime did was brainwashing on a world scale. An evil deed that would make even an evil organization of a story go ghastly pale.
But Hajime shrugged toward Aiko who was haggard in various senses.
¡¸The world who put false usations on you and made their own interpretation as they pleased is the bad one. Returning tit for tat at them is only the matter of course, isn¡¯t it?¡¹
In other words, the flow of society, who hadid their hands on Aiko, was Hajime¡¯s enemy. He didn¡¯t kill them, so at least they could obediently get brainwashed, was his reasoning. They tormented his rtives with their curiosity, irresponsible remarks, and so on, so it was a punishment they deserved.
As for Aiko, she couldn¡¯t say anything anymore having those things said to her. It¡¯s unforgivable for you to leave my side because of the irresponsible flow of society. The person she fell in love with said that to her. Because of that, he made the consciousness of the world into his own.
A demon king-sama to the extreme was here.
No matter what she said, it wouldn¡¯t stop Hajime anymore.
Aiko¡¯s shoulders dropped limply, even so, inside her heart she felt ttered, she felt light as though she was floating, yet inside her chest, she also felt so tiiiiight that she writhed.
And so, in the end, Aiko managed to get reinstated in the school where Hajime and the others were attending. Furthermore, there was also the administration¡¯s n that wanted the returnees to be lumped together, which even caused her to be employed as the homeroom teacher of the special ss of Hajime and the others, the returnees. Thinking of how before the summoning she was just a teacher without a ss in charge with, in a sense, she could have said to have risen up in life.
Now then, through this Aiko safely managed to get reinstated as a teacher without getting separated from her students who were more important than anything since they had entrusted their lives to each other in another world, but here, a dilemma arose.
That dilemma was,
¨D¨DI am a teacher. Hajime-kun is a student¡¡It¡¯s toote already but-
Yes, now she clearly remembered the rtionship between her and Hajime. Of course, after the legendary decisive battle, she had already spent many passionate nights together with Hajime, so that thinking was reaa~lly something toote already.
Still, however, now that they were here on earth and in Japan, when she actually returned to her teaching job and stood on the teaching podium, from there she saw the figure of the student Hajime in his seat¡¡
¨D¨DMe, what have you doneeeeeeee-. Youid your hand on a studenttttttt-
Like that, she rolled around on the floor when she was alone. Her personality that was too serious by nature, and her extraordinary sincerity toward the teaching profession, when she had returned to the normal everyday life and calmed down, those two aspects mercilessly pierced Aiko¡¯s mind all over *gussa gussa* with spikes and gouged it *chiku chiku* with marking pens.
Naturally, she was starting to avoid Hajime, however, looking at him flirting with Yue and the others exacerbated her heartrending, but as expected her guilty feeling, and whatever else, became an obstacle that made her avoid Hajimepletely¡¡like that, a really troublesome person had arrived here.
These past few months, far from spending time with Hajime, she didn¡¯t even properly talk with him. Hajime being Hajime, he was running around fighting the government officials of the world, manufacturing artifacts to make it easier to open the gate to the other world Tortus, opening a business in order to provide for Yue and the others with his own hands, and so on. Spending busy days like that, he didn¡¯t even go to meet Aiko.
¨D¨DLonely
That was the true feeling of Aiko without any falsehood in it.
¨D¨DBut, a teacher and a student, it¡¯s just¡¡as expected¡¡
That too was the true feeling of a troublesome person.
¨D¨DAs expected, Hajime-kun and I are¡¡uu, there is also the difference in age¡¡there is also my social standing¡¡
That was the true feeling of a very troublesome person.
While worrying endlessly like that, ¡®There are thoroughly charming girls already around Hajime, perhaps a middle-aged woman like me should withdraw away¡¡¡¯ she was getting closer to such a conclusion while using the summer holiday to return home, and she became a no-good human like this on the porch.
¡¸Hey, Aiko. You are making a very stupid face there. Isn¡¯t your soul leaking out from your mouth?¡¹
¡¸Even if it leaks out, it can be returned back to its ce you know, Okaa-san.¡¹
Indeed, something like that wasn¡¯t any problem if the age of god magic was used, though it was a different story whether her mother couldprehend that or not.
While making an exasperated expression at her daughter¡¯s dazed reply, Aiko¡¯s mother¨D¨DAkiko asked¡¸You want some watermelon?¡¹. Aiko rolled overzily and without stopping she kept rolling to the table. It was a wordless answer of¡¸I want¡¹.
Aiko waited for a bit while bathing in the wind of the electric fan. Akiko arrived carrying a watermelon that had been cut into beautiful triangle shapes. It was cold, juicy, and looking delicious just from a nce. Aiko was messing with the watermelon seeds with the provided toothpick before she bit into the edge.
The gentle sweetness spreading inside her mouth ckened the expression of Aiko loosely. Her appearance waspletely an elementary student¡¡an extreme of being child faced. She really couldn¡¯t be seen as an adult woman at the age of 26. Her awakening to magic power also, for some reason, put her skin condition in an extremely excellent condition, surely that was also a factor that showed a childish look in Aiko.
¡¸¡¡When you are like this, I cannot see at all that child whose face was shown a lot on TV who was involving herself with various tragic resolutions. ¡¹
¡¸Mass media is scary. Government officials are scary. Board of Education is scary¡¡fighting god¡¯s apostle was still better.¡¹
¡¸Indeed, perhaps rather than magic, the flow of the society that cannot be seen by eyes is more frightening isn¡¯t it. But, isn¡¯t that fine. You have the strongest prince, don¡¯t you?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Not prince Okaa-san. He is the devil. Rather, he is the demon king-sama.¡¹
¡¸Anything is fine, but stop dying already, let Okaa-san meet with my daughter¡¯s benefactor soon. Otou-san, and Ojii-chan, and the others too, they are totally curious, you know?¡¹
¡¸U, uu~m¡¡well, I¡¯ll think about it.¡¹
Aiko¡¯s halfhearted attitude caused Akiko to sigh exaggeratedly.
Theposition of Aiko¡¯s family was her two parents and the grandparents from the mother side. Her family was fruit farmers, with her father marrying into the family. Even now, that father was telling his daughter who came home for the summer holiday ¡®if you are free then help out here~¡¯, going out to work hard in the farm energetically.
Currently, or rather recently, such Hatayama family had a matter that they were really concerned about.
That was regarding Aiko¡¯s ¡°lover¡±.
That day, the day their daughter who disappeared together with students unexpectedly came home, naturally the members of Hatayama family who received the exnation of the situation didn¡¯t believe Aiko at first, but when Aiko¡¯s magic extremely improved the farnd of the Hatayama family, and their crops also became the highest ss product, they believed in Aiko while saying ¡®well whatever!¡¯ to the trivial matter.
In the middle of their talk, although Aiko didn¡¯t make any deration, they understood that somehow their daughter seemed to have made a lover. That she was able to return back to Japan was also thanks to that ¡°he¡±, and the unthinkable pacification of the kangaroo court which tried to denounce Aiko previously was also ¡°his¡± doing.
If this person was their daughter¡¯s benefactor and the person who her heart had decided on, then they wished to be introduced to him by all means, but, for some reason, Aiko was evasively avoiding that and didn¡¯t listen to them.
They were suspicious that this person could possibly be a horrible person, but seeing the figure of their disappointing daughter who grinned from seeing the ring that was always dangling on her neck, smiling cheerfully when she looked at her smartphone, talking to someone on the phone with her feet kicking back and forth and her face love-struck, holding her red face between her hands while shaking her head when she suddenly recalled something while doing nothing, they could understand that she was thinking of the other party from the bottom of her heart.
The family of Aiko was worried in their own way about the future of their daughter whose growth stoppedpletely when she was in middle school for some reason and had no romantic story at all. Because of that, they were, even more, looking forward to being introduced to the person who was chosen by their daughter.
But, as expected, no matter how long, Aiko kept acting elusive¡¡
¡¸Good grief, if you are like this, then ¡°he¡± will get away from you eventually, you know?¡¹
¡¸Uguh!?¡¹
Hearing the terrifying warning that was given by her mother regarding her rtionship with him that she was currently worrying about, caused Aiko to spontaneously press her hand on her chest while a moan slipped out from her mouth.
¡¸Even though you finally came home, you are just in a daze the whole day without even helping around the home. After all, you are worrying endlessly about ¡°him¡± and ran away using going home as an excuse, right? Ah, or else, perhaps ¡°he¡± actually already got away from you and you returned here because of heartbreak¡¡¡¹
¡¸What are you saying, Okaa-san? That, I, don¡¯t really have a, lo, lover or anything¡¡¡¹
Aiko averted her gaze, her volume turned smaller, and she toyed with the watermelon seed in high speed.
For Aiko, she understood her family¡¯s wishes for her to introduce ¡°him¡± ¨D¨DHajime. But, as expected, their rtionship of teacher and student made it difficult to speak about even toward her family. No, it was extremely difficult exactly because they were family¡¡
Inside her heart she was whispering¡¸He is not my lover, I¡¯m already treated as his wife, so I¡¯m not lying¡¡¡¹which sounded like an excuse, making her have a vivid resemnce with someone somewhere.
¡¸¡¡Well, that¡¯s fine. I guess you also have various things on your mind, and you are not a kid anymore. But, just remember that no matter what kind of person ¡°he¡± is, we will wee him warmly any time.¡¹
¡¸¡¡yes.¡¹
In the end, Akiko backed down, and the hand of Aiko that was ying with the seed ckened a bit. Akiko was smiling wryly at her daughter who was oozing out a relieved air while changing the topic.
¡¸Speaking of, there is a festival this year too. It¡¯s good timing, how about you try to change into yukata? You haven¡¯t gone there anymore for thesest few years, right? You loved Yamashiro-ojiisan¡¯s cotton candy, didn¡¯t you?¡¹
¡¸Yeah, now that Okaa-san mentions it, it¡¯s this time¡¡wait, Yamashiro-ojiichan, he is still alive¡¡¡¹
¡¸You are really rude.¡¹
¡¸Because, when I was in high school if I remember correctly, he was already past 90 years old, right?¡¹
¡¸Yes, this year he will be 102 years old you know.¡¹
¡¸At, at that age, he is still opening a festival stand? Is he okay? He won¡¯t ascend to heaven while making cotton candy?¡¹
¡¸You are really rude. Even now he is still lively. Even the person himself said that he would live for thirty more years.¡¹
¡¸He is nning to challenge even the Guinness record?¡¹
Despite the silly talk, in the end, Aiko decided to participate in the nostalgic local festival, also for rxing the gloominess inside her chest.
In the evening, when the beautiful sunset was about to disappear behind the mountains on the other side of the river, Aiko was at the front door with her body wrapped in a pink yukata. In her hand was a small and cute pouch, with her feet wearing refreshing Japanese sandals. When she was wearing a yukata, to some extent, a unique charm could be felt from her usual childish figure; perhaps that was because she was a Japanese.
¡¸You are really going alone?¡¹
Akiko asked while tilting her head.
¡¸Yep. I¡¯ll just aimlessly wander there. Otou-san and the others are also helping there, so I¡¯ll show my face at their ce for a bit.¡¹
¡¸I see¡¡even if this ce is in the sticks that doesn¡¯t mean that there aren¡¯t idiots, so be careful. Especially because on the day of the festival there are also people who cut loose too much.¡¹
¡¸I understand. Rather, after everything that happens, the likes of hoodlums really won¡¯t matter much.¡¹
¡¸Don¡¯t be conceited. If you like, should I call Taichi-kun to go with you?¡¹
¡¸Geez-, I¡¯m really fine. Besides, Taichi-kun will be angry if he is called for something like this, you know?¡¹
The one called Furukawa Taichi was a young man who, as it were, was Aiko¡¯s childhood friend. In the past, the houses of the Furukawa family and the Hatayama family were close to each other. Since their farms were next to each other, the two families were closely associated. Taichi and Aiko also went to the same school all the time from kindergarten up to high school, so he was her trusted friend.
There was also a time when they temporarily distanced themselves from each other because of this and that at the puberty period. When they grew into adults they also never became a couple, but their rtionship after that was friendly enough that met when they both came back here in an extended vacation where they would have a chat.
Taichi graduated from a university in another prefecture, and he immediately got a job at apany. But his father was hospitalized for a time, and he resigned from his job where he then seeded his family¡¯s farm about a year and a half ago. And so, in the festival this time around he was recruited as one of the young peoples¡¯ group to help around¡¡
¡¸Is that so? I think that if it¡¯s Taichi-kun, he will rush here happily though. Well, asking him to do that is too harsh perhaps.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s right. Taichi-kun is good-natured, but, as expected, he will get angry if he is taken advantage of too much.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s not what I mean though¡¡well, that¡¯s not where a parent should stick her nose into.¡¹
¡¸??¡¹
Aiko tilted her head at her mother¡¯s suggestive words, but Akiko didn¡¯t look like she nned to talk more than that, so Aiko turned around and departed toward the festival.
She walked calmly on the familiar country road. Compared to the city, this ce was apanied with colors like the stars of the night sky, which were exceptionally visible, illuminating the path at night, the frogs staying on the fields, and the chorus of the cicadas burning their life on the trees.
(Although, as expected, the clearness of the air cannotpare with Tortus¡¡)
What was revolving in the back of her mind while she was muttering to herself was her days in another world. Even amidst those memories, the one that she recalled vividly due to how dramatic it was, was¡¡that reunion, that undesired result, and then the kiss that saved her life.
(Uu¡¡)
There was also when she was imprisoned by god¡¯s apostle Nointo. For her to be captured at the top of a tall tower, it was as though she was a princess in a tale. And then, he came for her who was in depression from anxiety and impatience, and that battle at the altitude of 8 kilometers.
She exposed her unsightly appearance after the result that she caused, and not only was that shameful figure of her seen, she was even looked after by him.
(Hau¡¡)
After that, the words that he conferred to her beside the cenotaph was something that Aiko surely wouldn¡¯t forget for her whole life. If the rescue drama before that was a salvation for her physical body, then the event in front of the cenotaph that evening was unmistakably the salvation for her heart. Thinking back, she was captured by an ardor that she couldn¡¯t deceive herself from anymore since that time.
(Au¡¡)
And then, with the battle at the devil king¡¯s castle, and going through the legendary decisive battle¡¡the gifted object. As the result of her attack after she let loose all her restraints, he let out a smile that looked as though he gave up, or possibly it was a troubled smile; and then to prove that Aiko was his¨D¨Dthat she belonged to the demon king, he gifted her with a ring.
Aiko crawled her fingers on the thing behind her yukata, at the ring that was connected with a chain dangling behind the chest part of the yukata.
And then what she remembered was, the this and that of the night, that she thought might be staying unrted with herself for her whole life, with how herself was a shorty. Just by remembering it she was still getting bright red. That was, that was¡¡done too much.
¡¸Awawawa-¡¹
On the night path, Aiko fidgeted around while getting red-faced by herself. Seen from the side, she looked just like a suspicious person.
Even though she was getting like this so much, with her head suddenly getting full with Hajime even without anything particr happening, but the person herself was still harboring conflict (lol) inside her heart, worrying whether it was okay to continue this rtionship. That was why if the wives¡¯ group heard this they would undoubtedly get exasperated.
In the other world, she was titled a goddess and splendidly incited the people, this female teacher, who stood up against even the kingdom and the pope of the biggest religion for the sake of her students, was, in fact, a troublesome person that was super awkward when it came to love.
¡¸Ai? What are you doing?¡¹
¡¸Ohee!?¡¹
Suddenly a voice called out to her which caused Aiko to hop up *pyon* for real. Complete with a strange voice. Her face turned bright red in a different meaning this time while she turned her gaze toward the direction of the voice. There, she found a tall and sturdy young man, wearing a T-shirt with short sleeves in which the sleeves were further rolled up to his shoulder.
¡¸Ta, Taichi-kun¡¡don¡¯t shock me like that.¡¹
¡¸No, Ai who was making a hundredical faces alone in the road at night was the one who shocked me there¡¡¡¹
This young man, who was scratching on his cheek while calling Aiko with the pet name ¡°Ai¡±, was just as Aiko called him, the person named Furukawa Taichi.
¡¸Forget that¡¡rather than that, Taichi-kun yourself, what are you doing in this kind of ce? Aren¡¯t you helping with the festival?¡¹
¡¸Aa~, no, I was but¡¡because Ai said that you wereing. See, stupid bunches are alsoing out in this kind of day yeah.¡¹
¡¸By any chance, you are intentionallying here to pick me up?¡¹
¡¸We, well yeah.¡¹
¡¸Is that so, fufu, thank you.¡¹
Aiko felt somewhat warm with Taichi¡¯s nonchnt ¡°good person act¡± that she knew from the past, and she smiled while expressing her thanks. Seeing that, for some reason, the young man Taichi quickly turned aside his face while his hand covered his mouth. When Aiko got curious¡¸Oh? What¡¯s the matter?¡¹and circled around to look at his face, Taichi turned around hastily, and he walked toward the festival while urging Aiko ahead.
¡¸Co,e to think of it, yukata. You are wearing it, huh?¡¹
It was a somewhat sudden change of topic, but Aiko responded to the talk without being particrly bothered by it.
¡¸Yep. The atmosphere is important in this kind of event. This is also the festival after so long that I rarely attended.¡¹
¡¸I see, you are right. ¡¡¡¡That, what to say, it suits you.¡¹
¡¸Is that so? Thank you.¡¹
Aiko responded to Taichi¡¯s praise frankly, a little bit too frankly, by saying a normal thanks. She wasn¡¯t at the age where she would be greatly concerned with words like that. ¡¡Although that also depended on who was the one saying it.
Taichi felt a bit down, even so, he continued making trifling talk with his trusted friend, including reminiscent talk. Those two finally entered the busy festival and crowd of people.
There, the neighborhood uncle and aunt that knew the two of them since they were young bantered with them. Aiko clearly dered that the two of them were not in that kind of rtionship even while responding calmly. Seeing such an Aiko caused Taichi¡¯s cheeks to cramp. Seeing that situation, hisrades from the young persons¡¯ association sent him a gaze that was mixed with sympathy¡¡
Old man Yamashiro disyed his artistic skill that was pointlessly polished by making a Michangelo statue using cotton candy. Then the two of them encountered a female ssmate of Aiko, who also brought along a child. Seeing that caused Aiko to hold a reallyplicated feeling, and when that ssmate told Aiko that if she also married then~ half teasingly. The matter of Hajime floated inside her head which caused Aiko to turn a bit red though, and she didn¡¯t speak any denial, which in turn caused Taichi to get pointlessly fired up¡¡
And, with various things like that Aiko enjoyed a lot the festival that she hadn¡¯t attended for a while.
With the festival, which was still lively, in the background, Aiko sat down on the porch of the shrine ground to rest while she was at it. Beside her there was Taichi who even though he was supposed to be a member of young persons¡¯ association, he had been following Aiko all the time while she was walking around the festival; even now, he showed no sign of going to help at the festival.
In the silent atmosphere, Aiko was dangling her legs back and forth while listening to the bustling of the festival and looking up to the night sky. It was in the height of summer, but the shrine ground had a nice open space for wind, in which the night breeze felt pleasant on her skin which was damp from sweat.
Taichi was looking at Aiko, who had narrowed her eyes due to feeling good from the wind, with a dazed gaze¡¡a beatter, he returned to his senses suddenly, and he pped his own cheek. *pan-* That nice dry sound made Aiko startled, and she turned her gaze there.
Taichi opened his mouth, looking somewhat nervous toward such Aiko.
¡¸Hey, Ai. Recently, are you okay? See, just a bit before there were various things that happened, right?¡¹
¡¸Yep, I¡¯m fine. It¡¯s over already. Right now, I¡¯m a teacher normally.¡¹
¡¸I see. But, the ss that Ai is in charge of, it¡¯s that ss, isn¡¯t it? Then, won¡¯t there still be a time when Ai would have to take the full brunt of the trouble?¡¹
¡¸¡¡What do you want to say?¡¹
Taichi¡¯s gaze wandered from the dubious Aiko; however, right after that, he looked at Aiko with firm eyes and spoke.
¡¸Isn¡¯t it, enough already? You have, already, worked hard enough for your students¡¯ sake, don¡¯t you think so?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s why, just like Obaa-san and the others were saying before¡e back home here already.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Aiko didn¡¯t answer, as though she didn¡¯t want to respond to that topic, and then she stood up and started to walk toward the festival. Toward such Aiko, Taichi added on to his words looking impatient.
¡¸It¡¯s not like, you need to be at that ce if you want to be a teacher, right? You can also try to find a job here.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s not why. I also have a responsibility, and above all, I myself, want to be at the side of those children.¡¹
¡¸Then, when those children graduate, what then?¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s¡¡but, even though that kind of incident happened, the school still trusted me enough to take charge of the ss. I¡¯m indebted to them.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s only because they want to gather the returnees in one ce, right? Rather, if the current children graduate, you won¡¯t know whether you can continue to stay there, don¡¯t you? If it¡¯s Ai, your face is widely known here, it¡¯s convenient if you live here, and you also have connections to a certain degree that can help you.¡¹
¡¸Perhaps that is so but¡¡that¡¯s, still in the future.¡¹
Aiko¡¯splicated attitude finally made Taichi irritated, and he stood up vigorously.
¡¸¡¡What Ai is concerned about, is actually not something like your duty to the school, or your responsibility to your students, am I right?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸What Ai is concerned about¡¡is actually the matter of your lover, isn¡¯t it?¡¹
¡¸Wai-, what are you saying¡¡I, something like a lover is¡¡¡¹
¡¸The one who thinks that it¡¯s a secret is just Ai. Obaa-san and the others, me, we all know. That in the middle of your disappearance Ai made a lover. And also, how that lover is¡¡your student.¡¹
¡¸!!!!?¡¹
Aiko went¡¸How do you!?¡¹, an action that was really easy to understand. Seeing that act of Aiko¡¯s, which was too honest in a sense, Taichi continued his words while his expression turnedplicated.
¡¸There is no way we wouldn¡¯t know. Since the past, Ai is just too poor at hiding a secret. It immediatelyes out in your behavior. Besides, even after you returned back you frequently contacted someone, you made a lover while you disappeared, yet it wasn¡¯t a rtionship that you could introduce to your parents, it must be a rtionship that stimtes your guilt or morality by continuing it¡¡When you searched for the answer that satisfies all those requirements, then it can be nothing but a student.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Taichi-kun. Since when did you be a detective?¡¹
Taichi said¡¸I told you, it¡¯s not just me, Obaa-san and the others also know that¡¹toward Aiko who was stunned. When Aiko realized that the secret was actually exposed to her mother too, she was finally at her wits end with her hands holding her head.
Seeing such Aiko, Taichi resolved himself and spoke.
¡¸A rtionship between a student and teacher¡¡you understand, don¡¯t you Ai?¡¹
¡¸tsu¡¹
¡¸Ai yourself, you are feeling tortured like that. I don¡¯t know what happened in the middle of your disappearance, but surely that was just how much of an abnormal situation it was, right? Then, that was just your momentary loss of judgment. I don¡¯t care about that.¡¹
¡¸Taichi-kun?¡¹
Taichi approached Aiko, and he stared at her fixedly with a serious gaze. Aiko took a step back from being overwhelmed, but when Aiko drew away, then Taichi would also close the distance ordingly.
¡¸Ai, let¡¯s stop that kind of impure rtionship already, ande back here and start from zero. At first, it might feel lonely, but¡¡I will be at your side from here on.¡¹
¡¸Taichi-kun, what are you saying¡¡¡¹
¡¸I told you that I returned here because of my father¡¯s sickness, but actually that wasn¡¯t it. My father¡¯s sickness was healed in one week¡¡the truth is, when Ai disappeared, I felt uneasy, I couldn¡¯t even focus on my work, and so, I resigned from my work to search for you full time.¡¹
¡¸Was, was that why?¡¹
Aiko¡¯s eyes turned round from this truth she didn¡¯t know. And then, now that Taichi had spoken that far, then even the dull Aiko could guess just with what kind of feeling Taichi had been speaking about until now. That fact made Aiko astonished precisely because she had never thought of that possibility for even a bit until now.
¡¸When I heard that Ai was gone, I thought that my heart got crushed. At that time, I noticed it. For me, Ai is, an existence that is that important to me.¡¹
¡¸Ta, Taichi-kun, fo, for now, let¡¯s calm down a bit?¡¹
¡¸I am calm. Ai,e home. And then, marry me. I will treasure you, so be together with me forever!¡¹
¡¸No no, wait a bit! That¡¯s too sudden! I, am not thinking of Taichi-kun like¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸You rtionship with your lover, it¡¯s not going well, right?¡¹
¡¸Uguh¡¹
¡¸There is no way it¡¯s going well. The other party is just a student. There is no way he can make Ai happy. If it¡¯s me, I have seceded my house and also have resourcefulness, even my age matches yours. It will absolutely go well between us.¡¹
Aiko¡¯s back was already glued closely to a pir of the shrine ground. The approaching Taichi suddenly tightly grasped the shoulders of Aiko. Taichi¡¯s eyes had a seriousness that Aiko had never seen in them until now; they were overflowing with sincerity, including passion, so hot it was scalding.
If Aiko didn¡¯t have a lover, yes, if this was before she was summoned to the other world, depending on the situation, her heart might be stolen even if she thought nothing of him until now except as someone like a brother. That was just how much of a ¡°man¡± her childhood friend, who she thought she knew, was to her. As for his speech, she couldn¡¯t help but feel that it was somewhat hurting but¡¡or rather, now that she thought calmly, it was a bit, but it felt like a somewhat dangerous pick-up line¡¡
But, even now when that much feeling was expressed to her, what floated in the back of Aiko¡¯s mind was, the matter of him¡¡
¡¸Hajime-kun¡¡¡¹
¡¸Ai-¡¹
The name that unintentionally leaked out in a small murmur caused Taichi to frown, but in the next moment, he tried to close his distance with Aiko in one go. Perhaps he intended to return his beloved woman to her sanity from the impure rtionship she was imprisoned in, even if he had to take a little forceful method¡¡or perhaps, it might be simple jealousy¡¡
The shocking situations that happened in session, and her mind that was split between her feelings toward him, caused Aiko to reactte. She immediately tried to twist her body, but¡..behind her was a pir, both her shoulders were pinned down, it wasn¡¯t that she couldn¡¯t shake herself free but, it was unclear whether she would be able to avoid from injuring Taichi!
Therefore, even while she was putting on strength to the level that was a bit dangerous for normal people, spontaneously, inside her heart, she yelled asking for help.
(Hajime-kun!)
¡¸What is it Aiko?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Taichi and Aiko leaked out simr voices, and then before Taichi¡¯s approach could reach Aiko, or rather before he could get blown away by Aiko, he stopped. No, he was stopped. His neck was grabbed tightly from behind.
*meri-* An unpleasant sound could be heard.
¡¸-, who, who are you-. What are you doing-¡¹
¡¸Oi oi, that¡¯s my line you know? Just what are you doing to my woman?¡¹
Right after that, Taichi¡¯s figure vanished. No, he was sent flying backward with a force to the degree that it looked like he vanished. It seemed that his neck didn¡¯t bend a strange direction or anything due to the superb moderation of power. But, he was fiercely sent flying to the ground where he rolled many times, the impact made him cough fiercely.
With a sidelong nce at such Taichi, Aiko was flustered while she stared at the person before her eyes feeling dumbfounded.
¡¸Ha, Hajime-kun?¡¹
¡¸Yeah, it¡¯s me.¡¹
¡¸Wh, why, are you here?¡¹
¡¸Because, Aiko is here?¡¹
¡¸No, even if you are saying something like a mountain climber somewhere with a question mark like that¡¡¡¹
Hajime smiled wryly seeing Aiko at a loss.
¡¸Recently, you looked like you were thinking too much about various things. We also didn¡¯t really have time to talk, on top of that you came home here. I thought it would be troublesome if you were persuaded by your parents to make an annoying decision, and because of that so I nned to visit here. And, when I used thepass to move here, you were in the middle of some kind of festival, right? I thought that by some chance, you were going around the festival feeling lonely by yourself, so I flew here but¡¡the result turned out all right in the end.¡¹
Hajime¡¯s eyes narrowed dangerously toward Taichi who was standing up and ring at Hajime even while coughing. Seeing that, even while feeling happiness welling up inside from understanding that Hajime was worried for her and he rushed here to spend some festival time with her, she also felt intense shame and fretfulness because her figure that was approached by someone else just now was seen by Hajime.
¡¸U, um, that¡¯s not what you think! There is, nothing like that going on between Taichi-kun and me! I don¡¯t, have any intention like that at all!¡¹
¡¸Aa~, yeah, I see¡¡¡¹
Taichi, who was walking toward them, went¡¸Gahah¡¹with his hand pressing on his chest. Seeing that figure caused Hajime to make an expression where he was unsure of what to say. The woman he liked denied him with all her strength¨D¨Dindeed, hearing that would make anyone press on their chest spontaneously.
¡¸But, recently you were worried a lot about your rtionship with me, right? Perhaps you were worrying endlessly when we became student and teacher once more¡¡it¡¯s already really toote to think like that.¡¹
¡¸Hau!?¡¹
This time, Aiko was the one who pressed her chest. Her gesture really resembled her childhood friend. That fact made Hajime¡¯s wry smile deepen while he suddenly circled behind Aiko and embraced her. ¡¸Ha, Hajime-kun!?¡¹or¡¸You-¡¹could be heard, but Hajime ignored it.
Hajime kept embracing Aiko while he talked with a voice that was oozing a bit of exasperation into her ear.
¡¸Even this rtionship that Aiko is worried about will resolve itself not even two yearster. Even so, if you are bothered with that two years, then both of us just need to hold back until that time arrives, right? If Aiko wishes for it, then I won¡¯t mind something that small.¡¹
¡¸A, u, that¡¯s¡¡bu, but, I, am far older than you¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡Aiko, I¡¯m telling you this for your own good. Just absolutely don¡¯t say those words in front of Yue. You don¡¯t want to have air travel ten kilometers high with your flesh body, do you?¡¹
¡¸Aa¡¡¡¹
Thinking really really carefully, something like a difference of age¡¡above the sky there was still sky. It was something that she must not speak of no matter what.
¡¸Good grief. Humans are a living thing that will think of various stupid things the moment they calm down, and Aiko is the very model of that kind of human huh. On top of it already being toote for that, it¡¯s a problem that can be resolved easily. For you to be irresolute due to that¡¡if you are that much fixated on ¡°being a teacher¡±, then you at least have to be like how you were once before, where you remonstrate even me.¡¹
¡¸Uu, I have nothing I can say¡¡¡¹
¡¸Or rather¡¡just who do you think I am, huh? When I epted Aiko, I should have dered it already.¡¹
Aiko recalled. One month after the legendary decisive battle, when she wished that she also wanted to be loved by Hajime. There, she was epted, on top of what was presented¨D¨Dthe term of demon king-sama.
¨D¨DWhen I decide to ept you, there won¡¯t be any getting away.
There was no concept of ¡°parting¡± for the woman of the demon king. Even if Aiko herself hated it, Hajime wouldn¡¯t let her get away, no matter what kind of situation there was. It was impossible for him to ept any woman other than his beloved while there was any possibility of parting. That was the minimum distinction of Hajime who was someone preposterous and the worst from keeping rtionships with multiple women.
The only one he could ept was only a partner who could offer her whole life to him and vice versa.
Therefore, it was meaningless for Aiko to worry about ethics,mon sense, or whatever because Aiko had already offered that body and heart of hers to the demon king.
And the consequence was, that she couldn¡¯t get away from demon king-sama.
¡¸You understand?¡¹
¡¸¡¡yes.¡¹
Just with a sentence, when Hajime questioned her, Aiko easily surrendered. She nodded up and down repeatedly with her face bright red.
There, Taichi directed a severe gaze at Hajime who was still embracing Aiko from behind and opened his mouth.
¡¸¡¡You. Get away from Ai. You are, if I¡¯m right, you are Ai¡¯s student, aren¡¯t you? I guess you don¡¯t understand because you are still a student, but your existence is hurting Ai. This world is not so sweet that you can make it somehow with just feeling¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Thanks for the warning. But, You have mistaken the process too much to put on air as an adult with good sense. Your persuasiveness is nonexistent at the point of time you are reaching out your hand toward someone else¡¯s woman. If you weren¡¯t Aiko¡¯s childhood friend, then I¡¯d do the Inugami family to you but¡¡well, this time I¡¯ll magnanimously overlook it. Give up on Aiko and search for another suitable wife.¡¹(TN: About Inugami family. I tried to google it, but the only thing I can find is a mystery novel about serial killing.)
Having a man that was younger, furthermore, someone that was still a student, talking back to him so frankly caused Taichi¡¯s mouth to open and close wordlessly. And then, with aplexion that was busily turning blue and red intermittently, he was about to yell angrily at Hajime,
¡¸Yaahn¡¹
¡¸tsu!?¡¹
Yet he turned speechless due to the coquettish voice that Aiko raised and the spectacle happening in front of his eyes. Of all things, Hajime was thrusting his hand behind the chest part of Aiko¡¯s yukata before his hand started to grope around! What an act! It was truly like a demon!
Then Hajime casually took out a ring that had been turned into a ne from Aiko¡¯s chest. Aiko, who had something embarrassing done to her in front of her childhood friend that was already like family to her, red at Hajime with teary eyes + upward nce, but Hajime warded off something like that like a willow swaying in the wind.
¡¸Understand that we are already at a stage where words won¡¯t do anything. Just as you see, rather than my lover, Aiko is already my wife. Her body, her heart, I have received them all.¡¹
¡¸Yo, you-¡¹
Hajime¡¯s speech waspletely like the viin. No matter how anyone looked at this, this was aposition of a gentle and sincere young man having his childhood friend snatched away by a bad man. The speech that Aiko could say in this kind of time should be¡¸Stop-, don¡¯t fight each other because of meee!¡¹as expected. Although, the moment Aiko said such a thing, she would surely receive Hajime¡¯s iron w of love.
Taichi was about to condemn Hajime along with his emotion that felt like erupting, but before that could happen Hajime threw his words at him with a cold expression.
¡¸You reap what you sow.¡¹
¡¸What-¡¹
¡¸You should have a powerful weapon that I don¡¯t have. You have time and the same living environment that you spent together with Aiko since childhood, and even after you two became adults you must have met her many times too since then, isn¡¯t that right? You should have had so many chances to exchange your feelings with Aiko, but you passed up all those chances. Don¡¯t make any excuses now. You couldn¡¯t even be a ¡°reason to go home¡± for Aiko to give no ce in her heart to go toward me. You didn¡¯t try. The result of that is this. That¡¯s all there is to it.¡¹
That was a sound argument. Snatched away¨D¨Dsuch a thing was a serious case of barking up the wrong tree. While Taichi was in a position that was closer to Aiko than anyone, he didn¡¯t fight so that he could walk together with her. That was why, before he realized it, Aiko had been at a ce so far that his hand couldn¡¯t reach. That was all there was to it.
Talking like this was strangely remonstrating considering it was Hajime. He crushed his enemy mercilessly, and if it was someone who he couldn¡¯t stomach, then he would ignore that person without speaking too much. When that person couldn¡¯t be ignored, then, as expected, he would crush them. That was Hajime. It was unusual for him to speak like this to someone who had tried to ce their hand on Aiko.
Looking carefully, even though Taichi got thrown away that showily just now, there was no wound on him which looked that serious.
(Because he is my childhood friend¡¡)
That must be the reason.
Aiko changed her embarrassed expression and raised a tightly stiffened face. And then, she softly untangled from Hajime¡¯s hand that was hugging her tightly. Hajime didn¡¯t oppose her.
Aiko took a step forward and calmly opened her mouth.
¡¸Taichi-kun, thank you for worrying about me a lot. Thank you, that you think of me so strongly.¡¹
¡¸Ai¡¡¡¹
¡¸But, I cannot answer Taichi-kun¡¯s feeling. I, cannot look at Taichi-kun like that.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Because of that, you are with that guy¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Yes. Because the one I have feelings for is Hajime-kun. I was worried about a lot of things but¡¡yes, it¡¯s really toote already for that. I even think to myself just what in the world I am doing worrying like that.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Society won¡¯t tolerate it. That¡¯s something that must not be done.¡¹
¡¸Yes, I know. But, I cannot help it. Because the person I fell in love with is hopelessly like a demon, let alone the society, even the world or the god are no match for him. I too am a wicked woman huh.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Wicked woman. Those words don¡¯t suit Ai the most.¡¹
¡¸But, I think that¡¯s not bad.¡¹
¡¸Haa, is that so. So it¡¯s just like that guy said, from the beginning, it¡¯s ¡°toote¡± already for me.¡¹
Aiko smiled wryly as though to state her agreement.
Taichi red fiercely at Hajime. Hajime epted it with an unruffled face. Understanding that something like his re wouldn¡¯t shake this guy even a little, and then, having the painful sound argument thrown at him just now, on top of how his body was thrown before this, showed him that he couldn¡¯t even possibly match this guy in physical strength. Strength abruptly left his shoulders after ring at Hajime for a while.
And then, he wordlessly turned around and left the shrine ground.
¡¸My bad. Perhaps your rtionship with your childhood friend will be bad after this¡¡¡¹
¡¸No, it¡¯s fine. Perhaps, it will take a bit of time, but we will be able to return back to our brother-sister rtionship again.¡¹
¡¸Then that¡¯s fine¡¡but, as expected, if he reaches his hand to Aiko one more time, then I won¡¯t have the confidence to not do the Inugami family to him.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Why, are you that obsessed with the Inugami family?¡¹
Aiko smiled wryly at Hajime¡¯s manner of speaking, then a beatter, she faced straight at Hajime once again. And then, she bowed her head.
¡¸I¡¯m sorry that I made you worry because of me worrying irresolutely about strange things. Thank you foring to meet me today.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, I definitely had received both your gratitude and apology. But, don¡¯t mind it too much. I said it before too, but I really like that part of Aiko.¡¹
¡¸Hee? Tha, that part?¡¹
The unexpected word of ¡°like¡± made Aiko be red once more. Toward such Aiko, Hajime said that before in front of the cenotaph of the Hairihi Kingdom, he thought that Aiko who was worrying there looked dazzling to him, and then he asked her whether she remembered what they talked about there. That was what Aiko remembered just not long ago. It was clearly etched in her memory; surely it was an important memory when her feeling toward Hajime became definite.
¡¸You who was running forward swiftly with all your might, and then you who was holding your head when you failed or when you noticed your contradiction; but even so you endured it and found a conclusion in your own way which you tried to carry through. I found those parts of Aiko dazzling; those parts look really lovely to me. That¡¯s why Aiko, you can stay just as you are.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I think it¡¯s foul y for you to say something like that.¡¹
Aiko turned around with her back toward him, her face looking down so Hajime couldn¡¯t see it. But even without seeing that face, it was easily imaginable that her face was bingplicated with shame and delight.
Perhaps because he understood that Hajime made an expression that was delicately holding back hisugh. Really what a bad guy.
¡¸Now then, let¡¯s go to Aiko¡¯s house. I have to give my greeting to your parents.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Those sudden words that were said aloud so suddenly with a light tone as though asking her to go to some convenience store for a bit caused Aiko to go ¡®hah¡¯ and she turned around toward Hajime.
¡¸It looks like your worry is resolved already, so there is no more reason that you cannot introduce me, right? If I have to greet them sooner orter, then I¡¯ll at least show my face to them while also sending you home. It iste already, so I¡¯ll do the formal greeting once more tomorrow.¡¹
¡¸A, as always, what proactiveness¡¡n, no, you know, the greeting can be done next time¡¡I too need to prepare my heart¡¡¡¹
¡¸Hmm, Aiko¡¯s house is over there¡¡oh? So your father and the others are going out to the festival. They are right nearby. Yosh, let¡¯s spend some money while greeting them at the same time.¡¹
¡¸Ah, wait, don¡¯t use something like thepass for this! Wait, please don¡¯t ignore me and go off like that! Just what in the world are you nning to say to Otou-san and the others!?¡¹
¡¸Of course, I¡¯ll say ¡°Otou-san, I ept your daughter. I won¡¯t ept any objection or refusal¡±. That¡¯s the standard speech, right?¡¹
¡¸The standard where-!?¡¹
¡¸Or rather, Aiko. I¡¯m bothered, just why are you speaking using politenguage to me while you spoke casually to that bastard? Isn¡¯t that cruel?¡¹(TN: Aiko has been using politenguage all this time with Hajime while using peernguage when she talked to Taichi.)
¡¸Eh? That¡¯s, it¡¯s about the atmosphere or something¡¡wait, don¡¯t change the subject! There is a lot of my acquaintances here from the paaast! If you are saying something like that to Otou-san in this kind of ce¡¡tomorrow all the neighbors will know it!¡¹
¡¸If you properly talk casually with me too then I¡¯ll think about it. ¡¡Well, the time extension won¡¯t even be one minute for you to decide though. Oh, that¡¯s your father, isn¡¯t it? The first impression is important. First of all, let¡¯s binge shop the stall¡¯s goods.¡¹
¡¸Please wait! Wait, wait¡¡I get it! I get it already! I¡¯ll properly talk to you without politenguage so don¡¯t keep walking rapidlyyy!¡¹(TN: Here finally Aiko didn¡¯t use politenguage.)
Aiko who was making racket ¡®gyaa gyaa¡¯, and Hajime was handling her unseriously while charging toward the direction of her family with a fearless smile on his face. Naturally, Aiko was clinging to Hajime¡¯s arm while Hajime was advancing while carrying such Aiko in his arm, and coupled with their noisiness the degree of attention to them was at MAX!
The madams of the neighborhood, and the old people who were affectionate to Aiko, they all went¡¸Oh my!¡¹seeing the two¡¯s situation.
And then, finally, the father of Aiko, who noticed Hajime walking toward him with his daughter in his arms, opened his eyes widely, expressing his shock, then he smiled wryly as though he hadprehended something.
After that, Hajime, who loudly proimed that he was Aiko¡¯s boyfriend right in the middle of the festival that was overflowing with Aiko¡¯s acquaintances, was awarded pping and the cheering of hooray. Hajime kept restraining Aiko, who was trying to run away from shame, with a princess carry and was causing cheers to be raised.
Furthermore, it was supposed to be only Hajime showing his face, but with Aiko¡¯s father and grandfather inviting him toe to their house no matter what, Hajime visited the Hatayama house and also met with Akiko and the grandmother. Then he talked to them about his wives other than Aiko and his intention.
With everything that happened at the Shirasaki family and the Yaegashi family, Hajime had resolved himself to be pped with rejection and rage for sure, but unexpectedly both Aiko¡¯s parents, and even her grandparents, all the people of the Hatayama family epted Hajime. Of course, it wasn¡¯t like they weren¡¯t frowning, but with the feeling of wanting to respect the will of their daughter who was already an adult, and above all, their debt of gratitude to Hajime because he had saved their daughter from danger many times, it seemed that it led to their trust for Hajime.
In the end, due to the kindness of the Hatayama family, it became a course of event where Hajime stayed for the night, and by using gate the next day, the people of the Nagumo family also visited the Hatayama family, where the words of Yue and the others which said ¡°together with Aiko¡± promoted the trust to grow even deeper.
After that, it was as though the Hatayama family and the Nagumo family became like a family group but¡¡
As a result, Aiko¡¯s hometown became well-known as the ¡°Land of Miracle¡± where every kind of crop could bear fruit regardless of the soil quality or the season. Surely that was due to the mixing of the family of ¡°Goddess of Harvest¡± and the family of ¡°Demon King of Another World¡±¡¡
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for the thoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Actually, I also nned to write the reason why Aiko is fixated on being a teacher, but there wasn¡¯t any time, and I couldn¡¯t think of any idea. Despite so, when I began to write thinking [Anyway if I just write then perhaps I¡¯ll think of something¡], this kind of Aiko was created¡¡
Well, continuing from before, Shirakome¡¯s condition is a bit bad, so I¡¯m thinking of getting a change of pace.
Even though I say that I¡¯m writing a bit of a longer extra story.
I¡¯m thinking ¡®Should I promote him to a main character I wondeeer~¡¯.
Remember, it¡¯s him you know, him. Come on, his name is¡¡eh?
Chapter 197
Chapter 197
¡¸Oo, so that''s the famous clock tower. Yep, as expected something like this is best seen with your own eyes.¡¹
There was a Japanese young man making click-ck sounds with his smartphone while making satisfied voice. Shouldering argish rucksack, this young man wearing in clothes with ck tone didn''t have any particr trait in his appearance.
That ckish young man took photo for a while, and then while confirming the result picture he lifted his face suddenly in realization.
¡¸Crap, this is not the time to keep sightseeing. I''ve got to aplish the instruction from my demon king-sama.¡¹
The clock taken inside the photo was already showing the closing of the day. The surrounding scenery was already bing quite dark with the cloudy weather although it wasn''t as far as snowing.
The young man put away his smartphone and shouldered back his rucksack before he turned around while breathing out ''haa'' white breath.
¡¸Even though this doubled with my private business, but this is still a rough way of using someone. Well, I too am his rtive more or less¡¡there is no way I can refuse. Let''s do my best.¡¹
The young man vanished between the people hurrying to return home while talking to himself like that. Before long, his figure waspletely buried into the surrounding scenery and he couldn''t be seen anymore.
Although, before that young man slipped into the crowd, there was not even a person who sent their gaze toward him. He was too much normal, and too much without presence.
Someone who was able to notice that abnormality, was of course didn''t exist there.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
This might make me sound obstinate, but one more time,
This is different from real earth! That¡¯s why, if you want to retort ¡®What the hell is state security bureau, somehow various things are seriously wrong here!¡¯, I beg you to do it only inside your heart.
¡¡Really, sorry.
Ah, also, I uploaded my activity report. I also ced cover image and special illustration there.
If you don¡¯t mind please look over there too.
The next update will beat6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 198
Chapter 198
London outskirts that was wrapped in thin mist. In a corner of a retro street where it felt like old fairy-tale or folklore might be hiding, there was a splendid residence where history could be felt from it conspicuously.
It appeared to be prudently maintained that it didn''t look worn out. The garden that was spreading out at the front, the small path made from spread out white gravel and the flower bed where seasonal flowers were blooming, a small fountain where a beautiful goddess was sitting, all of those were first ss work that gave elegant impression, from them it could be understood that really, really muchbor, expense, and time were spent.
And that was how it should be, the master of this residence¨D¨DJefferson Allgrey was a famous wealthy person even at Britain. He was from a family lineage that was titled as the so-called "Real Estate King" that for generations possessed countless plot ofnd and building, buying and selling them.
Jefferson who was the current master of this generation Allgrey family also properly inherited the business talent from his ancestors, not only that he also seemed to possess political talent, he was a capable human that raised definite result while engaged in two trades of political world and real estate magnate at the same time.
The residence of such Jefferson was normally visited by many people. The type of people visiting was varied. If there were people from the same political world visiting, then there were also people from real estatepanies who visited, there were also a lot of people visiting who were his personal friends.
Anyway, it was a house where the flow of people visiting it never ceased, and it was also a well-known fact for the people at the surrounding area.
Today too, a few hours already passed since the sun set, there was also the shrouding mist that it was a time where darkness hadpletely descended. The principal residence of Allgrey was lighted with brilliant illumination. Several high ss cars were being parked nearby the main gate, showing how there were many guests visiting.
Although, each of the visitors today were definitely well-known characters, but it seemed they weren''t friends that were invited for simple dinner, they also didn''t appear to be guests who came for work-rted matter to speak about politics or business.
¡¸Now then, chief. Don''t you think that we should get down to business soon? For you to assemble more than half of the society''s upper echelons¡¡it must be something really considerable isn''t it? My guess that it must be a matter about them.¡¹
A middle-aged man whose body was wrapped in a suit that was obviously high quality in a nce, with splendid moustache and belly meat, he addressed Jefferson as "chief".
Even though Jefferson was called with that designation that wasn''t used that often in general, but he still behaved naturally. Looking from that attitude of him, it could be understood that it was only the matter of course for him to be called like that by the people who were called to this ce today.
Jefferson slowly ran his gaze at the surrounding. It seemed that he had finished his meal, there was only wine put in front of him. Other than them, there were several servants of Allgrey family and the respective bodyguards that were brought by each guest.
Tonight there were nine guests gathered. Everyone of them were prominent figure that owned phenomenal result in their respective field, but the fields they participated in werepletely scattered. Seen from the side this was a gathering that really couldn''t be understood, the biggest possibility was that these people were the personal friend of Jefferson. Even if there was an outsider who knew of this meeting, then surely they would only be able to think of this as a meeting of fellow friends all the same.
But, from how Jefferson was sitting at the seat of honor while the others were sitting around a long table, it seemed that there was a clear pecking order here. And that became even clearer from the atmosphere they were d in.
¡¸¡¡They are the real thing.¡¹
A short sentence. For people who didn''t know the circumstance, they would tilt their head wondering what he was speaking about. But, all the people at the dining table were instantly going astir from that sentence that was said by Jefferson with oppressive tone.
¡¸Is that¡¡is that, really true?¡¹
¡¸Wasn''t that just a mere group kidnapping¡¡¡¹
¡¸Certainly it was a inexplicable case, but¡¡¡¹
¡¸A case of that degree is not that rare. Chief, do you have any basis saying that?¡¹
While their mouths were speaking words where confusion and expectation were mixing together, their gazes were concentrating at Jefferson.
¡¸There is still only circumstantial evidence. But, I have no doubt of it. ¡¡I have confirmed that all the people who were sent to investigate were returning to their daily life without getting any information. Far from investigating, they forget even the society.¡¹
¡¸No way¡¡¡¹
¡¸However, just with that¡¡. It''s not as though method to induce such situation doesn''t exist you know?¡¹
¡¸Yeah, I know. Of course, I didn''t make my conclusion just with that. ¡¡This is the situation that can be currently confirmed. I judged that it is already at the level where there would be no problem calling it as supernatural.¡¹
Saying that, Jefferson urged a servant with his gaze to distribute written report, the upper echelons sent their eyes to it. After they did that, they went astir once more.
The content that was written in that written report was,
It wrote, the house of the target group that had been confirmed once for some reason couldn''t be approached for the second time. Even when they walked following map, when they noticed they were walking in circle at apletely different ce.
It wrote, the observer was observing from a distance of 800 meter, regardless of that their gaze would meet without fail.
It wrote, the family register of the target that shouldn''t exist until a few days ago was registered before they knew it.
It wrote, that abnormality wasn''t noticed by anyone in the administration side. They didn''t even feel that anything was out of ce.
It wrote, everyday, their partners were disappearing one by one.
And then,
¨D¨DIt wrote, the people who were tasked to investigate, without exception all of them would have nk in their memory after a while. Even the matter that was being reporter right now, whether it was really true or not¡¡was unknown.
Surely everyone was scanning the report until the veryst sentence. Silence descended on the dining table. Everyone was fixated on the content of the report.
But, after a while¡¡
¡¸Fu, fuha, fuhahahahahaha-¡¹
One person raised aughing voice looking like he couldn''t hold it down. It was a hideously distortedughing voice that wasposed from joy and madness. However, suchughing voice that would grant difort to anyone hearing it whether one wanted it or not, was gradually spreading to the other upper echelons too.
¡¸Finally, we found the real thing! Magnificent! I wonder just what kind of supernatural they are knowing!¡¹
¡¸At the very least, it seemed they have the skill to interfere with human''s brain. That''s something beyond the position of mere students.¡¹
¡¸It cannot stay like this. Chief! We have to immediately send assault force and secure one or two sample!¡¹
Excitement was ruling over the ce. It was a mad excitement, just like how someone who lost in a desert finally found an oasis, that feeling of insane arousal before their craving could be fulfilled.
Perhaps this was only natural for them. Because these people had been secretly maneuvering, searching for "that" through so many years and months that they couldn''t count anymore.
¡¸Calm down¡¡telling all of you that is impossible I guess. I understand well everyone''s feeling. Then, everyone agree of the n to move with the purpose of obtaining sample? There will be many troublesome things if wepletely kidnapped all of them¡¡¡¹
¡¸What, they are people who had gone through group disappearance once you know, chief. Even if it happened for the second time, surely there will be no one who thinks it strange. Not to mention there are also those among them who didn''t return before this.¡¹
¡¸The ability possessed by the samples are concerning matter but¡¡they are just children after all. It shows from how they are content with being student while possessing such power. We can do whatever we like if we involve their family into it. I will immediately begin to prepare the experiment site.¡¹
¡¸The returnee, they obtained supernatural while they disappeared¡¡I''m bothered with the whereabouts of those that doesn''t return. Perhaps, they are in the ce that have to do with supernatural? If we grasped that, even us¡¡¡¹
The upper echelons let out their opinion after Jefferson''s words. The meeting tonight was obviously filled with passion that was never seen before.
Like that, when they had decided the most of their n from here on, Jefferson opened his mouth.
¡¸Then, all of you, proceed with the matter paying meticulous attention for the sake of the aplishment of our dearest wish. The priority target for securing sample will be the girl who is called as "Yue" as the first in the list¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸About that, I think it''s better if you stop with that though.¡¹
And also the girls who aren''t Japanese that are around the returnees¨D¨DJefferson was about to say that, but his words were suddenly cut off.
For a moment Jefferson thought that it was someone among the upper echelon who cut him off, but he immediately discard that idea as impossible. The returnees from the group disappearance in the middle of day that agitated the society¨D¨Dif it was asked what was the aspect that was clearly different in thempared to before, then the first thing that would attract the attention was the existence of the not Japanese girls who suddenly appeared.
Thinking from how their family register was created before anyone noticed too, then it would be valid to think of them as "visitor from the supernatural side". Then it was natural to prioritize securing them as sample.
That was themon understanding between Jefferson and other upper echelons that they obtained from continuously investigating the series of turmoil of the returnees that started from the group disappearance. For that reason, it was impossible for anyone to object here. And above all, the voice ofyoung man which cut him off was a voice he wasn''t familiar with!
Jefferson felt something cold running through his spine while raising an angry voice that questioned the identity of the person.
¡¸Who! Where are you!?¡¹
¡¸No, I am right in front of you from some time ago. I was normally eating meal here.¡¹
A voice that contained resignation resounded. At that moment, not only Jefferson, the upper echelons, the servants, and then the bodyguards too, they all finally aware.
¡¸Yo¡¹
With a really light mood, at the chair that was positioned at the opposite side of Jefferson, with his mouth stuffed with the same cooking that Jefferson and others were eating just now, was a Japanese young man greeting with his hand lightly raised!
¡¸You bastard¡¡where did you enter from? What is the guard at the entrance doing?¡¹
The upper echelons and the servants were greatly shaken, the bodyguards were in the middle of taking out their handgun in order to recover from their disgrace, while Jefferson was restraining them from firing before he opened his mouth calmly. It seemed that he was also shaken, but the speed of him rallying back his mind ought to be said just as expected from an authority of politic-real estate world that managed this meeting.
Right after he took back his calm, dominating aura overflowed from Jefferson. That aura was something intense, if an ordinary person felt it then not only they would wither down without being able to say anything, they would undoubtedly trickle cold sweats while getting all flustered.
But, that young man warded off such dominating aura like a swaying willow¡¡or rather, in the first ce the young man didn''t even pay attention to that aura, he kept eating the cooking of Allgrey residence with gusto while talking.
¡¸Nguh. You asked me from where, I entered normally from the door you know. Mugu mugu, I even said excuse me. ¡¡Though I was normally ignored.¡¹
¡¸¡¡That, seems to be the cooking of my residence though?¡¹
¡¸It''s awfully delicious. As expected from the ce of a big shot politician and the real estate king. There was leftover in the kitchen, so I loaded it onto a te by myself. ¡¡I, I pretty much asked okay? I took silence to mean OK, but I properly asked okay? I''m not stealing you know?¡¹
For some reason the young man kept reminding something like¡¸It''s true you know?¡¹. Jefferson knitted his eyebrows at such young man. The more he looked, the more this young man looked like a normal youth. No, in a sense, he was too normal in presence and appearance that if he didn''t concentrate it felt like he would naturally forget him, perhaps he should say that this young man wasn''t normal in that sense¡¡
¡¸Who are you¡¡or perhaps it''s too unsophisticated for me to ask that? That remark of yours just now in this situation. And then that ability that managed to infiltrate here without anyone able to notice. You are¡¡a returnee huh?¡¹
Jefferson spoke his conjecture with conviction, but for some reason the young man who heard his words frowned and his face looked a little sad. While Jefferson was perplexed from that inexplicable reaction, the young man asked with a voice that also sounded sad.
¡¸A returnee huh? you asked, if you investigated about us, then shouldn''t you know about me too? I expected a reaction like¡ºYou bastard-, you are a returnee huh!?¡», but¡¡¡¹
¡¸What? A report of you is not¡¡¡¹
Jefferson was perplexed. He had looked over all the report of the returnee, he had driven into his head all the information of the returnees'' profile from their family until their rtive. If the young man before his eyes was a returnee that had been reported, then there was no way he couldn''t recall him.
But, when one of his servants excitedly showed to him the returnees written report that had been converted into digital data in tablet¡¡
¡¸¡¡¡¡¡¡¡Returnee list No. 28¨D¨DEndo Kousuke? ¡¡¡¡¡¡ah¡¹
¡¸Yep, you forgot aren''t you? Isn''t that right? That''s fine, I understand. Hehe, I''m used to it. Although my shadow is thin even in digital data, I''m not co, concerned at all you know? I am a riajuu you know? That''s why, I''m really, really not concerned at all okay?¡¹
Strange silence descended on that ce. The young man¨D¨DKousuke who seemed to be thin in shadow even inside digital data was making *kacha kacha* sound with the spoon and fork, only that sound was resounding with rity inside that room. Word of¡¸Delish-¡¹that he was whispering until just now was changing into¡¸It''s salty huh¡¹.
¡¸S, so this is the supernatural that you possess.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I got this since birth. Even my mum, she often forget to do things like picking me up at kindergarten¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡I, I see. That, you know, must be hard for you huh.¡¹
For some reason Kousuke received gentle words and sympathy from the man who was aiming at him and his friends. The salt content of the high ss cooking was increasing! A female servant was wiping her eyes with a handkerchief. The eyes of the bodyguards who were readying their gun until just now were turning lukewarm!
While spoutingint¡¸If you sympathize than give me presence¡¹inside his heart, Kousuke cleared his throat *cough*, he stopped eating and opened his mouth.
¡¸So, about the reason I came here.¡¹
¡¸Mu, that''s right. Certainly I''ve never thought that a returnee will directly march into here. It appeared that your side has also investigated us to a certain degree. ¡¡You, don''t tell me, you came alone here?¡¹
¡¸Well, yeah. Actually I was in the middle of personal travel though. But suddenly you guys are making conspiracy, so I was told to go here for a bit to crush all of you.¡¹
Kousuke was looking at his smartphone while saying¡¸In front of Rana, I cannot refuse that guy''s request¡¹with his shoulders dropping down. Seeing that Jefferson exchanged look with the upper echelons and the bodyguards while his expression turned ridiculing.
¡¸Crushing us, is it. Looks like you are growing impudent after obtaining supernatural huh. It is overwhelmingly faster to shot your four limbs with lead bullet in this range. It seems that you have the technique to interfere with your opponent''s awareness, but in this limited space, can you crush us faster than bullet?¡¹
*gacha* Hard ominous sounds resounded countless time. The bodyguards were focusing their gun muzzle toward Kousuke. Their number was a little less than twenty people. The ce was arge dining room where sixty people could enter with room to spare, but certainly in this limited space it was equivalent with not having any way to escape from twenty gun muzzles.
Jefferson who thought that this young man was showingposure because he was a child who was drunk in his own power reversely showed aposed attitude. He crossed his arms above the table, and then while hiding his mouth behind his joined hand, his sharp gaze was striking toward Kousuke.
¡¸Young man. Won''t youe to our side? ording to the report, it seems that the livelihood of all of you doesn''t change much before and after obtaining supernatural. It''s worthy of praise that not one of you is running wild, but surely that''s only because you all don''t understand the way to use the power you obtained. Then, we will teach you what is the right way to use that power. This Jefferson Allgrey can promise you, a life that is filled with riches and fame that is beyond your imagination.¡¹
¡¸¡¡You really can say that with straight face after calling human as sample huh. They said that the skin of a politician''s face is thick but, that''s really true. Scaryyy¡¹
Kousuke didn''t look like he was particrly moved by Jefferson''s persuading words, rather he showed a creeped out look. While raising one of his eyebrows that money and fame didn''t resound in Kousuke''s heart, Jefferson continued his words.
¡¸Then what about woman? You are ¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸I have girlfriend, I''m fine in that. Rather, my girlfriend is a super beauty already. She is already the best-, yep.¡¹
Having his words cut off and hearing Kousuke suddenly speaking fondly of his girlfriend in front of him caused Jefferson''s gaze to be something severe.
¡¸¡¡It''s natural for you to feel almighty if you have a special power. But, what is called reality is something that is more heartless then what all of you is thinking. Perhaps if it''s just you, or possibly it''s just all of you returnees then you all might make it work out somehow. But, what about the people around you? Your family, your friends who are not returnee, rtives. Can you protect all of them? Our society is not just about violence you know?¡¹
Saying that, Jefferson looked at his surrounding. Ahead of his gaze were the upper echelons of their society ¨D¨Devery one of them were sessful people who possessed social power. And then, the gaze of Jefferson spoke more eloquently than anything.
That this wasn''t everything their society possessed.
In other words, even in the one in a million chance all the people here died, their society itself wouldn''t be finished. There were still other people with power gathering in their society.
¡¸I''ll recognize your ability to gather information until this far and your guts to infiltrate into here alone. But, for you to be under the impression that the situation before your eyes is everything there is, you are still just a child. We have seek for supernatural from long ago, the society that haveid stretch our root to everywhere in the world, we are¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Hydra, right?¡¹
Jefferson who implicitly pressed for obedience under the name of cooperation to Kousuke with condescending attitude was about to disclose the name of their society with plenty of emotion, but right before he could, Kousuke easily revealed that name.
Jefferson who twitched in reaction was about to open his mouth further, but ignoring him Kousuke ate thest of his food and operated his smartphone with one hand, then he spoke out the content that was disyed there.
¡¸Abduction, murder, robbery, human experiment, on top of that even inducing war, a fanatic group of supernatural that will do anything¨D¨DHydra. Certainly it looks like you guys have long history. The origin of the name is because no matter how many upper echelons and parts of the organization are crushed, the survivor of the organization that is hiding somewhere will restore the organization back. The organization had existed since before the colonial period, historically the organization has been crushed several times, but before one knows it the organization is revived. The current chief is you¡¡¡¹
After that Kousuke read out loud the internal conditions of secret society Hydra. And then the information of upper echelon bunches who were here like their name, surface information, family, friends, work rtives, on top of that even the name of their illegitimate child or rtionship with other organization that they kept secret even inside the organization. He didn''t stop with just that, the concealed upper echelons who weren''t here and the location of bases, and even further and further, things like the innermost thought of the upper echelons toward each other and so on, Kousuke disclosed everything.
It was clear that what was disclosed wasn''t nonsense from the upper echelons who opened their mouth so wide it looked like their jaw mighte off and their expression whose face turnedpletely pale.
Everything that they had done was impossible to be known by the informationwork of children or even by ordinary adult. Jefferson who had that fact thrust right back at his face not just by two fold but by ten thousand fold, the color of his face clearly shown how the capacity of his trained mind hadpletely went over capacity.
¡¸When you peer into the abyss, the abyss will also peer back at you¨D¨Dsu~ch famous expression, if it''s you guys who loves supernatural then surely you have heard it before. We are standing in the superior position. Just how do you guys able to blindly believe such thing without any basis at all?¡¹
¡¸You, you bastard¡¡¡¹
¡¸Well, you guys, you all are veteran through many adversity in the surface world huh. You guys must have never even dreamed that children who is going through school life without a care after getting their hand on magic will be able to overwhelm you even in information volume¡¡¡¹
¡¸Why¡¡just how, you know that much¡¡¡¹
¡¸That''s, if we know that there are some guys aiming for us, to say nothing of us, there is no way our demon king-sama will stay silent. Because that guy, he look like a cruel and heartless savage bastard, but actually he is totally spoiling the important people around him.¡¹
¡¸Demon king, you say?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. A godying demon king. That guy killed even god for the sake of a woman, and now you guys try toy your hand on exactly that woman.¡¹
Kousuke''s gaze was growing to be filled with limitless sympathy. Jefferson''s expression was grandly convulsing. There was already no dominating aura of a big-shot that could overpower ordinary personing from him. Because he was a veteran manager and a politician who had piled up many experiences of going through adversity that he was able to understand Kousuke''s experience and felt a sense of danger welling up inside him.
That was¨D¨Dthey had touched something that should not be touched.
But, however, the people who were still rtively young among the upper echelons didn''t have enough of that intuition.
¡¸What is, what is, what demon king-. Just, what godying! Even nonsense has limit!¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s right! As expected you are just a kid. It seems that you don''t even know how to bluff. Something like godying, as expected you have exaggerate too much.¡¹
¡¸Chief, no more word is necessary! Let''s make this brat pay thepensation for looking down on the society! You guys, just keep him alive! Do it!¡¹
Saying that, they started a reckless action without waiting for the order of the chief which was normally impossible. Jefferson immediately tried to raise his voice to stop them, but faster than he could, several of the ck-suited bodyguards, because of the strange atmosphere and the mysterious uneasy feeling they had, as though aroused by their impulse they were aiming their gun toward Kousuke''s limbs while jumping forward.
¡¸¡¡Haa. I had more or less tried it, even though I thought of doing this by getting spared from releasing the shackle.¡¹
Inside the situation that was moving all at once, there was only that whisper resounding.
¡¸Wha-. Where is-¡¹
¡¸Shit-, what is going on!? Where did that guy go!?¡¹
¡¸No way, he vanished!?¡¹
The jumping forward ck-suited bodyguards were surrounding a chair that had no one on it in feeling dumbfounded. The chair should have Kousuke sitting on it until just a moment ago. From the beginning until the end they didn''t take off their gaze even for an instant from that chair.
He was certainly there. Right in front of their eyes. They would grip him up, pulled him down from the chair, and held him down. They reached out their hands without leaving any ce to escape while even imaging how he would counterattack, they were certainly aware of him until the moment they could touch him. Yet despite so their hands moved through empty air and "when they noticed" the target had vanished. It was as though he wasn''t there right from the start.
¡¸-, our mind has been interfered already!? Be careful, our awareness is being manipted!¡¹
Jefferson, thinking that it couldn''t be helped now it hade to this, he pushed at the emergency button at the other side of the table to summon the bodyguards standing by everywhere inside the residence while giving a warning. And then, he himself also took out a handgun from his breast pocket, at that time Kousuke''s voice resounded once more. However, it was a voice with slightly different air than until just now.
¡¸Interference to awareness? Fuh, what exaggeration¡¡. My Ground Shrinker was beyond the pale of your perception ability, isn''t that''s all there is to it?¡¹
¡¸Wha-, impossible, standing on the ceiling!?¡¹
Jefferson and others who were staying on guard against the most likely possibility of Kousuke sliding under the table was thinking in the corner of their mind ''doesn''t it feel like his tone is a little strange?'' while they looked up in surprise, and then they exposed a really stupid expression from shock.
Although, surely such reaction was something that couldn''t be helped if they saw a human standing really naturally on the ceiling as though to say ''Gravity? What''s that?''.
Furthermore,
(Why, why, is he making a strange pose!?)
Yes, Kousuke was standing upside down on the ceiling while covering his face with one hand with his eyes ring down at Jefferson and others from between his fingers'' gap! On top of that, before they knew it his body was already in an appearance of total ck clothes, his eyes were wearing a sunss on one-lens type, and his other hand was holding a ck knife in a position that was crossed with the hand that was covering his face! Surely if the rabbit eared assassination group of another world saw this, they would undoubtedly p and cheer while giving high praise of¡¸What cool pose!!¡¹!
¡¸Fools who fell into the abyss of selfish desires and fanaticism. I''ll teach into your body, that in this world, there are things that you ought not to know.¡¹
For some reason, while rotating once before disying a chuuni pose (version 24) again, Kousuke, no, the assassin of the strongest ss who was awakened in various meaning at the other world, thrown a deration of war toward the fanatic ult group. Together with that chuuni self-introduction!!
¡¸The shadow of demon king, the vanguard of the dark rabbit ear family¨D¨DRapid Fang Shadow w, Kousuke E Abyssgate. Has arrived!!¡¹
What does rabbit ear mean¡¡.. Abyssgate, gate to where¡¡. Those retort of Jefferson and others didn''t form into loud words.
Because right after that, the peerless one even against the god''s apostles in another world, the one with the thinnest shadow in the world, the best assassin in the world bared his fang.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Everyone¡¯s review that is like it has been nned beforehand blew away Hakumei.
Like, Endo-kun, you are loved huuh. ¡¡He is loved, right?
I properly got his name out this time, so please remember it properly.
He is Endo Abyssgate-kun, okay.
PS
I ced the information about the special SS for each bookstore-sama in my activity report.
Please confirm it if you please.
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 199
Chapter 199
¡¸Haaaa~~~~~¡¹
It was past noon where warm sunlight was showering down. In a corner of a certain city, at a lovely caf¨¦ with wooden entrance and terrace, a groan of a zombie was resounding. Although, people who got startled from that groan that sounded like it was reverberating from the realm of the dead was nonexistent.
Whether it was the couple that was feeding each other with cute cake at the terrace, or the male customer with businessman appearance operating his tablet alone, or the old man walking his dog who just passed through in front of the terrace, none of them showed any sign of being bothered by that groan. Or rather, they didn''t even look like they noticed the groan.
¡¸aaa~~~~~~¡¹
The groan resounded once more. As expected no one noticed, but the owner of the groan who wasn''t paid attention to, he also seemed to get used of not being paid attention to, so he groaned without any reservation regardless of him being in public space.
To say more while in this topic, that zombie imitation had his face pressed down on the caf¨¦''s table, with both his hands holding his head. He looked like, someone who had made a mistake that couldn''t be taken back andmented his very life.
Just to make sure, this wasn''t a zombie that escaped a research ce somewhere and slipped into the street, as made evident by the ss with the logo of the caf¨¦ filled with beverage put in front of him, and the sandwich that still wasn''t touched but had already been properly ordered.
But, at that time, the smartphone that was ced on top of the table of the zombie imitation was starting to y the BGM of a certain epic RPG''s demon king battle. That ringtone caused the zombie imitation to twitch in reaction, his hand crawled with his face still pressed on the table and picked up the smartphone.
And then, he put the phone on his ear and took the call still with his face pressed on the table.
¡¸¡¡bai¡¹
¡ºWhat''s with that voice? That voice sounds like you are going to drop dead anytime.¡»
¡¸Yeah, I feel dying. I caused my shame to overflow¡¡¡¹
¡º¡¡I guessed it already. So you done it again huh, Endo.¡»
¡¸I done it¡¡I really done it, Nagumo. Perhaps, I''m no good already.¡¹
¡ºEndo¡¡¡»
From the other side of the phone receiver, the conversation partner¨D¨Dthe one who requested for the annihtion of the ult fanatic group Hydra, Nagumo Hajime guessed the mental damage of Kousuke and seemed to be exasperated, or perhaps it was sympathy in his voice that called Kousuke''s name.
And then,
¡ºWell, that doesn''t matter¨D¨D¡»
¡¸It matter! Don''t put it aside that simply! Give me more sympathy here! Have some more care! You are my kindred-spirit who know the same pain like me right!?¡¹
Having his problem simply put aside like that, the excessive sadness caused Kousuke to seed ining back from zombie back to human. *Gabacho!* His face that was pressed on the table flew up and he raised the scream of his soul as though willing it to reach the other side of the sea.
¡ºEven if you say that. In my case, I have a strong position as the victim of Hauria, but in your case, recently it came from yourself right? Not long ago you was still okay if it was just a little scuffle. Or else, was the case this time that difficult?¡»
¡¸Uguu. Stabbing me right where it hurt¡¡. That''s, it wasn''t really that bad yeah but¡¡when I entered battle, unconsciously¡¡. Maybe this is because before I asked you to open the gate and I spent a while with Hauria. Somehow, it feels like the more time I spend with them the more easily I "be" that¡¡¡¹
¡ºBing Lord Abyssgate, huh.¡»
¡¸Don''t say that nameee!¡¹
*gon-* Kousuke''s face pressed down on the table once more along with that painful sounding sound.
¨D¨DEndo Kousuke
The one with the scout role at the former hero party, at the legendary decisive battle which was carved at the history of the other world Tortus, he was the strongest assassin that boasted peerless performance against the apostles of god. ¡¡Though such thing couldn''t be imagined at all from the figure writhing in shame while groaning with his face pressed on a caf¨¦''s table.
The reason for such him who casually had a status of strongest to be turning into a hopeless person like this at a caf¨¦ in the middle of day, was needless to say because of the battlest night. Yes, that thing which was manifested at the battle, that chuuni conduct which was just too painful to look and listen to.
Just why he was performing that kind of chuuni in full drive even understanding thatter on he would receive mental damage like this where it felt like he wanted to bash his head at the corner of a block of tofu and die? There were unavoidable reasons there.
One of the reasons was this.
===========================================================================================
Endo Kousuke 17 Years Old Male Level:92
Vocation: Assassin
Physical Strength: 800
Stamina: 940
Endurance: 450
Agility: 1700
Magic Power: 560
Magic Resistance: 560
Skill: Assassination Technique [+Dagger Art] [+Concealment] [+Tracking] [+Throwing Art] [+Hidden Weapon Art] [+Transmission Wave] [+Escape Art] [+Abyss Lord] - Presence Maniption [+Presence Istion] [+Phantom Step] [+Dream Illusion III] [+rity Phantom] [+Minimum Mind] - Shadow Dance [+Water Dance] [+Leave Dance] - Gravity Magic - Language Comprehension
===========================================================================================
As for the detail of those skills, [+Dagger Art] until [+Hidden Weapon Art] had the meaning exactly as the name implied, [+Transmission Wave] was an ability to strain one''s ear to pick the vibration in the air or in the wall to listen at the conversation from some ce in a distance, [+Escape Art] was a skill that gave aptitude correction to magic if it was used for escape.
[+Phantom Step] was a skill that left behind presence with afterimage piled up on oneself to blur one''s own figure, [+Dream Illusion III] was a skill that produce illusion clone of oneself with the limit of three illusion, and then [+rity Phantom] was a skill that gave substance to the clone. [+Minimum Mind] was an invisibility assistance skill, when the user was being invisible, this skill would make the user''s breathing, heartbeat, presence, and so on, and even the fluctuation of the mind to be in a t state.
"Shadow Dance" was a skill to run on the wall that Kousuke often used. It couldn''t let him stand still on wall, but as long as he had momentum he could continue to run of wall. Its derivation [+Water Dance] was the water version, [+Leaf Dance] was a skill that let him to use things like leaf dancing in the air as instant footstep for jumping.
Now then, have you all noticed? Nonchntly there was a skill of a different disposition that could be seen just from its name mixing in among all those skills. Probably, that skill was exactly the one that awakened at that legendary decisive battle as the end derivation of assassination skill, the cause that made Kousuke''s shame went into Mach speed.
¨D¨DAbyss Lord (Abyssgate Lord)
The exnation from the status te was like this.
Effect: In the middle of bloody battle, Abyssgate Lord arrived from dark bottom that is even darker than darkness. Now, o veil of darkness, o the dead of darkness, offer thy strength to the abyss! That is, the infinite power at dream¡¡
The moment Kousuke saw this exnation, needless to say he threw his status te on the ground with all his strength. It was also needless to say that he also grinded the te with his foot while he was at it.
First the effect exnation was something cryptic that didn''t be exnation, in the first ce a nickname (?) that was given to him by chance at a battlefield bing skill name just like that was also cryptic. Or rather the exnation text was just too painful. He didn''t want to believe that this was really the final secret skill of his vocation.
However, just because of that didn''t mean that he could neglect a power that he finally obtained without knowing its effect, and above all, there was a reason why Kousuke had to know it no matter what, and so he ascertained the effect while his SAN (TN: sanity) value was being shaved off grindingly. And the result that he understood, it appeared that this skill had the effect of a gradual Limit Break. It didn''t raise his strength explosively like Limit Break, but a skill that strengthened all his specs little by little while that skill was in activation.
Furthermore, different from Limit Break, this skill didn''t have the side effect of strong lethargy after use. It could really be said as an extraordinary ability.
Although, if it was asked whether it really had no demerit at all¡¡the world wasn''t that sweet.
The demerit of [+Abyss Lord]. That was¡¡
While it was activated, the user''s speech and conduct would be forcefully made to be a wless chuuni(Abyssgate Lord)!
Furthermore what was troubling, the activation of the skill was basically possible to be done by the user''s discretionary, but there was time when this skill activated before one knew it even when the user had no intention of activating it. Perhaps the cause of that was merely because of Kousuke''s inexperience in handling this skill, or possibly there was other factor¡¡
Just like Kousuke said himself, it seemed that the ratio of the forced activation was increasing in proportion with the time he spent with the members of Hauria n, so most likely the cause was due to thetter¡¡perhaps.
¡ºI had rmended this to you before but, skill sealing artifact. Do you really not need it?¡»
¡¸Uu. Tha, that''s¡¡I want it, but¡¹
Hearing Hajime''s words, Kousuke''s expression turned bitter while his speech sounded hesitant.
Previously, when Hajime saw Kousuke who because of his speech and conduct that was too much looked like he was really going to sink into abyss, he said¡¸I cannot watch this anymore¡¡¡¹and offered to Kousuke that he would manufacture a skill sealing artifact for him. Just seeing him made even Hajime felt like his chest was struck with pile bunker.
Kousuke''s eyes turned bright right after he heard that offer, but his expression immediately changed as though he had recalled something, and then he refused the offer with an expression that was oozing out bitterness. The reason of that was,
¡¸¡¡Rana, she will be dejected then.¡¹
¡ºReally someone like you is¡¡¡»
That.
Rana¨D¨DRapid Shadow, Ranainferna Hauria (Real name: Rana, just Rana. This is important so I''ll say it for the third time, it''s just Rana).
At the legendary decisive battle, Kousuke used his ability¨D¨Dincluding his skill and also his nonexistent presence that he had by nature¨D¨Dwith all his power, and with all his seriousness to stay invisible, yet regardless of that this rabbit eardy of Hauria n found him normally. She was the woman who stole Kousuke''s heart. And then, she was also the perpetrator who brought forth Abyssgate Lord to this world.
Above all else, Kousuke feared that if he sealed Abyssgate Lord, then she would fall out of love with him.
¡ºWell, you went many hardships to go out with her . No, that''s already crossed over the level of hardship. I think that you are the most amazing guy among our ssmates you know, in various meanings. Or rather, I can even say that I''m holding respect for you.¡»
¡¸I, is that so? It''s not really something that much¡¡¡¹
¡ºDon''t be ridiculous. Just what is this guy who conquer¡¾Raisen Great Labyrinth¡¿by himself only for the sake of getting recognized by the woman he fell in love with is saying huh.¡»
¡¸A, hahaha¡¡yeah. I thought I was going to die that time. No, if I didn''t use Abyssgate Lord state 24 hour that time, enduring that ck history that made me dying in shame, I''d die normally there.¡¹
Yes, just as shown by that skill which was casually written on the status te, actually Kousuke had conquered¡¾Raisen Great Labyrinth¡¿. Furthermore he did it alone. At the battle against ult group Hydra, he was standing normally on ceiling wasn''t because of his skill to wall run or because of Hajime''s artifact, but by using his own gravity magic.
Even though the master of¡¾Raisen Great Labyrinth¡¿, Miledy Raisen was already gone, even though there was nothing but the half-automatic type interceptor golem that she left behind, but thebyrinth''s trap and the situation where magic was unusable there were still going strong. Also, even though the golem was half-automatic type, they only lost the tactical capability like when Miledy controlled them, but their battle ability didn''t decline even for a bit.
And Kousuke conquered suchbyrinth by himself in a week and he returned alive. Because he was always in a state of Abyssgate Lord, his physical ability and will power, and then his chuuni speech and conduct, in various meanings they all broke the limit even more than Limit Break, and because he challenged his limit like that, his body and his heart, especially his heart! were all tattered, but even so he returned alive with all his limbs intact. It was only natural that Hajime and others were shocked by that.
¡ºReally, you did well to survive. That was a savage condition that made even princess Kaguya look cute. You, just how much you loved that woman huh?¡»
¡¸That''s, so much that I''d challenge even Nagumo?¡¹
¡ºThat''s so huh¡¡¡»
Yes, Kousuke was challenging the greatbyrinth with even more preparedness for death than at the decisive battle when it was alreadypletely the epilogue scene if it was a story where the final battle had ended, that was because the lovely rabbit ear onee-san Ranainfe¡¡Rana gave a condition to Kousuke.
Since that day of the decisive battle, during the one month before they returned to earth, Kousuke was making his approach to Rana with great vigor.
However, Ranai¡¡Rana was a Hauria n, and all members of Hauria n worshipped Hajime without a single exception. It was to the degree that if Hajime wished it, then any female of Hauria would instantly offer their body to him.
Of course, Hajime had the strongest hitting type bug character Shia Hauria who was the same Hauria n like them, so there was no hero among them who would proactively try from themselves to obtain Hajime''s affection. But, even so they made their "Boss" Hajime, the "demon king-sama that ughter even god" as their standard for men so¡¡to speak the unvarnished truth, their ideal was absurdly high.
And so, naturally, Kousuke''s approach also didn''t sway Rana.
¡¸Fuh, I am a shadow that is serving "that person". A shadow doesn''t need love¡¡¡¹
Like that,
¡¸You too have strange taste aren''t you. Know that you won''t get away with just scald if you touch me, for you to pursue a dangerous woman like me¡¡¡¹
Or like that,
¡¸Stop it already. A resolve to continue to walk together with me, in the bottom of darkness that is even deeper than abyss, there is none of that inside you am I right?¡¹
Or like that, those sentences were told to Kousuke with fearless, or possibly bewitching smile on her face.
No matter how many times he confessed, Kousuke was shot down with speech that was undeniably excessive. Such Kousuke was seen by Hajime with a gaze as though he was witnessing a hero, while Shia was staring with intensely reproachful eyes (at Rana).
Even so Kousuke didn''t get discouraged, he kept approaching her repeatedly, seeing that as expected even Rana seemed to be moved just a little by his persistence, that in the end it became like this.
¡¸¡¡Uu, do, do you want me that much? Not that, cough-. If you wish for this cursed body to that degree¡¡. But, I belong to boss¡¡not that, cough-. It''s unfortunate, however my body already belong to "that person". That''s why, okay? Give up¡¡not that, cough-. Shadow live in shadow, and light in light, that is thew. Bu, but, well, if you conquer a greatbyrinth or something like boss¡¡or maybe, if you can make even a scratch on boss¡¡it''s not like I won''t think about it, maybe? Not that-, cough-. Fuh, if you still wish for this body even then, then try to challenge the king of abyss and splendidly exert yourself and win.¡¹
The beautiful rabbit ear onee-san said such thing while fidgeting and looking restless. It went without saying that seeing that caused the inside of Kousuke''s chest to contain explosive heat that was equivalent with the eruption of¡¾Guryuen Grand Volcano¡¿before.
Yes, the condition that Rana gave him was to conquer a greatbyrinth as well asnding an attack at the demon king Hajime¡¡.
Just as Hajime said, it was a savage condition that might made even princess Kaguya to go¡¸Wai-, you-¡¹.
However, Kousuke who was zing with the pathos of feverish love that could burn him to ash didn''t even listen to the voices of the surrounding that tried to stop him, his figure vanished while no one noticed, he picked¡¾Raisen Great Labyrinth¡¿because it had the highest possibility for him to conquer and also because the age of god magic that he could obtain from there suited him the most, and then he jumped right into it.
After that, a weekter. As expected Nagayama Juugo and Nomura Kentarou were anxious because Kousuke didn''t go back. They discussed it with Hajime and others, the person concerned Rana was also acting ''perhaps I have said a little bit too much¡¡'' with her gaze swimming around, so Shia who was already familiar with conquering that dungeon was about to go out for searching (by no means that they finally noticed that Kousuke wasn''t there only after a week passed), it was at that time,
Kousuke returned.
He was tattered all over, but he properly obtained age of god magic¨D¨Dthe gravity magic. And then, while making the surrounding dumbfounded with his iprehensible behavior of obtaining new power after the final battle for some reason, Kousuke made a deration. He pointed his finger with a snap, and then boldly, with a fearless smile on his face,
¡¸Demon king Nagumo Hajime-. Fight me!¡¹
He said.
Naturally, Juugo yelled¡¸Kousukeee,e back to your sanityyy! Stop doing something like suicideee!¡¹, Kentarou begged¡¸Shirasaki-san-, Ayakoo, anyone is fine! Quickly a recovery magic-. I beg you treat his head carefully!¡¹, Aiko-sensei clung at Hajime while pleading¡¸Hajime-kun, don''t be hasty-. Endo-kun is, that, he is just a little tired! His head is-¡¹, and then Kouki, Ryutaro, and Suzu stood in the way between Endo and Hajime, they were trying to buy time for Kousuke to escape while getting drenched in cold sweat with the preparedness of death.
All those caused Hajime to say¡¸You guys, just what do you think I am¡¡¡¹with his cheeks cramping, but he was reaping what he sow, so no one consoled him.
In that ce that was filled with chaos, Kousukepletely ignored his friends who were stopping him, his gaze turned toward Rana and then he proimed with a loud voice, willing it to reach into her heart.
¡¸Rana-san-. I love you! The condition that you gave me¨D¨Dif you can put even a wound at boss, then it''s not like I won''t think about it, those words, I believe in them! In front of Rana-san''s eyes, I''ll put a wound at Nagumo, clearly and distinctly-!!!¡¹
Hearing that promation, the ssmates who didn''t know that Rana''s condition was just her hiding her embarrassment finally guessed the reason of Kousuke conquering a greatbyrinth and his war deration to Hajime which could only be thought as suicide wish, and they thought.
¨D¨DSo it''s Hauria again-!!!!!
Everyone simultaneously directed criticizing gaze of¡¸What the hell you have said to him!¡¹to Rana. Rana who received those gazes were drenched in cold sweat while her gaze was swimming around as expected. Her cheeks reddened a bit from Kousuke''s deration while the Hauria females at the surrounding were giving her broad grin and teasing.
Now then, Hajime who received the challenge because of all those felt somewhat of a sympathy at the scenario of a boy challenging a powerful enemy for the sake of the woman he loved and he epted that challenge.
Of course, he had no n to get done in that easily. Even he had women that he loved, doing something like an unsightly fight in front of those women, was something that wouldn''t do no matter what kind of circumstances it was, and above all, Kousuke himself would ask to be excused from "being gifted a mercy win".
And so, Hajime and Kousuke carried out a duel, and the result was¨D¨D
The fact that currently Rana was epting Kousuke''s feeling was the clearest proof there was. The strongest assassin character, + full power Abyssgate Lord state, thebination of those weren''t just for show.
It was a grand battle in various meanings but¡¡that would be told in another chance.
Kousuke who aplished the great feat of conquering¡¾Raisen Great Labyrinth¡¿solo, as well as dealing a blow at the godying demon king, he splendidly shot down Rana''s heart with that challenge that put his life at stake.
But, naturally, although Rana had entrusted her to Kousuke, the fact that Rana was a Hauria didn''t change, the time that he spent together with her, and also the time when he was weed by Kam and others as family, all of those times were basically spent as chuni. Naturally, because of that his Abyssgate Lord time was also increasing¡¡
¡¸Nagumoo, perhaps, I cannot go back anymore¡¡. Perhaps, I should just go until the very end just like this instead.¡¹
¡ºYou are really driven to the wall huuh. But, even if you stop being Abys¨D¨Dchuuni, I don''t think that girl Rana will fall out of love from you though? The fact is that you broke through that girl''s savage condition right from the front. That is something that nobody else will be able to do. No matter even if you are chuuni or not, but there is no way she will abandon you who have gone that far for her sake after thiste.¡»
¡¸Perhaps, that''s so. But try to think from the opposite. From here on too I''ll spend time together with Hauria n as rtive. If I act normally among them by myself¡¡won''t the away game feeling get bad like that? See, it will be like a guy that cannot read the mood who will make a realistic retort like¡ºThis kind of thing is impossible in real world¡»when you are ying fantasy game.¡¹
¡ºWha, what a difficult guy¡¡. Well, that''s an example that is easy to understand though. Indeed, doing that will dampen the mood.¡»
¡¸Right? This guy, he can''t read the mood huh, or what a boring guy, or he is not fun huh¡¡if Rana think of me like that, I don''t have the confidence that I can keep living even then.¡¹
¡ºDon''t assert so surely like that geez. Rather, you cannot be helped anymore, in the end Endo, you have already found the answer inside yourself right? That''s why, I too just tried to casually put it aside¡¡¡»
¡¸Listen to me here! I too know that I''m justining! But I want someone to listen to me still! Recently when I talked this to Juugo or Kentarou, both of them would just act ''saying this again huh~'' and won''t listen to me at all! You are my kindred-spirit that know the same pain aren''t you!?¡¹
¡ºAa, got it, got it. That''s why don''t scream like that to the phone.¡»
In the end, it seemed that Kousuke had the resolve to shoulder by himself (?) his shame or his metal damage, the point was that he just wanted Hajime to listen to him grumbling. Because Hajime understood that, that at first he tried to put it aside, but it seemed that Kousuke wanted him to keep himpany in him letting out his stress.
Hajime who was faithfully keepingpany with such Kousuke was alsopletely different from the time when he was at Tortus, perhaps it should be said that he had mellowed. Though perhaps there was also the feeling of sympathy in him as arade who knew the same pain of heart just like Kousuke said.
After that, for a while Kousuke spoke his grumbling at length, between times he also asked for love consultation (?) like a way to progress his rtionship with Rana, before finally Kousuke''s mind was recovered, it was at that time that Hajime finally spoke the main topic of why he called¨D¨Dthe detailed story of the ult group Hydra.
¡ºSo? I don''t think that you will make any miss but, was the treatment to those guys went well?¡»
¡¸Yeah, no problem with that. Hydra has be a charity group inside those guys. I think they will direct the funds of their society to unfortunate children from here on. I don''t do anything to the bunches that weren''t at that ce though.¡¹
¡ºI don''t mind that. After all they are a big organization. It seems that they have members everywhere, I''ll deal with those. Well, perhaps I''ll ask you to do something like this again if you happen to be nearby the target location while you are in your private business like this time.¡»
¡¸No, I wasn''t really close with this ce. I was at North America you know? You, aren''t your sense of distance getting weird because you can use gate?¡¹
Kousuke red with reproachful eyes while understanding that Hajime couldn''t see him. Which wasn''t surprising. In the first ce Kousuke left Japan wasn''t to purposefully respond to Hajime''s request. If that was the case then no matter how extremely busy Hajime was, it would be faster if he opened a gate and directly marched into the enemy base.
This time Hajime requested Kousuke to deal with antagonistic organization was because the timing was just right when Kousuke was overseas in a private business using his winter vacation. And then, the private business of Kousuke was to boldly observe battlefield medical treatment in practice. Therefore, the destination of Kousuke was a country with inadequate medical system, there he learned directly in the spot, and by the time he thought ''well, perhaps I should go back soon?'', an imperialmand came down from the demon king-sama to him.
By the way, for the moment Kousuke was a student preparing for examinations to enter the medical university he wished for, but perhaps it was a present for doing his best at another world, his skill "Language Comprehension" also could be used for allnguages on earth, he was already like a native speaker right from the start at the foreignnguage subject, the other students preparing for examination were in the state of teary eyes in that subject, so Kousuke had rtively more leeway there.
Also, Kousuke wanted to enter medical university not because he wanted doctor license or that he wanted to be an elite doctor, but only because he wanted knowledge and technique that could be put to use at Tortus someday, so there was no need for him to enter into a university with that high of a standard, like that sometimes he was going around like this rxing while also observing real practice of medical treatment.
The base of ult group Hydra that was Allgrey residence was located at Britain, so thinking withmon sense, it couldn''t be said that it was a ce that was close with the ce that Kousuke visited this time. It wasn''t like Kousuke had a gate so he normally made use ofmercial airne (he had quite a lot of request fee transferred to his ount from Hajime though) to travel until here which made it even farther.
¡ºI told you before that if it''s you I''ll at least make a degraded crystal key for you didn''t I?¡»
¡¸¡¡I''ll refrain from that. Nagumo''s artifact is too convenient. If I grow to rely it like it''s only natural, then it feels like I''ll think of normal life as inconvenient, that''s scary. If I''m traveling then I''ll limit myself to my own feet and public transportation.¡¹
¡ºYou, even though you have thin shadow but something you say something with depth huh.¡»
¡¸You don''t need to add about the thin shadow-. Just the request fee you transferred is enough. About this much is just right for a timid person like me.¡¹
Kousuke could feel Hajime smiling wryly at the other side of the phone from his words. Kousuke who didn''t receive really high assessment from the surrounding because of the thinness of his shadow fundamentally had low self-esteem. Even though he always produced an outrageous result "when he noticed", he wasn''t evaluated by other, that was why it didn''t be an awareness of him that what he had done was amazing.
¡ºWell, anyway, you saved me the trouble there. I nned to crush them sooner orter, but recently I''m seriously busy. If those guys start to move all out it will be really troublesome, but now their heads are crushed before that happen, so I guess they won''t move for a while. Now I can devote myself to what I want to do with this spare time.¡»
¡¸That''s great. If I remember right, you are doing various things like making it easier to open the gate to Tortus right? If that works then I''ll be able to meet with Rana more casually.¡¹
Leaving aside Kousuke''s low self-esteem, their talk came to a finish after Hajime heard about what he wanted to ask. Kousuke earnestly reminded Hajime that he would cooperate with this kind of odd jobs, so he should hurry with establishing a way to make it easier toe and go to Tortus, after that he was about to hang up the phone.
¡¸Then,ter. Nagu¨D¨D¡¹
It was at that time.
Suddenly, *gyagyagyagya-!!* such sound of something slipping fiercely resounded.
¡¸Wha, what is!?¡¹
¡ºOi, Endo, what¨D¨D¡»
The shocked Endo turned his gaze toward the street where the sound of slipping and scream of people were reverberating from, right after that a thunderous sound that drowned the words of Hajime came, a car was drifting through the street corner rushing out toward here.
The thunderous roar was the sound of that car running wilding into contact with the car parked on the street. The parked car that was hit had its mirror blown away and its tailmp popping off. However, while it clearly caused such incident, the car that made its entrance with a drift didn''t show any sign of stopping at all, far from that it elerated further.
Toward the caf¨¦ where Kousuke was.
¡¸Wha-, wa-¨D¨D!?¡¹
The couple, businessman, and then the beautiful waitress who were also at the terrace screamed while tumbling over trying to escape inside the caf¨¦. The next moment, the ck car that looked tough pulled its emergency brake just before it charged into the terrace and its rear part mowed the terrace heartily.
Wreckage of terrace danced midair, and then tableware and cooking¡¡
¡¸Uoh. That''s a waste!¡¹
Kousuke was evading the wreckages of the terrace before jumping to the air and with *hyupapapa-* caught the sandwich that he still hadn''t touched! In his hand was a te that he secured unnoticed while the sandwich was put on it before it was blown away still beautifully untouched due to Kousuke''s exquisite skill. While he was at it, he had put away his smartphone into his pocket unnoticed and in exchange used his hand to use the ss that he had secured to skillfully secure the blown away beverage to a certain degree.
And then, he caught midair thest piece of sandwich with his mouth and lightlynded on top of the caf¨¦''s signboard that was ced on the walkway.
¡¸Mugumuguh, puhah. Good grief, a car suddenly came charging, just what in the world¨D¨D¡¹
Kousuke swallowed the sandwich that he caught in his mouth and he spoke hisin with his two hands holding te and ss, there his gaze suddenly met someone.
The ck car that was temporarily stopping after crashing into the terrace. From the window of that car''s passenger seat, there was a blond haired girl with his mouth opened wide looking as though ''I had seen something unbelievable!'', her gaze staring fixedly at Kyousuke.
Beside the girl who had pretty blonde hair that was tied into side tail and almond-shaped eyes with unyielding spirit that reminded one of cat, there was also a beauty with crisp appearance and very short hair style who was the perpetrator of this reckless driving. That very short hairdy was also staring fixedly at Kousuke.
¡¸A, aa~, he, hello? Are you two, injured?¡¹
Kousuke was making a bit awkward expression from the stares of the two that was too straightforward while he tried to say such thing for the moment. Perhaps reacting to that, the cat eye side-tail girl was opening her mouth to say something but,
¡¸Eh, wai-, again!?¡¹
A fierce slipping sound that suddenly could be heard made Kousuke''s cheeks convulsed and he turned his gaze there. Ahead of his gaze, there were the scene of simr ck cars, two, three of them drifting while rushing out from the street corner.
The woman with very short hair also seemed to notice that, she recovered her time that stopped from witnessing Kousuke''s absurd movement. She immediately moved the steering wheel, stepped on the elerator and rapidly took off right away. The cat eye side-tail girl passionately kissed¡¸Mugyuu-!?¡¹the side ss due to the centrifugal force.
The ck car boarded by two females seemed to, no, they were really running away from the ck cars that came from behind, their car was driving dangerously once more while vanishing at the other side of the road. After that, the three ck cars passed through in pursuit.
It was a scene that happened out of nowhere. In a hair''s breadth, the couple and businessman that had escaped from the terrace into the caf¨¦ fearfully peaked outside, while Kousuke was drinking up his beverage with *zugo-¨D¨D* sound.
¡ºOo~i, Endo. What happened?¡»
Actually the call was still connected all this time, the voice of Hajime resounded from the smartphone.
Kousuke jumped down from the signboard and gently put down the ss that he had just drained on that signboard. His gaze was moving to the other side of the road where the cars were disappearing while he took out his smartphone, and then he responded to Hajime seriously.
¡¸Nagumo, as expected, foreign country is scaryyy.¡¹
¡º¡¡You, what are you saying?¡»
Hajime''s retort drifted lightly into the blowing wind and vanishedpletely.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Now then, about thecustom (?) heroine attribute,
Blonde side-tail + Lab coat girl + unyielding cat-eyes +¡ð¡ð + ¡ð¡ð
Something will surely be entered into those¡ð¡ð. Please use your imagination if you like.
By the way, the model for her is Akita Neru. Tda-style is goddess. (TN: Tda-style is character model that is used at Miku Miku Dance, Vocaloid)
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 200
Chapter 200
Inside the room that was merely old rather than retro, was illuminated by orange light of fluorescentmp. The wall was wooden and looked thin, only the synthetic leather sofa with fading coloration and the bed looked excessively big, but the sheets and curtain with the same color gave worn out impression vaguely.
¡¸As expected from a cheap hotel. It really gives the atmosphere like hotel in movie where fugitive will take refuge in.¡¹
The floor was creaking. Kousuke who threw his body on the bed was smiling wryly while speaking to himself a sentence that sounded like a g. The spring of the ancient bed was making creaking sounds as though to protest to the one treating it roughly.
Because Kousuke had a need to stay for one night due to his ne''s schedule, he rented a hotel room like this. And why was he intentionally choosing this kind of dpidated hotel when he had just received a considerable amount of request fee from Hajime that someone with social status of a student wouldn''t be able to normally obtain? That was merely because of Kousuke''s poor person''s mentality.
Even if he stayed in a high ss hotel without any particr necessity just because he had much money, Kousuke would definitely be unable to calm down coupled with the gaudiness of the room. Staying in a capsule hotel¡¡isn''t it strangely calming? Those were the words that Kousuke once said to his parents when they were going in a family trip.
The parents of Kyousuke at that time was as expected a little bit solemn at their son''s sense that was somewhat too small as a person, at the very least he should be demanding for business hotel or pension.
¡¸But well, I at least splurged a little and rented the upper floor. This is nice scenery.¡¹
The reason Kousuke picked this hotel was because this hotel had fifteen floors rtively to its oldness. The higher the floor, the more expensive the cost for just a smidgen, but after thoroughly worrying, Kousuke finally decided¡¸A, around floor ten, this is a rare chance so it should be fine¡¡¡¹so that he could enjoy the scenery. If his ssmates or his family knew that, surely they would be looking at him with a lukewarm gaze.
When he opened the worn-out curtain, there the lighting of the city was like stars that were spread on the ground, they were sparkling with glitters. It was quite a night scenery that he could be satisfied with, just like what he expected and hoped for.
¡¸¡¡Next time let''s look at this with Rana for sure, yup.¡¹
Kousuke spoke to himself once more. Inside his mind, the imagination of him doing romantic this and that with his older rabbit ear lover were rushing about. ¡¡If Juugo and Kentarou were at his side, they would surely give a retort that before things like night scenery and so on, he should at least raise the hotel''s grade a little bit higher.
He was enjoying the night scenery for a while having a wild delusion inside his brain about rendezvousing with Rana, during that time he took out his smartphone and smiled cheerfully while looking at his photo with Rana that they took thest time the gate was opened to Tortus, he repeated those kind of things for several hours.
Kousuke headed toward the bathroom, thinking that he should take a shower soon and retire to bed.
The bathroom also had antique structure, There was a shower nozzle that could be directly taken on the wall and several handles below it. For the time being he would first ascertain the knack of the old shower, when he rotated the handle which yed *kiko-kiko* sound, water gushed out rapidly. While saying¡¸Na?ve-, you think I''ll get my head drenched just like the clich¨¦ huh!¡¹by himself futilely, he adjusted the handle *kiko-kiko* so that the warmth would be the optimum temperature.
He ascertained the warmth with his hand while whispering ''This temperature is enough I guess'', it was at that time¨D¨D
Noisy hustle and bustle and fierce shaking came from upper floor. The troubling thing was that dust fluttered down in sprinkles from the ceiling.
¡¸Kehoh. What''s this, don''t make a racket in this kind of worn-out hotel you there. ¡¡The ceiling won''t be thin like the wall right?¡¹
He had finished confirming the thinness of the wall. He wanted to believe that this building wouldn''t go as far as having even its ceiling selling a fight right from the front toward thew regarding construction standard. Kousuke''s expression was turning slightly anxious while he was looking up at the ceiling that was energetically spraying down dust.
There was no way, that the people at upper floor was intensely making love, where the excessive intensity would cause the ceiling to came off and fell down, where Kousuke would face the couple¨D¨Dain''t no way such thing would¡¡while Kousuke was having wild delusion that would make him red faced if his acquaintance asked him about it, for some reason a bad premonition was welling up inside his chest, then he shook his head like dog in order to shake off the dust raining down on his head.
Instantly, *pan-pan-pan* bursting sound that he was familiar with struck Kousuke''s eardrum.
¡¸E, ee? Wai-, just now was that gunshot? Isn''t that too intense for love making!?¡¹
Kousuke looked up at the ceiling again from being startled. Even during that time the gunshot continued to sound without pause. No matter how he thought about it, the guest at the upper floor was doing a fierce gunfight with someone else. Moreover, *papapapapa* from how even consecutive bursting sound like that could be heard, one of the sides, or possibly both sides were evening there equipped with machine gun type.
¡¸I, I just witnessed a car chase at the afternoon you know? Just how dangerous foreign country can be huh. Or else, is it Japan that is too peaceful!?¡¹
Thinking that it would be unbearable if bullets pierced the ceiling and rained down at him, Kousuke made his body smaller while exiting the bathroom. And then, just to be sure he should look at the situation of his own room''s floor whether it was safe or not, so he quietly opened the room toward the corridor. His face peeked out a bit and he ran his gaze to the left and right of the corridor, but for now it seemed there was no one at the corridor.
Kousuke went¡¸Who can stay longer than this in a hotel that have guys having gunfight like that!¡¹, he was raising a weird g while deciding to start to run away.
But, before he could do that, from the direction of the window there was a sh that was too intense bursting out. It appeared that the guest upstair was even using shbang. Right after that,
¡¸Doctor Grant-, hold on! We are jumping!¡¹
¡¸We, we''ll really do it!? Ya, wait, wait I told youuuuuuu~~~¡¹
Just when he heard such loud voice and screaming from the window, right after that, *pan-pan-pan* the window of Kousuke''s room had several holes opened on it and it cracked in spider web shape, right at the next instant, *gashaaan-* the window ss was blown away inside along with that pulverization sound.
¨D¨DAlong with a woman in ck suits, and a blonde haired side tail girl that was being held by that woman.
¡¸Are you injured, Doctor Grant?¡¹
¡¸Uu, I''m fine here Vanessa. But, my life span is shrinking.¡¹
The tall woman wearing ck suits¨D¨Dan agent of state security bureau Vanessa Paradis helped the blonde haired side tail girl wearingb coat¨D¨DEmily Grant to stand up.
Emily was making a pale face while shaking her head around, Vanessa was giving that a nce while quickly recing the magazine of the automatic gun she was holding with her gaze moving at the entrance.
¡¸Let''s hurry Doctor Grant. We will be surrounded soon.¡¹
¡¸Yes, I understand. Even so, I''m d that there is no one in the room below.¡¹
¡¸Yes. Thinking of their method, they will be willing to involve even civilian after all¡¡¡¹
Both of them was jumping down withparatively reckless method of using bed sheet as extempore rope to leap down from upper floor to lower floor, but they stroke down their chest in relieved sigh that there was no one in that lower floor room.
Whether it was with the car chase at the afternoon and also the attack before that, the pursuer of Emily and Vanessa was gradually growing to not choose their method. If there was civilian not at a public ce but in a inconspicuous ce like this room of a dpidated hotel, those guys would undoubtedly remove that person without any second thought.
(¡¡No, well, this happen every time, so it''s not like I''m bothered. But I entered your field of vision right in front of you here, and it''s not like I''m putting on invisibility or anything you know?)
The sudden situation caused a certain someone with thin shadow somewhere who stiffened while half opening the door''s room to slip out grumble while his cheeks were convulsing. And then, he thought that instead it was better like this that he wasn''t noticed by this two females who were intensely smelling of troublesome thing, perhaps he ought to n to flee right away without dy.
However, Kousuke''s luggage¨D¨Dalthough there was nothing really valuable in it, but he couldn''t leave behind his passport and wallet that were in there.
Besides,
(¡¡These two, aren''t they the two at the car chase this afternoon?)
Yes, Kousuke remembered. These two were the females who witnessed his beautiful midair sandwich catch and ginger ale catch, and then they exposed silliness of getting dazed with mouth wide open regardless that they were in the middle of a car chase.
They gave intense smell of troublesome thing, one of them was obviously not a person with a respectable position, while the other one, even though she was around the same age with Kousuke yet she was wearing a worn-outb coat. But even so, for some reason Kousuke was paying attention to these two who were in a desperate situation.
That was perhaps because he had seen the figure of these two feeling relieved that no unrted person was getting dragged into their situation even while they were confronting an outrageous situation like gunfight in an intense action movie.
(But, I won''t be moved. Even though this is a coincident that looks like there is even some kind ofpelling force working in it, but a coincidence is a coincidence. These two look like they are good people, and they are beauty, they are beauty! But me who am a riajuu and have Rana as lover won''t be swayed! I will also have summer cram school short course the day after tomorrow. And so, I''m going home!)
Kousuke proimed such thing inside his heart while using stealthy footsteps, stealthy footsteps, sloo~wly and quii~etly he returned inside the room. It wasn''t like he had a callous sense of value who would cast away everything unrted to him like Hajime when he was at Tortus.
However, Kousuke who was at earth was a man of valor at supernatural level who could annihte the main base of a secret society that possessed history of several hundred years by his lonesome. Someone who possessed such power could do almost anything. And then, in this world, everywhere there were troubled people asking for help, and someone like Kousuke who was traveling around here and there would witness that to a "frequent" degree whether he wanted it or not.
If he moved just because of his emotion to all of those with only the reason of "because they are in trouble", then there wouldn''t be an end to it. Something like pursuing his own dream would be secondary or tertiary.
And above all, Kousuke also wasn''t someone like Hajime who possessed strength to a degree that was almost almighty. In addition, he didn''t happen to have a sense of value of relying upon others just for his own objective that would let him say¡¸Something that can make me almighty¡¹and request artifact to Hajime.
There were several times until now where he had bad aftertaste from turning a blind eye or feeling ashamed due to his action, but, even so, what was the thing that ought to be prioritized, and where he should draw the line¡¡the importance of those had been carved into his heart by his days at the other world, the way of the demon king that guided them, and the time that he spent with Rana and family of Hauria.
Like that, Kousuke decided to not get involved with Emily and Vanessa. Right at that time the two females were being on guard while moving toward the entrance¨D¨Din other words, toward Kousuke''s direction, the two sides passed each other, and it was at that time, a situation arose as though to ridicule that decision of Kousuke.
¡¸VANESSAAAAA-!!!¡¹
¡¸-!?¡¹
An angry voice was thrown toward Vanessa. The origin of that voice was the window with nice venttion that Vanessa and Emily had just jumped through. Seeing at that direction, there was a man who was wrapping his hand with bed sheet as rope recement simrly like Vanessa, using centrifugal force to leap into the room.
Vanessa reflexively aimed her gun to shot the man. But, the gun muzzle of the handgun that the man''s other hand was holding was aimed not at herself but toward Emily, seeing that Vanessa immediately jumped and pushed Emily down.
The man grinned widely at that reaction of Vanessa, in the end he didn''t pull the trigger and like that he rushed into the room agilely, with a forward roll he killed his momentum while his gun was thrust out with a flowing motion right toward Vanessa who had just lifted her face.
¡¸¡¡Tsk. So you are faster even in this situation. As always, it''s only your technique that is first ss.¡¹
The man dropped his gaze toward his own chest along with a click of his tongue. There he found Vanessa''s gun silently propped.
¡¸That word "only" is saying too much, Kimberly. I''m also nning to have the sincerity to not betray myrade unlike you.¡¹
¡¸Hah. That is not called "sincerity". That''s called "naivety". Just like how you covered that missy just now even while you understood that I wouldn''t shot.¡¹
The man called Kimberlymbasted like that at Vanessa with a tone that sounded as though spit would spittle out. Brown short hair and toned body that was obvious even behind the suits he wore. Eyes that looked like bird of prey and lips with their corner raised cynically. Seeing objectively, he had a well-ordered feature of wild type that could even pass off as actor.
Judging from their way of speaking, it was obvious that Vanessa and Kimberly knew each other, no, that they were coworker. At the same time, Kimberly who seemed to be the pursuer of Emily and Vanessa could also be seen to have a turbulent background of having betrayed Vanessa.
(Waiiit! What the hell keep happening one after another here! Is this a movie-, am I in the middle of action movie that excited the whole America huh-! Are you two aiming for this scene where you point gun at each other while cracking jokes huh! Aren''t you two cool huh!)
Vanessa and Kimberly both slowly stood up while aiming their gun at each other. Right around the middle of them was a man with thin shadow who were furiously making retort even though he didn''t say it out loud. He should be inside their field of vision normally but¡¡
¡¸Give up already Vanessa. Hand over the doctor. You too,e with me. You can get lot of money that will still have change left even if you used them for ying your whole life you know? That''s far better than eating lead bullet in this kind of ce right?¡¹
¡¸Did you kill everyone in the team for that kind of reason? Just because of money? There is no way I''ll be swayed by that kind of vulgar reason. I''ll aplish my duty. I won''t let youy your hand on the doctor.¡¹
Kimberly clicked his tongue once again in irritation. Behind Vanessa, Emily whose face was stiffened in nervousness was directing her gaze at Vanessa with face that looked like wanting to cry.
¡¸Uhah, this woman is so cool¡¡. If this is a movie filming then you must be the protagonist for sure, yep.¡¹
Someone somewhere spontaneously let out his impression.
Kimberly nced at Emily while continuing his words with mocking tone.
¡¸Duty is it. Hah, do you seriously think that something like that is still valid?¡¹
¡¸¡¡What do you mean?¡¹
¡¸Who knows? Just what does that mean I wonder? Won''t you get it if you return to the headquarter?¡¹
¡¸Don''t tell me¡¡¡¹
Vanessa whose expression was scarce in variation even through all these chain of events opened her eyes slightly wider at this point. The words of Kimberly gave light to the possibility that perhaps they were already falling into a hopeless and isted situation. Even though it was already hopeless to break through the current situation, to lose even her backing would be the same as being ced in a check for real.
Were Kimberly''s words the truth? Who was her ally and who was her enemy? Who could she believe?
In contrast with Vanessa''s scarce expression, inside she was wracking her brain. It was at that time sounds of footsteps running from corridor reverberated like time limit ticking down. While Kimberly was obstructing them here, the other pursuers were using the stair toe here.
¡¸tsu¡¹
¡¸This is the end Vanessa. I understand you know? Normally, you wouldn''t follow along with this kind of pointless task and would try to suppress me swiftly. You didn''t do that because you are injured somewhere aren''t you? My surprise attack at the researchb¨D¨Dseems like you didn''t manage to deal with thatpletely huh. Your driving at the afternoon too, you were continuously making mistakes that is unlike you.¡¹
Kimberly quickly ran his gaze all over Vanessa''s body, then he said¡¸Is it your side?¡¹whileughing. Vanessa didn''t show any reaction, but in exchange Emily''s sorrowful expressionpletely exposed the truth in Kimberly''s words.
¡¸Aa, then that ident at the afternoon, so that wasn''t simply because she is unskillful in driving huh.¡¹
Inside that strained situation, a certain someone with thin shadow who was sneakily and quietly collecting his luggage was whispering such thing with small voice. As expected, surely someone would noti¡¡
¡¸Even so you aren''t pulling the trigger, is that because you don''t think that you will for sure even against the wounded me?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I wish you''d say that I''m careful instead. There is no need for me to intentionally brave more danger even though it will be checkmate already soon.¡¹
¡¸No, that attitude of yours isn''t what is called "careful", but "cowardice".¡¹
Perhaps that was her payback for before. Kimberly who ate a splendid word counter narrowed his eyes looking daunted. ¡¸That''s really an excellent payback. You''re doing great, do it more! Get humiliated, you handsome!¡¹Such small voice that cheered Vanessa and cursed Kimberly resounded, but the voice was normally passing into right ear and came out from the left ear unnoticed.
Right after that, six armed men rushed into the room with noisy footsteps. Vanessa frowned and Emily turned pale while huddling close to Vanessa, Kimberly''s expression becamepletely filled with joy, and the young man with thin shadow had shouldered his baggage unnoticed while looking back from nearby the door with an awkward expression.
¡¸Now then, this is the end of the road of your meaningless escape drama. Sorry, but I won''t ask you already whether you will join me or not. I''ll kill you here and take away the missy. You had spat at yourst chance just now. You stupid woman.¡¹
¡¸Vanessaa!¡¹
¡¸tsu, Doctor-¡¹
When Kimberly signaled with his eyes, a man with solid built wearing leather jacket caught Emily''s arm and tore her away from Vanessa. Vanessa gritted her teeth and then she took a deep breath as though resolving herself before,
¡¸Doctor Grant, my apologize. It seems that I cannot protect you until the end. But, that doesn''t mean I have run out card. Please don''t give up.¡¹
Saying that, she smiled faintly while taking off her gazepletely from Kimberly, she defenselessly turned around toward Emily. She casually slid out something from her pocket while¨D¨D
¡¸Do you think, how many times I have teamed up with you?¡¹
¡¸tsk, guh¡¹
Instantly a gunshot echoed, at the same time Kimberly''s kick stabbed onto Vanessa''s nk. The gunshot came from Vanessa. She pretended to avert her attention toward Emily while firing at Kimberly, then she tried to use herst shbang.
But, Kimberly appeared to have predicted that, he brushed off Vanessa''s gun with his gun that he pointed at her and simultaneously heunched a fierce kick at her nk.
Vanessa fell on her knee due to the intense pain and red stain seeped out on her nk. At her side *clonk* a small shbang with its pin still attached rolled. Vanessa was drenched in sweat, even so she tried to aim her gun muzzle toward Kimberly but her arm was kicked once again and her arm let go of the gun.
And then, Kimberly''s gun muzzle pushed grindingly at Vanessa''s forehead, as though to show that it was checkmate for sure this time.
¡¸I got no carelessness and opening. That''s my respect to you.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Kimberly looked down at Vanessa with a gaze that contained no more emotion. Emily was being pinioned from behind while desperately raising her voice to stop him, but Kimberly didn''t even spare a nce at her. His unwavering gaze that informed the checkmate red at Vanessa''s long slit eyes that reflected no despair which also red back at him.
Like that, in a moment Kimberly narrowed his eyes in displeasure and his finger on the trigger tightened. There was no more margin between on and off of the trigger. With a click, the internal mechanism''s operating sound rang.
¡¸Stooop! Vanessa! Run away-!¡¹
Emily''s scream reverberated. ''No matter what happened'', the woman who had said that to her and protected her just as those words meant, was going to have her head blown up in front of her eyes. Even though she had already had a lot of her important people died, yet fate was still going to expose another tragedy in front of her eyes again. Emily''s heart creaked.
¡¸See ya, Vanessa.¡¹
¡¸Fall to hell, ugly man.¡¹
A betrayer, and a knight of a girl, they exchanged thest words.
Someone, anyone is fine. Anyone is fine so. She is expressionless, blunt, but this really good natured and sincere woman, please save her. Just like how this person saved me, please save her-!
Emily screamed. She wished for salvation. That her wish would reach a miracle, that surely should exist somewhere in this world.
¡¸Someone-, save¨D¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹
¡¸Aaa, geez-. Come one, don''t say something like that!¡¹
Instantly, a single gunshot echoed. It was small embodiment of death that scattered human''s life easily, however, the room wasn''t dyed red.
Sprinkle of woodchips fell from the ceiling.
¡¸He?¡¹
¡¸Ha?¡¹
¡¸Wha, what is¡¡¡¹
Vanessa leaked out a stupid voice that was unlike the clever beauty that she was, Kimberly raised an astonished voice that was unable to understand the situation, while Emily unconsciously slipped out a question. The man who was restraining Emily, and the other men too, they were dumbfounded still, with their eyes turned into dot at the strangeness that suddenly happened inside this room.
¡¸Haah, I did it. But, a man, or rather a human that doesn''t react in this situation, they are just no good huh.¡¹
¡¸tsu, yo, you-. Just where in the world, did youe from¨D¨D¡¹
Kimberly stepped back. But he couldn''t step back further than that. The reason was, because while everyone in that room was focusing their attention, he¨D¨DKousuke who suddenly appeared and grasped his arm that was holding the gun and moved it to aim at the ceiling.
Just where in the world did youe from, those words that expressed the agitation of Kimberly caused Kousuke to smile wryly.
¡¸From where you ask? This ce is my room. I am here right from the start. Can you spare me from using other person''s room for a Hollywood scene as you please?¡¹
¡¸Chih, so you hid somewhere-¡¹
Kimberly tried to shake off Kousuke''s hand, but even though he had the appearance like a Japanese boy who wasn''t even a young man yet, the trained arm of Kimberly felt like it was being constricted tightly by a vise that he couldn''t move even for a bit.
The other men who returned to their senses with ''hah'' aimed their gun at Kousuke in panic, but at that time Kousuke smoothly moved behind Kimberly and turned him into a shield. With that the men hesitated to pull their trigger.
Using that opening, Kousuke twisted Kimberly''s wrist and restrained his hand to the back. Kimberly grimaced from the pain at his wrist while raising his voice to ask the identity of this intruder.
¡¸You-, who are you! Your movement just now¡¡you aren''t a civilian huh!?¡¹
¡¸No no, I am a normal student that you can found anywhere¨D¨D¡¹
Kousuke took Kimberly hostage for the time being while his gaze urged Vanessa to take Emily and escape quickly.
However, the Vanessa in question, right after she received Kousuke''s gaze, her expressionless face crumbled for some reason to be reced with relieve. And then, she cut off Kousuke''s words and said something like this.
¡¸Fuh. So it seems you made it in time aren''t you, Mr. K.¡¹
Her way of speaking was as though she knew from the start that support would arrive. Now that she mentioned it, just now she said something like she still hadn''t run out of card yet, however, there was no way she was referring to Kousuke. Kousuke being her was a coincidence, there should be no way for her to recognize Kousuke''s existence, in various meanings.
For some reason there was this unpleasant coincidence where she called him with just his initial even though it was the correct one¡¡
¡¸Eh? No no, you are absolutely mistaking¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸What-!? Mr. K, you said!? You are that person!?¡¹
Kousuke''s words were cut off once more, by Kimberly who was shocked and got taken aback for some reason.
¡¸Wait a second! You guys are absolutely misunderstanding here! Indeed, my initial is K but¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Just as I thought, you are really Mr. K!? It''s no wonder that I got taken by surprise¡¡. This way of killing your presence, I have never seen something like this before. Shit-, Vanessa. I detected you making contact somewhere while you were fleeing this afternoon but, who''d ever think that you are bringing in a support like this man-¡¹
Unstoppable misunderstanding. Kousuke''s words was easily treated like passing wind simr with how thin his presence was. Inside his heart he went¡¸Or rather, just who is this Mr. K!?¡¹, screaming at the situation that was showing him with this unexpected development.
¡¸The frence hit man that won''t show his figure no matter what¡¡. He will ept a hit for anyone depending on the reward. Honestly, I hesitated until the end whether to request assistance or not from someone that has been cklisted by the security bureau. But, to protect Doctor Grant, this is unavoidable. ¡¡Although, I never thought that Mr. K is a Japanese and he is someone this young, it shocked me.¡¹
Kousuke thought. Thank you for the exnation, like that.
It appeared this Mr. K was a hit man that was put in the cklist of government.
For Vanessa who wouldn''t desert Emily no matter what, this was a really difficult situation that she would even rely on this option although it pained her. Most likely she was thinking that this person who would kill anyone depending on the reward, someone who absolutely wouldn''t betray his client, and would aplish the request without fail, would be someone that was rtively easier to request frompared to other characters that were put in the cklist.
¡¸Oi, notice already the inconsistency inside your own words. You said that this Mr. K won''t show his figure, but here he is showing himself normally see. A Japanese this young, this kind of Japanese youngster, I don''t know from which organization he came from but there is no way he is a hit man that is put inside ck¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸I, I remember! He, at the caf¨¦ that Vanessa crashed into this afternoon, he is the person who caught sandwiches and drink from midair!¡¹
¡¸From the afternoon, you say? Shit, so even the escaping route was predicted and you were observing us! We were nning to pursue, but actually we are the one that is being pursued here huh.¡¹
The misunderstanding was elerating. Emily-chan, what an exquisite interruption in unbelievable timing. Kimberly gritted his teeth and Kousuke''s cheeks were grandly convulsing.
¡¸Excuse me, I beg you please listen to my sto¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Kimberly. I requested Mr. K to murder the attackers whoe in the middle of Doctor Grant''s protection. You understand what is the meaning of that aren''t you? Although he is a young hit man that rose to prominence in this two, three years, it''s already proven that his skill is the real deal. In front of this cruel and heartless person, I cannot rmend you to do anything rash.¡¹
Kousuke, was a cruel and heartless young hit man¡¡. Something shiny was starting to gather faintly at the corner of Kousuke''s eyes. The hand that was restraining Kimberly was shaking as though expressing the inside of his heart.
Seeing that, the armed men went¡¸Kuh, this is bad. That guy, he is desperately holding back his urge to kill¡¹etc., they were making expression that shuddered with fear and whispered to each other. Kimberly too, the shaking that he felt was starting to make him flustered while saying¡¸Kuh, what a crazy guy-¡¹.
¡¸Vanessa. Just what is different between you and me? You are insane, using this kind of fiend for the sake of your objective. In the end, you are going to do anything if it''s for your objective aren''t you?¡¹
¡¸Wai-, calling me fiend is rud¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Indeed, perhaps that is so. But, I n to at least discern the line that shouldn''t be crossed. If, he is really a fiend in the true meaning, and he directed that killing intent to Doctor Grant or people who are not rted at all, at that time I''ll stake my life to stop him.¡¹
¡¸Listen here, can you stop so naturally calling me fiend, fiend like¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Don''t lump Vanessa together with someone like you! Someone like you after all is just a wretched petty scoundrel whose eyes are blinded by money! That devilish homicide, -san over there is still better than you!¡¹
¡¸Oy you, I''m going to cry here. Do you think that if you add "-san" it''s okay to call other people devilish homici¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Hmph, those are words of a kid who doesn''t know the value of money. But, do you forget? The one who create that devil medicine is no other than you missy. If you are talking about fiend, then it''s you yourself who¨D¨D¡¹
Beautifully ignoring a certain someone somewhere. Kimberly''s words became an unseen de that hurt Emily. Emily''s expression distorted in pain and guilt and her hand unconsciously gripped on her chest¡¡but, at that time, suddenly Kimberly''s words stopped and in exchange a scream of¡¸Ouchh-¡¹was raised.
Finally everyone noticed with that scream, the figure of Kousuke behind Kimberly with his eyes getting teary, while his hand was carrying a glittery object that he was holding before anyone noticed.
¡¸I don''t know the circumstances of you all? I am an outsider? That''s why, I was thinking to let these two escape without harming both sides with my all, yet? For some reason I am got normally leave behind? No, it''s not like I''m bothered though. I am used to it. I am not bothered at all. I''m totally fine. But, because I think thatmunication is important, I say that ignoring someone is no good, yep.¡¹
¡¸Mr, Mr. K?¡¹
¡¸tsu, calm down Mr. K. We doesn''t mean to make light of¨D¨D¡¹
Somehow feeling the atmosphere that seemed to be dangerous, Vanessa spoke with halted words while Kimberly was spinning his words with cold sweat trickling from his body. The gaze of these two was looking at the same direction with Emily and the armed me, all their attentions were poured at the thing that was being carried by Kousuke while he was trembling all over as though to disy the emotion inside his heart.
Amidst the running nervousness, the lips of Kousuke who finally obtained everyone''s attention burst out in a smile looking just a smidgen happy. Seeing that, Kimberly and others showed a faint relieved express¨D¨D
¡¸And so, eat this-! The insane lethal weapon that produced fire ash¨D¨DAshtray Assault!¡¹
¡¸What do you mean ''and so'', wai-, wait a-¨D¨Dgoheeh!?¡¹
The sparkling object¨D¨Dthe excessively heavy ss ashtray that for some reason was put inside the room even though this was a worn out hotel, it was swung down by Kousuke whose expression was still smiling broadly toward Kimberly''s head.
*gochin-* Such painful sound echoed, at the same time stars floated in front of Kimberly''s eyes. Like that Kimberly powerlessly slumped down hard to the floor powerlessly. Seeing how the white of his eyes were fully exposed, it seemed that everyone''s beloved lethal weapon of Tuesday had properly aplished its role. (TN: The Tuesday is some kind of word y I think. Tuesday in Japan is written with the kanji of fire, maybe that''s why it was rted with ashtray here.)
The gazes of the armed men were lured toward Kimberly, right after that, they re-aimed their gun nuzzle with the intention of turning the intruder who had lost his shield into swiss cheese for sure this time.
But, a small object lightly danced at the height of their gaze.
¡¸You two-, we are running away now!¡¹
The moment Kousuke yelled that, the object midair exploded with a sh. Intense sh that burned the retina trampled the inside of the room. Yes, that was the brightness of sh hand grenade. That thing which Kousuke nonchntly picked up was tossed at the same time when he gave a blow to Kimberly.
The armed men screamed¡¸Not again-¡¹while covering their eyes, during that time *goin-* a painful sounding sound and¡¸buberah¡¹a short scream became audible once more. Kousuke''s Tuesday lethal weapon sent the men who were nearby Emily flying.
¡¸Mr. K! Take Doctor Grant-¡¹
¡¸Yes yes, I know. Also, don''t call me Mr. K.¡¹
¡¸Fuwah, wh, who!? Mr. K!?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
While light was trampling the room''s inside, it seemed Emily was flinching from having her eyesight stolen because her eyes got done in by the shbang that was thrown without any advance arrangement at this second time, so she made her body as small as possible by squatting with both her hands holding her head. Somehow it was a defensive posture that made anyone looking at her felt a charisma without reason.
Kousuke cursed while carrying her on his shoulder. The truth was he yelled at them with a n of having the two protect their eyes from the sh just like they had done the first time, using that opening he would quickly mask their whereabouts, but it seemed that his n couldn''t proceed that well.
Vanessa also had her eyesight robbed, but it appeared that she had memorized the position of all the people inside the room and their distances from her urately using the measurement of the number of her steps, that she was able to quickly move even while having her eyesight crushed, it was just as to be expected from her.
The armed men, even while being unable to see they immediately aimed their gun toward the direction of the voice, but there would be no meaning if they didn''t capture Emily alive. Therefore they could only move about in confusion without pulling their trigger. Seeing how they were unable to immediately chase these two to this room from upper floor like Kimberly, and how their eyesight was easily crushed for the second time like this, it appeared that they weren''t at the level where they could introduce themselves as agent.
¡¸To outside. There is a car at the street one block from here.¡¹
¡¸Roger. Or rather, you can run really well huh. Aren''t you still unable to see?¡¹
¡¸E, excuse me, M, Mr. K-. Can you, stop your shoulder-, from bumping my stomaaach!? M, mhy schomach is-, heguh¡¹
¡¸I can see a little, and I have grasped the approximate number of step. Please guide me in the case I make a mistake.¡¹
¡¸Got it.¡¹
¡¸Tha, that, that''s why-, my schomach is-, heguu. Before, I missed, going to toileeet-. I''m in a bad situation hereee¡¹
It seemed that Emily''s stomach was in a pinch, but in the case they encountered enemy, Vanessa who wasn''t carrying gun couldn''t really be counted as battle strength nor did Kousuke wanted to, so there was a need for him to keep one of his hands empty. And so, he couldn''t carry Emily on his back when she could slip off anytime or carrying her in his arms which would make both his hands full.
That was why, even though Emily who were attacked just on the verge of her going to toilet now had her dder screaming, there was no way he could listen to her request. In no way at all that because his words were ignored or Emily brought up the subject of him at the caf¨¦ this afternoon with miraculous timing that he was doing this for a meager revenge. If he said it was not then it was not.
¡¸Muh, just as I thought there are some more. Eat this-, sure kill, Tuesday''s unpredictable attaaack!¡¹
While Emily-chan was in the middle of a desperate battle which concerned the protection of her dignity, Kousuke threw the lethal weapon of Tuesday toward the armed man that appeared from the door that connected to the stair. The Tues¨D¨Dashtray that soared while disying splendid rotation like a boomerang splendidly made a clean hit at the nose of the man who had just peeked out his face.
*docha-* The ashtray fell beside the man who was copsing in a heat with blood spurting out grandly from his nose. The ashtray was already dyed red from absorbing the blood of several people. It was worrying whether that would cause it to be like a cursed katana or rather a cursed ashtray.
Vanessa casually stepped on the crotch of the copsed man and approached the stair. For an instant Kousuke thought of giving a warning toward the woman whose eyesight was declining, but Vanessa was descending down the stair with lightness that made him doubted whether she was really being unable to see.
¡¸M, Mr. K? I vaguely gussed it. I''m begging you here please let me do¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸I''m not Mr. K.¡¹
¡¸Do, don''t! The stair is no good I told youuu! I beg younyaaAAAAAAAAA-¡¹
Kousuke ran down the stairs by skipping steps. That movement was truly nimble, chasing Vanessa from behind gantly as though he was performing dance steps. It must be remembered that he was rushing like this only to match Vanessa''s pace, he had no ulterior motive, not in the least.
Even though hearing Emily-chan''s sorrowful voice like¡¸Stoooop-~¡¹, or¡¸Fo, forgive me alreadyyyy~¡¹, or¡¸My schomach, stop tapping thereeee~¡¹, or¡¸It''siiiing, it''sing alreadyyyyy-¡¹, or¡¸Mr. Kee, I''ll kill you after thiiiiiis¡¹, or¡¸Ah, that''s a lie, I''m not seriouuuss! I''m sorryyyyy-¡¹caused his heart to flutter for a bit, but he had no ulterior motive at all and that was that!
¡¸Doctor Grant, please lower your voice a little. Perhaps there is still enemy around.¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s what you are saying, in this kind of situation!?¡¹
¡¸It''s okay. The situation is like this so¡¡there is nothing to be ashamed of at all.¡¹
¡¸Right now, I understand! I have, no ally at all hereeee~~~¡¹
Emily-chan''s sorrowful voice knew no end. This was concerning the dignity of a girl. Although right now was an emergency situation, but in a sense this was a critical moment for the inexperienced Emily.
As expected, even for Kousuke it would be unbearable if Emily really did that while she was still on his shoulder, so he was thinking of changing the posture into carrying her under his arm soon. Kousuke was very much a normal person. Although Emily was a beautiful girl, he didn''t happen to have a fetish of feeling happy if she was *peep*-ing on him at all.
However, regardless of Kousuke having ulterior motive or not, that decision of his seemed to be just a bitte.
¡¸Hm? Wait a secondb coat miss? Can you release me? I''ll carry you under my arm now okay.¡¹
¡¸I, impossible¡¡if I move¡¡it wille out.¡¹
¡¸Wait wait wait, there is no shaking anymore right? I''m properly descending the stair softly here.¡¹
¡¸Impossible¡¡I, I''m sorry, father, mother¡¡Emily is¡¡a bad daughter.¡¹
Emily was clinging on Kousuke tiiiiiightly while staying unmoving without even a twitch. Seeing from Kousuke''s view point, her eyes were empty, while her lips were making a dry smile.
Emily who was suddenly whispering repentance to her parents caused Kousuke to make a flustered expression that said¡¸Shit, I overdid it!?¡¹. He had even used his skill so that no vibration was transmitted to Emily in the middle, but it seemed that Emily had beenparatively in her limit from the beginning.
¡¸Do, do your bestb coat miss! Don''t give up-, if you give up, that will be the end of your dignity!¡¹
¡¸¡¡(shiver shiver)¡¹
¡¸You cannot even speak anymore!? Wait the person in suits over there! This child is seriously at her limit here! Stop for a bit! Let''s stop at the corner over¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸There is no time for that. Mr. K. If you are a man, then please shut up and ept it like one.¡¹
¡¸You, what are you saying!? Eei,b coat miss! I''ll put you down right now so¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸¨D¨Da¡¹
¡¸Wai¨D¨D¡¹
Escape drama that happenedte at night in a worn-out hotel.
Kousuke and others who splendidly escaped was pursued by Kimberly and others who regained their consciousness.
¡¡while following the water trail that stood out with its pungent smell.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Now then, this is quiz about heroine attribute from previously, you already understood the correct answer right?
The correct answer is,
Blonde side-tail + Lab coat girl + unyielding cat eyes + peeing + charisma guard (however defense power is zero) (TN: Search ¥«¥ê¥¹¥Þ¥¬©`¥É at google to look at the image. The term came from a fighting game of Touhou where the guard pose of Remilia is called as charisma guard.)
Like that. How was it? Was it just as you imagined?
I¡¯ll be happy if you readers have fun.
Now then, abit of report, the third volume was released.
This too is thanks to the people who kindly picked up the book (probably it¡¯s especially with the power of the reader from Narou-san).
¡®The extra story is terrible (lol)¡¯, that is something that I and others are recognizing, but if you readers can have fun with it then it will make me happy.
Please take care of me from here on too.
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 201
Chapter 201
It was a motel along the highway, with dazzling billboard lighted by showy and stale neon. Inside one of the room there, there were the figures of Vanessa whose upper body was only in underwear, and Kousuke right beside her with his face strangely blushing.
¡¸Nn-¡¹
¡¸Oops, sorry. Does it hurt?¡¹
¡¸No, there is no problem. Rather than that¡¡you are skilled.¡¹
¡¸Well, it''s just this much. I have a lot of chance to practice.¡¹
¡¸Indeed, your movement seem experienced.¡¹
It wasn''t like the two of them were doing anything indecent. After they entered the motel and calmed down for the moment, Kousuke treated Vanessa''s nk with the emergency kit that Kousuke happened to have.
In the first ce, he was taught first-aid treatment to a certain degree at Tortus (they were taught that in the case that they ran out of magic power and couldn''t use healing magic), and after returning to earth he also learned by self-education and going around the medical treatment spot in battlefield, so Kousuke''s first-aid skill was high. His return from his personal trip of going around battlefield''s medical treatment spot was also bearing fruit.
He spread haemostatic agent, pressed a clean gauze and wrapped bandage around. During that time he also stimted her healing just a little with a method that didn''t exist in this world
¡¸Yosh, something like this I guess. It missed your vitals, and the important vein is also uninjured. The bullet, you treated that yourself huh. I guess you will be fine because your first aid in the beginning was done properly. But, there is the risk of infection, and it''s not a light wound by any mean. You need to receive medical treatment soon.¡¹
¡¸I understand. However, right now is not the time to say that. Although you havee for us, it can be said that we are still in an isted and helpless situation¡¡at the very least until the reinforcement can take over the protection of Doctor Grant, there is no way I can rest.¡¹
¡¸That''s, well, perhaps that''s so.¡¹
Vanessa wore her shirt while showing a grave expression, however, next she showed a wry smile while turning her gaze to Kousuke.
¡¸Having said that, I don''t think that I can even operate at my original 50%, so from here on, it seems that Mr. K, you will be considerably burdened.¡¹
¡¸¡¡No, look here, I''ve said this many times but, I''m not Mr. K. I''m Kousuke. I''m a student at Japan. In this kind of situation, isn''t it better to contact that real Mr. K one more time¨D¨D¡¹
Kousuke who didn''t admit that he was Mr. K no matter what caused Vanessa to think of speaking the doubt that she was harboring. Her prating gaze was attempting to grope around for Mr. K''s true intention.
But, before she could start, the *shaaaa* water sound that Kousuke tried to ignore to the best of his ability stopped at the same time with the *kyu-kyu-* sound of handle turned. Kousuke twitched in reaction and he suddenly became quiet. For some reason his expression was turning strangely nervous but¡¡that couldn''t be helped. Because, he was a boy.
Like that, a vivid rustling sound from the other side of the thin ss door slightly leaked out and became audible¡¡
¡¸¡¡What''s the matter you two, staying silent like that?¡¹
From the door that was only half-opened, only half of Emily''s face peeked out dubiously. Her eyes were containing a clear wariness. Especially toward Kousuke.
Kousuke settled the figure of Emily who had just finished taking a shower only for a moment in his eyesight, then he quickly averted his face to the side. The sight was rtively brutal for him.
Emily was undoubtedly a beautiful girl. Such girl was showing an appearance that was only wearing blouse and short skirt with her damp hair let down. Two buttons around her chest were unbuttoned and her beautiful nape was exposed. Her ck stocking was dirty so naturally she didn''t wear it. In other words, the bare slender and supple legs of Emily were being exposed with nothing to spare.
¡¸Doctor Grant, it''s nothing. Right now I have just received treatment.¡¹
¡¸I see. Vanessa, are you okay? You were shot you know? Are you really okay?¡¹
¡¸Yes, perhaps it should be called a small mercy. I''m still not feeling at my limit currently. It''s not a wound that can threaten my life.¡¹
Emily rushed at Vanessa still barefooted, she climbed on the bed while looking worriedly at Vanessa''s wound.
At that time, Kousuke''s gaze that was simrly returning to Vanessa sharply noticed. The skirt of Emily who was on all fours peering at Vanessa''s nk. The light bulb of the room had warm color type so the room was dim, "that part" became dark and couldn''t be seen but¡¡
(Oy wait, the dirty stocking was thrown away but, then, the dirty underwear¡¡what happened to it?)
Electricity ran through Kousuke''s muscle. No way, no way¡¡
¡¸You are¡¡not wearing it?¡¹
¡¸!?¡¹
Emily pressed down on her skirt with a force that seemed like it could make *hyuba-* sound while taking a girl sitting posture. Her face was dyed bright red, her almond-shaped eyes red up with shame and rage.
¡¸Ah, no, just now¡¡¡¹
¡¸I can''t help it! It''s still not dry right now!¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes.¡¹
¡¸Mr. K, as expected, just now is toocking in delicacy.¡¹
¡¸Yes, I''m ashamed.¡¹
The person who she had just grandly peed on now pointed out her no-panty state, however, for the moment it was someone who had saved them so she also couldn''t frankly throw her anger at him, the peeing no-panty Emily-chan crawled into the bed and turned small while holding her head.
As expected, Kousuke was also aware that he had made a verbal slip, so he apologized at Emily who was trembling *purupuru* beneath the nket while leaking out his impression¡¸This girl, he is a girl that often turn small huh¡¹. Of course that one was said inside his heart.
¡¸I want to talk about what we will do from now on, is it fine?¡¹
Seeing Emily who heard Kousuke''s apology and peeked out her face from inside the nket like a cat with its wariness in full alert, Vanessa opened her mouth with serious expression.
In contrast with the nodding Emily, Kousuke lifted up his hand to hold them for a bit.
¡¸Before that, can you teach me something first? Can''t you contact people who can help you two right away? Since we arrived her I saw no sign of Vanessa-san contacting anyone¡¡I guessed it somehow but, Vanessa-san, you are a member of state organization right? Why don''t you report and request reinforcement from your organization?¡¹
That was the major premise needed to let their talk progress. Kousuke saved the two of them was because Vanessa was almost killed and also because Emily seek help. As expected, Kousuke couldn''t draw a line from other people to the degree that he could pretend not to see someone else getting killed in front of his eyes.
But, at the same time he also couldn''t continue helping Emily and Vanessa and judged Kimberly and his group as evil without grasping the situation. He chose to flee with these two at that scene, but if Vanessa contacted herrade and arranged a force that could oppose Kimberly and others, Kousuke nned to vanish right away then.
For that reason, before he heard about the detail of the circumstance, he asked Vanessa to quickly contact herrade but¡¡
¡¸Doctor Grant, I will talk about that matter¨D¨Dabout¡¾Berserk¡¿. Is it fine?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yes. In any case, we have passed the stage where it can be hidden. I don''t mind.¡¹
¡¸Oi you. What are you doing ignoring me so naturally like that. Just quickly contact yourrade already.¡¹
Vanessa asked Emily(ignored Kousuke) with a serious air, Emily looked down while agreeing(ignoring Kousuke) with a voice that was vanishing down. Her expression was shaded with dark shadow that was darker than the shadow created by the room''s coarse light bulb. Kousuke''s shadow was getting thinner.
Kousuke who until now only saw the figure of Emily flustered, or shaking all over, or snapping in anger was feeling concerned that such girl was covered with this much deep shadow, even so he demanded exnation to Vanessa¡¸Heey, why aren''t you contacting yourrade? Heey,e on tell mee-¡¹.
¡¸The start of this matter, is the medicine that is the byproduct created from the course of Doctor Grant''s research¨D¨D¡¾Berserk¡¿getting out to the outside.¡¹
¡¸I cannot hear-. I cannot hear anything! Something like that medicine with naming that sound chuuni, I don''t know any¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸¡¾Berserk¡¿¨D¨Dit is the word root of berserker, the powerful warrior of god that rampaged in the battlefield without differentiating enemy or ally. It''s unknown who named it with that word, but it''s a naming that really to the point. After all, ¡¾Berserk¡¿is the worst medicine with the effect of "Berserkerification" just like the meaning of that name, where the victim cannot return into normal human for the second time.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Beside Emily who was holding her knees with dark expression, Kousuke was also sitting down with the same posture while blocking her ears and shaking his head in refusal. The sound of the talking Vanessa was piercing into the ears of such Kousuke, as though the sounds was forcefully being screwed in,
¡¸Doctor Grant is being targeted by the people who is pursuing that knowledge. This is a serious incident that concerned with the country''s safety, so, for her protection, we, the national security bureau moved but¡¡Kimberly''s betrayal annihted the whole team except me.¡¹
Perhaps thinking of herrade, Vanessa slightly narrowed her eyes while adding more words.
¡¸At first, I thought that it was only Kimberly''s betrayal but¡¡thinking back now, I couldn''t link up with the reinforcement so unnaturally. That is also the reason that I contracted you in the preparation of the worst case¡¡anyway, this situation is enough to make me think of "possibility" toward the headquarter. Until I can be clear about this matter, I cannot make contact with headquarter that easily.¡¹
¡¸Aa, yes. You more or less answer my question. But, there were a lot of unnecessary things included there¡¡¡¹
Kousuke who was turning over the content of what he head inside his head while hanging his head down crestfallenly, and then he slowly looked up to the ceiling.
Ahead of his gaze was the ceiling that was blotted with stain at various spots, and the electric light bulb that was earnestly driving off the night''s darkness. The deep ck stains that represented ill will, and the night''s darkness that was trying to swallow the light of hope¡¡it was as though those things were representing the current situation of Emily and Vanessa.
He identally came to this country due to demon king-sama''s instruction to him, he identally encountered these two at the caf¨¦ that he stopped by at, he identally needed to wait for airne schedule, and he identally entered the hotel where these two were at.
What a prank of fate.
Even though he was burdened with the unpleasant title of man with world''s thinnest shadow, the world discovered him only at this kind of time.
Even so,
¡¸It''s already toote by the point of time I got summoned to another world huh.¡¹
Yes, for the demon king party who survived that rigorous world, getting involved with this kind of case was certainly, something toote.
¡¸? Mr. K?¡¹
¡¸What''s the matter?¡¹
Vanessa and Emily tilted their head, unable to understand the meaning of Kousuke''s whisper.
Shaking his head saying¡¸It''s nothing¡¹while smiling wryly to those two, thinking that it was hard for his conscience to just run away from this matter without hearing their story, for the time being Kousuke decided to lend his ear to these two''s exnation.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Above a bookshelves fully loaded with light novel (area fill type), coffee sshed¡¡
The light novels dyed ck. Hakumei¡¯s heart is also dyed ck.
The world, is always filled with things that shouldn¡¯t be like so¡¡
The march of self-destruction, will also be at6 zSaturday too. Perhaps, surely, if I revived.
Chapter 202
Chapter 202
Arge facility located inside Percival University¨D¨DResearch facility building C. Inside one of the room there, an oppressive atmosphere was hanging in the air.
The people here, was the person in charge of thisboratory, Professor Down and Emily, and then the students of Professor Down who like Emily were having homestay at Professor Down''s house¨D¨DHendricks Wesk and Lizzie Ashton. In addition, there were Rod Hurst and Dennis Litton who were also Professor Down''s students.
¡¸Tha, that''s just coincidence right? Right? Isn''t that so?¡¹
Rod who was handsome but had frivolous air was speaking wishful thinking with unusually stiff expression.
He who was a self-styled feminist had a personality just how his appearance suggested, someone who couldn''t help to call out if he saw girl, but at the same time he was also the mood-maker of the ss, in a serious mood like this he would be the first one who cracked jokes to melt the atmosphere.
But, even someone like him, when he saw the PC monitor disying the news of this morning that was picked from inte, as expected even his usual talkativeness wascking in luster.
¡¸The "cause" that caused this phenomenon, do you think there are that many of them? Furthermore in this kind of timing?¡¹
Dennis tilted up his sses with his middle finger while rebutting without even hiding his bitter expression. His hair was cut short, his shirt was buttoned properly until his neck, and then his sses. He who was the most serious in Down''s ssroom just like his appearance often quarreled tit for tat with Rod, but his rebuttal this times was obviously different with his usual war opening signal.
Because Rod understood it, he too closed his mouth with the same expression like Dennis.
¡¸Rapid muscle swelling, abnormal recovery power, behavior without reasoning in it¡¡I don''t know any sickness or medicine that give those kind of symptoms. Except "that"¡¡¡¹
Hendricks stiff words caused Emily at the side to twitch and tremble. Hendricks was a senior who had homestay at Down house since before Emily came, an existence that was already like real big brother for Emily who supported her both at home and also at university.
Hendricks himself also didn''t understand at first how to approach a young genius girl and only looked at her from afar, but with the homestay as the impetus, he knew that other than her intellect Emily was a girl with really normal emotion, and since then he took care of her like she was his real little sister.
It was amon knowledge between the members of Down ssroom and close friends that when Emily simply spoke "senpai" then she was referring to Hendricks.
The words that came from the senior that Emily trusted and loved dearly from her heart caused Emily, the creator of "that" to shake like a kitten. Hendricks immediately noticed that patted Emily''s head with gentle motion while saying¡¸Sorry Emily. I didn''t mean to me you.¡¹.
¡¸Hendricks. Pay attention to what you say. After all my little sister is delicate.¡¹
¡¸No, Lizzie. It''s not like she is your little si¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Shut up! Or rather, you patted her too much already! Come on, Emily,e to big sis here?¡¹
Emily who was obediently receiving the pat of Hendricks was stolen in a sh by Lizzie who hugged her into her breast. She then said¡¸It will be okay you know~, big sis is with you after all~¡¹while consoling her like a little child with ''good girl, good girl''.
As expected, that treatment was embarrassing for a girl who had turned sixteen, that Emily forgot the serious atmosphere and ran away from Lizzie''s breast saying¡¸Wait, Lizzie-nee! I told you to stop treating me like a child! It''s embarrassing!¡¹.
Lizzie who had long red hair that was tied with scrunchie, dangled from her shoulder to the front loosely, although her attitude was strict, but actually she was an extremely helpful woman with deep emotion. She was in the same year with Hendricks and homestay at Down house from the same period, the truth was she had feeling of love toward Hendricks.
At first with how Hendricks was taking care of Emily, Lizzie''s rtionship with Emily was strained, but Emily''s figure that was chasing her dream with her all gradually moved Lizzie and now she waspletely Emily''s big sis.
Emily too, she knew about Lizzie''s love, so sometimes she teasingly said¡¸You should just marry him already¡¹and so on, but each time Emily teased like that, Lizzie''s face would blush bright red and she would be fidgeting, that appearance was that of a lovely woman that even Emily who was the same gender would feel something.
Currently the scrunchie that had also be Emily''s trademark just like herb coat, although she had never said it to anyone but it was something that she imitated from her prayer of wanting to be a kind and lovely woman just like Lizzie. However, it was somewhat embarrassing to imitate exactly the same appearance so Emily didn''t dangle her hair to the front from her shoulder but making it into side tail instead.
Inside the room the mood softened slightly from the dialogue of the two sisters. Professor Down who smiled slightly to that made a small cough. Just with that Emily and others immediately focused their attention to him. Even though they had harmonious rtionship, but they wouldn''t make light of the words of Professor Down that they respected. His cough was the signal for them to switch their rxing mind.
¡¸Just as Hendricks said, there is only one phenomenon that can turn a human into this. I won''t say that there is nothing else that can do this, but even so, this kind of radical transformation¨D¨Dis impossible. In all probability, this is¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿.¡¹
Professor Down dered that while his gaze turn at the monitor once more. There, the figure of a man with big build covered in armor of muscle was projected, the man was rampaging like a beast without reasoning.
That man didn''t even show any reaction at the voice of the police telling him to stop, far from that he mmed his body toward the nearby streetmp and unbelievably broke it, then he swung around the broken streetmp with one hand and turned the two police cars surrounding him into scrap.
That violence made the polices started shooting all at once, but the man roared, and without even paying attention at the bullets gouging his body, he charge toward the police with unbelievable speed and routed them. The struck police was thrown to the air like a joke with parabolic trajectory. That sight was just like a scene in B-movie.
The person who filmed the video was a passerby who was at that ce by chance, the video seemed to be taken using smartphone, because the person ran away as fast as his legs could carry him after the police was sent flying, the video was greatly blurry. Before long, the video taker who had taken enough distance was frequently saying¡¸Oh my god-¡¹while directing his smartphone''s camera toward the scene once more.
Scream and angry roar were raised from everywhere, the polices were desperately fighting back which was proven by the resounding sound of gunshots, and amidst all that, that time came before long.
Suddenly the rampaging man stood still, right after that it fell on his knees as though it was a machine that had ran out of electricity. And then, at that ce which was in uproar, a faint sound of anguish could be hearing from therge man, it was a sound as though his neck was being strangled.
Right after that, a transformation appeared in therge man. His muscle that could be mistaken as armor was visibly starting to shrink. No, perhaps it would be more appropriate to express the phenomenon as "withering" instead. In the middle of being observed by the dumbfounded people at the surrounding, therge man covered his face with both his hands and moaned in anguish, his body withered until the size of a normal adult male, and then his hands parted from his face while his body was convulsing in small shivers.
The face of the man that became visible from there waspletely different from the brutal face without reasoning that he showed until now, it was the face of a young man that looked ordinary which could be found anywhere, no, rather kindness could even be seen from that face. That young man made an expression that almost burst into tear for a moment¨D¨Dat the next moment, he raised an anguished voice once more while he copsed down with both his hands covering his face.
The body of the copsed young man withered in the blink of eye, it lost moisture, deep wrinkles were carved onto his skin, skin and bone that lost the flesh were starting to stand out, like that, the young man didn''t move anymore.
The polices looked and nodded at each other, and then they carefully approached the young man. And then, when they didn''t receive any response even when they called to him, to make sure a police used his foot to move the hand of the young man who was still stiffened, and then the polices screamed and backed away.
That couldn''t be helped. The face of the young man that they caught a glimpse of just now, it waspletely desated like a mummy, reduced into a tragic state.
The news announcer was speaking about this abnormal incident with a grave expression, specting whether the cause was a new virus, or else a drug.
¡¸But, but teacher. How can that went outside¡¡. In the first ce the only one who know about that''s existence are only us¡¡even though the data and the deposited part are scattered and managed strictly yet¡¹
Emily''s doubt came out with a voice that sounded strangled. Hearing that, the truth that the members of theboratory tried to not think about reared its head.
¨D¨D¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿
That was the name of the byproduct medicine that was created by ident from Emily''s research.
Emily''s research was to create a specific medicine for Alzheimer''s disease. That disease was the cause that was changing Emily''s kind and gentle, beloved grandmother little by little, she was the reason that Emily was determined to enroll into a university in the age of eleven years old, it was a problem in the territory that a lot of researchers hadn''t reached yet, and it was also the life work of Emily.
That research which obtained the cooperation of Professor Down and Hendricks and co who were research student was something that put its linchpin on the point that was the regeneration of destroyed neuron. It was also a path that a lot of researchers in the past had tried their hand on it.
What was born from that research process was¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿. If it was used, muscle would break down and regenerate repeatedly and swelled up in the blink of eye, every kind of external injury would instantly recover due to the cells'' super activity.
Of course it had demerit. As thepensation for the drastic muscle strengthening, the user would lose their reasoning and life. If someone was injected with small dose, then they might hold out for around a week until ten days, but in the case someone was injected until it was just barely the limit before the cells were self-destructing from being unable to endure too drastic stimtion, they would die in less than an hour in exchange of obtaining regeneration power that couldn''t bepared to the former case.
At first Emily and co thought that they might be able to possibly cut open a path of creating a wonder drug after witnessing the dramatic result of this¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿, but after seeing theb rats transforming brutally without being able to stop the too drastic stimtion and the breaking down of the reasoning, they thoroughly hid this drug as something that was too dangerous.
They dispersed the data, disguised even the chemicals used, deposited each data at different ces, and put them under strict control.
Therefore, it should be impossible for the medicine to be stolen. Because In the first ce the people who knew about the existence of¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿were only the members of Downboratory. They were all in this ce right now, except several people who couldn''t assemble here because they couldn''t immediatelye.
¡¸¡¡Hey, what about Jessica, Sam, and Milo? Even those guys should know about the news right? Why aren''t theying? By any chance, those guys¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Stop that Rod. We cannot doubt our friend in this kind of time.¡¹
Rod was about to say "that possibility" that everyone was intentionally avoiding, but Professor Down stopped him. Everyone was looking at Professor Down with anxious expression.
¡¸There is many other possibilities. We are "Down Laboratory" aren''t we? Emily''s genius is resounding not just in this university but even throughout the scientific society, it is a well-known fact that all of my prided students are really excellent. It''s possible that perhaps someone who came here to steal something else idently realized the existence of¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿and stole it. A researcher cannot ignore any possibility no matter what situation they are in.¡¹
The words of Professor Down caused Rod to scratch his face awkwardly. When Dennis spoke sarcastically to Rod, heshed back saying¡¸What did you say¡¹. However their exchange was done with their usual atmosphere without any sign of paranoia against each other.
¡¸Then¡¡teacher. We, what should do from here on¡¡. As expected, is it better if we go to police?¡¹
Hendricks asked for advice from Professor Down to go back to the topic. Professor Down crossed his arms and groaned¡¸Hmm¡¹while pondering for a while, then before long he suddenly lifted up his face.
¡¸This is my suggestion but, for the time being, I think we should keep this matter a secret.¡¹
¡¸We aren''t going to talk to police?¡¹
¡¸Yes. No, sooner orter we will have to talk no matter what. However, I believe that right now what we should prioritize is to make the antidote for¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿even for a second faster. Surely it would take much time if there is investigation about that kind of umon drug. It would be a waste of time.¡¹
¡¸Bu, but, teacher. ¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿is¡¡¡¹
¡¸I guess. Indeed, we haven''t finds the way to stop the stimtion¡¡. However, there are still several approaches that we haven''t tested yet. We have talked about destroying the research data and also the materials, but it won''t be toote to do that even after we tested those approaches. This research has leaked outside already, there is no guarantee that the second or third victim won''t appear. At that time, the scope of the damage will change depending on whether there is antidote or not.¡¹
Hearing Professor Down''s suggestion made Emily to desperately restrain her impulse that wished to destroy the research data and product as fast as possible. Hendricks and others were also nodding¡¸Certainly even if we do that after trying out those approaches¡¡¡¹
¡¸Emily. I understand really well your feeling that want to make it gone from this world quickly. I also feel the same. But, the responsibility of creating that lie in us. Then, before we sumb to our terror and erase everything, we should do what we can. Am I wrong?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Teacher. Yes, no, you aren''t wrong. I think that the possibility is almost none¡¡but, if we are just trying it¡¡¡¹
Seeing Emily''s pained expression, Professor Down''s expression also distorted slightly, then she caressed Emily''s head with his usual gentleness.
In the end, they decided that their policy from now on was to try the approaches for making antidote of the leaked out¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿, keeping the whole matter secret from the outside, and also forbidding the members of Down Laboratory that weren''t here from speaking. With that decided, each members of Downboratory began to move to do what they could.
Part 3
¡¸And? I want to ask about the detailed story soon though. Can I ask you to talk?¡¹
Two dayster after they day where the members of Downboratory decided to keep quiet about the drug and continued their research, currently there were two suited men in front of Emily and others. Both of them were police that came here to investigate about¡ºBerserk case¡»¨D¨Dthe case that was caused by the person who consumed¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿was called like that by the news¨D¨Dthat happened two days ago.
If it was asked how the police was able to arrive where Emily and others after only two days, then that must be because someone had squealed to the police. For Emily and others this was a sudden visit that waspletely unexpected. Just what was the meaning of that decision that even made them felt guilty feeling if it turned out like this¡¡
Emily sent her gaze toward Professor Down looking for help. Professor Down was crossing his arms while making aplicated expression, but then,
¡¸Well, we can also get a warrant and then search the ce whether there is really such drug here or not you know? In case we find the drug, well, I think nine out of ten we''ll find it though, but as it is perhaps the professor and others here will be arrested as mad scientist that dragged unrted people into their experiment for the sake of their own research.¡¹
¡¸Give me a break! There is no way we will do something like that!¡¹
Emily finally snapped hearing the words of the police officer and yelled. The eyes of the middle-aged police officer instantly shined fiercely.
¡¸In other words, you are admitting that the drug itself exist?¡¹
¡¸-, tha, that''s¡¡¡¹
Emily immediately turned flustered from that. Professor Down who was beside her shook his head seeing that, and feeling that it couldn''t be helped he told the police about the existence of¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿. He also told about how it was stolen and that they didn''t contact the police because they were hurrying to make its antidote.
¡¸¡¡Whether that story is the truth or not, well, how about we listen the detail at the police station to make the judgment?¡¹
¡¸We didn''t report this because we thought that it would be like that. Detective, I beg you even knowing that it''s unreasonable. Can you wait just a week more? At least until the approach we are trying out right now is showing preliminary result. It''s possible that perhaps we will be able to make antidote.¡¹
¡¸Please don''t say something so unreasonable professor. No matter how high your position or how prestigious of a teacher you are, you are still the most important witness of a case with a lot of casualties you know? As you can see we are not even calling you a suspect here, we are even giving you an option whether you wille with us or not, I hope you can guess just how much consideration we have given you already.¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
Professor Down''s expression looked like he was chewing up a hundred bitter bugs all at once. Seeing Professor Down like that, for some reason the middle-aged police officer made a faint smile on his lips. And then, that gaze moved toward professor Down''s side, at Emily who looked anxious with her gaze wandering around. And then he said it was fine if it was here, but he wanted to speak with just Emily alone.
When Professor Down suspiciously asked why, the middle aged police officer answered that he wanted to hear the story of the girl who was the linchpin of the drug development in a ce without her guardian.
¡¸I¡¡what harm there will be even if she is with her guardian?¡¹
¡¸Let me ask you the opposite, what harm there will be even if professor is not with her?¡¹
After getting told that, the side of Professor Down who imed that they only got the drug stolen from them couldn''t even refuse. When Emily also bravely said¡¸It''s fine teacher¡¹, Professor Down could only acquiesce even if he was worried.
Emily and the two polices faced each other inside the room Professor Down had exited from.
¡¸Now then, I find it a little hard to believe but, is it true that you youngdy is the developer of that monster transforming drug?¡¹
Right after the professor was gone, the attitude until now that more of less paid attention to decorumpletely vanished, the middle-aged police officer suddenly took out a shabby cigarette while asking. His appearance of his swept back hair, loose necktie, and kinked suit really made other people felt unpleasant. The man that seemed to be his partner looking a bit younger sitting quietly at the side while taking memo was also sending an appraising gaze at Emily.
Emily was feeling somewhat scared at the two men who suddenly changed their atmosphere, even so she somehow feigned calmness using the bluff she had learned whether she wanted it or not when she first enrolled into the university.
¡¸That''s, right. I, developed it. Or rather, perhaps I should say, that it was by ident, that drug got created.¡¹
¡¸H~mm. How shocking. See here, isn''t itpletely like in movie? For a drug that can make human into that kind of monster to really exist, I have been a detective for a long time, but I''ve never heard of anything like that.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Just, what do you want to say?¡¹
The middle-aged police officer that was making a broad grin for some reason was causing Emily''s difort index to rapidly climb up. Perhaps it was because the police officer was having fun reading inside the heart of such Emily, that in the next moment he said something unbelievable.
¡¸The data of that drug, how about you hand it over to us, all of it.¡¹
¡¸Ha?¡¹
Emily''s pupil turned into dot, wondering just what this person was saying. Seeing such Emily, the middle-aged police officer whispered¡¸Even though you are called a genius or something but you are really slow huh¡¹as though he found it troublesome while continuing on.
¡¸Surely there will be a lot of people interested in that kind of abnormally lovely drug. It will be good money. That''s why, I''m telling you to hand over all the data.¡¹
¡¸Wha-, what are you saying!? You, you are police right!? Do you know what you are saying!?¡¹
¡¸What a noisy missy that can only go ''gyaa gyaa'' huh. When you have be a police officer as long as me, you will meet a lot of delicious story by chance. Missy, do you know how much a policeman''s sry is? It''sughable y''know? That''s why I''ll bet my life for something that will make that much money. You''ve got to treasure connection with money that you meet by chance. Just this much side benefit is forgivable isn''t it?¡¹
There was no way that was forgivable. She didn''t know how much the sry of a policeman was, but even so there was no way they who were burdened with the mission to safeguard the people and apprehended the criminal would be all the same like the men before her eyes. These guys were the so called dirty cop or immoral cop! Like that, Emily realized their true nature from her knowledge of drama movie.
¡¸There is no way that''s forgivable. I, I''ll tell, this matter to other police! I absolutely won''t hand over the data! Just go away right now!¡¹
Seeing Emily who stood up right away with the corner of her eyes raised like a threatening cat, the middle-aged police officer shrugged as though he was facing a child that couldn''t be reasoned with.
¡¸Then, the professor and the other research students, I wonder, perhaps all of them should take on the sin as killer.¡¹
¡¸Eh¡¡¡¹
¡¸I said it before right? I hope you can guess just how much consideration we have given you already, remember?¡¹
¡¸-, yo, you coward-¡¹
Emily yelled angrily when she heard the middle-aged police officer implicitly threatening that if she didn''t want Professor Down and Hendricks and the other to be arrested with a false charge then¡¡. There was even an emotion of hatred welling up inside her toward the scoundrels who were putting on the skin of police officer taking hostage of her important people that were like family for her.
The middle-aged police officer shrugged without even caring of Emily''s reaction and stood up with the talk ended.
¡¸Decided it quickly okay? Will it be your important family, or else the drug, yeah?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Leaving behind Emily who couldn''t say anything, the police officers exited the room. In exchange, Professor Down and Hendricks and others entered inside with worried expression.
Professor Down noticed Emily''s unusual state and asked her if something happened. Like that, he showed a shocked expression at the answer that Emily gave him.
¡¸What the hell, just what the hell with that! They are police aren''t they! Why the hell they had to threaten us! I don''t get it!¡¹
¡¸Calm down Rod.¡¹
¡¸You think I can calm down like this! Dennis-, aren''t you irritated huh!?¡¹
¡¸Obviously I am you idiot Rod. But, what are we going to do if we don''t calm down. Even though our important little sister was threatened, but if we are all shaken up like that then that will be just what they want.¡¹
¡¸-, that''s, you are, right, but¡¡¡¹
Rod whose fist was shaking from frustration, and Dennis who was desperately suppressing the rage in his heart even while sighing.
The unbelievable situation with this threat from the police also visibly shaken up Hendricks and others. Amidst that situation, Professor Down who was wracking his brain with his eyes closed opened his mouth.
¡¸There is also the option to report this to other police but¡¡right now we don''t know how manyrade they have, so I cannot say that it''s a good option. In the worst case, there is also the possibility that they will arrest just us and take Emily away. Right now, we cannot possibly leave Emily alone.¡¹
¡¸That''s, right. But, then, what to do¡¡they will soone back to hear our reply you know?¡¹
Hendricks asked Professor down with tormented feeling. But perhaps it was as expected from an adult with wisdom of age, the professor seemed to have the answer.
¡¸Let''s contact the national security bureau. Now that the case this time has been exposed until this far, then it''s not the level where we can keep hiding it or anything. Given how dangerous¡¾H3-¦Á4¡¿is, there is high possibility we can make the security bureau move.¡¹
¡¸I see¡¡. Their system is different with police. If we receive protection from security bureau, then police won''t be able to meddle.¡¹
Hendricks nodded in understanding. Lizzie and Dennis and others were also nodding to each other, thinking that there was no other way than that. However, only Emily was still looking down with aplicated expression.
¡¸Emily, it''s fine. No matter what happened, I, we will absolutely do something about it.¡¹
¡¸Lizzie-nee¡¡yes, thank you.¡¹
Hearing the words of Lizzie who hugged her to give her assurance, Emily buried her face to Lizzie''s chest while returning words of gratitude.
However, the anxiety whirling inside Emily''s chest, rather than lessening from her trusted big sister''s words, it seemed that it was getting thicker instead. She couldn''t help but felt something, like a great bad premonition coiling around her heart, as though something fatal was approaching with loud footsteps.
Emily was staring at the back of Professor Down who was going to contact the security bureau without knowing yet that this creeping ominous feeling would be reality.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
About the drug¡¯s name, I wanted to check up a bit more and write it properly with a name that sounded likely, but¡¡
It was impossible. There ain¡¯t any time. Seriously. The update for next week is also in a dangerous state.
And so, well, this is spin-off, please pardon the flighty exnation.
PS
At Ovep-sama¡¯s homepage, the first part of theic¡¯s first chapter was updated.
Really dangerous. Kaori and Shizuku are just too cute.
For those who hasn¡¯t seen it, please take a look without fail.
PS 2
Thank you very much for a lot of ¡®don¡¯t mind¡¯ments.
Thanks to that, I was able to update somehow.
The mysterious sense of unity that the honored readers of Narou showed sometimes, Hakumailoves it.
The next update will be at6 P.M Saturday if possible, desu.
Chapter 203
Chapter 203
A heavy atmosphere was hanging in the air inside a room of Percival University''s research building. Emily was looking down with pale face while her eyes were shaking, Professor Down was holding the girl''s hand tightly in kind consideration, at their opposite side was Lizzie who was patting Emily''s head.
In this ce right now, other than Hendricks, Dennis, and Rod, there were also the remaining members of Down Laboratory whose name were Hessica Cubit, Sam Redman, and Milo Yenny.
Jessica was a female student with rtively light attitude who recently poured her energy into fashion rather than research, but her normally light atmosphere now quietened down and her expression looked grim.
Even Sam who was often told¡¸You are absolutely more suited to be a martial artist rather than researcher¡¹by Dennis and Rod with his muscr body that was taller than 190 cm, and also Milo who was a ck person and came from America as transfer student, normally they were youth with bright atmosphere, but now their expression was turning grave.
Inside that heavy air that was catching them into quagmire, a light voice that couldn''t read the mood or perhaps it dared to ignore it entirely instead was resounding.
¡¸Well, that''s how it is. Missy, you just focus yourself in the research for the antidote alone without worrying about anything. You can look forward for a wless facility and security there.¡¹
The owner of the voice was an investigator of national security bureau''s dangerous drugs countermeasure section¨D¨DKimberly Warren.
At the afternoon, he and Hughes came here after receiving the report from Professor Down and questioned everyone about the situation. After that Kimberly remained here in order to guard Emily and others while Hughes finished his report and preparation to lead a team back here.
And then, while Kimberly made arrangements with the dispatched undercover agents and waited for the decision of the concrete nning from here on, finally amunication came from Hughes just now.
ording to themunication, the adoption of the protection program was recognized and the team would wait forte night beforeing to pick them up. Regarding the protection program, in consideration of the possibility that there was someone among Down ssroom aiming for Emily''s research, Emily would be protected at another ce that had an environment that could be used for research, where she would be asked to endeavor at researching the antidote there. Themunication also mentioned that until the antidote waspleted, don''t mention the members of Down ssroom, even her parents wouldn''t be able to meet her.
¡¸Agent Warren. Is it possible for even just one person, whether it''s me or someone among the students to apany Emily?¡¹
Professor Down argued vehemently at Kimberly who looked like he wasn''t mindful at all about Emily''s state. However, Kimberly was making an expression as though he was facing an unreasonable kid while saying¡¸Haa?¡¹and curtly rejected the request.
¡¸I''m troubled here if you are saying stupid question like that, professor. In this situation where the culprit is unclear, even all of you are included among the suspects, you should understand that right? There is no way the missy¨D¨Dthe doctor can be left together with you.¡¹
¡¸Then, at least, her parents can¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Please spare me from your begging. This is the decision from above, it''s not something I can do anything about.¡¹
Kimberly scowled feeling that it was really troublesome and looked away while cutting off Professor Down''s words.
¡¸Why-. Emily''s parents is not rted with this! Then¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Teacher, it''s okay. I''ll be okay! I''ll finish right away if it''s just making something like the antidote!¡¹
Emily stopped Professor Down who stood up with a menacing face looking as though he would grip Kimberly''s cor. Emily puffed up her chest while chuckling¡¸Fufufu¡¹to show that she was okay just like she said, but looking from the viewpoint of Down ssroom''s members who had apanied her like family until now, it was obvious that she was forcing herself.
The lonely time when Emily first enrolled into university became a little trauma for her. That little girl in an environment where not only she didn''t have any acquaintance, on the contrary everyone around her were all far older than her, caused her to be cornered.
That was why, if she was told that in this kind of urgent situation she would be separated not only from her father substitute and her older siblings substitute, but she would also be unable to contact her parents, then even if she understood that it was only for a limited time until she managed to make the antidote, she couldn''t help but feel the great tightening in her heart.
¡¸Well, no matter how much you protest here, the decision stands. Just resign yourself and make the antidote right away. You are genius right? Then you will be able to meet them again before long.¡¹
¡¸Someone like you is¡¡the person with you before, Hughes-san wasn''t it? Don''t you think you should learn a bit from your superior?¡¹
Professor Down shook his head while sighing hearing the careless remark of Kimberly who irresponsibly made light of Emily''s brave bluffing. Kimberly grinned broadly in amusement to that and only shrugged at the fierce re of the professor.
However, as expected when he was red not just by Professor Down but also by Hendricks and others, he seemed to feel ufortable and lifted both his hands as though he was surrendering before exiting the room right away.
¡¸Perhaps the investigator''s quality of the country''s organization has been really falling these days.¡¹
Professor Down whispered while sighing.
¡¸But, teacher. Wasn''t Hughes-san who came with that person looked like a sincere person? He said that he will also assign a female agent for me.¡¹
¡¸But still, Emily. Agent Warren said it right? It''s "the decision from above". The one that decided so that Emily is alone is that agent Hughes. Or perhaps it''s a person even more above you know?¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
The expression of Emily who bluffed by saying¡¸It''s okay!¡¹slightly clouded from anxiety as expected from the words of Professor Down.
Even Hendricks, Lizzie, and others were also making dark expression. Amidst them, Professor Down closed his eyes in worry before he moved his gaze to Emily with a determined expression.
¡¸Emily. I have a really bad premonition. No matter how I think about it, it''s strange that they are trying to separate you from even your parents. By any chance, perhaps the security bureau has some other objective, something more than merely protecting Emily to have you create the antidote.¡¹
¡¸Teacher¡¡. But, we have already reported to them¡¡¡¹
Finally Emily''s bluffing expression fell off and she disyed a face where anxiety was mixed with bewilderment. Professor Down spoke more words to her.
¡¸We can just deny that. Even so, if they still try to take away Emily alone even after that, then that will proof for sure that they have no good thinking in their mind.¡¹
Professor Down then cut off his words, he crossed his arms and closed his eyes, after falling silent for while, he opened his mouth slowly.
¡¸¡¡¡¡Emily, I have an acquaintance that have a research facility.¡¹
¡¸Research facility?¡¹
¡¸Yes. He also has a high social position, and he is reliable too. He should be able to give us shelter while lending us research facility until we finished making the antidote. What do you think? Though as expected, it''s impossible for everyone to go, but if it''s there then it''s possible for me and your parents toe along. Besides, you will also be able to contact Hendricks and others. That''s why, before we are separated from each other, before you are isted alone, won''t you evacuate there for the present?¡¹
Emily stared without moving at Professor Down who made an unexpected proposal with a serious expression. Hendricks and others were also sending shocked gaze at Professor Down.
¡¸I know it''s strangeing from me who was the one that suggested to report to the security bureau. But it seems that the government cannot be trusted at all. There is no way I can entrust Emily who is already like my important daughter to that kind of ce. To say nothing of how you will be alone there¡¡¡¹
¡¸Teacher¡¡¡¹
Emily''s gaze wandered around in hesitation. She could be together with everyone¨D¨Dthat n rang really nicely in her ears, it was a tempting proposal for her¡¡however, it was unthinkable for her that the security bureau would overlook them in this abnormal situation where a drug could change human into a berserker and it was urgent for its antidote to be developed, furthermore it was themselves who reported about it.
Naturally, there was a possibility that she would cause much trouble for Professor Down who said he would shelter her, and also his acquaintance that would be the one actually sheltering her. Perhaps all of their social status and prestige could be destroyed because of that.
However, Professor Down who seemed to guess that thinking of Emily grasped the trembling hand of Emily tightly, and then he sent her a gentle gaze just like when he reached out to her the first time.
¡¸Emily, you don''t need to worry needlessly. You are a first ss researcher, but at the same time you are also still a sixteen years old child. It''s mistaken for a good child like you to shoulder everything in this kind of emergency. That''s why, it''s okay for you to depend on others. No, rather I beg you as someone that is like family to you. Please, I want you to depend on me.¡¹
Emily looked down to hide her expression. It wasn''t because she was hesitating, but because if she didn''t look down then her welling up emotion would be flowing drops of tear.
¡¸Emily, let''s depend on teacher''s kindness here. Even we are also unable to let Emily be alone in this current situation.¡¹
¡¸That''s right¡¡. If it''s Emily, then surely you will be able to make the antidote right away. That''s why, let''s agree with teacher''s proposal okay?¡¹
Starting from Hendricks and Lizzie, the other members also raised voice of agreement with Professor Down''s proposal.
Everyone of them was worried for Emily without exception, they were wracking their brains to look for the best possible future for Emily.
She was really blessed. Emily was thinking that from the bottom of her heart while taking a deep breath, then she nodded while firmly looking at Professor Down.
¡¸Great, it''s decided then. Everyone, please cooperate with me. Even if we talk to agent Warren about this, he would only stop us. Then, let''s ask for his approval only after it''s done. I and Emily will head to my acquaintance''s ce ahead, so can you all distract agent Warren''s attention for us?¡¹
¡¸Got it. This is for Emily. We will do it somehow.¡¹
After Hendricks nodded strongly, the other members also nodded with resolve in their face.
¡¸Hahah, who''d ever thought that a time wille where we will think about outrageous thing like outwitting the security bureau agents in active duty like this. Isn''t this like in a movie?¡¹
¡¸Rod. Don''t get too optimistic. After all you are the one with the highest possibility of making mistake here.¡¹
¡¸What did you say-, Dennis! Ain''t you the one who is always getting cold feet at critical time and caused blunder?¡¹
¡¸It''s the clich¨¦ that normally the guy who is spouting big words is actually the one getting cold feet. Rod, that refers to you.¡¹
¡¸Okay, I rea~lly get it that you are picking fight with me. Let''s get outside Dennis. I''ll make that sses get sticky all over with my finger''s sweat.¡¹
¡¸Bring it on. I''ll perfectly stitch your slovenly chest so that you won''t be able to expose it for the second time.¡¹
A small giggle echoed inside the room that had its atmosphere lightened up with Dennis and Rod''s usual swearing. When Dennis and Rod turned their gaze there even while their hands were still grasping each other''s cor, they found the figure of Emily who leaked out that chuckle from being unable to endure the scene.
Lured by that, Hendricks, Lizzie, Jessica, Sam, Milo, and the Professor Down began tough.
Emily made an amazing smile while tears were gathering on the corner of her eyes. With a really lovely smile that was like blooming flower she said¡¡
¡¸Thank you, Dennis-oniichan, Rod-onii-chan.¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¡¡¹¡¹
Dennis and Rod who were given the greatest present with the designation that was seldom used for them, they silently tidied up their clothes and made a fake cough. And then they sat back quietly with their face dyed red until their ears.
¡¸Now then, with the return of Dennis, Rod, and Emily''s smiling face, let''s focus on the detail of how we will outwit the security bureau.¡¹
Professor Down''smand, as usual it instantly made the students renewed their focus. For the sake of their cute little sister''s future, they talked their opinion to each other with an expression that was even more serious than usual when they were at research or lecture.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
The chapter is short, on top of that it doesn¡¯t progress, I¡¯m sorry.
The writing time is, already¡¡
Forgive me for keeping all of you in suspense but, one thing, it will be a bit more time until that guy crawl from the abyss, so I¡¯mwishing that if all of you reader can possibly wait for it.
The next update will be at6 P.M Saturday too. There will be no stopping midway next time!
Chapter 204
Chapter 204
¡¸Good grief, it feels like I am an actor in a B-ss movie here.¡¹
While Emily and others were in the middle of discussion, Kimberly who was leaning on the wall at the corridor while staring at his smartphone was letting out a chuckle that he couldn''t keep restraining inside himself. It seemed that what he was watching in the smartphone was something that really pleased him.
Kimberly moved his fingers quickly across the disy several times. Then the disy disyed Kimberly''s bank ount. When he saw the amount of money that was disyed there, he let out his chuckle once more. Seen from the side he really looked like a dangerous character. How his expression was dyed with greed that was unthinkableing from an agent of the security bureau also encouraged such atmosphere.
¡¸This much just from acting a little as agent. Really, this make me feels that risking my life fighting criminals is really stupid.¡¹
Kimberly put back his smartphone inside his pocket while saying that to himself. At the same time, he recalled his schedule from here on inside his head. ¨D¨DDue to his real employer''s request, it would be a schedule where he would risk his life kidnapping Emily Grant and then bet his life to pull the carpet from under security bureau.
Kimberly was making show of standing guard outside the room where Emily and others were inside while actually he was confirming his betrayal toward hisrades and his criminal act. It was at that time, *kii* the door''s room made a sound and opened.
Dennis and Rod came out from inside.
¡¸Hm? What''s the matter? It will still be a while until the pick-up time you know?¡¹
¡¸We are thinking to make the final check of the things we are going to bring.¡¹
¡¸Sheesh, you guys already made that check a lot wasn''t it?¡¹
¡¸That''s just our nature. This kind of confirmation won''t be enough no matter how many times you do it.¡¹
Dennis shrugged while pushing up his sses sharply. Kimberly nodded¡¸Is that so¡¡¡¹to that before he turned his gaze to Rod at the side and asked¡¸And you?¡¹.
¡¸It''s this for me.¡¹
¡¸Smoking huh¡¡. Well, fine. But, don''t move away too far okay? After all you guys are also protection target here.¡¹
¡¸Yes sir¨D¡¹
Rod jokingly returned a salute whilezily dangling the cigar he grasped in his fingertips. Like that, he and Dennis disappeared together further in the corridor while receiving Kimberly''s gaze.
Of course, Dennis and Rod''s words to Kimberly were lies. They were nning to raisemotion after this so that it would be easier for Emily and Professor Down to escape. The specific n was to raise amotion nearby theboratory where¡¾Berserk¡¿was in safekeeping by taking other harmful chemicals before yelling¡¸We made a mistake and it got scattered~¡¹.
Of course, what they would scatter was harmless chemical, but if they mademotion saying that ''It would affect life if you don''t take medicine right away!'', the agents of security bureau that couldn''t confirm the authenticity should be panicked. The other would use that opening to try escaping from the research facility.
Surely the bodyguards from security bureau would never think that the people who requested protection by themselves would actually escape by their own decision. On top of that, this research building was already like the back garden for the researchers who often spent the majority of their day inside. There was a high possibility they would be able to escape.
And, at that time the door of the room opened once more. Who came out were Sam and Jessica. Jessica was leaning coquettishly on Sam''s arm, generously pressing her voluptuous body that peeked out from her clothes that had intense exposure.
¡¸So you guys too¡¡what''s your business?¡¹
Kimberly talked to them while still leaning on the wall.
¡¸Ee~, you understand just by looking right~? We are going to where it will be just the two of us~. It seems like it will be difficult in various things after this~, so while we still can~¡¹
¡¸Ye, yeah, that''s right. Si, sir, it''s fine, just for a bit right?¡¹
Jessica was leaning even more on Sam while her way of talking was stretching even longer. Sam''s eyes were swimming around, but he somehow responded to Kimberly.
In reality, Jessica and Sam were just friend, they weren''t lover or anything, they were just getting out of the room to be distraction like Dennis and Rod. They pretended to be lovers with the motive of trying to find an agent somewhere and trick him into something like a ckmail scene using beautiful girl.
However, for Sam it was unexpected how passionate (?) the acting of Jessica was. His unrest was fierce from her way of talking that waspletely different from usual and the soft sensation that his arm was feeling.
¡¸¡¡Yes, yes. Do whatever you like.¡¹
¡¸Ye~s, we will do whatever we li~ke. Rather, I''ll be made to do whatever Sam li~ke¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Jessica grinned widely while waving her hand at Kimberly who gave his permission with an exasperated expression. Sam was feeling a bit of terror from Jessica''s acting while nodding wordlessly.
Like that, Jessica and Sam''s figure vanished at the turn of the corridor.
Kimberly kept leaning on the wall with his arm crossed while waiting silently until the time came.
Some times after that, when Kimberly was starting to want for at least a ss of coffee, an abnormal event happened.
*Bii¨D, bii¨D, bii¨D, bii¨D!!*
A warning sound suddenly echoed. Kimberly made a faint smile and then he brought his mouth closer to themunication device attached on his sleeve.
¡¸This is Warren. All members, situation report.¡¹
Kimberly wasn''t shaken. Everything was just as nned. He had already seen through the ulterior motive of the students exiting the room. Therefore, he expected for the report that reached him from each bodyguard to be¡¸Nothing strange¡¹or¡¸The students are~¡¹.
Yes, everything was just as nned¨D¨Dwas how it should be.
¡¸? Oi, yton, Muller. Respond. Oi, what''s wrong?¡¹
All bodyguards that reported to him said there was nothing strange. Kimberly thought that there would be reportsing from at least two ce telling him that some kind ofmotion happened, but he got doubtful when until the end all the reports that he got told him nothing strange happened.
Furthermore, there was no report at alling from thest two people he called. There was no reaction no matter how much he called into theirmunication device.
¡¸¡¡Oi oi. Don''t tell me, they got caught off guard by mere students.¡¹
Kimberly''s cheeks convulsed from imagining the unimaginable development. But, the moment he noticed that the ce that the two bodyguards he lost contact with was where¡¾Berserk¡¿was deposited, his faceplexion changed right away.
¡¸-, Dickson! Russell! Come here right away! Take over me for guarding the missy!¡¹
¡ºHaa? Warren, what are you saying? Just now two of the kids came here. They are surprised by the rm but¨D¨D¡»
¡¸Just leave that alone! A different lot might being! ¡¾Berserk¡¿is stolen right now!¡¹
¡ºWha-, wait a second! Something like that is not in the ¨D¨D¡»
¡¸There ain''t any time for chatter! I''m going to take a look at the ce of yton and Muller! Just in case of the worst case, you mustn''t let the missy got snatched away!¡¹
Kimberly roared angrily. Right after that, the door of the room opened slightly and Professor Down''s face appeared from there.
¡¸Did something happen? We¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸There might be someone infiltrating. I''m putting two guards here, so don''te out of the room.¡¹
¡¸No, but¨D¨D¡¹
Kimberly turned his back toward Professor Down who was going to object while saying this.
¡¸Someone is aiming for¡¾Berserk¡¿!¡¹
¡¸!? Co, could it be, Dennis and others¡¹
¡¸No! Those guys are confirmed to be in another ce! That''s why I''m panicked here. Just listen, stay quietly inside the room!¡¹
¡¸Go, got it.¡¹
Professor Down returned inside the room while feeling shaken. Right after that, two bodyguards dressed as garbage man came running.
Kimberly entrusted them to be the guard in that ce before running through the corridor with fierce momentum.
¡¸Dammit all. Please let it be just some kind of mistake. My livelihood depend in this n here!¡¹
Kimberly was cursing while rushing up the emergency stair. ¡¾Berserk¡¿was four floor above¨D¨Dinside the chemicals vault that was strictly managed at the tenth floor, but if there was intruder, then there was high possibility they would use the emergency stair, and this stair was also simply the closest to Kimberly''s position.
The vault at the tenth floor could only be opened using ID card, fingerprint confirmation, twelve digit password, and voice recognition, those four locks. In addition there was also security camera.
Therefore, it was unthinkable that the drug could be stolen in so short time but¡¡
Although they weren''t agent that received training, but the men standing guard there were muscr and armed, yet they might be neutralized already without even given time for calling help.
If, this wasn''t some kind of mistake, and there was really intruder, then that intruder must be a considerably skilled one.
Kimberly was feeling cold sweat while rushing through three floors in one go, and stepped on the stairnding between the ninth and tenth floor. It was at that moment,
¡¸Oops¡¹
¡¸A? You¡¡¡¹
Ahead of the gaze of the shaken Kimberly, was a man that was just going to go down the stair from tenth floor. It was a man without any peculiar trait. He looked like he was in his twenty or even at his forty. He looked t, medium build body, and brown hair that wasn''t long or short. His suits didn''t look like high-ss or a cheap one. And then, a doctor robe.
The man raised a really light voice when he saw Kimberly. If they met in a normal situation, then Kimberly would surely think that this man was a researcher here, he might even say¡¸Excuse me¡¹while passing through the man and like that he wouldn''t even recall back about the man for the second time in the future.
But,
¡¸You, what is inside that suitcase?¡¹
Theck of any peculiarity, the handy suitcase, and then Kimberly''s instinct as an agent, made him be conscious of the man.
¡¸It''s just a research document though? Rather, I should be the one asking who are you? I have never seen your face here, and you also don''t look like a researcher¡¡eh, don''t tell me you are rted with this rm? Could it be, I''m in a pinch here?¡¹
The man''s face was convulsing while he took a step back on the stair without turning around. Looking from the man''s speech and gesture, in a nce he looked like a simple researcher encountering someone suspicious.
¡¸I am an agent from security bureau. There is a possibility that an important medicine is stolen. Sorry, but I''ll confirm the content of that case.¡¹
¡¸No, no, it''s impossible to let outside person to see research data I told you. How suspicious, are you really someone from security bureau?¡¹
If Kimberly took a step, the man would also take a step back. Kimberly narrowed his eyes slightly at the man''s attitude, then he said¡¸I''ll show you my badge then¡¹while his hand moved to take out his proof of identification as security bureau agent from his breast pocket¡¡
In order to took out and fired a gun.
¡¸Ah maan, this person is sharp. You are really a dangerous man, trying to shoot someone so suddenly like that.¡¹
¡¸¡¡You yourself, you bastard ain''t normal. Who and where are you from?¡¹
Kimberly''s gun muzzle, was pointed at the temple of the man from point-nk range. At the same time, the neck of Kimberly who had the distance closed instantly got a knife pressed on there.
Yes, the man in doctor robe closed the distance faster than Kimberly could take out his gun and shoot on an unstable ce like the stair. Furthermore, surprisingly that knife flew out from the man''s sleeve, it was obviously a knife withunching mechanism.
Kimberly felt cold sweat drenching himself. He nned to be a wanted man in this case anyway, so he wouldn''t shirk from cleaning up one or two researchers that might be unrted rather than risking his important money tree got stolen. But, when the lid was opened, what he was confronting was actually someone far more skilled than him.
''This is bad, bad, bad'' His instinct was ringing the rm bell loudly like that.
In an instant,
¡¸Warren!¡¹
¡¸Kimberly-¡¹
Voices that called Kimberly''s name and gunshots roared. Bodyguard agents had gathered below. The man said¡¸Whoops¡¹still with a light tone while instantly pulling his body back. The bullets hit the wall a slight distance away. The shooters didn''t n to hit right from the start, they fired only to separate the man away from Kimberly.
The man seemed to give up going down the stair, he tried to climb up the stair.
¡¸I won''t let you-!¡¹
Kimberly pulled his gun trigger continuously. The fired bullets passed through beside the man who twisted his body right away and opened up holes on the wall.
¡¸Are you sane!? You are firing at someone carrying a case filled with hazardous substance here!¡¹
¡¸That thing cannot infect through air! Even if anyone get hit with droplets, if it''s just a little then it cannot cause secondary infection! It''s better to destroy it rather than have it stolen!¡¹
Indeed, ¡¾Berserk¡¿wouldn''t infect someone without injection or contact, regarding secondary infection from a person that had been¡¾Berserkification¡¿, if the intake amount was only a little, then even if other person came into contact with body fluids of the victim then they wouldn''t get infected.
Even so, Kimberly who dared to brave the danger of scattering around the extremely dangerous chemicals caused the man''s expression to cramp a bit while he finally took out a gun from his breast pocket and returned fire. While Kimberly leaped aside, two bodyguard agents that had climbed up the stair got their legs shot through and they crumbled down.
Kimberly cursed while aiming his gun muzzle at the man, but right after that, his eyes opened wide.
¡¸Are you bastard ninja!?¡¹
The man unexpectedly jumped off the stair, he then kicked on the handrail and leaped further and passed through above Kimberly''s head. Furthermore, he then kicked on the wall to turn around and attacked Kimberly.
Kimberly changed the direction of his gun, but the man''s flying kick hit Kimberly''s chest faster. An impact that caused him to hallucinate his ribs breaking made the air in his lung to be forcefully ejected out. Kimberly groaned¡¸Gahah¡¹and got blown away.
In no time Kimberly was sent flying and he would be struck on the stair behind where he would be neutralized, that was how it appeared it would turn out¡¡but, Kimberly was a former military and an expert at military hand-to-hand fighting. He immediately discarded his gun and caught the kicking leg, dragging the opponent into the momentum that sent him flying.
¡¸Guah¡¹
¡¸-kh!?¡¹
The man made Kimberly as his stepping stool and somehow evaded being struck on the stair, but his bnce was broken and he fell.
Even so, Kimberly still got the bigger damage, and different from the man who immediately stood up, Kimberly became unable to move from the impact.
The man shrugged as though to say ''oh dear'' before trying to leave that ce.
It was at that time. An incident that could only be said as a devil''s work happened in session, which would lead to tragedy.
¡¸Agent Warren!¡¹
¡¸This bastard! That''s Emily''s! Return it!¡¹
Dennis and Rod appeared. They heard the rm and saw the agents going off somewhere. They became worried that¡¾Berserk¡¿would be stolen again and came here to look at the situation, using elevator they came to the tenth floor and there they listened at gunshots from the stair. And then, the two caught sight at the man''s figure and guessed the situation. When they saw Kimberly and other agents were defeated, their sense of justice came out. It came out fiercely.
The hot-blooded Rod leaped to the man, while Dennis threw the harmless but smelly chemical they had prepared.
Naturally, the man easily kicked away Rod, but the chemical vial urately hit the ceiling and broke apart, throwing out its offensive smell. Naturally, the liquid fell like shower at the man below, Kimberly, and the agents.
The man immediately lifted his suitcase over his head to protect his body from the unknown chemical.
Instantly, along with a single gunshot, the suitcase was shot and sent flying from his hand. The one firing was one of the agent that was shot in the leg and fell. That agent was crawling slowly toward his gun that was sent flying, before his hand finally reached it and he aimed at the head of the man whose attention was taken by Rod and Dennis.
Therefore, it was a coincidence that it was the suitcase that was hit. Rather it was because the man was holding the suitcase with his hand lowered that the agent aimed at the man''s head. But, the unexpected situation where a chemical was thrown at the ceiling caused the man to make an unforeseen move.
And then, there was one more devilish coincidence. The bullet hit the lock of the suitcase with pinpoint uracy.
As the result, the suitcase that had its lock broken flew away from the man''s hand, it crashed on the wall which caused the suitcase to be opened.
Yes, the vial of¡¾Berserk¡¿that was put inside the suitcase, was exposed to the open.
The people in that ce sent their gaze pursuing the falling suitcase in slow motion. Obeying gravity, ¡¾Berserk¡¿flew out from the suitcase that fell on the ground. There were two vials in the suitcase.
One vial flew out from the impact and broke at the center of thending stair. The content scattered out.
¡¸Don''t get hit!¡¹
¡¸tsu¡¹
Kimberly roared angrily. Ahead of his gaze was the figure of the other agent that was still lying on the floor.
The agent covered his face with his arms right away but¡¡he was toote.
¡¸a, a? Gii! aAAAAA¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹
The ssh of¡¾Berserk¡¿flew into the agent''s eye and mouth, a beatter, the agent screamed thunderously, *beki baki goki* his body began to transform along with raw sounds.
¡¸Now that it''s like this, he is beyond help, eh.¡¹
The man, with expression as though he was chewing something bitter aimed his gun muzzle at the head of the erging agent. And then, he fired without hesitation and blew away the head. If the person only came into contact with small amount of ssh, then there would be no problem if he was killed before transforming.
The agent easily crumbled down.
Dennis and Rod were greatly shaken seeing a person died before their eyes, even so they felt relieve the same like Kimberly and the man that the Berserkification was stopped.
It was at that moment,
¨D¨DaAAAAAAAAAH!!!!!
The first cry of birth came from downstairs. The birth cry of Berserk.
¡¸-, the other one!?¡¹
¡¸Not here¡¡shit-, it fell down! We got too distracted with this one!¡¹
Yes, the other vial wasn''t anywhere here.
The other vial had fell downstairs from the gap between the handrail''s railing. And then, midway it crashed on the railing and its content was thrown out. If it was just that then there would be no problem. However, in a stroke of bad luck, no, perhaps in a sense it ought to be said as inevitability, downstairs there were a lot of people that stuck out their head from the handrail to look upstairs.
The rm and the gunshots that came from upstairs. There was no way that those would go unnoticed by the students and professors who were staying behind in the research building, the security guards, and others.
That was why, the drug that gave birth to berserker raining down from upstairs showered them plenty. It wasn''t in the level of ssh anymore. It was the whole content of a bottle. Even though, it actually didn''t even take a full injection at that time of¡¾Berserk Case¡¿.
¡¸Aa, geez-. This is really an awful failure-. The luck of me today is undoubtedly the worst!¡¹
The man cursed out like that while jumping down the stairs.
¡¸Guh, fuck-. Stop damnit!¡¹
Kimberly''s face distorted due to the damage that was still remaining in his body while standing up somehow, he then chased after the man by rushing down the stair.
¡¸Rod! We are going back!¡¹
¡¸Eh? A, Dennis? But, something like this¡¡¡¹
¡¸Get a hold of yourself! We have to let everyone know! Besides, that man might be going to where Emily is!¡¹
¡¸ts. Tha, that''s right.¡¹
Dennis scolded the greatly shaken Rod and made him stood up.
And then, they turned a pained expression at the agent''s remain that got his head blown off, before they rushed out toward the room where Emily and others were waiting
While listening to the countless roars and continuous gunfire resounding downstairs.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Even though I nned to finish the reminiscence at two chapters¡¡
Seriously I got no time for writing. This time it stop at iplete point too
It will be a bit harsh for the update for the next Saturday.
Chapter 205
Chapter 205
(This is baadd¡¡. Heavy. This is just awfully heavy. Honestly, that''s too heavy that I want to run away right now¡¡)
After she finished talking of the long recollection, Emily hugged her knees once more, buried her face, and turned small. Kousuke was sighing inside his heart while looking at such Emily. Honestly speaking, he couldn''t help but felt sympathy with Emily''s circumstance. Emily had even forgotten that she wasn''t wearing anything down there that it felt like her secret ce down there could be visible with her current sitting position, but right now Kousuke was in the middle of much regret of hearing the story that he didn''t even have theposure to be aware of such thing.
¡¸When we arrived, there is almost no survivor anymore inside the research building. We met up with Kimberly who ran out of bullet and went into hiding, then after we shared information, we split up to search for Doctor Grant, I managed to secure her but¡¡¡¹
¡¸That handsome bastard betrayed you then.¡¹
¡¸Yes. It was when we met up with ourrades and gathered in the first floor to escape. We were surrounded by berserkers and put up a fight, and when we somehow managed to secure an escape route, we were gunned down by Kimberly and an armed group from somewhere that had reced the bodyguard agents.¡¹
Because of the attack of that time, the agents who came for the pick-up were annihted. Vanessa was able to survive even while getting wounded on her side was because she was immediately covered by Hughes. But in exchange he was also lethally wounded, even so he fought hard in order to let Vanessa and Emily escaped.
As the result, due to Hughes''sst stand, Vanessa and Emily managed to escape.
There, Kousuke spoke his doubt.
¡¸Hm? After that, you didn''t contact the security bureau right away?¡¹
Kousuke witnessed the car chase at the afternoon. From the story that he heard, the incident urred at midnight. That meant that Vanessa and Emily were fighting alone for more than half a day.
¡¸My smartphone that can connect with the private line was broken when we were ambushed¡¡. Doctor Grant''s phone also seemed to break somewhere in the middle of our escape.¡¹
¡¸You can just use public phone right?¡¹
¡¸That''s true. I also tried to do that. However, that¡¡it''s embarrassing but, after I performed first aid on my wound, I fainted.¡¹
It appeared that Vanessa ran out of strength because she even performed the bullet extraction inside the car. After that Emily nursed Vanessa for the whole night.
And then, the next morning, Vanessa who woke up from her fainting finally made contact with the headquarters, but right after, perhaps they were detected or something, they were assaulted by Kimberly and his group then.
After that, they were chased around relentless without any time to meet up with the people from headquarters, also the meeting site that was decided beforehand was also known by Kimberly so it couldn''t be used, and that was why they were doing nothing but running away.
¡¸I see. ¡¡Then, what are you going to do from here? The security bureau seems to be suspicious too right?¡¹
¡¸That''s right. However, it''s also the fact that we won''t be able to do anything by ourselves. It''s only in the movie when individual can oppose an organization as their opponent. ¡¡We have to determine, the true intention of the chief.¡¹
In this situation, even though the security bureau seemed suspicious, but it was unthinkable that the whole ce was pitch ck. If it was just as Kimberly insinuated, that the security bureau was pulling the string of the attack, then Chief Magdanese was exceedingly close with "ck". In that case, then Vanessa would ask for help from bureau member listed up inside her head that seem to be trustable, and also from other ces like intelligence department and so on.
But if it was the opposite, that Chief Magdanese was "white", they would be able to get rescue from the most direct ce.
In any case, to investigate about the organization behind Kimberly and further to oppose them, Vanessa would need to obtain the power of organization too. Because of that, no matter what it was essential to clearly determine the position of Chief Magdanese, whether she was white or ck.
¡¸First, it''s important to ssify which is the enemy and which is ally. I n to move with that direction, so during that time I want Mr. K to protect Doctor Grant.¡¹
Kousuke scratched his cheek with a troubled look after listening to Vanessa''s n. And then, he was about to open his mouth to say something, however, his voice that was going to sing an objection was interrupted.
¡¸I''m not looking for protection or anything.¡¹
¡¸Doctor Grant?¡¹
Vanessa turned her gaze in surprise. There, Emily who turned small was slowly lifting up her face and looked back. The dark me dwelling inside those eyes, which contradicted her frail atmosphere before this caused Vanessa to gulp unconsciously.
¡¸That drug,¡¾Berserk¡¿, it''s something that mustn''t exist in this world. It has to be erased from this world, all of it without leaving anything behind. I who created it, have to erase it no matter what.¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
¡¸I absolutely don''t want to be just protected, only waiting for the situation to end without understanding anything. That''s why, Vanessa. Please, bring me along. I want to ascertain with my own eyes, who was the one that spread around¡¾Berserk¡¿, and, what will happen from now on.¡¹
¡¸¡¡My apologies but, Doctor Grant. You are¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸A burden? I don''t think so. ¡¾Berserk¡¿is a defective merchandise that was created by chance. Whether it''s to improve it or making its antidote, those are out of the question without me. In other words, I am the best shield you can ask.¡¹
Vanessa was greatly troubled with Emily''s point. Indeed, for the people who were seeking for Emily''s knowledge and ability, Emily''s life was something they had to absolutely protect. To put it another way, if she turned Emily into shield then they wouldn''t be able to pull the trigger.
If Vanessa said that she would search information against an organization in this isted situation, then indeed it could be said to be a useful card. However, even though she was fighting to protect Emily by nature, but if she made her into something like a shield than that would mean putting the cart before the horse.
Besides, there was nothing absolute in a battlefield, on top of that an "ident" could possibly happen. And even if those didn''t happen, the enemy had no reason to not make the decision "it''s fine if she is at least alive".
For Vanessa, taking around Emily together with her from here on was something that couldn''t be permitted. However, even with all those reasons, she was unable to simply reject and left her was surely because of Emily''s eyes. If she forced her to stay behind, then she would run off by herself. That risk was something possible with the current Emily.
How should she persuade her¡¡Vanessa was at a loss, but before Vanessa could say something, the one who spoke to Emily who said rash things, was Kousuke who was being reserved.
¡¸Look here¡¡as I thought, something like this, I think it''s better if we leave it to the pro you know? Emily is a researcher right? A researcher has their own battlefield that can only be fought by researcher isn''t it? If Vanessa-san found ally and they prepared a ce for you to research¡¾Berserk¡¿, then Emily''s battle would be from there on, isn''t that right?¡¹
For Kousuke, it would be the best for him if Vanessa could quickly found ally organization that could give heavy protection to Emily. Because at that point of time Kousuke would be unnecessary and he could leave. Thinking so, Kousuke tried to back up Vanessa, but
¡¸No.¡¹
His opinion was rejected with one word. Emily didn''t even meet his gaze.
¡¸Saying no like that, are you a child throwing tantrum huh. You understand right? You said you are going to be shield or whatever, but you are virtually still a burden. There is no way Vanessa-san will be able to use Emily as shield. That''s why, here you shou¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸If I said no then no-!¡¹
Hearing Kousuke''s words, this time Emily''s almond-shaped eyes red fiercely while saying a rejection that soundedpletely childish. As expected Kousuke was irritated hearing Emily''s words that weren''t even an objection but simply selfishness.
¡¸Seriously, this isn''t the time to throw tantrum. How about you understand your own position a bit more? You are genius right? Then at least understand that much.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Kousuke''s obviously pathetic atmosphere until now faded, and its ce he replied with expression and tone that were visibly irritated. Emily trembled in shock from that. However, the me dwelling in her eyes didn''t die down for even a bit. She couldn''t say any rebuttal and tears were oozing out slightly from her eyes, but even so she still radiated rebellion to Kousuke.
Kousuke continued his words while holding down his irritated feeling at the unreasonable Emily.
¡¸Look here¡¡if you keep being obstinate, and Vanessa-san get hurt again because of that¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸What''s wrong with being obstinate huh!¡¹
Emily interrupted Kousuke''s words and exploded.¡¸OoU¡¹Kousuke raised a strange voice in shock. Emily approached Kousuke who was like that and gripped his cor.
¡¸I know already! It''s better for Vanessa-san to move by herself! That I won''t be useful if I''m with her! I know that! But, I still cannot help it! Because, because-¡¹
¡¸Ca, calm do¨D¨D¡¹
Kousuke caught Emily''s shoulders to try to calm her down, but right after that, he tasted an impact that shot through his heart from the words that Emily yelled next.
¡¸Everyone, they died!¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
Emily who was shedding tears with her emotion exploding kept yelling without noticing Kousuke''s condition.
¡¸Everyone, everyone died there! In order to let me get away! In order to let me stay alive! Everyone died! They died there¡¡¡¹
¨D¨DI told you they died! Captain Meld and n-san and the others, all of them! All the knights that entered thebyrinth died! In order to let me get away! Because of my fault! They died! They all died there!
The wailing that he once raised was resurrected in his head.
¡¸I was entrusted. Everyone, they entrusted me with their hope. I, I cannot stop. Or else, or else everyone¡¡¡¹
He was entrusted. At that time, Kousuke was entrusted with hisrade''s hope. The knights, they entrusted their hope to Kousuke. They kept him alive and let him escape, just him¨D¨D
As the result, he could save his friends but, Emily¡¡
Kousuke stared at Emily. She was hanging her head down, clinging on Kousuke while sobbing. At the side, Vanessa''s hand reached out to stop Emily, but she saw Kousuke''s face and her breath got caught unconsciously. Vanessa didn''t understand how to describe it, it was a mysteriously transparent expression.
Kousuke gently caressed Emily''s head. And then, to the surprised Emily, he spoke with a voice that was calm, and yet it mysteriously prated until deep in her heart.
¡¸I''ll be your strength.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Eh?¡¹
Emily slowly lifted up her disheveled face. Kousuke scooped the tear trickling on her cheek with his finger, and then he smiled with a troubled look.
¡¸I''ll be your strength. I''m not Mr. K though. But, surely, it will turn out well.¡¹
¡¸Mis, ter K¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸It''s Kousuke. Emily. I''m Kousuke.¡¹
The tear on her cheek was gently wiped. It was like, the warmth of her brothers and sisters.
Emily was half in a daze while she repeated Kousuke''s name¡¸Kou, suke?¡¹just like how she heard it.
Even Vanessa at the side was wide-eyed. Kousuke showed a grin that was full of confidence and dered.
¡¸It will be okay, Emily. After all I''m¨D¨D¡¹
¨D¨DThe right-hand man of the demon king-sama yeah?
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 206
Chapter 206
In a time when the curtain of night had fallenpletely, the darkness of night of a warehouse district at the outskirt of town was cut apart by a car''s headlight. The car that was carefully advancing slow and quiet soon entered a spot that was surrounded from four directions by tall buildings.
The headlight illuminated a ck car ahead.
Vanessa, Emily, and then Kousuke got down from the car with the headlight still turned on. Vanessa walked at the front with Kousuke and Emily following behind. Emily was cluthing the sleeve of Kousuke''s clothes tightly.
The ck car at the opposite side turned on its headlight as though to oppose their side. A person got down from the ck car in front of the vignt Vanessa. The person''s figure wasn''t clear due to the backlight''s backlighting, but Vanessa could make it out vaguely.
And then she thought. ¡¸Aa, so it''s like that just as expected¡¹. At the same time, she also thought¡¸It will still be better if it''s Kimberly¡¹.
¡¸Agent Paradis. You really have put us into much trouble. By all rights you should get a disciplinary discharge you know?¡¹
That figure walked with clopping footsteps and showed themselves. It was a reality that if possible Vanessa wanted to deny.
Chief of national security bureau¨D¨DSharon Magdanese, it was this person who appeared.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too, desu.
Chapter 207
Chapter 207
¡¸How do you do, Doctor Grant. I am Sharon Magdanese, the person who is entrusted with the chief position of national security bureau. I will bring you into a safe protected ce. Now, this way.¡¹
Chief Magdanese prompted as though it was only natural that the situation went like that. In the middle of where the headlights of the two car collided against each other in rivalry, the door of the ck car for the backseat opened, from there the analyst Allen Parker and one other male agent climbed down.
Allen was spreading both his hands widely in an exaggerated posture, as though to say¡¸Noow, you were scared right? Jump into my chest!¡¹. Although for some reason the tip of his nose had arge gauze affixed there, he cut a really painful figure, or a stupid one.
¡¸What do you mean "protection"! How dare you brazenly say that after kidnapping my family-¡¹
The gesture that was too impudent caused Emily''s boiling point to be reached instantly. By all rights she should behave modestly in consideration of her family''s well-being, but right now she could depend on a reliably boy regarding that. Emily was able to honestly raise her voice in anger that she even surprised herself.
Chief Magdanese showed a really troubled bitter smile at Emilly who was like that.
¡¸Doctor Grant, it seems that you are under a really great misunderstanding. There is no way that we the people of security bureau will do anything like a kidnapping. We are only safeguarding everyone of the Grant family.¡¹
Chief Magdanese talked with a tone and attitude as though she was admonishing a child that was throwing tantrum toward Emily who reflexively was going to object.
She meant to say, that they secured Grant family in order to protect them from the organization that annihted Hughes and other agents of security bureau. The tablet that they left behind would only react to Vanessa''s fingerprint, without her other people wouldn''t be able to grasp the information in it. It was valid for them to be at the side of Grant family to make contact with Vanessa and Emily who cut off contact with the bureau. In the first ce the bureau had approved the adoption of the protection program, so they had nned to move in order to take them into protection since the beginning.
¡¸Bu, but¡¡¡¹
Emily was at a loss for words after receiving the logical exnation. Vanessa took a step forward in ce of such Emily.
¡¸Chief, can I ask a question?¡¹
¡¸Refrain yourself agent Paradis. Your skill in protecting Doctor Grant by yourself is worthy of evaluation, but you are acting too arbitrarily on your own. Even though there was the attack of Warren and others, you should be able to get in contact with us more frequently.¡¹
The knife-like words of Chief Magdanese cut off any argument with a single stroke. Her eye glint was also pressuring with several times the intensitypared to the usual. However, Vanessa who normally would falter in panic inside her heart against this instead took a further step forward and disyed her will with action.
¡¸¡¡Do you understand, what are you doing right now?¡¹
¡¸Yes. I understand very well. Until my question is answered, I won''t lower down this gun.¡¹
Yes, Vanessa was aiming a gun at Chief Magdanese. Her gaze was sharp and showed that she wouldn''t draw back even against Chief Magdanese. Her will of determination was emitted from her whole body. Allen whistled¡¸Hyuu~¡¹behind Chief Magdanese in admiration. The other agent also gulped down his saliva.
¡¸This won''t end with just disciplinary dismissal.¡¹
¡¸I''m resolved for that.¡¹
Chief Magdanese stared fixedly at Vanessa for a while, and then she sighed a bit. It was unclear what kind of meaning that sigh had¡¡. Aplicated expression shed briefly on Chief Magdanese''s face while she urged Vanessa to continue with her gaze.
Vanessa opened her mouth with her gun still aimed vigntly.
¡¸Why are you, the chief herself is in this kind of ce?¡¹
¡¸I lost five agents that I sent to execute the protection program, where one of them is that Hughes. And then, the culprit is also an agent from security bureau¡¡if this is leaked outside, surely the media will be jumping wildly in joy. Furthermore, seeing how this is rted to¡¾Berserk Case¡¿that greatly agitated the world then it will be all the more true. This case is already the biggest case even among the cases that security bureau is currently facing.¡¹
¡¸Are you saying, that it''s not strange for you yourself toe out?¡¹
¡¸Naturally. To say nothing of how we currently don''t know how many people there are inside the bureau that are like Warren, or, more urately those under the patronage of the organization behind Warren. The optimal solution is for me to move myself.¡¹
That exnation had consistency. There was double agenting out from the bureau, on top of that there wasn''t any time to clean up the organization right now, under such situations it could rather be said that it was a heroic decision for the top herself to take action apanied by her few trusted subordinates.
Chief Magdanese sent Vanessa a cold gaze that said¡¸Finished already?¡¹, however Vanessa didn''t avert her gun even now.
¡¸Then, one more question. What caused Berserk to be scattered in the research building was because of the dispute between Kimberly against someone to contest the possession of¡¾Berserk¡¿. ording to what Kimberly said, that someone was a skilled person in the level that even he couldn''t match.¡¹
¡¸¡¡And?¡¹
¡¸An organization that possess an operator skilled enough to handle Kimberly whosebat ability is high even in security bureau, it knows about the existence of¡¾Berserk¡¿, and the operator came to steal it at that timing. And then, naturally that operator belong to an organization that is different from Kimberly''s. There is only one organization that I know that fulfill all those conditions.¡¹
¡¸Are you insinuating that I ordered for¡¾Berserk¡¿''s usurpation?¡¹
¡¸Am I wrong? Kimberly who attacked me hinted of that possibility.¡¹
Chief Magdanese shrugged with an expression that seemed to say how worthless this talk was.
¡¸Don''t tell me, that you are epting the words of a betrayer seriously? If that''s actually the case, then I can only doubt your qualification as an agent.¡¹
¡¸Putting aside my qualification, there is no doubt that you chief is under suspicion of ordering the attack. Please answer. Was it you chief, the one that gave the order to steal¡¾Berserk¡¿?¡¹
Vanessa''s gaze pierced Chief Magdanese through her gun''s aim. From the beginning Vanessa didn''t think that she would receive honest answer. Therefore, with the determination to challenge her superior who should be regarded as a monster that had shouldered a bureau of Britain for many years until now, she concentrated to fathom the truth or lies.
But, as expected from the living legend who shouldered the national security, she wasn''t someonemon. Her face didn''t change a single color even against Vanessa''s sharp gaze and the fact that a gun muzzle was pointed at her. To the end she opened her mouth with naturalness, it even made anyone who heard her voice to feel her exasperation as though she was facing a problem child that wasn''t obedient.
¡¸The answer, is No.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Is that, the truth?¡¹
¡¸Proving something that I haven''t done is like proving that devil exist. If you are telling me to show the proof, then you have no more qualification to introduce yourself as the bureau agent. In the first ce, why do you think that I have to the order to steal¡¾Berserk¡¿?¡¹
Certainly, for the security bureau that didn''t know how Emily and others nned to escape, it was a done deal that Emily and others woulde to them. Even if the chief didn''t intentionally order the stealing, the security bureau should be able to obtain everything, whether it was the¡¾Berserk¡¿, and the creator Emily, and also the antidote that Emily would create.
Therefore, it could be said that Chief Magdanese had no need to secure¡¾Berserk¡¿at that kind of timing.
The sources of Vanessa''s doubt were all circumstantial evidences, her own instinct was also ying arge part in it. In the end, Vanessa who was self-aware of that could only attempt to thrust all those facts before the chief to try to shake her and then saw through the chief with her own eyes.
Vanessa couldn''t say anything back. She focused her eyes to try to see through the truth, but Chief Magdanese wasn''t shaken even for a bit. Vanessa was starting to doubt her own instinct¡¡could it be, that the first attack was really caused by apletely different organization?
¡¸Are you finished with your question? Then, Vanessa Paradis, you will need to be restrained. Don''t tell me, that you are thinking you will be able to continue in your post after pointing a gun like that to me?¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
Chief Magdanese raised one of her hand. The agent that was standing by beside the ck car walked forward wordlessly. It appeared that he nned to restrain Vanessa.
Emily raised her voice seeing that.
¡¸Wait! Vanessa did that only for my sake! Even until now, she has been protecting me all this time! That''s why¨D¨D¡¹
However, that pleading was silenced forcefully by Chief Magdanese''s eye glint.
¡¸¡¡Doctor Grant. I wish you can stop with your childish selfishness too. Have you thought about how many sacrifices that appeared in this case you are involved with?¡¹
¡¸-, that''s¡¡¡¹
¡¸You are a prodigy aren''t you? Well, perhaps that is only limited to a specific field but¡¡I wish you can have the discernment to know right from wrong when it''s actually necessary. I have the authority to have you restrained as the person who created¡¾Berserk¡¿and make you create the antidote. After all this is a situation that threaten the security of the country. But, in that case the protection of your family won''t be included in it you know?¡¹
¡¸Such thing-. Didn''t you say, that you are giving safeguarding them properly¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Yes, that''s because of our good will.¡¹
In other words she meant, that if Emily nned toplicate this case, then the security bureau wouldn''t safeguard Grant family. And then, Chief Magdanese would restrain Emily with the authority possessed by national security bureau and forced her to research the antidote. Most likely, even if Emily took this matter to the court, it wouldn''t go through. After all, this was a case that threatened the national security just like Chief Magdanese said. And Emily wasn''t a third party in this, but she was literally the origin of the case.
Vanessa lowered down her gun. Her instinct was still ringing the rm bell loudly in doubt of the security bureau. However, there wasn''t any hole in Chief Magdanese''s logic. Shea also couldn''t detect any sign of lying. And then, even Emily was also feeling that she was only being outrageously selfish after hearing Chief Magdanese''s words, her shoulders dropped. Her anger deted when she was told that her family wasn''t kidnapped or anything.
Chief Magdanese sighed as though to say how troublesome all of these were and she was about to turn around. In her ce, the agent walked forward to restrain Vanessa and took Emily into custody.
There, a voice suddenly came into hearing.
¡¸Don''t you think it''s better for you if you read up again what is the meaning of the words good will in dictionary?¡¹
It was an aloof voice that didn''t match the ce. Even though the voice wasn''t raised too loudly, but it resounded with extreme rity.
Every single people in that ce were taken aback without exception. Vanessa, and Emily who was emotionally standing beside her quickly turned around so fast their momentum could make whoosh sound.
¡¸¡¡That reaction. That hurts you know. Why are you all looking like¡ºWHO-!?¡»like that? Even Emily, even though you were holding on my sleeve until just now.¡¹
Kousuke twisted his lips into shape of ''¤Ø'' in dissatisfaction. Vanessa and Emily averted their gaze awkwardly. There was no way they could say that they hadpletely taken off their mind from Kousuke who was right behind them and they were inly shocked just now. Although, Kousuke hadpletely seen through that already from their reaction.
¡¸¡¡Who are you? It seemed that you were hiding inside the car?¡¹
¡¸No, no, I got down the car together with Emily there! When you were questioned by Vanessa-san, I was also standing normally behind her!¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Chief Magdanese''s dubious expression! Kousuke was wounded further! But, he was used to it so he was fine!
¡¸Answer the question.¡¹
For now Chief Magdanese ignored Kousuke''s retort and repeated her question. Kousuke simply ignored her order and replied back with a really "nice smile plete with vein on the forehead)".
¡¸It doesn''t matter who I am right? Rather than that, stop lining up pretentious statements and bring Emily''s family here right away. No matter what you are going to talk about, everything will only start after you do that, right?¡¹
¡¸A foreigner boy like you, do you know who you are talking¨D¨D¡¹
A cold air that was iparable with before struck from Chief Magdanese. But, even when Vanessa was reflexively sweating coldly from that, Kousuke only deflected it away in stride. So what if she was an authority of a country. Compared to the god apostles that were smeared with inhuman killing intent or the pressure of the demon king that wascking in even a speck of mercy, this woman looked like a puppy making a menacing look.
¡¸Something like the words of someone who was behaving worthlessly to fan up the talking partner''s anxiety, no matter how consistent it sounded like, it cannot be trusted at all.¡¹
¡¸Fanning up anxiety?¡¹
Chief Magdanese tilted her head as though she didn''t know what he was talking about. Seeing that caused Kousuke to rece his expression into a cold one.
¡¸Wasn''t that what you did? What the hell with that message in the tablet. Don''t tell me that it was just for keeping it a secret from other people. Stop it already with the stupid excuse. After all if you want to make contact with Vanessa-san then there are so many other ways to do that.¡¹
They could simply leave behind a single cellphone that was filled with only one contact number to call at. There were many ways to make Vanessa to make contact with the bureau. Even if the one that made the contact wasn''t Vanessa, then that could also be a chance to investigate just who they were facing against. There wasn''t any need to expressly leave behind the video recording of Emily''s family in that way.
They were leaving that kind of message, they were taking that kind of method was in order to carve a message in Emily''s subconscious. That if they felt like it, then they could do anything they liked to her family. That they were still safe for now. All those was to make it easier for the scale in Emily''s heart to tilt to one way when she was approached with option that was putting on the face of protection. To instill into her what was the pecking order in their rtionship.
Kousuke understood that, he understood just how much Emily was worrying for her family, he had already heard from her of her feeling that didn''t want to lose her important people anymore for the second time.
Those were why, the voltage of Kousuke''s anger was rising up without stopping.
¡¸Even now you are acting like that. You dare putting on air as though everything is Emily''s fault. The one that caused this case the first time, and then everything after that, all those, they are all the fault of the stupid idiots who got their eyes blinded by greed. The scramble for that thing that was created identally and even dragged in the important people of this child, those are the doing of some other stupid idiots somewhere. Don''t get mistaken here. This child is the victim, not the perpetrator.¡¹
Of course, she had the responsibility as the creator of¡¾Berserk¡¿. That was why Emily was here. She even had the option to hold her head down and turned small, and waited until everything was over like that. But, she resolved herself, that there were things entrusted to her, that there were things that she had to do no matter what, and so she was standing here.
¡¸She is still sixteen you know? And yet, she lost her important people that were like family to her, and she was also not allowed to meet her blood-rted family¡¡and against a child like that, here you are fanning up her anxiety and guilt. I absolutely cannot trust someone like that.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Kousuke''s aloof words were mixed with anger in them. It was unthinkable that this was the man that was forgotten even by Vanessa and Emily until just now. Something that couldn''t be ignored by any means was oozing out from him. Chief Magdanese was staying quiet, however her body was facing straight toward Kousuke. That attitude of hers was the proof of the existence of that unidentified pressure.
Kousuke walked forward passing through Vanessa and Emily. And then, he stopped walking when he reached in the middle between Chief Magdanese and Vanessa, and then he asked without looking back.
¡¸Hey, Vanessa-san, what is your instinct is telling you? Who cares about logic. Your heart that has been protecting Emily wholeheartedly until now in any kind of situation no matter what anyone said to you, what is it telling you now about that woman?¡¹
Vanessa''s gaze wandered around. However, even that was only for a moment. She responded with a cold expression, as though to cut off her hesitation.
¡¸My instinct says, that she is ck.¡¹
¡¸Isn''t that right. I also think so.¡¹
Kousuke''s gaze shifted quietly from Chief Magdanese and he casted his gaze to behind her.
¡¸In the first ce, just what is the woman who was sending her shitty subordinate, one that pointed his gun at Vanessa when we escaped from the hotel, is saying at thiste hour?¡¹
Kousuke''s gaze flowed smoothly toward Allen.
¡¸Eh, m, me? What are you, saying so suddenly¡¡I''m just a humble analyst¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Don''t y dumb, gauze man. Is that your true face? Your disguise is pretty good. But, the scar from my ashtray attack isn''t something that can be treated somehow right away isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸I really don''t understand what are you talking¡¡¡¹
¡¸I''m not merely bluffing or just guessing. I remembered your presence. That''s why, the hoodlum standing in our way that time, that was unmistakably you.¡¹
The analyst with gauze on his nose, Allen Parker''s gaze was wandering around in bewilderment. He was muttering¡¸Oh maann, really, what is this about¡¡¡¹, but Kousuke lost interest already and he took off his gaze from Allen. Behind Kousuke, Vanessa believed Kousuke''s words and now she was making a questioning face, about why was a mere analyst was present in that hotel.
Chief Magdanese sighed once more.
¡¸¡¡And, you cannot believe me, so then what will you do? As you know, the organization of Kimberly will be chasing after Doctor Grant mercilessly. They won''t even care how many sacrifices will turn up from the surrounding.¡¹
She implicitly dered that in the end, they had no choice but to obey the security bureau. Normally that was how it would be. An organization could only be opposed by another organization. That was the reason why Vanessa was trying to ascertain the true motive of the chief.
Just what could one agent and one foreigner boy do only by valiantly speaking sharply?
¡¸I''ll protect her then.¡¹
¡¸¡¡What did you say?¡¹
Chief Magdanese reflexively asked back after she heard those words that were said really casually. That was natural. Even though the speaker was a boy from Japan that was often said to be peace idiot country, but that big talk was really far away from reality. There was a limit even in being out of ce.
However, Kousuke didn''t show even a speck of shame or looking like he was drunk with the situation, he continued his words matter-of-factly.
¡¸I said that there isn''t any problem. It''s fine if Emily carried out her duty through the path that she decided herself. Together with her family. Of course, the best thing would be if the security bureau "respectably" give her protection without doing any messing around intervention. Even if we cannot obtain the backing of you guys, there will be no problem. It doesn''t matter, I won''t let anyone be a nuisance. Whether it''s Emily, or her family, I''ll protect them with my all.¡¹
¡¸¡¡It seems that you are getting in a little high spirits after experiencing boy-meets-girl. I wonder if you have been watching movie too much?¡¹
Behind Kousuke, a girl was pressing on her chest saying¡¸hauu-¡¹as though she was shot through by something. Chief Magdanese gave that a passing nce with an exasperated look on her face. Seeing that, Vanessa objected with a self-assured gait.
¡¸Chief, he isn''t a normal boy you know? At the very least, if he be serious then the like of one analyst and one agent won''t be his match. In addition, he excelled in information war and can assassinate any kind of opponent. Chief, you are not an exception.¡¹
¡¸¡¡It looks like you evaluate him really highly, Paradis. And so? This boy who no matter how I see it is nothing more than a dreaming boy that misunderstand himself as a main character, who are you saying he is?¡¹
Vanessa made a smile that while small was clearly a fearless smile, and then she spoke her greatest trump card.
¡¸He is the one, who got his name recorded on the cklist of the security bureau just from a few years of activity¨D¨DMr. K.¡¹
''That''s why, don''t do anything imprudent. Protect Emily and her family properly. And when she finished the antidote, dispose all the¡¾Berserk¡¿that currently exist. Promise us that.'' Vanessa conveyed that. ''I don''t know what kind of ulterior motive the chief has, but concentrate only to resolving this case'' She meant.
Vanessa returned threatening words in response of Chief Magdanese''s simrly threatening words. For a moment Chief Magdanese showed an expression as though she was looking at a surprising scene, but at the next moment she sniggered.
¡¸¡¡What is so funny?¡¹
Vanessa''s gaze sharpened in irritation. Chief Magdanese''s shoulders trembled seeing that.
¡¸No, you headed toward the house of Grant family on your own ord, you pointed your gun to me, there are many of your actions that were really self-assured. I was wondering just what was up with that, but to think that the basis of that confidence is "Mr. K" of all thing. Well, though certainly you were contacting Mr. K, so perhaps it''s understandable for you to mistake that boy as him.¡¹
¡¸What are you saying¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸He is not Mr. K.¡¹
Her trump card wasughed at, and in the end it was denied decisively like that. Vanessa became speechless. She was about to argue back just what was the basis of her saying that.
Chief Magdanese showed a gesture as though she was thinking of something for a moment, and then she answered with a gaze as though she was looking at something pitiful.
¡¸Paradis. You see, Mr. K is a member of security bureau.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Eh?¡¹
Vanessa''s eyes turned into dot in iprehension. Toward such Vanessa, Chief Magdanese continued her words slowly and thoroughly as though to grind her hope into dust.
¡¸It''s natural that you don''t know. He is a staff that is outside thew. ¨D¨D¡¾JD(John Doe) Agency¡¿. Intelligence bureau and security bureau, these tworge organizations of our country oppose the dangerous and disturbing people and organization inside and outside the country. But JD Agency is a non-existent organization that extends over these two organizations. The members are all called with alphabet or number.¡¹
¡¸Bu, but, Mr. K, he is an assassin¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Yes, that''s why I told you didn''t I? That it''s outside thew, and non-existent.¡¹
Vanessa was speechless. Of course she would. After all the organization she belonged to was carrying out murder outside the boundary ofw. It was truly like the world in movie. How darkness was an unavoidable part in a huge organization.
And then, this information that was originally known only to the highest ss of leadership other than the chief was now disclosed here, it was in order to break the heart of Vanessa and Emily. In order to convey to the two of them that the bureau wouldn''t pull back, they wouldn''t let them get away. In order to disy the mightiness of state organization.
¡¸It was a surprise that you made contact with Mr. K separated with your contact to the headquarters. Because it was an unthinkable method to be taken by you who are still young with sense of duty and justice more than others even if you usually endeavor to be cool-headed. Although, even though I dispatched him to give back-up to the two of you, for him to be taken out by a passing by ashtray¡¡I wonder if your ability ought to be reassessed, what do you think, Allen¨D¨Dno, agent "K"?¡¹
Chief Magdanese looked behind and stared with a pressuring gaze that even emitted killing intent. Ahead of her gaze, was analyst Allen.
Yes, just as Kousuke said, the man that fainted due to the ashtray throw when they escaped the hotel, and furthermore got his crotch stepped on by Vanessa, was Allen in disguise. At the same time, he was actually Mr. K who received Vanessa''s request for back-up. The reason that Mr. K who was supposed to be assassin, agreed to receive the work of being Emily''s bodyguard was now said here.
¡¸The, then, Kousuke, is¡¡¡¹
Beside Vanessa who was astonished from catching a glimpse of the organization''s darkness, Emily muttered with trembling eyes.
Allen was walking forward with table in hand while shivering from Chief Magdanese''s gaze. He had been operating that tablet all along right after he confirmed Kousuke''s presence here, and the result of that seemed to be the answer of Emily''s question.
¡¸Chi, chief? Certainly I have been continuouslymitting failure in these few days, but that''s because I''m an assassin, everything other than that is like outside of my specialty, can you see¡¡that''s why, what I want to say is, please don''t be so angry¡¡¡¹
¡¸Shut up, ipetent.¡¹
¡¸Yes, Ma''am.¡¹
Allen who got the tablet snatched from him dropped his shoulders dejectedly. Chief Magdanese''s gaze moved toward the information Allen gathered. There, the face photo of Kousuke that was taken from who know since when and his photo in the airport a few days ago were projected. And then, Kousuke''s age and nationality were calcted based from the passenger list and Kousuke''s true identity was pinned down.
Even though Allen was calling himself an assassination specialist, but as expected his skill as analyst was super first ss. He was famous as an assassin that was strong in information war, but it seemed that fame wasn''t merely because he was backed by security bureau.
¡¸Kousuke Endou. Japanese, 18 years old. Born from a really normal family, a really normal high school student. Are you traveling abroad using your winter vacation? ¡¡My, you are one of those "returnees" that agitated the world previously. I see, so you aimlessly traveled like this and poked your nose into this case. That baseless confidence of yours, I wonder if that is because of your optimistic thought that you will be okay this time too because you hade back once from that disappearance?¡¹
Vanessa and Emily were shocked. Sometimes they got the thinking¡¸Is he really a virtuoso hitman?¡¹. He couldn''t drive a car. He didn''t bring gun, far from that he even said that he couldn''t shoot properly. And above all else, the atmosphere he was d in was too light. To the degree that saying that he was really a student from Japan fitted him to a tee.
Even so, they thought that he was Mr. K because they could cut their way through the assault in that hotel thanks to him. And then, the expression that that he sometimes showed them made them got the expectation that "as expected he really is the one".
But, it turned out he was really just a student from Japan.
¡¸That''s why I told you two many times already. I''m not Mr. K. You two didn''t believe me at all¡¡¡¹
Kousuke looked behind with a wry smile. Chief Magdanese announced to such Kousuke.
¡¸Mr. Endou. I''ll consider that nothing happen if you just go home now.¡¹
¡¸Hee. You don''t think that I will bber about JD Agency or that various other things?¡¹
¡¸Just who will believe that kind of story when it''s a Japanese boy who is telling it? Stop putting on air like you are a main character in a tale already.¡¹
Right after that, a single gunshot rang, and a bullet gouged the ground near Kousuke''s feet. Allen said¡¸Sorry, okay¡¹while firing so fast his gun drawing movement was unseen. That was thest warning. If Kousuke didn''t turn around and run away with his tail between his legs here, then there would be news report about how a Japanese boy met an unfortunate ident in his travel.
That was conveyed to Kousuke really clearly. But,
¡¸Well, I cannot go home though.¡¹
¡¸Are you still unable to look at reality?¡¹
¡¸No, I''m aware of it. ¨D¨DThere are thirty two armed men. They are lurking inside the buildings around us andpletely surrounded this spot. I know at least that much.¡¹
Chief Magdanese''s expression changed for the first time sinceing here. Her eyes opened really wide with her shockid bare. Even while she was like that, Kousuke''s gaze ran through ces like a building''s window, the shadow of a street corner, behind a pir, and so on. ¨D¨DAll those ces were the spots where the special squad of the security bureau''s assault section was hiding themselves based on Chief Magdanese''s arrangement.
¡¸You are moving personally, bringing only those two because you have no one you can trust. That was what you say, but it looks like you are bringing really a lot despite of that.¡¹
¡¸You are¡¡¡¹
Chief Magdanese''s words got caught in her throat when she saw that piercing eyes of the person that should be just a student. Her preparation for the worst case backfired on her. Faint indication of agitation leaked out from the surrounding. Allen who was standing at the side narrowed his eyes slowly with his frivolous act thinning down.
The night breeze felt like it was growing warmer and damp. Even after seeing through the squad''s position, Kousuke was still not showing even a fragment of agitation, his hands were still inserted inside his pockets withposure. He then said.
¡¸I''ll say it one more time okay. You cannot be trusted. And then, in this three-way fight, the enemy of the enemy actually can be trusted more than you. After all that hint from Kimberly is spot-on. The shitty bastard that infiltrated the research building and dragged this child''s important people into their death, it''s that Mr. K over there. Just now, he said that he already failed continuously.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I also said this before. There is no need for me to do something like¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸The talk about motive? Something like that is not important. If it''s reason then I can imagine many. It can be to use it as weapon, or for pursuing profit, or because of the country''s decision, or maybe it''s for your own greed¡¡¡¹
Chief Magdanese stared at Kousuke for a while. And then, she suddenly lifted up her hand.
Right after that, the members of the special squad showed their figure all at once. The muzzle of their machine gun that could shoot in full-auto was aimed at Kousuke. At the same time, Chief Magdanese gave an order through the wireless on her cor. Hermand was to bring the people of Grant family here.
¡¸In order to protect therge ship that is the country, there is time when evil is necessary. There are opponents thatw or negotiation cannot do anything against, and yet something still has to be done against them to protect therge ship that is the country. The incarnation of that necessary evil, is the JD Agency, this Mr. K. ¡¾Berserk¡¿is also like that.¡¹
The gaze of Chief Magdanese caught Emily.
¡¸I wonder if you know how many personnel, how many soldiers died in the battle against terrorist each year? If we can turn captured terrorists into mad monster to send them in as the substitute of those noble people¡¡just how useful that will be. How can we save the noble life of our country without paying any sacrifice. However, surely Doctor Grant won''t be able to understand that.¡¹
¡¸That''s why you tried to steal¡¾Berserk¡¿itself while making her create the antidote?¡¹
¡¸Correct. Because Doctor Grant seem to hate¡¾Berserk¡¿, there is a possibility she would build some kind of bug in the data through the process of researching the antidote. It''s necessary to secure the original drug. There is a necessity to have at hand the antidote that the girl creates voluntarily and unaltered¡¾Berserk¡¿. Next if the girl dispose¡¾Berserk¡¿by herself, we can just advance the improvement of the drug by ourselves using the stolen data.¡¹
But, even that farce would end here. Now they would force Emily to improve¡¾Berserk¡¿for the sake of the country. Rather than making antidote, she should make the control drug for¡¾Berserk¡¿. And then, what would be used to motivate Emily was her family that was taken hostage.
Emily''s face turned pale. She must be imagining the future where¡¾Berserk¡¿was put to use as weapon. And then, she also imagined one other thing at the same time. The reason why Chief Magdanese was starting to talk like this.
Chief Magdanese''s gaze returned to Kousuke as though to prove that.
¡¸This too is a necessary evil. You know too much about this case. This is iparable with something like gossip about state organization that doesn¡¯'' exist. It will be a little troublesome if you talk about Berserk to the media that is currently heated up. The cost of getting carried away with boy-meets-girl like this is a costly one. This time, you cannot be a "returnee" anymore you know?¡¹
¡¸Run away Kousuke! I''m sorry! I''m sorry to drag you into this! Quickly run away!¡¹
¡¸Kousuke-san¡¡my apologize.¡¹
Emily yelled. Even while she understood that it was already impossible, even so, she couldn''t help herself from yelling. Vanessa tried to rush at once, but she saw the red lights ofser pointer showering her body and her movement stopped reflexively. And then, when she saw Kousuke who was simrly covered with red points of death like her, she spoke her apology with expression that was colored by regret and guilt.
Seeing the two who were like that, Kousuke who had death thrust before himself was,
¡¸Don''t be so worried like that. I told you right, I''m not Mr. K but¡¡I''m the right-hand man of the demon king.¡¹
Kousuke''s face couldn''t be seen. His face that was slightly looking down was hidden by his forelocks. Like that, it even looked like he was assaulted by fear of the fate that would happen to him after this, where he looked like he would crumble down anytime. But, even while he looked like that, his voice that spoke back to Emily and Vanessa resounded pleasantly like a gentle breeze.
And then, hearing Kousuke saying something like "right-hand man of the demon king" now that the event had reached this point, Chief Magdanese sighed thinking that this was a pitiful boy who was living in world of delusion while she was about to give the signal for the execution,
¡¸Hey, chief-san.¡¹
Her attention was diverted for a moment from Kousuke addressing her. And then, she noticed how her own arms were getting goosebumps without her noticing it. Toward Chief Magdanese who was feeling doubt about her own state, those words softly reached her.
¨D¨DEmily''s family, they still haven''t arrived yet?
Feeling taken aback, Chief Magdanese spoke into her wireless, questioning just what were her men were doing. *zaa- zaa-* After listening carefully to the grating sound from the wireless that felt excessively eerie for some reason, an impossible voice replied back.
¡ºJust now, they resigned from their duty. For the chief who has business with them, please do over your life again from beginning after the beep sound.¡»
She understood even through the wireless. That voice was unmistakably the voice of the person who had been talking with her until just now. It was impossible. How could the voice of the young man that was here in this ce coulde from themunication device of the personnel that she was sending to monitor Grant family?
She couldn''tprehend it. A chill was creeping up her spine like worm. Chief Magdanese was slowly raising her gaze from the wireless on her cor while feeling terror¨D¨Dand then, she saw.
With his expression still hidden by his forelocks, only Kousuke''s mouth was splitting wiiiidely. It was as though she was looking at the crescent moon shining in the sky tonight.
¡¸You dogs of the state that sing the praises of necessary evil. Are you prepared? Are you resolved? If not then you better hurry. The abyss is already here.¡¹
Chief Magdanese was feeling a terror that was like a ck ink painting out her whole consciousness while swinging down her arm half unconsciously.
It happened at the same time with the appearance of "that guy".
¡¸Now, it''s showtime.¡¹
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
He ising, that guy, he isinggg
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 208
Chapter 208
AN: This chapter became long, so I split it into beginning and end parts.
I will upload theter part in one more hour.
¡¸Do it!¡¹
Chief Magdanese''smand that unusually sounded like a shriek was handed down. The elites lurking in the shadow showed their loyalty without even the slightestg even though they were agitated from having their existence discovered.
Storm of death swept from all directions along with thunderous roar. Muzzle shes flickered in the darkness of night as though to color the victim''s journey to the next world. Bullets cut through the air mercilessly and arrived at their target through the shortest distance.
¡¸KOUSUKEEEEEE-¡¹
Emily''s shriek resounded along with the thunderous roar. In her eyes were reflected the figure of Kousuke whose body was rocked by overwhelming violence like a badly made marite. His body was pierced countless time, and when the body was going to fall down, the storm of lead from the opposite direction would strike and made it stood up.
There was not the slightest ground for doubt, Kousuke was definitely pierced by several hundred bullets in front of everyone at that ce.
However,
¡¸He, doesn''t fall?¡¹
¡¸Aha, haha, this is really a harsh joke. ¡¡Why, is there no blood flowing?¡¹
Vanessa murmured in astonishment, while Allen had his expression twitching grandly. Just as they said, Kousuke was still standing in the middle of ground that had been dested and pierced by bullets.
The shooting was finished. Was it stopped because the loaded bullets ran out? Or else, was it because the elites who shouldered the country''s safety shrank back from the manifested bizarreness? In any case, silence filled the area, as though all living things were holding their breath.
A beatter,
¡¸It''s over already? Then, next is my turn.¡¹
The mutter that came from Kousuke who was hanging his head destroyed the silence. And then, the moment everyone opened their eyes wide thinking¡¸Impossible¡¹, an even further irrationality assaulted their brain nerves andmon sense.
*pon-* Such light voice that could be called as stupid sounded, and Kousuke''s figure vanished along with slight smoke!
¡¸Where are you looking at?¡¹
¡¸Gueh!?¡¹
Everyone in that ce directed their gaze toward the direction of those words and the shocked voice raised by Allen that was mixed with pain.
There, they saw Allen who without anyone noticing was lying on his face, his body stepped on by Kousuke above him. One of his hands was inside his pocket with his upper body slightly turning away, while the middle finger of his other hand was pinning down on the sunsses that had been on his face without anyone noticing when he was putting it. Sunsses, even though it was night! Sunsses, even though it was night!
¡¸What coolness!¡¹
¡¸Vanessa!?¡¹
A shout of joy that sounded out of ce was spontaneously raised. The side tail-san beside the voice owner goggled in surprise!
¡¸You-¡¹
Perhaps it should be said that it was just as expected from the real Mr. K. Even in this situation, the shadow of the country that was bestowed with license of killing still showed a movement that would make anyone who saw to have a chill on their back. He pulled out a small gun hidden inside his sleeve with his wrist''s motion and fired at Kousuke while still lying face down.
What was terrifying was that the fired bullet was soaring toward Kousuke''s head urately even though it was shot from that kind of posture. Normally, if someone was abruptly fired at from that close, that person would immediately travel into the next world, but¡¡
¡¸Oops, you are really energetic there.¡¹
Kousuke smoothly tilted his head while saying those words and the bullet rushed through toward the sky in vain. Allen didn''t show even the slightest bit of agitation of having his attack evaded and wasted no time to pull his trigger in session.
However, the bullets didn''t even graze Kousuke. He only tilted his upper body slightly and evaded all the bullets with paper-thin difference. His figure that even looked blurred in double and tripleyers was just like the agent in Matr¡ðx!
¡¸Don''t tell me, your sight can follow the bullets!?¡¹
¡¸Naturally. As long as this "Heavenly Eye" given by my friend is with me, any kind of attack won''t be able to escape from my perception.¡¹
*kaclick-* That kind of sound rang from the trigger. Allen''s bullet ran out. Kousuke sharply pushed up the sunss artifact that was enchanted with "Lightspeed" and "Foresight".
¡¡By the way, the creator of this artifact didn''t give it a name like "Heavenly Eye" or anything.
The agent and Chief Magdanese returned to their senses and fired toward Kousuke. Kousuke maginificently danced in the air. Using a somersault with form that could even be called as beautiful, the bullets from the two passed through below Kousuke in vain.
¡¸Don''t just stare stupidly like that! Finish him off quickly!¡¹
Chief Magdanese''s order released the squad members from their petrified mind. They attacked Kousuke from all directions once more with barrage of bullet that was like a heavy rain.
¡¸Fuh. Nice killing intent. But, it''s not enough. It''s not enough at all to catch this abyss without form!¡¹
Kousuke said such thing while speedily evading the approaching bullets smoothly. He then finally took out a weapon. Before anyone noticed his hand was holding a jet ck short sword that was unknown just from where he took it out from.
¡¸Don''t take your eyes off, from mine power of abyss! ¨D¨DPurr, "Demon Sword of Destroyer Cmity Crawling the Earth".¡¹
Kousuke called out some kind of chuuni name while leisurely caressing the de of his short sword. When he did that, ck light that could be mistaken as the night was starting to envelop the jet ck short sword! And then Kousuke stabbed that short sword into the ground.
In a moment, the ground instantly bulged out and covered Kousukepletely. The surrounding ground became an omni-directional protection that blocked the bullet.
¡¸¨D¨D"Doton - Saryuu no Shiro(There is No Hope of Touching the Abyss)"¡¹(TN: Earth Escape - Castle of Sand Bump)
Kousuke''s words resounded the moment the ground bulgepletely closed. Those words had no meaning, This was important so it needed to be said twice, those words had no meaning. If it had to be said further, the name of the short sword and the gesture of caressing the de were also meaningless. So far as it went, the magic circle of the short sword artifact wouldn''t activate without chanting, so it was necessary to say something, but if the user had to chanted the name of the short sword and the skill name each time, they would be turned into swiss cheese by the enemy.
And so, the ground was already started bulging by the time Kousuke said "Pu" from the "Purr!".
Then, why did Kousuke chanted the meaningless skill name¡¡
Of course, because it was cool!
¡¸Do, Do Do Do Do, Doctor Grant! Did you hear!? Just now, he said "Doton" you heard that!? What to do!?¡¹
¡¸What to do is my line there! That''s not what you should be surprised with! The ground was suddenly moving you know!?¡¹
¡¸That was Doton skill so the ground moving is only natural isn''t it!? Just what are you talking about! Rather than that, Kousuke-san was using "Tonjutsu" (TN: Ninja art of escape)! Aa, how can this be! He is, he is¨D¨Da Japanese ninja!¡¹
¡¸I don''t get what you mean!¡¹
Vanessa was so excited that it seemed her character was breaking down, and Emily was desperately making retorts back. The members of the special squad were giving them a nce while losing their patience of how bullet wasn''t working. They then took out grenade.
The grenade directly hit the mass of rock while at the same time making stupid sound *poshu*. Fierce thunderous roar resounded and the mass of rock was instantly pulverized, its fragments were scattering everywhere showily.
¡¸He isn''t there!?¡¹
¡¸Watch out at your surroundings. This is a trick! That guy is using trick! Don''t get lead astray!¡¹
The person who seemed to be the captain of the special squad spoke loudly and gave words of warning. The squad members whose mind was painted out white by the supernatural phenomenon that was happening repeatedly were recovering their calmness from the word¡¸trick¡¹the captain said as temporary exnation.
Although, when they collected themselves, it didn''t change that what happened before their eyes wasn''t any trick or mechanism, it was a genuine "mystery" where any exnation was futile. Therefore,
¡¸Gaa!?¡¹
¡¸Gueh¡¹
One of the troops hiding at the third floor near the window whirled in the air. It was as though he was ran over by a truck from behind, he cleared through the window and was blown away to outside. That was how it seemed, but at the next moment, from the fourth floor of the opposite building, the troop that threw the grenade just now shot out like a human bullet in spiraling motion, and crashed into the opposite troop whirling in the air with graphic sound.
The two crashed at each other midair and fell toward the ground. Right underneath them was the figure of Allen who was pulling himself back together. Allen tried to dodge right away. But,
¡¸From the bottom of earth, the dead captures¨D¨D"Doton - Naraku no Jigoku(The abyss seize thee)"¡¹(TN: Naraku no Jigoku = Prison of hell.)
¡¸Wha-¡¹
Allen''s ankle was caught. The hand thrusting out suddenly from the ground was seizing Allen. The abnormal situation that was like a horror movie caused him to feel shaken, even so he immediately attempted to shake off the hand, but he only felt pain from being caught tightly as though by a vise and the hand didn''t even twitch.
And then, right after that, Allen was dragged into the ground just like the words of the resounding voice. The ground wasn''t paved by asphalt or anything, but it was a hard ground that couldn''t be easily dug by human strength, yet regardless of that, he was buried from his waist below into the ground without any resistance, as though he was swallowed into a smooth quicksand.
¡¸Shit-, what is this¨D¨Dgueh!?¡¹
Allen thought that his whole body might bepletely swallowed under the ground like this, but unexpectedly he was dragged only until his waist before the pulling strength was gone. At the same time, the surrounding ground also recovered its former hardness. Allen struggled and hit the ground, but the next moment, he was crushed under the falling two fully armed men and he shrieked like a ttened frog.
¡¸Serves you right! Mr. K, serves you right! Doton rulez!¡¹
¡¸I beg you, pleasee back Vanessa! I really like the usual cool you!¡¹
Vanessa turned toward Allen who vanished from view due to being squashed by the two troops that appeared to have fainted, then she pointed while going ''hyahhaa¨D''. While Emily was making retort with teary eyes, chaos and scream resounded from inside the buildings surrounding the open space from four directions.
¡¸Shit, what is going on!?¡¹
¡¸Just where is he aiming from!¡¹
¡¸Be careful of friendly fire¨D¨Dgua!?¡¹
The troops of the special squad were cursing while their gun muzzle was wandering in doubt. But, they were unable to catch sight of their formless enemy(Kousuke). They sometimes caught something like ck shadow at the corner of their eyes and at the nook of their mind, but the moment they turned their gaze there, the ssh of theirrade''s blood would fly frompletely another direction or they would get blown away like a joke.
¡¸The stillness of the dark night is splendid. Don''t you think that something like the sound of explosives is boorish for it?¡¹
¡¸Wha-¨D¨Dgih!?¡¹
*hyuu-* Wind blew, right after that a troop got the tendon of his hands and feet cut and he copsed.
¡¸You feel it don''t you? The cold yet gentle arm of darkness.¡¹
¡¸DAMN YOUUUUUU-!?¡¹
The smooth sensation of caress on the nape caused a troop to have gooseflesh through his spine. He cursed while drawing out handgun without dy and shot behind him, but what he felt was hot touch caressing his four limbs instantly.
¡¸Don''t you know, there are things in this world that you ought to not know. Do you know what I mean? Yes, it''s me.¡¹
¡¸This-, monster¨D¨D¡¹
There should be his partner beside him shooting his gun desperately. Yet, what was standing there was only a ck shadow. Where did his partner go? Why, didn''t hisrade back him up? Without even any time to speak out such doubt, one more troop had his consciousness fell into the bottom of darkness together with hot touch that he felt on his limbs.
¡¸What is this¡¡just, what is happening¡¡¡¹
Chief Magdanese muttered in nk amazement. The thunderous sound of shooting in full-auto, consecutive muzzle shes, and then scream and angry roar reverberated from all the surrounding buildings. Her gaze ran through the buildings around her as though she was a country bumpkin looking up at a skyscraper. She took back steps with shaky footsteps.
This was impossible. Even if Kousuke was skilled, this was strange.
How could troops get blown away from her right and behind at the same time when a troop was thrown out from the building at her left? Was enemy removal being carried out in all the four buildings surrounding this ce?
Kousuke was alone. The enemy should be one person. Even if the enemy possessed strange fighting technique using trick, but it was only this fact that should be certain.
¡¸Who in the world you all are fighting!? The enemy number!? All teams-, report!¡¹
Chief Magdanese raised an angry voice. Normally there should be concise and swift replying back to her.
The moonlight was hidden behind a small cloud and darkness swept the area. The headlight illuminated her as though she was an actress standing alone in the stage. Replies returned at Chief Magdanese who was sweating coldly.
¡ºThis is Beta 2. The enemy''s identity is unclear. The shadow, the shadow is attacki¨D¨D¡»
¡ºThis is Delta 4! I don''t know! I don''t know anything! Shit-, my partners are disappearing!¡»
¡ºAlpha 3-. The enemy is a Japanese young man! That guy is a monster-! The bullets-, the bullets cannot hit-. I can see him-, yet it''s not hitting!¡»
Reports were screamed from themunication device. *DADADADDADADA-* The voice of the troops that were dyed with panic mixed in the interval between the unceasing sounds of gunshot. Not a single one gave a clear report that Chief Magdanese couldprehend.
¡ºAll troops, get outside! For a circle!¡»
A harsh voice that was tinged with dominating aura resounded from themunication device. That was themand from the captain of the special squad. The troops obeyed that voice as though it was their lifeline. They all jumped out from the window simultaneously without even a nce, without even thinking of the consequence, wishing only to take distance as far as possible from the terrifying something that was lurking in the darkness inside the room.
The troops that jumped out from the second floor took skillfulnding posture that was as expected from trained operative, they sprang up to their feet and rushed to Chief Magdanese''s side. The people who were at third floor and higher descended down to the ground by using stair''s handrail, window frame, and so on to decrease their speed, but the dread filling their chest threw out their limbs out of kilter and more than half of them struck the ground and writhed there.
Even so, they were dragged by theirrades to gather around Chief Magdanese and the formed a circle formation around her. They aimed their gun at the surrounding buildings with desperate look. They strained their eyes toward the window they jumped through just a moment ago while desperately holding down their rough breathing that was unrted with the exhaustion of their stamina.
Inside the window was dark as though all light was being sucked in. Surely even if they were told that it was a hole that connected to the realm of the dead, the troops would easily believe it right now. Their gun muzzles were busily wandering around, searching for the enemy, which disyed the state of their heart. Surely in their heart, there was also the ashamed feeling that they had left behind inside that darkness many of theirrades with whom they had shared joys and sorrows with.
The personnel of the special squad that was at first more than thirty people were already decreased until seventeen people, including Allen who somehow managed to crawl out from the ground and the agent that was standing by beside Chief Magdanese.
It hadn''t been even five minutes since Kousuke vanished. In just that much time, a toon of the special assault squad owned by the state''s organization was pushed into a partially destructed state.
The sound of breathing that couldn''t be pushed down resounded. The sound of rustling clothes from roughly wiping out the sweat that was flowing from reason other than heat resounded. No one was making any voice. Even Allen who often joked around was desperately searching for the enemy position with his wandering eyes. Even Chief Magdanese was also feeling cold sweat trickling from the tip of her jaw while her gaze looked around from the center of the circr formation.
There, a strange sound resounded.
¨D¨Dclop, clop
It was footsteps. Footsteps were echoing in the world of night that was ruled by silence.
¨D¨Dclop, clop
But, there wasn''t anyone that could react to those footsteps. No, to be more urate they were reacting. However, aiming their gun when they learned the enemy''s position by hearing¨D¨Dwasn''t the reaction they made.
¨D¨Dclop, clop
The expression of everyone was twitching. Because the sound of footsteps resounding in their ears right now wasing from an impossible ce. Their gun muzzle was ttering. It wasn''t because they didn''t understand who they should aim at. The assaulting terror finally caused the tough elite squad troops to be unable to repress the trembling of their fingertips.
¨D¨Dclop, clop
Slowly, teasingly, the footsteps reverberated in the dark night. *gulp-* Sound of swallowing saliva pierced the ears clearly.
Chief Magdanese sighed deeply. And then, she slowly lifted up her face toward the ce where those footsteps resounded from, to the ce where the owner of the footsteps seemed to be at.
¡¸¨D¨DImpossible.¡¹
That mutter where it felt like the soul of the speaker also came out at the same time with it, made the other troops, and Allen, and then Vanessa and Emily to lift up their gaze too.
¡¸Once again, good evening,dies and gentlemen. Don''t you think that tonight is a really good night?¡¹
There, a man in ck was standing.
That ck outfit was darker than even the darkness of night, as though it gave anyone who saw it a hallucination that the ck of night was melting into the outfit. A mask hid the mouth,pleted with a sunsses of one-lens type. In one hand was a mysterious ck short sword that gave anyone chills.
His voice resounded with echo that conveyed night of night, and darkness of darkness. Absolute confidence and domineering aura dwelled inside it, however, at the same time, it contained dread that tightly held the entrails of heart.
At midair, footsteps echoed on invisible stair, like a ruler that was descending from his throne. Behind his back, was a beautiful crescent moon that looked like the sneer of the devil. A step, a step, that figure that descended from the night sky to the lower world while making darkness colored ripple under his feet, was truly an existence of myth.
¡¸I like the crescent moon better than the full moon. It''s not so bright that it will drive away the darkness of night, however, it garnish this wonderful darkness with color. Its shape that draws an arc looks like the smile of the goddess of night.¡¹
He¨D¨DKousuke was looking down on everything, with an exaggerated gesture like a stage actor, he spread his hand as though to embrace the whole night, however, seeing no one replying back he shrugged his shoulders. And then, he slowly made a rotation, he turned his hand that was holding the short sword to behind, and his other hand propped up his sunsses, he drew back his left foot a bit.
By the way, that rotation, and also his chuuni pose, of course, they were all meaningless.
¡¸You¡¡you, just what in the world, are you?¡¹
As expected from the chief of the security bureau. Chief Magdanese asked Kousuke''s true identity while everyone were at lost of words and fell into stupor seeing the impossible situation. The situation was too abnormal to be dismissed as trick. In the end, was it really okay to ssify the man that was making pose midair even now as mankind¡¡
That question came from such doubt.
In regard to that, Kousuke''s answer was,
¡¸"What are you"¨D¨DI believe that question ought to be asked to all of you instead.¡¹
¡¸What, do you mean by that?¡¹
Chief Magdanese returned a sharp gaze even while feeling perplexity. To that, Kousuke twirled in a rotation once more, and then, he pushed up his sunsses with one hand while at the same time he threw his head back a bit with the tip of his short sword pointed in sharp motion.
¡¸O guardian of the country. It''s exactly as you said before, there are few things that can be protected using beautiful ideal. Without the resolve to dirty oneself, what is waiting ahead will be a trampling down.¡¹
The eyes of Chief Magdanese turned round from Kousuke''s words. She didn''t even imagine that he would make a statement that affirmed her own words. It seemed that Vanessa and Emily were also simrly shocked from that. Emily was still wholly shook up without being able to get back on her feet from her agitation, and Vanessa opened her eyes widely from the shock that she received.
¡¸Just feeling is insufficient. Nothing can be done without resolve. Trying to resist fate without dirtying one''s self, something like that cannot even be a funny story.¡¹
Those were heavy words. Even though they didn''t know anything about this young man, they understood that he had gone through tremendous experience. They understood, how it had been engraved into his flesh and bones.
¡¸One has to choose what they ought to protect. One has to persist in carrying their own will, surpassing the distinction of good and evil. To wish for everything, that is only possible for someone who transcend the extremity of that will.¡¹
To protect the great ship that was the country from the ill will and hostility that lurked all over the world, was impossible with justw. It was impossible to resist with only right conduct and beautiful ideal. By the point of time someone cursed that the other was cowardly or the worst, what they lost wouldn''te back.
To "protect", was a next to impossible undertaking more than human could imagine.
Therefore, Kousuke didn''t deny. The hidden face of this country. The act of the non-existent organization that was called JD Agency. If there was things that couldn''t be protected without such existence, then that was inevitable.
However, still, however.
¡¸Even so, there are things that one mustn''t throw away.¡¹
Yes, that was why Kousuke was here. He was here, with his de unsheathed. He unleashed the technique and strength, that he obtained at the end of deadlybats, along with bitter experience, at another world.
¡¸The humanity and justice in one''s soul.¡¹
Those must not be forgotten. Even if the body was dirtied with necessary evil, the soul must not get rotten together with it. If not, then the necessary evil would someday be degraded into mere evil.
¡¸The faith in one''s heart.¡¹
The people had faith in them. That they would protect the safety of this country. That faith must not be betrayed. If that was betrayed, than the whole foundation would be shaken.
¡¸The sincerity in one''s resolve.¡¹
Their established resolve, their oath, those must be carried on faithfully. The moment they madepromise, that resolve would run wild, and bared its fang even toward those that it ought to protect.
Just like the current situation.
¡¸O guardian. Is Emily Grant not someone that you also ought to protect?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Chief Magdanese didn''t answer. Or possibly, she couldn''t answer.
¡¸She was born in this country, raised in this country, live in this country. A girl like her, isn''t she someone that you ought to protect? Necessary evil¨D¨DI won''t reject that. But, in the end, is Emily someone that ought to have such thing pointed at her? Cornering someone who is desperately doing her best, a girl who wish to create a remedy of an incurable disease, is that the national safety you are talking about?¡¹
Hearing Kousuke''s question, there were people who madeplicated expression among the special squad troops, there were even people who were obviously looking guilty. The expression of Chief Magdanese didn''t change. Right now, she was staring straight at Kousuke without any diposure.
Kousuke also stared back at Chief Magdanese as though to wait for her answer. Still in his chuuni pose.
Just how long they were like that. Before long, Chief Magdanese sighed, and quietly opened her mouth.
¡¸I too, am the dog of my country. I feel no self-depreciation or regret of that. Not to mention hesitation, I have none of that. ¡¡I have, made my determination already.¡¹
That was her answer.
Allen sent a sharp gaze that onlysted for a moment at the captain of the special squad and the agent. The captain of the special squad tensed his jaw slightly, at the same time, the agent slightly moved back.
Kousuke sensed it. They were nning to make Allen and the special squad into disposable pawn, in order to evacuate Chief Magdanese from this ce. The agent intended to rush until the car to bring Chief Magdanese to escape.
Should that be admired, or be exasperated at? What made Kousuke hesitated in making conclusion, was howcking Allen and the special squads troops in hesitation. In order to let their boss got away, they epted their end without even a moment of hesitation.
¡¸Is that the resolve and sincerity of you guys?¡¹
They would coerce a girl of their own country, in order to protect the people of the country. Despite Kousuke''s opinion that it was putting the cart before the horse, that was the answer of the security bureau. They knew only too well of that, even so, if that was what their homnd decided, then they wouldn''t hesitate. For that, they had made the resolve to put their life on the line since a long time ago.
Chief Magdanese spoke.
¡¸About the research building, that was a sorrowful miss on our part. We were also unable to detect the betrayal of Kimberly, and also how the students of Down ssroom were going to raise amotion. ¡¡It was my misjudgment to make Allen infiltrate by himself.¡¹
She had never expected that the bodyguards safeguarding Berserk had been reced by Kmberly''s aplice. At that time Allen caused the rm to sound because the reaction of the bodyguards that was different from the usual trained agent, and hepletely got taken by surprise by the unexpected conduct of the fake bodyguard agents.
¡¸I have no excuse for that.¡¹
¡¸Such thing, even if you say that-¡¹
Emily was enraged hearing that apology which was directed at her. She questioned whether this woman nned to beg for forgiveness only with that one sentence. Did she know understand just how great what had been lost due to her action.
But, it seemed that in contrast with her sentence, Chief Magdanese didn''t have even a speck of intention to ask for forgiveness. Her eyes were still cold even while receiving Emily''s rage right from the front.
¡¸All of you, this is an order. Carry out your duty.¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Yes, Ma''am-!!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
Chief Magdanese drew back. At the same time, Ellen rushed out from the circle toward Emily while the agent turned around toward the car. The eyes of the troops shined with theirst killing intent and they were about to pull the trigger at Kousuke midair.
It happened at that moment.
*tan-, tan-*
Two gunshot sounds resounded faintly.
¡¸Muh¡¹
¡¸-!?¡¹
Those didn''te from the special squad. It also didn''te from Allen.
One shot splendidly drilled on Kousuke''s flesh, and the other shot pierced through one of the troops while gouging Chief Magdanese''s left shoulder.
Chief Magdanese copsed from the impact with ssh of blood scattering. And the, Kousuke fell to the ground in an arc trajectory.
¡¸KOUSUKEEEEEEE-¡¹
¡¸KOUSUKE-SAN-¡¹
Emily and Vanessa screamed loudly.
¡¸Chief-¡¹
¡¸-, protect the chief!¡¹
The sprinting Allen made a turn that disregarded human''s body structure while raising a voice that exposed his agitation and uneasiness for the first time. With themand of the captain of the special squad, several of the troops used their body to cover Chief Magdanese as shield and dragged her body toward the wall.
Emily and Vanessa dashed toward where Kousuke was falling. Emily embraced Kousuke with an expression that could break into tears anytime, and together with Vanessa she pulled his body to the cover of car.
The second wave of attack didn''te. It seemed that the sniper became unable to take a line of fire. Even so, everyone there stayed still while staying on guard to the surrounding. Kousuke''s body was limp without any movement.
It was unclear how long time passed. Perhaps it was about a few dozen seconds. The captain of the special squad gave a nce and saw that the first-aid to Chief Magdanese was finished, and he was about to order them to move out, but several lights cut through the area.
Those were lights from car headlight. And they didn''te from merely one or two car. More than ten cars were rushing at them with fierce speed.
Several of the cars arrived with a drift before stopping and took position that encircled the people of the security bureau and Emily''s group. The cars were all stopped horizontally and blocked any path of escape.
Vanessa and Chief Magdanese scowled their face from having a certain personing to their mind from seeing this method that was repulsive yet cunning.
It seemed that their expectation was right on the mark.
¡¸Yoo, honored chief Magdanese. How envious for you to have a ndestine meeting outside the city at night. Let me join in too, okay.¡¹
¡¸Kimberly.¡¹
The one who got down from one of the cars was Kimberly who was sporting a really disgusting smile. With that as the start, dozens of armed men also got down from the other cars. They didn''t look trained like the special squad troops. They looked more degenerate and violent, if it had to be said they were fellows that looked like mafia members.
Allen and Vanessa tried to move nonchntly. But, as expected Kimberly gave no opening and sharply noticed them.
¡¸Whoops, both of you, don''t move from there. Especially the analyst-kun. You are bad news after all. Just try it if you move even for just a bit. I''ll ughter everyone without mercy.¡¹
Kimberlymanded his men to release their weapon''s safety. Although, the people who had resolved to die just now wouldn''t obey that instruction that easily, both of them red with their gun muzzles raised even with that overwhelming difference in battle strength.
¡¸Well, guess so. There is no way the chief willply that simply. No matter what you are the "cornerstone of Britain''s protection" or "the iron woman that married Britain" huh. What''s more you also got strong bad luck.¡¹
Kimberly shrugged while watching Chief Magdanese''s left arm that was oozing blood. And then, he turned his gaze at the reason why he didn''t kill Chief Magdanese and everyone else here right away.
¡¸So, chief-sama. Just what the hell is that?¡¹
At the end of his gaze was the limp Kousuke who only looked like unmoving corpse even now, and the figure of Emily who was embracing such Kousuke.
¡¸The elites of security bureau assault section was half-destroyed under a few minutes. What''s more, he unveiled amazing technique like floating in the air. When I heard the sniper''s report and watched the recorded video, I thought my eyes gonna popped out of their socket y''know.¡¹
Kimberly''s gaze left Kousuke and wandered to the air. ¡¸Well, there must be wire or something put in the air¡¹It seemed that he thought what Kousuke did was a trick from those words that he said.
Although, even though he was a traitor but he was formerly a member of security bureau, because of that Kimberly knew how powerful the assault section was. It seemed he wanted to know the reason how a group like them could be cornered into devastation helplessly like that. That was the reason why he let the troops stayed alive even now.
Chief Magdanese distorted her expression cynically at such Kimberly.
¡¸There is no way I know what that is. That is¡¡yes, it''s "something" that human knowledge doesn''t reach. ording to that thing''s words¨D¨Dhe is the right-hand man of the demon king, something like that.¡¹
¡¸Demon King''s, what? Just what kind of joke that is huh. That''s¨D¨D¡¹
¨D¨DCalling me "that", "that" from some time ago, that''s a little bit impolite isn''t it?
A voice suddenly reverberated echoingly. Kimberly and his groups were taken aback and they looked around the surrounding. Chief Magdanese shook her head with an expression that looked a bit tired while saying¡¸Aa, just as I thought¡¹.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Thter part will be uploaded in one more hour.
Chapter 209
Chapter 209
AN: This is theter part of two parts.
For those whoe here directly from bookmark, please pay attention.
*kii kii* Such small sound resounded. That was the sound of wheel. At the same time, multiple footsteps also echoed.
The sound came from the building behind where the car of Chief Magdanese was parked. Everyone focused at the steel door of that building.
And then,
¡¸Fumu, Mr. Carl. About the wheelchair of S-dono, don''t you think it needs maintenance? It''s making this kind of sound each time it moved. It''s causing various anxieties hearing it.¡¹
¡¸A, aa, no, I nned to bring it to give it maintenance just today you know? I, isn''t that right, honey?¡¹
¡¸Yes, tha, that''s right. But, just when we were about to go out, the people of security bureau came so¡¡¡¹
¡¸I see. That''s impolite of me. I have acted impertinently there.¡¹
The people that came out from the opened door while making normal talk were a middle-aged man and woman who were making twitching expression. There was also a woman who was definitely passed seventy sitting in a wheelchair that was pushed by the man. It went without saying that these were Emily''s family. And then, a man wearing sunsses and ck outfit was walking in the lead of them.
¡¸Father! Mother! Grandma!¡¹
¡¸-, Emily!?¡¹
¡¸Emily-¡¹
Hearing the shout of Emily that was filled with joy, the father Carl and the mother Sophie called back the name of their beloved daughter without being unable to hide their happiness. It seemed that the grandma S was sound asleep. Perhaps Kousuke had done something to her. Surely he had judged that this hectic situation would be harmful for her who was afflicted with Alzheimer.
The two parents had been told about their daughter''s current situation to a certain degree. And so, they were about to rush toward Emily driven by their worry and the joy of reunion.
But, because of the pressure of the armed men that was standing between them and their daughter, and the ominous sound *kaclick* that came at the same time with the gun muzzles moving toward them immediately, they stumbled and came to a stop. And then, blood was leaving their expression when they saw the scene of the men that really resembled mafia, the personnel of security bureau who looked cornered at near the wall, and then, the copsed person who their daughter was holding in her arms.
They now painfully understood the situation. The terrifying situation their daughter was confronting, it was different from the exnation of the security bureau that was a mix of truth and falsehood. They grasped just how dangerous the situation their only beloved daughter had been ced in.
It was in the middle of that, a dumbfounded voice resounded.
¡¸Thi, this is a joke right? He, should have been sniped¡¡¡¹
It was Kimberly. At the same time, what he spoke represented what was in the mind of everyone there.
But, the right-hand of demon king exaggeratedly shrugged his shoulders saying¡¸Good grief¡¹to the crowd that was a hindrance to the family reunion,pletely unconcerned with that kind of question of bewilderment. And then, he suddenly formed a handseal with both his hands. Yes, he formed a handseal! As though, just like a NINJA! Just like a NINJA!
It was unknown just where was the expression that was worried for Kousuke just now had gone, the female investigator that might be beyond hope already yelled¡¸Handsealse-¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹while she desperately tried to copy it. It seemed that she was trying to memorize the handseals. But, the girlcked a certain bloodline eye, on top of that Kousuke''s handseals that were superplicated and super fast due to itsck of meaning weren''t something that could be copied just from a nce.
''Your level is insufficient!''The handseals didn''t really have any meaning, but with a nce those words were whispered toward Vanessa-san who was grinding her teeth.
¡¸To disturb the family reunion like this, what a really boorish bunches. ¨D¨D"Kuuton - Banji Saikuu(I exist, in the desired spot)"¡¹(TN: Air Escape - Air Reside in the Whole Earth)
Something like ck mist instantly whirled around Kousuke, but right at the next instant, Kousuke disappeared, and not just him, but the whole Grant family too. In their ce, the corpse of Kousuke that was inside Emily''s arms until just now appeared! And then, right after that, the corpse vanished with *pon-* sound as though it had aplished its role!
¡¸Thi, thi thi thi thi, this iiis!? Mikawari no Jutsu!? Isn''t this Mikawari no Jutsu, Kousuke-san!¡¹(TN: Mikawari no Jutsu = Kawarimi no Jutsu/Substitute Technique)
¡¸It''s a little bit different. Naturally I can also use Mikawari no Jutsu, but Banji Saikuu is something that is not limited to just myself. It designate things within a certain range around me and rece them all with my clone body along with the space. Fufu, this is a more advanced technique.¡¹
In response to the yell of Vanessa who was in a state of ''Excitement Climax!'', Kousuke answered while brushing up his hair with ''fuh''. Kimberly and the bureau staffse back to their senses from hearing the exchange of the two, and when they turned their gaze at that direction, there were the figures of Kousuke and Grant family that had teleported at Emily''s side unnoticed.
¡¸Wha wha wha, what happened thank god Emily! You are safe!¡¹
¡¸Emily, you are not hurt just what happened!?¡¹
¡¸Ca ca, calm down mother, father! You two are safe I am also confused here!¡¹
Grant family was in a state of ''Bewilderment Climax!''. The parents and daughter hugged each other while showing quite the skill where they were rejoicing with their reunion while acting bewildered at the same time. The grandma opened her eyes a tiny bit saying¡¸My? Is it morning already?¡¹, but she soon went ''munya munya'' and went to sleep again. What a grandma.
¡¸Impossible, what kind of trick is that. Is that thing just now a puppet!?¡¹
Kimberly raised an angry voice in half-panic, trying to find an exnation that his understanding could ept.
Toward such Kimberly, and then also toward the armed men and Chief Magdanese''s group, Kousuke suddenly lifted up his right hand to the sky and opened his mouth.
¡¸Puppet? Ku-ku-ku-. Certainly, you can call it that. Isn''t that right¨D¨Dright me?¡¹
Kousuke waved his lifted up right hand elegantly as though he was an orchestra conductor while making a finger snap *pachin-* and pointed at the right building. There,
¡¸Or, you can also say that it is a dream, or an illusion, or even darkness. ¨D¨DFront me¡¹
At the window in the right building''s second floor, a man in exactly the same appearance appeared as though he was oozing out from the darkness. The Kousuke that was called as "right me" then stepped out to the empty air without any hesitation, and walked down on the air while spreading ripples that looked like ck miasma.
¡¸At the same time, it''s a reality, a counterfeit, and also a real thing. Right, ¨D¨Dleft me.¡¹
Kimberly and others turned unbelieving gaze at the right building, but right after that the same voice resounded from behind them this time. When they turned around in panic, as expected, there was also the figure of man in sunsses and ck outfit showing his appearance, oozing out from the darkness of the building over there, as though he was born from the darkness itself.
¡¸Although, there is no need for you all to understand. After all, understanding the true abyss with human body, is something that cannot be done.¡¹
The same voice entered their ears once more. When Kimberly and others turned to the left as though they were being toyed around, there, on the roof of a car that was parked horizontally to block the path, was the same man standing elegantly with his arms crossed and one of his feet drawn back slightly. Leaving aside a female investigator who was greatly being noisy¡¸Real clone! Real clone!¡¹in high spirit, everyone was lost for words feeling dumbfounded and astonished.
¡¸Ko, Kousuke is, Kousuke is, four people¡¡¡¹
Emily''s whisper echoed faintly at the ce where silence had descended. Right after that, the four Kousuke smoothly unsheathed their jet ck short sword and made cross shape with their arms.¡¸Camera-, where is the camera-¡¹Leaving aside the female investigator looking around with a desperate look who was surely beyond hope already, the right-hand man of the demon king chuckled at the words of the girl who he had promised to protect while he called out to her.
¡¸Emily.¡¹
¡¸Ye, yhesh¡¹
Emily''s voice spontaneously squeaked because she didn''t think that she would be addressed here. Seeing the girl like that, the nearest Kousuke chuckled while asking her.
¡¸I''m not an ally of justice. If those who doesn''t balk from harming others for the sake of their own will are called evil, then without a doubt, I am extraordinarily evil.¡¹
¡¸E, err¡¡¡¹
Emily-san was bewildered. She didn''t understand the meaning of those words, and she also totally didn''t understand Kousuke''s speech and behavior! But, Kousuke didn''t pay that any attention. Because, the one who was here wasn''t Kousuke anymore.
¡¸But, I n to at least bear in mind the moral code that I should stick to. Therefore, I will protect you. I will protect my promise to protect you. That''s why, will you believe in me, and let me protect you?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Ye, yes. I believe you, Kousuke.¡¹
It didn''t seem like that she wasn''t a little bit creeped out, even so the cheeks of Emily reddened when she was told "I''ll protect you". She joined her hands in front of her chest, and returned back her trust as though in prayer. Toward her who was like that, Kousuke went¡¸fuh¡¹for who knew how many times today, and thenstly he spoke.
¡¸Emily. And then, everyone here in this ce. Listen-¡¹
Each of the four Kousuke disyed diverse chuuni pose''s variation from their original arm-cross pose that even left behind afterimage, while he raised a voice that echoed in the dark night!
And then, Kimberly and his group went ''twitch!'' from witnessing that somehow amazing movement while they came back to their senses and aimed their gun toward the four Kousuke. Toward them, Kousuke dered! With a voice that was loud, proud, and echoed from the bottom of the abyss.
¡¸I, am the shadow! The right-hand man of the godying demon king that was born from the bottom of the abyss! I came from the deep abyss, from the darkness that is deeper than even darkness! Now, engrave into your soul, this taboo name!¡¹
The jet ck short sword was swept, and the empty-handed left hand spread open its five fingers while covering the right eye. The left eye that sharply red over everything, emitted prating light!
Kimberly gave his order¡¸Fire! I don''t really get it but, anyway, fire!¡¹. The armed group broke out of the bizarre atmosphere that restrained them, and they pulled their trigger simultaneously. In the space that was nketed with thunderous roar and muzzle sh, "his" introduction rang out clearly.
¡¸¨D¨DRapid Fang Shadow w, Kousuke E Abyssgate. I have arrived!¡¹
The bullets that were fired without thinking of leaving behind any reserve, all of them cut through empty air in vain. *shu-* Together with such sound, Kousuke¨D¨Dno, Lord Abyssgate''s figure vanished!
Right after that,
¡¸Crawl on the ground. Embrace the infinite hell fire! ¨D¨D"Katon - Kouen no Ryuu(The me of abyss extinguish all creation)!"¡¹(TN: Fire Escape - Prominence Dragon)
Lord Abyssgate appeared behind the armed group and stabbed his short sword on the ground while saying such thing. Instantly, vividly crimson ze *gou-* was spreading in radial shape like great snake crawling on the ground.
¡¸Uwah-, what!?¡¹
¡¸Hot!? Shit-, the fire, the fire is coiling around me-¡¹
The me was crawling below the armed group coiled on the men and twined around them burning them mercilessly.
¨D¨DShort sword "Heaven Destroying Sword of Brilliant Lightning me"
It was one of the treasures bestowed to him from the demon king. Originally it would create me snake that randomly ran around to make the area fall into chaos, it was an item that was enchanted with a sublimated me element magic circle to assist in escape. Just as the name showed, it was also possible to do the lightning version of the attack, not just me element. It was possible to instantly activate two elements magic for escaping or assisting in battle.
By the way, he thought up the naming himself. Together with a rabbit-eared woman of another world.
Some of the men were about to rush out reflexively, perhaps to help theirrades to put out the fire. But a ck shadow slowly appeared right beside them and they turned their gun there with great reflex. However,
¡¸The surge of darkness, corrode everything¨D¨D"Rasetsu no Mashu(It is beyond your mean to touch the abyss)"¡¹(TN: Rakshasa''s Evil Hand)
¡¸Ugoh!?¡¹
*ton* Lord Abyssgate''s palm lightly touched the man''s chest, at that moment the man was blown away like a joke, as though he had been hit by a truck.
¨D¨DFingerless glove "Rakshasa ck Hand of Second Advent and Rejection"
This artifact was inserted with "Magic Shockwave" that converted magic power into shockwave¨D¨D"Rasetsu no Mashu(It is beyond your mean to touch the abyss)", and regeneration magic "Daten no Ote(There is no end to the abyss)" that could regenerate what it touched to a certain degree. (TN: Daten no Ote = August Hand of Fallen Heaven)
By the way, the chief of rabbit-ear thought and groaned for three days toe up with the naming.
¡¸Die-, die-, this damned monster-¡¹
Several men who fell into panic were brandishing their gun indiscriminately. The bullets that flew out randomly were something dangerous that might drag Emily and others who originally they should secure into danger instead.
¡¸How could you guys appeal to Emily and others while ignoring me. I feel lonely¨D¨D"Zekkou Senjin - Shin''en no Kaina"¡¹(TN: Light Severance Thousand des - Abyss''s Arm)
Lord Abyssgate had jumped to the sky unnoticed by anyone, and in midair he swept his arm inrge movement. With that, four kunais appeared from empty air. Those kunais flew as though they had their own will, three of them stabbed on the ground around Emily and others *ka-ka-ka-*, while the remaining one came to a stop still above them.
And, just before the astray bullets reached Emily and others, they were obstructed by invisible wall that manifested at the space slightly ahead.
¨D¨DOffense and defense dual use gravity control kunai "Zekkou Senjin"
This artifact''s ability was almost the same like the demon king''s bit weapon. It wouldy out space istion defensive wall by making each other as fulcrum. It flew freely using gravity control, and could aplish space teleportation by recing their position with the user.
By the way, Kousuke didn''t have a thousand of this kunai. He had twelve. The one who named it as thousand des was the rabbit eared sniper boy. It seemed that the naming reason was¡¸Heheh, stylish right?¡¹
¡¸Don''t screw around-¡¹
Kimberly howled. Lord Abyssgate was about tond on the ground with several kunais orbiting around him like satellites. Kimberly aimed the moment he wouldnd and pulled the trigger. It was a superb timing. Even while he was in panic and confusion, that was still an amazing judgment and technique. Furthermore, foreseeing that as a chance, even Allen also gave support fire to make it so there was no ce of escape. Perhaps this was the so called the enemy of my enemy if friend.
Lord Abyssgate smiled wryly. He fired a single kunai to the ground while falling and his body made a single rotation midair.
¡¸Invite to the abyss¨D¨D"Doton - Shin''en Ryuusa"¡¹(TN: Abyss Quicksand)
Instantly, the ground undted like a whirlpool, Lord Abyssgate slipped through the bullets and then smoothly dived into the ground. ¡¸The true worth of Doton, IT COMES-¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹The frenzied voice of the female investigator who was beyond hope already, it startled Kimberly. At the same time,¡¸CALM DOWN VANESSAAAA-¡¹everyone of Grant family was also startled from their beloved daughter''s shriek.
That became an opening where Kimberly was made to pay a painfulpensation.
¨D¨DBulge, breaking wave. "Doton - Raiton Combination Art - Raika Hourai" (TN: Raiton = Lightning Escape, Raika Hourai = Lightning Flower Phoenix Arrival)
Such words were propagated from the whole darkness of night. Right after that, the ground underneath Kimberly bulged up with explosive momentum. And then, roaring lightning attack burst out, like a roaring dragon climbing up to the sky.
¡¸-, gah!?¡¹
Kimberly was hit hard by hard rocks that came like buckshot while intense lightning attack showered him. Kimberly who couldn''t even make a proper scream wasunched to the sky like in a cartoon.
For a moment, everyone''s eyes were fixed to that sight. In the middle of that,
¡¸Be aware of your own sinfulness, o shadow of the country.¡¹
¡¸Wha-, the ground is again¨D¨D¡¹
Before he could finish speaking, Allen turned his head from the fright that attacked his spine. There, he saw the figure of Kousuke who flew out from the ground with a momentum as though he wasunched out. His figure with both his hands spread and his legs lightly folded, was truly the pose of a savage eagle!
But, Allen also didn''t lose. Even while his eyes opened wide in surprise, he aimed the gun in his right hand with amazing reflex and he pulled the trigger.
But, Lord Abyssgate who floated midair, with his body that could be said to be exposed to death, he went¡¸fuh¡¹that he had done a lot today, and then he dodged the bullet with a stylish midair spin.
And then, he kicked flying Allen''s gun with a midair spinning kick fully filled with centrifugal force. In the next instant, Allen''s left arm moved. Of all things, a hidden gun came out from his left sleeve too.
¡¸Got you-¡¹
¡¸No, that''s your illusion.¡¹
Lord Abyssgate''s other leg cut through the air. Using the centrifugal force of the midair spinning kick, it was a second leg attack that wasn''t unlike a second sword. Allen''s hidden card was sent flying too quickly. Even so, the movement of the shadow of the country didn''t stop, he fluttered the sleeve of his coat and his right hand that should be snapped away reached toward his waist. There, a revolver for quick draw was stored.
Although, that out of norm movement was already a stepte in front of Lord Abyssgate.
¡¸Shih-¡¹
¡¸Wha!? Gah¡¹
A third kick attack. By twisting the upper body after the second spinning kick, it further connected to the third spinning midair kick. The right kick that returned to its original position after a rotation cleaved through the wind *gou-* while hitting hard the haw of Allen who immediately tried to pull back.
Allen''s body was blown away, his body danced midair while making triple spin. The white of his eyes was exposed and he bounced on the ground, at the same time Lord Abyssgate''s feet also touched the ground.
¡¸¡¡¡¡Abyss-style assassination martial art - kicking form¡¡¡"Hien Renkyaku(The bird of abyss chirped three times)"¡¹(TN: Flying Abyss Tempered Leg)
That unnaturally long pause was of course, because he only thought up that name just now!
Putting aside the former investiga¨D¨Dthe mere otaku who said¡¸Aa, not just ninja art, but even martial art¡¡it''s lovely¡¹and the father-daughter who conversed¡¸Emily, i, is this person alright?¡¹¡¸No, it''s toote already for her, father¡¹, the battlefield where the abyss lord had descended was filled with scream of chaos and despair where everything was merely trampled helplessly by the darkness that he brought about.
¡¸I didn''t hear anything about this! What the hell is that guy-¡¹
¡¸Damn it-, don''te here!¡¹
Barrage of bullets surged along with thunderous sounds. But, Lord Abyssgate that was the target wasn''t even grazed. No, to be more urate, the bullets actually hit. To the double or tripleyers of afterimage following him every time he moved. It was as though the bullets were sucked in, they shifted slightly from Lord Abyssgate''s body and drifted toward the afterimages.
¡¸¨D¨D"Juuton - Keishi no Kage". No one is able to seize the abyss.¡¹(TN: Gravity Escape - Shadow of Unusual Death)
Thebination technique from skill "Phantom Step" and gravity magic¨D¨D"Keishi no Kage". While generating afterimages behind using "Phantom Step", those afterimages were enchanted with gravity magic that averted every attack.
¡¸¡¡This is like, a B-ss movie.¡¹
Kimberly cursed like that while somehow raising up his body that was finally freed from the numbness. He vomited blood ''gahah''. He looked at his surrounding while on all fours and made a dry smile.
The incarnation of death boasting overwhelming force that surpassed the speed of sound couldn''t even graze the existence before his eyes. Even though they were able to see him, even though they could perceive him, but they were unable to grasp his real state. Even though they were fully observing him like this, yet when they noticed they would suddenly lose sight of his existence, and the next time they noticed would be when they were on the verge of having their consciousness swallowed into darkness along with intense pain. And only the back figure of the lord that was in unrxed alertness.
me crawled on the ground, lightning flew wildly about, wind de raised up blood ssh, and the ground swallowed everything. The shadow ran whether it was on the ground or the sky, vanishing and disappearing, cloned itself into several bodies and kunais were rushing through the sky by ignoring gravity.
¡¸Aa, shit. I really cannot go along with this-¡¹
¡¸That too, is the consequence of your choice isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
Kimberly whispered once more while somehow crawling toward the nearest car, but right after that, a cool voice replied to him from right behind him.
When Kimberly looked back, there was the figure of Lord Abyssgate looking down on him. At the same time, *dosha-* a body of hisrade fell with raw sound beside Kimberly. That body''s neck was clearly twisted into a direction that a neck mustn''t go.
¡¸This, monster¡¹
¡¸You who prey on human, who doesn''t feel any hesitation at involving unrted people, and ughter yourrades for money, aren''t you the monster?¡¹
It was a scathing reply. Kimberly faced Lord Abyssgate with his body falling on his backside. When he noticed, he couldn''t hear any gunshot anymore. When he looked around with just his gaze, there was already no one standing in this battlefield.
No, there were barely some people. The troops of the special squad. With their back facing the wall, they formed a half-circle to be the shield of Chief Magdanese. They were standing even while trickling cold sweat. Beside them was a clone body of Lord Abyssgate, they weren''t allowed to run away, even so they didn''t seem like fighting each other.
On the other hand, the organization member that Kimberly led here seemed to have passed on already without even any time to feel pain. There wasn''t anyone with showy wound. A single stab on the heart, or internal organ destruction using impact, stopping heart with electricity, or severing artery using wind de. Even the people that were enveloped in me had their life severed by a single attack of flying kunai before they died by fire.
¡¸Oi oi, what the hell. You overlook them, but ughter us all? Just what is the difference between those guys and us huh?¡¹
Kimberly cracked jokes even with his cheeks twitching while his body was sweating from pain and unease. Lord Abyssgate changed his hold on his short sword into reverse grip while shrugging his shoulders at such Kimberly.
¡¸Evil with conviction, and a mere fiend. Is it fine to consider that both will meet the same end as the result? The answer, is no. ¡¡Well, there is also the difference at the level of troublesomeness for the cleaning up afterward though.¡¹
Lord Abyssgate was Lord Abyssgate. He wasn''t that demon king. A method of annihting anything and everything when hostility was directed to oneself, was a method that he couldn''t take based from his sense of value and also hisck of means to clean up afterward, nor did he want to take it. Not to mention how this was at earth.
But, he the experience that he had gone through was also not so sweet, that he would let alive fiends scattering around malice for their own selfish desires, for their own pleasure. Therefore, he made his choice. That was all there was to it.
From the slight movement of Kimberly''s gaze, Lord Abyssgate guessed that he was wracking his brain for some kind of solution to escape from this situation. He unhurriedly walked toward Kimberly. And then, he violently grasped Kimberly''s cor and lifted him up with one hand easily.
¡¸Uoh. Wait-, just wait! What happened wasn''t my real intention-. Even I have a circumstance, I cannot help it! Listen to me!¡¹
Kimberly desperately beat at the arm of Lord Abyssgate that lifted him up from behind while speaking excuse that would overshadow even the word unsightly. Lord Abyssgate lifted up him who was like that, like a criminal that was crucified on a cross.
At the same time,
¡¸Uh. I, I was¡¡aa, if I''m not mistaken, I fainted!? Why am I lifted up!?¡¹
Allen who fainted until now with the white of his eyes showing was lifted up simrly like Kimberly by a clone body and carried near.
The special squad troops starting from Chief Magdanese, and then Vanessa who was sending Kousuke a strangely sparkling gaze, Emily who waspletely creeped up by such Vanessa, and Grant husband and wife who was turning pale from the surrounding situations in a silent panic where they couldn''t even hide their bewilderment, they all were paying full attention.
Amidst that, the lord drew back and recovered the kunais protecting Emily and others while raising his voice.
¡¸Emily Grant! Vanessa Paradis!¡¹
¡¸Fua, fhyes!¡¹
¡¸Yes, what is it my god?¡¹
Emily who was suddenly called in her full name responded with shaken stutter. As for Vanessa at her side, for some reason she wasn''t shaken at all, instead she fell on one of her knees *sucha-!* right away, and replied with reverence as though she was kneeling before her lord. The end of her sentence caused Emily to goggle at her in shock.
But, even that no-good investigator Vanessa who wrecked the serious atmosphere like that immediately corrected her expression from the next words.
¡¸I have captured the perpetrator that snatched away your precious family, your preciousrades.¡¹
Yes. Kimberly snatched them away. Her esteemed superior Hughes. And also the life of her colleagues.
Yes. Allen snatched them away. Even indirectly, the lives of her substitute father, of her big brothers and big sisters.
¡¸Can you two stay quiet?¡¹
There was no way they could. Their heart that had been paralyzed by the serial unusual situations started to move again. The scorching rage they had been holding all this time started to ze again like fire that was put into firece.
Emily stood up. The figure of her family floated around her mind. Because it wasmand? He didn''t directly do it? So what. It was beyond doubt, that what was scattered by the man in front of her eyes, had snatched away the life of her important people.
Vanessa stood up. What filled her mind, was the figure of the superior that she should aimed at. And then, the figures of therades with whom she entrusted her life to and vice versa. Who was the one that shot at them from behind with a reason like "for the sake of money"? Who was the one who snorted at the offered trust while trampling on it? It was, the shitty bastard before her eyes.
¡¸O, oi, Vanessa. Wait, just calm down! I¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Silence.¡¹
Vanessa slowly stepped forward.
¡¸A, aa~, young miss? That, it was my bad that I blundered¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Shut up.¡¹
Emily stomped forward loudly.
Both of them, the two woman who had survived to this point, walked forward side by side. Their expression couldn''t be seen from the shadow covering their face. But, their lips that were tightly pursed into a line spoke of their emotion more eloquently than anything.
They clenched their fist. Both of them broke into run. The two men who became the origin of cmity imagined the future that would befall them and sighed. In their action, there was contempt that could be seen, after all what they faced were just female, furthermore one of them was nothing more than a girl. Getting punched wasn''t really a big deal.
But, that contempt too disappeared right after that.
¨D¨DThere is no end to abyss. The deep darkness envelop everything.(Now, beloved children. Let''s bestow the protection of abyss to you.)
The moment that whisper was uttered, the night suddenly coiled about on the greatly clenched fist of the two. The ckly whirling light that gave such illusion was increasing in strength with pulses each time the two took a step forward! Yes, it was as though, the abyss lord was increasing that strength with each passing of time!
Unease ran through the expression of Kimberly and Allen. Both of them didn''t understand what phenomenon that was. But, their soul understood this much. ''That''s bad news-!'' Following that impulse, they raised their voice to stop the two.
¡¸Wai¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Sto¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸¡¸No more discussion-¡¹¡¹
But, at that time the two were already right in front of them. Their hidden expression became exposed. What was there was wicked look that even resembled evil Rakshasa.
*ZUDAN-* Impossibly loud footstep resounded. Cracks in the shape of spider web ran through the ground! And then, it was unleashed. It was like cannon ball that sted through the air, the fist d in the abyss!
¡¸FLY AWAY-¡¹
¡¸DIE-¡¹
Emily''s fist at Allen, and Vanessa''s fist at Kimberly. Both of them put their whole feeling, and their billions of rage, they spitted out everything, and struck!
¡¸¡¸THIS SHITTY BASTARD-!!¡¹¡¹
*GOU-!!* The thunderous sound of hitting flesh and,¡¸GUPEE!?¡¹¡¸GEHAH!?¡¹such screams resounded. On the eyes of the lord that had the perception ability raised by "Heavenly Eye", the sight of Kimberly and Allen''s cheeks getting ran through by fist, their cheekbones broken, their teeth pulverized, and their flesh squashed in undtion, was projected.
When the lord timely released his hand, Kimberly and Allen were blown away in tailspin as though to prove that might and they bounced together on the ground. And then without any lessening in their momentum, they crashed on the car behind. Both of them cordially plunged through the front ss head first together and in the end there was only their butt sticking out without even a twitch.
The sound of someone gulping their saliva *gulp* echoed. The troops of the special squad were making expression that was shuddering in fear as though to say¡¸Those fists really a damned bad news¡¹.
Amidst that atmosphere, Emily and Vanessa who were standing still with their fist still outstretched slowly rxed their tension. And then, they lifted their face and gazed at the lord.
There on their face, floated a smile. Looking at their smile, it could be clearly understood that even though it wasn''t wholly, but at least their expression had cleared up a bit.
¡¸Both of you. ¡¡That attack felt like it would make me fall in love.¡¹
The lord gave words of praise while once more going¡¸fuh¡¹that he hadvishly disyed throughout this day.
Emily and Vanessa looked at each other''s face, and then, they turned their face at the lord one more time. Wordlessly, they both fixed a thumb up resolutely.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
This is not over you know? It¡¯s still continuing you know~.
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 210
Chapter 210
AN: This one is short. There is big possibility it will be rewritten, or added to.
¡¸Now then, here we are o guardian. I''ll grant you the chance to choose.¡¹
After Emily and Vanessa made their settlement with a fist of all their might (plus abyss), the lord that was observing Chief Magdanese and her group said such thing with his eyes shining.
In the silent night where the tumult of death and strife had passed, leaving behind the heaps of corpses of armed men all around, the voice of the lord resounded clearly. Emily and Vanessa, and also Grant husband and wife who were in slight distance away, they all went ''hah'' and their gazes turned toward that voice.
Even the special squad troops whose awareness ckened slightly from the extermination of the enemy and the observing act of the lord, they began to put on a tense air once again.
¡¸Choose?¡¹
Chief Magdanese was pressing on her arm that was soaked in blood while standing up with the help of the agent beside her. Her cheek was dirtied by blood ssh and painted her gruesomely, but she responded at the lord with a straight calm gaze without even a grimace on her face.
¡¸Yes, choose. Will you be exterminated in this ce? Or will you take the second option?¡¹
¡¸What nonsense¡¡I already told you my, no, the security bureau''s will. If you want to kill us then kill. Even if the country lose a pawn like me, it won''t affect this country''s system.¡¹
She had made her resolve. Her cold gaze without any emotion in it discarded the lord''s proposal as nonsense.
But, the lord wasn''t making "proposal" here.
¡¸Certainly, I don''t think that your death will affect this country''s decision considerably. But, I believe that the influence of the living you is powerful, isn''t that correct? Don''t you think that influence ought to be used for the sake of the country''s safety?¡¹
¡¸? What are you¡¡-, such thing. That''s a contemptible threatening isn''t it.¡¹
Yes, this was the "ultimatum" that was only dressed up as "proposal".
Even if Chief Magdanese died, it would be impossible for the upper brasses of this country who knew about the appeal of¡¾Berserk¡¿to retract back their hand, there would be some remaining that would keep trying. The sessor of Chief Magdanese would seed her duty or else that duty would simply be moved toward another organization.
But, if this great woman who could even be said as a living legend used her position and all her influence to insist that¡¾Berserk¡¿was unneeded, or even dangerous, what would happen then. Chief Magdanese said that she was nothing more than a dog of the country, but sure enough, could the upper brasses ignore her full report?
From the lord''s conjecture, there would be no way for them to ignore her.
For the lord who wascking in the means of cleaning up the aftermath with the country as his opponent, the method of bringing over Chief Magdanese to his side and made her to revoke the¡¾Berserk¡¿case could be said to be the most realistic means.
Of course, the lord also had the means to make the top brasses of this country to forget everything regarding¡¾Berserk¡¿. He could make request to that demon king. If he did that, the whole case would be settled without leaving any loose end.
But, the lord didn''t choose that. The dignity of the lord wouldn''t forgive him if he left this case''s resolving to other people wholesale even though he was the one that poked his nose into his case by his own. Above all, he thought of that person as a friend, and so there was no way he could treat him as a convenient existence. If he did something like that, then the lord wouldn''t be able to say that he was the friend of that demon king while raising his head high.
Therefore, for the lord, it would be for the best if Chief Magdanese herself put an end to this¡¾Berserk Incident¡¿.
And then, in the case this option couldn''t be practiced, then it would be war against the new security bureau without Chief Magdanese, no, against the country itself that was backing the bureau.
¡¸This is different from threatening. This is a deration. If your side wishes for a fight to the bitter end, then I will fight until this body is reduced into worthless thing. Now, guardian. You can imagine using that sagacious mind of yours. In the end, just how much sacrifice will be necessary to stop this abyss lord.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Chief Magdanese stayed silent. Her gaze surveyed around slightly without even speaking any words. What entered her gaze was the mere shadow of the armed men''s former self. In contrast, the man before her eyes had not a single wrinkle on his outfit.
In front of this person who utilized supernatural technique that surpassed the realm of understanding, even the special squad of the security bureau would be powerless. His conduct and speech were also beyondprehension.
Although, it was by no means that the winning percentage was zero inside Chief Magdanese''s thought. No matter how much irrational strength this person had, but as long as he was only an individual, he would be in a losing battle against an organization. Inside her head she had already pictured several routes of killing the lord by using "strength of organization".
But,
¡¸Haa¡¡¡¹
She let out a deep sigh. From how the agent standing by beside Chief Magdanese was blinking his eyes, perhaps it was really rare for her to act like that.
But, if that agent knew about what was inside Chief Magdanese''s heart, then surely he would feel that it couldn''t be helped for her to make that deep sigh from the overwhelming fatigue drowning her heart, he would even feel sympathy to that.
(The right-hand man of demon king¡¡what''s more, the "returnees", is it.)
Yes, the lord had proimed before. That he was the "right-hand man of demon king". In other words, this embodiment of irrationality before her eyes was nothing more than a subordinate. In the end, was that existence which was referred as demon king, an existence that was even more powerful than this lord? That was something that Chief Magdanese didn''t understand.
But, here, for some reason her mind was naturally under the impression that this information was nothing significant¨D¨Dfrom that, and when the keyword "returnees" emerged on her mind, terrifying possibilities were welling out from inside her, one after another.
The returnee incident that shaken the society for a period. Naturally the intelligence department of Britain also didn''t ignore that incident. But rather than the boys and girls who were called as returnee, the intelligence department focused more in observing and dealing with the disturbing elements who were sniffing at the ult aspect of these returnees. Even so, there was no doubt that Britain was paying attention to the¡¾Returnees Incident¡¿.
But, at one point of time, the heated up media and suspicious organizations that were showing disturbing movement suddenly stopped showing any movement. It happened so quickly like the tide that was drawing back.
(Yes, that incident came to an end so naturally that it was unnatural. And then, I and also the intelligence department didn''t feel that it was unnatural!)
The existence of the lord and the few keywords that he put before her eyes opened up Chief Magdanese''s eyes.
¨D¨DThis person wielding supernatural power, is a returnee
¨D¨DThe returnees, numbered thirty people in total.
¨D¨DAt the very least, there is an existence that this person looked up as above him.
¨D¨DThe recognition toward the returnees is weak, and much less in their own country, but almost the whole world was like that.
¨D¨DEven now she isn''t feeling that it was unnatural about how weak this recognition is
''Just what''s with this situation'', Chief Magdanese thought. ''The opponent is an individual'', such assumption was an excessively hopeful conjecture.
¡¸Let me, ask a question. Among all of you, how high are you inparison?¡¹
When that question left her mouth, she thought that there was really no meaning in asking that, even so Chief Magdanese couldn''t help but asking the question. She wanted to know even if just a part, about "they" who managed to hide from the whole world even after having the attention from all over the world gathered on them once.
Hearing the question of Chief Magdanese, the lord hummed¡¸fumu¡¹while touching his chin. He showed a gesture of thinking for a bit, and then he shrugged his shoulders in over reaction and answered.
¡¸I can boast that I''m top ss even among my friends. However¡¡¡¹
¡¸However?¡¹
The lord was putting on airs, however, Chief Magdanese only asked back quietly without showing any irritation. Toward such her, the lord held his head high, and then he spoke in pride.
¡¸Compared to our demon king and hisdies, I cannot hold a candle to them. Even in one-on-one, using my whole body and soul, where I take out all of the trump cards that I have¡¡dealing a scratch is the best that I can do.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I see.¡¹
The special squad troops were going slightly astir. An opponent that cornered them until half-destroyed state, and in his back there was still someone else waiting, someone that this person could do nothing except putting on a scratch. What''s more, there were several of such people. What''s more, he said Ladies-! The fingertip of the troops that was on the trigger was trembling! How envio¨D¨Dterrifying!
¡¸Although, perhaps it won''t even be a fight against you guys to begin with.¡¹
The detail that was added like an additional blow convinced Chief Magdanese. It was just as she thought, even their awareness was being guided. That conviction made a sigh to leak out from Chief Magdanese''s mouth once more.
And then, she asked the scale on her heart and a bitter smile emerged on her mouth.
¡¸Indeed, it''s not worth it to continue this just for the merit of turning¡¾Berserk¡¿into weapon. By the way, I wonder if there is any room for negotiation?¡¹
¡¸None.¡¹
¡¸Is it fine for you to say that even without asking that demon king-sama you respected?¡¹
¡¸Of course.¡¹
A curt response. Chief Magdanese sighed for the third time.
¡¸The effect and usefulness of¡¾Berserk¡¿are already known by the top brass. I cannot assert that this case will be resolved by me advocating for the opposing argument. It''s my specialty to make argument armed with theoretical backing, however I cannot guarantee anything with certainty if I have to omit your existence in my argument.¡¹
¡¸Are you implicitly telling me to expose the information about me and the one behind me? Know this, guardian. In this world, there are things that shouldn''t be known. ¡¡Or rather, if I told you about them then it will be seriously bad news for me and for you too. Especially if anyone try anything to the wive~s it seriously will be the end. It will be totally over for this country. If this is known, then there will absolutely be some fellowing out to do stupid thing, this country will disappear from the map yea¨D¨Dcough-. Anyway, I have no intention of telling you anything about us.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
For some reason, it was as though the bare face came out from Lord Abyssgate. It was a momentary shiver that was obvious even through the sunsses and ck costume. Other than Chief Magdanese, even the troops were horrified. Just what kind of existence could make this aberrant existence to unconsciously return to his bare face!?
¡¸Hhn, a, and, what is your answer?¡¹
The lord cough unnaturally as though to pull himself together, and then he pressed the choices once more on them. The mind of Chief Magdanese was groping frantically for the best solution to her country even now in this moment, but she was aware that the answer had alreadye out from inside herself since some time ago.
The country''s safety was everything for Sharon Magdanese.
Then, if what was waiting at the end of the path of pursuing that goal would be a war against an unknown, and furthermore a powerful organization without equal that could even possibly overthrow this country, then that would be really just putting the cart before the horse. At the very least, she knew that in the current time she was overwhelmed in the information aspect and battle strength.
A long silence descended. The cold gaze of Chief Magdanese pierced straight at the lord.
The lord was also staring straight back at Chief Magdanese. While crossing his arms.
Just how much time passed? When anyone realized, Emily and Vanessa were already standing close to the lord, the troops were nervously gazing alternately between Chief Magdanese and the lord. It was at that time that the words that would decide their fate were finally spoken.
¡¸¡¡¡¡Fine then.¡¾Berserk¡¿is uncontroble. Refinement of wonder drug for it is impossible. At this rate there is a high possibility of it adapting to the environment and start air-borne infection, the damage in that case will be vast. ¡¡What do you think about that? Of course, I will put seasoning on that story sufficiently.¡¹
¡¸Wonderful. With this there will also be no need for a joke like all the upper brasses of Emily''s country showing the same symptoms with Alzheimer, despite that being the illness that she is fighting against. My greatest respect on your decisive judgment.¡¹
¡¸I don''t need your respect or anything, however I think that it''s a silver lining that you are someone rational. ¡¡Though honestly, I think there is something wrong with your speech and act.¡¹
The words that were muttered in a whisper by Chief Magdanese in the end there. Surely those words came half from being sore loser, and half came from her heart.
The lord pretended not to hear that while his gaze moved to Emily beside him. By sending flying one of the causes that cornered her important people to death, her feeling had been diverted somewhat, but as expected, the me of her hatred was still directed at Chief Magdanese who was the ringleader without even the slightest weakening.
¡¸Emily. Just as you heard, we have procured a method to end this case. But, I know that this method is not something that you really can agree with.¡¹
¡¸¡¡right¡¹
Emily clutched the sleeve of the lord tightly. Her tightly pressed lips looked like she would bite on her lips anytime. That look of hers eloquently exposed the inside of her heart that was yelling¡¸This kind of people, it''s better if they all just die!¡¹.
The lord questioned to such Emily.
¡¸I was the one who said that I will be your strength. That''s why, if Emily wish for revenge, I''ll draw my de against them. Emily, what do you want to do?¡¹
Those words of the lord that came thiste in the game caused the troops who were breathing sigh of relieve to make tense expression just when they thought the talk was concluded already. It was only Chief Magdanese who was sending a calm gaze at Emily, like a criminal waiting for the judgment.
The strength of Emily''s hand that was clutching the lord''s sleeve became stronger. Her figure that was looking down while trembling a bit as though she was holding down a great emotion looked even more painful to look at. But, the first word that were let out from such Emily was strong, it resounded with dignity that made everyone there to be taken aback.
¡¸Don''t look down on me.¡¹
The gaze of Emily who lifted up her face stared straight from the shoulder of the lord. In that distance where they could feel each other''s breathing, there was light other than hatred shining in those eyes of Emily.
¡¸You are asking me that kind of question after finishing the talk, are you testing me? I''ll say it one more time. Don''t look down on me, Kousuke. I decided to walk this path because I want to be the strength of someone who is suffering from sickness, because I want to keep alive even if just one person more. There is no way I will trample on the best path you have grasped for me!¡¹
Her voice resounded clearly. That will spread like a ripple. Surely, that will was something that wouldn''t lose even against the will to safeguard the country that Chief Magdanese disyed.
¡¸Besides, I don''t happen to have a shamelessness that allow me to entrust other with killing people for my own sake. Vanessa that has been helping me all this time, and Kousuke who told me that you will be my strength even though you are not rted to this. I absolutely won''t make that kind of horrible request to the two of you!¡¹
Her cat eyes red intensely. She was holding zing hatred in her chest, however, she didn''t mistake her path. This girl would immediately turn small in crisis, she was a scaredy cat, and obstinate, however it was obvious that inside this awfully straightforward girl, there was strength that couldn''t be mistaken.
A faint smile emerged on the lips of the lord. Different from the fearless smile that he showed before this, it was a smile that was vaguely fleeting, and gentle. The lord''s hand reached toward Emily''s head in a natural motion. *pon pon* Light touches were conveyed to Emily.
¡¸Emily. As I thought, you are a good woman.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡Boe!?¡¹
Instant petrification. Next, she turned into apletely ripe tomato when sheprehended what was said to her. The garnish was a weird shocked voice. And then, she noticed how their face had approached each other until super close range where her lips would be able to touch if she stretched up herself a little, and how she was tightly clutching the lord''s arm. She went ''awawa, hawawa'' while backing off in shaky footsteps.
And then, she noticed Vanessa who was giving her a thumb up for some reason, Chief Magdanese and the troops who were makingplicated expression, and then, her family that was sending her a strangely lukewarm gaze¡¡¡¸Do, don''t looook!¡¹she said while turning small. She crouched, she held her head with both her hands, and then her body was trembling from shame. That figure was truly that of a small animal.
The lord made a pleasant smile at such Emily before his gaze returned to Chief Magdanese.
¡¸That''s how it is. Guardian-dono, please, for the sake of this country''s safety too, persuade this country with desperation. There is no worth in effort. Result is everything. If anything is going to harm this child and the people at her surrounding, no matter what kind of shape that is¨D¨Dthen know this, the abyss swallow everything without exception.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I know.¡¹
Chief Magdanese nodded quietly at the abnormal killing intent and pressure that were filling thest sentence. And then, she proposed that she would like to dispatch personnel to clean up this ce, and prepare a ce to talk to each other regarding the organization behind Kimberly.
Indeed, they couldn''t just neglect the heaps of corpse, and it was essential to know about the organization behind Kimberly to save Emilypletely. And so, the lord epted that proposal while teaching them one fact.
That fact, was that the number of body bag they needed to prepare was only for Kimberly''srades. Yes, actually the troops of the special squad, although they all were seriously wounded with their limbs'' tendon severed, or their internal organ terribly damaged, but not a single one among them received lethal damage, none of them had died.
Thinking from the beginning that bringing over the security bureau to his side was one of the methods to end this case, the lord left them alive so as not to leave behind seed of future trouble as much as possible. Although, even though the troops felt joy that theirrades survived, at the same time their mind felt down from the terror that they were partially annihted even when the opponent was holding back that much¡¡but that was just a trivial matter for the lord.
Now then, for the moment a rtionship of cooperation was build with the security bureau and the matter had reached a point where they could pause. It was at this time
The lord, no, Kousuke heard. The sound of *saa¨D*. It came from inside his body. It seemed that he could hear for real, the sound of blood leaving his face.
Kousuke''s hand was moving toward his sunsses with small shivers. And then he slowly took off his sunsses with the item ttering *rattle rattle*.
What appeared from behind the sunsses was a grandly convulsing expression.
Other than the agent who received Chief Magdanese''s instruction and made contact for personnel dispatch, everyone there noticed Kousuke''s pale expression that was obvious to see even under the faint moonlight. His entric atmosphere until just now was vanishing.
Kousuke turned on his heel wordlessly, however, everyone could clearly see his dead eyes. He started to walk unsteadily, and totteringly. Before long he reached the gap between the wall and stair on the building, he ttened himself into the gap and turned small. Just like Emily-chan.
In front of the people whose eyes turned round in wonder, Kousuke buried his face onto his knees and whispered in small but clear voice.
¡¸Someone, please kill me instantly instead¡¡¡¹
He wished to be beheaded in the middle of the warehouse district.
It seemed that thepensation to be peerless was great.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Actually I wanted to write more about the entanglement when Kousuke returned, yet the time wasss~.
Work of 4 months is seriously bad news.
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 211
Chapter 211
AN: I¡¯m sorry.
In the end, just posting the next chapter is the best that I can do.
Just what is golden week I wonder? Does it mean a week of demonic work?
Haha-
Because of that, I¡¯m thinking of putting aside the rewriting and improving the previous chapter for the time being.
If there is anyone holding hope for that, my apologies.
¡¸Hold on! Get a hold of yourself, Kousuke!¡¹
Emily''s tragic call that didn''t suit the warehouse district at night echoed. Kousuke sat on the floor while hugging his knees, he was staring at empty air with eyes of a dead fish, and a dry smile was pasted on his lips. Emily was holding the cor of such Kousuke while desperately jolting his body back and forth.
Everyone of Grant family was staring at such situation with a bewildered feeling in wonder of what was going on, also, Vanessa too was throwing doubtful gaze at Kousuke who suddenly became useless, even so she was running her gaze at the surrounding vigntly in his ce.
And then, at the end of her gaze were several bureau staffs and the surviving troops.
Yes, currently there were many bureau staffs in this ce. When Chief Magdanese finished her talk with Lord Abyssgate, Kousuke suddenly turned into a state as though he was a stain on the wall. After that Chief Magdanese called in bureau staffs for cleaning up the aftermath.
After all the phrase of heaps of corpse all around perfectly suited this ce right now. They couldn''t just leave the corpse like that, and the cars Kimberly and his group were riding to this ce needed to be confiscated too. They needed extra hands for dealing with all those.
In addition, they needed to share information between the two sides regarding the organization behind Kimberly and also interrogating him. It was for that reason that Chief Magdanese and her group, and also Kousuke and others were remaining here.
Both Kimberly and Allen now looked as though their former handsome look was only an illusion. Their caved-in face was too tragic to look at, and they were still unconscious without even a twitch and the white of their eyes exposed. Several troops were watching over Kimberly, but he looked so atrocious that they questioned¡¸Is this really need to be guarded?¡¹.
And so, they were still unable to hold interrogation. Or rather, Kousuke''s heart was hurled to far beyond as though he was in the verge of being swallowed into abyss, so currently they couldn''t even exchange information with Chief Magdanese. Emily was doing her best so Kousuke would return to his sanity but¡¡the damage on Kousuke-san was deep.
Chief Magdanese received treatment of her arm that was drilled by rifle bullet beside a car that was equipped with first-aid facilities, mixed among the injured troops. She was narrowing her eyes at Kousuke who was in such state.
Although they had reconciled, or rather formed cease-fire agreement for the moment, but the other party was the great woman who carried both good and evil in her method. With Kousuke''s state where he was currently murmuring brokennguage¡¸I''m, fine. I''m, working hard. I''m, fine¡¹, Vanessa also needed to endure various things and kept watchful eye to the other side.
However, she wished that Kousuke would return to his sanity soon already. And so, looking at Emily who was desperately calling at Kousuke while her arms were circling on his head as though she was going to embrace him, Emily who was starting to reduce the sense of distance into one where it was hard to im that they were just mere friend, Vanessa gave her advice.
¡¸Doctor Grant. Can I say one thing?¡¹
¡¸Whaaat. Right now I have no free time to look after mere otaku heree!¡¹
¡¸That''s impolite to call me a mere otaku. I''m not just an otaku. Even if I''m an otaku, but I''m otaku that is an agent¨D¨Dno, I''m the SOUSAKAN.¡¹(TN: Sousakan means investigator in Japanese. All this time when I refer some people from security bureau as agent, the raw was actually calling them as sousakan or investigator. I changed them to agent in the trantion though.)
¡¸I don''t get it!¡¹
For some reason, Vanessa and Emily pulled a smooth funny man and straight man routine a little bit like aedy duo. Emily went ''fusha¨D'' like a cat while her gaze insisted¡¸Be quiet a little!¡¹. Of course, Vanessa-san was unstoppable.
¡¸About my god, it appear that his state that was overflowing with awesomeness not long ago, for some reason that I don''t understand it put a burden on his mental state. And so, how about trying something that will make my god''s feeling to lighten up? Something that will make him happy.¡¹
¡¸That''s a good advice you have there¡¡but you see, let me point out at just one thing! What''s with that "my god"!¡¹
Emily Grant didn''t fail to notice that opening to be the straight man.
Vanessa showed a really irritating face that seemed to question¡¸Just now, is it really something important?¡¹, even so she exined with the sense of values of good old Japan.
¡¸Doctor Grant. The origin of why I call Kousuke-san as my gode from the tradition and culture of Japan, that is the correct way for disying respect, because that is a title of honor.¡¹
¡¸Wha, what do you mean?¡¹
¡¸At Japan, people who disyed transcendental skill, producing result that cannot be matched by any other and ought to be given high praise, they would be called "~is god" (TN: Kami in Japan can mean god, but can also mean incredible or fantastic) in praise. Therefore, I''m praising "Kousuke-san is god!", or "Kousuke-san''s awesome style is seriously godly!!" is something that is really natural and par for the course!¡¹
¡¸I, I didn''t know that¡¡¡¹
Vanessa''s finger snapped out powerfully and pointed to emphasis her im. Emily''s expression changed just like when she received new knowledge from university lecturer. ¡¡She didn''t even notice how inside her arms, Kousuke was shot by Vanessa''s word bullets and he convulsed *twitch twitch twitch*.
It seemed that the SOUSAKAN''s mood became pleased looking at Emily''s attitude. Her tongue moved even more fluently.
¡¸Doctor Grant. This is a digression, but at Japan, everyday new gods are being born.¡¹
¡¸Li, lies¡¡in Japan, there are a lot of people like Kousuke!?¡¹
Emily showed a frightened expression. Her side-tail stood on end. Beside her, the expression of everyone of Grant Family was grandly twitching. The eyes of Chief Magdanese narrowed so thin it looked like string now, and the troops expression turned grim as though to say¡¸Despair!¡¹.
¡¡It seemed the people of the security bureau were also pricking up their ears and listened really attentively.
Whether she actually knew that or not, Vanessa shrugged her shoulders with over reaction that looked like a certain someone somewhere and said¡¸No no, how can that be¡¹and denied Emily''s words.
¡¸As expected, even Japan(the country of fantasy) won''t have anyone that is in the level of my god. However, it''s the fact that gods endowed with technique and zeal which shaken the soul exist there. ¡¡Doctor Grant. Even you should at least hear about it before. The other popr name of that country. Bringing forth gods into existence day after day, this alias disy that essence!¡¹
¡¸I, I don''t know, I don''t know what it is, Vanessa!¡¹
It seemed that the strange switch inside Emily-chan was turned on. Or perhaps, she was simply someone that got easily swept away by the ce''s atmosphere. Speaking in term of story tale, then she was definitely in the category of easy heroine. (TN: Easy heroine is those heroine in the story that easily fall to the main character just because of a bit of kind words or gesture, or sometimes without any clear reason at all)
Vanessa who obtained amazingly excellent audience was showered by the support light that was the moonlight while she raised one hand to her chest, her other hand was spread widely, and with an air as though she was an actress on stage, she made the alias of the country she would forever love to resound.
¡¸People, call that country like this. ¨D¨DThe country where eight million gods are born.¡¹
¡¸That''s not it-. Apologize to the sense of values of the good old Japan! You representative of misunderstood foreigner!¡¹
That statement of Vanessa was really too much this time, which caused Kousuke to flew out from the bottom of the abyss like aunched missile. He reflexively stood up while roaring angrily. Emily also got carried up to standing position by his momentum, she said¡¸Standing! Kousuke is standing!¡¹which sounded like a joke material while revealing her joy.
¡¸Congrattions of your revival, my go¨D¨D¡¹
Vanessa immediately fell on her knee with a thud and bowed like a retainer revering her lord, but her words were cut off in the middle. By *hyu-* the sound of cutting wind and the wind pressure grazing her cheek.
¡¸Oi, Danessa. The next time you call me "my god" again¡¡I won''t miss.¡¹(TN: Danessa, in the raw, the katakana of ''Va'' here is reced with the kanji of ''da'' which could mean, worthless, hopeless, useless, etc. Sorry, but I cannot think up any fitting trantion to English for this)
A cold sweat smoothly trickled down Vanessa''s temple while she quietly looked across her shoulder. There, she could see a jet ck kunai stabbed deeply on the ground. But, she wouldn''t get discouraged by something of that level. Such thing didn''t fit for this SOUSAKAN!
¡¸¡¡Then, I''ll call you master.¡¹
¡¸Why!? Isn''t it fine if you keep calling me "Kousuke-san" the same as always!?¡¹
¡¸No, there is no way I can do that. As a person begging for teaching, I wish to take up an attitude that adequately express that!¡¹
¡¸Somehow I''m feeling amazing spirit from you though. Somehow it feels a bit scary though. Or rather, begging for teaching?¡¹
¡¸Yes. Please ept me as pupil by any means!¡¹
¡¸This development, is unexpected!¡¹
The spirit of Danessa-san was full to the brim. After a total of five minutes exnation that hit Kousuke like surging wave¡¡in short, she was awfully moved by Kousuke''s strength, so please ept me as a pupil by any means, something like that it seemed.
To expand further, Vanessa was giving her exnation with enthusiasm that was at the peak of the peak, so it went without saying that a lethal wound was dealt once more on Kousuke''s shame.
She said how magnificent the pose of Lord Abyssgate while reproducing it with a perfectly copied motion, she also chuckled ''fuh'' while saying¡¸The moon tonight is wonderful!¡¹¡¡. Kousuke was covering his face with both hands while shaking his head screaming¡¸Stooop! Please, stop it alreadyyy!¡¹.
¡¸Why a pupil huh. I don''t get how your thought process is working anymore.¡¹
¡¸I think that if anyone witness that numerous techniques which look like Japanese ninja, it''s only natural that they will want to receive teaching though¡¡¡¹
¡¸Have some self-awareness. The natural that Vanessa is saying is generally unnatural you know. Or rather, you are an agent of security bureau right? What are you going to do about that huh?¡¹
Kousuke averted his face looking unpleasant after seeing Vanessa''s fierily sparkling gaze while gently giving his refusal.
Vanessa nced at Chief Magdanese before for some reason she went¡¸fuh¡¹with a smile that looked really irritating. Chief Magdanese''s eyes twitched in reaction.
¡¸In the first ce, I entered security bureau because I thought that¡ºIsn''t something like an agent that fight against evil really cool?¡»¡¹
¡¸That motive is like elementary student huh¡¡¡¹
¡¸Even after I safely became an agent, my heart was throbbing from thinking¡ºWon''t I get dragged into national conspiracy I wonder?¡»while I went through the days.¡¹
¡¸Your way of thinking is seriously like an elementary student.¡¹
Chief Magdanese covered her eyes with one hand. Her emotion could be easily guessed. There were several of the troops averted their eyes a bit and others that sent Vanessa lukewarm gaze. Surely they were the same kind with this Danessa.
¡¸I was moved when I met with the chief the first time. She is the living legend that handed down swift yet cool-headed judgment, when I actually met her and felt her atmosphere on my skin, I thought¡ºEh, what, isn''t this a real-life M!¡». I instantly decided then. ¡ºYosh, I''ll be a real ¡ð07¡»¡¹
¡¸Oo~i, chief-sa~n! It seems that this otaku SOUSAKAN wanted to be your 0¡ð7!¡¹
Chief Magdanese whispered¡¸¡¡The Paradis that I knew, was just an illusion¡¹with a tired expression. And then, when she averted her gaze away as though to say that she couldn''t bear to see any more than this, ahead of her gaze she witnessed the troops and bureau staffs who were giving out air that said¡¸Yep yep, I get that~¡¹. Her cheeks were twitching grandly.
¡¸However, yes, However! I had seen it! I had known it! That there are things in this world that not ought to be known! Yes, it''s you!¡¹
¡¸Guhah. I, I let my guard down. It all came back at once.¡¹
¡¸Compared to master''s awesomeness, this M wannabe chief is just too shabby. What I should aim for is right here! Master, I beg you. Please, ept me as your pupil.¡¹
Saying that, Danessa-san bowed her head. As for the chief-san, after getting arbitrarily treated as fictional character, getting expectation arbitrarily put on her, and in the end she was called as shabby, she pulled out her handgun with gaze that was like tundra. Seeing that, the squad captain beside her held her from behind while saying¡¸Ca, calm down-, chieef!¡¹to stop her.
While sending a nce to thatmotion, Kousuke who was given petition from someone to be his pupil for the first time on his life sighed loudly while saying a word.
¡¸Rejected.¡¹
He cut down the request resolutely.
However, it seemed that Vanessa had predicted that from the beginning. She nodded once without looking particrly losing herposure. And then, she spoke a request that she seemed to have prepared beforehand, or rather this one seemed to be her heart''s actual desire.
¡¸Then, please sleep with me.¡¹
¡¸Your cryptess just know no bound there! What are you saying!? Just what the hell you are saying!?¡¹
¡¸Vanessa!? Wha wha wha wha, what is your intention!?¡¹
Kousuke was greatly shaken, while Emily who was previously in a daze from the exchange between Vanessa and Kousuke was revived in one shot.
Vanessa was exining with her gaze staring at Kousuke without any trace of shame in it, rather her gaze was like a hunter aiming at a prey. ording to her exnation, the point was if it was impossible for her to be a pupil then ''I will be your woman!'', something like that. If she received the privilege to stay at his side like that,ter she would steal his technique by herself, she said.
¡¸Impure! That''s impure-, Vanessa! So, something like that, if it''s not properly between two people who love each other¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸No, Doctor Grant. I wish that you won''t misunderstand me like that. I won''t offer this body just for the sake of my objective whatever it is. I have fallen in love normally. Or rather, I have gotten wet.¡¹
¡¸W, we, weeet¨D¨D¡¹
Emily-chan buried her face on Kousuke''s shoulder. Her face when bright red until not only her ears, but even until her neck. And then, the confession that was too much of a straight ball caused Kousuke to forget the hopelessness of his talking partner temporarily and he unconsciously turned red.
¡¸Please don''t worry, Kousuke-san. Perhaps I don''t look like it, but actually I''m a devoted woman.¡¹
¡¸N, no, even if you appeal at me like that. In the first ce, you see, I actually¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s right! For Kousuke and Vanessa, such thing is¡¡no good! It''s absolutely no good!¡¹
Kousuke was about to say¡¸have a lover¡¹, but Emily-chan who was on her absolute limit pulled tightly on Kousuke. She embraced him as though to cover him, or possibly to im that she wouldn''t let him get taken away, while her almond-shaped eyes red really threateningly.
¡¸Please don''t worry, Doctor Grant. I''mpletely okay even just as a mistress.¡¹
¡¸Thi, this is not that kind of problem!¡¹
Vanessa-san''s freedom was unstoppable. The bureau staffs who were working hard at dealing with the corpsesying all over the ce without getting anyte night overtime pay already stopped still. They were gazing fixedly at the conversation of Kousuke and co. With bloodshot eyes, and shaking fist, and then, curses that were leaking out unintelligibly.
¡¸E, excuse me. Can I interrupt a little?¡¹
In the middle of the growing pandemonium, a timid voice called at them. Looking toward that voice, Emily''s father Carl was staring at Kousuke, Emily, and Vanessa with a reallyplicated expression feeling unsure of what to say.
¡¸That, Abyssgate-san, should I call you that?¡¹
¡¸It''s Kousuke. Are you listening? My name is Kousuke.¡¹
Father Carl''s natural mentioning of Abyssgate caused the mini Kousuke inside his heart to vomit out blood. Even while he was inly eating damage, Kousuke vigorously pressed on to correct Carl. Father Carl nodded obediently at that even while he was feeling creeped out.
¡¸Err, Kousuke-san. First, let me say my gratitude. You are the benefactor of Grant family. If it''s something that I can possibly do, then please ask anything from me so I can express my thanks to you. I won''t inquire about that mysterious power of yours. Surely there are various circumstances about that¡¡. But, there is one thing that I want you to tell me no matter what. ¡¡Just what is your rtionship with my daughter? You two look really intimate with each other¡¡¡¹
Color of awkwardness was residing inside the gaze of father Carl. That gaze was seeing the figure of his beloved daughter who was hugging Kousuke firmly even now.
There, it seemed that Emily finally noticed how she was clinging all over Kousuke. She raised her voice¡¸Awah!?¡¹while backing away with her hands going banzai. (TN: Like when people yell banzai, they will raise their hands high)
¡¸Aa~, no, it''s not, our rtionship is not like what Carl-san is thinking. I am just her bodyguard, just a friend.¡¹
¡¸Friend, is it¡¡¡¹
Carl''s gaze was directed to his daughter once again. He could see the vision of dark cloud with sound effect *doyoo~n* behind Emily. She was obviously feeling down when she heard "just a friend" said so easily. Even if he wasn''t her father, it waspletely clear that Emily wasn''t thinking of Kousuke as just a mere friend anymore.
Father Carl made aplicated expression at that condition of his beloved daughter. And then the one that threw a stone and caused ripples there, was obviously this person.
¡¸Kousuke-san. The way you are saying that is just too much. Even though Doctor Grant had already offered her precious thing(peeing)¡¡¡¹
¡¸Offering her precious thing!? E, Emily! What is the meaning of this!? Exin it to your father!¡¹
¡¸Yo, you are wrong, father! That, isn''t something like that¡¡that was because Kousuke was mean to me, it couldn''t be helped at all!¡¹
¡¸Wha-. You are saying that your precious thing was stolen because you got bullied!? Su, such thing¡¡¡¹
Emily''s cheeks were dyed red from shame and she turned small. It was her usual style, but right now, in this ce, it also could be seen as a girl who crouched down because she got hurt. Actually even Emily''s mama Sophia went¡¸Emily! Aa, you are trembling like this, how pitiful!¡¹and hugged her tightly with tragic expression.
As for Kousuke,¡¸"Being mean" and "bullying" has really different nuance there!¡¹he made a retort inside his heart, but it was the fact that he acted mean and shamed Emily because of that, so he was hesitating of what to say. He absolutely didn''t do atrocious thing like what Carl and Sophia were imagining but¡¡. Or rather, it was him who got dirtied that time¡¡.
The gaze of father Carl who was desperately holding down his rage was cornering mini Kousuke inside his heart.
¡¸Abyssgate-san. You are my family''s benefactor. My words that I want to repay you with anything that I can possibly do aren''t a lie. But, but-, please spare just my daughter! Like this-! Please, I beg you don''t shame my daughter more than this-!¡¹(TN: The word shame here can also mean rape or vite in Japanese)
¡¸You are wrong! It''s a misunderstanding! I''m telling you I''m not that kind of brute!¡¹
Starting from Chief Magdanese, the bureau staffs were all giving Kousuke cold gaze. It was as though they were looking at a criminal.
After that, the misunderstanding was resolved somehow by Kousuke''s desperate justification, and the flustered words of Emily who noticed that an outrageous misunderstanding had been generated.
Although, because of the fault of Danessa who put in timely interruption with mistaken good intentions, the misunderstanding that Japan was overflowing with boys who hungered for "reward" from beautiful girl permeated not just Grant family, but even until the bureau staffs. In the end, Emily''s blunder of wetting her pants became known far and wide and her soul embarked on a journey. When Kousuke consoled her, seeing that and thinking that the two would go into a rtionship by themselves, Danessa casually added in her mistress application. Kousuke was flustered by himself with¡¸This isn''t affair! This isn''t an affair at all!¡¹¡¡
Through this and that kind of ruckus, the cleaning up of the site somehow was finished, and finally, really finally the discussion between Kousuke and co with Chief Magdanese''s group could start. It was at that time, one of the bureau staff that was holding amunication device rushed toward Chief Magdanese.
From the condition of that staff who had tense expression on his face, it seemed that some kind of umon situation was urring.
The staff handed over themunication device that seemed to be connected to somewhere, to Chief Magdanese who was looking doubtful.
¡¸Chief. This is the smartphone recovered from Kimberly. ¡¡The caller said to hand it over to you.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I see. The preparation?¡¹
¡¸All okay. But, it''s likely the other side is taking countermeasures. Please prolong the talk as much as possible.¡¹
¡¸I know. Everyone, don''t make any sound. I''ll put it into speaker.¡¹
Chief Magdanese epted the smartphone that was put on hold and quickly gave instruction. Nervousness spread between the staffs and troops. From the situation, it seemed that the organization behind Kimberly was attempting to contact them. The call was put on speaker so that Kousuke and others could grasp the situation too.
The one at the other side of the call most likely was the organization that was the ringleader of everything. Perhaps they finally contacted the phone because there was no result report from Kimberly or because he failed to make contact regrly.
Emily''s expression vanished, Danessa returned into Vanessa, and Kousuke''s eyes quietly narrowed.
Inside the back of the car that was loaded with specialized equipment, one of the staffs wearing a headphone made OK sign. Chief Magdanese nodded once and pushed the call button.
¡¸This is Sharon Magdanese, the chief of national security bureau. You are?¡¹
¡ºHow do you do, chief-done. Although it''s only through a phone, it''s an honor that I can talk with a living legend like you. I, let''s see¡¡can I ask you to call me Odin?¡»
¡¸¡¡Pretending to be the chief god of Norse Mythology? It''s really painful listening to you trying to match your theme with Berserk''s naming like that.¡¹
For some reason Kousuke pressed on his chest. Vanessa''s lips grinned broadly just for an instant. But, right now was a serious time, so everyone cordially ignored them.
¡ºHow biting. As expected from the iron woman who has shouldered the country''s safety for many years until now. Even though I granted Kimberly-kun quite a lot of man power, but as expected it seems that it''s too heavy of a burden for him to be your opponent.¡»
¡¸Enough with the idle talk. Get straight to the point.¡¹
¡ºIt''s really sad that you arecking in yfulness¡¡well, I guess it''s fine. I only have one demand. Hand over Emily Grant that the security bureau is sheltering.¡»
Emily''s shoulders shook from shock. Seeing that, Carl and Sophie nestled close to her and gave her a hug to support her.
¡¸Do you think, that I''llply with that demand?¡¹
¡ºYou have no choice but toply. If not, berserkers will raise the first cry of their birth in the middle of city. Just like this¡»
Right after that,
¡¸a, Ga, aAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!¡¹
A shriek resounded in the warehouse district at night. Everyone was startled and their gaze moved toward the source of the roar.
Over there, there was the figure of Kimberly convulsing fiercely with the white of his eyes still exposed. The handcuff restraining his hand on his back was raising creaking sound, disying how great the pressure that was being put to it.
¡¸Get back! Everyone get back! Take distance and surround him in half-circle!¡¹
The chief''s order resounded and the troops moved simultaneously. The staffs were also moving quickly even with uneasy look emerging on their face so that they wouldn''t be a hindrance for the special squad.
Everyone understood. The abnormal state of Kimberly was the symptom of him transforming into berserker. But, their expression was overflowing with bewilderment and doubt. That couldn''t be helped. Kimberly wasn''t seen consuming the drug of¡¾Berserk¡¿. If someone was dashed with the drug, then they would turn into berserker in a matter of seconds. The question was how could Kimberly who was in restrain was now disying the symptom in this timing.
Kousuke and Vanessa shifted their position to protect Emily and Grant family while taking wait-and-see stance. During that time, Kimberly finally tore off the metallic shackle using his erged body and reinforced muscle.
¡¸oOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!¡¹
Kimberly whose looks now had overreached a little bit too much from being wild-type, red at the surrounding with bloodshot eyes. No one understood how Kimberly suddenly turned into berserker, even so it didn''t change the situation that there was a threat before them.
Therefore, the captain was about to give the shooting order.
¡ºKimberly-kun. Thank you for the great demonstration. ¡¡You can die already now.¡»
¡¸Gih, gah!?¡¹
The voice of the man who introduced himself as Odin streamed out from the phone speaker. It was a death sentence that sounded really light. The next moment, Kimberly who even now was deciding of which prey to attack suddenly twitched and convulsed, and then it began to writhe in agony while raising anguished voice.
While everyone was feeling baffled, white smoke was raising from the whole body of Kimberly and his body was erged even further while unpleasant sound *book book* could be heard. And then, the next moment when his body height reached three meter, he dried up and shriveled all at once like a balloon that was leaking out air.
¡¸¡¡This is¡¡Berserk overdose?¡¹
Emily whispered in a daze. The symptom urring in Kimberly''s body was exactly as Emily diagnosed. It was indeed due to Berserk overdose.
¡¸What, did you do?¡¹
With an expressionless gaze, Chief Magdanese was staring at her former subordinate who was meeting his end in an excessively gruesome fashion while she threw a question at the smartphone she was holding.
¡ºYou can guess can''t you? It''s not something that is especially difficult. A capsule filled with normal dose of Berserk, and another capsule made from concentrated Berserk that is three times the amount for overdose, those capsules were set so they would broke using remote control, then I made Kimberly-kun swallowed them. Even without antidote, I can dispose him using overdose, that''s how it is.¡»
Odin''s words caused most people to be speechless. Even calling this man as inhuman still feltcking. This act should be called as fiendish among the fiendish. But, Odin continued his speech as though to say that there was no need to even pay attention to something like that.
¡ºNow then, I think you understand already, but if you refuse to hand over Emily Grant, perhaps a berserker will suddenly appear in a city somewhere. You know, I have faith that you who is shouldering the safety of this country will notmit any foolish action that will lead to that.¡»
¡¸No negotiation with terrorist. That is the international practice.¡¹
¡ºTerrorist? Let''s not make a joke. I am a businessman. I''m merely doing the best I can for the sake of profit. This is a transaction. I think it''s onlymon sense for the side that makes the proposal to obtain advantage in the negotiation.¡»
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Chief Magdanese fell silent. This man didn''t think of anything about murder. No matter how many sacrifice would result, if it was for his own profit then he would surely discard everything. Her abundant experience told her that Odin''s warped and broken sense of values was the real thing.
She felt a slight hesitation. The figure of Kousuke was reflected in Chief Magdanese''s quietly opened eyes. He was staring straight back at Chief Magdanese.
Next, Chief Magdanese looked at Grant family. Carl and Sophia who were hugging Emily close were looking so pale they looked like they could faint anytime, their expression was a grievous one. But, as for the daughter in question Emily,
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
There was no word. For a moment, Emily''s gaze moved away from Chief Magdanese toward Kousuke at her side. And then, within a moment, a small smile emerged on her lips. Like that, me was zing within the eyes that returned toward Chief Magdanese. It was me of rage and resolve. That passion was certainly conveyed toward Chief Magdanese.
¡¸Fine. I''ll hand over Emily Grant.¡¹
Carl and Sophia were about to protest loudly with despairing expression, but Emily herself stopped them.
¡ºThat''s a heroic decision, chief-dono.¡»
Odin''s voice turned slightly lively. His superiorityplex oozed out from being put on an overwhelmingly dominant position.
After that, Odin told them the delivery ce and the method of delivery before cutting off themunication.
¡¸How is it?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I''m sorry. We were led astray by dummy.¡¹
Chief Magdanese returned a brief¡¸I see¡¹to the vexed staff. It seemed she really didn''t expect much from that venue. In exchange, her gaze captured Kousuke.
¡¸And? What will you do?¡¹
Kousuke shrugged. He looked back across his shoulder at Emily. No word was exchanged between the two. But, when Kousuke nodded with a grin, Emily smiled softly without even a speck of unease there.
Kousuke who turned toward Chief Magdanese again then smiled fearlessly while saying.
¡¸The other side expressly showed their tail to us. There is no reason to stay quiet isn''t it? This is where both sides alternate the offense and defense turn. I am the hunting dog, and they are the prey. It''s time to punish them grandly.¡¹
Chief Magdanese sent a brief nce at the shivering Vanessa before making a deep sigh, and then she whispered with a faint smile.
¡¸Hunting dog? Call yourself Fenrir instead. I''m feeling like going along with that god make-believe, just for a bit.¡¹
The troops who seemed to catch that whisper were smiling wryly while nodding. Vanessa-san was sending Chief Magdanese a gaze that seemed to say¡¸Even the chief can also speak a really excellent line huh¡¹.
¡¡For some reason, Chief Magdanese felt like she wanted to go home very much.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Postscript
I also wrote this at my activity report but, thetest chapter of theic version was updated.
I put the activity reportte at night, so just to be sure, I reported it here too.
Kaorin is super heroine, so if you have interest, please try to have a look at Ovep-sama¡¯s homepage without fail.
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 212
Chapter 212
That night the moon waspletely hidden by the cloud. In this dark world without light from the night sky, there was a high-rise building illuminated brilliantly by artificial light. For a normalpany, at this time most of the employees would be home already and there would be few lighting, but it was only this building that was leaking out light from all of its floors.
The entrance of that high-rise building and the outer wall near the highest floor were drawn with thepany name and emblem. Thepany name was¡¾Gamma Pharmaceutical¡¿.
A car''s headlight was illuminating the back road of that¡¾Gamma Pharmaceutical¡¿. The car was stopped once by the guard in front of the gate of iron bars. The man behind the car''s steering wheel showed his face to that guard and also his identification card.
It seemed that the guard knew the face of the driver. The guard showed a wry smile while giving words of appreciation¡¸Must be hard work toe at this kind of time even though you aren''t even a researcher¡¹. He then took the identification card to the guard room and used a card reader to read the card to open the gate.
The man behind the driving seat shrugged his shoulders and said¡¸It''s the superior''smand. I cannot go against it¡¹while receiving back his identification card. At that time, the guard saw the person sitting at the backseat and he raised his eyebrows questioningly.
When the driver told the guard¡¸This person is a genius doctor even if she look like this. It seems she will be ourpany''s hidden ace you know¡¹, it seemed the person in the backseat noticed that they were talking about her. The girl wearingb coat with her hair tied into side-tail then faced toward the guard and smiled friendlily.
Being smiled at by an amiable beautiful girl, the middle-aged guard ckened down and he smiled broadly. And then he said¡¸Even though you are still young, you mustn''t force yourself too hard to work until this kind of time you know¡¹while drawing back.
The car then passed through the gate and kept running until its figure vanished into a rear entrance for the underground parking area.
The car parked on a corner of the underground parking area before the driver and girl inb coat¨D¨DEmily got down.
¡¸Is this ce really where the mastermind is staying? This is argepany that can be counted in one hand even at Britain.¡¹
¡¸So you doesn''t believe it Miss? I said already that I am the direct subordinate of this ce''s president¨D¨DKaysis Wentworks.¡¹
¡¸Shut up. I won''t talk to you.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Ou.¡¹
The man who received that really piercing reply got sullen. Even so he obediently backed down. He, the man who fainted after eating Kousuke''s secret technique¨D¨DWoody urged Emily to move with a pouting face.
Following Woody''s guidance, they rode an exclusive elevator that would only move using employee ID card. This high-rise building had 66 floors in total with a height that surpassed 200 meters. They could see the night view of the city from the high-speed elevator that was attached on the outside. The higher the elevator got, the wider the view that could be seen.
¡¸It''s beautiful¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yeah, this scenery¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸I''m not talking to you.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Got it.¡¹
Woody''s feeling was hurt from that second piercing reply. A beautiful girl with sparkling eyes clinging at the scenery outside, and a tough man exposing pouting face beside her. The scene was really surreal.
Before long, *ting* along with such sound, the elevator''s floor disy showed they were at the highest floor. Emily who came back to her senses from that sound turned around and followed behind Woody who had exited the elevator first. They passed over several corners and rooms, through several electronic locks, and in the end reached a heavy door that was engraved with thepany''s emblem.
Woody walked toward the disy installed beside the two-leaf door and pressed a button.
¡¸Boss, this is Woody. Just as my message, I arrived just now. I''m bringing Doctor Grant.¡¹
¡ºFinally. I''m opening the door now.¡»
The door of the president''s office was constructed so it could only be opened from inside. Because of that, Woody and Emily waited for the room''s owner Kaysis to open the door.
*pushu* With the sound of air spurting out, the two-leaf door opened. The two of them entered with Woody in the lead. The door immediately closed behind them. Emily looked at that across her shoulder and inside her heart she evaluated that the enemy was really cautious.
When her gaze returned to the front, she saw a man at his early thirty sitting deeply on a luxurious chair. He was a slender and blond man. His narrow eyes that looked like fox and his loose and slovenly smile gave a frivolous impression that didn''t suit a president of argepany.
But, the moment that man saw the figure of Emily behind Woody, Emily saw inside the man''s slightly opened eyes and unconsciously felt gooseflesh in her spine.
She thought that this man was like a snake. His gaze was that of a snake catching sight of a mouse that would be the prey. She must not be deceived by this man''s external frivolous impression. Cunning and malice werepressed inside this man. Yes, detestable aura that made her unconditionally believed that was expressed in this man''s eyes.
Emily unconsciously stopped walking all of a sudden. Seeing that caused Kaysis''s smile to deepen further. His evil smile that gave no hint of humanity made Emily to spontaneously gulp loudly. Even Woody that was slightly in front of her also gulped loudly like her. Surely he understood just how evil that smile was.
¡¸Hey, Emily-chan. Nice of you toe. Mypany wees you with open arms.¡¹
Kaysis stood up and detoured around hisrge desk while spreading his hands open in a weing gesture. Emily almost shrank back from the approaching mass of malice, however, she suddenly noticed what she was about to do and she gritted her teeth.
And then, she returned her drawing back foot to its former spot and red back threateningly with piercing cat-eyes.
Kaysis disyed emotion of surprise for a moment, but he soon started to stare with a gaze of unconcealed sadism.
¡¸How nice, that arouse me. A girl making that kind of eye is just my favorite. How about it Emily-chan? Won''t you be mine instead of just being a researcher in mypany? You will be able to obtain anything you wish by doing that you know?¡¹
¡¸And, you will torment me who naturally is going to refuse, and then want to make me say that with my own mouth isn''t that right? Anyway, go through stic surgery first. The vulgarity of your character ising out on your face you know?¡¹
Even while Emily was still shaking a bit, but she threw back a scathing reply boldly. Woody looked back to her with a slightly shocked expression. Kaysis''s expression was increasingly changing as though there was a delicious fruit put in front of him.
¡¸That''s a hurtful way of speaking. But, it arouses me instead. Just how long you can continue with that kind of attitude, aa, I''m really looking forward to it more and more.¡¹
¡¸Your disgusting behavior doesn''t matter. Rather than that, are you Odin?¡¹
While nodding, Kaysis approached until he was in short distance from Emily who was asking that to him with undisguised revulsion.
¡¸Indeed, that''s correct. I am Odin. Well, that name is just for a jest though. My real name is Kaysis Wentworks.¡¹
¡¸You were¡¡the one that stole¡¾Berserk¡¿? The one that released the infected person in the middle of city?¡¹
Kaysis''s fingertip stroked Emily''s cheek. Even while feeling nausea from that touch, Emily asked for confirmation to him. She wanted to confirm, ''are you the main culprit of everything?'', like that.
¡¸You can say that, but you can also say that it''s not so.¡¹
¡¸What do you mean? Answer me!¡¹
¡¸Fufu, you are really strong-willed. Just like a cute cat.¡¹
Kaysis dodged Emily''s questioning nomittally. His snake-like eyes shined while his hand touched Emily''s slender neck. Of course, just with that it would be impossible to choke the neck and kill a person. But, most likely he just wanted to see Emily''s suffering face for fun.
Emily''s face slightly grimaced when that hand jerked with strength. Kaysis''s expression was increasingly filled with joy by that but¡¡
¡¸¡¡What are you doing?¡¹
¡¸I cannot just stay quiet watching more than this. Can I ask you to take off that hand from the miss?¡¹
The one that grasped Kaysis''s hand and forcefully jerked it away from Emily''s neck was the man at her side¨D¨DWoody. Kaysis sent him a dangerous gaze. Kaysis''s eyes were tinged with dangerous light from how his subordinate showed an unforeseen rebellious attitude, and from how he called Emily as¡¸miss¡¹.
¡¸I wonder if you understand just who are you opening your mouth to. Or else, don''t tell me you are cajoled by this child? No matter how unlikely I think that is.¡¹
¡¸No way, such thing is unimaginable to happen between me and miss. Besides, I''m doing this with full preparedness for everything.¡¹
Kaysis shook off Woody''s arm roughly, then he took out a handgun offhandedly from his breast pocket and pointed it at Woody. At the same time, he snapped his finger *pachin* and armed men appeared from hidden doors set up everywhere inside the room. They pointed their gun muzzle toward Woody.
However, Woody who knew about the existence of the guards standing by inside the room naturally wasn''t perturbed.
¡¸Full preparedness? I really don''t get you. Just what in the world happened?¡¹
¡¸Nothing special. If I''m forced to say, then it''s because I found a ce with better employment term than here I guess. Any humble sry man will change their job to a ce with better condition right?¡¹
¡¸Hou. I see, so you are cajoled by the security bureau. Just how much you can receive from them? Aa, just to be clear, I''m not nning to ask you toe back by offering you more than their offer. Your fate is decided already here.¡¹
¡¸Even if you told me toe back, I absolutely won''t. After all, it''s remuneration that you cannot possibly prepare.¡¹
¡¸¡¡It''s that much money? Answer, how much that you got?¡¹
So much remuneration to the degree that a president of argepany that was in the top five of Britain couldn''t match it. Kaysis''s expression was slightly colored with interest when he was told something like that. He was wondering, just what kind of world the security bureau used to steal his subordinate.
Seeing Kaysis like that, the corner of Woody''s lips rose up in a wide grin. And then with a boastful, ted, and joyful expression that couldn''t be suppressed!!, he spoke the detail of the remuneration he obtained.
¡¸Kukuh, listen and be astonished! My reward iiis, the finest quality of salmon sandwich, FOR A YEARRRR-!¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡hm?¡¹
Kaysis-san was confused. His heinous air was unconsciously scattered apart and he tilted his head inly thinking¡¸Am I mishearing?¡¹. The other guards were also the same like that.
Amidst such confusion, Emily who knew about the circumstance made aplicated expression as expected. And then, for the second time she asked the same question like before in the caf¨¦.
¡¸Hey, Kousuke. Why is it salmon sandwich? Do you like it that much?¡¹
Hearing Emily calling a name of a person he had never heard before, Kaysis sent a suspicious gaze at her.
But, at the next moment, he turned around in shock.
¡¸Aa, yeah. Honestly, even I myself am thinking, perhaps this hypnotist is wrong.¡¹
The guards also turned around.
Over there, before anyone knew it, a young man in ck clothes was sitting on the president chair while scratching on his cheek with a wry smile.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
About the salmon sandwich pressuring of this chapter.
If I have to say why, that''s because the author is getting fixated with it.
Salmon sandwich that is unexpectedly off-the-shelf.
If I made a handmade one, it was doubtful the chapter posting would make it in time¡¡
I''m sorry.
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 213
Chapter 213
¡¸Bubeh!? Hah, wha, what!? What happe¨D¨Dhih!?¡¹
The pain and impact suddenly running on his cheek made Kaysis woke up. His face grimaced from the dull pain he felt on his back and forehead, but even in such state he tried to rally his confused mind somehow.
However, the moment his hazy visual field became clear, he raised a shriek that he had never made until now.
Although, no one would be able tough at him from doing such thing. After all the cause that made Kaysis scream was a sight that was just that bizarre.
¡¸Wha, what!? You guys, just what the hell you are doing!?¡¹
Kaysis called out with an obviously shocked voice. Ahead of his gaze, there were his subordinates that he was familiar with.
¡¡However, each of his subordinate was perfectly making chuni pose.
They were the guards under Kaysis¡¯s direct supervision who were inside the room with him just now. One of them had a pose where one of his legs was lifted with both his hands extended straight to both sides. It was a magnificent pose, as though he was a savage eagle that would fly away anytime.
Another person was standing in low stance with his legs spread apart widely, one of his hands was on his hip while his other hand was held crossing his chest diagonally. That pose looked as though the man was going to transform into a masked warrior in any second now.
And another pose was taking pose where his body tilted slightly forward while his right shoulder was lifted slightly, his right arm extended to below and his left hand was covering his face with his five fingers spread wide open. The angle of his waist was extremely sexy. That pose looked as though something woulde out anytime now from his back.
The other too, the guards who were inside the room just before Kaysis lost consciousness, all of them were lined up with everyone taking some kind of chuuni pose. So to speak it was like a museum of posing statue. The gallery was using the whole spacious president office.
Those people didn¡¯t answer even when Kaysis was yelling in extreme panic. Everyone of them was wearing sunsses so their eyes couldn¡¯t be seen, but perhaps they were unconscious seeing how they weren¡¯t reacting at all. When Kaysis strained his eyes to the limit, those posing guards had their body and four limbs entangled in very fine strings, and he could see that they were being hung up like marites.
At the same time, Kaysis noticed that he was being restrained on his chair. His four limbs were being restrained by a simr super-fine string.
¡¸Hey, Kousuke. Is it necessary to do this?¡¹
¡¸¡¡If you ask whether there is any necessity, then the answer is definitely negative. This is bad, the damned Lord Abyssgate is easily showing out his face. Perhaps, it¡¯s hopeless already for me.¡¹
Hearing that casual conversation in this bizarre space caused Kaysis to return to his sense in surprise. When he turned his gaze toward the voices¡¯ direction, he confirmed that there were several people right beside him.
Three of them were Kousuke, Emily, and Woody who were inside the room before this. But, in addition of them, there were further three more people.
¡¸As expected from Kousuke-san. You don¡¯t forget this thing called ¡°beauty¡± even in the middle of battle. I have underestimated you.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Indeed, you suppressed the enemies in less than a minute, and during just the few minutes from you contacting us, you created this kind of artwork. This can be said as terrific. Though now I¡¯mpletely filled with the desire to go home.¡¹
¡¸Ahahaha, it¡¯s great that I can move now after having something unknown done to me but¡¡this case that made even the chief to be haggard is really a heavy burden huh. I wish I could keep losing consciousness without waking up¡¡¡¹
Vanessa who for some reason looked dejected even though her expression was enraptured, praised Kousuke. Chief Magdanese was having a faraway look while his gaze wouldn¡¯t move toward the posing men no matter what. And then, Allen who was made to drink restorative medicine made in another world and healed until a point where he could at least move.
In Allen¡¯s case, Emily wished that he would exit the stage with his face still disfigured like before, but Chief Magdanese said¡¸This idiot who kept making mistake cannot be allowed to rest more than this. He has to be made to work like a cart-horse¡¹. And so without any other choice, he was healed.
Even so, he was still far from being fully healed, for the time being his swelling was suppressed and his broken jaw repaired so he could talk. His broken teeth andcerated nose and cheek were left alone. His face was wrapped with bandage all over like a mummy, making Allen¡¯s figure looked really painful, but there wasn¡¯t anyone who cared about that.
By the way, regarding the restorative medicine made in another world that healed Allen (the highest ss of product sold for the general public), Kousuke skillfully hid it and exined that Allen was healed using his ability, so it was currently ignored by everyone thinking that Kousuke also had that kind of power.
Though it seemed that Emily was really bothered with a power that could heal bone fracture in the blink of eye but¡¡. Naturally there was no power that could heal people turned into berserker, so Kousuke told her that while saying that he would exin to herter. Hearing that caused Emily to obediently withdraw.
¡¸¡¡My word, for the chief-sama of the state security bureau to be personally here. What an honor. However, you have made an extremely poor move. As expected, even a living legend has finally gone senile hasn¡¯t it?¡¹
Kaysis implicitly conveyed that at this rate berserkers would be released in the middle of city with his sarcastic and obstinate words. His expression was also sneering at Chief Magdanese.
In a nce he lookedposed, but if observed carefully, it could be seen that his eyes were twitching faintly and his voice was slightly shaking. The cause of that went without saying.
Because, there were his subordinates making chuuni pose within his view after all!
¡¸Mister Abyssgate. I¡¯ll leave this to you..¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s why I told you that my name is Kousuke¡¹
Chief Magdanese didn¡¯t show any particr concern to Kaysis¡¯s words and her gaze moved at Kousuke. Kousuke punctually said his request for correction before sighing. Then he put down a chair in front of Kaysis roughly.
Kousuke put the chair so the back of the chair was facing Kaysis and he sat down on it. He put his arms on the top of the chair¡¯s back and he gazed straight at Kaysis.
¡¸Mister Abyssgate¡¡. So that¡¯s your codename inside the agency. Fufu, I¡¯ll remember that. I will surely investigate your background. And then, your important people will¨D¨DUBAoAa!?¡¹
¡¸Just who do you think you are talking to? Hold down that tongue.¡¹
Right in the middle of Kaysis¡¯s curse toward Kousuke, immediately after that, he directly received a kick on his crotch from Vanessa who had been reduced into a believer of Lord Abyssgate, and he raised a weird scream. Actually he wanted to writhe around, but he couldn¡¯t do so because he was tied on the chair and he could only twitch repeatedly while desperately enduring the pain.
¡¸Aa~, Vanessa. Let me do it, okay?¡¹
¡¸Forgive me. Against my better judgment, it annoyed me seeing his attitude that is making light of Kousuke-san.¡¹
Just where had the Vanessa-san who was always calm, cool, and collected gone at? Even though she absolutely wasn¡¯t someone who would instantly make ¡®Direct Attack!¡¯ to the crotch because of provocation¡¡
Allen and Woody simrly turned pigeon-toed while drawing away from being creeped out. Kousuke faced toward the writhing Kaysis once more while they were like that.
¡¸Now then, Kaysis. I¡¯ll have you spit out everything. Not just the cancetion code, but also how this case started, your n from here on, and then the location of all the¡¾Berserk¡¿that you stole.¡¹
¡¸Do, do you seriously believe, I¡¯ll talk¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸You will. I said it right? The one who doesn¡¯t understand the situation is you. Why do you think you who is holding the trump card is getting captured like this without question? Why did Woody change side? Didn¡¯t you think about that?¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s¡¡¡¹
Of course Kaysis noticed about those abnormalities. No matter how, it was unthinkable that his subordinate would get lured away by salmon sandwich, he didn¡¯t want to think about it. Also, it was unthinkable that the security bureau would make a gamble that could involve a lot of people¡¯s life using a baseless method like torture, because there was no way he would easily confess just from that.
But, even so, there should be nothing that could shake his absolutely superior position with him taking hostage of this country¡¯s people, as long as he didn¡¯t confess anything, then there was nothing the security bureau could do except doing whatever Kaysis told them. It was undeniable that such believe was curbing down his feeling of danger toward the abnormalities. It was when he was thinking like that,
¡¸I also told you this didn¡¯t I? That¡¯s why you are a third-rate. Honestly, regarding the mastermind of this case, well, I have no doubt that it¡¯s really you but, I think there is high possibility that there is still another existence behind you. The existence that granted you the seat as president of thisrgepany¡¡something like that.¡¹
Kaysis¡¯s expression didn¡¯t change. There wasn¡¯t even any turmoil inside his eyes. His breathing was also not shaken at all. But, there also wasn¡¯t any sarcasming from him right away. Kousuke was convinced just from that.
Surely there was another person that knew about the existence of¡¾Berserk¡¿and stole it the very first. After all an impetus was necessary for Kaysis to know about the existence of¡¾Berserk¡¿.
At the same time, there was no doubt that this man was cunning, merciless, and excellent, but, no matter how, Kousuke couldn¡¯t believe that Kaysis had the status that counterbnced with the organizational power Kousuke expected, so surely his conjecture that this¡¾Gamma Pharmaceutical¡¿wasn¡¯t at the deepest bottom of everything was correct.
While thinking so, Kousuke suddenly took out from his breast pocket a string that was attached with something that looked like five-yen coin. The size was about the same with five-yen coin, but the material looked like an amber crystal. There was a round hole at the center, and the string was tied there.
Once Chief Magdanese and others saw that item, they made a reallyplicated expression.
¡¸¡¡I don¡¯t know what you are nning to do, but if you don¡¯t release me, a lot of people will die you know? After all no matter what you are going to do to me, I absolutely won¡¯t speak.¡¹
¡¸You know, the world is overflowing with irrationality. Do you forget that just because you are at the side that is scattering around irrationality?¡¹
Saying that, Kousuke then dangled the string. The crystal shaped like a five-yen coin swung back and forth in front of Kaysis¡¯s eye.
Kousuke coughed once *gohon* for a moment and he straightened up his sitting posture, before he suddenly opened his mouth.
¡¸You are gradually bing stra~ngee~, you are gradually bing straa~ngee~¡¹
¡¸??? Just what are you saying¡¡. Is your head having a screw looseee-hee~¡¹
The crystal five-yen coin systematically swaying like a pendulum in front of Kaysis¡¯s eyes. At the other side of the coin was a suspicious incantation (?) that sounded strangely stupid. Kaysis¡¯s was doubting Kousuke¡¯s sanity that matched Kousuke¡¯s expression that lookedplicatedly embarrassed.
But, right after that, the end of Kaysis¡¯s sentence crumbled. Light slipped off from his eyes, and his snake-like atmosphere dispersed as though it was just a lie, where now he seemed like a mere simple man.
¡¸You are gradually wanting to taa~lkk~. You want to talk about everything, everyy~thii~ng¡¹
¡¸I, I want to taa~lkk~. I want to talk about everything, everyy~thii~ng¡¹
¡¸If you are asked you will want to anss~werr~. You will be unable to not anss~werr~¡¹
¡¸I will want to anss~werr~. I be unable to not anss~werr~¡¹
¡¸You will be happy by telll~ingg~. You will be wanting to tell everyy~thii~ng¡¹
¡¸Will will wiilll~¡¹
The slow and stupid voices resounded inside the room. Kaysis waspletely transformed into a repeating machine. At the same time, light of expectation was starting to grow inside those eyes. His atmosphere was like a Viger A who was called out by a hero party, who for some reason knew about a local legend and would tell it to the hero party without leaving anything out.
¨D¨DSoul magic enchanted-type brainwashing artifact ¡°Staking the Pride of a Viger¡±
The viger in RPG would tell everything they knew if they were talked to. If they were addressed by hero party, ordinarily they would obediently listen. They also wouldn¡¯t say even a singlein when their house was entered by a hero party as they pleased, and even if their home was rummaged and in the end their possession got taken away without permission.
This artifact would turn the targeted human into such lovely viger. This was an artifact for dealing with the aftermath of an incident, bestowed by the demon king to the abyss lord for his personal use.
A minuteter, the president of argepany that could be counted as one of the top five even in Britain finished his job-change into a splendid Viger A. He happily spouted out everything that he knew.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Thank you very much for the festival of salmon sandwich¡¯s review column.
It¡¯s a happy feeling that something I liked is shared by other people!
Now then, the end of this extraption too is graduallying into view.
I think it will be 2, 3 more chapters.
But even though I said that, even Hakumei don¡¯t know how this tale without any plot or anything will roll in the future.
When it¡¯s over what will I write then I wonder.
The next update is nned to be at 6 P.M. Saturday too.
Chapter 214
Chapter 214
Beloved people of Narou, good evening.
Recently, you know that I''m spending an increasingly good chuuni life.
This is Chuuni Suki, the one who have the privilege of posting¡¸Arifureta Shokugyou de Sekai Saikyou¡¹.
Now then, in this asion, I have the privilege of reporting that¡¸Arifureta Shokugyou de Sekai Saikyou¡¹will be published by Ovep Bunko-sama.
It seems that there will be even a special site created at the official website of Ovep-sama.
The detail will be announced in the near future.
¡¸Arifureta¡¹will change shape to be on paper page, but please keep taking care of me from here on too.
I write a bit extra story for thememoration of the book publication.
It''s a what-if story unrted with the main story.
¡¸Haa, haa, kuu, what persistence-. I should just obediently follow Hajime-san''s warning.¡¹
Shia cursed while nimbly running with her beautiful faint bluish-white hair trailing behind her. Her usual innocent smile couldn''t be seen on her face, her own failure and the evil hand that was currently cornering her into this bitter situation caused her prided rabbit ears to busily twitching around in vignce against the surrounding.
Shia was pushing her way through the narrow path among the buildings while nimbly evading the trash cans and plumbing like an acrobat. It was as though she was in the middle of a desperate escape¡¡no, in fact Shia was really forced to escape no matter how hard to believe it was.
Shia who was categorized as inhuman person along with Hajime and others didn''t have any existence that could be a threat for her. Her ability was such that even made the magic cheat Yue to say¡¸Your physical ability is bugged¡¹. An existence that could force such Shia to escape¡¡
¡¸I, I found herrr! The rabbit-eared girl Shia-chaaaaan!¡¹
¡¸Hii!?¡¹
A person carrying a backpack on his back, wearing a T-shirt with moe character design, zing eye glint peeking from the gap of his long hair, with his hand carrying a tough camera¨D¨Dhe was The Otaku.
Just before Shia could get out from the back alley, that otaku youth appeared from the back door of a building that opened roughly, which caused Shia to reflexively raise a pitiful shriek.
That was only natural. The reason was because Shia''s rabbit ears detected his presence to be at the other side of the building just a moment ago. Yet despite so, he appeared before her eyes right after she got distracted for a moment. It wouldn''t be that strange even if an absurd existence like this existed at the previous world, but that was impossible.
That was because this was earth, the home world of Hajime.
The otaku youth faced Shia whose face was shuddering. He readied his camera and suddenly he lowered his head in a snap.
¡¸Pho, photo, please!!¡¹
¡¸I told you no already-!¡¹
Shia reflexively retorted back. However, the otaku young man wasn''t discouraged at all. ¡¸E, even so please-!¡¹Even though he was stuttering, but he lowered his head even deeper with a force that strangely emitted a formidable will.
Seeing how she made no progress, Shia used the wall of the building to make a wall-kick jump and flew over the head of the otaku youth. She came out into a street somewhere.
Then, it seemed that the angry yell of Shia was heard, the fellows who were chasing after Shia until just now¨D¨Dthe otaku group was gathering bustlingly.
¡¸Ra, Rabbit ear-san, please, let me take a photo-!¡¹
¡¸One snap, just one snap is fine-¡¹
¡¸Ca, can I call you Shia-tan-¡¹
¡¸Tha, that gaze, please turn it over here!¡¹
¡¸Can I ask you, to pose? I, if possible please make gun shape with your fingers. Also, can you make the rabbit ear''s shape to droop a bit more? Or rather, I, I have a uniform here, ca, can I ask you to change into it?¡¹
In the blink of eye, otaku young men (middle-aged men included) and the curious onlookers who were wondering if there was some kind of event, were starting to form a crowd.
¡¸Uu, just why this is happening desuu? Even though there are people wearing cat ear or dog ear, why is it only me¡¡thi, this is just like what Hajime-san said, ¡ºthe neighborhood of Akiba is rough¡»desuu¡¹
Shia''s face contorted and about to cry. The surrounding was already packed with the warriors of Akiba, they were waiting impatiently for Shia''s permission of photo opportunity.
Yes, the ce where Shia was currently at, was Earth''s Tokyo metropolis, right in the middle of Akibahara. If it was asked about why Shia who came to earth together with Hajime was now at Akibahara, it was because of a reason that wasn''t particrly deep¡¡
Putting that aside, Shia who was showing an interest to Akihabara was given a serious warning by Hajme. He said, if Shia entered the neighborhood of Akiba as she was, there would be a greatmotion without a doubt.
''That was because Shia''s rabbit ear was the real thing'', that wasn''t the only reason. Thinking normally, no matter how real it looked, surely there wouldn''t be anyone thinking that it was actually real. But, in this asion, it was irrelevant whether it was the real thing or not.
Her beautiful long hair with faint bluish white color that could be mistaken as moonlight, her beautiful face that could make foreign idol to run away with tail between their legs, her perfect proportion that could put model to shame, her loveliness that came from her gentle atmosphere despite her beauty, which made anyone wanted to look at her forever. That kind of miraculous girl, waspleted with twitching rabbit ears.
For the humans at Akiba, no, as long as someone was a man, it would be impossible for their heart to be not stolen!
That was why, Hajime firmly warned Shia to not go to Akiba by herself, and in the case she went anyway, Hajime handed her a disguise artifact to change her look.
Shia was thinking¡¸This is exaggerated desuu¡¹, even so she wore the artifact and in the end she went to Akiba by herself but¡¡here she made a sorrowful miss. Everything at her surrounding was unusual, and her eyes were stolen by girls intentionally putting on animal ears by themselves, seeing that Shia carelessly took off her artifact.
When she did that, naturally Shia''s beauty and charm were exposed. And then, the otakus swarmed like hyenas.
If here the warriors of Akibamitted rudeness to Shia and tried to force her, Shia would send them flying mercilessly and then she would vanish right away.
However, as expected from them who was a gentleman despite being a warrior. They would lower their head and ask for permission without fail before taking their camera, even though they were passionately making request without reservation, but they didn''t bulldoze their way through.
Shia who had received warning from Hajime in the beginning, and what''s more she evenmitted mistake of getting rid of her artifact, she became unable instead to act forceful toward the otaku group who was like that.
And so she attempted to escape from Akiba, but the warriors of Akiba weren''t that soft. Just like how the craftsmen of Hairihi Kingdom chased after Hajime before, they were earnestlying to beg at Shia using wondrous tracking skill, physical ability, and coordination between fellow warriors that made Shia couldn''t help but making retort¡¸Are you guys really normal human!?¡¹. Their figures made it as though the OTAKU nesting in AKIBA was really a different race.
Shia was thinking, ¡¸The station of Akiba is far away¡¡¡¹, like that.
¡¸Fuu, it cannot be helped. I didn''t really want to do preposterous thing in Hajime-san''s world but¡¡it''s already toote for that like this.¡¹
By the time the voice of¡¸Please, let us take a picture¡¹was starting to be a great chorus, Shia sighed deeply while starting to walk briskly. The crowd surrounding Shia in circle became noisy, but Shia walked straight ahead without minding that and came to a stop in front of a young man.
The young man was muttering¡¸Eh, eh? M, me? By any chance, it''sing? My springtime ising?¡¹, but as expected Shia didn''t pay that any attention and she firmly grabbed the shoulders of the young man.
The young man went beet red from having both his shoulders grabbed by a foreign super beautiful girl wearing rabbit ears that couldn''t bepared even with the countless idols he had seen. The surrounding was getting noisier.
The young man was making an expression that was vaguely containing hope. However, Shia gifted him with words that were heartless, that could also be considered as reward for a part of peculiar kind of human.
¡¸I''m sorry. Can I ask you to kneel for a bit?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸Can you kneel, for me?¡¹
Shia smiled sweetly while putting on strength that was just barely the limit. The young man was befuddled for a moment, but for some reason his face got even redder, then he bent his knee while breathing roughly in excitement. It seemed that this young man was also "a part of peculiar kind of human".
Shia put her foot on the shoulder of that young man. The young man gulped his saliva seeing the beautiful leg peeking out from the skirt. The surrounding people were also holding their breath, wondering if an abnormal y was really going to start in front of a crowd this big. Camera lenses were gleaming here and there.
But, the next moment, they were blinking in astonishment.
¡¸Well then everyone, forgive me for making ruckus.¡¹
Saying that, Shia put her weight on the foot stepping on the young man''s shoulder, and then the next moment she leaped high. The young man surprisingly didn''t feel the feedback that would normallye from getting used as footstool for jumping even though he was slightly lurching forward. He felt surprised whileing back to his senses and turned around quickly.
There, he saw the figure of Shia twirling through a rotation midair while making the head of a bald uncle at the back as the next footstool. Like that, Shia was making the warriors of Akiba as footstool while advancing rapidly through the crowd.
¡¸I, I was used as footstool!?¡¹
¡¸Shi, Shia-tan''s beautiful foot, o, on my head, haa haa¡¹
¡¸Ste, step on me toooo! Shia-tan''s footsie, grind on meee!!¡¹
¡¸Rabbit ear going pyon pyon¡¡it''s the real thing. It''s the real rabbit-eared GIRLLLLL!! I cannot hold it in-¡¹
¡¸Right now, I''m witnessing a miracle¡¡¡¹
The warriors were greatly stimted by Shia hopping around overhead the crowd. Her rabbit ears twitching *pyoko pyoko*, her rabbit tail shaking left and right *furi furi*, and then the brutally prancing melons *barun barun* pushed them to the verge of madness.
Of course, Shia wasn''t aiming for that by doing this. Originally it was something easy for her to break out of the crowd with a single jump. However, doing that was only possible for a true inhuman person. Using people as footholds and jumped around was barely still in the range that could be processed usingmon sense.
Ignoring themotion from the warriors of Akiba, Shianded firmly at the end with a great jump that was apanied with a splendid midair somersault that would make gymnastic athlete to go blue, and then without pause she sprinted away like a fleeing rabbit. The warriors who went ''hah'' in realization started to move all at once.
¡¸This time for sure, I swear I will reach Akiba stationnn! Don''t look down at the rabbit that overcame even the apostle of god desu!¡¹
Surely the god apostles too would cry in the shadow if they knew they werepared with Akiba warrior.
Like that, Shia dashed through thest alley, and she caught the sight of Akihabara station ahead, her mouth burst into a broad smile thinking that she would quickly return to Hajime and receive punishment, it was at that time,
A second tale that waspletely involuntary for Shia was starting.
In the shape of a hole that was like a pitch dark ck hole suddenly appeared right under the foot of Shia who was stepping forward.
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Losing the ce where her foot could step, Shia lurched forward and she was falling toward the hole. However, this person was one of the inhuman monsterr~s. She instantly activated the Air Force that was instilled into her shoes and used that as foothold in her attempt to escape to the opposite side.
But,
¡¸Wha-!? I''m sucked!?¡¹
Yes, the expression of ck hole fitted that hole perfectly. It captured Shia with a radical absorbing force that was hard to oppose, as though it was the Absolute Catastrophe that Yue was controlling.
¡¸Kuh, Hajime-san-!¡¹
Because of thepletely unexpected surprise attack, and because herbat senses had been receding since she came to earth, Shia was unable to deal with the absorption and in the end she called at the name of her beloved lover while being swallowed into the abyss.
Silence returned at the alley where Shia vanished. There was already no sign remaining that Shia had been there, a breeze blew through the alley vainly.
¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô
Shia felt a solid ground under her butt after a terrible sense of weightlessness. Light was overflowing her field of vision that she couldn''t see clearly. However, her excellent sensing ability to detect presence detected multiple presences surrounding her at the other side of the light.
¡¸It seems I avoided an instant death but¡¡this ce smell strongly with troublesomeness.¡¹
Shia was smiling bitterly while pouring magic power into the ruby encrusted ring on her left hand''s ring finger. At the same time she lifted her palm to the side and clenched it into fist. Vire Doryukken manifested with a superb timing and settled inside her grasp.
It was an unforeseen situation, but the profound weight of her partner caused a fearless smile to emerge on Shia''s face. No matter what happened, she had the confidence that she would smash through all of them and her resolve that she would reunite with Hajime without fail was dwelling brightly inside her eyes as though it had been engraved there.
Like that, when Shia observed the situation while putting up her vignce, the light was vanishing before long as though it was melting into the space.
''Now then, what kind of bunches had done the idiotic action of kidnapping me'', ahead of Shia''s gaze that narrowed dangerously was,
¡¸Oo, is it a sess!?¡¹
¡¸As expected from the pce''s head magician-done.¡¹
¡¸Look at that beauty. It is as though she is the goddess of the moon.¡¹
¡¸No, more important than that, that thing growing at that person''s head¡¡it could be, that she is a retainer of Spinea-sama.¡¹
There were around twenty people who seemed to be soldiers wearing clothes like priest robe and armor. They were making noise of shock and happiness. Shia was looking around at the surrounding while keeping silent. A young man that looked slightly exhausted stepped forward to such Shia.
The young man was wearing a robe that was decorated with geometrical pattern of splendid ultramarine and silver, his hand was holding a cane that was created from tree that seemed to be a twisted evergreen oak, a jewel that looked like sapphire was attached on its tip. His vibrant silver long hair was tied at its root. He was wearing a small pince-nez sses and his eyes of long slits gave an intellectual impression. He was a dreadfully handsome man of intellectual type.
That kind of intellectual handsome man faced Shia and he opened his mouth, however, someone grabbed his shoulder from behind and stopped him from speaking.
¡¸Wait Reed. Don''t approach carelessly. That woman is holding a weapon. We don''t know what she might do.¡¹
The one who was saying that while sending vignt and suspicious gaze at Shia was another dreadfully handsome man. He had vibrant blonde hair and golden eyes. His sharp gaze resembled carnivore beast, and his body was obviously well-trained even through the light armor he was wearing. He was a man that gave an impression as though he was a wild lion.
¡¸Ee~, is that so? I think she is a really cute young woman though? I want to approach her right away.¡¹
¡¸Phil, just shut your mouth. I don''t need to hear the opinion of a yboy.¡¹
¡¸Even though you said that, But Erick is also thinking inside your heart ''Su~per cute'', right? Besides, look, Greg who normally has no interest to girl ispletely charmed there.¡¹
The one who spoke with frivolous tone was also a handsome man as expected. His appearance was slovenly with his chest greatly exposed and his hand ying around with his wavy deep green hair.
Furthermore, there was one more man whose body built wasrger than the others, however, as expected he was also a handsome man as though it had been arranged beforehand. This man with short ck hair was focusing his gaze at Shia.
Looking at them, Shia who was considerably growing impatient opened her mouth while tapping Vire Doryukken on her shoulder.
¡¸Excuse me, I don''t know what is your objective in kidnapping me, but if you are not hostile, then can you exin the situation already? I also want to go home quickly, so if possible I want you to teach me the method to go home without any antagonism.¡¹
Hearing that, the blonde haired man who seemed to have a really haughty and prideful personality might be taking offense from Shia''s attitude, his eyes narrowed while he opened his mouth.
This time it was the silver haired gentle man who stopped the blond hair. He then made a gentle smile while speaking about their objective.
¡¸My apologies. We are calling you here, is because we wish for you to save this world. My deepest apologies of our rudeness in doing this for our own convenience. But, please, I beg you to bring salvation to our world.¡¹
Like that, the word that was the temte, and in a sense wasmonce word was said decisively.
¡¸¨D¨DHero-sama.¡¹
After that, during the few months before Hajime wasing to pick her up, a great tale was unfolding, like sttering the monsters threatening the world, or sttering the fighting between countries, or sttering the handsome army that became the prisoner of Shia''s charm, or sttering the demon king together with the handsome men who weren''t discouraged even with the sttering they experienced, or getting showered with marriage proposals as the hero that saved the world from the princes of many countries, dragon king, spirit king, etc., anyway they were all handsome men, or having Hajime who came to pick her up going *DOPAN-* at them, but¡¡all those would be told at another chance someday.
The End
''Thinking carefully, Shia is really made up with main character qualities huh'', I tried to write this from that kind of thinking. If you like, please try to have your imagination run wild with a tale of Shia shooing off handsome men in another world that is overflowing with them while ying an active role by grandly beating enemy to death.
Well then, please kindly treat well the published version too.
Chapter 215
Chapter 215
*bara-bara-bara-bara-* The peculiar sound of rotor was reverberating.
Under the cloudy sky of early morning, the things that were spreading such noise were threerge helicopters. The three were forming a triangle formation and pushed on through the cloudy sky in a straight line.
Each of those helicopters was boarded by a fully armed special forces of the security bureau, in addition Kousuke, Emily, Vanessa, and Allen who was wafting off a pathetic aura were boarding one of the helicopters.
¡¸O, oi, Allen. Are you okay?¡¹
Riding on the same helicopter was themander of the special force who was also the captain of Alpha squad, Bernard Pays. He asked Allen with some hesitation. He belonged under security bureau¡¯s assault section, so he was quite acquainted with Allen who was working as analyst in the surface where they often shared information.
Even though they weren¡¯t quite friend, but their rtionship with each other was at the level of close coworker at least. Therefore, when he saw Allen who was usually acting flippant with light atmosphere was now sitting on the bench in a style as though he was a certain boxer who had burned out into pure white, he couldn¡¯t help but called out to him.
¡¸Aa, Pays-san. Thanks for your concern. If I have to say whether I¡¯m fine or not, I¡¯m not fine, so it¡¯s fine.¡¹
¡¸No, that reply is already not fine there.¡¹
Bernard made an expression that didn¡¯t know what to say at Allen whose face was still changed into mummy man.
¡¸You see, Pays-san. I¡¯m specialized in killing secretly. My job is to stealthily and quietly go ¡®pshuu¡¯. Yet despite so, I was told to steal, spurred on to be bodyguard, made to beaten viciously by a demonic young man, sentenced with the caving in of my face by a beautiful girl, and on top of all that, I was told ¡®go fight a war against monsters¡¯ you know? Even though this is the order from the chief that I respected so much, I¡¯ll still feel tired from it. I¡¯m just a step away from getting burned out. It¡¯s nice isn¡¯t it, for Pays-san and others. All of you received healing. As for me, my mrs or inside my nose are still feeling throbbing with pain¡¡head-on fighting isn¡¯t my territory you know? Yet despite so, I¡¯m being sent out in this state, I¡¯ll die for sure this time.¡¹
¡®Heheh¡¯ Allen chuckled while his gaze was getting distant and his mutter getting sluggish. Bernard¡¯s cheeks couldn¡¯t stop twitching seeing such an Allen. Inside his heart he was thinking. ¡¸This is bad. This guy, he is seriously getting cornered¡¹, like that.
Allen¡¯s figure was like a sry man who had be worn-out from continuously working in a ckpany, sitting mncholically on a bench of a public park while visioning an impossible dream of changing job. The final blow was dealt on Allen who was exposing such appearance.
¡¸That¡¯s depressing, Mr. K (lol). Even though it will be the final decisive battle after this, what are you doing getting low spirits like that. I¡¯ll gouge you out you know?¡¹
¡¸Scary-. What do you mean gouging!? Where are you going to gouge!? Or rather, what did you add just now when you said Mr. K?¡¹
The cold words that came from Vanessa who was sitting beside Allen had gone passed being sharp and inspired terror instead. Allen was shivering while talking back.
¡¸Please read the mood a little. Right now is a serious time. A lot of lives are hanging on this, and we have to fight an army of berserker after this you know? Please don¡¯t make that kind of funny face and act seriously.¡¹
¡¸The one turning my face into funny one like this is particrly because of the fault of you guys though! Besides, I don¡¯t want to be told to act seriously by Vanessa¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Oi, who said you can call my name casually like that. You want me to turn your face into something that will inevitably invite roar ofughter?¡¹
¡¸I, I¡¯m sorry. But, even if you aren¡¯t so angry that your tone change¡¡a, it hurts-. It really hurts I said! Please don¡¯t grind on my injury! Please forgive me, Paradis-san.¡¹
When Allen casually called Vanessa¡¯s name, he was given back with indignation that surpassed the imagination. His injury was getting grinded from above the bandage which caused Allen to scream while writhing around.
Certainly, Allen was the perpetrator that scattered around Berserk in the research building. But, in the first ce it was the chief that ordered the theft, then unexpected situation happened on top of another unexpected situation, so to speak what happened was something like an ident.
Allen too pretty much felt guilt about the tragedy that urred at the research building, and he was also feeling apologetic toward Emily, but because his habitual frivolous attitude was ingrained deeply in his self, he didn¡¯t look like he was reflecting in a nce which invited biting attitude from other no matter what he did.
A situation that could only be said as tough luck, and behavior that didn¡¯t convey the inside of his heart. If it was said that it was him sowing what he sow then that would be the end of it but¡¡
Starting with Bernard, the squad members boarding the same helicopter couldn¡¯t help but sending gaze of sympathy toward Allen who was still screaming while his face was getting grinded by Vanessa.
Vanessa and others were unfolding a scene that could be seen asedic in a sense. The one who was seeing them acting like that with a faint smile on her face was Emily. But, there was a gloom in that smile.
Vanessa stole a nce at Emily while grinding on Allen. From that it could be understood that the dialogue to some extent was also to clear up Emily¡¯s feeling.
¡¸Emily. Are you okay¡¡I won¡¯t ask you that. There is no way you are okay. It¡¯s just like what Vanessa said, right now is the critical moment that will be the turning point. That¡¯s why, keep standing firm. We are with you.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yes. Thank you Kousuke. Also Vanessa too. I was saying selfish thing toe along with you all. So I won¡¯t run away with tail between my legs in the middle.¡¹
There wasn¡¯t any change with the gloom in her smile, but the strength dwelling in her eyes wasn¡¯t withering. Kousuke nodded at Emily before quietly peeking outside from the window.
At the outside, there was cloudy sky spreading looking as though rain might pour anytime. While thinking that the sky currently was like Emily¡¯s heart, Kousuke put his mind in order about the operation that was currently unfolding.
After destroying all the data and drug of Berserk they found in¡¾Gamma Pharmaceutical¡¿, Kousuke and others scrutinized the shdisk they confiscated from Kaysis once more. Inside that shdisk, the data that listed the multiple research facilities where Berserk¡¯s data were transferred to was saved in it.
Most of them were research facilities inside a corporation that was unrted with typical medicine manufacture, but there were several ces among them that couldn¡¯t be ignored. Those ces were dam or water purification nt. Every one of those ces was facility that was rted to Hydra in some kind of shape, and it seemed there was also a research facility inside them.
It was a terrifying story after they knew about Kaysis¡¯s n.
Naturally, for the security bureau it was urgent to suppress those irrigation-rted facilities. Improved version of Berserk still didn¡¯t exist, but in the small chance that the existing Berserk was spilled, it would create a tragedy that would be unbearable to witness.
And so, because the number of facilities was a lot, it was insufficient with just the manpower of the security bureau, they also cooperated with the army and currently a simultaneous suppression operation was currently unfolding toward those multiple research facilities.
¡¸O, oi, Paradis. Don¡¯t go further than that. Even like this, he is more or less a precious fighting strength. We really aren¡¯t nning to lose, but the opponent is an army of berserker. We had prepared the best equipment, but it¡¯s still an unfavorableparisonpared to the army.¡¹
¡¸Muh. I can only draw back if Captain Pays told me that. Mr. K, you narrowly escaped death.¡¹
¡¸U, uu. Is there, any girl that will be gentle to me somewhere in this world¡¡¡¹
Allen broke down crying as though he had been assaulted by a hoodlum. Gazes of sympathy were focused toward him. Bernard was sighing deeply toward that state of Allen before he moved his gaze toward Kousuke.
Inside Kaysis¡¯s shdisk, it included the list of the many people that were transferred to the research facilities. There were many people who were unrted with research work in it¡¡there was no way they wouldn¡¯t understand what was the meaning of that. Most likely, they were for human experiment, and also to be put around assenseless fighting strengthin addition.
A group of berserker that would continue to fight without knowing pain and fear, and they would recover instantly as long as their head wasn¡¯t destroyed¡¡putting it bluntly, this waspletely outside of the security bureau¡¯s domain. This was obviously a scene where the army should move out.
But, it was undesirable for both Chief Magdanese and also Kousuke to have Kousuke¡¯s true identity became exposed to a group that didn¡¯t belong under security bureau. Therefore, the special forces of the army were heading to other facilities, but the facility that they were currently heading toward had to be dealt somehow with only the special force of the security bureau and Kousuke and co.
Bernard had the resolve. He wouldn¡¯t hesitate to offer his life anytime if it was for the country¡¯s safety. But, even so, he couldn¡¯t avoid from his hand getting sweaty. He was nning to be meticulous in putting countermeasure and vignce, but depending on the situation, there was also the possibility that he would have to shoot hisrade that was turned into berserker.
No matter how he was a veteran leader of the assault section and someone that was appointed as the captain of the special force, it still couldn¡¯t be helped that he would unconsciously send gaze of expectation and prayer toward the being(Kousuke) that wielded supernatural power.
Perhaps noticing the gaze of such Bernard, Kousuke who was gazing outside through a small window suddenly returned his gaze and looked at Bernard.
¡¸What¡¯s the matter, captain-san?¡¹
Bernard reflexively smiled wryly seeing that light attitude where he couldn¡¯t feel any particr fervor from it.
¡¸No, I¡¯m thinking that you are really calm there. I think there is nothing as terrifying as you as an enemy, but when I think that you are fighting together with us as ally, there is nothing as reliable as this.¡¹
¡¸Well, even though you said that they are lying in wait for us, but they are just a muscle-brain group after all. I feel regretful for the people who were simply tricked and turned into berserker, but based from the data, it seems that the majority is underworld people, so I don¡¯t feel that much guilt. They also have a clear weak point. Even if it¡¯s just captain-san and others, I think if you fight calmly, you will manage it somehow you know?¡¹
¡¸You are saying that really lightly. It¡¯s like you are a warrior that has gone through many bloodshed even more than me. Do you have experience fighting simr thing like this?¡¹
Bernard¡¯s wry smile was increasingly getting deeper from hearing Kousuke¡¯s light tone. He suddenly asked something like that. The other squad members were directing their gaze at Kousuke with deep curiosity. It seemed that they were thinking that it might be a reference for the battle after this depending on the situation. But more than half of that interest was just out of curiosity though.
Kousuke returned a wry smile at Bernard¡¯s question. When Emily and Vanessa were also directing gaze of deep interest at Kousuke, Kousuke answered while getting a faraway look.
¡¸Well, I actually have, if it¡¯s a battle against warriors of god. Although, those guys weren¡¯t cute bunches like berserker.¡¹
¡¸Ber, berserker is cute?¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s right. Their face was super beautiful, but their fighting ability was bad news on top of bad news. They were moving so fast they didn¡¯t even leave behind afterimage, flying freely in the sky, disintegrated everything while ignoring something like defensive power, they neutralized all attack using twin swords and wings, furthermore they were gushing out like cockroaches¡¡I made do somehow by dealing one hit kill from behind invisibility, but if I fought them right from the front, honestly, whether I can survive or not is¡¡yep, thinking back, it¡¯s a miracle we could survive.¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¡¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The troops including Bernard turned wordless hearing Kousuke¡¯s reminiscence that was said with a bitter smile. Inside their heart, all of them were fiercely retorting¡¸What is that joke-like existence!? It¡¯s a joke right? Right?¡¹, but no one said it out loud.
At the same time, a faint confidence¡¸Compared to that, we can win can¡¯t we?¡¹was welling up inside them. Unexpectedly, it seemed that their morale was raising from the question of Bernard who was wondering of how to encourage the troops.
¡¸We will arrive at the point soon! Start preparing!¡¹
The helicopter pilot gave his report. Bernard nodded to that and gave instruction to the troops. The expression of Emily and Vanessa was also containing nervousness.
The ce where they wouldnd at was a lumber storehouse that was slightly distanced from the water purification nt. The water purification nt was in a riverside that was surrounded by forest. It seemed that the research facility was jointly established with that water purification nt.
As for their n, they wouldnd at a lumber storehouse that was slightly far from the water purification nt, and from there they would advance throughnd route and suppressed the facility while the enemy wasn¡¯t aware of their presence. The biggest point was to raid them with full secrecy and made the rted research facility to not realize the attack.
They would silently and swiftly suppress the area without even giving the enemy the chance to activate Berserk. That was their greatest objective ideally.
They would attempt tond at a vacantnd that was a temporary storage site for lumber that was lumbered from the forest, then approached the water purification nt from an angle that waspletely the opposite side. Even if they couldn¡¯tnd, there would be no problem if the helicopter descended down until a height where they could drop down using rope.
But, it seemed that the matter couldn¡¯t progress that easily¡¡
¡¸-, wait a second pilot-san! There are people inside the forest! There are more than ten!¡¹
¡¸Wha-. Don¡¯t tell me¡¹
Kousuke threw a warning at the pilot who was making the helicopter descending for thending. Bernard rushed toward the cockpit and Kousuke¡¯s side.
¡¸Mister Abyssgate. You don¡¯t think those people are worker of the lumbering site?¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s Kousuke. Certainly there is possibility that they are lumbering worker. But, even though a helicopter is approaching, they are moving inside the forestas though to surround the lumbering site¡¡do you think that lumbering worker will surround thending point when they see helicopter?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I see. I don¡¯t want to see that kind of woodcutter.¡¹
Bernard¡¯s expression turned bitter from the information he was given. Obviously the enemy was on guard against an approach from the lumbering site and ced their personnel here. Inside the list, there were also people who were formerly police or member of a violent organization, Every single one of them was criminal that had dirtied their hand thickly in crime and backed into corner. They were useful resources to be ordered to act like this.
Most likely they themselves didn¡¯t even imagine that they could be changed into monster. However, they were undoubtedly lured by money and told to eliminate approaching enemy.
¡¸Most likely they have reported our approach too¡¡¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s likely. The n to silently suppress them is meaningless already now.¡¹
¡¸Aa, we can only assault them hard.¡¹
When the grim-faced Bernard instructed the pilot, the pilot made the helicopter climbed back to head directly toward the water purification nt. The next moment, one of the troops who was looking at the situation below from a window made a report that sounded like a shout.
¡¸Missile-! Evade!¡¹
¡¸-, Bastard-¡¹
The pilot cursed while tilting the helicopter greatly to the side. Emily screamed from the radical motion while a portable surface-to-air missile was flying out from inside the forest and approached them in a straight line. The pilot¡¯s reaction was splendid, but in the end it was doubtful whether they would be able to evade or not.
The color of resolution dyed the face of Bernard and the troops, in the middle of that,
¡¸¨D¨D¡±ck Vortex¡±¡¹
The moment Kousuke muttered those words with one of his hand on the floor, the helicopter lowered its altitude drastically with a jerk. It was unnatural as though something grasped it from below and dragged it down.
¨D¨DGravity magic ¡°ck Vortex¡±
It was the gravitational field generation magic that Kousuke specialized the most at. If a gravitational field was generated at the selected spot, then he could stand on the ceiling or perform pseudo flight in the sky by ¡°falling¡±. It was a technique that could be said as the basic of the basic of gravitation magic, a magic that could be used without chant right from the start by someone like Yue.
Due to the gravitational field that was suddenly generated, the helicopter received gravity that was several times the normal and it descended down drastically. In a moment, the missile was passing through above the helicopter.
¡¸Wha, what!? Just now, what happened!?¡¹
The pilot raised a bewildered voice, but surely it was the group on the ground that was looking at the situation who wanted to say that. After all, the helicopter shifted with a jerk to below just before the missile hit and it was in the middle of swiveling widely. That maneuver could only be said as abnormal.
¡¸I won¡¯t let you fire that for the second time.¡¹
Kousuke unraveled the gravitational field and took a nce at the pilot who was recovering the helicopter control while he muttered so with his hand forming seal. He formed a seal even though it had no meaning!
Right after that, with a *poof* a clone body of Kousuke popped out outside the cockpit screen. The clone could be called out within the radius of three meter with the real body as the center, so it was possible to perform pseudo wall slip by using that.
The pilot was busy screaming from seeing a person materializing outside the window. The troops also went¡¸It, it came ouutt!¡¹, they were screaming as though they had encountered a ghost. It seemed that multiple Kousuke had became a considerable trauma for them.
The existence that was barely still Kousuke silently put on a sunsses outside the window, and then he leaped down while deploying twelve kunais around him like satellites. The next moment,
¡¸I won¡¯t ask for forgiveness. Die while resenting me as much as you want. ¨D¨D¡±Zekkou Senjin ¨C Hikuusen¡±¡¹(TN: Hikuusen = Flying Devouring sh)
The twelve kunais floating around Kousuke flew out all at once. Each of them was heading to a different target like a streak of sh. It went without saying what their targets were.
Including the person who somehow recovered from the shock of witnessing the abnormal maneuver of the helicopter and now was in the middle of preparing the second shot, all thetent berserkers lurking inside the forest immediately got their head¡¯s crown pierced in unison and breathed theirst.
Kousuke stood midair with ck ripples spreading below himw while making floating kunais flying freely. Bernard gave a lukewarm gaze at the pilot who was flustered from seeing such sight while giving him instruction to haste toward the water purification nt.
The pilot cursed¡¸What the hell this is, shit¡¹in small voice, however, he still controlled the helicopter without faltering as fitting for a veteran pilot.
Before long, they could see an open space. The water purification nt and a joined white building that in a nce was unclear what its purpose was, wereing into view. They could also see water supply facility at the downstream slight distance away. The whole water purification nt was surrounded by twoyers of fence with barbed wire on top of them in addition. It seemed that traveling using helicopter was also taken into ount from the start, they caught sight of arge open space and a heliport.
¡¸Chih. They had called in just as expected. They areing one after another. ¡¡Doesn¡¯t seem like they are a normal security huh.¡¹
Using a binocr, Bernard saw a great number of peopleing out in groups from the joint building toward the open space that was in front of the water purification nt. His face frowned. Most of the people didn¡¯t look like honest people, they were people with air that was obviously thuggish in a nce, but among them there were also the figures of slim young man, female, and also old man.
¡¸Oi oi, you mean all those people are going to get turned into monsters? What now Captain Pays? If we descend until an altitude where you can drop down using rope, we are going to get shot down if we are hit by a rock that is thrown by a berserker¡¯s power you know?¡¹
¡¸Can¡¯t be helped. We can only use sniping or grenade from slight distance away to decrease their number as much as¡¡¡¹
The heliport was already crowded withtent berserkers. The pilot¡¯s had a point with his worry, so Bernard decided their tactic with a bitter expression. It was at that timing that Kousuke told them to wait.
¡¸Captain-san. I¡¯ll go there. Please open the hatch when we arrive above them. I¡¯ll secure thending ce.¡¹
¡¸Don¡¯t tell me, you are going there alone? The opponent is a monster group that can only be killed by destroying their brain you know?¡¹
¡¸Yes. But, sniping won¡¯t work unless you go through the trouble of making headshot from a flying helicopter, while it¡¯s uncertain if grenade can destroy their brain reliably even if it can blow them away. The more time passed, the more the berserkers wille out one after another and we won¡¯t be able to take control. There is also the possibility that the crucial targets will run away during that time.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s¡¡certainly, it¡¯s just as you say. That was why we decided tond at the lumbering site five kilometers away from here so that the enemy won¡¯t notice us.¡¹
Bernard scratched his head roughly. They got their start spoiled right from the very beginning, and now to make up for that they would make Kousuke who originally should be an unrted person with this case to clear up the problem. Surely this matter was something shameful for him as a member of security bureau¡¯s assault section.
Kousuke who seemed to see through that sentiment of Bernard, pped on his shoulder thinking that it was unexpected.
¡¸Please don¡¯t think that I¡¯m unrted or anything. Rather, this ismybattle. I¡¯ll eliminate those who stand in Emily¡¯s way, protect her, and lead her to where her hand is reaching at. Rather, it¡¯s captain-san and others who are our cooperator here.¡¹
¡¸Mister Abyssgate¡¡¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s Kousuke. Well, that¡¯s how it is, so everyone, please give mecoveringokay? Aa, also just to make sure, I¡¯m Kousuke.¡¹
The words of Kousuke that were said with a fearless smile naturally caused Emily¡¯s eyes to grow moist from feeling moved, while Vanessa was making a triumphant look for some reason. And then, because the troops knew about Kousuke¡¯s monstrous power, they felt cheered up and sense of trust in their heart.
All of them saluted with a crisp expression and responded to Kousuke¡¯s instruction.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸YES-, ABYSSGATE-!!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s why-, I told you already that I¡¯m Kousuke-!! Is this intentional!? You are doing this intentionally!?¡¹
¡¸Mister Abyssgate-! We are going to arrive above them before long! It¡¯s really okay that I don¡¯t lower the altitude isn¡¯t it!?¡¹
¡¸Aargh-, pilot! So you too-! The altitude is fine as it is, damn it all-!¡¹
¡¸Abyss! Those guys are starting to turn berserk!¡¹
¡¸Captaiiin! What¡¯s with that friendly call name! You want me to punish you withpulsory rope-less bungee jump!? There are about twenty berserkers there huh, son of a bitch!¡¹
¡¸Abyssgate-san! I¡¯m opening the hatch! Good luck!¡¹
¡¸Thank you for the perfect salute! But I¡¯ll punch youter! Then, I¡¯ll go be the vanguard now!¡¹
¡¸Come all of you! Fix your eyes without blinking! This is the descend of Abyssgate-sama!¡¹
¡¸Danessa. I¡¯ll turn you into a lovely vigerter you bastaaard! Prepare yourself!¡¹
¡¸Abys¨D¨DKousuke-. Do your best!¡¹
¡¸Oi oi oi oi, Emily-chan. You almost called me Abyssgate just now aren¡¯t you!? What¡¯s the meaning of this!? That¡¯s quite shocking though!?¡¹
Even while making fierce retorts, Kousuke leaned out his body from the opened hatch with his head turning toward Emily. Emily was averting her eyes toward the direction of the day after tomorrow. It seemed that she was inly gotten carried away by the troops saying Abyssgate on and on.
But at the next moment, the helicopter tilted greatly. It seemed that one of the berserkers had thrown a block with a force like a cannon and the pilot took emergency evasion.
As the result,
¡¸Aa¡¹
Kousuke whose guard was down with his head turned toward Emily left behind that kind of stupid voice and got thrown out of the hatch. The troops went¡¸Aa¡¹in unison while staring at Kousuke who was getting smaller away.
¡¸Ko, KOUSUKEEEEEE-¡¹
While Emily¡¯s voice was echoing, Kousuke was freefalling face-up while his shoulders skillfully dropped in dejection. To fall like this from the helicopter by incident was really a sloppy way to start a fight.
¡¸Well, I¡¯m this kind of character after all. Surely.¡¹
Kousuke muttered that with a sigh, then with a twirl he rotated midair and looked down to the ground. There, berserkers who were already nearly twenty in number roared while waiting impatiently for the prey.
With those terrifying monsters below, Kousuke took out a sunsses from his breast pocket and calmly put it on. Right after that, the corner of his lips grinned widely. That was the mark of the descent of the abyss.
¡¸Good work with the wee. As thanks, I¡¯ll present you with a magnificent headhunting!¡¹
He kicked on the air. One of the berserkers waiting on the ground reflexively waved up his hand around like a child seeing the falling prey suddenly changing direction.
Lord Abyssgate shifted hisnding point. It wasn¡¯t because he wanted to avoid getting surrounded by berserkers. Rather, it was the opposite. He flew toward right in the middle of a spot with the highest concentration of berserkers without hesitation.
And then, just before thending, *shan-* a clear sound resounded while two short swords were drawn out, his body rotated like a spinning top. Jet ck sword sh that could be mistaken as spiral gale was blowing violently, caressing the thick neck of the berserkers that looked like a log.
*step*, while a lightnding sound that was unthinkableing from a high-altitude descent resounded, the lord stayed unmoving in a chuuni pose. He was kneeling on one knee, the two short swords were held in reverse grip, one at the front and the other one at the back.
At the next moment, four sounds *goto-* resounded behind the four berserkers surrounding the lord. Those sounds unmistakably came from the neck of the berserkers. Looking again, all the four berserkers had cleanly lost everything above their neck. The wounds might be burned or frozen, because no blood spurted out.
The terrifying monsters lost their head that was their only weak point. It was done so easily as though the berserkers were toy that had interchangeable head. *dou-* They fell down while raising such noise.
The lord stood up quietly. Of course he didn¡¯t forget to sharply push up his sunsses with one hand while making cool pose of half his body to the back. Seeing the lord like that, the berserkers growled while throwing their killing intent.
The lord took it stride while going¡¸fuh¡¹before he introduced himself.
¡¸A battle is killing each other with strength and will. You all who arecking will, you won¡¯t be able to stop this abyss. Now, let¡¯s pull down the curtain. ¨D¨DKousuke E Abyssgate, has arrived!!¡¹
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I caught a cold¡¡
When I went to buy cold medicine, my bicycle¡¯s wheel punctured¡¡
When I was ironing my suits, I noticed that a part was torn¡¡
It couldn¡¯t be helped, so I drunk the cold medicine and Nico Douga.
John Wick¡¯s Udonge is super cute¡¡
Shootout Dream and Battle of Koumakan are lovely.
The next update is nned at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 216
Chapter 216
The research facility had white outer wall. The Alpha squad was lining up along that wall with orderly formation. Bernard who was in the lead had his gaze fixed at the door that his subordinate was trying to break.
The other squads, Beta squad and Gamma squad were trying to infiltrate from other entrances. Each of those squads was apanied by a clone of Kousuke.
Kousuke was vigntly sensing his surrounding at the back of that formation while being aware of Emily who kept ncing at him with aplicated look.
¡¸¡¡Emily. I¡¯m really not bothered, so Emily too don¡¯t get bothered by it. Rather than that, focus your mind for now. Even though we are protecting you, that doesn¡¯t mean it¡¯s okay for you to not be careful okay?¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes. I¡¯m sorry Kousuke.¡¹
Actually, Emily was thinking that because she almost called Kousuke as Abyssgate just before he was about to jump from the helicopter, Kousuke identally fell down from the helicopter. Because of that she was a little down thinking that she had held the other back right away from the beginning.
Emily apologized right away when she got down from the helicopter, but Kousuke who had offhand knowledge that it was the easiest to get aimed at the moment when a helicopter was taking off ornding down was being busy acting vignt at the surrounding, so he only replied¡¸Aa, yeah, it¡¯s fine¡¹that sounded really curt.
Of course, he was also really didn¡¯t mind, so his words sounded light coupled with that factor too, but from Emily¡¯s viewpoint she felt that Kousuke¡¯s words had different nuance. So to speak, for her it sounded like¡¸Emily is the same with the other guys huh? Well, it doesn¡¯t really matter though¡¹.
As the result, Emily leaped at Kousuke. Kousuke was startled and he drew back, but Emily kept clinging at him while yelling things like¡¸You are misunderstanding Kousuke! The bad one is the idiot troops of the security bureau! I just got unconsciously carried away by them, I actually wanted to call your name properly! Please, believe me Kousuke!¡¹
In a site of a battle where a curbstomp y had just been performed, in a situation where they were surrounded by the special force troops around them, furthermore in a time where they were going to march into the enemy base after this, Emily-chan clung while imploring¡¸Don¡¯t hate me!¡¹unashamedly. It seemed that her nerve had unexpectedly be thick and sturdy through the case this time.
¡¸Oi, Aby. We are going to charge in. Keep your flirting with your girlfriend forter.¡¹
Bernard warned with an exasperated voice seeing the loveedy of the two that waspletelycking in tension (seen from the side) just before they broke in.
¡¸Oi, captain-san. The way you call me get even friendlier huh. If you want to get along with me that much, it¡¯s fine to call me Kousuke you know?¡¹
¡¸Is that so? Then you can also call me with my name you know, Aby.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I absolutely not going to.¡¹
The ignoring phenomenon urred really naturally. It wasn¡¯t like it was caused because of sarcasm, ill will, or teasing. Bernard was calling Kousuke as Aby with so much naturalness like a leaf that would fly if it was blown by the wind.
Beside Kousuke who was making a sour look, Emily who was called as ¡°girlfriend¡± had red cheeks while her mouth was smiling broadly, she was also throwing a gaze that was mixed with slight jealousy to Bernard who called Kousuke with pet name Aby, even though it was Kousuke¡¯s alias. She was busy with various things.
¡¸¡¡How envious. How jealous. Flirting with a cute girl in this kind of situation¡¡damn Abyssgate.¡¹
¡¸Who do you think you are addressing without any honorific just now? I¡¯m going to get rid of you while dressing it up as ident you know?¡¹
Allen had a handkerchief that he took out from somewhere and bit on it while going ¡®mukii!¡¯. It seemed that he was considerably broken. In respond to such Allen, Vanessa was giving a warning with a voice that didn¡¯t sound like a joke¡¡as for her, surely she was already at a point of no return.
The troops including the captain who were emitting nervousness from preparing themselves with the possibility that they themselves might get infected with Berserk exchanged gaze at each other with wry smile seeing the exchanges of Kousuke and co.
¡¸Captain, we can proceed.¡¹
Bernard received the report from the troop that seeded in unlocking the door and he used his radio. Both Beta squad and Gamma squad also returned affirmative signal for their breaking-in preparation.
Bernard started counting. Inside the tightly tensed atmosphere, the count¨D¨Dturned into zero.
¡¸GO-!¡¹
The troops were invading into the facility with fluentness like a flowing water from Bernard¡¯s signal.
Emily was desperately following at the middle of the troops while being surrounded from three directions by Kousuke, Vanessa, and also Allen.
The safety confirmation¡¸Clear¡¹reported back through the radio from each squad.
The corridor was dim. It seemed that the ce was only installed with fluorescencemp for emergency use. The existence of Kousuke and co was known from the battle at the helicopter. Therefore the facility personnel must had already turned off the facility¡¯s function and starting to escape.
The squad¡¯s objective ranged from capturing to erasing the essential personnel that were important even among the staffs of this facility. And then, their most important duty was to not let the water supply got polluted by Berserk no matter what happened. There wouldn¡¯t be any advantage for the enemy to spill the current version of Berserk, but the possibility of what these cornered people might do¡¡it couldn¡¯t be viewed optimistically.
Therefore, now that they had been detected, they had to suppress the whole facility swiftly. The troops were confirming their current position with a device in hand while advancing without hesitation inside the ominous facility without any human presence.
They could see the end of the corridor ahead. It seemed that the path became T-junction there.
It was at that time,
¡¸Enemy-. At the front, they¡¯re armed!¡¹
¡¸Spread out!¡¹
Kousuke¡¯s yell reverberated. Bernard gave instruction swiftly in a sh. The troops parted to left and right in a second and took cover behind pir or room entrance. Kousuke also hugged Emily and dived behind a pir.
Almost at the same time with that, *dadadadadada-* Consecutive gunshots were reverberating. Muzzle shes blinked at the corridor ahead, at the next moment impacts ran on the wall and pir where Kousuke and others were hiding and smashed up the surface.
It seemed that it was an ambush byhuman.
The reaction of the troops was also swift. They aimed toward the spot where muzzle sh was visible and began firing with polished uracy.
¡¸We cannot waste time in this kind of ce! Jazz-, grenade!¡¹
¡¸Yes sir¨D!¡¹
The troop called Jazz pointed the grenadeuncher attached under his rifle muzzle and fired deep into the corridor. Right after that, heat wave blew through along with a fierce roaring sound.
¡¸Go-, Go-, Go-!!¡¹
Bernard¡¯smand resounded while the wave of the explosion hadn¡¯t ended yet. The troops were firing simultaneously while rushing deeper into the corridor. Their gun point was directed ahead at where the corridor was divided to left and right. In a moment they could see the figure of a man running away toward the corridor turn.
The following troops saw men copsing on the ground, perhaps they werete to escape from the grenade explosion and crouched down. The men were groaning in pain, but right after that, they started to convulse. At that moment,
*tan-tan-tan-*
Gunshots echoed. The troops drilled the head of the men without hesitation.
¡¸Clear¡¹
¡¸Clear¡¹
The troops reported the confirmation of safety with calm voice. And then, as though nothing happened, the troops advanced forward once more with flowing movement toward the direction where they saw men escaping just before.
(¡¡As expected, the real deal special force is amazing huh.)
Kousuke reflexively sent praise with a small voice. Vanessa beside him showed her affirmation with an expression that looked slightly proud.
(Naturally. They aren¡¯t anything overwhelming like Kousuke-san, but the assault special force of security bureau is unmistakably elites. As long as their opponent isn¡¯t a mass of absurdity, they wouldn¡¯t fall behind that easily.)
As though to proof those words of Vanessa, the Alpha squad led by Bernard was exterminating the armed group lurking everywhere inside the facility to buy time, as though they were facing children. The squad kept advancing without stopping.
It seemed that the other squads were also the same from the reporting through the radio. There wasn¡¯t also any report of someone injured. Kousuke who was sharing information through his clone bodies also understood how his clone bodies didn¡¯t really need to do anything, so he once again felt for real the strength of the special force.
While they were advancing like that, Kousuke and co arrived into a spacious room. ording to Kaysis¡¯s data that they had downloaded before, this room should be the main research room.
As though to show that, there were several machineries that seemed for research use, iprehensible items left around on a desk, and several personalputers here and there.
¡¸Captain-san.¡¹
¡¸Aa, I know.¡¹
Kousuke called with a small voice, to which Bernard nodded. He already finished giving out hand signs and the troops also aimed their gun to cover all blind spots.
¡¸Yoo yoo, ain¡¯t this the great elites of security bureau. Just what are you doing, standing around silently in this kind of ce?¡¹
The one who was saying such thing with joking mood was a frivolous man with arge scar on his cheek as his peculiarity, Weiss. Perhaps as the expression of hisposure, he didn¡¯t even touch the light machine gun hanging on his shoulder by a strap. Both his hands were raised up as though to show his surrender.
¡¸¡¡Weiss Ingram. I never thought that you are in this kind of ce.¡¹
Allen sighed with his gun pointed. When Vanessa asked with her gaze¡¸Who?¡¹, Allen said that he was an inhuman mercenary who some time ago was failed to be caught by Agent L from JD Agency and then went missing after that.
Hearing that, Bernard¡¯s motivation to leave the man alive turned zero, and then was about to give erasure order in a snap.
¡¸O, oi oi, wait a second. If you kill me, something disastrous will¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Fire-!¡¹
Weiss was about to say something, but Bernard was merciless. He signaled the men to fire withoutpromise. Weiss jumped to the side without dy and countless bullets passed through the spot where he was just at a few moments ago.
Weiss hid behind a desk while cursing¡¸This is why I hate the spoiled elites-¡¹and sent instruction through his radio. The subordinates of Weiss who were hiding everywhere inside the room pulled their trigger toward the troops right away.
The troops immediately scattered to position where they could cover each other and began firing back to every directions. Kousuke was also starting his half Abyssgate transformation in the little chance some stray bullet would go to Emily while suppressing the enemy force.
¡¸Shit-. That Kaysis bastard. The pay is not worth it at all for something like this! Oi-, old man! Not yet!? We cannot hold on any longer here!¡¹
¡¸¨D¨D¡¹
Weiss threw an angry yell while firing back with his light machine gun. Right after that, a man was crawling out on all fours from the shadow of a desk located deeper in the room. It seemed that the man was crouching because he couldn¡¯t move due to the intensity of the gunfight.
Weiss who saw that clicked his tongue and took out a smartphone from his breast pocket, and without hesitation he pushed on one of the buttons lighting the screen. When he did that, a scream immediately surged.
¡¸My bad. Die for my sake a bit.¡¹
The button Weiss pushed was the detonator for the¡¾Berserk¡¿that he made his subordinates drunk.
Naturally, Weiss¡¯s subordinates knew the true nature of the thing they were made to drink. They knew yet they drunk that kind of thing. If they were asked why, it wasn¡¯t because of loyalty but because of fear. Simply because if they didn¡¯t drink it then they would be killed by their boss Weiss. That fear allowed them to take the drug even knowing the true identity of the drug.
Because in Weiss¡¯s mind he didn¡¯t think that he would be able to escape while leading all his subordinates, he made this inhumanly ruthless decision. He made everyone except his close aides and useful subordinates to take in the drug.
¡¸Chih. All troops, concentrate at the berserkers! Don¡¯t get hit by any ssh!¡¹
Bernard¡¯s order was given, at the same time Kousuke began to deal with the berserkers. He didn¡¯t neglect guarding Emily, but there were Vanessa and Allen beside her. It was Danessa-san who recently only showed her unfortunate side, but her strength was an authentic one.
After all, by herself she protected Emily from the dozens of pursuer led by Kimberly while being isted and helpless, she was a formidable fighter that could ovee even a berserker if it was one-on-one with leeway to spare.
As for Allen, it went without saying. he was a murder specialist that could take on at the same time several berserkers that were the primary source of infection who got dashed with the undiluted solution of¡¾Berserk¡¿. Even now he wasn¡¯t letting any enemy getting nearby by means of martial arts that looked like Gun-Kata using two handguns resembling a certain demon king.
But, even so, in this kind of situation where they were surrounded by berserkers from all directions, and it was at a range this close, it couldn¡¯t help that the attention would be directed to that way¡¡
¡¸Ah¡¹
Emily unconsciously raised her voice. Ahead of her gaze there was Weiss who was trying to get out of the room quickly where right now he was opening the door, and a man inb coat who got his cor grabbed by Weiss before he got thrown into the ce behind the door.
Kousuke lopped off the head of a berserker, and then he was about to set forth to capture Weiss¨D¨Djust before he could do that,
¡¸Then, sayonara everyone. Please enjoy your weing party until the end no matter what.¡¹
Saying that, Weiss pushed the smartphone button and the solid door closed loudly.
It was unclear just what his reason of pushing the button was. But that reason was immediately turned clear.
¡¸Guruurururururu¡¹
A low growling voice resounded between the gunshots.
¡¸Captain-san! The door deeper inside!¡¹
¡¸-, oi oi, what¡¯s that¡¡¡¹
Kousuke was pointing ahead. There, the door that was at the wall on the opposite side of the door Weiss and others went through was being opened before they knew it. And then, Bernard stiffened reflexively when he saw the thinging out from there.
The thinging out from there, was arge body that might reach two meters in length¨D¨Da beast. Its appearance looked like a cat. It had lean limbs and a tail swaying rxedly. However, it had arge body that couldn¡¯t be found anywhere on earth. Its eyes were bloodshot, and saliva was dripping down from its mouth.
From behind that beast, there were also things that weren¡¯t cat, but they were also erged beasts that looked hungry without any sanity. There were dogs, mouses, and also monkeys. Every one of them was literally a monster.
¡¸I see. There is no reason to not use Berserk on animal. And this ce is a research facility. It will be stranger instead if there is no animal as guinea pig¡¡¡¹
Bernard muttered that with a disgusted expression. He then gave instruction to his subordinates and they rearranged their formation. But, at the same time there were angry yells resounding from the radio. It came from Beta squad and Gamma squad. It seemed that at their side they also encountered berserk animals.
Thanks to Kousuke¡¯s clone, currently there wasn¡¯t any troop who became unable to fight, but they didn¡¯t seem to be in the situation where they could link up with each other soon.
¡¸It can¡¯t be helped. We don¡¯t know how many of this things there are, but I¡¯ll clear¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸No, Aby. You go chase Ingram and others together with Doctor Grant.¡¹
Kousuke who was in Abyssgate transformation once more was about to take on the berserk animals¨D¨Dthe Berserk Beasts. But Bernard stopped him.
Kousuke reflexively turned an expression of disbelief¡¸Are you sane?¡¹to Bernard. Bernard gave a nce to such Kousuke before throwing a shbang and tear-gas grenade. If they were animal, then even if they were turned mad, they might falter a bit in front of objects that intensely stimted their sight and smell. That was Bernard¡¯s thinking but¡¡
Unexpectedly, it seemed that his thinking was right on the mark, The Berserk Beasts didn¡¯t falter, but they leaped back greatly.
Bernard was including that useful information into the tactic inside his head while he spoke to Kousuke using the time he bought.
¡¸Both Ingram and that man he took away are both preys that cannot be allowed to escape. We don¡¯t know what kind of escape method they has prepared, on top of that we cannot let they buy any time. Besides, there won¡¯t be any meaning of you taking the girl here if they get away isn¡¯t it?¡¹
Bernard said that with a smile. His gaze turned toward Emily who was desperately looking at the situation around even while he was turning small with both her hands holding her head.
It was exactly as Bernard said. The reason they picked this ce from among the ces that should be suppressed was for Emily¡¯s sake. Emily herself knew that she was asking for something selfish, even so she earnestly requested and arrived here. It wasn¡¯t for the sake of the world or even for the sake of the security bureau. It was for the sake of Emily that he came here. It was none other than Kousuke who dered that.
Kousuke looked at Bernard once again. The berserkers around had mostly been dealt by the troops, even so if they had to face the Berserk Beasts then it would be a struggle between life and death for them.
But, the gaze that Bernard returned to Kousuke contained not even a shred of hesitation or fear. He would give his all for the sake of doing what must be done. There was only the resolve as a professional in his gaze.
¡¸I¡¯ll send my clones here quickly when they finish taking care the guys at the other ces. Don¡¯t be reckless and focus on buying time.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s really reassuring. If it¡¯s just buying time it will be too simple that I might let my guard down unconsciously.¡¹
Bernard smiled fearlessly. Kousuke also returned back a fearless smile while he helped Emily stood up.
¡¸Bernard. You are a good guy.¡¹
¡¸You notice it thiste? You are unexpectedly slow huh, Aby.¡¹
Saying that, Kousuke and Bernard thrust their fist at each other. For some reason Vanessa¡¯s eyes were sparkling at the exchange of manly smile between the two, but they ignored it for now.
Kousuke pulled at Emily¡¯s hand and broke into a run right away. Vanessa and Allen were also following behind.
At the same time, the Berserk Beasts might instinctually hate letting their prey got away more than feeling disgusted toward the tear gas. They all rushed off toward the four.
¡¸Don¡¯t let them hinder Aby and others-!¡¹
The troopsid out a barrage following Bernard¡¯s order. The berserk beasts were blown away to the side and made to be unable to stop the charge of Kousuke and co.
Using that opening, Kousuke was able to reach the door where Weiss went into. Kousuke opened the door while he looked at Bernard and the troops who were facing the berserk beasts who had changed target.
Seeing Kousuke and others stopped moving and looking here, Bernard yelled angrily.
¡¸Don¡¯t mind us, just go quickly-! Heh, no need to worry, we are going to catch up with you guys soon.¡¹
¡¸Wai-, stupid-! Just why did you say that just now!?¡¹
The speech of Bernard that was said with a fearless smile caused Kousuke to make a retort. Just how could Bernard say that kind of lovely speech in this critical hour? There was no way Bernard who wasn¡¯t an otaku was running a joke here, which made that speech sounded excessively ominous.
But, in a perfect form Bernard added more lovely g as though he was being possessed in this critical hour.
¡¸Aby! Let¡¯s get some beer when this case is over!¡¹
¡¸Stop it already! In the battlefield,¡ºWhen I go home~¡»type of speech is something that mustn¡¯t be said the most!¡¹
Of course, Kousuke¡¯s words were ignored so naturally it was unnatural like usual.
¡¸Doctor Grant! There is one thing I want to say to you along with my subordinates if we can meet againter! Will you hear it then!?¡¹
¡¸Eh? Ye, yes! It¡¯s a promise!¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s why stop ittt! Emily too don¡¯t reply back! It¡¯s seriously not funny at allll!¡¹
¡®As expected, perhaps it was better that I remain here.¡¯ Kousuke thought so, but right after that, one of the berserk beasts approached Kousuke and co. But because Allen pulled in the other three into the door¡¯s other side while saying¡¸Please hurry!¡¹, the beast didn¡¯t manage to get near.
The solid door was closed, and in the end the sight of Bernard giving them a thumb up with a nice smile was seared into their brain.
The door was dented then from the tackle of the berserk beast, after that the sound of gunshot resounded *gan gan gan*.
¡¸Now, let¡¯ stop standing idly here and proceed!¡¹
Vanessa and Emily stood up from Allen¡¯s words. Kousuke also stood up with a speechless expression.
Like that, Kousuke and co started running deeper into the corridor. Vanessa suddenly whispered.
¡¸What a sorrowful affair.¡¹
¡¸You are annoying!¡¹
Kousuke¡¯s retort exploded toward that extremely imprudent line. *bachikon* Vanessa¡¯s head was struck with such sound while Emily and Allen were bewildered at that iprehensible act of the two. Kousuke then prayed.
¡¸Bernard. I¡¯ll send help there as soon as possible so seriously, don¡¯t die.¡¹
For some reason, the figure of Bernard giving a thumb up with a nice smile couldn¡¯t vanish from Kousuke¡¯s mind.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I don¡¯t have writing time at all with 7 days of continuous working, but this chapter made it in time somehow with just a bit ofteness¡¡but I¡¯m sorry for theteness.
Next chapter will be the climax.
The next update will be at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 217
Chapter 217
Kousuke and co dashed through the dim corridor that was only illuminated by emergencymps.
They couldn''t see the figure of Weiss and the man inb coat they were pursuing, but there was no hesitation in the steps of Kousuke who was in the lead. He was advancing while his gaze was focusing to the ground of thisplicated passage that seemed like an undergroundbyrinth. There wasn''t any map for this ce even in Kaysis''s data.
Kousuke was following the trail and presence of the escaping Weiss using the skill of "assassin" vocation, [+Tracking]. He didn''t miss even the faint trace that was even vaguer than mist which a normal person wouldn''t be able to perceive. Putting aside Vanessa who was ecstatic, even Allen''s face was twitching for who knew how many times already from seeing that figure chasing after the prey urately.
¡¸¡¸oOOOOOOO-¡¹¡¹
¡¸Don''t mind them. Run!¡¹
Berserkers appeared from the corner of the passage. The two berserkers were charging at them right from the front, causing the ground to vibrate. Allen and Vanessa spontaneously began to stop their feet to intercept, but Kousuke elerated faster instead and raised his voice. The two of them reflexively obeyed him.
Kousuke tensed his legs and put strength into them. He soundlessly elerated and approached the wall. Emily and others followed behind thinking that he was going to pass through from the side, but they soon knew that wasn''t his intention.
Kousuke put his foot on the wall and ran on its surface while his body was turning sideways. When he climbed until the ceiling where his body became upside down, he kept running on the ceiling without pause. ¨D¨DSkill "Shadow Dance". It was Kousuke''s favorite skill.
¡¸Hah¡¹
Kousuke sprinted on the ceiling. The movement of the two berserkers who was about to tackle halted for a moment seeing the impossible position of their target. Kousuke rushed into between the two.
Still being upside down, a short sword shed in a rotation like a whirling wind. A beam of light the color of blue sky gently caressed the necks of the berserkers, melting and cutting without reservation. Shockwave flew from the fingerless glove too as though it was only done as an extra, blowing away the berserkers to the wall.
Kousukended lightly and then he resumed running in the lead as though nothing happened.
The body of the berserkers convulsed in vain on the wall, without any ssh or without being any obstacle at all.
Even before reaching this far, there were berserkers and berserk beasts attacking them incessantly. Most likely they were prepared by Weiss to hinder them, but they only came sporadically and couldn''t hope to stop Kousuke on his track.
Before long Kousuke and others ran into a steel door at the end of the passage. The width of the passage was quite wide, but there wererge boxes and machine parts cluttering the floor that if multiple people wanted to pass through they would need to line up in a single line.
¡¸Vanessa-¡¹
¡¸Roger.¡¹
When Kousuke called, Vanessa moved instantly in understanding. She hugged Emily who was at her side and hid behind arge machine part. Allen also took cover smoothly after her.
A beat.
*DA DA DA DA DA DA DA DA DA-* Thunderous roar echoed. A machine gun in full auto spouted fire and a great number of bullets scattered the packages filling the corridor. Kousuke smoothly evaded the flying bullets and threw a kunai.
¡¸Kousuke-san. Your Vanessa is desiring to see the scene of cutting bullets with katana.¡¹
Vanessa-san who was loyal to her own desire even while getting exposed to gunshot. Emily who was being embraced inside Vanessa''s embrace was dealing the ps of straight man repeatedly *pechi pechi* even while turning small.
¡¸No, putting aside getting out from line of fire, but a stunt like cutting apart bullets from full-auto shooting with unparalleled uracy is beyond me okay?¡¹
Vanessa''s eyes turned round while she went¡¸Ee¡¡¡¹hearing what Kousuke said. It seemed that the Kousuke inside Vanessa had been turned into someone who could do anything.
Vanessa turned a gaze that seemed to want to say¡¸You''re kidding, you say that, but the truth is?¡¹. Kousuke smiled wryly to that.
¡¸Something like cutting all bullets fired in full-auto without even missing one, that kind of stunt is only possible for the demon king or the demon king¡¯s wife the swordswoman-sama. As for me, I''m going with petty surprise attack just fine.¡¹
Kousuke shrugged his shoulders, and then at the next moment, his figure vanished. In exchange, there was a kunai at the spot where Kousuke had been at until now. That was the kunai that Kousuke threw just before.
Naturall, for the kunai to be there meant,
¡¸Guah!?¡¹
¡¸Shit-. Since whe¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Gafuh!?¡¹
Kousuke was in the middle of the enemies.
It was one of the abilities possessed by the kunai. Space substitution. The subordinates of Weiss were panicked at the sudden appearance of Kousuke at the wall where the kunai had stabbed. They aimed their gun muzzle without dy, but at that time they could do nothing but having a tearful separation, between their head and body.
A single attack of heat and sh given them an unreal death. Their torso and head rolled like broken toy without even any time to transform into berserker and they departed for their journey to the other world.
Even so, different from a berserker''sst moment who would have their body dried uppletely and broke down to a degree they couldn''t keep their original shape, now the space was filled with human corpses rolling around everywhere. That factor was enough for Emily who wasn''t used to death to turn pale and bile to rise up in her throat.
¡¸Emily, right now think only about forward¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸I, I''m fine, Kousuke. Let''s go!¡¹
Her smiling face was twitching and pale, but Emily stopped Kousuke''s words with a strong voice. And then, she stared at the solid-looking steel door in front of her eyes, as though she understood something.
¡¸Kousuke. Ahead of this is¡¡¡¹
¡¸So you realize. Yeah, that''s right. They are at the other side of this door. It looks like they are flustered, but they still aren''t escaping. Looks like we made it in time.¡¹
¡¸I see¡¡¡¹
Emily took a deep, deep deep breath. And then, she closed her eyes just a little. By doing that, spectacles revolved behind her eyelids like a revolvingntern. The days she spent at Down ssroom. The smile of Hendricks and Lizzie who looked after her, the quarrel between Rod and Dennis in ce of greeting, Jessica''s mischievous smile, the joyful and fun joke exchange between Sam and Milo.
They were Emily''s beloved big brothers and sisters. They weren''t here anymore. She could never meet them again, her precious family.
Emily opened her eyes quietly.
¡¸Kousuke, please.¡¹
¡¸Ou¡¹
Her words were few, but the respond she got was strong. Kousuke''s short sword left azure trail behind and pierced the steel door. It was as though a knife stabbing through butter, the short sword smoothly pierced without meeting resistance. The ce pierced by that super-high temperature had the surrounding area melting in the blink of eye.
*plop, plop* The steel door was turned red hot and melted down. The sight behind the door was starting to turn visible bit by bit from there.
It seemed that it was an underground parking lot at the other side of the steel door. There were several passenger cars and freight cars, there were also particr vehicles like forklift and so on.
Beside one of those cars, at the side of a medium-size pick-up truck, there was the figure of two people. They were at the side of the truck load that seemed to be filled with luggage, but it appeared they were astonished with the steel door melting. They were standing still without a twitch.
*plop, plop* The door was vanishing, The door separating Emily and the man was vanishing.
Their knees were starting to be visible. One set was Weiss that they saw before this, while the ck of the other man was something really familiar for Emily. That cks was dark brown and Jessica and Lizzie always said that it was too in. Surely if the ck was seen from nearby, there would be a small fray that could be found around the right knee.
The belt was starting to get visible. That belt was slightly thinning recently and the holes were shifted. Everyone was worried if the wearer of that belt was eating properly because he often went on a trip.
The necktie was visible. It was a bright navy blue necktie with sharp stripes on it. To tell the truth, it was a present from Emily to him for his birthday. The expense choked out her pocket money while she chose the necktie with the help of Lizzie and Jessica.
¡¸Aa¡¡¡¹
Emily unconsciously leaked out her voice. That voice came from her fleeting hope¨D¨Dthat "It could be a mistake by some chance", that hope which she herself wouldugh at, it was now crushed to bits.
Kousuke swung his arm. The steel door was blown away without leaving any trace.
There was no more thing that stood in their way.
The remains of the steel door illuminated the surrounding bright red even though they were rapidly cooling down. Emily slowly walked forward while the remains were scattering. At her right side was the protector from the Far East who was wielding the mystic, at her left side was the heroic protector who would stand up even against her mothend if it was necessary, and behind her was the protector who shouldn''t exist that symbolized the necessary evil. She entered while taking them along.
The flutteringb coat, that was Emily''s pride. The proof of her pride of the things she had piled up and of the ce to belong that was given to her by him. But right now, that pride felt really heavy, really empty.
Beside Weiss who was cursing¡¸This is too fast, this damned monster¡¹while holding his head, there was the man who was still petrified in astonishment. Emily looked like she was going to burst crying anytime, however her expression was filled with the resolve that she absolutely wouldn''t cry. It was with that expression that she opened her mouth to that man.
¡¸Why did, you do it¡¡teacher?¡¹
There was no way the man couldn''t understand the meaning of that question.
The first voice Emily spoke out, it made him, Emily''s teacher that was like a substitute of her father¨D¨DProfessor Reginald Down toe back to his senses.
¡¸Emily¡¡¡¹
¡¸Why did you do it, teacher?¡¹
Hearing her name called by that voice that she thought wouldn''t be able to hear for the second time, it caused Emily''s heart to be shaken whether she wanted it or not. The words that she repeated had no intonation, perhaps because she was forcefully holding down her emotion.
¡¸¡¡Emily, I¨D¨D¡¹
Professor Down''s words got caught up in his throat once more. He bit his lip hard, as though he was in pain, or as though he was holding back something. Kousuke and Vanessa watched over the scene.
Silence ruled over the ce. In the middle of that, Weiss suddenly nced at his wristwatch. At that moment, Allen who had never taken off his gaze from Weiss reacted.
He exchanged nce with Kousuke for an instant. That was him signaling to let Emily kept talking while he would capture Weiss ahead. There wasn''t any reason to let an enemy atrge, so Kousuke also showed an agreement with his gaze.
Like that, Kousuke and Allen were about to leap out, but just before they could,
¡¸Whooops, don''t move you two. If not I''m going to make this beloved papa of that missy get riddle with hole yeah.¡¹
Weiss who anticipated that quickly move and circled his arm around Down''s neck and pinioned him from behind. He was hiding behind Down and turned him into a shield while his gun muzzle stuck out on Down''s side.
Weiss hindered Emily''s talk with his gun muzzle not wavering. Vanessa gazed at him with a suspicious gaze.
¡¸What are you nning?¡¹
¡¸What, nothing. Even though he is threatened, but as expected, with the girl who is like his daughter in front of him, perhaps this guy might do something stupid. That''s what I think, you know?¡¹
¡¸Threaten? ¡¡Are you saying that Professor Down is here because he is being threatened?¡¹
¡¸Hm~~, it''s a bit of faulty expression to say threaten I guess. It''s that, something like unwillinglyplying with forced request for cooperation.¡¹
It seemed that Weiss wanted to say that Down was here unwillingly. Down''s face grimaced from the sensation of gun being pressed hard on him. Weiss grinned smugly while he jerked his chin toward Emily.
¡¸Genius missy. This substitute father of yours is really gant see. He will lick even other people''s shoes with the term that they won''ty your hand on you. Even I got moved into tears by that devotion and thought that maybe I''ll overlook you missy, but it''s a different story if youe here by yourself.¡¹
¡¸Wa, wait, that''s not what we agreed on. You said that Emily won''t¨D¨D¡¹
Down showed his panic hearing Weiss being talkative. Just from looking at that, it really seemed as though Down was obeying without any choice because Emily was used to threaten him.
Weiss sent a vulgar gaze at Emily as though he was going to ridicule Emily''s agitation¨D¨D
¡¸Teacher, please answer. Why, did youe to do something like this?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
What was there, was an Emily who wasn''t shaken even for a bit, her straightforward gaze was unchanging while her expression looked as though she was desperately stifling her overflowing emotion. Rather, her expression was showing as though something was dirtied from how Down was still disying that kind of farce at this point of time. Be that as it may, a strong will could be seen from her that made it clear that she had no n of going along with that kind of farce.
Kousuke and Allen spontaneously made a small smile seeing how Emily acted. Vanessa too, even though she was gazing at Emily with concern, but her expression was proud toward Emily who was showing her "strength".
¡¸What''s this, I though you are going to get shaken at least a little. Well, I didn''t expect that much from this anyway. It''s fine because the sure thing will be from here on.¡¹
Weiss easily separated from Down and he shrugged his shoulders, and then he cleared away in one go the cover enveloping therge box that was put on the back of the pick-up truck.
¡¸-, you-¡¹
¡¸Ooh, so you are shaken by this. I''m d I brought it here for just in case.¡¹
Emily red at Weiss with a furious look. Kousuke and others also weren''t an exception. That special case with transparent surface was filled with children who hadn''t even reach five years old. They looked really scared, three children were snuggling with each other at a corner of the cramped case, their body huddled down while trembling fiercely.
Weiss pushed his finger on the smartphone on his hand while his vulgar grin deepened.
¡¸The Americanic bastard over there, also the agents, and even Emily, don''t move okay? If my finger slipped because of the spur of the moment, this brats will end up going with cheery monster debut yeah?¡¹
Because Weiss knew about Kousuke''s ability, he didn''t take his gaze off from Kousuke even for a moment despite his frivolous attitude. Most likely, the moment Kousuke''s presence vanished even for an instant in this situation, he would move his finger without hesitation and activated the detonator switch for the Berserk that was consumed by the children.
¡¡And so, Kousuke was normally vanishing just like usual.
¡¸You scum. Just the fact that you are living is a crime.¡¹
Vanessa who guessed what Kousuke was doing cursed to buy time. Weiss''s expression turned amused instead at the abuse from an opponent in a situation where he was overwhelmingly superior and he shrugged. Of course, he didn''t take off his gaze from Kousuke¡¡he didn''t take off his gaze¡¡
¡¸It''s better for you all dogs of the government to increase your cursing variation a bit more. I already got too used at what you guys will say, recently it was boring for me. Well, no matter. Come on, first of all, you guys toss the dangerous items to the floor.¡¹
His gaze toward Kousuke wasn''t taken o¡¡wasn''t tak¡¡it was taken off.
Weiss''s gaze smoothly flowed toward Vanessa who was talking at him. He did that really naturally, without any doubt, as though it was only the norm. He slowly lowered down his gun and he made a satisfied smile toward Allen and Vanessa.
¡¸Not using skill is also advantageous sometimes¡¡it''s not like, I''m crying here.¡¹
¡¸Wha-, guwah!?¡¹
Kousuke-san who was normally at your side, weeping like usual, was here. He ignored Weiss who jumped in shock, held his wrist and made him dropped the smartphone, and then held him down to his knees.
¡¸Guh, god damn it-. This Americanic bastard! Just why the hell something like youes out here huh!¡¹
¡¸It''s not like I don''t understand your feeling, but be quiet for a bit. Right now is Emily''s time.¡¹
When Kousuke increased the pressure at Weiss''s joint, Weiss leaked out a small anguished voice¡¸Ngih¡¹before he shut his mouth.
Down backed away from Kousuke who suddenly appeared at his side where Emily''s gaze then pierced through him.
But, right after when they thought that Weiss''s farce was over and they could start talking,
*goun-goun-goun-*
A suspicious voice that sounded like it was resounding from the bottom of earth resounded on the eardrum of Kousuke and co. It was the sound of some kind of machine activating. And it also sounded really loud. Kousuke and co ran their gaze suspiciously on the floor.
And then, their gaze caught a crack running through the floor. No, it wasn''t a crack, but a circle line with its center split by a vertical line.
¡¸Is that, elevator?¡¹
Vanessa muttered. It was just as she said, there was an underground space further underneath this underground parking lot cum cargo storeroom. The diameter of the circle shaped elevator was around seven, eight meter. It was arge elevator for transportingrge machinery and material.
It was climbing up. Kousuke and others had bad premonition welling up inside them fiercely. This time a muffledughter resounded in their ears.
¡¸Ku-, kuku-, fuhah. It finally arrived. It thought a lot of time to lure it until the elevator, but it''s barely safe. I thought just what will happen when the distractions got easily broken through and we were caught up with, but it''s worth it making up that kind of farce.¡¹
Weiss said that kind of thing while getting pushed on the floor by Kousuke. They were about to question what he meant by that, but before they could, the elevator''s door opened. The floor split to left and right, and a hole was opened wide on the floor¨D¨D
Countless something instantly flew out from there.
¡¸-, Get down-¡¹
Kousuke yelled while taking position in front of Emily right away. And then, he mowed down those things attacking them with a sh of his short sword. Vanessa and Allen also quickly got down and they seeded to evade the first attack somehow.
Those things intercepted and severed by Kousuke made raw sound *bicha* and fell on the floor. The fallen things convulsed with watery sound, while the sources of the things that lost its tips were pulling back into the elevator.
¡¸Te, tentacle?¡¹
¡¸Looks like it. Those guys, just what in the world they are calling to here?¡¹
The things that Emily mentioned while her face went pale were indeed tentacles. They were skin-colored, fleshy tentacles that even looked like human guts. Those things flew out simultaneously from the elevator.
¡¸Old man. It''s n B! Run until the meeting point somehow!¡¹
¡¸-, Go, got it!¡¹
The moment Kousuke left him, Weiss sprang up to his feet and jumped to the side. He barely avoided those things that also came attacking at him. And then he took out an attach¨¦ case from the pickup truck''s driver seat that had its door opened all this time. At the same time he started up the engine.
But, he didn''t enter the truck, but started running in full speed while still holding the attach¨¦ case.
On the other hand, Down also seemed to know what wasing from the underground, he rolled under the truck the moment the elevator''s door opened and like that he came out at the other side and hid there, so he was safe. And then, just like Weiss, he took into his hands a shoulder bag and a rectangle case. He then started running toward a door at the opposite side of where Weiss was going.
Naturally, Kousuke and others aimed their kunai and gun to stop Weiss, but a lot of tentacles flew out before they could and hindered them.
On top of that,
¡¸Ah, Kousuke-. Those children-¡¹
¡¸That bastard-. So this is his aim from the start-¡¹
The tentacles attacked the pickup truck as though they were reacting to the engine sound. Even though each of the tentacles was only as big as an arm of a child, they instantly toppled the truck sideways without any difficulty. Naturally, the case where the children were entered into was thrown out from the truck. The children who were jostled inside the case screamed.
The tentacles reacted to that scream and entangled around the case. It seemed that it was a tough case, so the case wasn''t crushed or squashed, but the case was dragged toward the elevator.
¡¸Vanessa, Allen. Take care of Emily!¡¹
¡¸Acknowledged!¡¹
¡¸Aah, geez. This ispletely out of my field you knoww¡¹
They followed Kousuke''s instruction and went to Emily''s side to protect her, then they led her away to take distance from the elevator. Most of the rushing out tentacles was cut apart by Kousuke, even so, as expected from the two, their skill allowed them to urately blow away the remaining tentacles using bullet.
Kousuke judged that it would be fine to leave them to fend for themselves for the moment and he was going to rescue the children.
However,
¡¸No way I''ll let you do that so simply yeah!¡¹
¡¸You-, this shitty bastard!¡¹
Weiss fired his machine gun from the other side of the door. He was aiming at Emily. As expected, a feat of shooting down bullet using bullet could only be done by a certain demon king. It was impossible for Vanessa and Allen.
Therefore, Kousuke couldn''t help but defending against that using his kunai to deploy out a barrier. Although it was only for a little while, but Kousuke was still being held in ce,
¡¸Yoo, Americanic bastard! If you are a hero, then don''t abandon those pitiful children just like a hero yeah.¡¹
Weiss''s disgustingugh echoed, at the next moment¨D¨Dit flew out.
Like a spear that was thrown by an expert, countless tentacles stretched out and stabbed on the ceiling and wall. And then, by using expansion and contraction, and recoil, something that could be described as a lump of meat appeared from the bottom of earth.
It was weird and repulsive, like minced meats that were haphazardly kneaded to each other, with tentacles haphazardly growing a lot from there. That figure stirred up instinctive revulsion from anyone seeing it.
It wriggled with bby motion and crawled up like a muddy stream, It scattered around flesh and liquid while covering over the nearest prey. ¨D¨DYes, toward the case where the children were inside.
¡¸That case is a solid one, so it will be able to hold for a bit even if it was swallowed by that ruined experiment. Do your best and go all out to rescue those children. We won''t mind it okay?¡¹
A ruined experiment¨D¨Djust as those words stated, the meat lump was a product that was created from a process of an experiment. The reason this thing ended up as this ugly meat lump was only one, it was because of a demonic deed that was done for the sake of knowing the limit of Berserk''s ability.
Berserk would repeatedly caused regeneration by forcefully invigorating the cells until past the limit of the flesh. Then, what would happen if Berserk was continuously administered while also continuously giving healthy and young flesh to the subject? The subject would fuse its former flesh with another flesh in the form of it getting swallowed inside regeneration. Such thing was repeated.
Like that, what resulted was the worst monster that didn''t even retain its shape as a living thing¨D¨Da Berserk Chimera. It was already iprehensible just what was the former organisms that entered into the fusion.
It took time to lure this thing from the underground''s deepest experiment room until here using any kind of bait. But, Weiss believed that it would be impossible to hold back this existence that was wielding supernatural without using the Berserk Chimera. This was his genuine trump card. That farce and all his talkativeness were for buying time to guide this Berserk Chimera.
Weiss immediately vanished behind the door at the same time with his spoken out parting remark. After the berserk chimera took the children''s case, it continued to attack Kousuke and others without pause using his tentacles like a storm.
Kousuke defended against all those while gritting his teeth hard. Behind him, Emily called at him with a trembling voice.
¡¸Kousuke, those children¡¡what to do! They have to be saved!¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
There was no reply. Normally, Kousuke should reply right away with words that were overflowing with confidence, but now he didn''t reply right away. A bad premonition welled up inside her. By any chance, perhaps even with Kousuke here, those children were beyond salvation already. Was this the end, just like what Weiss said¡¡
¡¸Kousu¨D¨D¡¹
Emily slowly peeked at Kousuke''s side profile with an expression that almost cried. She instantly swallowed back her words unconsciously.
Kousuke was always like whistling wind, or making a troubled smile on his face. Sometimes he showed a serious face, a resolved face, a nostalgic face. Emily had seen all those faces until now, but she had never seen Kousuke''s current face.
There was nothing in it, an expression of "nothingness".
Honestly, she shuddered. The eyes without any emotion in it, staring straight at the berserk chimera, and the expression where all emotion had slipped off cleanly from it, it was as though the person there wasn''t Kousuke.
¡¸I somehow, understand. Even though I don''t know how your former appearance looked like, I understand somehow. ¡¡It''s scary isn''t it? It''s painful isn''t it? You were brought to this kind of ce, and ended up like that¡¡¡¹
Those wordscked intonation. There, not just Emily, Vanessa and Allen also noticed.
Kousuke, had "snapped". It wasn''t at the level of the anger he showed when Emily was cornered by the security bureau. At that time there was still some saving grace. The Grant family was in good health and they were already rescued, Chief Magdanese and her group also people with conviction, and the incident at the research building had a strong aspect as being an ident.
That was why, even though Kousuke was angry at that time, he wasn''t totally angry. But, right now was different. What was in front of Kousuke was an inhuman act. Anavatar of malice and greed. He understood. Even though he didn''t know the detail, but he understood, just what was the material used to make the meat lump before his eyes. He understood, just who was crying and screaming at that time.
That was why, the feeling that Kousuke held¨D¨Dwas rage.
¡¸Allen.¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes-¡¹
Allen who was suddenly addressed twitched in reaction. Allen was sweating coldly from the terror that was silently, but surely eroding him. Kousukemanded at such Allen still with a voice that wascking intonation.
¡¸Chase after "that". Stop him in ce, until I catch up after I rescue those children.¡¹
¡¸Ye, YES SIR-!!¡¹
Kousuke stabbed his short sword into the ground and made a path of me ran on the ground. A path that was protected by a me wall ran straight until the door where Weiss entered. Allen dashed through it.
¡¸Emily.¡¹
¡¸Hy, hyes-¡¹
¡¸Chase after the professor. Vanessa.¡¹
¡¸Yes, Kousuke-san.¡¹
¡¸Protect Emily.¡¹
¡¸Ackinowledged.¡¹
me ran, toward the door Down went through. Emily was hesitating, but Vanessa held her hand and pulled her. Even so, Emily was worried about the children and also about Kousuke. When she looked back, there, Kousuke was putting on his sunsses while opening his mouth.
¡¸Don''t worry Emily. I''ll save those children. I''ll destroy this pitiful monster. I''ll make "that" regret that he was born. I''ll leave only Down to Emily, but I also won''t let anyone other than those guys to get away. That''s why, go.¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes, I understand. ¡¡Kousuke, please, save those children!¡¹
¡¸Yeah, leave it to me.¡¹
Emily started running, led by Vanessa. The berserk chimera instinctually shirked away from the me wall, even so it still tried to capture the preys by stretching its tentacles in roundabout way through the ceiling, but all its efforts were pushed back by the barrier from the kunai and it couldn''t approach the preys.
Emily and others chased after their respective target and their figure vanished from the room. Detecting that, Kousuke, no, the abyss lord dered calmly without even taking a cool pose.
¡¸This rage, surely belongs to all of you who are toyed by others as they pleased. In return, I''ll dispel your chagrin for you. That''s why, please, sleep peacefully.¡¹
The abyss lord who was driven by rage, began his battle for the sake of salvation.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Now then, at thest chapter I said that next will be the climax but¡¡this chapter is one step behind the climax.
So far as it goes, Shirakome is looking on warmly from managing to put out a cool development following the temte, that "the mastermind is the father" but,
Actually I wanted to end this all in one go with one chapter.
Everything is the fault of reality and workce. I''m sorry.
Next week I will receive consecutive holidays, so I think I can go until the end.
It will make me happy if you readers can look forward to it.
The next update is nned to be at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 218
Chapter 218
He was running without making any sound, while paying the greatest caution to the surrounding, yet his running speed was still top speed. The agent of a nonexistent organization¨D¨DAllen, was chasing after the escaping Weiss with an astounding speed.
It seemed that Weiss was heading toward the instation of this facility''s power generator, Allen could see various pipes and electronics, big and small through the corridor.
But, at that time, Allen''s gaze suddenly caught something that he ought to be careful against. It was a very fine wire that was set up on the corridor inconspicuously. A simple trap.
Allen''s face didn''t change, his running speed didn''t decrease, he went to the wall and jumped. And then, by kicking on the wall he climbed until near the ceiling, his hands caught one of the pipes and he flew over the wire like a pendulum.
That jump looked excessive just for jumping over a single wire, but actually that wire was a bluff, there was an infrared-type trap set up ahead of that wire, so Allen''s action was correct looking at the result. It was an instantaneous judgment based from Allen''s experience of many years.
¡¸This will be easier if I can run on the ceiling like him though!!¡¹
¡¸Chih. You bastard are also monstrous enough to be able to react to that-¡¹
Weiss who was hiding behind a cover aimed at the moment Allennded and fired. However, Allen also read that ahead, he got down looking as though he was clinging on the floor the moment hended, so the bullet futilely passed through above his head.
Still lying down on the floor, Allen pulled his gun trigger without any timeg. His bullet counterattacked Weiss. Weiss leaked out¡¸Uoh-!¡¹voice, even so he managed to dodge by hiding his body with the agility that was in the level of a cockroach.
¡¸Eat this too!¡¹
¡¸Are you idiot, doing that in this kind of ce!?¡¹
Weiss threw a hand grenade while roaring angrily. It was a cramped ce like this, furthermore the ce was packed full with pipes that were unknown what their function were. ''Just what the hell he is thinking throwing explosive here!'' Allen sprang to his feet even while cursing and he aimed in kneeling posture using both his hands.
Like that, the bullet he fired urately shot through the midair grenade, and it exploded right in the middle between Weiss and Allen. Allen rolled to the passage''s wall at the same time with his firing and then he covered his whole body with his coat that possessed the function of bullet-proof, knife-proof, and impact resistance. Even so he gritted his teeth from the impact that made him felt enough pain while trying to snipe Weiss, at that time,
¡¸Ih!?¡¹
¡¸Light is with you, I guess?¡¹
Allen''s cheeks twitched from looking at "that" rolling below him. Right after that, *kat-* intense light surged out.
Weiss who in a sense believed at Allen''s skill had predicted that Allen would shoot down the hand grenade, so he also threw a shbang at almost the same time.
With this, he ran out of grenade and shbang. The doubleyered trap and the hand grenade was a preparation to steal Allen''s sight in this moment.
At the same time when the light was starting to settle down, Weiss sent machine gun bullets at the spot where Allen was. His tactics was flowing smoothly without any hesitation and mercy, brought about by his overwhelming battle experience. He became the target of JD Agency because he was using this skill of his to aplish immorality and turned the table at the many polices and agentsing to capture him.
He was even able to escape once from an agent of that JD Agency, his skill was something authentic in contrast with his frivolous attitude.
Although, if it was asked whether that skill could work that easily against the man who was named to work directly beside the chief of the state security bureau even from among the JD Agency,
*tan- tan-*
¡¸Tsua!? Son of a bitch-¡¹
Two gunshots echoed, at the same time Weiss''s machinegun was blown away. It was merely luck that his fingers didn''t get blown up too.
Weiss immediately drew out his handgun to fire back. But, he whispered¡¸That just ain''t possible¡¹with a displeased expression seeing what appeared at the space where the sh had settled down.
¡¸It''s the standard for a spy to have seven tools right? My organization is a nonexistent one, but the guys affiliated with it are allparatively a believer of romance you know?¡¹
Allen said so with his hand holding that¨D¨Da coat that hardened like shield and blocked the bullets. He waved it lightly. Inside his heart he was going¡¸That was dangerous just now!¡¹while sweating coldly, but he was hiding it with his usual foolish smile.
¡¸Spare me from a real ¡ð07. Don''t tell me, that the developer of that thing is named Q or something, that''s not it yeah?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Noment.¡¹
¡¸So it''s really Q huh!? Your organization is screwing around too much!¡¹
¡¸No, noment.¡¹
Both of them were acting the funny man and the straight man like television performers while at the same time they pulled their gun trigger. They were trying to take each other''s life smoothly while talking jokingly. It was a ckmunication between a veteran mercenary and a first-ss assassin.
As expected it seemed they had predicted each other''s movement, the bullets grazed the cheek of the two who were in a stance of half-body. (TN: This half-body stance is like karate stance, where you directed one side of your body toward diagonally behind, so to make your body a smaller target)
Allen made his coat as substitute for a shield and charged forward in a dash. The passage wasn''t that wide, so when the shield of the hardened coat that was spread widelyunched a shield bash, it was impossible to dodge.
Weiss got a future vision where he got pushed down¨D¨Dand he instead stepped forward. If here he showed his back, he would undoubtedly get shot on the back and died. He judged that his path of survival only existed at the front.
Weiss slid the moment just before he came into contact with Allen. Perhaps he was trying to slip through between Allen''s legs, but there was no way Allen would allow that and he swung down the shield¨D¨Dright before that, Weiss fired repeatedly toward the ceiling.
¡¸-¡¹
The fired bullets hit a pipe at the ceiling and it came back toward the ground by aplicated ricochet. Allen immediately lifted his coat as shield and blocked the ricochet. At that moment, Weiss was sliding on the floor while passing through¡¡during that time he unsheathed a knife to mow Allen''s foot.
Allen blocked that knife using his shoe that was inserted with a metal te, he discarded his coat and at the same time used one hand as fulcrum and kicked with a reversed foot. The shoe of that reversed foot had a mechanical knife flying out from its tip.
Weiss blocked that using his gun barrel while retreating from the kick''s range using the momentum of his sliding. He rotated once and then aimed toward Allen from a kneeling stance. Allen also aimed his gun from a kneeling stance too.
¡¸Just die quickly, dog of the state.¡¹
¡¸Please die quickly, mercenary.¡¹
A beat.
*tan- tan- tan-*
Bullets showered to each other from point-nk range. Although, the firing line of Allen''s gun was slightly shifted by Weiss''s knife, while Weiss''s gun also had its firing line shifted by a retractable baton that Allen took out unnoticed. It finished with only their cheek grazed.
*jako-* Their bullet ran out at the same time with that sound. Weiss pretended to retract the knife in his left hand and in the middle he threw that knife to his right hand. His left hand caught Allen''s baton without pause, while the knifended on the right hand''s grip as though it was absorbed to there and approached to carve Allen''s throat.
Allen easily abandoned the baton and stepped in so low he looked like he was crawling on the ground. He dodged Weiss''s murderous de while he grasped his cor. And then he turned around. He threw up Weiss with his waist''s motion.
Weiss that was flung away with a so called shoulder throw then had his back struck the floor.¡¸Gahah¡¹Air was driven out from his lung.
¡¸Yep, the end.¡¹
¡¸Well, not yet actually.¡¹
Allen pulled out his spare gun and he pressed the gun muzzle on Weiss''s forehead. At the same time, Weiss also talked lightly even with his face grimacing and he pressed a button on his wristwatch.
The next instant, a thunderous roar and an explosion st blew violently from behind Allen. Allen''s gun muzzle shifted slightly due to that and because Weiss''s head swung aside, the bullet veered away.
Weiss jumped to his feet and dashed fiercely toward the nearest door. Allen immediately fired, but Weiss stepped on Allen''s coat while passing through and sent it flying to block the bullet. Even so he couldn''t avoid all the bullets and he got his shoulder shot, but he didn''t pay it any attention and opened the door with a tackle and jumped inside.
¡¸Good grief, what obstinacy. I can understand how J can let him get away.¡¹
Allen made a bitter expression at his failure of letting Weiss slipped away while he immediately move to chase behind.
He clung on the door and his face slowly peeked in. Right after that, storm of bullets rained down like a hail. It seemed that Weiss had a spare machinegun. Most likely Weiss was someone wary, so he had put weapons here and there through his escape route.
Allen took out the magazine from his gun and confirmed his remaining bullet. He only had few bullets left. There was one more magazine on his waist holster.
¡¸Haa, I used up too much on the berserkers at the first half of this mission.¡¹
Allen smiled bitterly while exchanging his magazine with the new one and put away the half-used magazine. And then, he pulled out a pin from his wristwatch and dropped it on the floor. Immediately, small legs like insect flew out from the pin.
Allen rotated the rotatable bezel of the watch halfway round. Right after that, the windbreak part of the watch turned into a disy that projected the image on the floor level.
¡¸This is the prided article of a real life Q. Just watch it thoroughly to your heart''s content.¡¹
The small metallic bug moved its legs with rattling sound and advanced toward the location of Weiss who was shooting his machinegun while talking provocatively. Allen was watching his watch''s disy while controlling the small insect using the bezel''s rotation.
Like that the feet of Weiss were visible inside the disy. Allen grinned widely, but as expected the one over there was Weiss whose obstinacy was in the level of a cockroach. Just before Allen could press the button, Weiss suddenly noticed below him. He discovered the metallic thing with strange legs crawling below him and his cheeks twitched grandly.
The next moment, *DOOON-* an explosive sound echoed and the gunshot stopped.
Allen rushed into the room with gun readied and his guard up. It was arge room. It was an atrium with height until around two floors, and there was also the second floor with wire type floor. It was a room that had a lot of power generator machines put there.
When Allen intruded deeper, he could see a crushed machine and a pipe that snapped in the middle and spouted out white smoke. Allen was instantly alerted in wonder if it was a poisonous gas, but there wasn''t any warning from the airposition that was disyed in his watch.
Guessing that it was just vapor, Allen circled around the white smoke while he aimed his gun in a snap toward a cover that had human presence.
¡¸Yoo, doggy. That thing, ain''t it a foul?¡¹
¡¸That is a power I have exactly because I''m a dog of the country. That''s not wrong isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸Don''t screw with me. This is why¡¡I hate, the elite young master.¡¹
Weiss talked frivolously. Allen talked frivolously back with his gun aimed at Weiss once more. But, although there wasn''t any carelessness in Allen''s eyes, but there also wasn''t any great cautiousness in it. That was understandable. Weiss had his sidergely gouged, he was already fatally wounded. Allen guessed that he would only have a few more minutes to live.
Weiss vomited out a glob of blood while sitting limply leaning on the wall. He took out a cigarette with a trembling hand. Allen was about to pull the trigger without caring about it but,
¡¸Hey, doggy. You want¡¡Hydra''s, information right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡No, not really?¡¹
¡¸Is that so? The case, this time, is from that bastard Kaysis''s arbitrary¡¡action. Hydra, has their own, different¡¡n. There won''t be any harm¡¡in knowing it right?¡¹
Indeed, ¡¾Berserk Case¡¿was something Kaysis done on his own authority in order to triumph against Hydra''s leadership. And then, Kaysis''s data didn''t include the big n of Hydra that would be carried out soon. If Hydra had a different n in progress, than it was something that the security bureau ought to know.
Therefore, Allen''s finger ckened slightly from pulling the trigger. Weiss grinned smugly while his hand carried the cigarette toward his blood soaked lips. His figure enjoying the cigarette smoke didn''t look like someone who would die with certainty.
¡¸Why are you going to talk?¡¹
¡¸Just, for harassment. Because they gave me¡¡this job that''s not worth it, yeah.¡¹
Allen showed a slight hesitation, and a beatter, he urged Weiss to continue with his gaze.
The light in Weiss''s eyes were dimming already, his voice was small. His voice was whispering in a subdued tone, making it really hard to be heard in this room where there was the echoing sound of vapor jetting out. Without any other choice, Allen got closer to Weiss.
Of course, Allen anticipated that this might be a trap and the moment he got closer, Weiss would pull out a knife or a gun. Even so Allen had confidence in his reflex and he judged that he would undoubtedly be the faster one in this situation, so he got closer while putting up the maximum caution.
¡¸So¡¡after this, Hydra¡¡¡¹
¡¸Please give it your all if you are going to die anyway. I cannot hear anything here.¡¹
¡¸This guy, how harsh¡¡. But see, if you, get this close¡¡that''s enough yeah?¡¹
Weiss''s both hands sprang up right after that. He caught both wrists of Allen instantly with a speed that was unthinkableing from a half-dead man. Although, Allen was calm. He waste slightly in his reaction because he was mostly being cautious against gun or knife, but it wasn''t any problem at all just getting caught like this.
Allen made the knife inside his shoe to jump out and he kicked on Weiss''s stomach. Weiss''s vomited out blood with his body lifted in the air.
But, here an unexpected situation urred. Weiss should have no more physical strength with his dying body and he should be blown away from Allen''s finishing blow, but instead his grip strength was increasing further. He didn''t let go of Allen''s hands like a ma.
¡¸-, so this is what they called the great strength when at the death''s door!¡¹
¡¸Hihih, this is a desperate grab for fellow traveler to hell.¡¹
Allen kicked repeatedly. He broke Weiss''s ribcage, his mechanical knife hacked Weiss''s stomach into shreds, and furthermore he also stabbed Weiss''s heart. But, Weiss didn''t die. The pressure on his captured wrists, was increasing!
¡¸Don''t tell me-, the cigarette just now-¡¹
¡¸Spot on-! I''m not gonna let you aim at the head y''knoww¡¹
With both his hands caught, Allen had no way to destroy the head. Being too close like this sealed his legs from destroying the head.
Allen twirled his gun using his fingertip like a sleight of hand. His pinky held the trigger and he aimed at Weiss''s head with the gun in a reversed position, but Weiss''s arm strength that was increasing further didn''t allow Allen to aim urately. Allen was continuouslynding strong knife-attached kicks, but the created wounds were smoking white and gradually began to regenerate.
¡¸Hahah, I''m easy to get lonely see. At least apany me a little at my journey to that world ''kayy¡¹
¡¸You-. Release me already-¡¹
Weissughed ghastly while getting drenched in blood. The cigarette that was crammed with¡¾Berserk¡¿had its content soaked with the drug. Weiss was pretending to smoke while actually he was biting off the cigarette and swallowed it. That was why Weiss was transforming bit by bit.
Because his transformation was slow, there was a merit that he didn''t change into a berserker right away and could still think, at the same time there was also a demerit that it would be the end if his head was shot in halfway stage before hepletely transformed into a berserker.
That was why Weiss was sealing Allen''s both hands.
As expected, Allen was losing patience while he unleashed kicks like a storm at Weiss that was starting to rapidly change before his eyes. However, Weiss''s regeneration ability was also gathering speed and the first stab wound was alreadypletely healed.
¡¸Guh-¡¹
¡¸Then, let''s meet at the other side yeah, doggy.¡¹
Weiss''s insane words stabbed at Allen who groaned from feeling both his arms gripped so hard they were on the verge of snapping from the pressure. Right after that, a roar rose from Weiss. His muscles erged and his wound closed with a tremendous speed.
¡¸DON''T UNDERESTIMATE MEEEEE-¡¹
Allen pulled up both his arms together with a loud yell that was rarelying from him while he struck Weiss''s stomach with a fierce kick. Weiss''s body was lifted up before it fell down right away, but before that Allen made his body slid to the floor and he put Weiss''s body on his lifted leg. And then he pulled both his hands while his leg struck up with all his strength.
The body of Weiss that was in the middle of transformation got turned over with an overhead throw. He was sent flying face up to the opposite side. Even so Weiss''s hands didn''t let go of Allen, but Weiss that was turned over was on Allen''s line of fire.
Allen twirled his gun once more with just his fingertip and he pulled the trigger repeatedly. He didn''t manage to aim at the head, but it was enough to strike at the shoulder. Perhaps the bullet hit a good spot, because one of Allen''s hands was released.
Allen quickly got up and aimed at the other hand that was growing like a log holding his hand, and he fired. The moment his hand was released, he rolled away to take distance while firing toward Weiss''s head.
But, here there was further unexpected situation iring.
¡¸Wha!? He dodged!?¡¹
¡¸AAAAAAAAAAAAH!!¡¹
Yes, he dodged. A berserker dodged. It detected the approaching bullet and leaped aside.
A berserker was a lump of instinct. It would at least cover its weakness the head with its arms, but fundamentally a berserker would only charge forward like a boar. It could do nothing but charging forward relying on its body and super regeneration. Until now, there wasn''t a single berserker that had ever taken "evasive action".
¡¸Chih, a troublesome guy even after bing a berserker huuh!¡¹
Allen took out a throwing knife and threw it toward Weiss''s eye. Allen thought to fire at the head the moment Weiss dodged. But, as expected, this berserker¨D¨DBerserker Weiss didn''t seem like a normal one.
The throwing knife was struck down this time without dodging. Furthermore, it didn''t keep charging without pause, but it dripped its waist deeply like a beast while groaning¡¸uUUUUU-¡¹and red at Allen.
Yes, as though it was observing Allen''s move.
¡¸Wa, wa wa wait¡¡this is different from what I heard! A berserker that can "fight" is not a joke-¡¹
Allen wasining greatly. He fired at the same time. The moment Allen aimed his gun, the berserker charged forward with a terrific step in. Although, that charge wasn''t a bull rush like every berserker before this, but a counter rush that was apanied with the evasion of the bullet by lowering its stance instantly.
¡¸Seriously spare me-¡¹
This time Allen jumped to the side. Berserker Weiss rushed through the ce he was at just now and created a crater on the concrete floor.
Allen jumped to the side while doing handstand with one hand and fired further. The bullet approached the head with terrifying uracy, but Berserker Weiss lifted its hand as expected as though it had predicted it from the start, and the bullet was blocked by that hand.
Berserker Weiss raised a war cry while grabbing the nearby broken pipe. It tore it off with brute strength and threw it toward Allen.
¡¸HiIIH¡¹
Allen screamed pathetically while clinging to the floor and rolled away. He somehow managed to dodge. However, the fact that the berserker was using tool caused Allen''s expression to shudder with fear.
But, at that time, a light machine gun on the floor was reflected at the corner of Allen''s sight. Most likely it was the weapon that Weiss used before and it got sent flying to there due to the insect explosive. Allen leaped so close to the floor as though he was hugging the ground and he pulled the trigger toward Berserker Weiss that was bending down in preparation for a charge.
*dadadadadada-* A rhythmical sound resounded and a swarm of bullets assaulted Berserker Weiss.
¡¸GAaH¡¹
¡¸He dodged as expected! Aa, geez-¡¹
Berserker Weiss dashed to the side at the same time when Allen pulled the trigger. And then, it sometimes used obstacles for cover while running in circle around Allen.
*gachin-* That sound echoed, showing that the light machinegun ran out of bullet. Allen''s face paled.
With timing as though it had aimed for the moment the bullet ran out, Berserker Weiss turned into offensive. Its step-in made *DON-* sound as though a cannon had been fired and it approached Allen.
¡¸Shi, shit-¡¹
Allen took out a small cylinder from his belt''s buckle and fired it at the pir of the second floor. A wire stretched out and its tip then clung tightly and got fixed on the pir. Allen pushed his belt''s buckler at the same time and the wire got reeled in quickly, pulling Allen to the air.
Below him, Berserker Weiss passed through just within a hair''s breadth, while smashing some kind of machinery into pieces overenthusiastically.
¡¸This isn''t a joke. Just what part of it is a lump of instinct! A berserker that is this used to battle is just¡¡¡¹
Allen was drenched in cold sweat while taking refuge in the air and suddenly a conjecture welled up inside from his own words. The berserkers that he faced until now were basically just civilian or fellows that more or less were used to some scuffle. That was why charging like a bull was only natural for them if they followed their instinct.
But, if, it was a first ss fighter whose body moved in subconscious level to predict the chance to attack and took the optimum evasive action when in battle, what would happen if that kind of person was turned into a berserker? A person withbat skill in the level that it was engraved into their subconscious, would they be a monster that only charged forward like civilian in the end?
By any chance, the answer to that might be this Berserker Weiss before his eyes. A skilled mercenary that could battle a top-ranking agent equally was transformed into a berserker resulted into this. Of course, it was nothing more than a conjecture, perhaps there was another factor contributing to this.
¡¸Hahah, perhaps this will be seriously bad if this is turned into weapon.¡¹
Allen reflexively muttered such thing, but his face tensed right away. Berserker Weiss was tearing apart the fixing implement of a machine that was almost as big as a car so that it could lift it up.
It was obvious what was its reason of doing that.
¡¸Crap crap crap crap-¡¹
Allen manipted his buckle to cut the wire and he fell on the ground. After that, the car-sized machine came flying at the same time. The pir Allen fixed his wire at was pulverized with a thunderous sound and then the second floor''s path was also destroyed by the machine.
Allennded with ukemi technique, but naturally Berserker Weiss didn''t overlook that opening. The rock-like fist was already approaching by the time Allen was recovering his stance.
¡¸Gahah¡¹
Allen could only guard by crossing his arms while taking a back-step with all his strength to lower the impact as much as possible. He was blown away horizontally above the ground and his back crashed on a machine behind him. He couldn''t even scream with how intense the impact was and like that his body slipped down slowly to sit on the floor.
''Kahah'' Blood was mixed in the breath that he finally could spit out. It seemed that his internal organ was injured. Both his arms limply hung down with their direction facing to a strange angle.
But, even so he was alive. What''s more he was conscious and he was able to watch the Berserker Weiss slowly approaching him. Surely that was thanks to his miraculous impact neutralization and ukemi technique.
¡¸Aa¡¡gehoh. This is really, not aughing matter. ¡¡Haven''t I, buy enough time already? Ayssgate-sa~n, it''s fine if you rush here¡¡gohoh, anytime noww¡¹
Allen smiled bitterly at his body that couldn''t even twitch from the impact while calling for help with a listless voice. But, even Allen understood. This was checkmate.
Berserker Weiss had arrived until right before him. Perhaps it was just his imagination, but it somehow looked like the berserker was sneering at him.
Allen was always side-by-side with death in his duty. Therefore he didn''t feel fear. However, if he had a regret then that would be¡¡
¡¸Before the end, just once. I wanted to have a date¡¡with super beautiful woman or girl.¡¹
''Even though I''m also an agent, but why is Jame¡ð Bond that popr while I''m not? Regret¡¡'' Allen whispered.
Berserker Weiss''s fist was lifted up. And then just before it was swung down,
¡¸FIREE-¡¹
Amand. A storm of bullets assaulted Berserker Weiss. It was a concentrated fire from four directions above. Berserker Weiss couldn''t endure and threw its body between the machineries in evasion.
¡¸Chih. It wasn''t finished off from the first attack. Its instinct is really something. Oi, Allen, what''s with that berserker?¡¹
The one saying that while jumping down from the second floor using other machine as foothold was,
¡¸Be, Bernard-san!¡¹
¡¸Ou, you really got done in huh, Allen. You don''t get sshed by any liquid right?¡¹
Yes, the one firing from the second floor was the person who had disyed an outrageous skill of raising death gs in high speed, that Bernard!
It appeared that he had struggled through that deathly battlefield and came here as reinforcement. Allen who was saved in a hair''s breadth like a heroine in some tale felt an emotion welling up inside his heart. Driven by that feeling he spoke to Bernard who was making a fearless smile.
¡¸Anyway, I request a change.¡¹
¡¸How regretful. He is infected with Berserk already.¡¹
*click* Bernard''s gun muzzle locked on at Allen''s forehead. Allen made justification¡¸I''m lying, lying! You aren''t a beautiful girl, but I''m really happy that youe to save me!¡¹in panic.
Bernard made an exasperated face at the agent whose talkativeness didn''t decrease even when wounded all over like this while helping him to stand up.
¡¸Err, you saved me Bernard-san. But, that guy, he is really a bit of bad news.¡¹
¡¸No, it will be fine.¡¹
Allen suggested caution against the out of norm Berserker Weiss, but Bernard was indifferent. Bernard opened his mouth with a wry smile toward Allen who looked dubious.
¡¸We are here. So there is no way he isn''t here too right?¡¹
¡¸A. Aa, that''s right. Hahah, really I''m saved¡¡¡¹
Right after that, *GOBA-aAAA-* Berserker Weiss flew out from the cover along with a terrific impact sound. However, it flew out not its own action, with a ck whirling sphere settled on a hand palm, that palm was thrust forward in a palm attack stance by Kousuke¨D¨Dno, Lord Abyssgate, which blown away the berserker.
¡¸I received the information from my real body. It looks like you have acted really inhumanly. ¨D¨DDon''t think that you can die easily.¡¹
The lord that was walking out calmly had his eyes filled with rage, his hands unsheathing two short swords. One sword was d in azure me, and the other sword was d in glimmers that looked like diamond dust. Melting and severing sword of super heat "Enryuuga", and the ice sword of absolute zero that formed its counterpart, "Touryuuga". (TN: Enryuuga = me Dragon Fang, Touryuuga = Frozen Dragon Fang)
Berserker Weiss made a war cry while standing up, then it threw pipes and machine parts toward the lord.
The lord stepped in. Right after that, he jumped and rotated midair while stepping lightly on the pipe. And then, without stopping he stepped on the machine parts and splinters flying at him one after another and charged toward Berserker Weiss in a straight line.
Berserker might felt a threat because it then tried to dodge to the side. But,
¡¸Where are you going?¡¹
Such sentence reached the berserker. From right beside at the position where it was going to dodge to. At the same time, the figure of the lord approaching from in front of it flickered and vanished. The lord had already switched with an illusion in the middle of jumping by using skill "Leaf Dance".
Berserker Weiss wasted no time to swing its fist. The arm that was thick like a log charged like a cannon to tten the enemy. And then, something flew in the air. An arm severed from the elbow was rotating midair.
Berserker Weiss that didn''t feel painunched a deadly attack with its other arm without dy, but the figure of the target had already gone. And then, the berserker fell on its knee with a jerk. Because one of its legs was cut flying encased in ice.
The lord slipped to the blind spot behind the Berserker Weiss at the same time after he cut the arm. And then he swung "Touryuuga" while passing through. The de of ice that was formed to an extreme thinness had a slimness of a single molecule already. And then the chill coating the de froze the target instantly.
¡¸AAAAAAAAA-¡¹
¡¸Who said that you can howl?¡¹
Berserker Weissunched a backhand blow even while on its knee, but its body was slowly tilting in contrast with its will. What was flying midair was the arm that wasunching the backhand blow. What was rolling on the ground was its other leg.
Berserker Weiss that lost its four limbs was starting to regenerate its hands and feet by activating its super regeneration. But, the two short swords were swung again right after the limbs were starting to grow and sent them flying.
After that it was a routine work. The regenerating part was chopped off before it could be restored to normal and the berserker couldn''t escape its state of limbs shortage. It tried to take some distance by prancing up its upper body, even so it was pressured down by a whirling ck sphere and it couldn''t hope to move because of the suppression of the super gravity.
¡¸You can regenerate however much you want? Fine then. I''ll keep youpany until you die in that case. Regenerate as much as you like, squirm as much as you like. Until that time when the end arrive.¡¹
The lord''s arms went hazy. Each time the limbs of Berserker Weiss danced midair. In the first ce, the amount of¡¾Berserk¡¿that was crammed into the cigarette didn''t amount that much.
Berserker Weiss writhed, the state of its instinct was different from other berserkers, and before long something other than madness was starting to enter its eyes, weing that time. The speed of its regeneration dropped down drastically and the vigor of the rising white smoke was decreasing.
The limit of the regeneration hade.
Its flesh body was gradually shrinking. Due to that, the withered Weiss who was on the verge of death recovered back his awareness.
¡¸Son of a bitch-. Damn it, if you ain''t gonna, apanying me then just diee¡¹
Weiss didn''t stop his cursing and frivolous talk even at this kind of time. In his eyes there was a disgusting color, that he wouldn''t grant them the reaction they wanted from him no matter how much he got tortured.
After all he would die in less than a few seconds. In that case he would rather spit out words of curse even if just by one more. Weiss opened his mouth with that kind of intention, but the lord firmly grasped his head. And then, he took out a five yen coin crystal that was tied with string.
¡¸Just an instant is enough to grant you regret and despair.¡¹
¡¸What are, you nning¨D¨Dhih, ah, aAAAAAAAAAAAH¡¹
A shriek that was unbearable to listen at was reverberating. That was undoubtedly a voice of regret and despair. Weiss was screaming while his body waspletely withering and rotted away.
¡¸Sca, scaryy. Aby, just what did you do?¡¹
¡¸Hahah. I don''t want to know though¡¡¡¹
Bernard apanied with his subordinates arrived while lending Allen his shoulder and he asked. His expression along with his subordinates were all twitching extremely. Allen was going ''no no'' in refusal to hear, but he couldn''t move properly and on top of that both of his arms were broken, so he couldn''t even block his ears.
The lord spoke with an expression that seemed sickened toward Bernard and others.
¡¸I just showed him a nightmare. A nightmare where he is eaten alive by the dead. For now, I set it so his mind experienced it for a hundred times in a moment.¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¡¡¹¡¹
It would be better if he didn''t ask. Bernard and others were wordlessly holding the same thought inside their heart.
Then, the lord suddenly raised his head. Bernard and others asked the lord what happened with their gaze, to which the lord spoke.
¡¸It seems it''s necessary for me to head for my real body''s reinforcement. Bernard. I''ll leave the rest to you.¡¹
¡¸Roger. I don''t know what is going on, but leave this ce to me. I won''t let even a single one of the remaining staff here to get away.¡¹
The lord nodded at Bernard''s words before his figure became smoke *bofun-* and vanished.
Right after that, an intense shaking attacked the facility. It was clear that the vibration came from a distant ce.
¡¸He is really going at it shily huh, that Abys. The vibration just now was intense.¡¹
¡¸I think Bernard-san who is calling him with pet name is also amazing you know?¡¹
Bernard was staring in puzzlement at Allen''s words before he pulled himself together and began giving order to his subordinates.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
This time I waste too.
Coupled with the work for publication too, Shirakome''s sleeping time is¡¡heheh
Next week for sure, next week I''ll write the story until the very end in one go for sure!
Please, follow the lord''s adventure for just a little bit more.
The next update is nned to be at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 219
Chapter 219
The meat lump squirming before the eyes¨D¨DBerserk Chimera didn''t try to chase after Allen who chased after Weiss or Emily and Vanessa who chased after Down.
The Katon me wall blocking the tentacles'' path had already vanished. If it was berserker that was faithful to their instinct, it would at least try to stretch its tentacles to chase, but this berserker didn''t even do that and stopped trying. Surely, most likely, that was because it was cautious against the human in ck clothes standing in its way.
¡¸Now then, I don''t know just how deep you have carried the case of the children, so I won''t give any mercy no matter what were you formerly.¡¹
Kousuke unsheathed two short swords. *shaan* A clear voice echoed and the unsheathed swords were held in reverse grip, at the same time Kousuke''s body sunk really low to the floor. So to speak it was a stance of a crouching start.
In an instant, the berserk chimeraunched countless tentacles. Those tentacles that were fired with speed that resembled even bullet became like a wall that attacked Kousuke.
And then, a hard sound that was really unthinkable to be created by lump of flesh resounded, stabbing on the metal floor.
Yes, they stabbed at a floor where there wasn''t anyone.
¡¸Chih. As I thought, even the weakness''s position is haphazard.¡¹
A sound of someone clicking their tongue and a curse resounded. That voice came from behind the berserk chimera. There was the figure of unmoving Kousuke there in with his arms crossed. Looking carefully, the top of the berserk chimera''s head was entirely cut off, a beatter, that meat lump fell on a distant spot along with a graphic sound *docha-*.
At that instant, Kousuke rushed with a momentum as though he liberated the power he saved up, slipped through the barrage of tentacles, and then he split the upper head of the berserk chimera.
Although, it didn''t look like the berserk chimera received any pain, it was spouting out white smoke while the top of its head regenerated in what should be called an instant. At the same time, it created new tentacles andunched them to Kousuke.
(I cannot see the position of its weakness the brain. In the first ce there is no guarantee that it only has one brain. It''s not like I don''t have a method to blow it up altogether, but then the children inside will die with that. And then, that super regeneration is a hindrance for me to scrap off its body¡¡this is difficult.)
Kousuke cut apart the swarm of tentacles, dodged with acrobatic movement, or handled the attack by using the tentacles as stepping stone. He grumbled inside his heart while analyzing the enemy while a wry smile suddenly emerged on his lips.
To say in addition, it was also forbidden for him to get touched by the liquid that was scattered when the tentacle was grazed. No matter even if it was Kousuke, he wouldn''t be able to suppress the transformation of his body if he got sshed by¡¾Berserk¡¿.
Then, at that time the senses of Kousuke who was pondering detected an assault from behind him. When Kousuke immediately twisted his body midair, just as he thought, there were countless tentacles the size of a human arm flying toward him from behind.
¡¸Oi oi, so it can also grow from the part that I cut off. Just what kind of organism this thing has taken that it can do something like that.¡¹
What attacked Kousuke from behind was the meat lump that Kousuke cut flying before this. It was squirming separated from the main body and grew out slender tentacles.
There were tentacles and fleshes he had cut apart lying all over the ce. As expected, Kousuke''s expression couldn''t stop from twitching.
The moment Kousuke muttered¡¸This is bad¡¹, a barrage of tentacles approached from all directions, in addition there was also the meat lump clinging on the ceiling unnoticed attacking like a shower, leaving no ce to escape. Their number already surpassed three digits.
Normally it would be a hopeless scene. If the one who was here was the troops of the special squad, they would undoubtedly sigh and even made a bitter smile at the same time with their resignation.
But, of course, for the right-hand man of the demon king, something at this level, no, no matter what kind of situation it was, it was an impossible story for him to carry an emotion of resignation.
¡¸¨D¨D"Juton - Todokienu Kuroki Sei''iki"¡¹(TN: Gravity Escape - Unreachable ck Sanctuary)
Immediately after, four whirling ck spheres as big as a pinball expanded around Kousuke. At the same time, all the approaching tentacles crashed to the ground as though they were struck down.
¡¸Abyss-style Assassination Martial Arts - Sword Form¨D¨D"Senretsu Kokujou Yaiba"¡¹(TN: sh Rend ck Fortress de)
Furthermore, Kousuke lifted both his arms and he rotated his two short swords like a pinwheel using the motion of his fingertips and his wrists reversal. The tentacles attacking from overhead were shaved off and blown away as though they were hit by an excavator.
Even the tentacles that circled around the shield of shes and attacked, they were repelled back by the kunais that unnoticed were flying around Kousuke like satellites, furthermore those kunais were rotating in high speed. Not a single tentacle reached Kousuke.
¡¸Burning all these¡¡will put the children in danger I guess. Then, let''s smash them apart after freezing them¨D¨DRage, silver wind. The breath of eternal world of ice and snow. Hinder the path of the traveler and seize at the cold arm. Thy art the prisoner of the white ice coffin¨D¨D"Tougoku no Hana"¡¹(TN: Flower of Frozen Prison)
Kousuke lightly made a sound *ton* with his step. Immediately after that, a sound *bikibiki* echoed and the floor was dyed white. Mist was generated. With Kousuke as the center, the white wave was spreading as though it was eroding the world. The tentacles and liquid scattered everywhere were frozen altogether.
And then, it didn''t end with that, the meat lump that was dyed pure white and hardened was then enveloped by a prison of ice right after that, like a blooming flower.
A cluster of ice flower was blooming proudly everywhere.
The white erosion also reached the berserk chimera through the floor. Perhaps sensing the danger, the berserk chimera stabbed its tentacles to the ceiling and made its body leaped midair. It already had anyposure tounch a random barrage of tentacles to Kousuke.
Even the tentacles needed for attacking were all touched by the chill that froze them. The berserk chimera obeyed its instinct and severed all of its tentacles by itself. The countless tentacles that bloomed into ice flower instantly were falling to the floor.
¡¸There is no way I''ll let you get away don''t you think?¡¹
Kousuke used the falling ice flowers as stepping stones and jumped toward the berserk chimera. He used the tentacles he cut down and the tentacles approaching wildly as further stepping stones while he somersaulted, then using that momentum he threw his short sword.
The short sword cut straight through the air like a single streak of sh. It stabbed the berserk chimera that had no leeway to evade.
GI, GI, GIIIIIII
A bizarre voice reverberated. Kousuke guessed that it was the scream of the berserk chimera that let alone mouth, it was doubtful that it even had vocal cords. Inside the space where the scream that sounded like the scratching of metal was echoing, the area that was centered around the stabbing short sword was ying dissonant sound *bikibiki* of the berserk chimera getting frozen.
¡¸I don''t freeze you until the inside. I''ll shave and smash you from your outeryer.¡¹
If its separated part could still move after getting cut off, if it could regenerate no matter how much it got shed, then he would restrain it using ice coffin, and then froze all of the parts he scraped off and then pulverized them. It was a method that paid attention to the safety of the captured children as much as possible while rescuing them with certainty.
Before long, the tentacles that stabbed into the ceiling and supported its mass were frozen, and they became unable to endure their own weight and snapped. The berserk chimera fell to the floor and its body''s outer part was smashed apart from the impact of crashing down.
Squirming meat lump could be seen from inside the smashed meat lump. It was trying to regenerate. But, the stabbing short sword didn''t allow that. The mist wasing down faster than the regeneration could start and froze them.
When Kousuke snapped his fingers, the frozen outeryer broke apart once more, and frozen meat lumps were scattered in pieces of small block shape.
¡¸If I continue to smash it like this until those children be visible¨D¨D¡¹
''I should be able to save them.''
Yes, Kousuke was about to say that, but right after that, his cheeks cramped from the squirming presence at his surrounding. When he quickly looked around, *piki-, paki-* he could see cracks entering the ice flowers.
¡¸O, oi oi. This is a joke right?¡¹
Kousuke unconsciously let out those words. That was understandable. After all, the countless meat lumps locked inside the ice flower were squirming and bloating from inside.
*baki-* Hearing such sound, Kousuke returned his gaze back at the berserk chimera, and there the same sight of it bloating from inside entered his eyes.
Kousuke opened his eyes wide. No matter how he looked, the meat lumps at his surrounding and also the berserk chimera were increasing in volume. When a human was transformed into berserker, their super regeneration was caused by the repetition of breaking down and regeneration, it could be said to be simr with the phenomenon of muscle swelling up.
But, even that had limit. It wasn''t like a berserker would transform into giant endlessly. It was impossible for them to multiply new flesh from a small fragment of flesh. It wasn''t an ability that a human was equipped with.
¡¸No, wait. In the first ce, this thing is stretching out tentacles¡¡¡¹
Kousuke suddenly noticed. This thing was stretching out tentacles endlessly¨D¨Dthat was an impossible trait for all creatures that he knew about. Even though there were creatures that had tentacles, there shouldn''t be any creature that was able to grow several hundreds of it or more.
But, in reality the berserk chimera before his eyes was propagating itself with a force that could even destroy the ice coffin from inside using pressure¨D¨D
¡¸Propagation¡¡haha,e to think of it, there is this organism called narian huh. Even if they are cut, they will regenerate the same specimen isn''t it?¡¹
That was correct. Certainly the berserk chimera had taken in a lot of organisms. Not to mention animal and insect, it had also taken in nt and so on. Of course, it had also taken in a few human adult and child. And then a lot of narian was added into that flesh.
Super regeneration wouldn''t ur if there wasn''t the flesh that became the base. Then, if that flesh was able to multiply automatically, wouldn''t infinite regeneration be possible with that? This was the result of such experiment that was carried out with an idea that had gone past madness into exasperation.
The berserk chimera had not even a fragment of the souls of the animals and humans that became its base. What it had was a more primitive instinct. ¨D¨DOnly the instinct to eat and survive, that was all.
Kousuke shuddered while returning from his own thought back into reality, and right after that all the ice flowers were smashed.
¡¸These guys here created something like this, just how are they nning to stop this thing when the timees?¡¹
What was truly frightening was the deed of man. The spirit of inquiry and tenacity, madness that pushed on ahead until the end of the road without considering the future or other people. Just like the magicians of the former world of another world''s mad god¨D¨DEhitorujue that invited the destruction of themselves.
It would endanger the children if he burned this thing to ash. It was useless to freeze and smash it. If he shed it then it would regenerate and multiply endlessly just as much as he shed. Exterminating it using great firepower would endanger the children. If he was touched then it was game over.
However,
¡¸Good grief. Just when I thought that I finally went home from a fantasy world, this side is also fantastical like this. It seems that I, no, we are deeply loved by the extraordinary huh.¡¹
The expression of Kousuke who was shrugging with an air of "dear me" contained no despair. He also didn''t despair to the possibility that he might not be able to save the children.
Why?
It was obvious.
¡¸So you returned, me.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, I have returned, me.¡¹
¡¸I too, me.¡¹
¡¸Bernard¡¡it was seriously just barely for him. That guy is really loved by the death god that it''s a wonder he is able to survive until now y''know. But it looks like he is also loved as much by the god of fortune though.¡¹
The berserk chimera had swelled up until twice, no, triple its former size while making a bizarre scream. And then the innumerable number of meat lumps that had already transformed into tiny berserk chimeras. Clones appeared at both sides and behind Kousuke while all those were surrounding them.
These were the clones that apanied Bernard''s group and the other squads.
The clone that reinforced Bernard had a faraway look. Its information was also shared with Kousuke''s real body, so he also got a faraway look from the scene¡¸you are already fantasy¡¹where Bernard was continuously collecting death gs per second, though he was also continuously escaping from the hand of the god of death due to strong fortunes that came at him per second too.
GIIIIIIIIIIIIIH!!
A wave of flesh attacked at the same time with the shriek. Yes, it was a wave. The small chimeras were also adding on it, turning the attack into a greatly spreading wave that looked like a thick membrane. It spread out everywhere toward Kousuke and clones.
¡¸Now then, the clones had alsoe back except of the one guarding Grant family, so let''s settle this quickly. ¡¡Haa, I actually don''t want to use this thoughh. I rea~lly don''t want to use this thoughh. But there is no time, and it''s for the sake of the children. It can''t be helped, huh.¡¹
Kousuke that leaped on the roof of arge truck looked at his three clones that were at the three corners of the room. They were showing a wry smile, or possible a mncholic expression. He then took out something from his breast pocket.
That was a crimson jewel.
The shining jewel the size of a pinky had a metallic vine coiling around it, and it was linked with a thin chain. Kousuke wore that on his neck and then he gripped the crimson jewel tightly.
Perhaps the berserk chimera had its survival instinct stimted by Kousuke''s freezing magic, because ahead of his gaze there was its figure already swelling up until near the ceiling without stopping its regeneration and propagation. The case holding the children seemed tough, but surely it would reach its endurance limit soon. There could be no more postponement, they needed to be rescued even for a second faster.
Then, there was no way he could hesitate.
No matter how much Kousuke himself shirked from it. No matter how muchpensation he would need to pay for it.
He liberated it.
That taboo power! It once caused even the demon king to raise an anguished voice, the true and tremendous power!
¡¸Endure this, my willpower! Here we go! ¨D¨D"Limit Break-"!!!¡¹
Right after that, a crimson magic power burst out from Kousuke. The intense magic power spiraled and blew up violently as though it pierced the ceiling. Magic power and storm howled thunderously. Kousuke''s figure was enveloped by the radiance of the demon king and became indistinct.
The berserker chimera pulled back the tentacles that it was going to stretch out. It was as though it was getting frightened of the existence before its eyes.
*Ki, GiiIIIH* The berserk chimera cried. A voice resounded toward it from inside the crimson tornado.
¡¸O pitiful existence. Your time of liberation hase.¡¹
That voice sounded as though it reverberated from the whole space. The crimson torrent was starting to converge, then a shadow of human appeared from inside the dazzling radiance.
The ck silhouette took a step forward from therge truck. Naturally, it didn''t fall down or anything. A ripple appeared midair and the shadow advanced on it.
¡¸This abyss lord, will save thee.¡¹
The raging magic power torrent dispersed in a sh. In exchange the crimson radiance was increasing in might and enveloped the shadow. The shadow swung one hand widely and turned his body magnificently. The shadow lowered one leg slightly, and his other hand moved toward his chest. His sunsses glittered with a sh despite the impossible angle.
Shadow.
Yes,
¡¸My name is Kousuke E Abyssgate-! The noble of the abyss, and the right hand of the demon king! The next patriarch of the head reaper rabbit (nned)-! I am the one that bring salvation and the end for thee! Now, wee it with the shriek of heavy thunder!¡¹
It was the abyss lord who was highly spirited more than usual!
The berserk chimera went, ''anyway, tentacles first!'', it attacked following its instinct.
¡¸EE¨DXCELLEENT-! No matter what is going on, it''s a good thing to not hesitate.¡¹(TN: The ''excellent'' is said in broken English, ''eeekusereentoo'')
The lord who finally used Westernnguage called a clone to appear in front of him. The clone destructed the tentacles using "Enryuuga". Behind the clone that became a shield shing down the tentacles, the lord pushed up his sunsses sharply while continuing his words.
¡¸Although, whether it will work or not is a different matter. Fix your eyes. At the true form of the endless abyss!¡¹
Right after that, multiple presences were born. Further four clones were created fromthe clone that became the lord''s shield.
Not only that. Beside the original three clones that were evacuating to the room''s corners, four clones materialized at each of their sides.
Those four clones leaped toward the chimeras, at the same time, each clones created four clones midair. Those four clones created four more clones further. And from those four additional clones came further four clones. Four clones, to four clones, to four clones, to four clones-!
¨D¨DAbyss Lord''s Exclusive Limit Break Artifact "Last Zell(just don''t use it at me okay?) Ver.2.1"
Thest derivative skill of "Assassin" vocation, "Abyss Lord", originally it raised the foundation ability of the user, breaking the limit along with the passage of time. The crimson jewel that was bestowed from the demon king blew away this passage of time and forcefully multiplied the user''s ability by five times.
And then, regarding this Abyss Lord''s activation state¨D¨DKousuke divided it into five stages that he called as "Depth I" until "Depth V"¨D¨Dhe would be able to create one more clone when he entered the state of Depth III, and when he entered thest Depth, the clones that originally could only be created by the main body of the abyss lord could then be created by the clones themselves too.
It would take a considerable time for Kousuke to reach this final Depth V, but Last Zell cleared away that limitation.
However, naturally there waspensation for it,
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸The abyss is without end¨D¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The lord was multiplied to sixty four people almost within an instant. They charged from four directions, while saying something.
The tentacles stretched out from the small chimeras that were scattered everywhere inside therge underground parking area, and the tentacles that wereunched from the main body, their number was already enough to form a cage of piercing spears that left no ce to escape. Even if some of them got mowed down by the short sword shining with azure me, it was a herculean task to handle all of them.
Half of the sixty-four lords were cut down within an instant. However,
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸There is no end to the darkness of the hell¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
At the next moment, more than 160 lords manifested. Using their skill and body, they became the shield for the clones behind them and cut open a path of survival.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸There is no hope to capture the abyss¨D¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The small chimeras widened the membrane of flesh in the attempt to swallow the lords. The attack with vast surface was already an area attack. The lords used other clones as stepping stones, or they threw the other to escape from the range of the membrane. The rest enveloped their body with Katon andunched kamikaze attack at the small chimeras.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸There is no meaning in touching the abyss¨D¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
No matter how many of them were pierced, no matter how many of them were sshed with liquid, in the first ce the clones weren''t made of flesh despite having a solid body. There was no way the clones could be altered, the small chimeras were helpless against the overly extravagant suicide bombing skill.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸It''s a pipe dream to destroy the abyss¨D¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The number of the lords that disappeared from suicide bombing already surpassed a hundred easily, however, by the time a beat or two beat passed, three hundred lords began attacking in waves.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Despair to the resentful¨D¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
They were pierced and vanished. Twice the number came back in their ce.
They were pulverized and vanished. Twice the number came back in their ce.
They were smashed and vanished. Twice the number came back in their ce!
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Hope for those who searched¨D¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The small chimeras were reduced to ash in session one by one with certainty by unceasing attacks that had no hesitation of making sacrifice. The berserk chimera was surrounded by more than three hundred lords and got its body thoroughly scraped off from the outside.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸O you that stand in our way, engrave into that body¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
*GIIIIIII-*, the berserk chimera shrieked as though to drive away the terror it felt. It shrank its body for a moment, and right after that, itunched tentacles to every direction. What was different about it, was that all its tentacles that previously were as thick as a child''s arm, were now reduced to the size of a finger.
It might sense the danger of being obliterated. It might be doing this to fulfill its survival instinct. It seemed to optimize its attack method toward the enemy.
The thin and sharp thrusts were appropriate to be called as an intense rain. They were assaulting straight ahead, from the ceiling, or circled from the floor. The flesh thrusts that might reach several thousand were a symbol of despair.
More than a hundred lords were terminated by that.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Moan from the endless nightmare¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
And so, it was opposed by a thousand lords.
They wielded a short sword of azure me. Be that as it may, the weapon they utilized was their own body. Like a nightmare without end, each vanishing was filled with manifestation, and each time the number was increasing in an infinite hell. Even with Last Zell put into operation, it didn''t change that he was in "Abyss Lord activated state", his spec that was continuously increasing finally outdone the propagation and regeneration speed of berserk chimera.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸We art, the incarnation of the abyss. The dream of darkness, the ck ephemeral, everything¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
This was exactly, the right hand of the demon king.
This was exactly, the true form of the one that was said by hisrades as "actually the one who was nonchntly in the level of humanity''s strongest".
This was exactly, what aplished that grand feat of inflicting a scratch at that demon king.
More than a thousand abyss lordsunching unceasingly multiplying chuuni speech and gestu¨D¨Dnot that, waves of attack without end!
¡¸Lukewarm-. Do you think you can bring me down with something of that level! If you wish to drive away the abyss, then you need to bring at least a gatling railgun!¡¹
The name of him who spoke of such absurdity, let''s say it, one more time.
¡¸Now-, this is the closing of the curtain! You can boast to king Yama in that world-. You can say, that the one who granted me my end is that person! Yes, it''s by this me, Abisuuge¨Dto-!¡¹
The lord yelled his own name a bit like a native speaker (?), or rather his pronunciation sounded like his tongue got rolled up. The lord then crossed his arms with the short sword still in a reverse grip, his body bent forward with tension.
The small chimeras were already annihted. The regeneration and propagation of the berserk chimera also couldn''t catch up anymore, its body had been reduced until the size of a big truck.
Like that, one of the clones scraped off the flesh even while its body was pierced by tentacles. At that scraped ce, a solid glitter could be seen faintly. Without any doubt, that was the case where the children were locked into.
¡¸Gather-, mypatriots-. This is the time for salvation!¡¹
The lord''s order thundered. Several dozen clones lined up instantly in front of the lord and took the same stance.
The lords grinned broadly with fearlessness, and his eyes opened widely in a snap (Warning: It was done behind the sunsses, so other people couldn''t see it).
¡¸Mine abyss, can you see through it? ¨D¨DAbyss-style Martial Art - Attack Form Secret Finishing Move¡¾Kokusou - Arashi Kage Ryuuha(Surging fang, shadow w, know the nightmare of the dark abyss)¡¿¨C!!¡¹(TN: ck Phantom - Storm Shadow Flow Rending)
The abyss lords sprinted. They became a single vertical row and charged the berserk chimera.
The berserk chimera tried tounch its tentacles, it tried to leap to be a cannonball with its meat lump, but the clones at the front row handled it, and even if they couldn''t handle it and vanished, the next lords would eliminate it.
And then, the clones that arrived at the berserk chimera in the blink of eye used their body to whittle the flesh wall and got annihted. The following clones each recklessly hurled themselves to the berserk chimera and opened up a hole with certainty in one point of the flesh body!
It was a storm-like assault without any pause by the ck shadows. That waves of attack that could be mistaken as a single greatnce, it looked like, yes¡¡
Jet Strea¡ð Attack!
At the next moment, a sound *boba-* came into hearing, and the flesh at the other side of the berserk chimera was blown away. At the same time, a lord flew out from there. A beatter, a case that was wrapped around with steel string flew out.
The lord rotated midair and swung his short sword at the case that was flying following him. The case was instantly split apart into pieces, and three screaming children flew out from there.
It seemed that they didn''t faint even now after getting swallowed by the berserk chimera. Normally anyone would lose consciousness from excessive fear but¡¡. What could be done now was only praying so they wouldn''t get traumatized with this.
The lord along with his clones caught the children that were thrown out midair andnded lightly.
¡¸Boy, it''s safe already.¡¹
¡¸E, eh?¡¹
The boy that was let down was looking around with greatly restless eyes due to his great confusion. And then, the boy witnessed the unrealistic scene of countless humans with the same appearance surrounding the berserk chimera and he exposed his shock with¡¸EeEEEEH!?¡¹.
The boy and girl that were let down by the clones beside him were also simrly flustered while in the verge of tears.
¡¸Hmm. I guess this is a bit too intense for children. But, I ask you to be relieved. This nightmare is over already. I''m ending it!¡¹
The lords spread out. At the center was the berserk chimera.
While the eyes of the boys and girl turned into dot, the lords simultaneously touched one hand on their sunsses (of course, the stylish pushing up motion couldn''t be forgotten), they averted half their body slightly behind, and then their other hand pointed quietly toward the berserk chimera.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸The sky of hell, the world of fabrication, the revolving ck sun¨D¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
That was a chanting. The only magic that the lord learned, the magic of destruction that once tear down the logic of the world.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸The night sky copse, the star of cmity shine darkly. What is released is a fragment of abyss¨D¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
A finishing move among finishing move that couldn''t even be invoked by the lord if he wasn''t in a state of Depth V.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Converge, disintegrate, swallow without pause, smash without stopping¨D¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
Sparks surged. It was a phenomenon of electrical discharge that looked like ck lightning. It was generated with the berserk chimera as the center.
The berserk chimeraunched its tentacles looking somewhat desperate, but the clones blocked them in front of the chanting lords and cut them down altogether.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸That is a world of interstice without light. The embrace of demise. The birth of new providence¨D¨D¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
And so, that thing propagating into the world, it destroyed even the Holy Precincts¨D¨Dthe attack of the protector that brought about the dawn.
The main body of the lord made a beautiful turn that was without any meaning, and then along with a really magnificent pose, he spun thest sentence, and let it resound to the world.
¡¸Be swallowed by the infinitude darkness and perish¨D¨DGravity magic ultimate secret art¡¾Kokutenkyuu(ck whirling darkness of abyss)¡¿¡¹(TN: ck Heaven Suffering)
At the center of the surging ck sparks, a small ck sphere manifested.
The sphere was whirling in disorder, right after that, it swelled up to a size with diameter of a meter and began to suck anything and everything at the surrounding with a fierce might. No, perhaps it should be said that rather than sucking, it was already twisting off the space altogether whilepressing it to the center part.
¨D¨DGravity magic "ck Heaven Suffering"
It was the gravity magic''s secret art that the liberator Miledy Raisen once used in order to save the world.
Compared to what she used, this magic here was a shoddy one where its immatureness was standing out. But, even so, here in this ce it possessed enough strength to destroy this monster that could possibly regenerate and propagate if there was even just a fragment of its cell remaining¨D¨Dit was truly a legendary magic.
GIIH, GIIIIIIIIH!!
Perhaps that should be called as its shriek of death agony. The berserk chimera was pulled in as though the meat lump was crumbling from the edge, expulsed toward a world of superpression and destruction.
A beat.
Therge truck that was entangled by stretched out tentacles so the berserk chimera wouldn''t get pulled in, it was sucked in without any resistance and crushed by the pressure. In the end the berserk chimera becamepletely terminated.
The ck celestial sphere shrunk before vanishing as though it melted into space. At the same time, the many clones also dispersed, as though to say that they had finished their role.
The end was very silent.
¡¸¡¡Onii-chan, who, are you?¡¹
The boys and girl forgot their trembling, their crying, and also their huddling at each other. Their heart was stolen by a piece of legend before their eyes. One of them asked with a small voice toward the lord while still feeling astonished.
The lord looked back over his shoulder. The gaze of the little children turned toward him.
The lord went¡¸fuh¡¹toward them, and then he answered while sharply pushing up his sunsses.
¡¸Oneself? I am¡¡¡¡just a hero, that you can find anywhere.¡¹
Thinking that it would be inappropriate to say things like "demon king" or "abyss" toward the cornered children, the lord answered after showing a thinking gesture for a while. Hearing that, for a moment the children looked puzzled and they looked at each other''s face.
But, the next moment, they showed a smile that was like a blooming flower. It was the greatest sparkling bright smile, one that children would show toward a hero just like in a movie. It was a smile that was overflowing with conviction, that hero certainly existed, with admiration, and with hope filling their heart¨D¨Dit was the greatest reward there was for a hero.
The lord that received that¨D¨Dcrumbled down right after.
¡¸O, Onii-chan!?¡¹
¡¸Hero-san!¡¹
¡¸Ninja-lookalike something-san!¡¹
The children rushed in panic toward the lord that abruptly fell on all four with his head hanging down. And then, their face approached looking worried and they heard that whisper.
¡¸Hahah fuhihih, I messed up saying "oneself". Even I don''t understand what I''m saying¡¡it hurts, my heart hurts~¡¹
The children lifted their face and exchanged gaze once more. Even though they had no words, but what they wanted to say was conveyed to each other clearly.
That was,
¨D¨DJust what is hero?
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
When I wrote in high spirits, the number of letters be like this¡¡
I will post one more chapter today or tomorrow.
=>Was what I thought, but I forgot my Sunday work¡¡
I''m sorry, looks like the update will be like usual.
I also wrote this in my activity report, but Ovep-sama''s homepage is uploaded with the newest chapter of theic version.
Kick rabbit is really bad news.
If you are interested, please go take a look without fail.
Also, it''s also uploaded at the homepage, but volume 4 seem to be for sale.
Please treat it well.
It seems the next update will be at 6 P.M. Saturday too.
Chapter 220. 221
Chapter 220. 221
Kousuke and others came out to the rooftop of the clean water facility while lending a shoulder to Vanessa.
There was a water supply facility downstream, and even further downstream they could see a town.
¡¸Kousuke, what are you going to do?¡¹
Kousuke said¡¸I''ll do this¡¹to Emily''s question and he took out his smartphone. And then, he called. After a few times of the call tone, there was the sullen voice of the speaker at the other sideing out from the phone.
¡º¡¡What is it, Endo¨D¨D¡»
¡¸Nagumo! My bad but there is no time! Don''t ask anything and blow up the water supply that is near my position!¡¹
¡º¡¡¡»
The call partner was his majesty the demon king who was currently spending an enjoyable time of making dinner with his beloved daughter. His majesty the demon king who was wearing the frilly pink apron that was created by Myuu for him, spending an enjoyable, enjoyable time while Yue and others were holding down theirughter!
Normally, if someone was suddenly phoned, and then requested to destroy a public facility without even getting told the reason, that person would either doubt the sanity of the other party, or they would cut off the phone without dy thinking that it was a joke before returning back to the happy family time.
But, the other party here wasn''t normal. Rather, this person was the synonym of abnormal irrationality.
Therefore,
¡º''Kay. Don''t move from where you are.¡»
¡¸-. I''m in your debt, Nagumo!¡¹
A presence of wry smile was transmitted from the other side of the phone.
At the same time,
¡¸E, err, Kousuke? Who are you talking to? Or rather, what are you doing? Or rather, there are various things I want to ask but, anyway, can I ask? ¨D¨DWhat is, that?¡¹
¡¸Kousuke-san¡¡I cannot believe it but¡¡¡¹
Emily was looking up to the sky with apletely cramping expression while asking Kousuke, while Vanessa was also simrly staring at a spot in the sky with a flustered expression that was rarely seen from her.
Kousuke shrugged his shoulders at them who were like that and said.
¡¸There won''t be airborne infection from Berserk. Even if it is in liquid state, but it will be invalid if it is vaporized. Then, I''ll blow it up altogether with an overwhelming heat. ¨D¨DWell, that kind of thing can only be done by the demon king though.¡¹
It was right after he said that.
Far high in the sky, a dot of light was starting to shine brilliantly as though a second sun was born. It could be seen clearly even through the cloud. It then looked like as though it swelled up instantly before at the next moment, a pir of light descended from the sky.
The cloudy sky was blown away, an enormous hole was created at the sea of clouds in the sky, the atmosphere was burned down. That pir which pierced the water supply facility along with a thunderous roar instantly destroyed the facility with a brilliant light, melted the ground, and created an outrageous crater at the blink of eye.
The light flooded the world.
The world that was gloomy from the cloudy sky was being dyed pure white. The heat wave and shockwave was spreading like a ripple and turned the surrounding of the facility into a circle-shaped emptynd.
¨D¨DSunlight convergenceser Burst Hyperion
The demon king detected the location of the water supply facility using "Compass of Crossing Guidance" with Kousuke as the reference point, and then he teleported the Burst Hyperion at the satellite orbit above the facility using a space substitution artifact.
Next the demon king pushed the button *kaclick*, like that. Just with that theser cannon that converged sunlight annihted anything and everything.
It was truly the heaven''s judgment. The manifestation of myth.
Though the person who pulled the trigger, was currently wearing a frilly pink apron at home.
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
The face of Emily and Vanessa turned into something that really couldn''t be shown to other people. Their eyes opened wide with their mouth gaping open unmoving. Drool was trickling from the corner of their mouth and not a single word leaked out.
While they were in the middle of being like that, the water supply facility was eradicated entirely. Next the light pir that changed even the topography was getting thinner bit by bit, and before long it vanished as though melting into the air.
Color returned to the world and the sound of waterfall flowing into the deep crater resounded.
¡ºHow is it, Endo? Is it okay like that?¡»
¡¸Yeah, thanks, Nagumo. Sorry that I suddenly made an outrageous request.¡¹
¡ºI understand that you are trying to not rely on me. And now someone like you came to rely on me without even saying the reason. You must a reason that is that important right? Well, I''ll trust you on that. That''s why, I ain''t need your apology.¡»
¡¸Hahah. As I thought, the demon king is just too doting on his rtives yeah. That''s why I cannot rely on you too much.¡¹
Kousuke scratched his cheek awkwardly while making a wry smile. And then, he reported that he meant to return to Japan in a few days and he would speak about the circumstance when he went back and he cut off the phone.
Kousuke let out a long exhale.
Putting aside if it was rted to a request from Hajime, Kousuke had promised to himself that he wouldn''t rely on Hajime for anything in a matter that he poked his nose into by his own collision. But now he relied on him in the end. His shoulders dropped in dejection while he patted down his chest in relieve that they had avoided a great disaster (excluding the crater).
And then, his gaze slowly turned toward Emily and Vanessa who was still petrified wordlessly.
¡¸Aa, Emily, Vanessa¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Hyuuwa!?¡¹
¡¸Afuh¡¹
The moment he called at them, Emily jumped in surprise while raising her voice as though she was liberated from a binding curse before she became unable to stand up from shock and fell down. At the same time, Vanessa who was borrowing Emily''s shoulder also fell down and her butt impacted the ground.
Kousuke thought that their reaction was understandable while he was about to lend a hand at the fallen two¨D¨Dand he stiffened.
*choro choro choro~*
Slipping through the sound of the waterfall, there was sound of water from right nearby.
The source was of course, the Emily-chan who kept lying down on her butt while shivering all over. It seemed that her dder loosened uppletely from witnessing the situation that surpassed human knowledge. ''Come to think of it, she gulped down a lot of coffee before riding the helicopter because she was nervous huuh'', Kousuke recalled.
¡¸¡¡Kousuke-san. It feels like I''m going to leak out too. Is it fine?¡¹
¡¸There is no way it''s fine.¡¹
Vanessa who noticed Emily''s disgraceful behavior made a wry smile while talking at Kousuke. There Emily finally seemed to recover her sanity. Naturally, she also noticed her current situation¨D¨D
¡¸HiiIIIIIH. SToOOOOOP-. Or rather, DON''T LoOOOOOK-, DON''T LOOK AT THIS KIND OF ME, KOUSUKEEEE-¡¹
Emily was on the verge of tears while tightening her dder. She was desperately hiding with herb coat while her hands held her head down and she turned small.
While Emily''s shriek was echoing,
¡ºOi, Aby! What was that just now!? Something came out there you know!? From the sky! Something came out!¡»
This time Bernard''s voice was transmitted from the radio. It seemed that Bernard and others also witnessed the light of Burst Hyperion.
¡¸DON''T LOOOOOK-! PLEASE, STOPPPPPP!¡¹
¡ºOi, Aby! Respond! Exnation please!¡»
¡¸Kousuke-san, instead of "pi¨D", the bleeding is not stopping. My wound seemed to open because of falling just now. Please help.¡¹
Emily who screamed while turning small. Bernard who yelled together with his subordinates from the radio asking for exnation. Vanessa who was at the verge of death.
Kousuke sighed again in a different kind this time while,
¡¸Now then, what to do about the clean-up I wonder¡¡¡¹
He looked up to the sky in this scene that was chaotic even when everything was over.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Really, thank you very much for following this extraption for so long.
The next chapter, the epilogue will be the end for this extraption.
Those people are also nned toe out you know~
I will talk about the detail of my n from here on or the epilogue''s afterword at my activity report.
The next update, surely perhaps, can be finished at 6 P.M. Saturday I think.
Chapter 222
Chapter 222
It was at a caf¨¦ located in a ce that could confirm the high-rise building of the state security bureau by sight. There was a girl with her blonde hair put in side-tail¨D¨DEmily looking absentminded inside.
Her hand kept holding the cup of steamy coffeette in front of her, however, she showed no sign of drinking it. She was only staring nkly at the rising steam.
Other than emotion of sadness and pain, her side profile also contained various other things. There were people who were mysteriously charmed with that. In the first ce Emily was a beautiful girl, yet right now she felt like a "woman" rather than a girl of her age. Surely that was because the experience she had gone through these few days was an unusual experience.
The young men and male employees inside the caf¨¦ kept sending nces at the beautiful girl that was sitting alone in mncholy. That was the proof of the charm Emily was emitting.
Her long and slender legs wrapped in ck stocking were crossed. Finally a young man whose gaze was attracted to that resolved himself and stood up. It appeared that he would call out to Emily.
But, right after the young man took a step forward, his foot stopped still.
That was because Emily suddenly lifted her face. It seemed that was because she noticed the young man''s secret intention. Her reaction looked as though she was called by someone. Yet, he couldn''t hear anything that called the girl''s name other than the sound of cars'' engine.
The young man tilted his head in wonder of what happened, even so he was about to step forward again¨D¨D
¡¸Ah, Kousuke! Over here!¡¹
He saw a flower blooming proudly. The mncholy until just now disappeared like a lie, and its ce was a dazzling flower that was blooming in full. Emily made a full smile and waved her hand, which caused the young man to stop walking once more. However, this time he was purely fascinated.
¡¸¡¡Emily, looks like you have be able to notice me normally huh.¡¹
The one who appeared while saying that was of course Kousuke. The young man too finally noticed after he heard that voice, that there was a male that had approached this spot until nearby without anyone noticing. The male was a Japanese without any particr characteristic that stood out.
For a moment, the young manpared himself with Kousuke and he self-assessed himself that he won, but he instantly withered when he saw the trust and affection that emerged on Emily''s expression. His shoulders dropped in dejection while he returned to his seat with heavy steps. The other customers and male employees were looking at the young man with aplicated expression.
¡¸I guess. Somehow, when Kousukee near, the area around my forehead goes tingling.¡¹(TN: Imagine in Gundam when the newtype sense danger or formidable enemy)
¡¸You are awakened to a strange ability huh. Well, I''m happy though so it''s fine.¡¹
Kousuke saying that he was happy made Emily to smile even happier instead.
¡¸So, you are finished? Did it go all right?¡¹
¡¸Yeah, everything went well. With this, Berserk doesn''t exist anymore in this world. Looks like the security bureau has also work hard.¡¹
¡¸I see¡¡thank you, Kousuke. Really, saying this is not enough at all but, thank you.¡¹
Emily leaned her forehead to Kousuke''s shoulder naturally. Seeing that, several males including the young man just now clicked their tongue. Surely they wanted to say ''damn show off''.
Kousuke reflexively smiled wryly while hearing those clicking tongues. He then gently tapped on Emily''s back while urging her to exit the caf¨¦.
Kousuke started walking on the street. Emily asked him where they were going.
¡¸H~m, there is a ce I want to go for a bit. Can youe with me?¡¹
¡¸Yep, it''s fine. But Kousuke''s ne schedule is¡¡it''s fine because it''s at the evening isn''t it?¡¹
Today Endo was going back to Japan. He had finished reserving ticket for an evening flight. Naturally Emily was feeling a lot lonely, but there was no way she could neglect her parents who were piling up mental worry due to the attack against their daughter, so she was nning to spend her time in her home for a while and couldn''t go with Kousuke.
Although, there would be a clone body staying with her for a while to guard her, and Kousuke also firmly promised to her that this separation wouldn''t be forever, so she wasn''t that sad.
¡¸Which reminds me, what about Vanessa? Midway she said that she has a business so she went somewhere but, is it about security bureau''s business?¡¹
¡¸No, it''s another matter. Vanessa is also going to the ce we are heading to right now. There is something I want her to check a bit just in case.¡¹
¡¸Hm~m. You are speaking ambiguously. ¡¡It''s just me that is out of the loop here.¡¹
Emily''s lips pouted a bit sullenly. Kousuke reflexively almost said¡¸How cute¡¹, but the body blow of his heart made him shut his mouth decisively.
¡¸That''s not it though¡¡. Rather, this is about Emily. Well, you will understand when we go there. Depending on the situation, perhaps it will be necessary for me to go on ahead for various measures but¡¡you know, there were things I wanted to take care first at the security bureau. Just in case.¡¹
¡¸I don''t really get it but¡¡fine then. If that''s what Kousuke and Vanessa think as the best then okay.¡¹
Emily smiled gently. The height of her trust to the two could be peeked at there.
It would take about thirty minutes of walking with the distance, so the two didn''t use taxi or anything and walked to there while strolling at the same time.
There was no word, however, the atmosphere wasn''t awkward by any means. Both of them were walking with a rxed pace. After a while, Emily leaked out her words in a mutter.
¡¸You see, I''m thinking of teacher even now.¡¹
¡¸Hm?¡¹
Kousuke tilted his head. Emily continued while slightly looking up to the sky.
¡¸He betrayed us, did inhuman things like that, and in the end he tried to take along a lot of people with him in death¡¡even so, I cannot hate him. Even now, somewhere inside me, I''m thinking of that person as "our teacher". ¡¡Do you think it''s strange?¡¹
¡¸I wonder. After all I don''t know, what has been umted between Emily and Down.¡¹
Emily smiled a bit happily that Kousuke didn''t make any denial.
¡¸Yep, there are a lot, things that we had umted. I cannot forget them. Whether when he reached out to me, or how he saved me, or the warm ce and important teaching that I received, I cannot forget them.¡¹
¡¸Because, those weren''t a lie, right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yes. Those weren''t a lie.¡¹
At that time, the young Emily who was cornered by the environment was saved, it was a fact. The fact that she was given the warmth of family, and also everything else, the important things residing in Emily''s heart, weren''t a lie.
A shadow of mncholy fell on Emily''s expression once more.
¡¸That''s exactly why, I feel it''s scary.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Emily kept looking down without showing any sign whether she noticed or not the gaze of Kousuke who was looking at her from the side. She continued talking in mutters.
¡¸Surely, Berserk is inside everyone. Just a little impetus, something that is trifling for other people will be the trigger, awakening it. Surely it''s easy to ur at particr field. That''s what I think.¡¹
Everyone had the seed of madness at the bottom of their heart. Kousuke couldn''t deny that. The face of the ssmates that didn''t manage to go home together with them passed through in Kousuke''s mind. The binding of their heart slipped off under a unique situation.
Just as Emily said, even in a situation that wasn''t that unique, it was still something that could possibly ur. And then, her remark that meant that the binding of the heart was easier toe off for those who tried to walk through a path to the extreme was likely to be an urate statement.
¡¸Even now, I''m thinking it. If teacher didn''t meet me, perhaps teacher will be able to live normally as an excellent educator.¡¹
It was a meaningless what-if. Emily also understood that. But, she couldn''t help but thinking it. She thought and thought, even so, she continued to wander thebyrinth of her pondering, of what she actually should do.
It was terrifying. Thinking that perhaps ahead of her path, she would once more pull the trigger of someone''s Berserk. She didn''t have any intention of giving up her dream, even so, no matter what, when she thought of the future ahead at her path of research, her hands and feet stiffened, and something cold and heavy was sinking at the bottom of her guts.
Kousuke averted his gaze from Emily and looked up to the sky. It was likely that Emily wasn''t asking for anything from Kousuke by talking about this. The proof of that, was how the light of determination could be seen inside her eyes that were tinged with mncholy, that even if that was the case she wouldn''t draw back, she couldn''t draw back. Therefore, she was making Kousuke heard her heavily agonizing thought even just for a little was merely her depending on Kousuke.
Kousuke scratched his head awkwardly at Emily who was showing such awkwardness in depending on others. And then, he started a strange talk.
¡¸In the past, at a certain ce long time ago, no wait, it wasn''t that long ago, it was something rtively recently, anyway, at a certain ce there was a single hero.¡¹
¡¸Heh? Err, Kousuke?¡¹
''What''s up so suddenly?'' Emily tilted her head. Ignoring that, Kousuke continued to talk.
¡¸The hero was super handsome, he excelled in both brain and physical aspects. He was fair and kind, overflowing with sense of justice, and a super popr male. He made others feel ''just explode'', but anyway he was a really good guy.¡¹
¡¸Yo, you wanted him to explode even though he was a good guy?¡¹
¡¸Nn, well, just ignore that. Anyway, one day the perfect superhuman hero was summoned to another world together with hisrades. He was kidnapped along with the people around him by a damned shitty god somewhere just out of curiosity.¡¹
Seeing Kousuke who was talking in annoyance caused Emily to go ''hah'' in realization. The fairytale that Kousuke was suddenly talking now was surely not a fairytale. It was a part of the tale of the beginning when this profoundly mysterious hero was born.
Emily closed her mouth and concentrated to her ears. The person she loved was trying to tell her something by going as far as disclosing his secret. She focused so that she wouldn''t overhear even one word.
¡¸Putting aside the intention of the shitty god, the people of that world said to the hero and his group. Save us they said. Defeat the enemy they said. The hero responded, that if there are people in trouble then of course they should help. The hero and hisrades who had crossed through world had managed to obtain great power, so surely it will go well he thought. But¨D¨D¡¹
It didn''t go like that.
¡¸Bit by bit, bit by bit, something ck was starting to pile up inside the hero.¡¹
¡¸Something, ck¡¡¡¹
Emily could guess. That must be the seed of Berserk. Something everyone possessed, a negative emotion.
¡¸The justice of hero that he believed, it didn''t work at anything. He lost his fairness and he became as though he was possessed by the deep-rooted delusion that he should be the correct one. Hisrades and childhood friends also remonstrated him but, the hero who was instigated by the enemy¨D¨Dbetrayed everything.¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
Emily had her breath taken away. Emily didn''t know what happened with the hero. But, she could somehow see her teacher ovepping with the hero. Just what did the hero feel at that time? Just with what kind of feeling the hero betrayed hisrades? And then¨D¨Dhow did the hero end up in the end?
Matching Emily who came to a stop, Kousuke also stopped walking and he continued while staring at Emily.
¡¸The hero, pointed that tremendous power of his toward us. He pointed it toward his childhood friends who should be important for him. He pointed it, toward the people that he said should be protected. At the time of the decisive battle when that guy was needed the most, that guy was at the enemy side. Everything, was in order to proof that he was exactly the correct one. In order to take back the time when everything went well for him.¡¹
¡¸¡¡What happened then, to the hero?¡¹
Emily asked with by squeezing out her voice. In respond to that Kousuke,
¡¸Yeah, he got beaten up ck and blue by a girl, his childhood friend until he apologized tearfully. He came back with his face still swelling up so much it made us felt ''seeerves you right you handsome''.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
This was the aftermath of a grand betrayal. Emily thought, that surely this would be a tragic story but with a bit of salvation in it even then. But seeing Kousukeughed casually while talking¡¸Oh mann~, at that time that guy came back with pathetic face! He apologize while looking like he was going to cry, but his front teeth were all broken up that everyone almost brokeughing! That was seriously s serious breaker y''know!¡¹, Emily''s face went nk in a daze.
Kousuke who noticed Emily who couldn''t follow at all then cleared his through *cough* once.
¡¸Well, what I want to say, that¡¡sorry. I couldn''t save your teacher.¡¹
¡¸Eh? E, ah, no, that''s not-. I, don''t mean something like¨D¨D¡¹
Emily tried to make excuse in panic, but Kousuke stopped her with his hand and smiled wryly. However, he then directed a strong gaze at Emily that made her heart jumped.
¡¸I know. But, even so, I swear here, Emily. If, ahead in this path Emily is walking through someone got their madness awakened, that time I won''t let you lose them. Even if I have to sock them in the face, I will drag them back to you without fail.¡¹
¡¸u, a¡¹
She was at loss for words. While Emily''s mouth was opening and closing wordlessly, Kousuke gifted her with words that illuminated her path.
¡¸That''s why, don''t make that kind of pained face and just advance ahead through your path.¡¹
Emily leaped. Where to? That was obvious. Toward the chest of her beloved hero. Emily leaked out sobbing ''hics hics'' from something hot filling inside her chest while Kousuke gently caressed her hair.
It was unknown how long they were like that. Before long Emily lifted her face. Kousuke pulled her hand and began walking once more toward the destination.
Silence was descending once more, but this time it was with a really awkward atmosphere. Emily kept ncing at the side of Kousuke''s face with moist eyes, while Kousuke being Kousuke was writhing inside from his own speech.
Trying to change the atmosphere a little, Kousuke spoke a proposal that he actually had been thinking about since some time ago.
¡¸Hey, Emily¡¹
¡¸Whaaat, Kousuke¡¹
Her voice was sweet. It was dripping sweet. The sugar content in the air was increasing. Kousuke went¡¸I, I might have really done it now¡¡¡¹while sweating coldly.
¡¸About your research from here on¡¹
¡¸Uh huh. Continuing it in the university¡¡will be hard I think. But, somewhere else¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸About that, if you want, how about trying to go to another world?¡¹
¡¸Another world¡¡¡¹
Inside Emily, it already had be a fact that Kousuke was summoned to another world together with hisrades. She didn''t think that his story was a fiction. Rather, sheprehended that Kousuke''s mysterious power had its root from there.
And now, she might be able to go to the world where Kousuke obtained his power of hero. That was enough to fill Emily with happiness.
¡¸Is it okay?¡¹
¡¸Yeah, you more or less need the permission from the demon king to go to the world over there but, well, surely there won''t be a problem. You see, at the other side there are a lot of mysterious nts and minerals that doesn''t exist here. There is also something like pharmacy study there more or less, and if Emily learn that and put it into use for your research, won''t that be a shortcut for breakthrough?¡¹
¡¸Pharmacy study of another world¡¡certainly, that is really interesting. That healing medicine is also made from there isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸H~m, I guess. Though it roughly not pure chemicals but a magic medicine though¡¡¡¹
Emily''s eyes were sparkling bright with the idea of going to Kousuke''s world, and also that it might be useful for her lifework. Her gaze looked even far better than her enraptured gaze before this. For Kousuke it was a poison in various meaning. Though it was him reaping what he sowed.
¡¸Also you see, because there is magic at the world there, the technology there is not that developed. Currently I''m studying medical science here, but I''m doing that with the objective of wanting to heighten the medical technology there without magic.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Kousuke, by any chance, you are nning to go to that other world in the future?¡¹
Emily looked up anxiously at Kousuke. He nodded in respond without hesitation. A shadow fell on Emily''s expression.
¡¸Well, currently the demon king is taking measures so that it will be easier toe and go from here to there, so I''m not going to be at that side forever withouting back though¡¡¡¹
Hearing that, Emily began pondering something. Kousuke went¡¸Hm?¡¹seeing that and he tilted his head. And then Emily suddenly snapped up his head and dered to Kousuke.
¡¸Then, at that time I will apany Kousuke too! At that time, I''ll show you that I can develop the other world''s pharmaceutics more!¡¹
Seeing Emily dering ''I absolutely will be useful to Kousuke!'', Kousuke was thinking from the start that he wished for Emily''s cooperation in improving the medical treatment without using Tortus''s magic, so he epted immediately. However, he somewhat felt a strange weight from the word¡¸apany¡¹that Emily said was¡¡
No, let''s stop lying to himself. Kousuke was convinced. That word absolutely meant¡¸apany¡¹in that meaning. Kousuke was sweating coldly. Emily''s cheeks were dyed red and her eyes were sparkling fierily perhaps from thinking of the future. There was no doubt that in her brain she was surely imagining the development where the two of them were examining patients at the clinic in another world.
Even though she would be at another world, but if there was a method to return to earth, then it would be safer to do her research at another world rather than at earth where there was a possibility she would be targeted. She would also be able to defeat Alzheimer with the result of that research.
For Emily, immigration to another world waspletely a good thing.
¡¸He, hey, Emily. There is also something that I have to tell you¡¡¡¹
Kousuke was opening his mouth to speak about the matter that he missed the chance to say until now because of one thing and another. Right now he was going to say it loud and clear. But it seemed that the goddess of fate was quite detestable.
A familiar ringtone interrupted Kousuke''s words. It seemed that Vanessa was the caller. Kousuke cursed¡¸Vanessaaa¡¹inside his heart, but thinking of the thing that he asked her to confirm, he couldn''t ignore this.
Like that, what entered the ear of Kousuke who took the call was a good news that came in with a truly miraculous timing.
AN: Continue to the second part
Chapter 223
Chapter 223
This is the second part of the two parts epilogue.
There is the first part before this, please pay attention.
¡¸Hey, Kousuke. Is this the ce you want to take me to?¡¹
¡¸Yeah, this ce.¡¹
The gaze of Emily who couldn''t hide her perplexity was wandering around without any calm. That was reasonable. The ce Kousuke brought her to with fast pace after the call from Vanessa¨D¨Dwas a hospital.
The question of¡¸Why?¡¹was whirling inside Emily''s head.
¡¸You see, this hospital is under the influence of the security bureau. They make use of it for the criminal or the victim of a case, or people with circumstance.¡¹
¡¸Security bureau''s¡..eh, wait, then¡¹
¡¸Yeah, the people rted with Berserk case are also hospitalized here.¡¹
Emily gulped. The people who got Berserk stored inside their stomach yet didn''t have it exploded and the people who were confined for experiment but luckily could be rescued just in time, and the research facility personnel who got injured at the suppression operation and so on, they were all here.
Emily looked around with a sorrowful expression, but she suddenly noticed. Even with all those people here, it wasn''t a reason to bring her here. If someone was turned into berserker then it was toote for them, and in the case that they hadn''t turn into berserker then it wouldpletely be the domain of a doctor. There wasn''t any turn for Emily who was a researcher here.
Yes, if there was a reason for her to be brought here, then it would be the same reason with the families of patients who were gathering in the patient room or corridor even now¨D¨D
With a shudder, an indescribable emotion that was different from a chill was welling up inside Emily.
¡¸Wa, wait, wait Kousuke! By, by any chance, in, in here¡¡but, I, definitely remember that everyone was-¡¹
¡¸It kept bothering me all this time. In Emily''s story, it was only your parting with her that was different. I didn''t say anything because I thought that it was a slim chance, but I believed that the possibility wasn''t zero.¡¹
"Her"¨D¨DEmily understood who that word referred to.
That''s right. Indeed it was right. It was only her who Emily didn''t see directly. When they parted from each other at the end, she lured away the immediately approaching Berserker and vanished. But Emily didn''t confirm herst moment at all.
The repeated death, the overwhelming presence of death of Berserk, the heavy tremor that was chasing after her, all of those pushed Emily into despair. That was why, she thought that must be thest moment for that person, yet¡¡
¡¸I was thinking to confirm it by myself, but before I could, chief-san found her and then contacted me. It looked like she hadn''t recovered her consciousness, so just in case, in order to confirm it directly and find out the detail of her condition, I asked Vanessa to go ahead¡¡¡¹
There was already no more word. The hope rising up inside was making Emily''s heart quivered.
¡¸The call from Vanessa just now. ¨D¨DShe said that she was awake. She was heavily wounded and needplete bed rest but, there is nothing threatening to her life.¡¹
¡¸a, a¡¡¡¹
Emily covered her mouth with the hand that wasn''t pulled by Kousuke and then her blurry gaze caught the figure of Vanessa talking with a person who seemed to be a doctor.
Vanessa who noticed Kousuke and Emily then lowered her head to the doctor before turning her gaze to the two of them. Her expression was a gentle and rxed one that they had never seen until now. Just from that expression, Emily discerned that there wasn''t anything bad at all. She grasped that her hope wasn''t a lie.
¡¸She is all right, Doctor Grant. She is also really lucid, and the doctor also said that there will be no problem if she is going through treatment. Now, she is waiting. Please meet her.¡¹
¡¸Vanessa¡¡yes, yes-¡¹
Kousuke let go of the hand he held and gently pushed Emily''s back. Vanessa sent her off with a gentle smile. Emily couldn''t endure it and tears were trickling down her face while she opened the door into the patient room, and she entered inside.
*pi-pi-pi-* Other than the resounding sound of a medical equipment, the patient room was enveloped in silence. The sunlight poured in from the window that had its curtain opened, illuminating the patient room brightly.
With staggering steps, Emily approached the bed slowly. There, she saw the woman whose both legs were fixed in ce, her head bandaged, and her hand receiving intravenous drip.
Perhaps that woman noticed Emily''s presence, because she slowly opened her closed eyes.
And then,
¡¸¡¡Emily. Aa, I''m d. You are safe.¡¹
While sleeping on the bed with wounds all over her body, the words that came out the very first from her mouth were words that rejoiced of the safety of her little sister¨D¨D
¡¸Lizzie-nee-!!¡¹
With her mind still pure white, Emily only surrendered her body to her great joy and leaped to the chest of her big sister¨D¨DLizzie Ashton. Lizzie who received the embrace of her beloved little sister naturally,
¡¸Ouch ouch ouch ouch-. Wait-, it hurts, it hurts I told you Emily! Your big sis is dying! I''m dying for sure this time!¡¹
¡¸Fueah!? So, sorry-, Lizzy-neee!¡¹
She fainted in agony. A person who was in a total bed rest mustn''t jumped at. This was important. Emily went flustered and all shook up while Lizzie smiled wryly¡¸What a hopeless girl¡¹with teary eyes that endured the pain.
¡¸It''s fine if you do it slowly. Look,e here, Emily.¡¹
¡¸Lizzie-neee¡¹
Softly, as though she was touching a delicate artwork, Emily timidly embraced Lizzie, and then she began to leak out sobbing ''hics hics''. Lizzie partly closed her eyes at her little sister that was like that while caressing Emily''s head with a gentle hand manner.
¡¸Fufu, you really have be a crybaby while I fainted just for a bit aren''t you? Just where has the usual obstinate person has gone to I wonder.¡¹
¡¸Fho, fho cares¡¡hics, sniff-¡¹
Emily grumbled while hugging tightly without any sign of letting go. Lizzie''s smile was getting increasingly broader.
¡¸I heard about the matter this time, just for a bit from that cool female agent. Looks like you have gone through a great adventure.¡¹
¡¸I''m, not. It wasn''t, adventure¡¡. I just, needed to do, something somehow¡¡but, I couldn''t, do anything¡¡I only, kept getting, helped¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yeah. That Paradis-san also said, that she wanted to protect Emily because you were working very hard. Also, there is one more hero-san? I heard that he too lent his strength, because Emily worked really hard.¡¹
Emily stirred restlessly and lifted her face from Lizzie''s chest, and then her face that turned terrible because of the tears and mucus distorted.
Lizzie wiped up the face of Emily that was like that while she proudly gifted Emily her words along with a gentle smile that Emily idolized.
¡¸You have worked hard aren''t you, Emily. As expected from the little sister of us all. Surely those guys, and Rick, and also teacher, they must be proud of you.¡¹
¡¸Lizzie-neee-¡¹
¡¸Ah, ah, geez. Even though you are a beauty but it is wasted like this¡e one, blow your nose, blow¡¹
Emily blew her nose just as she was told. And then, she restlessly buried her face into Lizzie''s chest once more. Right now, she only wanted to earnestly feel her beloved big sister.
And then, Lizzie also embraced tightly such Emily. She was only showering her love to her little sister who survived, and gritting her teeth against the loneliness toward the person she loved and theirrades who had protected them.
Part 2
The airport''s lobby was really bustling with people waiting for their departure and people waiting for the arrival of flight passengers. At a waiting ce where there were several rows of bench seat in ce, Emily whose eyes were still red was staring at Kousuke apologetically.
¡¸Sorry, Kousuke. Because of me there is barely any time left. In the end, you cannot go buy souvenir or do anything else.¡¹
¡¸No, it''s fine. That was a special reunion for you. I''m not that boorish that I would be a nuisance with that.¡¹
In the end, after that Emily who had transformed into a sticky burr on Lizzie was finally pried off after the nurse noticed that Lizzie was almost fainting with the white of her eyes half exposed. (TN: A burr is prickly seeds or seedheads that stuck to fur and clothes)
However even with that, it seemed that Emily hated to exit the room, and when she was scolded by the nurse and got dragged outside, Emily spontaneously yelled¡¸ONEE-CHAAAN!¡¹and reached out her hand. Lizzie whose eyes snapped open in a sh hearing her little sister''s shout then reached out her hand¡¸EMILY¨D¨D¡¹, which got the intravenous drip torn off from her hand which turned it into even moremotion. The two of them were really sisters that were simr with each other.
The nurse who was treated like a mafia who was trying to tear apart loving sisters from each other because of unpaid debt was then got a throbbing vein on her forehead. Even then the nurse kept treating the situation. It went without saying that Kousuke and Vanessa then earnestly apologized to the nurse.
Because of this and that, in the end they arrived at the airport with barely any time left until the departure, which caused Emily to be apologetic.
¡¸Well, at any rate, it''s great that Lizzie-san is alive.¡¹
¡¸Yes-¡¹
It was a blunt topic change, but Emily responded with a broad smile. The lost things wouldn''te back, and the wound from that wouldn''t vanish for the whole life. But, even so, there was a salvation even if just one. It was really as though the world rewarded a little, to someone that had done their best.
And, at that time Vanessa who left them for a bit because she received a call returned to them.
¡¸Kousuke-san. Bernard ising to see you off.¡¹
¡¸Yoo, Aby. I came as the troops'' representative.¡¹
It seemed Vanessa had gone to the entrance to wee Bernard who came to the airport to see off Kousuke.
¡¸Coming expressly here like this, is your work okay?¡¹
¡¸No, it''s not okay. That''s why I need to go back right away, but it will be no good if we don''t give even a single parting salute when you return home to your country like this. Besides you see, here is souvenir from the guys in the troops.¡¹
¡¸Eh, my bad, troubling you like this. But, if that''s the case then I''ll ept gratefully¨D¨D¡¹
Saying that, Kousuke got a bit shy while he peeked inside the bag before his cheeks convulsed. Inside there were variousbat knifes and bullets that were carved with strange letters. There were also hand grenades that were written with obscene jokes, Zippo lighter, and high-ss cigar crammed inside.
¡¸Are you idiot!? There is no way I can bring this back!¡¹
Kousuke turned into a straight-man reflexively, but Bernard replied with a puzzled expression.
¡¸Eh, but, you. You are normally carrying something like this right? Remember, that small katana, or the knives.¡¹
¡¸Ah¡¡yeah, I guess. Sorry. Also thanks.¡¹
He had no word to retort to that. Like that Kousuke put the souvenir into his rucksack. He nned to throw them into the Treasure Warehouseter.
Bernard who finished handing over the souvenir then nodded in satisfaction before he swiftly turned around. It seemed that it was true that was busy.
¡¸See ya, Aby. When next youe here, show your face no matter what. I''ll introduce you to a delicious restaurant.¡¹
¡¸Aa, thanks. Bernard too, don''t be too reckless.¡¹
Kousuke smiled wryly while saying his thanks to Bernard who he could only think as someone that was loved by the death god and the goddess of luck simultaneously. And then,
¡¸What are you saying? I have a wife and a cute daughter waiting at home for my return. No matter what happened, I will go back home for sure.¡¹
¡¸That''s why-, don''t say that kind of line so easily like that!¡¹
¡¸Just you wait Annie (the six years old daughter). Father will get home soon¡¡¡¹
¡¸Wai-, Bernard! You, seriously be careful! There is absolutely a death god right behind you there!¡¹
Bernard so easily built a dangerous g as naturally as breathing like always. And then his figure vanished into the crowd.
¡¸What should I say, in a sense, it feels like he is the one nearest to Kousuke-san. I cannot help but feeling amazed that he doesn''t die with that.¡¹
¡¸I can agree with that.¡¹
Vanessa for some reason was staring at Bernard vanishing into the crowd with a gaze that seemed like she was looking at a rival while saying such thing.
¡¸Kousuke, it will be time soon.¡¹
¡¸Oh, is that so. Then, perhaps I should go soon.¡¹
Saying that, Kousuke stood up and shouldered his rucksack. And then, he was about to walk toward the boarding gate. But then his sleeve got pulled.
¡¸Hm? Emily, what''s wrong?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
While staring on the floor, Emily pinched at Kousuke''s sleeve tightly without showing any sign of releasing it. Kousuke reflexively looked at Vanessa looking for help, but Vanessa only shrugged and didn''t say anything.
¡¸Eeer, Emily. I''m leaving behind my clone, and I also told you my contact number right? We will be able to meet again soon, don''t look that reluctant, it''s embarrassing somehow.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Kousuke said that kind of thing with an exaggerated gesture a bit jokingly, but Emily''s state didn''t change. No, her ears that could be seen from between her blond hair were in progress of changing. They were getting redder gradually. Looking closer, her neck and cheeks were also dyed red.
Kousuke then grasped the situation¡¸Come to think of it, in the end I failed to say anything of it! No good!¡¹and he opened his mouth to say something. But, before he could,
¡¸Yo, you see-. You see-, Kousuke!I, I actually-, that, about Kousuke I¨D¨D¡¹
The face of Emily that snapped up in a sh was truly that of a bright red apple. Her eyes were moist where inside them there was immeasurable heat. In a nce it was obvious that she was about to liberate into words the me that was already zing up thunderously inside her chest currently.
The voice of Emily that unexpectedly reverberated loudly stopped the activity of the surrounding people and the walking people from walking along. Their attention gathered at the two of them. The onlookers guessed the atmosphere between the two¡¸Oh my? Could this possibly be¡¡¡¹and their eyes sparkled with deep interest.
And then, Emily-chan who was already at her wits'' end was about to carry out her first confession in her life, and her mouth formed the shape of saying¡¸lo¡¹, it was at that instant
¡¸Ah, there you are! Kou-ku~~~n-?¡¹
A dignified and clear voice rang in the lobby. That voice was so refreshing and also vaguely contained a sweet sensuality that everyone spontaneously searched for the owner of the voice.
Naturally, Kousuke who was familiar with that voice thought¡¸Don''t tell me-¡¹while he reflexively averted his gaze from Emily and turned his face toward the direction of the voice.
It was in the middle of her once in a lifetime confession, yet Kousuke turned his gaze toward other. That caused Emily''s expression to turn ''funya'' into a pitiable look. But, it was no good for her to be like that. Emily had to take her battle stance right away before it became a sorrow for her.
After all, right there the person who would be the fated enemy of Emily was approaching near.
¡¸Kou-kun!¡¹
¡¸Rana!?¡¹
Emily and Vanessa also turned their gaze when Kousuke called a name. There, they could see a super beautiful onee-san running toward them from the other side of the crowd.
Two hills were jiggling up and down with each step of the run. Beautiful dark blue hair. Tight waist and beautiful legs that looked unreal. A beautiful well-proportioned body of body 8 times longer than head which was realized in real life. And a looks that harmonized both cuteness and beauty perfectly.
That beautiful onee-san was rushing toward them with attractive movement like a rabbit hopping forward *pyon pyon*. She decided that the crowd was a hindrance and she shifted her route a bit.
And then, while the people were paying attention to her in various meanings, she leaped and used the nearby pir as foothold to easily fly over the crowd with beautiful rotation midair. The onlookers unconsciously raised admiring voice¡¸Ooh¡¹seeing that acrobatic performance, but the beautiful onee-san Rana Hauria ignored them and leaped toward Kousuke with *pyon*.
¡¸Kou-kun, long time no see. I wanted to meet you.¡¹
¡¸Eh, ah, yeah. I also wanted to meet you but, no, before that, why are you here!?¡¹
Kousuke asked with his eyes darting about in surprise. Rana chuckled seeing that while answering.
¡¸You see, boss opened the gate for me. He said that it was for experiment. And then, boss said that it seems Kou-kun is in trouble, so he asked me if I want to meet you for a bit, and then he helped sending me here.¡¹
¡¸So, this is Nagumo''s doing¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yes, I''m grateful with boss''s consideration. But, it''s strange you know. For some reason, boss was really impatient just now. ¡ºIt''s no good if you wait until hee back. Go there right now. Right now! It''s better if you ambush him at the airport. Perhaps there will be someone near him, but don''t worry of it and just jump at him!¡»boss said.¡¹
¡ºTha, tha, that bastaaard-. He knew and still did this!¡»
Kousuke guessed. The reason why the demon king sent Rana here. It waspletely a harassment. Or perhaps he did this from a sentiment of¡¸Comrade? Comrade?¡¹.
In any case, Kousuke was swearing inside his heart while trying to separate himself from the clinging Rana for the time being because of the attention he was showered with¨D¨D
¡¸Kousuke, that woman, who?¡¹
¡¸Hih¡¹
He could hear a brokennguage. It was a voice without any emotion in it, a mechanical voice that sounded like machine. Kousuke moved his gaze with a crude motion like a machine that forgot to be oiled. Toward the girl who was about to confess to him.
¡¸Hih¡¹
And then, he shrieked for the second time. Because Emily-chan''s eyes, they werepletely a single color. She was smiling faintly, but the pupil of herrgely opened eyes was opening. It was a face that must not be shown for a beautiful girl.
¡¸Kousuke? Who. That woman?¡¹
¡¸Hm? Ara, nice to meet you youngdy.¡¹
The one who reacted first to the repeated question was Rana. It seemed that Rana noticed Emily''s existence for the first time when she separated from Kousuke. She then smiled sweetly. And then, she guessed from how Emily called Kousuke name that she must be his acquaintance and so she introduced herself.
With the decorous method Hauria-style.
First of all, sunsses was necessa~ry!
¡¸Mine name is Ranainferna Hauria! The wind shadow of the head reaper n, and the lover of the right-hand of the demon king Lord Abyssgate! If you are a friend of the lord, then I wee you without any reservation. However, please never forget that I''m a woman that belongs to darkness. You won''t get away with just mere scald near me.¡¹
There was a rotation. There was a cool pose! From the sunsses that was slightly lowered, there was a perfect wink *pachin-*.
It was done. The perfect greeting was done toward the friend of her beloved lover. Ranainfe¨D¨DRana went¡¸fuh¡¹and her face turned into a triumphant look.
Kousuke crumbled down. The onlookers couldn''t catch up at all with the development! Vanessa was nodding¡¸Hohou, so there is a lover already¡¹with an expression that was somewhat admiring.
And then, as for Emily,
¡¸Lo ve r? Lo ve r¡¡Lo ver¡¡Lover!?¡¹
She recovered her sanity. And then, she turned her face toward Kousuke with a motion just like Kousuke before this, it felt like there would be *gigigi* sound ringing out from her neck with how crudely it moved. And then, with an expression that looked half-smiling, or perhaps it was half-crying, with an indescribable expression on her face, Emily asked.
¡¸Kousuke¡¡you have, lover?¡¹
¡¸¡¡err¡¡¡¡yes.¡¹
The onlookers were starting to make noise ''A carnage, it''s a carnage''. Kousuke nced at themotion with cold sweat while searching for words. Rana was looking alternately at Kousuke and Emily with a puzzled gaze, while Vanessa was staring fixedly at the transition of the situation.
After knowing the fact that Kousuke had a lover, Emily''s body was trembling all over while her eyes were looking down.
¡¸He, hey, Emily? I thought many times of telling this¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸WHYYY! WHY DO YOU HAVE A LOVER! WHYYYYYYYY-!!¡¹
¡¸Whoaa!? Ca, calm down Emily!¡¹
¡¸UWAAAAAAAAAN-, this is just strange-. Just why didn''t you tell mee! I would still absolutely fell in love even sooo-, but all the same this is just too muuch-. UWAAAAAAAAAN-¡¹
The loud scream echoed in the airport lobby. Even the staffs of the airport were approaching in wonder of what was going on.
Kousuke who got his cor grasped and shaken back and forth tried to stop Emily, but Emily in her deranged state was unstoppable.
In that chaotic scene, Rana was holding her chin with her hand while thinking of something¡¸Uu~n¡¹, then she pped her hand *pon-* and walked closer toward the two briskly.
¡¸Yes yes, Emily-chan, can I call you that? How about stopping at that, and talk a bit with me?¡¹
Rana who took off her Hauria mode talked at Emily consolingly.
By the way, Hauria mode referred to the chuuni mode in full power. It was always on 24-hour when she was together with Hauria n. But, at the time when she was just alone with Kousuke, and at time when there was no Hauria around, Rana had be able to talk normally in normal mode!
Rana was taught that this was the decorum in earth by Shia. It was a secret art that she learned desperately for the sake of greeting Kousuke''s parents!
¡¸Uu, what do you want? Is this where you tell me to not approach your man-?¡¹
¡¸No? I just want to confirm to you, Emily-chan.¡¹
¡¸Just whaaat¡¹
¡¸You like Kou-kun? Not as a friend, but as a man?¡¹
¡¸Uuh¡¡that''s right-, I like him! I love him! I''m sorry! FUEEeEEEEN-¡¹
Emily confessed that she loved him by throwing all caution to the wind, and then right after that she thought that she had done wrong to Rana and apologized, and then she wailed once more. Seeing that, Rana judged that Emily''s feeling was a serious one¨D¨D
For some reason her eyes were sparkling brightly. And then, she tightly hugged the wailing Emily *mugyu-* and,
¡¸You did it, Kou-kun! The wife is multiplying!¡¹
She blurted out such thing.
¡¸Eer, Rana-san? Just what could you possibly talk about desu?¡¹
Kousuke''s speech was turning into a politenguage for some reason while he asked with convulsing cheeks. In respond to that,
¡¸Eh? That''s why, ''finally the second wife get!'' I said.¡¹
Rana responded back with a puzzled expression.
The surrounding fell silent. Kousuke also fell silent. Emily''s wailing stopped.
Kousuke''s expression looked like he was enduring a headache and he asked while massaging his temple.
¡¸Wh, what''s with multiple wives? Isn''t the premise strange? I''m nning to marry with Rana though?¡¹
¡¸Eh? It''s not strange isn''t it? Kou-kun marry with me, then marry Emily-chan, after that you need at the very least five more people!¡¹
¡¸Why!? Why do I need seven wives!? Polygamy is forbidden you know! Or rather, normally wife is just one person!¡¹
Kousuke shouted. Toward that, Rana tilted her head with an expression that was confused as expected,
¡¸That''s if at Japan isn''t it? Kou-kun wille to my ce right? Besides, one day you will be the n head, so having just one wife¨D¨Dthat''s no good right?¡¹
¡¸Ka, Karm-san only has one wife right!¡¹
¡¸That''s true, but the elder folk usually has multiple wives you know? Don''t you know that? Besides¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Besides?¡¹
While hearing the sound of hismon sense crumbling, Kousuke asked Rana timidly. Rana clinched a broad smile and a thumbs up while she said.
¡¸Even though our boss created a harem, if Kou-kun who is his right-hand man only has one wife then you will get looked down! It''s fine! You don''t need to be that worried, because I have arranged so I can get along well with the fellow wives!
¡¸That''s not the proble¨D¨Dm-¡¹
Kousuke cradled his head in his hands. In Kousuke''s mind, he had imagined a future where he and Rana would be a husband and wife like a pair of swan as the head of the n, yet the Rana in question was actually having expectation ''won''t the next wife get found out soon already''. Somehow, Kousuke felt like various things inside him got smashed.
He felt like he could vaguely heard the voice of the demon king¡¸You too, have a taste my feeling, my bosom friend¡¹. He got the mood of wanting to punch him flying very much.
¡¸Wai-, just wait a second. You, you are saying that it''s fine even if I''m included?¡¹
Emily somehow managed to pull out from Rana''s chest and asked in agitation.
¡¸But of course. Let''s support Kou-kun together okay?¡¹
¡¸No no no, that''s absolutely no good! Something like that! That''s just, im, impure! As I thought a married couple has to be a pair that is being the best partner for each other¡¡¡¹
Emily whose head was messed up already inside was talking about what a married couple was. But, Rana was directing a meaningful expression¡¸Fu~hn¡¹at such Emily. Seeing that Emily bluffed¡¸Wha, what is it¡¹to which Rana smiledcently and said.
¡¸Then Emily-chan, you just give up on Kou-kun. If you say that it''s no good unless there is only one wife, then that position is mine. There is absolutely zero chance for you to rece me.¡¹
¡¸-. Tha, that''s¡¡¡¹
''Fufuhn'', Rana showed a fearless smile. Emily was inly flustered from that. Rana wore her sunsses once more and made a rotation.
¡¸Hmph, it''s absurd to believe that you can win against this me. The heart of Abyssgate is the prisoner of my hand of darkness. There is no hope for anyone to liberate it from me. Fufufu-¡¹
Well, in other words, it seemed that Rana was saying ''Kousuke is deeply in love with me, and I also have no intention of letting him go at all~''.
Emily saw Rana sharply pointing her finger at her, and she understood one thing.
¡¸¡¡I got it. So you are the cause.¡¹
¡¸Hm? What are you saying I wonder? Oh cute little kitty?¡¹
¡¸That''s why-, I''m saying that you are the cause! That speech and act of Kousuke that was painful to look at, that''s because of you right!¡¹
¡¸Gafuh!?¡¹
Kousuke was shot. A girl who said that she loved him, but it seemed that actually she was thinking that he was painful to look at. Cracks entered his heart.
¡¸Actually he is a cool and lovely person! Yet the moment the battle start, he became strange! It''s you who make Kousuke to be like that isn''t it!¡¹
¡¸Gofuh!?¡¹
¡¸Fuh. Indeed, it''s not an exaggeration to say that it was me who awakened Lord Abyssgate. And? If that''s the case then what are you going to do? Do you think that a kitty like you can do anything?¡¹
Rana chuckled ''ku-ku-ku-'' looking really crooked. She was in high spirits. She was in super high spirits.
Not noticing Rana''s mood who was absurdly enjoying this, Emily-chan who was resolved to rescue her beloved proimed a war deration.
¡¸I swear, I swear that I''ll turn Kousuke back into a proper human!¡¹
¡¸Gahah!?¡¹
¡¸I wonder if you are able of that?¡¹
¡¸It''s not about being able or not. It''s about doing it or not! Besides, I also won''t let you get away.¡¹
¡¸Me?¡¹
¡¸That''s right. Even though you are this beautiful, but you are doing embarrassing act like that! It''s unforgivable as a fellow woman! I swear I''ll turn you back into a proper human too!¡¹
¡¸Ku-ku-ku-, you can howl really loud, small hero! Then just try it! I won''t run or hide anywhere! However, never forget. When you peek into the abyss, the abyss will also peek back toward you!¡¹
¡¸I won''t lose! I will not lose! Just watch Kousuke! Because I won''t let you be that kind of pitiful human!¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Rana''s loudughter that couldn''t hide her feeling of ''This is super fun!'' was reverberating, the war cry of Emily who was threatening like a cat going *fushaa-* was echoing, Kousuke felt his heart died.
The airport was enveloped in chaos.
In the middle, Vanessa appealed¡¸This loyalty, is higher than mountain. This love, is deeper than sea¡¹while announcing her candidacy as the third wife. Hearing that Rana said¡¸You-, are pretty good! I warmly wee you!¡¹, to which Vanessa said¡¸My greatest thanks¡¹and fell on her knee theatrically. It was at that time that the security of the airport finally arrived.
While everyone was taken to the security office cordially, Kousuke took out his smartphone powerlessly and made a call.
¡ºOu, Endo. What''s¨D¨D¡»
¡¸Just you wait, Nagumo.¡¹
¡ºHa? Ah, you had met Rana already? From that sentence, it looks like it became something interesting huh?¡»
The voice of Hajime cackling loudly could be heard from the other side of the phone.
Kousuke spoke with a deeply held resentment.
¡¸This time I''ll sock you in the face! I''ll make you regret handing Last Zell to me!¡¹
¡ºEh, wai-, you-¨D¨D¡»
Kousuke cut off the call.
In front of him, there were Emily and Rana who were still continuing to quarrel with each other even while receiving the exasperated gaze of the security staffs. Sure enough, the new objective that was added into Emily''s lifework¨D¨Dthe grand objective of stopping the chuuni of Rana, and also Hauria n in addition, would the day it was aplishede in the future?
¡¸Kousuke-san. Four more wives left. They should be somewhere in the world. Let''s do our best from here on. I''m feeling excited for some reason.¡¹
¡¸Which RPG that is huh. Just stay quiet a bit, Danessa.¡¹
Kousuke averted his gaze from Danessa who was staring at him with an excited gaze just as she said, then he let out a deep sigh.
¡¸Come to think of it, I''m not studying at all throughout this holiday.¡¹
It seemed that Kousuke''s dream was still far ahead.
The strongest assassin who nonchntly saved a country, or possibly even the world, was worrying about the national mock exam that would be carried out at the first day after the holidays, and then he breathed out a deep sigh once more.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Finally it finished¡¡
This is really a long extraption. Shirakome never thought that he would write until this much (wry smile)
Really, thank you very much for apanying me until the very end.
It will make me happy if this can be a good thing for you to kill time with.
The development after this ispletely undecided.
I also want to write the characters that weren''t written at the Afterstory, like the hero or Shia, I want to try writing the extra of others too.
However, I think I want to rest a little due to my circumstance at the real life and so on. I''m wondering whether to rest for the whole August.
I might nonchntly update again when I raise my spirit, so at that time it will make me happy if you readers wille reading again.
Then, let''s meet againter.
I pray so that lovely chuuni will be with everyone who love Narou.
Chapter 224
Chapter 224
Inside the office where there was silence and bright sunlight shining in, there was only the sound of moving pen *scratch scratch* and the sound of the clock that sounded like a chirping bird *chirp-chirp-chirp-chirp-* resounding.
It was a really calm ce that was optimum for doing paperwork.
But, the owner of that room was in a state that couldn''t be said as calm at all. The hand moving the pen didn''t stop, but it was only her gaze that kept ncing briefly at the clock many times over, she then looked at the mountain of paperwork and sighed, then her shoulders dropped after measuring the height of the paperwork¡¡she then started reducing the mountain of paperwork diligently, got fidgety, and got dejected¡¡
¡¸Liliana-sama¡¡I understand your feeling, but no matter how many times you checked the clock, the time won''t progress faster you know?¡¹
¡¸-, I, I''m not, worrying about anything you know?¡¹
¡¸No, I''m not fooled at all. Because you are already fidgety like that.¡¹
Liliana moaned¡¸Uh¡¹having that pointed by her exclusive maid.
¡¸Today is the day your beloved husband can cross over here isn''t it? Starting from that "Kouki-kun is abducted too many times- Case", demon king-sama seemed to be busy with various things and got dragged into turmoil, so it has been five months since he can properly take time to meet you. That''s why, isn''t it fine even if Liliana-sama doesn''t force yourself to do your duty just for today?¡¹
¡¸I cannot do that. If I shirk off my duty by using that person as excuse, then there will be no meaning to my resolve that decided to be left here in this world.¡¹
The maid suggested so, however, Liliana rejected it while smiling wryly.
A month after the legendary decisive battle. Even though at that time Liliana was worked to death with the revival of her mothend, but she still fiercely appealed at Hajime firmly. Perhaps that also worked in her favor, that after many twists and turns (especially with the first wife), she managed to be epted by Hajime along with Aiko who was also fiercely appealing simrly like her, and she spent a brief time of happiness, but¡¡
Liliana was a princess.
Furthermore his majesty the king of the country was absent, and her younger brother that would be the next king, Randell was still immature. Although Liliana''s mother Luluaria was working hard, as expected there was a limit in the middle of the situation where the kingdom''s capital was annihted. The postwar processing that was done by Liliana who had gathered much sympathy from her great effort as themander-in-chief at the decisive battle became something indispensable for the kingdom.
Therefore, although Liliana was conflicted, she made the decision to not abandon her position. It was unknown whether Hajme and others who would return to their home would be able to open the gate to Tortus once more. And so, there was even the possibility that it would be a parting for their whole life.
Even so, Liliana couldn''t abandon her mothend.
Liliana told Hajime that she would stay behind with the resolve for everything. She dered that resolve of hers, however, Hajime smiled happily instead. Liliana remembered that smile clearly. Of course, that smile wasn''t because Hajime was happy that he could part with Liliana. If that was actually the reason, then Liliana might threw herself off the tower regardless of her resolve or anything¡¡
Anyway, that determination be one of the great reason, and there was no doubt that she had aplished joining the wives group. The night before the return to earth, it went without saying how the resolved Liliana was zing more than usual.
¡¸¡¡Princess. Pleasee back to reality. And then, please wipe up your drool. Your face has turn into something that must not be shown toward other people.¡¹
¡¸Hah!?¡¹
Liliana had gonepletely into a trip from recalling the passionate night she spent with Hajime. The exasperated voice of her exclusive maid caused her mind to return to reality with ''hah''. And then, she took out her handkerchief and thoroughly wiped the saliva trickling from the corner of her lips.
¡¸Princess and Hajime-sama''s rtion is really harmonious isn''t it? The voices of envy among the maids also still hasn''t stop. Simrly I also feel really envious.¡¹
¡¸It, it''s not that great¡¡¡¹
The words of her exclusive maid caused Liliana''s cheeks to go red and she began to deal with the paperwork in high-speed to hide her embarrassment. For her to hide her embarrassment with high-speed paperwork processing, perhaps it was just as expected from the talented princess of the kingdom.
¡¸¡¡Princess. At the "gate opening" this time, what will you do?¡¹
¡¸What do you mean?¡¹
The exclusive maid who was gazing smilingly at the embarrassed Liliana then went through aplete change and she asked with a serious expression.
¡¸With the help of the artifacts that Hajime-sama exclusively left behind for the craftsmen, the royal capital is reconstructed in astounding speed. Seventy percent of the whole has been finished in this one year and half. The n for the new royal capital''s formal ceremony of the revival promation has also began.¡¹
¡¸¡¡That''s right. Certainly, with the help of everyone from the empire and the beastmen, the truly new royal capital is in the process of being built by also taking in the style of many nations. The functional beauty of the empire capital, the nature beauty of Fea Belgen, and then the traditional beauty of Hairihi Kingdom¡¡it''s a wonderful city that harmonize all of those.¡¹
¡¸Yes.¡¹
¡¸It will be a symbolic city that is worthy for the new era that has freed itself from the rule of the mad god. The ceremony has to be a grand celebration that include the fresh start toward the new era.¡¹
Liliana''s gaze was directed from the window to the outside. Ahead of her gaze there was a beautiful townscape taking shape. If she sharpened her ear, she would be able to faintly hear the hustle and bustle of the reconstruction and the work activity.
Liliana''s cheeks loosened and her eyes squinted fondly at that. She felt like it was worth it for her to work so hard there was barely any time to sleep for her.
¡¸Yes. This matter should be almost fixed already with the agreement of the empire and the beastman n too. And above all else, as long as Liliana-sama''s spouse is that "Goddess''s Sword"¡¡no, the "Godying Demon King", there won''t be any problem that can ur that easily.¡¹
¡¸¡¡What is it that you want to say?¡¹
Liliana returned her gaze from the window toward her exclusive maid. A suspicion dwelled inside her eyes. The exclusive maid told her master that she respected with a voice that was filled with gentleness and sympathy.
¡¸Isn''t it enough already?¡¹
¡¸Enough¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yes. His highness Randell-sama has grown remarkably, he also has excellent retainers with him. The reconstruction of the capital and the rtionship with other countries, they have reached a point where we can take a breather. It''s my humble opinion that even without Liliana-sama leading in the front, the kingdom is already able to keep advancing forward even then. Then, Liliana-sama, don''t you think that it''s better for Liliana-sama to start chasing after your own happiness?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
''Is that really the case?'' Liliana questioned herself while staring once more at the new capital outside the window.
Even so, certainly it was the fact that recently the work where it absolutely needed Liliana to be handled had decreased remarkably. And then, at times where she could rx, her thought would run toward her beloved every time. She would think of him especially vividly at night when she was all alone by herself, constricting Liliana''s heart painfully.
¡¸Hajime-san¡¡¡¹
¡¸Fufu, isn''t that the answer, Liliana-sama?¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
A voice that wished for her beloved unconsciously leaked out. The exclusive maid that caught that voiceughed merrily with loosened cheeks as though she had seen something delightful or perhaps something charming. Liliana felt somewhat awkward getting seen through like that, she averted her face with her cheeks reddening.
The exclusive maid chuckled even more from seeing Liliana like that. Surely, if in this ce there were other servants who were serving under Liliana, every one of them would surely made simr smile from seeing their master''s cuteness.
Everyone was holding really deep thought of respect and gratitude to Liliaan.
Liliana was already loved by the servants and also the people due to her personality. And yet she didn''t stop just there, when the capital was once attacked, she slipped out of the pce by herself and went to call for help. Such event was well-known due to a certain merchant with a name that was simr with an energy drink.
In addition, it was also known how she tried to offer her body to the empire in order to save the kingdom that was weakened by the attack.
And then, in that legendary decisive battle.
While the people of the capital were sent to evacuate toward the empire, they asked what she would do with unease in their heart. To that, Liliana said with a smile.
¨D¨DEven though the royal capital will be a battlefield, if I the princess don''t fight, then who will fight
She became themander-in-chief and took themand of hundreds of thousands of warriors in the battle that staked the existence of mankind. That gant figure was spread far and wide by the surviving soldiers, mercenary, and adventurers.
Her fame had risen up with a momentum that pierced the sky already. Regardless of man or woman, young or old, in spite of race or upation.
That was why, the exclusive maid could say the words¡¸it''s enough already¡¹with conviction. That it was the general consensus of all the people.
Liliana threw her gaze to outside the window once more, at the reconstructed city. She felt the warm gaze of the exclusive maid while wearing an ambiguous expression, unable to be convinced whether it was really fine for her to be liberated from the responsibility as royalty and chased after her own happiness crossing over the world.
But, at that time, *ri¨Dn* a sound that was like a wind chime rang. That was a signal from the room in a corner of the pce that was used for "gate opening". The sign that the door to another world was opened.
¡¸-. Hajime-san!¡¹
Her gloominess until just now vanished somewhere. Liliana''s expression bloomed brightly in a sh like a child. She said to her exclusive maid¡¸I''m going to wee him!¡¹before going out of the room with energetic footsteps without even waiting for reply.
The exclusive maid was silently bowing toward the door that was opened vigorously.
Hajime who appeared from the gate was jumped by Liliana with obvious happiness. And then without stopping she pulled Hajime''s hand like a kid and guided him to her own room.
Midway, they passed by the servants of the pce and several nobles, each time they faced Hajime with unconcealed respect while their expression greatly softened seeing Liliana who kept tugging on Hajime''s hand in her grasp as though to say¡¸Hurry-, hurryyy¡¹.
Every time Liliana passed by someone she would greet them politely, but it seemed she didn''t notice their warm expression. Surely after some time passed and she calmed down, she would be like a ripe apple then.
Hajime was wearing a troubled smile seeing such Liliana while he was getting dragged cutely. At Liliana''s room, he received ck tea that was personally brewed by her.
¡¸Nevertheless, today Hajime-sanes alone then. I thought that Yue-san and others would surelye too though.¡¹
Liliana was cing a tea snack that looked like cookie on the table while asking Hajime with her head tilted. Hajime made a smile that vaguely looked mischievous and asked back.
¡¸What? You don''t like being alone with me?¡¹
¡¸Suc, such thing¡¡couldn''t possibly be true.¡¹
Liliana cheeks faintly reddened and she dropped her waist on the chair with a thump. Hajime''s gaze that was oozing a bit of S aura caused her gaze to wander and her body to fidget around without anyposure. And then, Liliana became unable to endure Hajime''s atmosphere that seemed to enjoy her state and she changed the topic.
¡¸And, what about Hajime-san? It seemed that you were really busy from "Kouki-kun is abducted too many times- Case" though¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡That naming, it really caught on?¡¹
¡¸Yes, well. After all, after that other world summoning, Kouki-san was further summoned again and dragged Hajime-san then right? I heard the story that at the third summoning Kouki-san got dragged in with teary eyes while also dragging in Hajime-san. That story is already spread around here. Ryuutaro-san and others were telling that story looking really amused.¡¹
Hajime half-smiled at Liliana''s words.
Just as Liliana said, Kouki who went into an atonement journey in this Tortus, but in the middle of his journey when he stopped by in the pce, he got summoned into another world somewhere.
There, Kouki faced his own way of living and through many twists and turns he saved the world but¡¡
At that time, when Hajime who was begged by Kouki''s childhood friends and his wife rushed to where Kouki was for assistance, just when the series of event were resolved and they were going ''no, let''s go home'', another summoning assaulted Kouki as though to say¡¸Next one, please take care of ii~t¡¹.
Kouki was on the verge of tears while yelling¡¸I don''t want anymoreeeeee~~~¡¹and he wasted no time to cling tightly at Hajime who was nearby him. Demon king-sama got flustered¡¸Wai-, you-¡¹but it was already toote.
While the childhood friends and wives were staring in a daze, both of them intimately went through another world summoning for the third time.
To tell the truth, after various things were happening at that world, they got summoned for the fourth time. Kouki was a softhearted person, but as expected it seemed that he snapped toward the goddess that requested¡¸I want you to save the world¡¹, and in front of the watching Hajime he,
¡¸You stupid idiot-. Why are you giving up like this! Do your best-, do your best! You are a goddess right! If it''s you then you can do it-. You can do it by yourself! You surely can! Believe in me who believe in you! If you give up, then it''s the end for the world y''know!¡¹
Like that, entrusting himself to the momentum Kouki insisted¡¸Please manage it somehow by yourself¡¹. In a sense he had done something astounding. It was a heartfelt insistence to the degree it made Hajime to be unconsciously in admiration.
As the result, currently there were her majesty the queen of the third world and the materialized goddess of the fourth world at both sides of Kouki, staring at each other with sparks scattering between them.
Back to the story
Hajime recounted the experience with a bit of faraway look. He then noticed Liliana who was staring at him in wonder and he coughed before returning to the topic.
¡¸Well, it has calmed down somehow. Right now I''m going to college while trying to expand my business. Well, even though I said that, in earth there are also dangerous bunches and guys with dozens of loose screw in their head as it is, so I''m busy there in its own way.¡¹
¡¸Is that so. Come to think of it, I heard that Kousuke-san is running around to resolve that kind of case. He introduced several women who will live in this side.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Those Hauria bunches are sprinting to even weirder direction from obtaining earth''s knowledge. It''s tiring already thinking about those guys.¡¹
The ''hyahha'' life of the head-reaping rabbits that exhausted even the demon king. Just where in the world they were going toward? In a sense it was worthy of admiration how a certain girl inb coat and side-tail hairstyle was still working hard. And then, as for a certain agent who recently became obsessed with wearing rabbit ear hairband and in a mistake forgot to take it off and casually went into her workce, surely she waspletely beyond hope.
Hajime was about to get a faraway look once more. In order to make him return to reality, Liliana opened her mouth with slight panic.
¡¸Even so a college student is it¡¡how should I say it, I have some doubt if there will be anything that Hajime-san and others can learn at college after this far.¡¹
¡¸Well, I cannot deny that. But, you know, the college students all over the world are rtively nomittal don''t you think? We too, it''s not like we took the examination with serious thinking of wanting to learn something. It will be a long life after all. We just thought that it won''t be that bad to have experience of being a college student.¡¹
¡¸I, is that how it is? I heard that what is called college at the world over there is the highest institute of education, so I thought that it would be a gathering of those who are serious with their study.¡¹
¡¸Of course, there are also the serious bunches there, and that''s also the correct way of going through college. It will be a different story if I''m using my parent''s money, but I''m paying everything, the tuition and also the living expenses by my money that I earned myself. Whether anyone will do it seriously or loosely, it depends on each person. What I''m saying is, just what is bad about going there in order to enjoy the student life.¡¹
Hajime said that with a shrug. His feeling of wanting to experience university was true, and it was also a fact that he was learning the major of archeology and folkloristics because he was interested with them.
Although, his biggest reason was something that couldn''t be helped that was "wanting to see the female college student Yue". The experience hearing lecture while sitting side by side with Yue in appearance of around twenty years old really satisfied Hajime. Of course, he wouldn''t say it out loud.
By the way, just like always, his harem situation and the wives'' beauty caused a university somewhere to be still in the middle of chaos and mayhem.
¡¸Enjoying school life¡..is it.¡¹
Liliana let out a small mutter. It wasn''t like there was particrly great emotion filling that mutter, but the small hope that was implicitly included in that mutter couldn''t be hidden.
Because she was a princess, Liliana was unrted with student social status. Something like a springtime of life in the middle of school life like a normal girl was something that she only knew from book. She had a longing for it, and she also dreamed about it.
It was possible that she could experience high school life with Hajime and others if she acted selfishly in the past. If she abandoned the kingdom and her status as princess and shook off everything behind, then perhaps such dream could be reality.
She thought until that far, however, Liliana thought¡¸How stupid¡¹with a self-depreciating smile and shook her head. Abandoning the people to run toward the dream with a man, that kind of woman wasn''t herself.
¨D¨DI am Liliana S. B. Hairihi The only princess of Hairihi Kingdom.
She had longing toward normal girl. But, if she discarded being a princess for that, then the brilliant soul of Liliana would die out. It would be no other that Liliana herself that couldn''t forgive her if she abandoned the people and ran away from her obligation. If she did something like that, surely Liliana would continue to scorn herself for her whole life.
Just when she thought about her own personality as¡¸What a difficult personality¡¹, a smallugh suddenly reached her ears. When she raised her gaze in puzzlement, there was Hajime with a smile on his lips staring fixedly at Liliana while resting his chin on his hand. His gaze was awfully kind in contrast with the smile on his mouth.
¡¸E, err, what is it?¡¹
For some reason she couldn''t look at Hajime''s eyes and she turned away slightly while asking. Her heart was beating fast hammering in her chest.
¡¸No, nothing. I''m just thinking, that you are proud like usual.¡¹
Liliana tilted her head from not understanding of what Hajime wanted to say. Hajime''s smile was turning increasingly kinder seeing that while he spoke the main topic that he came for today.
¡¸Enough about me for now¡¡what about the kingdom? I more or less let out reconnaissance nes right after I arrived, and have a look at the situation. Based from what I see, it seems that the reconstruction is going along well.¡¹
¡¸That''s, right. I also talked about it just now with my maid, but even the n for the celebration ceremony of the new royal capitalpletion has began, I also hasn''t heard of any serious problem with the empire, the beastmen, and the rebirth holy church. I believe that we will be able to proim our revival in less than half a year. Of course, the new capital has the concept of "an open city to other country and race", so there is a huge mound of small problems.¡¹
Even while feeling perplexed with the radical topic change, Liliana answered like that with a wry smile. She also said¡¸Come to think of it, I came here after leaving a mountain of paperwork that I have to go through¡¹with her tongue yfully sticking out.
But, Hajime only narrowed his eyes at that joking gesture of Liliana without particrlyughing back, and he then asked quietly.
¡¸About that, is that a problem that cannot be resolved without Lily here¨D¨Dwithout princess Liliana S. B. Hairihi here?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Liliana lost her words hearing Hajime''s question. The content of the talk was simr with her conversation just now with her exclusive maid.
¡¸Is this country unable to progress forward without Princess Liliana? Will it mean that you abandon "the responsibility of royalty" by leaving now? Is crossing over the world will hurt your pride?¡¹
¡¸Pl, please wait a second. Just, what is this about¡¡¡¹
Liliana waved around her hands from being unable to understand the surge of questions and asked Hajime to stop.
¡¡Of course, she actually understood, just what Hajime was saying to her. The fast beating in her heart didn''t show any sign of stopping. Her face was so heated that she was aware of it herself.
But, honestly she also felt perplexed. She had been a princess since she was born. It wasn''t an exaggeration to say that it was her identity. Even though she understood that her happiness lied in another ce, it wasn''t easy for her to make the decision.
As though seeing through that perplexity of Liliana, Hajime smiled wryly¡¸You are thinking too hard on it¡¹while adding further on his words.
¡¸I''m not asking you to abandon being a princess. This is just a matter of the order of priority. Leave the role of being royalty to other people for a bit, and live for your own sake a bit more¨D¨Dwon''t you be like that any time now? That''s what I mean.¡¹
¡¸I, I am¡¡¡¹
''Is it really fine?'' Liliana tilted her head again with such doubt.
Hajime''s expression turned half concerned and half exasperated from seeing the princess who was still conflicted with feeling of reluctance and guilt to leave her country for her own sake.
And then, he scratched his head a bit roughly as though he had finally grown impatient.
¡¸Good grief¡¡you really are an obstinate princess.¡¹
¡¸Hajime-san?¡¹
Liliana who understood what was the intention of Hajime giving her that kind of question gazed anxiously at Hajime who was looking like that thinking¡¸By any chance, has he fallen out of love with me?¡¹.
Hajime also returned an exasperated gaze at that gaze of Liliana while replying,
¡¸Stop acting like this already, if you won''t act at least a bit selfish¡¡I''m going to kidnap you, you know?¡¹
¡¸Hee!?¡¹
He said such thing.
Liliana raised a hysteric voice while jerking her body that his chair made bumping sound. Hajime then grinned broadly while making additional blow by saying¡¸A demon king kidnapping a princess¡¡that''s not strange at all right?¡¹.
Naturally, it caused Liliana''s face, no, all of her visible skin to be dyed bright red to the degree that it looked like she might explode.
Liliana kept opening and closing her mouth wordlessly. Hajime shrugged to that, and then, thinking that there wouldn''t be any progress like this, he suddenly took out a crystal ball from "Treasure Warehouse II" that looked like the item used in fortune-telling and put it on the table.
¡¸If you are that doubtful whether it''s okay for you to live for your own sake, then let''s just ask directly instead.¡¹
¡¸Wha, what are you nning to do?¡¹
The demon king took out an artifact¨D¨Dthat fact caused Liliana to feel a bad premonition ring in her mind and her cheeks twitching. The princessid bare her wariness in aplete change while the demon king activated the artifact with a really nice smile.
And then, he took in a deep breath facing toward the crystal ball that was faintly shining and,
¡¸AT~~~~~TENT~~~~~ION-!!¡¹
He yelled really loudly with that kind of voice. Instantly there was exactly the same voice and word¡ºAT~~~~~TENT~~~~~ION-!!¡»resounding from outside the window.
Liliana turned her startled face to outside the window, and while her mind was in chaos¡¸E? Eee!?¡¹, the demon king-sama who was also in perfect form today raised his voice upromisingly toward the people of the new capital projected inside the crystal ball, where they were also simrly looking around at the surrounding with their mind in chaos.
¡¸This is too abrupt but¨D¨DI''m the demon king!¡¹
¡¸Certainly it''s just too abrupt!¡¹
Liliana acted the straight-man from her heart. From the crystal ball there were also the voices of several people who simrly acted the straight-man, resounding inside the room.
It seemed that this artifact had the function that connected the image and voice. Just now Hajime said that heunched reconnaissance nes to the new capital right after he arrived, so surely this artifact was linked with those countless nes with two-way connection to broadcast the voice.
Hajime smoothly ignored Liliana''s retort and sent his voice to the middle of the capital.
¡¸People of the new capital, I''m asking all of you. ¨D¨DDo you still need Princess Liliana?¡¹
¡¸Ha, Hajime-san!?¡¹
The capital people inside the crystal ball were showing a bewildered expression. The amplified voice that was reverberating everywhere caused the people indoor toe outside too and they all looked at each other''s face. Hajime told them that he was using an artifact to talk all over the capital and that if they answered from where they were, their voice would reach his ear.
Liliana who guessed what Hajime was trying to do went ''awa awa'' in great panic.
¡¸Right now, I''m in the middle of courting Liliana. I told her, juste with me to my world right away. But, the situation is unfavorable. It seem that this princess-sama is worried about you guys, she is really worrying that she cannot bear it. ¨D¨DWhat do I do now? At this rate I''m going to get dumped like this, even though I''m the demon king.¡¹
¡¸REA~~LLY, JUST WHAT ARE YOU TALKING ABOUTTTTTT-¡¹
The demon king-sama was venting his anger¡¸Because of you bastards I''m about to get dumped here, asshole¡¹to the people all over the capital. Liliana was getting teary eyes from shame and everything while screaming to such demon king. She stood up so quickly the chair fell down and then she kept hitting repeatedly *poka poka* at Hajime''s head to make him stop.
His head was shaking all over *ka-kun ka-kun*, however, the demon king-sama didn''t stop.
¡¸Therefore, I''ll ask, one more time. Does all of you, does this world, still need Princess Liliana? Are all of you toddling chicks that are so helpless that she cannot take action from worrying about you guys?¡¹
The people looked at each other after hearing that question thrown at them once more.
And then, with a bewildered expression on his face, a stern-looking uncle that seemed to be the foreman of a construction site,
¡¸No, even if I''m asked that¡¡Liliana-sama, she is still staying in the pce until now?¡¹
He said such thing.
Hearing that voice resounding from the crystal ball, Liliana went¡¸Heh?¡¹with a really strange voice. Even while she was astonished like that, the voices of the people of the new capital who were talking to the people beside them in a mood like gossiping were starting to reach through the crystal ball.
¡¸Oh dear me. I waspletely under the impression that her highness has been living happily at the other world since a long time ago already.¡¹
¡¸Eh, how strange. I heard that she already has a child with his majesty the demon king already though¡¡¡¹
When the wife of an ingredient shop said that, the shop''s owner the husband cocked his head in puzzlement and replied like this,
¡¸If I''m not mistaken, the demon king-sama has been living at the world over there with his other wives since a long time ago I''m told. By any chance, our princess-sama, she got left out?¡¹
¡¸Eh, Liliana-sama, she is alone?¡¹
¡¸No, wait. The rtionship between the wives should be great. Yet, for Liliana-sama to be still here mean¡¡by any chance, she didn''t get along with her mother-inw¡¡¡¹
¡¸Princess, she got bullied?¡¹
In front of the new main gate, when the soldiers of the kingdom were talking to each other, the male and female adventurers nearby were looking to the sky with sympathizing expression.
Liliana''s cheeks were starting to twitch uncontrobly. She had never imagined even in her dream, that during the time she was desperately taking care of works day by day, the people that she worked for actually thought that she had eloped since long time ago. Furthermore, her still being in the pce was starting to make strange misunderstandings spreading!
¡¸Wai-, wait everyone~~! I''m not being left out and also not being aloneee! I even get along well with my mother-inw Sumire-sama! A, also, something like chi, children¡¡I don''t have them yet. I am just doing my work pro~~perly here!¡¹
Liliana reflexively gave exnation with a loud voice, but that voice was picked perfectly by the artifact that was pointlessly high-spec and it was sent until every corner of the capital.
The pathetic sounding exnation of their beloved princess caused the people to look at each other for the third time, and then theyughed with each other as though they had arranged it beforehand.
There wasn''t even a shred of emotion that was making fun in theirughter. Thoseughter were overflowing with warmth.
The foreman of construction site whose voice got picked up the very first tensed his dirty face while sending his words.
¡¸In that case, there is only one answer to that question of his majesty the demon king.¡¹
The foreman then red at his surrounding, there his several dozen subordinates made simr expression. And then, with their voice matched together,
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸We don''t need the princess anymore!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The wife and husband of the ingredient shop just now, and the surrounding people were,
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸We are fine already!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The soldiers, adventurers, mercenaries,
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Please don''t treat us like a helpless chick!!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
Liliana''s eyes were nailed toward the crystal that kept changing the projected image with the voices of those people getting through.
The people of the capital right now were facing at the pce and they raised their voice.
The people who were in the middle of working stopped moving their hand, the people indoor got outside, regardless of adult or child, they all were saying things like¡¸Just how long princess is going to keep working¡¹or¡¸Her highness worry too much¡¹or¡¸If princess do nothing but work, then his highness demon king will fall out of love you know¡¹that pierced rtively deep into Liliana without batting an eyelid.
But, their expression was uniformly warm, that was why the heart of the people was conveyed toward their beloved princess Liliana with nothing to spare.
Namely,
¨D¨DEnough with the tedious talk. It''s fine already, so just chase your happiness right away
That.
The warm lovely thing overflowing out from Liliana''s heart turned into tears that trickled through her cheek. She leaked out a sobbing voice and she formed her words desperately even while her voice stuttered many times.
¡¸E, everyone! Thank, youuu!!¡¹
The formed reply became a ripple that spread through the new capital. Whether those words of gratitude were conveyed or not, the expression of the people that seemed to say¡¸That''s our line¡¹gave the answer more eloquently than anything.
Hajime hugged the small shoulder of Liliana who was letting outrge drops of grateful tear. That small shoulder had been continuously burdened with the country until now. Hajime circted his words of conclusion through the artifact.
¡¸You guys, that really helped. Even the obstinate princess finally folded. This is sudden, but I''ll take Liliana right away.¡¹
¡¸Eh? Eeh? Hajime-san!?¡¹
Liliana turned bewildered feeling her body floated lightly, and then when she noticed that she was being held in princess carry, her face turned red instantly.
Liliana turned small on Hajime''s chest from shyness and happiness. Hajime gave her a nce while taking back the crystal, but his movement suddenly stopped from remembering something.
¡¸Aah, that''s right. I''ll say this in advance to the people of the new capital. Liliana in the end cannot stop being a princess, she is a woman with kindness, sincerity, and love. Therefore, from here on too she might unexpectedlye home here to take a look at your situation. At that time, if you guys show Liliana predicament that make her sad¡¡know that my 108 harassment will rain down on you all.¡¹
¡¸Wait what are you saying there!¡¹
A demon king was someone unreasonable. And this one here was an extreme one.
Liliana retorted with a convulsing face at the demon king''s promation of disaster and the faces of the new capital''s people were also convulsing all at once. And then, the people swore in each of their heart. ¡¸Let''s live seriously with our all¡¹like that.
It was the day people would live with their all, half threatened.
At that day, the princess who had continued to devote herself to the kingdom and the people was kidnapped with a princess carry by the demon king to another world.
¡¡By the way, regarding Liliana''s personal effects, thanks to her exclusive maid standing by in front of the room of "gate opening" withplete preparation crammed into arge bag, there was no problem at all.
The bag of Liliana that was presented right away was received by Hajime like it was only natural along with a praise¡¸Good work¡¹, while the exclusive maid acted humbly saying¡¸It''s a great honor¡¹like it was only natural. Needless to say, Liliana yelled¡¸You act more like a servantpared than when with me! Or rather, you two absolutely plotted this behind my back already!¡¹when she saw that exchange.
AN: Next chapter will be uploaded at around seven.
Chapter 225
Chapter 225
AN: I''ll submit one more chapter for thememoration of the resumption.
Part Time Leader Lily Second Part will be at around 8 or 9 o''clock.
¡¸Hafuu~¡¹
That kind of sigh which was free of tension resounded inside the room that gave a sense of cleanliness with its white tone.
Her own sigh that unexpectedly echoed loudly caused Liliana to be taken aback and she frowned with a speechless expression, perhaps because she was letting out that sigh unconsciously.
For some reason or another, she kept leaning her back deeply on the reclining chair she was sitting on, then she kicked on the floor with her bare tips of the toes and tried turning around. The good quality chair lightly rotated and the state of the room was reflected in Liliana''s sight in order.
It was a room that was half the sizepared to her room that she used until just some time ago in the pce.
Liliana herself thought that this size was just right, but if the nobles and servants in Tortus knew about this, then they might yelled¡¸How can the princess made to live in this kind of small dog house!¡¹with a look like Edvard Munch''s The Scream.
A few months had passed since that day, when "Princess Liliana" went inactive and she arrived on earth. The more she passed the passing months and days, the more her made in earth essory was increasing bit by bit.
The puppet "Dancing Davis-kun" that she received from Myuu at the moving celebration was emitting its presence excessively. Surely the expression "quivering" suited the puppet more than "dancing". It was vibrating *jiggle jiggle* like a dangerous person who was going through withdrawal symptoms.
Just from where in the world Myuu obtained this Davis-kun¡¡
Honestly speaking it was eerie, but when she recalled Myuu''s smiling face when he thought of throwing it away, she was unable to throw it away.
¡¸Fuu~~n¡¹
Liliana was letting out a strange exhtion thatcked in tension while she rotated her chair one more time. She then stepped a bit and rotated in reverse. Whirl whirl. Whirl whirl.
¡¸Nothing, to do.¡¹
It seemed she had spare time.
¡¸How amazing. Liliana is now experiencing by myself that "spare time" I heard from rumor.¡¹
It seemed she really had a spare time. To the degree that she narrated the present condition of herself by herself.
For Liliana who was born as a royalty, what was called "spare time" was the same like a fairytale.
After all she was the sole direct descendant of the royalty until her little brother was born. She began going through education for the gifted since she was old enough to be aware of her surrounding, and even when Randell was born and her possibility to ascend to the throne decreased, but the necessity for her to receive many training in her role as a spare or in order to function as a tie toward the empire didn''t decrease at all.
And then, when she was in her youth at fourteen years old, she went through a year of chain of event that was like surging waves, to which the word dense wasn''t enough at all to express that experience. And after that she was swamped with work for the sake of the reconstruction.
From the time since she was born until before this, she was in a position that was understandable for her to never experience this thing called "free time" or the like.
That was how Liliana was before, but then she was taken away by Hajime, had her official papers made in forgery, deceived the administrative official, obtained social status peacefully by pping public safety in the face, and currently she was going to the same college with Hajime and others.
Before this she had been taken to visit earth several times, so she understood that earth was a world that was like a jack-in-the-box. Even so, the "school life" and "learning experience of another world''s college" that Liliana yearned tickled her curious mind and gave her fresh enjoyment. It was, but¡¡
Whirl whirl. Whirly whirl. The princess of another world was rotating in twirls using the chair of another world. And then, she came to a stop,
¡¸¡¡Davis-kun. It''s nice to be you huh. You look busily quivering.¡¹
Finally the princess started talking to a doll. Davis-kun quivered back and forth looking troubled.
But, at that time, the sound of the entrance opening could be heard faintly.
If Liliana had animal ears growing in her head, then right now it would surely snapped up in attention *pikon*. She wore her indoor slipper and exited her room with rhythmical steps *te-te-te¨D* in order to wee the person returning home.
She went down to the first floor and encountered Sumire who was holdingrge quantity of bags for some reason.
¡¸Wee home, Sumire-okaasama.¡¹(TN: The kanji for okaa-sama(honored mother) here is written with the kanji of mother-inw)
¡¸My, you are home early today, Lily-chan. I''m home!¡¹
Sumire fixed her hold on therge amount of bags with a rough huff before Liliana went to help her in a hurry. She took several of the baggage and when she nced inside them, it seemed their content was arge amount of side dish.
¡¸Say, Sumire-okaasama, this is?¡¹
¡¸You see, this is today''s dinner.¡¹
¡¸Dinner?¡¹
¡¸Yes. The dishes that were served in the event had leftovers, and I pilfered them all! They were really delicious. I heard that they called a really famous cook to make the dishes. I thought that I should let my uncute son and his cute wives to try them.¡¹
¡¸Is, is that so. Thank you very much, Sumire-okaasama.¡¹
¡¸Your wee!¡¹
Liliana''s expression crumbled softly seeing her mother-inw who was all smile.
Frankly speaking, this is Sumire they were talking about so she surely must have forcefully swiped the dishes for "takeout" without even minding the eyes of the surrounding drawing away from her. If not, normally someone would stop anyone from bringing home this much.
It seemed that today there was an event for the live-action film of the manga that was authored by Sumire, so the people there too must be only looking at Sumire who was packing up the food happily while thinking¡¸No way we can anger sensei in this event huuh~¡¹.
Nagumo Family was in prosperity.
Sumire herself was a big name shoujo manga artist, and her husband Shuu had made hispany bigger in these few years. And above all, the businesses that Hajime reached out his hand toward here and there were making absurd killing.
From the standpoint of a royalty, it wasn''t like Liliana wasn''t thinking that they had the allowance, so they could just directly employ that chef to cook directly for them.
But, no matter how much they were earning, no matter how prosperous they were, disying a dynamism that was not forgetting this kind of "fun" was the shared trait of Nagumo family. It was a tacit precepts of the family.
Liliana became really ticklish seeing Sumire who showed off the dishes¡¸I came with the delicious cooking that I snatched off¨D¨D!¡¹for the sake of herself who was a daughter-inw.
They carried therge amount of dishes to the kitchen before Sumire tilted her head¡¸Come to think of it¡¹while speaking out her question.
¡¸You aren''t together with Hajime and others?¡¹
¡¸Yes. Hajime-san and others still have lecture, so they are still in the college. The lecture that I was scheduled to have became cancelled¡¡¡¹
¡¸My, that''s nice. Doesn''t a sudden lecture cancetion make you happy for no reason?¡¹
¡¸Eh? Eer¡¡¡¹
It seemed that Sumire''smon feeling wasn''t transmitted to the serious and diligent princess. After all this princess was someone that would start talking to a quivering doll when she had too much free time.
¡¸Or rather, even if you don''te home, you can just go to the lecture that Hajime is going to. Even just chattering aimlessly will be fun right?¡¹
¡¸No, Sumire-okaasama. As expected, thinking that it''s fine to chatter while receiving lecture is just¡¡¡¹
¡¸Eeh~. It''s fun exactly because you are doing it secretly behind the teacher''s back.¡¹
¡¸Sumire-okaasama¡¡¡¹
Liliana''s shoulders dropped in dejection. Her blood-rted mother Luluaria was fundamentally a sincere character that was strict and diligent to herself. And so, Liliana couldn''t say anything anymore to the irresponsible statement of her mother-inw whose sense of value waspletely different with her real mother.
But mysteriously, the rtionship between Sumire and Luluaria was good even with this, that was why it was something mysterious.
They put the dishes for the this evening with a thud at the kitchen. Sumire was moving the many dishes that were her war booty while she threw her gaze to Liliana who was helping her serving the food with simr nimbleness.
¡¸And, how are you recently? Have you get used to this world? At the time when you only just came, you spent all your times studying various things, but recently you aren''t like that anymore.¡¹
¡¸Yes. I have grasped the earth''s affair in general. The economic and politic, the religion and history, the situation of every nation, culture, fashion¡¡every book in this world ispiled systematically, and even if there is something I don''t understand I can investigate it immediately using inte. It''s really convenient.¡¹
¡¸Aa~, yeah, I see.¡¹
¡¸Yes. Especially the more I learned economics and statistics study, the more I feel how deep they are. The density and the fruits ofbor that has been umted by the predecessor of this world are something that I cannot find in Tortus. Every day I feel like I am shown just how falling behind the study of the world therepared to here.¡¹
¡¸I, I see. How amazing~¡¹
¡¸Yes. Right now over there is still in the middle of reconstruction, even if an advanced system is suddenly introduced, I can see that it will only end up in failure, so it won''t be able to happen right away, but someday I believe that the kingdom has to adopt this. Regarding the field of economy, the coordination with Fhuren¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸St, stop! Sto~~~~~p! That''s enough there, Lily-chan!¡¹
¡¸Heh?¡¹
Sumire hurriedly raised her voice to stop Liliana who was spouting a torrent of speech.
Liliana was lifting her face in puzzlement, but even now her hands were moving continuously without pause and served up the packed dishes as though they were pce cooking. Her speed was twice of Sumire''s. While her courteousness was triple.
¡¸Geez, Lily-chan, even though you should have leave the position of princess ande into the family, but when you are talking about your mind you are only talking about the kingdom.¡¹
¡¸a¡¡¡¹
Liliana finally noticed herself what she was talking about after getting stared by Sumire''s half-admiring half-exasperated face. Her cheeks reddened.
¡¸When you just arrived here, you felt like ''Everything attract my interest so there is no time for that!'', but when you calmed down after grasping the situation to a degree, as expected you be concerned with your homnd aren''t you?¡¹
¡¸N, no, such thing¡¡is not true.¡¹
Seeing Liliana who stuttered, Sumire put her index finger on her chin muttering¡¸Uu~n¡¹in a thinking gesture before she spoke something that was shocking for Liliana.
¡¸Is that so? But, recently Lily-chan is making a face that look like a lost child somehow you know?¡¹
¡¸Eh¡¡¡¹
Sumire walked toward Liliana who was staring at her in nk amazement with her eyes turned round, and then she stooped down a bit to put their eyes in the same height. And then, after Sumire confirmed that those blue eyes were reflecting herself properly, she asked calmly with a gentle and kind expression.
¡¸Do you want, to return home?¡¹
It was a gentle voice that was filled with concern and sympathy toward Liliana without any ming tone in it.
For a moment, the questioned Lily showed an expression that didn''t understand what the meaning of the question was. But right after that, she unconsciously raised her voice.
¡¸I''m not thinking anything like that!¡¹
¡¸Wawah, wait Lily-chan, calm down.¡¹
¡¸Sumire-okaasama, it''s true! I''m not thinking of going home or anything! I''m not feeling any difort or dissatisfaction! I love everyone! I''m happy I cane here! It''s true!¡¹
¡¸I get it, I get it already!¡¹
Sumire spontaneously hugged Lily tightly.
It seemed that Liliana jumped to the wrong conclusion thinking that Sumire''s question had the implicit meaning of¡¸If you are dissatisfied with the life here, perhaps it''s better to go home?¡¹
Of course, Sumire didn''t mean anything like that. She was only thinking in concern¡¸Perhaps she is slowly getting homesick?¡¹, thinking that anyone would be driven by their feeling for their homnd. She wouldn''t say anything like ''go home'' even if she got her mouth ripped open.
Because, Sumire''s feeling toward Liliana was,
¡¸A princess! The real thing! From another world! Just who would let you go! Fuhehe, everyone in the world! How can this be, this lovely princess-chan, she is my daughter! Thank you very much! Dyufu, dyufufu¡¹
It was fixated like that.
Liliana who knew nothing about that and was tightly embraced on Sumire''s chest, guessed that she was misunderstanding and her cheeks reddened once more.
¡¸I''m sorry, Lily-chan. Looks like I''m off the mark.¡¹
¡¸No, it was me who jumped to the wrong conclusion¡¡thank you very much for worrying about me.¡¹
¡¸I''m your mother. Isn''t it natural for me to be worried about my daughter? If there is something, then don''t be reserved at all and consult me okay?¡¹
¡¸Yes-¡¹
Liliana smiled softly at the gentle hand of the mother-inw that was caressing her head. And then, they began moving the dishes on to the tes once more. Liliana didn''t even suspect that inside her heart, Sumire was jumping in joy thinking¡¸No good-, the destructive power of a genuine princess''s smile is extraordinary yaa~~!!¡¹
After that, Liliana was enjoying tea with the kind mother-inwa until Hajime and co returned home.
A lively family.
A quiet time with the beloved people.
Liliana was feeling the happiness she hoped for. There wasn''t any falsehood in it.
However, for some reason Sumire''s words were remaining inside her head and it didn''t vanish like a small bone that got stuck in her throat. It caused her to have a feeling that she couldn''t express in words.
That night. Liliana who returned to her room had finished all her preparation to retire to bed, however, she didn''t lie on the bed and sat on the swivel chair while being in a daze.
The words¡¸Like a lost child¡¹from the afternoon were reyed many times over inside her head.
When she suddenly dropped her gaze, there was the unmoving Davis-kun there. It was unmoving without even a twitch with an expression that was like it was going to raise an Americanugh¡¸HA¨D¨D¨D-, HAHAHAHA-¡¹anytime now.
¡¸¨D¨DO wind¡¹
Liliana spoke a verse of chant. Immediately, a breeze flowed and Davis-kun started to move *shiver shiver, tremble tremble* as though it came to life. It was reallyical. As though it was making fun of Liliana who was even now harboring a mist that couldn''t clear up.
¡¸¡¡Damn you, Davis-kun.¡¹
She tried hurling abuse with a tone that was out of norm for her. Hurling abuse when it moved even though she was the one moving it herself, it seemed that Liliana was considerably "loosening".
But, at that time a knocking sound suddenly rang. Liliana twitched, and in shock she replied even while her voice slightly turned shrill.
Like that the one who entered was Hajime.
¡¸Yo, can I bother you a bit?¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes. No need to say a bit, please feel free to do as you please. But, there will be a lecture first thing in the morning, so if I can possibly let to sleep at early hours¡¡¡¹
¡¸This isn''t night crawling. Or rather, you think I''m a really frivolous guy that will say something like "let me do it a bit" huh.¡¹
Hajime smiled wryly at Liliana who was in a thorough misunderstanding while retorting. And then, he sat down on the bed and directed his gaze at Liliana who was red faced from her misunderstanding.
¡¸Well, it''s also not something as big as business or anything though¡¡how are you doingtely?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Fufu. I was also asked that at the afternoon by Sumire-okaasama. Do I really look that unusual I wonder?¡¹
Seeing how the mother and daughter were equally worrying for her caused Liliana to leak out a chuckle from amusement.
Hajime scratched his cheek awkwardly while answering.
¡¸You aren''t acting unusual or anything. It''s just, it''s the fact that you look like you aren''t energetic. And from that, it looks like you are gloomy, because it seems that Lily yourself doesn''t understand just why you aren''t energetic.¡¹
Liliana felt a ticklish feeling ''he really is looking properly at me huuh'' while she hugged her knees on the chair. Her figure that turned small on the chair with only her toes peeking out from herrgish and loose negligee was really charming.
¡¸Thank you very much for worrying about me.¡¹
¡¸What are you saying. I''m your husband you know? It''s obvious for the husband to worry for his wife.¡¹
Once again it was a simr line from the mother and son. This time Liliana became excessively amused that she chuckled a bit louder.
¡¸I''m fine, Hajime-san. Really, it''s only that sometimes I felt a bit gloomy. It''s nothing big at all.¡¹
Hajime sighed at Liliana who was saying such thing. And then, he suddenly stood up and lifted up Liliana in a princess carry.
Hajime sat down once more on the bed. However, this time he put Liliana on hisp in his arms.
¡¸Err, Hajime-san? As I thought, yo, you will do it?¡¹
¡¸I''m not gonna. The inside of Lily''s head is unexpectedly pink colored huh. No, perhaps it''s not unexpected. In the first ce you have delusion hobby.¡¹
Liliana''s cheeks reddened with her hand on her own clothes. Hajime directed a warm gaze at her. Liliana turned sulky.
¡¸Don''t sulk like that. Recently, I''m bothered. I''m asking not for Lily but because I want to know. Listen to your husband''s request.¡¹
¡¸u. That way of talking is not fair.¡¹
Liliana groaned in small voice.
And then, strength left her body as though she was giving up and she began to talk about her emotiontely that she herself wasn''t clear about.
ording to her, the time she spent in Nagumo family was really happy.
ording to her, the lecture in the college was also really interesting.
ording to her, there was nothing more easeful for her heart than this situation where she could y, learning what she like, and having a day where she didn''t do anything.
ording to her, right now she was living just like in her dream, without any anxiety or pressure, spending happy days being surrounded by her beloved people.
ording to her, everyday was really meaningful.
The more she talked, the more it felt like there wasn''t any problem. But, the expression of Hajime who was staring fixedly at the talking Liliana was gradually turning amazed, no, to speak more urately there was a color of exasperation that was starting to dwell in that expression.
If asked why his expression was like that, it was because even though Liliana should be talking about happy things, yet her expression looked vaguely unsatisfied.
Liliana didn''t notice the expression of Hajime that was like that and at the end she summed up her own feeling.
¡¸Most likely, I''mcking in objective inside myself. Surely what I ought to do is to find a great objective and devote myself to it just like Hajime-san and others who are doing their best in order to manage the businesses. Yes, that must be it. It feels like I can see it while I was talking. For the time being, I''ll learn economics to the end because it will be useful in the futu¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸No, that''s not it.¡¹
Liliana finally looked up to Hajime after getting interrupted midway. And then she noticed. That Hajime''s face for some reason was absurdly exasperated!?
¡¸Ha, Hajime-san? Did I, say something strange?¡¹
¡¸Aa~, yep, what to say. You are strange. Especially in your head.¡¹
¡¸That''s cruel-!? That''s an unthinkable abuse! Just where is it in me that is strange!?¡¹
As expected Liliana couldn''t forgive Hajime''s abusivenguage and she snapped angrily while questioning him. It caused Hajime''s expression to turn speechless.
Liliana guessed that somehow Hajime had noticed something that she didn''t notice herself. So she waited for an answer even while puffing up her cheeks.
Hajime suddenly stood up and the he casually tossed Liliana on the bed. Liliana bounced *poyon* and she looked up at Hajime in a girl''s sitting posture.
¡¸Listen well, I''ll say it starting from the conclusion. The true identity of your gloominess, that is "insufficientness".¡¹
¡¸Err¡¡that''s why, I said that I''ll find an objective and work hard.¡¹
¡¸No, that''s not it. Even if you do that you won''t be satisfied. It won''t be enough at all. Your murky feeling won''t get cleared up for even a bit. I can guarantee it.¡¹
¡¸Ee~. Then, what is it that you mean?¡¹
Liliana tilted her head in wonder as though asking ''In the end what is it that you want to say?''. Hajime opened his mouth looking like he got a headache, as though this was something unexpected.
¡¸Work that is forced on you.¡¹
¡¸Yes?¡¹
¡¸Approaching deadline.¡¹
¡¸Err¡¡¡¹
¡¸Cases that caused stomachache. Tremendous pressure.¡¹
¡¸Excuse me~, Hajime-san? What are you¡¡¡¹
¡¸A problem where running away is not permitted. The word responsibility that crossed the mind.¡¹
¡¸A, are you listening, Hajime-san.¡¹
¡¸The mountain of paperwork that is piled up mercilessly despite you on yourst legs already fromck of sleep.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Liliana finally fell silent before Hajime yelled as though to deal the finishing blow.
¡¸Work, work, work-, so much so that you are literally "swamped with work"!! A work with grave responsibility that you feel like vomiting-!!¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¡¡¡kufuh¡¹
Liliana twitched. She looked around while saying¡¸Just now, did you hear some kind of strangeugh?¡¹. Naturally, there was no one inside the room except Hajime who was standing imposingly and the quivering Davis-kun.
¡¸No, it''s you just now, you.¡¹
¡¸Eh? What do you mean me¡¡¡¹
The gaze of Hajime whose hypothesis had turned into conviction, it now had gone past exasperation and turned instead into pity while his hand took a mirror that was on the table.
¡¸Lily. Try to confirm, just what kind of face you are making right now.¡¹
¡¸Hajime-san''s words and act are cryptic since some time ago though¡¡¡¹
Even while saying that, Liliana obediently epted the mirror then looked at her own face and¨D¨Dshe stiffened.
That was understandable.
After all in the mirror, there was an iprehensible expression that was scowling in displeasure, yet even so for some reason the eyes of that expression were zing fierily, while a fearless smile were merging on the lips. If it was said without any dressing up, then it was a really creepy expression. And that expression was pasted on her own face!
Liliana tilted her head thinking¡¸Dear me? By any chance, is there another world inside the mirror?¡¹while she tried knocking on the mirror, turning it upside down while waving it around. But no matter what the creepy Lily there wouldn''t disappear.
Liliana stared at her own face for a while before she suddenly tossed away the mirror *pei-*. And then she turned her gaze at Hajime while putting her face between her hands.
¡¸Ha, Hajime-san! Just what have you done to me! It''s cruel that you make my face turn like this!¡¹
¡¸I ain''t doing anything. It''s only Lily''s real nature surfacing on your face.¡¹
¡¸What do you mean with real nature!?¡¹
For the time being Lilianaid the me of her terrible face at Hajime, but Hajime then pointed his finger with a snap at her.
''What does real nature mean? If you don''t understand then I''ll tell you.''
With eyes glinting like a detective cornering the criminal, Hajime exposed the truth to the world!
¡¸Lily. You are¨D¨Da genuine, and what''s more it''s at super level, or rather it''s at abnormal pervert level, WORKAHOLIC!¡¹(TN: Here Hajime said it in Japanese English, wookaahorikku)
¡¸WHA, WHAT DID YOU SAY¨D¨D¨D!! ¡¡No, wookaa¡¡what is that?¡¹
Liliana tried to get shocked following the mood, but she then tilted her head at the vocabry that she heard for the first time.
¡¸It refers to work addiction. First in the list is work, second is work, third and fourth is also work with work in the fifth. Personal life? What''s that, is it delicious? Hobby? It''s work, you got a problem? It refers to that type of person. Furthermore in Lily''s case, it doesn''t apply to mere normal work. You aren''t able to feel it sufficient anymore unless it''s something forced on you, with heavy responsibility, and its quality and quantity are in super hard mode, you are a work addict in abnormal pervert level.¡¹
¡¸E, ee!? Yo, you are wrong! Rather I actually hate working!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Actually, recently there is this case where a friction is happening which concern the public safety, there might be dead victiming out if the discussion failed. Lily, I''m thinking of leaving it to Lily¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Eh!?¡¹
Lily-chan''s eyes were sparkling brightly.
Hajime quickly picked up the mirror that was thrown *pei-* just now and thrust it in front of Liliana. It entered her eyes, the sight of her own face with iprehensible expression that looked displeased while also looking delighted, in a sense it was an expression with superb harmony between the two emotions.
¡¸My, my real nature is, a workaholic¡¡what''s more it''s at abnormal pervert level¡¡¡¹
Liliana crumbled down. She fell from the bed, and then she trembled *quiver quiver* just like Davis-kun while her eyes were losing focus.
Even though she should have got away from the duty of royalty and crossed over world to chase the happiness as a normal girl, but as expected it was insufficient when she didn''t have duty¡¡
However, when it was pointed out to her like this, then certainly it was exactly like that. Even when she obtained the knowledge for living, even when she strived to study in the university, even when she built new human rtions, even when she went somewhere and did something, all of those were for her own sake.
No matter what happened, the consequence would only affect herself, when she failed there wouldn''t be any considerable loss or anything. Even if for example an unexpected situation that surpassed the eptable range urred, in front of her new family everything would be nothing more than a trifle.
It was truly a life of Easy Mode.
Compared to standing on the top of a country, leading the people, and fought a mighty enemy, this life was truly, truly¡¡
¨D¨DLukewarm
¡¸Hau!?¡¹
¡¸O, oi, Lily? Are you okay?¡¹
The feeling toward her life on earth that was spontaneously welling up inside her caused Lily to crouch down with her hands pressing on her chest.
¨D¨DLiliana S. B. Hairihi, 17 years old. The princess of Hairihi Kingdom.
Since she was born, she had been continuously immersed in "things that must be done no matter what". From that, her body had be something that couldn''t be satisfied by "things that she can choose and want to do herself"!
Give more work! Works that troubled the mind so much it feel like the head''s blood vessel will burst! Pressing problems that are nothing but excessive-. Paperwork that is piling up like a mountain range, that make you hallucinate like it won''t end for eternity-!
¡¸I''m not that kind of dangerous woma¨D¨D¨Dn-!!¡¹
¡¸Oooi-. Seriously are you okay, Lily!!¡¹
Liliana held her head while writhing around due to her real nature. Even while feeling creeped out, Hajime went to soothe her somehow.
Thirty minutester.
Liliana who calmed down somehow was now sitting while hugging her knees feeling dejected. While she was like that, Hajime folded his arms and he wracked his brain¡¸H~m¡¹.
¡¸¡¡Hajime-san. Perhaps it''s better if I go home.¡¹
¡¸Hm? I somehow understand what you are thinking but, why?¡¹
Liliana''s body was stirring restlessly, she raised her chin that was put on her raised knees and spoke with aplicated sulky expression.
¡¸As I thought, no matter where I go, I''m still a princess. No matter what I do, in the end I''ll summarize it into the point whether it will be advantage for the kingdom or not. And then, the "insufficientness" in earth, it caused me to trouble Hajime-san and Sumire-okaasan like now.¡¹
Her shoulders drooped and she delicately muttered something iprehensible¡¸Someone like me after all is just a princess that cannot be a normal girl¡¹.
Hajime smiled wryly while answering.
¡¸Well, whether you are going home or remaining here, it doesn''t really matter which one you are going to choose though.¡¹
¡¸That''s cruel-!? Is that something you can say to your wife!?¡¹
Hajime''s wry smile deepened saying¡¸I''m joking¡¹at the enraged Liliana while he continued speaking.
¡¸Look here, I understood from the start that you cannot stop being a princess you remember? Your princess level is a bit above my expectation but¡¡if you want to do work as a royalty, then I won''t stop you. If Lily wish for it, then I''ll make it so you can evene and go to there from here everyday. I''ll need to concentrate a bit and improve the gate but¡¡well, I''ll manage somehow. That''s why, don''t say you are going home looking desperate like that.¡¹
¡¸Hajime-san¡¡¡¹
Of course, Liliana herself also didn''t seriously say that she was going home. But, as expected it was something joyful to be told¡¸Don''t go¡¹by her beloved like this.
Hajime continued talking at Liliana whose cheeks loosened up.
¡¸I told you this several times already but, Lily, speak more selfishly. After all no matter what kind of impossible demand it is, I''ll do it somehow.¡¹
¡¸¡¡yes.¡¹
Hajime said that while patting her head gently. Liliana''s body trembled as though she was in anguish. Her eyes were starting to carry heat. Hajime averted his gaze from such Liliana and returned to the talk.
¡¸And so. Bing amuting princess is also one way¡¡¡¹
¡¸Commuting princess¡¡it''s the first time I heard that kind of vocabry. But, I have the feeling that like that in the end I''ll be swamped with work where I cannot stop even if I want to stop.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, I also think so. And so, how about doing work other than the work of the royalty? Even though I said that, you will still get swamped with work all the same, so you will be moderately busy doing things with moderate responsibility, like that little by little you will get used to "moderate work", and eventually your body and heart will get ustomed with "enjoying free time". Something like that.¡¹
¡¸So it''s like, a rehabilitation then. I somewhat feelplicated¡¡¡¹
''Am I a sick person, ah, I''m an addict¡¡'' Liliana made aplicated expression with that thought. Hajime then suggested to such Liliana whether he should leave several businesses for her to manage.
Liliana pondered for a little before she shook her head.
¡¸No, I''ll refrain from work where I act as Hajime-san''s representative. I know that even by doing anything else I''ll still have the sense of security that everything will be fine no matter what happen, but even so I believe that doing work that is unrted with Hajime-san for my first rehabilitation will be just right.¡¹
¡¸Hm~m? Is that so. However, in that case what will you do then?¡¹
Liliana suddenly stood up and while bouncing *poyon* on the bed she thrust up her fist and proimed.
¡¸Yes, I decided. I''ll do part-time work!¡¹
Honestly, it wasn''t like Hajime wasn''t thinking¡¸Is it fine doing part-time work?¡¹, but it seemed better for Liliana to be in a ce where she didn''t have the backing of Hajime, so he didn''t really say anything.
And then, Liliana said¡¸My aim, to be a normal girl! I won''t let anyone say that I''m a workaholic anymore!¡¹with rough breathing from her boiling up motivation, with Hajime giving her a nomittal apuse¡¸Oo, do your best~¡¹.
Chapter 226
Chapter 226
A month after Hajime showed just a bit of good-for-nothing act at Yuuka''s restaurant.
Currently, everyone was gathering in the living room of Nagumo residence. The¡¾120th something of Nagumo Family Meeting¡¿was opened.
The one who sat at the center of therge dining table was Hajime, and right in front of him was Liliana who was sitting with an awkward expression.
¡¸Now then, Lily. Do you know what is the meaning of this family meeting?¡¹
¡¸u, mo, more or less¡¡¡¹
Liliana averted her face quickly to the side, but ahead of her gaze there were Yue and others who weren''t even hiding their exasperated expression. What gouged her heart especially deeply was that even Myuu was looking at her with eyes as though she was looking at someone hopeless.
Hajime was about to open his mouth toward Liliana whose gaze was swimming *sui~* to the opposite side.
But, before he could speak, *pururururu* a phone''s ringtone rang.
¡¸Ah, I, I''m sorry. Please excuse me a bit.¡¹
¡¸Ah, oi, you¡¹
Liliana looked the other way even when Hajime raised his voice while putting her own smartphone on her ear. And then, what could be heard after that were only words rted to business like contract or client and so on.
Before long it seemed that they had reached an end and Liliana cut off the call. Seeing that, Hajime sighed while opening his mouth.
But, before he could speak, *pururururu* a phone''s ringtone rang.
¡¸Ah, I, I''m sorry. Please excuse me a bit.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
She answered the phone. This time it seemed there was a problem urring regarding the shift at her part-time workce. Liliana was listening to the phone while going ''uh-huh, uh-huh'' before she quickly started to give out instructions, like who to call, who to substitute the shift change, what to do about thecking ce such and such, and then what she want to be dealt with next and so on¡¡
Hajime wanted to act the straight-man ''Managing shift schedule obviously ain''t the work of a part-timer right!'', but for the time being he endured it.
Before long the talk came to an end and Liliana cut off the phone. Hajime then sighed while opening his mouth.
But, before he could speak, *pururururu* a phone''s ringtone rang.
¡¸Ah, I, I''m sorry. Please excuse me a bit.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Liliana answered the phone. For some reason there was a sobbing voiceing from the other side of the phone. Liliana was consoling her talking partner while sometimes she also reprimanded, and then in order to deal with a grave problem that seemed to ur from some kind of miss, she took out one more smartphone from her pocket and quickly began to give out instructions.
Before long it seemed that she finished and Liliana cut off the phone. Hajime who got a vein pulsing on his forehead was opening his mouth.
But, before he could, *gatari* the sound of someone standing up from a chair resounded.
¡¸I''m sorry, Hajime-san. It seems that the section chi¨D¨Dcough-, a regr employee who was entrusted with an important project made a miss, and it turned out into something that a part-time worker like me has to deal with. And so, I''ll go out for a bit!¡¹
A part-time worker that followed up for a regr employee''s miss. Or rather, a regr employee who came crying to a part-time worker even though it was his miss. Furthermore, it seemed this regr employee was a section chief.
Since when the definition of part-time work had changed drastically like this.
Liliana quickly put her outfit in order while saying things like¡¸At this rate the two hundred employees there will be out in the cold! As a part-time leader, I have to do something¡¹before she tried to go outside.
*snap-* One more vein emerged on Hajime''s forehead. And then a word.
¡¸Shia.¡¹
¡¸Yes sir desuuu¡¹
From behind, the rabbit-eared wife who was dancing to the same beat with the husband embraced Liliana who right now was about to exit the room.
¡¸Shi, Shia-san? I''m sorry, but I''m going to wo¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Yes yes, I''ll just make you cool your head a bit heree¡¹
¡¸Eh? Wai-, NOOOOOO-¡¹
Liliana screamed, and then after that she received an artistic German suplex and the floor struck the back of her head.¡¸My head-, my head hurts like it got splitttttt-¡¹The former princess was shouting while rolling around on the floor in agony.
¡¸Uu, just what are you doing. After this I have an important work¡¡¡¹
¡¸Is that, something more important than the family discussion?¡¹
Lilianained while rubbing the back of her head with teary eyes. Hajime asked her with a sigh mixed in it.¡¸Uu-¡¹Liliana was at lost for words, and Hajime said in respond.
¡¸If that''s how it is, then I''ll attempt to solve the root of the problem and make it so you lose your reason for going.¡¹
¡¸E, err, Hajime-san, what do you mean specifically?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Today''s weather is sunny, it seem that there will be random meteor impactter.¡¹
¡¸Let''s have a discussion.¡¹
Indeed, the root of the problem would be cleared. If there wasn''t any troubled person, then there also wouldn''t be any trouble.
Feeling how unbearable it would be if the meteor shower that once annihted the capital of her own country was dropped on her part-time workce, Liliana took her seat in panic.
¡¸Look at you, even though recently you were grieving because not to mention me, you weren''t able to even converse satisfactorily with anyone in the family because of work, work, work, but then you tried to get out abruptly from the discussion to talk about that, just what''s with that?¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s, obviously, even I is also fed up here you know, Hajime-san? I really want to yell out loud, just why are they all relying on just me, please manage it somehow just by yourself. But, before I realized it everyone relied on me and I was ced at a position with responsibility, and now it''s really hard to break out from it.¡¹
¡¸Even though it''s part-time work?¡¹
¡¸Even though it''s part-time work, yes.¡¹
Hajime sighed for who knew how many times already. He then handed over the mirror he had prepared to Liliana who was talking with a voice that couldn''t hide her emotion of¡¸I''m fed up already¡¹.
The face that was reflected in the mirror, was the creepy face of workaholic Lily with fierily zing eyes.
Liliana gently put down the mirror.
¡¸This is a mistake. It''s not like I''m starved or anything. This is a misunderstanding. Thanks to doing moderate amount of work from the part-time, day by day I''m in the process of getting closer to be "a normal girl" ¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Including the part-time at Sonobe''s ce, how many part-time works you are currently holding?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I, it''s, seven.¡¹
¡¸The job description?¡¹
¡¸A, a bit of managing stocking and dealing with the client.¡¹
¡¸Other than that?¡¹
¡¸Something like fast food restaurant.¡¹
¡¸The specific.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I''m in charge of the part-time at the main restaurant while entrusted to coordinate the surrounding seven branch restaurants.¡¹
¡¸The call just now?¡¹
¡¸At another establishment rted with food and drink where I''m working part time, various things happened and I worked like an advisor of the head office trade section¡¡it seems there was a miss at the transaction that was started from my advice where thepany''s fortune is at stake, at this rate it would getplete revocation. If that happen, depending on the situation there is even the possibility that thepany will go under.¡¹
Hajime wordlessly pushed out the mirror. It was as though he was an exorcist that was pushing out a cross toward a girl who was possessed by a devil! What was reflected in that mirror was a creepy face that seemed to say¡¸This is a heavy responsibility you know, Lily! Gufufuh¡¹¡¡
Immediately,¡¸Stooppp¨D¨D. Don''t show me the mirrorrr¨D¨D!!¡¹Liliana writhed in agony.
¡¡She waspletely like a girl who was possessed by a devil.
¡¸Yes yes, at~~ten~~tion! Now that we have confirmed that presently Lily-chan''s workaholic level isn''t improved at all, everyone please state your opinion!¡¹
Sumire who held the role as the chairman of the meeting tapped the table *kan kan* with a spoon and asked for opinion from everyone.
¡¸Yes!¡¹The one who raised her hand the very first was Myuu. Sumire pointed with a fork at Myuu¡¸Yes, Myuu-chan!¡¹. Her manner was really bad.
¡¸I think that Lily-oneechan''s addiction, it won''t be fixed even if she died!¡¹
¡¸Kafuh!?¡¹
Myuuunched her words like a bullet of anti-material rifle grade with a cheerful smile on her face. Liliana pressed her chest and copsed.
Next,¡¸Yes desuu!¡¹was Shia with her rabbit ears standing straight. Sumire pointed sharply with long chopsticks¡¸Yes, Shia-chan!¡¹. Just where did she take it out from?
¡¸I think that something like rehabilitation, is meaningless to fix a person''s core nature desuu!¡¹
¡¸Guhih!?¡¹
That opinion actually had much persuasiveness. A~ll of Shia''s family were people with screwed up core nature. Incidentally, Shia''s self-proimed best friend the princess of the elf was also a pervert at the core. Soon she might turn from her best friend into her step-mother. However regarding this case, Shia was averting her rabbit ears from the reality.
The next one who hurriedly raised her hand was Tio. After her Remia also raised her hand while smiling. Sumire said¡¸Yes Tio-chan, Remia-chan!¡¹while pointing with a snap using adle. For a moment it looked like thedle materialized from empty air¡¡was that just an imagination?
¡¸For example, if I hath mine butt spanked moderately in the name of rehabilitation, and then asked if this nature of mine can be fixed by that or not, then the answer is it''s impossible! This art the same.¡¹
¡¸What a hardship. Even though she wishes to stop working and be together with family, but without working she will be frustrated¡¡it will be great if there is something else other than work that she can do.¡¹
¡¸Uu. I''m the same like Tio-san¡¡even if you ask me something other than work¡¡after all I''m just a hollow person¡¡hics-¡¹
Liliana lost her nerve. And then she fell down before starting to trace circles on the floor with her fingertip in an easy to understand gesture.
¡¸Nn-¡¹Yue raised her hand. Sumire said¡¸Yes, Yue-chan!¡¹while pointing with a fry pan for rolled egg so hard it made *buon* sound. ¡¡It looked like she took it out from her cuff though.
Beside Sumire, Shuu''s eyes were sparkling, ¡¸Sumire, you, your party performance skill had gone up again!¡¹his tension was climbing up to the sky.
¡¸¡¡You want, remodeling?¡¹
¡¸Hiih!? No thank you!¡¹
''That difficult nature, want me to remodel it along with your soul?'' Yue wriggled her hands while standing up from her chair. In respond to that, Liliana screamed while dragging her body backward.
Hajime gave a nce at Liliana who was trembling like Davis-kun before he scratched his head and opened his mouth.
¡¸Well, it''s positive that this nature of Liliana cannot be fixed just from doing part-time work.¡¹
¡¸Uu, Hajime-san?¡¹
Liliana''s shoulders dropped despondently.
Hajime''s gaze ran around toward Yue and others. He judged that they all had reached a conclusion. And then, he made Liliana to sit on her chair in order to tell her that conclusion.
¡¸Lily. Anyway, these two months of rehabilitation turned out meaningless, that''s why, how about if in the next two months you don''t do anything?¡¹
¡¸Not doing, anything?¡¹
Liliana was bewildered. Hajime nodded¡¸Yeah¡¹. In a sense, this was a shocking proposal for Liliana.
¡¸Resign from all your part-time works, and then, be a shut-in NEET for two months.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Like this, with the unanimous vote from¡¾The 80th or 130th, well it doesn''t matter which of Nagumo Family Meeting¡¿, it was decided that the princess of another world was to be a shut-in NEET.
By the way, regarding the mismanagement of a certain trade department that made a miss, it was resolved in moderation by Hajime due to Lily''s entreaty. Of course it was resolved using a way that wasn''t a random meteor impact in a sunny day.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I uploaded three chapters consecutively for the celebration of this story''s resumption, but for some reason this Lily arc didn''t end.
Unexpectedly I have fun writing and unconsciously the story got dragged on.
Especially, how it became as though this is Yuuka''s turn even though this is Lily arc¡¡Lily, how pitiful.
Now then, my deepest apology, but next week''s update at Saturday will be Lily arc too.
In this After II, I''m thinking to try to write about the wives or ssmates that didn''t get spotlight.
And when I finished with that, unexpectedly there are a lot of wishful voices and Shirakome himself is also growing in the mood for it, so I''m thinking that perhaps I should try writing about the story of Kouki-kun got kidnapped too muchhh.
Well then, please take care of Arifureta from here on too.
Chapter 227
Chapter 227
¡îShoujo Manga Artist Lily
¡¸Thank god~, you really saved me, Lily-chan. I thought that you can be a battle-ready force because your fingers are dexterous, but this surpass my expectation.¡¹
¡¸I''m honored that I can be useful. I myself is having fun getting involved with the creation work of manga¡¡¡¹
It was about a week after Sumire took away Liliana without Hajime even noticing to be her work''s assistant.
Because several of Sumire''s assistants who were working with her until know suddenly got sick or had family problem, she became short of hand all of a sudden and in need of substitute assistant in a hurry.
Of course, because Sumire was a big-shot manga artist, the publisher would prepare excellent assistant even in such situation. But, Sumire who knew that recently Liliana got really addicted with shoujo manga thought that this was a good chance and she tried making Liliana became her helper.
As the result, Liliana who was skillful and possessed umon concentration power from the start managed to learn the skill that wasn''t inferior even whenpared with veteran assistant in just a week. Now she had be a very satisfactory battle force.
It appeared that manga creation work suited Liliana. The work also had a moderate pressure where she couldn''t bear to make a mess of the manuscript that was drawn by Sumire who was someone she loved, it needed precise attentiveness, it had a clear time limitation that was the deadline, and the work amount was also quite much.
And then, the best thing for Liliana above all else, was that this work "wasn''t a work that she was forced to do". It was a work that Liliana liked where the factor that she was helping Sumire was strong.
In a sense, it could be said that this work was fit for Liliana to a T.
¡¸Fufu, Lily-chan. Right now you are making a really good face you know? You have shadow under your eye, but it feels more like something healthy and fulfilling.¡¹
¡¸Yes. Perhaps this is the first time I''m getting absorbed in work with an excited feeling like this.¡¹
They had just somehow finished the manuscript in time right before the deadline. Now they were talking to each other leisurely while drinking caf¨¦ auit that was filled with a lot of milk. The other assistants were also unanimously praising Liliana''s work attitude.
Here she wasn''t standing in the lead. They all were working hard together where everyone was praising their peers. It was something really fresh for Liliana and gave her a great sense of fulfillment.
¡¸So Lily-chan. I asked you toe helping for the time being but, what will you do after this. If it''s okay with you, I''ll employ you formally.¡¹
¡¸Sumire-okaasama¨D¨Dno, Sumire-sensei, if it''s fine with you then please, by any means.¡¹
The two exchanged a firm handshake with each other.
Like this, the workaholic part-time leader had gone through being a shut-in NEET and finally be a shoujo manga artist''s assistant.
Half a year after that.
¡¸Haa, Sumire-okaasama. As I thought, it''s just no good. It''s fine already, so please go back to your own work.¡¹
¡¸What are you saying now. There is still time. It''s too fast for you to give up.¡¹
¡¸Uu, but¡¡¡¹
Liliana dejectedly turned her eyes to the clock on the wall. It was just a bit more until the time limit.
Well-bnced meal and the fierce and violent battlefield that was the approaching deadline had shaved off the excessive fat from Liliana''s body. However, in reverse her body build became just right¨D¨Deven though she was slim, yet her style became voluptuous and her sensuality increased considerably. There was also how her age had turned seventeen years old, her charm as a woman was increasing by far and away.
Liliana who was putting on such adult sensuality was now in a state that was being down, for some reason it caused anyone who was looking at her to harbor various desire without reason.
¡¸Come one, don''t be that down. Lily-chan is the prized pupil of this Sumire-sensei, that''s why hold yourself more confidently.¡¹
¡¸Sumire-okaasama¡¡that''s right. Besides, even Hajime-san is a person who won''t give up until the end. It''s no good if I give up now.¡¹
Liliana clenched her small fist and made an appeal of not giving up.
Now then, if it was asked what Liliana and Sumire were waiting together for, they were waiting for a call.
In this half a year, Liliana whose heart waspletely stolen by the world of literary creation had increased her skill by a great margin. And then, she made her superabundance delusion to erupt and secretly drew her own shoujo manga, but Sumire who knew that invited her to apply for the Rookie of the Year Award.
Today was the day where the winner would be announced. If someone won a ce then they would be told by phone. If there wasn''t any call until the appointed time, then that meant that their work was rejected.
The work where she poured her heart and blood got evaluated by other people. This experience that was the first for her was heightening Liliana''s nervousness to a new height.
Seeing Liliana who was staring fixedly at the needle of the clock, Sumire who thought inside her heart¡¸The nervous face of Lily-chan who recently grew into apletely lewd body¨D¨Dnot that, she recently look adult¡¡it''s unbearableee¡¹unconsciously reached out her hand squirmingly, it was at that time,
¨D¨Dpurururururururu-
¡¸!?¡¹
¡¸I''m sorry-, it''s just a sudden impulse! Forgive me!¡¹
The resounding ringtone caused Liliana to stand up in a sh. She left behind Sumire who for some reason was apologizing while making excuse and took her smartphone into her hand.
She answered the phone timidly, and a beatter, her expression turned bright in a sh. She expressed words of thanks¡¸Thank you very much-¡¹many times while bowing her head repeatedly as though she was a pure Japanese person.
Like that after Liliana cut off the phone, she leaped toward Sumire who was smiling broadly from guessing the result.
¡¸I did it, Sumire-okaasama! I, I did it!¡¹
¡¸You see, it''s just as I told you right? I told you it will be fine if it''s Lily-chan. And, which ce you won?¡¹
¡¸Yes, it''s the first ce! The number one! The grand victor!¡¹
¡¸Oh my. I thought that it might be possible, but you actually really took it. As expected from Lily-chan.¡¹
It seemed that Lily''s submitted work took first ce.
After that, the work of Liliana who took the Rookie of the Year Award obtained an explosive poprity and it sold out like hot cakes.
Surely her being a rtive and also a prized pupil of that famous shoujo manga artist great Sumire-sensei was also one of the factors of her high newsworthiness.
By the way, the story of the manga was about the journey of a talentless young man who was summoned to another world, where he brushed aside adversity until he defeated an evil god, in the process of that journey the main character was connecting his heart with the princess of the kingdom. It was a reallymon love fantasy genre.
In the middle of the journey, the princess of vampire, rabbit-eared girl, a dragon onee-san, a widow and her daughter, the teacher and girl ssmates who were summoned together with the young man made their appearance and they had a nice atmosphere with the young man, but the young man''s heart was leaning toward the princess of the kingdom. Like that, there was also the desire of certain someoneid bare in the content of the story.
It went without saying that Liliana was given a coo~~~ld chilly gaze from the wives who were reading the manga.
Although, even though the story was somethingmon, the emotion of the characters, the story''s development, and the scene depiction were something overflowing with realisty as though the creator had seen it with her own eyes. It seemed that caused it to be received by the readers.
Now then, Liliana who had discovered something for her to live for, became Sumire second gen, and took a seat in manga world, inside such person there was a trait that couldn''t be ignored by the people rted with business world.
That was her elegance as a royalty that she had recovered from discovering something to live for. And then, her personality and beauty that once in the past charmed millions of people. In addition, was her refined sex appeal that recently she was d with.
In short, she had the appearance and personality that was extremely appealing for media.
Because of that, once she showed up in things like autograph session or interview, her poprity exploded greatly separated from the manga.
After all, because she was a former princess she was used with going out in front of a lot people, she also had the full knowledge of what kind of expression she needed to give the impression she wanted to other. Compared to probing the gut of each other against foreign negotiator or noble, just making herself to be received favorably by the mass was just too easy.
Because she was recognized as the prized pupil of great Sumire-sensei by society, there was no way she could smear mud on the face of her treasured mother-inw. She also wanted to respond to the feeling of her fans who said to her that they liked her manga.
Liliana who was thinking like that disyed her princess skill in full without holding anything back.
As the result, a year after Liliana started her activity as shoujo manga artist, at the time when her manga was decide to be turned into anime in an unprecedented speed, Liliana was,
¡¸Everyy~~one! Thank you very much foring today! Anime decision¡î Congrattions! This is Lily who will sing the theme song as the work''s creator dee~~su! I''ll sing with my all, so please enjoy it okay!¡¹
¨D¨DWAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!!
While a thousand fans raised their loud cheers (because the ticket was limited, only a thousand people could enter), Liliana stood on a stage wearing a cute outfit like an idol, and then she sent a wink *pachin-*.
The former princess, former part-time leader, former shut-in NEET, and the popr shoujo manga artist, was now turning into an existence that wasying her hand on the seat of top idol.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I''m sorry that Lily arc turn long.
I''ll end it in the next chapter, after that I''ll write a bit of the wives who didn''t get spotlight, and I''m also thinking of trying to write about the Getting Kidnapped Too Much Case.
Incidentally, in the main story, is there any section that feels like¡¸This part is written vaguely, more detail please¡¹? Sometimes in the middle of writing I often thought ''I want to try writing it in more detail someday'', but the After and extra story are too fun that those things arepletely at far distance of the memory.
If you have request, then please don''t hold back and tell me whether through review or message.
The next update is nned to be be at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 228
Chapter 228
¡îLiving God Lily
¡¸Uu, really, just how did it turn out like this¡¡¡¹
Liliana who was doing the final check of the paperwork while doing ten second charge inside the office in preparation for her conference with the secretary general, returned to reality from her long reminiscence that she did before she knew it. It was actually really like Liliana for her to verify her paperwork and eating simultaneously even while reminiscing. (TN: Ten second charge seem to be the slogan of a jelly drink in Japan.)
Liliana was unconsciously letting out herint while thinking that recently she wasn''t able to meet Hajime and others again. But suddenly a reply came back in respond to herint.
¡¸That''s obviously because you are a princess.¡¹
¡¸Howah!?¡¹
There should be no one other than her in this office. Naturally, Liliana who let her guard down because there should be strict security in this ce raised a strange voice.
When she turned her gaze, she saw there a rift in space and the figure of Hajime who came out from there.
¡¸Hajime-san! Geez, please don''t startle me.¡¹
¡¸That can''t be helped. Even though I''m your family, but in this ce with a really strict security where the secretary general of the UN is also in attendance, how I can say something like ''I came because I just want to talk a bit though, I''m also family so please let me in''. There is a limit even in being unable to read the atmosphere.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Hajime-san. Before I realized you have be someone who is trying to read the atmosphere. You have really be an adult. Just as I thought, a person will mellow when he have as many as seven children.¡¹
And then, ''I''m always getting ate start¡¡'' saying that Liliana''s shoulders dropped in dejection.
¡¸Just what are you saying? Even though you cannot even go home enough from getting so busy with the work as the founder of a new religion.¡¹
¡¸Uguu. It''s harsh getting told that.¡¹
Liliana pressed on her chest as though she was getting stabbed, but she immediately pulled herself together and made a fearless smile.
¡¸But, that too will be over soon. If I can have this association recognized as an official volunteer organization from this conference, I too will be able to beg off from all duty. In the content of the agreement with the UN, there are requirements to establish an inspection division that is configured with only UN personnel as a monitoring mechanism, and also a decision-making body that has to ept at least one person from every country where they will vote to make decision. This association will stop being an organization where anything is decided with the will of just me alone. It will be a democracy you know Hajime-san, democracy! Like that my authority will be shaved and I will fade out naturally from here!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Is that kind of n going to be okay?¡¹
¡¸It''s fine, there is no problem. ¡¡Fufu, if the conference this time can go well, then I will retire. And then, I too will make a child with Hajime-san and devote myself in parenting!¡¹
¡¸Somehow, it feels like you are raising up g there.¡¹
Hajime''s expression turned lost for word seeing the holy woman going ''ehehe'' in a trip of delusion about her calm and happy future.
¡¸Oops,e to think of it, Hajime-san, you want to talk? You areing expressly in this timing, does that mean there is anything important?¡¹
Liliana noticed Hajime''s expression and she went ''hah'' and returned to her senses. She tilted her head and threw a question at Hajime to varnish over her act just now.
Still with aplicated expression on his face, Hajime said¡¸Aah, there is nothing really important¡¹while shrugging.
¡¸Well, how should I say it¡¡what I want to say is, I also quite like Lily who is working busily.¡¹
¡¸¡¡That''s a surprise attack. What''s more, I feel reallyplicated whether I should be happy or not.¡¹
Even while she was saying that, Liliana''s cheeks were blushing red.
¡¸Wh, why so suddenly? Saying that kind of thing in this kind of timing, isn''t that exactly something like a g?¡¹
¡¸I guess. But, I want to say it ahead just in case. Remember, quite some time has passed already since your workaholic behavior was identified, but in the end you are undertakingpletely staggering job like this. You aren''t addicted to work anymore, but in the end, Liliana S. B. Hairihi is unable to change her way of life, isn''t that how it is?¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
She retired from being a princess and wished to grasp the happiness like a normal girl¨D¨Dlike that the kingdom''s people saw her off and she came to this world. Even though it should be like that, yet right now Liliana was going to tackle a conference with the top of the world where her fate was at stake.
Even though she tried doing part-time work, even though she tried to be a shut-in NEET, even though she tried to be a manga artist, even though she tried to be idol, but in the end perhaps the path that the human called Liliana was walking would always ended up converging to a path where she took responsibility of many people and stood in the lead to guide them.
It was because she was a princess. It was because she couldn''t stop being a princess.
Was it just as expected, that she was unable to live the way she aspired for? In the end, was a person like her an existence who would put her beloved as secondary?
Liliana''s shoulders dropped and she answered her own question.
Hajime who was watching such Liliana with a wry smile slowly approached her side. And then, he gently pinched at the cheek of Liliana who was showing a depressed expression.
¡¸I came here not to make you wear that kind of face. Didn''t I say it? I also like Lily who is shutting herself inside the office like this while getting chased by work.¡¹
¡¸Hajime-san¡¡¡¹
¡¸Isn''t it just fine, even if your aspiration stay as aspiration. Isn''t it just fine, even if you put your husband as secondary. It is also not bad in its own way even if there is at least one wife treating me roughly. You see, it''s Liliana''s individuality that other wives doesn''t have.¡¹
¡¸I don''t want that kind of individuality at allll¡¹
Even while saying that, Liliana was fawning on Hajime by rubbing her cheek on Hajime''s cheek.
¡¸Well, that''s how it is. Just go without getting too worked up. Because no matter where Lily is going, I''ll properly run after you everywhere.¡¹
¡¸Fufu, thank you very much. Hajime-san. But, as I thought, I will do my best here. Because I am Liliana. A woman who won''t let my aspiration stay just as aspiration. Or rather, I want a child.¡¹
¡¸That''s what you''re stressing on?¡¹
They smiled at each other and their lips ovepped naturally.
But, at that time, a reserved knocking sound that sounded like it was being considerate to the two''s tryst was resounding.
¡¸Looks like it''s time already.¡¹
¡¸Ou, go do your best, your holiness.¡¹
¡¸Geez, please stop saying your holiness. I am the chairman.¡¹
After joking, they smiled once more at each other and Liliana left the room behind. She didn''t look back at Hajime who was left behind and she straightened her back with dignity.
And then the result of the started conference.
Before the mass media, the UN secretary general dered with blushing cheeks.
¡¸She is truly-, the goddess who descended into this world! She is a living god! Hairihi religion will bring about salvation to the world!¡¹
The popce gathering outside the conference building while watching the broadcast in real time, and the people watching television, they all raised cheers simultaneously.
¡¸How did it turn out like this!?¡¹
The scream Liliana raised was lost among the cheers that were raised even by the press people and vanished in vain.
Before, at another world, an existence that introduced himself as a god talked about his ambition that he would also be a god in earth. He proimed that he would be the god in the new world for sure.
But, the result was that the mad god was defeated by the demon king.
And then right now, in the ce of the mad god, a wife of the demon king¨D¨D
Became the god (?) of the new world.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
In the middle I didn''t know anymore what I am writing¡¡
Thank you very much for the many requests.
I took notes of them, so I''m thinking that I want to try writing them someday.
Something like Tio and Hajime getting spirited away, or Shia going bunnies in world of martial arts, or Yue and Hajime tackling underground world¡¡or Remia¡¡she is difficult~
After that, I''m thinking that I also want to try writing a bit long extra story.
The next posting is nned to be at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 229
Chapter 229
¡¸Above here?¡¹
¡¸Right. Look over there. There are the tracks where I was slipping down correct? There art no mistake.¡¹
Hajime nced at the spot where Tio was pointing at, over there he saw a track where there was a straight concave. It was as though somethingnded there face first before sliding down without getting peeled off.
Hajime returned his gaze as though there was nothing there. Ahead he saw trees and grasses growing densely along with a really steep slope expanding in his view. Depending on the ce there was a slope that wouldn''t be an exaggeration to be called as a cliff.
¡¸There won''t be anyone looking in this kind of ce. Tio, lead the way.¡¹
¡¸Acknowledged. Let''s go right away Goshujin-sama. I wouldst determine with this dragon eyes of mine, whether thy hath grow dull or not.¡¹
¡¸Bring it on. You yourself, don''t show anything unsightly like slipping and then falling down.¡¹
They made frivolous talk. Tio grinned fearlessly and then she instantly waved the edge of her clothes and dashed away suddenly.
*ton-* With a really light sound, at the next moment she was far above.
A beatter, Hajime also jumped out.
*to-to-to-to-* Leaving only those light sounds, the two of them were jumping up like acrobat using tree root, slightly sticking out rock, or from branch to branch.
Tio sent a nce at Hajime who was following her. She leaked out a joyful chuckle¡¸Fufuh¡¹and increased her speed further. Hajime made a bit troubled smile at that and he also followed her by increasing his speed.
Seen from the side, they only looked like shadow climbing up the mountain with fierce speed. If, by any chance there was a witness here, then undoubtedly there would be a new urban legend created that Tengu was living in this mountain.
Turning into modern era Tengu, the two of them sometimes shifted their course a bit, sometimes they meaninglessly climbed tree while sprinting down slope yfully. After a while,
¡¸Muu? This is strange.¡¹
¡¸What is?¡¹
Tionded from a big jump and came to a stop before she tilted her head.
When Hajime copied her by tilting his head, Tio stayed silent while pulling on Hajime to get closer. Their standing position changed by just a bit from doing that.
Hajime looked suspicious. But he saw the ce Tio was pointing at and reflexively leaked out his voice¡¸Oo¡¹.
¡¸This is, it''s like a natural camouge¡¡no, if I have to say which, then perhaps this is more like a trick art?¡¹
¡¸Isn''t it splendid? Just by changing our standing position a bit, there art nothing that could be seen except a slope. It is exactly because we art in this angle and position that we art able to notice this cave.¡¹
Just as Tio said, before when Hajime was right before Tio, he was observing the surrounding attentively looking for a cave, but he didn''t notice the cave over there at all until Tio led him to the spot he was currently standing on.
The cause of that really should be called as trick art. If they weren''t standing on a particr spot, the surroundingndscape and the miraculous bulge of the slope would cause the cave to be unseen.
Hajime was feeling admiration while asking Tio once more.
¡¸And, what is strange about it?¡¹
¡¸No, Goshujin-sama. In the first ce what was the reason that I who was rolling down the slope noticed this ce?¡¹
¡¸Aah. A strange pressure and absorbing force, was it? ¡¡I don''t really feel anything here. There also doesn''t seem any mist.¡¹
¡¸Correct. I too don''t feel anything right now. Let''s see, was it perhaps mine mistake¡¡¡¹
Tio cocked her neck while groaning ''uumu''. Hajime approached the cave and peeked inside. It seemed that the cave continued quite deeply.
Hajime turned around after confirming that.
¡¸There is no way we can dismiss the senses of a dragon race as a misunderstanding that easily. Besides, we came this far for adventure. Then we cannot just go home without even stepping in or checking it right?¡¹
Those words of Hajime that were inviting adventure were responded by Tio¡¸Indeed¡¹with a nod while her shoulders shook happily.
¡¸Even though this art a world without greatbyrinth or monster, but for some reason I am getting thrilled.¡¹
¡¸What is called an adventure is not looking for danger. It''s looking for the unknown. In that meaning, the conquest of greatbyrinth cannot be said as an adventure then. In a sense, this might be our first adventure you know?¡¹
¡¸The first adventure, with me and Goshujin-sama? Fufuh, perhaps Yue and others would be jealous with this.¡¹
Tio raised a delighted chuckle for sure this time. Hajime also joined her with a cheerful grin.
¡¸Then let''s go. Dragon race of another world.¡¹
¡¸Right, let''s go. Godying demon king-dono.¡¹
Both of them thrust their body into the cave jokingly and also in high spirits.
¡¡
¡¡
¡¸¡¡Goshujin-sama. Mine butt got stuckpletely. Please pulled me from inside.¡¹
¡¸Slo, sloppy.¡¹
Even though they had put up a front and stepped inside, but now the voluptuous butt of the dragon-san was splendidly getting stuck.
Tio faced back and she twisted in her body as though she was going down adder, but her plump butt only changed its shape *mugyuuuu* and couldn''t get in.
Feeling that it couldn''t be helped, Hajime was sighing while he grasped Tio''s legs and pulled in with a jerk. The butt was going *mugyuuuu-*. It still couldn''t enter.
¡¸Hrrgh-¡¹
¡¸Aah. My butt, if it''s treated that violently-¡¹
A scream that sounded a bit happy echoed. Hajime put even more strength. The charming butt shook *furu furu* as though in resistance. It still hadn''t showed any sign of getting in.
Hajime took a breather¡¸fuu¡¹, and then he proposed to Tio who was kicking around her legs as though to say¡¸Come ooon haul it in¡¹.
¡¸¡¡Tio. It doesn''t look like it will go in at all. There is no other way, so how about I tear off your lower body so that I can pull in your upper body?¡¹
¡¸Suddenly I''ll turn st!? There art no way I''ll agree! Such thing art beyond the limit even for I who love pain!¡¹
Tio couldn''t hide her shudder from Hajime who made a brutal suggestion like a demon king. Hajime said¡¸It''s a joke¡¹while putting his hand on Tio''s thigh.
¡¸Anyway, it doesn''t look like you can enter like this so¡¡I''ll take it off okay?¡¹
¡¸What? How¡¡aa, by storing it inside the Treasure Warehouse. Yosh, thh, bring it on!¡¹
Today, Tio''s fashion was pants-look. And so, if her pants was transferred away into "Treasure Warehouse II", then a space would be liberated from it gone.
The "Treasure Warehouse II" fitted on Hajime''s finger shined crimson for an instant. By doing that, at the next moment Tio was reduced into a female pervert with her panty fully exposed.
¡¸I, it''s really breezy down there¡¡¡¹
Tio kicked her legs up and down looking a bit embarrassed. Hajime held the voluptuous thighs in front of him using his arms and then he pulled in once more.
However, Tio''srge butt was unexpectedly obstinate.
¡¸Ada-, adadada-. Go, Goshujin-sama! My butt''s skin art getting bruised!¡¹
¡¸Good grief, it''s really a stubborn butt.¡¹
Hajime cursed, because he was pulling Tio forcefully, her panties dug into her crotch and now it looked like she was wearing T-back panty. Hajime red at the shaking butt.
And then, seeing no other choice, he also transferred the panty into Treasure Warehouse.
¡¸¡¡Goshujin-sama. By any chance, I hath also lost myst fortress now?¡¹
¡¸It can''t be helped. It''s in the way.¡¹
From the entrance of the cave, there was the lower body of a woman getting suspended without even a shred of cloth. If the people of the dragon race vige who idolized her as a princess even now saw her like this, surely they would have out-of-body experience without doubt.
Hajime took out from his "Treasure Warehouse II" something like a thin stick and inserted it between Tio''s shivering butt that was looking pitiful somehow and the rock where it got stuck.
¡¸Muu? Something cold art on mine butt¡¡¡¹
¡¸I''m pouring oil for lubricating machine. With this it will be smoother to pull you out.¡¹
This was the same idea with using soap to take off ring that couldn''te off. The overflowing oil trickled from the gap between the butt and rock and flowed down on Thio''s thighs. Each time Tio twitched and shivered and she leaked out trembling voices.
After pouring in a lot of oil, Hajime readied himself and pulled in Tio''s legs.
¡¸Oo!? It''s slipping in! It''s working, Goshujin-sama!¡¹
¡¸Yosh, just a bit more. Do your best, butt-naked dragon!¡¹
¡¸Haua!? Not forgetting to insult even in this kind of time¡¡this damn beloved Goshujin-sama!¡¹
The two was strangely getting roused up for some reason.
Right after that, *nupon-* a strange sound rang and Tio''s bombastic butt slipped out from between the rock.
And then,
¡¸¡¡¡¡Goshujin-sama. It''s a bit hard to say this but¡¹
¡¸Don''t finish it. I know already.¡¹
Tio-san, also had a bombastic breast.
Her shirt was rolled up and her back was fully exposed, however, this time it was her gigantic twin hills that got stuck. For the time being, Hajime embraced Tio from behind to try pulling her in but¡¡
¡¸It''s happiness to be embraced tightly by Goshujin-sama but, mi, mine breast felt like they wouldst get torn off¡¡¡¹
¡¸Haa. Let''s just go with the same method.¡¹
¡¸Please be gentle.¡¹
Like that Tio¨D¨Dbecame stark naked.
She limply sat on the floor of the cave with her cheeks blushing faintly. Her butt and her breast were glistening because of the oil.
¡¸At the start of the adventure, the proud princess of dragon race got stripped naked and became all slimy¡¡Goshujin-sama, honestly speaking, what doth thy think?¡¹
¡¸I''m thinking it''s pitiful.¡¹
Tio didn''t look happy like usual, she was wafting off sorrowful aura and agreed¡¸That''s right¡¹with a faint smile.
Hajime wordlessly handed her a towel.
Tio wiped her body using that while taking out the traditional garment of dragon race¨D¨Dthe kimono that was a blending of Japanese and Western styles from her own "Treasure Warehouse" and she quickly put it on.
¡¸¡¡Say, Goshujin-sama. Thinking really really carefully, I was stuck because of the rock correct?¡¹
¡¸Hm? Yeah.¡¹
¡¸Then, wouldst not it be better to use transmutation?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Hajime halted. Tio also halted. Inside the gloomy cave, Hajime and Tio looked at each other.
¡¸Now, Tio. The unknown is waiting ahead from here! Our adventure will begin from here-¡¹
¡¸O, ou! That''s right! It''s from here on!¡¹
It seemed that for now they would get over it with mood.
Both of them started walking deeper into the cave with a strange tension.
After walking for a while, inside the cave was unexpectedly starting to show aspects of cavern. The deeper they went, the wider the cave turned.
¡¸Somehow, this is nostalgic.¡¹
¡¸Might it be about Orcus?¡¹
Hajime muttered in small voice. Tio guessed what he was thinking and asked.
¡¸Yeah. There is no light of green light stone here, but as expected, speaking about cave for me just means Orkus.¡¹
¡¸I can imagine that. It was the starting ce for the current Goshujin-sama, and then¨D¨Dit was also a ce of a precious encounter.¡¹
Tio sympathized with Hajime with her voice vaguely containing gentleness. Hajime walked while illuminating the surrounding with light while ncing at Tio beside him.
¡¸That encounter tied Goshujin-sama, spun a bond with Shia, and connected toward me. Most likely, if there art just one of thosecking, then I wouldst not be here like this.¡¹
¡¸Don''t make a solemn talk like that so suddenly. It''s rare for you to talk about what-if. That''s a meaningless supposition right?¡¹
¡¸That''s right. Indeed, it''s meaningless. But, I feel happy with our time right now that art like a miracle, so much so that I''m looking back like that. Being solemn sometimes art also not bad.¡¹
Saying that, Tio made a really hard to describe smile, even so there wasn''t any shadow in it by any means. Even though it was just for a moment, but Hajime''s eyes were definitely stolen by that smile of Tio.
¡¸Oh? What''s this, Goshujin-sama. Art thou falling in love all over me again? By any chance, the possibility of surpassing Yue art¡¡¡¹
¡¸It''spletely none.¡¹
Hajime''s immediate answer dealt critical hit. A sweet voice leaked out from the hopeless dragon-san. ¡¸If only she kept smiling like just now, no matter from where you look she is a wonderful princess of the dragon race, yet¡¹Hajime was staring at Tio with disappointment filling his eyes.
¡¸Or rather, you, you are aiming to surpass Yue?¡¹
¡¸That art really ate question. There art not a single woman that art not aiming for that. Of course it wouldst not be something that art done bloodthirstily, but a chase to overtake that art done enjoyably, it''s something like a serious yfulness between fellow wives.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I thought that it''s just Kaori who is like that.¡¹
¡¸Fufu, you still hath some way to go Goshujin-sama. Everyone like everyone else to the greatest degree, but that art that. This art this. Because we art woman, then as expected we want to be told as "number one", we desire to be "the only one" for the man we loved. Even Yue often said it art not she? ¡ºI''ll ept any challenge anytime, anywhere, no matter how many times¡».¡¹
¡¸I see.¡¹
A wry smile emerged on Hajime''s lips thinking that he still "had some way to go" while he scratched his cheek. Even though normally Tio was just a pervert, sometimes she would give Hajime "understanding" with significant words smoothly said like this. She was by nature really thoughtful, and that was also one of her charm.
Hajime wanted to say something to the smiling Tio and he opened his mouth.
But, before he could speak,
¡¸Ah?¡¹
¡¸Mu?¡¹
Hajime and Tio simultaneously ran their gaze at the surrounding. Sharpening wariness resided in their eyes.
Before they realized, it was truly before they realized, mist was manifesting around Hajime and Tio. It was an extremely thin mist. However, seeing this it was clearly unnatural for mist to be appearing so suddenly inside a cave like this.
And above all, what they were feeling right now proved that the mist was abnormal.
¡¸I see. Indeed, this is a strange pressure, and I also feel a pulling force into deeper inside the cave.¡¹
¡¸It appeared that it wasn''t just mine misunderstanding. Now then, what about Goshujin-sama''s magic eye stone? This art definitely not a magic, but perhaps it''s one of the mystic of this world?¡¹
¡¸My magic eye stone isn''t reacting at all. But, it''s unthinkable that this is a natural phenomenon. It seemed that a rare phenomenon is really urring for real right now.¡¹
Even while they were conversing like that, the pressure and pulling force were growing stronger. The restraining force was strengthening as though it wouldn''t let the two of them got away while trying to drag them in.
Hajime took out a reconnaissance ne from "Treasure Warehouse" onto his palm and made it fly deeper into the cave.
The ce was advancing deeper unhindered and its view was shared with Hajime so he could look at the situation inside.
Like that, after it advanced a little ahead,
¡¸-. Oi oi, seriously?¡¹
¡¸Goshujin-sama, what''s the matter?¡¹
Hajime made a bit of dry chuckle. It seemed there was an unexpected situation that made Hajime unable to hide his surprise.
Hajime kept his eyes fixed deeper into the cave while answering Tio''s question.
¡¸The reconnaissance ne was swallowed.¡¹
¡¸Swallowed? What doth that mean?¡¹
¡¸Exactly like that. The mist is getting thicker the deeper you go ahead. The shared view turned pure white and nothing can be seen at the surrounding. And right after that, my link with it got cut.¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
Tio gulped. She understood well how powerful Hajime''s artifact was. Even though it was just a reconnaissance ne, it was impossible for its link with its master to be severed that easily.
Hajime gave even more shocking words to the surprised Tio.
¡¸That''s not all. Just before I lost the ne, it was just for an instant but¡¡I could see sea of clouds.¡¹
¡¸Sea, of clouds? Wait a second Goshujin-sama. It wasn''t the sky, but thou couldst see a "sea of clouds"? In other words¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Yeah, the scene I saw wasn''t something I could see from a cave even if the ceiling here is transparent. Hahah, we are really inside a cave right?¡¹
Hajime and Tio looked at each other''s face.
And, at that time,
¡¸Nno!?¡¹
¡¸This is!?¡¹
The mist moved. No, the mist around Hajime and Tio increased in thickness so suddenly they mistakenly thought that, at the same time the pressure and the pulling force were also generated.
¡¸Aa, this is bad Tio. Just maybe, this cave is a "natural gate". At this rate perhaps we might get thrown out to another world somewhere.¡¹
¡¸I see. The true identity of "spirited away", by any chance it might be this kind of ce or phenomenon.¡¹
Even while Hajime and Tio were speaking out their hypothesis, they were trying to turn around toward the entrance.
But, it seemed the phenomenon of spirited away was something that couldn''t be escaped from that easily.
¡¸Ah, this is no good.¡¹
¡¸Truly, I understand this sensation. ¨D¨DWe art caught.¡¹
With those words as theirst, Hajime and Tio''s figure was enveloped by the abnormally white mist.
And then, a few minutester, the mist finally cleared up and the figure of the two weren''t there anymore.
Right after the mist coiling around them cleared up, Hajime and Tio were,
¡¸Oo, it''s really the blue sky.¡¹
¡¸Entering into a cave and fall from the sky, this art truly something.¡¹
Free falling in the great sky of an unknown world while they were folding their arms with unmoving thinking posture. (TN: In the raw the author is using the kanji ½~Ùm(zessan/great praise) rted with the free falling. When I google it it¡¯s rted with the free falling stock market price, but to my shame I still really don¡¯t get what is the connection between great praise and free falling. Help please.)
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
This is Tio arc.
About how far it will continue, what kind of end it will have, there is no plot, so even Shirakome doesn''t know.
But as expected I don''t think that it will run wild like Lily arc¡¡
Chapter 230
Chapter 230
The wind howled roaringly. Wind pressure was striking everything. If one looked up there would be the vibrant azure sky. The light of sun was showering down brilliantly. The sea of clouds was shining silver from the reflection of the sunlight.
Surrounded by all those, there were two silhouettes freefalling with their arms folded.
¡¸I wonder if it''s my fate to enter a cave then freefall in the sky?¡¹
¡¸Who knows. But, at the very least this art a refreshing fallpared to before isn''t that right?¡¹
¡¸This is really a pleasant weather~¡¹
Just to make sure, let''s specify it one more time. The two were in the middle of freefalling without parachute or lifeline.
¡¸For now, should we try going under the sea of clouds?¡¹
¡¸Right. It looks like the weather art bad, but perhaps there wouldth be something that couldst make us understand what kind of world this ce art. After all there art nothing above the sky.¡¹
Hajime and Tio plunged into the sea of clouds even while they were talking like that.
At that moment, they received the baptism of terrific air turbulence and random lightning. It seemed that this sea of clouds wasn''t merely thick clouds or rainy clouds, but something that resembled a super vast cumulonimbus cloud. Seeing how there wasn''t any sign of vortex it wasn''t any kind of typhoon. It was a storm cloud with abnormal range that silently covered the world as far as the eye could see.
The lightning flying wildly about along with thunderous sounds attacked Hajime and Tio as though to remove the intruder.
Hajime''s body instantly emitted red spark. The lightning that should strike Hajime''s body directly was streamed away as though it was sliding off the body. It then flew away to the direction of the beyond.
As for Tio, she seemed to normally endure the lightning by using dragon scale hardening. She used regeneration magic to repair the hole opened on her clothes with an unruffled air.
Only a few seconds past.
*bobat* Both of them came out at the bottom of the sea of clouds with some cloud part trailing behind them.
Without dy, fierce wind and rain attacked the two mercilessly.
¡¸Uwaa, this is just terrible.¡¹
¡¸What to say¡¡art this world, ended up already?¡¹
Gravity control type multipurpose assault unit¨D¨DCross Velt. Hajime summoned eight of them to put up a cube shaped barrier around him and Tio. They looked from the inside at the rain water trickling along the barrier''s surface and they unconsciously leaked out their voice.
Their reaction was understandable. No matter how they looked, the heavy rain pouring down toward the world like waterfall looked like muddy water. The rain water that hit their skin dyed the spot pitch ck.
Tio used wind magic to shake off the ck rain and while she was at it shebined it with fire magic to warm her and Hajime''s wet body while drying out their clothes in high speed. She was doing that while expressing her impression toward this another world with a really astonished voice.
Her gaze was looking at her own arm that was wet with the ck rain just now. Countless red specks wereing out from there. It seemed the ce that got touched by the ck rain was getting inmmation.
It was a world with obviously harmful ck rain pouring down.
Of course, perhaps this was a characteristic phenomenon of this region, but at the very least it was obvious that the dark color of the ocean spreading below wasn''t caused just because the sunlight didn''t reach. This ck rain was pouring down so much that it colored the sea ck.
And then, if the sea that was polluted to this degree followed the sea current and flowed through the world¡¡they naturally could imagine the hopelessness of this world.
Hajime took out his smartphone and made a drop of ck rain to fall on the disy. Right away, a ripple spread on the disy. A loading screen appeared for a few seconds.
¡¸Unknownposition just as expected. It doesn''t match anything from the data of Tortus or earth. Its effect to human body is¡¡oou, looks like Tio''s impression is seriously bull''s eye. Look here, this rain has the effect to cause necrosis to the cell.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Oh dear. However, no matter in what kind of environment, what art called as living thing wouldst find a way to adapt in the end and survive. There art still possibility of organism that manages to adapt in this ce. Besides, perhaps even this ck rain art limited to this area.¡¹
¡¸Well, you''re right. Anyway, for now let''s return above. This rain doesn''t has much effect to us and we can heal the effect right away, even so this kind of muddy ck world is depressing.¡¹
¡¸No doubt about that.¡¹
Hajime and Tio took onest look at the raging ck world before charging into the sea of clouds once more with the barrier still activated.
They went through the sea of clouds and returned once more to the clear azure sky.
¡¸If someone meet spirited away phenomenon, they will get thrown off to a world that is really hard to survive huh.¡¹
¡¸It looks like it. What wouldst we do Goshujin-sama? Art we going home?¡¹
Tio asked without even any doubt that they would be unable to return to earth. With "Compass of Guidance Crossing" and "Crystal Key", it was possible to return home to earth no matter what kind of world they were in. That was the reason that the two weren''t flustered at all even when they were going to be swallowed by the white mist inside the cave.
Hajime turned his gaze to Tio''s question. He showed a thinking gesture¡¸Hm~¡¹and asked back in return.
¡¸What do you want to do Tio?¡¹
¡¸¡¡We should return. This adventure is not in the level of going to mountain for a bit anymore. I wouldst consider looking around for a bit if this is a good world though¡¡. Also thinking about the time until Yue and others return home, even if we art going to adventure, we should return once to take Yue and others together too.¡¹
Tio made a wry smile just for a moment before she advocated cautious theory. Indeed, although they could return anytime, the scale of this situation was too big to be a little fun that was done while their family wasn''t at home, the state of this world was too turbulent.
It was really an opinion with prudence that was just like Tio.
Hajime narrowed his eyes to such Tio before he showed a bit of thinking gesture once more. And then, perhaps he had finished scrutinizing Tio''s opinion because he smiled wryly while agreeing¡¸I guess¡¹, and then he activated his "Treasure Warehouse II" to take out the "Compass of Guidance Crossing".
Right after that,
¡¸Hm? Hmm? ¡¡Damn it. Now I''ve really done it, Tio.¡¹
¡¸Mu? What art the matter, Goshujin-sama.¡¹
Hajime was scratching his head awkwardly which caused Tio to tilt her head in puzzlement. Her expression froze with a snap at Hajime''s next sentence.
¡¸Thepass, I forgot to bring it with me.¡¹
Hajime was jovially saying¡¸I''m beaten, I''m beaten¡¹whileughing ''tahahahaha'', with Tio staring open mouthed in a daze and amazement at such Hajime.
A beat, two beat. Finally the meaning of Hajime''s words seemed to soak into Tio, herplexion changed and she began to press questions in fluster.
¡¸Wha, wha wha, what do thy mean with forget!? It was inside the Treasure Warehouse wasn''t it!?¡¹
¡¸Haha~. I just recalled it only now, just before this I lent it to Yue but she hadn''t returned it to me. That''s really careless of me.¡¹
¡¸Tomfooleryy¨D¨D!! Such important thing art not something to be forgotten!¡¹
¡¸Oo, I got scolded by Tio¡¡this is really a fresh experience.¡¹
¡¸Art this the time to say thattt¨D¨D¨D¨D!! What to do¡¡, we couldst not go home.¡¹
Hajime''s attitude that was too overflowing with irresponsibility caused Tio''s shoulders to drop dejectedly. She was in a state that she didn''t even realize that for the first time she had yelled angrily at Hajime.
¡¸Well, don''t be that upset.¡¹
¡¸What? Goshujin-sama, thou art reallyposed. Art there any prospect of us going home?¡¹
¡¸We have no prospect to go home, but looking from the opposite it means that Yue is carrying thepass, so we don''t particrly need to get flustered isn''t it? I am carrying the Crystal Key, but if she find me using thepass then it''s possible to search in reverse.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I see. Now that thy said that, indeed there art no reason to loseposure. If Yue use thepass to find us who didn''t return home, we wouldst be able to return home at that point of time. Fumu, mine apologies Goshujin-sama. I was showing something unsightly.¡¹
Being able to understand that their situation wasn''t particrly serious after getting told so, Tio casted down he eyes from shame of her disordered state.
Tio who averted her eyes didn''t notice, but the expression of Hajime who was looking at her embarrassed gesture was extremely gentle. Different from the normal Hajime who was usually dealing with Tio in full S mode, his warm expression now was emitting a definite affection.
Everything was because he understood the reason why Tio unusually lost herposure like just now.
Tio wasn''t feeling uneasy at the possibility that they couldn''t return home itself. In front of her there was a man who had obtained the mean to cross over worlds with only his determination when at the start he didn''t have anything at all. Doubting that they couldn''t return home was instead nothing more than an insult to Hajime.
Therefore, the reason why Tio was flustered was something else. That reason was in the fact that she separated Hajime from Yue and others through something that was caused by them doing something that she suggested. She had no doubt that they would be able to go home. But, the problem was the time. At how long Hajime would be separated from Yue and others.
In short, her lost ofposure at their inability to go home was the manifestation of her consideration toward Yue and co. Although her sturdiness was her strong point, she was someone who wouldn''t hesitate to turn her own body into a shield for herrade''s sake, her way of losingposure was really like herself.
¡¸Well, under the cloud feels like the end of the century, but the sky is really not bad. Until it''s time, let''s go adventuring to see if this sea of clouds will end somewhere, and if there is we will look fornd, Tio.¡¹
¡¸Right. Yes, yes-. Let''s do just that!¡¹
The embarrassed Tio raised a happy voice lively after receiving that order to resume their adventure. There wasn''t even any need to mention her expression. It was truly a smiling face that would charm anyone that would make anyone who knew her to be amazed thinking¡¸Even though if she can be always like that, there won''t be anyone doubting her if she is really the princess of dragon race or not¡¹.
A while after they began their sky journey, currently Tio had transformed into a ck dragon where Hajime was riding on her.
At first Hajime was using his skyboard while Tio was also only using her wings from partial dragonification, after that she used wind magic to fly in human form, but Hajime requested her that he wanted to mount her.
Riding on a dragon''s back to fly at the sky faraway¨D¨Dthat yearning of every man had often been realized by Hajime, but he never got tired of it and if there was chance he would ask to ride Tio like this.
¡ºIt also hast been a while since I fly with Goshujin-sama on mine back. There wasn''t that much chance since we returned to earth.¡»
¡¸Yeah. What''s more, we were flying mainly at night whether in Tortus or earth. It''s really has been a long time since west flew in the sky this clear.¡¹
¡ºIf thy wish it then we couldst fly anytime correct? The sky of earth art constrained, but if it''s now the we couldst do anything using Goshuujin-sama''s artifact isn''t that right?¡»
¡¸Yeah. I can just make artifact for jamming and camouge. Just spare me from having dog fight with the ASDF.¡¹(TN: Air Self-Defense Force)
Tio caught the wind and flew among the cloud chasms with a movement that was drawing an elegant curve. The milky road that was like a flowing cotton candy was an amazingly superb view.
The sea of clouds weren''t only shaped tly, at some ces the clouds would make a gigantic mountain shape or chasm shape like where they were at right now. There was also cloud that was arch-shaped and also a cloud that was shaped like a surging tidal wave. It was a magnificent view that should be described as a continent that was made on the sky.
Hajime was sticking still on Tio''s back using gravity control so there wasn''t any concern that he would fall. The wind pressure and air were also controlled within one meter from the body using a dedicated earring artifact. And so Tio was flying to her heart content without needing to give any consideration or restraint.
She broke out from the chasm with a steep climb and slipped through the gap between clouds floatingzily with while barrel rolling.
She passed under arching cloud and swiveled around a mountain of cloud as though she was dancing, she went through a steep climb before leaving her body to swoop down in a free fall. And then, she unfolded her wings with a force that blown away the clouds at the surrounding and flew inside the tidal wave cloud like a surfer.
¡¸Having fun?¡¹
¡ºYes, this art really fun!¡»
In contrast with the fierce maneuver, Hajime was asking with a calm voice. And the responding voice was an excited voice just as expected. And then a single roar as though she was giving a service. While it was a powerful roar, but the reverberation felt pleasant somehow. Hajime also raised a cheerfulugh at that.
But, it was at that time, as though in respond to Tio''s howl, there was a faint sound reaching the two.
¡¸O? Tio, just now¡¡¡¹
¡ºIt seemed, we hath discovered the first viger¨D¨Dnot, the first living thing here. It''s truly auspicious that not every living thing here art exterminated.¡»
Even in this world where a ck rain that caused necrosis on living cell was pouring down, it seemed there was still living thing here as expected. Right now the sound vibrating in their eardrum that was getting louder and louder was obviouslying from a living thing¨D¨Din addition, it seemed to be a howl that came from arge type organism.
Hajime tapped on the ck scaled back and Tio took a steep turn inplete agreement.
They passed through several cloud mountains and at the end they circled around a conspicuouslyrge spiraling cloud. Then, there they were able to catch sight of ck spots in the sky that looked like dribbling ink.
¡ºHou¡¡so there art mine fellow race even in this world.¡»
¡¸As expected, this is a fantasy world huh. Well, we don''t know yet whether they are like your race that can turn into "human" or "dragon", or if they are just a variety of monster.¡¹
The specks reflected on the azure sky were gradually growing bigger. The two who possessed eyesight that was iparable with the average people could clearly see the true form of those specks.
They were dragon. Not the snake type dragon of the east, but the western dragon. Their number was around ten. Their body was grey colored and their body length was around two until three meter. Their body build looked bad. Compared to Tio''s build, they looked really frail. Their howl that they sometimes raised to call at Tio sounded like a crying voice instead after the two saw their figures.
First thing first, Tio tried talking to the small dragons that approached nearby in the blink of eye in order to investigate their intelligence level.
¡ºAll of thee, art thee able to understand mine words? Couldst theemunicate using mind?¡»
The respond that came back was only *gyau gyau gyao gyao*, a crying voice of beast. They were flying in circles around Tio who was hovering midair as though fawning at her¨D¨D
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¡¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
They took a second look at Hajime who was sitting on Tio''s back. They were definitely taking a second look.
Seeing the grey dragons stopped crying and instead were staring fixedly at him, Hajime gazed back¡¸Aa?¡¹in suspicion.
Right after that,
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Gyuwa!?¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The grey dragons showed a reaction that looked like¡¸We have seen something that mustn''t be seen!¡¹before running away in full speed. There was even a dragon among them that was too panicked it lost speed and almost fell.
Their state was exactly like an unfortunate victim encountering a monster, or perhaps like a viger A who suddenly bumped onto the demon king out of nowhere.
Like before they only cried out like a beast without showing any state of usingnguage or even advanced intelligence. But, seeing how they were running away with terrible desperation while looking behind them several times,
¨D¨DRuunnn, quickly runnn
¨D¨DSomeone-, someone helpppp!!
¨D¨DOh god! Oo, god in heaven, please grant us your salvation-
¨D¨DThere is no way, I''m going to die in this kind of ceeee-
It felt like those kinds of scream of heart could be heard.
¡¸¡¡¡¡Tio¡¹
¡ºWha, what is it, Goshujin-sama.¡»
Tio replied back to that quiet voice in slight fluster. When she turned around her head and looked behind, she saw the figure of Hajime looking at the faraway there. A vague sorrow was drifting from his side profile.
¡¸Am I, really that terrifying?¡¹
¡ºN, nooo, I think that art not really not the case¡¡¡»
¡¸But, no matter how I look at their reaction, it''s like they are a victim that encountered the devilish homicide in a horror movie. Even though I''m not emitting pressure or anything. Even though, I''m not doing anything.¡¹
¡ºMa, mayhaps, they art not used to human? When they approached me because they thought of me as their fellow, they saw a creature that they hath not seen before and got surprised. Surely that art the case here.¡»
¡¸Are they running away that desperately in terror because they are surprised? ¡¡Recently I''m told that I was mellowing down, and I thought that I have adapted a bit to live in earth but¡¡¡¹
¡ºGoshujin-sama, mine motherly instinct art really tickled seeing thy rare disheartened figure, but for now how about we try chasing after them? After all they art the living thing in this world that we finally discovered.¡»
¡¸¡¡You are right. Let''s do that.¡¹
Tio was writhing lightly seeing Hajime who was somewhat dispirited.
If it was him when he was at Tortus, something like this would cause vein to twitch on his forehead before he shot them down *dopan-*, so him being disheartened like this showed that he was in the process of limating to the life in earth. That was what Tio thought, but this was really a rare sight so she didn''t say anything instead.
In exchange, she urged Hajime to chase after the change in this world that they finally encountered so that it wouldn''t get away.
She pped her wings once. Tio began to fly glidingly. The grey dragons that nced back as though saying¡¸They aren''t following us? Are we safe already?¡¹saw the following Tio¨D¨Dor more urately Hajime who was riding on her back and their body twiiiitched and trembled.
Naturally, they began to escape with even more desperation than before.
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡ºAa~, Goshujin-sama? This art surely that. They don''t look like they hath intelligence in the level of human, they art genuinely a beast. That''s why, they art instinctually sensing Goshujin-sama''s strength¨D¨D¡»
Tio followed up in a touching gesture. However, it was unclear whether her words reached or not. Hajime didn''t react at all while his somewhat dispirited expression was starting to change bit by bit.
The disheartened face turned into a fixed stare, and next it changed into a small irritation. And then¨D¨D
¡¸Fine then. If they are asking for that kind of character from me then, aah, that''s fine. I should answer their expectation. Ku-ku-ku-ku-¡¹
¡ºGo, Goshujin-sama, art making a sadist face like when he was dealing with me!? Run away! All of thee, quickly run awayyyyy-¡»
The demon king-sama stood up imposingly above Tio and widely spread his arms in a dramatic pose as though weing in the enemy. His lips split apart like a crescent moon while his eyes were zing fiercely like a hunter cornering his prey!
Tio howled and urged the grey dragons to escape. The grey dragons that looked back simultaneously at that voice¨D¨Dsaw it right away.
¡¸Now, run, run, run! I''ll leisurely hunt you down and devour youuuuu-¡¹
They saw the demon king who was bursting with crimson magic power while loudly yelling something like that which reverberated to the whole azure sky.
Of course, it went without saying that the body of the grey dragons twitcheeeeeeeeeed. It also went without saying that they were starting to run away with even more desperation than before. From behind them¡¸HAAH¨D¨D¨D¨DHAHHAHHAHHAH!!¡¹a loudughter resounded. Something shining could be seen glittering around their eyes even though they were dragon¨D¨Dsurely that was just an imagination.
Around thirty minutes after Hajime turned demon king. Hajime who had just created one more ck history was sitting on Tio''s back while grasping his knees. Tio who was taking the stance of "Let''s just left him alone for now" finally called at Hajime.
¡ºGoshujin-sama. Stop being down and look ahead.¡»
¡¸Just leave me alone Tio. I''m disgusted with my own foolish act andck of growth. ¡¡If I don''t reflect back on myself a bit then I''ll turnpletely into Endo.¡¹
¡ºIf he heard that then he wouldst get upset and indignated¡¡no, mayhaps, he wouldst be happy because hisrade increase? Well, rather than talking about that,e now, stop acting like that and raise thy head. It''s worth it to chase after those dragon with some distance in between. I believe this art a sight that wouldst make thy heart greatly throb though?¡»
¡¸Dismissing my concern like that¡¡well, certainly the matter of Endo doesn''t matter but¡¡. And, what are you saying about the sight¨D¨D¡¹
Hajime stopped hugging his knees while casually saying something cruel about a certain friend with thin presence and he lifted his gaze. And then, he lost his words while unconsciously rising voice of admiration¡¸Ooo¡¹.
In the middle of the chase, the two felt that it was futile chasing after the grey dragons and they took distance from them while following behind without the dragons noticing. And now it seemed now they had reached the ce where the dragons were dwelling.
¡¸Is this a real Lap¡ðta huh.¡¹
¡ºAah, that masterpiece¡¡indeed, this resembled that. Though as for me this reminded me of the Holy Precincts.¡»
The sea of clouds were continuing without end since the ce they appeared at the beginning until now. There was only the sea of clouds as far as their eye could see. It was possible that perhaps this sea of clouds was covering the whole world. In that case, because the surface was ravaged by the ck rain that was bringing fatality to the living thing, then where would the dragons rested their wings¨D¨Dthe answer to that question was this.
¨D¨DAn ind floating in the sky.
Yes, it was a piece ofnd that was floating above the sea of clouds without anything supporting it from below. It was as though a piece ofnd had been reeled up as it was, below there was the exposed earth and stones, above there was the verdant green ground, there was even a forest covering the center of the floating ind with tall trees. Its size was around five or six Tokyo Dome.
¡¸I thought that this is a fantasy world by the time there is dragon, but with this it feels even more like it.¡¹
¡ºBefore, there was no time to thoroughly observe the floating ind at the Holy Precincts. I am feeling a bit thrilled. Goshujin-sama, the dragons before art likely to be here too, so it''s better tond at the edge as to not surprise them correct?¡»
¡¸Yeah, do that. I''ll use "Presence Istion" in advance.¡¹
The more Tio approached, the more amotion happened at the forest at the center. The trees were unnaturally shaking slightly, however, right after that the forest was filled with peacefulness. Surely the dragons were hiding there.
Tionded on the edge of the floating ind while feeling their presence. Shended gently with a softness that didn''t fit herrge body. Hajime jumped down from Tio''s back and he stepped on the lush ground with his own feet.
Right after that, Tio dispelled her dragon transformation and stood beside Hajime. *rustle*, the sign of agitation was spreading from the forest.
¡¸It looks like normal weed from the appearance. Theposition of the soil¡¡it seems simr with earth and Tortus but¡¡hm?¡¹
Hajime crouched and took a grass with his hand, he then analyzed the soilposition with "Mineral Appraisal". And then, ¡¸Oh?¡¹ he blinked as though he noticed something.
¡¸What art the matter? Art there some kind of mysteriousposition mixed in it?¡¹
¡¸Rather than calling it a mysteriousposition¡¡something that is really simr with aposition I''m really familiar with is mixed in. What''s more, it''s scattered all over in wide scope like a fertilizer.¡¹
¡¸Familiarposition? From thy speech, is it something from Tortus?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. They are small granted mineral that is even smaller than sand. ¨D¨D¡¾Converging Transmutation¡¿¡¹
Thinking that it was faster to see directly, he made his palm faced up. Right after that, Hajime was activating a transmutation master''s secret art of transmuting without the hand directly touching the material to converge the mineral at the surrounding.
Sparkling sands were bursting out from Hajime''s surrounding. They were like flowingrge rivers of the cosmos, swirling like sparkling stars with Hajime as the center where they were gradually converging above his palm.
With an emission of crimson sparks, the item that was finally created by thepression transmutation was a fragment of shining azure mineral.
¡¸This art¡¡it looks like god crystal.¡¹
¡¸Yeah. Though it''s different in the finer aspects. It seems that the aspect where it takes in magic power and condenses it to manifest liquid is the same though.¡¹
To be more specific, it couldn''t retain magic power as much as god crystal, on top of that it also didn''t have the power to create god water that possessed the recovery effect that wouldn''t be an exaggeration to be called as regeneration. However, its ability to take in magic power into itself and then created liquid with abundant nourishment, and then its cirction rate of going through those sequences were far faster and more efficient in the degree that couldn''t bepared with the god crystal''s production of god water.
Hajime acquired that knowledge from the analysis of his smartphone that was equipped with the advanced function of analyzing using "Mineral Appraisal" and Creation Magic and Metamorphosis Magic. Tio who received Hajime''s exnation said¡¸I see¡¹in understanding and then she looked around.
¡¸So that''s how and floating in the sky couldst be this verdant. The reason art because it hath that god crystal look alike.¡¹
¡¸Looks like it. Although, that''s not the reason why thisnd is floating though¡¡¡¹
Hajime stood up and turned his gaze at the center of the floating ind. He was intending to go investigate there. Tio also nodded and she was about to walk, it was at that time,
¡¸Mu? So they arting out by their own initiative.¡¹
One dragon suddenly showed out its face from behind a tree. *jii~* It was staring at Tio.
Hajime and Tio looked at each other. For now they would try watching in silence. Hajime was using "Presence Istion" in full power while also forming a simple barrier using a pencil sized Cross Velt. It wasn''t an artifact for defense, but a barrier artifact that used space magic to bend the light for optical camouge. It wasn''t that powerful, but it more or less also possessed space istion effect, so it blocked the body odor from detection.
The grey small dragon was looking *jii~* at Tio for a while, but seeing Tio wasn''t moving while looking back at it with a calm expression, it seemed the dragon let its guard down just a little because it came out with unsure steps from the forest.
Behind that dragon, ¡¸Oi, is it really okay?¡¹¡¸Stop I told you! You are going to die!¡¹the other dragons timidly showed their face from behind the trees as though to say those.
¡¸It looks like they art calming down a bit there~¡¹
The figure of those dragons that could be said to be charming in a sense caused Tio to loosen up her face. Perhaps Tio''s atmosphere that was softening further encouraged it, the dragon in the lead was advancing a bit and stopped, then it advanced a bit and stopped again. It was repeating that action while approaching Tio bit by bit.
Before long, the dragon that had arrived until near Tio brought its snout closer to Tio and it sniffed her smell *sniff sniff*. And then, it nervously retracted back its neck and tilted its head before it brought its nose closer again and sniffed her scent *sniff sniff* again.
¡¸Hmm. It appears they art confused, whether I am a dragon, or a human. In that case¡¡it''s great isn''t it, Goshujin-sama. It appears Goshujin-sama art not especially hated, this children seems to fear "human" itself.¡¹
¡ºI see. In other words, that means human, or at the very least "humanoid" being is existing in this world.¡»
Hajime replied using "Telepathy" just in case so the dragon wouldn''t get spooked. While the two were doing that, the other dragons also seemed to lose to their curiosity toward this mysterious existence who smelled like their race even though she was human. They wereing out from the forest even while looking timid with unsure steps.
Tio was surrounded by dragons in the blink of eye. She slowly reached out her hand toward one of the dragons that was bringing its snout closer. The dragon twitched and drew back, but when it saw Tio waiting silently with her hand still reached out, it approached back slowly.
Finally, Tio''s hand touched the dragon''s snout. And then, when Tio caressed it, the dragon blinked in surprise before it started to narrow its eyes pleasantly. Its shrill but low purr *kururururu-* seemed to show its fawning act.
Behind Tio, another dragon was pressing its snout as though to appeal ''me too''. Just when she thought that was it, the other dragons also pushed their snout forward from left and right too.
¡¸Oi oi, all of thee. For the dragon race of all things to be spoiled children like this every single one of thou? What a troubling children.¡¹
Tio chuckled while saying that. Although, even though she was saying that, the emotion dwelling in her eyes was an unconcealed kindness. She gently caressed them in turn with smiling eyes and loosened cheeks, looking truly like a mother.
Hajime also looked fondly at the figure of Tio surrounded by dragons while gently spoiling them. Even though normally she was very much a pervert, but her true nature was a noble person that was overflowing with prudence, kindness, and pride. That was exactly the charm of this woman, Tio us.
¡¸Mu? I vaguely feel a passionate gaze¡¡now now, Goshujin-sama. Art thou envious that I am paying attention only to these children?¡¹
While smiling mischievously, Tio urately threw her gaze at Hajime who was hiding behind barrier of optical camouge.
It was a fact that Hajime was captivated, so he smiled wryly while replying¡¸Perhaps¡¹. Getting that unexpectedly positive reply, Tio''s cheeks blushed faintly. It seemed she was a bit happy.
To divert the attention from her shyness, she opened her mouth with a bit of rapid talk.
¡¸Goshujin-sama. If it''s now this children''s wariness art lessened considerably, how about giving a try to pat them?¡¹
¡ºI guess. There won''t be many chance of something like this.¡»
Hajime manipted the pencil Cross Velt and deployed the optical camouge as close as possible on his body. He was also in the middle of activating Presence Istion in full force, so he should be able to pat the dragon if he reached his hand from a blind spot.
Hajime slowly approached a dragon. It was half closing its eyes from Tio''s caressing, so it shouldn''t notice anything even if he touched it a bit.
But, it seemed that wild instinct wasn''t that na?ve.
¡¸!?¡¹
The dragon that Hajime approached suddenly leaped back from that spot. Furthermore that jumped happened so deftly and vigorously that for a moment there it felt like there would be a sound *hyuba-*.
''Am I noticed?'' Hajime stared fixedly, but the dragon tilted its head¡¸kuruu?¡¹while looking around. It seemed it didn''t notice Hajime but it only acted instinctually.
Hajime tried taking a step forward. The dragon took a step back. Hajime tried taking two steps forward. The dragon took two steps back. Hajime tried to circle behind it. The dragon circled with a fixed distance preserved in between. It was as though there was an unseen wall between Hajime and dragon, the two sides were turning in circles without any change of distance between them.
It seemed that the dragon didn''t understand why it was acting like this. It frequently tilted its head.
¡¸Ma, mayhaps it understand instinctually that there art something it hate there?¡¹
Tio muttered such thing, perhaps from sensing how Hajime''s eyes were gradually turning scornful.
Hajime tried approaching the other dragons. The other dragons also took distance with natural movement. No matter where Hajime tried to go, the dragons would distance themselves from Hajime as though they were ma of opposite pole. There was no doubt that they didn''t notice Hajime''s existence. In other words, they were avoiding him in subconscious level.
Hajime was hurt for a tiny bit. He was looking at the day after tomorrow with a faraway look.
But, at that time, perhaps it was just a coincidence but one dragon wed on the ground with its hind leg. The soil that was hurled from that went st on Hajime.
That action was as though, like what a cat or a dog would do to filth¡¡
¡¸¡¡Go, Goshujin-sama?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Hajime didn''t reply. He merely grinned.
Crimson magic power suddenly sparked. The dragons were still busy fawning on Tio. They didn''t notice how they had stepped on andmine.
Hajime slowly walked while still having the barrier and Presence Istion activated and he took position at the center of the dragons by skillfully manipting the distance.
There the dragons finally noticed the strange air and they looked around restlessly.
And then, they turned their gaze at the area centered around them that was for some reason was empty without anyone there.
¨D¨DStand B~y! Stand B~~y!!
¨D¨DNow, everyone, are you all finished with your preparation?
¨D¨DIt''s starting you know?
¨D¨DPe~~ek, aa~~~~~~~~~¡¡demon king!
The barrier vanished and the Presence Istion was dispelled.
What appeared was a bursting crimson magic power with the demon king-sama grinning wideeeeely at the center.
The result went without saying.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸PIGYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The dragons'' scream that was filled with fright resounded through the clear blue sky.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
The next update is nned to be at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 231
Chapter 231
At a corner of an ind floating in the sky, there was a demon king sitting on the ground grasping his knees.
It was Hajime.
¡¸Even though thou understood this is how it wouldst end up¡¡¡¹
A weeping back, eyes that looked like dead fish, a beautiful huddling posture. Hajime who was the personification of picture perfect "depressed person" was told by Tio with an exasperated expression.
¡¸Guu¡¹
He barely could let out a ''guu'' sound. Seeing such Hajime, Tio snickered once more even through her exasperation. The situation that was the exact opposite of their normal act surely would make anyone who knew these two to doubt their eyes if they saw this. (TN: In Japan there is a saying of "he cannot even make ''guu'' sound" to show how speechless or cornered the person is)
¡¸Come on, Goshujin-sama. Come back to thyself quickly. Thou art going to investigate the cause of this ind''s floating state correct?¡¹
Tio squatted snugly beside Hajime. She peered into Hajime''s face with a consoling smile. Hajime nced at Tio. And next he nced across his shoulder to look behind.
Over there were several fainting dragons with the white of their eyespletely exposed. Several of their fellow dragons poked at them to ascertain their well-being while several others were staring fearfully at Hajime and Tio. It went without saying that the fainted group was the victim of one of Demon King-Style 108 Harassment Skills, "Peek-a-Demon King!".
¡¸Just leave me alone and take care of those guys. You see, I''m disgusted from the bottom of my heart of a foolish existence like me.¡¹
¡¸Well, certainly, it was really immature.¡¹
¡¸Gufuh. Getting told that by the like of a hopeless dragon¡¡depressing. I want to¡¡not die, I want to be a shut-in.¡¹
¡¸Even though Goshujin-sama''s mind art damaged that much, but this natural abuse, nnn-¡¹
Tio''s cheeks reddened while her body fidgeted.
A dragon that was poking itsrade behind tilted its head¡¸Oh?¡¹, and a beatter it made amotion *gyau gyau*. The other dragons that got startled and turned around then started to make simr noise. A fainting dragon had its tongue spilled out limply from its mouth. ¡¡It seemed that it was just a step short from the death''s door.
¡¸However, for Goshujin-sama to make merry until this far, how rare this is.¡¹
¡¸Well, I cannot deny that my mood is uplifted more than usual. After all an adventure where there is no clear objective, no powerful enemy, and nopanion''s life at stake like this is the first.¡¹
¡¸Boy.¡¹
¡¸You say that, but you too are high spirited aren''t you?¡¹
¡¸Yes. I couldst not deny that.¡¹
One more dragon had its tongue spilled out limply. And then one more dragon, although it opened its eyes just for a moment, it then stretched its forelegs to the sky¨D¨Dbefore losing strength and flopped on the ground.
This scene was obvious to the trained eye. Right now, something that looked like a white vapor was rising out from the limply unmoving dragons toward the heaven with swaying motion! They were dying from the shock of "Peek-a-Demon King"!
¡¸Well, for now, I''ll depend on you to keep my disgrace a secret okay? As expected, if this is known by Yue and others, then I''ll turn into a real shut-in from shame and self-disgust.¡¹
Hajime stood up while making Tio to promise to keep this a secret. He then turned on his heel and walked away briskly. He was heading toward the dragons making *gyau gyau* noise at theirrades'' death.
The surviving dragons were startled by Hajime''s approach and their body froze before they escaped in panic.
¡¸Fufufuh, a secret just between the two of us, that really art not bad. Very well. The childish figure of Goshujin-sama will be locked inside mine heart.¡¹
¡¸Please, okay? Now then, you guys, don''t go to the other side as you please.¡¹
Hajime was talking with Tio while fitting his hand into a ck glove that was overflowing with romance. He then suddenly reached out his hand to empty air and grasped something violently. And then, he drove it into the dragon below him.
The dragon with its tongue lolling out twitched and convulsed. The other dragons raised their cry while evacuating to the sky, as though to say¡¸He is beating up a corpse!?¡¹
Not paying any attention to that, Hajime did the same thing to the other dragons, he caught something midair and then drove that something with a palm strike into the dragons'' body.
¡¸Still, looking at them from nearby like this I can really see it¡¡these dragons, their body is really frail.¡¹
¡¸Yes. They art scared against human, and then the pollutednd, there art no doubt that this world is a harsh ce without sufficient food for these children to live.¡¹
While conversing like that, Hajime made red sparks running through the ck glove. *bachi bachi* With that sound, the hand became d in moderate electricity before Hajime''s hand casually struck at the ce where the heart of the dragon with lolling tongue seemed to be located at while he was still talking normally with Tio.
The dragon with lolling tongue twitched and trembled. At the next moment, its eyes opened with a snap and it aplished its revival!
The "Lightning d" seemed to be overflowing with casualness, but actually it had been superbly adjusted. Hajime also granted electric shock using that into the dragons that were ascending to heaven.
By the way, Hajime reaching out his hand to empty air was a direct blow to soul¨D¨Dby using the ck glove that was a protection artifact, Hajime grasped the soul of the dragons that was ascending to heaven and returned them to their body.
The dragons that received the rtively rough direct resurrection treatment were shivering in terror as expected when they saw Hajime. Hajime muttered¡¸Well, can''t be helped. I reap what I sow¡¹. For the time being he took out food¨D¨Dmeat that was preserved inside "Treasure Warehouse II" for the bean sprouts dragons.
Hajime threw it carelessly at the dragons'' feet. The dragons jumped in ce because they couldn''t escape even if they wanted with their distance being too close to Hajime, even so their nose was twitching from the wafting smell from below.
They were bothered about Hajime. Or rather, they were scared. Perhaps they would be killed instantly the moment they took their eyes off from him¡¡
Even while thinking that, drools were already dripping like river from their mouth. In less than ten second their eyes were already ncing repeatedly at their feet.
They looked like a doggy that was told to "wait" .
Hajime smiled wryly.
¡¸That''s an apology for surprising you guys. You guys looking like bean sprouts even though you are a dragon race is also pitiful. Eat as much as you want.¡¹
Saying that, Hajime also carelessly leave behind raw meats including the share of the dragons that were circling above while observing the situation. And then he drew back.
The dragons looked at each other. ''He is not attacking? What is this thing with good smell? Is it okay to eat?'' It felt like those voices of heart could be heard from them.
The flying dragons hesitantlynded down. And then, their eyes were getting bloodshot from seeing the lumps of meat while drools were dripping down from their mouth like waterfall. The dragons looked at each other, and then, they nced at Hajime.
Hajime was standing silently beside Tio. Beside the mysteriously kind great existence who was d in the same presence like them.
Before long, one dragon became unable to endure anymore and bit at the edge of the meat. While the other dragons were watching over him¡¸O, oi. You are okay?¡¹, for a moment the dragon stiffened, and then its eyes snapped open instantly before it charged the lump of meat.
¡¸GYUUOOOOWAAAAA!¡¹
Anyone could understand even without word. That was truly a roar of joy! ''How can something this delicious exist in this world! This is like a treasure of food~~-!!'' Such voice of heart was resounding.
Naturally the other dragons also snapped at the meat. And then, they raised simr roar of joy.
One dragon exposed its white of eyes and its tongue lolled out from the excessive deliciousness and excitement. Its soul that looked like a white vapor was ascending to heaven. Hajime quickly grasped it, drove it *zudon-* into the body, and revived it with *bachi bachi*. The dragon then snapped into the meat once more.
¡¸These guys, they are dying too easily. Just how frail they are?¡¹
¡¸Truly, this art too pitiful for a dragon race¡¡was what I wanted to say, but it looks like this art even their first time eating meat for these children. Most likely, they art surviving by living in this ind eating fruits or something else. By the way, why art Goshujin-sama bringing meat like that?¡¹
¡¸Aa. Remember, we had barbecue before right? A lot of people came and so I bought a lot of meat in preparation in high spirits, these meats are the remains from that time.¡¹
¡¸Mu. Wait a second, Goshujin-sama. If I remember correctly, the meat at that time was really good meat correct? I remember that it was the brand product from somewhere.¡¹
¡¸Yeah. These are grade A5 meats.¡¹
¡¸¡¡The meat they art eating for the first time, art the top quality product. Perhaps it couldst not be helped if they ascend to heaven from that.¡¹
Rather, this was an act that would make the meat producer to fly into rage saying ''don''t use this meat for animal food!''. If Hajime was going to make excuse, he gave them this kind of meat because he only had preserved food other than this. Even Hajime felt a bit regretful doing this.
But, this act that was an extravagance in a sense brought an unexpected result at the present.
¡¸Hm? ¡¡Their wariness is lessening slightly?¡¹
Yes, the dragons that were giving off satisfied aura as though to say¡¸I''m full!¡¹were sending nces at Hajime. From those gazes, it certainly looked like the color of terror from before was lessening. Right now if he had to say they were more bewildered than scared.
¡¸¡¡Are we mistaken perhaps? Who will ever thought that these guys who were that scared against human will change their heart like this just from a single food.¡¹
¡¸Muu. These children art too simple that it''s worrisome. They are like children who wouldst follow a stranger just because they are promised candy.¡¹
It was unthinkable for a wild beast to so easily let go of the wariness they had harbored once. That was why Hajime gave them meat in the name of apologizing but¡¡at this rate, perhaps these dragons would react warmly against human who they actually ought to be wary against different from before.
The result of doing that would be the same like shortening the life of these dragons. Therefore, Hajime''s expression turned a bit bitter.
¡¸But if you look from the opposite, perhaps they are being so cornered to the degree that their wariness will lessen just from a single food¡¡¡¹
Hajime sighed. And then, he exposed a really speechless expression before he suddenly changed his presence.
¡¸Sorry. I didn''t intend to toy with you guys but¡¡I did something bad. Get scared against human properly.¡¹
Saying that, Hajime was about to emit "Pressure"¨D¨Dit was at that time,
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Gyauh!?¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The dragons suddenly turned around in panic and rushed in full speed into the forest.
¡¸Goshujin-sama?¡¹
¡¸No, that''s not me. I haven''t emit Pressure. Just what in the¨D¨D¡¹
Tio turned a face that was questioning Hajime, but naturally Hajime responded with words of denial. Hajime himself was tilting his head n puzzlement why the dragons suddenly ran away.
But, the next moment, he noticed the cause and stopped his words. If it was the hell rabbit ear Shia, the it would be possible that she would notice in the same time or possibly faster than the dragons.
¡¸What? Something is approaching? A living thing¡¡but this voice¡¹
¡¸Mu? I couldst not hear anything¡¡no, now Iouldst. ¡¡This is¡..it sounds like motor?¡¹
¡¸Ye, yeah. I also can hear something like that¡¡¡¹
From faraway the sound of *kiiiiiiiii-* was faintly resounding. Certainly it was just like Tio said, the sound resembled motor sound. Yes, it was a voice that was raised by machine. Therefore Hajime couldn''t hide his bewilderment.
A ck rain that polluted the world, dragon, and floating ind in the sky. In this undoubtedly fantasy world, something that was making a sound that resembled motor sound was approaching rapidly. It couldn''t be helped that his image of this world was crumbling.
¡¸Nevertheless, this thing is¡¡¡¹
¡¸Fast!¡¹
The moment Tio continued Hajime''s sentence, that thing showed its appearance along with a high-pitched sound.
A hard-looking frame in delta shape that had a trace of roundness with sky blue color that could be concealed by the azure sky. Several long and narrow tubes were attached at its bottom part. There were five of them, rushing straight toward the floating ind with beautiful triangle formation.
Seeing those things flying away instantly above Hajime and Tio, Hajime said,
¡¸Why fighter aircrafts!?¡¹
He grandly acted the straight-man.
Yes, those things were obviously fighter aircrafts. Ifpared to the existing aircraft in earth, then these aircrafts looked like space fighter aircraft that appeared in a movie of near future, but Hajime''s excellent eyes certainly caught sight of a few things. That human was riding inside the cockpit installed at the front part of the airframe, and that the tube things installed below the aircraft resembled the missile in earth.
¡¸¡¡Goshujin-sama. It seemed our world view art mistaken. If we hath to say what kind of world this is¨D¨Dit''s SF.¡¹
¡¸What''s with this chaos.¡¹
A ck rain that polluted the world, dragon, and floating ind in the sky, futuristic fighter aircrafts flying in the sky.
Certainly it was a chaotic world.
*KIIII* The hard sound resounded from the other world aircraft that drew a beautiful arc in the sky. The formation of five nes was circling above as though to observe the floating ind and then they took distance for the moment.
¡¸The other side should be able to see us too. It will be fine if they canmunicate with us somehow.¡¹
¡¸For now, how about trying to talk with them using telepathy Goshujin-sama?¡¹
Hajime and Tio talked with each other carefreely. Ahead of their gaze, one of the circling aircraft suddenly began to be d with a strange light. The aircraft that was giving off presence that felt increasingly like SF¨D¨Dor rather like UFO, it released something like light ripple the moment it passed across the forest.
There wasn''t any thunderous sound reverberating or the forest getting blown up. But, there was certainly a result from that.
*KIIIIII-*
A hard sound that was different from the motor sound struck the ear.
¡¸-, this is¡¹
¡¸Sound wave?¡¹
Hajime and Tio screwed up their face reflexively. Tio immediately blocked the sound wave using wind barrier, but even so that sound attack caused her headache.
Naturally, for the dragons whose hearing was better than Hajime and Tio and didn''t possess any barrier, this was an attack that would make them feel outrageous agony.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸KUWAAAAAAAAH¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The dragons raised a cry that sounded like scream and they flew out all at once from the forest.
It seemed they fell into panic. They frantically tried to distance themselves from the forest as much as they could. There, another ne fired its missile.
The missile that was approaching in high speed burst before it could impact the dragons, and from there a was ejected.
The spread widely and enveloped the dragons without even giving them time to twist their body. On top of that, the wasn''t falling down but it stayed fixed midair and restrained the dragons. It was as though the dragons were locked inside a cage that was created midair.
¡¸A hunt, huh.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I see. We art not helping?¡¹
Tio didn''t sound ming. She asked merely as a question. Hajime made a wry smile.
¡¸If there is someone being a nuisance to a fisherman saying¡ºWhat are you doing catching the fish huh!¡», then that person is simply an idiot. No, rather he is a scoundrel that is hindering the fisherman''s work.¡¹
¡¸Certainly. It''s not something good if we who doth not know anything about this world interfere as we pleased.¡¹
It was apletely sound reasoning. They only had a bit of interaction with the dragons, but it would be a lie if they said that they didn''t feel attachment at all to the dragons whose reaction were like a stray dog. However, if they were asked whether they were so attached to the dragons to the degree that they would hinder the aircraft pilots who were possibly hunting the dragon to feed their family or for some kind of important work, then the answer was a big NO.
¡¸But, I''m curious to the working of that that is fixed midair and the sound wave attack and shing phenomenon of the aircraft. No matter how I look, their driving force seem differentpared to earth''s aircraft¡¡perhaps, it might have the same principle with how this ind is floating.¡¹
¡¸Either way, they art a party that we might be able to exchange word with. Letting this chance get away art not an option. The problem now, art how to formmunication with them, but¡¡art we going to try sending them telepathy?¡¹
¡¸It will be great if my Language Comprehension and interpreter artifact can demonstrate their effect.¡¹
Even while the two were conversing, most of the dragons that were flying out from the forest were captured. Hajime was observing to see how the dragons would be transported, but during that time one of the aircraft circled around and it was facing its nose toward Hajime and Tio.
¡¸Oh, as expected it looks like they noticed us. Seem the toher side is the oneing to contact us see?¡¹
¡¸Ri, right. It appears so but¡¡for some reason, I hath a bad premonition though.¡¹
Tio''s premonition was correct.
The moment *voo-* an instantaneous sound split the air and a sudden sh scattered from the lower part of the aircraft''s nose¨D¨Dwind of killing intent assaulted the two.
What was fired without any warning was a machine gun. The storm of bullets that were concealing terrible destructive power mercilessly rushed at Hajime and Tio. The surrounding ground was rupturing as though getting blown away. The thrown up cloud of dust covered the two from view.
The aircraft passed overhead Hajime and Tio as though nothing had happened and it rejoined itsrade. It didn''t even give any nce at Hajime and Tio anymore. It was clear that the pilot thought the two weren''t existence that was worth anything. It was only mowing a grass at a corner of the garden that was an eyesore¨D¨Dthat was how it felt like.
¡¸¡¡Calm down me. This is another world. Don''t judge things with our ownmon sense.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Those guys¡¡ignorance art truly terrifying isn''t it.¡¹
The cloud of dust was carried away by the wind. What appeared from there was naturally the unharmed Hajime and Tio. Cube-shaped barrier was deployed around them using Cross Velt. The strafing that had a might which resembled 30mm Vulcan cannon was blocked without even a single crack in the barrier.
However, it was doubtful whether the heart of the person inside could block that kind of upromising tyranny.
Hajime was folding his arms with vein pulsing on his forehead, even so he was trying to suppress his anger and persuaded himself. Tio beside him was directing a gaze that was shuddering in terror to the aircraft pilots. Of course, that shudder wasn''t directed toward their strength, but at their attitude that was picking a fight against a godyer right from the front.
¡¸This is a world with pollutednd. Then, a ground that is floating in the sky must be really important for human to live. Naturally, they should be managing and protecting it strictly. And now there are unknown people rudely stepping on it. I cannotin even if I got shot without any warning whatsoever. Isn''t that right, me? That''s right, me.¡¹
¡¸Go, Goshujin-sama. I understand that thy art angry, so please stop that soliloquizing. Somehow it''s terrifying in different meaning.¡¹
The way to suppress anger Hajime-style¨D¨Dsoliloquizing. Seen from the side, it was a skill that was wholly judged to be more terrifying then getting angry normally.
Because in earth there was no way he could upromisingly go "instant death for everyone?" like when he was in Tortus, this was a patience skill that Hajime newly learned.
From afar, seeing how Hajime and Tio were unharmed, the pilot seemed to be taken aback and he directed its aircraft''s nose toward the two once more.
Hajime cleared his throat once and he called for ceasefire while activating "Telepathy".
¡ºAa~, pilot-san, pilot-san. Can you hear? We don''t have any ill intention. If we are trespassing illegally, then we will apologize and get out right away. That''s why, first let''s have a tal¨D¨D¡»
Missileing!! Without warning it went whoo~~~sh-!!
Of course, Hajime and Tio were unharmed.
¡º¡¡¡»
¡ºSto, stop it! All of theee, doth thee hath a death wish!? Let''s hath a talk right now!¡»
Hajime was muttering to himself inaudibly.¡¸Perhaps the telepathy didn''t go through. No, perhaps they didn''t understand thenguage. Perseverance is important inmunication. Isn''t that''s right, me? That''s right, me¡¹He was soliloquizing again. His eyes werepletely not moving though.
¡ºPlease, listen to us. We¨D¨D¡»
Missilei~~~ng-!! Yes, whoo~~~~sh-!!
Perhaps the missile this time was of a different variety, it didn''t just explode but it had extra me st with viscosity. The surrounding was dyed crimson. However, inside the me that was zing rumblingly, the two were standing still unharmed as expected.
Tio was getting flustered ''awawawa'' while ncing at Hajime, but when she saw Hajime''s expression had gone past rage and he was starting to smile instead, she covered her face with both hands as though to say¡¸I cannot bear to see this anymore!¡¹
But, it would be troubling if the current Hajime was looked down on. In order for him to live normally in earth at Japan, his homnd that believed inw and order, everyday he was working hard to not use violence, but instead he was learning different strength that was patience and perseverance, negotiation power and financial strength.
He wouldn''t snap just from a bit of machine gun strafing and missiles!
¡¡It felt like the dragons would want to retort¡¸Then, why did you snap before this!?¡¹if they knew it.
¡ºPilot-san, we¨D¨D¡»
Hajime tried to call out once more with a voice that had lost any intonation. This time, finally there was a reaction. Although, the reaction wasn''t something that "came back" to Hajime, but aplete ignoring of Hajime.
¡ºChih, what the hell is this. Don''t tell me they are carrying shielding device in the same level with a warship?¡»
¡ºVans-san, surely that''s impossible. Do you see anywhere any device with size necessary for shield of warship level?¡»
¡ºAre they OOPArt owner? ¡¡I want that.¡»(TN: Out of ce Artifact)
¡ºNo way, you think there is any explorer in this ear huh. Rather than that, look there. That woman. Her outfit is strange, but she is an extremely fine jewel yeah? Hey, Vans-san? Looks like that guy is calling at us, so let''snd down and kill just the man, then give me that woman. The woman from before is not usable anymore. I want to make her my new pet.¡»
It appeared these guys weren''t really guys with ss. At the same time, it seemed they were thinking that the conversation at their side weren''t leaking out. Most likely they were under the impression that themunication method of Hajime and Tio was something like their own method, it seemed they thought that they couldn''t be heard because they were in different frequency (?).
Hajime was silent. However, any color was gradually leaving his smiling face.
In the middle of that, the man who seemed to be the leader called Vans-san said this to the man who made a remark of wanting to kill Hajime and make only Tio as pet,
¡ºHmph? Certainly, I''m curious with that abnormally strong shield. ¡¡Fine then. We willnd down and pull information out from them. After that kill the man¨D¨Dand I''ll take the woman.¡»
¡ºEeh!? That''s unfair!¡»
¡ºDon''t make a ruckus. I''ll lend her to you when I''m not using her.¡»
¡ºA~a, can''t be helped then~¡»
Their screwed up conversation was continuing. The five fighter aircrafts¨D¨Dif following what they were saying, it seemed the ne was called sky battlecraft¨D¨Dthat were circling with their nose directed at Hajime and Tio were lowering their speed and altitude. Currently in the conversation that was being leaked out clearly, the hot topics were about how they would kill Hajime or how they would rape Tioter.
¡¸¡¡Haa, the fools. They art waking up a monster that is not necessary to wake up. They art getting their just dessert.¡¹
Tio''s words were muttered to herself.
The sky battlecrafts were approaching. The dragons were peeking at their direction from inside the.
Hajime figure vanished instantly.
And then, the pilots of the sky battlecrafts, especially Vans who was flying in the lead as the first ne, were doubting their eyes.
¡ºThere is no need to get down. I''ll send you all down to hell myself.¡»
A t voice was resounding inside their head. At the same time, an impossible sight in front of them leaped into their sight.
With a giant weapon loaded with giant stake carried in one hand, a human silhouette jumped at the front of the flying sky battlecraft''s cockpit while scattering crimson spark.
¡¸Eh? Ah? What¨D¨D¡¹
That became thest sentence of the man named Vans.
¡ºWhat¡¡the hell, is that¡»
¡ºJust now, what happened!?¡»
¡ºWhat is going on!?¡»
¡ºShit-, is that seriously some kind of OOPArt!?¡»
Panicked voices resounded.
The sight that they witnessed.
It was a moment of a man jumping up for a few hundred meters with blood and flesh body, and then with one hand carrying a weapon that was unthinkable for any human to lift, he literally pulverized the first ne.
The wreckage of the first n that was scattered into little pieces and shower of flesh and blood were raining down to the ground. A single ck giant stake pierced the floating ind like a gravestone.
The pilots that were cursing while rapidly turning their ne were treated with further absurd sight.
It was a sight of a barrage of giant stakes flying wildly everywhere.
¡ºSca, scatterrr!¡»
The ne that seemed to be the second in rank immediately gave amand, but he was already toote. One ne received a direct hit and got turned into scraps midair.
¡ºHoly shit-, you bastard, I''ll absolutely murder¨D¨D¡»
The one speaking turned speechless. His eyes were opened wide. That was natural. After all, the target was calmly standing midair while causing crimson ripples, furthermore at the opposite hand of the hand carrying the weapon that was shooting out giant stakes¨D¨Dgatling pile bunker, another giant weapon materialized.
The name of that weapon which was put on the shoulder was¨D¨DAgni - Orkan. It was a weapon that disyed the most power in surface-to-airbat.
Instantly, a great number of missiles wereunched.
The man that was about to spit out curse screamed soundlessly while steering his ne, but how could he possibly evade more than fifty missiles that were assaulting him from every directions. Naturally, his fate was decided.
One more flower of me st bloomed in the sky.
¡ºWithdraw! We''re withdrawing!¡»
¡ºMo, monster-¡»
The two remaining sky battlecrafts circled with a maneuver that was possibly even more outstanding that aircrafts made in earth. They tried to retreat from the battlefield right away with their highest speed.
Their speed was also amazing as expected, they had turned into the size of bean in one breath.
Hajime silently stowed away the gatling pile bunker and Agni - Orkan, and he took out the recement weapon.
¨D¨DAnti-Material Sniping Cannon Scgen AA (Acht Acht)
Across the scope, a sky battlecraft escaping to the sky faraway was reflecting.
¡ºThat was a good lesson right? Use it as reference in hell.¡»
The trigger was pulled after that whisper. No matter how excellent the speed of the sky battlecraft, there was no way they could match the speed of a bullet that was elerated electromaically. One ne was pierced from its back part until its front part, and then with a state that was like it was skewered, its figure was vanishing into the sea of clouds.
Hajime who was shouldering Scgen AA called out to Tio.
¡¸Tio. We are pursuing. We are annihting¨D¨Dnot, it appear that ne is returning back toward itsrade''s location. Let''s thoroughly have them tell us about this world.¡¹
¡¸Aa, yes. That''s right.¡¹
Tio was seeing Hajime tearing apart thes capturing the dragons using cakram with a wry smile while transforming into dragon.
And then, Hajime rode on her back and she started flying in the sky with a terrific speed.
¡¸Goshujin-sama, thank you.¡¹
¡¸¡¡For what?¡¹
Tio didn''t answer. Hajime also understood what it was about. She was happy that he exposed his wrath when the men said they would make her a pet.
Instead of answering, Tio''s eleration that was far smoother than usual told the answer more eloquently than anything.
¡¸Now then. Was that the standard of this world''s human, or else it''s different, I''ll have them show me.¡¹
¡¸Thy art really on fire¡¡¡¹
Even while feeling a bit excited at the fierce gleam in the eyes of Hajime who was facing an enemy that she was seeing for the first time in a while, Tio was also feeling just a little pity at the vulgar residence of this other world who angered the demon king right from the start.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Recently, I''m bing unable to make it in time¡¡I''m sorry.
Now then, just when you thought it''s fantasy, it''s actually half SF! That kind of story.
Tio arc, just where in the world it''s going to? Even Shirakome didn''t know.
But, I''m writing while picturing an enjoyable development. Just like usual!
The next update us nned to be at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 232
Chapter 232
The near future type aircraft made in another world was racing through the sky in a speed that left the territory of sound in the lurch.
It detoured arge cloud mountain with amazing turn to shake off something, it then elerated in one go from its slight reduction in speed. The nozzle at the ne''s rear was ejecting sparkling silver particles¨D¨Dthe ejected amount increased explosively.
The sky battlecraft intruded into the world of the speed of sound once more along with an impact sound. The surrounding cloud was blown away from the shockwave. Its eleration knew no end and it had easily surpassed Mach 2 already.
¡ºNUOOOOOH-. THAT''S REALLY FAST-. AS EXPECTED FROM FIGHTER AIRCRAFT! IT''S GETTING AWAYYYYY-¡»
A beatter, a ck dragon appeared by charging through the cloud mountain with a desperate look. A whirling ck wind was deployed around Tio. Seen from the side, it looked like there was a jet ck typhoon flying horizontally.
It was Tio''s flying skill that realized flying in super speed by reducing the air resistance to the extreme and furthermore she caused a spiral shaped wind around herself to convert it into propulsive power. Even if one looked at the long history of the dragon race, there didn''t exist anyone that entered the realm of the speed of sound.
Therefore, something like storming into an unknown territory of speed, and what''s more it didn''t stop there, furthermore she was flying while maintaining a speed that was twice the speed of sound. It was truly something out ofmon sense. A miraculous feat that couldn''t possibly be realized without the age of god magic called sublimation magic and the assistance of artifact. Of course, there was also the delicate yet powerful skill that should be called as Tio''s own special talent included in there.
Tio was unmistakably the history''s fastest living thing in Tortus. However, even so it was the fact that against the aircraft that was continuously elerating even now she was gradually getting left behind. She somehow managed to be hot at its tail because the aircraft would sometimes take evasive maneuver against the threat of Hajime''s sniping but¡¡
¡ºHmm~, looks like it will be the limit soon even with the threatening. It seems he is starting to realize that we got no intention to hit him.¡»
¡ºNuu. I know that I couldst not win against fighter aircraft in a match of pure speed but¡¡when ites to it, it''s vexing to be left behind like this.¡»
¡ºNo, by the time there is a biological creature that can freely fly in the sky at speed twice the speed of sound,plete with heavy armor and high firepower, that''s already a nightmare. You too has deviated much from the scope of a living thing you know?¡»
¡ºI''m happy to be praised, but it''s only this that I couldst not ept even with logic.¡»
Tio was looking at far away at the sky battlecraft that was already looked nothing but a speck in the sky while moaning¡¸Muu¡¹in dissatisfaction.
Seeing such Tio, for a beat Hajime tilted his head as though he was thinking of something, and right after that he grinned¨D¨Dand took out something.
It looked ck, thin, long, and stic¨D¨D
¡ºHere we go, Tio. Let''s show ourbination move.¡»
¡ºMu? What in the world¨D¨D-, tha, that''s!?¡»
Tio nced back at Hajime''s words and she opened her eyes wide in astonishment, her voice was raised half in shock and half if joy.
That thing which her gaze captured. That thing which was going to be swung right now.
¨D¨Dck Whip ver 2.1 "This is not a weapon. It''s for personal use desu"
It could be easily guessed for what kind of personal use it was used for.
¡ºGO-, TIO! UNTIL THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SKY!¡»
The ck whip was swung down. *hyun-* It split the air and dexterously flew to right behind and made a really good sound *bechin-*.
¡ºAA¨D¨D¨D!! HOW COULDDDDDD-. Thi, this sensation that hath been a while-¡»
¡ºWhat''s the matter Tio! Your strength shouldn''t be just this much!¡»
Once more, *bechikon-!* The greatly twirling whip''s tip was *donpisha-* striking Tio''s butt.
¡ºIT CAME IT CAME IT CAME-! MINE POWER IS OVERFLOWING OUT! MORE! HIT MY BUTT MOREEE! WITH THAT, I FEEL LIKE I COULDST GO FURTHER!¡»
¡ºYou said it! You matchless pervert dragon! I''ll give you more!¡»
¡ºBRING IT O¨D¨D¨DN-!!¡»
Tio''s eyes were getting moist. Her mouth was leaking out heated breathing ''haa haa''. Her body was shivering in joy and the jet ck tornado enveloping her was fiercely increasing in eleration! By using her special skill "Pain Conversion", the reward that was granted to her by her master was giving her strength! Her speed was increasing endlessly!
The sky battlecraft that had turned into a speck was gettingrger to the size of a thumb!
¡ºPLEASE HIT ME! MINE BUTT, PLEASE TORMENT IT MORE!¡»
*hyun hyun-hyuun-* When the sound of slicing wind resounded, the sound of whip blow *bishi-, bashi-, bechikon-* was resounding as though in respond of that entreaty. By using the personal use artifact that was bypassing the ck scales and granting direct and superb pain only to the internal, the hopeless dragon-san was reaching her perfect form!
The sky battlecraft at the front was reeling for an instant.
Just when he thought that he had barely escaped with his life from the iprehensible monster that destroyed sky battlecrafts using flesh and blood body, next a majestic ck dragon that he had never seen before was chasing after him d in jet ck typhoon. In addition the dragon was moving in speed of sound and also equipped with something likeser cannon attack.
He lost count how many times he made mistake with his piloting and reduced his speed from shock¡¡
On top of that, a perverted roar that was mixed with excitement¡ºHIT MINE BUTTTTT-¡»reached his ear as though that solemn voice wasing from the sky.
The pilot was in chaos! Next he became teary eyed! He couldn''t understand what the reality was anymore!
¡¸Glowser 4-. I believe in you! Get me out from this nightmare!¡¹
The pilot called out to his beloved ne¨D¨DGlowser 4 with a pleading voice. The mindless ne was naturally keeping silent, but due to the hard stepping on the slot pedal, it was disying its ability until the very limit of its performance.
Based from the specification, it was a super fast sky battlecraft that could reach the maximum speed of Mach 4.4 in pure straight line. It left behind explosive sound that was like the air ruptured and dashed through the sky like a streak of meteor.
Behind it, the hopeless dragon-san was chasing right on its tail! The owner-san riding on her back was swinging around "personal not weapon" without pause in high spirits! Howls of joy were resounding through the vast sky! Tio us was outdoing modern aircraft!
¡ºORA ORA ORA ORA ORA-, you got slightly left behind! Put your strength into your ass! This damned hopeless dragon-¡»
¡ºAHIIIIIIIH! I CAME! I''M COMING TO BEYOND THE SKYYYYYYYY-¡»
¡¸Just what the hell-. Please no more-. Someone HELP MEEEEEEEEE-¡¹
The sky was blue. The wind was refreshing, the sea of clouds was beautiful.
Amidst such magnificent nature, three different roars from three different people were¡¡
It was truly, a chaos.
A while after chaos was spread in the azure sky,
¡ºHics¡¡¡»
¡¸Don''t cry Tio. You set a new record you know? You are without a doubt the fastest living thing in history. You are amazing. In various meaning.¡¹
There was the figure of Tio who was flying in normal speed while sobbing and Hajime who was consoling her.
It stood to reason. Tio who reached the realm of four times the speed of sound even though it was just for a moment was unmistakably an existence that had deviated from the scope of living thing and could be said to have entered the realm of god. But, even so, she was unable to match the endurance of the near future type aircraft of another world that could maintain such speed continuously. In the end she was left behind like this and her pride got hurt.
¡ºIt''s vexing, how vexing¡»
¡¸Come on, stop crying already. You are amazing okay.¡¹
Hajime exposed a gentle expression that was unthinkableing from the person who just now was exhibiting a storm-like whipping whileughing loudly. He was patting *pon pon* and caressing Tio''s ck scale.
To be given the carrot after the whip, Tio drew in her tear of vexation and continued¡¸But¡¡¡¹while enveloped in aura of happiness.
¡ºWe let go of a source that we couldst finallymunicate with. What wouldst we do from here, Goshujin-sama.¡»
¡¸H~m, let''s see. We can also return to the floating ind just now and investigate the cause that make the ind float, but we had flown really far from there. Let''s try to go for a bit toward the direction that guy is flying to.¡¹
¡ºWell, in this first ce this art an aimless adventure, I don''t mind that.¡»
While saying such thing, the two continued to fly carefreely in pursuit of someone who they didn''t know how far he had escaped.
Sometimes Hajime would change their route randomly saying things like¡¸Let''s try going over there¡¹or¡¸Let''s try going toward that cloud¡¹. Tio would tilt her head thinking¡¸He is not in the mood of chasing anymore?¡¹, even so there wasn''t any particr reason for her to object so she would continue fly following the instruction.
Like that, they must have flew continuously for half a day.
Midway, they were discovering several floating inds while advancing through scenery that wasn''t really changing. The time was finally starting to enter a period where the sun was starting to sink at the other side of the sea of clouds.
Inside the world that was painfully beautiful dyed in madder red color, it appeared.
¡¸Hee. This thing is also really big. Is this a mother ship I wonder?¡¹
¡º¡¡It''s not clear if this is the ce where that guy escaped. Well, though it doth not feel like we art mistaken based on the direction and distance.¡»
¡¸Ou. We aren''t mistaken.¡¹
For a moment, Tio directed a really speechless expression at Hajime, but she immediately pulled herself together and asked¡¸What wouldst we do?¡¹
Hajime showed a thinking gesture while staring at the thing ahead of his gaze.
It was arge flying warship vacantly shining dull grey from the illumination of the sun''s orange light. It shape was simr with a blimp in earth''s term. It had a small but wide shape like a rugby ball. Thinking how it was made from metal, its shape as a while was unsuited for flying, but it was giving a definite sense of stability even seen from afar. It was ejecting out sparkling silver particles to the back while flying with considerable speed.
Its size was about as big as two aircraft carriers in earth. Seeing really closely at it, there were countless cylindrical protrusions on its exterior. There was no need to guess that those were weapons on board the ship. Countless small square hatches were lining up. There was no doubt that those were for the loaded weapon like missiles or the like.
''This is bing even more like SF'' ¨D¨DHajime was thinking of such thing while speaking out their n.
¡¸Yosh, the situation changed from pure fantasy to semi-SF. We too will job change from adventurer to spy.¡¹
¡ºH, hmm? In other words, we art going to infiltrate?¡»
¡¸Yeah, somehow I''m getting thrilled. Tio, dispel your transformation. We are sneaking into that mother ship overflowing with romance¨D¨DGolia¡ð with camouging artifact fully deployed.¡¹(TN: Goliath is a destroyer ship in Laputa)
¡ºIt feels like that temporary name art telling the fate that ship wouldst meet though¡¡the g of its sinking art as likely as a certain Titani¡ð-san¡»
Tio was saying such thing while emitting a bright sh from her transformation cancetion. She was hovering with her wings showed out using partial transformation. Hajime also took out a skyboard from "Treasure Warehouse II" that he rode on. He activated pencil Cross Velt and deployed barrier for camouge.
¡¸Do those guys have the technology that can break our camouge¡¡we won''t know until we try it.¡¹
¡¸What wouldst we do if we art discovered?¡¹
¡¸Of course, we will have a peaceful dialogue. After all I am a virtuous and exemry Japanese. If I tell them that I''ll at least spare their life if they hand over the guy screwing around before this, then surely both sides will be able to build a friendly rtionship.¡¹
¡¸Goshujin-sama, that''s a joke correct? Thy face art serious and thy voice art t, but that''s a joke correct? Isn''t that right?¡¹
Haijme-san didn''t answer. Since the ancient time a good Japanese boy was a taciturn person!
In a state that was without sound, and without shape if seen from outside, and furthermore without heat that couldn''t be detected, the two of them approached sii~~lently from behind the mother ship. They could feel how big it was the closer they got.
The two who arrived above the mother ship removed away the skyboard and wings beforending on the edge of a giant deck.
¡¸¡¡This is unknown metal, but it doesn''t have any particr effect. I guess it''s a normal metal.¡¹
¡¸So this thing art floating not because of the metal.¡¹
Hajime whispered while kneeling on the deck with his hand crawling on the smooth floor. Tio was paying attention to the surrounding but there wasn''t any human sign on the deck. At the central part there was a sticking out ce that seemed to be the control room of the mother ship. They could see glimpses of human silhouettes across the windbreak. They couldn''t make the judgment whether that ce was really the control room or just a watchtower.
¡¸Goshujin-sama. Although we hath invisibility barrier, I just couldst not calm down no matter what by staying for long in a ce this open. I couldst see something like an entrance over there, how about we hath a look for now?¡¹
¡¸I guess. I''m curious with the material and some other things but¡¡well, I can just take some sample with me.¡¹
Hajime said such thing and he casually tore off a railing and stored it into "Treasure Warehouse II". The area part around ten meters from the door that seemed to be the entrance became uneven as though it had been gnawed by worms.
What a natural vandalism &rceny. Police officer, catch this demon king please.
Whether he actually noticed the amazed expression of Tio behind him, Hajime whose mood to be stealthy was zero despite being in the middle of infiltration was advancing through the deck briskly and reached in front of the door that connected to inside. He covered the whole door with barrier so to not ring any rm from the difference in air pressure and the like and he put his hand on the door to investigate if there was any trap.
And then he used transmutation and changed the door into a mere hole and stepped inside also with a casual attitude. Tio followed in and the door was returned to its former shape again with transmutation. Lock or anything was meaningless in front of a transmutation master.
¡¸For now, infiltration sess.¡¹
¡¸How strange. This art different from the infiltration that I know though.¡¹
Hajime nodded in satisfaction that there wasn''t any rm that got triggered. Tio''s expression was reallyplicated.
Both of them paid attention to the presence at their surrounding while advancing forward. They progressed through the passage of smooth metal. Several ces were gouged by Hajime-san''s hand. He was like someone who was using coin to scratch cars on the roadside while casually strolling. It was truly a nasty prank (?).
¡¸The driving force is likely to be at the rear of the hull. Also, that ce n the highest position, it must be the watchtower or the control room.¡¹
¡¸That sparkling particles must be one of the reason the ind art floating. Then, should we search the rear hull first?¡¹
Hajime thought for a bit before nodding at Tio''s suggestion.
¡¸Yeah, I want to quickly carve the meaning of regret to that guy who got away but, well, we know he is inside this ship anyway, we can put him forter.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Right.¡¹
Both of them vaguely headed toward the rear hull. In contrast with how big the ship was, the corridors inside were unexpectedly narrow. Three people walking side by side would feel cramped.
Naturally on the way they encountered a lot of the ship''s crew.
Hajime and Tio who were able to detect the other party''s position using Presence Detection before they bumped with each other kept advancing forward without getting discovered.
Even in the case they encountered a small group inside the small corridor, they would jump to the ceiling and pierced the ceiling with fingers thrust and clung there until the group passed, or created an appropriate gap on the wall using transmutation and pushed their body into there until the group passed.
The mood was really like a certain spy somewhere. Hajime''s expression was in enjoyment as though his childlike innocence had returned to him.
By the way, when they were clinging on the ceiling, Hajime would turn into something like human hammock to take hold of Tio, and when they slipped into the gap created in the wall, Hajime would embrace Tio tightly, so Tio herself was also really having much fun with it in feeling embarrassed and happy.
¡¸It seems there art a proper country existing. They look like military personnel. Their ethics art low, but they hath obedience for the chain ofmand.¡¹
¡¸Yeah. They are proper military with pecking order divided into ranks. The military can deploy an expedition of this scale means that their country also has quite the scale.¡¹
The two made their conjecture based from the figures of the crews who were wearing unified uniform even if in different color schemes, the conversation the two overheard, and in addition how the weapon the crews were armed with were obviously guns also with uniform made.
Even while conversing like that, the two were enjoying their game of spy make-believe to their heart''s content, slipped through several doors, passed through several spacious rooms, descended several stairs, and then they came out into a particrlyrge corridor at the lowest floor where they suddenly smelled an unpleasant smell.
Hajime and Tio looked at each other''s face with a grimace at the familiar offensive smell and they followed the smell as though in invitation.
They could hear talking voices from the other side of the corridor''s corner. Both of them peeked out from the corner.
¡¸Oi, did you heard? Those guys from Glowser squad, they were annihted except Higgs.¡¹
¡¸Is that, true? Just what in the world happened huh. Was it those Avenst bunches?¡¹
¡¸Might be. But, among the Glowser squad that came out for supply, it''s only the messed up Higgs who came back in terror. That one seems true. Is it that scary just by getting attacked by those bunches?¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡perhaps, they used new weapon?¡¹
¡¸You think those bunches has that kind of power huh. They are just air pirate that keep spewing out delusional words like tradition or pride or whatever you know?¡¹
¡¸Then, why do you think Higgs got that scared against the like of those bunches?¡¹
¡¸Ain''t no way I know that even if you ask me.¡¹
The two men were leaning on the corridor''s wall while speaking out several concerning information. The source of the smell certainly came from those two. It was obvious from a nce. The reason was because their work clothes that looked like overall was drenched in blood.
There was arge door in front of them. They must be doing work that drenched them in blood there. The two didn''t really want to imagine what was being done inside there. Most likely the men were in the middle of break right now.
¡¸Well, anyway, it''s fact that we lost four sky battlecrafts. After all we are ordered to extract spare fuel for aircraft like this.¡¹
¡¸You''re, right.¡¹
The two workers sighed at theirrades'' misfortune. It wasn''t clear how strong their feeling of fellowship against theirrades from their conversation. However, it seemed certain that the work which drenched them with blood was necessary to replenish the sky battlecrafts that Hajime shot down.
The two workers took a puff of something that seemed to be cigar before returning inside the room feeling that it was bothersome. When they entered, an intense smell¨D¨Dblood smell was overflowing from behind the opened door.
¡¸Goshujin-sama.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, let''s go.¡¹
The two''s personality weren''t so cute that they would falter just from smell of blood after this far. In order to ascertain the true identity of the "fuel" that was the source to make the sky battlecraft, and perhaps also this mother ship and the floating ind to float, Hajime and Tio approached the room.
The door was a sliding type, most likely it would automatically close after a certain time. Hajime and Tio slipped inside the room before the sliding door closed.
And then, they witnessed it. The cause of why those pilots were trying to capture the dragons alive. And also the true form of the "fuel".
Inside the room was spacious. It had the height of two floors with length and width that could reach a hundred meter. Three sides of the walls were made from cages without any gap in between, there was some kind of work stand at the middle of the room. Several things that looked like crane and arm were protruding from the ceiling and floor.
The cages were filled with dragon and nothing else. The dragons'' size, color, and shape were varied, but they were living things that were obviously dragon from a nce. There were also grey dragons like the dragons they were ying with at the previous ind. Even the biggest of the dragons here didn''t surpass three meter, most were only small dragon with size around one or two meter. There were also dragons with size around thirty centimeters among them.
The center of the room was truly in a state of sea of blood. There was arge work stand and a dragon was lying down there and fixed in ce by several arms. The dragon already didn''t have light in its eyes, blood was still flowing from its ripped open chest onto the floor.
There were around ten workers including the previous two. One of them was carefully washing a small silver stone that taken out just now from the dragon.
And then, the stone was entered into a machine nearby, and after the worker confirmed something that was disyed by the machine, he handed over the stone to other worker. The worker who received the small silver stone inserted it into another machine and he controlled the machine while confirming something several times.
Like that, the small stone that had uneven shape before this was processed into a clean square chip.
The silver stone that was processed into a square chip was then handed again to another worker. That worker inserted the chip to the bottom of cylinder machine that looked like a thermos connected to a cord. And then, after he pressed several buttons, the meter disy at the side of the cylinder machine was starting to shine silver sequentially from below.
After witnessing until that far, Hajime muttered with a small sound and expressionless face.
¡¸¡¡I see. So the dragon of this world also has something like a magic stone.¡¹
¡¸And by processing that, they couldst obtained this "fuel".¡¹
Tio who nodded beside Hajime was simrly expressionless like Hajime in contrast with herprehending words. Her voice had no intonation at all.
¡¸Surely the floating ind also has simr ore like that. ¡¡Geez, it will be fantasy world banzai if this end just with that. This really left a bad taste.¡¹
¡¸But, just because of that, we couldst not stop them or resent them. For them who are living in the sky because of the pollutednd, dragon hunting art truly a matter of life and death. Perhaps obstructing them from doing that art the same like saying ''die'' to them after all.¡¹
¡¸Yeah.¡¹
To say further, because Tio was a person of dragon race, she had just a little emotional attachment toward dragon species, even so, if it was said that these dragons were monster unrted to her then that''s that. Even in Tortus, she wouldn''t hesitate to exterminate a monster of dragon species.
But, as expected, the likable dragons she first met in this another world shed at the corner of her mind. Therefore, there was no way she could think nothing about this work of making dragon as battery recement.
It was just as Hajime said, even though they could understand what they were doing, but it left a "bad taste" inside.
¡¸Let''s go Tio. It''s enough already.¡¹
¡¸Right.¡¹
They had seen and known something disgusting¨D¨DHajime and Tio left the room with such feeling. The weak cry of the dragons that sometimes reached their ear sounded like a cry for help to the two of them. Even though they knew that it was just their imagination, they couldn''t help but sigh deeply.
Like that, Hajime and Tio were about to step out of the room, it was at that time,
*gouuun-*
A sound that resounded to the bottom of their stomach, and along with that G force assaulted their body as though the ship was elerating all at once.
The sudden change was nothing for Hajime and Tio, but several of the workers were stumbling or fell on their butt.
¡ºAnnouncement from the control room. Sighting of Avenst is confirmed. This ship will enter battle action from here on. All crew, go to your post right away. Repeat, this ship will enter battle action from here on. All crew, go to your post right away.¡»
At the same time with the shrilly alert sound inside the ship, a broadcast to the whole ship resounded. The announcement from the control roommanded the sortie of the sky battlecraft squad, in addition, an order thatmanded the workers in this room to hurry with the resupply was given.
The situation inside the ship suddenly turned hurried. The workers put around ten of the cylindrical machine like just now into a case and put the case on a trolley before going out of the room with fast steps.
Following them, Hajime exited from the room while opening his mouth with a pensive look.
¡¸Avenst, is that the air pirate those guys talked about just now?¡¹
¡¸Perhaps so. It''s unknown whether this is a coincidence or inevitability, but it appeared this wouldst be a battle.¡¹
The two didn''t know the battle strength of the other party, but it was unthinkable for a regr army that belonged to a country could be done in by a "pirate" group at best.
However, even so, an army in possession of unknown battle strength would battle an enemy with simrly unknown strength. They would like to be spared from harmoniously staying inside this ship in the unlikely chance that this mother ship got shot down.
¡¸Let''s get out quickly. We grasped the cause of the floating phenomenon already, and I smell a bit of danger from the energy that might result from the destruction of the power reactor that grant the absurd propulsive force to this mother ship. Let''s take some distance and watch the situation.¡¹
¡¸Right. That art the wise choice.¡¹
Hajime was thoroughly ignoring the flurried activity inside the ship while taking shortcut to get outside by irresponsibly opening stair shaped hole on the floor using transmutation, before he opened his mouth as though he recalled something.
¡¸Come to think of it, that survivor¡¡if I remember correct, his name is "Sniff" is it?¡¹
¡¸Indeed, I think that person kept sobbing without end since he encountered us, but his name art not Sniff, but "Higgs". Goshujin-sama, you only get the "i" correctly.¡¹
¡¸Well, it doesn''t matter if he is Hics or Huggs. Sorry, looks like we don''t get the time to beat him up.¡¹
¡¸Such thing¡¡I''m not really concerned of that. Just knowing that Goshujin-sama got angry for mine sake already made me need recement panty.¡¹
¡¸No need to worry. I thought that might be the case, so I stocked panties for your use inside the Treasure Warehouse.¡¹
¡¸What, the? Thi, this art the first time I heard that.¡¹
¡¸Yue made me brought them. Some time ago there was a chance when I went out with just you right? At that time, she said something like¡ºDid you bring your handkerchief? Your wallet? Tio''s panty? Geez, it''s no good to be forgetful. Nn-¡».¡¹
¡¸What legal wife power¡¡¡¹
The two of them were doing that kind of stupid conversation as though to wash off the unpleasant feeling from just now while Hajime used the hole that he arbitrarily opened out in the hull to jump out from the mother ship that was cruising in high speed to outside where the winds were buzzing thunderously. Tio also jumped out after Hajime.
Hajime wasted no time riding his skyboard while Tio also revealed her dragon wings. They were taking distance from the mother ship while starting to fly in parallel with it.
Hajimeid out a camouge barrier that wholly covered both him and Tio, then he turned his gaze to what the mother ship was pursuing.
The flying ship of the air pirate called Avenst had simr shape with the mother ship, but its size was only a third of the mother ship. Different from the mother ship, its rear hull wasn''t emitting silver particle, but white light that even looked colorless.
The speed difference between two sides was evident, the sky battlecrafts that flew out from the mother ship quickly caught up and began their offensive.
The airship of the air pirate endured the attack with skilful maneuver while intercepting using the weapon on board so that the sky battlecrafts couldn''t get near. In addition, sky battlecrafts were alsounched from the airship of the air pirate, and they were also disying splendid dogfight technique while protecting their ship from the assaulting enemy.
¡¸It seems the air pirate is inferior in equipment and number, but their skill is better.¡¹
¡¸The speed difference art obvious, and their turning ability and weapons art also inferior in a nce, yet they art splendidly enduring. But¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yeah, the difference in strength is hopeless.¡¹
Yes, no matter how skilled the air pirates were, their battle strength was overwhelmingly insufficient. Even from a quick count, the difference in number of sky battlecraft was three times, the power of their Vulcan and their missile weapon''s maneuverability were so weak that the spectator would want to avert their eyes from looking.
Most likely, the air pirate''s side would get shot down if they got hit by a single missile or several bullets from the Vulcan. In contrast, the sky battlecraft of the army side, putting aside the missile, it seemed like their battle capability wouldn''t be affected even if they got hit dozens of times just by the Vulcan of the air pirate''s sky battlecraft.
The air pirate was facing against an enemy with several times their number, they couldn''t hope to shoot down the enemy withoutnding hits several times as many and they also couldn''t shake off the enemy using speed. The preeminent skill of the pilots was disying a miraculous defense that would make any spectator to spontaneously sigh in admiration, but it was obvious that too was only a matter of time.
¡¸No matter how you look at it, it''s not that the air pirate came attacking, but they unfortunately got discovered by the army¡¡something like that.¡¹
¡¸O, Goshujin-sama. It looks like the mother ship of the air pirate art changing course. Hou, it seems they art nning to plunge into those clouds that looks like a mountain range see?¡¹
They could see a giant waterfall of cloud at the left side. The river of cloud was flowing down like vapor of dry ice falling to the ground from the towering mountain range of cloud that looked like it was continuing until the end of the world. It was merely a ce with height difference among the sea of clouds, but seen from the side it indeed looked like a mountain range of cloud.
Inside the sea of clouds was a ce where ck rain that caused necrosis on the cells and fierce lightning were raging. As expected, was the airship and sky battlecrafts of the air pirate that seemed to have low spec able to endure that environment¡¡
No matter how they thought about it, this was obviously a sin-or-swim gamble. But, either way it was only a matter of time until the air pirate got shot down at this rate. There was no doubt that for the air pirate too they had no other choice then to make this gamble.
The airship of the air pirate was starting to swivel left as though drawing arge arc. It was already partly damaged from getting shot several times by the army''s air battlecrafts. Even so, it was evading the powerful cannon and missile from the mother ship, so it was still an amazing skill that they were disying.
Although, if it was asked whether they could escape like that,
¡¸¡¡It will be harsh.¡¹
¡¸Yes.¡¹
The mother ship was approaching until nearby already. The nearer it got, the more urate their bombing became. No matter how divine the skill of the pilot was, there would be nothing they could do if the distance was closed further than this.
It was really unthinkable that the air irate would be able to reach until the cloud mountain range.
Hajime and Tio were watching that sight. Of course, the two wouldn''t head out to give reinforcement. These people were the "pirate" of this world. The ouw that ignored the rule which protected many. This wasn''t a good problem to be mucked up irresponsibly by people of another world who came just to fulfill their curiosity of wanting a bit of adventure.
No matter how problematic the moral of the army''s pilots, no matter how the "fuel" production left them with bad taste, it waspletely unthinkable for them to be the air pirate''s ally because of that.
As expected, the environment and the way of living of the people in this world were a bit too severe for the two of them to purely have fun here¨D¨DHajime and Tio smiled bitterly. They didn''t have the disgusting hobby of purposely enjoying the death of many people, so they averted their gaze thinking to withdraw from this airspace.
But, the destiny or something following Hajime and co around wasn''t that good of a guy that would let them get away that simply. All the events that happened at other world Tortus, tumbling into another world like this when they came out just for a little stroll, then how that world had ended already, furthermore having the scene of a battle between two factions unfolding in front of their eyes like this¡¡
¨D¨DPiiiiiiiiiih
¡¸Aa?¡¹
¡¸Mu?¡¹
In the battlefield that was decorated with explosion roars, howling wind, and orange me sts, suddenly a high-pitched sound reverberated. It sounded like blown whistle, however, there waspelling desperation filled into that¨D¨Dcrying voice.
Hajime and Tio who reflexively returned their gaze to the battlefield caught a presence of something small rapidly approaching them.
A shining silver small creature was flying, weaving its way through the orange gap of the explosions and the light of the setting sun that illuminated from the interval of the sea of clouds and sky. It was a small but magnificent dragon.
¡¸Piih. Piiiiiiih¡¹
The silver small dragon was desperately pping its wings while raising a cry that sounded like it would tear up its throat.
''A lost dragon?'' Hajime and Tio thought doubtfully, but they immediately noticed. That small existence was staring straight at the two of them, no, more urately it was staring straight at Tio.
Hajime looked at the pencil Cross Velts floating around them. They were functioning normally. The camouge barrier was going strong. Their form, smell, and heat shouldn''t be possible to be detected. But, the small dragon heading at their direction was going straight at Tio no matter how he looked.
Hajime suddenly brought his face closer to Tio and his nose sniffed repeatedly.
¡¸Wha, what is it, Goshujin-sama? As expected it''s embarrassing to have mine body suddenly sniffed at.¡¹
¡¸No, I''m wondering if you have a unique smell that even my artifact cannot hide.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Right now, it shouldst not be wrong of me for thinking of wanting to hit Goshujin-sama.¡¹
Tio who was unusually angry was pushing on Hajime''s face with her hand to make distance while her cheeks were blushing slightly.
Even while they were doing that, the small dragon arrived at their position, ¡¸Pii! Piih!¡¹it was crying out while circling around the two. It appeared that it was really detecting their presence without any doubt whatsoever.
¡¸Oi oi, what''s with it? It''s looking really desperate somehow.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Don''t tell me, is it looking for help?¡¹
Tio stared at the tiny dragon with an expression that was lost for words. She was wondering why a dragon that should be fearful against human was trying to get involved with human conflict. Hajime was also cocking his head in puzzlement.
But, the strange matter was continuing further.
Of all thing, the pirate that should be heading desperately to the cloud mountain range was swiveling greatly while bending their path. The direction the ship''s nose was pointing was at¨D¨Dthe direction of Hajime and Tio.
¡¸What''s going on? Don''t tell me the camouge barrier is really broken?¡¹
¡¸No Goshujin-sama. I''m only guessing, but this child might be the cause?¡¹
¡¸They are turning midair to chase after a small dragon when they are in the brink of getting shot down anytime? I seriously don''t understand what''s the meaning of that.¡¹
Perhaps the army also noticed the small dragon''s existence seeing how the air pirate changed course, surprisingly several sky battlecrafts broke away from the front line and approached here. Even though they should be pressuring the greatly skilled air pirate''s sky battlecraft, yet they still approached the small dragon even if they left behind a hole in their side''s battle force.
At the same time, the sky battlecrafts of the air pirate also ignored the defense of their own mother ship and flew out toward the small dragon.
¡¸¡¡Just who in world art thou?¡¹
Tio unconsciously asked at the small dragon that was desperately pleading something. The air pirate that pursued the small dragon even if they had to throw away their life. The pursuing army that left behind the air pirate even though it was just a bit more before they could finish them off.
It was already obvious that this small silver dragon wasn''t just a mere stray dragon.
¡¸Chih. I don''t know what''s going on, but at this rate we will get dragged in. Tio, we are finished being a spectator. We are withdrawing from this airspace right away.¡¹
¡¸Mu, acknowledged.¡¹
The two were curious with the small dragon''s existence, but it was out of the question for them to get saddled with an existence that was unanimously pursued by the army and air pirate. Hajime and Tio nodded at each other and tried to leave that ce.
That moment, as though guessing the intention of the two, the small dragon blocked their route. And then, it began to emit silver right immediately after.
Tio and Hajime unconsciously stopped moving seeing the dazzlingly shining small dragon that looked solemn somehow. Inside their head, a pleading resounded. It sounded vaguely childish, yet filled with a greatly earnest feeling.
¡ºHelp-, help! King, please! Everyone, my friends, help them-¡»
They didn''t hear any clear words. But, that feeling was certainly conveyed to them.
Hajime and Tio couldn''t hide their bewilderment. They looked at each other while standing still.
Instantly, a sound wave impact assaulted the area.
¡¸Piih!?¡¹
¡¸Uoh¡¹
¡¸Nuwah. This art from that time!¡¹
It was the sound wave attack like what the sky battlecraft emitted at the floating ind. Furthermore this one had more power than that time. It even generated physical shockwave that mercilessly attacked Hajime and others.
Naturally, Hajime and Tio weren''t damaged, but the small dragon wasn''t unharmed. The small dragon that was emitting a mysterious silver light got blown away by the impact and furthermore it was falling limply as though its consciousness was cut off.
¡¸Ah, hey, get a hold of thyself!¡¹
Tio spontaneously leaped out and held the small dragon with both hands.
¡¸Tio! Don''t daydream!¡¹
¡¸Nu?¡¹
The sky battlecraft of the army passed through instantly. When Hajime gave her warning, it was after the second nes following behind it hadunched the missile that deployed like the time at the floating ind.
The special burst in front of her eyes and it spread widely to envelop its target.
Hajime cut in between just before it could envelop Tio and the fainted little dragon.
¡¸HAAH!!¡¹
A yell of fighting spirit. The magic power that was gushed out directionally was converted into physical impact due to the skill "Magic Shockwave". The crimson wave that possessed immense power blown away the cage far away without any trouble.
After the second ne passed through, the third ne that was further approaching was decelerating while deploying something that looked like a hook from its lower part. Most likely it would use that hook to catch the cage and carried it until the mother ship.
The pilot of the approaching third ne opened wide his eyes in shock.
After all, just when they were about to capture the small dragon by a beautiful coordination, suddenly a winged beautiful woman appeared midair and caught the small dragon in her embrace, furthermore the cage was blown away by a crimson wave and in the end a man riding a flying board also appeared after that, that was why it was impossible for him to not get shocked.
Yes, Tio got out of the camouge range when she leaped out, and Hajime also exposed himself because he fired the magic shockwave.
The tough-looking hook flying out from the rapidly approaching third ne''s lower part was about to hit Hajime and Tio and the small dragon behind him.
The fingers of Hajime''s right hand bended like ws. He instantly swung his right hand toward the hook that almost hit him.
By doing that, what was left behind was the figure of Hajime that was reduced into a pile of meat and got sent flying¨D¨Dwas naturally not what happened. There was only the sight of the torn apart wreckages disappearing into the sea of clouds.
The sky battlecraft that pursued after the army''s sky battlecrafts swiveled greatly to avoid Hajime and Tio.
When Hajime sent a nce, as expected, the air pirate pilot was also showing a shocked expression as though his eyeballs were going to fly out. He looked really like¡¸WHAT THE HELLLLLLLLLLLLL-¡¹
¡¸Tio, how is the dragon?¡¹
¡¸Hmm, looks like it''s just losing consciousness without any serious wound. ¡¡Forgive me, Goshujin-sama. Because I unconsciously jumped out, we art dragged into something troublesome.¡¹
Tio showed an apologetic face while approaching Hajime''s side. Hajime shrugged while smiling wryly to that.
¡¸If your body moved by itself, then that must be the action that Tio want to do from your heart. Then I don''t really mind that. First of all, it''s toote already saying we are dragged into troublesome matter by this time. This kind of thing can also happen from putting on air as onlooker.¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes. I see. Thank you Goshujin-sama.¡¹
Tio''s lips loosened up greatly hearing Hajime''s indifferent speech. And then, for some reason Tio seemed to be nestling even closer than before to Hajime.
Ahead of Hajime''s gaze, the scene of the air pirate''s airship approaching and the army''s mother ship circling around the two of them was unfolding. The sky battlecrafts were circling around Hajime and Tio in circles with wariness and bewilderment.
Seeing that kind of sight, Hajime''s wry smile deepened and he muttered.
¡¸Now then, first how about we try starting with a peaceful "talk".¡¹
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Just a little notice, theic version that is in the middle of serialization in Ovep-sama''s homepage was update.
Damn, seriously damn. The impact at the fight against the w bear among other things is just damn.
It really has impact and I can enjoy Hajime in his early day at abyss with another fresh feeling.
If you are interested, please take a look by all means!
The next update is nned to be at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 233
Chapter 233
¡ºEe, everyone. This is sudden, but we are not anyone suspicious by any means. In this situation, we should strive to reach a mutual understanding peacefully, by means ofmunication like a cultured human shouldn''t wee-¡»
The voice of Hajime that was amply filled with sincerity was resounding through the whole airspace. He was appealing by using telepathy, so his voice should undoubtedly reach both the army and the air pirate.
While the air pirate''s airship and the army''s mother ship that was located diagonally right behind it were approaching, Hajime was hovering midair while showing a friendly smile. The first impression was truly the most important thing in forming personal rtionship.
Tio who was nestling close beside him was nursing the small dragon in her arms while acting the straight-man¡¸No matter how they look, thou only look like someone suspicious though¡¹, but it didn''t even give a single scratch at Hajime''s ignoring skill.
Hajime lifted up both his hands to appeal that he had no hostility while he continued his words like a cultured modern-day person.
¡ºWe don''t have any hostile intention. No, honestly! I''m not lying at all! It will be a cold day in hell before I lie. A person like me is saying that, that''s why there can be no doubt about it. We don''t have any hostile intention!¡»
¡¸It sounds extremely fishy¡¡¡¹
Tio-san beside Hajime was saying something. But his ignoring skill level had reached the max value so there was no problem.
¡ºEveryone, it appears that all of you are pursuing after this rug rat dragon, but the two of us don''t need it! Rather, we are even thinking seriously whether we should just toss this thing away over there.¡»
''We don''t have any intention of snatching your prey okaaay!'' Hajime appealed so, but for some reason hostility was overflowing form the pilots of both factions circling at the surrounding. Especially all the pilot-san of the air pirate, their rage was fierce. They wereying out their protest by punching *bang bang* at their cockpit''s windbreaker.
¡º¡¡It was a joke. Just now was a joke filled with wits. That was my consideration to everyone trying to calm down this ce. Anyway, we don''t have any intention of snatching this thing, so we will hand over this rug rat. Owner-san, pleasee out to the fro~~nt¡»
For some reason, when Hajime said "rug rat" or "owner", the killing intent of the air pirate pilots doubled. Somehow he got the feeling that the more he talked the more their hostility got fanned up.
Even while Hajime was making speech like that, the airship of the air pirate had approached until nearby.
There, perhaps their mental petrification against the really strange duo was finally dispelled, the air battle force of the army side was starting to move.
It seemed that it was the fact that they tried to capture the small dragon alive, so instead of attacking Hajime and Tio, they resumed their attack toward the airship.
Perhaps it should be called as an abnormal obsession, because the airship was recklessly charging forward without even taking evasive action. It was getting bombed directly and got damaged all over.
The pilots of the air pirate side returned fire. However, because their number was reduced by the army''s overwhelming attack, and how the airship wasn''t taking sufficient evasive action, and then, because there were Hajime and Tio¨D¨Dor more urately the small dragon nearby, their movement got restrained and they were unable to deploy in a defensive battle like before.
¡ºEe, everyone, let''s calm down for now. I will hand over this rug ra¨D¨Dthis young dragon, so both sides, please stop your ship. Let''s talk it with each other about the handing over¨D¨D¡»
¡¸Please match your speed with usss-. And then, give Kuwaibel to me! Please-¡¹
An amplified voice of a woman¨D¨Dno, a girl reached Hajime, cutting off his speech.
When Hajime turned his gaze there, he could see on the front deck of the airship that was charging to here, a girl carrying something that looked like a megaphone was leaning his body forward on the handrail that she looked like she could fall off anytime. Behind the girl was a tall blonde haired young woman and a young man with the same blonde hair standing by, they were desperately holding the girl who looked like she could fall off anytime.
The girl''s silver semi-long hair was wild from the strong wind. But, the girl''s expression was even wilder than that. Looking closer she was a beauty. However, her eyes that were greatly nting upward and her desperate looked that even resembled an ogre were honestly at a creepy level.
But, her figure that was reaching out her hand earnestly and sincerely even when she knew that she wouldn''t reach conveyed the seriousness of the girl.
The ship wasn''t decelerating. It would get shot down if it stopped. It was something definite. That was why the girl yelled for Hajime to match his speed pleadingly.
The airship was passing through so close it almost grazed Hajime and Tio. The girl was still reaching out her hand with a despairing and grieving expression.
Hajime and Tio looked at each other''s face.
¡¸Aa~. It looks like they also know the name of this rug rat, and based on the situation, perhaps what this thing meant by friend refer to the air pirate¨D¨Dlet''s toss this thing to that girl and get away from here.¡¹
¡¸This hath really be troublesome in various aspects, I understand.¡¹
They nodded once. Hajime and Tio started sliding backward with a sudden speed.
The movement that wholly ignored things like propulsive force or dynamics caused several pilots who were looking for chance to open their eyes wide in shock.
Hajime and Tio instantly approached the airship''s deck.
The girl''s expression greatly brightened up. The blonde hair duo behind her looked wary.
Perhaps thinking that the small dragon was going to be handed over, the mother ship behind the airshipunched innumerable number of missiles. It seemed that it took into consideration that the small dragon was nearby, so its main cannon the majestic 3-gun turrets stayed silent, but in front of nearly fifty missiles, it was hard to say that it was "fortunate".
The Vulcan cannon loaded aboard the airship spouted fire, shooting down the missile swarm, but in the first ce it couldn''t take evasive action. The sky battlecraft pilots also joined in the interception, but naturally by doing that the respond toward the army''s sky battlecraft thinned down.
One ne slipped through the defensive line of the air pirate andunched its missile.
Most likely its aim was the bridge. Human silhouettes could be seen across the windbreaker of a ce that was jutting out in the central position of the airship.
The girl and the blonde haired duo opened their eyes wide. They were staring dumbfounded at theirst moment¨D¨D
Ahead of their gaze, one smoking sky battlecraft barged in. It slipped between the bridge and the flying missile without any hesitation.
It was a shield with one''s life on the line. For a "pirate", that skill, that spirit, that everything was noble.
me st illuminated the bridge, the girl and others on the deck, and Hajime and Tio who were flying parallel to the airship.
The ne''s rear part was pulverized and the front nose was torn to pieces. It was merely luck that the cockpit wasn''t sted off.
But, there wasn''t any concept of bail out or anything for the pilot of this world. The reason was because there was nothing but the sea of clouds below when they ejected out, inside that was a hell that rejected human''s survival.
¡¸Bovid-!!¡¹
The girl''s pained voice resounded at the interstice of the wind''s howl. Even though she wasn''t using megaphone, but her voice resounded excessively clearly was surely because the pilot was an important people for her.
¡¸¡¡Good grief. Well, I''m a Japanese after all?¡¹
For some reason Hajime was making a strange excuse while taking out something from "Treasure Warehouse II" that he threw away. That thing which was flying in a high speed that was unthinkable to be reached just from a snap of the wrist slid right under the cockpit part that was about to vanish into the sea of clouds.
And then, that thing that spread out with *kashun-* sound¨D¨Dvariable type chakram "Orestes" swallowed the cockpit along with the pilot through its center.
The girls and co leaked out¡¸Eh?¡¹, at the same time another Orestes that was also thrown on the deck unfolded and the cockpit fell from there. The deck got dented along with a loud impact sound. The pilot who returned safely (?) looked dazed from being unable toprehend what happened.
Hajime caught the returning Orestes while calling at the girl and co who were dumbfounded at the unbelievable sight.
¡¸O~i, you over there! You are this guy''s owner¨D¨Dnot that, you''re his friend? You are aren''t you?¡¹
¡¸Eh? A, e, u, tha, that''s righttt!¡¹
Hajime asked while poking at the small dragon Tio was carrying. The girl was in a state of ''presently in chaos!'', however she somehow returned word of affirmative.
Hajime nodded¡¸Yosh¡¹.
¡¸Then, I''ll return him, so catch him properly okaaay!¡¹
¡¸Eh? Catch? Eh?¡¹
Hajime directed a really nice smile at the girl was all flustered and all shook up. He ignored Tio who was speaking hesitantly¡¸No, Goshujin-sama. Although the situation is as it is, that art a bit¡¡¡¹, and he strongly grasped the small dragon in an eagle grip.
And then, he tossed it away¡¸Hoi-¡¹with a really casual feeling.
¡¸WAITTTTTTTTTT-, WHAT ARE YOU DOINGGGGG-¡¹
The girl screamed, however she did that while running on the deck with surprising swiftness and performed a dive catch at the falling small dragon. At that asion, she also seemed to perform a face sliding, but she seemed to be unexpectedly tough because right after she lifted the small dragon to show at the panicked blonde hair duo.
That figure looked like an outfielder baseball yer showing up his fine y, or it closely resembled a person of a certain unpopted ind going¡¸I CAUGHT ITT¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹. The blonde hair duo was rushing to the girl while apusing. (TN: Click if you want to see the pose. I don''t really know what this refer too. Perhaps some kind of TV show in Japan?)
Seeing their figure like that, Hajime showed a really satisfied smile that seemed to say¡¸Today too I''m umting up good deed yeah¡¹before he used telepathy once more.
¡ºEveryone, with this we are not involved anymore. From the start we are just a passing by people of virtue, and so, we will quickly vanish so that we won''t be a bother to everyone. Well then-¡»
Hajime prompted Tio and he rotated his skyboard. The skyboard turned 90 degree left from the course of the air pirate. That was a course that distanced away from the cloud mountain range. Hajime predicted that the air pirate who had recovered the small dragon would head toward the cloud mountain range in order to escape the army, so he chose a course that was the exact opposite from that route.
But, destiny-san wouldn''t let such a shallow demon king-san to get away! It was impossible to escape from destiny-san!
¡¸Piih!? Pii~~? Pipiih!? Pii¨D¨D¨D¨D!!¡¹
¡¸Ah¨D¨D, Ku-chan! DON''T GOOO-. COME BACK HEREEEEE-¡¹
Such cry and scream could be heard from behind.
When Hajime and Tio looked behind in surprise, the awakened small dragon was chasing after Hajime and Tio once more. Perhaps the girl had jumped out overenthusiastically, because she was diving outside the handrail, but the blond hair duo caught her leg in a narrow call.
The screams (?) of the blonde hair duo¡¸Pr, princessss-. Do you want to dieee-¡¹or ¡¸Aa, this is bad-. Roze-sama''s clothes is slipping offffff-¡¹who were looking desperate could be heard. The pilot who went through emergencynding on the deck jumped out from the cockpit in panic and joined in the rescue of the girl whose buttocks were getting exposed.
¡¸Wai-, why are you chasing us!? Just as I thought Tio, a strange smell really ising from you!?¡¹
¡¸That''s a cruel remark don''t thou know!? Even if it''s me, I couldst still feel hurt here!?¡¹
Hajime and Tio elerated rapidly.
However, surprisingly the small dragon made its body to be d in silver color and chased them steadily. In contrast with the tininess of its body and its pitiful ''pii pii'' cry, it was unexpectedly a speed fighter.
¡¸Uwaa, somehow everyone is following after us¡¡what''s with this game of tag?¡¹
¡¸This art chaos.¡¹
In the world of twilight, Hajime and Tio were in the lead with the small dragon, the air pirate''s sky battlecrafts, the army''s sky battlecrafts, airship, and mother ship were pursuiting in a straight line which created a bizarre sight. Hajime was looking weary while Tio''s face was twitching.
Even when they attempted to camouge themselves using pencil Cross Velts, but as long as the small dragon was chasing after Tio by somehow grasping her position urately, there was no other way to get away other than shaking it off using speed.
Hajime withdrew Donner from his holster and loaded it with special bullet "Exise Bullet". It was a special bullet that could change ce along with the space around it to another space coordinate. By firing the bullet with electromaic eleration and then exchanging ce with it at the farthest distance, it enabled the user himself to move in the pseudo realm of electromaic eleration.
¡¸Tio, grab on me. We are teleporting.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Right. That''s fine but¡¡why, didn''t Goshujin-sama use it when chasing after that Higgs fellow?¡¹
Hajime''s gaze wandered around a bit while,¡¸You, it''s that you know, that. Yes, interfering at the battle between you and that guy is just inelegant right?¡¹he was making a strangelyme excuse while his finger was about to pull the trigger.
But, just before he could,
¡¸Whoops¡¹
Hajime controlled the skyboard and made a sharp turn. The ce where they were just at a moment before was rushed through by innumerable bullets.
Furthermore, the sky battlecraft squad that cut in at the path Hajime was turning to was carrying out a strafing with Vulcan to reduce Hajime and Tio into meat scraps without even a shred of mercy.
Hajime further barrel rolled to avoid that, but
¡¸Oi oi, they are really feverish with murderous impulse huh.¡¹
¡¸Looks like they art losing their temper with this game of tag.¡¹
Ahead of the gaze of the two who were turning around, there was the form of the mother ship that unnoticed had taken a steep climb and aimed its gun turret at its lower part from the far height. It seemed the turret was a type that could be stowed in, that turret that was protruding out from the ship''s bottom was opening itsrge nozzle that had a diameter around two meter.
It was a caliber that was too big to shoot cannon ball, but it seemed what it would shot wasn''t cannon or missile.
It had silver light converging in it. The energy was so immense their skin could feel it. No matter how they looked, it was in the preparation stage to fire a beam cannon like space battleship that often came out in SF.
Going with firing the main cannon of a mother ship that was boasting its hugeness just to kill two people, these guys were really bunches with screw loose in their head.
Naturally, Hajime was trying to take evasive action, but the aim of that cannon turret was detailed in contrast of its size. Furthermore, the army''s sky battlecrafts were joining in the attack from all direction to seal their movement so they couldn''t escape from the firing line.
Indeed, although this was for the sake of breaking the deadlock of the situation, but it was unthinkable that the height of this killing intent wasing from the bunches who were refraining themselves fromrge scale attack in consideration of the small dragon''s existence.
¡ºOi, we told you already before, we don''t have any hostile intention, we also don''t want anything with that small dragon! We also don''t want to get involved with you guys! We are going to disappear right away, so pull ba¨D¨D¡»
Hajime''s persuading words resounded to the whole airspace using telepathy. But, before he could finish his sentence¨D¨Dthe atmosphere burst.
*GOU-* The silver bombardment was fired from diagonally above and exploded the air. Due to the sky battlecrafts attacking in waves, a wall of bullet was created between the two and the pursuing small dragon, distancing the two sides.
Therefore, that merciless attack dyed the world that was in madder red color as though it was midday, pouring down on Hajime and Tio like iron hammer from the sky.
¡¸Piih! PIIIIIH¡¹
¡¸Ku-chan-, Kuwaibel-! Come back quickly! Just what are you thinking about those two!?¡¹
The girl on the pursuing airship was desperately raising her voice using a megaphone at the small dragon that was forced to evade due to the shockwave that shook the atmosphere. Even the sky battlecrafts of the air pirate that got reduced in number were making a shuddering expression at the bombardment of the mother ship while circling at the small dragon''s side.
The game of tag was over. The air pirate was now too far away from the area of cloud mountain range that was their only chance of escaping. Actually, the inside of that mountain range area was rtively calmerpared to the sea of clouds, so it was the optimum ce to conceal themselves, but it was impossible for them to return there from now. The only way that remained for them now was only to dive into the sea of clouds even though they would crash nine times out of ten by doing that.
And to do that they had to take back the small dragon into the airship even for a second faster.
But, the small dragon in question was only raising its cry at the silver pir of light searchingly.
It was as though it was convinced at the survival of those two who had disappeared inside the pir without even a one in ten thousand chance to stay alive¡¡
¡¸Li, es¡¡impossible¡¡¡¹
Those words were surely representing the feeling of all the people in this battlefield.
The silver bombardment from the warship was vanishing as though it was melting into air.
That attack should annihte everything without leaving even dust behind. However, while the brightness that was like midday was vanishing and the color of twilight was returning to the world, the future that should be absolute was overturned.
What appeared was a sphere.
That solid metallic sphere which was shining gently from the reflection of the evening sun was further surrounded by jet ck and crimson colored crosses around it.
¡¸¡¡It was an unknown attack, so just in case I jointly used eight point barrier and Aidion at the same time, but it seems that attack doesn''t have the power to break through the space istion.¡¹
¡¸Well, this defense couldst evenpletely block the disintegration bombardment of the god''s apostles. As long as it''s not even a prating attack that ignore defense, it''s next to impossible to slip through Goshujin-sama''s defensive wall.¡¹
*kashun-kashun-kashun-* With such sound, the metallic sphere¨D¨Dvariable stylerge shield "Aidion" was undoing its omni-directional defense. It was severalyers of shield sliding and contracting smaller continuously to its neighbor. Before long the sphere was switching to its normal mode of coffin form. At the same time, the eight point barrier also vanished.
The battlefield was silent. No, more urately the sound of wind and the nes'' thruster sound were reverberating, but the people in this battlefield were so speechless to the degree that it felt like that.
They were rightly amazed and dumbfounded. An individual was pulling through a direct hit that was fired by the main cannon of a mother ship ss battleship unharmed. Everyone''s reaction was understandable.
In the battlefield that became still as death, Hajime started to monitor the conversations at the bridge of the mother ship using the application of telepathy even while feeling his blood rushing to his head.
While they were all in a straight line chase, because the small dragon was in the line of fire the mother ship couldn''t attack satisfactorily and left attacking to its sky battlecrafts, yet why did they suddenly act decisively by attacking like that¡¡
Inside the bridge of the mother ship that Hajime was skillfully monitoring¡¡
¡ºShit-, even that was defended-. Those guys, as expected they are monster-¡»
¡ºImpossible¡¡we had confirmed it from the recording of Glowser 4 but¡¡even though it was just sixty percent but that was the main cannon. Just what in the world are those two¡¡¡»
¡ºCaptain-. Quick, quickly prepare the next attack-. The one with the full power! If not, everyone will be ughtered again!¡»
¡ºShut up Higgs! We, the soldier of the divine country is the chosen people that rule the sky, there is no way we will lose against just two pirates!¡»
¡ºBut-, those two aren''t human! You see it right-? The male destroyed sky battlecraft personally, and the female transformed into dragon and pursued hot on my tail even when I used maximum speed!¡»
¡ºChih. Oi, someone take Higgs away! He is an eyesore!¡»
It seemed that surviving sky battlecraft had the system of video recording loaded in it. With that, they knew the iprehensible strength of Hajime and Tio, and using the chance when they were distance from the small dragon, theyunched an attack that could be said as excessive. That seemed to be the case.
The person who seemed to be the ship captain gave order with angry voice at his subordinates inside the bridge who were making noise from feeling shaken.
¡ºLaunch the air battle squads that are in the middle of standby! Don''t let those two get near the air pirate and the monarch dragon! Helmsman, circle to the left side of the target with velocity 3! Replenish the main cannon, maximum power! Fix pod number 1 until 20 to the target. Bullet type Grog! Keep firing without pause! There is no way a shield that can block attack like that can hold out for long! Crush them with quantity!¡»
It seemed they were seriously nning to shot down Hajime and Tio.
The mother ship was starting to circle to the left side while spouting silver light. The Vulcan barrels and cannon barrels that could bombard using medium size bullet type were directed at Hajime and Tio.
Hajime''s eyes narrowed quietly. He broadcasted a voice that was losing its intonation using telepathy.
¡ºYou can hear me right? Listen well, I''ll say it one more time okay? We don''t have the intention of getting involved with the dispute between you guys. We have the awareness that it''s us who are trespassing at your territory. We the nuisances will disappear. That''s why, don''t direct your killing intent to us more than this.¡»
It was silent for a while. The army side was bewildered with the voice that was resounding in their head, however, the captain spoke his answer from his spot even while half in doubt whether his voice would be transmitted.
¡ºSleep talk after you go to sleep. There is no way we can just leave alone anyone with that kind of bizarre power and also obsessed so much by that monarch dragon. Originally we will want to catch you two for human experiment to search for the secret of that power, but you two are just too dangerous. That''s to say nothing how you two hadid your hands at the pilots of our army who are the people of god. We will kill you two right here right now for sure.¡»
The main cannon of the mother ship was gathering an immense energy. Innumerable sky battlecrafts flew out from it. Their number were already surpassing fifty ne ifbined with the nes that had came out from the battle before this.
The small dragon was trying to approach Hajime and Tio, but the army''s sky battlecrafts were obstructing it with wall of sound wave. They also attacked at the air pirate. The air pirate''s aircrafts were already less than ten.
¡¸Piih. PIIIIH¡¹
Just what was making it trying that hard? The small dragon was desperately calling at Hajime and Tio. It didn''t want to get separated from them, or perhaps, it was asking them to escape together¡¡it also looked like it was saying that kind of things.
Hajime loosened up his expressionless face a bit and pulled the trigger of Donner. Two streaks of light flew out. One went toward the small dragon, and the other one went toward the girl on the airship. Just before it shot them through in a sh, the special bullets "Exise Bullet" stopped still in ce, and using its effect, the small dragon was instantly transferred to the girl''s location.
¡¸Just stay quiet at your friend''s side. Okay?¡¹
¡¸Pii¡¡pih¡¹
¡¸Ku, Kuwaibel, is listening to what he is told?¡¹
Those words that were said with unexpectedly gentle voice in contrast with the dangerous atmosphere the speaker was d in made the small dragon to look alternately at Hajime and Tio restlessly, but after a slight hesitation it replied back energetically. The girl who embraced the small dragon so that it wouldn''t run away for the second time showed a surprised expression at its behavior.
In addition, before they realized several Cross Velts were floating around the airship, forming protection barrier.
The focused silver light was already in critical point. The attack of the army''s sky battlecrafts that became unreserved by the small dragon''s distance was increasing in fierceness. Several thousand Vulcan bullets, several hundred missiles, and sound waves that were even apanied with shockwave came in really absurd number that it was presumptuous to even call it overkill, and all those were concentrated toward just two people.
me st enveloped the barrier, the figure of the two disappeared inside as though a small sun wasing into existence there.
They were receiving that much concentrated attack, however, Hajime who continued to defend using only barrier of space istion turned his gaze at Tio beside him. Tio shrugged and answered back at the wordless question.
¡¸Goshujin-sama who art still trying to persuade them somehow even when having killing intent directed at thee art also not bad but¡¡as expected, acting absurdly unreasonable with no question asked, that art what truly worthy for mine master. Goshujin-sama, holding back thiste art unnecessary. Mine will art always together with Goshujin-sama.¡¹
Hajime disyed a fearless grin and embraced Tio. If the figures of a man embracing the waist of a beautiful girl on the skyboard weren''t hard to see because of the me st from the missiles enveloping them, then surely the expression of the enemies would convulse grandly.
A calm voice resounded at the battlefield that was decorated with explosive sounds and impact sounds.
¡º¡¡This is yourst warning. Get lost, right now.¡»
Not just the captain of the mother ship, all the people who heard that voice felt a shiver in their spine from terror. But, unfortunately, it seemed they converted that terror into rage using their elitism and pride that were oozing from their every single word.
¡ºDon''t falter! Fix them in ce! They cannot move-. Their shield too shouldn''t be able to hold out for long anymore-. Show our power as the soldier of the divine country! Main cannon, status!?¡»
¡ºFive percent left until the full charge, four percent, three percent¡¡full charge! We can fire anytime-¡»
¡ºFire at the count of five! Air battle squads, pull back!¡»
The madder red sky that was turning dark was dyed by the silver of midday once more.
It was iparable with the previous one, it wasn''t just the turret below the mother ship, even the 3-gun turrets installed at the front deck also fired bombardment in exactly the same scale. The total of four silver bombardments tore through the sky with might that ripped apart the atmosphere. The diameter of its hit range could reach ten meter. If the after-shock was included then the area of further ten meter was a fatal territory.
Hajime and Tio''s figure vanished along with me st that bloomed in the sky.
The world rumbled. The sea of clouds directly below was undting and splitting from the impact. The cloud mountain at faraway had arge hole opened at it side and scattered away wholly.
Inside the light that should be called as aurora, the people from both camps who were fixing their eyes upon that scene by holding their arm over their eyes or through a visor¨D¨D
They witnessed it right after that.
*GOU-* The jet ck spiral that blew upward and pierced the sky.
In defiance of the silver light, that pure ck looked as though it was wordlessly asserting that it wouldn''t be dyed by any other existence no matter what.
¡¸What''s, that¡¡¡¹Someone whispered.
At that moment, the jet ck whisper converged tighter. It rushed out from the silver torrent and became a whirling sphere in the sky.
And then, it ruptured. As though the seal was broken. As though, born from a jet ck cocoon¨D¨Da figure appeared.
A single roar. A single p of wings.
That form was magnificently, majestically, and gantly conveying without scruple a dignity as the supreme ruler of the sky that didn''t fear or hesitate against anything.
Therge build that drew a line against the emaciated dragon of this world, and the overflowing dominating aura. Its existence''s mightiness that the skin, or perhaps the instinct could feel.
¡ºI''m concluding you guys, as my "enemy". I don''t care whether you are from divine country, if you are a chosen race, or whatever, but you can learn it with your own body. That my wife, is the one and only supreme ruler of the sky.¡»
Those words echoed through the whole airspace.
The people who suddenly regained their senses with ''hah'' noticed although at thiste hour.
Of the existence on the back of the hovering ck dragon with its wings spread and the zing sun behind it. There, a man was standing imposingly, ring down at everything.
Anyone couldn''t help but to feel awed at that figure mounting the back of dragon that they had never even seen before.
Everyone held their breath and lost their words, in the middle of that,
The girl who was holding the small dragon murmured in astonishment.
A fairy tale that she knew since she was little. Yes, that was the legendary¡¡
¡¸¡¡Dragon knight, sama?¡¹
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
The next update is nned to be at6 P.M Saturday too.
Chapter 234. 235
Chapter 234. 235
This is a catalogue of Hajime''s artifact.
Please read it to kill time.
Shirakome himself doesn''t grasp the whole thing, so perhaps there is still other.
For the artifact of other members, I''ll eventually add them in the list.
(TN: I made up all the German word here because I''m toozy. if you know the correct word and I''ll edit itter.)
Donner & Scg
Total length 35 cm. Rotating style magazine with 6 shots. Made fromposite ore of Tauru ore, Shutaru ore, and Athantium ore.
The origin of the naming was from Germannguage¡¸thunderbolt¡¹or¡¸lightning¡¹, something like that.
Scgen
Total length around three meter, single shot, electromaically elerated anti-material rifle with zero caliber.
The naming origin was from Germannguage¡¸Scheascgen(Pulverizing)¡¹¡¡I think.
Scgen AA
The sessor of Scgen. Its power and range were greatly improved. It surpassed the framework of sniper rifle and reached the level of sniper cannon.
AA was the abbreviation of¡¸Acht Acht¡¹. I don''t know the detail of the spec, butnguage nuance was wonderful. It seemed that the power was also amazing. Therefore I adopted it.
Metsurai
Gatling railgun. Six rotating gun barrels, 30 mm caliber, it could shot about 12000 shots per minute. The cooling of early day version couldn''t follow along and it could only keep shooting for around five minutes.
Metsurai Disaster
A six barreled gatling gun where each barrel was formed from one Metsurai. The power was simply increased six times.
Orkan
Missile & rocketuncher.
Agni Orkan
A winged cross with total length of 3 meter. It could simultaneously fired 300 pencil missiles.
Pile Bunker
Romance
Gatling Pile Bunker
Super Romance
Cross Bit
Flying cross. It could be shield, it could also fire exploding bullet. It could also form a barrier by connecting to each other with wire.
Cross Velt
The sessor of Cross Bit. It had ck color with red pattern. The culmination of chuuni.
Pencil Cross Velt
Alias "Don''t touch, you pervert!"
Hyperion
Sunlight convergenceser. It went *chudon* from the sky.
Burst Hyperion
The sessor of *chudon* from the sky.
Mirror Bit
The machines on board the sky *chudon*. It could explode sunlight energy using Treasure Warehouse.
Chakram
Chakram. Its central part turned into gate.
Variable style chakram Orestes
Wire was installed inside the chakram. It could deploy an extrarge gate by splitting into three parts.
Grim Reaper
Mechanized monster. Fully loaded with ordnances inside.
Meteor Impact
A mere rock. The opponent die.
Magic power cannon Grantschen
It''s non-lethal so it''s fine!
Treasure Warehouse
Anything could enter
Magic power 4-Wheel Drive Brieze
A car that looked like Hummer. Fully loaded with gimmicks like de, caltrop, hand grenade, sniper rifle, etc.
Magic power 2-Wheel Drive Schutaif
A bike that looked American. Currently it was demonically remodeled into Shia''s wheels. It seemed it could also fly in the sky.
B
For binding. Recently it was used exclusively for Tio, or for Hajime mommy to dry clothes.
Artificial Arm
Kuh, be calm my left hand-
Olneis
Bird shaped reconnaissance ne. There were also various other shapes.
Large Shield
Coffin shaped. It could let out a stake from below to fix it into the ground. Made from theposite of three kinds of ores.
Variable stylerge shield Aidion
It could turn into sphere shape that defended from all directions.
Hour Crystal
Slowing down the flow of time of a certain range.
Skyboard
Eu¡ðka (TN: Refer to Eureka Seven I think)
Ferner
Manta shaped airship. It used gravity control so it could make abnormal maneuver.
Submarine
It could endure even magma.
Hand Grenade *chudon*
shbang Grenade *kats*
Burning Grenade *goo*
Paralysis Grenade *abah*
Tear-Gas Grenade *nngih*
Frag Grenades ¡¡
Telepathy Stone Another world version mobile phone
Specific Stone Another world version GPS
Distant Viewing Stone Another world version telescope
Reaction Stone Another world version remote control device
Magic Eye Stone Chuuni
Sealing Stone It dispersed magic power. The block that sealed Yue
Crystal Key
The key that opened even the door that crossed worlds
Compass of Guidance Crossing
It could find anything
Magic crystal series
It could stock up magic power. There were various shapes like ring, earring, bracelet, etc.
Cheatmate
Basic ability increase. It could strengthen the body to endure Limit Break. Cheat is your friend!
Novum Id
It can make illusion.
Delischanors
Something that bestowed a duplicate soul. It obstructed the soul interference from the opponent. By using it in conjunction with living golem, a pseudo clone could be created.
Lob Regenschirm
Three stages assaultnce that rotated in high speed. With the sealing stone, unique unevenness, and high speed rotation, it would dig through and disperse the magic itself.
Special bullet Living Bullet A living bullet. It would listen to a simple order of the user and crushed the target.
Special bullet Burst Bullet A bullet that was apanied by shockwave.
Special bullet Exise Bullet It could switch the coordinate along with the space between bullet and bullet, or bullet and the user
Special bullet Vision Bullet By using it in conjunction with Novum Id, it couldunch illusion.
¡îAddition.
Living Golem Arachne
Spider type golem. It couldunch things like sleeping drug, paralysis drug, weakening drug, and so on. Even transmutation is OK. It''s rtively all-purpose
Satellite type Bel Agarta
It poured down light of regeneration magic.
Special bullet Squirm Shell
A shell that could be packed with various things and fired. Large creature would unavoidably get teary eyed.
Torpedo
It could dye an oasis red. It could also kill an ancient monster quite a bit.
Tent and Kotatsu
The height of civilization that Hajime created
Camping Kit
Right now it was 3LDK with system kitchen attached by using space expansion
Dryer
It increase the glossiness
Impact Grenade
hidebuh
Mask series
Mask pink is retired uniform. Greatly increased battle ability
Gate Key & Gate Hall
Anywhe¡ð Door without door (Limited to a ce with Gate Hall)
Gran Farensen
It increased gravity by several times over.
Last Zell
Limit Break for everyone
Doryukken
Shia''s war hammer. It was changeable to be bombing mode.
Vire Doryukken
Doryukken''s sessor. It could be 100 Ton Hammeeerr
ck very Whip
Tio''s whip. It could mass produce ck dragon. There were also times where Hajime used it on Tio.
Demon Sword of Circle Cmity Anima Erunte
Kaori''s twinrge sword. Drain type demon sword.
Holy Sword of Gospel Bel Rexion
Kaori''s twinrge sword. Healing type holy sword.
Shutzengel
Instation type. It deployed Kaori''s barrier magic inrge scale.
ck katana
Shizuku''s beloved katana. The first present from Hajime. At night, she give it maintenance while grinning broadly. Lightning d - Wind w - Gravity Cut, etc.
Will demonstrating katana swarm
Anyway, it''s a swarm of ck katana that moved by themselves. I''mcking in chuuni power. Naming under review.
Twin Iron Fan
The user is Suzu. A tiny kid will look slightly elegant with this.
Air Force Boots
You can soar in the sky
Living golem Demon Rangeeerr
Myuu''s golem squadron. They had ego before anyone knew it. Myuu christened them "Belfegoor" "Satan" "Asmodeusu" "Lusife~r" "Mamon" "Leviatan" "Baalsebuf"
Recently, the small golems that she received by begging at papa were christened with names like "Agaresu" "Sitrii" or "Marubas" and so on¡¡
Donneer - Scag
The small version of Donner & Scg exclusive for Myuu. It could also perform electromaic eleration using magic power battery
Kotetsuu - Muuramasa
Short swords exclusive for Myuu. Recently it felt like they were starting to have awareness¡¡
This is Weapon Desu
Myuu''s exclusive ck whip. It could exterminate terrorist''s "son"
Don''t Touch, You Pervert
Myuu''s exclusive pencil Cross Velt
Pikko Piko Hammeer
Myuu''s exclusive piko piko hammer. Its tip had rabbit character.
Yue-oneechan''s Love
Myuu''s exclusive jewel magecra¡ð.
Artifacts enchanted with concept magic are excluded. Because it only used that one time.
''Other than that there is also something like this right?'' If you remember something like that then I''ll add it if I can bother you to write it at the review.
Pardon me if the artifact exnation is atrocious¡¡
Chapter 236
Chapter 236
A sound like the creaking of metal resounded, the airship''s altitude lowered with a jerk.
¡¸Kyah¡¹
¡¸Piih¡¹
The silver haired girl and little dragon who were hugging each other while trembling raised a scream at Hajime who was showing a really nice smile in a savage manner. The blonde haired female made contact using something like a radio toward the ce that seemed to be the bridge and asked what was happening.
¡ºRoze-sama-. The damage to the ship is horrible, we cannot maintain our floating power-¡»
The magnified voice resounded to the whole ship. The silver haired girl who was called Roze quickly returned to her senses, and then she turned her gaze at the little dragon¨D¨DKuwaibel. Kuwaibel turned its gaze at Roze and nodded once.
¡¸Piiii~~~¡¹
It raised a high-pitched cry. Silver light overflowed from its small body which gently enveloped the airship.
¡ºFloating power increasing, 50 percent. Please just a bit more, Kuwaibel-sama.¡»
¡¸Pii, pipih¡¹
Kuwaibel puffed up his chest with a face that looked a bit triumphant, as though to say¡¸Just leave it to me!¡¹. It seemed that the declining ship was recovering its floating power with the help of that special silver power.
Roze let out a relieved sigh and she tightly hugged again her beloved friend and partner Kuwaibel. She then returned her gaze at Hajime and Tio who were looking at them with very interested gaze.
She stood up, put down Kuwaibel beside her, and then she showed an elegant bow that resembled a courtesy. Her hair was ruffled from the wind, her clothes was also a modest thing that looked like an overall, yet her appearance had a gracefulness that would make people who saw her to get taken aback.
¡¸It''s a great honor to be able to meet you for the first time, dragon knight-sama, true dragon-sama. I am Avenst Kingdom''s queen Roze Phiris Avenst. As the representative of the dragon kingdom, my greatest thanks for your assistance in this chance. ¡¡Unfortunately we are in this kind of condition, so we cannot even show you our gratitude satisfactorily, but please, you can rest your wings in our ship Rozeria by all means.¡¹
The twoprehended, indeed this girl''s attire looked shabby, but now they could understand the reason of the refinement this girl was d with. It seemed that Hajime''s prediction that she wasn''t just a mere pirate was correct.
Roze''s words caused the gaze of the blonde haired male and female at both her sides to wander around. It was a fact that they were saved, but the two people in front of them were too much of an unknown. As people whose mission was to protect the queen''s safety, Tio''s existence added with Hajime''s deed and great power were making them hesitate if it was okay to simply approach these two.
¡¸Piih. Pipii!¡¹
¡¸Ah, hey-, Ku-chan! That''s impolite!¡¹
They couldn''t possibly defy these two, but they also couldn''t abandon their wariness¡¡the blonde haired duo were unconsciously putting themselves on guard, but Kuwaibel only gave a nce at the duo who were like that before he quickly flew out and began to fly around Hajime and Tio happily.
Roze was yelling¡¸Come back hereee~e!¡¹with an angry face, but Kuwaibel looked really curious about Tio in her dragon''s form, so he was flying in front of Tio''s nose tip while sending a deeply interested gaze.
¡¸Tio.¡¹
¡¸Acknowledged.¡¹
With Hajime''s call, Tio enveloped her body with a cocoon of ck magic power light. The cocoon was shrinking whizzingly. Right after that, the magic power scattered like a bursting bubble and from inside Tio appeared in her usual appearance.
¡¸¡¡Holy cow. She really can turn into human. It''s just like in legend.¡¹
¡¸Even when I see it with this eyes, I still cannot believe it.¡¹
¡¸Nee-san. Can you punch me a bit? I think I''m hallucinating.¡¹
The pilot who was saved by Hajime¨D¨DBovid was putting his hand on his forehead while muttering, while the blonde hair duo were also opening their eyes wide in disbelief.
Hajime and Tio ignored their shock andnded on the deck. When they did that, Tio was floating with the dragon wings she let out, but Hajime was normally stepping on the air and walked down, so everyone including Roze stared with their eyes almost jumping out from the socket.
Under Hajime''s feet that were walking normally as though he was going down a stair were crimson ripples spreading with each step. Everyone was staring at that wordlessly. Even after Hajime had stood on the deck, the gaze of everyone was still glued on Hajime''s feet.
¡¸Oi,e back to your senses. We also have various things that we want to ask. The time is limited y''know.¡¹
Hajime tapped his foot while saying that. Hearing that, Roze and others returned to their senses with ''hah'' and their gaze met Hajime. Though their gaze still kept ncing at Hajime''s feet.
¡¸Tha, that''s rude of us. E, excuse me dragon knight-sama. For you toe down here, can I take that to mean that you are going to give us the honor by resting your wings on our ship?¡¹
¡¸I''m not a dragon knight, and depending on the situation I''ll leave right away but¡¡well, it''s true that for the time being I''m thinking of talking with you guys.¡¹
The blonde hair duo frowned at Hajime''s wording. They reflexively were about to say something, but then Bovid elbowed them saying¡¸Don''t get in her majesty''s way¡¹.
¡¸Is that so¡¡I''m d. Wee, dragon knight-sama, true dragon-sama. If it won''t displease you, can I please ask for your name?¡¹
¡¸That''s why I told you I''m not a dragon knight. ¡¡I am Hajime, and this is Tio.¡¹
¡¸Nice to meet thou, queen-sama with circumstance.¡¹
¡¸Yes, it''s an honor to meet the two of you, Hajime-sama, Tio-sama.¡¹
Roze smiled widely while adding ''sama'' when calling the two of them. While she introduced herself as a queen of a country, it seemed shepletely saw Hajime and Tio as above her. Surely the reason of her attitude like this was rted with the unfamiliar terms she were using before this.
Anyway, they were able to create a friendly atmosphere unlike with the army faction, so Hajime turned his gaze to another direction. Lured by that, the gaze of Roze and others followed Hajime''s and there they caught sight of the thing that Hajime was looking at. It was a giant mass of metal. The part of the mother ship that was forcefully purged.
¡¸Excuse me, that''s¡¡¡¹
Roze raised a questioning voice. Hajime manipted his Cross Velt in exchange for replying to her. The metal mass that was surrounded by barrier was approaching following the Cross Velts'' movement.
¡¸Well, it''s nothing. This guys are innocent after all, so as expected making them fall together is just too much.¡¹
¡¸E, err¡¡¡¹
Giving only a nce at the bewildered Roze, Hajime used convergence transmutation to dissolve the metal mass in front of his eyes into particle state. The sight of the gigantic mass of metal surrounded by crimson sparks and rustlingly vanished into sand shape made everyone speechless.
Although, the true surprise came after that. The state inside was exposed when the outer wall was vanishing. Inside there was,
¡¸Wha-. Dragons are, that many inside there¡¡¡¹
¡¸Chih, so it''s something like this. So inside there is the fuel store of those guys'' ship.¡¹
Roze pressed her hands on her mouth and leaked out a whisper, and Bovid was clicking his tongue while saying the correct answer.
The room where nearly a hundred dragon species were locked in dissolved in the blink of eye. Several fist sized metal lumps were created above Hajime''s hand and they were then stored into "Treasure Warehouse II".
Perhaps because the dragons hadn''t flown for long, when the cage locking them in was gone, they were falling without even able to fly. They fell with a flop on the barrier floor that Hajime spread and then they looked around in astonishment while sitting.
¡¸This is troubling. It would be great if they can just fly away quickly but¡¡they don''t even have the strength to fly huh.¡¹
¡¸Uumu. It wouldst take some effort to care for this number. What to do, Goshujin-sama? There art also an option to use cheatmate and mine metamorphosis magic to forcefully remodel their body though?¡¹
Tio suggested using the magic that once transformed the enemy monsters in the holy precincts into ck dragons. Hajime carefully pondered that suggestion, but the problem was resolved before he could give the answer.
¡¸Piih, PiiIIIhpipih¡¹
Kuwaibel flew up in front of the dragons that weren''t trying to fly away and then his body shined silver. The overflowing light was scattering like rain while showering the dragons. After a while, the dragons were starting to move their wings in bewilderment.
At first it was slowly. As though to ascertain the feeling. As though to recall the past.
One dragon, and then one more dragon was floating, and the dragons began to dance in the sky.
¡¸Monarch dragon¡¡was it? That was how those guys called this rug rat dragon.¡¹
¡¸Yes. A dragon that grant power to the dragon species. He is truly ought to be called as the king of dragon.¡¹
Dragons in various size were flying around the small dragon d in silver in adoration, as though they were offering their respect. Hajime and Tio''s expression turned admiring while watching that sight.
Before long, the dragons pped their wings powerfully and became a single flock that flew away. Most likely there was also a floating ind at that direction. Kuwaibel was clearly giving out instruction to them to fly over there. It was certain that they would be able to rest their wings there.
¡¸Thank you very much Hajime-sama, Tio-sama. To think that the two of you were able to save those children in the middle of that battle¡¡how very admirable. As the representative of the dragon kingdom that love dragon and wish to be together with dragon, I offer the two of you my gratitude.¡¹
Roze who stepped forward gracefully bowed her head deeply.
It appeared that Roze and her group were harboring feeling of affection to the dragon species, different from the army faction. Seeing that their side also had sky battlecraft and airship, Hajime thought that they were using the energy body that seemed toe from the dragon''s heart, but based on what he saw from Roze''s behavior then perhaps there was other method than that. No matter how he couldn''t imagine this group killing dragon and took out their core.
While Hajime and Tio''s interest was stimted inside their heart thinking that there were more and more things he wanted to ask with this, they were guided by Roze to go to the reception room. That was how it went but¡¡
The terrible condition inside the ship that was littered with holes, the crews running around for repair, and then the strange noise that sometimes resounded and the condition that made it seemed like the airship would fall anytime, those factors caused Hajime to ask¡¸¡¡Is this airship okay?¡¹. In respond to that, Roze''s reply was¡¸I, it''s fine you know?¡¹with question mark inside her sentence and her gaze swimming around everywhere. In the end, Hajime rushed around to repair the ship.
He wanted to be spared of the ship crashing while they were talking, so he made them guide him to the broken area and performed repair one after another using transmutation. If there wasck of material, Hajime used a part of the material that he snatched in great amount from the mother ship.
Right after crimson spark surged, the damaged ce became just like new in the blink of eye. The absurd spectacle caused all the crews including Roze to goggle.
Even when they were in the middle of moving to the next ce, their gaze was nailed at Hajime''s hand. When the hand moved to right, their gaze would also go to right, when it moved to left their gaze would also go left. When Hajime tried rotating his arm in a cir~cle, their gaze would also rotate in a cir~cle.
¡¡To the right a bit faster-. The gazes went to the right swiftly-. Left-, but it was a feint, it was up! Refusing to get tricked the gaze went up! Left up down right left right up-! What the-left up right left right left-, ah, mistaken!?
¡¸Just what art thou doing, Goshujin-sama and also queen-sama too.¡¹
¡¸Ah, no, sorry. Because these guys are moving too obediently, that I unintentionally¡¡¡¹
¡¸My, my apologize. It feels like it would be a defeat if our gaze get left behind, that I unintentionally¡¡¡¹
The people around the blushing Roze were also making an expression like¡¸Damn it, we unintentionally¡¡¡¹in harmony. Perhaps they were unexpectedly a group that could easily get into a certain mood.
With various happenings like that, Hajime and Tio who were invited into the reception room finally sat down on a stiff sofa. A steamy beverage was put in front of them. Most likely it was something simr like tea. A slightly sweet fragrance tickled their nose.
In front of the two was Roze. The blonde hair duo were standing in attention behind her. Midway to this room Hajime and Tio learned that both of them were siblings, the older sister was Olga Crow, and the little brother was Jean Crow. They seemed to be Roze''s imperial guards. The elder sister was the captain of the imperial guards, and the little brother was the vice captain. They could also pilot sky battlecraft, but they were an expert in close quarterbat. It seemed that usually they were also aiding Roze''s daily life.
¡¸Hajime-sama, Tio-sama. Forgive me for being too straight, but can I be allowed to ask what kind of objective the two of you have? We¡¡we have a goal, a mission. I think that if it''s the legendary true dragon-sama then your understanding must have grasped it already but¡¡like this, for the two of you to rush to our side in our time of danger, is it allowed for me to hold a hope that the two of you can give us your cooperation?¡¹
¡¸Wait, wait a bit. Calm down for now.¡¹
From the middle of her talk, Roze''s body was leaning forward and she kept talking on and on. Hajime pushed forward both his hands to stop her. Roze pulled back her body in panic and she corrected her posture in shame.
¡¸I''ll say this first, but I''m not the dragon knight you queen-san talked about, I also don''t understand what you mean by true dragon. The reason is because we aren''t a dweller of this world.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Not a dweller of this world? Forgive me, I don''t really understand what do you mean by that.¡¹
¡¸I meant that literally, we are human from different world. A world where there isn''t a ck rain like here, where the civilization isn''t copsing. There are multiple countries in existence there and they more or less believe in order andw.¡¹
Roze''s expression was getting more and more bewildered.
Hajime smiled wryly understandingly and he talked the summary of their experience ofing to this world. Whether they would believe it or not in the end, Hajime would leave it to their own decision. For the time being, he conveyed to Roze that with the premise that they were from another world, he wished for her to teach him about this world, the situation, and about the unfamiliar terms that sometimes came out in their conversation.
¡¸It''s a story that I cannot believe so suddenly but¡¡for now, I understand that this talk itself won''t progress without me exining the situation. Having said that, I don''t know from where do I have to start exining¡¡¡¹
¡¸Right¡¡then, first, what is that ck rain? Teach us starting from there. What happened that now thend is polluted by that rain?¡¹
¡¸So from there. So it''s really true, that the two of you doesn''t know about this world¡¡¡¹
Roze took a gulp of the drink with her mind still shaken by bewilderment and for now she reset herself. She pondered for a bit thinking how should she exin, and then she began to talk.
¡¸The ck rain, it is said to be the proof of the fallen monarch dragon¨D¨DHelmut''s grief and rage.¡¹
In the past, at the time where the ck rain still didn''t exist, in the center of dragon kingdom Avenst where Roze''s ancestor was acting as the king, there was an era of peace where dragon and human coexisted.
¡¸In that era, when dragon and human reached a certain age, it was the custom for them to choose a partner to exchange friendship of a lifetime. One of the monarch dragons who were the partner of the dragon kingdom royalty in such era, was the evil dragon Helmut.¡¹
¡¸Monarch dragon, what does that mean?¡¹
¡¸Monarch dragon, they are dragon that possess special power even among the dragon species. They possess silver scales, bestow strength to the dragon species and thend, and they are able to exchange words with human. They are the ruling kind among the dragons that will only exchange friendship with the royalty of the dragon kingdom.¡¹
The oldest and strongest country¨D¨DDragon Kingdom Avenst. A part of the reason of that status was because in a world where dragon was human''s greatest friend, the kingdom royalty was the only one that could exchange friendship with the dragon''s ruling kind.
¡¸I see. That country surely was a country with influence huh.¡¹
¡¸Yes. The center of the world was without a doubt located in the dragon kingdom. However, even that era was approached by the end. ¨D¨DIt was the development of technology.¡¹
Except the existence of dragons and ores and the like that possessed special energy, there wasn''t any mysterious power like magic or anything in this world. It was inevitable for technology to develop here just like in earth. The difference was at the point that in ce of electricity and gas, this world was using an energy that was called sky core.
¡¸Sky core, is that the sky blue ore that is even smaller than grains of sand?¡¹
¡¸So you know about that¡¡. Yes, exactly. It is a special ore with traits where it can be changed into various kic energy, stimte the growth of crops, or even neutralize gravity. It''s an ore that is really hard to be collected, but it can even allow an airship this big and sky battlecrafts to fly like this, and it can also produce light, heat, cold for our daily life.¡¹
¡¸¡¡This ship, it''s not using that thing that is like the dragon''s heart?¡¹
¡¸-. Obviously-. Please don''t lump us together like those Qwailent bunches-¡¹
¡¸¡¡Calm down. I''mpletely ignorant what ismon sense and what is not in this world. I''ll properly listen to queen-san''s story, so please exin.¡¹
¡¸ah, my, my apologize.¡¹
Roze whose boiling temper got cooled by Hajime''s calm words cleared her throat. ording to the exnation that she resumed, the thing that seemed like the dragon''s heart¨D¨Dthat was something that was called dragon core, it seemed that even just a cubic centimeter of it possessed the same amount of energy of a fist sized sky core.
Naturally, processing dragon core was very much better inbor and efficiency, but it seemed that Roze and others who were the descendant of dragon kingdom who didn''t discard their country''s ideal of coexisting with dragon even now when their country had perished, they were only using sky core. Because of that, their airship''s spec was several level lowerpared to the airship of their enemy¨D¨DSky Divine Country Qwailent. They also had difficulty in resupply, so they were always struggling withcks of materials.
Somehow, it made it hard to drink the richly fragrant tea in front of them¡¡
¡¸Nkuh. This is delicious. Second please.¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes.¡¹
Hajime-san mercilessly asked for second. Right after Roze was exining with a bitter smile about their destitute living situation. The expression of the Crow siblings shuddered. ''Is this man''s nerve made from special alloy wire!?'' They wondered.
¡¸And? The continuation?¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes. Eerr¡¡that''s right. While the technology development is continuing, a certain researcher discovered it. That the dragon core is far more efficient than sky core. The dragons who were the greatpanion of mankind had their remains buried courteously even after death. The dragon core that should be called as that dragon''s soul was buried along with the dragon''s remain, returning back to thend. That was the norm in that time.¡¹
¡¸So curiosity, stepped across thatmon sense?¡¹
¡¸I don''t understand the feeling of that researcher. In the record, it was said that at the end of his research he created the fastest aircraft at that time using the dragon core of his partner who died from an unforeseen ident. And then, he didn''t create anything other than that. ¡¡It''s possible, that man might only wished to fly together in the sky one more time using an aircraft that is inserted with the soul of his departed friend.¡¹
The truth of the matter was unknown. However, the fact was that at the same time with that man''s discovery, the countries all over the world also noticed it. The value of dragon core.
And then, it began. The cruel and terrifying act of dragon hunting.
Technology that made use of sky core required extremely much effort starting from the collection of the sky core. Sky core at the very least need to be fist sized to be useful, but the sky core that could be collected was only small things that were like sand. Just collecting it andpressing it into usable size consumed so much time and cost. Major effort was necessary just to research it.
Those necessities were removed by using dragon core. The research advanced rapidly and technology was developed with striking momentum.
¡¸It was said that the countries all over the world unanimously gathered dragon core and the technology race intensified. In the middle of that, it was only the dragon kingdom that was trying to stop the tide of the world that is making dragon hunting as right. The kingdom used all kind of method. Economic sanction, preferential treatment from the dragon kingdom, the export of sky core¡¡sometimes they even used military force along with the monarch dragons.¡¹
¡¸¡¡How long they could do that?¡¹
Roze made a troubled smile at Hajime''s words.
While the countries around them were continuing to develop technology, they rejected dragon hunting as wrong¨D¨Dthat had the same meaning as being left behind by the world. Even if they were an influential country, but if their technology level was overwhelmingly left behind, it wasn''t hard to imagine what kind of evaluation other countries would have against them.
Even so the dragon kingdom continued to reject dragon hunting was because the dragon species shouldered the role as bncer of the world. It wasn''t something that was proven scientifically. It was something like a superstitious belief. But, it was believed that dragons had a role of taking in toxic substance of the world into their body, and then they purified it to return it back to the world.
That was the belief in the dragon kingdom.
In a world where technology development advanced, a fact without proof wasn''t worthy to be believed in. Even when the dragon kingdom persuaded that if the dragon hunting continued at this rate a cmity would ur, no one bothered to listen.
Like that the authority of dragon kingdom wavered, their influence lowered, and shadow was looming on their power.
¡¸The one who showed unease at such situation was the first prince of the dragon kingdom at that time. He became unable to endure the declining of his homnd. He casted away the belief as superstition and strongly appealed for technology development using dragon core.¡¹
¡¸Naturally, it didn''t end well wasn''t it?¡¹
¡¸Yes. In the record, harsh writings about him¡¡like he was the shame of dragon kingdom, or a traitor were written. However, even when he was showered with criticism from all the people of his homnd, he didn''t stop. ¡¡No, exactly because he loved his homnd from the bottom of his heard, that he couldn''t stop anymore.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I can picture it somehow. So he did it?¡¹
Hajime looked up to the ceiling with an air that seemed to say ''dear god''. Tio too seemed to be able to imagine what happened. She sighed as though to say that it was depressing just hearing it.
Even while smiling bitterly at the two, Roze talked with sadness at the forefront of her eyes.
How the prince,id his hand on the monarch dragon who was his greatest friend.
A research of dragon core technology that was advanced behind closed door. As thest finishing touch, he murdered his partner, and with that dragon core¨D¨Dhe constructed a gigantic flying warship that used the dragon core of monarch dragon for the first time in the world.
That ship''s majesty was tremendous, to the degree that the military bnce at that time was tilted slightly just by that one warship.
Surely that prince felt relieved with that. With that his homnd was saved. There would be peace. The other countries wouldn''t make light of them anymore than this, they wouldn''t be invaded so easily.
¡¸Thus, the dragon kingdom recovered its authority, but in exchange they lost their pride and persuasiveness huh.¡¹
¡¸Must be. Even if they called for the cessation of dragon hunting, no one wouldst listen to them. After all, they hath murdered a king of dragon to create a warship. Even putting aside other countries, the kingdom''s own people wouldst be the one that gave up on the country most of all.¡¹
¡¸Exactly as you said. A storm visited the dragon country and they even met a crisis of internal disunity. But then, an urrence so terrifying as though to say something like the risk of civil war is just a trivial thing was starting to happen.¡¹
ck rain was starting to fall.
¡¸Coming this far, the world finally noticed that they were mistaken. The true identity of the ck rain is the end of the road of the energy that is released from sky core and dragon core. This thing that is dispersed into the air and changed in nature possesses a property that doesn''t grant vitality but instead steal it.¡¹
¡¸I see. Let''s put aside the detail about the underlying theory, it''s true then that the dragon race, and perhaps the sky core are really bncer of this world.¡¹
¡¸Fumu. The world art holding true above a bnce. Noon and night, man and woman, positive and negative¡¡it''s natural for a negative energy to also exist if a positive energy exist. The dragon species and sky core take in negative energy, they then turn that energy into positive energy that they release back, when the released energy aplished their role they wouldst turn into negative energy, then that energy wouldst be taken in by dragon species and sky core once more¡¡.the world art in cirction.¡¹
The role of dragon species that was proved for the first time with the manifestation of cmity.
However, mankind who noticed that fact then charged headlong to the unforeseen direction.
¡¸The dignity of the dragon species was trampled down. The choice that mankind took wasn''t the abolishment of dragon hunting, or the safeguard of dragon race¨D¨Dit was cultivation.¡¹
¡¸Oou. I knew it already but¡¡even in different world, human''s karma is really deep anywhere huh.¡¹
Several countries publicized their breeding farms that were made in secret. Mankind had already soaked their hand with sin that couldn''t be taken back since before the danger of the world. They made those breeding farms not because they thought that this would happen in advance, they surely didn''t even imagine that it would turn out like this. Their conduct of selling over the know-how of the cultivation brazenly to the world, just how foolish was that.
Who would be angry at the deed of mankind?
That was obvious. The royalty of dragon.
They believed. The royalty and people of the dragon kingdom loved them the dragon species from the heart, even when the country was on the verge of danger the people didn''t give up to coexist with the dragon species. Because of that they believed, that surely human and dragon could walk together once more.
They endured. Even when dragon species was losing life one after another from dragon hunting, even when their rtive monarch dragon was killed by the prince, because if they rampaged following their emotion then the dragon kingdom they loved would be crushed by the countries all over the world.
¡¸The king made a decision. He told the father of monarch dragons who is his partner¨D¨DSuthend, that human and dragon should part with each other for once. The king said to take away all the dragon species and escape to the end of the world. If there are people that survived from the ck rain, at that time the king asked for the dragon to grant a chance for the two sides start over one more time. Suthend epted and decided to part from mankind. However, that decision was a bit toote.¡¹
¡¸¡¡So Suthend''s child, couldn''t put up with it?¡¹
Suthend''s child, the twin elder brother of the murdered monarch dragon¨D¨DHelmut attacked a cultivation ce and the country it resided in before his father''s decision.
At the same time with that, it was an incident that was enough to erase the light of the coexistence faction that still hadn''t vanished yet. Every country that obtained a just cause carried out the capture and subjugation of the dragon kingdom using their fleets.
¡¸It was an alliance of many countries, yet regardless of that their pace was orderly, and their subjugation strategy was swift and precise. Even Suthend who boasted of an unequalled strength, the best that he could do was to let some number of dragons to escape.¡¹
¡¸That was their aim huh. Perhaps the breeding farms were also provocation. It was to eliminate the remaining coexistence faction andpletely taking down monarch dragons that were still a threat.¡¹
¡¸That, must be it. The dragon species that were massing to depart to the end of the world were pushed back by the quantity of the allied army and they were falling to the ground. Suthend''s children were killed one after another, or else their wings plucked and captured¡¡it was truly a hellish picture. At the very least, it was enough to transform Helmut into evil dragon.¡¹
His siblings murdered, their dignity crushed underfoot, the ck emotion that had been piling mountain high, when he saw his siblings trampled before his eyes once more¨D¨Dit snapped. Helmut''s mind crumbled and something awoke inside him.
It was said that the moment Helmut raised a howl that nted fear inside everyone that listened, the sky that should be clear was covered with dark clouds in the blink of eye, and then ck rain was starting to rain in impable timing.
¡¸Fumu. Based from what I heard here¡¡the power of cirction that dragon race possessed, was it reversed in this case? However, if this monarch dragon possessed a power to the degree that couldst manipte the weather, I don''t think that they wouldst lose against mankind in the first ce though¡¡¡¹
¡¸Howmon. Wasn''t it the rage and hatred that surpassed the limit that pushed up the rank of this Helmut? Aa, could it be, he evolved into this true dragon that queen-san mentioned before?¡¹
Roze smiled wryly at the quick understanding of the two while giving affirmation.
True dragon was said to be the ancestor of the dragon kingdom''s royalty and the monarch dragons. Its power was immense, and it was told that it could manipte heaven and earth and could also transform into human, and so on. There was nothing left of its existence except in legend, a fairy-tale existence.
There wasn''t any record of Helmut transforming into human, but it seemed that he was called as a historical true dragon that evolved from monarch dragon due to the aspect of manipting weather. However, it was also an ability that was limited to covering the world with cloudy weather that made ck rain fell.
¡¸Tio-sama is able to transform into human, and that overwhelming ability¡¡you manipted wind and me before this. That, as expected you are a true dragon¡¡¡¹
¡¸No no, I''m not a true dragon. It''s the reverse. I''m not a dragon that turn into human. The correct recognition art I am a human that turn into dragon.¡¹
¡¸Human, be dragon?¡¹
¡¸In our world¡¡no, more urately in Tio''s world, there is that kind of race. Her family is all able to transform into dragon. If they are really true dragon, then that will be a bargain sale of fairy-tale existence.¡¹
Hajime cackled saying¡¸Well, even though she isn''t a true dragon, but she is a god dragon though¡¹while sending Tio a teasing gaze. Tio looked aside saying¡¸I didn''t say any lie¡¹. (TN: True dragon''s kanji is read as shinryuu, while identally god dragon''s kanji is also read as shinryuu. Also the kanji for dragon of the god dragon here is for eastern dragon.)
Seeing the rxed rtionship of the two, Roze asked timidly.
¡¸That, then, as expected about the two of you being dragon knight-sama and true dragon-sama¡¡¡¹
¡¸From what I can guess, this dragon knight is also an existence from a fairy-tale, and he was the true dragon''s partner, isn''t that right? But it''spletely different. Tio can be dragon but she is a fully fledged human, and even if you say partner but she isn''t my friend, but my wife.¡¹
¡¸Wi, wife¡¡¡¹
¡¸Mu, mumu-. Wi, wife¡¡that''s the first time someone called me that. What''s this, this itchy feeling in mine chest. Goshujin-sama, this child, she is really a good child!¡¹
Tio got all bashful and fidgety from getting called as wife for the first time. The eyes she were looking Roze with were suddenly filled with color of affection. Really, what a simple dragon.
Ignoring the writhing Tio, Hajime prompted Roze to continue talking. The simple dragon¡¸Nou nou, Goshujin-sama. I''m thy wife¡¹leaning on him was annoying, so for the time being he made her quiet with a p. Seeing the hopelss dragon raising a coquettish voice¡¸Ahanh¡¹while copsing on the sofa in ecstasy, the gaze of Roze and others became nailed on Tio.
Hajime''s cough made them returned to reality.
¡¸Ah, e, errrr¡¡that''s right. Helmut who became true dragon and began covering the world with ck rain was said to have lost his former heart. Without discriminating human or dragon, he raised a loudugh as though enjoying the destruction while trampling over everything.¡¹
¡¸So that guy degeneratedpletely. The birth of evil dragon, is it.¡¹
¡¸Yes. It was said that Suthend began a deathly battle in order to stop his fallen son. At the same time, his spouse Detmers led their surviving children back to the dragon kingdom.¡¹
There was one reason for that. In order to save their friend.
It was unknown whether Suthend was able to stop Helmut. Even if for example he could, mankind would perish under the ck rain that was rapidly covering the whole world. Their beloved dragon kingdom would die out.
Suthend possessed an exceptional strength even among the monarch dragons. And if he fought seriously, then other would only be a hindrance to him. Understanding that, amidst the falling ck rain, Detmers and others dashed in order to save the humans that had cornered them.
¡¸The essence of monarch dragon''s power is invigoration. And then, sky core has the property to neutralize gravity.¡¹
¡¸So that''s, the reason of the floating inds.¡¹
¡¸Yes. But, as expected although they are monarch dragon, they couldn''t do something like making the wholend float. What they could do was only makingnd with particrly abundant sky core to float. Even so, there is no mistake that we can live like this is thanks to the act of Detmers-sama and others that they carried out by staking their life.¡¹
Kuwaibel who was snuggling up beside Roze raised a sad cry. Surely he understood the content of their talk. Roze gently caressed such Kuwaibel.
¡¸This child is a memento from Detmers-sama. At that time it still wasn''t time to give birth, but Detmers-sama who was in the verge of death because of the ck rain and using up enormous power cut up her own body and left behind an egg. She said, this child who will be born someday, will be the hope as thest monarch dragon.¡¹
It seemed that Helmut didn''te chasing after the floatingnd. ording to the record, it seemed he watched the floating ind whileughing. It was as though he was looking forward to the crisis that mankind would taste from there on.
Roze who took a breath after finishing the long story moistened her parched throat. And then, she faced Hajime with a gaze that was filled with determination unlike before this.
¡¸After twenty years passed since that day of tragedy, the dragon kingdom that continued to exist in the sky received an invasion from sky pirate. Our country was stolen. At that time I was still a baby, I was able to survive thanks to my parents'' close aides taking me away along with Kuwaibel''s egg.¡¹
Even without her saying anything, it could be guessed that the king and queen had died from Roze''s expression.
The dragon kingdom perished and Sky Divine Country Qwailent came into being. The king was the air pirate''s leader. He monopolized the limited resource. Roze and others who were chased out were reduced to air pirate, the slipped through the divine country''s eyes and stole resource, and protected the people of the dragon kingdom who escaped together with them until now.
Like that, when Roze became ten years old, Kuwaibel was finally born. The people of the former dragon kingdom were boiled up by the birth of hope, at the same time, they kept hiding Kuwaibel''s existence who was still weak so that the divine country wouldn''t realize it no matter what.
¡¸Even that end with today. My stomach froze when Kuwaibel came out to the battlefield but¡¡from there, to think we were able to encounter Hajime-sama and Tio-sama¡¡¡¹
¡¸Fuuh? And?¡¹
Although Roze faltered for a moment at Hajime''s prating gaze, she immediately returned back a zing gaze.
¡¸I beg you. Please lend us your strength. The strength to take back thend of dragon kingdom Avenst.¡¹
It seemed that in the deepest part of dragon kingdom Avenst, there was a spring that could grant power to monarch dragon. If they could go there, even Kuwaibel who was still only a few years old would be able to use a power that equaled a grown dragon even if just temporarily.
There if Hajime and TIo''s strength wasbined with Avenst''s mother ship and other airships, then it would also be possible to defeat the evil dragon Helmut, exined Roze earnestly.
Hajime nced at Tio beside him. Tio''s expression was pondering something, but she noticed Hajime''s gaze and shrugged, leaving him to make the decision.
Hajime scratched on his cheek and he lowered his eyebrows a bit while,
¡¸For now, let''s put it on hold.¡¹
He answered. Roze went¡¸Eeh, isn''t this the scene where you dly ept!?¡¹in fluster because her expectation was betrayed. Hajime said¡¸Something like that is the domain of a hero somewhere or the abyss-san¡¹and deflected easily.
Tio was staring at such Hajime with an expression that didn''t expect it. As expected, if Hajime was told something that easily went outside the category of adventure like ''please go to a war with a country, and then please defeat the evil dragon and save the world'', Tio thought that he would refuse promptly.
For Hajime whose basis was swift decision, it was a really half-baked answer.
¡¸Well, what. Even us, after hearing the story just now we ain''t just going to say "Oh is that so, yes, we will do anything". Various things happened today and we are tired. For now we are going to rest, think it carefully, and then we will give our decision tomorrow. You don''t mind right?¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s right. Indeed I''m too impatient just now. Even though Hajime-sama and Tio-sama has just finished with a battle of that degree, my deepest apologize for my inattentiveness. We have prepared a room. It is a modest thing, butter on we will bring you your dinner, so please rest at ease tonight.¡¹
¡¸Ou. Much obliged, I won''t hold back then. Okay Tio, let''s go.¡¹
¡¸Ri, right.¡¹
Hajime emptied his tea and stood up abruptly. He led Tio and got out of the room. A crew that would guide them immediately appeared and took them to their room. Roze was staring fixedly at the back of such Hajime and Tio with an expression that was a mix of hope and unease.
The airship Rozeria was gliding through the night sky where multitude of stars were shining.
At a corner of the ship''s rear deck, there were the figures of Hajime and Tio. Both of them were sitting at the edge of the deck. Their legs were thrown out to the empty air. The sea of clouds that were shining from the reflection of the stars let the eyes of the two of them to enjoy the sight to their heart''s content.
¡¸And, why didst thou put the decision on hold, Goshujin-sama?¡¹
Tio asked Hajime while watching him with a sidelong nce. Hajime was also simrly watching Tio with a sidelong nce while he opened his mouth.
¡¸I''m thinking of deciding after hearing of what you want to do.¡¹
¡¸What I want to do?¡¹
Tio tilted her head. Hajime nodded.
¡¸Yeah. What do you want to do Tio? The restoration of the dragon kingdom doesn''t matter, but you have a tii~ny bit on your mind about this evil dragon aren''t you?¡¹
¡¸¡¡So thou noticed Goshujin-sama.¡¹
Getting seen through like this even though she shouldn''t have taken any conspicuous attitude caused Tio''s cheeks to redden from feeling too embarrassed. She thought that he really looked at her closely.
Tio slowly opened her mouth as though she was choosing her words.
¡¸I thought that it was simr, just a bit. Of their way of living, and theirst days.¡¹
¡¸Is it about, the dragon race''s country in the past?¡¹
¡¸Yes. I understand Helmut''s feeling, just a little. At that time, when I saw Haha-ue and minerades crucified, a ck me was certainly born inside me. A me of hatred that only wished to burn others, even myself.¡¹(TN: Haha-ue=mother, used in samurai families)
Hajime returned a silence at Tio who was talking bit by bit. He kept quiet while looking forward, lending his ear at Tio''s story.
¡¸I was able to stop because of Chichi-ue''s words. I was able to change the ck me into power to protect. Helmut art surely the me of that time that couldst not stop.¡¹(TN: Chichi-ue=father)
That was why she couldn''t just be indifferent to this. When she thought that the fallen king of dragon would continue to ravage this world with ck rain even from here on forever, for some reason, the feeling that this was intolerable was welling up inside.
¡¸This is just a retelling from Yue¡¡"The track that Tio had walked through until now. That is Tio''s everything" isn''t that right? That''s just a meaningless supposition. Helmut was unable to win against himself. Tio us won against herself. That''s all there is to it right?¡¹
¡¸Fufu, thou art right.¡¹
Tio smiled fondly and nodded at the words of Hajime that sounded a bit displeased, as though to say ''don''t lump together the stupid idiot that ruin the world with my Tio''.
A quiet time was flowing for a while.
Hajime nced once more at Tio before he scratched a bit roughly on his head.
¡¸Aah, geez. Stop being indecisive and say your answer already. I''m asking you here, what do you want to do huh? You are too considerate to other people other than yourself at various things. I''m telling you, show some selfishness sometimes other than with your perverted attitude.¡¹
¡¸Goshujin-sama¡¡¡¹
Tio blinked. And then, she reflexively closed her eyes and hid her expression toward Hajime who was staring at her fixedly. She then whispered.
¡¸I want to end this. This artpletely unrted with us. The scale art too big to call it an adventure. The opponent''s strength art unknown. This is just mine ego talking. I understand all that. However¨D¨DI wish to end this.¡¹
That was Tio''s true feeling. It was Tio''s selfishness that came from her sentimentality, based from her ego, for the sake to cheer up herself.
Hajime who heard that,
¡¸Roger. Let''s end this. We are going to end the evil dragon Helmut''s everything, just for our own convenience.¡¹
He easily consented to it.
When Tio turned her face, she found Hajime''s face that looked somewhat happy there. An expression of happiness from listening to Tio''s selfishness.
''Aah, no more-'' Tio yelled out her indescribable feeling in her heart while leaping at her beloved master.
The light of stars shining in the night sky enveloped the two with faint gentle light.
Roze''s group at that time.
¡¸Awa, awawawah. The two of them, doing that in this kind of ce-. Aa, amazing-¡¹
¡¸Ro, Roze-sama-. You mustn''t look-. Co,e on, we understood already that they didn''t disappear, let''s go back inside quickly!¡¹
¡¸Pii, piiii¡¹
¡¸Kuwaibel-sama¡¡. It looks like you are hiding your face with your wings, but it''s obvious you arepletely looking from the gaps there.¡¹
¡¸Ou ou. As expected from the legendary dragon knight-sama yeah. Doing that on the deck so brazenly. How envious.¡¹
¡¸Bovid-. What are you doing looking so unashamedly like that! Quickly take Roze-sama inside the ship! Roze-sama too, please release your hands from the railing! Come on, quickly-. Hey, your strength increases-. Just how interested are you-¡¹
Roze-sama was grasping the railing tightly and wouldn''t let go with her nose breathing roughly. Olga was desperately trying to take her back inside the ship, but her hold was so tight it made her shudder wondering just where did she hide this much strength!
Kuwaibel in his own way was hiding his face with his wings while also thoroughly peeking from the gaps. Jean acted the straight-man, but Kuwaibel''s gazepletely stuck!
Seeing such covert pervert duo of monarch dragon and queen, it was only Bovid who was cackling while nonchntly making his swift retreat.
Because he noticed that Hajime''s gaze was seizing their figure from across the shoulder of Tio who he embraced closely.
A few seconds after Bovid vanished, crimson spark surged in the night sky.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Chapter 237
Chapter 237
AN: I''m sorry, it''ste again. Furthermore the story doesn''t advance.
This is bad, I''m genuinely bing unable to make it in time at 6 P.M Saturday¡¡
I wonder if I should change it to Sunday¡¡
The early morning when the eastern sky was starting to be tinged white. Perhaps also because of the high altitude, the air was piercingly cold. The blowing wind made the receiver to feel slight pain.
It depended on the person whether to feel it as refreshing or torture. Although, even if it was someone who felt it refreshing, they still shouldn''t wish to stay inside such coldness for long.
In such environment, there were two silhouettes leisurely staying there for thirty minutes already.
On the deck of the airship Rozeria, there were Tio and Hajime rxing with a steamy cup beside them.
The minerals that Hajime obtained in this world were lined up in front of him. He took them into his hand and stared at them passionately, toyed with them¡¡it seemed that he was disying his transmutation master nature without reservation. Beside him was Tio, she was exposing a gentle expression as though her usual perversion was just a lie while staring at Hajime''s hand and face.
¡¸E, excuse me~. Is it, a good time?¡¹
A timid voice called at them. When Hajime and TIo turned their gaze, there they saw a beautiful girl with semi-long silver hair¨D¨DRoze. Kuwaibel was firmly held inside her arms.
¡¸Aa, what''s the matter, queen-san. The queer queen-san who was loitering around there since around ten minutes ago.¡¹
¡¸Please at least greet if you actually noticed already!¡¹
The truth was Roze-chan had arrived on the deck since around ten minutes ago. She witnessed a gentle atmosphere around the two that was hard to interrupt as a third person. And then, what crossed in the back of her mind was this and that fromst night. As the result, she didn''t know how should she call out at them and so she made an appeal¡¸I''m nearby just by chance. Come on, notice me already! Greet out to me from your side!¡¹.
¡¸Roze-dono''s tant "notice me appeal" art cute, that we acted mean against our better judgment. Forgive us?¡¹
¡¸Uh. That, no, I was in the wrong because I didn''t immediately call out¡¡¡¹
Roze who felt like running away even more from getting apologized honestly like that had her face blushed slightly in shyness from hearing Tio''s remark that she was "cute", her mouth moved in mumbles.
¡¸And, what do you want? Queen-san whose act is painful to look at.¡¹
¡¸That thingst night was Hajime-sama''s fault! Does Hajime-sama hate me!?¡¹
Last night, the punishment from demon king-sama was waiting for Roze-chan''s party who was peeking at the scene where Hajime and Tio were exchanging love.
¨D¨DDemon King-style Harassment 108 "From Today You Too Are Hauria"
A harassment by using artifact that reproduced a pseudo "Divine Statement" by applying and enchanting soul magic. The result was "the target''s act became chuuni for a period of time".
It went without saying that when they saw the act of Roze and Crow siblings that suddenly turned painful to look at, the eyes of the other crews turned into dot. They even called the ship doctor thinking that the everyday hardships might finally turn them strange. Even after the effect ran out, they didn''t even have the willpower toin to Hajime and the three harmoniously sat on the corner of the room while grasping their knees to endure their ck history.
Bovid who sensed demon king-sama''s anger a touch faster and escaped alone watched such trio andughed loudly while rolling on the floor. Him acting like that made it felt like there was a retort ''is it fine to roll aroundughing at your lord''s foolishness like that, captain of the air battle squad''s first squad'' that could be heard.
¡¸Good grief, we cannot progress like this right? Stop making merry and say your business.¡¹
¡¸-. Ho, hold it down me. I am the queen of the proud dragon kingdom. It''s fine. Take a deep breath. Suu, haa¡¡¡¹
With blood vein pulsing on her forehead, including the wretchedness of the punishmentst night, Roze renewed her determination ''I won''t mistake someone like this as the legendary dragon knight-sama for the second time!'' and then she told the two that the breakfast preparation had finished.
¡¸Queen-san herself expresslye here just to tell us that? Even though you can just leave that to your subordinate.¡¹
¡¸No, that''s because when I heard that the two of you were on the deck even since when the sun hadn''t risen that I''m curious about what are you doing.¡¹
It seemed that it was something like that. Hajime shrugged and his hand beckoned at Roze whose body shrunk from cold. Roze whose gaze wandered around feeling a bit perplexed approached Hajime''s side excitedly.
¡¸Ah. The wind is¡¡¡¹
¡¸Tio is covering the surrounding with wind barrier. A wind that contain heat. Feels really pleasant right?¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes. ¡¡Whether it''s Hajime-sama''s tool, or Tio-sama''s magic, they are really something that is outside ourmon sense. About the talk of another world, I think it finally feel real for me after a night passed.¡¹
¡¸Well, even if I told you of another world it''s not something that can be epted right away.¡¹
Roze nced at Hajime who kept making crimson sparks at the ore in his hand even while they were talking. It was a vibrant crimson light. The ore changed shape right away. It waspletely a mysterious power that human of this world didn''t have. The supernatural weapon created by that hand easily routed a gigantic battleship.
But, Roze knew that Hajime''s power wasn''t just making supernatural weapon. She didn''t hear about the detailed story, she also didn''t think of forcefully asking, but she saw that right after Hajime showed his appearance, he tore to pieces the hook of an approaching sky battlecraft unarmed. That was something different with the power to create thing that she was looking at right now.
Honestly, she couldn''t see his bottom. She thought it was terrifying. And now when she knew that this person wasn''t the noble dragon knight from fairy-tale who was the personification of justice, she felt it even more.
However, for them the descendant of dragon kingdom who were heading toward a slow ruin, the existence of Hajime and Tio was like a gift from heaven.
Also this timing when thest monarch dragon Kuwaibel had been born, she couldn''t help but feel that there was destiny at work.
¡¸Oh, finally.¡¹
¡¸We hath waited long. I hath great anticipation because of that.¡¹
¡¸? Excuse me, both of you what are¡¡¡¹
Hajime threw his gaze to the eastern sky while one of his hands was carrying an ore. Tio also focused her gaze while leaning close to Hajime. Roze who didn''t understand what the two of them were doing tilted her head with question mark floating above her head.
¡¸What you ask, it''s that. We are here because we want to see that.¡¹
Hajime said that and pointed, at the thing that was showing out its face right now¨D¨Dthe sun.
The sunlight swept away the ckness of night and dyed the world silver. The shadow of the sea of clouds darkened, and the illuminated ce started to shine in sparkles like jewel.
The sunrise seen from the deck of an airship that was continuously flying above the sea of clouds.
That was exactly the reason why Hajime and Tio got out on the deck since early morning. For the sake of settling it firmly inside their memory, the superb view of another world they went astray into through a strange phenomenon.
¡¸¡¡It''s not bad. Yeah, it looks really great.¡¹
¡¸This art a harsh world, but the strength of the light that wipe out the ck of night art the same no matter what the world. Yes, it''s wonderful. It''s a beautiful world.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Roze was dumbfounded.
The words "beautiful world" that came out from Tio''s mouth echoed many times inside her head. When she thought about it, when was thest time she watched the sunlight like this? She thought that this sight entered her sight every day.
However, she didn''t think anything about that view. She was merely desperate to survive and to aplish her duty, she didn''t even look at the sky despite living in the sky. She noticed that although at thiste hour.
The world was getting brighter moment by moment.
¡¸¡¡Yes, it''s beautiful. Really beautiful.¡¹
Words of agreement. However, in contrast with those words, Roze''s expression was vaguely dark.
¡¸The food is delicious even with how simple it is. Ah, give me another of this.¡¹
¡¸You, you are really not holding back huh.¡¹
On the breakfast table, there were Hajime and Tio, and then Roze, Kuwaibel, Crow siblings, Bovid, and then a male crew that seemed to shoulder the role as a waiter. Usually they didn''t have anything like a waiter, even the queen Roze and also the imperial guards leaders Crow siblings would do everything by themselves.
This time it was a special situation where they were weing guest that were Hajime and Tio.
Hajime''s remark of "another" despite saying that the food was simple while also understanding the reason why the food was simple caused the waiter''s cheeks to twitch a bit, even so he obediently obeyed. Bovid retorted with an amazed expression. His attitude to the two of them was the most casual among the crews of this ship.
¡¸Yeah. I''ll stop if I''m told to stop, but as long as no one say that, it''s my principle to receive the hospitality I''m given with my all.¡¹
¡¸Hahah, I get that. I was also taught by my father to receive the good will I''m given without reservation. You had even saved our life, so eat as much as you want. Though even after I say that, the one who create and prepare the food is actually not me! Ahahahah¡¹
''Really, don''t say anything you¡¡'' The gaze of the Crow siblings that was wordlessly appealing so was piercing Bovid. However, Bovid didn''t pay that any attention. Right now, rather than the serious Crow siblings, it was more important to make Hajime and Tio felt wee. He had finished saying thanksst night from getting his life saved, but as expected it was best to show the thanks with action. That was Bovid''s cherished opinion.
It seemed that they was used to Bovid''s unserious attitude, so Olga sighed while turning her gaze at her master. Olga couldn''t stop frowning at Roze''s state that was d in a vaguely dark atmosphere since she went to call Hajime and Tio on the deck.
¡¸¡¡Roze-sama. Did something happen?¡¹
Leaving a nce at Bovid who was talking cheerfully with Hajime, Olga talked at Roze with a quiet whisper.
Roze who looked taken aback and returned to her senses then shook her head and showed a smile to avoid the question.
¡¸We still, haven''t heard the decision of Hajime-sama and Tio-sama¡¡so it looks like my unease came out in my face.¡¹
¡¸Is that, so.¡¹
Orga looked like she couldn''t ept the exnation and she sent a nce of doubt, thinking that as expected the two of them had done something to her master¡¡her body twitched.
Because Tio''s hand stopped moving at the meal and she was staring fixedly at Roze and Olga.
When Tio''s eyes met Olga''s, she showed a smile that looked trouble, but also looked somehow gentle. Olga twitched even more from that expression.
Hajime and Tio who finally finished their meal after asking another helping twice then enjoyed the after meal ck tea made in another world. Choosing the timing, Roze then asked with determination.
¡¸¡¡Hajime-sama. Regarding the answer for my wishst night, can I ask you to please tell us your answer?¡¹
Defeat the divine country together and revive the dragon kingdom Avenst. And then, after putting in order aplete force, subjugate the evil dragon Helmut.
That was their cooperation request. Thinking from the aspect of their battle strength, they wished for Hajime and Tio to be the leading part in the battlefield. Especially in the part to defeat the divine country where Kuwaibel was still powerless, almost all of that part would relypletely on Hajime like that.
Last night, when Hajime and Tio got out on the deck, they thought that perhaps the two of them would then disappear without telling anyone and so they spontaneously ran after them.
But, seeing the two of them were still staying here like this, then surely the two would grant their wish¡¡
Although they were thinking so, but they couldn''t help but gulp their saliva from nervousness.
Inside the room whereplete silent had descended, Hajime slowly put the cup of tea he drank on the table,
¡¸We are going to ughter Helmut, but we don''t give a damn about that divine country something. You guys work hard yourself about that.¡¹
¡¸Wait, I don''t understand what you are saying.¡¹
They almost trembled in happiness when they heard that the two would kill the evil dragon, but they suddenly went cold hearing the sentence''stter half. Roze asked back with a half smile looking as though she was running from reality.
¡¸I told you, I cannot be bothered about your country''s revival, but as for Helmut, we are thinking perhaps we will go kill that guy a bit, purely for our own convenience.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Wait, I don''t understand what you are sa¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Aa?¡¹
¡¸Understand. Evil dragon subjugation banzai. Sayonara the future of dragon kingdom''s revival. That''s what you are saying right. I understand.¡¹
Roze who tried to do her best added with escaping reality, but she returned to reality due to Hajime''s voice and expression that looked like yakuza. She couldn''t stop her eyes from getting teary. Recing Roze who fell silent, the Crow siblings stood up so fast their chair fell down while raising voice of protest and persuasion.
¡¸Why!? If you two have that much power, then it shouldn''t be that difficult to defeat the divine country! This is our dearest wish-. Please, I beg you two to rethink it-. Please-¡¹
¡¸Right now, even in this time the people of the dragon kingdom are suffering in hardship! The dragons are also in the same situation! Didn''t the two of you repel the mother ship of the divine country yesterday and saved the dragons-? Here please show your righteousness one more time!¡¹
Olga and Jean''s words resounded loudly. However, the expression of Hajime who received those words showed not a single ripple.
¡¸This is not really something you need to raise your voice that much right? If Helmut is defeated, the world will clear up. When that happen, then you can build your country anywhere on the vastnd down there. Something like thend that might be polluted, or the battle against the divine country of that, those things are matters that are not rted at all to us resident of another world. We don''t happen to have any duty or responsibility to be your substitute in war.¡¹
The sound argument that was returned to them caused the Crow siblings to be at loss for words. However, the power that Hajime and Tio showed wasn''t something that worthless that they could give up that easily. The two weren''t that farsighted that they could just say¡¸Oh, is that so¡¹in eptance, even though there was the possibility to defeat the hateful divine country right in front of their eyes like this.
That was why, they raised their voices asking how the two of them could abandon the suffering humans and dragons even after they knew the situation and also getting begged on like this.
¡¸Hajime-sama. Please we beg you to lend us your strength. At the very least, even if it''s just a cooperation to make it so Kuwaibel can reach the underground of the pce, can you please help us with that?¡¹
Roze''s pleaded fervently. Hajime retorted back without any particr change in his expression.
¡¸What kind ofpensation you can give me?¡¹
¡¸Eh? Co,pensation?¡¹
The Crow siblings were going to make a ruckus once more, ''even though this concern the future of the dragon kingdom''s people'' like that, but Roze stopped them with her gaze. And then, she thought of what she could present, and the result, with determination she¨D¨D
¡¸I, I''ll offer myse¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸No need.¡¹
¡¸Hauh!?¡¹
She was unable to say it until the end. Even though she was going to offer herself with a determination of the lifetime, yet it was cut down and discarded instantly. Roze whispered a line¡¸E, even though, I am a queen¡¹that might make a certain princess-sama somewhere to go¡¸Comrade? Comrade?¡¹while jumping for joy.
¡¸Or rather, you are really going to say that in front of Tio huh. The nerve you have there is really quite something.¡¹
¡¸Eh, ah. My, my apology, Tio-sama! I am not intending to insult Tio-sama by any means¡¡¡¹
¡¸It''s fine, it''s fine, I understand.¡¹
If she knew that actually Hajime also had multiple wives other than her, just what would this queen-sama of another world think? Tio averted her gaze with a vague expression.
Roze sank into silence with a difficult expression and her gaze wandered around furiously while her head was working desperately.
Hajime opened his mouth with a sigh to finish the talk soon.
¡¸Certainly, I have great power, and I can brag that just destroying a country won''t take much effort. But, it''s because of that that I won''t use my power because of other people''s will. My power is only mine, and it has to be wielded constantly by my will. Save me, help me, those wishes aren''t something exclusive that only you have. The world is overflowing with that kind of wishes, as many as the stars in the sky. I don''t have even the littlest bit of intention to spend my life and my important people''s life until it run dry from responding and rush about everywhere to that kind of wishes just "because I can".¡¹
That was why, even if it was everything for the people in question, Roze''s wish that was nothing but amon wish for Hajime wasn''t something that he would undertake that simply as long as it didn''t even have any merit for him that could make him overturned his decision.
¡¸And, you guys who are wishing for me to ughter several thousand people and overthrow a country in your ce, what kind ofpensation you can pay me that can make me overturn my will that is tly refusing to do that kind of thing and make me decide to wield my power?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Roze couldn''t say anything at all this time for sure. Olga, Jean, and Bovid were also the same.
Hajime stood up from his seat. Roze twitched and trembled.
¡¸As expected, I''m not that shameless that I can keep remaining here after refusing your dearest wish like that. I and Tio will go to visit Helmut after this. I''ll only promise that I will clear up the dark cloud from this world. I don''t know how you queen-san and others will live in the new world where the ck rain vanish and the sunlight shine on thend but¡¡at the very least, I''ll pray for your sess. It''ll be great if your dearest wish cane true.¡¹
¡¸ah, wa, wait-. Please wait-¡¹
Hajime said that and prompted Tio with his gaze to walk out from the door. Roze threw herself at such Hajime. Of course, she wasn''t attacking him but stopping him from leaving. She clung on Hajime''s arm and desperately formed her words.
¡¸Sa, say, err, tha, that''s right! Even though you say you will subjugate Helmut, but you don''t know where his location is right? We will show you the way! That''s why, please don''t leave-. Putting aside the matter of the divine country''s subjugation, we still haven''t be able to return our debt of you saving us!¡¹
¡¸If it''s Helmut''s location, we can do something about it ourselves. About the debt, the delicious meal and empty bed are enough for that.¡¹
Hajime quickly shook off Roze''s clinging arms, but Roze circled around him and took position in front of the door with both her hands spread out. Hajime''s eyes narrowed quietly, but even while sweating coldly, Roze didn''t show any sign of moving at all.
¡¸Pl, please,e to Avenst by any means!¡¹
¡¸You are trying to take us away?¡¹
¡¸That''s not it! I''m not thinking that such thing is possible! ¡¡If it''s in Avenst, then we will be able to show our gratitude a bit more properly. Even the cooking there is iparable with the food in Rozeria, also in Avenst''s airspace there are also ind withke and ind that grow rare fruit! After that, after that there are also a lot of dragons living there-. It''s only a few, but we are living in coexistence. Among us there are also people that can ride dragon, the sight of human and dragon flying together is really beautiful¡¡after that¡¡the people of Avenst are all good natured, ah, there is also craftsman that specialized in handling ore! Surely you will be interested. Besides, err, that¡¡¡¹
She was already desperate. Even while getting incoherent, Roze was trying to make her invitation to mother ship Avenst into reality by speaking out things that might attract Hajime''s interest one after another. It was also just a bit painful seeing her like that.
Roze spread out her hands with all her might to not let anyone pass while narrating the charm of her country that didn''t even have any territory with teary eyes. It seemed that she was thinking if she invited Hajime to Avenst, then there would still some possibility left they could move his emotion and receive his cooperation.
There, Crow siblings and Bovid also joined. They kept speaking on and on so that they wouldn''t lose their connection with Hajime somehow. Kuwaibel was raising s small cry while approaching Tio''s leg.
Staring at those brave figures of the queen and her group desperately clinging to their hope, Hajime''s expression suddenly turned gentle. Roze and others got taken aback, then their eyes shined with hope thinking that perhaps Hajime would hear to what they were saying.
Hajime was making an expression that seemed to say ''can''t be helped huuh'', yet it also looked really gentle, while¨D¨Dhis hand was reaching toward Donner.
(Wait wait wait wait-, wait a second, Goshujin-sama! As expected, there art no way thou wouldst shoot them to death here correct?)
(Tio. You, what do you think I am. Of course I won''t open up any hole in them. I have properly changed the bullet with non lethal rubber bullet. I''m just going to give them a bit painful forehead poke.)
(¡¡I, is that so? No, even so I think that art still too much though.)
Roze and others were puzzled seeing Tio who suddenly held down Hajime''s right hand and began to whisper from point nk range. Surely they didn''t imagine even in their dream that if Tio waste just by a step, they would get *dopan-*-ed.
Tio nced at them who were actually in a pinch and whispered to Hajime with her body glued on him.
(Goshujin-sama, this art a rare chance, how about epting the invitation?)
(What, you are interested?)
(Yes, I''m interested in the point where human and dragon art coexisting. Besides¡¡)
(Besides?)
Tio looked down shyly. Hajime''s eyes blinked at the unexpected gesture.
(Helmut''s subjugation wouldst not take that much time correct? As expected, after closing the books of one history of this world, we wouldst not be in the mood of continuing to adventure aimlessly again. Helmut''s subjugation wouldst be the end of this adventure.)
(Well, I guess.)
(Yes. After subjugating Helmut, we wouldst return to earth. That''s why¡¡)
(You are saying, you want to continue this adventure of just the two of us a bit more? Well, certainly an adventure of just two day and a night sound questionable.)
(Ye, yes. So just a bit more¡¡is it no good?)
This was Tio whose vocation was protector, so honestly Hajime didn''t know if that was all of her true feelings. Perhaps she more or less had sympathy toward the dragon species of this world and Roze and others.
But, Tio''s selfishness where he usually needed to ask her before she finally said it out, now she said it by her own initiative. Hajime''s answer was decided already.
¡¸Aa, then, perhaps I should take a look, just for a bit, at this country of queen-san and others.¡¹
¡¸Ah, that means¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yeah. I''ll ept your invitation. However, that''s all there is to it until the end. Understand that this doesn''t mean I''ll agree to cooperate with you.¡¹
¡¸I, I understand!¡¹
They somehow held on to the hope. Of course, they also understood that at this rate it would be only an empty hope. Even so, they couldn''t help but felt relieve and happiness.
Seeing Roze and others, the four of them rejoicing with each other, and Tio who was linking her arms with his in a good mood, Hajime smiled wryly.
Approximately a day after that.
Deep inside cloud mountain range area where giant cloud mountains were stretching out, the nation on board a ship Avenst finally showed up.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I n to end Tio arc in about two more chapters.
The next update will be at6 P.M Saturday if possible.
Chapter 238
Chapter 238
The gigantic mother ship Avenst was moored in the valley of a cloud mountain..
The mother ship of divine country Ostinato that Hajime sank was also gigantic, but Avenst was two sizesrger than it.
Although, if it was asked whether its majesty surpassed Ostinato because it was superior in size, then the answer could be no other than "No".
After all,
¡¸¡¡The gun turret, has a lot ofundry aired there.¡¹
¡¸¡¡The deck, hath ntation spreading through the whole thing there.¡¹
Hajime and Tio who were observing the gradually nearing Avenst using binocrs muttered so spontaneously.
Yes, the mother ship Avenst was horribly peaceful from the outside. The gun barrels and turrets on the exterior were linked with each other by wire andundries were hanged in a row there. A panty of some madam was hanging on the tip of the main cannon. Honestly the two of them couldn''t help but felt their strength drained from them seeing that.
In addition, there was a splendid ntation on the deck. There were a lot of people taking care of it diligently even now. And then, on top of such deck children were running around energetically. There was even a daredevil that slid down something that looked like a slide that stretched to the outside from the deck until the bottom of the ship in one go.
¡¸I, it''s more or less treated as the "royal capital", so it''s attaching importance to the livelihood or something¡¡in the first ce, Helmut had collected the dragon core of the monarch dragon that became its driving force, so even though it has weapons but they won''t work satisfactorily. And so, if that''s the case then it''s better to use it for valid practical use¡¡¡¹
Roze made that kind of justification with her cheeks reddening slightly in shame.
Actually this mother ship Avenst was the battleship that the prince once created using the dragon core of his partner. Although, its dragon core was taken out by Helmut, so right now it was moving using only sky core, and the most it could do was only flying just barely.
Knowing that, Hajime threw a questioning gaze of what they would do if they were discovered by enemy, to which Roze puffed up her chest and pointed with her finger.
¡¸It''s fine. Its weapons are mostly not functioning, but the thickness of its armor is top ss even among the existing airships in the present time. Even if it got hit by the main cannon of a mother ship, it is able to endure several shots with room to spare. What''s more, airships protecting Avenst are always at its side.¡¹
Looking closer, there was an airship moored beside the mother ship Avenst.
Airship Averia¨D¨Dit was the sister ship of Roze''s battleship Rozeria. If it had to be said then Rozeria put importance on speed and maneuverability, in contrast Averia was a battleship that put importance on firepower.
These two ships had protected the descendants of dragon kingdom Avenst until now, said Roze proudly.
Hajime was ncing at such girl while cocking his head in puzzlement inside his heart.
(Just two ships, what''s more their mother ship is not even in destroyer level¡¡they are really pulling through continuously until now while burdened with protecting baggage? Is there just how much the difference in skill between the two sides? No, even so¡¡)
Hajime turned his gaze to Tio. Coincidentally Tio also turned her gaze to Hajime at that time, so their gaze met and their expression was at loss for words. Roze herself said that they had protected all these continuously until now, but perhaps, that was¡¡like that the two of them reached the same conclusion.
While they were doing that, the mother ship Avenst was gradually getting closer and closer.
Naturally the existence of the airship Rozeria was also noticed by the other side, so the people who were tending to the ntation, and also the children were gathering toward a spot on the deck bustlingly. That spot must be the spot where Rozeria woulde alongside.
Roze waved her hands energetically. A loud cheer was raised just from that. It seemed that her poprity was bing of a queen.
The Crow siblings and Bovid and others of sky battlecraft squad also came out to the deck and started the preparation to transfer to Avenst.
When the airship came alongside the mother ship Avenst, the deck of Avenst was jammed with people. Although Hajime had fixed it to a certain degree, but Rozeria was really in a terrible state. It seemed that it was enough to make the expression of the people weing the queen to turn pale.
¡¸Everyone, there is no need to worry. We were attacked by Qwailent, but it''s as you see! I and also Kuwaibel are safe!¡¹
¡¸Piih!!¡¹
When Roze lifted up Kuwaibel high with both her hands, joyful cheers urred once more. Roze hugged Kuwaibel back on her chest and lifted one hand to calm down the cheers, and this time she raised her voice with a meek expression.
¡¸But, a lot of pilots offered their precious life in order to let us survive. Please direct your feeling toward the brave warriors who are unable to go back home. And then, please give them praise. We are protected by them.¡¹
The sky battlecraft pilots were lining up on the deck. Sobbing voice resounded from here and there from the people who didn''t see the figure of their important people that they should have seen off at the departure. Bovid and others put their fist on their chest and looked up to the sky. That was the salute in dragon kingdom. They offered a silent prayer at theirrades who had gone ahead of them.
The people on the deck naturally also offered a silent prayer.
Silent prayer was spreading in the sky where gentle breeze was blowing.
After the silent prayer continued for a while, an aging man stepped forward in front of the crowd.
¡¸Roze-sama, wee home.¡¹
The white haired man with splendid moustache bowed his head deeply with his back kept stretching straight.
¡¸Gramps. I''m back. Was there any problem?¡¹
¡¸None, there wasn''t any such thing. This Sabastian Orto is entrusted with looking after this ce during Roze-sama''s absence. No problem would ur that easily as long as I''m here.¡¹
This man who answered calmly yet with a definite confidence seemed to be Roze''s trusted retainer. His appearance, his way of speaking, and his atmosphere were absolutely that of a butler despite the normal work clothes he was wearing. Hajime and Tio had a thinking in regard to this man.
That thought was,
¡º¡ºAlmost¡»¡»
Hajime and Tio spontaneously retorted. ''If only his name wasn''t "Sa" but "Se", they would be able to proof the existence of the implicit rule shared through parallel universe that speaking of butler meant "Sebastian", and yet!'' was what they thought.
When the alternate world duo who didn''t read the ce''s atmosphere made aplicated expression, Roze mistaken that expression thinking that the two of them were getting bored, and so she started to get down the ramp in panic. She did that while calling Hajime and Tio''s name by attaching ''-sama''.
Naturally, there was no way the people didn''t get suspicious when they heard their queen calling others using ''-sama'', and as their representative Sebastian raised a question.
¡¸Roze-sama, can I ask who are these two people?¡¹
¡¸They are guests. This gentleman is Nagumo Hajime-sama, and thisdy is Tio us-sama. They will be staying in Avenst for a while. ¡¡They are important, really really important people, so please take care of them absolutely politely.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Roze-sama''s, important, person?¡¹
Gramps''s gaze seized Hajime. Knowing the meaning of that gaze, Hajime averted his gaze. ''This is because you said important "people"'', Hajime retorted inside his heart.
¡¸I''m sorry to be rude, but Roze-sama, more specifically what kind of acquaintance they are for you? By any chance, are they from Qwailent?¡¹
¡¸No, Gramps. They aren''t rted with Qwailent. That, about their background, saying it here is a bit¡¡. Anyway, I request this to Gramps no matter what! Please give them our greatest hospitality! ¡¡No matter what, we have to please Hajime-sama.¡¹
Thest sentence was said in small volume that couldn''t be heard by the people at the surrounding, but Sabas who possessed the ears of an excellent butler caught it perfectly. Sabas who had taken care of Roze since she was born loved Roze like she was his own daughter.
And that master of his that should even be called as his beloved daughter was now desperately trying to please a man that he didn''t know¡¡
''Okay. I don''t really get it. In other words, he is enemy isn''t he?'' He concluded.
Of course, Roze whispered that in the meaning that she wished for Hajime to be pleased with Avenst. She understood that if Hajime felt like it, then it didn''t matter what Tio wanted, and so Roze made that utterance because of that, but the eyes of gramps Sabas who didn''t know one bit about that instantly turned into the eye of a killer. While smiling friendlily and gently.
¡¸So that''s how it is. Well then, I will immediately prepare the room and meal. Nagumo-sama, us-sama, if any of you need something, then please order anything from this Sabas without any reservation.¡¹
As expected from the steward that directly served the royalty. He showed a truly elegant manners. While smiling friendlily, and gently. With the eyes of a killer.
Thinking that for now he should clear up the misunderstanding before this gramps gave them trouble, Hajime opened his mouth.
¡¸Aa, Sabas-san? I''ll say this because it seems you are having a misunderstanding, what queen-san there is saying doesn''t mean like that okay? Or rather, I''m a married man. See, this woman here is my wife.¡¹
Saying that, Hajime grasped Tio''s arm and jerked her to the front. For some reason, Tio bowed her head gracefully while saying¡¸Nice to meet you, thank you for always taking care of my husband¡¹, she was making a greeting as though she was meeting the superior of thepany where her husband was working for some reason.
It seemed that it was something she wanted to try saying at least once after seeing an afternoon drama. Tio was giving nces at Hajime saying¡¸How''s that? How is that? Didst I look like a wife just now?¡¹.
Hajime smiled wryly thinking that this wasn''t that kind of situation, even so he brushed Tio''s hair unreservedly. Tio''s cheeks were dyed red from a sweet pleasure that was different from when she got pped.
Even seen from the side, it was obvious in a nce that the rtionship of the two wasn''t something shallow.
When Hajime tried to look at Sabas thinking that the misunderstanding must be solved with this¡¡indeed, it seemed that the misunderstanding that he was a scoundrel aiming at their important master was solved, but in exchange a new misunderstanding seemed to be created.
The eyes of Sabas whose body was trembling all over were moistening with sadness and,
¡¸Roze-sama¡¡gramps feels really sad-¡¹
¡¸Eh? Eeh? Wha, what''s wrong gramps!? Why are you suddenly looking like wanting to cry!?¡¹
Roze-chan got flustered. Gramps''s hands gently grasped Roze''s shoulders and he opened his mouth in admonishment.
¡¸Roze-sama¨D¨Dyou must notmit adultery.¡¹
¡¸Gramps, is your head okay?¡¹
Roze tilted her head wondering, ''has he finally starting going senile?''. Behind her the Crow siblings were making an amazed expression, while Bovid was desperately enduring hisughter.
¡¸Indeed, gramps was looking after Roze-sama strictly. I am keeping a watchful eye at Roze-sama even in regard of the matter of love. Even though currently there is hardly anyone with lineage that is a good match for Roze-sama, there is no way I can just leave Roze-sama to any man. Therefore, the love letter for Roze-sama from those people who doesn''t know their standing, I tore up and discarded all of them after I inspected them but¡¡¡¹
¡¸Eh!? Please wait a second. That''s the first time I heard that though? There is someone who gives me love letter? In this Avenst? Or rather, what do you mean by inspecting them and then tearing them up!?¡¹
Roze''s poprity in Avenst was high. And then, she was living with the people in the same ship, and she was always talking with them normally, on top of that she was treating everyone amiably. She was boasting a tremendous poprity among the young men.
Of course, Roze was idolized as a queen, and those men didn''t believe that they would be able to build a really good rtionship with Roze, the most that they did was only writing up their heart''s feeling and sent them to her. And it was done by a considerable number of people.
However, Roze had never received something like a love letter even once. She had also never getting confessed at. She was at that age, so it wasn''t like she didn''t have interest for that, but she thought that no one was thinking of her like that because her social position was in the way.
But, she never thought, that it was like that because¡¡
Roze-chan morosely pressed her question to the gramps, but it didn''t reach the ear of the brooding gramps.
¡¸Roze-sama, please give up your idea! To aim at a man who is married¡¡even before thinking about the moral as a royalty, it''s already mistaken as a human! Please, think again and stop from something like a looting love!¡¹
¡¸Really, what are you saying gramps!? I''m going to stuff you into Rozeria''s main cannon and st you off you know!?¡¹
The people of Avenst stirred.¡¸Her majesty is, looting love¡¡holy cow¡¹,or¡¸She abducted a man she is pleased with, altogether with his wife¡¡as expected from our queen¡¹, or¡¸My, love letter¡¡¡¹, or¡¸Or rather, just who is that man who shot through Roze-sama''s heart?¡¹, or¡¸That breast. That beautiful ck haired woman is his wife¡¡how envious, I''m jealous¡¹, or¡¸You, you like that kind of woman more than me? Then, look forward to an encounter at the next world okay¡¹, or¡¸Wai-, that''s a joke. I only have feeling for you-. Ah, wait, don''t push! I''ll fall, I''m going to fall-, sto-, aa~~~~-¡¹, those voices could be heard.
Roze desperately raised her voice in denial. However, putting aside the male camp, the female camp''s misunderstanding was also unexpectedly not really clearing up. It seemed that the female camp of Avenst knew quiet welt that their queen who was at that age was a hidden pervert.
Roze who got lukewarm gazes directed at her no matter what she said yelled¡¸This is misunderstanding~~~~~-!!¡¹resoundingly through the blue skies.
Two whole days passed since Hajime and Tio arrived in mother ship Avenst.
During that time, Hajime and Tio received the greatest hospitality possible from Roze and others.
At the first day, Roze gathered the top brasses and shared the information regarding the circumstance and background of Hajime and Tio, so the top brasses with Sabas whose misunderstanding was solved at the forefront were giving their hospitality by their own initiative, to the degree that was desperate. Hajime and Tio tasted a treatment a bit like VIP.
They had their fill of various cooking that was using the mysterious ingredients of this world. The foods fundamentally were grain, fruit, and vegetable, but those products had extremely good vor from the grace of the sky core''s effect, coupled with the skill of the cook, it was enough to satisfy both of them.
They were also guided to a floating ind that possessed argeke. The water that was flowing out from the floating ind dispersed midair and turned into white mist which was covering the whole ind, that sight truly should even be called as a secret region that was covered by a mystical veil, to the degree that just by being able to look at that made the two thought that it was worth it toe to this world.
Also, the sky cores that were dotting theke''s surrounding seemed to possess the property to take in the humidity in the air and turned it into spring water. The fact that its nature was subtly changed due to that area and the environment caused Hajime''s blood as a transmutation master to boil up.
Hajime also exchanged a piece of god crystal with the craftsmen of Avenst who were handling the sky core and they had discussion. They got along greatly with each other. The expression of Hajime whoprehended the various natures of the sky core looked pleased with himself.
There was also the matter of the misunderstanding about Roze''s illicit love with the married couple spreading, but the people of Avenst also came into contact with Hajime and Tio with immense curiosity. Someone would surely call out to them kindly when they walked inside the ship.
And the best thing in the two''s opinion was that they were able to see this coexisting livelihood of dragon and human.
Human and dragon flew around to patrol and repair the ship''s exterior, to harvest on the floating ind and deliver luggage, and sometimes just to dry theundry. The human and dragon that became partner numbered very few if seen from the whole, even so the good old way of living of this world could be found there. It was something that Tio admired very much.
In general, the country aboard the ship called Avenst really matched Hajime and Tio''s preference whether in the people''s trait, their senses of value, and also their way of coexistence. It was afortable country. At the very least, it was far better than the trait of the country that tried to kill them without question and spewed out outrageous remark to Tio the very first time they met.
And then, when Tio and Hajime weed the morning of the third days they were enjoying enough this country called Avenst and this world.
The two were waiting for the appearance of the sun for who knew how many times at the front deck of the mother ship Avenst.
There, a voice that was filled with faint nervousness and resolve called out at them.
¡¸¡¡Hajime-sama, Tio-sama. What do you two think about our country?¡¹
When the two looked back across their shoulder, over there was Roze who was holding Kuwaibel in her arms like usual. No, it wasn''t just her, the Crow siblings and Bovid, Sabastian, and then the top brasses of Avenst starting with the captain of airship Azeria were arrayed there. Everyone was making aplicated expression like a traveler that was made to stand in the fork road.
¡¸I think it''s a good country. I can even think of it as normallyfortable even without the hospitality.¡¹
¡¸Is, that so. I''m, d to hear that.¡¹
Roze''s expression who heard that showed a wry smile. She must have guessed it. That the thinking if they could moved the emotion of the two, then perhaps Hajime would change his mind and gave them their help, such thinking didn''t work.
¡¸As expected, something like a status of being our hero, it''s not enough aspensation isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸You already knew that right from the start right? A man who will change his mind easily after receiving that much hospitality, do you think that kind of man can be expected to be anything like a hero that saved a country? Something like that just isn''t in my nature, and it don''t even suit me.¡¹
¡¸Fufu. Indeed, when I think back about your deed when cornering the mother ship of Avenst, the title of hero really don''t suit you Hajime-sama at all.¡¹
¡¸Now you have said it queen-sama. ¡¡Conversely, it feels like it''s you who be a bit unbound from something instead.¡¹
While the expression of the top brasses looked frustrated and pained, it was only Roze whose eyes were containing resignation along with a vague resolve.
Roze took a deep breath at Hajime''s pointing out so.
¡¸Perhaps. During these two days, I have been looking at the two of you all the time. Even when you two were having fun, I saw that your heart is unwavering. Why? Even though all these nice people might die, how can you still abandon them? What a terrible person. I also had that kind of thinking.¡¹
¡¸Hmph? You think differently now?¡¹
¡¸I will lie if I say that I''m thinkingpletely differently. Because no matter what, I am an absolute ally of Avenst. But, somehow, the two of you, aren''t inhuman people who doesn''t show interest to us¡¡let''s see, if I have to say, Ie to think of the two of you like a rge tree".¡¹
Hajime titled his head not understanding what Roze meant. In respond to that, Roze talked while choosing her words. The top brasses who were makingplicated expression were also lending their ears to Roze''s speech.
¡¸An unshakeable existence, that is just existing there. Sometimes it protected us from cold rain, or softening the illuminating sunlight. But, it would never hold out its branches because it is asked, that kind of existence.¡¹
¡¸¡¡That''s a strangely fitting phrase.¡¹
Roze chuckled while saying¡¸I''m honored with your praise¡¹seeing she was able to make Hajime blink.
The eastern sky was starting to grow light bit by bit. The dawn was near. Roze turned her gaze at the eastern sky that was starting to brighten while adding on her words. The top brasses were also lending her their ears silently.
¡¸At that time, when the sun came out, the two of you said to me that "this world is beautiful". I had forgotten that all this time, but certainly, even when it has ended up in this state, this world is beautiful. Even though it''s this beautiful, even though it has been broken like this, but mankind is still not repenting. ¡¡I thought, just for a little. Taking back our country, defeating Helmut, and then taking back the world before this¨D¨Dis there any meaning in those?¡¹
The top brasses were suddenly starting to get noisy. That was only natural. After all, their king was blurting out something that sounded like she was denying mankind''s continuation.
¡¸A destructive thinking huh? But I think that you were persuading us really desperately considering all that though?¡¹
¡¸Of course. Because it was something that I only thought for a bit, I''m not throwing away our dearest wish or anything.¡¹
Relieved sighs were leaked out. The top brasses were stroking down their chest.
Amidst them, Roze talked to Hajime who was tilting his head wondering just what was it she wanted to say.
¡¸Surely, there is no meaning in it.¡¹
¡¸In your dearest wish?¡¹
¡¸No. In being saved.¡¹
Kuwaibel cried out sounding vaguely troubled. It was Kuwaibel who sought help the first time at Hajime and Tio. However, he didn''t seek help to break the deadlock in the dangerous situation of that time. He was seeking for the salvation of the dragon kingdom itself from Tio''s overwhelming presence that his senses as a monarch dragon detected.
Guessing what Roze wished to say, the expression of the top brasses looked taken aback and turned into a vaguely troubled look.
¡¸We surely have to save ourselves by our own effort. If not, in the world after it is saved, we will surely walk on the path that destroy the world once more¡¡that''s what I think.¡¹
¡¸I think it will be fine if it''s the people of dragon kingdom though?¡¹
¡¸No. As long as we don''t even massacre all the people at the fight against Qwailent, the one living in this world won''t just be the people of dragon kingdom. Even if we tell them let''s live in repentance after having everything ended by a supernatural existence, just what kind of persuasiveness that can be found from that kind of words?¡¹
After having their country destroyed by an iprehensible existence that suddenly appeared, there was no way the people would then lend their ears toward the preaching of the people of a dead country who didn''t even really fight.
The overwhelming power that Hajime and Tio disyed was a lethal poison in a sense. If such power could be wielded, then the wielder would undoubtedly be able to force their will to happen. Seen from the view point of people who werementing powerlessly, the people who were reaching out their hand toward their dearest wish, it wasn''t an exaggeration even if such power was called as a magic with unequalled charm.
Therefore, Roze who was charmed and became captive of that power where she then asked for help, after she saw the figure of Hajime and Tio living a really normal daily life, showing admiration and wonder at everything in the trifling ordinary day, it seemed that her boiling mind recovered its calmness.
¡¸Originally, we should also say "Don''t get involved, this is our problem" about Helmut''s subjugation too, but¡¡¡¹
¡¸You are awfully different from two days ago huh. Well, those are admirable words but¡¡my wife said, ''I want to beat up Helmut-kun viciously until you cannot even recognize how he looks like!'', so just give up on that.¡¹
¡¸N, no, Goshujin-sama? I, didst not really speak that far¡¡¡¹
Actually, Hajime-san also thought that he wanted to go and took a look at an "evil" dragon. This wasn''t just a mere dragon they were talking about. It was an "evil" dragon. ''Isn''t that tickling the soul!'' Though currently it was a serious scene, so he read the mood and kept such thinking only in his heart.
¡¸I see. Then, we will fight in the world that stop raining. We will pray for your sess in Helmut''s subjugation. And then, if possible, it will make us happy if you will remember us, the dragon country Avenst, oh horrible dragon knight-sama from another world.¡¹
¡¸I told you already right, I''ll pray, so that the dearest wish of you all queen-san and others cane true. Or rather, what''s with that horrible dragon knight-sama huh. As I thought, you are holding a bit of grudge aren''t you?¡¹
¡¸Who knows, what are you talking about?¡¹
Roze said that while chuckling.
It seemed that she really wasn''t nning to request the two of them to be their proxy in war anymore.
There were two kinds of victory. A meaningful victory, and a meaningless victory. Surely the path Roze and others was walking on was filled with hardships, but if they were looking for the former, then they had to fight by their own. Her smile was a bright one must be because she had clearly realized that and resolved herself.
The top brasses were making a troubled expression at their queen''s decision, but when Roze looked back and asked¡¸Is there any objection?¡¹with her gaze, they bowed their head unanimously. And then, when they lifted their head back, the same resolve and determination like Roze were dwelling in those eyes.
¡¸Hajime-sama, Tio-sama. I''m d I can meet the two of you. Please, stay healthy.¡¹
¡¸Ou, you guys too. I won''t forget about the people of the sky who are living together with the dragons.¡¹
¡¸Roze-dono. I''m praying for a limitless happiness for thee, and for thy important people.¡¹
The morning sun showed its face. Warm light filled the world from beyond the sea of clouds.
Hajime and Tio shook hand with Roze, and like that, they were about to part¨D¨D
¡¸-, Cross Bit!!¡¹
Suddenly Hajime yelled. Right after that, the huge sh that wasunched from the sun assaulted the nk of mother ship Avenst.
Hajime defended against that attack using barrier that was formed by the Cross Bits he secretly deployed two days ago when they arrived at this ship.
Thunderous sound and impact shook the world. Roze screamed and she was about to tumble down, but Tio helped her to stand still.
Because the barrier didn''t cover the whole ship, the extremely violent sh was making mother ship Avenst to tilt with its after wave. The top brasses on the deck were falling to their knees altogether.
Was it ten second, or one minute?
The sh fired from the sun was vanishing as though it was melting into the empty air.
¡¸Hiding in the sunrise, they are acting witty.¡¹
When Tio and Roze turned their gaze toward the sunlight at Hajime''s mutter¨D¨D
There were countless ck dots there.
It wasn''t just one or two. A great number of ck dots could be seen inside the sunlight that was illuminating the world with zing light.
No, those were, what appeared with the sun on their back using that light to hide their figure were¨D¨D
¡¸Qwailent''s fleet¡¡no way, why are they here!?¡¹
Roze''s words that sounded like a scream resounded.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Just, one more chapter¡¡you know?
Next time the update n is at 6 P.M Saturday too. That''s the n.
Chapter 239
Chapter 239
AN: I don''t get it.
Whether it''s about the harmony that the people of Narou sometimes showed, or about the trust toward Shirakome that is non-existent.
Even though I said that there is only one more chapter left, but no one trust me!
Right, fine then. Then Shirakome also has my own thinking.
Yes, I''ll answer to that trust. I''ll continue for two or three more chapters okay!
It''s not ending at all! Even though I had written twelve thousand characters, but even the fight didn''t start yet!
I''m sorry for lying!
¡¡It will really help if you all canugh it off ''just like usual, what a hopeless Shirakome huuuh'', like that.
Tio arc, please apany it for a little bit more.
A fleet that was formed from easily more than a hundred ships appeared from inside the dawn. The number of the airships was countless, and there were 30 ships at the same level with the mother ship Ostinato that was sunk before this, and then there were ten mother ships of Avenst''s level that surpassed Ostinato''s level, the number of the sky battlecrafts was very much like the stars in the sky, and then there was one super gigantic battleship that seemed to be the gship, advancing forward leisurely.
Their majestic appearance showed with certainty that it wasn''t an overestimation to call them as the country that ruled the sky.
¡¸¡¡Why, how, are they here?¡¹
They thought that their location wasn''t known. Because if that was the case, then they would have been annihted already since a long time ago. The fact that they were fighting even if it was with gueri method was the proof that the nation on ship Avenst wasn''t discovered, that was what they thought.
That was why, Roze could only stand dumbfounded in front of the embodiment of death that suddenly showed their figure. She could only let out meaningless question of¡¸Why¡¹¡¸How¡¹.
Crow siblings and the other top brasses were also in simr state. Thebatant Bovid and then Sabas were showing a resolved face that said¡¸Aah, so they finallye¡¹. These two might be the only one who vaguely noticed this possibility. But, even though they noticed there was still nothing that they could do.
Silver color shed.
¡¸Chih. Oi, queen-san! How long you are going to stay dazed like that-. If you don''t have any motivation, then I won''t defend the next one anymore!¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
Right after Hajime''s yell shook the air, the second wave of attack from the fleet assaulted mother ship Avenst. It was an attack like previously, a silver bombardment that thrust toward the nk. Twelve came in one wave.
In respond, several variable chakrams "Orestes" were floating around before anyone knew it.
The Orestes instantly cut into the line of fire and they unfolded with *kashun* sound. They opened a gate that crossed space in their inner area.
Each of the silver bombardment that was approaching while making the air screamed got seized into the internal of Orestes, and instantly they were returned back toward the fleet by another Orestes that were floating above Avenst.
The fleet got the main cannon attack theyunched themselves returned back as it was toward them, however, they didn''t show unsightly appearance like getting sank from direct hit of that. Several airship ss ships that were deployed at the front shined silver, at the same time a barrier was deployed at their front line.
The barrier that was also shining silverpletely blocked the returned main cannon bombardment. And it didn''t stop there, the bombardment''s might was shaved off as though it was getting sucked and then the attack was erased in just a few seconds.
¡¸Hee. As expected, they are also making countermeasure against their own weapon.¡¹
¡¸Something of this scale, it seems that the country itself art moving out. It''s unknown whether this art only a part or their whole force though¡¡. Goshujin-sama, it seemed that there was survivor wasn''t it?¡¹
Tio guessed that there was survivor from the mother ship Ostinato who reported back to their country and she hummed in admiration. To think that there was a survivor from that attack of Hajime that should even be called as a savage deed, and that survivor even managed to struggle until he reached back home¡¡surely that survivor was a possessor of a powerful fortune, she thought.
In reality, that possessor of powerful fortune was returning home in half crazy state, and after that, as the result of receiving an inquiry that was like a pseudo torture, his personality then became calm as though his nature was reversed or perhaps he had even reached enlightenment, and now he had be a character that was like a saint who loved dragon and nature and the sun above all else¡¡
¡¸Whoops, so it''s physical attack this time. For now it looks like they are evading us.¡¹
Several hundred missiles flew out from the fleet. All of them looked as though they were avoiding the vicinity of the front deck at the warship''s bow where Hajime and others were at. They were flying toward the rear half of mother ship Avenst and the two airships at the side.
It seemed that they had noticed the existence of Hajime and Tio. On top of that, they weren''t aiming at direct hit course toward the two of them surely because they were thinking to capture the two of them if possible.
¡¸Well, it''s easier to deal with when they art bunched up. Goshujin-sama, please take care of the straggler.¡¹
¡¸Okay.¡¹
Tio thrust both her hands forward. The stance looked like she was going to hold something from left and right. And then focused jet ck magic power came into being instantly. It was sparking andpressed¨D¨Dand it was fired.
*GOU*, a bombardment in a scale that didn''t lose to the enemy ship''s main cannon before this surged.
Tio wasunching the prided breath attack of dragon race. It easily erased a part of the approaching missile swarm. In addition, when Tio swung her arm, like a giantser de that was made from jet ck light, the missile swarm was mowed down horizontally.
Several dozen missiles that got away were shot down by Hajime''s sniping.
At the same time,
¡¸Now then, to conform to manners, we have to return the favor properly.¡¹
What Hajime took out while saying that was of course the sky *chu¡¡the sunlight convergenceser "Burst Hyperion".
¡¸First Compression Reactor¨D¨D"Release"¡¹
The sunlight energy that was already focused wasunched directionally. The fiercely extreme light burned the retina as though it was further overwriting the sky''s morning glow.
Naturally, the barrier fleet formed the silver barrier. The light of Burst Hyperion mercilessly pierced through that barrier. The impact sound that made the air screamed resounded, a part of the barrier fleet was pushed back by the might.
¡¸Second Compression Reactor¨D¨D"Release"¡¹
Theser bombardment mercilessly increased its might. Different from the silver bombardment, the barrier was making unpleasant sound "bikiri-, paki paki-* without even being able to absorb the attack. The battle line was disarrayed and the silver light that was enveloping the barrier ship that was nearby the ce where theser impacted was flickering weakly.
¡¸Third Compression Reactor¨D¨D"Release"¡¹
Of course, Hajime-san further pushed hard. The maximized sunlightser was finally going to pierce through the fleet''s barrier.
But, perhaps it should be said as expected from the fleet of a country. It didn''t look like it would go that easily.
The warship with the biggest size shined brilliantly. That ship which seemed to be the gship was enveloped by simr silver light like the barrier ship and then it radiated the light toward the barrier ship.
¡¸Hmph? It looks like monarch dragon granting power to other dragon huh.¡¹
Hajime whispered while releasing the fourthpressed reactor. Just like how monarch dragon granted power to other dragons, it seemed the gship was also able to grant power to other airship.
¡¸¡¡That''s, the ability of the exclusive ship of Qwailent''s king¨D¨DDurgrant. As long as that gship exist, there won''t be any way to defend against the fleet''s bombardment and there won''t be any hope to slip through the barrier.¡¹
The one who answered Hajime''s whisper was Roze''s spiritless words. Shadow of despair peeked through her eyes. She must know it really well. The reason they couldn''t win even if they fought from the front. Until now they must have been brought to grief many times by this enemy.
As though to make doubly sure, there were also another fleets separated from the fleet in front, floating from three directions with the mother ship Avenst at the center. It seemed they were advancing while hiding on the outeryer of the sea of clouds and finished the encirclement.
¡¸I see. That''s certainly a tough barrier. ¡¡Though it seems it''s taking considerablepensation for it.¡¹
A scream suddenly resounded. It was the yell of death agony that came from a beast. A clear ill will could be felt from their action that was purposefully broadcasting that voice using speaker to the outside.
¡¸¡¡The fleet is all linked up with equipment that magnified the dragon core energy. Naturally that means that their driving force is using dragon core. They are using thend of Avenst for breeding dragons, so they are literally consuming dragon core as disposable item.¡¹
To shed more detail, dragon core would be bigger along with the dragon''s growth. Dragon that was grown up through the years would possess fine quality dragon core inside their body. Because of that, with the objective of harvesting usable dragon core immediately after the birth, they were also using drugs to quicken the dragons'' growth.
The scream of the dragons who were continuously killed having their source of life exploited one after another even right now in this moment caused Roze and others to make a pained expression as though it was themselves who were being cut apart.
Hajime saw them looking like that and he let out a sigh and he stopped the firing of Burst Hyperion.
Actually he was thinking to take out all his Burst Hyperion andunched his maximum bombardment that was concentrated in one spot + sublimation magic but¡¡he saw Tio beside him who were obviously boiling with emotion of rage and grief despite her expressionless face, so he refrained from doing that.
The attack of Burst Hyperion ended and the unharmed fleet was resuming its march leisurely. It seemed that the fleet was vaguely enveloped with the atmosphere that was convinced they had endured through Hajime''s attack.
But, at that time, a man''s voice resounded in the airspace that was rampant with despair and scream. It was a voice that was heavily coated with ridicule, ill will, and atrocity.
¡ºSo the bombardment just now is your doing, the ck hair there.¡»
There wasn''t any self-introduction. There wasn''t even any preface. If he asked, than the one asked would surely answer. They could do nothing else but answering, they wouldn''t even be allowed to stay silent. It was a question that couldn''t even hide such haughtiness.
And so, for the time being Hajime shot Acht Acht.
A life-sized gun barrel. Zero time sniping without even focusing to aim.
Surely it looked like a peashooter after seeing the extremely big bombardment of Burst Hyperion.
But, that was a mistake. After all that sniper cannon was specialized in pration. The speed that was beyond the pale of the knowledge of electromaic eleration was equal with destructive force. Under the condition of one point pration, it was far above Burst Hyperion that was a weapon of extermination.
¡¸Well, the main unit is also considerably tough huh. It would be quick if the boss is blown away by just now.¡¹
¡¸That ce looks like the bridge, but it didst not meant that ce art really one. Look, somehow his anger art transmitted to here. I didst not know who art this person, but it looks like he is still alive.¡¹
A dangerous atmosphere was conveyed through the speaker of gship Durgrant. That was only natural. Because his question was replied by a shelling, what''s more that shelling easily pierced through the barrier and then blew up a part of the ce that seemed to be the bridge of the gship Durgrant.
Seen from the whole, it was really just a damage to a minor part but¡¡
It was really easy to see how shaken the fleet was. And it was even easier to understand the anger of the man who asked the question just now.
And then, that feeling of shaken also came from Roze and others behind. Lines like¡¸Lies, Durgrant that had never even been scratched until now is¡¡¡¹, or¡¸The legend, is easily broken like this¡¡¡¹, or¡¸That mercilessness that is just like usual¡¡I''m going numb here y''know, Hajime-san¡¹could be heard from them.
The radiance that was enveloping Durgrant increased. At the same time the screams of the dragons were also reverberating once more.
¡ºYou ck hair, can you hear this? I''m not taking out fuel from them or anything you know? I''m only simply torturing them. They are crying with a nice voice right? This crying voice of these animals you bastards are treasuring. ¨D¨DIf you want me to let you all die painlessly, then don''t you dare making light of me aga¨D¨D¡»
¡ºWhat the hell you are talking about since some time ago? Speaking sluggishly like this after I''ve been waiting patiently like this. What a slow guy. Stop wasting time and speak your business. I''ll listen so talk quickly.¡»
Against the haughtiness, even more haughtiness attacked back. Hajime answered using telepathy while still acting arrogantly with his arms folded. That attitude looked like he felt all of these were troublesome, it was unthinkable that he was doing bombardment contest like a space battle that woulde out in an SF just now. He didn''t even ask the identity of the one talking to him.
Hajime had no interest about the identity of the one talking to him from the bottom of his heart. This was an opponent of little importance.
That implicit thinking was conveyed vividly to all the people in that airspace.
¡º¡¡You doesn''t even know who I am? Looks like the coborator of Avenst is a dumb guy huh.¡»
¡ºThere is no way I''ll know that when you don''t even introduce yourselves. Well, from your way of talking there is not even a fragment of refinement in it, are you an upstart punk or something? It''s better to not trying too hard to make yourself look threatening y''know. You might feel like a big shot after bringing a lot of your friends along like this but¡¡the smell of a barking dog is intense even from here.¡»
Bursting out sound from Roze and others who knew about the true identity of the voice''s owner could be heard from behind.¡¸Bufuh¡¹It seemed that they reflexively leaked out augh.
Or rather, there was now Hajime didn''t understand just who was it riding the gship in this situation. In other words, everything except when he said he didn''t know the speaker''s identity was merely his true feelings.
¡ºWhat a cheap provocation. You said that, but you are desperately thinking about a n to breakthrough this even now aren''t you? That''s augh. In deference of yourical figure I''ll introduce myself. ¨D¨DGregor Cluzet Kwailent. The king of sky divine country Qwailent. Now you understand? The one in front of you is the god king of this world.¡»
In a sense that im wasn''t a mistake. He possessed the greatest military force and also monopolized most of the limited resource in this world. Whether to give or steal, to let live or kill, it all depended on him. There wasn''t anyone who could object even if he introduced himself as a god.
But, Hajime who heard that im was,
¡ºI see. Well, say, that. Do your best okay, God-sama. I think you must have it hard in various things though.¡»
For some reason, Hajime gave him words of encouragement with a very gentle expression.
What crossed at the back of Hajime''s mind was a god of a certain another world. The existence who when he was insisting¡¸Because I''m a god. I don''t have friend, my country was also ruined, and I''m an attention seeker who liked to create doll, but I''m seriously a god! That''s why, everyone, listen to what I''m saying okay!¡¹instead got a wind hole opened on his body and went *pop*.
Thinking back, that guy was someone really pitiful. Good grief, just who it was, who was the guy that beat up that kind of unfortunate and pitifully hopeless god to death leaving not even a dust behind. What a terrible guy.
¡ºGoshujin-sama. Art you waiting for a retort for that? I wouldst say this, just in case, it was Goshujin-sama who obliterated that self-proimed god in rage. Also, I wouldst say this because it seems thou hath forgotten but, it was also Goshujin-sama who shaved the retainer god to death. That deed of chopping off his four limbs to instigate his pain and fear, and then shaving him to death slowly from the edge of his body, it was something that was really hard to forget.¡»
It seemed from the middle the event of Ehito going *pop* was leaked through the telepathy. An exasperated straight-man retort came in from Tio.
Roze and others were taking a step back with a creeped out expression. It was really not a method of killing that human could do! They were taking distance with their shuddersid bare. The top brasses could be heard whispering things like¡¸I vaguely thought it but¡¡as expected he is a demon¡¹, or¡¸A brute, there is a brute hereee¡¹, or¡¸Whatck of mercy¡¡I admire that yeah¡¹and so on.
Naturally, it was a telepathy that was broadcasted externally, so the words of self-poimed god and the words of unfortunate and pitifully hopeless god were also overheard by all the people in the area. And the king of the divine country who was talked to be at the same rank with that kind of god and in the end even got a gentle expression directed to him was,
¡ºRoze. Choose. Will you all fall into ruin altogether, or will youe under me along with the monarch dragon and abandon your country?¡»
He changed his target. It wasn''t like he was feeling awkward or anything. His emotionless voice was disying really clearly the rage that was boiling like magma inside him.
Those were the words of the sworn enemy who usurped the throne and took over the country, however Roze was unable to answer immediately. Gregor''s objective was clear. He was aiming for the power of monarch dragon from Kuwaible, the blood of royalty from Roze, and the enjoyment of seeing Avenst struggle after it lost these two.
In such case, then the people of Avenst would surely going through annihtion exactly as though they were shaved to death. And then, Kuwaibel would be forced to go through experiment and mating to mass produce monarch dragon, while Roze would also be a ything.
But, if they didn''t obey, then Avenst would perish immediately. The only difference between the two choices was whether it would be a slow or fast death.
Originally even if they were going to challenge Qwailent in the cleared up world, but they wanted to leave behind those who couldn''t fight in a safe ce. But it seemed even that choice was already gone.
After closing her eyes for a bit, Roze made her decision.
¡¸Hajime-sama, Tio-sama. Please head toward Helmut''s subjugation without reserve. Surely it will be easy for you two to breakthrough the encirclement with your strength.¡¹
Hajime turned only his gaze toward her across his shoulder.
¡¸You are going to have a decisive battle here?¡¹
¡¸No. Only I and Kuwaibel will go under Gregor.¡¹
Screams were suddenly raised. The Crow siblings, Sabas, Bovid and the othersbatant, and all the other top brasses unanimously called at her to stop. They didn''t wish to have a long life so much that they would sacrifice the queen and the monarch dragon. They insisted that such way of living that knew no shame wouldn''t save anyone!
¡¸I''m not giving up. Even if it''s only a faint hope, even if it''s a thorny path, as long as we are still alive then there is still hope. Furthermore, if Hajime-sama and Tio-sama are going to kindly subjugate Helmut for us, there might be a chance for us to make aeback by making use of the resulting chaos. Right now, right now we have to live!¡¹
Roze dignifiedly ordered to the top brasses, and also toward the people of Avenst who were starting to show up on the deck because they were awoken by the first cannon attack. Seeing the piercing light in those eyes even in this edge of despair made themprehended, that indeed, there was definitely no color of resignation there. What was there was merely an earnestly firm resolve and nothing else.
This time everyone but Roze was at loss for words. They instinctively knew that the decision of the queen couldn''t be overturned just by their words. Hermand to them to live for now pierced their chest.
The lips of Hajime who was watching at them like that across his shoulder, it warped slightly. That was the form of a small smile.
When he looked beside him, Tio was making a really gentle expression that was filled with affection. That figure who wouldn''t give up until thest moment even when she understood that it was a hellish path¨D¨Dwas really beautiful.
Hajime shrugged his shoulders. And then, he asked about something that he had already understood since the time the fleet appeared from inside the dawn.
¡ºOi, Grugor. To say the truth, I''m actually unrted with this woman and Avenst. Do you feel like overlooking us two?¡»
¡º¡¡¡»
It seemed that he didn''t have any intention to answer. He must had washed his hands already from Hajime. He didn''t care what would happen to Hajime after this even if Hajime ended up all but dead, as long as he was still alive in the end and he could be experimented on through something like torture to search for the secret of his strength. His intention against Tio should also be the same.
¡¡Surely, he wasn''t sulking or anything because his name was mistaken so naturally just now, yes, there was no way it was so.
Hajime who took the silence to meant no felt Tio making an expression that looked itchy as though she was holding down the emotion welling up inside her while he took a deep breath¨D¨D
¡ºCough-. Aa~, informing the criminals who are abducting and confining the innocent dragon hostage~. Release all of them right no~~~~w! Your mother in the countryside is crying you kno!¡»
At once Hajime felt gazes piercing him from behind that were asking¡¸This guy, just what is he saying?¡¹. At the same time, that kind of atmosphere was also transmitted toward him from the fleet somehow.
But, Hajime-san didn''t pay any attention to everyone''s bewilderment and began to dash leaving everyone behind. Because, that was Hajime Quality after all!
¡ºAll of you, don''t have the right to request awyer! You also don''t have any ground to plead for any extenuating circumstance! But, I''ll allow your right to keep silent! If you let go of the dragon hostage, and then stay sil~lent and return home, I''ll be merciful and won''t shoot from behind! Now, this is a chance of a lifetime for you to avoid death penalty you know! Who cares about Beroder! Kidnapper gentlemen! Just scurry back home with all your strength without fea~~r!¡»
What he was saying was already absurd. Also, even the name of the king-sama that he said was absurdly mangled.
¡ºAre you listening, this is a warning! If you don''t release the dragons right now, I''m telling you it will be re~~ally terrible for you all okay! Just ignore what Hageter is telling you to do! I''m not lying y''know? It will be a cold day in hell before I''m lyi¨D¨D¡»
A bombardment from the gship Durgrant! Surely it was the payback for the name calling that was totally wrong already except the letter¡¸r¡¹.
Roze called in panic at Hajime who blocked that with his barrier.
¡¸Hajime-sama!? Just what in the world are you nning!? Why are you provoking them like that-¡¹
¡¸Either way, it was already toote by the time we hadn''t departed from here when that fleet arrived. Surely they won''t overlook us anymore now. Of course, it''s possible for us to escape right away but¡¡¡¹
It was impossible for Hajime to show his back toward people who were attacking him hostilely. Of course it didn''t change even now that should be Roze and others should be the one fighting. That was why, at present Hajime had no intention to make a move directly.
Then, why¡¡Roze who was asking that was replied by Hajime with a grin.
¡¸In this world, there are fellows who should also fight other than queen-san and co right? The fellows who ought to burn their soul betting their survival and dignity on the line.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Hajime averted his gaze from the bewildered Roze and gazed at Tio.
¡¸Tio. Won''t you show to your junior this rug rat dragon, the real king of dragon?¡¹
¡¸Kufufuh. Actually the screams of the dragons hath been clinging into mine ear and it wouldst not go away since some time ago. Even if Goshujin-sama decide to leave this ce, I''m nning to do it. But, I believe with mine all that Goshujin-sama wouldst surely meet mine expectation in this kind of time.¡¹
Tio''s lips warped happily yet ferociously. Her pupils split vertically and they had already turned into dragon eyes. It seemed the meaningless torture to the dragons made her stomach boiled up much.
Hajime showed a simrly ferocious smile and then he sent telepathy to Gregor with a tone that sounded a bit serious.
¡ºMensor. You know that we possess unknown power, you know that we already sink a mother ship of your country without it being able to do anything, and yet even knowing all that, you don''t feel like stopping huh?¡»
¡º¡¡Indeed, the power of you bastard is of unknown quantity. But, exactly because of that there is worth in stealing it. I''m someone who steal. There is a first rate treasure before my eyes while I''m able to wield my maximum strength, no way I''m gonna stop don''t you think? As long as there is even a percent chance of victory, I''ll always go to steal what I want. This time is the same.¡»
¡ºI see. So you also have something unshakeable inside you in your own way. ¡¡But, hey self-proimed god, you are mistaking one thing yeah.¡»
¡ºWhat?¡»
The bombardment from the gship Durgrant ceased. Right after that, Hajime and Tio leaped up from the deck.
Hajime and Tio who jumped to the sky nestled close to each other midair and hovered still.
And then, both of them stared at each other from really close range it looked like they would kiss anytime, and like that¡¡
*bachikon-*
¡¸Ahahn¡¹
Hajime''s spanking burst on Tio''s butt. Seeing how there was a crimson ripple spreading from that, it seemed that the spanking was apanied with "Magic Shockwave". Even though there was almost no damage from that, but the masterful p that sent numbing pleasure(pain) running through the whole body until the deepest core caused hopeless dragon-san to reflexively got on all fours. Even though she was midair but it was done skillfully.
¡¸Come on, do your best, hopeless dragon. Even though you are the princess of the dragon race, but you pervert is gasping in front of thisrge army.¡¹
¡¸I, I''m gasping, because of Goshujin-sama''s fault¡¡¡¹
*bachikon-*
¡¸Ahiih. Just now, it reached amazing ce-¡¹
¡¸Even though you are the pervert, what are you doing ming other huh?¡¹
After saying that it was one more spanking. Tio''srge butt undted from the impact. It was apanied with a bewitching voice that resounded once more, through the whole airspace.
Of course, everyone of Avenst, and everyone of the divine country''srge fleet, and also that Gregor-san, everyone of them without exception was shocked¡¸Just what the hell these people are starting so suddenlyyy!?¡¹so much their eyes almost popped out from their socket.
Hajime was building a world of only the two of them that was different from the one with Yue while he mercilessly kept spanking Tio''s butt. And then he took out a test tube vial from his pocket and took off the cap using his mouth. Next, he plunged it into Tio''s mouth that was opened gaspingly.
¡¸Nnguu!?¡¹
Tio who suddenly got something plunged into her mouth, and furthermore liquid was flowing in from that, coupled with the butt spanking it caused her expression to change into a terribly joyous one! What a pervert! As expected from the hopeless dragon!
Gregor who finally returned to reality around that point gave out his order. He didn''t understand what was going on, but for the time being he was going to shower them with bombardment. The main cannon of several mother ships were aimed toward Hajime and Tio.
¡¸Nnmuu!? It came-! It came, Goshujin-samaaa-! As expected, the conversion rate from personal reward of Goshujin-sama art in different level! Just like Yue''s blood pledge contract, this art truly the master and servant contract that art build on love!¡¹
¡¸No way. If this thing is going to get a skill name, then it will absolutely be something like pervert contract, or SM contract, something like that.¡¹
Tio who were breathing ''haa haa'' roughly on all fours with expression of ecstasy yelled with a voice that was oozing with excitement. And then, she was standing up unsteadily while fidgeting before she received a ne with red jewel attached from Hajime.
¡¸Is it okay without transforming into dragon?¡¹
¡¸Fufun, haa haa, don''t look down on me. Haa haa, nnnh. This art different from the battle in Holy Precincts where I hath to do it without any rehearsal. Afuuu¡¡I hath trained diligently and mine skill was further polished then before. Haa haa¡¡to say nothing, of how I hath received reward personally from Goshujin-sama now. For the current me, nothing art impossible!¡¹
¡¸Hm, is that so.¡¹
Hajime''s indifferent reply cause Tio to tremble from feeling shivers.
And then, now, just when the main cannons were in the verge of firing, she bent greatly backward while taking a deep breath¡¡
GURYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-
She let out a dragon howl with human body. Still with an extremely disgusting smile as though she was going to throw out all the pleasure in one go.
The howl radiated, however, it wasn''t a mere yell. The howl turned into ck colored ripples with Tio as the center and it rushed through the airspace. The ck ripples that undted repeatedly, over and over again, they ignored the barrier and passed through the fleet.
Was it an unknown attack¡¡. But look there, that woman''s smile. It wasn''t normal!
The fleet''s main cannons cautiously stopped in the stage of firing preparationpleted.
Right after that, pulsation resounded in the world.
*Thump-*
*Thump-*
*Thump-*
It wasn''t just one or two. There were innumerable pulses that couldn''t be counted. It was as though the world itself was going to wake up, and then there was bizarre yet overwhelming presence, presence, presence-!!
¨D¨DNow, awaken. O mine brethrens. O proud, powerful existences.
A voice that resembled telepathy, and yet was vaguely different somehow wasing down.
¨D¨DThe eyes of dragon, art not something for the sake of expressing grief. They art there for the me of conviction to dwell inside
¡ºYour majesty-. The full, no, the dragons-¡»
¡ºThis is, the second mother ship Ambition! Strangeness is urring in the fuel bunker! Those guys, just what in the world is going on!?¡»
A solemn and dignified voice resounded in Gregor''s ears, at the same time there were also screamed reportsing one after another. Every one of those reports were conveying about the strangeness of the fuel in each ship.
¨D¨DThe ws of dragon, art not something for hugging tight the trembling self. They art there in order to tear apart malice, and protect what ought to be protected.
¡ºEighth mother ship Granada! The dragons, they are getting dyed! Something is happening!?¡»
¡ºThis is the tenth mother ship Fudelta-. The dragons are erging here! At this rate the cages will be broken! Your majesty, your order please-¡»
¡ºReporting-. The dragons that are dyed ck are spewing out heat energy from their mouth! Shit-, the fuel bunker is destroyed-¡»
The report didn''te only from the fleet. A screaming report and panicked yell asking for instruction were alsoing from the fuel bunker of gship Durgrant. Furthermore, there was a thunderous sound booming and the tremor from that was transmitted until the gship where Gregor was at.
¡¸What is happening!?¡¹
¡¸-. The restrain of the dragon that is let out from the cage for torture is destroyed! It''s rampaging and killing the crews!¡¹
¡¸Impossible. That restriction is for anti-dragon use that is equipped with Synthesizer! Why didn''t it activate!?¡¹
¡¸It''s activating! Other than the one in the restriction tool, the crews are also activating theirs! But it''s not working against the ck dragon!¡¹
¡¸What the hell happened-. Aargh, broadcast this to all ships too! Kill all the dragons that are turning strange. Kill them right away!¡¹
The moment the order was given, killing weapon was aimed toward the dragons who were continuously pulsating inside the fuel bunkers. The dragons who were still bewildered at the change that was happening to them saw those gun muzzles and the menacing crews. They were shrinking back in fear.
¨D¨DThe fangs of dragon, art not something to be gritted in front of death. They art there in order to crunch thy own weakness into pieces, and disy the soul of struggle tempered with reasoning.
The dragons who were going to huddle into themselves suddenly stopped still. That change caused the crews who were readying their weapon to stop moving for a moment in suspicion. They stoppedpletely.
¡¸Gururururuh¡¹
Countless low growls were echoing. The dragons who were dyed jet ck and grew up to adulthood regardless of their former size slowly raised their head that was lowered as though begging for forgiveness before this.
¡¸Hih¡¹
¡¸U, a¡¹
Several crews raised a short scream. Those were undoubtedly voices of terror. Their eyes met. With the dragons who raised their face. They were pierced by those dragon eyes that were filled with fighting spirit and soul of conviction.
¨D¨DRaise the howl! The dragon''s howl! Demonstrate to the world, of thy existence! Lift up highly, thy proud soul! All of thee¨D¨Dart the dragons!
Instantly, countless howls shook the world and spread through the sky.
It caused a hallucination that perhaps the whole fleet might rupture from the inside, from these furiously grand dragon howls!
Just from that, the eardrums of the nearby crews were damaged, and among them there were even people who lost consciousness with the white of their eyes exposed.
¨D¨DSoul - Metamorphosis - Sublimation Composite magic ¡¾ck God Dragon''s Authority¡¿
Once in the Holy Precincts Tio used¡¾Dragon King''s Authority¡¿. It was an age of god magic that transformed other creature into ck dragon. Before, she could only change the target one by one by using ck very whip in conjunction.
But right now, although there was the requirements that she needed to be in a state that had stocked up power from using Pain Conversion, and also the targets needed to be creature that was close to dragon, but she was able to transform all the dragons within range into ck dragons that possessed tough ck scale with one roar. Furthermore, by using an arrangement of¡¾Divine Statement¡¿¨D¨D¡¾God Dragon''s Word Soul¡¿, it could also awaken the dragon instinct.
Yes, by Tio''s power, all the dragons who were confined by the fleet in great amount as fuel¨D¨Dwere transformed into gant ck dragons!
As the result,
*DOGOOOOOOOOO*
Countless explosive sounds reverberated. The cause was one. The "breath attack" that became usable after the ck dragon transformation exploded inside all the airships.
¡ºIt''s no good-. We cannot hold them ba-gyaah¡»
¡ºShit-. What''s with that scale!? The bullet cannot go throuugh-¡»
The reports were gradually turning into mere screams. And then, the fired breaths smashed the internal walls, the ck dragons that were surging out from the cage were trampling down the ship''s inside, and they finally flew outside.
Like ashes that were whirling up from the stirring winds, the dragons went home to the sky one after another from the external walls that were melted by the shes of the breath attack.
Even just a single mother ship would confine dragons in number that easily surpassed a hundred. The number of the ck dragons that were flying out was umon.
¡ºFire-! It''s convenient if they are going out by themselves! They areing out so shoot them down!¡»
Gregor''s instruction was transmitted. The heavy weapons on board the ships immediately spewed fire.
The bullets were approaching like falling stars toward the crowd of ck dragons that flew out to the sky. But, another dragon that flew out first cut into that firing line. It spread out its wings and used its body as shield to cover itsrades!
The ck scales it inherited from its parent weren''t something that could easily get pierced by the heavy weapon. But, even so if it was asked whether it coulde out unscathed, then the answer was no. Its ck scales were smashed and scattered each time bullets hit it, and finally the bullets gouged its body and blood and flesh were scattered.
But, the ck dragon who turned its body into shield for itsrades'' sake didn''t waver even with death before its eyes. Its merely, with the will of fighting till the end, the will to protect itsrades, it even fired itsst breath attack just from those wills.
It was a small breath that was already powerless, however it splendidly destroyed one of the ship''s weapons. At the same time, the hole-riddled ck dragon vomited blood while losing strength.
But, thanks to that sacrifice, several dozen ck dragons were able to fly out to the sky from the hole without getting sniped.
¨D¨Dp thy wings, o noble child. Blessing to that soul
A grand howl reverberated. The ripples that were spreading once more in the sky enveloped the ck dragons that were falling powerlessly.
At the next moment, the ck dragons that were definitely wounded all over their body pped their dragon wings strongly. They rearranged their posture midair and then looked down at their own body with puzzled feeling. There they witnessed the sight of their wound gone already with their ck scales regenerating swiftly.
The cause of that? That was obvious. It was their mother that awakened them as "dragon".
The gaze of the ck dragons caught sight of the great existence that was standing in air with human form. That figure was going ''haa haa'' somehow though.
¡¸KUWAAAAAAAH¡¹
¡¸GAAAAAAAAAAH¡¹
¡¸GURYAAAAAAH¡¹
There was only one meaning of the howls echoing through the sky.
¨D¨DGather. Toward the great dragon who was going ''haa haa''.
The ck dragons simultaneously started flying toward the center of the battlefield. Naturally, bullets and missiles wereing at them from behind, but several ck dragons were constantly covering theirrades at the rear, in that chance they would roll and fired their breath to intercept. And then, the wounded ck dragons would have their body healed when a soul-stirring howl echoed and they would return to battle.
¡¸What¡¡sight¡¡¡¹
That was Roze''s whisper. Kuwaibel who was within her embrace was unmoving with his gaze fixed forward unblinking as though to burn everything into his eyes. And then, the people of Avenst were also looking still at the sky in a daze without moving. But, just from looking at their expression it could be understood that their emotions werepletely the same like Roze.
¨D¨DA tornado made from great number of ck dragons.
With Tio at the center, the ck dragons circling around her were creating a sight that had never been seen before in this world.
The light of the sun that was showing out its facepletely was reflected glitteringly on the scales of the ck dragons. It was as though ck diamonds that were perfectly cut by artisan''s hand were dancing while reflecting the light at random.
What a truly grandeur, sublime, and beautiful sight.
Amidst the rising up emotions that jolted the soul of the humans of the fleet, Tio''s words were directed toward the king of pige.
¡ºThou the so called god king that rule the sky. No more tedios talk art necessary. ¨D¨DOpen wide thy eyes. Witness, what kind of existence dragon art. The true meaning of ruling the sky!¡»
¡º-. Who cares-. Fire-. Don''t get absent-minded! I permit lethal attack! Aim all weapons at them! gship, turn around-. Whole fleet, cover for Durgrant''s retreat! I''ll kill the whole family of anyone who disobey!¡»
Amand to kill resounded. There was also a resolute retreatmand at the same time. However, it was only for himself who was the king. The long rule of terror didn''t allow anyone to disobey his words even when they understood that they were obviously in an ugly situation.
The gship Durgrant turned around, at the same time the whole fleetunched simultaneous attack. There were silver bombardments and also missiles attack. All those that were fired from all direction were like a cage that was made from firing lines.
¡¸Thinking again, this is the first time I''m going to see it live huh. I''m looking forward to it.¡¹
¡¸Fufu, I''ll answer that expectation. ¨D¨D"Limit Break"¡¹
The ne that was handed to her before this¨D¨D"Last Zell".
With thebined effects of the artifact that brought about Limit Break, and the Cheatmate II (Uma¡ðbo walleye pock roe vor, drink version) she drank just now, the finishing move of Tio us that originally couldn''t be activated without getting damages all over her body was now activated!
*GOU-* The wind roared. Storm of magic power where crimson and jet ck mixed. It spiraled up and pierced the sky, with size so big that it enveloped the tornado of the ck dragons from further outside. The sea of clouds twisted and whirled like a typhoon.
The flooding silver bombardments and also the swarm of missiles got rolled up and jumbled together where not even a single one went through the storm. The overwhelming torrent of power turned anything and everything powerless!
The light of sun was vanishing.
The sky above the sea of clouds was getting covered further.
¡¸Aa, as I thought, your great self is¡¡¡¹
A true dragon manipted even the heaven and earth. It was the legend that was taught to her. And now, it was urring right before her eyes. Roze was trickling tears naturally. Was she deeply moved? Was she scared? Roze, and also the people of Avenst who were simrly shedding tears didn''t really understand. However, there was something pressing on their chest.
Thunderbolts and bursting sounds overran the world.
What was generated at the sky further above the sea of clouds, was a sea of lightning and me. Lightning was flickering like prominence in the me sea of sky that was spreading as though to burn the world to ash.
The tornado of crimson and jet ck dispersed. The ck dragons that were left behind were merely looking up to the sky. It was as though they were worshipping the existence there.
*slither* Something was protruding out from the sea of lightning and me. It was a part of a long torso. Jet ck scales that seemed to suck in the light could be seen. It was undting, emerging out from the sea of lightning me with top and bottom reversed, it vanished, and then emerged out once more.
On the whole, it wasn''t a body of dragon, whether in size or shape. But, all existences in this airspace understood.
¨D¨DThat thing which was beyond human understanding was¡¡a dragon
*zuzuzu-*, It made a sound that was like a rumble in the ground and the existence that was swimming in the sea of lightning me showed its appearance.
It appeared with skin of me while d in tremendous sparks. The golden dragon eyes that were split vertically in the middle were ring at everything in the lower world.
The giant body that easily surpassed three hundred meter long was coiling and the surrounding was colored by shes of lightning and prominences.
A beat.
¨D¨DGOAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!
For a moment, everyone hallucinated whether the world was burst open. Because of the howl that was like an explosive sound¡¡wasn''t the cause.
¡ºThe god¡¡that control¡¡the sky¡¡¡»
Yes, it was truly the heaven''s might. Just a single howl caused everyone to feel the will of judgment that seemed to break the world.
Without any distinction of ally or enemy, this was an existence that would make all existence to feel awe.
¨D¨Dck god dragon Tio us
Manifested here.
Something like the chance of victory for the fleet, there was no way they even had a percent of it.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
¡ùDragon + Hostage = Dragon hostage (coined words) (TN: In Japan, hostage is read ''hitojichi''. Hito=person, jichi=coteral. In this chapter the author used made up words of ''ryuujichi'' or dragon hostage.)
A lot of people pointed that out, so I wrote it just in case. I''m sorry that it was hard to understand.
I waste this time too. Really forgive me.
And so, the n for the next chapter, if possible it will be at 6 P.M. Saturday, or perhaps at 0 A.M Sunday, if I cannot make it even then, then it will be at 6 P.M Sunday. Please treat me well.
Chapter 240
Chapter 240
AN: Sorry it''ste.
Sea of lightning me in the sky. Sea of clouds of death whirling below.
It could be seen as the sight of the end of the world, or perhaps as the sight of the creation of the world. Surely the impression would differ depending on the person.
But, in any case, there wasn''t anyone who doubted that this was a scene of legend that would be engraved into the history of this world.
¨D¨DWhere art thou going?
The solemn soul ofnguage came from the sky. All the people who heard it would be made to hold awe whether they wanted it or not by that voice.
That voice was directed toward the gship that was trying to escape first by making the whole fleet into sacrificial pawn. No, more urately, it was toward the master of gship Durgrant that gave the order¨D¨Dthe god king of pige Gregor.
Even that person himself must understand that the question was directed to him. Inside the bridge of gship Durgrant that was already turning around and moved to escape, Gregor who was watching dumbfounded at the absurd sight behind the ship through the disy twitched and trembled.
¡ºDon''t listen-. Full speed¨D¨D¡»
Gregor yelled in panic toward the helmsman with shaken eyes. However, he was unable to speak his order until the end.
¨D¨DO false king, know shame
¡ºYo, your majesty-¡»
¡º-, dodge!¡»
A scream came from the helmsman. Because suddenly a giant tornado descended from the sea of lightning me. The tornado of scorching heat that burn the air with hell fire and heat wave spiraled and dyed the inside of the bridge with brilliant light.
The helmsman reflexively tilted the ship faster than Gregor''smand to dodge. The gship Durgrant veered right away to the right with a motion that didn''t suit that giant frame.
¨D¨DThou couldst not escape
Along with those words, the second zing tornado descended. It didn''t stop there, as though to invite despair toward the gship Durgrant that was tyring to slip through somehow, the third, fourth, fifth tornado descended.
¡º-, impossible to dodge! It''sing!¡»
¡ºBarrier full strength! Breakthrough-¡»
The loud yells of the helmsman and Gregor echoed.
gship Durgrant tried to slip through the countless me pirs that were connecting heaven and earth, but it finally couldn''t evade and came into contact.
Instantly, the giant body of gship Durgrant was attacked by fierce vibration. The posture control system didn''t work and the ship''s bow was lifted up as though it got hoisted, the ship was rotating uncontrobly. In addition, there were even consecutive impacts that followed. The thunderbolts that were generated inside the tornado were assaulting the ship.
The crew who was in charge of the silver barrier control saw how the ship''s energy was consumed with frightening speed and he raised his voice with pale expression.
¡ºThe barrier output-, it decreased by fifty percent! Your majesty-, at this rate-¡»
¡ºChih, start replenish¡¡shit-¡»
Gregor unconsciously cursed when he was about to give instruction. In order to maintain the barrier''s output, they needed to exchange the pod of dragon core fuel, but he remembered that there were no more dragon for that.
¡ºTurn around¡¡turn the ship around! At the same time, fire at full power toward that ck dragon!¡»
They couldn''t retreat.
Gregor who made that judgment then ordered to turn the ship around while feeling indescribable rage and unease.
At the same time, the weapons loaded on board the gship Durgrant fired simultaneously. Missiles in the amount that was absurd to be counted, storm of bullets that should be called as a wall already, and naturally the silver bombardment too.
Of course¨D¨Dall those were shot down. Anything and everything, without a single exception. By several hundred, several thousand lightning showering from the sky.
While gship Durgrant was retreating, the other fleets were naturally joining in offense using their full power to push back Tio. Yet regardless of that, Gregor was unable to even retreat.
The reason of that was this.
From all directions. In the range diameter of several dozen kilometer. Sniping of roaring lightning was shooting out every target under the heaven simultaneously and swiftly.
The world that was covered with the sea of lightning me was literally the absolute territory of the ck god dragon.
¡ºCharge the Henkhaborg-. All fleets, buy us time!¡»
The fact that their attack didn''t reach caused Gregor''s voice to turn increasingly disarrayed. Even so, all the fleets reflexively obeyed the words of the king who symbolized terror and violence.
The barrier fleet form multiyered formation to protect the gship Durgrant, the other fleets aimed their maximum firepower without pause from all directions, sky battlecraft squads were unleashing attacks suicidally.
At the same time, gship Durgrant''s multi-column 3-turret cannon was focusing silver light with terrific momentum. However, that light was something mixed with ck color like what mother ship Ostinato showed in the end, so it was obviously different in aspect with the normal bombardment.
¨D¨DMain cannon Henkhaborg
It was a silver bombardment that took in the property of the ck rain to be an abominable energy wave. The bombardment that focused and mixed the impure energy that filled this world, when it hit the target, even if the ship''s frame itself was protected by the barrier, the energy that caused necrosis to the cells would encroach inside the ship and annihted the crews.
Of course, after it was fired, highly polluted energy would get scattered at the surrounding area, so one''s own army also would not escape the effect. It was a forbidden weapon that was hard to use, it bared its fang not just to enemy and ally, but even to the world.
And now, it was fired.
A sh shined and filled up the burning worldpletely.
It didn''t matter even if it was against existence that had veered really far from the beaten track, as long as it was still a living thing, it should be possible for it to experience cell necrosis. And then, as long as they could just seed in eroding its body, the would be able to kill it for sure!
A twitching smile emerged on Gregor''s lips.
¨D¨DFool
It was fired in no time.
The ck god dragon''s¨D¨Dbreath!
The sh that was fired from the jaw that was opened wide was pure ck. It was an absolute color that wasn''t polluted by anyone, painting over everything.
The bombardment of silver and ck that exemplified taboo was certainly mighty, it could pulverize even a mother ship in a single shot. But, the breath that was fired from the ck god dragon far surpassed it. The difference in power was overwhelming, like a needle that was thrust to intercept a log.
*GOU-* When the atmosphere growled, this world''s strongest bombardment was easily swallowed by the ck breath after a moment of resistance.
¡ºImpossible-¡»
Gregor''s yell echoed.
But, the scene before his eyes was a definite fact. The strongest attack of gship Durgrant was swallowed right from the front, and it didn''t stop there, it was getting annihted along with the negative energy by the aberrantly scorching heat.
The firstyer of the multiyered barrier that was deployed by the barrier fleet was smashed open like a paper waste. The secondyer was also breached like scattering ss after a moment of resistance. The thirdyer, the fourthyer¡¡
¡ºDodge-¡»
¡ºRo, roger!¡»
At the same time with the barrier''s pulverization, several ships of the barrier fleet were hit by the breath and they exploded everywhere. Gregor recovered his sanity seeing the figure of the defensive ships going up in me and he gave hismand, and then the helmsman who simrly managed to go back to reality steered the ship with miraculous reflex.
When gship Durgrant rotated, thest barrier was broken through at the same time.
¡ºAll hands-, brace for impa¨D¨D¡»
The yell that was raised by someone couldn''t be finished until the end.
Right after that, a terrific impact attacked gship Durgrant. Thunderous sound and fierce alert sound rang.
The breath Tio released didn''t stop and opened up arge hole in the whirling sea of clouds and vanished toward the ground. No one had the leisure to observe where itnded, but if they could actually do that, surely they would experience the feeling of a block of ice thrown on their spine without doubt.
After all, the ce that was impacted by the breath that descended from the sky¨D¨Da mountain with elevation around two kilometer was hit directly and it got sted away spotlessly.
It was the breath of a god dragon that changed the geography.
gship Durgrant got hit by that, however, it still wasn''t sinking. Its mobility that didn''t suit itsrge built and the great reaction of the helmsman saved them, that they got away with only its main cannon part wholly gouged out.
Although, the figure of the gship tilting diagonally while on fire and smoking was giving a shock to the whole fleets as though it had been sunken down.
The captains of the fleet were staring dumbfounded without giving any order at the symbol of despair the gship getting cornered, as though time had stopped. The attack of the fleet also stopped and naturally the sky battlecraft squadrons were also staring at the gship with their eyes opened wide.
There was no way Tio would overlook that opening.
¨D¨DO proud warriors. p thy wings. Raise thy howl. Drive into the heart of these invaders who acted as though they owned the sky, just whose territory this ce art
Those who answered was naturally the ck dragons who were protected from the all-directions fleet attack. The dragon howls that shook the soul resounded through the zing sky.
It was toote even when the enemy returned to their senses in shock.
The pilots of sky battlecrafts that were staring at the gship Durgrant while circling saw the openedrge mouth and fangs of dragon through their cockpit at the next moment¨D¨Dright after that, they were swallowed by scorching heat breath and vanished.
The other sky battlecraft squadrons also got their back taken instantly and they exploded due to the ck dragons'' breath, others got hit by the tackle of the falling ck dragon and they got crushed along with their cockpit.
The airships and mother ships resumed their attack.
However, the current ck dragons didn''t let go of the opening of the paused barrage.
Thest sight that a male captain who was sitting on themand seat inside the bridge saw, was the scene of a ck dragon swooping down while pping its wings in a big way, itsrge mouth opened across the windbreak. Right after that, his consciousness was expulsed into the perpetual darkness along with the ck sh that nketed his field of vision.
ck dragons were clinging on a mother ship. They were outside the firing range because they were too close. The sky battlecrafts who originally should be ying active role so this kind of situation didn''t ur were unable to protect their ship due to another dragons attacking them with clever cooperation and suicidal resolve.
Like that, with deadly attack toward the bridge, the ck dragons were sinking the fleets one after another.
Even in that battlefield that presented a chaotic situation, there were also tough ships that were defeating the ck dragons using skilled maneuver, but the ck dragons that should be shot down already were revived as though nothing happened at the next moment and attacked again.
Of course, there were ck dragons who got hit by main cannon ss attack and they were exterminated without reviving back. There were also those that were falling in tailspin and vanish into the sea of clouds without the revival making it in time.
But, however¡¡
¡ºThese guys¡¡don''t they have any fear?¡»
A captain of a certain mother ship whispered.
Immediately after that, a ck dragon on the verge of death whose wings were turned into tatters and its dragons scales smashed, even so its fighting spirit wasn''t dulled even by a fragment, it was howling as though to burn its life into ash and charged toward the bridge. And then, it destroyed the bridge with its breath!
They didn''t have anything like fear. If they had fear, then it would be fear toward death without even fighting, living with their soul rotting.
¡ºShit-. Why, are they not stopping-¡»
The captain of a certain airship screamed.
A ck dragon received all attacks with its body while protecting arade behind it, even so it advanced forward without stopping. Even when half its body was blown away from a missile''s direct hit, the strength dwelling inside those dragon eyes didn''t waver in the slightest.
It definitely, delivered itsrade toward the enemy''s location! Of course, the breath of the protected ck dragon blew away the bridge.
They wouldn''t stand still anymore for the second time. Because this was the sky. This was their territory.
Therefore, they were outdoing their opposition.
They were outdoing their greatest enemy. And above all else¨D¨Dtheir past self!
¡¸Aa¡¡really, what a sight this is¡¡¡¹
The voice that was blurred with the overflowing feeling came from the descendant of the country that loved dragon, and swore to live together with dragon¨D¨DRoze Phiris Avenst''s.
Their greatest friends who were oppressed, their dignity trampled down, even their right to live stolen, now they were reborn once more. She had no words. Roze didn''t understand any way to express this emotion inside her.
However, the one thing that she understood was¨D¨D
¡¸Piih, piiiiiih¡¹
And thest monarch dragon¨D¨DKuwaibel also felt the same like that. The heroic and grand battle of his brethrens, with their existence staked on the line caused a roar to leak out naturally. He dreamed it, longed for it. They floundered, to make it reality. And then, the sight of the future that they ought to struggle to arrive at, was right here right now.
He didn''t know his mother and also his mother. He also had no sibling. When he was born, there was only the human girl who was his partner before his eyes. He didn''t think that he was lonely. However, actually he was wishing from his heart from brethrens that would fight together with him.
That was why, their awakened figures made Kuwaibel''s young soul trembled. He wondered what should he do to express that overflowing feeling¡¡
But, there was only one thing that he understood¡¡
¡ºDo you want to fight?¡»
¡¸-¡¹
¡¸Pih!?¡¹
A question suddenly resounded.
Roze and Kuwaibel turned their face together at that voice''s owner.
The silhouette standing above the coiling ck god dragon. There was no need to ask, it was Hajime. There was a lot of distance between them, but they understood that Hajime was turning his face toward Roze and Kuwaibel.
The reply of the two was concise.
¡ºYes.¡»
¡¸Pii.¡¹
Yes, they wanted to fight.
With dignity, betting their right to live. In order to proof, that the g they hoisted up was indeed right.
They wanted to stand shoulder to shoulder with their brethrens that were demonstrating a fierce battle. So that they could call themselves their "friend", their "king" with their head held high.
Roze and Kuwaibel looked behind. Over there, they saw the figure of Avenst''s people clenching their fist staring hard at the battlefield. Everyone saw the figure of their fighting friend, their will to fight ''We cannot just remain a spectator in this kind of ce!'' seething inside.
Hajime who made a small smile toward such them was,
¡ºQueen-san. I''ll ask one thing, for fleets that big to depart for here, doesn''t that mean that the battle strength in their country right now is rtively few?¡»
¡ºEh? That''s, certainly¡¡most likely, there is only a defense fleet that excelled in defensive battle remaining there I think.¡»
Even though the sudden question caused Roze to be taken aback, she answered like that after pondering for a bit. Hajime''s expression distorted fearlessly.
¡ºThis battlefield is the battlefield of this world''s dragons. Perhaps it''s also fine for you to join the battle as friend, and as king but¡¡in this battlefield there is Tio, the ck god dragon. And then, there are the "awakened" dragons who obtained the divine protection of the god dragon. Then, defeat is impossible even in one in a million chance.¡»
¡ºBut-, while that may be true, to remain a spectator in this battle that be our existence¨D¨D¡»
¡ºThat''s why, I''m saying to use this chance to overthrow the divine country.¡»
¡ºI don''t really understand what are you saying.¡»
Roze reflexively returned a reply that sounded joking to those words that sounded like a joke. Kuwaibel and other people were also making a bemused expression thinking¡¸Just what is this person saying?¡¹toward the content of the telepathy that they hear.
Hajime''s expression suddenly turned serious toward them all.
¡ºRoze Phiris Avenst. Right here is surely the turning point. Even after they lost their king and their battle strength plummet rock bottom, if the divine country hardened their defense when they grasped that information, will you be able to defeat them then? Just with those two airships and few sky battlecraft pilots?¡»
¡ºThat''s¡¡¡»
¡ºIn a battlefield, to be separated from those important to you, to leave them to face formidable enemy¡¡such things will be apanied by terrible pain. But, did such brittle rtionship that couldn''t do that exist between the human and dragon of the dragon kingdom of the past?¡»
Even if their body was separated, but their heart was always beside each other. Sometimes they were separated by heaven and earth and advanced for the sake of their purpose. That was the bond between human and dragon in the dragon kingdom of the past.
¡ºRight now they have Tio''s divine protection, they are able to disy the greatest strength as ck dragon. But,ter after we leave, the infinite regeneration and also the enormous magic power will be gone. Even if the ck dragons cooperate with you all to retake the kingdom, the obstacle you have to ovee will be great.¡»
¡º¡¡¡»
Hajime asked the wordless Roze.
¡ºDon''t you all, have your own battlefield?¡»
Once in the battle in Holy Precincts, Hajime left behind hisrades in the battlefield and advanced forward. It was done under a definite bond. That was why his words now was conveyed to Roze with a definite weight.
¡º¡¡But, the distance from here until Qwailent¨D¨D¡»
¡ºIf you wish, then I''ll open the door. It''s a little bit of present from the instigator. ¨D¨DNow, what will you do, queen of a ruined country?¡»
In a sense, this battlefield was ideal. There were the awakened dragons, there was the supreme ruler of the sky, and there was the divine protection from such being. If they fought together, Roze and others would be able to clear up the pent-up resentment of the many years almost unharmed.
But, indeed it was just like Hajime said, even with only the ck dragons there wouldn''t be any problem here. What''s more, there wasn''t any reason for Roze and others that they had to join the fight no matter what. It was nothing but the problem of emotion.
They didn''t understand how Hajime would send them until the divine country, but if he said that he could then surely he was really able to do it. Roze was convinced of that.
And then, a surprise attack toward the divine country was certainly also their biggest effective chance to retake the kingdom.
However, there was no doubt that the danger would be far above this battlefield. Most likely, many of the soldiers gathered in this ce right now would lose their life.
Roze shut her eyes.
The enemy''s battle strength. This move to recover from their hopeless situation. The degree of damage. The chance of victory. The merit and demerit after they took a step forth. In case they didn''t depart for battle here, the state of things in a world with cleared sky. The action prediction of the divine country that lost its main fleets¡¡
¡¸Your majesty.¡¹
¡¸Roze-sama.¡¹
Roze came back to herself suddenly and she looked back. There, she saw the figures of Bovid and Sabas staring at her with a strong gaze. No, it wasn''t just the two. The Crow siblings, the other top brasses, and then, all the people regardless of gender and age, they all were staring at Roze with a gaze that contained a me that was even hotter than the sea of me spreading in the sky.
(Aa, that''s right. If it''s resolve, then we already have it.)
Didn''t they decide to fight already? Didn''t they wish, that they want to fight?
Wasn''t the will of dragon kingdom Avenst, disyed already?
Roze made a bitter smile at herself who was flinching back now when the time came for that. And then, right after that she dered loudly with definite dignity and resolve as the king of a country.
¡¸People of dragon country Avenst. My beloved people. It looks like the time hase.¡¹
The explosive sound of battlefield struck the eardrums. However, no matter how much noise resounded, their ears didn''t fail to hear their queen''s words.
¡¸If we leave all the fight to our awakened friend and run away because we treasure our own life¨D¨Dour heart will die. Even if we plunge into this battlefield following our emotion¨D¨Dthere won''t be any significant meaning. To consider escape as battle, that escape is fighting just like what we have done until now in the cleared up world¨D¨Dthat''s something that our pride won''t allow anymore. I''ll say it one more time. ¨D¨DThe time hase.¡¹
Breaths were held. Everyone corrected their posture and they stared straight at Roze.
¡¸Resolve yourself. From here on, we will challenge a next to impossible battle.¡¹
Let''s rescue the friends of the dragon kingdom that are born merely to be exploited and killed. Let''s liberate the people of the dragon kingdom that are captured and treated like ve. And then¡¡
¡¸We will make over the world. As the first step of that¨D¨Dlet''s take back our kingdom!¡¹
The answer was naturally a soul-stirring war cry that wasn''t outdone by the dragon howls.
At the same time with that war cry that sounded like it would blow away the thunderbolts and explosions, the top brasses were giving instructions one after another. Everyone was starting to move swiftly. In the middle of that, Roze turned her gaze toward Hajime.
¡ºHajime-sama. Please guide us. To thend of our longstanding desire.¡»
¡ºWee to the battlefield. Queen-sama.¡»
Hajime who made a wide and viinous grin made his fingertip shined and took out an artifact. It was a sparkling key colored with mystical blue. A key that opened even a door that crossed over worlds¨D¨Dthe Crystal Key.
Hajime threw it with just a movement of his finger tip. The crystal key flew while leaving behind trail of azure light and it pierced the space between Hajime and mother ship Avenst.
The crystal key that had been given improvement with gravity stone inserted in it rotated at the same time when Hajime twisted his wrist, as though it was unlocking something.
¨D¨D*gakon-*
The sound of opened lock rang in the world.
Of course, it was an optional extra. The sound was meaningless, but Hajime was struck with the idea so it couldn''t be helped. This too was also Hajime Quality!
Incidentally, previously the opened gate looked like shining membrane, but right now the gate looked like an impressive two-leaf door that appeared from thin air that was opening while making solemnly heavy sound *gogogo-*.
Of course, that was an optional extra! It was meaningless, but Hajime got carried up from excitement so it couldn''t be helped! This too was also Hajime Quality!
By the way, the door was merely three-dimensional projection, so the size and also the design could be changed based on Hajime''s current mood! It was his prided item that he made from a month of hard workbining the film technology of earth and magic of Tortus!
¡º¡¡Hajime-sama. By any chance, are you someone that is affiliated with god?¡»
No, he was just an obsessive inventor desu. To the level that he would even forget eating and sleeping once he got absorbed into something, and he wouldn''t stop until he got drained dry by the legal wife, or eating the suplex of the rabbit-eared wife.
¡ºGo. May the luck of war be with you.¡»
¡º-. Thank you very much. ¨D¨DI''ll pray that someday, we will be able to meet once again in a world where the world, the people''s heart, and also the dragons'' soul are all cleared up.¡»
Roze bowed, and then she turned on her heel toward airship Rozeria in order to takemand over the whole force.
¡ºI feel a bit uneasy with only those children. ¡¡Oho? Fumu, is that so. Very well, leave thy brethrens to me.¡»
Tio who was staying still above the sky to watch over the battle of the ck dragons sent a sidelong nce at Roze and others. And then, several ck dragons came back from the battlefield and soared toward airship Rozeria while sending their gaze at Tio.
It seemed they were conveying to Tio that they would follow them, so they asked her to take care of their brethrens.
¡ºWhat an overprotective god dragon-sama.¡»
¡ºWhat art thou saying? If Goshujin-sama say that, even thou were lending thy hand that thou open the gate.¡»
¡ºSomething like that doesn''t count as lending hand. I was only sending those guys to hell.¡»
¡ºThe act just now art something necessary for them to be able to live proudly holding their head high in the future ahead. The act of instigating also count as lending hand. Fufu.¡»
While they were talking telepathically just between the two of them, airships Rozeria and Averia vanished inside the gate followed by the nation on ship Avenst.
¡¡They passed through the impressive shining door that was created by the throwing tantrum Hajime¡¸Just a bit more-. Just a bit more until it''s finished-. That''s why, I''ll eat properly when it''s finished okay!¡¹even while having his cheeks stretched *munii* widely by Yue and his body locked by Shia''s Cobra Twist.
¡ºYou bastard-, where are they going-? Just what the hell are you two!?¡»
An angry yell rose from the battlefield that had reached the one-way intensification. Gregor''s voice that was filled with unease and confusion didn''t have even a speck of its former dignity anymore.
¡ºThis kind of iprehensible power-, suddenly appearing out of nowhere-. Don''t screw with me-. How can something like this is allowed! Damn it-, damn ittt-. I am, the king of the divine country you know!?¡»
Gregor''s yellined to Hajime and Tio¨D¨Dor rather, it was closer to a soliloquy. The number of the ships was already decreased until half. They were unable to even replenish their dragon core energy. The energy output of the fleets that was declining didn''t even have the spare energy to fire their main cannon anymore.
There was already no trace left from their majesty when they first appeared from the dawn.
That must be cornering Gregor''s mind even further. He was continuously yelling things like¡ºThis kind of reality, this kind of absurdity, how can this be allowed-¡».
Toward such him, Hajime said¡¡
¡ºYou are weaker. That''s all there is to it right?¡»
Gregor''s mor that was like a child throwing tantrum stopped still.
¨D¨DGregor Cluzet Qwailent was weaker.
Certainly, that was all there was to it.
The foundation of the king of pige, was a conviction toward strength.
Whether it was violence or ingenuity, anything was fine. Anyone that could surpass their opponent would be able to make the other submit, trampled on them, or destroyed them. A person who could that was right, the words of the weak was nothing but nonsense.
The strong was right, the weak was wrong.
That was the thing that Gregor exactly believed in.
¡º¡¡Is that so. So I''m the weaker one even after bing the supreme ruler huh. Hahah, that''s really a harsh joke yeah.¡»
Gregor raised a dryugh that sounded somewhatprehending.
There was no more defensive ship nearby, gship Durgrant was also raising white smoke everywhere while tilting. There was no energy replenishment and the ship was in a state where maintaining its floating power was the best it could do. The great number of weapons the ship was equipped with wereying out barrage using physical attack like bullet and missile, because of that it still wasn''t sunk down yet but¡¡
¡ºYoo, tell me. Just what the hell you two are?¡»
That was likely Gregor''sst question of his life.
Hajime showed a thinking gesture for a bit before he answered with a grin.
¡ºJust a passing by monster.¡»
A ck dragon finally slipped through the barrage even with wounds all over its body and arrived in front of the bridge''s windbreak. It opened its jaw widely. Light of death converged inside there. The crews screamed and ran away.
Amidst that, Gregor threw his body on themander seat and sat down heavily. He then rested his chin on one hand while, with a small voice,
¡¸So I pull the utter failure at the very end huh. Good grief, what a joke.¡¹
He whispered such thing.
The bridge of gship Durgrant was destroyed. The sight of it falling down powerlessly was enough to dishearten the surviving ships.
The ck dragons raised their howl toward they who couldn''t even took satisfactory battle maneuver and got reduced into a disordered mob.
And then, the dragons threw their body into thest decisive battle.
It didn''t take that much time until the whole of this world''s greatest battle strength became a squall of wreckage showering down on the ground below.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
It waste but I posted it somehow.
Next month I should have more leeway and can post more¡¡
Now then, it was raised up in the impression column, so I''ll exin it for a bit.
For Shirakome,¡¸¸o¡¹= the lizard like one. ¡¸ýˆ¡¹= the snake like one.
When in god dragon mode Tio is snake-like, so the description letter is also¡¸ýˆ¡¹. But, there is no concept of¡¸ýˆ¡¹in this world, so I wrote¡¸¸o¡¹in the conversation of this world''s human. I''m sorry that it''s puzzling.
By the way, Tio be¡¸ýˆ¡¹shape when in god dragon mode is because¨D¨Dpreference. Hajime''s.
PS
I also wrote it in the activity report, but theic version''stest chapter is in the middle of disy at Ovep-sama''s homepage.
Finally it''s Yue-sama you know! Only at the end though! Please go there to take a look by all means.
Also, I''ll report this just in case.
This month, light novel volume 5 andic volume 1 will be released.
The special content information is also disyed in Ovep-sama''s homepage, so if it it''s fine please go take a look there.
My best regard.
Chapter 241
Chapter 241
AN: Butler = The strongest warrior ss. When I was writing thismon sense, it became long again¡¡
The sight that unfolded ahead after passing through the solemn door was a calm blue sky.
¡¸This ce¡¡¡¹
It was Roze who whispered that. Roze who returned on board the airship Rozeria passed through the sky door Hajime created along with airship Averia and mother ship Avenst. They had made their resolve for their battlefield that was waiting ahead.
Even so, when she thought back of the battlefield in between the sea of lighting me and the whirling sea of clouds that should be called as a scene of myth, she fell into a doubt whether they were dreaming now that she saw this calm sky.
¡¸Roze-sama-. Be, below, it''s Qwailent! The distance is 1000!¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
The report from the person in charge of observation caused Roze to let out a dumbfounded voice. The sky that could be seen from the bridge was very transparent blue, the morning sun was rising slightly higher than the sea of clouds. Thinking what was this person saying in the middle of this peaceful sight, Roze turned her gaze toward the monitor that projected the image below the ship¡¡
¡¸I don''t really understand what are you saying.¡¹
She unconsciously muttered such thing. While making twitching face & dripping with cold sweats that looked like waterfall.
Of course she would be like that. Because below where airships Rozeria and Averia, and mother ship Avenst were floating, was thend of their birthce that they couldn''t even approach until now¨D¨Dsky divine country Qwailent, no, dragon kingdom Avenst''s floatingnd was right there.
¡ºYour majesty! Look sharp! Avenst is alsoing here remember!¡»
¡¸-¡¹
A scolding came from Bovid who was boarding his sky battlecraft in the dock while standing by.
Roze who got taken aback and recovered herself from that gritted her teeth hard. At the same time inside her heart¡¸Hajime-sama you idioo~~~~t. I''m the one who asked for guidance but-, to suddenly toss us out right above the target like this-, idiottt! Stupid-. You bruteee!¡¹she was hurling abuse at Hajime grandly.
¡ºAvenst, can you hear!? Evacuate right awa¨D¨D¡»
Roze was about tomand themanding captain to evacuate mother ship Avenst that not only was unable to fire its main cannon, it couldn''t eveny out barrier or perform battle maneuver. But, before she finished,
A loud rm sound rang in the early morning sky. The rm that could even make people indulging inziness to jump awake in one go caused Roze''s body to jump and trembled.
Inside her head, ''what to do, what to do, Hajime-sama you idiottt, what to do!'' the same words and insult were repeating. Roze was about to fall into panic, but there, a scolding¡¸Get a hold of yourself!¡¹reached her from her partner.
Kuwaibel that was hugged tightly by Roze from an instinctive habit pped his tail on Roze''s cheek *pechi-*. When Roze dropped her gaze toward the partner that she was hugging, there Kuwaibel who if it had to be said had a pampered child trait was staring fixedly at her.
The unshakeable dragon eyes that were surprisingly deep were staring straight at Roze.
¨D¨DAa, that''s right. If it''s resolve, then I finished it already together with everyone.
Roze let out a long exhale ''fuu~~'', then at the next moment she opened her eyes in a sh. And then, she firmly surveyed herrades inside the bridge whose face was turning pale, and herrades in Averia and Avenst through the monitors.
¡ºLet''s fight.¡»
Those words were calm, yet they possessed definite dignity and strength.
¡ºIn order to stand equal with our old friends who are fighting even now at that sky.¡»
Those were the words of the queen of the dragon kingdom.
¡ºIn order to save our imprisoned friends and brethrens.¡»
Those were the words of a person who even while her status fell into being air pirate and she lost her importantrades on countless asions, by no meant she had abandoned the feeling of the halcyon days.
¡ºIn order to change the world.¡»
There weren''t justbatants here. There were also civilians. Rather, the civilians were a lot more than thebatants. Normally this wasn''t a ce they should be taken to. But, surely the old and young, the men and women in mother ship Avenst wouldn''t listen to that.
If Roze and others were lost, then they would have no future. Here was the turning point. A future where they would be weing a slow ruin while simply running away and getting toyed with, not a single descendant of the dragon kingdom wished that.
If not, then they wouldn''t pass through that sky door.
That was why,
¡ºLet''s fight.¡»
There was one reply to that call of the queen. Only words of answer¡ºBy your will-¡»and resolute gazes.
A smile emerged on Roze''s lips. That smile was the same fearless smile like that man who she thoroughly hurled abuse at until just now.
¡ºWe will take back everything! The battle of revolution is right here! Let''s bet our body and soul! Sky battlecraft force, all nes take off-. Deal damage as much as you can to the defense fleet before they can movepletely! Averia, concentrated fire at the defense fleet''s gship! Avenst, support fire using physical weapon from above!¡»
Orders came like a storm.
Like a butterfly that came out of its cocoon flying out all at once, sky battlecrafts were flying out from all ships. Their main force received severe damage from the previous attack and their number was decreased, but their number was a force that reached two hundred.
It was genuinely the greatest battle strength that the nation on ship Avenst possessed. There were also youngsters who hadn''t finished their training among them, there were also old men who retired already. The nes used also didn''t consist from just ne of good condition. There were also many nes with old armament.
But, the height of their fighting spirit was the real thing.
¡ºAll force, aim at the gship of the defense fleet! Don''t get left behind and fly into their bosom before they couldy out the defensive barrier! The barrier of the defense fleet is a tough one-. Consider yourself useless if you are outside the barrier once it''s formed!¡»
The leader of first squad of air battle force and the overallmander Bovid gave his instruction. It was an extremely dangerous tactic where if the pilot was inexperience they would die right away from crashing. But, the barrier of the defense fleet here was even more powerful than the defense fleet before this. The barrier would be deployed about fifty meter from the ship. It wasn''t something that could be destroyed by sky battlecraft''s armament at all, they wouldn''t even be able to approach then.
But conversely speaking, if they could approach within that fifty meter before the barrier was deployed, their attack would go through.
It was that kind of reckless tactic, however, there wasn''t a single ne that was faltering. Rather, they were approaching with a momentum that would make anyone thinking they would evenunch kamikaze attack without stopping toward the twenty ships of the defense fleet that were finally starting to from their anchored state.
¡¸Roze-sama. Our preparation is finished.¡¹
A voice came from Sabas who was standing by behind Roze. Roze nodded briskly. She showed a resolved fearless smile toward Sabas who could read her feeling. Sabas too also nodded with a gentle smile that was hiding beastly ferocity inside.
Roze surveyed inside the bridge.
¡¸Everyone, I''ll leave Rozeria in your hand. Please endure somehow until Kuwaibele back.¡¹
¡¸Piih.¡¹
The man who took charge of Rozeria in Roze''s ce¨D¨DCarter Gilton nodded deeply apanied with the strong nod of the other crews.
Behind Roze who turned on her heel, Sabas and the Crow siblings, and then ten of the most elite imperial guard members followed.
Their strategy was simple. The spring at the deepest part of the pce that could grant power to monarch dragon¨D¨D¡¾Spring of True Dragon''s Tear¡¿, they would take Kuwaibel there. And then with the strength of Kuwaibel who would temporarily awaken as a grown dragon they would crush the defense fleet.
If they could just destroy the fleet, then there wouldn''t be any existence in the divine country that could defeat Kuwaibel that could wield the power as monarch dragon. This was a country that was built from the rule of fear and violence of the king named Gregor. They shouldn''t be able to maintain their fighting spirit by the time the defense fleet fell.
The problem was how much time Avenst could buy with the defense fleet as the opponent. There wasn''t any guarantee that Avenst wouldn''t be annihted during the time they infiltrated the pce with few elites until Kuwaibel returned to the battlefield.
Explosive sounds roared outside. Bovid and others, the air battle force was starting a super close range battle that should even be called as the dance of death. How much damage they could inflict on the defense fleet with this surprise attack would be the key of this battle.
Because Bovid understood that, surely he would be reckless. Just like how Bovid made himself into shield to ept the enemy bullet in order to save Roze and others, there was no doubt he would put his life at stake here.
¡¸Please, everyone¡¡be safe.¡¹
Roze whispered that while equipping herself with firearms in Rozeria''s bottom. Even though she was determined, even though she had resolve, but there was no way her heart wouldn''t be pained thinking that the people she loved might die. Roze''s lips that were strongly biting showed that pressure on her heart more eloquently than anything.
¡¸Pii¡¹
¡¸Ku-chan¡¡¡¹
Kuwaibel''s strong eyes.
¡¸Roze-sama.¡¹
¡¸Gramps.¡¹
Sabas''s unshakable smile.
¡¸Your majesty.¡¹
¡¸Roze-sama.¡¹
Crow siblings'' fearless smile.
The apanying imperial guards also smiled simrly.
Seeing that, surely everyone in Averia, and also everyone in Rozeria, and then also the people she loved in Avenst, they were undoubtedly making the same powerful and fearless smile. Roze was convinced of that.
There wasn''t even a singlein toward Roze who decided to head to this hell.
The hatch below the ship opened. Rozeria was evading the surface-to-air attacks that were starting sporadically while flying toward the pce. The scenery below that was flowing through was the townscape of the birthce that she was seeing for the first time.
''Aa'', inside her heart Roze leaked out an admiring sigh. Roze who were taken away when she was a baby didn''t have any memory of the dragon kingdom, the feeling of ing home'' overflowed inside.
And then, surely such feeling was much stronger for the senior people who knew about this countrypared to herself who didn''t know of her birthce.
Those people riding the sky battlecraft, those people who were looking down from the airships and mother ship, what kind of feeling they were having?
Were they holding flood of emotions? Surely the scenery wasn''t exactly the samepared with in the past, so were they enraged seeing their changed mothend? Perhaps they would die in the next moment while still holding such feeling. In this battlefield where the chance of survival was remarkably low, their feeling would rain down along with the me st.
But, surely, not even a single one would stop flying until theirst moment without a doubt.
For what sake? That was decided already.
¨D¨DAa
Like that, Roze let out her deep feeling one more time.
With an automatic rifle in one hand, she touched the barrel on her forehead and she closed her eyes as though praying.
Right now, she understood. Just what a king was, what she was. What her existence ought to aplish.
¡¸Thinking of the future, in order to seize the day¨D¨DI make my decision. I ce my important things at the two sides of the scale.¡¹
Gregor was a king of pige that embodied the truth of power. Control to those who obey, death to those who defy. Surely that was also one way of living.
Even Roze might be simr.
She couldn''t choose everything. She had to make her choice. With her body that wasn''t a god, she couldn''t grasp at the ideal. Even if as the result of her choice someone would be cast away, in order to not lose everything, Roze had to make her choice.
Just like how she made herself and the soldiers who had went through joys and sorrows together with her to leap into hell, for the sake of the future, and for the sake of the people who were living for the moment.
But, she didn''t think that it was mistaken. The reason was because that would be an insult toward the soldiers who answered at her will.
That was why, she would change.
¡¸I''ll change. Be a warring queen. The queen of the soldiers.¡¹
''Someone else after me could be the kind king. In order to connect our future toward that someone, I''ll be a warring king.'' The powerful words of Roze that contained such feeling made Sabas''s expression turned a bit lonely, the Crow siblings shut their eyes, and the imperial guards disyed a tensed expression.
Roze turned toward them and,
¡¸Let''s go. To our battlefield.¡¹
Saying that, she leaped down without hesitation.
Sabas and others nodded at each other and they simrly leaped down following the beloved person they decided as their master by themselves.
Roze and others who jumped outside to the air naturally obeyed the''s truth and began freefalling. The roaring sound of wind entered their ears while they spread both their arms to bnce themselves.
Their distance until the ground was gone instantly and the pce was below them.
¡¸Ku-chan-. To that terrace-¡¹
¡¸Piih¡¹
When Roze spoke with a volume that didn''t lose to the wind, Kuwaibel responded immediately. When Kuwaibel who was d in silver light raised his cry, the same light immediately enveloped Roze and others too.
Lightly the body of Roze and others were liberated from the wedge of gravity. They rotated midair and took thending stance. Kuwaibel adjusted their falling position and guided them toward the terrace nearby the highest floor of the pce.
But, at that time, dry bursting sounds resounded at the same time with the sharp sound that cut through wind. Fortunately the bullets didn''t hit them, they rushed between the group toward the sky.
When they looked, there were several soldiers at the pce''s garden. They were pointing at Roze and co while aiming their rifle.
¡¸Leave this to me.¡¹
Right after that, silver glints rained down on those soldiers. Those things that wereunched cutting through the air pierced the face of the soldiers peremptorily, and then they went limp like a marite with its strings severed.
When Roze turned her eyes at the perpetrator, he¨D¨DSabas was running his gaze vigntly at the garden while between his fingers there were three¨D¨Dknife for eating held in between.
It seemed, this pseudo butler was dealing with multiple targets on the ground a hundred meter away using tableware.
But even while that was going on, soldiers who heard the gunshot showed up from the terrace and the garden ahead¨D¨Dbut,
¡¸Shi-¡¹
Tableware was flying. Polished silver knifes that were usually stored in the kitchen of mother ship Avenst!
*suta-* Roze and co got down safely on the terrace. And then, with an unknown principle, *shakon-* Sabas stowed away the tableware knifes into the cuff while making such small sound. Roze asked him as the representative of the imperial guards who were making an expression that was loss for words.
¡¸Why, tableware?¡¹
¡¸Because I''m a butler.¡¹
The history of Sabas who was the former captain of the imperial guard, who then became Roze''s butler after picking out Crow siblings and turned his position to them was known by everyone there. They also knew his true strength. But, not one of them knew that he owned the inhuman skill that allowed him to snipe enemy on the ground from a hundred meter above using tableware.
They more or less knew that in his active duty period he specialized in quick draw using revolver that should be reduced to a relic of the old era, but they never imagined that after he retired he would acquire a new ability¨D¨Dan outrageous ability of quick snipe using knife for eating of all thing.
¡¸What are you all doing getting absent-minded like that. Now, quickly mov¨D¨Dshi-¡¹
Even while he was talking, the meal knife that manifested like a sleight of hand pierced the eyeball of a soldier that rushed out from the neighboring terrace.
Furthermore, Sabas unhesitatingly threw a meal knife at apletely wrong direction toward another soldier who drew back his face in panic. The meal knife rebounded from the ornament nearby the terrace''s ceiling before it flew into the entrance while rotating fast¨D¨D
¡¸Gueh¡¹
A single groan could be heard. Next *thud* the sound of something heavy copsing also resounded.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¡¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
¡¸What''s wrong Roze-sama? Quickly go inside.¡¹
¡¸A, yes.¡¹
Roze-chan who decided to be the queen of soldier. Seeing the superhuman skill of a true (?) soldier (butler), her heart very quickly cracked.
Roze and others stepped inside the room while taking grip of their mind.
¡¸Gramps, you are the vanguard. We should be able to go straight to the underground from the hidden passage of the royalty right?¡¹
¡¸Yes. That''s if the passage isn''t blocked though. It''s unthinkable that Gregor would seal his own escape route. I dare say there won''t be any problem.¡¹
Sabas slightly opened the room''s door and he quickly took stock of the corridor. And then, he nodded once and moved at the front as the person who thoroughly knew the inside of the royal pce.
After him was six imperial guards following with ordered movement without the slightest bit of disorder, behind them was Roze with the Crow siblings at both her sides, their back were secured by four imperial guards.
¡¸Muh¡¹
Suddenly Sabas let out an aler voice. Right at the next moment, he suddenly elerated!
The soldier that leaped out from the corridor''s corner ahead was hit with a body blow that gave out *zudon-* impact voice as though he was hit with arge cannon. Without any voice or free time to writhe, the soldier copsed with his eyeballs rolling and the white of his eyes got exposed¨D¨D
Yet he wasn''t allowed to fall, his cor was grasped and he was made to stand.
And then, several gunshots rang at that time. The soldier who got hoisted up by Sabas danced like a badly made marite. At the same time, Sabas''s palm heel struck at the abdomen of the soldier he turned as shield as though he was beating up the dead.
Even though he and the corpse was in posture where they were mostly glued to each other, the pitiful soldier A was sent flying like a cannon ball.
¡¸Uoh¡¹
¡¸Wha, what-¡¹
The soldiers behind who were firing lost their cool seeing theirrade''s corpse suddenly flying horizontally at them and they dodged. Their firing stopped.
¡¸Fuhn¡¹
¡¸Gahah¡¹
The pseudo-cannon body blow once more burst at the soldier B. He was holding down his stomach while his body was leaning forward and he fell on his knees. His mouth vomited out froth mixed with blood and he convulsed in twitches.
¡¸You bastard¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Hah¡¹
¡¸Goeh¡¹
Soldier C aimed his rifle, but what was reflected in his sight was only the pping end of the butler uniform. The elbow strike of Sabas who slipped into his bosom struck the center of his sternum, *bogyu* a wretched sound that had never been heard before rang.
Without even paying attention to soldier C who was limply copsing behind, Sabas pulled out a handgun from the holster on the waist of soldier C who was falling.
¡¡Surely, soldier D and E who were behind soldier C were witnessing an unrealistic scene of an old man in butler uniform appearing from the shadow of their slowly fallingrade, pointing a gun at their way.
*tan-, tan-.*
Two gunshots. The headshot was also two.
*thud-* Soldier D and E copsed.
¡¸Ah, over there-¡¹
¡¸Shit-, Fritz and others got done in! That butler uniformed man there-¡¹
More soldiers who heard the gunshots appeared from the corridor''s corner bustlingly. The corridor was a straight line. There was around ten meter until the corner where the soldiers were appearing.
¡¸Gramps-,e ba¨D¨D¡¹
Roze was about to yelle back¡¹. But, before she could, Sabas had moved.
Forward.
With a low stance as though crawling on the ground, he sprinted like a fired bullet.
The pping fringe of the butler uniform was beautiful.
Gun muzzles shed grandly. Bullet storm was fired.
However, that didn''t even graze the old butler.
¡¸How the hell!?¡¹
One soldier reflexively acted the straight-man. The old butler who was moving with small sways to left and right without even slowing down for a bit and couldn''t be touched even by rifle bullet was already in horror territory.
The truth was he only calcted the firing line from the direction of the muzzle and before he was shot he evaded to a ce where bullets wouldn''t hit, but seen from the side it was a really iprehensible situation.
¡¸Dammit all-¡¹
Soldier F was unable to put up with it any longer and he jumped out from the corridor''s corner, he held his rifle to shoot from the hip and unleashed it in full-auto.
So that it couldn''t be dodged, he must be intending to scatter bullets from left to right uniformly.
¡¸Laughable!¡¹
Butler-san said something.
Right after that, the rifle bullets that were mowing down in fan shape were passing down right below Sabas in vain. Yes, Sabas kicked on the corridor''s wall and with a triangle jump he took refuge midair.
At the same time, he was firing bullets at the soldiers hiding at the corner to stop them from moving while his fingers caught the ornamental part of the ceiling''s light, and like a pendulum he increased his leaping range while elerating further.
While showing a midair twist that would make even the famous move Shi¡ði of a certain gymnastic athlete who twisted too much to go pale, Sabas''s posture became upside down just right above soldier F. Like that, he threw the handgun that ran out of bullet to another soldier, grasped the chin of soldier F, and using the momentum of the twist the neck snapped. (TN: I don''t know which athlete and move it referred to here)
Sabas performed a beautifulnding at the shadow of soldier F that was spinning and spinning as though in a dance while his body was copsing down, when a bullet approached him.
*kan-*
Such light sound rang out.
¡¸How is that possible!?¡¹
¡¸How can that be possible!?¡¹
The straight-man act of soldier G and queen-sama ovepped. If it was said that it couldn''t be helped then it couldn''t be helped. After all, Sabas-san had just deflected a rifle bullet.
¨D¨DUsing a polished shiny silver tray that he took out from somewhere.
¡¸A butler has to be able to deflect something like a bullet using a tray at the very least-¡¹
¡¸No, that''s stran¨D¨Dgueh¡¹
To be specific, the silver tray that Sabas took out was specially made to be tough enough to deflect bullet, furthermore rather than calling it deflecting he was putting angle on the tray when the bullet impacted so it was more correct to call it "averting" though¡¡
In any case, normally nine out of ten the tray would get sent flying and the target would still get hit, so it didn''t change how umon what happened was.
Anyway, soldier G who acted the straight-man had his throat crushed by the silver tray that flew at him like a Frisbee and he fell while raising a groaning voice that sounded like a frog''s croak.
The other soldiers returned to their senses and they re-aimed their rifle. Soldier H''s rifle muzzle locked-on at the forehead of Sabas who had approached until right in front of him.
But, when he was on the verge of pulling the trigger,
¡¸He, he vani¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Too slow.¡¹
Unable to follow the figure of Sabas that sank down deeply, it looked like he vanished and the soldier was shaken. And then, without even any time to shudder from hearing the voice from below, the butler kick that sprang up pulverized the jaw & snapped the neck and soldier H ascended.
¡¸You-, monster-¡¹
¡¸Die, old maann-¡¹
¡¸You bastarddd, I''ll kill¨D¨D¡¹
Soldier I, J, K surrounded Sabas. Three rifle muzzles were aimed from three directions at him in a really close range. Instantly the three of them each raised a short scream. It happened at the same time when Sabas made a rotation from riding the centrifugal force of the kick that drew an artistic circr orbit.
Looking closer, there was a sewing needle in soldier I''s eye, a knife stabbed on J''s arm, and blood spurting out from soldier K''s wrist.
The three who were flinching back from the pain exposed a fatal opening. Naturally, there was no way the old butler who was letting out sharp eye glint that could even be mistaken as dragon eyes would overlook that opening.
¡¸Shi-¡¹
Butler-sama performed a beautiful break dance in a world with up and down reversed.
Let''s say it, one more time. The pping butler uniform was beautiful.
Sabas''s long legs were swung circrly. A sharp knife sprang out from the tip of the glossy butler shoes. It caressed the throat of the soldiers as though they were sucked into its orbit.
*pisha-* Matching Sabas''s legs orbit, a line of blood was drawn on the wall.
Sabas was on one knee when he recovered from the extremely dangerous break dance. He stood up and dusted off his hem before taking out a folding umbre from out of nowhere as expected.
At the same time when he opened it with a smooth motion, *pusha¨D¨D* rain of blood showered down. Of course, it didn''t touch Sabas who was under an umbre.
*Thud* The soldiers whose carotid artery was tore open crumbled down.
¡¸Fumu. I tried to create it to kill time, but unexpectedly it was a bit useful.¡¹
Sabas-san muttered such thing while he twisted the folding umbre. Its frame came off and only its center pole remained, at the same time *shakin-* a sharp double-edged de sprang out from its tip.
And then, he readied it, and like an athlete of javelin throw, he threw it deeper inside the corridor.
¡¸U, UOOOOOOH¡¹
In a superb timing, thest soldier who seemed to be in hiding leaped out. And then, in the right timing his throat received the umbre attack and he nkly copsed backward.
¡¸Now, Roze-sama. For the time being I have removed the danger ahead. It will be unfavorable if they approach in force. Let''s hurry on ahead.¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes.¡¹
Heaps of corpses all around. The faces of Roze, the Crow siblings, and the imperial guards were twitching at such disastrous scene of the corridor while rushing toward Sabas''s position.
¡¸He, hey, gramps. Just now, when you were surrounded by the soldiers, what did you do?¡¹
Roze must be referring to the time when soldier I, J, K suddenly received damage. She knew that Sabas had done something, but it was too fast that she didn''t know what he actually did.
It seemed that it wasn''t just Roze who had that question, the Crow siblings and the imperial guards were also the same, rather it was them who looked more curious, so Roze unconsciously questioned while understanding that this wasn''t the time.
Sabas who was rushing htrough the corridor with sure footsteps even while putting his guard up sent a sharp gaze at the Crow siblings and the imperial guards¡¸Even all of you couldn''t see it?¡¹. Seeing them twitched, Sabas shook his head as thoughmenting their inadequacy very much while answering.
¡¸It''s nothing significant. I was shooting the sewing needle inside my mouth while hurling knife from theuncher inside my sleeve, at the same time I swung a bit sturdy thread that can also be used for sewing to cut the wrist. That''s all.¡¹
¡¸Is, is that so? But, gramps. Why sewing tool?¡¹
¡¸Because I''m a butler.¡¹
Hearing the words of their teacher Sabas, his personal pupils the Crow siblings thought,¡¸This person, he be stronger since retiring and bing a butler¡¹. Sabas sent an even sharper gaze at such Crow siblings.
¡¸Of course, even Olga and Jean can also do just this much. ¡¡Isn''t that right, you two?¡¹
¡¸Ye, Yes-Sir¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸I, it will be easy victoryy-¡¹
Of course, they couldn''t. The two could also crush enemy of the same number in the same situation like just now if they used gun. But, something like facing multiple fully armed soldiers in only close-quarterbat almost without using gun and taking care of all of them in less than a minute was¡¡
The imperial guards were sending sympathizing gaze at their captain and vice captain.
By any chance, the vocation butler was endowed with strongest as the default might be the same in any world.
¡¸Perhaps, it will be fine with just gramps alone¡¡¡¹
Roze unconsciously muttered in small volume. The imperial guards got faraway look hearing that.
Roze and others who were traveling for some time while the engagement against the enemy was dealt with Sabas who was fighting like a fierce god, they finally reached a private room of the royalty that was in the center of the pce.
¡¸Roze-sama. This room, is the private room of Roze-sama''s mother¨D¨DAveria-sama. Averia-sama was cuddling Roze-sama who was just born in this room.¡¹
¡¸This room, is Okaa-sama''s¡¡¡¹
Inside the room was simple. There was almost no furniture or implements, in exchange there was a lot misceneous luggage put in there. It seemed it was used not as someone''s private room, but as a storage room.
Even so, Roze could somehow imagine it. Her mother that she had only even seen in photo was here, yes, surely she was near that window there,forting her baby self inside her embrace.
¡¸Roze-sama. Soldiers areing.¡¹
One imperial guard who stood watch at the corridor called with a small voice.
Roze put a lid on her overflowing feeling and she looked at Sabas. Sabas nodded and he stepped strongly on a spot at the floor. And then, he moved to left and right as though to confirm his step while stepping with the same strength at another five ces.
The result, a part of the wall made a small mechanical sound *kiin*, and a lid the size of a palm slid. There, they saw a letter board of this world.
¡¸¨D¨DRoze-sama, it''s "the one who walk together proudly(Roze Phi Erute)".¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yes.¡¹
That was the password to open the hidden passage. The nuance of those words resembled her first and second name. Holding the feeling that was inserted into her name inside her heart, Roze typed in the letters.
Mechanical operation sound wasing from inside the wall.
Instantly,
¡¸Roze-sama-¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
What resounded was Sabas''s voice, and consecutive gunshots.
¡¸Kuh-. A trap-¡¹
Olga bit her lips while firing bullets at the automatic interception mechanical gun that looked like a sentry gun which sprang out from behind an implement.
¡¸Gramps-!?¡¹
¡¸-, I let my guard down. So they put a trap that operated together with the authentication device¡¡¡¹
Perhaps Gregor had assumed that the driven out royalty woulde back here. The people who knew about the procedure to open the hidden passage in this room even before the kingdom got usurped were only the royalty and Sabas who was the imperial guard captain.
And then, the royalty, Roze''s family would never leak out that information to the enemy, therefore, Sabas thought that the enemy couldn''t open the hidden passage here but¡¡
If there were a few decades since that day of tragedy, then certainly it was possible to at least installed a trick at the authentication device. Perhaps this was revenge for being able to reach until the authentication device, yet they weren''t able to advance further ahead than that.
Sabas spat out¡¸I''m growing dull¡¹at himself who didn''t notice that this ce was noticed already and he stood up. The instant he did that, bloods were dripping down. The nk of the butler uniform could be seen changing color despite the ck color that made it not standing out.
¡¸Gramps-, your wound!? Me, medical treatment quickly-¡¹
Roze reached out her hand at Sabas''s nk, but that hand was stopped by Sabas himself. At the same time, gunshots rang out from the corridor. Their position became known from the gunshot just now and the soldiers were rushing here.
The imperial guards guarding the entrance raised an angry voice¡¸Their number is more than twenty! We won''t hold out for long! Hurry-¡¹while returning fire.
Sabas nodded and he turned a sharp gaze at Crow siblings.
¡¸Olga, Jean. Fulfill the duty of the imperial guard. Roze-sama and Kuwaibel-sama, take them to the Spring of True Dragon''s Tear even at the cost of your life.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yes-. Without fail.¡¹
¡¸Yes, teacher-¡¹
Seeing Sabas gave such order while emitting a dominating aura that was really unthinkable toe from an injured person, his personal pupils the Crow siblings held their breath. They felt Sabas''s resolve.
¡¸Gramps, what are you saying¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Please go, Roze-sama. Gramps, will hold back the enemy here.¡¹
¡¸Why!? We only need to all enter the passage and then close the door!¡¹
Sabas shook his head. And then, he fired toward the painting that decorated the room.
¡¸I was careless. That''s a hidden camera. Most likely they know the password already. Through there is a small passage that continue until underground. We will be helpless if we are attacked from above. This is my failure. It''s my wish to be given the chance to redeem myself.¡¹
¡¸Such thing-. It''s fine already, everyone quickly enter the passage!¡¹
Roze grasped Sabas''s arm and she walked toward the passage. Right after that,¡¸-, grenade! Get down-¡¹A warning resounded. Sabas covered for Roze, at the same time a me st enveloped the area near the door, the four imperial guards who were returning fire were blown away.
It seemed he avoided fainting with his trained body, but seeing the blood flowing from everywhere and also the bloody cough, there was no doubt that the internal organs were harmed. It was obviously a heavy injury.
Countless footsteps resounded. The rushing soldiers showed up their face from the door.
*suton-*
Like that, knife pierced their eyeball or throat. Furthermore, the thrown ck object¨D¨Da hand grenade rolled into the corridor and exploded.
After the explosive sound that resounded once more, groaning voices leaked out from the corridor.
¡¸Olga, Jean-. Take Roze-sama away from here!¡¹
Sabas''s voice resounded.
Sabas rushed toward the corridor and he stole the rifles of two soldiers who were killed by knife. He spread both his hands and fired to the left and right of the corridor. Anguished voices¡¸Gyah¡¹¡¸Gaah¡¹rose once more.
¡¸Gramps,e back! This is an ord¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Haven''t you resolved yourself-¡¹
Roze who was about to order him toe back was pierced by Sabas''s angry voice that she had never heard until now. Roze turned speechless against Sabas who was hiding with the door''s cover while continuously pulling his rifles'' trigger at the corridor. For Roze, Sabas was a good natured old man. He had never raised his voice like this at her.
¡¸Gra, gramps¡¡¡¹
¡¸You decided to fight aren''t you! You swore to weigh your important things aren''t you! For the sake of the future, you will seize the day, you determined to do that aren''t you!¡¹
Then,
¡¸Show that you are going to choose! Or else, are you going to abandon the future for the sake of this old bone!?¡¹
That''s right. The path that she determined was this kind of path. A king, had to make a choice.
She had made her resolve. Even so, for Roze who didn''t know her parents, Sabas was, her real¡¡
¡¸¡¡-. Olga-, Jean-. Choose the members who will stop the enemy along with Sabas! The rest is with me!¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes-¡¹
¡¸By your will-¡¹
Roze who roughly rubbed her eyes that were almost spilling over adroitly turned her body toward the hidden passage.
The four imperial guards who were blown away were injured all over their body, yet they took up rifle by themselves and stood up to return fire along with Sabas. And then, Roze looked back across her soldier toward Sabas.
Sabas also turned her gaze at Roze while reloading.
¡¸Sabas, defend this ce, to thest.¡¹
¡¸Fuh. By your will. Roze-sama.¡¹
She thought of him as her real grandfather. Or perhaps, even as a father. The unexpressed feeling was put into the order that was said brokenly.
That feeling, it certainly reached Sabas who had been at her side all this time since she was born.
Roze vanished deep inside the hidden passage. Olga and Jean, and other imperial guards, they nodded deeply at Sabas and theirrades before following behind. The door closed.
Sabas shot out the letter board after they passed through. With the technology of the divine country, even with the letter board destroyed there was still a high possibility of opening the path with the password known, but it could buy more time.
¡¸Advance forward, my beloved child. I also thought of you like my real grandson.¡¹
The remaining imperial guards showed a wry smile hearing Sabas''s monologue, thinking that he should just say it directly. Sabas who noticed them cleared his throat looking a bit embarrassed.
¡¸What''s with those eyes, you guys. From here onward will be hell. Put your back into it.¡¹
¡¸Kukuh, you''re right. We will apany you until the end you know, Sabas-sama.¡¹
¡¸The demonic imperial guard captain is revived huh.¡¹
¡¸It has been an honor.¡¹
¡¸Let''s show them the reserve strength of us, Avenst''s imperial guard.¡¹
While fully wounded all over the body, the imperial guards replied fearlessly. Sabas smiled¡¸fuh¡¹and nodded.
Something like a rocket warhead like before peeked out from ahead at the corridor. Sabas''s rifle muzzle pierced the warhead with pinpoint uracy and it exploded. The imperial guards sent in storm of bullets toward the corridor that was enveloped in me.
¡¸You guys, hold down the left corridor. I''ll return in three minutes.¡¹
Saying that, Sabas leaped out to the corridor. Bullets were flying from the right corridor, but they were avoided by kicking on the wall and ceiling using unrestricted movement and he pounced at the corner where the enemies were hiding.
The soldiers didn''t think that someone would break through amidst those rifle bullets even in their wildest imagination and they were taken aback,
¡¸Now then, I received themand from her majesty the queen to defend to thest¨D¨Dto "defend by ughtering all the enemy". Can I have every single one of you depart to the next world?¡¹
*shakin-* Three meal knives each sprang out from both sleeves. Each knife was held between fingers, as though they were shining silver ws.
¡¸Fi, Fireee-¡¹
An angry yell resounded from a person who seemed to be the captain.
The next moment, there were also agonizing cries that resounded.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
The next update will be at6 P.M Saturday, tentatively, regards.
Chapter 242
Chapter 242
AN: The story doesn''t advance¡¡
Recently I say this every time but, sorry it''ste okay.
Their steps were relying only on the emergency light shining faintly to descend the spiraling staircase that looked like it would continue until the bottom of earth.
Other than the short exhtion and footsteps, there were only the faint vibrating sound and explosion sound that could be heard. The ce was quiet. The atmosphere was heavy with no one speaking any word, further fostering that silence.
¡¸Pii¡¹
¡¸I''m fine, Ku-chan.¡¹
Kuwaibel who was flying beside Roze turned a slightly worried gaze toward her. When Roze answered inside the broken silence, Olga and Jean, followed by the imperial guards were also sending her expression of consideration.
¡¸Right now, let''s concentrate in aplishing our pbjective.¡¹
Surely no matter what Roze said, the expression of the Crow siblings and the imperial guards wouldn''t clear. That was just how terrible the expression of Roze who was giving the order to defend to the death at her parent recement. Because Roze was aware of how her face looked, her words toward them naturally became like that.
¡¸It will be fine Roze-sama. This is Sabas-sama¨D¨Dteacher who we are talking about. After all even among the imperial guards there is argument whether it''s really fine to ssify that person as human.¡¹
¡¸Roze-sama, it''s just as Nee-san said. It might be even the case that he is only able to perceive themand of defending to the death to mean¡ºdefend by ughtering all the enemy¡». Even just worrying about teacher is only a waste of time.¡¹
Olga and Jean''s consoling words were followed by the imperial guards too. Their mouth were saying¡¸That isn''t human, but something else¡¹, or¡¸Actually he is a weapon of massacre that was created by the ancient civilization¡¹, or¡¸Rather, he won''t get hit even when in the middle of crossing fire using machine gun¡¹¡¸I mean, if it''s slow bullet like rocket or missile, he can normally catch it and then throw it back, seriously¡¹, or¡¸Every time he gave us hellish training while yelling ''what are you doing unable to do something this easy!'', but we are just normal human here¡¹, or¡¸I want to hit the me ten years ago who thought that I absolutely will get payback when he turned senile¡¹and so on¡¡
Midway theints of the imperial guards were overflowing. Theints were alreadying out like flood. The eyes of all of them were gradually losing vitality even though they were in the middle of mission. The imperial guards were getting killed by their memory with gramps!
¡¸Kufuh, fufufuh. The, then, surely, he will be fine.¡¹
A small giggle resounded. The imperial guards were taken aback and returned to reality. There they saw the figure of Roze with trembling shoulders. It seemed that her heart was cleared slightly from the lovely reminiscence of the imperial guards.
While they were doing that, Roze and others came to the bottom of the spiral stair. There was a slightly spaciousnding there with double-leaf door that opened by sliding. There was a console emitting bluish white light. Seeing the disy, it seemed it would perform confirmation by putting a hand palm on it. Most likely it would analyze the royalty''s bloodline.
Olga held back Roze who was standing in front of the console while she manipted something like a tablet in her hand.
¡¸Roze-sama. In the interior map that I received from Sabas-sama, the other side of this door is the floor that was a level above the lowest floor. If we go straight through the right and corridor, there will be a stair to the lowest floor.¡¹
Roze nodded briskly and then she continued while turning her gaze to Kuwaibel.
¡¸If I remember correctly, the lowest floor is partly like abyrinth isn''t it?¡¹
At the lowest floor, so that even in the case of intruder the deepest part couldn''t be reached easily, there were several traps installed through the way from the surface. Even the level where Roze and others were currently at were originally set up with traps that might make anyone without qualification to lose their life and also several locks that had to be unlocked.
If they had reached this far, then what was left was only to break through thebyrinth of the underground''s lowest floor that was created for the sake of buying time against intruder, at this point, there wouldn''t be any problem if there was a monarch dragon. Perhaps it was rted with the¡¾Spring of True Dragon''s Tear¡¿, because it was only a monarch dragon that could advance without getting lost.
Kuwaibel was confidently crying¡¸Piih¡¹, perhaps because he had already grasped some kind of intuition.
¡¸Yes. Just a bit more. ¡¡But even though I said that, it has been a few decades since the pce was snatched away. There is enough possibility that the underground''s state isn''t the same with the past. No matter what, don''t get separated from us.¡¹
¡¸We will leave it to the two of you. However, we have to hurry as much as possible. Because right now, even while we are doing this, everyone in the sky is in the brink of death.¡¹
When Roze said that, Crow siblings and also the imperial guards nodded strongly. And then, they faced the door with their rifle at ready. Olga and Jean took position at both sides of the door. And then, when Olga nodded quietly, Roze determinedly put her hand on the console.
*pi-* A small confirmation sound rang for a beat. After that came a small activation sound and the door slowly opened along with it.
Outside the door they found a passage that continued straight and a passage that that stretched to the left and right. There wasn''t any sign of people.
¡¸Let''s go.¡¹
The Crow siblings and the imperial guards nodded at Roze''s words. They stepped out to the right passage with a smooth column movement.
After a while, they came to see a stair in front of them. Roze and others carefully and yet speedily rushed to the lowest floor.
They went down the long stair and jumped down on thest stair step¨D¨Dat that time,
*kiin*
sh and sound exploded along with such small sound.
¡¸-!?¡¹
¡¸Roze-sama!¡¹
¡¸Kuwaibel-sama!¡¹
Olga immediately leaped at Roze and like that they retreated to the stair''s wall as though falling on it, Jean called at Kuwaibel while returning back to the stair. The surrounding was overran by terrific light and high-pitched sound that paralyzed the eardrum.
(Kuh, sight and hearing got done in! Is it a trap, or else-)
Olga cursed inside her heart and uneasy expression emerged on her face from being unable to grasp the situation around her at all. Really sadly, Olga''s fear was proved to be right.
A beatter, Olga''s senses that got two of the five senses crushed by the light and sound that surpassed the permissible range recovered rapidly. What entered her sight that was painted white was a silver light enveloping her body and Roze who she was covering. It seemed, that her senses that were temporarily paralyzed by something like a shbang got recovered by Kuwaibel.
But, naturally they didn''t have any leeway to feel relieved. It was clear that the situation was urgent from the pained familiar voice of her family that reached her ear.
¡¸Jean-¡¹
¡¸-, Nee-san, an ambush-. This ce is bad-¡¹
Jean was kneeling in front of Roze and Olga while showing his back. Blood was flowing from his shoulder that was desperately supporting the copsible small shield which looked like it was going to be blown away by impact.
Originally this small shield was something to be carried into a close-quarterbat in order to endure a few bullets. If it was unfolded to the maximum then it would have the size that could cover the whole upper body, but its impact mitigation''s efficiency and endurance wouldn''t be that high.
Even so, the shield could defend against the fired bullets this long was because Kuwaibel responded to Jean''s call and he enveloped that small shield with silver light. And then it was also because of Jean''s vigor that wouldn''t let the existence behind him to get even a single scratch no matter the cost.
¡¸Pike-, what about Serio!?¡¹
¡¸-, it''s no good.¡¹
¡¸Shit-¡¹
The imperial guard called Pike answered at Jean''s call while enduring bullets using simr small shield. There was a blood soaked figure of an imperial guard beside him lying on the floor. From Pike''s expression, it was obvious that the body wasn''t breathing anymore. Jean reflexively cursed.
Olga and the imperial guards covered behind Pike read the lines of shots and they returned fire. Right after that, multiple short voices of death agony rose from deeper into the passage.
The shooting stopped for a moment. Using that opening, the imperial guards gathered around Roze and then constructed a barrier using their small shield.
Olga fired even more bullets. However, this time she didn''t fix her aim, she adjusted her bullets so they ricocheted into the visible passage and the passage at the blind spot. At the same time, she closed her eyes while focusing her ear.
¡¸¡¡Five people at the front passage. And then three people each at the left and right passage. Kuwaibel-sama, which is the right path?¡¹
¡¸Pii. Pipih¡¹
She calcted the enemy number relying on the echoing sound of the bullet and the enemy presence that reacted to the bullet. The number of the ambush soldiers was confirmed by Olga''s signature skill. The questioned Kuwaibel cried looking a bit stumped before his tail pointed at the front passage.
¡¸Olga?¡¹
Olga answered Roze''s call along with a strong gaze.
¡¸Roze-sama, there is no time. We are forcing our way through.¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
Shaking off the gaze of Roze who was holding her breath, Olga ordered her important little brother as the captain of the imperial guard.
¡¸Jean. Cut open the path.¡¹
¡¸Roger Nee-san, no, captain. Pike, Weber, suppress the enemy at the left and right. Raymond and Olson, you two charge forward with me. We are routing them!¡¹
There was no hesitation. Jean and the imperial guards responded immediately. And then, when they were about to step forward,
¡¸Fortunes of war with you-¡¹
The corner of everyone''s lips rose at that encouragement from the queen that they respected.
Jean and others rushed out all at once. Pike and Weber fired in full-auto into the left and right corridor without even fearing getting shot or running out of bullet. Although they were only raining bullets in order to hold back the enemy, but their skill was certainly in the level that was worthy to be called the most elite of Avenst.
They splendidly shut out the shooting from the left and right temporarily.
Not letting go of that moment, Raymond and Olson held their small shield to the front while sprinting. Behind him was Jean, and further behind him was Olga and Roze following.
Bullets were flying from the front like a rainy storm. The small shields that were d in silver were already cracked and in the verge of getting pulverized.
¡¸Guh¡¹
Raymond raised a pained voice. A bullet grazed his leg. Although he had lowered his body as much as possible to erge the coverable range, it was impossible to defend everything using the small shield''s range.
But, Raymond didn''t stop. He put strength into the leg that although it wasn''t hit directly yet it was still spurting out blood, and took a step forward.
Right after that, his small shield broke.
¡¸Gah, guh, oaAAAAAAAH¡¹
A shout surged. While his body was getting hit with bullets, Raymond¨D¨Ddidn''t stop even then. He covered his head with his arms while further stepping forward in the lead using his own body as shield recement. It could be seen that for a moment, the enemies flinched at that intense drive and demonic visage.
The distance shrank even further.
The restarted shooting finally robbed thest strength from Raymond''s body.
¡¸Go-¡¹
¡¸Ou-¡¹
Olson who reced Raymond to stand in the lead exchanged gaze with his war buddy for an instant. And then, he took over the baton along with loud yell of fighting spirit and broke further through the bullets barrage!
At the front passage, the figure of the enemies peeking out their face from the turn midway could be seen. Astonished expression from seeing something that was hard to understand was pasted on their face.
¡¸Don''t look down-, on Avenst''s-, imperial guard''s-, on my resolve-¡¹
Olson''s shield broke. His body shook from impact, but the momentum of Olson that was advancing as though he was burning his life to ash wasn''t stopping. While getting drilled by bullets, he threw away the remain of his small shield and rapid fired his handgun. One shot splendidly bored into an enemy''s forehead.
And then, he reached it.
¡¸I''ll-, leave the rest-. Vice captain!¡¹
¡¸Yeah. You did well-¡¹
Rushing passed the falling Olson, the favorite pupil of the inhuman butler leaped out.
The bullets of the enemies lying in wait broke the lower half of Jean''s small shield and pierced his stomach. But, as though such thing was just a fly''s bite, Jean shot without even a moment of pause. His aim was terrifyingly urate, the fired bullet destroyed the enemy''s head and threw out his brain matter.
The other enemies were going to pull their trigger even now. Normally this would be the time tounch evade & counter attack. But, there was no way he could do that now. He couldn''t let even a single bullet of the enemies lurking in this corner to pass behind him.
He bet his pride as the vice captain of the imperial guard. He bet the resolve of her majesty the queen. He bet the trust of his important sister-.
¡¸OoOOOOOOOOH¡¹
¡¸Wha, what the hell, with these guys-¡¹
He tackled toward the three enemies huddling together while his body was receiving bullets. It was a shield bash using the half-broken small shield that was carried on by betting the everything of the imperial guard''s vice captain of dragon kingdom Avenst.
It possessed enough might to altogether cut a swath through the three enemies who turned timid from that bloody drive.
In the middle of copsing on the floor as though tripping over, Jean yelled.
¡¸Take care of Roze-sama! Nee-san-¡¹
¡¸Yes-. Leave it to me!¡¹
Olga and Roze, and then Kuwaibel were rushing through from behind. For a moment, Jean and Roze''s gaze tangled.
The thing dwelling inside Roze''s eyes. There wasn''t any feeling of pity or apology for having others became sacrifice. What was there was merely the color of praise and gratitude.
Beyond doubt, that was a reward for those who aplished the duty given to them by betting their life.
(That''s truly what is worthy, for a warring queen. ¡¡You have be strong.)
Jean''s lips unconsciously loosened at that color of heart showed by the queen that he respected.
That was a sight that was like a nightmare for the enemy side that was rallying over their posture. After all there was a man there who kept smiling even while getting blood soaked from receiving many bullets. It was only natural for them to feel so.
Toward them who couldn''t help but trickling cold sweats despite being the side in advantage, Jean stood up while saying.
¡¸You guys, feel free to learn the dreadfulness of the person who you turned into enemy. ¨D¨DAvenst''s imperial guard, is a bit stubborn you know?¡¹
A beatter, yells and gunshots echoed from the passage Roze and Olga left behind.
Roze and Olga listened to the gunshots behind them while rushing through the passage following Kuwaibel''s guidance.
There wasn''t any word, the two of them were merely staring straight ahead.
A few minutester after rushing through several turns.
¡¸Roze-sama.¡¹
¡¸Yes, it seems we arrived.¡¹
There was arge hall ahead of their gaze. Deeper inside the room there was arge double-leaf door around three meter tall, splendid stone statues of dragon were standing at the left and right. When they tried approaching the door, on the wall there was argish depression modeled like a hand. Roze wondered if it was a kind of authentication device, but there wasn''t anything like machine anywhere. It really looked like nothing more but a depression that was dug out on the wall.
¡¸It cannot be passed by only a monarch dragon. It''s meaningless with just a royalty. With a pair as partner together, for the first time the¡¾Spring of True Dragon''s Tear¡¿will have meaning¨D¨DI wonder, will the ancient selection recognize me as a king?¡¹
She was a survivor of an usurped country. Sure enough, would she be recognized at a queen of the dragon kingdom¡¡this wasn''t any machine, but a door and spring of unknown principle that was said to be created by a true dragon and dragon knight from far in the past.
While feeling a slight anxiety, Roze put her hand on the wall''s depression.
Right after that, a silver light ran through the door. It was as though water was flowing into a ditch, silver light traced the door surface and made arge dragon kingdom''s crest to surface.
And then, the door¨D¨Ddidn''t open.
No, more urately there was a path opened. The double-leaf door didn''t open, in exchange something like a shining mirror, or perhaps a membrane was created.
¡¸This is, the door toward the spring?¡¹
Roze muttered to herself. Kuwaibel too, this was his first time seeing it, but he nodded¡¸Pii¡¹as though he understood that inside there was the ce that was their objective..
Olga tried to touch the shining membrane. Her finger sunk smoothly. There wasn''t any particr sensation. As expected, it seemed they could go inside.
¡¸Roze-sama, let''s hurry. Quickly, to save everyo¨D¨D¡¹
*tan-*
A sound of light plosive sound rang.¡¸Eh?¡¹It was unclear whether that voice leaked out from Olga, or perhaps Roze.
At the very least, the one who vomited out blood was Olga.
¡¸Olga-¡¹
Roze yelled at the same time with Olga jumping at Roze and carried her to retreat in the cover of a dragon statue. Instantly, bullet storm rained down on Roze and co. The dragon statue was solid so although its surface got shaved but it was satisfactorily aplished a role as defensive wall.
¡¸Olga-, please get a hold of yourself!¡¹
¡¸Gohoh, kafuh¡¹
She must be trying to reply back, but perhaps her trachea was filled with blood, because she only coughed out blood without words. In exchange, she leaned on the dragon statue while pulling out her gun and returned fire toward the soldiers who were firing from the passage before the hall.
There were quite a lot of soldiers. A lot more than the number that Jean and the others were holding back. It was obvious that enemy reinforcement was following behind them using some kind of method.
Olga conveyed using her gaze to Roze so she would advance along with Kuwaibel. The shadow of death was looming on that face. Even from the bleeding amount it was undoubtedly a lethal wound. She must be nning to buy time in this nearly certain death.
Roze looked at that gaze, at the soldiers who looked like they would rush to here anytime now, and then at Kuwaibel who was crying out worriedly.
¡¸Ku-chan-. No, Kuwaibel! Go ahead! I and Olga will hold them back here!¡¹
¡¸Pi!?¡¹
Taking a rifle in hand, Roze leaned out half her body from the dragon statue''s cover and returned fire. The moment her face peeked out, in a stroke of bad luck a bullet grazed her cheek. Fresh blood dyed red that smooth face. However, Roze didn''t showed any sign of faltering, she continued to pull the trigger in order to buy time for Olga to reload.
¡¸Even if we aren''t beside each other, but our hearts are connected. Just like how human and dragon were once like that by the heaven and earth. Now, Kuwaibel. From here on, go by yourself!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Piih¡¹
Kuwaibel softly crawled his tail on Roze''s cheek. And then, the moment Roze yelled¡¸Now-¡¹, he flew out from the dragon statue and flew into the light membrane by himself.
The light membrane didn''t vanish. Roze whispered¡¸As I thought¡¹with a nce at that. Thinking of the possibility that the spring would stay opened until the monarch dragon was given power, there was no way they could enter together. The light membrane let Olga''s finger passed when it was opened.
In other words, the enemy soldiers could also enter into the spring.
If the soldiers rushed into the hall, they would be target for Olga and Roze. This ce was optimum for holding back the enemy.
That was why,
¡¸Please show me your figure that be splendid okay, partner.¡¹
Seeing Roze saying that while making a faint smile, Olga who was still continuing to fire with fortitude will even while leaking out wheezing breath also made a small smile.
Their ammo wasn''t that many. Thinking of the amount of shooting necessary to maintain the equilibrium, perhaps they could only continue for five minutes. But even before that Olga wouldn''tst. If Olga''s precise shooting was gone, it would be even quicker for the equilibrium to crumble.
But, even so, Roze and Olga''s smile didn''t vanish.
¡¸Uguh¡¹
Roze''s shoulder was drilled by a bullet. Blood spurted out, painting the girl even more ghastly.
However, her smile didn''t vanish.
A lot of sacrifices were created, but they wlessly let them reached this point.
Thest monarch dragon magnificentlyid hands on the trump card.
¡¸This is, our victory!¡¹
Roze''s words assaulted the soldiers like a bullet.
During the time Roze and others were in a deathly battle deep under the pce, at the surface a simr, no, even fiercer battle was in progress.
¡ºSanchez squad was done in-. Somone-, can anyone reinforce!?¡»
¡ºThis is Cranks 1(Bovid). Los squad-. We will manage somehow here! Head there for reinforcement!¡»
¡ºThis is Odet 2-. There is only me left! Sink or swim, I''llunch kamikaze attack at the bridge!¡»
¡ºCranks 1-, this is Shunt 1! Simon squad is annihted-. We cannot protect Averia with just us!¡»
¡ºSiegel 1 here! This is bad-. Rozeria is receiving concentrated fire-. Stan squad and Ester squad follow¨D¨D¡»
¡ºShit-, Siegel 1 fell! Siegel 2 will take over themand! Protect Rozeria!¡»
Communications of mixed angry yell and scream flitted about in the airspace. The number of the dragon kingdom''s sky battlecrafts had been reduced until two third since Roze and others infiltrated the ce until now.
To be able to sink seven ships of the defense fleet right after the start of battle could be said as amazing military gains even though it came from an impossible surprise attack. Even after that, further four more ships were felled from the main cannon of airship Rozeria and Averia, the enemy''s battle strength was cut in half.
Perhaps, they would be able to even annihte the enemy at this rate¡¡
There were also people who were thinking such thing, but as expected from thest fortress of the divine country, they weren''t that generous. When the defense fleet finally formed their barrier, the attack from Avenst side couldn''t pass through to a despairing degree.
Even when airship Rozeria and Averia fired their main cannon from the maximum short distance, it only pierced the barrier slightly and damaged a part of the ship''s frame, far from sinking the enemy. The story would be different if they could hit the bridge, but there was no way the defense fleet that was fully operating would give them such opening.
Even the sky battlecrafts that prated inside the barrier had their hands full against the enemy sky battlecrafts that could freely enter inside the barrier, they didn''t have any leeway to attack the bridge at all, if they recklessly aimed there then that would be a good chance for the ship''s weapon or the sky battlecrafts to shoot them down.
And then, the more time passed, the more the enemy put in order their counter attack readiness and they cornered the airship Rozeria and Averia instead.
Furthermore,
¡ºThis is, Cline! Damage at Avenst''s power mechanism! We won''t be able to endure more attack than this!¡»
Mother ship Avenst that was attacking with manual armaments operated by civilians of all age and gender from above had smokes erupting from its rear hull while starting to tilt in a big way.
The one who was calling for reinforcement with uneasy voice was the captain of mother ship Avenst, Cline Sanders. He who was also the suprememander was already at the limit and gave an order.
¡ºAll sky battlecraft squads focus on protecting Avenst! Rozeria cover for the sky battlecraft squads! Averia, hold position at Avenst''s left wing!¡»
In the first ce their role was to buy time. If their attacks couldn''t go through properly, then what was left was to focus on defense resolutely and bought time. Mother ship Avenst falling was something that had to be avoided no matter what.
Rozeria and Averia rushed through the airspace in reckless orbit with the resolve to get shot. Both airships were already damaged all over too, but it seemed they still barely possess fighting capability.
Bovid and others distanced themselves from the defense fleet. Barrages were sent like a tsunami from the defense fleet to not let them got away.
The veterans like Bovid and others evaded that with maneuver as though they were possessed while returning to the mother ship Avenst, but the pilots who still hadn''t left the immature stage were shot down one after another.
¡ºAll squads, report! How many of you are left!?¡»
The suprememander of sky battlecraft squads Bovid was shooting down a pursuing enemy sky battlecraft with abnormal maneuver of midair spin while he raised his angry voice.
The returned report was a callous information that further three toons were annihted.
Bovid reflexively wanted to curse, but a death god approached from right beside him. A missile was fired from an enemy sky battlecraft that had circled around unnoticed.
The timing was impossible to evade, even so Bovid was going to make a vain struggle and he put strength into his hand that was holding the stick¨D¨D
¡¸GURYAAAA-¡¹
Right after that, a ck sh blew up the missile.
¡¸Ha, hahah. That''s a narrow escape from death. Thanks, ck dragon-chan.¡¹
¡¸Guruu¡¹
The ck dragon that made a small purr as though to say¡¸Don''t mind it¡¹while flying in parallel then swiveled in order to support the other sky battlecrafts. Bovid cracked jokes¡¸That frail kid has grown big huh¡¹, but his expression was grim.
Several ck dragons were ying very active roles in many fields. Avenst that was unable to maneuver satisfactorily was still not falling was solely because of their efforts.
But, even that was near the limit.
¡¸Your majesty¡¡¡¹
He unconsciously whispered the queen that he respected. ''How much time they have to buy? Is she safe? Will Kuwaibel-sama really able to awaken in the¡¾Spring of True Dragon''s Tear¡¿? And will that be enough to overturn this war situation?''
He believed. He believed in it, but Bovid who was a veteran soldier couldn''t avoid the ck mist of unease to be created in his heart.
¡¸You guys-, just a bit more! Go all out! If Avenst is gone when her majestye back, then it will be our shame for eternity!¡¹
Even so as a captain, he addressed all the squads that everything was absolutely fine. He maintained his subordinates'' morale with jokes and encouragement.
But, reality was heartless, and on top of that it was always moving to unwanted direction every time.
¡º-. Impossible-. Those guys, they are nning to fire their main cannon!? Averia-, Rozeria! Stop them no matter how-¡»
Cline''s scream surged. When Bovid who was taken aback looked below, there was the figure of a ship aiming its main cannon at Avenst above.
It was only natural that Cline was flustered. Right now if Avenst was shot down in this kind of ce, it would fall around the pce. The people living around the pce were unmistakably those with considerable post or pedigree even in the divine country.
Therefore, they estimated that the enemy wouldn''t use their main cannon in fear of sinking the ship with one shot but¡¡
¡ºDamn it-. So those guys are also absolutely at their limit huh!¡»
It seemed, there was some fellow there who was unable to suppress their fear, or perhaps their rage from seeing a lot of the defense fleet ships getting shot down.
Airship Rozeria and Averia were charging their main cannon and they were going to fire, but they wouldn''t make it in time at all. It went without saying that the sky battlecrafts wouldn''t be able to do anything.
Bovid, and then everyone of Avenst imagined the scene of their other home town the nation on ship getting annihted.
¨D¨DChargingplete.
It vaguely looked like the other defense fleet ships were also panicking. In the middle of that, the main cannon was finally going to fire at the mother ship Avenst¨D¨Dright before that
¨D¨D*GOU-*
A silver sh pierced the sky.
¡¸Hah, you''rete, your majesty, monarch dragon-sama.¡¹
Saying that Bovid turned his gaze. Surely, it was undoubtedly a sight that was gazed in astonishment by everyone in this battlefield. In fact, even the defense fleet ship that was in the verge of firing also stopped moving.
What pierced the pce vertically, rising from far underground toward the sky was without mistake a pir of light.
The pir of light that was thinning down as though melting into air and then vanished stopped still the time of the battlefield.
Before long, a silver flew out into the sky of the world that was filled with silence.
It flew up to the sky like a cannonball, rolled midair and spread its wings wide. The sunlight caused the dragon scales to sparkle, just how beautiful that figure was.
Dragon scales shining silver. Majestic huge body. Dragon eyes that made anyone filled with awe. That figure with its back toward the sun even made anyone felt its divine majesty.
¨D¨DGAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!
That was unmistakably a dragon''s howl. No, it was the howl of the dragon king filled with a dominating aura that was worthy for a king.
Silver aura spread out like a ripple. It remained in all the people of the dragon kingdom.
Right after that, the words of the person who everyone surely longed for reverberated.
¡ºEveryone-. Well done in enduring this long! Your queen, your monarch dragon-, are right here!¡»
A silver monarch dragon. The one standing on that back was their queen whose beauty wasn''t lost even soaked in blood¨D¨DRoze.
This was the moment, the strongest of dragon kingdom Avenst was revived.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Chapter 243
Chapter 243
AN: Merry~ Christmas~
I''ll end Tio''s arc next week. This is not a lie. It''s true. It''s true you know?
Surely the cause was the silver light that enveloped all the people of Avenst. The words of the queen that shouldn''t reach resounded toward all the people in this airspace.
¡º-, Kuwaibel! That warship!¡»
¡¸Gua!¡¹
Seeing the smoking and tilting mother ship Avenst, and the warship that was in the verge of firing its main cannon toward that Avenst, Roze yelled while showing unease in her face.
The silver monarch dragon¨D¨DKuwaibel who was temporarily awakened as a grown up dragon replied shorty to that yell and he threw back his head.
And then,
¨D¨DGAAAAAAH!!
He released a breath attack along with a howl. The terrific torrent of light shook the air. The silver breath should be called as a pir of light already. Naturally, the heat amount it possessed was out ofmon sense.
The pir of light cut through the sky in a straight line, and then it impacted the ship. The barrier that repulsed all the attacks of Avenst side was flickering fiercely while warping greatly. While the pir of light was illuminating the world, the pivot of the divine country''s protection¨D¨Dafter a slight resistance, it vanished as though getting blown away.
The defense battleship that lost its shield was helplessly hit by the light pir and a big tunnel was opened in its frame. And then the stocked energy of the main cannon exploded, illuminating the world with even more light of destruction.
The defense battleship that exploded everywhere along with explosive st rained down to a part of the city. Naturally, there was no way the king of dragon would allow that, he raised a loud cry that was different from before. Thereupon, a membrane of extreme light that looked like an aura that covered a part of the city was manifested.
The light perfectly halted all the wreckages and explosion st, it didn''t stop there, it annihted what it touched from the edge. It seemed it was an offensive barrier that possessed the power of the light pir.
Silver aurora shined in the sky. Seeing the sight of the raining down presence of death getting stopped, just what did the people of the city who were moving about in confusion at the sudden war situation would feel?
The monarch dragon''s howl resounded in the battlefield once more.
¡¸¡¡They return back.¡¹
One man whispered that. It was a man with shabby appearance wearing work clothes that looked like old rag. In the eyes of he who was the people of the former dragon kingdom who was working in a harsh ce like a ve since before the dawn, tears were faintly surfacing.
¡¸Okaa-san¡¡what''s that?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Don''t call them that. They are our king. Our, queen and monarch dragon-sama¡¡they came back for us.¡¹
A skinny girl was looking up at the existence that she was told as a fairy-tale before she slept while pointing with her eyes opened wide. The mother who was embracing her daughter from the side was wiping the warm tears flowing down her dirty face many times while leaking out a sobbing voice.
The people of the former dragon kingdom were mostly lower ss people whose human right wasn''t guaranteed. They were kept alive only for supporting the extravagant livelihood of the divine country''s high ss people or the privileged ss people, they were that kind of existence.
Just how much they were dreaming for the day their king returned inside their long pained life?
The people who were hiding inside building so that they wouldn''t get dragged into the war pushed out their face outside one after another as though led by the calling howl of the monarch dragon.
Like that they witnessed it.
The figure of the monarch dragon flying majestically in the sky. And then, the spectacle of countless light sphere floating brilliantly at the monarch dragon''s surrounding. Those were stars of aurora.
The enemy was also simrly just staring at the fantastical sight. While the defense fleet and the sky battlecrafts stopped moving, the monarch dragon Kuwaibel''s howl surged up. Falling stars phenomenon urred.
Great number of extreme light bullets rained down toward the other side of the pce like a meteor shower¨D¨Dat the huge breeding farm located at the opposite side of the city. Yes, it was the breeding farm of the dragons that had supported the matchless sky fleet until now.
Countless explosive sounds resounded, the air was teemed with sh that made it as though the pce was tinged with a halo.
¨D¨DGAAAAAAAAAAH
The howl of monarch dragon Kuwaibel. That was a call. It informed of the return of the king, it called to wake up, rouse up, it was such calling voice.
¨D¨DKuwaaaaa-
¨D¨DKyuiiiiiiii-
¨D¨DoooooOON-
Even feebly, the howls of dragons that responded was definitely emitting delight.
Countless shadow flew up to the sky from behind the pce. The figures of the dragons were small, and fleeting, yet their wings were pped powerfully to return to the sky. The people who knew of the former dragon kingdom, and even those who didn''t, they tightly grasped at their chest simrly, because of the overflowing emotion that couldn''t be described.
¡º¡¡-. Don''t get absent-minded! Change target-, shot down that dragon-¡»
One ship of defense fleet returned to their senses. The ship began to charge its main cannon in hurry while its normal cannon andrge caliber anti-air weapon spouted fire.
The warship weapons rapidly approached with a force that looked as though it could blew up the atmosphere to buy time, however, in front of Kuwaibel all those were stopped by barrier of light and they couldn''t reach his main body. The barrier rippled, and a beatter the cannonballs and bullets were annihted. The expression of the attacking battleship''s captain paled seeing the figure of Kuwaibel that was staying unmoving calmly.
And then, following his self-defense instinct, he was about to give out instruction for further fuel supply to reinforce the barrier to maximum strength in the same time with the main cannon''s charging¡¡
¨D¨DKUWAAAAAAN-
¡º-, captain! Dragon core energy''s output is declining-. The barrier''s strength is lowering!¡»
¡ºMain cannon''s charging rate is reduced-. It will take two minutes until full charge-¡»
¡ºThis is fuel bunker! The dragons are enveloped with strange light! de or bullet doesn''t work-. Just what in the world is happening!?¡»
The loud howl of the monarch dragon and reports that made one wanted to run from reality struck the ears.
Monarch dragon Kuwaibel didn''t have transforming power like Tio. Therefore, he couldn''t make the feeble dragons to rebirth into gant dragons.
But, he too was a king of dragon beyond doubt. That power simrly existed to protect. The silver light was the proof of divine protection bestowed by the monarch dragon. Under Kuwaibel''s sky,ying hand toward the people he decided to protect became a herculean task.
Also, a monarch dragon was able to grant power to other dragons was because they were able to interfere with dragon core. That was to say, a monarch dragon was also able to interfere to a certain degree at things that were using the energy of dragon core.
Because all the battleship of the divine country was using dragon core energy, they were unable to escape from the power of monarch dragon. Of course, a monarch dragon couldn''tpletely nullify processed energy, even so, it was possible to damp the output in considerable ratio. At the very least, now the conventional weapon of Avenst side could go through.
¡ºEveryone of the dragon kingdom. My name is Roze Phiris Avenst. The queen of dragon kingdom Avenst. He is monarch dragon Kuwaibel. ¡¡You have done well enduring the harsh time for long. Right now, we will take back everything!¡»
The promation resounded loudly in the battlefield.
The liberated dragons flew around in the sky, the light enveloping the defense fleet who boasted of being an impregnable fortress was obviously weakened in a nce.
And then, the howl of monarch dragon thundered.
A beat.
¨D¨DWAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-
Tremendous joyful cheers rose from everywhere in the city.
Roze made a little smile hearing the great cheer enveloping the city. She patted Kuwaibel''s back with a gentle hand, and then she changedpletely. She made a war promation with expression that possessed both dignity and dominating aura. (TN: A bit of trivia, this dominating aura I sometimes used, in the raw it was written as ''haki'', yeah like that one in One Piece)
¡ºInforming the people of Qwailent. Your king''s life already scattered in the sky. The fleets, including gship Durgrant won''t return back.¡»
Roze was convinced. That there was no way for the king of usurpation to survive that battlefield where their friend, a legendary existence was fighting.
Therefore, the words that were announced clearly without mumble possessed the weight of truth, giving a severe blow to the defense fleet and the divine people on the surface whether they wanted it or not. ''What kind of joke is that, saying that their unrivaled king and his strongest battle strength fell in the sky?'' Everyone turned into denial for the moment in their mind.
But, if their king was safe¡¡then why, these Avenst''s pirate bunches were here? Why, even though they had slipped until this deep, there wasn''t even a single ship from the main fleets that returned¡¡
The reality before their eyes coldly struck their disbelieving heart.
¡ºSurrender under thew of dragon kingdom Avenst. If you put down your weapon now then I''ll be merciful and spare your life. What we really ought to fight is in the future. The strength of even just one person more is needed for the greatest battle of fixing this broken world. If there is even just a little bit of heart that is thinking of the future inside your heart then surrender.¡»
Roze''s promation was surely something that would be called na?ve from here on. But, if they stole back because they were stolen from, shing against hatred with hatred, and they wouldn''t stop until the enemy was ruined, then it would be no different with the king of pige.
She had decided to be the king of soldier. She was determined to build a future.
That was why¡¡
¡º¡¡Don''t believe her-. His majesty is dead is just nonsense! It''s impossible for the supreme ruler of the sky to fall! Activate Synthesizer maximum power! All ships, take the head of that pirate!¡»
A terrible sound wave assaulted Kuwaibel. The evil sound that disturbed dragon core energy and remarkably inhibited the strength of this world''s dragon species¨D¨Dthat was the reply of the defense fleet toward Roze''s words.
¡¸Kuwaaa-¡¹
¡¸-, Kuwaibel!¡¹
For a moment, Kuwaibel looked like he lost his floating power and his altitude jerked down. Although he was a monarch dragon, it didn''t change that he was a dragon of this world, he was unable to avoid the fang of Synthesizer. This was the biggest reason why once the monarch dragons and dragons couldn''t win against human fleet.
The faces of the dragon kingdom people turned pale seeing that. The captains of the defense fleet made a mocking smile.
¡¸¡¡It''s fine, it''s fine Ku-chan. You are strong. More than anyone in this world. Far more than even the monarch dragons in the past. I, everyone, believe so. ¨D¨D¡¹
Roze who was riding on the back of Kuwaibel who was desperately creating floating power even while writhing in pain brought her body close as though to embrace him, she then took a deep breath.
And then, she yed an old song that anyone of the dragon kingdom would know. It was the song of Kuwaibel''s bond with his partner that had been sung at his all the time since he was born as a luby.
Kuwaibel''s silver light that was weakening due to Synthesizer recovered its radiance a bit. Floating power was produced properly and he hovered without wavering.
¡º¡¡Thanks, partner.¡»
Kuwaibel''s words. Normally it was a power of mutual understanding that he seldom used.
There wasn''t any unique power in Roze''s song. The song was a normal song. Surely even the girl herself had no such intention. She was only thinking if she could support her partner''s heart even just for a little with the familiar song. But, something came into effect. That gentle song was certainly protecting Kuwaibel from the attack of atrocious sound wave.
Roze smiled. She couldn''t return any words because she was singing, but words were already unnecessary between the two of them.
Kuwaibel''s dragon eyes seized the defense battleship aiming its gun turrets at him and they glinted sharply.
¡ºEveryone. Let''s fight, together.¡»
Kuwaibel''s words spread like a ripple once more. Those words were certainly conveyed to all the soldiers of Avenst.
Kuwaibel flew out. He evaded theing missiles to left and right or intercepted using countless light bullets. As long as Synthesizer was in effect, he couldn''tunch a breath that could sink down enemy ship in one shot. But, it was a different story if it was from point-nk range.
Other defense battleships circled to both sides and aimed at Kuwaibel.
¡ºI won''t let you-¡»
¡ºThis is the stage of Roze-sama and Kuwaibel-sama-. Begone nuisance!¡»
The captain of airship Rozeria, Cutter, and the captain of airship Averia, Oaks yelled altogether. They attached themselves at Kuwaibel''s both nks and exchanged shots in respond to the defense battleships.
The enemy''s sky battlecraft squad attacked from above. Even if they couldn''t shot down Kuwaibel himself, the queen riding on his back was another story. If she was killed then it could be imagined how Avenst side would crumble.
¡ºI though you guys will do that yeah. From Cranks 1 to all squads. Cranks squad will provide backup for Kuwaibel-sama! Shunt, Los, the two squads protect Avenst-. All the others hold back the remaining defense fleet!¡»
Bovid shot down two nes when he passed through them from above with only a few seconds of machine gun strafing, and then he further somersaulted with a maneuver that could only be called as abnormal and pointed his ne''s nose downward and really easily shot down two more nes.
As might be expected from the wingmen of the suprememander, Cranks squad''s skill was at inhuman level. Every single one of them was reliably bringing down enemy sky battlecraft with reckless maneuver that was nothing short but abnormal. In addition the ck dragons were intercepting missiles and so on that were approaching Kuwaibel.
¡ºIsn''t the Synthesizer working!? Shit-, main cannon status!?¡»
¡ºCharging rate 70%!¡»
¡ºChih, so it won''t make it in time-. Then¡¡change target-. To mother ship Avenst above!¡»
The captain of a defense battleship shuddered at the approaching Kuwaibel even through all the barrages. And then, the moment he knew that the main cannon''s charging wouldn''t make it, he changed the target at Avenst and fired the main cannon.
¡¸Kuwa-¡¹
''I won''t let you-'', As though to say that, Kuwaibel leaped at the line of fire.
At the same time, he fired a breath of light pir.
The breath and the main cannon struggled against each other equally. The shockwave of the impact stirred the atmosphere and radiated intense heat wave. In that timing the Synthesizer was cut off for a moment, and immediately after, it was fired in maximum strength. The sound wave attack with rapid change of tempo caused Kuwaibel''s light pir to spontaneously weaken.
¡¸-!?¡¹
The light pir was overcame. The main cannon approached Kuwaibel. Normally he would doge, but behind him there was the mother ship Avenst. Therefore, Kuwaibel used his body as shield. Fierce impact caused Kuwaibel to rise a soundless anguished voice from his mouth.
But, enduring that, he fired a breath once more.
The light pir that ran on the sky was like a counter, it pierced the foundation of the main cannon and caused a great explosion.
¡º-, retreat in full speed whileunch concentrated fire with all weapon!¡»
The angry voice of the defense fleet ship captain resounded, but faster than the order could be executed,
¡ºDam-¨D¨D¡»
¡¸GURYAAAAAAA-¡¹
Kuwaibel''s ze pierced the barrier and blew away the whole bridge.
¨D¨DDefense fleet seven ships remained
Broken dragon scales were falling off from Kuwaibel''s chest. Blood was dripping down and while only slightly his flesh was carbonized.
But, without even paying attention to that, and also because time was too precious even for recovering, Kuwaibel decided his next target. He pped his wings and elerated drastically while confirming with a nce that the main cannon of airship Rozeria flying in parallel beside him was going to fire, he then fired a light bullet at Rozeria.
The light bullet urately hit Rozeria, but different of what would happen to enemy, the bullet didn''t inflict damage, rather the radiance of the main cannon was strengthened by a level.
¡ºThat''s a present from Kuwaibel-sama-. If it miss then there will be no forgiveness-¡»
Rozeria''s main cannon that was fired at the same time with Cutter''s scolding splendidly hit one defense battleship. Naturally, the defense barrier rippled and blocked the attack, but in the first ce the main cannon with amplified might directly hit the ce with weakening output.
Without any way topletely defend, the barrier was smashed apart and arge hole was opened in its nk while the ship tilted. There, light bullets attacked like gatling gun strafing to bring about destruction for sure this time. There was no way the defense battleship that was losing control had any way to endure, its bridge was pierced plenty and the ship sank.
¨D¨DDefense fleet six ships remained
The enemy was also desperate. Main cannon light from the defense fleet that turned into buckshot shape rushed Kuwaibel. The power dropped considerably, but it was suitable for wide range attack and holding back the target.
¡¸KUWAaa-¡¹
In order to protect the surrounding and the city behind, Kuwaibel created a huge barrier of aurora. It was in the middle of Synthesizer''s effect activation, so deploying a barrier of superrge scale mercilessly shaved off Kuwaibel''s mental strength. Even the immense dragon core energy he stocked from the¡¾Spring of True Dragon''s Tear¡¿was decreasing with phenomenal rate, like water gushing out from a leaky bucket.
There, a defense battleship that circled to the nk ignored the bombardment from Azeria and directed its main cannon at Kuwaibel. It looked like it was nning to shoot him down even if it had to go down together with him.
A slight unease emerged in Kuwaibel''s dragon eyes.
¨D¨D?
At that time, he heard a song.
It wasn''t the voice of Roze who was continuously singing in order to reduce the power of Synthesizer. It was a voice of a child who he had never heard before.
¨D¨D?
¨D¨D?
¨D¨D?
Singing voices were ovepping. There was the voice of an old age man, and there was also the voice of a young woman. Through the silver light, the singing voice of one person, and then one more person was rising¨D¨D
¡º¡¡Thank you.¡»
The words of thanks that Kuwaibel gave reached clearly. To the people of the dragon kingdom singing on the ground.
The song of the people that was dedicated to the king. Assemble, assemble, be added into the song of protection. Not only being protected. When it was necessary their will to fight could be offered up, that was the pride that the people of dragon kingdom Avenst held.
The main cannon of the defense battleship fired.
The light of death pushed on toward Kuwaibel who couldn''t move from maintaining the barrier.
But, Kuwaibel''s dragon eyes weren''t colored by unease anymore.
¡ºIt''s all right, partner.¡»
¡ºI know, partner.¡»
Roze''s words, and Kuwaibel''s reply.
The sh of main cannon directly hit Kuwaibel¨D¨Dright before that happened, it was swallowed inside the breath Kuwaible released. Like a river with the tide reversed, the light pir swallowed the silver sh and went straight ahead, without stopping it pulverized the defense battleship.
¨D¨DDefense fleet five ships remained
The buckshot main cannon ceased. When the barrier of light vanished as though melting into the air, there was the figure of Kuwaibel d in meteor of extreme light.
¡º-, barrier full pow¨D¨D¡»
The meteor drowned out themand of some captain. In the middle of the overflowing singing voice that resounded through the whole city, the extreme light of Kuwaibel who was disying thorough strength smashed the barrier of defense fleet with just bullet strafing.
¡ºWe are joining! Averia, target at two o''clock! Rozeria, target at nine o''clock! All sky battlecrafts, ram all the missiles you have at five o''clock target!¡»
A directive came from Avenst''s captain Cline.
At the same time when Kuwaibel''s breath of pir light shot at the defense battleship in front, airship Averia and Rozeria fired their main cannon at their respective target. In addition, the air battle squads of Bovid and co also fired all theirst missiles from all nes.
¡º¡¡Impossible. We are, the chosen people¨D¨D¡»
Some captain of the defense fleet whispered. That was hisst whisper in this world.
The light of the sun disyed aplete dawn. In the world that was filled with light, a gigantic flower bloomed. Decorated by me sts and thunderous roars, the flower of the blue sky disyed the curtain closing of a history.
On the ground, the people of dragon kingdom were staring dumbfounded at the me sts of five ships of defense fleet blossoming in full glory, a beatter a terrific cheer that sounded like it would shake the earth and split the sky was raised. And then, it was the people of the divine country who were watching dumbfounded at those people cheering and the defense fleet falling.
With one soldier dropping his weapon *ng* as the beginning, weapons were thrown down one after another. Even the people who weren''t soldier realized the crumbling of their glory had strength leaving their waist and the flopped down on the ground.
That was what disyed it clearly.
Yes, the sky divine country Qwailent that was created by the king of usurpation, right now, in this time, its history was put to an end.
At the sky above the city that was erupting with cheers, the airships and sky battlecrafts with mother ship Avenst in the lead were approaching Kuwaibel who was hovering calmly with Roze riding on his back.
¡¸Your majesty, Kuwaibel-sama. That was a splendid fight. I can say that it was truly a victory that will remain in history.¡¹
Bovid in a tattered sky battlecraft was using the ne''s vertical takeoff function to somehow hover beside the two was giving them his honest praise.
Kuwaibel and Roze instantly opened their eyes and they looked at each other''s face¡¡
¡¸Puh. Bovid using honorifguage¡¡¡¹
¡ºIt, it doesn''t suit you¡¡¡»
¡¸Youu braats¡¹
The two burst intoughter at the speech and gesture that didn''t suit the sky battlecraft squads suprememander who was normally ustomed with pirate manner. Sharp words like¡ºYou reap what you sow¡», or¡ºIndeed that really doesn''t suit you¡», or¡ºWas the battle too extreme it finally got into your head?¡»came from the radio. Bovid had no ally.
Bovid''s expression turnedpletely sulky, but there was a smile that couldn''t be hidden on his lips. It seemed that sentiment was also shared by other people who were talking to Roze and Kuwaibel through the radio, even while talking frivolously there was joy that was impossible to hide seeping into their voices.
¡¸Everyone, really, you all really had fought well. Our dearest wish hase true. The path to the future is cut open. Thank you, really thank you. You all followed someone like me along until here. Really¡¡¡¹
Roze who was sitting still in a girl posture on Kuwaibel''s back with a distorted face looked like she was going to burst crying anytime. There were even people who were already crying in sympathy.
That was just how long they had continued to fight the long painful fight until now. Therefore, this moment today was more than enough to make an emotion that was beyond description to well up inside them.
Inside the world that shook from the joyful cheers, the people of Avenst closed their eyes as though to immerse in the overflowing emotion. That was to digest their happiness, and at the same time it was also to remember their war buddies who had gone ahead of them.
¡¸¡¡Now, everyone. There is a mountain of things to do. You can slowly immerse in your sentimentter, let''s do what we ought to do right now. Also someone, please take out Olga from the hold in the pce that Kuwaibel opened. There is no danger to her life with Kuwaibel''s power, but she is wounded really seriously.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Roger. Your majesty, what about the others outside Olga?¡¹
¡¸¡¡. Jean and others¡¡their life or death is unknown. Please make the squad send to suppress the pce to carry out search and rescue at the same time.¡¹
¡¸Acknowledged.¡¹
Everyone in that ce guessed it from Roze''s instruction and expression. There weren''t many words exchanged, with Cline''s instruction the ground suppression squad headed toward the pce using small boat from mother ship Avenst.
After seeing that off, Roze and others looked down to the ground. There were the figure of the people waving their hand there while shedding tears.
¡¸Your majesty. Your promation.¡¹
Roze nodded strongly at Bovid''s words.
She urged Kuwaibel, and they calmly exposed their appearance while flying above the city. It was for the purpose of notifying the return of the king and dered the revival of dragon kingdom Avenst above the pce.
Behind them, the mother ship Avenst, airship Rozeria, Averia, and then the sky battlecraft squads followed in a march.
The people''s cheers were increasingly heightening at the miraculous sight and the liberated dragons danced above the sky as though in blessing.
People were gathering in front of the pce without end. It seemed that the soldiers also didn''t have any will to fight already, so they were under the watch of the ground suppression squad with both their hands raised up.
Above there, Kuwaibel who was shining silver reflecting the light of the sun even with wounds all over his body was hovering still, on his back Roze was standing.
Even while soaked in blood and wound that disyed the fierce battle, her figure that held her head high was beautiful. For the people who knew about the old fairy-tale, her figure was truly that of the¡¸legendary dragon knight¡¹itself.
Comfortably, while pouring gaze of affection at the people who were directing bright eyes at her, Roze took a deep breath. So that her voice would reach clearly, the silver light from her partner the monarch dragon showered down.
¡ºEveryone. The beloved people of dragon kingdom Avenst. Once more, I''ll introdu¨D¨D¡»
Roze was going to introduce her name once again to make clear who she was¨D¨D
At that time,
¡ºThe bloodline of king¡¡so it still survive¡¡¡»
A voice encroached the world.
Right after that, the beautiful world that was illuminated brilliantly by the light of sun was being covered by muddy ck cloud that was suddenly generated. Like a drop of ink sttered on a white paper, the dark clouds overwrote the world. Sandwiched between the sea of clouds that rained down ck rain below and the dark clouds generated further above, Roze and others fell into a hallucination as though they were imprisoned at the interstice of world.
¡¸Wha, what?¡¹
¡ºJust now¡¡¡»
Bovid and others yelled¡¸Your majesty-¡¹in vignce while rushing toward her. During that time Roze looked up at the sky dumbfounded, and Kuwaibel looked at the surrounding with shaken eyes in disbelief.
sh of lightning began to ran in the sky. The thundering sounds gave the people fright whether they wanted it or not. In the gloomy world, horrifying words that sounded like boiled down essence of negative emotion resounded.
¡ºSuffer¨D¨D¡»
¡ºGasp, writhe¨D¨D¡»
¡ºScream¡»
¡ºLament¨D¨D¡»
¡ºLose everything¨D¨D¡»
¡ºRun screaming¨D¨D¡»
¡ºFear¡»
Those were words of curse. Those words cursed the world, human, the brethrens, all living things in this world. It echoed, ovepping in manyyers, as though several hundred or thousand existences were reciting in resounding voice.
¡ºDie¡»
It was ck and encroached slimily. The people''s hearts that were filled with hope were being dyed with terror and despair.
That fallen person only wished for one thing.
¡º¨D¨DIn the end of suffering¡»
The world shook.
¡ºBe destroyed¡»
Squall mixed with thundering lightning and ck mist blew violently. A huge tornado was generated from the dark clouds that locked the sky, from inside it, "that" showed its figure.
¡¸¡¡Evil dragon¡¡Helmut¡¹
¡º¡¡¡»
Roze murmured with a trembling voice.
While everyone was ruled by despair and terror, there was only one dragon who was staring straight at that person. (TN: While I use person here, but it still refer to Helmut)
Those eyes conceived inside them sadness, the happiness of finally being able to meet, and then an unshakeable resolve.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Today, or from a few days ago the published version of Arifureta volume 5 is in the middle of sale.
At the same time, theic version volume 1 is also on sale.
I uploaded the detail in my activity report, so if it please you please try to take a look.
For everyone the viger of a certain loner vige, and also for everyone of a certain Casanova vige, it will make me happy if this can be a good thing for killing time for the end-of-year.
Today, if possible I''ll upload the Christmas special after story at 6 P.M if possible.
Perhaps, surely¡¡
Also about the update next week¡¡
Please rest assured. I won''t suffer the brats! I''ll ipload a hour before the starting time!
After all I need to prepare things like the meal or the drink or the snack, I got to prepare them all wlessly.
Well then all of you Narou people, have a good year!
Chapter 244
Chapter 244
Chapter 244: Christmas Special After StoryThe Small Santa-san of Nagumo Family
AN: This is not what you think.
I only nned for around 5000 characters.
But when I noticed it already passed 9 o¡¯clock, when I noticed it already went 10000 characters.
This is holy night after all, it¡¯s not strange that a mysterious thing will happen.
¡¡
Also warning.
I updated Tio arc today before this chapter.
For those who haven¡¯t read it, please read it too without fail.
At the time of year that was already beyond the middle of December where snow was sparsely falling from the cloudy sky. In order to resist the severe cold, while the kotatsu and heater were raising humming sound, the people of Nagumo family were eating with relish a warm specially made stew (the ingredient was an UMA lurking at an unexplored region of earth).
¡¸It will be Christmas soon huh¡¡. Myuu, what kind of Chrstimas present you want this year?¡¹
¡¸Myu?¡¹
The lovely beloved daughter asked Hajime with her cheeks stuffed with the meat that came from UMA but was terribly delicious, looking like a squirrel.
Myuu hurriedly swallowed the meat of something *mokyu mokyu* and then she showed a thinking gesture for a bit before answering with a wide smile.
¡¸Pile bunker!¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Papa stiffened spontaneously still with a smiling face. Indeed, he gave her present of numerous artifact weapons at the amusement parkst year, but as expected Hajime was troubled of how to answer when he was getting coaxed for a demolition weapon with this kind of pure smiling face without any cloudiness.
Myuu who seemed to treat Hajime¡¯s speechlessness as refusal got dejected. And then, with an upturned gaze and reserved tone, she coaxed for another thing as though to observe at Hajime¡¯s reaction.
¡¸It¡¯s fine, even if it¡¯s just Hyperion.¡¹
The destructive power was raised. Just what in the world was reserved from this kid¡¡.
Sumire and Shuu were desperately enduring theirugh with trembling shoulders at the dialogue between Hajime and Myuu. Yue and Shia looked exasperated, and Tio looked admiring. Amidst that, Remia who was unable to just watch spoke justification in the ce of her daughter.
¡¸I¡¯m sorry dear. Good grief this child, she is pleading for something outrageous again¡¡. Regrettably, it looks like that she is influenced by the game she is recently ying.¡¹
¡¸Game? A game that make you want pile bunker or sunlight convergenceser, just what kind of game that is?¡¹
¡¸It looks like a war game with the stage at the near future.¡¹
Hajime turned his gaze at Myuu with a question¡¸Is that so?¡¹in his eyes. Myuu made a gun shape with her fingers and then spoke words that seemed to be a signature phrase with a posed look.
¡¸I¡¯m gonna dye everything crimson yeah! Nano¡¹
¡¸I¡¯m confiscating it right now. Tou-san, we are putting restricting in Myuu¡¯s PC! A strong one! Help meter!¡¹
Surely the geography of somewhere would change the next day after a Hyperion was gifted. Hajime who was shuddering asked for cooperation in a hurry at Shuu.
But, Shuu in question was instigating¡¸Hyuu-, Myuu-chan is so cool!¡¹together with Sumire. And then, Myuu was also saying terrifying thing like¡¸That¡¯s cruel papa! Myuu had finally obtained a nuclear nano! Even though I¡¯m looking forward to use it in the next war!¡¹.
Hajime in his own way was responding¡¸It¡¯s no good picking up something like that! Toss it away, far away!¡¹for some reason. Myuu puffed up her cheeks like balloon. It seemed she was dissatisfied.
Hajime felt that it appeared he was at disadvantage talking about Christmas present and for the time being he beat a tactical retreat. ¡¡The demon king-sama who came to kill even a god right from the front was running away from an argument about present with his daughter.
¡®Cough¡¯ Hajime papa cleared his throat and diverted the topic.
¡¸Aa~,e to think of it Myuu. What about the condition of Belfegoor and others? Are their transformation mechanism working normally?¡¹
¡¸Yep! It¡¯s amazing nano! They went gashon-gashon, it¡¯s totally cool nano! Also the other artifacts are just like Myuu want it nano! As expected from papa! Thank you nano!¡¹
¡¸I see. That¡¯s great. But¡¡there is nothing dangerous in there so I created them normally without particr care, in the end, what are you going to use them for?¡¹
Hajime who breathed out in relieve at the sessful topic change asked Myuu casually. It was about around a week ago, Myuu suddenly strongly begged him, she said she wanted the living golems to be installed with transformation mechanism and also several artifacts that felt like they could be necessary tool for a spy somewhere.
Recalling that, Hajime asked curiously after thiste, but ahead of his gaze, his beloved daughter who he believed would surely answer him with a smile was¡¡
¡¸¡¡My, Myuu will put them to use for a peaceful activity, nano.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
For some reason her gaze was swimming around and she returned a vague answer. The mouth of the little girl who was saying the desire to dye the world crimson just now, was speaking peaceful activity suspiciously. Hajime papa¡¯s eyes naturally turned staring fixedly.
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Hajime papa¡¯s fixed eyes were staring fi~xedly. The gaze of the suspicious Myuu was swimming around even more.
Stare~. Fidget fidget. Stare~~. Twitch-, fidget fidget.
¡¸¡¡Well, I¡¯m not going to forcefully ask though.¡¹
¡¸Nmyu¡¹
After everything, Hajime had faith that Myuu wouldn¡¯t use it for something stupid and he made a small wry smile before removing his pressing gaze. Myuu let out a relieved sigh while her cheeks loosened up limply at Hajime papa who gave her his trust. Hajime also smiled gently.
¡¸¡¡Really, what a simr parent and child.¡¹
¡¸Isn¡¯t that right. Like their way to dodge the topic or the way they escape. Every year they are turning more simr.¡¹
¡¸Rather, doesn¡¯t Goshujin-sama noticed? Before thinking about game, Myuu¡¯s dangerous speech and action art mostlying second hand from Goshujin-sama.¡¹
¡¸Ufufu. For Myuu, Hajime-san is also her idol after all.¡¹
¡¸Even so an elementary school student asking for pile bunker orser cannon is still not normal though. As expected from my granddaughter!¡¹
¡¸That! My granddaughter is in different levelpared to those other elementary school students.¡¹
The whispering conversation of the wives and Nagumo spouses caused Hajime and Myuu to feel like running away and they concentrated at the stew pretending to not hear anything. That harmonious behavior of the parent and daughter made the dining table to be enveloped inughter.
¡¸¡¡Putting aside the present, where is Myuu want to go at the Christmas day?¡¹
Myuu began to be troubled¡¸Uu~n¡¹at Yue¡¯s question. Was it fine if they went to the same amusement park likest year? Or else, should they called her friends and papa¡¯s underlings(ssmates) to party?
Myuu hummed ¡®un un¡¯ while wracking her head about what kind of Christmas should they have. Seeing her like that, Hajime suggested with a smile.
¡¸Then, how about staying over somewhere at the Christmas Eve day? Like overseas, or another world.¡¹
If Myuu wished it, then he would take her anywhere for sure. Hajime papa dered that full of vigor, but it seemed that today was a day where he would eat the counter of his daughter to the utmost.
¡¸Ah, that¡¯s impossible nano.¡¹
¡¸? Impossible? It¡¯s not that you don¡¯t want it?¡¹
¡¸Nano. Myuu have a n for the whole day in Christmas Eve.¡¹
¡¸You are going to go y with your friends ?¡¹
Hajime asked while putting UMA meat into his mouth,
¡¸It¡¯s not ying nano.¡¹
He stiffened. In the day of Christmas Eve, she wasn¡¯t going to y with her friends, or spent time with family. However, she had a n that wasn¡¯t ying. What¡¯s more it would take the whole day. *drip* A cold sweat trickled from Hajime papa¡¯s forehead.
¡¸Myuu. What¡¯s your n?¡¹
Without even any leeway to feel doubt at Yue who was holding herughter beside him for some reason, papa asked with a feeling of¡¸Don¡¯t tell me¡¹, but
¡¸¡¡It, it¡¯s a secret from papa nano.¡¹
¡¸What¡¡the¡¡¡¹
*ng* Hajime dropped his spoon. His expression was in shock. Hajime papa couldn¡¯t hide his shaken feeling at ¡°the secret of his beloved daughter¡± that he had never met even once until now.
¡¸Spe, speak honestly, Myuu. Surely in that n of yours you are going to meet someone, and that someone is a girl right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Myuu will meet various people, so of course there is also man nano.¡¹
It was a critical hit at Hajime¡¯s mind. His beloved daughter said that she would meet a man at the Christmas Eve! What¡¯s more, it wasn¡¯t ¡°boy¡± but ¡°man¡±. Okay, finally it¡¯s your turn after so long pile bunker. For the pervert lolicon bastard who dare to aim at the family¡¯s daughter, a present of lovely scrap time!
Perhaps feeling the turbulent sign from Hajime who stood up wordlessly, Myuu gulped down her remaining stew and said¡¸Thanks for the food!¡¹before she left the living room with fast pace *sutetete-*. The overly fast movement caused Hajime papa who was in the middle of feeling shaken unable to even call out at her.
But, just when he thought so, Myuu¡¯s face popped out from the living room¡¯s entrance. And then, she stared fi~~~xedly at Hajime and,
¡¸Papa. If papa try to follow or investigate Myuu¡¯s matter at the Christmas Eve¡¡Myuu, won¡¯t speak to papa anymore nano.¡¹
¡¸Gofuh!?¡¹
Hajime¡¯s knees copsed. Without being able to even stop Myuu who rushed *sutetete-* once more to her room, he was crawling on all fours without even the slightest twitch. The damage was grave!
¡¸A godyer crushed with a sentence¡¡fumu. Perhaps it¡¯s only Myuu who art able to do something like this whether before or after.¡¹
¡¸Ahaha~. Hajime-san is weak against Myuu-chan even more than against Yue-san in a sense after all.¡¹
Tio and Shia were giggling leisurely. Yue and others also nodded at them in agreement.
But, the next moment, Hajime stood up in a sh. And then, with an expression that gave uneasy and emaciated impression,
¡¸Nagumo family meeting! The, the¡¡the whatever many times of Nagumo family emergency family meeting will be hold! The topic is about the trashy scum bastard following about our daughter!¡¹
Naturally, everyone was continuing their meal normally.
The day of Christmas Eve.
In the pce of another world Tortus, work was being done routinely without anything particr happening. The busy officials were running about or else they were dealing with paperwork bit by bit on their desk.
In a room of such pce¨D¨Din the office of Hairihi kingdom¡¯s king, a boyish king who still hadn¡¯t really fit the atmosphere or the desk size yet was moving his pen with a fed up expression.
¡¸Your majesty, will you take a rest soon?¡¹
¡¸Mu. No, I¡¯ll do it a bit more. Elder sister is not here. If work is piling up during such time then it will be too shameful. Or rather, just how did elder sister finished this amount of work always in that kind of short time huh?¡¹
¡¸She was doing them normally you know? Only, it was done with astonishingly fast motion though.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Since I was enthroned and also did my duty, now that I¡¯ve recently get used with the work, I often think this but¡¡elder sister is human right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Your majesty. You will be scolded by Liliana-sama you know?¡¹
The warning voice from the troubled private secretary made Liliana¡¯s little brother, his majesty the current generation king of Hairihi kingdom¨D¨DRandell to sigh deeply¡¸Haa¡¹, while thinking¡¸Elder sister, won¡¯t hee back quickly I wonder¡¹.
¡¸If I remember correctly, she was invited for earth event called ¡°Kurushimasu¡± right? She looked really merry when she was picked up directly by that guy.¡¹(TN: Christmas in Japan is read Kurisumasu. Kurushimasu meant suffering.)
¡¸Your majesty, it¡¯s ¡°Christmas¡±. Your pronunciation makes the supposedly joyful event to sound like a hell torture.¡¹
Recalling his sister who was in high spirits since the morning thinking of that hateful son of a bitch, Randell let out a deep sigh. His first love was taken away by that person, but he didn¡¯t stop there, that man even bared his poisonous fang toward the sister that he respected. Randell swore¡¸I¡¯ll punch you flying someday¡¹. Inside his heart. He wouldn¡¯t say it out loud no matter what.
Randell¡¯s feeling became as though he had bitten something bitter, but suddenly, he recalled a certain character and he muttered to himself.
¡¸¡¡Is it no good, if I also go there?¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s no good.¡¹
He was cut down easily by the private secretary. Randell went¡¸But you see¡¹¡¸However, still¡¹acting fidgety and restless for some reason with an indecisive attitude. The private secretary who knew what was inside the heart of such boyish king held back from sighing while opening his mouth to say something in persuasion¨D¨D
At that time,
¡¸MERRY-!! CHRISTMAA¨D¨D¨D¨DSS!! NANO!!!¡¹
¡¸Hiih!? What¡¯s going on!?¡¹
Suddenly the office¡¯s window was threw open loudly, from there a red shadow flew in like a bullet. Randell hugged himself with both hands like a girl while jumping to his feet. The private secretary also twitched from the sudden happening, yet he rushed forward to protect his majesty from the intruder.
¡¸Wait, Myuu-sama!?¡¹
¡¸Whaaat!? Myuu you say!?¡¹
Shocked voices were raised when they saw the true identity of the intruder. Randell who was shaking in his boots behind the desk also threw his gaze at Myuu who was quickly smoothing over her appearance.
¡¸No, I¡¯m not Myuu. I¡¯m Santa us!¡¹
Myuu who was wearing red and white clothes was indeed wearing the appearance of Santa. Her lower body was d in mini skirt and short boots, it was a cute clothes that were arranged with frills and fluffy pompon all over. Her head was wearing a droopy Santa hat and she was carrying arge bag on her shoulder. All those factors certainly made her a Santa-san.
Myuu twirled with a beautiful rotation as though to show off her exclusive Santa cosy created by her family for her. She stood sideways and winked with peace sign over her eye. It was the signature pose like a certain idol somewhere! *Sparkle-¡î* Such sound effect could be hallucinated from that!
¡¸Cu, cute¡¡¡¹
The male Randell. It seemed he got one hit KO-ed from the *Sparkle-¡î*. He was staring at Myuu in intoxication.
The private secretary who sensed somehow that the king seemed to be of no use was wondering ¡®Just what is the security of the pce doing¡¡. No, this is the daughter of his majesty the demon king, anything is possible isn¡¯t it, haha.¡¯ He whispered so inside his heart while asking with a voice that was oozing out tiredness.
¡¸Myuu-sama, just what are you doing? What about the n of enjoying ¡°Christmas¡± with Liliana-sama?¡¹
¡¸I¡¯m not Myuu nano. I¡¯m santa nano. Santa will distribute present in Christmas nano.¡¹
¡¸Present, is it?¡¹
The secretary tilted his head. With a nce at Randell who was still in a daze, Myuu fished around inside her white bag. Like that what she took out was two beautifully wrapped bundles.
¡¸Merry~ Christmas! These are presents from Santa to the two good children nano!¡¹
¡¸My, Myuu is giving me present? Uu, Myuu, someone like you is really¡¡¡¹
¡¸Oh, for me too? Fufu, this is truly a happy surprise.¡¹
The eyes of the secretary who received the present turned round while also epting it happily. He guessed that it seemed Myuu was going around distributing present in ordance with this event called Christmas. It felt like his everyday tiredness was blown away, and he was making a really warm expression.
On the other hand, Randell was whispering things like¡¸Myuu is giving me present. To purposefully go as far as crossing world for my sake¡¡. Hah, don¡¯t tell me, Myuu is actually having feeling for me!?¡¹.
¡¸Well then you two, work hard nano! Santa will give present to other people too nano!¡¹
¡¸Yes, Myuu-sama. Thank you very much for the present.¡¹
While the private secretary and Myuu were exchanging harmonious words of parting, Randell whose expression was feverishly delirious returned to his senses suddenly.
¡¸Wa, wait a second, Myuu!¡¹
¡¸?¡¹
¡¸Tha, that¡¯s. It¡¯s. ¡¡If you like, won¡¯t you spend today with me? I¡¯ll personally prepare a return gift for you!¡¹
The secretary gave a straight-man retort through his gaze¡¸You, read the atmosphere. Rather, she just said that she is giving present to other people too¡¹. The young king didn¡¯t even pay attention to his private secretary¡¯s expression and was desperate to stop Myuu from leaving.
Randell kept prattling on and on while ncing repeatedly at Santa Myuu with blushing cheeks.
Just from this, it could be guessed that Randell whose first love was scattered that much was now falling into a difficult love once more. During the few times of his contact with Myuu when she came to y in the pce when brought along by that guy, Myuu who interacted with him friendlily different from other people of the same age around him, and also seeing how their age was rtively close caused him to fall for her so easily.
Myuu who was tilting her head at such Randell didn¡¯t know about what was inside his heart, but she could guess that Randell was trying to make her stay and with a cheerful smile she¨D¨D
She dered to Randell whose expression turned bright seeing her smile.
¡¸Randell¡¯s eyes are always indecent so no way.¡¹
¡¸!?¡¹
Randell turned into stone. Myuu dealt additional blow at him still with a smile!
¡¸Papa told me nano. Myuu must not get near that kind of man. That¡¯s why Randell, don¡¯t get too close to me nano!¡¹
¡¸Kahah¡¹
The male Randell. Even after bing a king he fell on his knees. Seeing his majesty who was on all fours while holding his chest, the private secretary sent him a look of sympathy. Myuu said¡¸Bye bye nano~¡¹while jumping out from the window.
Later on at the pce, the voices of the servants and soldiers who were happy with the surprise present from the cute Santa could be heard mixed with the crying voice of the young king who screamed¡¸That bastard(demon king), I¡¯ll murder him somedayyyyyy-¡¹in an outburst of anger.
*whoosh-* The sound of a sharp sh resounded, and a fiendish monster was crumbling in two.
¡¸Fuu. Is this thest of them?¡¹
The one who whispered was a young man wiping the sweat on his forehead with his hand¨D¨DAmanogawa Kouki. After many twists and turns, he who had saved several other worlds was even now working hard like this to remove the threat to people as an adventurer.
¡¸Kouki-san, great work.¡¹
¡¸We are finished too over here, Kouki.¡¹
From inside the deep forest, the two who appeared pushing through the grasses were Kouki¡¯s party members, the former goddess-sama and former queen-sama of another world. These two were also female hunter who were currentlypeting for Kouki also after many twists and turns.
¡¸Aa, thanks for your hard work you two. You two aren¡¯t injured right?¡¹
¡¸Everything¡¯s fine. The strength of a goddess is not so small that monsters of this level can possibly do anything.¡¹
¡¸Former goddess you mean? Also, certainly what is small isn¡¯t your strength but your breast there.¡¹
¡¸Aa? I¡¯ll turn you into cinders you know? Queen (lol).¡¹
¡¸Oh? Just try it if you actually can, no good goddess.¡¹
Just like usual, Kouki was starting to take distance bit by bit while staring with eyes that looked like dead fish toward the former goddess and former queen at both his sides who were ring from really close as though seeing each other¡¯s parent¡¯s killer.
But, at that time Kouki¡¯s presence detection detected an unknown existence approaching them with terrific speed.
(-, fast!?)
Kouki opened his mouth to warn the two at the same time when that fell from the sky.
Whatnded with an impact that shook the ground was,
¡¸Re, reindeer?¡¹
Kouki was spontaneously dumbfounded.
Yes, it was a reindeer. With bright red nose. However, it was super big with length that was almost three meter long.
The red nosed reindeer-san stared slightly at the dumbfounded three people, and then its mouth suddenly fell open. Inside it there was a fiendish object that looked really familiar for Kouki¡¡
¡¸Why is it hereee!?¡¹
Kouki yelled such thing while he wasted no time to hold the other two and evaded from the line of fire. It was at that moment, *dopan-* a bursting sound and sh that were also familiar surged out, sting away an enemy approaching from behind Kouki and others that Kouki had also detected.
Kouki put down beside him the former queen-sama and former goddess-sama who were still dumbfounded and he stared at the mechanical death god reindeer-san while his cheeks were twitching. Thereupon,
¡¸MERRY~~, CHRISTMASSS!¡¹
¡¸Myuu-chan¡¡. So it¡¯s you.¡¹
Kouki hung his head down crestfallenly. Santa Myuu¡¯s face peeked out all of sudden from the reindeer¡¯s back, and with a hop she flew and twisted midair with a triple turn beforending beautifully.
¡¸Why are you in this kind of ce? That outfit¡¡aah, today is Christmas huh.¡¹
¡¸Correct nano. For hero-san who has been a good child through this one year, there is a present from Santa nano!¡¹
¡¸Hahah, I see. ¡¡A Santa who make an entrance by riding a grim reaper¡¡as expected from Nagumo¡¯s daughter.¡¹
Toward Kouki who was muttering with a subdued air, Myuu returned a package while saying¡¸Yes! Merry Christmas!¡¹. Myuu also handed over present to the former goddess and formerqueen-sama who were still dumbfounded.
¡¸Thank you Myuu-chan. Can I look inside?¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s fine, but Myuu is really busy getting around the world nano. That¡¯s why, I¡¯m leaving already nano.¡¹
Myuu jumped on the ughter reindeer-san¨D¨Dactually the inside was Belfegoor¨D¨Dand then she said¡¸Bye hero-san! I wish you a good another world summoning next year too!¡¹while flying away.
¡¸Don¡¯t give me that kind of ominous prayer!¡¹
Kouki¡¯s shout ended in vain, the figure of the demonic reindeer-san that reached the speed of sound instantly was already gone.
Kouki let out a long sigh while he tried opening the wrapping of the small present carefully. Even after everything he said, he opened the wrapping while his cheeks were loosening that he was also given a Christmas present.
¡¸Hm? This is¡¡ring?¡¹
What came out from the box were pair rings. On the small paper that was included inside,¡¸They are engagement rings! Please give it to someone that you love!¡¹was written with round characters.
Kouki got drenched with sweats from a bad feeling.
¡¸Kouki-san, thank you very much. For you to prepare this ring of eternal oath, I¡¯m really happy.¡¹
¡¸Kouki? Naturally, you will give it to me right? Right?¡¹
Over both his shoulders, the former queen-sama and former goddess-sama were peering in smilingly wrapped in muddy ck aura. Kouki was about to activate Ground Shrinker reflexively to take distance, but the two tightly grasped his shoulders simultaneously.
¡¸Kouki-san-¡¹
¡¸Kouki!¡¹
*creak* Unpleasant sound rang from Kouki¡¯s both shoulders.
Kouki¡¯s eyes turned into dead fish eyes once more while at the bottom of his heart he yelled at the small Santa who presented him with pair rings despite preparing presents for three people.
¡¸YOU-, DEMON KING¡±S DAUGHTEERRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR-¡¹
After that, it went without saying that the thunderous sounds of the struggle for the pair rings resounded deep inside the forest. And then, it also went without saying howter Kouki went around bowing his head at every rted ce for the reckless destruction of nature.
At Britain in the bureau chief office of the national security bureau,
¡¸Haa~~~¡¹
Such dee~~p sigh was let out. The one whose eyebrows twitched in reaction to that was the person who was wholly famed as a walking and clothed cool-headedness, Chief Sharon Magdanese.
¡¸Haa~~~~~~~¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
A sigh even deeper than before caused an irritating air inside the chief office. Vein was starting to emerge on Chief Magdanese¡¯s forehead. There, even more sigh assaulted.
¡¸Depressing.¡¹
¡¸Hih!?¡¹
Chief Magdanese who snapped threw a paper knife. The owner of sigh who immediately shook his head while raising a pathetic scream unconsciously¨D¨DAllen saw the paper knife passed through right beside his forehead, without stopping the knife stabbed *pasun* on the wall behind him.
¡¸Wai-, what are you doing, chief!¡¹
¡¸I said it already, it¡¯s depressing. Just what¡¯s with you since some time ago?¡¹
Chief Magdanese sent a gaze that was even colder than the open air of winter at Allen who was the cause of the irritating atmosphere in the chief office with his deep sigh.
Allen twitched from such gaze, even so he spoke his reason.
¡¸No, because, this situation makes me want to sigh. Chief, today is Christmas you know! Through the world now lovers are having a date, they are preparing and flirting in preparation for tomorrow, they are having their fill for that kind of embarrassingly happy event, yet when ite to me, I¡¯m doing work work work in this kind of ce from morning until night. Tomorrow will be work too! Just what is the meaning of this!¡¹
¡¸Even if you say that, there are a lot of other staffs other than you who are also doing work.¡¹
¡¸That¡¯s true! But, Paradis-san, she is normally having holiday giggling and making merry! Aby-san and others too, they are having embarrassingly happy event! You know, yesterday she already wore Santa hat while working! Just seeing that atmosphere of her that said¡ºI¡¯m really looking forward for tomorrow!¡», my heart is already at the limit¡¡¡¹
¡¸Be relieved. I put Paradis¡¯s Santa hat into cutting machine right in front of her eyes yesterday.¡¹
¡¸Cruel-. No, not that, even if there is something like that but the emptiness inside me isn¡¯t mitigated at all.¡¹
¡¸You don¡¯t have a lover anyway so it¡¯s pointless whatever you say. Just keep with your wild dream.¡¹
¡¸Cruel-. Uu, isn¡¯t there a woman somewhere who will be kind to me¡¡¡¹
Allen grieved. There a voice resounded.
¡¸Thinking that is the case, I came! Merry Christmas!¡¹
¡¸OoOOU!?¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
Allen reflexively pulled out a gun and rushed toward Magdanese, and Magdanese who held her breath. When both of them turned toward the ceiling from where the voice came¨D¨D
¡¸Merry Christmas! Granny Sharon! Also Allen!¡¹
¡¸Myuu¡¡¡¹
¡¸Myuu-chan!?¡¹
The pane of the ceiling was taken off and there was the upside-down face of Myuu suddenly peeking out from there. Let¡¯s say this in advance, the ceiling of the chief office wasn¡¯t constructed with detachable pane. It was protected with steel te twenty millimeter thick.
Actually, Magdanese and others aplished having a meeting with demon king family with Lord Abyssgate¡¯s introduction. Naturally, they also became acquaintance with Myuu. However, for some reason Myuu seemed to be pleased with Magdanese and since then she called her ¡°Granny Sharon¡± intimately.
Although it was a wide world, the one who called the national security bureau chief who even terrorist would beg at for their life while crying as ¡°granny¡± was surely only Myuu. It went without saying that not just Allen, all the bureau staffs apanying them including Vanessa opened their eyes wide hearing that. The shock was so great that Myuu was talked as a legendary super little girl within the bureau even now.
*thud* Myuunded after somersaulting midair like a cat which caused Magdanese and Allen to make a really speechless expression.
After¡¾Berserk Case¡¿which was the first case they solved with Lord Abyssgate, they went through many more cases where there was quite a lot of chance for them to meet Myuu. Therefore, they only knew too well that Myuu wasn¡¯t just a mere little girl.
But, for the specially strictly guarded chief office of the security bureau that should be impossible to even be infiltrated by the average agent to be so easily prated¡¡
¡¸Granny Sharon! Merry Christmas! For granny who is working really hard this year too, there is a present from Santa nano!¡¹
¡¸This naughty angel.¡¹
¡¸Chief!?¡¹
Magdanese turned into a mere Granny Sharon. Chief office¡¯s security? Security bureau¡¯s honor? In front of the angel¡¯s smile those were trivial matters.
Allen¡¯s eyes opened wide seeing the warmly smiling Magdanese. Even now he felt like fainting.
When Magdanese tried opening the present, there was a simple ne inside.
¡¸See, about that, just by wearing it will make blood cirction better, and it will take off fatigue. It¡¯s so Granny Sharon can be healthy all the time!¡¹
¡¸The words just now already make me able to fight for a hundred years more. Thank you, Myuu.¡¹
¡¸No, chief. That¡¯s already just a monster¨D¨D¡¹
*sukon-* A fountain pen stabbed Allen¡¯s forehead. Allen screamed¡¸Noo-OOOOH¡¹while flopping around with his hands pressing on his bleeding forehead. The pen was pretty much stopped by Allen between his bare hands before it could go through, so only the tip pierced in, but something painful was painful.
Myuu approached such teary eyed Allen with trotting steps and her small hand caressed Allen¡¯s head.
¡¸Are you an angel?¡¹
¡¸I¡¯m Santa.¡¹
Toward Allen who became even more teary eyed from being treated kindly, Myuu offered a present¡¸Here, Allen. Merry Chris!¡¹.
By the point of time he was called without any honorific by an elementary school student, it could be seen just in what level Allen¡¯s position inside Myuu, but the Christmas present from a girl although a young one caused Allen¡¯s tear duct to finally burst.
¡¸Uu, even though I¡¯ll absolutely make you happy if only you were born ten years faster¡¹
¡¸Sleep-talking when you are asleep, nano.¡¹
The ears of Allen who was in the middle of feeling moved beautifully ignored the stinging words.
Floods of tears were flowing from Allen while he opened the thin sealed envelope. It feltplicated to call the item a present when it was something that only looked like a letter, but for the current Allen it was something irrelevant.
And then, while he was reading the letter inside the envelope, tears were starting to flow out even more like a waterfall from Allen.
¡¸Thi, this is, real? It¡¯s not a prank, or a fake for surprise?¡¹
¡¸Yep. Myuu was only entrusted with the letter. What¡¯s left depend on Allen nano.¡¹
¡¸Hi, hi, hi¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Hi?¡¹
Magdanese directed a disgusted gaze at Allen who was suddenly starting to repeat¡¸hi¡¹as though he was convulsing, but the moment she quietly evacuated Myuu away, Allen yelled¡¸Hyaho¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D¨Dii!!¡¹while jumping up.
Without pausing he then got so high spirited it made anyone wonder if he was going to ascend to heaven soon while hopping around inside the office.
¡¸Myuu. What is that letter?¡¹
¡¸It¡¯s from an onee-chan that is papa¡¯s former ssmate. Before when they were together just for a bit at the case before this, she felt interested at Allen she said.¡¹
¡¸¡¡That¡¯s, really¡¡what an owner of rare taste that girl must be.¡¹
A present for Allen. That was a letter that had the writing of a contact number of a girl of a certain group that was summoned to another world. The girl who previously got a bit involved with a case that dragged in Lord Abyssgate had the opportunity to act together with Allen for a short while.
The middle aged agent whomented his inability to get a lover despite actually being a brilliant agent was greatly joyful that the spring finally came for him too.
¡¸Ah, right. There is one more present for Granny Sharon nano.¡¹
¡¸My, what is it I wonder?¡¹
Magdanese tilted her head. Myuu smiled cheerfully at her and handed over a piece of memo paper. Magdanese epted it and saw that there was only an address written there and his head tilted further.
¡¸Myuu, this is?¡¹
¡¸You see, that¡¯s the address of the building where a group of half dead terrorist-san is locked in nano!¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸Yes?¡¹
Magdanese¡¯s eyes spontaneously turned into dot. And then, Allen also stopped his joyful dance.
Myuu shouldered his white bag and crossed over the room until right below the opened hole.
¡¸See, these terrorists-san, looks like they nned to make a concert venue where famous people gathered for Christmas go boom nano. That¡¯s why, Myuu destroyed them a bit nano. It will be terrible if granny cannot return home in Christmas day nano!¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes. Right, thank you?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Myuu, chan¡¹
Myuu said¡¸Then, have a nice Christmas!¡¹at Magdanese and Allen whose face was greatly convulsing, and then she leaped up to the ceiling. And then, at the next moment the opened hole in the ceiling became like before as though nothing had happened.
Inside the chief office where death silent had returned, Allen spoke something that was toote already.
¡¸¡¡Chief. I more or less read the mood and pretended to not notice but¡¡¡¹
¡¸What?¡¹
¡¸Myuu-chan¡¯s Santa clothes. Weren¡¯t there strange spots on them? As though, there was red liquid that got sttered on them.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Send personnel to this address. Quickly. Send ambnce too.¡¹
¡¸Yes ma¡¯am. ¡¡Since when the red of Santa became the color of blood spurt I wonder.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Surely since the daughter of the demon king was born.¡¹
There was slight smell of blood remaining. The Santa of Christmas was hungering for blood¡¡.perhaps.
¡¸Fuu. Somehow I delivered all the presents nano. Santa-san has it hard nano.¡¹
Myuu who returned home using gate whispered so while stretching her body. The sun was already sinking, delicious smell was drifting from Nagumo house.
She had literally went around the world to deliver present for the people rted to Nagumo family. Although it was possible to teleport using gate, it was a really hard work for Myuu who was still little.
But, this too was something necessary for her to do to not let the connection that her beloved papa and his underlings(friends) had formed to be severed. Because she didn¡¯t have great power like her family, because she was powerless that she had to be helped by someone else, what she could do was only to convey that she treasured, loved everyone.
And then, for thest, Myuu would do the greatest that she could do for her most important people.
Wanting to make it a surprise, she deceived her papa in various things but¡¡. Yue-oneechan and others who knew about the circumstance surely had exined it to papa skillfully. Myuu believed in that and pulled herself together.
She opened the entrance¡¯s door. Right away, the sound of a demon king somewhere rushing near with loud footsteps as though in a rush entered her ear. ¡®Nyufu¡¯ A strangeugh leaked out. Myuu sucked in a deep breath following her overflowing emotion,
¡¸I¡¯m home & Merry Christmas! I¡¯m bringing a lovely present yeah! Nano!¡¹
It went without saying, a lovely present for Nagumo family was therge love of the small Santa.
AN: Wait a second, that person now is!? It turn into a feeling like that isn¡¯t it.
I¡¯m thinking that before long, I want to give more spotlight at that person.
Anyway, Merry~ Christmas.
It already passed nine o¡¯clock, but I will be happy if I can make you readers enjoy it.
Also, thank you very much for those who reported ¡®I bought the novel andic you know¡¯.
I¡¯m really happy.
It became a good present for Christmas.
But, my drying machine was making a strange sound¡¡
*patapatapatapatapata, chuin-* It sounded like that.
Super scary¡¡
The next update will be in New Year¡¯s Eve!
I¡¯ll rest at 30th so surely it will be fine!
Chapter 245
Chapter 245
AN: I have no excuse.
You see, Shirakome prioritized Ame Talk. (TN: A variety show in Japan)
And then see, today I prioritized babying the brats.
Conclusion->I couldn''t write.
And so, it will continue for just one more chapter.
Evil dragon Helmut showed his appearance from the cloudy sky.
The length of his body easily surpassed a hundred meter, he had ck scales that looked as though they absorbed the light and crimson vertical slit pupils with ck corneas that looked like ink drop. He was surrounded by several tornados and despite the violently raging wind, ck mist was welling up and coiling around him, making his silhouette unclear.
Just from him being there, anyone hallucinated as though the air had died. It was suffocating, the limbs were trembling and wouldn''t listen to what their owner was telling them, and the consciousness was painted over as though a ck in was flowing onto the canvas that was themselves.
(Aa, this is, hopeless¡¡)
The cking sound was ringing from her own teeth. Roze muttered inside her heart while being conscious of that in the corner of her mind.
Fallen¨D¨Dnow she understood the meaning of that word.
That was certainly a "fallen existence". Just from being there he harmed the living people, a person that chased away everything into destruction. This was an existence that had no other options except "annihtion", beyond the concept of persuasion or fighting. It didn''t matter what kind of circumstance there was in the past.
That was truly "a foe that one couldn''t ept to live under the same sky".
It wouldn''t be a battle where both sides put their own belief on the line. This foe merely had to be taken down no matter the cost, if one wished to stay alive in the future ahead of here.
But even with that understanding¡¡
(There is no way¡¡to win. Human''s karma¡¡.it created such thing¡¡.an existence¡¡this huge¡¡aa)
¨D¨DThey had no future
Roze''s heart was breaking. Even when she understood that this enemy had to be defeated, she couldn''t see the future. The existence before her eyes, the endlessly deep hatred, despair, and then the powerful might she felt swallowed her¡¡
¡¸GURYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!!!!¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
A howl thundered. A gant war cry overflowing with dominating aura, as though to blow away the dark clouds. It was enough to blow away the terror eroding the people. At the same time, silver light was covering the city like an aurora.
There was hope right here. Nobody would forsake it.
The world that was almost dyed ck recovered its light as though there was a torch illuminating it. People were liberated from the wedge of terror and they looked up to the sky. Even without words, the king''s roar conveyed that will.
¡¸Kuwai, bel¡¡¡¹
¡ºPartner, stand tall. We are, a king.¡»
The¡¾Spring of True Dragon''s Tear¡¿had no power to quicken mental growth. Even with his body grown up, his heart was still immature. But, Kuwaibel was a king. Even though he was young, but he was indeed a king that protected and guided the people.
Surely he was feeling the immense power of the enemy. Roze could feel his faint trembling. But, his gaze wasn''t averted even for an instant from the enemy that threatened the people.
Her partner''s words and that gant figure made Roze recovered her senses in surprise.
¡¸Kuwaibel. Can you defeat him?¡¹
¡ºI will. Without fail. Roze, you gather everyone. I cannot protect them in wide range.¡»
¡¸¡¡Got it. I''ll evacuate even just one person more to the pce. If it''s the pce then it will be able to form a powerful barrier too. You don''t need to hold back.¡¹
¡ºI got it.¡»
With a gentle p, the wind that was caused from the dragon wings caressed Roze''s cheek. Roze too also gently caressed Kuwaibel''s back. They had no need of more words than that.
Without hesitation Roze jumped down from Kuwaibel''s back. Without dy a silver light wrapped Roze and lowered her down in front of the pce''s front gate.
Roze and Kuwaibel turned their back at each other on the ground and in the sky. They quietly turned their gaze, the queen toward the people, and the monarch dragon toward the enemy.
¡¸I will protect them-, partner!¡¹
¡ºI''ll protect them-, partner!¡»
A beat of wings. A single roar. Monarch dragon Kuwaibel¨D¨Dmoved out!
With his whole body d in extreme light, he soared in a straight line into the ck storm, toward the world''s despair!
¡ºListen, the people of the kingdom! The people of Qwailent! Gather in the pce without any distinction of enemy or ally! Take each other''s hand of the people beside you, gather under our protection!¡»
The people''s consciousness was aroused by Roze''s words. The aurora of extreme light covering the whole city was shaving much of Kuwaibel''s strength. Roze could only protect the people while narrowing the range of the protection as much as possible so Kuwaibel could pour even just a bit more of his strength into fighting.
In the pce, naturally there was a barrier device that was installed. Even without Kuwaibel''s power, it could protect the people from the ck rain.
The people of the former dragon kingdom scolded their heart that flinched from terror and obeyed their queen''s words. But, midway, they unintentionally stopped moving that there were words telling them to save their enemy the people of Qwailent inside Roze''s words.
The apprehended people of Qwailent were also the same. They were looking at Roze with expression of disbelief.
Roze raised her voice once more to them who were like that.
¡ºYou understand right? For that existence, it doesn''t care whether you are Avenst or Qwailent. Just by us being human, no, just by us being alive is enough to make that person bring destruction to us. This isn''t the time for us fellow human to fight each other! We have to survive even by a single person more!¡»
A howl roared. Aurora shed inside the world that was rampant with dark clouds. Striking light that painted out the sky like lightning.
Amidst the sound of fierce fighting resounding in the world, in the za in front of the ce that felt like death silence had returned despite the sound, the words of Roze''s, dragon kingdom Avenst''s queen reverberated resolutely.
¡ºFor the future!¡»
*zaa-* ck rain poured on the aurora of extreme light. Under the light of protection protecting them¡¡
¡¸Your Majesty. The people working in the breeding farm¨D¨Dthe people of Avenst, I don''t catch sight of them in the za. There is arge trailer in the eastern barrack. I''ll go pick them up if you permit me!¡¹
The one who raised his voice saying that was a soldier of Qwailent. Because the dragons of the breeding farm received Kuwaibel''s protection, they could endure even being under the ck rain. The weak and small people had also finished evacuating inside the aurora of extreme light.
Therefore, there was only a minimum barrierid out at the breeding farm. The path toward the breeding farm was exposed to rain. Although the trailer was solidly made and could endure for a while even inside the ck rain, naturally the mortal danger wasn''t small.
The expression of the Qwailent soldier was exactly the face of someone who was resolved for death. Agreeing with his words, one after another a part of Qwailent''s soldiers and people advised of the danger zone that was allocated to Avenst people and they asked for permission to rescue them.
Roze stared back at them and a beatter she strongly nodded.
¡¸I''ll leave the detail to you. Take all life to here!¡¹
¡¸-, Yes-¡¹
Receiving Roze''s gaze, the soldiers of Avenst released the binding of Qwailent soldiers even while making a slightly troubled smile. The soldiers who were staring dumbfounded at their hands that were released from binding gritted their teeth at the next moment and rushed away.
¡ºCline, you are listening right? Please send out all the small ships you can possibly field and evacuate the people at the outer part vicinity without distinction of enemy or ally!¡»
¡ºUnderstood. I have already throwing in the confiscated vehicles too for the rescue activity. What''s left is if we can activate the pce''s barrier¡¡we can only wait for the report of the ground force we sent there¡¡¡»
¡º¡¡If only gramps is here¡»
If Sabas was here, then surely he would be able to activate the pce''s barrier. The force entering inside the pce too might be seeking Qwailent soldiers'' cooperation right now. But¡¡
People were gathering continuously toward the pce. People with weak limbs, injured and sick people too, they were supported by other people and desperately escaped here. But, as for the people who were in distanced ce from the pce, in the end could they reached the ce before the barrier Kuwaibel made vanished?
But, at that time, the aurora fiercely shook.
¡ºKuwaibel-¡»
There wasn''t any reply from Kuwaibel. Surely he didn''t even have the leeway for that anymore. The aurora was trembling further and flickered.
Roze was feeling uneasy. And then, as though detecting that,
¡¸-, the barrier is!?¡¹
It wasn''t a yell because the barrier crumbled. It was the opposite. A silver barrier was deployed with the pce as the center as though to ovep the aurora. A report from Cline¡ºThis isn''t the suppression squad''s doing!¡»came to Roze. There was definitely someone in the pce who activated it, but it seemed it wasn''t the suppression squad.
Furthermore, several sky battlecrafts were flying up from the fleet''s mooring dock. Those nes were lining up from the outer part and they hovered in ce. And then they circted all their energy into barrier and formed an improvised rooftop. As expected they couldn''t cover the whole area, but they seeded in creating a path until the pce.
That controlled action was obviously something that came from someone in Qwailent''s side giving out instruction.
¡¸Just who in the world¡¡¡¹
¡ºFumu, it looks like the evacuation route at least made it in time.¡»
A voice reached the muttering Roze through the radio. It was a calm voice that possessed depth. The voice of an important person she was thoroughly familiar with. It was,
¡ºGramps!?¡»
¡ºYes, Roze-sama. This is gramps here.¡»
Yes, the one at the other side of the radio was Sabastian who should be left behind in a scene of nearly certain death!
¡ºYou are safe!?¡»
¡ºYes, somehow. The imperial guards who remained with me are also safe.¡»
The unbelievable story caused Roze to think ''As expected, Gramps might be something other than human¡¡'' and felt shudder more than happiness. As though guessing the emotional state of such Roze, Sabas replied back with voice that had wry smile mixed in.
¡ºI''ll speak the detailter on slowly. Rather than that we have to hurry the evacuation now.¡»
¡ºTha, that''s right. Is the pce barrier and sky battlecrafts barrier gramps doing?¡»
¡ºYes. More urately I captured a close aide of Qwailent''s king, so after talking a bit with him, he be a pawn¨D¨Dcough-, a cooperator that help us.¡»
¡ºLies-. This old man is a demon-. Doing such thing at me¨D¨Dza-~~~¡»
Right now, it felt like there was some kind of screaming voice from the other side¡¡. Before Roze could ask back, the words of Sabas¡ºSs-kun, don''t make me do something that pained me so much¡»came and at the same time a short scream could be heard¡¡
¡ºRoze-sama. It was a splendid speech just now. It seems that Ss-kun is also inspired by your majesty''s words that he give us his full cooperation happily. Other than the barrier control, I also obtained the weapon control just now. I''ll support Kuwaibel-sama right after this.¡»
¡ºAh, yes.¡»
Sabastian¨D¨Dhe was just too excellent. Roze''s talk unconsciously became haltingnguage.
But, at that time,
¡¸GAAH!!!¡¹
Terrible impact sound surged at the same time with a cry that was oozing with pain. Looking there, a tower that was a slight distance away from the pce was tilting greatly and cloud of dust was rising up from its foundation. The tilting of that tower became even more drastic and then it copsed right away.
¡ºKuwaibel-¡»
Roze understood even without looking directly. That scream came from Kuwaibel. And then, it was also Kuwaibel who was blown away by an impact so great it could destroy a tower. There was also no voice that responded to Roze''s call.
¡ºSomething like hope, doesn''t exist.¡»
The answer that came instead was a voice that had no intonation as usual, yet it was boiling with negative emotion to the limit. When she turned her gaze there, behind the pce¨D¨Dright above the breeding farm was the figure of Helmut d in ck miasma.
ck miasma was spreading each time he beat his wings, coiling around like a vortex. The ck dragon scales that looked viscous didn''t reflect the slightest bit of light and swallowed all light without leaving any behind.
Helmut''s jaw was openedrgely. The abnormal energy that was instantly focused in that mouth made Roze and others felt goosebumps on their back.
¡ºThere is no way I''ll let you!¡»
Cutting through the rising cloud of dust, a streak of extreme light stretched to the sky and pierced Helmut''s nk. The impact tilted Helmut''s body, and the next moment the fired Helmut''s breath attack grazed above the city''s upper part and passed through.
Right after that, it pierced thend at the city''s outer part that severely quaked along with a thunderous sound that sounded like scream. The vibration that rivaled a great earthquake caused the people who couldn''t keep standing to scream and tumbled down one after another. During that time Helmut''s breath wholly copsed a part of the outer part that was directly hit.
Without even any time to shudder at that, Helmut turned his cloudy dragon eyes to below. Just with that, the miasma he was d with crystallized as though it had substance¨D¨Dno, he was taking in the surrounding rain and crystallized it. It turned into twisted and warped spears and they became an excessively vicious squall that showered the ground.
In respond, Kuwaibel climbed to the sky and created a meteor shower. The swarm of light bullets met the spear of ck rain that could be mistaken as ck crystal and they neutralized each other, but the shooting that could even be thought as infinite was gradually making the interception not making it in time.
¡ºAnti-air firearms control all free! Intercept them!¡»
Sabas''smand caused the pirs and outer walls everywhere in the pce, and the garden and rooftop to let out anti-air weapons and they fired. The re bombs that were included with the ration of one every dozens of shots colored the stormy sky. Those high caliber weapons splendidly destroyed the ck rain spear that Kuwaibel didn''t manage to deal with.
¡ºAll retainers-. Save our friends!¡»
Kuwaibel called out using the slight leeway that was created. The dragons who received the king''s divine protection simultaneously scattered to the city. They were going to save their friends¨D¨Dthe people who werete in evacuating.
¡ºThe resupply is finally finished. Sky battlecraft force, we are returning to the front line now!¡»
¡ºAveria also can move!¡»
¡ºRozeria is all ok too-. We''re reinforcing Kuwaibel-sama!¡»
Avenst''s main force that had used up most of their ammo in the battle against the defense fleet now returned to the battlefield. The most elites among elites that Bovid personally picked up danced to the sky, Averia and Rozeria also had finished the minimum resupply and headed toward Helmut.
¡ºThis is Higgs squad. We areposed of nes loaded with Sythesizer. We are joining under themand of Avenst sky battlecraft force. Cooperation will be difficult, but give us instruction as you please!¡»
¡ºThis is battlecraftunching control room. The firearm control of the harbor is under control. Now reinforcing!¡»
The sky battlecraft force of Qwailent was flying toward the direction of Bovid and others. With the exception of the sky battlecraft squad that was deploying barrier, nes that could attack using sound wave were gathered up to form this improvised force. The person who seemed to be the leader was like apletely different person than a certain someone just a bit of time ago.
At the same time, the anti-air weapons that were installed at the military port area aimed their turret toward Helmut all at once.
¨D¨DWithout any distinction of enemy or ally, all people took each other''s hand in order to live for tomorrow.
¡º¡¡Insects.¡»
Helmut''s voice rang for the first time. It was faint, but the voice was definitely filled with something like "displeasure".
¡ºPerish.¡»
Helmut''s breath was fired once more.
Kuwaibel flew up and cut in on the line of fire. He simrly fired his breath. Jet ck and extreme light shed above the pce, the barrier of the pce was fiercely rippling just from the after shock.
¡ºGuh, uuguh¡»
Kuwaibel leaked out a pained voice. The extreme light was gradually getting pushed back. His strength was genuinely that of a grown up dragon, but he wasn''t a match against Helmut.
¡ºSynthesizer, activate!!¡»
¡ºAveria, Rozeria, fire the main cannon at the same time!¡»
Qwailent''s sky battlecraft force evaded the ck rain spear while emitting weakening sound wave at Helmut. At the same time, Averia and Rozeria fired their main cannon. Two streak of shes joined Kuwaibel''s breath and assaulted Helmut like a trident.
But,
*GOU-*
ck miasma exploded. The whirling miasma bloated up so much it caused such vision, the sound wave and also the airship''s main cannon were blown away altogether. In addition, Helmut''s breath that drastically swelled up swallowed the extreme light.
¡ºNo way-, he is still holding back!?¡»
What Kuwaibel could do was immediately forming barrier with maximum power. The barrier of light formed in front of his body blocked the breath''s direct hit and it raised a scream. Kuwaibel couldn''t even hover and he was getting pushed toward the ground.
¡ºYour back is wide open yeah-¡»
¡ºConcentrated fire!¡»
Bovid and Sabas carried out attack like surging waves. Numerous missiles rushed Helmut.
But,
¡ºWha-. Goddamn it!¡»
¡ºControlling weather¡¡it''s just like the legend.¡»
Countless tornados fell down from the sky. They spiraled and rolled up the flying missiles which were pulverized inside. Before the missiles could reach their target, all of them exploded inside the tornado and bloomed flowers of me st.
¡ºKuh. Ro, Roze-. Everyone-, get them away¡¡from the pce-¡»
¡ºKuwaibel!?¡»
¡ºThe spring''s power-, is already-¡»
The monarch dragon power that he stocked up from the¡¾Spring of True Dragon''s Tear¡¿ran out. The halting words of Kuwaibel conveyed his strength''s limit. The power he poured into the barrier surpassed the limit to defend Helmut''s breath. Kuwaibel''s strength was decreasing just like water flowing into a bucket that had a hole opened.
The aurora covering the city was already gone. He was genuinely just barely on his limit¡¡
¡ºKuwaibel-sama! Please take this!¡»
The barrier would be smashed. Just when everyone thought that, the next moment a missile ran toward Kuwaibel. It was an unexpected attack from ally, however, Kuwaibel didn''t move. Rather, his eyes shined in happiness.
Roze was also feeling the same.
The reason was, because that voice,
¡ºJean-. You are safe!?¡»
¡ºYes, your majesty. The others are also safe. As expected, I thought I was dead but, that crimson light¨D¨Dno, let''s put that aside for now. Rather than that, it''s improvised, but we prepared missile warhead filled with the spring water. I estimated that the water will have effect just by sshing it on Kuwaibel-sama''s body, am I mistaken!?¡»
Just what in the world happened¡¡the wounds of Jean and others were obviously in the level that was beyond help, but they seemed to be alive. And not just that, they seemed to reach the spring that was still opened and created improvised missiles to transport the spring water.
It seemed the explosive of the missiles that were impacting one after another had been reduced, they broke before Kuwaibel''s dragon scales and sshed him with the water inside. Kuwaibel gave his thanks¡ºI''m fine, thank you!¡».
As though to show that the water was definitely the real thing, the strength of the weakening Kuwaibel was restored. The barrier recovered its radiance and his body that was pushed back returned to a hovering state. And then, he fired a breath of extreme light with his restored strength. The breath sted away several tornados and without stopping it hit Helmut.
Furthermore, Cranks squad led by Bovid slipped through the route where the tornados vanished using miraculous maneuver and they fired their missiles. All those hit the area around Helmut''s face and scattered grand me st and shockwave.
¡ºI don''t know anything about your despair. For me who was born after everything was over, I cannot even imagine it sufficiently. But, however-, because you are my sibling-. I only understand that I have to end you no matter what!¡»
Kuwaibel charged with his body d in light.
The only monarch dragon in the world. He had a lot of people who were like family to him, but a sibling who was rted to him by blood was only this fallen existence before his eyes. A howl that was like a scream surged that he was going to kill with his hand the older brother who he met for the first time since he was born.
Helmut''s muddy dragon eyes that looked like it wasn''t seeing anywhere caught Kuwaibel. There was no reply. Was his intelligence already unable to do that much? Or else had he abandoned it already as unnecessary?
Without caring of those questions, Kuwaibel performed a tackle of all his might toward his elder brother''s body using his body that was d in extreme light.
The sound of impact between fellow dragons was yed, the friction was fierce and sparks scattered.
Helmut''s body was distanced away from the pce. Without pause Kuwaibel tried to bite at Helmut''s neck.
¨D¨DGAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!
A violent shockwave attacked Kuwaibel. It was just a howl. Yet despite so, the extreme light covering Kuwaibel''s body was blown away, Kuwaibel himself was also tasting an impact that paralyzed his whole body and he was blown away.
Kuwaibel formed countless light bullets and fired them while this time his ws lunged the moment their body passed each other.
¡ºGua!?¡»
The dragon ws didn''t even graze. The moment Kuwaibel swam in the air, Helmut''s tail scythed down on his face like a counter.
Even while rotating once midair, Kuwaibel fired light bullets randomly, but they were erased by ck rain spears that Helmut fired in twice the number, several spears smashed up Kuwaibel''s dragon scales. The piercing ck rain spears inflicted simple wound, and more than that they began to disy the effect of causing necrosis to flesh.
Kuwaibel almost screamed spontaneously feeling the excessive pain, but he swallowed it and fired his breath. The radiance of extreme light was erased just with a shockwave from Helmut''s howl.
¡ºKuwaibel-sama-¡»
¡ºFire the main¨D¨D¡»
The sky battlecraft force, airship Rozeria and Averia, the people handling the anti-air weapon on the ground, everyone of them tried to help Kuwaibel somehow but,
¨D¨DGAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-!!
The evil dragon howl surged once more. But, this time it had slightly different disposition. At the same time with the howl, the miasma Helmut was d in became ripple that spread through the battlefield. The effect was dramatic.
¡ºaa¡¡¡»
¡º-¡»
What could be heard was such soundless screams. The sky battlecrafts were falling as though they were losing control. The movement of the airships was also turning simple and they showed no sign of firing their main cannon. The anti-air weapons on the ground also felt silent.
¡ºKuwa, ibel. The miasma is¡¡enveloping, everyone-¡¡¡»
Words from Roze barely reached Kuwaibel to inform him of what was happening.
Monarch dragon was an existence that bestowed divine protection to the people. Then, what would a fallen monarch dragon bestowed?
Despair. Terror. Nihility that robbed the will.
Silver light vanished, in exchange ck miasma coiled around the people. Everyone fell on their knees powerlessly. As though they were begging forgiveness at evil dragon Helmut.
¡ºEveryone-¡»
¡ºEverything perish.¡»
Kuwaibel tried to grant them divine protection in hurry, but Helmut didn''t allow that. Countless ck rain spears showered Kuwaibel''s body, his dragon scales were smashed and his flesh gouged.
What he could do was only somehow making the falling sky battlecraft force to have emergencynding. Naturally, his divided concentration thinned down the defense of his own body and several spears jut out from his body.
Kuwaibel endured the scream that almost leaked out and he emitted extreme light from his whole body, erasing the spears.
Kuwaibel roared while charging forward. He swung his ws, but they were instantly dodged and he was struck down from overhead.
In that case, he pretended to tackle and just before they shed he rolled, he then simrly unleashed a tail attack, but as expected it was easily dodged and his chest was tore apart with a diagonal w sh.
He fired light bullets. The ck rain spears doubled in number and attacked him.
He fired breath attack. It was returned back with double the might.
The attack from his ws and fangs, and also his tail, everything was overturned with counterattack.
His tackle with his body that was d in extreme light wasn''t even dodged anymore as though to show the difference of their level.
¡º-¡¡a¡¡guru-¡¡i¡»
His body was truly wounded all over.
Even though he had obtained the strength of grown up dragon, even if Helmut had lost his sanity, the full-fledged difference in experience was cornering Kuwaibel. There was no way a young dragon who was born a few years ago could possibly match a veteran monarch dragon that had lived for a few hundred years.
It looked as though an adult was handling a child who was stubbornly charging ahead.
Helmut''s gaze was averted from Kuwaibel as though he lost interest. Ahead of his gaze was the pce. The people who were gathered there.
¡ºDon''t-¡»
¡ºDespair for the world. Serenity for the world without light.¡»
Helmut fired his breath.
Kuwaibel cut in on the line of fire with his torn up body.
¡ºGAH, aAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!¡»
A shriek that couldn''t be heard as scream or howl surged. The barrier was scattered away. Kuwaibel became the people''s shield using his body. He desperately resisted and somehow damped down the attack''s power, although he was unable to defend to the end and got blown away.
His back struck a corner of the pce and a part of the building copsed. Buried under rubbles, the figure of Kuwaibel who was letting out repeated small breaths was atrocious even only seen from outside. There wasn''t anywhere unharmed on his chest, the spot was hideously burned so much that anyone would spontaneously want to avert their eyes. It was hard to search for a spot on his body that still had unharmed dragon scales.
¡¸Kuwaibel-. Ku-chan!!¡¹
Roze who rushed toward him even while enveloped in ck miasma leaped toward Kuwaibel who was half-buried under the debris. She was desperately pulling down the debris.
Presence of death descended from the sky.
¡¸Evil dragon, Helmut-¡¹
Helmut opened his jaw as though something like Roze''s yell wasn''t even registered in his eyes. Light that would destroy everything was converging in the blink of eye.
*gara-* The sound of debris copsing rang. At the same time extreme light surged out and formed manyyers of barrier.
¡¸Ku-chan!¡¹
¡ºI''m, fine, here. I''ll, absolutely¡¡protect¡»
The horrifying ck that looked likepressed from miasma became a streak of light and surged. The barriers of extreme light that Kuwaibel deployed splendidly blocked that personification of death.
Blood spray burst so grandly it felt like *pshew* sound could be heard. Kuwaibel firmly stepped on the ground on all four and he desperately maintained his barrier. But the more he held on, the more the wounds all over his body were spurting out blood.
Roze was at a loss for words. She felt frustrated, she hated herself who was unable to do anything, she merely stayed close beside her partner.
¡ºPointless.¡»
Helmut''s cold voice could be heard.
¡ºI, don''t think so-¡»
Severalyers of barrier were blown away. Kuwaibel emitted extreme light from his whole body while roaring as though he was burning his soul.
¡ºDespair.¡»
¡ºA king, absolutely won''t despair-¡»
One moreyer of barrier was smashed.
¡ºGive up.¡»
¡ºI won''t, break my promise-. I won''t, discard my mission-¡»
He had made a promise with his partner. He swore that he would be a king.
¡ºPerish.¡»
¡ºI''ll live. With my life on the line. We will¨D¨D¡»
Finally thest barrier creaked. Cracks entered it with ominous sounds.
But, there was no color of resignation in Kuwaibel''s dragon eyes. He understood that at this rate he would die. There was also no other way left. However, his soul that he had already proimed out, that was the only thing that he couldn''t betray!
That was why, at the very least he would roar. Toward the world, toward the evil dragon that was created by human''s karma.
¡ºI''ll surpass you, and advance to the future ahead of this-!!!!¡»
The barrier bro¨D¨D
¡ºThat''s a wonderful howl. Blessing for that noble soul.¡»
He could hear a voice. A gentle voice that was warmth, that gave the impression of motherhood.
¡ºBoy. Thou couldst not oppose an enemy of higher rank using strength. Look, avert it like this.¡»
¡ºEh? Aa¡¡¡»
Kuwaibel was enveloped by jet ck light. It wasn''t the ck like Helmut''s muddiness. If it had to be said, it was a magnificent ck that reminded one of the night sky. It didn''t hinder or paint over Kuwaibel''s silver light. In harmony it disyed a blessing with radiance of ck silver.
Perhaps what happened next was its effect. Inside Kuwaibel''s brain, "the way to use strength" flowed in as image. Kuwaibel controlled hisst barrier following the image, as though he was being guided.
Immediately, the barrier of light whirled fiercely, at the same time the barrier was angled. The whirling light scattered Helmut''s breath from the tip of the direct hit, and then it was further vigorously averted toward empty sky.
The breath paused. Helmut''s gaze ran toward unrted direction as though he sensed the existence of an intruder.
¡ºCome on, don''t be in a daze boy. This ce art a battlefield. Breath attack!¡»
¡ºFua!? Yes-¡»
The figure couldn''t be seen, however that person''s words floated inside his brain. Kuwaibel who didn''t understand what was going on immediately obeyed. He released a breath of extreme light toward Helmut who was looking another way.
¡ºNow, fly up. Higher and higher, take Helmut''s above! Know that in an air battle, the one below art the one in disadvantage.¡»
Kuwaibel flew up, Ignoring the pain all over his body. He only maintained his breath attack while flying up to far above.
Helmut dispelled the attack with a howl as though it was only an annoyance. And then, he fired a breath at Kuwaibel.
¡ºBe conscious of gravity. Grasp the wind caressing thy wings. If thou art a race that rule the sky, don''t fly with only thy power. The nature there art exactly our greatest ally.¡»
¡ºBe conscious of gravity. Grasp the wind. The nature is exactly our ally.¡»
Images were flowing in. He descended in a straight line toward the approaching breath while his wings moved slightly to grasp the wind and changed the flow. Just with that Kuwaibel''s body spiraled unbelievably and he dodged the breath as though it was skimming his back.
Kuwaibel descended beside the breath with fierce momentum as though his own body became a counter.
¡ºRead the future. How wouldst he react against thy speed, physique, and eye motion? Go toward that future.¡»
¡ºRead the future. My attack, where will it head to?¡»
What emerged on his brain was the rey of the happening from just now. An imagination of smooth evading motion ovepped with Helmut in the real world like an illusion. Kuwaibel matched his movement with the illusion Helmut that was starting to move, and he swung his ws ahead of that.
¡º-¡¡¡»
The ws of Kuwaibel that passed through Helmut without decelerating were smeared with Helmut''s broken scale and blood. When he changed his wings'' angle just like his imagination, his direction changed drastically at the same time with an intense centrifugal force.
There, Helmutunched countless spears of ck rain.
¡ºRead the line of fire. It''s also important to conduct oneself so there wouldst be no one to cover behind thy back. urately move with necessary amount, to the necessary ce, at the necessary time. Charging forward, or taking role as shield in self-sacrifice, they art not something to be used recklessly.¡»
Kuwaibel took a sharp turn because he understood that Helmut would attack when he exposed an opening after dealing an attack. There was nothing behind Kuwaibel''s back after he turned. If there wasn''t any need to protect anything, he could easily endure things like the ck rain spears with just several shots of light bullet.
The "way of fighting" was conveyed to him one after another. Completely different from his shoddy fighting before this when he would defend right from the front when he was attacked, or how he would go in a straight line when attacking, his maneuver right now that was apanied with "tactic" was increasing Helmut''s wound by one, and then one more.
In proportion with the number of wound, glimpses of irritation were starting to be faintly visible from Helmut.
Tornados were falling down as though to block Kuwaibel''s route, but he used even those whirling winds and nimbly danced in the sky. His flying skill that was gradually getting polished was finally turning into something that could even evade the ck rain spears without him needing to use light bullet.
Helmut''s gaze went away from Kuwaibel and turned into the pce once more. That was because he knew that if he attacked there, then Kuwaibel would be forced to defend them.
¡ºBoy, thou understand correct? Teach him what art the cost of taking off his eyes from the enemy in the battlefield.¡»
¡ºYes, yes-, Haha-ue!¡»
¡ºo, Ou¡¡oh no, this art the first time I''m called as mother¡¡¡»
It seemed the voice was agitated, but Kuwaibel who reflexively called like that from his subconscious was already in concentrating state. He was focusing his light in his mouth, however, it was slightly different from before.
The breath of extreme light was fired *DOU-*. It shook the air. Helmut ignored the attack as though to say that it had been demonstrated that he wouldn''t be seriously damaged from that, he was about to release his breath toward the pce¨D¨D
¡º¨D¨D, ii!? Gaa!?¡»
The extreme light pierced Helmut''s chest. The breath was thin, it waspressed until the extreme limit, furthermore the breath was added with spiraling motion in order to increase its prating power. Without pause Kuwaibel moved his breath in a mowing motion.
Helmut avoided getting his body bisected because he immediately twisted his body, but the spot from his chest until his shoulder de was wholly cut apart. One of his arms was dangling down limply, it was in a state where it was connected only by a bit of flesh and skin.
Helmut turned his gaze toward Kuwaibel with naked hatred,
¡ºGURYAH!!¡»
¡º-¡»
He opened his eyes wide toward the jaw of Kuwaibel who had already approached until before his eyes. Kuwaibel was firing his piercing breath while approaching. Helmut whose stance was broken didn''t have the leisure to evade that, Kuwaibel''s jaw snapped at one of his wings.
Without pause Kuwaibel rolled midair and bit off the wing with a twist.
A shriek rang out from Helmut for sure this time. Kuwaibel used his rotating motion andunched a tail attack that was fully filled with centrifugal force. He struck down the shrieking Helmut to the ground.
¡ºThat attack art not bad. Now, boy. Hone thy mind keenly. The might of thy breath doesn''t rely only on energy. Possess a strong heart. Unshakeable will, resolve, they art what make a dragon''s howl(breath) powerful!¡»
¡ºYes, Haha-ue. ¡¡I''m finishing this, brother.¡»
Extreme light illuminated the world. He could imagine the way to knead power. Because he received the guidance from the warm existence.
The chest of Kuwaibel who was bending his body greatly backward was getting bigger, Helmut looked up to the sky from the ground. The dragon eyes that contained iron will crossed the dragon eyes of despair and hatred.
Right after that, a streak of etreme light pierced toward the ground, like the judgment of heaven. It fiercely shook the floating ind and enveloped Helmut.
The world was illuminated by light of aurora.
The extreme light that pierced the floating ind also opened a big hole in the sea of clouds and pierced toward the lower world.
And then¡¡
The extreme light vanished into empty air. After that there was nothing remaining.
The body of Kuwaibel who was unsteadily flying powerlessly was gradually getting smaller while he returned toward Roze''s position.
¡¸Ku-chan!¡¹
¡ºRozeee¡»
By the time he returned at Roze''s position, Kuwaibel hadpletely returned to his former size. Roze hugged such Kuwaibel to her chest.
¡¸You are amazing-. You are cool-. You are without a doubt, the greatest king! You are the pride of dragon kingdom.¡¹
Roze rubbed her cheek on Kuwaibel while trickling tears. Kuwaibel also pressed his cheek fawningly. And then, they stared at each other while listening to the people who were rushing toward them while noisily raising joyful cheers. The grinned widely at each other.
¡¸You did it, partner-¡¹
¡ºI did it, partner!¡»
Both of them were so wounded to the degree it was unthinkable that they were royalty. But, for the people who were rushing toward them, they were unmistakably king. The people of the dragon kingdom couldn''t help but shedding tears toward the one human and one dragon cuddling close at each other.
Roze and Kuwaibel turned toward the people together.
And then,
sh surged.
It rushed toward the two, like the judgment from heaven.
¡¸aa¡¹
¡ºRoze-¡»
Roze was dumbfounded. Kuwaibel could do nothing but calling her name. Death illuminated the two, the scythe of the death god was swung down.
¡¸To lose focus even though the dark cloud art not even clearing up¡¡that''s a great reduction on thy point, boy.¡¹
With extremely thick ck sh overhead, when anyone realized, a beautiful woman wearing an outfit that was a blending of eastern and western¨D¨DTio us was there with one hand raised up.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
When I gave up making scene of quick peerlessness, for some reason Ku-chan came out to the front.
Shirakome''s plot generally isn''t breathing¡¡
Now then, it has be thest day of this year.
Various thing happened through this year, but I think that it was mainly a fun year.
I believe that uploading in Narou, and then getting healed by the harmony that everyone of Narou people showed me are surely a big reason of that.
Really, thank you very much for this year.
Regarding the extraption of Arifureta, there are still characters that I want to write.
And so I''m thinking that next year too I want to continue and post Arifureta.
I''m thinking that next year too I''ll be able to have fun again with everyone of Narou people, so please take care of me.
My objective for next year is decidedly "to keep my words".
Also, I''m thinking if only I can write some kind of new story¡
I still don''t have any plot, but what I can say with certainty is, it will be a full throttle of Shirakome''s hobby simr like Arifureta, and above all it will surely be an opportunism story that Shirakome can enjoy.
If it please you, I''ll be happy if we can enjoy ourselves together again.
Well then all of you Narou people, have a good year.
I look forward to working with you again next year!
Tomorrow I will upload thest chapter of Tio arc. The subtitle will be "To the Morning of Falling Star". I''m thinking that perhaps subtitle "The Day the Demon God was Born" will be fine too, but it felt like it will ovep with a certain Geass person so I altered it.
I won''t specify the time. Because I get the feeling it will be ovep of objective with early New Year.
But, even saying that, I''ll give advance notice of just this.
I''ll also upload the special New Year chapter. I haven''t think of anything yet though!
Chapter 246
Chapter 246
AN: Happy new year.
There was a beautiful barrier of whirling jet ck color on the hand that Tio lifted up. That barrier blocked the extremely thick sh falling from the sky.
Although the sh''s power was scattered, but the attack that possessed the power that rivaled even Kuwaibel''s breath just now was making cracks on the barrier right away, but the barrier shined instantly and it was restored as though nothing had happened to it. The barrier recovered using regeneration magic. In front of the foul y that was an age of god magic, the divine punishment attack couldn''t pass.
¡¸Tio-sama!¡¹
¡ºHaha-ue!¡»
¡¸U, uumu. Boy, thou art calling me Haha-ue extremely naturally like that. A~u~, somehow it''s really embarrassing~¡¹
Tio-san fidgeted. For Kuwaibel who didn''t know his mother, Tio''s great existence and her gentle guidance was truly like the mother inside his imagination. Therefore, he called her that from subconscious level, but Tio''s attitude caused him to realize how he was calling her after thiste and he also began to fidget around simrly.
So far as it went, the sh of death that could easily scatter away the average existence was still pouring down even now but¡¡it seemed that Serious-san was currently resting.
''Oh Serious,e back!'' Even if such thing was said surely nothing would happen, but a change appeared at the same time when the sh vanished.
Miasma was gathering in the air where there was nothing.
The miasma that was gathering from every direction was gradually increasing in thickness and forming shape. Yes, it was forming dragon shape. The shape of Helmut!
¡ºNo way¡¡¡»
¡¸Does this mean¡¡that Helmut is immortal?¡¹
Roze and Kuwaibel were staring dumbfounded at Helmut who finished his revival inside the miasma.
¡¸Uumu, as expected I don''t think that he is immortal. Most likely, that too art one of his technique created from his power''s true nature.¡¹
Hearing Tio who was calmly analyzing the situation despite the despairing content of her talk caused the two to somehow recovered from their stupor.
And then, Kuwaibel tried to fly toward the¡¾Spring of True Dragon''s Tear¡¿impatiently. But, the cost of him forcing himself caused intense pain that attacked his whole body and he almost fell from Roze''s arms. His wings convulsed and they were unable to move properly.
Tio smiled slightly seeing such Kuwaibel. Her hand reached out gently and she softly caressed Kuwaibel''s head.
¡¸Thou hath do thy best with that young body. Just as Roze-done said, thou were indisputably cool. That''s why, rest already.¡¹
¡ºBut¡¡¡»
Kuwaibel''s gaze caught Helmut who was further taking in miasma from the surrounding. As a king, it was his duty to eradicate that, his gaze was appealing so.
¡¸It''s not that I don''t understand thy feeling. But, at the very least this art too heavy of a burden for the current thou. Didst thou forget? In the first ce it''s my wish to get rid of that.¡¹
Indeed, there was such talk. To say the truth, after annihting the main fleets, Tio and Hajime were watching the fight against Helmut. From really far away with their figure and presence hidden.
As fellow dragon, as someone who was ced in the same circumstances, Tio wished to perform thest rites for him who had fallen and was now called an evil dragon. But, that wasn''t something that Tio had to do by herself no matter what.
Just like how defeating the fleet was something that the ck dragons ought to do, defeating Helmut as a king, or perhaps as a brother was originally something that Kuwaibel ought to do.
That was why, even after Hajime and Tio confirmed Helmut''s existence, the two of them only watched Kuwaibel who began to fight without interfering. The two of them didn''t even have grudge or hard feelings toward Helmut, they didn''t even feel hostile toward him. Originally they had no reason to fight.
But, that Kuwaibel had already passed his limit. It was too impossible for him to face Helmut who was already stepping one foot into the domain of concept. Because it was like challenging a natural disaster.
¡¸We will, be given salvation?¡¹
Roze asked.
¡¸No. It''s not salvation. It''s just, that this world art make to go along with Goshujin-sama''s convenience.¡¹
Tio answered like that.
Roze and Kuwaibel tilted their head. Behind the two of them, there were the figures of the people who although before this they were rushing while cheering, yet they witnessed the evil dragon''s revival and stiffened in fear.
The words of curses were resounding once more into their ears.
¨D¨DPerish.
¨D¨DSuffer, gasp, despair
¨D¨DThere is no worth in living
¨D¨DTo be born is evil
¨D¨DEverything be destroyed
¨D¨DNothingness is the very best choice
¨D¨DRenew the world
¨D¨DDie for the sake of creation
¡ºDie¡»The curse echoed directly inside the brain. It was repeated over and over, reverberating inside as though to imprint into the mind. People who fell on their knees while holding their head appeared one after another. The miasma that was spreading around Helmut who hadpletely recovered his form was enveloping the people.
Perhaps¨D¨Dcould it be that Helmut was the incarnation of the judgment that this world itself handed down? The will of the world responded to the hatred and despair of Helmut to bring punishment to the humans who broke the harmony of the world.
¡¸A lot of your species were killed.¡¹
Roze and others were gasping in agony in front of Helmut that was like the very will of the world itself, amidst such situation, such words suddenly could be heard.
¡¸Even though you believed that the past should be able to be regained, yet your species was reduced into livestock instead.¡¹
It wasn''t Helmut''s voice. It was a human, a man''s voice. Even though the voice''s volume was like a whisper, somehow it entered into the ears smoothly without getting drowned out by other sounds.
¡¸Your important siblings were murdered, your trust was trampled underfoot.¡¹
The curse of death was resounding even now inside the head. The people''s agony didn''t lessen. But, the people''s gaze wandered around restlessly searching for that man''s voice. Even though those were only words, for some reason they ha a sense of presence that couldn''t be ignored.
¡¸Leave behind everything and depart to the end of the world. Even though you decided that, what you witnessed was the sight of your vited species and family¡¡¡¹
''Ah'', someone whispered. When they looked to the sky, there was a man standing in the air while spreading crimson ripples.
That figure d in crimson aura, standing withposure while his hands were staying still inside his pockets, the people''s gaze was peeled off from Helmut and focused there. Helmut also turned his nk and muddy dragon eyes toward him¨D¨DHajime.
¡¸There ain''t any salvation huh. It was just too much huh. If you saw that kind of sight, of course you won''t be able to stay sane. If it was me, I''m gonna curse the world for sure then.¡¹
Hajime talked toward Helmut with a voice that conveyed emotion like sympathy andpassion, even gentleness could vaguely be felt from him.
Kuwaibel''s gaze was directed toward his fallen brother. Roze directed a pained and guilty expression toward Helmut. The people too, their expression distorted at the karma of mankind that was thrust before them.
The meaning of the words that Roze said, that they would fight the world for the sake of future, there was no doubt that in this time they strongly felt its meaning for real.
Even now Helmut was continuously taking in miasma, it was unclear whether he was listening or not at Hajime''s words. It was like a wordless usation toward the whole world, that he absolutely wouldn''t forgive them.
Toward such Helmut, Hajime showed a gentle smile that even gave impression of kindness¨D¨D
¡¸Anyway, die.¡¹
And fired the shell of Scgen AA that he had secretly charged up!
The crimson sh blown up Helmut-san''s head with one shot!
Helmut-san, he worked hard regenerating his head!
There Agni Orkan dealt additional blow!
Total number of 1200 shots, heat of 3000 degree Celsius, pencil missiles where every single one possessed destructive power that equaled with anti-warship missile were rushing!
Helmut-san was in fully beaten up state with his regeneration only starting!
Flowers of crimson shockwaves and me sts were blooming profusely in the sky. All the people including Roze who were staring dumbfounded at that with their eyes half opened wide yelled with splendid synchronization.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Anyway, how did that turn into this-!?¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The context of the beginning and end was fatally not meshing up. Or rather, what''s with the gentle expression? What did ''anyway, die'' mean!?
All people acted the straight-man without distinction of ally or enemy.
Hajime beautifully ignored the retort of those people in the ground as though nothing happened, with narrowed eyes he thoroughly observed Helmut who was repeatedly regenerating and destroyed. He operated Agni Orkan with one hand, and while showering the will of the world with blows, his other hand was supporting his chin while whispering things like¡¸Hmm hmm, I see. As I thought the energy''s cirction is like that¡¡¡¹and so on.
¨D¨DGAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!
A fierce roar was released from Helmut. The roar became shockwave that blew away the missiles and attacked toward Hajime and others like a tsunami. The shockwave was far more powerful than what he showed when fighting Kuwaibel before this.
Anyway, Hajime defended using space istion barrier of Cross Velts.
Helmut further attacked with his breath. The scale was truly immense. The power surpassed the attack that Kuwaibel did with all his might.
Anyway, it was defended by multipleyer of Cross Velts'' space istion barrier.
¡º¡¡I, defended against that with my life on the line though¡»
¡¸Ku, Ku-chan¡¡¡¹
Even though he was a dragon, but Ku-chan''s eyes turned into dead fish eyes. Even though he was a dragon¡¡
While everyone was leaking out strange voice¡¸UBOoa¡¹from their mouth seeing the barrier that easily blocked the attack that could easily destroy a country, the mouth of Hajime who was focused in observing Helmut was gradually distorting into a widee~~ grin.
It was as though a fun fun time would start soon. Like a kid that was given a toy right before his eyes.
¡¸I can see it, the mechanism of this world''s cycle. I grasp it already now, the true nature of dragon core energy. Now, I''ll clear one of mankind''s grand problem.¡¹
The interest of Hajime who was whispering with small voice was already veered away from Helmut and moved toward another different something. Although, the one who sensed that was only Tio, so the other people who saw Hajime smiling like a demon in front of Helmut''s breath were drawing back from him.
¡¸Tio. Is it really okay that it''s not you who do it?¡¹
¡¸Yes. I only wish that this pitiful existence art ended already. It''s a bit hard for me because of the transformation into dragon god mode. I wouldst leave it to Goshujin-sama.¡¹
Hajime who confirmed for thest time took out his gatling pile bunker. The electromaically elerated super heavy giant stake couldn''t hope to have its trajectory averted with just the like of a mere roar''s shockwave.
Furthermore, the amount of stakes was like a barrage. Sure enough, just how much Helmut could dodge¡¡
¡¸As I thought, it''s that kind of method huh. Evil dragon Helmut, I got it already you know? You aren''t here right?¡¹
In opposite with Hajime''s calm whisper, amotion urred on the ground. That was something that couldn''t be helped. After all, Helmut dispersed before he got hit by the attack.
That was exactly the true nature of Helmut''s power. It wasn''t a power to manipte weather or to make ck rain rained down.
It was the power to manipte the negative energy itself with dragon core as the basis. That was exactly the true nature of power Helmut was awakened at the end of his despair and hatred. The negative energy running rampant in the broken world granted Helmut power that was almost nearly infinite. He could even condense negative energy and formed shape with it remotely from distant position.
¡¸Just how that kind of existence can be defeated¡¡¡¹
Roze whispered in despair.
It was truly immortality. No matter what kind of attack it faced, it could easily recover by disintegrating the negative energy. No matter how much damage it received, the body here was just a temporary flesh.
It felt like Helmut wasughing.
Hajime-sanughed mo~~re.
¡¸Yoo, do you have any time for smirking like that huh?¡¹
Hajime raised one of his hands casually. He held out one finger and pointed to the sky.
Lured by that gesture, the people, and also Helmut looked up to the sky. What was there was naturally only the ck clouds created from condensed negative energy¨D¨D
¡º¡¡¡»
¡¸Tha, that''s?¡¹
Helmut stared intently at the dark clouds. Roze whispered in astonishment. The people were speechless with their eyes turned into dot.
A spot in the sky looked burning red. At first it was only faintly. But it was gradually getting bigger, dazzling¡¡
*GOU-*
The dark cloud was blown away. The reason was one.
¡¸You better remember this. If you are going to put on air giving a divine punishment, then do it like this.¡¹
From the sky behind Hajime, that was falling diagonally with brilliant radiance. The thing that was freefalling from outside the stratosphere had only its trajectory corrected using gravity control¡¡
¨D¨DMeteor Impact
The evil dragon had the same definition like a natural disaster? Very well. Then, this side too would oppose using cataclysm.
The gigantic stone with a diameter that could reach fifty meter was zing bright red and descended from the sky. It caused Helmut to stiffen for a moment.
Naturally, that moment was fatal. The meteor sted away the whole energy body of Helmut and descended to the ground. It was fortunate that its flying trajectory that was pulled by gravity was diagonal. It was totally unthinkable that the floating ind would be safe if it got hit by that.
Without pause the meteorite''s shockwave blew away the sea of clouds in radial shape, and it dropped on thend at faraway.
The world quaked severely. Although the falling speed was adjusted to a certain degree which damped its strength, this was a fifty meter giant stone that fell from outside the stratosphere. That impact was impossible to measure, a giant cloud mushroom materialized. Because of that, the sea of clouds was getting further blown away in circle shape.
If there was anyone observing, surely they would witness thend turned inside up and undted with many protrusions.
Helmut gathered miasma and revived.
No matter how out of mind the destructive power the attack possessed, as long as this world was filled with negative energy, he would be able to create energy body as many as he wanted. Yes, Helmut red fiercely at Hajime as though dering that but,
¡¸I didn''t say that''s the end of it you know?¡¹
The cloudy sky was lighting up with lights one after another. The brightly burning red specks were appearing everywhere in the cloudy sky!
Roze and others went pale. They were in a stupor at the phenomenon that was out ofmon sense, but in front of the cmity that would happen after this, blood left their face right away and they drew back.
¨D¨DDemon King-style Harassment 108 "Wishing Upon the Star"
Now everyone, let''s make a wish! Wish so that you can survive!
What was being done was simple. A random pounding of meteor impact. Meteors of various sizes at outside the stratosphere were thrown out, their trajectory and speed were adjusted using gravity control and they were turned into a suitable meteor shower. If a mistake was made then the would be totally broken with this lovely harassment!
The meteor shower that broke through the dark clouds blew away the dark clouds in the sky one after another with the shockwave they scattered in their wake.
Thend below was plowed by incessant earthquakes and impacts, gigantic tsunami were generated on the seas.
Surely if this was seen from the space, sea of clouds that became riddled with holes and mushroom clouds rising up in session could be seen at half the surface of the.
Helmut''s energy body was blown away and resurrected, then it was blown away again and resurrected again. There was no way it had any time to attack back or anything, even when it tried to call tornado from the dark clouds, those dark clouds were blown away and dispersed.
The negative energy was also blown away by the heat wave and shockwave, the miasma''s convergence was gradually turning unsteady.
¡¸Is it soon?¡¹
As though in respond to Hajime''s whisper, a faint howl was thundering. From very far distance, something that was emitting a presence that would overshadow even Helmut''s energy body before this was approaching with absurd speed.
It was the appearance of the main body. The energy body couldn''t be formed, the sea of clouds and the dark clouds too were also blown away, and currently the itself was in the progress of being destroyed. Those facts caused the main body to finallye out. The pressure that could be felt even with the distance was so much it felt like it could possibly rival Tio''s ck god dragon mode.
And so, Hajime responded with concentrated fire of meteor impact.
A part of the meteor shower that was diversely scattering toward all over the world tilted their route and flew toward the same direction.
¨D¨DGURYAAAAAAAAA-!!
A roar thundered
¨D¨DGAAAAAAAAA-!!
A howl resounded once more.
¨D¨DGU, GURYAAAA-!!
A howl was radiating¡¡
¨D¨DaAAAAAAAA-!!
Was that, a howl?
Just how much distance he had advanced through with how much speed? Helmut''s real body that finally showed up d in miasma¨D¨Dsomehow it was really beaten up.
¡ºKill-, Kill-, Kill-¡»
¡¸Ooh, aren''t you really emotional there¡¹
Killing intent and hatred surged apanied with physical pressure. A breath was fired from Helmut.
It was returned back by the variable chakram''s gate. A roar (?) ''GYAAAAAAAAAAH'' reverberated.
Perhaps the real body''s gathering rate was different with the energy body, because Helmut gathered negative energy directly from super wide range and healed his wounds. And then, attempting close range if his long range attack got returned, he tried to bite at Hajime with super eleration from his hovering state.
And so, Hajime was,
¡¸Oi oi, you sure? Isn''t there something important over there?¡¹
After saying such thing, a part of the meteor shower changed direction again. Helmut didn''t care and approached to kill Hajime, but he instantly noticed that the flying giant rocks passed through overhead and they were flying toward the direction faraway behind him. He got taken aback suddenly and he changed his route rapidly.
Like that, when he fired his breath toward the giant rock, that giant rock was splendidly sted into pieces midair. A killing intent iparable with before was released.
Helmut who turned around focused on Hajime once more¨D¨Dand his eyes opened wide at the meteor shower that was changing route one after another.
¡ºGAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH¡»
An extra loud howl surged, Helmut concentrated on shooting down the meteor shower using his breath. Even so there was times when he didn''t make it in time. At that time he would perform tackle with his body to divert the meteor''s trajectory at any rate.
Seeing Helmut who seemed somewhat desperate,
¡¸What''s the matter? Why aren''t you dodging? It''s like you are protecting something there. Right, for example, the ce where your sibling''s dragon core is enshrined perhaps?¡¹
Those words resounded extremely clearly. They smoothly entered into the people''s ears through the scream of the severely quaking world.
Like that, the people guessed. Why didn''t Helmut dodge the meteor shower? In the first ce, even though the meteor shower was flying from far beyond, why did he get hit during the way until here until he got that beaten up?
There was one reason for that. Because behind Helmut¨D¨Din the ce where he was hiding, the dragon core of his sibling who was sacrificed to be the energy source of the mother ship Avenst before was enshrined there. Helmut wouldn''t allow the memento of his sibling to be lost because of the meteor impact.
In other words,
¡¸¡¡He is taking hostage, no, memento hostage?¡¹
Yes, exactly. Hajime-san took hostage the important treasure of Helmut. ''It''s fine even if you dodge the meteor impact you know? But, the important thing behind you will return back into dust though?'' Like that.
Hearing Roze''s words, the people slo~~wly returned their gaze at Hajime.
Over there, fighting against the evil dragon who wished for mankind''s destruction, was a devil who was making a truly wicked smile while firing meteor shower one after another.
Evil dragon? No no,pared to him who was shooting down meteor shower while desperately trying to protect his important thing, that guy who was carrying out world scale destruction while viciously beating his opponent in a situation that couldn''t be escaped from was far more evil.
For this world, Helmut was an existence that should even be called as the representative of this world''s will. That was to say he was an existence that was equal with god. Then, that person who was trampling underfoot that god was¡¡
Devil? Noo, he wasn''t in a level that still had lovable nature like that.
Demon king? He was simrly a king like the queen-sama and monarch dragon-sama who was risking their life to protect the people? Seriously stop thatparison.
The heart of the people was magnificently synchronized at that time.
That thing, d in crimson, destroying the world, that thing which was trampling down evil with even more evil and irrationality was¡¡
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¡A demon god.¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
That day, the legend of demon god was born in the world of sky.
¡ºUNFORGIVABLE-. UNFORGIVABLE-!!¡»
Evil dragon Helmut-san who was already wounded all over struck at Hajime with intense killing intent and hatred but,
¡¸I don''t need any forgiveness. Die.¡¹
Something cast a shadow. What appeared from the sky was a super giant rock with diameter around 500 meters.
Helmut immediately became hidden in the shadow of the giant meteor and disappeared from view. What''s left then was only a scream of death agony, and a severe earthquake that reverberated through the world, and then¡¡
¡ºSomething like this, is just too muchhh¡»
Only such words filled with grief from Ku~chan.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
The first day of the year. Shirakome who is immediately guilty.
Sorry.
Just a bit more, I''m reflecting back on the pace.
Chapter 247
Chapter 247
AN: I barely made it, to post the New Year chapter.
It''s short, but please enjoy it if you will.
¡¸tten! tten! Be tas~ty! t! Desuu!¡¹
¡¸tten! tten! Be tas~ty! t! Nano!¡¹
It was the early afternoon of the New Year''s Day where there was clear air and transparent sunlight showering down the world.
Such enthusiastic shouts were resounding in a corner of Nagumo family''s garden. The voices'' owners were Shia who was sporting a wide smile with her rabbit ears hopping up and down, and Myuu who was sporting the same wide smile while wearing rabbit ear hair band that was made to hop up and down.
Both of them were currently in the middle of pounding mochi.
By the way, Myuu''s rabbit ear hair band was a high level item that wasn''t inferior in texture or appearancepared to the real thing.
The raw materials were supplied by Yue. It was an item where Yue''s skill shined from her putting all her heart into producing animal ear hair band because once Shia''s rabbit ears stolen Hajime''s attention. Myuu was looking enviously at Shia''s rabbit ears, so Yue created it once more and gave it to Myuu.
That rabbit ears that was endlessly close to the real thing, just from where in the world Yue procured it from¡¡
Yue who borrowed thepass and crystal key from Hajime and then returned after thirty minutester were holding rabbit ears that weren''t even bundled in her hand. Surely she had just gone to a ce like a specialist shop for animal ear.
Even if for example right after the gate was opened and the scenery that could be seen at the other side resembled the abyss of¡¾Orcus Great Labyrinth¡¿, even if the grasped rabbit ears were sometimes twitching, even if there was a drop of red of something on Yue''s cheek, there was no doubt that the item was purchased from a specialist shop.
Even if for example-, for a while Shia folded her rabbit ears t on her head as though protecting it while she was directing a terrified gaze at Yue, or even if Inaba who they finally met after a long time was shocked when he saw the rabbit ear hair band equipped on Myuu''s head, but if it was said that it was a purchased item then that was a purchased item, the end!
¡¸He, hey, both of thee. It''s fine that thou art singing rhythmically, but coulds not thou rx the pace and strength? From a while ago, mine hands art sometimes ttened here.¡¹
Tio were giving a warning toward Shia and Myuu who were pounding mochi harmoniously like a real sisters, while her voice sounded pained, but strangely excitement could also be felt from it.
Tio received the role to turn over the mochi inside the millstone, but it was just as she said, since before this her hands were ttened several times. Even now Shia and Myuu weren''t holding back in their mochi pounding. They were swinging down the weight of war hammer as it was.
¡¸What are you doing, Tio-san. Please turn over the mochi quickly!¡¹
¡¸Nano! Mochi pounding is a fight against time nano! Tio-oneechan, do it properly!¡¹
¡¸E, a, yes.¡¹
Tio put in her hands in hurry to turn over the mochi.
¡¸tten-desuu!¡¹
¡¸Ah!? Shia! Thou, just now, thou purposefully¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸tten-nano!¡¹
¡¸Higii!? Myuu!? Why didst thou swing down just now!?¡¹
tten-tten! Ah!? tten-tten-! Ahiih!?
The mochi and hands were changing shape properly along with the rhythmically cute words. Tio''s interlude that sometimes got in between produced a nice vor.
¡¸Oh man~, pounding mochi suited Shia-chan really well. As expected from a rabbit. Myuu-chan''s appearance of mochi pounding rabbit-chan is also really cute.¡¹
¡¸Totally. If only there isn''t a pervert who is putting both hands on ground while making expression of ecstasy between them, I''ll want to preserve this scene in recording.¡¹
In respond to the words of Shuu who was sipping tea on veranda, Hajime was also sipping tea while agreeing (?). Both of them couldn''t put in boorish retort, whether toward the pervert who finally entered and took out both her hands, or about how what was used to pound mochi was a war hammer that had soaked in the blood of innumerable enemies, all those points were ignored in this New Year mood.
The two who averted their gaze from the rabbit ear duo and the pervert turned their eyes toward another corner of the spacious garden.
Over there was also a scenery that was really like New Year event.
¡¸Aa!? Yue! Just now, you absolutely used gravity magic there! That''s foul!¡¹
¡¸¡¡A cruel false usation. If you are talking about foul y, then it''s Kaori''s foul y by the time you use two racket style in this battledore.¡¹(TN: Battledore=early form of badminton racket)
The two who faced each other with moderate distance in between were Kaori and Yue. The hand of the two was holding battledore racket. What they were doing since just now while noisily quarreling with each other was Japanese badminton.
¡¸This isn''t foul y! There is no rule forbidding using two rackets. But, using magic is obviously a foul y right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡What is called a rule, is something decided by one''s own strength!¡¹
¡¸It''s useless even if you said it with that posed look!¡¹
Kaori-san serve! *whoosh-* The shuttlecock that made an umon sound cut through the sky. An average human would be unable to react against that speed without doubt! Its angle was also the same!
But, the shuttlecock was rapidly decelerating in front of Yue, it was slowly advancing as though in slow motion.
¡¸¡¡This is my zone. Eat this, Heavy Shottt¡¹
¡¸That''s why, that''s just gravity magic! Uu, in that case I too¡¡here I go, try stopping this! God Speed Shottt!¡¹
When Yue fired a heavy smash using gravity magic, Kaori hit back while at the same time firing a smash of god speed that shortened the arrival time.
Kaori-san grinnedcently seeing the shuttlecock passing through beside Yue. However, Yue-sama wasn''t that na?ve.
¡¸¡¡There is no such thing as blind spot for me!¡¹
¡¸Ah, using Divine Existence is seriously unfair!¡¹
Using instantaneous space teleportation, Yue appeared in front of the shuttlecock that had passed through. She ignored Kaori''s protest forthrightly and hit back the shuttlecock. The shuttlecock ascended high to the sky. Yue lifted the corner of her lips. It was obvious what she was thinking.
(You are nning to drop it from above with super gravity aren''t you!? I won''t let that!)
Kaori leaped up. Like a wild eagle! A down smash attacked Yue from above!
Yue''s racket sparked.
¡¸¡¡Lightning Dragon Shottt¡¹
The shuttlecock howled! The shuttlecock was d in lightning at the same time with the impact, it then flew while simultaneously turning into lightning dragon with the jaws opened wide!
¡¸Na?ve, how na?ve, Yue!¡¹
Kaori''s racket was tinged with silver light. With superb moderation of power, disintegration ability erased only the lightning dragon just before it could hit Kaori and hit back the shuttlecock!
Magic(shuttlecock) was flying wildly about, the yers were moving around with god speed, or instant teleportation, secretly magic was simply fired! Between times, disparagement like¡¸¡¡Idiot Kaoriii¡¹or¡¸Bird-brain Yueee¡¹also gushed out.
¡¸The two of them are really getting along huh.¡¹
¡¸Well, I won''t deny that. Perhaps because of the automatic regeneration or miraculous recovery magic, year by year their quarrel is turning more extreme, but the two of them also go shopping together normally though.¡¹
*Chudon-! Dokan-!* While listening to the harmonious Japanese badminton game that gave out such impact sounds, the father and son sipped their tea. Hajime nonchntly released artifact for countermeasure against the neighborhood.
When Shuu and Hajime closed their eyes partly at the air of New Year and thefortable shockwave, joyful voices ''kyaa kyaa'' resounded from inside the room behind them.
¡¸Ahahah, look look! My mercenary group seeded in their surprise attack again! My funds get tripled as the sess reward!¡¹
¡¸Wh, why is it only Sumire-okaasama who get into good square¡¡as for me, I lost even my home already. Even though I''m a princess, even though, I''m a princess¡¡¡¹
¡¸Li, Lily¡¡how pitiful. To receive this treatment even in the world of board game. Compared to that, Remia-san who is steadily seeding in starting business is terrifying. My position got overtaken before I realized it.¡¹
¡¸My my, what to do. I get a child again. This time it''s a twin. Everyone, please give me two million each for the celebratory gift. Ufufu¡¹
Sumire, Liliana, Shizuku, and then Remia were amusing themselves with Game of Life Tortus version. It was a revised edition where Japanesenguage was used in every aspect of it, starting from the money''s denomination.
The manufactured was a mysterious character called South Cloud. It was a moderate sized board, but it was an artifact ss game that made use of status te function, so the squares'' content would be changed along with the yers matching with the established vocation. Just like status te, above the white board there were the squares and pawns floating up. (TN: Nagumo was formed from the kanji of ''south'' and ''cloud'')
Due to the fact that people could have simted experience of a life possessing a vocation they dreamed of, this was an extremely popr game that was selling like crazy in Tortus through Yunker Company. (TN: Yunker is the name of an energy product in Japan. Also I tried looking back at the early chapters and found out about Motto Yunker, I totally forget about this character until now. I wonder if any of you still remember him? He is a leader of a merchant group Hajime met in Tortus. Aside from his name Yunker that is like energy drink, the name Motto also meant ''more'' in Japanese. So this guy''s name means ''more Yunker''. Remember this kids, this wille out in test)
An artifact ss game was selling in great amount¡¡
That fact caused the top brasses of every country and every organization to hold their head altogether in great perplexity.
Back to the topic.
Currebtly, Sumire became a leader of a mercenary group and devoted herself to the extreme of wickedness¡¡she was managing her work favorably. Liliana became the princess of a ruined country and she wandered aimlessly to every ce, Shizuku was achieving sess as an adventurer within limitation, while Remia became a wealthy merchant that contended for the top spot even in Fuhren.
By the way, Remia already had eight children. And then, right now it seemed she made her ninth and tenth children. She was demanding celebratory gift with bright smiling face.
Sumire was saying¡¸Congrattions! I''ll wish you well for in reality too okay!¡¹while handing over the celebratory money, Shizuku was handing over her due while smiling wryly from looking beside her, and Liliana was whispering¡¸¡¡I cannot pay, the celebratory money. Large money like two million, how would I¡¡. Ahaha, getting loan isn''t it. Even though I''m a princess, even though, I''m a princess¡¡¡¹.
It seemed Liliana finally became a princess in debt.
¡¸How peaceful.¡¹
¡¸Really.¡¹
When Shuu whispered in earnestness, Hajime then agreed in earnestness. They sipped their tea.
But, at that time, Sumire while being a leader of a mercenary group happily yelled¡¸Oh my, dear me, I finally get married!¡¹. Shuu''s ears twitched in reaction.
It seemed that spring also came even for the strongest mercenary group leader.
Suddenly, or possibly with the feeling of escapism, the princess in debt asked Sumire.
¡¸Come to think of it, how did Sumire-okaasama met with Shuu-okaasama? As expected, was it developed through hobby?¡¹
¡¸My, how sudden. What''s the matter Lily-chan?¡¹
¡¸Err, just a curiosity. Because of my status, I never have amon meeting, my meeting with Hajime-san was also unique, so I''m wondering what kind of meeting Okaa-sama and Otou-sama had.¡¹
¡¸I see. Indeed, the way of meeting of everyone other than Kaori-chan and Shizuku-chan wasn''t normal isn''t it.¡¹
Sumire opened her mouth with the BGM of shockwaves and explosions, and then the shout of¡¸tten!¡¹and the coquettish voice¡¸Ahh!?¡¹. She squinted her eyes in nostalgia and talked while looking at faraway.
¡¸Yes, it was at an intensely cold shrine in New Year. I and Shuu who at that time didn''t know each other¨D¨Dinfiltrated the shrine while cosying as priest and shrine maiden.¡¹
¡¸A not normal meeting suddenly appeared!?¡¹
Liliana''s first retort of the year exploded. Even the smiling goddess Remia, or Shizuku whose selling point was her cool and collected attitude were simrly making twitching face.
¡¸That was really a surprise. I who was a high schooler at that time wanted to work as a shrine maiden even for just once at the shrine that was an anime''s holy ground. While the shrine was bustling with the New Year event, I nonchntly cosyed as a shrine maiden and worked diligently as a guide for the visitor. And then you see, I discovered a priest-san who was obviously a student leaning on a pir with a posed look. He was then immediately got found out by the real priest-san where next he desperately made excuse.¡¹
¡¸I already don''t understand from where I should retort here.¡¹
Lily-chan''s politenguage was crumbling. She looked at Shizuku and Remia looking for help, but the two of them averted their gaze quickly.
Shuu''s ears were twitching.
¡¸The shrine''s authorized people who noticed the uproar gathered, and then I who nonchntly pretended to be shrine maiden also got exposed. Both of us prostrated ourselves right away. We thought of getting through this by making a prostration that would make the other side creeped out.¡¹
¡¸Trying to getting through uproar by prostrating¡¡that''s a story that I had heard somewhere. Is that Nagumo family''s traditional skill I wonder?¡¹
Hajime''s ears were twitching. Was it Hajime''s misunderstanding that he was feeling Shizuku''s gaze on the back of his head?
¡¸However, there was one problem. It''s fine already so just go home¨D¨Dour cosy''s level was too high to draw out those words!¡¹
¡¸What did you say~¡¹
¡¸Remia-chan! Nice interjection there!¡¹
Remia-san had perfectly grasped how the mother-inw''s rhythm was working.
From the story of the chipper Sumire, it seemed their costume was extremely close to the real thing and the people in authority mistaken them as the real thing. They were interrogating the two just from where they obtained the costume.
Like that, Shuu who at that time was gradually getting irritated finally said something like this.
¨D¨DIt ain''t priest clothing! It''s my in clothes! It only looks simr identally, I''m wearing it as everyday clothes! You got a problem with my fashion sense!?
It seemed he forgot the fact that he was prostrating and he even tried to make the fact that he was infiltrating into nothing.
¡¸The moment I heard that, I wasughing and rolling around with my hands holding my stomach while thinking this. Yosh-, I''ll marry this person! Like that!¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸Why did it be like that!?¡¹¡¹¡¹
While the straight-man act of Liliana and others was exploding, at the veranda Shuu was covering his face with both hands and rolling around on the floor. It seemed he was overheating with shame that his ck history was exposed to his daughters-inw.
¡¸Like that, we dated with my confession and then we married after that. How is it? Compared to Liliana-chan and others, it was a meeting without anything particr about it right?¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸There is no such thing.¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
Including Yue and others too who seemed to listen to the story from some point unnoticed, the wive~s of Nagumo family and Myuu acted the straight man.
Hajime was pping the shoulder of Shuu who was still writhing¡¸Nuoooh, that''s embarrassinggg¡¹to console him.
¡¸Now then, Shia-chan and Myuu-chan has also returned, should we eat the freshly made mochi with the ozouni soup?¡¹(TN: Ozouni is a Newa Year''s dish that is a soup containing mochi and vegetables)
Sumire pped her hand *pan-* and ended the story. The wive~s replied¡¸Ye~s¡¹and Myuu brought the mochi happily.
After that, they ate Sumire''s specially made ozouni soup with relish and the New Year of Nagumo family passed on peacefully.
The craters created at the garden, also the destroyed millstone, also the awkward Shuu who was receiving lukewarm gaze from his daughters and granddaughter inw, also Kaori''s papa who was storming in with a yell¡¸So my angel is hereeee¡¹, also Shizuku''s papa and grandpa who appeared in a sh in the living room while greeting¡¸Thank you for always taking care of our Shizuku¡¹, those scenes were a really mundane (limited to Nagumo family) New Year scene.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I wish that this year of everyone in Narou will also be a fun and peaceful year like Nagumo family!
Chapter 248
Chapter 248
(TN: It''s the line Lupin said when he escaped from Zenigata)
AN: Tio arcst chapter.
The sea of clouds and dark clouds scattered away. The light of sun was shining in everywhere, creating many sun rays.
Although, even those lights would surely vanish soon. That was just how deep the ravages of cmity that was caused by the random pounding of meteor impact. No need to mention the turned upnd, the rolled up dusts would cover the whole sky soon.
The people looked up to that man, no, the demon god who aplished that with feeling of awe. That figure surrounded by spreading crimson spark and standing calmly while releasing sparks was indeed emitting a dignity that was worthy to be titled as "demon god" from the unconscious whisper of the people.
¡¸Whoops, I forget this.¡¹
The people jumped at the first voice of the demon god-sama. They were unusually trembling with fears inparison with the words that was said really lightly.
But, what happened right after that was an extraordinary strangeness that didn''t match such light words.
¡¸Crimson light is¡¡¡¹
Roze opened her eyes wide toward the sky above. Crimson light was showering down far above the sky like how sunlight was interweaving sun rays. It showered down everywhere on the capital of the dragon kingdom.
''Is this the whim of the demon god!? What he said just now, does it mean he was forgetting to destroy the city!?'' Shudders were rushing through the people.¡¸Hiih¡¹Screams were raised, and people who held their head and squatted down appeared continuously.
¡¸There art no need to worry. Goshujin-sama in his good mood decide to perform a bit of service.¡¹
¡¸Eh? Tio-sama. Just what does that mean¡¡¡¹
Roze tilted her head and spoke her question at Tio who was smiling wryly. However, a report arrived faster than Tio was able to reply at that question.
¡ºRoze-sama, this is Cline. This crimson light, it doesn''t seem to be a threat. ¡¡The wounds of the injured people who received the exposure of the light is healing in the blink of eye.¡»
¡ºThis is Bovid. Reports from the crashing down guys about their survival areing one after another. Even the guys who fell to thend below are reporting back. Geez, anything is really possible for that person.¡»
¡ºRoze-sama. This is gramps. We were also saved by this crimson light. Although, in my case, I received the exposure from a metallic spider that clung on me unnoticed.¡»
¡ºFrom Jean, to Roze-sama. We too went through the same like Sabas-sama. A small spider had its back opened up, and then the ring that came out from there shot out this light. The moment we got hit, our wounds were gone. It seemed that we were receiving that person''s protection.¡»
It appeared the reason Sabas and Jean, and then the imperial guards were surviving was because of this.
¨D¨DRegeneration magic exposure satellite Bel Agharta
Using the satellite type artifact that was deployed outside the atmosphere, the range where the crimson light could reach became ce that would promise abnormal recovery using regeneration magic. Even in the case where the target was underground or indoor, by using spider type golem¨D¨DArachne''s in-built gate to send in the light through it, the regeneration light could still reach with pinpoint uracy.
Hajime secretly scattered Arachne swarm inside mother ship Avenst. At present, it''s unknown where they are lurking, from transmutation, suicide bombing, disabling drug injection, until sending light of regeneration, all the little spider-san can do anything. Ia! Ia! Masteeer! (TN: The ''ia ia'' part seem to be a reference to Cthulhu, not really clear about what though)
¡¸Demon god-sa¡¡cough-. Hajime-sama¡¡so in the end, he was watching over us.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Pe, perhaps that art so.¡¹
Roze''s eyes turned moist from feeling greatly moved. Kuwaibel also raised a small cry¡¸Pii¡¹from deep emotion. The people who could hear the conversation of Tio and Roze ryed it to the people behind them, spreading the circle of the emotionally moved.
For some reason, it was only Tio who was making a strangely twitching expression.
In order to speak the words of thanks as the representation of the people, Roze was about to open her mouth toward Hajime who was continuously emitting crimson spark while hovering still in midair. She wished that he would turn toward them, got down, and then received their words of gratitude.
But, right before Roze spoke the words to call out at him,
¡¸True core activation¡plete. Outer wall endurance level¡¡clear. Crystal agglutination rate¡¡stable. Yosh-,e here-!! What''s left is only the absorption and cirction! Let''s goo!! Connect to Ornis! Gate Open-!!¡¹
She was interrupted by words that were filled with tension that was rising high for some unknown reason. Even though until now he was only showing a rtively cool and wicked side, but the current Hajime was really like a child who was given a new toy. His eyes were sparkling bright, and his mouth was loosened up slovenly.
The sudden high tension caused Roze and others turned speechless with their mouth gaping open, while Hajime''s hand was lifting to the sky a crystal about the size of a palm with a color that was a mix of dark blue and faint bluish white.
At the same time, countless ck birds¨D¨Dcrows were flying out from his Treasure Warehouse II, there were also some that had already been released unnoticed beforehand, flying from below the floating ind and they all began to fly around as though forming spiral.
Looking closer, inside the world that was approached by dusts, ck dots in a number that wouldn''t be an exaggeration to be said as many as the stars in the sky could be seen. The true identity of those ck dots were all simrly the same jet ck bird type artifact¨D¨DOrnis.
Originally, Ornis was modeled after crow to be used for reconnaissance, but now they were flying around in the amount that should be expressed using the word innumerable.
¡¸Wha, wha, wha, what is thissss!? Tio-sama!?¡¹
¡¸Aa~, well, that''s. Anyway, this wouldst not be something bad for Roze-dono and others, so calm down. Rather, I believe that nothing wouldst make thou happier than this.¡¹
¡¸E, eee? No matter how I look, this scene looks like the demise of the world part II though¡¡¡¹
Swarms of crows were flying around as though giving notification of ominous news while dust was covering the world densely. Indeed, it was a sight that was fitting for the demise of the world. Furthermore, the eyes of those crows emitted sharp crimson light as though in respond with Hajime''s call, in addition their whole body was starting to be enveloped with crimson spark and aura. No matter from where one looked, the crows only looked like the subordinates of an evil existence.
There was no factor anywhere that could make them calm down.
¡¸Linkage - converge-, transmute!!¡¹
Something like themotion of the lower world didn''t worth any concern. The demon god-sama who was in his perfect form invoked the ultimate skill of a transmutation master with his tension still rising high.
Instantly, Hajime''s surrounding whirled and sparkling particles were getting absorbed into the jewel in his hand.
It wasn''t just that.
¡¸Ah, the sea of clouds is¡¡-, even the dust!?¡¹
Someone yelled. Just as the voice said, even though the sea of clouds and dark clouds that were a gathering of negative energy were scattering away, but that didn''t mean that they were vanishing, and then even the dusts that were rolled up due to the meteor impact were also converging into Hajime''s hand like a joke.
Hajime''s converging transmutation was certainly a power of transmutation that gathered the mineral at the surrounding without directly touching them. His original range for the convergence was around a few hundred meter, but it was another story if there were age of god magic, artifact, and Hajime''s Limit Break here.
Ornis that was affixed with absorbing effect using gravity magic so to speak was a ry point for the convergence. Meteor impact was fired to scatter the prepared metal particles that had the function for conglutinating negative energy all over the world. At the same time, the pollutednd was smashed so that they would be rolled up as much as possible as dust to be collected.
¡¸What a beautiful¡¡¡¹
¡¸Pii¡¡¡¹
The world was filled with jet ck rivers of heaven.
The negative energy all over the world was flowing in toward Hajime apanied by faint glimmers. There was no need to mention the sea of clouds and dark clouds. The dust of thend that was polluted by negative energy that was rolled up to the sky also became rivers that were flowing in the sky and gathered toward Hajime''s position.
What was flowing there was negative energy that was fatal for living thing. But, even so the people thought. That this sight was beautiful. Surely if there was an astronaut in this world looking down to the, there was no doubt that he would simrly get deeply moved at the sight of the sea of clouds and dust covering the world flowing into a point.
At the same time it was noticed.
The meaning of the jewel that was emitting crimson spark while swallowing the ck sea of clouds and dusts without leaving any behind. The intention of Hajime that was lifting it up.
Yes, he was trying to purify the world!
Great number of people went down on their knees. They put their hands together in front of their chest while tears were flowing on their face.
It was as though they were worshipping a god!
One person, then one more person. The people who were dedicating prayer and gratitude toward the demon god who was purifying the world were increasing!
The pain in Tio-san''s chest was increasing in proportion of the number of the people! Somehow, she looked like she was really unable to endure being there even for a second longer!
¡¸Tsk, the limit value huh. Well, I guess this is the initial value of the dragon core and sky core that can be picked up. What''s left will need time.¡¹
The radiance of the jewel that was swallowing the negative energy along with the sea of clouds and dusts was settling down. The sky of the world was cleared up, everywhere the sea of clouds and dusts were dissipating.
Hajime who was taking a breather finally turned his gaze at the people below at that time. And then, ¡¸oOO!?¡¹he raised a shocked voice. After all, while he was getting a bit absorbed at another matter, for some reason the number of people staring at him with tears on their face while offering prayer was rapidly increasing. It made demon god-sama to be a bit shocked.
Hajime somehow guessed the circumstance and for a moment he showed a gesture as though he was thinking of something. The next moment shock and perplexity vanished from his face and a smile settled on his expression. His face changed into an expression that was already vibrantly smooth.
While crimson ripples were spreading in the air, like a god that was descending to the lower world, Hajime came down by calmly stepping step by step on the air. In order to return into Treasure Warehouse II, all Ornis gathered toward Hajime with a spiral trajectory which further gave him positive correction with his sublimity.
Beside Tio who for some reason was showing an exasperated face, the queen-sama was giving her wee with moist eyes.
¡¸¡¡Hajime-sama. I, don''t know, just what I should say¡¡. I don''t have any word to express this feeling of gratitude welling up inside me.¡¹
Hajime shrugged toward Roze who was talking with a bit of feeling vexed.
¡¸I don''t need any thanks. I''m only doing what I want to do by my own convenience.¡¹
¡¸You are really¡¡¡¹
Roze smiled looking troubled at those extremely light words regarding the salvation of the world. Behind her, Sabas and Crow siblings, Bovid and Cline and the other top brasses, and so many other people were gathering.
Words of gratitude were expressed from them one by one. Their voices were gradually turning into a chorus that began to shake the cleared up sky.
While the number of people in surrounding was increasing moment by moment, Roze said that she wished for the two of them to rest inside the pce by any means. The post war processing after this would be really difficult, but it seemed that she wanted to thank them no matter what as much as she could.
Hajime slowly shook his head toward such Roze.
¡¸From here on it will be difficult for you all. If you have time to look after someone like me, you should prepare instead for the next battle to rebuild the world.¡¹
¡¸However, our feeling won''t be eased like that. Please¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Well, put aside that talk for now. Queen-san, can youe with me for a bit?¡¹
¡¸He?¡¹
For a moment Roze''s cheeks reddened thinking if¡¸Is it for that kind of meaning!?¡¹. Within an instant inside her brain the image of the approaching Hajime and herself saying denial¡¡such wild delusion was rushing around. As expected from the hidden pervert queen.
However, the aforementioned Hajime turned away his gaze from her toward the mother ship Avenst that wasnded behind the pce. Seeing that, her cheeks reddened because it was her misunderstanding this time. Beside her Sabas''s forehead was forming a Mariana trench.
¡¸I have something important to talk. It''s fine for the top brasses toe along, so clear away all passenger from Avenst.¡¹
¡¸U, understood.¡¹
Roze-chan''s cheeks reddened once more at the part of something important to talk, but she tilted her head by the time Sabas and others also okayed the request.
Sabas and others were also tilting their head in wonder what this was about, even so this was a request from the hero that saved their country. They didn''t even have the intention to refuse, and so the made people exited the mother ship Avenst and invited Hajime in.
*kon kon* Hajime and others were walking through a passage of mother ship Avenst that was silent from using up almost all the power of sky core it had. Hajime had finished grasping the ship''s internal construction after staying there for two days, so Hajime was walking forward rapidly in the lead.
¡¸Err, Hajime-sama? Where are you going toward?¡¹
The capital was in excitement from the victory, but the people should immediately feel insecure with the absence of the leading actors. Just in case the people who remained should be giving some kind of exnation to the people, but from the standpoint of Roze and others they wanted to quickly talk to the people.
Roze was nervous with Kuwaibel held on her chest. Apanying them were Sabas, Crow siblings, and Bovid. And then the ship captains starting from Cline were also somewhat restless.
Hajime quietly opened his mouth toward them.
¡¸I removed a considerable amount of the negative energy running rampant in this world. But, as expected it doesn''t mean that the bnce of the world ispletely restored. The bnce of this world is still copsed.¡¹
¡¸¡¡That''s¡¹
Indeed, the jewel in Hajime''s hand absorbed negative energy. The sea of clouds became scattered all over and the rolled up dust also thinned so it didn''t cut off the sunlightpletely.
However, the amount of the positive energy was still few, the bnce of the world couldn''t be recovered right away with just the sky core of the natural world and the declined dragon species.
¡¸Even so, now we are able to see the path to the future far clearer than before. Something like rebuilding the world from the start is something that cannot be done without being resolved for a long time of piling up effort for who know how many generations. Hajime-sama, you don''t know how much help it is already just from us being able to step on thend with our own feet.¡¹
It seemed the destination ahead of the passage they were going through steadily was the power room. Hajime nodded¡¸I see¡¹at Roze''s words and he continued his speech.
¡¸But, the prospect for the future be better and having leeway¡¡those facts are also enough for anyone to think about needless things. Even in a circumstance where there is no leeway and people has to be desperate to stay alive, people still cannot band together and they fought each other like that. The appearance of Helmut as amon enemy could be said as fortunate in a sense.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸Surely the people living in this world aren''t just queen-san and others and the Qwailent bunches. There must be other people surviving, holding their breath in the scattered floating inds, Perhaps there are even people who discovered a way to survive somewhere in the surface. Like deep underground for example.¡¹
¡¸¡¡What is it, that you wish to say Hajime-sama?¡¹
Roze looked dubious. No, she actually understood. There was no more enemy of the world that could be the cause for banding together. Sure enough, in the situation where resource was limited, how would people who now had leeway in their survival would move¡¡.
Hajime opened the door to the power room. In the center of therge room, an out of norm power reactor was sitting there. There was a spot in the center of the reactor where a fuel tank could be inserted.
The jewel that Hajime took out once more was settled silently in his hand. It looked like a yin yang sphere with its color mix of deep blue and faint bluish white. Hajime fiddled it around as though it was a marble ball while his gaze turned toward Roze.
¡¸Do you want power? An even greater power that can overwhelm the world?¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
It was a surprisingly deep and silent gaze. It was as though she was looking at a whirlpool that was created inside an ocean. She felt like if she lost focus, then her consciousness would be swallowed.
With a nce at Roze who unconsciously held her breath, Hajime carelessly threw the jewel into the reactor. The spot for inserting the fuel tank didn''t have a shape for precise insertion, there was a small box to put in the thing that would be the fuel, and after inserting the item into there the box only needed to be fixed in ce using the fixing sps.
Because of that, even without processing the jewel into the shape of a fuel tank, there was no problem if the jewel was inserted as it was. Yes, that was if that jewel had a function as fuel.
*kiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii-*
A sound like vapor whistle resounded, and then *goon goon* a sound that felt like it resounded until the bottom of stomach hit the earlobe. It gave an impression as though a heart to pour vitality into blood vessel and internal organ was now resuming to beat.
¡¸Lies¡¡Avenst is,pletely¡¡starting up?¡¹
¡¸-, ¡¡Roze-sama. The energy replenishment rate, is 60 percent. It''s in the middle of rising even now. The weapon control system, is in the state of possible activation.¡¹
The mother ship Avenst that should be unable to be activatedpletely except by the energy output of monarch dragon core was resuming breathing. When Sabas who ran to the console in respond to Roze''s whisper informed her about the ship''s state, the top brasses unanimously turned speechless.
Just floating was the best it could do with the power of sky core. Even if it used dragon core, using only average number of average dragon core would only make this ship able to usebat maneuver but using weapon would still be out of reach.
But now, this ship was activating.
¡¸You see, this jewel, well, if I have to say it''s a pseudo monarch dragon core. The raw materials are sky cores, stockpiled dragon cores processed by the Qwailent bunches that I withdrawn from the fuel tank, and a bit of rare crystal from another world. It''s an imitation, but its output cannot be matched even by a monarch dragon core. After all, right now it had just absorbed energy that can purify the world to a certain degree.¡¹
¡¸Su, such thing is¡¡¡¹
It was possible. After all, this person here was a matchless transmutation master. Furthermore, although it was necessary for him to use artifact as intermediary, he was an existence who had even taken possession of technique that interfered with the truth of the world.
¡¸If you have this, the strongest battleship that once shook the world will be revived. Perhaps you will be able to stave off the chaos that might happen from here on using this one ship.¡¹
¡¸Ha, Hajime-sama¡¹
Roze was bewildered and took a step back, perhaps from feeling confusion at the unforeseen situation.
Toward such girl, Hajime mercilessly asked one more time as though thrusting the reality before her.
¡¸Do you want power? If it''s you¡¡If it''s the "rebirth" dragon kingdom Avenst''s queen Roze Phiris Avenst who rise to shoulder this world, then I will also be fine with lending this jewel.¡¹
¨D¨DWhat to do?
The question was calmly asked once more. If they had a deterrence ability this great, then indeed perhaps they would be able to prevent a needless spilling of blood from repressing the disturbance that would happen in the future.
It might possibly be the symbol of the queen of the rebirth dragon kingdom Avenst who decided to fight.
Roze was unable to sort out her confused mind, however, the moment her eyes met the eyes of Hajime who was staring straight at her, the conclusion came out with an easiness that surprised even herself. She found the conclusion the moment she saw that gaze that was vaguely holding expectation, as though testing her.
¡¸No, I don''t need it.¡¹
She was able to answer that clearly and strongly.
¡¸¡¡Hee. There really is no hesitation in that answer. Without this jewel, Avenst is a ship that is only big. Now that you have taken back your country''s territory, this kind of stupidly big ship will be reduced into a mere baggage you know?¡¹
¡¸Yes, perhaps that is so. But, didn''t Hajime-sama say it yourself? What is starting from here on is the "rebirth" dragon kingdom Avenst. Even if that isn''t a monarch dragon core, even if it''s a dragon core energy that is already processed, we will never make use of dragon core as weapon until the end of the world.¡¹
Roze calmly replied to Hajime with a strong piercing re. Looking carefully, the top brasses standing behind Roze were all staring with wordless deration¡¸Don''t make light of us!¡¹inside their eyes.
¡¸¡¡You really, won''t use it until the end the world?¡¹
¡¸Yes. We won''t.¡¹
¡¸¡¡This is a power that can rule the world. The strongest battleship. You really don''t need it?¡¹
¡¸Yes, we don''t need it.¡¹
Seeing Hajime''s insistent questioning, Roze felt strangely mystified¡¸Is he worried about us that much?¡¹and a chuckle leaked out from her mouth. Her heart was tickled from the gap of this Hajime with the demon god''s mercilessness of before.
Roze spoke of her determination once more toward Hajime who was silently gazing at her searching her true feeling.
¡¸Rebuilding the world is a battle against people''s heart. A weapon is just boorish for something like that. We have friends. We can walk toward the future just from the fact that we have taken back our friends. We have to walk forward. That''s why¡¡¡¹
¡¸That''s why, you don''t need this thing anymore, is it?¡¹
Hajime turned his gaze behind him with a wry smile. Ahead of his gaze there was the sparkling jewel and the heart of Avenst that was fully activated from receiving its power.
Hajime who returned his gaze at Roze was scratching his cheek looking a bit troubled.
¡¸Aa~. Looks like, I''m only creating the spark of war for all of you.¡¹
¡¸I won''t speak that far¡¡¡¹
¡¸But, just with this thing remaining here, it will only wither queen-san''s determination and also your persuasiveness to the external side. ¡¡Can''t be helped. I''ll take responsibility as the creator and take this thing away to deal with it.¡¹
¡¸Fufu, thank you very much. At the very end¡¡Hajime-sama is a really kind demon god-sama.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Demon god? Since when I ranked up like that huh?¡¹
Seeing Hajime who was scratching his cheek looking even more troubled, this time for sure Roze couldn''t hold it anymore and she let out augh. It was a lively smiling face that was full with the liberation from the heavy pressure of many years and charm that looked radiant with the hope and determination for the future.
Enticed by thatugh, the top brasses starting from Crow siblings also started tough.
For some reason, it was only Tio and Sabas whose expression looked horriblyplicated though¡¡
Hajime who faced away with an expression that really looked like¡¸It''s really embarrassing to getughed at¡¹then said¡¸Aaah, how long you guys are going tough!¡¹while he made the "Treasure Warehouse II" in his hand to shine.
Right away, the whole Avenst was enveloped in crimson radiance, and the next moment it vanishedpletely. Although the reactor was located near the bottom of the ship, there was quiet some distance until the ground, so Roze and others who were suddenly thrown on the air reflexively screamed¡¸Hyaaah!?¡¹in that situation.
Although, they were wrapped in weightless feeling and the next moment Tio''s wind gently enveloped Roze and others and they were lowered slowly to the ground.
Roze looked around while feeling a bit of indignation of what suddenly happened, however, she noticed that the figure of Hajime and Tio was already gone and she felt slightly flustered.
¡¸Now then, we are going now. This short time was really fun.¡¹
¡ºRi, right. Well then Roze-dono. Kuwaibel. And then everyone of the kingdom. Stay in good health all of thee.¡»
When they looked up to the sky from where the words came, there was the figure of Tio who had transformed to dragon before anyone knew it and Hajime riding on her back.
The figure of the gant and magnificent ck dragon that could be seen to be different from Helmut in a nce caused the people to makemotion and raised joyful cheer of astonishment. In the middle of that uproar, Roze who guessed what was happening raised her voice in panic.
¡¸Do, don''t tell me, you two are nning to leave right now!? We still haven''t expressed our thanks at all! Please, stay for a bit more here!¡¹
¡¸If it''s thanks we have received enough. Your words queen-san are the greatest gift more than anything.¡¹
¡¸Ha, Hajime-sama. Such thing-, that isn''t a token of appreciation at all-¡¹
¡ºThat''s right, both of you! Besides, I want to be together with Haha-ue more!¡»
Roze who desperately tried to make the two stay with moist eyes, and Kuwaibel who pleaded at Tio like a spoilt child. The people who noticed from that appearance that their heroes would leave also yelled words asking the two to stay one after another.
¡¸It''s the same like a weapon. It''s not fitting for an existence like me to stay beside the people who will work hard walking forward with their own legs from here on. Later!¡¹
¡º¡¡Boy. A king who guide the world wouldst not cry seeking his mother. Always gantly let out the dragon''s roar. Remember that okay?¡»
Saying that, the two turned around. They didn''t even loko back at the words asking them to stay and their figure turned small faraway just like fickle wind that drifted away.
¡¸Geez¡¡to not even let us express our thanks sufficiently¡¡they are really selfish, whimsy, hics-¡¡and kind demon god-sama and true dragon-sama.¡¹
¡ºHaha-ue¡¡I will, do my best. I''ll be a true dragon Haha-ue can be proud of.¡»
Inside the world where the cheers of gratitude of the people were echoing, the whispers of the queen and monarch dragon resounded solemly, yet by no means they carried any unpleasant emotion inside.
The strongest butler who had been at her side since her childhood offered a handkerchief silently. And then, he asked with reservation as though giving consideration.
¡¸¡¡Roze-sama. Is this okay?¡¹
''Is it fine to not stop them from leaving?'' Roze who thought that she was asked that wiped her eyes that turned red from tears while she nodded with a bright smile even then.
¡¸No matter what reason we have, surely no one will be able to stop those people to stay here. Then, let us wait instead. We will do what we ought to do, make this world even more beautiful, so that when theye here once again riding on the wind we will be able to give them satisfaction.¡¹
''A splendid determination. You have grown,'' Sabas wanted to say that.
However, he couldn''t say it. Because the meaning of his question was different.
¡¸That, err, it''s not that¡¡they are, taking away Avenst, is that okay?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Roze-chan stiffened with a snap, a smile still on her face. After her, Kuwaibel who was in her embrace and Bovid and others who were cheering behind them also stiffened in a snap.
Roze averted her gaze still with a smiling face thinking ''Just what is gramps talking about I wonder?''. Her gaze moved toward the ce where Avenst was parked.
Not there.
No matter how many times she looked, the nation on ship that had been together with them in joys and sorrows until now wasn''t there. Or rather, the goods and tools for living, the personal effects that should be ced in the resident district and production district, all of them were left into a huge mound at slight distance away before anyone noticed.
A wind blew pass the empty space. Ah, the adult underwear of ady that was previously hanged on the tip of the main cannon to dry it was blown by the wind! It was lightly dancing in the sky!
Roze blinked.
As she thought, the figure of mother ship Avenst wasn''t there. If this was in anime, then surely there would be the ship''s silhouette blinking in the empty spot with sound effect *pikon pikon-*.
Sabas spoke with a reallyplicated expression toward Roze who was in the state of petrification still with a smiling face.
¡¸If I may be so presumptuous to speak¡¡¡¹
¡¸Wha, what is it, gramps?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Perhaps, that person had taken ourmitment?¡¹
¡¸Commitment?¡¹
The conversation that showed Roze''s determination and resolve to Hajime was flowing inside Roze''s brain. The memory was filtered by the truth that was Sabas''s words.
Now, let''s try remembering it clearly!
¡ºYes, perhaps that is so. But, didn''t Hajime-sama say it yourself? What is starting from here on is the "rebirth" dragon kingdom Avenst. Even if that isn''t a monarch dragon core, even if it''s a dragon core energy that is already processed, we will never make use of dragon core as weapon until the end of the world.¡»
?Roze-chan''s true feeling
¨D¨DWe won''t use Avenst as weapon, so we don''t need the jewel for activating it.
?Hajime-san''s liberal trantion
¨D¨DWe don''t need this kind of battleship anymore okay!
¡º¡¡You really, won''t use it until the end the world?¡»
?Hajime-san''s liberal trantion
¨D¨DEh, seriously? Seriously, not just the jewel, but you also don''t need Avenst?
¡ºYes. We won''t.¡»
?Roze-chan''s true feeling
¨D¨DYes, we don''t need the jewel
?Hajime-san''s liberal trantion
¨D¨DTotally seriously. I say that we seriously don''t need something like Avenst. Rather it''s just a baggage.
¡º¡¡This is a power that can rule the world. The strongest battleship. You really don''t need it?¡»
?Hajime-san''s liberal trantion
¨D¨DReally? Even ifter you say ''as I thought we need it'' that won''t be my problem y''know? You rea~lly don''t need it then?
¡ºYes, we don''t need it.¡»
?Roze-chan''s true feeling
¨D¨DFor you to be that worried for us¡¡. But, we really don''t need that jewel.
?Hajime-san''s liberal trantion
¨D¨DHow persistent. We really don''t need this kind of battleship I told you. Rather, we are troubled of how to deal with it!
¡ºBut, just with this thing remaining here, it will only wither queen-san''s determination and also your persuasiveness to the external side. ¡¡Can''t be helped. I''ll take responsibility as the creator and deal with this thing.¡»
?Hajime-san''s liberal trantion
¨D¨DGot it then, if it''s that much a bother for you, I''ll take responsibility and ept Avenst.
¡ºFufu, thank you very much. At the very end¡¡Hajime-sama is a really kind demon god-sama.¡»
?Roze-chan''s true feeling
¨D¨DDefeating Helmut, purifying the world, and on top of that you even worry about our war strength in the future, really how kind. But, even if for example it has no meaning as a battleship, it''s fine for Avenst to be like that. Whether for the sake of the world, and also for our sake.
?Hajime-san''s liberal trantion
¨D¨DMyy! Even though this is something troubling that ought to be recycled or collected as an oversized garbage, but you actually take it away for us! What kindness!
The above was the content of the chain of conversation.
What Hajime said in the end, ¡¸Your words queen-san are the greatest gift more than anything¡¹it also wasn''t a lie. It was a gratitude that came from heart, something like thank you for letting me take yourmitment.
Roze who carefully recalled her conversation''s content with Hajime and guessed Hajime''s true intention then began to tremble all over still with smiling face.
She certainly said that they didn''t need the jewel that could return the nation on ship Avenst back into a battleship.
However, she didn''t say a single word that they also didn''t need Avenst with it. No, it looked like she said it, but it should be understood right!? Like from the flow of conversation, or from the particrs until now!
¡¸Thi, thi, thi¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Thi?¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
While Bovid and others who seemed to simrly guess the situation were making twitching expression, Roze was shaking all over while muttering¡¡
¡¸Thi, THIE¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D¨D¨DF!!!¡¹
Queen-sama, that guy had stolen something enormous.
Yes, it''s your nation on ship!
Roze''s scream that felt like it could reach until the end of the world reverberated.
¡ºNou, Goshujin-sama. Art this really fine?¡»
¡¸It''s fine, after all the queen herself said it''s fine.¡¹
That absolutely wasn''t her true intention. Or rather, it was this person who was leading on so it turned like that. Tio-san who saw the expression of Hajime who looked in terribly good mood couldn''t say that. She was flying in the sky casually while her neck twisted to send her gaze at Hajime on her back.
¡¸Even though I said that I''m taking it, but actually it''s only borrowing for a bit long. I won''t break it so it will be fine.¡¹
Tio''spletely wordless gaze as expected caused Hajime to be unable to endure and he spoke his rationalization. Tio shook her head as though to say ''can''t be helped''.
¡ºNevertheless, thou looked really pleased Goshujin-sama. Was it that great to hath that jewel created? In mine opinion, I couldst not think that this artifact is that amazing for Goshujin-sama who art able to create god crystal.¡»
For now, let''s put aside the matter about taking¨D¨Dborrowing a battleship from the pure queen-sama, Tio threw a question at Hajime who since some time ago was toying around with the jewel in his hand while grinning widely.
Indeed, if it was Hajime who could create god crystal, something like a crystal that was filled with immense energy wasn''t something that rare. The point where it could stimte the surrounding energy to supply heat made it seemed like it was more all-purpose than the god water that was created from god crystal, but Tio tilted her head feeling puzzled if it was something to feel that happy about.
Hajime''s eyes gazed in amazement at such Tio.
¡¸Eh? Huh? I more or less exined it right, about the thing I was trying to create?¡¹
¡ºHmm? Certainly that art so, but in the middle it was mostly Goshujin-sama talking to thyself and thou immediately started to be immersed in thy own thought, honestly speaking, I didst not really understand but I thought it was something like Goshujin-sama art wishing to make something simr with god crystal.¡»
Hajimeprehended about Tio''s thin reaction at the thing he created after hearing what she said. And then Hajime showed an self-triumphant look that he rarely showed as though saying ''then I''ll let you hear it''.
¡¸Tio, the energy that is unique to this world, the sky core energy and dragon core energy¨D¨Dit''s troublesome so I''ll call it sky dragon energy, I talked a bit about its property to you right?¡¹
¡ºRight, the positive energy give invigoration, and the negative energy possess the nature of pacification to obstruction. All those circte with the core as the center which maintain the world''s bnce.¡»
¡¸That''s right. But see, that''s not the essence of sky dragon core. No, if you say that''s its essence then it''s true that''s the essence, but what ought to be really paid attention to, the property that is worthy to feel astonishment toward is not that.¡¹
¡ºHou? And that is?¡»
Hajime who was unusually putting on airs spoke about the core''s property that he became convinced about from his two days interaction with the craftsmen of Avensts and from his analysis toward the flow of dragon core energy of Helmut and Kuwaibel.
¡¸The terrific property of sky dragon core¨D¨Dis in the aspect of its cirction efficiency that is a hundred percent.¡¹
¡ºHmm¡¡hmm?¡»
Seeing Tio who didn''t really get it, Hajime began to talk gleefully.
¡¸Tio, this is something amazing. Even in earth or Tortus, you can find any amount of cirction system, whether nature or artificial. However, you can say that a system with one hundred percent cirction rate doesn''t exist. Fundamentally there must be loss that urred without exception.¡¹
¡ºHm~m, I vaguely hath heard about that. Art this a talk about thermodynamics?¡»
¡¸Yeah, that''s right. It''s a talk about aw of thermodynamics. ¡¡Don''t you get it Tio? One of mankind''s grand problems that denied thermodynamics and is said to be impossible to be realized.¡¹
¡ºI''m not that detailed about it though¡¡nn? Wait a second, Goshujin-sama. Loss wouldst ur without exception, because of that it''s impossible to realize? By any chance that is¡¡¡»
Hajime smiledcently at Tio who was amazingly good in making conjecture. Seeing his expression, Tio opened her eyes in shock for sure this time.
¡¸That''s right. This is still a prototype, and it can only deal with sky dragon power but¡¡I finallyid my hands on it. One of mankind''s grand problem¨D¨D¡¹
¨D¨DThe creation of perpetual motion.
The sky dragon power of this world, although the cirction rate was different based from the time difference and core''s amount, but the energy itself would be converted from negative to positive with a hundred percent cirction rate once it got taken in into the core.
In other words, if this energy was made to circte within a certain range, it would continue to circte perpetually. Yes, just like how the sky dragon power was continuing to circte within this.
The jewel Hajime created had sky core and processed dragon core stored inside Qwailent fleet''s fuel bunkerpressed until the very limit using transmutation, and the result was inserted at the center of the jewel. God crystal was then fused with it so that the problem of the small energy retention amount of the sky dragon core was cleared. And then the cirction performance was explosively increased by using sublimation magic and creation magic.
That center core¨D¨Dthe true core had gravitational field generated by gravity magic so that the energy wouldn''t escape to outside, furthermore the outer shell that was using god crystal used space magic to permit only the property of invigoration effect from the positive energy to exert influence to outside.
The positive energy that lost the invigoration power would be altered into negative energy, the true core would absorb it and converted it back into positive energy once more. The loss was zero percent so it would circte for perpetuity.
¡¸Currently it can only be operated with sky dragon power that can be used only by this world''s machine. But, I discovered the method to convert magic power into electricity, and electricity into magic power. If I can simrly find the method to convert sky dragon power into magic power or something else¡¡¡¹
¡ºWa, wait a second Goshujin-sama.¡»
''I''ll be able to freely control infinite magic power, or perhaps infinite heat¨D¨Dthe dream is spreading wide yeah'', Tio put a stop at Hajime who was talking passionately. As expected even Tio couldn''t suppress her shudder seeing her master who was smoothly talking about something really terrifying with an expression that looked like a boy.
To speak further, that jewel that possessed a core at the center and continuously circte for perpetuity inside the sphere could be said to be something that imitate this very itself. That was to say¡¡
¡ºGoshujin-sama, thou spoke it so easily but¡¡art not that thing, couldst be called as a already?¡»
¡¸Hm? ¡¡Well, this is a really simplified one so it''s doubtful whether this can be called that unconditionally. But calling it that is also not mistaken. Hm~m,e to think of it this thing is also still not named¡¡yosh-, let''s name this thing like this.¡¹
¨D¨DPerpetual motion machine Grasp Gloria in hand that is rotating for perpetuity)
It seemed that demon god-sama finally created a that he took possession above his hand.
¡¸Tio. I''m going to show Avenst at Yue and others when we go home. It feels like it can even go to space if it''s modified. There is also no worry about the fuel if there is Grasp Gloria. Let''s even try a space travel of year 20XX!¡¹
Tio was in a state of being filled with astonishment until she was almost bursting, but when she was Hajime''s good mood it seemed that her heart was also gradually calming down.
Even if she lived for more than five hundred years, but as long as she was beside Hajime then she might not get tired of living. While vaguely thinking of such thing, she energetically replied¡ºRight!¡».
But, at that timing a voice resounded from a bit far away.¡¸Oh?¡¹The two of them tilted their head at each other, and then when Hajime and Tio looked behind, there they saw the figure of Roze riding on the back of Kuwaibel who was flying even though a bit unsteadily in his grown-up form.
In addition there were even Bovid, Crow siblings, and Sabas riding sky battlecraft. Even behind them there were a lot of people riding sky battlecrafts and small airships with every single one filled in over capacity. The dragons were flying in parallel of all those while they were watching over the humans worriedly.
¡¸The thief over thereee~~. Return Avenst backkk~~!¡¹
¡¸From the legendary dragon knight to demon king, and then ranked up to demon god, and yet at the end you call me a thief. Don''t you think that''s a cruel false usation?¡¹
¡ºI toast to Goshujin-sama''s thick nerve that couldst dere what she said as a false usation.¡»
Hajime and Tio cracked jokes at each other. Tio smiled wryly and she suggested at Hajime while directing a slightly gentle eyes at him.
¡ºNow then, getting caught here wouldst be too uncool for the end of the adventure. Goshujin-sama, let''s return home to earth soon.¡»
¡¸Hm~? ¡¡I guess. Yue and others will soon pick¨D¨D¡¹
¡ºNo, it''s fine already. Thou bring it correct, thepass?¡»
Hajime smiled wryly¡¸As I thought, it got found out huh¡¹at Tio''s statement and he took out thepass from "Treasure Warehouse II".
¡¸When did you notice? As I thought was it that time, when I sent Avenst to Qwailent?¡¹
¡ºNo, I felt suspicious at that time we were chasing after the sky battlecraft that got away at first. I was convinced when we boarded the mother ship. At either time, Goshujin-sama didst not show any sign of getting lost. Thou held confidence of the location of the opponent we chased in this vast world where there is only sky.¡»
¡¸So, so since that time¡¡as expected from Tio. You are sharp despite being a pervert.¡¹
¡ºNn-, stop it with the surprise reward. I''m going to fall. Cough-, in all possibility, that was a consideration so I couldst enjoy my time together with just Goshujin-sama without reservation correct?¡»
¡¸It''s meaningless if it was exposed so quickly though.¡¹
Hajime scratched his cheek¡¸I''m too high spirited huh¡¹looking awkward. With a sh Tio released her dragon transformation, and then she gave a kiss on Hajime''s cheek really nonchntly.
¡¸I hath enjoyed to mine heart content of Goshujin-sama who art full of consideration, and also Goshujin-sama who make merry like a child. Thank you. Now, let''s go home to where everyone art.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Good grief. Sometimes when I''m with you it feels like I''m really childish.¡¹
Hajime smiled wryly while he thrust forward the crystal key using the image of his homnd that he searched using thepass. The space undted and a solemn door around two meter high appeared.
¡¸Aa~~~, wait! Please waii~~~t!¡¹
¡ºPiih! Piih!¡»
With Roze in the lead, the people of Avenst also yelled loudly.
Hajime turned around toward them while he also raised his voice.
¡¸I''m borrowing Avenst a bit! I''m going to y again here eventually! At that time, I''ll show off the Avenst that became something like a luxurious ship from my demonic remodeling okay!¡¹
Not as a battleship, but as a extravagance ship that invited people''s dream and romance.
Those words caused the chests of Roze and the people of Avenst to feel tight. In the first ce they didn''te here with serious intention of taking back the ship. They wished to say this without any strange misunderstanding.
¡¸Aah, geez-! Please take a good care of it okay! Because that''s our second homnd! Please make it into an extraordinarily lovely ship! Because I''ll entrust it to you forever and eveerr~~! Plee~~~aase, absolutelye here again to meet us! Riding that ship at that time!¡¹
¡¸Hahah. Fine! Flying in the sky of this world is the best. We are going toe again for an adventure! Later, for real this time!¡¹
Hajime and Tio smiled while waving their hand and they threw their body as though falling into the gate behind them. They could see the figure of Avenst''s people waving their hands from the gap. Along with a very loud words of¡¸Thank you!¡¹.
*hyuuoooooo-* Such sound of wind pierced the ears.
¡¸Goshujin-sama, couldst I ask why we art like this?¡¹
¡¸Sorry, I made a little miss.¡¹
Hajime and Tio safely aplished returning home. The ce was at altitude eight thousand meter. They were in the middle of a grand free fall. It seemed that they were more or less right above the home of Nagumo grandparents. Because they were always above the sky at the other world, Hajime''s sense was amiss and they came out in the sky despite trying to teleport in the garden.
Hajime averted his gaze looking a bit embarrassed at the really sloppy return.
While they were talking the ground was approaching, by the time the two thought about takingnding stance soon, soft golden light enveloped them. The two were immediately released from the wedge of gravity and their altitude slowly descended.
When they looked at the ground, there were the figures of the grandpa who was unable to stand up from shock, and the grandma who was looking up open mouthed at the sky with one hand holdingundry, and then, the figure of Yue smiling gently.
It was about three days since they departed. But, there was no sign of worry that could be seen in Yue''s expression. Myuu and Shia who came out to the garden with light footsteps and Remia also didn''t look worried at all. Rather the color of exasperation¡¸Finallying home huh~¡¹could be seen strongly in their face.
While looking at Yue who quickly used soul magic to return to the present world the souls of Jii-chan and Baa-chan that slipped out because they were knocked out of their wits from seeing Hajime and Tio whonded on the garden,
¡¸I''m home.¡¹
¡¸We hath returned.¡¹
The two said theiring home words.
¡¸Geez-. Hajime-san and Tio-san, where were you two loitering around with just the two of you desu!? We saw the letter that said you two are going adventuring, but I never heard about doing it for three days!¡¹
Shia went angry with a huff. Her rabbit ears were pointed straight up as though to say¡¸Hey hey, what''s the meaning of this?¡¹.
¡¸Muu. Papa and also Tio-oneechan are unfair nano! Even though Myuu also want to go in a trip¡¹
¡¸Putting us aside, Ojii-sama and Obaa-sama were really worried you know?¡¹
Myuu ran with a fast pace *sutetetete-* still wearing a sullenly bloated cheeks and she clung tightly on Hajime''s leg. When the two turned their gaze from Remia''s words, there they saw the Jii-chan and Baa-chan who fainted even though their soul had returned back. Sumire and Shii were looking after the two. Both of them said¡¸Wee home~¡¹with really light feeling.
¡¸¡¡And? Where were you two going until now?¡¹
Yue tilted her head while asking. She understood that the two went out spontaneously from the letter left behind, but as expected it seemed she guessed that the two encountered some kind of unavoidable circumstance with how they were spending three nights away without notice.
Hajime looked at Tio. Tio also looked at Hajime. After looking at each other for some reason, Hajime made a small smile
¡¸Secret¡¹
And said such thing.
He decided that he would save his adventure that he started with just Tio inside his chest until the time came it was necessary. Tio''s gaze was wandering around with an expression as though she had stuffed her mouth with sweet candies.
Seeing such two, Yue tilted her head a bit before she smiled gently.
¡¸¡¡I see. Tio, did you have fun?¡¹
¡¸Yes. Very.¡¹
Enticed by Yue''s gentle smile, Tio also made a smile that looked like a girl.
¡¸¡¡It''s afternoon only just now but, want to eat?¡¹
¡¸Ou. My stomach is really empty here.¡¹
¡¸I guess. We hath just gone through various things.¡¹
The moment Yue suggested that, Hajime and Tio''s stomach growled harmoniously, Yue chuckled seeing that while she returned inside the house.
Hajime and Tio followed behind her while for some reason they looked up to the sky, and then they chuckled at each other for some reason seeing each other doing simr thing.
¡¸Wai, what''s with that atmosphere of mutual understanding! Even if Yue-san ignored it, I won''t be like that! Hey hey, what happened desu? Please teach meee. This is the two of you, so something must be blown away, someone raised a scream, and it absolutely became a festival of pandemonium right? I''m really curiousss¡¹
¡¸Myuu too! Myuu is also curious nano!¡¹
Getting coaxed by the rabbit ears and little girl, the two of them were increasingly smiling more in humor.
Like that Hajime and Tio secretly talked at each other while soothing down Shia and Myuu.
¨D¨DSomeday, let''s unveil the huge battleship and perpetual motion machine.
They said at each other.
While looking really amused.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Tio arc is finally over. It was long¡¡
The passage of perpetual motion machine was done vaguely, so please spare me from any retort (sweat)
By the way, not using monarch dragon core was Hajime''s consideration after a fashion.
About what will the people of that world do with the monarch dragon cores of Helmut and his sibling, it will depend on that world''s people.
Well, surely Kuwaibel won''t let them do as they pleased.
¡¡I''ll also say that it was simply because it was too much to write.
Now then, who should I write next I wonder
Chapter 249
Chapter 249
AN: It will be idle stories until the next long arc after story.
I will put in unserious story one, or two more times.
By the way, this chapter''s chronological order is around one month after the return.
The upation of a reportage writer is a work of finding an interesting topic, collected data on it, and then reported it as news.
I, Hamada Shouta (28 years old), am such a reportage writer. I mainly introduced hidden well-known store and specialty of a town. ¡¡I have never missed a meal doing this job, but there were times when there was no story to sell, so I have also done running gossip asionally.
What someone like me is observingtely is a western restaurant¡ºWisteria¡». It''s a hidden well-know store in the city, a restaurant where you can enjoy food and coffee together without doubt.
Originally this will be where I get requested for formal news coverage and I will interview the owner for several of their prided menu, but currently I,
¡¸Wee. Have you decide what you will order?¡¹
¡¸Ah, yeah. This omelet rice, and jasmine tea. Also a blend coffee after the meal please.¡¹
¡¸Omelet rice and jasmine tea. And then a blend coffee after meal is it? Thank you for the order. Please wait for a bit.¡¹
Like this, I''ming as a normal guest. Of course, I don''t tell the restaurant side that I''m a reporter or that I''m wishing for an interview.
I am staring at the back figure of the girl that is one of the reasons of that¨D¨Dthe girl that just now was politely taking my order, the daughter of this restaurant''s owner Sonobe Yuuka-chan.
Her style, I guess is fairly nice. Her chestnut hair that seems to be dyed is tied into one and her nice walking posture give a diligent impression that run counter with her appearance that is like a juvenile delinquent. How she is helping in the restaurant in holiday like this is also showing that. She is a high school student but she has a really calm atmosphere. That make her look adult.
Her long slits eyes and sharp gaze that even look ring at other people also softened gently when she is talking with customer, that be a gap that deepen the favorable impression to her¡¡
Hah!? The auntie at the opposite seating is ring at me with a terrible look!? Tha, that''s not it! By no means I''m staring with a feeling I need to feel guilty about! It''s true I tell you! That''s why, please don''t look at me with those eyes as though I''m a pervert aiming at a high school girl!
The auntie averted her gaze with suspicion still remaining. From how she is calling at the girl using Yuuka-chan, most likely she is a regr customer. It seems there are a lot of elderly people in this restaurant who are thinking of Yuuka-chan like their real daughter or granddaughter.
It''s not just the auntie at the opposite seat, there are even an uncle who is sitting unnoticed at the neighboring seat sending a gaze toward here like a hard-boiled detective investigating a criminal, and an old man who is reading a newspaper at the inner seating of the restaurant, but actually there is an opened hole on that newspaper from where the old man is observing me like an investigator.
¡¡Surely everyone is worried about the girl, thanks to the incident that happened to the girl some time ago and themotion of this and that currently happening around the girl.
Of course, it''s not just because they are worried, it''s also because she is really that charming of a girl¨D¨D
¡¸Thank you for waiting. Here is your jasmine tea.¡¹
¡¸Ah, tha, thanks.¡¹
Damn it. Ipletely stuttered. Yuuka-chan is tilting her head at my suspicious behavior. Her expression is also puzzled¡¡
¡¸Is something the matter?¡¹
¡¸N, no, there is nothing.¡¹
This is really a disgraceful behavior for a pro reporter. What are you doing getting shaken against a girl more than a decade younger huh. I cleared my throat once. I change my mindset to work mode. What is necessary is an observation ability that won''t overlook even anything trivial. And then, the concentration needed for that.
¡¸By the way¨D¨D¡¹
I open my mouth to casually probe whether I can pull out some information even just for a bit, but before I can do that, the restaurant bell is ringing *cling cling* to notify of a customer''s arrival.
Naturally, Yuuka-chan''s gaze speedily moves away from me. The girl''s eyes narrowed just for a moment at the entering person before she turned at me once more, bow and left.
For some reason I be curious about Yuuka-chan''s gaze that turned sharp and so I turn my eyes toward the man who just entered the shop even while feeling the gaze of the auntie on me. The man is wearing a shabby jacket, carrying arge bag hanging on his shoulder, and a lot of stubble on his chin. My sense of smell as a pro smell that man''s true identity. In that case, as expected his objective is¡¡
¡¸¨D¨DI told you many times already, I won''t ept that kind of interview. Please don''te intruding until the restaurant.¡¹
¡¸Just calm down, please don''t be that cruel here. If you are that obstinate, then I too cannot help but think that there is really something suspicious. It''s fine even if it''s just five minutes. Of course I''ll wait until after the restaurant''s closing. Please let me ask just for a bit¨D¨Dregarding all of you the "returnees".¡¹
Bingo. As I though he is a person of the same business with that reason.
¨D¨DReturnees
That is the cause that makes the situation that dragged in the girl to beplicated.
The whereabouts of Yuuka-chan along with her ssmates became unknown more than a year ago. At the time it was a really big uproar about a case of spirited away that happened at a school in daytime. Simrly my interest was also pickled and I investigated various things about it.
But, regardless of the many specialists who investigated the case, in the end the cause of their disappearance and their whereabouts stayed unclear.
It was thought that perhaps this case will vanish from the people''s memory at this rate, but just a little bit of time ago, Yuuka-chan and others suddenly returned back. Along with most of the students.
Where did they go? Naturally, not just the police, every public institution and information media pressed for an answer, but the answer the returnees gave to all of them was¨D¨Dfighting an army led by an evil god in another world, they said.
Naturally they were suspected to have abnormality in their mind or perhaps they were brainwashed using drugs. It seemed that they had been examined many times, but in the end there are no abnormality discovered from them and many institutions concluded like this.
¨D¨DThese people who were spirited away are trying to hide the nk one year when they vanished.
Like that. The press got superheated, and it seemed the questioning from the government also became more forceful. There were also students who don''te back until now, so it can be said to be only natural.
However, a strange situation is urring here. With one day as the turning point, the questioning toward them is settling down like a tide pulling back.
Even a free reporter like me got warned by myrades and seniors in the industry, and by the publishers I''m close with, they said¡¸It''s better to not get involved with this case¡¹. Surely something, a great power that an individual like me cannot measure is in the work.
Even so, there are a lot of people who cannot stop because of their curiosity and ambition that is even bigger than that, and I''m one of such hopeless people, this man is also the same.
¡¸Please quit it already. More than this is an obstruction of business already.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Haa. I get it. Then I''ll ask again another day. It will be great if at that time you will talk about what''s inside your chest. Surely it''s also hard for you to keep close to the chest about the matter of your friends who won''t be able toe back forever right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Inside the restaurant be enveloped by an uneasy air. An aura that absolutely isn''t respectable is emitted from the gaze of an elderly! That man, is he looking for death here!?
As expected, the man who noticed the strange air inside the restaurant is starting to rapidly retreat with twitching expression. He take out a business card from his pocket and forcefully make Yuuka-chan to hold it.
¡¸I hope you won''t misunderstand, I actually want to be your strength. Surely it''s tiresome for you who is still a student to carry thisrge burden right? If you are fine with me, I''ll listen to your story anytime.¡¹
The man said such thing while showing a smile that is obviously fishy for anyone with working eyes before he turned around, and then perhaps to look at how Yuuka-chan is taking the situation, the man turn around while his hand is reaching toward the entrance door.
Instantly.
¡¸Aa~, right right. Your¨D¨D¡¹
¨D¨D*supan-*
The man''s speech stopped. No, it was stopped.
By his own business card that flew so close it almost grazed his eyes when he was turning back, and without pause it then stabbed on the door like a joke.
No, really, what kind of joke this is? Looking there, Yuuka-chan is standing with one hand on her waist, and her other hand is lifted with two fingers pointing toward the man. It''s as though those fingers were just throwing the business card that was held between them.
¡¡Before this, I once watched a television show where a vegetable was cut using a trump card. That''s why, this situation really looks like a joke, but it''s also not something impossible if one has a preeminent skill I guess.
Even if for example the business card is made from paper that is far thicker than a trump card, or even though the door is made from wood that is hard in nature. Or even if the thrower isn''t a pro with such upation, but a female high school student helping out her family in her holiday!
The man''s gaze is moving slowly toward the business card that is stabbed on the entrance door. The twitching on his cheeks is already at the level that cannot be hidden away.
Yuuka-chan speak with a dignified voice toward that man.
¡¸Thank you for your concern. But, even though I look like this I''m a really strong woman, so I''ll shoulder by myself the baggage I have decided to shoulder by my own will until the end. Besides¡¡¡¹
Yuuka-chan smile gently. In that smile there is the utmost trust? Anyone who see that smile will understand that there is no gloominess or worry at all in there, it''s a smiling face that is packed with a charm that is hard to describe.
¡¸I know someone who will do something about it when it really matters.¡¹
''That''s why, take away that business card and scram right away.'' Such wordless pressure is lurking inside that charming smile. Aa, certainly, if someone get ordered by that kind of smile and gaze, then that person won''t even feel like disobeying.
¡¸I see. It will be great if you won''t regret that.¡¹
Surely that parting threat is the best the man can do. The man roughly pull out the business card and get out without even hiding his irritation.
Yuuka-chan sighed ''fuuh'' and then she lightly nod at her parents who have been watching over all this time from the kitchen and counter. The parents also nodded back lightly and they return back to their work.
¡¸Eerr, I''m really sorry for the disturbance. Please forgive the difort it has caused you customers.¡¹
Yuuka-chan faced the customer seats and she quickly bowed her head. The regr customers are striving to be the first to say¡¸Don''t mind it¡¹¡¸It''s fine you know~¡¹¡¸The next time hee, uncle will make my subordinate deal with him¡¹and so on. Even the customers who aren''t regrs also doesn''t look like they mind it, perhaps they are affected by the dignified figure and smile of Yuuka-chan just now.
Rather, they are keep sending nces with deep interest. Those gazes feel like they are looking interested purely at Yuuka-chan herself rather than because she is a "returnee".
Right, like this Yuuka-chan''s fans are increasing. Simrly I too feel toward Yuuka-chan just now¨D¨D
*re-* The auntie''s gaze is flying at me. That auntie is absolutely an esper.
By the way, who is this person who will do something somehow that she refers to?
Now then, around one week since the day I learned the shocking truth that Yuuka-chan is actually an expert at card throwing.
During that time I visited Wisteria four times and observed Yuuka-chan.
¡¡No, I''m not a stalker. Until the end this is for work. A data gathering. I feel bad for Yuuka-chan, but I too am a pro, and so I won''t be merciful. I endure the abnormal stare of the regrs and also the bombing that is Yuuka-chan''s smile, and stand on guard waiting until the girl reveal her faults!
The result is that it end in vain, it''spletely a wasted effort. There is nothing suspicious about the girl, and there is also nothing suspicious about her ssmates thate ying to the restaurant.
If I have to say what I have learned, it''s that the girl is a serious girl as expected, she is lovely, and not just card throwing, from pen until vegetable stick, she is a master at throwing whatever, those are all that I learned.
I only learned for the first time the fact that even a pen can pierce through a smartphone.
The male student who seems to be a ssmate and got such thing done at his smartphone and Yuuka-chan herself are,
¡¸Sonobeee!? What the hell have you done!? My smartphone is dying here! Don''t get carried away just because you are that guy''s mistress okay!?¡¹
¡¸Shut up, idiot Tamai-. I''m not a mistress! So it''s because you guys are saying such things that recently Yue-san and others are looking at me strangely isn''t it!?¡¹
¡¸Just because of that, this is still too much right!? Aa, now my smartphone looks like Tio-san whose ass is stabbed by Nagumo ain''t it. Even though my smartphone is skewered it''s still gasping and not dying yet. Shiitt, can I at least take out the data? Oi, Sonobe, take responsibility and ask Nagumo for a new one. Even that guy if he is begged by his mistress¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Fuhn¡¹
¡¸Aa!? Carrot and radish and cucumber are stabbing my smartphone all over!?¡¹
They were quarreling with each other really like a student.
I only learned for the first time the fact that even vegetable stick can pierce through a smartphone.
They yelled several words that I''m curious about, but Yuuka-chan who is angry with that bright red face is somehow cute so I cannot remember.
Nevertheless, what is the meaning of "aijin" I wonder? Oh man, I don''t really get the most recent vocabs that the youngsters are using. (TN: Aijin means mistress in Japan. The dialogue in Japan is heavily relying context because many Japanese words sound simr. When Yuuka and Tamai were talking, the word aijin was written using kanji so it can be quickly understood what they were talking about. But the reporter is parroting aijin using katakana, he is under the impression that it might be some new ng because it''s unthinkable for a good kid to be called a mistress just from that conversation.)
I am recalling such trivial thing while today too my feet are heading toward Wisteria.
Even if there is no information I can get about the returnees, the cooking in that restaurant is really good. The atmosphere of the restaurant is also calming, so I can drink coffee at the end while rxing. After soaking my body in this harsh industry, taking a short time in this kind of restaurant is really healing me.
I can see Wisteria in front of me right now. Arge stylish signboard can be seen on the quiet restaurant''s appearance. The time is evening, so Wisteria that is illuminated by the madder red of evening even looks like the entrance to a different world.
¡¸Just what am I thinking¡¹
Is it because the girl had encountered spirited away phenomenon? I retort to myself after saying that kind of impossible imagination. I''m thinking for a little, perhaps it''s better to just normally interview about the restaurant.
The restaurant''s atmosphere and cooking, coffee, and then a beautiful high school student is the future second generation~
Yep, I feels like that can be a good enough article. Although, if I do that, then inevitably Yuuka-chan''s background will get exposed and it will only shift back to the topic of "returnee".
When I''m about to arrive after a little bit more with a wry smile on my face, suddenly a familiar girl get out from the restaurant, it''s Yuuka-chan.
¡¸What? She looks strange¡¡¡¹
Yuuka-chan is holding a mobile phone in her hand and she is talking to somewhere while walking briskly through a path that is different from the path I''ming from.
I be strangely concerned and in the end I don''t enter the restaurant and follow behind Yuuka-chan instead.
Yuuka-chan ended her call midway and she started jogging.
¡¡She, she is unexpectedly fast. I have confidence with my waist and legs from my work, but after ten minutes I''m starting to run out of breath. The cause is one. Yuuka-chan looks like she is jogging in a nce, but the fact is, amazingly with each step she is steadily elerating. Inevitably I am sprinting almost with all my strength.
Yuuka-chan. You aren''t just a throwing master, you are also a jogging master aren''t you?
A man desperately following behind a high school girl while breathing roughly ''zee~ zee~''. If someone is looking from the side then it''s definitely out. I''m praying so that no one will report me while sprinting for a while.
Yuuka-chan entered an empty building that is for sale.
¡¸In this kind of day when the sun is already sinking, toward this kind of ce, just what is her business?¡¹
I''m feeling suspicious while gripping my phone tightly so that if something happened to Yuuka-chan I can report it anytime. At the same time, I''m also feeling the indication of a scoop and take out the camera I''m always carrying.
While confirming that there is no one around, I step into the building cautiously.
I guess originally this building was used for office. The first floor is spacious and wide, and there is the figure of Yuuka-chan at the center.
I''m hiding behind a pir and watch over the situation.
And then before long, five men appear from deeper inside the building. All of them are wearing ck suits. No matter how you look they aren''t respectable person.
¡¸I came. And then where is the customer of my restaurant?¡¹
I guess it right now. Yuuka-chan was called by those suspicious fellows! Her customer is taken hostage! Just who are these people?
Abduction and confinement, this is not a usual situation.
I clicked my camera shutter wordlessly.
¡¸Don''t be so rushed. We aren''t kidnapping anyone or anything. They must be eating dinner normally around this time. It''s just that our colleagues are on the lookout near the,, that''s all.¡¹
¡¸Oh, really. And? What do you want me to do?¡¹
Even though this is an outrageous situation, Yuuka-chan is still keeping her hands on her jacket''s pockets, while her mouth that is holding a chewing gum without me noticing is blowing out a balloon. Fear and unease are nonexistent in her expression, if I have to say the color of exasperation is stronger in her face.
In a nce, she is a delinquent girl looking down at an adult¨D¨Dshe can be seen like that.
In fact the opponent might be feeling like that because their face frowned slightly.
¡¸Just like what we said before, we only want you to cooperate with us. About the ability that all of you have, and then about the method to obtain it and the ce.¡¹
¡¸Haa. And, why is it I''m the one who you called out using a method that is going as far as that?¡¹
I understood that they are people aiming for information of the returnees based from the flow of their dialogue. However, Yuuka-chan isn''t the only returnee. Why is she the one targeted and not the other students?
The answer is spoken from the man''s mouth.
¡¸It''s nothing big, you are that boy''s mistress right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
That word came out again. The word "aijin". Is that some kind of secret jargon? Hahah, I really don''t get it all~. Eh, why is Yuuka-chan turning that red? Just where does her cool figure just now gone to!?
The man nced at the fiercely trembling Yuuka-chan and he continued.
¡¸We are really well aware about that boy''s abnormality. It''s impossible to even approach him and his rtive. Our colleagues were only "changing job" one after another. The other students look like they have weak influence. But, you are different. You are outside the framework of rtive, but you have special rtionship with that boy. If it''s your words, even that boy won''t be able to bluntly ignore it.¡¹
Special re¨D¨Deh? What did he say? I didn''t hear it really clearly just now.
¡¸We want you to request him following our instruction. That''s all. If you do just that, all of your customers can go to your restaurant without knowing any¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸First thing first, that thing about mi, mi, mistress. Where did you hear it from?¡¹
Yuuka-chan questioned while still looking down with her body trembling. The man raised an eyebrow as though to say¡¸Why are you concerned with that one?¡¹, yet he still answered.
¡¸Mainly from your ssmates, then also from your parents. They were talking about it normally in the restaurant, and then even from the conversation when shopping, I got the report that your parents were talking worriedly that they wished you won''t be a mistress but marry normally.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Everyone you better remember this. My vegetable sticks are hungering for smartphone.¡¹
It seems that the smartphones of her ssmates and parents will be the prey of the vegetable sticks, just like the smartphone of that boy some time ago.
The eyes of Yuuka-chan who lifted up her face are steady. As might be expected from the face of a beauty that possess long slits eyes, it has a remarkable intensity when it make such expression. The man in the front stirred for a moment as though he is faltering.
¡¸A, anyway, will you follow along with our "cooperation request"?¡¹
¡¸If I don''t, my customers will randomly meet misfortune?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
The wordless reply is the proof of affirmation.
Seeing the situation that is bing more and more outrageous, I decided to withdraw for the moment from here to report this. What is passing through my mind is the sudden calming down of the returneesmotion and the warning from the people in the same business. Furthermore, from the talk of those men in suits in addition with their experienced air, the possibility that they are government people is high.
Perhaps reporting this to police will be pointless. On the contrary, perhaps I will also be in danger with the reason that informer = witness.
However, there is no way I cannot leave this as it is. Yuuka-chan came here alone for the sake of her restaurant customers even knowing the danger. She is a girl who is more than a decade younger than me, but she came here after mustering her courage for the sake of others! Then, I too have to do what I can!
Because, even I am a customer that love Wisteria!
(Yuuka-chan. Please don''t provoke the opponent and do your best just a little bit¨D¨D)
While gritting my teeth that I cannot leap out like a hero, I try to retreat until a ce where my voice won''t be able to be heard when I report this.
But, that cannote true.
¡¸Uguh¡¹
¡¸¡¡Good grief. Rat like your kind is always barging in from everywhere.¡¹
I got caught. There was also these guysrade behind me. My neck get choked by an arm and I get trouble breathing. My body get groped around with one hand and my camera and smartphone are taken. I get dragged along out from behind the pir.
Noticing themotion, Yuuka-chan and the men look to this direction. The men are making unpleasant face. Yuuka-chan''s expression looks like she wants to say¡¸What the hell¡¹. No, it''s strange for me to be the one to say it but Yuuka-chan, isn''t it better if you show a bit different reaction than that¡¡. What happen with your cool and unperturbed attitude?
¡¸That person, is more or less my customer though?¡¹
¡¸A reporter, Hamada Shouta. Looks like he is investigating your surrounding.¡¹
My background is exposed from the business card they took. What kind of expression Yuuka-chan will make now she know I''m tricking her I wonder. Her expression that enter my sight that is turning blurry from the distress is¡¡ah, yep, it''s just like usual. She isn''t thinking anything of it. She is cool and lovely. Can I cry?
¡¸It doesn''t matter what is that person''s background. And? What are you going to do with that person?¡¹
¡¸¡¡It''s something you don''t need to know. Can I consider that our deal is struck? Then, you can go back to your restaurant. We will contact you againter. Our thanks for your cooperation.¡¹
Whose mouth is saying that? After threatening a girl who is still a student!
An indescribable rage is surging inside me. What will happen to me after this? Of course I''m feeling scared about that. The inside of my head is already messed up. What to do? What to do!? There are only those words that keep flowing in and vanishing inside.
In this hopeless situation, a voice suddenly resounded. It''s Yuuka-chan''s voice.
¡¸¡¡Ah, yep. This side is all right though. Ah, I see, so it''s over. Okay.¡¹
The men look suspicious. Me too. The reason is because Yuuka-chan is talking to empty space.
The sudden happening make me only able to be confused, but it appears the men are different. Their facial expression changes as though they recalled something and their hand moved toward their chest pocket.
¡¸Chih. Some kind of ability!? Don''t mo¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Shut up.¡¹
Yuuka-chan says sharp words. Right after that, the two men raised short scream and they crumble down. Almost at the same time, Yuuka-chan''s face turn at my direction, and at the next moment, ''puih'' she spit out something.
That thing make the sound of slicing wind while passing through near my forehead, right after that, the pressure restricting my neck vanished.¡¸Guah¡¹That cry make me turn around reflexively, and there I see the figure of a man holding his eye looking pained.
The hand of me who fell on my backside felt a bby sensation. When I look there, there is a chewing gum that has been stretched long and narrow. This is the chewing gum Yuuka-chan was chewing. There is no need to guess, perhaps Yuuka-chan threw the gum she held in her mouth to hit the man''s eyes.
Groans and screams are ovepping even while I''m slightly befuddled.
When I turned my gaze, there are already five men copsing. Their leg is stabbed by a knife that release electrical discharge *crackle crackle* and then men are convulsing.
¡¸Shit-. Do you think this will end well for you after doing something like this?¡¹
The man who received the chewing gum spit said such thing while tears are trickling from his one eye. At the same time, his hand secretly reach toward his breast pocket, and *ton-* that hand is stabbed lightly by a long and narrow knife like a joke.
¡¸I''ll return those exact words back to you. Get punished a lotter by the demon king-sama.¡¹
*pachin-* Yuuka-chan''s fingers snap resounded. The knife stabbed into the man''s hand immediately crackled. The man raises a small scream and fall powerlessly.
¡¸Please don''t move from there.¡¹
Faster than I canprehend that those words are directed at me, Yuuka-chan look toward the entrance while she lifted her hand toward the copsed men. Thereupon, of all things. The knives pulled out by itself and fly toward her hand.
I can only open my eyes wide at the strange happening before my eyes. I don''t even have theposure to scrap off Yuuka-chan''s chewing gum from my hand.
Yuuka-chan catch the five knives flying at her with one hand and she start juggling them using one hand like a street performer. Wha, what a dangerous act¡¡is what I thought, but her gaze is fixed toward the entrance without change. From that I understand that this extremely dangerous skill is nothing more than a diversion for her.
The figure of the girl looking rxed with one hand still put inside her pocket and the other hand juggling throwing knives is really picturesque that I getpletely fascinated.
Even unconsciously I feel like I have to say something here, I try to let out words by desperately moving my mouth that doesn''t really want to hear what my brain is ordering it to do.
However, before I can, the reason why Yuuka-chan is staring at the entrance finally arrives.
What entered the building along with a low engine sound is two ck cars. No matter how I think, they are obviously therade of the fainted guys here. Come to think of it, before I entered here, I believe I saw no car nearby. That means, were they alreadying here to pick up these men, or else they had arranged toe if there is no contact in certain interval¡¡
¡¸How ill-prepared. As expected is it just like Nagumo said, they are underestimating us because we are children?¡¹
Yuuka-chan whispered that. The cars'' headlight illuminated at Yuuka-chan. At her feet are naturally me who fell on my ass and the copsed men. The cars came to a sudden stop and they try to back away in hurry.
¡¸My bad, but this is an order from the sca~ry demon king-sama. Well, he told me to only do it if possible though.¡¹
Inside the building that is shined by the headlights, a new light source is created. It''s from Yuuka-chan''s knives. The juggled throwing knives are zing up along with *gou-* sound.
Yuuka-chan throw three knives high in the air, she catch the remaining two zing knives between her fingers, and right after that, ¡¸shih¡¹she throw them along with such spirited voice.
The two knives are flying while pulling trail of fire behind them. Each of them is like a streak ofser, stabbing on both cars'' bo and explosive sound roared from there. The cars lost their momentum and also the control before they crashed on a pir and wall.
¡¡Unbelievably, it seemed that Yuuka-chan''s zing knives pierced the car engines.
Men rolled out from the driving seats of the cars. At that time Yuuka-chan caught the falling knives and throws them again. At the same time, even though she is throwing with one hand, the two knives splendidly follow two different tracks and stabbed the thigh of the men. They copsed with a thud from the stun gun effect.
¡¸Something like this I think. The rest, I''ll leave the clean up at Nagumo just like he said¡¡¡¹
Yuuka-chan is ying around with her knives by twirling them around while her gaze is moving toward me.
¡¡Just what is this extremely extraordinary situation?
Now I''m sharing a special circumstance with her. Will I be a secret cooperator that protects her secret after this? Will the two of us face against powerful organization? Will I givefort to her when she is tired of fighting?
Like that someday the two people¡¡
¡¸E~rr, anyway, sorry to do this while you are in your own world but, hoih¡¹
*pushu-* It feels like something stabbed me. When I look at the back of my hand, there is a knife that she was holding before this. Hm, can you wait a bit, Yuuka-chan? Right now my hand is sticky with the chewing gum that you were chewing, and now the back of my hand is stabbed like this, just what is this situation¡¡
¡¸Pleasee to the restaurant again as a normal customer.¡¹
¡¸Ah, wai-, ABABABABABABABABAABABABABABAHBAAH!?¡¹
There my consciousness is swallowed into darkness.
Herst words. I see, until the end, you are going to fight without anyone else knowing huh. So that''s your resolve.
Loving the normal everyday, possessing mysterious power, you leap into the extraordinary days without hesitation for the sake of other people.
Aa, I know. Just what is such a girl is called. I never thought that it really exist in reality.
Yes, you are¨D¨D
A few dayster after the ill-prepared attack of a certain government agency. The western restaurant Wisteria that was loved by the local people. It was afternoon, when it was time where people''s visit was the slowest, inside the restaurant was sparse despite it was a holiday.
At such Wisteria the bell that informed of the customer''s arrival yed its ring. When Yuuka who was wiping the table turned her gaze, there she found the boys trio Tamai and co, and also Miyasaki Nana and Sugawara Taeko.
While smiling wryly thinking that her friends came for jabbering again, Yuuka opened her mouth to wee them,
¡¸Yo-, magical girl!¡¹
¡¸Are business flourishing, magical girl!¡¹
¡¸Oh man, that''s really a great picture yeah, magical girl!¡¹
She got called with strange nickname by the boys trio. After mistress now it was magical girl? Fine then. If that''s what you wish then it''s war. Do you have enough spare smartphone in stock?
With a fixed smiling face, Yuuka took out vegetable sticks from the kitchen.
¡¸Wait wait, Yuuka-chi! It''s not like we are making fun of you. No, Tamai-kun and co are making fun of you though.¡¹
¡¸Ahaha, err, Yuuka. Here.¡¹
Nana immediately hid her smartphone and pacified Yuuka, while Taeko was smiling wryly and took out a magazine from her bag and handed it over to Yuuka. Beside her, ¡¸Ple, please spare at least this childdd!¡¹Tamai embraced his new smartphone on his stomach and crouched down.
¡¸Geez, just what''s with you guys.¡¹
When Yuuka dropped her gaze at the magazine she was given while saying that, it appeared that it was s minor gossip magazine. It was something that published things like urban legend and so on. Its credibility was zero. It was that kind of magazine.
Yuuka found a page that was folded and she opened that page while gazing dubiously at Taeko,
¡¸!?¡¹
She stiffened.
It was only natural. Because there,
¨D¨DA battle of dusk! Magical girl exist! What is the true identity of her who protects the citizens from a mysterious organization!?
Such headline was written withrge font, and the picture of Yuuka who was emitting me was printed there.
Of course, Yuuka''s face wasn''t shown, there was only the side profile of a girl who looked like she was emitting me projected there. But, it was obvious in a nce for those who knew Yuuka. The knives that were faintly visible inside the me and the sparking knives were also the proof.
Yuuka was opening wind holes using curving throwing vegetable sticks at the smartphones of Tamai and co who were cackling while saying things like¡¸Magical girl(mahou shoujo)? No, this is magical high school girl right?¡¹¡¸No, it''s magical mistress(mahout aijin) see¡¹¡¸That sound indecent somehow. Rather how about demon king mistress(maou aijin)?¡¹, and then she made a phone call from her own smartphone.
¡ºWhat''s up?¡»
¡¸What do you mean what''s up, Nagumo! The concealment!? You were concealing the case weren''t you!?¡¹
¡ºAa, about that article huh. You see¡¡hm? Do you hear anyone screaming? Sounds like Tamai and co there.¡»
¡¸Who cares about that, exin the reason why I be a magical girl!¡¹
Yuuka questioned Hajime while ignoring Tamai and co who were grieving¡¸This time it''s celery!? Damn it!¡¹while embracing their smartphones that were returning nk eye(screen).
¡ºNo, I erased everything like the camera data and so on, I also manipted their memory. But as expected from a pro journalist. It appeared he also took several picture using his smartphone and transferred the pictures into his PC at his home.¡»
¡¸Guh. His gaze was always following me stickily every time he came to the restaurant, so I thought he was surely a no-hoper third ss reporter.¡¹
¡º¡¡Well, putting aside your harsh evaluation. That reporter put out the article at a gossip publisher while I was pressed with dealing at the public safety side. Even though he should have no memory, he moved fast to make the article because the picture was just interesting.¡»
Yuuka was determined. The next time that reporter bastard came, it wouldn''t end well for him, she resolved.
It was impossible for anyone to judge that it was Yuuka from that picture except her friends andrades, and above all the magazine was a local gossip publisher. The number of copies printed and also the number of buyer was few. Yuuka considered the reporter as a customer and against her better judgment she didn''t make him faint. She cursed her careless self and let out a sigh of resignation.
By the way, when she eventually made him fainted, for some reason around the end that reporter was staring at her stickily, on top of that he was excessively grinning in his own world, he looked simply revolting so Yuuka electrified him somewhat reflexively.
¡ºWell, in the end it''s just gossip. It won''t be a big problem I believe. If it happens then it happens, I''ll crush it entirely at that time. So don''t worry about that.¡»
¡¸It''s not like I''m particrly uneasy or anything. It''s Nagumo after all.¡¹
Just what was it? Yuuka felt smirking gazes from outside her field of vision. It also felt like there was exasperated gazes¡¸They are do~ing it again~¡¹.
A voice calling at Hajime could be heard from the other side of the phone. It seemed that he was still in the middle of dealing with a trouble.
¡¸My bad suddenly calling you. I got already for now about the situation.¡¹
¡ºAa. Thenter¨D¨D¡»
Yuuka told that she was ending the call seeing that Hajime was busy, Hajime too also replied¨D¨Djust before that, it was as though he got a mischievous idea and made a stifledugh. And then,
¡ºLater, magical girl Yuuka-chan¡»
¡¸-, You-¡¹
Before she couldin, *tuut tuut* lifeless electronic sound sounded. Yuuka was trembling all over with her eyes staring fixedly at the smartphone while her cheeks were gradually turning red. Then she whispered.
¡¸¡¡Don''t call me, Yuuka-chan.¡¹
Naturally, it went without saying that she was given the wide grin of the two people at the kitchen and the counter, and her five friends.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I caught cold. The Word frequently deadlocked. When I changed using Ichitaro(TN: Japanese program), my data flew. Okay. I''m gonna post the chapter at any cost.
And so this chapter waste, but it''s Yuuka chapter that felt tedious.
I also want to write a long arc with Yuuka as the main, so this time it''s just an idle story.
The chronological order is around one month after the return.
Everyone too please be careful of catching cold.
Chapter 250
Chapter 250
AN: Thank you for waiting.
It''s a trifling ordinary day arc.
I wrote ¢Ù, but I''m nning to interpose the student life arc with idle story, so it''s just for numbering.
I''m undecided whether next week I''ll also write student life arc''s continuation. It will depend on my mood.
Blue sky without a single cloud was spreading vast, in a corner of resident area that was filled withfortable cool air that was characteristic of the morning time,
¨D¨D*gashan-*
Such sound of crashing and,
¨D¨DGupeh!?
Such scream were resounding.
¡¸¡¡Hajime? Are you listening?¡¹
¡¸Hm? A, aah. I''m listening Yue.¡¹
Yue who was walking beside Hajime while making footstep sounds regrly puffed up her cheeks in a bit of dissatisfaction.
With their height difference as one factor, Yue who was turning her gaze at Hajime as though she was peering from below was naturally looking like she was directing upturned gaze at him, and despite having seeing her gesture that was like that many times until now, Hajime couldn''t prevent his heartbeat from jumping up for a moment.
And so, the cause of the sound of crashing and scream just now¨D¨Da passing by sry man riding a bicycle in his way to his workce who was driving inattentively, and in the end he crashed onto a telephone pole and toppled over, such tragedy was smoothly slipping off from Hajime''s mind along with his moving away gaze.
Yue fastened her pace to move ahead of Hajime and then there she made a beautiful turn with a twirl. Her golden threads hair softly fluttered and glittered as though it was even blessed by the morning sunlight, while her skirt that was simrly fluttering softly greatly emphasized her whitely alluring absolute territory. (TN: Absolute territory = zettai ryouiki = exposed skin between top of knee-high socks and hemline of skirt)
¨D¨D*zubo-*, dowah!?
A boy who seemed to be a high school student from another school walking at the edge of street put his foot into a ditch and he screamed, but Hajime whose heart was captured by Yue who was staring straight at him while walking backward didn''t even turn his gaze there.
¡¸It''s dangerous walking backward like that you know?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. But, like this both of us are inside each other''s sight.¡¹
Yue was staring still at him expressionlessly, but her default expression crumbled slightly. The gently softening expression¨D¨DYue''s smile stimted Hajime''s d¨¦j¨¤ vu and he narrowed his eyes.
¡¡A postman overtaking Hajime from the side seemed to get his brain stimted. As thepensation of not looking straight while driving, he almost got into an ident and put on his emergency brake *kikii¨D¨D!!*. He came to a stop with a really impressive drift.
¡¸¡¡Hajime?¡¹
Yue tilted her head at Hajime''s state. Hajime realized the source of his d¨¦j¨¤ vu and he muttered¡¸My dream became reality huh¡¹. Hearing that mutter, Yue tilted her head even further to the opposite side to show her confusion.
That gesture was so lovely that Hajime loosened his face.
At the same time, a female high schooler walking from the roadside suddenly pressed on her nose and crouched down. Red liquid of joy was dripping from between her hand. This female high schooler who was whispering¡¸I, I saw it again. It''s just too angelic just now¡¹was also discharging out drips of red joy at the same ce four, five days ago, so surely she was in a healthy state without any abnormality.
¡¸You see, I had seen Yue''s figure wearing that uniform while walking backward like this before.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn? I had done this before?¡¹
¡¸No, we have gone to school together many times, but something like this is the first time. It''s just, it''s embarrassing to confess this but¡¡I saw it at Haltina''s great dungeon, yeah.¡¹
¡¸¡¡ah. Fufuh. Did you dream it?¡¹
¡¸Don''tugh.¡¹
Hajime looked aside while scratching his cheek. For his delusion and desire to be known by his lover, even though it was at thiste hour, no, exactly because it was at thiste hour that it was a bit embarrassing.
The true identity of the d¨¦j¨¤ vu Hajime felt. The cause was one of the trial that he received at the capturing of great sea of trees Haltina. The capturing members were shown world of dream at the same time when they were teleported. There they experienced a world of supreme convenient wish they desired on top of having their inconvenient past written off.
What Hajime dreamed off inside that world was ordinary days on top of the erasure of his despair and hellish pain he experienced at the abyss. Inside that world there was Yue as his lover and he went to school with her like this. Both of them were carefree under the sunlight without any conflict, pain, and anxiety.
Yue was twirling like now and she steadily walked backward in front of Hajime, wearing the uniform of the school Hajime attended.
The figure of Yue wearing zer and skirt, and then loafers, with the school bag held behind her, she was walking backward¡¡. This spectacle of dream waiting ahead after he passed through all difficulties was truly the symbol of happiness for Hajime.
¡¸Haa haa, my goddess¨D¨Dabeshih!?¡¹
The finger bullet Hajime unconsciously fired splendidly hit the forehead of a man peeking out from between the curtain of the second floor room of a house the two happened to pass by. Of course, the ss window was beautifully pierced through.
The man who was blown away along with an impact that felt like it would tear off the head, without pause he was sent flying into the corridor with a force that could smash through a door. From inside the house,¡¸Dear-, Takeshi is! Takeshi ising out from his room!¡¹¡¸What!? Recently he is doing this every morning isn''t he!? Finally Takeshi too is resolved to return to society¡¡uuuh¡¹such harmonious voices could be heard.
Surely the number of family conversation there was increasing in proportion of the number of hole in the window. It was something wonderful.
¡¸You are used with the school already?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. It''s fresh and novel. Especially the going to and from school alone with just Hajime.¡¹
Yue''s smile deepened at Hajime''s attempt to change topic while she replied.
¡¸Though I also feels like this isn''t something we need to decide the rotation shift and even purposefully not using car though. Even going through shortcut, it''s still faster by riding bicycle.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Hajime don''t get it. Going to and from school with just two people is our important time. This is the consensus of opinion so objection or refusal won''t be allowed.¡¹
¡¸I, I see. But still¡¡¡¹
Just as Yue said, Yue, Shia, Kaori, and Shizuku enforced a rotation shift where each of them would go to school with just Hajime once a week. It was something that was decided by their consensus of opinion, and the time became an important time where they could be together with just Hajime who most of time was together with someone among his families.
Hajime more or less also guessed that. However, there was a rtively pressing problem in the case of all these four people, especially in regard to Yue, because of that Hajime''s expression was a bit twitching.
¡¸¡¡You don''t like, being alone with me?¡¹
¡¸There is no way that''s true.¡¹
Getting asked such thing with a sad looking gaze, Hajime had no other option than giving an immediate answer.
Even if he witnessed the tragic scenes of all the passerby in the range where Yue''s expression was visible were crashing, tumbling over, or spraying out joy from their nose.
When he was going to and from school with just Yue, most of the time the path they traveled became like a disaster site in their passing. Also to say more, the smartphones of the smartphone users all over the ce who suddenly became unmannered were invited to heaven and agonizing cries in that kind of meaning also echoed in the path that was turned into a road of tragedy¡¡
Hajime fastened his brisk pace and caught up to Yue, he then took out a sses with crimson frame from his pocket and gently put it on Yue. sses girl Yue blinked her eyes.
This sses was actually an artifact that possessed recognition obstruction effect but,
¨D¨D*Gashan! Kikii¨D¨D, gosha! Chuin!*
¨D¨DSo, so cutebuberah!? Hidebuh. Abeshi!?
In front of the charm of Yue wearing sses, the artifact bent its knees in defeat.
¡¸¡¡A charm that nullified an artifact that is enchanted with age of god magic, huh. You haven''t actually obtained a concept magic of charm or something haven''t you?¡¹
¡¸¡¡?¡¹
Hajime whispered to himself and took off the sses that had opposite effect from Yue. The sses artifact of recognition obstruction was quite effective at first, but recently it was bing an item that increased Yue''s charm instead.
Hajime could only cocked his head in puzzlement, but his mother Sumire who heard this story was staring nkly while answering¡¸That''s must be because she is with you¡¹as though it was nothing. Recently their surrounding had calmed downpared to at the beginning and Yue became able to enjoy her time alone with Hajime to her heart''s content. Surely Yue''s euphoria was overflowing out at her time alone with her beloved, that seemed to be the case.
While thinking ''Don''t tell me it''s really that kind of reason?'', Hajime turned his gaze from the sses back to Yue,
*howawan~*
Small heart mark bubbles were gushing out from Yue''s body only from her gaze meeting Hajime''s¡¡was how it looked like. Hajime scrubbed his eyes and when he looked at her one more time, there was only Yue there smiling normally. It seemed that he was hallucinating.
¡¸We arrived, at the station.¡¹
¡¸Nn¡¹
Deciding not thinking deeper about it, Hajime thought of preparing a more powerful artifact. When Hajime was thinking that, they arrived at the nearest station that was actually the a detour in their going to and from school.
Yue returned walking at Hajime''s side once more and with an extremely natural motion she linked her arm with Hajime''s. Her soft sensation and sweet fragrance tickled his nose and he received sharp gazes from the station workers and sry men. Even now their expression looked as though they were going to yell out¡¸Showing off right from the morning¡¹with spits flying out.
Yue-sama who was in cloud nine of happiness from the morning didn''t seem to bother at all with the surrounding, but for Hajime who was endeavoring to return to his former livelihood in the modern Japan, this situation was really serious. It was to the degree that he needed to hold back his hand that wanted to immediately move toward his thigh. Of course his partner railgun wasn''t there.
While the two were having idle chat like nothing at the station tform, a strange situation that was already the routine every morning was starting to ur.
No matter how one looked, people were congesting at the position of the train coach Hajime and Yue were lining up for. There were many male, but there was also quite the number of female. Also, in a nce the females were looking like they were fixing their eyes on smartphone, newspaper, or book, but from Hajime''s viewpoint it was totally obvious that they kept ncing his and Yue''s way.
(Every single morning, they aren''t getting tired of it. This is already at the level of killing intent. ¡¡Well, going to school with different woman every morning, if it''s asked whether this can''t be helped then it really can''t be helped I guess.)
Among these people that were forming lines, there weren''t only Yue''s fans, there must be Shia''s fans too there. Small voices like¡¸Toying around with Shia-chan, this shitty braatt¡¹could be heard sometimes. By the way, when he was going with Kaori or Shizuku, Hajime would go until their house to pick them up by riding train, but at that time there would be sry men that happened to catch sight of him without fail.
By the way, the closest station from Kaori and Shizuku''s house was at the opposite site with the school sandwiched in between of that station and the nearest station from Hajime''s house. There were eight stations until this station.
If this happened to a normal male high schooler, their mind would surely get disturbed from getting exposed to this storm of negative emotions like jealousy and so on that the mere expression of bed of nails wasn''t possibly enough to signify the significance.
Of course, the one here wasn''t a possessor of soft mind that would wither down from such thing.
ncing at a sry man uncle lining up behind him who was subtly closing the distance, Hajime circled his hand around Yue''s waist and he pressed her body tightly toward him.
The surrounding became noisy. Murderous gazes were doubling.
¡¸¡¡Hajime?¡¹
¡¸Hey, Yue. It''s fine even if we take detour, so how about we stop riding train? I don''t have any intention at all letting you get touched by anyone, and if there is that kind of guy trying that, I''ll tear off his nails even if it''s still in the stage of attempt, but there is also no need at all to mass produce people with their life ended right?¡¹
Yue who tilted her head in puzzlement seemed to guess the meaning of his words a beatter. Or rather, it seemed she was really ignoring the surrounding''s situation as though it was only natural. As expected from a former royalty. It appeared that it was the default state to put the gazes of the rabble outside the mind. Or possibly, perhaps it was also that she wasn''t able to see anything but Hajime.
Yue showed a bit of thinking gesture¡¸¡¡Nn~~¡¹and her index finger suddenly stood up straight.
¡¸¡¡¡ºEveryone, bee~e unconcerned with us¡»¡¹
The words sounded slow and stupid, but they were whispered with a mysterious echo. Invisible power permeated the whole station as though it was spreading in ripples, and right after that, including the sry man who was gradually getting closer, the expression of the people who were focusing on Hajime and Yue went ''hah'' as though they returned to their senses.
And then, they were making wondering expression about why were they making long lines in the entrance for this train coach like this while scattering toward other spots.
¡¸What should I say, that''s a special bargain sale of¡¾Divine Statement¡¿huh. You want to go to school by train that much?¡¹
¡¸Nn-. To speak in Hajime''s wording, this is romance. Therefore I won''t give it up.¡¹
¡¸Yo, you are insisting it like that huh. I got it. Well, it''s also nothing really difficult, I''ll reinforce the recognition obstruction artifact quickly.¡¹
¡¸¡¡sses?¡¹
¡¸sses.¡¹
He wouldn''t give that up. sses girl Yue-sama was the key point for Hajime.
After that, during their walk until they reached the school, it went without saying that the words of god were literally firing in rapid session toward the people who just arrived to ride the train and the crowd of people getting off the train. If it was for the sake of her desire, Yue-sama wouldn''t be stingy with using the words of god! It was Hajime>Unsurpassed wall>Everything else for her!
Hajime and Yue who arrived at school reached the shoe locker while respectively gathering attention.
There was one more temte that was still continuing here.
¨D¨D*rustle rustle rustle-*
Numerous letters surged like avnche. It was a really retro method to put letter into shoe locker, but there was no other way for these people to convey their feeling so it couldn''t be helped. After all, the contact address of Yue and co weren''t known except by their ssmates and a part of friends, and on top of that if they tried to talk to them directly there was always demon king level escort constantly beside them.
¡¸Just like always.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Being liked itself isn''t bad. But I cannot help to say that this is really a bother.¡¹
Yue didn''t even hide her expression of feeling troublesome, her eyes narrowed for a moment to see through something and she put several letters into her pocket while she pushed in everything else into another locker. By the way, that locker was Kaori''s.
¡¸Are those love letters from girls again?¡¹
Hajime said that with a wry smile after guessing the sender of the letters that Yue pocketed. Just as he said, about 30 or 40 percent of the love letters Yue received came from female students.
¡¸¡¡Rather than calling them love letter, the letters are more like from fan or requesting to be friend, those kind of things. Idiots who are sending love letter even knowing I have Hajime doesn''t matter at all, but I cannot carelessly treat the letter from girls who want to be friend with me.¡¹
¡¸That kind of treatment is the reason you are popr.¡¹
Seeing Yue who lowered her eyebrows looking a bit troubled, Hajime said that looking amused while opening his own locker. Several cute letters were piled up snugly inside. Yue-sama''s gaze stabbed.
Helplessly Hajime took out the letters and put them inside another locker. By the way that locker had the name "Amanogawa Kouki" written on it.
Seeing such Hajime, Yue asked with a bit amused expression.
¡¸¡¡.Hajime. Is it fine not to read the letter right at the top?¡¹
¡¸The top one? What, is there something in it?¡¹
The words of Yue who somehow understood the state of when the letter was created by using regeneration magic caused Hajime to make a dubious expression.
Yue took out the aforementioned letter from the locker and,
¡¸¡¡Nn. This is from a cute fan of Hajime¡¡a girlish boy''s¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Sooih!!!¡¹
Hajime snatched the letter with godspeed, superpressed it with his grip strength and threw it with full power toward outside the school. The crumpled letter casually hit the speed of 166 kilometer per hour and the letter that waspressed until it was smaller than a pinball flew away like aser beam.
It felt like a pained voice¡¸Aah, my letteerr!!¡¹could be heard from somewhere, but surely it was just an imagination.
¡¸¡¡As always, Hajime is popr among the cute boys.¡¹
¡¸Stop that. They don''t feel repulsive like when I was stared at by Chrystabel, even so those guys'' gazes are unbearable. Recently the fellows in ss are shuddering¡ºThe demon king is finally feeling like turning his hand at that direction!?¡»while nonchntly taking distance away from me. It''s just inly weighing the mind.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Even though, Chrystabel is a good person.¡¹
¡¸Your lover''s ass is being targeted here you know? Don''t just conclude that he is a good person.¡¹
Yue chuckled at the dejected Hajime. Lured by that amused look of Yue, the students who were arriving at school were rapidly getting slower in their walk. A crowd trying to get even just a glimpse at the beautiful face of the girl who outwardly changed school was starting to form.
Hajime took Yue''s hand to quickly head toward the ssroom.
The ssroom of Hajime and others were at the highest floor and the farthest corner of the school building. They were at second year of high school, so normally they should be at the second floor, but their ssroom was at that ce where normally no one woulde at was because Hajime and others were "returnees".
With the uneasiness from the school side and a part of students'' family, and the criticism from the society about the decency if the students who returned back miraculously at great pains were to be driven out from school, the school administrationpromised by wishing to gather the returnees in one ce and they set up a "special ssroom" at a ce that was isted in the same school building.
Also, Hajime and others were in the middle of their first year when they were summoned to the other world Tortus. And so, originally they should be held back a grade, but although Hajime and others were put into a special ssroom, but their school grade was properly in the second year.
This was the result of the conformance between the demand of Hajime and co "no way we will repeat the year", and the opinion of the school side that wished for them to quickly graduate the school and left with the official stance that it was their sympathy andpassion at work.
As the result, a special short course period was prepared for the returnees and on top of that they were given examination, it was to confirm whether they were equipped with the schrly ability of the first year curriculum of high school, if there was no problem with the test result then their grade advancement would be recognized. That was the special measure that the school taken.
Of course, it was also the result of a demon king somewhere and the wive~s working behind the scene.
And so, amidst the hectic situation of dealing with the government and mass media, all the ssmates received special short course and in the end all of them struck high score without anything that could beined about and their grade advancement was recognized.
At that time, after the special short course, the ssmates held a study meeting by their own initiative and diligently study hard. The school officials were really in admiration seeing that but¡¡
Things like encouragement yell¡¸Limit Break-¡¹could sometimes be heard from the ssroom.
Actually, they increased their concentration power and learning power by taking in a drug named Cheatmate while in addition they invoked Limit Break using Last Zell to study. It didn''t stop there, after the school was over they would also gather in Yuuka''s restaurant for a study meeting and used Hour Crystal to lengthen their time.
It was only getting held back a grade that everyone hated. To a very great extent.
Arriving at the topmost floor, the number of people decreased right away the moment Hajime and Yue stepped into a corridor where their ssroom was located. It was natural because originally the ssroom here wasn''t used and other than that there was only storage room.
But, this morning there was the silhouettes of another people other than the ssmates.
¡¸That''s, the vice principal and, Aiko, sensei who ispletely hidden behind the silhouette?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. It looks like they are quarreling?¡¹
Indeed, over there they saw the back of the vice principal who was famous with his hair that had overly splendid 7:3 ratio it was unnatural, and opposite him seemed to be Aiko seeing from the tiny legs that were barely visible from the two''s position. The voice of the vice principal sounded angry for some reason, so it seemed that Aiko was being scolded or preached at.
Hajime and Yue looked at each other and they slowly and smoothly sneaked behind the vice principal after cutting off their presence.
¡¸Now listen, Hatayama-sensei. You are still employed as teacher in this school because of this school''s kindliness. I hope you will be aware of that a little bit more!¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes. About that I''m really grateful¡¡¡¹
¡¸In that case, why did you leak an extremely careless statement that show contempt to our school toward the likes of the press. I''m greatly troubled by this!¡¹
¡¸My, my deepest apologies. By no means I''m intending to show contempt¡¡¡¹
¡¸Hou. The statement that the reason the special ssroom is set up because the school is discriminating, you are saying that''s not you showing contempt?¡¹
¡¸No! I didn''t say anything like discrimination! It''s just, I was only saying, if only the school side is also able to treat the students a bit more normally¡¡¡¹
The reason the vice principal was offended seemed to be the statement Aiko leaked out to the press. Aiko often came out in front of the press with her position as the representative of the returnees. So far as it went she took formal appointment for something like interview, and it was done after talking it thoroughly with the school side, but the persistent reporters were staking out in front of her house and rushed her with questions.
At that time Aiko fastened her pace while doing her utmost to not answer, but the statement of a reporter who spoke as though the students were dangerous individuals and imed that the special ssroom was something that proved it to be true caused Aiko to object against her better judgment.
She said, that the students weren''t dangerous or anything. That originally they should be able to attend school normally.
The press that happily picked up on that made an uproar iming that the school side was discriminating and whatever, and the vice principal who received the news got angry.
(This wig-wearing baldy vice principal. What is he doing venting at Aiko.)
(¡¡Nn. It''s the fact that the school is treating us with istion. This baldy wig-covered head is only protecting himself.)
Hajime and Yue were squinting their eyes toward the vice principal who were still nagging angrily at Aiko. Both of them sneaked even closer behind the vice principal with their presence still cut off.
There, Aiko finally noticed Hajime and Yue''s existence. Seeing the two who were slowly and stealthily approaching behind the vice principal, Aiko felt a violent bad premonition and she sent repeated nces at the vice principal and Hajime alternately.
Hajime smilingly conveyed¡¸Morning¡¹with his lip movement. Aiko too sent nces at the vice principal who was absorbed with his preaching while conveying¡¸Good morning¡¹with her lips movement.
Hajime nodded once and,
(For now, how about I attack this guy?)
He slowly took out Donner and aimed at the back of the vice principal''s head.
¡¸No way-! Absolutely no way!¡¹
¡¸Muh. Exactly. It''s self-exnatory what does alma mater meant. It''s something that will be unforgettable for the whole life for the students, and you must not do anything that can harm this alma mater. In the first ce¨D¨D¡¹
Aiko reflexively yelled and crossed both her arms to make a cross mark. She did that incidentally right after the vice principal was saying¡¸Do you think it''s fine to put a stigma on the school?¡¹, and so Aiko''s sudden entric behavior was also miraculously ignored.
Yue straightened up her index finger all of a sudden,
(¡¡Don''t worry Aiko. Right now I''ll annihte this barely remaining hair roots for you.)
Fire lit up above the finger. Yue''s gaze was directed toward the vice principal''s head.
¡¸More than this is no good! It will bepletely gone!¡¹
¡¸Exactly, Hatayama-sensei! The prestige of our school must not be harmed even more than this. If we lose our credence, it''s also possible for the alma mater of the students to be gone!¡¹
Once more it was a ry of miraculous conversation.
Surely under the 7:3 ratio wig, the hair roots that were already in the verge of annihtion were squeezing out their final willpower. As expected, perhaps feeling the danger instinctively, the vice principal inadvertently looked behind. Hajime and Yue smoothly moved to his blind spot with harmonized breathing.
Confirming that there wasn''t anyone behind him, the vice principal returned his gaze at Aiko. At the same time, Hajime and Yue also smoothly returned behind him.
The vice principal checked his watch and it seemed he would conclude his preaching. Surely this talk was something important to him that was grounded on his belief. But, Aiko was helplessly bothered by the two behind the vice principal that his words didn''t enter her head at all.
(The bell will ring soon! Please enter the ssroom quickly! Or rather, eh? Why am I conversing with lip movement like this?)
Aiko responded with lip movement talk from being somehow carried away by the ce''s atmosphere, she noticed the strangeness about that while urging Hajime and Yue with a scolding.
The two who even now were reaching out their hand together toward the wig of the vice principal as though to say ''This is the first group work of us two desu!'' looked at each other''s face after seeing Aiko''s upset look and desperate lips movement. And then, they nodded as though something had passed between them, and right after that the two of them acted despondently which didn''t suit them.
(Even though I did this because I though Aiko is troubled¡¡)
(¡¡Even though I''m doing my best to help Aiko)
No matter how one thought of it what they were doing was nothing more than being mischievous, but Aiko who was in overwhelmed so much by the situation honestly felt guilt pressing on her chest.
Toward such Aiko, Hajime and Yue moistened their eyes with their mischievousness in full throttle while appealing.
(Aiko already hated me now huh.)
(¡¡Aiko already hated me now?)
Getting told that by the man she was in love with and the top of the wive~s, there was no way Aiko who was already at her wits end could recover her calm,
¡¸Such thing-, it''s obvious that I love you very much!¡¹
¡¸Wha-. Ha, Hatayama-sensei, what are you suddenly¡¡¡¹
For some reason vice principal was greatly flustered. His wig head was blushing red until the tip of his ears and his expression was taken aback for a while. And then he cleared his throat once *cough-*.
¡¸Ha, Hatayama-sensei. That''s, it''s, just what do you mean by that?¡¹
The talk of the wig vice principal before this was¡¸Anyway, there is no time, I''ll stop with this much for now. I really wish that you can realize just howrge the influence your carelessness in your speech has brought to our school. Although, it seem that you are hating me, perhaps my words are only entering your right ear before going out from the left ear right away¡¹that was said with a lot of sarcasm in his tone.
It was at that timing that Aiko finally turned her focus at her talk with the vice principal. Of course, she wasn''t listening to the vice principal''s talk just now so she also didn''t really understand what was said and asked at her. But, with the atmosphere and also with her social standing, here she absolutely cannot say anything like¡¸Actually I''m not listening! I''m sorry!¡¹.
(Wha, what to do? I don''t know at all what is he talking about¡¡. Wait, Aiko, remember it well. This wig, cough-, vice principal is talking about how to protect the school and about the necessity of protecting the school so¡¡that''s right! There is no doubt he is asking me whether I''m treasuring, loving the school or not!)
¡¸Err, even if you ask me what I mean, the meaning is exactly just like I said¡¡¡¹
Ai-chan-sensei replied carefully while watching the situation. With how she was also turning upturned gaze to observe the situation, the wig vice principal was further bewildered.
¡¸You, you really mean what you said¡¡. Hatayama-sensei, you, in this kind of ce you suddenly¡¡please stop with you joke.¡¹
The vice principal averted his gaze away with a huff. Hajime and Yue escaped to outside the field of vision with a splendid moving technique.
Aiko felt a heartburn seeing the wig-wearing middle-aged man blushing for some reason, so she gripped her chest tightly and racked her brain hard.
(What''s this, this situation feel somewhat strange but¡¡he is telling me to stop joking, that means he is thinking that I''m not thinking seriously about the school. As I thought from the view point of vice principal who has worked in teaching profession for nearly thirty years until now, someone like me introducing myself as teacher is just presumptuous¡¡but, it''s true that a school is a ce to protect the students, and it''s a ce of important memory that will remain through our life. Then, at the very least I have to convey that I''m serious!)
Still being unaware that the perception of both sides were mutually greatly deviating from each other, Aiko took a deep breath with resolve. The wig vice principal twitched seeing that straightforward gaze.
Aiko didn''t even pay attention to the wig vice principal twitching and she met his gaze frankly and,
¡¸I''m not joking, I really feel fondness (for the school and students)! No, rather, it''s not an exaggeration even if I say that I feel love (for the school and students)!¡¹
¡¸Wha, what did you saayy¨D¨D!?¡¹
That powerful speech was delivered with a tightly clenched fist and a force that made one hallucinated the sea wave sshing behind her *sa~~sh*. The serious feeling was conveyed clearly whether the recipient wanted it or not.
The wig vice principal took a step back as though he was overpowered and,
¡¸I, I HAVE, A WIFE AND CHILDRENNNNNNNNNN~~~~¡¹
He yelled such thing while running through the corridor. Of course, Hajime and Yue escaped to the blind spot with divine smoothness. At that time, a divine wind also blew and the vice principal''s wig was smoothly taken and fell on the floor.
Aiko watched with her mouth wide open at the vice principal who suddenly yelled out iprehensible thing while running away.
¡¸¡¡Aiko, you are a miraculous human. This is the first time since I was born witnessing this kind of artistic misunderstanding.¡¹
¡¸Hee? Eh?¡¹
¡¸Aa~, Aiko. You see, perhaps vice principal is thinking that he was confessed by Aiko. After all you gave him those lines after he was sarcastically asking whether you hate actually him.¡¹
¡¸Yes?¡¹
Aiko was astonished. However, a beatter she recalled her dialogue with the vice principal and then thinking of what Hajime said she guessed the situation, which caused her expression to lose color in a sh. And then, she picked up the wig on the floor using her fingertips and,
¡¸Vi, VICE PRINCIPAALLLLLLL-! IT''S A MISUNDERSTANDINGGG! THIS IS A MISUNDERSTANDING!!! ALSO YOUR WIGGG!!! PLEASE DON''T ENTER THE STAFF ROOM! THE TIME OF MORNING ASSEMBLY WILL BE HELL~~~!! YOUR WIG IS STILL HEREEEEEEEE-¡¹
She yelled that and dashed with amazing speed.
It felt like it would ended up the same with her yelling ''wig wig'' like that but¡¡
While staring at the back figure of the cute homeroom teacher who was energetically running in ce today too, Yue shortly said.
¡¸¡¡Nn. As I thought, school is fun.¡¹
¡¸Yep, well, I think it''s rtively an extraordinary student life though.¡¹
The bell rang at the same time with Hajime''s retort.
Today too the mundane school life was starting.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Chapter 251
Chapter 251
There was a spacious underground room at the underground of Nagumo residence. Of course it was a room that originally didn''t exist, but after Hajime returned home from another world, he created it because it was necessary for various kind of his works.
In that personal underground workshop, the aforementioned Hajime was folding his arms while humming¡¸Hm~~m¡¹.
¡¸The stage is created. The basic system is also okay. The fixing of consciousness and also the safety are cleared. What''s left is the concrete story and character setting that match with it but¡¡no matter how the idea doesn''t reallye to me.¡¹
Hajime reconfirmed the situation by speaking to himself while he raised the humming sound of his worry once more. The gaze of such Hajime was fixed at the item that was put on the work stand, something like a mechanical eye mask that was embedded with bluish white crystal.
Its appearance was like an eye mask shaped electronic massager for the area around the eyes, or perhaps like a headset for virtual reality game¡¡or rather, actually the item was exactly that, it was a game device that Hajime created himself. However, the technology and materials used to create it came from the mixture of earth and another world, even age of god magic was applied to make this game of full body experience.
In earth it was still at the level where human finallyid their hand on the tip of the technology of virtual world production, but when it was by the hand of the world''s strongest transmutation master thispleted product was easily realized.
By the way, by applying soul magic only the user''s consciousness would be send to the virtual world, but actually this thing was something that was mostly close to out-of-body experience, in addition the virtual world was formed from something like an illusion that was endlessly close to reality because of the application of regeneration magic, so not only the five senses, the user could even sense other things like magic power or presence.
This item was the painstaking piece of Hajime''s work that especially paid close attention to the safety mechanism. Rather, it wasn''t even an exaggerated to call it his greatest masterpiece. As a gamer, and then as the son of the president of a game makerpany, he made absolutely nopromise in this effort!
Now then, about the impetus of this game device''s creation though¡¡
(¡¡Even though I made it painstakingly, but it will be meaningless if Myuu cannot enjoy it. The concept is pretty much "fun training" so it''s settled that the game must be RPG¡¡what kind of RPG that a girl will like? For now, I had put in characters nomittally for checking its operation but¡¡hm~~~m)
Just as could be understood from Hajime''s worry, this device was created for Myuu''s training use.
With Myuu pleading that she wanted to be strong like Hajime and others as the impetus, Hajime and party (other than the wive~s, the ssmates also joined in) educated Myuu about fighting skill.
About the actual training itself, it could be done anywhere if barrier of concealment wasid out beforehand using magic or artifact, so there was no proble. However, from Hajime''s thinking that a realbat, and furthermore a realbat against stronger enemy was far better than training, then as expected there would be no ce for Myuu to test her strength except if they went to Tortus.
But, crossing worlds every time for training and then preparing opponent that was just at the right level were really troublesome. However, from Hajime''s stand point, in this current time when there wasn''t any emergency situation, he didn''t have the slightest intention to make his beloved daughter going through severe training where "the worst case" could possibly happen, like when he tempered himself in the bottom of abyss against the monstrous opponents there.
¨D¨DHe wanted Myuu to annihte stronger enemy without rushing and with some elbowroom, so she could have healthy growth.
That was the genuine parental love of a father who had a daughter.
And so, fighting virtual enemy in a virtual world was actually a method that was just right for this.
Now then, like that the creation of the game device was roughlypleted, but here Hajime bumped into a wall here. He had progressed with the creation until here based on the concept of "Fighting against stronger enemy. However, doing it while having a st", but he couldn''t think of the "story" that would be the fundamental of the essential part of "having a st".
After all, till the end this was a virtual practice for testing the result of Myuu''s training. And so, for example if a goblin was put as the opening enemy befitting the standard of RPG. However, naturally Myuu would fight by freely using weapon artifacts like Donnerr and so on, it was clear that the goblins would be¡¸Gobuu!?¡¹at the end of their encounter with Myuu.
He didn''t want to make Myuu go Ore TUEEEEE. Having said that, he didn''t wasn''t to see a goblin that could evade railgun by sight. A certain bugged rabbit somewhere was already enough for something like that. (TN: Ore TUEEEEE = an expression in Japan that kinda mean like I''m stronggg. Used when in a game or fighting game when there is a yer that is overwhelmingly strongpared to other yers. Or to refer when in manga or LN the MC have transcendental strength)
In other words, the power level of the enemy following the scenario of the usual RPG and Myuu''s strength didn''t mesh with each other.
If he was going to create a content that could clear up this problem well, where Myuu could have fun advancing the story while she could constantly fight enemy whose strength was always a bit above hers¡¡
¡¸¨D¨DNo good. I cannot think of anything at all. Worst case, I can only set up goblin that can dodge railgun but¡¡before that, perhaps I should try consulting Tou-san first.¡¹
Hajime who frowned imagining a goblin that was leaving behind a line of afterimages behind when it move roughly scratched his head that had reached the limit, he then sighed while standing up from his chair.
He exited the underground workshop, climbed the stair and entered the living room. Today was a holiday, but there was no one in the room except Shia. Shuu and Sumire were working, but he didn''t know about what the other members were doing.
¡¸Eh? Shia, what about Yue and others?¡¹
¡¸Fuwaa. Ah, Hajime-san. Is your work over?¡¹
It seemed Shia was napping on the living room''s sofa while pleasantly getting showered by the shining in sunlight. She asked back with a slovenly absentminded expression. She looked a bit like she was half-awake.
Hajime prepared to go outside while answering Shia even when he was writhing slightly seeing the figure of "droopy Shia" with her rabbit earsying down limply.
¡¸No, I reached the limit already. So I''m going to Tou-san''s ce. I''ll bring him some supply and also try to ask him between his works whether I can receive some kind of hint.¡¹
¡¸Howaa, is that sooo. Have a safe trip desuu. Ah, right right, about Yue-san and others, Kaori-san wille to y so Yue-san just now is waiting in ambus¨D¨Dcough-, is going to pick her uppp. Tio-san and Remia-san went out shipping for Myuu-chan''s clothees¡¹
¡¸I see. And Shizuku?¡¹
¡¸It looks like a self proimed rival of Yaegashi family wasing with deration of challenge, so she apanied her family even though she was really reluctant to deal with the challenger desuu. And so, she said that today she cannote desuu¡¹
¡¸¡¡That girl is really a busybody huh.¡¹
Imagining Shizuku who went along with her hustling family with a tired expression, Hajime looked at far away with a really speechless expression. She shouldn''t be so reserved anymore after everything so far, so he guessed that her situation wasn''t that serious if she didn''t contact them for reinforcement.
¡¸Well, got it. Then, Shia. I''m going out for a bit, so tell Yue and others for me.¡¹
¡¸Yhee~~s, leave it to mee~~desuu~~¡¹
Shia who was burying her face again into the soft cushion sleepily waved around her rabbit ears as reply while she switched over into "droopy Shia mode" once more. She seemed to be in a really dreamy state of mind.
"Droopy Shia" who was bathing in sunlight while her panty was in full view, her rabbit tail shaking *furin~furin~* was terribly adorable. Hajime was driven with an impulse to give herp pillow and loved her with all his might, but with an effort he endured in order to fulfill his duty as a papa and he exited the house.
A while after that, while the sound of sleeper''s breathing *suya~* of a happy rabbit was resounding in the Nagumo residence''s living room, there was the sound *ck* of the entrance door opening.
¡¸Geez-, Yue you idiot! Pervert! You rascal!¡¹
¡¸¡¡What abusivenguage against someone who went to pick you up. Stupid Kaori.¡¹
¡¸Something like that cannot be said as "picking up" you know? That''s called ambushing! Furthermore you even use illusion magic to the street, you are really idiot-¡¹
¡¸¡¡Kaori screamed ''Hyaaa~~~-''. You screamed ''Hyaaa~~~-''. Pufuh¡¹
¡¸Yueee~~~¡¹
Such noisy quarrel could be heard.
It seemed Kaori was ambushed by Yue when she was in the middle of going to Nagumo residence. It seemed Yue even used illusion magic to shock Kaori. Recalling back Kaori''s reaction of that time caused Yue to make a smile that looked really joyful.
Whether in the past or in the future, surely there would be no one other than Kaori for whom Yue would purposefully go out of the house just to make her shocked.
In her own way, Kaori as someone in the position who received Yue''s mischievousness with her body was angry, even so she didn''t look like that she hated it at all. Even now her hands were reaching toward the hair of Yue who was taking off her shoes, she used a hair styling product that she took out from somewhere and fought strenuously to tailor Yue''s hair into Mohican style.
Yue walked toward the living room without even paying any mind that her fluffy and soft blonde hair was fumbled around and turned into a strange shape like the trees of the witch''s forest by Kaori. She then caught sight of Shia who was napping with a loose expression that looked extremely careless. She was in the same state like before Yue went out.
¡¸Ah, Shia, she is in the middle of nap. Then, we have to be quiet.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn¡¹
It was as though their quarrel just now was nonexistent. The two stopped their disputepletely and went quiet. They approached slo~wly toward Shia and they stared gently at Shia who was mumbling ''munya munya''.
¡¸Munya munya¡¡ehehe, more than this is impossible¨D¨DI cannot beat you to death more than this you knoww~~¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¡¡¹¡¹
¡¸Nnyaa. ¡¡Kufuu~~, then, just a bit moreee~~¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¡¡¹¡¹
It was slightly off from the temte.
This rabbit-san was making a happy expression, with a leisurely atmosphere, looking like she was feeling really pleasant, while going to beat up to death someone a bit more. Run awaaay! That someone inside the dream! Super run awaaay!
¡¸¡¡Let''s leave her quietly.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. That''s better.¡¹
Yue and Kaori slo~wly slo~wly backed away. They also took distance of heart.
¡¸Err, and, where is Hajime-kun? I heard that Myuu-chan and others aren''t here, but Hajime-kun is here right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. He is shutting himself inside the workshop sincest night. It''s troubling that he will forget the time right away when he got absorbed.¡¹
¡¸He would also forget his meal and sleep when he was like that. Then, let''s go call him. Are we also going to make him rest while we are at it?¡¹
¡¸¡¡He haven''t taken lunch yet too, so it''s just right.¡¹
They nodded at each other and headed toward the underground workshop.
By the way, the main path to head toward the underground workshop was through the stair in the corridor, but actually the sofa in the living room could also be used to go there. The sofa would be overturned backward when someone was sitting on it, and then that person would be dropped into the underground corridor.
There was really no meaning to purposefully get dropped like that, so everyone used the stair to head there, but limited to the people of Yaegashi family who sometimes visited (excluding Shizuku) and Myuu, the instead had never used the stair even once until now. They liked getting flipped and dropped down.
¡¸¡¡Nn? Hajime, not here?¡¹
¡¸Eh? It''s true.¡¹
The two who entered the workshop tilted their head seeing that the ce''s owner wasn''t there.
Did he leave the house? In that case did he not leave behind any notification memo? Thinking that the two walked deeper into the room.
It seemed there wasn''t any memo, but in exchange a headset that was obviously in the middle of manufacturing entered their sight.
¡¸¡¡That''s the artifact that Hajime is currently getting absorbed in developing.¡¹
¡¸Is that so. Somehow it looks simr with a headset used for seeing 3D movie isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. That''s not necessarily wrong.¡¹
Yue began to talk about the specific of its function in respond of Kaori''s question. Kaori was listening in admiration and she was staring at the headset shaped artifact game device for some reason.
Yue spoke a sentence toward such Kaori.
¡¸¡¡Kaori you silent lecher.¡¹
¡¸Why!?¡¹
Kaori was startled at the sudden insult. Yue answered that retort which was mixed with question.
¡¸¡¡The reason you are staring hard like that is only one. I saw through that you were having delusion that you would be able to experience flirting with Hajime anytime in your home if you have that. Just what in the world you are nning to do to Hajime in the virtual world? This silent lecher.¡¹
¡¸I''m not a silent lecher! I wasn''t having any delusion like that! Or rather, it''s Yue who is the silent lecher by the time youe to that conclusion!¡¹
¡¸¡¡What stupid statement. Even without having delusion, I''m always flirting with Hajime!¡¹
¡¸Certainly!¡¹
There was no room for argument there. But, Kaori wished that Yue would stop already with her attempt of nting the impression of "Kaori is a silent lecher" at every avable opportunity.
Kaori was able to assert. That she was leading a wholesome life! Even if she had a bit of daydreaming habit, even if she was conscious toward any kind of things that had just gotten used by Hajime, but it was beyond doubt that she was a wholesome girl! There was no room for suspicion there! Should be!
And so, here she firmly objected at Yue.
But, Yue-sama tried to utterly destroy the objection of such Kaori head-on.
As the result, at the end it connected to the usual cat fight.
Nyaah¨D¨D!! Nyaah¨D¨D!! Mui-mui-! Mukiiiiih!!
Both of them pinched at each other''s cheeks and rolled around on the floor of the workshop for a few minutes. The situation only looked like they were frolicking around with each other if seen from the side, however, the two who were seriously quarrelling with each other became engrossed with it against their better judgment and theypletely forgot to pay attention to the surrounding.
Yes, they were at the workshop of a transmutation master where Hajime''s hand-made artifacts, the artifacts created from Hajime''s interest working in full throttle where there were understandable things until iprehensible things scattered out everywhere.
*GON-* A nice sound rang out,ing from Yue who was going to stand out banging the back of her head strongly at the desk above her.
Yue reflexively raised a strange scream¡¸Nmii!?¡¹while Kaori was childishly making merry¡¸Ya~i, ya~i¡¹at such Yue, but the next moment, the headset and other minerals fell from the desk and hit the crown of her head and Kaori raised a matching scream¡¸Nmii!?¡¹.
While the both of them were holding their head while trembling, suddenly an ominous sound *pachi pachi* struck their ears.
¡¸¡¡Ah, err, Yue? This, by any chance, is this actually bad?¡¹
¡¸¡¡This is bad degozaru.¡¹
Cold sweats trickled down. If there was only broken item, then the two could just harmoniously prostrate dogeza in front of Hajime and apologized. But, the headset in front of them that was fiercely sparking and further flickering with magic power light and overflowing with immense magic power that made their skin tingled only gave off ominous feeling.
Yue''s speech spontaneously became strange but her thinking was calm. No matter what happened, there was no way any phenomenon that happened here could leak outside from this workshop that boasted the strongest endurance in the world. Therefore, Yue would use the ultimate skill of instant teleportation "Divine Existence" and escaped together with Kaori.
Yue who decided that in an instant leaped toward Kaori, and then they escaped right¨D¨D
*sh-* Light exploded.
There was no sound or shockwave. There was only light that painted over the workshop for a beat.
Inside the workshop that recovered its former color, there were only Yue who was hanging over Kaori as though she had pushed her down, and Kaori who was tightly hugging such Yue left behind. It seemed that the two were unconscious.
¡¸-, Yue!? Are you okay!?¡¹
Kaori who was aware that her consciousness had flew away for a moment raised her body in a sh at the same time when her consciousness returned and she confirmed Yue''s safety. But, she didn''t hear that voice that was so pleasant to hear it was odious that usually would respond after a beatter.
She had confirmed that a moment before her consciousness was cut off, Yue was jumping toward her to cover her. That was why Kaoripletely thought that Yue was on her bosom, but she didn''t feel her weight there, and even when she looked around restlessly she didn''t find her anywhere.
Or rather,
¡¸Wha, what is thiss~~~~¡¹
Kaori was in chaos!
The reason was even though before this she should be inside the workshop wearing her personal clothes, when she noticed she was inside a room that was surrounded with coarsely made wood and she was waking up above a bed. When she looked more carefully, the clothes she was wearing was also changed into something coarse that looked like it came from the period of Europe''s Middle Age. It was a one piece and loose, yes, if this was in a movie or drama then this would be the clothing of a viger girl.
Kaori was looking down on herself dumbfounded for a while, next she rushed out in hurry. She opened the thin wooden door so hard the door coulde off from its hinge, ignored an aging male that was talking about something smilingly inside what seemed to be a living room, and without pause she forcefully opened the entrance door and leaped out.
¡¸Ju, just where, is this?¡¹
Blue sky stretched without end. Numerous houses that looked like hovel. Foreign people working busily wearing simple clothes. This ce was obviously not Japan.
Still in chaos, Kaori called out to a young man who happened to pass by.
¡¸E, excuse me. I have a bit of question¡¡¡¹
¡¸Heey, this is the vige of beginning "AAAAAAAA".¡¹
¡¸The name is too nomittal! Or rather I''m not asking that!¡¹
Kaori was in chaos! The young man tilted his head¡¸Oh?¡¹at such Kaori.
¡¸What''s this, just when I thought who is it because I was called so suddenly¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Eh, eh? What is it?¡¹
Seeing the young man suddenly stopped his sentence was also surprising, but the transparent floating projection disy that manifested in front of Kaori''s eyes right after that also made Kaori''s body trembled from feeling startled.
Above the disy, there was a line "Please decide your name", and below it there was a frame with nk space, and even further below was an unfamiliar keyboard.
¡¸This is¡¡could it be this ce is¡¡¡¹
''Could it be I''m inside that game device that is in the middle of development?'' Kaori reached that fact. The present condition where she suddenly arrived in an unfamiliar world, the young man that was spewing out stereotyped line, and also the disy that appeared midair, they were allpletely like an RPG world. Kaori''s appearance must be also the setting where she likely started as a viger girl in the beginning.
¡¸So that''s how it is? Yue said that the artifact used soul magic, so the instant it was broken only my soul was sent flying inside the game, is that it? ¡¡It doesn''t feel like I''m only soul at all though¡¡h~m, let''s worryter. For now, I have to search Yue.¡¹
Kaori who switched over her thinking looked forward at the young man who was smiling and waiting for her, she decided for now she would obey the rule of the game and at least decided her name before searching for Yue.
¡¸Eerr, I''ll use my name, Ka-o-ri.¡¹
She typed in her name and clicked the enter key. A confirmation screen came out so she also pressed OK at it. And then the disy vanished automatically.
¡¸¨D¨Dbut isn''t this the deplorable daughter of the vige chief Kaori.¡¹
¡¸Who are you calling deplorable!?¡¹
She was suddenly insulted.
¡¸And so what''s the matter, vige chief''s deplorable daughter?¡¹
¡¸There is no meaning typing in my name isn''t it!? Or rather this thing about deplorable is the default!?¡¹
There was not even a fragment of ill will that could be seen from the young man who was still making an amiable smile without change. Kaori silently thought ''this is a game, this is a game'' to suppress her welling up dissatisfaction and she asked once more.
¡¸Do you know Yue? Ah, I wonder if you know what I mean by Yue. She is an extraordinarily beautiful girl with blond hair¡¡¡¹
¡¸This is the vige of beginning "AAAAAAAA".¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes. So you don''t know.¡¹
It seemed the person would return to its first line when he was asked something he didn''t know. Kaori held the conviction that this ce was a virtual reality as expected and she wracked her brain of what to do now.
But, it was at that time that the young man talked at Kaori.
¡¸Come to think of it, vige chief''s deplorable daughter.¡¹
¡¸¡¡What is it?¡¹
Resignation was crucial in the society.
¡¸You know, it seems this morning priest-san was picking up a sister with a screw loose.¡¹
¡¸That must be Yue!¡¹
If the person in question was here, surely the curtain of great battle Yue VS Kaori of who knows how many times would be opened.
Talking to the vigers, gathered information, and then determined the destination¨D¨Dit was truly the ssic flow. Kaori who became convinced of that faithfully expressed her gratitude before she sprinted away.
The church was the tallest building in the vige. Because the houses in the vige were all one-story house, the tall building with a cross affixed on its top could be seen from anywhere in the vige.
¡¸Uuh, my body is heavy¡¡¡¹
Although it was inside the game, in the first ce the physical ability of Kaori who had obtained the flesh body of god apostle was in foul y level. Originally she was able to easily disy a running in the level that would smash the heart of an Olympic sprinter into pieces.
But, the current Kaori could only disy a speed that was at the level of that Olympic sprinter. She was told that this was a game for training use, so perhaps it was possible that a limitation was set up for the initial configuration.
After all, the current her was a viger girl¡¡Kaori was sprinting while conjecturing the reason why her body wouldn''t move like she wanted. She pretended as though she couldn''t hear the vigers saying things like¡¸Ah, that''s the vige chief''s deplorable daughter!¡¹¡¸Today too she is running like that¡¡what a deplorable girl¡¹while pointing their finger at her.
Like that, Kaori who was dealt with delicate mental damage finally arrived nearby the church''s front, it was at that time when she was about to enter inside the church.
*DOGON-* Such terrific explosive sound and fierce vibration shook the vige. What''s more they happened consecutively.
¡¸Wha wha wha wha, what!? Just what in the world is going on!?¡¹
The bewildered Kaori put her emergency break and immediately took distance from the church.
Right after that, everywhere on the building''s walls was blown away one after another, the church that lost its supporting pirs tilted violently. Without pause the building helplessly creaked *gigigigi-* while tilting even more drastically, like that the building copsed as though it was toppled sideways.
Dust clouds rose up grandly.
Ahead of the gaze of Kaori who was looking at the church''s destruction in astonishment, human silhouette swayed inside the dust cloud. The silhouette had small stature. And then, it gave a presence that Kaori was familiar with.
¡¸Yue!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Kaori, I''m d you are fine.¡¹
Yue who said that while showing her figure by using wind to sweep away the veil of cloud dust¨D¨Dwas a sister-san.
She was wearing a ck loose one-piece that reached until her ankle and a wimple covering her head. Different from a pretend sister, her hair was covered properly that it couldn''t be seen, so instead Yue''s beautiful face became emphasized, matched with her expressionless face, a solemn atmosphere could be felt from her.
She was truly looking like a pious servant of god¡¡
If there was no destroyed church behind her.
Kaori wanted to ask various thing including confirming their present situation, but first thing first,
¡¸Why is the church turned like this?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I flew into rage when I was said that my brain has a screw loose. I have no regret. I can boast that I have done a good work.¡¹
¡¸I, I see.¡¹
Behind Yue, a priest with gentle looking expression was standing in the middle of the wreckage and he spoke with his sooty appearance.
¡¸With heart of valor and kindness, now, go forth. Sister with a screw loose Yue.¡¹
The wind of the sister with a screw loose burst. The priest-san flew to the sky. It was as though he was a leaf that was toyed by the wind.
¡¸This is your home. I will wait for your return at all times.¡¹
The home was gone already. Or rather, that ce was a sky.
While the gentle voice of the priest-san that was flying in the sky was resounding, Kaori thought about Yue who was fully exposing her displeasure and about the matter from here on, and she let out a de~~ep sigh.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
The beginning seems long, but this is a short story.
It''s a bit of scene of Yue and Kaori''s everyday.
When this is over, I''m thinking that perhaps I should write a long arc of After.
Chapter 252
Chapter 252
AN: For Hakumei, three chapters are "short story".
¡¸Wee! This is the church of "AAAAAAA" vige. Will you carry out a confession? Or else will you carry out a confession? I also won''t mind if you want to carry out a confession you know?¡¹
Yue finally calmed down, and while Kaori was talking with Yue in order to grasp their current situation, the priest-san was smilingly inviting a confession standing in the middle of the wreckage of the copsed church. As expected perhaps he was holding a grudge.
Kaori was making confirmation to Yue while her cheeks were twitching at the priest-san who was earnestly throwing words confession, confession at them.
¡¸As I thought, this ce is really inside that game device isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Based on the situation there is no doubt. Furthermore, there is a big possibility that it''s broken somewhere.¡¹
¡¸Broken?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. It''s indeed true that the first position we appeared at is set randomly, but the speech of the NPC shouldn''t be this strange. I was taught a bit about the content and the system so there is no doubt about that.¡¹
¡¸I, I see, indeed. There is no way Hajime-kun will make the default setting to be "regrettable" or "screw loose" even though this is a game created for Myuu-chan''s sake.¡¹(TN: Sorry, I changed the deplorable into regrettable)
Kaori nodded inprehension. At the same time she let out a sigh that sounded a bit uneasy. She imagined something a little bit unpleasant, that perhaps by any chance Hajime was thinking that she was regrettable.
¡¸¡¡Anyway, we should logout but¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡That function doesn''t broke right?¡¹
Kaori was feeling something ominous from Yue''s voice with her gaze turning toward Yue, while Yue called out the individual information screen using a game gesture just like what she was taught before. She was whispering¡¸Open¡¹while her hand was waved as though stroking the empty air in front of her.
As the result a blue shining window materialized in front of Yue''s eyes. A unique sound *von* resounded, and then window fragments gathered from up, down, right, and left as though it was a block game, and in the blink of eye a screen the size of a 24 inch television waspleted. It was Hajime''s fixation that took all night to finish.
Anyway, Yue let out a sigh of relieve that the individual information screen was opened normally, next she clicked on the button "return to home" at the right bottom of the screen while feeling a bit nervous.
¨D¨DWhy are you giving up here! Do your best, do your best! You can do it, you can do it!
A voice of heaven descended. It seemed they couldn''t go home. It appeared that more passion and guts were necessary.
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Yue clicked the button wordlessly once more.
¨D¨DIf you give up, that will be the end of your adventure! Now, dash toward that sunset!
As expected, it seemed the voice of heaven wouldn''t allow returning to home. And then, what should be rising right now was the morning sun, telling them to dash toward the sunset was just¡
¡¸I, I''ll give it a try.¡¹
While Kaori''s cheeks were twitching seeing Yue throwing a dreadfully scornful gaze at empty air with her usual stare having advanced until the third stage, Kaori imitated Yue and called out her individual information screen, and she clicked the button "return to home".
¨D¨DYou shitty maggot-. What are you doing trying to go home as you damn please-. The destination of you bastard is only to hell or to hell-. If you don''t want me to "pii¨D* you then return to your squad! That''s your one and only home you bastard!
¡¸Hiih!?¡¹
Having suddenly poured with the angry yell of Hajime, Kaori spontaneously held her head with both hands and she became unable to stand up from surprise.
¡¸¡¡Come to think of it, it seems that the program for Hauria use was also included separately.¡¹
¡¸The, the training for mass producing those berserk rabbits? Hajime-kun, how far she is nning to evolve those people?¡¹
Yue shrugged toward Kaori who was trembling all over.
In the end their bad premonition hit the bull''s eye and they couldn''t logout from the game. It was unclear why when it was Yue, Hajime''s voice had the tone of Matsuoka ¡ðzo, while when it was Kaori, Hajime''s voice had a tone like Sergeant Hartma¡ð, but surely this too was the adverse effect from the broken device. (TN: Matsuoka Shuzo is a retired tennis yer who is currently hosting a TV show. He is known for his energetic and passionate character)
¡¸What will we do, Yue. How are we going home¡¡ah, that''s right! Yue, use soul magic!¡¹
¡¸Mu, there is that method.¡¹
This game device was created by applying soul magic. The highly precise sensation where there was almost no difference with reality was because of that. In that case, it could be thought that for an expert of soul magic it should be possible to logout even without relying on the system.
Yue wasted no time trying to use soul magic.
¨D¨DInsufficient level
¡¸Mu? ¡¡Mumuh¡¹
¡¸Yue?¡¹
Each time Yue persisted with something while mumbling¡¸Mumuh¡¹, the heavenly voice "insufficient level" descended down. At the end a hypocritically courteous words "let''s understand your standing" descended.
Kaori who somehow guessed the situation asked.
¡¸It looks no good isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸Muu. Even though it absorbed us because it''s broken, but I cannot ept it at all that only this system is perfectly working.¡¹
ording to Yue, Yue herself was also participating at the creation of this bodily sensation system that applied soul magic. And then, the "binding" of the game system that was directly affecting the soul was operating effectively even at Yue herself who was a cooperator in the artifact''s creation.
If this effect was purely due to Yue''s own magic, then she would only need to break that restriction, but if Hajime''s artifact was involved there then it would be next to impossible for Yue to cancel it.
Yue who was unable to release her "binding" no matter how many times she tried dropped her shoulders dejectedly.
¡¸¡¡As expected from Hajime''s artifact. And then my magic. We have done a good work.¡¹
¡¸This is not the time for singing your own praise, Yue¡¡what to do. Is there no other way to logout?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. It''s not that there is none. If I remember correctly, there is a safe point at each vige, we should be able to logout from there too. Myuu can go home anytime she want, but Hajime said that he won''t let Hauria to escape as they please, and he said that he picked base logout method for them.¡¹
¡¸Hajime-kun, he is merciless to the people of Hauria isn''t he¡¡¡¹
They couldn''t stop even if they wanted to stop. If they wanted to stop then they could only progress inside the game. And what''s more that too surely would be a game scenario with an extraordinarily lovely hard mode, no, hell mode in Hajime style.
Thinking about the people of Hauria who someday would be thrown in here, Kaori quietly prayed for their happiness in the next world.
¡¸And Yue. If there is save point in each vige, then what about this vige? Let''s quickly try out that save point.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡There is none in this vige.¡¹
¡¸Eh? Why? You said just now that each vige has one.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Be, because this is the vige of beginning. So it''s not needed.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¡¡¡Yue?¡¹
Kaori quickly asked Yue about the save point of this vige, but for some reason Yue was answering with her gaze subtly looking away. It felt like her tone was also subtly strange.
Kaori turned a suspicious gaze at Yue, but Yue was muttering to herself¡¸¡¡Well then, we have to go to the next vige now that we have decided¡¹with a subtly strange tone as expected.
Kaori turned her gaze. Toward the direction of the priest-san who was still eloquently urging for confession in the middle of the wreckage.
¡¸Excuse me Father. Can you please tell me where is the save point of this vige?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Kaori! You doubt me? That''s crue¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Vige chief''s regrettable daughter-san. You are regrettable as usual. You know don''t you? It''s right here in this church!¡¹
The church, was no more.
Kaori turned her face calmly toward Yue still with a smiling face. Yue calmly turned toward the direction of the far beyond.
A time of silence flowed for a while. The gaze was also flowing from Kaori=>Yue=>brilliantly shining sun.
A beatter.
¡¸YUE YOU IDIOOOOOOOOT!!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Ka, KAORI YOU STUPIID¨D¨Dmugyuh!?¡¹
Kaori''s yell resounded.
Yue talked back in reflex, but her words sounded unusually frailer. In addition, her cheeks were swiftly stretched out *mugyuuuu* and her words were cut off.
¡¸Idiot idiot idiot idiot-, Yue you idiot! Why was the first thing you do after the game started was destroying the save point!? This screw loose sister-saN-!!¡¹
¡¸Re, rerause¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Don''t say because!¡¹
¡¸Fho, fhovefer¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Don''t say however! Geez-, you are really-! The way of thinking of blowing away everything the first thing if there is something that you cannot stomach, I think that''spletely no good! I think, that''s really no good!¡¹
Kaori preached while inflicting *mugyuuuuu* at Yue''s cheeks. Perhaps she was using a lot of strength, Yue''s soft cheeks were stretching and stretching and her eyes turned delicately teary.
As expected it seemed Yue recognized that she had been rash, at first she was obediently letting herself treated like that and listened meekly, but right after Yue heard¡¸In the first ce Yue is~¡¹and she felt the atmosphere that the preaching would be long, first thing first she counterattacked. Her index fingers poked *dosu-* at both sides of Kaori''s stomach.
¡¸Hehyah!?¡¹
Kaori-san''s body bent stra¨D¨Dight backward stiffly. Seeing such Kaori, Yue-sanughed¡¸You said ''hehyah''. It was ''hehyah''. Puh, giggle giggle¡¹.
The oue was obvious.
¨D¨DNyah¨Dnyaah! Mui muih, fushaa¨D¨D¨D¨D!!
The gong of the usual cat fight rang. Both of them scuffled with each other while rolling around on the church that was transformed into a mountain of rubble and in front of the priest whose suggestion of sin confession was bing forceful.
But, there several vigers were passing by.
¡¸Okaa-san, those people¡¡¡¹
¡¸Shih. You must not stare at the screw loose sister and vige chief''s regrettable daughter!¡¹
When a young child pointed his finger, his mother hurriedly covered her child''s eyes and they quickly left as though they had just witnessed something terrifying.
¡¸Those two did that to the church¡¡the hell with them.¡¹
¡¸I thought that someday they would actually do it. After all, they are the vige chief''s regrettable daughter-san and the sister-san with a screw loose.¡¹
A young man shouldering farming tool was looking at the destroyed church and said that pitifully, while the uncle beside him sighed while saying that.
¡¸A really good person, has left us.¡¹
¡¸How sad this incident is.¡¹
An uncle pushing a cart looked at the church with an anguished expression, and another uncle who was simrly carrying a baggage faced the church and offered words of prayer. The priest was still alive despite the destruction of the church though¡¡
The air of the surrounding vigers felt somewhat strange, or rather their atmosphere was dark. Yue and Kaori who were covered with dust from rolling around finally noticed. Both of them stood up feeling unable to stay there longer from being surrounded at a distance while being seen with a gaze as though they were dangerous character.
¡¸¡¡Err, Yue. For now there is nothing that can be done for what is broken, about what should we do from here on¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. I am Yue. A woman who won''t look back to the past.¡¹
¡¸How about you look back? The next time you do another destructive activity irresponsibly, I''ll seriously make you eat disintegration bombardment okay?¡¹
Yue averted her gaze from Kaori whose blood vein was emerging on her forehead still with a smiling face, and she called out her individual information screen once more.
¡¸¡¡Cough-. Just like I said before, if it''s save point, the next vige also has it. And so, for now we should aim to go there.¡¹
¡¸I guess. Our body might be in the real world I think, and when Hajime-kun go home he will surely do something somehow, but if there is anything we can do then it''s better to give it a try.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. But, look here.¡¹
The two easily progressed their talk so smoothly to the degree that would make anyone wonder just what was with the quarrel just now.
Yue pointed at her status screen, so Kaori got close to Yue''s shoulder and peered in with her body glued close on Yue. The content that was projected there was,
========================================
Name : Yue-pon
Rank : 1 / 50 remaining until the next liberation
Job : Apprentice Sister
Title : Sister With a Screw Loose
Skill : No Chant Imagination Configuration
Magic : me Magic [Fireball]
Equipment : A set of apprentice sister outfit
Special mention : Has criminal record
Money : 1,000
========================================
Other than those there were also items at hand and also ying time recorded, but there was no list for specs that were quantified into number like in Tortus''s status te. It was made like this with the reason so the yer wouldn''t misunderstand the number as their own strength in real battle and so that the yer couldn''t overwhelm the enemy using the difference in status amount.
HP gauge that wasmon for RPG also didn''t exist with simr reasons. Conforming to reality, no matter how strong someone was they would get instant game over if their head was cut off, but in reverse no matter what kind of strong enemy could possibly be defeated depending on the method.
Kaori who saw Yue''s status nodded and said¡¸I see¡¹.
¡¸As expected you have a criminal record.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Oi, Kaori. What do you mean by as expected? I am always obeyingw¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Nn¡¹
Kaori replied just like Yue while her finger was pointing toward the destroyed church. A beat after Yue turned her gaze there.
¡¸¡¡I''m generally obeyingw in the real world.¡¹
¡¸You nonchntly ranked down "always" into "generally" even in the real world there.¡¹
Yue-sama wouldn''t look back to the past! She also wouldn''t ept Kaori''s straight-man retort!
¡¸¡¡Rather than that, the problem is this "rank" and "money".¡¹
¡¸Before that, let me ask a little bit more, Yue-pon. See here, about my individual information screen, Yue-pon. In my special mention the word ''aplice'' is written. Yue-pon, why is this I wonder? I didn''t really do anything but now I have criminal record, Yue-pon. Tell me Yue-pon. Heey, heey, Yue-pon. Yue-pon, sheesh Yue-pon-¡¹
Very unusually Yue was covering her face with both hands and her ears were bright red for some reason while she crouched down on the spot. She whispered with a small voice¡¸¡¡uu, because of a passing fancy I unconsciously¡¹while trembling in shame.
The expression of Kaori who was crouching down beside such Yue was truly a really wide grin. She was showing her friendly smile that always charmed the surrounding while poking Yue''s cheek with her index finger. Kaori was enjoying the squishy sensation that might became a habit while intently speaking piercing words.
¡¸Well, it doesn''t matter now, Yue-pon. I still cannot ept it but, we won''t finish anything like this Yue-pon. And? What is this "rank" and "money" about, Yue-pon?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Kaori, what nerve. This sister with a screw loose Yue-pon will turn the vige girl into cinder for the peaceful life of the vige.¡¹
¡¸Wawawah, calm down Yue! I''m sorry! I won''t say it anymore!¡¹
A ball of me lit up on Yue''s fingertip. Its appearance was shabby but the pressure that it gave off was a bad news. It seemed that even the most basic of elementary magic could be filled with high ss power by the way one controlled the amount of magic power and thepression rate.
The sister with a screw loose Yue-pon pointed finger gun gesture at Kaori and mercilessly shot a lot of that. That magic that was shot wildly like the sweeping of a gatling gun was somehow evaded by Kaori even while her face was going pale.
In exchange, from behind Kaori countless explosions and screams were¡¡
¡¸Aah!? The shoemaker Rodriguez is blown away!¡¹
¡¸What!? What is happening!? My house is gone!?¡¹
¡¸Kuu! Everyone-, I''ll hold them back here! Run while you all still can!¡¹
¡¸Vige chief! That''s reckless! Your opponent is that sister-san with a screw loose you know!? Even for you that''s rash!¡¹
¡¸Hah, don''t worry about me. Even like this when I was young I did quite much as an adventurer. I''ll just take her on a bit and then I''ll catch up to youter.¡¹
¡¸Chief, someone like you is¡¡¡¹
For some reason Kaori''s father was bing the hero of the vige, but seeing that the daughter of that hero was involved with the turmoil, in a sense this was like a family scandal, or even like stirring up trouble to get credit from solving it.
After that, Yue who mercilessly turned the vige chief into something like a ragged cloth and destroyed Rodriguez and the shoe shop mistaken the remaining amount of her magic power that was restrained more than she imagined by the system, and she copsed face first from her magic power running dry. Simrly, Kaori whose physical ability was restrained and now not only she couldn''t transform into apostle, she couldn''t even use magic was also ran out of stamina and copsed face first.
¡¸Ju, just what are, we doing, in this time of emergency¡¡zee, zee¡¹
¡¸¡¡Haa haa. Uu, certainly¡¹
While feeling the intense gazes of the vigers who were surrounding the two from a distance, Yue and Kaori got up somehow and they sat down side by side.
¡¸Le, let''s return to our talk. And, what is this "rank" and "money" about?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. About this "rank", this is the restriction level that is put on us. I cannot use anything other than fireball, and Kaori''s physical ability is low with apostle transformation and magic unusable are also because of that. By leveling up, we will get closer to our ability in the real world.¡¹
¡¸Is that so. Even when in not perfect state, manage it somehow with what you can do¡¡this concept is really like Hajime-kun.¡¹
By the way, Kaori''s individual information screen was something like this.
========================================
Name : Kaori
Rank : 1 / 50 remaining until the next liberation
Job : Viger Girl
Title : Vige Chief''s Regrettable Daughter
Skill : Viger girl-style Twin Large Sword Art
Magic :
Equipment : A set of viger girl outfit
Special mention : Yue-pon''s aplice
Money : 1,000
========================================
¡¸¡¡Nn. Our ability is given limitation, but our individual technique is not given any limitation at all. It was because it''s me that kind of elementary level magic could show such power and rapid fire. A mere viger girl could dodge all those is also the same.¡¹
¡¸I see. Err, is there any problem with that?¡¹
Kaori nodded in understanding at Yue''s exnation. It seemed that Kaori''s father was revived at the corner of their sight. The mournful vigers apuded their vige chief.
¡¸¡¡Normally, we will raise our level at the surrounding area of the vige of beginning while gathering money at the same time, we then will head to the next vige after putting our equipment in order to a certain degree. The concrete scenario haven''t been established yet, but if the enemy characters that were inserted for their behavior checking are without change, then they should be really strong.¡¹
¡¸Aah, I see. In other words, there is a chance we won''t be able to reach the next vige with our current level isn''t it? Also we don''t even have money to put our equipment in order.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. I think that it will be fine if it''s me and Kaori but¡¡in the case we received damage in this game that is in the verge of breaking, I don''t know what kind of effect it will have to us. Based on how there is the prospect of Hajime definitely rescuing us, it''s also an option to not move from here.¡¹
¡¸Fufufu, you aren''t thinking of that at all aren''t you, Yue. There is no way we will choose avoiding risk and not doing anything.¡¹
Help woulde sooner orter and so let''s not do anything. In a sense it was a solid method. However, the people who got close to Hajime wouldn''t choose that option.
¡¸¡¡Exactly. Besides, we also don''t understand how long the current circumstance will continue. By any chance, perhaps before Hajimee home a fatal breakdown will ur and it will became a situation that cannot be recovered from.¡¹
¡¸You''re right. Like that we also cannot leisurely level up and gather money around the vige then.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. We need to put our equipment in order as much as possible with the current money at our hand.¡¹
Yue understood their problems. They needed to reach the neighboring vige by struggling through quite strong enemies using only the minimum equipment while trying to not get hit even once as much as possible.
Indeed, it was a very severe situation.
But,
¡¸Yep, I don''t see any problem. Yue is here after all.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. There is no problem. Kaori is here.¡¹
That was how it was.
Yue and Kaori stood up and dusted off the dirt attached on their respective fluttering sister and viger girl clothes. The gazes of the vigers were as usual as though they were looking at dangerous characters. It was the truth that they were guilty so they couldn''t bear at all to be there for longer. Even though it was a game world, wasn''t the speech and conduct of the mob characters too free?
Even though it was fine even if it wasn''t this realistic at this aspect¡¡Yue and Kaori were modestly venting their anger at Hajime''s obsession while heading toward the equipment shop of the vige.
Yue had magic job, so even in the worst case she wouldn''t mind buying just several items for recovering magic power, but Kaori who seemed to be a user of viger girl-style twinrge swords art needed weapon. If possible, she also wanted pants and tunic that were easy to move in, not her current loose one piece clothes for viger girl.
Midway they were also exposed to intense violence of gazes.
Kaori thought, ''This is, like that''. Yes, the stares were like the stares that were directed at a lion that escaped from its cage in a zoo. She saw it some time ago, the news of multiple wild beasts including lion escaping their cage and then moved freely inside the zoo.
At that time the gazes of the people that were running away filled with trepidation were truly the same like the gazes of the vigers toward them right now.
Am I a lion¡¡?
Kaori was feelingplicated and she looked at Yue who was walking beside her.
Luxuriant golden hair. Flexible limbs. Unmistakably a carnivore (hidden meaning). And then, her status as the strongest.
(Yep, it fit. Here is Yue lion. Yep.
Kaori imagined Yue wearing a lion cosy while roaring ''gaoo~~'' on all fours and she strangelyprehended it.
By the way, the lionmotion of that time was the revenge of the zoo''s former worker who got fired where he was also going to steal the zoo''s proceeds at the same time, he released the animals was also for diversion, but the escaping lion and other animals were then taken care by a certain couple.
Actually, it had also be a hot topic how one of the couple, a small girl easily tamed the lion and then used that lion to catch the criminal. Then, it was also a hot topic how the boyfriend knocked down with his bare arm a bear that was escaping together and then returned it into its cage.
Kaori was imagining the news of that time and Yue lion half to escape the reality while chasing away the gazes of the vigers from inside her mind, and then her gaze caught sight of the equipment shop they were searching ahead.
¡¸Both of usbined has 2,000 yen¡¡can we buy anything?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I don''t know the prize so I cannot say anything. In the worst case, I want to at least secure Kaori''s sword.¡¹
Kaori had inherited thebat skill of god''s apostle, so she had also learned martial art to a high level. However, as expected her greatest offense was the apostle''s characteristic ability and the twinrge swords art. As expected there would be arge difference in Kaori''sbat skill from whether she had sword or not.
Yue opened the shop''s door. And right away,
¡¸Go home! Go back home! There ain''t anyone here that will sell to you two criminals! Go home right away!¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¡¡¹¡¹
The equipment shop owner with thick moustache looking very obstinate suddenly gave the two a present of angry yell. Yue and Kaori reflexively stiffened.
The two understood what the owner was saying. Kaori timidly opened her mouth with twitching expression.
¡¸E, excuse me, I, want to buy¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Shut up, this damned aplice of Yue-pon! Just get out now!¡¹
Kaori''s expression stiffened. This was the first time in her life she was treated like this by a person that she met for the first time. Kaori who was always polite and bright was often favored especially by the elders. Naturally, her endurance was low against something like this.
¡¸Yu, Yuee~¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Leave it to me. Cough-. ¨D¨DOwner-san, please listen to my story. We¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Shut your mouth, this great sinner, priest killer! How dare you did that to a kind person like that-¡¹
¡¸Ah, no, that, that person is still ali¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Good grief, even though you are a sister but to do something so terrifying! Listen here, this shop will only deal with honest customer! Someone criminal like you with a screw loose can just get out, now-¡¹
A super condensed fireball materialized on the fingertip of Yue-sama. Its radiance, its heat, it was truly just like a sun!
¡¸Don''t be hasty Yueee-! Calm down! This is you reaping what you sow!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Kaori, don''t worry. Not even ash will be left behind. The owner of the equipment shop just disappeared. He only left behind a farewell letter that mentioned the property of the shop is handed over to the sister.¡¹
¡¸That''s murder! What''s more it''s robbery murder! Just where is this mind of obeyingw you said before!?¡¹
¡¸¡¡The sister with screw loose, doesn''t understa~~~nd.¡¹
¡¸A child!? Are you a child!? Geez-, it doesn''t matter so just toss away that fireball! Quickly toss it away!¡¹
¡¸¡¡You wish to set fire here?¡¹
¡¸Aaah!? As I thought don''t toss it away! Extinguish it quickly! Come on, quickly!¡¹
In deference to Kaori who was persuading with a desperate look, Yue erased the sun on her fingertip.
It seemed that a situation that often appeared in game, where they earned the hate of the vigers too much and now they got hit with the demerit had been generated.
Not only the destruction of the church, the destruction of the shoe store and the private houses surely also added to their crime. When they tried looking at the individual information screen, at Yue''s special mention part, the "has criminal record" had changed into "wanted criminal (Destroyer Yue-pon)".
Kaori thought that if they were denied to use the shop by the game''s system, then it couldn''t be helped anymore, they should give up, and so she pulled at Yue''s clothes to get out of the shop, but Yue didn''t move and stood firmly in ce.
¡¸¡¡Kaori. It''s too fast to give up.¡¹
¡¸Eh, but, this is the game''s system isn''t it? There is nothing more that we can¡..¡¹
¡¸¡¡You''re wrong. Just like I said before, this game''s characteristic is that you can overturn the difference in strength depending on your method. It''s too fast to conclude that it''s impossible because it''s the system. I''ll proof it to you. Watch.¡¹
¡¸Geez, I have nothing but bad premonition here.¡¹
Ahead of Kaori''s disheartened gaze, Yue talked toward the shop owner. It seemed she was nning to find a path by negotiating¡¡
¡¸No matter what you are going to say, there is nothing that I will sell to¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸¡¡I beg you. Please choose, will your shop be burned, or will you hand over your goods quietly.¡¹
It wasn''t a negotiation, but a threat. With a gesture that was like a sister, both her hands sped in front of her chest, and an expression like a piousmb praying wholeheartedly to the god, she spoke something that would make even gang members to have cold sweat.
¡¸¡¡I have faith, that you will surely understand our plight! That our heart canmunicate with each other if we just talk it out! Now, let''s not be stubborn and be obedient.¡¹
''He is not being stubborn but making the justified reaction though¡¡''. That was what Kaori-san thought but she didn''t butt in.
¡¸¡¡The god hath spoken. Child, choose equipment for the sister in front of your eyes within the range of 2,000 yen, he said. Rather, give her a discount, a lot of it! He said. If you do that, then your sin too shall be forgiven.¡¹
Who would believe a god haggling? Or rather, the shop owner-san didn''tmit any sin. Rather, the sinner here was Yue. Kaori-san just barely endured from saying those retorts.
The sun-like me materialized once more in front of Yue.
¡¸¡¡Owner-san. I really don''t want to see you receiving the judgment of god. I beg you, please obediently sell to us a gre~~~atly discounted merchandises!¡¹
That wasn''t god''s judgment, but a punishment from Yue personally wasn''t it? What''s more it was exceedingly malicious. No matter how and where one looked at it, this person was really a splendid sister with a screw loose. Kaori couldn''t endure and those straight-man retorts leaked out from her mouth. Yue-sama ignored it like nothing.
The shop owner''s state was strange. His gaze was turning round and round, and his head was moving up and down. Perhaps his program was bustlingly performing data processing because he encountered this unexpected situation.
Inside the shop that was wrapped in silence except the roar of the zing me, the shop owner''s gaze finally settled down.
¡¸Wee to the equipment shop of "AAAAAAA" vige! Today we are in a middle of a special promotion sale!¡¹
It seemed the sister-san''s sincere prayer reached the shop owner and the system.
¡¸¡¡nn. Kaori, which item do you want?¡¹
¡¸If possible, a cheap one that can suppress my guilt even just for a little I think.¡¹
Seeing Yue who turned toward her with a triumphant look, Kaori resolved that when they returned to reality she would train her once more about the meaning of obeying thew.
In the end, they couldn''t buy anything in the equipment shop except for a single "Iron Long Sword". In the first ce, the starting price for equipment was around several tens of thousands yen, a few thousand yen could only buy things like wooden sword or stone sword. By the time "Iron Long Sword" that had a price of 70,000 yen reduced to 1,500 yen, it could be easily guessed just what had happened between the shop owner and Yue, must be.
With feeling of guilt gouging out inside the chest grindingly, after that the same thing was also done in the general store and several potions for Yue''s magic power recovery were bought, and the two then headed toward the vige''s entrance.
But, not even ten seconds after they exited the shop¡¡*kon-*, a light impact assaulted Kaori''s shoulder. When Kaori turned her gaze in wonder of what happened, she saw among the vigers who were staring at them from a distance that had increased rtively much, there were two children sticking out a bit from the crowd preparing to throw small rock.
Kaori''s expression convulsed greatly.
¡¸These criminals! Get out from the vige!¡¹
¡¸Get out! Get out!¡¹
The pure anger from the pure children smashed the pure (?) heart of Kaori-san. Kaori screamed¡¸Hauh¡¹and she pressed on her chest while falling on all fours!
Furthermore, the children of the vige were gathering bustlingly and they were throwing rocks while hurling abuse with their lisping speech. And then perhaps that became the trigger, even the adults started to join in. They were yelling things like¡¸Get out you sister with a screw loose!¡¹or¡¸I have thought from long ago that the vige chief''s regrettable daughter will someday be criminal!¡¹while a chorus of¡¸Get out from the vige!¡¹was arising.
¡¸¡¡They are looking for war. Very well, I''ll ept the challenge. I am Yue. A woman who will buy the fight sold to me until they run out of stock!¡¹(TN: In Japan, selling a fight is how they said picking a fight)
¡¸Stoopp! Just be obedient already, Yueee! If the vige is obliterated with this, then I have the confidence I''ll be annihted along with my soul from guilt!¡¹
Seeing the sister-san with a screw loose lifting the corner of her lips like a demon king with the tips of her spread out hands materializing me, Kaori pleaded at her to not act rashly while holding her down by pinioning her from behind.
No matter how one thought about it, this was the just dessert of the overbearing Yue. The hate that had been piling up and up had reached the critical point, they weren''t just ostracized anymore, a campaign to exile them from the vige had started.
Yue who even in this situation was far from reflecting, she even announced her intention really naturally to counter attack was truly the wife of the demon king. She was the avatar of being overbearing and unreasonable.
Regret? Restrain? Never heard about that! Come at me from anywhere you li~~ke!
Kaori caught the scruff of the neck of Yue who was getting spirited like that and without pause she ran toward the exit of the vige while apologizing¡¸I''m sorry! I''m really sorry for our Yue!¡¹with one hand deflecting all the rocks flying at them using the long sword that she had unsheathed.
Seen from the side, the picture of the viger girl running around while swinging around a long sword with one hand, and the other hand dragging away a sister who was smiling fearlessly¨D¨Dit was truly the very picture of a vige chief''s regrettable daughter.
When the two got out of the vige, the vigers'' yell suddenly stoppedpletely. It seemed themotion calmed down if they went out of the vige. Kaori who was filled with trepidation that perhaps they would be kept getting chased even outside the vige let out a sigh of relief and she sat down on the spot.
¡¸¡¡Kaori, are you okay?¡¹
¡¸My guilt is not okay at all, Yue you idiot.¡¹
For Kaori who didn''t have experience of being the target of the whole vige''s hostility and anger, it seemed she received substantial amount of mental damage. Her atmosphere felt somehow like she was sobbing.
¡¸Geez, how can you be that calm? Even if this is a world of game, but I believe that normally anyone will get shocked if they got rock thrown at them by children that small¡¡I never even dreamed that you would actually try to counter attack.¡¹
Kaori turned an expression that looked like she was speechless, like she was ming her, like she was in admiration at that mental of steel or rather that shameless mental, and like she was in exasperation toward Yue. Yue''s expression suddenly turned gentle and she answered.
¡¸¡¡Because I had experienced it already.¡¹
¡¸? Experience? ¡¡aa¡¹
For a moment Kaori didn''t understand what Yue was talking about, but she guessed it after thinking for a bit. And then, her expression turned very much like¡¸Oh no!¡¹and she attempted to change the topic in panic but¡¡the time was alreadyte.
¡¸¡¡Compared to getting beaten up to near death by my trusted vassals and my uncle who was like father, having rock thrown at me by children who I don''t know, what''s more by something that''s nothing more than a program is really nothing at all.¡¹
¡¸Tha, that, Yue? It''s, I''m sorry.¡¹
¡¸¡..What are you apologizing for, Kaori? I just want to say thatpared to the experience of getting ganged up by people who were like family, this is only trivial. Fufu, that time really hurt. Inside that storm of magic until my automatic regeneration ran out. Fufufuh, my heart hurt that timee~~¡¹
¡¸Sorry Yue! I asked you something stupid! That''s why return backkk!¡¹
Seeing and hearing the emptyugh of Yue who was staring at the faraway past with eyes that looked like dead fish, Kaori embraced her with teary eyes while apologizing. She should have be unbound by the past after knowing the true motive of her uncle Denreed, but no matter the fact it still didn''t change that it was an event that was hard to forget.
Yue gently patted Kaori who was clinging on her with teary eyes while she turned at her and spoke with eyes that had recovered their light.
¡¸¡¡I''m fine. I who had met Hajime, traveled, knew the truth about Oji-sama, and opened my eyes to the truth, has no more blind spot now.¡¹
¡¸Tru, truth?¡¹
Yue nodded shortly and she puffed up her chest with an extremely triumphant look while replying full of confidence.
¡¸Setting aside the reason, just ughter everyone for the time being. If there is something that bothers you, then resurrect them again at opportune time.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Everyone all liberators. Everyone''s magic ispleted by perhaps the person who must not have it the most. I''m sorry.¡¹
This is the first wife of the demon king! In front of her, life was just too light. No, surely, she was a bit more prudent in the real world, should be, Kaori was half praying while she lowered her head toward the protectors of the other world.
Kaori was crestfallen thinking that her strength had suddenly faded off even before departing to their journey, but right after that, they were visited by a situation that made them lost suchposure.
*p-*, such sound of pping wings resounded once, twice¡¡it resounded inside the two''s ears one after another.
When the two went ''hah'' and they lifted up their face, over there were multiple beings descending down from the sky.
The beings were pping beautiful white wings on their back, they were d in impressive dress armor that looked beautiful, while their hand was each holding spear or sword or weapon that looked famous. The forms of the women who were emitting abnormal pressure were beautiful in contrast with that threatening atmosphere. Their beautiful look that ought to be said as god''s creation waspleted with dreamy silver hair that looked flowing.
Kaori couldn''t even say anything. The existence and strength of these women were obviously boss ss where in a game they woulde out at the middle stage, no, at thetter stage.
''Aah, I see, this is an event!'' Right after Kaori almost convinced herself like that, a ruthless voice of heaven descended.
¨D¨DWild Valkyries appeared!!
The women who were greatly popr even among the Norse myth carelessly appeared as though they were goblin level enemy, *jakin-* their weapons were readied with such sound. They were brimming with hostility. They were fully motivated.
Kaori briefly said.
¡¸This kind of world, is just mistakeenn¡¡¡¹
Kaori doubted her beloved person''s sanity just for a bit.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Things like the setting, the information screen, or the content, currently it is still a prototype and on top of that its behaving baggily, that''s the setting so please forgive the vagueness.
I n to someday make it into the stage of a long After arc, so at that time I''ll think up the detailed content.
PS
Theic version of Arifureta is updated in the homepage of Ovep-sama.
As always the illustration has impact, Yue is also cute.
Please try to have a look if you like.
Chapter 253
Chapter 253
AN: Regarding the case where everyone of Narou people has better understanding of Shirakome then Shirakome himself.
¡¡I have no more excuse.
The first attack was a swept of a splendorous sword. The speed of the eye focus couldn''t follow it. One Valkyrie charged with a speed that even produced afterimages, lunging toward Yue and Kaori who was still embracing Yue.
Perhaps it was trying to bisect the two simultaneously. The sword line that drew a trajectory that almost looked like a sh was rapidly approaching at Yue''s neck as though it was absorbed to there. If the target was an ordinary person, they wouldn''t even have time to scream, when they noticed there was no doubt that their death would be already a certainty.
¡¸FUWAaAAA!?¡¹
¡¸Nngih¡¹
Of course, the vige chief''s regrettable daughter, regardless of being a viger girl she was a regrettable girl that boasted a physical ability that was far removed from ordinary person. The sweeping attack that approached like the scythe of death god was evaded by falling backward while her arm wasted no time to circle on Yue''s neck and she pulled Yue with her.
Death was passing through along with a violent wind just a millimeter above Yue and Kaori''s face who were falling backward like in a limbo dance.
Although Kaori''s posture broke down with her falling backward, she somehow seeded in evading. But a shadow appeared above her without even any time to sigh in relieve.
¡¸WAAAA!?¡¹
¡¸Higyo!?¡¹
Kaori put strength into the arm that she circled around Yue''s neck and without pause she rolled on the ground, taking Yue with her. That appearance could be seen as a brave figure desperately trying to protect a friend.
A hair''s breadth.
A spear that also looked splendorous raised a really unpleasant impact sound *zudon-* when it pierced the spot where the two copsed at just now. A small crater was even created from the impact. It was a terrifying strength.
The Valkyries made their entrance like amon goblin, but as expected their strength wasn''t in a level that should appear around the vige of the beginning.
From Yue''s individual information screen just now, "Automatic Regeneration" wasn''t listed there. It was unclear how much the system that was an effect of soul magic was suppressing that skill which was a characteristic ability.
In such state, furthermore inside this buggy world, if they got hit with that attack that was unmistakably a one-hit kill, even if it was Yue but there was a high possibility that she wouldn''te out of it safely.
And Kaori who was separated from her apostle body was also the same.
It wasn''t clear what kind of effect a damage they got in this game world would inflict at their soul, because of that they absolutely must not get hit.
Cold sweat trickled from Kaori''s forehead seeing the enemy''s strength and the merciless one-hit kill attacksunched toward them.
Kaori made use of her rolling momentum to somehow straighten herself while she obeyed the warning that herbat experience informed her and leaped back from that spot. Right away, the vertical shes of the Valkyries thatunched pincer attack passed through before her eyes.
¡¸Nngigih, gi, give-. I give!¡¹it felt like some kind of strange voice could be heard, but right now there was no leeway to be bothered with that.
Kaori had to grasp the limitation of her lowered physical ability while during that time she had to evade the countless death approaching them!
Even if, there was the sensation of repeated tapping that felt rtively desperate on her hand that was circled around Yue''s neck, but there wasn''t any time to worry about that!
¡¸It''s fine! I swear I''ll absolutely protect you Yue!¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s not-. My neeck! It''spletely¨D¨D¡¹
Countless me bullets rushed from middle range! Kaori strengthened her grip so that her friend absolutely wouldn''t get separated from her while dancing the dance of death with determination!
Kaori stepped toward the swarm of me bullets while still holding Yue. Rather than waiting for the bullets to converge at herself, she would move forward and slip through before the gaps were tightened.
Just like she nned, she slipped through the gaps in the barrage and passed through several shots, then with a rotation she evaded an attack that approached from the front. So that Yue''s body wouldn''t be separated from her because of the centrifugal force, she put even more strength to her arm that was holding Yue!
¡¸Kafuu!? ¡¡Ka, Kaori, I''ll, I''ll apologize, so, your arm, armmm~¡¹
¡¸It''s fine! Because I''ll absolutely protect you!¡¹
¡¸¡¡You, you bastardd~, you''re nninggg¨D¨D¡¹
Yue tried to say something, but at the corner of the sight a Valkyrie archer could be seen nocking an arrow that was enveloped with some abnormal light. It caused Kaori''s heart to jump.
¡¸Look ouu~~~tt-¡¹
¡¸Kyupeh!?¡¹
Kaori immediately jumped forward to get down on the ground. me bullets passed through overhead, further behind the sounds of explosion resounded. The impact that came assaulting within an instant caused Kaori and Yue''s bodies to dance in the air like a leaf.
Kaori somehow kept her hold on Yue and she performed ukemi on the ground. There she noticed that the attacks stopped and she let out a faint exhale of relieve.
It seemed they managed to endure just barely the first wave of the attack.
The Valkyries were moving slowly. They were trying to surround Kaori and Yue. Kaori scowled at that while she talked to Yue.
¡¸Yue. What should we do? Perhaps this is just as expected. These people are strong just as we thought. We have to break through this encirclement somehow¡¡Yue?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Just try to look. The white of her eyes is exposed and her mouth is half opened but, that''s a beautiful face right? She is fainting y''know?
Such words crossed Kaori''s mind. The friend in her arm, even now when the white of her eyes were exposed and her mouth was half opened, but she was still beautiful as usual.
¡¸Who, who did something like this!? Yue! Get a hold of yourself! Just what in the world happened!?¡¹
Kaori shook Yue''s body back and forth, but Yue was only staying limp like an octopus and she didn''t react even with how rough she was shaken. ''Rather, perhaps this is because of enemy''s sleep magic I wonder!?'' Thinking that Kaori red at the enemies. While her mouth was twitching as though she was enduring something.
And then, while staying vignt against the surrounding, she straddled Yue and lifted up her hand.
Yue had to be wakened up no matter what. Even if she had to use a heartless method, but in the battlefield it wasn''t the ce to say na?ve things!
¨D¨D*PAN-, PAN-, PAN-, BISHII-!*
Such sounds resounded in the battlefield. Kaori-san''s double p that was thinking about her friend burst on Yue''s cheeks!
¡¸Yue! Wake up! You are going to die if you sleep here! Quickly wake up! Come on quickly!¡¹
Kaori''s palm was swung with a disy of urate consecutive hits that drew artistic trajectory and hit spot. Yue''s cheeks were painted with beautiful p sound while moving to left and to right. Kaori-san''s double p also followed vaguely rhythmically.
¡¸Qu-ick-ly! Wake-up!¡¹
For some reason her voice sounded lively¡¡
The Valkyries were looking at each other. They might be feeling bewildered.
One of the enemy they were assaulting fainted by herself when they noticed, and then the other enemy for some reason was dealing additional blows to that enemy¡¡perhaps that was how it looked like to them. Objectively looking. In that case, it was also natural for them to be bewildered.
But, the next moment, the wrist of Kaori who was dealing out rhythmical ps was caught *GRAB-!!* forcefully.
¡¸¡¡Good morning, Kaori. Sayonara, Kaori.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
At Yue-sama''s awakening *buppa*. A me sphere the size of a pinball materialized in front of Kaori, and the next instant, it exploded grandly. It seemed that the "fireball" magic was superpressed before it was set free which produced directional shockwave.
''FUWAAAA'' Kaori who was raising such scream while rolling around backward somehow stopped rolling in the posture of all fours. She then lifted up her face and began to let out a lot of cold sweats.
¡¸¡¡Even though even Hajime has never pped me. Kaori, is your resolve okay?¡¹
Yue-sama''s anger was in the state of piercing the heaven. She was getting so angry that behind her back it felt like there was the illusion of sound effect letters *GOGOGOGO-*.
¡¸I, I don''t understand what are you saying here, Yue. Anyway, calm down? Surely we can understand each other if we talk about it.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Hou. You are saying that you constricting my neck while wretchedly swinging me around, and in the end pping my face on and on happily, aren''t something that you did purposefully?¡¹
¡¸Such thing! That''s misunderstanding! I was only trying to protect Yue! And yet, how can you be so cruel saying such¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸¡¡If you speak honestly, Yue''s best selection. Ten sexy photo of Hajime, I''ll prese¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Being able to payback for the daily prank, it makes my feeling really refreshed. You even made noise ''higyoh'', or ''kyupeh'', pupuh¡¹
A blood vein jutted out on Yue''s forehead with a snap.
And then,
¡¸¡¡Today is your death anniversary!¡¹
¡¸Wawah, don''t do that! If that me bullet hit me, I''ll totally die!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Don''t worry. I''ll absolutely kill you!¡¹
Countless me bullets were fired from Yue. Every single one was hiding a power that could make anyoneprehended how it could destroy a church.
Kaori who got a bit carried away and got surprised jumped away from that spot and tried to apologize in panic but,
¡¸¡¡Perish, you eternal stalker woman!¡¹
¡¸Who are you calling a stalker I wonder!? I wonder!?¡¹
Kaori spontaneously talked back hearing the extremely disgracing statement. When she avoided the me bullets while ring at Yue, Yue snorted¡¸Fuhn¡¹.
¡¸¡¡Just notice it already. Of your own true nature. And then, of Hajime''s self-sacrificing spirit!¡¹
¡¸Self-sacrificing? What are you say¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸¡¡Aa, Kaori who is a stalker, a yandere, and a hidden pervert is really troubling. But if I leave her alone I don''t know what she might do, can''t be helped, perhaps I should look after her a bit, notice already that true feeling of Hajime!¡¹
¡¸There is no way Hajime-kun is thinking anything like that! Yue is just saying irresponsible thing!¡¹
¡¸¡¡If that''s what you think, then that''s must be it. Inside Kaori that is.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Fufu, Yue. Those words are too much you know? If you apologize now, then I''ll forgive you. Come now, apologize. Quickly apologize.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Eh? Why should I, yandere hidden pervert stalker-san. It''s a bit scary, so can you not get nearer than that?¡¹
*snap-* A blood vein emerged on Kaori''s forehead. Even though she was showing a wide smile, but an illusion of sound effect *GOGOGOGO-* could be seen behind her.
¡¸Right, I won''t get near you at all. Who want to get near a hopeless vampire who is eternally horny. Ny percent of the inside of your head is crammed with perverted things right? I wonder if perhaps Hajime-kun will notice it sooner orter? That this vampire princess (lol), is just a pervert. Ah, can you not get nearer to me than that? The legal wife (lol) can infect me.¡¹
Toward Kaori who affixed (lol) even until two times at Yue''s identity, Yue also smiled widely.
For some reason the Valkyries were flustered. ''What to do, it''s a carnage, a carnage you know? Should we stop those two? Who will? You, go stop them already. Eh, no way, if you say that then you go there, you are a Valkyrie right? You are also a Valkyrie.'' ¨D¨DPerhaps they were making conversation like that.
But, the next moment their movement stopped still.
Because an extremely cold blizzard was blowing violently.
Because a dark cloud that was scattering shes of lightning materialized.
And then,
¨D¨DSHAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!
¨D¨DGOAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!
Because behind Kaori who was smiling while sporting pulsing blood vein, a hannya-san tapping arge war sword on her shoulder materialized!
Because behind Yue who was smiling while sporting pulsing blood vein, a coiling lightning dragon raising a thunderous roar materialized!
The unthinkable supernatural phenomenon that shouldn''t exist in this game system caused the Valkyries who were modeled after supernatural existence to tremble while backing away.
What reached the ears of those women was,
¡¸¡¡KAORI YOU STUPIIIIID-¡¹
¡¸¡¡YUE YOU UIDIOTTTTT-¡¹
In contrast with such delicate insult and intensity, they uncouthly grappled, wed, and pulled at each other in a delicate scuffle¨D¨Drather, it was their usual cat fight.
¡¸Fushaah¨D¨D!¡¹When Yue Punch was unleashed, Kaori growled¡¸Muiiiih¡¹even while receiving it with her cheek and her hand pinched on Yue''s cheek and pulled. When Yue pulled on Kaori''s hair, Kaori would grind her finger on Yue''s side, when Yue pulled Kaori''s cheek in return, Kaori would throw away Yue''s wimple and pulled her hair in return.
Kaori struck cat punches *poka poka* on Yue who was pushed down by the difference in body height. Yue tightly grasped on the butt of such Kaori and when she flinched from that, Yue used the opening to overturn their position and then sheunched a double p on Kaori''s rtivelyrge breast as though to say that it was payback for before.
The rolled round and round, grappled on each other, then rolled round and round again and hit each other *poka poka* repeatedly, even though the two were beautiful girl, but they were covered all over with dust with their hair all ruffled. Both Yue and Kaori were wearing one piece type of clothing, so they were in a state where their panty was fully exposed, but they didn''t even bother with that.
Just how long they were nning to do that?
The Valkyries who were somewhat dumbfounded suddenly returned back to their senses. They readied their respective weapon, making metallic sound rang to pull themselves together and galred at the two who were still entangled themselves in a quarrel. They red¡¡but, as expected the two were still going ''nyaa¨Dnyaa¨D''.
The Valkyries looked at each other. They had no expression, but somehow they vaguely looked like they were speaking ''like this we don''t even need to surround them to fight isn''t it?''.
The women nodded at each other. One woman among them quietly walked forward. It was the Valkyrie carrying a divine spear. Perhaps she was being conscious of the blind spot of the rampaging Kaori and Yue, because sometimes she would circle around in her advance.
And then, she entered the range. The next moment, she stepped forward all of a sudden. She must be trying to skewer the two simultaneously. The sure-kill thrust was unleashed at Yue''s back with a terrific speed.
Kaori who was looking up because her chin was pushed from below by Yue''s hand couldn''t see behind Yue. Yue too, her nose was pinched by Kaori so she couldn''t look behind.
Killed.
If the Valkyrie could speak, then she undoubtedly would whisper that.
¨D¨D*Bang-, roll roll-*
The two suddenly flopped to the side and without pause they insulted at each other while rolling over. They stood up again at slight distance away and then continued quarreling as though nothing happened. The spear that should be stabbed for certain kill was wandering vainly at the ce where the two were at.
Her Valkyrierades were watching. The Valkyriencer showed a gesture as though she was clearing her throat, and then she pulled herself together before assaulting Yue and Kaori once more.
This time she wouldn''t cut corner, she would bring down one person with certainty! Her aim was Yue. She would pierce the temporal region of her head¨D¨D
¡¸The yandere, is you Yue!¡¹
The p that struck along with such words dealt a clean hit on Yue''s cheek. Thence attack passed through right beside Yue''s head that was forcefully snapped away.
The Valkyrie hurriedly pulled back her spear. She didn''t fail or anything. She was only testing the water a bit. That was just a practice swing. Now this is the sure thing attack! It stabbed toward Kaori''s side!
¡¸¡¡I''m not ill. It''s only my dere that is overflowing!¡¹(TN: Dere = affectionate)
Kaori fell from neko damashi that was continued with a tripping up. The sure kill (lol) attack passed through above her head. (TN: Neko damashi = a sumo move, where you p your hands in front of the opponent''s face to surprise them)
¡¸That is what is called yandere! You don''t know? Sometimes Shia will subtly flinch away from Yue. Yaa~i, you yandere girl who is feared by your best friend.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Shia doesn''t fear me. There is no way that''s true. Shia love me! Kaori yourself, you said that even though you were feared by Shizuku before this. Yaa~i, genuine yandere girl who even make Shizuku whose fortitude is maxed out to get creeped out.¡¹
¡¸Shi, Shizuku-chan isn''t scared at me or anything! After all Shizuku-chan will ept any kind of me no matter what!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Indeed, I won''t deny the depth of Shizuku''s broad-mindedness. Her figure is already like everyone''s mother!¡¹
¡¸That''s right! What''s more, if I have to say which then she is the type of a gutsy mother of a big family! She is everyone''s beloved and reliable mother!¡¹
Yaegashi Shizuku¨D¨Dan active female high school student. She was She was a busybody who was being dissed in a sense before they knew it. Surely if she was in this ce, she would resolve herself to participate in the fight from getting hit by the unexpected stray bullet.
By the way, even while these two were making this conversation, spear was wielded against them many times. The Valkyrie changed the angle of the spear, used feint, she used sweeping attack and the butt of her spear,unching attacks from every position like a surging waves.
But everything was evaded.
What''s more, everything was evaded only with extremely natural movement from the scuffle.
Somehow it looked like the Valkyriencer was looking like she was going to burst crying anytime.
Perhaps thinking that was pitiful, her Valkyrierades surrounded the two and lunged. It was the beautiful friendship of Valkyries.
They wouldn''t let their might getting humiliated even further than this by method that looked like gag scene. They wouldn''t be ignored!
It was a perfect encirclement. There was no ce to escape. It was impossible to dodge.
This time for sure, death in the shape of sword andnce assaulted from all directions toward the two who were in the middle of scuffling.
¨D¨D*SHaaAAN-*
A clear sound resounded. It was a tone that was yed by metals scraping each other. The scream of the targeted two people didn''t mix there.
Rather,
¡¸-!!!¡¹
¡¸a, a¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸!?¡¹
The wordless scream, came from the Valkyries.
The Valkyries took distance all at once. However, there were three people who didn''t retreat from there, no, they couldn''t retreat. The Valkyriencer, and two Valkyrie saber who were carrying beautiful sword.
The reason was simple.
Because the Valkyriencer''snce pierced the heart of a Valkyrie who should be her ally, and Kaori''s sword was digging into the neck of that Valkyriencer.
And then, the one other Valkyrie saber got her beautiful face¨D¨Dmore urately her right eye literally turned into a wind hole. It was a round wind hole that was carbonized ck.
Looking closer, in the center of the Valkyries, there were the unmoving figure of Kaori with her iron long sword in an unsheathed state, and the figure of Yueying down face up between the legs of such Kaori while her fingers were making gun shape could be seen.
The posture of the Valkyrie saber whose right eye was shot through turned limp and she was falling. Without hesitation Kaori smoothly took away that Valkyrie''s sword and without pause she handled that sword casually, yet with an astonishingly elegant motion and mowed the neck of the Valkyriencer with that stolen sword.
Different from the iron long sword, Kaori''s sword attack this time slipped through Valkyriencer''s neck as though she was cutting butter. Blood didn''t spurt out, in exchange red particles whirled while rising to the sky.
¡¸Yep, this is a good sword as expected. Though I''d like it better if it''s thicker and bigger¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡Kaori, lewd. That''s why you are going to be called a hidden pervert eternally.¡¹
¡¸No one call me that! Or rather, I don''t understand what do you mean by lewd!¡¹
The two resumed their quarrel as though nothing happened. Yue stood up, and Kaori shrewdly stole the sword of the other Valkyrie saber and now she used two sword style. It was at that time the two defeated Valkyries also scattered red particles while disappearing.
The Valkyries were still spreading out as though they were hesitating to resume their attack.
Perhaps their battle program couldn''t judge how should they attack after witnessing the offense and defense the two disyed just now.
The two''s method to get through the attacks from all direction just now was simple.
Kaori who understood that she wouldn''t be unscathed if she honestly fight from the front seeing her physical strength and also sword quality merged her sword with the approaching enemy''s sword and twist its trajectory. As the result, the averted sword hit the sword beside it and averted that other sword''s trajectory too.
Furthermore, Kaori rotated her body and used her bare hand to avert thence and caused a friendly fire, by doing that she even evaded the third sword too.
And then, regarding the fourth sword that Kaori couldn''t dealt with, it was dealt with by Yue that sniped at the weak point that wasmonly shared by living thing using a superpressed me bullet that was fired from Kaori''s blind spot.
The Valkyriesbat thinking rejected closebat against the two who in a nce looked like they were full of opening from being absorbed in quarreling with each other. If the visible opening wasn''t actually opening, then they would make opening that coincided with their convenience.
The Valkyrie archer and Valkyrie mageunched a pincer attack!
Long range physical attack from arrows that were enveloped with light to increase its destructive power, and long range magic attack using invisible and swift wind des became countless fangs that were like an intense rain, attacking Yue and Kaori.
Abruptly they rotated. Yue and Kaori were.
The two were facing each other and quarreling until now, but in an instant they executed their steps as though they were even dancing and stood back to back. With a matching elegant turn, golden and ck hairs spread out softly like a dream.
Kaori''s swords instantly drew countless trajectories in the air instantly, cutting apart or averting all the flying arrows that were hiding terrifying power.
Countless me bullets instantly materialized like stars that were floating in the vast night sky, they obeyed Yue''s slender finger and flew out like a meteor shower and blew away all the wind des with the impact of destructive st.
The two who were standing back to back didn''t look like they were concerned at all against any threat that mighte from their back. Even without looking back, they believed without doubt that behind them was an absolutely safe area.
The attacks suddenly stopped. The arrows and magic attacks that were fired consecutively ran out.
Right after that, Yue and Kaori danced once more. The sleeves of their one piece clothing elegantly spread out at the same time with their rotation using steps that looked as though they had been arranged beforehand. The two who were dancing as though mirroring each other swung one hand as though inviting the other party for a dance.
Although, it seemed the invitation was for a world of death.
What flew out like a bullet from the swung hands were a me bullet the size of a pinball and a beautiful sword.
The me bullet that was hiding a destructive power that rivaled a high ss magic pierced the heart of the Valkyrie archer with unerring aim, and the beautiful sword also pierced the heart of the Valkyrie mage.
¡¸Hm~m, what''s this? Just as I thought even though they are all the same Valkyrie but there is difference in their defensive power depending on their ss but¡¡. Is it just because the sword is powerful I wonder?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I think that''s possible. But, no matter even if it''s the enemy''s weapon, I don''t think that a sword thrown by the spec of a level 1 can easily pierce the armor of that close quarterbat type before. It should be seen that this one is weak against physical attack because of her mage ss.¡¹
¡¸The me bullet that I evaded before was deflected by the armor of the mage ss wasn''t it? But the me bullet going through the archer means that even though their armors all look the same, but there is no doubt that this one''s defensive power against magic is low.¡¹
Yue and Kaori talked about their analysis result while still standing back to back. They were directing observing gaze toward the two Valkyries who were turning into particles and vanished.
The two remaining Valkyries were trying to take distance slowly.
*snap-*, Yue and Kaori''s face turned toward the surviving Valkyries in a sh. It was awfully scary. As the proof, the Valkyries'' body twitched seeing their gaze.
¡¸¡¡Kaori. You noticed?¡¹
¡¸About the level up? Yep, while fighting ''pirurin!'' sound rang out several times. Also, announcing sound like ''such and such is liberated!''. Though honestly, I''m wondering if there is option to erase the sound.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Certainly it''s distracting. This will depend on the user''s preference, so I''ll suggest to Hajime if he can attach on/off function. But, for now¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Yep. For now¨D¨D¡¹
The Valkyries were slo~wly, slo~wly taking distance from Yue and Kaori who were conversing with each other. The moment the two''s conversation cut off, the Valkyries turned their body adroitly and flew to the sky.
If it was said in game style, this must be a situation of¡¸Valkyrie is running away!¡¹.
A shadow loomed. On the Valkyries.
What the two Valkyries who quickly looked back saw, were the figures of the viger girl and apprentice sister who took their above with a leap that was higher than even themselves. The two readied overhead a sword that was gleaming from the sunlight and a me bullet that was like the sun itself while looking down of the Valkyries.
¡¸Let''s try it out.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Trying out.¡¹
They wouldn''t let go of the chance to test out their liberated ability.
Yes, if it was said in game style¨D¨Dthis is the situation of¡¸Failed to escape from viger girl and apprentice sister!¡¹.
There was no scream of death agony.
However, there were only beautiful red particles dancing toward the sky right outside the vige of beginning.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Just since when I was deluded that the subtitle of Yue - Kaori arc is one?
Next chapter, ¡¸Wee, I am the vige chief of demon king vige desu¡¹
Chapter 254
Chapter 254
It was a highway with wind blowing gently. The grasses as high as the waist were making rustling sounds. Dusts were gently rolled up to the air by the breeze.
Silhouettes of two people could be seen at the other side of that dust.
One person was a girl with the appearance of a viger girl, while the other one was a girl with the appearance of an apprentice sister. They looked unsteady somehow. Or rather, the apprentice sister waspletely carried on the back of the viger girl. Her body was limply leaning on the viger girl''s back.
The viger girl too, she was carrying the apprentice sister while using a beautiful sword as recement for cane. Her shoulders were moving much from her rough breathing¡¸zee zee¡¹, so much so that it sounded like it could be heard from far away. If this area wasn''t the highway that connected vige to vige, then she would be mistaken as a victim that was lost in the middle of mountain.
Her clothing also spurred on such impression. The two of them were tattered. Although the important parts were barely protected, the fringe part of the one piece had became a really original miniskirt state, the sleeves part was also in forced state of no sleeve that if it was seen from the side, the breast part felt a little bit dangerous.
The two''s white smooth skin was exposed much, and those exposed parts were dirtied by dust everywhere, the two''s hair also felt unkempt.
¡¸¡¡Uu. I''m really sorry for troubling you, Kaori-san.¡¹(TN: Here Yue''s speech sounded like an old woman)
¡¸Yue-san, you promised not to say that right?¡¹
The carried apprentice sister¨D¨Dthe previously sister with a screw loose Yue was running on joke material even while being dead tired. The one who was fixing her grip on the slipping off Yue with ''yoisho-'' while returning the joke material precisely was of course the vige chief''s regrettable daughter Kaori.
Now then, why were these two so ragged until they were in this state?
That was caused by all the happening since they were victorious in the battle against the wild Valkyries nearby the vige of beginning "AAAAAAA" until the present time. To speak frankly,
¨D¨DA wild Odin appeared!
¨D¨DA wild Zeus appeared!
¨D¨DA wild Susanoo appeared!
¨D¨DA wild Indra appeared!
¨D¨DWild Artemis appeared in great numbers!
¨D¨DA wild Zoroaster myth appeared in its entirety!
¨D¨DA wild Odin took along his children and Valkyries and challenged a revenge match!
¨D¨DA wild Zeus who joined up with a wild Indra appeared!
¨D¨DA wild Ia! Ia! Masteerr! Fhtag¨D¨D
The gist could be guessed after seeing how the lineup above was the mob enemy for the surrounding area of the vige of beginning. The random pounding of mythologies wasing so extremely without any integrity. Or rather, no matter how much the game was in the operation testing stage with undecided story, the enemy setting was just too nomittal.
Of course, the enemies'' strength was in the level that didn''t put shame to their name, they were boasting strength to the degree that the Valkyries looked cute. They were also properly equipped with their characteristic equipments, Yue and Kaori would surely meet a swift end if they didn''t cooperate in the same beat for real.
Regarding the difficult to describe something that came out in the end, both Yue and Kaori didn''t really have the memory of their battle against it. When they tried to recall it, they would get a headache as though their instinct was trying to stop them and they couldn''t recall it. However, there was only the feeling as though they destroyed it with a deathly desperation remaining inside them.
Just what in the world was that¡¡
And because of that, after repeating mortalbat after mortalbat, they were now in the verge of exhausting all their energy and willpower¨D¨Dthat was the current state of Yue and Kaori. Yue was in an extreme state of magic power drying up and all the recovery item was also used up, that now she was entrusting herself to Kaori.
After a bit more advancing through the highway with staggering footsteps toward the save point of the next vige, while they were making frivolous talk running on joke material with each other to take their mind off from their exhaustion,
¡¸¡¡Nn? Kaori.¡¹
¡¸Right, something ising. But, this is¡¡¡¹
Kaori''s walk stopped when she sensed a presence approaching from behind. When she tried to look behind, she could see rising dust cloud from ahead of the highway they had passed through. For a moment Yue and Kaori thought¡¸Another wild god!?¡¹, but that thought was immediately proved to be a needless anxiety.
¡¸That''s, a house cart.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn¡¹
Just as Kaori said, what was running on the highway toward them was a cart that was pulled by two chestnut horses. The figure of a plump man sitting on the coachman stand holding the rein could be seen.
Just in case Yue got down from Kaori''s back and both of them stepped back to the side of the highway to open a path.
Not long after that, the cart arrived at where Yue and Kaori were at. The man on the coachman stand noticed Yue and Kaori and his expression went¡¸Oh?¡¹. The man pulled his rein and decreased the speed, and the cart stopped beside the two.
¡¸My goodness, youngdies, what are you two doing in this kind of ce? Although this area is rtively safe, it''s still too careless for two young girls to be here you know?¡¹
No ill will could be felt from his voice and expression. The two heard his words which imed that this area was safe which caused the two to doubt this man''s sanity, but if that part was put aside, this man''s feeling that was purely feeling strange and also worried that a viger girl and a sister were loitering alone in this highway was conveyed to the two.
Seeing that it didn''t seem like a battle event, Yue and Kaori looked and nodded at each other.
¡¸Eerr, I am "AAAAAAA" vige''s¡¡vige chief''s daughter, going toward the next vige.¡¹
¡¸Oo, is that so. So you are the "AAAAAAA" vige''s vige chief''s regrettable daughter. I am a peddler Sarani Yunker. If you are going to the next vige, I am also going toward there right now. If you want, you cane along with me?¡¹(TN: The name Sarani here is written in katakana as though it''s a foreign name. But in Japanesenguage ''sarani'' could also mean ''even more''. This peddler''s name can be read as even more Yunker)
The peddler whose surname was a name they had heard from somewhere was suggesting that kindly. Kaori was somehow feeling regrettable that even the peddler was calling her "regrettable", but honestly she was really happy that they could travel using house cart here.
¡¸Yue, what to do?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I think, this is perhaps a support event from the game. We can also use item to recover and change equipment by riding the back cart.¡¹
¡¸There is no problem then. Can we also purchase item while we are at it?¡¹
As the result of the two''s discussion, with their need to recover their stamina and mental strength and also with theirck of item, they decided to ept the suggestion of the peddler Sarani to help them. They were also taking advantage of the kind words of peddler Sarani who was smiling kindly while saying¡¸Please, please. Get on the car behind. If there is anything that you want to buy then I''ll sell it to you¡¹.
Like that the horse cart departed. For a while the two purchased and used healing item and focused in recovering, and when their vitality returned the two sighed¡¸Fuu~~~~¡¹.
¡¸I wonder if it really is over?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn, I think so. Or rather, I hope that''s so. If not, then Hajime is just too savage.¡¹
¡¸Ahaha¡¡as expected, this cannot be helped isn''t it? After all this game device is broken right? Right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Certainly.¡¹
Both of them doubted the sanity of their beloved just for a bit, but they concluded they had reached a checkpoint and they rxed. And then, Yue who finished purchasing recovery item rummaged around the cart and discovered clothing.
Among the items that were being sold, as expected the clothing that the two could equip was only the sister outfit and viger girl outfit, but it was still a league betterpared to their clothing that was in half undressed state. They immediately purchased the clothes and quickly changed.
The two who finished changing clothes and also replenishing item calmed down and sat side by side at the back cart. They threw their legs to dangle outside. The small vibration of the cart that was transmitted to their body felt pleasant.
¡¸¡¡Come to think of it, Kaori. How far you have been liberated?¡¹
¡¸Ah, now that you say that we were leveling up with staggering momentum weren''t we? My disintegration ability also came back, so I wonder if I have been liberated much? I didn''t confirm because there was no leeway though.¡¹
Saying that, Kaori summoned the individual information screen. Yue also summoned her own screen at the same time and they respectively confirmed their usable strength.
========================================
Name : Yue-pon
Rank : 75 / 2880 remaining until the next liberation
Job : Sister
Title : Sister Whose Name Mustn''t be Mentioned
Skill : No Chant Imagination Configuration All Element Aptitude Combination Magic High Speed Magic Power Regeneration
Magic : me Magic Wind Magic Light Magic Water Magic Earth Magic Ice Magic Lightning Magic Darkness Magic Gravity Magic
¡ùAll magic name is omitted
Equipment : A set of apprentice sister outfit R''lyeh Text
Special mention : A criminal on the wanted list
Money : 5,546,030
========================================
========================================
Name : Kaori
Rank : 72 / 1880 remaining until the next liberation
Job : Viger Girl
Title : What is the Meaning of Viger Girl Name?
Skill : Viger girl-style Twin Large Sword Art Viger girl-style Close Quarter Combat Art
Magic : Viger girl-style Body Reinforcement Magic Viger girl-style Disintegration Magic Viger girl-style Wings Viger girl-style Godspeed
Equipment : A set of viger girl outfit Gram Ama no Murakumo no Tsurugi
Special mention : Yue-pon''s aplice
Money : 4,874,005
========================================
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
There were certainly a lot of ces that could be retorted at. Surely it was the fault of the bug. But, there was one point that the two couldn''t turn a blind eye at no matter what.
¡¸Yu, Yue? Thi, this is¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡Wa, wait. Wait, a second-¡¹
Yue who unusually was in her wits'' end patted all over her own body and performed a body check. There was nothing particr strange and she let out a faint sigh of relieve. Right after that, Yue''s ragged sister outfit that she put above the box beside her was slipping down unnaturally even though there wasn''t any particrly noticeable vibration. And then, the falling clothe didn''t make light rustling sound, but a thud sound instead.
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Yue and Kaori twitched but they didn''t move further, they were staring at the ragged sister clothes. They couldn''t avert their gaze from the clothes that was strangely bulged up.
The house cart was going onward while making small vibrations *katakata*. The sister clothe was slowly, little by little sliding off because of the vibration.
What was certain was that when Kaori was carrying Yue on her back, Yue wasn''t carrying anything except the clothes she was wearing. And they also didn''t steal anything except the legendary swords Kaori stole from the previous battles. And then, when Yue took off her clothes just now and put it on the box, there was not "thing" or anything that would make that kind of bulge.
*slide*, *slide* The sister clothes was sliding off matching with the vibration of the horse cart.
Like that, finally, from the gap between the clothes, something like a book spine with strange color was¡¡
¡¸SOOOOOII-!!¡¹
Yue''s roar gushed! Before that thing that surely, perhaps must not be seen showed up its whole appearance, a kick with the body''s whole strength exploded. The beautiful kicking leg that was performed like a pro ser athlete also beautifully mmed flying the sister clothes along with the something inside it.
When the two saw it falling into the grasses and they couldn''t see it anymore, they let out a long sigh and resumed their breathing that they were unconsciously holding.
And then, when Yue moved her hand impatiently and confirmed her individual information screen,
========================================
Name : Yue-pon
Rank : 75 / 2880 remaining until the next liberation
Job : Sister
Title : Sister Whose Name Mustn''t be Mentioned
Skill : No Chant Imagination Configuration All Element Aptitude Combination Magic High Speed Magic Power Regeneration
Magic : me Magic Wind Magic Light Magic Water Magic Earth Magic Ice Magic Lightning Magic Darkness Magic Gravity Magic
¡ùAll magic name is omitted
Equipment : A set of apprentice sister outfit
Special mention : A criminal on the wanted list
Money : 5,546,030
========================================
It became like that.
Yue and Kaori looked at each other''s face and nodded shortly to one another.
¡¸¡¡So, Kaori. You still cannot use healing magic, binding magic, and defensive magic?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. Even though my specialty should be in that field. But, just being able to use disintegration and godspeed is also enough. And the swords I stole are really sharp. Yue, you still only get gravity magic?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. I pray that next I''ll obtain space magic. It''spletely different whether I have it or not.¡¹
It seemed they treated as though the "something" that was kicked flying had never existed. Surely it was for the sake of their mental health. They had to protect their SAN status as much as possible.
For a while the two were talking with each other about their respective ability as though trying to forget something and they spent time doing things like confirming their cooperation and so on.
It was unclear how long they were doing that before finally their feeling cleared up and the vibration of the horse cart was inviting sleepiness, when suddenly Yue felt magic power reaction and she reacted.
The reaction source was right nearby. Yes, from the coachman stand. The magic power wasn''t directed toward them, but flowing toward somewhere else.
¡¸¡¡Peddler-san. Just now, what did you do?¡¹
Yue''s question caused peddler Sarani to twitch and his plumb body shaking for some reason. And then, he looked back with a smile that looked pasted on his face.
¡¸No, it''s really nothing important. Rather than that, it will still take time until the next vige. It''s better for the two of you to lie down and rest during this time.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I see.¡¹
Yue was rtively good at reading the heart of someone from their expression. It was because she was a former royalty and she had also met painful experience before. And so, she also immediately understood that peddler Sarani''s words weren''t honest.
It was really suspicious. Was this not a support event for yer¡¡
Perhaps guessing that doubt of Yue, peddler Sarani''s forehead was starting to sweat.
Yue''s fixed gaze was piercing peddler Sarani. It was a dreadful fixed gaze. It was a splendid fixed gaze.
Peddler Sarani was starting to sweat like waterfall.
¡¸It''s the truth you know? A merchant won''t spout lie.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I see.¡¹
¡¸No, it will really take time. I''m not lying. Hell will freeze over before I''m telling lie.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I see.¡¹
¡¸¡¡How about you take a rest?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I see.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Right now the face of peddler Sarani looked terrible because it was drenched with sweat like a fountain.
As expected, seeing it was getting stranger, Kaori also put her hand on Gram and Ama no Murakumo no Tsurugi and strengthened her vignce, it was at that time,
¡¸¡¡-!? Kaori!¡¹
¡¸He? ¨D¨DKyah!?¡¹
At the same time when Yue let out that warning voice which was filled with unease, *gin-* hard sound resounded from Kaori''s neck. It was the impact voice of Yue''s defensive magic that made it in a hair''s breadth time to protect Kaori''s neck from the rapidly approaching assassin''s de. The moment Kaori noticed that, she raised a scream while also using Viger girl-style Godspeed to leap out from the cart.
Right away, from the opposite side of the spot where Kaori was just at, a powerfully assaulting de passed through there.
¡¸Hmm, on top of noticing the invisibility of this me, even the following blow is dodged¡¡. I see, it seems you two cannot be dealt with ordinary means.¡¹
Yuended lightly beside Kaori who jumped down. It seemed an attack was alsounched at Yue simultaneously with the second attack against Kaori. Yue jumped down from the cart to dodge that.
Yue and Kaori were staring dumbfounded and open-mouthed in a da~ze seeing the ck shadow who was looking down on them from above the cart. Whether it was the surprise attack that slipped through Kaori''s guard, or the flowing consecutive attack, this wasn''t the time for being dumbfounded¡¡however, the character that appeared was just too unexpected.
¡¸Tha, thank god! You finally arrived! It''s those two! Those two are the wanted criminal Yue-pon and Kaori! Please capture them quickly!¡¹
¡¸Merchant-dono. You did well using the magic item to contact me. Not only that, you even bring them until here to not let them escape¡¡my gratitude to your bravery. Leave the rest to me, go on ahead!¡¹
¡¸Yes, may luck be with you!¡¹
It seemed it was something like that. This merchant-sama noticed from the start that Yue-pon and Kaori were criminal, he pretended to not notice while guiding the two toward the boss character (perhaps the mid-boss). It seemed that he was a character for that.
What betrayal. But, thinking really really carefully, these two were wanted criminal so if this was said to be the proper treatment for them then no one could deny that. This was the karma that was following the two to the bitter end.
The two were able to purchase things like recovery item and so on, so to speak it was something like the recovery ce and save point that was usually provided in front of the boss room. Of course, they couldn''t save though.
But, what was more important than such things was regarding the person in front of the two''s eyes.
Yes, for some reason this person in ck clothes was making a cross with his two hands that were holding short swords while meaninglessly turning his body several times in a stance of half body. The two recognized this person very much. The person was wearing a sunsses, but the twopletely recognized him.
¡¸Listen well, criminal Yue-pon! Aplice Kaori! Now that I''m here, this ce is thest stop for you two. Lament your own misfortune while carving this name into your bone! My name is Abyssgate! One of the four heavenly kings of demon king vige, and an apprentice doctor! I''m the man who will consign the two of you to oblivion!¡¹
Yes, it was Abyssgate-san desu.
Just what is the four heavenly kings of demon king vige, how can an apprentice doctor saying things like "consigning to oblivion", for the time being Kaori put aside those straight-man retort and she whispered into Yue''s ear.
¡¸Yue, why is Endou-kun here? Seeing his act, he is in Abyss-san state isn''t he? Is this the real thing? Or program?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Come to think of it, before this Endou was called by Hajime and visited the home, but after a while I remember he rushed out while crying.¡¹
¡¸Ah, I can guess.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Endou who said¡ºNAGUMO YOU STUPID IDIOOOOOOOOT¡»while exiting the home was then chased by Hajime who was making expression that couldn''t endure being there while saying¡ºSorry! As expected I went too far! Even I got damaged!¡»¡¡¡¹
By the way, Abyssgate was a boss like four heavenly kings for Hauria training mode. Of course, it was a program. Though he was constantly in Abyss Lord state.
¡¸Fuh, you two finished your discussion? You can strain your wisdom to the utmost and wield all the strength that you have. If not, the abyss will swallow everything without even any time for you to blink you know?¡¹
A turn. An upward push on the sunsses. And arms crosse¨D¨Dd!
¡¸¡¡Endou. How far will he go.¡¹
¡¸I''m thinking once more. Emily-chan who is fighting hard alone is really not half-baked.¡¹
Inside their heart, Yue and Kaori sent their salute with streaming tear toward Abyssgate''s lovable lover who surely even now was refining her Hauria correction n.
Recently, her very act of trying to stop the chuuni with all her might itself became Hauria n''s amusement. Their affection toward Emily was rapidly heightening but¡¡the pure Emily-chan who was happily saying¡¸Recently, it feels like they became slightly better!¡¹didn''t notice it.
With faraway look, Yue and Kaori was recalling Emily who several times before this wasing to y to the home,ing to consult,ing to grumble,ing to consult,ing while crying, anding to consult.
¡¸Then, it''s time for judgment. Kousuke E Abyssgate¨D¨Dhere Ie!¡¹
The two quickly returned to their senses when they heard those words along with feeling the presence vanishing like a mirage.
It was mostly something that was done in subconscious level. It must be because of Kaori''s deep battle experience. When she noticed, she had already turned the unsheathed Ama no Murakumo toward her back.
Instantly, a metallic sound resounded and a light impact ran on Kaori''s arm.
¡¸Yaah¡¹
What Kaori unleashed along with that short yell was the horizontal sweep using divine sword Gram that she let out simultaneously with her defense. The attack with its travel time shortened using Godspeed that was let out immediately following the enemy attack normally would be the height of counterattack and bisected the opponent.
However, the attack Kaori unleashed ended up shing empty air in vain. Not only that, what entered her sight was something ck¨D¨Dno, it was Abyssgate''s kicking leg. His body leaped midair at the same instant when he attacked and he unleashed a midair spinning kick.
Even when taken aback by the tricky movement, Kaori wasted n time to lower her head and dodged. But, from below that lowered head, the opposite leg of Abyssgate approached.
¡¸Abyss-style Assassination Martial Art - Hi''en Renkyaku(The bird of abyss resurrected three times)¡¹(TN: Swallow Tempered Leg)
Midair he used the spring of upper body and twisted to unleashed three consecutive kicks.
Kaori''s eyes opened wide. It was impossible to dodge. But, perhaps the kick would just barely graze her chin. If that happened, in front of Abysgate who likely had prepared the next move she would be attacked in a state where her brain was shaken.
¡¸¨D¨D¡¾Wave Cutter¡¿!¡¹
¡¸Muh¡¹
A superpressed waterser flew from the side of Kaori who was bending backward in her attempt to dodge the second kick of Abyssgate. Thatser was flying in a straight line toward Abyssgate who was midair, however, it only grazed his side and passed through because his body unnaturally slid to the side.
Looking closer, the steel string that stretched out from Abyssgate''s ck glove was connecting his torso with a kunai that was stabbed on the ground unnoticed. It seemed, he pulled on the steel string for emergency evasion and moved his body midair.
Abyssgate performed ukemi whilending. Kaori approached such Abyssgate using godspeed and the divine sword Gram lunged in a vertical sh. *GOU-!* The sword that was swung down made the wind roared and mercilessly split Abyssgate into tw¨D¨D
¡¸Naive¡¹
¡¸Ah!?¡¹
The moment when Kaori thought so, the Abyssgate who seemed to be split into two divided into two clones and rushed passing through Kaori from her left and right sides.
Yue tried to rapid-fired wind des in order to snipe the two Abyssgate, but a thrown Kunai approached Yue faster than she could attack. Furthermore, another kunai that had also been thrown unnoticed behind Yue was also flying using its trait as artifact that would return to its owner''s position.
Yue who was aimed with a pincer attack from the front and back wasted no time to use gravity magic to fly and dodged the kunais. But, her offense magic was interrupted just like Abyssgate intended and his approach continued unmolested.
¡¸I won''t let you!¡¹
¡¸That''s why, I told you that''s na?ve.¡¹
Kaori spread fired silver feathers to one Abyssgate while she tried to strike at the back of the other Abyssgate with her sword, but a clone that suddenly appeared *poof* used its body as shield to block the silver feathers.
And then, Kaori suddenly lost her bnce because her ankle was suddenly grasped. Although she at least avoided tumbling down, but she let the two Abyssgate approaching Yue to get away.
When she looked at her foot,
¡¸¨D¨DDoton - Shin''en Ryuusha¡¹(TN: Earth Escape - Abyss Quicksand)
The figure of Abyssgate who was speaking his technique name with a smug face was underground with only his face and hand protruding out. His hand was firmly grabbing Kaori''s ankle. It seemed that he had made a clone hiding underground unnoticed.
Kaori who for some reason was strangely irritated used Ama no Murakumo no Tsurugi to slice half the face and arm of Abyssgate like mowing down grass. Abyssgate-san vanished with *puff*. Seeing that was also somewhat aggravating.
The Abyssgate that approached Yue charged from the front into super gravity space where the gravity was multiplied that Yueid out to stop the approach. Normally any person that entered the area would be crushed by the pressure and became a stain on the ground.
But, even Abyssgate was a user of gravity magic. His body was instantly d in ck mist and he plunged deeper as though there was nothing in his way.
¡¸¡¡But, Endou is unable to invoke multiple gravity magic.¡¹
¡¸Correct. That''s why I''ll do this.¡¹
Abyssgate''s capability to neutralize attack of super gravity was something that Yue was aware of. Her aim was that by using gravity magic then Abyssgate would use his own gravity magic that was his most dangerous skill to neutralize her attack, thus sealing that repertoire of his. Yue estimated that she would be able to cope against any other magic and physical attack other than that no matter what he tried to pull.
But, that was only if it was really the case that Abyssgate had the intention to attack Yue directly.
¡¸¨D¨DDoton - Shin''en Dairyuusha¡¹(TN: Earth Escape - Abyss Great Quicksand)
Abyssgate stabbed his short sword on the ground, at the same time the ground caved-in for about the diameter of ten meter. The ground that was turned into a quicksand was crushed down because of Yue''s super gravity space. Her bnce crumbled and her legs only sunk down even when she tried to find her bnce.
A slight opening was created. The main body of Abyssgate didn''t let go of that chance.
A sword sh approached smoothly from behind Yue. She didn''t feel any presence. Before she knew it her attention had left the Abyssgate that was attacked with spreading silver feathers. Even though she certainly recognized that there were two Abyssgate approaching her rapidly!
Yue''s eyes opened wide. Right now when her space magic was being restrained, she couldn''t use the instantaneous space teleportation "Divine Existence".
¡¸This is the e¨D¨Dafuh!?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nnn!?¡¹
''Will I get hit with an attack in this kind of ce¡¡'' The moment Yue thought that, a flying Ama no Murakumo no Tsurugi cut Yue''s head skin just for a tiny bit while stabbing the Abyssgate behind her.
Abyssgate just barely avoided having his vitals pierced, it was his shoulder that got hit and he got blown away.
Kaori who flew toward Yue with her silver wings unfolded took Yue out from inside the quicksand.
¡¸Are you okay Yue?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I''m not okay. My head got cut a bit. It was cut by Kaori.¡¹
¡¸I, I''m sorry. The gravity magic is stronger than I thought and the sword shifted. Is your soul affected?¡¹
¡¸¡¡u. Nothing particr.¡¹
¡¸I''m aad. For now I''ll pour restoration medicine okay?¡¹
Yue''s eyes turned a bit teary while both her hands were pressing on her head. Come to think of it, she recalled that in the past when she met Hajime, when she was controlled by a monster Hajime fired without any hesitation and her head skin was also scratched a bit by the bullet.
''Both Hajime and Kaori are merciless on my head'', Yue leaked out aint inside her heart. Although, it was the fact that she was saved so she couldn''t forget to say thanks.
¡¸Nevertheless, this is the first time I fought him but¡¡Endou-kun, he is really troublesome.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. He ispletely making the best use of his own special characteristic. It''s not just for show that he dealt a wound fighting a serious Hajime.¡¹
Yue and Kaori were watching Abyssgate who was pulling out Ama no Murakumo no Tsurugi from his shoulder while quietly talking about their impression of him at each other.
Both of them would have received lethal attack if they didn''t cover for each other.
What was terrifying was his stealth. Even though they were shing against him right from the front, before they knew it he had abnormally slipped off from their consciousness. It wasn''t in the level of presence istion and the like. It was a divine skill that should even be called as erasure of presence, no, existence. ¡¡It was truly sad that this hereditary trait wasn''t something that the person in question wished for.
Abyssgate once said. It was the best he could do to make a single wound on the demon king. That he wasn''t even able to win against the wives.
That statement was certainly not mistaken. With the exception like Liliana or Aiko, if they fought seriously, Abyssgate wouldn''t be able to win against Yue, or Kaori, or Shia, or Tio, and also against Shizuku even though it was just barely against her.
However, in that statement there was these additional notes.
In the case of Yue, she would win if she bulldozed through using her automatic regeneration.
In the case of Kaori, she would win if she used disintegration ability in apostle mode while ignoring any impact on the surrounding.
In the case of Shia, she would win if she used body hardening and blood maniption to use the strategy of stabbing each other at the same time.
In the case of Tio, she would win if she used vast range annihtion in ck god dragon mode.
In Shizuku''s case, she would win if she created a sword world of several hundred ck katana in Limit Break state.
Yes, anyone, even the veteran cheat group couldn''t fight directly against Abyssgate''s stealth tactic and his greatest trump card¨D¨Dattacking in waves using a thousand clones. There was a high possibility that they would be defeated before disying their power if they didn''t used something cheat-like like blowing away the whole surrounding area in one go or bulldozing through using specs difference.
Therefore, he was the right-hand man of the demon king. Therefore, he nonchntly got categorized among mankind''s strongest ss.
The expression of Yue and Kaori who got that fact thrust before them once more was bitter.
Abyssgate faced those two and sneered¡¸Fuh¡¹. He must be wanting to say that this was the beginning of the second round. Clones were materializing. The number was increasing than before. His strength and the painfulness of his speech and act were increasing following the depth of the abyss.
He was really a troublesome boss character.
And so, the two chose to annihte the whole area.
¡¸Mu? Where are you two going?¡¹
Ahead of the gaze of Abyssgate who was looking up, there were the figures of the flying Kaori and Yue. Their hands were full with the MP recovery medicine that they had purchased by quite a lot.
What materialized at the next moment were five heavenly dragons and innumerably number of silver feathers. In addition, a silver sun and a sun of azure me materialized overhead.
¨D¨DHe couldn''t be defeated without bulldozing through by force. Speaking in reverse, if they were in an environment where bulldozing through was possible, he could be easily defeated.
¡¸¡¡I''m d this is a game.¡¹
¡¸You''re right.¡¹
The silver feathers and me bullets for air bombing kept increasing without end. The five heavenly dragons growled while the sun of silver and sun of azure me were erging.
Abyssgate who saw that was,
¡¸No, aren''t those a bit no good?¡¹
The next moment, the scene of the end of the century manifested on the ground.
The earth that was plowed by the saturation attack could be mistaken as the scene of hell. The figure of the copsed Abyssgate smoldering with rising smoke was lying there. He was dispersing into red particles just like an enemy character. It seemed that he waspletely knocked out.
Yue and Kaorinded down beside such Abyssgate and they walked near his head to examine the situation.
¡¸¡..He is twitching.¡¹
¡¸It''s amazing he still hasplete limbs even after all that.¡¹
''If this is in reality then he will be scattered all over the ce'', Kaori said such gang-like line with a cute face.
Abyssgate who was still barely conscious because of the game mechanism turned his gaze toward such two and he opened his mouth.
¡¸Ku-ku-ku-, I''m the weakest one even among the four heavenly kings. I''m merely a disgrace of the demon king vige¡¡¡¹
¡¸Eh, you are saying such thing yourself?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Hajime, brutal.¡¹
Hajime-san who set this up was seriously savage, retorted Yue inside her heart. Surely this was the fault of the bug.
Abyssgate wrung out hisst strength and pointed out with a trembling hand.
Yue and Kaori were on guard in case he was nning something at the end, but Abyssgate''s fingertip was pointing ahead of the highway.
¡¸If you circle around that forest along the highway, you will be able to see the demon king vige.¡¹
It seemed he gave them the road direction.
The hand fell down limply. Abyssgate was vanishing into dust.
¡¸Anyway, let''s go there for now.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn¡¹
Both of them started walking. They didn''t look back.
About five minutes since they walked following the highway, when they circled the forest, it was just as Abyssgate said, they could see a tranquil vige that was surrounded by wooden fence.
It was a small scale vige with a calm atmosphere. It had scenery that was fitting for the next vige after the vige of beginning.
If there wasn''t the figures of people in front of the entrance that looked like a lovely arch made from wood.
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Yue and Kaori shared the feeling of ''somehow, I really don''t want to go there huuh''. But those people over there were looking here. They were looking awfully intensely here.
Yes, the rabbit eared person leaning on the pir of lovely wooden arch with arms crossed and face sporting a nihilistic smile for some reason, and a masked pink, and a ck dragon who was there for some reason despite the ce being a vige, and a man riding on the back of that dragon sporting a smile that looked like a demon king, they all were looking really intensely at Yue and Kaori.
For the time being, they tried to approach.
An intense pressure and *GOGOGOGO-* sound were emitted from the man. An atmosphere that gave the skin goosebumps was drifting in the area. The wind of battlefield was flowing viscously. A monstrous presence that wasn''t inferior evenpared to the real thing. By the point of time one confronted this man, don''t mention defeat, that person would instead be given the premonition of death.
This was without a doubt, thest boss. The demon king.
Yue and Kaori who were made to understand that whether they wanted it or not finally arrived nearby, and the demon king opened his mouth with an expression that looked mocking toward the challengers.
¡¸Wee, I am the vige chief of the demon king vige.¡¹
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I watched Sniper: Special Ops.
Seagal-sama¡¡
Anyway, I got a better opinion of Under Siege and Under Siege 2.
Chapter 255
Chapter 255
The demon king vige was a tranquil ce that was surrounded with splendid wooden fence. The entrance that depicted a lovely arch could be seen as casually conveying the will ¡¸We greatly wee other people than viger too¡¹ of the vige chief.
As for its scale it was about twice as big as the vige of beginning. There might be around three hundred people living there. There was a conspicuouslyrge tower at the middle of the vige, a cross was attached at its summit. Surely that was the church. That was Yue and Kaori''s destination.
But, they wouldn''t be able to reach there that easily. There was one reason for that.
Because the demon king vige''s vige chief-san and four heavenly king-san were standing in their way with a somewhat awesome atmosphere!
¡¸I won''t let you twoy your hand on the vige. Criminal Yue-pon and aplice Kaori. You can choose, will you surrender obediently, or get punched flying.¡¹
The vige chief who was meaninglessly emitting pressure *GOGOGOGO-* on the back of the gant ck dragon was saying that. It seemed in order to protect the vigers, the chief vige was nning to punish the two criminals scheming bad thing right here.
It seemed the vige chief of demon king vige was treasuring his vige and vigers.
The ck dragon cried ¡¸Gu~ruru?¡¹ in agreement looking like she was somewhat having fun. The rabbit eared girl fluttered her rabbit ears *fuaasaa-*, and the pink ranger¡¡the pink ranger was standing still without even a twitch. It was as though she was saying ¡¸I want to be a shellfish¡¹.
All of them were in a really motivated state!
Yue stared at the fearlessly grinning vige chief and for a moment she showed a gesture as though thinking of something, and a beatter, she rolled up her sleevespletely looking as though she wanted to say ¡¸Just bring it on~¡¹ while returning back a fearless smile.
Seeing Yue walking forward, Kaori stopped her in panic.
¡¸Geez-, Yue. Why are you that belligerent since we came here! There is an option of surrendering here, and by any chance perhaps we will be able to go to the church without fighting isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¡Fuh¡¹
¡¸Just now, why did youugh? Heey, why did youugh I wonder? I wonder?¡¹
Kaori''s Hannya-san almost came out looking at Yue scornfulugh that was making fun of her, but there she swallowed back her anger with an effort and she cleared her throat while pulling herself together. And then, she faced the vige chief and opened her mouth.
¡¸Err, Haji¨D¨Dnot, vige chief-san. If we surrender can you let us go to the church? If possible, we don''t to fight¡¡¡¹
For the moment, Kaori attempted to negotiate in ordance with the game''s setting but,
¡¸¡¡¡¡Fuh¡¹
¡¸Just now, why did youugh? Heey, Hajime-kun. Just now, why did youugh I wonder!?¡¹
She wasughed at scornfully and made fun of with an expression that was exactly like Yue. Kaori-san was enraged with her forehead sporting a blood vein.
¡¸No negotiation against criminal. Death or Destroy-! That is the internationalmon sense!¡¹
¡¸The vige chief of a remote vige talking about internationalmon sense is¡¡¡¹
Kaori became despondent when she heard the unhesitating deration of the vige chief-san.
¡¸¡¡Kaori. Stop being so unsightly by trying to negotiate after thiste. We are criminal! Blowing up anyone who stand in our way and devoting ourselves to plunder until exhaustion are our duty!¡¹
¡¸I don''t think that I''m someone so nasty to the level of a defiant criminal. Or rather, can you stop casually saying "we" to include even me as a criminal I wonder!? After all it''s Yue who is the culprit for all the charges isn''t it!?¡¹
Kaori''s straight-man act was well executed. However, Yue-sama paid it no mind. She took a step forward and held up one hand forward, then her fingertip bent and made a challenging gesture as though to say e and get me''.
Ignoring Kaori who was holding her head, the members of demon king vige also showed their motivation in respond to the provocation.
But, there, the rabbit eared girl came forward alone.
¡¸Chief-sama. Chief-sama himself doesn''t need to be troubled only to keeppany bunches of this level. I''ll take care of them. Together with pink ranger!¡¹
¡¸!?¡¹
It was themon pattern. For some reason pink ranger turned her head to the rabbit eared girl in a sh with an air as though to say ¡¸Eh, me too!?¡¹ though.
¡¸Hou, not a bad idea. Then I''ll leave it to the rabbit ear and pink ranger. Teach them that the nicknames ¡ºOr rather, this girl cannot get hit with bullet though, seriously. This buggy rabbit¡» and ¡ºThe most wicked urban legend of the empire¡»aren''t just for show.¡¹
¡¸Roger desuu! ¡¡Eh, just now, was I nonchntly got dissed?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
The rabbit ear girl reflexively stopped moving and looked back, while pink ranger was covered with dark cloud absentmindedly as though she was remembering a ck history. The vige chief sent a brief nce at such two before the ck dragon flew to the sky with him still riding it. It seemed that he would treat himself with being a spectator from up high.
The rabbit ears and pink ranger pulled themselves back together and they each took out a huge war hammer and ck katana and they took their stance.
From looking it seemed that pink ranger wasn''t motivated, but the strength of these two was the authentic article. From the point of view of Kaori who thoroughly knew that, it made her got cold sweat that they were fighting these two in this condition where they had no number advantage.
Naturally her expression stiffened while she pulled out Gram and Ama no Murakumo no Tsurugi.
¡¸These are, powerful enemies.¡¹
No reply came against Kaori''s words. In exchange what could be heard was ¡¸Sooi¡¹ a stupid voice of throwing something. What was flying was a superpressed me bullet the size of a fist. The speed was as fast as a bullet in contrast with that throwing voice.
¡¸How cheeky desuuu¨D¨Duu?¡¹
The rabbit eared girl must be trying to sent it flying with her war hammer attack. The rabbit eared girl faced the me bullet andunched a horizontal full swing.
But, the me bullet showed an unexpected movement there. It put on the emergency brakes and the next instant it flew high to the sky.
The rabbit eared girl unconsciously showed an astonished expression wondering ''Just where could she be aiming at?'', but right after that, her expression became twitching.
¡¸Eh, ah, wait, Yue!?¡¹
Kaori''s uneasy voice resounded, but leaving that aside, the me bullet drastically angled down and changed its trajectory even further and it quickly hit the target.
Grand explosive sound reverberated, a terrific fire pir rose up.
¨D¨DFrom a corner of the vige
It felt like the time of the world stopped. Both the rabbit eared girl and the pink ranger, and the even the ck dragon and the vige chief, they were looking at the me st behind them with widely opened mouth. Naturally, Kaori was also the same. Screams were resounding from the vige.
¡¸¡¡Fumu. Although this is a game, but even in a boss fight the vige isn''t turned into immortal object or no entry zone.¡¹
A voice that sounded profoundly understanding, and lovely, and in a certain sense terrifying was resounding in the area excessively clearly.
Kaori who returned to her senses with a ''hah'' made a grand straight-man retort without even hiding her convulsing face.
¡¸Wha wha wha wha, what are you doing Yue!? Are you stupid!? Do you want to die!? This sister-san with a screw loose!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Calm down Kaori. I only blew up a corner of the vige a bit.¡¹
¡¸That wasn''t a bit! You cannot throw away your ethics just because this is a game you know!? If you don''t stop this, I''ll get seriously angry here!¡¹
Kaori raised an angry yell ''Ugaa¨D¨D'' that was unlike her, however, Yue shrugged her shoulders as though wanting to say ¡¸good grief this little girl¡¹. A pulsing blood vein emerged on Kaori''s forehead. Hannya-san was standing by~.
With a gentle expression, Yue started to exin kindly, carefully, and thoroughly as though she was talking with a dull-witted child.
¡¸¡¡Are you listening, Kaori? No matter what kind of time and situation it is, it''s no good unless you are thinking from the view point of your opponent.¡¹
¡¸At the very least, I understand really well the rage of the vigers who suddenly got bombed.¡¹
Yue-san beautifully ignored Kaori''s retort. She pointed her index finger straight up and began lecturing. Kaori was directing a fixed re that was at the same level of Yue. As for the vige chief followed by the four heavenly kings, they were also listening carefully in interest.
¡¸¡¡Even if it''s a demon king that show up in a game, but why is he fighting? What is his objective?¡¹
¡¸Eh? That''s¡¡if it''s normally then it''s to conquer the world, something like that? In order to be a ruler is the royal road isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Exactly. In order to obstruct that, the hero and his party will try to defeat the demon king. Sometimes they will do illegal entry into civilian''s home, they will rummage around as they please, steal, if there is anyone who stand in their way they will murder them even if it''s against their fellow human, in a boss fight they will lynch the single opponent with numbers. Under the name of justice! Under the name of justice-! You are mistaken! I am in the right! Because this is justice!¡¹
¡¸That''s a terrible prejudice¡¡but I cannot say anything seeing I cannotpletely deny that.¡¹
Perhaps recalling of someone in the past, pink ranger looked up to the sky.
¡¸Eerr, I don''t dare to believe this but, if it''s for the sake of defeating the vige chief of demon king vige then doing anything is fine because you are justice¨D¨Ddon''t tell me that''s what you want to say?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Do you think I''m a hero? How impolite. Cough-. We are off topic, but in other words what I actually want to say is, fighting from the front is not the only way to exterminate the demon king.¡¹
¡¸Sorry, Ipletely don''t get what do you want to say.¡¹
''You still don''t get it¡¡'', Yue-sama lifted up both her hands like westerners in exasperation. Kaori was a child that had self-control. She unconsciously lifted up her Gram but she immediately lowered it back down.
¡¸¡¡If you think from the viewpoint of the demon king, the demon king want the world and that''s why he will fight even the heinous hero squadron alone. Then, in order to win against the demon king without fighting, you just need to erase his reason for fighting.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yue. Right now, I''m feeling so much goosebumps here. My feeling is like someone who have discovered a madness inside their friend here.¡¹
Kaori who was feeling astonished hugged herself with both hands as though wanting to say that she was looking at a scary person. The rabbit eared girl and pink ranger, and the ck dragon were also having the same reaction from hearing this talk. Their expression was like someone who had seen the darkness deep inside the heart of their loved one. Even the vige chief-sama was holding his head at his wits end.
Amidst that, Yue created countless explosive superpressed me bullet while speaking her conclusion with a smug face.
¡¸¡¡The demon king said. I want the world. In that case, it''s fine if the world is just destroyed beforehand.¡¹
See, there wouldn''t be any reason to fight anymore after that right?
Yue puffed up her chest ''ahem'' with a cute face, but her idea was extremely disturbing. I won''t let you conquer the world! Before you can, I will destroy the world first without fail!
Indeed, the vige chief of demon king vige said it. ''I won''t let you twoy your hand on the vige''. He fought for that. That was why, if the vige was destroyed then he would lose any reason to fight. This was truly a stylish demon king extermination. Crush not the body, but the very purpose itself!
Anyway, first thing first Kaori, rabbit eared girl, pink ranger, and the ck dragon, they all simultaneously,
¡¸Yue you demon-!!¡¹
¡¸Yue-san you psychopathhh!!¡¹
¡¸Rather, you are an evil god!¡¹
¡¸The husband is like this, and the wife too!?¡¹
Hurled their straight-man retort.
Yue-sama wouldn''t listen to mere words of the rabble. She floated up with gravity magic, made countless exploding superpressed me bullets floating around her, and she spread out her hands widely.
She was truly overflowing with majesty like a demon king, with a fearless smile on her lips, and clear sadistic glint in her eyes. Like that she said,
¡¸It''s all peachy if you just win-!!¡¹
Meteor shower rained down to destroy the world(vige).
The rabbit eared girl and pink ranger screamed ''WAAAAAAH'' while running around to intercept the me bullets, and then the ck dragon hurriedly participate in the battle. Seeing them like that, it seemed that it was really as expected that if the vige which was a protection target was destroyed then it would be the defeat of the vige chief''s side.
¡¸¡¡.Take this and thi~s, and this this and thi~s? The vige will perish if you don''t try harder you know~. If any of you dodge or charge forward, then I''m sorry but I''ll happily use the opening to destroy the vige! Fu-fufu~nofu~~?¡¹
¡¸Yue-san you fieeend! You bruteee!¡¹
¡¸Aaahm geez-. That''s why I don''t want to do this~~~¡¹
¡¸Oooi, Goshujin-sama! Thy first wife art rampaging here! Do something about it!¡¹
me bullets that were carrying terrific power densely approached like a voley of gatling gun, furthermore every single shot was flying randomly followingplicated trajectory. If they dodged then the vige would be blown up, if they charged forward and the defense line was broken then the vige would instantly return to ash.
If Yue used one hit kill attack, the lightning dragon for example to send flying the rabbit eared girl, during that time pink ranger would rush to bring the battle into close quarterbat, but because Yue understood that she attacked with barrage of bullet.
She was merrily firing around like crazy, but the storm of magic she unleashed was delicate and possessed lethal destructive power. It was an artistic special move.
The vige chief was going to join into the battle soon, it was at that time,
¡¸Sto, stop screwiiing, AROUN~~~~D!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nmii!?¡¹
The vertical sh of Gram (t side) from Kaori-san who was flying in godspeed burst on the crown of Yue''s head. The magic dispersed and Yue fell while making a strange cry. Perhaps she bit her tongue because her hands were pressing on her mouth and her eyes became teary while she was rolling around on the ground.
¡¸¡¡Ka, Kaoriii. What are you doinggg!¡¹
¡¸That''s my line. This is too fiendish! Even though this is a game, but this is still too problematic for a human!¡¹
The ck dragon nced at the vige chief. Vige chief averted his eyes.
Kaori huffed in anger, but even while in that state she carried Yue who was still teary eyed under her arm.
¡¸Even without doing that, we can still go toward the church without fighting! We can enter the vige with my godspeed!¡¹
It seemed Kaori nned to breakthrough using super speed. She was determined to shake off the enemies and slipped into the church.
Yue opened her mouth to say something, but Kaori''s godspeed was invoked faster than that.
This skill that made it possible to shorten the very time to move from point A to point B itself so the user could move in super speed, if it was in a straight line it could surpass even the speed of railgun bullet.
Against this speed that was beyond the pale of the perception ability of living thing in general, it would be beyond anyone''s power toy their hand on the user without using external aid like magic or artifact, or preparing a special n beforehand.
Once, even the apostles of that god were unable to even perceive this speed. The cheat of this skill was already proved¡¡
(Eh, no way-)
(¡¡Even though I was going to say that it was impossible)
In this world of godspeed, putting aside Yue who was sticking close to Kaori, any outsider should be unable to perceive her.
With the exception of just one person.
Indeed, pink ranger didn''t even twitch, the focus of the ck dragon''s eyes were also still fixed at the spot where Kaori was at before. Though the vige chief was looking at far away mncholically, but anyway, he wasn''t following Kaori''s movement.
But, it was only the gaze of the rabbit eared girl¨D¨Dthat was following Kaori.
A chill shuddered through Kaori''s body, in that moment the ground under the rabbit eared girl exploded. The rabbit eared girl rapidly approached as though in a frame-by-frame yback!
If this was a race in a straight line where the two started from the same starting point, there was no way for the rabbit eared girl to win against godspeed. But, if it was just cutting into the path of an opponent that was approaching from the opposite side, it wasn''t something impossible.
As though to proof that, when Kaori noticed there was a war hammer''s hitting surface approaching before her eyes.
¡¸Fuwah!?¡¹
Kaori unconsciously raised a strange scream while bending backward like a limbo dance to evade the war hammer. The war hammer passed above her head along with the sound as though the air exploded. Kaori''s expression was twitching grandly.
But, she dodged. She immediately returned her posture from the limbo dance state and without paused she rushed¡¡
A shadow loomed above. Obeying the warning her instinct was ringing at her, Kaori leaped to the side using godspeed. If she escaped forward, she judged that surely she would be hit by shockwave from behind and got blown away.
That was the correct move. It was unclear how, but after Kaori dodged using limbo dance she should have taken distance of several meter in an instant with her godspeed, yet the rabbit eared girl who seemed to have catch up swung down her war hammer from behind Kaori.
The impact smashed the ground and the shockwave surged forward like a tsunami.
It was a bad move for Kaori that her legs unconsciously stopped moving. *DOU-* When she could hear that sound of the ground exploding, the rabbit eared girl was approaching toward her front with a movement that was exactly like an instant teleportation.
(Godspeed¨D¨D!?)
Kaori evaded while at the same time moving toward the vige without pause. Certainly the rabbit eared girl was fast, but now they were side by side. If she could keep rushing forward toward the vige like this, she would be able to shake off the rabbit eared girl. Kaori thought that, but the moment her leg stepped forward to advance, she caught sight of an iron ball approaching right from the side toward the position she would be going to and her legs reflexively stopped.
Just from where in the world it came from? Naturally the rabbit eared girl kicked it out almost at the same time when Kaori stepped forward. The iron ball that moved from the explosive leg strength was already the same like a cannon.
It was natural for Kaori to stop moving from the sense of danger, and then, as long as there was just that one moment it was enough for the rabbit eared girl.
(Ah, this is, no good¨D¨D)
(¡¡I think it''s pointless though.)
She got caught. Kaori who was convinced so resolved herself and she lifted her hand to use Gram as shield. There, Yue whose aura seemed resigned churned her magic power.
The next moment, Kaori and Yue''s figure vanished and then materialized a few meter ahead.
It was Yue''s instantaneous space teleportation magic "Divine Existence". Actually the skill was liberated after they got the better of Abyssgate. Although, because the skill was only liberated just now, it was affixed with use limitation and the distance it could possibly travel was around 5~7 meter.
This time too they moved to a spot five meter away from the rabbit eared girl but¡¡
¡¸Eh, Shia is¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸-, Divine Existence-¡¹
The rabbit eared girl wasn''t at the previous spot, and instantly, a shadow loomed overhead. Yue instantly invoked Divine Existence and teleported further five meter to the side.
And then,
¡¸Whyyy!?¡¹
The rabbit eared girl-san was right before their eyes. The war hammer was raised up.
¡¸Nnn-, Divine Existencee¡¹
More teleport! However, they were circled by the rabbit eared girl.
Further teleport! But rabbit eared girl was beside them!
Desperate teleport! Failed to escape from rabbit eared girl-san!
Even though they should be teleportingpletely randomly, it was as though the opponent understood where would they teleport to right from the start, the distance of five meter was instantly filled and they were circled around!
¡¸Ah, I see, it''s Future Sight!?¡¹
¡¸No? I''m not using it you know?¡¹
Kaori pointed out that the method of calcting their current position was using the rabbit eared girl-san''s characteristic magic, but the person herself simply denied that while swinging her war hammer. It was barely dodged using teleport. Although this time there was a slight distance between them, but it didn''t change that their path was blocked and they were circled around.
¡¸Then, how do you know our position!?¡¹
Kaori reflexively asked so, to which the rabbit eared girl-san smiled cheerfully,
¡¸Instinct-!!¡¹
And answered so.
Reacting against a speed that surpassed railgun bullet speed, and calcting the materializing position of instantaneous space teleportation using only instinct before circling around that position.
¡¸¡¡This is the bugged rabbit''s way of doing thing with the bugged rabbit''s characteristic after all.¡¹
The eyes of Yue who was saying that tiredly was looking at far away as though she was escaping reality somewhat.
Kaori had never fought Shia directly. She sometimes saw her training, saw her easily dodging Hajime''s bullet and had easygoing thought ''how amazing~'', but now that she faced her for real she understood well her dangerousness.
Try to imagine this.
A heavily armored tank that possessed a destructive power that was literally a one hit certain death, able to trickily move around with a speed that could dodge even electromaically elerated bullet. In addition, that tank was equipped with automatic repair function, could jump around until the sky, and able to urately find enemy position whether they were trying to hide or teleport. To say more, a future prediction would automatically activate in respond to an attack that would directly connect to its death, so surprise attack wouldn''t work at all.
It was a nightmare.
Even that demon king was made toment like this, ¡¸I don''t want to earnestly fight only against that girl. There is no way to defeat her other than using n to checkmate her. Or rather, when I apanied her training before this, Donner''s bullet got caught barehanded by her¡¡now that she doesn''t even need to dodge, just what should I do huh¡¹.
By the way, after that training Hajime was improving his artifact''s specs bit by bit. A demon king that was desperately increasing his strength because he was cornered by his wife¡¡it was really surreal.
¡¸¡¡It''s suicidal to do something like fighting Shia and others in this state where our ability is restricted. That''s why, I thought to checkmate her while the game''s setting is still in effect. And yet, Kaori you stupiiid¡¹
¡¸Uu. But, Yue was just too much of a fiend, that was why¡¡¡¹
If it was Yue in full power going all out then she would still manage somehow against Shia. However, right now she was in a state where finally Divine Existence could be used with limit. It was also difficult to dere that the space magic itself was fully usable.
The point was, it was a situation of "level insufficient to clear the stage".
However, there was no way the enemies would give anymore opening that would let them make an unavoidable attack by taking the vige hostage. The enemies weren''t that na?ve that the same method would work more than once.
''Is this stalemate¡¡''
When Kaori was thinking that, she heard a sigh that leaked out from Yue.
¡¸¡¡I don''t want to use this move though.¡¹
¡¸Eh, you still have some kind of n?¡¹
The reliable Yue-sama. Kaori''s eyes shined.
¡¸Uh huh¡¹Yue nodded half-heartedly, however, she was making a really lovely smile in contrast of that. It was a lovely smiling face that was sadistically bright.
¡¸¡¡Some time ago, Shizuku secretly tried on frilly gothic Lolita clothes.¡¹
¡¸!?¡¹
The sudden words caused pink ranger to move her face in alert toward Yue as though to say ¡¸How did you!?¡¹. Everyone else were directing their gaze to pink ranger as though to say ¡¸Eh, seriously?¡¹.
¡¸¡¡When it was Shia''s turn for washingundry, she would sniff Hajime''sundry once without fail before putting it inside the washing machine.¡¹
¡¸!?¡¹
The rabbit eared girl''s rabbit ears stood up straight as though saying ¡¸How did you!?¡¹. Everyone else were directing their gaze to her as though to say ¡¸Eh, seriously?¡¹.
¡¸¡¡Recently, Tio was starting to write poem.¡¹
¡¸!?¡¹
The ck dragon''s eyes opened wide as though to say¡¸How did you?¡¹. Everyone else were directing their gaze to her as though to say ¡¸Eh, seriously?¡¹.
Yue smirked broadly while dering toward the girls who were like that.
¡¸¡¡I am Yue. The first wife who grasp everything of the wive~s.¡¹
She was implicitly saying, ¡¸If you don''t want the happily embarrassing this and that get exposed even further, you understand what should you do, don''t you?¡¹.
In that ce where dead silence had returned, it was pink ranger who made the first move.
She plucked off her own mask and then threw it away strongly toward the ground. And then, she copsed all of a sudden.
¡¸Pink ranger received critical hit. Pink ranger died.¡¹
She even said such narration by herself.
The rabbit eared girl who saw that was trembling while raising her voice.
¡¸Uu, Yue-san you cowaaard! Fight fairly and squarely desuu!¡¹
The rabbit eared girl pointed sharply with her finger, in respond to that Yue-sama,
¡¸It''s all peachy if you just win-!¡¹
She answered so while puffing up her chest. The rabbit eared girl copsed spread-eagled on the ground. ¡¸I won''t forget this desuuu¡¹Such curse could be heard from her.
Yue''s gaze caught the ck dragon.
¡¸Nu, nuguu¡¡¡¹
The ck dragon moaned and hesitated of what to do. Toward such ck dragon, Yue-sama averted her gaze a bit, and she spoke with her cheeks slightly reddening.
¡¸¡¡Tio, you was cute. You are really a maiden.¡¹
¡¸Thou read it!? Mine book!?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Honestly, I''m sorry. But, before this you have the previous offense of reading my diary as you pleased, so we are even with this.¡¹
¡¸NuguoOOOOOH, it''s just so embarrassinggg¡¹
The writhing ck dragon thenid upside down and used both her front legs to cover both her eyes and then she stopped moving.
¡¸Wha, what violence of words¡¡this is terrible.¡¹
Kaori turned a shuddering expression toward her partner. Rather, an uneasy thought ''Does she know something embarrassing about me too?'' was descending on her mind.
Yue-sama nced at Kaori. She smiled pleasantly. Kaori grabbed at Yue while saying¡¸What''s the meaning of your smile!?¡¹, but even when she shook Yue''s body back and forth, Yue was only smiling. Kaori''s unease was only swelling up instead seeing that smile.
¡¸Aa~, somehow this development ispletely different from what I imagined¡¡but in a sense, perhaps I should say as expected of Yue?¡¹
The vige chief-san finally came out. His voice came from the sky sounding like he was exasperated, but also in admiration, with a really speechless expression filled withplicated feeling.
¡¸¡¡Nn. As expected I cannot fight everyone. It''s only natural that I will aim for a victory without fighting. The leftover strength that I can preserve¨D¨Dcan be used to fight Hajime to my heart''s content.¡¹
¡¸Nn? You want to fight me? Ipletely thought that you will also target me with verbal attack that I''m really staying on guard here though.¡¹
The vige chief-san tilted his head in puzzlement, which in respond Yue grabbed Kaori''s hand and she answered.
¡¸¡¡Nn. This is a rare chance, so a battle for thest. I think it''s also fine to test how far can I go in a tag team with Kaori.¡¹
¡¸Eh, Yue?¡¹
Kaori looked at Yue in surprise. Yue turned her gaze toward Kaori and asked ¡¸What do you think?¡¹.
¡¸¡¡Hmm, I guess. We also don''t need to worry about anything already, let''s go all out for the end!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn!¡¹
Yue and Kaori touched their fist at each other in a disy of their motivation. Their words caused the vige chief to notice that the two had noticed and he made a wry smile.
Seeing Yue and Kaori who looked like they were having fun as though they were going to participate in the event that would be thest enjoyment of the day after this, the vige chief started to manipte the floating disy near his hand.
Yue and Kaori were enveloped in gentle light. Next, tworge swords materialized in front of Kaori, they stabbed smoothly into the ground. They were a ck demon sword and a white holy sword. They were Kaori''s exclusive artifacts¨D¨D¡¾Demon Sword of Circle Cmity Anima Ernte¡¿ and ¡¾Holy Sword of Gospel Bel Rexion¡¿.
Yue herself felt her magic power overflowing from her body which became a golden undtion that whirled visibly outside. Her hairs that were fluttering gently and her shining eyes that looked like ga wordlessly disyed that she was in her perfect state.
¡¸Originally this is a space for training. There is no need for even a shred of reservation or mercy. Well then, let''s y a bit grandly before the dinner.¡¹
*jakin* What was taken out with such sound was Donner & Scg. Their form that was emitting crackling sparks was truly ominous.
¡¸Come, sister with a screw loose, and the vige chief''s regrettable daughter?¡¹
The provoking words of the demon king vige''s chief caused the two to have blood vein pulsing on their forehead and,
¡¸¡¸Bring it on-!!¡¹¡¹
They replied with words that also sounded belligerent.
The stage was the sky.
The vige chief who was flying around in the air with crimson ripples spreading from him was cornered by the splendidbination of the viger girl who was flying in godspeed with silver wings spread out, and the apprentice sister who had threeyers of halo ring behind her and five heavenly dragons obeying hermand.
Meteor shower of bullets streamed like a shower in the sky, giving rise to the profuse blooming of flowers of me st.
¡¸Oo, Hajime-san is not just using Cross Velt, he even started using Grim Reapers.¡¹
¡¸Everyone is going at it seriously. Even though they understand that they won''t die, isn''t this a bit too extreme?¡¹
¡¸Sometimes going wild like that art also necessary. After all they couldst not really cut loose in earth.¡¹
Shia and Shizuku and Tio had gathered before anyone knew it. They were watching the battle while sitting on the ground while grasping their knees. They were absentmindedly staring at the battle of the three.
Just as Shizuku said, they wouldn''t die in this space, even so the extremely radical battle caused them the spectators to be in suspense with their heart pounding, but¡¡
They understood from watching.
¡¸¡¡They look like they are having fun.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Right.¡¹
Both Yue and Kaori looked like they were really having fun. On top of that, thebination of the two was harmonizing further into godly level. It was as though they were practicing dancing to the same beat for real, which made anyone who watched would want to shout ¡¸Oooh¡¹ in admiration, the two were exhibiting such artistic techniques and tactics one after another.
Actually, from some time ago Tio had been going ¡¸Ooh, amazing! There! Go!¡¹pletely as a spectator.
But, both Shia and Shizuku seemed to be in a slightly different state,
¡¸¡¡Muu, I will be able to match the rhythm more skillfully there. For Yue-san, doing it like this, like boring inside will be better.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yue is also too soft there. In that setting Kaori have the habit of going to the right. Even though if it''s me I will be able to do it in the way that makes it easier for Kaori.¡¹
For some reason the two where pouting a bit with an expression that didn''t find the show enjoyable. Perhaps they were jealous toward someone. And from their words it could be easily guessed who was the target of their feeling.
Even while there was a fierce battle going on the sky, the voices of ¡¸Kaori you stupiiid~¡¹, or ¡¸Yue you idiooot~¡¹insulting at each other could be heard from below. Each time they found something to be dissatisfied about from each other''s movement, they would quarrel with each other, but even that quarrel itself looked like they were having fun somehow.
And then, each time Shia and Shizuku saw that, they would pout ¡¸Muu¡¹ again.
¡¸It''s really wonderful that they art getting along well.¡¹
After ncing at Shia and Shizuku, Tio turned her gaze toward Yue and Kaori in the sky. Tio who were looking at both sides in order then whispered with a gentle tone.
A while after that, the showy extreme game continued until the magic power and bullet that were prepared by the setting ran out.
The hazy consciousness surfaced from the pleasant shaking and the voice of their beloved calling their name.
¡¸¡¡Nnu¡¹
¡¸au?¡¹
Yue who opened her eyes slightly absentmindedly looked at the face of Kaori which was in front of her eyes. Kaori was also staring in a daze at the face of Yue who was in front of her.
¡¸¡¡I''m sorry, Kaori. I have no interest of that way.¡¹
¡¸That''s a terrible misunderstanding. I also don''t have an interest of that way. Yue you idiot.¡¹
Perhaps they were slightly half-asleep, it seemed they were thinking that the other was crawling into their bed.
¡¸Don''t sleep talk, wake up.¡¹
When their gaze followed the direction of where the voice came from, there was the figure of Hajime looking down at Yue and Kaori there. The two blinked their eyes repeatedly and then when they looked around, they understood that they were in Hajime''s underground workshop. Not just Hajime, there were also Shia, Shizuku, and also Tio there.
Hajimeughed a bit while talking to the waking up duo.
¡¸There should be no problem, but both of you, do you feel anything strange in your body?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Nothing particr.¡¹
¡¸Yep, I''m also fine here. ¡¡I see, we came back.¡¹
They had returned from the world game back to reality. Kaori who took in that fact let out a sigh of relieve.
¡¸Yeah, that''s right. I was surprised you know? When I came home, both of you were sleeping in this kind of ce, you two wouldn''t wake up, and when I investigated the game was activated.¡¹
¡¸Uu, I''m sorry Hajime-kun. Looks like the game device broke because of our carelessness. When we noticed we were taken in already.¡¹
¡¸Looks like it.¡¹
Hajime shrugged his shoulders to tell her to not mind it. Yue looked over the workshop and asked.
¡¸¡¡As I thought, only Endo was a program?¡¹
Hajime answered positive to that question.
Actually, Hajime, Shia, Shizuku, and Tio who appeared at the end of the game were the same like Yue and Kaori. They were the real people who were diving into the game.
It seemed Yue and Kaori weren''t really conscious of the time, but the time was already evening right now, Hajime who was in the middle of going home identally met up with Shizuku who had taken care of her family business and was heading toward the Nagumo residence. The two of them then went home together. Right after that, Tio''s group also returned home.
They woken up the droopy Shia who was still sleeping like a log even when the sun had set, searched for Yue and Kaori who weren''t anywhere and when they tried looking at the underground workshop, they found the two copsing on the floor.
When they investigated, it became clear that the game device was malfunctioning and taking in the two.
At that point, it was when the two had finished their series of random encounters and were walking on the highway. At that time Hajime was pretty much able to quickly make the two returned to reality if he wanted but,
¡¸Why didn''t you do that then?¡¹
¡¸The two of you looked like you were having a lot of fun. Besides¨D¨D¡¹
Recently Yue''s use of magic (offense magic instead of handy magic) was remarkably few, perhaps it was because of that her trigger of offense magic inside the game became really light.
When Hajime investigated the game log, he saw that Yue destroyed the church right after she entered the game. Hajime thought that perhaps, was she stressed out from living inconspicuously in earth although it didn''t show up in her surface? Thinking that this was a chance that was hard toe by, Hajime decided to continue the game so Yue could cut loose once in a while.
To say more,
¡¸About this game device, I''m especially paying attention to its safety. That''s why, originally it''s impossible for it to absorb the surrounding people by its own just from it falling a bit. And yet, for it to malfunction and get bugged like this¨D¨DKaori, you are the cause.¡¹
¡¸Eh!? Me!?¡¹
¡¸Yes. This is just my guess, but when this device hit you, I think you unconsciously used your disintegration ability at that time. You used it for just an instant, and it was really only a slight activation, but a part of the safety mechanism along with the magic power in it were dispersed because of that.¡¹
¡¸Wa, was that true?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. Even for just an instant but it was still disintegration magic. Even though it was an incident, but you unconsciously activated that kind of atrocious thing, to put it another way your control was sloppy¨D¨DKaori, you are too much of a peace idiot.¡¹
¡¸Hauuua!?¡¹
Hajime''s exasperated pointing out caused Kaori to crouch in guilt and shame. Yue poked at her repeatedly while dealing additional blow ¡¸¡¡Kaori is too loose~, your stomach is also too loosee~¡¹. ¡¸My stomach isn''t bby-¡¹ Kaori objected back in reflex.
And so, in order to disperse Yue''s possible stress, and admonished Kaori''s peacecency, Hajime used Abyssgate program in order to buy time while he and the others finished their preparation and dived in inside the game.
¡¸Well, though it seemed that Yue saw through that we weren''t program right away.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Naturally. A program and the real Hajime, there is no way I''ll mistake between the two even just for an instant.¡¹
¡¸Uu, even I noticed it right away.¡¹
By the way, Kaori noticed after she saw Hajime''s reaction against Yue''s violence. Kaori''s expression turnedplicated. perhaps she felt vexed of losing against Yue.
Seeing such Kaori, Yue rubbed the salt on the wound once more, Kaori made her rebuttal against that, and then they started going into a fight like usual.
But, there an amused chuckle interrupted them. When the two who were ring at each other turned their gaze over there, they found the figure of Hajime chuckling with a really pleasant expression looking at them.
¡¸No, really. The two of you get along well huh.¡¹
Even though they were going to start quarrelling for real just now, but why was his impression toward them was like that instead? Yue and Kaori tilted their head in puzzlement, to which Hajime pointed at the hand of the two while saying.
¡¸When you two copsed, the two of you were hugging each other so strongly as though you two absolutely wouldn''t let go of each other. Look, even now you two are holding hand without any sign of letting go.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Hearing Hajime pointing out so, Yue and Kaori gazed at their own hand. Indeed, they were tightly grasping each other''s hand. What''s more it was what wasmonly referred to as lover hand holding with how their fingers were interlocked with the other''s fingers.
When push came to shove they covered for each other faster than they could think, and when it came into battle they disyed action that was dancing to the same beat, and even when they quarreled they snuggled close to each other naturally.
What could these two be called other than intimate friend? Seen from the view point of a certain demography of people, there were already lily flowers blooming profusely at their background.
''This is involuntary-!'' As though to say that, the two let go of each other''s hand hurriedly, but before the two could speak out anyint or excuse, the two were pulled backward strongly. At the same time, their face got buried *mofu-* into a soft ce.
¡¸Kaori-san, I''ll say this in advance, but Yue-san is my Yue-san. I am her number one best friend! Be aware of that, thank-you-ve-ry-muchh! Desuu!!¡¹
¡¸Yue. Don''t meddle with my Kaori too much. After all I''m Kaori''s number one best friend. Be aware of that, thank-you-ve-ry-muchh!¡¹
Shia and Shizuku sullenly red at the other with Yue and Kaori who were gasping for breaths from their face getting buried into the voluminous chest of the two were in between them. It seemed they were respectively feeling a bit jealous that their best friend was going to be taken away.
¡¸Nou, Goshujin-sama. While this sight art somethingmonce, I''m feeling really alienated here, what shouldst I do?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Should I step on you?¡¹
¡¸!? This damned Goshujin-sama-. I love thee.¡¹
The underground workshop was somewhat in chaos, but right after that, a new character descended down from the ceiling. A part of the ceiling toppled over suddenly, and a little girl came down smoothly from the upside-down sofa.
¡¸Muuh, leaving out Myuu like this! How unfair nano! It''s dinner nano! After eating Myuu will also y that nano!¡¹
The princess of Nagumo family seemed to be helping Remia and Sumire while her papa and others were ying. What a well-behaved daughter.
Urged by Myuu who didn''t forget to call them for dinner even while huffing in anger, the decisive battle for the seat of number one best friend ended for the moment. They all climbed up the stair while Yue and Kaori were pacifying Shia and Shizuku respectively.
¡¸Nn? Myuu doesn''t go?¡¹
¡¸I''ll return by ''pyon-'' nano.¡¹
¡¸¡¡You really like that huh.¡¹
Hajime chuckled while exiting the room.
By the way, what she meant by "pyon" was the shortcut to the living room. If the sofa toppling over was the shortcut to fall into the underground, the ''pyon'' was a mechanism to leap to the living room from the underground. It was like that thing singer used to leap up to the stage in a concert and so on.
The princess of Nagumo family didn''t like normality!
Myuu moved to the floor tile where she could ''pyon'', and that time she was about to activate the mechanism, *thud* a sound came from deeper inside the workshop.
''Oh?'' When Myuu tilted her head and took a look, there she found a book with strange colored front cover.
Myuu took that book with her hand.
¡¸Hm~m, Myuu cannot read this nano¡¡. Well, doesn''t matter! Rather than that it''s dinner nano!¡¹
Myuu wasn''t bothered and jumped into the living room using ''pyon''.
With her hand still carrying the book.
The living room of Nagumo residence was overflowing with liveliness. Yue and Kaori was still quarreling with each other stingingly like always even in the dinner table, however Shia and Shizuku could only see that as the proof of them getting along well and they were zing with strange rivalry, Shuu and Sumire yelled ¡¸We are home¨D¡¹, Tio was raising voice of ecstasy from getting stepped on, and the neighbors were startled.
The little adventure of the two love rival(friend) that happened from a little happening ended, and today themon day of Nagumo family ended peacefully and safely too.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Now then, in the middle it felt like I don''t understand anymore what I''m writing, but for now the small adventure of Yue & Kaori is over.
Sorry that in the end I put a strange groundwork.
I just put it in for the time being, thinking that someday I might be able to use it for the material of an extra story, something like that.
Come on, Myuu has the property of being liked by strange existence after all.
By the way, perhaps the material I dropped was a bit unfamiliar, so I''ll exin lightly.
A fictitious grimoire that appeared in Cthulhu Mythos. It might be able to summon something bad. Possibly the reader would be called by something bad.
Chapter 256
Chapter 256
AN: Short story. This isn''t an introduction for a long arc.
As expected, it''s impossible to make a long arc with these guys w
*zudon*, an impact sound that resounded until the bottom of stomach shook the air.
A thunderous sound and vibration that even felt as though a demon king somewhere hadunched a bombardment didn''t stop ringing at just once, the sound and impact were urring in session.
At the same time, in the rust colored world¨D¨Din the great desert Guryuen, arge sand pir rose up and the rolled up sand cloud obstructed the sunlight.
Although, what obstructed the sunlight the most wasn''t the sand cloud. If there was a person here, they would undoubtedly open their eyes wide and doubted their own sanity, or escaped from reality by convincing themselves that this was a mirage characteristic of the desert.
An object that could cause any person to be like that was dancing in the sky, higher than the sand cloud and locally obstructed the sunlight.
Yes,
¡¸¡¸¡¸GYUOOOOOOOOOO¡¹¡¹¡¹
By the killers of the great desert that were screaming while gettingunched up to the air¨D¨Dthe sandworms.
Originally, they would lurk underground and detected their prey through sound and vibration, then suddenly leaped out from underground and swallowed their prey into their mouth that was like an excavator. That was sandworm''s trait. Their difficulty to be detected and their surprise attack were the greatest target of precaution for people who were going through desert, they were a symbol of terror.
Such killers who wouldn''t show their figure above ground except when preying on the prey, why would they now dancing not just above ground but even in the sky.
Of course this wasn''t because they had evolved and learned the ability to fly in the sky.
The cause of that was this.
¡ºGO DIEEEEEEEEEEE-¡»
Higher than the sandworms that wereunched up, was an existence that was dashing to the sky. It spoke sharply like a yakuza while it descended with its rabbit ears fluttering.
The rear legs that were abnormally developed elerated each time they kicked on the air, finally it broke the wall of air and transformed into a white cannon shot. It was the kick rabbit that originated from the bottom of abyss¨D¨DInaba.
His rush that was jointly using gravity''s eleration, Air Force, and Explosive Ground Shrinker was just like a meteor. There was no way theunched up sandworm had any way to evade, it received Inaba''s heel drop kick and the middle of its body burst.
Faster than the rain of blood and flesh, Inaba kicked on the air and rapidly altered his path, without pause he performed forward somersault and pulverized the head of the sandworm that was further below.
When he rushed passed the sandworm midair his body twisted andunched midair roundhouse kick. The fluttering of his rabbit ears due to the breeze of wind was beautiful. But, the result that was brought about was the very definition of gruesome. A shockwave that flew out following the trajectory of the kick exterminated one sandworm that was beginning to fall.
In addition, when Inaba swung his leg upside down in reverse as though he was break dancing, a sh that should be called as foot sword flew out from there, cutting apart thest sandworm into two.
Inaba whonded on the ground lightly flicked his rabbit ears *fuasah* with his front leg. Right after that, flesh and blood and the corpses of sandworms rained down around him. Inaba was standing withposure in the middle of the squall of flesh and blood.
¡ºDo you think I don''t notice? Come out already yeah. If you still has in you the dignity as the lord here.¡»
By the way, when Inaba-san talked normally, his talk would sound like ¡¸Mokyu, mokyukyu? Ukyu. Mokyu~~kyumokyu¡¹. It was lovely. He is a lovely bunny-chan who in the end of his evolution had his appearance turned into pure white with his round and cute crimson eyes looking moist.
He was able to talk with humannguage because of the function of one of the ear cuffs attached on his rabbit ear. The ear cuff possessed the skill of "Language Comprehension" and "Telepathy", using the broadcasting function his words could be conveyed to his surrounding as though he was talking normally.
Of course, the creator was that guy.
The great desert Guryuen returned a silence like calm water at Inaba''s questioning. A beat, two beat¡¡no change appeared even after waiting.
¡º¡¡Well, it ain''t matter. I too don''t really want to bully the weak. I only bought the fight that was sold to me. If you say you gonna tuck your tail and run away, then I won''t follow. See ya.¡»(TN: Inaba''s speech is using thick Kansai dialect)
Inaba quickly turned around and began walking toward west.
Right after that, the ground exploded.
The opponent that Inaba called out. It was a deser monster that was emitting especially strong magic power. It was a giant sandworm¨D¨Dto the degree that the sandworms before this looked like children. It blew up the ground and assaulted Inaba from directly below.
Inaba''s figure wasn''t there.
There was only the giant body of the sandworm that pushed out until more than a hundred meter instantly, it looked like a tower that suddenly appeared right in the middle of desert.
Was Inaba whose body as a monster wasparatively small swallowed whole in a sh by this sandworm¡¡
Right after it looked like that,
¡ºNot just your movement, even your instinct is dull huh. This is the end yeah! Lament your own stupidity¨D¨Dpass to the next life ya!¡»
A ck spot was created inside the zing sun. The true identity of that was obviously, Inaba.
The moment the giant sandworm leaped out, Inaba kicked on its jaw at the same time and flew up high to the sky.
The powerful leg that was swung down along with a piercing yell cut across the pointed up jaw of the sandworm along with an impact, without pause the cut and impact ran until the ground like breaking piled up roof tiles with a punch.
The rabbit ears of Inaba who stepped on the ground went *fuasah* once more.
A beatter, the twitching giant sandworm was cleanly split into two and copsed to left and right.
¡ºIf you want to pick a fight with me, at the very least wait until you can win against the monsters running rampant at the bottom of the abyss''s bottom¡¡hey, you cannot hear me anymore huh.¡»
Inaba shrugged with his rabbit ears and turned around, this time for sure he aimed toward the western sea and rushed using Multi Ground Shrinker.
¡ºEven so, as I thought the monster on the surface ain''t satisfying to fight yeah. If it''s like this, perhaps I should go to the pce even I gotta wait for a bit, so I can fight that cheeky rabbit or Ou-sama again huh.¡»(TN: Ou-sama = king)
Inaba was letting out herining of dissatisfaction while sprinting explosively in a speed where even the surrounding desert looked blurry.
Currently Inaba was separated from her employer and also friend Suzu.
In the first ce she became Suzu''s subordinate monster was to be stronger. But his wish wouldn''te true in the present-day Japan. Of course, if he actually apanied Suzu to Japan, he would also be able to do mock battle against Shia or Hajime or others, but as expected there was no way he would be able to fight against them every day with how busy they were.
And so, Inaba was traveling from ce to ce that had enemy that seemed strong, like the deep part of the northern mountain range and the sea of forest, the interior of great canyon Raisen, the lowest level of abyss, and so on. But for the current Inaba, there was finally no more enemy that could give him a hard battle.
Training, and then growing from that itself was what Inaba was living for. Heightening his martial art and knowing his own limit was exactly his life work.
He wanted to proof that even a monster could reach the height of martial art in the end of hard work, that his kick was able to reach the top of the world.
For Inaba who was such a martial artist, his current situation where he found no battle that could make his blood boiled and his flesh danced, where he had to cross through the verge of death, was honestly a really withering situation for him. It was to the degree that his rabbit ears werepletely limppared to usual.
¡ºBoredom and stagnation are exactly the greatest enemy. Yosh, if I cannot find anything after searching for a bit, I''m gonna head to the pce and wait until Ou-sama open the gate. It also has been a long time since I met Suzu-han. If that Ryuu person made Suzu-han cry¡¡I''m gonna split open his head.¡»
After about a few hours of dry desert sound that fluttered his rabbit ears.
Inaba who crossed the desert with astounding speed finally arrived at the western sea. There was the ¡¾Sea City Erisen¡¿at the coast, but Inaba''s destination wasn''t there.
Inaba came here to meet someone. He was going to meet a friend that he suddenly remembered amidst his days where he was starting to feel boredom. ''Come to think of it, I haven''t showed up my face to him for long already'', he thought.
Inaba took a step forward from the coast. Inaba didn''t fall to the sea. Dark red ripple was spreading under his feet, making a firm foothold midair.
Like that Inaba rapidly left toward offshore by walking above the sea.
And then, when he reached a spot where soon it would be hard to even see the coast, Inaba took a really deep breath, and he called loudly at the one he came to meet.
¡ºBO~~~~~~~~SS, LE~~~~~~~~E!!¡»
The loud telepathic yell spread out like a ripple. The call that was filled with magic power and magnified by artifact would reach the radius of 100 kilometer if it was done seriously.
Inaba focused his rabbit ears for a while to look for any reaction.
And then¡¡
¡ºDON''T SCREAM, SO LOUDLYYY~~~~!! Which idiot is doing this huhhh!!?¡»
An angry yell of harsh voice came back. The voice sounded pointlessly dandy, but it contained sullenness as though the voice''s owner had just gotten woken up from his sleep by someone screaming into his ear using a megaphone.
¡ºOo, it reached out just with a yell. My luck is really good yeah.¡»
A few minutes after waiting while saying such easygoing thing, *plop* what showed up its face out from the sea was a fish with a human face that looked like a middle-aged man¨D¨Dthat person (?) Leeman. (TN: The katakana of Leeman can also mean sry man in Japan)
¡ºWhat''s this, ain''t this Inaba. I thought it was an idiot from somewhere.¡»
¡ºReally sorry, boss Lee. I picked the fastest way to find you boss. You were sleeping?¡»
The two congenially conversed.
Actually, these two were acquainted with each other. It was after the legendary decisive battle was over during the one month before the return to earth. Hajime went to show his face to Leeman and Inaba who apanied him met Leeman at that time.
As fellow monster who had strong ties with human, especially with Hajime, the two hit it off and since then their rtionship grew where they could call each other friend.
Inaba scratched his head while apologizing. In respond to that Leeman sshed around the sea surface while shaking his head.
¡ºI didn''t sleep. Recently, the west from here is a bit noisy, so I patrolled and straighten up the idiots who got too rowdy. After all my wife and children cannot feel peaceful because of their noisiness.¡»
¡ºNothing beats your family in good health. ¡¡But, acting stupid in the turf of a friend of the godyer¡¡those guys really don''t value their own life eh. Well, normal monster cannot think anything like that though.¡»
Inaba sat down on the midair foothold that he created within inches above the sea surface while saying that with his rabbit ears swinging in amusement.
Leeman who was lightly bobbing on the surface beside the foothold was also throwing his gaze in a rxed gesture in order to enjoy himself in the idle talk with his friend that he finally was reunited with after a while.
¡ºI''m not that much of a big shot. If it''s not for Ha-bou''s meddlesomeness, my strength is only to the degree where I canmand the dweller of sea a bit. I''m just a trivial old man. It''s ufortable that a lot of people, including you are strangely paying me respect, so stop it.¡»(TN: Ha-bou, the bou is like calling the other person sonny.)
¡ºThat''s because boss Lee is Ou-sama''s lifesaver after all. It''s natural that you were paid respect about that much. As the proof of that, ain''t boss got gifted with a lot of artifacts? There was even some human who schemed or got loud tryin'' to get their hand on boss''s artifacts but got their just desert in the end, ain''t that right?¡»
Just as Inaba said, the human faced fish Leeman''s name was actually rtively well-known among the humans.
After the legendary decisive battle, naturally the historians and poets were making a lot of tales and poems that extolled that godyer demon king. Amidst all that tales and poems, they identified the true identity of Leeman who Hajime meet during the one month before his return home, the interviewed a certain rabbit eared girl, and then they circted the conspicuous service of Leeman far and wide.
When Hajime''s party was about to get eaten by the monster lurking in the bottom of sea since the ancient time¨D¨Dthe Evil Eater, he came running in their predicament, and by himself he bought time and gave them the chance to recover from the hopeless situation.
The historians said. If at that time Leeman didn''te running, the world would lose the mean to oppose the mad god and perhaps the world would perish.
¨D¨DA human faced fish monster that was also the close friend of the godyer demon king Leeman
It was recognized as a legend that spread far and wide through the continent.
Leeman let out a deep sigh, however, he then red sharply at Inaba.
¡ºYou are prattling about artifacts or being lifesaver, but you yourself is also outrageous.¡»
Leeman''s gaze turned toward the several ear cuffs fixed on Inaba''s rabbit ears. Every single one of those ear cuffs was national treasure ss artifact that ought to be managed by the pce, they were Hajime''s quality product that currently were bing super rare legendary artifact in Tortus.
And then above all else, was Inaba''s poprity that was surpassing Leeman. After all,
¡ºThe only monster that became an ally of the demon king party by his own will, someone who fought through the Holy Precincts¨D¨DKicking King Inaba. Whether it was the hundreds of corpse beast soldiers, or the mighty and unequaled monsters of Holy Precincts, they weren''t allowed to stand before his technique, right? Kukukuh¡»
¡ºSto, stop it already boss. I didn''t do anything big. I only helped a bit so Suzu-han could talk with her friend. I''m the one who really didn''t do anything much.¡»
Looking at Inaba whose rabbit ears folded down powerlessly with a troubled face, Leeman raised a pleasantugh.
Both of them had the self-awareness that they were monster. Both of them ended up having deep rtionship with the savior of mankind through a strange fate, but originally monster was the enemy of mankind. Both of them didn''t even have a shred of hostility toward human, but even so, having praise and respect from those humans directed to them made them felt really awkward.
¡ºAnd, what''s your business here?¡»
Leeman asked to change the mood.
¡ºNo, I don''t really have any business here y''know. There is no more enemy here that can fight me satisfactorily, so at the next chance I got I''m thinking to go to Ou-sama''s ce. At that time I won''t be able to meet boss for the next while, so I showed up before that.¡»
¡ºWhat a diligent guy. Well, thanks. When you meet Ha-bou, tell him I said hi.¡»
¡ºGot it ya.¡»
After that Leeman and Inaba talked about the recent happening.
Two monsters getting heated up with old man talk in the middle of nowhere on the ocean. One side was talking with excessively dandy voice, spinning wording that was excessively suggestive, while the other side was using Kansai dialect. Boke & tsukkomi were bursting flowingly in their talk.
In the middle, hearing Inaba who was dissing Shia, Leeman smiled wryly while remonstrating Inaba ¡¸Don''t treat the missy like an enemy too much okay¡¹ and so on, the time was flowing while they were getting heated up talking about Shia.
But a little while after that, Leeman-san suddenly muttered ¡ºNn?¡» as though he noticed something and he turned his gaze toward faraway.
¡ºBoss, what''s up?¡»
¡º¡¡The sea, is crying.¡»
It wasn''t chuuni. Leeman wanted to say that the residents of sea that weren''t sea monster were moving about in fear it seemed.
Inaba''s eyes narrowed and he gazed at the sea at the west. Leeman also frowned while nodding.
¡º¡¡Just now, I said that at the west it was noisy right? It seemed that it was flowing this way from really far away. I once went to investigate when the sun had set enough, but there wasn''t anything particrly strange. But, it was curious.¡»
¡ºCurious? What is?¡»
¡ºThe monsters straying this way. All of them, they felt like they were scared.¡»
¡ºScared¡¡. Is boss sayin'' that something is happening at really far away there? And that something made the scared monsters to wander this way, is that it?¡»
¡ºIt''s just my guess in the end though.¡»
It was really suspicious. But, at the same time Inaba''s heart leaped. If it was unknown then that was great. If it was a threat then that was even better. Boredom and stagnation was exactly Inaba''s greatest enemy.
¡ºGood thing I''m here, boss. The wandering monsters areing here again right? Bring me along too ya. It''s better the more helper there are right? Let''s protect the peace of the sea with high spirits yeah.¡»
¡º¡¡Good grief, someone like you. You are talking about peace with that kind of cheerful face? That''s just your battle maniac in full force.¡»
¡ºI ain''t a battle maniac. I''m a martial artist. Fighting strong enemy is just what I''m lookin'' for. Even if boss don''t bring me along, I''m still gonna follow you.¡»
Leeman who shook his fin as though wanting to say ''good grief'' in exasperation turned a re toward Inaba.
¡ºCan you fight underwater huh? I''m not going to babysit you okay?¡»
¡ºI cannot fight underwater. But, if they want to kill me, they have to jump out from the sea. I just need to provoke them ya. Besides, look, I look delicious right?¡»
¡ºYou are rabbit after all. Your appearance that is.¡»
Inaba wasughing ''ha-ha-ha-ha'', to which Leeman was making an expression that seemed like he was enduring headache as though to say ¡¸I won''t say any more¡¹ while right after that, he let out a powerful telepathy.
That telepathy was to guide the living things in the sea. It was a measure so they wouldn''t be vainly killed by the monsters pouring in from the far western sea, to protect the sea environment (Leeman''s sphere of daily life).
At the same time, an abnormal pressure of fighting spirit was emitted from Inaba. His fighting spirit that was perfectly controlled reached out toward the west.
Inaba grinded his rabbit legs for warm-up while he was making a fearless smile and made his rabbit ears went *fuasah*.
¡ºCome on, let''s go yeah, friend of godyer.¡»
¡ºGood grief, can''t be helped. Let''s go already, kicking king of holy precincts.¡»
Saying that, the two rushed toward the chaotic west.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Recently, I''m thinking that middle-aged old man is nice huh.
Harsh old man, cool old man, absurdly strong old man.
Old man who is unperturbed no matter what happened, and can deal with it like adult.
I want to try to write story with that kind of old men as the main characters someday.
That''s all from Shirakome.
PS
Thetest chapter ofic version Arifureta is updated.
Yue is cute. I can see various Yue.
If you are interested it can be seen at the homepage of Ovep-sama, so please try to have a look.
Chapter 257
Chapter 257
AN: Even though I''m making good on my words, why do I feel like I''m betraying the expectation¡¡
There were two silhouettes dashing to the western ocean.
Both had strange appearance. Rather they were a bizarre phenomenon.
One was a rabbit running on the sea. More urately, the rabbit was using dark red ripple spreading midair forming an energy tform as its foothold but because the rabbit was extremely near the sea surface and it was moving with abnormal speed, its dash caused sea spray to rise in its wake as though the sea got split.
But, Inaba whose rabbit ears were going *fuasah fuasah* from the sea breeze was a monster that possessed that kind of characteristic magic, so putting aside the reason of why he was at sea, there was no doubt that this was still within range that could beprehended.
The problem, was about hispanion.
¡º¡¡Boss. Isn''t that foul y?¡»
¡ºShut up. It''s convenient so it''s fine.¡»
Inaba nced aside at hispanion¨D¨Dthe human faced fish Leeman. His straight-man soul that was welling up the moment Leeman took that out was finally breaking through and leaked out.
*KIIIIIIIII-* Such unique sound was resounding. Even though Inaba was holding back, but it still granted Leeman the speed to follow Inaba''s speed.
The thing''s appearance was closely resembling a delta shaped fighter jet. Its terrifyingly smooth body that was colored with sea camouge brought the sea resistance to nearly zero. The ripple that was flowing backward was beautiful. The picture of a shark exposing its fangs painted on its prow showed the yfulness of the creator.
There was a spot that seemed to be the cockpit near the center of the ship frame. The inside of that cockpit was filled with water where Leeman was snugly settled there. A part that seemed like the propulsion device was installed at the stern, for a nce it could be seen like the propulsion method of water jet, but what was jetting out from there wasn''t water but silver particle. Without a doubt it wasn''t normal from that point.
¨D¨DSmall submarine with dual use for water and sky Triana (v.2)
It was the strongest and fastest artifact for open sea that the demon king gifted for his lifesaver (?).
¡ºYou are already a sea monster through and through boss. You are flying. You are sparkling. A flying human faced fish, that''s just too surreal ya.¡»
¡ºI told you, shut up. This is more or less a submarine. It can also fly. I am a man of sea.¡»
Perhaps feeling somewhat awkward, inside the cockpit that was filled with water Leeman-san averted his gaze toward faraway.
By the way, this Leeman''s exclusive submarine (?) was linked with Leeman''s telepathy, from its activation until its steering could be performed with only Leeman''s thought. In addition, a part of Leeman''s scales was transformed into living mineral using metamorphosis magic and regeneration magic, those scales themselves were artifact that possessed the function of "Treasure Warehouse".
¡ºI never thought that boss''s own body would also get demonically remodeled¡¡Ou-sama, how terrifying.¡»
¡ºI already told him that I don''t need it. But Ha-bou said¡ºLee-san is the type to get dragged into something troublesome, so just think of this as something for reducing my worry and ept it¡» and requested on me. Even though it was me who was in the receiving side. Good grief, our position is all messed up. If Ha-bou requested me that far, uncle just cannot refuse it.¡»
''What else is there other than gratitude that I can show to him huh?'', Leeman shrugged his fins with that thinking looking somewhat troubled.
Inaba shrugged his rabbit ears¡¸Indeed¡¹ in agreement. The ear cuffs that were attached on that fluttering rabbit ears were also not something that Inaba asked for, all of them were Hajime''s thoughtfulness for Inaba who was continuing his warrior journey to be strong.
The demon king-sama wasparatively harsh to human, but it seemed he was really kind to his monsterrades.
¡ºBy the way, what''s that sparkling things? That ain''t magic power right? Made in earth thing? Somehow I felt absurdly strong power from it though¡¡¡»
¡ºNn? Aa, this thing. I also don''t really get it. A few years ago you see, that chap Ha-bou got lost in different world that isn''t this world or earth. It seemed to be a world of sky and dragon, and this energy seems toe from there. He improved it a lot, and then he said that for this kind of vehicle this thing''s convenience is better than gravity control and improved it only recently.¡»
¡ºHohee~, a world of sky and dragon huh¡¡as expected from Ou-sama. He will go anywhere yeah. As I thought being at Ou-sama''s side will be the most interesting huuh.¡»
Inaba-san and Leeman-san didn''t know. How the energy of that world was fundamentally limited. How Triana''s energy strangely wasn''t running out at all despite of that. How the cause of that was the "small" loaded inside the ship¡¡
After several years of research, that demon king finallypletely grasped one of mankind''s great problems and made it possible to miniaturize and mass produce it!
By the way, the former battleship that was simrly demonically remodeled like Triana had been reborn as an extravagant passenger ship that could fly anywhere whether to the space or the dimension sea, and it had also been unveiled already in front of a certain queen and her group.
At that asion, the grown up queen-sama was overcame with emotion from her reunion with the demon king-sama and did this and that, then there was a dispute with the introduced wive~s but¡¡
With the mediation of the workaholic princess-sama who for some reason seemed to be excessively getting along with the queen-sama, they all managed to avoid further problems.
And then the former ssmates who were also boarding the ship and came along together said ¡¸He didn''t stop with just having mistress, now he even have local wife!?¡¹¡¸How far the demon king is nning to go¡¡¡¹ with a shudder when they witnessed that.
Now then, Inaba and Leeman were absorbed in their carefree talk while there was something strange happening in the ocean, but the next moment, they withdrew from that ce at the same time.
Inaba was making water pir from the impact of his step. While Leeman took a sharp turn.
¨D¨DOOOOOOOOOOOO-
The ce where Inaba and Leeman were at a moment ago was assaulted from inside the sea by a giant sea snake with its mouth greatly opened just like the sandworm before this.
The jaw closed with a snap in vain without catching any prey. The leaping out giant sea snake monster turned its fierce gaze toward the pre¨D¨D
¡ºCHESTOOO¨D¨D!!¡»
¡ºWe got an energetic guy here. Here¡»
What came flying was a white cannon ball. Inaba''s flying kick that elerated with a sound as though the air was bursting the nk of the sea snake until halfway, snapping that huge body into ''<'' shape.
The sea snake was going to scream unconsciously, but before it could there was a projectile flying with fire line trailing behind¨D¨Da small missile that hit its head directly which gave rise to the blooming of me st and flesh and blood.
¡ºA hot blooded fellow huh¨D¨Duoh!?¡»
¡ºChih. What are these guys?¡»
Inaba was about tond near the sea surface while making his rabbit ears went *fuasah* as usual, but the next moment, a monster that looked like a swordfish fiercely flew out to stab toward him.
Leeman struck using Triana''s machine gun and blew it away from the side, but then a lot of monsters of the same type assaulted Leeman.
Inaba''s shockwave and extending kick sh turned the monsters into minced meat one after another, Leeman was using telepathy to use the weapon loaded in his submarine¨D¨Dan ultrasonic wave impact and scattered the monsters.
But, Leeman frowned. It was just as his leaked out words said, the monsters'' action was obviously abnormal.
There wasn''t just swordfish type monster, all kind of monster were attacking toward Inaba and Leeman above the sea surface without balking at their disadvantage.
¡ºWait, boss! I felt horrible number of reactions with my senses though!? Is this how it always is!?¡»
¡ºThere is no way that''s true! This kind of number is the first time! Geez, just what kind of troublesome thing is happening this time.¡»
Even while Leeman was spitting out hisin, monster types that was rted with sea like shark, snake, squid, and so one were appearing in session.
There would be no way Inaba would fall behind the sea monsters in an air battle. Thinking that it was safe to leave Inaba, Leeman left the front line for a moment and went underwater, there he let out an even bigger sigh.
Inside the sea, it was jumbled with a variety of monsters spiraling up like a fish swarm. Fellow monsters with different species were in a close formation without even killing each other, originally this should be an impossible sight.
In addition, monsters were marching in one after another from the west.
This was like a stampede by sea monsters. A tsunami of monster marching from the west.
¡ºThese guys are bad news. If this number pushed in all at once, even Erisen won''t hold although they have Ha-bou''s defense mechanism.¡»
¡ºMonsters marching forward without figthin'' each other¨D¨Dthis is really, this is a nostalgic phenomenon huuh.¡»
Inaba was exterminating all monsters that he could possibly attack from above the sea without letting even one getting away, as though to perform one kill per second. He answered at Leeman''s telepathy with a voice filled withplicated feeling.
Indeed, it was as though this was the monster army at the legendary decisive battle.
A bad premonition crossed at the back of Inaba and Leeman''s mind.
¡ºI don''t know what is going on. But, at the very least it''s clear what we ought to do right now. Am I wrong?¡»
In respond to Leeman''s question, Inaba''s mouth split open into a fearless wide grin.
¡ºI''m not thinking of protecting the human until that much. Yeah but, kuku-. This is a battlefield. This is my battlefield where enemies of all choices are crowding so much. I''ll kick them all flying. I''ll be thest one standing. If as the result the humans are saved, well, that''s fine ya.¡»
¡º¡¡Haa. Got it, got it. I''ll just casually take care of the bunches that slip through, so do whatever you like, you damned battle maniac.¡»
Leemanunched a line of torpedo with an exasperated expression.
When Inaba heard Leeman''s words, heughed in even more good mood.
¡ºHahha¨D¨D!! As expected from boss! You get what I''m talkin'' about! Well then, sea monsters! Let''s decide a bit, just who is the strongest monster yeah! Now, COME AT ME FROM ANYWHERE ANYTIMEE~~~~~E!!¡»
The war cry of the battle rabbit echoed. It broadcasted to four directions and up and down apanied with dark red ripple!
¨D¨DCharacteristic magic Dance Battle Frenzy
Originally one monster species should have one characteristic magic. The characteristic magic of Inaba who was a kick rabbit was "Sky Step". It was a magic to create foothold midair, moved in high speed, or increased the kicking power, producing shockwave or extending kick sh and so on, it was a characteristic magic that was rted with movement and kick attack.
But, under the strange fate, Inaba who achieved a unique evolutionter on managed to master several characteristic magic.
One of those skills was "Dance Battle Frenzy". So to speak it was something like "Provoke" in RPG game. It magnified the hostility of enemy and directed it to the user.
The ripple of provocation that reached until the bottom of sea invited the monsters aiming at the delicious looking rabbit into battle frenzy.
¨D¨DoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
¨D¨DGAaAAAAAAAAAAAAA
¨D¨DGIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII-
Countless roars shook the ocean and burst the sea surface with pressure.
Aiming at Inaba who was intentionally standing near the sea surface, the swarm of monsters spiraled and assaulted all at once.
The sea surface bloated up. It looked like it could be mistaken as a volcano eruption. Right after that, monsters were charging all at once from all directions.
¡ºSHAORAAAAA!!¡»
Inaba performed a handstand but using his rabbit ears while rotating in high speed to perform roundhouse kick to all directions. The technique that looked like a break dance blew away the surrounding monsters in radial area. The monsters were sent flying like pinball.
A giant shark monster flew out from right below him.
¡ºI''m gonna send you back downnn-¡»
The rabbit ears went *pyon!*, the recoil made Inaba''s body reversed with a beautiful front midair somersault. A heel drop kick wasunched from there.
The head of the leaping out shark split. Next even the sea was split open. The monsters that were within the impact range had their body''s inside whipped up and blood vomits scattered around.
¡ºORA ORA ORA ORA ORA ORA ORA ORA-!!¡»
Monster leaped out and got sent flying, monster leaped out and got sent flying. On the sea surface with Inaba at the center, monsters were flying like machine gun strafing to all direction. They all were turned into sea scraps while skipping on the sea surface *ssh, ssh* like rock skipping.
Countless tentacles surrounded Inaba from all direction and enveloped him. It was a genuine monster that should be called a Kraken with body length of thirty meter.
¡ºBring it on-¡»
From the encirclement of the tentacles, Inaba leaped out¨D¨Dnot. He jumped up a bit and then reversed his body upside-down. He kicked on the energy foothold and aimed toward the sea!
Inaba who by his own decision flew into the sea where he would be disadvantaged made a foothold inside the sea and using the skill above "Ground Shrinker" and above "Explosive Ground Shrinker"¨D¨Dthe "Ground Shrinker - Divine Piercing Leg", he forcefully blew away the water resistance inside the sea and passed through beside the Kraken.
The Kraken was trying to turn around with a sluggish movement to chase after his prey but,
¡ºThis is my service ya. Your first sky travel since you were bornnn, enjoy it to your heart''s content yaah!!¡»
Inaba kicked. At the Kraken. Along with the sea.
The sea surface undted. Right after that, *GOU* the sea flew to the sky along with an explosive sound. No, more urately what wasunched up was the kraken along with sea water clinging on it, which caused the hallucination of the sea flying up, but because it wasunched up faster than the water could be shaken off, seen from the outset it looked like as though a part of the sea was wholly sent flying to the sky.
¨D¨DKUEEEEEEEEEE~~~~
The kraken''s scream was surely something it raised for the first time since it was born.
Aa, the sky is really blue!
¡ºDid you enjoy it? Your life will be enough for the payment ya.¡»
Oh? Before it knew it at its side a rabbit-san was¡¡
The kraken''s consciousness was blew away to beyond the sky.
¡ºOoi, Inaba. How long you are going to y there? A lot is also straying here you know? There are also bunches that are ignoring us and going toward Erisen. If you can only finish them off one by one, then I''m going to take care of it okay?¡»
¡ºMu? Even though I had especially picked a fight, but it didn''t really work? As I thought this is strange huuh. Well fine. In that case I''m going to pick a fight even more seriously yaa!¡»
From Inaba, a valiant war cry¡ºMUKYUU~~~~~~~~~~~!!¡» came!
¨D¨DCharacteristic magic Dance Battle Frenzy Derivative Skill "Survival Frenzy Battle"
One of the ear cuffs. This derivative characteristic magic was limitedly generated from the ear cuff''s ability that brought strengthening effect from sublimation magic. Its effect was several times the Dance Battle Frenzy, it made the enemy seethed with fighting spirit that made them threw their body into a banquet of battle.
A part of the monsters heading toward Erisen while ignoring Inaba and Leeman who was holding back their invasion underwater changed their route and gathered toward the sea surface right below Inaba.
The monsters were moring like carps flooding under water surface demanding food.
¡ºMy trump card ya. Eat to your heart''s content and then head to the next world.¡»
Dark red magic power surged. Inaba''s pure white fur was starting to be colored with dark red line faintly pulsing.
Inaba kicked on the air and dashed even higher to the sky. Far above the sky he suddenly rolled around. With an upside down posture, he activated "Ground Shrinker - Divine Piercing Leg". Inaba instantly broke through the sound barrier and further rolled around midair. His leg was directed to below¨D¨D
¡ºze bright red, and burst open¡»
Just as those words said, Inaba''s both legs were being wrapped with hell fire!
¨D¨DCharacteristic magic Myriad d Leg
It was the second characteristic magic that Inaba obtainedter on. It enchanted Inaba''s kick with elemental magic to reinforce his strength while also enchanting the element''s characteristic effect.
From really high altitude, while falling down in the speed of sound, with the super heated kick attack Inaba¨D¨D
¡º¡îst!!¡»
the enemy!
The sea warped. A momentter, a terrific shockwave blew up the air and sea in circle shape, a fierce heat wave instantly evaporated the sea water.
A temporary crater was created in the sea. It was truly the fall of a meteor.
All the monsters that were near the sea surface were sted by the shockwave, even the monsters who were quite deep inside the sea had their internal organs crushed by the prating impact and they writhed in agony.
Even the monsters that were luckily quite far away and avoided deadly wound, a part of them lost consciousness, or else they lost their will to fight and desperately escaped to the north or west.
The crater of sea that was suddenly created was finally starting to recover its former appearance with the sea water at the surrounding flowing into it. The sea was fiercely undting in a rampage. Dark red flesh and blood were coloring the whirling sea.
¡ºFumu. So so I guess.¡»
The rabbit ears went *fuasah*. Inaba-san whose whole body was dripping wet flew out from inside the sea and then he basked in self-esteem midair.
There,
¡ºThis stupid idiot-!!¡»
¡ºAbeh!?¡»
The Triana that Leeman controlled rammed at the back of Inaba''s head hard. *gochin-* A painful sound rang out.
¡ºWhether it''s Ha-bou or you bastard, I think it''s better if both of you will be a bit more considerate to this uncle''s safety. I thought I was going to die.¡»
¡ºAh¡¡I, I''m ashamed, boss. Don''t tell me, was the submarine broken somewhere!?¡»
Inaba''s previous dignity vanished without a trace. He immediately became all shook up with trembling rabbit ears. Seeing that Leeman let out a deep sigh and went ''good grief'' with his fins.
¡ºWell, I''m fine though. This will make a tsunami like this. Ha-bou was also installing tsunami countermeasure in Erisen so just this much won''t be a problem but¡¡I''m telling you there should be a bit better way of doing thing.¡»
¡º¡¡Well, it''s not like that''s impossible. But, see, ain''t my soul a zing one? Then the finishing move must be a me one ain''t it?¡»
¡ºWho cares.¡»
Leeman''s cold straight-man retort burst. Inaba''s rabbit ears withered.
¡ºWell, let''s just say it''s all right in the end. Everything is mostly taken care of, the rests are also running away.¡»
¡ºHm~m, even so, just what in the world happened ya?¡»
A stamped of sea monsters. If Inaba and Leeman weren''t here, surely Erisen would be attacked. This was something that had never happened before.
¡ºWeck information. But, the scale of this is differentpared to the sporadic attack by the "straying monsters" until now. Perhaps we better inform the humans too about this for now.¡»
¡ºGuess so. Especially Erisen, because that''s Myuu-dono and Remia-dono''s birthce ya.¡»
''Anyway, let''s go back for now.''Inaba and Leeman were of the same opinion like that with an exchange of their gaze, however, their monster instinct notified them of "something". The two turned their gaze to the west at the same time.
¡º¡¡What''s this?¡»
¡º¡¡I wonder¡»
From the direction of the open sea far away, there was a small ck spot that looked standing out. No matter how they looked, it looked like it was floating in the air.
Inaba and Leeman looked at each other''s face and then they advanced toward the ck spot while heightening their vignce.
Before long the thing became clearly visible. It was a mechanical object with the shape of a rectangr pyramid. There was nothing supporting it from below, it was floating still two meter above the sea surface.
¡ºSomehow it look simr with Ou-sama''s item huuh.¡»
¡ºHa-bou''s artifact, is it? But, this is¡¡¡»
If talking about a floating mysterious object, what came to mind was the artifact of a certain demon king. But, both Inaba and Leeman didn''t assert that. It was only a vague feeling, but their monster instinct sensed that "this thing is different".
Just like how Inaba and Leeman was observing it, the quietly floating mysterious rectangr pyramid also felt like it was somehow observing Inaba and Leeman.
¡ºBoss. What should we do with this? I''m only guessing, but this might be rted with the monsters just now don''tcha think?¡»
¡ºMust be. Something like this is best if we left it to Ha-bou. Anyway, how about we collect it for now?¡»
Right after Leeman said "collect", a change appeared at the mysterious rectangr pyramid.
¡¸¨D¨D£ù¤³£ò£ò¤Ë¤â£ë£÷£ð£¿ ¨D¨D£è£ð¤ª¡¢£ð£ç¡«¨D¨D£ò¤¦£äEhito£â£ì£ì¤¢¡¹
Right after it let out that gibberishnguage, Inaba rabbit ears stood straight from shock, and Leeman''s listless half-opened eyes¨D¨Dit was like that from the start though¨D¨Dlooked somewhat surprised. Then the pyramid ignored them and started to move smoothly toward the west.
¡ºWha, what was that? It talked ya.¡»
¡ºChih. Troublesome. It''s making me letting go a bit more of the service time for my family like this.¡»
The mysterious rectangr pyramid moved away with really high speed.
Inaba''s eyes that were seeing that were gradually getting brighter. That shine was exactly the curiosity to the unknown which exterminated his boredom. He was sensing the presence of strife at the destination where this rectangr pyramid object that was rted with the monsters stamped was going.
¡ºMy bad boss. I''m¨D¨D¡»
¡ºI got it. You are going right? Can''t be helped. I''ll go with you.¡»
Not letting Inaba finished talking, Leeman consented of apanying him with an atmosphere that if he was a human this would be where he took a smoke.
¡ºNo, it''s better if boss stay behind yeah. This might be dangerous.¡»
¡ºIf it''s really dangerous, then I have to bring back the information of what kind of danger it is. If I let you go alone and you don''te back, what am I going to do then? If I and you go together, even if we meet danger one of us can hold back the danger while the other escape isn''t that right?¡»
¡ºNo, but still ya, what are you gonna do with your wife and child boss?¡»
Leeman sent a nce at Inaba who was scratching his head before turning his gaze to the east. Seeing how he was sending magic power to that direction, he must be activating telepathy.
After talking about something for two, three seconds, Leeman''s body rocked and the white of his eyes was bared as though he got hit by a shockwave.
¡ºBo, boss!? What''s the matter!? Are you okay!?¡»
¡ºI, I''m okay. No problem. I only touched my wife''s sore spot a bit.¡»
¡ºSore spot¡¡what did you say?¡»
¡ºNo, I told her I''m going out for a bit. I don''t know when I''ll go home so take care of the rest please. That''s all.¡»
¡º¡¡That, even I who don''t have a mate think that way of telling her is too insensitive. And, what did boss''s wife said?¡»
¡º¡¡Even if I go home, don''t think that your room will still be here. This useless husband, something like that.¡»
¡º¡¡As I thought how about going home? Right now.¡»
Leeman''s mouth formed a small grieving smile before saying¡¸Now, let''s go. We are going to lose sight of it¡¹ and chased after the rectangr pyramid.
It seemed the wife''s stock of patience had ran out against the husband''s wanderlust. In the end when Leeman went home, would he be weed back by his family¡¡
By the way, Leeman''s home was built by hollowing out a rock at the reef area nearby Erisen. It was a splendid home. In a human sense it was unmistakably a stately mansion of a celebrity.
Seeing the back of Leeman who was going ahead, Inaba''s expression looked reallyplicated, but he then shrugged his rabbit ears and chased behind him.
The two monsters advanced forward through the ocean in order to ascertain the unknown object and the unknown something.
Their figures before long vanished at the other side of the horizon.
After that, Inaba and Leeman''s whereabouts became unknown for a few years.
Because the two by nature had wanderlust habit, no one were especially concerned but¡¡
One day, due to a notice that suddenly arrived, a turmoil that started from the incident this time as the impetus dragged in the demon king family and it developed into a great tumult where hell broke loose.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
The story this time is for the extra story that I''ll write someday.
For now, I''m thinking that it will be a story where Nagumo family second generation will also show up but¡¡well, it''s still in the future.
The artifact presented to Lee-san¡¡
This is Lee-san who was once taken out from aquarium by flying cross, so when thinking that now he became able to control that by himself, it''s normal isn''t it? It''s surreal though.
Inaba''s sure kill move.
Everyone, did you recall that person from One Piece?
But, Shirakome wrote by imagining that person from D-Gray. I like the scene of Falling Technique ¡¸Iron Shac¡ð¡¹.
Twin tail is also not different then rabbit ears. Both are justice.
Chapter 258
Chapter 258
Evening. The time after school when the light of the sun was starting to be dyed orange bit by bit.
In a ce a slight distance away from the school building, there was the spirited yells of the students resounding.
That ce was a building that was separately built from the gymnasium and was exclusively used for martial arts type club activity. The students were calling the building as dojo building. Clubs like kendo, judo, karate, aikido, jeet kune do, ninjutsu, naginata, kodachi two sword style, wrestling, boxing, and so on did their activity here, its spaciousness was more than the gymnasium with three floor in total, thepletion of the building was really rare even for a private school.
People said, that it was the result of the hobby of the first generation board chairman surging out¡¡
At the ce in the first floor of that dojo building that was allocated for the kendo club, unique spirited yells that sounded a bit different from other club were resounding. Surely, most likely, the club members were yelling ¡¸MEE¨DNN¡¹, but even when the yell went well¡¸eE¨DNN¡¹, when it went bad ¡¸EAAAAAHNH¡¹, and if things didn''t go well ¡¸ENDEEEEERR¡¹. Like that it became an hour of mishearing. (TN: In kendo, the athlete would usually used ''men'' in their yell)
Of course, that was the result of the gushing out fighting spirit.
Though about this kendo club, they were showered with a lot of attention from the karate club, judo club, and aikido club that were also allocated the first floor as the ce for their club activity. It wasn''t something tant, but there were quite a lot of nces flying toward the kendo club.
The cause of course wasn''t those yells, but a beautiful girl with a trademark of a ck hair ponytail.
The excellent style that could be seen clearly even across the loose kendo uniform and the dignified atmosphere that also gave off kindness. She was someone who even before her disappearance was evaluated as aposed girl, but now she appeared like an adult woman from where a core far stronger than before could be felt from her.
¡¸Haa~. Yaegashi-san, she is seriously amazing. I wonder if I should join kendo club even after thiste.¡¹
¡¸What are you gonna do even if you join huh. Rather, if you try to do something, you are gonna get done in by her seriously scary boyfriend you know?¡¹
¡¸Right right. Taking nces from afar is just right toward that kind of person.¡¹
The target of the ncing looks¨D¨DYeagashi Shizuku. When a boy of the judo club who was taking nces at her was whispering ecstatically, his friends retorted with expression and voice that were filled with resignation.
If one looked around, it could be somehow understood that even the karate club and aikido club were also making that kind of conversation. The extraordinary mystery of her one year disappearance and her atmosphere that changed for some reason were raising her charm and degree of attention by a lot.
¡¸Aah, sheesh. How irritating. Even though the match will be soon.¡¹
¡¸Really. If I remember correctly, the karate club will also have their match next month though¡¡. They arecking spirit.¡¹
When one member of the female kendo club grumbled that with a frown, another member also showed her agreement while wiping her sweat.
It was at that timing Shizuku came with a drink in one hand and an apologetic expression on her face.
¡¸What should I say¡¡I''m sorry. As I thought, isn''t it better if I don''te here so much? I''m also not a club member anyway.¡¹
¡¸Eh!? Wai-, that''s not it! We weren''t saying that with that kind of meaning!¡¹
¡¸Yep yep! The bad one are those guys who aren''t concentrating at their training, it''s not Shizuku-chan''s fault!¡¹
¡¸Or rather, we are the one begging you toe here, so you don''t need to be that considerate I''m telling you!¡¹
¡¸That''s right, Onee-sama! If Onee-sama like it, I''ll ambush those peeping bastardster today from the darkness!¡¹
Shizuku had quit the kendo club after her return to school. That was because her physical ability and kendo skill had became cheat level from her experience in another world.
She was literally unbeatable by anyone if she didn''t hold back. Shizuku judged that if she faced students who were seriously putting their heart into kendo and participated passionately in a match, and won when she wasn''t serious while holding back, she would only bring harm to those students, and that was why she resigned from the club.
However, the club members who thought that Shizuku who returned to school would naturally also returned to the club wanted to somehow stopped Shizuku from leaving the club, however, their persuasion ended up in vain and Shizuku still wouldn''t return, that being the case, they consulted the club adviser and created a position of "manager that could also coached the members" to keep Shizuku in the club.
Long story short, ''it''s fine even if you aren''t a member, if you have timee ying her while also coaching!'' it was something like that.
Shizuku was tearfully pleaded at by her juniors, and clung at by her friends of the same age as though they were konaki jijii, and even the seniors who already retired from the club were wordlessly pressuring her everyday with their sad gaze.
Regardless of how the society and also the students'' parents were vaguely keeping distance from the "returnees", Shizuku''srades from the kendo club who tried to maintain their connection with her as though to say ¡¸Who gives a damn about something like that!¡¹ made Shizuku felt bashful and tickled.
In the end it was Shizuku who yielded and like that she wasing to coach especially in the days before apetition.
Thinking that it would be terrible if such Shizuku stoppeding because she was considerate of her surrounding, the female club members simultaneously gathered toward Shizuku who was looking apologetic.
It was also because they were simply fond of Shizuku, but it was also because Shizuku''s coaching was actually fruitful, the students who received her coaching were without a doubt growing in skill. At the following month the qualifier for the national kendo meet would start, so the kendo female students didn''t want to let go of the greatest coach that was Shizuku for that reason too.
¡¸Hm~m, I guess. It will be irresponsible for me to stop helping midway in this kind of period isn''t it? That''s why, stop it with the ambush when it''s dark. Also, it will make me happy if you can also stop calling me Onee-sama.¡¹
¡¸No way-. Onee-sama is disqualifying me as your stepsister(soul sister)!?¡¹
Kohai-chan staggered with an expression of despair. The kohai-chan''s friends of the same grade supported her ¡¸Get a hold of yourself!¡¹¡¸Hang in there!¡¹. Furthermore, it seemed that all the juniors here were "soul sister". The soul sisters multiplied while Shizuku wasn''t looking¡¡. Consider there are thirty in the dark if you see one in the open! (TN: Japanese''s saying that if you see one cockroach, you better consider there are thirty that you aren''t seeing. And kohai mean junior.)
The soul sisters were looking at Shizuku. Their moist eyes were pleading, ''please grant mercy to ourrade soul sister who is connected by the bond of soul-''.
¡¸¡¡Geez, it''s fine if you call me Onee-sama, that''s why don''t look at me with those eyes¡¡¡¹
It was always the Onee-sama who gave in. The crumbling kohai-chan recovered her posture with a bizarre movement like a video being rewound. Perhaps these girls were already something beyond stepsister already.
When the practice that was fairly hard even with those things happening was over, all the female club members other than Shizuku were dead tired while changing clothes in the changing room. At that time a club member asked something that had been asked almost every time.
¡¸Then Shizuku. When will you return back to club?¡¹
¡¸No, that''s why, I told you already I won''t.¡¹
While ignoring with all her strength how the moment she undressed from her kendo uniform the bloodshot gazes of all the kouhai-chan were stabbing all over her body, Shizuku replied to the question of her friend of the same grade with a wry smile.
¡¸But still, even though you are that strong. You were the champion all those years even when you were in middle school and also in the first year.¡¹
¡¸It''s really a waste.¡¹
Because Shizuku showed up in practice to give them guidance, the club members were satisfied to a certain degree just from being able to be together with Shizuku. However, purely as a kendo practitioner, knowing the skill of Shizuku (only to the extent ofmon sense), they felt it was really a "waste" no matter what that she didn''t participate inpetition.
Shizuku''s wry smile deepened while she quickly wore her clothes to hide her body. All the kouhai-chan leaked out ¡¸Chih¡¹ from clicking their tongue.
¡¸''m already satisfied enough with kendo. Besides, even though I stop doing kendo, I''m still continuing kenjutsu. Rather, right now I''m busy with that, about various things.¡¹(TN: Kenjutsu = sword art)
Shizuku couldn''t say that it was because she now knew the truth about her family.
However, getting suspicious about various things from hearing that "various things" part was how girl worked.
¡¸Various things, is it? I see, it must be something like trying to have your boyfriend getting recognized by your family.¡¹
¡¸I won''t hand over my daughter as long as you cannot win against me! Something like that?¡¹
¡¸Ah, so it''s as I thought, Nagumo-kun is training in the dojo of Shizuku''s family then.¡¹
It seemed such rumor was spreading. The eyes of the fellow club members in the same grade were shining bright with curiosity.
¡¸And, recently, what''s going on with the boyfriend in the rumor?¡¹
¡¸Our ssrooms are separated after all, so it''s hard to get any information. Or rather, Shizuku, are you okay? You aren''t two-timed? From what I heard other than Kaori-chan, he is also getting served by other amazing members right?¡¹
Concern could be nced at inside their curiosity. The woman rtionship of the man who Shizuku got close to wasn''t normal at all, and it was a well known fact in this school. Someone who wasying his hand on two extraordinarily beautiful transfer students, was even getting served by Kaori who should be Shizuku''s best friend, and he was even knitting love rtionship with their important friend Shizuku¡¡the kendo club members weren''t holding a good feeling about such thing.
¡¸Thank you for worrying about me. But I''m fine. Kaori, and also Yue and Shia, they are important people for me, and we are staying at his side fullyprehending how it look like. Though it''s certainly not somethingmonce. But, it can''t be helped.¡¹
The thing about a person in love was the loser, and Shizuku''s happy expression without even a shred of bitterness in it, and how she spoke fondly of her love as though showing it off, while all these also happened every time, the expression of the club members still turned speechless every time.
Incidentally, there were sounds of grinding teeth *grit grit grit grit-* ringing. Everyone tried to not bother about it, but of course the source of the sounds were from all the kouhai-chan. Dark conversations which would make one wanted to retort ''You guys, just what kind of secret society this is huh'' like ¡¸As expected, we have to ambush that man in the dark is¡¡¡¹, or ¡¸However, several people already had the table turned on them¡¡¡¹, or ¡¸We need to draw up something, some kind of new strategy¡¡¡¹, and so on were secretly spoken among them.
¡¸Well, if Shizu said that it''s fine, then it''s not also our ce to say anything¡¡¡¹
¡¸Just what is so great from Nagumo?¡¹
Almost all the club members had finished changing, but there was no sign of the girls talk ending even while they were putting their appearance in order. This was something usual.
The cheeks of the questioned Shizuku faintly blushed red. It was a cute expression that she had never showed even once before her disappearance. The club members'' expression turned even moreplicated because whether they wanted it or not they were made to realize that was how serious her feeling toward Hajime was.
Several of the kohai-chan were starting to beat up their fist onto a doll they took out from somewhere. *zudon, zudon* The punches were making unpleasantly nice sound. Those were wonderful punches that would make anyone wondered if they were more talented in clenching their fist rather than swinging shinai. (TN: Shinai = bamboo sword used in kendo)
¡¸Even if you ask that¡¡there is a lot.¡¹
¡¸If you are forced to give one example?¡¹
¡¸uu¡¡¡¡¡¡like, how he always protect me at all times, I guess.¡¹
Shizuku''s answer that she spoke while acting bashful made her friends of the same grade said ¡¸Aa~¡¹ sounding like they understood but also didn''t understand.
When speaking about Yaegashi Shizuku, she was "onee-sama" for all the kouhai-chan. For other girls, she was a reliable knight-sama that would protect them. Even for the boys, they evaluated her as a gant beauty that would somehow manage by herself no matter in what kind of situation.
It was difficult for the boys and girls at the same grade to hold impression toward Shizuku as a target to be protected. After all she was actually an owner of specs far superior then all of them.
But, people who were especially close to Shizuku knew that Shizuku liked cute things and her personality was really girly. The female club members of kendo club were included in those close people category.
Therefore, they understood what Shizuku said. Although they absolutely didn''t want to understand the disgusting man who wouldn''t see Shizuku as his only one.
¡¸Really, just what in the world happened while you disappeared? From everything before this, I thought that Shizuku might go out with Amanogawa-kun.¡¹
Several girls looked startled hearing that question and they turned their gaze toward the girl who said it.
Asking the "returnees" about what happened during the time they disappeared was considered as taboo right now based on their tacit understanding. At the beginning, everyone was really curious about that and kept asking, but even through themotion in the society and abrupt quieting down, the answer of the "returnees" was always the same, and because that answer sounded preposterous, a recognition that the topic was "something that mustn''t be asked" was spreading.
Shizuku was firmly aware of the atmosphere that was containing slight nervousness while speaking an answer that was unchanging from before.
¡¸I already said it before this right? We adventured in another world, and fought the underlings of an evil god.¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¡¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
Sure enough, the schoolmates of the same grade were at loss for words in hesitation of what should they say. All the kouhai-chan were staring at Shizuku with worried gaze that looked vaguely pained.
''It depends on you whether to believe it or not¡¡'' Shizuku''s rtionship with the kendo club members were a bit too close for her to say that. She didn''t want to deal with them the same like how she dealt with mass media, government officials, and outsiders who were only curious. Even if what she spoke was the unvarnished truth itself.
And so, Shizuku winked yfully and added her words.
¡¸Also, I punched Kouki until he cried and apologized. Kouki who lost some teeth with his face swollen all over while sobbing ''I''m sorry, I''m reflecting, I won''t do it anymore'' was really a sight you know?¡¹
¡¸Ooou¡¡that''s really¡¡¡¹
¡¸I, is that, true?¡¹
¡¸Just what happened there. I''m absurdly curious here!¡¹
The small tension from before vanished somewhere. The female club members started going ''kya-kya''. What kind of situation that would make that perfect superhuman number one handsome boy in the school to apologize while crying? And then, what was the circumstance that would make the caring and gentle Shizuku to be that angry? Their girl''s indefatigable love delusion power was tickled to rise up high.
Shizuku was calming down her exited friends while,
¡¸This is also about Kouki''s embarrassing past, so I cannot speak the detail but¡¡at the very least, when I wished for help from the bottom of my heart, the one who responded to that wasn''t Kouki, it was always¨D¨DHajime at those times.¡¹
Shizuku was saying such suggestive thing with intensely charming expression looking like a dreaming girl, or perhaps more like an adult woman who knew what was the meaning of love. Even her friends who were the same sex unconsciously felt their heart jumped seeing that expression.
This time, a different silence descended. The expression of the female club members was somewhat dazed, as though they were charmed by Shizuku. There was ''buhah'' sound. It was the sound of the feeling that thought about Onee-sama spurting out from the nose of kouhai-chan.
Shizuku who noticed the situation around her looked down in embarrassment from her own words and she attempted to change the topic.
¡¸Ra, rather than that, the preliminary next month. Do your best you all. Everyone has shockingly be strong, so I''m looking forward not just at the group match, but also the individual match. Our kendo club will dominate the top ranking of the individualpetition.¡¹
¡¸That''s quite the pressure on us though.¡¹
The figure of Shizuku who was inly changing the topic while busily finishing her preparation for going home with bright red ears made the female club members to look at each other''s face and exchanged small smile. And then, following their friend who had became far cuterpare to before she disappeared, they finished their girls talk.
Next month.
Shizuku''s figure could be seen at the spectator seat at the second floor of the joint gymnasium of arge city at the neighboring town.
Below the kendo club of her school waspeting ruthlessly against the kendo club of other school. The loud yells that were filled with fighting spirit, and the sound of shinai striking the opponent, and then the cheering voices were echoing inside the spacious gymnasium.
¡¸Our kendo club is strong huh. Especially the girls. Shizuku''s influence on them is tremendous.¡¹
Hajime who came together with Shizuku to watch whispered that with an admiring expression. Hajime personally wasn''t interested with kendo match, but today was Shizuku''s turn for the "holiday of just two people", so Hajime apanied Shizuku in the form like rooting date (?).
Thepetition had progressed almost to the end, the grouppetition left only the final, and the members of the grouppetition were also mostly undefeated through all the matches until that stage.
Even in the individualpetition, the third ce had already clinched by a student of their school, Shizuku''s schoolmate was also going out to the final match that would start after this. Even all the kouhai-chan won their first match without anyone losing, that was why this was actually something big.
¡¸This is the fruit of their hard work.¡¹
Shizuku said that not only from being humble but also because she really thought so. But, Hajime tilted his head and objected.
¡¸Is that so? Sometimes my ears picked up words that sounded like ¡ºOnee-sama is watching! With the title of soul sister in the line, I cannot show anything unsightly!¡» though. It feels like it''s only our kendo club whose morale is in different level.¡¹
¡¸¡¡The, they are all cute kohai aren''t they.¡¹
¡¸Cute, huh. After they looked at you Shizuku, they then looked at me and a lot of them were making yakuza face that seemed to say ¡ºSitting beside Onee-sama with a smug face like it''s only natural-. You bastard-. I''MMA KILL YOUUUUUUUUU-¡» though¡¡. I think it''s not a face a girl should make you know? Look there, that girl''s opponent, she is trembling even before the match begin.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Onee-sama averted her gaze.
But, her averted gaze suddenly met the eyes of another. The final of the individualpetition would begin after this, but the opponent athlete was looking at Shizuku. The person was already wearing the protector mask, so it wasn''t like their eyes were exactly meeting, but it was clear that the person was focusing on Shizuku.
That was how strong the emotion that was filling that gaze. In addition, if pushed to say, it wasn''t a positive emotion like the respectful and affectionate gaze of the soul sisters, but the opposite¨D¨Dan emotion of denial.
(That build¡¡also that school¡¡)
The referee called out to the athletes and the opponent athlete''s strong gaze moved away from Shizuku. Shizuku tilted her head and pondered whether she had done something, but she couldn''t think of anything.
The match began while she was doing that.
At that moment,
¡¸OOOOOOOOOOOOH!!¡¹
The gymnasium shook. It was a roar so loud that made one hallucinated so. The loud yell of fighting spirit surged and electrified the skin. The audience seat became deathly silent.
Right after that, a sharp sound *paan-* rang.
While everyone was dazed, the referee suddenly returned to his sense with a ''hah'' and gave his verdict ¡¸Clean hit¡¹. Yes, in just an instant, Shizuku''s friend who was unmistakably top ss even within the school got one point taken from her. (TN: Here the referee said ''Men ari'', which mean a clean hit on the face I guess. Tell me if anyone know a better trantion for it.)
Both sides immediately returned to their original position and then the match resumed. A loud yell of fighting spirit surged once more.
This time Shizuku''s friend barely blocked the vertical sh from above aiming at her mask protector. However, that one attack must possessed sharpness and weight that didn''t betray its appearance. The blocking shinai almost fell off from the hands holding it.
Without overlooking that opening, the opponent athlete began to hammer in with a flowing motion. Shizuku''s friend was also a top ss as expected that she continued to defend only just barely, but the opening she showed at the beginning became a big shackle that made her unable to stop the consecutive attacks, she wasn''t able to return even a single counterstrike.
¡¸Oi oi, that girl, is she really a girl?¡¹
¡¸He, hey. That''s just too rude.¡¹
The opponent athlete that was cornering the athlete of their school with an intense pressure caused Hajime to reflexively say such thing, which was chided by Shizuku in respond even while her cheeks were twitching.
Indeed, the yelling voice sounded deep, and the volume could even shake the gymnasium, it was really unthinkable that such voice came from a girl.
In addition, the body build of the opponent athlete was also out of norm. Her height must be over 180 cm. Her big boned body that could be clearly seen even across the protector was just like a heavy weight ss judoka, muscle fibers were jutting out from both her hands that were holding shinai.
Looking objectively, that body build was something splendid that would make anyone couldn''t help but ask ''that''s really a high school girl?''.
While Hajime was blinking in surprise and Shizuku was drawing out her memory regarding the opponent athlete, the match showed the end.
Finally the athlete of their school couldn''t endure the fierce attack, and the moment her shinai strayed away, *pashiiin* such clear striking sound rang along with the shinai striking the mask protector.
Shizuku was looking worriedly at her friend who was standing still looking dumbfounded. When the referee urged on the girl she seemed to return to her senses and bowed once before quietly returning to her own area. She took off her mask and clenched her fist tightly in frustration with her faced still looking down.
The kendo club members gathered around her one after another and talked to her.
¡¸She got dealt with a bad match there. If the opponent was merely pushing on with brute force the would be able to still manage somehow but¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yes. Indeed, the opponent¡¡isn''t simply like that. But, why is she in the qualifier here¡¡¡¹
It seemed Shizuku knew something about the opponent athlete.
¡¸Nn? Looks like they are quarreling there. Is it all right there?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Shizuku who was pondering something returned her attention to the match venue from Hajime''s words, and there certainly the opponent athlete just now seemed to be in some kind of argument with the female club members of her school.
¡¸¡¡What, is she your acquaintance just as I thought? I''m hearing Shizuku''s name mentioned from there.¡¹
¡¸As, as I thought it looks like she has some kind of business with me.¡¹
Hajime''s inhuman ear wasn''t as amazing as the rabbit ear of the rabbit n, but it had really high performance in its hearing ability. Using that, he could hear that it seemed the opponent yer was questioning the female club members about why Shizuku didn''t appear in thepetition.
The female club members looked really nervous against the really dangerous atmosphere, but when they saw the opponent athlete who still hadn''t taken off her face protector lowered her voice tone and asked if by any chance Shizuku was seriously injured, they calmed down a bit and managed to somehow answer.
But even though they now could answer back, there wasn''t a lot that they could say. It seemed they told the opponent that Shizuku simply quit kendo club because of personal reason and not because of injury or anything.
Surely the female club members were thinking that this person was an acquaintance of Shizuku who was a regr at the national meet, and she was worried why Shizuku didn''t participate in thepetition. They said to her that Shizuku wasn''t injured so there was no need to worry, however, the opponent athlete then showed an unexpected reaction.
She suddenly took off her mask as though tearing it off, and then her gaze turned toward Shizuku with a glint as though saying that she would kill her. No matter how anyone looked, that expression was of anger, like a volcano in the verge of erupting. It was also an appearance with extreme intensity.
Hajime unconsciously got reminded of a certain guy haunting a certain clothes store in the other world to the degree he put himself on guard.
The square features, thick eyebrows and beastly eyes,rge nose split chin, they were all impressive.
After the opponent athlete red at Shizuku, she moved looking like she was going toward her. The female club members who guessed that tried to stop her, but she pushed them aside and moved to exit the venue.
Feeling the dangerous atmosphere, even the teammates of the opponent athlete came to stop her, but perhaps she already had lost all her cool that she couldn''t even hear their words. She was advancing while dragging her teammates clinging on her body with her.
¡¸¡¡Looks like she couldn''t get talked with unless I go there. I''ll head there for a bit.¡¹
¡¸Okay. Just in case, I''ll be nearby.¡¹
Hajime also stood up following Shizuku who stood up from her seat.
No matter how abnormally big the body build that person had, it was impossible for a high school girl of the present day Japan to do anything at Shizuku.
However, what could hurt a person wasn''t just simply violence. Looking from the other party''s abnormal state, she might throw "words" that could hurt Shizuku.
Words were magic. Depending on the situation, it could be greatly powerful evenpared to the highest level of magic from another world.
From the standpoint of a "returnee", they already heard a lot of inconsiderate words until now, if they could finish this business without hearing anything from the other party then that would be the best.
Because Shizuku possessed a strong heart she could endure a lot more than most people, but because of that her heart was easy to be wounded. Therefore, depending on the situation, Hajime was prepared to release "Pressure'' that would make the other party fainted while foaming on their mouth without any hesitation.
The demon king-sama was increasingly getting indulgent toward his rtives since he returned back to earth.
¡¸Err, I''ll really be fine you know? That''s why, don''t do anything too reckless okay?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I''ll consider it optimistically.¡¹
The extremely unreliable words of the overprotective Hajime tickled Shizuku and also troubled her.
Like that, when the two got down to the first floor and approached the entrance toward the venue, the aforementioned opponent athlete appeared while dragging behind her teammates and Shizuku''s friends.
Even the tumult around her that was trying to stop was only trivial matter. With a look that caused a hallucination as though the Fudou Myouou had descended, the opponent athlete ran her gaze fiercely and caught the appearance of Shizuku. (TN: Fudou Myouou = Ac; atha Vidya-raja; The Immovable, a manifestation of Mahavairocana)
While somewhat desperate yells like ¡¸Run awaayy! Shizukuu, super run awayyyyyy!¡¹, or ¡¸Onee-sama! Please leave this ce to me and go on ahead!¡¹could be heard from the female club members, the female opponent who was emitting an intensity that even resembled Ashura¡¡
¡¸Yaegashiii! You-, you are calling yourself a samurai like that!?¡¹
Said such thing with unexpectedly cute voice that would make anyone wondered just what with the war cry at the middle of the match.
Anyway,
¡¸I''m not a samurai.¡¹
Toward the girl who surely was at the same grade with her, Shizuku returned back words of correction with a serious face and politenguage.
Shizukuponent was insufficient, so I wrote her just now.
When this is over, I''m thinking if I should write the ''Kouki get summoned too muchh''.
When I saw the thought column or the messages, unexpectedly there are a lot who said they want to read it, Shirakome who when ttered will indulgently get on board, as expected, feel like doing it.
But seeee, this is Kouki after allll. Anxiety whether I''m going to have fun writing it ising and going¡
But when I write, there is also the feeling of wanting to write properly too¡¡
If the writing of the ''get summoned too muchhh'' arc feel like it be slovenly, surely I will be revived if I can receive yell ''Shirakomeee get a hold of yourself!'' from you all.
Please take care of me.
Chapter 259
Chapter 259
Dead silence filled the lobby. The cheering for other match and other voices came in from the match venue, but even with all those noises it felt like silence had visited this ce, it must be the fault of the atmosphere that was brought about by the two high school girls staring at each other.
"You are calling yourself a samurai" "I''m not a samurai" It was only those words. It wasn''t a conversation that high school girls would generally make, but the atmosphere of the two was too serious to call it a joke.
The asking side even now was exhaling out wild breath that was apanied with vapor from her mouth, with an atmosphere where it was as though her bloodshot eyes might even emitted mysterious beam, while the replying side wasn''t even making an astonished expression that said¡¸Just what is this girl saying?¡¹, rather a desperation of¡¸You think I''ll let anyone attach anymore strange attribute on me more than this! I''m not a samurai, believe it!¡¹ could be peeked at from the gap of her expression.
¡¸I''ll change how I said it. You, you are calling yourself a kendoka like that!?¡¹
The kendo girl who boasted a huge body frame where people who seemed to be her kendo club teammates and Shizuku''s friends from kendo club were still sticking on her, was raising an angry yell with a cute anime voice just like before. The gap between the voice and the Fudou Myouou face was terrific.
The first thing Shizuku did was to let out a sigh of relieve while stroking her chest hearing she was entered into a category that wasn''t that strange for an active high school girl to be in while showing a perplexed expression at the indignation of the Fudou Myouou girl.
¡¸I don''t understand what do you mean by "like that" but¡¡at the very least, right now I''m not even in kendo club, so I cannot say that I''m a kendoka.¡¹
¡¸-, then, it''s as I thought, you are saying that you resigned? You are not just taking absent?¡¹
Her aura of anger was still unchanged, but the Fudou Myouu girl asked with an expression that somewhat feeling shocked.
¡¸Yes, I have formally resigned, and I also don''t have n ofing back.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I know that you encountered a serious incident. Is that the cause? I heard that you aren''t injured, but do you have a circumstance that make you unable to return?¡¹
*grit* There was such sound. It was the sound of Fudou Myouou girl clenching her fist tightly. The kouhai-chan that was clinging on that arm to stop the girl stared still at that fist while her expression was starting to go pale. Her tear nd looked like it would burst crying anytime.
¡¸No. Both my mind and body are healthy. It''s not that I "cannot" return, but I "won''t" return. That''s what I decided.¡¹
¡¸-, Yaegashiii, you are-, -¡¡wha, what is, your reason?¡¹
Kouhai-chan''s arms were repelled away! By the inting arm muscle! Kouhai-chan fell on her butt and she trembled all over! The friends of Shizuku, and also the teammates of the Fudou Myouou girl too, they were seeing the vision of the girl''s rage aura and shivered in fear!
The Fudou Myouou girl desperately repressed the something that was overflowing out from inside herself and tried her best to be calm. Hearing that question, Shizuku scratched on her cheek awkwardly while deliberating of how to answer.
If she said her reason honestly, it would be because in the world of kendo there was already no one that could be her opponent, because the specs she obtained in another world was a foul y, those were the reasons but¡¡
By no meant she could say those things just like that. If she said such thing, perhaps Fudou Myouou would really descent to this world for real.
Now then, how to answer so that the matter could be settled peacefully¡¡
Shizuku didn''t even need five second to ruminate.
But, it seemed that little time instead gave the other party a conclusion.
¡¸¡¡I see. I get it. I didn''t want to believe it, because I thought that there is no way that Yaegashi would, but¨D¨Dit''s because you got a man aren''t you.¡¹
¡¸Eh? Ah, no, it''s not like¨D¨D¡¹
Shizuku noticed that the gaze of the Fudou Myouou girl turned toward behind her and she tried to say something.
But, before she could the Fudou Myouou girl threw a gaze that glinted with murderous brutality!
Not only the kendo girls right nearby, even the kendo boys and officials who became curious onlookers from afar were trembling violently altogether!
¡¸Aaa?¡¹
¡¸¨C!?¡¹
Hajime-san''s glint reversal!!
What was overflowing out from those shrinking pupils was exactly madness! It caused everyone to feel shiver and their body locked up thinking¡¸Those eyes, those are absolutely the eyes of a murderer aren''t they!?¡¹. That thing over there was a demon wearing the skin of a high school boy!
The Fudou Myouou girl quietly returned her gaze to Shizuku.
That thing was no good. That was something that a human must not got involved with no matter what. The instinct of Fudou Myouou girl-chan that made that judgment wasn''t mistaken.
Now, let''s get a fresh start.
¡¸It''s because you got a man aren''t you!¡¹
¡¸For now, wait a little bit okay. ¡¡Hajime, stop with the ring. She is getting teary eyed, and several people copsed already while foaming in the mouth. Look, like my kouhai over there.¡¹
Hajime-san was looking.
When Shizuku looked back across her shoulder and asked Hajime to stop with a wry smile, Hajime obediently settled down his ghastly aura. He folded his arms once more and also closed his eyes. His atmosphere was turning back to a quiet one. The madness had left. Everyone''s SAN value was protected!
Shizuku''s friends let out whispers of gratitude¡¸Shizuku is goddess¡¹. Also, it seemed the legend of the school''s two great goddess would increase. In a bit of different meaning than before.
¡¸So, you are ignoring me. You are telling me that someone like me is not even worthy to be your opponent is it?¡¹
¡¸Err, you look like you are going to burst into tear anytime now you know? I won''t ignore you or anything, so don''t force yourself to progress the talk and wipe your¡¡¡¹
¡¸Are you pitying me!?¡¹
Looks like she was already in a state that couldn''t withdraw back anymore. The rage that she harbored toward Shizuku for some reason and the glint reversal that a normal high school girl shouldn''t get exposed at for their whole life seemed to cause her mind to be really at her wits end.
Shizuku was opening her mouth to calm down Fudou-chan who was picking a quarrel with that teary eyes while still emitting her great intensity, but the heated up Fudou-chan raised her voice angrily as though to drown out Shizuku''s voice.
¡¸I, in order to win against you! I''m giving it my all until now only for that! Whether it''s in the middle school, or at the first year of high school, I was undefeated! Except against you! You were the one who always became the champion at the tournament! Even though defeating that you is my only objective, and yet!¡¹
Angry voice, was it really? Her intensity caused the people there to feel that it was like that, but for Shizuku, she was somehow getting the impression that the girl looked like she was clinging to something, or perhaps as though she wasmenting because she understood that what she wanted was forever out of her reach.
¡¸When you disappeared, I despaired at that time! I even thought for a moment to stop with kendo-. I transferred here was also because I thought, that if I do kendo at the district where you were at, then perhaps my feeling will cleared up a bit! That''s why, when you came back, I was really happy, and yet¡¡and yet, for you to abandon your sword just for a man!¡¹
¡¸Fudou-san, you¡¡¡¹
Surprisingly, the Fudou Myouou girl-chan''s surname seemed to be "Fudou". What a match. Shizuku''s whisper was faint and it only reached Hajime, but that Hajime was obviously shocked while saying ¡¸What, did you say¡¡don''t tell me, her name is Myouou?¡¹.
By the way, the girl''s name was Fudou Akari. Hajime, constion price for you. (TN: Fudou Myouou = ²»„ÓÃ÷Íõ, Fudou Akari = ²»„ÓÃ÷)
Fudou-chan rapidly walked toward Shizuku, leaving behind her teammates and Shizuku''s friend who had let go of her due to her menacing aura.
And then, she pointed with a snap at Shizuku''s nose, and with a zing straightforward gaze she,
¡¸Fight me, Yaegashi Shizuku. If you forget about me because you think it''s something trivial, then I''ll make you remember. This kendo of mine that you don''t pay any attention to, I''ll beat it into your body to teach you how formidable it is!¡¹
¡¡¡¸¡¹
Yes, it was a war deration.
Of course, Shizuku had no duty or responsibility to ept. The other party was considering her as rival, feeling furious, and tried to drag her into a fight were all by her own convenience. It waspletely unrted with Shizuku.
But,
(¨D¨DIt will be easier if I can just ignore this, huh)
That was exactly why Yaegashi Shizuku couldn''t ignore this. Her personality wasn''t one that would let her choose the easy path.
To say nothing of how the other party didn''te at her with ill will, and seeing how the other party somehow gave her an impression as though she was struggling with her own heart, made her unable to refuse even more.
Therefore,
¡¸I ept your challenge.¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
She epted that challenge gantly. The sharp glint of the other party, was replied back with a deep gaze that looked like a tranquil forest.
That voice wasn''t raised to be louder or disyed intense pressure by any means. However, the heavy and deep "something" inside that voice definitely made Fudou to unconsciously hitched her voice.
Seeing that, Shizuku''s look loosened up slightly.
¡¸However, is it fine with you if we do it at another day? Today, I''ming to cheer for my friends. I cannot prioritize you here. Fudou-san yourself, you aren''t nning toe at me by neglecting your teammates correct?¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
Lured by Shizuku''s gaze, Fudou looked back behind her. Over there, there were her kendo club teammates staring worriedly at her. A small groan ¡¸u¡¹ leaked out from Fudou. It seemed she recovered her senses for a bit after seeing her teammates.
Her expression turned awkward and apologetic, and then she shook her head as though to shake off something.
Shizuku handed over a scrap of paper to such Fudou.
¡¸This is, my contact address. Please contact me when you have made your preparation.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I get it.¡¹
Fudou received the paper and she directed a gaze that seemed to want to say something to Shizuku for a bit, but then she returned toward her teammates.
¡¸Shizuku! Are you okay?¡¹
¡¸Onee-sama, are you safe!?¡¹
Shizuku''s friends gathered one after another and talked to her with worried voice. Event the kouhai-chan who had revived before anyone knew also rushed toward Shizuku after ring angrily at the back of Fudou.
¡¸I''m fine, I''m fine. That person also isn''t someone that I didn''t know at all.¡¹
¡¸But, something like a match at another day¡¡. This is something personal right? It will be against that kind of person you know? Won''t it be dangerous?¡¹
¡¸I thought she is a barbarian from somewhere. That was scaryyy. The saying of a face like a demon must refer to that kind of person. Shizuku, I''m telling you this for your own good, it''s better to report this to the teacher or someone.¡¹
¡¸That''s right, Onee-sama! There is no way that lump of muscles is a normal high school girl! That must be a monster wearing the skin of a high school girl! Onee-sama is going to get eaten by that!¡¹
It appeared that everyone was scared against Fudou''s pressure and threatening aura, and also her atrocious body build and face. At the same time, they also seemed to be feeling great unease with this personal match where the rule might be ignored without the supervision of any adult. It was clear that they were worrying for Shizuku from the bottom of their heart.
But, the one in question here, Shizuku was instead frowning slightly.
She was happy that they were worried for her. But, if they then deprecated Fudou''s appearance and body build because of that, even if that was because of the consequence of the girl''s own action, what they were saying still wasn''t something that felt good to hear.
Not noticing the inside of Shizuku''s heart, Shizuku''s friends were getting heated up even further with their criticism toward Fudou because seen from the side, it looked like Shizuku was only gettingpletely dragged into this.
¡¸¡¡Everyone, I''m happy that you all are worried for me, but putting aside criticizing her action, saying those kind of words toward her appearance that she was born with is a bit too much.¡¹
¡¸Eh, ah, Shizuku¡¡¡¹
¡¸So, sorry¡¡¡¹
The friends came back to their senses suddenly when they saw Shizuku''s expression that was enduring distress. Shizuku''s friends knew about the personality of the busybody Shizuku who would feel other people''s pain as though it was her own pain. At the same time, Shizuku''s expression also vaguely looked sad seeing them speaking maliciously behind someone''s back.
¡¸Hmmm. I''ll say it one more time, thank you for getting worried for me. But she¨D¨DFudou-san, just like I said just now, she isn''t someone that I didn''t know. I almost never talked directly with her, but she is a regr in the national tournament, and I had faced against her several times. She is definitely not a bad person.¡¹
Shizuku said that with a wry smile, and then ¡¸Besides¡¡¡¹ she continued while ncing behind across her shoulder.
¡¸Even in the unlikely chance that she took unfair method, I''ll still be fine. After all a sca~ry person is watching over me.¡¹
¡¸Aa¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
It went without saying who was it that Shizuku referred to. Shizuku''s friends looked at Hajime who was quietly standing behind Shizuku, and then they trembled when Hajime nced back at them in respond. Kouhai-chan was hiding by using all the senpai as shield.
¡¸Indeed, it will be fine if Nagumo is there, I think?¡¹
¡¸In a sense, it feels like the person just now is still better.¡¹
¡¸Onee-sama, that person, he absolutely had killed two or three people before. You should rethink about going out with¨D¨Dhiihn!?¡¹
To tell the truth, Shizuku''s friends were thinking ¡¸Is it really okay going out with that kind of boyfriend¡¹, but when they recalled the glint and aura from before that resembled a devilish homicide, they couldn''t think that Hajime would be really unreliable. Rather, they imagined the end of the person who tried toy their hand on Shizuku and even felt sympathy welling up toward such person.
On top of that, if they knew that kouhai-chan''s words was actually an underestimation¡¡.
For some reason kouhai-chan felt an intense chill in the middle of speaking and she screamed. When Shizuku''s friends looked at Hajime all at once,
¡¸What did you say, about Shizuku and me?¡¹
¡¸You two are really a match made in heavennn! I''m sorry, please forgive me! Don''t kill me!¡¹
Kouhai-chan was trembling like a baby deer that was only just born. Shizuku''s friends were getting cold sweat seeing Hajime''s faint smile.
¡¸Hajime. Don''t bully my kouhai like that.¡¹
¡¸I''m not bullying her. It''s punishment. It''s including the admonition toward her usual strange gathering and action.¡¹
¡¸Do it moderately please?¡¹
¡¸Ou¡¹
Shizuku''s friends thought. ''Nagumo is totally a bad news'', and then ''Shizuku is a wild beast tamer''. By the way, for some reason there was a person who blushed slightly hearing Hajime saying ''punishment'' with his S face though¡¡.
For the sake of friendship, Shizuku pretended to not notice that.
After that, Shizuku''s friends returned to the venue in order to participate in the remaining matches, while Shizuku and also Hajime returned to the audience seat. Shizuku''s friends splendidly took the championship in the grouppetition.
At the closing party, Hajime read the mood and he didn''t participate in it. For some reason they were all getting excited talking about Hajime which caused Shizuku to be blushing from start to end. After the closing party, Hajime expressly came to pick up Shizuku which caused Shizuku''s friends to get excited again and Shizuku''s face got even redder from their banter. Such things happened.
Shizuku whose hand was pulled by Hajime to go home right away then looked back to give her parting greeting to the others. Her expression while doing that caused kouhai-chan to lift the slogan¡¸Onee-sama reign supreme, Nagumo Hajime ought to die¡¹. That expression looked so happy, to the degree that it would make anyone else envious seeing it.
A few dayster.
Slightly after school ended, at the period when thest of the students would go home, there was the figure of Shizuku wearing kendo uniform and protectors inside the kendo hall.
The students of the other clubs had mostly gone home, the people there were only kendo club members who had specially received permission and Hajime who came for being spectator.
¡¸¡¡so you came.¡¹
Shizuku suddenly turned her gaze toward the entrance. The club members who were continuing their practice because it was a waste to not do anything were making a wondering expression while turning their gaze following Shizuku''s gaze.
About a few secondster, arge shadow of a person slo~wly appeared at the entrance of the dojo building. Even though the shadow appeared quietly, *Dede-de-deden! Dede-de-deden!* the BGM of Termi¡ðtor was ying in everyone''s head.
Every single fingers grasping the door of the dojo building was thick, the legs that were stretching from the skirt were burly like rock. The upper arms caused the sailor uniform to look like it would burst open anytime, the uniform looked like it was a no-sleeved clothes like what the ''hyahhaa'' group living at the end of century was wearing.
And then, her expression was also¡¡.
He must be seething with fighting spirit. The deep groove carved between her forehead, her lips that were pressed on each other to form a straight line, sharp eyes that were gleaming brutally. The shinai bag and kendo protectors case she were shouldering looked like il and metal rod.
This situation was truly ''The fierce god''s descent!''.
Several female club members spontaneously screamed¡¸Hih¡¹ and fell back on their butt, but it must be a bit too harsh to reprimand them that they were being impolite to the opponent.
Speaking objectively, it was something that couldn''t be helped, it was clear that for normal people, ten out of ten would say that she looked terrifying.
¡¸Excuse me. I''m Fudou Akari. I came in order to have a match against Yaegashi Shizuku.¡¹
With a lovely voice that like before had a terrific gap with her appearance, Akari-chan gave her greeting also following the decorum. For a moment she frowned seeing the girls who fell on their butt and the male club members backing away, but her expression soon returned to before.
She focused toward one thing. Only toward Yaegashi Shizuku. She decided that everything else was but a trifle.
¡¸Pleasee in, Fudou-san. Weing words¨D¨Dare unnecessary isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸Yes, I came here to fight after all. Your preparation?¡¹
Fudou was approaching with a pressure that made it felt like the ground was shaking with each of her brisk step. Shizuku calmly stared back at her while nodding¡¸There is no problem¡¹.
Fudou was guided into the changing room and she changed her clothes there, and then she sat down across Shizuku and began to put on her protectors.
¡¸Before the match, can I ask one thing?¡¹
Shizuku asked while wrapping a towel on her head. Fudou nodded.
¡¸You said, that your objective is to win against me. Is that really all there is to it?¡¹
¡¸¡¡What do you mean?¡¹
¡¸No, it''s fine if this is just my misunderstanding but¡¡. No matter how, it feels like this is not simply you purely wanting to raise your skill in kendo further above.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Being unable to have a match against the athlete that was her objective. That athletepletely stopped doing kendo. Would she disy that much of a rage just because of that¡¡.
An athlete that was considered as rival not participating inpetition or retired from the club because of some kind of circumstance wasn''t that rare of a story. Many people must had harbored dissatisfaction or tasted the feeling of being off their game regarding that.
But, Shizuku thought that the intensity of the emotion that Fudou showed was hard to be exined with just that. She felt from Fudou something more, as though her important thing was stolen away, a fervent something.
The expression of the questioned Fudou warped slightly. It was unclear whether it was directed toward Shizuku, or toward herself. But for Shizuku, if she was pressed to say, it looked like it was directed toward Fudou herself.
¡¸¡¡A person like you who have everything won''t understand, the feeling of a person doesn''t have. For me, I have nothing but kendo.¡¹
After saying only that with a faint murmur, Fudou put on her mask protector as though to hide her expression.
Shizuku stared at such Fudou for a while, but urged by the gaze of Fudou that peeked out from behind the mask, Shizuku put on her own mask.
Both of them entered the match area while the kendo club members were watching attentively. They followed the etiquette with flowing movement and with the word¡¸Begin!¡¹ from the club member who took the referee role as the signal, the match began.
Right away,
¡¸oOOOOOOOOOOOOOH!!!!¡¹
A yell of fighting spirit that felt as though the air ruptured resounded. The club members simultaneously became paralyzed, while the window sses were rattling for real, not just metaphor.
Fudou attempted to shake up Shizuku with fine sliding step that seemed to be flowing.
In respond Shizuku was only quietly standing still with her shinai readied in front of her. She didn''t look perturbed or paralyzed at all.
¡¸-, oOOOO-!!¡¹
Like arge tree. That was how Shizuku seemed to be like. As though to blow away the weakness that she felt for a moment inside herself, Fudou shed her dominating aura many time over toward Shizuku. She moved the tip of her shinai with small movement, she made feint with her gaze and footwork, all in order to lure in the opponent.
Images were emerging in her mind.
She would strike the face protector.
¨D¨DHer torso was hit.
From the face toward the torso.
¨D¨DHer forearm was hit.
From forearm to face. Even if it was blocked she would push in¡¡
(-, it would get, returned-)
No matter how she ran her imagination, she could only image herself getting struck back.
Didn''t she give up doing kendo? Didn''t she stop participating in match and everything until now? Or else, was it that even with her only doing kendo in her spare time, even with her nk period of not doing kendo, yet she was still unable to even reach toward her feet¡¡.
(Such thing-, that''s absurd-)
An indescribable emotion welled up from inside. The image of defeat.
To crush down that feeling, Fudou tried to gush out a yell of fighting spirit that would be even louder than before¨D¨D
¡¸oOO¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸yAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!¡¹
She was crushed instead by the sudden war cry running through her.
*shin*, silence fell. It was as though even the insects outside the building were holding their breath, a quiet world. Just with a roar, it was as though the world was overwritten with Shizuku''s territory.
If it was just impact, then surely Fudou was above.
However, in "weight" that was hammered into the heart, Shizuku was overwhelming.
While everyone stiffened,
¡¸-!!!?¡¹
When Fudou noticed, in her field of vision, a shinai swinging down was¡¡
She was able to move even faster than her mind could think must be the fruit of her everyday training.
*PASHIiiiIIN*, the sound of two shinai shing resounded. There Fudou finally noticed that she was blocking against Shizuku''s attack toward her face.
Fighting spirit that surpassed hers. A terrific step in that she couldn''t even perceived. And then,
(It''s, heavy-!?)
Weight that was unthinkable to being from Shizuku''s slender body. Shizuku''s pressure that was maintaining the sword-locking contest without moving into consecutive attack caused Fudou who should be superior in body build to reflexively step back.
¡¸E, eh. That''s, Shizuku right?¡¹
¡¸Should be, but¡¡¡¹
Bewildered whisper leaked out from the female club members. Shizuku''s style was a "sword of finesse" that made use of variegated technique with elegant footwork and speed to the maximum, it was amon knowledge. They had never seen Shizuku bringing in the fight into a sword-locking contest by her own initiative, in addition she didn''t unleashed her technique from there but instead pushing in with strength.
¡¸Has your eyes opened I wonder?¡¹
¡¸-, Yaegashi-¡¹
Hearing those words from Shizuku who was staring at her from point-nk range, Fudou noticed herself that almost got swallowed in. She clenched her teeth hard and pushed Shizuku back with a shout.
Shizuku didn''t resist and gently pulled back. And then, she once again took her previous stance.
Fudou clenched her teeth grindingly seeing Shizuku''s state.
¡¸Not taking advantage from enemy but giving advice instead, you are reallyposed aren''t you¡¹
Fudou unconsciously let out such curse. Shizuku still only observed calmly.
¡¸What is this match for I wonder? Right now, is not the time to exchange words.¡¹
¡¸-, I know that!¡¹
The calm reply caused Fudou''s face to sh red in shame and this time she fiercely assaulted.
Fudou was getting back to form her pointless exertion of strength and her mind that was shrinking back from her own image, she unleashed an unconstrained assault that was backed with weight that was unbing for a high school girl.
The strikes came consecutively and clear impact sounds that sounded like handpping echoed inside the dojo building.
Against the blows that were like a storm, Shizuku sometimes dodged, sometimes, parried, sometimes blocked, and dodged more by even making use of that pressure. If Fudou''s footwork was like a flowing water, then Shizuku''s footwork should be called as a floating leaf dancing lightly in the air from receiving the wind.
No telling blow couldnd on her.
Even though normally the opponent''s stamina and mental would be shaved due to the unceasing offense and overwhelming pressure, causing them to expose an opening, the one who was starting to breath roughly was Fudou instead. It was obvious even from across the mask protector. Shizuku was breathing without even the slightest disorder without even a drop of sweat.
Impatience caused Fudou''s attack into something indulgent.
Shizuku smoothly stepped in.
¡¸MEENN!¡¹(TN: Go for exnation about yell in kendo.)
¡¸aa¡¡¡¹
*zupaan* A sound that even felt pleasant to ear resounded. Without rxing her alertness, Shizuku turned around toward Fudou''s back and took her stance.
Fudou didn''t move. That was because the hit just now was too beautiful. She could only opened her eyes wide in amazement.
It seemed that the all the other club members, the referee included were in the same state, everyone was paralyzed. They never even imagined that Shizuku who had never participated in a match even once since her return to school, far from not looking like she had no nk period, she even had be so strong to the degree that it was iparable from before.
Strong, that word wasn''t enough to describe it. In everything, what was called as the extremity was something that would make anyone felt beauty from it. This was exactly that. Shizuku''s kendo already possessed "beauty" that would even made one felt moved.
¡¸Referee.¡¹
¡¸Ah, err, me, men ari one point!¡¹
Those words made Fudou to return to her sense too.
She still looked amazed, however right after that, seeing Shizuku taking her stance while calmly facing her, her expression greatly distorted. Her expression looked as though she was facing a reality that she didn''t want to recognize, as though something that was hard to ept was thrust before herself.
¡¸SEYAAAAAAH!!¡¹
Fudou leaped forward. She began a fierce assault once more.
But, as expected her sword didn''t reach, it was blocked, parried, and evaded with cruel calmness.
And then,
¡¸MENN!!¡¹
Once more, with a perfection that wouldn''t allow even a single excuse, Shizuku''s face strikended. A clear impact sound echoed.
Fudou powerlessly fell on her knees. That wasn''t because the strike caused a concussion or anything. It was because her heart broke. She crumbled down.
While the referee was troubled seeing Fudou who didn''t look like she would carry out the etiquette for after the end of the match, Shizuku put away her shinai, took off her mask protector, and opened her mouth.
¡¸Fudou-san. You see, this is the reason I resign from kendo club.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Fudou slightly looked back across her shoulder. Shizuku continued.
¡¸While I was missing, I wasn''t ying around at that time. I was desperately polishing my skill in a struggle to the death. Because there was no other choice than that. Even though I stop doing kendo, but I''m still continuing the kenjutsu of my family even now. That''s why, for "kendo", for the people of kendo club, my sword has be nothing more than a poison.¡¹
¡¸¡¡In other words, you are saying it''s because you are too strong, because no one is a match for you anymore? That I am not even worthy to be your opponent?¡¹
¡¸-, that''s not it. I''m saying that even though it''s the same path of sword, but the direction we are going toward is different. Even if you make me as your objective, it will distort your sword instead¨D¨D¡¹
Shizuku tried to find the right words somehow.
Shizuku allowed her friends in the kendo club to be present in this match too was also to divulge this reason to them who were urging her toe back to the club one way or another, but Shizuku had the self-awareness that she was saying something that also could be taken as her being haughty.
And so, even while she was talking to Fudou, a shadow of unease loomed in her expression wondering whether she would be hated by her friends.
Seeing such Shizuku, the club members were divided between people who understood what Shizuku meant, people who showed aplicated expression that didn''t know of what to say, and people with eyes that got even brighter while saying ¡¸As expected from Onee-sama!¡¹. But, none of them showed a clear displeasure. Surely that was the result of Shizuku''s personality and the friendship that she had built until now.
But, it seemed Fudou couldn''t be like that.
¡¸Why, just why-. There is only kendo for me! Even though I only have kendo! Even though I have devoted everything for it until now-. But why is it you who have everything that instead be this strong! You who easily abandon kendo-!¡¹
¡¸Fudou-san. What do you mean¡¡¡¹
Shizuku asked Fudou who was starting to leak out tears while she still hadn''t taken off her mask.
¡¸I''m envying you!! You are beautiful, stylish, and adored by everyone! On top of that, even in kendo where I have devoted my everything, you easily surpassed me! Even though you have everything that I want! And yet, and yet-, you easily abandon my important kendo for a man! Even though you abandon it, you are still stronger than me¡¡such thing, it''s just too much¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Such envious heart was thrown at Shizuku right from the front.
The body build and appearance of Fudou Akari were to the degree that it was fine to say anyone who met her for the first time would feel fear. It had been like that since she was a child. No matter how much of a girl her heart was, her outward appearance wouldn''t let anyone see her as a girl.
Other people would make aplicated face, or in a terrible time they wouldugh when she tried to be girly. Just by walking around, the people she passed in the way would send her a shocked expression. Even though she liked cute thing, she was ridiculed that it didn''t suit her.
She already lost count how much her heart had been broken by clear malice. Just how much she had been wounded by insensitive words and deeds. How many times her heart was gouged because a boy that she liked was actually speaking ill behind her back. The heart of Fudou Akari was unmistakably a girl''s heart. The world was too cruel toward such her.
What was the most painful for her, was when she saw her parents looking pained when they saw herself feeling pained. It wasn''t that they didn''t love her. Rather, it could even be said that they were doting on her. That was exactly why, seeing her parents getting troubled due to their troubled daughter fanned up her guilt.
Consequently, that must be why. Why she stepped into the path of kendo.
It was no use even if she kept getting troubled about her own look. In that case, she would try stepping into a world that would suit even someone like her. And then, so that she would able to approve of herself, she would be number one in that path.
She decided so.
But, she encountered her. Inside the world she stepped into, there was that girl.
¡¸Why are you that beautiful? Why are you that strong? Why are you that loved? Even though I''m like this-, isn''t this unfair!?¡¹
It wasn''t like Shizuku knew about the detail of Fudou''s circumstance. But, Shizuku guessed it just from those words. The daily life that Fudou Akari had experienced until now. The bitter experiences.
Suddenly, the words that were always thrown at her in the past resurrected inside Shizuku''s mind.
¨D¨DAre you a girl?
Her chest tightened. Shizuku saw her past self ovepping with Fudou who was shedding tears. She was about to open her mouth following her boiling emotion.
However, before her feeling could turn into words,
¡¸¡¡You can just feel hurt. You should just taste the same pain like me!¡¹
After saying such thing, Fudou whose eyes were giving glimpses of me of envy and hatred deep inside rushed out from the dojo building without even giving anyone time to call at her to stop.
¡¸Fudou-san-, wait¨D¨D¡¹
Shizuku immediately tried to chase after her, but her hand was grasped by a powerful strength and she was pulled back. When she quickly turned around, the one she found there was Hajime who had been silently watching until now.
Shizuku showed impatience and told Hajime to let go of her hand, but Hajime spoke back with a serious gaze.
¡¸Don''t worry, Shizuku.¡¹
¡¸Hajime¡¡¡¹
¡¸I''ll finish her offter. I''m not gonna lose to anyone in how to break the heart skillfully.¡¹
It seemed that Hajime-san was nning to go and finish off the girl who was running off while crying.
Anyway,
¡¸Stop that-, this demon king-!¡¹
*zupaan* A raging shinai wasunched in a straight-man attack to the face of the demon king. ¡¸Ouch-¡¹ Demon king-sama pitched forward while saying that.
Even the kendo club members who were dumbfounded by the chain of events also crept away, or even shuddered from Hajime''s words.
Hajime stroked her own head while looking at Shizuku.
¡¸You have calmed down a bit?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Hajime made a wry smile toward the astonished Shizuku and he continued.
¡¸What is someone at her wits end going to do chasing after someone else who is also at her wits end? Calm down first for now.¡¹
¡¸Ah¡¡¡¹
¡¸Besides, a beauty like you, no matter what you say toward someone who hasplex about their own appearance, in most case it won''t end well.¡¹
If someone who didn''t have confidence with their own appearance was then told ¡¸It''s fine, face doesn''t matter!¡¹ by someone who was recognized as attractive by everyone¨D¨Dit was guaranteed that the person would go ¡¸You bastard, you are making fun of me huh!?¡¹.
Strength left Shizuku''s body. But, she also didn''t look like she was epting it.
¡¸Then, are you telling me I should leave her alone because of that ? Such thing¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸That''s why, I''m telling you to calm down. What that girl is holding inside, is it something that light that words you thought up in the spot will be able to solve?¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
Shizuku was at a loss for words. Hajime let go of her arm and in exchange his hand touched Shizuku''s soft cheek and pinched there tenderly to calm her down.
¡¸Isn''t it better if you give her a bit of time? Like that, if that girl be shut in then you can visit her however many times you like, and if she try to do something then you can just stop her. Either way, doing it right now won''t be anything good for both sides.¡¹
The caution of Hajime who seemed to have seen through that Shizuku was shaken seeing her past self ovepping with Fudou, made Shizuku to hang her head down while nodding despondently.
¡¸Don''t make that kind of face. I''ll also look out so that it won''t be something that cannot be undone. That''s why, you can think slowly, what kind of words you should say, and what kind of action you should take the next time you meet her. Come one, for now let''s go back home for today. Go change your clothes.¡¹
¡¸Yes¡¡¡¹
Perhaps she was feeling regretful that things didn''t go well, or perhaps she was worrying of what she should do. Shizuku was totteringly vanishing into the changing room looking somewhat dejected. Hajime saw her off while making a troubled expression. As for the kendo club members, they were writhing a bit seeing the figure of down-hearted Shizuku that normally she would never show to them.
¡¸He, hey Nagumo. You won''t stop her? You are her boyfriend right?¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s right. It''s absolutely dangerous to go meet that girl or trying to stop her when shees to attack! That person''s state wasn''t normal!¡¹
Shizuku''s friends were arguing vehemently at Hajime''s act that seemed to push the back of Shizuku who was trying to do something about this matter.
Fudou''s state at the end was certainly umon. Different from when she was pushing for a match, her strange atmosphere just now looked as though a stronger negative emotion was overflowing from her. No matter who one thought about it, she looked like she was going to do something bad to Shizuku.
Normally this would be where one ought to stop from getting involved. No matter how strong Shizuku was, there was no need to allow her to purposefully head toward danger. And if Hajime was her boyfriend, he should not let her lover to get involved with this all the more, was what the girls argued about.
But, Hajime indifferently dered to them who were like that.
¡¸Her meddlesomeness and worrying habit are hardcore one. It cannot be helped right?¡¹
¡¸Cannot be helped you say¡¡isn''t that too irresponsible even though you are her boyfriend?¡¹
¡¸It''s fine. If that''s what Shizuku want to do that is. If she is going to be meddlesome toward other people and she is burdened with trouble because of that, then I''ll take care of her and shoulder the burden twice of that, I''ll also spoil her while I''m at it. That''s my role.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
The expression of the girls went *munyuu*. It was an expression as though they were forcefully fed with a terribly sweet pastry. As for the boys, their expression was half admiring, and half jealous seeming to say ''Anyway, won''t Nagumo just die already'' in their own way.
¡¸Putting that aside, there is one little problem though¡¡¡¹
¡¸Eh, wha, what?¡¹
One girl asked back while stuttering a bit for some reason. Hajime scratched on his cheek awkwardly while,
¡¸That Fudou girl, she was running out still in her kendo uniform, or rather she was still wearing all her protectors. What are we going to do with her uniform?¡¹
¡¸Ah¡¡¡¹
When they looked at the entrance, her shoes were also left behind. In this time when the sun had already set, a huge girl wearing full set kendo equipment except the mask protector was running away with tearful face while barefooted¡¡. It felt like a new urban legend would be whispered in the neighborhood.
¡¸As expected Fudou won''te back herself to take back her things. Even if we want to return her things to the kendo club member at her school, it will be a problem if a male like me go there carrying girl uniform.¡¹
¡¸If it''s Shizuku it feels like she is going to say that she want to return it herself but¡¡from the talk just now, it will be questionable if we let Shizuku go do that.¡¹
¡¸Yeah. And so, oi, you kohai over there.¡¹
Hajime''s gaze locked on to kouhai-chan. Kouhai-chan reflexively jumped on the spot while giving a strange reply ¡¸Yhess!¡¹.
¡¸Tomorrow morning, go deliver the uniform to Fudou''s school.¡¹
¡¸Eh? Tomorrow morning¡¡err, I have ss normally tomorrow though?¡¹
¡¸Aaa? Then, you can juste here to collect the uniform first thing in the morning, go to her school, and then return here before ss start. Ah, you cannot bring the uniform home okay? Just in case, what if that girles back here to take her things herself.¡¹
¡¸E, err, senpai. That person''s school, is really far from here though¡¡¡¹
¡¸Looks like it. And?¡¹
¡¸E, err, my house is also, quite far from here so, looking from the total distance it will take a lot of time¡¡¡¹
¡¸I see. And?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Uu. At least make it after school, is that no good?¡¹
¡¸Oi oi, what are you going to do if by chance Fudou doesn''t have spare uniform? If you deliver it first thing in the morning, in the worst case she can change after arriving in school. But if you deliver it after school¡¡you are a cruel fellow huh.¡¹
¡¸Whi, which mouth is saying thaatt¡¹
Kouhai-chan grinded her teeth *gugigigigigi*. It was a rebellious attitude. Really inexcusable. Added with her usual mischief that was crossing the line, her attitude really wasn''t good.
Hajime made a wide grin while stepping forward as though taking advantage of the gap of her consciousness and approached near, dealing an iron w on kouhai-chan. *creak* An unpleasant sound rang¡¡. (AN: Iron w = a wrestling move? where you grasp the face of the opponent with one hand hard)
¡¸Ouch-, ouch ouch ouch ouch-. Se, senpai!? My head, my head is splitt¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Oi, kouhai. I''m saying that if you clear this mission, I''ll forgive all your mischief until now. You get anyint?¡¹
¡¸Hahih, none at all! I''ll work hard andplete the missionnn!¡¹
The pitiful kouhai-chan was released, and then she crumbled down on the floor with her legs glued close to each other, that posture was as though she was a pitiful girl that encountered a violent hoodlum. In front of the kouhai-chan who was whispering¡¸Onee-sama, is this also a trial for me?¡¹, was Hajime-senpai who was standing imposingly without even a shred of guilt while dealing additional blow¡¸If you fail, or if you y hooky¡¡you understand right?¡¹ to the downed opponent.
The gap of this with his act against Shizuku before this that was indulgent in various meanings was terrific.
While the club members were shuddering once more,
¡¸¡¡What are you all doing? Or rather, why is everyone not changing already?¡¹
There, Shizuku who had finished changing clothes arrived with a dubious expression.
¡¸No, there is nothing. ¡¡Right?¡¹
Hajime looked over the kendo club members with a smile.
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸Yes! There is nothing at all!¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
The hearts of the kendo club members were as one. They couldn''t go against Yaegashi Shizuku''s boyfriend.
Shizuku seemed to guess what happened somehow and she sent an exasperated gaze at Hajime while also making apologetic expression at the club members at the same time, but before she could say anything, ¡¸Now, we are going home¡¹ her hand was pulled by Hajime and she was taken away.
At the entrance, Shizuku looked back and somehow said only¡¸See you all tomorrow!¡¹ before fading out.
Inside the dojo building that became silent,
¡¸Uu, how dare you do that to a girl''s face. Is this grudge, ought to be left uncleared like this-¡¹
There, the grudge of kouhai-chan who didn''t learn her lesson echoed.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Shizuku arc will continue for a little bit more.
By the way, the scene where Shizuku returned a yell of fighting spirit, I imagined the awesome scene of Tama-chan of Bamboo de for that. Atomi¡ð Fire de¡¡Shirakome was trembling in various senses.
Chapter 260
Chapter 260
Author Note: I''ll post one more chapter at 19:00.
Thest of Shizuku arc.
The next day after the incident with Fudou Akari.
A short time before the morning homeroom started, Shizuku talked about the details of yesterday to Kaori, Yue, and Shia who had arrived.
¡¸He, hee~. So there was something like that¡¡. That must be terrible, Shizuku-chan.¡¹
¡¸Well, it''s not that terrible though¡¡. I''m thinking whether I should be able to handle that better. It''s just a meaningless what-if though.¡¹
Shizuku''s shoulders dropped while saying such thing. Yue and Shia made a bit exasperated face while Kaori smiled wryly to such Shizuku.
Although, even though Kaori was smiling wryly, it seemed her attention was taken by something else, since some time ago her gaze kept ncing at other direction even while she was listening to Shizuku''s story.
Yue and Shia didn''t look like they were really bothered about it, but even the ssmates who had arrived already were paying attention to it with cringing face¡¸Uwaa¡¹ or admiring face¡¸That girl, she is a hero huuh¡¹.
¡¸Ouch ouch ouch ouch-, my head-, my heaaad¡¹
¡¸You''re right. Your head is dumb huh.¡¹
¡¸It''s painful-, let go you bastardd!¡¹
¡¸Aa? Bastard? Your way of speaking is improper huh, kouhai.¡¹
¡¸Hiih, I''m sorry! I got too cocky-! Don''t grin on my foreheaad-, Onee-samaaa! Help meee!!¡¹
A scream echoed inside the ssroom.
¡¸And then, I have a friend in Fudou-san''s school, so this morning I tried calling her to ask, is she going to school. But, normally she woulde early for morning training, but my friend told me that she hasn''te yet¡¡¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s really worrying isn''t it, Shizuku-chan. But, I wonder if perhaps it will be better for you to also feel worry about somewhere nearer to you for now?¡¹
¡¸Onee-samaaa! Help meee! Onee-sama!¡¹
¡¸There is also that thing that happened only yesterday, so I n to wait and see for a while but¡¡. I''m thinking of being the one to go meet her when the time is good.¡¹
¡¸Eeehh? Onee-sama? Onee-sama! Your soul sister is falling into a devil''s hand right hereee!¡¹
Shizuku-oneesama didn''t turn around. Seeing such attitude from Shizuku and the deed that was being carried out behind Shizuku right now, Kaori couldn''t help but let out cold sweat.
The kouhai-chan who was always hanging around Shizuku.
Right now she was receiving iron w from Hajime first thing in the morning. Her face was being tightly held in an eagle grip while her forehead was nonchntly getting grinded against with increasing strength, even watching from the side that looked painful.
Kouhai-chan was desperately tapping repeatedly on Hajime''s arm while desperately seeking help from her beloved Onee-sama, but she was also casually insulting Hajime while doing that, so each time the grip''s strength was increased and she was gradually losing momentum.
¡¸Hey, Shizuku-chan. That girl is desperately calling at Shizuku-chan though¡¡¡¹
Shizuku''s beautiful acting as though nothing happened which was unlike her made Kaori to finally ask while she raised her eyebrows with a troubled look.
¡¸Aa~, Hajime? Won''t you forgive her soon? I''ll also speak with herter about it.¡¹
¡¸Well, fine then.¡¹
Hajime casually tossed away *poi* Kouhai-chan. Kouhai-chan fell on her butt with¡¸Ahih¡¹. ¡¸Uu, that huurtt. My head feels like they are splitting opeenn¡¹ Kouhai-chan''s face contorted looking like she was going to cry, but only after a bit she red at Hajime fiercely.
¡¸That''s cruel, Nagumo-senpai! Just what I have done that made me deserved that!?¡¹
¡¸It''s because how you were trying to post those sphemous edited photographs.¡¹
By the way, it was about edited photographs where Hajime was in a dreadful situation in them. In the photographs he was co-starring with macho onii-chan. As expected it was a doing in the level that made even Shizuku inly snapped seeing the appearance of her lover that crossed the line.
Having a gaze that had crossed being chilly and even looked nihilistic like a ck hole directed at her, kouhai-chan trembled with a sudden chill. She was drenched with cold sweat, and inside her heart she whispered¡¸As I thought, have I overdone it I wonder?¡¹.
But, in front of the hateful son of a bitch, the pride of a soul sister wouldn''t allow her to apologize or anything.
In the first ce,
¡¸Uh, bu, but! This is because Nagumo-senpai''s own fault!¡¹
¡¸Aa? Why is that huh?¡¹
Against Hajime in his current mood as an opponent, even though it was only at the level like a puppy yipping *yap yap*, but Kouhai-chan was still taking a defiant attitude against such Hajime. Amotion was running through the ssmates.
¡¸Hey, is there anyone who has a fresh status te? I''m gonna ascertain that girl''s vocation.¡¹
¡¸It''s obvious already even without doing that.¡¹
¡¸Yeah. One who oppose the demon king is always¨D¨Da hero.¡¹
Such conversation were done between Atsushi, Akito, and Noboru. The other ssmates seemed to also in strong agreement.
Not knowing that all her senpai was looking at her as though they were seeing a hero, or perhaps seeing a rare beast, Kouhai-chan shook her twin tail wildly while pointing sharply with her finger.
¡¸Today, I woke up at five o''clock you know! I came at school at six o''clock without even eating breakfast, and from there it was also terrible!¡¹
¡¸Terrible? What is?¡¹
¡¸The school gate, it wasn''t open!¡¹
''Well of course'', everyone nodded. As expected, even the teacher who came early for morning training and so on wouldn''te at six o''clock.
¡¸You came too early.¡¹
¡¸But, if I want to participate in kendo club''s morning training even just for a bit, I won''t make it in time if I don''te at least that early. After all, the other school is really far.¡¹
All the senpai were in admiration, thinking ''she is unexpectedly diligent huuh''.
¡¸And?¡¹
¡¸It couldn''t be helped so¨D¨DI had no choice other than trespassing in.¡¹
All the senpai tilted their head, thinking ''she is diligent, right?''.
¡¸But, our school, it was really a big deal for a period because of all of you senpai''s disappearance remember? Because of that the gate and fence were also reconstructed for a bit¡¡¡¹
¡¸Aa. The countermeasure for uwful intruder. Well, it was made so that it''s a bit harder to enter here, only to the degree like the school of the rich I guess.¡¹
¡¸Yes. And so, right from the morning I was copying wall climb sport. It was difficult to climb up the wall. There were few protrusions to use¡¡¡¹
¡¸You must lookedpletely like a suspicious person.¡¹
A high school girl doing wall climb on the school''s wall at six in the morning¡¡. The gazes of all the senpai were once more turning into eyes that were looking at a hero in a different sense.
¡¸But, I aplished it. I collected that girl''s uniform and climbed the wall once more to escape, and then sped away with my bicycle.¡¹
¡¸No, use the train. Just how far do you think the distance is? If I remember correctly, it''s about three, four station. Using bicycle to go there is¡¡¡¹
¡¸Round trip cost 440 yen. You bourgeois senpai won''t understand the value of that amount.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Saving 440 yen by pedaling bicycle. Was it her lunch money for today? The eyes of all the senpai were really gentle. At the same time, there were also using stares piercing Hajime. Hajime-san whispered ¡¸Perhaps I should at least pay extra for her expenses¡¡¡¹.
¡¸And then, a hell was waiting for me¡¡¡¹
¡¸Here is Japan isn''t it? But for some reason I''m smelling the smell of adventurer from her though¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yes, it was a heart-breaking hill! The school of that girl, the school building is located on top of a hill! Can you believe it! My legs were already like jelly! What''s more, there was a bus stop at the hilltop, the people who were arriving for morning training or whatever were overtaking me using bus! In addition, they were staring at me across the window! It was like they were saying ¡ºEh, what''s with that person? Why is a student from another school is desperately pedaling a bicycle until she got drenched with sweat like that? She is a bit out of ce though~¡»! There were even people who pointed at me I told you!¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Not losing against the hill, not even losing against the curious stares, kouhai-chan climbed to the peak.
By the way, looking at kouhai-chan who finally arrived wobblingly like a ghost while breathing roughly ''zee¨Dhaa, zee¨Dhaa'', a teacher that must be an adviser¨D¨Da young female teacher weing the students at the front gate was screaming.
¡¸I who safely aplished my mission received a lot of water from a kind female teacher, after resting for a bit I left the school. Haha, that hill road, whening it''s like hell, but the return home it''s really heavenly! The exhration was amazing! I rode the bicycle down while my hands let go of the steer handle you know! What a thrill!¡¹
¡¸You, are really enjoying life huuh~¡¹
The ssmates nodded ¡¸Certainly¡¹ at Hajime''s whisper.
By the way, regarding kouhai-chan who was going down the hill road with a fierce speed while happily yelling ¡¸Hyahoo¨D¨D¨D¡¹ with both her hands in banzai pose and her twin tails fluttering, currently it was bing a hot topic at the school over there even now.
It was a terribly dangerous stunt, so good children absolutely must not copy it at home okay?
¡¸After that, I sent a grandma who was tired from walking her puppy and became unable to move back to her home, and in the end I didn''t make it in time for the morning practice¡¡¡¹
¡¸Your trouble attraction rate is unbelievable oi¡¹
Lightly ignoring Hajime''s words, kouhai-chan suddenly opened her eyes widely in a sh.
¡¸I have aplished the mission that gave me enormous difficulty the first thing in the morning. And what did Nagumo-senpai say to such me after that!?¡¹
¡¸? Did I say something?¡¹
¡¸Yes, you said it! When senpai saw me drenched in sweat, ¡ºUnebelievable. It was like you are aedian wearing wig that produced water. Are you gonna participate in R-1 after this?¡»that was what senpai said! Who did you call aedian! I''m not training for that just so you know! That was the result of my hard work you know! Praise me properly, you bastard!¡¹ (TN: R-1 seems to be aedy show in Japan. Anyone know more detail about it?)
All the senpai thought. That was a splendid tsukkomi. If she could find an excellent partner that took the role of the funny man, wouldn''t she be able to participate in even M-1? Such thought ran through their mind.
By the way, right after kouhai-chan got her sweaty state pointed out at her, she rushed toward the dojo building with a fierce speed and properly put her appearance in order using the necessities for female club member that were constantly prepared in there. After that, she went to take the aforementioned edited picture from ¡ºSoul sister''s secret armory¡», and when she tried to paste the photo on the door of Hajime''s ssroom she got the first iron w of the morning.
¡¸Now, praise me. While you are at it, apologize. Say ¡ºYou have worked hard. It''s really inexcusable for me to bully such capable kouhai. As my apology I''ll part from Shizuku right now. I won''te near her anymore from here on until the doomsday¡». Now, quickly! Quickly say¨D¨Dah, stop-. Pse stop senpai! Don''t tie my hair into a reef knottt! Onee-sama, save meee!!¡¹
Hajime-senpai''s technique shined bright. Kouhai-chan''s twin tail was tied into a reef knot in the blink of eye, furthermore the tips were formed into heart shape. The hairstyle was then thoroughly fixed in ce with rainbow colored wire with great detail.
The gazes of all the senpai who were looking at kouhai-chan struggling and squirming with teary eyes were lukewarm. Their gazes looked as though they were watching a frolicking small animal while they were saying ¡¸She isn''t learning huuh¡¹ or ¡¸She still haven''t get enough huuh¡¹. Kouhai-chan''s petite body build also spurred that image further.
Shizuku smiled wryly while standing up to save kouhai-chan. The bell rang in a good timing.
¡¸Come on, the bell has also rang, let her go already with that much.¡¹
¡¸Can''t be helped.¡¹
Kouhai-chan crumbled down on the ground with legs gluing close on each other as though she had just gotten assaulted by a hoodlum. Shizuku reced Hajime and expressed her thanks to kouhai-chan regarding the matter of returning the uniform (Shizuku knew that kouhai-chan was ordered by Hajime to do that only this morning).
Kouhai-chan who were gifted with the words of thanks from the onee-sama that she loved and respected instantly made a loose expression that couldn''t be showed in front of other people.
And then, after she stood up while trying to hug onee-sama which was casually dodged by Shizuku, she red hatefully at Hajime.
¡¸You better remember this!¡¹
She said such thuggish line and ran away. The heart styled hair was bobbing up and down above her head. Was she nning to enter her own ssroom while still like that? She was a kouhai whose soul of adventure was overflowing everyday nonchntly.
¡¸That photo is really too much but¡¡so far as it goes she was doing it at the door of our ssroom where no one other than the people of our ss would see it, so forgive her already okay?¡¹
Hajime shrugged at Shizuku''s words.
Seeing such Hajime, Yue let out ¡¸Nn~¡¹ from her mouth while tilting her head.
¡¸¡¡Hajime. Actually, you are really pleased with that child?¡¹
Those words toward the husband that came from someone who was acknowledged by everyone as the legal wife were basically recognized as correct by everyone in that ce. If Yue saw it like that, then the possibility that it was actually like that was extremely high.
Not just Shizuku and others, but all the ssmates also looked at Hajime feeling ¡¸Eh?¡¹. Hajime smiled wryly from getting seen through while he lifted both his hands in giving up posture.
¡¸Well yeah. Somehow seeing her feels nostalgic.¡¹
¡¸Nostalgic? By any chance, did you know her from before?¡¹
Shizuku asked. Hajime shook his head and denied it before his gaze moved toward Shia. Shia tilted her head because Hajime suddenly looked at her for some reason.
¡¸That''s not it, perhaps I shoud say it''s that girl''s regrettableness, or how she won''t get discouraged, somehow those sides of her resembled Shia when I first met her.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Heh? Resembled, me?¡¹
It seemed everyone didn''t get what Hajime meant, but only Yue nodded ¡¸Aa~¡¹ in understanding.
¡¸Yeah. The you when we first met could only be called as a regrettable rabbit. What you did and your attitude, rather it was your very existence itself that was regrettable. If there is a race of regrettable rabbit, then you will get a perfect score of 100 without any objection.¡¹
¡¸Hajime-san, are you picking a fight with me?¡¹
Right now anyone could see the vision of her rabbit ears that were invisible because of the artifact hairband she wore going *usaa-!!* in indignation. (TN: Usa => Usagi => Rabbit)
¡¸Your face was terrible with snot and tear and drool, your important ce was in in sight, even though you were the one asking for help but you were strangely impudent, your forcible attitude¡¡¡¹
¡¸Nuh, guu, I, I cannot deny that desuu¡¡¡¹
¡¸Even when I elbowed you, kicked you, electrified you, sent you flying, but you absolutely wouldn''t let go even while weeping.¡¹
¡¸When I recalled it now, Hajime-san was really a brute that time! Or rather, even when I asked for help when I almost became a monster''s meal, you tried to desert me so nonchntly!¡¹
The ssmates who had never heard of the story how Hajime met Shia made a shuddering expression at Hajime''s deed at that time. They couldn''t even imagine it looking at his current attitude toward Shia.
¡¸But still, I think Yue also felt it but¡¡you were that kind of regrettable rabbit, but even so you didn''t get discouraged, looking at you energetically hopping around running over there, hopping around running that way, just watching you like that was really fun, that even us felt like we were also energized.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Just looking at Shia was somewhat fun.¡¹
¡¸Aa, u¡¡is, is that so¡¡¡¹
Shia shyly yed around with her rabbit ears that must be there. Even while looking at such Shia with a gentle gaze, Hajime also wafted off an atmosphere that felt vaguely lonely.
¡¸You who needed to get looked after when something happened, is now in the remonstrating side instead right? Like when Yue and Kaori quarreled, or when Myuu was going to do something reckless, or when I wasn''t reading the mood.¡¹
By the way, what Hajime meant by not reading the mood referred to the time when he was flirting with the wive~s (mainly Yue) without even caring of other people''s eyes.
¡¸¡¡Nn. Shia is a firm person. Her housework is also almighty.¡¹
¡¸That''s why, seeing that girl who even though is regrettable like that, yet still charging ahead without getting discouraged, it''s like I''m facing Shia in the past, it''s a bit nostalgic.¡¹
¡¸I see now. When we met Shia, it was when she was already transformed into the bugged rabbit.¡¹
Shizuku and the ssmates also nodded ¡¸I see¡¹ inprehension. And then, thinking that they also wanted to try witnessing the "regrettable rabbit Shia", but seeing how such thing couldn''t be witnessed anymore, many of them whispered ¡¸how regrettable¡¹.
Hajime also looked at Shia once more, and then he whispered ¡¸how regrettable¡¹ while narrowing his eyes fondly.
Yue looked at Shia with nostalgia, and she whispered ¡¸¡¡regrettable¡¹. Kaori and Shizuku too, they were thinking of the no good Shia and imagined that such thing might be cute in its own way, but seeing that they wouldn''t be able to see it already, they whispered ¡¸That''s regrettable¡¹¡¸It''s regrettable¡¹.
¡¸E, excuse me, I think that perhaps all of you are saying that in a good meaning, but still, getting called regrettable, regrettable on and on so many times, it''s a bit¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸¡¸How regrettable¡¹¡¹¡¹¡¹
¡¸Stooop! Please stop looking at someone''s face while calling that person regrettable earnestly like that desuu!! Auuu, my past self is resurrecting desuu~¡¹
The rabbit who was still called as regrettable whether she was actually regrettable or not was trembling all over while falling down powerlessly face down on her own table.
Hajime and others were staring at such Shia with a lukewarm gaze.
Sunday.
Kaori was walking alone through a residential area toward the station in that day off. The time was just past noon. Her appearance was casual, but seeing her it was clear that she put her appearance in order while being properly conscious of her outing.
(Hm~m, I wonder if the time is fine? Nevertheless, it was shocking that that person ising here. It seemed that person came when Yue opened the gate but¡¡she said that it''s a secret from Hajime.)
Kaori nced at her arm watch while talking about such thing to herself. Today she had a n to meet with a person who came from the other world secretly from Hajime. It appeared she was going to talk with that person a bit while also having tea but¡¡
The point where it was a secret from Hajime gave off a really bad vibe. Although, it was just as Yue said, in this world there were things that weren''t ought to be known.
Kaori fastened her pace while making a reallyplicated expression¨D¨Dit was at that time,
¡¸¡¡Who is it? Do you have any business with me?¡¹
Kaori stopped still and said such thing toward the street where there should be no one else other than her.
After a while, there was only dead silence filling the street, but before long, from the gap between the fences of two houses behind Kaori, a person came out while making rustling sound from the clothes that rubbed the wall of the cramped space.
SSSHHH, HOHHHHH
¡¸¡¡¡¹
A strange breathing sound resounded in the street.
Kaori who turned around was speechless. She was speechless, however, inside her heart she was greatly shaken.
The reason was,
(Da, ¡ðrth Vader is here-!?)
Yes, what came out from between the houses, was someone wearing pitch ck clothes, pitch ck mantel, and then wearing a unique full faced gas mask, Lord ¡ðader! Even now he was breathing ''SSSHHH, HOHHHHH''!
If this was just a mere deviant, Kaori surely wouldn''t be this shaken. She would finish it by normally defeating the other party. But, the opponent here was Lord V¡ðder. She didn''t understand how she should react!
As expected, should she praise ''what a lovely collection you have there!'' like that here?
Even while Kaori was shaken and thinking of such thing,
¡¸¡¡If you''re going to hate someone, then hate Yaegashi Shizuku for this.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Lord Va¡ðer took out a shinai from his mantel. Seeing that what came out wasn''t a light s¡ðber, Kaori went ''hah'' and returned to her senses, however, her attention was diverted when she heard the name of her best friend spoken out.
Taking advantage of that opening, Lord V¡ðder unleashed his shinai saber in a horizontal sh. The attack didn''t aim at the head, but aiming at the shoulder de. From that it seemed the attacker still had some rationality left, but even so there was no doubt that this was still a dangerous deed the attacker was doing.
If a delicate girl like Kaori got hit with that, it was possible her bone would break, even if that wasn''t the case there was enough possibility she would get sent flying and got knocked somewhere on her body.
Well, that was if Kaori was just a delicate girl though.
¡¸Eih¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
What was instantly taken out along with that cute voice, was a cleaving attack from a special security baton that stretched out from the centrifugal force when it was taken out.
Against that cleaving attack that was swung down like a guillotine, the horizontal sh of Lord ¡ðader was knocked down¨D¨Dnot, far from that the shinai saber was snapped into two in the middle.
Lord Va¡ðer was dumbfounded. A lovely voice ¡¸Ei!¡¹ came toward such him once more.
What entered his field of vision, was slender fingers that were clenched tightly, it was a fist that could even be called small. Although, the power was so heavy to the degree it felt like a gori was behind that punch.
¡¸Buhee!?¡¹
The Vad¡ðr mask was smashed apart, and the person behind the mask was blown away. The person inside the ¡ðader rolled around on the ground before they fainted spread-eagled.
¡¸Eh? This person, could she be¡¡¡¹
Kaori whispered that while she moved to restrain the person for the time being, and then she took out her mobile phone after making a thinking gesture for a bit.
And then, she began to contact her best friend.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Why am I writing kouhai-chan that much, that''s because as the result of my self-analysis while writing, I felt nostalgic about the regrettable rabbit just like I wrote in this chapter.
The regrettable rabbit is no more¡¡how regrettable.
Chapter 261
Chapter 261
AN: This is the posting of the second chapter for today.
The previous chapter had been posted, so for those who still hasn''t read it, please visit there.
¡¸Kaori!¡¹
¡¸Ah, Shizuku-chan.¡¹
Shizuku rushed with a worried look into a small park a slight distance away from the residential area from before. It seemed that Hajime was also nearby, because he arrived together with Shizuku.
¡¸So she ended up causing a scene. What''s more, she did it by taking a really nasty method.¡¹
Hajime said such thing with a cold voice when he saw the person sitting down beside Kaori. The voice without a shred of warmth in it and the straightforward words caused the person''s big body to twitch.
Shizuku thanked Kaori once more for contacting her and then she moved her gaze toward that person¨D¨DFudou Akari.
¡¸¡¡Fudou-san.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Fudou didn''t react and kept looking down. Her expression and eyes were dark. Not even the slightest bit of dominating aura could be felt from herrge body. And above all else¡¡the track of nosebleed Kaori-san''s face punch was terrible. The smashed mask put beside her indicated the gruesomeness of that punch.
¡¸¡¡Just quickly call the police or whatever.¡¹
After some time of silence, Fudou whispered those words with faint volume. Self-abandonment could be felt from that voice. There were also resignation and weariness mixed in it. It was as though she was a tired old woman despite her youth.
Indeed, although it was only an attempt but what Fudou did was still a criminal act. She waspletely a suspicious person. After all, she was Lord Vad¡ðr in the middle of day. She had no way to make any excuse.
But, Shizuku really hesitated when Fudou mentioned about calling police.
As though sensing that hesitation of Shizuku, Kaori opened her mouth with an expression that looked worried for both Fudou and Shizuku.
¡¸You see, Shizuku-chan. From the start it didn''t look like Fudou-san nned to actually hit me you know?¡¹
¡¸Kaori?¡¹
¡¸-¡¡¡¹
Fudou looked at Kaori with a taken aback expression, and Shizuku also faced Kaori with a questioning look that wondered what she meant.
¡¸The shinai sabe¨D¨Dcough-. The shinai you see, it suddenly lost momentum just before it was going to hit. Perhaps, she might be intending to stop just barely before it hit. Even in the case that it hit me, I think it would only hurt me somewhat without any injury. She was also aiming at the shoulder just in case.¡¹
Shizuku understood that Fudou still hadn''t lost her rationality after hearing Kaori''s words and let out a sight of relieve. On the other hand, Fudou was looking at Kaori with a shocked expression for some reason, but right after that, she made a ridiculed face as though exposing her whole sense of inferiority.
While that happened, Hajime was directing an admiring gaze toward Kaori.
¡¸Even while understanding that it won''t be a problem, you snapped the opponent''s shinai, and in the end you even smashed her face¡¡. Kaori-san, that''s lovely yes.¡¹
¡¸Tha, that couldn''t be helped! Because, it was Lord Vade¡ð right in the middle of town! Anyone would be shaken just like me! There was even the sound ''SSSHHH, HOHHHH''!¡¹
¡¸I think that sound is unreated though¡¡¡¹
Kaori was speaking her justification with bright red face. In respond Hajime was looking at her with a gentle and understanding expression while ncing at the pulverized mask and Fudou''s face that was dyed with nosebleed, and then he snapped a thumb up at her.
Kaori-san rushed forward. She let out her protesting punches *poka poka* at Hajime.
Seeing such Kaori at the corner of her sight, Fudou raised a lowughing voice that was unmistakably self-deprecating this time.
¡¸Fudou-san?¡¹
¡¸Justugh at me, Yaegashi. My sword ispletely seen through by a normal girl who doesn''t even do kendo. Hahahah, I''m reallyughable. Anything and everything I did is just pointless. In the end, the kid who have it will go above the kid who is have-not even without doing anything.¡¹
Actually Shizuku really wanted to make denial at the part when Fudou said normal girl. Depending on the situation, Kaori was stronger than Shizuku. After all, her specs were that of a god''s apostle. It was fine to even call it a foul y.
Afterughing for a while, Fudou looked exhausted as though her soul had slipped out from her body, then she said one more time ¡¸Just call the police already¡¹. It was clear even without any words. She was broken right now. She had given up her own life as worthless.
Seeing such Fudou, Shizuku closed her eyes once and then whispered with a faint voice.
¡¸¨D¨DYou are a woman?¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
Fudou twitched and trembled. She thought that Shizuku was making fun of her. She thought that this was the payback for her trying to hurt Shizuku''s friend.
But, Shizuku''s next words caused her heart that should have been closed to unconsciously react.
¡¸You see, at the past when I was in elementary school, I was once told that.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yaegashi was?¡¹
It couldn''t be helped that her gaze turned unconsciously suspicious. There was no way Yaegashi Shizuku who was praised as a beautiful girl by everyone would be gotten told that.
Shizuku made a wry smile and she then talked about her appearance when she was a child and the series of events rted to that.
Fudou snorted at that.
¡¸What? Do you want to say that by working hard you can be beautiful like now? That''s only the talk if the person has a good base from the beginning. That kind of talk¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸That''s not what I meant. I''m not talking about look. I''m talking about whether you like yourself or not.¡¹
¡¸Liking, myself?¡¹
Fudou''s gaze turned even more suspicious from not getting what Shizuku was talking about, to which Shizuku nodded silently.
¡¸I, hated myself. I wasn''t aware of it myself, but I stifled myself, ran around busily for other people''s sake, took only the role of protecting others¡¡. Even though I actually didn''t want to do something like kenjutsu, even though I want to be more girly, I want toment andint, get protected like a princess¡¡.. Even though it would be great if I could be like that, but everything was the pr opposite of that.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
The self she wanted to be, her ideal self, they all were the pr opposite of her current self¨D¨Dthose words caused Fudou''s eyes to widen slightly. It was as though she was hearing about herself.
¡¸Even my current self is fine, there is nothing wrong with it, that was how I persuaded myself and pretended that I was epting it, but one day, the day when I needed to pay the price from continuing to deceive and hate myself came.¡¹
¡¸Price?¡¹
¡¸I almost died.¡¹
Fudou gulped. She wanted tough Shizuku down from saying such absurd thing, but Shizuku''s expression and voice didn''t even have the slightest bit of humorous atmosphere in them.
¡¸Really, I was beaten up soughably pathetically. My whole body was chopped up, I was also humiliated with words, if he waste ining to save me just by a hairbreadth, a de would have already sticking into my head at that time.¡¹
¡¸No no no no no, just what the heck with that kind of situation huh!¡¹
Shizuku let out a dry chuckle when she recalled that time, while Fudou spontaneously acted the straight-man. As expected, it was a situation that was unimaginable to happen to modern person of this ear. Fudou thought that it was a lie, but it was just too out there for a nonsense talk, and above all her instinct screamed at her that it wasn''t a lie.
¡¸When I was at elementary school, I was saved by Kaori. During the time I disappeared, it was Hajime who saved me. Other than them, I was also always getting saved by someone. ¡¡Fudou-san. You said that I''m someone like me is in the category of the have, but if I really have everything, then I wonder why is it that I''m always saved in the crucial time.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yaegashi.¡¹
The perfect and dignified girl who was recognized by everyone. Shizuku who Fudou thought as such person was now making an expression that looked pitiful from the bottom of her heart. Fudou''s expression turned into disbelief.
¡¸It''s the fact that everyone has difference due to things like their birth and upbringing. But, surely it depends on themselves whether they can make use of it or not. I who Fudou-san said to be someone in the have, was really no good that I almost died. I finally could affirm that after really almost dying and then getting saved again.¡¹
Shizuku cut off her words for a moment there, and then she turned a nostalgic gaze at Fudou who was staring at her in astonishment.
¡¸The national meet when I was just entered middle school. I faced a first year like me. An athlete that unusually fought with upper stance. Her skill was obvious even when that was the first time I faced her. Even though her first move looked slow, when I noticed "the invisible face strike" was already swung down.¡¹ (TN: Upper stance = a stance where the athlete held the shinai with both hands above their head.)
¡¸Yaegashi, you, remember¡¡¡¹
Shizuku got a faraway look in her remembrance of that time, however she then shook her head.
¡¸I don''t remember most of what happened in that match. My head became nk when I received the first face strike, I was simply losing myself in my thought. When, how did I get hit, how would I block it, how would I see through it! Those were all I could think. Your sword was really really scary¡¡¡¹
For Fudou, the first time she fought Shizuku, she could only see it as though Shizuku was perfectly handling her technique. It was a bolt from the blue for her to hear that unexpectedly, Shizuku at that time was fearing her.
¡¸When the match was over, after Iprehended that I somehow won, when I looked back I couldn''t recall anything¡¡. However, after my excitement passed, the strongest impression that remained inside me was only¨D¨Dwhat a beautiful sword that was.¡¹
¡¸Beau, tiful?¡¹
Shizuku nodded. Her gaze returned toward Fudou. It was difficult to describe the emotion that peeked out from deep inside her eyes. It was like envy, or respect, or perhaps fear, it was an emotion with such a mysterious color.
¡¸It wasn''t a cheap trick. An attack of certain defeat that doesn''t need the second attack. Simply, swinging down the lifted up sword straightforwardly. It was direct, and resolute to the utmost. There were earnestness, sincerity, and resolve riding in it, it was a beautiful sword.¡¹
Shizuku had never even dreamed that there was a girl the same age like her who could swing such sword.
Because Shizuku had done kenjutsu since she was little, the skill she had piled up led her to victory in the match, but Shizuku wasn''t able to be happy at all with her victory. She won the match, but lost the fight. That was how she felt.
¡¸After that, I became conscious of your figure each time I participated in the national meet. At our second match, as expected your sword was beautiful, but that time I fought without getting swallowed, executed the technique I trained to face you, and I was able to win¡¡I couldn''t do it in the match venue, so I secretly sneaked out ahead and made a guts pose outside.¡¹
¡¸Such, thing¡¡¡¹
There was no conceit in those words. The athlete who was her objective was training hard the same like her in order to win. And she felt genuinely happy from being able to win against her.
Fudou''s sight became blurry after knowing that fact.
Shizuku picked up the snapped shinai of Fudou and she suddenly took a stance with in on her waist. It wasn''t a stance for kendo match, but a stance of sword drawing art. At the same time, a heavy aura burst out from her body. Fudou''s body froze spontaneously. The cause was because that aura was of killing intent. Even though a kendoka and a swordsman both wielded sword, but there was a decisive difference between the two sides.
Shizuku suddenly rxed her stance and talked with a wry smile.
¡¸I''ll leave it to you whether you will believe it or not, but I, during the time of my disappearance, had cut living things.¡¹
¡¸Eh? Cut?¡¹
¡¸Yes. I cut down a living thing with real sword. Even now I remembered it. The sensation of cutting flesh, the smell of spurting blood. Doing that was necessary to survive, so I don''t regret it. But, I''m already unable to continue kendo. Whether in strength or the meaning of wielding sword, even though I''m a swordsman, but I''m not a kendoka.¡¹
¡¸Not a kendoka, but swordsman¡¡¡¹
She had heard the rumor about Shizuku and her ssmates. It was a story that was so hard to believe so suddenly. It would be strange to believe the story of a war in another world.
But¡¡
The gaze of Shizuku that was staring at her, in the end was it something dishonest that could be washed away by mon sense"? Fudou didn''t think so.
¡¸I won''t return back to being a kendoka anymore but¡¡I want to keep watching it. That beautiful sword of yours. Perhaps this sound like sarcasm to you, but I think that you who swung that sword was also really beautiful.¡¹
¡¸¡¡is that so.¡¹
Fudou looked back at Shizuku, and then she looked down.
She clenched her fist tightly as though enduring something, and her body was a bit shaking. Tears were falling drop by drop on top of that fist.
It was unclear how much time passed.
Before long Fudou lifted up her face. Her expression was a refreshed one that looked as though something that haunted her had vanished away somewhere.
Fudou sat with seiza posture on that spot, and then her gaze met Shizuku and then Kaori straightforwardly. And then, she lowered her head hard and pressed her forehead on the ground.
¡¸I had done something dreadful and caused trouble for all of you, I''m sorry. I''m really, sorry¡¹
The words of apology of Fudou resounded inside the small park.
Shizuku''s gaze moved toward Kaori. Kaori immediately guessed Shizuku''s question to her whether it was okay to forgive Fudou, and she smiled while nodding.
Hajime moved his leg up and down. He was meaning to urge Shizuku to step on Fudou''s head to make her repented deeply. Shizuku immediately guessed his meaning and she smiled while ignoring him.
¡¸Promise me, Fudou-san. Continue with your kendo. Polish your sword, without getting influenced by someone like me.¡¹
¡¸Yaegashi¡¡. Yes, I promise. ¡¡It will take time until I can like myself. I also cannot dere that my unjustified resentment will absolutely vanish. But, I won''t discard what I have piled up until now, that''s the only thing that I won''t do. I will work hard, so someday I can like myself.¡¹
Seeing the clear eyes on the face that Fudou lifted up, Shizuku smiled and nodded happily.
Fudou also smiled seeing that expression. Even though her look was severe just like Fudou Myouou, her refreshed smiling expression looked somehow charming.
Surely, in a future that wouldn''t be so far away, she would be able to grow to like herself for sure. That smile caused Shizuku to be convinced of that.
Fudou grasped the hand that Shizuku presented and she stood up. Kaori tried to wipe up Fudou''s blood with her handkerchief, but Fudou hurriedly backed away. Kaori was unmindful of that and insisted, making the atmosphere to turn harmonious.
''Well, the case is closed with this'', Hajime thought so leisurely. It was at that time,
¡¸Uu~, what a nice story this iiis! Truly the springtime of youth! Onee-san is really moved!¡¹
That deep but strangely charming voice suddenly resounded.
Hajime''s spine instantly got goosebumps. His instinct rang the warning rm loudly!
¡¸Ah, Chrystabel-san! I''m sorry, even though we have an appointment.¡¹
¡¸Don''t worry about it Kaori-chan. You had already contacted me beforehand after all, Onee-san doesn''t mind at all yahn?¡¹
He couldn''t understand the reality. Why was the monster haunting that clothes shop in Brook was here? Why was that guy talking to Kaori so naturally like that? Why was that guy wearing frilly one piece made in earth!?
The impact felt was as though a monster inside a picture book was encroaching into reality.
No, rather that was, an indescribable, sphemous¨D¨D
¡¸Hajime-kyu~~n? I wonder if right now, you are thinking about something impoliteee?¡¹
¡¸¨C!?¡¹
''Be cool, be cool, me.'' Hajime desperately told himself.
¡¸Why, are you here? How did you creep out from that world?¡¹
¡¸Nnmaa, how rude! It was like I am something that always crept out smilingly!¡¹
The sudden invasion of monster¨D¨Dnot, the appearance of the manager of clothes shop, Chrystabel, it caused Kaori to ignore Fudou who was flustered for the time being and she exined the situation with a wry smile.
It seemed Chrystabel was interested with the clothing and essory of earth and he (TN: Or she? What should I use here?) consulted Liliana whether she could possibly learn about clothing and essory in this side.
Liliana also took into ount about the promotion of Tortus''s culture and gave her okay sign, however, thinking whether Hajime who really disliked Chrystabel would easily let him passed through the gate, in the end Liliana then consulted Yue first.
Yue had close rtionship not with just Chrystabel, but rather with the manly women group too. But although she readily agreed to invite Chrystabel to earth, but she didn''t wish to give Hajime any worry.
There, when Hajime was busy and Yue took his ce to periodically open the gate, she secretly called Chrystabel. After that Chrystabel''s livelihood in earth was secured mainly by Remia who from the beginning had work rted with clothing and essory, and recently she even created an office for that in earth, and now Chrystabel was working hard in his study.
The first thing that Hajime who heard the circumstance did was¨D¨D
¡¸Okay, die¡¹
Performing quick draw with Donner.
¡¸Munh¡¹
Shop manager Chrystabel repelled away the bullet with his chest!
By the way, the loaded bullet was a rubber bullet.
¡¸How fervent nn? I''m feeling Hajime-kyun''s love yahn!¡¹
¡¸Stop it! Don''t look at me with those eyes! Or rather, weren''t you taught that when someone is talking you should look at their eyes! You bastard, your gaze is shifting below each time you are looking at me!¡¹
The gun fired continuously! The fired out bullets was repelled by the arms that shop manager Chrystabel crossed in front of his body. The gaze of the shop manager that peeked out from the arms'' gap was locked on at Hajime''s lower body!
Hajime''s SAN point was shaved down!
¡¸I don''t understand what are you talking about hereee¨D¨Dfumu, that''s a nice tight¡¡¡¹
¡¸SHAORAAAAAH!!¡¹
Hajime-san''s flying kick burst! The ground under shop manager Chrystabel who received that kick scattered around in radial shape from the impact.
¡¸Ca, calm down, Hajime-kun! This is in the middle of residential area! A lot of families are right nearby! Aah, don''t fire your gun! Tha, that''s right, I have toy out the barrier!¡¹
Kaori wasying out the barrier for sound istion and recognition obstruction in flusters while charging into the battle in the attempt to stop Hajime who lightly lost his senses from feeling the danger toward his ass.
¡¸He, hey, Yae, Yaegashiii? Your boyfriend is holding gu¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸That''s just a toy.¡¹
¡¸Eh, but, it''s making loud firing¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Just a toy.¡¹
¡¸The concrete is split¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Just a toy.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
The thing Shizuku''s boyfriend was holding was a toy gun. The final answer.
Though incidentally, the ground was smashed from his step and it also looked like he was stepping on the air and leaping around.
¡¸It''s just magic trick and acrobatic there. My boyfriend, he want to be magician in a circus at the future.¡¹
No matter what there was a limit in forcing that logic. Akari-chan thought so, but the face of Shizuku who was smiling while staring still at her with her forced exnation looked scary somehow, so she just nodded.
Surely, that was the correct choice.
Even if for example, that boyfriend-san was suppressed by Shizuku''s friend using extendable baton in two swords style while moving in a speed where her figure vanished. That too surely must be magic trick and acrobat. Surely.
When Kaori who hugged Hajime tightly and covered him from the sticky gaze of shop manager Chrystabel said ¡¸If you don''t quit with it, I will get angry here¡¹, as expected even shop manager Chrystabel also gave up on Hajime and turned around.
Hajime gasped with a weird voice ¡¸Ubooa¡¹ from his mouth due to insufficient sanity point while Kaori was embracing him with a face that didn''t look that dissatisfied as one would have others believe with her hands patting Hajime to calm him down. Shop manager Chrystabel nced at that from the corner of his eyes while walking toward Akari-chan who was being dumbfounded.
Extremely thick eyebrows, arms, chest, torso, legs. Every part of his body was huge added with his thi~~ck face. No matter how one looked at him, he was a man of giga muscle lump, but his body was d in frilly one piece clothes. His braided hair was fixed with a pink ribbon!
The shop manager who like usual was fiendish in various senses was pouring his gaze at Akari-chan.
A beat. Shop manager Chrystabel nodded as though he hadprehended something and his sparkling eyes turned at Akari-chan.
¡¸You, it''s fine for you to temper the beauty of your sword, but tempering your female beauty is also fine isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸Eh? Err?¡¹
Akari-chan was bewildered!
¡¸Seeking beauty is something natural for human yahn. If it''s Onee-san here, I will be able to make you shine even more!!¡¹
Arms and legs that looked like log. Thick chest. Muscles that were obvious even through the clothes¡¡. But with frilly one piece and ribbon.
Just what in the world this person was saying? Fudou-san was even more confused.
But, shop manager Chrystabel didn''t stop. From his wriggling movement that looked like tentacle¡¡
¡¸Yes!¡¹
Fro~om~hi~is Front Double Biceps!~
¡¸Just!¡¹
Fro~om~hi~is Most Muscr!~
¡¸Like me here!¡¹
Side Chest-!!
Shop manager Chrystabel was shining radiantly!
¡¸Ah, no, I''m good.¡¹
Akari-chan quickly prepared to go home. She politely said¡¸Once more, I''m really sorry for all the trouble¡¹ to Shizuku and walked away to exit the park. Her shoulder was gripped strongly.
¡¸It''s fine, don''t be scared yahn.¡¹
¡¸No, you are scary.¡¹
¡¸It''s fine pyon¡î Leave everything to Onee-san! This Onee-san''s name is Chrystabel! The ally of every manly woman and maiden!¡¹
¡¸Ah, no, really, I''m already fine even if I stay like this so¨D¨Dwait, ah, don''t shoulder me! What''s with this person-, this dreadful strength!? Where are we going!? Helppp! Someoneee, Yaegashiii! Helpppp!!¡¹
¡¸Kaori-chaaan! Shizuku-chaaan! Please take care of the rest okaayy! Also Hajime-chaaan! Let''s meet againterrr!¡¹
When they came back to their senses, both Akari-chan and shop manager Chrystabel were nowhere in sight.
A weekter at Sunday.
A contact came from Chrystabel who had been out of contact until now. He said that he would return Fudou Akari who he kidnapped.
¡¸So, she is alive¡¡¡¹ Hajime who was tense in this one week whispered so with an expression that was showing respect to Akari-chan''s survival ability. Shizuku and Kaori nced at such Hajime with their hands dragging him along because he was throwing tantrum ¡¸I don''t wanna go¡¹ because he was also a concerned party while heading toward that small park.
By the way, Shizuku and Kaori dealt with Akari-chan''s house and school. Their dealing method was by forceful suggestion using the demon king quality product artifact. The figure of Shizuku and Kaori nodding to each other with a deste smile while saying ¡¸We arepletely infected huh¡¹ might or might not happened.
And so they arrived at the public park like that. There wasn''t any sign of people. Other than Hajime who was strangely nervous, there were only Shizuku and Kaori there.
¡¸Fudou-san, is she fine I wonder.¡¹
¡¸Well, honestly I have something to say with how he was suddenly taking Fudou-san away that even caused her to be absent from school but¡¡this is Chrystabel-san we are talking about, so I think it won''t be anything bad.¡¹
¡¸I, guess. Chrystabel-san can be forceful sometimes but, he is a person with a good will.¡¹
¡¸Even though his gaze went toward my lower body each time we met?¡¹
Hajime''s words were treated like nothing. Hajime silently looked up to the sky. Who ever thought that the sky was this blue.
After ten minutes from the appointment time, the appearance of that huge body appeared. It was shop manager Chrystabel. As always he was really frilly. And then his arms and legs were all lethal weapon.
There was no one beside him. It seemed he was alone.
¡¸My? Have I made you all wait I wonder?¡¹
¡¸No, we also came only just now¡¡rather than that, Chrystabel-san. What about Fudou-san?¡¹
Shizuku asked representing all of them.
¡¸My my, don''t be that impatient. Her remodel¨D¨Dcough-, beautifying was going really well yahn? It''s the result of her heart''s reformation! It''s just as I thought, whether woman or man, if they work hard to be a figure that they thought to be beautiful, then it wille trueee! I too is feeling honored that I can be of help with that yahn!¡¹
''Just now, did she say remodeling?'' Before anyone could cut in even while thinking so, shop manager Chrystabel circled his hand at behind him. And then, he pulled out someone. It seemed that Fudou was only hiding behind therge body of shop manager Chrystabel.
Like that, the person that came out was¨D¨D
¡¸¡¸¡¸Who?¡¹¡¹¡¹
¡¸Uu, long time no see, although it might not be that long that I can say that. It looks like I have troubled all of you, like taking care of my family, or my school¡¡that, thank you.¡¹
Tall body, and extraordinary body style. Hair in princess cut that reached until the waist. A color of bashfulness could be seen vaguely on the person''s well-featured face.
Really, just how was this? No, actually they already knew who. However, they simply didn''t want to recognize the reality. Of this abnormal situation, this bizarre phenomenon!
The girl with hair in princess cut thrust the reality before the stiffened Shizuku and others!
¡¸Err, I am, Fudou Akari you know?¡¹
It seemed that was how it was.
Just what in the world happened that the girl who even resembled the Fudou Myouou could be a yamato nadeshiko like this¡¡
Anyway, putting aside the dumbfounded Shizuku and Kaori, Hajime was¨D¨D
¡¸As I thought, you bastard cannot be let to live!¡¹
Gun fire.
¡¸Muhn¡¹
Shop manager Chrystabel repelled everything with his chest!
¡¸What the hell is that!? That ain''t a problem of beautifying or anything anymore! Ain''t her bone structure changed there! Just what in the world did you damned do! Metamorphosis magic!? Is that metamorphosis magic!?¡¹
¡¸That''s a trade secret pyon? If you dee~epened your rtionship with me, then I''ll-teach-you?¡¹
Shop manager Chrystabel''s full power wink and kissy gesture were thrown!
A blood vein snapped to the surface of Hajime''s forehead. With a twirl the gun spin reload was carried on.
¡¸I''m convinced right now. You cannot be left to do as you pleased in this world. If you are left as it is, this world will get infested with the bunches that received your demonic remodeling. This world, my birthce, will be encroached!¡¹
¡¸My, speaking as though I am like a ck bug in the kitchen! That''s rudeee. And? What will Hajime-kyun do I wonder?¡¹
¡¸That''s obvious.¡¹
Hajime pressed Donner''s barrel on his forehead and yelled his oath.
¡¸I''ll defeat you bastard-. Today, right here!¡¹
¡¸Fufu, fuhahahahah! Just try it if you can! My manly woman soul, is undying!¡¹
The demon king-sama spoke something that sounded like what hero-sama would do, and then he charged toward the shop manager-san of clothing shop.
The result of the battle was¡¡as could be easily guessed, Hajime receivedp pillow from Shizuku in order to recover his scraped off SAN point. Anyway, Shizuku who was gently brushing Hajime who was making noise in his nightmare looked really happy.
By the way, about Fudou Akari-chan though, after that she made a name for herself in kendo world as a beautiful kendoka. Regarding the reaction of the surrounding about her transformation, so that the shop manager of the clothing store wouldn''t be demanded for by anyone who became interested with the before-after of the girl, Hajime might or might not ran around to follow up with that¡¡
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Oveingplex by mental growth, I nned for such a story, but when I realized it had became a story with solution of fantasy and physically remodeling the body.
The plot of Shirakome is always not breathing¡¡
By the way, I also put this in the activity report but, theic version of Arifureta is updated.
No matter from where you look, you will be wanting to enjoy the cute Yue without fail, if it''s fine with you please try to go take a look at Ovep-sama''s homepage(Comic Gardo).
Please treat me well.
Chapter 262
Chapter 262
*KUEEEEEE*, a high pitched shriek resounded.
Right after that, a squall that struck down from the sky rolled up cloud of dust and blocked the field of vision. Small pebbles of sand attacked the eyeball which would force anyone to narrow their eyes while covering their face with their arm.
As though waiting for that opening, rain poured down by mixing in among the squall.
However, it wasn''t a rain of water. It was a rain that was made from stone needles. The stone needles with total length of around 15 centimeter approached the ground looking really like a heavy rain.
¨D¨DCoatrice''s stone needle
It was the characteristic magic that was fired by a huge ck eagle monster, Coatrice. If someone got hit even by a single needle, they would be petrified in the blink of eye. And such needle was fired in a wide area by several hundred needles simultaneously, while the target''s sight was blocked by the squall and cloud of dust.
¡¸¨D¨D"Wind Wall"¡¹
A magic trigger with the chanting abbreviated was whispered with a small voice. Wind that whirled with the caster as the center blew away the cloud of dust.
What appeared was a young man. He had silky brown hair and well-featured face. His body was lean and tight despite being slender and tall. Wearing simple protectors that only protected his body''s vital spots, his hands were holding a western sword that was shining faintly in a low stance.
That young man¨D¨DAmanogawa Kouki didn''t even look nervous facing the squall of stone needles, he calmly lifted the holy sword above his head and began rotating the sword fast with only the motion of his wrist.
The holy sword that was starting to rotate like a pinwheel in an instant looked like a round shield in addition with the radiance it was d with.
Right after that, stone needles showered down on the round shield of holy sword. But, it seemed the stone needles couldn''t slip through that shield because of its great momentum, the stone needles were easily repelled and scattered to the surrounding, piercing the ground around.
*KUEEEEE*, a shriek that was unpleasant to the ear resounded once more. It seemed the monster lost its temper from witnessing its characteristic magic gotten scattered.
The coatrice folded its wings that produced squall physically, and then its huge body rapidly swooped down.
¡¸tsk¨D¨D"Light Explosion"!¡¹
Light exploded. sh gushed out from the holy sword round shield like an explosion, and the shockwave blew away the remaining stone needles.
The stone needles stabbed the surrounding like thorns. If he moved recklessly to dodge the coatrice, he might get hit with petrification from below. Kouki picked this forceful option because of that.
Using "Ground Shrinker" skill, Kouki leaped out to the air in one go.
The coatric put forward the sharp ws at its legs.
¡¸¨D¨D"Light Severance"-¡¹
Just before both sides crossed each other, Kouki created a simple barrier in midair using light element elementary magic. Using that barrier as a foothold, he changed his trajectory midair. At the same time, he swung his holy sword in a circle arc.
Coatrice and Kouki crossed over each other midair.
The coatrice charged toward the ground without decelerating at all. Its neck plopped off and flew like a joke, and its flesh made a graphic sound with its impact from crashing on the ground.
Kouki twirled midair while rotating his body to fix his stance, and then hended on the ground. Just in case, he confirmed that there was no stone needle on the ground, but the needles were already crumbling as though weathering from age, so there would be no problem even if hended on a stone needle.
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Kouki confirmed the crumbling of the stone needles and the death of the coatrice, and then he let out a small exhtion to unravel his tension. At the same time, he held down something that was rising up inside.
Hisplexion didn''t change at all. The change of his physical condition didn''t show up outside. Even that condition that was bing typical post-battle was already something he was used to.
(Not just getting used to it, I have to ovee it though¡¡)
Kouki talked to himself inside his heart while using his spirit to push back the breakfast inside his stomach that was gradually rising up as though to say ¡¸You calling?¡¹. He unconsciously smiled bitterly at himself that was like that.
¡¸What are you doing grinning like that, it''s disgusting.¡¹
¡¸Nnguh!?¡¹
The caustic words that stabbed at him like a throwing javelin caused the breakfast to rise up as though to say ¡¸As I thought you are calling aren''t you?¡¹. Using spirit! He pushed it back!
The one who threw the javelin of words from the nearby rocky area was a female knight d in Hairihi kingdom knight order''s equipment. She looked good looking, and she could be seen like a noble''s daughter if she shut up and wore a dress.
In fact, the girl was from the background of a noble family though¡¡
Anyway, while Kouki was fighting the coatrice, the girl was hiding in the cover of rocky area and didn''te out at all. She didn''t look like she was feeling bad at all about that, far from that, when the battle was over she came out with a violence of verbally attacking her ally while approaching near with a brisk pace.
¡¸Nn, nnh. Err, isn''t it going too far calling me disgusting?¡¹
¡¸A man grinning while standing in front of a corpse with its head and body separated from each other, at a scene that is drenched with blood, how could I not call him disgusting? My apologize, I cannot really follow hero-sama''s sensitivity.¡¹
¡¸Ah, yea, sorry.¡¹
Seeing the female knight backing away like in a rewind toward the nearby rocky area while her whole body was radiating aura ¡¸It''s creepy¡¹, it caused Kouki to consent inside his heart ¡¸Well certainly!¡¹ in desperation while his mouth was apologizing.
¡¸So, hero-sama. We more or less finished exterminating the monster in the request¡¡.are we going back to the town? Or else, will you continue hunting like usual?¡¹
The female knight asked while looking up to the sky. The sun hadn''t even reached the zenith yet. This was a time period that was just right if they were going to go back to town to take lunch and reported to the guild about the request''spletion.
Normally anyone would do that, but from how the female knight was asking like that instead, it could be imagined that usually Kouki wouldn''t return to town in this case.
¡¸The eyewitness report about the coatrice and also the extermination request we received said that there is only one of it but¡¡there was also other eyewitness report of other monster. The monsters of ¡¾Duvune Precincts¡¿ are troublesome. And this ce is also nearby Raisen grand canyon, there are a lot of hiding ces here. We have time, so I''m thinking of investigating further.¡¹
¡¸¡¡So it''s like that.¡¹
The female knight was turning a vaguely exasperated gaze at Kouki and she let out a small sigh.
Kouki and others had went back to earth and returned to school.
But, Kouki who was tormented by his sin persuaded his family and childhood friends and he dropped out of school by his own choice. He immediately crossed over to Tortus, and like this he moved around exterminating monsters as an adventurer to atone for his sin.
At the legendary decisive battle, the monster swarm that overflowed from ¡¾Holy Precincts¡¿ wasn''tpletely annihted. Quite a number of them seeded in escaping. The monsters of ¡¾Holy Precincts¡¿ were powerful. Everyst one of them possessed the strength of the monster at the deep part of Orcus greatbyrinth.
For the adventurers of this world, these monsters were severe if they weren''t adventurer of "Gold" ss.
It was for that reason that Kouki crossed over world without waiting to graduate from high school, and here he epted monster extermination request especially against monsters from ¡¾Holy Precincts¡¿. He asked for cooperation from Liliana, he also appealed to all the branch heads of the adventurer guild, and like this time he was given the preference to receive information and request about such thing.
He was carrying on request with the highest degree of danger by his own wish. It was also wasn''t rare for him to have consecutive battle every day. Indeed, there was no doubt that there would be enormous damage is these monsters were left alone, and rapid disposal of them was necessary and also something to be thankful for.
However, Liliana and some others were worried that if Kouki kept being reckless like this then it might brought fatal danger to him someday, they advised him to care for himself a bit more but¡¡
At present, there wasn''t any sign that Kouki''s action pace would drop. This time too, Kouki seemed to be nning to search for monsters outside of the request and fought them just like usual.
(I wish he will also be considerate about me who is being dispatched as his watcher and also supporter¡¡)
Altough fighting side-by-side with Kouki wasn''t included in the range of the female knight''s duty, just watching a battle against the monsters of ¡¾Holy Precincts¡¿ was nerve wracking.
At the battle against coatrice just now, it would be the end for the female knight just by getting grazed by the stone needle. Kouki and others of the another world group was in different level when it came to resistance against magic. Most likely, she would bepletely petrified in a matter of seconds if she got hit.
Before this too, she felt uneasy only hiding in the cover of a rocky area, so she was hiding herself by creating a trench with godspeed hole digging.
¡¸Aaa, I want to meet Onee-sama¡¡¡¹
¡¸Hm~m, the periodic gate opening is still quite far away I think¡¡¡¹
The female knight whispered to herself while following behind the walking Kouki. Kouki smiled wryly while recalling the onee-sama that this female knight greatly respected, or rather she greatly loved to the degree that might be a bit too extreme¨D¨DYaegashi Shizuku.
¡¸I know that already. Aa, I hate my own powerlessness. I thought that trivial thing like the world can be crossed using spirit and guts if it''s for onee-sama''s sake, but, nugugu¡¹
¡¸If the world can be crossed like that, just what is the meaning of Nagumo''s hardships then.¡¹
Kouki''s wry smile deepened.
This female knight. Originally she was a royal guard that was attached to Liliana, a direct subordinate of the formerly royal guardmander and the present kingdom''s knight order leader, Kuzeri Rail. But, why then she was now apanying Kouki? If such question was asked¨D¨Dthe short answer was, she was demoted.
She was one of the stepsister group that greatly loved Shizuku, she caused troubles over and over again because of her overflowing onee-sama love, and she turned out from royal guard knight -> normal knight directly under the leader -> normal knight -> this girl is no good already.
At the legendary decisive battle, Kouki was at the enemy side. That fact was amon knowledge also because of Kouki''s own deration.
And so, no matter even if it was for hunting the monsters of ¡¾Holy Precincts¡¿, naturally there was also opinions that were uneasy of leaving Kouki unregted.
Although Liliana dered that such thing was unneeded but¡¡Kuzeri consulted to Kouki with an exhausted expression ¡¸That girl, I''m thinking of firing her¡¹, that being the case in order to give peace to the heart of the people who was yelling their anxiety, let''s attach a knight as a watcher, let''s make it this girl! That was how it ended up.
¡¸I wish that you won''t speak of the name of that son of a bitch.¡¹
¡¸You will meet another painful experience if you keep saying such thing you know?¡¹
¡¸You mean, like hero-sama who got Shizuku-oneesama taken from him so thoroughly?¡¹
¡¸Gahah!?¡¹
Kouki pressed his hand on his chest and fell down. He got on all fours with his head hanging down. It was a terrific counter.
¡¸Good grief, putting aside Kaori-sama, I wished that you would at least protect Shizuku-oneesama to the death. Even I will be able to snatch away onee-sama if it''s only from hero-sama¡¡¡¹
¡¸Uguh¡¹
¡¸Rather than hero-sama, you are the loser-sama. You are chicken-sama!¡¹
¡¸Kafuh!?¡¹
¡¸Hey hey, how does it feel to be treated as "little brother" by a girl the same age with you? How does it feel? Hey hey¡¹
¡¸Uu, uuuuu¡¹
The female knight poked repeatedly with the sheath of her knight sword at the crouching Kouki. She was venting her anger with her all, filled with the grief andmentation toward the present situation where she couldn''t even scratch that son of a bitch demon king.
But, it was at that time that a strong presence was transmitted from the direction of ¡¾Raisen Grand Canyon¡¿.
¡¸¡¡Looks like, I have a good luck today.¡¹
Kouki stood up so easily it was unthinkable that he was getting so grandly humiliated until just now.
And then, he immediately walked forward while urging the female knight to follow with his gaze.
The female knight followed in a hurry. Kouki suddenly turned his face toward such her.
¡¸Aah, that''s right. I had asked this several times already but¡¡can you stop with the "hero-sama"?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Kouki said that with a small smile casually. The female knight spontaneously turned silent, and after thinking for a while,
¡¸Then, I''ll call you chicken-sama.¡¹
¡¸Can''t you just call me Kouki normally!?¡¹
Kouki spontaneously tsukkomi-ed. As expected it seemed he couldn''t turn a blind eye at that.
The female knight slightly backed away and made a shuddering expression while she hugged her breast.
¡¸Asking me so we can call each other by name¡¡please stop, I''ll get pregnant.¡¹
¡¸You won''t! What are you saying so suddenly!?¡¹
¡¸It''s Onee-sama''s warning. I received that warning when I went to report to her that I am appointed with this duty. First he would create familiarity by calling each other by name, after that he would nonchntly increase the body touch rate, for some reason some incident would ur and he would resolve it, and in the end he would smile pleasantly with sparkling teeth. That is that guy''s modus operandi you know, be careful okay, onee-sama said to me.¡¹
¡¸SHIZUKUUUUUU-¡¹
The tsukkomi of Kouki''s heart burst out. The roar of monsters echoed from afar as though hailing in concert with that.
¡¸Well, it''s impossible for me to be infatuated to other person that is not onee-sama. Kouki-sama, I''m really sorry but, I hope you will give this up.¡¹
¡¸Why is it like I was confessing and then get rejected¡¡wait, this is bad! Isn''t this an aurora dragon!?¡¹
Kouki felt exhausted, but right after that he saw the monster that showed up and he raised his voice in panic. The monster that flew out from ¡¾Raisen Grand Canyon¡¿was the dragon shaped monster that fired breath of extreme light that was once called as grey dragon. The white dragon had disappeared and right now they were called as dragon of extreme light.
Their original specs were high already, but now they were the ¡¾Holy Precincts¡¿ version and their level had been increased. It was a formidable enemy that wasn''t really aughing matter for adventurer.
Kouki gritted his teeth at the appearance of a monster that wasn''t in the report while he turned his gaze behind him in order to give instruction so the female knight would retreat.
¡¸Quick, get awa¨D¨Dwait, fast!? No, that''s fine though!¡¹
At that time the female knight had just leaped into the trench that she dug before this. It was a wonderful escape.
Kouki''s expression wasplicated feeling somehow not satisfied, but the next moment he twitched due to the light shining above and he turned around. And then,
¡¸Uu, UOOOOOOH¡¹
He faced the extreme light that was released at the same time and raised a war cry in desperation.
The female knight who was only showing out her face a tiny bit from the trench to observe such Kouki was,
(¡¡Hmm. Even though he actually didn''t mind even when he was ridiculed about his rtionship with Shizuku-sama, but he cannot endure getting called "hero-sama". What a difficult person.)
Kouki''s act before this. Despite his big reaction, but he easily returned to reality. From that it could be understood that he had already came to a clean decision about his rtionship with Shizuku. Rather, he was epting with the rtionship where the two of them were like family of older sister and younger brother and felt satisfied with it.
But, in regard of getting called "hero-sama", Kouki smiled cheerfully and acted like it was nothing, but if one looked carefully they would clearly see that he had tense expression.
And then, the emotion that he was desperately hiding in front of the corpse of coatrice. That was¡¡
(It was, fear. Now then, what in the world that fear is about¡¡)
The female knight was watching Kouki who challenged the monster in midair battle with simple barrier as his foothold while pondering a bit.
The current Kouki wasn''t wearing the "holy armor" artifact that was given to him from the pce. That was because Kouki returned it himself. He also returned all the artifacts he received from Hajime like "Air Force Boots" and others.
That was because of his guilty conscience that said that those items weren''t something that could be possessed by him who wasn''t a hero, at the same time it was also a decision that came from his determination to train himself back from zero without relying on artifact.
He was only carrying the holy sword wasn''t because he wouldn''t let go, but because he couldn''t let go of it. For some reason, when Kouki left it behind, it would fly back to him when he moved a certain distance away from it. It was as though the sword was saying it had no user other than Kouki.
In any case, it didn''t change that Kouki''s defensive capability had declined remarkably, if he was hit by the breath of light then he clearly wouldn''t get away unscathed.
Then, in that case, was that linked to his fear then¡¡
The female knight had a hunch that there was no way that was all there was to it.
However,
(Well, it''s something incosequential!)
The female knight easily abandoned that thought.
At the distance, it seemed Kouki had finally finished off the dragon. And then, right after that, three more aurora dragons appeared and he raised a shocked scream ¡¸Whaat!?¡¹.
(¡¡Hmm. I guess I better make the trench a bit deeper.)
The female knight who actually was nonchntly an expert in darkness element magic ignored Kouki who raised a war cry ¡¸I, I WON''T LOSEEEEEEEE-¡¹, and then she diligently worked hard in digging a hole.
¡¸Uguu, I thought I was going to die¡¡¡¹
¡¸How exaggerated. In the end other than getting knocked down by a tail, didn''t you normally win without even getting particr wounded?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Kaa-san, thank you for birthing me with a tough body.¡¹
Kouki got a distant look and offered his feelings of gratitude toward his mother that was in different world.
As expected, it would be severe for Kouki and the female knight who had just underwent a mortalbat to continue searching for monster, so right now they returned at their base recently¨D¨D¡¾Brook Town¡¿.
If one walked at the bustling street, aroma that really stimted one''s appetite would waft from the street stalls. Kouki''s stomach was already empty too from his intense exercise. His breakfast that rose up even when he didn''t call now didn''t show any sign of showing up.
Kouki''s gaze was unconsciously absorbed toward the numerous street stalls, but¨D¨D
¡¸Oi, that''s¡¹
¡¸Ah? ¡¡Chih, he is still in this town huh.¡¹
¡¸Is this alright? What if he is scheming something¡¡¡¹
The men who looked like adventurer that happened to pass by were talking whisperingly to each other when they saw Kouki. Their voices entered his ear.
The area around Kouki''s chest slowly turned chilly. He unconsciously moved to cover his head with the hood of his cloak, but he stopped his hand from moving and kept his appearance without change.
Their expression that he caught in a nce was clearly feeling disgusted, along with color of anxiety that oozed out. Even though they understood that right now the hero was taking the initiative to hunt the monsters of ¡¾Holy Precincts¡¿, their disgust didn''t really vanish. No matter how they couldn''t wipe out their unease.
The traitor of mankind. The hero of betrayal. The envoy of evil god¡¡
Would he bare his powerful fang toward mankind once more, could he be scheming something¡¡
Trust that was lost once wouldn''t return easily.
It was something he understood. It was something he was prepared for. That was why Kouki didn''t hide his face. He looked forward, determined to ept it with resignation.
¡¸Regaining trust is something really difficult.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
The words that female knight suddenly let out caused Kouki''s eyes to open wide. The female knight was staring straight ahead while further adding more words.
¡¸It cannot be done in a day. Losing it is easy, but obtaining it is hard.¡¹
¡¸You''re, right.¡¹
¡¸However, giving up is exactly what a "person that cannot be trusted" would do. Therefore, one must never give up.¡¹
It felt like warmth was spreading slowly inside Kouki''s chest. He was getting looked coldly at like this was him reaping what he sowed. At the time when he was needed the most, he instead prioritized his own emotion and betrayed everything.
But, like this there was also a person who was concerned for himse¨D¨D
¡¸Someday I will bloom a second time for sure at central! And then, I will be at Onee-sama''s side¡¡guheheh¡¹
¡¸Ah, yea, that''s what you mean huh.¡¹
A fatigue suddenly assaulted him. But he thought positively ''Well, my heart is lightened I think!'' and fastened his steps.
The inn that the two of them used as their base came into view. Therge wooden signboard had "Inn of Masaka" written on it. It was an inn that was used by that demon king and actually was considerably famous, to the degree that it became a bit of sightseeing spot. (TN: In Japan, ''masaka'' meant ''don''t tell me¡'')
After all the inn was brazenly advertizing in a big way by hanging down a banner that was written with "Demon king-sama''s appointed inn! Your journey started from here!". It seemed the inn was also selling things like demon king manjuu and so on. They had a really good business spirit.
Kouki was making aplicated expression while opening the inn''s door and entered inside.
Thendy of the inn weed the two of them with ¡¸My, wee back¡¹ and a gentle smile. It seemed the people of this inn also didn''t really think of anything particr toward Kouki. They were always attending to him with an attitude that was the same with other customer.
It was a really calming inn, with the exception of one thing.
Kouki and the female knight took their seat in order to havete lunch. They took the menu to take a look of what they would eat today. It was at that time,
¡¸Today our rmendation is the teriyaki of Kururu bird you know?¡¹
¡¸Uoh!?¡¹
¡¸Nnnh¡¹
The voice that suddenly resounded from nearby caused Kouki and the female knight to jump on the spot altogether.
The cause was one.
The inn''s poster girl who was bringing the two of them water with a cheerful and charming smile on her face¨D¨DSohna Masaka-chan. The approach of that Sohna-chan wasn''t noticed by the two until she called out at them. (TN: Sohna sounded like ''sonna'' which could mean ''such thing'', or ''no way''. Sohna Masaka, sounded like ''no way, don''t tell me¡'')
Both Kouki and the female knight were people who served in battle. Kouki''s Presence Detection was especially excellent to the degree that it could be said in extraordinary level, even if the other party possessed the skill of "Presence Istion", as long as they weren''t the same another world group like him, he would be able to detect them. The exception to that was like the rabbit eared bunches lurking in a certain sea of trees.
But, such Kouki didn''t notice Sohna-chan when she approached him.
¡¸So, Sohna-chan. Since when you were there¡¡¡¹
¡¸Eh? I normally came out from the kitchen bringing water to you two just now though¡¡¡¹
She answered Kouki like that with a puzzled expression. Kouki cocked his head wondering whether it was just him feeling exhausted.
However, this kind of situation had happened several times, like when he walked in the corridor at midnight when he woke up to go to toilet, or when he came out from the bath''s changing room, or when he was taking meal like this time, when he noticed she was already behind him. He really couldn''t believe that it was just a coincidence.
¡¸Sohna-chan, by any chance, do you have experience of receiving some kind of special training?¡¹
The female knight unintentionally asked that.
Sohna-chan showed a puzzled expression toward that question, and the next moment she let out a chuckle. As though to say that she had heard a funny joke.
¡¸Giggle, geez, what''s with that question? What kind of special training that an inn girl would receive!?¡¹
¡¸Ah, no, it''s just my feeling. My apologize, it seems that I was a bit confused.¡¹
¡¸You were working from the morning weren''t you? Surely you are really tired now. Please eat a lot and get lively.¡¹
Sohna-chan smiled sweetly. By no means that she was a beautiful girl that would make other people opened their eyes wide, but she possessed warm loveliness of a in flower that resolutely bloomed fully.
Kouki and the female knight also forgot their shock just now and their expression turned warm. Surely, it was just as Sohna-chan said, they were only feeling a bit tired. Thinking that, they ordered their meal before looking at each other''s face and exchanged a wry smile.
¡¸Ah, that''s right. Sohna-chan. About the dinner tho¨D¨Dugh¡¹
Sohna-chan wasn''t there. It was after she took the two''s order, and Kouki and the female knight looked at each other''s face only for a moment. Yet despite so, when the two returned the gaze back, Sohna-chan wasn''t there anymore. They didn''t even feel any sign of her moving away.
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Kouki and the female knight unintentionally fell silent.
¡¸Did you call?¡¹
Sohna-chan materialized.
¡¸Ah, no. It''s nothing at all¡¡¡¹
¡¸Is that so? Then, please wait a bit until the cooking is finished okay!¡¹
Sohna-chan vanished energetically.
It was like her presence was slippery¡¡.
Kouki and the female knight waited for their meal silently for some reason. When Sohna-chan brought them their order, as expected they also couldn''t grasp her presence.
Kouki and the female knight ate their meal silently.
When they finished their meal, Sohna-chan cleared up their empty tes.
But, at that time, Sohna-chan dropped something. A metal te the size of a hand palm¨D¨Da status te.
¡¸Ah, Sohna-chan, you drop¨D¨D¡¹
Kouki immediately picked it up and his gaze inadvertently moved toward the status te. Originally, a status te''s content couldn''t be seen as long as the owner didn''t pour their magic power into it, but this status te was shining faintly with its content visible, perhaps because Sohna-chan was disying the content just now because of some kind reason.
Kouki stiffened when he saw the content. The female knight who unintentionally peeked at it also stiffened.
The status te was quickly pulled away from Kouki''s hand.
¡¸Thank you very much, Kouki-san. But, seeing other person''s status is a vition of manner you know?¡¹
¡¸Eh, ah, sorry.¡¹
¡¸No, no. It''s me who is carelessly leaving it in its visible state after all. But, please be careful the next time okay.¡¹
Sohna-chan smiled sweetly. The smile of a poster girl was dazzling.
The female knight whispered with a small voice while staring at the energetic back of Sohna-chan who was returning to her work.
¡¸Just what is that girl?¡¹
¡¸No, even if you ask me that¡¡¡¹
A strange silence fell.
¡¸We, well, it must be that. This is the appointed inn of the demon king after all!¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s true!¡¹
The two who forcefully convinced themselves excitedly headed out for their afternoon work.
By the way, the status of Sohna-chan that the two saw was,
==========================================================
Sohna Masaka 16 years old Female Level 22
Vocation: None upation: ¡¾Brook Town¡¿ Inn of Masaka Employee
Strength: 9
Stamina: 15
Endurance: 6
Agility: 5
Magic Power: 3
Magic Resistance: 3
Skill: ounting - Love Smell Sensing - Sharp Ear - Night Vision - Rope Descent - Wall Climbing - Infiltration - Diving - Elusive Phantom
==========================================================
It was a collection of skills that was really oriented toward spy except the first two skills. Or rather, as long as one wasn''t from another world group, normally a person would only have about one or two skill. Most likely those skills bloomedter on through arduous training¡¡
There was a monster in the inn of ¡¾Brook Town¡¿, perhaps.
In addition, in the evening of that day, a letter from Liliana reached Kouki. The next morning Kouki and the female knight returned back to the pce.
As expected, at that time too, Sohna-chan was behind the two of them to see them off with her presence beyond grasp even from hero. Both Kouki and the female knight couldn''t hide their shudder.
Kouki and the female knight who arrived at the pce were weed by Liliana and knight order leader Kuzeri.
The moment she saw Kuzeri, the female knight scowled ¡¸Gee!? Leader!?¡¹. Her scruff was grasped by Kuzeri who had pulsing blood vein on her forehead and she was dragged away. It was a really natural flow of event without even any time to stop it, just like how water would flow from high ce to low ce.
¡¸Eerr, for the time being, it''s great that you return safely, Kouki-san.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, thanks, Lily. You wrote in your letter that there is a troublesome monster appearing at the outskirts of the capital but¡¡¡¹
Seeing Kouki who hurriedly gave his return greeting before quickly asking about the monster sighting caused Liliana to smiled bitterly thinking ''just like always huh''.
¡¸About that. I think even the knight order can deal with this monster, but I called Kouki-san just in case. But even though I said that, there is only eyewitness report so far and the situation is nothing urgent. The knight order n to depart tomorrow morning, so first please drink some tea and rest.¡¹
¡¸I see¡¡. If that''s how it is then I get it.¡¹
Kouki who noticed that Liliana was being considerate at him also smiled wryly while heplied with Liliana''s suggestion.
Like that, Liliana was about to ask about the problem Kouki was holding in his heart in a casual manner¨D¨Dit was at that time,
¡ºI found you, hero-sama. Please I beg you, save my beloved world.¡»
From the sky, a gentle voice that gave off earnestness came down.
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Both Kouki and Liliana stiffened in puzzlement. Right after that, a pattern of magic circle that looked like hieroglyph character they had never seen before stretched out on the ground below Kouki. The magic circle increased in radiance and overflowed with a power that was falsely simr with magic power.
¡¸Do, don''t tell me-¡¹
¡¸Ko, Kouki-san!?¡¹
The face of Kouki who guessed what was happening was grandly twitching.
At the same time, the hieroglyph characters of the magic circle shed fiercely. Liliana reached out her hand toward Kouki right away, but Kouki shook off that hand and pushed away Liliana instead.
¡¸Lily-, tell everyon¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Kouki-san!¡¹
Before Kouki could finish talking, the raging light settled down. And then, there was nobody there anymore.
¡¸Thi, this is terrible! I have to tell Hajime-san!¡¹
Liliana was dumbfounded for a while before she raised her voice ¡¸It''s terrible! Terrible!¡¹ while rushing away in a feverish haste.
After the lightpletely nketed his field of vision, Kouki tasted a sensation as though the gravity was changing direction every few tenth of second. Kouki who could only let his body getting carried away inside the darkness where he couldn''t see anything finally found a streak of light.
He desperately reached out his hand to that. The light was rapidly approaching.
Kouki said ¡¸Eei, to hell with this!¡¹ and leaped into the light¨D¨D
¡¸Gaboh!? Ugogoooh!?¡¹
He became panicked from therge amount of water that entered his trachea.
(I, I can''t-, breath!? Wa, water!? Underwater!?)
Yes, the destination of the light he leaped into was underwater. At the corner of his sight, he could see the radiant sunlight and the beautifully swaying water surface.
But, he didn''t even have the slightest bit ofposure to enjoy such sight. He was unable to breath sufficiently, on top of that he spewed out a lot of oxygen because he suddenly coughed. His consciousness was already in red alert state. It wouldn''t be funny if he died by drowning right after getting summoned.
He desperately struggled while trying to surface, but his sight was gradually locked into darkness. It felt like his consciousness was falling away.
While it was already getting hard to even think, the water surface suddenly shook.
His dazed mind was barely able toprehend that a person leaped into the water.
The shining sunlight illuminated that person.
Long white hair. Chocte colored skin. Sharp gaze that conveyed a strong will, jade colored eyes. Her approximate age might be a bit older than him. She had extraordinary figure that was wrapped with clothes with a lot of exposure, her body was painted with mysterious pattern.
(Beautiful¡¡)
Kouki who was unable to even moved his limbs anymore could only think of such thing in amazement.
Right after that, that woman grasped Kouki and swam up to the surface with a staggering force. It took only a moment until they popped out of the water.
¡¸Gahah, gehoh, ¨C¡¹
¡¸Are you okay? Get a hold of yourself! Come on, spit the water out!¡¹
Voluptuous breast pressed on Kouki while he was being carried. The woman who saved Kouki had a masculine way of talking in contrast with her appearance.
¡¸Gefuh, tha, thank you. Yo, you saved me¡¡¡¹
¡¸Don''t mind it. I never thought that you would appear at the bottom of the spring. I was a bitte. Sorry.¡¹
The white haired and brown skinned woman''s sharp gaze softened a bit hearing Kouki who was thanking her even while coughing painfully.
From her words, it seemed that she grasped that Kouki would appear in this ce, but it could be inferred that it was outside her expectation for Kouki to appear underwater.
To speak further, the voice that spoke from the sky before he was summoned soundedpletely different than this woman''s voice.
(There is no doubt that I''m summoned but¡¡. It looks like this person isn''t the summoner.)
While Kouki who recovered her thinking ability was thinking of such thing, he could hear countless sshing sound of people entering the water.
When he looked there, there were multiple men and women raising their voices saying things like ¡¸Your majesty, you are safe!¡¹, or ¡¸Please leave something like this to us!¡¹, or ¡¸Suddenly jumping in like that, what are you thinking!¡¹.
¡¸There wasn''t even a second to waste. It couldn''t be helped. Rather than that, let''s quickly pull him up.¡¹
¡¸Aah, geez-. It will be a scolding when we go home! Now, hero-sama. Please hold on to me.¡¹
It appeared the woman who saved Kouki was called her majesty¨D¨Din other words, it seemed she was a queen of a country somewhere. While feeling obliged that the queen personally jumped in to rescue him, a man past middle-aged with great physique and a look like a seasoned warrior grasped Kouki and lent him a hand.
When Kouki looked around, everyone''s skin was simrly brown colored. Although, it was only the queen who was white haired.
Kouki who was pulled up to the bank reflexively sat down. The queen who stood imposingly in front of such Kouki opened her mouth with a powerful gaze directed at Kouki without looking bothered at all with the water dripping down her body.
¡¸Now then, this had became an inconceivable first meeting, but for the time being, I''ll introduce myself. I am Moana. Moana de Shelt Synclea. I am the one who is currently like the queen or whatever of Synclea kingdom.¡¹
The people who seemed to be her subordinates made an expression that looked like they were feeling headache thinking ¡¸What''s with that ''like the queen or whatever''¡¹.
Moanapletely ignored them and her expression turned a bit hesitating.
¡¸You might think that my way of talking is pompous, but this is what I''m used to due to my position. If it bother you, then I will try to talk as courteously as possible¡¡¡¹
¡¸Ah, no, it''s fine like that.¡¹
Kouki immediately said that which caused tension to leave Moana''s shoulders in relieve.
And then,
¡¸I see. That saved me the trouble. Then once more, wee to Synclea kingdom. O envoy of "the mother of all life" "the will of the great blessing" ¨D¨DFoltina. We are imploring, so that your existence will be our salvation. Please treat us favorably.¡¹
Saying that, she presented her hand slowly.
It was a feminine hand, but looking closer there were a lot of callus on her palm from the result of handling sword. Her skin also had small scars here and there. She was someone who fought. Was it normal in this world for the queen to fight personally, or was her country ced in a situation where she was forced to do so¡¡
Seeing how he was summoned, and these people were looking for help, surely the situation was a fairly troublesome one.
Well, putting that aside, for the time being he had to ask this one question no matter what.
¡¸Is that god-like person, really alright?¡¹
Surely that god wasn''t thest boss who enjoyed toying with human right? That was Kouki''s question,
¡¸Nnnn??¡¹
It was obvious but, that question only served to make the queen confused.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Kouki arc.
First thing first, thinking that perhaps there will be reader who thought ''The queen''s way of talking is different from the queen who showed up for a bit before this!'', the supplementary exnation is that this queen''s unadorned way of talking is like at the previous chapter after a fashion.
I''m not nning to continue Kouki arc for that long, but if it actually get long then sorry. I''ll apologize in advance.
Now then, now is Golden Week huh.
How will everyone of Narou people will spend it?
Shirakome whose heart is moving into a certain vige for the lonely people will surely get pursued with dealing with the piling up game.
If possible, I also wanted to upload a short story for Golden Week..
If nothing else, I pray so that everyone of Narou people will be able to enjoy Golden Week.
PS
I revised a few words at [The Obstinate Princess Lily] of thethird world-> of thesecondworld.
Thank you very much for pointing that out.
Chapter 263
Chapter 263
AN: It''s short, but if is okay for you readers, please use it to kill time.
¨D¨DMonth ¡ð Day x. Clear weather.
Tomorrow will be the first day of Golden Week. Everyone will go camping. I hear we are also going to have BBQ.
From what I heard, it seems that it''s an event of grilling and eating meat outdoor.
¡¡Just what in the world is interesting about that, I don''t really understand. Even though we had been doing that all the time in our journey.
But, everyone is looking forward just to go have an outing. Perhaps, there is also a way to enjoy it that I don''t know.
Very well. Oh camp, oh BBQ. Bring it on. I''ll determine your caliber!
By the way, the members for the BBQ event will be Nagumo family, in addition there are Kaori, Shizuku, and Aiko (Lily has work and cannote no matter what), other than them Kaori and Shizuku''s family will also join us it seems.
I see. They are telling me, show us the power of the first wife if you can.
Very well. Oh family, oh Kaori. Bring it on. I''ll teach all of you, the caliber of the first wife!
Now then, it looks like tomorrow will be really busy. This is a rare chance, so let''s write the diary in real time, I''m thinking of developing a magic for automatic recording mode, thoughtography style.
¡¡
I did it. As expected, me. But, it''s thoughtography type, so it will be mostly like a live coverage. I''m uneasy whether the paper space will be enough, so I''m thinking of going with a brand new diary for the camp. Also, while the magic is in operation, there is the risk of things that I''m not nning to write or things that I thought about strongly will also get written. This point required special attention. Hajime, I love you.
Putting that aside, the weather is really warm recently, so Hajime''s is gradually dressing lightly, I love it.
I am Yue. A woman who won''t steal nces at what I want to see, but stare fixedly at it without any shame!
Hajime, sniff sniff. Rub rub. Kufuu~~
¨D¨DMonth ¡ð Day x. Clear weather
¡¡Oops. I noticed it when I reread back, but my emotion leaked out a bit. I have to be careful, if not it will be disastrous for Hajime inside the diary.
Now then, today the weather for camping is clear. The temperature is also warm, a day that is really pleasant to spend it outside. Although, even if it actually rained, the weather can be manipted to be clear so there will be no problem.
Any rain cloud that dare to hinder Hajime''s n, will be obliterated without any trace¡¡fufu
Nnn. Just now, it feels like something leaked out. Just in case, I made it a secret that I''m writing diary, so I won''t take it out in the middle of this camping. If something strange get written, I''ll have to erase it when we go home¡¡
Letters that is written by thoughtographys, can it be erased so easily?
¡¡Anyway, let''s think about itter.
The campsite was inside a forest three hours away from home by using car. It is in the foot of a mountain range, and there is also a river flowing nearby. So to speak it is a little-known good ce, it looks like that it''s not equipped with facilities as a camp site. However there is a suitable open space for camping inside the forest, something like that.
I believe the ce isn''t developed strangely, but a good ce where one can feel the nature.
Are those the locals? Several families, and group of young men and women can be seen here and there, regardless of the Golden Week, this ce doesn''t feel crowded. That too make it easier to spend time here.
Though it seems Hajime found this ce using thepass¡¡
Good job, Hajime. I love you.
A while after we arrived in the campsite. The family of Kaori and Shizuku also arrived. The n is to gather on-site, so it was a bit of worry that perhaps they might get lost, but it looks like they arrived safely without any incident.
The car of Shizuku''s family is a ck colored wagon type.
¡¡The car looks like what a secret service agency in a movie or book would use as on-site base.
The car of Kaori''s family is a normal car, so it looks all the more bizarre.
Shizuku and Kaori got down from their car. Both of them have a nice smile.
¡¡Let''s prank Kaoriter. I''m going to distort that smile for sure. Kaori who is in indignation is funny after¨D¨Dcough-cough-. It feels like something leak out¡¡.
Nnn.
Kaori''s papa-san is looking at Hajime with an expression brimming with dreadful animosity. It feels like the caption [FIGHT] is going to appear anytime.
Oh? Hajime suddenly waved his hand. Is it a gesture toward Kaori''s papa-san?
Oh? A small metallic rod stab the ground near Hajime''s feet. If I remember correctly, that thing is called rod shuriken.
When I follow Hajime''s gaze, Shizuku''s papa-san and Ojii-san (TN: Grandpa) were there. Right now, it''s only for a brief nce, but something is hidden inside their sleeve.
Ah, Shizuku''s papa-san and Ojii-san were hit by Shizuku.
Ah, Kaori''s papa get frightened by Kaori''s hannya and get into dogeza.
Ah, Otou-sama (TN: written as father-inw) is burning with rivalry for some reason and try to hug Hajime.
Ah, he get joint locked.
Fumu. I think it''s really very well that the event started livelily.
Now then, this is not our first meeting, but for now, let''s go there to teach both families that the first power is 530,000. It will be the end if the world of the wive~s get underestimated. Teyandeiberaboumee! (TN: Thest gibberish, it seems to be a line that sometimes is used by old man that were born and raised in Edo. It roughly means, ''what the hell are you saying huh, this damned stupid bastard'')
Everyone carried the camping tool and secured a spot. The gazes of the youngster group that seems to be the local keep ncing this way, but this happen every time so it''s not worth worrying about. If theye for picking up girl then they only need to get washed into the river.
There is also a heated gazeing from the family group. It''s a boy about the same age with Myuu. It seems he is immensely interested with Myuu.
Oo, Myuu turned a bright smile and waved her hand to him. The boy became bright red! The boy waved back! However, at that time Myuu''s gaze already moved toward Hajime papa! The boy fell on all four!
To toy with the opposite sex at this age¡¡
Myuu, what a terrifying child-!
Putting that aside, Hajime papa''s hand is wandering around his thigh. Today Donner-san has day off you know. Also, take off your gaze from the boy¡¡
While the boy''s mental state is in danger, the simple tents are set up, and the preparation for the meal is also being done.
The mama~s and papa~s are resting, also for thanks for their everyday work. It''s BBQ, so we only need to cut vegetable though¡¡
Because of Hajime and Otou-sama''s insistence, it seems that it''s no good unless there is curry while camping.
And then, it seems I''m not allowed to join in with the cooking duty¡¡
Why? I cannot understand it. Just what had I done to deserve this?
Eh? It''s no good because I''m trying to add originalityy~? Especially because what I''ll put into pot cooking when they take off their eyes from me?
¡¡I wish to profess that it''s an extremely regrettable usation.
Indeed, when we were in our journey I wasn''t really well-acquainted with cooking, and perhaps there were a really fe~~~w times that I ruined Shia''s cooking.
But, that is in the past. I am Yue. A woman that is always progressing. Right now, even cooking is something that I can normally¨D¨D
Eh? Indeed there is no problem with my normal cooking? But, I''m not allowed to do pot cooking? Absolutely? Try to put my hand on my chest and think back of what I have done?
¡¡Certainly, when I''m in front of a pot, there is itchiness in my soul. I can hear the voice of the ingredients appealing ¡¸Now, throw me in!¡¹ to me.
However! However still! That''s¨D¨D
Ah, yes, I''m sorry. It''s nothing at all desu¡¡
That''s why, Shia. Stop looking at me with that eyes where the light is turned off. Even though you are sweetly making a cute smile, please stop shrinking your eyeballs, I beg you!
¡¡Fumu.
If I''m not allowed to participate in the cooking duty, what should I do then¡¡
The mama~s has quickly entered drinking bout time, but joining in that group is¡¡
As expected, it feels awkward to enter among the papa~s who are all consoling Kaori''s papa who is crying for some reason¡¡.
When I focused my hearing, I can hear words ¡¸My daughter you see, my daughter, recently, she is really cold to me¡¡¡¹ that sounded as though they are wringed out from his throat. Shizuku''s papa and Shizuku''s ojii-chan are nodding ''un un'' in agreement. Otou-sama said ¡¸Well, don''t put it into mind!¡¹ while his hand is tapping Kaori''s papa shoulder,forting him with absurdly light feeling¨D¨D
Ah, Kaori''s papa threw himself at Otou-sama. Ah, Otou-sama dodged. Furthermore he nonchntly makes Shizuku''s papa and ojii-chan into his shield. A game of tag that circled around those two is starting.
The look like children¡¡.
Hm~m, as I thought, let''s stop trying to enter the circle of the parent~s.
I''m bored.
What to do.
Oh, digital camera is discovered inside the luggage.
¡¡
Fumu. How about taking the photographer role? Should I print it and stick the picture in the diary, making a picture diary?
¡¡
Not bad.
From today I am paparazzi Yue.
Speaking about that, before I knows the figure of Hajime and Shia and Myuu has vanished. Where are they going?
Their presence is¡¡
Shia is in the nearby river. Hajime is in the mountain. Myuu is at the upper stream?
When I thought that they are together, it turns out all of them are all over the ce. They really are free spirited.
Anyway, let''s follow Myuu for now. She is carrying the minimum equipment, so nothing should happen to her in the mountain and river around here, but as expected it''s worrying that she is alone.
¡¡
¡¡
¡¡
Myuu discovered. But, for some reason she looks strange. She is heading to upper stream following along the river, but sometimes she will tilt her head, and focused her hearing.
What could she be doing? Curious. Let''s try following her a bit without calling at her.
¡¡Nevertheless, the more we head to the upper stream, the more the ground became unstable, but the pace of Myuu who keep advancing is quite something.
Even though we are already in a ce that can urately be called as a mountain stream, Myuu is hopping ''pyon pyon'' from rock to rock in a speed as though she is running on a t ground.
It looks like she is activating the artifact for physical ability reinforcement but¡¡
Even so, her body bnce and choice of footsteps are quite something.
I have to praise her when she get back if it''s like this.
Anyway, a photo of Myuu''s lovely figure! One more time!
¡¡
¡¡
Nn~~. Perhaps I''ll have to take her back soon. We havee until really far at the upper stream, the surrounding is also filled with trees growing in abundance.
I think Myuu is advancing with clear destination in mind somehow but¡¡. Really, why is she going upper stream until this far?
¡¡Oh? Myuu''s legs stopped.
She is looking around restlessly. She crouched on the river bank, her head tilt¡¡
¡¡
Something came out!? From inside the river, something that looks like a child covered with scales all over its body came out!?
What is that!? UMA!?
Perhaps Myuu is in a pinch. Here I''ll use Divine Existence and take Myuu¨D¨D
Nn? It looks like they have amicable atmosphere. Ah, they handshake. The UMA waved and vanished into the river.
Myuu returned back in a good mood.
For some reason, it feels like I have seen something that must not be seen. Hajime once grumbled ¡¸Even though Myuu is really strange but she is easy to get liked, so I''ve got to pay attention at her¡¹, now I see, perhaps he referred to something like this.
Anyway, I hid and let Myuu walked past, and then I follow behind her. It seems she is already going back to the campsite.
I feel a bit relieved. If she is going deeper inside the mountain and try to deepen her rtionship further with strange living thing, as expected, that''s something I cannot just only observe from afar.
Nevertheless, just what in the world ¡¸The Suiko Suu-chan¡¹ means¡¡ (TN: The kanji is Ë®»¢. Google it if you want to see the picture. It''s some kind of youkai in Japan and China.)
When I return to the campsite, Shia is shooting fish at the nearby river. Not fishing. Shooting.
Myuu happily dashed toward there. It seems Shia is flicking a fishing hook that is at the bigger side using her fingers, shot through fish inside the river, and then she pulled at the string that is tied to the hook and catchs the fish. It''s to top up the BBQ ingredient.
There is a lot of fishes with split open head entered into the bucket beside Shia. Blood is scattered at the surrounding.
A father and a boy are fishing at the lower stream, but for some reason they are trembling all over with pale face. It''s as though they had witnessed a gruesome scene. Perhaps because they are at the lower stream, a lot of red liquid is flowing their way.
Myuu is receiving Shia''s teaching while learning fishing hook shot too, so the scene is turning even more gruesome. It looks like the father and boy there didn''t really catch anything.
¡¡Later, let''s share some of the catch with them.
For now, the picture of Shia and Myuu happily shooting at the red scene ''kaclick''!
Nn. The picture is terribly cute.
When I return to the tent, Otou-sama and Kaori''s papa are wailing while hugging each other. Seeing that, Shizuku''s papa also looked moved and shed out tears, Shizuku''s ojii-chan is nodding deeply feeling greatly impressed.
Just what in the world happened¡¡.
As for the mama~s¡¡they arepletely drunk. Kaori''s mama is drinking straight from a 1.8 liter bottle of Japanese sake, Shizuku''s mam is also drinking from what looks like a whisky bottle. There is a mountain of beer can in front of Okaa-sama (TN: Read as mother-inw)¡¡
Nevertheless, Okaa-sama¡¡. She really is a person that suited to be a bossdy. Her figure sitting with one knee drawn up and a cigarette held at the corner of her mouth is wild! Cool! Next time, let''s try copying that. (TN: I don''t really get the references in this paragraph, can someone check it and tell meter?)
Nn? Some kind ofmotion is¡¡
People who seem to be university students are looking here from afar while being noisy about something.
When I follow their gaze, I see¡¡
Kaori is throwing vegetables. Shizuku is cutting them midair. And then, Remia catch them on a te. By the way, one of Remia''s hands is stirring the curry pot slo~wly slo~wly while doing that.
Why are they doing that kind of circus act? I don''t get it but they are looking like they are having fun. That''s what is most important. Click.
Surely, most likely, seeing how the men who seemed to approach to call at them are shrinking back, I think this is the method those three thought up to prepare for BBQ while also checking those men in ce.
Beside the tent, Tio and Aiko are making some kind of rustling sound.
I see, it looks like they are setting up hammock.
It''s a hammock type that is tied at trees, so Tio who is able to ascertain that it has been tied firmly is wiping her sweat with a really nice smile.
Oh, looks like she is quickly trying it out.
Aiko is holding the hammock in ce while Tio is getting on it¡¡
¡¡The rope snapped because it cannot support the weight.
Tio is in daze while keep sitting on the ground. Click.
Aiko is getting all flustered while saying a follow up like ''Perhaps the rope is too old!'' but¡¡ At the corner of Tio''s eyes, tears are¡¡. No matter how anyone look at her, the cause of those tears isn''t because of the pain from her butt hitting ground, looks like she received damage from the fact that the rope cannot endure her weight.
She sat on the floor hugging her knees and buried her face onto there.
Aiko is desperately consoling her while running her gaze restlessly around, then she dashed in a rush perhaps from finding something.
Looks like her aim is the vine twining around a tree. She take it into her hand, confirm at the surrounding with restless gaze and¡¡ooh, the vine is lengthening slitheringly. It looks like she lengthen the vine with the power of farmer master and make it grow thicker.
With that she reinforced the hammock and tied it up on the tree again. Furthermore, she also apply her magic on the tree to fuse the vine on it and increase the toughness thoroughly.
Aiko help Tio who is still shutting herself inside her shell to stand up while talking at her gently. The dejected Tio nodded a bit.
She is gee~ntly, gee~ntly getting up on the hammock. For some reason, even my heart is also beating fast watching it.
Do, do your best-, Tio! You can get on it if it''s you! Surely you can get on the hammock!
Ah, Tio''s hand slipped! She got on the hammock face down!
The vine¡¡
Ooh, it doesn''t snap! It''s perfectly supporting Tio! Aiko''s face is amazingly smug!
But¡¡
Tio keepying face down. She is in an amazing posture like a shrimp with her body arching backward and both her hands held up. She wriggle and squirm in the attempt to face up somehow, but it doesn''t go well¡¡
Ah, she give up. She is unmoving on the hammock while still face down. She is really like a shrimp but, doesn''t that hurt?
Aiko''s smug face turned into a reallyplicated expression. When Aiko try to gently push, the backward shrimp Tio wavered *pura~n pura~n* like in a swing.
¡¡Yep. Let''s quietly leave.
Nn? Hajime''s presence is nearing. I don''t know why he entered into the mountain, but it looks like he safely finished his objective.
But, what is this I wonder? There is one more presence beside Hajime.
When I stared fixedly at the direction where Hajime is going toe out from¡¡
Yes, the campsite panicked when they saw Hajime appeared with "that".
Beside Hajime, there is a one-eyed bear-san that looks really grim with the three straight scars on one of its eyes. It really look like the lord of the forest.
ording to Hajime, he exined that ¡¸I encountered the bear inside the forest. It impertinently attacked me so I finished him with a punch on the stomach and it got emotionally attached to me¡¹.
I see, Ipletely don''t get it. It seems, Hajime''s reason is that even though there is no danger at the surrounding, just in case he checked inside the mountain but¡¡
The daughter interacted with UMA, the father made a bear that looked really like the lord of the forest into his underling.
These parent and child are really simr.
The one-eyed bear-sanid down on the ground face up, exposing its stomach as though wanting to say ''I''m not dangerous at all!''. Myuu who returned from the fish shooting makes sparkly eyes and dive on its stomach.
Themon people other than us who see that are screaming even louder.
The papa~s are in admiration, while the mama~s are cackling.
While Myuu is riding on its stomach, for some reason sparks scattered between the one-eyed bear-san and Shia.
The eyes of Shizuku and Kaori brightened at the fluffiness, while Remia is stirring the curry ro~und and ro~und while going ¡¸My my, ufufu¡¹.
Aiko is getting all flustered, and Tio keep being a backward shrimp.
Hajime is saying ¡¸Let''s start the BBQ soon yeah¡¹ while ncing at the bear-san for some reason.
Bear-san shook *Twitch-!!*.
¡¡Chaos visited the campsite.
Fumu. I''ll deal with the other people whoe here for camping, but for now,
Click.
I get the feeling that the first memory of the Golden Week will be something really lovely.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Yue''s diary. Actually I wrote one for the extra story of the fifth volume.
I''m thinking to match it with the school arc and try to insert it sometimes for idle story.
Or rather, Myuu is again with something strange¡¡
Just what in the world Shirakome is nning to do with Myuu? Even I myself don''t know anymore.
The characters are moving as they pleased, that is really something that happen huh.
I wonder, should I just mix up legend, myth, urban legend into one big mess already to make something like¡¸Behind Myuu, it be a swarm of Hyakki Yakkou nano!¡¹¡¡
Chapter 264
Chapter 264
It was a ce ofrge spring, surrounded by forest of trees. There was no sound that could be heard other than the rustling leaves.
It was Kouki''s question that brought the silence. In front of Kouki who was crawling on all fours at the edge of the spring while coughing, there was queen Moana making a bewildered expression.
Suddenly the sanity of the existence that they greatly respected and loved was being questioned. The question was an extremely impolite one that normally it wouldn''t be strange if they snapped toward the one who asked.
In fact, the atmosphere of the people standing around the queen¨D¨Dsix men and women with warrior appearance, and two man and woman who didn''t seem like warrior but looked used with fighting. And one woman whose clothing was different with the others, her attire somehow gave the impression that she was ady attendant¨D¨Dwas turning into one that couldn''t be said to be pleasant.
Although, not even one of them tried to reproach Kouki''s impolite statement, they didn''t look like "fanatic". Was that because of healthy religious faith, or else was it because they were holding back because they were in front of the queen, the reason wasn''t clear.
Kouki felt the atmosphere of the surrounding and saw the bewildered expression of Moana whose hand was still presented at him, and realized that his question was crude before he apologized in panic.
¡¸I, I''m sorry, saying that so suddenly. I am a bit traumatized with an existence that is like a god¡¡¡¹
¡¸Tra, trauma of god? Or rather, you had met that kind of existence before?¡¹
The words of Kouki who was once involved with a supernatural existence that was called god caused Moana and her people to make expression of being struck with admiration. Was the young man before their eyes an existence so great that was also chosen by another great existence different from Foltina, they wondered.
But, Kouki''s next words turned them speechless.
¡¸¡¡Yes. Though, it was when he was in a state of possessing an acquaintance. He thought nothing of human except as his pawn in a game, caused many wars, brainwashed people, and when he got bored he sent in his apostles to massacre mankind, that kind of god.¡¹
¡¸That''s, not god. That''s absolutely an evil something else right?¡¹
A magnificent tsukkomi from the queen. Her way of talking changed. By any chance, that might be her unadorned way of talking.
Kouki smiled wryly while saying ¡¸Perhaps¡¹ and he took Moana''s hand.
¡¸Eerr. Let''s see, Foltina, sama? I think you said that person was the one who summoned me but, Ipletely don''t know anything¡¡. But first thing first, I only wish to confirm ahead just one thing, can I return to my original ce?¡¹
From the hand of Kouki who returned a firm grip in his handshake, Moana felt the strength of someone who was simrly a fighter like her and she coughed once. She recovered her disordered mind and way of talking.
After that she lowered her eyebrows looking a bit troubled and,
¡¸I''m sorry. But honestly, we too are currently also baffled. We have never heard the voice of Foltina-sama that clearly before, and someone like you who visit from a different world, it is like a fairy tale.¡¹
¡¸In other words¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yes. It''s just as you though, if the "original ce" that you said us really in another world, then we don''t have the method of how to return you back there. Or rather, you really came from another world huh?¡¹
¡¸Eerr, I think that''s the case but¡¡¡¹
As a test, Kouki tried mentioning the name of the kingdom and empire but Moana and others gave no reaction. Perhaps this ce was an unknown continent that was also in Tortus¡¡such possibility couldn''t be denied, but seeing that Moana and her people had no power of summoning, in the end he had no other method except making contact with this Foltina-sama, or searching for a method to go home by his own strength.
(Or perhaps, will that guye here to pick me up? It feels like he might show up all of sudden with troublesome face after Shizuku and others begged him.)
Thinking of "that guy" that floated at the back of his mind¨D¨DHajime, caused Kouki to smiled wryly. If it was him who possessed both the method to cross over worlds and the method to find Kouki, then it wasn''t something impossible.
Moana and her people made a worried expression seeing Kouki''s state, they wondered whether he was cornered from feeling shock into a condition where he could do nothing butughing.
Seeing the good character of Moana and others that somehow could be seen through from them, Kouki felt a bit relieved while smiling to show that he was fine.
¡¸I''m sorry. Come to think of it, I haven''t introduced myself. I am called Amanogawa Kouki. ¨D¨DJust a mere swordsman.¡¹
¡¸Swordsman¡¡¡¹
Moana and her people made a bewildered expression once again, wondering why he didn''t introduce himself as the hero. But, before that bewilderment could turn into spoken out question, Kouki stood up and continued his words.
¡¸If this is another world, a ce that doesn''t know about my former world, and I cannot go home, then that can''t be helped. Can I ask you to please teach me about various things. Including the reason why I was called here, your majesty the queen?¡¹
¡¸Ye, yeah. That''s right. It looks like you were really suddenly tossed into the spring, we will give you exnation as much as we can. Also, you also don''t need to worry about any basic necessities. Even like this, I am a queen after all. There won''t be a problem with just providing for a single guest.¡¹
Moana pulled herself together and said that while winking at him with yfulness. The atmosphere of that ce softened slightly and the people who seemed to be her attendant also smiled slightly.
¡¸And also, I don''t mind if you call me Moana. You are a guest that Foltina-sama entrusted to us. It should be fine if you think of your status as higher than me. That''s why, it''s fine to not humble yourself like that.¡¹
¡¸Aa~, perhaps so. But there is also the matter about me being outsider so¡¡, please let me call you Moana-sama. As for mynguage¡¡for the moment, please let me keep using politenguage as it is.¡¹
¡¸Mu, I see¡¡¡¹
Moana''s shoulders dropped in a bit of disappointment. The expression of Moana''s followers looked like they had headache right after Moana said to him to not act humbly, but their expression turned grateful when they heard Kouki''s reply. Seeing that, Kouki felt relieved that his response wasn''t mistaken.
It appeared that this queen had a really unconventional character, as could be seen from how she was so used to battlefield to the degree that she had scars on her body.
¡¸Then, I''ll have you let me call you Kouki. That will be fine I believe?¡¹
¡¸Yes, of course.¡¹
¡¸Right. Well then Kouki. There is a bit of problem with the safety of this area, if possible I want us to be on the move quickly. If we hurry we should be able to arrive at the capital before the sun set.¡¹
Kouki nodded showing that he had no objection, to which Moana also nodded back ¡¸Great¡¹. And then, she moved her gaze at the woman in attendant attire beside her.
¡¸Anneal. We cannot keep being like a drowned rat like this all the time. Please.¡¹
¡¸Yes, your majesty. ¡¡I pray. For the grace of the sun and the wind¨D¨D"Wind of Embrace"¡¹
The woman who was called Anneal looked to be in her middle twenty from her appearance, a woman with slightly calm atmosphere. Her eyes were droopy, and when she replied her voice was also soft, which spurred such impression even more.
Different from the other followers, she wasn''t carrying anything that looked like weapon, in exchange she was carrying arge satchel on her back and several bags that looked like shawl.
Whether it was Moana or her followers, they all were basically wearing pants and protectors above their clothes with white undertone. But it was only Anneal who was wearing something like an apron in the ce of protector. That was the reason Kouki got the impression that she was like ady attendant.
When that Anneal whispered in a faint voice, right away a part of the pattern on the back of her right hand shined faintly.
¡¸This is¡¡¡¹
Kouki looked down on his body with a slight surprise. His clothes was swaying from receiving gentle warm wind. From the sensation of wind his skin felt, it seemed a warm wind was whirling with his body as the center. The same thing also happened with Moana and the followers that entered the water just now.
¡¸Fumu, it seems it will also be necessary to exin about blessing art too. She is praying, or perhaps offering her wish to the power that dwell in nature¨D¨Dthe blessing power, to have that power shared with her.¡¹
Power was dwelling in all living things and the whole nature. Moana and others called that power as blessing power, and the technique that made use of that power by praying or vowing was named as blessing art.
The painting on their body was something that represented their prayer and vow as letters which made it possible to shorten the invocation procedure.
As for Fortina, she was thought to be the aggregation of those powers of nature, an existence that possessed will. Sometimes, there appeared people who felt "the will of the great blessing" like in the fairy tale, or heard her words.
By no means that existence could be confirmed clearly, people vaguely thought that such existence existed.
In the teaching since the ancient time, the sense of values of living while feeling gratitude to not just Foltina, but to the whole nature was nted into the people.
Therefore, rather than calling the people''s feeling toward Foltina as religious faith, it should instead be called as ecological sense of values to treasure the nature.
Kouki listened to such story during the time of waiting until their clothes dried up.
(I see. Rather than faith, they are offering respect¡¡or perhaps gratitude, something like that¡¡)
Like that, his conviction that Moana and her people weren''t fanatic was getting stronger inside Kouki. Although, Kouki still hadn''t let go of his wariness toward Moana and others. His politenguage and title of honor toward Moana disyed that.
When their clothes dried uppletely, the exnation about blessing was also mostly over and Moana raised her voice.
¡¸Now then, let''s depart. We will keep talking about what we should teach to Kouki in the way. Spenser, I''ll leave the vanguard post to you.¡¹
¡¸Understood, your majesty.¡¹
The aging warrior that pulled up Kouki from the spring before this seemed to be called Spenser. He was the eldest among all the people here, his short ck hair without any grey hair gave a youthful impression. Although, his body that was obviously trained even through his equipments and the glimpses of sharpness of a fighter deep in his eyes gave a weight that this person couldn''t be underestimated by any means.
When Kouki asked, perhaps it should be said that it was just as expected, it seemed that other than Anneal, all of the people here should be called as the most elite warriors of Synclea kingdom, they were the royal guard of Moana. And Spenser was the leader of the royal guard force.
Following Spenser''s lead, they advanced through the thick forest. The temperature and humidity also didn''t feel unpleasant, the pirs of light created from the light through the gaps between leaves were beautiful. Kouki narrowed his eyes pleasantly thinking ''What a verdant world''.
Kouki talked toward Moana while they were advancing with the soldiers surrounding Kouki and Moana at the center.
¡¸The nature is really abundant here. The spring before this too, even though it was quite deep, but the water ws really clear until the bottom. This is also thanks to Foltina-sama, no, to the blessing power that filled this world, right.¡¹
¡¸¡¡That''s correct.¡¹
For some reason Moana''s expression turnedplicated. Inside his heart Kouki felt uneasy thinking if he had said something wrong while his gaze was looking around. There, he saw everyone including Spenser and Anneal were also making aplicated expression.
Kouki wracked his mind even harder to spot what he had said wrong. Moana showed a wry smile to such Kouki.
¡¸No, forgive me. Kouki hasn''t said anything wrong. It''s just, I was thinking to exin it after this but¡¡ce abundant with nature like this, only numbered a little.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Kouki was perplexed. Moana''s bitter smile deepened while she exined further.
¡¸Outside this forest, there is a desert continuing as far as the eye can see. This ce is special.¡¹
¡¸De, desert?¡¹
¡¸Yes. the blessing power is being stolen from the world. Because of those .¡¹
¨D¨Dording to Moana, they were a grotesque race that emitted miasma, a power that neutralized the blessing power. They must be something like monster if aparison was made with Tortus. It seemed they were called Dark People because they were constantly enveloped in miasma that looked like ck mist.
They consumed just by existing, stealing life force from all living things. They were truly the natural enemy of not just mankind, but also nature.
¡¸We don''t understand what are they, and from where they came. But, let''s see, if we are asked ''what is your history?'', then we ought to answer "fighting the Dark People". That is just how long we have been fighting them since far in the past.¡¹
It felt like inside the eyes of Moana who was having a distant look, there was deep and heavy something that couldn''t be described with words dwelling inside. Kouki only stayed silent without saying anything, merely listening to what she said.
¡¸A lot of nature lost blessing power. Because those Dark People are making blessing power their food, they are acting prudently from exploiting the naturepared to in the past. Because if blessing power disappear from the whole world, they too won''t be able to keep living. However, they have a method so that they have no problem even while refraining from exploiting nature.¡¹
They were raising human like livestock. The blessing power a single human possessed was in a different leaguepared to a single tree or a single animal. Therefore, the liked to eat human.
Thanks to blessing power, the growth of nts and animals in this world was quick, and strong. But, even so the ck People''s appetite was above that. Also, a lot of blessing power was consumed, or perhaps eaten in battle. If blessing power was lost to the degree that there was no prospect of recovery, nothing would remain in that ce. The ce would only be a world of sand.
The supply and demand weren''t bnced, regting their eating so that the blessing power wouldn''t dry up meant that they would always be unable to obtain the feeling of full stomach.
That was why, so that it wouldn''t be a problem even if the animal and nts were eaten until they ran out, the ck People raised human as livestock.
¡¸This is a battle where our survival and dignity are on the line. Our great ancestors created means to oppose the miasma, diligently studied the blessing art, and like that life continue until ite to our time. ¡¡But, perhaps that too has reached the limit already.¡¹
Moana''s vast gaze caught Kouki. The thing dwelling inside those eyes that reflected himself¨D¨DKouki gulped when he saw that.
¡¸This world, the great mother nature, Foltina-sama is¨D¨Dthat''s why, they summoned you correct?¡¹
Things like hope, didn''t exist there. There was also no expectation. What was inside those eyes, was mortification, and then disappointment toward herself.
The personification of blessing power that should even be called as the will of the world¨D¨DFoltina had made her judgment. That it was impossible to resist with just the human of this world. That was how much this world had been cornered.
The fact was, there was no other country around Synclea kingdom. There were only feudal lords in each territory, where they all answered to the kingdom. Countries that once called themselves as empire, federation, holy country, and so on, all of them were perished. Across several mountains, or at the continent across the sea, there were other countries that were still resisting, but it was unclear how long they would be able to keep at it.
''All of you is no good already'', it couldn''t be helped even if the world thought so about them¡¡
Even though there wasn''t any shadow on Moana''s expression, but those eyes told of Moana''s feeling more eloquently than anything else. In Kouki''s eyes, it looked as though the queen before his eyes was smiling while crying.
¨D¨DIt''s fine. I swear I''ll save this world!
If, he said such thing without thinking of anything, surely Moana with her personality wouldugh livelily while also saying ¡¸That''s really reliable!¡¹ to him. While the inside of her eyes was looking like she was going to cry just like now, while feeling disappointed at herself, while getting hurt.
Kouki was d that he didn''t say anything like that. But, however, then, what should he say instead?
It''s still not over yet? There should be something that you can do?
Foltina-sama isn''t disappointed or anything at you?
It''s just a coincidence that I was summoned you know?
He didn''t understand.
Kouki didn''t understand, what was the correct thing to say.
Kouki couldn''t bear to look at Moana''s eyes by more than this and he averted his gaze. Moana too also moved her gaze to the front as though there was nothing and she was going to continue her story about the .
But, at that moment Kouki lifted his face in surprise and he stopped walking.
¡¸Hm? Kouki, what''s the matter? Is your condition¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸¡¡Err, there are a lot of presences that way. They are heading this way with really fast speed but, what is the possibility that they are yourrades?¡¹
¡¸-. Everyone, prepare to fight! At nine o''clock!¡¹
Moana ignored Kouki''s question and immediately raised her voice. Everyone, without a single exception and without even a moment of dy rearranged their formation to face toward the indicated direction. There was no hesitation and also no one asking for confirmation.
That movement that was without the slightest disarray was just like the group behavior that birds showed. Moana''s instruction was also extremely fast, but even more than that, the proficiency of the most elite royal guard unit was also enough of a show.
¡¸Kouki! Do you know their number and distance?¡¹
¡¸-, Yes! Their number is¡¡16. Their distance is 80 meter¨D¨Dten seconds until the contact! I believe they arerge four-legged animals!¡¹
For a moment Kouki thought whether they would understand when he spoke about the distance using the unit of meter, and so he restated it as the time until the contact with enemy.
Moana''s eyes opened wide. Based from the information that Kouki brought to her, she had an idea of the existence that they could possibly encountered in this area.
But, what she was surprised about wasn''t because that existence was approaching. She was shocked at the width of Kouki''s detection range based that she deduced from that existence''s moving speed and the time until the contact with enemy that Kouki estimated.
Although, her surprise onlysted for an instant.
¡¸You all hear that! Assume it''s the ck wolf species! They wille to tear down our formation in their first attack! Neisan, Lilin, take the wind out of their sail!¡¹
¡¸¡¸Understood¡¹¡¹
Spenser and others, the six soldiers unsheathed their sword. Their swords were single-edged sword withrge curvature that looked like shamshir. The width of the sword was wide, and if seeing just from there then they could be categorized asrge sword.
The man around his thirty who was called Neisan, and the woman herte teen who was called as Lilin, the two of them held their hands together in prayer behind the six soldiers. They must be art user that specialized as rear guard. Each time the prayer of the two was released to the world, a part of the patterns visible on their cheeks and nape was shining.
The monster of this unknown world finally came. Kouki was nervous and getting cold sweat while also drawing out the holy sword that was dangling from his waist. The holy sword that shined from reflecting the sunlight filtering through trees was so magnificent that everyone spontaneously wanted to let out a sigh of admiration.
Unconsciously Moana and Anneal took a second look.
It was right after that,
Violent killing intent and ck miasma rapidly approached from inside the forest like a squall.
¡¸¨D¨D
¡¹
¡¸¨D¨D¡¹
Prayers of the casters reached the hearing at the same time. The pattern painted on Neisan''s cheek until his nape shined, and at the front the earth protruded out matching the activation of that hieroglyph-like pattern. It was just like a wall of stone. The wall of stone had thickness of thirty centimeter, with width and height of two meter.
*zushin-*, the sound of something crashing on the stone wall rang out in session.
Instantly, the pattern stretching from Lilin''s shoulder until her neck also shined, and blowing down wind that should be called as super localized downburst struck at the other side of the stone wall.
*gusha-* Graphic sound and small voices of death agony leaked out from the other side.
Neisan''s voice echoed even more.
¡¸I pray. Seeking for the crumbling earth, smash apart¨D¨D¡¹
The stone wall was pulverized by itself and then its fragments shot out to the front like a directed explosive.
ck smoke was bursting in one after another¨D¨Dno, those were ck wolves d in that ck smoke with body length of a meter, several of them were turning a somersault altogether.
Seeing that, two of the vanguard soldiers rushed out.
¡¸¡¸I pray! This body is a sword¨D¨D!¡¹¡¹
That was a blessing art that raised physical ability. It wasn''t just a prayer, but a vow taken toward themselves, by doing that they were strengthened by the blessing power inside their body.
The first step of the two soldiers dented the ground. With that force they ughtered with one sh two ck wolves that only just stood up again somehow from the impact of the pebbles.
Aiming at the two soldiers that stuck out from the formation, more ck wolves approached them, but Lilin''s wind obstructed those wolves. When the ck wolves regained their bnce, the two soldiers retreated to the formation with brilliant speed.
The ck wolves growled in irritation. As though to disy their annoyance, they spewed out ck smoke¨D¨Dmiasma with even more thickness.
Right away, the surrounding vegetations wilted as though they lost their vitality, they dried uppletely.
¡¸Don''t break formation. Keep up what are you doing.¡¹
¡¸We understand.¡¹
The that was called as ck wolf species was a species that specialized in cooperation and melee, their attack power itself was rtively low except a part of the species. The soldiers firmly held the formation and urately finished off the attacking wolves, while the rearguard''s blessing art sniped from behind. That was the theory.
The captain of the royal guard Spenser narrowed his eyes like a hawk and when he spoke to make confirmation just in case, everyone else nodded firmly without any agitation.
(¡¡Their appearance is monster just as I thought. Is the difference between the two is that one emitted miasma and the other isn''t? These wolves resembled the four-eyed wolf but, I don''t feel as much pressure from these wolves. I can also follow their movement enough. What''s left, whether they have skill like characteristic magic or not.)
Kouki calmly analyzed the battle strength of the ck wolf species. Seeing that calm attitude, Moana secretly sighed in relieve.
From the sensation of Kouki''s hand, his sensing ability just now, and the minimum urate information they shared before this, she assumed that Kouki possessed a lot of battle experience, but even so she was worried that he would panic when the time came that they faced the .
But, at that time, a huge shadow appeared slowly behind the ck wolves surrounding them.
¡ºHou, so it''s as I thought that the information that the queen went out of her country is true¡¡¡»
It felt like the air shook slightly. d in a miasma with thickness that was clearly different from the surrounding ck wolves, it was a ck wolf with a body built that must be more than two meter. That wolf was talking with a voice that sounded like it directly resonated inside the head.
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Kouki leaked out an astonished voice. His eyes opened wide.
On the other hand, Moana and her people didn''t look surprised, they were ring at therge ck wolf with an expression as though they had bitten something sour. It seemed that it was something normal that the ck wolf possessed intelligence and speech.
Wasn''t the beasts without any reasoning? Wasn''t they the same like monster, a disaster that was mankind''s natural enemy¡¡?
While Kouki was confused, Moana raised the corner of her mouth and replied back with a fearless expression.
¡¸We also scattered fake information so that we wouldn''t get found out, and we nned to move quickly with only the minimum number though. It seems your side have an excellent observer. But, are you seriously thinking you will be able to kill us just with this number?¡¹
¡ºI''ll take my chance. There is no way I''ll hand over the achievement of taking the head of the queen to the other pack. I''ll present your head to the king, and lift my name, Nie!¡»
*UOOOOOOOOON* A howl that was even apanied by physical shockwave burst. The ck wolf that introduced itself as Nie gushed out dreadful ck miasma along with undtion of power that transmitted electrifying sensation to the skin.
The vegetations at the surrounding that were instantly enveloped by ck miasma withered up one after another.
Naturally, that miasma also enveloped Kouki and others. Moana immediately snuggled close to Kouki that their skin touched. It wasn''t because she was scared. It was to protect Kouki''s body.
If the miasma came in contact with the blessing power of all living things¨D¨Dthat was to say their life, Moana and others wouldn''te out unscathed. But, their state didn''t look like they were enduring anything like that.
¡¸Everyone, pay attention to the remaining capacity of the miasma stone! Lilin, scatter away the miasma while concentrate attacking Nie!¡¹
¡¸Roger!¡¹
Moana''s instruction was given. Moana''s hand reached out toward her chest seemingly unconsciously. There was a colorless and transparent cylinder shaped gem about five, six centimeter long attached there. That gem¨D¨Dmiasma stone was faintly muddy ck.
¡¸Kouki, sorry. I should have handed this to you first. Put this miasma stone on your body. It will protect us from the miasma.¡¹
It seemed miasma stone was something like how there was magic stone inside monster, it was an organ inside the body of . After extracting the miasma inside it for about ten days, it was processed and put on the body, that miasma stone would absorb miasma within its capacity range, and by wearing it one could do activity even inside miasma for a period of time without getting affected.
Moana wrapped a miasma stone pendant around Kouki''s wrist. At the same time the ck wolves led by Nie attacked simultaneously.
Nie too, he couldn''t join the cooperation attack because of Lilin holding him back and could only run around outside the formation in the attempt to perturb the soldiers.
Using that chance, Neisan''s blessing art was decreasing the number of the ck wolves by one, and then one more, it was only little by little, but it was continuing steadily.
¡ºChih. You are doing well with these number. As expected from the elite unit of the queen-¡»
Nie whispered with a voice filled with bitterness.
Right after that, Nie resolved himself and howled, he charged forward without stopping even while the wind des that Lilin released carved his body and caused blood to spray out.
¡¸He ising! Push him back and then kill him!¡¹
¡ºDon''t underestimate me-¡»
Spenser gave his instruction, at the same time Nie''s howl surged out. Right after that, miasma gushed out explosively from the ground below two warriors who were facing Nie.
¡¸Guah¡¹
¡¸Whaatt!?¡¹
¡¸Dario-. Fedri!¡¹
The soldiers¨D¨DDario and Febri raised scream of shock and got blown away. Because Dario was considerable young even among the elite guard, unlike the veteran Fedri, he was unable to defend right away and crashed on the ground some distance away without even being able to apply ukemi.
The hole that was opened from the absent of the two was immediately closed by Spenser. He blocked the brutal ws of Nie using his sword and he held his ground trying to halt the rush''s momentum.
¡¸Guh, you bastard-¡¹
¡ºYou''re in the way-¡»
Miasma converged beside Nie and took shape. It was the shape of three huge ws.
Lilin fired , but Nie who blew up miasma upward and neutralized it didn''t pause and unleashed the three ws in a horizontal swept toward Spenser.
The other soldiers had their hand full facing the ck wolves. They couldn''t move right away.
¡¸I won''t let you¡¹
It was queen Moana who cut in. She slipped into Nie''s bosom from really close to the ground as though she was crawling there, and struck her sword at his torso with a stunning sh.
Because Nie immediately pulled back, the trajectory of the threerge ws also shifted slightly. Spenser also wasted no time backing away and he got off with only his protector''s surface torn.
¡ºChih. As expected, ordinary method won''t work huh.¡»
Nie spat that line out and plunged in the miasma ws. Spenser blocked that while Moana stepped toward Nie.
But, Nie seemed to also have predicted that movement.
¡¸Dam¨D¨D¡¹
¡ºFirst, I''ll eat starting from that irritating caster!¡»
Nie leaped over Moana''s head and used the miasma ws he created himself as a foothold and leaped further, his sprang toward his objective¨D¨DLilin who was urately slowing him down.
Lilin who was making prayer in order to back up Moanate to react just for a moment against Nie''s irregr movement. She wasted no time twisting her body while trying to pray for defense, but whatever the case it was impossible topletely dodge the attack.
It would be most satisfactory if she lost only an arm¨D¨Dshe resolved herself for that but the next moment,
¡º¨D¨D-¡»
A light barrier that shined radiantly manifested in front of Lilin''s eyes. Nie''s ws only raised unpleasant scraping sound *gigigi* and stopped before the light barrier.
¡¸Wha, what!?¡¹
¡ºWhat''s this!?¡»
Lilin''s shocked voice and Nie''s surprised exim ovepped.
Nie adroitly turned his body midair in a somersault and his legs stopped in front of the unknown technique. And then, he looked for the person that was the source of this with his atrocious beast eyes running at the surrounding.
It took a moment to specify the culprit.
¡ºYou, what the hell was that just now?¡»
*gururu* Nie raised a growl that was brimming with killing intent and wariness while asking that.
The person his gaze was directed to was naturally
¡¸Kouki!¡¹
Moana''s shout that was filled with shock and gratitude because he protected herrade resounded.
But, her gaze, and then Nie''s beast eyes that were emitting killing intent were immediately narrowed in dubiousness.
Short and ragged breathing leaked out repeatedly could be heard.
Without any doubt, it was Kouki''s breathing. It wasn''t that he was adjusting his breathing. It even sounded like he was hyperventting.
It was obvious even from Kouki''s expression that he wasn''t in a normal state.
Yes, it was something that even caused both enemy and ally to feel dubious¨D¨D
Kouki''s expression was pale, as though he was fearing something.
The tip of the holy sword his hand was holding was shaking a bit, while being pointed on the ground.
It wasn''t¨D¨Dbeing pointed to Nie, to the enemy in front of his gaze.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Chapter 265
Chapter 265
AN: The story ain''t progressing even after I wrote twelve thousand words¡¡
He didn''t understand.
Was he an enemy? Was there really no middle ground to talk with each other?
He didn''t understand.
Were Moana''s words the truth? Was justice really on her side?
He didn''t understand.
Was it the correct thing to do, to cut down an existence with its own will while he was still not really understanding anything like this?
He didn''t understand.
They were the enemy seeing how they came attacking. Enemy should be defeated. That decision should be correct. ¡¡Was it really?
He didn''t understand.
He should believe Moana and her people. ¡¡Should he really?
He didn''t understand.
Was his judgment really righteous? Was what he believed in correct? Was there something that he failed to notice? Was he averting his eyes from what he should see? Was there anything that he misread? Was he really not thinking conveniently?
He didn''t understand. He didn''t understand. He didn''t understand.
¡ºHah, just a coward-¡»
Those thoughts rushed inside Kouki head for a moment in circles. A sneering voice that seemed to see through that caused Kouki to return to his senses in surprise.
When he noticed, brutal ws were approaching before his eyes.
¡¸-!¡¹
¡ºNuh¡»
Even when he was taken by surprise, the piled up experience and the greatest specs moved his body by itself. The holy sword that sprang up with a terrific speed shifted Nie''s ws upward.
Seeing his attack averted so easily caused Nie to leak out a voice of shock. He could never imagine that a trembling young man with pale expression and ragged breathing from fear would be able to show a reaction this agile even in his wildest dream.
Although, Nie''s agitation onlysted a moment. The instant he passed Kouki by, he swung the miasma ws. He used his own body as camouge to make the miasma ws attacked from Kouki''s blind spot.
But, what resounded wasn''t a scream of death agony or the graphic sound of flesh getting torn apart.
*shaaan* A single clear sound of scraping metals that didn''t suit the battlefield. It was the sound of the miasma ws that wereunched from the blind spot getting parried by Kouki''s holy sword. He matched the motion of the miasma ws and averted only their trajectory.
¡ºWhat-¡»
Nie''s agitation was clear to see this time. An impact ran through his stomach at that time.
¡ºGofuh!?¡»
An impact that made him thought whether his internal organs were being stirred blew away his consciousness for an instant. He crashed on the ground without even any awareness of up and down. When Nie recovered his consciousness, his gaze ran toward Kouki.
He saw Kouki''s figure raising one foot there and he finally understood that he got kicked flying.
It was a terrifying technique. While his reflex toward the first attack was also amazing, but even more than that was his sensing ability toward attack from a blind spot, technique that beautifully parried every attack instead of blocking, and then the perfect counterattack.
But, however,
(What''s with that!? That man, just what''s in the world is the deal with him!?)
Nie felt more confused then scared. While this young man he was staring at possessed amazing technique like a veteran warrior, but he was still directing scared gaze toward Nie even now.
Just a single kick pierced through Nie''s defense as though tearing through paper scrap and reduced him to a state where he still couldn''t stand up right away. Just what in the world a man who could that was feeling scared at?
Or perhaps, he was merely acting? Nie guessed, but seeing Kouki''s state that was desperately stifling something inside himself, it didn''t look like that at all.
That was why he didn''t understand. Here was a warrior that might even surpassed Spenser, the royal guard of his sworn enemy the queen, and yet his attitude was too mismatched for someone like that, which made him unable to understand.
(Kuh, my underlings also cannot hold on for longer. Then, what I should prioritize is-)
Rather than focusing on a neer that he couldn''t understand, he should prioritize attacking the enemy that would definitely caused copse in the enemy side if that enemy was defeated, or even if he just wounded that enemy the enemy side would still be shaken. In that case, he would also be able to escape.
Nie''s eye glint moved away from Kouki and turned toward Moana.
¡ºUOOOOOOOOOOOOON-!!¡»
It was a howl so loud that felt like the eardrum would get blown away from that. Right away, miasma with abnormal thickness and amount gushed out from Nie''s body.
The intense ejection of miasma that looked as though they would paint over the space itself like ck ink was also a dangerous act for Nie himself. Because it was an act that was equivalent with ejecting out his own life force.
But, in this battlefield where irregrity existed, the best choice was to escape with certainty. As though to show that, Nie''s ejected miasma transformed into several hundred tough ws.
¡¸Your majesty-!¡¹
¡¸I pray-, this¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Kuh¡¹
Anneal immediately leaped forward to protect Moana, Lilin was trying to use blessing art of protection while showing anxiety, and Moana resolved herself to intercept while sweating coldly, it was at that moment the miasma ws in the number that was absurd to even be counted attacked like a barrage.
¡¸That''s the only thing I won''t let you do! ¨D¨D!¡¹
Kouki cut in front of the tsunami of ck and ws with a step-in that could be mistaken with a teleportation.
Moana called his name ¡¸Kouki-¡¹ with a voice that sounded concerned for him.
Were Moana words the truth? When he heard her voice, he couldn''t imagine that she was deceiving him. This person who was worried for him when he was in danger even though they only met just now and she still hadn''t ascertained his background, how could he think that she was using him or anything?
But,
(That''s not it, that''s not it at all. What I cannot believe is¨D¨D)
His heart felt like it was being whipped and messed up inside a mixer. Even so, the feeling that he had to protect moved Kouki.
Among the skill that he could invoke swiftly, this light element defensive magic could protect at the widest range¨D¨D. This magic that could deploy severalyers of shining defensive wall simultaneously blocked all the rapidly approaching miasma ws.
Inside the miasma so thick it gave hallucination that the darkness of night was descending, countlessyer of radiance defensive wall flew around like the torch of hope. Such scene even looked fantastical.
The miasma was blocked with certainty, and then Kouki''s holy sword swept it aside.
That figure that perfectly handled Nie''s fierce attack that caused veteran soldiers like Spenser and others to gulp caused them toprehend it, indeed, this person was certainly an existence that was invited by a great being. He was a magnificent warrior.
Everyone was thinking so during the dispersal of the miasma. Everyone other than Moana who was currently at Kouki''s side, seeing his face that was desperately defending against the attack with an expression that looked like he was going to copse anytime now.
¡ºYou bastard-, how far you are going to be a hindrance-!! -Tsk, next time I''ll definitely bring you do¨D¨D¡»
¡¸There won''t be any next time.¡¹
Nie finally recovered from the impact of Kouki''s attack and he tried to slip into the miasma to retreat, but it was at that timing that Spenser broke through that miasma and rushed near.
Nie wasted no time to swing his ws, but Spenser moved with flowing movement like water and his sword finally caught up to Nie''s torso.
¡ºGugah!?¡»
¡¸This is the end-¡¹
Scream of fighting spirit surged out. Spenser''s sword was enveloped in wing that possessed faint green radiance.
While Nie''s blood danced in the air, Spenser dodged the jaw attack that Nie carried out in desperation and his beheading sh was sucked into Nie''s neck.
*zan-* Spenser''s sword cut through. Nie''s huge body fell down. And then, Nie''s head rolled on the ground.
¡ºThe likes, of¡¡livestock is-¡»
Nie fighting spirit didn'' vanish even with his head removed, however, because of the limit of his body, he fell silent after spitting out words of resentment at the end. The miasma dispersed and light vanished from Nie''s eyes.
Spenser huffed and he sheathed his sword, and then he raised a tense voice ¡¸Situation report!¡¹. Right away, the royal guards who in the end didn''t lose even a single person reported one after another that they were all safe, that Nie''s underlings were annihted, and that Dario wasn''t seriously injured although the bone of his arm broke.
It seemed there were many small wounds, but by using blessing art to heighten their self-recovery strength, wounds until simple broken bone could be healed within a few minutes.
¡¸Hero-dono! Thank you very much for protecting her majesty. I say, that was really as expected from the chosen warrior of Foltina-sama. Truly, that was a splendid skill.¡¹
Spenser was facing Kouki with an expression that was filled with praise and gratitude without even a speck of malice in it. The other soldiers were also the same. Lilin and Neisan were showing him respect even while gazing at him full of curiosity. It couldn''t be helped that they became curious with Kouki''s magic.
¡¸Ah, no, it''s nothing really big¡¡¡¹
¡¸Hahah, to be able to say that "it''s nothing big" after enduring the fierce attack of a of that level when he was sacrificing his life force! How very reliable! Hero-dono, once more, please take care of us from here on too.¡¹
Spenser looked for a handshake with a friendly smile. It seemed he was harboring impression of a likeable young man who was an outstanding warrior while also possessing humility toward Kouki.
But, even though Kouki was responding with the handshake request of such Spenser and also the soldiers who were gathering around him with simr expression like Spenser, his expression looked somewhat troubled throughout all that.
¡¸Say, can I ask you all to call me by my name if possible? Don''t call me hero. I don''t mind if you call me Kouki.¡¹
¡¸Oo, what a happy thing to ask. Then I''ll call you Kouki-dono. Only if you call me Spenser in return.¡¹
The gaze of Spenser who perceived Kouki''s words as another expression of friendliness was increasingly getting friendlier. The positivity level of the aging soldier was rising up steadily. And it seemed it was also the same with Lilin and others.
Kouki''s expression was getting increasingly looked as though he was stuffing his cheeks with bitter food. However his expression was turning into one where it looked like he was desperately holding it so it wouldn''te out on his face.
¡¸Kouki, let me also give you my words of thanks. That preeminent skill is really worthy of respect. I wish to express my gratitude with something but¡¡in any case, we also cannot really be carefree after receiving the attack just now. I want to depart immediately though¡¡¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes. I have no objection. It seems that the information of Moana-sama and othersing here was leaked out. Indeed, it''s better for us to hurry.¡¹
Moana entered between his conversation with Spenser and others looking somewhat as though she was putting a damper on things. Kouki let the tension bled out of his shoulders toward that interruption as though in relieve.
They once more advanced quickly as a party toward the edge of the forest with Spenser in the lead.
Before long they could see the border of the forest. Kouki saw multiplerge silhouettes taking position in front of the border and his hand reached out toward his sheathed holy sword.
¡¸Kouki, it''s okay. Those are our mount animals.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Your mount, is it? They look likerge lizard though.¡¹
¡¸Right. They are called Arous. Their trait is their t torso and long neck. Their running ability is high with little shaking. They are mainly eating fruit even though they look like that. They are really taking kindly to human you know?¡¹
From the point of view of Kouki whosemon sense when speaking about a transportation method using animal would think of horse, he felt a bit bewildered of mounting a lizard more than two meter long with atrocious face.
When he got nearer, he could see something like cor and U-shaped fetter and something like a stool to sit down attached on the animal''s back. He guessed that the rider could stay standing or sitting by lying heavily on the stomach on the saddle.
From a nce, their atmosphere felt like ¡¸Hyahhaa¨D! There is human! The food! I''m gonna eat them alive yeah!¡¹ looking as though they were going to attack, but seeing the equipment attached on them then indeed, they certainly looked like a transportation method of this world.
(I see, they are like the monster that the devil race used as mount huh¡¡. But, hm~m¡¡
For the moment Kouki epted that they weren''t dangerous existence, but this time he became bothered by something else.
There were ten Arous in total, but the Arous with the best physique and style among those ten had arge ribbon tied on top of its head. A pink ribbon. The ribbon was really pink.
Brutal looking face, eyes that shined with fierce glint, the leaked out growling voice *guruu*, the imposing air¡¡but, on its head was a pink ribbon.
What surrealism. Was this the fashion sense of this world''s people? Or else, was that an indispensable equipment? No, other than this one Arous that looked like leader, the other Arous weren''t wearing ribbon or anything¡¡
Kouki was confused.
Moana followed Kouki''s gaze and she guessed what he was staring at. And then looking a bit boastful she approached the Arous with ribbon.
¡¸Fufu, what do you think? It''s cute right? This child is my personal mount. His name is Haumu. The~re there, Haumu~, your master has returned back here~. Were you lonely?¡¹
Moana caressed Haumu''s head *rub rub, pat pat*. ''I see'' Kouki realized, it looked like this Arous wasn''t just a mount. Moana seemed to harbor a definite fondness to it. He guessed that this Arous was in a position of pet, or perhaps partner of Moana.
Both sides held trust at each other¨D¨D
¡¸Guryah¡¹
¡¸Ouch!?¡¹
Haumu''s headbutt wasunched. Moana''s head was thrown back hard. Kouki became flustered ¡¸As I thought it''s ferocious!?¡¹, but whether Anneal or Spenser or the others, none of them paid that any attention and they kept preparing their own mount for their departure from here.
¡¸Fufu, what, as I thought you were lonely alone? When we got home I''ll give you a lot of care okay, so~¨D¨Douch!?¡¹
''This cute cheeky guy!'' When Moana tried to hug Haumu once more with that kind of feel, a jaw drop that was like a heel drop kick burst on the crown of Moana''s head.
¡¸¡¡Excuse me, are you okay?¡¹
¡¸Ahaha, there is no problem at all here, Kouki. Haumu is a spoiled child since a long time ago you see. He would frolic at me right away when I approached him.¡¹
¡¸Guryuu¡¹
¡¸No, that, no matter how I look at it¡¡¡¹
When Moana turned her head toward Kouki, Haumu''s mouth closed *snap* on her whole head. Moana was struggling and squirming. No matter how he looked at it, he could only think that she was being preyed on.
¡¸Sto, stop it Haumu! Right now isn''t the time for ying around! That''s why, ah, it hurts! Haumu, it''s a bit, no, it''s really hurt here! Come on, you are a good child so let me¨D¨DAA¡¹
Moana tapped repeatedly *peshi peshi* at Haumu''s head to say give up. Haumu was chewing on Moana as though to appeal of something, or perhaps as though to clear up a grudge of many years.
Kouki who couldn''t bear to see that looked at Anneal asking for help. Anneal let out a sigh while pointing at Haumu''s head with her finger motion.
Kouki fearfully approached Haumu.
¡¸Err, Haumu?¡¹
¡¸Guruu¡¹
When Kouki turned his gaze at Haumu''s head, Haumu nodded as though to say ¡¸Please¡¹. His teeth dug into Moana. Those were the teeth of a herbivore, so the teeth didn''t pierce through, but it must be still hurt. A small scream ¡¸Au!?¡¹ came from Moana.
Kouki slowly reached out his hand and took the ribbon from Haumu''s hand.
Haumu conveyed his gratitude at Kouki with his gaze, and then he did ¡¸Peh¡¹ at Moana as though he was spitting out his spit.
¡¸Uu, ge, geez Haumu. You''re really a pampered child.¡¹
Moana crumbled down on the ground as though she had been assaulted by hoodlum, and she wiped up her face that was thered with saliva. Her way of talking was changing must be because she was a little shaken. She was averting her face shyly from Kouki who was looking down at her with a reallyplicated expression.
¡¸The, then Kouki. You can sit behind me¨D¨Dcough, I wonder if it''s agreeable for you to ride behind me?¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes.¡¹
Moana was still thered with saliva, however, in order to recover the dignity of queen, Moana changed her way of talking back. Following her, Kouki climbed on Haumu''s back. As expected, it seemed the standard was to ride by standing. When Moana climbed up, it felt like ¡¸Chih¡¹ sound could be heard from Haumu but¡¡that must be an imagination, there was no way he could clicked his tongue.
¡¸Hm? Eh? The ribbon is¡¡¡¹
It seemed Moana noticed when he got on Haumu''s back. Moana was looking around restlessly in a state seemed to say ''Where has the ribbon gone?''. The ribbon was in Kouki''s hand.
Haumu turned his long neck and stared at Kouki. An earnest feeling that could be seen just from a nce was residing in those eyes. That was a feeling of, ¡¸Do something about this woman!¡¹.
¡¸¡¡Looks like it flew off somewhere just now. Moana-sama, there is also the matter about the attack, isn''t it better if we depart soon rather thanter?¡¹
¡¸I, I guess. Right, I''m sorry Kouki. That ribbon was Haumu''s favorite but¡¡this is not the time for saying anything like that isn''t it.¡¹
It felt like killing intent was residing in Haumu''s gaze. Kouki understood. Haumu''s gaze was dering ¡¸Who are you saying is pleased with that thing huh, idiottt! I''m gonna let you die someday, just you wait!¡¹.
Kouki who somehow guessed the rtionship between the queen and her personal mount was¨D¨Dslowly entering the ribbon into his pocket. In the world, there was also things that was better to be treated as not existing.
Haumu''s eyes brightened. It seemed that his positivity level toward Kouki was steadily increasing. ¡¸Guruu?¡¹ Perhaps it was just his imagination, but Haumu was raising a growl that sounded like he was in good mood.
¡¸Fufu, are you happy being able to run together with me? This cute cheeky guy! But, we have guest today here. So run carefully out there okay.¡¹
¡¸Gurya!!¡¹
Was that a simple reply, or was that a yell of denial ¡¸Ain''t no way I''m happy about, that, you idiottt!¡¹, in any case with the powerful roar of Haumu as the signal, the party left the forest.
Right after they left the forest, what leaped into Kouki''s sight was a sand colored world. There was the color of sand continuing until the horizon as far as his eyes could see. Moana''s words that the forest behind them was something rare was certainly a fact.
¡¸Compared with Guryuen¡¡this is different huh.¡¹
That was the impression of Kouki who saw this vast desert.
A great desert existed in Tortus. It was a world of brown color. A world that was filled with the same heat and sand like this ce.
But, Kouki understood. The great desert of Guryuen and this desert were decisively different. He was unable to find any words that could express what was the difference urately but, if he had to say it¨D¨D
¡¸It''s dead.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Right. It''s just as you say. This is a dead world.¡¹
Moana affirmed Kouki''s words. Haumu was advancing through the sand with surprisingly little shaking and surprising speed. Above him, Moana who was holding on the U-shaped fetters while looking back across her shoulder at Kouki had eyes that were filled with grief.
¡¸This is not just a desert. This is the result from blessing power, the power for the sake of living getting thoroughly stolen. Once, before therge scale war that urred about a hundred years ago, it seemed that this area was also a verdant forest.¡¹
¡¸War¡¡¡¹
About a hundred years ago, a war, no, a decisive battle of the Nth time that urred between mankind and the .
The one who stood at the front as the leader was the king of Synclea kingdom at the time. At the end of the fierce battle, while great damage resulted for both humans and also nature, even so that king seeded in bringing down the king of the of that time.
¡¸The honorable ancestor drove away the army of . Thepensation for that was nature was lost from 80% of the kingdom but¡¡even so nature is still left behind at the surrounding of the unaltered capital. I believe that was an amazing war result.¡¹
¡¸The capital wasn''t relocated after that?¡¹
He understood from seeing this desert that could only be expressed as "dying". This was a ce that human couldn''t possibly live at. Eighty percent of the country territory died. He believed it was a matter of course for the capital to be relocated for the country''s revival attempt.
Moana looked at faraway while opened her mouth in respond to Kouki''s question.
¡¸The king of ¨D¨Dbecause he lookedpletely ck from the abnormal thickness of his miasma, we called him the , but it is said that guy lived for long as the strongest existence among the who were saving strength.¡¹
¡¸ck King¡¡¡¹
¡¸Do you get it? We are not talking about lineage. He is not an existence that will end after being defeated once. The exist in every era. Although there is variety in his strength each time though.¡¹
Moana''s gaze that was staring at far away ran through the vast desert. Kouki guessed what Moana wanted to say and he whispered.
¡¸This ce is still a battlefield isn''t it? This is also the best ce for it.¡¹
¡¸Yes. Because there is no blessing power that can be stolen from here. In this desert, those fellows can only use the miasma that they stored inside their body. The point where no blessing power cannot be obtained from the surrounding also apply to us, but even so, it''s ideal that those fellow won''t be able to get strengthened and destroy nature for more than now.¡¹
That was why they didn''t relocate the capital. Because the ruined territory was exactly the best battlefield there was. The soldiers of Synclea were remaining in this barrennd for the sake of continuing battle. No matter how many months and years passed, Synclea kingdom was the front line battlefield.
¡¸Of course, we are moving our people to ce that still have nature remaining. We entrust the feudal lord of every area with autonomy. We are leaving the production of the main food and everything else to them.¡¹
¡¸What is the prospect of the enemy circling around this desert and aim at every other territory?¡¹
Moana shook her head to answer Kouki''s question.
ording to her, the were ruling the easternnd, the kingdom''s territory was at the west with this great desert sandwiched in between. A sea was spreading at the north, and simr like a desert, in the sea there was nothing to block the sight, so if any ck People tried toe from there, the surveince unit stationed at each territory would notice.
At the south there was mountain range area spreading, at the other side of the mountain area there was arge country that still remained and constructed their battlefield like Synclea, so if something happened then a notice would immediately reach them.
Therefore, it was impossible for the to invade the western territory without Synclea kingdom noticing.
The desert and Synclea''s capital were literally thest fortress and also the front line battlefield.
¡¸¡¡How admirable.¡¹
¡¸Thank you.¡¹
Kouki put his hand on his chest and said that, toward all the soldiers, and then toward the young queen who led them. Moana smiled happily and nodded at such Kouki.
Silence continued for a while. Kouki pursed his lips into a straight line and turned his gaze downward, he was turning his thought toward the soldiers who he was told about.
Moana was ncing repeatedly across her shoulder to such Kouki. And then after she showed hesitation several times, she opened her mouth.
¡¸Kouki. Can I ask you something?¡¹
¡¸? What is it?¡¹
Kouki lifted his face. Moana''s gaze wandered around, looking like she was choosing her words.
¡¸That, is¡¡.why, are you, a hero?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
It felt like something cold was entering slowly into Kouki''s chest. It felt like he was asked ''isn''t it presumptuous for you to call yourself that?''. It felt like Kouki''s weakness that was exposed at the fight against Nie was seen through.
Seeing Kouki who was shaken and his faceplexion worsened, Moana added more of her words in hurry.
¡¸Ah, no, that''s not what I meant. It''s not that I''m ridiculing you. I''m only wondering that it''s a curious way of calling you.¡¹
¡¸Curious, is it?¡¹
Understanding that Moana''s intention was different from what he thought, Kouki let out the tension from his stiffened face and tilted his head.
¡¸Yes. I thought it''s curious. When I heard from Foltina-sama that a hero is summoned, I don''t really understand what kind of person would appear. Because, don''t you think so too? Hero(yuusha)¨D¨Dif we take the literal meaning of that word, the meaning will be "a person with courage".¡¹ (TN: The word yuusha is made from two kanji, the kanji of courage and person. Yuusha can mean hero, the brave, or man of valor in Japan.)
Moana threw a questioning gaze at Kouki to confirm that they were in the same page. Kouki nodded.
¡¸If that''s the case, then I can throw out my case and say with surety. That the soldiers of my country, are all "hero(yuusha)" without a single exception.¡¹
¡¸Ah¡¡¡¹
Kouki was taken aback and leaked out a small voice. Moana looked back and stared straight at Kouki.
¡¸If by perchance, Kouki is a man who had aplished some great exploits, and that was why you were chosen by Foltina-sama¡¡then shouldn''t such person be called as "hero(eiyuu)" instead?¡¹ (TN: Eiyuu is made from kanji of ''Han'' and man. In Japan it means hero, heroine, great person)
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
¡¸Ah, no, it''s not that I wish to trouble Kouki. I''m just wondering.¡¹
Sensing Kouki''s perplexity, Moana said ¡¸Forgive me for asking something strange¡¹ and she returned her gaze to the front.
But, Moana''s words were clingingpletely inside Kouki. Question was overflowing inside his mind.
Just what in the world a hero(yuusha) was.
(Thinking back now, just what is a hero? I called myself that because that''s my vocation. But, still, hero¨D¨Da person with courage¡¡that''s a person''s nature, it cannot be called an "upation" that showed a person''s innate ability isn''t it?)
He recalled. The vocation of hisrades.
Healer. Martial artist. Swordsman. Barrier user¡¡
Yes, everyone had vocation that was connected to an actual upation. It was only "hero(yuusha)" that was of a different disposition. Certainly, rather than a transcription of a work one had aptitude toward, it was a title that disyed one''s character. So to speak, it was a transcription that wasn''t any different with vocation of "pessimist", "optimist", or "good person" or "bad person".
If one wanted to describe a vocation that led the people and fought powerful enemy, then it should be better to call that vocation using mander" or even "king" instead.
(Was it because in Tortus "hero(yuusha) is recognized as upation? However, if it''s the case of "a person that aplished great exploits" just like Moana-sama mentioned, then it should be fine to use "hero(eiyuu)" instead. Why am I "a person with courage"? Just what am I¡¡)
Why did he obtain the vocation of something like hero(yuusha)?
When he looked back at the events at Tortus, even himself was harboring doubt whether he even have possessed such nature in himself.
How many times he was unable to move in the crucial times? How many times he failed without even choosing anything? How many times he acted as he pleased and dragged hisrades into trouble?
Why was someone like him a "hero"?
¨D¨DWhy, are you, a hero?
¡¸¡¡I don''t know. I really, don''t know.¡¹
That voice sounded wrung out from his throat, it sounded like it would vanish anytime.
Moana who understood that it was an answer toward her question just now looked back once more. And then, she peeked at Kouki who was looking down with a fixed stare.
¡¸I see. ¡¡It will be great if you understand it someday. Yep, surely the time wille when you understand the reason.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Why, do you think so?¡¹
In respond to Moana whose manly way of talking broke down, Kouki unconsciously also asked back with his in way of talking.
Moana smiled. Her expression looked affectionate.
¡¸Because, aren''t you still struggling? Aren''t you doing your best to find the answer? The world isn''t so cold that it would trample down that kind of person.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Is that so?¡¹
¡¸That''s so.¡¹
The world would surely smile at those who kept struggling without giving up. The one who said those words with conviction was a queen who was continuing to fight wholeheartedly in a world that was heading to ruin. For Kouki, those were words that were really heavy and really beautiful that caused him to be taken aback.
The two stared at each other. The eyes of Anneal and Lilin who were keeping pace beside them looked curious like cat. And then, the eyes of Spenser that were looking back from the front with a cold gaze.
¡¸Nnh¡¹
¡¸Cough, ahem¡¹
Moana and Kouki did something that looked like coughing or perhaps not while quietly taking distance from each other.
The lips of Anneal and Lilin crooked with the feel of ¡¸Mufuu~¡¹. Their maiden sensor might be reacting to the scene just now.
¡¸Ho, how long until we reach the capital.¡¹
¡¸Ri, right. I believe we will arrive at the evening with our current pace.¡¹
Kouki asked an information that he already heard before this to varnish over the matter, and Moana also answered in the same attempt.
They continued to advance while inside that really delicate atmosphere for a while. Slightly elevated hills were starting to get visible here and there.
But, at that time, like a rehash of the event inside the forest, Kouki suddenly reacted to something and looked up.
¡¸Kouki?¡¹
Moana asked Kouki while she raised her fist andmanded the unit to stop moving.
Right after that,
¡¸-, something is falling here! Evacuate!¡¹
¡¸Advance! Rush ahe¨D¨D¡¹
Moana wasted no time responding at Kouki''s warning, but multiple objects freefalling and crashing at their surrounding arrived faster than that.
*zudon-zudon-* What were crashing on the ground with that roaring sound that shook the ground were living things that looked like lizard, d in thick miasma. They were wearing equipment that looked like protector, and from their bone structure it could be seen that they were mainly walking with two legs. From their appearance, they were what they called as Lizardman in RPG.
¡¸-, scaled dragon species!? Just what in the world!?¡¹
Moana''s confused voice resounded. Her reaction was understandable. If this was an ambush, then she would just give instruction right away to form formation and prepare to intercept. In that case there wouldn''t be any hesitation whatsoever and the royal guard would finish carrying out that order in a moment just like when facing Nie and his underlings.
But, the lizardmen called scaled dragon species that fell from the sky¨D¨Dsix of them were already dying. Naturally the cause of them dying was the impact from their fall. If it wasn''t because of the thick protector they were wearing that wasn''t suited for battle and also the impact reduction from their miasma, they might have died instantly.
These enemiesunched a surprise attack yet they almost get annihted at the same time with their entrance. Moana and her people could only look at the situation like that.
They weren''t knowing that the objective of this surprise attack was exactly to take advantage of that confusion.
¡¸¡¸¡¸GIIIIIAAAAAAAAAH¡¹¡¹¡¹
¡¸¡¸¡¸GUEEEEEEEEEEEEH¡¹¡¹¡¹
Shrieks burst out. Those weren''t screams from pain or suffering. They were the same scream like Nie''s scream. They were emitting miasma by staking their life. The six lizardmen were gushing out miasma that rivaled what Nie did before.
¡¸Impossible-, are they nning to suicide!?¡¹
¡¸Your majesty, please escape! Lilin, your wind!¡¹
Moana leaked out voice of shock while Spenser roared angrily.
The six lizardmen were obviously of lower status than Nie. Yet regardless of that they were scattering miasma that rivaled Nie was because they were literally exchanging their life for it.
It was truly a suicide attack. An ambush of suicide bombing from the sky was something outside expectation.
The miasma that exploded and dyed the surrounding area ck instantly didn''t grant any time for escape, for Lilin to activate her wind, or even for Kouki to respond.
Everything was swallowed by ckness and vanished.
If it was seen from slight distance away, it looked like a tornado of ck me was generated. Moana and others were inside that tornado.
At that timing, a pterosaur descended down from the sky. At its back was a scaled dragon species that was conspicuouslyrger than normal. He was equipped with metallic protector and his hand was holding arge spear.
¡ºLooks like it was worth it instigating Nie. Although the miasma stone the queen is carrying is special, but it won''t be able to endure that guy''s miasma and the miasma of six underlings using up all their life.¡»
''Ge-ge-ge-'' The scaled dragon species raised a weirdugh.
It seemed that the leaking out of the information that Moana and her people left the capital with few number and Nie getting hold of that information were all the scheming of this scaled dragon species.
Everything was for the sake of reducing the capacity limit of the miasma stone that was the lifeline for Moana and her people. And then, he would deal the finishing blow easily when Moana and others became unable to move.
¡ºWith his my king''s¨D¨D¡»
The scaled dragon species was standing calmly while staring in pleasure at the miasmapletely ruining Moana and her people, but the voice and phenomenon that suddenly urred caused him to swallow back his own words.
¡¸Turn this ce into sanctuary, let none of god''s enemy passed¨D¨D!!¡¹
*GOU-* Pure white light burst up. The storm of miasma that could be mistaken as ck me ruptured from inside, and a dazzling light swelled up in half-sphere state.
Not the slightest bit of miasma existed at the inside of that light, the miasma that was blown away along with the light melted into the air and dispersed.
¡ºWha, what?¡»
At the end of the gaze of the scaled dragon species who couldn''t hide his agitation, were the royal guards and Arous who copsed at the other side of the shining barrier, and also the queen.
But, there was just one person, a man that looked unaffected at all even inside that much miasma was holding the limp Moana in his arms.
¡ºYou-, what the hell are you! How are you that calm even after getting bathed in that much miasma!?¡»
The scaled dragon species that somehow pulled himself back together from his confusion readied hisrge spear while yelling angrily.
Kouki softly put Moana to recline on Haumu and he whispered something while ignoring the scaled dragon species''s angry yell. And then, something that looked like light particles showered down on everybody including Moana and enveloped them in a gentle light.
Seeing that¨D¨DKouki unsheathed his holy sword while turning his gaze t the scaled dragon species.
Kouki showed the same reaction at the scaled dragon species just like with Nie.
Face that turned pale. Shaking body. Ragged breathing.
But, there already wasn''t anyone else here that would finish the enemy while he was holding it in.
If he ran away, Moana and others would die.
Even if he prolonged it, as expected they would still die.
If he didn''t choose, they would die.
The time for choosing, had came.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I''m sorry that the gloomy story is continuing.
Next chapter the fundamental problem that Kouki is holding will be clear.
If possible, I hope I can make consecutive posting next week.
Even Shirakome also want to progress the story in one go until where the tale move in a big way. After that as expected it will be like musou game isn''t it. (TN: Like ying in Dynasty Warrior or Samurai Warrior game)
Although, there are important parts more than just Kouki''s growth, so I''ll endeavor to not cut corners.
There are opinions ''Kouki arc is just, you know~'' here and there, so I thought that the number of people reading will decrease by a lot, but the number of the PV or the review after reading isn''t dropping. It feels like Shirakome will melt from the kindness of Narou people.
Thank you~
Chapter 266
Chapter 266
AN: Serious-san has the principle of going home regrly.
My fingers moved by themselves¡¡
The brilliant light enveloped the copsed Moana and others in half-sphere state.
Their miasma stones that had the function of absorbing miasma that made it possible for human to act inside miasma for a period of time were dyed muddy ck. Theplexion of Moana and others went straight passed white and became ashen color.
Not just Moana and her people, Haumu and the other Arous., the mounted beasts also powerlessly syed out their four limbs where they could only repeat breathing in short gasps.
They were only barely living. The blessing power inside the body of Moana and others were holding on to their life.
But, it was obvious that it wouldn''t be long before the scythe of death god would touch them. Their time limit was near.
Kouki made Moana leaned on Haumu''s body, and step by step he walked toward the lizardman who was the that caused this situation. (TN: I changed the ck People into Dark Being cause it seemed those words could cause misunderstanding.)
The tip of the holy sword that was pointed to the ground was slightly trembling, and his breathing was ragged. The feeling of wanting to run away without choosing anything was moring inside himself like a locked beast that was trying to escape from its cage.
Kouki came to a stop after he got out and took a step away from the boundary of the highest ss light element defensive magic . An angry yell was thrown to such Kouki once more.
¡ºYou-, I''m asking what the hell are you! What''s that strange light! How the hell you are able to stand!?¡»
Sharp dragon eyes. Dragon scales that looked harder than even steel armor. His whole body was bulging with muscles, and his hands were readying a long andrge spear.
It was clear just from confronting this Dark Being face to face like this. That he was a strong one that had achieved considerable military achievement.
Yes,
(He isn''t a beast.)
This opponent was a warrior that possessed intelligence.
As though finding a ray of hope, Kouki thought of the six beings that didn''t give any reaction to his
and asked back instead.
¡¸¡¡Weren''t they, yourrade?¡¹
¡ºWhat?¡»
The lizardman didn''t seem to understand what Kouki was asking him for a moment and he let out a voice of dubiousness. But, he immediately guessed that Kouki was speaking about his sixpatriots that performed "suicide bombing" to scatter highly thick miasma by paying with their life as thepensation, and he answered with a snort.
¡ºObviously they were my underlings.¡»
¡¸You,manded them to die?¡¹
¡º¡¡Just what are you asking? What are you talking about since some time ago?¡»
The scaled dragon specious didn''t understand the intention of Kouki''s question and was getting more and more suspicious.
He must never even imagined that Kouki was getting desperate in trying to find even a bit more reason to make his "choice".
Because this was a guy that abandoned hisrades, because this was a guy that made light of life without any reason.
That was why, it should be fine to kill him, just like what he did all this time when facing against monster, something like that.
Kouki''s expression distorted painfully while stringing his words together.
¡¸If, this is only what if. What are you going to do if I say you can go to another world?¡¹
¡ºWhat?¡»
¡¸If you can migrate together with flora and fauna too, to a new world that is filled with blessing power, and you can live there without fighting human¡¡or it can also be the reverse, the human will be the one that move away. If you can live in a world without human, a world of only ¨D¨D¡¹
This was thest resort. Because this was a n thatpletely relied on that man, it was a proposal without any positive proof. But, if there was that man''spass and crystal key, then perhaps they would be able to find an inhabited world. In addition, securing enough of the necessary blessing power would also be possible.
''That guy is different than me, surely there is nothing impossible for him, that''s why'', Kouki thought.
The long battle that passed between Moana and her people against the .
Perhaps there wasn''t any more ground for them to coexist together.
Perhaps there wasn''t any more room to talk between them.
Then, was the only path left was where one of them conquered everything?
Was battle unavoidable, that one side had to be sunk into the abyss of despair?
Was there really no third path¡¡
The suggestion of "separated living" by migrating to a new world.
That was an idea that was brought about from Kouki''s pondering. that possessed will and would go hungry if they didn''t consume blessing power, and human that couldn''t endure the miasma and unable to live without blessing power everywhere around them. That idea came because Kouki couldn''t find a clearly correct "choice" like in a novel or drama where good was rewarded and evil was punished.
If it was about thepensation for that man, then he was determined to pay it in any kind of shape. That was the only thing that Kouki could decided promptly right now.
But, that desperate proposal of such Kouki was,
¡ºHah¡»
Kicked to the curb in rejection by a sneer and a violent "thrust".
Kouki caught his breath, but his reaction was quick. He parried the tip of the long spear using his holy sword. *gigigi* The sound of metals scraping each other resounded along with scattered sparks.
The lizardman immediately pulled back his long spear andunched repeated thrust like surging waves. Those thrusts that were controlled with immense physical strength and flexible muscle were umon.
Kouki handled the attack while he raised his voice further.
¡¸Wait, listen to me! I came from another world! The barrier behind me is the proof of that! Even without human and fighting, perhaps there is a way for a future where both sides can live without annihting the other! That''s why¨D¨D¡¹
The holy sword blocked a sweep of the spear. *gan* Impact sound resounded and a slight numbness ran through Kouki''s arm. It became a situation of sword locking contest. In that situation, the lizardman showed a scorn in his dragon eyes and said his piece.
¡ºThat''s shocking-. I never thought this kind of coward still exist! Aah, I'''' recognize it! You are really a human of another world. There is no way someone like you is a warrior of this country!¡»
*gou* Miasma spouted out from the lizardman. No, perhaps it should be said instead that he released the miasma. The miasma that was released to blow at Kouki became a physical impact that made Kouki''s feet left the ground. When that happened, naturally Kouki got blown away to the side due to the pressure from the sword locking contest.
Kouki bounced several times on the sand before he barely performed ukemi and rearranged his bnce to stand on his knee. When he returned his gaze to the dragon scaled species, he saw the figure of the enemy ignoring him while rushing toward .
The lizardman who was ignoring Kouki struck his long spear toward the barrier with a yell of fighting spirit.
¡ºChih! This hardness is really something!¡»
The lizardman spontaneously cursed seeing the shining barrier only giving off impact sound without even a scratch.
The barrier was of the highest ss. It wouldn''t be broken that easily. But, the lizardman also didn''t have the time to keep attacking it as he pleased.
Kouki charged forward while cloud of dust was left behind from his momentum and this time he was the one who blew away the lizardman.
Even while getting blown away, the lizardman killed the momentum by crawling on all four.
¡¸Why are you rejecting a path where both sides might be able to survive¡¡, why-, won''t you choose the path of living!¡¹
¡ºDon''t make meugh-¡»
The lizardman easily cut down Kouki''s pained appeal.
¡ºYou are telling me to recognize that the like of livestock, the like of food has the right to live freely? That''s just crazy!¡»
You are nuts for trying to look for something that doesn''t exist from us as though we are human.
Is that because you are a human of another world? That you have that kind of thinking?
The existence of other world, whether it really exist or not. Such thing doesn''t matter.
I''ll teach you. The truth of this world. Just what is the meaning of living!
The lizardman trampled forward hard *don* and stood up. He stepped firmly on the ground of sand like arge tree, and he threw out his chest without even an ounce of shame.
¡ºFight, steal, conquer, rule! Those are exactly the long-cherished desire of the living!¡»
Miasma was overflowing from the whole body of the lizardman. The thickness of the miasma was increasing in concert with his roar.
¡ºWe are turning human into livestock, to create a new world where the pain of hunger vanished! So that we, can have an exceptional position! The head of the queen is indispensable!¡»
A pressure that was unseen by eye assaulted Kouki. That wasn''t a distinctive power. It was a dominating aura, a mettle, the power of resolve that he dedicated for the future of the scaled dragon species he was looking at.
¡ºThen, I''ll reward my followers who staked their life! Listen-, you half-baked person who possessed strength beyond your position! My name is Ragal! The chief of !¡»
''Aah'', Kouki thought. His heart leaked out a sigh of admiration and also despair.
Did this person ordered hisrades to die? Perhaps, so, perhaps not. He didn''t know the truth, but there was only one thing that he was certain about, those lizardmen who carried out the crazy surprise attack by freefalling from the sky and aplished their objective with their life as the payment, they too also possessed a definite resolve. They didn''t perish inside grief and despair that they couldn''t oppose and defy by any means!
¡ºI''ll kill you, and take¨D¨Dthe queen''s head!¡»
Sand pir blew up. That sand pir that looked as though it was piercing the sky was the mark of Ragal''s step. He wore his miasma like armor and appeared instantly before Kouki''s eyes with his long spear that he also covered in miasma.
Kouki evaded the sharp thrust that pierced through the wind by moving half his body to behind. The long spear''s thrust instantly transformed into a sweep that ignored the inertia.
The pressure from that attack was far greater than before. It could be clearly seen that the strength inside the attack was ascending further. Kouki immediately used his holy sword as shield, but by doing that it felt like the sword would be thrown away along with his arm.
Kouki desperately braced his legs, but suddenly the pressure vanished and he unintentionally stumbled. The next moment, his feet floated lightly. The miasma that seemed to seep into the ground unnoticed stirred up the sand below Kouki''s feet.
The long spear was swung once more at Kouki who lost his bnce. Kouki averted the spear by mming his palm on the t side of the spear tip, but then the peculiar attack of scaled dragon species assaulted him.
The rotating Ragalunched a spinning kick followed by his sweeping dragon tail.
The upper and middle area was blocked like that. Dodging was impossible.
The ws of the legs were approaching, followed by dragon tail that became like a de with the miasma enveloping it. Terror was rushing through Kouki''s whole body instinctually. He backstepped desperately and only barely managed to dodge.
But, it seemed that Ragal had read the flow of offense and defense until that far. He showed not a shred of turmoil that his attack was evaded, he smoothly formed a throwing spear made from miasma. It was fired like a bullet from close range toward Kouki''s head.
Excluding some case that was out of norm, the dynamic vision and reflexes of Kouki who boasted specs at the pinnacle had saved his life until now. When he shifted his body faster than his awareness, the miasma throwing spear passed through with only a scratch on Kouki''s neck.
Kouki backstepped even further when his feet touched the ground and he widened the distance.
There was the sensation of warmth and something trickling on his neck.
Without averting his gaze from Ragal who readied his long spear once more, one of Kouki''s hands slowly caressed his neck. His fingertip felt something wet, something with raw sensation.
¡¸¨C¡¹
It wasn''t a fatal wound. It was only his skin that was cut. But, it was an attack toward his neck. A lump of ice slid down inside Kouki''s heart.
Just now, he almost died¡¡
Scary¡¡
Death was scary.
Nothing convenient would ur. Death was right before his eyes. He wondered, how was he able to say something like¡¸Everything is absolutely going to be okay¡¹ before. Anyone would die when it was the time to die.
Amanogawa Kouki, could die easily.
Scary¡¡terrifying¡¡
Ragal was gradually closing the distance. He wasn''t letting his guard down or getting self-conceited. He nned to kill Kouki carefully and then returned triumphantly with Moana''s head. There was no turmoil or hesitation inside him.
Scary¡¡
Killing was scary.
Severing the life of a being that possessed will, it was something that was really terrifying.
Killing Ragal. Became the ally of Moana and her people and then killed all of the to thest.
Surely doing that meant killing the hope of the .
It meant crushing their dearest wish, severing their thread of life, and granting them despair.
Scary¡¡
It felt scary to control the survival of someone.
Someone who might be able to live a proper life would get derailed by getting involved with him. Such thing was unbearably terrifying.
Something was moving at the corner of his sight. When he sent a nce that way while slowly taking distance away from Ragal, he saw the figure of the copsed Moana there.
She was supposedly leaning on Haumu, but it seemed she stirred and fell on the ground. Or perhaps, she was getting weaker that she was unable to even maintain her leaning position.
Scary¡¡
Death was scary.
Killing was scary.
Making mistake was scary.
But,
¨D¨DNot being able to protect, was scarier. That was the only thing, that he couldn''t endure.
So,
It was only the failure of "cannot choosing", that he absolutely couldn''t tolerate anymore, so,
That was why,
¡¸I''ll kill you¡¹
His face looked like it was going to cry, his voice was trembling, however, he spoke his "choice" clearly.
Kouki took a step forward.
Even saying that it took an instant was stillcking to describe it. It was as though the ground was shrunk closer, his speed was literally like that when he appeared before Ragal''s eyes.
¡ºNuh¡»
A diagonal sh from above that looked only like a silver sh caused Ragal to block it just barely with his long spear even while staring in astonishment. Instantly Ragal''s legs were buried into the sand along with a thunderous sound that felt like an earthquake. If they were standing on a hard ground then perhaps there would even be a crater formed.
Speed and destructive power that were iparable from before. If Ragal let his guard down, the brutal attack might split him into two together with his spear.
In that attack, there was certainly "killing intent" that was nonexistent until now filled into it.
¡ºDon''t underestimate mee-¡»
Ragal gushed out miasma that was apanied with impact along with a loud scream of fighting spirit.
¡¸¨D¨D-!¡¹
Barrier of light manifested between Kouki and Ragal.
The barrier was instantly smashed from the impact it got showered with, but it aplished enough of its objective to not let its creator got pushed back.
Toward Kouki who neutralized the miasma shockwave just as nned, Ragal used his everything, miasma of thrown spear, spear attackbo with gyration, hand ws, jaw, kick, and dragon tail tounch an offensive that was like a surging waves.
Kouki handled, dodge, repelled, and intercepted all of those.
¡º-, you are still-, going further up!? You bastard-, what in the world¨D¨D¡»
The sword attack finally surpassed Ragal''s martial might. Ragal was forced to switch from offensive into defensive, and this time he raised a voice that was definitely shocked and agitated¡¡
An upward sh. The long spear was thrown far away.
Thrown spear of miasma. It was evaded with a twirl.
The two passed each other,
¡¸-aAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!¡¹
A sword sh drew an arc along with a war cry that sounded like a scream.
Briefly, cloud of dust danced in the air.
Kouki who stayed unmoving in a position of finishing the sh of the holy sword was silent with his back toward the back of Ragal who was in a stance of swinging up his long spear halfway.
¡ºHow, can¡¡this be¡¡¡»
That voice was filled with feeling of shock, despair, and then resentment. Those were thest words of Ragal.
Slowly, the lizard head shifted and fell to the ground. Miasma scattered in a burst and therge body crumbled down following the falling head.
Kouki wordlessly looked up to the sky and took a deep breath. And then, he slowly turned around. In order to see the result of what he had done.
A head that threw an empty gaze at empty air. Arge body that lost its head and spurted out blood. Dark red blood that dyed the ground of sand.
The definite proof of a life stolen.
¡¸tsu, oguh, geeh¡¹
The thing that welled up even when he only killed monster that didn''t possess will or intelligence overflowed this time without him being unable to hold it back. But, in the first ce because he hadn''t eaten anything for long, what came out was only the stomach''s gastric juice.
Kouki supported his body with his holy sword while falling in one knee. In this moment he looked as though he had aged drastically. His rounded back looked as though something enormously heavy was weighing him down. His trembling back looked as though he was desperately enduring that weigh.
He desperately kept hold of his consciousness that was forcefully shutting down in order to protect his heart from the mental burden. Right now wasn''t the time to faint, it wasn''t the time to be absorbed with the repulsive sensation remaining in his hand, that was how he persuaded himself.
¡¸-, guh, I have to go¡¡¡¹
Even though his stamina hadn''t been used up, but his body was heavy like lead. Kouki dragged himself and walked toward Moana and the others.
Looking at the condition of Spenser and the others, he could see they were still alive. Even Anneal who had the lowest battle strength was breathing faintly.
Kouki let out a sigh of relieve while also tensing his pale face right away in this situation that didn''t permit letting his guard down.
He pulled Spenser and others and also their Arous toy them down near Moana.
¡¸Dissolve grief, clear away the dark clouds. That thing not stained is the light of all creation. The heaven light of salvation¨D¨D¡¹
Light element intermediate level recovery magic ¨D¨Da magic to recover from abnormal state.
Before this after he deployed , Kouki applied this magic with shortened chant toward Moana and others who were ravaged by the miasma. The result was "no effect".
Perhaps, the effect was decreased because he omitted the chanting. Thinking so, Kouki tried to invoke the magic once more but¡¡
¡¸-, it''s still not effective¡¡¡¹
couldn''t clear away the miasma invading their body.
Kouki gritted his teeth while trying out another chanting. Imagining that if Kaori was here then she would be able to disy the maximum effect even without any chanting, he became a bit jealous.
¡¸From the pure domain, the holy mother extend the hand of salvation. O those who seek, look to the sky. See the light at the end of the dark clouds. The holy mother didst not abandon thee. Descending with the halo of salvation on her back, inside the embrace of lookout arm, here the holy mother smile. ¨D¨D¡¹
Light element highest level recovery magic ¨D¨Dit was a wide area recovery magic for army use. This time Kouki invoked it wing the arrangement of limited area for further increased effect.
Brilliant light became spreading ripple that wholly enveloped Moana and others leaving no spot uncovered.
¡¸Guh¡¡¡¹
¡¸Spenser-san!¡¹
It seemed there was effect this time.
The one who recovered their consciousness first was as expected the one whose foundation ability was in different level. It was the captain of the royal guard Spenser.
¡¸Kou, ki-dono? What in the world¡¡-, what about her majesty!?¡¹
¡¸Please calm down. I cannot really say that Moana-sama is safe, but she is alive. There also no death among the others.¡¹
¡¸I, I see¡¡I''m d. The enemy?¡¹
Even though he sounded pained, but his voice sounded a bit clear. Kouki told Spenser about Ragal''s n, how he was defeated, and then how the he was unable to purify the miasma, and how his recovery magic was effective to a degree.
¡¸Recovery magic¡¡something like that is¡¡. Nevertheless the scaled dragon species Ragal¡¡you have finished off another considerable big shot again.¡¹
It seemed that Ragal was an enemy whose name was fairly well known. Spenser showed surprise at Kouki''s exnation before his expression suddenly rxed and he conveyed his gratitude through his gaze.
¡¸To be caught inside the enemy''s schemepletely¡¡it''s pathetic. If Kouki-dono isn''t here just what will happen to us then. My deepest thanks.¡¹
¡¸¡¡No. Rather than that, what is the prospect of your recovery? Is there a method to purify the miasma? Like, the miasma stone is it? ¡¡Can we use it if we collect the stone from Ragal and his underlings?¡¹
Kouki''splexion became somewhat bad saying that but there was still no one else other than Spenser who could talk. If nothing was done about the miasma eroding the body, then the problem wouldn''t be fundamentally solved. It seemed Kouki''s recovery magic was nothing more than a temporary fix.
¡¸No. Miasma stone cannot be used right away after it get collected. It will need to be purified for about three until seven days before it be usable. Since it''se to this, Kouki-dono. Can you take her majesty and return to the capital?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Spenser-san, you are telling me to leave you all behind?¡¹
¡¸Yes. But, please don''t misunderstand.¡¹
Seeing Kouki''s expression warped, Spenser smiled gently while adding to his words.
¡¸Thanks to Kouki-dono''s technique, it feels like my body can hold on for a while even after getting bathed in miasma. If during that time, you can call for help together with her majesty, then there is still hope for us yet.¡¹
¡¸How long you feel that you will be able to endure?¡¹
¡¸For us the royal guards, about a day. I''m worried about Anneal, but that child too isn''t her majesty''s personal attendant just for show, so I believe she will be able to endure for half a day.¡¹
¡¸Half a day¡¡¡¹
He heard that they would arrive at evening by riding Arous. From the current position of the sun, the distance could be reached if there was four hour.
Even if Kouki was carrying one person on his back, if he ran seriously he could put some serious speed even though it wouldn''t be as fast as Arous. He guessed he would be able to arrive by two hours more than if he was riding Arous.
Thinking about the preparation for the rescue too, when they came back here they would use Arous so it felt like he would make it in time.
¡¸Just in case. ¡¡Celestialdder illuminating thend unceasingly. That is the light of protection and healing¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Oo, this is¡¡¡¹
Light element intermediate level recovery magic ¨D¨Dthe effect was low dependent on the amount of magic powerced into it, but it was a magic that periodically invoked recovery magic.
Kouki poured magic power into it so much it felt like something was taken away wholly from inside him and he was attacked by a sense of fatigue, but in exchange for that the effect should continue for a few hours.
¡¸This is the magic that I used just now. It will automatically heal in interval but¡¡does it feel like it can extend the time for all of you to hold out longer?¡¹
¡¸Yes. I had faint consciousness after I got bathed in miasma just now, at that time I felt the blessing power inside my body strangely revitalized. Thanks to that, I got away with only this much even after getting showered with miasma that thick¡¡I see, so it was Kouki''s technique. ¡¡This warm light. It''s like it''s Kouki-dono himself.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Kouki couldn''t find any words to respond to Spenser''s words and he kept his mouth shut. He coughed to divert his mind and asked once more how long Spenser felt they would be able to endure. His answer was that it felt like they would be able to hold out half a day longer.
¡¸If possible, I want to move all of you away from this ce where we were attacked¡¡¡¹
¡¸That is like putting the cart before the horse, a waste of time. Among the , their rivalry with the different race is fierce. Therefore, you can consider that Ragal won''t tell about the surprise attack to other race other than Nie who he used as sacrificial pawn.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Understood. I will call for help as fast as possible.¡¹
¡¸Yes. I''ll leave her majesty in your hand.¡¹
Kouki invoked one more time to make itst for several hours, and then he stood up with Moana on his back.
And then, he dashed right away to the direction that Spenser told him.
He reinforced his body and ran on the desert as though he was gliding while putting recovery magic on Moana.
After about a hour of running, when Kouki thought to stop soon to hydrate himself, it was at that time,
¡¸Uuh¡¡Kou, ki¡¹
¡¸Moana-sama! You are awake.¡¹
The voice of Moana on his back reached his ear. Kouki stopped running andid down Moana while one of hi hand was supporting her. He took out a water bag from his luggage and put it on Moana''s mouth.
Moana obediently drank the water. Her throat was gulping down the water.
¡¸Nh, thank you, Kouki.¡¹
¡¸No. Rather than that how do you feel? I wish to tell you about our situation.¡¹
¡¸No, that''s unnecessary. My condition can also hold out until we reach the capital thanks to Kouki''s technique.¡¹
Kouki''s eyes widened from hearing Moana''s words. He thought she waspletely unconscious, but it seemed that wasn''t the case.
¡¸Forgive me, but I''m worried about Spenser and others. Can I have you hurry on ahead?¡¹
¡¸Yes, I understand.¡¹
Kouki carried Moana on his back once more and started running. Moana leaned her head on Kouki''s shoulder limply while also adjusting her position so she could at least talk, she then revealed that actually she had been conscious all this time even if only faintly.
¡¸Nevertheless, you aren''t affected by the miasma. This is a blessing in disguise.¡¹
¡¸I guess. It seems in this world blessing power = life force, so perhaps that is the reason? I felt a bit weary when the miasma showered me, but I don''t have blessing power so that might be why it doesn''t really affect me, I think.¡¹
¡¸Yes, perhaps that''s so.¡¹
For Kouki, or perhaps more urately for existence from another world that didn''t rely on blessing power, perhaps the miasma of this world could be said as something like highly concentrated exhaust fumes. The miasma didn''t have immediate effect to shave down his life, but it shared the point where it disturb his health and gave bad effect to his body. Perhaps he would be in danger if he was bathed in it for a long time.
After having that talk, Moana suddenly stirred her body. Her arms that were circled around Kouki''s neck tightened a bit and she strengthened her hug at him.
Wondering what was it about, Kouki was about to look back across his shoulder, but before he could, Moana opened her mouth. Her manly way of talking broke down and she spoke with what must be her original way of talking.
¡¸¡¡Sorry, Kouki.¡¹
¡¸?¡¹
Was she apologizing about getting carried on his back like this? Kouki tilted his head in puzzlement and then Moana said out words that made Kouki couldn''t help but felt shaken in respond.
¡¸¡¡That was your first time right?¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
He didn''t ask what did she meant. It was something hepletely understood. Moana had been conscious all this time.
Then, in that case, naturally that meant she saw it.
Kouki''s discord. Kouki''s disgraceful behavior.
Unconsciously his breath turned ragged and his legs almost got tangled.
¡¸I''m sorry. Surely we have made you carry a heavy burden.¡¹
¡¸Such, thing¡¡¡¹
The words of denial that was spoken with hoarse voice melted into air and didn''t resound further. It even felt like his body became lead and his gliding footsteps became disarrayed and slow.
Even though he had hesitated when fighting her sworn enemy, Moana''s voice didn''t sound ming in the least, far from that, her voice sounded apologetic and sympathizing to him.
¡¸I heard it. ¨D¨D¡ºwhy won''t you choose the path of living¡» You said.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Sorry. Saying that to an enemy that Moana and others had fought all this time with your life in the line¡¡. When it came to it, I still didn''t understand. About the rtionship between Moana''s people and them. About their fundamental sense of value. That''s why, I easily said such thing¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Kouki. I''m not ming you. You came to this world only just now, you only heard our story and got told to kill enemy that you don''t know anything about. Anyone would hesitate from that.¡¹
Moana''s put her hand clumsily on Kouki''s head. And then, he softly brushed his head, as though to say that it''s fine. And then,
¡¸Kouki, is really kind huh.¡¹
She said that. She said that toward Kouki, a person who was desperately searching for a path so that her hated enemy could survive. There was no ill will in her voice, instead there was kindness.
That was why,
¡¸You''re wrong-!!¡¹
Kouki couldn''t endure it. Such misunderstanding.
Because Kouki stopped running and his knees bent, Moana slipped down from his back and her waist lowered to sit on the ground in girl sitting posture.
Moana didn''t say any protest, she stared at Kouki fixedly. While feeling that gaze, Kouki yelled with a force as though he was going to vomit blood.
¡¸Stop it! I''m not kind or anything! I''m not some kind guy or anything-¡¹
Usually he could control his heart and he wouldn''t spit it out. But, the shock from killing a being with will for the first time was really big, and then the unforeseen kindness toward his greatly shaken heart was more than enough to break the dam of his heart.
¡¸Even I''m being a hero is a mistake-. I''m not a hero at all! I have only ever made mistake-, I cannot see anything-, I keep hesitating¨D¨D¡¹
Kouki crumbled and meaninglessly grasped on sand tightly. *grit grit grit* The slight sound from sand rubbing each other sounded like the creaking sound of Kouki''s heart.
¡¸When it was at the most important time, when I was needed the most, what I did to myrade-. Even though she was always near me-, I didn''t even notice until she was that broken-. My best friend-, my childhood friends-, even though they should be important to me-, I pointed my sword at them-¡¹
For Moana who didn''t know about Kouki''s past, she must be wondering what he was talking about. The discharged words only sounded incoherent to her, she wasn''t clear about their meaning.
But, there was also something she understood.
That Kouki, had made some kind of big mistake.
That he regretted it very much.
That he was ming himself all this time.
And then,
¡¸¡¡Kouki. Why are you that scared? What is it that made you so scared?¡¹
That Kouki was terribly terrified toward something.
Kouki lifted his face. His teeth were clenched, and a deep wrinkle was carved on his forehead. His eyes shook.
¡¸¡¡I, what I''m scared at is¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡I myself.¡¹
He feared himself who approved of killing. Because he didn''t understand whether his killing intent was right or not.
He feared that he was fighting. Because he had no resolve of getting killed.
He feared making mistake. Because he knew of reality that couldn''t be undone.
He feared making choice.
The reason was,
¡¸I, cannot trust myself¡¡¡¡more than anyone in this world, more than any kind of existence.¡¹
The fundamental problem that Kouki held.
Yes, it was a ck of self-confidence" to an extreme degree.
The problem that preceded even the question of making the resolve to kill and getting killed. Theck of the most important thing for the sake of making choice.
Even though he doubted, distrusted himself more than anyone, how would he be able to decide his "resolve" and "choice" that would onlye from self-confidence.
How would he be able to ept the praise that he was a hero?
How would he be able to affirm that said he was "kind"?
¡¸Even so Kouki, you made your choice. We were saved by you.¡¹
Moana said her words toward Kouki who looked as though he was being shackled hand and foot.
¡¸¡¡Because I promised everyone who put their life in the line to save me. I will fight against myself. That''s why, only the failure of being unable to choose anything, that''s the only thing that I must not do anymore. That''s all, there is to it.¡¹
He didn''t make the choice because he stepped forward courageously, or because he made his resolve, or because he was kind, such thing was even less true. He was only getting pressed by the time limit and then made his choice frantically because of that.
Kouki said that with an expression that was half-crying halfughing for a beat of time. Before Moana could say anything, he pped both his cheeks hard and stood up forcefully from feeling shame toward his messed up self.
And then, he presented his hand to Moana.
¡¸Sorry. This isn''t the time for something like this. Let''s move ahead quickly.¡¹
¡¸¡¡You''re right. No, you''re correct.¡¹
Moana''s way of talking returned back to before. Kouki put her on his back once more and began to run on the desert wordlessly.
Moana also didn''t say anything. Just, her gaze was poured intensely on Kouki''s face from the side. Inside her eyes was mysteriously filled to the brim with clearness and tremor as though she was looking from inside water through water surface.
And, a while after Kouki started running, his
reacted once more. Kouki and Moana got nervous ¡¸Uwah, enemy!?¡¹, but they felt dubious that the multiple presences that wereing with considerable speed wereing from the direction of the kingdom capital.
Kouki decided to look at the situation for the time being and he rushed to the top of a hill, there he caught the figures of a human group riding Arous dashing toward their way in the distant view.
¡¸Thank god¡¡. It looks like they aren''t .¡¹
¡¸Yes. Far from that, we should wee them instead. It seems the warrior chief who remained behind caught a whiff of the danger that befell us.¡¹
ording to Moana, it seemed the group of around a hundred people advancing their way with sand cloud rolled up behind them was a force of Synclea kingdom''s knight order. Seeing how they were really in a hurry, most likely they noticed the attack n toward the queen using some kind of method and so they traveled in a rush like that.
Moana sighed in relieve with tension leaving her shoulders. She then waved her hand in a big way, causing the soldier group to notice the two of them. The group shifted their path slightly and headed their way.
Kouki also slid down the hill in order to link up with the soldier group.
And then, when both groups finally approached each other until a distance where both sides could confirm each other''s face by sight,
¡¸ONEEEEEEEEEEEE-CHAAAAAAAAAAANN!!¡¹
Such young voice reverberated. Looking carefully, on the Arous running at the lead of the group, the two could see a young girl climbing up the shoulders of the rider of that Arous while waving her hand around.
Her age was perhaps around seven, eight years old? Her chocte colored skin was wrapped in pure white clothing, her blond hair that reflected the sunlight glitteringly was tied in twin tail.
The shocked expression of the rider that got climbed really left an impression. The soldiers around the leading rider also looked like their eyes were flying out from their socket. From how they looked like, it could be seen that they were shocked that the young girl was climbing up like that, or rather that the young girl was actually here. It felt like the soldiers'' voice of the heart ¡¸Why is she here!?¡¹ could be heard.
¡¡It seemed, the young girl wasn''t carried to the battlefield by their own will.
And then, as though to represent the heart of those soldiers,
¡¸Wwhaa-!? My, my cute "Koone-tan", how could she be hereeeeee-!?¡¹
A voice that sounded like a shriek resounded from Kouki''s back.
¡¡It seemed this queen-sama, was a person who called her little sister by adding "-tan".
During the time until the two joined up with the soldier group, in the middle of the desert,
¨D¨DUoNeEEEE-CHYAaAAAAN-
Such yell and,
¨D¨DKOoOOOONE-TAaAAAAAAN-
And such yell resounded repeatedly.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I''ll post chapters in session until the point where depressing Kouki be determined Kouki!
Was how eager I was, yet I was unable to do that.
Reason: I boughtplete works of Lovecraft->against my better judgment I read fkeia-, ia-, Cthulhu, fhta¨D¨D
Sorry
Setting that aside, at May 25 (at the earliest it will be around 22) the sixth volume will be in the bookstore shelves.
I''ll put the detail in my activity report, so if it is good please check there.
Also, it seems theic version is updated.
Finally it''s the endgame of abyss arc huh. I was heated up w
Please take a look at that too by all means (Comic Gardo)
Chapter 267
Chapter 267
AN: I''m sorry, this chapter is short, and on top of that the story doesn''t progress.
Recently, my head is not working¡¡
¡¸Bieeeeeeeeeeeh¡¹
Such grand crying voice of a girl was echoing. It was a splendid sobbing, to the degree it made one wondered whether the dryness of the desert might be moistened because of it. The morous blonde hair twin tail of the girl was wilting limply as though to express the girl''s emotion.
¡¸Your highness! It''s no good even if you are crying! In this dangerous time you are sneaking into a luggage of all things, just what are you thinking! This is not a problem that can be seen as merely a prank!¡¹
The one who was saying that to scold her highness¨D¨DMoana''s little sister whose name was princess Koone de Shelt Synclea, was the leader of Synclea Kingdom''s soldier force¨D¨DDonar Sord.
He had a really serious and strict look with short grey hair on his head. His age was around the early half of his forty. In front of his tall body that was nearly two meter andrge frame that was like a bear, Koone whose height might be around 130 centimeter was like a mere speck.
The countless scars that could be seen on Donar''s face and arms were making the dominating aura and pressure enveloping him to be even more fiendish, so objectively looking at him addressing Koone who was sobbing in front of him, it only looked like a man-eating bear was going to prey at a pitiful girl.
But, perhaps it should be said as expected from a princess. Even while shedding tears like a waterfall, Koone spoke her own excuse at the man-eating bear¨D¨Dor rather, at the soldier chief Donar.
¡¸Because-, because Onee-chan is-¡¹
¡¸That is no excuse! Every time, every time, I don''t know how you slip through our watch, but I wish your highness will think about the time and situation! In the first ce your highness is¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Bieeeeeeeeeeeeh. I''m sorryyyyyyy-¡¹
¡¸Nuuh, please don''t interrupt my remonstration! Every single time your highness is always deceiving people by crying like that! Your highness is not really reflecting on yourself!¡¹
¡¸Uwaaaaaaaaaahn, I''m reflectinggggg-¡¹
¡¸Good grief! Please promise me that your highness won''t do anything like this anymore!¡¹
¡¸Ueeeeeeeeeeeeehn. I''ll consider it after careful ponderingggggg-¡¹
¡¸Your highness!? What''s with that doubtful reply!?¡¹
Soldier chief Donar was heating up even more. The crying voice was also powering up even further.
At the surrounding there were the soldiers encircling them with hardened defense. Every single one of them were vigntly watching the surrounding with a stern gaze, but sometimes they were sending nces at the exchange between their chief and the young princess as though wanting to say ¡¸This again¡¹ or ¡¸Our vignce is dampened here¡¡¡¹.
¡¸Do, Donar? Isn''t it fine already with that much? Look, Koone-tan is also feeling really sorry already. Okay?¡¹
Flustered. The one who was calling out in such state at soldier chief Donar who was continuing his preaching was Moana who somehow recovered by using new miasma stone that the soldier group was carrying.
Moana was acting timid without any dignity as queen that could be felt from her. Soldier chief Donar''s eye glint flew toward such Moana with a really piercing force.
Moana unconsciously screamed ¡¸Hii!?¡¹ and trembled.
¡¸Your majesty-. What do you mean by "okay?" just now! Is your highness really aware of the graveness of this matter!? In the first ce, it''s because your majesty is always pampering her highness no matter how much time passes that this kind of situation even ur!¡¹
¡¸I, I''m not really pampering or anything¡¡¡¹
¡¸In that case, please at least stop calling her highness with "Koone-tan"! Just how many times do I need to ask that until your majesty can understand!¡¹
¡¸Uu¡¡bu, but still. Donar. Koone-ta¨D¨DKooneing along without anyone knowing about it is also the blunder of all of you¡¡¡¹
Moana faced away and rebutted with pouted lips. Her way of talking was queenly, but it sounded sulky. Pulsing vein emerged on Donar''s forehead in respond to that.
¡¸¡¡Indeed. No matter what kind of circumstance there was, it was my blunder to fail to notice her majesty''s action. I will humbly ept any punishment no matter what it is.¡¹
¡¸Eh? Ah, no, something like punishment is too exaggerating¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Even so-! That is that, this is this! This matter is concerning the safety of her highness''s safety! It''s amon knowledge that her highness is a mischievous tomboy! She secretly turned my lunch to be extremely spicy, she whispered many untrue things to my wife, because of that my wife won''t listen to me anymore, she willfully put cute decoration on my sword, if this is only something like those then I can justugh it off! But, for her to secretlye along into a battlefield! Thisck of sense of danger cannot be overlooked! Only my words are not enough, how about your majesty also reprimand her highness as her elder sister!¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes. I''m sorry¡¡¡¹
Before anyone knew it, the queen-sama sat on seiza posture beside the sobbing Koone while getting preached on.
What''s this chaos¡¡? Kouki did nothing except staring at the sight before his eyes dumbfounded.
¡¸It''s always like this, so don''t let it bother you. The chief is an existence that is like a father already for both her majesty and her highness.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
A calm voice addressed the astonished Kouki. When Kouki turned his gaze at the voice''s direction, he saw there a soldier with swept back hair of burnt brown color looking to be in his early thirty.
¡¸I am the vice chief of the soldier force, Othar. Kouki-dono, that is your name correct?¡¹
Among the many muscr soldiers, Othar who was rtively small statured was actually the number 2. Kouki was feeling a bit surprised of that while he nodded at Othar''s question.
Othar who was emitting "gentle" atmosphere peacefully from his whole body was smiling with even more calmness and peacefulness after receiving Kouki''s confirmation.
¡¸The chief along with Spenser-sama has been watching over the two of them as though they were his own children since they were small. The king and queen of the previous generation¡¡the father and mother of Moana-sama and Koone-sama has passed on to the great nature five years ago, which caused the chief to be even more so like that. He is also the sword instructor for Moana-sama, so the chief isn''t really holding back when treating the two of them.¡¹
ording to Othar, the parents of Moana and Koone seemed to die at therge scale battle against the that happened five years ago.
At that time, the one who led the was the current , so their strength was tremendous, all the royal family with the exception of Koone had to fight. It was the best they could do to make the enemy retreated even after they all staked their life.
Although Moana, Spenser, and Donar were seriously wounded, but they barely survived. And since then, in order to support Moana and Koone, Spenser and Donar got close to the two royalty as substitute parent. From the start the two men also received deep trust from the previous generation king, and they were also close to the two princesses as bodyguard and instructor. For Moana and Koone, the two men were just like family.
¡¸¡¡So that''s how it is. In that case, it cannot be helped even if Moana-sama is pampering her little sister.¡¹
Her only remaining rtive. It was only natural that Moana was pampering her little sister Koone then, Kouki thought with understanding look. Her attaching "-tan" too, yep, surely that also couldn''t be helped, Kouki thought.
And then, it seemed Koone whose family passed on in the period of time when it was unclear whether she had awareness to her surrounding or not seemed to like acting mischievously, she also came along to the battlefield because she was worried for her big sister. Surely it was only natural for her to be like that if one saw it as her being lonely and feeling scared of losing her big sister.
¡¸No, Moana-sama''s "idiot big sister" act was already like that since Koone-sama was born.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸Koone-sama''s tomboyish manner too, she was like that since before the previous generation king passed on to the nature.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸Whether it''s in the pce or in the capital, since the two of them were little they were talked with numerous title and nickname like, ¡ºSiscon princess¡» ¡ºElusive phantom princess¡» ¡ºDual personality queen¡»¡ºThe always grinningly crawling princess Koone-tan¡» ¡ºStop it, Haumu will snap you know queen¡» ¡ºI beg you, please don''t be a nuisance to our work, princess¡» ¡ºOr rather, please stop the princess, queen¡» ¡ºStop it, please stop decorating my weapon Koone-sama¡» ¡ºGYAAAAAAHH, QUEEN!?¡», and so on.¡¹
¡¸No, those aren''t title or nickname, those were justints aren''t they!? Or rather, thest one is just a scream isn''t it!?¡¹
If it was said with indirect expression, then it seemed the royalty sisters were really close and intimate to their vassal and people. Absolutely no one was saying that they were problem children.
Othar gently smiled at Kouki''s tsukkomi. It also somehow felt like Othar was saying ¡¸There is nothing else to do butughing right?¡¹. This gentleness of Othar that was like Buddha might be something polished for the sake of the queen & princess duo.
¡¸Now then, I think it will be the time soon for the relief squad to link up with Spenser-sama and others.¡¹
Othar looked up to the sky and confirmed the passage of time from the inclination of the sun. After the soldier group joined up with Moana and Kouki, a part of the soldier group headed toward the rescue of Spenser and others without stopping.
If they were taking it slow too much and Spenser and others caught up to them, Spenser would shout at them ¡¸What are you all doing so sluggishly! Bring her majesty to the capital right away!¡¹, Othar exined with a wry smile.
Seeing from Moana''s state, it seemed that the effect of the miasma on her had mostly gone already, she looked like she had recovered enough, so under the protection of the soldier group, they should return to the safety zone that was the capital quickly even if it was just Moana.
''And so because of that'', with an atmosphere that seemed to be saying that, Othar was,
¡¸Kouki-done, if it''s not a bother for you, can I ask you to please call out to the chief?¡¹
Asking Kouki to deal with it, while she was smiling peacefully.
Kouki realized. This person, from the start he was approaching him in order to entrust the mediation of this chaos situation to him. He was a person with calm personality, but he was also a type of person that would really forcefully push a matter to other if it was a matter that could be pushed away to other.
When Kouki nced at the direction of Moana and co, the preaching was still continuing. Perhaps lured by the crying of Koone, even Moana was getting teary eyed. It seemed she was really enduring the preaching of the soldier chief who was like father to her.
Kouki sighed deeply while replying ¡¸I''m going¡¹, and then he timidly called out to the chief.
¡¸Excuse me, it looks like Moana-sama has recovered already, how about we depart soon?¡¹
¡¸Hmm?¡¹
A sharp glint flew toward Kouki. Kouki reflexively twitched. For some reason he was reminded of Shuuzou (Shizuku''s grandfather) at the time when he was training at Yaegashi dojo.
''By any chance, a preaching would alsoe at him¡¡?'' Kouki prepared himself for such possibility.
¡¸Ooh, isn''t this hero-dono. How rude of me to not even greet you satisfactorily. Once again, I am the soldier chief Donar Sord. A thousand thanks for your help toward Moana-sama and myrades in arms.¡¹
Donar''s right fist hit *don-* on his chest and directed a gaze of gratitude without any falsehood in it toward Kouki. Perhaps he was originally a gentle person if he wasn''t getting heated up to the royalty sisters.
¡¸I am Amanogawa Kouki. Please call me Kouki. If it''s word of thanks then I have received enough, so please enough with that. Rather than that, how about we depart soon? Although she has recovered, but it''s better if Moana-sama can quickly take a rest, and surely it''s also better for the little sister to quickly return to the capital too.¡¹
¡¸Indeed. I had showed you something unsightly. It''s my bad habit of getting too passionate when her majesty and her highness are concerned.¡¹
Donar scratched his head awkwardly while saying that. His brief nce toward Moana and Koone was filled with deep affection. Certainly, rather than something that a vassal directed to his lord, that gaze was something like what a father would direct toward his daughter.
¡¸Onee-chan, is that person the hero-sama? Amazing! Toe stopping Donar in the middle of his preaching while meeting him for the first time, he is really a hero! Koone really think that he is a hero!¡¹
The tears pulled back instantly and Koone-tan said her definition of hero with a wide smile. It seemed she was saying that a hero was a person who was able to stop the soldier chief''s preaching. Or rather than that, what happened with the loud bawling just now¡¡
At her side, Moana was saying ¡¸As expected from Koone-tan. What your eyes are focusing at is different from other people. Onee-chan is really in admiration!¡¹, praising with a tension like an idiot parent who swinging from joy to nervousness from watching the announcement of their child''s result in a tournament.
Donar let loose a sharp glint, but perhaps judging that the preaching was over, Koone approached Kouki with light footsteps *tototon* while her twin tail was shaking due to the wind blowing from somewhere.
And then, she looked up with a fixed stare at Kouki with eyes that were jade colored just like her big sister and¨D¨Dsmiled widely.
¡¸Nice to meet you! I''m something like a princess, Koone de Shelt Synvia! Thank you very much for saving Onee-chan and others!¡¹
Saying that, Koone tapped her right hand on her right chest.
It seemed that it was a gesture like bowing one''s head or a salute.
Kouki was thinking that he had to ask about that gesture and other things rted to thatter on while for the time being her,
¡¸What do you mean something like a princess!?¡¹
Was both sisters were feeling some kind of reluctance in being a royalty? Kouki was thinking of such thing while spontaneously making a tsukkomi.
Midway, Kouki and others managed to link up with Spenser and others who were catching up with a momentum that was leaving behind the rescue squad while screaming ¡¸YOUR MAJESTYYYYY-¡¹.
The angry yell ¡¸Why is her highness is here!?¡¹ from Spenser and the crying voice ¡¸Bieeeeeenn, my Onee-chan love was overflowing desuuuuuu!¡¹ from Koone, the lukewarm gaze of Kouki toward the queen who couldn''t maintain her dignified way of talking in front of her little sister, the queen whose gaze was wandering around from receiving that gaze, and the wordless pleading ¡¸Don''t shave off our tension here~¡¹ from the soldiers, all those were entangledplicatedly and they all kept traveling in the middle of such chaos for a few hours.
Finally that came into view.
A chalk white pce was towering high right in the middle of arge oasis. Several spires were lining up symmetrically to left and right, and at the middle was a building in the shape of a quadrangr pyramid with a conspicuouslyrge size.
Bridges made of stone were stretching to four directions from the chalk white pce that was glittering from the reflection of sunlight, and countless buildings with simr chalk white color were lining up at the outer part of the oasis.
And then, further at the outer edge of the city at that outer part was surrounded by a river around ten meter wide in donut shape. The river wasn''t flowing anywhere, it was like a cycle of a flowing pool.
It seemed inside the city there was also canals that looked like stitches across the city, regardless of the city''s location that was in the middle of desert, several small ships could be seening and going there.
¨D¨DA city of water in the middle of desert.
That was the front line metropolis¨D¨DSynclea''s kingdom''s royal capital.
¡¸Amazing¡¡it''s beautiful¡¡¡¹
Words of praise were unconsciously leaked out from the mouth of Kouki who was staring at the capital from above a slightly elevated sand hill. From the story of a front line capital that lost the nature, Kouki held the image that the capital would be like a fortress with a rugged and devastated air.
¡¸Fufu, isn''t that right? ¨D¨DCough, don''t you think so?¡¹
¡¸Err, Moana-sama. I don''t mind even if you talk normally you know?¡¹
¡¸I don''t really understand what is Kouki talking about.¡¹
Moana slowly averted her sight away from Kouki''s kind gaze. It seemed saying that ''I''mpletely ustomed with manly way of talking~'' was actually an overly optimistic evaluation toward her own readiness.
Moana was resuming walking in order to enter the capital while starting to talk a bit faster to varnish over the matter.
¡¸Kouki. About that oasis you see, it''s not just beautiful, actually it also has a barrier to not let the get near.¡¹
¡¸Barrier, is it?¡¹
Moana made a smug face once more as though to say ''How''s that, amazing right?''.
¡¸Yes. Actually, Kouki. The royalty of Synclea kingdom has a special power. Different from the normal blessing power that can be used by anyone as long as they have the correct prayer or vow, there is a blessing art that can only be used by those with the bloodline of the royalty¨D¨Dthe heaven''s blessing art. There is one heaven''s blessing art per person of the royal family. Each one is a characteristically special and powerful art.¡¹
¡¸Yes yes yes-! Koone is able to use nyoki nyoki art!¡¹ (TN: Nyoki nyoki seem to mean ''shooting up one after another'' in Japan¡¡?)
Koone was making a smug face that was exactly like her big sister while twisting and wriggling her body around. The heaven''s blessing art that was upwardlypatible from the normal blessing art¨D¨Da nyoki nyoki art. In the end, that was¡¡
¡¸Koone-tan! That''s so cute, Koone-tan! The formal name is pretty much but, from now on let''s change it to ¨D¨D¡¹
¡¸Your majesty?¡¹
¡¸Nothing at all¨D¨Dcough-, it''s nothing.¡¹
ording to Moana who returned to her senses after getting hit by Donar''s sharp eye glint, Koone''s heaven''s blessing art seemed to be an art that could make a ce that had lost blessing power to be filled with blessing power once more. The target that was hit by this would have theirtent power invigorated temporarily and got strengthened.
¡¸The heaven''s blessing art of an honorable ancestor of the long past is dwelling inside the oasis if Synclea kingdom in exchange of his life.¡¹
¡¸Is it something like, the is unable to touch this water?¡¹
¡¸Yes. More urately, they are unable to touch, but when they touch, even the miasma inside their body will be absorbed and dispersed. This ce is right in the middle of a desert without any blessing power. Those bunches won''t be able to fight if even the miasma they are retaining is stolen. Therefore, this oasis is the greatest barrier.¡¹
Kouki harbored awe toward the royalty of that time who discarded his life in order to leave behind an art that possessed such tremendous effect for theter generation. Just how much resolve and wish that person filled into this he wondered.
Kouki was shivering slightly when he suddenly noticed something and asked.
¡¸You said something about in exchange of life, the heaven''s blessing art''s effect will increase by doing that?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Correct. Different from a blessing art, using heaven''s blessing art is difficult. The user will be assailed by intense exhaustion after using it once. Their life will be lost if they overuse it. In everything, there is nothing that can be done "freely" you know.¡¹
Moana said that jokingly, but Kouki could do nothing except returning a vague smile.
He caught sight of Koone who was staring fixedly at her big sister from below Moana. Both sisters possessed beautiful jade eyes and chocte colored skin. Despite so, only the color of their hair was different. Moana''s hair was pure white. Rather than saying that her hair was white colored from the beginning, it was like the hair originally had color that currently had faded away¡¡
There was no one with white hair color even amidst the soldiers around them. It was obvious that hair color wasn''t a characteristic of this country''s people.
Different from Koone, he was told that Moana participated in the battle five years ago. It was a fierce battle where all members of royalty were lost with the exception of these sisters. It wasn''t difficult to imagine how Moana must have risked her life.
Five years ago she should be in the middle of her teens. She lost her family at such young age, she herself fought by straining her life, and protected her country and little sister through¨D¨D
An indescribable feeling grew violent inside Kouki.
¡¸Hero-sama.¡¹
The young voice calling at him surprised Kouki. His looking down face was naturally heading toward the direction of the voice''s owner.
Koone who was staring fixedly at Kouki without him noticing was making a bright smile.
¡¸Onee-chan is amazing right? Koone think she is amazing!¡¹
It was a praise without even a shred of shadow in it. And then, it was respect and love toward her big sister. Koone puffed up her chest as though and showed a really smug face as though it was something about herself. Kouki smiled to such Koone.
¡¸Yes, Moana-sama is amazing.¡¹
¡¸That''s right, that''s right. In addition she is a beauty right? Koone think she is a beauty!¡¹
¡¸E, err, yes. That''s, I think she is a really beautiful person you know?¡¹
Beside Koone who was puffing up her chest while going ''That''s right, that''s right'', Moana was blushing. Rather than because Kouki was praising her, she was blushing because the litter sister who was praising her was irresistibly cute! Like that. Her breathing was getting rougher and her gaze was focused still on Koone.
¡¸Hero-sama!¡¹
¡¸Err, Koone-sama? Don''t call me hero, I hope you can call me Kouki¡¡¡¹
¡¸I''m sorry. I cannot call hero-sama as brother-inw-sama!¡¹
¡¸No one is saying anything about that though!?¡¹
¡¸If you want Koone to recognize you, then I have to ask you to show me your sincerity, desu, hero-sama!¡¹
¡¸That''s why, please stop talking with the premise that I am aiming at Moana-sama!¡¹
¡¸If you toy with Onee-chan, I intend to ssh extremely spicy spice at your "pii-"! Koone has no mercy to Onee-sama''s enemy!¡¹
¡¸A girl must not say "pii-"! Or rather, what terrifying thing you are saying there!¡¹
Kouki''s tsukkomi was in the peak condition. While he was at it, the eyes of Moana and the surrounding soldiers were opened wide. Donar and Spenser were looking around with angry gaze that said ¡¸Who is the one who taught word like "pii-" at her highness huh!?¡¹.
Koone-tan¨D¨Din public she was a princess who was given the recognition of ¡ºthe chaos bringer¡»¡ºchaos in three seconds after appearance¡»¡ºwhen found don''t get involved and contact the soldier force right away!¡» as themon sense.
Even though the capital was already right before their sight, inside the atmosphere that was turned into chaos, Koone-tan who was directing an unshakable (?) gaze toward Kouki was,
¡¸ky hero-sama. I won''t forgive you if Onee-chan is hurt. Koone absolutely won''t forgive you if that happen!¡¹
She dered such thing with a bit of expectation and arge anxiety residing inside those eyes that were scattering smile everywhere.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
To everyone who reported ''I bought Arifureta vol 6 you know~'', thank you very much.
My greatest gratitude to all of you who took the book into your hand.
By the way, that person who came out at the start of Kouki arc is the same person with the character who is the storyteller at the extra story w
Do you know if you answer the questionnaire at the new book information at Ovep-sama''s homepage then you will be able to go the page of¡¸afterword''s afterword¡¹?
Each time, I put things like inside story of Arifureta and the like there, but this time¡¡
A writing that will make one want to tsukkomi¡¸You are alive!?¡¹ is posted.
If you like, please try to have a look for killing time.
Chapter 268
Chapter 268
¡¸Fuu¡¡¡¹
Kouki naturally leaked out a deep sigh like that. Kouki was sitting down on the bed of a guest room inside the pce that was given to him while making a wry smile toward himself who was like that.
When he looked over the room, the quality of every furniture that was put in minimum there wasn''t bad. At the very least, the bed he was sitting on was soft. However, it had so little decoration that it could be said to be simple, it looked inferior whenpared to the guest room in Hairihi kingdom no matter how Kouki looked at it.
It showed the current pressing situation of the country, so Kouki fell backward and lied down with his expression stayingplicated.
He instinctively leaked out a sigh ¡¸Fuu¡¡¡¹ once more from his mouth. It seemed he was far more fatigued than he thought.
He hadn''t reached the limit of his stamina at all, but the core of his body and the inside of his head felt clingingly heavy. To speak in the meaning of mental fatigue, his current condition was truly in a state of total exhaustion.
Kouki lifted one of his hands to block the sunlight shining in from the window. When he was staring at his hand in a daze, the sensation of "that time" was revived vividly.
(tsu, ¡¡I, killed, huh.)
The sensation of cutting apart flesh. nk gaze. Spurting out blood¡¡
¡¸Uuh¡¹
He unconsciously felt desire to vomit and he crouched on the bed.
(It should be, the correct choice. ¡¡It was a race against time. ¡¡In order to save Moana-sama and others. ¡¡That''s why, it''s not a mistake, that''s how it should be¡¡)
To persuade himself, to convince himself, he repeatedly, frantically muttered that the option he picked "should be the correct one" over and over.
©¤©¤Even though I don''t understand what is correct?
©¤©¤Despite I, not trusting myself more than anyone?
Each time Kouki yelled inside his heart that he should be correct, the cold voice of himself was echoing. That voice sounded as though it was the voice of his other self that he confronted once at the ¡¾Cavern of Ice and Snow¡¿, the figure of himself smiling coldly suddenly crossed over at the back of his mind. d in ck holy armor, white hair with ck streaks coloring it, and then dark red eyes like monster¡¡
¡¸tsu¡¹
Kouki sat up in a sh and he shook his head. It was his bad habit since the legendary decisive battle. When he noticed his thought was falling into an endless spiral. What''s more it was bad thought he was falling into.
In order to renew his feeling for the moment, Kouki recalled the events after he reached the pce.
¡¸It was dreary but, the audience hall was really beautiful huh.¡¹
The audience hall where Kouki was made to pass through in order to formally introduce him to the pce people was so impressive and beautiful to the degree he unconsciously leaked out such monologue.
It was a chalk white space without a single smudge. There were several pirs with beautiful and detailed engraving that would make anyone sigh in admiration. It seemed the hall was structured to make use of sunlight using mirror reflection to shine even the inner part, and because of that venttion of light that wasn''t unlike air venttion, crisscrossing pirs of light were showering inside the audience hall regardless of the ce being deep indoor.
And then, Moana when she was sitting on a chair that was made from the same chalk white stone like the building was also positioned under the crisscrossing light pirs, making a beautiful sight that would cause anyone to hold their breath.
Due to everything in the surrounding was white, her chocte colored skin was really standing out. Her pure white full dress that was beautiful while being simple was also fitting her perfectly that it made himprehending ¡¸I see, she is really a queen¡¹. On top of that, the white hair which was possessed only by her alone also really gave out the impression of mysticism.
At her surrounding, aides, soldier force, royal guards, and so on were standing by in rows. Because Kouki only saw Moana in her traveling clothes all this time coupled with her warrior attitude, when he was led inside the audience hall as thest one among that line up, he spontaneously stopped walking when he saw her dressing up like that.
He immediately came back to his senses and walked until his designated position, but looking from how Moana''s expression became slightly bashful, she must have noticed how Kouki became fascinated.
Feeling really embarrassed that the inside of his heart was seen through by an older girl, Kouki shook his head while moving the focus of his recollection toward another point.
¡¸Nevertheless¡¡as expected, everyone is having expectation huh. ©¤©¤toward the hero.¡¹
A gloomy feeling welled up inside him. The people inside the audience hall, regardless whether they were military or civil official, everyone were holding expectation toward the existence of "hero".
That could be said to be natural.
In therge scale battle five years ago, Synclea kingdom lost all members of the royal family with the exception of Moana and Koone. Not only that, they naturally also lost a lot of soldiers.
The power of the royal family possessed was tremendous. It could be said as the trump card of Synclea kingdom. They used that trump card, paid a great sacrifice, and with that the best they could do wasn''t extermination but repelling back the enemy.
That was how powerful the of this generation was. Currently he seemed to be unable to move properly in order to heal the wound he received, but even then there wasn''t any sign of the getting reced, and on top of that even while being currently wounded, the Dark King had the strength that allowed him to keep reigning above the still.
He was truly a monster. Most likely he was being at his most powerful ever. And then, nine out of ten cases, he the would surelye attacking once more with even more strength. Then, for the current Synclea kingdom that had lost many of their royal family, at that time of the rematch, would they be able to defeat that guy¡¡
The prospect wasn''t bright.
At such time, the existence of a hero of another world appeared together with the oracle of Faltina.
If those people were told from Moana''s mouth that the hero used technique of another world, that the miasma didn''t affect him, and then he defeated who were quiet famous unaided and saved Moana and her people, it was impossible to tell them to not expect much from Kouki.
But, even though he understood that¡¡
¡¸¡¡It''s heavy.¡¹
To the degree it felt like he was going to get crushed.
Once, when he was summoned to Tortus, he thought he could anything. He thought there was nothing he couldn''t do. He didn''t even notice the "weight" of the words save the world, rather his heart was feeling exaltation the more people were holding expectation toward him.
Right now¡¡those expectations were simply, simply, nothing but terrifying.
The possibility of him betraying those expectations. The possibility of failure. And also, the possibility of him making mistake.
Aaa, he wanted to run away. But, he had promised, to fight himself, and to fight his heart that wanted to avert his eyes and ran away. Because at that time, he had made a promise, with the girl who was his childhood friend, and with his best friend who came risking his life and punched him.
There was no way, he could run away¡¡.
Aa, agonizing.
¡¸BAA©¤©¤©¤©¤NN!! Looking like a princess, but actually might not be a princess-!? iiit''s Kooneee!!¡¹
¡¸Hiih, what''s going on-!?¡¹
Serious-san was blown away along with the room''s door.
Kouki who was immersed in his thought got caught by surprise and he reflexively jumped on his bed. Incidentally he was also screaming pathetically like he never before.
Koone didn''t even pay attention to such Kouki and stepped on the copsed door while entering the room. She then pointed sharply at Kouki. She even winked *pachin-* while she was at it.
¡¸Hero-sama! Koone thought that perhaps you are feeling fretful, so Koonee here for you!¡¹
¡¸Eh, fretful? Rather, the door¡¡¡¹
Kouki was wondering how did the door get blown away and his gaze nced alternately at Koone and the door she was stepping on.
However, as expected Koone didn''t pay it any attention.
¡¸Koone will give you a tour of the capital! Now, let''s go!¡¹
¡¸Do, don''t pull at me. Or rather, Koone-sama. Have you asked permission? If you go outside as you pleased, you will get scolded by Spenser-san or Donar-san again you know?¡¹
¡¸Koone think, that going out mean going out of the capital! In other words, inside the capital is the same like in the pce! Koone isn''t going out!¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s too much of a broad interpretation isn''t it¡¡¡¹
Koone theory was surging out. Koone''s hand beckoned at the wryly smiling Kouki as though to say ¡¸It''s fine so shut up already and follow Koone!¡¹. She was really masculine.
Normally he would want to apany her. However, currently he wasn''t feeling good at all.
Kouki didn''t know how much the people of the capital were aware about Kouki and the matter of hero, but he entered the pce by going through the main street together with the soldier force and Moana. Naturally, a lot of people witnessed Kouki riding the same Arous with Moana and Koone.
If he went outside to the capital, perhaps he would be looked at with those eyes of expectation again. Above all else, his heart was awfully tired right now and he wanted to rest slowly.
And so, Kouki tried to speak ¡¸No, I¡¡¡¹ with reservation but,
¡¸Koone Body Attack!¡¹
¡¸Guheh!?¡¹
Koone-tan was always abrupt at any time. Due to the unleashed flying body attack, Kouki was pushed down on the bed. Koone who was straddling Kouki was making a smug face. But, right after that, her expression quietly changed. Kouki held his breath toward that jade eyes that were staring at him fixedly.
¡¸Hero-sama. No matter how much we pray at a ce where there is nothing, nothing will happen you know? That''s why, first we should see, hear, and feel. Koone think that those has to be done.¡¹
No good idea or anything would emerge even if he fidgeted hesitantly inside the room like this. Kouki spontaneously opened his eyes wide, feeling as though himself until just now was seen through.
In aplete change, Koone smiled brightly and,
¡¸Koone also want to listen about the story of another world! Please teach me about the hero-sama''s world while also learning about this world! Koone want to know!¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes¡¡I guess. Then, let''s go.¡¹
Kouki kept getting toyed by the quickly changing aura and expression of Koone, however, he nodded thinking that what Koone said also had truth to it, and he requested her to give him a tour of the capital for a change of mood.
But, at that time,
¡¸Wha, what!? The doo is-. What happened!? Kouki, are you saf©¤©¤¡¹
Moana-sama who seemed toe to visit Kouki made her entrance.
And then, the queen-sama©¤©¤or rather the severe siscon saw it. The figure of the little sister she doted straddling a man on the bed. Looking closely©¤©¤Kouki''s excuse was that he reflexively caught in his arm Koone who jumped him so that she wouldn''t be hurt, that was really what happened©¤©¤Kouki''s hands were holding the waist of her beloved little sister.
I see.
¡¸Faltina-sama hath spoken. She said, kill Kouki.¡¹
¡¸That''s a lie-. I mean, this is not what it looks like! This is misunderstanding, Moana-sama!¡¹
Kouki who instantly guessed how Moana mistook the situation was desperately attempting to resolve the misunderstanding. But, not reading the mood in this kind of time was Koone-tan Quality.
¡¸Onee-chan! It''s amazing! Hero-sama, he is really hard!¡¹
Kouki wished that she would attach more detail like "the abs is" or something without fail. He didn''t know whether Koone aimed for that or if she was just an airhead, but in any case, Kouki now acknowledged Koone as a troublemaker.
Although, he had no leeway at all for speaking out hisint. Moana-sama whose expression had turned into one resembling a Hannya mask was reaching toward the sword on her waist that she seemed to always carry around,
¡¸HEAVEN''S JUDGMENTTTTTT-¡¹
¡¸Hiiih, don''t use real swordddddddd-¡¹
She assaulted the scoundrel that "toyed" with her beloved little sister.
Even while screaming, Kouki wasted no time to hold Koone with one arm while moving out of the way. At the same time his other hand created a miniscule barrier on his palm and averted the sword attack. For the moment the sword was still sheathed, so he wouldn''t get cut, but Moana''s Hannya face made him thought of a naked de, so Kouki was desperate.
Moana who was shing down from a forced stance because of her agitation had her bnce crumbled when her sword was parried. Like that she copsed on top of Kouki.
Kouki erased the barrier and immediately caught Moana.
There,
¡¸Moana-sama!? Just now, a loud voice was©¤©¤¡¹
The strongest royal guard captain who doted on the two sisters like father made his entrance.
The captain witnessed it. The scene on the bed, where the pair of sisters who he thought as his own daughters, were being embraced by a man with both his arms.
¡¸HEAVEN''s PUNISHMENTTTTTTT-¡¹
¡¸Hiiih, this is a misunderstandingggggggg-¡¹
The sorrowful scream of the hero-sama echoed once more in a corner of the pce.
By the way, Kouki caught Spenser''s attack using both his feet. In doing so, Spenser flopped down and his face dove on Kouki''s important part, while Kouki was fainting in agony, Kouki who was embracing Moana and Koone with both his arms while holding Spenser on his important ce with his legs were seen by the people of the pce who were rushing into the room. It went without saying how screams were raised.
¡¸Uu, that was a horrible experience¡¡¡¹
The disheartened voice of Kouki echoed in the bustling shopping district of the capital. Beside him, Moana and Koone were walking with their faces hidden by wearing hood. Moana looked apologetic while Koone wasughing cheerfully.
¡¸Koone-tan! You troubled Kouki, so reflect a bit on your action!¡¹
The two had more or less finished apologizing to Kouki, but it was doubtful whether Koone was reflecting from her outward appearance. Moana scolded Koone, something that she rarely did.
¡¸The flustered hero-sama was interesting I''m sorry!¡¹
¡¸That''s amazing, Koone-tan! You are able to apologize properly!¡¹
¡¸No, it''s doubtful that she is apologizing, or rather it feels like I''m getting dissed¡¡¡¹
Kouki was staring fixedly at the elder sister who waspletely pampering her little sister, and Koone who was understanding various things somehow and did what she did.
¡¸Now now, hero-sama. Koone will let you to eat the capital''s specialty food! With Onee-chan''s money!¡¹
¡¸Leave it to me Koone-tan! Onee-chan has been saving a lot of my pocket money for this kind of time!¡¹
An unexpected truth was shed on light. It seemed the money that queen could use for her personal use was given with pocket money system.
When Kouki was introduced in the audience hall, there was a tottering gramps that looked like he was going keel over anytime, but that gramps was actually civil official chief (a position like a prime minister), and he was introduced as the one who took charge of the financial affairs too.
The tottering gramps handing over pocket money toward Moana-sama who epted it with a pleased face¡¡
Kouki imagined such scene and for some reason he felt warm and fluffy.
But, for the time being, he guessed that he should say what ought to be said.
¡¸Moana-sama. Aren''t you too weak against Koone-sama''s casual coaxing?¡¹
''Isn''t she too pampering toward her little sister who actually might be ck hearted in truth?'' Kouki tried saying that while smiling wryly.
But, the one who objected wasn''t Moana, the objection came flying from a small gangster.
¡¸? Hero-sama wishes for an eight year old girl to pay? Is that so? The penniless and jobless hero-sama!¡¹
¡¸Gofuh!?¡¹
¡¸Understood. The eight year old girl Koone will treat the penniless adult hero-sama! ¡¡It''s just a pocket money that Koone saved earnestly, but Koone will use it for hero-sama''s sake!¡¹
¡¸It''s fine! I get it already so please stoopp! The gaze of the surrounding is painful!¡¹
Koone tilted her head with a wondering expression ''Is that so?''. Kouki thought. This little girl, she absolutely did what she did intentionally.
Little girl these days was terrifying. Kouki recalled the daughter of the demon king that crossed his mind, and then he also imagined the scene of that terrifying little girl who inherited her father''s disposition taking the hand of this little girl before his eyes who was actually ck hearted, where the two of them were getting along well with each other. His body shivered. It was truly a terrifying imagination. Just like a nightmare.
Kouki casually made an oath. ''Let''s not provoke the little girl to the best of his ability'', like so.
Then, at that timing Koone quietly ran off, perhaps she discovered something at the road ahead. While thinking ''she really move around abruptly huh'', Kouki followed behind Moana who was chasing behind Koone in hurry.
¡¸¡¡That''s¡¹
Ahead of his gaze, Koone was skillfully slipping through the crowd of people. Seeing that, Kouki unconsciously raised a voice of admiration.
It seemed no one noticed the small Koone rushing below them. Surprisingly, it seemed Koone sensed the awareness within the field of vision and gaze of people, so by avoiding that awareness she was able to take covert action that would make even an assassin to feel shocked.
¡¸Koone has a good mind. No, perhaps I should say that she has good sense. She read the thought and feeling of people to a surprising degree. To the level that can make you think that perhaps she has a mind reading ability.¡¹
¡¸Sensing the thought¡¡¡¹
Moana spoke while watching Koone slipping smoothly through the crowd.
¡¸That movement that cannot be noticed by other people, it seems that it''s also the application of that. Something like, by looking, hearing, and feeling carefully, she can understand what someone is focusing on.¡¹
¡¸Is that how she sneaked into the baggage of the soldier force before¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yeah. Amazing right!? That''s my Koone-tan!¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s right. In a sense, it''s really amazing¡¡¡¹
An elder sister boasting of her little sister with a triumphant look. Certainly what she mentioned was amazing but¡¡
When Kouki saw Koone sneaking into the back of some fruit seller, he couldn''t help but spontaneously thought that it was really a waste of talent.
In the fruit store that seemed to be ran by a married couple, colorfully juicy fruits were lined up inside, the husband was livelily raising his voice to attract customer from behind the goods'' shelf.
Koone-tan was creeping up behind him. And then,
¡¸BAA©¤©¤NN!! This is the one who hallucinate to be a princess since who know when! Kooneee!!¡¹
¡¸GYAAAAAAH, what is this-!?¡¹
The husband was toppled over. Suddenly behind him an explosion reverberated, which might be caused by blessing art, and at the same time someone appeared while raising a loud voice. There was no way he wasn''t surprised.
The husband looked behind him while falling on his butt, there he found Koone who was smiling widely with both her hands going banzai and his shoulders slumped down. With a small voice ¡¸Koone-sama again huh¡¡¡¹ his expression turned troubled.
¡¸Uncle Geor, Koone came! Three kukuri please!¡¹
¡¸Thank you for your patronage. That''s what I want to say, but please spare me from the surprise each time you came, Koone-sama.¡¹
It seemed that Koone was a regr customer of this store, and she was also a habitual criminal who surprised the owner while she was at it.
¡¸Ahahahah, it doesn''t matter about my husband, but Koone-sama, if you don''t act in moderation then the soldier chief will scold you again.¡¹
Neglecting his husband who was still falling on his butt, the madam withrge built selected the fruit for Koone quickly. Moana who chased after Koone handed over money toward the woman who was really like an auntie of the shopping district.
¡¸I''m sorry about Koone every time. She seem to be really pleased with the fruit of this store.¡¹
¡¸My, this is your majesty. Today both of you sisters are going out it seems. Well, please don''t worry about it. No matter what he say, but my husband too is looking forward to Koone-sama''s visit after all.¡¹
¡¸Thank you for saying that.¡¹
Kouki watched over the exchange between Moana and the married couple from a step away.
It seemed that Koone''s entrance also caused the surrounding people to notice that the royal sisters were here, but affection could be seen from their expression. It wasn''t excessive respect, but something that could be thought asing from exceedingly close rtionship. But, by no means the people were looking lightly at the sisters, it was obvious even just from a nce that everyone held respect and affection.
It seemed that the distance between the royal family of Synclea kingdom and the people was extremely small.
But, what made Kouki curious wasn''t that. If it was about a royal family who was openhearted and friendly, he was already acquainted with princess Liliana. For Kouki this wasn''t something that was that unusual.
While Kouki was staring fixedly at that point he was curious about, the married couple noticed his gaze and called out to him.
¡¸Oh, that person there¡¡by any chance, is he the recently rumored hero-sama?¡¹
¡¸Eh? Ah, yes. I''m called like that more or less.¡¹
¡¸Oh my, in that case then this three kukuri is not enough, I have to give a bit of extra. Setting that aside, is something the matter with this? It seems you are keep staring at this since some time ago.¡¹
Saying that, the madam pped *pon-* on it, at the sword that she was wearing on her waist.
Yes, the married couple of the fruit store were carrying sword. When he looked really closely, not to mention the shop owner, even the shop employees at the neighboring shops who were calling at Koone, and also most of the people who wereing and going, everyone were carrying the minimum arms.
They were just a shop owner, just a person who seemed like a normal housewife, but everyone was carrying sword on their waist.
Kouki asked with a bit of bewilderment.
¡¸Excuse me, both madam and sir are this shop''s owner right? Not actually a member of the soldier force that is helping here in your off-day?¡¹
¡¸? Yes, yes. Both of us has been doing business here for a long time though¡¡¡¹
¡¸Err, then, why are you carrying sword?¡¹
From the look of the madam who didn''t understand why Kouki asked her that, it seemed civilian carrying sword was something really normal in the capital, it didn''t look like there was any particr circumstance.
¡¸About that hero-sama. This ce is the world''s front line you know? Although the soldiers are the specialist of the battlefield, but there is also no reason that fruit seller cannot fight, the isn''t the type of fellow that would let go of us just because we are a fruit seller right?¡¹
¡¸Ma, madam is fighting?¡¹
¡¸Yes, yes, I will fight you know. That is if this capital bes a battlefield. Of course, I''m praying that it won''te to that. But, not doing anything, not able to do anything, and die simply, something like that, I''ll have none of that. It''s nothing big, I have been pping my husband routinely everyday. One or two is no concern at all.¡¹
After saying so, the madamughed heartily while pping her husband who was making a pathetic expression beside her repeatedly.
Front line©¤©¤Kouki felt it for real just how far the meaning those words had.
The people remaining in this capital, all of them had the resolve to fight when the time came. They were spending their days with the resolve for all the capital''s people to be counted as war strength.
When Kouki looked at Moana beside him, her gaze dropped down with a silent expression. She was feeling down©¤©¤but that wasn''t really it. She was calmly, epting their resolve, it was that kind of expression.
Koouki looked over his surrounding.
Without knowing whether it was tomorrow or some other day, the next moment they might be thrown into battle with their right to live on the line. The people were living with such resolve.
*Drip*, something spilled out inside his heart.
¡¸Isn''t it, scary?¡¹
The madam''s expression turned puzzled. And then, whileughing heartily she,
¡¸That''s, obviously it''s scary! But see, look, the kukuri of our store, if it''s for the sake of making the customers able to enjoy this then, well, I''m going to work a bit harder. Right, dear?¡¹
¡¸Well yeah. If we don''t sell kukuri, who will then sell kukuri in the capital. As a fruit store owner, I''m not gonna allow the guys doing their best fighting to be unable to even eat a kukuri.¡¹
The shop owner shrugged and lightly washed the kukuri his wife picked before handing it over. Kukuri was a fruit with an appearance like a yellow apple. Koone quickly nibbled at it. Her eating manner was so hearty it made him wanted to tsukkomi just in where she was a princess.
Even while chuckling, Moana also put the fruit into her mouth while urging Kouki with her gaze ¡¸Try eating it¡¹.
Kouki felt his heart whirling from the madam''s words while tried a bite of the fruit. Right away, thick sweet and sour taste spread inside his mouth, and a rich aroma tickled his nose. If he had to guess, then plum had the most simr taste with this fruit¡¡but, it had a good vor that he couldn''t just eat at a moment notice even in earth.
¡¸Delicious¡¡¡¹
¡¸Right, right!? This is Koone''s rmendation, so that''s natural. Koone think that it''s only natural!¡¹
For some reason Koone made an awfully smug face more than the married couple fruit seller. While her mouth was smudged all over with fruit juice. The madam wasughing heartily once more while politely wiping Koone''s mouth. Moana went ¡¸So, sorry to trouble you¡¹, even though she was the queen yet she was feeling obliged. The husband looked at such Moana and smiled.
Kouki who was staring at them took one more bite of kukuri. For this, for the sake of the people who wanted to eat this, the married couple fruit sellers would fight when the time came. He took a bite while chewing on their words.
Bright moon shined brightly at the peak of the night sky.
Kouki who was led around by Koone until the sun fell was now leaning on the railing at the guest room''s veranda while staring at the moon tiredly. The capital was different from the city in earth, the brightness hadpletely submerged and the city looked quiet.
Even coldly the mystical moon was reflected on the oasis, making a sight where it seemed there was twin moon. It was really a great view. The sparkling water surface was also wondrously beautiful.
Kouki''s gaze dropped at the moon wavering on the water surface without any particr reason while recalling Koone''s tomboyish act and the easy big sister who was merely doting. A small smile emerged on his lips.
He recalled theter matter after he ate kukuri at that fruit store.
The next ce he was guided toward was the best weapon shop in the capital.
When Koone made her entrance with ¡¸BAA©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤NN!! This is the one who make anyone challenged to reexamine the definition of princess! Kooneee!!¡¹ from the back entrance of the shop, a boy about the same age with Kouki went ¡¸GYAAAAAAAH, Koone-sama came out againnnn!?¡¹and toppled over backward.
With the ferry rower to cross the oasis river that they visited next, she intentionally leaped out from underwater while saying ¡¸ZABAA©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤NN!! The one who won''t be able to deny if asked whether she is a parasite in the pce!? Kooneee!!¡¹ . ¡¸GYAAAAAAAH, why is it always from underwater every time!?¡¹ the rower uncle yelled so while toppled backward and fell into the river¡¡
But perhaps it was the usual thing, because the uncle returned to the ship normally with a smile while saying ¡¸Please spare me from that anymore¡¹, and his clothes along with Koone were dried using blessing art¡¡
Then she circled behind the royal guard led by Spenser and the soldier force led by Donar who were actually following Kouki and others while surrounding them in all directions, made her appearance ¡¸BAA©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤NN!! Don''t think I''ll be a princess till forever! Kooneee!!¡¹, and smashed into pieces the confidence of the royal guards and soldiers ¡¸GYAAAAAAAAAH, your highness!? Why is your highness over there!?¡¹¡¡
The nickname of chaos in three seconds after appearance really suited her.
But, for Kouki, Koone who was such unprecedented tomboy was not just a mere girl who loved prank anymore.
¡¸See, hear, and feel, is it¡¡¡¹
Perhaps, the people who Kouki met and exchanged words directly with today were picked by Koone. People that possessed words that could possibly influenced Kouki the most.
If not, then there was no way that Kouki''s heart could be currently shaken to this degree even though they were only exchanging brief words.
¡¸Everyone¡¡were really lively.¡¹
The people he met, every single one of them possessed confidence of their way of living. They were proud of themselves.
What should he do so he could have confidence about himself like them? Could he be proud¡¡could he believe?
¡¸If I fight like I''m asked in this world¡¡will I understand?¡¹
But, like that, what would be different than the time when he was summoned to Tortus¡¡
Kouki shook his head. He was about to fall into an endless spiral of thought again. He was summoned, experienced his first kill, heard the circumstance of this world and the story of the people living here¡¡his heart waspletely tired.
''Let''s rest for today.'' Deciding that, Kouki turned around.
¡¸Good evening, this is Koone.¡¹
¡¸HIIIIIIIIIH!? Since when!?¡¹
With a bright smile, Koone-tan was right behind him when he noticed. Kouki''s scream echoed.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
I''m resigned to ept the opinion of ''the story is not progressing huh''.
However, in order for Kouki to change, I want him to have a lot more encounter and experience, but then this chapter of the capital move slowly and won''t progress faster like this¡¡
In case I write the story at the mental side, it will be long no matter what I do won''t it¡¡
And so, for the reader the development that is a bit tedious will continue, but this development will be limited to just Kouki arc so I wonder if I can wish for mercy from you readers.
Well, just as showed in¡¸The Gathering of the Returnees¡¹, after a week that person will make his entrance, so the time left for Kouki was also that one week¡¡
However, Koone is standing out huhh¡¡at first it should be like this though.
When I wrote for some reason inside my head Poison-¡ðn of [This world is a game you said~] you see¡¡ (TN: Seem to refer to Poison-tan from Kono Sekai ga Game dato Ore dake ga Shitteiru, not really sure though. Anyone can clear up about this reference?)
Shirakome''s plot always get instant death¡¡
Chapter 269
Chapter 269
¡¸Are you okay, hero-sama?¡¹
¡¸I''m not okay at all! Why are you here!? Or rather since when!?¡¹
Kouki was cowering in fear while raising his voice, his hand tightly grasping from above his clothes his heart that was jumping around inside.
He even forgot to use politenguage against the royal family and made tsukkomi with his usual way of talking.
That was how scary Koone-tan who sneaked behind him with a bright grin was. It was simply a horror. He wanted to yell ¡¸Enough with this little girl already-¡¹ with all his strength.
¡¸Fu-fun! Koone''s "stealthy skill" that cannot be noticed even by hero-sama is amazing right!¡¹
¡¸It''s not in the level of amazing¡¡even
doesn''t work¡¡¡¹
¡¸H~m. Koone doesn''t really understand what is this thing called
about but¡¡hero-sama''s focus waspletely directed somewhere else you know?¡¹
Koone tilted her head. ording to her, with how he waspletely distracted, what''s more in his exhausted state, it wasparatively easy for her to sneak at him by using her special technique and her heaven''s blessing art at the same time.
¡¸Using heaven''s blessing art at the same time? If I remember correctly, Koone-sama''s art is isn''t it¡¡¡¹
¡¸Fufuhn. It''s called because it can bring back greenery to the desert but, its essence is direct interference art that focus, attach, or adjust blessing power.¡¹
Like that, by adjusting and harmonizing her own blessing power with the miniscule blessing power inside the air, her existence became harder toprehend©¤©¤to say it further she was able to "adapt".
¡¸It''s Koone-style "Stealthy Art - Level 2".¡¹
¡¸What are you using the unique ability of the royal family in full for¡¡¡¹
Kouki massaged his temple repeatedly as though he was getting headache.
¡¸Hero-sama, hero-sama. Won''t you talk a bit with Koone?¡¹
¡¸¡¡No, I''m going to rest©¤©¤¡¹
Kouki whose respect toward royalty was blown awaypletely to somewhere easily tried to reject Koone''s invitation.
But, his gaze suddenly met hers. He was suddenly at loss for words after seeing Koone''s gaze.
That gaze was really deep. To the degree that he held his breath in surprise. There was earnest and pressuring feeling inside that gaze. Different from the figure of the tomboy and wild and mischievous princess, those were the eyes of someone with unknown depth.
¡¸Won''t you talk with Koone a bit?¡¹
¡¸¡¡What is it?¡¹
Kouki''s reply made Koone''s mouth burst open in a smile. With rapid steps she stood beside Kouki before she gazed at the direction of the oasis©¤©¤the capital.
¡¸How was it today? The capital is a good ce right? Everyone was all good people right?¡¹
¡¸Yes, very much so. They are really good person. While knowing the current situation where the tomorrow is unknown, yet they don''t despair¡¡everyone choose something, and they hold pride¡¡that their choice is correct.¡¹
Koone nodded. But, her expression for some reason didn''t look at all like the proud expression she showed him when she gave him the tour through the capital. Rather, it was an expressionless face that looked as though it lost emotion.
Kouki who had only seen her acting innocently until now held his breath again.
¡¸Do you now want to help us?¡¹
¡¸¡¡.So, that''s your aim just as I thought.¡¹
Kouki sighed. As expected, Koone wasn''t just a na?ve and innocent princess.
¡¸Yes. That too is one of Koone''s aims. Because it seems that hero-sama has hesitation.¡¹
It was likely that she had heard from Moana too. How Kouki felt hesitation about fighting. That he was trying to show a path where there would be no fighting to even the .
Koone seemed friendly, but perhaps she actually didn''t believe him at all. Thinking that should be only natural, Kouki gazed at Koone while staying silent.
¡¸Koone more or less is a royalty, so I want to save the people. Koone understand that Synclea kingdom, no, the human race is already at the limit. There will be no salvation without relying on hero-sama.¡¹
¡¸Koone-sama?¡¹
''But see'', Koone continued, to which Kouki directed at her his dubious expression. And then, he was speechless hearing her next words.
¡¸Based on the circumstance, or perhaps based on hero-sama''s feeling, if you think that it''s impossible then©¤©¤please escape.¡¹
¡¸What, are¡¡¡¹
While speaking of wanting help, while speaking of there was no future already, she told Kouki to escape by his own decision. ''I don''t mind if you forsake us'', ''It''s fine for you to not save us'', she said such unbelievable thing.
¡¸However, at that time, please take away Onee-chan together without fail.¡¹
After telling him to leave everything else, she asked him to allow just her big sister to survive. As expected, Kouki couldn''t reply to those words. It wasn''t because he was refusing the request. It was because he couldn''t understand Koone''s thinking.
Koone finally met her gaze with the confused Kouki.
¡¸Hero-sama, you have a rough idea of how to return to your own world aren''t you?¡¹
¡¸Wha-, how do you¡¡¡¹
¡¸I heard from Onee-chan. Hero-sama at first confirmed whether you can go home or not. In other words, from the beginning hero-sama''s condition is to go home. But, I heard that when hero-sama was told that it''s unknown, hero-sama didn''t even look upset.¡¹
In other words, he had an idea of how to go home.
¡¸But, most likely that method isn''t something that hero-sama can do by yourself. Perhaps the timing, or some kind of special phenomenon or item is necessary©¤©¤possibly, someone wille to pick up hero-sama.¡¹
¡¸Why, do you think so?¡¹
¡¸Because hero-sama hate killing and fighting right? A world that ask such thing from hero-sama must be a despair. If someone in such situation is told that they cannot go home, normally they should be more despairing or upset. Hero-sama is stillposed because hero-sama has the belief that you can go home.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Haha, you got me there.¡¹
He was seen through by a little girl who wasn''t even ten years old. Furthermore, she also showed an attitude of conviction that her hypothesis wasn''t mistaken from Kouki''s reaction. It seemed he was also led around by the nose.
Kouki couldn''t help but smile wryly.
He was stillposed. That was a fact.
It was clear that there was no way Shizuku and others would abandon Kouki. The fact that he was summoned to another world would surely be told to them by Liliana, and not long from now the gate would be opened. He should be able to go home without doubt, and when the time came, he could even be like that demon king, abandoning this world because this problem was unrted with him.
He was agonizing because of his own heart, not because he was cornered.
In a sense, that was exactly the reason he was able to concentrate only at his own emotion. Yes, even more than toward the crisis of this world.
While he understood that this world was in the depths of despair, in the end, he prioritized himself.
Kouki thought. ''Aa, I''m really a coward.''
¡¸Hero-sama isn''t a coward you know?¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Those words sounded as though his heart was read. Kouki opened his eyes wide in surprise and looked at Koone.
Koone made a troubled smile.
¡¸Hero-sama, don''t have any duty at all toward this world. There is no need at all for hero-sama who is aplete stranger to feel guilty. The reason is©¤©¤¡¹
©¤©¤Even herself who was a royalty, was prioritizing her own feeling and told him that it was fine if he didn''t save them.
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
¡¸Certainly, Koone love everyone in the capital, Koone want to save them. That is my true feeling without any falsehood in it. But, for Koone the most important person is Onee-chan. If Onee-chan and all the people are weighed in scale, the scale will tilt toward Onee-chan. Rather than the many that Koone loved, Koone treasure my only dear family.¡¹
Those words were surely unbing for a royalty.
¡¸Onee-chan is at her limit already. She used heaven''s blessing art too much at the previous battle, now she has no power remaining anymore. She overused it to the degree it cannot recover anymore. If she has to fight that one more time she will die with certainty.¡¹
¡¸That white hair¡¡so it''s because of that just as I thought¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yes. Koone''s father and mother, big brother and uncle, all the cousins, every~one died. Donar and Spenser are like family for Koone, but even so, for Koone my true family is, the one I loved the most, is only Onee-chan now. For Koone, only losing Onee-chan is©¤©¤unbearable.¡¹
She understood that it crossed the limit of being mischievous, even so she sneaked inside the baggage of the soldier force using her all and rushed out of the capital. This was the reason.
Evil hand was drawing near her most beloved big sister who left the capital following the oracle. If she heard such thing, she wouldn''t be able to not rush off. She didn''t have any leeway to consider the duty of royalty or about being nuisance to other people.
Even while she understood that what she did was the worst conclusion toward everyone, that it was an outrageously horrible betrayal, but living in a world where her big sister died was something Koone couldn''t think about. If something happened to her big sister in the worst case, she was even prepared to suicide by the sword beside her corpse.
That was why, because she was such a person¡¡
¡¸See? After all someone like Koone, is just "someone that is like a princess".¡¹
It wasn''t a kind of joke. Koone herself was the one who didn''t recognize Koone de Shelt Synclea as a royalty the most.
Kouki stared at Koone. He wondered just how much emotion this small girl was hiding inside that small body.
©¤©¤Rather than the many that were looking for salvation, a person who was important for herself was more
What crossed Kouki''s mind, was that guy''s figure who once said the same thing at him.
Was it selfish?
Was it irresponsible?
Was it an "evil" that ought to be scorned?
¡¸If I run away¡¹
¡¸Yes?¡¹
¡¸If I choose to run away while taking away Moana-sama, Koone-sama will alsoe along right?¡¹
For some reason Koone looked puzzled at Kouki''s question and,
¡¸No?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸For Koone, if Onee-chan is alive then it''s fine with that. If it can let Onee-chan to stay alive somewhere, then Koone will be able to do my best by that much. And so, Koone will take the baton pass as queen.¡¹
''Just as I thought'', Kouki thought.
If Koone was a person who could abandon everything other than her big sister, there was no way she would be liked by the capital''s people that much. There was no way she would run around with the pretext of pranking and showed out her face throughout the capital.
And then, surely this wise girl was convinced of their defeat in the future. Whether the future where many humans were caught and turned into livestock, and also the future where few humans would continue painful battle as gueri fighter, and how she would be needed as the cornerstone to support the battle of such people, surely she had imagined it without doubt.
After all her heaven''s blessing art would only really shine at such devastated world, in order to support the foundation of people''s living.
Kouki reflexively almost said the words¡¸Then, all the human in this world, take them to another world somewhere¡¹, however, he gritted his teeth and held his tongue.
When he suggested it at Ragal, his heart was messed up like a library that had all its bookshelves pushed down. It was just a desperate proposal.
Now that he was calm, he couldn''t speak it out so easily. The reason was that the one who could aplish that wasn''t himself. He didn''t even know if he could pay thepensation. Even if he could pay, he didn''t know if his suggestion would be epted.
He couldn''t say such uncertain hope.
Against Kouki whose expression distorted looking somewhat painful, Koone''s opened her mouth with an atmosphere that suddenly rxed.
¡¸Now then, that''s all Koone want to say. In conclusion, if possible Koone hope hero-sama can save the world okayyy~. Ah, but if it''s impossible then super run away taking just Onee-chan with you! Leave the rest to Koone then! Like that! Koone is cool. I''m super cool is what Koone think!¡¹
''Coool Kooone, coool Kooone!'' The usual innocent Koone twirled round and round while repeatedly yelling so. Kouki''s expression became speechless seeing such Koone.
When Koone stopped still her twirling coool Kooone dance, she then pointed sharply at Kouki and gave him a mischievous expression.
¡¸Now then, let''s cross thest item in the list today! Hero-sama, hero-sama. There is a peerless beauty at the terrace located in the west of the pce you know? If you go there now, you will be able to meet a sexy beauty with alcohol provided! This might be a chance to deepen rtionship?¡¹
''Get done in by Onee-chan''s charm, and like her so much you won''t be able to abandon her by any means!'' Such voice of heart was resounding loudly.
Kouki tried to ask Koone somehow.
¡¸By the way¡¡my right to refuse?¡¹
Koone spoke with a bright smile.
¡¸I''ll yell you know? ¡ºNooo©¤©¤, hero-sama, what are you doinggg!? Dragging Koone into your room! Just what are you going to do with this "niice bodyy"~~~¡» Koone will yell that loudly you know?¡¹
¡¸I''ll go right away! I really want to meet with pretty woman quickly-¡¹
Kouki answered energetically. He didn''t even have theposure to make a tsukkomi how nasty she was.
Koone-tan was simply scary even without her sneaking at him. Especially her smiling face.
Kouki arrived at the ce Koone taught him.
Midway, Spenser appeared from the shadow of a building and asked him threateningly¡¸Where are you going at this time?¡¹, but when Kouki answered with dead fish eyes ¡¸It''s Koone-sama''s¡¡guidance¡¹, he conceded him the passage with simr dead fish eyes while saying ¡¸¡¡Is that so, I''m sorry¡¹.
This royal guard captain gave off sorrowful aura that made him thought that various things had surely happened to him too in the past¡¡
''Now then, where could Moana-sama be'', Kouki wondered while running his gaze around.
Then,
¡¸¡¡Kouki?¡¹
A voice came from above him. When he looked up, he found the figure of Moana looking down wonderingly at him from a terrace at the second floor.
With the moon that was half hidden because of the spire as the background, her appearance with her cheeks slightly red was indeed charming.
The moonlight also made her hair that was like snow to be tinged with phosphorescence, that charming figure which looked mystique made Kouki to gulp reflexively.
¡¸What''s the matter, for you to be here?¡¹
¡¸It''s Koone-sama''s guidance.¡¹
Perhaps because of his agitation, Kouki repeated that answer like a pious believer that worshipped the god Koone.
Moana looked puzzled before a beatter she couldn''t endure and start chuckling.
¡¸I see, I see. It cannot be helped if it''s her guidance. Come on, get up here. Apany me drinking for a bit.¡¹
¡¸Ah, yes, then¡¡¡¹
Kouki who was assaulted by a strange embarrassment entered the building and climbed the stair hastily. It seemed the ce where Moana was at was adjacent with the corridor, the door was left open.
At the spacious chalk white terrace, Moana was leaning on the splendidly molded handrail with one of her hands swirling a ss. Her soft smile shaken Kouki once more.
¡¸What''s the matter with you since just now? You are strangely stilted. Did something happen with Koone?¡¹
¡¸¡¡We only had a little talk.¡¹
Kouki took advantage to me the cause of his agitation because of Koone. She had thoroughly shocked him, so it should be allowed for him to do this much. He pulled himself together while thinking that and stood up beside Moana.
¡¸What kind of talk?¡¹
Moana asked him that while presenting her ss at Kouki.
Kouki hesitated at what she meant with that gesture. When he looked there was bottle ced on the handrail, but there was only one ss which was the one Moana was holding. That was only natural seeing she was drinking alone. In other words, she told him to apany her drinking was by sharing the use of her ss together¡¡
In the end, was it fine to drink from the same ss with the queen¡¡
Looking from the expression of Moana who was pushing the ss at him, he saw how she told him to not mind it.
Kouki persuaded himself ¡¸Well, fine I guess¡¹, and put the ss on his mouth. The amber colored alcohol looked like whisky in a nce, but the taste was fruit liquor. From the fragrance and taste that he had familiarity with, he guessed that most likely this was something that used kukuri. The alcohol content was also not high, the sensation in his mouth was nice with extremely delicious taste.
Moana who saw that Kouki was pleased with the drink smiled happily while intentionally pouring a second helping.
Kouki felt obliged while answering her question.
¡¸We talked about how the people we met today are good people.¡¹
¡¸I see¡¡and do you think so?¡¹
¡¸Yes.¡¹
Kouki nodded. And then he hesitated a bit. Should he talk about Koone''s request to him that was unbing for a royalty? But, he immediately shook his head and shook off that thinking. In exchange, he spoke about another matter.
¡¸Then¡¡.we also talk, about how you are at your limit.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Moana stiffened for a moment. And then, her expression becameplicated and she took the ss from Kouki in a sh, this time she drained up the ss empty. From the sigh ''fuu'' that she breathed out, the fragrance of sweet fruit wafted out.
¡¸It was¡¡a horrible battle.¡¹
¡¸Is it about the battle five years ago?¡¹
¡¸Yes. He was really a monstrous fellow. He spouted out miasma to empty air, then all of it be countless number of weapon, or be beasts. That kind of , I had never seen it before.¡¹
Her way of talking returned to casual and her gaze flew to the past. She took off the mask of the queen and spoke her words as just Moana. Kouki stayed silent and lent her his ear.
¡¸The army''s number was also dreadful, everyone without exception fought desperately. I too used my power continuously. But, no matter how much we fought desperately, everyone died. No matter how much I used, I couldn''t protect them.¡¹
With the light of blessing power from heaven''s blessing art , the erosion of miasma could be blocked. That was to say, against attack type where weapon formed from the miasma used by was wielded, this art also became an immense barrier.
In that hellish battle, Moana had the role to protect the soldiers.
But, in reality, she couldn''t protect them to the end no matter how much power she wringed out. Just how much the sense of powerlessness felt by this girl who understood that her role was as a protector¡¡
¡¸I was determined to offer up my life. I nned to use up all my strength in that fight. Because, the one who should survive isn''t me, it should be my big brother.¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
Kouki reflexively almost interrupted, but Moana''s vast eyes and the fierce regret whirling inside them stopped his words.
¡¸Big brother''s was a heaven''s blessing art that excelled in killing ability. The one that used the opening father and the others created by throwing their life to deeply wound the was also big brother. At that time, even though if only I could just protect big brother from thest counterattack of the , there would still be hope for him.¡¹
Moana''s big brother©¤©¤Nada de Shelt Synclea struck a sure attack at the with the life of his father the king and others as the price. But, the that bore a deep wound that was fatal unleashed an attack of all his might at the very end.
As the result, Nada who stiffened after using a big technique got taken by surprise and died, and the was also carried away by his subordinate and retreated. That was the conclusion.
In order to protect Nada, Moana used to the full extent of her ability, but it wasn''t enough. Nada''s death when Moana was just a step away from exhausting her life forcefully rescinded the .
Her regret was the thinking that perhaps if she used by pouring all her life the moment counterattacked, then she might be able to save her big brother.
At the time that was her full strength. That was why, it was useless to even think about it. But, she couldn''t help but think it.
¡¸ is more effective for bringing down the escaped . And Koone''s is indispensable for returning the world to before after the is exterminated. What the world need, isn''t a used up wreck like me.¡¹
¡¸That''s speaking too far, Moana-sama.¡¹
Moana drank one more ss of the fruit wine before speaking a self-torturing sentence. Kouki gently took away the ss from her.
Moana directed her gaze at Kouki. She stared fixedly at him while letting out a faint voice.
¡¸Hey, Kouki. Did Koone, say to you that she wanted you to take me away and escape?¡¹
¡¸©¤©¤tsu¡¹
¡¸Ahaha, sheesh that child, as I thought she asked you that huh.¡¹
Just how was this pair of sisters could take him by surprise like this? Kouki grumbled inside his heart with the feeling of venting his anger.
¡¸How does Moana-sama know that?¡¹
¡¸Of course, that''s because I''m her big sister.¡¹
¡¸You pair of sisters are just too sharp.¡¹
¡¸Fufuh.¡¹
Moana chuckled just a bit cheerfully and warned him still with that light mood.
¡¸I''m telling you I won''t run away okay? Just spare me from anything forceful.¡¹
¡¸¡¡You will still fight, even in thatpletely worn-out condition? Even though you understand that next time you won''t be able to endure?¡¹
¡¸Yeah.¡¹
She easily chose the path of death. Something inside Kouki was stirred awfully hearing those words.
¡¸¡¡Why, are you that strong? Why is everyone, can easily do what I can''t? You might die you know? You will have to kill someone by fighting you know? Don''t you feel scared?¡¹
¡¸Kouki¡¡¡¹
¡¸Why? Why are you able to choose such choice without hesitation? What should I do so that I can live confidently without hesitation like that-¡¹
Kouki''s voice was rough as though he was venting his anger, he stared at Moana ringly.
¡¸What should I do-, so that I can make a choice that I can believe as "correct"-¡¹
Moana closed her eyes. And then she made a troubled smile and formed her words with voice that sounded frail.
¡¸Do you think I have no hesitation? Do you think I have no regret? There is no such thing. I''m always hesitating, and I regret a lot. Kouki is making too much of me.¡¹
In fact, didn''t she just speak one of her regrets just now. Told that, Kouki''s eyes opened wide in surprise.
That''s right. She couldn''t protect her big brother. At that time, wasn''t she able to do more? Wasn''t she able to use more strength? She had spoken such doubt that was even holding herself in contempt.
Kouki looked down in shame from how he lost himself just now.
¡¸On the contrary, I''m really a hopeless human you know? Actually, I unbearably want to hurl abuse at Kouki so much that I need to endure it desperately.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸Why is it only "now"? If you are going to save us, then why didn''t youe five years ago at that day? I''m holding that kind of irrational feeling inside. I understand doing that will be just barking at the wrong tree, so I''m doing my best to not speak it loud.¡¹
''But in the I said it'', she scratched her cheek awkwardly as though to say that. Kouki was dumbfounded for a while, but then he responded with a wry smile ¡¸I''m also venting my anger unjustly just now¡¹.
Moana''s expression turned serious, and then she directed at Kouki a straightforward gaze.
¡¸I understand Koone''s feeling. I also feel responsibility as royalty. When I think how my choice hold the fate of many people, I''m scared and want to run away, even I myself don''t know what is right. But see, there is also just one thing that I understand.¡¹
¡¸What is it?¡¹
©¤©¤Even if I escape now and stay alive, I won''t be saved.
In the end of her choice to run away, even if she survived then, it wouldn''t be a salvation.
¡¸Kouki is also the same right?¡¹
¡¸I too?¡¹
Kouki''s expression turned suspicious because Moana''s words were really unexpected for him. Perhaps Moana thought that such Kouki was amusing because she chuckled while slowly pointing her index finger.
A lot of small scar could be seen faintly, however, that finger even looked beautiful instead. It softly stroked Kouki''s forehead.
¡¸You are always making a pained face from worrying, creating wrinkle at this spot, but you never stop thinking no matter what. Even though you were called here selfishly, but you don''t evenin, far from that you killed an opponent you didn''t want to kill while screaming, and saved us all.¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
¡¸You try to ept everything, whether the feeling of the people you meet, and also Koone''s wish, and even my choice¡¡your words "even in thatpletely worn-out condition", I''ll return those words to you exactly the same.¡¹
The fingertip that gently brushed his forehead slowly drifted to Kouki''s cheek. The sensation of that fingertip felt really pleasant for some reason. Kouki unconsciously closed his eyes.
¡¸But, you won''t run away as expected aren''t you? Throwing away everything and pretend to forget it, you cannot do anything like that right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yeah. That''s the only thing that I cannot do.¡¹
¡¸Because, that''s not a salvation isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸Yeah¡¡¡¹
¡¸See, aren''t we the same?¡¹
¡¸I guess.¡¹
When he opened his eyes, Moana''s face was there surprisingly close. An aroma like sweet fruit tickled his nose and her sparkling jade eyes caught Kouki''s heart. He stared at Moana as though he was enthralled. For some reason, he couldn''t avert his gaze away from Moana.
Gentle night wind brushed his skin, and a pleasantly silent time flowed.
¡¸¡¡grit-¡¹
¡¸Spenser, shii~~! Right now they are in a good scene so you cannot be a nuisance! Being a nuisance is wrong, is what Koone is thinking!¡¹
A whispering (?) voice was flowing smoo~thly.
Moana slowly and quietly took distance from Kouki. Kouki was persuading himself¡¸Surely
is taking holiday without permission¡¡¡¹.
And then, when they turned their gaze toward the door with twitching expression, there they saw the royal guard captain biting on a handkerchief with a demonic look behind the door, and a ck hearted little girl making a smile that felt like ''hihii~~~''.
¡¸Moana-sama. Thank you very much for the delicious drink and the meaningful talk. I''m thinking of taking some rest soon.¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes, right. Not that. Cough-. You''re right. A lot happened today and you must be tired. You can take a good rest for now.¡¹
Bowing at Moana who coughed and smoothed up her appearance, Kouki then headed toward the door with brisk steps. Koone who seemed to not even intend to hide anymore was giving a thumb up at Kouki for some reason. Spenser was whispering¡¸Duty¡¡¡¹ or something. Anyway he ignored everything.
¡¸Kouki!¡¹
Just before he got out of the door, Moana called out to him. When Kouki turned around, Moana''s gaze was swimming around because of being a bit concerned about Koone and Spenser, even so right after that she then opened her mouth after fixing a straightforward gaze at Kouki.
¡¸Kouki is, fixated with rightness¡¡must be because you want to save someone correct? You fear making mistake¡¡because you are scared that you will hurt someone right? That''s, Kouki might not Kouki like it if I say this but, I think that''s Kouki''s "kindness". That''s why, that is why. ©¤©¤At the very least, that feeling that think of Kouki''s someone is "right". I will assert that.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Moana, sama.¡¹
Kouki felt like crying very much for some reason. However, he gritted his teeth strongly to not show his unsightly side.
And then, he squeezed out some words,
¡¸¡¡Thank you very much.¡¹
And replied so.
While expelling the sight of the little girl beside him making a ck smile that said¡¸Just as nned!¡¹ outside of his field of vision.
Returning back in time for a bit, at the time when Kouki received the tour of the capital.
Past the front line desert area at the westernnd that was still lushly green, a certain feudal lord of a territory was raising a worried groan.
¡¸What''s the meaning of this? There is no mistake in this report right?¡¹
¡¸Yes. I also inspected it myself but, there is no mistake.¡¹
In the office, the feudal lord was making a difficult face with the written report in one hand, before long he shook his head and made a determined expression.
¡¸Report using a letter to her majesty. Tell the messenger to prepare. We have to ask Koone-sama toe urgently.¡¹
¡¸Acknowledged. Right away.¡¹
The vassal hurriedly left the office. The feudal lord watched that while making arge sigh.
¡¸I have a bad premonition¡¡¡¹
That whisper melted into empty air and vanished.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Koone-tan whose character spontaneously stood in Kouki arc
The demon king''s daughter went without saying
I suddenly thought.
Should I try revealing a little girl character at the second part of abyss lord too¡¡like that.
What do you all think about little girl trio¡
Chapter 270
Chapter 270
At the north side of Synclea kingdom capital''s north side, there was a mysterious space formed from a branch that stretched from the donut shaped oasis surrounding the capital. The branch was drawing a great circle that joined into the main current once more, creating sandbank between it and the main current.
If it was seen from the sky, this sandbank between the branch and main stream that could be expressed as a "lump" created from a part of the circle had the size that was about the same like the sports ground of a school.
As a matter of fact, the expression of sports ground was to the point. That spot was the training ground of the soldiers adjacent to the capital.
Actually, even the next day after the unprecedented event of hero summoning and the emergency situation where the queen was ambushed and her life fell into danger, the soldiers were still working hard like usual at the training ground.
¡¸Put your spirit into it! Are you guys making any effort huh! The formation change is too slow-. It should be possible to do it three seconds faster! Do it again!¡¹
The one who motivated the soldiers doing formation change training with his angry yell that sounded like thunder was the soldier chief Donar.
Chief Donar''s voice resounded really clearly. It was the voice characteristic of amander that could reach the ally clearly in the battlefield.
At a slight distance away from the formation change training, a fierce training of one against one, or possibly one against many was being carried out, but even though the people there weren''t the one being yelled at, the moment they heard the angry yell of the soldier chief, their expression became stricter and their spirit surged even further.
Also, at the ce nearer to the river of the oasis, the art users were performing blessing art training with simr serious expression.
¡¸Concentrate. But not at just one point. Concentrate toward the world. Earth, wind, heat, moisture¡¡concentrate to everything that surround you. Your self is receiving blessing from the world, be aware of that strongly.¡¹
Even though that voice had courteous demeanor and wasn''t loud by any mean, it smoothly entered the ears and coached the art users. It was the voice of art user group''s head art user©¤©¤Rinden Stole.
He was a man at his forty with long rust colored hair that was tied behind. From a nce he looked like a really calm and gentlemanly attractive middle-aged man. But, perhaps it was just as expected from someone who was entrusted with a group same like Spenser and Donar. The zeal dwelling inside his eyes would make anyone instinctively gulped.
The truth was this Linden was the biological father of Lilin who was selected into the most elites of the royal guards that were led by Spenser. Both father and daughter were art user that overflowed with talent.
Ahead of Linden''s gaze, the art users were joining their hands together in front of their mouth while wholeheartedly offering prayer that showed so much concentration vein emerged on their forehead. At the same time, the patterns painted somewhere on their body also shined radiantly.
Countless spears made from hardened sand protruded out from the ground like wave, whirlwind that hoisted up sandunched des of wind and sand, sphere of light that perhaps was made from converged sunlight danced wildly, or oasis''s water became whip that rampaged, all those were clearly the effects of their prayer.
Whether the soldiers or the art users, all of them possessed a definite passion.
While understanding that they couldn''t be optimistic or anything about their situation by any means, even so they wouldn''t draw back even by a step no matter what. Such definite passion that wouldn''t even lose against the scorching desert was shown from their attitude.
¡¸¡¡This is amazing.¡¹
Kouki''s leaked out whisper slipped and vanish amidst the spirited roar of the soldiers.
In the eyes of Kouki who was observing from a spot where he wouldn''t be a hindrance, there was a color that could be taken as envy or pain emerging.
Suddenly the figure of the queen who said to him that she wouldn''t "run away" even when she was already at her limit crossed inside his mind. At the same time, the voice of a young but earnest princess who said "It''s fine even if you abandon everything, so at least just my big sister" also resounded in his mind.
If a coexistence with the was uneptable, then there was no other path to save Moana except by Kouki''s assistance.
Then, would he eradicate the in that case?
Even though he didn''t even know if the rejection of coexistence was really the consensus of all of them or not? In the first ce, was someone like him who was burdened with deep mental damage just by killing one being could possibly do such thing? He could save Moana and others, wasn''t such thinking itself was just his arrogance?
Then, should he escape while taking Moana with him just like Koone wished for?
Even though what gave hope of "perhaps" in this hopeless situation was his existence, yet he would abandon the people? Would he betray their hope, their expectation? Not to mention despite how such thing ran counter to Moana''s wish? Even though it was a choice that might sacrifice the young Koone instead?
Then, would he take away only Moana and Koone, and also the people who were especially close to them?
How far the scope of that would reach? Only Spenser and others? Or else the servants that supported Moana in the pce too? Or perhaps all the people of the capital? Who would decide the size of the scope of the people that would be saved? How could someone like him could have the right to decide who would ride the Noah''s ark¡¡
Then, should he treat everything as never happened instead?
Ignored everything where he saw nothing, heard nothing, and knew nothing, and departed in a journey to search for the way to go home? Could he ask Moana and others to just think of him as someone nonexistent right from the beginning?
He wondered just what was right. He wondered what should he do to reach the best conclusion.
Aa, again, it felt like he was drowning inside water¡¡
Furthermore, the drowning feeling wasn''t like inside the forest spring where he was summoned, but like inside a swamp full of mud¡¡
¡¸Kouki-dono. What is your thought, abiut the training? If there is something that bothered you, then please give us a pointer without reservation.¡¹
A voice suddenly called toward Kouki who was staring in a daze at the training while being stuck inside a crucible of dark thought like that.
When Kouki came back to his senses in surprise and moved his gaze, there was the figure of chief Donar right beside him without him noticing.
Kouki replied somewhat in fluster.
¡¸N, no, the likes of me giving pointer is too¡¡¡¹
¡¸You are being humble again. Kouki-dono is the hero-sama summoned by Foltina-sama. You don''t need to feel even an ounce of reservation. I dare say that your advice might someday save their life.¡¹
Kouki somehow felt gazes on him. When he directed his awareness there, several soldiers and art users were indirectly paying attention to the conversation between Donar and Kouki.
Their gazes weren''t filled with anything like wariness of an outsider sticking their nose, but an expectation and curiosity toward the hero, hoping that perhaps they would be able to receive anything that could make them grow even just for a bit.
Yes, from them there was heavy feeling that was choking for the current Kouki.
While feeling conscious that he slightly leaked out strange breathing *hyuh*, Kouki took a breath, then replied with a wry smile.
¡¸No, I really am unable to give any pointer or anything¡¡. Rather, it''s me who is affected by everyone''s skill and zeal.¡¹
¡¸Oh, is that so! That is really something joyous to hear.¡¹
Chief Donar smiled really happily hearing Kouki''s words. The soldiers who seemed to be listening attentively were also vaguely showing pride from receiving the praise of the hero.
But, there, the head art user Linden who must be listening to the talk of chief Donar and Kouki asked a question with calm voice.
¡¸Does the same opinion apply to us too?¡¹
¡¸Yes, of course. Or rather, in the first ce I still don''t really understand what blessing art is. Someone like me has no pointer or anything that I can say.¡¹
Linden quietly narrowed his eyes toward Kouki whose wry smile deepened while answering that non-specialist like him was all the more unable to speak of anything about blessing art.
¡¸I see, that''s logical. However, I heard from my daughter that Kouki-san actually manipted practical art forbat really skillfully. I assume that you have abundant experience of fighting, although the principle of our arts differ, but is there really nothing that you can perhapsment about from that standpoint?¡¹
From the eyes of Linden who was saying that while stroking his chin with one hand, a curiosity could be vaguely seen there. Perhaps he was simply interested for Kouki''s advice, or rather at Kouki''s impression and magic themselves.
¡¸The blessing art is¡¡a magic that seem to be extremely practical forbat. The blessing art that I had seen for real was only the art that manipted wind and earth used by two royal guards, but the cooperation with the vanguard, the deployment speed, and the choice of art to match the situation, all of them made me went wide-eyed in surprise.¡¹
¡¸Hou. As a father, it''s really make me happy that Lilin''s skill is highly assessed so much like that.¡¹
¡¸Ahaha¡¡. It was really amazing. However¡¡that''s right, if there is one thing that make me curious, it''s about whether there is a blessing art that is specialized for defense or not?¡¹
¡¸Specialized for, defense?¡¹
Linden went ''h~m'' while stroking his chin with one hand. Perhaps it was his habit when he was thinking. He then opened his mouth.
¡¸I think, it will be something like the stone wall that Neisan created¡¡. Other than that, there are wall of squall or heat, and if the location is in this capital then the water of the oasis itself will be barrier. But, the "defense specialization" that Kouki-san talked about isn''t something like that isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸Yes. Because in the end something like that is "something that can also be used as defense". For example, there is something like that among the magic I used, I also had used it in front of Lilin-san before©¤©¤¡¹
Kouki whispered his chanting and materialized a shining barrier midair. Right away, the training ground became noisy. Everyone temporarily stopped their training, or rather they were made to stop from focusing their stare at the shield of light.
Chief Donar and head art user Linden who saw the magic of another world for the first time opened their eyes wide altogether. But, the next instant they spoke ¡¸Oo! This is!¡¹ while scrambling to approach the barrier with great curiosity.
¡¸Oo, it''s not hot or cold! Even though this should be only light yet it''s hard like this!¡¹
¡¸It''s simr with blessing art of sunlight but¡¡that art literally carry heat. But this is really only light¡¡. Donar, please try to cut it a little.¡¹
¡¸Leave it to me.¡¹
The sword of chief Donar that was swung halfheartedly was repelled back while making *gakin* sound. Just from that cheers of ¡¸Ooo!¡¹ were raised from the outsiders too this time.
¡¸How about this then!?¡¹
The soldier chief became a bit worked up. The head art user was also watching attentively with really excited look.
Chief Donar let out a sh that was sharper and heavier than before. The sword shined and drew a beautiful trail of sword sh in the air that could make someone instinctually be charmed. This time a small crack entered the Light Severance with a snap.
¡¸Hou! Although it was done without reinforcement, I put about seventy percent of my strength into it. It''s only cracked with that! What a marvelous barrier!¡¹
¡¸Yes, yes! It''s extremely interesting! Just what kind of principle is behind it? The very light itself is possessing weight? No, however¡¡¡¹
The two middle-aged men were seriously excited. Even while feeling slightly creeped out against the soldier chief and head art user who were continuously approaching forcefully, Kouki answered with a troubled face.
¡¸About the principle''s detail, even I don''t¡¡. But, this is an art principle that is called magic, various phenomenon can be caused by using magic power, magic circle, and then chanting. The energy''s property is different with blessing art, and the point where the very energy itself is materialized as art is different from blessing art, but I think the two''s operation procedures are really simr.¡¹
¡¸H~m, really interesting. The very blessing power itself is used as protective wall or attack¡¡. H~m, can that be replicated? H~m©¤©¤¡¹
Linden was thinking with a difficult expression like a researcher wracking his head in front of a difficult problem. On the other hand, chief Donar''s really serious appearance was now looking like a child, staring at Kouki with sparkling gaze.
For some reason, recently the positivity level of middle-aged man and animal toward Kouki was raising up excessively.
While feeling a bad premonition for some reason, Kouki asked with his gaze ¡¸What''s the matter?¡¹. Chief Donar then suggested immediately as though to say that he had been waiting for Kouki to ask.
¡¸Kouki-dono. Let''s do a mock battle!¡¹
¡¸Eh? What did you say?¡¹
His heart that had no enthusiasm unconsciously caused a line like a deaf main character to appear. However, the chief Donar who seemed to have his soldier''s soul lit up didn''t pay any mind about that at all.
The feeling of wanting to see magic that was actually used practically in battle, and the curiosity toward Kouki''s skill as swordsman that he heard from the story wereing out in his face. At the same time, ''Most thing could be understood by exchanging sword, exchanging sword is the quickest way'' such feeling also showed through.
¡¸¡¡Ryutaro type exist in any world huh.¡¹
¡¸Hm? Did you say something?¡¹
Kouki unconsciously whispered while recalling his best friend who boasted ''Anyway, I''ll surely manage somehow if we exchange blows!''. Chief Donar tilted his head.
Kouki who wasn''t motivated wracked his mind to somehow avoid doing mock battle. But, Linden who seemed toe back to reality from the sea of his thought before Kouki could think of anything then smilingly dealt an additional blow.
¡¸Indeed, a mock battle will be the fastest way to have other people to know about Kouki-san better. Kouki-san, can I please ask you to do that?¡¹
¡¸Eh¡¡yes¡¡¡¹
Even though he thought that this person was a researcher type, but unexpectedly head art user Linden was also in the active people faction. His words caused Kouki to unconsciously nod against his better judgment. The mini Kouki inside his heart yelled angrily ¡¸You are swept by the flow, me!¡¹, but it was already toote.
A spot was emptied right away while the audiences were moring.
His opponent of all thing was chief Donar and Linden at the same time.
¡¸¡¡Excuse me, the mock battle, is against the two of you?¡¹
¡¸Hahahah, don''t mind it!¡¹
¡¸Fufufuh, please don''t hold back!¡¹
The opponents were the tops of each group that must be the strongest fighting force of Synclea kingdom. Furthermore, they had nice bnce of a vanguard and rearguard.
There was no more doubt that these two middle-aged men were hobby friends with simr personality, but it seemed that it was also an undoubtable fact that they were considering the existence of Kouki as an opponent was at the level that ought to be faced by top ss warriors.
Kouki spontaneously put his hand on his stomach. It felt like he was feeling throbbing pain. The surrounding was overflowing with expectation and curiosity, if he exposed something unsightly here, how much grief and disappointment would be created then¡¡
(¡¡Heavy¡¡)
In addition, it was a battle against people. Although it was a mock battle, for Kouki who had only experienced murder this was something that felt even harder. Hesitation and fear quickly assaulted him, it took a desperate effort for him to suppress his trembling and hyperventtion.
¡¸? Kouki-dono? Are you not feeling well?¡¹
It seemed even though he was hiding it, but a veteran warrior could somehow sensed Kouki''s bad condition. Chief Donar asked him with a worried expression.
For a moment Kouki thought to answer ¡¸Exactly!¡¹, wondering if it wasn''t still toote for him to excuse himself from this mock battle.
(But¡¡if I cannot even do mock battle, then I¡¡. Don''t run, don''t run me.)
He shook his head. He scolded his heart. Kouki made a small smile and answered ¡¸There is no problem¡¹.
Chief Donar looked slightly dubious, but he epted it for the moment and pulled out his sword. Linden took several steps back.
¡¸Then, I''ming you know?¡¹
¡¸Anytime.¡¹
A sudden gust blew instantly. No, more urately it wasn''t wind. A pressure that felt like that attacked Kouki. It was without a doubt the pressure from Donar. It wasn''t pressure that was tilting at the negative side like killing intent. If he had to say then perhaps he should call it a pure fighting spirit.
It was too stern, it was too striking. Against that pressure of fighting intent that was heightened until the utmost limit, Kouki gulped unconsciously.
The disorder of his breathing might be seen through.
When he noticed, the soldier chief was right in front of him. At the same time a silver sh that approached to split him vertically into two was reflected in the corner of his sight.
It wasn''t a movement with speed like Ground Shrinker. The chief''s first movement was too natural that Kouki''s awareness couldn''t judge that he was being approached.
¡¸-!?¡¹
Even while feeling shaken against that terrifying technique, Kouki''s body reflexively moved. He pulled back his right foot and shifted half his body behind while activating Ground Shrinker without going against his center of gravity that was tilting slightly behind.
The sword passed before his eyes, and next he backstepped in high speed to evade the pursuing attack that leaped at him like a living thing.
But, there,
¡¸©¤©¤¡¹
A prayer resounded. The ground below the retreating Kouki''s left and right flowed and the sandynd opened arge mouth.
The earth was molded and a huge thing like a bear trap was materialized, it must be a blessing art for restraining the target. Even if for example Kouki could dodge it, it was created by moving the surrounding sand so the ground below crumbled and broke his bnce.
It was a in and small scale blessing art, but it was actually unpleasantly effective.
Perhaps having anticipated that, chief Donar charged forward. He understood Linden''s intention perfectly. They were truly in harmony.
Although,
¡¸©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸Muh¡¹
There wasn''t really any problem if he cut it apart all together. The Jaw of Earth that was closing on him from left and right was bisected right into two by light element mid-level magic that had its cutting power increased explosively.
Chief Donar who saw Kouki''s holy sword that could even be said to be fantastically d in light raised his voice spontaneously, but even then as expected from the soldier chief, he unleashed his attack without even the slightest pause or hesitation.
*gakin* A high pitched sound of shing metals resounded. Kouki felt stunning impact spreading through his arm and the area around his eyes warped slightly.
It was a heavy attack. More than a mere physical strength.
The gaze of Kouki and chief Donar who was locking sword with each other met in very close range.
¡¸¡¡?¡¹
Chief Donar knitted his eyebrows dubiously. But, that too was only for an instant.
¡¸©¤©¤¡¹
What was produced right after that was twelve sand disks rotating in high seed. They were deployed to surround the taqrget and assaulted violently from every direction, at the same time chief Donar leaped back at the only path of escape that was behind him.
The encirclement of the sand disks was tight, it didn''t look like it could be broken out from. It was clear to see that the back of the target would be attacked using the opening when they dealt against one disk.
And so, Kouki escaped to above.
¡¸©¤©¤¡¹
Fiveyers of shining barrier materialized. One was used as foothold, and the others became floating shields around Kouki and blocked the attack of the sandstorm disks.
Considering that Kouki leaping up to the air was convenient, the other sandstorm disks attacked. It was clear that Kouki was thought to be unable to move midair.
Of course, Kouki used to dodge that so there was no problem.
¡¸Oo! Amazing!¡¹
¡¸He''s flying!¡¹
He wasn''t "flying", until the end he was only "jumping", but the movement method using barrier to consecutively leaped midair might looked like flying if seen from the side. The soldiers and art users observing the battle raised their cheers.
¡¸Midair movement using barrier as foothold, is it¡¡. I see, the way of using it like that is¡¡¡¹
Linden also opened his eyes wide at that blindspot. However, he was still attacking fiercely with the sandstorm disks even then.
The sandstorm disks that Kouki should have evaded already returned like a Frisbee. From among the four approaching disks, Kouki blocked two using , while cutting down the other two using his sword.
Kouki saw below him chief Donar was preparing some kind of "vow", and Linden starting to pray another blessing art further while manipting the sandstorm disks and inside his heard he made tsukkomi ¡¸That''s just too merciless!¡¹.
And then, before he could be attacked by Linden with even more number, he directed one hand at Linden from midair and,
¡¸©¤©¤¡¹
He fired a shockwave magic. *dou* Such heavy and painful sound resounded, at the same time Linden''s front was blown away. Linden might got a bad premonition by the time Kouki directed his arm at him because he already entered into an evasive maneuver, so he only ended up getting blown away.
Using that opening, Kouki let flew wind de and shot down the sandstorm disks while entrusting his body to eleration by gravity and rapidly approached chief Donar.
¡¸©¤©¤-¡¹
Blessing power from vow strengthened the flesh of chief Donar.
Instantly, chief Donar whose body was faintly shining blocked the flying kick (the falling from the sky version) Koukiunched using the t of his de. He firmly withstood the kick even while sliding on the ground leaving behind foot track on the ground.
¡¸Haah!!¡¹
¡¸-¡¹
Along with a loud scream of fighting spirit, the sword was swung and Kouki was sent flying. Kouki adjusted his posture midair andnded. Chief Donar approached Kouki with a speed that was iparable from before.
The sword sh that was unleashed looked blurry with manyyers. That was how fast the sword was.
Kouki blocked, repelled, or parried the attacks, handling well the surging wave-like offense of the soldier chief.
(Kuh, what skill-. I can manage the speed and power somehow-. But, this skill¡¡he is at the same level with Meld-san!)
The deceased knight order leader who once acted like the ssmates'' older brother and taught him the fundamental of battle against human. In the end, Kouki was unable to match his sword skill even when he was turned into puppet.
The cheers of the soldiers became even louder. Their chief was pushing back the hero who was summoned from another world. Pride and trust uplifted their heart as a soldier.
But, on the other hand,
(Kuh, he isn''t thrown off bnce even when I''m using body reinforcement. What solid defense-. No, the terrifying thing might actually be his reflex speed, and the specs of his body-)
Chief Donar was also astonished against Kouki who used pure reflex and body strength to react against him no matter what kind of technique he used.
Of course, because this was a mock battle, although Donar was serious, but he wasn''t using his full strength. Chief Donar was also still leaving enough spare for his body reinforcement.
But, even so, looking at Kouki who in a nce wasn''t using any reinforcement, against him who was unable tond a single hit even with the reinforcement was something vexing as a warrior.
Furthermore,
¡¸There-¡¹
¡¸What-¡¹
A counterattack was unleashed toward chief Donar. The horizontal sh approaching his torso was blocked by chief Donar using his sword as shield. Donar had no intention at all of leaving opening, but it seemed that in this short time Kouki had obtained a slight "familiarity" against chief Donar''s swordy.
A stir urred. The soldiers opened their eyes wide seeing the offense of chief Donar was stopped.
Kouki''s counterattack was further©¤©¤
That was how it supposed to be, but there the sword attack from the torso toward the neck became strangely dulled. Naturally, such sword attack wouldn''t work against chief Donar, instead it was Kouki who received a tackle.
Seeing the opponent was instead stepping forward when his attack was midway toward the opponent''s vital spot, Kouki''s eyes opened wide while he leaped backward and rearranged his posture.
¡¸Can you deal against this? ©¤©¤¡¹
Earth and rocks became an avnche that assaulted Kouki who was distanced from chief Donar. If Kouki was a bit further away then the scale of the attack was about five meter in length and width, but when the attack was deployed at close range it was like a giant tidal wave that covered his whole field of vision.
¡¸tsu, this ce is to be a sanctuary, god''s enemy won''t pass©¤©¤!¡¹
Kouki''s chanting was over at the same time when the avnche swallowed him.
Kouki''s figure became not visible and the surrounding was covered by cloud of sand.
¡¸¡¡He, head art user. You overdid it.¡¹
¡¸Using that in mock battle is¡¡¡¹
The art users were flustered. It seemed it was a powerful blessing art that wasn''t really used for mock battle at least. Naturally the blessing art''s force was adjusted to a degree, but perhaps although this was the hero-sama, he might get at least an injury¡¡the art users were sending anxious looks with such thought.
But, their concern was needless.
¡¸Hou, even that kind of barrier! Splendid!¡¹
Linden spontaneously spoke a praise.
Inside the cleared up cloud of sand, Kouki was standing unharmed inside a shining half-sphere barrier.
The also vanished at the same time when the sand cloud cleared. Chief Donar tried to charge at that timing but,
¡¸©¤©¤Sky Soaring sh!¡¹
¡¸Uoh¡¹
A sh of light flew and blew up the ground below chief Donar. Chief Donar stumbled due to the impact and sand pebbles.
After staring still at the scar crated from the sh of light for a while, chief Donar showed a speechless expression. And then, he turned toward Linden who was doing the next prayer and told him to stop by making fist.
¡¸¡¡Kouki-dono. Let''s stop this here. I have seen enough of Kouki-dono''s magic and way of fighting. No, it''s truly splendid! I never thought that we won''t be able tond a hit even with the two of us!¡¹
Chief Donar sheathed his sword whileughing cheerfully. Linded nodded deeply while stopping his prayer, and then cheers were raised simultaneously from all the soldiers and art users.
It seemed everyone was excited about the splendid mock battle where they were able to see unknown magic in that short but deep battle. They all were really excited that their leaders were unable to reproach them. Many mouths were saying out praise toward Kouki''s fight.
¡¸Err¡¡thank you very much, for the mock battle.¡¹
Kouki smiled wryly while sheathing his holy sword. He was a little bit puzzled because it felt like it started suddenly and also ended suddenly.
Chief Donar was conforming with the soldiers'' feeling while giving order to them to train even more diligently so to not lose with the hero-dono, and then he slowly walked toward Kouki.
And then, with an expression that looked somewhat lost, as though he was worrying of what words he should use,
¡¸¡¡Kouki-dono. Kouki-dono is©¤©¤¡¹
Donar was about to say something, but he then held his tongue and looked around briefly. And then, he approached even nearer to say something in small volume.
At that moment,
¡¸BAA©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤NN!! This is your good neightbour-, maybe! Kooneee!¡¹
¡¸Nuwah!? Your highness-!?¡¹
¡¸Hiih!? Koone-sama again!?¡¹
The soldier chief and hero jumped up while hugging each other harmoniously.
When they dropped their gaze, below them there was a little girl standing still in banzai position with unchanging wide smile. Really, what elusiveness she had there.
Although, Koone''s smile was gradually changing into a wondering expression, and finally her expression turnedplicated. While Kouki and chief Donar were tilting their head wondering what she was thinking, Koone was,
¡¸¡¡Koone don''t have any prejudice. None at all but¡¡Hero-sama and Donar are a bit¡¡Koone feels like knowing something that cannot be known.¡¹
Saying that, she stared alternately at Kouki and Donar with an upward gaze.
There the two noticed. The great shock caused Kouki and Donar to be still hugging each other. Both of them screamed ¡¸GYAAAAAAAH¡¹ together and jumped back. And then, they desperately appealed at Koone that she was making a terrible misunderstanding.
¡¸¡¡Koone understand. Yes, Koone really understand.¡¹
Koone was showing the two an expression of kindness that they had never seen from her before. Chief Donar''s face became demonic. Koone instantly changed the topic.
¡¸Hero-sama, chief, as well as the head art user, please return to the pce right away.¡¹
Koone''s words that were spoken with a serious atmosphere made Kouki tilted his head while the expression of chief Donar and Linden turned grave.
They were immediately led to Moana''s office right after they returned to pce.
Inside the office, other than Moana and Spenser, there was a grandpa who looked like he would croak anytime, the head civil official Bruitt Cube whose body was quaking continuously. His eyelids were mostly closed too, so it made one felt suspense that he might be falling anytime.
¡¸Ojii-chan! I brought hero-sama and others here! Please praise Koone!¡¹
After saying that, of all things to do Koone leaped on Bruitt''s back.
Kouki raised his voice ¡¸Ah¡¹. ''What are you going to do if he got smashed up like sswork with that'', such thinking caused a hair-rising emotion to well up from inside.
But, Bruitt who seemed to detect Koone leaping at him waved his hand slowly, right at that moment Koone rotated once midair and her momentum was nullified, without pause she thennded on the ground lightly with her feet.
(I, I have seen that before this! That''s the aikido technique Nagumo used when dodging Myuu-chan''s tackle(hug)!)
This time Kouki shuddered from a different meaning. It was a movement that was exactly the same like the demon king-sama when he parried with one hand Myuu who was being yful with a force that was a bit unbing for a little girl.
It seemed the grandpa head civil official who looked like he would croak anytime was actually an aikido master.
Perhaps it was a usual sight because no one was paying any mind to it.
¡¸Koone-sama. If gramps remember correctly, it should be a subordinate who I sent to call them here?¡¹
Those were scolding words that implicitly called on her repeated willful sneakiness. From the gap of the eyelids that should be mostly closed with only thin opening, dangerous eyes were peeking out with a re.
¡¸The matter might be a race with time! Now, let''s quickly move to the main topic! Let''s do that!¡¹
Koone changed the topic with all her might. And then, she turned the brunt of the matter to her big sister with all her might.
Moana was twitching from the stare of the eyes behind Bruitt''s narrow eye slits while nodding at the correctness of Koone''s words. She cleared her throat.
¡¸The reason I asked all of you to gather here lies in the letter that arrived just now, carried by the messenger from Ar territory.¡¹
After saying that, she fluttered a letter with its seal opened to show them.
¡¸Your majesty. Where is the messenger?¡¹
Linden titled his head in puzzlement seeing that the essential messenger who brought the letter here was not in attendance. Bruitt was the one who answered.
¡¸He entrusted the letter and then fainted after giving a simple exnation of the situation. It seemed he rushed here with almost no rest at all. I have him rest in another room. It seemed he was running the whole time until here through a distance of two and half days in just one day.¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
Linden hummed in amazement hearing about that extremely reckless journey. At the same time the graveness in his expression increased.
¡¸In other words, some kind of emergency situation is happening in Ar?¡¹
Chief Donar asked with a grave expression.
Ar territory was in the west territory where the desert cut off, it was a territory that was located the nearest to Synclea kingdom''s capital. It was an important base on top of being the territory that carried food and other materials to the capital that became a battlefield, also Ar territory itself also possessed a vast grain-producing area. It was an important food supply center.
For a messenger toe from that Ar territory in emergency brought nothing but bad premonition.
Moana read aloud the content of the letter.
¡¸ording to Rothko''s report, a part of the grain-producing region seem to dry up.¡¹
¡¸tsu, that''s, however¡¡¡¹
Chief Donar who almost spoke ''impossoble'' against his better judgment held his tongue in hurry.
In this world, when one heard the phenomenon of "dried up", they would link connect the event to the existence of miasma no matter what.
However, there should be no way for the to invade at the west territory that was abundant with nature. After all monitoring force was ced at the desert area and the capital, at the northern sea and southern mountain range area to prevent that.
Message method using wind from blessing art was swift, and there was no report of any strangeness that had reached Moana yet, based from that it was difficult to think that the managed to infiltrate.
But, in reality a phenomenon of crops drying out had urred, from that it was the height of folly to discard the possibility easily.
The letter from feudal lord Rothko who was entrusted with Ar territory by Moana also reported that the existence of wasn''t confirmed.
Seeing chief Donar holding his tongue, Moana continued speaking.
¡¸The cause is unknown. But, it seems that from some time ago there was the inclination that the growth of crops was slow, I receive the report with that gist. Thinking that perhaps the fertility of thend is decreasing, I consulted Bruitt and thought to dispatch Koone at the time when the weather change but¡¡¡¹
It became an event that wasn''t at the level of fertility decreasing because of growing crops too much, that was how it was.
¡¸We have to deal with this quickly and investigate the cause. Ar''s grain-producing region bing no good is also a problem that we cannot shut our eyes to, but more than that, if the cause made this case grow until where we lose Ar itself, that will be uneptable.¡¹
In a manner of speaking, it was like the front line base losing its food warehouse. Of course, as an insurance there were also other multiple territories that shouldered the role as ry point of the food supply that supported the capital.
Even in the case that Ar was crushed, the capital wouldn''t go down.
It wouldn''t, but. Even so the hard blow of the region that boasted the greatest efficiency getting crushed should at least shake the capital. That "shake" would be a certain opening.
And above all else, there wasn''t even a shred of reason to leave alone the people behind them that they should protect.
¡¸Therefore, Koone.¡¹
¡¸Yes, Onee-chan. It will be fine if Koone go and regenerate the dried upnd right? Koone will also search for the cause while I''m at it!¡¹
¡¸Yeah, I''ll count on you, Koone-ta©¤©¤cough-, Koone. Save Ar.¡¹
Koone put her hands on her waist and threw out her chest with a puff as though to say to leave it to her. Moana who almost broke into a slovenly wide smile seeing that cleared her throat and maintained her queen mode. Her gaze then moved around through chief Donar and others.
¡¸This matter require urgency. I wish to say that it''s impossible, but there is still the possibility of a few number of infiltrating our rear.¡¹
¡¸We will share the information about Ar to the monitoring force of every ces and all the neighboring territories, other than that it''s best that we also send personnel to confirm directly.¡¹
Chief Donar and Linden nodded together at the additionalment of Bruitt. In other words, they were told to select personnel that would be dispatched to every ce from the soldier force and art user force.
¡¸What about the guard for her highness? Will it be the royal guard?¡¹
Commander Spenser nodded at the question of chief Donar.
¡¸Yeah, I''ll send the royal guard. From how the departure of her majesty to the spring was leaked, there is no way I can leave her majesty''s side, but to rece me I''ll organize an escort squad with the vicemander and Lilin tomand it.¡¹
The name of the royal guard''s vicemander was Spike Haim. He was the personal pupil ofmander Spenser, and also his adopted child. He was blessed with talent, and while he was still at the middle of his twenty, he was an able royal guard whose sword skill was said to be approaching Spenser.
And then, it went without saying about Lilin. She had the head of art user as her father, and she was a heroic woman who was chosen to be among the most elites of the royal guard in her age of sixteen. If an escort squad was organized from the elites of the royal guard''s warrior with themand entrusted to these two who were top ss as vanguard and rearguard, there would be a sense of security as suited the asion.
Although, thinking about the case where Moana was attacked before this, there was still some uneasiness¡¡
¡¸In addition. Kouki. This is a personal request from me but¡¡can I ask you to participate in the escort squad of Koone?¡¹
¡¸Eh? I, am?¡¹
Kouki reflexively pointed at himself in shock. Moana nodded briskly at him.
¡¸I dare say that this case is a disorder in thend''s blessing power and not actually because is prating in. Even if that is actually the case, they should be few in number. I believe that they could be dealt with just by the escort squad alone.¡¹
¡¸Then why¡¡¡¹
¡¸In the case that few possess ability beyond our anticipation or they are especially strong, Kouki''s battle ability, other world magic, and then above all Kouki''s special characteristic of "mostly unaffected by miasma" will be extremely reassuring. Of course, it will be dangerouspared to stay inside the protection of the capital, so I will prioritize Kouki''s will in this¡¡what will you do?¡¹
This was a wish from a big sister that thought of her little sister. Some degree of danger would exist no matter where he was. As for Kouki, he found it really hard to refuse, and he also didn''t especially have any reason to refuse. However, what made him hesitated was whether it was right or not for him who was seen as hero to leave the capital.
To speak further, even though there was no way the soldiers and people of capital wouldn''t be affected if the hero who was especially summoned left outside, but even knowing that Moana made a judgment that prioritized her little sister. Kouki felt a delicate out of ce feeling about that.
Which option was right¡¡?
Kouki felt troubled, but chief Donar suddenly opened his mouth.
¡¸Your majesty, while this is presumptuous of me, it seems that Kouki-dono is a bit hesitant so I wish to express something.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I don''t mind.¡¹
¡¸Then. ¡¡Is your majesty trying to have Kouki-dono leave this capital temporarily, for his sake?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Hearing chief Donar pointing that out, Moana reflexively held her tongue. Kouki went¡¸Eh?¡¹ and stared at Moana in surprise.
¡¸If I''m allowed to speak my opinion that I based from the mock battle that we did just now, then indeed, perhaps it''s better if Kouki-dono leave the capital temporarily.¡¹
¡¸Wha-. Do, Donar-san. Di, did I do something that displease you?¡¹
¡¸No, that''s not it at all, Kouki-dono. Rather, my apologize but it''s a reason of happenstance.¡¹
Kouki titled his head in puzzlement of what Donar wanted to say. From the expression of Moana that he saw from the edge of his sight, he understood that somehow Moana seemed to have the same thinking with what chief Donar wanted to say.
Chief Donar told the bewildered Kouki.
¡¸Kouki-dono is¡¡having a strong rejection toward fighting. Am I wrong?¡¹
¡¸tsu, that''s¡¡¡¹
Kouki was at lost for words that his innermost thought was guessed correctly.
¡¸At first, I thought that Kouki-dono was unable to adjust your attack well because you tried to stop your strike just before it hit due to it being a mock battle, but I noticed in the middle. For Kouki-dono swinging weapon at the opponent¡¡is something that you reject from the bottom of your heart.¡¹
Chief Donar''s words paused for a moment was likely because what he wanted to really say was different. That was to say he wasn''t going to say "reject" but¡¸scared¡¹.
¡¸But, the existence of hero is already known in the capital, especially among the soldiers it is well known. The expectation toward Kouki-dono will rise whether you want it or not. ¡¡For Kouki-dono who know about the current condition of our country, surely that must feel heavy.¡¹
¡¸Such¡¡thing is¡¡¡¹
He couldn''t say that it wasn''t true. In fact, he felt it so heavy that he wanted to run away without worrying about his reputation or appearance.
¡¸It seem that her majesty also has noticed already. Therefore, I''m thinking how about Kouki-dono temporarily leave the capital where the expectation toward you is rising regardless of your wish, and using this chance where there is a reason of guarding her highness that everyone can understand, you can look around at the safe territory at the rear. Perhaps, her majesty also has the same thinking like me?¡¹
Kouki looked at Moana.
Moana also looked at Kouki and she lowered her eyebrows with a troubled look. Her expression told him more eloquently than anything of what she was thinking. That the words of chief Donar was correct.
¡¸Ko, Koone object. Hero-sama is an important person, so we should have him safely stay in the capital with its solid protection.¡¹
Koone who wished for Kouki to take her big sister and escaped when push came to shove hated it if Kouki left Moana''s side. As though to say¡¸This is a detestable flow of event!¡¹, she tried to have Kouki stay in the capital with a usible official reason.
Toward such Koone, Moana talked at her with a face not as a queen, but as a big sister.
¡¸Koone. You understand right? Kouki don''t have any duty or responsibility toward this world at all. And yet with him being at the capital, how will the voice that ask him for that will reach him? Last night, Koone talked with Kouki was in order to convey to him by yourself that there is no such thing, right?¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s right but¡¡¡¹
Koone was a ckly scheming little girl, but it seemed that she couldn''t win against her big sister. Her gaze wandered around to search for words but finally she let out a sigh and said¡¸Can''t be helped¡¹.
¡¸Don''t worry, it''s only a distance of a day if you seriously dash to here. Don''t think of this that seriously, Kouki, you can just observe the really amazing territory that is abundant with nature in this world that you arrived at with great pain. Rather, this is a request from me rather than my consideration to you. Kouki, take a look at our country without fail. I will lose face as a queen if you only know about the desert and the capital of my country.¡¹
After saying such thing, Moana showed a mischievous smile.
She said thing like request, but no matter how he saw it this was her being considerate. For Kouki too, staying behind in the capital while wracking his brain so much, thinking worriedly with irresolute mind about question without answer was also something he didn''t want to do.
And above all,
¡¸Without even looking, hearing, and feeling it myself, I''m not going to find the answer huh¡..¡¹
Kouki recalled the words that Koone said to him yesterday before she gave him a tour of the capital, and he resolved himself.
¡¸I understand. I will join the escort squad. ¡¡I''m thinking of going to see more about other ce and people of this world.¡¹
¡¸Yeah, please do that without fail. What kind of feeling Kouki have toward this world, and what kind of conclusion that you reach, I want you to tell me when the timee.¡¹
¡¸Yes, Moana-sama. ¡¡I''m sorry, about various things. Also, to everyone too, thank you very much.¡¹
Everyone inside the office gave a small smile at Kouki''s word of thanks.
Three hourster. Thanks to the preparation that progressed with tremendous speed, Koone and her escort squad, as well as Kouki departed straight toward Ar territory where the strange phenomenon urred.
AN: Thank you very much for reading this every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Chapter 271
Chapter 271
The Arquette territory that was the nearest territory to the Synclea kingdom''s capital. (TN: Last chapter I wrongly used Ar. The correct one is Arquette.)
Due to the notification that was sent by Rothko, the feudal lord of that territory, Koone party that hurriedly arranged their preparation in the same day and departed rushed their Arous until the sun set and dashed straight toward Arquette territory.
Be that as it may, currently when the curtain of night hadpletely fallen, as expected they hesitated to advance through the dangerous night desert while escorting a royalty, and with the words of Spike who was charged to be the guard captain, the party camped for the night.
The night of desert had a face that waspletely different from the afternoon.
In the camping ground where simple protective wall could be created using blessing art, four tents that looked simple but quiterge were set up. Things like the framework and so on could be just formed from the ground using blessing art, so a tent could be created with only curtain that was excellent in heat retention despite its thinness. It was a reallyfortable space with spaciousness and moderate temperature.
At the center of those four tents was a bonfire zing up to drive away the night darkness. The bonfire was also created using blessing art where a kettle was put on a simple cooking stove.
The dinner was also over, while a part of the guard squad was acting vignce against the surrounding, the squad captain Spike and his vice captain Lilin, Koone and Anneal who was apanying the group as Koone''s personaldy attendant, and then Kouki, they were surrounding the bonfire.
Kouki epted a warm drink that seemed like ck tea (?) personally prepared by Anneal for after meal. He blinked when he put the drink into his mouth.
¡¸¡¡This is delicious. It''s bitter, but it also has a faint sweetness. Also it smell nice.¡¹
¡¸Fufu, thank you for thepliment, Kouki-sama. It''s extracted from the leaf of a fruit called paruru. It''s nutritional value is high, and it also has the effect that warm the body, so it''s a necessary drink for travel that is expecting desert at night. Although Koone-sama dislike it.¡¹
¡¸Uu, because it''s bitter. It makes Koone forget the taste of the delicious dinner. This is a medicine. Koone won''t recognize paruru tea as tea. Koone dere, that Koone won''t recognize it!¡¹
Spike smiled wryly at Koone''s bitter expression and insistent assertion, while Lilin was chuckling smilingly.
Koone sometimes acted mature, and actually she was really a schemer, but it seemed that her tongue was normally childish. Bitter taste and astringent taste were her natural enemy.
Drinking paruru tea was a must, so she still drank it without any rejection, but she was drinking it bit by bit while making a grimacing face. That figure of hers was indeed charming.
¡¸¡¡What are youughing at, hero-sama?¡¹
¡¸N, no, nothing.¡¹
Koone nced at Kouki with a sulky face. To that Kouki averted his face that was almost bursting intoughter. She was someone that was hard to deal with and carried out various schemes, but he couldn''t hate her at all when he was showed her figure that was fitting of her age like this. Though, perhaps it was only Kouki being foolish.
Perhaps knowing that Kouki was holding hisughter, Koone was staring at him fixedly.
¡¸Co,e to think of it, Spike-san is Spenser-san''s child isn''t it?¡¹
Kouki had heard of it from Spenser already, but he didn''t receive introduction of name and job before the departure from the person himself, so Kouki tried to ask for changing the topic.
Spike smiled wryly sensing Kouki was escaping using him while answering.
¡¸Yes, we aren''t rted by blood though. It was a honor, or perhaps I should say a fortune, that when I was still a kid, it was discovered that I who lost my family to attack had talent for sword, and I was weed as an adopted son.¡¹
¡¸Ah, I''m sorry¡¡¡¹
¡¸No no. There is no need to feel apprehension like that. Because it''s not something rare to lose rtive or friend from the attack of .¡¹
Saying that, Spike smiled brightly as though telling him that he really wasn''t offended.
This young man possessed brown short hair and eyes. His age was 24 years old, but his trained body and the scars carved on his body, and then the atmosphere he was d in told Kouki that this was a first ss warrior.
His features didn''t resemble Spenser, but the sharpness as warrior that he could caught nces of within his eyes was exactly like his adopted father, so he could ept it if he was told that the two were parent and child.
Although Spike told him to not mind it, but Kouki''s expression turned awkward due to his careless topic change where he heard that this person was an adopted child.
¡¸Hero-sama, you don''t have any delicacy! Koone think that hero-sama has no delicacy!¡¹
¡¸Uguuh¡¹
¡¸Even all of Koone''s family except Onee-chan had died, Anneal''s grandpa and Lilin''s mother also passed away at the previous battle. Aa, it hurts! Koone and also everyone are really hurt!¡¹
¡¸I, I''m sorry. I have been told often how I don''t have delicacy. I''m really sorry!¡¹
¡¸Koone is big hearted, so apology epted. However, forgiving for "free" is just¡¡¡¹
While showing her tolerance by saying that, Koone slowly held out the cup that she had drank half.
The formidable enemy of children tongue©¤©¤paruru tea.
¡¡It seemed that her limit had came after defeating about half the content. Surely she was telling him to drink it in her ce also for revenge how she was gettingughed at just now.
Guessing the intention of Koone who was holding out her cup smilingly at him, Kouki smiled wryly while epting the cup but,
¡¸Kouki-sama. Please don''t spoil Koone-sama too much. Also, the one who doesn''t has delicacy is Koone-sama.¡¹
¡¸Ouch ouch ouch ouch-. Annee©¤all, please stop stretching Koone''s cheeks! Koone is whrongg! Soryyyyy-¡¹
Shockingly, Anneal was pinching Koone''s cheeks *mugyuu-* with a nice smile on her face. Koone was apologizing with teary eyes while taking back the cup she was holding out.
Kouki was feeling chilly wondering whether it was okay that sheid her hands on a royalty. Lilin who was watching Anneal and Koone smilingly opened her mouth toward him.
¡¸Anneal-san is the attendant of Moana-sama and Koone-sama since they were children, so they are practically like sisters. Anneal-san''s grandpa was the art user head of the previous generation, and he was a close aide that was heavily trusted by the previous king. My father was the direct pupil of Anneal-san''s grandfather you know?¡¹
¡¸Linden-san was¡¡¡¹
Most likely, the granddaughter of a trusted confidant was the best choice for the ying partner of sisters who were the king''s daughters. Theck of reservation that Anneal sometimes showed, and the love that she directed toward Moana and Koone which was more than expected from ady attendant must had came from that, Kouki thought.
But, there a doubt suddenly emerged. The daughter of the present art user head Linden, Lilin was as expected ying an active role as an art user. Then, why was Anneal who was the granddaughter of the previous generation art user head wasn''t an art user?
Perhaps, like thebat maids that a certain demon king was cing in the side of princess Liliana to protect her while he wasn''t at her side, keeping it a secret from the person herself, Anneal might be actually absurdly strong even while being ady attendant?¡¡thinking that, Kouki stared at Anneal with a shivering expression.
By the way, the ten maid-san who were selected after their loyalty and ability were ascertained received special training straight from the demon king, and after that they were also getting training camp at Hauria n''s ce, and their strength, inside, presence maniption, etc. were demonically remodeled. In addition, they were armed with artifact ss hidden weapons that were the demon king''s quality product, ifpared with the active duty knight, even alone they were at the level that could crush even enemies at battalion scale¡¡
Kouki who was made to realize the truth of the true state of affairs of that (or rather he was made to apany them with training on asion. He thought he was going to die¡¡) was always desperately enduring the tsukkomi that wanted to get out of his mouth when he was talking with Liliana at ce like her office and so on.
''That person who is smiling gracefully behind you right now©¤©¤her inside is a hyahha person, and throughout her body is loaded with awful hidden weapons all over you know''¡¡such tsukkomi. ''Their splendid conduct of diluting their presence so as to not be a distraction for their master©¤©¤is actually directly taught to them by those dangerous head-reaping rabbits you know?'', he wanted to say.
Of course, if he actually said such thing then his head would go *flop*, so he absolutely wouldn''t say it.
Anneal who seemed to read Kouki''s question from his gaze made a wry smile while answering.
¡¸I don''t have the talent in blessing art to the degree that I can enter the art user force.¡¹
¡¸I, is that so¡¡¡¹
¡¸Fufu. Your expression turn awkward again, but please don''t mind it.¡¹
Kouki tightened his expression thinking that he had done it again. Anneal directed a kind expression to such Kouki. And then, she formed words with a gaze that was looking at a little far away.
¡¸At the past, I also dreamed to be an art user like grandfather. One that wouldn''t falter against any kind of harmful enemy, using that strength to repel them, protecting the royal family, myrade, and then the people¡¡¡¹
When Anneal''s gaze returned to Kouki, she spoke with her cheeks reddening looking slightly embarrassed.
¡¸For me my grandfather, was a hero.¡¹ (TN: The word hero here in the raw doesn''t use ''yuusha/the brave'', but actually ''hero'')
¡¸Hero¡¡¡¹
Suddenly, at the back of Kouki''s mind the figure of his grandfather©¤©¤Amanogawa Kanji emerged.
Kouki who was a grandpa boy idolized that person so much, he was a hero for Kouki.
He had never directly watched the figure of Kanji doing his work, but each time he came ying to his grandpa''s house he asked his grandpa to tell him numerous tales of Kanji''s experience as a capablewyer.
Kanji who was a main character that done good and punished evil in his tales that was overflowing with human drama was truly the aspiration for Kouki, the "ideal image" that he someday would aim for.
¡¸I cannot be like my grandfather, when I understood that, I was a bit, no, honestly speaking I was really down.¡¹
¡¸¡¡How, did youe to ept it in the end?¡¹
Unable to be the self he wanted to be©¤©¤he was able to imagine such shock, and the negative emotion that welled up with it. That was exactly why he got curious. He wondered, how was she able to smile brightly right now?
¡¸Because even though I cannot be my ideal self, life is continuing.¡¹
Those words were calm, but nevertheless they felt powerful. In those words, there weren''t resignation toward something that couldn''t be helped residing in it, but an earnest will to be more positive.
Kouki was at a loss for words. For some reason he didn''t know what he should say.
In the ce of Kouki who had no words, Spike spoke with a gentle expression.
¡¸I heard that Anneal-dono''s ability as ady attendant is the best. If she doesn''t go outside to apany her majesty and her highness, it''s possible for her to be the head of maid even in this young age. Besides, although her blessing art''s power and scale are insufficient, but it seems her detailed control is rivaling even head Linden. Her personality is also great, with a lot of people seeing Anneal-dono as the ideal woman. With you realizing your own ideal, it''s very hard to catch up to you. Please, I wish that you will stop at your current charm.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Spike-dono.¡¹
Anneal''s expression became very troubled.
As though to represent her feeling,
¡¸Spike. That''s a great guts you have there to hit on Koone''s Anneal in the middle of a duty! Koone think, that it''s a great guts you have there. ¡¡Koone will report it to Spenser when we get home.¡¹
¡¸Wha-, Koone-sama! I, I don''t have such intention!¡¹
Spike who was starting to hastily make desperate excuse, and Koone who toyed with him half teasingly, and half seriously speaking ¡¸Koone won''t hand over Anneal!¡¹. And then, there was Anneal who was watching over that with an even more troubled look.
The urrence of the small chaos caused the guards who were standing guard against the surrounding, preparing for tomorrow, or taking rest to watch the ruckus with half smile.
Beside Kouki who was watching while thinking ''no matter where they are, getting involved with Koone will turn into chaos huh'', Lilin got closer to him and whispered into his ear in amusement.
¡¸Vice captain Spike has a straightforward personality, perhaps because he is raised by captain Spenser. He is too straightforward that his words also came out straightforwardly, I too has thought several times before you know, is this person hitting on me? Like that.¡¹
Kouki wondered why, he was feeling a d¨¦j¨¤ vu at this.
¡¸He, hee¡¡is that so. By any chance, is there a lot of women that he do that to?¡¹
¡¸Right right. Exactly. Once it became a bloodbath, and at that time it finally made him became self aware that he ought to re-examine his own speech and conduct, so recently he tried to choose his words carefully, but sometimes he did this out of nowhere. Because of that, it''s like the value of his needless words increased, or the vice captain''s poisonous fang toward the female who received the out of nowhere words is¡¡¡¹
¡¸That''s really¡¡¡¹
At the back of Kouki''s mind, his ponytail childhood friend came out, pushing away his grandfather that was emerging to the surface until now. And then, that childhood friend was directing an exasperated gaze to himself.
Kouki''s feeling became unable to endure that gaze for even a second longer, and unconsciously inside his heard he yelled ¡¸Right now is different! I''m properly paying attention to my action and speech! It''s true!¡¹, he repeated his justification like a little brother whose mischief got found out by the big sister. The same like Spike in front of his eyes.
¡¸By the way, his poisonous fang is sometimes toward the male too¡¡¡¹
¡¸That way too!?¡¹
¡¸Kouki-sama. Please be careful okay?¡¹
¡¸To what!? No, I understand what you want to tell me though!¡¹
¡¸Currently he is still being a bit withdrawn because of his reservation toward Kouki-sama who is the hero, but vice captain''s act toward male is unreserved originally, so if by any chance he ising on to you persistently, please speak to him clearly.¡¹
¡¸Speaking, about what¡¡¡¹
¡¸Of course, speak your rejection. By the way as for me, if it''s now I understand that he isn''t actually hitting on me but, at the time I was normally thinking ¡ºThis guy is seriously annoying huh¡», and I spoke really harsh words to him. But vice captain only got a bit down before he immediately got back on his feet, so I wish that Kouki-sama won''t mince your words, it''s better if you will tell him things that you don''t want to say. After all vice captain, he has a side that is a bit dull in human rtionship.¡¹
Kouki shuddered in fright.
Not toward Spike''s weak point (lol). But toward Lilin''s words ¡¸This guy is seriously annoying huh¡¹ that came from her heart.
Lilin Stole. She was selected as royal guard''s art user at sixteen, a young talented woman to the degree that she was selected to have captain status at temporary sortie. Her long brown hair that looked simr with Kouki was tied into twintail (she said it was to make it easier to feel the wind or something), her physical feature also left a bit of immaturity, so she looked younger than her age.
Her brown eyes that were attached with long eyshes were shining powerfully with self-confidence and resolve, while she was slender, her limbs that depicted feminine curve was charming.
Looking objectively, she was a high level beauty.
That beautiful girl was saying ¡¸This guy is seriously annoying huh¡¹ while smiling brightly in amusement¡¡
Kouki tried to ask her with a feeling of seeing something scary.
¡¸By the way, Lilin-san¡¡what did you say to Spike-san?¡¹
Lilin who was staring in puzzlement at Kouki, without any particr shyness or intention to hide anything,
¡¸©¤©¤¡ºIf you say revolting thing even more than that while we are in the middle of training, I''m going to chop up your balls you know?¡» was what I said though?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
From the back of Kouki''s mind, the first wife of the demon king appeared with his ponytail childhood friend getting chased out. Her hand was in the shape of finger gun. It was beyond obvious what she was going to shoot at. After all she was the smasher who mass-produced manly woman¡¡
Why was it the females that Kouki were acquainted with were all totally peculiar like this he wondered.
Even his one other girl childhood friend who was supposed to be a soothing person, without noticing it when he realized she had hannyaing out on her back, and not just that when he noticed she now became able to attack at man''s vital ce without any hesitation.
An unknown helplessness shook Kouki in shivers.
Lilin who seemed to perceive that shaking of Kouki to be fear, or rather from feeling creeped up toward herself then made excuse a bit impatiently.
¡¸No, see here. I too am not someone who is normally saying something like that you know? My motto is beingbat ready at all times. My hobby is training. My dream for the future is to stand in the lead of extermination battle.¡¹
Those words that were unsuitable to being from a girl of her age, were words that could easily be shut out by the current Kouki who somehow remembered of the many teaching to select his words carefully that was beaten up to him by his childhood friend.
And then that seemed to be the correct action for him to take.
Lilin proudly puffed up her chest and continued her words.
¡¸Because, I was born for the sake of fighting. Not for being protected and also not for love, but for the sake of fighting to protect all those.¡¹
She was born as a fighter. She was convinced of that. That was why, she didn''t need words that would make teenage girl happy. If someone was going to praise her, then she wanted to be praised for the skill she had acquired, not her look. She didn''t want praise for her hair and style, or her clothing or personality, but praise to her achievement of protecting something.
It depended on each person of how to feel toward those words that came from a girl in the middle of her teens. If it was people of a peaceful world, perhaps they would pity her thinking that those were sad words.
As for Kouki¡¡she looked dazzling to him. Of that figure that was convinced of her own existence and pushed forward undauntedly.
¡¸Lilin-san, you are really cool.¡¹
¡¸Heh?¡¹
Lilin was surprised at Kouki who gave words of praise toward herself who threatened his superior that she would chop up his balls when that superior was praising her.
Kouki praised after they were talking about Spike, so for a moment, Lilin wondered whether he was making fun of her, but looking at Kouki''s expression, she immediately changed her thinking. There was envy emerging on Kouki''s expression.
That was why, Lilin then,
¡¸¡¡Thank you very much.¡¹
Those were words of praise that made her happy after so long outside of the words of praise about her skill mastery and battle result from her seniors and Linden. She thanked Kouki back a bit bashfully.
¡¸¡¡Hero-sama. That''s a great guts you have there to make a pass on Koone''s Lilin. As expected, here Koone need to report to Spenser and others that hero-sama messed around with Koone©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸Koone-sama''s possession is a lot! Or rather, I''m not making a pass to her at all! Enough with this, can I please ask you to stop speaking those words without any basis and yet can possibly be fatal to me!?¡¹
Koone was looking!
''While I am dealing with Spike who is making excuse, this son of a bitch is making a pass at Lilin whose age is rtively close to me and is a good friend!'' That fixed stare seemed to be saying something like that!
Kouki moved his gaze at Lilin to ask for help, but Lilin was already taking a bit of distance from Kouki and she was staring at far away direction. Her secret talk to Kouki about Spike was also over, so now she hated to be a target for that kind of talk and seemed to attempt to persist to not get dragged into it.
''Really, there is just too many people with strong peculiarity among my female acquaintances!'' Kouki yelled that inside his heart.
But, he suddenly thought. Although Moana-sama was a siscon, a thickheaded person toward the emotion of the animal she was keeping, and some other various things, but he was able to spend warm time with her really normally¡¡.such thought.
The positivity level inside Kouki toward Moana rose sharply.
At the same time he thought.
Toward Spike and other guards who were tilting their head saying ¡¸Messing around like what?¡¹, Koone suggestively said ¡¸Yesterday, on the bed, with Onee-chan and Koone and Spenser at the same time, hero-sama was©¤©¤¡¹ , where hearing that Spike shudderingly said ¡¸Not just the royal sisters, he even brought my adopted father to the bed with him!?¡¹. Koone was watching that withcent smile. Kouki''s thought from seeing such Koone was,
©¤©¤''This small gangster. I''ve got to do something about her quick''
For the time being, in order to refill his paruru tea that was going to run out after a bit more, Kouki extended his hand toward the kettle hurriedly.
Next day. Just a bit before the sun reached its zenith at the sky, it came into view.
What could be seen from above a conspicuouslyrge sand hill was a line of sand color and green color like a horizon being drawn. At the other side of the end of desert, there was a grass field spreading as far as the eye could see.
¡¸This ce is the end of desert¡¡¡¹
¡¸It''s also the end of the battlefield. Fufu, hero-sama. Your eyes are opened really wide!¡¹
World of desert©¤©¤such impression was carved into Kouki''s head. For such Kouki, the vast grasnd where weeds were growing thickly and the verdant mountains that could be seen at far away deep in the southwest side made him couldn''t help but felt moved emotionally. He was able to strongly feel it for real, that this was exactly what Moana and others were desperately protecting.
Seeing Kouki''s emotional face, not just Koone, but even the guards and Anneal were letting out amused chuckles. There was even pride vaguely emerging on their expression.
Kouki who became embarrassed scratched his cheek awkwardly and asked to divert attention from him.
¡¸Arquette is located ahead of this grasnd?¡¹
¡¸Yes, hero-sama. At this pace we should be able to see it around noon.¡¹
Spike''s arous climbed down the sand hill in the lead.
Like that when they stepped into the grasnd, Kouki felt right away as though the air changed. It was a mysterious sensation, but it felt as though he moved from a quiet ce right into the middle of a festival, a sensation of his heart boiling strongly.
Now he got it. So this was the difference between a "deathnd" and a "livingnd"¡¡Koukiprehended. The mysterious sensation that felt like extending through his skin surely must be the breath of life. This was surely what it meant by a ce that was overflowing with blessing power.
All the arous were also advancing with somewhat pleasant steps. They advanced in such mood for a bit less than an hour.
Just like Koone said, by the time the sun reached the zenith, they came to see a splendid protective wall that was obvious even when seen from afar.
¡¸That''s Arcquette you know, hero-sama. The protective wall made us unable to see from here, but at the other side there is grain-producing region spreading. Right now is the time for the crop to ripen up, so Koone think that it will be really impressive to see!¡¹
They advanced for a while listening to Koone''s information guidance. Several silhouettes came out from Arcquette''s direction. They were heading here rapidly by riding arous. It seemed the Arcquette''s side also came out to confirm and greet Koone party.
The person advancing at the lead was a female with very short blonde hair, sharp blue eyes, and domineering air. She was wearing warrior equipment and five soldiers were following behind her.
¡¸Excuse our impoliteness in your presence. I am Arcquette''s vignce corps captain, Ivana Borgia. We are here to wee your highness.¡¹
It seemed the one who introduced herself with really clear voice was the leader of the private army of Arcquette territory. It seemed that she was a person that Koone and others were well acquainted with because Koone replied with a broad smile.
¡¸Long time no see isn''t it, Ivana! Koone came to visit!¡¹
¡¸Yes, it has been a long time, Koone-sama. I never thought that your arrival will be beyond fast like this, I am slightly surprised.¡¹
Koone hopped down and greeted. Ivana also smiled gently seeing that. She gave a cold feel from her first impression, but the gaze she was looking at Koone with was very kind. She was a beauty who stole people''s eye in addition with that gap too.
¡¸There is no way we won''t rush here after getting told that there is abnormality in Arcquette''snd. After all Koone exist for that sake.¡¹
¡¸Thank you very much, Koone-sama. Now, our lord is waiting. Let''s go.¡¹
Kouki reflexively stared once more at Koone who was acting seriously. He averted his eyes when Koone looked back at him with a really nice smile while saying ¡¸Is there something?¡¹. While feeling embarrassed from getting snickered at by Anneal and Lilin, he entered into the city of Arcquette led by the vignce corps.
¡¸I never dreamed that your arrival will be beyond fast like this. My greatest gratitude for this swift response, your highness.¡¹
Koone and others were led to the reception room of the feudal lord. The people of the guard squad were standing by in another room, but only Spike, Anneal, and then Kouki were apanying Koone.
Like that they were enjoying the tea that was served to them for a few minutes. And the first voice that came out from the mouth of the feudal lord who was rushing into the room was that.
Rothko looked like he was still at the middle of his thirty, however, he was a person that was endowed with the appearance as a feudal lord. His moderate length dark blue hair had swept back style and he was wearing a monocle. If one had to say he was slender, and from a nce one could see that he was a civil officer rather than a soldier.
Behind him there was a woman that lookeddy-like, with her strong-willed eyes expression making her distinctive. Her long blonde hair was beautifully arranged, and including her bearing, elegance could be felt from her.
¡¸Dear¡¡¡¹
Rothko''s arm was pulled by that woman as though to chide him. Rothko came to his sense suddenly that he was acting too impatient. He changed his expression and fell on his knee in order to perform his greeting against a royalty.
¡¸It has been a long time isn''t it, Rothko. Also S. There is no need for any stiff greeting. Rather than that, please speak in detail regarding the content of your letter.¡¹
For Kouki whose mind couldn''t let go no matter what the impression of Koone''s audacious behavior in the capital, as expected, he felt an intense difort seeing the speech and act of Koone that was really like a royalty. With a perceptiveness that was at the level of esper, Koone sent a nce at Kouki so he maintained his poker face.
Rothko smiled wryly saying ¡¸I beg your pardon¡¹ while standing up from his difficult posture. He then sat down on the sofa inside the room. S sat down following him.
¡¸Hero-sama. This is Arcquette''s feudal lord©¤©¤Rothko Arcquette, and his wife S Arcquette.¡¹
¡¸It''s an honor to meet the two of you, I am called Amanogawa Kouki.¡¹
The gaze of Rothko and S turned toward the unfamiliar young man, so when Koone introduced him, the feudal lord couple both opened their eyes wide from hearing Koone''s way of calling Kouki.
¡¸Some time ago, there was a notificationing about the oracle that Foltina-sama summoned an existence that was called a hero but¡¡to think that it''s true. It''s an honor for me to catch sight of you, hero-dono.¡¹
It seemed that they were notified beforehand only about the possibility of the summon of an existence called hero. Rothko nodded in understanding and introduced himself politely.
In panic Kouki appealed his wish to Rothko to not act so humble toward him, and so that he called him by name.
And then, Koone told them that Kouki was apanying her also with the objective of widening his view about this world, and after that the talk finally touched the topic of the letter.
¡¸Then, Rothko. The letter mentioned about the crops drying up though¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yes, your highness. We first confirmed it about a week ago when we received the report.¡¹
ording to Rothko''s exnation that started after he said that, it seemed that from some time ago the growth of the crops was obviously slow. The growth of this world''s nts was very fast due to blessing power. Therefore, if the growth slowed it would quickly be obvious.
Be that as it may, it was something natural, and it wasn''t like there wasn''t precedent of thend''s fertility decreasing temporarily before. They sent report to the capital, and if they saw no improvement they would ask Koone toe, it was a problem at the level where they were allowed to deal with it leisurely like that.
But, a matter urred a week ago where they couldn''t be leisurely like that.
In an area where a gold colored carpet was spreading due to the grain nts'' tip ripening, there were withering nts making it like a gaping hole was opened in the carpet of nts¡¡
There was no such natural phenomenon that had ever been observed until now.
It was also possible that in that ce there might be that was d in miasma which caused that, but in that case there should be a track©¤©¤track like a path of nts dried up without any vitality©¤©¤of the perpetrator''s intrusion stretching until the center of the grain-producing region, however, such trace was nonexistent.
If it was possible, there was only the possibility of the perpetrator dropping from the sky, but in that case where was the falling going to then?
Naturally, there was no trace of intrusion moving in toward the grain-producing region, so there was also no trace of the intruder going out.
Just in case, the vignce corps searched the surrounding in full force, but they didn''t find even a speck of shadow of the .
While they were doing that, the dried upnd was increasing bit by bit.
Because of that, if the cause of that wasn''t , they judged that this must be an abnormality in the blessing power, something that they weren''t able to manage by themselves anymore, and Rothko reported it to the royal family and asked for help.
¡¸I see, Koone don''t get it at all!¡¹
¡¸Yo, your highnessss¡¹
For some reason Koone decisively said such thing with a smug look. Rothko''s eyebrows hung down dejectedly at that. S''s expression also turned troubled.
Koone added on her speech as though to calm down the feudal lord spouses who were like that.
¡¸There is no precedent of such phenomenon, so Koone doesn''t understand of the cause just from listening to it. Going to the scene a hundred times! Investigating by foot! The matter aboutnd can just be asked right from thend! And it''s not like the cause really have to be known, the research of the cause can be postponed forter and it''s fine if Koone just regenerate thend''s blessing power for now.¡¹
¡¸It will be great if thend can be regenerated but¡¡¡¹
''The incident doesn''t ur inside this room, it''s urring in the actual scene!'' saying that, Koone swiftly stood up and demanded for guide to the location. Seeing that shocking lightness of footwork, the feudal lord spouses, and even Anneal and others who should be used to Koone''s attitude were making a really speechless expression.
As for Kouki, in his own way he secretly made tsukkomi ¡¸Are you a self-made detective huh!¡¹ inside his heart. Recently, he felt like he had became a remarkable straight-man character but¡¡
Kouki chose to not think deeply of that.
The grain-producing region spreading at the west of Arquette city was turned into a really splendid gold colored carpet. Perhaps it was wheat or a nt that was simr with that. The plentifully ripe nt tip was rustling from the wind, the scenery of the whole area swaying rustlingly gave anyone watching a feeling that couldn''t be described.
At ce like ¡¾Ur City¡¿, it was also near ¡¾Nort Mountain Range Area¡¿, so Kouki often visited the ce for monster extermination. There was vast rice cultivation area nearby that city, so this was a scenery that he was familiar with but¡¡
Rather, it was that point of familiarity that was giving permeating feeling into Kouki''s heart.
That was why, Kouki''s eyes were fixed excessively at what he saw.
At the existences of gaping wide hole of withering crops everywhere, as though there were insect swarm chewing at those spots, or perhaps like failed work of mysterious circles.
The figure of the crops that lost their golden shine, rotting on the ground with discoloration caused him a mncholy that wasparable with the deep emotion that he felt before.
Kouki and others arrived at a spot that was withering in consciouslyrger size. At the center of dried ground in circle shape with diameter about 5 meter.
¡¸Your highness, how is it?¡¹
Rothko asked with a grave expression. Koone didn''t answer right away, she was staring at the ground with an expression so serious that Kouki had never seen from her before. And then, she suddenly went down on her knees, and her hand softly caressed the ground as though in sympathy.
¡¸¡¡Certainly, blessing power is gone from this ce. It''s in the verge of turning into desert. There is blessing power from the surroundingnd, so even now the blessing power is flowing in bit by bit to recover thend.¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡then, it will go back to before someday even if we left it alone?¡¹
¡¸Yes. Koone think so.¡¹
Rothko and S, and then Ivana and others, the vignce corps members who were apanying them sighed in relief and tension left their soldiers. S timidly asked.
¡¸Does your highness understand the cause?¡¹
Koone slowly shook her head to the side still with a difficult expression. It seemed she was saying that the cause was unknown. And then, as though choosing her words carefully, she opened her mouth.
¡¸This way of drying up, the way the blessing power is lost. ¡¡It''s really simr when miasma poured down, and absorbed the blessing power. Koone think, that it''s simr.¡¹
¡¸However¡¡your highness. If this is the doing of ¡¡¡¹
There was not a single trace of being here except of the driednd phenomenon. It was as though the perpetrator suddenly appeared in that spot like a ghost before suddenly vanishing, but¡¡
No one had ever seen or heard about such phenomenon.
Certainly, surveince and security were carried out at night, but this was a vast grain producing region. It was impossible to illuminate everywhere with light, because of that even if for example , or perhaps something else was materializing at that spot in midnight, there was high possibility that no one would notice.
But, in that case then why was that intruder appeared and then vanished without causing anything¡¡
How did the intruder vanish¡¡
As expected, it was natural to think of this as thend''s abnormality¡¡
Koone also nodded again at Rothko''s thinking.
¡¸For the time being, Koone will try .¡¹
If perhaps the cause that made blessing power was lost from here was alive, then thend would dry up again even after the regeneration, or perhaps Koone''s regeneration power would be neutralized.
In that case, there was also the possibility of understanding something by observing that process of event.
The ceremony of Koone''s heaven''s blessing art started with such intention.
¡¸Those who pour old blood, Koone de Shelt Synclea pray©¤©¤¡¹
With her small body, she slowly spread out both her hands as though trying to embrace the world. Her jade eyes that were half closed and peeked out slightly seemed to stare at one point, however, her eyes also looked like they weren''t looking at anywhere.
The pattern that was painted on Koone''s body was increasing in brightness each time she spoke the scripture that wished for good harvest.
¡¸©¤©¤Oh great will, oh our mother. Your child offer her life.¡¹
Gently, Koone''s golden twin tail fluttered. Not because of wind, but an invisible power was whirling around her.
That power could be felt flowing into thend with Koone as the center.
¡¸Abundant crop to thend, healing to the water, ripening to the wind, will to the fire©¤©¤¡¹
Thend shined. Particles that could be mistaken as spark of golden fire rose up. The boisterously dancing particles looked as though thend was disying its delight.
¡¸Right now one more time, to the dead world©¤©¤the power of living¡¹
Koone''s wholehearted prayer and wish revived the dyingnd. From below the rotting crops, a new life was budding. It was not a crops but a mere grass, but without doubt nature was returning to a ce that almost turned into desert.
¡¸Amazing¡¡¡¹
Kouki reflexively whispered that. Different from simple magic or blessing art, it felt like there was something sacred from Koone''s art. The age of god magic his childhood friend specialized at must be able to the same thing too, but even so, the art of the small Koone who was praying wholeheartedly was something that reallypelled on his heart for some reason.
¡¸Fufuhn, isn''t that right, isn''t that right! Koone is amazing!¡¹
Kouki who was in a trance came back to his senses with ''hah'' when he heard that voice that sounded so smug it sounded odious.
As expected, he saw a little girl with tremendously smug face there. She was puffing up her chest so much he wondered whether she would fall behind.
The solemn and scared atmosphere was instantly dispersed.
Kouki answered with a reallyplicated expression.
¡¸Haha¡¡yes, it''s amazing. Koone-sama is really amazing.¡¹
¡¸Hnfufuh. It''s fine you know? It''s fine to praise Koone more you know? Rather Koone won''t mind even if you worship Koone! Koone won''t, mind it at all!¡¹
The princess-sama was really getting on high horse.
Kouki was feeling somewhat wanting to hit her, but seeing Koone who seemed to concentrate of the regeneratednd even while getting on her high horse, he decided to praise her more for now.
Koone looked terribly in a good mood, however, her expression immediately turned serious and,
¡¸Rothko. It looks like thend has returned to before. There is no sign of blessing power vanishing. This ce need observation for a little bit more but¡¡¡¹
¡¸Is, that so¡¡. Hmmm, just what in the world cause this¡¡. How eerie. Although, we now understand that your highness''s power can recover it. For the investigation of the cause, we will examine thend around Arquette too, but for now we can have a peace of mind. Your highness, I''m really thankful for your help in this!¡¹
¡¸This is Koone''s role. But, there is no way we can leave alone a bizarre phenomenon of a part ofnd suddenly drying up, so Koone is thinking of staying in Arquette for a while to investigate. Rothko, is there a problem with that?¡¹
Different from with Kouki, Koone interacted with Rothko seriously without any smugness.
¡¸It doesn''t matter, I''m just a mere swordsman anyway¡¡the other party is a feudal lord-sama after all, there is nothing wrong at all¡¹ Kouki consoled himself inside his heart.
¡¸That''s the best I can ask for, your highness. By any means, please stay in my mansion.¡¹
Saying that, Rothko nodded happily.
After that, Kouki and others were treated withte lunch.
At the seat of the lunch, the son of the feudal lord spouses©¤©¤Rondo Arquette (ten years old) was introduced. He was an intelligent boy with dark blue hair the same like his father, and a strong willed eyes he inherited from his mother. He had a serious personality for his age.
Although, he also had a side that was appropriate for his age. Spike and Lilin told him various heroic deeds like how Kouki was an existence that was called a hero, how using the magic of another world, in the first day he was summoned he crushed named by himself, how he fought the tag team of the soldier chief and art user head by himself and won, and so on. Hearing those stories, the eyes that he directed toward Kouki were already sparkling, causing Kouki to inly bear damage to his heart.
And then, perhaps seeing through the inside of Kouki''s heart that was like that, Koone bbered about things that were true and things that were false, or rather most of what she bbered was false, and in the end, she even told Rondo about the incident on the bed, and the incident of secret midnight meeting that were already nothing but scandal, so the feudal lord spouses'' expression convulsed, and Kouki desperately made excuse¡¡
What was the most chaotic above all, was how Rondod was gradually starting to look enviously at the exchange between Kouki who was turned into tsukkomi machine and Koone who was fabricating incidents looking like she was absurdly enjoying it.
No, if it had to be said without any indirect expression, wasn''t that already jealousy despite his young age¡¡
In the end, was that jealousy directed to the princess who was getting along well with the hero,
Or else, was it something directed to the hero who was getting along well with the princess,
Thinking if it was the case of thetter, Kouki yelled with all his strength inside his heart toward the Rondod.
''For that kind of future, you gonna need resolve for it not just about status or position, but in various meaning y''know!'' Like that.
He must not be called a good for nothing for not speaking it out loud. It was Koone-tan that was scary¡¡
The recovery of thend was finished for the moment, and in the preparation for the investigation that would be carried out seriously from tomorrow, Kouki and others rested their body in the feudal lord''s mansion.
The time was evening.
The zing red sun was about to sink at the west''s ground. The shadow was greatly stretching to the east, the world was being dyed red.
The golden grain producing region was tinged with red color, producing superb contrast with the deepening shadow, the vibrant hue that was different from afternoon also created picturesque scenery.
There was watchtower built inside the protective wall of Arquette. Two young vignce corps member that were charged to keep watch were looking fondly at the scenery that was always familiar, yet they never got bored to look at.
¡¸Hey. Did you see hero-sama?¡¹
¡¸Ou, I saw I saw.¡¹
¡¸What do you think about him?¡¹
To confirm once more that there wasn''t anything unusual, even while staring at the nature''s picturesque scene one of the guard devoted himself to run his gaze vigntly around while asking that casually. The other guard showed a thinking posture for a bit before answering.
¡¸I thought that he looked somewhat normal.¡¹
¡¸What an impolite guy. Should I report this to the captain¡¡¡¹
¡¸You are the one asking me. But, you also thought so right?¡¹
¡¸Well, he is different from my image. I thought he would be something like, someone that is more majestic or like domineering, when someone see him they are going to get ¡ºThis person ain''t ordinary!¡» right away, like that.¡¹
¡¸Right right, from what I heard he is really strong but¡¡somehow he doesn''t look like soldier huh.¡¹
The two guards talked to each other about their impression that if Kouki heard them, he might reflexively shouted ¡¸Cannot deny that-¡¹ with his hand pressing on his chest and his body fell on all four.
But, at that time, one of the guards raised his hand to stop his partner who was opening his mouth to say some more thing, and his eyes narrowed.
¡¸What''s wrong?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Oi, over there. I cannot see well because of the shadow, but is there something there?¡¹
¡¸Ah? Where?¡¹
Both of them focused their sight.
There.
Something was there. Something ck, d in mist, a figure''s©¤©¤
¡¸tsu, this must be a joke! Why here-¡¹
¡¸Sound the warning bell-¡¹
The true identity that the guards saw through was an existence that shouldn''t be here. Yes, something like an existence that was d in ck mist, there was only one such existence in this world.
The guard who took into his hand the hammer to ring the bell set up in the watchtower thought that in any case, he had to sound the rm. While staring fixedly at that existence©¤©¤the , his hand was swung¡¡
¡¸What, the¡¡what the hell is going on!¡¹
The impossible sight made him stopped his arm reflexively.
Perhaps that was something that couldn''t be helped.
After all, ahead of his gaze, they were appearing one after another. Like ck ink that was sprinkled on the grain-producing region, spheres of miasma were suddenly materializing from empty air.
*bo-bo-bo-*, Deep darkness color even deeper than the shadow created by the sunset was increasing with terrific momentum everywhere in the grain-producing region. Those spheres of darkness vanished a beatter like cocoon that was shattered from inside.
What was left behind was human shaped d in thick miasma.
It wasn''t just one or two. In the blink of eye, the number was increasing into a corps, no, an army scale.
¡¸-, -!? Ring the bell quickly!!¡¹
¡¸tsu!!¡¹
The guard who forgot himself recovered his senses from his partner''s yell. He immediately struck the warning bell strongly as though to shake off his fear.
Their colleague rushed toward the bottom of the watchtower to inquire what was going on. The two guards entrusted their colleague to immediately close the gate, and then to inform the feudal lord.
Even during that little bit of time, the grain producing region was invaded by beings d in miasma¡¡
¡¸Aa, Foltina-sama-¡¹
They spontaneously implored to a great existence. Their body was petrified as though they were being bound hand and foot.
That was how much their despair was.
The golden color that Arquette''s grain producing region boasted of, was currently painted over with darkness color by an army of .
AN: Thank you very much for reading every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
The story finally started to move.
Putting that aside, theic version''stest chapter is published.
Oh man, Hajime-san is seriously suffering when it''s turned intoic.
Who is it, who is the one that make Hajime-san suffer like that!?
Well, it''s Shirakome though¡¡
This time theic is also really impactful. Please read it by all means if you have interest,
Please go look at Comic Galdo in Ovep-sama''s homepage!
Chapter 272
Chapter 272
Grieve and despair, and then unease were filling Arquette territory to the brim.
Inside the city that was surrounded by defensive wall, all the members of the vignce corps were running around to evacuate the people as well as preparing the city defense.
The chaos was deepening with elerated speed.
But that was only reasonable.
After all this was a situation that was without precedent even through the long history©¤©¤the army of passed through the front line of the desert area and appeared in pration into the rear territory, such situation was visiting this ce.
The trust toward the capital, the safety of the rear territory, and then even in the case that the front line was actually breached, at the very least there would be notification that gave time for evacuation at minimum. The terror of seeing thosemon senses overturned like this was immeasurable.
The distorted expression of terror from the mass that were running about in pandemonium told the emotion they felt more eloquently than anything.
And then, the feudal lord mansion was simrly amidst such chaos, no, because they were grasping the situation more urately than the mass, their state of being was even more terrible.
¡¸Shit-, just what the hell this happen-¡¹
¡¸Isn''t this some kind of illusion!? No matter what this is just strange!¡¹
¡¸How is the state of the defensive readiness progressing!? We won''t hold with just the protective wall! Is the reinforcement by the art users not done yet!?¡¹
¡¸Is it possible to retreat!? Even if it''s just her majesty we have to get her to escape¡¡¡¹
¡¸Rather than that what is the capital is doing!? Don''t they notice that the enemy has circled to the rear!?¡¹
¡¸The enemy ain''ting here by walking don''t you see£¡It''s too optimistic thinking that the capital noticed!¡¹
It was a wild uproar. The excellent civil officers and vignce corps members were raising angry yell to divert their mind from the negative emotions of despair and fear.
But, at that time,
¡¸Don''t get flustered!¡¹
An overwhelming angry yell that excelled theirs resounded.
They who returned to their senses while going ''hah'' moved their gaze. Over there they found the figure of the feudal lord Rothko. Although his expression was grim, but his posture was calm.
As though that was the signal, the next moment, the door of the temporary countermeasure room was opened with a sound *BAM*. The ones who entered were Koone, Anneal, Kouki, and then several members of the guard squad.
¡¸Rothko. Koone sent several people from Koone''s guards, especially Spike and Lilin to help with the defense preparation. The reinforcement of the defensive wall is being done by the blessing art users, you don''t mind aren''t you?¡¹
¡¸OF course. How is the understanding of the situation?¡¹
¡¸An army appeared and is surrounding us, that''s all.¡¹
Rothko nodded.
¡¸From the report just now, the total number of enemy is five thousand. Even now the number is still increasing. We arepletely surrounded from four directions. The method of their appearance is unknown. It seems they are a mix of cow head species, scaled dragon species, entric species. Flying species and giant species aren''t sighted.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Calling it a small mercy, is impossible huh.¡¹
All the that Rothko reported were that didn''t cross two meter. The height of Arquette''s defensive wall was around ten meter, but it wouldn''t be able to prevent the invasion of that could fly of giant type .
Therefore, they were able to avoid a situation where they would receive swift attack that prated to inside, however, the number of the enemy was too absurd to call it a small mercy.
Until the end Arquette was a material umtion area in the rear. It more or less had protective wall and so on to be a temporary ce for safe escape in the worst case that the capital was fallen.
But, in the first ce the people of Synvlea wouldn''t have a future by the point of time the capital was fallen. Therefore, there was no way that the existence of soldier force would exist when there was not even a mechanism like the oasis that weakened the . Until the end this ce only had "vignce corps" that consisted from themon people.
To the end their role was to deal with dispute inside the territory, dealt with wild animal, and so on. So to speak their role was like police, their number also didn''t reach a hundred.
Soldiers and art users who were really excellent went to the capital or the surrounding monitoring base that doubled as town, so it could be said to be only natural.
In other words, by the point of time they were surrounded by an army, there was no way to save Arquette.
Rothko spoke with a pained face.
¡¸My deepest apology-, your highness. To invite you to this kind of mortal peril-¡¹
¡¸No one is able to predict this kind of situation. Rothko. Your decision from the beginning until the end is decisive and urate. There is no need for you to feel responsible toward Koone.¡¹
¡¸Your highness¡¡¡¹
Perhaps it should be said, as expected from a royalty. Even in this kind of despairing situation, Koone wasn''t shaken. The fortitude of this young girl who wasn''t even ten years old yet made the people inside the room who were reeling to get a hold of themselves. Their expression became resolved one after another.
¡¸Koone wish that the people can escape somehow but¡¡¡¹
Koone''s grim expression conveyed how she was denying her own wish with her own prediction.
In respond to that Rothko''s reply was also really concise.
¡¸It''s toote for that.¡¹
Koone quietly nodded saying ¡¸Isn''t that right¡¹.
¡¸Then, the biggest problem right now, is whether the capital is noticing this abnormal situation or not.¡¹
¡¸Right. The underground vault of Arquette is tough. Right now goods are carried out from there in hurry. As soon as that''s finished, we will evacuate the people inside. If we count the defensive wall, perhaps we will be able to hold out for about two days.¡¹
¡¸If the capital already know about this situation and they are already moving¡¡at the fastest it will be one day. If that''s not the case and we send out messenger¡¡it will be about two and a half day. It will be just barely.¡¹
In any case, they had to send messenger. The information that the might be able to ignore the front line and appeared anywhere couldn''t be let to stay "unknown" even in the worst case.
Even more important than calling for reinforcement, Moana absolutely had to be told about this fact.
While Koone and Rothko were discussing and deciding what they had to aplish at the end, the inside of Kouki''s heart who was watching that was raging.
If it was himself from a bit of time ago, they he would surely go and ughter the enemy in high spirits. He wouldn''t believe even the smallest possibility that he might die, that if it him then it was surely possible without doubt, any other circumstances was rubbish in front of the "rightness" that protected the people. Such blind belief.
(Am I, am I going to kill again? Even when with Ragar, I was like that¡¡. This time it will be several hundred, several thousand lives? Even though they too are also just trying to live? That kind of thinking is "mistaken". No, they are seeing human as livestock. ¡¡Then, are they evil?)
He didn''t understand, the correct choice-.
Kouki looked at his own hand. His hand was trembling was because he got a hunch of his own death. Because death was terrifying.
There was no strong soldier force here. As expected, he didn''t have any confidence of surviving after taking on alone an army that surpassed five thousand strong. He didn''t have any convenient principle in him. He understood that he would die when it was his time to die.
At the same time, he recalled the sensation of that time.
That vivid sensation that was more than "cutting flesh", the sensation of "cutting down life". A single life, a path of living, that will, he destroyed it with his hand and ended it.
How terrifying. He got the shback of those eyes of Ragar that looked empty, yet made him felt his resentment. He was assaulted by an intense urge to vomit.
(If there is an ideal method where both sides won''t die, where everyone is saved¡¡shit-, this thinking is no good-. I''m not going to be able to choose again! The result of that, I should know it already!)
Before he realized it he gritted his teeth audibly *grit*.
¡¸Kouki-sama, are you okay? Yourplexion look bad¡¡¡¹
The soft voice addressing him made him came back to his senses and when he turned toward that voice, there was the figure of Anneal looking worriedly at him there. When he looked even more carefully, Lilin and others had returned without him noticing. They were reporting with exhausted expression that must came from working their blessing art really hard.
It seemed the appearance of the finally stopped. In the end, the total number swelled up until around ten thousand. It was already at the point where it wouldn''t be strange if they started advancing anytime.
Right now everyone were discussing with each other about how to make the messenger to escape to the capital.
Koone was a royalty. What''s more if Moana who had lost most of her power was excluded, she was thest royalty of Synclea kingdom who had power left. Also looking from how was an art that disyed its true ability for the revival post war, she had to survive no matter what.
Therefore, Koone had to survive no matter what happened. The messenger had to be Koone and her guard squad©¤©¤that was the im of Rothko''s side.
In contrast Koone was,
¡¸No, Rothko. Koone will be nothing more than a burden when breaking through the encirclement. If thinking about a method of breaking through with more certainty, then the conspicuous Koone will gather attention while hero-sama and several people as guards are breaking through is the most suitable way.¡¹
Kouki was taken aback hearing those words. Indeed, Kouki had the strength to breakthrough, and above all else miasma didn''t affect him. If Koone was among the messenger party, then the group couldn''t only use all their strength to breakthrough the encirclement, they also had to spare their strength to protect Koone.
Koone''s suggestion was really rational. Except the point where she made light of the preciousness of herself a bit too much.
That was why, Kouki noticed. The meaning of the resolve dwelling at Koone''s side face, in that young look.
She wanted him to take away her big sister and escape©¤©¤she wanted him to grant that wish, that was what Koone was saying.
Most likely, the clever Koone understood. Seeing the appearing through the distance of space, the bnced situation between the and human had crumbled.
A pinpoint attack at the rear territory.
With this the soldier force of the capital would be made to send reinforcement, and their battle strength would be divided by doing that, however like that they wouldn''t be able to protect what they ought to protect©¤©¤like that Synclea kingdom would copse.
Surely she was looking at such future.
Koone was currently giving up everything as hopeless, including her own life.
That was why, Koone didn''t say it. In this situation, she didn''t say to Kouki "fight for the sake of the people".
That was why, Koone instead said this. She said to Kouki that she "wanted him to escape". And then, if he was going to escape, please at least took her big sisters with him, so she said.
Looking at the little girl who was betting her own life to make the choice that he couldn''t possibly do, Kouki was trembling in fear, at the same time he was harboring respect, and also hopelessly envious feeling toward her.
(Aa, no good. It''s no good, if this girl doesn''t survive. It''s no good if she die in this kind of ce-)
Therefore, he naturally thought like that. That was why,
¡¸I can breakthrough the encirclement while carrying Koone-sama.¡¹
When he noticed, his mouth said that.
Rothko hung on that statement, Koone coldly rejected it, while the people at the surrounding directed surprised expression at Kouki altogether.
¡¸If it''s with my maximum firepower, I can cut open a path that break the encirclement. If Arous''s fastest running speed can break through the encirclement, we can breakthrough. If I also put up barrier continuously, at the very least I can protect Koone-sama while at the same time not needing to do battle to breakthrough the encirclement.¡¹
¡¸Oo, ooh, is that really true!?¡¹
¡¸He, hero-sama?¡¹
Rothko looked delighted while Koone looked bewildered at Kouki''s assertion.
Vignce corps captain Ivana asked with a slightly hopeful expression.
¡¸Excuse me, hero-dono. Perhaps, if that power is used toward the army©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸¡¡Forgive me. To annihte an army that is more than ten thousand, my magic power is¡¡. The enemy will ovee me by number. Smashing the encirclement to let a few people escape is my limit.¡¹
¡¸Is, that so¡¡¡¹
Not just Ivana, other people who thought of that "what if" scenario also got dejected and hung down their head. However, even that only passed for a moment, they immediately recovered their former resolved expression and began to aplish their role.
¡¸Then, Kouki-dono. Let''s quickly do the escape preparation. Your highness Koone, please take care.¡¹
¡¸If it''s the preparation, it''s already finished. We will surely report Arquette''s crisis to her majesty.¡¹
Spike nodded deeply. It seemed that he already finished the escape preparation. Perhaps he was nning to take away Koone even if he had to ignore Koone''s will and brought her to escape even at the cost of his life.
¡¸Pl, please wait! There is no way Koone can escape! If a royalty turn their back to the enemy and abandon the people, the "faith" of the whole Synclea will copse! If that kind of precedence is created even if just one, the morale of the people won''t be able to be upheld!¡¹
Seeing the flow of event where her escape look as though it was a done deal, Koone jumped up and down *pyon pyon* while making objection with her all.
Indeed, the people of Arquette might despair. The royalty abandoned them and escaped by themselves. In the current chaotic situation, there was no way they would be able to calmly understand that it was for the sake to call reinforcement, for the sake of the future.
And then, if the information that only Koone and her people escaped along with the fall of Arquette was spreading, then certainly there was a possibility that morale would be affected at the battle ahead from here on.
Rothko kneeled down on one knee, and he formed words to persuade Koone.
¡¸Your highness. In this situation, your survival is exactly the hope of us human. Indeed, perhaps this would be thought as abandoning the people of Arquette. The people of other territory might also think like that. But, I''ll dare to say this instead. ©¤©¤That''s a trivial matter.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
¡¸If it''s the clever your highness then you should understand. The trend is already tilting. It''s impossible to protect everything. Your highness, has to survive together with her majesty under the new me of war. Who will you protect, and who will you abandon. Even if it will be but a scant of number, for the sake of "the battle so that mankind won''t extinct", your highness must survive!¡¹
¡¸tsu¡¹
Koone''s distorted expression told with certainty how she herself understood that.
Koone lost all words.
But, at that time, one vignce corps member rushed in.
¡¸Report-. Enemy army, is starting to advance!¡¹
Right after that, tremendous thunderous sound reverberated. It didn''t even need any confirmation, it was clear that it was the offensive toward the defensive wall. The resounding thunderous sound that continued in session without pause reverberated from all directions, stirring up the fear of the people whether they wanted it or not.
After a brief time of closing her eyes, Koone gritted her teeth *grit* and lifted her face.
¡¸Rothko. Koone is escaping. However, please choose Rondo and two more people.¡¹
¡¸Your majesty, that''s¡¡¡¹
¡¸If it''s Koone''s arous then three more people can ride it. If the protection target is children, then one or four won''t change anything.¡¹
When Koone gazed at Spike, Spike thought for a bit before nodding briskly to confirm Koone''s words.
¡¸Choose the hope of the next generation, Rothko.¡¹
¡¸-. Your highness is talking about something difficult. ¡¡But, my thanks, for this kindness. I''ll bring them right away, that''s why, your highness please prepare.¡¹
¡¸Yes. ¡¡Rothko, may the protection of Fortuna-sama be with you, and all your subordinates. Koone won''t forget, the resolve and courage of all of you. Koone won''t forget it, no matter what!¡¹
¡¸Haha, is that a farewell between us in this life? Your highness, we aren''t going to get done it that easily you know?¡¹
There was no path of survival for Arquette that didn''t possess soldier force. The fastest reinforcement woulde would be in two and a half day. If thinking that the reinforcement might being in three days, then the reinforcement wouldn''t make in time without doubt as long as there was no miracle.
But, Rothko said that sentence. His subordinates were also making the same expression.
To their noble figure, Koone proudly nodded with clenched teeth.
Kouki''s heart©¤©¤creaked.
Was he going to abandon these people¡¡
Or would he murder several hundred, several thousand instead?
Those questions crossed repeatedly inside him since some time ago. His thinking was going in circle and came to a standstill in the same ce time and time again.
(Both human, and also the , are only trying to live. Fighting, is the way of living of this world. For someone unrted like me to interfere, surely that must be what is truly mistaken-. In the first ce, against ten thousand enemy, there is no way I can win just by fighting seriously. My magic power won''t hold. Even I, don''t want to die. I''m not going to be able to meet with everyone like that, I absolutely don''t want something like that-)
In this cornered situation, his true feeling without falsehood raged inside his heart.
Because he didn''t want to kill any side, he wanted to escape without getting involved.
He didn''t want to die, so he wanted to escape.
His family, childhood friends, friends,rades, and even "that guy" who he was still feeling lost on how he should thought about him©¤©¤he wanted to meet them-. Dying in another world like this and became unable to meet them agains, he absolutely didn''t want that, he wanted to run-.
¡¸Kouki-dono, Kouki-dono-¡¹
¡¸tsu, eh, ah, Spike-san?¡¹
Kouki went ''hah'' at Spike''s call and he came back to his senses.
When he noticed, he was in front of the barn where all the arous were kept. It seemed that he was unconsciously following Koone and others while getting trapped in his mind and arrived until the barn.
¡¸Are you okay, Kouki-dono?¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes, I''m fine. And, how is it going?¡¹
Kouki did his best to pretendposure and replied at Spike who was looking dubiously at him. He became expressionless from trying to do that instead and made Spike and others became even more worried, but the current Kouki had no leeway to guess that.
After all, right now for the first time Kouki was trying to do an act of "abandoning".
The reason why he once reproached "that guy" by that much, and now, he himself was going to do it.
©¤©¤*creak*, a creaking voice came from inside Kouki.
¡¸¡¡I wish to ask Kouki-dono about the detail of the attack of maximum firepower that Kouki-dono mentioned.¡¹
¡¸Ah, about that. ¡¡If I have to say it, it''s a bombardment. It release a high powered bombardment in a straight line. If I seriously attack with full strength, I should be able to create a path that pierce the encirclement.¡¹
Kouki was half-convinced from his battle against Nie and Ragar. His conviction must be conveyed to others. Spike nodded.
¡¸However, it need a bit of time to activate it. It will be ideal to fire it at the same time with the gate''s opening, so it will help if the gate can be opened at the same time with my signal.¡¹
¡¸Understood. I will ry it to the gatekeeper. Kouki-dono, we will entrust our fate to you.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yes.¡¹
Spike sent a messenger. In preparation of the worst case, Kouki carved the magic circle of on the saddle of all the arous so that ¡¾Divine Severance¡¿ could be activated continuously even if he didn''t continue his control, and there he poured magic power and activated it.
He poured in tremendous amount of magic power so that it could hold until the capital as much as possible. Kouki took out three tubes from the pouch on his waist. That was thest magic power recovery medicine that he brought to this world.
He returned two of them back into the pouch, and drunk one after he finished pouring magic power into all the magic circles.
And then, all the arous were taken outside the barn at the same time when he finished. Kouki and others also got out.
Thunderous sounds resounded several times, the angry yells of the vignce corps and the trembling voices of the fearful mass pierced their ears.
©¤©¤*creak creak*, sounds rang from inside Kouki''s chest.
People came running. The son of the feudal lord©¤©¤Rondo. Also two children he didn''t knew. A girl and a boy.
Rondo listened to Rothko''s words. With a serious gaze and a face that understood what was entrusted to him right now, he gritted his teeth and endured his tears from falling. S couldn''t hold it in and embraced her son tightly. She strongly, strongly embraced tightly.
The chosen boy and girl also did their farewell with their family simrly while clenching their teeth.
It could be easily imagined that if other people witnessed this, they woulde pleading "please save our family too". That was why, this farewell was carried out secretly in the cover of the barn. The crying voice of the girl echoed awfully inside Kouki''s ears.
©¤©¤Kouki felt his chest rumbling. He wanted to scratch and pluck his heart.
They moved the arous to nearby the east gate that would connect to the capital. They did it secretly so the eyes of the people wouldn''t catch sight of them.
¡¸¡¡¡¹
The princess(Koone) who should be na?ve and full of energy didn''t say anything. Her expression stiffened as though she was paralyzed.
¡¸Is the moving of the goods not over yet-¡¹
¡¸The vault only just got filled! Carrying all of them out takes time!¡¹
¡¸Move your hand if you''ve got anytime for talking! Get them in even if just one more people!¡¹
Angry yells could be heard. It seemed the moving out of the goods from the underground vault was not finished yet. Naturally the people were also unable to be evacuated into the most solid ce of the city.
There was also other tough buildings, and people also escaped to there too, but the street was jammed with people who were impatiently waiting for the underground vault to be emptied.
The tense atmosphere of the adult and the continuously ringing thunderous sounds, the children were screaming and crying.
©¤©¤It hurt. His chest hurt. The creaking sound didn''t stop.
All the arous were standing by at the cover of building. Koone and the children, and then Spike and others, the members of guard squad were also already riding on the arous''s back and put their preparation in order. With Kouki''s chanting, barriers of light were deployed and enveloped each arous.
Rothko and others backed away and vignce corps members were standing by with tense expression.
A bombardment would be fired at the same time with the opening of the gate, and the running rampant at the other side of the east gate would be blown away. Kouki would then jump at the running out arous and rode it, then broke through the encirclement in one go.
The tactic''s preparation was all done.
Kouki who was walking toward the front of the east gate was whispering in small voice when he realized.
''There is no other way'', he said.
''Even I don''t want to die'', he said.
''I will scatter a lot of life after this, please forgive me'', he said.
''I''m sorry for abandoning the people who are trembling in fear'', he said.
As though making excuses,
''What I choose, is always mistaken every time.
Surely, I''m making a mistake again,
It will result in something that I cannot taken back, so¡¡
I''m¡¡
That''s why,
That''s why, even I¡¡
Rather than "the many whose face I don''t even know", it should be fine for me to choose "people who are important for me" instead.
That''s why,''
¡¸Help-¡¹
¡¸-!?¡¹
Electric jolt ran through his whole body. When Kouki noticed, he was in the middle of the street that was directly in a straight line toward the east gate. And then, his hand that was dangling down powerlessly, was pulled at repeatedly.
When Kouki''s gaze moved at that direction, there was a figure of a small boy about the age of three, four years old.
¡¸Help otou-san-¡¹
The boy was pulling on Kouki''s arm desperately. Sometimes the boy''s gaze moved toward the direction of the west gate. Looking there,rge dust clouds were rising up from the west side. When he focused his eyes, he could see miasma and ck silhouette on top of the defensive wall.
The dust clouds mighte from someone using blessing art, or perhaps the reinforcement outer wall of the protective wall©¤©¤an emergency reinforcement using blessing art to make earth protrusions that were stuck on the defensive wall©¤©¤was pulverized.
And then, that dark shadow that a vignce corps member was only barely pushing off must be a . Perhaps it used itsrade as stepping stool, or perhaps it crawled up using its physical strength. Kouki didn''t understand, but it seemed that the defensive wall was almost climbed over.
Most likely, the father of this boy was a vignce corps member that was assigned at the west gate. Looking at the rising up cloud dusts and , the boy thought that his father was in a dire strait.
¡¸Why, why are you asking me¡¡¡¹
It was awfully hard to breath. While thinking that, Kouki asked with a scratchy voice.
¡¸Because, Onii-chan is "hero-sama" right!?¡¹
¡¸tsu, I, I''m¡¡not a hero¡¡¡¹
¡¸Otou-san told me! A great person ising to this city he said! If that person is here, surely those will be no threat! Please, hero-sama! Help otou-san-¡¹
It was a selfish request.
A request that didn''t think of the feeling of the other person.
This boy didn''t know how just painful that expectation felt for him.
The inside of Kouki''s heart was overflowing with swearing that was him venting his anger.
A civil officer he remembered seeing before ran this way. Because this officer knew about Kouki''s role, he pulled and tore away the boy from Kouki with an impatient expression. Soon the boy''s mother also rushed toward the boy, she apologized at the civil officer while trying to take away the boy.
¡¸Hero-sama! Help-¡¹
The boy reached out his hand. He was asking for help from Kouki.
''Aa, really¡¡''
¡¸Hey, Nagumo. Perhaps, I really haven''t changed just as expected. Even though I understand just how stupid this is, I just cannot be like you.¡¹
He whispered such thing with a voice that sounded giving up¡¡
¡¸Reject all hostility and ill will-!! The absolute protection to the children of god! Here is the sanctuary, no enemy of god shall pass! ©¤©¤¡¾Divine Severance¡¿¨C!!¡¹
A scream-like incantation thundered.
That was an absolute protection. The brilliantly shining proof of safeguarding.
Gleaming dome of light spread with Kouki as the center. It was spreading in a scale that was never seen before!
It prated through building, prated through people, however, it pushed back only the , a superrge scale barrier was deployed that covered the whole city.
Suddenly, a dome of light that covered the sky materialized, people were looking up above their head dumbfounded. The crying voice of the children stopped still, and even the vignce corps members stopped their hands and looked up to the sky.
The thunderous sounds attacking the defensive wall inevitably stopped. Even the great noises from the that shouldn''t be damaged or anything also stopped. Perhaps that was also because of them being dumbfounded as expected.
¡¸I''ll protect them.¡¹
¡¸Eh¡¡¡¹
It was unclear whose response was that. The boy, the boy''s mother, and then the male civil officer who came to stop the boy returned their gaze to Kouki.
Kouki looked at the boy, and then he spoke one more time.
¡¸I will, protect everyone. That''s why, it will be fine.¡¹
¡¸Hero, sama¡¡¡¹
The boy couldn''t say his words of thanks. Because the hero who said that he would protect everyone, was making an expression that looked smiling while crying.
Kouki returned his gaze to the east gate, and then he unsheathed his holy sword with *shan-* sound.
And then, he sent his words to Koone and others who looked befuddled at the unnned deployment of therge scale barrier.
¡¸Koone-sama. I''m sorry. I will stay here. I''ll cut open the path, so please run through.¡¹
¡¸What are you saying, hero-sama!?¡¹
Koone raised a voice that was pregnant with shock and unease. She reflexively almost jumped down from her arous although Anneal stopped her.
¡¸Isn''t it hero-sama yourself who said that you cannot defeat this many!? Are you nning to die!?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Sorry. The truth is, I think that protecting you and delivering you until the capital safely is the "correct choice".¡¹
¡¸That''s not what Koone is talking about-¡¹
¡¸Yes, but, as I thought I''m no good.¡¹
¡¸No good you say©¤©¤¡¹
In the middle, Kouki''s way of talking became his usual casual way of talking. Noticing that, Koone''s feeling was growing indescribable while she said everything she could to change Kouki''s mind. But,
¡¸As I thought, I cannot abandon people who ask me for help.¡¹
It wasn''t like he wanted to be a hero.
He didn''t want, to die.
But it was impossible. Even if he was told to save the mankind, the feeling that it was real didn''t really well up from inside him. When he weighed mankind and on a scale, he didn''t understand at all the correct side the scale should tilt toward.
However, even so¡¡
When someone reached out their hand asking for help in front of his eyes, calling at him with a grieving voice, it finally became impossible for him.
¡¸I won''t take no for answer. You go, Koone. ¡¡I''ll be waiting for quick reinforcement okay.¡¹
¡¸Hero-sa©¤©¤¡¹
Kouki nced back across his shoulder with an expression of crying and smiling. It was filled to the brim with fear and pain, even so he couldn''t draw back, wouldn''t draw back¡¡
Before Koone could say anything,
¡¸O god''s will-, please bring about the light that annihte all evil!¡¹
Kouki''s incantation resounded. The lifted up holy sword emitted fierce light, the people who were dumfounded from the ¡¾Divine Severance¡¿ moved their gaze toward Kouki.
¡¸O breath of god-, drive away all dark clouds, please fill this world with holy purification!¡¹
A spiral of light was generated with Kouki as the center. The shining torrent that rose up as though to stab the sky made the people closed their eyes.
¡¸O god''s mercy-, with this one attack please forgive all crime!¡¹
The light converged into the holy sword as though it was being sucked in. The noisy sounds of could be heard from the other side of the gate. They too might be perplexed from the abnormal situation.
Kouki moved his gaze toward Spike. Beside Anneal who was holding back Koone who tried to jump down even now, Spike returned a powerful gaze at Kouki and he nodded briskly.
And then, Kouki''s gaze moved toward the gatekeepers. The two gatekeepers opened the gate to left and right with determination.
Multitude ck shadows squirmed at the other side.
To there,
¡¸©¤©¤¡¾Heaven''s Might¡¿¨C!!!¡¹
The world was overwritten with pure white.
It was a striking torrent of light to the degree that gave such hallucination.
At the same time, the sh of light that left behind sound advanced passed through the barrier of ¡¾Divine Severance¡¿ and pierced the army of .
There was no time for them to put up defense or anything. No, even defense itself was meaningless.
The bombardment of ¡¾Heaven;s Might¡¿ that was truly ought to be called the manifestation of god''s will easily gouged the encirclement like a hot knife going through butter, piercing out until the far away distance.
Before long the world that was dyed white returned back to normal, sound was revived, and while white sh was melting into empty air and vanished, seeing the path that was opened by annihting , Kouki who trembled with his throat choked from what he had done was,
¡¸-, GO-!!¡¹
He yelled.
With Spike in the lead, all the arous started running with fierce momentum.
Beside Kouki who slumped down on his knee from the great expenditure of magic power, Spike, Lilin, the members of guard squad, and Anneal rushed through while saluting with tense expression.
¡¸Hero-sama! If you die, Koone will kill you! If you don''t absolutely stay alive-, Koone will make you meet terrible experience-!! Koone is-, a woman who will do what she say she is going to doo!!¡¹
Koone left behind those words with desperate voice even after passing through him. Kouki made a wry smile at such Koone.
When push came to shove, Kouki thought of sniping the that would try to chase after the escaping party from above the defensive wall, but it seemed that his stiffening from overusing ¡¾Divine Severance¡¿ and ¡¾Heaven''s Might¡¿ wouldn''t loose up.
When Koone and others slipped through thest line of the encirclement, dark being that tried to chase after them finally appeared, but at that time a distance had been opened until a range where they could shake off pursuer.
While feeling relieved that they were able to escape, Kouki took out the second magic power recovery medicine from the pouch on his waist.
One medicine remained.
This was the lifeline for Kouki, no, for Arquette during this two and a half days until three days ahead.
Kouki who stood up waved his hand to stop the gatekeepers who came back to their senses and moved to close the gate.
And then, step by step, he walked toward the other side of the gate.
¡¸Kouki-dono! What in the world¡¡why are you¡¡¡¹
It was Rothko who called out to him. The figures of S and Ivana were also beside him.
¡¸Rothko-san. This barrier, the more it receive attack the more it will be exhausted and the deployment time be shorter. With an unceasing attack from an army that surpass ten thousand, as expected it won''t hold out until the reinforcemente.¡¹
¡¸Ko, Kouki-dono?¡¹
¡¸I''m going outside in order to reduce their¡¡no, the "enemy" as much as possible. Because even if they only concentrate their battle strength to me, the burden to the barrier will decrease. With the time I buy, please expand and strengthen the defensive wall and underground vault, and evacuate the people as much as possible even if just one person more. After that, tell Moana-sama and Koone-sama©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸Kouki-dono!!¡¹
It sounded like ast will. Rothko who thought so immediately cut in Kouki''s talk.
¡¸Don''t, don''t speak absurd. Are you nning to fight alone? Such thing is no different than suicide.¡¹
¡¸Certainly I''m heavily outnumbered. But, what if there is only one entrance into a city that is protected by a barrier? What if that entrance be a passage, where its width at best only allow two units that can enter and fight?¡¹
After saying that Kouki thrust out his hand, and in front of the who beganing back to their senses, a part of the barrier in front of the east gate changed shape and became like a passage. Its width was around two meter, with length of seven, eight meter.
That unexpected action caused Rothko, no, all the people at that ce gulped with shudder.
¡¸I will be overrun right away in a fight of one versus ten thousand. But, what if it''s one versus one for ten thousand times? ¡¡I should be able to buy quite a lot of time with that.¡¹
Kouki spoke to Rothko and others who was speechless.
¡¸If the reinforcemente and I''m already hopeless at that time, please tell Moana-sama and Koone-sama this, ¡ºBefore long the demon king might arrive. There will be salvation if there is suitablepensation for him¡».¡¹
¡¸Why, why are you going that far¡¡¡¹
Rothko noticed. That the hands of Kouki who said he was going to fight were trembling. Kouki''s expression that was pretending calm appearance honestly conveyed to him that the trembling wasn''t trembling from excitement or anything else.
That was why he asked that, but Kouki''s answer to that was,
¡¸¡¡Because, I''m a great stupid idiot, I think.¡¹
Saying that, he walked out while smiling wryly. Rothko and others had no word to stop him.
While walking, Kouki confirmed that ahead of his gaze the were resuming their offence trying to smash the barrier. The ¡¾Heaven''s Might¡¿ just now annihted several hundred , but if someone was looking from outside how the split sea was filled to the brim and returning back to normal, it felt only like a miniscule effort.
(¡¡The key is how long the Divine Severance can hold out. Rather than annihting power, stamina for long battle is more important. In that case, it''s best to refrain from using magic and only use sword skill. Even if I use magic, I should use recovery magic and not attack magic.)
He still had hesitation. Despite so, after this he was going to kill species that was trying to live. He felt disappointment from the bottom of his heart toward himself who could only choose that kind of path.
This would be a battle where he was greatly limited. If he used attack magic it was inevitable that he would run out of strength first, If he didn''t use attack magic, then painful battle would continue several hundred, several thousand times.
Perhaps, he would die. It was terrifying, terrifying, that his hands wouldn''t stop trembling. *ck ck* The ringing sound was the sound of terror that his teeth were ying.
But, his feet didn''t stop.
His mouth said "protect" naturally.
His body headed toward the battlefield, as though he was being controlled. Behind him were people with no strength to fight.
Even though the inside of his head was messed up, only the will of "have to protect" was resounding strongly inside him.
Going out into a battlefield without even any clear resolve, just how many times he had failed because of that? Just how many mistakes he had made because of that? Kouki''s calm part was yelling at him if he was going to repeat the same mistake again.
¡¸¡¡Surely, I''m going to regret this.¡¹
The same like all the time until now.
¡¸¡¡But¡¹
But, there was only one thing that was different from everything until now.
¡¸¡¡I''m risking my life. I''m not running away.¡¹
Staring straight ahead, he crossed the gate. One step short from the ¡¾Divine Severance¡¿. Enemy already entered the passage. Kouki signaled the gatekeepers to close the gate. The gatekeepers saluted with face that almost burst into tear before they started closing the door.
¡¸¡¡.This is scary. I don''t wanna¡¡¡¹
But, he didn''t hesitate. He didn''t know if stealing the life of a lot of was the correct thing, but at the very least, the human called Amanogawa Kouki, wasn''t able to brush off the hand of a children asking for help, so¡¡
That was the only thing that he was absolutely unable to do.
Kouki dispelled a part of the barrier that connected to the passage that was created from ¡¾Divine Severance¡¿. He instantly stepped in using "Ground Shrinker", and without even letting it react, he diagonally shed the at the front.
A vivid sensation was conveyed to his hand, urge to vomit rose up, and the inside of his chest felt sharp pain.
He forcefully repressed all those, and toward the diposed , Kouki was¡¡
He took a deep breath, and with a voice that could reach all the enemy surrounding him©¤©¤he howled.
¡¸Your enemy is right here-!! If you want Arquette-, try to kill me-!!!¡¹
In order to gather attention and raise the curtain, Kouki''sst favorite technique that might be appearing for the first time in this battle©¤©¤¡¾Heaven Soaring sh¡¿''s shining sh bisected the enemy inside the passage while piercing through until the rear.
Kouki who was walking until the middle of the corridor made his holy sword shined while readying it in front of his eyes.
A beatter.
The rushed all at once toward the person who was overreaching by trying to face an army alone.
AN: Thank you very much for reading every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Serious''s turn is continuing.
I want to run away-, I want to make merry and forget my trouble-, I want to throw in outrageous scene one after another-
But, the serious will continue for a bit more.
Sorry ''kay!
Also recently, the chapter continuously is more than ten thousand characters.
I''m thinking to curb it to 6000~8000 as much as possible but it''s not really going well¡¡
Everyone, please rest your eyes properly.
You see, Shirakome eye recently keep twitching *piku piku*¡¡
Next chapter''s title, In the Point between Life and Death
Chapter 273
Chapter 273
Just how long he had been fighting already?
He had no sensation of time. The sun had sunk really deeply ahead. The radiance of ¡¾Divine Severance¡¿ was illuminating the surrounding of Arquette, but deep inside the grasnd where light didn''t reach waspletely dark.
*rustle rustle* Great number of presences could be felt from the surrounding. In addition, the consumption speed of ¡¾Divine Severance¡¿ was decreasing quite much. It seemed that it went as he expected, rather than attacking the barrier, the were more eager to remove the culprit that was deploying and maintaining that barrier.
While thinking about things like whether this raised the survival rate of Arquette even by a little, Kouki tried to recall the expression showed at the end by Koone and others who might be rushing toward the capital with their all even now©¤©¤
¡ºJust die alreadyyy-!!¡»
¡¸tsu!?¡¹
The angry yell that sounded like curse made Kouki returned to his senses right away. It seemed his concentration was cut off for a moment.
In front of his eyes was a bull headed that boasted superrge build of two meter. Above its head there were two horns that looked like could kill human using just them, the Dark Being''s blood colored eyes were shining ringly, while its hand was holding arge sword that looked like thick Chinese cleaver.
That weapon was swung down along with a violent wind.
The holy sword that was raised without dy produced *ZUGAN-* sound that was impossible to be produced from the sword attack between fellow normal humans.
Although Kouki let go of the impact through his arm and knee, he held his breath ¡¸guh¡¹ reflexively, however, at the next moment he sent a kick at the knee of the bull head species, snapping the knee into ''<'' shape and broke his bnce.
The created opening was fatal.
When the bull head species resisted from screaming and tried to retake his bnce, the holy sword was already drawing an arc and got sucked into his neck.
Without even minding the neck that flew away like a joke, skeleton soldiers that were of entric species©¤©¤the so called Skeleton©¤©¤leaped out from the left and right of the bull head species.
The Skeletons'' weapon was their very body that was formed from bones. Both of their hands were abnormally long, and their fingers were sharp like w. The bone starting from their arm until their pinky grew thin and became a splendid sword hand when it was swung.
¡ºYou monster-¡»
¡ºPerish!¡»
Kouki had never even imagined that a day woulde when he got cursed at by Skeletons as a "monster".
Kouki pulled back his body slightly while knocking down altogether the sword hands that were thrust at him from both sides. The other hand of the Skeletons sprang up as though they had predicted that.
They unleashed simultaneous attack with matched breathing as though they were mirror reflection of each other, however, Kouki whose reflexes was superior smoothly dodged and unleashed two consecutive attacks as counter.
The heads of the Skeletons danced in the air.
¡ºGot you-¡»
A strong spear was thrust through the gap between the bones of the copsing skeleton. It came from a scaled dragon species behind the skeleton. The sharp thrust that although didn''t match Ragar but it was by no means inferior, was stopped by the grip of Kouki''s hand.
¡ºWha-¡»
Ignoring the voice of shock, when Kouki pulled the spear strongly toward himself, the scaled dragon species instinctively tried to hold his ground. However, Kouki''s physical strength didn''t allow that. The Dark Being was unable to stand firm and stumbled forward, and the holy sword was thrust into his throat.
Along with a vivid sensation, a hard to describe groan ¡ºGube!?¡» prickled Kouki''s ears. At the same time, the overflowing blood sttered dirtily on Kouki''s shoulder stickily.
Although, it was meaningless to pay attention to that. After all Kouki''s whole body was already dirtied by blood spurt from enemies. His state looked tragic.
The number he had defeated wasn''t just several hundred. The he had defeated might already reach a thousand. The defeated were thrown away to the back by the hands of other themselves as though to say that they were in the way.
It seemed that almost held no sympathy to other species except to their own underling, so there were also several scenes of falling out between Dark Beings because the other treated their underling''s corpse rudely but¡¡
Currently, it seemed that their head was filled to the brim of who would be the one to defeat the abnormal warrior that couldn''t be defeated at all no matter how long the battle was continuing.
Both Ragal and Nie put importance at achieving meritorious deed.
At the era after ruled over the world, meritorious deed was necessary in order to make the status of their own faction a firm one. For them who were carrying out the principle of supremacy of strength and the survival of the fittest for real, the meritorious deed of defeating the warrior with strength that could protect Arquette continuously by his lonesome must be exactly the same like "piging great treasure".
Kouki thought. He thought that it was something he was thankful of. Because the more they focused on himself like this, the more the burden to the barrier decreased and as long as Kouki''s magic power was holding, then the protection toward Arquette was a sure thing, he thought.
Intense pain ran through his ankle sharply.
¡ºI, caught you-¡»
One of the skeletons before this moved his hand even after losing his head and his w was digging into Kouki''s ankle. Looking at the thick miasma flowing from his head and coiled around his body, most likely he was moving his body remotely even now when his head was sent flying.
Seeing how the red light was almost vanishing from the skeleton''s eye sockets, perhaps this was his veryst act that he unleashed with all his strength.
Right after that, Kouki''s field of vision was nketed by barrage of miasma swords.
He swung the holy sword and deflected, deflected deflected deflected deflected!
¡¸tsu, kuh, aAAAAAAAAAAH¡¹
The tremendous amount caused Kouki to raise a roar when he noticed. He swung the holy sword with all his strength and slipped through the barrage of death. Thest act of the Skeleton was certainly effective. His wound dulled his footwork, and Kouki was forced to focus his undivided attention into defense using his sword skill by necessity.
The miasma sword that he couldn''t handle, or he purposefully neglected in order to avoid lethal wound created countless small wounds all over Kouki''s body. Small sharp pains stimted Kouki''s consciousness from throughout his body, as though his body was giving alert messages.
The barrage that he thought might be continuing for eternity stopped still.
He shook off the w that was still grasping his foot and then he tried to chant recovery magic, but pushed and shoved each other and charged toward him.
¡ºHe is wounded see-, now-¡»
¡ºKill-, Kill-, Kill-!!¡»
¡¸tsu, shit-¡¹
Even while swearing out, Kouki desperately shed his holy sword and cut down the enemies.
What entered his ears were only words that wished for his death, or vilification, or voice of resentment that even resembled curse.
That was natural. Just how many he had killed already. Right now he was a sworn enemy for them, a bitter enemy that had to be killed no matter what.
Even though he understood that, even though he understood that he had not the slightest qualification to think about such thing, but his heart was growing cold. It felt like his heart was getting decapitated from his body as much as he killed, as much as he almost got killed.
The sensation of cutting flesh, the feedback of bone severed, the blood spurt showering him, the more he got used to them, it felt like he was getting farther from being human©¤©¤bing a "monster" just like what they screamed at him.
¡ºZEAAAAAAAH!!¡»
¡¸Gaah!?¡¹
A loud scream of fighting spirit burst. Right at the next moment after that, he felt heat on his nk.
Although he barely dodged instinctually, his side was lightly gouged. If he waste in evading just by a moment more, it would be a fatal wound. Cold sweat trickled while he pierced the enemy''s heart with a returning sh.
The sensation of the shadow of death steadily creeping near was invading Kouki''s heart.
From before this there was moment when his concentration cut off and his thought was diverted. It was the proof of exhaustion. Mental exhaustion was elerating the physical exhaustion.
Honestly speaking, the time was already pastte at night. It was enough to call his stamina as unworldly.
But, even so, the time limit was approaching him.
Kouki scolded himself, that it was too early. He wasn''t holding out for even half a day yet. If he spouted out big talk like "protecting", then it was still too early for him to copse.
¡¸©¤©¤¡¾Heav©¤©¤¡¹
¡ºBe the offering of our species-!!¡»
He tried to chant recovery magic, however, he was obstructed by whose fighting spirit wasn''t withering even for a bit no matter how many hundreds he was defeating.
''This is bad'', his unease grew violent. If he shed blood, then his stamina would decrease quickly by that much.
He recalled his experience of chasing after monsters of Holy Precincts by continuously wandering for three days at¡¾Northern Mountain Range Area¡¿ without taking rest or meal. With the body of hero, such recklessness was possible if he at least made water to drink using magic.
But, nothing could be done if he shed too much blood. Recovery magic couldn''t go as far as recovering the lost blood too, his thought would dull and his body would get exhausted easily the more blood he lost.
And, at that opening when he recalled his reckless adventure at Tortus like that, this time it was his shoulder that was lightly sliced.
Seeing his thought getting diverted again, Kouki gritted his teeth while continuing to kill one, and then one more enemy.
(Shit-, damn it-. What the hell me-, am I just this much-. You are a hero aren''t you! You should be able to still go on! Don''t think about unnecessary thing-. Just concentrate! You said that you are going to protect right!)
sh. sh. sh. sh. shed.
sh. sh. sh. sh. Gouged.
sh. sh. sh. sh. Punched.
With his wounds still unhealed, his wounds were gradually increasing.
Seeing such Kouki, the expression of the who were attacking while stepping on theirpatriots was showing slight ecstasy that said¡¸We will ovee him at this rate¡¹¡¡
¡¸Kouki-dono-¡¹
At the same time with such call, Kouki''s body was enveloped in faint light.
When he looked back across his shoulder after sending flying one enemy in front of his eyes, Ivana and several vignce corps members'' figures were on the defensive wall of eastern gate looking like they were going to cry.
One of them was offering a prayer wholeheartedly. He must be using blessing art of healing.
Pain was receding gradually from his body. The little wounds other than his ankle, side, and shoulder were healing in visible progress even if slowly.
¡¸Two third of the citizens had been sheltered-. In order to evacuate the rest, we are expanding the space right now-¡¹
It seemed that more than half of the citizens could be evacuated into the underground space. If he could buy more time like this, then perhaps all the citizens could be evacuated into the tough shelter.
Kouki made a small smile.
¡¸Please retreat for the moment! With the exception of the vignce corps members that are essential for the evacuation, we will hold that ce with all our force! At this rate-, you will-¡¹
Ivana pleaded at him to take a rest.
But, he couldn''t do what she said. Because the vignce corps'' strength was insufficient to be entrusted with this battlefield. If such thing was possible, then from the beginning he would have told them the strategy of taking turn.
The vignce corps members weren''t soldier. Even if they had the will for it, but their talent didn''t permit them to fight. Just like that Anneal. They themselves should understand that.
At present, this blessing art of healing too, if this was performed by the art user of the capital, then his ankle, side, and shoulder''s wound should have recoveredpletely already. The face of the vignce corpse member who was using the art was distorted in frustration seeing how slow Kouki''s wound was healing.
And so, that being the case, they must be trying to buy time for Kouki to rest exactly with the resolve of being annihted to thest man.
That was why, he couldn''t entrust it. He couldn''t entrust this battlefield to them.
¡¸Here is my battlefield! I won''t entrust it to you all!¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡¡¹
Ivana''s expression warped in grief.
While signing the enemies to oblivion, however, the feeling of Ivana and others who tried to be his strength somehow saved Kouki''s heart.
¡¸Haah!!¡¹
¡ºGuah!?¡»
¡ºThis guy-, still!?¡»
An attack with all his strength blown away two enemies altogether.
Using that opening, Kouki filled his voice with dominating aura and sent out his words.
¡¸I can still fight! That''s why©¤©¤please back me up. Even if just healing me continuously help me a lot! When I give the signal, arrow or blessing art or anything is fine so attack the front line at that time!¡¹
If he could make an opening even if just a little, he could healrge wound at that time. He could also create water ball using magic and replenish his rehydration. With the blessing art''s healing, he would be able to not get bothered from small wounds.
Although Ivana and others were stunned for a moment from Kouki''s words, they immediately made a determined expression. Even they had something they could do, they could be useful for the protector who was standing alone in the battlefield. Those facts encouraged their heart.
¡¸Leave it to us-¡¹
The voice of the trembling Ivana resounded.
Kouki roared while staring at the endless attacks.
¡¸I won''t withdraw no matter what-¡¹
He wondered how much time had passed since the vignce corps were starting to back him up.
Kouki who was continuing to fight determinedly didn''t notice that the backup had stopped abruptly before he knew it.
He already had noposure to look back, his consciousness was half hazy. Therefore, he couldn''t even confirm that Ivana and others were already spending their strength from using art until their life was at risk.
Also, the matter when Rothko and others tried to make Kouki retreat to the shelter which he then refused was also already far beyond at the corner of his memory.
Rothko and others persuaded Kouki that if they bought time using the defensive wall and the underground warehouse, then Kouki would also be able to rest enough, but Kouki judged that doing that was impossible.
The defensive wall could be climbed over by the physical capabilities and by using each other as stepping stone as had been proved at the beginning. If someone was overcame by the creeping up then they wouldn''t be able to buy enough time.
And above all else, if he went into rest right now¡¡
Kouki had no confidence at all that he could stand back up again before the underground warehouse was destroyed. With his extreme exhaustion, once his tension and fighting spirit were loosened up, they wouldn''te back to normal easily. He wasn''t able to deny the possibility that he wouldn''t be able to move satisfactorily or that his consciousness would keep sleeping.
He feared that above all else.
That was why, in order to not let theme toward him in order to take him back, he cut off his own path of retreat.
If they came until here, then even if Kouki created barrier behind him, the wouldn''t care.
They would only kill Kouki.
They would bring certain death to this sworn enemy that was a threat that couldn''t be finished off with an army even now. Right now, rather than bringing down Arquette, removing this abnormality standing in their way was far more important.
Kouki mostly didn''t even reply, he was merely showing his will using his action. Rothko and others were shedding tears while continuing to pray earnestly whilementing that it was the only thing that they could do.
One time the¡¾Divine Severance¡¿ almost vanished and he drank hisst magic power recovery medicine, but Kouki had no remembrance at all of doing that. He used the medicine from his subconscious sense of danger.
The backup stopped, he was already at a point where taking rest would lead to death, he had also used up his recovery method. He was merely swinging his sword toward the threat before his eyes.
Before he noticed, Kouki was inside a mysterious sensation.
The resenting voice and angry yell of the enemies became unclear and muffled as though time was slowing down, every single movement of them were also slow as though they were moving underwater.
However, that didn''t mean that Kouki was speeding up.
Kouki himself was also feeling heaviness coiling around his whole body as though he was underwater. Just like how the opponents were slow, he was also slow.
Inside the world where everything was slow, however, it was only his thought that was strangely getting clearer.
Everything that happened until now was passing through his mind naturally.
If there was a third person, they might say that it was a revolvingntern phenomenon, but Kouki didn''t realize that and he abandoned his thought into the emerging memories.
What emerged first, was the first person he encountered in this world.
©¤©¤Kouki, is really kind huh
He yelled back angrily when he was told that. When he thought back now, it felt like he had vented his anger at that beautiful and strong queen a lot.
For some reason he easily exposed the deep part of his heart that he normally repressed to her. For some reason every single word of hers resounded in his heart and he became unable to keep up his fa?ade.
©¤©¤At the very least, that feeling of yours that think about other is "right". I will assert that
Even though he only came in contact with her for a short time, she was always giving affirmation to Kouki. Even though he actually had waekness andplex, the words that she gave to Kouki at the end were always kind.
(The feeling of wanting to save, wanting to protect©¤©¤is right. If you assert that, then is it okay for me to think that the fight I''m doing right now is "right"?)
He pierced the heart of the bull head species in front of him, then using the holy sword that he pulled out while turning around, he lopped off the head of the scaled dragon species beside him. While bathed in blood spurt, the next memory that emerged was the little sister princess with strong peculiarity.
©¤©¤Rather than the many that Koone loved, Koone treasure my only dear family
Just like "that guy", rather than the many people with unknown face, she would pick the person that was important to her. While condemning herself that she had no qualification to introduce herself as a royalty, even so she yelled that she wouldn''t yield.
Even though she was in a position that was far more significant than himself, but that way of living that spoke of such thought without hesitation, he harbored much envy toward it.
(Surely, as a royalty¡¡that is "mistaken". Picking a choice of not making use of me is a "mistake".)
Then, was that girl "evil"?
Kouki didn''t think so. Because, that child, wasn''t she resolved to die?, he thought. In exchange of making her big sister as priority, wasn''t she resolved to receive everything by herself?, he thought.
Then, in the first ce, just what was a "mistaken choice" then.
As though to pierce the emerging question, a conspicuouslyrge Skeleton lunged with a sharp hand sword and lightly gouged Kouki''s cheek. Without even minding that, Kouki grapsed tight the Skeleton''s head in an eagle grasp and smashed it into the ground, he then pulverized the head further with a step of his foot while diagonally shing a second bull head species.
In the interval of blood ssh, the people of the capital were floating like illusion.
©¤©¤There were husband and wife who fought in order to let anyone ate kukuri.
©¤©¤There was a young man of the weapon shop who spoke of his dream that the weapon he made would help the soldiers.
©¤©¤There was a ferryman who would rush around the battlefield transporting soldier in emergency.
Everyone wasn''t thinking things like "no matter what we do, it''s already impossible anyway" in the slightest.
That wasn''t optimism, but a determination to aplish the resolve of opposition. If the path that they picked rolled to a bad direction, wouldn''t that decision make their important people unhappy¡¡such unease, it didn''t look like they were harboring such feeling in the slightest.
At the very least, they weren''t people who would stop walking because of that.
(When I asked if they feel scared, everyone said the same thing©¤©¤that they are scared. And yet, everyone smiled when saying that. Because that''s something that they decide themselves they said.)
A huge spear made from miasma was flying near d in wind of miasma like a tornado. When he tried to knock it down forcefully, Kouki''s foot slipped. He couldn''t raise his de, and even though he knocked down the spear, it caused pain on his wrist.
He became unable to stand his ground. The hand that swung his sword was starting to shake from a reason other than fear©¤©¤exhaustion. He felt something that chilled his heart from death that was approaching him one step closer.
©¤©¤Because, I was born for the sake of fighting
A younger girl who dered the meaning of her birth with pride in her heart.
Her way of living that believed there was no mistake in her path, he felt much envy toward that.
©¤©¤For me my grandfather, was a hero
Bing like the idolized hero, having things went ideally¡¡was impossible, such fact was thrust before her, however, she said ¡¸Even so life is continuing¡¹ with a smile. She found what she could do, and built up herself to be more than top-notch.
(Aa,e to think of it, I thought of Jii-chan for the first time in a while huh)
Finally, the holy sword was deflected. Until now, Kouki''s attack that finished off most of the enemy in one swing finally defeated the enemy after two, three shes.
Enemies that were observing Kouki''s movement at the rear must also be starting to get used to Kouki''s movement. But, more than that, his pure strength and speed were decreasing.
The dragon scaled species that he sent flying raised a warbled cry and stood back up. Beside it, this time the illusion of his grandfather©¤©¤Amanogawa Kanji appeared.
©¤©¤Kouki can be anything, you can do anything
That was Kanji''s answer toward young Kouki who was asking him ''Can I perhaps be like Jii-chan?''.
''Really?'' When Kouki asked that,
©¤©¤Really, I told you. That''s why you are named Kouki (TN: Kouki means brightness or splendor)
Name is the representation of body. That''s why,
(The path that Kouki decide and advance through by yourself, will surely shine bright¡¡. I have forgotten that all this time huh. Jii-chan''s words) (TN: The word shine bright here use the exact same kanji like Kouki''s name)
*GON*, graphic sound of bone breaking resounded from Kouki''s body. The tail of a scaled dragon species sunk into his side. Without even being conscious of it, Kouki breathed out *kahah* while letting out a thrust at the nape of the scaled dragon species.
Atst he received a damage that was hard to be overlooked. Even Kouki whose natural recovery rate was high couldn''t immediately heal broken bone without magic.
Perhaps seeing the limit of strength of Kouki whose body was staggering, the showed expression of wild joy.
But, in contrast to the fierceness in the outside world, Kouki''s inside was really calm. Quietly, but surely, something was connecting inside Kouki.
The many encounters, his experiences until now, the many worries, all of them were connecting in the middle of this extreme situation.
The girl childhood friend who brought him back even by hitting him yelled at the back of his mind.
©¤©¤It shouldn''t be like this? Something like that is obvious! There is no such thing like a life that will go as you want! Everyone, they gritted their teeth and endured, they held their head in worry, but they will say "even so" and then keep at it!
That''s right huh, exactly like that. Even the people of this world, everyone is the same.
©¤©¤If your path is mistaken, then punching and stopping you is the role of best friend right?
Aah, that''s right. Just what is it I''m scared about? If I''m mistaken, you will punch and stop me, and yet
©¤©¤Liar
Aa, Eri. It''s exactly like you said. I''m a liar.
At that day, at that time, at that ce, I indeed told you "I''ll protect Eri", and yet.
I believed that by making the choice of "protecting", it was over just with that.
I believed that I had saved you just by stopping you from jumping down.
Even though there is no such thing like a life that will go as one wanted.
Even though life will continue even then.
Even though you were still going mad, and kept asking for help the whole time.
That''s right.
I was always, finishing with just "choosing".
Even though what is truly important, is the "after choosing".
That''s all there is to it.
Whether that choice is right, or mistaken, there is no way to understand because we cannot see the future.
I was frightened against such trivial thing, said thing like "I cannot believe myself", and in the end, I hesitated in even choosing¡¡
*GOU* The atmosphere roared.
Kouki went ''hah'' and his consciousness returned from the mysterious world of thought back to reality, and he became aware of the huge bull approaching before his eyes. Thebat bull created from muddy ck miasma was so big it filled the whole path with its body.
If it was Kouki who still had spare strength, he would be able to thrust his holy sword and destroy it.
But, his flesh that already weed the limit had insufficient strength to meet that charge.
¡¸Gahah!?¡¹
Although he barely evaded just thebat bull''s horn, his torso got hit by the headbutt and he was sent flying. The impact that made his body felt like it woulde apart shook his consciousness. Air was forcefully expelled from his lung and he couldn''t breath.
He wrung out his willpower, thrust down the holy sword and defeated thebat bull, but he couldn''t stop from falling on his knee.
Thinking that this time was the end for sure, the rushed forward like a flood in order to raise distinguished service.
The eyes of Kouki who raised his face weren''t focused as though his mind was hazy. His blurry sight could see the approaching raising war cry in slow motion.
(Is it the end¡¡in this kind of ce¡¡)
Even though, I found the answer¡¡
He finally understood.
In feeling, wish, prayer, there was no such thing like mistake.
If one was serious, then everything was the real deal, what was important was sincerity.
After choosing, one must not run away from that feeling. One must not avert their eyes from the wish. One must not give up praying. That was the true battle.
Even though he finally understood.
(Will it end, without me unable to protect?)
''I''ll protect everyone'', he said. Toward the young boy, toward the feudal lord who thought about his people, toward everyone of the vignce corps.
(Will I, lie again?)
Because, I have done my best? Because I risked my life? That''s why, it''s fine even if I give up already right?
(Don''t-, screw around-!!)
¡¸aAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!¡¹
¡ºtsu!? You bastard-!?¡»
Therge sword that was swung down by a bull head species was deflected back by the holy sword of Kouki who was screaming as though his throat was going to burst.
''Just where in the hell such strength ising from'', the expression of the bull head species was cramping with such meaning that could easily be understand despite his grotesque feature.
(Fight-, fight-, fight!! You want to protect even if you have to kill them aren''t you! You chose that right! Then fight-)
He scolded himself.
Something snapped inside Kouki. It was a feeling that he had tasted several times, however, Kouki had no leeway to pay that any mind.
But, if he could see his status te, then he would surely notice that there was one addition of derivative skill there.
©¤©¤Limit Break''s special derivation War Demon
Originally, Limit Break raised up the whole specs by several times along with the increase of magic power, but this didn''t have magic power increase. His specs also didn''t increase. However, no matter how broken up the body was, the magic power inside the body would be used to reinforce the body as though it was recement for ster cast, and the user would only continue to fight intently with this special derivative skill.
Because it was almost like a self-destructing technique, almost nobody was awakened to this skill.
This was the crystallization of feeling that bloomed exactly because Kouki''s heart shouted in this extreme situation.
That scream was,
©¤©¤Fight! Fight! To the end of that choice, following your wish, fight until this body be trash!
¡¸oOOOOOOOOO-!!¡¹
¡ºThi, this monster-¡»
For the first time since the beginning until now, the were backing away. The loud pressuring scream and fighting spirit that could only be described as ghastly almost swallowed them up.
(My body, is moving-. I can still, fight-)
He didn''t understand why his body was moving.
But, such thing didn''t matter.
(Step in, more. Look at the whole. As long as they aren''t a beast, the movement of human body is mostly decided!)
More efficiently. To the necessary ce, at the necessary time, using the necessary strength, urately.
''That was what you were taught right'', he told himself.
(¡¡Aa, so I forgot even this kind of thing)
His memories of until now that flowed in like revolvingntern. The things that he forgot, that he lost sight of were resurrected.
He learned the sword style of knight because he was the hero of the kingdom. However, there was the sword that he learned side by side with his childhood friend farther in the past. Caught by his position as hero and his mistaken impression, or perhaps because of his guilt of betrayal, he buried it at the bottom of his heart all this time.
A bull head species swung down arge sword.
If it was the him so far until now, he would use his specs as hero and deflected back the attack. But, he already didn''t have the spare strength for that so¡¡
The moment he received the opponent''s sword, he averted the sword attack using the shift of his wrist, and at the same time he changed the hand holding the sword to his other hand and cut up.
©¤©¤Yaegashi-style sword art Otoha Nagashi (TN: Sound de Flow)
The name was because the moment the sword attack was averted, two swords scraping against each other produced a clear tone.
The bull head species didn''t feel any recoil from his sword, and when he noticed himself was already cut with his life ended, his eyes opened still.
A scaled dragon species unleashed a mowing down attack using a huge spear.
If it was before, he would knock down the attack or dodge.
Now he kept the point of his sword pointed straight while shifting his upper body, however, he didn''t retreat but stepped forward and thrust the sword.
©¤©¤Yaegashi-style sword art Kasumiugachi (TN: Haze Pierce)
By shifting the distance perception using the upper body''s back and forth movement and shoulder''s motion, the huge spear''s horizontal mow ended up striking empty air. The scaled dragon species whose eyes were opened wide lost his life with hisst sight being an attack that looked like three thrust unleashed at the same time.
A Skeleton came lunging using his sword hand.
If it was before Kouki would meet the attack using his holy sword.
He grasped the sword hand with one hand and made the skeleton floated in the air using a twisting throw and body movement.
©¤©¤Yaegashi style martial art Kyourai (TN: Mirror Lightning)
This technique threw the opponent using Aikido move and then attacked while the opponent was midair. But, this time it was used to hold back a second Skeleton, and the moment the two Skeletons collided, he mowed down the two altogether using his holy sword.
The kingdom''s knight sword art wasn''t bad by any means. Rather, a transcendent ability and the knight sword art©¤©¤especially the strong sword style of Meld Logins had goodpatibility.
But, for his current self whose specs were degrading¡¡the ancient martial arts of Yaegashi-style that he learned for a long time, a style for the sake of "the weak overthrowing the strong" was the most optimum.
Not relying on physical strength to the utmost of his ability, not burdening his body, while getting the better of the enemy using technique.
Because of the strange movement that was different from before, the could be seen clearly that they were perplexed.
(Although, it''s hard doing it with western sword. How long I can fight while being conscious? Can my consciousnessst©¤©¤)
Kouki was concerned with the feeling of discrepancy that came from using Yaegashi-style with a weapon that wasn''t katana, but¡¡
At that moment, the holy sword was enveloped in faint light.
The were on guard wondering what Kouki was nning, but Kouki''s feeling of amazement was more than what they were feeling.
Kouki reflexively closed his eyes toward the holy sword that was enveloped in light despite him not doing anything. He couldn''t even see the sword de because of the light.
If the time was counted it was only several seconds.
Before long the light settled down. And there,
¡¸Ka, katana¡¡¡¹
Yes, the holy sword changed shape. Although there wasn''t wave pattern on the sword de, but what was there was certainly a katana with single edge and curving shape. Looking closely, when he noticed even the sheath had changed shape.
¡¸Ha, hahah¡¹
A smile emerged on his mouth unconsciously. The figure that was bathed in blood spurt and yet looked smiling looked gruesome that even the looked backing away.
But, Kouki didn''t even pay attention to that.
(Come to think of it, no matter what happen you keep lending me your strength huh)
Even if he let go of it, it woulde flying if he raised his hand. Even when he tried to return it, it flew to him by its own will. Even when he got carried away, even when he was a betrayer, even when he was lost, it never forsook him and continued to choose him as its wielder.
And then, now it even changed shape to respond to Kouki''s wish.
''Aah'', he thought.
His consciousness was still hazy, and everywhere in his body was screaming, however¡¡
¡¸There is a holy sword(partner) in my hand. Then, there is no way, I''ll lose¡¹
If he was defeated, his holy sword(partner) might fall into enemy''s hand. Only that he wouldn''t allow.
He found one more reason to fight.
He suddenly noticed. Without him knowing, there was a sun ray alighting down from the sky. From the gap of the cloudy sky, the sunlight looked like a stair that was continuing to heaven©¤©¤it was likely that the morning sun was shining in.
The night, had ended.
Seeing that, Kouki''s smile deepened further and,
¡¸If you choose the path of survival then I won''t pursue. But, if you choose to fight©¤©¤¡¹
Slowly he put the holy sword into the sheath, and he lowered his waist. His hand, was still touching the handle loosely.
¡¸I won''t ask for forgiveness. I will¡¡kill you all until I perish.¡¹
A tranquil fighting spirit, and grand words of resolve, spread through the battlefield.
AN: Thank you very much for reading every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
This might be, a story where the heroine is the holy sword¡¡
Next time, the reinforcement arrives. What they will see there is
PS
It seems thatic version of Arifureta entered the Top 30 of Nikoniko''s first half of the year ranking.
This too is thanks to everyone who read it! And then thanks to RoGa-sensei!
Really thank you very much. Please take care of me from now on too!
Nevertheless, this year too, half a year has passed huh¡¡haee
Chapter 274
Chapter 274
¡¸What''s the status with the sortie preparation-¡¹
The harsh voice of Moana who was wrapped in battle outfit was reverberating in the pce''s corridor. She was walking fast with her footsteps making pping sound as though to express her impatient feeling. Beside her, her close aides with Spenser, Donar, and Linden in the lead were apanying her.
Spenser replied to Moana''s question with a stern expression.
¡¸It''s possible for three thousand to sortie in our state. However, the number of arous is insufficient, we are also mobilizing soldiers from the neighboring monitoring base, but we will need at the very least one day to reach the expected number.¡¹
¡¸That''s no good. Too slow. Three thousand is fine. We are departing right away.¡¹
¡¸Don''t speak unreasonably.¡¹
When Spenser said that chidingly, Moana stopped walking and turned her gaze.
¡¸There is no other way than pushing through recklessly. Right now, even in this very moment Arquette is in the verge of being annihted!¡¹
That voice contained grief. It was something rare toe from Moana who always endeavored to beposed no matter the time. That was just how abnormal and dangerous the situation was, but for Spenser who had been at Moana''s side since she was born, he could guess that wasn''t all.
Koone and others who should have departed from the capital at noon the day before yesterday to head toward Arquette returned back at the forenoon today in a desperate state even while being exhausted. Thinking about the distance between the capital and Arquette, their return was too early even if they were taking day trip. Most likely they were rushing back through the night without resting.
Koone and others who returned back looked like they were going to copse. When they asked Koone and others just what in the world was going on that caused their state to be abnormal like that, the answer they were given was about a situation that was hard to believe.
After making Koone and others rest, Moana naturally wasted no time to assemble her close aides in hurry and instructed them for sortie preparation to reinforce Arquette.
But, there were two problems regarding the sortie preparation.
First was the number of the enemy that was arge army of ten thousand.
The other problem was that they were fighting against time.
The battle strength that was permanently stationed in the capital was twenty thousand in total. The total battle strength from the citizens of the capital was less than thirty thousand. There were several cities set up at the boundary line between the desert and grasnd and along the coastline. These cities doubled as surveince base. If all the soldier force in those cities were mobilized, their number would barely reach a hundred thousand.
It looked enough for a battle force, but the matter wasn''t that simple.
After all, the situation this time was apletely abnormal situation. The had obtained a method to attack the rear while ignoring the front line.
In that case, there was no way they could left the capital unguarded. In this situation where the early detection of enemy using the unobstructed view of the desert was rendered meaningless, enough battle force had to be left behind in the capital no matter what.
In addition, seeing how it would be meaningless unless they reinforced Arquette before the city fell, they had to mobilize using arous no matter what. Because they definitely wouldn''t make it in time if the soldier walked by foot to go there.
But, naturally the number of arous avable was fewer than the number of soldier.
With arous that were trained to not fear battle, and including the arous that were collected from the capital''s citizens, and by also further preparing not to carry any luggage as much as possible, and even after using method where multiple people would ride one arous in ce of the luggage, they still couldn''t secure arous in the number that could transport ten thousand soldiers.
Even the number three thousand that Spenser said was already an amazing response to be able to prepare that many in this short time.
Nevertheless, challenging ten thousand enemies with three thousand was still too rash.
Spenser had to admonish that action as the royal guard captain.
¡¸Your majesty. However, speaking realistically, we cannot challenge an army of ten thousand with three thousand.¡¹
¡¸Spenser. Certainly I think that''s reckless. But, I''m not merely saying that without making any calction at all.¡¹
Moana started walking again while speaking her thought.
¡¸If Arquette''s defensive wall is functioning, it will be possible for us charge through the enemy and enter the city. After that we will hole up there while waiting for the infantry and soldiers from the surveince bases to arrive, beforeunching pincer attack from outside and inside the city.¡¹
It was a strategy that was riddled with problem.
Certainly, if they could enter Arquette and then holing up inside, it would be possible for them to endure until the soldier force that was thebination from every area arrived. If it was the art users of the capital, they could easily reinforce and repair the defensive wall, while it would be easy for the soldiers to defeat the that sporadically crossed the defensive wall.
The greatest bottleneck of being in the defensive side of a siege that was the food supply was also not a problem seeing that Arquette was a city where harvest was umted in there.
But,
¡¸The gate must be closed right now. How are we going to go in?¡¹
¡¸We can use art to send notification for them to open the gate by matching our timing, or we can even use art to create a huge slope to cross the defensive wall. There are many ways that can be used.¡¹
¡¸If wegged even just for a bit, we will get surrounded and then annihted. It''s a gamble that is really bad for heart. Even if for example we managed that¡¡the n can only work assuming they are still outside the wall you know? What are we going to do in the case the city has fallen?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¡If that''s the case, we will retreat. We will wait until the infantry and soldiers from every area link up with us.¡¹
Spenser nodded while saying ¡¸Hmm¡¹. If she was able to choose the option of retreat there, then he guessed that she was still calm.
But, that too was undoubtedly also a gamble. It was doubtful whether they could really retreat after approaching the enemy until the range where they came into view. There wasn''t any guarantee that the enemy wouldn''t lying in ambush for their arrival after taking down Arquette.
Not to mention the should have realized that some people had escaped.
Honestly speaking, Spenser had judged that Arquette''s situation was "despairing". It was a rear base with only defensive wall without even any decent soldier. It was impossible for the city to hold out for several days under the attack of arge army of ten thousand.
In that case, even if taking back the city was something they inevitable had to do, the royal guard captain, Spenser ought to think about the safety of the queen. A decision where they should refrain from departing until they could secure enough force had to be made.
However, he also understood Moana''s feeling really well. For Spenser, knowing that the people they had to protect was in a crisis made him unable to be calm. Rather, he felt his stomach getting churned up when thinking that even now Arquette was being trampled.
Perhaps perceiving that indecision of Spenser, Moana added her words with a heavy andpelling voice.
¡¸We have to depart right now. Am I wrong, Spenser?¡¹
¡¸¡¡It''s about Kouki-dono, isn''t it?¡¹
¡¸Yeah.¡¹
''As I thought'', Spenser thought while closing his eyes.
¡¸I understand your worry. You are wondering whether I''m getting rash, or that I''m losing my calm because of Kouki, right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yes.¡¹
Moana nodded while smiling bitterly.
¡¸Certainly, my personal feeling is wanting to go to help Kouki. He is weak even though he is that strong, he torment himself, causing him to be unable to make his decision, but even so he desperately wished to advance forward and keep struggling¡¡I want to help him. I want to be his aid.¡¹
That mysterious young man who was imprisoned by his own mysterious feeling. Even though she had known him only for a few days, but he strangely left impression in her memory, as a person with broken heart.
¡¸Something must had happened in his past. I don''t know much about him. Just what happened that he is tormenting himself so much like that? That he can be so disappointed with himself like that?¡¹
Kouki sometimes spoke out his feeling as though he was venting his anger. She could make a guess from that, but Moana instead didn''t think too deep about it. Because she wanted to hear it from his own mouth someday, when he wanted to talk to her about it.
¡¸He avoided killing, he is scared of getting killed, he is unable to believe his own decision¡¡however, even though he might not notice it himself, but in the end, he cannot help but saving the people beside him. Because, he is kind.¡¹
Perhaps, that was exactly why he was called as hero. She thought like that.
¡¸Hey, Spenser. When someone who surely ought to be the person who is the most unrted to fighting said that he will remain behind in an extremely dangerous ce, just what is that person actually thinking?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I am a soldier. I don''t know the answer. But¡¡I understand the degree of his resolve. I think that he is an owner of resolve that is worthy of respect.¡¹
Moana nodded in agreement.
¡¸That''s right. Then we have to meet his expectation.¡¹
Her personal feeling affected her decision. But, her feeling as queen also affected that decision to the same degree.
¡¸An unrted man without any obligation or duty is risking his life for the sake of our people by himself alone. He is fighting while believing that we are rushing there as reinforcement.¡¹
Not only Spenser, theplexion of all the close aides who were thinking of remonstrating Moana changed.
¡¸This isn''t about logic. Am I wrong?¡¹
It was dangerous to go with small force. The safety of the queen had to be prioritized. Arquette''s situation was already hopeless. One ought to be rational in front of real problem.
Indeed, all those reasons could just eat shit.
¡¸Indeed. Anything other than that will rot our warrior''s soul.¡¹
Spenser smiled while nodding. He had said what he should said as a royal guard. But the queen that he loved and respected still gave hermand even then. In that case, taking action by following his soul wasn''t something to be sad about. His smile naturally changed into a fearless smile.
¡¸We will depart with three thousand. We will force ourselves to push through. However, we won''t do anything thoughtless. Entrust the warrior soul of all of you to me. Spenser, spread mymand!¡¹
¡¸By your will-¡¹
Spenser gave his greatest salute to Moana before dashing away.
¡¸The title as soldier chief is a troubling thing in this kind of time. I''m envious toward Spenser.¡¹
¡¸It''s just as you said.¡¹
Soldier chief Donar and head art user Linden breathed out a sigh simultaneously. They would stay behind to guard the capital and organized the following force. But, they themselves also wanted to rush out right now without dy.
¡¸Don''t say that. It''s because you two are staying behind that we can depart without any worry about the future. Besides, the new threat of the ¡¡it''s likely that in the battle from now on, base defense will be meaningless. I''ll have all of you rush around to my heart''s content too.¡¹
¡¸Hahah, we are looking forward to that. However¡¡sudden appearance from empty air, is it¡¡¡¹
Soldier chief Donar groaned with a grim expression. That expression looked as though it was directed toward different matter rather than that threatening phenomenon itself.
Moana who sensed that nodded with a loathing expression.
¡¸¡..Only "that guy" can do such thing.¡¹
Linden continued after her.
¡¸It must be the . Making miasma materialize at far away distance. It also happened at the battle five years ago. But, he should be able to do it within only fifty meter at best. Also even though he was able to manipte miasma, he shouldn''t have the ability to teleport other .¡¹
¡¸It looks like all this time he isn''t just healing his wound.¡¹
Moana''s loathing expression changed into an even more bitter expression. But, she shook her head and showed a determined face,
¡¸From here on a war even fiercer than five years ago will start. This time for sure, one side will win and gain the right of survival, whether it''s mankind or the . It will be a war to decide that. All of you, take care of Koone.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Your will.¡¹
¡¸¡¡As your majesty will it.¡¹
Both Donar and Linden also closed their eyes after a brief silence. They reflected upon Moana''s resolve and wish.
Shemanded them to prioritize her little sister rather than herself who had lost most of her strength.
They silently epted the resolve of her who had already like their own daughter, who at the same time had also splendidly grown to be a respectful king.
The outer edge part of the oasis river of Synclea royal capital. Three thousand soldiers were standing by there while mounting arous.
In order to stand in front of them, Moana also approached toward her personal mount Haumu who was made to stand by in front of the stable. The old man who was taking care of Haumu bowed his head reverently and handed over the rein.
Moana said her thanks to the old man and he gently stroked Haumu''s nose tip. Even Haumu who usually would frolic(bite) at her currently was only staring still at Moana without showing any reluctant behavior.
¡¸Even Haumu somehow understand it huh¡¡¡¹
Moana whispered while narrowing her eyes with her way of speaking turning casual. She pressed her forehead on Haumu''s nose tip and closed her eyes.
¡¸You are my mount. Most likely the time of your death will be the same like me. And then, that time is already nearing. No doubt about that.¡¹
¡¸Fuhn¡¹
Haumu let out a huff, the glint of his eyes showering down Moana as though to say ''so what''. He was the one and only mount of the king. He didn''t fear death or anything, such dominating aura was conveyed even without any spoken words.
Moana smiled widely toward such Haumu. And then, in order to bestow a worthy essory for the mount of king, she took out a ribbon from her pocket©¤©¤
¡¸Onee-chan!¡¹
¡¸Koone?¡¹
When she turned around, Koone was there. Not only Koone, Spike, Lilin, and others, the members who followed Koone to Arquette were all there.
Moana who somehow guessed what Koone was going to say opened her mouth before Koone could say anything.
¡¸You must not, Koone. You stay here.¡¹
¡¸But©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸There is no way it can be allowed that not a single royalty is staying at the capital in this situation. You understand right?¡¹
She understood. Even Koone understood something like that. However, it was exactly because it was this kind of situation that her heart couldn''t allow her big sister to go to a battlefield where she might die. Fierce unease and feeling of despair where it felt like the ground under her was crumbling attacked Koone.
And then, unexpectedly even for herself, she wanted to obtain the confirmation as quickly as possible with a feeling that was as strong as her concern toward her big sister. The confirmation of Kouki''s safety.
¡¸Onee-chan, Koone is©¤©¤¡¹
Koone tried to vehemently argue further, but as expected her words were interrupted, by the index finger of her big sister that touched her lips softly.
¡¸Koone, be reasonable. Both I and Koone has duty as royalty. As your onee-chan, I am really happy with Koone''s feeling. But©¤©¤I will aplish what I ought to fulfill. Until that time when I used up this life.¡¹
¡¸tsu¡¹
Moana''s words weren''t the usual kind and pampering words. She didn''t say "It will be fine" or "Onee-chan won''t leave Koone".
Fulfilling one''s duty. She would do that. You too do that. Those were the words of queen. The time where she could just be the kind onee-chan for Koone was over.
¡¸You understand right? After all Koone is the little sister I''m proud of.¡¹
¡¸tsu, tsu¡¡under, stand. Koone, understand-¡¹
Perhaps, this would be theirst meeting in this life. Koone nodded while desperately holding back her tear duct from bursting.
Moana strongly hugged Koone whose expression distorted from holding back from crying as though she was hugging a treasure. Koone too also hugged back tightly, really tightly.
¡¸I''ll leave the capital in your hand, Koone.¡¹
¡¸Yes, Onee-cha©¤©¤your majesty. May luck be with you.¡¹
Hearing her beloved little sister changing how she was calling her, Moana was feeling like she was going to cry despite it was herself who was causing Koone to do that.
Moana made a smile so that Koone wouldn''t notice that, but seeing Koone''s faint smile and gaze, it seemed that she had been seen through. "As expected from my Koone-tan", she used that way of calling only inside her heart.
¡¸Your majesty, we©¤©¤¡¹
Spike who was at a loss for word from seeing the exchange between Moana and Koone asked hesitantly.
¡¸Of course, all of you stay behind. With how Spenser is apanying me, the leader of the royal guard in the capital is now Spike. Protect Koone.¡¹
¡¸tsu, by your will.¡¹
Actually, he wanted to turn around and returned to Arquette. Even while biting his lips, Spike returned a salute in order to aplish his role.
It seemed that all the members of Koone''s escort party shared that feeling. Every single one of them was making the same expression.
Especially Lilin, the expression of the girl who was boasting ¡¸I was born for the sake of fighting¡¹ was filled to the brim with shame because of turning her back toward the enemy regardless of how she managed to aplish her role of protecting Koone.
Even so she didn''t say anything the same like Spike. That was why, Koone opened her mouth in their ce.
¡¸Onee-cha©¤©¤your majesty. Can you allow to let at least Lilin to apany you?¡¹
¡¸Hm? Lilin?¡¹
Not just Moana, even Lilin was gazing in wonderment at Koone''s suggestion.
¡¸Yes. Lilin is Spenser''s direct subordinate in the first ce. She joined Koone''s escort squad in case of unexpected situation. And most of all, Koone think that it''s better that someone who know about Arquette''s current situation to apany your majesty just in case.¡¹
It was a reasonable suggestion. And above all else, Koone''s feeling behind her words that wanted Moana to bring at least one person from her escort squad into the battle could be really felt.
Moana said ¡¸I see¡¹ and nodded, then
¡¸How is your exhaustion? You will be going back to Arquette non-stop without even a wink of sleep. You also lent your strength for Arquette''s defense correct?¡¹
¡¸There is no problem. Your majesty, I beg you to take me into the battlefield. Please give me the chance to ughter the enemy in the front line.¡¹
The words of Lilin who were bowing her head made Moana smiled wryly reflexively. Spike and others also seemed to feel the same. They made wry smile toward vigorous fighting spirit of the youngest girl of the escort squad.
¡¸Fine then. Lilin, return to your home unit for now. I''m looking forward to your performance in battle.¡¹
¡¸I thank your majesty. I will disy my wind for your majesty to see, carving apart the enemies that got away from hero-sama no matter how many they are.¡¹
Spike and others called at Lilin ¡¸Kill a lot for our part too¡¹. Beside them, Koone spoke to Moana.
¡¸Can Koone ask your majesty to give message to hero-sa©¤©¤to Kouki-sama?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yeah.¡¹
¡¸©¤©¤Tell him, ¡ºHow dare you did as you please without even asking Koone for permission! You better prepare yourself!¡»¡¹
¡¸Fuh, fufufuh, go, got it. I will convey the message without fail.¡¹
Kouki was surely alive. The message with a content that was based on such premise caused Moana to be unable to hold herughter down while thinking that it would surely be hell for Kouki even if he was alive.
Like that, not even thirty minute after that, the soldier force led by Moana departed for Arquette.
Less than two days since the force departed from the capital.
Perhaps it should be said as expected, almost three days had passed since Koone and others escaped from Arquette.
The arous were running with everything they had, even so they are putting up with sprinting while carrying two or three adult men who were fully equipped, so they needed rest no matter what. In addition, as expected marching with three thousand troops even by riding arous lowered their speedpared to marching with only several dozen troops.
The time was several minutes passed the noon. It was about the afternoon of the sixth day since the day Kouki was summoned.
For an army with number of more than a thousand to be able to cross the distance that normally would take one day and a half in that time could be said to be fast enough already.
The army already entered the grasnd area and all the arous became animated and increased their speed even further.
¡¸Lilin. If I remember correctly, Kouki deployed a barrier of light that covered the whole Arquette right?¡¹
Moana asked while repressing her impatient feeling.
¡¸Yes, Moana-sama. ¡¡It was a solemn and mystical barrier, not letting the whole army of ten thousand to pass. It was an amazing sight.¡¹
Lilin answered while her eye glint glittered with fighting spirit toward the nearing battlefield. Spenser who was riding at Moana''s side shook his head and opened his mouth.
¡¸At that time when we were attacked by Ragar, we were also covered by shining half sphere barrier. It''s likely to be the same technique. It had toughness that wouldn''t twitch even with the full strength attack of Ragar but¡¡for the same technique to cover the whole city¡¡it''s hard to even imagine, a truly miraculous work.¡¹
Spenser''s expression seemed to want to say ¡¸What an unbelievable power¡¹.
¡¸Light of protection¡¡then, we should be able to see it from afar before long. Spenser, what about the lookout at the surrounding?¡¹
¡¸There is no gap in our lokout. I have already sent out scouts to every directions. It should be about time for them to return temporarily¡¡¡¹
Before Spenser could finish speaking, one arous showed itself crossing a small hill and joined up into the rank.
Spenser''s eyes were scrutinizing the scout''s conspicuous act of crossing the hill. The scout was a young soldier who had returned from confirming the situation of Arquette. He was approaching Spenser''s position.
Spenser was thinking whether he should scold the scout''s rash act, also for focusing everyone''s mind, but he stopped from speaking after seeing the scout''s eyes that were wavering in bewilderment.
¡¸Commander. Re, reporting¡¹
¡¸Muh, from your look, is there something ahead? Let''s hear it.¡¹
The scouts resolved himself and opened his mouth while Moana and others were also listening carefully.
¡¸Yes-. Regarding the barrier of light that we heard beforehand¡¡I couldn''t confirm it''s existence.¡¹
*hyuh* The sound of breath caught in the throat rang out. It came from Moana. Herplexion turned pale. Beside her Lilin was gritting her teeth audibly and her expression warped in vexation.
There was no barrier of light. That was to say, it was the proof that the person who casted the barrier had ran out of strength.
Holding back Moana from reflexively trying to ask for reconfirmation, Spenser told the scout to continue his report. The most important information was the approximate amount of enemy''s current number and whether Arquette had fallen or not©¤©¤putting it another way, it was the evaluation standard to decide whether they should withdraw the army or kept advancing.
¡¸¡¡Is Arquette fallen?¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡that¡¡I don''t know.¡¹
¡¸What?¡¹
Spenser didn''t understand what the scout meant. The scout should have seen Arquette''s situation from afar. The scout should be able to see how many was surrounding Arquette, and whether the gate was already destroyed or not. Spenser''s eyes narrowed like a hawk that was fixed toward the scout, asking what he meant.
The scout gulped, and then he continued speaking a bit rapidly to convey the situation that he witnessed as it was.
¡¸It looks like the gate was destroyed! However, around Arquette, there are only a great number of Dark Beings'' corpses, I practically cannot catch sight of any moving thing! The number of the corpses, I didn''t confirm it from every directions, but at the very least in the east side there were©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸What, say it clearly! Was it several hundred?¡¹
If that was the case, then the possibility was that therge army of had already subdued Arquette and upied the city and right now they were hiding inside, or they were advancing toward the neighboring territory, or perhaps they were standing by somewhere in order tounch ambush.
But, as though to blow away that doubt of Spenser, a shocking report with content that was indeed worthy to bewilder the scout was given.
¡¸Sir-, based from my observation, it was roughly©¤©¤around six thousand, I think.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Ha?¡¹
Spenser unconsciously leaked out a stupid sounding voice. But not just him, even Moana and others also showed an expression that wanted to ask just what this person was saying.
¡¸It, it''s true. There is really a great number of corpses lying around, even I myself don''t know just what is¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡Calm down. Were the corpses really the corpse of those guys? What about the possibility of some kind of fake body?¡¹
¡¸Still, I didn''t mistake fake corpses as the real thing. All those are certainly dead . Even corpses just from species that we knew like bull head species, scaled dragon species, entric species¡¡all those are¡¡¡¹
Spenser said ¡¸Good work¡¹ and told the scout to withdraw, and then he looked back at Moana.
¡¸What do you think, your majesty?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Do you think Kouki did that?¡¹
¡¸¡¡I don''t know. It''s hard to believe that so suddenly. In Koone-sama''s report, Kouki-dono himself said that he would run out of strength first against such number. Currently there is no barrier and the gate is opened. Frankly, it''s impossible to decide with this unexpected situation. Perhaps we should think that this is some kind of trap by the enemy.¡¹
Certainly it was just as Spenser said. Moana nodded at Spenser''s concern and she closed her eyes for a while.
And then she put her thought in order and opened her eyes.
¡¸We are advancing. If there is no enemy and Arquette''s gate is opened, then it''s fortuitous. We have to make sure of the city''s situation.¡¹
¡¸¡¡By your will. We will increase the lookout to the surrounding.¡¹
Regardless of the enemy''s nonexistence, there was no way they could withdraw without ascertaining the safety of the citizens. Spenser also agreed with that decision.
The army fastened their pace while being on guard and hurried toward Arquette.
Before long Arquette''s state came into view. Moana and the others held their breath.
Just as the scout said, a great number of were lying down nearby the east gate. It was clear even from afar that they were dead withck of body part or severed into two. The cause was undoubtedly from sh attack. It seemed that the cause of the '' death wasn''t from unforeseen circumstance.
¡¸We are continuing ahead.¡¹
The army rushed through the corpses on Moana''s order. The corpses were lying on top of each other so much that there was no empty ce to step on.
¡¸The blood trace, the position of loss body part, the way they fell¡¡your majesty. It seems these guys were thrown away after getting cut down around the gate.¡¹
¡¸¡¡The north part and southern part looks clean.¡¹
¡¸From the scout''s report, it looks like that the west part only have the grain farm area getting ruined but there is mostly no trace of fighting there.¡¹
Moana and others approached quite near the gate before long.
There were also traces of fierce fighting around there too. Everywhere there were the expired bodies of .
But, at that time, their ears suddenly caught sound of tumult.
¡¸tsu, let''s go-¡¹
They passed through the gate. The sound of tumult was getting louder. While the army was spreading through the city with Spenser''s instruction, the main force was running toward the tumult following Moana''s order.
Houses were destroyed into a tragic state that was clear even just from a nce. The street was messed up as though the ground had been plowed through. And then there were the countless expired .
But, they still hadn''t found even a single corpse of human.
¡¸Moana-sama! The underground vault is ahead from here! It''s at the other side of that big warehouse!¡¹
¡¸I know!¡¹
Moana nodded at Lilin''s report. The tumultuous sound was gradually getting louder. The number of expired was also getting more numerous. The number might reach a thousand even just inside the city.
¡¸The direction ahead! Enemy sighted! Vanguard, charge!¡¹
The moment they turned around the corner from the street that stretched straight from the east gate, they caught sight of countless . Although, it appeared that they weren''t taking position in order to meet the advance of Moana and the others.
The were crowding the street, they were even spreading on the buildings'' rooftop. All of them were facing toward a single direction. They only finally noticed Moana and others at the same time when they came into view.
Moana and others felt question seeing that. Even so, there was no need to hesitate with enemy in front of their eyes.
They charged the from behind and routed the enemy. A squad climbed to the rooftops following Spenser''s instruction and they openedbat against the enemies on the rooftops.
It was hard to userge force inside a limited space. Moana''s main force divided further into small units, spreading into alleys and streets like water pervading into countless ditches.
The fought back, but the momentum of the soldiers who were driven by rage was tremendous and the enemies were routed one after another. The reinforcement army was advancing forward and forward.
The army didn''t hesitate in their path.
Because they could just charge forward toward the direction where the several thousand were crowding into.
Like that Moana and others advanced for a while.
Before long, Moana and others arrived at the center of the tumult, they came out at the other side of therge building©¤©¤therge warehouse that still had its walls standing strong despite having its roof destroyed. There they saw it.
A ce that became a mountain of rubble, where most of the surrounding buildings were copsed.
At that ce that was bing like arge za, there were several hundred who were tightly forming a round besiegement, and about the same number of expired at the surrounding.
And then, at the center, was him.
Surrounded by enemy from all directions, assaulted continuously without any pause¡¡
It was difficult to search any spot on his body that was safe. He had literally be wounded all over his body¡¡
However, under his feet there was a solid looking door made from metal¡¡
©¤©¤Aa
That was a sigh that was leaked out by someone.
Determination.
That figure which was the embodiment of that word shook the soul of the warriors.
And then, the who were only concentrating at the enemy before their eyes finally noticed the existence of Moana and others.
They all stiffened for a moment.
The one who moved first was her majesty the queen whose soul was shaken.
¡¸tsu, Roar-, oh warriors! Annihte the enemy! Save him©¤©¤Save Kouki!!¡¹
©¤©¤oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOH!!!
The war cry of the warriors'' soul shook Arquette.
AN: Thank you very much for reading every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Sorry that this chapter feel half-baked. It feels like I will receive scolding ''Isn''t this only barely fulfilling the advance notice of previous chapter, or rather it hasn''t reached even that'', but I''m thinking of splitting the chapter because of the word number, I''m sorry (sweat)
Forgive Shirakome who is generally unable to follow the n
Also, regarding the descend of that guy, I''m thinking of lengthening the number of day of Liliana''s speech by two, three days.
It''s inexcusable toward those who is looking forward to it, but as expected I want to make Kouki do it until the end here.
PS:
At Comic Galdo, a spinoff called ¡¸Arifureta Nichijou de Sekai Saikyou¡¹was starting serialization.
It can be seen at Ovep-sama''s homepage, so please have a look if it pleases you.
The view point is the serious Yue, but the key point was from Shirakome''s pov lol
Chapter 275
Chapter 275
Looking at the number, both sides were about equal. The battle strength between the kingdom army and the army should be in bnce against each other.
But, in reality it wasn''t like that at all.
It was just like a clump of weed getting swallowed by muddy stream.
That could only be said to be natural. After all in this ce, everything in every senses were working in the kingdom army''s favor.
First, thanks to almost all the congregated at the surrounding of Arquette''s underground vault, it was possible to surround them despite the location being in the middle of city.
Second, the kingdom army had the geographical advantage that was urban warfare.
Third, there was already no more blessing power that could be eaten at the surrounding, although only for a bit but the looked exhausted.
Fourth, it was only within a part of the , but because they had been continuously losing fighting against only one person, fear against human was starting to grow in them.
And then, above all else, the bloodcurdling fighting spirit of the kingdom army soldiers were increasing without any end in sight, the pressure from that beaten down the moral of the enemies. Without doubt that was the greatest cause of the curbstomp.
The righteous indignation of Arquette getting attacked. The vindication of honor for five years ago. Hatred toward the very race of itself.
Just one person©¤©¤
Even though he bore no duty or responsibility whatsoever, he continued to fight for three whole days while getting worn out. The soldiers'' feeling toward that person couldn''t be expressed with words.
For a soldier, after witnessing such an exalted gant figure, there was no way they couldn''t be shaken. There was no way they could stop their soul from roaring.
Fierce.
A fighting spirit where there was no need for hesitation to use that word to represent it was exterminating the one after another.
¡ºRe, Retreat-! Retreat-¡»
Someone unknown among the yelled that.
If their opponent was only one person, their obstinacy could hold on. If they were against one man who looked like he would copse anytime now, they could passionately rage and fought, thinking that the next attack for sure would finish the fight, that they would be the one who would bring down the enemy who caused this much damage toward them.
They were like gambler who felt that the jackpot woulde out at the next one for sure and lost sight of when to quit.
¡¸Rout them! Chase any that run away and kill them! Prioritize pulling them away from Kouki''s nearby!¡¹
Moana''smand thundered. The soldiers chased and routed the enemies one after another.
Seeing that, perhaps deciding that the battle had been decided, the were running away from Kouki''s surrounding altogether.
Among them, there were also who realized that they were already unable to escape andunched suicide attack at Kouki, but before Moana and others could even say ¡¸Ah¡¹, Kouki who were swaying in ce cut them down with a single stroke of katana.
It was sword skill that would make anyone shudder seeing it. Heads were flying like a joke.
The veteran Spenser who was watching felt as though he couldn''t recognize the moment when the katana was swung, and the process of cutting the head. When he noticed it was already over.
Kouki kept standing imposingly, his head looking down with both his hands dangling down. His expression couldn''t be seen, but even though Moana had been calling at him many times since a while ago, he showed no reaction in response.
His state was umon.
And yet despite so, with that state where he wasn''t even taking stance, he was swaying back and fro while ughtering that leaped at him with sword attack that couldn''t be perceived.
¡¸The sword''s¡¡summit©¤©¤sword saint¡¹
Spenser whispered with a hoarse voice. It was a legend that his father told him when he was but a child.
An unseen and unavoidable sword strike. One of the summits that a swordsman ought to aim for.
In the far past, that technique was considered as the king''s sword, the character of the legend was extolled and people were calling him .
The current Kouki, he looked just like the seconding of the legend.
¡¸Kouki!¡¹
When Spenser went ''hah'' and came back to his senses, there weren''t any more figure of at the surrounding. The tumultuous sound of the soldiers fighting could be heard from the direction of the west gate.
And then, Moana took the healing art users with her and rushed toward Kouki.
She was rushing toward Kouki with great momentum, just like what the doing before this.
¡¸Don''t-, your majesty! Back away-¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Kouki who was still standing silently with both his hands dangling down and his face looking down was swaying.
Moana who heard Spenser''s voice and looked back©¤©¤was already in Kouki''s range.
¡¸-!!!¡¹
¡¸Gua!?¡¹
A hair''s breadth. Lilin pulled Moana back. The two fell behind and rolled around. ¡¸What are you doing¡¹ Moana said while her voice was stifled from the impact of falling. In the field of vision of Moana who lifted her face, white strings were fluttering down in the air¡¡
¡¸Eh?¡¹
¡¸Are you safe, Moana-sama!?¡¹
¡¸Your majesty-, are you injured!?¡¹
Lilin asked with a pale expression while Spenser called with an impatient expression, but the astonished Moana didn''t pay them any attention.
The fluttering down white strings.
Those were©¤©¤her hair.
The tips of Moana''s white hair were slightly cut and fluttered in the air.
Who cut those hairs?
That was obvious.
¡¸Kouki?¡¹
There was no answer to her call.
Kouki were standing still on his original position©¤©¤above the door of the underground vault.
Thanks to rolling down on the ground, Moana finally could see the face of Kouki that was looking down. At the same time, she noticed the abnormality.
¡¸Kou, ki¡¡¡¹
There was no light in those half closed eyes. Those eyes were empty, they weren''t looking at anywhere.
¡¸It looks like¡¡he is alive. But, he is unconscious. What the¡¡¡¹
¡¸Unbelievable¡¡¡¹
Both Spenser and Lilin lost their words. Moana too also the same.
That was understandable.
Just who in the world could possibly imagine someone fighting while being unconscious.
Looking at him once more, Kouki''s state was really atrocious.
There was all kind of sizes of wounds throughout his body. Few ces were unharmed. He was blood drenched all over his body, his brown hair was dyed dark red by his own blood and enemy''s blood. His breathing was shallow and faint, it sounded like it would stop anytime now. His side that could be seen from the gap of his torn clothes was warped, perhaps it was because his ribcage was broken and changed shape¡¡
The sword that changed shape was gripped in only one hand, because his other arm was broken all over from the shoulder until the fist.
Looking closer, the hand that was grasping the sword was wrapped in severalyer of cloth scraps, so that even if the hand lost gripping strength, the sword wouldn''t slip down.
*jijiji-, jijiji-* The holy sword was flickering with light like amp that was almost cut off from electricity, as though expressing the light of Kouki''s life as it was.
Just how long he had been fighting continuously in this state?
His figure that was continuing to fight even when he was unconscious.
Moana sent his gaze toward the spot where Kouki was standing. The entrance of the underground vault.
She understood just from seeing that.
©¤©¤I won''t let anyone touch even a single hair of them
An emotion that couldn''t possibly be expressed with words became tear and overflowed.
¡¸You are, you are protecting them until you be like that¡¡you are protecting them until the end aren''t you, Kouki¡¡¡¹
Moana stood up. Spenser and Lilin tried to stop her, but Moana told them no need with a smile.
Spenser and Lilin tried to say that it was dangerous to get near the current Kouki who would remove anyone who approached. However, they became unable to say anything seeing that smile. Both of them were also unable to stop the trembling inside their chest from seeing Kouki''s figure.
The two of them were watching attentively in silent. No, it wasn''t just the two of them, before they realized they were surrounded by soldiers who were watching attentively with the same expression on their faces. Moana advanced under their gaze.
Two meter left until Kouki''s sword boundary.
¡¸Kouki. Kouki, it''s me. It''s Moana you see. I''ming toward you now. I''m sorry that I''mte okay?¡¹
One meter remaining.
¡¸Everything is all right already. Because you have protected to the very end. There is no more enemy here.¡¹
Thirty centimeter remaining.
Kouki reacted with swaying.
Spenser was about to move, but Lilin caught his arm and she shook her head. Her gaze was directed straight at Kouki. Trust at the utmost filled that gaze. Spenser also rxed his body.
¡¸That''s why, you can rest already. It''s okay to not fight¡¡that''s why-¡¹
Remaining distance©¤©¤zero.
The holy sword vanished. That was how the unseen sword strike looked like when it approached Moana''s neck©¤©¤when it stopped still right above the skin.
Even if he was unconscious, but if someone called at him wholeheartedly, the kind him would surely respond without fail.
If "I''m right here" was conveyed to him, he absolutely wouldn''t harm someone who wished to protect.
Moana who was convinced of that gently embraced Kouki without even a shred of diposure.
¡¸Kouki¡¡¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡u¡¡a?¡¹
A faint groan. When Moana peered into Kouki''s face while supporting him, there was his eyes there that were reflecting Moana''s face. Those eyes were faintly likemp with light returning in it.
¡¸¡¡Mo¡¡a¡¡¡¹
¡¸Yes, it''s me right here, Kouki.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¡I have¡¡to¡¡protect¡¹
It was a hoarse voice that almost couldn''t be heard. Moana gently whispered with her tears overflowing once more.
¡¸It''s all right. It''s over already. Everyone is safe. You protected them. That''s why, it''s all right already.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I¡¡¡¡.pro, tected?¡¹
Kouki''s eyes were slightly opened wide, it was like he wanted to say ¡¸Unbelievable¡¹ even though it was something that he did himself.
That was why, Moana stared straight into Kouki''s eyes with a strong gaze while telling him.
¡¸Yes, you protected them. Thank yo¡¸u, Kouki. Everyone, is saved by you.¡¹
Kouki who received those words was¡¡
¡¸¡¡I''m¡¡d¡¹
Saying that, he smiled slightly and closed his eyes.
The body slumped and lost strength. The holy sword lose even its faint light as though to say that its role was over. Moana who was glued closely to Kouki understood, that something unseen but important was dispersing from Kouki''s body.
That figure that was quietly losing strength, was as though¡¡
¡¸Quick-, heal him! Hurry! This person absolutely must not be let to die!¡¹
Amand that sounded like scream was yelled. The art users who stiffened from Kouki''s heroic state assembled altogether and began applying their art.
The expression of the art users of the capital who excelled in healing grew worse with impatience. That told the reality of the precariousness of the current Kouki.
¡¸Please, I beg you don''t die¡¡Kouki¡¡¡¹
Moana''s prayer resounded among the sound of fighting that still reverberated from afar, and between the soldiers who were moving around in order to get the people of Arquette out from the underground vault.
He felt a sensation as though he was floating from the bottom of dark water.
It was as though something terribly heavy was coiling around him. His vision was pitch dark and couldn''t see anything. His voice too, his throat stung and couldn''t really make voice.
(What¡¡the world after death is really simple huh¡¡)
If ce like hell or heaven really existed, he must be heading toward hell without doubt. If he waited here, before long even king Yama mighte to judge him.
This time for sure, there would be no one that could chase after him like that time in the ¡¾Holy Precincts¡¿.
(Even though Shizuku and others had saved me after much trouble¡¡even though I finally found my answer¡¡even though it finally felt like I can live by facing forward¡¡how unfortunate)
Loneliness, sadness, frustration.
When he thought that he wouldn''t be able to meet his family and friends anymore, those feelings welled up like flood.
At the same time, he thought of that girl who he felt like he was seeing at the very end like a miracle.
(Moana, sama. ¡¡Was that an illusion? I don''t remember how long I was fighting but¡¡I wonder if I was able to protect everyone?)
He protected them. That was how he felt. He had no basis for thinking so, but deep inside Kouki he was convinced of that. That he surely achieved that.
(Though, I killed as many as I protected)
It was impossible to save "both sides". However, if he pursued for "one side" and didn''t fail in doing that¡¡then as he thought, it must be one answer.
Thinking that he had scattered a great number of lives, then without doubt he would be going to hell. Was king Yama not here yet? Getting kept in suspense like this was¡¡honestly felt scary, so he wished that he would quicklye.
While thinking of such uncontroble imagination, what surfaced at the back of Kouki''s mind was about "that guy".
(If it''s "that guy", surely he will point his gun even to king Yama and asked ¡¸Are you enemy, or ally¡¹ instead. If the answer to that is enemy, he will surely pull the trigger.)
What a really simple evaluation standard.
As expected it was a way of living that he couldn''t possibly do.
Thinking that, for some reason Kouki found it extremely funny that he spontaneously almostughed.
He almostughed but,
(Nnn!? It hurts!? For some reason my whole body feel so painful it feels like I''m gonna dieeeeee!?)
''Why is there still flesh pain even after death huh!'' When he directed such unreasonable outburst of anger to the king Yama in his heart, for some reason he felt a sensation as though his consciousness was surfacing.
Furthermore, inside the pitch ck darkness was even starting to be shined with faint light.
(Eh? Don''t tell me, I''m¡¡)
Thinking that it was impossible, Kouki opened his eyes©¤©¤
The field of vision of Kouki who opened his eyes in reality waspletely filled with the close-up face of a middle aged man. It was at a very close range where their nose almost touched each other.
¡¸Hih, -a!? Ngih, it hurt-, scary-!? Scary hurt!?¡¹
¡¸Oo!? Kouki-dono! You woke up!¡¹
A stern middle-aged man. The look of his eyes was that of a veteran warrior. The criminal of the close-up face at the waking up was Spenser.
In addition, when his body jerked from surprise, intense pain instantly assaulted his whole body.
This was the worst waking up.
Spenser said ¡¸I will call her majesty here immediately! Please wait for a second!¡¹ and dashed out of the room.
For the time being the "scary" thing left, so Kouki calmed down and looked at his surrounding with teary eyes from pain.
He had recollection of the room''s make up. It was really simr with the guest room in the feudal lord''s mansion that he was guided into when he first arrived at Arquette. Or rather, it was exactly that guest room. When he focused his hearing, he could hear the hustle and bustle of people outside the window.
¡¸I''m, alive? I''m, still alive¡¡¡¹
Bit by bit, that fact seeped into him. Unconsciously his tear duct loosened and tears spilled out emotionally. He really thought that his life was lost as thepensation of his wish and the atonement of his crime.
He thought, that he wouldn''t be able to meet anyone else anymore.
It was scary. It was painful.
However, he was alive.
What he did, what he aplished, and then how he was alive right now.
All of that pressed on his heart. Kouki simply cried.
*zudadadadada-* The terrific sound of footsteps resounded in the ears of such Kouki.
Recalling that just now Spenser said ¡¸I will call her majesty¡¹, Kouki guessed that it was Moanaing his way. He wiped his tears in hurry. Somehow, he didn''t want to show her his pathetic side even more than this.
Right after he finished wiping up his eyes, *BAA©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤©¤NN!!* the door was blown off and Moana arrived.
Why was it he wondered. Kouki felt an immense feeling of d¨¦j¨¤ vu. He wondered if these two sisters simrly held some kind of grudge toward door.
¡¸Kouki.¡¹
¡¸Moana, sama¡¡as I thought it wasn''t some kind of illusion then.¡¹
Moana who was amazed seeing the awakened Kouki let out tears seeping out from hearing those words of Kouki, she then ran toward him with small steps and without pause she sat down snugly on the bed.
She sat down with her back facing Kouki, and with her long hair acting as veil he also couldn''t see her face from the side.
¡¸Excuse me, Moana-sama? What about the people of Arquette? How long it has been since then?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Kouki felt a bit anxious seeing the silent Moana. He wondered if something happened, something that wasn''t good.
But, before he could speak out his anxiety, Moana slowly tilted her body toward Kouki. Without pause she embraced Kouki''s body as though she was covering him, gently so that it wouldn''t affect Kouki''s wounds.
¡¸Mo, Mo Mo Mo, Moana-sama!?¡¹
Sweet fragrance like kukuri fruit tickled Kouki''s nose. A sensation that was clearly soft even through the sheet covering his body caused him to feel agitated against his wish.
¡¸¡¡The people of Arquette are all safe. I told you right? You protected everyone.¡¹
¡¸Ah¡¡yes.¡¹
There was Moana''s face right beside his own face as though she was burying her face on his body. Her voice was slightly shaking from the various emotions filling it, reaching his ear along with her breath.
¡¸It has only been a day since then. Really, just what kind of body you have to be able to wake up even though you almost died.¡¹
¡¸Ahaha¡¡that''s because of the hero''s specs.¡¹
Influenced by Moana who was talking in a casual way, Kouki also responded to her with a casual way of talking.
Moana lifted her face, and then she stared at Kouki with her nose tip kept close to him.
¡¸But, you will die when it''s time to die.¡¹
¡¸¡¡You''re right.¡¹
¡¸Even your healing, several times it looked hopeless in the middle of it.¡¹
¡¸¡¡I too, thought that this is it many times.¡¹
If it wasn''t Kouki then surely it would be beyond any help. The life force that was vitalized by blessing art, magic power that would recover when resting, and skill that elevated healing power as long as there was magic power. And then, the art users who continuously used healing art until they copsed.
All those barely saved Kouki''s life.
¡¸Just, why are you making that kind of eyes?¡¹
There were a lot, really a lot of things she wanted to say. She wanted to say that she didn''t ask him for dedication to the degree he would throw away his life. She wanted to ask why he didn''te back together with Koone. She wanted to ask him just what was he thought about his own life. There were a lot that she wanted to say as worried as she was.
However, seeing Kouki''s clear gaze, Moana became unable to say anything.
Kouki made a small smile and spoke.
¡¸I found, my answer.¡¹
Kouki who wavered about his way of living. He held distrust toward himself and was unable to choose anything. He was wandering, looking for what was right, which was right, "the right choice".
He said that he found the answer, within the verge of death.
It was something that one ought to be happy about but¡¡Moana''s expression turnedplicated.
¡¸Then with that, you won''t hesitate anymore? You can live without feeling suffering?¡¹
Kouki shook his head quietly.
¡¸I will still waver from now on too, I think that it surely will be painful. Because the answer that I found, is something like that.¡¹
He was unable toe to a clear decision like "that guy".
Enemy and ally. Dividing the world into two such colors, that was something he couldn''t do. He couldn''t swing his sword while still not knowing anything.
Surely he would struggling and floundering dreaming for the ideal. If there wasn''t such path, he would surely be anguished when reality was thrust toward him.
But, so what.
He would struggle. He would worry in anguish. Bring it on.
At those times, he would just make his choice, believing that it would surely lead to the best result.
Surely, nine out of ten he would regret the result, but he absolutely wouldn''t give up the future that resulted after he made his choice no matter what.
If the ideal was impossible, the second best then. Even if that was also beyond him, he would continue to fight in order to haul in a future that was better even if for just a bit.
Yes, the world couldn''t be divided into two colors.
Right, or wrong.
From whose point of view it was decided?
There was no such thing as the right solution.
¡¸I idolized my grandfather. Because Jii-chan is my hero, because hero has to be right¡¡I, was imprisoned by the "right thing" unnoticed by myself.¡¹
¡¸Right now it''s different?¡¹
¡¸Yeah. I want to do the right thing, but I''m not imprisoned by that anymore. Because, whether it''s right or wrong, but in the end, I''m unable to p away that hand.¡¹
For the , Kouki was unmistakably "evil", he was in the wrong for killing them.
But, even so Kouki was unable to p away that boy''s hand. He absolutely didn''t want to do that. No matter how much he wished for the path where both sides could live. No matter even if it became he cut down one side.
¡¸I''ll keep worrying until the time limit. But, I will surely make my choice. Even if it won''t go as I want it at the end of my choice, I''ll continue to struggle. I cannot stop dreaming. Even if it won''te true.¡¹
''In the end, I don''t really change huh'', Kouki made a wry smile.
Moana stared fixedly at Kouki''s eyes, and then she smiled gently.
¡¸I see¡¡if that''s Kouki''s answer, then I''ll root for you. If it''s needed, I''ll lend you my strength as much as you need. It''s not because you have saved Arquette. It''s because I want to be your strength.¡¹
¡¸Moana, sama¡¡¡¹
With her own nose tip, Moana poked at Kouki''s nose tip chidingly so that he corrected the way he was calling her.
That adding "-sama", was unnecessary.
Kouki also smiled quietly while feeling as though he was pulled in by Moana''s eyes.
¡¸Moana. Right now there are a lot of problem and there is also not really time but¡¡someday, will you hear a story about my massive failure?¡¹
¡¸I want to hear no matter what kind of story. Let me listen, absolutely.¡¹
Moana nodded happily hearing Kouki''s words telling her that he wanted her to know about him.
A silence that wasn''t awkward in the least filled the room.
With their gazes still intertwined with each other, they became closer bit by bit©¤©¤
Kouki''s excellent hero ears finally caught the small, yet a lot of breathing sound that was countless.
He stiffened like rock, and then Kouki looked to the side *gigigi* like a machine that ran out of oil. Following that motion, Moana also moved her gaze©¤©¤
At the entrance of the room that had its door blown away, she saw countless silhouette of people watching attentively while holding their breath.
With Spenser and Lilin at the forefront, a lot of soldiers, and furthermore the feudal lord Rothko and his wife S, the vignce corps captain Ivana and her subordinates, and then the civil officials¡¡
They were pouring their gaze with all the space packed full with people.
¡¸¡ª!? Eeh-eeh-ehem-! Ko, Ko Ko, Kouki seems to be fine already! I''m relieved!¡¹
Moana stood up in a sh with her stance like a soldier''s "at ease" position to cover up the situation. Seeing that, Kouki made tsukkomi inside his heart ¡¸There is no keeping up appearance anymore you know¡¹ seeing such Moana. Moana''s cheeks were bright red.
After that, Rothko and others came in with awkward expression that said ¡¸We are being nuisance in her majesty''s tryst¡¹. They spoke their joy at Kouki''s safety, and then they expressed their gratitude for saving the city.
Midway, the recovered healers arrived in order to continue their treatment toward Kouki, but because the room was cramped with everyone who came wanting to say their thanks even for just a bit and caused the room to be noisy, the healers finally ran out of patience and they raged ¡¸We cannot concentrate here-¡¹, and they kicked out everyone including Rothko. Such strange urrence happened.
Rothko was literally kicked out despite being the feudal lord. The soldiers, including Rothko who received such treatment were all acting despondent. That sight could be said to be really surreal.
There was one more unusual urrence, or rather an incident that caused all the soldiers who knew the girl to feel so shocked their eyeballs might leaped out from their eye sockets.
¡¸Kouki-sama. Your figure that continued to fight even while unconscious©¤©¤was mesmerizing. You are exactly a man among man, a warrior among warrior.¡¹
Saying such thing, she©¤©¤Lilin kissed Kouki''s cheek.
As far as Moana, Spenser, and everyone else knew, that should be her "first" kiss.
The true feeling of the girl who then returned to her work as though nothing had happened was unknown. Or rather, everyone present wanted to leave it as something unknown for the time being.
The reason was, because her majesty''s eyes were turning round and round after that.
In addition, it was only for a moment but a beastly gaze where in her heart "Right now while Kouki cannot move¡¡" showed through transparently was directed toward Kouki.
Kouki who was dumbfounded from Lilin''s kiss twitched went ¡¸Hah, killing intent!?¡¹ while springing up on the spot. Seeing such Kouki, Spenser and others reached a tacit agreement between each other to do watchful waiting in regard to this case.
It seemed that even the brawny soldiers were bad against the "war of woman" that might resulted by any chance. To the degree that they averted their gaze from the savior that saved the city while offering their prayer.
Throughout all those, with Kouki''s astounding recovery power and the healing of multiple excellent healers, Kouki was forced to aplete bed rest for a week at least but¡¡
The situation was already moving.
©¤©¤Reinforcement request from the neighboring territory of Arquette
©¤©¤A news from the capital with gist that arge army led by was confirmed marching forward
The bad news brought by messengers rushing to Arquette.
However, those news didn''t enter the ear of Kouki who was sleeping once more.
No one tried to tell him.
Because if Kouki knew about it, he absolutely would move right now.
That was why, Kouki didn''t notice.
That Moana and others had departed toward the battlefield.
AN: Thank you very much for reading every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Next chapter, the demon king finally arrives¡I think
Chapter 276
Chapter 276
¡¸¡¡Nn¡¹
Letting out a small groan, the sleeping Kouki opened his eyes.
He stared absentmindedly at the ceiling, it was the unchanging guest room of Arquette feudal lord''s mansion.
¡¸¡¡I''m d.¡¹
Kouki who was uneasy that perhaps that time he spent with Moana, the uproar with Rothko and others, all of those might be only a dream and he was actually dead as he thought, he leaked out that whisper and sighed in relief.
He looked around, but there was no one in the room. The door that was tragically blown away by Moana was also back just like before.
Kouki tried ascertaining his body''s condition.
(-, I''m still far away fromplete recovery¡¡. My right arm and left side are in the worst condition. My bones aren''tpletely fixed too yet. But the small wounds are healed. As for my physical exhaustion¡¡perhaps, it''s about forty percent recovered? My magic power¡¡it''s used for healing so, it''s still barely at twenty percent.)
Kouki let out arge sigh in exasperation and his body sunk into the bed.
Looking at outside the window, the sun was slightly sinking. It would be evening in just a few more hours. He remembered that when he first woke up the sunlight was the same like this, so he must have been sleeping for a full day.
He stared at the sky from the window for a while.
It was really quiet.
Kouki''s heart was also at ease like the silence of the room.
(Since I came to this world, this is the eight days I think? Even though it''s only a week, I had spent a really deep time here. ¡¡Nagumo too, did he feel like this when he was at the abyss? No, from what I saw at the image in the ice and snow cavern, it was worse for him. He also got his arm eaten right from the start. It''s already lucky that I still have all my limbs.)
That guy was someone who he held an extremelyplicated feeling against, but since he dropped out from school and traveled across Tortus, Kouki frequently thought about Hajime.
That was also the case when he decided to stay behind at Arquette.
No matter what, he couldn''t help but be conscious of that man.
It wouldn''t be an exaggeration even if he called him someone who changed his everything.
He wondered how he should think about him, or perhaps just like how Hajime didn''t think anything©¤©¤or feeling indifferent about Kouki if speaking frankly, perhaps he should also be like that and stopped worrying about it.
He had also found the answer about his feeling toward Hajime where he didn''t have any conclusion about it before. No, he was finally able to recognize his feeling where he had been averting his eyes all this time.
(That guy surely doesn''t give a damn at all about me but¡¡I absolutely will meet him one more time and talk to him.)
A small smile surfaced on his lips. It was a smile without any gloominess in it, it could even be called a fearless smile. It was a truly manly smile that Kouki had never made until now.
¡¸At any rate¡¡¡¹
He was really hungry. No, honestly speaking he was feeling abnormally hungry.
There was a water pitcher nearby filled with fruit juice that was giving off good smell, so it was likely he could replenish his body fluid and nutrition from it, but as expected his stomach seemed to demand solid food.
The moment he became conscious of it, his stomach howled *guuo-*.
Kouki somehow lifted his body that was wrapped in pain and terrible fatigue and sat up on the bed. He pulled off the nket and Kouki''s body that became exposed was covered all over with bandage and gauze.
Kouki instantly felt dizziness right after he stood up, but he shook his head slightly and endured it with effort. He made a wry smile seeing his body was shaky more than he imagined before he wore the clothes that were put nearby.
His old clothes must have been disposed with how ragged they had be. It wasn''t anywhere nearby, but in their ce was soldier clothing with white as the base. The size fit him snugly. The smooth texture felt pleasant on his skin.
Kouki put his clothes in order for the time being before he slowly headed toward the door.
He opened the door and came out into the corridor.
¡¸Ah¡¹
¡¸Ah¡¹
His eyes met another''s. Sitting on a chair ced at the corridor was©¤©¤Lilin.
A memory surfaced in his mind The approaching face of the girl. And then, the soft sensation that his cheek felt. And then, an instant of beastly nature that Moana showed after that.
Kouki''s body shivered all over.
That look, that look was something he had seen before. Those eyes were¡¡yes those eyes. Those were the same eyes with the eyes showed by the wive~s of the demon king when they were targeting their husband.
''That''s absurd'', Kouki shook his head while thinking so.
¡¸Kouki-sama, are you all right? It''s no good unless you rest peacefully. Now, please return to the room and lie down.¡¹
Lilin seemed to think that Kouki''s condition was still not good seeing him shivering like that. She worriedly walked toward Kouki and gently supported his body.
¡¸Ah, no, I''m fine already, Lilin-san. For some reason I''m feeling really hungry, so I''m wondering if I can ask for some kind of food.¡¹
Kouki wished that she would move away a bit from him because he was really all right. Lilin was supporting Kouki with her hand naturally circling around Kouki''s waist to rest on his stomach, so her body was sticking close to him. She was a girl with slender body type, but her body had enough feminine softness in it.
However, Lilin''s sense of distance didn''t change.
¡¸Understood. Then I will go to bring the food. That''s why, please take a rest Kouki-sama. The healers said that you absolutely must rest for a week.¡¹
After saying that, Lilin urged him to go back into the room. Her tone was just like usual, but it somehow felt like it allowed no argument from him. Kouki obediently followed her.
¡¸Err, Lilin-san is©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸It''s fine to just call me Lilin. It''s also fine to not speak politely like that with me.¡¹
¡¸Eh? But©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸Call me Lilin.¡¹
¡¸Wh, why are you suddenly©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸Lilin¡¹
¡¸I, I understand. Lili©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸Understand?¡¹
¡¸I, I got it already, Lilin.¡¹
Lilin nodded in satisfaction! Kouki wilted down!
Wanting to change the atmosphere somehow, Kouki spoke the continuation of his interrupted question.
¡¸Then Lilin, why were you in front of my room?¡¹
¡¸¡¡It''s Moana-sama''s order. She told me to take care of Kouki-san.¡¹
¡¸? Then isn''t it fine if you stay normally inside the roo¡¡¡¹
¡¸I also thought the same. But Moana-sama told me ¡ºIt will be problematic if a mistake happen, so you must not enter the room when Kouki is unconscious. Breach of order will be punished strictly, keep that in mind¡». So it can''t be helped.¡¹
¡¸I, I see. Then it really can''t be helped!¡¹
Speaking about a mistake that might happen when Kouki was unconscious¡¡
Kouki got the feeling that he must not pursue that line of thought deeper, and he expressed his agreement ¡¸Can''t be helped!¡¹ strongly.
Kouki attempted to change the topic. For some reason Lilin let out a small snigger while looking at Kouki with a sidelong nce.
¡¸And then, about that Moana, and also Rothko-san and others, what are they doing right now?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Both of them, they are busy with various things like repairing Arquette, making contact with the capital, and so on. They are rushing around everywhere.¡¹
¡¸I see¡¡about the , do they appear again since then?¡¹
¡¸No, everything''s fine. Now, I''ll go ask for food, so Kouki-san please go to sleep right away. Right now the most important thing is for you to rest. After all you really almost died.¡¹
Lilin pushed Kouki to the bed while saying that before walking quickly to exit the room.
There, Kouki suddenly noticed.
Yes, right now the citizens could also go outside and they should be running around to repair Arquette. In this feudal lord mansion there should be civil officers and vignce corps rushing around busily.
And yet,
(¡¡It''s too quiet?)
He focused his hearing. There wasn''t a single sound.
¡¸¡¡Lilin.¡¹
¡¸Yes?¡¹
Lilin who was about to go out to the corridor turned around and replied at Kouki casually.
¡¸What''s with the soundproofing?¡¹
¡¸©¤©¤tsu¡¹
Lilin stopped still with her gaze going stiff. Kouki didn''t overlook that.
¡¸Bull''s eye huh. Is it the work of wind art?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yes, right. It''s my blessing art.¡¹
¡¸Why? Why are you applying soundproofing?¡¹
¡¸It''s so Kouki-san can rest peacefully.¡¹
Certainly, that must be the truth. Currently Lilin showed no sign of agitation. However, if that was the case then she should be able answer without getting shaken when she was asked the reason of the soundproofing.
Kouki''s instinct was sounding the rm bell that there was something, that something not good happened.
¡¸If that''s so then dispel the art for me. I''m awake already, so it''s fine right? No, I also want to look at how everyone is doing, as I thought I''ll go myself to ask for the meal.¡¹
¡¸Ple, please wait, Kouki-san. I told you already that you still need a peaceful rest for now!¡¹
Lilin rushed back toward him looking slightly panicked and pushed down Kouki who was trying to get up from the bed.
Kouki sent a straightforward gaze toward Lilin who was putting her hands on his shoulders to make him lie back down.
¡¸What''s going on?¡¹
¡¸No, nothing©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸Lilin, tell me. Right now, what is happening? What are you hiding from me?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Kouki grasped Lilin''s shoulders instead and pressed her with his question. Receiving the strong gaze that didn''t let her to beg off the question, Lilin''s eyebrows lowered down with a troubled look.
¡¸If I tell you¡¡will you promise to rest quietly?¡¹
¡¸¡¡In other words, there is something going on that will make me unable to rest quietly and rush out instead?¡¹
¡¸Uu, please stop reading behind the line!¡¹
Kouki''s hands that were tightly grasping Lilin''s shoulders became stronger. His will to not let her ran away could be seen clearly. The more time passed, the more Lilin''s gaze swam around everywhere.
¡¸If Lilin doesn''t tell me, then I''ll run out by myself and ask someone else.¡¹
¡¸Aah geez-. I''ll tell you already-, so please promise to not act as you please!¡¹
¡¸Got it, tell me.¡¹
Lilin''s shoulders dropped in dejection, then a beatter, she began talking with a serious and grim expression.
¡¸There was notification from the capital. Right after we sent reinforcement here, an army of invaded the capital. The seemed to be confirmed among the army.¡¹
¡¸-, so he recovered¡¡¡¹
Lilin nodded.
¡¸Not just that, two territories near Arquette were also assaulted at the same time. In order to dispatch the soldiers, messenger to tell the nearest surveince base to dispatch their soldiers were sent out, but it can be said that the situation of the defense is as dangerous as this ce before.¡¹
It seemed that other than sending request for reinforcement from the capital, the feudal lords of the two territories also sent messenger to Arquette to notify this ce about the danger.
¡¸In order to prepare for the time when Arquette is attacked again, Rothko-sama is preparing to further strengthen of the defense wall and the underground vault. By Moana-sama''smand, two thousand of the soldiers are to stay here.¡¹
¡¸Wait. "Of the soldiers"? You mean there are still others then? What''s the rest doing? And Moana?¡¹
Even while half guessing it already, Kouki still asked while feeling uneasiness to the degree that was uncanny even for himself. A bad premonition encroached inside his heart, like an ink that dripped on a white paper and seeped in.
¡¸Moana-sama, she led the remaining soldiers apanied by Spenser-sama. They already set out to return back. Because there is no way the king can be absent when facing an army that is led by the , she said.¡¹
¡¸-. I, see¡¡¡¹
There was the greatest protection that was the oasis at the capital. On top of that, there were also more than ten thousand soldiers led by chief Donar and head art user Linden. There was no way they would be defeated that easily.
Even so, his bad premonition was swelling up.
For some reason, he couldn''t help but had glimpses of Moana''s face in his mind.
¡¸Then, let''s catch up to them right away. They left from here yesterday right? If we departed quickly, we should be able to go to the capital without getting left behind too much.¡¹
There was soldier force staying behind at Arquette. He was also concerned with the other territories, but soldiers were already dispatched there, so right now it was the that was most concerning and had to be dealt with.
Thinking that, Kouki said that he would go at where Moana was even for a second faster, but Lilin shook her head toward him.
¡¸You must not. You were told that you absolutely still have to rest for one week! Just why do you think Moana-sama left me behind here for!¡¹
A person that could use blessing art of wind which had skill like soundproofing for several days, a powerful person with strength that could suppress Kouki while he was wounded, and also a person that Kouki knew. Lilin satisfied all those conditions.
¡¸I cannot sleep for one more week in this kind of time!¡¹
¡¸It''s only for four more days!¡¹
¡¸¡¡Eh?¡¹
Kouki showed a dumbfounded expression toward Lilin who seemed to say that unintentionally.
¡¸Four more days? Wait a second. The time when I woke up once was yesterday right?¡¹
¡¸¡¡No, you are mistaken. Three whole days had passed since then. Kouki-san was sleeping the whole time until now. That''s how much your body is demanding for rest. You were even staggering only just now.¡¹
Kouki was dumbfounded without even listening at Lilin''s frank opinion. He whispered ¡¸Three days¡¡¡¹.
In other words, Moana and others were already in the middle of war.
The bad premonition that he was feeling from some time ago swelled up explosively.
¡¸I''ve got to go, to help them.¡¹
¡¸There is nothing you can do in that kind of state. It was because I thought that Kouki-san will force yourself that I even applied soundproofing so that your sleep wouldn''t be disturbed you know? Even if you are going to go help them, first please heal your body!¡¹
It was a sound advice. What Lilin was saying waspletely correct without any mistake.
But, if everything became toote because of that¡¡
When he thought that, words and reasoning©¤©¤couldn''t stop him.
¡¸Lilin. Even you actually want to go right? Because, you are a fighter. The front line is exactly the ce you are looking for. Isn''t that right? Bring me with you too.¡¹
¡¸-. Wha, what tititing words in this time¡¡nnh¡¹
It was a serious scene, but for some reason Lilin was writhing. Her long brown twintail was fluttering unrulily.
¡¸I, I won''t be swayed by those sweet words, so please give up.¡¹
Just where did she find any sweet factor from his words? Kouki thought that for an instant, but right wasn''t the time for that so Kouki ignored it.
¡¸I see¡¡then there is no other way. As I thought I''m going to act by myself.¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s why I''m saying I won''t let©¤©¤¡¹
Using "Ground Shrinker" from the bed! Kouki instantly went around Lilin behind her. His body was screaming but he didn''t let his expression showed it at the slightest.
His hand chopped lightly *ton-* on Lilin''s shoulder and Kouki said to Lilin who was dumbfounded while saying ¡¸Eh?¡¹.
¡¸Certainly I''m not fully recovered, but not so much that I can be ovee by a rearguard at this range. I cannot be held back by Lilin just so you know.¡¹
¡¸Tha, that''s really amazing.¡¹
Lilin broke out in a cold sweat. When she slowly looked behind, she found a strong gaze pressuring her there.
Actually from the time when she first met him, she somehow thought of him like ¡¸What an irresolute person. Smile a bit more crisply¡¹, but right now she couldn''t catch any sight of his smile that looked as though he was enduring pain or his insecure gaze.
¡¸I''m going. If Lilin want how about you also go with me? I think that the ce I''m going to is a ce that you are looking for.¡¹
¡¸Ye, yes-. It''s Moana-sama''smand after all! There is no way I can let Kouki-san leave from my sight!¡¹
Lilin writhed even more, perhaps because Kouki''s words touched her heart string. Kouki ignored her abnormal state with his all and nodded once before going out of the room.
The blessing art was dispelled and bustling sound entered his hearing. As he thought, it was a furor all over the ce.
Before long he could see the figures of the civil officers. They all showed astonishment for an instant when they saw Kouki''s figure, but they then immediately gave their most respectful salute before moving aside to open a path for him.
If it was Kouki from before, then on the surface he would act awkward and modest, but inside he would bask in the pleasant feeling that he was the hero. But, right now his feeling was really calm.
The person that he passed would bow silently with a moved expression. But even seeing that, his heart didn''t ripple. Rather, only the feeling of solemnly epting their respect and expectation was filling his chest.
Before long he reached the room that was used as the emergency countermeasure room. The door was left open. When he peeked inside, there were Rothko, Ivana, and others there as expected.
¡¸Rothko-san.¡¹
¡¸Hm? Oo, Kouki-dono! ¡¡Is it all right for you to stay up already?¡¹
Rothko showed joy when he noticed Kouki, however, seeing Lilin who was close behind Kouki, he sent Kouki an inquisitive gaze.
It seemed that Rothko and others were also aware of the "Kouki''s absolutely peaceful rest operation".
¡¸I heard about the situation. Please don''t me Lilin. I was the one asking her forcefully.¡¹
¡¸That''s¡¡certainly there is no way she cannot not answer if pressed by Kouki-dono.¡¹
Rothko sent a gaze filled with some kind significance toward Lilin who wilted and looked down before his expression turned serious and he asked Kouki.
¡¸And, what are you nning to do?¡¹
¡¸Of course, I will head to the capital.¡¹
¡¸With your current condition?¡¹
¡¸There is no problem.¡¹
It was a lie, which everyone there knew. Just from a nce it was clear that hisplexion was still bad. The healer who examined Kouki this morning also said that Kouki''s bones were still fractured, and above all else Kouki hadn''t recovered from his weakened state.
He really wasn''t in a state that could fight.
¡¸It doesn''t look like I can stop you¡¡I''ll prepare the fastest arous. Please, I beg you to take care of her majesty and the capital. Don''t worry about Arquette.¡¹
¡¸Thank you very much. I will surely return here again.¡¹
Rothko, Ivana, and everyone inside the room, they all partly closed their eyes as though looking at something really dazzling before they bowed reverently.
After that, the members of vignce corps quickly prepared arous and necessary luggage. During that time Kouki stuffed his stomach to the bursting with simple meal before departing, apanied by Lilin.
Rothko and his wife S, and also Ivana and others of the vignce corps gathered to see them off. Seeing that, the people of Arquette also stopped working and gathered one after another.
Words of gratitude that was filled with feeling that they wanted to convey as much as possible showered Kouki.
From among the gathered people, one small silhouette rushed out.
¡¸Hero-sama!¡¹
¡¸Ah, you are¡¡¡¹
That silhouette was the boy that at that time became the impetus that decided Kouki''s path. From behind that boy, his mother and a man in vignce corps attire©¤©¤his father run after him in panic.
¡¸Thank you, hero-sama! You save father, and everyone! Thank you!¡¹
¡¸tsu©¤©¤¡¹
Kouki didn''t know what to call his current emotion. He didn''t understand.
He scattered a lot of lives. He couldn''t see it within his field of vision, but surely outside the defensive wall a lot of corpses were piled up. The weight of that was tremendous, pushing down on Kouki even now.
His creaking body and the weariness assaulting his whole body weren''t only because his wound and fatigue.
But, even so,
¡¸I''m the one thanking you.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Not just the boy, the boy''s father and mother who ran after him and tried to pull him back also let out such stupid sounding voice.
Kouki kneeled down on one knee and spoke with a faint smile.
¡¸At that time, if you didn''t ask me for help, my heart would surely die. I was, actually a pathetic guy. So pathetic I cannot walk forward without someone pushing my back. That''s why¡¡thank you, for saying "help me".¡¹
¡¸¡¡I don''t, really get it but¡¡I, was useful for hero-sama?¡¹
Kouki answered ¡¸Yeah¡¹ toward the boy who was asking him in wonder.
The boy''s expression turned bright. The father and mother made a shocked expression at Kouki''s confession, but their expression quickly turned gentle and kind and they said their thanks once more.
Kouki watched the boy led away by his parents while he was waving his hand at Kouki.
Lilin who was standing beside Kouki asked him expression of delight or perhaps happiness.
¡¸You aren''t denying it even when you are called hero-sama aren''t you?¡¹
¡¸¡¡He is still a small kid. I won''t expressly do something like that.¡¹
Kouki averted his face to dodge the question. Lilin raised a chuckle seeing that. Because if it was Kouki from before, he would still deny it no matter what.
Surely that three days of battle brought a change into something important inside Kouki. For Lilin, Kouki looked like he had really changed. She would be troubled if she was asked "where", but she somehow felt that Kouki''s whole strength was different.
Reliable. Lilin thought so while prompting Kouki to mount the arous.
¡¸See youter Rothko-san. Much obliged for everything.¡¹
¡¸That''s my line. We the people of Arquette won''t forget you until the next life. We will convey our unending gratitude to the next generation too.¡¹
Kouki nodded ¡¸Thank you¡¹, then together with Lilin he ran past the gate.
Loud cheering resounded from behind.
Those cheers too also felt like a push on Kouki''s back.
They advanced silently for a while. The borrowed arous seemed excellent with how swift it was. Kouki''s feeling that was impatient from the loss of three days was also softened more or less.
¡¸Kouki-san. How is your body? This child''s running is also stable, it''s fine even if you sit down in a way that is more rxed.¡¹
¡¸Aah, look''s like it. At the very least I need my bones to recover before we arrived in the capital.¡¹
Lilin nodded even while thinking of how amazing Kouki''s line that was saying of healing bone even while traveling in a great hurry.
Kouki dried up his little remaining magic power and performed healing on the heavily wounded area by chanting basic recovery magic while paying meticulous attention so that he wouldn''t be unable to move because of getting even more exhausted than now.
Lilin was gritting her teeth in vexation of her inability of using healing blessing art while making a dangerous oath that at the very least if enemy appeared midway she would carve them up and not let them do anything to Kouki.
Like that they advanced forward and entered the desert area. A little while after that
¡¸Hm? Lilin, something ising from ahead! That''s¡¡¡¹
¡¸Arous? It''sing from the capital direction? That number is¡¡¡¹
They could confirm multiple arous running with speed that raised up dust cloud behind.
Looking at the gradually approaching arous, the two could see the arous breathing roughly with their long neck that was usually stretching up straight was now hanging down. Those were the proof of the arous''s fatigue.
Even so looking from how their speed didn''t rx down at all, it could be seen that it was something so urgent to the degree that the riders didn''t hesitate to use the arous until they expired.
It seemed the group also noticed Kouki and Lilin. One rider waved his hand while other riders were pointing at the person at the center of their formation and reported something.
And then, a small silhouette that was unseen from being hidden at the shadow of the arous''s neck showed up their face abruptly.
The identity of that silhouette was clear just from that.
¡¸!? Koone!?¡¹
Kouki let out a hysteric voice.
Yes, it was Koone who was fiercely rushing their way. When the distance between both sides had decreased considerably into a range where they could differentiate the other party''s faces, Kouki and Lilin could see that the people around Koone were the members of escort squad that was led by Spike.
¡¸Kouki-sama!¡¹
¡¸Koone!¡¹
The way both of them called each other mutually changed. It seemed that Koone didn''t even bother with how Kouki called her without any honorific.
Both sides'' arous came to a stop with circle motion like drifting. The arous of Koone and others looked like they would faint anytime now because they had continued to dash in full speed from until just now.
¡¸Koone, why are you here? Are you heading to Arquette?¡¹
Koone heard about Kouki''s safety and Arquette''s situation from Moana, even so for a moment she held her breath seeing Kouki''s expression that waspletely different from before.
However, she immediately pulled herself together and nodded in response.
¡¸Koone, Koone was, let escape once more-¡¹
Looking at Koone who was talking with a face that could break into tears anytime, it seemed that the battle between the army that was led by against the kingdom army had started.
It seemed it was a strategy where Arquette and its neighboring territories that had the role as material umtion ce would be crushed first before opening battle against the capital that would be isted after that.
That phenomenon where suddenly appeared also seemed to be the new ability of the , so to speak it seemed to be a teleportation ability. It seemed that the use became rough the farther the distance was, but the ability could teleport through considerable distance.
And then, currently the capital was in a state where they could somehow fight with the barrier of the oasis, but even there it became a predicament due to the ''s new ability.
Of all thing, the characteristic of the oasis was being nullified by the even though it was only bit by bit. The oasis was encroached by miasma and turned into mere water.
It seemed with the oasis in between, the teleportation couldn''t work well, so that could be said as fortunate. The ability must have been tested from quite some time ago. Different from the grain producing region of Arquette, the capital''s surrounding was desert, so the attempt wasn''t noticed at all because it didn''t leave behind any trace.
A part of the oasis was already nullified and it seemed one group of soldier was shaken by that and they were annihted after their opening got taken advantage of.
The total force of the enemy was seventy thousand. Even now, it seemed that even more branch force was teleported to the rear territory. It seemed that the Dark King received notice that Arquette was safe just before Koone escaped, by using messenger of that was teleported, an army from the nearest territory that had been destroyed wasmanded to head to Arquette. Timewise, the army was likely to arrive within today.
Currently, because of the effort of nullifying the oasis, the strength poured to dispatch branch force, and how the was refraining from fighting directly, the worst situation where the capital was fallen could barely be avoided but¡¡
Because of the teleportation of ''s branch force, the dispatched soldiers couldn''t return and the capital couldn''t hope for reinforcement.
Far from that, by having teleported to other ce right before the soldiers'' eyes, the fact that the people in the rear territory that they ought to protect was being attacked without them being unable to do anything about it was thrust to their face. The soldiers were starting to lose spirit from despair and anxiety¡¡
¡¸Like this if even the start moving¡¡the capital won''t-, onee-chan won''t-¡¹
Moana who gave up the capital as hopeless had Koone escaped even if she had to pay great sacrifice for it. She told Koone, to go at where Kouki was at.
Koone refused, but by Moana''smand, Spike made Koone faint and when she woke up she was already above arous.
Koone understood that she had to survive. However, she didn''t want to leave no matter what. One of her reasons was of course because she simply loved her big sister.
But, there was something more than that which made Koone fearful.
¡¸Onee-chan is nning to die-. She is nning to use her own life to end the war, and beg so the people''s life is spared!¡¹
Kouki was taken aback with realization.
He understood the true shape of the anxiety swelling up in his chest.
Koone was the same like him.
The battle was decided. Then what would Moana do in that case? That was obvious.
The didn''t wish to annihte mankind at any cost. Their final objective was to raise human as livestock.
In order to give human despair, in order to crush their defiance, the wouldn''t hesitate to crush the capital including the nearby cities. But, if the opponent surrendered then there wasn''t any need to especially kill them.
If the people there wasn''t killed right now, then the chance for mankind to rise once more wouldn''t vanish.
If the seed of rebellion led by Koone made good of their escape, then the hope wouldn''t disappear no matter how small their number was.
Right now, in order to not let more life disappear, Moana would offer her own life aspensation.
It was thest thing she could use the life of herself who had mostly lost her strength.
Such scenario was possible enough. No, Kouki was convinced. Moana would choose that path.
¡¸Uaa¡¡¡¹
A groan leaked out from Kouki.
Was it from anxiety? From the fear of losing Moana?
No.
¡¸Kouki-sama! Save onee-chan! Please-. Koone will do anything-, please! Save onee-chan-¡¹
It was the same like that time, a begging voice that was pleading for help.
That was why, he despaired.
The reason was, because Kouki couldn''t choose it.
¡¸I¡¡¡¹
¡¸Kouki, sama?¡¹
If Moana sacrificed her life, then most of the people of the capital wouldn''t have their life taken away to turn them into livestock. After all,pared to the people of the rear territory, the people of the capital were there exactly because they possessed abundant blessing power that let them fought. From the viewpoint of the , the capital citizen was without a doubt the sort they would want to breed and had a stable supply of.
Conversely speaking, the neighboring territories that were currently attacked, and Arquette that would be attacked once more today would be destroyed before the notification that the queen surrendered and the war was over could reach them.
Therefore, right now, the ce that really needed help©¤©¤wasn''t the capital but the rear territories.
In addition, just as he heard it was only the who could use teleport. If the situation at the teleport destination could only be reported back by messenger that returned by foot, then right now it should be possible to shave the ''s battle force by destroying their branch forces one by one. By doing that, the people of each territory could be gathered in one ce as much as possible to make it easier to protect them¡¡perhaps.
Therefore, who he should save wasn''t his "important person", but "the many who he didn''t even know their face of".
It was ideal if he could save both.
However, the reality was always shitty at any time.
If only one side could be saved, then the human called Amanogawa Kouki would©¤©¤
¡¸Sorry¡¡I''m sorry-, Koone. Sorry-¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
With that Koone understood. Koone too also knew, what kind of person the human called Kouki was.
In the end, he was the same like her big sister. Rather than their own life or their important people, they couldn''t help but choose the many, they were that kind of human.
Koone''s expression was dyed with despair.
She wondered, why her important person wouldn''t be more selfish?
She wondered, why the person she thought as important would be gone?
The color of emotion slipped off from the face of the young Koone. Even so, she tried to somehow swallow Kouki''s answer, she made a misshapen smile and tried to reply back, but she couldn''t form any word¡¡
Seeing that Kouki heard the sound of a part deep inside him cracked. It was hard to breath. He felt dizzy. His chest felt like it would burst apart.
However, he couldn''t abandon people. If it was between just one person against the many, he couldn''t abandon the many.
He would dream. However, he wouldn''t stop still by getting caught up in that dream. He decided so.
Kouki would first protect Arquette, after that he would save the rear territories as many as possible even just by one more©¤©¤he conveyed his intention to Spike and Lilin with his gaze.
They closed their eyes for a bit, then the silently epted that conclusion. Their teeth that was gritting hard was exposing their ashamed feeling.
But, at that time, a situation that felt as though mocking even the determination of such Kouki could be seen from afar, approaching their way while raising dust cloud.
¡¸Do, Don''t screw with me-, don''t screw with me-! Why the hell!¡¹
Kouki spontaneously spat out curses.
Ahead of his gaze, there was a crowd of that was likely to be Koone''s pursuer. The number was roughly about a thousand.
It was enough number to crush the current Kouki and group.
¡¸Are you-, are you unable to stomach me that much huh-. Even though-, I decide to save people even if I have to abandon Moana-, abandon that kind person-, you are going to deny even that-!! Don''t screw with meee-¡¹
It was as though the world was baring it''s fang maliciously.
Kouki''s roar of rage was something that was directed exactly at the world, or perhaps at something that ought to be called as fate.
¡¸That person''s beloved-, she is entrusted to me-. Don''t you dare thinking to take away this child!!¡¹
¡¸Kouki-sama¡¡¡¹
It was a rage that Kouki never showed even once until now.
Without even caring of Koone and others who were gazing at him in astonishment, without hesitation Kouki firmly moved forward and protected the other behind his back.
He wasn''t in a state that could fight. Anyway right now they should make a bet sink or swim to escape. Lilin''s mouth was opening to say that.
But, she was made to swallow her words.
She saw the torrent of light whirling around Kouki. That was, the proof of surpassing the limit.
¡¸I won''t let only this child to be taken away.¡¹
As it was his magic power was already little. However, if his magic power was strengthened temporarily, there was a possibility he could annihte the enemy by activating a high powered magic. If there was only leftover enemy after that, then Lilin and others would be able to manage somehow.
Although he wouldn''t even be able to stand after the fight, but¡¡
In front of the absurdity that was too much, Kouki couldn''t think about the aftermath to himself or anything else. If it was necessary, then he would fight again until he turned into trash! Only that fighting spirit was heightening.
Like that, Kouki was,
¡¸Here I go©¤©¤ who were running about in chaos were quickly turning into mere meat scraps.
¡¸Ha, hahahah. As I thought, you are just too absurd¡¹
With great joy, relief, and then a bit of resentfulint in his voice, Kouki''s called out the name of him.
¡¸Right, Nagumo?¡¹
The demon king-sama©¤©¤Hajime who fell from the sky with *zun-* sound snorted¡¸Hmph¡¹ in a bad mood with a huge weapon on his shoulder.
AN: Thank you very much for reading every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
Ba, barely made it.
I''m intending to content myself to receive tsukkomi of ''Ain''t that just a tiny bit there!''.
Next chapter is the conversation between the demon king and hero I think¡¡
PS
The newest chapter of manga version and [Arifureta Nichijou] were updated at Gardo Comic!
With Nichijou exactly beingedy, Shia is shining bright (lol)
Most of all the drawn male camp of Hauria is¡nasty
If you have interest, then by all means please go take a look at Ovep-sama''s homepage!
Chapter 277
Chapter 277
AN: Sorry, but it''s short.
Even though the chapter is a bit packed, but the end is good.
There is only dialogue. The battle will be from next week.
*zudon-*, the demon king-sama fell from the sky with speed and impact like a falling meteor.
The bizarreness of the Agni - Orkan his shoulder carried was excessively eye-catching.
Starting from Koone, Lilin, Spike, and also all the other escort squad members simrly had their mouth gaping open. Their gaze was busily moving from the explosion hypocenter where there was a mushroom shaped cloud generated, then to Kouki, and then to the incarnation of absurdity.
¡¸Nagumo¡¡¡¹
Kouki murmured his name. Hajime stored back Agni - Orkan into his treasure warehouse while walking up toward Kouki, and then he asked with a tone that sounded like it was only an afterthought.
¡¸Anyway, they looked like they are going to be nuisance so I killed them but¡¡they aren''t your acquaintance right?¡¹
That question was asked while ncing at Koone and co. It seemed that Hajime couldn''t deny the possibility that perhaps the was rushing toward Kouki and group in a scene like ¡¸O~i, sorry we''rete for the appointme~nt ¡¹.
For now, Kouki thought this.
That question should be asked before moving to killing, was his thought.
¡¸Ye, yeah. That was dangerous and we might get killed, so you saved us just now. You came, to pick me up right? Thanks, Nagumo.¡¹
¡¸Hmph?¡¹
Hajime raised an eyebrow hearing the words "might get killed" and then he stared scrutinizingly at Kouki. Just from that it seemed he perceived Kouki''s unfit state. And then, perhaps he guessed something because for a moment he made an expression of feeling unpleasant and then looked at Koone and co.
¡¸¡¡Well, doesn''t matter. If it''s thanks say it too Shizuku and others. If they didn''t ask me I won''t purposefully spent magic power like stupid toe here. This world is absurdly far just so you know.¡¹
¡¸Is that so¡¡as expected it''s Shizuku and others. Are theying?¡¹
¡¸Just as you can see, it''s only me who came here.¡¹
Kouki felt something out of ce from that strange roundabout sentence, but right now wasn''t the time to pry so he shelved it away.
¡¸I see¡¡¡¹
¡¸Come on, we''re going back right away.¡¹
Hajime turned around on his heel with an atmosphere of wanting to finish the troublesome matter right away.
Koone didn''t really understand about the matter of Hajime, even so she guessed that the "going home prospect" that Kouki once mentioned had finally arrived and she grasped Kouki''s sleeve with an expression that was going to cry.
Kouki smiled to such Koone to reassure her, and then he conveyed his will toward the back of Hajime who was taking out Crystal Key and about to point it to an empty space.
¡¸Sorry, I cannot go back.¡¹
¡¸¡¡What?¡¹
Hajime looked back across his shoulder. And then, seeing Koone holding Kouki''s sleeve, he showed an exasperated face that said ¡¸This guy''s hero sickness rpse back again¡¹.
¡¸This is troublesome. If it''s like this I''ll call someone here to lecture©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸No matter who it is and what they are going to say to me, I have made my decision. Even if you for example tell me that this is myst chance to go back home, I won''t go back. I believe I understand what will Shizuku and also my family feel about that but still¡¡sorry.¡¹
¡¸You¡¡¡¹
The situation just now, and then the very young girl who while looking childish but also gave off dignity vaguely, and also the tough looking men who appeared to be the girl''s guards. If all those factors werebined, it could be imagined how Kouki was poking his nose into a troublesome conflict.
If this was only like before, when Kouki got worked up saying ¡¸I swear I''ll save everything!¡¹ in mere heroic aspiration, Hajime would just say ¡¸I don''t give a damn¡¹ before punching Kouki and then dragging his unconscious body back, but¡¡
Hajime couldn''t make that prompt decision.
Because Kouki''s eyes were determined.
It wasn''t a gaze that was carried away, hesitating, or looking at a dream far away. Those were eyes that showed determination which was created while his feet was stepping firmly on reality, with resolve to ept the caused result. The eyes of a person who was struggling without giving up.
Hajime wondered just what had happened. He couldn''t see the "lightness" from when they were summoned to Tortus or the "insecurity" after the decisive battle from Kouki.
¡¸I had killed a lot. They also had their own will, it was necessary to survive, that was why I was fighting¡¡but, I was unable to abandon the people of the city and I fought. I cut down several thousand lives.¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Hajime looked at Kouki once more. Kouki''s weakened state, his body that was wounded all over told Hajime more eloquently than anything the carnage that Kouki had experienced to the extreme.
¡¸Many times I thought I was going to die. While fighting, I also saw past images like revolvingntern. And then©¤©¤I found my answer.¡¹
¡¸Answer?¡¹
Kouki nodded while feeling surprise and happiness that Hajime was listening to his talk.
¡¸I cannot stop dreaming. I want to save everything. But if I''m forced to choose no matter what©¤©¤I will choose "the many" rather than "one important person". I''ll choose, but even so I''ll continue to dream and struggle without giving up.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Idiot. Are you nning to suffer until you die? You might be masochist huh.¡¹
¡¸Haha, it''s certainly idiotic. But I''ll deny being a masochist.¡¹
Hajime looked at Kouki with eyes as though he was looking at a genuine idiot after hearing Kouki deciding a way of living of hardship.
Then, at that timing, Koone who had been silently watching the conversation between Kouki and Hajime all this time raised her words by throwing away her usual audaciousness, and spoke as a mere young little girl.
¡¸E, excuse me, Nagumo-sama? I beg you, please I ask you to save my one-chan! Please.¡¹
¡¸Aa? Onee-chan?¡¹
Koone letting out a sigh of relieve seeing that she wasn''t ignored, and then she exined to Hajime about the situation in general and about Kouki''s choice.
¡¸Kouki-sama is still not giving up. He is going to save the people at the rear, and after that he is nning to save onee-chan.¡¹
She didn''t notice it before. She only felt despair thinking that Kouki abandoned her big sister.
Indeed, speaking pragmatically Kouki wouldn''t make it in time. Therefore, Koone''s conclusion that he was abandoning Moana wasn''t mistaken. However, when she recalled back how Kouki repeatedly said ¡¸Sorry¡¹ looking as though he was going to vomit blood while clenching his fist so hard, she understood that Kouki''s heart was demanding him to go to where Moana was quickly for even a second faster.
However, right now light could be seen in that pragmatic problem. Kouki''s connection brought about hope.
The curbstomp just now. A power that annihted a thousand in the blink of eye. If there was such power in their side, then perhaps her big sister could still be saved.
Koone pleaded. In order to save her big sister, and Kouki who injured his own heart by swinging down de of penance and resolve toward himself who was unable to choose Moana.
¡¸Please lend your strength in order to grant the dream of Kouki-sama. Nagumo-sama is Kouki-sama''s friend correct? Please©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸Don''t say such corny thing. There is no way I''m his friend.¡¹
¡¸Eh?¡¹
Koone was astonished. She didn''t know about the how, but this person came here by crossing world like this in order to pick Kouki and the first thing he did when he arrived was to remove the danger that was approaching Kouki. It seemed that they knew each other, and Kouki was expressing out his feeling toward him without hiding anything, Koonepletely thought that the two of them had close rtionship but¡¡
Ignoring the shaken up Koone, Hajime moved his gaze toward Kouki. His eyes were cold without emotion in it. Kouki reflexively held his breath.
¡¸You are close with this so called "big sister"?¡¹
¡¸¡¡She is my benefactor. Since I came to this world, she was kind to me who only kept hesitating. Because of reasons I couldn''t control myself and vented angrily at her several times, and yet she epted the hesitating me. ¡¡I made a promise with her, that I''ll talk more to her someday.¡¹
¡¸And you abandoned her?¡¹
¡¸¡¡Yeah, that''s right-. Right now, even in this moment, she is trying to end the war by offering her own life. But at the same time, a lot of people is in the verge of dying right in this moment. That''s why, I©¤©¤¡¹
¡¸And so rather than "one important person", you chose "the many that you don''t even know their face".¡¹
From Kouki''s fist that was clenched once more, and then from the lip that he was biting, blood was trickling down. From his eyes that looked like they would break down crying anytime, perhaps there would even be blood flowing from there.
Seeing such Kouki, Hajime calmly asked.
¡¸You aren''t going to beg me?¡¹
¡¸Will you move if I beg you? Even though I don''t have anything topensate you!? I''ll do anything if you save Moana! I''ll even be your ve! But, you aren''t going to move by something like that right!?¡¹
¡¸¡¡¡¹
Hajime stared still at Kouki. And then, his expression turnedplicated, no, a bit of displeased feeling seeped out from his face, before he suddenly started talking to empty air.
¡ºCan you hear me? The situation is somewhat unpleasant though¡¡yeah, right, well, I already know you all are going to say that. In that case inevitably©¤©¤what? You want me to decide? Why¡¡don''t say disgusting thing. Even if you ask me how about the current Amanogawa¡¡¡»
Koone and co were dumbfounded seeing Hajime suddenly started talking to empty air, but Kouki guessed that Hajime was talking with Shizuku and others and his eyes blinked.
If he remembered correctly, he had heard about the development of smartphone that could connect to even another world, but he didn''t hear that such thing could be done just by using telepathy.
In that case, right, the strange roundabout way of talking before.
Most likely, Shizuku and others came to this world. And then, just in case that there was an existence like Ehito in this world, they must be hiding somewhere so as to not attract attention as much as possible. That was Kouki''s guess about the situation.
As a matter of fact, that guess was right on the spot. For caution''s sake, there were only Shizuku, Kaori, Yue, Shia, Tio, Ryutaro, and Suzu, the Holy Precincts members here, they already arrived in this world. Right now, while Hajime was going out to observe the situation, the others were hiding in concealed state in the middle of a mountain at the south.
Furthermore, about a certain abyss-san whose forte was in reconnaissance, it should rather be left unsaid that Hajime only recalled him after arriving in this world where he then whispered ¡¸Ah¡the scout role¡¡¡¹.
With a displeased expression where this time Hajime didn''t even bother to hide it, he faced Kouki and then asked after a bit of indecision.
¡¸Amanogawa. There are a lots of things that I should confirm but, in this asion, I''ll put them aside. That''s why, just answer me this©¤©¤that choice of yours, is it "the right choice" for you?¡¹
''Aa'', Kouki thought. If it was called unexpected, then it was unexpected. If it was called not so unexpected, it was also not really unexpected. He had been conscious toward this person to that degree, and he had also obstinately picked a quarrel with him to that degree. It wasn''t strange even if this person urately grasped about his bottleneck.
However, if he was asked that here©¤©¤he keenly felt that to the end, he really couldn''t help but be conscious of this unreasonable man.
Kouki answered along with feeling some amount of happiness.
¡¸Something like that, doesn''t matter.¡¹
¡¸Hah¡¹
Perhaps Kouki''s feeling was transmitted. Even Hajime let out augh that sounded happy from hearing that answer. It felt like he could hear a voice that sounded like¡¸Fine¡¹.
Hajime shook his head once, and then his hand took out apass. And then, he ascertained something while turning his back on Kouki once more.
¡¸Nagumo?¡¹
¡¸This is the first and thest. I''ll eradicate the worry about the future.¡¹
¡¸tsu, you¡¡¡¹
Kouki''s face warped when he guessed the meaning of that sentence.
The direction Hajime was facing was toward the rear territory. That was to say, that he was taking responsibility for the many territories that were being attacked. What he meant by the first and thest, was surely about Kouki being able to go saving his "one important person".
Kouki silently turned his back toward Hajime. He faced toward the direction of the capital.
¡¸A farewell gift. I''ll kill you if you make a blunder even after I set up the table to this degree.¡¹
¡¸What unreasonableness.¡¹
Around Kouki who was making a small smile, possessing upper body and wings of eagle, and torso of lion©¤©¤Gryphon(Grim Reaper), ten of them appeared. Hajime must meant for them to be the ride until the capital.
For Hajime to expressly prepare even the share for Koone and others, Kouki thought that it seemed Hajime had really mellowed up. It appeared that while himself was spending days of brutality in Tortus, Nagumo was also doing his best to limate himself to peace. Laughter welled up inside Kouki even more.
Thinking that if it was now he could say it, Kouki called at Hajime with a bright expression.
¡¸Hey, Nagumo. Actually while I was about to die, I was thinking that there is something that I''m absolutely going to say to you if I could survive.¡¹
¡¸Aa?¡¹
Hajime who seemed to be confirming the battlefield using thepass raised his face and looked back across his shoulder.
Kouki slightly looked up to the sky with his back still facing Hajime,
¡¸As I thought, I really hate you.¡¹
This man was able to do what he was unable to do like it was nothing. He was able to push his way through his own path without hesitation.
Truly enviable. He helplessly admired that. The way of living that he couldn''t possibly imitate was so dazzling it burned his eyes.
Such emotion was included inside Kouki''s words.
Hajime who heard those words clicked his tongue. He returned his gaze forward and while staring at at the far rear direction,
¡¸What a coincidence. Actually I also thought the same just a little while ago.¡¹
Kouki''s eyes instantly opened wide.
And then,
¡¸I, I see-. So you hate me! Ahahahahah¡¹
The coldest reaction in rtionship with people was "apathy".
Kouki couldn''t hold it, he couldn''t endure it. He raised aughter that was bright and clear like a cloudless sky.
Normally it was an exchange of words that would cause the atmosphere to turn stormy. And yet, for some reason he even felt his feeling was cool and clear.
Koone and others couldn''t do anything except looking alternately at Hajime and Kouki with totally no idea of what was going on.
Kouki climbed up on a mechanized gryphon while prompting Koone and others to follow. Koone and co were timidly climbing on the back of the bizarre mythical beasts that they had never seen before.
With Koone at his front and Lilin who for some reason was getting on gleefully behind him, Kouki corrected his sitting posture without looking back. At that time, Koone who was looking up at Kouki''s expression gulped seeing his solemn expression and atmosphere.
Kouki took a deep breath, and then with a heavy emotion in his voice,
¡¸Take care of the rear©¤©¤demon king.¡¹
In response Hajime opened a gate while also without looking back,
¡¸Just face to the front©¤©¤hero.¡¹
He said that with a voice that sounded a bit different with how he said that word until now©¤©¤
The hero went to the sky, while the demon king vanished into a gate.
Hero and demon king.
The thinking of the two couldn''tplement each other, their path ran parallel from the other. Their back facing each other was only natural.
However, two paths running parallel to each other arriving at the same ce, and also two backs kept facing each other while pushing aside innumerable obstacles without worrying about their back, might be something that could possibly happen.
AN: Thank you very much for reading every time.
Thank you very much too for thethoughts, opinions, and reports about misspelling and omitted words.
It seems there are a lot of voices asking about Hajime offing the dark king (sweat)
My apologize for not fulfilling that expectation, but this is Kouki''s tale so it''s the n for Kouki to do the boss fight.
Also Shirakome is a fellow that will make it long when he start writing battle description, so I''m thinking to do the musou battle of Hajime and co in the shortened style like in Myuu''s chapters.
The n is like that, but it will make me happy if you readers will be able to enjoy that.
Chapter 278
Chapter 278
¡¸¡¡What''s with you guys?¡¹
What was waiting for Hajime who teleported after parting with Kouki into the middle of a mountain where Yue and others were waiting, were faces that were smiling happily or smirking.
¡¸Nooo, it''s nothing at all yeah? We ain''t thinking anything like, that Nagumo and Kouki really hit it off, none at all yeah?¡¹
Ryutaro who had the widest smirk among the members who arrived in this world approached Hajime and tried to ce his arm around Hajime''s shoulder over-familiarly.
*DOPAN-*
''It''s non lethal so it''s fine!'' As though to say that, a godspeed quick draw without shred of hesitation in it splendidly impacted Ryutaro''s forehead, causing him to aplished an artistic backflip and fainting dogeza.
¡¸Taniguchi, my bad. Your boyfriend passes away in another world at his first day of getting a lover.¡¹
¡¸Hiiih, Ryu-ku~~~nn! Hang in thereee!¡¹
Suzu who came back to her senses moved to nurse Ryutaro while losing herposure in panic.
¡¸I don''t have any intention to end up like Ryutaro¡¡but, it''s honestly unexpected, I''m really happy.¡¹
¡¸You''re right, Shizuku-chan!¡¹
Shizuku smiled happily just like she said. Kaori was also the same.
They wereing to pick up Kouki who was summoned into another world. Just from doing that they were forced with terrible burden as the cost.
When thepass was used to search the location, they found out that it was a very far distance. Honestly speaking, if they didn''t have the new technology©¤©¤converting electricity into magic power©¤©¤that was used to economize the cost of magic power for opening gate to Tortus from earth, they wouldn''t be able toe here right away.
On top of that, something like Kouki''s wish to interfere with this world''s strife wasn''t something that could be requested from Hajime at all. It didn''t matter how indulgent Hajime was with his rtives, even if for example that if Shizuku and others were unable to abandon the people here and joined the fight, it could be guessed that Hajime too would move and help out, but still.
Exactly because Hajime was someone like that, that Shizuku and others wouldn''t make request to him so easily.
For that reason, they thought that Hajime would surely make Kouki fainted and dragged him back forcefully. Hajime wouldn''t choose the option of abandoning Kouki because he wouldn''t make Shizuku and others to feel anxious. They thought that if it was for the sake of the peace of mind of Shizuku and others, Hajime would discard something like Kouki''s wish as rubbish.
But, when the lid of the situation was opened it turned out like this.
Shizuku and Kaori looked like they wanted to know about the reason of his action. Hajime made a disgruntled face seeing that while answering half-heartedly.
¡¸It''s just a whim.¡¹
¡¸¡¡Nn. Hajime feel a bit curious where Kouki who obtain an answer that is exactly opposite from him will end up, that''s what he is saying.¡¹
¡¸Yue!?¡¹
There was nothing impossible in front of the first wife power. Yue-sama splendidly saw through the inside of the heart of the husband.
¡¸Also~, forsaking something because of apathy won''t make Hajime-san think twice, but forsaking something because of reluctance as the reason will make him feel like that his caliber as a person is too small, that''s seem to be another reason desuu. After all Hajime-san, he is really particr about the strangest things.¡¹
¡¸Shia¡¡¡¹
¡¸Though for goshujin-sama it''s only obvious to ignoreth someone that he dislike. Well, this must be that. Doing that kind of conversation with that kind of character art chuuni-ish©¤©¤¡¹
*DOPAN-*
Tio aplished an artistic backflip and fainted dogeza. Not a single person rushed to nurse her.
Hajime cleared his throat to change the atmosphere, then he approached Ryutaro with brisk footsteps and kicked him.
¡¸Oi, what are you doing fainting like that. Wake up right now you muscle lump.¡¹
¡¸Wai-, he fainted because of Nagumo-kun''s fault right!? No matter what that''s just too unreasonable.¡¹
Suzu deployed a barrier with healing effect inside in order to protect her boyfriend.
Ryutaro opened his eyes before long. At the same time, Tio woke up from the pleasure of two shots shooting her butt.
¡¸Oh maaan, it''s been too long since I got hit with that yeah.¡¹
¡¸If you aren''t even able to evade stun bullet by sight, you won''t be able to serve as vanguard you know?¡¹
A severe notification came from Shia toward Ryutaro who stood up while feeling nostalgic.
Ryutaro thought.
''In the first ce, you are the strange one for being able to evade bullet by sight'', was his thought. ''Don''t confuse me with a bugged rabbit that normally dodge even railgun'', he thought.
¡¸Now then, there isn''t much time. I''m going to exin the situation okay?¡¹
When Hajme changed his voice tone and said that, everyone tensed their expression and looked at Hajime.
Like that ording to the exnation that Hajime started, there were six towns that were receiving attack even now, and there was also one more ce that was going to get attacked before long.
¡¸The information about the enemy is few. From what I glimpsed through the reconnaissance drone, they have the ability to think, regtion, and cooperation. They are d with unknown ck mist, and it seem they can use that as weapon to a certain degree. For their defensive power, there is no problem with usinguncher ss to deal with them.¡¹
Everyone nodded while going ''I see''. Hajime also told them that it appeared that there was an army of five until seven thousand at the very least deployed in each of the six ces that were being attacked currently. The seventh ce©¤©¤Arquette was being approached by a force that was deployed from city that had already perished, added with reinforcement midway that force grew to a number around fifteen thousand.
Hajime gave out instruction for Ryutaro and Suzu to form a tag team that was responsible for one city, while the rest would be responsible for one city for each of them.
¡¸Why are the two of us grouped up? Well yeah,pared to Nagumo and others our fighting strength must be low though.¡¹
Ryutaro asked looking a bit dissatisfied. Hajime told him that it was to make their number fit the number of the attacked ces, and it was also better for the two of them to be together just in case of something unexpected. What''s more,
¡¸I''m not that savage that I''ll pull apart two people who just publicly be lovers in the battlefield.¡¹
¡¸Nagumooo¡¹
¡¸Ahaha. Thank you, Nagumo-kun.¡¹
The two of them greatly wanted to deny the part of "not a savage", but this was a kindness that was hard toe by from Hajime, so they thanked him honestly.
They also ignored Hajime''s whisper of ¡¸Forgetting Endo is a blunder. If he is here, I would throw him right in the middle of the army at the capital just in case but¡¡¡¹.
After quickly exining until that point, at the end Hajime spoke what had to be said.
¡¸Now then, I think that you all had heard, but it appears that the opponent has their own will. I don''t know about the detail, but it seem that attacking human and eating them has meaning for those bunches.¡¹
Everyone, especially Ryutaro, Suzu, Shizuku, and Kaori made a grave expression.
¡¸Right now is the time if you want to back away. It''s not like we really have to split up, I can just do it alone. If you have hesitations then wait here.¡¹
The ones that answered right away were Yue, Shia, and Tio. Shizuku and Kaori closed their eyes for a bit before showing a determined gaze.
Ryutaro opened his mouth while making a troubled expression.
¡¸That Kouki see, he has resolved himself right? Then see, there ain''t no way I who am his best friend can cower. I too am also thinking about my path ahead from here on.¡¹
¡¸I too. That resolve¡¡I have finished it before fighting Eri.¡¹
Suzu was nestling close to Ryutaro, however she spoke that with a really mature expression.
Seeing the two, Hajime concluded that they would be fine and he immediately showed a fearless smile and opened gates one after another using crystal key.
¡¸Okay then. Well even though I say that, it''s not like I''m telling you ''don''t even show mercy'' or anything. As long as you aren''t half-assed about it, do whatever you like in regard about that. I''ll send along Ornis to each battlefield. If the battle end contact me©¤©¤then, let''s go.¡¹
Along with Hajime''s signal, everyone in that ce leaped into the gate.
At that day. The people in a lot of the rear territories of Synclea kingdom became witness of the miracle that would be told to the future generation as legend.
©¤©¤The southernmost territory Rashvet
A certain soldier A''s monologue
¡¸At that day, a part of the defensive wall finally crumbled and those monsters were rushing in. I thought that this is it. It was at that time, suddenly, cloud covered the sky. I was surprised that it suddenly became dark and when I looked up©¤©¤that person, a goddess was there. She was, beautiful. To the degree that I couldn''t think of her as a being of this world. Even though there were enemies in front of my eyes, I kept looking up to the sky.¡¹
A certain soldier B''s monologue
¡¸That person, had threeyers of shining halo on her back. That was already a divine sight¡¡. But what was really surprising, it wasn''t that person''s beauty or her sublimity, it was how she summoned something that was like a snake of lightning from inside the thundercloud. ¡¡It was an otherworldly sight.¡¹
A certain soldier C''s monologue
¡¸The raining down light and also the great snake of lightning ughtered those monsters in the blink of eye. No, was that really killing? For me, for me it looked like suicide. Those monsters, they were throwing themselves in by their own wish, that was how it looked like to me. Myrades were all praising that person but, no, I''m also thankful but¡¡actually, I''m still shaking even now from recalling that. Because I cannot think of that as fighting. I''m, sacred of that person.¡¹
A certain soldier D''s astonishment
¡¸Eh? Her true identity? There is no way I know©¤©¤what? She is surely the angel sent by Foltina-sama to us? You, are you a genius!?¡¹
A certain soldier E''s misunderstanding
¡¸You ask me if I''ve heard the rumor? What rumor huh? Eh? The messiah of that time, is actually Foltina-sama herself you say!? ¡¡I see, so that was how Foltina-sama looked like huh. Kuu, what a thankful story! Iii, am crying for some reason!¡¹
The conclusion of certain bunch of soldiers
¡¸It looks like Foltina-sama is sublimely beautiful woman with golden hair and crimson eyes, she fly freely in the sky, with threeyers of halo on her back, control the weather, and served by giant snake of lightning.¡¹
A certain painter''s work
¡¸I have to leave behind the figure of Foltina-sama for future generation!¡¹
A vampire princess inter time
¡¸¡¡I''m, not, Foltina¡¹
A certain incarnation of nature-sama
¡¸¡¡The hurdle is high, desu¡¹
©¤©¤The center of trade Vittea
Excerpt from a part of information journal
Due to the attack of giant race, the defensive wall of Vittea was destroyed in less than an hour.
Those giants, they didn''t invade right away as though to thrust despair right before our eyes. They were deliberately watching as we, the citizens of Vittea were falling into panic or falling down in despair.
Looking at the result, that saved our life.
In order to grant us even more despair, the giant race took a step forward. At that moment, ¡¸SHAORAAAAAAAAAA-¡¹ such war cry resounded, and right after that, the giant body of that giant race was blown away to the horizon.
While everyone were dumbfounded, a beingnded on top of the defensive wall. It was a mystery of how that being should be looked as.
It was certain that being wasn''t human. The reason was the splendid rabbit ears attached on her head. There was also a tail just a bit above her bottom. It was clear to see that those weren''t artificial essory seeing how they were moving about with irregr motion.
That fantastic looking person should be called as a if thinking rationally.
However what this writer is writing here is not fantasy but the truth.
That woman with fantastic appearance was exactly the savior of this Vittea. The huge iron hammer she swung around blew away several thousand of . It didn''t matter whether they were giant race or anything else, they were all blown away the same.
Surely Vittea would talk about her for the long time toe.
That girl with thin clothing, rabbit ears, and that wonderful body!
I''m digressing but, somepany appears to be already setting out to make the product of rabbit ear attachment and rabbit tail attachment. While this is truly being presumptuous, this writer is earnestly wishing that this enterprise will seed.
Walking through the city where the lovely girls of Vittea are wearing rabbit ears and tail.
I believe that will be an amazing sight.
©¤©¤Coasnd territory Pagrello
The feudal lord''s reminiscence.
It was unbelievable.
Who would ever imagine that this rear territory would be surrounded by an army in the blink of eye and be struck by an invasion.
The deployment of the soldiers couldn''t possible make it in time. Far from that, it was even unclear whether the capital would notice about this Pagrello''s annihtion.
I thought that this is the end.
After all, even the defensive wall was in the state that wasn''t really meaningful. Because among those there were also flying type species.
From how there wasn''t any excellent blessing art caster here, we were unable to even resist when we were aimed at from the sky.
It was unbelievable. How this beloved territory would be annihted in my generation.
It was unbelievable. How when I gazed at the sea from my room''s window for thest time, a monster appeared.
It was unbelievable. How I peed myself in this age when I almost became an old man already.
It was unbelievable. How despite its appearance that was of a flying type , however the ck monster that were many timesrger breathed out something like a light ray and blew away the an army.
It was unbelievable. How the monster was talking with a voice that sounded as though it was echoing inside my head, something like ¡º¡¡Why didst goshujin-sama threw me into the sea¡¡does he liketh Go¡ðira that much¡».
It was unbelievable. How when inside my heart I retorted ''This thing is absolutely stronger than the !'', a disgusting voice and rough breathing ¡ºHo, however, after having mine forehead and butt shot at, I was then thrown into the sea¡¡haa haa. Mayhaps, in the dawn of mine hardwork, there wouldst be even more reward!? Nnnh¡»entered into my ear!
¡¡When this battle is over, I''ll retire¡¡
©¤©¤The second supply umtion territory Rizgal
The testimony of a that became prisoner
What? Is it finally the time for execution? Huh? That''s not it? You''re telling me to talk about that day?
Hmph, you humans also saw it right? Just as©¤©¤
Chih. I got it. I just need to talk right? It¡¡doesn''t matter. I don''t even feel like resisting. Who¡¡who can win against that kind of monster-.
Tsu, fuu fuuh. Ye, yeah, I''m all right. Though when I''m recalling it, it feels like my head will turn strange.
That was, that was, right, it was something silver. The appearance looked like human female but¡¡it wasn''t human by any means. It was also not some kind of race of us. It was d in silver light, swallowing everything in¡¡
Tsu. There were also some guys that somehow slipped through and tried close quarter. But, it was impossible. It wasn''t about being fast. It was more, something that is outside ourmon sense. When I came to myself, every single one was split into two without exception.
And yet, if I got to say what is the most terrifying, it was how that thing kept cutting, and annihting without hesitation¡¡and yet, it kept calling out for our surrender.
I somehow understood. That wasn''t a warrior. It was onlying out to battlefield, driven by necessity.
Hahah, do you get it human?
That thing devastated us because it was necessary. Something that wasn''t even a warrior fought while being considerate to that degree, and we ended up like this.
Also, I saw it.
Human, all of you also saw it right? The soldiers and other bunches that we should have killed already©¤©¤they came back to live! I remember it! The soldier that I killed, the man who introduced himself as toon captain! I should have blown up his head right from the front! And yet, and yet when that silver light spread like wave, it was like I have never done anything!
Aa, shit-. What the hell-, what was I fighting there!
What¡¡what was it we had turned into enemy¡¡
©¤©¤Northwest ry territory Andreal
A retired old soldier''s memorandum
An invasion of more than five thousand . Even in my long life, something like that didn''t happen that many times.
To say nothing about how they appeared in the rear territory without even any advance warning¡¡
In the end, is the capital, is her majesty safe? Even while worrying like that, I felt it that this will be the ce where I die, I shook off my surrounding that is holding me back and got out to the outside of the defensive wall.
My old equipment felt really heavy. But, my feeling was calm.
Now then, I''m going to bring as many enemy as possible to apany me to hell. It happened right after I thought so.
She appeared.
Her ck morous hair was tied into one bundle. She was a girl with an air like a stretched taut string. She was really young.
A question arose inside myself since when she was beside me, but for the time being, I thought that surely this girl had backbone and came out here with the same thinking like me, and so I told her to go back disregarding what I myself was doing.
However, the girl smiled sweetly and said a brief sentence, ¡¸I''m d I made it in time¡¹ before she gracefully walked toward the army approaching from the front.
I was a bit astonished, but unable to leave her alone, I chased after her to take her back.
It was at that time. The girl calmly lowered her form, with a slender sword sheathed on her waist, she took a stance where her sword kept being unsheathed.
''What''s with that? Doesn''t she even know how to unsheathe a sword? Was it as I thought, she discerned her death just like me and came out here with only strong spirit?'', I was half in admiration like that, and was also half ashamed with this situation that caused a young woman like her to make such determination. I hesitated in what I should do.
The enemy''s formation had approached quite near, it was impossible to even just throw her into the town after thiste.
Good grief, she was too great of apanion for the journey to the next world, but at the same time it was too sad. Like that I was about to draw out my sword.
Yes, I stopped only at an attempt to draw out sword. More urately, the situation became one where I didn''t need to continue that action.
But surely it couldn''t be helped correct? Because, it went *supan-* y''know. It went *supa~~~nn* in a horizontal straight line like this.
Several hundred